Commentary on the Gospel of John
The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.
Chapter 1
1.1Preuschen 4:3
Ὃν τρόπον οἶμαι ὁ πάλαι »λαὸς« ἐπικληθεὶς »θεοῦ« εἰς φυλὰς διῄρητο δυοκαίδεκα καὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς φυλὰς τάξιν λευἱτικήν, καὶ αὐτὴν κατὰ πλείονα τάγματα ἱερατικὰ καὶ λευἱτικὰ τὸ θεῖον θεραπεύουσαν, οὕτως νομίζω κατὰ »τὸν κρυπτὸν τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπον« πάντα τὸν Χριστοῦ λαόν, χρηματίζοντα ἐν κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖον καὶ ἐν πνεύματι περιτετμημένον, ἔχειν τὰς ἰδιότητας μυστικώτερον τῶν φυλῶν· ὡς ἔστι γυμνότερον ἀπὸ Ἰωάννου ἐκ τῆς Ἀποκαλύψεως μαθεῖν, οὐδὲ τῶν λοιπῶν προφητῶν τοῖς ἀκούειν ἐπισταμένοις τὰ τοιαύτα ἀποσιωπησάντων.
Hon tropon oimai ho palai »laos« epiklētheis »theou« eis phylas dię̄rēto dyokaideka kai tēn hyper tas loipas phylas taxin leuitikēn, kai autēn kata pleiona tagmata hieratika kai leuitika to theion therapeuousan, houtōs nomizō kata »ton krypton tēs kardias anthrōpon« panta ton Christou laon, chrēmatizonta en kryptǭ Ioudaion kai en pneumati peritetmēmenon, echein tas idiotētas mystikōteron tōn phylōn; hōs esti gymnoteron apo Iōannou ek tēs Apokalypseōs mathein, oude tōn loipōn prophētōn tois akouein epistamenois ta toiauta aposiōpēsantōn.
Just as, I think, the people of old who were called “the people of God” was divided into twelve tribes, and, besides the other tribes, into the Levitical order, which itself served the divine in several priestly and Levitical ranks, so I consider that the whole people of Christ, according to “the hidden person of the heart”, being called a Jew in secret and circumcised in spirit, has the characteristics of the tribes in a more mystical way. One can learn this more plainly from John in the Revelation; nor have the other prophets kept silent about such things for those who know how to listen.
1.2Preuschen 4:3
φησὶ δὲ οὕτως ὁ Ἰωάννης· »Καὶ εἶδον »ἄλλον ἄγγελον ἀναβαίνοντα ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς ἡλίου, ἔχοντα σφραγῖδα θεοῦ ζῶντος, καὶ ἐκέκραξε φωνῇ μεγάλῃ τοῖς τέσσαρσιν ἀγγέλοις, »οἷς ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἀδικῆσαι τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν, λέγων· Μὴ »ἀδικήσητε μήτε τὴν γῆν μήτε τὴν θάλασσαν μήτε τὰ δένδρα, ἄχρι »σφραγίσωμεν τοὺς δούλους τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν. »καὶ ἤκουσα τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἐσφραγισμένων, ἑκατὸν τεσσαράκοντα »τέσσαρες χιλιάδες ἐσφραγισμένοι ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ· ἐκ »φυλῆς Ἰούδα δώδεκα χιλιάδες ἐσφραγισμένοι, ἐκ φυλῆς Ρουβὴμ δώδεκα »χιλιάδες.«
phēsi de houtōs ho Iōannēs; »Kai eidon »allon angelon anabainonta apo anatolēs hēliou, echonta sphragida theou zōntos, kai ekekraxe phōnę̄ megalę̄ tois tessarsin angelois, »hois edothē autois adikēsai tēn gēn kai tēn thalassan, legōn; Mē »adikēsēte mēte tēn gēn mēte tēn thalassan mēte ta dendra, achri »sphragisōmen tous doulous tou theou hēmōn epi tōn metōpōn autōn. »kai ēkousa ton arithmon tōn esphragismenōn, hekaton tessarakonta »tessares chiliades esphragismenoi ek pasēs phylēs huiōn Israēl; ek »phylēs Iouda dōdeka chiliades esphragismenoi, ek phylēs Roubēm dōdeka »chiliades.«
John speaks thus: “And I saw another angel ascending from the rising of the sun, having the seal of the living God; and he cried out with a loud voice to the four angels to whom it was given to harm the earth and the sea, saying: Do not harm the earth or the sea or the trees until we seal the servants of our God on their foreheads. And I heard the number of those sealed, a hundred and forty-four thousand sealed from every tribe of the sons of Israel: from the tribe of Judah twelve thousand sealed, from the tribe of Reuben twelve thousand.”
1.3Preuschen 4:3–4
καὶ μετὰ τὸ διῃρῆσθαι τὰς λοιπὰς φυλὰς πάρεξ τοῦ Δὰν ἑξῆς μετὰ πλείονα ἐπιφέρει· »Καὶ εί͂δον, καὶ ἰδοὺ τὸ ἀρνίον ἑστὼς »ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος Σιών, καὶ μετʼ αὐτοῦ αἱ ἑκατὸν τεσσαράκοντα τέσσαρες »χιλιάδες ἔχουσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ ὅνομα τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ »γεγραμμένον ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν. καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὡς φωνὴν ὐδάτων πολλῶν, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν βροντῆς μεγάλης, καὶ ἡ φωνὴ ἣν ἤκουσα ὡς κιθαρῳδῶν κιθαριζόντων ἐν ταῖς κιθάραις »αὐτῶν. καὶ ᾄδουσιν ᾠδὴν καινὴν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου καὶ »ἐνώπιον τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων· καὶ οὐδεὶς »ἐδύνατο μαθεῖν τὴν ᾠδὴν εἰ μὴ αἱ ἑκατὸν τεσσαράκοντα τέσσαρες »χιλιάδες, οἱ ἠγορασμένοι ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς· οὐτοί εἰσιν οἳ μετὰ γυναικῶν οὐκ ἐμολύνθησαν· παρθένοι γάρ εἰσιν· οὗτοι οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες τῷ »ἀρνίῳ ὅπου ἐὰν ὑπάγη· οὐτοι ἠγοράσθησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπαρχὴ τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῷ ἀρνίῳ· καὶ ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν οὐχ
kai meta to dię̄rēsthai tas loipas phylas parex tou Dan hexēs meta pleiona epipherei; »Kai eidon, kai idou to arnion hestōs »epi to oros Siōn, kai metʼ autou hai hekaton tessarakonta tessares »chiliades echousai to onoma autou kai to honoma tou patros autou »gegrammenon epi tōn metōpōn autōn. kai ēkousa phōnēn ek tou ouranou hōs phōnēn ydatōn pollōn, kai hōs phōnēn brontēs megalēs, kai hē phōnē hēn ēkousa hōs kitharǭdōn kitharizontōn en tais kitharais »autōn. kai ądousin ǭdēn kainēn enōpion tou thronou kai »enōpion tōn tessarōn zǭōn kai tōn presbyterōn; kai oudeis »edynato mathein tēn ǭdēn ei mē hai hekaton tessarakonta tessares »chiliades, hoi ēgorasmenoi apo tēs gēs; outoi eisin hoi meta gynaikōn ouk emolynthēsan; parthenoi gar eisin; houtoi hoi akolouthountes tǭ »arniǭ hopou ean hypagē; outoi ēgorasthēsan apo tōn anthrōpōn aparchē tǭ theǭ kai tǭ arniǭ; kai en tǭ stomati autōn ouch
And after listing the remaining tribes, except Dan, he adds a little later: “And I looked, and behold, the Lamb standing on Mount Zion, and with him the hundred and forty-four thousand, having his name and the name of his Father written on their foreheads. And I heard a voice from heaven like the sound of many waters and like the sound of great thunder; and the voice I heard was like harpists playing on their harps. And they sing a new song before the throne and before the four living creatures and the elders; and no one could learn the song except the hundred and forty-four thousand who have been redeemed from the earth. These are those who were not defiled with women, for they are virgins. These are those who follow the Lamb wherever he goes. These were redeemed from among men as firstfruits for God and for the Lamb; and in their mouth no
1.4Preuschen 4:4
»εὐρέθη ψεῦδος· ἄμωμοι γάρ εἰσιν.« ὅτι δὲ ταῦτα παρὰ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ περὶ τῶν εἰς Χριστὸν πεπιστευκότων λέγεται, καὶ αὐτῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἀπὸ φυλῶν, κἂν μὴ δοκῇ τὸ σωματικὸν αὐτῶν γένος ἀνατρέχειν ἐπὶ τὸ σπέρμα τῶν πατριαρχῶν, ἔστιν οὔτως ἐπιλογίσασθαι· »Μὴ ἀδική- »σητε, φησί, τὴν γῆν μήτε τὴν θάλασσαν μήτε τὰ δένδρα, ἄχρι σφρα- »γίσωμεν τοὺς δούλους τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν. καὶ ἤκουσα τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἐσφραγισμένων, ἑκατὸν τεσσαράκοντα »τέσσαρες χιλιάδες ἐσφραγισμένων ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ. «
»eurethē pseudos; amōmoi gar eisin.« hoti de tauta para tǭ Iōannę̄ peri tōn eis Christon pepisteukotōn legetai, kai autōn hyparchontōn apo phylōn, kan mē dokę̄ to sōmatikon autōn genos anatrechein epi to sperma tōn patriarchōn, estin outōs epilogisasthai; »Mē adikē- »sēte, phēsi, tēn gēn mēte tēn thalassan mēte ta dendra, achri sphra- »gisōmen tous doulous tou theou hēmōn epi tōn metōpōn autōn. kai ēkousa ton arithmon tōn esphragismenōn, hekaton tessarakonta »tessares chiliades esphragismenōn ek pasēs phylēs huiōn Israēl. «
lie was found; for they are blameless.” That these things are said in John about those who have believed in Christ, and that these too come from the tribes, even if their bodily descent does not seem to go back to the seed of the patriarchs, can be reasoned out thus: “Do not harm,” it says, “the earth or the sea or the trees until we seal the servants of our God on their foreheads. And I heard the number of those sealed, a hundred and forty-four thousand sealed from every tribe of the sons of Israel.”
1.5Preuschen 4:4
οὐκοῦν οἳ ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ σφραγίζονται ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν, ἑκατὸν τεσσαράκοντα τέσσαρές εἰσι χιλιάδες τὸν ἀριθμόν· αἵτινες ἑκατὸν τεσσαράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες ἐν τοῖς εξῆς παρὰ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ λέγοντα· ἔχειν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἀρνίου καὶ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένον ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν, παρθένοι καὶ μετὰ γυναικῶν οὐ μολυνθέντες.
oukoun hoi ek pasēs phylēs huiōn Israēl sphragizontai epi tōn metōpōn autōn, hekaton tessarakonta tessares eisi chiliades ton arithmon; haitines hekaton tessarakonta tessares chiliades en tois exēs para tǭ Iōannę̄ legonta; echein to onoma tou arniou kai tou patros autou gegrammenon epi tōn metōpōn autōn, parthenoi kai meta gynaikōn ou molynthentes.
Therefore those from every tribe of the sons of Israel who are sealed on their foreheads are a hundred and forty-four thousand in number; and these hundred and forty-four thousand are said in what follows in John to have the name of the Lamb and of his Father written on their foreheads, and to be virgins not defiled with women.
1.6Preuschen 4:4
τίς ἂν οὖν ἄλλη εἴη ἡ σφραγὶς ἡ ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων ἢ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἀρνίου καὶ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, ἐν ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς τόποις τῶν μετώπων λεγομένων ἔχειν πὴ μὲν τὴν σφραγῖδα πὴ δὲ τὰ γράμματα περιέχοντα τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἀρνίου καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ;
tis an oun allē eiē hē sphragis hē epi tōn metōpōn ē to onoma tou arniou kai tou patros autou, en amphoterois tois topois tōn metōpōn legomenōn echein pē men tēn sphragida pē de ta grammata periechonta to onoma tou arniou kai to onoma tou patros autou?
What else, then, would the seal on the foreheads be than the name of the Lamb and of his Father? For in both places the foreheads are said to have, in the one case the seal, in the other the letters containing the name of the Lamb and the name of his Father.
1.7Preuschen 4:4–5
ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ »ἀπὸ φυλῶν« εἰ οἱ αὐτοί εἰσι τοῖς »παρθένοις«, ὡς προαπεδείξαμεν, σπάνιος δὲ ὁ ἐκ τοῦ κατά σάρκα Ἰσραὴλ πιστεύων, ὡς τάχα τολμῆσαι ἄν τινα εἰπεῖν μὴ συμπληροῦσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα Ἰσραὴλ πιστευόντων μηδὲ τὸν τῶν ἑκατὸν τεσσαράκοντα τεσσάρων χιλιάδων ἀριθμόν, δῆλον ὅτι ἐκ τῶν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν τῷ θείῳ προσερχομένων λόγῳ συνίστανται αἱ ἑκατὸν τεσσαράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες μετὰ γυναικῶν οὐ μολυνομένων· ὥστε μὴ ἂν ἀποπεσεῖν τῆς ἀληθείας τὸν φάσκοντα ἀπαρχὴν ἑκάστης εἶναι φυλῆς τοὺς παρθένους αὐτῆς.
alla kai hoi »apo phylōn« ei hoi autoi eisi tois »parthenois«, hōs proapedeixamen, spanios de ho ek tou kata sarka Israēl pisteuōn, hōs tacha tolmēsai an tina eipein mē symplērousthai apo tōn ek tou kata sarka Israēl pisteuontōn mēde ton tōn hekaton tessarakonta tessarōn chiliadōn arithmon, dēlon hoti ek tōn apo tōn ethnōn tǭ theiǭ proserchomenōn logǭ synistantai hai hekaton tessarakonta tessares chiliades meta gynaikōn ou molynomenōn; hōste mē an apopesein tēs alētheias ton phaskonta aparchēn hekastēs einai phylēs tous parthenous autēs.
But if those “from the tribes” are the same as the “virgins”, as we have shown, and a believer from Israel according to the flesh is rare, so that one might perhaps venture to say that not even the number of a hundred and forty-four thousand is filled up from the believers of Israel according to the flesh, it is clear that the hundred and forty-four thousand who are not defiled with women are made up of those from the Gentiles who come to the divine word. So one who says that the virgins of each tribe are its firstfruits would not fall from the truth.
1.8Preuschen 4:5
καὶ γὰρ φέρεται· »Οὑτοι ἠγοράσθησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπαρχὴ τῷ θεῷ »καὶ τῷ ἀρνίῳ, καὶ ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν οὐχ εὑρέθη ψεῦδος· ἄμω- »μοι γάρ εἰσιν.« οὐκ ἀγνοητέον δέ, ὅτι ό περὶ τῶν ἑκατὸν τεσσαράκοντα τεσσάρων χιλιάδων παρθένων λόγος ἐπιδέχεται ἀναγωγήν. περιττὸν δὲ νῦν καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὸν προκείμενον λόγον τὸ παρατίθεσθαι λέξεις προφητικὰς ταὐτὸν περὶ τῶν ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἡμᾶς διδασκούσας.
kai gar pheretai; »Houtoi ēgorasthēsan apo tōn anthrōpōn aparchē tǭ theǭ »kai tǭ arniǭ, kai en tǭ stomati autōn ouch heurethē pseudos; amō- »moi gar eisin.« ouk agnoēteon de, hoti o peri tōn hekaton tessarakonta tessarōn chiliadōn parthenōn logos epidechetai anagōgēn. peritton de nyn kai ou kata ton prokeimenon logon to paratithesthai lexeis prophētikas tauton peri tōn ex ethnōn hēmas didaskousas.
For indeed it is written: “These were redeemed from among men as firstfruits for God and for the Lamb, and in their mouth no lie was found; for they are blameless.” We must not fail to recognize that the account of the hundred and forty-four thousand virgins admits a higher sense. But it is superfluous now, and not in keeping with our present subject, to set out prophetic passages that teach us the same thing about those from the Gentiles.
1.9Preuschen 4:5
Τί δὴ πάντα ταῦθʼ ἡμῖν βούλεται; ἐρεῖς ἐντυγχάνων τοῖς Ἀμβρόσιε, ἀληθῶς »θεοῦ ἄνθρωπε,« καὶ »ἐν Χριστῷ· »ἄνθρωπε« καὶ σπεύδων εἶναι »πνευματικός«, οὐκέτι ἄνθρωπος. οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν φυλῶν δεκάτας καὶ ἀπαρχὰς ἀναφέρουσι τῷ θεῷ διὰ τῶν λευϊτῶν καὶ ἱερέων, οὐ πάντα ἔχοντες ἀπαρχὰς ἢ δεκάτας· οἱ δὲ λευῖται καὶ ἱερεῖς, πάντα δεκάταις καὶ ἀπαρχαῖς χρώμενοι, δεκάτας ἀναφέρουσι τῷ θεῷ διὰ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, οἶμαι δʼ ὅτι καὶ ἀπαρχάς.
Ti dē panta tauthʼ hēmin bouletai? ereis entynchanōn tois Ambrosie, alēthōs »theou anthrōpe,« kai »en Christǭ; »anthrōpe« kai speudōn einai »pneumatikos«, ouketi anthrōpos. hoi men apo tōn phylōn dekatas kai aparchas anapherousi tǭ theǭ dia tōn leuïtōn kai hiereōn, ou panta echontes aparchas ē dekatas; hoi de leuitai kai hiereis, panta dekatais kai aparchais chrōmenoi, dekatas anapherousi tǭ theǭ dia tou archiereōs, oimai dʼ hoti kai aparchas.
“What, then, is the point of all this for us?” you will say as you read these words, Ambrose, truly a “man of God” and a “man in Christ”, eager to be “spiritual”, no longer merely human. Those from the tribes bring tithes and firstfruits to God through the Levites and priests, though not everything they have is firstfruits or tithes; but the Levites and priests, who live on tithes and firstfruits for everything, bring tithes to God through the high priest, and, I think, firstfruits as well.
1.10Preuschen 4:5
ἡμῶν δὴ τῶν προσιόντων τοῖς Χριστοῦ μαθήμασιν οἱ μὲν πλεῖστοι, τὰ πολλὰ τῷ βίῳ σχολάζοντες καὶ ὀλίγας πράξεις τῷ θεῷ ἀνατιθέντες, τάχα εἶεν ἂν οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν φυλῶν ὀλίγην πρὸς τοὺς ἱερεῖς ἔχοντες κοινωνίαν καὶ ἐν βραχέσι τὸ θεραπευτικὸν τοῦ θεοῦ τρέφοντες· οἱ δὲ ἀνακείμενοι τῷ θείῳ λόγῳ καὶ πρὸς μόνῃ τῇ θεραπείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ γινόμενοι γνησίως κατὰ τὴν διαφορὰν τῶν εἰς τοῦτο κινημάτων λευῖται καὶ ἱερεῖς οὐκ ἀτόπως λεχθήσονται.
hēmōn dē tōn prosiontōn tois Christou mathēmasin hoi men pleistoi, ta polla tǭ biǭ scholazontes kai oligas praxeis tǭ theǭ anatithentes, tacha eien an hoi apo tōn phylōn oligēn pros tous hiereis echontes koinōnian kai en brachesi to therapeutikon tou theou trephontes; hoi de anakeimenoi tǭ theiǭ logǭ kai pros monę̄ tę̄ therapeią tou theou ginomenoi gnēsiōs kata tēn diaphoran tōn eis touto kinēmatōn leuitai kai hiereis ouk atopōs lechthēsontai.
Of us who come to the teachings of Christ, most, who give much of their time to ordinary life and dedicate few actions to God, would perhaps be those from the tribes, who have little fellowship with the priests and support the service of God only in small ways. But those devoted to the divine word, and given genuinely to the service of God alone, will not unfittingly be called Levites and priests, according to the difference in their impulses toward it.
1.11Preuschen 4:5
τάχα δὲ οἱ 〈πάντων φέροντες καὶ οἱονεὶ τὰ πρῶτα τῆς καθʼ ἑαυτοῦς γενεᾶς ἔχοντες ἀρχιερεῖς ἔσονται κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρών, καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ. ἐὰν γάρ τις ἀνθυποφέρῃ πρὸς τοῦτο, νομίζων ἡμᾶς ἀσεβεῖν τὸ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως ὄνομα τάσσοντας ἐπʼ ἀνθρώπων, ἐπεὶ πολλαχοῦ Ἰησοῦς μέγας ἱερεὺς προφητεύεται (ἔχομεν γὰρ »ἀρχιερέα »μέγαν, διεληλυθότα τοὺς οὐρανούς, Ἰησοῦν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ«), λεκτέον πρὸς αὐτὸν ὅτι ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐπεσημήνατο λέγων τὸν προφήτην εἰρηκέναι περὶ Χριστοῦ· »Σὺ ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ,« καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρών. ἀφʼ οὗ καὶ ἡμεῖς λαβόντες φαμὲν κατὰ μὲν τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρὼν ἀνθρώπους δύνα- σθαι εἶναι ἀρχιερεῖς, κατὰ δὲ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδὲκ τὸν χριστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ.
tacha de hoi 〈pantōn pherontes kai hoionei ta prōta tēs kathʼ heautous geneas echontes archiereis esontai kata tēn taxin Aarōn, kai ou kata tēn taxin Melchisedek. ean gar tis anthypopherę̄ pros touto, nomizōn hēmas asebein to tou archiereōs onoma tassontas epʼ anthrōpōn, epei pollachou Iēsous megas hiereus prophēteuetai (echomen gar »archierea »megan, dielēlythota tous ouranous, Iēsoun ton huion tou theou«), lekteon pros auton hoti ho apostolos epesēmēnato legōn ton prophētēn eirēkenai peri Christou; »Sy hiereus eis ton aiōna kata tēn taxin Melchisedek,« kai ou kata tēn taxin Aarōn. aphʼ hou kai hēmeis labontes phamen kata men tēn taxin Aarōn anthrōpous dyna- sthai einai archiereis, kata de tēn taxin Melchisedek ton christon tou theou.
And perhaps those who surpass everyone, and hold, as it were, the first place in their generation, will be high priests according to the order of Aaron, and not according to the order of Melchizedek. For if anyone objects to this, thinking that we are impious in applying the name of high priest to human beings, since Jesus is in many places prophesied as the great priest (for “we have a great high priest who has passed through the heavens, Jesus the Son of God”), we must say to him that the apostle pointed out that the prophet had said of Christ, “You are a priest for ever according to the order of Melchizedek”, and not according to the order of Aaron. Taking our cue from this, we say that human beings can be high priests according to the order of Aaron, but the Christ of God according to the order of Melchizedek.
1.12Preuschen 4:5–6
πάσης τοίνυν ἡμῖν πράξεως καὶ παντὸς τοῦ βίου, ἐπεὶ σπεύδομεν ἐπὶ τὰ κρείττονα, ἀνακειμένης θεῷ καὶ βουλομένων ἡμῶν ἔχειν πᾶσαν αὐτὴν ἀπαρχὴν τῶν πολλῶν ἀπαρχῶν (εἴ γε μὴ σφαλλόμεθα τοῦτο νομίζοντες), ποίαν ἐχρῆν εἶναι μετὰ τὸ κατὰ τὸ σῶμα κεχωρίσθαι ἡμᾶς ἀλλήλων διαφέρουσαν ἢ τὴν περὶ εὐαγγελίου ἐξέτασιν; καὶ γὰρ τολμητέον εἰπεῖν πασῶν τῶν γραφῶν εἶναι ἀπαρχὴν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον.
pasēs toinyn hēmin praxeōs kai pantos tou biou, epei speudomen epi ta kreittona, anakeimenēs theǭ kai boulomenōn hēmōn echein pasan autēn aparchēn tōn pollōn aparchōn (ei ge mē sphallometha touto nomizontes), poian echrēn einai meta to kata to sōma kechōristhai hēmas allēlōn diapherousan ē tēn peri euangeliou exetasin? kai gar tolmēteon eipein pasōn tōn graphōn einai aparchēn to euangelion.
Since, then, all our action and our whole life, as we press on toward better things, is dedicated to God, and we wish to have the whole of it as firstfruits of many firstfruits (if indeed we are not mistaken in thinking so), what should our chief occupation be, now that we have been separated from one another in body, other than the examination of the Gospel? For we must venture to say that the Gospel is the firstfruits of all the Scriptures.
1.13Preuschen 4:6
ἀπαρχὴν οὖν πράξεων, ἐξ οὗ τῇ Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ ἐπιδεδημήκαμεν, τίνα ἄλλην ἢ τὴν εἰς τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τῶν γραφῶν ἐχρῆν γεγονέναι; χρὴ δʼ ἡμᾶς εἰδέναι οὐ ταὐτὸν εἶναι ἀπαρχὴν καὶ πρωτογέννημα· μετὰ γὰρ τοὺς πάντας καρποὺς ἀναφέρεται ἡ ἀπαρχή, πρὸ δὲ πάντων τὸ πρωτογέννημα.
aparchēn oun praxeōn, ex hou tę̄ Alexandreią epidedēmēkamen, tina allēn ē tēn eis tēn aparchēn tōn graphōn echrēn gegonenai? chrē dʼ hēmas eidenai ou tauton einai aparchēn kai prōtogennēma; meta gar tous pantas karpous anapheretai hē aparchē, pro de pantōn to prōtogennēma.
What other firstfruits of our activities, then, since we have been residing in Alexandria, ought there to have been than the work devoted to the firstfruits of the Scriptures? But we must know that firstfruits and first-born produce are not the same thing: the firstfruits are offered after all the crops, but the first-born produce before them all.
1.14Preuschen 4:6
τῶν τοίνυν φερομένων γραφῶν καὶ ἐν πάσαις ἐκκλησίαις θεοῦ πεπιστευμένων εἶναι θείων, οὐκ ἂν ἁμάρτοι τις λέγων πρωτογέννημα μὲν τὸν Μωϋσέως νόμον, ἀπαρχὴν δὲ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον. μετὰ γὰρ τοὺς πάντας τῶν προφητῶν καρποὺς τῶν μέχρι τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ ὁ τέλειος ἐβλάστησε λόγος.
tōn toinyn pheromenōn graphōn kai en pasais ekklēsiais theou pepisteumenōn einai theiōn, ouk an hamartoi tis legōn prōtogennēma men ton Mōÿseōs nomon, aparchēn de to euangelion. meta gar tous pantas tōn prophētōn karpous tōn mechri tou kyriou Iēsou ho teleios eblastēse logos.
Of the Scriptures in circulation, then, and believed in all the churches of God to be divine, one would not be wrong to call the law of Moses the first-born produce, and the Gospel the firstfruits. For after all the fruits of the prophets up to the Lord Jesus, the perfect Word sprang up.
1.15Preuschen 4:6
ΙΙΙ. Ἐὰν δέ τις ἀνθυποφέρῃ διὰ τὴν ἔννοιαν τῆς ἀναπτύξεως τῶν ἀπαρχῶν φάσκων μετὰ τὰ εὐαγγέλια τὰς πράξεις καὶ τὰς ἐπιστολὰς φέρεσθαι τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο μὴ ἂν ἔτι σώζεσθαι τὸ προαποδεδομένον περὶ ἀπαρχῆς, τὸ ἀπαρχὴν πάσης γραφῆς εἶναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, λεκτέον ἤτοι νοῦν εἶναι σοφῶν ἐν Χριστῷ ὠφελημένων ἐν ταῖς φερομέναις ἐπιστολαῖς, δεομένων, ἵνα πιστεύωνται, μαρτυριῶν τῶν ἐν τοῖς νομικοῖς καὶ προφητικοῖς λόγοις κειμένων· ὥστε σοφὰ μὲν καὶ εὔπιστα λέγειν καὶ σφόδρα ἐπιτετευγμένα τὰ ἀποστολικά, οὐ μὴν παραπλήσια τῷ» Τάδε λέγει κύριος παντοκράτωρ‘.
III. Ean de tis anthypopherę̄ dia tēn ennoian tēs anaptyxeōs tōn aparchōn phaskōn meta ta euangelia tas praxeis kai tas epistolas pheresthai tōn apostolōn kai kata touto mē an eti sōzesthai to proapodedomenon peri aparchēs, to aparchēn pasēs graphēs einai to euangelion, lekteon ētoi noun einai sophōn en Christǭ ōphelēmenōn en tais pheromenais epistolais, deomenōn, hina pisteuōntai, martyriōn tōn en tois nomikois kai prophētikois logois keimenōn; hōste sopha men kai eupista legein kai sphodra epiteteugmena ta apostolika, ou mēn paraplēsia tǭ» Tade legei kyrios pantokratōr‘.
If anyone objects, on the basis of our explanation of firstfruits, saying that the Acts and the letters of the apostles come after the Gospels, and that for this reason what was said above about firstfruits, that the Gospel is the firstfruits of all Scripture, can no longer stand, we must answer either that the letters in circulation contain the mind of men wise in Christ, men who had been helped by it, but who need, in order to be believed, the testimonies found in the words of the law and the prophets; so that the apostolic writings are wise and trustworthy and very well said, yet not comparable to “Thus says the Lord Almighty.”
1.16Preuschen 4:6–7
καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ἐπίστησον εἰ, ἐπὰν λέγῃ ὁ Παῦλος· »Πᾶσα γραφὴ θεό- »πνευστος καὶ ὠφέλιμος«, ἐμπεριλαμβάνει καὶ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ γράμματα· ἢ οὐ τό τε »Ἐγὼ λέγω, καὶ οὐχ ό κύριος« καὶ τὸ »Ἐν πάσαις ἐκκλη- »σίαις διατάσσομαι« καὶ τὸ »Οἷα ἔπαθον ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ, ἐν Ἰκονίῳ, ἐν »Λύστροις« καὶ τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια ἐνίοτε ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γραφέντα τὴν μὲν ἐξουσίαν * * * * ἀποστολικὴν * * *, μὴν τὸ εἰλικρινὲς τῶν ἐκ θείας ἐπιπνοίας λόγων.
kai kata touto epistēson ei, epan legę̄ ho Paulos; »Pasa graphē theo- »pneustos kai ōphelimos«, emperilambanei kai ta heautou grammata; ē ou to te »Egō legō, kai ouch o kyrios« kai to »En pasais ekklē- »siais diatassomai« kai to »Hoia epathon en Antiocheią, en Ikoniǭ, en »Lystrois« kai ta toutois paraplēsia eniote hypʼ autou graphenta tēn men exousian * * * * apostolikēn * * *, mēn to eilikrines tōn ek theias epipnoias logōn.
And in this regard consider whether, when Paul says, “All Scripture is God-breathed and useful,” he includes his own writings as well; or whether “I say, and not the Lord,” and “So I order in all the churches,” and “What I suffered in Antioch, in Iconium, in Lystra,” and similar things he sometimes wrote, have indeed … apostolic authority … but not the purity of words from divine inspiration.
1.17Preuschen 4:7
ἢ καὶ τοῦτο παραστατέον ὅτι ἡ παλαιὰ μὲν οὐκ εὐαγγέλιον, οὐ δεικνύουσα » τὸν ἐρχόμενον‘ ἀλλὰ προκηρύσσουσα, πᾶσα δὲ ἡ καινὴ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν ἐστιν, οὐ μόνον ὁμοίως τῇ ἀρχῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου φάσκουσα· » Ἰδοὺ ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ αἴρων » τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου«, ἀλλὰ καὶ ποικίλας δοξολογίας περιέχουσα καὶ διδασκαλίας τοῦ διʼ ὃν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον εὐαγγέλιόν ἐστιν.
ē kai touto parastateon hoti hē palaia men ouk euangelion, ou deiknyousa » ton erchomenon‘ alla prokēryssousa, pasa de hē kainē to euangelion estin, ou monon homoiōs tę̄ archę̄ tou euangeliou phaskousa; » Idou ho amnos tou theou, ho airōn » tēn hamartian tou kosmou«, alla kai poikilas doxologias periechousa kai didaskalias tou diʼ hon to euangelion euangelion estin.
Or we must also establish this: that the Old Testament is not gospel, since it does not show “the one who is coming” but proclaims him in advance; whereas the whole New Testament is the gospel, not only because, like the beginning of the Gospel, it says, “Behold the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world,” but also because it contains various praises and teachings of him on whose account the gospel is gospel.
1.18Preuschen 4:7
ἔτι δὲ εἰ ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀποστόλους καὶ προφήτας καὶ εὐαγγελιστὰς ποιμένας τε καὶ διδασκάλους, ἐπὰν ἐξετάσωμεν τί τὸ ἔργον τοῦ εὐαγγελιστοῦ, ὅτι οὐ πάντως διηγήσασθαι τίνα τρόπον ὁ σωτὴρ τυφλὸν ἀπὸ γενετῆς ἰάσατο, ὀδωδότα νεκρὸν ἀνέστησεν ἤ τι τῶν παραδόξων πεποίηκεν, οὐκ ὀκνήσομεν, χαρακτηριζομένου τοῦ εὐαγγε- λιστοῦ καὶ ἐν προτρεπτικῷ λόγῳ τῷ εἰς πιστοποίησιν τῶν περὶ Ἰησοῦ, εὐαγγέλιόν πως εἰπεῖν τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων γεγραμμένα.
eti de ei ho theos etheto en tę̄ ekklēsią apostolous kai prophētas kai euangelistas poimenas te kai didaskalous, epan exetasōmen ti to ergon tou euangelistou, hoti ou pantōs diēgēsasthai tina tropon ho sōtēr typhlon apo genetēs iasato, odōdota nekron anestēsen ē ti tōn paradoxōn pepoiēken, ouk oknēsomen, charaktērizomenou tou euange- listou kai en protreptikǭ logǭ tǭ eis pistopoiēsin tōn peri Iēsou, euangelion pōs eipein ta hypo tōn apostolōn gegrammena.
Further, if God appointed in the church apostles and prophets and evangelists, pastors and teachers, then when we examine what the work of the evangelist is (namely, that it is not only to narrate how the Savior healed a man blind from birth, raised a dead man who already stank, or did some other wonder), we shall not hesitate, since the evangelist is characterized also by exhortation meant to bring people to faith in what concerns Jesus, to say that what the apostles wrote is in a sense gospel.
1.19Preuschen 4:7
ἀλλʼ ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ δευτέρᾳ ἀποδόσει, τῷ ἀνθυποφέροντι διὰ τὸ μὴ ἐπιγεγράφθαι τὰς ἐπιστολὰς εὐαγγέλιον ὡς οὐ καλῶς πᾶσαν τὴν καινὴν διαθήκην εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν ὀνομασάντων, λεκτέον ὅτι πολλαχοῦ τῶν γραφῶν δύο τινῶν ἢ πλειόνων τῷ αὐτῷ ὀνόματι ὀνομαζομένων κυ- ριώτερον ἐπὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου τῶν λεγομένων κεῖται τὸ ὄνομα· οἷον λέγοντος τοῦ σωτῆρος· Μὴ καλέσητε διδάσκαλον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς« ὁ ἀπόστολός φησι τετάχθαι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ καὶ διδασκάλους.
allʼ hoson epi tę̄ deuterą apodosei, tǭ anthypopheronti dia to mē epigegraphthai tas epistolas euangelion hōs ou kalōs pasan tēn kainēn diathēkēn euangelion hēmōn onomasantōn, lekteon hoti pollachou tōn graphōn dyo tinōn ē pleionōn tǭ autǭ onomati onomazomenōn ky- riōteron epi tou heterou tōn legomenōn keitai to onoma; hoion legontos tou sōtēros; Mē kalesēte didaskalon epi tēs gēs« ho apostolos phēsi tetachthai en tę̄ ekklēsią kai didaskalous.
But as for the second answer: to one who objects that we did not do well in calling the whole New Testament “gospel”, since the letters are not entitled “gospel”, we must say that in many places in the Scriptures, when two or more things are called by the same name, the name belongs more properly to one of them. For example, although the Savior says, “Do not call anyone teacher on earth,” the apostle says that teachers too have been appointed in the church.
1.20Preuschen 4:7
οὐκ ἔσονται οὖν οὗτοι διδάσκαλοι ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκριβείᾳ τῆς τοῦ εὐαγγελίου φωνῆς. οὕτως οὐκ ἔσται εὐαγγέλιον τὸ κατὰ τὰς ἐπιστολὰς πᾶν γράμμα, ὅταν παραβάλληται τῇ διηγήσει τῶν περὶ Ἰησοῦ πράξεων καὶ παθημάτων καὶ λόγων αὐτοῦ. πλὴν ἀπαρχὴ πάσης γραφῆς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, καὶ πασῶν τῶν κατʼ εὐχὴν ἡμῶν πράξεων ἐσομένων ἀπαρχὴν ποιούμεθα εἰς τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τῶν γραφῶν.
ouk esontai oun houtoi didaskaloi hoson epi tę̄ akribeią tēs tou euangeliou phōnēs. houtōs ouk estai euangelion to kata tas epistolas pan gramma, hotan paraballētai tę̄ diēgēsei tōn peri Iēsou praxeōn kai pathēmatōn kai logōn autou. plēn aparchē pasēs graphēs to euangelion, kai pasōn tōn katʼ euchēn hēmōn praxeōn esomenōn aparchēn poioumetha eis tēn aparchēn tōn graphōn.
These, then, will not be teachers in the strict sense of the Gospel's saying. So too, not every writing in the letters will be gospel when compared with the narrative of Jesus' deeds, sufferings, and words. Nevertheless, the Gospel is the firstfruits of all Scripture, and we offer the firstfruits of all the actions we pray to perform in work on the firstfruits of the Scriptures.
1.21Preuschen 4:7–8
Ἐγὼ δʼ οἶμαι ὅτι καὶ τεσσάρων ὄντων τῶν εὐαγγελίων οἱονεὶ στοιχείων τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐκκλησίας (ἐξ ὧν ὡς στοιχείων ὁ πᾶς συνέστηκε κόσμος ἐν Χριστῷ καταλλαγεὶς τῷ θεῷ, καθά φησιν ὁ Παῦλος· »Θεὸς ἦν ἐν Χριστῷ κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ«· οὑ κόσμου τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἦρεν Ἰησοῦς· περὶ γὰρ τοῦ κόσμου τῆς ἐκκλησίας ὁ λόγος ἐστὶν ὁ γεγραμμένος· » Ἰδοὺ ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ αἵρων τὴν » ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου«) ἀπαρχὴν τῶν εὐαγγελίων εἶναι τὸ προστε- ταγμένον ἡμῖν ὑπὸ σοῦ κατὰ δύναμιν ἐρευνῆσαι, τὸ κατὰ Ἰωάννην, τὸν γενεαλογούμενον εἰπὸν καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀγενεαλογήτου ἀρχόμενον.
Egō dʼ oimai hoti kai tessarōn ontōn tōn euangeliōn hoionei stoicheiōn tēs pisteōs tēs ekklēsias (ex hōn hōs stoicheiōn ho pas synestēke kosmos en Christǭ katallageis tǭ theǭ, katha phēsin ho Paulos; »Theos ēn en Christǭ kosmon katallassōn heautǭ«; hou kosmou tēn hamartian ēren Iēsous; peri gar tou kosmou tēs ekklēsias ho logos estin ho gegrammenos; » Idou ho amnos tou theou, ho hairōn tēn » hamartian tou kosmou«) aparchēn tōn euangeliōn einai to proste- tagmenon hēmin hypo sou kata dynamin ereunēsai, to kata Iōannēn, ton genealogoumenon eipon kai apo tou agenealogētou archomenon.
And I think that, since there are four Gospels, as it were the elements of the church's faith (the elements of which the whole world, reconciled to God in Christ, is composed, as Paul says, “God was in Christ reconciling the world to himself”, the world whose sin Jesus took away; for the written saying is about the world of the church: “Behold the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world”), the firstfruits of the Gospels is the one you have instructed us to search out as far as we are able, the Gospel according to John, which speaks of the one whose genealogy is traced and yet begins from the one without genealogy.
1.22Preuschen 4:8
Ματθαῖος μὲν γὰρ τοῖς προσδοκῶσι τὸν ἐξ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Δαβὶδ Ἑβραίοις γράφων· » Βίβλος, φησί, γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαβίδ, υἱοῦ » Ἀβραάμ «, καὶ Μάρκος, εἰδὼς ὃ γράφει. » ἀρχὴν « διηγεῖται » τοῦ εὐαγγε- » λίου «, τάχα εὑρισκόντων ἡμῶν τὸ τέλος αὐτοῦ παρὰ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ * * * * τὸν » ἐν ἀρχῇ λόγον, θεὸν λόγον. ἀλλὰ καὶ Λουκᾶς * * * * * ἀλλά γε τηρεῖ τῷ ἐπὶ τὸ στῆθος ἀναπεσόντι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοὺς μείζονας καὶ τελειοτέρους περ Ἰησοῦ λόγους· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἐκείνων ἀκράτως ἐφανέρωσεν αὐτοῦ τὴν θεότητα ὡς Ἰωάννης, παραστήσας αὐτὸν λέγοντα· » Ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου « » Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδὸς καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ ζωή «· » Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀνάστασις « » Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα «· » Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποι- » μὴν ὁ καλός «· καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἀποκαλύψει » Ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ Α καὶ τὸ Ω, ἡ » ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος,
Matthaios men gar tois prosdokōsi ton ex Abraam kai Dabid Hebraiois graphōn; » Biblos, phēsi, geneseōs Iēsou Christou, huiou Dabid, huiou » Abraam «, kai Markos, eidōs ho graphei. » archēn « diēgeitai » tou euange- » liou «, tacha heuriskontōn hēmōn to telos autou para tǭ Iōannę̄ * * * * ton » en archę̄ logon, theon logon. alla kai Loukas * * * * * alla ge tērei tǭ epi to stēthos anapesonti tou Iēsou tous meizonas kai teleioterous per Iēsou logous; oudeis gar ekeinōn akratōs ephanerōsen autou tēn theotēta hōs Iōannēs, parastēsas auton legonta; » Egō eimi to phōs tou kosmou « » Egō eimi hē hodos kai hē alētheia kai hē zōē «; » Egō eimi hē anastasis « » Egō eimi hē thyra «; » Egō eimi ho poi- » mēn ho kalos «; kai en tę̄ Apokalypsei » Egō eimi to A kai to Ō, hē » archē kai to telos,
For Matthew, writing for the Hebrews who were expecting the son of Abraham and David, says, “The book of the genealogy of Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham”; and Mark, knowing what he is writing, narrates “the beginning of the gospel”, perhaps because we find its end in John … the Word who was “in the beginning”, God the Word. And Luke too … but he keeps for the one who reclined on Jesus' breast the greater and more perfect words about Jesus. For none of them revealed his divinity so purely as John, who presents him saying, “I am the light of the world”, “I am the way and the truth and the life”, “I am the resurrection”, “I am the door”, “I am the good shepherd”, and in the Revelation, “I am the Alpha and the Omega, the beginning and the end,
1.23Preuschen 4:8–9
ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος « τολμητέον τοίνυν εἰπεῖν ἀπαρχὴν μὲν πασῶν γραφῶν εἶναι τὰ εὐαγγέλια, τῶν δὲ εὐαγγελίων ἀπαρχὴν τὸ κατὰ Ἰωάννην, οὗ τὸν νοῦν οὐδεὶς δύναται λαβεῖν μὴ ἀναπεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸ στῆθος Ἰησοῦ μηδὲ λαβὼν ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ τὴν Μαρίαν γινομένην καὶ αὐτοῦ μητέρα. καὶ τηλικοῦτον δὲ γενέσθαι δεῖ τὸν ἐσόμενον ἄλλον Ἰωάννην, ὥστε οἱονεὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην δειχθῆναι ὄντα Ἰησοῦν ὑπὸ Ἰησοῦ. εἰ γὰρ οὐδεὶς υἱὸς Μαρίας κατὰ τοὺς ὑγιῶς περὶ αὐτῆς δοξάζοντας ἢ Ἰησοῦς, φησὶ δὲ Ἰησοῦς τῇ μητρί· » Ἴδε ὁ » υἱός σου« καὶ οὐχί » Ἴδὲ καὶ οὗτος υἱός σου « ἴσον εἴρηκε τῷ » Ἴδε » οὑτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὃν ἐγέννησας «. καὶ γὰρ πᾶς ὁ τετελειωμένος » ζῇ » οὐκέτι «, ἀλλʼ ἐν » ζῇ Χριστός «, καὶ ἐπεὶ » ζῇ « ἐν αὐτῷ » Χρι- » στός «, λέγεται περὶ αὐτοῦ τῇ Μαρίᾳ· » Ἴδε ὁ υἱός σου « ὁ χριστός.
ho prōtos kai ho eschatos « tolmēteon toinyn eipein aparchēn men pasōn graphōn einai ta euangelia, tōn de euangeliōn aparchēn to kata Iōannēn, hou ton noun oudeis dynatai labein mē anapesōn epi to stēthos Iēsou mēde labōn apo Iēsou tēn Marian ginomenēn kai autou mētera. kai tēlikouton de genesthai dei ton esomenon allon Iōannēn, hōste hoionei ton Iōannēn deichthēnai onta Iēsoun hypo Iēsou. ei gar oudeis huios Marias kata tous hygiōs peri autēs doxazontas ē Iēsous, phēsi de Iēsous tę̄ mētri; » Ide ho » huios sou« kai ouchi » Ide kai houtos huios sou « ison eirēke tǭ » Ide » houtos estin Iēsous hon egennēsas «. kai gar pas ho teteleiōmenos » zę̄ » ouketi «, allʼ en » zę̄ Christos «, kai epei » zę̄ « en autǭ » Chri- » stos «, legetai peri autou tę̄ Marią; » Ide ho huios sou « ho christos.
the first and the last.” We must venture, then, to say that the Gospels are the firstfruits of all the Scriptures, and that the Gospel according to John is the firstfruits of the Gospels. No one can grasp its meaning who has not reclined on Jesus' breast and received from Jesus Mary, to be his mother too. And the one who is to be another John must become so great that, as it were, John is shown by Jesus to be Jesus. For if, according to those who think soundly about her, Mary had no son but Jesus, and Jesus says to his mother, “Behold your son,” and not “Behold, this one too is your son,” he has said the equivalent of “Behold, this is Jesus, whom you bore.” For everyone who has been made perfect “no longer lives”, but “Christ lives” in him; and since “Christ lives” in him, it is said of him to Mary, “Behold your son”: the Christ.
1.24Preuschen 4:9
ἡλίκου τοίνυν νοῦ ἡμῖν δεῖ, ἵνα τὸν ἐν τοῖς ὀστρακίνοις τῆς εὐτελοῦς λέξεως θησαυροῖς ἐναποκείμενον λόγον, τοῦ ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων ἀναγινωσκομένου γράμματος καὶ ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν παρεχόντων τὰς σωματικὰς ἀκοὰς ἀκουομένου αἰσθητοῦ διὰ φωνῆς λόγου ἐκλαβεῖν κατʼ δυνηθῶμεν, τί δεῖ καὶ λέγειν; τὸν γὰρ μέλλοντα ταῦτα ἀκριβῶς καταλαμβάνειν μετὰ ἀληθείας εἰπεῖν δεῖ· » Ἡμεῖς δὲ νοῦν Χριστοῦ ἔχομεν, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χαρισ- » θέντα ἡμῖν. «
hēlikou toinyn nou hēmin dei, hina ton en tois ostrakinois tēs eutelous lexeōs thēsaurois enapokeimenon logon, tou hypo pantōn tōn entynchanontōn anaginōskomenou grammatos kai hypo pantōn tōn parechontōn tas sōmatikas akoas akouomenou aisthētou dia phōnēs logou eklabein katʼ dynēthōmen, ti dei kai legein? ton gar mellonta tauta akribōs katalambanein meta alētheias eipein dei; » Hēmeis de noun Christou echomen, hina eidōmen ta hypo tou theou charis- » thenta hēmin. «
How great a mind, then, do we need to be able to draw out, as it deserves, the meaning stored up in the earthen treasures of humble diction, in the letter read by all who come upon it and heard as a word perceptible through the voice by all who lend their bodily ears! What need is there even to say it? For one who is to grasp these things exactly must say in truth, “But we have the mind of Christ, that we may know the things freely given to us by God.”
1.25Preuschen 4:9
Ἔστι δὲ προσαχθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν ὑπὸ Παύλου λεγομένων περὶ τοῦ πᾶσαν τὴν καινὴν εἶναι τὰ εὐαγγέλια, ὅταν που γράφῃ· » Κατὰ τὸ » εὐαγγέλιόν μου «· ἐν γράμμασι γὰρ Παύλου οὐκ ἔχομεν βιβλίον εὐαγγέλιον συνήθως καλούμενον, ἀλλὰ πᾶν, ὃ ἐκήρυσσε καὶ ἔλεγε, τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἠν. ἃ δὲ ἐκήρυσσε καὶ ἔλεγε, ταῦτα καὶ ἔγραφε· καὶ ἃ ἔγραφεν ἄρα εὐαγγέλιον ἦν.
Esti de prosachthēnai apo tōn hypo Paulou legomenōn peri tou pasan tēn kainēn einai ta euangelia, hotan pou graphę̄; » Kata to » euangelion mou «; en grammasi gar Paulou ouk echomen biblion euangelion synēthōs kaloumenon, alla pan, ho ekērysse kai elege, to euangelion ēn. ha de ekērysse kai elege, tauta kai egraphe; kai ha egraphen ara euangelion ēn.
One may also adduce, for the view that the whole New Testament is the Gospels, what Paul says when he writes somewhere, “According to my gospel.” For in Paul's writings we have no book commonly called a gospel; rather, everything he preached and said was the gospel. And what he preached and said, he also wrote; so what he wrote was gospel.
1.26Preuschen 4:9
εἰ δὲ τὰ Παύλου εὐαγγέλιον ἦν, ἀκόλουθον λέγειν ὅτι καὶ τὰ Πέτρου εὐαγγέλιον ἦν καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς τὰ συνιστάντα τὴν Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίαν καὶ κατασκευάζοντα τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ ἐμποιοῦντά τε αὐτὴν ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν βουλομένων παραδέξασθαι τὸν ἑστῶτα ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν καὶ κρούοντα καὶ εἰσελθεῖν βουλόμενον εἰς τὰς ψυχὰς λόγον θεοῦ.
ei de ta Paulou euangelion ēn, akolouthon legein hoti kai ta Petrou euangelion ēn kai hapaxaplōs ta synistanta tēn Christou epidēmian kai kataskeuazonta tēn parousian autou empoiounta te autēn tais psychais tōn boulomenōn paradexasthai ton hestōta epi tēn thyran kai krouonta kai eiselthein boulomenon eis tas psychas logon theou.
And if Paul's writings were gospel, it follows that Peter's too were gospel, and, in a word, whatever sets forth Christ's sojourn, prepares for his coming, and produces it in the souls of those who are willing to receive the Word of God, who stands at the door and knocks and wishes to enter their souls.
1.27Preuschen 4:9
Τί δὲ βούλεται δηλοῦν ἡ » εὐαγγέλιον « προσηγορία, καὶ διὰ τί ταύτην ἔχει τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν ταῦτα τὰ βιβλία, ἤδη καιρὸς ἐξετάσαι. ἔστι τοίνυν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον λόγος περιέχων ἀπαγγελίαν πραγμάτων κατὰ τὸ εὔλογον διὰ τὸ ὠφελεῖν εὐφραινόντων τὸν ἀκούοντα, ἐπὰν παραδέξηται τὸ ἀπαγγελλόμενον· οὐδὲν δʼ ἧττον ὁ τοιοῦτος λόγος εὐαγγέλιόν ἐστιν, ἂν καὶ πρὸς τὴν σχέσιν τοῦ ἀκούοντος ἐξετάζηται. ἢ εὐαγγέλιόν ἐστι λόγος περιέχων ἀγαθοῦ τῷ πιστεύοντι παρουσίαν ἢ λόγος ἐπαγγελλόμενος παρεῖναι ἀγαθὸν τὸ προσδοκώμενον.
Ti de bouletai dēloun hē » euangelion « prosēgoria, kai dia ti tautēn echei tēn epigraphēn tauta ta biblia, ēdē kairos exetasai. esti toinyn to euangelion logos periechōn apangelian pragmatōn kata to eulogon dia to ōphelein euphrainontōn ton akouonta, epan paradexētai to apangellomenon; ouden dʼ hētton ho toioutos logos euangelion estin, an kai pros tēn schesin tou akouontos exetazētai. ē euangelion esti logos periechōn agathou tǭ pisteuonti parousian ē logos epangellomenos pareinai agathon to prosdokōmenon.
It is now time to examine what the name “gospel” means, and why these books bear this title. The gospel, then, is a word containing a report of things that, with good reason, gladden the hearer, because they benefit him once he accepts what is reported; and such a word is no less a gospel if it is also considered in relation to the disposition of the hearer. Or a gospel is a word containing the presence of a good thing for the one who believes, or a word announcing that the good thing expected is present.
1.28Preuschen 4:9–10
πάντες δὲ οἱ προειρημένοι ἡμῖν ὅροι ἐφαρμόζουσι τοῖς ἐπιγραφομένοις εὐαγγελίοις. ἕκαστον γὰρ εὐαγγέλιον, σύστημα ἀπαγγελλομένων ὠφελίμων τῷ πιστεύοντι καὶ μὴ παρεκδεξαμένῳ τυγχάνον ὠφέλειαν ἐμποιοῦν, κατὰ τὸ εὐφραίνει, διδάσκον τὴν διʼ ἀνθρώπους τοῦ πρω- » τοτόκου πάσης κτίσεως « Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ σωτήριον αὐτοῖς ἐπιδημίαν. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι λόγος ἐστὶν ἕκαστον εὐαγγέλιον διδάσκων τὴν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ πατρὸς ἐν υἱῷ τοῖς βουλομένοις παραδέξασθαι ἐπιδημίαν, παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι σαφές.
pantes de hoi proeirēmenoi hēmin horoi epharmozousi tois epigraphomenois euangeliois. hekaston gar euangelion, systēma apangellomenōn ōphelimōn tǭ pisteuonti kai mē parekdexamenǭ tynchanon ōpheleian empoioun, kata to euphrainei, didaskon tēn diʼ anthrōpous tou prō- » totokou pasēs ktiseōs « Christou Iēsou sōtērion autois epidēmian. alla kai hoti logos estin hekaston euangelion didaskōn tēn tou agathou patros en huiǭ tois boulomenois paradexasthai epidēmian, panti tǭ pisteuonti saphes.
All the definitions we have given fit the books entitled Gospels. For each Gospel, being a collection of reports beneficial to one who believes and does not misinterpret them, produces benefit and thus gladdens, since it teaches the saving sojourn among human beings, for their sake, of Christ Jesus, “the firstborn of all creation”. And it is plain to every believer that each Gospel is a word teaching the sojourn of the good Father in the Son among those willing to receive him.
1.29Preuschen 4:10
ὅτι δὲ καὶ ἀγαθὸν ἐπαγγέλλεται διὰ τῶν βιβλίων τούτων τὸ προσδοκηθέν, οὐκ ἀσαφές. σχεδὸν γὰρ ὁ βαπτιστὴς Ἰωάννης τὴν παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ λαβὼν φωνήν φησι πέμψας τῷ Ἰησοῦ· » Σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν;« προσδοκώμενον γὰρ ἀγαθὸν τῷ λαῷ ὁ χριστὸς ἦν, περὶ οὗ κηρυσσόντων τῶν προ- φητῶν μέχρι καὶ τῶν τυχόντων πάντες εἰς αὐτὸν ἔσχον οἱ ὑπὸ νόμον καὶ προφήτας τὰς ἐλπίδας, ὡς μαρτυρεῖ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις λέγουσα· » Οἶδα ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος » Χριστός «· ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος, » ἀπαγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα.«
hoti de kai agathon epangelletai dia tōn bibliōn toutōn to prosdokēthen, ouk asaphes. schedon gar ho baptistēs Iōannēs tēn pantos tou laou labōn phōnēn phēsi pempsas tǭ Iēsou; » Sy ei ho erchomenos, ē heteron prosdokōmen?« prosdokōmenon gar agathon tǭ laǭ ho christos ēn, peri hou kēryssontōn tōn pro- phētōn mechri kai tōn tychontōn pantes eis auton eschon hoi hypo nomon kai prophētas tas elpidas, hōs martyrei hē Samareitis legousa; » Oida hoti Messias erchetai, ho legomenos » Christos «; hotan elthę̄ ekeinos, » apangelei hēmin hapanta.«
That the good thing expected is also announced through these books is not unclear. For John the Baptist, taking up, as it were, the voice of the whole people, says when he sends to Jesus, “Are you the one who is coming, or are we to expect another?” For the Christ was the good thing expected by the people. The prophets proclaimed him, and all who were under the law and the prophets, down to the humblest, placed their hopes in him, as the Samaritan woman testifies when she says, “I know that the Messiah is coming, who is called Christ; when he comes, he will tell us all things.”
1.30Preuschen 4:10
ἀλλὰ καὶ Σίμων καὶ Κλεόπας, ὁμιλοῦντες » πρὸς ἀλλήλους περὶ πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων« τῷ Ἰησοῦ, αὐτῷ τῷ χριστῷ ἀναστάντι οὐδέπω γινώσκοντες ἐγηγέρθαι αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν φασί· » Σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς έν Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνως τὰ γενόμενα » ἐν αὐτῇ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις; « εἰπόντος δὲ » Ποῖα;« ἀποκρίνονται· » Τὰ περὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναζαρηνοῦ, ὃς ἐγένετο ἀνὴρ προφήτης δυνατὸς »εν ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἐναντίον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ· ὅπως τε » παρέδωκαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες ἡμῶν εἰς κρίμα θανά- » του καὶ ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν. ἡμεῖς δὲ ἠλπίζομεν ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ » μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι τὸν Ἰσραήλ.
alla kai Simōn kai Kleopas, homilountes » pros allēlous peri pantōn tōn symbebēkotōn« tǭ Iēsou, autǭ tǭ christǭ anastanti oudepō ginōskontes egēgerthai auton ek nekrōn phasi; » Sy monos paroikeis en Hierousalēm, kai ouk egnōs ta genomena » en autę̄ en tais hēmerais tautais? « eipontos de » Poia?« apokrinontai; » Ta peri Iēsou tou Nazarēnou, hos egeneto anēr prophētēs dynatos »en ergǭ kai logǭ enantion tou theou kai pantos tou laou; hopōs te » paredōkan auton hoi archiereis kai hoi archontes hēmōn eis krima thana- » tou kai estaurōsan auton. hēmeis de ēlpizomen hoti autos estin ho » mellōn lytrousthai ton Israēl.
Simon and Cleopas too, talking “with one another about all the things that had happened” to Jesus, say to the risen Christ himself, not yet knowing that he had been raised from the dead, “Are you the only stranger in Jerusalem who does not know the things that have happened there in these days?” When he said, “What things?”, they answer: “The things concerning Jesus of Nazareth, who was a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people, and how the chief priests and our rulers handed him over to be condemned to death and crucified him. But we had hoped that he was the one who was going to redeem Israel.”
1.31Preuschen 4:10
« πρὸς τούτοις Ἀνδρέας ὁ ἀδελφὸς Σίμωνος Πέτρου εὑρὼν τὸν ἀδελφὸν τὸν ἴδιον Σίμωνα λέγει· » Εὑρή- » καμεν τὸν Μεσσίαν, ὅ ἐστι μεθερμηνευόμενον Χριστός«. καὶ μετ ὀλίγα ὁ Φίλιππος εὑρὼν τὸν Ναθαναὴλ λέγει αὐτῷ· » Ὃν ἔγραψεν » Μωϋσῆς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ καὶ οἱ προφῆται εὑρήκαμεν, τὸν Ἰησοῦν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ. «
« pros toutois Andreas ho adelphos Simōnos Petrou heurōn ton adelphon ton idion Simōna legei; » Heurē- » kamen ton Messian, ho esti methermēneuomenon Christos«. kai met oliga ho Philippos heurōn ton Nathanaēl legei autǭ; » Hon egrapsen » Mōÿsēs en tǭ nomǭ kai hoi prophētai heurēkamen, ton Iēsoun ton huion tou Iōsēph ton apo Nazareth. «
Besides these, Andrew the brother of Simon Peter, finding his own brother Simon, says, “We have found the Messiah, which translated is Christ.” And shortly afterward Philip, finding Nathanael, says to him, “We have found him of whom Moses in the law and the prophets wrote, Jesus the son of Joseph, from Nazareth.”
1.32Preuschen 4:10–11
Δόξαι δʼ ἄν τις ἐνίστασθαι τῷ πρώτῳ ὅρῳ, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ μὴ ἐπιγεγραμμένα εὐαγγέλια ὑποπίπτει αὐτῷ· ὁ γὰρ νόμος καὶ οἱ προ- φῆται >λόγοι< πιστεύονται εἶναι περιέχοντες ἀπαγγελίαν κατὰ τὸ εὔλογον διὰ τὸ ὠφελεῖν εὐφραινόντων τοὺς ἀκούοντας, ἐπὰν >παραδέξωνται τὰ <.
Doxai dʼ an tis enistasthai tǭ prōtǭ horǭ, epei kai ta mē epigegrammena euangelia hypopiptei autǭ; ho gar nomos kai hoi pro- phētai >logoi< pisteuontai einai periechontes apangelian kata to eulogon dia to ōphelein euphrainontōn tous akouontas, epan >paradexōntai ta <.
But someone might seem to object to the first definition, since writings not entitled gospels also fall under it. For the law and the prophets are believed to be words containing a report of things that, with good reason, gladden the hearers because they benefit them, once they accept what is reported.
1.33Preuschen 4:11
λεχθείη δʼ ἂν πρὸς τοῦτο ὅτι πρὸ τῆς Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίας ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται, ἅτε μηδέπω ἐληλυθότος τοῦ τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς μυστήρια σαφηνίζοντος, οὐκ εἶχον τὸ ἐπάγγελμα τοῦ περὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ὅρου· ὁ δὲ σωτὴρ ἐπιδημήσας καὶ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον σωματοποιηθῆναι θελήσας τῷ εὐαγγελιῳ πάντα ὡσεὶ εὐαγγέλιον πεποίηκεν.
lechtheiē dʼ an pros touto hoti pro tēs Christou epidēmias ho nomos kai hoi prophētai, hate mēdepō elēlythotos tou ta en autois mystēria saphēnizontos, ouk eichon to epangelma tou peri tou euangeliou horou; ho de sōtēr epidēmēsas kai to euangelion sōmatopoiēthēnai thelēsas tǭ euangeliǭ panta hōsei euangelion pepoiēken.
To this it might be said that before Christ's sojourn the law and the prophets, since the one who would make clear the mysteries in them had not yet come, did not have the promise contained in the definition of the gospel. But the Savior, having come to dwell among us and having willed that the gospel be given a body, made all things, as it were, gospel by the gospel.
1.34Preuschen 4:11
καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀπὸ σκοποῦ χρησαίμην τῷ παραδείγματι τοῦ » Μικρὰ ζύμη ὅλον τὸ φύραμα ζυμοῖ. « ὅτι * * * * * * * υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῇ θειότητι αὐτοῦ, περιελὼν τὸ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ καὶ προφήταις κάλυμμα, πάντων τὸ θεῖον ἀπέδειξε, φανερῶς παραστήσας τοῖς βουληθεῖσι τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι μαθηταῖς, τίνα τὰ ἀληθινὰ τοῦ Μωϋσέως νόμου, ὧν » ὑποδείγματι καὶ σκιᾷ« ἐλάτρευον οἱ πάλαι, καὶ τίς ἡ ἀλήθεια τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἱστορίαις πραγ- μάτων, ἅτινα »τυπικῶς συνέβαινεν ἐκείνοις, ἐγράφη δὲ« ἡμᾶς, εἰς οὓς τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων κατήντησεν.
kai ouk an apo skopou chrēsaimēn tǭ paradeigmati tou » Mikra zymē holon to phyrama zymoi. « hoti * * * * * * * huious tōn anthrōpōn tę̄ theiotēti autou, perielōn to en tǭ nomǭ kai prophētais kalymma, pantōn to theion apedeixe, phanerōs parastēsas tois boulētheisi tēs sophias autou genesthai mathētais, tina ta alēthina tou Mōÿseōs nomou, hōn » hypodeigmati kai skią« elatreuon hoi palai, kai tis hē alētheia tōn en tais historiais prag- matōn, hatina »typikōs synebainen ekeinois, egraphē de« hēmas, eis hous ta telē tōn aiōnōn katēntēsen.
And I would not be off the mark to use the example of “A little leaven leavens the whole lump.” For … the sons of men by his divinity, taking away the veil in the law and the prophets, he showed the divine character of them all, clearly presenting to those who wished to become disciples of his wisdom what the true realities of the law of Moses are, of which those of old served “a copy and shadow”, and what the truth is of the events in the histories, which “happened to them as types, but were written for us, on whom the ends of the ages have come.”
1.35Preuschen 4:11
πᾶς γοῦν ᾧ Χριστὸς ἐπιδεδήμηκεν οὔτε ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις οὔτε ἐν τῷ τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν ὄρει προσκυνεῖ τῷ θεῷ, ἀλλὰ μαθὼν ὅτι »πνεῦμα ὁ θεός«, πνευματικῶς λατρεύων αὐτῷ »πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ« οὐκέτι δὲ τυπικῶς προσκυ- νεῖ τὸν τῶν ὅλων πατέρα καὶ δημιουργόν.
pas goun hǭ Christos epidedēmēken oute en Hierosolymois oute en tǭ tōn Samareitōn orei proskynei tǭ theǭ, alla mathōn hoti »pneuma ho theos«, pneumatikōs latreuōn autǭ »pneumati kai alētheią« ouketi de typikōs prosky- nei ton tōn holōn patera kai dēmiourgon.
At any rate, everyone to whom Christ has come worships God neither in Jerusalem nor on the mountain of the Samaritans, but, having learned that “God is spirit”, serves him spiritually, “in spirit and truth”, and no longer worships the Father and Maker of all things in types.
1.36Preuschen 4:11
οὐκοῦν πρὸ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, ὃ γέγονε διὰ τὴν Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίαν, οὐδὲν τῶν πάλαι εὐαγγέλιον ἦν. τὸ δὲ εὐαγγέλιον, ὅπερ ἐστὶ διαθήκη καινή, ἀποστῆσαν ἡμᾶς παλαιότητος τοῦ γράμματος τὴν μηδέποτε παλαιουμένην καινότητα τοῦ πνεύματος, οἰκείαν τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης τυγχάνουσαν, ἐν πάσαις ἀνακειμένην γραφαῖς τῷ φωτὶ τῆς γνώσεως ἀνέλαμψεν. ἐχρῆν δὲ τὸ ποιητικὸν τοῦ καὶ ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ διαθήκῃ νομιζομένου εὐαγγελίου εὐαγγέλιον ἐξαιρέτως καλεῖσθαι »εὐαγγέλιον«.
oukoun pro tou euangeliou, ho gegone dia tēn Christou epidēmian, ouden tōn palai euangelion ēn. to de euangelion, hoper esti diathēkē kainē, apostēsan hēmas palaiotētos tou grammatos tēn mēdepote palaioumenēn kainotēta tou pneumatos, oikeian tēs kainēs diathēkēs tynchanousan, en pasais anakeimenēn graphais tǭ phōti tēs gnōseōs anelampsen. echrēn de to poiētikon tou kai en tę̄ palaią diathēkę̄ nomizomenou euangeliou euangelion exairetōs kaleisthai »euangelion«.
Therefore, before the gospel that came about through Christ's sojourn, none of the things of old was gospel. But the gospel, which is the new covenant, having removed us from the oldness of the letter, has made shine with the light of knowledge the never-aging newness of the Spirit, which belongs to the new covenant and was laid up in all the Scriptures. And it was fitting that the gospel which makes what is thought to be gospel even in the old covenant into gospel should be called “gospel” in a special sense.
1.37Preuschen 4:11–12
Πλὴν οὐκ ἀγνοητέον Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίαν καὶ πρὸ τῆς κατὰ σῶμα ἐπιδημίας τὴν νοητὴν γεγονέναι τοῖς τελειοτέροις καὶ οὐ νηπίοις οὐδὲ ὑπὸ παιδαγωγοὺς« καὶ »ἐπιτρόπους« ἔτι τυγχάνουσιν, οἷς τὸ νοητὸν τοῦ χρόνου πλήρωμα ἐνέστη, ὥσπερ τοῖς πατριάρχαις καὶ Μωϋσεῖ τῷ θεράποντι καὶ τοῖς τεθεαμένοις Χριστοῦ τὴν δόξαν προφήταις.
Plēn ouk agnoēteon Christou epidēmian kai pro tēs kata sōma epidēmias tēn noētēn gegonenai tois teleioterois kai ou nēpiois oude hypo paidagōgous« kai »epitropous« eti tynchanousin, hois to noēton tou chronou plērōma enestē, hōsper tois patriarchais kai Mōÿsei tǭ theraponti kai tois tetheamenois Christou tēn doxan prophētais.
Still, we must not fail to recognize that even before his bodily sojourn Christ came in a spiritual way to the more perfect, who were no longer infants nor under “tutors” and “guardians”, and for whom the spiritual fullness of time had arrived: for example, to the patriarchs, to Moses the servant, and to the prophets who beheld Christ's glory.
1.38Preuschen 4:12
ὥσπερ δὲ πρὸ τῆς ἐμφανοῦς καὶ κατὰ σῶμα ἐπιδημίας ἐπεδήμησε τοῖς τελείοις, οὕτω καὶ μετὰ τὴν κεκηρυγμένην παρουσίαν τοῖς ἔτι νηπίοις, ἅτε »ὑπὸ ἐπιτρόπους‘ τυγχάνουσι »καὶ οἰκονόμους« καὶ μηδέπω ἐπὶ τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου ἐφθακόσιν· οἱς οἱ πρόδρομοι Χριστοῦ ἐπιδεδημήκασι, παισὶ ψυχαῖς ἁρμόζοντες λόγοι, εὐλόγως ἂν κληθέντες »παιδαγωγοί«· αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ υἱὸς ὁ δεδοξασμένος θεὸς λόγος« οὐδέπω, περιμένων τὴν δέουσαν γενέσθαι προπαρασκευὴν τοῖς μέλλουσι χωρεῖν αὐτοῦ τὴν θεότητα ἀνθρώποις θεοῦ.
hōsper de pro tēs emphanous kai kata sōma epidēmias epedēmēse tois teleiois, houtō kai meta tēn kekērygmenēn parousian tois eti nēpiois, hate »hypo epitropous‘ tynchanousi »kai oikonomous« kai mēdepō epi to plērōma tou chronou ephthakosin; hois hoi prodromoi Christou epidedēmēkasi, paisi psychais harmozontes logoi, eulogōs an klēthentes »paidagōgoi«; autos de ho huios ho dedoxasmenos theos logos« oudepō, perimenōn tēn deousan genesthai proparaskeuēn tois mellousi chōrein autou tēn theotēta anthrōpois theou.
And just as, before his visible and bodily sojourn, he came to the perfect, so also after the coming that has been proclaimed, to those who are still infants, being “under guardians and stewards” and not yet having reached the fullness of time, the forerunners of Christ have come: words suited to souls that are still children, who might reasonably be called “tutors”. But the Son himself, the glorified God the Word, has not yet come to them, waiting for the necessary preparation to take place in the men of God who are to receive his divinity.
1.39Preuschen 4:12
καὶ τοῦτο δὲ εἰδέναι ἐχρῆν, ὅτι ὥσπερ ἔστι »νόμος σκιὰν« περιέχων »τῶν μελ- »λόντων ἀγαθῶν« ὑπὸ τοῦ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν καταγγελλομένου νόμου δηλουμένων, οὕτω καὶ εὐαγγέλιον σκιὰν μυστηρίων Χριστοῦ διδάσκει τὸ νομιζόμενον ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων νοεῖσθαι.
kai touto de eidenai echrēn, hoti hōsper esti »nomos skian« periechōn »tōn mel- »lontōn agathōn« hypo tou kata alētheian katangellomenou nomou dēloumenōn, houtō kai euangelion skian mystēriōn Christou didaskei to nomizomenon hypo pantōn tōn entynchanontōn noeisthai.
This too one ought to know: that just as there is a “law containing a shadow of the good things to come”, which are made plain by the law proclaimed according to truth, so also the gospel which all its readers think they understand teaches a shadow of the mysteries of Christ.
1.40Preuschen 4:12
ὃ δέ φησιν Ἰωάννης »εὐαγγέλιον αἰώνιον«, οἰκείως ἂν λεχθησόμενον πνευματικόν, σαφῶς παρίστησι τοῖς νοοῦσιν » τὰ πάντα ἐνώπιον« περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὰ παριστάμενα μυστήρια ὑπὸ τῶν λόγων αὐτοῦ τά τε πράγματα, ὧν αἰνίγματα ἠσαν αἱ πράξεις αὐτοῦ. τούτοις δὲ ἀκόλουθόν ἐστιν ἐκλαμβάνειν ὅτι ὃν τρόπον ἐν φανερῷ Ἰουδαῖός τίς ἐστι καὶ περ * * * * * καὶ ἄλλη ἐν κρυπτῷ, οὕτω χριστιανὸς καὶ βάπτισμα.
ho de phēsin Iōannēs »euangelion aiōnion«, oikeiōs an lechthēsomenon pneumatikon, saphōs paristēsi tois noousin » ta panta enōpion« peri autou tou huiou tou theou kai ta paristamena mystēria hypo tōn logōn autou ta te pragmata, hōn ainigmata ēsan hai praxeis autou. toutois de akolouthon estin eklambanein hoti hon tropon en phanerǭ Ioudaios tis esti kai per * * * * * kai allē en kryptǭ, houtō christianos kai baptisma.
But what John calls “the eternal gospel”, which might properly be called the spiritual gospel, clearly presents to those who understand “all things plainly” concerning the Son of God himself: both the mysteries presented by his words and the realities of which his deeds were riddles. It follows from this that, just as one is a Jew outwardly, and … and another in secret, so it is with the Christian and with baptism.
1.41Preuschen 4:12
καὶ Παῦλος μὲν καὶ Πέτρος, ἐν φανερῷ πρό- τερον ὄντες Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ περιτετμημένοι, ὕστερον καὶ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ τοιοῦτοι τυγχάνειν ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ εἰλήφασι, τὸ ἐν φανερῷ εἶναι Ἰουδαῖοι διὰ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν σωτηρίαν κατʼ οἰκονομίαν οὐ μόνον λόγοις ὁμολογοῦντες ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ ἔργων δεικνύντες. τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ καὶ περὶ τοῦ χριστιανισμοῦ αὐτῶν λεκτέον.
kai Paulos men kai Petros, en phanerǭ pro- teron ontes Ioudaioi kai peritetmēmenoi, hysteron kai en tǭ kryptǭ toioutoi tynchanein apo Iēsou eilēphasi, to en phanerǭ einai Ioudaioi dia tēn tōn pollōn sōtērian katʼ oikonomian ou monon logois homologountes alla kai dia ergōn deiknyntes. to dʼ auto kai peri tou christianismou autōn lekteon.
Paul and Peter, who were at first Jews outwardly and circumcised, afterward received from Jesus to be such in secret as well; and being Jews outwardly, by a wise accommodation for the salvation of many, they not only acknowledged in words but also showed by deeds. The same must be said of their Christianity.
1.42Preuschen 4:12–13
καὶ ὥσπερ οὔκ ἐστιν ὠφελῆσαι δυνατὸν Παῦλον τοὺς κατὰ σάρκα Ἰουδαίους, ἐὰν μή, ὅτε ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ, περιτέμῃ τὸν Τιμόθεον, καί, ὅτε εὔλογόν ἐστι, ξυράμενον καὶ προσφορὰν ποιήσαντα καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις Ἰουδαῖον γενόμενον, ἵνα τοὺς Ἰουδαίους κερδήσῃ, οὕτως τὸν ἐκκείμενον εἰς πολ- λῶν ὠφέλειαν οὔκ ἐστι διὰ τοῦ ἐν κρυπτῷ χριστιανισμοῦ μόνον δυνατὸν τοὺς στοιχειουμένους ἐν τῷ φανερῷ χριστιανισμῷ βελτιῶσαι καὶ προαγαγεῖν ἐπὶ τὰ κρείττονα καὶ ἀνωτέρω.
kai hōsper ouk estin ōphelēsai dynaton Paulon tous kata sarka Ioudaious, ean mē, hote ho logos hairei, peritemę̄ ton Timotheon, kai, hote eulogon esti, xyramenon kai prosphoran poiēsanta kai hapaxaplōs tois Ioudaiois Ioudaion genomenon, hina tous Ioudaious kerdēsę̄, houtōs ton ekkeimenon eis pol- lōn ōpheleian ouk esti dia tou en kryptǭ christianismou monon dynaton tous stoicheioumenous en tǭ phanerǭ christianismǭ beltiōsai kai proagagein epi ta kreittona kai anōterō.
And just as Paul could not benefit the Jews according to the flesh unless, when reason required it, he circumcised Timothy, and when it was reasonable, shaved his head and made an offering, and in a word became a Jew to the Jews in order to win Jews, so one who is set to benefit many cannot, by hidden Christianity alone, improve those who are being taught the elements in outward Christianity, and lead them on to what is better and higher.
1.43Preuschen 4:13
διόπερ ἀναγκαῖον πνευματικῶς καὶ σωματικῶς χριστιανίζειν· καὶ ὅπου μὲν χρὴ τὸ σωματικὸν κηρύσσειν εὐαγγέλιον, φάσκοντα »μηδὲν εἰδέναι« ἐν σαρκίνοις »ἢ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον«, τοῦτο ποιητέον· ἐπὰν δὲ εὑρεθῶσι κατηρτισμένοι τῷ πνεῦματι καὶ καρποφοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῷ ἐρῶντές τε τῆς οὐρανίου σοφίας, μεταδοτέον αὐτοῖς τοῦ λόγου ἐπανελθόντος ἀπὸ τοῦ σεσαρκῶσθαι ἐφʼ ὃ »ἠν έν ἀρχῇ πρὸς »τὸν θεόν«.
dioper anankaion pneumatikōs kai sōmatikōs christianizein; kai hopou men chrē to sōmatikon kēryssein euangelion, phaskonta »mēden eidenai« en sarkinois »ē Iēsoun Christon kai touton estaurōmenon«, touto poiēteon; epan de heurethōsi katērtismenoi tǭ pneumati kai karpophorountes en autǭ erōntes te tēs ouraniou sophias, metadoteon autois tou logou epanelthontos apo tou sesarkōsthai ephʼ ho »ēn en archę̄ pros »ton theon«.
Therefore it is necessary to be a Christian both spiritually and bodily. Where one must preach the bodily gospel, saying among those who are fleshly that one “knows nothing except Jesus Christ and him crucified”, this must be done. But when people are found fully trained in the Spirit, bearing fruit in it, and in love with the heavenly wisdom, one must give them a share in the Word, who returns from having become flesh to what “he was in the beginning with God”.
1.44Preuschen 4:13
Ταῦτα δὲ ἐξετάζοντες περὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου οὐ μάτην εἰρηκέναι ἡγούμεθα, οἱονεὶ αἰσθητὸν εὐαγγέλιον νοητοῦ καὶ πνευματικοῦ τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ διακρίνοντες.
Tauta de exetazontes peri tou euangeliou ou matēn eirēkenai hēgoumetha, hoionei aisthēton euangelion noētou kai pneumatikou tę̄ epinoią diakrinontes.
In examining these matters concerning the gospel, we do not think we have spoken in vain, since we distinguish in thought, as it were, a perceptible gospel from an intelligible and spiritual one.
1.45Preuschen 4:13
καὶ γὰρ νῦν πρόκειται τὸ αἰσθητὸν εὐαγγέλιον μεταλαβεῖν εἰς πνευματικόν· τίς γὰρ ἡ διήγησις τοῦ αἰσθη- τοῦ, εἰ μὴ μεταλαμβάνοιτο εἰς πνευματικόν; ἤτοι οὐδεμία ἢ ὀλίγη καὶ τῶν τυχόντων ἀπὸ τῆς λέξεως αὑτοὺς πεπεικότων λαμβάνειν τὰ δηλούμενα.
kai gar nyn prokeitai to aisthēton euangelion metalabein eis pneumatikon; tis gar hē diēgēsis tou aisthē- tou, ei mē metalambanoito eis pneumatikon? ētoi oudemia ē oligē kai tōn tychontōn apo tēs lexeōs hautous pepeikotōn lambanein ta dēloumena.
For our present task is to transform the perceptible gospel into the spiritual one. For what is the narrative of the perceptible gospel, if it is not transformed into the spiritual? Either nothing, or little, and something belonging to ordinary people who have persuaded themselves that they take in from the wording what is meant.
1.46Preuschen 4:13
ἀλλὰ πᾶς ἀγὼν ἡμῖν ἐνέστηκε πειρωμένοις εἰς τὰ βάθη τοῦ εὐαγγελικοῦ νοῦ φθάσαι καὶ ἐρευνῆσαι τὴν ἐν αὐτῷ γυμνὴν τύπων ἀλήθειαν.
alla pas agōn hēmin enestēke peirōmenois eis ta bathē tou euangelikou nou phthasai kai ereunēsai tēn en autǭ gymnēn typōn alētheian.
But our whole struggle is to try to reach the depths of the meaning of the gospel and to search out the truth in it, stripped of types.
1.47Preuschen 4:13
τῶν δὴ εὐαγγελιζομένων ἐν ἀγαθῶν ἀπαγγελίᾳ νοουμένων, οἱ μὲν ἀπόστολοι τὸν Ἰησοῦν εὐαγγελίζονται· λέγονται μέντοι ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, καὶ αὐτήν πως οὐσαν Ἰησοῦν· Ἰησοῦς γάρ φησιν· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀνάστασις«· Ἰησοῦς δὲ τὰ τοῖς ἁγίοις ἀποκείμενα εὐαγγελίζεται τοῖς πτωχοῖς, παρακαλῶν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὰς θείας ἐπαγγελίας.
tōn dē euangelizomenōn en agathōn apangelią nooumenōn, hoi men apostoloi ton Iēsoun euangelizontai; legontai mentoi hōs agathon kai tēn anastasin euangelizesthai, kai autēn pōs ousan Iēsoun; Iēsous gar phēsin; »Egō eimi hē anastasis«; Iēsous de ta tois hagiois apokeimena euangelizetai tois ptōchois, parakalōn autous epi tas theias epangelias.
Since, then, what is announced as gospel is understood as an announcement of good things, the apostles announce Jesus as good news. They are also said to announce the resurrection as good news, and the resurrection is in a sense Jesus himself; for Jesus says, “I am the resurrection.” And Jesus announces to the poor the things laid up for the saints, calling them to the divine promises.
1.48Preuschen 4:13
καὶ μαρτυροῦσιν αἱ θεῖαι γραφαὶ τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων εὐαγγελισμοῖς καὶ τῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, ὁ μὲν Δαβὶδ περὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων, τάχα δὲ καὶ εὐαγγελιστῶν λέγων· »Κύριος δώσει »ῥῆμα τοῖς εὐαγγελιζομένοις δυνάμει πολλῇ· ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν δυνάμεων »τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ«, ἅμα καὶ διδάσκων ὅτι οὐ σύνθεσις λόγου καὶ προφορὰ φωνῶν καὶ ἠσκημένη καλλιλεξία ἀνύει πρὸς τὸ πείθειν, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως θείας ἐπιχορηγία διόπερ καὶ ο Παῦλός πού φησι·
kai martyrousin hai theiai graphai tois hypo tōn apostolōn euangelismois kai tǭ hypo tou sōtēros hēmōn, ho men Dabid peri tōn apostolōn, tacha de kai euangelistōn legōn; »Kyrios dōsei »rhēma tois euangelizomenois dynamei pollę̄; ho basileus tōn dynameōn »tou agapētou«, hama kai didaskōn hoti ou synthesis logou kai prophora phōnōn kai ēskēmenē kallilexia anyei pros to peithein, alla dynameōs theias epichorēgia dioper kai o Paulos pou phēsi;
And the divine Scriptures bear witness to the good news announced by the apostles and to that announced by our Savior. David speaks of the apostles, and perhaps also of the evangelists: “The Lord will give a word to those who announce good news with great power; the King of the powers of the beloved”, teaching at the same time that it is not the composition of speech, the delivery of words, or practised elegance of style that succeeds in persuading, but the supply of divine power. That is why Paul too says somewhere:
1.49Preuschen 4:13
»Γνώσομαι οὐ τὸν »λόγον τῶν πεφυσιωμένων, ἀλλὰ τὴν δύναμιν· οὐ γὰρ ἐν λόγῳ ἡ »βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλλʼ ἐν δυνάμει« καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις· »Καὶ ὁ λόγος μου »καὶ τὸ κήρυγμά μου οὐκ έν πειθοῖς σοφίας λόγοις ἀλλʼ ἐν ἀποδείξει πνεύματος καὶ δυνάμεως«.
»Gnōsomai ou ton »logon tōn pephysiōmenōn, alla tēn dynamin; ou gar en logǭ hē »basileia tou theou allʼ en dynamei« kai en allois; »Kai ho logos mou »kai to kērygma mou ouk en peithois sophias logois allʼ en apodeixei pneumatos kai dynameōs«.
“I will find out not the talk of those who are puffed up but their power; for the kingdom of God is not in talk but in power”; and elsewhere: “My speech and my preaching were not in persuasive words of wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power.”
1.50Preuschen 4:13–14
ταύτῃ τῇ δυνάμει μαρτυροῦντες ὁ Σίμων καὶ ὁ Κλεόπας φασίν· »Οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἠν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, »ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς;« οἱ δὲ ἀπόστολοι (ἐπεὶ καὶ ποσότης ἐστὶ δυνάμεως ἐπιχορηγουμένης ὑπὸ θεοῦ διαφέρουσα τοῖς λέγουσιν, εἶχον κατὰ τὸ παρὰ τῷ Δαβὶδ λεγόμενον· »Κύριος δώσει ῥῆμα τοῖς »εὐαγγελιζομένοις δυνάμει πολλῇ«, πολλὴν δύναμιν), Ἡσαΐας δὲ φάσκων·
tautę̄ tę̄ dynamei martyrountes ho Simōn kai ho Kleopas phasin; »Ouchi hē kardia hēmōn kaiomenē ēn en tę̄ hodǭ, »hōs diēnoigen hēmin tas graphas?« hoi de apostoloi (epei kai posotēs esti dynameōs epichorēgoumenēs hypo theou diapherousa tois legousin, eichon kata to para tǭ Dabid legomenon; »Kyrios dōsei rhēma tois »euangelizomenois dynamei pollę̄«, pollēn dynamin), Hēsaïas de phaskōn;
Bearing witness to this power, Simon and Cleopas say, “Was not our heart burning on the road, as he opened the Scriptures to us?” And the apostles (since the amount of power supplied by God differs among those who speak) had, according to what David says, “The Lord will give a word to those who announce good news with great power”, great power. And Isaiah, saying:
1.51Preuschen 4:14
»Ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά«, τὸ ὡραῖον καὶ έν καιρῷ γινόμενον τῶν ἀποστόλων ὁδευόντων τὸν εἰπόντα· »Ἐγώ »εἰμι ἡ ὁδός« κήρυγμα νοήσας ἐπαινεῖ »πόδας« τοὺς διὰ τῆς νοητῆς ὁδοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ βαδίζοντας διά τε τῆς θύρας εἰσιόντας πρὸς τὸν θεόν. »ἀγαθὰ« δὲ εὐαγγελίζονται οὗτοι, ὧν εἰσιν οἱ πόδες, τὸν Ἰησοῦν.
»Hōs hōraioi hoi podes tōn euangelizomenōn agatha«, to hōraion kai en kairǭ ginomenon tōn apostolōn hodeuontōn ton eiponta; »Egō »eimi hē hodos« kērygma noēsas epainei »podas« tous dia tēs noētēs hodou Christou Iēsou badizontas dia te tēs thyras eisiontas pros ton theon. »agatha« de euangelizontai houtoi, hōn eisin hoi podes, ton Iēsoun.
“How beautiful are the feet of those who announce good things”, understanding the preaching of the apostles, who walked the way of him who said, “I am the way”, as beautiful and timely, praises the “feet” that travel by the spiritual way, Christ Jesus, and enter to God through the door. And those whose feet these are announce “good things”: Jesus.
1.52Preuschen 4:14
Καὶ μὴ θαυμάσῃ τις, εἰ πληθυντικῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐξειλήφαμεν εὐαγγελίζεσθαι. ἐκλαβόντες γὰρ τὰ πράγματα καθʼ ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα κεῖται, ἃ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ὀνομάζεται, συνήσομεν πῶς πολλὰ ἀγαθά ἐστιν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὃν εὐαγγελίζονται οὑτοι, ὧν ὡραῖοί εἰσιν οἱ πόδες. ἓν μὲν γὰρ ἀγαθὸν ζωή, Ἰησοῦς δὲ ζωή.
Kai mē thaumasę̄ tis, ei plēthyntikǭ onomati tǭ tōn agathōn ton Iēsoun exeilēphamen euangelizesthai. eklabontes gar ta pragmata kathʼ hōn ta onomata keitai, ha ho huios tou theou onomazetai, synēsomen pōs polla agatha estin ho Iēsous, hon euangelizontai houtoi, hōn hōraioi eisin hoi podes. hen men gar agathon zōē, Iēsous de zōē.
And let no one be surprised that we have taken the plural noun “good things” to mean that Jesus is announced. For when we consider the realities to which the names by which the Son of God is called refer, we shall understand how Jesus, whom those with beautiful feet announce, is many good things. One good thing is life, and Jesus is life.
1.53Preuschen 4:14
καὶ ἕτερον ἀγαθὸν »φῶς τοῦ κόσμου«, »φῶς« τυγχάνον »ἀληθινὸν« καὶ »φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων«· ἅπερ πάντα ὁ υἱὸς εἶναι λέγεται τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ ἄλλο ἀγαθὸν κατʼ ἐπίνοιαν παρὰ τὴν ζωὴν καὶ τὸ φῶς ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ τέταρτον παρὰ ταῦτα ἡ ἐπὶ ταύτην φέρουσα ὁδός· ἅπερ πάντα ὁ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν διδάσκει ἑαυτὸν εἶναι λέγων· »Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδὸς »καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ ζωή«.
kai heteron agathon »phōs tou kosmou«, »phōs« tynchanon »alēthinon« kai »phōs tōn anthrōpōn«; haper panta ho huios einai legetai tou theou. kai allo agathon katʼ epinoian para tēn zōēn kai to phōs hē alētheia kai tetarton para tauta hē epi tautēn pherousa hodos; haper panta ho sōtēr hēmōn didaskei heauton einai legōn; »Egō eimi hē hodos »kai hē alētheia kai hē zōē«.
Another good thing is “the light of the world”, being the “true” light and “the light of men”: all of which the Son of God is said to be. And another good thing, distinct in concept from life and light, is truth; and a fourth besides these is the way that leads to it. Our Savior teaches that he is all these, saying, “I am the way and the truth and the life.”
1.54Preuschen 4:14
πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἀγαθὸν τὸ ἀποτιναξάμενον τὸν χοῦν καὶ τὴν νεκρότητα· ἀναστῆναι, τούτου τυγχάνοντα ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου καθὸ ἀνάστασίς ἐστιν, ὃς καί φησιν· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀνάστασις«; ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ θύρα, διʼ ἧς τις εἰς τὴν ἄκραν εἰσέρχεται μακαριότητα, ἀγαθόν· ὁ δὲ χριστός φησιν· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα«.
pōs de ouk agathon to apotinaxamenon ton choun kai tēn nekrotēta; anastēnai, toutou tynchanonta apo tou kyriou katho anastasis estin, hos kai phēsin; »Egō eimi hē anastasis«? alla kai hē thyra, diʼ hēs tis eis tēn akran eiserchetai makariotēta, agathon; ho de christos phēsin; »Egō eimi hē thyra«.
And how is it not a good thing to shake off the dust and deadness and to rise again, obtaining this from the Lord inasmuch as he is the resurrection, who also says, “I am the resurrection”? And the door, too, through which one enters into the highest blessedness, is a good thing; and Christ says, “I am the door.”
1.55Preuschen 4:14
τί δὲ δεῖ περὶ σοφίας λέγειν, ἣν »ἔκτισεν ὁ θεὸς ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ«, ᾗ προσέχαιρεν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῆς, ἐνευφραινόμενος τῷ πολυποικίλῳ νοητῷ κάλλει αὐτῆς ὑπὸ νοητῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μόνων βλεπομένῳ καὶ εἰς ἔρωτα τὸν τὸ θεῖον κάλλος κατανοοῦντα οὐράνιον προκαλουμένῳ; ἀγαθὸν γὰρ ἡ σοφία τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅπερ μετὰ τῶν προειρημένων εὐαγγελίζονται ὧν »ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες«.
ti de dei peri sophias legein, hēn »ektisen ho theos archēn hodōn autou eis erga autou«, hę̄ prosechairen ho patēr autēs, eneuphrainomenos tǭ polypoikilǭ noētǭ kallei autēs hypo noētōn ophthalmōn monōn blepomenǭ kai eis erōta ton to theion kallos katanoounta ouranion prokaloumenǭ? agathon gar hē sophia tou theou, hoper meta tōn proeirēmenōn euangelizontai hōn »hōraioi hoi podes«.
And what need is there to speak of wisdom, which “God created as the beginning of his ways for his works”, in which her Father rejoiced, delighting in her richly varied spiritual beauty, seen by spiritual eyes alone and summoning to heavenly love the one who contemplates the divine beauty? For the wisdom of God is a good thing, which, together with those already mentioned, is announced by those whose “feet are beautiful”.
1.56Preuschen 4:14–15
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ θεοῦ ἤδη ὄγδοον ἡμῖν ἀγαθὸν καταλέγεται, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὁ χριστός.
alla kai hē dynamis tou theou ēdē ogdoon hēmin agathon katalegetai, hētis estin ho christos.
And the power of God is now listed by us as an eighth good thing, which is Christ.
1.57Preuschen 4:15
οὐ σιωπητέον δὲ οὐδὲ τὸν μετὰ τὸν πατέρα τῶν ὅλων θεὸν λόγον· οὐδενὸς γὰρ ἔλαττον ἀγαθοῦ καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἀγαθόν. μακάριοι μὲν οὖν οἱ χωρήσαντες ταῦτα τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ παραδεξάμενοι ἀπὸ τῶν ὡραίων τοὺς πόδας καὶ εὐαγγελιζομένων αὐτά.
ou siōpēteon de oude ton meta ton patera tōn holōn theon logon; oudenos gar elatton agathou kai touto to agathon. makarioi men oun hoi chōrēsantes tauta ta agatha kai paradexamenoi apo tōn hōraiōn tous podas kai euangelizomenōn auta.
Nor must we keep silent about God the Word, who is after the Father of all things; for this good is less than no other good. Blessed, then, are those who have made room for these good things and received them from those whose feet are beautiful and who announce them.
1.58Preuschen 4:15
Πλὴν κἂν Κορίνθιός τις ὤν, κρίνοντος Παύλου μηδὲν εἰδέναι παρʼ αὐτῷ ἢ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον«, τὸν διʼ ἡμᾶς ἅνθρωπον μανθάνων παραδέξηται, »ἐν ἀρχῇ« τῶν ἀγαθῶν γίνεται, ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Ἰησοῦ »ἄνθρωπος« γινόμενος »θεοῦ« καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ ἀποθνήσκων τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος »ὃ ἀπέ- »θανε, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ«.
Plēn kan Korinthios tis ōn, krinontos Paulou mēden eidenai parʼ autǭ ē Iēsoun Christon kai touton estaurōmenon«, ton diʼ hēmas hanthrōpon manthanōn paradexētai, »en archę̄« tōn agathōn ginetai, hypo tou anthrōpou Iēsou »anthrōpos« ginomenos »theou« kai apo tou thanatou autou apothnēskōn tę̄ hamartią; kai gar ekeinos »ho ape- »thane, tę̄ hamartią apethanen ephapax«.
Yet even if someone is a Corinthian, when Paul judges it right to know nothing among him “except Jesus Christ and him crucified”, and learns and receives the one who became man for our sake, he comes to be “in the beginning” of the good things: through the man Jesus he becomes a “man of God”, and through his death he dies to sin. For “the death he died, he died to sin once for all.”
1.59Preuschen 4:15
ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς ζωῆς αὐτοῦ, ἐπεὶ Ἰησοῦς »ὃ ζῇ, ζῇ τῷ θεῷ«, πᾶς ὁ σύμμορφος γενόμενος τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ λαμβάνει τὸ ζῆν τῷ θεῷ. τίς δὲ διστάζει, εἰ αὐτοδικαιοσύνη ἀγαθόν ἐστι καὶ αὐτοαγιασμὸς καὶ αὐτοαπολύτρωσις; ἅπερ καὶ αὐτὰ οἱ Ἰησοῦν εὐαγγελιζόμενοι εὐαγγελίζονται, λέγοντες αὐτὸν γεγονέναι ἡμῖν δικαιοσύνην ἀπὸ θεοῦ καὶ ἁγιασμὸν καὶ ἀπολύτρωσιν.
apo de tēs zōēs autou, epei Iēsous »ho zę̄, zę̄ tǭ theǭ«, pas ho symmorphos genomenos tēs anastaseōs autou lambanei to zēn tǭ theǭ. tis de distazei, ei autodikaiosynē agathon esti kai autoagiasmos kai autoapolytrōsis? haper kai auta hoi Iēsoun euangelizomenoi euangelizontai, legontes auton gegonenai hēmin dikaiosynēn apo theou kai hagiasmon kai apolytrōsin.
And from his life, since Jesus, “the life he lives, he lives to God”, everyone who has been conformed to his resurrection receives the power to live to God. And who doubts that righteousness itself is a good thing, and sanctification itself, and redemption itself? These too are what those who announce Jesus announce, saying that he has become for us righteousness from God, and sanctification, and redemption.
1.60Preuschen 4:15
Παρέσται δὲ ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν γεγραμμένων περὶ αὐτοῦ δυσεξαριθμήτων παριστάντα πῶς πλῆθος ἀγαθῶν εστὶν Ἰησοῦς, ἀπὸ τῶν δυσεξαριθμήτων καὶ γεγραμμένων] καταστοχάζεσθαι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων μὲν ἐν αὐτῷ, εἰς ὃν »εὐδόκησεν« ἅπαν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς θεότητος κατοικῆσαι »σωματικῶς«, οὐ μὴν ὑπὸ γραμμάτων κεχωρημένων.
Parestai de apo toutōn tōn gegrammenōn peri autou dysexarithmētōn paristanta pōs plēthos agathōn estin Iēsous, apo tōn dysexarithmētōn kai gegrammenōn] katastochazesthai tōn hyparchontōn men en autǭ, eis hon »eudokēsen« hapan to plērōma tēs theotētos katoikēsai »sōmatikōs«, ou mēn hypo grammatōn kechōrēmenōn.
From the almost countless things written about him, one can see how Jesus is a multitude of good things, and from them one can conjecture those that are indeed in him, in whom all the fullness of the Godhead was “pleased” to dwell “bodily”, but which cannot be contained in writings.
1.61Preuschen 4:15
καὶ τί λέγω »ὑπὸ γραμμάτων«, ὅτε καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου φησὶν ὁ Ιωάννης ὅτι »Οὐδὲ αὐτὸν οἶμαι τὸν κόσμον χωρῆσαι τὰ γραφόμενα »βιβλία«;
kai ti legō »hypo grammatōn«, hote kai peri holou tou kosmou phēsin ho Iōannēs hoti »Oude auton oimai ton kosmon chōrēsai ta graphomena »biblia«?
And why do I say “in writings”, when John says of the whole world, “I suppose that not even the world itself could contain the books that would be written”?
1.62Preuschen 4:15
Ταὐτὸν οὖν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν ὅτι οἱ ἀπόστολοι τὸν σωτῆρα εὐαγγελίζονται, καὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ εὐαγγελίζονται. οὑτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ πατρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὰ εἶναι λαβών, ἵνα ἕκαστος ὃ χωρεῖ ἢ ἃ χωρεῖ διὰ Ἰησοῦ λαβὼν ἐν ἀγαθοῖς τυγχάνῃ.
Tauton oun estin eipein hoti hoi apostoloi ton sōtēra euangelizontai, kai ta agatha euangelizontai. houtos gar estin ho apo tou agathou patros to agatha einai labōn, hina hekastos ho chōrei ē ha chōrei dia Iēsou labōn en agathois tynchanę̄.
It is the same, then, to say that the apostles announce the Savior and that they announce the good things. For he is the one who received from the good Father to be the good things, so that each person, receiving through Jesus the good thing or things he has room for, may be among good things.
1.63Preuschen 4:15–16
οὐχ οἷοί τε δὲ ἦσαν οἱ ἀπόστολοι, ὧν »ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες«, καὶ οἱ τούτων ζηλωταὶ εὐαγγελίζεσθαι τὰ ἀγαθά, μὴ πρότερον Ἰησοῦ αὐτοῖς αὐτὰ εὐαγγελισαμένου, ὡς ὁ Ἡσαΐας φησίν· »Αὐτὸς ὁ λαλῶν πάρειμι· ὡς ὥρα ἐπὶ τῶν ὀρέων, ὡς πόδες »εὐαγγελιζομένου ἀκοὴν εἰρήνης, ὡς εὐαγγελιζόμενος ἀγαθά, ὅτι ἀκου- »στὴν ποιήσω τὴν σωτηρίαν σου λέγων Σιών· Βασιλεύσει σου ὁ θεός«.
ouch hoioi te de ēsan hoi apostoloi, hōn »hōraioi hoi podes«, kai hoi toutōn zēlōtai euangelizesthai ta agatha, mē proteron Iēsou autois auta euangelisamenou, hōs ho Hēsaïas phēsin; »Autos ho lalōn pareimi; hōs hōra epi tōn oreōn, hōs podes »euangelizomenou akoēn eirēnēs, hōs euangelizomenos agatha, hoti akou- »stēn poiēsō tēn sōtērian sou legōn Siōn; Basileusei sou ho theos«.
But the apostles, whose “feet are beautiful”, and those who imitate them, could not announce the good things unless Jesus had first announced them to them, as Isaiah says: “I myself who speak am here, like springtime on the mountains, like the feet of one who announces news of peace, like one who announces good things; for I will make your salvation heard, saying, Zion, your God shall reign.”
1.64Preuschen 4:16
τίνα γὰρ τὰ ὄρη, ἐφʼ ὧν αὐτὸς ὁ λαλῶν παρεῖναι ὁμολογεῖ ἢ οἱ μηδενὸς τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ὑψηλοτάτων καὶ μεγίστων ἥττονες; οὕστινας ζητεῖσθαι δεῖ ὑπὸ τῶν ἱκανῶν διακόνων τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης, ἵνα τηρήσωσι τὴν λέγουσαν ἐντολήν· »Ἐπʼ ὄρος ὑψηλὸν ἀνάβηθι ὁ εὐαγ- »γελιζόμενος Σιών, ὕψωσον τῇ ἰσχύϊ τὴν φωνήν σου ὁ εὐαγγελιζόμε- »νος Ἱερουσαλήμ.«
tina gar ta orē, ephʼ hōn autos ho lalōn pareinai homologei ē hoi mēdenos tōn epi gēs hypsēlotatōn kai megistōn hēttones? houstinas zēteisthai dei hypo tōn hikanōn diakonōn tēs kainēs diathēkēs, hina tērēsōsi tēn legousan entolēn; »Epʼ oros hypsēlon anabēthi ho euag- »gelizomenos Siōn, hypsōson tę̄ ischyï tēn phōnēn sou ho euangelizome- »nos Hierousalēm.«
For what are the mountains on which the speaker himself confesses that he is present, if not those who are in no way inferior to the highest and greatest things on earth? These must be sought out by capable ministers of the new covenant, so that they may keep the command that says, “Go up on a high mountain, you who announce good news to Zion; lift up your voice with strength, you who announce good news to Jerusalem.”
1.65Preuschen 4:16
Οὐ θαυμαστὸν δὲ εἰ τοῖς μέλλουσιν εὐαγγελίζεσθαι τὰ ἀγαθὰ Ἰησοῦς εὐαγγελίζεται τὰ ἀγαθά, οὐκ ἄλλα τυγχάνοντα ἑαυτοῦ· ἑαυτὸν γὰρ εὐαγγελίζεται ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῖς δυναμένοις οὐ διʼ ἄλλων αὐτὸν μαθεῖν. πλὴν ὁ ἐπιβαίνων τῶν ὀρῶν καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενος αὐτοῖς τὰ ἀγαθά, μαθητευθεὶς τῷ ἀγαθῷ πατρὶ ἀνατέλλοντι »τὸν ἥλιον ἐπὶ »πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς« καὶ βρέχοντι »ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους«, τοὺς τὴν ψυχὴν πτωχοὺς οὐχ ὑπερηφανεῖ.
Ou thaumaston de ei tois mellousin euangelizesthai ta agatha Iēsous euangelizetai ta agatha, ouk alla tynchanonta heautou; heauton gar euangelizetai ho huios tou theou tois dynamenois ou diʼ allōn auton mathein. plēn ho epibainōn tōn orōn kai euangelizomenos autois ta agatha, mathēteutheis tǭ agathǭ patri anatellonti »ton hēlion epi »ponērous kai agathous« kai brechonti »epi dikaious kai adikous«, tous tēn psychēn ptōchous ouch hyperēphanei.
It is not surprising that Jesus announces the good things to those who are to announce the good things, since they are nothing other than himself: for the Son of God announces himself to those who are able to learn of him not through others. Yet the one who goes up on the mountains and announces to them the good things, having been taught by the good Father, who makes “the sun rise on the evil and the good” and sends rain “on the just and the unjust”, does not disdain the poor in soul.
1.66Preuschen 4:16
καὶ τούτοις γὰρ εὐαγγελίζεται, ὡς αὐτὸς μαρτυρεῖ λαβὼν τὸν Ἡσαΐαν καὶ ἀναγνούς· »Τὸ πνεῦμα »κυρίου ἐπʼ ἐμέ. οὑ ἕνεκεν ἔχρισέ με εὐαγγελίσασθαι πτωχοῖς, ἀπέσταλκέ »με κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν·« »πτύξας« γὰρ τὸ βιβλίον καὶ »ἀποδοὺς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ ἐκάθισε« καὶ πάντων ἐνατενιζόντων αὐτῷ φησι· »Σήμερον πεπλήρωται ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη ἐν τοῖς »ὠσὶν ὑμῶν.«
kai toutois gar euangelizetai, hōs autos martyrei labōn ton Hēsaïan kai anagnous; »To pneuma »kyriou epʼ eme. hou heneken echrise me euangelisasthai ptōchois, apestalke »me kēryxai aichmalōtois aphesin kai typhlois anablepsin;« »ptyxas« gar to biblion kai »apodous tǭ hypēretę̄ ekathise« kai pantōn enatenizontōn autǭ phēsi; »Sēmeron peplērōtai hē graphē hautē en tois »ōsin hymōn.«
For to them too he announces good news, as he himself testifies when he took Isaiah and read, “The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he has anointed me to announce good news to the poor; he has sent me to proclaim release to captives and recovery of sight to the blind.” For having “rolled up” the book and “given it back to the attendant, he sat down”, and while all were gazing at him he said, “Today this Scripture has been fulfilled in your hearing.”
1.67Preuschen 4:16
Ἀναγκαῖον δὲ εἰδέναι ὅτι ἐμπεριλαμβάνεται τῷ τηλικούτῳ εὐαγγελίῳ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ εἰς Ἰησοῦν γινομένη πρᾶξις ἀγαθή, ὥσπερ καὶ τῆς τὰ πονηρὰ ἔργα πεποιηκυίας καὶ μετανενοηκυίας εὐωδίαν δεδυνημένης διὰ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν γνησίαν μετάστασιν καταχέαι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ καὶ παντὶ τῷ οἴκῳ τὴν τοῦ μύρου πνοὴν εἰς αἴσθησιν πάντων τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ ἐμπεποιηκυίας.
Anankaion de eidenai hoti emperilambanetai tǭ tēlikoutǭ euangeliǭ kai pasa hē eis Iēsoun ginomenē praxis agathē, hōsper kai tēs ta ponēra erga pepoiēkuias kai metanenoēkuias euōdian dedynēmenēs dia tēn apo tōn kakōn gnēsian metastasin katacheai tou Iēsou kai panti tǭ oikǭ tēn tou myrou pnoēn eis aisthēsin pantōn tōn en autǭ empepoiēkuias.
But it is necessary to know that every good action done toward Jesus is also included in so great a gospel: as with the woman who had done evil deeds and repented, who, because of her genuine turning away from evil, was able to pour fragrance over Jesus and to make the scent of the ointment perceptible to all in the whole house.
1.68Preuschen 4:16
διὸ καὶ γέγραπται· »Ὅπου ἂν κηρυχθῇ »τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσι, λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς·« σαφὲς δὲ ὅτι εἰς Ἰησοῦν γίνεται καὶ τὰ εἰς τοὺς μαθητευθέντας αὐτῷ ἐπιτελούμενα· δεικνὺς γοῦν τοὺς εὖ πεπονθότας φησὶ τοῖς πεποιηκόσι· »Τούτοις ὃ ἐποιήσατε ἐμοὶ ἐποι- »ήσατε«· ὥστε πᾶσα πρᾶξις ἀγαθὴ ἡ εἰς τὸν πλησίον ὑφʼ ἡμῶν ἐπιτελουμένη εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἀναφέρεται, τὸ ἐν ταῖς πλαξὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γραφόμενον καὶ ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἠξιωμένων τῆς τῶν ὅλων γνώσεως ἀναγινωσκόμενον.
dio kai gegraptai; »Hopou an kērychthę̄ »to euangelion touto en pasi tois ethnesi, lalēthēsetai kai ho epoiēsen hautē eis mnēmosynon autēs;« saphes de hoti eis Iēsoun ginetai kai ta eis tous mathēteuthentas autǭ epiteloumena; deiknys goun tous eu peponthotas phēsi tois pepoiēkosi; »Toutois ho epoiēsate emoi epoi- »ēsate«; hōste pasa praxis agathē hē eis ton plēsion hyphʼ hēmōn epiteloumenē eis to euangelion anapheretai, to en tais plaxi tou ouranou graphomenon kai hypo pantōn tōn ēxiōmenōn tēs tōn holōn gnōseōs anaginōskomenon.
That is why it is written, “Wherever this gospel is preached among all the nations, what she has done will also be told in memory of her.” And it is clear that what is done to those who have become his disciples is also done to Jesus; at any rate, pointing to those who had been treated well, he says to those who had done it, “What you did to these, you did to me.” So every good action we perform toward our neighbor is counted as part of the gospel, which is written on the tablets of heaven and read by all who have been counted worthy of the knowledge of all things.
1.69Preuschen 4:16–17
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου μέρος ἐστὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου εἰς κατηγορίαν τῶν πραζάντων τὰ εἰς Ἰησοῦν ἁμαρτανόμενα.
alla kai ek tou enantiou meros esti tou euangeliou eis katēgorian tōn prazantōn ta eis Iēsoun hamartanomena.
But, on the other side, part of the gospel also serves to accuse those who committed sins against Jesus.
1.70Preuschen 4:17
ἡ γοῦν Ἰούδα προδοσία καὶ ἡ τοῦ ἀσεβοῦς λαοῦ καταβόησις φάσκοντος »Αἶρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον« καὶ »Σταύρου, σταύρου »αὐτὸν« καὶ οἱ ἐμπαιγμοὶ τῶν αὐτὸν τῇ ἀκάνθῃ στεφανωσάντων καὶ τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια ἐγκατατέκται τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις.
hē goun Iouda prodosia kai hē tou asebous laou kataboēsis phaskontos »Aire apo tēs gēs ton toiouton« kai »Staurou, staurou »auton« kai hoi empaigmoi tōn auton tę̄ akanthę̄ stephanōsantōn kai ta toutois paraplēsia enkatatektai tois euangeliois.
At any rate, the betrayal by Judas, and the outcry of the impious people saying, “Away with such a man from the earth” and “Crucify, crucify him”, and the mockery of those who crowned him with thorns, and things like these, are woven into the Gospels.
1.71Preuschen 4:17
ἀκόλουθον δὲ τούτοις ἐστὶ νοῆσαι ὅτι πᾶς ὁ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰησοῦ προδότης Ἰησοῦ προδότης εἶναι λελόγισται. πρὸς γοῦν τὸν ἔτι διώκοντα Σαῦλον εἶπεν· »Σαούλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις«; καὶ »Ἐγώ εἰμι Ἰησοῦς, »ὅν σὺ διώκεις«.
akolouthon de toutois esti noēsai hoti pas ho tōn mathētōn Iēsou prodotēs Iēsou prodotēs einai lelogistai. pros goun ton eti diōkonta Saulon eipen; »Saoul, Saoul, ti me diōkeis«? kai »Egō eimi Iēsous, »hon sy diōkeis«.
It follows from this to understand that everyone who betrays the disciples of Jesus is reckoned to be a betrayer of Jesus. At any rate, to Saul, while he was still persecuting, he said, “Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me?” and “I am Jesus, whom you are persecuting.”
1.72Preuschen 4:17
τίνες δὲ τὰς ἀκάνθας ἔχουσιν, αἷς τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀτιμάζοντες στεφανοῦσιν; οἳ »ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν καὶ πλούτου καὶ ἡδονῶν »τοῦ βίου« συνπνιγόμενοι λαβόντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ »οὐ τελεσ- »φοροῦσιν«.
tines de tas akanthas echousin, hais ton Iēsoun atimazontes stephanousin? hoi »hypo merimnōn kai ploutou kai hēdonōn »tou biou« synpnigomenoi labontes ton logon tou theou »ou teles- »phorousin«.
And who are those who have the thorns with which they dishonor and crown Jesus? Those who, having received the word of God, are choked “by cares and riches and pleasures of life” and “bring no fruit to maturity”.
1.73Preuschen 4:17
διόπερ φυλακτέον μήποτε καὶ ἡμεῖς, ὡς ταῖς ἰδίαις ἀκάνθαις στεφανοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀναγραφόμενοι τοιοῦτοι ἀναγινωσκώμεθα παρὰ τοῖς τὸν ἐν πᾶσι καὶ παρὰ πᾶσι λογικοῖς ἢ ἁγίοις Ἰησοῦν μανθάνουσι, τίνα τε τρόπον μύρῳ ἀλείφεται καὶ δειπνίζεται καὶ δοξάζεται ἢ ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων ἀτιμάζεται καὶ ἐμπαίζεται καὶ τύπτεται.
dioper phylakteon mēpote kai hēmeis, hōs tais idiais akanthais stephanountes ton Iēsoun, anagraphomenoi toioutoi anaginōskōmetha para tois ton en pasi kai para pasi logikois ē hagiois Iēsoun manthanousi, tina te tropon myrǭ aleiphetai kai deipnizetai kai doxazetai ē ek tōn enantiōn atimazetai kai empaizetai kai typtetai.
So we must be on guard lest we too, crowning Jesus with our own thorns, be recorded as such and read as such by those who learn about Jesus, who is in all and among all rational or holy beings, and how he is anointed with ointment, given supper, and glorified, or, on the contrary, dishonored, mocked, and beaten.
1.74Preuschen 4:17
ἀναγκαίως δὴ ταῦθʼ ἡμῖν εἴρηται δεικνύουσιν ὡς αἱ ἀγαθαὶ ἡμῶν πράξεις καὶ αἱ ἁμαρτίαι τῶν πταιόντων τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ἐγκατατάσσονται ἤτοι »εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἢ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν καὶ εἰς αἰσχύνην »αἰώνιον«.
anankaiōs dē tauthʼ hēmin eirētai deiknyousin hōs hai agathai hēmōn praxeis kai hai hamartiai tōn ptaiontōn tǭ euangeliǭ enkatatassontai ētoi »eis zōēn aiōnion ē eis oneidismon kai eis aischynēn »aiōnion«.
We have had to say these things to show that our good actions and the sins of those who stumble are recorded in the gospel, either “to eternal life or to reproach and eternal shame”.
1.75Preuschen 4:17
Εἰ δὲ ἐν ἀνθρώποις εἰσὶν οἱ τετιμημένοι διακονίᾳ τῇ τῶν εὐαγγελιστῶν καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Ἱησοῦς εὐαγγελίζεται ἀγαθὰ καὶ πτωχοῖς εὐαγγελίζεται, οὐκ ἔδει τοὺς πεποιημένους ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ »πνεύ- »ματα ἀγγέλους« καὶ τοὺς ὄντας »πυρὸς φλόγα«, »λειτουργοὺς« τοῦ τῶν ὅλων πατρός, ἐστερῆσθαι τοῦ καὶ αὐτοὺς εἶναι εὐαγγελιστάς;
Ei de en anthrōpois eisin hoi tetimēmenoi diakonią tę̄ tōn euangelistōn kai autos ho Hiēsous euangelizetai agatha kai ptōchois euangelizetai, ouk edei tous pepoiēmenous hypo tou theou »pneu- »mata angelous« kai tous ontas »pyros phloga«, »leitourgous« tou tōn holōn patros, esterēsthai tou kai autous einai euangelistas?
If among human beings there are those honored with the ministry of evangelists, and Jesus himself announces good things and announces good news to the poor, those whom God made “spirits, his angels”, and who are “a flame of fire”, “ministers” of the Father of all things, ought not to be deprived of being evangelists themselves.
1.76Preuschen 4:17–18
διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἄγγελος ἐπιστὰς τοῖς ποιμέσι φησί, δόξαν ποιήσας περιλάμπειν αὐτούς· »Μὴ φοβεῖσθε, ἰδοὺ γὰρ εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν »μεγάλην ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ, ὅτι ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον σωτήρ, »ὅς ἐστι Χριστὸς κύριος, ἐν πόλει Δαβίδ«· ὅτε καὶ μηδέπω ἀνθρώπων συνιέντων τὸ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου μυστήριον οἱ κρείττονες αὐτῶν, οὐράνιος τυγχάνοντες στρατιὰ θεοῦ, αἰνοῦντες τὸν θεὸν λέγουσι· »Δόξα »ἐν ὑψίστοις θεῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς εἰρήνη, ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκία.«
dia touto kai angelos epistas tois poimesi phēsi, doxan poiēsas perilampein autous; »Mē phobeisthe, idou gar euangelizomai hymin charan »megalēn hētis estai panti tǭ laǭ, hoti etechthē hymin sēmeron sōtēr, »hos esti Christos kyrios, en polei Dabid«; hote kai mēdepō anthrōpōn synientōn to tou euangeliou mystērion hoi kreittones autōn, ouranios tynchanontes stratia theou, ainountes ton theon legousi; »Doxa »en hypsistois theǭ kai epi gēs eirēnē, en anthrōpois eudokia.«
That is why an angel, standing by the shepherds and making glory shine around them, says, “Do not be afraid; for behold, I announce to you good news of great joy which will be for all the people: for to you is born today a Savior, who is Christ the Lord, in the city of David.” And at that time, when human beings did not yet understand the mystery of the gospel, those who are greater than they, the heavenly army of God, praising God say, “Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will among men.”
1.77Preuschen 4:18
καὶ ταῦτα εἰπόντες ἀπέρχονται ἀπὸ τῶν ποιμένων εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν οἱ ἄγγελοι, καταλιπόντες ἡμῖν νοεῖν, πῶς ἡ εὐαγγελισθεῖσα ἡμῖν διὰ τῆς γενέσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ »χαρὰ« »δόξα« ἐστὶν »ἐν ὑψίστοις θεῷ«, τῶν ταπεινωθέντων εἰς χοῦν ἐπιστρεφόντων »εἰς τὴν ἀνάπαυσιν« αὐτῶν καὶ »ἐν ὑψίστοις« διὰ Χριστοῦ μελλόντων δοξάζειν τὸν θεόν.
kai tauta eipontes aperchontai apo tōn poimenōn eis ton ouranon hoi angeloi, katalipontes hēmin noein, pōs hē euangelistheisa hēmin dia tēs geneseōs Christou Iēsou »chara« »doxa« estin »en hypsistois theǭ«, tōn tapeinōthentōn eis choun epistrephontōn »eis tēn anapausin« autōn kai »en hypsistois« dia Christou mellontōn doxazein ton theon.
And having said this, the angels go away from the shepherds into heaven, leaving us to understand how the “joy” announced to us through the birth of Christ Jesus is “glory to God in the highest”: those who had been humbled to the dust return “to their rest” and are to glorify God “in the highest” through Christ.
1.78Preuschen 4:18
ἀλλὰ καὶ θαυμάζουσιν οἱ ἄγγελοι τὴν ἐπὶ γῆς ἐσομένην διὰ Ἰησοῦν εἰρήνην, τοῦ πολεμικοῦ χωρίου, εἰς ὃ ἐκπεσὼν »ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὁ »ἑωσφόρος, ὁ πρωὶ· ἀνατέλλων« ὑπὸ Ἰησοῦ συντρίβεται.
alla kai thaumazousin hoi angeloi tēn epi gēs esomenēn dia Iēsoun eirēnēn, tou polemikou chōriou, eis ho ekpesōn »ek tou ouranou ho »heōsphoros, ho prōi; anatellōn« hypo Iēsou syntribetai.
And the angels also marvel at the peace that is to come on earth through Jesus, since the region of war, into which “the morning star, rising at dawn” fell “from heaven”, is being crushed by Jesus.
1.79Preuschen 4:18
Πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ τοῦτο περὶ εὐαγγελίου ἰστέον, ὅτι πρώτως τῆς κεφαλῆς τοῦ ὅλου τῶν σωζομένων σώματος, Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἐστὶ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ὥς φησιν ὁ Μάρκος· »Ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγε- »λίου Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ·« ἤδη δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων τυγχάνει· διὸ λέγει ὁ Παῦλος· »Κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου.«
Pros tois eirēmenois kai touto peri euangeliou isteon, hoti prōtōs tēs kephalēs tou holou tōn sōzomenōn sōmatos, Christou Iēsou, esti to euangelion, hōs phēsin ho Markos; »Archē tou euange- »liou Christou Iēsou;« ēdē de kai tōn apostolōn tynchanei; dio legei ho Paulos; »Kata to euangelion mou.«
In addition to what has been said, one must also know this about the gospel: that primarily the gospel belongs to the head of the whole body of the saved, Christ Jesus, as Mark says, “The beginning of the gospel of Christ Jesus”; but it also belongs to the apostles, which is why Paul says, “According to my gospel.”
1.80Preuschen 4:18
πλὴν ἡ ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου (ἔστι γὰρ αὐτοῦ μέγεθος ἀρχὴν καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς καὶ μέσα καὶ τέλη ἔχοντος) ἤτοι πᾶσά έστιν ἡ παλαιὰ διαθήκη, τύπου αὐτῆς ὄντος Ἰωάννου, ἢ διὰ τὴν συναφὴν τῆς καινῆς πρὸς τὴν παλαιὰν τὰ τέλη τῆς παλαιᾶς διὰ Ἰωάννου παρίσταμεν.
plēn hē archē tou euangeliou (esti gar autou megethos archēn kai ta hexēs kai mesa kai telē echontos) ētoi pasa estin hē palaia diathēkē, typou autēs ontos Iōannou, ē dia tēn synaphēn tēs kainēs pros tēn palaian ta telē tēs palaias dia Iōannou paristamen.
But the beginning of the gospel (for, given its greatness, it has a beginning, what follows, a middle, and an end) is either the whole Old Testament, of which John is a type, or, because of the connection of the new with the old, the end of the old presented through John.
1.81Preuschen 4:18
φησὶ γὰρ ὁ αὐτὸς Μάρκος· »Ἀρχὴ τοῦ »εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν Ἡσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ· »Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ὃς κατα- »σκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου. φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ· Ἑτοιμάσατε·
phēsi gar ho autos Markos; »Archē tou »euangeliou Iēsou Christou, kathōs gegraptai en Hēsaïą tǭ prophētę̄; »Idou egō apostellō ton angelon mou pro prosōpou sou, hos kata- »skeuasei tēn hodon sou. phōnē boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ; Hetoimasate;
For the same Mark says, “The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, as it is written in Isaiah the prophet: Behold, I send my messenger before your face, who will prepare your way. The voice of one crying in the wilderness: Prepare
1.82Preuschen 4:18
»τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ.« ὅθεν θαυμάζειν μοι ἔπεισι, πῶς δυσὶ θεοῖς προσάπτουσιν ἀμφοτέρας τὰς διαθήκας οἱ ἑτερόδοξοι, οὐκ ἔλαττον καὶ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ῥητοῦ ἐλεγχόμενοι. πῶς γὰρ δύναται ἀρχὴ εἶναι τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, ὡς αὐτοὶ οἴονται, ἑτέρου τυγχάνων θεοῦ ὁ Ἰωάννης, ὁ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ ἄνθρωπος καὶ ἀγνοῶν, ὡς νομίζουσι, τὴν καινὴν θεότητα;
»tēn hodon kyriou, eutheias poieite tas tribous autou.« hothen thaumazein moi epeisi, pōs dysi theois prosaptousin amphoteras tas diathēkas hoi heterodoxoi, ouk elatton kai ek toutou tou rhētou elenchomenoi. pōs gar dynatai archē einai tou euangeliou, hōs autoi oiontai, heterou tynchanōn theou ho Iōannēs, ho tou dēmiourgou anthrōpos kai agnoōn, hōs nomizousi, tēn kainēn theotēta?
the way of the Lord, make his paths straight.” Hence I am led to wonder how the heterodox attribute the two covenants to two gods, when they are refuted no less by this passage. For how can John be the beginning of the gospel if, as they suppose, he belongs to another god, being the Creator's man and, as they think, ignorant of the new divinity?
1.83Preuschen 4:18
Οὐ μίαν δὲ καὶ βραχεῖαν πιστεύονται διακονίαν εὐαγγελικὴν ἄγγελοι οὐδὲ μόνην τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ποιμένας γεγενημένην· ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐπὶ τέλει μετέωρος καὶ ἱπτάμενος ἄγγελος εὐαγγέλιον ἔχων εὐαγγελιεῖται πᾶν ἔθνος, τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ πατρὸς οὐ πάντη καταλιπόντος τοὺς ἀποπεπτωκότας αὐτοῦ.
Ou mian de kai bracheian pisteuontai diakonian euangelikēn angeloi oude monēn tēn pros tous poimenas gegenēmenēn; alla gar epi telei meteōros kai hiptamenos angelos euangelion echōn euangelieitai pan ethnos, tou agathou patros ou pantē katalipontos tous apopeptōkotas autou.
Angels are not believed to have only a single, brief ministry of the gospel, nor only the one that took place for the shepherds. For at the end an angel flying in mid-heaven, having a gospel, will announce it to every nation, since the good Father has not wholly abandoned those who have fallen away from him.
1.84Preuschen 4:18–19
φησὶ γοῦν ἐν τῇ Ἀποκαλύψει ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Ἰωάννης· »Καὶ εἶδον ἄγγελον πετόμενον ἐν μεσουρανήματι, »ἔχοντα εὐαγγέλιον αἰώνιον εὐαγγελίσασθαι ἐπὶ τοὺς καθημένους ἐπὶ »τῆς γῆς καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶν ἔθνος καὶ φυλὴν καὶ γλῶσσαν καὶ λαόν, λέγων »ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ· Φοβήθητε τὸν θεὸν καὶ δότε αὐτῷ δόξαν, ὅτι ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα τῆς κρίσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ προσκυνήσατε τὸν ποιήσαντα τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ πηγὰς ὑδάτων.«
phēsi goun en tę̄ Apokalypsei ho tou Zebedaiou Iōannēs; »Kai eidon angelon petomenon en mesouranēmati, »echonta euangelion aiōnion euangelisasthai epi tous kathēmenous epi »tēs gēs kai epi pan ethnos kai phylēn kai glōssan kai laon, legōn »en phōnę̄ megalę̄; Phobēthēte ton theon kai dote autǭ doxan, hoti ēlthen hē hōra tēs kriseōs autou, kai proskynēsate ton poiēsanta ton ouranon kai tēn gēn kai tēn thalassan kai pēgas hydatōn.«
At any rate, John the son of Zebedee says in the Revelation: “And I saw an angel flying in mid-heaven, having an eternal gospel to announce to those who dwell on the earth and to every nation and tribe and tongue and people, saying with a loud voice: Fear God and give him glory, for the hour of his judgment has come; and worship him who made heaven and earth and the sea and springs of water.”
1.85Preuschen 4:19
Ἐπεὶ τοίνυν »ἀρχὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου« κατὰ μίαν ἐκδοχὴν τὴν πᾶσαν παρεστήσαμεν εἶναι παλαιὰν διαθήκην διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος Ἰωάννου σημαινομένην, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ἀμάρτυρον εἶναι τὴν ἐκδοχὴν ταύτην παραθησόμεθα τὸ ἐκ Πράξεων περὶ τοῦ τῆς Ἀἰθιόπων βασιλίδος εὐνούχου εἰρημένον καὶ Φιλίππου· »Ἀρξάμενος, γάρ φησιν, ὁ Φίλιππος »ἀπὸ τῆς Ἡσαΐου γραφῆς τῆς Ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη, καὶ ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐνώπιον τοῦ κείροντος εὐαγγελίσατο αὐτῷ τὸν »κύριον Ἰησοῦν.« πῶς γὰρ ἀρχόμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ προφήτου εὐαγγελίζεται Ἰησοῦν, εἰ μὴ τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ εὐαγγελίου μέρος τι ὁ Ἡσαΐας ἦν;
Epei toinyn »archēn tou euangeliou« kata mian ekdochēn tēn pasan parestēsamen einai palaian diathēkēn dia tou onomatos Iōannou sēmainomenēn, hyper tou mē amartyron einai tēn ekdochēn tautēn parathēsometha to ek Praxeōn peri tou tēs Aithiopōn basilidos eunouchou eirēmenon kai Philippou; »Arxamenos, gar phēsin, ho Philippos »apo tēs Hēsaïou graphēs tēs Hōs probaton epi sphagēn ēchthē, kai hōs amnos enōpion tou keirontos euangelisato autǭ ton »kyrion Iēsoun.« pōs gar archomenos apo tou prophētou euangelizetai Iēsoun, ei mē tēs archēs tou euangeliou meros ti ho Hēsaïas ēn?
Since, then, according to one interpretation, we have shown that “the beginning of the gospel” is the whole Old Testament, signified by the name of John, so that this interpretation may not be without testimony we shall cite what is said in the Acts about the eunuch of the queen of the Ethiopians and Philip: “Beginning,” it says, “from the Scripture of Isaiah, He was led like a sheep to the slaughter, and like a lamb before its shearer, Philip announced to him the Lord Jesus.” For how does he announce Jesus beginning from the prophet, unless Isaiah was some part of the beginning of the gospel?
1.86Preuschen 4:19
ἅμα δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐν πρώτοις ἡμῖν εἰρημένα περὶ τοῦ δύνασθαι εὐαγγέλιον εἶναι πᾶσαν θείαν γραφὴν ἐντεῦθεν δύναται δηλοῦσθαι· καὶ γὰρ εἰ ὁ εὐαγγελιζόμενος »ἀγαθὰ εὐαγγελίζεται«, πάντες δὲ οἱ πρὸ τῆς σωματικῆς Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίας Χριστὸν εὐαγγελίζονται ὄντα »τὰ ἀγαθά«, ὡς ἀπεδείξαμεν, πάντων πως εἰσὶν οἱ λόγοι τοῦ εὐαγγελίου μέρος.
hama de kai ta en prōtois hēmin eirēmena peri tou dynasthai euangelion einai pasan theian graphēn enteuthen dynatai dēlousthai; kai gar ei ho euangelizomenos »agatha euangelizetai«, pantes de hoi pro tēs sōmatikēs Christou epidēmias Christon euangelizontai onta »ta agatha«, hōs apedeixamen, pantōn pōs eisin hoi logoi tou euangeliou meros.
At the same time what we said at the start, that all divine Scripture can be gospel, can be shown from this. For if the one who announces good news “announces good things”, and all those before Christ's bodily sojourn announce Christ, who is “the good things”, as we have shown, then the words of all of them are in some way part of the gospel.
1.87Preuschen 4:19
ὅπερ εὐαγγέλιον λεγόμενον λαλεῖσθαι ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ ἡμεῖς ἐκλαμβάνομεν ἀπαγγέλλεσθαι ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ, οὐ μόνον τῷ περιγείῳ τόπω ἀλλὰ καὶ παντὶ τῷ συστήματι τῷ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ἢ ἐξ οὐρανῶν καὶ γῆς.
hoper euangelion legomenon laleisthai en holǭ tǭ kosmǭ hēmeis eklambanomen apangellesthai en holǭ tǭ kosmǭ, ou monon tǭ perigeiǭ topō alla kai panti tǭ systēmati tǭ ex ouranou kai gēs ē ex ouranōn kai gēs.
This gospel, which is said to be spoken in the whole world, we understand to be proclaimed in the whole world: not only in the region around the earth, but in the whole system of heaven and earth, or of the heavens and earth.
1.88Preuschen 4:19
Καὶ τί δεῖ ἐπὶ πλεῖον μηκύνειν τὸν περὶ τοῦ τί τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν ἐστι λόγον; αὐτάρκως δὴ τούτων εἰρημένων καὶ ἐκ τούτων τῶν μὴ ἀνεντρεχῶν δυναμένων τὰ παραπλήσια συναγαγεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν καὶ βλέπειν τίς ἡ δόξα τῶν ἐν Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ ἀγαθῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, διακονουμένου ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἀγγέλων, ἐγὼ δʼ οἶμαι ὅτι καὶ ἀρχῶν καὶ ἐξουσιῶν καὶ θρόνων καὶ κυριοτήτων »καὶ παντὸς »ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου οὐ μόνον ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν »τῷ μέλλοντι«, εἴγε καὶ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, αὐτοῦ που καταπαύσομεν τὰ πρὸ τῆς συναναγνώσεως τῶν γεγραμμένων.
Kai ti dei epi pleion mēkynein ton peri tou ti to euangelion esti logon? autarkōs dē toutōn eirēmenōn kai ek toutōn tōn mē anentrechōn dynamenōn ta paraplēsia synagagein apo tōn graphōn kai blepein tis hē doxa tōn en Iēsou Christǭ agathōn apo tou euangeliou, diakonoumenou hypo anthrōpōn kai angelōn, egō dʼ oimai hoti kai archōn kai exousiōn kai thronōn kai kyriotētōn »kai pantos »onomatos onomazomenou ou monon en toutǭ tǭ aiōni alla kai en »tǭ mellonti«, eige kai hypʼ autou tou Christou, autou pou katapausomen ta pro tēs synanagnōseōs tōn gegrammenōn.
And why need we lengthen further the discussion of what the gospel is? Enough has been said, and from this those who are not unskilled can gather similar things from the Scriptures and see what the glory of the good things in Jesus Christ is from the gospel, ministered by human beings and angels, and, I think, also by principalities and powers and thrones and dominions “and every name that is named, not only in this age but also in the age to come”, and indeed by Christ himself. Here, then, we shall end our remarks before reading the text together.
1.89Preuschen 4:19–20
ἤδη δὲ θεὸν αἰτώμεθα συνεργῆσαι διὰ Χριστοῦ ἡμῖν ἐν ἁγίῳ πνεύματι πρὸς ἀνάπτυξιν τοῦ ἐν ταῖς λέξεσιν ἐναποτεθησαυρισμένου μυστικοῦ νοῦ. 1, 1. Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος.
ēdē de theon aitōmetha synergēsai dia Christou hēmin en hagiǭ pneumati pros anaptyxin tou en tais lexesin enapotethēsaurismenou mystikou nou. 1, 1. En archę̄ ēn ho logos.
Now let us ask God to help us through Christ in the Holy Spirit to unfold the mystical meaning stored up in the words. John 1:1: “In the beginning was the Word.”
1.90Preuschen 4:20
Οὐ μόνον Ἕλληνες πολλά φασι σημαινόμενα εἶναι ἀπὸ τῆς »ἀρχῆς« προσηγορίας· ἀλλὰ γὰρ εἴ τις τηρήσαι συνάγων πάντοθεν τοῦτο τὸ ὄνομα καὶ ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάζων βούλοιτο κατανοεῖν ἐν ἑκάστῳ τόπῳ τῶν γραφῶν ἐπὶ τίνος τέτακται, εὑρήσει καὶ κατὰ τὸν θεῖον λόγον τὸ πολύσημον τῆς φωνῆς.
Ou monon Hellēnes polla phasi sēmainomena einai apo tēs »archēs« prosēgorias; alla gar ei tis tērēsai synagōn pantothen touto to onoma kai akribōs exetazōn bouloito katanoein en hekastǭ topǭ tōn graphōn epi tinos tetaktai, heurēsei kai kata ton theion logon to polysēmon tēs phōnēs.
It is not only the Greeks who say that the term “beginning” has many meanings. For if anyone should gather this word from everywhere and, examining it carefully, wish to understand to what it refers in each passage of the Scriptures, he will find that, according to the divine word too, the term has many meanings.
1.91Preuschen 4:20
ἡ μὲν γάρ τις ὡς μεταβάσεως, αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ ὡς ὁδοῦ καὶ μήκους· ὅπερ δηλοῦται ἐκ τοῦ »Ἀρχὴ »ὁδοῦ ἀγαθῆς τὸ ποιεῖν τὰ δίκαια«. τῆς γὰρ »ἀγαθῆς ὁδοῦ« μεγίστης τυγχανούσης, κατὰ μὲν τὰ πρῶτα νοητέον εἶναι τὸ πρακτικόν, ὅπερ παρίσταται διὰ τοῦ »Ποιεῖν τὰ δίκαια« κατὰ δὲ τὰ ἑξῆς τὸ θεωρητικόν· εἰς ὃ καταλήγειν οἶμαι καὶ τὸ τέλος αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ λεγομένῃ ἀποκαταστάσει διὰ τὸ μηδένα καταλείπεσθαι τότε ἐχθρόν, εἴγε ἀληθὲς τὸ »δεῖ γὰρ αὐτὸν βασιλεύειν, ἄχρι οὗ θῇ πάντας τοὺς εχθροὺς αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ· ἔσχατος δὲ ἐχθρὸς καταργεῖται ὁ θάνατος.«
hē men gar tis hōs metabaseōs, hautē de estin hē hōs hodou kai mēkous; hoper dēloutai ek tou »Archē »hodou agathēs to poiein ta dikaia«. tēs gar »agathēs hodou« megistēs tynchanousēs, kata men ta prōta noēteon einai to praktikon, hoper paristatai dia tou »Poiein ta dikaia« kata de ta hexēs to theōrētikon; eis ho katalēgein oimai kai to telos autēs en tę̄ legomenę̄ apokatastasei dia to mēdena kataleipesthai tote echthron, eige alēthes to »dei gar auton basileuein, achri hou thę̄ pantas tous echthrous autou hypo tous podas autou; eschatos de echthros katargeitai ho thanatos.«
One kind of beginning is that of a passage, that is, of a way and a length; this is shown by “The beginning of a good way is to do what is just.” For since the “good way” is very long, one must understand the practical to lie in its first parts, which is presented by “to do what is just”, and the contemplative in the parts that follow. In this, I think, its end too comes to rest, in the so-called restoration, because no enemy will then be left, if indeed it is true that “he must reign until he has put all his enemies under his feet; and the last enemy to be destroyed is death.”
1.92Preuschen 4:20
τότε γὰρ μία πρᾶξις ἔσται τῶν πρὸς θεὸν διὰ τὸν πρὸς αὐτὸν λόγον φθασάντων ἡ τοῦ κατανοεῖν τὸν θεόν, ἵνα γένωνται οὕτως ἐν τῇ γνώσει τοῦ πατρὸς μορφωθέντες πάντες † ἀκριβῶς υἱός, ὡς νῦν μόνος ὁ υἱὸς ἔγνωκε τὸν πατέρα·
tote gar mia praxis estai tōn pros theon dia ton pros auton logon phthasantōn hē tou katanoein ton theon, hina genōntai houtōs en tę̄ gnōsei tou patros morphōthentes pantes † akribōs huios, hōs nyn monos ho huios egnōke ton patera;
For then there will be one activity for those who have come to God through his Word: that of contemplating God, so that, being thus formed in the knowledge of the Father, they may all become exactly a son, as now the Son alone has known the Father.
1.93Preuschen 4:20
εἰ γὰρ ἐπιμελῶς τις ἐξετάζοι, πότε γνώσονται, οἷς ἀποκαλύπτει ὁ ἐγνωκὼς τὸν πατέρα υἱός, τὸν πατέρα, καὶ βλέποι τὸ νῦν »διʼ ἐσόπτρου καὶ ἐν αἰνίγματι« τὸν βλέποντα βλέπειν, οὐδέπω ἐγνωκότα »καθὼς δεῖ γνῶναι«, οὐκ ἂν ἁμάρτοι λέγων μηδένα ἐγνωκέναι, κἂν ἀπόστολος κἂν προφήτης τις ᾖ, τὸν πατέρα, ἀλλʼ ὅταν γένωνται ὲν ὡς ὁ υἱὸς καὶ ὁ πατὴρ εἰσιν.
ei gar epimelōs tis exetazoi, pote gnōsontai, hois apokalyptei ho egnōkōs ton patera huios, ton patera, kai blepoi to nyn »diʼ esoptrou kai en ainigmati« ton bleponta blepein, oudepō egnōkota »kathōs dei gnōnai«, ouk an hamartoi legōn mēdena egnōkenai, kan apostolos kan prophētēs tis ę̄, ton patera, allʼ hotan genōntai en hōs ho huios kai ho patēr eisin.
For if one should examine carefully when those to whom the Son, who has known the Father, reveals him will know the Father, and should see that now the one who sees sees “through a mirror and in a riddle”, not yet having known “as one ought to know”, he would not be wrong in saying that no one, whether apostle or prophet, has known the Father, until they become one as the Son and the Father are one.
1.94Preuschen 4:20–21
εἰ δὲ δόξειέ τις ἡμᾶς παρεκβεβηκέναι, ἓν σημαινόμενον τῆς ἀρχῆς σαφηνίζοντας καὶ ταῦτα εἰρηκότας, δεικτέον ὅτι ἡ παρέκβασις πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον ἀναγκαία καὶ χρήσιμος ἦν. εἰ γὰρ »ἀρχὴ« ὡς μεταβάσεώς ἐστι καὶ ὁδοῦ καὶ μέκους, »ἀρχὴ δὲ ὁδοῦ ἀγαθῆς τὸ ποιεῖν τὰ δίκαια«, ἔστιν εἰδέναι, ὅτι πᾶσα ὁδὸς ἀγαθή πως »ἀρχὴν« μὲν ἔχει »τὸ ποιεῖν τὰ δίκαια«, μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν θεωρίαν, καὶ τίνα τρόπον τὴν θεωρίαν.
ei de doxeie tis hēmas parekbebēkenai, hen sēmainomenon tēs archēs saphēnizontas kai tauta eirēkotas, deikteon hoti hē parekbasis pros to prokeimenon anankaia kai chrēsimos ēn. ei gar »archē« hōs metabaseōs esti kai hodou kai mekous, »archē de hodou agathēs to poiein ta dikaia«, estin eidenai, hoti pasa hodos agathē pōs »archēn« men echei »to poiein ta dikaia«, meta de tēn archēn tēn theōrian, kai tina tropon tēn theōrian.
If someone should think that we have digressed, since we were explaining one meaning of “beginning” and said these things, we must show that the digression was necessary and useful for the subject. For if “beginning” can be that of a passage, a way, and a length, and “the beginning of a good way is to do what is just”, one may know that every good way in some sense has as its “beginning” “doing what is just”, and after the beginning, contemplation; and in what way contemplation.
1.95Preuschen 4:21
Ἔστι δὲ »ἀρχὴ« καὶ ἡ ὡς γενέσεως, ἣ δόξαι ἂν ἐπὶ τοῦ »Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν·« οἶμαι δὲ σαφέστερον ἐν τῷ Ἰὼβ τοῦτο καταγγέλλεσθαι τὸ σημαινόμενον κατὰ τὸ » Τοῦτʼ ἐστιν ἀρχὴ πλάσματος κυρίου, πεποιημένον ἐγκαταπαίζεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ.«
Esti de »archē« kai hē hōs geneseōs, hē doxai an epi tou »En archę̄ epoiēsen ho theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn;« oimai de saphesteron en tǭ Iōb touto katangellesthai to sēmainomenon kata to » Toutʼ estin archē plasmatos kyriou, pepoiēmenon enkatapaizesthai hypo tōn angelōn autou.«
“Beginning” is also that of coming into being, which might seem to be meant in “In the beginning God made heaven and earth”; but I think this meaning is proclaimed more clearly in Job, in the words “This is the beginning of the Lord's creation, made to be mocked by his angels.”
1.96Preuschen 4:21
ὑπολάβοι γὰρ ἄν τις τῶν έν γενέσει τῇ τοῦ κόσμου τυγχανόντων »ἐν ἀρχῇ« προπεποιῆσθαι »τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ »τὴν γῆν«· βέλτιον δὲ ὡς πρὸς τὸ δεύτερον ῥητόν, πολλῶν ὄντων τῶν ἐν σώμασι γεγενημένων πρῶτον τῶν ἐν σώματι τὸν καλουμένου εἶναι δράκοντα, ὀνομαζόμενον δέ που καὶ »μέγα κῆτος«, ὅπερ ἐχειρώ- σατο ὁ κύριος.
hypolaboi gar an tis tōn en genesei tę̄ tou kosmou tynchanontōn »en archę̄« propepoiēsthai »ton ouranon kai »tēn gēn«; beltion de hōs pros to deuteron rhēton, pollōn ontōn tōn en sōmasi gegenēmenōn prōton tōn en sōmati ton kaloumenou einai drakonta, onomazomenon de pou kai »mega kētos«, hoper echeirō- sato ho kyrios.
For someone might suppose that, of the things in the creation of the world, “heaven and earth” were made first, “in the beginning”. But it is better, with reference to the second passage, to say that, of the many beings that have come to be in bodies, the first of those in a body is the one called the dragon, also named somewhere “the great sea monster”, which the Lord has tamed.
1.97Preuschen 4:21
καὶ ἀναγκαῖον ἐπιστῆσαι εἰ ἄϋλον πάντη καὶ ἀσώματον ζωὴν ζώντων ἐν μακαριότητι τῶν ἁγίων, ὁ καλούμενος δράκων ἄξιος γεγένηται, ἀποπεσὼν τῆς καθαρᾶς ζωῆς, πρὸ πάντων ἐνδεθῆναι ὕλῃ καὶ σώματι, ἵνα διὰ τοῦτο χρηματίσων ὁ κύριος διὰ λαίλαπος καὶ νεφῶν λέγῃ »Τοῦτʼ ἐστιν ἀρχὴ πλάσματος κυρίου, πεποιημένον »ἐγκαταπαίζεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ«.
kai anankaion epistēsai ei aÿlon pantē kai asōmaton zōēn zōntōn en makariotēti tōn hagiōn, ho kaloumenos drakōn axios gegenētai, apopesōn tēs katharas zōēs, pro pantōn endethēnai hylę̄ kai sōmati, hina dia touto chrēmatisōn ho kyrios dia lailapos kai nephōn legę̄ »Toutʼ estin archē plasmatos kyriou, pepoiēmenon »enkatapaizesthai hypo tōn angelōn autou«.
And one must consider whether the one called the dragon, while the saints were living an entirely immaterial and bodiless life in blessedness, fell from the pure life and deserved, before all others, to be bound to matter and a body, so that for this reason the Lord, speaking through whirlwind and clouds, says, “This is the beginning of the Lord's creation, made to be mocked by his angels.”
1.98Preuschen 4:21
δυνατὸν μέντοι γε τὸν δράκοντα μὴ ἁπαξαπλῶς εἶναι ἀρχὴν πλάσματος κυρίου, ἀλλὰ πολλῶν ἐν σώματι »ἐγκαταπαίζεσθαι« πεποιημένων »ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων«, τοῦτον ἀρχὴν τῶν τοιούτων εἶναι, δυναμένων τινῶν ὑπάρχειν έν σώματι οὐχ οὕτως· καὶ γὰρ ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ ἡλίου ἐν σώματι καὶ πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις περὶ ἡς ὁ ἀπόστολός φησι· »Πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις στενάζει καὶ συνωδίνει »ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν.«
dynaton mentoi ge ton drakonta mē hapaxaplōs einai archēn plasmatos kyriou, alla pollōn en sōmati »enkatapaizesthai« pepoiēmenōn »hypo tōn angelōn«, touton archēn tōn toioutōn einai, dynamenōn tinōn hyparchein en sōmati ouch houtōs; kai gar hē psychē tou hēliou en sōmati kai pasa hē ktisis peri hēs ho apostolos phēsi; »Pasa hē ktisis stenazei kai synōdinei »achri tou nyn.«
It is possible, however, that the dragon is not simply the beginning of the Lord's creation, but that, since many have been made in a body “to be mocked by the angels”, he is the beginning of such beings, while some can exist in a body not in this way. For the soul of the sun too is in a body, as is the whole creation of which the apostle says, “The whole creation groans and labors together until now.”
1.99Preuschen 4:21
καὶ τάχα περὶ ἐκείνης ἐστὶ τὸ »Τῇ ματαιότητι ἡ »κτίσις ὑπετάγη οὐχ ἑκοῦσά, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα † τῇ ἐλπίδι«. ἵνα ματαιότης τὰ σώματα ᾖ καὶ τὸ ποιεῖν τὰ σωματικά, ὅπερ ἀνακαῖον * * * τῷ ἐν σώματι * * * * * * * * ὑπάρχῃ. ὁ ἐν σώματι οὐχ ἑκὼν ποιεῖ τὰ σώματος· διὰ τοῦτο τῇ ματαιότητι ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη οὐχ ἑκοῦσα.
kai tacha peri ekeinēs esti to »Tę̄ mataiotēti hē »ktisis hypetagē ouch hekousa, alla dia ton hypotaxanta † tę̄ elpidi«. hina mataiotēs ta sōmata ę̄ kai to poiein ta sōmatika, hoper anakaion * * * tǭ en sōmati * * * * * * * * hyparchę̄. ho en sōmati ouch hekōn poiei ta sōmatos; dia touto tę̄ mataiotēti hē ktisis hypetagē ouch hekousa.
And perhaps it is concerning that creation that it is said, “The creation was subjected to futility, not willingly, but because of him who subjected it … in hope,” so that bodies, and doing bodily things, may be the futility, which is necessary … for one in a body … One who is in a body does the things of the body unwillingly; that is why the creation was subjected to futility not willingly.
1.100Preuschen 4:21–22
καὶ ὁ οὐχ ἑκὼν ποιῶν τὰ σώματος, ὃ ποιεῖ, ποιεῖ διὰ τὴν ἐλπίδα, ὡς λέγοιμεν Παῦλον θέλειν »ἐπιμένειν τῇ σαρκὶ‘ οὐχ ἑκόντα ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν ἐλπίδα· προτιμῶντα γὰρ καθʼ αὑτὸ »τὸ ἀναλῦσαι καὶ σὺν Χριστῷ εἶναι« οὐκ ἄλογον ἡν βούλεσθαι »ἐπιμένειν τῇ σαρκὶ« διὰ τὴν ἑτέρων ὠφέλειαν καὶ προκοπὴν τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἐλπιζομένοις οὐ μόνον αὐτοῦ ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ὠφελουμένων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ.
kai ho ouch hekōn poiōn ta sōmatos, ho poiei, poiei dia tēn elpida, hōs legoimen Paulon thelein »epimenein tę̄ sarki‘ ouch hekonta alla dia tēn elpida; protimōnta gar kathʼ hauto »to analysai kai syn Christǭ einai« ouk alogon hēn boulesthai »epimenein tę̄ sarki« dia tēn heterōn ōpheleian kai prokopēn tēn en tois elpizomenois ou monon autou alla kai tōn ōpheloumenōn hypʼ autou.
And one who unwillingly does the things of the body does what he does because of hope, as we might say that Paul wished “to remain in the flesh” not willingly but because of hope. For although in itself he preferred “to depart and be with Christ”, it was not unreasonable for him to wish “to remain in the flesh” for the benefit of others and for progress in the things hoped for, not only his own but also that of those he helped.
1.101Preuschen 4:22
κατὰ τοῦτο δὲ τὸ ὡς γενέσεως σημαινόμενον τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὸ ὑπὸ τῆς σοφίας έν παροιμίαις λεγόμενον ἐκδέξασθαι δυνησόμεθα· »Ὁ θεός, γάρ φησιν, ἔκτισέν με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα »αὐτοῦ.« δύναται μέντοι γε καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ πρῶτον ἀνάγεσθαι, τουτέστι τὸ ὡς ὀδοῦ, διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι »Ὁ θεὸς ἔκτισέν με ἀρχὴν όδῶν αὐτοῦ«.
kata touto de to hōs geneseōs sēmainomenon tēn archēn kai to hypo tēs sophias en paroimiais legomenon ekdexasthai dynēsometha; »Ho theos, gar phēsin, ektisen me archēn hodōn autou eis erga »autou.« dynatai mentoi ge kai epi to prōton anagesthai, toutesti to hōs odou, dia to legesthai »Ho theos ektisen me archēn odōn autou«.
According to this meaning of “beginning”, that of coming into being, we shall be able to understand also what is said by Wisdom in Proverbs: “God,” she says, “created me as the beginning of his ways for his works.” It can, however, also be referred to the first meaning, that of a way, because it says, “God created me as the beginning of his ways.”
1.102Preuschen 4:22
Οὐκ ἀτόπως δὲ καὶ τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν ἐρεῖ τις ἀρχὴν σαφῶς προπίπτων, ὅτι ἀρχὴ υἱοῦ ὁ πατὴρ καὶ ἀρχὴ δημιουργημάτων ὁ δημιουργὸς καὶ ἀπαξαπλῶς ἀρχὴ τῶν ὄντων ὁ θεός. παραμυθήσεται δὲ διὰ τοῦ »Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος«, λόγον νοῶν τὸν υἱόν, παρὰ τὸ εἶναι ἐν τῷ πατρὶ λεγόμενον εἶναι ἐν ἀρχῇ.
Ouk atopōs de kai ton tōn holōn theon erei tis archēn saphōs propiptōn, hoti archē huiou ho patēr kai archē dēmiourgēmatōn ho dēmiourgos kai apaxaplōs archē tōn ontōn ho theos. paramythēsetai de dia tou »En archę̄ ēn ho logos«, logon noōn ton huion, para to einai en tǭ patri legomenon einai en archę̄.
And not unfittingly someone will say, putting it plainly, that the God of all things is a beginning: that the Father is the beginning of the Son, the Creator the beginning of the things created, and, in a word, God the beginning of all that exists. He will support this by “In the beginning was the Word,” understanding the Word as the Son, who is said to be in the beginning because he is in the Father.
1.103Preuschen 4:22
Τρίτον δὲ τὸ ἐξ οὑ οἷον τὸ ἐξ ὑποκειμένης ὕλης, ἀρχὴ παρὰ τοῖς ἀγένητον αὐτὴν ἐπισταμένοις, ἀλλʼ οὐ παρʼ ἡμῖν τοῖς πειθομένοις, ὅτι ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων τὰ ὄντα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεός, ὡς ἡ μήτηρ τῶν ἑπτὰ μαρτύρων ἐν Μακκαβαϊκοῖς καὶ ὁ τῆς μετανοίας ἄγγελος ἐν τῷ Ποιμένι ἐδίδαξε.
Triton de to ex hou hoion to ex hypokeimenēs hylēs, archē para tois agenēton autēn epistamenois, allʼ ou parʼ hēmin tois peithomenois, hoti ex ouk ontōn ta onta epoiēsen ho theos, hōs hē mētēr tōn hepta martyrōn en Makkabaïkois kai ho tēs metanoias angelos en tǭ Poimeni edidaxe.
A third meaning is “that from which”, as from underlying matter: a beginning for those who hold that matter is unbegotten, but not for us, who are persuaded that God made the things that are out of things that are not, as the mother of the seven martyrs in Maccabees and the angel of repentance in the Shepherd taught.
1.104Preuschen 4:22
Πρὸς τούτοις ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ καθʼ ὃ οἷον κατὰ τὸ εἶδος· οὕτως εἴπερ εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου ὁ πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως, ἀρχὴ αὐτοῦ ὁ πατήρ ἐστιν. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Χριστὸς ἀρχὴ τῶν κατʼ εἰκόνα γενομένων θεοῦ.
Pros toutois archē kai to kathʼ ho hoion kata to eidos; houtōs eiper eikōn tou theou tou aoratou ho prōtotokos pasēs ktiseōs, archē autou ho patēr estin. homoiōs de kai Christos archē tōn katʼ eikona genomenōn theou.
Besides these, a beginning is also “that according to which”, as in the form: thus, if the firstborn of all creation is the image of the invisible God, the Father is his beginning. Likewise Christ too is the beginning of those who have come to be according to the image of God.
1.105Preuschen 4:22
εἰ γὰρ οἱ ἄνθρωποι »κατʼ εἰκόνα«, ἡ εἰκὼν δὲ κατὰ τὸν πατέρα, τὸ μὲν καθʼ ὃ τοῦ χριστοῦ ὁ πατὴρ ἀρχή, τὸ δὲ καθʼ ὃ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὁ χριστός, γενομένων οὐ κατὰ τὸ οὗ ἐστιν εἰκών, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν εἰκόνα· ἁρμόσει δὲ τὸ »Ἐν ἀρχῇ »ἠν ὁ λόγος« εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ παράδειγμα.
ei gar hoi anthrōpoi »katʼ eikona«, hē eikōn de kata ton patera, to men kathʼ ho tou christou ho patēr archē, to de kathʼ ho tōn anthrōpōn ho christos, genomenōn ou kata to hou estin eikōn, alla kata tēn eikona; harmosei de to »En archę̄ »ēn ho logos« eis to auto paradeigma.
For if human beings are “according to the image”, and the image is according to the Father, then, as “that according to which”, the Father is the beginning of Christ, and Christ the beginning of human beings, who were made not according to that of which he is the image, but according to the image. And “In the beginning was the Word” will fit the same pattern.
1.106Preuschen 4:22
Ἔστιν ἀρχὴ καὶ ὡς μαθήσεως, καθʼ ὃ τά στοιχεῖά φαμεν ἀρχὴν εἶναι γραμματικῆς. κατὰ τοῦτό φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος ὃτι »Ὀφείλοντες εἶναι διδάσκαλοι διὰ τὸν χρόνον, πάλιν χρείαν ἔχετε τοῦ »διδάσκειν ὑμᾶς τίνα τὰ στοιχεῖα τῆς ἀρχῆς τῶν λογίων τοῦ θεοῦ.«
Estin archē kai hōs mathēseōs, kathʼ ho ta stoicheia phamen archēn einai grammatikēs. kata touto phēsin ho apostolos hoti »Opheilontes einai didaskaloi dia ton chronon, palin chreian echete tou »didaskein hymas tina ta stoicheia tēs archēs tōn logiōn tou theou.«
There is also a beginning of learning, in the sense in which we say that the letters are the beginning of grammar. In this sense the apostle says, “Though by this time you ought to be teachers, you need again for someone to teach you the elements of the beginning of the oracles of God.”
1.107Preuschen 4:22–23
διττὴ δὲ ὡς μαθήσεως ἀρχή, ἡ μὲν τῇ φύσει, ἡ δὲ ὡς πρὸς ἡμᾶς· ὡς εἰ λέγοιμεν ἐπὶ Χριστοῦ, φύσει μὲν αὐτοῦ ἀρχὴ ἡ θεότης, πρὸς ἡμᾶς δέ, μὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ μεγέθους αὐτοῦ δυναμένους ἄρξασθαι τῆς περὶ αὐτοῦ ἀληθὲς, ἡ ἀνθρωπότης αὐτοῦ, καθʼ ὃ τοῖς νηπίοις καταγγέλλεται Ἰησοῦς Χριστός, καὶ οὗτος ἐσταυρωμένος· ὡς κατὰ τοῦτο εἰπεῖν ἀρχὴν εἶναι μαθήσεως τῇ μὲν φύσει Χριστὸν καθʼ ὃ σοφία. καὶ δύναμις θεοῦ«, πρὸς ἡμᾶς δὲ τὸ »ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο, σκηνώσῃ ἐν ἡμῖν, οὕτω μόνον πρῶτον αὐτὸν χωρῆσαι δυναμένοις.
dittē de hōs mathēseōs archē, hē men tę̄ physei, hē de hōs pros hēmas; hōs ei legoimen epi Christou, physei men autou archē hē theotēs, pros hēmas de, mē apo tou megethous autou dynamenous arxasthai tēs peri autou alēthes, hē anthrōpotēs autou, kathʼ ho tois nēpiois katangelletai Iēsous Christos, kai houtos estaurōmenos; hōs kata touto eipein archēn einai mathēseōs tę̄ men physei Christon kathʼ ho sophia. kai dynamis theou«, pros hēmas de to »ho logos sarx egeneto, skēnōsę̄ en hēmin, houtō monon prōton auton chōrēsai dynamenois.
The beginning of learning is twofold: the one by nature, the other in relation to us. For example, we might say of Christ that by nature his beginning is his divinity; but in relation to us, who cannot begin the truth about him from his greatness, it is his humanity, according to which Jesus Christ, and him crucified, is proclaimed to infants. So in this sense we may say that the beginning of learning is by nature Christ as “the wisdom and power of God”, but in relation to us “the Word became flesh”, that he might dwell among us, who can only at first receive him in this way.
1.108Preuschen 4:23
καὶ τάχα διὰ τοῦτο οὐ μόνον πρωτότοκός ἐστιν πάσης κτίσεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἀδάμ, ὃ ἑρμηνεύεταί »ἄνθρωπος«. ὅτι δὲ Ἀδάμ ἐστι, φησὶν ὁ Παῦλος »Ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζωοποιοῦν«. Ἔστι δὲ ἀρχὴ καὶ ὡς ἡ] πράξεως, ἐν ᾗ πράξει ἐστί τι τέλος μετὰ τὴν ἀρχήν. καὶ ἐπίστησον εἰ ἡ σοφία ἀρχὴ τῶν πράξεων οὖσα τοῦ θεοῦ οὕτω δύναται νοεῖσθαι ἀρχή.
kai tacha dia touto ou monon prōtotokos estin pasēs ktiseōs, alla kai Adam, ho hermēneuetai »anthrōpos«. hoti de Adam esti, phēsin ho Paulos »Ho eschatos Adam eis pneuma zōopoioun«. Esti de archē kai hōs hē] praxeōs, en hę̄ praxei esti ti telos meta tēn archēn. kai epistēson ei hē sophia archē tōn praxeōn ousa tou theou houtō dynatai noeisthai archē.
And perhaps for this reason he is not only the firstborn of all creation but also Adam, which is translated “man”. That he is Adam, Paul says: “The last Adam became a life-giving spirit.” There is also a beginning of action, where in an action there is some end after the beginning. And consider whether Wisdom, being the beginning of God's works, can be understood as a beginning in this sense.
1.109Preuschen 4:23
Τοσούτων σημαινομένων ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἡμῖν ὑποπεσόντων περὶ »ἀρχῆς«, ζητοῦμεν ἐπὶ τίνος δεῖ λαμβάνειν τὸ »Ἐν »ἀρχῇ ἠν ὁ λόγος«. καὶ σαφὲς ὅτι οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὡς μεταβάσεως ἢ ὡς ὁδοῦ καὶ μήκους· οὐκ ἄδηλον δὲ ὅτι οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὡς γενέσεως.
Tosoutōn sēmainomenōn epi tou parontos hēmin hypopesontōn peri »archēs«, zētoumen epi tinos dei lambanein to »En »archę̄ ēn ho logos«. kai saphes hoti ouk epi tou hōs metabaseōs ē hōs hodou kai mēkous; ouk adēlon de hoti oude epi tou hōs geneseōs.
So many meanings of “beginning” having occurred to us for the present, we ask in which sense we must take “In the beginning was the Word.” It is clear that it is not in the sense of a passage or of a way and a length; and it is not unclear that it is not in the sense of coming into being either.
1.110Preuschen 4:23
πλὴν δυνατὸν ὡς τὸ ὑφʼ ὅπερ ἐστὶ ποιοῦν, εἴγε »ἐνετείλατο ὁ θεὸς καὶ »ἐκτίσθησαν«. δημιουργὸς γάρ πως ὁ χριστός ἐστιν, ᾧ λέγει ὁ πατήρ·
plēn dynaton hōs to hyphʼ hoper esti poioun, eige »eneteilato ho theos kai »ektisthēsan«. dēmiourgos gar pōs ho christos estin, hǭ legei ho patēr;
It is possible, however, that it is in the sense of “that by which”, namely the maker, if indeed “God commanded and they were created.” For Christ is in a sense the Creator, to whom the Father says,
1.111Preuschen 4:23
» Γενηθήτω φῶς« καὶ Γενηθήτω στερέωμα. δημιουργὸς δὲ ὁ χριστὸς ὡς ἀρχή, καθʼ ὃ σοφία ἐστί, τῷ σοφία εἶναι καλούμενος ἀρχή. ἡ γὰρ σοφία παρὰ τῷ Σαλομῶντί φησιν· »Ὁ θεὸς ἔκτισέν με ἀρχὴν »ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ«, ἴνα »ἐν ἀρχῇ ᾖ ὁ λόγος«, ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ· κατὰ μὲν τὴν σύστασιν τῆς περὶ τῶν ὅλων θεωρίας καὶ νοημάτων τῆς σοφίας νοουμένης, κατὰ δὲ τὴν πρὸς τὰ λογικὰ κοινωνίαν τῶν τεθεωρημένων τοῦ λόγου λαμβανομένου.
» Genēthētō phōs« kai Genēthētō stereōma. dēmiourgos de ho christos hōs archē, kathʼ ho sophia esti, tǭ sophia einai kaloumenos archē. hē gar sophia para tǭ Salomōnti phēsin; »Ho theos ektisen me archēn »hodōn autou eis erga autou«, ina »en archę̄ ę̄ ho logos«, en tę̄ sophią; kata men tēn systasin tēs peri tōn holōn theōrias kai noēmatōn tēs sophias nooumenēs, kata de tēn pros ta logika koinōnian tōn tetheōrēmenōn tou logou lambanomenou.
“Let there be light” and “Let there be a firmament.” But Christ is Creator as beginning inasmuch as he is Wisdom; by being Wisdom he is called beginning. For Wisdom says in Solomon, “God created me as the beginning of his ways for his works,” so that “the Word may be in the beginning”, in Wisdom: Wisdom being understood with respect to the structure of the contemplation and thoughts about all things, and the Word being taken with respect to the communication of what has been contemplated to rational beings.
1.112Preuschen 4:23
καὶ οὐ θαυμαστὸν εἰ, ὡς προειρήκαμεν, πολλὰ ὢν ἀγαθὰ ὁ σωτὴρ ἐνεπινοούμενα ἔχει ἐν αὑτῷ πρῶτα καὶ δεύτερα καὶ τρίτα. ὁ γοῦν Ἰωάννης ἐπήνεγκε φάσκων περὶ τοῦ λόγου· »Ὃ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν«. γέγονεν οὖν ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ λόγῳ· καὶ οὔτε ὁ λόγος ἕτερός ἐστι τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὁ θεὸς λόγος, ὁ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, διʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο, οὔτε ἡ ζωὴ ἑτέρα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὃς φησιν· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδὸς καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ ζωή«. ὥσπερ οὖν ἡ ζωὴ γέγονεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ, οὕτως ὁ λόγος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ.
kai ou thaumaston ei, hōs proeirēkamen, polla ōn agatha ho sōtēr enepinooumena echei en hautǭ prōta kai deutera kai trita. ho goun Iōannēs epēnenke phaskōn peri tou logou; »Ho gegonen en autǭ zōē ēn«. gegonen oun hē zōē en tǭ logǭ; kai oute ho logos heteros esti tou christou, ho theos logos, ho pros ton patera, diʼ hou ta panta egeneto, oute hē zōē hetera tou huiou tou theou, hos phēsin; »Egō eimi hē hodos kai hē alētheia kai hē zōē«. hōsper oun hē zōē gegonen en tǭ logǭ, houtōs ho logos ēn en archę̄.
And it is not surprising if, as we have said before, the Savior, being many good things, has in himself aspects that are first, second, and third. At any rate, John adds concerning the Word, “What came to be in him was life.” So life came to be in the Word. And neither is the Word other than Christ, God the Word, who is with the Father, through whom all things came to be, nor is the life other than the Son of God, who says, “I am the way and the truth and the life.” As, then, life came to be in the Word, so the Word was in the beginning.
1.113Preuschen 4:23–24
ἐπίστησον δέ, εἰ οἷόν τὲ ἐστι καὶ κατὰ τὸ σημαινόμενον τοῦτο ἐκδέ- χεσθαι ἡμᾶς τὸ »Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος«, ἵνα κατὰ τὴν σοφίαν καὶ τοὺς τύπους τοῦ συστήματος τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ νοημάτων τὰ πάντα γίνηται.
epistēson de, ei hoion te esti kai kata to sēmainomenon touto ekde- chesthai hēmas to »En archę̄ ēn ho logos«, hina kata tēn sophian kai tous typous tou systēmatos tōn en autǭ noēmatōn ta panta ginētai.
But consider whether it is possible for us to understand “In the beginning was the Word” in this sense too, so that all things come to be according to Wisdom and the patterns of the system of thoughts in it.
1.114Preuschen 4:24
οἶμαι γάρ, ὥσπερ κατὰ τοὺς ἀρχιτεκτονικοὺς τύπους οἰκοδομεῖται ἢ τεκταίνεται οἰκία καὶ ναῦς, ἀρχὴν τῆς οἰκίας καὶ τῆς νεὼς ἐχόντων τοὺς ἐν τῷ τεχνίτῃ τύπους καὶ λόγους, οὕτω τὰ σύμπαντα γεγονέναι κατὰ τοὺς ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ προτυπωθέντας ὑπὸ θεοῦ τῶν ἐσομένων λόγους· »Πάντα γὰρ ἐν σοφίᾳ ἐποίησε.«
oimai gar, hōsper kata tous architektonikous typous oikodomeitai ē tektainetai oikia kai naus, archēn tēs oikias kai tēs neōs echontōn tous en tǭ technitę̄ typous kai logous, houtō ta sympanta gegonenai kata tous en tę̄ sophią protypōthentas hypo theou tōn esomenōn logous; »Panta gar en sophią epoiēse.«
For I think that, just as a house or a ship is built or constructed according to the architect's patterns, the house and the ship having as their beginning the patterns and principles in the craftsman, so all things have come to be according to the principles of what would be, sketched out beforehand by God in Wisdom. For “he made all things in wisdom.”
1.115Preuschen 4:24
καὶ λεκτέον ὅτι κτίσας, ἵν οὕτως εἴπω, ἔμψυχον σοφίαν ὁ θεός, αὐτῇ ἐπέτρεπεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ τύπων τοῖς οὖσι καὶ τῇ ὅλῃ παρασχεῖν καὶ τὴν πλάσιν καὶ τὰ εἴδη, ἐγὼ δὲ ἐφίστημι εἰ καὶ τὰς οὐσίας.
kai lekteon hoti ktisas, hin houtōs eipō, empsychon sophian ho theos, autę̄ epetrepen apo tōn en autę̄ typōn tois ousi kai tę̄ holę̄ paraschein kai tēn plasin kai ta eidē, egō de ephistēmi ei kai tas ousias.
And we must say that God, having created, so to speak, a living Wisdom, entrusted to her, from the patterns in her, the task of giving to the things that exist and to matter both their formation and their forms; and I raise the question whether their substances too.
1.116Preuschen 4:24
Οὐ χαλεπὸν μὲν οὐν παχύτερον εἰπεῖν ἀρχὴν τῶν ὄντων εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, λέγοντα· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος. τὸ Α »καὶ τὸ Ω, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἕσχατος«. ἀναγκαῖον δὲ εἰδέναι ὅτι οὐ κατὰ πᾶν ὃ ὀνομάζεται ἀρχή ἐστιν αὐτός.
Ou chalepon men oun pachyteron eipein archēn tōn ontōn einai ton huion tou theou, legonta; »Egō eimi hē archē kai to telos. to A »kai to Ō, ho prōtos kai ho heschatos«. anankaion de eidenai hoti ou kata pan ho onomazetai archē estin autos.
It is not difficult, then, to say more crudely that the Son of God is the beginning of all that exists, since he says, “I am the beginning and the end, the Alpha and the Omega, the first and the last.” But it is necessary to know that he is not the beginning in respect of everything he is called.
1.117Preuschen 4:24
πῶς γὰρ καθʼ ὃ ζωή ἐστι δύναται εἶναι ἀρχή, ἥτις ζωὴ γέγονεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ, δηλονότι ἀρχῇ τυΓχάνοντι αὐτῆς; ἒτι δὲ σαφέστερον ὅτι καθʼ ὃ »πρωτότοκός« ἐστιν »ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν«, οὐ δύναται εἶναι ἀρχή.
pōs gar kathʼ ho zōē esti dynatai einai archē, hētis zōē gegonen en tǭ logǭ, dēlonoti archę̄ tyNchanonti autēs? eti de saphesteron hoti kathʼ ho »prōtotokos« estin »ek tōn nekrōn«, ou dynatai einai archē.
For how can he be the beginning inasmuch as he is life, since life came to be in the Word, who is clearly its beginning? And it is still clearer that he cannot be the beginning inasmuch as he is “the firstborn from the dead”.
1.118Preuschen 4:24
καὶ ἐὰν ἐπιμελῶς ἐξετάζωμεν αὐτοῦ πόσας τὰς ἐπινοίας, μόνον κατὰ τὸ εἶναι σοφία ἀρχή έστιν, οὐδὲ κατὰ τὸ εἶναι λόγος ἀρχὴ τυγχάνων, εἴγε »ὁ λόγος ἐν »ἀρχῇ« ἠν· ὡς εἰπεῖν ἂν τινα τεθαρρηκότως ὡς πρεσβύτερον πάντων τῶν ἐπινοουμένων ταῖς ὀνομασίαις τοῦ πρωτοτόκου πάσης κτίσεώς έστιν ἡ σοφία.
kai ean epimelōs exetazōmen autou posas tas epinoias, monon kata to einai sophia archē estin, oude kata to einai logos archē tynchanōn, eige »ho logos en »archę̄« ēn; hōs eipein an tina tetharrēkotōs hōs presbyteron pantōn tōn epinooumenōn tais onomasiais tou prōtotokou pasēs ktiseōs estin hē sophia.
And if we examine carefully all his aspects, he is the beginning only inasmuch as he is Wisdom, not even inasmuch as he is the Word, since “the Word was in the beginning.” So one might boldly say that Wisdom is prior to all the aspects conceived in the names of the firstborn of all creation.
1.119Preuschen 4:24
Ὁ θεὸς μὲν οὖν πάντη ἓν ἐστι καὶ ἁπλοῦν· ὁ δὲ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν διὰ τὰ πολλά, ἐπεὶ »προέθετο« αὐτὸν »ὁ θεὸς ἱλαστήριον καὶ ἀπαρχὴν πάσης τῆς κτίσεως, πολλὰ γίνεται ἢ καὶ τάχα πάντα ταῦτα, καθὰ χρῂζει αὐτοῦ ἡ ἐλευθεροῦσθαι δυναμένη πᾶσα κτίσις.
Ho theos men oun pantē hen esti kai haploun; ho de sōtēr hēmōn dia ta polla, epei »proetheto« auton »ho theos hilastērion kai aparchēn pasēs tēs ktiseōs, polla ginetai ē kai tacha panta tauta, katha chrę̄zei autou hē eleutherousthai dynamenē pasa ktisis.
God, then, is altogether one and simple; but our Savior, because of the many, since God “set him forth as a propitiation” and firstfruits of all creation, becomes many things, or perhaps even all these things, according as the whole creation that can be set free has need of him.
1.120Preuschen 4:24–25
καὶ διὰ τοῦτο γίνεται φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὅτε ἄνθρωποι ὑπὸ τῆς κακίας σκοτι- σθέντες δέονται φωτὸς τοῦ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνοντος καὶ ὑπὸ σκοτίας μὴ καταλαμβανομένου, οὐκ ἄν, εἰ μὴ γεγόνεισαν ἐν τῷ σκότῳ οἱ ἄνθρωποι, γενόμενος ἀνθρώπων φῶς.
kai dia touto ginetai phōs tōn anthrōpōn, hote anthrōpoi hypo tēs kakias skoti- sthentes deontai phōtos tou en tę̄ skotią phainontos kai hypo skotias mē katalambanomenou, ouk an, ei mē gegoneisan en tǭ skotǭ hoi anthrōpoi, genomenos anthrōpōn phōs.
And for this reason he becomes the light of men, when human beings, darkened by wickedness, need the light that shines in the darkness and is not overcome by the darkness; had human beings not come to be in darkness, he would not have become the light of men.
1.121Preuschen 4:25
τὸ ὅμοιον ἔστι νοῆσαι καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρωτότοκον ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν. εἰ γὰρ ὑπόθεσιν ἡ γυνὴ μὴ ἠπάτητο καὶ ὁ Ἀδὰμ μὴ παραπεπτώκει, κτισθεὶς δὲ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐπὶ ἀφθαρσίᾳ κεκρατήκει τῆς ἀφθαρσίας, οὔτʼ ἂν »εἰς χοῦν θανάτου« καταβεβήκει οὔτʼ ἂν ἀπέθανεν οὐκ οὔσης ἁμαρ- τίας, ᾗ διὰ τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν αὐτὸν ἐχρῆν ἀποθανεῖν· ταῦτα δὲ μὴ ποιήσας οὐκ > ἐγένετο »πρωτότοκος ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν «.
to homoion esti noēsai kai epi tou einai auton prōtotokon ek tōn nekrōn. ei gar hypothesin hē gynē mē ēpatēto kai ho Adam mē parapeptōkei, ktistheis de ho anthrōpos epi aphtharsią kekratēkei tēs aphtharsias, outʼ an »eis choun thanatou« katabebēkei outʼ an apethanen ouk ousēs hamar- tias, hę̄ dia tēn philanthrōpian auton echrēn apothanein; tauta de mē poiēsas ouk > egeneto »prōtotokos ek tōn nekrōn «.
The same may be understood of his being the firstborn from the dead. For if, supposing it so, the woman had not been deceived and Adam had not fallen, and the human being created for incorruption had kept hold of incorruption, he would neither have gone down “into the dust of death” nor died, there being no sin, for which, out of love for humanity, he had to die. And had he not done these things, he would not have become “the firstborn from the dead”.
1.122Preuschen 4:25
Εξεταστἐον δέ, μήποτε καὶ ποιμὴν οὐκ ἂν ἐγένετο τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μὴ παρασυμβληθέντος »τοῖς κτήνεσι τοῖς ἀνοήτοις μηδʼ ὁμοιωθέντος »αὐτοῖς«. εἰ γὰρ ἀνθρώπους καὶ κτήνη σώζει ὁ θεός, σώζει ἃ σώζει κτήνη ποιμένα αὐτοῖς χαρισάμενος τοῖς μὴ χωροῦσι τὸν βασιλέα.
Exetasteon de, mēpote kai poimēn ouk an egeneto tou anthrōpou mē parasymblēthentos »tois ktēnesi tois anoētois mēdʼ homoiōthentos »autois«. ei gar anthrōpous kai ktēnē sōzei ho theos, sōzei ha sōzei ktēnē poimena autois charisamenos tois mē chōrousi ton basilea.
And we must examine whether he would not have become a shepherd either, had man not been “compared to the senseless cattle and become like them”. For if God saves “men and cattle”, what he saves as cattle he saves by granting them a shepherd, since they cannot receive the king.
1.123Preuschen 4:25
Βασανιστέον οὐν συναγαγόντα τὰς ὀνομασίας τοῦ υἱοῦ, ποῖαι αὐτῶν ἐπιγεγόνασιν οὐκ ἂν έν μακαριότητι ἀρξαμένων καὶ μεινάντων τῶν ἁγίων γενόμεναι τὰ τοσάδε. τάχα γὰρ σοφία ἔμενε μόνον ἢ καὶ λόγος ἢ καὶ ζωή, πάντως δὲ καὶ ἀλήθεια· οὐ μὴν δὲ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα διʼ ἡμᾶς προσείληφε.
Basanisteon oun synagagonta tas onomasias tou huiou, poiai autōn epigegonasin ouk an en makariotēti arxamenōn kai meinantōn tōn hagiōn genomenai ta tosade. tacha gar sophia emene monon ē kai logos ē kai zōē, pantōs de kai alētheia; ou mēn de kai ta alla hosa diʼ hēmas proseilēphe.
So we must gather the names of the Son and test which of them were added, and would not have been so many had the saints begun and remained in blessedness. For perhaps he would have remained Wisdom only, or also Word, or also Life, and certainly also Truth; but not the other names he took on for our sake.
1.124Preuschen 4:25
καὶ μακάριοί γε ὅσοι δεόμενοι τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ τοιοῦτοι γεγόνασιν, ὡς μηκέτι αὐτοῦ χρῄζειν ἰατροῦ τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας θεραπεύοντος μηδὲ ποιμένος μηδὲ ἀπολυτρώσεως. ἀλλὰ σοφίας καὶ λόγου καὶ δικαιοσύνης, ἢ εἴ τι ἂλλο τοῖς διὰ τελειότηταχωρεῖν αὐτοῦ τὰ κάλλιστα δυναμένοις. τοσαῦτα περὶ τοῦ» Ἐν ἀρχῇ((.
kai makarioi ge hosoi deomenoi tou huiou tou theou toioutoi gegonasin, hōs mēketi autou chrę̄zein iatrou tous kakōs echontas therapeuontos mēde poimenos mēde apolytrōseōs. alla sophias kai logou kai dikaiosynēs, ē ei ti allo tois dia teleiotētachōrein autou ta kallista dynamenois. tosauta peri tou» En archę̄((.
And blessed indeed are those who, needing the Son of God, have become such that they no longer need him as a physician who heals the sick, nor as shepherd, nor as redemption, but as wisdom and word and righteousness, or whatever else he is for those who, through their perfection, can receive his fairest aspects. So much for “In the beginning”.
1.125Preuschen 4:25–26
ἴδωμέν δʼ ἐπιμελέσερον τίς ὁ ἐν αὐτῇ λόγος. θαυμάζειν μοι πολλάκις ἐπέρχεται σκοποῦντι τὰ ὑπό τινων πιστεύειν εἰς τὸν χριστὸν βουλομένων λεγόμενα περὶ αὐτοῦ, τί δήποτε δυσεξαριθμήτων ὀνομάτων τασσομένων ἐπὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν τὰ μὲν πλεῖστα παρασιωπῶσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴ ποτε μνήμη αὐτῶν γένοιτο, μεταλαμβάνουσιν οὐ κυρίως ἀλλὰ τροπικῶς ταῦτα αὐτὸν ὀνομάσεσθαι, ἐπὶ δὲ μόνης τῆς λόγος προσηγορίας ἱστάμενοι οἱονεὶ »λόγον« μόνον φασὶν εἶναι τὸν χριστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ οὐχὶ ἀκολούθως τοῖς λοιποῖς τῶν ὀνομαζομένων ἐρευνῶσι τοῦ σημαινομένου τὴν δύναμιν ἐκ τῆς »λόγος« φωνῆς.
idōmen dʼ epimeleseron tis ho en autę̄ logos. thaumazein moi pollakis eperchetai skopounti ta hypo tinōn pisteuein eis ton christon boulomenōn legomena peri autou, ti dēpote dysexarithmētōn onomatōn tassomenōn epi tou sōtēros hēmōn ta men pleista parasiōpōsin, alla kai ei pote mnēmē autōn genoito, metalambanousin ou kyriōs alla tropikōs tauta auton onomasesthai, epi de monēs tēs logos prosēgorias histamenoi hoionei »logon« monon phasin einai ton christon tou theou, kai ouchi akolouthōs tois loipois tōn onomazomenōn ereunōsi tou sēmainomenou tēn dynamin ek tēs »logos« phōnēs.
Let us look more carefully at what the Word in it is. I am often led to wonder, as I consider what is said about him by some who wish to believe in Christ, why, when countless names are applied to our Savior, they pass over most of them in silence, and even if they sometimes mention them, they interpret them as naming him not properly but figuratively; while stopping at the single title “Word”, they say that the Christ of God is, as it were, only a “word”, and do not, as with the other names, search out from the term “Word” the force of what it signifies.
1.126Preuschen 4:26
ὅ δέ φημι θαυμάσειν τὴν] τῶν πολλῶν — σαφέστερον γὰρ ἐρῶ — τοιοῦτόν ἐστι. φησί που ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ· »Ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ »κόσμου«· καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀνάστασις·« καὶ πάλιν »Ἐγώ »εἰμι ἡ ὁδὸς καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ ζωή«. γέγραπται δὲ καὶ τὸ »Ἐγώ »εἰμι ἡ θὐρα«. ἔρηται καὶ τὸ »Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός· « καὶ πρὸς τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν φάσκουσαν· »Οἰδαμεν ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός· ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν πάντα« ἀποκρίνεται·
ho de phēmi thaumasein tēn] tōn pollōn — saphesteron gar erō — toiouton esti. phēsi pou ho huios tou theou; »Egō eimi to phōs tou »kosmou«; kai en allois; »Egō eimi hē anastasis;« kai palin »Egō »eimi hē hodos kai hē alētheia kai hē zōē«. gegraptai de kai to »Egō »eimi hē thyra«. erētai kai to »Egō eimi ho poimēn ho kalos; « kai pros tēn Samareitin phaskousan; »Oidamen hoti Messias erchetai, ho legomenos Christos; hotan elthę̄ ekeinos, anangelei hēmin panta« apokrinetai;
What I say I wonder at in the many (I shall put it more clearly) is this. The Son of God says somewhere, “I am the light of the world”; and elsewhere, “I am the resurrection”; and again, “I am the way and the truth and the life.” It is also written, “I am the door.” And it has been said, “I am the good shepherd.” And to the Samaritan woman, who says, “We know that the Messiah is coming, who is called Christ; when he comes, he will tell us all things,” he answers,
1.127Preuschen 4:26
»Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ λαλῶν σοι«. πρὸς τούτοις, ὅτε ἔνιψε τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν, κύριος καὶ διδάσκαλος αὐτῶν ἕναι διὰ τούτων ὁμολογεῖ· »Ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με Ὁ διδάσκαλος καὶ Ὁ κύριος, καὶ »καλῶς λέγετε· εἰμὶ γάρ«.
»Egō eimi ho lalōn soi«. pros toutois, hote enipse tous podas tōn mathētōn, kyrios kai didaskalos autōn henai dia toutōn homologei; »Hymeis phōneite me Ho didaskalos kai Ho kyrios, kai »kalōs legete; eimi gar«.
“I who speak to you am he.” Besides these, when he washed his disciples' feet, he acknowledges that he is their Lord and Teacher in these words: “You call me Teacher and Lord, and you speak rightly, for so I am.”
1.128Preuschen 4:26
ἀλλὰ καὶ υἱὸν εἶναι θεοῦ σαφῶς ἑαυτὸν καταγγέλλει λέγων· »Ὃν ὁ πατὴρ ἡγίασε καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσ- μον ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι >Βλασφημεῖς< ὅτι εἷπον Υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ καί· Πάτερ, ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα· δόξασόν σου τὸν υἱόν, ἵνα ὁ υἱὸς »δοξάσῃ σε( εὑρίσκομεν δὲ καταγγέλλοντα ἑαυτὸν καὶ βασιλέα,
alla kai huion einai theou saphōs heauton katangellei legōn; »Hon ho patēr hēgiase kai apesteilen eis ton kos- mon hymeis legete hoti >Blasphēmeis< hoti heipon Huios tou theou kai; Pater, elēlythen hē hōra; doxason sou ton huion, hina ho huios »doxasę̄ se( heuriskomen de katangellonta heauton kai basilea,
And he plainly proclaims himself to be the Son of God, saying, “Do you say of him whom the Father sanctified and sent into the world, You blaspheme, because I said, I am the Son of God?” and “Father, the hour has come; glorify your Son, that the Son may glorify you.” And we find him proclaiming himself king too,
1.129Preuschen 4:26
ὡς ἐπὰν ἀποκρινόμενος τῷ Πιλάτῳ πρὸς τὸ »Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν »ἰουδαίων«; λέγῃ· »Ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τού- του· εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἦν ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμή, οἱ ὑπηρέται »οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις· νῦν δὲ ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐντεῦθεν«.
hōs epan apokrinomenos tǭ Pilatǭ pros to »Sy ei ho basileus tōn »ioudaiōn«? legę̄; »Hē basileia hē emē ouk estin ek tou kosmou tou- tou; ei ek tou kosmou toutou ēn hē basileia hē emē, hoi hypēretai »hoi emoi ēgōnizonto an, hina mē paradothō tois Ioudaiois; nyn de hē basileia hē emē ouk estin enteuthen«.
as when, answering Pilate's question, “Are you the king of the Jews?”, he says, “My kingdom is not of this world; if my kingdom were of this world, my servants would fight, that I might not be handed over to the Jews; but now my kingdom is not from here.”
1.130Preuschen 4:26
ἀνέγνωμεν καὶ τὸ »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή, καὶ ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστι«· καὶ πάλιν·
anegnōmen kai to »Egō eimi hē ampelos hē alēthinē, kai ho patēr mou ho geōrgos esti«; kai palin;
We have read also, “I am the true vine, and my Father is the vinedresser”; and again,
1.131Preuschen 4:26
»Ἐγώ εἰμι ἄμπελος, ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα( συναριθμείσθω τού- τοις καὶ τὸ »'Εγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς«· καὶ πάλιν· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν, ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβὰς« »καὶ ζωὴν διδοὺς τῷ »κόσμῳ«. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ὑποπεσόντα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις κειμένων παρεθέμεθα, τοσαῦτα αὑτὸν λέγοντος ἕναι τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ.
»Egō eimi ampelos, hymeis ta klēmata( synarithmeisthō tou- tois kai to »'Egō eimi ho artos tēs zōēs«; kai palin; »Egō eimi ho artos ho zōn, ho ek tou ouranou katabas« »kai zōēn didous tǭ »kosmǭ«. kai tauta men epi tou parontos hypopesonta apo tōn en tois euangeliois keimenōn parethemetha, tosauta hauton legontos henai tou huiou tou theou.
“I am the vine, you are the branches.” Let there be counted with these also “I am the bread of life”; and again, “I am the living bread that came down from heaven” and “gives life to the world”. These we have set down from the Gospels as they occurred to us for the present: so many things the Son of God says that he is.
1.132Preuschen 4:26
Ἀλλὰ καὶ έν τῇ Ἰωάννου ἀποκαλύψει λέγει· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος καὶ ὁ ζῶν, καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρός, καὶ ἰδοὺ ζῶν »εἰμι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων«. καὶ πάλιν· »Γέγονα ἐγὼ τὸ Α καὶ τὸ Ω, καὶ ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος.
Alla kai en tę̄ Iōannou apokalypsei legei; »Egō eimi ho prōtos kai ho eschatos kai ho zōn, kai egenomēn nekros, kai idou zōn »eimi eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn«. kai palin; »Gegona egō to A kai to Ō, kai ho prōtos kai ho eschatos, hē archē kai to telos.
And in John's Revelation too he says, “I am the first and the last and the living one; I was dead, and behold, I am alive for ever and ever.” And again, “I have become the Alpha and the Omega, the first and the last, the beginning and the end.”
1.133Preuschen 4:26–27
Ἔστι δὲ οὐκ όλίγα τὸν μετὰ παρατηρήσεως ἐντυγχάνοντα ταῖς ἁγίαις βίβλοις καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν προφητῶν παραπλήσια λαβεῖν, οἷον ὅτι »βέλος ἐκλεκτὸν‘ ἑαυτὸν καλεῖ καὶ »δοῦλον τοῦ θεοῦ« καὶ »φῶ »τῶν ἐθνῶν«.
Esti de ouk oliga ton meta paratērēseōs entynchanonta tais hagiais biblois kai apo tōn prophētōn paraplēsia labein, hoion hoti »belos eklekton‘ heauton kalei kai »doulon tou theou« kai »phō »tōn ethnōn«.
One who reads the holy books attentively can also find not a few similar names in the prophets: for example, that he calls himself “a chosen arrow”, “a servant of God”, and “a light of the nations”.
1.134Preuschen 4:27
λέγει δὴ οὕτ Ἠσαίας· »Ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου »ἐκάλεσέ με τὸ ὄνομά μου καὶ ἔθηκε τὸ στόμα μου ὡς μάχαιραν ὀξεῖαν καὶ ὑπὸ τὴν σκέπην τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ ἔκρυφέν με· ἔθηκέν με ὡς βέλος ἐκλεκτὸν καὶ έν τῇ φαρέτρᾳ αὐτοῦ ἔκρυφέ με, καὶ εἶπέ μοι Δοῦλός μου εἶ σὺ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐν σοὶ «.
legei dē hout Ēsaias; »Ek koilias mētros mou »ekalese me to onoma mou kai ethēke to stoma mou hōs machairan oxeian kai hypo tēn skepēn tēs cheiros autou ekryphen me; ethēken me hōs belos eklekton kai en tę̄ pharetrą autou ekryphe me, kai eipe moi Doulos mou ei sy Israēl kai en soi «.
Isaiah says thus: “From my mother's womb he called my name, and he made my mouth like a sharp sword, and hid me under the shelter of his hand; he made me like a chosen arrow and hid me in his quiver, and he said to me, You are my servant, Israel, and in you I will be glorified.”
1.135Preuschen 4:27
καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα· Καὶ ὁ θεός μου ἔσται μοι ἰσχύς. καὶ εἶπέ μοι Μέγα σοί ἐστι τοῦτο κληθῆναί σε παῖδά μου, τοῦ στῆσαι τὰς φυλὰς Ἰακὼβ καὶ τὴν »διασπορὰν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐπιστρέφαι; ἰδοὺ τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν. »τοῦ εἶναί σε εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς(( ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἱερεμίᾳ οὕτως αὑτὸν ἀρνίῳ ὁμοιοῖ· »Ἐγὼν ὡς ἀρνίον ἄκακον αγό- »μενον τοῦ θύεσθαι«.
kai metʼ oliga; Kai ho theos mou estai moi ischys. kai eipe moi Mega soi esti touto klēthēnai se paida mou, tou stēsai tas phylas Iakōb kai tēn »diasporan tou Israēl epistrephai? idou tetheika se eis phōs ethnōn. »tou einai se eis sōtērian heōs eschatou tēs gēs(( alla kai en tǭ Hieremią houtōs hauton arniǭ homoioi; »Egōn hōs arnion akakon ago- »menon tou thyesthai«.
And a little later: “And my God will be my strength. And he said to me, It is a great thing for you to be called my servant, to establish the tribes of Jacob and to bring back the dispersion of Israel; behold, I have made you a light of the nations, that you may be for salvation to the end of the earth.” And in Jeremiah too he compares himself to a lamb thus: “I was like an innocent lamb led to be sacrificed.”
1.136Preuschen 4:27
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν φησιν· ἔστι δὲ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἀποστόλοις καὶ διὰ τῶν προφητῶν μυρίας προσηγορίας συναγαγεῖν, ἃς καλεῖται ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ· ἤτοι τῶν τὰ εὐαγγέλια γραψάντων τὴν ἰδίαν διάνοιαν τῶν περὶ τοῦ ὅ τί ποτέ ἐστιν ἐκτιθεμένων, ἢ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐξ ὧν μεμαθήκασι δοξολογούντων αὐτόν, ἢ τῶν προφητῶν προκηρυσ- σόντων αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐσομένην ἐπιδημίαν καὶ τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπαγγελλόντων διαφόροις ὀνόμασιν.
Tauta men oun kai ta toutois paraplēsia autos heauton phēsin; esti de kai para tois euangeliois kai para tois apostolois kai dia tōn prophētōn myrias prosēgorias synagagein, has kaleitai ho huios tou theou; ētoi tōn ta euangelia grapsantōn tēn idian dianoian tōn peri tou ho ti pote estin ektithemenōn, ē tōn apostolōn ex hōn memathēkasi doxologountōn auton, ē tōn prophētōn prokērys- sontōn autou tēn esomenēn epidēmian kai ta peri autou apangellontōn diaphorois onomasin.
These, then, and similar things he says of himself. But one can also gather from the Gospels, from the apostles, and through the prophets countless titles by which the Son of God is called: either as the Gospel writers set out their own understanding of what he is, or as the apostles glorify him from what they have learned, or as the prophets proclaim beforehand his coming sojourn and announce what concerns him under various names.
1.137Preuschen 4:27
οἷον ὁ Ἰωάννης αὐτὸν »ἀμνὸν θεοῦ« ἀναγορεύει λέγων· »Ἴδε ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν »τοῦ κόσμου καὶ »ἄνδρα« διὰ τούτων· »Οὐτός ἐστιν ὑπὲρ οὑ ἐγὼ »εἶπον ὅτι ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεταί ἀνὴρ ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι » πρῶτός μου ἦν· κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν«.
hoion ho Iōannēs auton »amnon theou« anagoreuei legōn; »Ide ho amnos tou theou, ho airōn tēn hamartian »tou kosmou kai »andra« dia toutōn; »Outos estin hyper hou egō »eipon hoti opisō mou erchetai anēr hos emprosthen mou gegonen, hoti » prōtos mou ēn; kagō ouk ę̄dein auton«.
For example, John proclaims him “the Lamb of God”, saying, “Behold the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world”, and calls him a “man” in these words: “This is he of whom I said, After me comes a man who ranks before me, for he was before me; and I did not know him.”
1.138Preuschen 4:27
ἐν δὲ τῇ καθολικῇ ἐπιστολῇ ὁ Ἰωάννης »παράκλητον« περὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα φησὶν αὐτὸν εἶναι λέγων· »Καὶ ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, παράκλη- τον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα,
en de tę̄ katholikę̄ epistolę̄ ho Iōannēs »paraklēton« peri tōn psychōn hēmōn pros ton patera phēsin auton einai legōn; »Kai ean tis hamartę̄, paraklē- ton echomen pros ton patera,
And in the catholic epistle John says that he is an “Advocate” for our souls with the Father, saying, “And if anyone sins, we have an Advocate with the Father,
1.139Preuschen 4:27
Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν δίκαιον«. ἐπιφέρει δὲ ὅτι »καὶ ἱλασμός ἐστι περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν«· ᾡ παραπλη- σίως ὁ Παῦλος λέγει αὐτὸν εἶναι »ἱλαστήριον«, φάσκων· »Ὅν προ- »έθετο ὁ θεὸς ἱλαστήριον διὰ πίστεως έν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ, διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν τῶν προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ »θεοῦ«.
Iēsoun Christon dikaion«. epipherei de hoti »kai hilasmos esti peri tōn hamartiōn hēmōn«; hǭ paraplē- siōs ho Paulos legei auton einai »hilastērion«, phaskōn; »Hon pro- »etheto ho theos hilastērion dia pisteōs en tǭ haimati autou, dia tēn paresin tōn progegonotōn hamartēmatōn en tę̄ anochę̄ tou »theou«.
Jesus Christ the righteous.” And he adds that “he is the propitiation for our sins.” Similarly Paul says that he is a “propitiation”, saying, “whom God set forth as a propitiation through faith in his blood, because of the passing over of former sins in the forbearance of God.”
1.140Preuschen 4:27–28
κεκήρυκται δὲ κατὰ τὸν Παῦλον σοφία εἶναι καὶ δύναμις θεοῦ, ὡς ἐν τῇ πρὸς Κορινθίους ὅτι Χριστὸς δύναμίς ἐστι καὶ θεοῦ σοφία· πρὸς τούτοις, ὅτι καὶ »ἁγιασμός« ἐστι καὶ »ἀπολύ- »τρωσις«· »Ὅς ἐγενήθη, γάρ φησι, σοφία ἡμῖν ἀπὸ θεοῦ, δικαιοσύνη »τε καὶ ἁγιασμὸς καὶ ἀπολύτρωσις«.
kekēryktai de kata ton Paulon sophia einai kai dynamis theou, hōs en tę̄ pros Korinthious hoti Christos dynamis esti kai theou sophia; pros toutois, hoti kai »hagiasmos« esti kai »apoly- »trōsis«; »Hos egenēthē, gar phēsi, sophia hēmin apo theou, dikaiosynē »te kai hagiasmos kai apolytrōsis«.
And according to Paul he is proclaimed to be the wisdom and power of God, as in the letter to the Corinthians, that Christ is the power and wisdom of God; and besides, that he is also “sanctification” and “redemption”: “who became for us,” he says, “wisdom from God, and righteousness and sanctification and redemption.”
1.141Preuschen 4:28
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀρχιερέα μέγαν διδάσκει ἡμᾶς αὐτὸν τυγχάνειν, πρὸς Ἐβραίους γράφων· »Ἔχοντες οὖν »ἀρχιερέα μέγαν διεληλυθότα τοὺς οὐρανούς, Ἰησοῦν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ »θεοῦ, κρατῶμεν τῆς ὁμολογίας«.
alla kai archierea megan didaskei hēmas auton tynchanein, pros Ebraious graphōn; »Echontes oun »archierea megan dielēlythota tous ouranous, Iēsoun ton huion tou »theou, kratōmen tēs homologias«.
He also teaches us that he is a great high priest, writing to the Hebrews: “Having, then, a great high priest who has passed through the heavens, Jesus the Son of God, let us hold fast our confession.”
1.142Preuschen 4:28
Οἱ δὲ προφῆται παρὰ ταῦτα καὶ ἑτέροις ὀνόμασιν αὐτὸν καλοῦσιν· ὁ μὲν Ἰακὼβ ἐν τῇ πρὸς τοὺς υἱοὺς εὐλογίᾳ Ἰούδαν· τὸ γὰρ »Ἰούδα, σὲ αἰνέσαισαν οἱ ἀδελφοί σου· αἰ χεῖρές σου ἐπὶ νώτου »τῶν ἐχθρῶν σου· <προσκυνήσουσίν σοι οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρός· »σκύμνος λέοντος Ἰούδα· ἐκ βλαστοῦ, υἱέ μου, ἀνέβης· ἀναπεσὼν »ἐκοιμήθης ὡς λέων καὶ ὡς σκύμνος· τίς ἐγερεῖ αὐτόν«; * * * * οὐ κατὰ τὸν ἐνεστηκότα δὲ καιρόν ἐστι πρὸς λέξιν παραστῆσαι πῶς τὰ τῷ Ἰούδᾳ λεγόμενα περὶ Χριστοῦ ἐστιν.
Hoi de prophētai para tauta kai heterois onomasin auton kalousin; ho men Iakōb en tę̄ pros tous huious eulogią Ioudan; to gar »Iouda, se ainesaisan hoi adelphoi sou; ai cheires sou epi nōtou »tōn echthrōn sou; <proskynēsousin soi hoi huioi tou patros; »skymnos leontos Iouda; ek blastou, huie mou, anebēs; anapesōn »ekoimēthēs hōs leōn kai hōs skymnos; tis egerei auton«? * * * * ou kata ton enestēkota de kairon esti pros lexin parastēsai pōs ta tǭ Ioudą legomena peri Christou estin.
Besides these, the prophets call him by other names too. Jacob, in his blessing of his sons, calls him Judah; for the words “Judah, your brothers shall praise you; your hands shall be on the back of your enemies; the sons of your father shall bow down to you. A lion's whelp is Judah; from a shoot, my son, you have gone up; lying down you slept like a lion and like a whelp; who shall rouse him?” … It is not the right time now to show word for word how what is said to Judah concerns Christ.
1.143Preuschen 4:28
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνθυποφορὰ εὐλόγως ἐπενεχθῆναι δυναμένη »Οὐκ ἐκλείψει ἄρχων ἐξ Ἰούδα, καὶ »ἡγούμενος ἐκ τῶν μηρῶν αὐτοῦ« ἐν ἄλλοις εὐκαιρότερον λυθήσεται.
alla kai anthypophora eulogōs epenechthēnai dynamenē »Ouk ekleipsei archōn ex Iouda, kai »hēgoumenos ek tōn mērōn autou« en allois eukairoteron lythēsetai.
But the objection that can reasonably be raised, “A ruler shall not fail from Judah, nor a leader from his thighs,” will be taken up more fittingly elsewhere.
1.144Preuschen 4:28
οἶδε δὲ τὸν χριστὸν Ἰακὼβ καὶ Ἰσραήλ ὀνομαζόμενον Ἡσαΐας λέγων· »Ἰακὼβ ὁ παῖς μου, ἀντιλήψομαι αὐτοῦ· Ἰσραὴλ ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου, »προσεδέξατο αὐτὸν ἡ ψυχή μου· κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ. οὐκ »ἐρίσει οὐδὲ κράζει οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις τὴν φωνὴν »αὐτοῦ· κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον »οὐ σβέσει, ἔως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ †ἐκ νίκους τὴν κρίσιν, καὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ »ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν«.
oide de ton christon Iakōb kai Israēl onomazomenon Hēsaïas legōn; »Iakōb ho pais mou, antilēpsomai autou; Israēl ho eklektos mou, »prosedexato auton hē psychē mou; krisin tois ethnesin apangelei. ouk »erisei oude krazei oude akousei tis en tais plateiais tēn phōnēn »autou; kalamon syntetrimmenon ou kateaxei kai linon typhomenon »ou sbesei, eōs an ekbalę̄ †ek nikous tēn krisin, kai tǭ onomati autou »ethnē elpiousin«.
And Isaiah knows that the Christ is named Jacob and Israel, saying, “Jacob my servant, I will help him; Israel my chosen, my soul has accepted him; he will announce judgment to the nations. He will not quarrel or cry out, nor will anyone hear his voice in the streets; a bruised reed he will not break, and a smoldering wick he will not quench, until he brings forth judgment to victory; and in his name the nations will hope.”
1.145Preuschen 4:28
ὅτι γὰρ χριστός ἐστι, περὶ οὐ ταῦτα προφητεύ- εται, σαφῶς ὁ Ματθαῖος δηλοῖ ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, μνησθεὶς ἀπὸ μέρους τῆς περικοπῆς, εἰπών· »Ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ εἰρημένον Οὐκ ἐρίσει οὐδὲ « καὶ τὰ ἐξῆς.
hoti gar christos esti, peri ou tauta prophēteu- etai, saphōs ho Matthaios dēloi en tǭ euangeliǭ, mnēstheis apo merous tēs perikopēs, eipōn; »Hina plērōthę̄ to eirēmenon Ouk erisei oude « kai ta exēs.
For that it is Christ of whom these things are prophesied, Matthew clearly shows in the Gospel, recalling part of the passage and saying, “That what was spoken might be fulfilled: He will not quarrel or …” and so on.
1.146Preuschen 4:28
καλεῖται δὲ καὶ Δαβὶδ ὁ χριστός, ὡς ἐπὰν Ἰεζεκιὴλ προφητεύσας πρὸς τοὺς ποιμένας ἐπιφέρῃ ἐκ προσώπου θεοῦ »Ἀναστήσω Δαβὶδ τὸν παῖδά μου, ὃς ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς«· οὐ γὰρ Δαβὶδ ὁ πατριάρχης ἀναστήσεται ποιμαίνειν μέλλων τοὺς ἁγίους, ἀλλὰ Χριστός.
kaleitai de kai Dabid ho christos, hōs epan Iezekiēl prophēteusas pros tous poimenas epipherę̄ ek prosōpou theou »Anastēsō Dabid ton paida mou, hos poimanei autous«; ou gar Dabid ho patriarchēs anastēsetai poimainein mellōn tous hagious, alla Christos.
And Christ is also called David, as when Ezekiel, prophesying to the shepherds, adds in the person of God, “I will raise up David my servant, who will shepherd them.” For it is not David the patriarch who will rise to shepherd the saints, but Christ.
1.147Preuschen 4:28–29
ἔτι δὲ ὁ Ἡσαΐας »ῥάβδον« καὶ »ἄνθος« ὀνομάζει τὸν χριστὸν ἐν τῷ »Ἐξελεύσεται ῥάβδος ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης Ἰεσσαὶ καὶ ἄνθος ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης ἀναβήσεται, καὶ ἐπαναπαύσεται ἐπʼ αὐτὸν πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ, »πνεῦμα σοφίας καὶ συνέσεως, πνεῦμα βουλῆς καὶ ἰσχύος, πνεῦμα γνώ- »σεως καὶ εὐσεβείας, καὶ ἐμπλήσει αὐτὸν πνεῦμα φόβου θεοῦ«.
eti de ho Hēsaïas »rhabdon« kai »anthos« onomazei ton christon en tǭ »Exeleusetai rhabdos ek tēs rhizēs Iessai kai anthos ek tēs rhizēs anabēsetai, kai epanapausetai epʼ auton pneuma tou theou, »pneuma sophias kai syneseōs, pneuma boulēs kai ischyos, pneuma gnō- »seōs kai eusebeias, kai emplēsei auton pneuma phobou theou«.
Further, Isaiah names Christ a “rod” and a “flower” in the words, “A rod shall come forth from the root of Jesse, and a flower shall come up from the root; and the Spirit of God shall rest upon him, the Spirit of wisdom and understanding, the Spirit of counsel and strength, the Spirit of knowledge and godliness, and the Spirit of the fear of God shall fill him.”
1.148Preuschen 4:29
καὶ »λίθος« δὲ ἐν τοῖς ψαλμοῖς ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν εἶναι λέγεται οὕτως· »Λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὑτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφα- λὴν γωνίας· παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστι θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλ- »μοῖς ἡμῶν..
kai »lithos« de en tois psalmois ho kyrios hēmōn einai legetai houtōs; »Lithon hon apedokimasan hoi oikodomountes, houtos egenēthē eis kepha- lēn gōnias; para kyriou egeneto hautē, kai esti thaumastē en ophthal- »mois hēmōn..
And in the Psalms our Lord is said to be a “stone”, thus: “The stone which the builders rejected has become the head of the corner; this was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes.”
1.149Preuschen 4:29
δηλοῖ δὲ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον καὶ ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσιν ὁ Λουκᾶς, οὐκ ἄλλον ἢ τὸν χριστὸν εἶναι τὸν λίθον»· τὸ μὲν εὐαγγέλιον οὕτως· »Οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε· Λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦν- »τες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; πᾶς ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον συνθλασθήσεται· ἐφʼ ὃν δʼ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν«·
dēloi de to euangelion kai en tais Praxesin ho Loukas, ouk allon ē ton christon einai ton lithon»; to men euangelion houtōs; »Oudepote anegnōte; Lithos hon apedokimasan hoi oikodomoun- »tes, houtos egenēthē eis kephalēn gōnias? pas ho pesōn epi ton lithon touton synthlasthēsetai; ephʼ hon dʼ an pesę̄, likmēsei auton«;
The Gospel shows, and Luke in the Acts, that the stone is none other than Christ. The Gospel says: “Have you never read, The stone which the builders rejected has become the head of the corner? Everyone who falls on this stone will be broken; but on whomever it falls, it will crush him.”
1.150Preuschen 4:29
ἐν δὲ ταῖς Πράξεσιν ὁ Λουκᾶς γράφει· »Οὑτός ἐστιν ὁ λίθος ὁ ἐξουδενω- »θεὶς ὑφʼ ὑμῶν τῶν οἰκοδόμων, ὁ γενόμενος εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας«. Ἓν δὴ τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος τεταγμένων ὀνομάτων, ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὑπ αὐτοῦ λεγόμενον ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ Ἰωάννου ἀναγεγραμμένον, ἐστὶ καὶ »Ὁ ἐν ἀρχῇ λόγος πρὸς τὸν θεὸν θεὸς λόγος«.
en de tais Praxesin ho Loukas graphei; »Houtos estin ho lithos ho exoudenō- »theis hyphʼ hymōn tōn oikodomōn, ho genomenos eis kephalēn gōnias«. Hen dē tōn epi tou sōtēros tetagmenōn onomatōn, allʼ ouch hyp autou legomenon hypo de tou Iōannou anagegrammenon, esti kai »Ho en archę̄ logos pros ton theon theos logos«.
And in the Acts Luke writes, “This is the stone that was despised by you, the builders, which has become the head of the corner.” Now one of the names given to the Savior, not spoken by him but recorded by John, is also “the Word who was in the beginning with God, God the Word”.
1.151Preuschen 4:29
καὶ ἔστιν ἄξιον ἐπιστῆσαι τοῖς τὰ τοσαῦτα τῶν ὀνομαζομένων παραπεμπομένοις καὶ τούτῳ ὡς ἐξαιρέτῳ χρωμένοις καὶ πάλιν ἐπʼ ἐκείνοις μὲν διήγησιν ζητοῦσιν, εἵ τις αὐτοῖς προσάγοι αὐτά, ἐπὶ δὲ τούτῳ ὡς σαφὲς προσιεμένοις τὸ τί ποτέ ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος ὀνομαζόμενος, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπεὶ συνεχῶς χρῶνται τῷ »Ἐξηρεύξατο ἡ καρδία μου λόγον ἀγαθόν«, οἰόμενοι προφορὰν πατρικὴν οἱονεὶ ἐν συλλαβαῖς κειμένην εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ὑπόστασιν αὐτῷ, εἰ ἀκριβῶς αὐτῶν πυνθανοίμεθα, οὐ διδόασιν οὐδὲ οὐσίαν αὐτοῦ σαφηνί- ζουσιν, οὐδέπω φαμὲν τοιάνδε ἢ τοιάνδε, ἀλλʼ ὅπως ποτὲ οὐσίαν.
kai estin axion epistēsai tois ta tosauta tōn onomazomenōn parapempomenois kai toutǭ hōs exairetǭ chrōmenois kai palin epʼ ekeinois men diēgēsin zētousin, hei tis autois prosagoi auta, epi de toutǭ hōs saphes prosiemenois to ti pote estin ho huios tou theou logos onomazomenos, kai malista epei synechōs chrōntai tǭ »Exēreuxato hē kardia mou logon agathon«, oiomenoi prophoran patrikēn hoionei en syllabais keimenēn einai ton huion tou theou, kai kata touto hypostasin autǭ, ei akribōs autōn pynthanoimetha, ou didoasin oude ousian autou saphēni- zousin, oudepō phamen toiande ē toiande, allʼ hopōs pote ousian.
And it is worth drawing the attention of those who pass over so many of his names and use this one as special, and who seek an explanation of the others if anyone brings them up, but accept this one as clear, to the question of what the Son of God, called the Word, is. This is especially so since they constantly use “My heart has uttered a good word”, thinking that the Son of God is a paternal utterance, lying as it were in syllables; and accordingly, if we question them closely, they do not grant him a subsistence of his own, nor do they make clear his being: I do not yet say a being of this or that kind, but any being at all.
1.152Preuschen 4:29
λόγον γὰρ ἀπαγγελλόμενον υἱὸν εἶναι νοῆσαι καὶ τῷ τυχόντι ἐστὶν ἀμήχανον. καὶ λόγον τοιοῦτον καθʼ αὑτὸν ζῶντα καὶ ἤτοι οὐ κεχω- ρισμένον τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο τῷ μὴ ὑφεστάναι οὐδὲ υἱὸν τυγχάνοντα ἢ καὶ κεχωρισμένον καὶ οὐσιωμένον ἀπαγγελλέτωσαν ημῖν θεὸν λόγον.
logon gar apangellomenon huion einai noēsai kai tǭ tychonti estin amēchanon. kai logon toiouton kathʼ hauton zōnta kai ētoi ou kechō- rismenon tou patros kai kata touto tǭ mē hyphestanai oude huion tynchanonta ē kai kechōrismenon kai ousiōmenon apangelletōsan ēmin theon logon.
For even for an ordinary person it is impossible to understand how a word that is spoken can be a son. And let them tell us whether such a Word lives by himself, and is either not separate from the Father, and so, not subsisting, is not a Son either, or is both separate and possessed of being, God the Word.
1.153Preuschen 4:29–30
Λεκτέον οὖν ὅτι ὥσπερ καθʼ ἕκαστον τῶν προειρημένων ὀνομάτων ἀπὸ τῆς ὀνομασίας ἀναπτυκτέον τὴν ἔννοιαν τοῦ ὀνομαζομένου καὶ ἐφαρμοστέον μετὰ ἀποδείξεως πῶς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦτο τὸ ὄνομα εἶναι λέγεται, οὕτως καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λόγον αὐτὸν ὀνομάζεσθαι ποιητέον. τίς γὰρ ἡ ἀποκλήρωσις ἐφʼ ἑνὸς μὲν ἑκάστου μὴ ἵστασθαι.
Lekteon oun hoti hōsper kathʼ hekaston tōn proeirēmenōn onomatōn apo tēs onomasias anaptykteon tēn ennoian tou onomazomenou kai epharmosteon meta apodeixeōs pōs ho huios tou theou touto to onoma einai legetai, houtōs kai epi tou logon auton onomazesthai poiēteon. tis gar hē apoklērōsis ephʼ henos men hekastou mē histasthai.
We must say, then, that just as with each of the names mentioned above we must unfold from the name the concept of what is named, and apply it with demonstration, showing how the Son of God is said to be this name, so we must do also with his being called the Word. For what arbitrary choice is it not to stop
1.154Preuschen 4:30
ἐπὶ τῆς λέξεως, ἀλλὰ φέρε εἰπεῖν ζητεῖν πῶς αὐτὸν ἐκδεκτέον »θύ- »ραν« καὶ τίνα τρόπον »ἄμπελον« τίνι τε αἰτίᾳ »ὁδόν«, ἐπὶ δὲ μόνου τοῦ »λόγον« αὐτὸν ἀναγεγράφθαι τὸ παραπλήσιον οὐ ποιητέον;
epi tēs lexeōs, alla phere eipein zētein pōs auton ekdekteon »thy- »ran« kai tina tropon »ampelon« tini te aitią »hodon«, epi de monou tou »logon« auton anagegraphthai to paraplēsion ou poiēteon?
at the wording in each other case, but to inquire, for example, how he is to be understood as “door”, in what way as “vine”, and for what reason as “way”, and yet not to do the same only with his being recorded as “Word”?
1.155Preuschen 4:30
ἴνα τοίνυν μᾶλλον δυσωπητικώτερον παραδεξώμεθα τὰ λεχθησόμενα εἰς τὰ περὶ τοῦ πῶς λόγος ἐστὶν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀρκτέον ἀπὸ τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἡμῖν προτεθέντων ὀνομάτων αὐτοῦ.
ina toinyn mallon dysōpētikōteron paradexōmetha ta lechthēsomena eis ta peri tou pōs logos estin ho huios tou theou, arkteon apo tōn ex archēs hēmin protethentōn onomatōn autou.
So that we may receive with less resistance what will be said about how the Son of God is the Word, we must begin from the names of his that we set out at the start.
1.156Preuschen 4:30
καὶ ὅτι μὲν δόξει τισὶ σφόδρα παρεκβατικὸν εἶναι τὸ τοιοῦτον οὐκ ἀγνοοῦμεν· πλὴν ἐπιστήσαντι καὶ πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον χρήσιμον ἔσται τὸ βασανίσαι τὰς ἐννοίας καθʼ ὡν τὰ ὀνόματα κεῖται, καὶ πρὸ ὁδοῦ τῶν ἐπιφερομένων ὑπάρξῃ ἡ κατανόησις τῶν πραγμάτων.
kai hoti men doxei tisi sphodra parekbatikon einai to toiouton ouk agnooumen; plēn epistēsanti kai pros to prokeimenon chrēsimon estai to basanisai tas ennoias kathʼ hōn ta onomata keitai, kai pro hodou tōn epipheromenōn hyparxę̄ hē katanoēsis tōn pragmatōn.
We are not unaware that to some this will seem very digressive; but to one who pays attention, it will be useful for the subject at hand to test the concepts to which the names apply, so that understanding of the realities may prepare the way for what follows.
1.157Preuschen 4:30
ἅπαξ δὲ εἰς τὴν περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος θεολογίαν ἐμΠεσόντες, ἀναγκαίως ὅση δύναμις τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ μετὰ ἐρεύνης εὑρίσκοντες πληρέστερον αὐτὸν οὐ μόνον ᾗ λόγος ἐστὶ νοήσομεν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ λοιπά.
hapax de eis tēn peri tou sōtēros theologian emPesontes, anankaiōs hosē dynamis ta peri autou meta ereunēs heuriskontes plēresteron auton ou monon hę̄ logos esti noēsomen alla kai ta loipa.
And once we have entered on the theology of the Savior, by necessarily finding out with inquiry, as far as we can, what concerns him, we shall understand him more fully, not only as Word but in his other aspects too.
1.158Preuschen 4:30
Ἔλεγεν οὖν ἑαυτὸν εἶναι »φῶς τοῦ κόσμου«· καὶ τὰ παρακείμενα ταύτῃ τῇ ὀνομασίᾳ συνεξεταστέον, δόξαντα ἂν τισιν οὐχὶ παρακείμενα μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ τυγχάνειν.
Elegen oun heauton einai »phōs tou kosmou«; kai ta parakeimena tautę̄ tę̄ onomasią synexetasteon, doxanta an tisin ouchi parakeimena monon alla kai ta auta tynchanein.
He said, then, that he is “the light of the world”; and we must examine together the titles related to this name, which some might think are not only related but the same.
1.159Preuschen 4:30
ἔστι δὲ »τὸ »φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων« καὶ »τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν« καὶ »φῶς »ἐθνῶν«· φῶς μὲν ἀνθρώπων ἐν τῇ τοῦ προκειμένου εὐαγγελίου ἀρχῇ· »Ὃ γέγονε, γάρ φησιν, έν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων· καὶ τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία »αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβε«· φῶς δὲ ἀληθινὸν ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς τῆς αὐτῆς γραφῆς ἐπιγέγραπται· »Ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν, ὃ φωτίζει πάντα »ἄνθρωπον, ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον( »φῶς δὲ ἐθνῶν« ἐν τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ, ὡς προείπομεν παρατιθέμενοι τὸ »Ἰδοὺ τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν, τοῦ εἶναί σε εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς((.
esti de »to »phōs tōn anthrōpōn« kai »to phōs to alēthinon« kai »phōs »ethnōn«; phōs men anthrōpōn en tę̄ tou prokeimenou euangeliou archę̄; »Ho gegone, gar phēsin, en autǭ zōē ēn, kai hē zōē ēn to phōs tōn anthrōpōn; kai to phōs en tę̄ skotią phainei, kai hē skotia »auto ou katelabe«; phōs de alēthinon en tois hexēs tēs autēs graphēs epigegraptai; »Ēn to phōs to alēthinon, ho phōtizei panta »anthrōpon, erchomenon eis ton kosmon( »phōs de ethnōn« en tǭ Hēsaïą, hōs proeipomen paratithemenoi to »Idou tetheika se eis phōs ethnōn, tou einai se eis sōtērian heōs eschatou tēs gēs((.
There is “the light of men”, “the true light”, and “the light of the nations”. “Light of men” occurs at the beginning of the present Gospel: “What came to be in him,” it says, “was life, and the life was the light of men; and the light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it.” “True light” is written further on in the same Scripture: “The true light, which enlightens every man, was coming into the world.” And “light of the nations” is in Isaiah, as we said before when quoting, “Behold, I have made you a light of the nations, that you may be for salvation to the end of the earth.”
1.160Preuschen 4:30
Φῶς δὴ κόσμου αἰσθητὸν ὁ ἥλιός ἐστιν, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον οὐκ ἀπᾳδόντως ἡ σελήνη καὶ οἱ ἀστέρες τώ αὐτῷ ὀνόματι προσαγορευθήσονται.
Phōs dē kosmou aisthēton ho hēlios estin, kai meta touton ouk apądontōs hē selēnē kai hoi asteres tō autǭ onomati prosagoreuthēsontai.
Now the perceptible light of the world is the sun, and after it the moon and stars will, not inappropriately, be called by the same name.
1.161Preuschen 4:30–31
ἀλλὰ φῶς μὲν αἰσθητὸν τυγχάνοντες οἱ γεγονέναι παρὰ Μωσεῖ λεγόμενοι τῇ τετάρτῃ ἡμέρα, καθὸ φωτίζουσι τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς, οὐκ εἰσὶ φῶς ἀληθινόν ὁ δὲ σωτὴρ ἐλλάμπων τοῖς λογικοῖς καὶ ἡγεμονι- κοῖς, ἵνα αὐτῶν ὁ νοῦς τὰ ἴδια ὁρατὰ βλέπῃ, τοῦ νοητοῦ κόσμου ἐστὶ φῶς· λέγω δὲ τῶν λογικῶν ψυχῶν τῶν ἐν τῷ αἰσθητικῷ κόσμῳ καὶ εἴ τι παρὰ ταῦτα συμπληροῖ τὸν κόσμον, ἀφʼ οὗ ὁ σωτὴρ εἶναι ἡμᾶς διδάσκει, τάχα μέρος αὐτοῦ τὸ κυριώτατον καὶ διαφέρον τυγχάνων καί, ὡς ἔστιν εἰπεῖν, ἥλιος ἡμέρας μεγάλης κυρίου ποιητής.
alla phōs men aisthēton tynchanontes hoi gegonenai para Mōsei legomenoi tę̄ tetartę̄ hēmera, katho phōtizousi ta epi gēs, ouk eisi phōs alēthinon ho de sōtēr ellampōn tois logikois kai hēgemoni- kois, hina autōn ho nous ta idia horata blepę̄, tou noētou kosmou esti phōs; legō de tōn logikōn psychōn tōn en tǭ aisthētikǭ kosmǭ kai ei ti para tauta symplēroi ton kosmon, aphʼ hou ho sōtēr einai hēmas didaskei, tacha meros autou to kyriōtaton kai diapheron tynchanōn kai, hōs estin eipein, hēlios hēmeras megalēs kyriou poiētēs.
But the lights said by Moses to have come into being on the fourth day, being perceptible light, inasmuch as they illuminate the things on earth, are not the true light. The Savior, shining on rational and ruling faculties so that their mind may see its own proper objects, is the light of the intelligible world: I mean of the rational souls in the perceptible world, and of whatever else besides these fills up the world from which the Savior teaches that he is. Perhaps he is its most important and distinguished part and, so to speak, the sun that makes the great day of the Lord.
1.162Preuschen 4:31
διʼ ἣν ἡμέραν φησὶ τοῖς τοῦ φωτὸς αὐτοῦ μεταλαμβάνουσιν· »Ἐργά- »ζεσθε ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν· ἔρχεται νὺξ ὅτε οὐκέτι οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐργά- »ζεσθαι. ὅταν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ὡ, φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου( ἔτι δὲ καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς φησιν· »Ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου« καὶ »Λαμ- »ψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθε τῶν ἀνθρώπων«.
diʼ hēn hēmeran phēsi tois tou phōtos autou metalambanousin; »Erga- »zesthe heōs hēmera estin; erchetai nyx hote ouketi oudeis dynatai erga- »zesthai. hotan en tǭ kosmǭ hō, phōs eimi tou kosmou( eti de kai tois mathētais phēsin; »Hymeis este to phōs tou kosmou« kai »Lam- »psatō to phōs hymōn emprosthe tōn anthrōpōn«.
Because of this day he says to those who share in his light, “Work while it is day; night is coming, when no one can work. While I am in the world, I am the light of the world.” And further he says to the disciples, “You are the light of the world” and “Let your light shine before men.”
1.163Preuschen 4:31
τὸ δʼ ἀνάλογον σελήνῃ καὶ ἄστροις ὑπολαμβάνομεν εἶναι περὶ τὴν νύμφην ἐκκλησίαν καὶ τοὺς μαθητάς, ἔχοντας οἰκεῖον φῶς ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ ἡλίου ἐπίκτητον, ἵνα φωτίσωσι μὴ δεδυνημένους πηγὴν ἐν αὑτοῖς κατασκευάσαι φωτός· οἷον Παῦλον μὲν καὶ Πέτρον »φῶς« ἐροῦμεν »τοῦ κόσμου«, τοὺς δὲ τυχόντας τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς μαθητευομένων, φωτιζομένους μέν, οὐ μὴν φωτίζειν ἑτέρους δυναμένους, τὸν κόσμον οὗ κόσμου φῶς οἱ ἀπόστολοι ἦσαν.
to dʼ analogon selēnę̄ kai astrois hypolambanomen einai peri tēn nymphēn ekklēsian kai tous mathētas, echontas oikeion phōs ē apo tou alēthinou hēliou epiktēton, hina phōtisōsi mē dedynēmenous pēgēn en hautois kataskeuasai phōtos; hoion Paulon men kai Petron »phōs« eroumen »tou kosmou«, tous de tychontas tōn parʼ autois mathēteuomenōn, phōtizomenous men, ou mēn phōtizein heterous dynamenous, ton kosmon hou kosmou phōs hoi apostoloi ēsan.
What corresponds to the moon and stars we take to be the Church, the bride, and the disciples, who have a light of their own, or one acquired from the true sun, so that they may enlighten those who have not been able to produce a source of light within themselves. For example, we shall call Paul and Peter “the light of the world”, and the ordinary people among their disciples, who are enlightened but not able to enlighten others, the world of which the apostles were the light.
1.164Preuschen 4:31
ὁ δὲ σωτήρ, »φῶς« ὢν τοῦ »κόσμου«, φωτίζει οὐ σώματα ἀλλὰ ἀσωμάτῳ δυνάμει τὸν ἀσώματον νοῦν, ἵνα ὡς ὑπὸ ἡλιοῦ ἕκαστος ἡμῶν φωτιζόμενος καὶ τὰ ἄλλα δυνηθῇ
ho de sōtēr, »phōs« ōn tou »kosmou«, phōtizei ou sōmata alla asōmatǭ dynamei ton asōmaton noun, hina hōs hypo hēliou hekastos hēmōn phōtizomenos kai ta alla dynēthę̄
But the Savior, being the “light” of the “world”, enlightens not bodies but, by a bodiless power, the bodiless mind, so that each of us, enlightened as by the sun, may be able to see the other
1.165Preuschen 4:31
βλέπειν νοητά. ὥσπερ δὲ ἡλίου φωτίζοντος ἀμαυροῦται τὸ δύνασθαι φωτίζειν σελήνην καὶ ἀστέρας, οὕτως οἱ ἐλλαμπόμενοι ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ καὶ τὰς αὐγὰς αὐτοῦ κεχωρηκότες οὐδέν τινων διακονουμένων ἀποστόλων καὶ προφητῶν δέονται — τολμητέον γὰρ λέγειν τὴν ἀλήθειαν — οὐδὲ ἀγγέλων, προσθήσω δὲ ὅτι οὐδὲ τῶν κρειττόνων δυνάμεων, αὐτῷ τῷ πρωτογεννήτῳ μαθητευόμενοι φωτί.
blepein noēta. hōsper de hēliou phōtizontos amauroutai to dynasthai phōtizein selēnēn kai asteras, houtōs hoi ellampomenoi hypo Christou kai tas augas autou kechōrēkotes ouden tinōn diakonoumenōn apostolōn kai prophētōn deontai — tolmēteon gar legein tēn alētheian — oude angelōn, prosthēsō de hoti oude tōn kreittonōn dynameōn, autǭ tǭ prōtogennētǭ mathēteuomenoi phōti.
intelligible things. And just as, when the sun gives light, the ability of the moon and stars to give light is dimmed, so those who are illumined by Christ and have received his rays have no need of the ministry of apostles and prophets (for one must venture to speak the truth), nor of angels; and I will add, not even of the higher powers, since they are taught by the firstborn light himself.
1.166Preuschen 4:31
τοῖς δὲ μὴ χωροῦσι τὰς ἡλιακὰς Χριστοῦ ἀκτῖνας οἱ ἅγιοι διακονοῦντες παρ- έχουσι φωτισμὸν πολλῷ τοῦ προειρημένου ἐλάττονα, μόγις καὶ τοῦτον χωρεῖν δυναμένοις καὶ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πληρουμένοις.
tois de mē chōrousi tas hēliakas Christou aktinas hoi hagioi diakonountes par- echousi phōtismon pollǭ tou proeirēmenou elattona, mogis kai touton chōrein dynamenois kai hypʼ autou plēroumenois.
But to those who cannot receive the sunlike rays of Christ, the saints, ministering, give an illumination far less than that just mentioned, since they can scarcely receive even this and are filled by it.
1.167Preuschen 4:31
Ἔστι δὲ ὁ χριστός, φῶς τυγχάνων κόσμου, φῶς ἀληθινὸν πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν αἐσθητοῦ, οὐδενὸς αἰσθητοῦ ὄντος ἀληθινοῦ. ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἀληθινὸν τὸ αἰσθητόν, ψεῦδος τὸ αἰσθητόν· δύναται γὰρ ἀναλογίαν ἔχειν τὸ αἰσθητὸν πρὸς τὸ νοητόν, οὐ μὴν τὸ ψεῦδος ὑγιῶς παντὸς καταγορεῖσθαι τοῦ οὐκ ἀληθινοῦ.
Esti de ho christos, phōs tynchanōn kosmou, phōs alēthinon pros antidiastolēn aesthētou, oudenos aisthētou ontos alēthinou. allʼ ouchi epei ouk alēthinon to aisthēton, pseudos to aisthēton; dynatai gar analogian echein to aisthēton pros to noēton, ou mēn to pseudos hygiōs pantos katagoreisthai tou ouk alēthinou.
And Christ, being the light of the world, is the true light in contrast with the perceptible, since nothing perceptible is true. But it does not follow that because the perceptible is not true, the perceptible is false; for the perceptible can have an analogy to the intelligible, and falsehood cannot soundly be predicated of everything that is not true.
1.168Preuschen 4:31–32
ζητῶ δὲ εἰ ταὐτόν ἐστι τὸ »φῶς τοῦ κόσμου« τῷ »φωτὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων«, καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πλείονα δύναμιν παρίστασθαι τοῦ φωτὸς ὅτε »φῶς τοῦ »κόσμου« προσαγορεύεται ἤπερ »φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὁ γὰρ »κό- »σμος« κατὰ μίαν ἐκδοχὴν οὐ μόνον »ἀνθρωποι«.
zētō de ei tauton esti to »phōs tou kosmou« tǭ »phōti tōn anthrōpōn«, kai hēgoumai pleiona dynamin paristasthai tou phōtos hote »phōs tou »kosmou« prosagoreuetai ēper »phōs tōn anthrōpōn ho gar »ko- »smos« kata mian ekdochēn ou monon »anthrōpoi«.
I ask whether “the light of the world” is the same as “the light of men”, and I think that a greater power of the light is presented when he is called “the light of the world” than “the light of men”; for “the world”, in one interpretation, is not only “men”.
1.169Preuschen 4:32
καὶ παραστήσει τὸ πλεῖον ἢ ἕτερον εἶναι τὸν κόσμον παρὰ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ὁ Παῦ- λος ἐν τῇ πρὸς Κορινθίους προτέρᾳ λέγων· »Θέατρον ἐγενήθημεν »τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις((.
kai parastēsei to pleion ē heteron einai ton kosmon para tous anthrōpous ho Pau- los en tę̄ pros Korinthious proterą legōn; »Theatron egenēthēmen »tǭ kosmǭ kai angelois kai anthrōpois((.
And Paul will show that the world is more than, or other than, human beings, when he says in the first letter to the Corinthians, “We have become a spectacle to the world, both to angels and to men.”
1.170Preuschen 4:32
ἐπίστησον δὲ εἰ κατὰ μίαν ἐκδοχὴν κόσμος ἐστὶν ἡ ἐλευθερουμένη κτίσις »ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς »φθορᾶς εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ θεοῦ«, ἡς »ἡ ἀποκαραδοκία« τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπεκδέχεται«.
epistēson de ei kata mian ekdochēn kosmos estin hē eleutheroumenē ktisis »apo tēs douleias tēs »phthoras eis tēn eleutherian tēs doxēs tōn teknōn tou theou«, hēs »hē apokaradokia« tēn apokalypsin tōn huiōn tou theou apekdechetai«.
And consider whether, in one interpretation, the world is the creation that is being set free “from the bondage of corruption into the freedom of the glory of the children of God”, whose “eager expectation” awaits “the revelation of the sons of God”.
1.171Preuschen 4:32
>Ἐπίστησον< δὲ προσεθήκαμεν διὰ τὸ παρακεῖσθαι τὸ δυνάμενον »Ἐγὼ φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου« συνεζευγμέναι ἐπὶ τῶν μαθητῶν ὑπὸ Ἰησοῦ λεγόμενον· »Ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου((.
>Epistēson< de prosethēkamen dia to parakeisthai to dynamenon »Egō phōs eimi tou kosmou« synezeugmenai epi tōn mathētōn hypo Iēsou legomenon; »Hymeis este to phōs tou kosmou((.
We added “consider” because of the adjacent saying that may be joined with “I am the light of the world”, spoken by Jesus of the disciples: “You are the light of the world.”
1.172Preuschen 4:32
εἰσὶ γὰρ οἱ ὑπολαμβάνοντες μείονας εἶναι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς τῷ Ἰησοῦ γνησίως μεμαθητευμένους τῶν ἄλλων κτισμάτων, οἱ μὲν φύσει τοιούτους γεγενημένους, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐν λόγῳ τῷ κατὰ τὸν χαλεπώτερον ἀγῶνα.
eisi gar hoi hypolambanontes meionas einai tous anthrōpous tous tǭ Iēsou gnēsiōs memathēteumenous tōn allōn ktismatōn, hoi men physei toioutous gegenēmenous, hoi de kai en logǭ tǭ kata ton chalepōteron agōna.
For there are some who suppose that the human beings who have genuinely become disciples of Jesus are less than the other created beings, some because such creatures were made so by nature, others also in view of their harder struggle.
1.173Preuschen 4:32
πλείους γὰρ οἱ πόνοι καὶ ἐπισφαλὴς ἡ ζωὴ τῶν ἐν σαρκὶ καὶ αἵματι παρὰ τοὺς ἐν αἰθερίῳ σώματι, οὐκ ἂν τῶν ἐν οὐρανῷ φωστήρων ἐν τῷ ἀναλαβεῖν τὰ γἠϊνα σώματα ἀκινδύνως καὶ πάντως ἀναμαρτή- τως διανυσάντων τὴν ἐνταῦθα ζωήν· οἱ δὲ τῷ λόγω τούτω παριστά- μενοι ταῖς τὰ μέγιστα περὶ ἀνθρώπων ἀποφαινομέναις λέξεσι τῶν γραφῶν τὸ ἀνυπέρθετον τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ὅτι τὸν ἄνθρωπον φθάνει φασκούσαις, οὐ μὴν ταὐτὸν τοῦτο καὶ περὶ τῆς κτίσεως ἤ, ὡς ἐδεξάμεθα, κόσμου ἀπαγγελλούσαις.
pleious gar hoi ponoi kai episphalēs hē zōē tōn en sarki kai haimati para tous en aitheriǭ sōmati, ouk an tōn en ouranǭ phōstērōn en tǭ analabein ta gēïna sōmata akindynōs kai pantōs anamartē- tōs dianysantōn tēn entautha zōēn; hoi de tǭ logō toutō parista- menoi tais ta megista peri anthrōpōn apophainomenais lexesi tōn graphōn to anypertheton tēs epangelias hoti ton anthrōpon phthanei phaskousais, ou mēn tauton touto kai peri tēs ktiseōs ē, hōs edexametha, kosmou apangellousais.
For the toils are greater, and the life of those in flesh and blood more precarious, than that of those in an ethereal body; the luminaries in heaven, had they taken up earthly bodies, would not have passed through this life without danger and altogether without sin. But those who take the other view appeal to the passages of Scripture that make the greatest declarations about human beings, which say that the unsurpassable promise reaches man, but do not proclaim the same about the creation, or, as we have taken it, the world.
1.174Preuschen 4:32
τὸ γὰρ »Ὡς ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ ἕν ἐσμεν, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ έν ἡμῖν ὲν ὦσι«· καὶ »Ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγώ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται« σαφῶς περὶ ἀνθρώπων ἀναγέγραπται· περὶ δὲ τῆς κτίσεως, ὅτι ἐλευθεροῦται ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς »εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ θεοῦ«· καὶ προσθήσουσιν ὅτι οὐχί, εἰ ἐλευθεροῦται, ἤδη καὶ κοινωνεῖ τῆς δόξης τῶν »τἐκνων τοῦ θεοῦ«.
to gar »Hōs egō kai sy hen esmen, hina kai autoi en hēmin en ōsi«; kai »Hopou eimi egō, ekei kai ho diakonos ho emos estai« saphōs peri anthrōpōn anagegraptai; peri de tēs ktiseōs, hoti eleutheroutai apo tēs douleias tēs phthoras »eis tēn eleutherian tēs doxēs tōn teknōn tou theou«; kai prosthēsousin hoti ouchi, ei eleutheroutai, ēdē kai koinōnei tēs doxēs tōn »teknōn tou theou«.
For “As I and you are one, that they too may be one in us” and “Where I am, there will my servant be also” are clearly written about human beings; but about the creation, that it is set free from the bondage of corruption “into the freedom of the glory of the children of God”. And they will add that if it is set free, it does not follow that it already shares in the glory of “the children of God”.
1.175Preuschen 4:32
οὐκ ἀποσιωπήσουσι δὲ οὗτοι καὶ τὸ τὸν πρω- τότοκον πάσης κτίσεως διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὑπὲρ πάντα τιμὴν ἄνθρωπον μὲν γεγονέναι, οὐ μὴν ζῷόν τι τῶν ἐν οὐρανῷ· ἀλλὰ καὶ δεύτερον καὶ διάκονον καὶ δοῦλον τῆς γνώσεως Ἰησοῦ τὸν έν τῇ ἀνατολῇ φανέντα ἀστέρα δεδημιουργῆσθαι, ἤτοι ὅμοιον ὄντα τοῖς λοιποῖς ἄστροις ἢ τάχα καὶ κρείττονα, ἅτε τοῦ πάντων διαφέροντος γενόμενον σημεῖον.
ouk aposiōpēsousi de houtoi kai to ton prō- totokon pasēs ktiseōs dia tēn pros ton anthrōpon hyper panta timēn anthrōpon men gegonenai, ou mēn zǭon ti tōn en ouranǭ; alla kai deuteron kai diakonon kai doulon tēs gnōseōs Iēsou ton en tę̄ anatolę̄ phanenta astera dedēmiourgēsthai, ētoi homoion onta tois loipois astrois ē tacha kai kreittona, hate tou pantōn diapherontos genomenon sēmeion.
Nor will these people pass over in silence the fact that the firstborn of all creation, because of the honor given to man above all things, became a man, and not one of the living beings in heaven; while the star that appeared in the east was fashioned as second to, and minister and servant of, the knowledge of Jesus, either being like the other stars or perhaps even better, since it became the sign of the one who excels all.
1.176Preuschen 4:32–33
καὶ εἰ τὰ καυχήματα τῶν ἁγίων ἐστὶν ἐν θλίψεσιν, εἰδότων »Ὅτι ἡ θλίψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται, ἡ δὲ »ὑπομονὴ δοκιμήν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ ἐλπίδα, ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει«, οὔτε ὑπομονὴν οὔτε δοκιμὴν οὔτε ἐλπίδα ἕξει ἡ μὴ τεθλιμμένη κτίσις τὴν ἴσην ἀλλʼ ἑτέραν, ἐπεὶ »Τῇ ματαιότητι ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη, οὐχ
kai ei ta kauchēmata tōn hagiōn estin en thlipsesin, eidotōn »Hoti hē thlipsis hypomonēn katergazetai, hē de »hypomonē dokimēn, hē de dokimē elpida, hē de elpis ou kataischynei«, oute hypomonēn oute dokimēn oute elpida hexei hē mē tethlimmenē ktisis tēn isēn allʼ heteran, epei »Tę̄ mataiotēti hē ktisis hypetagē, ouch
And if the boasts of the saints are in afflictions, since they know “that affliction produces endurance, and endurance proven character, and proven character hope, and hope does not put to shame”, then the creation that is not afflicted will have neither endurance nor proven character nor hope equal to theirs, but of another kind, since “the creation was subjected to futility, not
1.177Preuschen 4:33
»ἑκοῦσα ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα, ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι«. ὁ δὲ μὴ τολμῶν τὰ τηλικαῦτα τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ καταχαρίσασθαι, ὁμόσε χωρήσας τῷ προβλήματι φήσει τῇ ματαιότητι τὴν κτίσιν ὑποτασσομένην θλίβεσθαι, μᾶλλον στενάξασαν ἢ οἱ ὄντες έν τῷ σκήνει στενάζουσιν, ἅτε καὶ πλεῖστον ὅσον χρόνον καὶ πολλαπλασίονα τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου ἀγῶνος τῇ ματαιότητι δουλεύουσαν.
»hekousa alla dia ton hypotaxanta, epʼ elpidi«. ho de mē tolmōn ta tēlikauta tǭ anthrōpǭ katacharisasthai, homose chōrēsas tǭ problēmati phēsei tę̄ mataiotēti tēn ktisin hypotassomenēn thlibesthai, mallon stenaxasan ē hoi ontes en tǭ skēnei stenazousin, hate kai pleiston hoson chronon kai pollaplasiona tou anthrōpinou agōnos tę̄ mataiotēti douleuousan.
willingly but because of him who subjected it, in hope.” But one who does not dare to grant such great things to man will face the problem directly and say that the creation, subjected to futility, is afflicted, groaning more than those in the tent groan, since it has served futility for a very long time, many times longer than the human struggle.
1.178Preuschen 4:33
διὰ τί γὰρ »οὐχ ἑκοῦσα« τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ἢ ὅτι παρὰ φύσιν ἐστὶν αὐτῇ τῇ ματαιότητι ὑποτετάχθαι καὶ μὴ τὴν προηγουμένην ἔχειν τῆς ζωῆς κατάστασιν, ἣν ἀπολήψεται ἐλευθερου- μένη ἐν τῇ τοῦ κόσμου φθορᾷ καὶ τῆς τῶν σωμάτων ματαιότητος ἀπολυομένη;
dia ti gar »ouch hekousa« touto poiei, ē hoti para physin estin autę̄ tę̄ mataiotēti hypotetachthai kai mē tēn proēgoumenēn echein tēs zōēs katastasin, hēn apolēpsetai eleutherou- menē en tę̄ tou kosmou phthorą kai tēs tōn sōmatōn mataiotētos apolyomenē?
For why does it do this “not willingly”, unless because it is against its nature to be subjected to futility and not to have its original state of life, which it will regain when it is set free at the corruption of the world and released from the futility of bodies?
1.179Preuschen 4:33
ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ πλείονα καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὸ προκείμενον πρόβλημα δοκοῦμεν ἐπανελευσόμεθα ἐπὶ τὸ ἐξ ἀρχῆς, ὑπομιμνήσκοντες διὰ τί »φῶς τοῦ κόσμου« ὁ σωτὴρ λέγεται καὶ φῶς ἀληθινὸν« καὶ »φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων«. ἀποδέδοται μὲν γὰρ ὅτι διὰ τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τὸ αἰσθητὸν λέγεται »φῶς ἀληθινόν«, καὶ ὅτι ταὐτόν ἐστι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τώ φωτὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἢ ἐπιδέχεται ἐξέτασιν ὡς οὐ ταὐτόν.
allʼ epei pleiona kai ou kata to prokeimenon problēma dokoumen epaneleusometha epi to ex archēs, hypomimnēskontes dia ti »phōs tou kosmou« ho sōtēr legetai kai phōs alēthinon« kai »phōs tōn anthrōpōn«. apodedotai men gar hoti dia to phōs tou kosmou to aisthēton legetai »phōs alēthinon«, kai hoti tauton esti to phōs tou kosmou tō phōti tōn anthrōpōn ē epidechetai exetasin hōs ou tauton.
But since we seem to be saying more than, and beside, the problem at hand, we shall return to where we began, recalling why the Savior is called “the light of the world”, “the true light”, and “the light of men”. It has been explained that he is called “true light” because of the perceptible light of the world, and that the light of the world is either the same as the light of men or admits examination as not the same.
1.180Preuschen 4:33
ἀναγκαίως δὲ διὰ τοὺς μηδὲν ἐξειληφότας ἐκ τοῦ λόγον εἶναι τὸν σωτῆρα ταῦτα ἠρεύνηται, ἵνα πειθώμεθα μὴ κατὰ ἀποκλήρωσιν ἵστασθαι μὲν ἐπὶ τῆς »λόγος« ἐννοίας, †καὶ προσ. ἥκοι τώ χωρὶς μεταλήψεως τῆς δυναμένης μεταλαμβάνεσθαι, ἀνάγειν δὲ καὶ ἀλληγορεῖν τὴν φῶς τοῦ κόσμου φωνὴν καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν πολλῶν ἃ παρεθέμεθα.
anankaiōs de dia tous mēden exeilēphotas ek tou logon einai ton sōtēra tauta ēreunētai, hina peithōmetha mē kata apoklērōsin histasthai men epi tēs »logos« ennoias, †kai pros. hēkoi tō chōris metalēpseōs tēs dynamenēs metalambanesthai, anagein de kai allēgorein tēn phōs tou kosmou phōnēn kai ta loipa tōn pollōn ha parethemetha.
These things have necessarily been investigated because of those who have drawn nothing out of the Savior's being the Word, so that we may be persuaded not to stop arbitrarily at the notion of “Word” … without the interpretation that it can receive, while taking in a higher sense and allegorizing the term “light of the world” and the rest of the many names we have set out.
1.181Preuschen 4:33
Ὥσπερ δὲ παρὰ τὸ φωτίζειν καὶ καταλάμπειν τὰ ἡγεμονικὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἢ ἁπαξαπλῶς τῶν λογικῶν, »φῶς« έστιν »ἀνθρώπων« καὶ «φῶς ἀληθινὸν« καὶ »φῶς τοῦ κόσμου«, οὕτως ἐκ τοῦ [διὰ τοῦ] ἐνεργεῖσθαι τὴν ἀπόθεσιν πάσης νεκρότητος καὶ τὴν κυρίως καλουμένην ζωήν, ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀνισταμένων τῶν αὐτὸν γνησίως κεχωρηκότων,
Hōsper de para to phōtizein kai katalampein ta hēgemonika tōn anthrōpōn ē hapaxaplōs tōn logikōn, »phōs« estin »anthrōpōn« kai «phōs alēthinon« kai »phōs tou kosmou«, houtōs ek tou [dia tou] energeisthai tēn apothesin pasēs nekrotētos kai tēn kyriōs kaloumenēn zōēn, ek nekrōn anistamenōn tōn auton gnēsiōs kechōrēkotōn,
And just as, by enlightening and shining upon the ruling faculties of human beings, or in a word of rational beings, he is “the light of men”, “the true light”, and “the light of the world”, so, from causing the putting off of all deadness and bringing about what is properly called life, when those who have genuinely received him rise from the dead,
1.182Preuschen 4:33–34
καλεῖται »ἠ ἀνάσ·τασις( τοῦτο δὲ οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἐνεργεῖ τοῖς δυναμένοις λέγειν· »Συνετάφημεν τώ »χριστῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος‘ καὶ συνανέστημεν αὐτῷ· ἀλλὰ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὅτε ἄκρως πᾶσάν τις ἀποθέμενος νεκρότητα καὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατεῖ· »τὴν οὖν νέκρωσιν » Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι πάντοτε ἐνταῦθα περιφέρομεν« ὅτε ἀξιολόγως ὠφελήμεθα) »ἵνα ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τοῖς σώμασιν ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ«.
kaleitai »ē anas;tasis( touto de ou monon epi tou parontos energei tois dynamenois legein; »Synetaphēmen tō »christǭ dia tou baptismatos‘ kai synanestēmen autǭ; alla pollǭ mallon hote akrōs pasan tis apothemenos nekrotēta kai tēn autou tou huiou en kainotēti zōēs peripatei; »tēn oun nekrōsin » Iēsou en tǭ sōmati pantote entautha peripheromen« hote axiologōs ōphelēmetha) »hina hē zōē tou Iēsou en tois sōmasin hēmōn phanerōthę̄«.
he is called “the resurrection”. And he does this not only in the present for those who can say, “We were buried with Christ through baptism” and rose with him, but much more when someone, having completely put off all deadness, walks in the newness of life of the Son himself. “We always carry about here in the body the dying of Jesus” (when we have been worthily helped), “so that the life of Jesus may be manifested in our bodies.”
1.183Preuschen 4:34
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ ἐν σοφίᾳ πορεία καὶ πρακτικὴ τῶν σωζομένων ἐν αὐτῷ γινομένη κατὰ τὰς περὶ ἀληθείας ἐν λόγῳ θείῳ διεξόδους καὶ πράξεις τὰς κατὰ τὴν ἀληθῆ δικαιοσύνην, παρίστησιν ἡμῖν νοεῖν πῶς αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ ὁδός, ἐφʼ ἣν ὁδὸν οὐδὲν αἴρειν δεῖ, οὔτε πήραν οὔτε ἱμάτιον, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ῥάβδον ἔχοντα ὁδεύειν χρή, οὐδὲ ὑποδήματα ὑποδεδέσθαι κατὰ τοὺς πόδας.
alla kai hē en sophią poreia kai praktikē tōn sōzomenōn en autǭ ginomenē kata tas peri alētheias en logǭ theiǭ diexodous kai praxeis tas kata tēn alēthē dikaiosynēn, paristēsin hēmin noein pōs autos estin hē hodos, ephʼ hēn hodon ouden airein dei, oute pēran oute himation, allʼ oude rhabdon echonta hodeuein chrē, oude hypodēmata hypodedesthai kata tous podas.
And the journey in wisdom and the practical life of those being saved in him, in keeping with the discourses about truth in the divine word and the actions in accordance with true righteousness, lets us understand how he himself is the way. On this way one must carry nothing, neither bag nor tunic; one must not travel with a staff, nor have sandals bound on one's feet.
1.184Preuschen 4:34
αὐτάρκης γὰρ ἀντὶ παντὸς ἐφοδίου αὐτὴ ἡ ὁδός, καὶ ἀνενδεὴς τυγχάνει πᾶς ὁ ταύτης ἐπι βαίνων, κεκοσμημένος ἐνδύματι ᾧ πρέπει κεκοσμῆσθαι τὸν ἐπὶ τὴν κλῆσιν τοῦ γάμου ἀπιόντα, οὐδενός τε χαλεποῦ δυναμένου ἀπαντῆσαι κατὰ ταύτην τὴν ὁδόν. ἀμήχανον γὰρ ὁδοὺς ὄφεως ἐπὶ πέτρας εὑρεῖν, κατὰ τὸν Σαλομῶντα, φημὶ δʼ ἐγώ, ὅτι καὶ οὗ δήποτε θηρίου.
autarkēs gar anti pantos ephodiou autē hē hodos, kai anendeēs tynchanei pas ho tautēs epi bainōn, kekosmēmenos endymati hǭ prepei kekosmēsthai ton epi tēn klēsin tou gamou apionta, oudenos te chalepou dynamenou apantēsai kata tautēn tēn hodon. amēchanon gar hodous opheōs epi petras heurein, kata ton Salomōnta, phēmi dʼ egō, hoti kai hou dēpote thēriou.
For the way itself suffices instead of all provisions, and everyone who sets foot on it lacks nothing, being adorned with the garment with which one who goes to the wedding feast should be adorned; and nothing harmful can meet him on this way. For it is impossible, according to Solomon, to find the ways of a serpent on a rock, and I say, of any wild beast whatever.
1.185Preuschen 4:34
διὸ οὐδὲ χρεία ῥάβδου ἐν ὁδῷ οὐδὲ ἴχνη τῶν ἐναντίων ἐχούσῃ καὶ ἀνεπιδέκτῳ διὰ τὸ στερρόν, διʼ ὅπερ καὶ πέτρα λέγεται, τῶν χειρόνων τυγχανούσῃ.
dio oude chreia rhabdou en hodǭ oude ichnē tōn enantiōn echousę̄ kai anepidektǭ dia to sterron, diʼ hoper kai petra legetai, tōn cheironōn tynchanousę̄.
That is why there is no need of a staff on a way that has no tracks of enemies and, because of its firmness (for which it is also called a rock), does not admit the worse.
1.186Preuschen 4:34
ἁλήθεια δὲ ὁ μονογενής ἐστι πάντα ἐμπεριειληφὼς τὸν περὶ τῶν ὅλων κατὰ τὸ βούλημα τοῦ πατρὸς μετὰ πάσης τρανότητος λόγον καὶ ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν αὐτοῦ, ᾗ ἀλήθειά ἐστι, μεταδιδούς.
halētheia de ho monogenēs esti panta emperieilēphōs ton peri tōn holōn kata to boulēma tou patros meta pasēs tranotētos logon kai hekastǭ kata tēn axian autou, hę̄ alētheia esti, metadidous.
And the Only-begotten is truth, since he has embraced with all clarity the whole account of the universe according to the will of the Father, and imparts it to each according to his worth, inasmuch as he is truth.
1.187Preuschen 4:34
ἐὰν δέ τις ζητῇ, εἰ πᾶν ὅ τί ποτε ἐγνωσμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς κατὰ τὸ βάθος τοῦ πλούτου καὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ τῆς γνώσεως αὐτοῦ ἐπίσταται ὁ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν, καὶ φαντασίᾳ τοῦ δοξάζειν τὸν πατέρα ἀποφαίνηταί τινα γινωσκόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀγνοεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ, διαρκοῦντος ἐξισωθῆναι ταῖς καταλήψεσι τοῦ ἀγεννήτου θεοῦ, ἐπι- στατέον αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ ἀλήθειαν εἶναι τὸν σωτῆρα καὶ προσακτέον ὅτι, εἰ ὁλόκληρός ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια, οὐδὲν ἀληθὲς ἀγνοεῖ, ἵνα μὴ σκάζῃ λείπουσα ἡ ἀλήθεια οἷς οὐ γινώσκει, κατʼ ἐκείνους τυγχάνουσιν ἐν μόνῳ τῷ πατρί, ἢ δεικνύτω τις ὅτι ἐστὶν ἃ γινωσκόμενα τῆς ἀληθείας προσηγορίας οὐ τυγχάνοντα ἀλλὰ ὑπὲρ αὐτὴν ὄντα.
ean de tis zētę̄, ei pan ho ti pote egnōsmenon hypo tou patros kata to bathos tou ploutou kai tēs sophias kai tēs gnōseōs autou epistatai ho sōtēr hēmōn, kai phantasią tou doxazein ton patera apophainētai tina ginōskomena hypo tou patros agnoeisthai hypo tou huiou, diarkountos exisōthēnai tais katalēpsesi tou agennētou theou, epi- stateon auton ek tou alētheian einai ton sōtēra kai prosakteon hoti, ei holoklēros estin hē alētheia, ouden alēthes agnoei, hina mē skazę̄ leipousa hē alētheia hois ou ginōskei, katʼ ekeinous tynchanousin en monǭ tǭ patri, ē deiknytō tis hoti estin ha ginōskomena tēs alētheias prosēgorias ou tynchanonta alla hyper autēn onta.
But if anyone asks whether our Savior knows everything whatever that is known by the Father according to the depth of his riches and wisdom and knowledge, and, under the impression of glorifying the Father, declares that some things known by the Father are unknown to the Son, who would not be sufficient to be made equal to the comprehensions of the unbegotten God, we must make him reflect on the fact that the Savior is truth, and add that, if truth is complete, it is ignorant of nothing true, lest truth should limp, lacking the things it does not know, which on their view are found in the Father alone; or else let him show that there are things which, when known, do not receive the name of truth but are beyond it.
1.188Preuschen 4:34–35
σαφὲς δὲ ὅτι κυρίως τῆς εἰλικρινοῦς καὶ ἀμιγοῦς πρός τι ἕτερον ζωῆς ἡ ἀρχὴ ἐν τῷ πρωτοτόκῳ πάσης κτίσεως τυγχάνει· ἀφʼ ἧς οἱ μέτοχοι τοῦ χριστοῦ λαμβάνοντες τὴν ἀληθῶς ζῶσι ζωὴν τῶν παρʼ αὐτὸν νομιζομένων ζῆν ὥσπερ οὐκ ἐχόντων τὸ ἀληθινὸν φῶς, οὕτως οὐδὲ τὸ ἀληθινὸν ζῆν.
saphes de hoti kyriōs tēs eilikrinous kai amigous pros ti heteron zōēs hē archē en tǭ prōtotokǭ pasēs ktiseōs tynchanei; aphʼ hēs hoi metochoi tou christou lambanontes tēn alēthōs zōsi zōēn tōn parʼ auton nomizomenōn zēn hōsper ouk echontōn to alēthinon phōs, houtōs oude to alēthinon zēn.
And it is clear that the beginning of life in the proper sense, life pure and unmixed with anything else, is in the firstborn of all creation; receiving from him, those who share in Christ live the life that is truly life, while those who are thought to live apart from him, as they do not have the true light, so neither do they have true life.
1.189Preuschen 4:35
καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐν τῷ πατρὶ οὐκ ἔστι γενέσθαι ἢ παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ μὴ φθάσαντα πρῶτον κάτωθεν ἀναβαίνοντα ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ υἱοῦ θεότητα, διʼ ἧς τις χειραγωγηθῆναι δύναται καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν πατρικὴν μακαριότητα, θύρα ὁ σωτὴρ ἀναγέγραπται.
kai epei en tǭ patri ouk esti genesthai ē para tǭ patri mē phthasanta prōton katōthen anabainonta epi tēn tou huiou theotēta, diʼ hēs tis cheiragōgēthēnai dynatai kai epi tēn patrikēn makariotēta, thyra ho sōtēr anagegraptai.
And since it is not possible to come to be in the Father, or with the Father, without first ascending from below to the divinity of the Son, through whom one can be led by the hand to the blessedness of the Father as well, the Savior is recorded as the door.
1.190Preuschen 4:35
φιλάνθρωπος δὲ ὢν καὶ τὴν ὅπως ποτὲ ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον ἀποδεχόμενος τῶν ψυχῶν ῥοπὴν τῶν ἐπὶ τὸν λόγον μὴ σπευδόντων ἀλλὰ δίκην προβάτων οὐκ ἐξητασμένον ἀλλὰ ἄλογον τὸ ἥμερον καὶ πρᾷον ἐχόντων ποιμὴν γίνεται· »Ἀνθρώπους γὰρ καὶ κτήνη σώζει ὁ κύριος·‘ καὶ ὁ Ἰσραὴλ δὲ καὶ ὁ Ἰούδας σπείρεται σπέρμα οὐ μόνον ἀνθρώπων ἀλλὰ καὶ κτηνῶν.
philanthrōpos de ōn kai tēn hopōs pote epi to beltion apodechomenos tōn psychōn rhopēn tōn epi ton logon mē speudontōn alla dikēn probatōn ouk exētasmenon alla alogon to hēmeron kai prąon echontōn poimēn ginetai; »Anthrōpous gar kai ktēnē sōzei ho kyrios;‘ kai ho Israēl de kai ho Ioudas speiretai sperma ou monon anthrōpōn alla kai ktēnōn.
And being a lover of humankind, and welcoming in whatever way the inclination toward the better of those souls that do not hasten toward reason but, like sheep, have a gentleness and mildness that is not examined but without reason, he becomes a shepherd. “For the Lord saves both men and beasts”; and both Israel and Judah are sown with the seed not only of men but also of beasts.
1.191Preuschen 4:35
Πρὸς τούτοις ἐπισκοπητέον ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὴν χριστὸς προσηγορίαν καὶ προσληπτέον τὴν βασιλεύς, ἵνα τῇ παραθέσει ἡ διαφορὰ νοηθῇ. λέγεται δὴ ἐν τῷ τεσσαρακοστῷ τετάρτῳ ψαλμῷ ὁ ἠγαπηκὼς δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἀνομίαν μεμισηκὼς παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους αἰτίαν τοῦ κεχρίσθαι τὸ οὕτω δικαιοσύνῃ προσεληλυθέναι ἐσχηκέναι καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν μεμισηκέναι, Ι ὡς οὐχ ἅμα τῷ εἶναι τὴν χρίσιν συνυπάρχουσαν καὶ συγκτισθεῖσαν λαβών, ἥτις χρίσις βασιλείας ἐπὶ γεννητοῖς ἐστι σύμβολον, ἔσθʼ ὅτε δὲ καὶ ἱερωσύνης ἆρʼ οὖν ἐπιγενητή ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ βασιλεία καὶ οὐ συμφυὴς αὐτῷ;
Pros toutois episkopēteon ex archēs tēn christos prosēgorian kai proslēpteon tēn basileus, hina tę̄ parathesei hē diaphora noēthę̄. legetai dē en tǭ tessarakostǭ tetartǭ psalmǭ ho ēgapēkōs dikaiosynēn kai anomian memisēkōs para tous metochous aitian tou kechristhai to houtō dikaiosynę̄ proselēlythenai eschēkenai kai tēn anomian memisēkenai, I hōs ouch hama tǭ einai tēn chrisin synyparchousan kai synktistheisan labōn, hētis chrisis basileias epi gennētois esti symbolon, esthʼ hote de kai hierōsynēs arʼ oun epigenētē estin hē tou huiou tou theou basileia kai ou symphyēs autǭ?
In addition to these, we must examine from the beginning the title “Christ,” and take with it the title “King,” so that by setting them side by side their difference may be understood. It is said, then, in the forty-fourth psalm, that the one who has loved righteousness and hated lawlessness, beyond his partners, has as the reason for his having been anointed the fact that he so approached righteousness and hated lawlessness; so that he did not receive the anointing as coexisting and created together with his being. This anointing is a symbol of kingship among those who are begotten, and sometimes also of priesthood. Is the kingship of the Son of God, then, something added later, and not innate to him?
1.192Preuschen 4:35
καὶ πῶς οἷόν τε τὸν πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως, οὐκ ὄντα βασιλέα, ὕστερον βασιλέα γεγονέναι διὰ τὸ ἠγαπηκέναι δικαιοσύνην, καὶ ταῦτα τυγχάνοντα δικαιοσύνην; μήποτε δὲ λανθάνει ἡμᾶς ὁ μὲν ἄνθρωπος αὐτοῦ χριστὸς ὤν, κατὰ τὴν ψυχὴν διὰ τὸ ἀνθρώπινον καὶ τεταραγμένην καὶ περίλυπον γεγενημένην μάλιστα νοούμενος, ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς κατὰ τὸ θεῖον.
kai pōs hoion te ton prōtotokon pasēs ktiseōs, ouk onta basilea, hysteron basilea gegonenai dia to ēgapēkenai dikaiosynēn, kai tauta tynchanonta dikaiosynēn? mēpote de lanthanei hēmas ho men anthrōpos autou christos ōn, kata tēn psychēn dia to anthrōpinon kai tetaragmenēn kai perilypon gegenēmenēn malista nooumenos, ho de basileus kata to theion.
And how is it possible that the firstborn of all creation, not being king, later became king because he loved righteousness, and that when he is righteousness? Perhaps it escapes us that his human being is Christ, understood above all with respect to the soul, which because of its humanity became troubled and very sorrowful, while he is King with respect to the divine.
1.193Preuschen 4:35–36
παραμυθοῦμαι δὲ τοῦτο ἐξ ἑβδομηκοστοῦ πρώτου ψαλμοῦ λέγοντος· »Ὁ θεός, τὸ κρίμα σου τῷ βασιλεῖ δός, καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ βασιλέως, κρίνειν τὸν λαόν σου έν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ »τοὺς πτωχούς σου ἐν κρίσει·« σαφῶς γὰρ εἰς Σαλομῶντα ἐπιγεγραμ- μένος ὁ ψαλμὸς περὶ Χριστοῦ προφητεύεται.
paramythoumai de touto ex hebdomēkostou prōtou psalmou legontos; »Ho theos, to krima sou tǭ basilei dos, kai tēn dikaiosynēn sou tǭ huiǭ tou basileōs, krinein ton laon sou en dikaiosynę̄ kai »tous ptōchous sou en krisei;« saphōs gar eis Salomōnta epigegram- menos ho psalmos peri Christou prophēteuetai.
I support this from the seventy-first psalm, which says: “O God, give your judgment to the king, and your righteousness to the son of the king, to judge your people in righteousness and your poor in judgment.” For although the psalm is clearly headed “For Solomon,” it prophesies about Christ.
1.194Preuschen 4:36
καὶ ἄξιον ἰδεῖν τίνι βασιλεῖ τὸ κρίμα εὔχεται δοθῆναι ὑπὸ θεοῦ ἡ προφητεία καὶ τίνι υἱῷ βασιλέως καὶ ποίου βασιλέως τὴν δικαιοσύνην.
kai axion idein tini basilei to krima euchetai dothēnai hypo theou hē prophēteia kai tini huiǭ basileōs kai poiou basileōs tēn dikaiosynēn.
And it is worth seeing to which king the prophecy prays that judgment be given by God, and to which son of a king, and the righteousness of what sort of king.
1.195Preuschen 4:36
ἡγοῦμαί οὖν »βασιλέα« μὲν λέγεσθαι τὴν προηγουμένην τοῦ πρωτοτόκου πάσης κτίσεως φύσιν, ᾗ δίδοται διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχειν τὸ κρίνειν· τὸν δὲ ἄνθρωπον, ὃν ἀνείληφεν, ὑπʼ ἐκείνης μορφούμενον κατὰ δικαιοσύνην
hēgoumai oun »basilea« men legesthai tēn proēgoumenēn tou prōtotokou pasēs ktiseōs physin, hę̄ didotai dia to hyperechein to krinein; ton de anthrōpon, hon aneilēphen, hypʼ ekeinēs morphoumenon kata dikaiosynēn
I think, then, that “king” is said of the preeminent nature of the firstborn of all creation, to which, because it excels, judging is given; and that the human being whom he assumed, formed by that nature according to righteousness and
1.196Preuschen 4:36
ἐκτυπούμενον, »υἱὸν τοῦ βασιλέως( καὶ προσάγομαι εἰς τὸ τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχειν παραδέξασθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ εἰς ἕνα λόγον συνῆχθαι ἀμφότερα καὶ τὰ ἐπιφερόμενα οὐκέτι ὡς περὶ δύο τινῶν ἀπαγγέλλεσθαι ἀλλʼ ὡς περὶ ἑνός.
ektypoumenon, »huion tou basileōs( kai prosagomai eis to touthʼ houtōs echein paradexasthai apo tou eis hena logon synēchthai amphotera kai ta epipheromena ouketi hōs peri dyo tinōn apangellesthai allʼ hōs peri henos.
shaped, is “the son of the king.” And I am led to accept that this is so from the fact that both are gathered into one account, and that what follows is no longer reported as of two things but as of one.
1.197Preuschen 4:36
πεποίηκε γὰρ ὁ σωτὴρ »τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν«, κατὰ τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τῶν γινομένων ἀμφοτέρων ἐν ἑαυτῷ πρὸ πάντων ποιήσας· »ἀμφοτέρων« δὲ λέγω καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐφʼ ὧν ἀνακέκραται τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι ἡ ἑκάστου ψυχὴ καὶ γέγονεν ἕκαστος τῶν σωζομένων πνευματικός.
pepoiēke gar ho sōtēr »ta amphotera hen«, kata tēn aparchēn tōn ginomenōn amphoterōn en heautǭ pro pantōn poiēsas; »amphoterōn« de legō kai epi tōn anthrōpōn, ephʼ hōn anakekratai tǭ hagiǭ pneumati hē hekastou psychē kai gegonen hekastos tōn sōzomenōn pneumatikos.
For the Savior has made “both one,” having first of all done this in himself, as the firstfruits of those in whom both come to be. And I say “both” also of human beings, in whom each one's soul has been blended with the Holy Spirit, and each of those who are being saved has become spiritual.
1.198Preuschen 4:36
ὥσπερ οὖν εἰσί τινες ποιμαινόμενοι ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ διὰ τὸ σφῶν αὐτῶν, ὡς προειρήκαμεν, πρᾷον μὲν καὶ εὐσταθὲς ἀλογώτερον δέ, οὕτω καὶ βασιλευόμενοι κατὰ τὸ λογικώτερον τῇ θεοσεβείᾳ.
hōsper oun eisi tines poimainomenoi hypo Christou dia to sphōn autōn, hōs proeirēkamen, prąon men kai eustathes alogōteron de, houtō kai basileuomenoi kata to logikōteron tę̄ theosebeią.
Just as, then, there are some who are shepherded by Christ because of their own character, which, as we said before, is gentle and steady but less rational, so there are also those who are ruled as by a king, according to the more rational element, in their reverence for God.
1.199Preuschen 4:36
καὶ βασιλευομένων διαφοραί, ἤτοι μυστικώτερον καὶ ἀπορρητότερον καὶ θεοπρεπέστερον βασιλευομένων ἢ ὑποδεέστερον.
kai basileuomenōn diaphorai, ētoi mystikōteron kai aporrētoteron kai theoprepesteron basileuomenōn ē hypodeesteron.
And there are differences among those who are ruled as by a king: some are ruled in a more mystical, more secret, and more godlike way, others in a lesser way.
1.200Preuschen 4:36
καὶ εἴποιμʼ ἂν τοὺς μὲν τεθεωρηκότας τὰ ἔξω σωμάτων, καλούμενα παρὰ τῷ Παύλῳ »ἀόρατα« καὶ »μὴ βλεπόμενα((, ἔξω παντὸς αἰσθητοῦ λόγῳ γεγενημένους, βασιλευομένους ὑπὸ τῆς προηγουμένης φύσεως τοῦ μονογενοῦς· τοὺς δὲ μέχρι τοῦ περὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν λόγου ἐφθακότας καὶ διὰ τούτων δοξάζοντας τὸν πεποιηκότα καὶ αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ λόγου βασιλευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ χριστοῦ βασιλεύεσθαι. μηδεὶς δὲ προσ- κοπτέτω διακρινόντων ἡμῶν τὰς ἐν τῷ σωτῆρι ἐπινοίας, οἰόμενος καὶ τῇ οὐσίᾳ ταὐτὸν ἡμᾶς ποιεῖν.
kai eipoimʼ an tous men tetheōrēkotas ta exō sōmatōn, kaloumena para tǭ Paulǭ »aorata« kai »mē blepomena((, exō pantos aisthētou logǭ gegenēmenous, basileuomenous hypo tēs proēgoumenēs physeōs tou monogenous; tous de mechri tou peri tōn aisthētōn logou ephthakotas kai dia toutōn doxazontas ton pepoiēkota kai autous hypo logou basileuomenous hypo tou christou basileuesthai. mēdeis de pros- koptetō diakrinontōn hēmōn tas en tǭ sōtēri epinoias, oiomenos kai tę̄ ousią tauton hēmas poiein.
And I would say that those who have contemplated the things beyond bodies, which Paul calls “invisible” and “not seen,” having come to be outside everything perceptible by reason, are ruled as by a king by the preeminent nature of the Only-begotten; but those who have reached only as far as the account of perceptible things, and through them glorify the Maker, being themselves also ruled by reason, are ruled by Christ. But let no one take offense when we distinguish the aspects of the Savior, thinking that we do the same with his substance as well.
1.201Preuschen 4:36
Πάνυ δὲ καὶ τοῖς τυχοῦσιν σαφές, πῶς ἐστι διδάσκαλος καὶ σαφηνιστὴς τῶν εἰς εὐσέβειαν συντεινόντων Ι ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν καὶ κύριος δούλων τῶν ἐχόντων »πνεῦμα δουλείας εἰς φόβον‘. προ- κοπτόντων δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν σοφίαν σπευδόντων καὶ ταύτης ἀξιουμένων — ἐπεὶ »ὁ δοῦλος οὐκ οἶδε τί θέλει ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ‘ — οὐ μένει κύριος, γινόμενος αὐτῶν »φίλος«.
Pany de kai tois tychousin saphes, pōs esti didaskalos kai saphēnistēs tōn eis eusebeian synteinontōn I ho kyrios hēmōn kai kyrios doulōn tōn echontōn »pneuma douleias eis phobon‘. pro- koptontōn de kai epi tēn sophian speudontōn kai tautēs axioumenōn — epei »ho doulos ouk oide ti thelei ho kyrios autou‘ — ou menei kyrios, ginomenos autōn »philos«.
And it is quite clear even to ordinary people how our Lord is teacher and one who makes plain the things that lead to godliness, and Lord of the servants who have “a spirit of slavery leading to fear.” But of those who make progress and hasten toward wisdom and are counted worthy of it (since “the servant does not know what his lord wills”), he does not remain Lord, but becomes their “friend.”
1.202Preuschen 4:36–37
καὶ αὐτὸς τοῦτο διδάσκει ὅπου μὲν ὅτε ἔτι δοῦλοι ὑπῆρχον οἱ ἀκροώμενοι φάσκων· »φωνεῖτέ με Ὁ διδἄσκαλος< καὶ Ὁ κύριος<, καὶ καλῶς »γάρ«· ὅπου δέ· »Οὐκέτι ὑμᾶς λέγω δούλους, ὅτι ὁ δοῦλος οὐκ οἶδε,«τί τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ· ἀλλὰ λέγω ὑμᾶς φίλους«, ὅτι διαμεμενήκατε »μετʼ ἐμοῦ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς πειρασμοῖς μου«,
kai autos touto didaskei hopou men hote eti douloi hypērchon hoi akroōmenoi phaskōn; »phōneite me Ho didaskalos< kai Ho kyrios<, kai kalōs »gar«; hopou de; »Ouketi hymas legō doulous, hoti ho doulos ouk oide,«ti to thelēma tou kyriou autou; alla legō hymas philous«, hoti diamemenēkate »metʼ emou en pasi tois peirasmois mou«,
And he himself teaches this, when those who heard him were still servants, saying, “You call me ‘Teacher’ and ‘Lord,’ and you speak well, for so I am”; but elsewhere: “No longer do I call you servants, for the servant does not know what his lord's will is; but I call you friends,” because you have remained “with me in all my trials.”
1.203Preuschen 4:37
οἱ οὖν κατὰ φόβον βιοῦντες, ὃν ἀπαιτεῖ ἀπὸ τῶν οὐ καλῶν δούλων ὁ θεὸς ὡς ἀνέγνωμεν ἐν τῷ Μαλαχίᾳ· »Εἰ κύριός εἰμι ἐγώ, ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ φόβος »μου;«), δοῦλοι τυγχάνουσι κυρίου τοῦ σωτῆρος αὐτῶν καλουμένου.
hoi oun kata phobon biountes, hon apaitei apo tōn ou kalōn doulōn ho theos hōs anegnōmen en tǭ Malachią; »Ei kyrios eimi egō, pou estin ho phobos »mou?«), douloi tynchanousi kyriou tou sōtēros autōn kaloumenou.
Those, then, who live according to fear, which God demands from servants who are not good, as we read in Malachi, “If I am Lord, where is my fear?”, are servants of the Lord, and their Savior is called Lord.
1.204Preuschen 4:37
ἀλλὰ διὰ τούτων πάντων οὐ σαφῶς ἡ εὐγένεια παρίσταται τοῦ υἱοῦ, ὅτε δὲ τὸ »Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε« λέγεται πρὸς αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ᾡ ἀεί ἐστι τὸ »σήμερον«, — οὐκ ἔνι γὰρ ἐσπέρα θεοῦ, ἐγὼ δὲ ἡγοῦμαι, ὅτι οὐδὲ πρωία, ἀλλὰ ὁ συμπαρεκτείνων τῇ ἀγενήτῳ καὶ ἀϊδίῳ αὐτοῦ ζωῇ, ἵν οὕτως εἴπω, χρόνος ἡμέρα ἐστὶν αὐτῷ σήμερον, ἐν ᾑ γεγέννηται ὁ υἱός —, ἀρχῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ οὕτως οὐχ εὑρισκομένης ὡς οὐδὲ τῆς ἡμέρας.
alla dia toutōn pantōn ou saphōs hē eugeneia paristatai tou huiou, hote de to »Huios mou ei sy, egō sēmeron gegennēka se« legetai pros auton hypo tou theou, hǭ aei esti to »sēmeron«, — ouk eni gar espera theou, egō de hēgoumai, hoti oude prōia, alla ho symparekteinōn tę̄ agenētǭ kai aïdiǭ autou zōę̄, hin houtōs eipō, chronos hēmera estin autǭ sēmeron, en hę̄ gegennētai ho huios —, archēs geneseōs autou houtōs ouch heuriskomenēs hōs oude tēs hēmeras.
But through all these the nobility of the Son is not clearly shown; it is when “You are my Son, today I have begotten you” is said to him by God, for whom it is always “today.” For God has no evening, and, I think, no morning either; but the time that stretches alongside his unbegotten and eternal life, if I may put it so, is for him the day “today,” in which the Son has been begotten; so that the beginning of his begetting is not found, as neither is the beginning of that day.
1.205Preuschen 4:37
Προσθετέον τοῖς εἰρημένοις πῶς ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς »ἀλη- »θινὴ ἄμπελος«. τοῦτο δὲ δῆλον ἔσται τοῖς συνιεῖσιν ἀξίως χάριτος προφητικῆς τὸ »Οἶνος εὐφραίνει καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου«.
Prostheteon tois eirēmenois pōs estin ho huios »alē- »thinē ampelos«. touto de dēlon estai tois synieisin axiōs charitos prophētikēs to »Oinos euphrainei kardian anthrōpou«.
To what has been said we must add how the Son is “the true vine.” This will be plain to those who understand, in a manner worthy of prophetic grace, the words “Wine gladdens the heart of man.”
1.206Preuschen 4:37
εἰ γὰρ ἡ καρδία τὸ διανοητικόν ἐστι, τὸ δὲ εὐφραῖνον αὐτὸ ὁ ποτιμώτατός ἐστι λόγος, ἐξιστῶν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρωπικῶν καὶ ἐνθουσιᾶν ποιῶν καὶ μεθύειν μέθην οὐκ ἀλόγιστον ἀλλὰ θείαν, ἣν οἴμαι καὶ Ἰωσὴφ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς μεθύειν ποιεῖ, εὐλόγως ὁ τὸν εὐφραίνοντα καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οἶνον φέρων »ἄμπελός« έστιν «ἀληθινή«· διὰ τοῦτο »ἀληθινή«, ἐπεὶ βότρυς ἔχει τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ κλήματα τοὺς μαθητάς, μιμητὰς αὐτοῦ καὶ αὐτοὺς καρποφοροῦντας τὴν ἀλήθειαν.
ei gar hē kardia to dianoētikon esti, to de euphrainon auto ho potimōtatos esti logos, existōn apo tōn anthrōpikōn kai enthousian poiōn kai methyein methēn ouk alogiston alla theian, hēn oimai kai Iōsēph tous adelphous methyein poiei, eulogōs ho ton euphrainonta kardian anthrōpou oinon pherōn »ampelos« estin «alēthinē«; dia touto »alēthinē«, epei botrys echei tēn alētheian kai klēmata tous mathētas, mimētas autou kai autous karpophorountas tēn alētheian.
For if the heart is the thinking faculty, and what gladdens it is the most drinkable Word, which lifts it out of human things and makes it inspired and drunk with a drunkenness that is not irrational but divine (with which I think Joseph too made his brothers drunk), then fittingly the one who bears the wine that gladdens the heart of man is the “true vine”: “true” because he bears the truth as grapes, and has as branches the disciples, who imitate him and themselves also bear the truth as fruit.
1.207Preuschen 4:37
Ἐργον δὲ διαφορὰν παραστῆσαι ἄρτου καὶ ἀμπέλου ἐπεὶ οὐ μόνον »ἄμπελος« ἀλλὰ καὶ »ἄρτος ζωῆς« εἶναί φησιν.
Ergon de diaphoran parastēsai artou kai ampelou epei ou monon »ampelos« alla kai »artos zōēs« einai phēsin.
It is a task to set out the difference between bread and vine, since he says that he is not only “the vine” but also “the bread of life.”
1.208Preuschen 4:37–38
ὄρα δὲ μήποτε, ὥσπερ ὁ ἄρτος τρέφει καὶ ἰσχυροποιεῖ καὶ στηρίζειν λέγεται καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου, ὁ δὲ οἶνος ἥδει καὶ εὐφραίνει καὶ διαχεῖ, οὕτως τὰ μὲν ἠθικὰ μαθήματα, ζωὴν περιποιοῦντα τῷ μανθάνοντι καὶ πράττοντι, ἄρτος ἐστὶ τῆς ζωῆς οὐκ ἂν ταῦτα γεννήματα λέγοιτο τῆς ἀμπέλου), τὰ δὲ εὐφραίνοντα καὶ ἐνθουσιᾶν ποιοῦντα ἀπόρρητα καὶ μυστικὰ θεωρήματα, τοῖς κατατρυφῶσι τοῦ κυρίου ἐγγινόμενα καὶ οὐ μόνον τρέ- φεσθαι ἀλλὰ καὶ τρυφᾶν ποθοῦσιν, ἔστιν ἀπὸ τῆς »ἁληθινῆς ἀμπέλου« ἐρχόμενα, »οἶνος« καλούμενα.
ora de mēpote, hōsper ho artos trephei kai ischyropoiei kai stērizein legetai kardian anthrōpou, ho de oinos hēdei kai euphrainei kai diachei, houtōs ta men ēthika mathēmata, zōēn peripoiounta tǭ manthanonti kai prattonti, artos esti tēs zōēs ouk an tauta gennēmata legoito tēs ampelou), ta de euphrainonta kai enthousian poiounta aporrēta kai mystika theōrēmata, tois katatryphōsi tou kyriou enginomena kai ou monon tre- phesthai alla kai tryphan pothousin, estin apo tēs »halēthinēs ampelou« erchomena, »oinos« kaloumena.
Consider whether, just as bread nourishes and strengthens and is said to sustain the heart of man, while wine pleases and gladdens and relaxes it, so moral teachings, which procure life for the one who learns and practices them, are the bread of life (these could not be called fruits of the vine), while the secret and mystical contemplations, which gladden and inspire, and which come to those who delight themselves in the Lord and long not only to be nourished but also to delight, come from the “true vine” and are called “wine.”
1.209Preuschen 4:38
Πρὸς τούτοις δὲ * * τῷ πῶς »πρῶτος ἔσχατος« ἐν τῇ Ἀποκαλύψει ἀναγέγραπται, ἕτερος κατὰ τὸ πρῶτος εἶναι τυγ- χάνων τοῦ ἄλφα καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς, καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἔσχατός οὐχ ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ Ω καὶ τῷ τέλει.
Pros toutois de * * tǭ pōs »prōtos eschatos« en tę̄ Apokalypsei anagegraptai, heteros kata to prōtos einai tyg- chanōn tou alpha kai tēs archēs, kai kata to eschatos ouch ho autos tǭ Ō kai tǭ telei.
In addition to these, … how he is recorded in the Revelation as “the first” and “the last,” being different in that he is first from the Alpha and the Beginning, and as last not the same as the Omega and the End.
1.210Preuschen 4:38
Ι ἡγοῦμαι τοίνυν τῶν λογικῶν ζῲων ἐν πολλοῖς εἴδεσι χαρακτηριζομένων, εἶναί πρῶτον αὐτῶν καὶ δεύτερον καὶ τρίτον καὶ τὰ καθεξῆς ἕως ἐσχάτου.
I hēgoumai toinyn tōn logikōn zǭōn en pollois eidesi charaktērizomenōn, einai prōton autōn kai deuteron kai triton kai ta kathexēs heōs eschatou.
I think, then, that since rational living beings are characterized in many kinds, there is a first among them, and a second and a third and so on, down to a last.
1.211Preuschen 4:38
καὶ τὸ μὲν ἀκριβὲς εἰπεῖν τί πρῶτον καὶ ποῖον τὸ δεύτερον καὶ ἐπὶ τίνος ἀληθὲς τὸ τρίτον καὶ οὕτως μέχρι τοῦ τελευταίου φθάσαι οὐ πάνυ τι ἀνθρώπινον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὲρ τὴν ἡμετέραν ἐστὶ φύσιν. στῆναι δὲ καὶ περιλαλῆσαι τὰ εἰς τὸν τόπον ὡς οἷοί τέ ἐσμεν πειρασόμεθα.
kai to men akribes eipein ti prōton kai poion to deuteron kai epi tinos alēthes to triton kai houtōs mechri tou teleutaiou phthasai ou pany ti anthrōpinon, alla hyper tēn hēmeteran esti physin. stēnai de kai perilalēsai ta eis ton topon hōs hoioi te esmen peirasometha.
And to say precisely what is first and what sort is second, and of whom “third” is true, and so to reach the last, is not at all a human matter but beyond our nature. But we will try to pause and discuss what bears on the subject as best we can.
1.212Preuschen 4:38
Εἰσί τινες θεοὶ ὧν ὁ θεὸς θεός ἐστιν, ὡς αἱ προφητεῖαί φασιν· »Ἐξομολογεῖσθε τῷ θεῷ τῶν θεῶν« καὶ »Θεὸς θεῶν ἐλάλησε κύριος, καὶ ἐκάλεσε τὴν γῆν«· θεὸς δὲ κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον »οὐκ ἔστιν νεκρῶν ἀλλὰ ζώντων ζῶντες ἄρα εἰσὶ καὶ οἱ θεοί, ὧν ὁ θεὸς θεός ἐστι.
Eisi tines theoi hōn ho theos theos estin, hōs hai prophēteiai phasin; »Exomologeisthe tǭ theǭ tōn theōn« kai »Theos theōn elalēse kyrios, kai ekalese tēn gēn«; theos de kata to euangelion »ouk estin nekrōn alla zōntōn zōntes ara eisi kai hoi theoi, hōn ho theos theos esti.
There are some gods of whom God is God, as the prophecies say: “Give thanks to the God of gods,” and “The God of gods, the Lord, has spoken and called the earth.” But God, according to the Gospel, “is not the God of the dead but of the living”; so the gods too, of whom God is God, are living.
1.213Preuschen 4:38
καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος δὲ γράφων ἐν τῇ πρὸς Κορινθίους· »Ὥσπερ εἰσὶ »θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί« κατὰ τὰ προφητικὰ τὸ τῶν θεῶν ἐξείληφεν ὄνομά ὡς τυγχανόντων.
kai ho apostolos de graphōn en tę̄ pros Korinthious; »Hōsper eisi »theoi polloi kai kyrioi polloi« kata ta prophētika to tōn theōn exeilēphen onoma hōs tynchanontōn.
And the apostle too, writing in the letter to the Corinthians, “As there are many gods and many lords,” has taken the name of gods in the prophetic sense, as of beings that exist.
1.214Preuschen 4:38
εἰσὶ δὲ παρὰ τοὺς θεούς, ὧν ὁ θεὸς θεός έστιν, ἕτεροί τινες οἳ καλοῦνται »θρόνοι« καὶ ἄλλοι λεγόμενοι »ἀρχαί, κυριότητές τε καὶ ἐξουσία παρὰ τούτους ἄλλοι.
eisi de para tous theous, hōn ho theos theos estin, heteroi tines hoi kalountai »thronoi« kai alloi legomenoi »archai, kyriotētes te kai exousia para toutous alloi.
And besides the gods of whom God is God, there are some others who are called “thrones,” and others called “principalities,” and besides these others, “dominions” and “authorities.”
1.215Preuschen 4:38
διὰ δὲ τὸ » Ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα ὀνομαζόμενον οὐ μόνον ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι« καὶ ἄλλα παρὰ ταῦτα οὐ πάνυ συνήθως ἡμῖν ὀνομαζόμενα δεῖ πιστεύειν εἶναι λογικά, ὧν ἓν τι γένος ἐκάλει Σαβαὶ ὁ Ἑβραῖος, παρʼ ὃ ἐσχηματίσθαι τὸν Σαβαώθ, ἄρχοντα ἐκείνων τυγχάνοντα, οὐχ ἕτερον τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θνητὸν λογικὸν ὁ ἄνθρωπος.
dia de to » Hyper pan onoma onomazomenon ou monon en toutǭ tǭ aiōni alla kai en tǭ mellonti« kai alla para tauta ou pany synēthōs hēmin onomazomena dei pisteuein einai logika, hōn hen ti genos ekalei Sabai ho Hebraios, parʼ ho eschēmatisthai ton Sabaōth, archonta ekeinōn tynchanonta, ouch heteron tou theou. kai epi pasi thnēton logikon ho anthrōpos.
And because of the words “above every name that is named, not only in this age but also in the one to come,” we must believe that there are other rational beings besides these, not at all usually named by us. One kind of them the Hebrew called Sabai, from which Sabaoth is formed, who is their ruler and none other than God. And last of all is man, a mortal rational being.
1.216Preuschen 4:38
Ὁ τοίνυν τῶν ὅλων θεὸς πρῶτόν τι τῇ τιμῇ γένος λογικὸν πεποίηκεν, ὅπερ οἶμαι τοὺς καλουμένους θεούς, καὶ δεύτερον ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος καλείσθωσαν »θρόνοι«, καὶ τρίτον χωρὶς διαστάσεως »ἀρχαί« οὕτω δὲ τῷ λογικῷ καταβατέον ἐπὶ ἔσχατον λογικόν, τάχα οὐκ ἄλλο τι τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τυγχάνον.
Ho toinyn tōn holōn theos prōton ti tę̄ timę̄ genos logikon pepoiēken, hoper oimai tous kaloumenous theous, kai deuteron epi tou parontos kaleisthōsan »thronoi«, kai triton chōris diastaseōs »archai« houtō de tǭ logikǭ katabateon epi eschaton logikon, tacha ouk allo ti tou anthrōpou tynchanon.
The God of the universe, then, made a certain rational kind first in honor, which I think are those called gods; and a second, which for the present let us call “thrones”; and a third, no doubt, “principalities.” And so we must descend in the rational order down to the last rational being, which is perhaps nothing other than man.
1.217Preuschen 4:38
ὁ τοίνυν σωτὴρ θειότερον πολλῷ ἢ Παῦλος γέγονε »τοῖς πᾶσι πάντα«, ἵνα »πάντα« ἢ »κερδήσῃ« ἢ τε- λειώσῃ, καὶ σαφῶς γέγονεν ἀνθρώποις ἄνθρωπος καὶ ἀγγέλοις ἄγγελος.
ho toinyn sōtēr theioteron pollǭ ē Paulos gegone »tois pasi panta«, hina »panta« ē »kerdēsę̄« ē te- leiōsę̄, kai saphōs gegonen anthrōpois anthrōpos kai angelois angelos.
The Savior, then, far more divinely than Paul, became “all things to all,” so that he might either “gain” or perfect “all”; and clearly he became a man to men and an angel to angels.
1.218Preuschen 4:38–39
καὶ περὶ μὲν τοῦ ἄνθρωπον αὐτὸν γεγονέναι οὐδεὶς τῶν πεπι- στευκότων διστάξει· περὶ δὲ τοῦ ἄγγελον πειθώμεθα τηροῦντες τῶν ἀγγέλων ἐπιφανείας καὶ λόγους, ὅτε τῆς τῶν ἀγγέλων ἐξουσίας φαίνεται ἔν τισι τόποις τῆς γραφῆς ἀγγέλων λεγόντων, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ »Ὤφθη ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐν πυρὶ φλογὸς βάτου. καὶ εἶπεν· »θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ«. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ Ἡσαΐας φησί· » Καλεῖται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ μεγάλης βουλῆς ἄγγελος.«
kai peri men tou anthrōpon auton gegonenai oudeis tōn pepi- steukotōn distaxei; peri de tou angelon peithōmetha tērountes tōn angelōn epiphaneias kai logous, hote tēs tōn angelōn exousias phainetai en tisi topois tēs graphēs angelōn legontōn, hōsper epi tou »Ōphthē angelos kyriou en pyri phlogos batou. kai eipen; »theos Abraam kai Isaak kai Iakōb«. alla kai ho Hēsaïas phēsi; » Kaleitai to onoma autou megalēs boulēs angelos.«
And about his having become a man none of the believers will hesitate; but about his having become an angel let us be persuaded by observing the appearances and words of angels, when in certain places of Scripture, where angels are speaking, the authority of the angels is seen to be his, as in “An angel of the Lord appeared in a flame of fire from the bush. And he said, ‘I am the God of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob.’” And Isaiah too says, “His name is called Angel of great counsel.”
1.219Preuschen 4:39
Πρῶτος οὖν καὶ ἔσχατος ὁ σωτήρ, οὐχ ὅτι οὐ τὰ μεταξύ, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἄκρων, ἵνα δηλωθῇ, ὅτι »τὰ πάντα« γέγονεν αὐτός. ἐπίστησον δὲ πότερον ἄνθρωπός ἐστι τὸ »ἔσχατον« ἢ τὰ καλούμενα καταχθόνια, ὧν εἰσι καὶ οἱ δαίμονες, ἤτοι πάντες ἤ τινες.
Prōtos oun kai eschatos ho sōtēr, ouch hoti ou ta metaxy, alla tōn akrōn, hina dēlōthę̄, hoti »ta panta« gegonen autos. epistēson de poteron anthrōpos esti to »eschaton« ē ta kaloumena katachthonia, hōn eisi kai hoi daimones, ētoi pantes ē tines.
The Savior, then, is first and last, not in the sense that he is not the things between, but he is named by the extremes, so that it may be shown that he became “all things.” But consider whether “the last” is man, or the so-called beings under the earth, among whom are the demons, either all or some of them.
1.220Preuschen 4:39
ζητητέον τὰ εἰς ἅ καὶ αὐτὰ γενόμενος ὁ σωτὴρ διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Δαβίδ φησι· »Καὶ ἐγενόμην ὡσεὶ ἄνθρωπος ἀβοήθητος, ἐν νεκροῖς ἐλεύθερος«, ὥσπερ πλέον ἔχων παρὰ ἀνθρώπους κατὰ τὴν ἐκ παρθένου γένεσιν καὶ κατà τὸν λοιπὸν ἐν παραδόξοις βίον, οὕτως ἐν νεκροῖς κατὰ τὸ μόνος ἐκεῖ εἶναι ἐλεύθερος· οὐκ ἐγκαταλέλειπται ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν ᾄδην. οὕτως μὲν οὖν »πρῶτος καὶ ἔσχατος«.
zētēteon ta eis ha kai auta genomenos ho sōtēr dia tou prophētou Dabid phēsi; »Kai egenomēn hōsei anthrōpos aboēthētos, en nekrois eleutheros«, hōsper pleon echōn para anthrōpous kata tēn ek parthenou genesin kai kata ton loipon en paradoxois bion, houtōs en nekrois kata to monos ekei einai eleutheros; ouk enkataleleiptai hē psychē autou eis ton ądēn. houtōs men oun »prōtos kai eschatos«.
We must inquire into what the Savior became when he came among these as well, since he says through the prophet David, “And I became like a man without help, free among the dead.” For as he had more than other human beings in his birth from a virgin and in the rest of his life lived among wonders, so among the dead he was free, being the only one there who was; his soul was not abandoned to Hades. In this way, then, he is “first and last.”
1.221Preuschen 4:39
Εἰ δέ ἐστι γράμματα θεοῦ, ὥσπερ ἔστιν, ἅπερ ἀναγινώσκοντες οἱ ἅγιοί φασιν ἀνεγνωκέναι τὰ ἐν ταῖς πλαξὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, τὰ στοιχεῖα ἐκεῖνα, ἴνα διʼ αὐτῶν τὰ οὐράνια ἀναγνωσθῇ, αἱ ἔννοιαι τυγχάνουσιν κατακερματιζόμεναι εἰς ἄλφα καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς μέχρι τοῦ Ω, τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ.
Ei de esti grammata theou, hōsper estin, haper anaginōskontes hoi hagioi phasin anegnōkenai ta en tais plaxi tou ouranou, ta stoicheia ekeina, ina diʼ autōn ta ourania anagnōsthę̄, hai ennoiai tynchanousin katakermatizomenai eis alpha kai ta hexēs mechri tou Ō, tou huiou tou theou.
And if there are letters of God, as there are, by reading which the saints say they have read what is written on the tablets of heaven, those letters, by which heavenly things are read, are the concepts of the Son of God, broken up into Alpha and the rest down to Omega.
1.222Preuschen 4:39
πάλιν δὲ ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος ὁ αὐτός, ἀλλʼ οὐ κατὰ τὰς ἐπινοίας ὁ αὐτός. ἀρχὴ γάρ, ὡς ἐν ταῖς παροιμίαις μεμαθήκαμεν, καθʼ ὅ σοφία τυγχάνει, ἐστί· γέγραπται γοῦν· »Ὁ θεὸς ἔκτισέ με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ »εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ«· καθʼ ὅ δὲ λόγος ἐστίν, οὐκ ἔστιν ἀρχή· »Ἐν ἀρχῇ
palin de archē kai telos ho autos, allʼ ou kata tas epinoias ho autos. archē gar, hōs en tais paroimiais memathēkamen, kathʼ ho sophia tynchanei, esti; gegraptai goun; »Ho theos ektise me archēn hodōn autou »eis erga autou«; kathʼ ho de logos estin, ouk estin archē; »En archę̄
Again, the same one is beginning and end, but not the same according to his aspects. For he is beginning, as we have learned in Proverbs, inasmuch as he is wisdom; at least it is written, “God created me the beginning of his ways, for his works.” But inasmuch as he is the Word, he is not the beginning: “In the beginning
1.223Preuschen 4:39
»γὰρ ἦν ὁ λόγος.« οὐκοῦν αἱ ἐπίνοιαι αὐτοῦ ἔχουσιν ἀρχὴν καὶ δεύτερόν τι παρὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τρίτον καὶ οὕτως μέχρι τέλους· ὡσεὶ ἔλεγεν ἀρχή εἰμι καθʼ ὅ σοφία, δεύτερον δέ, εἰ οὕτω τύχοι, καθʼ ὃ ἀόρατός, καὶ τρίτον καθʼ ὅ, ἐπεὶ »ὃ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ »ζωὴ ἦν«. ἦν«.
»gar ēn ho logos.« oukoun hai epinoiai autou echousin archēn kai deuteron ti para tēn archēn kai triton kai houtōs mechri telous; hōsei elegen archē eimi kathʼ ho sophia, deuteron de, ei houtō tychoi, kathʼ ho aoratos, kai triton kathʼ ho, epei »ho gegonen en autǭ »zōē ēn«. ēn«.
was the Word.” So his aspects have a beginning, and something second beside the beginning, and a third, and so on up to the end; as if he said: I am beginning inasmuch as I am wisdom; second, perhaps, inasmuch as I am invisible; and third inasmuch as I am life, since “what came to be in him was life.”
1.224Preuschen 4:39
καὶ εἴ τις ἱκανὸς βασανίζων τὸν νοῦν τῶν γραφῶν ὁρᾶν, τάχα εὑρήσει πολλὰ τῆς τάξεως καὶ τὸ τέλος· οὐκ οἶμαι γὰρ ὅτι πάντα. σαφέστερον δʼ ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος δοκεῖ κατὰ τὴν συνήθειαν ὡς ἐπὶ ἡνωμένου λέγεσθαι, οἷον ἀρχὴ οἰκίας ὁ θεμέλιος καὶ τέλος ἡ στεφάνη.
kai ei tis hikanos basanizōn ton noun tōn graphōn horan, tacha heurēsei polla tēs taxeōs kai to telos; ouk oimai gar hoti panta. saphesteron dʼ hē archē kai to telos dokei kata tēn synētheian hōs epi hēnōmenou legesthai, hoion archē oikias ho themelios kai telos hē stephanē.
And if anyone is able, by testing the sense of the Scriptures, to see it, he will perhaps find much of the order and the end; for I do not think he would find all. But more plainly, “the beginning” and “the end” seem, in ordinary usage, to be said of something united, as the beginning of a house is the foundation and its end the coping.
1.225Preuschen 4:39–40
καὶ ἐφαρμοστέον γε διὰ τὸ »ἀκρογωνιαῖον« εἰναι »λίθον« τὸν χριστὸν τῷ ἡνωμένῳ παντὶ σώματι τῶν σωζομένων τὸ παράδειγμα τὸ »Πάντα« γὰρ καὶ »ἐν πᾶσι« Χριστὸς ὁ μονογενής, ὡς μὲν ἀρχὴ ἐν ᾧ ἀνείληφεν ἀνθρώπῳ, ὡς δὲ τέλος ἐν τῷ τελευταίῳ τῶν ἁγίων δηλονότι τυγχάνων καὶ ἐν τοῖς μεταξύ, ἢ ὡς μὲν ἀρχὴ ἐν Ἀδάμ, ὡς δὲ τέλος ἐν τῇ ἐπιδημίᾳ, κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον· »Ὁ ἔσχατος »Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζωοποιοῦν«. πλὴν τοῦτο τὸ ῥητὸν ἐφαρμόσει τῇ
kai epharmosteon ge dia to »akrogōniaion« einai »lithon« ton christon tǭ hēnōmenǭ panti sōmati tōn sōzomenōn to paradeigma to »Panta« gar kai »en pasi« Christos ho monogenēs, hōs men archē en hǭ aneilēphen anthrōpǭ, hōs de telos en tǭ teleutaiǭ tōn hagiōn dēlonoti tynchanōn kai en tois metaxy, ē hōs men archē en Adam, hōs de telos en tę̄ epidēmią, kata to eirēmenon; »Ho eschatos »Adam eis pneuma zōopoioun«. plēn touto to rhēton epharmosei tę̄
And because Christ is the “cornerstone,” we must apply the illustration to the whole united body of those who are being saved. For Christ the Only-begotten is “all” and “in all”: as beginning in the man he assumed, and as end, clearly, in the last of the saints, and also in those between; or as beginning in Adam, and as end in his coming, according to the saying, “The last Adam became a life-giving spirit.” However, this text will fit the
1.226Preuschen 4:40
ἀποδόσει τοῦ »πρῶτος καὶ ἔσχατος« τηρήσαντες μέντοι τὰ εἰρημένα περὶ »πρώτον καὶ ἐσχάτου« καὶ περὶ »ἀρχῆς καὶ τέλους«, ὅπου μὲν εἰς εἴδη λογικῶν ἀνηνέγκαμεν, ὅπου δὲ εἰς διαφόρους ἐπινοίας τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν λόγον, καὶ ἔχομεν τὴν διαφορὰν »πρώτου« καὶ »ἀρχῆς«, καὶ »ἐσχάτου« καὶ »τέλους«, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τοῦ »Α« καὶ τοῦ »Ω«.
apodosei tou »prōtos kai eschatos« tērēsantes mentoi ta eirēmena peri »prōton kai eschatou« kai peri »archēs kai telous«, hopou men eis eidē logikōn anēnenkamen, hopou de eis diaphorous epinoias tou huiou tou theou ton logon, kai echomen tēn diaphoran »prōtou« kai »archēs«, kai »eschatou« kai »telous«, eti de kai tou »A« kai tou »Ō«.
explanation of “first and last,” while keeping what has been said about “first and last” and about “beginning and end,” where in one case we referred the account to kinds of rational beings, and in the other to the different aspects of the Son of God; and so we have the difference between “first” and “beginning,” and between “last” and “end,” and further between “Alpha” and “Omega.”
1.227Preuschen 4:40
οὐκ ἄδηλον οὐδὲ τὸ »ζῶν« καὶ »νεκρός«, καὶ μετὰ τὸ νεκρὸς ζῶν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἐπεὶ γὰρ οὐκ ὠφελήμεθα ἀπὸ τῆς προηγουμένης ζωῆς αὐτοῦ γενόμενοι ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ, κατέβη ἐπὶ τὴν νεκρότητα ἡμῶν, ἵνα ἀποθανόντος αὐτοῦ τῇ ἀμαρτίᾳ τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι περιφέροντες, τὴν μετὰ τὴν νεκρότητα ζωὴν αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων ἐν τάξει χωρῆσαι οἱ γὰρ τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πάντοτε ἐν τῷ σώματι περιφέροντες καὶ τὴν ζωὴν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἕξουσιν ἐν τοῖς σώμασιν αὐτῶν φανερουμένην.
ouk adēlon oude to »zōn« kai »nekros«, kai meta to nekros zōn eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. epei gar ouk ōphelēmetha apo tēs proēgoumenēs zōēs autou genomenoi en hamartią, katebē epi tēn nekrotēta hēmōn, hina apothanontos autou tę̄ amartią tēn nekrōsin tou Iēsou en tǭ sōmati peripherontes, tēn meta tēn nekrotēta zōēn autou eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn en taxei chōrēsai hoi gar tēn nekrōsin tou Iēsou pantote en tǭ sōmati peripherontes kai tēn zōēn tou Iēsou hexousin en tois sōmasin autōn phaneroumenēn.
Nor is “the living one” and “dead” unclear, and after being dead, living for ever and ever. For since we were not benefited by his prior life, having come to be in sin, he came down to our deadness, so that, since he died to sin, we, carrying about the dying of Jesus in the body, might in due order make room for his life after deadness for ever and ever. For those who always carry about the dying of Jesus in the body will also have the life of Jesus made manifest in their bodies.
1.228Preuschen 4:40
ΧΧΧΙΙ. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης βιβλίων ἐλέγετο ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ. ἐν δὲ τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ ἔφασκεν ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς τεθεῖσθαι αὐτοῦ »τὸ στόμα ὡς μάχαιραν ὀξεῖαν« καὶ κεκρύφθαι ὑπὸ τὴν σκέπην τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ«, βέλει ἐκλεκτῷ ὡμοιωμένος »καὶ ἐν τῇ φαρέτρᾳ« τοῦ πατρὸς κεκρυμμένος, »δοῦλος« τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καλούμενος καὶ »Ἰσραὴλ« καὶ »φῶς ἐθνῶν« μάχαιρα μὲν οὖν ὀξεῖά ἐστι τὸ στόμα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ,
ChChChII. Kai tauta men apo tōn tēs kainēs diathēkēs bibliōn elegeto hypʼ autou peri heautou. en de tǭ Hēsaïą ephasken hypo tou patros tetheisthai autou »to stoma hōs machairan oxeian« kai kekryphthai hypo tēn skepēn tēs cheiros autou«, belei eklektǭ hōmoiōmenos »kai en tę̄ pharetrą« tou patros kekrymmenos, »doulos« tou theou tōn holōn hypʼ autou kaloumenos kai »Israēl« kai »phōs ethnōn« machaira men oun oxeia esti to stoma tou huiou tou theou,
These things, then, he said about himself from the books of the New Testament. But in Isaiah he said that his mouth was made by the Father “like a sharp sword,” and that he was hidden “under the shelter of his hand,” made like a chosen arrow “and hidden in the quiver” of the Father, called by the God of the universe his “servant” and “Israel” and “a light of the nations.” The mouth of the Son of God, then, is a sharp sword,
1.229Preuschen 4:40–41
ἐπεὶ »ζῶν τυγχάνει ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐνεργὴς καὶ τομώτερος ὑπὲρ »πᾶσαν μάχαιραν δίστομον καὶ διἱκνούμενος ἄχρι μερισμοῦ ψυχῆς καὶ »πνεύματος, ἁρμῶν τε καὶ μυελῶν, καὶ κριτικὸς ἐνθυμήσεων καὶ »ἐννοιῶν καρδίας«· ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐλθὼν οὐκ εἰρήνην ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ἐπὶ τὰ σωματικὰ καὶ αἰσθητά, βαλεῖν ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν, καὶ διακόπτων τήν, ἕν οὕτως ἐπιβλαβῆ φιλίαν ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος, ἕν ἡ ψυχὴ ἐπιδιδοῦσα αὑτὴν τῷ στρατευομένῳ κατὰ τῆς σαρκὸς πνεύματι φιλιωθῇ τῷ θεῷ, μάχαιραν ἢ ὡς μάχαιραν ὀξεῖαν κατὰ τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον ἔσχε τὸ στόμα· ἀλλὰ καὶ βλέπων τοσούτους τετρωμένους τῇ θείᾳ ἀγάπῃ ὁμοίως τῇ ὁμολογούσῃ τοῦτο πεπονθέναι ἐν τῷ Ἄισματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων διὰ τοῦ »Ὅτι τετρωμένη ἀγάπης »ἐγώ« τὸ τρῶσαν βέλος τὰς τῶν τοσούτων εἰς ἀγάπην θεοῦ ψυχὰς οὐκ ἄλλο τι εὑρήσει ἢ τὸν εἰπόντα· »Εθηκέ με ὡς βέλος ἐκλεκτόν.«
epei »zōn tynchanei ho logos tou theou kai energēs kai tomōteros hyper »pasan machairan distomon kai diiknoumenos achri merismou psychēs kai »pneumatos, harmōn te kai myelōn, kai kritikos enthymēseōn kai »ennoiōn kardias«; allōs te kai elthōn ouk eirēnēn epi tēn gēn. toutʼ estin epi ta sōmatika kai aisthēta, balein alla machairan, kai diakoptōn tēn, hen houtōs epiblabē philian psychēs kai sōmatos, hen hē psychē epididousa hautēn tǭ strateuomenǭ kata tēs sarkos pneumati philiōthę̄ tǭ theǭ, machairan ē hōs machairan oxeian kata ton prophētikon logon esche to stoma; alla kai blepōn tosoutous tetrōmenous tę̄ theią agapę̄ homoiōs tę̄ homologousę̄ touto peponthenai en tǭ Aismati tōn ąsmatōn dia tou »Hoti tetrōmenē agapēs »egō« to trōsan belos tas tōn tosoutōn eis agapēn theou psychas ouk allo ti heurēsei ē ton eiponta; »Ethēke me hōs belos eklekton.«
since “the word of God is living and active and sharper than any two-edged sword, piercing as far as the division of soul and spirit, of joints and marrow, and a judge of the thoughts and intentions of the heart.” And besides, having come not to bring peace on the earth, that is, on bodily and perceptible things, but a sword, and cutting through, so to speak, the harmful friendship of soul and body, so that the soul, giving itself to the Spirit that wars against the flesh, might become a friend of God, he had a mouth that was a sword, or like a sharp sword, according to the prophetic word. And whoever sees so many wounded by divine love, like the one who confesses in the Song of Songs that she has suffered this, saying “For I am wounded by love,” will find that the arrow that wounded the souls of so many toward love of God is none other than the one who said, “He has made me like a chosen arrow.”
1.230Preuschen 4:41
ἔτι δὲ πᾶς ὁ συνιεὶς πῶς τοῖς μαθητευομένοις ὁ Ἰησοῦς γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ὁ ἀνακείμενος ἀλλʼ ὡς ὁ διακονῶν, μορφὴν δούλου ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπὲρ ἐλευθερίας τῶν δουλευσάντων τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ λαβών. οὐκ ἀγνοήσει τίνα τρόπον ὁ πατήρ φησι πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸ »Δοῦλός μου »εἶ σύ« καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα· »Μέγα σοί ἐστι τοῦτο κληθῆναί σε παίδά »μου.«
eti de pas ho synieis pōs tois mathēteuomenois ho Iēsous gegenētai ouch hōs ho anakeimenos allʼ hōs ho diakonōn, morphēn doulou ho tou theou hyper eleutherias tōn douleusantōn tę̄ hamartią labōn. ouk agnoēsei tina tropon ho patēr phēsi pros auton to »Doulos mou »ei sy« kai metʼ oliga; »Mega soi esti touto klēthēnai se paida »mou.«
Further, everyone who understands how Jesus has become to those who are being taught not as the one who reclines at table but as the one who serves, he who, being God's, took the form of a servant for the freedom of those enslaved to sin, will not fail to know in what way the Father says to him, “You are my servant,” and shortly after, “It is a great thing for you to be called my servant.”
1.231Preuschen 4:41
τολμητέον γὰρ εἰπεῖν πλείονα καὶ θειοτέραν καὶ ἀληθῶς κατʼ εἰκόνα τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν ἀγαθότητα φαίνεσθαι τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὅτε »ἑαυτόν ἐταπείνωσε γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου, θανάτου δὲ »σταυροῦ«, ἢ εἰ »ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι ἴσα θεῷ«, καὶ μὴ βου- ληθεὶς ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ κόσμου σωτηρίᾳ γενέσθαι δοῦλος.
tolmēteon gar eipein pleiona kai theioteran kai alēthōs katʼ eikona tou patros tēn agathotēta phainesthai tou christou, hote »heauton etapeinōse genomenos hypēkoos mechri thanatou, thanatou de »staurou«, ē ei »harpagmon hēgēsato to einai isa theǭ«, kai mē bou- lētheis epi tę̄ tou kosmou sōtērią genesthai doulos.
For we must dare to say that the goodness of Christ appears greater and more divine and truly in the image of the Father when “he humbled himself, becoming obedient to death, even death on a cross,” than if he had “counted equality with God a thing to be grasped” and had not been willing to become a servant for the salvation of the world.
1.232Preuschen 4:41
διὰ τοῦτο διδάξαι ἡμᾶς βουλόμενος μέγα δῶρον εἰληφέναι ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς τὸ οὕτως δεδουλευκέναι φησί· »Καὶ ὁ θεός μου ἔσται μοι ἰσχύς. καὶ »εἶπέ μοι >Μέγα σοί ἐστι τοῦτο κληθῆναί σε παίδά μου<.« μὴ γενόμενος γὰρ δοῦλος οὐκ ἂν ἔστησε »τὰς φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰακὼβ« οὐδὲ »τὴν »διασπορὰν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ« ἐπέστρεψεν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ γεγόνει ἂν εἰς »φῶς »ἐθνῶν«, τοῦ »εἶναι εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς.«
dia touto didaxai hēmas boulomenos mega dōron eilēphenai apo tou patros to houtōs dedouleukenai phēsi; »Kai ho theos mou estai moi ischys. kai »eipe moi >Mega soi esti touto klēthēnai se paida mou<.« mē genomenos gar doulos ouk an estēse »tas phylas tou Iakōb« oude »tēn »diasporan tou Israēl« epestrepsen, allʼ oude gegonei an eis »phōs »ethnōn«, tou »einai eis sōtērian heōs eschatou tēs gēs.«
For this reason, wishing to teach us that he received a great gift from the Father in having served in this way, he says: “And my God shall be my strength. And he said to me, ‘It is a great thing for you to be called my servant.’” For had he not become a servant, he would not have raised up “the tribes of Jacob” nor turned back “the dispersion of Israel,” nor would he have become “a light of the nations,” “to be for salvation to the end of the earth.”
1.233Preuschen 4:41
καὶ μέτριόν γε τὸ δοῦλον αὐτὸν γενέσθαι, εἰ καὶ μέγα ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς εἶναι τοῦτο λέγεται, συγκρίσει ἀρνίου ἀκάκου καὶ ἀμνοῦ. ὡς γὰρ ἀρνίον ἄκακον γεγένηται ἀγόμενον τοῦ θύεσθαι ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα ἄρῃ »τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου«, ὁ πᾶσι τοῦ λόγου χορηγός, ὁμοιωθεὶς ἀμνῷ »ἐνώπιον τοῦ κείροντος« ἀφώνῳ, ὅπως τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς πάντες καθαρθῶμεν, ἀναδιδομένῳ τρόπον φαρμάκου ἐπὶ τὰς ἀντικειμένας ἐνεργείας καὶ τὴν τῶν βουλομένων ἀναδέξασθαι τὴν ἀληθειαν ἁμαρτίαν· ἀτονῆσαι γὰρ ὁ θάνατος τοῦ χριστοῦ τὰς πολεμούσας τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένει πεποίηκε δυνάμεις, καὶ † ἐξελεύσεσθαι τὴν ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν πιστευόντων ζωὴν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀφάτῳ δυνάμει.
kai metrion ge to doulon auton genesthai, ei kai mega hypo tou patros einai touto legetai, synkrisei arniou akakou kai amnou. hōs gar arnion akakon gegenētai agomenon tou thyesthai ho amnos tou theou, hina arę̄ »tēn hamartian tou kosmou«, ho pasi tou logou chorēgos, homoiōtheis amnǭ »enōpion tou keirontos« aphōnǭ, hopōs tǭ thanatǭ autou hēmeis pantes katharthōmen, anadidomenǭ tropon pharmakou epi tas antikeimenas energeias kai tēn tōn boulomenōn anadexasthai tēn alētheian hamartian; atonēsai gar ho thanatos tou christou tas polemousas tǭ tōn anthrōpōn genei pepoiēke dynameis, kai † exeleusesthai tēn en hekastǭ tōn pisteuontōn zōēn tę̄ hamartią aphatǭ dynamei.
And his becoming a servant is a modest thing, even if the Father says it is great, in comparison with his being an innocent lamb and a sheep. For the Lamb of God became like an innocent lamb led to be slaughtered, so that he might take away “the sin of the world”; he who supplies reason to all was made like a lamb dumb “before its shearer,” so that by his death we might all be cleansed, his death being given like a medicine against the opposing powers and against the sin of those who are willing to receive the truth. For the death of Christ has made powerless the powers that war against the human race, and … the life in each believer from sin by an unspeakable power.
1.234Preuschen 4:41–42
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἕως πᾶς ἐχθρὸς αὐτοῦ καταργηθῇ καὶ τελευταῖός γε ὁ θάνα- τος, αἵρει τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, ἵνα ὁ πᾶς γένηται χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας κόσμος, διὰ τοῦτο ὁ Ἰωάννης δεικνὺς αὐτόν φησιν· »Ἴδε ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ »ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου«· οὐχὶ ὁ μέλλων μὲν αἴρειν οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ αἴρων ἤδη, καὶ οὐχὶ ὁ ἄρας μὲν οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ αἴρων ἔτι·
epei de heōs pas echthros autou katargēthę̄ kai teleutaios ge ho thana- tos, hairei tēn hamartian, hina ho pas genētai chōris hamartias kosmos, dia touto ho Iōannēs deiknys auton phēsin; »Ide ho amnos tou theou »ho airōn tēn hamartian tou kosmou«; ouchi ho mellōn men airein ouchi de kai airōn ēdē, kai ouchi ho aras men ouchi de kai airōn eti;
And since he takes away sin until every enemy of his is abolished, and the last is death, so that the whole world may come to be without sin, for this reason John, pointing him out, says, “Behold the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world”: not the one who will take it away but is not already taking it away, and not the one who has taken it away but is no longer taking it away.
1.235Preuschen 4:42
τὸ γὰρ αἴρειν ἐνεργεῖ ἐπὶ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, ἕως ἀπὸ παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου ἀφαιρεθῇ ἡ ἁμαρτία καὶ παραδῷ ἕτοιμον βασιλείαν τῷ πατρὶ ὁ σωτήρ, τῷ μὴ εἷναι μηδὲ τὴν τυχοῦσαν ἁμαρτίαν χωροῦσαν τὸ ὑπὸ πατρὸς βασιλεύεσθαι καὶ πάλιν ἐπιδεχομένην τὰ πάντα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ὅλῃ ἑαυτῇ καὶ πάσῃ, ὅτε πληροῦται τὸ »Ἴνα »γένηται ὁ θεὸς τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν.«
to gar airein energei epi henos hekastou tōn en tǭ kosmǭ, heōs apo pantos tou kosmou aphairethę̄ hē hamartia kai paradǭ hetoimon basileian tǭ patri ho sōtēr, tǭ mē heinai mēde tēn tychousan hamartian chōrousan to hypo patros basileuesthai kai palin epidechomenēn ta panta tou theou en holę̄ heautę̄ kai pasę̄, hote plēroutai to »Ina »genētai ho theos ta panta en pasin.«
For the taking away is at work in each one of those in the world, until sin is removed from the whole world and the Savior hands over a prepared kingdom to the Father, when there is not even the slightest sin present to prevent it from being ruled by the Father, and it again receives all things of God in its whole and entire self, when the words are fulfilled, “So that God may be all in all.”
1.236Preuschen 4:42
ἀλλà καὶ >ἀνὴρ< πρὸς τούτοις λέγεται ὀπίσω Ἰωάννου ἐρχόμενος, ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ γεγενημένος καὶ πρὸ αὐτοῦ ὤν, ἵνα διδαχθῶμεν καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν τῇ θεότητι αὐτοῦ ἀνακεκραμένον πρεσβύτερον εἶναι τῆς ἐκ Μαρίας γενέσεως, ὅντινα ἄνθρωπόν φησιν ὁ βαπτιστὴς ὄτι »οὐκ »ᾔδει.«
alla kai >anēr< pros toutois legetai opisō Iōannou erchomenos, emprosthen autou gegenēmenos kai pro autou ōn, hina didachthōmen kai ton anthrōpon tou huiou tou theou ton tę̄ theotēti autou anakekramenon presbyteron einai tēs ek Marias geneseōs, hontina anthrōpon phēsin ho baptistēs oti »ouk »ę̄dei.«
But besides these he is also called “a man” coming after John, having come to be before him and existing before him, so that we may be taught that the human being of the Son of God, the one blended with his divinity, is older than his birth from Mary; this man the Baptist says he “did not know.”
1.237Preuschen 4:42
πῶς δὲ οὐκ ᾔδει ὁ σκιρτήσας ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει ἔτι βρέφος τυγχάνων ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τῆς Ἐλισάβετ, ὅτε »ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ ἀσπα- »σμοῦ« τῆς Μαρίας »εἰς τὰ ὦτα« τῆς Ζαχαρίου γυναικός;
pōs de ouk ę̄dei ho skirtēsas en agalliasei eti brephos tynchanōn en tę̄ koilią tēs Elisabet, hote »egeneto hē phōnē tou aspa- »smou« tēs Marias »eis ta ōta« tēs Zachariou gynaikos?
But how did he not know him, he who leapt for joy while still a baby in the womb of Elizabeth, when “the voice of the greeting” of Mary “came into the ears” of Zechariah's wife?
1.238Preuschen 4:42
ἐπιστησον οῡν, εἰ δύναται τὸ »οὐκ ᾔδειν« κατὰ τὰ πρὸ σώματος λέγειν· εἰ δὲ καὶ οὐκ ᾔδει μὲν αὐτὸν πρὸ τοῦ τότε] ἥκειν εἰς σῶμα, σῶμα, δὲ ἔτι ὄντα ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τῆς μητρός, τάχα μανθάνει τι περὶ αὐτοῦ αὐτοῦ παρʼ ὅ ἐγίνωσκεν, ὅτι ἑφʼ ὅν ἂν τὸ πνεῦμα καταβὰν ἐπʼ μείνῃ αὐτόν, ἐστιν ἐστιν ό βαπτίζων έν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί.«
epistēson oun, ei dynatai to »ouk ę̄dein« kata ta pro sōmatos legein; ei de kai ouk ę̄dei men auton pro tou tote] hēkein eis sōma, sōma, de eti onta en tę̄ koilią tēs mētros, tacha manthanei ti peri autou autou parʼ ho eginōsken, hoti hephʼ hon an to pneuma kataban epʼ meinę̄ auton, estin estin o baptizōn en pneumati hagiǭ kai pyri.«
Consider, then, whether “I did not know” can refer to what was before the body. And if he did not know him before he came into a body at that time, but knew him while he was still in his mother's womb, perhaps he learns something about him beyond what he knew: that “he on whom the Spirit descends and remains, this is the one who baptizes in the Holy Spirit and fire.”
1.239Preuschen 4:42
καὶ γὰρ εἰ ᾔδει αὐτὸν ἔτι ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός, οὔτι γε ἐγίνωσκε πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτοπῦ τάχα δὲ καὶ ἡγνόει, ὅτι »οὑτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν πνεύματι Οὑδὲω καὶ ὅτε ὅτε τεθέαται »τὸ πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον καὶ μένον »ἐπʼ πλὴν πυρίς »ἄνδρα« αὐτὸν τυγχάνοντα καὶ πρῶτον οὐκ ᾔδει ὁ Ἰωάννης.
kai gar ei ę̄dei auton eti ek koilias mētros, outi ge eginōske panta ta peri autopy tacha de kai hēgnoei, hoti »houtos estin ho baptizōn en pneumati Houdeō kai hote hote tetheatai »to pneuma katabainon kai menon »epʼ plēn pyris »andra« auton tynchanonta kai prōton ouk ę̄dei ho Iōannēs.
For even if he knew him from his mother's womb, he did not know all the things about him; and perhaps he was also ignorant that “this is the one who baptizes in the Holy Spirit and fire,” until he saw “the Spirit descending and remaining on him.” … that he was a “man,” and at first John did not know him.
1.240Preuschen 4:42–43
Οὐδὲν δὲ τῶν προειρημένων ὀνομάτων τὴν περὶ ἡμῶν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα προστασίαν αὐτοῦ δηλοῖ παρακαλοῦντος ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀνθρώπων φύσεως καὶ ἱλασκομένου, ὡς »ὁ παράκλητος« καὶ > ἱλασμὸς« καὶ »τὸ ἱλαστήριον«· ὁ μὲν παράκλητος« ἐν τῇ Ἰωάννου λεγόμενος ἐπιστολῇ· »Ἐὰν γάρ τις ἁμάρτῃ, παράκλητον »ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν δίκαιον, καὶ οὑτος ἱλασμός »ἐστι περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν«· καὶ »ὁ ἱλασμὸς« ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ ἐπιστολῇ λεγόμενος »ἱλασμὸς« εἶναι »περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν«, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους »ἱλαστήριον«· »Ὅν προέθετο »ὁ θεὸς ἱλαστήριον διὰ πίστεως«· οὑ ἱλαστηρίου εἰς τὰ ἐσώτατα καὶ ἁγίων τῶν σκιά σκιά τις ἐτύγχανεν τὸ χρυσοῦν ἱλαστήριον, ἐπικείμενον τοῖς δυσὶ Χερουβείμ.
Ouden de tōn proeirēmenōn onomatōn tēn peri hēmōn pros ton patera prostasian autou dēloi parakalountos hyper tēs anthrōpōn physeōs kai hilaskomenou, hōs »ho paraklētos« kai > hilasmos« kai »to hilastērion«; ho men paraklētos« en tę̄ Iōannou legomenos epistolę̄; »Ean gar tis hamartę̄, paraklēton »echomen pros ton patera Iēsoun Christon dikaion, kai houtos hilasmos »esti peri tōn hamartiōn hēmōn«; kai »ho hilasmos« en tę̄ autę̄ epistolę̄ legomenos »hilasmos« einai »peri tōn hamartiōn hēmōn«, homoiōs de kai en tę̄ pros Rhōmaious »hilastērion«; »Hon proetheto »ho theos hilastērion dia pisteōs«; hou hilastēriou eis ta esōtata kai hagiōn tōn skia skia tis etynchanen to chrysoun hilastērion, epikeimenon tois dysi Cheroubeim.
None of the names mentioned before shows his advocacy for us with the Father, as he intercedes on behalf of human nature and makes propitiation, as do “the Advocate” and “propitiation” and “the mercy seat.” He is called Advocate in the letter of John: “For if anyone sins, we have an Advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous, and he is the propitiation for our sins”; and propitiation in the same letter, where he is said to be “the propitiation for our sins”; and likewise in the letter to the Romans, “mercy seat”: “whom God put forward as a mercy seat through faith.” Of this mercy seat the golden mercy seat, placed on the two cherubim in the innermost place, the Holy of Holies, was a kind of shadow.
1.241Preuschen 4:43
πῶς δʼ ἂν παράκλητος καὶ ἱλασμὸς καὶ ἱλαστήριον χωρὶς δυνάμεως θεοῦ ἐξαφανιζούσης ἡμῶν τὴν ἀσθένειαν γενέσθαι οἷός τε ἦν, ἐπιρρεούσης ταῖς τῶν πιστευόντων ψυχαῖς, ὑπὸ Ἰησοῦ διακονουμένης, ἡς πρῶτός ἐστιν, αὐτοδύναμις θεοῦ, δι ὅν εἴποι τις ἄν· »Πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ«;
pōs dʼ an paraklētos kai hilasmos kai hilastērion chōris dynameōs theou exaphanizousēs hēmōn tēn astheneian genesthai hoios te ēn, epirreousēs tais tōn pisteuontōn psychais, hypo Iēsou diakonoumenēs, hēs prōtos estin, autodynamis theou, di hon eipoi tis an; »Panta ischyō en tǭ endynamounti me Christǭ Iēsou«?
How could he have become Advocate and propitiation and mercy seat without a power of God that wipes out our weakness, flowing into the souls of believers and ministered by Jesus, of which he is the first, he who is the very power of God, through whom one might say, “I can do all things in Christ Jesus who strengthens me”?
1.242Preuschen 4:43
διόπερ Σίμωνα μὲν τὸν μάγον αὑτὸν ἀναγορεύοντα »δύναμιν θεοῦ »τὴν καλουμένην μεγάλην«, ἴσμεν ἄμα τῷ ἀργυρίῳ αὐτοῦ εἰς καὶ ἀπώλειαν κεχωρηκέναι· Χριστὸν δὲ ὁμολογοῦντες ἀληθῶς εἶναι »δύναμιν θεοῦ«, πάντα τὰ ὅπου ποτὲ δυναμούμενα μετέχειν αὐτοῦ. καθʼ ὅ »δύναμίς« ἐστι, πεπιστεύκαμεν.
dioper Simōna men ton magon hauton anagoreuonta »dynamin theou »tēn kaloumenēn megalēn«, ismen ama tǭ argyriǭ autou eis kai apōleian kechōrēkenai; Christon de homologountes alēthōs einai »dynamin theou«, panta ta hopou pote dynamoumena metechein autou. kathʼ ho »dynamis« esti, pepisteukamen.
Therefore, as for Simon the magician, who proclaimed himself “the power of God that is called great,” we know that he went to destruction together with his silver; but confessing Christ to be truly “the power of God,” we believe that all things that are empowered anywhere share in him inasmuch as he is “power.”
1.243Preuschen 4:43
Μὴ παρασιωπηθήτω δʼ ἡμῖν μηδὲ »θεοῦ σοφία« εὐλόγως τυγχάνων καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοῦτʼ εἶναι λεγόμενος. οὐ γὰρ ἐν ψιλαῖς φαντασίαις τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς τῶν ὅλων τὴν ὑπόστασιν ἔχει ἡ σοφία αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὰ ἀνὰ λόγον τοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις ἐννοήμασι φαντάσματα.
Mē parasiōpēthētō dʼ hēmin mēde »theou sophia« eulogōs tynchanōn kai dia touto toutʼ einai legomenos. ou gar en psilais phantasiais tou theou kai patros tōn holōn tēn hypostasin echei hē sophia autou kata ta ana logon tois anthrōpinois ennoēmasi phantasmata.
Nor let us pass over in silence that he is rightly “the wisdom of God” and for that reason is said to be so. For the wisdom of the God and Father of the universe does not have its subsistence in mere impressions, like the images that correspond to human thoughts.
1.244Preuschen 4:43
εἰ δέ τις οἷός τέ ἐστιν ἀσώματον ὑπόστασιν ποικίλων θεωρημάτων περιεχόντων τοὺς τῶν ὅλων λόγους ζῶσαν καὶ οἱονεὶ ἔμψυχον ἐπινοεῖν, εἴσεται τὴν ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν κτίσιν σοφίαν τοῦ θεοῦ καλῶς περὶ αὑτῆς λέγουσαν· »Ὁ θεὸς ἔκτισέ με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ »εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ.« διʼ ἣν κτίσιν δεδύνηται καὶ πᾶσα κτίσις οὐκ ἀνένδοχος οὖσα θείας σοφίας, καθʼ ἣν γεγένηται· Πάντα γὰρ κατὰ τὸν προφήτην Δαβίδ ἐν σοφίᾳ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεός.
ei de tis hoios te estin asōmaton hypostasin poikilōn theōrēmatōn periechontōn tous tōn holōn logous zōsan kai hoionei empsychon epinoein, eisetai tēn hyper pasan ktisin sophian tou theou kalōs peri hautēs legousan; »Ho theos ektise me archēn hodōn autou »eis erga autou.« diʼ hēn ktisin dedynētai kai pasa ktisis ouk anendochos ousa theias sophias, kathʼ hēn gegenētai; Panta gar kata ton prophētēn Dabid en sophią epoiēsen ho theos.
But if anyone is able to conceive of a bodiless subsistence of manifold contemplations containing the principles of the universe, living and, as it were, ensouled, he will know the Wisdom of God that is above all creation, rightly saying of herself: “God created me the beginning of his ways, for his works.” Through this creation all creation too has been able to subsist, not being incapable of receiving divine wisdom, according to which it has come to be; for according to the prophet David, God made all things in wisdom.
1.245Preuschen 4:43
ἀλλὰ πολλὰ μὲν μετοχῇ σοφίας γεγένηται, οὐκ ἀντιλαμβανόμενα αὐτῆς, ᾗ ἔκτισται, σφόδρα δὲ ὀλίγα οὐ μόνον τὴν περὶ αὑτῶν καταλαμβάνει σοφίαν ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ πολλῶν ἑτέρων, Χριστοῦ τῆς πάσης τυγχάνοντος σοφίας.
alla polla men metochę̄ sophias gegenētai, ouk antilambanomena autēs, hę̄ ektistai, sphodra de oliga ou monon tēn peri hautōn katalambanei sophian alla kai peri pollōn heterōn, Christou tēs pasēs tynchanontos sophias.
But many things have come to be by participation in wisdom without grasping the wisdom by which they were created, while very few grasp not only the wisdom concerning themselves but also concerning many other things, Christ being the whole of wisdom.
1.246Preuschen 4:43–44
ἕκαστος δὲ τῶν σοφῶν καθʼ ὅσον χωρεῖ σοφίας, τοσοῦτον μετέχει Χριστοῦ, καθʼ ὅ σοφία ἐστίν· ὥσπερ ἕκαστος τῶν δύναμιν ἐχόντων κρείττονα ὅσον εἴληχε τῆς δυνάμεως, τοσοῦτον Χριστοῦ, καθʼ ὅ δύναμίς ἐστι, κεκοινώνηκεν.
hekastos de tōn sophōn kathʼ hoson chōrei sophias, tosouton metechei Christou, kathʼ ho sophia estin; hōsper hekastos tōn dynamin echontōn kreittona hoson eilēche tēs dynameōs, tosouton Christou, kathʼ ho dynamis esti, kekoinōnēken.
And each of the wise, insofar as he receives wisdom, shares that much in Christ, inasmuch as he is wisdom; just as each of those who have greater power has shared in Christ, inasmuch as he is power, to the extent that he has received power.
1.247Preuschen 4:44
Τὸ παραπλήσιον δὲ καὶ περὶ ἁγιασμοῦ καὶ ἀπολυτρώσεως νοητέον· αὐτὸ μὲν γὰρ ἁγιασμός, ὅθεν οἱ ἅγιοι ἁγιάζονται, ἡμῖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς γεγένηται καὶ ἀπολύτρωσις· ἕκαστος δὲ ἡμῶν ἐκείνῳ τῷ ἁγιασμῷ ἁγιάζεται καὶ κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν ἀπολυτροῦται.
To paraplēsion de kai peri hagiasmou kai apolytrōseōs noēteon; auto men gar hagiasmos, hothen hoi hagioi hagiazontai, hēmin ho Iēsous gegenētai kai apolytrōsis; hekastos de hēmōn ekeinǭ tǭ hagiasmǭ hagiazetai kai katʼ ekeinēn tēn apolytrōsin apolytroutai.
Something similar must be understood also about sanctification and redemption. For Jesus has become for us sanctification itself, from which the saints are sanctified, and redemption; and each of us is sanctified by that sanctification and redeemed according to that redemption.
1.248Preuschen 4:44
ἐπίστησον δὲ εἰ μὴ μάτην τὸ »ἡμῖν« παρὰ τῷ ἀποστόλῳ προσκαλεῖται λέγοντι· »Ὅς ἐγενήθη σοφία ἡμῖν ἀπὸ θεοῦ, δικαιοσύνη τε καὶ »ἀγιασμὸς καὶ ἀπολύτρωσις«· καὶ εἰ μὴ ἐν ἄλλοις περὶ τοῦ χριστοῦ, καθʼ ὅ »σοφία« ἐστίν, ἀπολελυμένως ἐλέγετο καὶ καθʼ ὅ »δύναμις«, ὅτι »Χριστὸς θεοῦ δύναμίς ἐστι καὶ θεοῦ σοφίας, κἄν ὑπενοήσαμεν μὴ καθάπαξ αὐτὸν εἶναι »σοφίαν« μηδὲ »δύναμιν θεοῦ«, ἀλλὰ »ἡμῖν«· νῦν δὲ ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς »σοφίας« καὶ »δυνάμεως« πρὸς τῷ »ἡμῖν« καὶ τὸ ἀπόλυτον ἀναγέγραπται, ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ »ἁγιασμοῦ« καὶ τῆς »ἀπολυτρώ- »σεως« ἡ αὐτὴ ἀπόφασις οὐκ εἴρηται.
epistēson de ei mē matēn to »hēmin« para tǭ apostolǭ proskaleitai legonti; »Hos egenēthē sophia hēmin apo theou, dikaiosynē te kai »agiasmos kai apolytrōsis«; kai ei mē en allois peri tou christou, kathʼ ho »sophia« estin, apolelymenōs elegeto kai kathʼ ho »dynamis«, hoti »Christos theou dynamis esti kai theou sophias, kan hypenoēsamen mē kathapax auton einai »sophian« mēde »dynamin theou«, alla »hēmin«; nyn de epi men tēs »sophias« kai »dynameōs« pros tǭ »hēmin« kai to apolyton anagegraptai, epi de tou »hagiasmou« kai tēs »apolytrō- »seōs« hē autē apophasis ouk eirētai.
But consider whether it is not without purpose that “for us” is added by the apostle when he says, “who became for us wisdom from God, and righteousness and sanctification and redemption”; and whether, if it had not been said elsewhere of Christ, without qualification, that he is “wisdom” and “power” (“Christ is the power of God and the wisdom of God”), we might have supposed that he is not wisdom or power of God absolutely, but only “for us.” As it is, of “wisdom” and “power” the unqualified statement is recorded besides “for us,” but of “sanctification” and “redemption” the same statement has not been made.
1.249Preuschen 4:44
διόπερ ὅρα, ἔπεὶ »ὁ ἁγιάζων »καὶ οἱ ἁγιαζόμενοι ἐξ ἑνὸς πάντες«, εἰ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἡμετέρου ἁγιασμοῦ »ἁγιασμός« ἐστιν ὁ πατήρ, ὥσπερ Χριστοῦ ὄντος ἡμετέρας κεφαλῆς ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἐστι κεφαλή.
dioper hora, epei »ho hagiazōn »kai hoi hagiazomenoi ex henos pantes«, ei autou tou hēmeterou hagiasmou »hagiasmos« estin ho patēr, hōsper Christou ontos hēmeteras kephalēs ho patēr autou esti kephalē.
See, therefore, since “he who sanctifies and those who are sanctified are all from one,” whether the Father is the “sanctification” of him who is our sanctification, just as, Christ being our head, his Father is his head.
1.250Preuschen 4:44
ἀπολύτρωσις δὲ ἡμῶν ὁ χριστὸς τῶν διὰ τὸ ᾐχμαλωτεῦσθαι ἀπολυτρώσεως δεδεημένων· αὐτοῦ δὲ τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν οὐ ζητῶ τοῦ πεπειραμένου κατὰ πάντα καθʼ ὁμοιότητα »χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας« καὶ μηδέποτε ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν κεκρατημένου.
apolytrōsis de hēmōn ho christos tōn dia to ę̄chmalōteusthai apolytrōseōs dedeēmenōn; autou de tēn apolytrōsin ou zētō tou pepeiramenou kata panta kathʼ homoiotēta »chōris hamartias« kai mēdepote hypo tōn echthrōn eis aichmalōsian kekratēmenou.
And Christ is the redemption of us, who needed redemption because we had been taken captive; but I do not look for a redemption of him who was tempted in all things in the same way, “without sin,” and was never held captive by the enemies.
1.251Preuschen 4:44
ἅπαξ δὲ διασταλέντων τοῦ ημῖν καὶ τοῦ ἁπλῶς, ἡμῖν μὲν καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς τοῦ »ἁγιασμοῦ« καὶ τῆς »ἀπολυτρώσεως«, καὶ ἡμῖν δὲ καὶ ἁπλῶς τῆς »σοφίας« καὶ τῆς »δυνάμεως«, οὐκ ἀνεξέταστον ἐατέον τὸν περὶ τῆς δικαιοσύνης λόγον. καὶ ὅτι μὲν »ἡμῖν« δικαιοσύνη ὁ χριστὸς δῆλον ἐκ τοῦ »Ὅς ἐγενήθη σοφία ἡμῖν »ἀπὸ θεοῦ,
hapax de diastalentōn tou ēmin kai tou haplōs, hēmin men kai ouch haplōs tou »hagiasmou« kai tēs »apolytrōseōs«, kai hēmin de kai haplōs tēs »sophias« kai tēs »dynameōs«, ouk anexetaston eateon ton peri tēs dikaiosynēs logon. kai hoti men »hēmin« dikaiosynē ho christos dēlon ek tou »Hos egenēthē sophia hēmin »apo theou,
Once “for us” and “absolutely” have been distinguished, “sanctification” and “redemption” being “for us” and not absolutely, and “wisdom” and “power” being both for us and absolutely, we must not leave unexamined the account of righteousness. That Christ is righteousness “for us” is clear from “who became for us wisdom from God,
1.252Preuschen 4:44
δικαιοσύνη τε καὶ ἁγιασμὸς καὶ ἀπολύτρωσις.‘ ἐὰν δὲ μὴ εὑρίσκωμεν ἁπλῶς αὐτὸν »δικαιοσύνην«, ὥσπερ ἁπλῶς »σοφίαν« καὶ »δύναμιν θεοῦ«, βασανιστέον εἰ καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ χριστῷ ὥσπερ »ἁγιασμὸς« ὁ πατήρ, οὕτω καὶ »δικαιοσύνη« ὁ πατήρ· καὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ δίκαιος καὶ ὅσιος κύριος καὶ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ· δικαιος δὲ ὥν δικαίως τὰ πάντα διέπει.
dikaiosynē te kai hagiasmos kai apolytrōsis.‘ ean de mē heuriskōmen haplōs auton »dikaiosynēn«, hōsper haplōs »sophian« kai »dynamin theou«, basanisteon ei kai autǭ tǭ christǭ hōsper »hagiasmos« ho patēr, houtō kai »dikaiosynē« ho patēr; kai gar ouk adikia para tǭ theǭ, kai dikaios kai hosios kyrios kai en dikaiosynę̄ ta krimata autou; dikaios de hōn dikaiōs ta panta diepei.
and righteousness and sanctification and redemption.” But if we do not find him called “righteousness” absolutely, as he is absolutely “wisdom” and “power of God,” we must test whether, just as the Father is “sanctification” to Christ himself, so also the Father is his “righteousness.” For there is no unrighteousness with God, and the Lord is righteous and holy, and his judgments are in righteousness; and being righteous he governs all things righteously.
1.253Preuschen 4:44–45
Τὸ δὲ σῆναν τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν αἱρέσεων εἰς τὸ ἕτερον εἰπεῖν τὸν δίκαιον τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, μὴ τρανωθὲν δὲ παρʼ αὐτοῖς, οἰηθεῖσι δίκαιον — μὲν εἶναι τὸν δημιουργόν, ἀγαθὸν δὲ τὸν τοῦ χριστοῦ πατέρα, οἶμαι μετʼ ἐξετάσεως ἀκριβῶς βασανισθὲν δύνασθαι λέγεσθαι ἐπὶ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ· τοῦ μὲν υἱοῦ τυγχάνοντος δικαιοσύνης, ὃς ἔλαβεν ἐξουσίαν κρίσιν ποιεῖν, ὅτι υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐστὶ καὶ κρινεῖ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ· τοῦ δὲ πατρὸς τοὺς ἐν τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ υἱοῦ παιδευθέντας μετὰ τὴν Χριστοῦ βασιλείαν εὐεργετοῦντος, τὴν »ἀγαθὸς« προσηγορίαν ἔργοις δείξοντος, ὅταν γένηται ὁ θεὸς τὰ πάντα ἐν »πᾶσιν.«
To de sēnan tous apo tōn haireseōn eis to heteron eipein ton dikaion tou agathou, mē tranōthen de parʼ autois, oiētheisi dikaion — men einai ton dēmiourgon, agathon de ton tou christou patera, oimai metʼ exetaseōs akribōs basanisthen dynasthai legesthai epi tou patros kai tou huiou; tou men huiou tynchanontos dikaiosynēs, hos elaben exousian krisin poiein, hoti huios anthrōpou esti kai krinei tēn oikoumenēn en dikaiosynę̄; tou de patros tous en tę̄ dikaiosynę̄ tou huiou paideuthentas meta tēn Christou basileian euergetountos, tēn »agathos« prosēgorian ergois deixontos, hotan genētai ho theos ta panta en »pasin.«
The thing that led those from the heresies to call the righteous one different from the good one, which was not made clear among them, so that they supposed the Creator to be righteous and the Father of Christ good, I think can, when tested precisely with examination, be said of the Father and the Son: the Son being righteousness, who received authority to execute judgment because he is the Son of Man and will judge the world in righteousness; and the Father doing good, after the kingdom of Christ, to those who have been trained in the righteousness of the Son, and showing by his works the title “good,” when God becomes “all in all.”
1.254Preuschen 4:45
καὶ τάχα τῇ αὑτοῦ δικαιοσύνῃ ὁ σωτὴρ εὐτρεπίζει τὰ πάντα καιροῖς ἐπιτηδείοις καὶ λόγῳ καὶ τάξει καὶ κολάσεσι καὶ τοῖς, ἵν οὕτως εἵπω, πνευματικοῖς αὐτοῦ ἰατρικοῖς βοηθήμασι πρὸς τὸ χωρῆσαι ἐπὶ τέλει τὴν ἀγαθότητα τοῦ πατρός· ἥντινα νοήσας πρὸς τὸν μονογενῆ λέγοντα »Διδάσκαλε ἀγαθέ« φησί· »Τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν;
kai tacha tę̄ hautou dikaiosynę̄ ho sōtēr eutrepizei ta panta kairois epitēdeiois kai logǭ kai taxei kai kolasesi kai tois, hin houtōs heipō, pneumatikois autou iatrikois boēthēmasi pros to chōrēsai epi telei tēn agathotēta tou patros; hēntina noēsas pros ton monogenē legonta »Didaskale agathe« phēsi; »Ti me legeis agathon?
And perhaps the Savior by his righteousness prepares all things at fitting times, with reason and order and punishments and, if I may put it so, his spiritual medical remedies, so that in the end they may receive the goodness of the Father. Understanding this goodness, when someone said to the Only-begotten, “Good Teacher,” he says: “Why do you call me good?
1.255Preuschen 4:45
»οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεός, ὁ πατήρ.« τὸ δʼ ὅμοιον ἐν ἑτέροις ἐδείξαμεν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ μείζονά τινα εἶναι τοῦ δημιουργοῦ, δημιουργὸν μὲν ἐκλαβόντες τὸν χριστόν, μείζονα δὲ τούτου τὸν πατέρα· αὐτὸς δὴ ὁ τὰ τοσαῦτα τυγχάνων, »ὁ παράκλητος«, »ὁ ἱλασμός«, »τὸ ἱλα- »στήριον«, συμπαθήσας »ταῖς ἀσθενείαις ἡμῶν« τῷ πεπειρᾶσθαι »κατὰ πάντα« τὰ ἀνθρώπινα »καθʼ ὁμοιότητα χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας«, »μέγας« ἐστὶν »ἀρχιερεύς«, οὐχ ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων μόνων ἀλλὰ καὶ παντὸς λογικοῦ τὴν ἅπαξ θυσίαν προσενεχθεῖσαν ἑαυτὸν ἀνενεγκών· »χωρὶς γὰρ θεοῦ ὑπὲρ παντὸς ἐγεύσατο Ι θανάτου«, ὅπερ ἔν τισι κεῖται τῆς πρὸς Ἑβραίους ἀντιγράφοις »χάριτι ιεπ]θ«.
»oudeis agathos ei mē heis ho theos, ho patēr.« to dʼ homoion en heterois edeixamen kai epi tou meizona tina einai tou dēmiourgou, dēmiourgon men eklabontes ton christon, meizona de toutou ton patera; autos dē ho ta tosauta tynchanōn, »ho paraklētos«, »ho hilasmos«, »to hila- »stērion«, sympathēsas »tais astheneiais hēmōn« tǭ pepeirasthai »kata panta« ta anthrōpina »kathʼ homoiotēta chōris hamartias«, »megas« estin »archiereus«, ouch hyper anthrōpōn monōn alla kai pantos logikou tēn hapax thysian prosenechtheisan heauton anenenkōn; »chōris gar theou hyper pantos egeusato I thanatou«, hoper en tisi keitai tēs pros Hebraious antigraphois »chariti iep]th«.
No one is good but one, God the Father.” And we have shown something similar elsewhere also concerning the claim that there is someone greater than the Creator, taking the Creator to be Christ and the Father to be greater than he. He himself, then, who is so many things, “the Advocate,” “the propitiation,” “the mercy seat,” having sympathized “with our weaknesses” by having been tempted “in all” human things “in the same way, without sin,” is a “great high priest,” having offered himself as the sacrifice offered once for all, not for human beings only but for every rational being. For “apart from God he tasted death for everyone”; which in some copies of the letter to the Hebrews reads “by the grace of God.”
1.256Preuschen 4:45
εἴτε δὲ »χωρὶς »θεοῦ ὑπὲρ παντὸς ἐγεύσατο θανάτου«, οὐ μόνον ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν λοιπῶν λογικῶν· εἴτε »χάριτι θεοῦ »ἐγεύσατο τοῦ ὑπὲρ παντὸς θανάτους, ὑπὲρ πάντων χωρὶς θεοῦ ἀπέθανε· »χάριτι γὰρ θεοῦ ὑπὲρ παντὸς ἐγεύσατο θανάτου.«
eite de »chōris »theou hyper pantos egeusato thanatou«, ou monon hyper anthrōpōn apethanen, alla kai hyper tōn loipōn logikōn; eite »chariti theou »egeusato tou hyper pantos thanatous, hyper pantōn chōris theou apethane; »chariti gar theou hyper pantos egeusato thanatou.«
Whether “apart from God he tasted death for everyone,” he died not only for human beings but also for the other rational beings; or whether “by the grace of God he tasted death for everyone,” he died for all apart from God: “for by the grace of God he tasted death for everyone.”
1.257Preuschen 4:45
καὶ γάρ ἄτοπον ὑπὲρ ἀνθρωπίνων μὲν αὐτὸν φάσκειν ἁμαρτημάτων γεγεῦσθαι θανάτου, οὐκ ἔτι δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ ἄλλου τινὸς παρὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐν ἁμαρτήμασι γεγενημένου, οἷον ὑπὲρ ἄστρων, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄστρων πάντως καθαρῶν ὄντων ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς ἐν τῷ Ἰὼβ ἀνέγνωμεν· »Ἄστρα δὲ οὐ καθαρὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ«, εἰ μὴ ἄρα ὑπερβολικῶς τοῦτο εἴρηται.
kai gar atopon hyper anthrōpinōn men auton phaskein hamartēmatōn gegeusthai thanatou, ouk eti de kai hyper allou tinos para ton anthrōpon en hamartēmasi gegenēmenou, hoion hyper astrōn, oude tōn astrōn pantōs katharōn ontōn enōpion tou theou, hōs en tǭ Iōb anegnōmen; »Astra de ou kathara enōpion autou«, ei mē ara hyperbolikōs touto eirētai.
For it would be absurd to say that he tasted death for human sins, and no longer also for any other being besides man that has come to be in sins, such as the stars, since not even the stars are wholly clean before God, as we read in Job: “And the stars are not clean before him”; unless perhaps this is said by hyperbole.
1.258Preuschen 4:45
διὰ τοῦτο »μέγας« ἐστὶν »ἀρχιερεύς«, ἐπειδήπερ πάντα ἀποκαθίστησι τῇ τοῦ πατρὸς βασιλείᾳ, οἰκονομῶν τὰ ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν γενητῶν ἐλλιπῆ ἀναπληρωθῆναι πρὸς τὸ χωρῆσαι δόξαν πατρικήν.
dia touto »megas« estin »archiereus«, epeidēper panta apokathistēsi tę̄ tou patros basileią, oikonomōn ta en hekastǭ tōn genētōn ellipē anaplērōthēnai pros to chōrēsai doxan patrikēn.
For this reason he is a “great high priest,” since he restores all things to the kingdom of the Father, arranging that what is lacking in each of the things that have come to be is filled up, so that they may receive the Father's glory.
1.259Preuschen 4:45–46
οὑτος ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς κατά τινα ἑτέραν παρὰ τὰ εἰρημένα ἐπίνοιαν »Ἰούδας« ὀνομάζεται, ἴνα οἱ ἐν κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖοι μὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ Ἰακὼβ Ἰούδα Ἰουδαῖοι χρηματίζωσιν, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τούτου, ὄντες αὐτοῦ ἀδελφοὶ καὶ αἰνοῦντες αὐτόν, ἀντιλαμβανόμενοι τῆς ἐλευθερίας, ἣν ἠλευθέρωνται ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ῥυσθέντες ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν, αὐτοῦ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ τῷ νότῳ αὐτῶν ἐπιθέντος καὶ ὑποτάξαντος αὐτούς.
houtos ho archiereus kata tina heteran para ta eirēmena epinoian »Ioudas« onomazetai, ina hoi en kryptǭ Ioudaioi mē apo tou huiou Iakōb Iouda Ioudaioi chrēmatizōsin, alla apo toutou, ontes autou adelphoi kai ainountes auton, antilambanomenoi tēs eleutherias, hēn ēleutherōntai hypʼ autou rhysthentes apo tōn echthrōn, autou tas cheiras autou tǭ notǭ autōn epithentos kai hypotaxantos autous.
This high priest, according to another aspect besides those mentioned, is named “Judah,” so that those who are Jews inwardly may be called Jews not after Judah the son of Jacob but after him, being his brothers and praising him, grasping the freedom with which they have been set free by him, rescued from their enemies, when he put his hands on their backs and subdued them.
1.260Preuschen 4:46
ἀλλὰ καὶ πτερνίσας τὴν ἀντικειμένην ἐνέργειαν μόνος τε ὁρῶν τὸν πατέρα καί, ὅτε ἄνθρωπος γεγένηται, »Ἰακώβ« ἐστι καὶ »Ἰσραήλ«· ἀφʼ οὑ, ὥσπερ γινόμεθα φῶς, φωτὸς ὄντος τοῦ κόσμου, οὕτως Ἰακὼβ καλουμένου »Ἰακὼβ« καὶ Ἰσραὴλ ὀνομαζομένου »Ἰσραήλ«.
alla kai pternisas tēn antikeimenēn energeian monos te horōn ton patera kai, hote anthrōpos gegenētai, »Iakōb« esti kai »Israēl«; aphʼ hou, hōsper ginometha phōs, phōtos ontos tou kosmou, houtōs Iakōb kaloumenou »Iakōb« kai Israēl onomazomenou »Israēl«.
But also, having supplanted the opposing power, and alone seeing the Father, when he became a man he is “Jacob” and “Israel.” From him, just as we become light because he is the light of the world, so we are called “Jacob” because he is called Jacob, and “Israel” because he is named Israel.
1.261Preuschen 4:46
Ἔτι δὲ παραλαμβάνει τὴν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ βασιλέως, ὅν ἑαυτοῖς ἐβασίλευσαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἱσραὴλ καὶ †οὐ διὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄρξαντες αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ γνωρίσαντες τῷ θεῷ, πολέμους τε τοῦ κυρίου ἑτοιμάζει εἰρήνην τῷ υἱῷ αὐτοῦ, λαῷ· τάχα δὲ διὰ τοῦτο »Δαβὶδ« προσαγορεύεται καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα »ῥάβδος« τοῖς δεομένοις ἐπιπόνου καὶ σκληροτέρας ἀγωγῆς καὶ μὴ ἐμπαρεσχηκόσιν ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ἀγάπῃ καὶ τῇ πραότητι τοῦ πατρός.
Eti de paralambanei tēn basileian apo basileōs, hon heautois ebasileusan hoi huioi Hisraēl kai †ou dia tou theou arxantes auton kai mē gnōrisantes tǭ theǭ, polemous te tou kyriou hetoimazei eirēnēn tǭ huiǭ autou, laǭ; tacha de dia touto »Dabid« prosagoreuetai kai meta tauta »rhabdos« tois deomenois epiponou kai sklēroteras agōgēs kai mē empareschēkosin heautous tę̄ agapę̄ kai tę̄ praotēti tou patros.
Further, he receives the kingdom from the king whom the sons of Israel made king for themselves, … not through God, having made him ruler and not having made it known to God; and he wages the wars of the Lord and prepares peace for his son, the people. Perhaps for this reason he is called “David,” and afterward “rod” for those who need a toilsome and harsher discipline and have not given themselves to the love and gentleness of the Father.
1.262Preuschen 4:46
διὰ τοῦτο ἐὰν »ῥάβδος« καλῆται, ἐξελεύσεται· οὐ γὰρ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ, ἀλλʼ ἔξω τῆς προηγουμένης καταστάσεως εἶναι δοκεΐ.
dia touto ean »rhabdos« kalētai, exeleusetai; ou gar menei en autǭ, allʼ exō tēs proēgoumenēs katastaseōs einai dokeï.
For this reason, if he is called a “rod,” he will “come forth”; for he does not remain in himself, but seems to be outside his former state.
1.263Preuschen 4:46
ἐξελθὼν δὲ καὶ γενόμενος »ῥάβδος« οὐ μένει »ῥάβδος«, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τὴν »ῥάβδον« »ἄνθος« γίνεται ἀναβαῖνον, καὶ πέρας τοῦ εἰναι »ῥάβδος« τὸ »ἄνθος« ἀποδείκνυται τοῖς διὰ τοῦ αὐτὸν γεγονέναι »ῥάβδον« ἐπισκοπῆς τετευχόσιν· ἐπισκέψεται γὰρ ὁ θεὸς »ἐν ῥάβδῳ«, τῷ χριστῷ, »τὰς ἀνομίας αὐτῶν«, ὧν ἐπισκέψεται. τὸ δὲ ἔλεος οὐ διασκεδάσει ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ· αὐτὸν γὰρ ἐλεεῖ, ὅτε οὕς βούλεται ὁ υἱὸς ἐλεεῖσθαι ὁ πατὴρ ἐλεεῖ. ἔστι δὲ καὶ μὴ ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτῶν λαμβάνειν »ῥάβδον« αὐτὸν γίνεσθαι καὶ »ἄνθος«, ἀλλὰ ῥάβδον‘ μὲν τοῖς δεομένοις κολάσεως, »ἄνθος« δὲ τοῖς σωζομένοις· βέλτιον δʼ οἶμαι τὸ πρότερον.
exelthōn de kai genomenos »rhabdos« ou menei »rhabdos«, alla meta tēn »rhabdon« »anthos« ginetai anabainon, kai peras tou einai »rhabdos« to »anthos« apodeiknytai tois dia tou auton gegonenai »rhabdon« episkopēs teteuchosin; episkepsetai gar ho theos »en rhabdǭ«, tǭ christǭ, »tas anomias autōn«, hōn episkepsetai. to de eleos ou diaskedasei apʼ autou; auton gar eleei, hote hous bouletai ho huios eleeisthai ho patēr eleei. esti de kai mē epi tōn autōn lambanein »rhabdon« auton ginesthai kai »anthos«, alla rhabdon‘ men tois deomenois kolaseōs, »anthos« de tois sōzomenois; beltion dʼ oimai to proteron.
But having come forth and become a “rod,” he does not remain a “rod,” but after the “rod” he becomes a “flower” that rises up; and the “flower” is shown as the goal of his being a “rod” to those who have received visitation through his having become a “rod.” For God will visit with a rod, that is, with Christ, “their lawless deeds,” those whom he will visit; but his mercy he will not scatter from him. For he has mercy on him, when the Father has mercy on those whom the Son wishes to receive mercy. It is also possible to take it that he becomes “rod” and “flower” not for the same people, but “rod” for those who need punishment and “flower” for those who are being saved; but I think the former is better.
1.264Preuschen 4:46–47
πλὴν τοῦτο προσθετέον κατὰ τὸν τόπον, ὅτι τάχα διὰ τὸ τέλος, εἴ τινι μὲν γίνεται »ῥάβδος«, ἔσται πάντως »ἄνθος«, οὐ μὴν εἴ τινι »ἄνθος«, ἐκείνῳ πάντως καὶ »ῥάβδος«· εἰ μὴ ἄρα, ἐπεί έστιν Ι ἄνθος τελειότερον τοῦ ἄνθους, καὶ τοῦ ἀνθεῖν έπὶ τῶν μηδέπω τελείως καρποφορούντων ὀνομαζομένου, οἱ τέλειοι τὸ ὑπὲρ τὸ ἄνθος χωροῦσι τοῦ χριστοῦ, οἱ δὲ ῥάβδου αὐτοῦ πεπειραμένοι ἅμα τῇ ῥάβδῳ οὐ τῆς τελειότητος αὐτοῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἄνθους τοῦ πρὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτοῦ μεταλήψονται.
plēn touto prostheteon kata ton topon, hoti tacha dia to telos, ei tini men ginetai »rhabdos«, estai pantōs »anthos«, ou mēn ei tini »anthos«, ekeinǭ pantōs kai »rhabdos«; ei mē ara, epei estin I anthos teleioteron tou anthous, kai tou anthein epi tōn mēdepō teleiōs karpophorountōn onomazomenou, hoi teleioi to hyper to anthos chōrousi tou christou, hoi de rhabdou autou pepeiramenoi hama tę̄ rhabdǭ ou tēs teleiotētos autou alla tou anthous tou pro tōn karpōn autou metalēpsontai.
But this must be added on the passage: perhaps because of the end, if he becomes a “rod” to someone, he will certainly be a “flower,” but not, if he is a “flower” to someone, will he certainly also be a “rod” to him; unless, since there is something more perfect than the flower (the flower being named from blossoming in those who do not yet bear fruit perfectly), the perfect receive what is beyond the flower of Christ, while those who have experienced his rod will, along with the rod, share not in his perfection but in the flower that comes before his fruits.
1.265Preuschen 4:47
τελευταῖον πρὸ τοῦ »λόγου« ἦν »λίθος« ὁ χριστός, ἀποδοκιμαζόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν οἰκοδόμων καὶ εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας κατατασσόμενος· ἐπεὶ γὰρ λίθοι ζῶντες οἰκοδομοῦνται ἐπὶ θεμελίῳ ἐτέροις λίθοις τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ προ- »φητῶν, ὄντος ἀκρογωνιαίου αὐτοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ‘ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν, διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν μέρος τῆς ἐκ λίθων ζώντων »ἐν χώρᾳ ζώντων« οἰκοδομῆς »λίθος« προσαγορεύεται.
teleutaion pro tou »logou« ēn »lithos« ho christos, apodokimazomenos hypo tōn oikodomōn kai eis kephalēn gōnias katatassomenos; epei gar lithoi zōntes oikodomountai epi themeliǭ eterois lithois tōn apostolōn kai pro- »phētōn, ontos akrogōniaiou autou Christou Iēsou‘ tou kyriou hēmōn, dia to einai auton meros tēs ek lithōn zōntōn »en chōrą zōntōn« oikodomēs »lithos« prosagoreuetai.
Lastly, before “the Word,” Christ was the “stone,” rejected by the builders and set as the head of the corner. For since living stones are built on the foundation of other stones, the apostles and prophets, Christ Jesus our Lord himself being the cornerstone, he is called a “stone” because he is part of the building made of living stones “in the land of the living.”
1.266Preuschen 4:47
Ταῦτα δὲ ἡμῖν πάντα εἴρηται τὸ τῶν πολλῶν ἀποκληρωτικὸν καὶ ἀβασάνιστον ἐλέγξαι βουλομένοις, ὅτι τοσούτων ὀνομάτων εἰς αὐτὸν ἀναφερομένων ἵστανται ἐπὶ μόνης τῆς λόγος‘ ὀνομασίας, οὐκ ἐξετάζοντες, τί δήποτε λόγος εἶναι θεὸς ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα διʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο, ἀναγέγραπται »ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ«.
Tauta de hēmin panta eirētai to tōn pollōn apoklērōtikon kai abasaniston elenxai boulomenois, hoti tosoutōn onomatōn eis auton anapheromenōn histantai epi monēs tēs logos‘ onomasias, ouk exetazontes, ti dēpote logos einai theos en archę̄ pros ton patera diʼ hou ta panta egeneto, anagegraptai »ho huios tou theou«.
All this we have said wishing to refute the arbitrary and unexamined opinion of the many, who, though so many names are referred to him, stop at the one name “Word” alone, without examining why ever “the Son of God” is recorded as being the Word, God, in the beginning with the Father, through whom all things came to be.
1.267Preuschen 4:47
Ὥσπερ τοίνυν παρὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν ἐκ τοῦ φωτίζειν τὸν κόσμον, οὗ φῶς ἐστι, »φῶς κόσμου« προσαγορεύεται, καὶ παρὰ τὸ ποιεῖν ἀποτίθεσθαι τὴν νεκρότητα τοὺς γνησίως αὐτῷ προσιόντας καὶ ἀναλαμβάνειν καινότητα ζωῆς ἀνισταμένους »ἀνάστασις« καλεῖται, καὶ παρʼ ἑτέραν πρᾶξιν »ποιμὴν« καὶ »διδάσκαλος« καὶ »βασιλεύς«, »βέλος τε ἐκλεκτὸν« καὶ »δοῦλος«, πρὸς τούτοις »παρά- »κλητος« καὶ »ἱλασμὸς« καὶ »ἱλαστήριον«, οὕτως καὶ »λόγος«, καὶ πάν ἄλογον ἡμῶν περιαιρῶν καὶ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν λογικοὺς κατασκευάζων, πάντα εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ πράττοντας μέχρι τοῦ ἐσθίειν καὶ τοῦ πίνειν, εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ ἐπιτελοῦντας διὰ τὸν λόγον καὶ τὰ κοινότερα καὶ τὰ τελειότερα τοῦ βίου ἔργα.
Hōsper toinyn para tēn energeian ek tou phōtizein ton kosmon, hou phōs esti, »phōs kosmou« prosagoreuetai, kai para to poiein apotithesthai tēn nekrotēta tous gnēsiōs autǭ prosiontas kai analambanein kainotēta zōēs anistamenous »anastasis« kaleitai, kai parʼ heteran praxin »poimēn« kai »didaskalos« kai »basileus«, »belos te eklekton« kai »doulos«, pros toutois »para- »klētos« kai »hilasmos« kai »hilastērion«, houtōs kai »logos«, kai pan alogon hēmōn periairōn kai kata alētheian logikous kataskeuazōn, panta eis doxan theou prattontas mechri tou esthiein kai tou pinein, eis doxan theou epitelountas dia ton logon kai ta koinotera kai ta teleiotera tou biou erga.
Just as, then, from the activity of enlightening the world, of which he is the light, he is called “light of the world”; and from making those who genuinely come to him put off deadness and take up newness of life as they rise, he is called “resurrection”; and from another activity “shepherd” and “teacher” and “king,” “chosen arrow” and “servant,” and besides these “Advocate” and “propitiation” and “mercy seat”: so too he is called “Word,” taking away everything irrational in us and making us truly rational, doing all things for the glory of God, down to eating and drinking, and performing through the Word, to the glory of God, both the more common and the more perfect works of life.
1.268Preuschen 4:47
εἰ γὰρ μετέχοντες αὐτοῦ ἀνιστάμεθα καὶ φωτιζόμεθα, τάχα δὲ καὶ ποιμαινόμεθα ἢ βασιλευόμεθα, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ ἐνθέως λογικοὶ γινόμεθα, τὰ ἐν ἡμῖν ἄλογα καὶ τὴν νεκρότητα ἀφανίζοντος αὐτοῦ, καθʼ ὅ »λόγος« ἐστὶ καὶ »ἀνάστασις«.
ei gar metechontes autou anistametha kai phōtizometha, tacha de kai poimainometha ē basileuometha, dēlon hoti kai entheōs logikoi ginometha, ta en hēmin aloga kai tēn nekrotēta aphanizontos autou, kathʼ ho »logos« esti kai »anastasis«.
For if by sharing in him we rise and are enlightened, and perhaps also are shepherded or ruled as by a king, it is clear that we also become rational in a divine way, as he does away with what is irrational in us and with our deadness, inasmuch as he is “Word” and “resurrection.”
1.269Preuschen 4:47–48
ἐπίστησον δὲ εἰ μετέχουσί πως αὐτοῦ πάντες ἄνθρωποι, καθʼ ὅ λόγος ἐστί. διόπερ ζητεῖσθαι οὐκ ἔξω τῶν ζητούντων ὑπὸ τῶν εὑρεῖν αὐτὸν προαιρουμένων διδάσκει ἡμᾶς ὁ ἀπόστολος, λέγων· »Μὴ εἴπῃς »ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου Τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν; τοῦτʼ ἔστι »Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν· ἢ Τίς καταβήσεται »ἔστι Χριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν. ἀλλὰ τί λέγει ἡ γραφή; Ἐγγύς »σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστι σφόδρα ἐν τῷ στόματί σου καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου·«
epistēson de ei metechousi pōs autou pantes anthrōpoi, kathʼ ho logos esti. dioper zēteisthai ouk exō tōn zētountōn hypo tōn heurein auton proairoumenōn didaskei hēmas ho apostolos, legōn; »Mē eipę̄s »en tę̄ kardią sou Tis anabēsetai eis ton? toutʼ esti »Christon katagagein; ē Tis katabēsetai »esti Christon ek nekrōn anagagein. alla ti legei hē graphē? Engys »sou to rhēma esti sphodra en tǭ stomati sou kai en tę̄ kardią sou;«
But consider whether all human beings share in him in some way, inasmuch as he is Word. That is why the apostle teaches us that he is sought not outside those who seek, by those who choose to find him, when he says: “Do not say in your heart, ‘Who will ascend into heaven?’, that is, to bring Christ down; or ‘Who will descend into the abyss?’, that is, to bring Christ up from the dead. But what does the Scripture say? ‘The word is very near you, in your mouth and in your heart,’”
1.270Preuschen 4:48
ὡς τοῦ αὐτοῦ ὄντος Χριστοῦ καὶ ῥήματος τοῦ ζητουμένου. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτε αὐτός φησιν ὁ κύριος· »Εἰ μὴ ἠλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, »ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν· νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρ- »τίας αὐτῶν«, οὐκ ἄλλο νοητέον ἢ ὅτι ὁ λόγος φησίν, οἷς οὐδέπω· συμπεπλήρωται μὴ εἶναι ἁμαρτίαν, τούτους δὲ ἐνόχους αὐτῆς τυγχάνειν, οἳ ἂν μετεσχηκότες ἤδη αὐτοῦ πράττωσι παρὰ τὰς ἐννοίας τὰς ἐξ ὧν οὗτος ἐν ἡμῖν συμπληροῦται, καὶ μόνως οὕτως ἀληθὲς τὸ »Εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν.«
hōs tou autou ontos Christou kai rhēmatos tou zētoumenou. alla kai hote autos phēsin ho kyrios; »Ei mē ēlthon kai elalēsa autois, »hamartian ouk eichosan; nyn de prophasin ouk echousin peri tēs hamar- »tias autōn«, ouk allo noēteon ē hoti ho logos phēsin, hois oudepō; sympeplērōtai mē einai hamartian, toutous de enochous autēs tynchanein, hoi an meteschēkotes ēdē autou prattōsi para tas ennoias tas ex hōn houtos en hēmin symplēroutai, kai monōs houtōs alēthes to »Ei mē ēlthon kai elalēsa autois, hamartian ouk eichosan.«
since Christ and the word that is sought are the same. And also when the Lord himself says, “If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin; but now they have no excuse for their sin,” nothing else must be understood than that the Word says that those in whom he has not yet been completed have no sin, but that those are liable to it who, having already shared in him, act against the notions from which he is completed in us; and only thus is it true that “If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin.”
1.271Preuschen 4:48
φέρε γὰρ ἐπὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ ὁρατοῦ, ὡς οἱ πολλοὶ οἰήσονται, τοῦτʼ ἐξεταζέσθω· πῶς δὲ ἀληθὲς τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἁμαρτίαν τούτους, οἷς οὐκ ἐλήλθε; πάντες γὰρ οἱ πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας τοῦ σωτῆρος ἔσονται ἁμαρτίας πάσης ἀπολελυμένοι, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἐληλύθει ὁ βλεπόμενος κατὰ σάρκα Ἰησοῦς.
phere gar epi Iēsou tou horatou, hōs hoi polloi oiēsontai, toutʼ exetazesthō; pōs de alēthes to mē echein hamartian toutous, hois ouk elēlthe? pantes gar hoi pro tēs epidēmias tou sōtēros esontai hamartias pasēs apolelymenoi, epei ouk elēlythei ho blepomenos kata sarka Iēsous.
For come, let this be examined with regard to the visible Jesus, as the many will suppose: how is it true that those to whom he did not come have no sin? For all who lived before the Savior's coming will be free of every sin, since Jesus, seen according to the flesh, had not yet come.
1.272Preuschen 4:48
ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντες, οἷς οὐδαμῶς ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐχ ἕξουσιν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ δῆλον ὅτι οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἁμαρτίαν κρίσει οὐχ
alla kai pantes, hois oudamōs anēngelē peri autou, ouch hexousin hamartian, kai dēlon hoti hoi mē echontes hamartian krisei ouch
And also all to whom nothing at all was announced about him will not have sin, and clearly those who do not have sin are not subject to judgment.
1.273Preuschen 4:48
ὑπόκεινται. »λόγος« δὲ ὁ ἐν ἀνθρώποις, οὗ μετέχειν εἰρήκαμεν τὸ γένος ἡμῶν, διχῶς λέγεται, ἤτοι κατὰ τὴν συμπλήρωσιν τῶν ἐννοιῶν, ἥτις ἐν παντὶ τῷ ὑπερβεβηκότι τὸν παῖδα τυγχάνει, ὑπεξαιρουμένων τῶν τεράτων, ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἀκρότητα, ἥτις έν μόνοις τοῖς τελείοις εὑρίσκεται.
hypokeintai. »logos« de ho en anthrōpois, hou metechein eirēkamen to genos hēmōn, dichōs legetai, ētoi kata tēn symplērōsin tōn ennoiōn, hētis en panti tǭ hyperbebēkoti ton paida tynchanei, hypexairoumenōn tōn teratōn, ē kata tēn akrotēta, hētis en monois tois teleiois heurisketai.
But the “word” in human beings, in which we have said our race shares, is spoken of in two ways: either according to the completion of the notions, which occurs in everyone who has passed beyond childhood, prodigies excepted, or according to its highest point, which is found only in the perfect.
1.274Preuschen 4:48
κατὰ μὲν οὖν τὸ πρότερον τὸ »Εἰ μὴ ἠλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα »αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν· νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν« τὰ ῥητὰ ἐκδεκτέον· κατὰ δὲ τὸ δεύτερον· »Πάντες ὅσοι πρὸ ἐμοῦ ἦλθον, κλέπται εἰσὶ καὶ λῃσταί, καὶ οὐκ »ἤκουσεν αὐτῶν τὰ πρόβατα.«
kata men oun to proteron to »Ei mē ēlthon kai elalēsa »autois, hamartian ouk eichosan; nyn de prophasin ouk echousin peri tēs hamartias autōn« ta rhēta ekdekteon; kata de to deuteron; »Pantes hosoi pro emou ēlthon, kleptai eisi kai lę̄stai, kai ouk »ēkousen autōn ta probata.«
According to the first, then, the words “If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin; but now they have no excuse for their sin” must be taken; and according to the second: “All who came before me are thieves and robbers, and the sheep did not listen to them.”
1.275Preuschen 4:48
πρὸ γὰρ τῆς τελειώσεως τοῦ λόγου πάντα ψεκτὰ τὰ ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ἅτε ἐνδεῆ καὶ ἐλλιπῆ, οἷς τελείως οὐχ ὑπακούει τὰ ἐν ἡμῖν ἄλογα, »πρόβατα« τροπικώτερον εἰρημένα. καὶ τάχα κατὰ μὲν τὸ πρότερον »Ὁ λόγος σάρξ ἐγένετο«, κατὰ δὲ τὸ δεύτερον »Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος‘.
pro gar tēs teleiōseōs tou logou panta psekta ta en anthrōpois, hate endeē kai ellipē, hois teleiōs ouch hypakouei ta en hēmin aloga, »probata« tropikōteron eirēmena. kai tacha kata men to proteron »Ho logos sarx egeneto«, kata de to deuteron »Theos ēn ho logos‘.
For before the perfecting of the word, everything in human beings is blameworthy, being deficient and lacking; the irrational elements in us, called “sheep” in a more figurative way, do not perfectly obey them. And perhaps according to the first “The Word became flesh,” and according to the second “The Word was God.”
1.276Preuschen 4:48–49
τούτῳ δʼ ἀκόλουθόν ἐστι ζητεῖν εἴ τι ἔστι μεταξὺ τοῦ »Ὁ λόγος σάρξ ἐγένετο« καὶ »Θεὸς ἠν ὁ λόγος‘ ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις ἰδεῖν, οἷον ἀναστοιχειουμένου τοῦ λόγου ἀπὸ τοῦ γεγονέναι αὐτὸν σάρκα καὶ κατὰ βραχὺ λεπτυνομένου, ἕως γένηται, ὅπερ ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ, θεὸς λογος ὁ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα· οὗ λόγου τὴν δόξαν εἶδεν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἀληθῶς μονογενοῦς ὡς ἀπὸ πατρός.
toutǭ dʼ akolouthon esti zētein ei ti esti metaxy tou »Ho logos sarx egeneto« kai »Theos ēn ho logos‘ en tois anthrōpinois idein, hoion anastoicheioumenou tou logou apo tou gegonenai auton sarka kai kata brachy leptynomenou, heōs genētai, hoper ēn en archę̄, theos logos ho pros ton patera; hou logou tēn doxan eiden ho Iōannēs alēthōs monogenous hōs apo patros.
It follows from this to inquire whether there is something between “The Word became flesh” and “The Word was God” to be seen in human matters, as though the Word were being resolved back from having become flesh and little by little refined, until it becomes what it was in the beginning, God the Word who is with the Father; the glory of which Word John saw, truly the glory of the Only-begotten as from the Father.
1.277Preuschen 4:49
Δύναται δὲ καὶ ὁ λόγος >ὁ υἱὸς< εἶναι παρὰ τὸ ἀπαγγέλλειν τὰ κρύφια τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκείνου, ἀνάλογον τῷ καλουμένῳ υἱῷ »λόγῳ« »νοῦ« τυγχάνοντος. ὡς γὰρ ὁ παρʼ ἡμῖν λόγος ἄγγελός ἐστι τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ νοῦ ὁρωμένων. οὕτως ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος, ἐγνωκὼς τὸν πατέρα, οὐδενὸς τῶν γενητῶν προσβαλεῖν αὐτῷ χωρὶς ὁδηγοῦ δυναμένου, ἀποκαλύπτει ὃν ἔγνω πατέρα.
Dynatai de kai ho logos >ho huios< einai para to apangellein ta kryphia tou patros ekeinou, analogon tǭ kaloumenǭ huiǭ »logǭ« »nou« tynchanontos. hōs gar ho parʼ hēmin logos angelos esti tōn hypo tou nou horōmenōn. houtōs ho tou theou logos, egnōkōs ton patera, oudenos tōn genētōn prosbalein autǭ chōris hodēgou dynamenou, apokalyptei hon egnō patera.
The Son can also be the Word because he announces the hidden things of that Father, by analogy with the Word, which is called Son, being the Word of the mind. For just as the word in us is a messenger of the things seen by the mind, so the Word of God, having known the Father, since none of the things that have come to be can approach him without a guide, reveals the Father whom he knew.
1.278Preuschen 4:49
»Οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἔγνω τὸν πατέρα, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς καὶ ᾧ ἂν ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψῃ·« καὶ καθʼ ὃ »λόγος« ἐστί, »μεγάλης« τυγχάνει »βουλῆς ἄγγελος(( ὤν, οὗ ἐγενήθη ἡ ἀρχὴ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὤμου αὐτοῦ«· ἐβασίλευσε γὰρ διὰ τοῦ πεπονθέναι τὸν σταυρόν. ἐν δὲ τῇ Ἀποκαλύψει ἐπὶ λευκοῦ ἵππου καθέζεσθαι λέγεται λόγος πιστὸς καὶ ἀληθινός, ὡς οἶμαι, παριστὰς τὸ σαφὲς τῆς φωνῆς, ᾡ ὀχεῖται ὁ ἡμῖν ἐπιδημῶν ἀληθείας λόγος.
»Oudeis gar egnō ton patera, ei mē ho huios kai hǭ an ho huios apokalypsę̄;« kai kathʼ ho »logos« esti, »megalēs« tynchanei »boulēs angelos(( ōn, hou egenēthē hē archē epi tou ōmou autou«; ebasileuse gar dia tou peponthenai ton stauron. en de tę̄ Apokalypsei epi leukou hippou kathezesthai legetai logos pistos kai alēthinos, hōs oimai, paristas to saphes tēs phōnēs, hǭ ocheitai ho hēmin epidēmōn alētheias logos.
“For no one has known the Father except the Son, and anyone to whom the Son reveals him.” And inasmuch as he is “Word,” he is the “Angel of great counsel,” “whose rule came to be upon his shoulder”; for he reigned by having suffered the cross. And in the Revelation “the Word, faithful and true,” is said to sit on a white horse, representing, I think, the clarity of the voice on which the Word of truth that comes to us rides.
1.279Preuschen 4:49
οὐ τοῦ παρόντος δὲ καιροῦ δεῖξαι, ὅτι ἐπὶ τῆς φωνῆς πολλαχοῦ τῆς γραφῆς, έν ᾑ ἐστι τὰ προκείμενα, διʼ ὧν ὠφελούμεθα θείων μαθημάτων ἀκροώμενοι, κεῖται ἡ >ἵππος< προσηγορία. μόνον δὲ ἑνὸς καὶ δευτέρου ὑπομηστέον, τοῦ »Ψευδὴς »ἵππος εἰς σωτηρίαν«καὶ » Οὗτοι ἐν ἅρμασι καὶ οὗτοι ἐν ἵπποις, »ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου θεοῦ ἡμῶν μεγαλυνθησόμεθα.«
ou tou parontos de kairou deixai, hoti epi tēs phōnēs pollachou tēs graphēs, en hę̄ esti ta prokeimena, diʼ hōn ōpheloumetha theiōn mathēmatōn akroōmenoi, keitai hē >hippos< prosēgoria. monon de henos kai deuterou hypomēsteon, tou »Pseudēs »hippos eis sōtērian«kai » Houtoi en harmasi kai houtoi en hippois, »hēmeis de en onomati kyriou theou hēmōn megalynthēsometha.«
It is not the right time now to show that in many places of Scripture the name “horse” is used of the voice, in which are the things set before us, through which, hearing divine teachings, we are benefited. We need only recall one or two: “A horse is a false hope for salvation,” and “Some in chariots and some in horses, but we will be magnified in the name of the Lord our God.”
1.280Preuschen 4:49
τὸ δὲ » Ἐξηρεύξατο ἡ καρδία μου λόγον ἀγαθόν, λέγω ἐγὼ τὰ ἔργα μου »τῷ βασιλεῖ« ἐν τεσσαρακοστῷ τετάρτῳ ψαλμῷ ἀναγεγραμμένον. συνεχέστατα ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν φερόμενον ὡς νενοημένον, ἡμῖν οὐκ ἀβασάνιστον ἐατέον. ἔστω γὰρ τὸν πατέρα ταῦτα λέγειν.
to de » Exēreuxato hē kardia mou logon agathon, legō egō ta erga mou »tǭ basilei« en tessarakostǭ tetartǭ psalmǭ anagegrammenon. synechestata hypo tōn pollōn pheromenon hōs nenoēmenon, hēmin ouk abasaniston eateon. estō gar ton patera tauta legein.
But the words “My heart has belched forth a good word; I speak my works to the king,” recorded in the forty-fourth psalm, and very constantly cited by the many as if understood, we must not leave unexamined. For let it be granted that the Father says them.
1.281Preuschen 4:49
τίς οὖν ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ, ἵνα ἀκολούθως τῇ καρδίᾳ »ὁ ἀγαθὸς λόγος« φανῇ; εἰ γὰρ ὁ »λόγος« οὐ δεῖται διηγήσεως, ὡς ἐκεῖνοι ὑπολαμβάνουσι, δῆλον ὅτι οὐδʼ ἡ »καρδία«· ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀτοπώτατον, νομίζειν τὴν καρδίαν ὁμοίως τῇ ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ σώματι εἶναι μέρος τοῦ θεοῦ.
tis oun hē kardia autou, hina akolouthōs tę̄ kardią »ho agathos logos« phanę̄? ei gar ho »logos« ou deitai diēgēseōs, hōs ekeinoi hypolambanousi, dēlon hoti oudʼ hē »kardia«; hoper estin atopōtaton, nomizein tēn kardian homoiōs tę̄ en tǭ hēmeterǭ sōmati einai meros tou theou.
What, then, is his heart, so that the “good word” may appear in keeping with the heart? For if the “word” needs no explanation, as they suppose, clearly neither does the “heart”; but it is most absurd to think that the heart is a part of God as in our body.
1.282Preuschen 4:49
ἀλλʼ ὑπομνηστέον αὐτοὺς ὅτι ὥσπερ χεὶρ καὶ βραχών καὶ δάκτυλος ὀνομάζεται θεοῦ, οὐκ ἐρειδόντων ἡμῶν τὴν διάνοιαν εἰς ψιλὴν τὴν λέξιν, ἀλλʼ ἐξεταζόντων πῶς ταῦτα ὑγιῶς ἐκλαμβάνειν καὶ ἀξίως θεοῦ δεῖ, οὕτως καὶ τὴν καρδίαν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν νοητικὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ προθετικὴν περὶ τῶν ὅλων δύναμιν ἐκληπτέον, τὸν δὲ λόγον τῶν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τὸ ἀπαγγελτικόν.
allʼ hypomnēsteon autous hoti hōsper cheir kai brachōn kai daktylos onomazetai theou, ouk ereidontōn hēmōn tēn dianoian eis psilēn tēn lexin, allʼ exetazontōn pōs tauta hygiōs eklambanein kai axiōs theou dei, houtōs kai tēn kardian tou theou tēn noētikēn autou kai prothetikēn peri tōn holōn dynamin eklēpteon, ton de logon tōn en ekeinę̄ to apangeltikon.
But we must remind them that, just as a hand and an arm and a finger of God are named, and we do not fix our understanding on the bare expression but examine how these must be taken soundly and worthily of God, so too the heart of God must be taken as his power of thinking and of purposing concerning the universe, and the Word as that which announces what is in it.
1.283Preuschen 4:49–50
τίς δὲ ἀπαγγέλλει τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ πατρὸς τοῖς τῶν γενητῶν ἀξίοις καὶ παρʼ αὐτοὺς γεγενημένος ἢ ὁ σωτήρ; τάχα δὲ καὶ οὐ μάτην τὸ »Ἐξηρεύξατος«· μυρία γὰρ ἕτερα ἐδύνατο λέγεσθαι ἀντὶ τοῦ »Ἐξηρεύξατο«· »προέβαλεν ἡ καρδία μου λόγον »ἀγαθόν«, »ἐλάλησεν ἡ καρδία μου λόγον ἀγαθόν«· ἀλλὰ μήποτε ὥσπερ πνεύματός τινος ἀποκρύφου εἰς φανερὸν πρόοδός ἐστιν ἡ ἐρυγὴ τοῦ ἐρευγομένου, οἱονεὶ διὰ τούτου ἀναπνέοντος, οὕτω τὰ τῆς ἀληθείας θεωρήματα οὐ συνέχων ὁ πατὴρ ἐρεύγεται καὶ ποιεῖ τὸν τύπον αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο εἰκόνι καλουμένῳ τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ. καὶ ταῦτα μέν, ἵνα συμπεριφερόμενοι τῇ τῶν πολλῶν ἐκδοχῇ παραδεξώμεθα ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς λέγεσθαι τὸ »Ἐξηρεύξατο ἡ καρδία μου λόγον ἀγαθόν.«
tis de apangellei tēn boulēn tou patros tois tōn genētōn axiois kai parʼ autous gegenēmenos ē ho sōtēr? tacha de kai ou matēn to »Exēreuxatos«; myria gar hetera edynato legesthai anti tou »Exēreuxato«; »proebalen hē kardia mou logon »agathon«, »elalēsen hē kardia mou logon agathon«; alla mēpote hōsper pneumatos tinos apokryphou eis phaneron proodos estin hē erygē tou ereugomenou, hoionei dia toutou anapneontos, houtō ta tēs alētheias theōrēmata ou synechōn ho patēr ereugetai kai poiei ton typon autōn en tǭ logǭ, kai dia touto eikoni kaloumenǭ tou aoratou theou. kai tauta men, hina symperipheromenoi tę̄ tōn pollōn ekdochę̄ paradexōmetha apo tou patros legesthai to »Exēreuxato hē kardia mou logon agathon.«
And who announces the Father's counsel to those of the created beings who are worthy of it, and who has come among them, but the Savior? And perhaps “belched forth” is not said without purpose; for countless other things could have been said instead of “belched forth”: “my heart put forth a good word,” “my heart spoke a good word.” But perhaps, just as a belch is the coming forth into the open of some hidden air of the one who belches, as though he breathed out through it, so the Father, not holding in the contemplations of truth, belches them forth and makes their imprint in the Word, and for this reason he is called the image of the invisible God. These things we have said so that, going along with the interpretation of the many, we may accept that “My heart has belched forth a good word” is said by the Father.
1.284Preuschen 4:50
Οὐ πάντη δὲ αὐτοῖς παραχωρητέον ὡς ὁμολογουμένως ταῦτα ἀπαγγέλλοντος τοῦ θεοῦ. διὰ τί γὰρ οὐχὶ ὁ προφήτης ἔσται λέγων, πληρωθεὶς τοῦ πνεύματος καὶ προφερόμενος λόγον ἀγαθὸν περὶ προφητείας τῆς περὶ Χριστοῦ, συνέχειν αὐτὸν οὐ δυνάμενος, τὸ »Ἐξηρεύξατο ἡ καρδία μου λόγον ἀγαθόν, λέγω ἐγὼ τὰ ἔργα μου τῷ »βασιλεῖ· ἡ γλῶσςά μου κάλαμος γραμματέως ὀξυγράφου· ὡραῖος »κάλλει παρὰ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων«· εἶτα πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν χριστόν· »Ἐξεχύθη ἡ χάρις ἐν χείλεςί σου«;
Ou pantē de autois parachōrēteon hōs homologoumenōs tauta apangellontos tou theou. dia ti gar ouchi ho prophētēs estai legōn, plērōtheis tou pneumatos kai propheromenos logon agathon peri prophēteias tēs peri Christou, synechein auton ou dynamenos, to »Exēreuxato hē kardia mou logon agathon, legō egō ta erga mou tǭ »basilei; hē glōssa mou kalamos grammateōs oxygraphou; hōraios »kallei para tous huious tōn anthrōpōn«; eita pros auton ton christon; »Exechythē hē charis en cheilesi sou«?
But we must not concede to them entirely, as if it were agreed that God announces these things. For why should it not be the prophet who says, filled with the Spirit and bringing forth a good word about the prophecy concerning Christ, unable to hold it in, “My heart has belched forth a good word; I speak my works to the king; my tongue is the pen of a swift scribe. You are beautiful beyond the sons of men”; and then to Christ himself: “Grace has been poured out on your lips”?
1.285Preuschen 4:50
πῶς γάρ, εἰ ὁ πατὴρ ταῦτʼ ἔλεγεν, ἐπεφέρετο τῷ »Ἐξεχύθη ἡ χάρις ἐν χείλεσί σου « τὸ »Διὰ τοῦτο εὐλόγηςέ σε ὁ θεὸς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα« καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα «Διὰ »τοῦτο ἔχρισέ σε ὁ θεός, ὁ θεός σου, ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως παρὰ τοὺς »μετόχους σου«;
pōs gar, ei ho patēr tautʼ elegen, epephereto tǭ »Exechythē hē charis en cheilesi sou « to »Dia touto eulogēse se ho theos eis ton aiōna« kai metʼ oliga «Dia »touto echrise se ho theos, ho theos sou, elaion agalliaseōs para tous »metochous sou«?
For how, if the Father were saying these things, would “Therefore God has blessed you for ever” follow “Grace has been poured out on your lips,” and shortly after, “Therefore God, your God, has anointed you with the oil of gladness beyond your partners”?
1.286Preuschen 4:50
ἀνθυπενέγκοι δέ τις βουλόμενος ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τὰ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ ἀπαγγέλλεσθαι τὸ »Ἄκουσον, θύγατερ, καὶ ἴδε καὶ »κλῖνον τὸ οὖς σου, καὶ ἐπιλάθου τοῦ λαοῦ σου καὶ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ »πατρός σου«· οὐ γὰρ ὁ προφήτης πρὸς τὴν ἐκκληςίαν ἐρεῖ τὸ »Ἄκουσον, θύγατερ«.
anthypenenkoi de tis boulomenos ek tou patros ta en tǭ psalmǭ apangellesthai to »Akouson, thygater, kai ide kai »klinon to ous sou, kai epilathou tou laou sou kai tou oikou tou »patros sou«; ou gar ho prophētēs pros tēn ekklēsian erei to »Akouson, thygater«.
But someone who wishes the things in the psalm to be announced by the Father might object with “Hear, daughter, and see, and incline your ear, and forget your people and your father's house”; for the prophet will not say “Hear, daughter” to the church.
1.287Preuschen 4:50
οὐ χαλεπὸν δὲ δεῖξαι καὶ ἀπὸ ἑτέρων ψαλμῶν, ὅτι προσώπων γίνονται ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐναλλαγαί, ὥστε καὶ ἐνθάδε δύνασθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ »Ἄκουσον, θύγατερ« τὸν πατέρα λέγειν.
ou chalepon de deixai kai apo heterōn psalmōn, hoti prosōpōn ginontai epi pleion enallagai, hōste kai enthade dynasthai apo tou »Akouson, thygater« ton patera legein.
But it is not hard to show from other psalms too that there are frequent changes of speaker, so that here too it can be the Father who speaks from “Hear, daughter” onward.
1.288Preuschen 4:50–51
παραθετέον δὴ εἰς τὴν περὶ τοῦ λόγου ἐξέτασιν καὶ τὸ »Τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ κυρίου οἱ »οὐρανοὶ ἐστερεώθησαν, καὶ τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ πᾶσα ἡ δύναμις »αὐτῶν«· ἅπερ τινὲς ἡγοῦνται ἐπὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου τάσσεσθαι πνεύματος, δυνάμενα δηλοῦν τὸ λόγῳ θεοῦ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ἐστερεῶσθαι, ὡς εἰ λέγοιμεν λόγῳ ἀρχιτεκτονικῷ τὴν οἰκίαν καὶ λόγῳ ναυπηγικῷ τὴν ναῦν γεγονέναι, οὕτως οὖν λόγῳ θεοῦ τοὺς οὐρανούς, θειοτέρου τυγχάνοντας σώματος καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καλουμένου στερεοῦ, οὐκ ἔχοντος τὸ ἐπιπολὺ ῥευστὸν καὶ εὐδιάλυτον τῶν λοιπῶν καὶ κατωτέρων, ἐστερεῶσθαι καὶ διὰ τὸ διάφορον ἐσχηκέναι ἐξαιρέτως τῷ θείῳ λόγῳ.
paratheteon dē eis tēn peri tou logou exetasin kai to »Tǭ logǭ tou kyriou hoi »ouranoi estereōthēsan, kai tǭ pneumati autou pasa hē dynamis »autōn«; haper tines hēgountai epi tou sōtēros kai tou hagiou tassesthai pneumatos, dynamena dēloun to logǭ theou tous ouranous estereōsthai, hōs ei legoimen logǭ architektonikǭ tēn oikian kai logǭ naupēgikǭ tēn naun gegonenai, houtōs oun logǭ theou tous ouranous, theioterou tynchanontas sōmatos kai dia touto kaloumenou stereou, ouk echontos to epipoly rheuston kai eudialyton tōn loipōn kai katōterōn, estereōsthai kai dia to diaphoron eschēkenai exairetōs tǭ theiǭ logǭ.
We must also set beside the examination of the Word the text “By the word of the Lord the heavens were made firm, and by the spirit of his mouth all their power.” Some think this refers to the Savior and the Holy Spirit, though it can mean that the heavens were made firm by the word of God, as if we were to say that a house came to be by the principle of architecture and a ship by the principle of shipbuilding. So, then, the heavens, being of a more divine body and for this reason called firm, not having the very fluid and easily dissolved character of the other and lower things, were made firm by the word of God, and because of this difference they had it in a special way from the divine Word.
1.289Preuschen 4:51
Ἐπεὶ οὖν πρόκειται τὸ »Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος« σαφῶς ἰδεῖν, »ἀρχὴ« δὲ μετὰ μαρτυριῶν τῶν ἐκ τῶν παροιμιῶν ἀποδέδοται εἰρῆσθαι ἡ σοφία, καὶ ἔστι προεπινοουμένη ἡ σοφία τοῦ αὐτὴν ἀπαγγέλλοντος λόγου, νοητέον τὸν λόγον ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ, τοῦτʼ ἔστι τῇ σοφίᾳ, ἀεὶ εἶναι· ὄντα δὲ ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ, καλουμένῃ »ἀρχῇ«, μὴ κωλύεσθαι εἶναι »πρὸς τὸν θεόν«, καὶ αὐτὸν θεὸν τυγχάνοντα, καὶ οὐ γυμνῶς εἶναι αὐτὸν »πρὸς τὸν θεόν«, ἀλλὰ ὄντα »ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ«, τῇ σοφίᾳ, εἶναι »πρὸς τὸν θεόν«.
Epei oun prokeitai to »En archę̄ ēn ho logos« saphōs idein, »archē« de meta martyriōn tōn ek tōn paroimiōn apodedotai eirēsthai hē sophia, kai esti proepinooumenē hē sophia tou autēn apangellontos logou, noēteon ton logon en tę̄ archę̄, toutʼ esti tę̄ sophią, aei einai; onta de en tę̄ sophią, kaloumenę̄ »archę̄«, mē kōlyesthai einai »pros ton theon«, kai auton theon tynchanonta, kai ou gymnōs einai auton »pros ton theon«, alla onta »en tę̄ archę̄«, tę̄ sophią, einai »pros ton theon«.
Since, then, the task set before us is to see clearly “In the beginning was the Word,” and “beginning” has been shown, with testimonies from Proverbs, to be said of wisdom, and wisdom is conceived before the Word that announces it, we must understand that the Word is always in the beginning, that is, in wisdom; and that, being in wisdom, which is called “beginning,” he is not prevented from being “with God,” being himself God; and that he is not simply “with God,” but, being “in the beginning,” in wisdom, he is “with God.”
1.290Preuschen 4:51
ἐπιφέρει γοῦν καί φησιν· »Οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ »πρὸς τὸν θεόν«· ἐδύνατο γὰρ εἰρηκέναι· »Οὑτος ἠν πρὸς τὸν θεόν·« ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ »ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ«, οὕτως καὶ »πρὸς τὸν θεὸν« »ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν«, καὶ »πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο« ὄντος »ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ«· »πάντα« γὰρ »ἐν σοφίᾳ« ὁ θεὸς κατὰ τὸν Δαβὶδ ἐποίησε.
epipherei goun kai phēsin; »Houtos ēn en archę̄ »pros ton theon«; edynato gar eirēkenai; »Houtos ēn pros ton theon;« allʼ hōsper »ēn en archę̄«, houtōs kai »pros ton theon« »en archę̄ ēn«, kai »panta diʼ autou egeneto« ontos »en tę̄ archę̄«; »panta« gar »en sophią« ho theos kata ton Dabid epoiēse.
At any rate he adds and says, “He was in the beginning with God.” For he could have said, “He was with God”; but just as he “was in the beginning,” so too he “was in the beginning” “with God”; and “all things came to be through him,” who was “in the beginning”; for according to David God made “all things” “in wisdom.”
1.291Preuschen 4:51
καὶ ἔτι εἰς τὸ παραδέξασθαι τὸν λόγον ἰδίαν περιγραφὴν ἔχοντα, οἷον τυγχάνοντα ζῆν καθʼ ἑαυτόν, λεκτέον καὶ περὶ δυνάμεων, οὐ μόνον δυνάμεως· »Τάδε »γὰρ λέγει κύριος τῶν δυνάμεων« πολλαχοῦ κεῖται, λογικῶν τινων θείων ζῴων δυνάμεων ὀνομαζομένων, ὧν ἡ ἀνωτέρω καὶ κρείττων Χριστὸς ἦν, οὐ μόνον »σοφία θεοῦ« ἀλλὰ καὶ »δύναμις« προσαγορευόμενος.
kai eti eis to paradexasthai ton logon idian perigraphēn echonta, hoion tynchanonta zēn kathʼ heauton, lekteon kai peri dynameōn, ou monon dynameōs; »Tade »gar legei kyrios tōn dynameōn« pollachou keitai, logikōn tinōn theiōn zǭōn dynameōn onomazomenōn, hōn hē anōterō kai kreittōn Christos ēn, ou monon »sophia theou« alla kai »dynamis« prosagoreuomenos.
And further, so that we may accept that the Word has his own circumscription, as living in his own right, we must speak also of powers, not only of one power. For “Thus says the Lord of powers” occurs in many places, certain divine rational living beings being called powers, of which Christ was the highest and best, being called not only “wisdom of God” but also “power.”
1.292Preuschen 4:51
ὥσπερ οὖν δυνάμεις θεοῦ πλείονές εἰσιν, ὧν ἑκάστη κατὰ περιγραφή, ὧν διαφέρει ὁ σωτήρ, οὕτως καὶ »λόγος« — εἰ καὶ ὁ παρʼ ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔστι κατὰ περιγραφὴν ἐκτὸς ἡμῶν – νοηθήσεται ὁ χριστὸς διὰ τὰ προεξητασμένα, »ἐν ἀρχῇ«, τῇ σοφίᾳ, τὴν ὑπόστασιν ἔχων. ταῦτα ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἀρκέσει εἰς τὸ »Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν »ὁ λόγος.«
hōsper oun dynameis theou pleiones eisin, hōn hekastē kata perigraphē, hōn diapherei ho sōtēr, houtōs kai »logos« — ei kai ho parʼ hēmin ouk esti kata perigraphēn ektos hēmōn – noēthēsetai ho christos dia ta proexētasmena, »en archę̄«, tę̄ sophią, tēn hypostasin echōn. tauta hēmin epi tou parontos arkesei eis to »En archę̄ ēn »ho logos.«
Just as, then, there are many powers of God, each existing with its own circumscription, among which the Savior excels, so also Christ will be understood as “Word”, even though the word in us does not exist with a circumscription outside us, because of what has been examined before, having his subsistence “in the beginning,” in wisdom. This will suffice us for the present on “In the beginning was the Word.”
Chapter 2
2.1Preuschen 4:52
1. Καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος. Αὐτάρκως κατὰ τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν, ἱερὲ ἀδελφὲ Ἀμβρόσιε καὶ κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον μεμορφωμένε, ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων καιλαβόντες τί ἐστιν εὐαγγέλιον καὶ τίς ἡ ἀρχή, ἐν ᾗ ἦν ὁ λόγος, τίς τε ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν ἀρχῇ, ἀκολούθως νῦν ἐπισκοποῦμεν πῶς »ὁ λόγος ἦν »πρὸς τὸν θεόν«.
1. Kai ho logos ēn pros ton theon, kai theos ēn ho logos. Autarkōs kata tēn parousan dynamin, hiere adelphe Ambrosie kai kata to euangelion memorphōmene, en tois pro toutōn kailabontes ti estin euangelion kai tis hē archē, en hę̄ ēn ho logos, tis te ho logos ho en archę̄, akolouthōs nyn episkopoumen pōs »ho logos ēn »pros ton theon«.
John 1:1: “And the Word was with God, and the Word was God.” Having grasped sufficiently, as far as our present ability allows, holy brother Ambrose, you who have been formed according to the Gospel, in the preceding discussion what the Gospel is and what the beginning is in which the Word was, and who the Word in the beginning is, we now, in due order, examine how “the Word was with God.”
2.2Preuschen 4:52
χρήσιμον τοίνυν συναγαγεῖν εἰς τοῦτο λόγον ἀναγεγραμμένον γεγονέναι πρός τινας, οἷον »Λόγος κυρίου, ὃς ἐγενήθη »πρὸς Ὠσηέ, τὸν τοῦ Βεηρεί« καὶ »Ὁ λόγος ὁ γενόμενος πρὸς »Ἡσαΐαν, υἱὸν Ἀμώς, περὶ τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ περὶ Ἱερουσαλήμ« καὶ »Ὁ λόγος ὁ γενόμενος πρὸς Ἱερεμίαν περὶ τῆς ἀβροχίας«·
chrēsimon toinyn synagagein eis touto logon anagegrammenon gegonenai pros tinas, hoion »Logos kyriou, hos egenēthē »pros Ōsēe, ton tou Beērei« kai »Ho logos ho genomenos pros »Hēsaïan, huion Amōs, peri tēs Ioudaias kai peri Hierousalēm« kai »Ho logos ho genomenos pros Hieremian peri tēs abrochias«;
It is useful, then, to gather for this purpose the word that is recorded as having come to certain people, such as “The word of the Lord which came to Hosea, the son of Beeri,” and “The word that came to Isaiah, son of Amoz, concerning Judea and concerning Jerusalem,” and “The word that came to Jeremiah concerning the drought.”
2.3Preuschen 4:52
πῶς οὖν »λόγος κυρίου« ἐγενήθη πρὸς Ὠσηέ, καὶ ὁ λόγος ἐστὶν ὁ γενόμενος πρὸς Ἡσαΐαν, υἱὸν Ἀμώς, καὶ πάλιν »ὁ λόγος πρὸς Ἱερεμίαν περὶ »τῆς ἀβροχίας«, ἐπισκοπητέον, ἵνʼ ὡς παρακείμενον εὑρεθῆναι δυνηθῇ, πῶς »ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν«.
pōs oun »logos kyriou« egenēthē pros Ōsēe, kai ho logos estin ho genomenos pros Hēsaïan, huion Amōs, kai palin »ho logos pros Hieremian peri »tēs abrochias«, episkopēteon, hinʼ hōs parakeimenon heurethēnai dynēthę̄, pōs »ho logos ēn pros ton theon«.
We must examine, then, how “the word of the Lord” came to Hosea, and the word is that which came to Isaiah, son of Amoz, and again “the word to Jeremiah concerning the drought,” so that by comparison it may be found how “the Word was with God.”
2.4Preuschen 4:52–53
ὁ μὲν οὖν πολὺς ἁπλούστερον ἐκλήψεται τὰ περὶ τῶν προφητῶν εἰρημένα ὡς λόγου κυρίου ἢ τοῦ λόγου γενομένου πρὸς αὐτούς. μήποτε δέ, ὥς ξαμεν τόνδε τινὰ πρὸς τόνδε γίνεσθαι, οὕτως ὁ νῦν θεολογούμενος »υἱὸς λόγος« ἐγενήθη πρὸς Ὠσηέ, ἀποσταλεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς πρὸς αὐτόν· κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἱστορίαν πρὸς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ Βεηρεί, προφήτην Ὠσηέ, κατὰ δὲ μυστικὸν λόγον πρὸς τὸν σωζόμενον — Ὠσηὲ γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται »Σωζόμε- »νος« — υἱὸν Βεηρεί, ὃς ἑρμηνεύεται »Φρέατα«· πηγῆς γὰρ ἐκ βάθους ἀναβλυστανούσης, σοφίας θεοῦ, ἕκαστος τῶν σωζομένων υἱὸς γίνεται.
ho men oun polys haplousteron eklēpsetai ta peri tōn prophētōn eirēmena hōs logou kyriou ē tou logou genomenou pros autous. mēpote de, hōs xamen tonde tina pros tonde ginesthai, houtōs ho nyn theologoumenos »huios logos« egenēthē pros Ōsēe, apostaleis hypo tou patros pros auton; kata men tēn historian pros ton huion tou Beērei, prophētēn Ōsēe, kata de mystikon logon pros ton sōzomenon — Ōsēe gar hermēneuetai »Sōzome- »nos« — huion Beērei, hos hermēneuetai »Phreata«; pēgēs gar ek bathous anablystanousēs, sophias theou, hekastos tōn sōzomenōn huios ginetai.
The ordinary person will take what is said about the prophets rather simply, as the word of the Lord or the Word having come to them. But perhaps, just as we say that such a person comes to such another, so the Son, now spoken of in theology as “Word,” came to Hosea, sent by the Father to him: according to the history, to the son of Beeri, the prophet Hosea; but according to the mystical sense, to the one who is being saved (for Hosea means “one being saved”), the son of Beeri, which means “wells.” For each of those being saved becomes a son of the spring gushing up from the depth, the wisdom of God.
2.5Preuschen 4:53
καὶ οὐδὲν θαυμαστὸν οὕτως υἱὸν φρεάτων εἶναι τὸν ἅγιον, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνδραγαθημάτων πολλαχοῦ υἱὸν ὀνομαζόμενον, παρὰ μὲν τὸ λάμπειν αὐτοῦ »τὰ ἔργα ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων« »φωτός«, παρὰ δὲ τὸ ἔχειν τὴν »εἰρήνην τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν ὑπερέχουσαν πάντα νοῦν« »εἰρήνης«· ἔτι δὲ διὰ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς σοφίας ὠφέλειαν, »τέκνον σοφίας«· »Ἐδικαιώθη.
kai ouden thaumaston houtōs huion phreatōn einai ton hagion, apo tōn andragathēmatōn pollachou huion onomazomenon, para men to lampein autou »ta erga emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn« »phōtos«, para de to echein tēn »eirēnēn tou theou tēn hyperechousan panta noun« »eirēnēs«; eti de dia tēn apo tēs sophias ōpheleian, »teknon sophias«; »Edikaiōthē.
And there is nothing surprising that the saint is thus a son of wells, since he is often named a son from his noble deeds: a son “of light,” because his works shine “before men”; a son “of peace,” because he has “the peace of God that surpasses all understanding”; and further, because of the benefit from wisdom, a “child of wisdom.” “For wisdom,
2.6Preuschen 4:53
»γάρ φησιν, ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς.« οὕτως οὖν ὁ πάντα ἐρευνῶν θείῳ πνεύματι καὶ τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ, ὤστε ἀποφθέγξασθαι αὐτόν· »Ὦ βάθος πλούτου καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως θεοῦ«, δύναται εἶναι »φρεάτων υἱός«, πρὸς ὃν ὁ λόγος τοῦ κυρίου γίνεται.
»gar phēsin, hē sophia apo tōn teknōn autēs.« houtōs oun ho panta ereunōn theiǭ pneumati kai ta bathē tou theou, ōste apophthenxasthai auton; »Ō bathos ploutou kai sophias kai gnōseōs theou«, dynatai einai »phreatōn huios«, pros hon ho logos tou kyriou ginetai.
it says, is justified by her children.” So, then, the one who searches all things by the divine Spirit, even the depths of God, so as to exclaim, “O the depth of the riches and wisdom and knowledge of God,” can be a “son of wells,” to whom the word of the Lord comes.
2.7Preuschen 4:53
ὁμοίως λόγος καὶ πρὸς Ἡσαΐανα ἕρχεται, διδάσκων τὰ ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις ἀπαντηςόμενα τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Ἱερουσαλήμ· ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ πρὸς Ἱερεμίαν θείῳ μετεωρισμῷ ἐπαρθέντα· ἑρμηνεύεταί γὰρ »Μετεωρισμὸς »Ἰαώ«.
homoiōs logos kai pros Hēsaïana herchetai, didaskōn ta en eschatais hēmerais apantēsomena tę̄ Ioudaią kai Hierousalēm; hōsautōs de kai pros Hieremian theiǭ meteōrismǭ eparthenta; hermēneuetai gar »Meteōrismos »Iaō«.
Likewise the word comes also to Isaiah, teaching what will befall Judea and Jerusalem in the last days; and in the same way to Jeremiah, lifted up by a divine exaltation; for his name means “Exaltation of Iao.”
2.8Preuschen 4:53
ἀλλὰ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους πρότερον οὐ χωροῦντας τὴν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, λόγου τυγχάνοντος, ἐπιδημίαν ὁ λόγος γίνεται· »πρὸς δὲ τὸν θεὸν« οὐ γίνεται, ὡς πρότερον οὐκ ὢν πρὸς αὐτόν, παρὰ δὲ τὸ ἀεὶ συνεῖναι τῷ πατρὶ λέγεται· »Καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν »πρὸς τὸν θεόν«· οὐ γὰρ »ἐγένετο πρὸς τὸν θεόν«.
alla pros men tous anthrōpous proteron ou chōrountas tēn tou huiou tou theou, logou tynchanontos, epidēmian ho logos ginetai; »pros de ton theon« ou ginetai, hōs proteron ouk ōn pros auton, para de to aei syneinai tǭ patri legetai; »Kai ho logos ēn »pros ton theon«; ou gar »egeneto pros ton theon«.
But to human beings, who were not previously able to receive the coming of the Son of God, who is Word, the Word comes to be; but he does not come to be “with God,” as though he were not with him before; rather, because he is always with the Father, it is said, “And the Word was with God”; for it is not said “came to be with God.”
2.9Preuschen 4:53
καὶ ταὐτὸν ῥῆμα τὸ »Ἦν« τοῦ λόγου κατηγορεῖται, ὅτε »ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν « καὶ ὅτε πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἦν«, οὔτε τῆς ἀρχῆς χωριζόμενος οὔτε τοῦ πατρὸς ἀπολειπόμενος, καὶ πάλιν οὔτε ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ εἶναι »ἐν ἀρχῇ«γινόμενος »ἐν ἀρχῇ« οὔτε ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ τυγχάνειν »πρὸς τὸν θεὸν« ἐπὶ τὸ »πρὸς »τὸν θεὸν« εἶναι γινόμενος· πρὸ γὰρ παντὸς χρόνου καὶ αἰῶνος »ἐν »ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος«, καὶ »ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν«.
kai tauton rhēma to »Ēn« tou logou katēgoreitai, hote »en archę̄ ēn « kai hote pros ton theon ēn«, oute tēs archēs chōrizomenos oute tou patros apoleipomenos, kai palin oute apo tou mē einai »en archę̄«ginomenos »en archę̄« oute apo tou mē tynchanein »pros ton theon« epi to »pros »ton theon« einai ginomenos; pro gar pantos chronou kai aiōnos »en »archę̄ ēn ho logos«, kai »ho logos ēn pros ton theon«.
And the same verb “was” is predicated of the Word both when he “was in the beginning” and when he “was with God”: he is neither separated from the beginning nor absent from the Father; and again, he does not come to be “in the beginning” from not being “in the beginning,” nor pass from not being “with God” to being “with God.” For before all time and age “in the beginning was the Word,” and “the Word was with God.”
2.10Preuschen 4:53–54
Ἐπεὶ τοίνυν εἰς εὕρεσιν τοῦ »Καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν« παρεθέμεθα λέξεις προφητικάς. πῶς ἐγένετο πρὸς Ὠσηὲ καὶ Ἡσαΐαν καὶ Ἱερεμίαν, παρετηρήσαμέν τε οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν διαφορὰν τοῦ »Ἐγενήθη« καὶ »Ἐγένετο« πρὸς τὸ »Ἦν«, προσθήσομεν, ὅτι ἐν μὲν τῷ πρὸς τοῦς προφήτας γίνεσθαι φωτίζει τοὺς προφήτας τῷ φωτὶ τῆς γνώσεως, ποιῶν αὐτοῦς ἅτε ἔμπροσθεν βλέποντας ὁρᾶν, ἃ πρὸ αὐτοῦ οὐ κατενόουν· πρὸς δὲ τὸν θεὸν † τὸ »Θεός« ἐστι τυγχάνων ἀπὸ τοῦ εἶναι πρὸς αὐτόν.
Epei toinyn eis heuresin tou »Kai ho logos ēn pros ton theon« parethemetha lexeis prophētikas. pōs egeneto pros Ōsēe kai Hēsaïan kai Hieremian, paretērēsamen te ou tēn tychousan diaphoran tou »Egenēthē« kai »Egeneto« pros to »Ēn«, prosthēsomen, hoti en men tǭ pros tous prophētas ginesthai phōtizei tous prophētas tǭ phōti tēs gnōseōs, poiōn autous hate emprosthen blepontas horan, ha pro autou ou katenooun; pros de ton theon † to »Theos« esti tynchanōn apo tou einai pros auton.
Since, then, to find the meaning of “And the Word was with God” we have set out prophetic expressions of how the word came to Hosea and Isaiah and Jeremiah, and have observed the considerable difference between “came” and “was,” we shall add that in coming to the prophets he enlightens them with the light of knowledge, making them see, as it were, what lay ahead, which they had not perceived before him; but with God … he is “God” from being with him.
2.11Preuschen 4:54
καὶ τάχα τοιαύτην τινὰ τάξιν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐν τῷ λόγῳ ἰδὼν οὐ προέταξε τὸ »Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος« τοῦ » Ὁ λόγος ἦν »πρὸς τὸν θεόν«, ὅσον ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποφάσεσιν οὐδὲν ἂν κωλυθέντς τοῦ εἱρμοῦ πρὸς τὸ καθʼ αὑτὸ ἰδεῖν ἑκάστου τῶν ἀξιωμάτων τὴν δύναμιν· ἓν γὰρ ἀξίωμα τὸ »Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος« καὶ δεύτερον τὸ »Ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν« καὶ ἑξῆς »Καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος«.
kai tacha toiautēn tina taxin ho Iōannēs en tǭ logǭ idōn ou proetaxe to »Theos ēn ho logos« tou » Ho logos ēn »pros ton theon«, hoson epi tais apophasesin ouden an kōlythents tou heirmou pros to kathʼ hauto idein hekastou tōn axiōmatōn tēn dynamin; hen gar axiōma to »En archę̄ ēn ho logos« kai deuteron to »Ho logos ēn pros ton theon« kai hexēs »Kai theos ēn ho logos«.
And perhaps John, seeing some such order in the Word, did not put “The Word was God” before “The Word was with God,” though as far as the statements themselves go, nothing in the sequence would have prevented us from seeing the force of each proposition by itself. For one proposition is “In the beginning was the Word,” a second “The Word was with God,” and next “And the Word was God.”
2.12Preuschen 4:54
ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ τάχα τάξιν τινὰ δηλοῖ τὸ πρῶτον τετάχθαι τὸ »Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ »λόγος« κατὰ τὸ οὕτως ἑξῆς τὸ »Καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν« καὶ τρίτον τὸ »καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος«, διὰ τοῦτο, ἵνα δυνηθῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ »πρὸς τὸν θεὸν« εἶναι ὁ λόγος νοηθῆναι γινόμενος θεός, λέγεται· »Καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν«, ἔπειτα· »καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος.«
allʼ epei tacha taxin tina dēloi to prōton tetachthai to »En archę̄ ēn ho »logos« kata to houtōs hexēs to »Kai ho logos ēn pros ton theon« kai triton to »kai theos ēn ho logos«, dia touto, hina dynēthę̄ apo tou »pros ton theon« einai ho logos noēthēnai ginomenos theos, legetai; »Kai ho logos ēn pros ton theon«, epeita; »kai theos ēn ho logos.«
But since perhaps an order is indicated by placing first “In the beginning was the Word,” and next “And the Word was with God,” and third “and the Word was God,” for this reason, so that the Word may be understood to become God from being “with God,” it is said, “And the Word was with God,” and then, “and the Word was God.”
2.13Preuschen 4:54
ΙΙ. Πάνυ δὲ παρατετηρημένως καὶ οὐχ ὡς ἑλληνικὴν ἀκριηολογίαν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενος ὁ Ἰωάννης ὅπου μὲν τοῖς ἄρθροις ἐχρήσατο ὅπου δὲ ταῦτα ἀπεσιώπησεν, ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ λόγου προστιθεὶς τὸ »Ὁ«, ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς θεὸς προσηγορίας ὅπου μὲν τιθεὶς ὅπου δὲ [δι]αἴρων.
II. Pany de paratetērēmenōs kai ouch hōs hellēnikēn akriēologian ouk epistamenos ho Iōannēs hopou men tois arthrois echrēsato hopou de tauta apesiōpēsen, epi men tou logou prostitheis to »Ho«, epi de tēs theos prosēgorias hopou men titheis hopou de [di]airōn.
And John, very carefully and not as one ignorant of precision in Greek, used the articles in some places and omitted them in others: adding “the” to “Word,” but with the title “God” in some places using it and in others taking it away.
2.14Preuschen 4:54
τίθησιν μὲν γὰρ τὸ ἄρθρον, ὅτε ἡ »θεὸς« ὀνομασία ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀγενήτου τάσσεται τῶν ὅλων αἰτίου, σιωπᾷ δὲ αὐτό, ὅτε ὁ λόγος »θεὸς« ὀνομάζεται. ὡς δὲ διαφέρει κατὰ τούτους τοὺς τόπους »ὁ θεὸς« καὶ »θεός« οὕτως μήποτε διαφέρῃ »ὁ λόγος« καὶ »λόγος«.
tithēsin men gar to arthron, hote hē »theos« onomasia epi tou agenētou tassetai tōn holōn aitiou, siōpą de auto, hote ho logos »theos« onomazetai. hōs de diapherei kata toutous tous topous »ho theos« kai »theos« houtōs mēpote diapherę̄ »ho logos« kai »logos«.
For he puts the article when the name “God” is applied to the unbegotten cause of the universe, but omits it when the Word is named “God.” And as “the God” and “God” differ in these places, so perhaps “the Word” and “Word” differ.
2.15Preuschen 4:54
ὃν τρόπον γὰρ ὁ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸς »ὁ θεὸς« καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς »θεός«, οὕτως ἡ πηγὴ τοῦ ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν λογικῶν λόγου »ὁ λόγος«, τοῦ ἐν ἑκάστῳ λόγου οὐκ ἂν κυρίως ὁμοίως τῷ πρώτῳ ὀνομασθέντος καὶ λεχθέντος »ὁ λόγος«.
hon tropon gar ho epi pasi theos »ho theos« kai ouch haplōs »theos«, houtōs hē pēgē tou en hekastǭ tōn logikōn logou »ho logos«, tou en hekastǭ logou ouk an kyriōs homoiōs tǭ prōtǭ onomasthentos kai lechthentos »ho logos«.
For in the way that the God over all is “the God” and not simply “God,” so the source of the reason in each rational being is “the Word,” while the reason in each would not properly be named and called “the Word” like the first.
2.16Preuschen 4:54
Καὶ τὸ πολλοὺς φιλοθέους εἶναι εὐχομενους ταράσσον, εὐλαβουμένους δύο ἀναγορεῦσαι θεοὺς καὶ παρὰ τοῦτο περιπίπτοντας ψευδέσι καὶ ἀσεβέσι δόγμασιν, ἤτοι ἀρνουμένους ἰδιότητα υἱοῦ ἑτέραν παρὰ τὴν τοῦ πατρός, ὁμολογοῦντας θεὸν εἶναι τὸν μέχρι ὀνόματος παρʼ αὐτοῖς »υἱὸν« προσαγορευόμενον, ἢ ἀρνουμένους τὴν θεότητα τοῦ υἱοῦ τιθέντας δὲ αὐτοῦ τὴν ἰδιότητα καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν κατὰ περιγραφὴν τυγχάνουσαν ἑτέραν τοῦ πατρός, ἐντεῦθεν λύεσθαι δύναται.
Kai to pollous philotheous einai euchomenous tarasson, eulaboumenous dyo anagoreusai theous kai para touto peripiptontas pseudesi kai asebesi dogmasin, ētoi arnoumenous idiotēta huiou heteran para tēn tou patros, homologountas theon einai ton mechri onomatos parʼ autois »huion« prosagoreuomenon, ē arnoumenous tēn theotēta tou huiou tithentas de autou tēn idiotēta kai tēn ousian kata perigraphēn tynchanousan heteran tou patros, enteuthen lyesthai dynatai.
And what troubles many who wish to be lovers of God, who are cautious about proclaiming two gods and on this account fall into false and impious doctrines, either denying that the Son has an individuality distinct from that of the Father, while confessing that he is God whom they call “Son” in name only, or denying the divinity of the Son while positing his individuality and his being, circumscribed, as distinct from the Father's: this can be resolved from here.
2.17Preuschen 4:54–55
λεκτέον γὰρ αὐτοῖς, ὅτι τότε μὲν αὐτόθεος ὁ θεός ἐστι, διόπερ καὶ ὁ σωτήρ φησιν ἐν τῇ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα εὐχῇ· »Ἵνα γινώσκωσι δὲ τὸν ἐκείνου θεότητος θεοποιούμενον οὐχ »ὁ θεὸς» ἀλλὰ »θεὸς« κυριώτερον ἂν λέγοιτο, οὗ πάντως »ὁ πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως«, ἅτε πρῶτος τῷ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν εἶναι σπάσας τῆς θεότητος εἰς ἑαυτόν, ἐστὶ τιμιώτερος, τοῖς λοιποῖς παρʼ αὐτὸν θεοῖς (ὧν ὁ θεὸς θεός ἐστι κατὰ τὸ λεγόμενον· »Θεὸς θεῶν κύριος ἐλάλησε, καὶ ἐκάλεσε τὴν γῆν«) διακονήσας τὸ γενέσθαι θεοῖς, ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀρυσάμενος εἰς τὸ θεοποιηθῆναι αὐτούς, ἁφθόνως κἀκείνοις κατὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ χρηστότητα μεταδιδούς.
lekteon gar autois, hoti tote men autotheos ho theos esti, dioper kai ho sōtēr phēsin en tę̄ pros ton patera euchę̄; »Hina ginōskōsi de ton ekeinou theotētos theopoioumenon ouch »ho theos» alla »theos« kyriōteron an legoito, hou pantōs »ho prōtotokos pasēs ktiseōs«, hate prōtos tǭ pros ton theon einai spasas tēs theotētos eis heauton, esti timiōteros, tois loipois parʼ auton theois (hōn ho theos theos esti kata to legomenon; »Theos theōn kyrios elalēse, kai ekalese tēn gēn«) diakonēsas to genesthai theois, apo tou theou arysamenos eis to theopoiēthēnai autous, haphthonōs kakeinois kata tēn autou chrēstotēta metadidous.
For we must say to them that God, on the one hand, is God-in-himself, which is why the Savior too says in his prayer to the Father, “That they may know [you, the only true God]”; but [everything besides God-in-himself that is made divine by sharing in] his divinity would more properly be called not “the God” but “God.” Of these the firstborn of all creation is altogether more honored, inasmuch as he was first, by being with God, to draw divinity into himself, and it was he who ministered to the other gods beside him (of whom God is God, according to the saying, “The God of gods, the Lord, has spoken and called the earth”) their becoming gods, drawing from God for their deification and ungrudgingly sharing it with them according to his own goodness.
2.18Preuschen 4:55
ἀληθινὸς οὖν θεὸς ὁ θεός, οἱ δὲ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον μορφούμενοι θεοὶ ὡς εἰκόνες πρωτοτύπου· ἀλλὰ πάλιν τῶν πλειόνων εἰκόνων ἡ ἀρχέτυπος εἰκὼν ὁ πρὸς τὸν θεόν ἐστι λόγος, ὃς »ἐν ἀρχῇ« ἦν, τῷ εἶναι »πρὸς »τὸν θεὸν« ἀεὶ μένων »θεὸς«, οὐκ ἂν δʼ αὐτὸ ἐσχηκὼς εἰ μὴ πρὸς θεὸν ἦν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν μείνας θεός, εἰ μὴ παρέμενε τῇ ἀδιαλείπτῳ θέᾳ τοῦ πατρικοῦ βάθους.
alēthinos oun theos ho theos, hoi de katʼ ekeinon morphoumenoi theoi hōs eikones prōtotypou; alla palin tōn pleionōn eikonōn hē archetypos eikōn ho pros ton theon esti logos, hos »en archę̄« ēn, tǭ einai »pros »ton theon« aei menōn »theos«, ouk an dʼ auto eschēkōs ei mē pros theon ēn, kai ouk an meinas theos, ei mē paremene tę̄ adialeiptǭ theą tou patrikou bathous.
The true God, then, is “the God,” and those formed after him are gods as images of a prototype; but again, the archetypal image of the many images is the Word who is with God, who was “in the beginning,” and by being “with God” always remains “God.” He would not have this if he were not with God, and he would not remain God if he did not continue in the unceasing contemplation of the Father's depth.
2.19Preuschen 4:55
ΙΙΙ. ’Αλλʼ ἐπεὶ εἰχὸς προσκόψειν τινὰς τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ἑνὸς μὲν ἀληθινοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀπαγγελλομένου παρὰ δὲ τὸν ἀληθινὸν θεὸν θεῶν πλειόνων τῇ μετοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ γινομένων, εὐλαβουμένους τὴν τοῦ πᾶσαν κτίσιν ὑπερέχοντος δόξαν ἐξιςῶσαι τοῖς λοιποῖς τῆς »θεὸς« προσηγορίας τυγχάνουσι, πρὸς τῇ ἀποδεδομένῃ διαφορᾷ, καθʼ ἣν ἐφάσκομεν πᾶσι τοῖς λοιποῖς θεοῖς διάκονον εἰνει τῆς θεύτητος τὸν θεὸν λόγον, κοὶ τούτην παραστατέον.
III. ’Allʼ epei eichos proskopsein tinas tois eirēmenois, henos men alēthinou theou tou patros apangellomenou para de ton alēthinon theon theōn pleionōn tę̄ metochę̄ tou theou ginomenōn, eulaboumenous tēn tou pasan ktisin hyperechontos doxan exisōsai tois loipois tēs »theos« prosēgorias tynchanousi, pros tę̄ apodedomenę̄ diaphorą, kathʼ hēn ephaskomen pasi tois loipois theois diakonon einei tēs theutētos ton theon logon, koi toutēn parastateon.
But since it is likely that some will take offense at what has been said, since one true God, the Father, is proclaimed, and besides the true God many gods come to be by sharing in God, and they are cautious about making the glory of him who surpasses all creation equal to the others who bear the title “God,” we must set out this further point in addition to the difference already given, according to which we said that God the Word is the minister of divinity to all the other gods.
2.20Preuschen 4:55
ὁ γὰρ ἐν ἑκάστῳ λόγος τῶν λογικῶν τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ἕχει πρὸς τὸν ἐν ἀρχῇ λόγον πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὄντα λόγον θεόν, ὃν ὁ θεὸς λόγος πρὸς τὸν θεόν· ὡς γὰρ αὐτόθεος καὶ ἀληθινὸς θεὸς ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς εἰκόνα καὶ εἰκόνας τῆς εἰκόνος, (διὸ καὶ »κατʼ εἰκόνα« λέγονται εἶναι οἱ ἄνθρωποι, οὐκ »εἰκόνες«) οὕτως ὁ αὐτόλογος πρὸς τὸν ἐν ἑκάστῳ λόγου. ἀμφότερα γὰρ πηγῆς ἔχει χώραν, ὁ μὲν πατὴρ θεότητος, ὁ δὲ υἱὸς λόγου.
ho gar en hekastǭ logos tōn logikōn touton ton logon hechei pros ton en archę̄ logon pros ton theon onta logon theon, hon ho theos logos pros ton theon; hōs gar autotheos kai alēthinos theos ho patēr pros eikona kai eikonas tēs eikonos, (dio kai »katʼ eikona« legontai einai hoi anthrōpoi, ouk »eikones«) houtōs ho autologos pros ton en hekastǭ logou. amphotera gar pēgēs echei chōran, ho men patēr theotētos, ho de huios logou.
For the reason in each rational being has the same relation to the Word who is in the beginning with God, the Word who is God, as God the Word has to God. For as the Father is God-in-himself and true God in relation to the image and the images of the image (which is why human beings are said to be “according to the image,” not “images”), so is the Word-in-himself in relation to the reason in each. For both hold the place of a source: the Father of divinity, the Son of reason.
2.21Preuschen 4:55
ὥσπερ οὖν θεοὶ πολλοὶ ἀλλʼ ἡμῖν »εἶς θεός, ὁ πατήρ«, καὶ πολλοὶ κύριοι ἀλλʼ ἡμῖν »εἷς κύριος, ’Ιησοῦς Χριστός«, οὕτως πολλοὶ λόγοι ἀλλʼ ἡμῖν εὐχόμεθα ὅπως ὑπάρξῃ ὁ ἐν ἀρχῇ λόγος ὁ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὥν, ὁ θεὸς λόγος.
hōsper oun theoi polloi allʼ hēmin »eis theos, ho patēr«, kai polloi kyrioi allʼ hēmin »heis kyrios, ’Iēsous Christos«, houtōs polloi logoi allʼ hēmin euchometha hopōs hyparxę̄ ho en archę̄ logos ho pros ton theon hōn, ho theos logos.
Just as, then, there are many gods, but for us “one God, the Father,” and many lords, but for us “one Lord, Jesus Christ,” so there are many words, but for us we pray that there may be the Word who was in the beginning, who is with God, God the Word.
2.22Preuschen 4:55
ὃς γὰρ οὐ κωρεῖ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον, τὸν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ἤτοι αὐτῷ γενομένῳ σαρκὶ προςέξει, ἢ μεθέξει τῶν μετεσχγχίτων τινὸς ἐν πάντη ἀλλοτίῳ τοῦ λόγου, ἢ ἀποπεςὼν τοῦ μετέχειν τοῦ μετεσχηχότος ἐν πάντη ἀλλοτρίῳ τοῦ λόγου λόγῳ ἔσται κα- λουμένῳ.
hos gar ou kōrei touton ton logon, ton en archę̄ pros ton theon, ētoi autǭ genomenǭ sarki prosexei, ē methexei tōn meteschnchitōn tinos en pantē allotiǭ tou logou, ē apopesōn tou metechein tou meteschēchotos en pantē allotriǭ tou logou logǭ estai ka- loumenǭ.
For whoever cannot receive this Word, the one in the beginning with God, will either attach himself to him as he became flesh, or will share in one of those who have shared in this Word; or, falling away from sharing even in one who has shared, he will be in what is called a word but is wholly alien to the Word.
2.23Preuschen 4:55–56
σαφὲς δὲ ἔσται τὸ εἰρημένον ἐκ παραδειγμάτων τῶν περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου καὶ θεῶν ἤτοι μετεχόντων θεοῦ ἢ κεγομένων μὲν οὐδαμῶς δὲ ὄντων θεῶν, καὶ πάλιν λόγου θεοῦ καὶ λόγου γενομένου [θεοῦ] σαρκὸς καὶ λόγων ἤτοι μετεχόντων πως τοῦ λόγου, λόγων δευτέρων ἢ τρίτων παρὰ τὸν πρὸ πάντων, νομιζομέ- νων μὲν λόγων λὐκ ὄντων δὲ ἀληθῶς λόγων ἀλλʼ, ἵνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, ὅλον τοῦτο ἀλόγων λόγων, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν λεγομένων μέν, οὐκ ὄντων δὲ θεῶν τάξαι τις ἂν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀλόγων λόγων τὸ οὐ θεῶν θεῶν.
saphes de estai to eirēmenon ek paradeigmatōn tōn peri tou theou kai tou theou logou kai theōn ētoi metechontōn theou ē kegomenōn men oudamōs de ontōn theōn, kai palin logou theou kai logou genomenou [theou] sarkos kai logōn ētoi metechontōn pōs tou logou, logōn deuterōn ē tritōn para ton pro pantōn, nomizome- nōn men logōn lyk ontōn de alēthōs logōn allʼ, hinʼ houtōs eipō, holon touto alogōn logōn, hōsper kai epi tōn legomenōn men, ouk ontōn de theōn taxai tis an anti tou alogōn logōn to ou theōn theōn.
What has been said will become clear from examples concerning God and the Word of God, and gods who either share in God or are so called but are in no way gods; and again, concerning the Word of God and the Word who became flesh, and words that either share in some way in the Word, being second or third words besides the one before all, or are thought to be words but are not truly words but, so to speak, altogether irrational words; just as, in the case of those called gods but not being gods, one might put “no-gods gods” in place of “irrational words.”
2.24Preuschen 4:56
ὁ μὲν οὖν θεὸς τῶν ὅλων τῆς ἐκλογῆς ἐστι θεός, καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον τοῦ τῆς ἐκλογῆς σωτῆρος· ἔπειτα τῶν ἀληθῶς θεῶν ἐστι θεός, καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς ζώντων καὶ οὐ νεκρῶν ἐστι θεός. ὁ δὲ θεὸς λόγος τάχα τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ ἱστάντων τὸ πᾶν καὶ τῶν πατέρα αὐτὸν νομιζόντων ἐστὶν θεός.
ho men oun theos tōn holōn tēs eklogēs esti theos, kai poly mallon tou tēs eklogēs sōtēros; epeita tōn alēthōs theōn esti theos, kai hapaxaplōs zōntōn kai ou nekrōn esti theos. ho de theos logos tacha tōn en autǭ histantōn to pan kai tōn patera auton nomizontōn estin theos.
The God of the universe, then, is the God of the elect, and much more of the Savior of the elect; then he is the God of those who are truly gods, and in a word he is the God of the living and not of the dead. But God the Word is perhaps the God of those who set their all in him and consider him their Father.
2.25Preuschen 4:56
ἥλιος δὲ καὶ σελήνη καὶ ἀστέρες, ὥς τινες τῶν πρὸ ἡμῶν διηγήσαντο, ἀπενεμήθησαν τοῖς μὴ ἀξίοις ἐπιγρά- φεσθαι τὸν θεὸν τῶν θεῶν θεὸν αὐτῶν εἶναι. οὕτω δὲ ἐξεδέξαντο κινη- θέντες ἐκ τῶν ἐν τῷ Δευτερονομίῳ τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον ἐχόντων. »Μὴ ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην »καὶ πάντα τὸν κόσμον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, πλανηθεὶς προσκυνήσῃς αὐτοῖς »καὶ λατρεύσῃς αὐτοῖς, ἃ ἀπένειμεν αὐτὰ κύριος ὁ θεός σου πᾶσι »τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. ὑμῖν δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἔσωκε κύριος ὁ θεός σου.«
hēlios de kai selēnē kai asteres, hōs tines tōn pro hēmōn diēgēsanto, apenemēthēsan tois mē axiois epigra- phesthai ton theon tōn theōn theon autōn einai. houtō de exedexanto kinē- thentes ek tōn en tǭ Deuteronomiǭ ton tropon touton echontōn. »Mē anablepsas eis ton ouranon kai idōn ton hēlion kai tēn selēnēn »kai panta ton kosmon tou ouranou, planētheis proskynēsę̄s autois »kai latreusę̄s autois, ha apeneimen auta kyrios ho theos sou pasi »tois ethnesin. hymin de ouch houtōs esōke kyrios ho theos sou.«
And the sun and moon and stars, as some before us have explained, were allotted to those who were not worthy to have the God of gods inscribed as their God. They took it so, moved by the words in Deuteronomy which run thus: “Do not, looking up to heaven and seeing the sun and the moon and all the ornament of heaven, be led astray and worship them and serve them, which the Lord your God allotted to all the nations. But to you the Lord your God did not give it so.”
2.26Preuschen 4:56
πῶς γὰρ ἀπένειμε πᾶσι τοῖς ἕθνεσιν ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην αὐτὰ τῷ Ἰσραήλ; τῷ τοὺς μὴ δυναμένους ἐπὶ τὴν νοητὴν ἀναδραμεῖν φύσιν, διʼ αἰσθη- τῶν θεῶν κινουμένους περὶ θεότητος, ἀγαπητῶς κἂν ἐν τούτοις ἵστασθαι καὶ μὴ πίπτειν ἐπὶ εἴδωλα καὶ δαιμόνια.
pōs gar apeneime pasi tois hethnesin hēlion kai selēnēn auta tǭ Israēl? tǭ tous mē dynamenous epi tēn noētēn anadramein physin, diʼ aisthē- tōn theōn kinoumenous peri theotētos, agapētōs kan en toutois histasthai kai mē piptein epi eidōla kai daimonia.
For how did he allot the sun and moon to all the nations, … to Israel? In that those who cannot run up to the intelligible nature, being moved concerning divinity through perceptible gods, might be content to stop at least at these and not fall to idols and demons.
2.27Preuschen 4:56
οὐκοῦν οἱ μὲν θεὸν ἔτι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν χριστὸν αὐτοῦ· καὶ τρίτοι οἱ τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην καὶ πάντα τὸν κόσμον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἀπὸ θεοῦ μὲν πλανηθέντες, πλὴν πλάνην πολλῷ διαφέρουσαν καὶ κρείττονα τῶν καλούντων θεοὺς ἔργα χειρῶν ἀνθρώπων, χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον, τέχνης ἐμμελετήματα. τελευταῖοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ λεγομένοις μὲν θεοῖς ἀνακείμενοι οὐδαμῶς δὲ οὖσιν θεοῖς.
oukoun hoi men theon eti ton huion tou theou ton christon autou; kai tritoi hoi ton hēlion kai tēn selēnēn kai panta ton kosmon tou ouranou, apo theou men planēthentes, plēn planēn pollǭ diapherousan kai kreittona tōn kalountōn theous erga cheirōn anthrōpōn, chryson kai argyron, technēs emmeletēmata. teleutaioi de eisin hoi legomenois men theois anakeimenoi oudamōs de ousin theois.
So some have as God … the Son of God, his Christ; and third are those who have the sun and the moon and all the ornament of heaven, having strayed from God, though with a straying far different from and better than that of those who call gods the works of human hands, gold and silver, products of craft. And last are those devoted to so-called gods which are in no way gods.
2.28Preuschen 4:56
Οὕτω τοίνυν οἱ μέν τινες μετέχουσιν αὐτοῦ τοῦ »ἐν ἀρχῇ« λόγου καὶ »πρὸς τὸν θεὸν« λόγου καὶ »θεοῦ« λόγου, ὥσπερ ’Ωσηὲ καὶ ‘Ησαΐας καὶ ‘Ιερεμίας καὶ εἴ τις ἕτερος τοιοῦτον ἑαυτὸν παρέστησεν, ὡς »τὸν λόγον κυρίου« ἢ » τὸν λόγον« γενέσθαι πρὸς αὐτόν·
Houtō toinyn hoi men tines metechousin autou tou »en archę̄« logou kai »pros ton theon« logou kai »theou« logou, hōsper ’Ōsēe kai ‘Ēsaïas kai ‘Ieremias kai ei tis heteros toiouton heauton parestēsen, hōs »ton logon kyriou« ē » ton logon« genesthai pros auton;
So, then, some share in the Word himself who is “in the beginning,” the Word “with God,” the Word who is “God,” like Hosea and Isaiah and Jeremiah and anyone else who has shown himself such that “the word of the Lord” or “the word” came to him;
2.29Preuschen 4:56–57
ἕτεροι δὲ οἱ μηδὲν εἰδότες »εἰ μὴ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον«, τὸν γενόμενον σάρκα λόγον τὸ πᾶν νομίσαντες εἶναι τοῦ λόγου, Χριστὸν κατὰ σάρκα μόνον γινώσκουσι· τοιοῦτον δέ ἐστι τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πεπιστευκέναι νομιζομένων.
heteroi de hoi mēden eidotes »ei mē Iēsoun Christon kai touton estaurōmenon«, ton genomenon sarka logon to pan nomisantes einai tou logou, Christon kata sarka monon ginōskousi; toiouton de esti to plēthos tōn pepisteukenai nomizomenōn.
others, who know nothing “except Jesus Christ and him crucified,” thinking that the Word become flesh is the whole of the Word, know Christ only according to the flesh; and such is the multitude of those who are thought to have believed.
2.30Preuschen 4:57
καὶ τρίτοι λόγοις μετέχουσί τι τοῦ λόγου ὡς πάντα ὑπερέχουσι λόγον προσεσχήχασι, καὶ μήποτε οὖτοί εἰσιν οἱ μετερχόμενοι τὰς εὐδοχιμούσας καὶ διαφρούσας ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ παρʼ Ἓλλησιν αἱρέσεις.
kai tritoi logois metechousi ti tou logou hōs panta hyperechousi logon proseschēchasi, kai mēpote outoi eisin hoi meterchomenoi tas eudochimousas kai diaphrousas en philosophią parʼ Hellēsin haireseis.
And third are those who have given heed to words that share somewhat in the Word, as though these surpassed every word; and perhaps these are those who follow the esteemed and distinguished schools of philosophy among the Greeks.
2.31Preuschen 4:57
τέταρτοι δὲ παρὰ τούτους οἱ πεπιστεθκότες λόγοις πάντη διεφθορόσι καὶ ἀθέοις, τὴν ἐναργῆ καὶ σχεδὸν αἰσθητὴν πρόνοιαν ἀναιροῦσι καὶ ἄλλο τι τέλος παρὰ τὸ καλὸν ἀποδεχομένοις.
tetartoi de para toutous hoi pepistethkotes logois pantē diephthorosi kai atheois, tēn enargē kai schedon aisthētēn pronoian anairousi kai allo ti telos para to kalon apodechomenois.
And fourth besides these are those who have believed in words wholly corrupt and godless, which do away with the evident and almost perceptible providence and accept some end other than the good.
2.32Preuschen 4:57
Εἰ καὶ ἐδόξαμεν δὲ παρεκβεβηκέναι, οἶμαι δʼ ὅτι παρακειμένως ὑπὲρ τοῦ σαφῶς ἰδεῖν τέσσαρα τάγματα κατὰ τὸ »θεὸς« ὅνομα καὶ τέσσαρα κατὰ τὸ »λόγος« τοῦτο πεποιήκαμεν. ἦν γὰρ »ὁ θεὸς« καὶ »θεός«, εἶτα »θεοὶ« διχῶς, ὦν τοῦ τῶν ὅλων »θεοῦ«. καὶ πάλιν ἦν »ὁ λόγος«, τάχα δὲ καὶ » λόγος«, ὁμοίως τῷ »ὁ θεὸς« καὶ »θεός«, καὶ »οἱ λόγοι« διχῶς, οἰκεῖοί τε ἀνθρώπινοι· οἱ μὲν τῷ πατρί, μερίδες ὄντες αὐτοῦ· καὶ τούτοις παρακείμενοι, οὓς νῦν σαφέστερον ὁ λόγος ἡμῖν παρίστησιν, οἱ ἐπὶ τὸν σωτῆρα φθάσαντες καὶ τὸ πᾶν ἐν αὐτῷ ἱστάντες. καὶ τρίτοι οἱ προειρημένοι, ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἀστέρας νομίζοντες θεοὺς καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἱστάμενοι. ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ
Ei kai edoxamen de parekbebēkenai, oimai dʼ hoti parakeimenōs hyper tou saphōs idein tessara tagmata kata to »theos« honoma kai tessara kata to »logos« touto pepoiēkamen. ēn gar »ho theos« kai »theos«, eita »theoi« dichōs, ōn tou tōn holōn »theou«. kai palin ēn »ho logos«, tacha de kai » logos«, homoiōs tǭ »ho theos« kai »theos«, kai »hoi logoi« dichōs, oikeioi te anthrōpinoi; hoi men tǭ patri, merides ontes autou; kai toutois parakeimenoi, hous nyn saphesteron ho logos hēmin paristēsin, hoi epi ton sōtēra phthasantes kai to pan en autǭ histantes. kai tritoi hoi proeirēmenoi, hēlion kai selēnēn kai asteras nomizontes theous kai en autois histamenoi. epi pasi de kai en tę̄
Even if we seemed to have digressed, I think we have done this appropriately, in order to see clearly four ranks according to the name “God” and four according to the name “Word.” For there was “the God” and “God,” then “gods” in two senses, … of the God of the universe. And again there was “the Word,” and perhaps also “Word,” like “the God” and “God,” and “the words” in two senses. Of those who worship: some belong to the Father, being his portion; and next to these, those whom the argument now presents to us more clearly, who have reached the Savior and set their all in him; and third, those mentioned before, who think the sun and moon and stars are gods and stop at them; and last of all, in the
2.33Preuschen 4:57
κάτω χώρᾳ οἱ τοῖς ἀψύχοις καὶ νεκροῖς εἰδώλοις ἐγκείμενοι. τὸ δὲ ἀνάλογον καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κατὰ τὸν λόγον εὐρίσχομεν. οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῷ τῷ λόγῳ κεκόσμηνται· οἱ δὲ παρακειμένῳ τινὶ αὐτῷ καὶ δοκοῦντι εἶναι αὐτῷ τῷ πρώτῳ λόγῳ, οἱ μηδὲν εἰδότες »εἰ μὴ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν »καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον«, οἱ τὸν λόγον σάρκα ὁρῶντες· καὶ δοκοῦντι οὓς πρὸ βραχέος εἰρήκαμεν. τί δὲ δεῖ λέγειν περὶ τῶν νομιζομένων μὲν ἐν λόγῳ τυγχάνειν, ἀποπεπτωκότων δὲ οὐ μόνον αὐτοῦ τοῦ καλοῦ ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἰχνέων τῶν μετεχόντων αὐτοῦ; 1, 2. Οὖτος τἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν.
katō chōrą hoi tois apsychois kai nekrois eidōlois enkeimenoi. to de analogon kai epi tōn kata ton logon eurischomen. hoi men gar autǭ tǭ logǭ kekosmēntai; hoi de parakeimenǭ tini autǭ kai dokounti einai autǭ tǭ prōtǭ logǭ, hoi mēden eidotes »ei mē Iēsoun Christon »kai touton estaurōmenon«, hoi ton logon sarka horōntes; kai dokounti hous pro bracheos eirēkamen. ti de dei legein peri tōn nomizomenōn men en logǭ tynchanein, apopeptōkotōn de ou monon autou tou kalou alla kai tōn ichneōn tōn metechontōn autou? 1, 2. Outos tēn en archę̄ pros ton theon.
lowest place, those who are devoted to lifeless and dead idols. And we find the analogous thing also in what concerns the Word. For some are adorned by the Word himself; others by something next to him that seems to be the first Word himself: those who know nothing “except Jesus Christ and him crucified,” who see the Word as flesh; and others by what seems to be a word, those whom we mentioned a little before. And what need is there to speak of those who are thought to be in the word but have fallen away not only from the good itself but even from the traces of those who share in it? John 1:2: “He was in the beginning with God.”
2.34Preuschen 4:57
Διὰ τῶν προειρημένων τριῶν προτάσεων τάγματα τρία δι- δάξας ἡμᾶς ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς συγκεφαλαιοῦται τὰ τρία εἰς ἕν, λέγων τὸ »Οὖτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν«.
Dia tōn proeirēmenōn triōn protaseōn tagmata tria di- daxas hēmas ho euangelistēs synkephalaioutai ta tria eis hen, legōn to »Outos ēn en archę̄ pros ton theon«.
Having taught us three ranks through the three propositions stated before, the evangelist sums up the three into one, saying, “He was in the beginning with God.”
2.35Preuschen 4:57–58
πρῶτον δὲ τῶν τριῶν με- μαθήκαμεν, ἐν τίνι ἦν ὁ λόγος, ὅτι »ἐν ἀρχῇ«, καὶ πρὸς τίνα οὖτος ᾖν, ὅτι »πρὸς τὸν θεόν«, καὶ τίς ὁ λόγος ἦν, ὅτι »θεός«. οἱονεὶ οὖν δεικνὺς τὸν προειρημένον θεὸν λόγον διὰ τοῦ »Οὖτος«, καὶ συνάγων εἰς τετάρτην πρότασιν τό τε »Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος« καὶ τὸ »‘Ο λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος« φηςίν· »Οὖτος »ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν.«
prōton de tōn triōn me- mathēkamen, en tini ēn ho logos, hoti »en archę̄«, kai pros tina outos ę̄n, hoti »pros ton theon«, kai tis ho logos ēn, hoti »theos«. hoionei oun deiknys ton proeirēmenon theon logon dia tou »Outos«, kai synagōn eis tetartēn protasin to te »En archę̄ ēn ho logos« kai to »‘O logos ēn pros ton theon, kai theos ēn ho logos« phēsin; »Outos »ēn en archę̄ pros ton theon.«
First of the three we have learned in what the Word was, namely “in the beginning”; and with whom he was, namely “with God”; and who the Word was, namely “God.” As if pointing, then, to the God the Word already mentioned by “He,” and gathering into a fourth proposition both “In the beginning was the Word” and “The Word was with God, and the Word was God,” he says: “He was in the beginning with God.”
2.36Preuschen 4:58
δύναται μέντοι γε τὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ὄνομα λαμβάνεσθαι καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ἀρχῆς, μανθανόντων ἡμῶν διὰ τῶν λεγομένον ὅτι πρεσβύτερος ὁ λόγος τῶν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς γενομένων ἦν. εἰ γὰρ »ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν«, τὸ δὲ »Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν« σαφῶς πρεσβύτερόν ἐστι τοῦ ἐν ἀρχῇ πεποιημένου, οὐ μόνον στερεώματος καὶ ξηρᾶς, ἀλλὰ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς πρεσβήτερός ἐστιν ὁ λόγος.
dynatai mentoi ge to tēs archēs onoma lambanesthai kai epi tēs tou kosmou archēs, manthanontōn hēmōn dia tōn legomenon hoti presbyteros ho logos tōn apʼ archēs genomenōn ēn. ei gar »en archę̄ epoiēsen ho theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn«, to de »En archę̄ ēn« saphōs presbyteron esti tou en archę̄ pepoiēmenou, ou monon stereōmatos kai xēras, alla ouranou kai gēs presbēteros estin ho logos.
The name “beginning,” however, can also be taken of the beginning of the world, as we learn from what is said that the Word was older than the things that came to be from the beginning. For if “in the beginning God made the heaven and the earth,” and “In the beginning was” is clearly older than what was made in the beginning, the Word is older not only than the firmament and the dry land but than heaven and earth.
2.37Preuschen 4:58
τάχα δὲ οὐκ ἀτόπως τις ζητήσαι ἂν διὰ τί οὐκ εἴρηται· »Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἠν ὁ λόγος« τοῦ θεοῦ »καὶ ὁ λόγος« τοῦ θεοῦ »ῆν πρὸς » ἐστιν ὁ λόγος. τάχα δὲ οὐκ ἀτόπως τις ζητήσαι ἂν διὰ τί οὐκ εἴρηται· » τὸν θεόν καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος« τοῦ θεοῦ. ἀκόλουθον δέ ἐστιν τὸν ζητοῦντα, τί δήποτε οὐγέγραπαι· »Ἐν ἀρχῇ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ«, καὶ ζητοῦντα. τί δήποτε οὐ γέγραπται· »Ἐν ἀρχῇ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ«, ὁ μέν τις τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος, ἕτερος δὲ φέρε εἰπεῖν ἀγγέλων λόγος, καὶ ἄλλος ἀνθρώπων, καὶ οὕτως ἐπὶ τῶν λοιπῶν λόγων.
tacha de ouk atopōs tis zētēsai an dia ti ouk eirētai; »En archę̄ ēn ho logos« tou theou »kai ho logos« tou theou »ēn pros » estin ho logos. tacha de ouk atopōs tis zētēsai an dia ti ouk eirētai; » ton theon kai theos ēn ho logos« tou theou. akolouthon de estin ton zētounta, ti dēpote ougegrapai; »En archę̄ ho logos tou theou«, kai zētounta. ti dēpote ou gegraptai; »En archę̄ ho logos tou theou«, ho men tis tou theou logos, heteros de phere eipein angelōn logos, kai allos anthrōpōn, kai houtōs epi tōn loipōn logōn.
Perhaps someone might not unreasonably ask why it is not said, “In the beginning was the Word” of God, “and the Word” of God “was with God, and the Word” of God “was God.” It follows that whoever asks why it is not written “In the beginning was the Word of God” must also ask whether one is the Word of God, and another, let us say, the word of angels, and another of human beings, and so on with the other words.
2.38Preuschen 4:58
εἰ δὲ λόγος, τάχα καὶ »σοξία« καὶ »δικαιοςύνη«. ἄτοπον δὲ πλείονας φάσκειν τῆς »λόγος« προσηγορίας κυρίως τυλχάνειν καὶ τῆς »σοφία« καὶ τῆς »δικαιοσύνη«. καὶ πληχθηςόμεθα πρὸς τὸ μὴ δεῖν ζητεῖν πλείονας λαόγους καὶ σοφίας καὶ δικαιοςύναις, κυρίως οὕτως ὀνομαζόμενα, ἁπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας.
ei de logos, tacha kai »soxia« kai »dikaiosynē«. atopon de pleionas phaskein tēs »logos« prosēgorias kyriōs tylchanein kai tēs »sophia« kai tēs »dikaiosynē«. kai plēchthēsometha pros to mē dein zētein pleionas laogous kai sophias kai dikaiosynais, kyriōs houtōs onomazomena, hapo tēs alētheias.
And if there are several words, perhaps also several “wisdoms” and “righteousnesses.” But it is absurd to say that several beings properly bear the title “Word,” and “Wisdom,” and “Righteousness.” And we shall be struck, from the example of truth, by the conclusion that we must not seek several words and wisdoms and righteousnesses that are properly so named.
2.39Preuschen 4:58
πᾶς γὰρ ὁστισοῦν ὁμολογήσαι ἂν μίαν εἶναι τὴν ἀλή- θειαν· οὐ γὰρ καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτῆς τολμήσαι ἄν τις λέγειν ἑτέραν εἶναι τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλήθειαν καὶ ἑτέραν τὴν τῶν ἀγγέλων καὶ ἄλλην τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων· ἐν γὰρ τῇ φύσει τῶν ὄντων μία ἡ περὶ ἑκάστου ἀλήθεια.
pas gar hostisoun homologēsai an mian einai tēn alē- theian; ou gar kai epʼ autēs tolmēsai an tis legein heteran einai tēn tou theou alētheian kai heteran tēn tōn angelōn kai allēn tēn tōn anthrōpōn; en gar tę̄ physei tōn ontōn mia hē peri hekastou alētheia.
For anyone whatever would agree that truth is one. For no one would dare to say of it that the truth of God is one thing, that of angels another, and that of human beings another; for in the nature of things the truth about each thing is one.
2.40Preuschen 4:58
εἰ δὲ ἀλήθεια μία, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ ἡ κατασκευὴ αὐτῆς καὶ ἡ ἀπόδειξις σοξία τυλχάνουσα μία εὐλόγως ἂν νοοῖτο, πάσης τῆς νομιζομένης σοφίας οὐ κρατούσης τῆς ἀληθείας οὐδὲ σοφίας ἂν ὑγιῶς χρηματιζούσης. εἰ δʼ ἀλήθεια μία καὶ σοφία μία, καὶ λόγος ὁ ἁπαυ- γέλλων τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ τὴν σοφίαν ἁπλῶν καὶ φανερῶν εἰς τοὺς χωρητικοὺς εἶς ἂν τυγχάνοι.
ei de alētheia mia, dēlon hoti kai hē kataskeuē autēs kai hē apodeixis soxia tylchanousa mia eulogōs an nooito, pasēs tēs nomizomenēs sophias ou kratousēs tēs alētheias oude sophias an hygiōs chrēmatizousēs. ei dʼ alētheia mia kai sophia mia, kai logos ho hapau- gellōn tēn alētheian kai tēn sophian haplōn kai phanerōn eis tous chōrētikous eis an tynchanoi.
And if truth is one, clearly its establishment and demonstration, being wisdom, would reasonably be understood as one, since all so-called wisdom that does not hold the truth would not soundly be called wisdom either. And if truth is one and wisdom is one, the Word too who announces truth and wisdom, simple and plain, to those able to receive them, would be one.
2.41Preuschen 4:58
καὶ οὐχὶ ταῦτά φαμεν ἀρνούμενοι τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ τὴν σοφίαν καὶ τὸν λόγον εἶναι τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ δεικ- νύντες τὸ χρήσιμον τοῦ σεσιωπῆσθαι »Τοῦ θεοῦ«, καὶ μὴ ἀναγε- γράφθαι· »’Εν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ.«
kai ouchi tauta phamen arnoumenoi tēn alētheian kai tēn sophian kai ton logon einai tou theou, alla deik- nyntes to chrēsimon tou sesiōpēsthai »Tou theou«, kai mē anage- graphthai; »’En archę̄ ēn ho logos tou theou.«
And we do not say these things denying that the truth and the wisdom and the Word are God's, but showing the usefulness of the silence about “of God,” and of its not being written, “In the beginning was the Word of God.”
2.42Preuschen 4:58–59
‘O αὐτὸς δὲ ’Ιωάννης ἐν τῇ ’Αποκαλύψει καὶ μετὰ τῆς προσ- θήκης αὐτὸς δὲ ’Ιωάννης ἐν τῇ ’Αποκαλύψει καὶ μετὰ τῆς προσ- θήδης αὐτὸν ὀνομάζει τῆς θεοῦ λέγων· »Καὶ εἶδον οὐρανὸν τὸν ἀνε- »ῳγμένον· καὶ ἰδοὺ ἵππος λευκὸς λευκὸς καὶ ὁκαθήμενος ἑπʼ αὐτὸν καλούμενος »πιστὸς καὶ ἀληθινός, καὶ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κρίνει καὶ πολεμεῖ· οἱ δὲ »ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ διαδή- »ματα πολλά· ἔχων ὄνμα γεγραμμένον, ὅ οὐδεὶς οἶδεν εἰ μὴ αὐτός, »καὶ περβεβλημένος ἱμάτιον † ῥεραντισμένον αἵματι, καὶ ἐκέκλητο »τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ »Λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ«. καὶ τὰ στρατεύμτα αὐτοῦ »ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ἐπὶ ἵπποις λευκοῖς ἐνδεδυμένοις »βύσσινον * καθαρόν. καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ἐκπορεύεται »ῥομφαία ὀξεῖα, ἵνα ἐν αὐτῇ πατάξῃ τὰ ἔθνη, καὶ αὐτὸς ποιμαωεῖ »αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥόβδῳ σιδηρᾷ· καὶ αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ οἴνου τῆς »ὀργῆς τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ τοῦ παντοκράτορος. καὶ ἔχει ἐπὶ τὸ »ἱμάτιον καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ν μηρὸν αὐτοὺ ὄνομα γεγραμμένον > Ὁ βασιλεὺς »βασιλέων καὶ κύριος κυρίων«.
‘O autos de ’Iōannēs en tę̄ ’Apokalypsei kai meta tēs pros- thēkēs autos de ’Iōannēs en tę̄ ’Apokalypsei kai meta tēs pros- thēdēs auton onomazei tēs theou legōn; »Kai eidon ouranon ton ane- »ǭgmenon; kai idou hippos leukos leukos kai hokathēmenos hepʼ auton kaloumenos »pistos kai alēthinos, kai en dikaiosynę̄ krinei kai polemei; hoi de »ophthalmoi autou hōs phlox pyros, kai epi tēn kephalēn autou diadē- »mata polla; echōn onma gegrammenon, ho oudeis oiden ei mē autos, »kai perbeblēmenos himation † rherantismenon haimati, kai ekeklēto »to onoma autou »Logos tou theou«. kai ta strateumta autou »en tǭ ouranǭ ēkolouthei autǭ epi hippois leukois endedymenois »byssinon * katharon. kai ek tou stomatos autou ekporeuetai »rhomphaia oxeia, hina en autę̄ pataxę̄ ta ethnē, kai autos poimaōei »autous en rhobdǭ sidērą; kai autos patei tēn lēnon tou oinou tēs »orgēs tou thymou tou theou tou tou pantokratoros. kai echei epi to »himation kai epi ton n mēron autou onoma gegrammenon > Ho basileus »basileōn kai kyrios kyriōn«.
The same John in the Revelation names him with the addition “of God,” saying: “And I saw heaven opened, and behold, a white horse, and the one sitting on it called faithful and true, and in righteousness he judges and makes war. His eyes are like a flame of fire, and on his head are many diadems; he has a name written which no one knows but himself, and he is clothed in a garment … sprinkled with blood, and his name was called ‘The Word of God.’ And his armies in heaven followed him on white horses, clothed in fine linen … pure. And from his mouth goes out a sharp sword, so that with it he may strike the nations, and he will shepherd them with a rod of iron; and he treads the winepress of the wine of the fury of the wrath of God the Almighty. And he has on his garment and on his thigh a name written: ‘King of kings and Lord of lords.’”
2.43Preuschen 4:59
ἀναγκαίως δὲ καὶ ἀπολύτως εἴρηται καὶ »λόγος« καὶ μετὰ προσθήκης »λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ«· ὧν εἰ τὸ ἕτερον σεσιώπητο, ἀφορμὰς ἄν εἴχομεν τοῦ παρεκδέξασθαι καὶ ἀπο- πεσεῖν τῆς περὶ τοῦ λόγου ἀληθείας. εἰ γὰρ »λόγος« μὲν ἀναγέγραπτο »λόγος δὲ θεοῦ« μὴ εἴρητο, οὐ σαφῶς ἐμανθάνομεν, ὅτι οὗτος ὁ λόγος »λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ« ἐστι.
anankaiōs de kai apolytōs eirētai kai »logos« kai meta prosthēkēs »logos tou theou«; hōn ei to heteron sesiōpēto, aphormas an eichomen tou parekdexasthai kai apo- pesein tēs peri tou logou alētheias. ei gar »logos« men anagegrapto »logos de theou« mē eirēto, ou saphōs emanthanomen, hoti houtos ho logos »logos tou theou« esti.
Necessarily, then, he is called both “Word” absolutely and, with the addition, “Word of God.” If either of these had been left unsaid, we would have had occasions for misinterpreting and falling away from the truth about the Word. For if “Word” had been written but “Word of God” not said, we would not have learned clearly that this Word is the “Word of God.”
2.44Preuschen 4:59
πάλιν τʼ αὖ εἰ »λόγος μὲν θεοῦ« προσηγόγευτο, »λόγος« δὲ ἀπολύτως οὐκ εἴρητο, κἄν πολλοὺς λόγους ἀναπλάσσοντες κατὰ τὴν πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν λογικῶν σχέσιν μάτην ἄν πολλοὺς κυρίως οὕτως ὀνομαζομένους παρεδεφάμεθα.
palin tʼ au ei »logos men theou« prosēgogeuto, »logos« de apolytōs ouk eirēto, kan pollous logous anaplassontes kata tēn pros hekaston tōn logikōn schesin matēn an pollous kyriōs houtōs onomazomenous paredephametha.
And again, if he had been called “Word of God” but not said to be “Word” absolutely, we might have invented many words according to the relation to each rational being, and wrongly accepted many as properly so named.
2.45Preuschen 4:59
καλῶς μέντοι γε διαγράφων τὰ περὶ τοῦ λόγου τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τῇ Ἀποκαλύψει ὁ ἀπόστολος καὶ ὁ εὐαγγελιστής, ἤδη δὲ καὶ καὶ τῆς Ἀποκαλύψεως καὶ προφήτης, φηςὶ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον ἑωρακέναι ἐν ἀνεῳγότι τῷ οὐρανῷ ἐφʼ ἵππῳ λευκῷ ὀχούμενον.
kalōs mentoi ge diagraphōn ta peri tou logou tou theou en tę̄ Apokalypsei ho apostolos kai ho euangelistēs, ēdē de kai kai tēs Apokalypseōs kai prophētēs, phēsi ton tou theou logon heōrakenai en aneǭgoti tǭ ouranǭ ephʼ hippǭ leukǭ ochoumenon.
Well indeed does the apostle and evangelist, and now also the prophet of the Revelation, describe the things concerning the Word of God in the Revelation, saying that he saw the Word of God riding on a white horse in the opened heaven.
2.46Preuschen 4:59
τί δὲ αἰνίττεται τὸ ἀνεῷχθαι τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ὁ λευκὸς ἵππος καὶ τὸ ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ καθέζεσθαι τὸν καλούμενον τοῦ θεοῦ λογον, πρὸς τῷ εἶναι θεοῦ λόγον καὶ πιστὸν καὶ ἀληθινὸν καὶ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κρίνοντα καὶ πολεμοῦντα λεγόμενον, κατανοητέον, ἵνα ἔτι μᾶλλον προβιβασθῶμεν τῷ ἐκαβεῖν τὰ περὶ »τοῦ λόγου τοῦ θεοῦ«.
ti de ainittetai to aneǭchthai ton ouranon kai ho leukos hippos kai to epʼ autou kathezesthai ton kaloumenon tou theou logon, pros tǭ einai theou logon kai piston kai alēthinon kai en dikaiosynę̄ krinonta kai polemounta legomenon, katanoēteon, hina eti mallon probibasthōmen tǭ ekabein ta peri »tou logou tou theou«.
We must consider what is hinted at by the opening of heaven and the white horse, and by the one called the Word of God sitting on it, who besides being the Word of God is said to be faithful and true and to judge and make war in righteousness, so that we may advance still further in grasping the things concerning “the Word of God.”
2.47Preuschen 4:59–60
κεκλεῖσθαι δὲ ἡγοῦμαι τὸν οὐρανὸν τοῖς ἀσεβέσι καὶ τὴν εἰκόωα τοῦ χοϊκοῦ φέρουσιν, ἀνεῷχθαι δὲ τοῦς δικαίοις καὶ κεκοσμημένοις τῇ τοῦ ἐπουρανίου εἰκόνι· τοῖς μὲν γάρ, ἅτε κάτω τυγχάνουσι καὶ ἐν σαρκὶ ἔτι ὑπάρχουσιν, ἀποκέκλεισται τὰ κρείττονα οὐ συνιέναι αὐτὸ οὐδὲ τὸ κάλλος αὐτῶν δυναμένοις, ἐπεῖ μὴ βούλον- ται κατανοεῖν συγκύπτοντες καὶ μὴ ἐπιδιδόντες αὑτοὺς εἰς τὸ ἀνα- κύπτειν· τοῖς δὲ διαφέρουσι, ἅτε τὸ πολίτευμα ἔχουσιν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, τὰ οὐράνια τῇ κλειδὶ τοῦ Δαβὶδ ἀνέῳγε θεωρούμενα, τοῦ θείου λόγου ἀνοίγοντος αὐτὰ καὶ σαφηνίζοντος διὰ τοῦ ὀχεῖσθαι ἵππῳ, φωναῖς τὰ σημαινόμενα ἀπαγγελλούσαις, λευκῷ διὰ τὸ φανερὸν καὶ τὸ λευκὸν καὶ φωτεινὸν τῆς γνώσεως.
kekleisthai de hēgoumai ton ouranon tois asebesi kai tēn eikoōa tou choïkou pherousin, aneǭchthai de tous dikaiois kai kekosmēmenois tę̄ tou epouraniou eikoni; tois men gar, hate katō tynchanousi kai en sarki eti hyparchousin, apokekleistai ta kreittona ou synienai auto oude to kallos autōn dynamenois, epei mē boulon- tai katanoein synkyptontes kai mē epididontes hautous eis to ana- kyptein; tois de diapherousi, hate to politeuma echousin en ouranois, ta ourania tę̄ kleidi tou Dabid aneǭge theōroumena, tou theiou logou anoigontos auta kai saphēnizontos dia tou ocheisthai hippǭ, phōnais ta sēmainomena apangellousais, leukǭ dia to phaneron kai to leukon kai phōteinon tēs gnōseōs.
I think heaven is shut to the ungodly and to those who bear the image of the man of dust, but opened to the righteous and to those adorned with the image of the heavenly man. For to the former, since they are below and still in the flesh, the better things are closed, as they cannot understand them or their beauty, since they will not consider them but stoop down and do not give themselves to looking up. But to those who excel, since they have their citizenship in heaven, the heavenly things are opened with the key of David to be contemplated, the divine Word opening and making them clear by riding on a horse, that is, on voices that announce what is signified; white, because of the clarity and the whiteness and brightness of knowledge.
2.48Preuschen 4:60
Καθέζεται δὲ ἀπὶ τὸν λευκὸν ἵππον ὁ καλούμενος »πιστός«, ἱδρυμένος βεβαιώτερον καί, ἵνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, βασιλικώτερον ἐν φωνῖς ἀντραπῆναι μὴ δυναμέναις, παντὸς ἵππου ὀξύτερον καὶ τάχιον τρεχούσαις καὶ παρευδοκιμούσαις ἐν τῇ φορᾷ πάντα τὸν ἀνταγωνιστὴν ὑποκριτὴν λόγου νομεζόμενον λόγον καὶ ἀληθείας δοκοῦσαν ἀλήθειαν.
Kathezetai de api ton leukon hippon ho kaloumenos »pistos«, hidrymenos bebaiōteron kai, hinʼ houtōs eipō, basilikōteron en phōnis antrapēnai mē dynamenais, pantos hippou oxyteron kai tachion trechousais kai pareudokimousais en tę̄ phorą panta ton antagōnistēn hypokritēn logou nomezomenon logon kai alētheias dokousan alētheian.
And the one called “faithful” sits on the white horse, seated more securely and, so to speak, more royally on voices that cannot be overturned, running more swiftly and quickly than any horse, and surpassing in their course every rival that pretends to be the Word, the word so considered, and the truth that seems to be truth.
2.49Preuschen 4:60
καλεῖται δὲ »πιστὸς« ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ λευκοῦ ἵππου οὐ διὰ τὸ πιστεύειν ὅσον διὰ τὸ πιστευτὸς εἶναι, τουτέστι, τοῦ πιστεύεσθαι ἄξιος· κύριος γὰρ κατὰ τὸν Μωσέα πιστὸς καὶ ἀληθινός. καὶ ἀληθινὸς γὰρ πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν σκιᾶς καὶ τύπου καὶ εἰκόνος, ἐπεὶ τοιοῦτος ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀνῳγότι οὐρανῷ λόγος· ὁ γὰρ ἐπὶ γῆς οὐ τοιοῦτος ὁποῖος ὁ ἐν οὐρανῷ, ἅτε γενόμενος σὰρξ καὶ διὰ σκιῶς καὶ τύπων καὶ εἰκόνων λαλούμνος.
kaleitai de »pistos« ho epi tou leukou hippou ou dia to pisteuein hoson dia to pisteutos einai, toutesti, tou pisteuesthai axios; kyrios gar kata ton Mōsea pistos kai alēthinos. kai alēthinos gar pros antidiastolēn skias kai typou kai eikonos, epei toioutos ho en tǭ anǭgoti ouranǭ logos; ho gar epi gēs ou toioutos hopoios ho en ouranǭ, hate genomenos sarx kai dia skiōs kai typōn kai eikonōn laloumnos.
And the one on the white horse is called “faithful” not so much because he believes as because he is believable, that is, worthy of being believed; for according to Moses the Lord is faithful and true. And he is “true” in contrast to shadow and type and image, since such is the Word in the opened heaven; for the Word on earth is not such as the Word in heaven, since he became flesh and speaks through shadows and types and images.
2.50Preuschen 4:60
τὰ δὲ πλήθη τῶν πεπιστευκέναι νομιζομένων τῇ σκιᾷ τοῦ λόγου καὶ οὐχι τῷ ἀληθινῷ λόγῳ θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἀνεῳγότι οὐρανῷ τυγχάνοντι μαθητεύεται. διόπερ ὁ Ἱερμίας φησί· »Πνεῦμα προσώπου »ἡμῶν χριστὸς κύριος, οὗ εἴπομεν· Ἐν τῇ σκιᾷ αὐτοῦ ζησόμεθα ἐν »τοῖς ἔθνεσιν.«
ta de plēthē tōn pepisteukenai nomizomenōn tę̄ skią tou logou kai ouchi tǭ alēthinǭ logǭ theou en tǭ aneǭgoti ouranǭ tynchanonti mathēteuetai. dioper ho Hiermias phēsi; »Pneuma prosōpou »hēmōn christos kyrios, hou eipomen; En tę̄ skią autou zēsometha en »tois ethnesin.«
But the multitudes of those who are thought to have believed are taught by the shadow of the Word, and not by the true Word of God who is in the opened heaven. That is why Jeremiah says: “The breath of our face is Christ the Lord, of whom we said, ‘In his shadow we shall live among the nations.’”
2.51Preuschen 4:60
οὗτος δὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ πιστὸς καλούμενος καὶ ἀληθινὸς καλεῖται καὶ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κρίνει καὶ πολεμεῖ, τῇ αὐτοδικαιοσύνῃ καὶ αὐτοκρίσει τὸ κατʼ ἀξίαν ἑκάστου τῶν ὄντων ἀπονέμειν ἀπὰ θεοῦ δύνασθαι λαβὼν καὶ κρίνειν.
houtos dē ho logos tou theou ho pistos kaloumenos kai alēthinos kaleitai kai en dikaiosynę̄ krinei kai polemei, tę̄ autodikaiosynę̄ kai autokrisei to katʼ axian hekastou tōn ontōn aponemein apa theou dynasthai labōn kai krinein.
This Word of God, then, who is called faithful, is also called true, and judges and makes war in righteousness, having received from God the ability, by righteousness itself and judgment itself, to assign to each being what it deserves and to judge.
2.52Preuschen 4:60
οὐδεὶς γὰρ τῶν μετεχόντων δικαιοσύνης καὶ τῆς τοῦ κρίνειν λαὸν δυνάμεως οὕτω πάντη ἐναπμάξασθαι ἑαυτοῦ τῇ ψυχῇ δυνήσεται τοὺς τῆς δικαιοσύνης τύπους καὶ οῦ κρίνειν, ὥστε ἐν μηδενὶ ἀποκεῖν τῆς αὐτοδικαιοσύνης καὶ τῆς αὐτοκρίσεως, ὡς οὐδὲ ὁ γράφων εἰκόνα οἷός τε ἔσται μετα- δοῦναι πάντων τῶν τοῦ γραφομένου ἰδιωμάτων τῇ γραφῇ.
oudeis gar tōn metechontōn dikaiosynēs kai tēs tou krinein laon dynameōs houtō pantē enapmaxasthai heautou tę̄ psychę̄ dynēsetai tous tēs dikaiosynēs typous kai ou krinein, hōste en mēdeni apokein tēs autodikaiosynēs kai tēs autokriseōs, hōs oude ho graphōn eikona hoios te estai meta- dounai pantōn tōn tou graphomenou idiōmatōn tę̄ graphę̄.
For none of those who share in righteousness and in the power of judging will be able so completely to stamp the imprints of righteousness and of judging on his own soul as to fall short in nothing of righteousness itself and judgment itself, just as a painter will not be able to give his painting all the characteristics of what he paints.
2.53Preuschen 4:60–61
διὰ τοῦτο δὴ ἡγοῦμαι τὸν Δαβὶδ λέγειν τὸ »Οὐ δικαιωθήσεται ἐνώπιόν »σου πᾶς ζῶν«· οὐ γὰρ ἁπαξαπλῶς εἶπε »πᾶς ἄνθρωπος« ἤ »πᾶς »ἄγγελος«, ἀλλὰ »πᾶς ζῶν«, ὅτι κἄν τῆς ζωῆς τις μετέχῃ καὶ πάντη τὴν νεκρότητα ἀπσείσηται, οὐδʼοὕτως ὡς πρὸς σὲ δικαιωθῆναι δυνήσεται παραπλησίως τῇ ζωῇ, οὐδὲ δυνατὸν τὸν μετέχοντα τῆς ζωῆς καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ζῶντα χρηματίζοντα αὐτὸν γενέσθαι ζωήν, καὶ τὸν μετέχοντα δικαιοσύνης καὶ διὰ τοῦτο δίκαιον καλούμενον ἐξισω- θῆναι πάντη τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ.
dia touto dē hēgoumai ton Dabid legein to »Ou dikaiōthēsetai enōpion »sou pas zōn«; ou gar hapaxaplōs eipe »pas anthrōpos« ē »pas »angelos«, alla »pas zōn«, hoti kan tēs zōēs tis metechę̄ kai pantē tēn nekrotēta apseisētai, oudʼhoutōs hōs pros se dikaiōthēnai dynēsetai paraplēsiōs tę̄ zōę̄, oude dynaton ton metechonta tēs zōēs kai dia touto zōnta chrēmatizonta auton genesthai zōēn, kai ton metechonta dikaiosynēs kai dia touto dikaion kaloumenon exisō- thēnai pantē tę̄ dikaiosynę̄.
That is why I think David says, “No living being will be justified before you.” For he did not say simply “every man” or “every angel,” but “every living being,” because even if someone shares in life and has shaken off all deadness, not even so will he be able to be justified before you as life is; nor is it possible for one who shares in life, and is for this reason called living, himself to become life, or for one who shares in righteousness, and is for this reason called righteous, to be made entirely equal to righteousness.
2.54Preuschen 4:61
Ἔργον δὲ τοῦ λόγου ὥσπερ κρίνειν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ οὕτω καὶ πολεμεῖν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἵνʼ ἐκ τοῦ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς λόγῳ καὶ δικαιο- σύνῃ οὕτω πολεμεῖν ἐναιρουμένων τῶν ἀλόγων καὶ τὴς ἀδικίας λέγεσθαι ἐνοικήςῃ καὶ δικαιώςῃ, ἐκβάλλων τὰ ἐναντία τῆς ψυχῆς τοῦ, ἵνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ αὐχμαλωτισθέντος ὁπὸ Χριστοῦ.
Ergon de tou logou hōsper krinein en dikaiosynę̄ houtō kai polemein en dikaiosynę̄, hinʼ ek tou tous echthrous logǭ kai dikaio- synę̄ houtō polemein enairoumenōn tōn alogōn kai tēs adikias legesthai enoikēsę̄ kai dikaiōsę̄, ekballōn ta enantia tēs psychēs tou, hinʼ houtōs eipō, epi sōtērią auchmalōtisthentos hopo Christou.
And it is the work of the Word, as to judge in righteousness, so also to make war in righteousness, so that, from his so warring against the enemies with reason and righteousness, when the irrational things and those called injustice are destroyed, he may dwell in and justify the soul, casting out what is opposed from the soul of one who has, so to speak, been taken captive by Christ for salvation.
2.55Preuschen 4:61
ἔτι κὲ μᾶλλον ἔστιν τὸν τοῦ λογου πόλεμον ἐδεῖν ὅν πολεμεῖ, ἐπὰν αὐτὸς μὲν πρεσβεύῃ περὶ ἀληθείας, ὁ δʼ ὑποκρινόμενος εἶναι λόγος οὐ λόγος ὤν, καὶ ἡ ἑαυτὴν ἀναγορεύσασα ἀλήθειαν οὐκ ἀλήθεια τυγχάνουσα ἀλλὰ ψεῦδος φάσκῃ εἶναι ἑαυτὴν τὴν ἀλήθειαν. τότε γὰρ καθοπλι- σάμενος ὁ λόγος κατὰ τοῦ ψεύδους »ἀναλοῖ αὐτὸ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ »στόματος αὐτοῦ, καὶ αταργεῖ τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ«.
eti ke mallon estin ton tou logou polemon edein hon polemei, epan autos men presbeuę̄ peri alētheias, ho dʼ hypokrinomenos einai logos ou logos ōn, kai hē heautēn anagoreusasa alētheian ouk alētheia tynchanousa alla pseudos phaskę̄ einai heautēn tēn alētheian. tote gar kathopli- samenos ho logos kata tou pseudous »analoi auto tǭ pneumati tou »stomatos autou, kai atargei tę̄ epiphaneią tēs parousias autou«.
Still more can one see the war that the Word wages when he himself pleads for the truth, while the one who pretends to be the word, not being the word, and she who proclaims herself truth, not being truth but falsehood, claims to be the truth. For then the Word, arming himself against falsehood, “will destroy it with the breath of his mouth and abolish it by the appearing of his coming.”
2.56Preuschen 4:61
καὶ ὅρα, εἰ δύναται κατὰ τ][ο νοητὸν τα[[υτα ὑπὰ τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἐν τῇ πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεῖς παρίστασθαι ἐπιστολῇ. τί γάρ ἐστι τὰ ἀνα- λούμενον τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος Χριστοῦ, Χριστοῦ τυγχάνοντος λόγου καὶ ἀληθείας καὶ σοφίας, ἢ τὸ ψεῦδος; καὶ τί τὸ καταργούμε- νον τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ τῆς παρουσίας Χρστοῦ, σοφίας καὶ λόγου νοουμέ- νου, ἤ πᾶν τὸ ἐπαγγελλόμενον εἶναι σοφία, τυγχάνον δὲ ἕν τούτων, ὧν ὁ θεὸς δράσσεται »ἐν τῇ πανουργίᾳ αὐτῶν«; ἔτι ὁ Ἰωάννης θαυμασιώτατα ἐν τοῖς περὶ τοῦ ὀχουμένου τῷ λευκῷ ἵππῳ λόγου φηςὶ καὶ τὸ »Οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ δὲ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός«.
kai hora, ei dynatai kata t][o noēton ta[[yta hypa tou apostolou en tę̄ pros Thessalonikeis paristasthai epistolę̄. ti gar esti ta ana- loumenon tǭ pneumati tou stomatos Christou, Christou tynchanontos logou kai alētheias kai sophias, ē to pseudos? kai ti to katargoume- non tę̄ epiphaneią tēs parousias Chrstou, sophias kai logou nooume- nou, ē pan to epangellomenon einai sophia, tynchanon de hen toutōn, hōn ho theos drassetai »en tę̄ panourgią autōn«? eti ho Iōannēs thaumasiōtata en tois peri tou ochoumenou tǭ leukǭ hippǭ logou phēsi kai to »Hoi ophthalmoi de autou hōs phlox pyros«.
And see whether these things can be represented in their spiritual sense by the apostle in the letter to the Thessalonians. For what is it that is destroyed by the breath of the mouth of Christ, Christ being Word and truth and wisdom, but falsehood? And what is abolished by the appearing of the coming of Christ, understood as wisdom and Word, but everything that professes to be wisdom and is one of those whom God catches “in their craftiness”? Further, John very marvelously says, in what concerns the Word riding the white horse, also, “His eyes are like a flame of fire.”
2.57Preuschen 4:61–62
ὡς γὰρ ἡ φλὸξ τὸ λαμπρὸν ἅμα καὶ φωτιστικόν, ἔτι κὲ καὶ πυρῶδες ἔχει καὶ ἀναλωτικὸν τῶν ὑλικωτέρων, οὕτως οἱ, ἵνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, ὀφθαλμοὶ τοῦ λόγου, οἷς βλέπει καὶ πᾶς ὁ μετέχων αὐτοῦ, πρὸς τῷ διὰ τῶν ἐνυπαρχουςῶν αὐτῷ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν νοητῶν ἀναλοῦσι καὶ ἀφανίζουσι τὰ ὑλικώτερα καὶ παρχύτερα τῶν νοημάτων· πάντα δὲ τὴν ἰσχνότητα καὶ λεπτότητα ἐκπέφευγε τῆς ἀληθείας τὰ ὁπωσποτοῦν ψευδόμενα.
hōs gar hē phlox to lampron hama kai phōtistikon, eti ke kai pyrōdes echei kai analōtikon tōn hylikōterōn, houtōs hoi, hinʼ houtōs eipō, ophthalmoi tou logou, hois blepei kai pas ho metechōn autou, pros tǭ dia tōn enyparchousōn autǭ antilambanesthai tōn noētōn analousi kai aphanizousi ta hylikōtera kai parchytera tōn noēmatōn; panta de tēn ischnotēta kai leptotēta ekpepheuge tēs alētheias ta hopōspotoun pseudomena.
For as the flame has at once brightness and the power to give light, and further is fiery and consumes the more material things, so the eyes of the Word, so to speak, by which he sees, and so does everyone who shares in him, besides grasping intelligible things through the eyes that are in him, consume and do away with the more material and coarser of thoughts. And everything that is in any way false has escaped the fineness and subtlety of the truth.
2.58Preuschen 4:62
Πάνυ δὲ τεταγμένως μετὰ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κρίνοντα καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κρίνειν πολεμοῦντα, ἑξῆς δὲ τῷ πολεμεῖν φωτίζοντα, ἐπιφίρεται τὸ ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν εἶναι αὐτοῦ πολλὰ δια- δήματα. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἕν ἦν καὶ μονοειδὲς τὸ ψεῦδος, καθʼ οὗ τὸν στέφανον ἡττωμένου ἐλάμβανεν ὁ νικήσας »πιστὸς καὶ ἀληθινὸς« λόγος, καὶ ἕν διάδημα περικεῖσθαι εὐλόγως ἄν ἀναγέγραπτο ὁ ἐπι- κρατήσας τῶν ἐναντίων θεοῦ λόγος.
Pany de tetagmenōs meta en dikaiosynę̄ krinonta kai kata to en dikaiosynę̄ krinein polemounta, hexēs de tǭ polemein phōtizonta, epiphiretai to epi tēn kephalēn einai autou polla dia- dēmata. ei men gar hen ēn kai monoeides to pseudos, kathʼ hou ton stephanon hēttōmenou elambanen ho nikēsas »pistos kai alēthinos« logos, kai hen diadēma perikeisthai eulogōs an anagegrapto ho epi- kratēsas tōn enantiōn theou logos.
And in very good order, after the one judging in righteousness, and making war as he judges in righteousness, and next after his making war, enlightening, it is added that on his head are many diadems. For if falsehood were one and of one form, over which, defeated, the victorious “faithful and true” Word received the crown, it would reasonably have been recorded that the Word who prevailed over the enemies of God wore one diadem.
2.59Preuschen 4:62
νυνὶ δὲ πολλῶν ὄντων τῶν ἐπαγγελλομένων τὴν ἀλήθειαν ψευδῶν, καθʼ ὧν στρατευσάμενος ὁ λόγος στεφανοῦται, πολλὰ γίντεται τὰ διαδήματα τῇ κεφαλῇ τοῦ πάντα νικήσντος περικείμενα καὶ ἑκάστης δὲ ἀποστατησάσης ἐνεργείας κρατῶν πολλὰ διαδήματα τῷ νικᾶν περιτίθεται.
nyni de pollōn ontōn tōn epangellomenōn tēn alētheian pseudōn, kathʼ hōn strateusamenos ho logos stephanoutai, polla gintetai ta diadēmata tę̄ kephalę̄ tou panta nikēsntos perikeimena kai hekastēs de apostatēsasēs energeias kratōn polla diadēmata tǭ nikan peritithetai.
But now, since the falsehoods that profess the truth are many, against which the Word campaigns and is crowned, the diadems placed on the head of him who conquers all are many; and, prevailing over each rebellious power, he is crowned with many diadems for his victory.
2.60Preuschen 4:62
Ἑξῆς μετὰ τὰ διαδήματα ἀναγέγραπται ἔχειν »ἔνομα γεγραμμένον »ὅ οὐδεὶς οἶδεν εἰ μὴ αὐτός«· οὗτος γὰρ ὁ ἕμψυχος λόγος ἐπίσταταί τινα μόνος, διὰ τὸ ὑποδεέστερον ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς γενητοῖς τῆς φύσεως αὐτοῦ οὐδενὸς χωροῦντος πάντα, ἅ ἀκεῖνος καταλαμβάνει θεωρεῖν. τάχα δὲ καὶ οἱ μετέχοντες ἐκείνου τοῦ λόγου μόνοι παρὰ τοὺς μὴ μετέχοντας ἴσασι τὰ μὴ εἰς ἐκείνους φθάνοντα.
Hexēs meta ta diadēmata anagegraptai echein »enoma gegrammenon »ho oudeis oiden ei mē autos«; houtos gar ho hempsychos logos epistatai tina monos, dia to hypodeesteron en tois hexēs genētois tēs physeōs autou oudenos chōrountos panta, ha akeinos katalambanei theōrein. tacha de kai hoi metechontes ekeinou tou logou monoi para tous mē metechontas isasi ta mē eis ekeinous phthanonta.
Next after the diadems he is recorded as having “a name written which no one knows but himself.” For this living Word alone knows certain things, since, because of the inferiority of their nature, none of the beings that come after him can receive the contemplation of all that he comprehends. And perhaps also those who share in that Word alone, as compared with those who do not share, know the things that do not reach the others.
2.61Preuschen 4:62
οὐ γυμνὸς δὲ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ ὁρᾶται τῷ ἵππῳ ὀχούμενος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος· περιβέβληται γὰρ ἱμάταιον † ῥεραμμένον αἵματι, ἐπείπερ ἴχνη περίκειται ὁ γενόμε- νος λόγος σάρξ, καὶ διὰ τὸ γεγονέναι σὰρξ ἀποθανών, ὡς προχυθῆναι αὐτοῦ καὶ αἷμα ἐπὶ τὴν γὴν νύξαντος τοῦ στρατιώτου τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, ἐκείνου τοῦ πάθους· τάχα γὰρ κἄν ὁπωσποτὲ ἐν τῇ τοῦ λόγου ὑψηλοτάτῃ καὶ ἀνωτάτῃ θεωρίᾳ γενώμεθα καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας, οὐ πάντη ἐπιλησόμεθα τῆς ἐν σώματι ἡμῶν γενομένης διʼ αὐτοῦ εἰσαγωγῆς.
ou gymnos de tǭ Iōannę̄ horatai tǭ hippǭ ochoumenos ho tou theou logos; peribeblētai gar himataion † rherammenon haimati, epeiper ichnē perikeitai ho genome- nos logos sarx, kai dia to gegonenai sarx apothanōn, hōs prochythēnai autou kai haima epi tēn gēn nyxantos tou stratiōtou tēn pleuran autou, ekeinou tou pathous; tacha gar kan hopōspote en tę̄ tou logou hypsēlotatę̄ kai anōtatę̄ theōrią genōmetha kai tēs alētheias, ou pantē epilēsometha tēs en sōmati hēmōn genomenēs diʼ autou eisagōgēs.
But the Word of God riding the horse is not seen by John naked; for he is clothed in a garment … sprinkled with blood, since the Word who became flesh bears traces of that suffering, having died because he became flesh, so that his blood too was poured out on the earth when the soldier pierced his side. For perhaps, even if we should come in some way to the highest and loftiest contemplation of the Word and of the truth, we shall not entirely forget our introduction, which came about through him in the body.
2.62Preuschen 4:62
Τούτῳ τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγῳ τὰ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ στρατεύματα ἀκο- λουθεῖ πάντα, λόγῳ ἑπόμενα ἡγουμένῶ καὶ μιμούμενα αὐτὸν ἐν πᾶσι, καὶ μάλιστα τῷ ἐπιβεβηκέναι ὁμοίως αὐτῷ ἱπποις λευκοῖς· πάντα γὰρ ἐνώπιον τοῖς νοοῦσι. καὶ ὥσπερ »ἀπέδρα ὀδύνη καὶ λύπη καὶ »στεναγμὸς« ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει τῶν πραγμάτων, οὕτως οἷμαι ὅτι ἀπέδρα ἀσάφεια καὶ ἀπορία, πάντων ἐπιμελῶς καὶ τρανῶς προπιπτόωτων τῶν τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας μυστηρίων.
Toutǭ tǭ tou theou logǭ ta en tǭ ouranǭ strateumata ako- louthei panta, logǭ hepomena hēgoumenō kai mimoumena auton en pasi, kai malista tǭ epibebēkenai homoiōs autǭ hippois leukois; panta gar enōpion tois noousi. kai hōsper »apedra odynē kai lypē kai »stenagmos« epi tǭ telei tōn pragmatōn, houtōs hoimai hoti apedra asapheia kai aporia, pantōn epimelōs kai tranōs propiptoōtōn tōn tēs tou theou sophias mystēriōn.
This Word of God is followed by all the armies in heaven, following the Word as their leader and imitating him in all things, and especially in having mounted white horses as he did; for all things are plain to those who understand. And just as “pain and sorrow and sighing have fled away” at the end of things, so I think obscurity and perplexity have fled away, all the mysteries of the wisdom of God being set forth carefully and clearly.
2.63Preuschen 4:62–63
ἐπισκέψαι δὲ λευκοὺς ἵππους τῶν ἀκολουθούντων τῷ λόγῳ, ἐνδεδυμένους »βύσσινον λευκὸν »καὶ καθαρόν«, εἰ μή, ἐπεὶ ἡ βύσσος ἀπὸ γῆς γίνεται, τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς διαλέκτων, ἅς ἠμφιεσμέναι εἰσὶν αἱ σημαίνουσαι φωναὶ καθαρῶς τὰ πράγματα, τύποι τυγχάνουσι τὰ βύσσινα ἐνδύματα. ταῦτα δὴ ἐπὰ πλεῖον ἐκ τῆς Ἀποκαλύψεως διδασούσης περὶ λόγου θεοῦ εἴρηται, ἵνα ἀκριβέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ νοήσωμεν. Ι, 2. Οἷτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν.
episkepsai de leukous hippous tōn akolouthountōn tǭ logǭ, endedymenous »byssinon leukon »kai katharon«, ei mē, epei hē byssos apo gēs ginetai, tōn epi gēs dialektōn, has ēmphiesmenai eisin hai sēmainousai phōnai katharōs ta pragmata, typoi tynchanousi ta byssina endymata. tauta dē epa pleion ek tēs Apokalypseōs didasousēs peri logou theou eirētai, hina akribesteron ta peri autou noēsōmen. I, 2. Hoitos ēn en archę̄ pros ton theon.
And consider the white horses of those who follow the Word, clothed in “fine linen, white and pure”: whether, since linen comes from the earth, the linen garments are types of the earthly languages with which the voices that signify things purely are clothed. These things have been said at greater length from the Revelation, which teaches about the Word of God, so that we may understand more precisely what concerns him. John 1:2: “He was in the beginning with God.”
2.64Preuschen 4:63
ΙΧ. Τοῖς μὴ ἀδριβοῦσιν τὰς διαφόρους ἐν τοῖς ἀπαγγελλοφί- νοις προτάσεις δόξει ταὐτολογεῖν ὁ εὐαγγελιστής, οὐδὲν πλέον λέγων ἐν τῷ »Οἷτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν« παρὰ τὸ »Καὶ ὁ λόγος »ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν«.
ICh. Tois mē adribousin tas diaphorous en tois apangellophi- nois protaseis doxei tautologein ho euangelistēs, ouden pleon legōn en tǭ »Hoitos ēn en archę̄ pros ton theon« para to »Kai ho logos »ēn pros ton theon«.
To those who do not examine precisely the different propositions in what is stated, the evangelist will seem to repeat himself, saying nothing more in “He was in the beginning with God” than in “And the Word was with God.”
2.65Preuschen 4:63
τηρητέον δὲ ὅτι ἐν μὲν τῷ »Ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς »τὸν θεὸν« οὐ μανθάνομεν τὸ πότε ἤ ἐν τίνι »ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν«, κατὰ τὸ τέταρτον ἀξίωμα προσκείμενον· τέσσαρα γὰρ ἀξιώματα, ἅπερ παρά τισι προτάσεις καλοῦνται, ἔσταιν ἐνθάδε, ὧν τὸ τέταρτον »Οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν«.
tērēteon de hoti en men tǭ »Ho logos ēn pros »ton theon« ou manthanomen to pote ē en tini »ēn pros ton theon«, kata to tetarton axiōma proskeimenon; tessara gar axiōmata, haper para tisi protaseis kalountai, estain enthade, hōn to tetarton »Houtos ēn en archę̄ pros ton theon«.
But we must observe that in “The Word was with God” we do not learn when or in what he “was with God,” which is added in the fourth proposition. For there are four propositions here, which some call premises, of which the fourth is “He was in the beginning with God.”
2.66Preuschen 4:63
οὐ ταὐτὸν δὲ τὸ »Ὁ λόγος ἦν »πρὸς τὸν θεόν«· καὶ τὸ »Οὗτος ἦν« οὐχὶ ἁπλῶς πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ἀλλὰ πότε ἤ ἐν τίνι πρὸς τὸν θεόν· »Οὗτος, γάρ φησιν, ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ »πρὸς τὸν θεόν.« ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ »Οὗτος« κατὰ δεῖδιν ἐκφερόμενον νομισθήσεται ἀπι τοῦ λόγου τετάχθαι ἤ ἐπὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπὸ τοῦ μὴ ἰσχνότερον ἐρευνῶντος, ἵνα καὶ ευρῃ σήλληψιν τῶν προτέρων γινο- μένην ἐν τῇ »οὗτος« προσηγορίᾳ τῆς τε »λόγος« ἐπινοίας καὶ τῆς »θεός«, ἵνα ἡ δεῖξις συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν τὰ τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ διάφορα· οὐ γὰρ ἐν τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ τῇ »λόγος« ἐστὶν ἡ »θεός«, οὐδὲ ἐν τῇ »θεὸς« ἡ »λόγος«.
ou tauton de to »Ho logos ēn »pros ton theon«; kai to »Houtos ēn« ouchi haplōs pros ton theon, alla pote ē en tini pros ton theon; »Houtos, gar phēsin, ēn en archę̄ »pros ton theon.« alla kai to »Houtos« kata deidin ekpheromenon nomisthēsetai api tou logou tetachthai ē epi tou theou hypo tou mē ischnoteron ereunōntos, hina kai eurę̄ sēllēpsin tōn proterōn gino- menēn en tę̄ »houtos« prosēgorią tēs te »logos« epinoias kai tēs »theos«, hina hē deixis synagagę̄ eis hen ta tę̄ epinoią diaphora; ou gar en tę̄ epinoią tę̄ »logos« estin hē »theos«, oude en tę̄ »theos« hē »logos«.
And “The Word was with God” is not the same as “He was,” not simply with God, but when or in what he was with God; for, it says, “He was in the beginning with God.” But also “He,” spoken as a pointing word, will be thought, by one who does not examine more finely, to refer to the Word or to God, so that he may find a combining of the earlier ones in the name “he,” of the aspect “Word” and of the aspect “God,” so that the pointing gathers into one what differs in aspect. For the aspect “God” is not in the aspect “Word,” nor the aspect “Word” in that of “God.”
2.67Preuschen 4:63
τάχα δὲ συγκεφαλαίωσίς ἐστι τῶν τριῶν προτάσεων εἰς μίαν τὴν »Οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν«· καθʼὅ γὰρ »ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν »ὁ λόγος«, οὐ μεμαθήκειμεν ὅτι »πρὸς τὸν θεόν«· καθʼ ὅ δὲ »πρὸς τὸν θεὸν« ὁ λόγος ἦν, οὐκ ἐγινώσκομεν σαφῶς, ὅτι ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἦν· καθʼὅ δὲ »θεὸς ὁ λόγος ἦν«, οὔτε τὸ »ἐν ἀρχῇ« ἀυτὸν εἶναι ἐδηλοῦτο οὔτε ὅτι »πρὸς τὸν θεὸν« ἐτύγχανεν.
tacha de synkephalaiōsis esti tōn triōn protaseōn eis mian tēn »Houtos ēn en archę̄ pros ton theon«; kathʼho gar »en archę̄ ēn »ho logos«, ou memathēkeimen hoti »pros ton theon«; kathʼ ho de »pros ton theon« ho logos ēn, ouk eginōskomen saphōs, hoti en archę̄ pros ton theon ēn; kathʼho de »theos ho logos ēn«, oute to »en archę̄« auton einai edēlouto oute hoti »pros ton theon« etynchanen.
And perhaps “He was in the beginning with God” is a summing up of the three propositions into one. For insofar as “in the beginning was the Word,” we had not learned that he was “with God”; and insofar as the Word was “with God,” we did not know clearly that he was with God in the beginning; and insofar as “the Word was God,” it was shown neither that he was “in the beginning” nor that he was “with God.”
2.68Preuschen 4:63–64
ἐν δὲ τῇ »Οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἐρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν« ἀπαγγελίᾳ, τοῦ »Οὗτος« ἐπὶ τοῦ λόγου καὶ θεοῦ νοουμένου, καὶ τοῦ »Ἐν ἀρχῇ« οὕτω συναπτο- μένου τοῦ τε Πρὸς τὸν θεὸν« προστιθεμένου, οὐδὲν παραλείπεται τῶν ἐν ταῖς τρισὶ προτάσεσιν, ὃ οὐ συγκεφαλαιοῦται συναγομένων εἰς ἕν.
en de tę̄ »Houtos ēn en erchę̄ pros ton theon« apangelią, tou »Houtos« epi tou logou kai theou nooumenou, kai tou »En archę̄« houtō synapto- menou tou te Pros ton theon« prostithemenou, ouden paraleipetai tōn en tais trisi protasesin, ho ou synkephalaioutai synagomenōn eis hen.
But in the statement “He was in the beginning with God,” when “He” is understood of the Word and God, and “in the beginning” is thus joined to it and “with God” is added, nothing of what was in the three propositions is left out that is not summed up, gathered into one.
2.69Preuschen 4:64
ὅρα δὲ εἰ κατὰ τὸ δισσὸν ὀνομάζεσθαι τὸ »Ἐν ἀρχῇ« δυνατὸν ἡμᾶς μανθάνειν πράγματα δύο· ἓν μὲν ὅτι »ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος«, ὡς εἰ καὶ] καθʼ αὑτὸν ἦν καὶ μὴ πάντως πρός τινα· ἕτερον δὲ ὅτι »ἐν ἀρχῆ» »πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἠν«. καὶ οἶμαι, ὅτι οὐ ψεῦδος εἰπεῖν περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι »ἐν ἀρχῇ ην« καὶ »ἐν ἀρχῇ« »πρὸς τὸν θεόν«, οὔτε »πρὸς »τὸν θεὸν« μόνον τυγχάνων, ἐπεὶ καὶ »ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν((, οὔτε »ἐν ἀρχῇ« μόνον ὢν καὶ οὐχὶ »πρὸς τὸν θεὸν« ὤν, ἐπεὶ »Οὑτος ἠν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν«. 1, 3. Πάντα δέ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο.
hora de ei kata to disson onomazesthai to »En archę̄« dynaton hēmas manthanein pragmata dyo; hen men hoti »en archę̄ ēn ho logos«, hōs ei kai] kathʼ hauton ēn kai mē pantōs pros tina; heteron de hoti »en archē» »pros ton theon ēn«. kai oimai, hoti ou pseudos eipein peri autou, hoti »en archę̄ ēn« kai »en archę̄« »pros ton theon«, oute »pros »ton theon« monon tynchanōn, epei kai »en archę̄ ēn((, oute »en archę̄« monon ōn kai ouchi »pros ton theon« ōn, epei »Houtos ēn en archę̄ pros ton theon«. 1, 3. Panta de autou egeneto.
But see whether, because “in the beginning” is named twice, we can learn two things: one, that “in the beginning was the Word,” as though he existed by himself and not necessarily with anyone; the other, that “in the beginning” he “was with God.” And I think it is not false to say of him that “he was in the beginning” and “in the beginning” “with God,” being neither only “with God,” since he also “was in the beginning,” nor only “in the beginning” and not “with God,” since “He was in the beginning with God.” John 1:3: “All things came to be through him.”
2.70Preuschen 4:64
Χ. οὐδέποτε τὴν πρώτην χώραν ἔχει τὸ »διʼ οὑ«, δευτέραν δὲ ἀεί· οἷον ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους· Παῦλος δοῦλος, φησί, Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, »κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον θεοῦ, ὅ προεπηγγεί- »λατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ έν γραφαῖς ἁγίαις περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ »αὑτοῦ, τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαβὶδ κατὰ σάρκα, τοῦ ὁρισθέν- »τος υἱοῦ θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει κατὰ πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης ἐξ ἀναστάσεως »νεκρῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν, διʼ οὗ ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ »ἀποστολὴν εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως έν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ »ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ.«
Ch. oudepote tēn prōtēn chōran echei to »diʼ hou«, deuteran de aei; hoion en tę̄ pros Rhōmaious; Paulos doulos, phēsi, Christou Iēsou, »klētos apostolos, aphōrismenos eis euangelion theou, ho proepēngei- »lato dia tōn prophētōn autou en graphais hagiais peri tou huiou »hautou, tou genomenou ek spermatos Dabid kata sarka, tou horisthen- »tos huiou theou en dynamei kata pneuma hagiōsynēs ex anastaseōs »nekrōn, Iēsou Christou tou kyriou hēmōn, diʼ hou elabomen charin kai »apostolēn eis hypakoēn pisteōs en pasi tois ethnesin hyper tou »onomatos autou.«
“Through whom” never has the first place, but always the second; as in the letter to the Romans: “Paul,” he says, “a servant of Christ Jesus, called an apostle, set apart for the gospel of God, which he promised beforehand through his prophets in the holy Scriptures, concerning his Son, who came from the seed of David according to the flesh, who was designated Son of God in power according to the Spirit of holiness by the resurrection from the dead, Jesus Christ our Lord, through whom we have received grace and apostleship for the obedience of faith among all the nations for his name's sake.”
2.71Preuschen 4:64
ὁ γὰρ θεὸς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἑαυτοῦ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν, ὑπηρετούντων τῶν προφητῶν καὶ ἐχόντων τὸν λόγον τοῦ »διʼ οὗ«, καὶ πάλιν ὁ θεὸς ἔδωκε »χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν »εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως έν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσι« Παύλῳ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς, καὶ ἔδωκε διὰ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ σωτῆρος, ἔχοντος τὸ »διʼ οὑ«.
ho gar theos to euangelion heautou proepēngeilato dia tōn prophētōn, hypēretountōn tōn prophētōn kai echontōn ton logon tou »diʼ hou«, kai palin ho theos edōke »charin kai apostolēn »eis hypakoēn pisteōs en pasi tois ethnesi« Paulǭ kai tois loipois, kai edōke dia Christou Iēsou tou sōtēros, echontos to »diʼ hou«.
For God promised his gospel beforehand through the prophets, the prophets serving and having the role of “through whom”; and again God gave “grace and apostleship for the obedience of faith among all the nations” to Paul and the others, and gave it through Christ Jesus the Savior, who has the role of “through whom.”
2.72Preuschen 4:64
καὶ ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ἑβραίους ὁ αὐτὸς Παῦλός φησιν· »Ὲπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν »ἡμερῶν ἐλάλησεν ἡμῖν ἐν υἱῷ, ὃν ἔθηκε κληρονόμον πάντων, δι »οὗ καὶ ἐποίησε τοὺς αἰῶνας«, διδάσκων ἡμᾶς, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς τοὺς αἰῶνας πεποίηκε διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ, ἐν τῷ τοὺς αἰῶνας γίνεσθαι τοῦ μονογενοῦς ἔχοντος τὸ »διʼ οὕτω τοίνυν τοίνυν καὶ ἐνθάδε εἰ πάντα διὰ τοῦ λόγου ἐγένετο, οὐχ ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου ἐγένετο, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ κρείττονος καὶ μείζονος παρὰ τὸν λόγον. τίς δʼ ἂν ἄλλος οὗτος τυγχάνῃ ἢ ὁ πατήρ;
kai en tę̄ pros Hebraious ho autos Paulos phēsin; »Epʼ eschatou tōn »hēmerōn elalēsen hēmin en huiǭ, hon ethēke klēronomon pantōn, di »hou kai epoiēse tous aiōnas«, didaskōn hēmas, hoti ho theos tous aiōnas pepoiēke dia tou huiou, en tǭ tous aiōnas ginesthai tou monogenous echontos to »diʼ houtō toinyn toinyn kai enthade ei panta dia tou logou egeneto, ouch hypo tou logou egeneto, allʼ hypo kreittonos kai meizonos para ton logon. tis dʼ an allos houtos tynchanę̄ ē ho patēr?
And in the letter to the Hebrews the same Paul says: “In these last days he has spoken to us in a Son, whom he appointed heir of all things, through whom he also made the ages,” teaching us that God made the ages through the Son, the Only-begotten having the role of “through whom” in the making of the ages. So, then, here too, if all things came to be through the Word, they did not come to be by the Word, but by one better and greater than the Word. And who else could this be but the Father?
2.73Preuschen 4:64–65
Ἐξεταστέον δέ, ἀληθοῦς ὄντος τοῦ »Πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο«, εἰ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο. οἶμαι γὰρ ὅτι τῷ μὲν φάσκοντι γενητὸν αὐτὸ εἶναι καὶ προσιεμένῳ τὸ »Πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ »ἐγένετο«· ἀναγκαῖον παραδέξασθαι, ὅτι καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα διὰ τοῦ λόγου ἐγένετο, πρεσβυτέρου παρʼ αὐτὸ τοῦ λόγου τυγχάνοντος· τῷ δὲ μὴ βουλομένῳ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα διὰ τοῦ χριστοῦ γεγονέναι ἕπεται τὸ ἀγέννητον‘ αὐτὸ λέγειν, ἀληθῆ τὰ ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τούτῳ εἶναι κρίνοντι.
Exetasteon de, alēthous ontos tou »Panta diʼ autou egeneto«, ei kai to pneuma to hagion diʼ autou egeneto. oimai gar hoti tǭ men phaskonti genēton auto einai kai prosiemenǭ to »Panta diʼ autou »egeneto«; anankaion paradexasthai, hoti kai to hagion pneuma dia tou logou egeneto, presbyterou parʼ auto tou logou tynchanontos; tǭ de mē boulomenǭ to hagion pneuma dia tou christou gegonenai hepetai to agennēton‘ auto legein, alēthē ta en tǭ euangeliǭ toutǭ einai krinonti.
We must examine, since “All things came to be through him” is true, whether the Holy Spirit too came to be through him. For I think that one who says the Spirit has come to be and accepts “All things came to be through him” must necessarily accept that the Holy Spirit too came to be through the Word, the Word being older than it. But one who does not want the Holy Spirit to have come to be through Christ must, if he judges what is in this Gospel to be true, call it unbegotten.
2.74Preuschen 4:65
ἔσται δέ τις καὶ τρίτος παρὰ τοὺς δύο, τόν τε διὰ τοῦ λόγου παραδεχόμενον τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον γεγονέναι καὶ τὸν ἀγέννητον αὐτὸ εἶναι ὑπολαμβάνοντα, δογματίζων μηδὲ οὐσίαν τινὰ ἰδίαν ὐφεστάναι τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἑτέραν παρὰ τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱόν· ἀλλὰ πάχα προστιθέμενος μᾶλλον. ἐὰν ἕτερον νομίζῃ εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν παρὰ τὸν πατέρα, τῷ τὸ αὐτὸ αὐτὸ τυγχάνειν τῷ πάτρί, ὁμολογουμένως διαιρέσεως δηλουμένης τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος παρὰ τὸν υἱὸν ἐν τῷ »Ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, »ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ· ὃς δʼ ἂν βλασφημήσῃ εἰς τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, οὐχ
estai de tis kai tritos para tous dyo, ton te dia tou logou paradechomenon to pneuma to hagion gegonenai kai ton agennēton auto einai hypolambanonta, dogmatizōn mēde ousian tina idian yphestanai tou hagiou pneumatos heteran para ton patera kai ton huion; alla pacha prostithemenos mallon. ean heteron nomizę̄ einai ton huion para ton patera, tǭ to auto auto tynchanein tǭ patri, homologoumenōs diaireseōs dēloumenēs tou hagiou pneumatos para ton huion en tǭ »Hos ean eipę̄ logon kata tou huiou tou anthrōpou, »aphethēsetai autǭ; hos dʼ an blasphēmēsę̄ eis to hagion pneuma, ouch
There will be also a third besides these two, besides the one who accepts that the Holy Spirit came to be through the Word and the one who supposes it to be unbegotten: one who teaches that the Holy Spirit has no being of its own subsisting distinct from the Father and the Son. But perhaps he would rather agree, if he thinks the Son is distinct from the Father, that the Spirit is the same as the Father, since a distinction of the Holy Spirit from the Son is admittedly shown in “Whoever speaks a word against the Son of Man will be forgiven; but whoever blasphemes against the Holy Spirit will not
2.75Preuschen 4:65
»ἕξει ἄφεσιν οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι«. ἡμεῖς μέντοι γε τρεῖς ὑποστάσεις πειθόμενοι τυγχάνειν, τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱὸν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, καὶ ἀγέννητον μηδὲν ετερον τοῦ πατρὸς εἶναι πιστεύοντες, ὡς εὐσεβέστερον καὶ ἀληθὲς προσιέμεθα τὸ πάντων διὰ τοῦ λόγου γενομένων τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα πάντων εἶναι τιμιώτερον, καὶ τάξει πρῶτον πάντων τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς Χριστοῦ γεγενημένων.
»hexei aphesin oute en toutǭ tǭ aiōni oute en tǭ mellonti«. hēmeis mentoi ge treis hypostaseis peithomenoi tynchanein, ton patera kai ton huion kai to hagion pneuma, kai agennēton mēden eteron tou patros einai pisteuontes, hōs eusebesteron kai alēthes prosiemetha to pantōn dia tou logou genomenōn to hagion pneuma pantōn einai timiōteron, kai taxei prōton pantōn tōn hypo tou patros Christou gegenēmenōn.
have forgiveness either in this age or in the one to come.” We, however, being persuaded that there are three subsistences, the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit, and believing that nothing is unbegotten except the Father, accept as more reverent and true that, all things having come to be through the Word, the Holy Spirit is more honored than all, and first in order of all the things that have come to be from the Father through Christ.
2.76Preuschen 4:65
καὶ τάχα αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ αἰτία τοῦ μὴ καὶ αὐτὸ υἱὸν χρηματίζειν τοῦ θεοῦ, μόνου τοῦ μονογενοῦς φύσει υἱοῦ ἀρχῆθεν τυγχάνοντος, οὑ χρῄζειν ἔοικε τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα διακονοῦντος αὐτοῦ τῇ ὑποστάσει, οὐ μόνον εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἀλλὰ καὶ σοφὸν εἶναι καὶ λογι- κὸν καὶ δίκαιον καὶ πᾶν ὑτιποτοῦν χρὴ αὐτὸ νοεῖν τυγχάνειν κατὰ μετοχὴν τῶν προειρημένων ἡμῖν Χριστοῦ ἐπινοιῶν.
kai tacha hautē estin hē aitia tou mē kai auto huion chrēmatizein tou theou, monou tou monogenous physei huiou archēthen tynchanontos, hou chrę̄zein eoike to hagion pneuma diakonountos autou tę̄ hypostasei, ou monon eis to einai alla kai sophon einai kai logi- kon kai dikaion kai pan hytipotoun chrē auto noein tynchanein kata metochēn tōn proeirēmenōn hēmin Christou epinoiōn.
And perhaps this is the reason why the Spirit too is not called Son of God, since only the Only-begotten is by nature Son from the beginning. The Holy Spirit seems to need him, as he ministers to its subsistence, not only for its being but also for its being wise and rational and righteous and whatever else we must understand it to be by sharing in the aspects of Christ we mentioned before.
2.77Preuschen 4:65
οἶμαι δὲ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα τήν, ἱν οὕτως εἴπω, ὕλην τῶν ἀπὸ θεοῦ χαρισμάτων παρέχειν τοῖς διʼ αὐτὸ καὶ τὴν μετοχὴν αὐτοῦ χρηματίζουσιν ἁγίοις, τῆς εἰρημένης ὕλης τῶν χαρισμάτων ἐνεργουμένης μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, διακονουμένης δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὑφεστώσης δὲ κατὰ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα.
oimai de to hagion pneuma tēn, hin houtōs eipō, hylēn tōn apo theou charismatōn parechein tois diʼ auto kai tēn metochēn autou chrēmatizousin hagiois, tēs eirēmenēs hylēs tōn charismatōn energoumenēs men apo tou theou, diakonoumenēs de hypo tou christou, hyphestōsēs de kata to hagion pneuma.
And I think the Holy Spirit provides, so to speak, the material of the gifts from God to those who are called saints through it and through sharing in it, the said material of the gifts being worked by God, ministered by Christ, and subsisting according to the Holy Spirit.
2.78Preuschen 4:65–66
καὶ κινεῖ με εἰς τὸ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχειν ὑπολαβεῖν Παῦλος περὶ χαρισμάτων οὕτω που γράφωψν· »Διαιρέσεις δὲ χαρισμάτων εἰσί, »τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα· καὶ διαιρέσεις διακονιῶν εἰσί, καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς κύριος· »καὶ διαιρέσεις ἐνεργημάτων εἰσί, καὶ ὁ αὐτός ἐστι θεὸς ὁ ἐνεργῶν »τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν.«
kai kinei me eis to tauthʼ houtōs echein hypolabein Paulos peri charismatōn houtō pou graphōpsn; »Diaireseis de charismatōn eisi, »to dʼ auto pneuma; kai diaireseis diakoniōn eisi, kai ho autos kyrios; »kai diaireseis energēmatōn eisi, kai ho autos esti theos ho energōn »ta panta en pasin.«
And what moves me to suppose that this is so is Paul, writing somewhere about gifts thus: “There are distributions of gifts, but the same Spirit; and there are distributions of ministries, and the same Lord; and there are distributions of workings, and it is the same God who works all things in all.”
2.79Preuschen 4:66
Ἔχει δὲ ἐπαπόρησιν διά τε τὸ »Πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο« καὶ τὸ ἀκολουθεῖν τὸ πνεῦμα γενητὸν ὂν διὰ τοῦ λόγου γεγονέναι, πῶς οἱονεὶ προτιμᾶται τοῦ χριστοῦ ἔν τισι γραφαῖς, έν μὲν τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ ὀμολογοῦντος Χριστοῦ οὐχ ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀπεστάλθαι μόνου, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος φησὶ γάρ· »Καὶ νῦν κύριος ἀπέστειλέ »με κοὶ τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ«), ἐν δὲ τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ἄφεσιν μὲν ἐπαγγελομένου ἐπὶ τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν ἁμαρτίας, ἀποφαινομένου δὲ περὶ τῆς εἰς τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα βλασφημίας, ὡς οὐ μόνον »ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰπωνι« μὴ ἐσομένης ἀφέσεως τῷ εἰς αὐτὸ δυσφημήσαντι, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ »ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι«.
Echei de epaporēsin dia te to »Panta diʼ autou egeneto« kai to akolouthein to pneuma genēton on dia tou logou gegonenai, pōs hoionei protimatai tou christou en tisi graphais, en men tǭ Hēsaïą omologountos Christou ouch hypo tou patros apestalthai monou, alla kai hypo tou hagiou pneumatos phēsi gar; »Kai nyn kyrios apesteile »me koi to pneuma autou«), en de tǭ euangeliǭ aphesin men epangelomenou epi tēs eis auton hamartias, apophainomenou de peri tēs eis to hagion pneuma blasphēmias, hōs ou monon »en toutǭ tǭ aipōni« mē esomenēs apheseōs tǭ eis auto dysphēmēsanti, allʼ oude »en tǭ mellonti«.
But there is a difficulty, because of “All things came to be through him” and the consequence that the Spirit, being originated, came to be through the Word: how is it that in some Scriptures it is, as it were, preferred to Christ? In Isaiah Christ confesses that he was sent not by the Father only but also by the Holy Spirit, for he says, “And now the Lord has sent me, and his Spirit”; and in the Gospel he promises forgiveness for sin against himself, but declares of blasphemy against the Holy Spirit that there will be no forgiveness for the one who has slandered it, not only “in this age” but not even “in the one to come.”
2.80Preuschen 4:66
καὶ μήποτε οὐ πάντως διὰ τὸ τιμιώτερον εἶναι τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ χριστοῦ οὐ γίνεται ἄφεσις τῷ εἰς αὐτὸν ἡμαρτηκότι, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ Χριστοῦ μὲν πάντα μετέχειν τὰ λογικά, οἷς δίδοται συγγνώμη μεταβαλλομένοις ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, τοῦ δὲ ἁγίου πνεύματος τοὺς κατηξιωμένους μηδεμιᾶς εὔλογον εἶναι συγγνώμης τυχεῖν, μετὰ τηλικαύτης καὶ τοιαύτης συμπνοίας τῆς εἰς τὸ καλὸν ἔτι ἀποπίπτοντας καὶ ἐκτρεπομένους τὰς τοῦ ἐνυπάρχοντος πνεύματος συμβουλίας.
kai mēpote ou pantōs dia to timiōteron einai to pneuma to hagion tou christou ou ginetai aphesis tǭ eis auton hēmartēkoti, alla dia to Christou men panta metechein ta logika, hois didotai syngnōmē metaballomenois apo tōn hamartēmatōn, tou de hagiou pneumatos tous katēxiōmenous mēdemias eulogon einai syngnōmēs tychein, meta tēlikautēs kai toiautēs sympnoias tēs eis to kalon eti apopiptontas kai ektrepomenous tas tou enyparchontos pneumatos symboulias.
And perhaps it is not at all because the Holy Spirit is more honored than Christ that there is no forgiveness for the one who has sinned against it, but because all rational beings share in Christ, and pardon is given to them when they turn from their sins; whereas it is reasonable that those who have been counted worthy of the Holy Spirit should obtain no pardon, if, after so great and such an inspiration toward the good, they still fall away and turn aside from the counsels of the Spirit dwelling in them.
2.81Preuschen 4:66
εἰ δὲ κατὰ τὸν Ἡσαΐαν φησὶν ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν ὑπὸ του πατρὸς ἀπεστάλθαι καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ, ἔστι καὶ ἐνταῦθα περὶ τοῦ ἀποστείλαντος τὸν χριστὸν πνεύματος ἀπολογήσασθαι, οὐχ ὡς φύσει διαφέροντος ἀλλὰ τὴν τὴν γενομένην οὐκονομίαν τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐλαττωθέντος παρʼ αὐτὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος.
ei de kata ton Hēsaïan phēsin ho kyrios hēmōn hypo tou patros apestalthai kai tou pneumatos autou, esti kai entautha peri tou aposteilantos ton christon pneumatos apologēsasthai, ouch hōs physei diapherontos alla tēn tēn genomenēn oukonomian tēs enanthrōpēseōs tou huiou tou theou, elattōthentos parʼ auto tou sōtēros.
And if, according to Isaiah, our Lord says that he has been sent by the Father and his Spirit, here too we can give an account of the Spirit's sending Christ: not as though it differed in nature, but because of the dispensation that took place in the incarnation of the Son of God, the Savior having been made lower than it.
2.82Preuschen 4:66
εἰ δὲ ἐν τουτῳ προσκόπτει τις τῷ λέγειν ἠλαττῶσθαι παρὰ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα τὸν σωτῆρα ἐνανθρωπήσαντα, προσακτέον αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν έν τῇ πρὸς Ἑβραίους λεγομένων ἐπιστολῇ, καὶ ἀγγέλων ἐλάττονα διὰ τὸ πάθημα τοῦ θανάτου ἀποφηναμένου τοῦ Παύλου γεγονέναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν· φησὶ γὰρ· »Τὸν δὲ βραχύ τι παρʼ ἀγγέλους ἠλαττωμένον »βλέπομεν Ἰησοῦν διὰ τὸ πάθημα τοῦ θανάτου δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφα- »νωμένον.«
ei de en toutǭ proskoptei tis tǭ legein ēlattōsthai para to hagion pneuma ton sōtēra enanthrōpēsanta, prosakteon auton apo tōn en tę̄ pros Hebraious legomenōn epistolę̄, kai angelōn elattona dia to pathēma tou thanatou apophēnamenou tou Paulou gegonenai ton Iēsoun; phēsi gar; »Ton de brachy ti parʼ angelous ēlattōmenon »blepomen Iēsoun dia to pathēma tou thanatou doxę̄ kai timę̄ estepha- »nōmenon.«
And if anyone takes offense at our saying that the Savior, having become man, was made lower than the Holy Spirit, we must bring him to what is said in the letter to the Hebrews, where Paul declares that Jesus became lower even than the angels because of the suffering of death. For he says: “But we see Jesus, who was made a little lower than the angels, crowned with glory and honor because of the suffering of death.”
2.83Preuschen 4:66–67
ἢ τάχα ἔστι καὶ τοῦτο εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ἐδεῖτο ἡ κτίσις ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἐλευθερωθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος μακαρίας καὶ θείας δυνάμεως ἐνανθρωπούσης, ἥτις διορθώσεται καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὡσπερεὶ ἐπέβαλλέ πως τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι ἡ πρᾶξις αὕτη, ἥντινα ὑπομένειν οὐ δυνάμενον προβάλλεται τὸν σωτῆρα, ὡς τὸ τηλικοῦτον ἀθλον μόνον ἐνεγκεῖν δυνάμενον, καὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὡς ἡγουμένου ἀποστέλλοντος τὸν υἱὸν συναποστέλλει καὶ συμπροπέμπει τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα αὐτόν, έν καιρῷ ὑηπισχνούμενον καταβῆναι πρὸς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ συνεργῆσαι τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων σωτηρίᾳ.
ē tacha esti kai touto eipein, hoti edeito hē ktisis hyper tou eleutherōthēnai apo tēs douleias tēs phthoras, alla kai to tōn anthrōpōn genos makarias kai theias dynameōs enanthrōpousēs, hētis diorthōsetai kai ta epi tēs gēs, kai hōsperei epeballe pōs tǭ hagiǭ pneumati hē praxis hautē, hēntina hypomenein ou dynamenon proballetai ton sōtēra, hōs to tēlikouton athlon monon enenkein dynamenon, kai tou patros hōs hēgoumenou apostellontos ton huion synapostellei kai sympropempei to hagion pneuma auton, en kairǭ hyēpischnoumenon katabēnai pros ton huion tou theou kai synergēsai tę̄ tōn anthrōpōn sōtērią.
Or perhaps this too can be said: creation needed, in order to be set free from the bondage of corruption, and the human race too needed, a blessed and divine power becoming human, which would set right also the things on earth; and this task fell, as it were, in some way to the Holy Spirit; and, being unable to bear it, the Spirit puts forward the Savior as the only one able to endure so great a contest; and when the Father, as the leader, sends the Son, the Holy Spirit sends him along with him and escorts him, promising to come down in due time upon the Son of God and to work with him for the salvation of human beings.
2.84Preuschen 4:67
τοῦτο δὲ πεποίηκεν, ὅτε τῷ σωματικῷ εἴδει ὡσεὶ περιστερὰ ἐφίπταται μετὰ τὸ λουτρὸν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐΠιστὰν οὐ παρέρχεται, τάχα ἐν ἀνθρώποις τοῦτο πεποιηκὸς τοῖς μὴ δυνηθεῖσιν ἀδιαλείπτως φέρειν αὐτοῦ τὴν δόξαν. διόπερ σημαίνει ὁ Ἰωάννης περὶ τοῦ γνῶναι, ὅστις ποτέ ἐστιν ὁ χριστός. οὐχὶ μόνην τὴν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν κατάβασιν τοῦ πνεύματος ἀλλὰ πρὸς τῇ καταβάσει τὴν ἐν αὐτῷ μονήν.
touto de pepoiēken, hote tǭ sōmatikǭ eidei hōsei peristera ephiptatai meta to loutron autǭ kai ePistan ou parerchetai, tacha en anthrōpois touto pepoiēkos tois mē dynētheisin adialeiptōs pherein autou tēn doxan. dioper sēmainei ho Iōannēs peri tou gnōnai, hostis pote estin ho christos. ouchi monēn tēn epi ton Iēsoun katabasin tou pneumatos alla pros tę̄ katabasei tēn en autǭ monēn.
And this it did when, in bodily form like a dove, it flew down upon him after the washing and, having rested on him, did not pass on; perhaps it had done this among men who were not able to bear its glory continually. That is why John, in indicating how to know who the Christ is, marks not only the descent of the Spirit upon Jesus, but besides the descent its remaining on him.
2.85Preuschen 4:67
γέγραπται γὰρ εἰρηκέναι τὸν Ἰωάννην ὅτι »Ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν εἶπεν· >Ἐφʼ ὃν ἂν ἴδῃς τὸ πνεῦμα »καὶ μένον ἐπʼ αὐτόν, οὑτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ »καὶ πυρί<«. οὐ γὰρ λέγεται· »ἐφʼ ὃν ἂν ἴδῃς τὸ πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον« μόνον, τάχα καὶ ἐπʼ ἄλλους καταβεβηκότος αὐτοῦ, ἀλλά »καταβαῖνον »καὶ μένον ἐπʼ αὐτόν«.
gegraptai gar eirēkenai ton Iōannēn hoti »Ho pempsas me baptizein eipen; >Ephʼ hon an idę̄s to pneuma »kai menon epʼ auton, houtos estin ho baptizōn en pneumati hagiǭ »kai pyri<«. ou gar legetai; »ephʼ hon an idę̄s to pneuma katabainon« monon, tacha kai epʼ allous katabebēkotos autou, alla »katabainon »kai menon epʼ auton«.
For it is written that John said: “He who sent me to baptize said, ‘He on whom you see the Spirit descending and remaining on him, this is the one who baptizes in the Holy Spirit and fire.’” For it is not said only “he on whom you see the Spirit descending,” since it had perhaps descended on others as well, but “descending and remaining on him.”
2.86Preuschen 4:67
Ταῦτα δὲ ἐπὶ πολὺ ἐξήτασται σαφέστερον ἰδεῖν βουλομένοις, πῶς, εἰ πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα διὰ τοῦ λόγου ἐγένετο, ἓν τῶν πάντων τυγχάνον ὑποδεέστερον τοῦ διʼ οὑ ἐγένετο νοούμενον, εἰ καὶ λέξεις τινὲς περισπᾶν ἡμᾶς εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον δοκοῦσιν.
Tauta de epi poly exētastai saphesteron idein boulomenois, pōs, ei panta diʼ autou egeneto, kai to pneuma dia tou logou egeneto, hen tōn pantōn tynchanon hypodeesteron tou diʼ hou egeneto nooumenon, ei kai lexeis tines perispan hēmas eis to enantion dokousin.
These things have been examined at length for those who wish to see more clearly how, if all things came to be through him, the Spirit too came to be through the Word, being one of all things and understood as lower than him through whom it came to be, even if some expressions seem to draw us to the opposite.
2.87Preuschen 4:67
ΧΙΙ. Ἐὰν δὲ προσιῆταί τις τὸ καθʼ Ἑβραίους εὐαγγέλιον, ἔνθα αὐτὸς ὁ σωτήρ φησιν· »Ἄρτι ἔλαβέ με ἡ μήτηρ μου, τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, ἐν μιᾷ τῶν τριχῶν μου καὶ ἀπήνεγκέ με εἰς τὸ ὄρος τὸ μέγα Θαβώρ«, ἐπαπορήσει, πῶς »μήτηρ« Χριστοῦ τὸ διὰ τοῦ λόγου γεγενημένον πνεῦμα ἅγιον« εἶναι δύναται.
ChII. Ean de prosiētai tis to kathʼ Hebraious euangelion, entha autos ho sōtēr phēsin; »Arti elabe me hē mētēr mou, to hagion pneuma, en mią tōn trichōn mou kai apēnenke me eis to oros to mega Thabōr«, epaporēsei, pōs »mētēr« Christou to dia tou logou gegenēmenon pneuma hagion« einai dynatai.
And if anyone accepts the Gospel according to the Hebrews, where the Savior himself says, “Just now my mother, the Holy Spirit, took me by one of my hairs and carried me off to the great mountain Tabor,” he will be puzzled how the Holy Spirit, which came to be through the Word, can be “mother” of Christ.
2.88Preuschen 4:67
ταῦτα δὲ καὶ τούτῳ οὐ χαλεπὸν ἑρμηνεῦσαι· εἰ γὰρ ο ποιῶν »τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ ἐν τοῖς »οὐρανοῖς ἀδελφὸς καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστὶν‘ αὐτοῦ καὶ φθάνει τὸ »ἀδελφὸς Χριστοῦ« ὄνομα οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώποιν γένος | ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τούτου θειότερα, οὐδὲν ἄτοπον ἔσται μᾶλλον πάσης χρηματιζούσης »μητρὸς Χριστοῦ« διὰ τὸ ποιεῖν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς πατρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον εἶναι »μητέρα«.
tauta de kai toutǭ ou chalepon hermēneusai; ei gar o poiōn »to thelēma tou patros tou en tois »ouranois adelphos kai adelphē kai mētēr estin‘ autou kai phthanei to »adelphos Christou« onoma ou monon epi to tōn anthrōpoin genos | alla kai epi ta toutou theiotera, ouden atopon estai mallon pasēs chrēmatizousēs »mētros Christou« dia to poiein to thelēma tou en tois ouranois patros to pneuma to hagion einai »mētera«.
But these words too are not hard to interpret. For if the one who does “the will of the Father who is in heaven” is his “brother and sister and mother,” and the name “brother of Christ” extends not only to the human race but also to beings more divine than it, there will be nothing absurd in the Holy Spirit's being “mother,” more than anyone who is called “mother of Christ” because of doing the will of the Father in heaven.
2.89Preuschen 4:67–68
ἔτι εἰς τὸ »Πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο« καὶ ταῦτα ζητητέον· τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ ὁ λόγος ἕτερός ἐστι παρὰ τὴν ζωήν, καὶ ο γέγονεν έν τῷ λόγῳ »ζωὴ »ἠν, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἠν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων‘. ἆρʼ οὖν. ὡς πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, ἥτις ἐστὶν »τὸ φῶς »τῶν ἀνθρώπων«, καὶ αἱ ἄλλαι τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπίνοιαι, ἢ καθʼ ὑπεξαίρεσιν τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ νοητέον τὸ »Πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο«; ὅπερ δοκεῖ μοι εἶναι κρεῖττον.
eti eis to »Panta diʼ autou egeneto« kai tauta zētēteon; tę̄ epinoią ho logos heteros esti para tēn zōēn, kai o gegonen en tǭ logǭ »zōē »ēn, kai hē zōē ēn to phōs tōn anthrōpōn‘. arʼ oun. hōs panta diʼ autou egeneto, kai hē zōē diʼ autou egeneto, hētis estin »to phōs »tōn anthrōpōn«, kai hai allai tou sōtēros epinoiai, ē kathʼ hypexairesin tōn en autǭ noēteon to »Panta diʼ autou egeneto«? hoper dokei moi einai kreitton.
Further, on “All things came to be through him,” these things too must be inquired into. In aspect the Word is different from the life, and what came to be in the Word “was life, and the life was the light of men.” Did, then, as all things came to be through him, the life too come to be through him, which is “the light of men,” and the other aspects of the Savior? Or must “All things came to be through him” be understood with the exception of the things in him? This seems to me better.
2.90Preuschen 4:68
ἵνα γὰρ συγχωρηθῇ διὰ τὸ γεγονέναι τὴν ζωὴν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, τί λεκτέον περὶ τῆς προεπινοουμένης τοῦ λόγου σοφίας; οὐ γὰρ δήπου διὰ τοῦ λόγου τὸ παρὰ τὸν λόγον γεγένηται. ὥστε χωρὶς τῶν ἐπινοουμένων τῷ χριστῷ πάντα διὰ τοῦ λόγου γεγένηται τοῦ θεοῦ, ποιήσαντος ἐν σοφίᾳ αὐτὰ τοῦ πατρός· Πάντα, γάρ φησιν, ἐν σοφίᾳ ἐποίησας‘, οὐ »διὰ τῆς σοφίας ἐποίησας«.
hina gar synchōrēthę̄ dia to gegonenai tēn zōēn to phōs tōn anthrōpōn, ti lekteon peri tēs proepinooumenēs tou logou sophias? ou gar dēpou dia tou logou to para ton logon gegenētai. hōste chōris tōn epinooumenōn tǭ christǭ panta dia tou logou gegenētai tou theou, poiēsantos en sophią auta tou patros; Panta, gar phēsin, en sophią epoiēsas‘, ou »dia tēs sophias epoiēsas«.
For even if it be granted, because the life became the light of men, what must be said about the wisdom that is conceived before the Word? For surely what is prior to the Word did not come to be through the Word. So, apart from the aspects of Christ, all things came to be through the Word of God, the Father having made them in wisdom. For, it says, “You made all things in wisdom,” not “You made them through wisdom.”
2.91Preuschen 4:68
Ἴδωμεν δέ, διὰ τί πρόσκειται τὸ Καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ »ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν«. τισὶ κἂν δόξαι περιττὸν τυγχάνειν τὸ »Χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν» ἐπιφερόμενον τῷ »Πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο«. εἰ γὰρ πᾶν ὁτιποτοῦν »διὰ τοῦ λόγου« γεγένηται, οὐδὲν »χωρὶς τοῦ »λόγου« γεγένηται. οὐκέτι μέντοι γε ἀκολουθεῖ τῷ χωρὶς τοῦ λόγου μὴ γεγνῆσθαί τι τὸ πάντα διὰ τοῦ λόγου γεγενῆσθαι· ἔξεστι γὰρ οὐδενὸς χωρὶς τοῦ λόγου γεγενημένου, μὴ μόνον διὰ τοῦ λόγου γεγονέναι πάντα ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου τινά.
Idōmen de, dia ti proskeitai to Kai chōris autou »egeneto oude hen«. tisi kan doxai peritton tynchanein to »Chōris autou egeneto oude hen» epipheromenon tǭ »Panta diʼ autou egeneto«. ei gar pan hotipotoun »dia tou logou« gegenētai, ouden »chōris tou »logou« gegenētai. ouketi mentoi ge akolouthei tǭ chōris tou logou mē gegnēsthai ti to panta dia tou logou gegenēsthai; exesti gar oudenos chōris tou logou gegenēmenou, mē monon dia tou logou gegonenai panta alla kai hypo tou logou tina.
Let us see why “And without him nothing came to be” is added. To some, “Without him nothing came to be,” following “All things came to be through him,” might seem superfluous. For if everything whatever has come to be “through the Word,” nothing has come to be “without the Word.” But it does not follow, from nothing having come to be without the Word, that all things came to be through the Word; for it is possible, while nothing has come to be without the Word, that not all things came to be only through the Word, but some also by the Word.
2.92Preuschen 4:68
χρὴ τοίνυν εἰδέναι, πῶς δεῖ ἀκούειν τοῦ »Πάντα« καὶ πῶς τοῦ »Οὐδέν«. δυνατὸν γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ μὴ τετρανωκέναι ἀμφοτέρας τὰς λέξεις ἐκδέξασθαι ὅτι, εἰ πάντα διὰ τοῦ λόγου ἐγένετο, τῶν δὲ πάντων ἐστὶ καὶ ἡ κακία καὶ πᾶσα ἡ χύσις τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τὰ πονηρά, ὅτι καὶ ταῦτα διὰ τοῦ λόγου ἐγένετο. τοῦτο δὲ ψεῦδος· κτίσματα μὲν γὰρ πάντα διὰ τοῦ λόγου γεγονέναι οὐκ ἄτοπον ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τοῦ λόγου τὰ ἀνδραγαθήματα καὶ πάντα τὰ κατορθώματα κατωρθῶσθαι τοῖς μακαρίοις νοεῖν ἀναγκαῖον), οὐκέτι δὲ καὶ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα καὶ τὰ ἀποπτώματα.
chrē toinyn eidenai, pōs dei akouein tou »Panta« kai pōs tou »Ouden«. dynaton gar ek tou mē tetranōkenai amphoteras tas lexeis ekdexasthai hoti, ei panta dia tou logou egeneto, tōn de pantōn esti kai hē kakia kai pasa hē chysis tēs hamartias kai ta ponēra, hoti kai tauta dia tou logou egeneto. touto de pseudos; ktismata men gar panta dia tou logou gegonenai ouk atopon alla kai dia tou logou ta andragathēmata kai panta ta katorthōmata katōrthōsthai tois makariois noein anankaion), ouketi de kai ta hamartēmata kai ta apoptōmata.
We must know, then, how “all” is to be heard and how “nothing.” For from not having made both expressions clear it is possible to take it that, if all things came to be through the Word, and vice and the whole flood of sin and evil things are among all things, these too came to be through the Word. But this is false. For it is not absurd that all creatures came to be through the Word (and it is necessary to understand that the noble deeds and all right actions of the blessed have also been accomplished through the Word), but not so the sins and failures.
2.93Preuschen 4:68
ἐξειλήφασιν οὖν τινες τῷ ἀνυπόστατον εἶναι τὴν κακίαν οὔτε γὰρ ἦν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς οὔτε εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἔσται) ταῦτʼ εἶναι τὰ Μηδέν‘· καὶ ὥσπερ Ἑλλήνων τινές φασιν, εἶναι τῶν »Οὔ τινων« τὰ γένη καὶ τὰ εἴδη, οἷον τὸ ζῷον καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὕτως ὐπέλαβον »Οὑδὲν« τυγχάνειν Πᾶν τὸ οὐχ ὑπὸ θεοῦ οὐδὲ διὰ τοῦ λόγου τὴν δοκοῦσαν σύστασιν εἰληφός.
exeilēphasin oun tines tǭ anypostaton einai tēn kakian oute gar ēn apʼ archēs oute eis ton aiōna estai) tautʼ einai ta Mēden‘; kai hōsper Hellēnōn tines phasin, einai tōn »Ou tinōn« ta genē kai ta eidē, hoion to zǭon kai ton anthrōpon, houtōs ypelabon »Houden« tynchanein Pan to ouch hypo theou oude dia tou logou tēn dokousan systasin eilēphos.
Some, then, have taken it, because vice has no real existence (for it neither was from the beginning nor will be for ever), that these are the “nothing.” And just as some of the Greeks say that genera and species, such as “animal” and “man,” belong to the “not-somethings,” so they supposed that everything which has not received its apparent existence from God or through the Word is “nothing.”
2.94Preuschen 4:68–69
καὶ ἐφιστῶμεν, εἰ δυνατὸν ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν πληκτικώτατα ταῦτα π. αραστῆσαι. ὅσον τοίνυν ἐπὶ τοῖς σημαινομένοις τοῦ »Οὐδὲν« καὶ τοῦ »Οὐκ ὄν«, δόξει εἶναι συνωνυμία, τοῦ »Οὐκ ὄντος« »Οὐδενὸς« ἂν λεγομένου, καὶ τοῦ »Οὐδενὸς« »Οὐκ ὄντος( φαίνεται δὴ ὁ ἀπόστολος τὰ »Οὐκ ὄντα« οὐχὶ ἐπὶ τῶν μηδαμῆ μηδαμῶς ὄντων ὀνομάζων ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῶν μοχθηρῶν. <Μὴ ὄντα« νομίζων τὰ πονηρά· »Τὰ μὴ ὄντα, γάρ φησιν, ὁ θεὸς ὡς ὄντα ἐκάλεσεν.«
kai ephistōmen, ei dynaton apo tōn graphōn plēktikōtata tauta p. arastēsai. hoson toinyn epi tois sēmainomenois tou »Ouden« kai tou »Ouk on«, doxei einai synōnymia, tou »Ouk ontos« »Oudenos« an legomenou, kai tou »Oudenos« »Ouk ontos( phainetai dē ho apostolos ta »Ouk onta« ouchi epi tōn mēdamē mēdamōs ontōn onomazōn allʼ epi tōn mochthērōn. <Mē onta« nomizōn ta ponēra; »Ta mē onta, gar phēsin, ho theos hōs onta ekalesen.«
And let us consider whether it is possible to establish this most forcibly from the Scriptures. As far, then, as the meanings of “nothing” and “what is not” are concerned, they will seem to be synonyms, what is not being called “nothing” and nothing being “what is not.” And the apostle plainly names as “things that are not” not what in no way at all exists, but what is wicked, considering evil things “things that are not.” For “God,” he says, “called the things that are not as though they were.”
2.95Preuschen 4:69
ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ Μαρδοχαῖος ἐν τῇ κατὰ τοὺς Ἑβδομήκοντα Ἐσθὴρ μὴ ὄντας τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ καλεῖ, λέγων· »Μὴ παραδῷς τὸ σκῆπτρόν σου, κύριε, τοῖς μὴ οὖσιν.« καὶ ἔστι προσαγαγεῖν πῶς διὰ τὴν κακίαν »Μὴ ὄντες‘ οἱ πονηροὶ προσαγορεύονται ἐκ τοῦ ἐν τῇ Ἐξόδῳ ὀνόματος ἀναγραφομένου τοῦ θεοῦ· »Εἶπε γὰρ κύριος πρὸς Μωϋσῆν·
alla kai ho Mardochaios en tę̄ kata tous Hebdomēkonta Esthēr mē ontas tous echthrous tou Israēl kalei, legōn; »Mē paradǭs to skēptron sou, kyrie, tois mē ousin.« kai esti prosagagein pōs dia tēn kakian »Mē ontes‘ hoi ponēroi prosagoreuontai ek tou en tę̄ Exodǭ onomatos anagraphomenou tou theou; »Eipe gar kyrios pros Mōÿsēn;
But also Mordecai, in Esther according to the Seventy, calls the enemies of Israel “those who are not,” saying, “Do not give up your scepter, Lord, to those who are not.” And it is possible to show how the wicked, because of their wickedness, are called “those who are not,” from the name of God recorded in Exodus: “For the Lord said to Moses,
2.96Preuschen 4:69
Ὁ ὢν τοῦτό μοί ἐστιν τὸ ὄνομα.‘ καθʼ ἡμᾶς δὲ τοὺς εὐχομένους εἶναι ἀπὸ τῆς τῆς ἐκκλησίας ὁ ἀγαθὸς θεὸς ταῦτά φησιν, ὃν δοξάζων ὁ σωτὴρ λέγει· »Οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεός, ὁ πατήρ( οὐκοῦν »ὁ ἀγαθὸς« τῷ »ὄντι« ὁ αὐτός ἐστιν. ἐναντίον δὲ τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακὸν ἢ τὸ πονηρόν, καὶ ἐναντίον τῷ »Ὄντι« τὸ »Οὐκ ὄν»· οἱς ἀκολουθεῖ ὅτι τὸ πονηρὸν καὶ τὸ κακὸν Οὐκ ὄν.
Ho ōn touto moi estin to onoma.‘ kathʼ hēmas de tous euchomenous einai apo tēs tēs ekklēsias ho agathos theos tauta phēsin, hon doxazōn ho sōtēr legei; »Oudeis agathos ei mē heis ho theos, ho patēr( oukoun »ho agathos« tǭ »onti« ho autos estin. enantion de tǭ agathǭ to kakon ē to ponēron, kai enantion tǭ »Onti« to »Ouk on»; hois akolouthei hoti to ponēron kai to kakon Ouk on.
‘He who is: this is my name.’” And according to us who pray to be of the church, it is the good God who says these things, whom the Savior glorifies when he says, “No one is good but one, God the Father.” So “the good” is the same as “he who is.” And the opposite of the good is evil or wickedness, and the opposite of “what is” is “what is not”; from which it follows that wickedness and evil are “what is not.”
2.97Preuschen 4:69
καὶ τοῦτο τοῦτο ἔσηνε τοὺς εἰπόντας τὸν διάβολον μὴ εἶναι θεοῦ δημιούρημα· καθʼ ὃ γὰρ διάβολός ἐστιν οὐκ ἔστι θεοῦ δημιούργημα, ᾧ δὲ συμβέβηκε διαβόλῳ εἶναι, γενητὸς ὤν, οὐδενὸς κτιστοῦ ὄντος παρὲξ τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν. θεοῦ ἐστι κτίσμα· ὡς εἰ ἐφάσκομεν κοὶ τὸν φονέα μὴ εἶναι θεοῦ σημιούργημα, οὐκ ἀναιροῦντες τὸ ᾗ ἄνθρωπός ἐστι πεποιῆσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ θεοῦ.
kai touto touto esēne tous eipontas ton diabolon mē einai theou dēmiourēma; kathʼ ho gar diabolos estin ouk esti theou dēmiourgēma, hǭ de symbebēke diabolǭ einai, genētos ōn, oudenos ktistou ontos parex tou theou hēmōn. theou esti ktisma; hōs ei ephaskomen koi ton phonea mē einai theou sēmiourgēma, ouk anairountes to hę̄ anthrōpos esti pepoiēsthai auton hypo theou.
And this is what moved those who said that the devil is not a creation of God. For insofar as he is devil he is not God's creation; but the one to whom it has happened to be devil, being originated, since there is nothing created except by our God, is God's creature; as if we were to say that the murderer too is not God's creation, without denying that, as a human being, he was made by God.
2.98Preuschen 4:69
τιθέντες γὰρ τὸ ᾑ ἄνθρωπος τυγχάνει ἀπὸ θεοῦ αὐτὸν τὸ εἶναι εἰληφέναι καὶ ἡμεῖς οὐ τίθεμεν τὸ ᾑ φονεύς ἐστιν ἀπὸ θεοῦ τοῦτʼ αὐτὸν εἰληφέναι. πάντες μὲν οὖν οἱ μετέχοντες τοῦ »Ὄντος« — μετέχουσι δὲ οἱ ἅγιοι —, εὐλόγως ἂν »Ὄντες« χρηματίζοιεν· οἱ δὲ ἀποστραφέντες τὴν τοῦ »Ὄντος« μετοχήν, τῷ ἐστερῆσθαι τοῦ »Ὄντος« γεγόνασιν »Οὐκ ὄντες«.
tithentes gar to hę̄ anthrōpos tynchanei apo theou auton to einai eilēphenai kai hēmeis ou tithemen to hę̄ phoneus estin apo theou toutʼ auton eilēphenai. pantes men oun hoi metechontes tou »Ontos« — metechousi de hoi hagioi —, eulogōs an »Ontes« chrēmatizoien; hoi de apostraphentes tēn tou »Ontos« metochēn, tǭ esterēsthai tou »Ontos« gegonasin »Ouk ontes«.
For, holding that insofar as he is a human being he has received his being from God, we do not hold that insofar as he is a murderer he has received this from God. All, then, who share in “Him who is” (and the saints share) would reasonably be called “beings”; but those who have turned away from sharing in “Him who is” have, by being deprived of “Him who is,” become “non-beings.”
2.99Preuschen 4:69–70
προείπομεν δὲ ὅτι συνωνυμία ἐστὶ τοῦ »Οὐκ ὄντος« καὶ τοῦ »Οὐδενός«, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οἱ »Οὐκ ὄντες‘ »Οὐδέν« εἰσι, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ κακία »Οὐδέν« ἐστιν, ἐΠεὶ καὶ »Οὐκ ὂν» τυγχάνει, καὶ »Οὐδὲν« καλουμένη χωρὶς γεγένηται τοῦ λόγου, τοῖς »πᾶσιν« οὐ συγκαταριθμουμένη. ἡμεῖς μὲν οὖν κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν παρεστήσαμεν τίνα τὰ διὰ τοῦ λόγου γεγενημένα πάντα καὶ τί τὸ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ γενόμενον μέν, ὄν Τε οὐδέποτε καὶ διὰ τοῦτο »Οὐδὲν« καλούμενον.
proeipomen de hoti synōnymia esti tou »Ouk ontos« kai tou »Oudenos«, kai dia touto hoi »Ouk ontes‘ »Ouden« eisi, kai pasa hē kakia »Ouden« estin, ePei kai »Ouk on» tynchanei, kai »Ouden« kaloumenē chōris gegenētai tou logou, tois »pasin« ou synkatarithmoumenē. hēmeis men oun kata to dynaton parestēsamen tina ta dia tou logou gegenēmena panta kai ti to chōris autou genomenon men, on Te oudepote kai dia touto »Ouden« kaloumenon.
We said before that “what is not” and “nothing” are synonyms, and for this reason “those who are not” are “nothing,” and all vice is “nothing,” since it is also “what is not”; and being called “nothing” it came to be without the Word, not being counted among “all things.” We, then, have shown as far as possible what the “all things” are that came to be through the Word, and what it is that came to be without him, yet never is, and for this reason is called “nothing.”
2.100Preuschen 4:70
Βιαίως δὲ οἶμαι καὶ χωρὶς μαρτυρίου τὸν Ούαλεντίνου λεγόμενον εἶναι γνώριμον Ἡρακλέωνα διηγούμενον τὸ »πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο« ἐξειληφέναι »πάντα« τὸν κόσμον καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῶ, ἐκκλείοντα τῶν πάντων, τὸ ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ ὑποθέσει αὐτοῦ, τὰ τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ διαφέροντα. φησὶ γάρ· Οὐ τὸν αἰῶνα ἢ τὰ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι γεγονέναι διὰ τοῦ λόγου, ἅτινα οἴεται πρὸ τοῦ λόγου γεγονέναι. ἀναιδέστερον δὲ ἱστάμενος πρὸς τὸ »Καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν«, μὴ εὐλαβούμενος τὸ Μὴ προσθῇς τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ ἐλέγξῃ σε καὶ ψευδὴς »γένῃ«, προστίησι τῷ »Οὐδὲ ἕν« Τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ τῇ
Biaiōs de oimai kai chōris martyriou ton Oualentinou legomenon einai gnōrimon Hērakleōna diēgoumenon to »panta diʼ autou egeneto« exeilēphenai »panta« ton kosmon kai ta en autō, ekkleionta tōn pantōn, to hoson epi tę̄ hypothesei autou, ta tou kosmou kai tōn en autǭ diapheronta. phēsi gar; Ou ton aiōna ē ta en tǭ aiōni gegonenai dia tou logou, hatina oietai pro tou logou gegonenai. anaidesteron de histamenos pros to »Kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen«, mē eulaboumenos to Mē prosthę̄s tois logois autou, hina mē elenxę̄ se kai pseudēs »genę̄«, prostiēsi tǭ »Oude hen« Tōn en tǭ kosmǭ kai tę̄
But I think that Heracleon, who is said to be an acquaintance of Valentinus, in explaining “All things came to be through him,” violently and without evidence took “all things” to be the world and the things in it, excluding from “all things,” as far as his hypothesis is concerned, what is superior to the world and the things in it. For he says: not the Aeon, or the things in the Aeon, came to be through the Word; these he thinks came to be before the Word. And standing up more shamelessly to “And without him nothing came to be,” not heeding “Do not add to his words, lest he rebuke you and you be found a liar,” he adds to “nothing”: “of the things in the world and in the
2.101Preuschen 4:70
κτίσει. καὶ ἐπεὶ προφανῆ ἐστι τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ λεγόμενα σφόδρα βεβιασμένα καὶ παρὰ τὴν ἐνάργειαν ἀπαγγελλόμενα, εἰ τὰ νομιζόμενα αὐτῷ θεῖα ἐκκλείεται τῶν Πάντων, τὰ δέ, ὡς ἐκεῖνος οἴεται, παντελῶς φθειρόμενα κυρίως »Πάντα« καλεῖται, οὐκ ἐπιδιατριπτέον τῇ ἀνατροπῇ τῶν αὐτόθεν τὴν ἀτοπίαν ἐμφαινόντων· οἷον δὴ καὶ τὸ τῆς γραφῆς λεγούσης· »Χωρὶς αὐτοῦ »ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν«· προστιθέντα αὐτὸν ἄνευ παραμυθίας τῆς ἀπὸ τῆς γραφῆς τὸ Τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ τῇ κτίσει· μηδὲ μετὰ πιθανότητος ἀποφαίνεσθαι, πιστεύεσθαι ἀξιοῦντα ὁμοίως Προφήταις ἢ ἀποστόλοις τοῖς μετʼ ἐΞουσίας καὶ ἀνυπευθύνως καταλείπουσι τοῖς καθʼ αὑτοὺς καὶ μεθʼ αὑτοὺς σωτήρια γράμματα.
ktisei. kai epei prophanē esti ta hypʼ autou legomena sphodra bebiasmena kai para tēn enargeian apangellomena, ei ta nomizomena autǭ theia ekkleietai tōn Pantōn, ta de, hōs ekeinos oietai, pantelōs phtheiromena kyriōs »Panta« kaleitai, ouk epidiatripteon tę̄ anatropę̄ tōn autothen tēn atopian emphainontōn; hoion dē kai to tēs graphēs legousēs; »Chōris autou »egeneto oude hen«; prostithenta auton aneu paramythias tēs apo tēs graphēs to Tōn en tǭ kosmǭ kai tę̄ ktisei; mēde meta pithanotētos apophainesthai, pisteuesthai axiounta homoiōs Prophētais ē apostolois tois metʼ eXousias kai anypeuthynōs kataleipousi tois kathʼ hautous kai methʼ hautous sōtēria grammata.
creation.” And since what he says is obviously very forced and set out against the evidence, if the things he thinks divine are excluded from “all things,” while the things that, as he thinks, perish entirely are properly called “all things,” we need not linger over refuting what shows its absurdity at once. So it is, for instance, when Scripture says, “Without him nothing came to be,” that he adds, without any support from Scripture, “of the things in the world and in the creation”; nor does he declare it with any persuasiveness, expecting to be believed like the prophets or apostles, who with authority and without being called to account left saving writings to those of their own time and after them.
2.102Preuschen 4:70
ἔτι δὲ ἰδίως καὶ τοῦ Πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ »ἐγένετο« ἐξήκουσε φάσκων· Τὸν τὴν αἰτίαν παρασχόντα τῆς γενέσεως τοῦ κόσμου τῷ δημιουργῷ, τὸν λόγον ὄντα, εἶναι οὐ τὸν ἀφʼ οὗ, ἢ ὑφʼ οὗ, ἀλλὰ τὸν διʼ οὑ, παρὰ τὴν ἐν τῇ συνηθείᾳ φράσιν ἐκδεκόμενος τὸ γεγραμμένον. εἰ γὰρ ὡς νοεῖ ἡ ἀλήθεια τῶν πραγμάτων ἦν, ἔδει διὰ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ γεγράφθαι πάντα γεγονέναι ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου, οὐχὶ ἀνάπαλιν διὰ τοῦ λόγου ὑπὸ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ.
eti de idiōs kai tou Panta diʼ autou »egeneto« exēkouse phaskōn; Ton tēn aitian paraschonta tēs geneseōs tou kosmou tǭ dēmiourgǭ, ton logon onta, einai ou ton aphʼ hou, ē hyphʼ hou, alla ton diʼ hou, para tēn en tę̄ synētheią phrasin ekdekomenos to gegrammenon. ei gar hōs noei hē alētheia tōn pragmatōn ēn, edei dia tou dēmiourgou gegraphthai panta gegonenai hypo tou logou, ouchi anapalin dia tou logou hypo tou dēmiourgou.
Further, he understood “All things came to be through him” in a peculiar way, saying: “The one who provided the cause of the world's coming into being to the Demiurge, being the Word, is not the one ‘from whom’ or ‘by whom,’ but the one ‘through whom’”; taking what is written contrary to ordinary usage. For if the truth of things were as he thinks, it should have been written that all things came to be through the Demiurge by the Word, not the reverse, through the Word by the Demiurge.
2.103Preuschen 4:70–71
καὶ ἡμεῖς μὲν τῷ »διʼ οὑ« χρησάμενοι ἀκολούθως τῇ συνηθείᾳ, οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον τὴν ἐκδοχὴν ἀφήκαμεν· ἐκεῖνος δὲ πρὸς τῷ μὴ παραμεμυθῆσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν θείων γραμμάτων τὸν καθʼ ἑαυτὸν νοῦν, φαίνεται καὶ ὑποπτεύσας τὸ ἀληθὲς καὶ ἀναιδῶς αὐτῷ ἀντιβλέψας· φησὶ γάρ· Ὅτι οὐχ ὡς ὑπʼ ἄλλου ἐνεργοῦντος αὐτὸς ἐποίει ὁ λόγος, ἴν οὕτω νοηθῇ τὸ διʼ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλʼ αὐτοῦ ἐνεργοῦντος ἕτερος ἐποίει.
kai hēmeis men tǭ »diʼ hou« chrēsamenoi akolouthōs tę̄ synētheią, ouk amartyron tēn ekdochēn aphēkamen; ekeinos de pros tǭ mē paramemythēsthai apo tōn theiōn grammatōn ton kathʼ heauton noun, phainetai kai hypopteusas to alēthes kai anaidōs autǭ antiblepsas; phēsi gar; Hoti ouch hōs hypʼ allou energountos autos epoiei ho logos, in houtō noēthę̄ to diʼ autou, allʼ autou energountos heteros epoiei.
And we, using “through whom” in keeping with ordinary usage, did not leave our interpretation without evidence; but he, besides not supporting his own sense from the divine writings, seems also to have suspected the truth and shamelessly set his face against it. For he says: “Not as though another were at work and the Word himself made, so that ‘through him’ should be understood thus; but while he was at work, another made.”
2.104Preuschen 4:71
οὐ τοῦ παρόντος δὲ καιροῦ ἐλέγξαι τὸ μὴ τὸν δημιουργὸν ὑπηρέτην τοῦ λόγου γεγενημένον τὸν κόσμον πεποιηκέναι καὶ ἀποδεικνύναι ὅτι ὑπηρέτης τοῦ δημιουργοῦ γενόμενος ὁ λόγος τὸν κόσμον κατεσκεύασε. κατὰ γὰρ τὸν προφήτην Δαβὶδ »Ὁ θεὸς εἶπε καὶ ἐγενήθησαν ἐνετείλατο καὶ ἐκτίσθησαν‘. »ἐνετείλατο« γὰρ ὁ ἀγένητος θεὸς τῷ πρωτοτόκῳ πάσης κτίσεως »καὶ ἐκτίσθη- »σαν«, οὐ μόνον ὁ κόσμος καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ πάντα, »εἴτε θρόνοι εἴτε κυριότητες εἴτε ἀρχαὶ εἴτε ἐξουσίαι· πάντα γὰρ διʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν ἔκτισται, καὶ αὐτός ἐστι πρὸ πάντων.«
ou tou parontos de kairou elenxai to mē ton dēmiourgon hypēretēn tou logou gegenēmenon ton kosmon pepoiēkenai kai apodeiknynai hoti hypēretēs tou dēmiourgou genomenos ho logos ton kosmon kateskeuase. kata gar ton prophētēn Dabid »Ho theos eipe kai egenēthēsan eneteilato kai ektisthēsan‘. »eneteilato« gar ho agenētos theos tǭ prōtotokǭ pasēs ktiseōs »kai ektisthē- »san«, ou monon ho kosmos kai ta en autǭ, alla kai ta loipa panta, »eite thronoi eite kyriotētes eite archai eite exousiai; panta gar diʼ autou kai eis auton ektistai, kai autos esti pro pantōn.«
It is not the right time now to refute the view that the Demiurge, having become the servant of the Word, made the world, and to show that the Word, having become the servant of the Demiurge, fashioned the world. For according to the prophet David, “God spoke and they came to be; he commanded and they were created.” For the unbegotten God “commanded” the firstborn of all creation, “and they were created”: not only the world and the things in it, but also all the rest, “whether thrones or dominions or principalities or authorities; for all things were created through him and for him, and he is before all things.”
2.105Preuschen 4:71
Ἔτι εἰς τὸ »Χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν‘ οὐκ ἀγύμναστον ἐατέον καὶ τὸν περὶ τῆς κακίας λόγον· κἂν γὰρ σφόδρα ἀπεμφαίνειν δοκῇ, οὐ πάνυ τι δοκεῖ μοι εὐκαταφρόνητον εἶναι. ζητητέον γάρ, εἰ καὶ ἡ κακία διὰ τοῦ λόγου γεγένηται, νῦν λόγου προσεχῶς λαμβανομένου τοῦ ἐν ἑκάστῳ, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν »ἀρχῇ« λόγου ἑκάστῳ ἐγγεγένηται.
Eti eis to »Chōris autou egeneto oude hen‘ ouk agymnaston eateon kai ton peri tēs kakias logon; kan gar sphodra apemphainein dokę̄, ou pany ti dokei moi eukataphronēton einai. zētēteon gar, ei kai hē kakia dia tou logou gegenētai, nyn logou prosechōs lambanomenou tou en hekastǭ, hōs kai autos apo tou en »archę̄« logou hekastǭ engegenētai.
Further, on “Without him nothing came to be,” we must not leave the account of vice unexercised; for even if it seems very incongruous, it does not seem to me altogether contemptible. For we must inquire whether vice too has come to be through the word, now taking “word” in the immediate sense of the reason in each person, as this too has come to be in each from the Word who is “in the beginning.”
2.106Preuschen 4:71
φησὶ τοίνυν ὁ ἀπόστολος· »Χωρὶς νόμου ἁμαρτία νεκρά«, καὶ ἐπιφέρει· »Ἐλθούσης δὲ τῆς ἐντολῆς ἡ μὲν ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησε« καθολικὸν διδάσκων περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὡς μηδεμίαν ἐνέργειαν αὐτῆς εχούσης πρὶν νόμου καὶ ἐντολῆς· πῶς δὲ † ἔχων ὁ λόγος νόμος εἶναι καὶ ἐντολή, καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴη ἁμαρτία μὴ ὄντος νόμου, »ἁμαρτία γὰρ οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται μὴ ὄντος νόμου«), καὶ πάλιν οὐκ ἂν εἴη ἁμαρτία μὴ ὄντος λόγου »Εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἦλθον, φησί, καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν«).
phēsi toinyn ho apostolos; »Chōris nomou hamartia nekra«, kai epipherei; »Elthousēs de tēs entolēs hē men hamartia anezēse« katholikon didaskōn peri tēs hamartias hōs mēdemian energeian autēs echousēs prin nomou kai entolēs; pōs de † echōn ho logos nomos einai kai entolē, kai ouk an eiē hamartia mē ontos nomou, »hamartia gar ouk ellogeitai mē ontos nomou«), kai palin ouk an eiē hamartia mē ontos logou »Ei gar mē ēlthon, phēsi, kai elalēsa autois, hamartian ouk eichosan«).
The apostle, then, says, “Apart from the law sin is dead,” and adds, “But when the commandment came, sin revived,” teaching generally about sin that it has no activity before law and commandment. And how … the word being law and commandment; and there would be no sin if there were no law (“for sin is not reckoned where there is no law”), and again there would be no sin if there were no word (“For if I had not come,” he says, “and spoken to them, they would not have sin”).
2.107Preuschen 4:71
πᾶσα γὰρ πρόφασις ἀφαιρεῖται τοῦ βουλομένου ἐπὶ τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπολογήσασθαι, ἐπὰν ἐνυπάρχοντος λόγου καὶ παραδεικνύοντος, ὃ πρακτέον, μὴ πείθηταί τις αὐτῷ. τάχα οὐν πάντα μέχρι καὶ τῶν χειρόνων διὰ τοῦ λόγου γεγένηται καὶ »χωρὶς αὐτοῦ«, ἁπλούστερον ἡμῶν ἐκλαμβανόντων τὸ »Οὐδέν«, »ἐγένετο οὐδέν«.
pasa gar prophasis aphaireitai tou boulomenou epi tę̄ hamartią apologēsasthai, epan enyparchontos logou kai paradeiknyontos, ho prakteon, mē peithētai tis autǭ. tacha oun panta mechri kai tōn cheironōn dia tou logou gegenētai kai »chōris autou«, haplousteron hēmōn eklambanontōn to »Ouden«, »egeneto ouden«.
For every excuse is taken away from the one who wishes to defend himself for sin, when, though reason is present within and points out what must be done, one does not obey it. Perhaps, then, all things, even the worse, have come to be through the word, and “without him,” if we take “nothing” more simply, “nothing came to be.”
2.108Preuschen 4:71
καὶ οὐ πάντως τῷ λόγῶ ἐγκλητέον, εἰ πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο« καὶ »χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν‘, ὡς οὐδὲ ἐγκλητέον τῷ διδασκάλῳ παραδείξαντι τὰ δέοντα τῷ μανθάνοντι, ἐπὰν διὰ τὰ τούτου μαθήματα μηκέτι τόπος καταλείπηται τῷ ἁμαρτάνοντι ἀπολογίας ὡς περὶ ἀγνοίας, καὶ μάλιστα ἐὰν νοήσωμεν διδάσκαλον τοῦ μανθάνοντος ἀχώριστον.
kai ou pantōs tǭ logō enklēteon, ei panta diʼ autou egeneto« kai »chōris autou egeneto oude hen‘, hōs oude enklēteon tǭ didaskalǭ paradeixanti ta deonta tǭ manthanonti, epan dia ta toutou mathēmata mēketi topos kataleipētai tǭ hamartanonti apologias hōs peri agnoias, kai malista ean noēsōmen didaskalon tou manthanontos achōriston.
And the Word is not at all to be blamed if “all things came to be through him” and “without him nothing came to be,” just as the teacher who has shown the student what he ought to do is not to be blamed when, because of his lessons, no place is left for the one who sins to plead ignorance; especially if we think of a teacher inseparable from the student.
2.109Preuschen 4:71–72
οἱονεὶ γὰρ διδάσκαλος τοῦ μανθάνοντος ἀχώριστός ἐστιν ὁ ἐνυπάρχων τῇ φύσει τῶν λογικῶν λόγος, ἀεὶ ὑποβάλλων τὰ πρακτέα, κἂν παρακούωμεν αὐτοῦ τῶν ἐντολῶν, ἐπιδιδόντες αὑτοὺς ταῖς ἡδοναῖς καὶ παραπεμπόμενοι τὰς ἀρίστας αὐτοῦ συμβουλάς. ὡσπερ δὲ ὑπηρέτῃ τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ ἐπὶ τοῖς κρείττοσιν ἡμῖν γεγενημένῳ, καὶ ἐφʼ ὧν οὐ καλῶς ὁρῶμεν χρώμεθα, ὁμοίως καὶ τῇ ἀκοῇ ὅταν παρέχωμεν ἑαυτοὺς ἀκροάσει ἀχρήστων ᾀσμάτων καὶ τῶν ἀπηγορευμένων ἀκουσμάτων, οὕτως ἐνυβρίζοντες τὸν ἐν ἡμῖν λόγον καὶ οὐκ εἰς δέον αὐτῷ χρώμενοι, διʼ αὐτοῦ παρανομοῦμεν εἰς κρίμα τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν ἐνυπάρχοντος καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κρίνοντος τὸν μὴ πάντων αὐτὸν προτιμήσαντα.
hoionei gar didaskalos tou manthanontos achōristos estin ho enyparchōn tę̄ physei tōn logikōn logos, aei hypoballōn ta praktea, kan parakouōmen autou tōn entolōn, epididontes hautous tais hēdonais kai parapempomenoi tas aristas autou symboulas. hōsper de hypēretę̄ tǭ ophthalmǭ epi tois kreittosin hēmin gegenēmenǭ, kai ephʼ hōn ou kalōs horōmen chrōmetha, homoiōs kai tę̄ akoę̄ hotan parechōmen heautous akroasei achrēstōn ąsmatōn kai tōn apēgoreumenōn akousmatōn, houtōs enybrizontes ton en hēmin logon kai ouk eis deon autǭ chrōmenoi, diʼ autou paranomoumen eis krima tois hamartanousin enyparchontos kai dia touto krinontos ton mē pantōn auton protimēsanta.
For the reason present in the nature of rational beings is like a teacher inseparable from the student, always suggesting what must be done, even if we disregard its commands, giving ourselves up to pleasures and dismissing its best counsels. And just as we use the eye, given us as a servant for better things, also for things we do not see rightly, and likewise the hearing when we give ourselves to listening to useless songs and forbidden things, so, abusing the reason within us and not using it as we ought, we transgress through it, since it is present for judgment in those who sin, and for this reason judges the one who has not preferred it to all things.
2.110Preuschen 4:72
ὅθεν καί φησιν· »Ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα αὐτὸς κρινεῖ ὑμᾶς«, ἴσον διδάσκων τῷ Ἐγὼ ὁ λόγος, ὁ ἐν ὑμῖν ἀεὶ ἐνηχῶν, αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς καταδικάσω τόπον ἀπολογίας καταλειπόμενον ἔχοντας οὐδαμῶς. δόξει μέντοι γε βιαιοτέρα εἶναι αὕτη ἡ ἐκδοχή, ἄλλον μὲν λόγον τὸν »ἐν ἀρχῇ« ἡμῶν ἐξειληφότων τὸν πρὸς τὸν θεόν«, τὸν θεὸν λόγον, ἄλλως δὲ αὐτὸν νοούντων, ὅτε οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῶν προηγουμένων δημιουργημάτων τὸ »Πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο« λέγεσθαι ἐφάσκομεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν ὑπὸ τῶν λογικῶν πραττομένων, οὑ λόγου χωρὶς οὐδὲν ἁμαρτάνομεν.
hothen kai phēsin; »Ho logos hon elalēsa autos krinei hymas«, ison didaskōn tǭ Egō ho logos, ho en hymin aei enēchōn, autos hymas katadikasō topon apologias kataleipomenon echontas oudamōs. doxei mentoi ge biaiotera einai hautē hē ekdochē, allon men logon ton »en archę̄« hēmōn exeilēphotōn ton pros ton theon«, ton theon logon, allōs de auton noountōn, hote ou monon epi tōn proēgoumenōn dēmiourgēmatōn to »Panta diʼ autou egeneto« legesthai ephaskomen, alla kai epi pantōn tōn hypo tōn logikōn prattomenōn, hou logou chōris ouden hamartanomen.
Hence he also says, “The word that I have spoken will itself judge you,” teaching the equivalent of: I, the Word, always sounding within you, will myself condemn you, who have no place of defense left. This interpretation will seem rather forced, however, since we have taken the Word “in the beginning,” “with God,” God the Word, in one way, and now understand him in another, when we said that “All things came to be through him” is said not only of the principal creations but also of all that is done by rational beings, without which reason we commit no sin.
2.111Preuschen 4:72
καὶ ζητητέον, εἰ καὶ τὸν ἐν ἡμῖν λόγον τὸν αὐτὸν λεκτέον τῷ έν ἀρχῇ καὶ τώ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ τῷ θεῷ λόγῳ, μάλιστα ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὡς ἑτέρου τούτου τυγχάνοντος παρὰ τὸν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν λόγον ἔοικεν ὁ ἀπόστολος διδάσκειν τὸ »Μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου Τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν; τοῦτʼ ἔστι Χρι- »στὸν καταγαγεῖν· ἢ Τίς κ·αταβήσεται εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον; τοῦτʼ ἔστι »Χριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν· ἀλλὰ τί λέγει ἡ γραφή; Ἐγγύς σου »τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν σφόδρα ἐν τῷ στόματί σου καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου.‘ 1, 4. Ὁ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν, καὶ Ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων.
kai zētēteon, ei kai ton en hēmin logon ton auton lekteon tǭ en archę̄ kai tō pros ton theon kai tǭ theǭ logǭ, malista epei ouch hōs heterou toutou tynchanontos para ton en archę̄ pros ton theon logon eoiken ho apostolos didaskein to »Mē eipę̄s en tę̄ kardią sou Tis anabēsetai eis ton ouranon? toutʼ esti Chri- »ston katagagein; ē Tis k;atabēsetai eis tēn abysson? toutʼ esti »Christon ek nekrōn anagagein; alla ti legei hē graphē? Engys sou »to rhēma estin sphodra en tǭ stomati sou kai en tę̄ kardią sou.‘ 1, 4. Ho gegonen en autǭ zōē ēn, kai Hē zōē ēn to tōn anthrōpōn.
And we must inquire whether the word in us too must be called the same as the Word who is in the beginning, with God, and God, especially since the apostle seems to teach, not as though it were different from the Word in the beginning with God: “Do not say in your heart, ‘Who will ascend into heaven?’, that is, to bring Christ down; or ‘Who will descend into the abyss?’, that is, to bring Christ up from the dead. But what does the Scripture say? ‘The word is very near you, in your mouth and in your heart.’” John 1:3–4: “What came to be in him was life, and the life was the light of men.”
2.112Preuschen 4:72–73
Ἔστι τινὰ δόγματα παρʼ Ἕλλησι καλούμενα παράδοξα, τῷ κατʼ αὐτοὺς πλεῖστα πλεῖστα ὅσα προσάπτοντα μετα τινος αποδείξεως ἢ φαινομένης ἀποδείξεως, καθʼ ἅ φασι μόνον καὶ πάντα τὸν σοφὸν εἶναι ἱερέα, τῷ μόνον καὶ πάντα τὸν σοφὸν ἐπιστήμην ἔχειν τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ θεραπείας, καὶ μόνον καὶ πάντα τὸν σοφὸν εἶναι ἐλεύ- θερον, ἐξουσίαν αὐτοπραγίας ἀπὸ τοῦ θείου νόμου εἰληφότα· καὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν δὲ ὁρίζονται νόμιμον ἐπιτροπήν.
Esti tina dogmata parʼ Hellēsi kaloumena paradoxa, tǭ katʼ autous pleista pleista hosa prosaptonta meta tinos apodeixeōs ē phainomenēs apodeixeōs, kathʼ ha phasi monon kai panta ton sophon einai hierea, tǭ monon kai panta ton sophon epistēmēn echein tēs tou theou therapeias, kai monon kai panta ton sophon einai eleu- theron, exousian autopragias apo tou theiou nomou eilēphota; kai tēn exousian de horizontai nomimon epitropēn.
There are certain doctrines among the Greeks called paradoxes, which, according to them, attach a great many things with some demonstration or apparent demonstration; according to which they say that the wise man alone, and every wise man, is a priest, because the wise man alone, and every wise man, has knowledge of the service of God; and that the wise man alone, and every wise man, is free, having received from the divine law the authority to act on his own; and they define authority as lawful permission.
2.113Preuschen 4:73
καὶ τί δεῖ νῦν ἡμᾶς λέγειν περὶ τῶν καλουμένων παραδόξων, πολλῆς οὔσης τῆς εἰς αὐτὰ πραγματείας καὶ δεομένων συγκρίασεως τῆς πρὸς τὸ βούλημα τῆς γραφῆς τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν κατὰ τὰ παράδοξα ἀπαγγελλομένων, ἴνα ἐπὶ τίνων ὁ τῆς θεοσεβείας λόγος συμφῇ καὶ ἐπὶ τίνων τὸ ἐναντίον τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐκείνων λεγομένοις βούλεται παραστῆσαι δυνηθῶμεν;
kai ti dei nyn hēmas legein peri tōn kaloumenōn paradoxōn, pollēs ousēs tēs eis auta pragmateias kai deomenōn synkriaseōs tēs pros to boulēma tēs graphēs tōn hypʼ autōn kata ta paradoxa apangellomenōn, ina epi tinōn ho tēs theosebeias logos symphę̄ kai epi tinōn to enantion tois hypʼ ekeinōn legomenois bouletai parastēsai dynēthōmen?
And what need is there for us now to speak of the so-called paradoxes, since there is much treatment of them, and what they declare in the paradoxes needs comparison with the intention of Scripture, so that we may be able to show in which matters the teaching of godliness agrees and in which it means the opposite of what they say?
2.114Preuschen 4:73
τούτων δὲ ἡμῖν μνήμη γεγένηται ζητοῦσι τὸ »Ὃ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ αὐτῷ »ἠν« διὰ τὸ οἱονεὶ τῷ χαρακτῆρι τῶν παραδόξων καί, εἰ δεῖ εἰπεῖν, παραδοξότερον παρὰ τά ὑπʼ ἐκείνων λεγόμενα, δύνασθαι ἄν τινα ἑπόμενον τῇ γραφῇ δεῖξαι τοιαῦτα πλείονα. ἐὰν γὰρ νοήσωμεν τὸν ἐν ἀρχῇ λόγον, τὸν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, τὸν θεὸν λόγον, τάχα δυνησόμεθα μόνον τὸν τούτου, καθʼ ἃ τοιοῦτος, μετέχοντα »λογικὸν« εἰπεῖν· ὥστε καὶ ἀποφήνασθαι ἄν, ὅτι μόνος ὁ ἅγιος λογικός.
toutōn de hēmin mnēmē gegenētai zētousi to »Ho gegonen en autǭ autǭ »ēn« dia to hoionei tǭ charaktēri tōn paradoxōn kai, ei dei eipein, paradoxoteron para ta hypʼ ekeinōn legomena, dynasthai an tina hepomenon tę̄ graphę̄ deixai toiauta pleiona. ean gar noēsōmen ton en archę̄ logon, ton pros ton theon, ton theon logon, tacha dynēsometha monon ton toutou, kathʼ ha toioutos, metechonta »logikon« eipein; hōste kai apophēnasthai an, hoti monos ho hagios logikos.
We have mentioned these because, as we inquire into “What came to be in him was life,” one following Scripture could, as it were in the manner of the paradoxes and, if one must say it, more paradoxically than what they say, show many such things. For if we understand the Word in the beginning, with God, God the Word, perhaps we shall be able to say that only the one who shares in him, as such, is “rational,” so that one might also declare that only the saint is rational.
2.115Preuschen 4:73
πάλιν ἐὰν συνῶμεν τὴν γενομένην ἐν τῷ λόγῳ ζωήν, τὸν εἰπόντα »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ζωή«. ἐροῦμεν μηδένα τῶν ἔξω τῆς πίστεως Χριστοῦ ζῆν, πάντας δὲ εἶναι νεκροὺς τοὺς μὴ ζῶντας θεῷ, τό τε ζῆν αὐτῶν ζῆν εἶναι τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἵνʼ ἕνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, ζῆν θανάτου τυγχάνειμ.
palin ean synōmen tēn genomenēn en tǭ logǭ zōēn, ton eiponta »Egō eimi hē zōē«. eroumen mēdena tōn exō tēs pisteōs Christou zēn, pantas de einai nekrous tous mē zōntas theǭ, to te zēn autōn zēn einai tēs hamartias kai dia touto hinʼ henʼ houtōs eipō, zēn thanatou tynchaneim.
Again, if we understand the life that came to be in the Word, who said, “I am the life,” we shall say that none of those outside faith in Christ lives, but that all who do not live to God are dead, and that their living is a living of sin, and for this reason, if I may put it so, a living of death.
2.116Preuschen 4:73
ἐπίστησον δὲ εἰ μὴ τοῦτο πολλαχοῦ παριστᾶσιν αἱ θεῖαι γραφαί, τὸ] ὅπου μὲν τοῦ σωτῆρος φάσκοντος· »Ἢ οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου Ἐγὼ θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ καὶ θεὸς Ἰακώβ; οὐκ »ἔστι θεὸς νεκρῶν ἀλλὰ ζώντων‘ καὶ »Οὐ δικαιωθήσεται κατενώ- πιόν σου πᾶς ζῶν«. τί δὲ περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγγειν δεῖ τοῦ θεοῦ ἢ τοῦ σωτῆρος; ἀμφιβάλλεται γὰρ ὁποτέρου εἶναι ἡ λέγουσα ἐν τοῖς προφήταις φωνή· »Ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει κύριος.«
epistēson de ei mē touto pollachou paristasin hai theiai graphai, to] hopou men tou sōtēros phaskontos; »Ē ouk anegnōte to rhēthen epi tēs batou Egō theos Abraam kai theos Isaak kai theos Iakōb? ouk »esti theos nekrōn alla zōntōn‘ kai »Ou dikaiōthēsetai katenō- pion sou pas zōn«. ti de peri autou lengein dei tou theou ē tou sōtēros? amphiballetai gar hopoterou einai hē legousa en tois prophētais phōnē; »Zō egō, legei kyrios.«
And consider whether the divine Scriptures do not show this in many places: in one place, the Savior says, “Or have you not read what was said at the bush, ‘I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob’? He is not the God of the dead but of the living”; and, “No living being will be justified before you.” And what need is there to speak of God himself or of the Savior? For it is disputed which of the two the voice belongs to that says in the prophets, “I live, says the Lord.”
2.117Preuschen 4:73
Καὶ πρῶτόν γε ἴδωμεν τὸ »Οὐκ ἔστι θεὸς νεκρῶν »ἀλλὰ ζώντων‘ ἴσον δυνάμενον τῷ >οὐκ ἔστιν ἁμαρτωλῶν ἁγίων. μεγάλη γὰρ δωρεὰ τοῖς πατριάρχαις τὸ τὸν θεὸν ἀντὶ ὀνόματος προσάψαι τὴν ἐκείνων ὀνομασίαν τῇ >θεὸς< ἰδίᾳ προσηγορίᾳ, καθʼ ἃ καὶ ὁ Παῦλός φησι·
Kai prōton ge idōmen to »Ouk esti theos nekrōn »alla zōntōn‘ ison dynamenon tǭ >ouk estin hamartōlōn hagiōn. megalē gar dōrea tois patriarchais to ton theon anti onomatos prosapsai tēn ekeinōn onomasian tę̄ >theos< idią prosēgorią, kathʼ ha kai ho Paulos phēsi;
And first let us see that “He is not the God of the dead but of the living” is equivalent to “He is not the God of sinners but of saints.” For it is a great gift to the patriarchs that God, instead of a name, attached their name to his own title “God,” as Paul too says:
2.118Preuschen 4:73–74
Διὸ οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται ὁ θεὸς θεὸς καλεῖσθαι αὐτῶν«· οὐκοῦν θεός ἐστιν τῶν πατέρων καὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων· καὶ οὐκ ἄν που ἀναγεγραμμένον εὑρίσκοιτο τὸ θεὸν εἶναι τὸν θεόν τινος τῶν ἀσεβῶν. εἰ τοίνυν ὁ θεὸς ἀγίων ἐστὶν καὶ θεὸς ζώντων εἶναι λέγεται, οἱ ἅγιοι ζῶντές εἰσι καὶ οἱ ζῶντες ἅγιοι, οὔτε ἁγίου ὄντος ἔξω τῶν ζώντων οὔτε ζῶντος χρηματίζοντος μόνον καὶ οὐχὶ μετὰ τοῦ ζῆν ἔχοντος καὶ τὸ ἅγιον αὐτὸν τυγχάνειν.
Dio ouk epaischynetai ho theos theos kaleisthai autōn«; oukoun theos estin tōn paterōn kai pantōn tōn hagiōn; kai ouk an pou anagegrammenon heuriskoito to theon einai ton theon tinos tōn asebōn. ei toinyn ho theos agiōn estin kai theos zōntōn einai legetai, hoi hagioi zōntes eisi kai hoi zōntes hagioi, oute hagiou ontos exō tōn zōntōn oute zōntos chrēmatizontos monon kai ouchi meta tou zēn echontos kai to hagion auton tynchanein.
“Therefore God is not ashamed to be called their God.” So he is the God of the fathers and of all the saints; and it would not be found written anywhere that God is the God of any of the ungodly. If, then, God is the God of saints and is said to be God of the living, the saints are living and the living are saints: there is no saint outside the living, nor is anyone called living only who does not, besides living, also have holiness.
2.119Preuschen 4:74
τὸ παραπλήσιον δὲ ἔστι καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ »Εὐαρεστήσω τῷ κυρίῳ ἐν χώρᾳ »ζώντων« ἰδεῖν, ὡς εἰ ἔλεγεν >ἐν τάξει ἁγίων< ἢ >ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τῶν ἁγίων<, τῆς κυρίως εὐαρεστήσεως ἤτοι ἐν τῇ τάζει τῶν ἁγίων ἢ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τῶν ἁγίων τυγχανούσης, οὐδέπω ἄκρως εὐαρεστοῦντος τοῦ μὴ εἰς τὴν τάξιν τῶν ἁγίων κεχωρηκότος ἢ τοῦ μὴ εἰς τὸν τόπον τῶν ἁγίων γεγενημένου· εἰς ὃν χωρῆσαι δεήσει πάντα τὸν οἱονεὶ σκιὰν καὶ εἰκόνα τῆς εὐαρεστήσεως τῆς ἀληθινῆς ἐν τῷ βίω̣ τούτῳ προανειληφότα.
to paraplēsion de esti kai epi tou »Euarestēsō tǭ kyriǭ en chōrą »zōntōn« idein, hōs ei elegen >en taxei hagiōn< ē >en tǭ topǭ tōn hagiōn<, tēs kyriōs euarestēseōs ētoi en tę̄ tazei tōn hagiōn ē en tǭ topǭ tōn hagiōn tynchanousēs, oudepō akrōs euarestountos tou mē eis tēn taxin tōn hagiōn kechōrēkotos ē tou mē eis ton topon tōn hagiōn gegenēmenou; eis hon chōrēsai deēsei panta ton hoionei skian kai eikona tēs euarestēseōs tēs alēthinēs en tǭ biō toutǭ proaneilēphota.
Something similar can also be seen in “I will be well pleasing to the Lord in the land of the living,” as if he said “in the rank of the saints” or “in the place of the saints,” since being well pleasing in the proper sense occurs either in the rank of the saints or in the place of the saints, and one who has not entered the rank of the saints or come into the place of the saints is not yet supremely well pleasing; into which everyone must enter who has already received in this life, as it were, the shadow and image of true well-pleasing.
2.120Preuschen 4:74
καὶ τὸ »οὐ δικαιωθήσεσθαι δὲ κατʼ ἐνώπιον »τοῦ θεοῦ πάντα ζῶντας« δηλοῖ, ὅτι ὡς πρὸς θεὸν καὶ τὴν ἐν αὐτῷ δικαισύνην οὐδεὶς δικαιωθήσεται τῶν πάνυ μακαρίων, ὡς εἰ καὶ ἐλέγομεν ἐπὶ ἑτέρου παραδείγματος τοιοῦτον· οὐ φωτιεῖ πᾶς λύχνος ἐνώπιον ἡλίου· φωτιεῖ μὲν γὰρ πᾶς λύχνος, ἀλλ ὅταν μὴ καταυγάζηται ὑπὸ ἡλίου· δικαιωθήσεται δὲ καὶ πᾶς ζῶν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτε δὲ τοῖς κάτω συγκρίνεται καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ σκότους κεκρατημένοις παρʼ οἷς λάμψει αὐτῶν τὸ φῶς.
kai to »ou dikaiōthēsesthai de katʼ enōpion »tou theou panta zōntas« dēloi, hoti hōs pros theon kai tēn en autǭ dikaisynēn oudeis dikaiōthēsetai tōn pany makariōn, hōs ei kai elegomen epi heterou paradeigmatos toiouton; ou phōtiei pas lychnos enōpion hēliou; phōtiei men gar pas lychnos, all hotan mē kataugazētai hypo hēliou; dikaiōthēsetai de kai pas zōn, allʼ ouk enōpion tou theou, hote de tois katō synkrinetai kai hypo tou skotous kekratēmenois parʼ hois lampsei autōn to phōs.
And “No living being will be justified before God” shows that, in comparison with God and the righteousness in him, none even of the most blessed will be justified; as if we were to say something similar with another example: no lamp will give light before the sun. For every lamp will give light, but when it is not outshone by the sun; and every living being will be justified, but not before God, rather when it is compared with those below and held by darkness, among whom their light will shine.
2.121Preuschen 4:74
καὶ ὅρα εἰ κατὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ νοητέον· »Λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων«. οὐ γάρ 〈φησιν〉 >λαμφάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροοθεν τοῦ θεοῦ>· τοῦτο γὰρ εἰ ἐνετέλλετο, ἀδύνοτον ἂν ἐδίδου ἐντολήν, ὡς εἰ καὶ τοῖς λύχνοις ἐμψύχοις οὖσιν ἐντολὴν ἐδίδου τοῦ λάμψαι τὸ φῶς αὐτῶν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ ἡλίου.
kai hora ei kata touto kai to en tǭ euangeliǭ noēteon; »Lampsatō to phōs hymōn emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn«. ou gar 〈phēsin〉 >lamphatō to phōs hymōn emproothen tou theou>; touto gar ei enetelleto, adynoton an edidou entolēn, hōs ei kai tois lychnois empsychois ousin entolēn edidou tou lampsai to phōs autōn emprosthen tou hēliou.
And see whether the saying in the Gospel must be understood in this way: “Let your light shine before men.” For it does not say “Let your light shine before God”; for if he commanded this, he would be giving an impossible command, as if he gave living lamps the command to make their light shine before the sun.
2.122Preuschen 4:74
οὐχ οἱ τυχόντες οὖν μόνοι τῶν ζώντων οὐ δικαιωθήσονται κατενώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ ὡς ἐν ζῶσι τῶν ἐλαττόνων διαφέροντες· ἤ, ὅπερ μᾶλλον, ἅμα ἡ πάντων τῶν ζώντων δικαιοσύνη οὐ δικαιωθήσεται ὡς πρὸς τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην· ὡς εἰ καὶ ἅμα πάντα τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς νυκτερινὰ συναγαγὼν φῶτα ἔφασκον μὴ δύνασθαι ταῦτα φωτίζειν ὡς πρὸς τὰς τούτου τοῦ ἡλίου αὐγάς.
ouch hoi tychontes oun monoi tōn zōntōn ou dikaiōthēsontai katenōpion tou theou, alla kai hoi hōs en zōsi tōn elattonōn diapherontes; ē, hoper mallon, hama hē pantōn tōn zōntōn dikaiosynē ou dikaiōthēsetai hōs pros tēn tou theou dikaiosynēn; hōs ei kai hama panta ta epi gēs nykterina synagagōn phōta ephaskon mē dynasthai tauta phōtizein hōs pros tas toutou tou hēliou augas.
Not only ordinary living beings, then, will not be justified before God, but also those who excel among the living over the lesser; or, what is more likely, the righteousness of all the living together will not be justified in comparison with the righteousness of God; as if, gathering all the night lights on earth together, I said they cannot give light in comparison with the rays of this sun.
2.123Preuschen 4:74–75
κατʼ ἐπανάβασιν δὲ ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων νοητέον καὶ τὸ »Ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει κύριος«, τάχα τοῦ κυρίως ζῆν μάλιστα ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων περὶ τοῦ ζῆν παρὰ μόνῳ τυγχάνοντος τῷ θεῷ. καὶ ὅρα εἰ διὰ τοῦτο δύναται ὁ ἀπόστολος τὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν ὑπεροχὴν νοήσας τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἀξίως θεοῦ συνιεὶς τὸ »Ζῶ ἐγὼ, λέγει »κύριος« εἰρηκέναι περὶ θεοῦ· »Ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἀθανασίαν«, οὐδενὸς τῶν παρὰ τὸν θεὸν ζώντων ἔχοντος τὴν ἄ τρεπτον πάντη καὶ ἀναλλοίωτον ζωήν. καὶ τί διστάζομεν περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν, ὅτε οὐδὲ ὁ χριστὸς ἔσχε τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἀθανασίαν; ἐγεύσατο γὰρ ὑπὲρ παντὸς θανάτου.
katʼ epanabasin de ek tōn eirēmenōn noēteon kai to »Zō egō, legei kyrios«, tacha tou kyriōs zēn malista ek tōn eirēmenōn peri tou zēn para monǭ tynchanontos tǭ theǭ. kai hora ei dia touto dynatai ho apostolos tēn eis hyperbolēn hyperochēn noēsas tēs zōēs tou theou kai axiōs theou synieis to »Zō egō, legei »kyrios« eirēkenai peri theou; »Ho monos echōn athanasian«, oudenos tōn para ton theon zōntōn echontos tēn a trepton pantē kai analloiōton zōēn. kai ti distazomen peri tōn loipōn, hote oude ho christos esche tēn tou patros athanasian? egeusato gar hyper pantos thanatou.
And, ascending from what has been said, we must understand “I live, says the Lord”: perhaps, from what has been said about living, living in the proper sense belongs above all to God alone. And see whether for this reason the apostle, having understood the surpassing excellence of the life of God and grasping “I live, says the Lord” in a manner worthy of God, could say of God, “who alone has immortality,” since none of those who live besides God has a life wholly unchangeable and unalterable. And why do we hesitate about the others, when not even Christ had the immortality of the Father? For he tasted death for everyone.
2.124Preuschen 4:75
Ἅμα δὲ ἐξετάζοντες τὰ περὶ τοῦ ζῶντος θεοῦ καὶ ζωῆς, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὁ χριστός, καὶ ζώντων ἐν χώρᾳ ἰδίᾳ τυγχανόντων καὶ ζώντων οὐ δικαιουμένων ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀκολούθως τούτοις παρατιθέμενοι τὸ »Ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἀθανασίαν« τὰ ὑπονοούμενα συμπαραληψόμεθα περὶ τοῦ πᾶν ὁτιποτοῦν λογικὸν μὴ οὐσιωδῶς ἔχειν ὡς ἀχώριστον συμβεβηκὸς τὴν μακαριότητα.
Hama de exetazontes ta peri tou zōntos theou kai zōēs, hētis estin ho christos, kai zōntōn en chōrą idią tynchanontōn kai zōntōn ou dikaioumenōn enōpion tou theou, akolouthōs toutois paratithemenoi to »Ho monos echōn athanasian« ta hyponooumena symparalēpsometha peri tou pan hotipotoun logikon mē ousiōdōs echein hōs achōriston symbebēkos tēn makariotēta.
And at the same time, examining what concerns the living God and the life which is Christ, and the living who are in their own land and the living who are not justified before God, and setting beside these “who alone has immortality,” we shall take in what is implied: that no rational being whatever has blessedness essentially, as an inseparable attribute.
2.125Preuschen 4:75
ἐὰν γὰρ ἀχώριστον ἔχῃ τὴν μακαριότητα καὶ τὴν προηγουμένην ζωήν, πῶς ἔτι ἔσται ἀληθὲς τὸ περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ λεγόμενον· »Ό μόνος ἒχων ἀθανασίαν«; χρὴ μέντοι γε εἰδέναι ὅτι τινὰ ὁ σωτὴρ οὐχ αὑτῷ ἐστιν ἀλλʼ ἑτέροις, τινὰ δὲ αὑτῷ καὶ ἑτίροις· ζητητέον δὲ εἴ τινα ἑαυτῷ καὶ οὑδενί. σαφῶς μὲν γὰρ ἑτέροις ἐστὶν »ποιμήν«, οὐχ ὡς οἱ παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ποιμένες ὄνησιν ἐκ τοῦ ποιμαίνειν εἰς ἑαυτὸν λαμβάνων, εἰ μὴ ἄρα τὴν τῶν ποιμαινομένων ὠφέλειαν διὰ φιλανθρωπίαν ἰδίαν εἶναι λογίσαιτο.
ean gar achōriston echę̄ tēn makariotēta kai tēn proēgoumenēn zōēn, pōs eti estai alēthes to peri tou theou legomenon; »O monos echōn athanasian«? chrē mentoi ge eidenai hoti tina ho sōtēr ouch hautǭ estin allʼ heterois, tina de hautǭ kai hetirois; zētēteon de ei tina heautǭ kai houdeni. saphōs men gar heterois estin »poimēn«, ouch hōs hoi para anthrōpois poimenes onēsin ek tou poimainein eis heauton lambanōn, ei mē ara tēn tōn poimainomenōn ōpheleian dia philanthrōpian idian einai logisaito.
For if it had blessedness and the principal life inseparably, how would what is said of God still be true, “who alone has immortality”? We must know, however, that the Savior is some things not for himself but for others, and some things both for himself and for others; and we must inquire whether he is some things for himself and for no one else. For clearly he is a “shepherd” for others, not like human shepherds taking profit for himself from shepherding, unless perhaps, out of love for humankind, he should count the benefit of those he shepherds as his own.
2.126Preuschen 4:75
ἀλλὰ καὶ »ὁδός« ἑτέροις ἑτέροις ὁμοίως καὶ »θύρα«, ὁμολογουμένως δὲ καὶ »ῥάβδος«· ἑαυτῷ δὲ καὶ ἐτέροις »σοφία«, τάχα δὲ καὶ »λόγος«. ζητητέον δὲ εἰ συστήματος θεωρημάτων ὄντος ἐν αὐτῷ, καθʼ ὅ »σοφία« ἐστίν, ἐστί τινα θεωρήματα ἀχώρητα τῇ λοιπῇ παρʼ αὐτὸν γεννητῇ φύσει, ἅτινα οἶδεν ἑαυτῷ.
alla kai »hodos« heterois heterois homoiōs kai »thyra«, homologoumenōs de kai »rhabdos«; heautǭ de kai eterois »sophia«, tacha de kai »logos«. zētēteon de ei systēmatos theōrēmatōn ontos en autǭ, kathʼ ho »sophia« estin, esti tina theōrēmata achōrēta tę̄ loipę̄ parʼ auton gennētę̄ physei, hatina oiden heautǭ.
But he is also “way” for others, and likewise “door,” and admittedly “rod”; but for himself and for others he is “wisdom,” and perhaps also “Word.” And we must inquire whether, since there is a system of contemplations in him inasmuch as he is “wisdom,” there are some contemplations that cannot be received by the rest of begotten nature besides him, which he knows for himself.
2.127Preuschen 4:75
καὶ οὐκ ἀνεξέταστον τὸν λόγον ἐατέον διὰ τὴν περὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος εὐλάβειαν. ὅτι μὲν γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸ αὐτῶ̣ μαθητεύεται, σαφὲς ἐκ τοῦ λεγομένου περὶ παρακλήτου καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος· »Ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήψεται, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν«. εἰ δὲ μαθητευόμενον πάντα χωρεῖ, ἅ ἔνατενίζων τῷ πατρὶ ἀρχόμενος ὁ υἱὸς γινώσκει, ἐπιμελέστερον ζητητέον.
kai ouk anexetaston ton logon eateon dia tēn peri hagiou pneumatos eulabeian. hoti men gar kai auto autō mathēteuetai, saphes ek tou legomenou peri paraklētou kai hagiou pneumatos; »Hoti ek tou emou lēpsetai, kai anangelei hymin«. ei de mathēteuomenon panta chōrei, ha enatenizōn tǭ patri archomenos ho huios ginōskei, epimelesteron zētēteon.
And we must not leave the question unexamined out of reverence for the Holy Spirit. That it too is taught by him is clear from what is said about the Advocate and Holy Spirit: “For he will take from what is mine and declare it to you.” But whether, being taught, it receives everything that the Son knows as he gazes on the Father from the beginning, must be inquired into more carefully.
2.128Preuschen 4:75–76
Εἰ τοίνυν ὁ σωτὴρ ἃ μέν τινα ἐτέροις, τινὰ δὲ τάχα που αὑτῶ̣ καὶ ἢ οὐδενὶ ἢ ἑνὶ ἢ ὀλίγοις, καθʼ ὅ »ζωή« ἐστιν ἡ γενομένη ἐν τῷ λόγῳ, βασανιστέον πότερον αὑτῶ καὶ ἑτέροις ζωή ἐστιν ἢ ἑτέροις, καὶ εἰ ἑτέροις, τίσι τούτοις. εἰ δὴ ταὐτόν ἐστι »ζωὴ« καὶ »τῶν ἀνθρώπων« — φησὶ γάρʼ »Ὅ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἠν καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων« — τὸ δὲ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τινῶν ἐστι φῶς, καὶ τοῦτο οὐ πάντων τῶν λογικῶν, ὅσον ἐπὶ + τῷ κεῖσθαι τὸ »' Ανθρώπων«, ἀλλὰ »τῶν ἀνθρώπων« ἐστὶ φῶς, εἴη ἂν καὶ ζωὴ ἀνθρώπων, ὡν καὶ φῶς ἐστιν· καὶ καθʼ ὅ ζωή, λέγοιτο ἂν ὁ σωτὴρ οὐχ αὑτῷ ἀλλὰ ἑτέροις εἶναι ζωὴ ὡν ἐστι καὶ φῶς.
Ei toinyn ho sōtēr ha men tina eterois, tina de tacha pou hautō kai ē oudeni ē heni ē oligois, kathʼ ho »zōē« estin hē genomenē en tǭ logǭ, basanisteon poteron hautō kai heterois zōē estin ē heterois, kai ei heterois, tisi toutois. ei dē tauton esti »zōē« kai »tōn anthrōpōn« — phēsi garʼ »Ho gegonen en autǭ zōē ēn kai hē zōē ēn to phōs tōn anthrōpōn« — to de phōs tōn anthrōpōn tinōn esti phōs, kai touto ou pantōn tōn logikōn, hoson epi + tǭ keisthai to »' Anthrōpōn«, alla »tōn anthrōpōn« esti phōs, eiē an kai zōē anthrōpōn, hōn kai phōs estin; kai kathʼ ho zōē, legoito an ho sōtēr ouch hautǭ alla heterois einai zōē hōn esti kai phōs.
If, then, the Savior is some things for others, and some things perhaps for himself and either for no one or for one or for a few, we must test, inasmuch as he is the “life” that came to be in the Word, whether he is life for himself and others, or for others; and if for others, for which ones. If indeed “life” and “the light of men” are the same (for it says, “What came to be in him was life, and the life was the light of men”), and the light of men is the light of certain beings, and this not of all rational beings, as far as the word “men” is concerned, but is the light “of men,” it would also be the life of men, of whom it is also the light; and inasmuch as he is life, the Savior would be said to be life not for himself but for others, of whom he is also light.
2.129Preuschen 4:76
αὕτη δὴ ἡ ζωὴ τῷ λόγῳ ἐπιγίνεται, ἀχώριστος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τὸ ἐπιγενέσθαι τυγχάνουσα. λόγον γὰρ προϋπάρξαι τὸν καθαίροντα τὴν ψυχὴν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ δεῖ, ἕνα κατὰ τοῦτον καὶ τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ κάθαρσιν, πάσης περιαιρεθείσης νεκρότητος καὶ ἀσθενείας, ἡ ἀκραιφνὴς ζωὴ ἐγγένηται παρὰ παντὶ τῷ τοῦ λόγου καθʼ ὅ θεός ἐστιν αὑτὸν ποιήσαντι χωρη- τικον.
hautē dē hē zōē tǭ logǭ epiginetai, achōristos autou meta to epigenesthai tynchanousa. logon gar proÿparxai ton kathaironta tēn psychēn en tę̄ psychę̄ dei, hena kata touton kai tēn apʼ autou katharsin, pasēs periairetheisēs nekrotētos kai astheneias, hē akraiphnēs zōē engenētai para panti tǭ tou logou kathʼ ho theos estin hauton poiēsanti chōrē- tikon.
This life, then, comes upon the Word, being inseparable from him once it has come. For the word that cleanses the soul must first be present in the soul, so that, according to it and to the cleansing that comes from it, when all deadness and weakness have been removed, pure life may come to be in everyone who has made himself able to receive the Word insofar as he is God.
2.130Preuschen 4:76
Τηρητέον δὲ τὰ δύο »Ἐν« καὶ τὴν διαφορὰν αὐτῶν ἐξεταστέον· πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἐν τῷ »λόγος ἐν ἀρχῇ«, δεύτερον δὲ ἐν τῷ »ζωὴ ἐν λόγῳ«. ἀλλὰ λόγος μὲν έν ἀρχῇ« οὐκ ἐγένετο· οὐκ ἠν γάρ, ὅτε ἡ ἀρχὴ ἄλογος ἦν, διὸ λέγεται· »Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἠν ὁ λόγος· « ζωὴ δὲ έν τῷ λόγῳ οὐκ ἦν· ἀλλὰ ςωὴ ἐγένετο, εἴ γε »ζωή ἐστι τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων«. ὅτε γὰρ οὐδέπω ἄνθρωπος ἦν, οὐδὲ φῶς »τῶν ἀνθρώπων« ἠν, τοῦ φωτὸς τῶν ἀνθρώπων κατὰ τὴν πρὸς ἀνθρώπους σχέσιν νοουμένου.
Tērēteon de ta dyo »En« kai tēn diaphoran autōn exetasteon; prōton men gar en tǭ »logos en archę̄«, deuteron de en tǭ »zōē en logǭ«. alla logos men en archę̄« ouk egeneto; ouk ēn gar, hote hē archē alogos ēn, dio legetai; »En archę̄ ēn ho logos; « zōē de en tǭ logǭ ouk ēn; alla sōē egeneto, ei ge »zōē esti to phōs tōn anthrōpōn«. hote gar oudepō anthrōpos ēn, oude phōs »tōn anthrōpōn« ēn, tou phōtos tōn anthrōpōn kata tēn pros anthrōpous schesin nooumenou.
We must observe the two “in”s and examine their difference: first in “the Word in the beginning,” second in “life in the Word.” But the Word did not come to be “in the beginning,” for there was never a time when the beginning was without the Word, which is why it is said, “In the beginning was the Word”; while life was not in the Word, but life came to be, if indeed “life is the light of men.” For when there was not yet a human being, there was not yet the light “of men” either, since the light of men is understood in relation to human beings.
2.131Preuschen 4:76
μηδεὶς δʼ ἡμᾶς θλιβέτω χρονικῶς οἰόμενος ταῦτα ἀπαγγελλειν, τῆς τάξεως τὸ πρῶτον καὶ τὸ δεύτερον καὶ τὰ ἐφεξῆς ἀπαιτούσης, κἂν χρόνος μὴ εὐρίσκηται, ὅτε τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου τὰ] ὑποβαλλόμενα τρίτα καὶ τέταρτα οὐδαμῶς ἦν. ὃν τρόπον τοίνυν »πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο«, καὶ οὐχὶ πάντα δέ αὐτοῦ ἦν, καὶ »χωρὶς αὐτοῦ έγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν«, οὐχὶ δὲ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἠν οὐδὲ ἔν, οὕτως ὅ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ, οὐχὶ ὃ ἠν ἐν αὐτῷ, ζωὴ ἠν. καὶ πάλιν οὐχὶ ὃ ἐγένετο ἐν ἀρχῇ ὁ λόγος ἦν, ἀλλὰ ὃ ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ λόγος ἦν.
mēdeis dʼ hēmas thlibetō chronikōs oiomenos tauta apangellein, tēs taxeōs to prōton kai to deuteron kai ta ephexēs apaitousēs, kan chronos mē euriskētai, hote ta hypo tou logou ta] hypoballomena trita kai tetarta oudamōs ēn. hon tropon toinyn »panta diʼ autou egeneto«, kai ouchi panta de autou ēn, kai »chōris autou egeneto oude hen«, ouchi de chōris autou ēn oude en, houtōs ho gegonen en autǭ, ouchi ho ēn en autǭ, zōē ēn. kai palin ouchi ho egeneto en archę̄ ho logos ēn, alla ho ēn en archę̄ logos ēn.
But let no one trouble us by supposing that we are stating these things in terms of time, since order requires a first and a second and what follows, even if no time is found when the third and fourth things set beneath the Word did not exist. In the way, then, that “all things came to be through him,” and not “all things were through him,” and “without him nothing came to be,” not “without him nothing was,” so “what came to be in him,” not “what was in him,” “was life.” And again, not “what came to be in the beginning was the Word,” but “what was in the beginning was the Word.”
2.132Preuschen 4:76
τινὰ μέντοι γε τῶν ἀντιγράφων ἔχει, καὶ τάχα οὐκ ἀπιθάνως· »Ὃ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ ζωή »ἐστιν«. εἰ δὲ ζωὴ ταὐτόν ἐστι τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φωτί, οὐδεὶς ἐν σκότῳ τυγχάνων ζῇ καὶ οὐδεὶς τῶν ζώντων έν σκότῳ ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐν φωτὶ ὑπάρχει, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἐν φωτὶ ὑπάρχων ςῇ· ὥστε μόνον τὸν ζῶντα καὶ πάντα εἶναι φωτὸς υἱόν· φωτὸς δὲ υἱός, οὗ λάμπει τὰ ἔργα ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων.
tina mentoi ge tōn antigraphōn echei, kai tacha ouk apithanōs; »Ho gegonen en autǭ zōē »estin«. ei de zōē tauton esti tǭ tōn anthrōpōn phōti, oudeis en skotǭ tynchanōn zę̄ kai oudeis tōn zōntōn en skotǭ estin, alla pas ho zōn kai en phōti hyparchei, kai pas ho en phōti hyparchōn sę̄; hōste monon ton zōnta kai panta einai phōtos huion; phōtos de huios, hou lampei ta erga emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn.
Some copies, however, have, and perhaps not unpersuasively, “What came to be in him is life.” And if life is the same as the light of men, no one who is in darkness lives, and none of the living is in darkness, but everyone who lives is also in light, and everyone who is in light lives; so that only the one who lives, and every such one, is a son of light; and a son of light is one whose works shine before men.
2.133Preuschen 4:76–77
Πάλιν, ἐπεὶ ἔστι τὰ παραλελειμμένα τῶν ἐναντίων νοεῖσθαι ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων περὶ τῶν ἐναντίων, γέγεται δὲ περὶ ζωῆς καὶ φωτὸς ἀνθρώπων, ἐναντίον δὲ τῇ ζωῇ θάνατος καὶ ἐναντίον φωτὶ ἀνθρώπων σκότος ἀνθρώπων, ἔστιν ἰδεῖν ὅτι ὁ ἐν σκότω τῶν ἀνθρώπων τυγχάνων ἐν θανάτῳ ἐστὶν καὶ ὁ τὰ τοῦ θανάτου πράττων οὐκ ἀλλαχόσε τοῦ σκότους ἐστίν. ὁ δὲ μνημο- νεύων τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐάν γε νοῶμεν τί τὸ μνημονεύειν αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον· »Οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ ὁ »μνημονεύων σου«.
Palin, epei esti ta paraleleimmena tōn enantiōn noeisthai ek tōn eirēmenōn peri tōn enantiōn, gegetai de peri zōēs kai phōtos anthrōpōn, enantion de tę̄ zōę̄ thanatos kai enantion phōti anthrōpōn skotos anthrōpōn, estin idein hoti ho en skotō tōn anthrōpōn tynchanōn en thanatǭ estin kai ho ta tou thanatou prattōn ouk allachose tou skotous estin. ho de mnēmo- neuōn tou theou, ean ge noōmen ti to mnēmoneuein autou, ouk estin en tǭ thanatǭ kata to eirēmenon; »Ouk estin en tǭ thanatǭ ho »mnēmoneuōn sou«.
Again, since it is possible to understand the opposites that are left unsaid from what is said about their opposites, and it is said about life and the light of men, while the opposite of life is death and the opposite of the light of men is the darkness of men, it can be seen that the one who is in the darkness of men is in death, and the one who does the works of death is nowhere else than in darkness. But the one who remembers God, if we understand what it is to remember him, is not in death, according to the saying, “There is no one in death who remembers you.”
2.134Preuschen 4:77
εἴτε δὲ σκότος ἀνθρώπων εἴτε θάνατος, οὐ φύσει τοιαῦτά ἐστιν + ἄλλου λόγου »Ἡμεῖς ἤμεθά ποτε σκότος, νῦν δὲ φῶς »ἐν κυρίῳ«, κἂν μάλιστα ἅγιοι καὶ πνευματικοὶ ἤδη χρηματίζωμεν. ὥσπερ δὲ δεκτικὸς ὁ Παῦλος σκότος ὢν γέγονε τοῦ γενέσθαι φῶς ἐν κυρίῳ οὕτως ὅστις ποτʼ ἂν ᾖ σκότος. κατὰ δὲ τοὺς οἰομένους εἶναι φύσεις πνευματικάς, ὥσπερ τὸν Παῦλον καὶ τοὺς ἀγίους ἀποστόλους, οὐκ οἶδα εἰ σώζεται τὸ τὸν πνευματικὸν εἶναί ποτε σκότος καὶ ὕστερον αὐτὸν γεγονέναι φῶς.
eite de skotos anthrōpōn eite thanatos, ou physei toiauta estin + allou logou »Hēmeis ēmetha pote skotos, nyn de phōs »en kyriǭ«, kan malista hagioi kai pneumatikoi ēdē chrēmatizōmen. hōsper de dektikos ho Paulos skotos ōn gegone tou genesthai phōs en kyriǭ houtōs hostis potʼ an ę̄ skotos. kata de tous oiomenous einai physeis pneumatikas, hōsper ton Paulon kai tous agious apostolous, ouk oida ei sōzetai to ton pneumatikon einai pote skotos kai hysteron auton gegonenai phōs.
And whether it is the darkness of men or death, these are not such by nature … “We were once darkness, but now light in the Lord,” even if we are now called above all saints and spiritual. And just as Paul, being darkness, became capable of becoming light in the Lord, so can anyone whatever who is darkness. But according to those who think there are spiritual natures, like Paul and the holy apostles, I do not know whether it is maintained that the spiritual man was once darkness and later became light.
2.135Preuschen 4:77
εἰ γὰρ ὁ πνευματικός ποτε σκότος ἦν, ὁ χοϊκὸς τί ἐστιν; εἰ δʼ ἀληθές ἐστι τὸ σκότος γεγονέναι φῶς, τίς ἡ ἀποκλήρωσις τοῦ μὴ πᾶν σκότος δύνασθαι γενέσθαι φῶς; εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἐπὶ Παύλου ἐλέγετο, ὅτι »ἤμεθά ποτε ἐν σκότῳ, νῦν δὲ φωτεινοὶ ἐν κυρίῳ«, ἐπὶ δὲ ὡν οἴονται φύσεων ἀπολλυμένων, ὅτι σκότος ἠσαν ἢ σκότος εἰσί, κἂν χώραν εἶχεν ἡ περὶ φύσεων ὑπόθεσις.
ei gar ho pneumatikos pote skotos ēn, ho choïkos ti estin? ei dʼ alēthes esti to skotos gegonenai phōs, tis hē apoklērōsis tou mē pan skotos dynasthai genesthai phōs? ei mē gar epi Paulou elegeto, hoti »ēmetha pote en skotǭ, nyn de phōteinoi en kyriǭ«, epi de hōn oiontai physeōn apollymenōn, hoti skotos ēsan ē skotos eisi, kan chōran eichen hē peri physeōn hypothesis.
For if the spiritual man was once darkness, what is the earthly man? And if it is true that darkness has become light, what is the arbitrary allotment by which not all darkness can become light? For if it had not been said of Paul that “we were once in darkness, but now are luminous in the Lord,” but of those natures which they suppose to be perishing that they were darkness or are darkness, the hypothesis about natures might have had some place.
2.136Preuschen 4:77
νυνὶ δὲ ὁ Παῦλός φησι γεγονέναι »ποτὲ σκότος, νῦν δὲ φῶς ἐν κυρίῳ«, ὡς δυνατοῦ ὄντος τοῦ σκότος εἰς φῶς μεταβαλεῖν. οὐ χαλεπὸν δὲ τὰ περὶ παντὸς σκότους ἀνθρώπων καὶ περὶ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ αὐτοῦ τυγχάνοντος τῷ σκότῳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιμελῶς ἰδεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων, τὸ ἐνδεχόμενον ὁρῶντα τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον καὶ κρεῖττον ἑκάστου μεταβολῆς.
nyni de ho Paulos phēsi gegonenai »pote skotos, nyn de phōs en kyriǭ«, hōs dynatou ontos tou skotos eis phōs metabalein. ou chalepon de ta peri pantos skotous anthrōpōn kai peri tou thanatou tou autou tynchanontos tǭ skotǭ tōn anthrōpōn epimelōs idein tōn eirēmenōn, to endechomenon horōnta tēs epi to cheiron kai kreitton hekastou metabolēs.
But as it is, Paul says he was “once darkness, but now light in the Lord,” since it is possible for darkness to change into light. And it is not hard, from what has been said, to see carefully what concerns all the darkness of men and the death which is the same as the darkness of men, seeing the possibility of each one's change toward the worse and the better.
2.137Preuschen 4:77
ΧΧΙ. Πάνυ δὲ βιαίως κατὰ τὸν τόπον γενόμενος ὁ Ἡρακλέων τὸ »Ὅ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν« ἐξείληφεν ἀντὶ τοῦ »Ἑν αὑτῷ« Εἰς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς πνευματικούς, οἱονεὶ ταὐτὸν νομίσας εἶναι τὸν λόγον καὶ τοὺς πνευματικούς, εἰ καὶ μὴ σαφῶς ταῦτʼ εἴρηκε· καὶ ὡσπερεὶ αἰτιολογῶν φησιν· Αὐτὸς γὰρ τὴν πρώτην μόρφωσιν τὴν κατὰ τὴν γένεσιν αὐτοῖς παρέσχε, τὰ ὑπʼ ἄλλου σπαρέντα εἰς μορφὴν καὶ εἰς φωτισμὸν καὶ περιγραφὴν ἰδίαν ἀγαγὼν καὶ ἀναδείξας.
ChChI. Pany de biaiōs kata ton topon genomenos ho Hērakleōn to »Ho gegonen en autǭ zōē ēn« exeilēphen anti tou »Hen hautǭ« Eis tous anthrōpous tous pneumatikous, hoionei tauton nomisas einai ton logon kai tous pneumatikous, ei kai mē saphōs tautʼ eirēke; kai hōsperei aitiologōn phēsin; Autos gar tēn prōtēn morphōsin tēn kata tēn genesin autois paresche, ta hypʼ allou sparenta eis morphēn kai eis phōtismon kai perigraphēn idian agagōn kai anadeixas.
Heracleon, handling the passage very forcibly, took “What came to be in him was life” as “in him” meaning “for the spiritual men,” as if he thought the Word and the spiritual men were the same, even if he has not said this clearly; and, as though giving the reason, he says: “For he provided them with the first formation, that according to their coming into being, bringing what was sown by another into form and illumination and a distinct outline of its own, and displaying it.”
2.138Preuschen 4:77–78
οὐ παρετήρησε δὲ καὶ τὸ περὶ τῶν πνευματικῶν παρὰ τῷ Παύλῳ λεγόμενον, ὅτι ἀνθρώπους αὐτοὺς εἶναι ἀπεσιώπησε· » Ψυχικὸς ἄνθρωπος οὐ δέχεται τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ θεοῦ, »μωρία γὰρ αὐτῶ̣ ἐστιν· ὁ δὲ πνευματικὸς ἀνακρίνει πάντα. ι ἡμεῖς γὰρ οὐ μάτην αὐτόν φαμεν ἐπὶ τοῦ πνευματικοῦ μὴ προστεθεικέναι τὸ »Ἄνθρωπος«· κρεῖττον γὰρ ἢ »ἄνθρωπος« ὁ πνευματικός, τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἤτοι ἐν ψυχῇ ἢ ἐν σώματι ἢ ἐν συναμφοτέροις χαρακτηριζομένου, οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ τούτων θειοτέρῳ πνεύματι, οὑ κατὰ μετοχὴν ἐπικρατοῦσαν χρηματίζει ὁ πνευματικός.
ou paretērēse de kai to peri tōn pneumatikōn para tǭ Paulǭ legomenon, hoti anthrōpous autous einai apesiōpēse; » Psychikos anthrōpos ou dechetai ta tou pneumatos tou theou, »mōria gar autō estin; ho de pneumatikos anakrinei panta. i hēmeis gar ou matēn auton phamen epi tou pneumatikou mē prostetheikenai to »Anthrōpos«; kreitton gar ē »anthrōpos« ho pneumatikos, tou anthrōpou ētoi en psychę̄ ē en sōmati ē en synamphoterois charaktērizomenou, ouchi de kai en tǭ toutōn theioterǭ pneumati, hou kata metochēn epikratousan chrēmatizei ho pneumatikos.
But he did not observe what Paul says about the spiritual, that he left unsaid that they are human beings: “The natural man does not receive the things of the Spirit of God, for they are folly to him; but the spiritual judges all things.” For we say that not without purpose did he not add “man” to “the spiritual”; for the spiritual is better than “man,” since man is characterized either in soul or in body or in both, but not also in the Spirit, more divine than these, by a prevailing share in which the spiritual person is so called.
2.139Preuschen 4:78
ἅμα δὲ καὶ τὰ τῆς τοιαύτης ὐποθέσεως χωρὶς κἂν φαινομένης ἀποδείξεως ἀποφαίνεται, οὐδὲ μέχρι τῆς τυχούσης πιθανότητος φθάσαι εἰς τὸν περὶ τούτων δυνηθεὶς λόγον. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν περὶ ἐκείνου.
hama de kai ta tēs toiautēs ypotheseōs chōris kan phainomenēs apodeixeōs apophainetai, oude mechri tēs tychousēs pithanotētos phthasai eis ton peri toutōn dynētheis logon. kai tauta men peri ekeinou.
At the same time he declares the points of such a hypothesis without even an apparent demonstration, not being able to reach even ordinary plausibility in his account of them. So much, then, about him.
2.140Preuschen 4:78
Φέρε δὲ καὶ ἡμεῖς καὶ τοῦτο ζητήσωμεν, εἰ ἡ ζωὴ ἠν μόνων ἀνθρώπων φῶς καὶ μὴ παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν ἐν μακαριότητι τυγχάνοντος. ἐὰν γὰρ ταὐτὸν ᾖ »ζωὴ« καὶ »φῶς ἀνθρώπων‘ καὶ μόνων ἀνθρώπων ᾖ τὸ τοῦ χριστοῦ φῶς, μόνων ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἡ ζωή. τοῦτο δʼ ὑπολαμβάνειν ἐστὶν ἠλίθιον ἅμα καὶ ἀδεβές, ἀντιμαρ- τυρουσῶν τῶν ἄλλων γραφῶν ταύτῃ τῇ ἐκδοχῇ, εἴ γε, ὅταν προδό- ψωμεν, ἰσάγγελοι ἐσόμεθα.
Phere de kai hēmeis kai touto zētēsōmen, ei hē zōē ēn monōn anthrōpōn phōs kai mē pantos houtinosoun en makariotēti tynchanontos. ean gar tauton ę̄ »zōē« kai »phōs anthrōpōn‘ kai monōn anthrōpōn ę̄ to tou christou phōs, monōn anthrōpōn kai hē zōē. touto dʼ hypolambanein estin ēlithion hama kai adebes, antimar- tyrousōn tōn allōn graphōn tautę̄ tę̄ ekdochę̄, ei ge, hotan prodo- psōmen, isangeloi esometha.
Come, let us too inquire into this: whether the life was the light of men only, and not of every being whatever that is in blessedness. For if “life” and “light of men” are the same, and the light of Christ belongs to men alone, the life too belongs to men alone. But to suppose this is at once foolish and impious, since the other Scriptures testify against this interpretation, if indeed, when we make progress, we shall be equal to angels.
2.141Preuschen 4:78
οὕτω δὲ λυτέον τὸ ἀπορηθέν· οὐχὶ εἴ τι λέγεταί τινων, ἐκείνων μόνων ἐστὶ τὸ λεγόμενον οὕτως οὐν οὐχὶ εἰ λέγεται φῶς ἀνθρώπων, μόνων ἀνθρώπων ἐστὶ φῶς· ἐδύνατο γὰρ προσκεῖσθαι· »ἡ ςωὴ ἦν τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων x003E; φῶς.« ἔξεστι γὰρ τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἑτέρων παρὰ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους εἶναι φῶς, ὡς ἔξεστι τάδε τὰ ςῷα καὶ τάδε τὰ φυτά, ἀνθρώπων ὄντα τροφήν, καὶ ἑτέρων παρὰ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τὰ αὐτὰ εἶναι τροφήν.
houtō de lyteon to aporēthen; ouchi ei ti legetai tinōn, ekeinōn monōn esti to legomenon houtōs oun ouchi ei legetai phōs anthrōpōn, monōn anthrōpōn esti phōs; edynato gar proskeisthai; »hē sōē ēn to tōn anthrōpōn x003E? phōs.« exesti gar to phōs tōn anthrōpōn kai heterōn para tous anthrōpous einai phōs, hōs exesti tade ta sǭa kai tade ta phyta, anthrōpōn onta trophēn, kai heterōn para tous anthrōpous ta auta einai trophēn.
The difficulty must be resolved thus: it is not the case that, if something is said of certain beings, what is said belongs to them alone. So, then, it is not the case that, if it is called the light of men, it is the light of men alone; for it could have been added, “The life was the light of men alone.” For it is possible for the light of men to be the light also of others besides men, just as it is possible that these animals and these plants, which are food for men, are the same food for others besides men.
2.142Preuschen 4:78
καὶ τοῦτο μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς συνηθείας τὸ παράδειγμα· ἄξιον δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν θεοπνεύστων λόγων ὅμοιον ἀντιπαραβαλεῖν. ἐνθάδε τοίνυν ζητοῦμεν εἰ μηδὲν κωλύει τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἑτέρων εἶναι φῶς, λέγοντες ὅτι οὐχί, ἐπεὶ λέγεται φῶς ἀνθρώπων, ἤδη ἀποκέκλεισται καὶ ἐτέρων παρὰ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους κρειττόνων ἢ ἀνθρώποις ἀμοίων εἶναι φῶς.
kai touto men apo tēs synētheias to paradeigma; axion de apo tōn theopneustōn logōn homoion antiparabalein. enthade toinyn zētoumen ei mēden kōlyei to phōs tōn anthrōpōn kai heterōn einai phōs, legontes hoti ouchi, epei legetai phōs anthrōpōn, ēdē apokekleistai kai eterōn para tous anthrōpous kreittonōn ē anthrōpois amoiōn einai phōs.
And this example is from ordinary usage; but it is right to compare a similar one from the divinely inspired words. Here, then, we are asking whether anything prevents the light of men from being the light of others too, saying that no: because it is called the light of men, it is not already excluded from being the light of others besides men, whether better than men or like them.
2.143Preuschen 4:78–79
ἀναγέγραπται δὴ ὁ θεὸς θεὸς εἶναι »' Αβραὰμ καὶ θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ κοὶ θεὸς Ἰακώβ«· ὁ δὴ βουλόμενος ἐπειδὴ εἴρηται· »Ἡ ζωὴ »ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων«) τὸ φῶς μηδενὸς ἑτέρου εἶναι ἢ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κατὰ τὸ ὅμοιον οἰήσεται τὸν θεὸν Αβραὰμ καὶ θεὸν Ισαὰκ καὶ θεὸν Ἰακὼβ μηδενὸς εἶναι θεὸν ἢ τῶν τριῶν μόνων τούτων πατέρων. ἔστι δέ γε καὶ Ἠλίου θεός, καί, ὥς φησιν Ἰουδίθ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῆς Συμεών, καὶ θεὸς τῶν Ἑβραίων. Ἑβραίων. κατὰ τὸ ὅμοιον εἰ μηδὲν κωλύει εἶναι αὐτὸν καὶ ἑτέρων θεόν, οὐδὲν κωλύει εἶναι τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἑτέρων Παρὰ τοὺς ἀνθρώ- πους φως.
anagegraptai dē ho theos theos einai »' Abraam kai theos Isaak koi theos Iakōb«; ho dē boulomenos epeidē eirētai; »Hē zōē »ēn to phōs tōn anthrōpōn«) to phōs mēdenos heterou einai ē tōn anthrōpōn, kata to homoion oiēsetai ton theon Abraam kai theon Isaak kai theon Iakōb mēdenos einai theon ē tōn triōn monōn toutōn paterōn. esti de ge kai Ēliou theos, kai, hōs phēsin Ioudith, tou patros autēs Symeōn, kai theos tōn Hebraiōn. Hebraiōn. kata to homoion ei mēden kōlyei einai auton kai heterōn theon, ouden kōlyei einai to phōs tōn anthrōpōn kai heterōn Para tous anthrō- pous phōs.
It is recorded that God is the God “of Abraham and God of Isaac and God of Jacob.” Whoever wishes (since it is said, “The life was the light of men”) the light to be that of no one else but men will, by the same reasoning, think that the God of Abraham and God of Isaac and God of Jacob is God of no one but these three fathers only. But he is also the God of Elijah, and, as Judith says, of her father Simeon, and the God of the Hebrews. Likewise, if nothing prevents him from being the God of others too, nothing prevents the light of men from being light for others besides men.
2.144Preuschen 4:79
Ἄλλος δέ τις προσχρησάμενος τῷ »Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρω- »πον κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν ἡμετέραν«· πᾶν τὸ »κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ »ὁμοίωσιν« γενόμενον »θεοῦ« ἄνθρωπον εἶναι φήσει, μυρίοις χρώμενος εἰς τοῦτο παραδείγμασιν, ὅτι οὑδὲν διαφέρει τῇ γραφῇ ἄνθρωπον ἢ ἄγγελον φάναι· ἐπὶ γὰρ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ὑποκειμένου κεῖται ἡ »Ἄγγελος« καὶ » Ανθρωπος« προσηγορία, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῶν ξενισθέντων παρὰ τῷ Ἀβραὰμ τριῶν καὶ γενομένων ἐν Σοδόμοις δύο· καὶ ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ εἱρμῷ τῆς γραφῆς ὁτὲ μὲν ἄνδρες ότὲ δἐ ἄγγελοι εἶναι λέγονται.
Allos de tis proschrēsamenos tǭ »Poiēsōmen anthrō- »pon katʼ eikona kai homoiōsin hēmeteran«; pan to »katʼ eikona kai »homoiōsin« genomenon »theou« anthrōpon einai phēsei, myriois chrōmenos eis touto paradeigmasin, hoti houden diapherei tę̄ graphę̄ anthrōpon ē angelon phanai; epi gar tou autou hypokeimenou keitai hē »Angelos« kai » Anthrōpos« prosēgoria, hōsper epi tōn xenisthentōn para tǭ Abraam triōn kai genomenōn en Sodomois dyo; kai en holǭ tǭ heirmǭ tēs graphēs hote men andres ote de angeloi einai legontai.
But someone else, using “Let us make man according to our image and likeness,” will say that everything that has come to be “according to the image and likeness” of God is man, using countless examples for this, to show that it makes no difference to Scripture whether it says man or angel. For the titles “angel” and “man” are applied to the same subject, as with the three who were entertained by Abraham and the two who came to Sodom; and throughout the whole sequence of Scripture they are sometimes said to be men and sometimes angels.
2.145Preuschen 4:79
πλὴν ὁ τοῦτο νομίζων ἐρεῖ, ὅτι, ὥσπερ παρὰ τοῖς ὁμολογουμένοις ἁνθρώποις εἰσὶν ἄγγελοι, ὡς ὁ Ζαχαρίας λέγων· »Ἄγελος θεοῦ, ἐγὼ μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμι, λέγει κύριος παντοκράτωρ‘ καὶ ὁ Ἰωάννης, περὶ οὐ γέγραπται· »Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου«, οὕτως καὶ οἱ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄγγελοι παρὰ τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο χρηματίζουσι καὶ οὐ παρὰ τὴν φύσιν »ἄνδρες« κληθέντες.
plēn ho touto nomizōn erei, hoti, hōsper para tois homologoumenois hanthrōpois eisin angeloi, hōs ho Zacharias legōn; »Agelos theou, egō methʼ hymōn eimi, legei kyrios pantokratōr‘ kai ho Iōannēs, peri ou gegraptai; »Idou egō apostellō ton angelon mou pro prosōpou sou«, houtōs kai hoi tou theou angeloi para to ergon touto chrēmatizousi kai ou para tēn physin »andres« klēthentes.
However, whoever thinks this will say that, just as among those who are admittedly men there are angels (as Haggai says, “Angel of God: I am with you, says the Lord Almighty,” and John, of whom it is written, “Behold, I send my angel before your face”), so the angels of God are named from this work, and not from their nature, though they are called “men.”
2.146Preuschen 4:79
καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον παραμυθήσεται, ὅτι ἐπὶ τῶν κρειττόνων δυνάμεων τὰ ὀνόματα οὐχὶ φύσεων ζῴων ἐστὶν ὀνόματα ἀλλὰ τάξεων, ὦν ἥδε τις καὶ ἥδε λογικὴ φύσις τέτευχεν ἀπὸ θεοῦ. »θρόνος« γὰρ οὐκ εἶδος ζῴου οὐδὲ »οὐδὲ οὐδὲ »κυριό- »της« οὐδὲ »ἐξουσία«, ἀλλὰ ὀνόματα πραγμάτων, ἐφʼ ὡν ἐτάχθησαν οἱ οὕτως προσαγορεόμενοι, ὦν τὸ ὑποκείμενον οὐχ ἄλλο τί ἐστιν ἢ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ τῷ ὑποκειμένῳ συμβέβηκε τὸ θρόνῳ θρόνῳ ἢ κυριότητι ἢ ἀρχῇ ἢ ἐξουσίᾳ.
kai eti mallon paramythēsetai, hoti epi tōn kreittonōn dynameōn ta onomata ouchi physeōn zǭōn estin onomata alla taxeōn, ōn hēde tis kai hēde logikē physis teteuchen apo theou. »thronos« gar ouk eidos zǭou oude »oude oude »kyrio- »tēs« oude »exousia«, alla onomata pragmatōn, ephʼ hōn etachthēsan hoi houtōs prosagoreomenoi, ōn to hypokeimenon ouch allo ti estin ē anthrōpos, kai tǭ hypokeimenǭ symbebēke to thronǭ thronǭ ē kyriotēti ē archę̄ ē exousią.
And he will support it still more by saying that among the higher powers the names are not names of natures of living beings but of ranks, which this or that rational nature has obtained from God. For “throne” is not a species of living being, nor “principality,” nor “dominion,” nor “authority,” but these are names of the offices to which those so called have been appointed, whose subject is nothing other than man, and it is incidental to the subject to be a throne or dominion or principality or authority.
2.147Preuschen 4:79
καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ δὲ τῷ τοῦ Ναυῆ κεῖται τὸ »Ὤφθη »τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἄνθρωπος ἐν Ἱεριχῶ«, ὅς φησιν· »Ἐγὼ ἀρχιστράτηγος δυνά- »μεως κυρίου νυνὶ παραγέγουα«.
kai en tǭ Iēsou de tǭ tou Nauē keitai to »Ōphthē »tǭ Iēsou anthrōpos en Hierichō«, hos phēsin; »Egō archistratēgos dyna- »meōs kyriou nyni paragegoua«.
And in Joshua son of Nun it is written, “A man appeared to Joshua at Jericho,” who says, “I am the commander-in-chief of the army of the Lord; now I have come.”
2.148Preuschen 4:79–80
Κατὰ τοῦτο οὖν ὡς ἴσον δυνάμενον ἐκλήψεται τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀν- θρώπων καὶ φῶς παντὸς λογικοῦ, παντὸς λογικοῦ τῷ »κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν« εἶναι θεοῦ ἀνθρώπου τυγχάνοντος. τὸ αὐτὸ μέντοι γέ ἐστι τριχῶς ὀνομαζόμενον »φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων« καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς »φῶς« καὶ φῶς ἀληθιωόν«· φῶς μὲν οὖν ἀνθρώπων, ἤτοι, ὡς προα- ποδέδεικται, οὐδενὸς κωλύοντος κωλύοντος τὸ ἐκλαμβάνειν καὶ ἑτίρων παρὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον εἶναι τὸ φῶς φῶς, ἢ πάντων τῶν λογικῶν διὰ τὸ »κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ« γεγονέναι ἀνθρώπων καλουμένων.
Kata touto oun hōs ison dynamenon eklēpsetai to phōs tōn an- thrōpōn kai phōs pantos logikou, pantos logikou tǭ »katʼ eikona kai homoiōsin« einai theou anthrōpou tynchanontos. to auto mentoi ge esti trichōs onomazomenon »phōs tōn anthrōpōn« kai hapaxaplōs »phōs« kai phōs alēthiōon«; phōs men oun anthrōpōn, ētoi, hōs proa- podedeiktai, oudenos kōlyontos kōlyontos to eklambanein kai hetirōn para ton anthrōpon einai to phōs phōs, ē pantōn tōn logikōn dia to »katʼ eikona theou« gegonenai anthrōpōn kaloumenōn.
On this view, then, he will take “the light of men” as equivalent to the light of every rational being, since every rational being is a man by being “according to the image and likeness” of God. The same thing, however, is named in three ways: “the light of men,” and simply “light,” and “the true light.” The light of men, then, either (as was shown before, since nothing prevents us from taking the light to be the light also of others besides man), or of all rational beings, since they are called men because they came to be “according to the image of God.”
2.149Preuschen 4:80
Ἐπεὶ δὲ »φῶς« ἁπαξαπλῶς ἐνταῦθα μὲν ὁ σωτήρ, ἐν δὲ τῇ καθολικῇ τοῦ αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννου ἐπιστολῇ λέγεται ὁ θεὸς εἶναι φῶς, ὁ μέν τις οἴεται καὶ ἐντεῦθεν κατασκευάζεσθαι τῇ οὐσίᾳ μὴ διεστηκέναι τοῦ υἱοῦ τὸν πατέρα· ὁ δέ τις ἀκριβέστερον τηρήσας, ὁ καὶ ὑγιέστερον λέγων, φήσει οὐ ταὐτὸν εἶναι τὸ φαῖνον ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φῶς καὶ μὴ καταλαμβανόμενον ὑπʼ αὐτῆς, κοὶ τὸ φῶς ἐν ᾡ οὐδαμῶς ἐστι σκοτία.
Epei de »phōs« hapaxaplōs entautha men ho sōtēr, en de tę̄ katholikę̄ tou autou Iōannou epistolę̄ legetai ho theos einai phōs, ho men tis oietai kai enteuthen kataskeuazesthai tę̄ ousią mē diestēkenai tou huiou ton patera; ho de tis akribesteron tērēsas, ho kai hygiesteron legōn, phēsei ou tauton einai to phainon en tę̄ skotią phōs kai mē katalambanomenon hypʼ autēs, koi to phōs en hǭ oudamōs esti skotia.
And since here the Savior is simply called “light,” while in the catholic letter of the same John God is said to be light, someone thinks that it is established from this too that the Father does not differ in being from the Son. But another, observing more precisely and speaking more soundly, will say that the light that shines in the darkness and is not overcome by it is not the same as the light in which there is no darkness at all.
2.150Preuschen 4:80
τὸ μὲν γὰρ φαῖνον ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φῶς οἱονεὶ ἐπέρχεται τῇ σκοτίᾳ, καὶ διωκόμενον ὑπʼ αὐτῆς καί, ἱν οὕτως εἴπω, ἐπιβουλευόμενον οὐ καταλαμβάνεται· τὸ δὲ φῶς, ἐν ᾧ οὐδεμία ἐστὶ σκοτία, οὔτε φαίνει ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ οὔτε τὴν ἀρχὴν διώκεται ὑπʼ αὐτῆς, ἴνα καὶ ὡς νικῶν ἀναγράφηται τῷ μὴ καταλαμβάνεσθαι ὑπʼ αὐτῆς διωκούσης.
to men gar phainon en tę̄ skotią phōs hoionei eperchetai tę̄ skotią, kai diōkomenon hypʼ autēs kai, hin houtōs eipō, epibouleuomenon ou katalambanetai; to de phōs, en hǭ oudemia esti skotia, oute phainei en tę̄ skotią oute tēn archēn diōketai hypʼ autēs, ina kai hōs nikōn anagraphētai tǭ mē katalambanesthai hypʼ autēs diōkousēs.
For the light that shines in the darkness, as it were, advances upon the darkness, and, pursued by it and, so to speak, plotted against, it is not overcome; but the light in which there is no darkness neither shines in the darkness nor is pursued by it at all, so that it should be recorded as conquering by not being overcome by the darkness that pursues it.
2.151Preuschen 4:80
Τρίτον ἦν τὸ λεγόμενον τοῦτο τὸ φῶς »φῶς ἀληθινόν«· ᾧ δὲ λόγῳ ὁ πατὴρ τῆς ἀληθείας θεὸς πλείων ἐστὶ καὶ μείζων ἢ ἀλήθεια καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ὢν σοφίας κρείττων ἐστὶ καὶ διαφέρων ἢ σοφία, τούτῳ ὑπερέχει τοῦ εἶναι »φῶς ἀληθινόν«.
Triton ēn to legomenon touto to phōs »phōs alēthinon«; hǭ de logǭ ho patēr tēs alētheias theos pleiōn esti kai meizōn ē alētheia kai ho patēr ōn sophias kreittōn esti kai diapherōn ē sophia, toutǭ hyperechei tou einai »phōs alēthinon«.
Third, this light was called “the true light.” But by the same reasoning by which the Father of truth, God, is more and greater than truth, and the Father of wisdom is better and more excellent than wisdom, by this he surpasses being “the true light.”
2.152Preuschen 4:80
Παραστατικώτερον δὲ δύο φῶτα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ Δαβὶδ τυγχάνειν διὰ τούτων εἰσόμεθα, ὅσγε φησὶν ἐν τριακοστῷ πέμπτῳ ψαλμῷ· »Ἐν φωτί σου ὀψόμεθα φῶς«. τοῦτο δὲ αὐτὸ τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, τὸ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαῖνον, τὸ ἀληθινὸν φῶς, ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς τοῦ εὐαγγελίου »φῶς τοῦ κόσμου« ἀναγορεύεται, φάσκοντος Ἰησοῦ·
Parastatikōteron de dyo phōta ton patera kai ton huion apo tou Dabid tynchanein dia toutōn eisometha, hosge phēsin en triakostǭ pemptǭ psalmǭ; »En phōti sou opsometha phōs«. touto de auto to phōs tōn anthrōpōn, to en tę̄ skotią phainon, to alēthinon phōs, en tois hexēs tou euangeliou »phōs tou kosmou« anagoreuetai, phaskontos Iēsou;
We shall know more vividly that the Father and the Son are two lights from David, since he says in the thirty-fifth psalm: “In your light we shall see light.” And this same light of men, which shines in the darkness, the true light, is proclaimed in what follows in the Gospel as “the light of the world,” when Jesus says:
2.153Preuschen 4:80
»Ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου«. μηδὲ τοῦτο δὴ ἀπαρασήμαντον ἐάσωμεν, ὅτι ἐνδεχομένου γεγράφθαι· »Ὃ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ φῶς ἠν »τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κοὶ τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ζωὴ ἠν«, τὸ ἀνάπαλιν πεποίηκε· προτάσσει γὰρ τὴν ζωὴν τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φωτός, εἰ καὶ ταὐτόν ἐστι »ζωὴ« καὶ »ἀνθρώπων φῶς«, τῷ προαπαντᾶν ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τῶν μετεχόντων τῆς ζωῆς, τυγχανούσης καὶ φωτὸς ἀνθρώπων, τὸ ζῆς αὐτοὺς τὴν προειρημένην θείαν ζωὴν παρὰ τὸ πεφωτίσθαι· ὑποκεῖσθαι γὰρ δεῖ τὸ ζῆν, ἵνʼ ὁ ζῶν πεφωτισμένος γένηται· οὐκ ἦν δὲ ἀκόλουθον πεφωτίσθαι τὸν μηδέπω ζῆν νενοημένον καὶ ἐπιγίνεσθαι τῷ πεφωτίσθαι τὸ ζῆν.
»Egō eimi to phōs tou kosmou«. mēde touto dē aparasēmanton easōmen, hoti endechomenou gegraphthai; »Ho gegonen en autǭ phōs ēn »tōn anthrōpōn, koi to phōs tōn anthrōpōn zōē ēn«, to anapalin pepoiēke; protassei gar tēn zōēn tou tōn anthrōpōn phōtos, ei kai tauton esti »zōē« kai »anthrōpōn phōs«, tǭ proapantan hēmin epi tōn metechontōn tēs zōēs, tynchanousēs kai phōtos anthrōpōn, to zēs autous tēn proeirēmenēn theian zōēn para to pephōtisthai; hypokeisthai gar dei to zēn, hinʼ ho zōn pephōtismenos genētai; ouk ēn de akolouthon pephōtisthai ton mēdepō zēn nenoēmenon kai epiginesthai tǭ pephōtisthai to zēn.
“I am the light of the world.” Let us not leave this unmarked either: although it could have been written, “What came to be in him was the light of men, and the light of men was life,” he did the reverse. For he puts life before the light of men, even though “life” and “light of men” are the same, because in those who share in the life, which is also the light of men, living the divine life mentioned before comes before being enlightened. For living must come first, so that the one who lives may become enlightened; it would not be consistent for one not yet understood to be living to be enlightened, and for living to come after being enlightened.
2.154Preuschen 4:80–81
εἰ γὰρ καὶ ταὐτόν ἐστιν ἡ ζωὴ καὶ τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλʼ αἵ γε ἐπίνοιαι καθʼ ἕτερον καὶ ἕτερον λαμβάνονται. τοῦτο δὴ τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων« καὶ »φῶς ἐθνῶν‘ παρὰ τῷ προφήτῃ Ἡσαΐᾳ λέγεται κατὰ τὸ »Ἰδὸυ τέθεικά σε εἰς δια- »θήκην γένους, εἰς φῶς ἐνθνῶν«· καὶ τούτῳ τῷ φωτὶ πεποιθὼς ὁ Δαβίδ φησιν ἐν εἰκοστῷ ἕκτῳ ψαλμῷ· »Κύριος φωτισμός μου καὶ σωτήρ μου, τίνα φοβηθήσομαι;«
ei gar kai tauton estin hē zōē kai to phōs tōn anthrōpōn, allʼ hai ge epinoiai kathʼ heteron kai heteron lambanontai. touto dē to phōs tōn anthrōpōn« kai »phōs ethnōn‘ para tǭ prophētę̄ Hēsaïą legetai kata to »Idou tetheika se eis dia- »thēkēn genous, eis phōs enthnōn«; kai toutǭ tǭ phōti pepoithōs ho Dabid phēsin en eikostǭ hektǭ psalmǭ; »Kyrios phōtismos mou kai sōtēr mou, tina phobēthēsomai?«
For even if life and the light of men are the same, the aspects are taken in different respects. This light of men is also called “light of the nations” in the prophet Isaiah, according to “Behold, I have set you for a covenant of the race, for a light of the nations”; and trusting in this light David says in the twenty-sixth psalm, “The Lord is my illumination and my Savior; whom shall I fear?”
2.155Preuschen 4:81
Πρὸς δὲ τοὺς τὴν περὶ αἰώνων ἀναπλάσαντας ἐν ασυζυγίαις μυθολογίαν καὶ οἰομένους ὑπὸ νοῦ καὶ ἀληθείας προβεβλῆσθαι λόγου καὶ ζωὴν οὐκ ἀπίθανον καὶ ταῦτα ἀπορῆσαι. πώς γὰρ ἡ κατʼ αὐτοὺς σύζυγος τοῦ λόγου ζωὴ τὸ γεγονέναι ἐν τῷ συζύγῳ λαμβάνει; »Ὃ γέγονε, γάρ φησιν, ἐν αὐτῷ« δηλονότι τῷ προειρημένῳ λόγῳ) »ζωὴ ἦν«. λεγέτωσαν οὖν ἡμῖν, πῶς ἡ σύζυγος τοῦ λόγου ζωὴ γέγονεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ, καὶ πῶς μᾶλλον τοῦ λόγου ἡ ζωὴ φῶς ἐστι τῶν ἀνθρώπων.
Pros de tous tēn peri aiōnōn anaplasantas en asyzygiais mythologian kai oiomenous hypo nou kai alētheias probeblēsthai logou kai zōēn ouk apithanon kai tauta aporēsai. pōs gar hē katʼ autous syzygos tou logou zōē to gegonenai en tǭ syzygǭ lambanei? »Ho gegone, gar phēsin, en autǭ« dēlonoti tǭ proeirēmenǭ logǭ) »zōē ēn«. legetōsan oun hēmin, pōs hē syzygos tou logou zōē gegonen en tǭ logǭ, kai pōs mallon tou logou hē zōē phōs esti tōn anthrōpōn.
And against those who have fabricated the mythology about Aeons in pairs, and think that the Word and Life were put forth by Mind and Truth, it is not unreasonable to raise these difficulties too. For how does the Life that, on their view, is the partner of the Word receive its coming into being in its partner? For “What came to be,” it says, “in him” (clearly the Word mentioned before) “was life.” Let them tell us, then, how the Life, the partner of the Word, came to be in the Word, and how the Life rather than the Word is the light of men.
2.156Preuschen 4:81
εἰκὸς δὲ τοὺς εὐγνωμονεστέρους ἐν ταῖς ζητίησεσιν ἀνατρεπομένους, πληγέντας ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐπαπορήματος, ἀντερωτήσειν ἡμᾶς, καὶ αὐτοὺς θλιβομένους, ἐὰν μὴ εὕρωμεν αἰτίαν, διʼ ἣν οὐχὶ »λόγος« εἴρηται τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων«, ἀλλʼ ἡ γενομένη ἐν τῷ λόγῳ »ζωή«. πρὸς οὓς τοιαῦτα ἀποκρινούμεθα, ὅτι »ζωὴ« ἐνταῦθα οὐχ ἡ κοινὴ λογικῶν καὶ ἀλόγων λέγεται, ἀλλʼ ἡ ἐπιγινομένη τῷ ἐν ἡμῖν συμπληρουμένῳ λόγῳ, τῆς μετοχῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου λαμβανομένης λόγου· καὶ κατὰ μὲν τὸ ἀποστραφῆναι τὴν δοκοῦσαν ζωήν, οὐκ οὐσαν δὲ ἀληθῶς, καὶ ποθεῖν χωρῆσαι τὴν ἀληθῶς ζωὴν πρῶτον κοινωνοῦμεν αὐτῇ, ἥτις γενομένη έν ἡμῖν καὶ φωτὸς γνώσεως ὑπόστασις γίνεται.
eikos de tous eugnōmonesterous en tais zētiēsesin anatrepomenous, plēgentas hypo tou epaporēmatos, anterōtēsein hēmas, kai autous thlibomenous, ean mē heurōmen aitian, diʼ hēn ouchi »logos« eirētai to phōs tōn anthrōpōn«, allʼ hē genomenē en tǭ logǭ »zōē«. pros hous toiauta apokrinoumetha, hoti »zōē« entautha ouch hē koinē logikōn kai alogōn legetai, allʼ hē epiginomenē tǭ en hēmin symplēroumenǭ logǭ, tēs metochēs apo tou prōtou lambanomenēs logou; kai kata men to apostraphēnai tēn dokousan zōēn, ouk ousan de alēthōs, kai pothein chōrēsai tēn alēthōs zōēn prōton koinōnoumen autę̄, hētis genomenē en hēmin kai phōtos gnōseōs hypostasis ginetai.
But it is likely that the more reasonable among them, overturned in their inquiries and struck by the difficulty, will ask us in return, pressing us too, unless we find a reason why the light of men is not called “Word” but the “life” that came to be in the Word. To them we will answer thus: “life” here is not the life common to rational and irrational beings, but the life that comes upon the word that is completed in us, the sharing being received from the first Word. And by turning away from the life that seems to be but is not truly, and longing to receive the true life, we first share in it; and when it comes to be in us, it becomes also the ground of the light of knowledge.
2.157Preuschen 4:81
καὶ τάχα αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ παρʼ οἶς μὲν δυνάμει καὶ οὐκ ἐνεργείᾳ φῶς ἐστι, τοῖς τὰ τῆς γνώσεως ἐξετάζειν μὴ φιλοτιμουμένοις, παρ ἑτέροις δὲ καὶ ἐνεργείᾳ γινομένη φῶς· φῶς· δὲ ὅτι παρ οἷς κατορθοῦται τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου προστεταγμένον »Ζηλοῦτε τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ κρείττονα«· μείζονα δὲ τῶν χαρισμάτων τὸ καὶ πάντων προτεταγμένον, ὅπερ ἐστὶ »λόγος σοφίας«, καὶ ὃ ἕπεται »λόγος γνώσεως«. περὶ δὲ τῆς διαφορᾶς αὐτῶν, παρακειμένων ἀλλήλοις τῶν σημαινομένων »σοφίας« καὶ »γνώσεως«, οὐ τοῦ παρόντος ἐστὶν εἰπεῖν καιροῦ. Ι, 5 Καὶ τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν.
kai tacha hautē hē zōē parʼ ois men dynamei kai ouk energeią phōs esti, tois ta tēs gnōseōs exetazein mē philotimoumenois, par heterois de kai energeią ginomenē phōs; phōs; de hoti par hois katorthoutai to hypo tou Paulou prostetagmenon »Zēloute ta charismata ta kreittona«; meizona de tōn charismatōn to kai pantōn protetagmenon, hoper esti »logos sophias«, kai ho hepetai »logos gnōseōs«. peri de tēs diaphoras autōn, parakeimenōn allēlois tōn sēmainomenōn »sophias« kai »gnōseōs«, ou tou parontos estin eipein kairou. I, 5 Kai to phōs en tę̄ skotią phainei, kai hē skotia auto ou katelaben.
And perhaps this life is light potentially and not actually among some, those not eager to examine the matters of knowledge, but among others it becomes light actually as well, namely among those in whom Paul's command is fulfilled, “Earnestly desire the better gifts.” And the greater of the gifts is the one placed first of all, which is “the word of wisdom,” and the one that follows, “the word of knowledge.” About the difference between them, since the meanings of “wisdom” and “knowledge” lie close to one another, it is not the right time now to speak. John 1:5: “And the light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it.”
2.158Preuschen 4:81–82
Ἔτι περὶ τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐπεὶ προτέτακται, ζητοῦμεν φωτός) οἶμαι δʼ ὅτι καὶ τοῦ ἐναντίου, καλουμένου »σκοτίας«. † ἂν δὲ οὕτως δοκιμασθείσης, — »τῶν ἀνθρώπων« φημί, — ὅτι τάχα γενικόν ἐστι τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων« δύο ἰδικῶν πραγμάτων, ὁμο(??)ιως δὲ καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτῶν. ἔστι γὰρ τὸν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων κεκτη- μένον καὶ κοινωνοῦντα τῶν αὐγῶν αὐτοῦ »ἔργα φωτὸς« ἐπιτελεῖν καὶ γινώσκειν φωτιζόμενον φῶς γνώσεως· τὸ δὲ ἀνάλογον καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων νοητέον, τῶν τε μοχθηρῶν πράξεως καὶ τῆς νομιζομένης γνώσεως, οὐκ οὔσης κατὰ ἀλήθειαν, τὸν λόγον τῆς σκοτίας ἐχόντων.
Eti peri tou tōn anthrōpōn, epei protetaktai, zētoumen phōtos) oimai dʼ hoti kai tou enantiou, kaloumenou »skotias«. † an de houtōs dokimastheisēs, — »tōn anthrōpōn« phēmi, — hoti tacha genikon esti to phōs tōn anthrōpōn« dyo idikōn pragmatōn, homo(??)iōs de kai hē skotia autōn. esti gar ton to phōs tōn anthrōpōn kektē- menon kai koinōnounta tōn augōn autou »erga phōtos« epitelein kai ginōskein phōtizomenon phōs gnōseōs; to de analogon kai ek tōn enantiōn noēteon, tōn te mochthērōn praxeōs kai tēs nomizomenēs gnōseōs, ouk ousēs kata alētheian, ton logon tēs skotias echontōn.
Further, since it has been set before us, we are inquiring about the light of men, and I think also about its opposite, called “darkness.” … “of men,” I mean, that perhaps the light of men is a genus of two particular things, and likewise also their darkness. For it is possible for the one who possesses the light of men and shares in its rays to perform “works of light” and, being enlightened, to know the light of knowledge; and the analogous thing must be understood from the opposites, wicked action and so-called knowledge, which is not knowledge in truth, having the character of darkness.
2.159Preuschen 4:82
καὶ ὅτι μὲν τὰ προστάγματα φῶς ὁ ἱερὸς οἶδε λόγος, φησὶν γὰρ ὁ Ἡσαΐας· Διότι φῶς τὰ προστάγματά σου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς« καὶ ὁ Δαβὶδ έν ιη ψαλμῷ· »Ἡ ἐντολὴ κυρίου τηλαυγής, φωτίζουσα »ὀφθαλμούς«. ὅτι δὲ φῶς παρὰ τὰ προστάγματα καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς ἐστί τι γνώσεως, παρά τινι τῶν δώδεκα εὕρομεν· »Σπείρατε ἑαυτοῖς »εἰς δικαιοσύνην, τρυγήσατε εἰς καρπὸν ζωῆς, φωτίσατε ἑαυτοῖς φῶς »γνώσεως«.
kai hoti men ta prostagmata phōs ho hieros oide logos, phēsin gar ho Hēsaïas; Dioti phōs ta prostagmata sou epi tēs gēs« kai ho Dabid en iē psalmǭ; »Hē entolē kyriou tēlaugēs, phōtizousa »ophthalmous«. hoti de phōs para ta prostagmata kai tas entolas esti ti gnōseōs, para tini tōn dōdeka heuromen; »Speirate heautois »eis dikaiosynēn, trygēsate eis karpon zōēs, phōtisate heautois phōs »gnōseōs«.
And that the commandments are light the sacred word knows, for Isaiah says, “For your commandments are light upon the earth,” and David in the eighteenth psalm, “The commandment of the Lord is bright, enlightening the eyes.” And that besides the commandments and precepts there is a light of knowledge we have found in one of the Twelve: “Sow for yourselves unto righteousness, gather the fruit of life, light for yourselves the light of knowledge.”
2.160Preuschen 4:82
ὡς γὰρ ὄντος καὶ ἑτέρου φωτὸς παρὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς τῆς γνώσεως λέγεται τὸ »Φωτίσατε ἑαυτοῖς φῶς«, οὐχ ἁπλῶς »φῶς« ἀλλὰ ποιὸν φῶς, ὅτι τὸ »τῆς γνώσεως«· εἰ γὰρ πᾶν φῶς, ὃ φωτίζει ἄνθρωπος ἑαυτῷ, »φῶς γνώσεως« ἦν, μάτην ἂν προσέκειτο τὸ »σατε ἑαυτοῖς φῶς γνώσεως«. πάλιν ὅτι ἡ σκοτία ἐπὶ τῶν μοχθηρῶν ἔργων παραλαμβάνεται, διδάσκει ὁ αὐτὸς ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ Ἰωάννης φάσκων, ὅτι »Ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν μετʼ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν »τῷ σκότει περιπατῶμεν, ψευδόμεθα καὶ οὐ ποιοῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν« καὶ πάλιν· »Ὁ λέγων ἐν τῷ φωτὶ εἶναι καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὑτοῦ μι- »σῶν, ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν ἕως ἄρτι« καὶ ἔτι· »Ὁ δὲ μισῶν τὸν ἀδελ- »φὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ σκοτία ἐστὶ κοὶ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ περιπατεῖ καὶ οὐκ »οἶδε ποῦ ὑπάγει, ὅτι ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ«.
hōs gar ontos kai heterou phōtos para tas entolas tēs gnōseōs legetai to »Phōtisate heautois phōs«, ouch haplōs »phōs« alla poion phōs, hoti to »tēs gnōseōs«; ei gar pan phōs, ho phōtizei anthrōpos heautǭ, »phōs gnōseōs« ēn, matēn an prosekeito to »sate heautois phōs gnōseōs«. palin hoti hē skotia epi tōn mochthērōn ergōn paralambanetai, didaskei ho autos en tę̄ epistolę̄ Iōannēs phaskōn, hoti »Ean eipōmen hoti koinōnian echomen metʼ autou, kai en »tǭ skotei peripatōmen, pseudometha kai ou poioumen tēn alētheian« kai palin; »Ho legōn en tǭ phōti einai kai ton adelphon hautou mi- »sōn, en tę̄ skotią estin heōs arti« kai eti; »Ho de misōn ton adel- »phon autou en tę̄ skotia esti koi en tę̄ skotią peripatei kai ouk »oide pou hypagei, hoti hē skotia etyphlōse tous ophthalmous autou«.
For “Light for yourselves a light” is said as though there were also another light of knowledge besides the commandments: not simply “light” but a certain kind of light, namely “of knowledge.” For if every light which a man lights for himself were “a light of knowledge,” it would have been added in vain, “light for yourselves the light of knowledge.” Again, that darkness is used of wicked works, the same John teaches in the letter, saying, “If we say that we have fellowship with him and walk in darkness, we lie and do not do the truth”; and again, “Whoever says he is in the light and hates his brother is in the darkness until now”; and further, “But whoever hates his brother is in the darkness and walks in the darkness and does not know where he is going, because the darkness has blinded his eyes.”
2.161Preuschen 4:82
τὸ γὰρ έν τῷ σκότῳ περιπατεῖν ἐμφαίνει τὴν ψεκτὴν πρᾶξιν· καὶ τὸ μισεῖν δὲ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὑτοῦ οὐ] τῆς κυρίως καλουμένης γνώσεώς ἐστιν ἀπόπτωμα. ὅτι δὲ καὶ ὁ ἀγνοῶν τὰ θεῖα κατʼ αὐτὸ τὸ ἀγνοεῖν ἐν σκότῳ διαπορεύεται, φησὶν ὁ δαβίδ· »Οὐκ ἔγνωσαν οὐδὲ συνῆκαν, »ἐν σκότει διαπορεύονται«.
to gar en tǭ skotǭ peripatein emphainei tēn psektēn praxin; kai to misein de ton adelphon hautou ou] tēs kyriōs kaloumenēs gnōseōs estin apoptōma. hoti de kai ho agnoōn ta theia katʼ auto to agnoein en skotǭ diaporeuetai, phēsin ho dabid; »Ouk egnōsan oude synēkan, »en skotei diaporeuontai«.
For walking in darkness indicates blameworthy action; and hating one's brother is a falling away from what is properly called knowledge. But that the one who is ignorant of divine things walks in darkness by that very ignorance, David says: “They did not know nor understand; they walk in darkness.”
2.162Preuschen 4:82–83
ἐπίστησον δὲ τῷ »Ὅ θεὸς φῶς ἐστι καὶ »σκοτία έν αὐτῶ οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία«, εἰ μὴ διὰ τοῦτο λέγεται τῳ εἶναι μὴ μίαν σκοτίαν, ἀλλʼ ἤτοι διὰ τὸ γενικὸν δύο, ἢ καὶ διὰ τὸ καθʼ ἕκαστον τῶν ἰδικῶν πολλὰς εἶναι πράξεις μοχθηρὰς καὶ πολλὰ δόγματα ψευδῆ πολλαί εἰσι σκοτίαι, ὡν οὐδεμία ἐν τῷ θεῷ ἐστιν· οὐκ ἂν λεχθέντος ἐπὶ τοῦ ἁγίου, ᾣ φησιν ὁ σωτὴρ τὸ »Ὑμεῖς ἐστε »τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου«, ὅτι »σῶς« ἐστιν τοῦ κόσμου] ὁ ἅγιος, »καὶ »σκοτία οὐκ ἔστιν έν αὐτῷ οὐδεμία«.
epistēson de tǭ »Ho theos phōs esti kai »skotia en autō ouk estin oudemia«, ei mē dia touto legetai tǭ einai mē mian skotian, allʼ ētoi dia to genikon dyo, ē kai dia to kathʼ hekaston tōn idikōn pollas einai praxeis mochthēras kai polla dogmata pseudē pollai eisi skotiai, hōn oudemia en tǭ theǭ estin; ouk an lechthentos epi tou hagiou, hǭ phēsin ho sōtēr to »Hymeis este »to phōs tou kosmou«, hoti »sōs« estin tou kosmou] ho hagios, »kai »skotia ouk estin en autǭ oudemia«.
And consider “God is light, and in him there is no darkness at all,” whether it is said for this reason, that there is not one darkness, but either two because of the genus, or, because in each of the species there are many wicked actions and many false doctrines, there are many darknesses, none of which is in God. This could not be said of the saint, to whom the Savior says, “You are the light of the world,” that the saint is the light of the world “and there is no darkness in him at all.”
2.163Preuschen 4:83
Ζητήσει δέ τις, εἰ ἐπὶ τοῦ πατρὸς τέτακται τὸ Σκοτία οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐδεμίας, πῶς τὸ ἐξαίρετον ἐροῦμεν εἶναι ἐν αὐτῷ, πάντη ἀναμάρτητον καὶ τὸν σωτῆρα νοοῦντες, ὥστε καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἂν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι »Φῶς ἐστι καὶ σκοτία οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐδεμία«. ἀπὸ μέρους μὲν οὐν ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρων τὴν διαφορὰν παρεστήσαμεν· τολμηρότερον δὲ ἔτι ἐκείνοις καὶ νῦν προσθήσομεν, ὅτι εἰ τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησε«, τὸν χριστόν, εἰ ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ὁ θεός], οὐκ ἄν δύναιτο λέγεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ· Σκοτία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία«. κἂν γὰρ ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας« κατακρίνας τυγχάνῃ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τῷ τὸ ὁμοίωμα τῆς σαρκὸς τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀνειληφέναι, οὐκέτι ἕξει πάντη ὑγιῶς > λεγόμενα περὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι Σκοτία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία«.
Zētēsei de tis, ei epi tou patros tetaktai to Skotia ouk estin en autǭ oudemias, pōs to exaireton eroumen einai en autǭ, pantē anamartēton kai ton sōtēra noountes, hōste kai peri autou an eipein, hoti »Phōs esti kai skotia ouk estin en autǭ oudemia«. apo merous men oun en tois anōterōn tēn diaphoran parestēsamen; tolmēroteron de eti ekeinois kai nyn prosthēsomen, hoti ei ton mē gnonta hamartian hyper hēmōn hamartian epoiēse«, ton christon, ei epoiēsen auton hyper hēmōn hamartian ho theos], ouk an dynaito legesthai peri autou; Skotia en autǭ ouk estin oudemia«. kan gar en homoiōmati sarkos hamartias« katakrinas tynchanę̄ ho Iēsous tēn hamartian tǭ to homoiōma tēs sarkos tēs hamartias aneilēphenai, ouketi hexei pantē hygiōs > legomena peri autou hoti Skotia en autǭ ouk estin oudemia«.
But someone will ask, if “There is no darkness in him at all” is said of the Father, how we shall say that this is peculiar to him, since we understand the Savior too to be wholly without sin, so that it could be said of him too that “He is light and there is no darkness in him at all.” We have partly shown the difference in what was said above; and now we shall add more boldly to that, that if God “made him who knew no sin to be sin for us,” namely Christ, it could not be said of him, “There is no darkness in him at all.” For even if Jesus condemned sin “in the likeness of sinful flesh,” by having taken the likeness of sinful flesh, the words “There is no darkness in him at all” will no longer be said of him with complete soundness.
2.164Preuschen 4:83
προσθήσομεν δʼ ὅτι »αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβε καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασε«, καὶ ἀσθενείας τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ νόσους τὰς τοῦ κρυπτοῦ τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν ἀνθρώπου· διʼ ἃς ἀσθενείας καὶ νόσους, βαστάσας αὐτὰς ἀφʼ ἡμῶν, περίλυπον ἔχειν τὴν ψυχὴν ὁμολογεῖ καὶ τεταραγμένην καὶ ῥυπαρὰ ἱμάτια ἐνδεδύσθαι παρὰ τῷ Ζαχαρίᾳ ἀναγέγραπται· ἅπερ, ὅτε ἐκδύεσθαι ἔμελλε, λέγεται εἶναι ἁμαρτήματα. ἐπιφέρει γοῦν ἐκεῖ· »Ἰδοὺ »ἀφᾐρηκα τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου«.
prosthēsomen dʼ hoti »autos tas astheneias hēmōn elabe kai tas nosous ebastase«, kai astheneias tas tēs psychēs kai nosous tas tou kryptou tēs kardias hēmōn anthrōpou; diʼ has astheneias kai nosous, bastasas autas aphʼ hēmōn, perilypon echein tēn psychēn homologei kai tetaragmenēn kai rhypara himatia endedysthai para tǭ Zacharią anagegraptai; haper, hote ekdyesthai emelle, legetai einai hamartēmata. epipherei goun ekei; »Idou »aphę̄rēka tas hamartias sou«.
And we shall add that “he took our weaknesses and bore our diseases,” both the weaknesses of the soul and the diseases of the hidden man of our heart. Because of these weaknesses and diseases, having carried them away from us, he confesses that his soul is very sorrowful and troubled, and in Zechariah he is recorded as clothed in filthy garments, which, when he was about to take them off, are said to be sins. At any rate it adds there: “Behold, I have taken away your sins.”
2.165Preuschen 4:83
διὰ γὰρ τὸ ἀναλαβεῖν αὐτὸν τὰ τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς αὐτὸν ἁμαρτήματα πολλαχοῦ φησι· »Μα- »κρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς σωτηρίας μου οἱ λόγοι τῶν παραπτωμάτων μου« καὶ Σὺ ἔγνως τὴν ἀφροσύνην μου, καὶ αἱ πλημμέλειαί μου ἀπὸ σοῦ οὐκ »ἐκρύβησαν«.
dia gar to analabein auton ta tou laou tōn pisteuontōn eis auton hamartēmata pollachou phēsi; »Ma- »kran apo tēs sōtērias mou hoi logoi tōn paraptōmatōn mou« kai Sy egnōs tēn aphrosynēn mou, kai hai plēmmeleiai mou apo sou ouk »ekrybēsan«.
For because he took up the sins of the people who believe in him, he says in many places, “Far from my salvation are the words of my transgressions,” and, “You know my folly, and my faults are not hidden from you.”
2.166Preuschen 4:83–84
μηδεὶς δʼ ἡμᾶς ὑπολαμβανέτω ταῦτα λέγειν ἀσεβοῦντας εἰς τὸν χριστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ· ᾧ γὰρ λόγῳ ὁ πατὴρ μόνος ἔχει ἀθανα- »σίαν«, τοῦ κυρίου διὰ φιλανθρωπίαν θάνατον τὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀνειληφότος, τούτῳ ὁ πατὴρ ἔχει μόνος τὸ »Σκοτία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ »ἔστιν οὐδεμία«, τοῦ χριστοῦ διὰ τὴν πρὸς ἀνθρώπους εὐεργεσίαν ἐφʼ αὑτὸν τὰς ἡμῶν σκοτίας ἀναδεδεγμένου, ἵνα τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ καταργήσῃ ἡμῶν τὸν θάνατον καὶ ἐξαφανίσῃ τὸ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ἡμῶν σκότος, ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ παρὰ τώ Ἡσαΐᾳ· »Ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδε μέγα«.
mēdeis dʼ hēmas hypolambanetō tauta legein asebountas eis ton christon tou theou; hǭ gar logǭ ho patēr monos echei athana- »sian«, tou kyriou dia philanthrōpian thanaton ton hyper hēmōn aneilēphotos, toutǭ ho patēr echei monos to »Skotia en autǭ ouk »estin oudemia«, tou christou dia tēn pros anthrōpous euergesian ephʼ hauton tas hēmōn skotias anadedegmenou, hina tę̄ dynamei autou katargēsę̄ hēmōn ton thanaton kai exaphanisę̄ to en tę̄ psychę̄ hēmōn skotos, hina plērōthę̄ to para tō Hēsaïą; »Ho laos ho kathēmenos en skotią phōs eide mega«.
But let no one suppose that we say these things out of impiety toward the Christ of God. For in the same way that the Father alone “has immortality,” since the Lord out of love for humankind took upon himself death for us, so the Father alone has “There is no darkness in him at all,” since Christ, for his kindness to human beings, took our darknesses upon himself, so that by his power he might abolish our death and wipe out the darkness in our soul, so that what is in Isaiah might be fulfilled: “The people sitting in darkness saw a great light.”
2.167Preuschen 4:84
τοῦτο δὴ τὸ φῶς, ὃ γέγονεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ, τυγχάνον καὶ ζωή, »φαίνει ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ« τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν καὶ ἐπιδεδήμηκεν ὅπου οἱ κοσμοκράτορες τοῦ σκότους τούτου οἵτινες διὰ τοῦ. Παλαίειν τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένει τῷ σκότῳ ὑπάγειν † ἀγωνίζονται τοὺς μὴ παντὶ τρόπῳ ἱσταμένους) ὑπὲρ τοῦ αὐτοὺς πεφωτισμένους φωτὸς χρηματίσαι υἱούς. καὶ φαῖνον ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ τοῦτο τὸ φῶς διώκεται μὲν ὑπʼ αὐτῆς, οὐ καταλαμβάνεται δέ.
touto dē to phōs, ho gegonen en tǭ logǭ, tynchanon kai zōē, »phainei en tę̄ skotią« tōn psychōn hēmōn kai epidedēmēken hopou hoi kosmokratores tou skotous toutou hoitines dia tou. Palaiein tǭ tōn anthrōpōn genei tǭ skotǭ hypagein † agōnizontai tous mē panti tropǭ histamenous) hyper tou autous pephōtismenous phōtos chrēmatisai huious. kai phainon en tę̄ skotią touto to phōs diōketai men hypʼ autēs, ou katalambanetai de.
This light, then, which came to be in the Word, being also life, “shines in the darkness” of our souls, and has come to dwell where the world-rulers of this darkness are, who, by wrestling with the human race, strive … to bring into darkness those who do not stand firm in every way, so that, being enlightened, they may be called sons of light. And this light, shining in the darkness, is pursued by it but not overcome.
2.168Preuschen 4:84
Ἐὰν δέ τις νομίσῃ τὸ μὴ γεγραμμένον ἡμᾶς προστιθέναι, τὸ διώκεσθαι τὸ φῶς ὑπὸ τῆς σκοτίας, ἀκουέτω, ὅτι τὸ »Ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβε((, μηδαμοῦ τῆς σκοτίας διωζάσης τὸ φῶς, μάτην λέγεται. ὡς δὲ ἔχουσι νοῦν ἐκδέξασθαι δυνάμενον ἀκολούθως τοῖς γεγραμμένοις τὰ νομιζόμενα παραλελεῖφθαι ἔγραψεν ὁ Ἰωάννης τὸ »Ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν«· εἰ γὰρ »οὐ κατέλαβε«, διώξασα »οὐ κατέλαβε«.
Ean de tis nomisę̄ to mē gegrammenon hēmas prostithenai, to diōkesthai to phōs hypo tēs skotias, akouetō, hoti to »Hē skotia auto ou katelabe((, mēdamou tēs skotias diōzasēs to phōs, matēn legetai. hōs de echousi noun ekdexasthai dynamenon akolouthōs tois gegrammenois ta nomizomena paraleleiphthai egrapsen ho Iōannēs to »Hē skotia auto ou katelaben«; ei gar »ou katelabe«, diōxasa »ou katelabe«.
And if anyone thinks we are adding what is not written, that the light is pursued by the darkness, let him hear that “The darkness did not overcome it” would be said in vain if the darkness had nowhere pursued the light. But John wrote “The darkness did not overcome it” for those who have a mind able to take in, in keeping with what is written, what seems to have been left out; for if it “did not overcome,” it pursued and “did not overcome.”
2.169Preuschen 4:84
καὶ ὅτι ἐδίωξεν ἡ σκοτία τὸ φῶς, δῆλον ἔκ τε ὡν πέπονθεν ὁ σωτὴρ καὶ οἱ παραδεξάμενοι αὐτοῦ τὰ μαθήματα, τὰ ἴδια τέκνα, τῆς σκοτίας ἐνεργούσης κατὰ τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ φωτὸς καὶ βουληθείσης ἀποδιῶξαι ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸ φῶς. ἀλλʼ ἐπεί, ἐὰν »θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν«, οὐδείς, κἂν βούληται, δυνήσεται »καθʼ ἡμῶν«, ὅσῳ ἑαυτοὶς ἐταπείνουν, τοσούτῳ πλείους ἐγίνοντο καὶ κατίσχυον σφόδρα σφόδρα.
kai hoti ediōxen hē skotia to phōs, dēlon ek te hōn peponthen ho sōtēr kai hoi paradexamenoi autou ta mathēmata, ta idia tekna, tēs skotias energousēs kata tōn huiōn tou phōtos kai boulētheisēs apodiōxai apo tōn anthrōpōn to phōs. allʼ epei, ean »theos hyper hēmōn«, oudeis, kan boulētai, dynēsetai »kathʼ hēmōn«, hosǭ heautois etapeinoun, tosoutǭ pleious eginonto kai katischyon sphodra sphodra.
And that the darkness pursued the light is clear from what the Savior suffered and those who received his teachings, his own children, when the darkness acted against the sons of light and wished to drive the light away from human beings. But since, if “God is for us,” no one, even if he wishes, will be able to be “against us,” the more they humbled them, the more they multiplied and grew exceedingly strong.
2.170Preuschen 4:84
διχῶς δὲ ἡ σκοτία τὸ φῶς οὐ κατείληθεν, ἢ σφόδρα αὐτοῦ ἀπολειπομένη καὶ διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν βραδυτῆτα τῇ ὀξύτητι τοῦ δρόμου τοῦ φωτὸς οὐδὲ κατὰ τὸ ποσὸν παρακολουθῆσαι δυναμένη, ἢ εἴ Που ἐνεδρεῦσαι βεβούληται τὸ φῶς τὴν σκοτίαν καὶ κατʼ οἰκονομίαν παρέμεινεν ἐπερχομένην αὐτήν, ἐγγίσασα ἡ σκοτία τοῦ φωτὸς ἠφανίζετο. πλὴν ἑκατέρως ἡ σκοτία οὐ κατέλαβε τὸ φῶς.
dichōs de hē skotia to phōs ou kateilēthen, ē sphodra autou apoleipomenē kai dia tēn idian bradytēta tę̄ oxytēti tou dromou tou phōtos oude kata to poson parakolouthēsai dynamenē, ē ei Pou enedreusai beboulētai to phōs tēn skotian kai katʼ oikonomian paremeinen eperchomenēn autēn, engisasa hē skotia tou phōtos ēphanizeto. plēn hekaterōs hē skotia ou katelabe to phōs.
The darkness failed to overcome the light in two ways: either falling far behind it and, because of its own slowness, not being able to keep up at all with the swiftness of the light's course; or, if the light at some point wished to lie in wait for the darkness and by design waited for it to approach, the darkness, drawing near the light, vanished. In either way the darkness did not overcome the light.
2.171Preuschen 4:84–85
Ἀναγκαῖον δὲ έν τούτοις ἡμᾶς γενομένους ἐπισημειώσασθαι ὅτι οὐ πάντως, εἴ που ὀνομάζεται »σκότας«, ἐπὶ τοῦ χείρονος λαμβάνεται, ἔσθʼ ὅτε δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ κρείττονος ἀναγέγραπται· ὅπερ οἱ ἑτερόδοξοι μὴ διαστειλάμενοι δυσφημότατα περὶ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ δόγματα παραδεξάμενοι ἀπέστησαν αὐτοῦ, ἀναπλάσμασιν μύθων ἑαυτοὺς ἐπιδεδωκότες. πῶς οὖν καὶ πότε καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ κρείττονος τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ σκότους παραλαμβάνεται, παραδεικτέον ἤδη.
Anankaion de en toutois hēmas genomenous episēmeiōsasthai hoti ou pantōs, ei pou onomazetai »skotas«, epi tou cheironos lambanetai, esthʼ hote de kai epi tou kreittonos anagegraptai; hoper hoi heterodoxoi mē diasteilamenoi dysphēmotata peri tou dēmiourgou dogmata paradexamenoi apestēsan autou, anaplasmasin mythōn heautous epidedōkotes. pōs oun kai pote kai epi tou kreittonos to onoma tou skotous paralambanetai, paradeikteon ēdē.
Having come to these matters, we must necessarily note that it is not always the case that, wherever “darkness” is named, it is taken in the worse sense; sometimes it is written also in the better sense. The heterodox, not distinguishing this, accepted most blasphemous doctrines about the Creator and departed from him, giving themselves up to fabrications of myths. How, then, and when the name of darkness is used also in the better sense, we must now show.
2.172Preuschen 4:85
σκότος, γνόφος, θύελλα ἐν τῇ Ἐξόδῳ περὶ τὸν θεὸν εἶναι λέγεται καὶ ἐν τῷ ις΄ ψαλμῷ· »Ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο σκότος ἀποκρυφὴν αὐτοῦ, κύκλῳ αὐτοῦ ἡ σκηνὴ αὐ- »τοῦ, σκοτεινὸν ὕδωρ ἐν νεφέλαις ἀέρων«. ἐὰν γάρ τις κατανοήσῃ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν περὶ θεοῦ θεωρημάτων καὶ γνώσεως ἄληπτον τυγχάνον ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει, τάχα δὲ καὶ ἑτέροις παρὰ Χριστὸν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα γενητοῖς, εἴσεται πῶς περὶ τὸν θεόν ἐστι σκότος, κατὰ τὸ ἀγνοεῖσθαι τὸν κατʼ ἀξίαν περὶ αὐτοῦ πλούσιον λόγον· ἐν ᾡ σκότῳ »ἔθετο αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀποκρυφήν‘ τῷ τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἀγνοεῖσθαι ἀχώρητα ὄντα τοῦτο πεποιηκώς.
skotos, gnophos, thyella en tę̄ Exodǭ peri ton theon einai legetai kai en tǭ is΄ psalmǭ; »Ho theos etheto skotos apokryphēn autou, kyklǭ autou hē skēnē au- »tou, skoteinon hydōr en nephelais aerōn«. ean gar tis katanoēsę̄ to plēthos tōn peri theou theōrēmatōn kai gnōseōs alēpton tynchanon anthrōpinę̄ physei, tacha de kai heterois para Christon kai to hagion pneuma genētois, eisetai pōs peri ton theon esti skotos, kata to agnoeisthai ton katʼ axian peri autou plousion logon; en hǭ skotǭ »etheto autou tēn apokryphēn‘ tǭ ta peri autou agnoeisthai achōrēta onta touto pepoiēkōs.
Darkness, gloom, and storm are said in Exodus to be around God, and in the seventeenth psalm: “He made darkness his hiding place; around him was his tent, dark water in clouds of the air.” For if anyone considers the multitude of the contemplations and knowledge about God, which cannot be grasped by human nature, and perhaps not by other originated beings besides Christ and the Holy Spirit, he will know how darkness is around God, in that the rich account worthy of him is unknown; in which darkness “he set his hiding place,” having done this so that what concerns him, being beyond grasp, is unknown.
2.173Preuschen 4:85
ἐὰν δέ τις ταῖς τοιαύταις προσκόπτῃ ἐκδοχαῖς, προαγέσθω ἀπό τε τῶν σκοτεινῶν λόγων καὶ τῶν διδομένων ὑπὸ θεοῦ Χριστῷ θησαυρῶν σκοτεινῶν, ἀποκρύφων, αορατων· οὐκ ἄλλο γάρ τι ἡγοῦμαι εἶναι τοὺς σκοτεινοὺς θησαυροὺς ἐν Χριστῷ ἀποκαλυπτομένους τὸ »Σκότος ἔθετο ὁ θεὸς ἀποκρυφὴν »ἑαυτοῦ«) ἢ »Ὁ ἅγιος νοήσει παραβολὴν καὶ σκοτεινὸν λόγον«. δὲ εἰ διὰ τοῦτό φησιν ὁ σωτὴρ τοῖς μαθηταῖς· »Ἀνθʼ ὡν »ὅσα ἠκούσατε ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε έν τῷ φωτί«.
ean de tis tais toiautais proskoptę̄ ekdochais, proagesthō apo te tōn skoteinōn logōn kai tōn didomenōn hypo theou Christǭ thēsaurōn skoteinōn, apokryphōn, aoratōn; ouk allo gar ti hēgoumai einai tous skoteinous thēsaurous en Christǭ apokalyptomenous to »Skotos etheto ho theos apokryphēn »heautou«) ē »Ho hagios noēsei parabolēn kai skoteinon logon«. de ei dia touto phēsin ho sōtēr tois mathētais; »Anthʼ hōn »hosa ēkousate en tę̄ skotią eipate en tǭ phōti«.
And if anyone takes offense at such interpretations, let him be led on from the dark sayings, and from the dark treasures, hidden and invisible, given by God to Christ. For I think the dark treasures revealed in Christ are nothing other than “God made darkness his hiding place,” or “The holy man will understand a parable and a dark saying.” And see whether it is for this reason that the Savior says to the disciples, “Therefore whatever you have heard in the darkness, speak in the light.”
2.174Preuschen 4:85
τὰ γὰρ ἐν ἀπορρήτῳ καὶ μὴ ἐπηκόῳ πολλῶν δύσγνωστα καὶ ἀσαφῆ αὐτοῖς παραδεδομένα μυστήρια προστάσσει αὐτούς, φωτιζομένους καὶ διὰ τοῦτο λεγομένους εἶναι ἐν φωτί, ἀπαγγέλλειν παντὶ τῷ γινομένῳ φωτί. παραδοξότερον δʼ ἂν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐπαινουμένου σκότους εἴποιμι, ὅτι τοῦτο σπεύδει ἐπὶ τὸ φῶς καὶ καταλαμβάνει αὐτὸ καὶ γίνεταί ποτε, διὰ τὸ ἀγνοεῖσθαι σκότος, τῷ μὴ ὁρῶντι τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ οὕτω μεταβάλλον, ὥστε τὸν μεμαθηκότα ἀποφαίνεσθαι γεγονέναι φῶς τὸ γνωσθέν ποτε ὑπάρχον αὐτῷ σκότος. Ι, 6 Ἐγένετο ἄνθρωπος ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ θεοῦ, ὄνομα αὐτῷ Ἰωάννης.
ta gar en aporrētǭ kai mē epēkoǭ pollōn dysgnōsta kai asaphē autois paradedomena mystēria prostassei autous, phōtizomenous kai dia touto legomenous einai en phōti, apangellein panti tǭ ginomenǭ phōti. paradoxoteron dʼ an epi tou epainoumenou skotous eipoimi, hoti touto speudei epi to phōs kai katalambanei auto kai ginetai pote, dia to agnoeisthai skotos, tǭ mē horōnti tēn dynamin autou houtō metaballon, hōste ton memathēkota apophainesthai gegonenai phōs to gnōsthen pote hyparchon autǭ skotos. I, 6 Egeneto anthrōpos apestalmenos para theou, onoma autǭ Iōannēs.
For he commands them, now enlightened and for this reason said to be in the light, to proclaim to everyone who becomes light the mysteries handed down to them in secret and out of the hearing of the many, hard to know and obscure. And I would say, still more paradoxically, of the praiseworthy darkness, that it hastens toward the light and overtakes it, and what was once darkness because it was unknown to one who did not see its power is so changed that the one who has learned declares that what was once darkness to him has, now known, become light. John 1:6: “There came a man sent from God, whose name was John.”
2.175Preuschen 4:85–86
Ἀκριβέστερόν τις ἀκούων τοῦ »Ἀπεσταλμένος«, ἐπειδὴ ὁ ἀπεσταλμένος ποθέν που ἀποστέλλεται, ζητήσει πόθεν ὁ Ἰωάννη ἀπεστάλη καὶ ποῦ. σαφοῦς δʼ ὄντος τοῦ »ποῦ«, κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἱστορίαν ὅτι πρὸς τὸν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ τοὺς βουλομένους αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν έν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τῆς Ἰουδαίας διατρίβοντος καὶ παρὰ τῷ Ἰορδάνηῃ ποταμῷ βαπτίζοντος, κατὰ δὲ βαθύτερον λόγον, ὅτι εἰς τὸν κόσμον »κόσμου« λαμβανομένου τοῦ περιγείου τόπου, ἔνθα εἰσὶν οἱ ἄνθρωποι), ἐξετάσει, πῶς δεῖ λαμβάνειν τὸ »πόθεν«. ἐπὶ πλεῖον δὲ βασανίζων τὴν λέξιν, τάχα καὶ ἀποφαίνεται, ὅτι ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ γέγραπται·
Akribesteron tis akouōn tou »Apestalmenos«, epeidē ho apestalmenos pothen pou apostelletai, zētēsei pothen ho Iōannē apestalē kai pou. saphous dʼ ontos tou »pou«, kata men tēn historian hoti pros ton Israēl kai tous boulomenous autou akouein en tę̄ erēmǭ tēs Ioudaias diatribontos kai para tǭ Iordanēę̄ potamǭ baptizontos, kata de bathyteron logon, hoti eis ton kosmon »kosmou« lambanomenou tou perigeiou topou, entha eisin hoi anthrōpoi), exetasei, pōs dei lambanein to »pothen«. epi pleion de basanizōn tēn lexin, tacha kai apophainetai, hoti hōsper epi tou Adam gegraptai;
One who hears “sent” more precisely, since whoever is sent is sent from somewhere to somewhere, will ask from where John was sent and to where. The “to where” being clear (according to the history, to Israel and those willing to hear him, as he stayed in the desert of Judea and baptized at the river Jordan; according to a deeper account, into the world, “world” being taken as the place around the earth where human beings are), he will examine how the “from where” must be taken. And testing the expression further, he perhaps also declares that, just as it is written of Adam,
2.176Preuschen 4:86
»Καὶ »ἐξαπέστειλεν αὐτὸν κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τοῦ παραδείσου τῆς τρυφῆς. »ἐργάζεσθαι τὴν γῆν, ἐξ ἡς ἐλήφθη«, οὕτω καὶ ὁ Ἰωάννης ἀπεστάλη, ἤτοι ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἢ ἐκ τοῦ παραδείσου ἢ ὅθεν δήποτε ἑτέρωθεν παρὰ τὸν ἐπὶ γῆς τοῦτον τόπον, καὶ ἀπεστάλη, ἕνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ »φωτός«.
»Kai »exapesteilen auton kyrios ho theos ek tou paradeisou tēs tryphēs. »ergazesthai tēn gēn, ex hēs elēphthē«, houtō kai ho Iōannēs apestalē, ētoi ex ouranou ē ek tou paradeisou ē hothen dēpote heterōthen para ton epi gēs touton topon, kai apestalē, hena martyrēsę̄ peri tou »phōtos«.
“And the Lord God sent him out of the paradise of delight to till the earth from which he was taken,” so John too was sent, either from heaven or from paradise or from some other place besides this place on earth; and he was sent that he might testify about “the light.”
2.177Preuschen 4:86
ἔχει δὲ ἀνθυποφορὰν οὐκ εὐκαταφρόνητον ὁ λόγος, ἐπεὶ καὶ παρὰ Ἡσαΐᾳ γέγραπται· »Τίνα ἀποστείλω καὶ τίς πορεύσεται πρὸς τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον;« ὅτε ἀποκρινόμενος ὁ προφήτης φησίν· »Ἰδοὺ »εἰμὶ ἐγώ, ἀπόστειλόν με«.
echei de anthypophoran ouk eukataphronēton ho logos, epei kai para Hēsaïą gegraptai; »Tina aposteilō kai tis poreusetai pros ton laon touton?« hote apokrinomenos ho prophētēs phēsin; »Idou »eimi egō, aposteilon me«.
But the argument meets an objection not to be despised, since in Isaiah too it is written, “Whom shall I send, and who will go to this people?” when the prophet answers, “Here I am; send me.”
2.178Preuschen 4:86
ἐρεῖ γὰρ ὁ ἐνιστάμενος τῇ βαθυτέρᾳ ἐμφαινομένῃ ὑπονοίᾳ. ὅτι ὥσπερ ὁ Ἡσαΐας ἀπεστάλη, οὐχὶ ἀφʼ ἑτέρου τόπου παρὰ τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τὸ ἑωρακέναι »τὸν κύριον »καθήμενον ἐπὶ θρόνου ὑφηλοῦ καὶ ἐπῃρμένου« πρὸς τὸν λαόν, ἴνα εἴπῃ· »Ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, οὕτω καὶ ὁ Ιωάννης σιωπωμένης τῆς ἀρχῆς τῆς ἀποστολῆς ἀναλογίαν ἐχούσης πρὸς τὴν ἀποστολὴν τοῦ Ἡσαΐου, ἀποστέλλεται βαπτίζειν καὶ ἑτοιμάζειν »κυρίῳ λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον‘ καὶ μαρτυρεῖν »περὶ τοῦ φω- »τός«.
erei gar ho enistamenos tę̄ bathyterą emphainomenę̄ hyponoią. hoti hōsper ho Hēsaïas apestalē, ouchi aphʼ heterou topou para ton kosmon touton, alla meta to heōrakenai »ton kyrion »kathēmenon epi thronou hyphēlou kai epę̄rmenou« pros ton laon, ina eipę̄; »Akoę̄ akousete kai ou mē synēte« kai ta hexēs, houtō kai ho Iōannēs siōpōmenēs tēs archēs tēs apostolēs analogian echousēs pros tēn apostolēn tou Hēsaïou, apostelletai baptizein kai hetoimazein »kyriǭ laon kateskeuasmenon‘ kai martyrein »peri tou phō- »tos«.
For the one who opposes the deeper sense that appears will say that, just as Isaiah was sent, not from another place besides this world, but, after he had seen “the Lord sitting on a throne high and lifted up,” to the people, so that he might say, “You will hear with hearing and not understand,” and so on, so also John, the beginning of whose mission, analogous to the mission of Isaiah, is passed over in silence, is sent to baptize and to prepare “for the Lord a people made ready,” and to testify “about the light.”
2.179Preuschen 4:86
τούτων δʼ οὕτως λεχθέντων ἂν πρὸς τὸν πρῶτον λόγον, λύσεις τοιαῦται προσάγονται συγκατάθεσιν ἐπισπώμεναι πρὸς τὸ περὶ Ιωάννου βαθύτερον ὑπονοούμενον· αὐτόθεν μὲν ἐπιφέρεται· »Οὗτος »ἠλθεν εἰς μαρτυρίαν, ἕνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός‘· εἰ γὰρ ἦλθε, ποθὲν ἠλθε. καὶ λεκτέον πρὸς τὸν δυσπαραδεκτοῦντα τὸ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου λεγόμενον ἐπὶ τοῦ ἑωρακέναι τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ὡς περιστερὰν κατερχόμενον ἐπὶ τὸν σωτῆρα φησὶ γάρ· »Ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν τῷ ὕδατι ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν· Ἐφʼ ὃν ἂν ἴδῃς τὸ »πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον καὶ μένον ἐπʼ αὐτόν, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν »πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ πότε πότε γὰρ πέμψας τοῦτʼ ἐνετείλατο; ἀλλʼ εἰκὸς ἀποκρίνεσθαι πρὸς τὸ πύσμα τοῦτο ὅτι, ὅτε δήποτε ἔπεμπεν ἐπὶ τὸ ἄρξασθαι βαπτίζειν, τότε τοῦτον τὸν λόγον εἶπεν ὁ χρηματίζων πρὸς αὐθτόν.
toutōn dʼ houtōs lechthentōn an pros ton prōton logon, lyseis toiautai prosagontai synkatathesin epispōmenai pros to peri Iōannou bathyteron hyponooumenon; autothen men epipheretai; »Houtos »ēlthen eis martyrian, hena martyrēsę̄ peri tou phōtos‘; ei gar ēlthe, pothen ēlthe. kai lekteon pros ton dysparadektounta to en tois hexēs hypo Iōannou legomenon epi tou heōrakenai to pneuma to hagion hōs peristeran katerchomenon epi ton sōtēra phēsi gar; »Ho pempsas me baptizein en tǭ hydati ekeinos moi eipen; Ephʼ hon an idę̄s to »pneuma katabainon kai menon epʼ auton, houtos estin ho baptizōn en »pneumati hagiǭ kai pote pote gar pempsas toutʼ eneteilato? allʼ eikos apokrinesthai pros to pysma touto hoti, hote dēpote epempen epi to arxasthai baptizein, tote touton ton logon eipen ho chrēmatizōn pros authton.
These things having been said in answer to the first account, such solutions are offered as draw assent to the deeper view of John. At once it follows, “He came for testimony, to testify about the light”; for if he came, he came from somewhere. And to the one who is reluctant to accept this, we must cite what John says in what follows about having seen the Holy Spirit descending like a dove upon the Savior; for he says, “He who sent me to baptize in water said to me, ‘He on whom you see the Spirit descending and remaining on him, this is the one who baptizes in the Holy Spirit.’” And when? For when did he give this command, having sent him? But it is likely one would answer this question that whenever he sent him to begin baptizing, then the one who spoke to him said this word.
2.180Preuschen 4:86–87
Ἔτι δὲ πληκτικώτερον πρὸς τὸ ἑτέρωθέν ποθεν ἀπεστάλθαι τὸν Ἰωάννῃν ἐνσωματούμενον ὑπόθεσιν οὐκ ἄλλην τῆς εἰς τὸν βίον ἐπιδημίας ἔχοντα ἢ τὴν περὶ τοῦ φωτὸς μαρτυρίαν, τὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου πλησθῆναι ἔτι ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ, λεγόμενον ὑπὸ Γαβριὴλ εὐαγγελιζομένου τῷ μὲν Ζαχαρίᾳ τὴν Ἰωάννου γένεσιν τῇ δὲ Μαριὰμ τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἐπιδημίαν, καὶ τὸ »Ἰδοὺ ὡς ὡς ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου, ἐσκίρ- τησεν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει τὸ βρέφος ἐν τῇ
Eti de plēktikōteron pros to heterōthen pothen apestalthai ton Iōannę̄n ensōmatoumenon hypothesin ouk allēn tēs eis ton bion epidēmias echonta ē tēn peri tou phōtos martyrian, to pneumatos hagiou plēsthēnai eti ek koilias mētros autou, legomenon hypo Gabriēl euangelizomenou tǭ men Zacharią tēn Iōannou genesin tę̄ de Mariam tēn tou sōtēros hēmōn en anthrōpois epidēmian, kai to »Idou hōs hōs egeneto hē phōnē tou aspasmou eis ta ōta mou, eskir- tēsen en agalliasei to brephos en tę̄
Still more forcibly in favor of John's having been sent from somewhere else, when he took a body, having no other purpose for his coming into life than the testimony about the light, is his being filled with the Holy Spirit even from his mother's womb, as Gabriel said when he announced to Zechariah the birth of John and to Mary the coming of our Savior among men; and also “Behold, when the voice of your greeting came into my ears, the baby leapt for joy in my
2.181Preuschen 4:87
κοιλίᾳ μου( τῷ γὰρ τηροῦντι τὸ μηδὲν ἀδίκως μηδὲ κατὰ συντυχίαν ἢ ἀποκλήρωσιν ποιεῖν ἀναγκαῖον παραδέξασθαι πρεσβυτέραν οὖσαν τὴν Ἰωάννου ψυχὴν τοῦ σώματος καὶ πρότερον ὑφεστῶσαν πεπέμφθαι ἐπὶ διακονίαν τῆς περὶ τοῦ φωτὸς μαρτυρίας. πρὸς τούτοις δὲ οὐ καταφρονητέον καὶ τοῦ »Αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλίας ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι«.
koilią mou( tǭ gar tērounti to mēden adikōs mēde kata syntychian ē apoklērōsin poiein anankaion paradexasthai presbyteran ousan tēn Iōannou psychēn tou sōmatos kai proteron hyphestōsan pepemphthai epi diakonian tēs peri tou phōtos martyrias. pros toutois de ou kataphronēteon kai tou »Autos estin Ēlias ho mellōn erchesthai«.
womb.” For one who holds that God does nothing unjustly, or by chance, or by arbitrary allotment, must accept that John's soul was older than his body and, having subsisted before it, was sent for the ministry of testimony about the light. Besides these, “He is Elijah who is to come” must not be despised.
2.182Preuschen 4:87
ἐὰν δὲ κρατῇ ὁ καθόλου περὶ ψυχῆς λόγος ὡς οὐ συνεσπαρμένης τῷ σώματι ἀλλὰ πρὸ αὐτοῦ τυγχανούσης καὶ διὰ ποικίλας αἰτίας ἐνδουμένης σαρκὶ καὶ αἵματι, τὸ »Ἀπεσταλμένος ὑπὸ θεοῦ« οὐκέτι δόξει ἐξαίρετον εἶναι περὶ Ἰωάννου λεγόμενον. ὁ γοῦν πάντων κάκιστος, »ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἁμαρ- »τίας ὁ υἱὸς τῆς απωλείας«, λέγεται παρὰ τῷ Παύλῳ πέμπεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ· »Διὰ τοῦτο, γάρ φησι, πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς ἐνέργειαν »πλάνης εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει, ἵνα κριθῶσι πάντες οἱ »μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλʼ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ«.
ean de kratę̄ ho katholou peri psychēs logos hōs ou synesparmenēs tǭ sōmati alla pro autou tynchanousēs kai dia poikilas aitias endoumenēs sarki kai haimati, to »Apestalmenos hypo theou« ouketi doxei exaireton einai peri Iōannou legomenon. ho goun pantōn kakistos, »ho anthrōpos tēs hamar- »tias ho huios tēs apōleias«, legetai para tǭ Paulǭ pempesthai hypo tou theou; »Dia touto, gar phēsi, pempei autois ho theos energeian »planēs eis to pisteusai autous tǭ pseudei, hina krithōsi pantes hoi »mē pisteusantes tę̄ alētheią, allʼ eudokēsantes tę̄ adikią«.
But if the general account of the soul prevails, that it is not sown together with the body but exists before it and for various causes is clothed with flesh and blood, “sent from God” will no longer seem to be said specially of John. At any rate the worst of all, “the man of sin, the son of perdition,” is said by Paul to be sent by God: “For this reason,” he says, “God sends them a working of error, so that they believe the lie, in order that all may be judged who did not believe the truth but took pleasure in unrighteousness.”
2.183Preuschen 4:87
τὸ δὲ ζητηθὲν ὅρα εἰ οὕτως λῦσαι δυνησόμεθα, ὅτι ὥσπερ ἁπλούστερον πᾶς ἄνθρωπος τῷ ὑπὸ θεοῦ ἐκτίσθαι ἄνθρωπός ἐστι θεοῦ, ἀλλʼ οὐ Η χρηματίζει πᾶς ἄνθρωπος > θεοῦ«, ἢ μόνος ὁ θεῷ ἀνακείμενος ὃν τρόπον Ἠλίας καὶ οἱ ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς ἀναγεγραμμένοι ἄνθρωποι θεοῦ«), οὕτως δύναται κατὰ μὲν τὸ κοινότερον πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ἀπεστάλθαι ἀπὸ θεοῦ, κυρίως δὲ λέγεσθαι ἀπεστάλθαι ὑπὸ θεοῦ οὐκ ἄλλος ἢ ὁ ἐπὶ διακονίᾳ θείᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ σωτηρίας γένους ἀνθρώπων ἐπιδημῶν τῷ βίῳ.
to de zētēthen hora ei houtōs lysai dynēsometha, hoti hōsper haplousteron pas anthrōpos tǭ hypo theou ektisthai anthrōpos esti theou, allʼ ou Ē chrēmatizei pas anthrōpos > theou«, ē monos ho theǭ anakeimenos hon tropon Ēlias kai hoi en tais graphais anagegrammenoi anthrōpoi theou«), houtōs dynatai kata men to koinoteron pas anthrōpos apestalthai apo theou, kyriōs de legesthai apestalthai hypo theou ouk allos ē ho epi diakonią theią kai leitourgią sōtērias genous anthrōpōn epidēmōn tǭ biǭ.
But see whether we shall be able to resolve the question thus: just as, in a simpler sense, every human being is a man of God by having been created by God, yet not every human being is called “man of God,” but only one dedicated to God (as Elijah and those recorded in the Scriptures as “men of God”), so in the more common sense every human being can have been sent from God, but in the proper sense no one else is said to have been sent by God than one who comes into life for a divine ministry and service for the salvation of the human race.
2.184Preuschen 4:87
οὐχ εὕρομεν γοῦν τὸ ἀποστέλλεσθαι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐπʼ ἄλλου του ἢ τῶν ἁγίων κείμενον· ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ Ησαΐου, ὡς προπαρεθέμεθα· ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ Ἱερεμίου· »Πρὸς πάντας οὓς »ἐὰν ἐξαποστείλω σε πορεύσῆ«, ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ Ἰεζεκιήλ· »Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀπο- »στέλλω σε πρὸς ἔθνη τὰ ἀφεστηκότα καὶ ἀποστήσαντά μοι«.
ouch heuromen goun to apostellesthai apo theou epʼ allou tou ē tōn hagiōn keimenon; epi men tou Ēsaïou, hōs proparethemetha; epi de tou Hieremiou; »Pros pantas hous »ean exaposteilō se poreusē«, epi de tou Iezekiēl; »Idou egō apo- »stellō se pros ethnē ta aphestēkota kai apostēsanta moi«.
At any rate we have not found “being sent from God” used of anyone other than the saints: of Isaiah, as we cited before; of Jeremiah, “To all to whom I send you, you shall go”; and of Ezekiel, “Behold, I send you to the nations that have rebelled and revolted against me.”
2.185Preuschen 4:87–88
δόξει δὲ οὐ πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον παρειλῆφθαι τὰ παραδείγματα ἀποστολῆς τῆς εἰς τὸν βίον ζητουμένης, ἀποστολὴν λέγοντα οὐ γυμνῶς τὴν ἔξωθεν τοῦ βίου ἐπὶ τὸν βίον. πλὴν καὶ οὕτως οὐκ ἀπίθανον μετάγειν τὸν λόγον ἐπὶ τὸ ζητηθέν, φάσκοντα ὅτι ὥσπερ μόνους τοὺς ἁγίους, ἐφʼ ὡν παρεθέμεθα, ἀποστέλλειν λέγεται ὁ θεός, οὕτως καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν εἰς τὸν βίον ἀποστελλομένων ἐκδεκτέον.
doxei de ou pros to prokeimenon pareilēphthai ta paradeigmata apostolēs tēs eis ton bion zētoumenēs, apostolēn legonta ou gymnōs tēn exōthen tou biou epi ton bion. plēn kai houtōs ouk apithanon metagein ton logon epi to zētēthen, phaskonta hoti hōsper monous tous hagious, ephʼ hōn parethemetha, apostellein legetai ho theos, houtōs kai epi tōn eis ton bion apostellomenōn ekdekteon.
But these examples will seem to have been adduced not to the point under inquiry, which is a sending into life, since they speak of a sending that is not simply from outside life into life. Yet even so it is not unpersuasive to bring the argument round to what was inquired into, saying that, as God is said to send only the saints in the cases we cited, so it must be understood also of those sent into life.
2.186Preuschen 4:88
Καὶ ἐπεὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς ἐν τῷ περὶ τοῦ Ἰωάννου ἐσμὲν λόγῳ, ζητοῦντες αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀποστολήν, οὐκ ἀκαίρως ὑπόνοιαν ἡμετέραν, ἣν περὶ αὐτοῦ ἔχομεν, προσθήσομεν. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἀνέγνωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ προφητείαν· »Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσ- »ὠπου σου, ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου«, ἐφίσταμεν μήποτε εἷς τῶν ἁγίων ἀγγέλων τυγχάνων ἐπὶ λειτουργίᾳ κατααπέμπεται τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν πρόδρομος.
Kai epei hapaxaplōs en tǭ peri tou Iōannou esmen logǭ, zētountes autou tēn apostolēn, ouk akairōs hyponoian hēmeteran, hēn peri autou echomen, prosthēsomen. epei gar anegnōmen peri autou prophēteian; »Idou egō apostellō ton angelon mou pro pros- »ōpou sou, hos kataskeuasei tēn hodon sou emprosthen sou«, ephistamen mēpote heis tōn hagiōn angelōn tynchanōn epi leitourgią kataapempetai tou sōtēros hēmōn prodromos.
And since we are, in short, on the subject of John, inquiring into his mission, it will not be untimely to add our own conjecture about him. Since we have read a prophecy about him, “Behold, I send my angel before your face, who will prepare your way before you,” we consider whether, being one of the holy angels, he is sent down for ministry as the forerunner of our Savior.
2.187Preuschen 4:88
καὶ οὐδεν θαυμαστὸν τοῦ πρωτοτόκου πάσης κτίσεως ἐνσωματουμένου κατὰ φιλανθρωπίαν ζηλωτάς τινας καὶ μιμητὰς γεγονέναι Χριστοῦ, ἀγαπήσαντας τὸ διὰ τοῦ ὁμοίου > σώματος ὑπηρετῆσαι τῇ εἰς ἀνθρώπους αὐτοῦ χρηστότητι. τίνα δʼ οὐκ ἂν κινήσαι σκιρτῶν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει ἔτι ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τυγχάνων, ὡς τὴν κοινὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὑπερπαίων φύσιν;
kai ouden thaumaston tou prōtotokou pasēs ktiseōs ensōmatoumenou kata philanthrōpian zēlōtas tinas kai mimētas gegonenai Christou, agapēsantas to dia tou homoiou > sōmatos hypēretēsai tę̄ eis anthrōpous autou chrēstotēti. tina dʼ ouk an kinēsai skirtōn en agalliasei eti en tę̄ koilią tynchanōn, hōs tēn koinēn tōn anthrōpōn hyperpaiōn physin?
And it is nothing surprising that, when the firstborn of all creation took a body out of love for humankind, some became emulators and imitators of Christ, loving to serve his goodness toward human beings through a body like his. And whom would it not move that he leapt for joy while still in the womb, as though surpassing the common nature of human beings?
2.188Preuschen 4:88
εἰ δέ τις προσίεται καὶ τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις φερομένων ἀποκρύφων τὴν ἐπιγραφομένην Ἰωσὴφ προσευχήν, ἄντικρυς τοῦτο τὸ δόγμα καὶ σαφῶς εἰρημένον ἐκεῖθεν λήψεται, ὡς ἄρα οἱ ἀρχῆθεν ἐξαίρετόν τι ἐσχηκότες παρὰ ἀνθρώπους, πολλῷ κρείττους τυγχάνοντες τῶν λοιπῶν ψυχῶν, τοῦ τοῦ εἶναι ἄγγελοι ἐπὶ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην καταβεβήκασι φύσιν.
ei de tis prosietai kai tōn parʼ Hebraiois pheromenōn apokryphōn tēn epigraphomenēn Iōsēph proseuchēn, antikrys touto to dogma kai saphōs eirēmenon ekeithen lēpsetai, hōs ara hoi archēthen exaireton ti eschēkotes para anthrōpous, pollǭ kreittous tynchanontes tōn loipōn psychōn, tou tou einai angeloi epi tēn anthrōpinēn katabebēkasi physin.
And if anyone accepts also, of the apocrypha in use among the Hebrews, the one entitled the Prayer of Joseph, he will take this doctrine from it stated outright and clearly: that those who from the beginning had something exceptional compared with human beings, being much better than the other souls, have come down from being angels into human nature.
2.189Preuschen 4:88
φησὶ γοῦν ὁ Ἰακώβ· »Ὁ γὰρ λαλῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ »Ἰακὼρ καὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἄγγελος θεοῦ εἰμι ἐγὼ(?)καὶ πνεῦμα ἀρχικόν, καὶ »Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ προεκτίσθησαν πρὸ παντὸς ἔργου· ἐγὼ δὲ Ἰακώβ, »ὁ κληθεὶς ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων Ἰακώβ. τὸ δὲ ὄνομά μου Ἰσραήλ, ὁ κλη- »θεὶς ὑπὸ θεοῦ Ἰσραήλ, ἀνὴρ ὁρῶν θεόν, ὅτι ἐγὼ πρωτόγονος παντὸς »ζῴου ζωουμένου ὑπὸ θεοῦ«.
phēsi goun ho Iakōb; »Ho gar lalōn pros hymas egō »Iakōr kai Israēl angelos theou eimi egō(?)kai pneuma archikon, kai »Abraam kai Isaak proektisthēsan pro pantos ergou; egō de Iakōb, »ho klētheis hypo anthrōpōn Iakōb. to de onoma mou Israēl, ho klē- »theis hypo theou Israēl, anēr horōn theon, hoti egō prōtogonos pantos »zǭou zōoumenou hypo theou«.
At any rate Jacob says: “For I who speak to you, Jacob and Israel, am an angel of God and a ruling spirit; and Abraham and Isaac were created before every work. But I am Jacob, who was called Jacob by men, but my name is Israel, who was called Israel by God, a man seeing God, because I am the firstborn of every living being given life by God.”
2.190Preuschen 4:88–89
καὶ ἐπιφέρει· »Ἐγὼ δὲ ὅτε ἠρχόμην »ἀπὸ Μεσοποταμίας τῆς Συρίας, ἐξῆλθεν Οὐριὴλ ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν ὅτι κατέβην ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ κατεσκήνωσα ἐν ἀνθρώποις, »καὶ ὅτι ἐκλήθην ὀνόματι Ἰακώβ· ἐξήλωσε καὶ ἐμαχέσατό μοι. καὶ »ἐπάλαιε πρός με, λέγων προτερήσειν ἐπάνω τοῦ ὀνόματός μου τὸ »ὄνομα αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ πρὸ παντὸς ἀγγέλου. καὶ εἶπα αὐτῷ τὸ ὄνομα »αὐτοῦ καὶ πόσος ἐστὶν ἐν υἱοῖς θεοῦ· Οὐχὶ σὺ Οὐριὴλ ὄγδοος ἐμοῦ, »κἀγὼ Ἰσραὴλ ἀρχάγγελος δυνάμεως κυρίου καὶ ἀρχιχιλίαρχός εἰμι ἐν υἱοῖς θεοῦ; οὐχὶ ἐγὼ Ἰσραὴλ ὁ ἐν προσώπω̣ θεοῦ λειτουργὸς πρῶτος, καὶ ἐπεκαλεσάμην ἐν ὀνόματι ἀσβέστῳ τὸν θεόν μου;«
kai epipherei; »Egō de hote ērchomēn »apo Mesopotamias tēs Syrias, exēlthen Ouriēl ho angelos tou theou, kai eipen hoti katebēn epi tēn gēn kai kateskēnōsa en anthrōpois, »kai hoti eklēthēn onomati Iakōb; exēlōse kai emachesato moi. kai »epalaie pros me, legōn proterēsein epanō tou onomatos mou to »onoma autou kai tou pro pantos angelou. kai eipa autǭ to onoma »autou kai posos estin en huiois theou; Ouchi sy Ouriēl ogdoos emou, »kagō Israēl archangelos dynameōs kyriou kai archichiliarchos eimi en huiois theou? ouchi egō Israēl ho en prosōpō theou leitourgos prōtos, kai epekalesamēn en onomati asbestǭ ton theon mou?«
And he adds: “And when I was coming from Mesopotamia of Syria, Uriel the angel of God came out and said that I had come down to earth and had dwelt among men, and that I had been called by the name Jacob. He was envious and fought with me and wrestled with me, saying that his name would be above my name and that of the angel before all. And I told him his name and what rank he has among the sons of God: ‘Are you not Uriel, the eighth after me, and I Israel, archangel of the power of the Lord and chief captain among the sons of God? Am I not Israel, the first minister before the face of God, and did I not call upon my God by the unquenchable name?’”
2.191Preuschen 4:89
εἰκὸς γὰρ Τούτων ἀληθῶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ λεγομένων καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀναγεγραμ- μένων, καὶ τὸ »Ἐν κοιλίᾳ ἐπτέρνισε τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ « συνετῶς γεγονέναι. ἐπίστησον δὲ εἰ τὸ διαβόητον περὶ Ἰακὼρ καὶ Ἠσαῦ καὶ Ἠσαῦ ζήτημα λύσιν ἔχει, ἐπεὶ »μήπω γεννηθέντων μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον, ἵνα ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις τοῦ θεοῦ μένῃ, οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων » ἀλλʼ ἐκ τοῦ καλοῦντος, ἐρρέθη ὅτι ‘Ο μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι, »καθάπερ γέγραπται· Τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ Ἠσαῦ ἐμίσησα( » τί οὐν ἐροῦμεν; μὴ ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ θεῷ; μὴ γένοιτο«. μήπω δὲ γεννηθέντων μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον, ἵνʼ ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις τοῦ θεοῦ μένῃ, οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἀλλʼ ἐκ τοῦ καλοῦντος, ἐρρέθη.]
eikos gar Toutōn alēthōs hypo tou Iakōb legomenōn kai dia touto anagegram- menōn, kai to »En koilią epternise ton adelphon autou « synetōs gegonenai. epistēson de ei to diaboēton peri Iakōr kai Ēsau kai Ēsau zētēma lysin echei, epei »mēpō gennēthentōn mēde praxantōn ti agathon ē phaulon, hina hē katʼ eklogēn prothesis tou theou menę̄, ouk ex ergōn » allʼ ek tou kalountos, errethē hoti ‘O meizōn douleusei tǭ elassoni, »kathaper gegraptai; Ton Iakōb ēgapēsa, ton de Ēsau emisēsa( » ti oun eroumen? mē adikia para tǭ theǭ? mē genoito«. mēpō de gennēthentōn mēde praxantōn ti agathon ē phaulon, hinʼ hē katʼ eklogēn prothesis tou theou menę̄, ouk ex ergōn allʼ ek tou kalountos, errethē.]
For it is likely, if these things were truly said by Jacob and for this reason written down, that “In the womb he took his brother by the heel” also came about with understanding. And consider whether the celebrated question about Jacob and Esau has a solution, since “though they were not yet born and had done nothing good or bad, in order that God's purpose according to election might stand, not from works but from him who calls, it was said, ‘The greater will serve the lesser,’ as it is written, ‘Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated.’ What then shall we say? Is there injustice with God? By no means.”
2.192Preuschen 4:89
οὐ κατατρεχόντων οὖν ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τὰ προ τοῦ βίου τούτου ἔργα, πῶς ἀληθὲς τὸ μὴ εἶναι ἄδικον παρὰ θεῷ τοῦ μείζονος δουλεύντος τῷ ἐλάττονι καὶ μισουμένου, πρὶν ποιῆσαι τὰ ἄξια τοῦ δουλεύειν καὶ τὰ ἄξια τοῦ μισεῖσθαι; ἐπὶ πλεῖον δὲ παρεξέβημεν παραλαβόντες τὸν περὶ Ἰακὼρ λόγου, καὶ μαρτυράμενοι ἡμῖν οὐκ εὐ- καταφρόνητον γραφήν, ἴνα πιστικώτερος ὁ περὶ Ἰωάννου γένηται λόγος, κατασκευάζων αὐτόν, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Ἡσαΐου φωνήν, ἄγγελον ὄντα ἐν σώματι γεγονέναι ὑπὲρ τοῦ μαρτυρῆσαι τῷ φωτί. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ ἀνθρώπου.
ou katatrechontōn oun hēmōn epi ta pro tou biou toutou erga, pōs alēthes to mē einai adikon para theǭ tou meizonos douleuntos tǭ elattoni kai misoumenou, prin poiēsai ta axia tou douleuein kai ta axia tou miseisthai? epi pleion de parexebēmen paralabontes ton peri Iakōr logou, kai martyramenoi hēmin ouk eu- kataphronēton graphēn, ina pistikōteros ho peri Iōannou genētai logos, kataskeuazōn auton, kata tēn tou Hēsaïou phōnēn, angelon onta en sōmati gegonenai hyper tou martyrēsai tǭ phōti. kai tauta men peri Iōannou tou anthrōpou.
If, then, we do not have recourse to works before this life, how is it true that there is no injustice with God when the greater serves the lesser and is hated before he has done what deserves servitude and what deserves hatred? We have digressed at some length in taking up the account of Jacob and in calling to witness a writing not to be despised, so that the account of John might be more convincing, establishing, according to the voice of Isaiah, that he was an angel who came to be in a body in order to testify to the light. So much, then, about John the man.
2.193Preuschen 4:89
Ἡγοῦμαι δὲ ὅτι ὥσπερ ἐν ἡμῖν φωνὴ καὶ λόγος διαφέρει, δυναμένης μέντοι γἐ ποτε φωνῆς τῆς μηδὲν σημαινούσης προφέρεσθαι χωρὶς λόγου, οἴου τε δὲ ὄντος καὶ λόγου χωρὶς τῷ νῷ ἀπαγγέλλεθαι φωνῆς, ὡς ἐπὰν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς διεξοδεύωμεν, οὕτω τοῦ σωτῆρος κατά τινα ἐπίνοιαν ὅντος λόγου διαφέρει τούτου ὁ Ἰωάννης, ὡς πρὸς τὴν ἀναλογίαν τοῦ χριστοῦ τυχγάνοντος λόγου φωνὴ ὤν.
Hēgoumai de hoti hōsper en hēmin phōnē kai logos diapherei, dynamenēs mentoi ge pote phōnēs tēs mēden sēmainousēs propheresthai chōris logou, oiou te de ontos kai logou chōris tǭ nǭ apangellethai phōnēs, hōs epan en heautois diexodeuōmen, houtō tou sōtēros kata tina epinoian hontos logou diapherei toutou ho Iōannēs, hōs pros tēn analogian tou christou tychganontos logou phōnē ōn.
I think that, just as in us voice and word differ (for a voice that signifies nothing can sometimes be uttered without a word, and a word can be expressed to the mind without a voice, as when we reason within ourselves), so, since the Savior in one aspect is Word, John differs from him, being a voice by analogy with Christ, who is Word.
2.194Preuschen 4:89–90
ἐπὶ τοῦτο δέ με προκαλεῖται αὐτὸς ὁ Ἰωάννης, ὅστις ποτὲ εἴη, πρὸς τοὺς πυνθανομένους ἀποκρινόμενος· »Ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ »ἐγήμῳ· Ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ.. καὶ τάχα διὰ τοῦτο ἀπιστήσας ὁ Ζαχαρίας τῇ γενέσει τῆς δεικνυούσης τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ φωνῆς ἀπόλλυσι τὴν φωνήν, λαμβάνων αὐτήν, ὅτε γεννᾶται ἡ πρόδρομος τοῦ λόγου φωνή. ἐνωτί- σασθαι γὰρ δεὶ φωνήν, ἵνα μετὰ ταῦτα ὁ νοῦς τὸν δεικνύμενον ὑπὸ τῆς φωνῆς λόγον δέξασθαι δυνηθῇ.
epi touto de me prokaleitai autos ho Iōannēs, hostis pote eiē, pros tous pynthanomenous apokrinomenos; »Egō phōnē boōntos en tę̄ »egēmǭ; Hetoimasate tēn hodon kyriou, eutheias poieite tas tribous autou.. kai tacha dia touto apistēsas ho Zacharias tę̄ genesei tēs deiknyousēs ton logon tou theou phōnēs apollysi tēn phōnēn, lambanōn autēn, hote gennatai hē prodromos tou logou phōnē. enōti- sasthai gar dei phōnēn, hina meta tauta ho nous ton deiknymenon hypo tēs phōnēs logon dexasthai dynēthę̄.
John himself, whoever he may be, invites me to this, when he answers those who questioned him, “I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness: Prepare the way of the Lord, make his paths straight.” And perhaps for this reason Zechariah, disbelieving in the birth of the voice that points to the Word of God, loses his voice, receiving it back when the voice, forerunner of the Word, is born. For one must hear a voice so that afterward the mind may be able to receive the Word pointed out by the voice.
2.195Preuschen 4:90
διόπερ καὶ ὀλίγῳ πρεσβύτερος κατὰ τὸ γεννᾶσθαι ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐστὶ τοῦ χριστοῦ· φωνῆς γὰρ πρὸ λόγου ἀντιλαμβανόμεθα. ἀλλὰ καὶ δείκνυσι τὸν χριστὸν ὁ Ἰωάννης· φωνῇ γὰρ παρίσταται ὁ λόγος. ἀλλὰ καὶ βαπτίζεται ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου ὁ χριστός, ὁμολογοῦντος χρείαν ἔχειν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ βαπτισθῆναι· ἀνθρώ- ποις γὰρ ὑπὸ φωνῆς καθαίρεται λόγος, τῇ φύσει τοῦ λόγου καθαίροντος πᾶσαν τὴν σημαίνουσαν φωνήν. καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς ὅτε Ἰωάννης τὸν χριστὸν δείκνυσιν, ἄνθρωπος θεὸν δείκνυσι καὶ σωτῆρα τὸν ἀσώματον, καὶ φωνὴ τὸν λόγον.
dioper kai oligǭ presbyteros kata to gennasthai ho Iōannēs esti tou christou; phōnēs gar pro logou antilambanometha. alla kai deiknysi ton christon ho Iōannēs; phōnę̄ gar paristatai ho logos. alla kai baptizetai hypo Iōannou ho christos, homologountos chreian echein hypʼ autou baptisthēnai; anthrō- pois gar hypo phōnēs kathairetai logos, tę̄ physei tou logou kathairontos pasan tēn sēmainousan phōnēn. kai hapaxaplōs hote Iōannēs ton christon deiknysin, anthrōpos theon deiknysi kai sōtēra ton asōmaton, kai phōnē ton logon.
That is why John is a little older than Christ in birth, for we perceive a voice before a word. But also John points out Christ, for the Word is presented by a voice. And Christ is baptized by John, who confesses that he needs to be baptized by him; for among men the word is purified by a voice, though by the nature of the Word it purifies every voice that signifies. And, in short, when John points out Christ, a man points out God and the bodiless Savior, and a voice points out the Word.
2.196Preuschen 4:90
Χρήσιμον δʼ ἄν εἴη, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἡ τῶν ὀνομάτων ἐνάρεια, οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου τούτου τὸ ἰδεῖν ὅ τι σημαίνει ὁ Ἰωάννης καὶ ὁ Ζαχαρίας. καὶ γὰρ ὡς ὄντος τινὸς οὐκ εὐκαταφρονήτου κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ὀνόματος θέσιν, οἱ μὲν συγγενεῖς Ζα- χαρίαν αὐτὸν καλεῖσθαι βούλονται, ξενιζόμενοι ἐπὶ τῷ βούλεσθαι τὴν Ἐλισάβατ Ἰωάννην αὐτὸν ὀνομάζειν· ὁ δὲ Ζαχαρίας γράψας τὸ » Ἰωάν»νης ἔσται ὄνομα αὐτῷ « ἀπολύεται τῆς ἐπιπόνου σιωπῆς.
Chrēsimon dʼ an eiē, hōsper epi pollōn hē tōn onomatōn enareia, houtō kai epi tou topou toutou to idein ho ti sēmainei ho Iōannēs kai ho Zacharias. kai gar hōs ontos tinos ouk eukataphronētou kata tēn tou onomatos thesin, hoi men syngeneis Za- charian auton kaleisthai boulontai, xenizomenoi epi tǭ boulesthai tēn Elisabat Iōannēn auton onomazein; ho de Zacharias grapsas to » Iōan»nēs estai onoma autǭ « apolyetai tēs epiponou siōpēs.
It would be useful, just as with many names their meaning is instructive, to see also in this passage what John and Zechariah signify. For as if there were something not to be despised in the giving of the name, the relatives want him to be called Zechariah, surprised that Elizabeth wants to name him John; and Zechariah, writing, “His name will be John,” is released from his painful silence.
2.197Preuschen 4:90
εὕρομεν τοίνυν ἐν τῇ ἑρμηνείᾳ τῶν ὀνομάτων [ Ἰωάννης] τὸ »Ἰωὰ ν « χωρὶς τοῦ »ης« μεταλαμβανόμενον, ὅπερ ταὐτὸν οἴόμεθα εἶναι τῷ » Ἰωάννης «· ἐπεὶ καὶ ἄλλα ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη Ἑβραίων ὀνόματα ἐξελλήνισε, χαρακτῆρι αὐτὰ εἰποῦσα ἑλληνικῷ, ὥσπερ ἀντὶ »Ἰακὼβ« »Ἰάκωβος«, καὶ ἀντὶ »Συμεὼν« Σίμων( »Ζαχαρίας« δὲ »μνήμη « εἶναι λέγεται, ἡ δὲ »Ἐλισάβετ« »θεοῦ μου ὅρκος« ἢ θεοῦ μου ἑβδομάς«.
heuromen toinyn en tę̄ hermēneią tōn onomatōn [ Iōannēs] to »Iōa n « chōris tou »ēs« metalambanomenon, hoper tauton oiometha einai tǭ » Iōannēs «; epei kai alla hē kainē diathēkē Hebraiōn onomata exellēnise, charaktēri auta eipousa hellēnikǭ, hōsper anti »Iakōb« »Iakōbos«, kai anti »Symeōn« Simōn( »Zacharias« de »mnēmē « einai legetai, hē de »Elisabet« »theou mou horkos« ē theou mou hebdomas«.
We found, then, in the interpretation of names that “Joan,” without the “-es,” is rendered [“grace”], which we think is the same as “Joannes” (John), since the New Testament has hellenized other Hebrew names as well, giving them a Greek form, such as “Jacobos” for “Jacob,” and “Simon” for “Symeon.” And “Zechariah” is said to mean “remembrance,” and “Elizabeth” “oath of my God” or “seventh of my God.”
2.198Preuschen 4:90–91
ἀπὸ θεοῦ δὴ »χάρις« ἐκ τῆς περὶ θεοῦ »μηήμης « κατὰ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν »ὁρκον« τὸν περὶ τοὺς πατέρας ἐγεννήθη ὁ Ἰωάννης, ἑτοιμάξων »κυρίῳ λαὸνκατεσκευσμένον« ἐπὶ τέλει τῆς παλαιᾶς γενόμενος διαθήκης, διαθήκης, ἐστι σαββατισμοῦ κορωνίς· διὸ οὐ δύναται γεγεννὴσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς »ἑβδομάδος τοῦ »θεοῦ« ἡμῶν, τὴν μετὰ τὸ σάββατον ἀνάπαυσιν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν κατὰ τὴν ἀνάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ ἐμποιοῦντος τοῖς συμμόρφοις τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ Ι γεγεημένοις καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως. Ι, 7 Οὕτος ἦλθεν εἰς μαρτυρίαν, ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός, ἵνα πάντες πιστεύσωσι διʼ αὐτοῦ.
apo theou dē »charis« ek tēs peri theou »mēēmēs « kata ton tou theou hēmōn »horkon« ton peri tous pateras egennēthē ho Iōannēs, hetoimaxōn »kyriǭ laonkateskeusmenon« epi telei tēs palaias genomenos diathēkēs, diathēkēs, esti sabbatismou korōnis; dio ou dynatai gegennēsthai apo tēs »hebdomados tou »theou« hēmōn, tēn meta to sabbaton anapausin tou sōtēros hēmōn kata tēn anapausin autou empoiountos tois symmorphois tou thanatou autou I gegeēmenois kai dia touto kai tēs anastaseōs. I, 7 Houtos ēlthen eis martyrian, hina martyrēsę̄ peri tou phōtos, hina pantes pisteusōsi diʼ autou.
From God, then, as “grace,” out of “remembrance” of God, according to our God's “oath” concerning the fathers, John was born, to prepare “for the Lord a people made ready,” coming at the end of the old covenant, which is the crown of the Sabbath-keeping. That is why he cannot have been born from the “seventh of our God,” since our Savior brings about the rest after the Sabbath, according to his own rest, in those who have been conformed to his death and for this reason also to his resurrection. John 1:7: “He came for testimony, to testify about the light, that all might believe through him.”
2.199Preuschen 4:91
Τῶν ἐτεροδόξων τινὲς πιστεύειν φάσκοντες εἰς τὸν χριστόν, καὶ διὰ τὸ ἀναπλάσσειν ἕτερον θεὸν παρὰ τὸν δημιουργὸν ὡς ἀκόλουθον αὐτοῖς οὐ προσιέμενοι τὴν ἐπιδημίαν αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τῶν προφητῶν προκατηγγέλθαι, ἀνατρέπειν πειρῶνται τὰς διὰ τῶν προ- φητῶν περὶ Χριστοῦ μαρτυρίας, φάσκοντες μὴ δεῖσθαι μαρτύρων τὸν θἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἔχοντα τὸ τοῦ πιστεύεσθαι ἄξιον ἔν τε οἷς κατήγγειλε σωτηρίοις λόγους δυνάμεως πεπληρωμένοις καὶ ἐν τεραστίοις ἔργοις αὐτόθεν καταπλήξασθαι πάνθʼ ὁντινοῦν δυναμένοις.
Tōn eterodoxōn tines pisteuein phaskontes eis ton christon, kai dia to anaplassein heteron theon para ton dēmiourgon hōs akolouthon autois ou prosiemenoi tēn epidēmian autou hypo tōn prophētōn prokatēngelthai, anatrepein peirōntai tas dia tōn pro- phētōn peri Christou martyrias, phaskontes mē deisthai martyrōn ton thion tou theou, echonta to tou pisteuesthai axion en te hois katēngeile sōtēriois logous dynameōs peplērōmenois kai en terastiois ergois autothen kataplēxasthai panthʼ hontinoun dynamenois.
Some of the heterodox, who say they believe in Christ, and who, because they fabricate another God besides the Creator, consistently do not accept that his coming was foretold by the prophets, try to overturn the testimonies about Christ through the prophets, saying that the Son of God does not need witnesses, having what makes him worthy of belief both in the saving words full of power that he proclaimed and in wondrous works able by themselves to astound anyone whatever.
2.200Preuschen 4:91
καὶ φασιν· »Εἰ Μωσῆς πεπίστευται διὰ τὸν λόγον καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις, οὐ Δεηθεὶς μαρτύρων πρὸ αὐτοῦ τινων αὐτὸν καταγγειλάντων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕκαστος τῶν προφητῶν παρεδέχθη ὑπὸ τοῦ λαοῦ »ὡς ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἀποσταλείς, πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν διαφέρων δύναται χωρὶς προφητῶν μαρτυ- ρούντων τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἀνῦσαι ὅ βούλεται καὶ ὠφελῆσαι τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος«;
kai phasin; »Ei Mōsēs pepisteutai dia ton logon kai tas dynameis, ou Deētheis martyrōn pro autou tinōn auton katangeilantōn, alla kai hekastos tōn prophētōn paredechthē hypo tou laou »hōs apo theou apostaleis, pōs ouchi mallon Mōÿseōs kai tōn prophētōn diapherōn dynatai chōris prophētōn marty- rountōn ta peri autou anysai ho bouletai kai ōphelēsai to tōn anthrōpōn genos«?
And they say: “If Moses was believed because of his word and his mighty works, not needing any witnesses before him to announce him, and each of the prophets too was received by the people as sent from God, how can he who is far superior to Moses and the prophets not accomplish what he wishes and benefit the human race without prophets testifying about him?”
2.201Preuschen 4:91
παρέλκειν οὐν οἴονται τὸ ὐπὸ προφητῶν αὐτὸν νομίζεσθαι προκατηγγέλθαι, τοῦτο πραγματευσαμένων, ὡς εἴποιεν ἂν ἐκεῖνοι, τῶν τὴν καινότητα τῆς θεότητος παραδέξασθαι τοὺς εἰς Χριστὸν πιστεύοντας οὐ βουλομένων, ἀλλὰ ἐπὶ τὸν αὐτὸν καταντῆσαι θεόν, ὅν καὶ πρὸ Ἰησοῦ Μωσῆς καὶ οἱ προφῆται ἐδίδαξαν.
parelkein oun oiontai to ypo prophētōn auton nomizesthai prokatēngelthai, touto pragmateusamenōn, hōs eipoien an ekeinoi, tōn tēn kainotēta tēs theotētos paradexasthai tous eis Christon pisteuontas ou boulomenōn, alla epi ton auton katantēsai theon, hon kai pro Iēsou Mōsēs kai hoi prophētai edidaxan.
They think, then, that it is superfluous that he is thought to have been announced beforehand by the prophets, this having been contrived (as they would say) by those who did not wish believers in Christ to accept the newness of the Godhead, but to arrive at the same God whom Moses and the prophets taught even before Jesus.
2.202Preuschen 4:91–92
Λεκτέον οὖν πρὸς αὐτούς, ὅτι πολλῶν αἰτίων δυναμένων γενέσθαι προκαλουμένων εἰς τὸ πιστεύειν, ἐνίοτέ τινων ἀπὸ τῆσδε μὲν τῆς ἀποδείξεως οὐ πληττομένων, ἀπὸ ἑτέρας δέ, ἔχειν τὸν θεὸν πλείονας ἀφορμὰς ἀνθρώποις παρέχειν, ἴνα παραδεχθῇ, ὅτι θεὸς ὁ ὑπὲρ πάντα τὰ γενητὰ ἐνηνθρώπησεν.
Lekteon oun pros autous, hoti pollōn aitiōn dynamenōn genesthai prokaloumenōn eis to pisteuein, eniote tinōn apo tēsde men tēs apodeixeōs ou plēttomenōn, apo heteras de, echein ton theon pleionas aphormas anthrōpois parechein, ina paradechthę̄, hoti theos ho hyper panta ta genēta enēnthrōpēsen.
We must say to them, then, that since many causes can arise that summon people to believe, and some at times are not struck by this proof but by another, God is able to give human beings many occasions for accepting that God, who is above all originated things, became man.
2.203Preuschen 4:92
ἐναργῶν γοῦν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν τινας ἐκ τῶν προφητικῶν προρρήσεων εἰς θαυμασμὸν τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐρχομένους, κα- ταπληττομένους τὴν τῶν τοσούτων πρὸ αὐτοῦ προφητῶν φωνὴν συνιστᾶσαν τόπον γενέσεως αὐτοῦ καὶ χώραν χώραν καὶ ἰσχὺν διδασκαλίας, δυνάμεών τε θαυμασίων ποίησιν καὶ πάθος ἀνθρώπινον ὑπὸ ἀναστάσεως καταλυόμενον.
enargōn goun estin idein tinas ek tōn prophētikōn prorrēseōn eis thaumasmon tou christou erchomenous, ka- taplēttomenous tēn tōn tosoutōn pro autou prophētōn phōnēn synistasan topon geneseōs autou kai chōran chōran kai ischyn didaskalias, dynameōn te thaumasiōn poiēsin kai pathos anthrōpinon hypo anastaseōs katalyomenon.
At any rate one can clearly see some coming to admiration of Christ from the prophetic predictions, astounded that the voice of so many prophets before him establishes the place of his birth and his country, the power of his teaching, the working of marvelous deeds, and a human suffering undone by resurrection.
2.204Preuschen 4:92
καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἐπισκεπτέον, ὅτι αἱ μὲν τεράστιοι δυνάμεις τοὺς κατὰ τὸν χρόνον τοῦ κυρίου γενομένους προκαλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τὸ πιστεύειν ἐδύναντο, οὐκ ἔσωζον δὲ τὸ ἐμφαν- τικὸν μετὰ χρόνους πλείονας ἤδη καὶ μῦθοι εἶναι ὑπονοηθεῖσαι. πλεῖον γὰρ τῶν τότε γενομένων δυνάμεων ἰσχύει πρὸς πειθὼ ἡ νῦν συνεξ- εταζομένη ταῖς δυνάμεσι προφητείαι κἀκείνας ἀπιστεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἐρευνώντων αὐτὰς κωλύουσα.
kai touto de episkepteon, hoti hai men terastioi dynameis tous kata ton chronon tou kyriou genomenous prokaleisthai epi to pisteuein edynanto, ouk esōzon de to emphan- tikon meta chronous pleionas ēdē kai mythoi einai hyponoētheisai. pleion gar tōn tote genomenōn dynameōn ischyei pros peithō hē nyn synex- etazomenē tais dynamesi prophēteiai kakeinas apisteisthai hypo tōn ereunōntōn autas kōlyousa.
And this too must be considered: the wondrous deeds could summon to faith those who lived in the Lord's time, but they did not keep their vividness after many years, and were already suspected of being myths. For prophecy, now examined together with the mighty works, has more power to persuade than the works done then, and it prevents those works from being disbelieved by those who investigate them.
2.205Preuschen 4:92
τάχα δὲ αἱ προφητικαὶ μυρτυρίαι οὐ μόνον κηρύσσουσι Χριστὸν ἐλευσόμενον οὐδὲ τοῦθʼ ἡμᾶς διδάσκουσι καὶ ἄλλο οὐθέν, ἀλλὰ πολλὴν θεολογίαν σχέσιν τε πατρὸς πρὸς υἱὸν καὶ υἱοῦ πρὸς πατέρα μαθεῖν μαθεῖν οὐκ ἔλαττον ἀπὸ τῶν προφητῶν, διʼ ὡν ἀπαγγέλλουσι τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων διηγουμένων μένων τὴν μεγαλειότητα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ.
tacha de hai prophētikai myrtyriai ou monon kēryssousi Christon eleusomenon oude touthʼ hēmas didaskousi kai allo outhen, alla pollēn theologian schesin te patros pros huion kai huiou pros patera mathein mathein ouk elatton apo tōn prophētōn, diʼ hōn apangellousi ta peri autou ē apo tōn apostolōn diēgoumenōn menōn tēn megaleiotēta tou huiou tou theou.
And perhaps the prophetic testimonies not only proclaim that Christ will come, teaching us this and nothing else, but also much theology and the relation of the Father to the Son and of the Son to the Father can be learned no less from the prophets, through what they announce about him, than from the apostles, who describe the majesty of the Son of God.
2.206Preuschen 4:92
ἔστι δὲ τολμήσαντα καὶ χωρὶς τούτων τοιοῦτόν τι εἰπεῖν, ὅτι εἰδὶ Χριστοῦ μάρτυρες τῷ μαρτυρεῖν περὶ αὐτοῦ κοσμούμενοι καὶ οὐ πάντως ἐκείνῳ τι διὰ τοῦ μαρτυρεῖν περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ καταχαριζόμενοι, ὡς ὁμολογήσαιεν ἂν πάντες περὶ τῶν ἰδώς ὀνομαζομένων μαρτύρων Χριστοῦ.
esti de tolmēsanta kai chōris toutōn toiouton ti eipein, hoti eidi Christou martyres tǭ martyrein peri autou kosmoumenoi kai ou pantōs ekeinǭ ti dia tou martyrein peri tou huiou tou theou katacharizomenoi, hōs homologēsaien an pantes peri tōn idōs onomazomenōn martyrōn Christou.
And one may dare, even apart from these, to say something like this: there are witnesses of Christ who are adorned by bearing witness about him, and who do not by any means confer a favor on him by bearing witness about the Son of God, as all would agree concerning those specially called witnesses of Christ.
2.207Preuschen 4:92
τί οὐν θαυμαστόν, εἰ ὥσπερ ἐκοσμήθησαν τῷ μάρτυρες εἶναι Χριστοῦ πολλοὶ τῶν γνησίων Χριστοῦ μαθητῶν, οὕτως οἱ προφῆται τὸ προκαταγγεῖλαι Χριστὸν νοήσαντες αὐτὸν δῶρον ἀπὸ θεοῦ εἰλήφασι, διδάσκοντες οὐ μόνον τοὺς μετὰ τὴν Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίαν, ἃ δεῖ φρονεῖν περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἐν προτέραις ἐκείνων γενεαῖς;
ti oun thaumaston, ei hōsper ekosmēthēsan tǭ martyres einai Christou polloi tōn gnēsiōn Christou mathētōn, houtōs hoi prophētai to prokatangeilai Christon noēsantes auton dōron apo theou eilēphasi, didaskontes ou monon tous meta tēn Christou epidēmian, ha dei phronein peri tou huiou tou theou, alla kai tous en proterais ekeinōn geneais?
What, then, is surprising if, just as many of Christ's genuine disciples were adorned by being witnesses of Christ, so the prophets, having understood that they were to announce Christ beforehand, received this as a gift from God, teaching not only those after Christ's coming what must be thought about the Son of God, but also those in the generations before them?
2.208Preuschen 4:92
ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ μὴ ἐγνωκὼς τὸν υἱὸν νῦν οὐδὲ τὸν πατέρα ἔχει, οὕτω καὶ πρότερον νοητέον· διόπερ »Ἀβραὰμ ἠγαλλιάσατο, ἵνα ἤδῃ τὴν ἡμέραν »Χριστοῦ, καὶ εἶδε καὶ ἐχάρη«. ἀποστερεῖν τοίνυν βούλεται τὸν χορὸν τῶν προφητῶν χάριν τὴν μεγίστην ὁ βουλόμενος αὐτοὺς μὴ δεὶν μαρτυρεῖν περὶ Χριστοῦ· τί γὰρ ἂν καὶ ἡ προφητεία ἡ ἐξ ἐπιπνοίας ἁγίου πνεύματος εἶχε τηλικοῦτον, εἰ ὐπεξῂρητο αὐτῆς τὰ περὶ τῆς κυρίου ἡμῶν οἰκονομίας;
hōsper gar ho mē egnōkōs ton huion nyn oude ton patera echei, houtō kai proteron noēteon; dioper »Abraam ēgalliasato, hina ēdę̄ tēn hēmeran »Christou, kai eide kai echarē«. aposterein toinyn bouletai ton choron tōn prophētōn charin tēn megistēn ho boulomenos autous mē dein martyrein peri Christou; ti gar an kai hē prophēteia hē ex epipnoias hagiou pneumatos eiche tēlikouton, ei ypexę̄rēto autēs ta peri tēs kyriou hēmōn oikonomias?
For just as whoever does not now know the Son does not have the Father either, so it must be understood of earlier times too; which is why “Abraham rejoiced to see the day of Christ, and he saw it and was glad.” Whoever, then, wishes that the prophets should not have testified about Christ wishes to rob the choir of the prophets of their greatest grace. For what would prophecy from the inspiration of the Holy Spirit have had that was so great if what concerns our Lord's dispensation were removed from it?
2.209Preuschen 4:92–93
ὡς γὰρ ἡ θεοσέβεια κεκόσμηται τῶν διὰ μεσίτου καὶ ἀρχιερέως καὶ παρακλήτου καὶ † ἐπιστημονικῶς προσερ- χομένων τῷ τῶν ὅλων θεῷ, σκάζουσα ἄν εἰ μὴ διὰ τῆς Πύρας τις εἰσίοι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, οὕτως καὶ ἡ τῶν πάλαι θεοσέβεια τῇ νοήσει καὶ πίστει καὶ προσδοκίᾳ Χριστοῦ ἱερὰ ἠν καὶ παρὰ θεῷ ἀποδεκτή· ἐπεὶ τετηρήκαμεν ὅτι ὁ θεὸς μάρτυς εἶναι ὁμολογεῖ, καὶ περὶ τοῦ χριστου το αυτο απφαινεται, παντας επι το μιμητας αυτου και του χριστοῦ γενέσθαι παρακαλῶν, κατὰ τὸ μαρτυρεῖν αὐτούς, οἶς χρὴ μαρτυρεῖν· φησὶ γάρ· »Γένεσθέ μοι μάρτυρες, κἀγὼ μάρτυς, λέγει κύριος ὁ θεός, καὶ ὁ παῖς ὅν ἐξελεξάμην».
hōs gar hē theosebeia kekosmētai tōn dia mesitou kai archiereōs kai paraklētou kai † epistēmonikōs proser- chomenōn tǭ tōn holōn theǭ, skazousa an ei mē dia tēs Pyras tis eisioi pros ton patera, houtōs kai hē tōn palai theosebeia tę̄ noēsei kai pistei kai prosdokią Christou hiera ēn kai para theǭ apodektē; epei tetērēkamen hoti ho theos martys einai homologei, kai peri tou christou to auto apphainetai, pantas epi to mimētas autou kai tou christou genesthai parakalōn, kata to martyrein autous, ois chrē martyrein; phēsi gar; »Genesthe moi martyres, kagō martys, legei kyrios ho theos, kai ho pais hon exelexamēn».
For just as the worship of God is adorned in those who approach the God of the universe through a mediator and high priest and Advocate and … knowingly, and would limp if one did not enter to the Father through the door, so also the worship of God of the men of old was holy and acceptable to God through the understanding of, faith in, and expectation of Christ. For we have observed that God confesses himself a witness, and declares the same of Christ, calling all to become imitators of him and of Christ by bearing witness to what they ought; for he says: “Become my witnesses, and I am a witness, says the Lord God, and the servant whom I have chosen.”
2.210Preuschen 4:93
πᾶς δὲ ὁ μαρτυρῶν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, εἴτε λόγοις εἴτε ἔργοις εἴτε ὁπωσποτὲ ταύτῃ παριστάμενος μάρτυς‘ εὐλόγως ἂν χρηματίζοι. ἀλλʼ ἤδη κυρίως ὡς τὸ τῆς ἀδελφότητος ἔθος ἐκπλαγέντες διάθεσιν τῶν ἕως θανάτου ἀγωνισαμένων ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας ἢ ἀνδρείας, κυρίως μόνους μόνυς »μάρτυρας « ὠνό- μασαν τοὺς τῇ ἐκχύσει τοῦ ἑαυτῶν αἵματος μαρτυρήσαντας τῷ τῆς θεοσεβείας μυστηρίῳ. τοῦ σωτῆρος πάντα τὸν μαρτυροῦντα τοῖς περὶ αὑτοῦ καταγγελλομένοις »μάρτυρα« ἀνομάζοντος.
pas de ho martyrōn tę̄ alētheią, eite logois eite ergois eite hopōspote tautę̄ paristamenos martys‘ eulogōs an chrēmatizoi. allʼ ēdē kyriōs hōs to tēs adelphotētos ethos ekplagentes diathesin tōn heōs thanatou agōnisamenōn hyper alētheias ē andreias, kyriōs monous monys »martyras « ōno- masan tous tę̄ ekchysei tou heautōn haimatos martyrēsantas tǭ tēs theosebeias mystēriǭ. tou sōtēros panta ton martyrounta tois peri hautou katangellomenois »martyra« anomazontos.
And everyone who bears witness to the truth, whether by words or by deeds or in any way whatever supporting it, would reasonably be called a “witness.” But now, properly, the custom of the brotherhood, struck with admiration at the disposition of those who have contended to death for truth or courage, has come to name as “martyrs” in the proper sense only those who have borne witness to the mystery of godliness by shedding their own blood, though the Savior names as a “witness” everyone who bears witness to what is proclaimed about him.
2.211Preuschen 4:93
φησὶ γοῦν ἀναλαμβανόμενος τοῖς ἀποστόλοις· »Ἔσεσθέ μου μάρτυρες ἔν τε Ἰερου»σαλὴμ καὶ ἐν πάσῃ τῆ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ καὶ ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς«. ἔτι δὲ ὥσπερ ὁ καθαρθεὶς λεπρὸς τὸ προστεταγμένον ὑπὸ Μωσέως προσάγει δῶρον, »εἰς μαρτύριον « τοῦτο ποιῶν τοῖς μὴ πι- στεύσασιν εἰς τὸν χριστόν, οὕτως εἰς μαρτύριον τοῖς ἀπίστοις οἱ μάρτυρες μαρτυροῦσι καὶ πάντες οἱ ὅγιοι, ῳν λάμπει τὰ ἔργα »ἔμ- »προσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων«. πολιτεύονται Ι γὰρ παρρησιαζόμενοι έν τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ χριστοῦ καὶ μαρτυροῦντες περὶ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτός.
phēsi goun analambanomenos tois apostolois; »Esesthe mou martyres en te Ierou»salēm kai en pasę̄ tē Ioudaią kai Samareią kai heōs eschatou tēs gēs«. eti de hōsper ho kathartheis lepros to prostetagmenon hypo Mōseōs prosagei dōron, »eis martyrion « touto poiōn tois mē pi- steusasin eis ton christon, houtōs eis martyrion tois apistois hoi martyres martyrousi kai pantes hoi hogioi, ǭn lampei ta erga »em- »prosthen tōn anthrōpōn«. politeuontai I gar parrēsiazomenoi en tǭ staurǭ tou christou kai martyrountes peri tou alēthinou phōtos.
At any rate, when he was taken up, he says to the apostles: “You will be my witnesses in Jerusalem and in all Judea and Samaria and to the end of the earth.” Further, just as the cleansed leper brings the gift commanded by Moses, doing this “for a testimony” to those who have not believed in Christ, so the martyrs bear witness for a testimony to the unbelievers, and all the saints, whose works shine “before men.” For they live as citizens boldly in the cross of Christ and bear witness about the true light.
2.212Preuschen 4:93
Καὶ Ἰωάννης τοίνυν ἦλθεν, ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός· ὅς μαρτυρῶν »κέκραγε λέγων«· »Ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμε- » νος ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν. ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ πλη- ρώματος αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς πάντες ἐλάβομεν. καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος· ὅτι »ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωσέως ἐδόθη, ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο. θεὸν οὐδεὶς ἑώρακε πώποτε· ὁ μονογενὴς θεὸς »ὁ ὤν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκεῖνος ἐξηγήσατο«.
Kai Iōannēs toinyn ēlthen, hina martyrēsę̄ peri tou phōtos; hos martyrōn »kekrage legōn«; »Ho opisō mou erchome- » nos emprosthen mou gegonen, hoti prōtos mou ēn. hoti ek tou plē- rōmatos autou hēmeis pantes elabomen. kai charin anti charitos; hoti »ho nomos dia Mōseōs edothē, hē charis kai hē alētheia dia Iēsou Christou egeneto. theon oudeis heōrake pōpote; ho monogenēs theos »ho ōn eis ton kolpon tou patros ekeinos exēgēsato«.
And John, then, came to testify about the light; who, testifying, “cried out, saying”: “He who comes after me has come to be before me, because he was before me. For from his fullness we have all received, and grace for grace; for the law was given through Moses, grace and truth came through Jesus Christ. No one has ever seen God; the only-begotten God, who is in the bosom of the Father, he has made him known.”
2.213Preuschen 4:93–94
πᾶς γοῦν οὑτος ὁ λόγος ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ μαρτυροῦντος τῷ χριστῷ εἰρηται, ὅπερ λανθάνει τινὰς οἰομένους ἀπὸ τοῦ » Ἐκ τοῦ πληρώμα»τος αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς πάντες ἐλάβομεν« ἕως τοῦ »Ἐκεῖνος ἐξηγήσατο « ἐκ τοῦ προσώπου Ἰωάννου τοῦ ἀποστόλου λέγεσθαι.
pas goun houtos ho logos ek prosōpou tou baptistou martyrountos tǭ christǭ eirētai, hoper lanthanei tinas oiomenous apo tou » Ek tou plērōma»tos autou hēmeis pantes elabomen« heōs tou »Ekeinos exēgēsato « ek tou prosōpou Iōannou tou apostolou legesthai.
At any rate this whole passage is spoken in the person of the Baptist testifying to Christ, which escapes some, who think that from “From his fullness we have all received” to “he has made him known” is spoken in the person of John the apostle.
2.214Preuschen 4:94
πρὸς τῇ προ- ειρημένῃ δὲ τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ μαρτυρίᾳ, ἀρχομένῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ »Ὁ ὀπίσω »μου μου ἐρχόμενος ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονε« καὶ ληγούσῃ εἰς τὸ »Ἐκεῖνος »ἐξηγήσατο« καὶ αὕτη ἡ μαρτυρία ἐστὶν Ἰωάννου μετʼ ἐκείνην δευ- τέρα, ὅτε πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστείλαντας ἀξ Ἰεροσολύμων ἱερεῖς καὶ Λευί- τας, Ἰουδαίων αὐτοὺς ἀποστειλάντων, ὁμολογεῖ οὐκ ἀρνούμενος τὸ ἀληθές, ὡς ἄρα οὐκ αὐτὸς εἴη ὁ χριστὸς οὐδὲ Ἠλίας οὐδὲ ὁ προφή- της, ἀλλὰ »φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ· Εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου, καθὼς εἶπεν Ἡσαΐας ὁ προφήτης«.
pros tę̄ pro- eirēmenę̄ de tou baptistou martyrią, archomenę̄ apo tou »Ho opisō »mou mou erchomenos emprosthen mou gegone« kai lēgousę̄ eis to »Ekeinos »exēgēsato« kai hautē hē martyria estin Iōannou metʼ ekeinēn deu- tera, hote pros tous aposteilantas ax Ierosolymōn hiereis kai Leui- tas, Ioudaiōn autous aposteilantōn, homologei ouk arnoumenos to alēthes, hōs ara ouk autos eiē ho christos oude Ēlias oude ho prophē- tēs, alla »phōnē boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ; Euthynate tēn hodon kyriou, kathōs eipen Hēsaïas ho prophētēs«.
Besides the aforementioned testimony of the Baptist, beginning from “He who comes after me has come to be before me” and ending at “he has made him known,” there is this second testimony of John after it, when to the priests and Levites whom the Jews sent from Jerusalem he confesses, not denying the truth, that he was not the Christ nor Elijah nor the prophet, but “the voice of one crying in the wilderness, Make straight the way of the Lord, as Isaiah the prophet said.”
2.215Preuschen 4:94
Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἄλλη μαρτυρία τοῦ αὐτοῦ βαπτιστοῦ περὶ Χριστοῦ ἐστι, τὴν προηγουμένην αὐτοῦ ὑπόστασιν ἔτι διδάσκουσα διήκουσαν ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν κόσμον κατὰ τὰς ψυχὰς τὰς λογικάς, ὅτε φησί· »Μέσος »ὑμῶν ἕστηκεν ὅν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε, ὐπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος, οὗ οὐκ »εἰμὶ ἄξιος ἐγὼ ἵωα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος«. καὶ ἐπίσκεψαι, εἰ διὰ τὸ έν μέσῳ τοῦ παντὸς εἶναι σώματος τὴν καρδίαν, ἐν δὲ τῇ καρδίᾳ τὸ ἡγεμονικόν, κατὰ τὸν ἐν ἑκάστῳ λόγον δύναται νοεῖσθαι τὸ »Μέσος ὑμῶν ἕστηκεν ὅν ὑμεῖς οὐκ αἴδατε«.
Meta de tauta allē martyria tou autou baptistou peri Christou esti, tēn proēgoumenēn autou hypostasin eti didaskousa diēkousan epi panta ton kosmon kata tas psychas tas logikas, hote phēsi; »Mesos »hymōn hestēken hon hymeis ouk oidate, ypisō mou erchomenos, hou ouk »eimi axios egō hiōa lysō autou ton himanta tou hypodēmatos«. kai episkepsai, ei dia to en mesǭ tou pantos einai sōmatos tēn kardian, en de tę̄ kardią to hēgemonikon, kata ton en hekastǭ logon dynatai noeisthai to »Mesos hymōn hestēken hon hymeis ouk aidate«.
After these there is another testimony of the same Baptist about Christ, teaching further his principal subsistence, which pervades the whole world in rational souls, when he says: “Among you stands one whom you do not know, coming after me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie.” And consider whether, because the heart is in the middle of the whole body, and the ruling faculty is in the heart, “Among you stands one whom you do not know” can be understood of the word in each person.
2.216Preuschen 4:94
Τετάρτη δὲ πρὸς τούτοις μαρτυρία Ἰωάννου περὶ Χριστοῦ ἤδη καὶ τὸ ἀνθρώπινον αὐτοῦ πάθος ὑπογράφουσα, ὅτε λέγει· »Ἴδε ὁ »ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου. οὑτός ἐστιν »ὑπὲρ οὑ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὅτι ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ ὅς ἔμπροσθέν μου »γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μοι· ἦν· κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν, ἀλλʼ ἵνα φανε- »ρωθῇ τῷ Ἰαραήλ, διὰ τοῦτο ἠλθον ἐγὼ ἐν ὕδατι βαπτίζων«.
Tetartē de pros toutois martyria Iōannou peri Christou ēdē kai to anthrōpinon autou pathos hypographousa, hote legei; »Ide ho »amnos tou theou, ho airōn tēn hamartian tou kosmou. houtos estin »hyper hou egō eipon hoti opisō mou erchetai anēr hos emprosthen mou »gegonen, hoti prōtos moi; ēn; kagō ouk ę̄dein auton, allʼ hina phane- »rōthę̄ tǭ Iaraēl, dia touto ēlthon egō en hydati baptizōn«.
A fourth testimony of John about Christ besides these, now describing also his human suffering, is when he says: “Behold the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world. This is he of whom I said, After me comes a man who has come to be before me, because he was before me; and I did not know him, but so that he might be revealed to Israel, for this reason I came baptizing with water.”
2.217Preuschen 4:94
Καὶ πέμπτη μαρτυρία ἀναγέγραπται κατὰ τὸ » Τεθέαμαι τὸ πνεῦμα »καταβαπῖνον ὡς περιστερὰν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐπʼ αὐτόν· κἀγὼ »οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν, ἀλλʼ ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός μοι »εἶπεν· Ἐφʼ ὃν ἂν ἴδῃς τὸ πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον καὶ μένον ἐπʼ αὐτόν, »οὑτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων έν Πνεύματι ἁγίῳ * *. κἀγὼ ἑώρακα, καὶ »μεμαρτύρηκα κα ὅτι οὑτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ«.
Kai pemptē martyria anagegraptai kata to » Tetheamai to pneuma »katabapinon hōs peristeran ex ouranou, kai emeinen epʼ auton; kagō »ouk ę̄dein auton, allʼ ho pempsas me baptizein en hydati, ekeinos moi »eipen; Ephʼ hon an idę̄s to pneuma katabainon kai menon epʼ auton, »houtos estin ho baptizōn en Pneumati hagiǭ * *. kagō heōraka, kai »memartyrēka ka hoti houtos estin ho huios tou theou«.
And a fifth testimony is recorded in the words: “I have seen the Spirit descending like a dove from heaven, and it remained on him. And I did not know him, but he who sent me to baptize with water said to me, ‘He on whom you see the Spirit descending and remaining on him, this is the one who baptizes in the Holy Spirit.’ And I have seen and have testified that this is the Son of God.”
2.218Preuschen 4:94–95
Ἕκτον δὲ μαρτυρεῖ τῷ χριστῷ ἐπὶ δύο μαθητῶν ὁ Ἰωάννης, ὅτε ἐμβλέψας τῷ Ἰησοῦ περιπατοῦντι λέγει· »Ἴδε ὁ ἁμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ«. μεθʼ ἣν μαρτυρίαν, ἀκουσάντων τῶν δύο μαθητῶν τοῦ Ἰωάννου καὶ ἀκολουθησάτων τῷ Ἰησοῦ, στραφεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ θεασάμενος τοὺς δύο ἀκολουθοῦντας ἀποκρίνεται λέγων »Τί ζητεῖτε;«
Hekton de martyrei tǭ christǭ epi dyo mathētōn ho Iōannēs, hote emblepsas tǭ Iēsou peripatounti legei; »Ide ho hamnos tou theou«. methʼ hēn martyrian, akousantōn tōn dyo mathētōn tou Iōannou kai akolouthēsatōn tǭ Iēsou, strapheis ho Iēsous kai theasamenos tous dyo akolouthountas apokrinetai legōn »Ti zēteite?«
Sixth, John testifies to Christ before two disciples, when, looking at Jesus walking, he says, “Behold the Lamb of God.” After this testimony, when the two disciples of John had heard and followed Jesus, Jesus turned and, seeing the two following, answered, saying, “What are you seeking?”
2.219Preuschen 4:95
καὶ τάχα οὐ μάτην μετὰ ἕξ μαρτυρίας παύεται μὲν ὁ Ἰωάννης μαρτυρῶν, Ἰησοῦς δὲ κατὰ τὸ ἕβδομον προτείνει τὸ »Τί ζητεῖτε«; πρέπουσα δὲ ὠφελη- μένοις ὑπὸ τῆς Ἰωάννου μαρτυρίας ἡ φωνὴ ἀναγορεύουσα τὸν χριστὸν διδάσκαλον καὶ ὁμολογοῦσα τὸ οἰκητήριον ποθεῖν θεάσασθαι τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ· φασὶ γὰρ αὐτῷ· »Ῥαββὶ (ὅ λέγεται μεθερμηνευόμενον » Διδάσκαλε«), ποῦ μένεις‘ »; καὶ ἐπεὶ »πᾶς ὁ ζητῶν εὑρίσκει«, ζητήσασι τὴν Ἰησοῦ μονὴν τοῖς Ἰωάννου μαθηταῖς ὑποδείκνυσι, λέγων αὐτοῖς. »Ἔρχφεσθε καὶ ὄψεσθε«, τάχα διὰ τοῦ μὲν »Ἔρχεσθε« ἐπὶ τὸ πρακτικὸν κὸν αὐτοὺς παρακαλῶν, διὰ δὲ τοῦ »Ὄψυεθε« τὴν ἀκολουθοῦσαν τῇ κατορθωσιε τῶν πράξων θεωρίαν πάντως ἔσεσθαι τοῖς βουλομένοις ὑπογράφων, γινομένην ἐν τῇ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μονῇ.
kai tacha ou matēn meta hex martyrias pauetai men ho Iōannēs martyrōn, Iēsous de kata to hebdomon proteinei to »Ti zēteite«? prepousa de ōphelē- menois hypo tēs Iōannou martyrias hē phōnē anagoreuousa ton christon didaskalon kai homologousa to oikētērion pothein theasasthai tou huiou tou theou; phasi gar autǭ; »Rhabbi (ho legetai methermēneuomenon » Didaskale«), pou meneis‘ »? kai epei »pas ho zētōn heuriskei«, zētēsasi tēn Iēsou monēn tois Iōannou mathētais hypodeiknysi, legōn autois. »Erchphesthe kai opsesthe«, tacha dia tou men »Erchesthe« epi to praktikon kon autous parakalōn, dia de tou »Opsyethe« tēn akolouthousan tę̄ katorthōsie tōn praxōn theōrian pantōs esesthai tois boulomenois hypographōn, ginomenēn en tę̄ tou Iēsou monę̄.
And perhaps not without purpose, after six testimonies John stops testifying, and Jesus in the seventh place puts forward “What are you seeking?” And fitting to those who had been benefited by John's testimony is the voice that proclaims Christ as teacher and confesses a longing to see the dwelling of the Son of God; for they say to him, “Rabbi (which translated means Teacher), where are you staying?” And since “everyone who seeks finds,” he shows John's disciples, who sought Jesus' dwelling, saying to them, “Come and you will see”: perhaps by “Come” calling them to the practical life, and by “you will see” indicating that contemplation, which follows the right ordering of actions, will certainly come to those who wish it, taking place in Jesus' dwelling.
2.220Preuschen 4:95
προὔκειτο δὲ τοῖς ζητήσασι ποῦ μένει Ἰησοῦς, ἀκολουθήσασι τῷ διδασκάλῳ καὶ θεασαμένοις, παραμεῖναι τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην συνδιατρῖψαι τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ Μοῦ. ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ δέκατος ἀριθμὸς τετήρηται ὡς ἅγιος, οὐκ ὀλίγων μυστηρίων ἐν τῇ δεκάδι ἀνγραφομένων γεγονέναι, νοητέον οὐ μάτην καὶ ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τὴν δεκάτην ἀναγρίαφεσθαι ὥραν τῆς τῶν Ἰω- άννου μαθητῶν παρὰ τῷ Ἰησοῦ καταγωγῆς, ὡς Ἀνδρέας ὁ ἀδελφὸς Σίμωνος Πέτρου ἦν ὅτις ὅστις ὠφεληθεὶς ἐν τῷ παραμεμενηκέναι τῷ Ἰησοῦ, εὑρὼν τὸν ἀδελφὸν τὸν ἴδιον Σίμωνα τάχα (τάχα πρότερον οὐχ εὕρητο) φησὶν εὑρηκέναι τὸν Μεσσίαν, ὅ ἐστι μεθερμηνευόμενον Χριστός.
proukeito de tois zētēsasi pou menei Iēsous, akolouthēsasi tǭ didaskalǭ kai theasamenois, parameinai tǭ Iēsou kai tēn hēmeran ekeinēn syndiatripsai tǭ huiǭ tou Mou. epei de ho dekatos arithmos tetērētai hōs hagios, ouk oligōn mystēriōn en tę̄ dekadi angraphomenōn gegonenai, noēteon ou matēn kai en tǭ euangeliǭ tēn dekatēn anagriaphesthai hōran tēs tōn Iō- annou mathētōn para tǭ Iēsou katagōgēs, hōs Andreas ho adelphos Simōnos Petrou ēn hotis hostis ōphelētheis en tǭ paramemenēkenai tǭ Iēsou, heurōn ton adelphon ton idion Simōna tacha (tacha proteron ouch heurēto) phēsin heurēkenai ton Messian, ho esti methermēneuomenon Christos.
It lay before those who had sought where Jesus stays, having followed the Teacher and seen, to remain with Jesus and spend that day with the Son of God. And since the number ten is regarded as holy, not a few mysteries being recorded as having taken place in the ten, it must be understood that not without purpose the Gospel too records the tenth hour for the stay of John's disciples with Jesus. So Andrew, the brother of Simon Peter, was one who, having been benefited by staying with Jesus, found his own brother Simon (perhaps he had not been found before) and says that he has found the Messiah, which translated is Christ.
2.221Preuschen 4:95
ἐπεὶ γὰρ ὁ ζητῶν εὑρίσκει«, ἐζήτησε δὲ ποῦ μένει ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀκολουθήσας, θεωρήσας αὐτοῦ τὴν μονήν, παραμένει τῷ κυρίῳ ἐν τῇ δεκάτῃ ὥρᾳ καὶ εὑρίσκει τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, τὸν λόγον καὶ τὴν σοφίαν, βασιλεύεταί τε ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, διὰ τοῦτό φησιν· »Εὐρήκαμεν τὸν Μεσσίαν«. αὕτη δὲ ἡ φωνὴ ὑπὸ παντὸς ἄν λέγοιτο τοῦ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου εὑρηκότος καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς θειότητος αὐτοῦ βασιλευομέ- νου.
epei gar ho zētōn heuriskei«, ezētēse de pou menei ho Iēsous, kai akolouthēsas, theōrēsas autou tēn monēn, paramenei tǭ kyriǭ en tę̄ dekatę̄ hōrą kai heuriskei ton huion tou theou, ton logon kai tēn sophian, basileuetai te hypʼ autou, dia touto phēsin; »Eurēkamen ton Messian«. hautē de hē phōnē hypo pantos an legoito tou ton tou theou logou heurēkotos kai hypo tēs theiotētos autou basileuome- nou.
For since “he who seeks finds,” and he sought where Jesus stays, and having followed and seen his dwelling, stays with the Lord in the tenth hour and finds the Son of God, the Word and Wisdom, and is ruled by him as king, for this reason he says, “We have found the Messiah.” And this word could be said by everyone who has found the Word of God and is ruled as king by his divinity.
2.222Preuschen 4:95
καρπὸν δὲ εὐθέως προσάγει τὸν ἀδελφὸν τῷ χριστῷ, ᾧ Σίμωνι ἐχαρίσατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὸ ἐμβλέψαι αὐτῷ, ὅπερ ἐστὶ διὰ τοῦ ἐμβλέψαι ἐπισκοπῆσαι καὶ φωτίσαι αὐτοῦ τὸ ἡγεμονικόν· καὶ δεδύνηται διὰ τὸ ἐμβεβλεφέναι αὐτῶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὁ Σίμων βεβαιωθῆναι, ὥστε τοῦ ἔργου τῆς βεβαιότητος καὶ τῆς στερρότητος ἐπώνυμος γενέσθαι καὶ κληθῆναι » Πέτρος‘.
karpon de eutheōs prosagei ton adelphon tǭ christǭ, hǭ Simōni echarisato ho Iēsous to emblepsai autǭ, hoper esti dia tou emblepsai episkopēsai kai phōtisai autou to hēgemonikon; kai dedynētai dia to embeblephenai autō ton Iēsoun ho Simōn bebaiōthēnai, hōste tou ergou tēs bebaiotētos kai tēs sterrotētos epōnymos genesthai kai klēthēnai » Petros‘.
And at once he brings his brother to Christ as fruit, and to Simon Jesus graciously granted that he looked at him, which is, through looking, to visit and enlighten his ruling faculty. And through Jesus' having looked at him, Simon was able to be made firm, so that he became named after the work of firmness and solidity and was called “Peter.”
2.223Preuschen 4:95–96
Ἀλλʼ ἐρεῖ τις, τί δήποτε προκειμένου διηγήσασθαι τὸ »Οὑτος ἦλθεν Ι εἰς μαρτυρίαν, ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός« πάντα ταῦτα διεξεληλύθαμεν; λεκτέον δέ, ὅτι ἔδει παραστῆσαι τὰς μαρτυρίας τοῦ Ἰωάννου τὰς περὶ τοῦ φωτός, καὶ τὴν τάξιν αὐτῶν ἐκθέσθαι τήν τε ἀκολουθήσασαν οἷς ἐμαρτύρησεν ὠφέλειαν. γενομένην μετὰ τὴν Ἰωάννου μαρτυρίαν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἴνα τὸ ἀνύσιμον τῆς Ἰωάννου μαρτυρίας δηλωθῇ.
Allʼ erei tis, ti dēpote prokeimenou diēgēsasthai to »Houtos ēlthen I eis martyrian, hina martyrēsę̄ peri tou phōtos« panta tauta diexelēlythamen? lekteon de, hoti edei parastēsai tas martyrias tou Iōannou tas peri tou phōtos, kai tēn taxin autōn ekthesthai tēn te akolouthēsasan hois emartyrēsen ōpheleian. genomenēn meta tēn Iōannou martyrian apo tou Iēsou, ina to anysimon tēs Iōannou martyrias dēlōthę̄.
But someone will say: why ever, when the task was to explain “He came for testimony, to testify about the light,” have we gone through all these things? We must say that it was necessary to present John's testimonies about the light, and to set out their order and the benefit from Jesus that followed for those to whom he testified, which came after John's testimony, so that the effectiveness of John's testimony might be shown.
2.224Preuschen 4:96
καὶ πρὸ τῶν ἐνταῦθα δὲ μαρτυριῶν ἡ ἐν τῇ ἀγαλλιάσει σκίρτησις τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τῆς Ἐλισάβετ ἐπὶ τῷ ἀσπασμῷ τῆς Μαρίας μαρτυρία περὶ Χριστοῦ ἠν, μαρτυροῦν- τος τῇ θειότητι τῆς συλλήψεως καὶ γενέσεως αὐτοῦ. καὶ τί γὰρ ἢ πανταχοῦ μάρτυς καὶ πρόδρομος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐστιν ὁ Ἰωάννης, προλαμβάνων τὴν γένεσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ πρὸ ὀλίγου τοῦ θανάτου ἀποθνήσκων τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα μὴ μόνον τοῖς έν γενέσει ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς προσδοκῶσι τὴν διὰ Χριστοῦ ἀπὸ θανάτου ἐλευθερίαν πρὸ τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐπιδημῶν, πανταχοῦ ἑτοιμάσῃ κυρίῳ λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον; φθάνει δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν δευτέραν Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν καὶ θειοτέραν ἡ Ἰωάννου μαρτυρία· »Εἰ γὰρ θέλετε, φησί, δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλίας ὁ μέλλων »ἔρχεσθαι. ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω«.
kai pro tōn entautha de martyriōn hē en tę̄ agalliasei skirtēsis tou baptistou en tę̄ koilią tēs Elisabet epi tǭ aspasmǭ tēs Marias martyria peri Christou ēn, martyroun- tos tę̄ theiotēti tēs syllēpseōs kai geneseōs autou. kai ti gar ē pantachou martys kai prodromos tou Iēsou estin ho Iōannēs, prolambanōn tēn genesin autou kai pro oligou tou thanatou apothnēskōn tou huiou tou theou, hina mē monon tois en genesei alla kai tois prosdokōsi tēn dia Christou apo thanatou eleutherian pro tou christou epidēmōn, pantachou hetoimasę̄ kyriǭ laon kateskeuasmenon? phthanei de kai epi tēn deuteran Christou parousian kai theioteran hē Iōannou martyria; »Ei gar thelete, phēsi, dexasthai, autos estin Ēlias ho mellōn »erchesthai. ho echōn ōta akouein, akouetō«.
And before the testimonies here, the Baptist's leaping for joy in Elizabeth's womb at Mary's greeting was a testimony about Christ, testifying to the divinity of his conception and birth. And indeed, is John not everywhere the witness and forerunner of Jesus, anticipating his birth and dying a little before the death of the Son of God, so that, coming before Christ not only to those in the world but also to those awaiting freedom from death through Christ, he might everywhere prepare for the Lord a people made ready? And John's testimony reaches also to the second and more divine coming of Christ: “For if you are willing,” he says, “to accept it, he is Elijah who is to come. He who has ears to hear, let him hear.”
2.225Preuschen 4:96
Οὔσης δὲ ἀρχῆς, ἐν ᾗ ὁ λόγος (ἥντινα σοφίαν εἶναι ἀπὸ τῶν Παροιμιῶν ἀπεδείξαμεν), ὄντος δὲ καὶ τοῦ λόγου, γενομένης τε ἐν τούτῳ ςωῆς, τῆς τε ζωῆς τυγχανούσης φωτὸς ἀνθρώπων, ζητῶ τί δήποτε ὁ γενόμενος »ἄνδρωπος ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ θεοῦ, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωάννης, ἦλθεν εἰς μαρτυρίαν, ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός‘.
Ousēs de archēs, en hę̄ ho logos (hēntina sophian einai apo tōn Paroimiōn apedeixamen), ontos de kai tou logou, genomenēs te en toutǭ sōēs, tēs te zōēs tynchanousēs phōtos anthrōpōn, zētō ti dēpote ho genomenos »andrōpos apestalmenos para theou, hǭ onoma Iōannēs, ēlthen eis martyrian, hina martyrēsę̄ peri tou phōtos‘.
Since there is a beginning, in which the Word is (which we showed from Proverbs to be wisdom), and there is also the Word, and life came to be in him, and the life is the light of men, I ask why ever the “man sent from God, whose name was John, came for testimony, to testify about the light.”
2.226Preuschen 4:96
διὰ τί γοῦν οὐχ »ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τῆς ζωῆς«, ἢ »ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ λόγους«, ἢ Μερὶ τῆς αρχῆς«, ἢ ὁποιασδήποτε ἄλλης ἐπινοίας τοῦ χριστοῦ; ἐπίσκεψαι δὲ εἰ μή, ἐπεὶ »ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκότῳ »φῶς εἶδε μέγα«, καὶ ἐπεὶ »τὸ φῶς έν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνε« μὴ καταλαμβανόμενον ὑπʼ αὐτῆς, οἱ έν ἐν σκότῳ τυγχάνοντες δέονται φωτός, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν οἱ ἀνθρωποι.
dia ti goun ouch »hina martyrēsę̄ peri tēs zōēs«, ē »hina martyrēsę̄ peri tou logous«, ē Meri tēs archēs«, ē hopoiasdēpote allēs epinoias tou christou? episkepsai de ei mē, epei »ho laos ho kathēmenos en skotǭ »phōs eide mega«, kai epei »to phōs en tę̄ skotią phaine« mē katalambanomenon hypʼ autēs, hoi en en skotǭ tynchanontes deontai phōtos, toutʼ estin hoi anthrōpoi.
Why, at any rate, not “to testify about the life,” or “to testify about the Word,” or “about the beginning,” or any other aspect of Christ? Consider whether it is because “the people sitting in darkness saw a great light,” and because “the light shines in the darkness” and is not overcome by it: those in darkness, that is, human beings, need light.
2.227Preuschen 4:96
εἰ γὰρ τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει«, ἔνθα οὐδαμῶς ἐνέργεια σκοτίας τυγχάνει, τυγχάνει, ἐπινοιῶν τοῦ χριστοῦ κοινωνήσομεν, νῦν κυρίως καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἀκριβὲς οὐ μετέχοντες αὐτῶν. Πῶς γὰρ μετέχομεν ζωῆς οἱ ἔτι τὸ σῶμα τοῦ θανάτου περικείμενοι, ὡν ἡ ζωὴ »κέδρυπται σὺν τῷ χριστῷ ἐν τῷ θεῷ«; ὅταν γὰρ ὁ χριστὸς φανερωθῇ, ἡ ζωὴ ἡμῶν, τότε καὶ ἡμεῖς σὺν αὐτῷ φανερωθησόμεθα ἐν δόξῃ, οὐχ
ei gar to phōs tōn anthrōpōn en tę̄ skotią phainei«, entha oudamōs energeia skotias tynchanei, tynchanei, epinoiōn tou christou koinōnēsomen, nyn kyriōs kai kata to akribes ou metechontes autōn. Pōs gar metechomen zōēs hoi eti to sōma tou thanatou perikeimenoi, hōn hē zōē »kedryptai syn tǭ christǭ en tǭ theǭ«? hotan gar ho christos phanerōthę̄, hē zōē hēmōn, tote kai hēmeis syn autǭ phanerōthēsometha en doxę̄, ouch
For if the light of men “shines in the darkness,” … where there is no activity of darkness at all, we shall share in the aspects of Christ, not now sharing in them properly and precisely. For how do we who are still clothed with the body of death share in life, we whose life “is hidden with Christ in God”? For when Christ, our life, is revealed, then we too will be revealed with him in glory. It was not
2.228Preuschen 4:96–97
οἷόν τε οὖν ἦν τὸν ἐλθόντα μαρτυρῆσαι περὶ τῆς ζωῆς τῆς ἔτι κρυπτομένης σὺν τῷ χριστῷ ἐν τῷ θεῷ· ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἠλθεν εἰς μαρτυρίαν, ἕνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ λόγου, λόγον ἡμῶν νοούντων τὸν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ θεὸν λόγου· ἐπὶ γῆς γὰρ »ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο«. καὶ ἦν ἂν μαρτυρίαι εἰ καὶ ἐδόκει περὶ περὶ τοῦ λόγου κυρίως ἂν λεχθησομένη ἡ περὶ λόγου γενομένου σαρκός, οὐχὶ δὲ λόγου θεοῦ· διόπερ οὐκ ἦλθεν, ἴνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ λόγου.
hoion te oun ēn ton elthonta martyrēsai peri tēs zōēs tēs eti kryptomenēs syn tǭ christǭ en tǭ theǭ; allʼ oude ēlthen eis martyrian, hena martyrēsę̄ peri tou logou, logon hēmōn noountōn ton en archę̄ pros ton theon kai theon logou; epi gēs gar »ho logos sarx egeneto«. kai ēn an martyriai ei kai edokei peri peri tou logou kyriōs an lechthēsomenē hē peri logou genomenou sarkos, ouchi de logou theou; dioper ouk ēlthen, ina martyrēsę̄ peri tou logou.
possible, then, for the one who came to testify about the life that is still hidden with Christ in God; but neither did he come for testimony, to testify about the Word, understanding by the Word the one in the beginning with God and God the Word; for on earth “the Word became flesh.” And even if there seemed to be a testimony about the Word, it would properly be said to be about the Word become flesh, not about the Word of God; that is why he did not come to testify about the Word.
2.229Preuschen 4:97
πῶς δὲ μαρτυρία ἐδύνατο γίνεσθαι περὶ τῆς σοφίας τοῖς, κα/ν δοκῶσιν ἐγνωκέναι οὐ τὸ καθαρῶς ἀληθὲς κατανοοῦσιν ἀλλὰ βλέπουσι διʼ ἐσόπτρου καὶ ἐν ἐναἰνίγματ“; εἰκὸς μέντοι γε πρὸ τῆς δευτέρας καὶ θειοτέρας Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίας ἐλεύσεσθαι μαρτυρήσοντα τὸν Ἰωάννην ἢ Ἠλίαν περὶ ζωῆς πρὸ ὀλίγου τοῦ χριστὸν φανερωθήσεσθαι, τὴν ζωὴν ἡμῶν, καὶ τότε μαρτυρήσειν περὶ τοῦ λόγου, παραστήσειν τε τὸ περὶ τῆς σοφίας μαρτύριον. βα- σάνου δὲ δεῖται, εἰ ἐνεστιν οἷον ἡ Ἰωάννου μαρτυρία πρόδρομος ἑκάστῃ τῶν τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐπινοιῶν. ταῦτα μὲν εἰς τὸ »Οὑτος ἠλθεν »εἰς μαρτυρίαν, ἴνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός‘. ἐξῆς δὲ ἐπισκεπτέον, τί δεῖ νοεῖν εἰς τὸ »Ἵνα πάντες πιστεύσωσι διʼ αὐτοῦ«.
pōs de martyria edynato ginesthai peri tēs sophias tois, ka/n dokōsin egnōkenai ou to katharōs alēthes katanoousin alla blepousi diʼ esoptrou kai en enainigmat“? eikos mentoi ge pro tēs deuteras kai theioteras Christou epidēmias eleusesthai martyrēsonta ton Iōannēn ē Ēlian peri zōēs pro oligou tou christon phanerōthēsesthai, tēn zōēn hēmōn, kai tote martyrēsein peri tou logou, parastēsein te to peri tēs sophias martyrion. ba- sanou de deitai, ei enestin hoion hē Iōannou martyria prodromos hekastę̄ tōn tou christou epinoiōn. tauta men eis to »Houtos ēlthen »eis martyrian, ina martyrēsę̄ peri tou phōtos‘. exēs de episkepteon, ti dei noein eis to »Hina pantes pisteusōsi diʼ autou«.
And how could testimony about wisdom be given to those who, even if they seem to know, do not perceive the pure truth but see through a mirror and in a riddle? It is likely, however, that before the second and more divine coming of Christ, John or Elijah will come to testify about the life shortly before Christ, our life, is revealed, and then will testify about the Word and present the testimony about wisdom. It needs testing whether John's testimony is, as it were, a forerunner for each of Christ's aspects. So much for “He came for testimony, to testify about the light.” Next we must consider what must be understood of “that all might believe through him.”
Chapter 4
4.1Preuschen 4:98
Ὀ διαιρῶν παρʼ ἑαυτῷ φωνὴν καὶ σημαινόμενα καὶ πράγματα, καθʼ ὡν κεῖται τὰ σημαινόμενα, οὐ προσκόψει τῷ τῶν φωνῶν σολοικισμῷ, ἐπὰν ἐρευνῶν εὑρίσκῃ τὰ πράγματα. καθʼ ὡν κεῖνται αἱ φωναί, ὑγιῆ· καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὰν ὁμολογῶσιν οἱ ἄγιοι ἄνδρες τὸν λόγον αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα »οὐκ ἐν πειθοῖς σοφίας εἶναι λόγων, ἀλλʼ ἐν »ἀποδείξει πνεύματος καὶ δυνάμεωσ«. [Εἰτα εἰπὼν τὸν τοῦ εὐαγγελιστοῦ σολοικισμόν ἐπάγει.]
O diairōn parʼ heautǭ phōnēn kai sēmainomena kai pragmata, kathʼ hōn keitai ta sēmainomena, ou proskopsei tǭ tōn phōnōn soloikismǭ, epan ereunōn heuriskę̄ ta pragmata. kathʼ hōn keintai hai phōnai, hygiē; kai malista epan homologōsin hoi agioi andres ton logon autōn kai to kērygma »ouk en peithois sophias einai logōn, allʼ en »apodeixei pneumatos kai dynameōs«. [Eita eipōn ton tou euangelistou soloikismon epagei.]
Whoever distinguishes in his own mind the sound, the things signified, and the realities to which the things signified refer, will not stumble at the solecism of the words, when on inquiry he finds that the realities to which the words refer are sound; especially since the holy men confess that their word and their proclamation are “not in persuasive words of wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power.” [Then, having mentioned the evangelist's solecism, he goes on:]
4.2Preuschen 4:98–99
Ἅτε δὲ οὐκ ἀσυνίσθητοι τυγχάνοντες οἱ ἀπόστολοι τῶν ἐν οὶ͂ς προσκόπτουσι, καὶ περὶ ἅ οὐκ ἠσχόηλνται, φασὶν ἰδιῶται ἐῖναι »τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῇ γνώσει«. νομιστέον γὰρ αὐτὸ οὐχ ὑπὸ Παύλου μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀποστόλων λέγεσθαι ἄν. ἡμεῖς δὲ καὶ τὸ »ἔχομεν δὲ τὸν θησαυρὸν τοῦτον ἐν ὀστρακίνοις σκεύεσιν, ἴνα »ἠ ὑπερβολὴ τῆς δυνάμεως ᾖ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ μὴ ἐξ ἡμῶν‘ ἐξειλήφα- μεν, »θησαυροῦ« μὲν λεγομένου τοῦ ἀλλαχόσε θησαυροῦ τῆς γνώσεως καὶ σοφίας τῆς ἀποκρύφου, »ὀστρακίνων« δὲ σκευῶν‘ τῆς εὐτελοῦς καὶ εὐκαταφρονήτου παρʼ Ἕλλησι λέξεως τῶν γραφῶν, ἀληθῶς ὑπερβολῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ θεοῦ ἐμφαινομένης. ὅτι ἴσχυσε τὰ τῆς ἀληθείας μυστήρια καὶ ἡ δύναμις τῶν λεγομένων οὐκ ἐμποδιζο- μένη ὑπὸ τῆς εὐτελοῦς φράσεως φθάσαι ἕως περάτων γῆς καὶ ὑπαγαγεῖν τῷ Χριστοῦ λόγῳ οὐ μόνον τὰ μωρὰ τοῦ κόσμου, ἀλλʼ ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ τὰ σοφὰ αὐτοῦ. βλέπομεν γὰρ τὴν κλῆσιν, οὐχ ὅτι οὐδεὶς σοφὸς κατὰ σάρκα, ἀλλʼ »ὅτι οὐ πολλοὶ σοφοὶ κατὰ σάρκα( ἀλλὰ καὶ »ὀφειλέτης « ἐστὶ Παῦλος καταγγέλλων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, οὐ μόνον »βαρβάροις« παραδιδόναι τὸν λόγον, ἀλλὰ καὶ »Ἕλλησιν«, καὶ οὐ μό- νον ἀνοήτοις‘ τοῖς εὐχερέστερον συγκατατιθεμένοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ »σο- »φοῖς«· ἱκάνωτο γὰρ ὑπὸ θεοῦ »διάκονος« εἶναι »τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης«, χρώμενος »ἀποδείξει πνεύματος καὶ δυνάμεως«, ἵνα ἡ τῶν πιστευόντων συγκατάθεσις »μὴ 7] ἐν σοφίᾳ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλʼ ἐν δυνάμει »θεοῦ«. ἴσως γὰρ εἰ κάλλος καὶ περιβολὴν φράσεως ὡς τὰ παρʼ Ἕλλησι θαυμαζόενα εἶχεν ἡ γραφή, ὑπενόησεν ἄν τις οὐ τὴν ἀλή- θειαν κεκρατηκέναι τῶν ἀνθρώπων, όλλὰ τὴν ἐμφαινομένην ἀκολουθίαν καὶ τὸ τῆς φράσεως κάλλος ἐψυχαγωγηκέναι τοὺς ἀκροωμένοθς, καὶ ἠπατηκὸς αὐτοὺς προσειληφέναι.
Hate de ouk asynisthētoi tynchanontes hoi apostoloi tōn en ois proskoptousi, kai peri ha ouk ēschoēlntai, phasin idiōtai einai »tǭ logǭ, allʼ ou tę̄ gnōsei«. nomisteon gar auto ouch hypo Paulou monon, alla kai hypo tōn loipōn apostolōn legesthai an. hēmeis de kai to »echomen de ton thēsauron touton en ostrakinois skeuesin, ina »ē hyperbolē tēs dynameōs ę̄ tou theou kai mē ex hēmōn‘ exeilēpha- men, »thēsaurou« men legomenou tou allachose thēsaurou tēs gnōseōs kai sophias tēs apokryphou, »ostrakinōn« de skeuōn‘ tēs eutelous kai eukataphronētou parʼ Hellēsi lexeōs tōn graphōn, alēthōs hyperbolēs dynameōs tou theou emphainomenēs. hoti ischyse ta tēs alētheias mystēria kai hē dynamis tōn legomenōn ouk empodizo- menē hypo tēs eutelous phraseōs phthasai heōs peratōn gēs kai hypagagein tǭ Christou logǭ ou monon ta mōra tou kosmou, allʼ estin hote kai ta sopha autou. blepomen gar tēn klēsin, ouch hoti oudeis sophos kata sarka, allʼ »hoti ou polloi sophoi kata sarka( alla kai »opheiletēs « esti Paulos katangellōn to euangelion, ou monon »barbarois« paradidonai ton logon, alla kai »Hellēsin«, kai ou mo- non anoētois‘ tois eucheresteron synkatatithemenois, alla kai »so- »phois«; hikanōto gar hypo theou »diakonos« einai »tēs kainēs diathēkēs«, chrōmenos »apodeixei pneumatos kai dynameōs«, hina hē tōn pisteuontōn synkatathesis »mē 7] en sophią anthrōpōn, allʼ en dynamei »theou«. isōs gar ei kallos kai peribolēn phraseōs hōs ta parʼ Hellēsi thaumazoena eichen hē graphē, hypenoēsen an tis ou tēn alē- theian kekratēkenai tōn anthrōpōn, olla tēn emphainomenēn akolouthian kai to tēs phraseōs kallos epsychagōgēkenai tous akroōmenoths, kai ēpatēkos autous proseilēphenai.
Since the apostles are not unaware of the points at which people stumble, and of the matters they have not studied, they say they are unskilled “in speech, but not in knowledge.” For we must suppose this would be said not by Paul alone but also by the other apostles. And we have taken “We have this treasure in earthen vessels, so that the surpassing greatness of the power may be God's and not from us” thus: “treasure” means the treasure, elsewhere mentioned, of hidden knowledge and wisdom, and “earthen vessels” the style of the Scriptures, cheap and contemptible among the Greeks, in which the surpassing greatness of God's power is truly shown, since the mysteries of the truth and the power of what is said, not hindered by the cheap diction, were able to reach the ends of the earth and to bring under the word of Christ not only the foolish things of the world but sometimes also its wise. For we see our calling: not that no one is wise according to the flesh, but “that not many are wise according to the flesh.” But Paul too, proclaiming the gospel, is a “debtor” to hand on the word not only to “barbarians” but also to “Greeks,” and not only to the “foolish,” who assent more easily, but also to the “wise”; for he had been made competent by God to be a “minister of the new covenant,” using “demonstration of the Spirit and of power,” so that the assent of believers might be “not in the wisdom of men but in the power of God.” For perhaps, if Scripture had beauty and elegance of style like the things admired among the Greeks, one might suspect that it was not the truth that had prevailed over men, but that the apparent coherence and the beauty of the style had charmed the hearers and, having deceived them, won them over.
Chapter 5
5.1Preuschen 4:100
Ἐπεὶ μὴ ἀρκούμενος τὸ παρὸν ἀνειληφέναι πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἔργον τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐργοδιωκτῶν, καὶ ἀπόντας τὰ πολλά σοι σχολάζειν καὶ τῷ πρὸς σὲ καθήκοντι ἀξιοῖς, ἐγὼ ἐκκλίνων τὸν κάματον καὶ περιϊστάμενος τὸν παρὰ θεοῦ τῶν ἐπὶ τὸ γράφειν εἰς τὰ θεῖα ἑαυ- τοὺς ἐπιδεδωκότων κίνδυνον, συναγορεύσαιμι ἂν ἐμαυτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς γραφῆς παραιτούμενος τὸ πολλὰ ποιεῖν βιβλία· φησὶ γὰρ ἐν τῷ Ἐκκλησιαστῇ Σολομῶν· »υἱέ μου, φύλαξαι τοῦ ποιῆσαι βιβλία πολλά· οὐκ »ἔστι περασμὸς καὶ μελέτη πολλὴ κόπωσις σαρκός«. ἡμεῖς γάρ, εἰ μὴ ἔχοι νοῦν τινα κεκρυμμένον καὶ ἔτι ἡμῖν ἀσαφῆ ἡ προκειμένη λέξις, ἄντικρυς παραβεβήκαμεν τὴν ἐντολὴν μὴ φυλαξάμενοι ποιῆσαι βιβλία πολλά. [Εἶτα, εἰπὼν ὡς εἰς ὀλίγα τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ῥητὰ τέσσαρες αὐτῷ διηνύθησαν τόμοι, ἐπιφέρει.]
Epei mē arkoumenos to paron aneilēphenai pros hēmas ergon tōn tou theou ergodiōktōn, kai apontas ta polla soi scholazein kai tǭ pros se kathēkonti axiois, egō ekklinōn ton kamaton kai periïstamenos ton para theou tōn epi to graphein eis ta theia heau- tous epidedōkotōn kindynon, synagoreusaimi an emautǭ apo tēs graphēs paraitoumenos to polla poiein biblia; phēsi gar en tǭ Ekklēsiastę̄ Solomōn; »huie mou, phylaxai tou poiēsai biblia polla; ouk »esti perasmos kai meletē pollē kopōsis sarkos«. hēmeis gar, ei mē echoi noun tina kekrymmenon kai eti hēmin asaphē hē prokeimenē lexis, antikrys parabebēkamen tēn entolēn mē phylaxamenoi poiēsai biblia polla. [Eita, eipōn hōs eis oliga tou euangeliou rhēta tessares autǭ diēnythēsan tomoi, epipherei.]
Since, not content with having taken on the present work in our presence as one of God's taskmasters, you also demand that even when I am away I spend most of my time on you and on my duty to you, I, shrinking from the toil and trying to avoid the danger from God that besets those who have given themselves to writing on divine things, might plead my own case from Scripture in declining to make many books. For Solomon says in Ecclesiastes: “My son, beware of making many books; there is no end, and much study is a weariness of the flesh.” For we, unless the text before us has some hidden sense still unclear to us, have openly transgressed the commandment by not taking care to avoid making many books. [Then, having said that four volumes had been completed by him on a few sayings of the Gospel, he goes on:]
5.2Preuschen 4:100–101
Ὅσον γὰρ ἐπὶ τῇ λέξει δύο ση μαίνεται ἐκ τοῦ »υἱέ μου, φύ- »λαθαι τοῦ ποιῆσαι βιβλία πολλά«· ἕν μὲν ὅτι οὐ δεῖ κεκτῆσθαι βιβλία πολλά, ἕτερον δὲ ὅτι οὐ δεῖ συντάξαι βιβλία πολλά· καὶ εἰ μὴ τὸ πρῶτον, πάντως τὸ δεύτερον, εἰ δὲ τὸ δεύτερον, οὐ πάντως τὸ πρό- τερον. πλὴν ἑκατέρωθεν δόξομεν μανθάνειν, μὴ δεῖν ποιεῖν βιβλία πλείονα. ἠδυνάμην δὲ πρὸς τὸ νῦν ἡμῖν ὑποπεπτωκὸς ἱστάμενος, ἐπιστεῖλαί σοι ὡς ἀπολογίαν τὸ ῥητὸν καί, κατασκευάσας τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐκ τοῦ μηδὲ τοὺς ἁγίους πολλῶν βιβλίων συντάξεσιν ἐσχολακέναι, παύσασθαι πρὸς τὸ ἑξῆς τοῦ κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας, ἄς ἐποιησάμεθα πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ὑπαγορεύειν τὰ διαπεμφθησόμενά σοι· καὶ τάχα σὺ πληγεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς λέξεως πρὸς τὸ ἑξῆς ἂν ἡμῖν συνεχώρησας. ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ τὴν γραφὺη εὐσυνειδότως ἐξετάξειν δεῖ, μὴ προπετῶς ἑαυτῷ καταχαριζόμενον τὸ νενοηκέναι ἐκ τοῦ ψιλὴν τὴν λέξιν ἐξειληφέναι, οὐχ ὑπομένω, μὴ τὴν φαινομένην μοι ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ ἀπολογίαν, ᾗ χρήσαιο ἄν κατʼ ἐμοῦ, εἰ παρὰ τὰς συνθήκας ποιήσαιμι, παρατιθείς, καὶ πρῶτόν γε, ἐπεὶ δοκεῖ τῇ λέξει συναγορεύειν ἡ ἱστορία, οὐδενὸς τῶν ἁγίων ἐκδεδωκότος συντάξεις πλείονας καὶ ἐν πολλαῖς βίβλοις τὸν νοῦν αὐτοῦ ἐκτιθεμένου, περὶ τούτου λεκτέον. ὁ δὲ ἐγκαλῶν μοι εἰς σύνταξιν πλειόνων ἐρχομένῳ, τὸν τηλικοῦτον Μωσέα φήσει μόνας πέντε βίβλους καταλελοιπέναι. καὶ ἐν τῷ πέμπτῳ δὲ τῶν εἰς τὸ κατὰ Ἰωάννην ἐξηγτικῶν ὁ αὐτὸς ταῦτα περὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων φησίν·]
Hoson gar epi tę̄ lexei dyo sē mainetai ek tou »huie mou, phy- »lathai tou poiēsai biblia polla«; hen men hoti ou dei kektēsthai biblia polla, heteron de hoti ou dei syntaxai biblia polla; kai ei mē to prōton, pantōs to deuteron, ei de to deuteron, ou pantōs to pro- teron. plēn hekaterōthen doxomen manthanein, mē dein poiein biblia pleiona. ēdynamēn de pros to nyn hēmin hypopeptōkos histamenos, episteilai soi hōs apologian to rhēton kai, kataskeuasas to pragma ek tou mēde tous hagious pollōn bibliōn syntaxesin escholakenai, pausasthai pros to hexēs tou kata tas synthēkas, as epoiēsametha pros allēlous, hypagoreuein ta diapemphthēsomena soi; kai tacha sy plēgeis hypo tēs lexeōs pros to hexēs an hēmin synechōrēsas. allʼ epei tēn graphyē eusyneidotōs exetaxein dei, mē propetōs heautǭ katacharizomenon to nenoēkenai ek tou psilēn tēn lexin exeilēphenai, ouch hypomenō, mē tēn phainomenēn moi hyper emautou apologian, hę̄ chrēsaio an katʼ emou, ei para tas synthēkas poiēsaimi, paratitheis, kai prōton ge, epei dokei tę̄ lexei synagoreuein hē historia, oudenos tōn hagiōn ekdedōkotos syntaxeis pleionas kai en pollais biblois ton noun autou ektithemenou, peri toutou lekteon. ho de enkalōn moi eis syntaxin pleionōn erchomenǭ, ton tēlikouton Mōsea phēsei monas pente biblous kataleloipenai. kai en tǭ pemptǭ de tōn eis to kata Iōannēn exēgtikōn ho autos tauta peri tōn apostolōn phēsin;]
For as far as the wording goes, two things are signified by “My son, beware of making many books”: one, that one must not possess many books; the other, that one must not compose many books. And if not the first, certainly the second; but if the second, not necessarily the first. In either case we shall seem to learn that one must not make many books. I could, standing on what now confronts us, have sent you the text as a defense, and, establishing the matter from the fact that not even the saints spent their time composing many books, have stopped dictating, for the future, what was to be sent to you under the agreements we made with one another; and perhaps you, struck by the text, would have granted us this for the future. But since Scripture must be examined conscientiously, without rashly flattering oneself that one has understood it by taking the bare wording, I do not endure it, lest I set forth what seems to me a defense of myself that you might use against me if I acted contrary to our agreements. And first, since history seems to support the text, none of the saints having published many treatises or set out his mind in many books, we must speak about this. Whoever accuses me of going on to compose many works will say that the great Moses left only five books. [And in the fifth book of his commentaries on the Gospel according to John the same author says this about the apostles:]
5.3Preuschen 4:101–102
Ὁ δὲ ἱκανωθεὶς διάκονος γενέσθαι τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης, οὐ γράμματος, ἀλλὰ πνεύματος, Παῦλος, ὁ πεπληρωκὼς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ, οὐδὲ πάσαις ἔγραψε ν αἷς ἐδίδαξεν ἐκκλησίαις· ἀλλὰ καὶ αἷς ἔγραψεν, ἀλίγους στίχους ἐπέστειλε. Πέτρος δέ, ἐφʼ ᾧ οἰκοδομεῖται ἡ Χριστοῦ ἐκκλησία, ἧς πύλαι ᾄδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν, μίαν ἐπιστολὴν ὁμολογουμένην καταλέλοιπεν. ἔστω δὲ καὶ δευτέραν· ἀμφιβάλλεται γάρ. τί δεῖ περὶ τοῦ ἀνα- πεσόντος ἐπὶ τὸ στῆθος λέγειν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, Ἰωάννου, ὅς εὐαγγέλιον ἕν καταλέλοιπεν, ὁμολογῶν δύνασθαι τοσαῦτα ποιήσειν, ἃ οὐδὲ ὁ κόσμος χωρῆσαι ἐδύνατο; ἔγραψε δὲ καὶ τὴν Ἀποκάλυψιν, κελευσθεὶς σιωπῆσαι καὶ μὴ γράψαι τὰς τῶν ἑπτὰ βροντῶν φωνάς, καταλέλοιπε] κοὶ ἐπιστολὴν πάνυ ἀλίγων στίχων, ἔστω δὲ καὶ δευτέραν καὶ τρίτην, ἐπεὶ οὐ πάντες φασὶ γνησίους εἶναι ταύτας· πλὴν οὐκ εἰσὶ στίχων ἀμφότεραι ἑκατόν … [Εἰτα ἀπαριθμησάμενος προφήτας καὶ ἀποστόλους, ὀλίγα ἑκάστου ἢ οὐδὲ ὀλίγα γράψαντος, ἐπάγει μετὰ ταῦτα·]
Ho de hikanōtheis diakonos genesthai tēs kainēs diathēkēs, ou grammatos, alla pneumatos, Paulos, ho peplērōkōs to euangelion apo Hierousalēm kai kyklǭ mechri tou Illyrikou, oude pasais egrapse n hais edidaxen ekklēsiais; alla kai hais egrapsen, aligous stichous epesteile. Petros de, ephʼ hǭ oikodomeitai hē Christou ekklēsia, hēs pylai ądou ou katischysousin, mian epistolēn homologoumenēn kataleloipen. estō de kai deuteran; amphiballetai gar. ti dei peri tou ana- pesontos epi to stēthos legein tou Iēsou, Iōannou, hos euangelion hen kataleloipen, homologōn dynasthai tosauta poiēsein, ha oude ho kosmos chōrēsai edynato? egrapse de kai tēn Apokalypsin, keleustheis siōpēsai kai mē grapsai tas tōn hepta brontōn phōnas, kataleloipe] koi epistolēn pany aligōn stichōn, estō de kai deuteran kai tritēn, epei ou pantes phasi gnēsious einai tautas; plēn ouk eisi stichōn amphoterai hekaton … [Eita aparithmēsamenos prophētas kai apostolous, oliga hekastou ē oude oliga grapsantos, epagei meta tauta;]
But Paul, who was made competent to be a minister of the new covenant, not of the letter but of the Spirit, who fully preached the gospel from Jerusalem and round about as far as Illyricum, did not write to all the churches he taught; and to those he wrote to he sent a few lines. And Peter, on whom the church of Christ is built, against which the gates of Hades will not prevail, left one acknowledged letter; perhaps a second too, for it is disputed. What need to speak of him who leaned on Jesus' breast, John, who left one Gospel, confessing that he could have written so much that not even the world could contain it? He also wrote the Revelation, being ordered to keep silence and not to write the voices of the seven thunders. He left also a letter of very few lines, perhaps also a second and a third, since not all say that these are genuine; but both together are not a hundred lines … [Then, having listed prophets and apostles, each of whom wrote little or nothing at all, he goes on after this:]
5.4Preuschen 4:102
Πάλιν δὴ μετὰ ταῦτα ἰλιγγιᾶν μοι ἐπέρχεται σκοτοδινιῶντι, μὴ ἄρα πειθαρχῶν σοι σοι οὐκ ἐπειθάρχησα θεῷ οὐδὲ τοὺς ἁγίους ἐμι- μησάμην. εἰ μὴ σφάλλομαι τοίνυν ἐμαυτῷ συναγορεύων διὰ τὸ πάνυ σε φιλεῖν, καὶ ἐν μησενὶ ἐθέλειν λυπεῖν, τοιαύτας εὑρίσκω εἰς ταῦτα ἀπολογίας. πρὸ πάντων παρεθέμεθα τὸ ἐκ τοῦ Ἐκκλησιαστοῦ λέγον- τος· υἱέ μου, φύλαξαι τοῦ ποιῆσαι βιβλία πολλά«. τούτῳ ἀντιπαρα- βάλλω ἐκ τῶν Παροιμιῶν τοῦ αὐτοῦ Σολομῶντος ῥητόν, ὅς φησιν· »ἐκ πολυλογίας οὐκ ἐκφεύξῃ ἁμαρτίαν, φειδόμενος δὲ χειλέων νοήμων »ἔσῃ«. καὶ ζητῶ, εἰ τὸ οποῖά ποτʼ οὐν λέγειν πολλὰ »πολυλογεῖν« ἐστιν, κἂν ἅγιά τις καὶ σωτήρια λέγῃ Πολλά. εἰ γὰρ τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει, καὶ πολυλογεῖ ὁ πολλὰ διεξιὼν ὠφέλιμα, αὐτὸς ὁ Σολομῶν οὐκ ἐκπέφευγε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, λαλήσας »τρεῖς χιλιάδας παραβολῶν καὶ »ᾠδὰς πεντακισχιλίας, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς κέχρου τῆς έν »τῷ Λιβάνῳ καὶ ἕως τῆς ὑσσώπου τῆς ἐκπορευομένης διὸ τοῦ τοίχου· »ἔτι δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν κτηνῶν καὶ περὶ τῶν πετεινῶν καὶ περὶ τῶν »ἑρπετῶν καὶ περὶ τῶν ἰχθύων«. πῶς γὰρ σύναται διδασκαλία ἀνύειν τι χωρὶς τῆς ἁπλούστερον νοουμένης πολυλογίας καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς σο- φίας φασκούσης τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις· »Ἐξέτεινον λόγους καὶ οὐ προσ- »εἰχετε«; ὁ δὲ Παῦλος φαίνεται διατελῶν ἕΜεν μέχρι μεσονυκτίου ἐν τῷ διδάσκειν, ὅτε καὶ Εὔτυχος καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ κατα- πεσὼν ἐτάραξε τοὺς ἀκούοντας ὡς τεθνηκώς.
Palin dē meta tauta ilingian moi eperchetai skotodiniōnti, mē ara peitharchōn soi soi ouk epeitharchēsa theǭ oude tous hagious emi- mēsamēn. ei mē sphallomai toinyn emautǭ synagoreuōn dia to pany se philein, kai en mēseni ethelein lypein, toiautas heuriskō eis tauta apologias. pro pantōn parethemetha to ek tou Ekklēsiastou legon- tos; huie mou, phylaxai tou poiēsai biblia polla«. toutǭ antipara- ballō ek tōn Paroimiōn tou autou Solomōntos rhēton, hos phēsin; »ek polylogias ouk ekpheuxę̄ hamartian, pheidomenos de cheileōn noēmōn »esę̄«. kai zētō, ei to opoia potʼ oun legein polla »polylogein« estin, kan hagia tis kai sōtēria legę̄ Polla. ei gar touthʼ houtōs echei, kai polylogei ho polla diexiōn ōphelima, autos ho Solomōn ouk ekpepheuge tēn hamartian, lalēsas »treis chiliadas parabolōn kai »ǭdas pentakischilias, kai hyper tōn tōn apo tēs kechrou tēs en »tǭ Libanǭ kai heōs tēs hyssōpou tēs ekporeuomenēs dio tou toichou; »eti de kai peri tōn ktēnōn kai peri tōn peteinōn kai peri tōn »herpetōn kai peri tōn ichthyōn«. pōs gar synatai didaskalia anyein ti chōris tēs haplousteron nooumenēs polylogias kai autēs tēs so- phias phaskousēs tois apollymenois; »Exeteinon logous kai ou pros- »eichete«? ho de Paulos phainetai diatelōn heMen mechri mesonyktiou en tǭ didaskein, hote kai Eutychos katapheromenos hypnǭ bathei kata- pesōn etaraxe tous akouontas hōs tethnēkōs.
Again after this, dizziness comes over me and my head swims, lest in obeying you I have not obeyed God, nor imitated the saints. Unless, then, I am mistaken in pleading my own cause because I love you so much and wish to grieve you in nothing, I find such defenses as these. First of all we cited the saying from Ecclesiastes: “My son, beware of making many books.” Against this I set a text from Proverbs of the same Solomon, who says: “From much speaking you will not escape sin, but sparing your lips you will be wise.” And I ask whether to say many things of whatever kind is “much speaking,” even if one says many holy and saving things. For if this is so, and the one who goes through many useful things speaks much, Solomon himself did not escape sin, having spoken “three thousand parables and five thousand songs, and about the trees from the cedar in Lebanon to the hyssop that comes out through the wall; and also about beasts and birds and reptiles and fish.” For how can teaching accomplish anything without what is simply understood as much speaking, when Wisdom herself says to those who are perishing, “I stretched out words and you did not heed”? And Paul is seen continuing until midnight in teaching, when also Eutychus, borne down by deep sleep, fell and alarmed the hearers as if he were dead.
5.5Preuschen 4:102–103
Εἰ τοίνυν ἀληθὲς τὸ »Ἐκ πολυλογίας οὐκ ἐκφεύζῃ ἁμαρτίαν«, ἀληθὲς δὲ καὶ τὸ μὴ ἡμαρτηκέναι πολλὰ Περὶ τῶν προειρημένων τὸν Σολομῶντα ἀπαγγείλαντα, μηδὲ τὸν Παῦλον παρατείναντα μέχρι μεσονυκτίου, ζητητέον, τίς ἡ πολυλογία, κἀκεῖθεν μεταβατέον ἐπὶ τὸ ἰδεῖν, τίνα τὰ πολλὰ βιβλία. ὁ πᾶς δὴ λόγος] τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος ὁ ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν οὐ πολυλογία ἐστίν· οὐ γὰρ λόγοι· λόγος γὰρ εἱς συνεστὼς ἐκ πλειόνων θεωρημάτων, ὡν ἕκαστον θεώρημα μέρος ἐστὶ τοῦ ὅλου λόγου. οἱ δὲ ἔξω τούτου ἀπαγγελλόμενοι περιέχειν διέξοδον καὶ ἀπαγγελίαν ὀποίαν δήποτε, εἰ καὶ ὡς περὶ ἀληθείας εἰσὶ λόγοι, καὶ παραδοξότερόν γε ἐρῶ, οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν λόγος, ἀλλʼ ἕκαστοι λόγοι. οὐδαμοῦ γὰρ ἡ μονάς, καὶ οὐδαμοῦ τὸ σύμφωνον καὶ ἕν, ἀλλὰ Παρὰ τὸ διεσπάσθαι καὶ μάχεσθαι τὸ ὲν ἕν ἐκείνων ἀπώλετο καὶ γεγόνασιν ἀριθμοί, καὶ τάχα ἀριθμοὶ ἄπειροι· ὥστε κατὰ τοῦτʼ ἂν ἡμᾶς εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ὁ φθεγγόμενος ὅ δήποτε τῆς θεοσεβείας ἀλλότριον πολυλογεῖ, ὁ δὲ λέγων τὰ τῆς ἀληθείας, κἂν εἴπῃ τὰ πάντα ὡς μηδὲν παραλιπεῖν, ἕνα ἀεὶ λέγει λόγον καὶ οὐ πολυλογοῦσιν οἱ ἅγιοι τοῦ σκοποῦ ποῦ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν ἕνα ἐχόμενοι λόγον. εἰ τοίνυν ἡ πολυλογία ἐκ τῶν δογμάτων κρίνεται καὶ οὐκ ἐκ τῆς τῶν πολλῶν λέξεων ἀπαγγελίας, ὅρα εἰ οὕτω συνάμεθα ἕν βιβλίον τὰ πάντα ἄγια εἰπεῖν, πολλὰ δὲ τὰ ἔξω τούτων.
Ei toinyn alēthes to »Ek polylogias ouk ekpheuzę̄ hamartian«, alēthes de kai to mē hēmartēkenai polla Peri tōn proeirēmenōn ton Solomōnta apangeilanta, mēde ton Paulon parateinanta mechri mesonyktiou, zētēteon, tis hē polylogia, kakeithen metabateon epi to idein, tina ta polla biblia. ho pas dē logos] tou theou logos ho en archę̄ pros ton theon ou polylogia estin; ou gar logoi; logos gar heis synestōs ek pleionōn theōrēmatōn, hōn hekaston theōrēma meros esti tou holou logou. hoi de exō toutou apangellomenoi periechein diexodon kai apangelian opoian dēpote, ei kai hōs peri alētheias eisi logoi, kai paradoxoteron ge erō, oudeis autōn logos, allʼ hekastoi logoi. oudamou gar hē monas, kai oudamou to symphōnon kai hen, alla Para to diespasthai kai machesthai to en hen ekeinōn apōleto kai gegonasin arithmoi, kai tacha arithmoi apeiroi; hōste kata toutʼ an hēmas eipein, hoti ho phthengomenos ho dēpote tēs theosebeias allotrion polylogei, ho de legōn ta tēs alētheias, kan eipę̄ ta panta hōs mēden paralipein, hena aei legei logon kai ou polylogousin hoi hagioi tou skopou pou tou kata ton hena echomenoi logon. ei toinyn hē polylogia ek tōn dogmatōn krinetai kai ouk ek tēs tōn pollōn lexeōn apangelias, hora ei houtō synametha hen biblion ta panta agia eipein, polla de ta exō toutōn.
If, then, “From much speaking you will not escape sin” is true, and it is also true that Solomon did not sin in declaring many things about the subjects mentioned, nor Paul in continuing until midnight, we must inquire what “much speaking” is, and from there pass to seeing what the “many books” are. The whole Word of God, the Word who is in the beginning with God, is not much speaking; for he is not words. For he is one Word, composed of many contemplations, each of which is part of the whole Word. But those outside this which claim to contain some exposition and account, even if they are words as though about truth, and I will say something more paradoxical, none of them is a word, but each is words. For nowhere is there the unity, nowhere the harmonious and one; but by being torn apart and fighting, the one in them has perished and they have become numbers, and perhaps infinite numbers. So in this sense we might say that whoever utters anything foreign to godliness speaks much, but whoever speaks the things of truth, even if he says everything so as to leave nothing out, always speaks one word; and the saints do not speak much, holding to the aim that accords with the one Word. If, then, much speaking is judged by the doctrines and not by uttering many words, see whether we can thus call all holy things one book, and the things outside them many.
5.6Preuschen 4:103
Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ μαρτυρίου μοι δεῖ τοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς θείας γραφῆς ἐπίσκεψαι, εἰ πληκτικώτατα δύναμαι τοῦτο παραστῆσαι, κατασκευάσας ὅτι περὶ χριστοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς οὐκ ἐν ἑνὶ γέγραπται βιβλίῳ, κοινότερον ἡμῶν τὰ βιβλία νοούντων. γέγραπται γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῇ πεντατεύχῳ· εἴηται δὲ καὶ ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν προφητῶν καὶ τοῖς ψαλμοῖς καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς, ὥς φησιν αὐτὸς ὁ σωτήρ, ἐν πάσαις ταῖς γραφαῖς, ἐφʼ ὅς ἀναπέμπων ἡμᾶς φησιν· »Ἐρευνᾶτε τὰς γραφάς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς δο»κεῖτε ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν. καὶ καὶ ἐκεῖναί αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι »περὶ ἐμοῦ«. εἰ τοίνυν ἀναπέμπει ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ »τὰς γραφὰς « ὡς μαρ- τυρούσας περὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἐπὶ τήνδε μὲν πέμπει, ἐπὶ τήνδε δὲ οὔ, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ πάσας τὰς ἀπαγγελλούσας περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἅστινας ἐν τοῖς ψαλμοῖς κεφαλίδα ὀνομάζει βιβλίου λέγων· »Ἐν κεφαλίδι βιβλίου γέ- γραπται περὶ ἐμοῦ«. ὁ γὰρ ἁπλῶς θέλων ἐκλαβεῖν τὸ »ἐν κεφαλίδι »βιβλίου« ἐπὶ οἵου δήποτε ἑνὸς τῶν περιεχόντων τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἀπαγγελλέτω τίνι λόγω τήνδε τὴν βίβλον ἑτέρας προκρίνει. ἵνα γὰρ καὶ ὑπολαμβάνῃ τις, ἐπʼ αὐτὴν τὴν τῶν ψαλμῶν βίβλον ἀναφέρειν ἡμᾶς τὸν λόγον, λεκτέον πρὸς αὐτόν, ὅτι ἐχρῆν εἰρῆσθαι· »ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ βίβλῳ γέγραπται περὶ ἐμοῦ«. νῦν δέ φησι πάντα μίαν κεφαλίδα, τῷ ἀνακεφαλαιοῦσθαι τὸν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐληλυθότα λόγον εἰς ἕν. τί δὲ καὶ τὸ βιβλίον ἑωρᾶσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰωάννου γεγραμμένον ἔμπροσθεν καὶ ὄπισθεν, καὶ κατεσφαγισμένον, ὅπερ οὐδεὶς ἠδύνατο ἀναγνῶναι καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ ὁ λέων ὁ ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα, ἡ ῥίζα Δαυεὶδ ὁ ἔχων τὴν κλεῖν τοῦ Δαυείδ, καὶ ἀνοί- γων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίξει; ἡ γὰρ πᾶσα γραφή ἐστιν ἡ δηλουμένη διὰ τῆς βίβλου, ἔμπροσθεν μὲν γεγραμμένη διὰ τὴν πρόχειρον αὐτῆς ἐκδοχήν, ὄπισθεν δἐ διὰ τὴν ἀνακεχωρηκυῖαν καὶ πνευματικήν.
Allʼ epei martyriou moi dei tou apo tēs theias graphēs episkepsai, ei plēktikōtata dynamai touto parastēsai, kataskeuasas hoti peri christou kathʼ hēmas ouk en heni gegraptai bibliǭ, koinoteron hēmōn ta biblia noountōn. gegraptai gar kai en tę̄ pentateuchǭ; eiētai de kai en hekastǭ tōn prophētōn kai tois psalmois kai hapaxaplōs, hōs phēsin autos ho sōtēr, en pasais tais graphais, ephʼ hos anapempōn hēmas phēsin; »Ereunate tas graphas, hoti hymeis do»keite en autais zōēn aiōnion echein. kai kai ekeinai hai martyrousai »peri emou«. ei toinyn anapempei hēmas epi »tas graphas « hōs mar- tyrousas peri autou, ouk epi tēnde men pempei, epi tēnde de ou, allʼ epi pasas tas apangellousas peri autou, hastinas en tois psalmois kephalida onomazei bibliou legōn; »En kephalidi bibliou ge- graptai peri emou«. ho gar haplōs thelōn eklabein to »en kephalidi »bibliou« epi hoiou dēpote henos tōn periechontōn ta peri autou, apangelletō tini logō tēnde tēn biblon heteras prokrinei. hina gar kai hypolambanę̄ tis, epʼ autēn tēn tōn psalmōn biblon anapherein hēmas ton logon, lekteon pros auton, hoti echrēn eirēsthai; »en tautę̄ tę̄ biblǭ gegraptai peri emou«. nyn de phēsi panta mian kephalida, tǭ anakephalaiousthai ton peri heautou eis hēmas elēlythota logon eis hen. ti de kai to biblion heōrasthai hypo tou Iōannou gegrammenon emprosthen kai opisthen, kai katesphagismenon, hoper oudeis ēdynato anagnōnai kai lysai tas sphragidas autou, ei mē ho leōn ho ek tēs phylēs Iouda, hē rhiza Daueid ho echōn tēn klein tou Daueid, kai anoi- gōn kai oudeis kleisei kai kleiōn kai oudeis anoixei? hē gar pasa graphē estin hē dēloumenē dia tēs biblou, emprosthen men gegrammenē dia tēn procheiron autēs ekdochēn, opisthen de dia tēn anakechōrēkuian kai pneumatikēn.
But since I need testimony from the divine Scripture, consider whether I can show this most forcibly by establishing that, according to us, what concerns Christ is not written in one book, taking “books” in the ordinary sense. For it is written in the Pentateuch, and spoken of in each of the prophets and in the Psalms, and in short, as the Savior himself says, in all the Scriptures, to which he refers us, saying: “Search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is they that testify about me.” If, then, he refers us to “the Scriptures” as testifying about him, he does not send us to this one and not to that, but to all that speak of him, which in the Psalms he calls the head of a book, saying, “In the head of a book it is written of me.” For whoever wishes to take “in the head of a book” simply of some one of the books that contain what concerns him, let him declare by what reason he prefers this book to another. For even if someone supposes that the saying refers us to the book of Psalms itself, we must say to him that it should have been said, “in this book it is written of me.” But as it is, he calls all of them one head, because the account of himself that has come to us is summed up into one. And what of the book seen by John, written inside and on the back, and sealed, which no one could read or loose its seals except the lion from the tribe of Judah, the root of David, who has the key of David, who opens and no one will shut, and shuts and no one will open? For the whole of Scripture is what is indicated by the book, written on the front because of its ready interpretation, and on the back because of its withdrawn and spiritual sense.
5.7Preuschen 4:103–104
Παρατηρητέον πρὸς τούτοις, εἰ δύναται ἀποδεικτικὸν τοῦ τὰ ἅγια μίαν τυγχάνειν βίβλον, τὰ δὲ ἐναντίως ἔχοντα πολλάς, τὸ ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ζώντων μίαν εἶναι τὴν βιβλον, ἀφʼ ἀφʼ ἧς ἀπαλείφονται οἱ ἀνάξιοι αὐτῆς γεγενημένοι, ὡς γέγραπται· »Ἐξαλειφθήτωσαν ἐκ βίβλου »ζώντων«, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν κρίσει ὑποκειμένων βίβλους φέρεσθαι· φησὶν γὰρ ὁ Δανιήλ· »κριτήριον ἐκάθισε, καὶ βίβλοι ἠνεῴχθησαν«. τῷ δὲ ἑνικῷ νικῷ τῆς θείας βίβλου καὶ Μωσῆς μαρτυρεῖ λέγων· »Εἰ μὲν ἀφεῖς »τῷ λαῷ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, ἄφες· εἰ δὲ μή, ἐξάλειψόυ με ἐκ τῆς βίβλου »σου ἧς ἔγραψας«. ἐγὼ καὶ τὸ παρὰ τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ οὕτως ἐκλαμβάνω· οὐ γὰρ ἴδιον τῆς τούτου προφητείας τὸ εἶναι τοὺς λόγους τοῦ βι- βλίου ἐσφραγισμένους, μήτε ὑπὸ τοῦ μὴ ἐπισταμένου γράμματα ἀναγιωνσκομένους διὰ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι αὐτὸν γράμματα, μήτε ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐπισταμένου διὰ τὸ ἐσθραγίσθαι τὴν βίβλον. ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πάσης γραφῆς ἀληθεύεται, δεομένης τοῦ κλείσαντος λόγου καὶ ἀνοίξοντος· »Οὐτος γὰρ κλείσει καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίξει«· καὶ ἐπὰν ἀνοίξῃ, οὐκέτι οὐδεὶς ἀπορίαν δύναται τῇ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σαφηνείᾳ προσενεγκεῖν· διὰ τοῦτο λέγεται ὅτι »ἀνοίξει καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει«. τὸ παραπλήσιον δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς εἰρημένης βίβλου παρὰ τῷ Ἰεζεκιὴλ ἐκλαμβάνω, ἐν ῂ »ἐγέγραπτο θρῆνος καὶ μέλος καὶ οὐαί«. πᾶσα γὰρ βίβλος περιέχει τὸ τῶν ἀπολλυμένων »οὐαὶ« καὶ τὸ περὶ τῶν σωζομένων »μέλος« καὶ τὸν περὶ τῶν μεταξὺ »θρῆνον«. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ ἐσθίων Ἰωάννης μίαν κεφαλίδα, ἐν ᾗ γέγραπται »τὰ ὄπισθεν καὶ τὰ ἔμπροσθεν«, τὴν πᾶσαν νενόηκε γραφὴν ὡς βίβλον μίαν, ἡδίστην κατὰ τὰς ἀρχὰς νοουμένην, ὅτε τις αὐτὴν μασᾶται, πικρὰν δὲ τῇ ἑκάστου τῶν ἐγνωκότων συν- αισθήσει τῇ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ ἀναφαινομένην. ἔτι προσθήσω εἰς τὴν τούτου ἀπόδειξιν ῥητὸν ἀποστολικὸν μὴ νενοημένον ὑπὸ τῶν Μαρκίωνος καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀθετούντων τὰ εὐαγγέλια· τῷ γὰρ τὸν ἀπόστολον λέγειν· Κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ« καὶ μὴ φάσκειν »εὐαγγέλια« ἐκεῖνοι ἐφιστάντες φασίν, οὐκ ἂν πλειόνων ὄντων εὐαγγελίων τὸν ἀπόστολον ἑνικῶς »τὸ εὐαγγέλιον« εἰρηκέναι, οὐ συν- ιέντες ὅτι ὡς εἷς ἐστιν ὅν εὐαγγελίζονται πλείονες, οὕτως ἓν ἐστι τῇ δυνάμει τὸ ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν εὐαγγέλιον ἀναγεγραμμένον καὶ τὸ ἀληθῶς διὰ τεσσάρων ἴν ἐστιν εὐαγγέλιον.
Paratērēteon pros toutois, ei dynatai apodeiktikon tou ta hagia mian tynchanein biblon, ta de enantiōs echonta pollas, to epi men tōn zōntōn mian einai tēn biblon, aphʼ aphʼ hēs apaleiphontai hoi anaxioi autēs gegenēmenoi, hōs gegraptai; »Exaleiphthētōsan ek biblou »zōntōn«, epi de tōn krisei hypokeimenōn biblous pheresthai; phēsin gar ho Daniēl; »kritērion ekathise, kai bibloi ēneǭchthēsan«. tǭ de henikǭ nikǭ tēs theias biblou kai Mōsēs martyrei legōn; »Ei men apheis »tǭ laǭ tēn hamartian, aphes; ei de mē, exaleipsou me ek tēs biblou »sou hēs egrapsas«. egō kai to para tǭ Ēsaïą houtōs eklambanō; ou gar idion tēs toutou prophēteias to einai tous logous tou bi- bliou esphragismenous, mēte hypo tou mē epistamenou grammata anagiōnskomenous dia to mē eidenai auton grammata, mēte hypo tou epistamenou dia to esthragisthai tēn biblon. alla kai touto epi pasēs graphēs alētheuetai, deomenēs tou kleisantos logou kai anoixontos; »Outos gar kleisei kai oudeis anoixei«; kai epan anoixę̄, ouketi oudeis aporian dynatai tę̄ apʼ autou saphēneią prosenenkein; dia touto legetai hoti »anoixei kai oudeis kleisei«. to paraplēsion de kai epi tēs eirēmenēs biblou para tǭ Iezekiēl eklambanō, en ę̄ »egegrapto thrēnos kai melos kai ouai«. pasa gar biblos periechei to tōn apollymenōn »ouai« kai to peri tōn sōzomenōn »melos« kai ton peri tōn metaxy »thrēnon«. alla kai ho esthiōn Iōannēs mian kephalida, en hę̄ gegraptai »ta opisthen kai ta emprosthen«, tēn pasan nenoēke graphēn hōs biblon mian, hēdistēn kata tas archas nooumenēn, hote tis autēn masatai, pikran de tę̄ hekastou tōn egnōkotōn syn- aisthēsei tę̄ peri heautou anaphainomenēn. eti prosthēsō eis tēn toutou apodeixin rhēton apostolikon mē nenoēmenon hypo tōn Markiōnos kai dia touto athetountōn ta euangelia; tǭ gar ton apostolon legein; Kata to euangelion mou en Christǭ Iēsou« kai mē phaskein »euangelia« ekeinoi ephistantes phasin, ouk an pleionōn ontōn euangeliōn ton apostolon henikōs »to euangelion« eirēkenai, ou syn- ientes hoti hōs heis estin hon euangelizontai pleiones, houtōs hen esti tę̄ dynamei to hypo tōn pollōn euangelion anagegrammenon kai to alēthōs dia tessarōn in estin euangelion.
We must further observe whether it can serve as proof that the holy things are one book, and the opposite ones many, that for the living there is one book, from which those who have become unworthy of it are blotted out, as it is written, “Let them be blotted out of the book of the living,” while for those subject to judgment books are brought; for Daniel says, “The court sat, and books were opened.” And Moses also bears witness to the singular of the divine book, saying, “If you will forgive the people their sin, forgive; but if not, blot me out of your book which you have written.” I take the saying in Isaiah in the same way: for it is not peculiar to his prophecy that the words of the book are sealed, and are neither read by one who does not know letters, because he does not know letters, nor by one who knows them, because the book has been sealed. This is true also of all Scripture, which needs the Word who closed it and will open it: “For he will shut and no one will open”; and when he opens, no one can any longer bring perplexity against the clarity that comes from him; which is why it is said that “he will open and no one will shut.” I take the book mentioned in Ezekiel in a similar way, in which “lamentation and song and woe were written.” For every book contains the “woe” of those who are perishing, the “song” about those being saved, and the “lamentation” about those in between. And John too, eating the one roll in which were written “the things on the back and the things in front,” understood the whole Scripture as one book, very sweet in its beginnings, when one chews it, but bitter as it appears to each who has known it, in his awareness of himself. I will further add to the proof of this an apostolic saying not understood by the followers of Marcion, who for this reason reject the Gospels. For because the apostle says, “according to my gospel in Christ Jesus,” and does not say “gospels,” they, fixing on this, say that the apostle would not have said “the gospel” in the singular if there were more gospels; not understanding that, as the one whom many proclaim is one, so the gospel written by many is one in power, and the Gospel that is truly through four is one.
5.8Preuschen 4:104–105
Εἰ τοίνυν ταῦτα ἡμᾶς πεῖσαι δύνατια, τί ποτέ ἐστι τὸ ἓν βιβλίου καὶ τί τὰ πολλά, νῦν μᾶλλον φροντίζω οὐ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν γραφομένων ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν δύναμιν τῶν νοουμένων, μήποτε περιπέσω τῷ παραβαίνειν τὴν ἐντολή ν, ἐάν τι παρὰ τὴν ἀλήθεινα ὡς ἀλήθειαν ἐκθῶμαι κἂν ἐν ἑνὶ τῶν γραφομένων· ἐκεῖ γὰρ ἔσομαι γράψας βιβλία πολλά. καὶ νῦν δὲ προφάσει γνώσεως ἐπανισταμένων τῶν ἑτεροδόξων τῇ ἁγίᾳ τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐκκλησίᾳ καὶ πολυβίβλους συντάξεις φερόντων, ἐπαγγελλομένας διήγησιν τῶν τε εὐαγγελικὼν καὶ ἀπο- στολικῶν λέξων, ἐὰν σιωπήσωμεν μὴ ἀντιπαρατιθέντες αὐτοῖς τὰ ἀληθῆ καὶ ὐγιῆ δόγματα, ἐπικρατήσουσι τῶν λίχνων ψυχῶν, ἀπορίᾳ τροφῆς σωτηρίου ἐπὶ τὰ ἀπηγορευμένα σπευδουσῶν καὶ ἀληθῶς ἀκάθαρτα καὶ βδελυκτὰ βρώματα. διόπερ ἀναγκαῖόν μοι δοκεὶ [εἶναι], τὸν δυνάμενον πρεσβεύειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἐκκλησιαστικοῦ λόγου ἀπαρακαράκτως, καὶ πρεσβεύειν] καὶ ἐλέγχειν τοὺς τὴν ψευδώνυμον γνῶσιν μεταχειριζομένους, ἵστασθαι κατὰ τῶν αἱρετικῶν ἀναπλασμάτων ἀντιπαραβάλλοντα τὸ ὕψος τοῦ εὐαγγελικοῦ κηρύγματος, πεπληρωμένον συμφωνίας δογμάτων μάτων κοινῶν τῇ καλουμένῃ παλαιᾷ πρὸς τὴν ὀνομαζομένην καινὴν διαθήκην. αὐτὸς γοῦν ἀπορίᾳ τῶν πρεσβευόντων τὰ κρείττονα, μὴ φέρων τὴν ἄλογον καὶ ἰδιωτικὴν πίστιν διὰ τὴν πρὸς Ἰησοῦν ἀγάπην ἐπεδεδώκεις ποτὲ σαυτὸν λόγοις, ὡν ὕστερον τῇ δεδομένῃ σοι συνέσει καταχρησάμενος εἰς δέον καταγνοὺς ἀπέστης. Ταῦτα δέ φημι κατὰ τὸ φαινόμενόν μοι ἀπολογούμενος περὶ τῶν δυναμένων λέγειν καὶ γράφειν, περὶ δὲ ἐμαυτοῦ ἀπολογούμενος, μὴ ἄρα οὐ τοιαύτης ὢν ἕξεως, ὁποίαν ἐχρῆν τὸν παρὰ θεοῦ ἱκανούμενον διάκονον τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης, οὐ γράμματος ἀλλὰ πνεύματος, τολ- μηρότερον ἐμαυτὸν τῷ ὑπαγορεύειν ἐπιδίδωμι.
Ei toinyn tauta hēmas peisai dynatia, ti pote esti to hen bibliou kai ti ta polla, nyn mallon phrontizō ou dia to plēthos tōn graphomenōn alla dia tēn dynamin tōn nooumenōn, mēpote peripesō tǭ parabainein tēn entolē n, ean ti para tēn alētheina hōs alētheian ekthōmai kan en heni tōn graphomenōn; ekei gar esomai grapsas biblia polla. kai nyn de prophasei gnōseōs epanistamenōn tōn heterodoxōn tę̄ hagią tou christou ekklēsią kai polybiblous syntaxeis pherontōn, epangellomenas diēgēsin tōn te euangelikōn kai apo- stolikōn lexōn, ean siōpēsōmen mē antiparatithentes autois ta alēthē kai ygiē dogmata, epikratēsousi tōn lichnōn psychōn, aporią trophēs sōtēriou epi ta apēgoreumena speudousōn kai alēthōs akatharta kai bdelykta brōmata. dioper anankaion moi dokei [einai], ton dynamenon presbeuein hyper tou ekklēsiastikou logou aparakaraktōs, kai presbeuein] kai elenchein tous tēn pseudōnymon gnōsin metacheirizomenous, histasthai kata tōn hairetikōn anaplasmatōn antiparaballonta to hypsos tou euangelikou kērygmatos, peplērōmenon symphōnias dogmatōn matōn koinōn tę̄ kaloumenę̄ palaią pros tēn onomazomenēn kainēn diathēkēn. autos goun aporią tōn presbeuontōn ta kreittona, mē pherōn tēn alogon kai idiōtikēn pistin dia tēn pros Iēsoun agapēn epededōkeis pote sauton logois, hōn hysteron tę̄ dedomenę̄ soi synesei katachrēsamenos eis deon katagnous apestēs. Tauta de phēmi kata to phainomenon moi apologoumenos peri tōn dynamenōn legein kai graphein, peri de emautou apologoumenos, mē ara ou toiautēs ōn hexeōs, hopoian echrēn ton para theou hikanoumenon diakonon tēs kainēs diathēkēs, ou grammatos alla pneumatos, tol- mēroteron emauton tǭ hypagoreuein epididōmi.
If, then, these things can persuade us what the one book is and what the many are, I am now more anxious, not because of the quantity of what is written but because of the force of what is understood, lest I fall into transgressing the commandment if I set out anything contrary to the truth as truth, even in one of my writings; for then I shall have written many books. And now, when the heterodox, on the pretext of knowledge, rise up against the holy church of Christ and bring forth works in many books, promising an explanation of the words of the Gospels and the apostles, if we keep silent and do not set against them the true and sound doctrines, they will prevail over greedy souls, which, for lack of saving food, hasten to forbidden and truly unclean and abominable foods. Therefore it seems to me necessary that one who is able to plead for the church's teaching without falsifying it, and to refute those who handle the knowledge falsely so called, should stand against the heretical fabrications, setting against them the loftiness of the gospel proclamation, full of the agreement of doctrines common to the so-called Old and the so-called New Testament. You yourself at any rate, for lack of those who plead for the better things, not bearing an irrational and uneducated faith, out of love for Jesus once gave yourself to their teachings, which later, using the understanding given you as you ought, you condemned and abandoned. These things I say, as it seems to me, in defense of those able to speak and write; but in my own defense, lest perhaps, not being of the disposition that one made competent by God as a minister of the new covenant, not of the letter but of the Spirit, ought to have, I give myself too boldly to dictating.
Chapter 6
6.1Preuschen 4:106
Πᾶσα μὲν οἰκία, ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα στερρότατα κατασκευασθησομένη, ἐν εὐδίᾳ καὶ νηνεμίᾳ οἰκοδομεῖται, ἵνα μὴ ἐμποδίζηται τὴν δέουσαυ πῆξιν ἀναλαβεῖν, ὅπως δύνηται καὶ τοιαύτη γενέσθαι ὥστε ὑπομεῖναι πλημμύρας ὁρμὴν καὶ πρόσρηξιν ποταμοῦ καὶ ὅσα φιλεῖ χειμῶνος συμβαίνοντος ἐλέγχειν μὲν τὰ σαθρὰ τῶν οἰκοδομημάτων, δεικνύναι δὲ τὰ τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετὴν ἀπειληθότα τῶν κατασκευασμάτων.
Pasa men oikia, hōs eni malista sterrotata kataskeuasthēsomenē, en eudią kai nēnemią oikodomeitai, hina mē empodizētai tēn deousau pēxin analabein, hopōs dynētai kai toiautē genesthai hōste hypomeinai plēmmyras hormēn kai prosrēxin potamou kai hosa philei cheimōnos symbainontos elenchein men ta sathra tōn oikodomēmatōn, deiknynai de ta tēn oikeian aretēn apeilēthota tōn kataskeuasmatōn.
Every house that is to be built as firmly as possible is built in fair weather and calm, so that it is not hindered from taking on the proper solidity, and so that it can become such as to withstand the rush of a flood and the dashing of a river and all that a storm, when it comes, usually does to expose the unsound among buildings and to show those structures that have their own excellence.
6.2Preuschen 4:106
ἐξαιρέτως δὲ ἡ τῶν τῆς ἠληθείας θεωρημάτων δεκτική, λογικὴ ὡς ἐν ἀπαγγελίᾳ καὶ γράμμασιν οἰκοδομή, τότε μάλιστα οἰκοδομεῖται καλῶς συνοικοδομοῦντος τῷ προθεμένῳ τὸ ἄριστον τοῦτο ἔργον ἐπιτελεῖν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐπὰν γαληνιάζῃ τῇ ὑπερεχούσῃ πάντα νοῦν εἰρήνῃ χρωμένη ἡ ψυχή, πάσης ταραχῆς ἀλλοτριουμένη μένη καὶ οὐδαμῶς κυμα- τουμένη.
exairetōs de hē tōn tēs ēlētheias theōrēmatōn dektikē, logikē hōs en apangelią kai grammasin oikodomē, tote malista oikodomeitai kalōs synoikodomountos tǭ prothemenǭ to ariston touto ergon epitelein tou theou, epan galēniazę̄ tę̄ hyperechousę̄ panta noun eirēnę̄ chrōmenē hē psychē, pasēs tarachēs allotrioumenē menē kai oudamōs kyma- toumenē.
And especially the rational building that receives the contemplations of truth, a building as in speech and writing, is built well above all, with God building together with the one who has set himself to complete this best of works, when the soul is calm, enjoying the peace that surpasses all understanding, estranged from all disturbance and in no way tossed by waves.
6.3Preuschen 4:106
Ταῦτα δή μοι δοκοῦσιν ἀκριβῶς κατανενοηκότες οἱ τοῦ προφη- τικοῦ πνεύματος ὑπηρέται καὶ οἱ τοῦ εὐαγγελικοῦ κηρύγματος διάκονοι ἀξίους εαυτοὺς παρειληθέναι τοῦ λαβεῖν τὴν ἐν κρυπτῷ εἰρήνην ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰδὶ τοῖς ἀξίοις διδόντος αὐτήν, τοῦ εἰρηκότος· Εἰρήνην »ἀφίημι ὑμῖν, εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν· οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος »δίδωσιν εἰρήνην κἀγὼ δίδωμι εἰρήνην«.
Tauta dē moi dokousin akribōs katanenoēkotes hoi tou prophē- tikou pneumatos hypēretai kai hoi tou euangelikou kērygmatos diakonoi axious eautous pareilēthenai tou labein tēn en kryptǭ eirēnēn apo tou aidi tois axiois didontos autēn, tou eirēkotos; Eirēnēn »aphiēmi hymin, eirēnēn tēn emēn didōmi hymin; ou kathōs ho kosmos »didōsin eirēnēn kagō didōmi eirēnēn«.
The servants of the prophetic Spirit and the ministers of the gospel proclamation seem to me to have perceived this precisely, and to have made themselves worthy to receive the hidden peace from him who always gives it to the worthy, who said: “Peace I leave with you, my peace I give to you; not as the world gives peace do I give peace.”
6.4Preuschen 4:106–107
ἐπισκόπησον δὲ μήποτε τοιοῦτόν τι αἰνίττεται ἡ περὶ τὸν Δαβὶδ καὶ Σολομῶντα περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ ἱστορία. Δαβὶδ μὲν γὰρ πολέμους κυρίου πολεμῶν καὶ πρὸς πλείονας ἱστάμενος ἐχθροὺς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, θέλων οἰκοδομῆσαι ναὸν τῷ θεῷ, ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τοῦ Ναθὰν κωλύεται λέγοντος πρὸς αὐτόν· »Οὐκ οἰκοδομήσεις μοι οἶκον, ὅτι ἀνὴρ αἱμάτων σύ«.
episkopēson de mēpote toiouton ti ainittetai hē peri ton Dabid kai Solomōnta peri tou naou historia. Dabid men gar polemous kyriou polemōn kai pros pleionas histamenos echthrous heautou kai tou Israēl, thelōn oikodomēsai naon tǭ theǭ, hypo tou theou dia tou Nathan kōlyetai legontos pros auton; »Ouk oikodomēseis moi oikon, hoti anēr haimatōn sy«.
Consider whether the history of David and Solomon concerning the temple hints at something of this kind. For David, fighting the wars of the Lord and standing against many enemies of himself and of Israel, wishing to build a temple to God, is prevented by God through Nathan, who says to him, “You shall not build me a house, because you are a man of blood.”
6.5Preuschen 4:107
Σολομῶν δὲ ὄναρ τὸν θεὸν ἰδὼν καὶ ὄναρ τὴν σοφίαν λαβών ἐτηρεῖτο γὰρ τὸ ὕπαρ τῷ λέγοντι »Ἰδοὺ πλεῖον Σολομῶντος ὡδε«) ἐν βαθυτάτῃ γενόμενος εἰρήνῃ, ὡς ἀναπαύεσθαι τότε ἑκαστον ὑποκάτω τῆς ἀμπέλου αὐτοῦ καὶ ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς αὐτοῦ. καὶ τῆς κατὰ τοὺς χρόνους αὐτοῦ ἐπώνυμος τυγχάνων Σολομῶν γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται εἰρηνικός.) διὰ τὴν εἰρήνην σχοάζει τὸν διαβόητον οἰκοδομῆσαι ναὸν τῷ θεῷ. καὶ κατὰ τοὺς Ἔσδρα δὲ χρόνους, ὅτε νικᾷ ἡ ἀλήθεια τὸν οἶνον καὶ τὸν ἐχθρὸν βασιλέα καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας, ἀνοικοδομεῖται ὁ ναὸς τῷ θεῷ.
Solomōn de onar ton theon idōn kai onar tēn sophian labōn etēreito gar to hypar tǭ legonti »Idou pleion Solomōntos hōde«) en bathytatę̄ genomenos eirēnę̄, hōs anapauesthai tote hekaston hypokatō tēs ampelou autou kai hypokatō tēs sykēs autou. kai tēs kata tous chronous autou epōnymos tynchanōn Solomōn gar hermēneuetai eirēnikos.) dia tēn eirēnēn schoazei ton diaboēton oikodomēsai naon tǭ theǭ. kai kata tous Esdra de chronous, hote niką hē alētheia ton oinon kai ton echthron basilea kai tas gynaikas, anoikodomeitai ho naos tǭ theǭ.
But Solomon, having seen God in a dream and received wisdom in a dream (for the waking vision was reserved for the one who says, “Behold, something greater than Solomon is here”), being in the deepest peace, so that each then rested under his vine and under his fig tree, and being named after the peace of his times (for Solomon means “peaceable”), because of the peace had leisure to build the famous temple to God. And in the times of Ezra too, when truth conquers wine and the hostile king and women, the temple is rebuilt for God.
6.6Preuschen 4:107
Ταῦτα δʼ ἡμῖν ἀπολογουμένοις πρὸς σέ, ἱερὲ Ἀμβρόσιε, εἴρηται, ἐπεὶ τὸν εὐαγγελικὸν πύργον κατὰ τὴν ἁγίαν σου προτροπὴν ἐν γράμμασιν οἰκοδομῆσαι θελήσαντες ἐψηφίσαμεν μὲν καθεσθέντες τὴν δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχομεν τὰ εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν, ἵνα μὴ ἐμπαιζώμεθα ὑπὸ τῶν θεωρούντων καταγινωσκόμενοι ὡς θεμέλιον μὲν καταβαλλόμενοι, ἐκτελέσαι δὲ τὸ ἔργον μὴ δεδυνημένοι,
Tauta dʼ hēmin apologoumenois pros se, hiere Ambrosie, eirētai, epei ton euangelikon pyrgon kata tēn hagian sou protropēn en grammasin oikodomēsai thelēsantes epsēphisamen men kathesthentes tēn dapanēn, ei echomen ta eis apartismon, hina mē empaizōmetha hypo tōn theōrountōn kataginōskomenoi hōs themelion men kataballomenoi, ektelesai de to ergon mē dedynēmenoi,
These things we have said in our defense to you, holy Ambrose, since, wishing to build the gospel tower in writing according to your holy exhortation, we sat down and counted the cost, whether we have what is needed to complete it, so that we may not be mocked by onlookers who condemn us for having laid a foundation and been unable to finish the work;
6.7Preuschen 4:107
ψηφίσαντες δὲ ἕτοιμα μὲν τὰ εἰς ἀπαρτισμὸν τῆς οἰκοδομῆς ἡμῖν παρόντα οὐ κατειλήφαμεν, τῷ θεῷ δὲ πεπιστεύκαμεν τῷ πλουτίζοντι έν παντὶ λόγω καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει, ὅτι ἀγωνιζομένουσ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς τηρεῖν τοὺς πνευματικοὺς νόμους πλουτίσει, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐπιχορηγουμένων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ προκόπτοντες έν τῷ οἰκοδομεῖν φθάσομεν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν στεφάνην τοῦ οἰκοδομήματος, κωλύουσαν πίπτειν τὸν ἀνεληλυθότα ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα τοῦ λόγου, ἀπὸ μόνων τῶν ἐστερημένων τῆς στεφάνης πιπτόντων τῶν πιπτόντων διὰ τὸ ἀτελὲς τῶν οἰκοδομημάτων, φόνων αἰτίων τοῖς ἐν αὐτῷ τυγχάνουσι καὶ πτωμάτων γινομένων.
psēphisantes de hetoima men ta eis apartismon tēs oikodomēs hēmin paronta ou kateilēphamen, tǭ theǭ de pepisteukamen tǭ ploutizonti en panti logō kai pasę̄ gnōsei, hoti agōnizomenous hēmas autous tērein tous pneumatikous nomous ploutisei, kai ek tōn epichorēgoumenōn hypʼ autou prokoptontes en tǭ oikodomein phthasomen kai epi tēn stephanēn tou oikodomēmatos, kōlyousan piptein ton anelēlythota epi to dōma tou logou, apo monōn tōn esterēmenōn tēs stephanēs piptontōn tōn piptontōn dia to ateles tōn oikodomēmatōn, phonōn aitiōn tois en autǭ tynchanousi kai ptōmatōn ginomenōn.
and having counted, we did not find that we had ready what is needed to complete the building, but we have trusted in God, who enriches in all speech and all knowledge, that he will enrich us as we strive to keep the spiritual laws, and that, advancing in the building from what he supplies, we shall reach also the parapet of the building, which keeps from falling the one who has gone up to the roof of the Word; since only from buildings lacking the parapet do people fall, because of their incompleteness, becoming causes of murder and falls to those in them.
6.8Preuschen 4:107
καὶ μέχρι γε τοῦ πέμπτου τόμου, εἰ καὶ ὁ κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξανδρείαν χειμὼν ἀντιπράττειν ἐκόκει, τὰ διδόμενα ὑπηγορεύσαμεν, ἐπιτιμῶντος τοῖς ἀνέμοις καὶ τοῖς κύμασι τῆς θαλάσσης τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· καὶ ἕκτου δὲ ἐπὶ ποσὸν προεληλυθότες ἐξειλκύσθημεν ἀπὸ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, ῥυσαμένου ἠμᾶς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἐξαγαγόντος τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπʼ αὐτῆς.
kai mechri ge tou pemptou tomou, ei kai ho kata tēn Alexandreian cheimōn antiprattein ekokei, ta didomena hypēgoreusamen, epitimōntos tois anemois kai tois kymasi tēs thalassēs tou Iēsou; kai hektou de epi poson proelēlythotes exeilkysthēmen apo gēs Aigyptou, rhysamenou ēmas tou theou tou exagagontos ton laon autou apʼ autēs.
And up to the fifth volume, even though the storm in Alexandria seemed to oppose us, we dictated what was given, as Jesus rebuked the winds and the waves of the sea; and having gone some way into the sixth, we were drawn out of the land of Egypt, God rescuing us, who brought his people out of it.
6.9Preuschen 4:107–108
ἔπειτα τοῦ ἐχθροῦ πικρότατα ἡμῶν καταστρατευσαμένου διὰ τῶν καινῶν αὐτοῦ γραμμάτων τῶν ἀληθῶς ἐχθρῶν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἀνέμους τῆς πονηρίας καθʼ ἡμῶν ἐγείραντος, στῆναι μᾶλλόν με πρὸς τὸν ἀγῶνα παρεκάλει ὁ λόγος καὶ τηρῆσαι τὸ ἡγεμονικόν, μήποτε μοχθηροὶ λογισμοὶ ἐξισχύσωσι τὸν χειμῶνα καὶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου ἐπεισαγαγεῖν, ἤπερ ἀκαίρως, πρὶν γαλήνην τὴν διάνιαν λαβεῖν, συνάπτειν τὰ ἑξῆς τῆς γραφῆς· καὶ οἱ συνήθεις δὲ ταχυγράφοι μὴ παρόντες τοῦ 1 ἔχεσθαι τῶν ὑπαγορεύσεων ἐκώλυον.
epeita tou echthrou pikrotata hēmōn katastrateusamenou dia tōn kainōn autou grammatōn tōn alēthōs echthrōn tǭ euangeliǭ kai pantas tous en Aigyptǭ anemous tēs ponērias kathʼ hēmōn egeirantos, stēnai mallon me pros ton agōna parekalei ho logos kai tērēsai to hēgemonikon, mēpote mochthēroi logismoi exischysōsi ton cheimōna kai tę̄ psychę̄ mou epeisagagein, ēper akairōs, prin galēnēn tēn dianian labein, synaptein ta hexēs tēs graphēs; kai hoi synētheis de tachygraphoi mē parontes tou 1 echesthai tōn hypagoreuseōn ekōlyon.
Then, when the enemy campaigned most bitterly against us through his new writings, truly hostile to the gospel, and stirred up all the winds of wickedness in Egypt against us, reason summoned me rather to stand for the contest and to guard my ruling faculty, lest wicked thoughts should prevail to bring the storm into my soul too, rather than, untimely, before my mind had found calm, to join on the continuation of the writing. And my usual shorthand writers, not being present, prevented me from keeping to the dictation.
6.10Preuschen 4:108
νῦν δʼ ὅτε τὰ καθʼ ἡμῶν πεπυρωμένα πολλὰ σβεννύντος θεοῦ βέλη ἤμβλυνται καὶ ἐνεθισθεῖσα ἡμῶν ἡ ψυχὴ τοῖς συμβεβηκόσι διὰ τὸν οὐράνιον λόγον φέρειν ῥᾷον βιάζεται τὰς γεγενημένας ἐπιβουλάς, ὡσπερεὶ ποσῆς εὐδίας λαβόμενοι οὐκέτι ὑπερτιθέμενοι ὑπαγορεύειν τὰ ἀκόλουθα βουλόμεθα, θεὸν διδάσκαλον ὑπηχοῦντα ἐν τῷ ἀδύτῳ τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν παρεῖναι εὐχό- μενοι, ἵνα τέλος λάβῃ ἡ τῆς διηγήσεως τοῦ κατὰ Ἰωάννην εὐαγγελίου οικοδομή.
nyn dʼ hote ta kathʼ hēmōn pepyrōmena polla sbennyntos theou belē ēmblyntai kai enethistheisa hēmōn hē psychē tois symbebēkosi dia ton ouranion logon pherein rhąon biazetai tas gegenēmenas epiboulas, hōsperei posēs eudias labomenoi ouketi hypertithemenoi hypagoreuein ta akoloutha boulometha, theon didaskalon hypēchounta en tǭ adytǭ tēs psychēs hēmōn pareinai eucho- menoi, hina telos labę̄ hē tēs diēgēseōs tou kata Iōannēn euangeliou oikodomē.
But now, when God has quenched the many fiery darts against us and they have been blunted, and our soul, grown accustomed to what has happened, is enabled by the heavenly Word to bear more easily the plots that were made, having gained, as it were, some fair weather, we wish no longer to postpone dictating what follows, praying that God may be present as a teacher sounding within the sanctuary of our soul, so that the building of the exposition of the Gospel according to John may be completed.
6.11Preuschen 4:108
γένοιτο δʼ ὁ θεὸς ἐπήκοος ἡμῶν τῇ εὐχῇ, εἰς τὸ συνάφαι δυνηθῆανι τὸ σῶμα τοῦ λόγου, λόγου, μηκέτι μεσολαβούσης περιστάσεως διακοπὴν τοῦ τῆς τῆς γραφῆς ὁπόίαν δήποτε ἐνεργάσασθαι δυναμένης. ἴσθι δὲ ὅτι ἀπὸ πολλῆς προθυμίας δευτέραν ταύτην ἀρχὴν ποιοῦμαι ἕκτου τόμου διὰ τὸ τὰ προϋπαγορευθέντα ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως μὴ κεκομίσθαι·
genoito dʼ ho theos epēkoos hēmōn tę̄ euchę̄, eis to synaphai dynēthēani to sōma tou logou, logou, mēketi mesolabousēs peristaseōs diakopēn tou tēs tēs graphēs hopoian dēpote energasasthai dynamenēs. isthi de hoti apo pollēs prothymias deuteran tautēn archēn poioumai hektou tomou dia to ta proÿpagoreuthenta hēmin en tę̄ Alexandreią ouk oidʼ hopōs mē kekomisthai;
May God hear our prayer, so that we may be able to join together the body of the word, with no further circumstance intervening that could cause any interruption of the writing whatever. And know that out of great eagerness I am making this second beginning of the sixth volume, because what we had dictated before in Alexandria has, I do not know how, not been brought here.
6.12Preuschen 4:108
βέλτιον γὰρ ἡγησάμην, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ἀπράκτως μοι τοῦδε τοῦ ἔργου παρελθεῖν καὶ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, ἤδη τῶν λοιπῶν ἄρξασθαι καὶ μὴ μετʼ ἀδήλου τοῦ εὑρεθήσεσθαι τὰ προϋπαγορευθέντα ἡμῖν ἀναμένων, ἀναμένων, οὐκ ὀλίγον ἀπολέσαι τὸ τῶν μεταξὺ ὑμερῶν. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν αὐτάρκως πεπροοι- μιάσθω· ἤδη δὲ καὶ τῆς λέξεως ἐχώμεθα. Ι, 19 Καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Ἰωάννου.
beltion gar hēgēsamēn, hyper tou mē apraktōs moi toude tou ergou parelthein kai touton ton chronon, ēdē tōn loipōn arxasthai kai mē metʼ adēlou tou heurethēsesthai ta proÿpagoreuthenta hēmin anamenōn, anamenōn, ouk oligon apolesai to tōn metaxy hymerōn. kai tauta men autarkōs peprooi- miasthō; ēdē de kai tēs lexeōs echōmetha. I, 19 Kai hautē estin hē martyria tou Iōannou.
For I thought it better, so that this time too should not pass idle for this work, to begin the rest now, and not, waiting in uncertainty whether what we had dictated before would be found, to lose no small part of the intervening days. Let this suffice as preface; now let us hold to the text. John 1:19: “And this is the testimony of John.”
6.13Preuschen 4:108–109
Δευτέρα αὕτη ἡ ἀναγεγραμμένη Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ περὶ Χριστοῦ μαρτυρία, τῆς προτέρας ὁρξαμένης ἀπὸ τοῦ »Οὑτος »ἠν ὁ εἰπὼν Ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος« καὶ ληγούσης εἰς τὸ »Μονο»γενὴς θεὸς ὁ ὤν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκεῖνος ἔξηγήσατο«. Οὐχ ὑγιῶς δὲ ὁ Ἡρακλέων ὑπολαμβάνει »Οὐδεὶς τὸν θεὸν ἑώρακεν πώποτε« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, φάσκων εἰρῆσθαι οὐκ οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ αλλʼ ἀπὸ τοῦ μαθητοῦ.
Deutera hautē hē anagegrammenē Iōannou tou baptistou peri Christou martyria, tēs proteras horxamenēs apo tou »Houtos »ēn ho eipōn Ho opisō mou erchomenos« kai lēgousēs eis to »Mono»genēs theos ho ōn eis ton kolpon tou patros ekeinos exēgēsato«. Ouch hygiōs de ho Hērakleōn hypolambanei »Oudeis ton theon heōraken pōpote« kai ta hexēs, phaskōn eirēsthai ouk ouk apo tou baptistou allʼ apo tou mathētou.
This is the second recorded testimony of John the Baptist about Christ, the first having begun from “This was he who said, He who comes after me,” and ended at “the only-begotten God, who is in the bosom of the Father, he has made him known.” Heracleon does not soundly suppose that “No one has ever seen God,” and what follows, was said, as he claims, not by the Baptist but by the disciple.
6.14Preuschen 4:109
εἰ γὰρ καὶ κατʼ αὐτὸν τὸ »Ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς πάντες ἐλάβομεν, καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος· ὅτι ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη, ἡ »χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο« ὑπὸ τοῦ βαπ- τιστοῦ εἴρηται, πῶς οὐκ ἀκόλουονν τὸ τὸν ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος τοῦ χριστοῦ εἰληφότα καὶ χὰριν δευτέραν ἀντὶ προτέρας χάριτος ὁμολογοῦντά τε διὰ Μωσέως μὲν δεδόσθαι τὸν νόμον, τὴν δὲ χάριν καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ γεγονέναι ἐκ τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ πληρώματος εἰς αὐτὸν ἐληλυθότων νενοηκέναι πῶς »θεὸν οὐδεὶς ἑώρακεν πώποτε«, καὶ τὸ τὸν μονογενῆ εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὄντα τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν ἐξήγησιν αὐτῷ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος εἰληφόσι παραδεδωκέναι; παραδεδωκέναι;
ei gar kai katʼ auton to »Ek tou plērōmatos autou hēmeis pantes elabomen, kai charin anti charitos; hoti ho nomos dia Mōÿseōs edothē, hē »charis kai hē alētheia dia Iēsou Christou egeneto« hypo tou bap- tistou eirētai, pōs ouk akolouonn to ton ek tou plērōmatos tou christou eilēphota kai charin deuteran anti proteras charitos homologounta te dia Mōseōs men dedosthai ton nomon, tēn de charin kai tēn alētheian dia Iēsou Christou gegonenai ek tōn apo tou plērōmatos eis auton elēlythotōn nenoēkenai pōs »theon oudeis heōraken pōpote«, kai to ton monogenē eis ton kolpon onta tou patros tēn exēgēsin autǭ kai pasi tois ek tou plērōmatos eilēphosi paradedōkenai? paradedōkenai?
For if, even according to him, “From his fullness we have all received, and grace for grace; for the law was given through Moses, grace and truth came through Jesus Christ” was said by the Baptist, how is it not consistent that the one who received from the fullness of Christ, and a second grace in place of a first grace, and who confesses that the law was given through Moses but grace and truth came through Jesus Christ, should have understood, from what had come to him from the fullness, how “no one has ever seen God,” and that the Only-begotten, who is in the bosom of the Father, has handed on the explanation to him and to all who have received from the fullness?
6.15Preuschen 4:109
Οὐ γὰρ νῦν πρῶτον ἐξηγήσατο »ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ πατρὸς‘ ὡς οὐδενὸς ἐπιτηδείου πρότερον γεγενμένου λαβεῖν, ἅ τοῖς ἀποστόλοις διηγήσατο· εἴγε πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι ὥν διδάσκει ἡμᾶς τὸν Ι Ἀβραὰμ ἠγαλλιᾶσθαι, ἴνα ἴδῃ τὴν ἡμέραν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν χαρᾷ γεγονέναι. καὶ τὸ »Ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς πάντες ἐλά- »βομεν« καὶ τὸ »Χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος‘, ὡς ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων εἰρήκαμεν, δηλοῖ καὶ τοὺς προφήτας ἀπὸ τοῦ πληρώματος Χριστοῦ τὴν δωρεὰν κεχωρηκέναι, καὶ τὴν δευτέραν χάριν ἀντὶ τῆς προτέρας αὐ- τοὺς εἰληφέναι· ἐφθάκεισαν γὰρ κἀκεῖνοι ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος χειραγωγούμενοι μετὰ τὴν ἐν τοῖς τύποις τύποις ἐπὶ τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας θέαν.
Ou gar nyn prōton exēgēsato »ho ōn eis ton kolpon tou patros‘ hōs oudenos epitēdeiou proteron gegenmenou labein, ha tois apostolois diēgēsato; eige prin Abraam genesthai hōn didaskei hēmas ton I Abraam ēgalliasthai, ina idę̄ tēn hēmeran autou kai en charą gegonenai. kai to »Ek tou plērōmatos de autou hēmeis pantes ela- »bomen« kai to »Charin anti charitos‘, hōs en tois pro toutōn eirēkamen, dēloi kai tous prophētas apo tou plērōmatos Christou tēn dōrean kechōrēkenai, kai tēn deuteran charin anti tēs proteras au- tous eilēphenai; ephthakeisan gar kakeinoi hypo tou pneumatos cheiragōgoumenoi meta tēn en tois typois typois epi tēn tēs alētheias thean.
For “he who is in the bosom of the Father” did not make things known now for the first time, as though no one fit had existed before to receive what he related to the apostles; since, existing before Abraham came to be, he teaches us that Abraham rejoiced to see his day and was glad. And “From his fullness we have all received” and “grace for grace,” as we said earlier, show that the prophets too received the gift from Christ's fullness and received the second grace in place of the first; for they too, led by the hand by the Spirit, had arrived, after the vision in types, at the contemplation of the truth.
6.16Preuschen 4:109–110
διόπερ οὐ πάντες οἱ προφῆται ἀλλὰ »πολλοὶ« ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν, ἅ οἱ ἀπόστολοι ἔβλεπον. εἰ γὰρ ἦν προφητῶν διαφορά, οἱ τετελειω- μένοι καὶ διαφέροντες οὐκ ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν, ἅ εἶδον οἱ ἀπόστολοι· τεθεωρήκασι γὰρ αὐτά· οἱ δὲ μὴ φθάσαντες ὁμοίως τούτοις εἰς τὸ ὕψος ἀναβῆναι τοῦ λόγου ἐν ὀρέξει γεγόνασι τῶν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις διὰ Χριστοῦ ἐγνωσμένων. τὸ γὰρ »ἰδεῖν« ἡμεῖς οὐ σωματικῶς εἰρῆσθαι ἐξειλήφαμεν, καὶ τὸ »ἀκοῦσαι« πευεματικῶς ἀππαγελλόμενον νενοήκαμεν, μόνου τοῦ ὦτα κτησαμένου ἀκούειν παρεσκευασμένου τῶν λόγων τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· ὅπερ οὐ πάνυ ἀθρόως γίνεται.
dioper ou pantes hoi prophētai alla »polloi« epethymēsan idein, ha hoi apostoloi eblepon. ei gar ēn prophētōn diaphora, hoi teteleiō- menoi kai diapherontes ouk epethymēsan idein, ha eidon hoi apostoloi; tetheōrēkasi gar auta; hoi de mē phthasantes homoiōs toutois eis to hypsos anabēnai tou logou en orexei gegonasi tōn tois apostolois dia Christou egnōsmenōn. to gar »idein« hēmeis ou sōmatikōs eirēsthai exeilēphamen, kai to »akousai« peuematikōs appagellomenon nenoēkamen, monou tou ōta ktēsamenou akouein pareskeuasmenou tōn logōn tou Iēsou; hoper ou pany athroōs ginetai.
That is why not all the prophets but “many” longed to see what the apostles saw. For if there was a difference among the prophets, those who had been perfected and excelled did not long to see what the apostles saw, for they had contemplated it; but those who had not reached, like them, the height of the Word, came to desire what was known to the apostles through Christ. For we have taken “to see” as not said bodily, and have understood “to hear” as spoken spiritually, since only the one who has acquired ears is prepared to hear the words of Jesus; which does not happen all at once.
6.17Preuschen 4:110
Ἔτι δὲ περὶ τοῦ τοὺς πρὸ τῆς σωματικῆς ἐπιδημίας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἁγίους πλέον τι τῶν πολλῶν τῶν πιστευόντων ἐσχηκότας τὰ τῆς θειότητος μυστήρια κατανενοηκέναι, τοῦ λόγου τοῦ θεοῦ διδάσκοντος αὐτοὺς καὶ πρὶν γένηται σάρξ, (ἀεὶ γὰρ εἰργάζετο, μιμητὴς τοῦ πατρὸς ὢν περὶ οὑ λέγει· »Ὁ πατήρ μου ἕως ἄρτι ἐργάζεται«) ἔστιν ἐπιλογίσασθαι καὶ ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν λέξεων·
Eti de peri tou tous pro tēs sōmatikēs epidēmias tou Iēsou hagious pleon ti tōn pollōn tōn pisteuontōn eschēkotas ta tēs theiotētos mystēria katanenoēkenai, tou logou tou theou didaskontos autous kai prin genētai sarx, (aei gar eirgazeto, mimētēs tou patros ōn peri hou legei; »Ho patēr mou heōs arti ergazetai«) estin epilogisasthai kai apo toutōn tōn lexeōn;
Further, that the saints before the bodily coming of Jesus, having something more than the many believers, understood the mysteries of divinity, since the Word of God taught them even before he became flesh (for he was always working, imitating the Father, of whom he says, “My Father is working until now”), one can conclude also from these words:
6.18Preuschen 4:110
φησί που πρὸς τοὺς Σαδδουκαίιους ἀπιστοῦντας τῷ περὶ ἀναστάσεως λόγῳ· »Οὑκ »καὶ τὸ ῥηθὲν ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ· Ἐγὼ θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ »καὶ θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ καὶ θεὸς Ἰακώβ; θεὸς δὲ οὐκ ἔστι νεκρῶν ἀλλὰ »ζώντων«. εἰ τοίνυν ὁ θεὸς »οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται θεὸς« τῶν ἀνδρῶν τούτων »καλεῖσθαι«, καὶ ἐν ζῶσιν ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ καταριθμοῦνται, υἱοί τε τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ πάντες εἰσὶν οἱ πιστεύοντες, ἐπεὶ ἐνευλογοῦνται τῷ πιστῷ Ἀβραὰμ πάντα τὰ ἔθνημ, πατρὶ τῶν Μνῶν ὑπὸ θεοῦ τεθειμένῳ, διστάζομεν παραδέξασθαι ἐγνωκέναι τοὺς ζῶντας τὰ τῶν ζώντων μαθήματα, μαθητευθέντας Χριστῷ τῷ πρὸ Ἑωσφόρου γεγενημένῳ πρὶν γένηται σάρξ;
phēsi pou pros tous Saddoukaiious apistountas tǭ peri anastaseōs logǭ; »Houk »kai to rhēthen epi tēs batou hypo tou theou; Egō theos Abraam »kai theos Isaak kai theos Iakōb? theos de ouk esti nekrōn alla »zōntōn«. ei toinyn ho theos »ouk epaischynetai theos« tōn andrōn toutōn »kaleisthai«, kai en zōsin hypo Christou katarithmountai, huioi te tou Abraam pantes eisin hoi pisteuontes, epei eneulogountai tǭ pistǭ Abraam panta ta ethnēm, patri tōn Mnōn hypo theou tetheimenǭ, distazomen paradexasthai egnōkenai tous zōntas ta tōn zōntōn mathēmata, mathēteuthentas Christǭ tǭ pro Heōsphorou gegenēmenǭ prin genētai sarx?
he says somewhere to the Sadducees, who did not believe the teaching about resurrection: “Have you not read what was spoken at the bush by God, ‘I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob’? But he is not the God of the dead but of the living.” If, then, God “is not ashamed to be called the God” of these men, and they are counted among the living by Christ, and all who believe are sons of Abraham, since all the nations are blessed in faithful Abraham, whom God appointed father of the nations, do we hesitate to accept that the living knew the teachings of the living, having been taught by Christ, who was begotten before the morning star, before he became flesh?
6.19Preuschen 4:110
διὰ τοῦτο δὲ ἔζων, ἐπεὶ μετεῖχον τοῦ εἰπόντος· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ζωή«· καὶ ἐχώρουν ὡς τηλικούτων κληρονόμοι ἐπαγγελιῶν ἐπιφάνειαν οὐ μόνον ἀγγέλων ἀλλὰ καὶ θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ καὶ τάχα ὁρῶντες τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου, ἐπεὶ ὁ ἑωρακὼς τὸν υἱὸν ἑώρακε τὸν πατέρα, ἀναγεγραμμένοι εἰσί, θεὸν νενοηκότες καὶ θεοῦ λόγων θεοπρεπῶς ἀκηκοότες, ἑωρακέναι θεὸν καὶ ἀκηκοέναι αυτου.
dia touto de ezōn, epei meteichon tou eipontos; »Egō eimi hē zōē«; kai echōroun hōs tēlikoutōn klēronomoi epangeliōn epiphaneian ou monon angelōn alla kai theou en Christǭ kai tacha horōntes tēn eikona tou theou tou aoratou, epei ho heōrakōs ton huion heōrake ton patera, anagegrammenoi eisi, theon nenoēkotes kai theou logōn theoprepōs akēkootes, heōrakenai theon kai akēkoenai autou.
And they lived for this reason, since they shared in him who said, “I am the life.” And as heirs of such great promises they received the appearance not only of angels but also of God in Christ; and perhaps, seeing the image of the invisible God (since whoever has seen the Son has seen the Father), they are recorded, having understood God and heard God's words in a manner worthy of God, as having seen God and heard him.
6.20Preuschen 4:110
Ἐγὼ δʼ οἶμαι ὅτι οἱ τελείως καὶ γνησίως υἱοὶ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ τῶν πνευματικῶν νοουμένων πράξεων αὐτοῦ εἰσιν υἱοὶ καὶ τῆς φανερωθείσης αὐτῶ γνώσεως, τῶν ἐκείνῳ γνωσθέντων καὶ πραχθέντων ἐγγινομένων τοῖς χρηματίζουσιν υἱοῖς τοῦ πατριάρχου, καθʼ ἃ διδάσκει τοὺς ἔχοντας ὦτα λέγων· «Εἰ τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ † ἦτε, τὰ ἔργ·α τοῦ »Ἀβραὰμ ἐποιεῖτε«.
Egō dʼ oimai hoti hoi teleiōs kai gnēsiōs huioi tou Abraam tōn pneumatikōn nooumenōn praxeōn autou eisin huioi kai tēs phanerōtheisēs autō gnōseōs, tōn ekeinǭ gnōsthentōn kai prachthentōn enginomenōn tois chrēmatizousin huiois tou patriarchou, kathʼ ha didaskei tous echontas ōta legōn; «Ei tekna tou Abraam † ēte, ta erg;a tou »Abraam epoieite«.
And I think that those who are perfectly and genuinely sons of Abraham are sons of his deeds understood spiritually and of the knowledge revealed to him, what he knew and did coming to be in those called sons of the patriarch, according to what he teaches those who have ears, saying, “If you were children of Abraham, you would do the works of Abraham.”
6.21Preuschen 4:110–111
καὶ εἰ «Σοφὸς νοήσει τὰ ἀπὸ ἰδίου στόματος, »ἐπὶ δὲ χείλεσι φορέσει ἐπιγνωμοσύνην«, ἀναγκαῖον ἤτοι προπετῶς ἀποφήνασθαί τινα περὶ τῶν προφητῶν ὡς οὐ σοφῶν, εἰ μὴ νενοήκασι »τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἰδίου στόματος‘, ἢ τὸ εὔφημον καὶ ἀληθὲς παραδεξαμένους, ὅτι ἠσαν οἱ προφῆται σοφοί, ὁμολογεῖν νενοηκέναι αὐτοὺς τοὺς τὰ ἀπὸ ἰδίου στόματος« καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς χείλεσι πεφορεκέναι τὴν ἐπιγνωμόσύνην.
kai ei «Sophos noēsei ta apo idiou stomatos, »epi de cheilesi phoresei epignōmosynēn«, anankaion ētoi propetōs apophēnasthai tina peri tōn prophētōn hōs ou sophōn, ei mē nenoēkasi »ta apo tou idiou stomatos‘, ē to euphēmon kai alēthes paradexamenous, hoti ēsan hoi prophētai sophoi, homologein nenoēkenai autous tous ta apo idiou stomatos« kai epi tois cheilesi pephorekenai tēn epignōmosynēn.
And if “The wise man will understand what comes from his own mouth, and on his lips he will carry discernment,” it is necessary either rashly to declare of the prophets that they were not wise, if they did not understand “what comes from their own mouth,” or, accepting what is reverent and true, that the prophets were wise, to confess that they understood what came from their own mouth and carried discernment on their lips.
6.22Preuschen 4:111
καὶ δῆλον ὅτι Μωσῆς ἑώρα τῷ νοὶ· τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ νόμου καὶ τὰς κατὰ ἀναγωγὴν ἀλληγορίας τῶν ἀναγεγραμμένων παρʼ αὐτῷ ἱστοριῶν· Ἰησοῦς δὲ τὴν ἀληθῆ κληροδοσίαν γενομένην μετὰ τὴν καθαίρεσιν τῶν εἴκοσι καὶ ἐννέα βασιλέων συνίει, μᾶλλον ἡμῶν δυνάμενος συνορᾶν τίνων ἀληθῶν σκιαὶ ἐτύγχανον τὰ διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπιτελούμενα.
kai dēlon hoti Mōsēs heōra tǭ noi; tēn alētheian tou nomou kai tas kata anagōgēn allēgorias tōn anagegrammenōn parʼ autǭ historiōn; Iēsous de tēn alēthē klērodosian genomenēn meta tēn kathairesin tōn eikosi kai ennea basileōn syniei, mallon hēmōn dynamenos synoran tinōn alēthōn skiai etynchanon ta diʼ autou epiteloumena.
And it is clear that Moses saw with his mind the truth of the law and the allegories, according to the higher sense, of the histories recorded by him; and Joshua understood the true distribution of the inheritance that took place after the overthrow of the twenty-nine kings, being more able than we to see of what true realities the things accomplished through him were shadows.
6.23Preuschen 4:111
δῆλον δʼ ὅτι καὶ Ἡσαΐας τὸ μυστήριον ἑώρα τοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου καθεζομένου καὶ τῶν δύο Σεραφὶμ καὶ τῶν πτερύγων αὐτῶν, τοῦ τε θυσιαστηρίου καὶ τῆς λαβίδος, καὶ τῆς ἐπικαλύψεως τοῦ προσώπου καὶ τῶν ποδῶν γινομένης ὑπὸ τῶν Σεραφίμ· Ἰεζεκιὴλ δὲ τὰ Χερουβὶμ καὶ τὴν πορείαν αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ ἐπʼ αὐτῶν στερέωμα καὶ τὸν ἐπικαθεζόμενον τῷ θρόνῳ. ὧν τί ἂν εἴη ἐνδοξότερον καὶ ὑψηλότερον;
dēlon dʼ hoti kai Hēsaïas to mystērion heōra tou epi tou thronou kathezomenou kai tōn dyo Seraphim kai tōn pterygōn autōn, tou te thysiastēriou kai tēs labidos, kai tēs epikalypseōs tou prosōpou kai tōn podōn ginomenēs hypo tōn Seraphim; Iezekiēl de ta Cheroubim kai tēn poreian autōn kai to epʼ autōn stereōma kai ton epikathezomenon tǭ thronǭ. hōn ti an eiē endoxoteron kai hypsēloteron?
And it is clear that Isaiah too saw the mystery of the one seated on the throne and of the two seraphim and their wings, and of the altar and the tongs, and of the covering of the face and the feet by the seraphim; and Ezekiel the cherubim and their movement and the firmament above them and the one seated on the throne. What could be more glorious and loftier than these?
6.24Preuschen 4:111
Καὶ ἵνα μὴ καθʼ ἓν λέγων ἐπὶ πολὺ μηκύνω τὸν λόγον βουλόμενος κατασκευάζειν οὐκ ἔλαττον τῶν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ ἀποκαλυφθέντων ἐγνωκέναι τοὺς τετελειωμένους έν ταῖς προτέραις γενεαῖς, ἀποκαλύπτοντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ καὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους διδάξαντος τὰ ἀπόρρητα τῆς θεοσεβείας μυστήρια, ἔτι ἀλίγα προσθεὶς κρίνειν τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι καταλείψω καὶ ὃ βούλονται περὶ τούτων σκοπεῖν.
Kai hina mē kathʼ hen legōn epi poly mēkynō ton logon boulomenos kataskeuazein ouk elatton tōn tois apostolois hypo Christou apokalyphthentōn egnōkenai tous teteleiōmenous en tais proterais geneais, apokalyptontos autois tou kai tous apostolous didaxantos ta aporrēta tēs theosebeias mystēria, eti aliga prostheis krinein tois entynchanousi kataleipsō kai ho boulontai peri toutōn skopein.
And so that I may not prolong my discourse by speaking of each one, wishing to establish that the perfect in earlier generations knew no less than what was revealed to the apostles by Christ, since the one who taught the apostles the secret mysteries of godliness revealed them to them, I will add a few more things and leave it to readers to judge and to consider what they wish about these things.
6.25Preuschen 4:111
φησὶ γὰρ ἐν τῇ πρὸς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἐπιστολῇ ὁ Παῦλος· »Τῷ δὲ »δυναμένῳ ὑμᾶς στηρίξαι κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν »μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου, φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά »τε γραφῶν προφητικῶν καὶ τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ »Χριστοῦ«. εἰ γὰρ διὰ γραφῶν προφητικῶν τὸ πάλαι σεσιωπημένον μυστήριον πεφανέρωται τοῖς ἀποστόλοις καὶ οἱ προφῆται ἐνόουν »τὰ ἀπὸ ἰδίου στόματος«, ἅτε ὄντες »σοφοί«, τὰ πεφανερωμένα τοῖς ἀποστόλοις οἱ προφῆται ᾔδεσαν.
phēsi gar en tę̄ pros tous Rhōmaious epistolę̄ ho Paulos; »Tǭ de »dynamenǭ hymas stērixai kata to euangelion mou kata apokalypsin »mystēriou chronois aiōniois sesigēmenou, phanerōthentos de nyn dia »te graphōn prophētikōn kai tēs epiphaneias tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou »Christou«. ei gar dia graphōn prophētikōn to palai sesiōpēmenon mystērion pephanerōtai tois apostolois kai hoi prophētai enooun »ta apo idiou stomatos«, hate ontes »sophoi«, ta pephanerōmena tois apostolois hoi prophētai ę̄desan.
For Paul says in the letter to the Romans: “Now to him who is able to strengthen you according to my gospel, according to the revelation of the mystery kept secret for long ages but now manifested through the prophetic Scriptures and the appearing of our Lord Jesus Christ.” For if the mystery long kept silent has been manifested to the apostles through the prophetic Scriptures, and the prophets understood “what comes from their own mouth,” being “wise,” the prophets knew what has been manifested to the apostles.
6.26Preuschen 4:111–112
Ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῖς πολλοῖς οὐκ ἀπεκαλύπτετο, διὰ τοῦτό φησιν ὁ Παῦλος· »Ἑτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ ἐγνωρίσθη τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὡς νῦν »ἀπεκαλύφθη τοῖς ἁγίοις ἀποστόλοις αὐτοῦ καὶ προφήταις ἐν πνεύματι, εἶναι τὰ ἔθνη συγκληρονόμα καὶ σύσσωμα«. ὅρα δέ (εἰ καὶ οὕτως οἷόν τε ἀνθυπενεχθησομένην ἀνθυποφορὰν ὑπὸ τῶν μὴ παραδεχομένων τὸν λόγον τὴν λέξιν ταύτην οὕτως ἐκλαβεῖν τὸ »ἀποκαλυπτόμενον«) μήποτε διχῶς ἔστιν ἰδεῖν »ἀποκαλυπτόμενον«, καθʼ ἕνα μὲν τρόπον ὅτε νοεῖται, καθʼ ἕτερον δὲ ἐὰν † ᾐ τοῦτο προφητευόμενον, ὥστε γενέσθαι καὶ πληρωθῆναι αὐτό· τότε γὰρ ἀποκαλύπτεται, ὅτε ἐπιτελεῖται πληρούμενον.
Epei de tois pollois ouk apekalypteto, dia touto phēsin ho Paulos; »Heterais geneais ouk egnōristhē tois huiois tōn anthrōpōn, hōs nyn »apekalyphthē tois hagiois apostolois autou kai prophētais en pneumati, einai ta ethnē synklēronoma kai syssōma«. hora de (ei kai houtōs hoion te anthypenechthēsomenēn anthypophoran hypo tōn mē paradechomenōn ton logon tēn lexin tautēn houtōs eklabein to »apokalyptomenon«) mēpote dichōs estin idein »apokalyptomenon«, kathʼ hena men tropon hote noeitai, kathʼ heteron de ean † ę̄ touto prophēteuomenon, hōste genesthai kai plērōthēnai auto; tote gar apokalyptetai, hote epiteleitai plēroumenon.
But since it was not revealed to the many, Paul says for this reason: “In other generations it was not made known to the sons of men as it has now been revealed to his holy apostles and prophets by the Spirit, that the Gentiles are fellow heirs and of the same body.” But see (if it is possible thus to take this text, “what is revealed,” against the objection that will be raised by those who do not accept our account) whether “what is revealed” can be seen in two ways: in one way when it is understood, in another if … it is prophesied, so that it comes to be and is fulfilled; for then it is revealed, when it is accomplished by being fulfilled.
6.27Preuschen 4:112
τὸ τοίνυν »τὰ ἔθνη συγκληρονόμα καὶ σύσσωμα καὶ συμμέτοχα« εἶναι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἐν Χριστῷ, ὅσον μὲν ἐπὶ τῇ γνώσει τοῦ ἔσεσθαι «τὰ ἔθνη συλκληρονόμα »καὶ σύσσωμα κοὶ συμμέτοχα«, καὶ πότε ἔσεσθαι, καὶ διὰ τί, καὶ τίνα ὄντα, καὶ πῶς ξένα τῶν διαθηκῶν τυγχάνοντα καὶ ἀλλότρια τῆς ἐπαγγελίας »σύσσωμα καὶ συμμέτοχα« ὕστερον ἐσόμενα ᾔδεσαν οἱ προφῆται, ἀποκαλυφθέντος αὐτοῖς τούτου.
to toinyn »ta ethnē synklēronoma kai syssōma kai symmetocha« einai tēs epangelias en Christǭ, hoson men epi tę̄ gnōsei tou esesthai «ta ethnē sylklēronoma »kai syssōma koi symmetocha«, kai pote esesthai, kai dia ti, kai tina onta, kai pōs xena tōn diathēkōn tynchanonta kai allotria tēs epangelias »syssōma kai symmetocha« hysteron esomena ę̄desan hoi prophētai, apokalyphthentos autois toutou.
So, then, that “the Gentiles are fellow heirs and of the same body and fellow partakers” of the promise in Christ: as far as the knowledge goes that “the Gentiles” would be “fellow heirs and of the same body and fellow partakers,” and when they would be, and why, and being what, and how, being strangers to the covenants and aliens to the promise, they would later be “of the same body and fellow partakers,” the prophets knew, since this was revealed to them.
6.28Preuschen 4:112
ἀλλʼ οὐχ οὕτως τοῖς νοοῦσιν, οὐχ ὁρῶσι δὲ ἐπιτελούμενα τὰ προφητευόμενα, ἀποκεκάλυπται τὰ ἐσόμενα ὡς τοῖς ὑπʼ ὄψιν θεωροῦσι τὴν ἔχβασιν αὐτῶν· ὅπερ γέγονεν ἐπὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων. οὕτω γάρ, ὡς οἶμαι, ἐνόουν τὰ πράγματα οὐ μᾶλλον τῶν πατέρων καὶ προφητῶν, ἀληθεύεται δὲ περὶ αὐτῶν τὸ »Ὅ ἑτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ ἀπεκαλύφθη, ὡς νῦν τοῖς ἀποστό- »λοις καὶ προφήταις, εἶναι τὰ ἔθνη συγκληρονόμα καὶ σύσσωμα καὶ συμμέτοχα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἐν Χριστῷ« τῷ πρὸς τῷ νοεῖν αὐτοὺς τὰ μυστήρια καὶ τὴν ἐνάργειαν διὰ τοῦ πράγματος ἐπιτελουμένου κατανοεῖν.
allʼ ouch houtōs tois noousin, ouch horōsi de epiteloumena ta prophēteuomena, apokekalyptai ta esomena hōs tois hypʼ opsin theōrousi tēn echbasin autōn; hoper gegonen epi tōn apostolōn. houtō gar, hōs oimai, enooun ta pragmata ou mallon tōn paterōn kai prophētōn, alētheuetai de peri autōn to »Ho heterais geneais ouk apekalyphthē, hōs nyn tois aposto- »lois kai prophētais, einai ta ethnē synklēronoma kai syssōma kai symmetocha tēs epangelias en Christǭ« tǭ pros tǭ noein autous ta mystēria kai tēn enargeian dia tou pragmatos epiteloumenou katanoein.
But the things to come are not revealed in the same way to those who understand but do not see the prophecies fulfilled as to those who behold their outcome before their eyes, which happened with the apostles. For thus, I think, they understood the realities no more than the fathers and prophets, but it is true of them that “what was not revealed to other generations as now to the apostles and prophets, that the Gentiles are fellow heirs and of the same body and fellow partakers of the promise in Christ,” in that, besides understanding the mysteries, they also perceived the vividness of the matter as it was accomplished.
6.29Preuschen 4:112–113
Δύναται δὲ καὶ τὸ »Ηολλοὶ προφῆται καὶ δίκαιοι ἐπεθύμησαν »ἰδεῖν ἃ ὑμεῖς βλέπετε, καὶ οὐκ † εἶδον, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ ἀκούετε, καὶ »οὐκ ἤκουσαν« τὴν ὁμοίαν ἔχειν διήγησιν, οἱονεὶ ἐπιθυμησάντων κἀκείνων ἰδεῖν οἰκονομούμενον τὸ μυστήριον τῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνσωματώσεως καὶ καταβάσεως ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκονομίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου τοῖς πολλοῖς πάθους αὐτοῦ. ὡς ἐπὶ παραδείγματος καὶ ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον ἐλαμβάνομεν· ἔστω τινὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων, συνιέντα τὰ »ἄρρητα ῥήματα ἃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἀνθρώπῳ λαλῆσαι«, μὴ ὀψόμενον τὴν παρὰ τοῖς πεπιστευκόσι κατηγγελμένην δευτέραν σωματικὴν Ἰησοῦ ἔνδοξον ἐπιδημίαν, ἐπιθυμεῖν αὐτὴν ὁρᾶν· ἕτερον δέ τινα οὐ μόνον τὰ αὐτὰ τῷ ἀποστόλῳ οὐκ ἠκριβωκότα καὶ νενοηκότα, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλῷ αὐτοῦ ἔλαττον ἀντεχόμενον τῆς θείας ἐλπίδος καταλαμβάνειν τὴν δευτέραν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἐπιδημίαν, ἣν ἐπιτεθυμηκέτω μὲν κατὰ τὸ παράδειγμα ὁ ἀπόστολος, μὴ τεθεωρηκέτω δέ.
Dynatai de kai to »Ēolloi prophētai kai dikaioi epethymēsan »idein ha hymeis blepete, kai ouk † eidon, kai akousai ha akouete, kai »ouk ēkousan« tēn homoian echein diēgēsin, hoionei epithymēsantōn kakeinōn idein oikonomoumenon to mystērion tēs tou huiou tou theou ensōmatōseōs kai katabaseōs epi tēn oikonomian tou sōtēriou tois pollois pathous autou. hōs epi paradeigmatos kai allo ti toiouton elambanomen; estō tina tōn apostolōn, synienta ta »arrēta rhēmata ha ouk exon anthrōpǭ lalēsai«, mē opsomenon tēn para tois pepisteukosi katēngelmenēn deuteran sōmatikēn Iēsou endoxon epidēmian, epithymein autēn horan; heteron de tina ou monon ta auta tǭ apostolǭ ouk ēkribōkota kai nenoēkota, alla kai pollǭ autou elatton antechomenon tēs theias elpidos katalambanein tēn deuteran tou sōtēros hēmōn epidēmian, hēn epitethymēketō men kata to paradeigma ho apostolos, mē tetheōrēketō de.
And “Many prophets and righteous men longed to see what you see, and did not see it, and to hear what you hear, and did not hear it” can have a similar explanation, as though they too longed to see the mystery of the Son of God's embodiment and his descent to the dispensation of his suffering, which is saving for the many, being carried out. As an example we took something else of this sort: suppose one of the apostles, understanding “the unspeakable words which it is not lawful for a man to speak,” not seeing the second bodily and glorious coming of Jesus proclaimed among believers, longs to see it; and another person, not only not having grasped and understood the same things as the apostle, but holding to the divine hope much less than he, is present at the second coming of our Savior, which, in our example, the apostle has longed for but not seen.
6.30Preuschen 4:113
οὐ ψεῦδος δὴ ἐροῦμεν ὅτι † οἵδε δύο, ἃ ἐπεθύμησεν ὁ ἀπόστολος ἰδεῖν ἢ καὶ ἀπόστολοι, Τεθέανται, καὶ οὐ πάντως παρὰ τοῦτο συνετωτέρους αὐ- τοὺς ἢ μακαριωτέρους ἀνάγκη λέγειν τῶν ἀποστόλων· οὕτως οὐδὲ τοὺς ἀποστόλους σοφωτέρους τῶν πατέρων ἢ Μωσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν ἐπιπλεῖον διʼ ἀρετὴν ἀξιωθέντων ἐπιφανειῶν καὶ ἐμφανειῶν θείων καὶ ἀποκαλύψεων μυστηρίων μεγάλων.
ou pseudos dē eroumen hoti † hoide dyo, ha epethymēsen ho apostolos idein ē kai apostoloi, Tetheantai, kai ou pantōs para touto synetōterous au- tous ē makariōterous anankē legein tōn apostolōn; houtōs oude tous apostolous sophōterous tōn paterōn ē Mōseōs kai tōn prophētōn, kai malista tōn epipleion diʼ aretēn axiōthentōn epiphaneiōn kai emphaneiōn theiōn kai apokalypseōn mystēriōn megalōn.
We shall not speak falsely, then, if we say that these two … have seen what the apostle, or even the apostles, longed to see, and it is by no means necessary on that account to call them wiser or more blessed than the apostles. So neither must the apostles be called wiser than the fathers or Moses and the prophets, and especially those who for their virtue were counted worthy of more divine appearances and manifestations and revelations of great mysteries.
6.31Preuschen 4:113
Ἐπιπλέον δὲ διετρίψαμεν ἐξετάζοντες περὶ τούτων, ἐπεὶ τῇ φαντασίᾳ τοῦ δοξάζειν τὴν Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίαν πολλῷ σοφωτέρους τοὺς ἀποστόλους τῶν πατέρων καὶ τῶν προφητῶν λέγοντες οἱ μὲν καὶ ἕτερον ἀναπεπλάκασιν θεὸν μείζονα, οἱ δὲ μὴ τοῦτο τολμήσαντες ὅσον ἐπὶ τῷ αὐτῶν λόγῳ διὰ τὸ ἀβασάνιστον τῶν δογμάτων χρεωκοποῦσι τὴν δεδομένην τοῖς πατράσι καὶ τοῖς προφήταις ἀπὸ θεοῦ διὰ Χριστοῦ δωρεάν, διʼ οὗ »τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο«· εἰ δὲ τὰ πάντα, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ τὰ ἐκείνοις ἀποκαλυφθέντα καλὰ καὶ πεπραγμένα σύμβολα μυστηρίων θεοσεβείας ἁγίων.
Epipleon de dietripsamen exetazontes peri toutōn, epei tę̄ phantasią tou doxazein tēn Christou epidēmian pollǭ sophōterous tous apostolous tōn paterōn kai tōn prophētōn legontes hoi men kai heteron anapeplakasin theon meizona, hoi de mē touto tolmēsantes hoson epi tǭ autōn logǭ dia to abasaniston tōn dogmatōn chreōkopousi tēn dedomenēn tois patrasi kai tois prophētais apo theou dia Christou dōrean, diʼ hou »ta panta egeneto«; ei de ta panta, dēlon hoti kai ta ekeinois apokalyphthenta kala kai pepragmena symbola mystēriōn theosebeias hagiōn.
We have spent longer examining these things because, under the impression of glorifying Christ's coming, some, saying that the apostles were much wiser than the fathers and the prophets, have even fabricated another, greater God, while others, not daring to do this, as far as their own argument goes, through their unexamined doctrines defraud the fathers and prophets of the gift given them by God through Christ, through whom “all things came to be.” And if all things, clearly also the good things revealed to them and the deeds done as symbols of the mysteries of holy godliness.
6.32Preuschen 4:113
ἐπεὶ δὲ πάντη φράσσεσθαι δεὶ τοὺς γενναίους Χριστοῦ στρατιώτας ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας, οὐδαμοῦ κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν παρείδυσιν ἐῶντας ἐγγενέσθαι τῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ ψεύδους πιθανότητι, φέρε καὶ ταῦτα σκοπήσωμεν.
epei de pantē phrassesthai dei tous gennaious Christou stratiōtas hyper alētheias, oudamou kata to dynaton pareidysin eōntas engenesthai tę̄ apo tou pseudous pithanotēti, phere kai tauta skopēsōmen.
And since the noble soldiers of Christ must fortify themselves on every side for the truth, as far as possible allowing no entrance anywhere to the plausibility that comes from falsehood, come, let us consider these things too.
6.33Preuschen 4:113
τάχα γὰρ φήσουσι τὴν προτέραν Ἰωάννουπερὶ περὶ Χριστοῦ μαρτυρίαν εἶναι· »Ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν«. τὸ δὲ »Ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς πάντες ἐλάβο- »μεν καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος« καὶ τὰ ἑξξῆς εἰρῆσθαι ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ μαθητοῦ.
tacha gar phēsousi tēn proteran Iōannouperi peri Christou martyrian einai; »Ho opisō mou erchomenos emprosthen mou gegonen, hoti prōtos mou ēn«. to de »Hoti ek tou plērōmatos autou hēmeis pantes elabo- »men kai charin anti charitos« kai ta hexxēs eirēsthai ek prosōpou tou mathētou.
For perhaps they will say that John's first testimony about Christ is “He who comes after me has come to be before me, because he was before me,” and that “For from his fullness we have all received, and grace for grace,” and what follows, was said in the person of the disciple.
6.34Preuschen 4:113–114
ἀναγκαῖον δὲ καὶ οὕτως διελέγξαι ὡς βεβιασμένην καὶ ἀνακόλουθον τὴν ἐκδοχήν· πάνυ γὰρ βίαιον τὸ οἴεσθαι αἰφνίδιον οἱονεὶ ἀκαίρως διακόπτεσθαι τὸν τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ λόγον ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου τοῦ μαθητοῦ, καὶ παντὶ τῷ καὶ ἐπὶ ποσὸν ἀκούειν συμφράσεως λεγομένων ἐπισταμένῳ σαφὲς τὸ τοῦ εἱρμοῦ τῆς λέξεως· »Oÿtow ἡν ὁ εἰπών· Ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, »ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν«.
anankaion de kai houtōs dielenxai hōs bebiasmenēn kai anakolouthon tēn ekdochēn; pany gar biaion to oiesthai aiphnidion hoionei akairōs diakoptesthai ton tou baptistou logon hypo tou logou tou mathētou, kai panti tǭ kai epi poson akouein symphraseōs legomenōn epistamenǭ saphes to tou heirmou tēs lexeōs; »Oytow hēn ho eipōn; Ho opisō mou erchomenos emprosthen mou gegonen, »hoti prōtos mou ēn«.
It is necessary, even so, to refute this interpretation as forced and inconsistent. For it is very forced to think that the Baptist's speech is suddenly, as it were, interrupted out of season by the speech of the disciple; and to anyone who knows even a little how to hear the connection of what is said, the sequence of the text is clear: “This was he who said, He who comes after me has come to be before me, because he was before me.”
6.35Preuschen 4:114
διδάσκει δὲ ὁ βαπτιστὴς πῶς ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ γέγονεν Ἰησοῦς τῶ πρῶτος αὐτοῦ (ἐπεὶ πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως) εἶναι διὰ τοῦ »Ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς πάντες »ἐλάβομεν«. διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ, φησίν, »ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶ- »τός μου ἦν«. διὰ τοῦτο δὲ νοῶ αὐτὸν πρῶτόν μου ὄντα καὶ τιμιώτερον παρὰ τῷ πατρί, ἐπεὶ ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ ἐγώ τε καὶ οἱ πρὸ ἐμοῦ προφῆται εἰλήφαμεν χάριν τὴν θειοτέραν καὶ μείζονα καὶ προφητικὴν ἀντὶ χάριτος τῆς κατὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν ἡμῶν ἀποδεχθείσης παρʼ αὐτοῦ.
didaskei de ho baptistēs pōs emprosthen autou gegonen Iēsous tō prōtos autou (epei prōtotokos pasēs ktiseōs) einai dia tou »Hoti ek tou plērōmatos autou hēmeis pantes »elabomen«. dia touto gar, phēsin, »emprosthen mou gegonen, hoti prō- »tos mou ēn«. dia touto de noō auton prōton mou onta kai timiōteron para tǭ patri, epei ek tou plērōmatos autou egō te kai hoi pro emou prophētai eilēphamen charin tēn theioteran kai meizona kai prophētikēn anti charitos tēs kata tēn proairesin hēmōn apodechtheisēs parʼ autou.
And the Baptist teaches how Jesus has come to be before him, by being first of him (since he is the firstborn of all creation), through “For from his fullness we have all received.” For this reason, he says, “he has come to be before me, because he was before me.” And for this reason I understand him to be first of me and more honored with the Father, since from his fullness both I and the prophets before me have received the more divine and greater, prophetic grace in place of the grace that was accepted by him according to our free choice.
6.36Preuschen 4:114
διὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ »ἔμπροσθεν γέγονεν ὅτι πρῶτός μου »ἦν«, ἐπεὶ καὶ νενοήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ εἰληφότες, τὸν μὲν νόμον »διὰ Μωσέως« δεδόσθαι, οὐχ >ὑπὸ Μωσέως καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ οὐ δεδόσθαι μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ γεγονέναι, τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ τόν τε νόμον διὰ Μωσέως δεδωκότος, [τὴν χάριν καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ πεποιηκότος] χάριν δὲ καὶ ἀλήθειαν πεποιηκότος διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τὴν ἐπʼ ἀνθρώπους φθάσασαν.
dia touto de kai »emprosthen gegonen hoti prōtos mou »ēn«, epei kai nenoēkamen ek tou plērōmatos autou eilēphotes, ton men nomon »dia Mōseōs« dedosthai, ouch >hypo Mōseōs kai tēn alētheian dia Iēsou Christou ou dedosthai monon alla kai gegonenai, tou theou kai patros autou ton te nomon dia Mōseōs dedōkotos, [tēn charin kai tēn alētheian dia Iēsou Christou pepoiēkotos] charin de kai alētheian pepoiēkotos dia Iēsou Christou tēn epʼ anthrōpous phthasasan.
And for this reason too “he has come to be before me, because he was before me,” since, having received from his fullness, we have also understood that the law was given “through Moses,” not “by Moses,” and that the truth through Jesus Christ was not only given but also came to be, his God and Father having given the law through Moses, but having made through Jesus Christ the grace and truth that reached human beings.
6.37Preuschen 4:114
εὐγνωμονέστερον γὰρ ἀκούσαντες τῆς λέξεως τῆς φασκούσης· »Ἡ χάρις κοὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ »ἐγένετο« οὐ ταραχθησόμεθα ὡς ὑπὸ ἐναντιώματος ταύτῃ τῇ φωνῇ ὄντος τοῦ »Ἐγὼ εἰμι ἡ ὁδὸς καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ ζωή«. εἰ γὰρ Ἰησοῦς έστιν ὁ φάσκων· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια«, πῶς ἡ 'αλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ γίνεται; αὐτὸς γάρ τις διʼ ἑαυτοῦ οὐ γίνεται.
eugnōmonesteron gar akousantes tēs lexeōs tēs phaskousēs; »Hē charis koi hē alētheia dia Iēsou Christou »egeneto« ou tarachthēsometha hōs hypo enantiōmatos tautę̄ tę̄ phōnę̄ ontos tou »Egō eimi hē hodos kai hē alētheia kai hē zōē«. ei gar Iēsous estin ho phaskōn; »Egō eimi hē alētheia«, pōs hē 'alētheia dia Iēsou Christou ginetai? autos gar tis diʼ heautou ou ginetai.
For if we hear more considerately the text that says, “Grace and truth came through Jesus Christ,” we shall not be troubled, as though by a contradiction, by the saying, “I am the way and the truth and the life.” For if Jesus is the one who says, “I am the truth,” how does the truth come through Jesus Christ? For no one comes to be through himself.
6.38Preuschen 4:114
ἀλλὰ νοητέον ὅτι ἡ αὐτοαλήθεια ἡ οὐσιώδης καί, ἕν οὕτως εἴπω, πρωτότυπος τῆς ἐν ταῖς λογικαῖς ψυχαῖς ἀληθείας, ἀφʼ ἧς ἀληθείας οἱονεὶ εἰκόνες ἐκείνης ἐντετύπωνται τοῖς φρονοῦσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, οὐχὶ οὐχὶ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδʼ ὅλως διά τινος, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ θεοῦ ἐγέννετο· ὡς καὶ ὁ λόγος οὐ διά τινος ὁ έν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ ἡ σοφία, ἣν »ἔκτισεν ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ ὁ θεός«, οὐ διά τινος, οὕτως οὐδὲ ἡ ἀλή- θεια διά τινος.
alla noēteon hoti hē autoalētheia hē ousiōdēs kai, hen houtōs eipō, prōtotypos tēs en tais logikais psychais alētheias, aphʼ hēs alētheias hoionei eikones ekeinēs entetypōntai tois phronousi tēn alētheian, ouchi ouchi Iēsou Christou egeneto oudʼ holōs dia tinos, allʼ hypo theou egenneto; hōs kai ho logos ou dia tinos ho en archę̄ pros ton theon kai hē sophia, hēn »ektisen archēn hodōn autou ho theos«, ou dia tinos, houtōs oude hē alē- theia dia tinos.
But we must understand that Truth itself, the essential Truth and, so to speak, the prototype of the truth in rational souls, from which truth images of it, as it were, have been imprinted on those who think the truth, did not come to be through Jesus Christ, nor through anyone at all, but was begotten by God; just as the Word who is in the beginning with God is not through anyone, and wisdom, which “God created the beginning of his ways,” is not through anyone, so neither is truth through anyone.
6.39Preuschen 4:114
ἡ δὲ παρʼ ἀνθρώποις ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο· οἷον ἡ ἐν Παύλῳ ἀλήθεια καὶ τοῖς ἀποστόλοις διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο. καὶ οὐ θαυμαστὸν μιᾶς οὔσης ἀληθείας οἱονεὶ πολλὰς ἀπʼ ἐκείνης λέγειν ἐρρυηκέναι. οἶδε γοῦν ὁ προφήτης Δαβὶδ πολλὰς ἀληθείας λέγων· »Ἀληθείας ἐκζητεῖ κύριος«· οὐ γὰρ τὴν μίαν ἐκζητεῖ ἀλήθειαν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῆς, ἀλλὰ τὰς πολλάς, διʼ ἃς σώζονται οἱ ἔχοντες αὐτάς.
hē de parʼ anthrōpois alētheia dia Iēsou Christou egeneto; hoion hē en Paulǭ alētheia kai tois apostolois dia Iēsou Christou egeneto. kai ou thaumaston mias ousēs alētheias hoionei pollas apʼ ekeinēs legein erryēkenai. oide goun ho prophētēs Dabid pollas alētheias legōn; »Alētheias ekzētei kyrios«; ou gar tēn mian ekzētei alētheian ho patēr autēs, alla tas pollas, diʼ has sōzontai hoi echontes autas.
But the truth among human beings came to be through Jesus Christ; for example, the truth in Paul and in the apostles came to be through Jesus Christ. And it is not surprising that, truth being one, many truths are said, as it were, to have flowed from it. At any rate the prophet David knows many truths, saying, “The Lord seeks truths.” For the Father of truth does not seek the one truth, but the many, through which those who have them are saved.
6.40Preuschen 4:114–115
τὸ δʼ ὅμοιον τῷ περὶ τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τῶν ἀληθειῶν λόγῳ εὑρίσκομεν εἰρημένον περὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ δικαιοσυνῶν. ἡ γὰρ αὐτοδικαιοσύνη ἡ οὐσιώδης Χριστός ἐστιν· »Ὅς ἐγενήθη σοφία ἡμῖν ἀπὸ θεοῦ, δικαιοσύνη τε καὶ ἁγιασμὸς καὶ ἀπολύτρωσις«. ἀπʼ ἐκεί- νης δὲ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἡ ἐν ἑκάστῳ δικαιοσύνη τυποῦται, ὡς γίνεσθαι ἐν τοῖς σωζομένοις πολλὰς δικαιοσύνας· διὸ καὶ γέγραπται »Ὅτι δί- »καιος κύριος, καὶ δικαιοσύνας ἠγάπησεν«· οὕτω γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἀκριβέσιν ἀντιγράφοις εὕρομεν καὶ ταῖς λοιπαῖς παρὰ τοὺς ἑβδομήκοντα ἐκδόσεσι καὶ τῶ Ἑβραϊκῷ.
to dʼ homoion tǭ peri tēs alētheias kai tōn alētheiōn logǭ heuriskomen eirēmenon peri dikaiosynēs kai dikaiosynōn. hē gar autodikaiosynē hē ousiōdēs Christos estin; »Hos egenēthē sophia hēmin apo theou, dikaiosynē te kai hagiasmos kai apolytrōsis«. apʼ ekei- nēs de tēs dikaiosynēs hē en hekastǭ dikaiosynē typoutai, hōs ginesthai en tois sōzomenois pollas dikaiosynas; dio kai gegraptai »Hoti di- »kaios kyrios, kai dikaiosynas ēgapēsen«; houtō gar en tois akribesin antigraphois heuromen kai tais loipais para tous hebdomēkonta ekdosesi kai tō Hebraïkǭ.
And we find something similar to the account of truth and truths said about righteousness and righteousnesses. For the essential Righteousness itself is Christ, “who became for us wisdom from God, and righteousness and sanctification and redemption.” And from that righteousness the righteousness in each is shaped, so that many righteousnesses come to be in those who are saved; which is why it is written, “For the Lord is righteous, and he loved righteousnesses.” For so we found it in the accurate copies and in the other editions besides the Seventy, and in the Hebrew.
6.41Preuschen 4:115
ἐπίστησον δὲ εἰ δύναται ὁμοίως καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, ὅσα Χριστὸς εἶναι λέγεται ἑνικῶς, πληθυόμενα ἀνάλογον ὀνομάζεσθαι πληθυντικῶς, οἷον »Χριστός ἐστιν ἡ ζωὴ ἡμῶν‘, ὡς αὐτὸς ὁ σωτήρ φησιν· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδὸς καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ ζωή«· καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος· »Ὅταν »ὁ Χριστὸς φανερωθῇ, ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν, τότε καὶ ὑμεῖς σὺν αὐτῷ φανερω- »θήσεσθε ἐν ψαλμοῖς ἐν ψαλμοῖς δὲ πάλιν ἀναγέγραπται· »Κρεῖττον τὸ ἔλεός σου ὑπὲρ«· διὰ γὰρ τὸν ἐν ἑκάστῳ χριστὸν ὄντα ζωὴν πληθύονται αἱ ζωαί.
epistēson de ei dynatai homoiōs kai ta alla, hosa Christos einai legetai henikōs, plēthyomena analogon onomazesthai plēthyntikōs, hoion »Christos estin hē zōē hēmōn‘, hōs autos ho sōtēr phēsin; »Egō eimi hē hodos kai hē alētheia kai hē zōē«; kai ho apostolos; »Hotan »ho Christos phanerōthę̄, hē zōē hymōn, tote kai hymeis syn autǭ phanerō- »thēsesthe en psalmois en psalmois de palin anagegraptai; »Kreitton to eleos sou hyper«; dia gar ton en hekastǭ christon onta zōēn plēthyontai hai zōai.
And consider whether likewise the other things that Christ is said to be in the singular can, when multiplied, be named analogously in the plural; for example, “Christ is our life,” as the Savior himself says, “I am the way and the truth and the life,” and the apostle, “When Christ, your life, is revealed, then you too will be revealed with him in glory”; but in the Psalms again it is written, “Your mercy is better than lives.” For because Christ, who is life, is in each person, the lives are multiplied.
6.42Preuschen 4:115
τάχα δὲ οὕτω ζητητέον καὶ τὸ »Εἰ δο- »κιμὴν ζητεῖτε τοῦ ἑν λαλοῦντος χριστοῦ«; οἱονεὶ γὰρ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἅγιον Χριστὸς εὑρίσκεται, καὶ γίνονται διὰ τὸν ἕνα χριστὸν πολλοὶ | χριστοὶ οἱ ἐκείνου μιμηταὶ καὶ κατʼ αὐτὸν εἰκόνα ὄντα θεοῦ μεμορφωμένοι· ὅθεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ τοῦ προφήτου φησίν· »Μὴ ἅψησθε τῶν »Χριστῶν μου«. ὃ τοίνυν ἐδόξαμεν παρεληλυθέναι διηγούμενοι τὸ »Ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο«, τοῦτο νῦν κατὰ τὸ ἐμπεσὸν ἀνεπτύξαμεν· ἅμα δὲ παρεστήσαμεν ὅτι τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ Ἰωάννου ἐστὶν ἡ φωνὴ ἔτι καὶ διὰ τούτων μαρτυροῦντος τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ.
tacha de houtō zētēteon kai to »Ei do- »kimēn zēteite tou hen lalountos christou«? hoionei gar kathʼ hekaston hagion Christos heurisketai, kai ginontai dia ton hena christon polloi | christoi hoi ekeinou mimētai kai katʼ auton eikona onta theou memorphōmenoi; hothen ho theos dia tou prophētou phēsin; »Mē hapsēsthe tōn »Christōn mou«. ho toinyn edoxamen parelēlythenai diēgoumenoi to »Hē charis kai hē alētheia dia Iēsou Christou egeneto«, touto nyn kata to empeson aneptyxamen; hama de parestēsamen hoti tou baptistou Iōannou estin hē phōnē eti kai dia toutōn martyrountos tǭ huiǭ tou theou.
And perhaps “Since you seek proof of the Christ who speaks in me” must be inquired into in this way. For Christ is found, as it were, in each saint, and through the one Christ there come to be many christs, his imitators, formed according to him, who is the image of God; whence God says through the prophet, “Do not touch my anointed ones.” What we seemed to have passed over in explaining “Grace and truth came through Jesus Christ,” we have now unfolded as it occurred to us; and at the same time we have shown that the voice is that of John the Baptist, still testifying through these words to the Son of God.
6.43Preuschen 4:115
Ηδη οὖν ἴδωμεν τὴν δευτέραν Ἰωάννου μαρτυρίαν. απὸ Ἱεροσολύμων Ἰουδαῖοι, ὡς συγγενεῖς ὄντες τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ ἀπὸ γένους ἱερατικοῦ τυγχδάνοντος, ἱερεῖς πέμπουσι καὶ Λευίτας πευσομένους, ὅστις ποτὲ εἴη ὁ Ἰωάννης. ὁ δὲ λέγων τὸ »Ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ὁ »γριστός« διʼ αὐτοῦ τούτου ὁμολογίαν ἀληθείας πεποίηται, καὶ οὐχ, ὡς ἄν τις ὑπολάβοι, διὰ τὸ »Οὐκ εἰμὶ ὁ χριστός« ἠρνήσατο· οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἄρνησις τὸ εἰς δόξαν Χριστοῦ λέγειν, μὴ αὐτὸν εἶναι Χριστόν.
Ēdē oun idōmen tēn deuteran Iōannou martyrian. apo Hierosolymōn Ioudaioi, hōs syngeneis ontes tou baptistou apo genous hieratikou tynchdanontos, hiereis pempousi kai Leuitas peusomenous, hostis pote eiē ho Iōannēs. ho de legōn to »Egō ouk eimi ho »gristos« diʼ autou toutou homologian alētheias pepoiētai, kai ouch, hōs an tis hypolaboi, dia to »Ouk eimi ho christos« ērnēsato; ou gar estin arnēsis to eis doxan Christou legein, mē auton einai Christon.
Let us now see John's second testimony. The Jews from Jerusalem, as kinsmen of the Baptist, who was of priestly descent, send priests and Levites to inquire who John was. And he, saying “I am not the Christ,” by this very thing made a confession of the truth, and did not, as one might suppose, deny by saying “I am not the Christ”; for it is not a denial to say for the glory of Christ that one is not the Christ.
6.44Preuschen 4:115–116
ἅπαξ δὲ οἱ πεμφθέντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων ἱερεῖς καὶ Λευῖται ἀκούσαντες τὸ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὸν τὸν προσδοκώμενον χριστόν, πυνθάνονται περὶ τοῦ δευτέρου ἐλπιζομένου παρʼ αὐτοῖς τιμίου ὀνόματος Ἠλίου, εἰ αὐτὸς εἴη ἐκεῖνος. λέγει δὲ μὴ τυγχάνειν Ἠλίας πάλιν ὁμολογῶν διὰ τοῦ Οὐκ εἰμὶ« τὸ ἀληθές.
hapax de hoi pemphthentes apo Hierosolymōn hiereis kai Leuitai akousantes to mē einai auton ton prosdokōmenon christon, pynthanontai peri tou deuterou elpizomenou parʼ autois timiou onomatos Ēliou, ei autos eiē ekeinos. legei de mē tynchanein Ēlias palin homologōn dia tou Ouk eimi« to alēthes.
Once the priests and Levites sent from Jerusalem heard that he was not the expected Christ, they inquire about the second honored name hoped for among them, Elijah, whether he was that one. And he says he is not Elijah, again confessing the truth by “I am not.”
6.45Preuschen 4:116
ἐπεὶ δὲ πολλῶν προφητῶν γινομένων ἐν Ἰσραὴλ εἷς τις ὁ ὑπὸ Μωσέως προφητευθεὶς ἐξαιρέτως προσεδοκᾶτο κατὰ τὸ φάσκον ῥητόν· »Ηροφήτην ὑμῖν ὑμῖν κύριος ὀ »θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν ὡς ἐμέ, αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε. καὶ »ἔσται πᾶσα [ἡ] ψυχή, ἥτις ἂν μὴ ἀκούσῃ τοῦ προφήτου ἐκείνου, »ἐξολεθρευθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ«, τρίτον ἐρωτῶσιν οὐχὶ εἰ προφήτης εἴη, ἀλλʼ εἰ >ὁ< προφήτης.
epei de pollōn prophētōn ginomenōn en Israēl heis tis ho hypo Mōseōs prophēteutheis exairetōs prosedokato kata to phaskon rhēton; »Ērophētēn hymin hymin kyrios o »theos hēmōn ek tōn adelphōn hymōn hōs eme, autou akousesthe. kai »estai pasa [hē] psychē, hētis an mē akousę̄ tou prophētou ekeinou, »exolethreuthēsetai ek tou laou autou«, triton erōtōsin ouchi ei prophētēs eiē, allʼ ei >ho< prophētēs.
And since, though there were many prophets in Israel, one in particular, foretold by Moses, was specially expected, according to the text that says, “The Lord our God will raise up for you a prophet from your brothers like me; you shall listen to him. And every soul that does not listen to that prophet will be utterly destroyed from his people,” third they ask, not whether he was a prophet, but whether he was “the” prophet.
6.46Preuschen 4:116
καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ὅνομα ἐκείνων οὐκ ἐπὶ Χριστοῦ ταττόντων ἀλλʼ οἰομένων ἕτερον παρὰ τὸν χριστὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι, αὐτὸς γινώσκων τὸν οὗ πρόδρομός ἐστιν ὅτι καὶ ὁ χριστὸς καὶ ὁ προφήτης οὑτος ἐστὶν ὁ προφητευθείς, φησίν »Οὔ«· τάχα ἂν τὸ »Ναὶ« ἀποκρινάμενος, εἰ χωρὶς τοῦ ἄρθρου ἠρωτήκεισαν· οὐ γὰρ ἡγνόει προφήτης ὤν.
kai touto to honoma ekeinōn ouk epi Christou tattontōn allʼ oiomenōn heteron para ton christon auton einai, autos ginōskōn ton hou prodromos estin hoti kai ho christos kai ho prophētēs houtos estin ho prophēteutheis, phēsin »Ou«; tacha an to »Nai« apokrinamenos, ei chōris tou arthrou ērōtēkeisan; ou gar hēgnoei prophētēs ōn.
And since they did not apply this name to Christ but thought that he was another besides the Christ, he, knowing that the one whose forerunner he is is both the Christ and this prophet who was foretold, says “No”; perhaps he would have answered “Yes” if they had asked without the article; for he was not unaware that he was a prophet.
6.47Preuschen 4:116
καὶ ἐν ταύταις ὅλαις ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν ἡ δευτέρα οὐδέπω τετέλεσται μαρτυρία Ἰωάννου, ἕως τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν ἀπόκρισιν ἀπαγγελθησομένην τοῖς πέμψασιν ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ προφητικῆς κατήγγειλε φωνῆς τῆς τοῦ Ἡσαΐου οὕτως ἐχούσης· »Φωνὴ βοῶντος »ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου«.
kai en tautais holais tais apokrisesin hē deutera oudepō tetelestai martyria Iōannou, heōs tois aitousin apokrisin apangelthēsomenēn tois pempsasin heauton apo prophētikēs katēngeile phōnēs tēs tou Hēsaïou houtōs echousēs; »Phōnē boōntos »en tę̄ erēmǭ, euthynate tēn hodon kyriou«.
And in all these answers John's second testimony is not yet complete, until to those who asked for an answer to report to those who sent them he declared himself from the prophetic voice of Isaiah, which runs thus: “A voice of one crying in the wilderness: Make straight the way of the Lord.”
6.48Preuschen 4:116
Ἄξιον δὲ ζητῆσαι πότερον τετέλεσται ἡ δευτέρα ΜΑΡΤΥΡΊΑ καὶ τρίτη γίνεται πρὸς ἀπεσταλμένους ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ βουλομένους μαθεῖν τί δήποτε βαπτίζει, μήτε Χρωτὸς μήτε Ἠλίας μήτε ὁ προφήτης τυγχάνων, ἐν τῷ »Ἐγὼ βαπτίζω ἐν ὕδατι· μέσος »δὲ ὑμῶν ἕστηκεν ὃν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε, [ὁ] ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος, οὗ »οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος‘, ἢ μέρος τῆς δευτέρας ἐστὶ·καὶ τὸ ἀπαγγελλόμενον πρὸς τοὺς Φαρι- σαίους.
Axion de zētēsai poteron tetelestai hē deutera MARTYRIA kai tritē ginetai pros apestalmenous ek tōn Pharisaiōn kai boulomenous mathein ti dēpote baptizei, mēte Chrōtos mēte Ēlias mēte ho prophētēs tynchanōn, en tǭ »Egō baptizō en hydati; mesos »de hymōn hestēken hon hymeis ouk oidate, [ho] opisō mou erchomenos, hou »ouk eimi egō axios hina lysō autou ton himanta tou hypodēmatos‘, ē meros tēs deuteras esti;kai to apangellomenon pros tous Phari- saious.
It is worth inquiring whether the second testimony has ended, and a third takes place for those sent from the Pharisees who wished to learn why he baptizes when he is neither the Christ nor Elijah nor the prophet, in the words, “I baptize with water; but among you stands one whom you do not know, who comes after me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie”; or whether what is said to the Pharisees is also part of the second.
6.49Preuschen 4:116
ἐγὼ δʼ ὅσον ἐκ τῆς λέξεως ἔστι στοχάσασθαι εἴποιμʼ ἂν τρίτην εἶναι μαρτυρίαν τὸν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποσταλέντας ἀπὸ τῶν φαρισαίων λόγον. παρατηρητέον μέντοι γε ὅτι ἡ πρώτη μαρτυρία τὸ ἔνθεον τοῦ σωτῆρος παρίστησιν, ἡ δὲ δευτέρα τὴν ὑπόνοιαν τῶν δισταζόντων μήποτε ἰωάννης εἴη Χριστὸς καθαιρεῖ, ἡ δὲ τρίτη τὸν ἀοράτως τοῖς ἀνθρώποις παρόντα κηρύττει ὅσον οὐδέπω ἐλευσόμενον.
egō dʼ hoson ek tēs lexeōs esti stochasasthai eipoimʼ an tritēn einai martyrian ton pros tous apostalentas apo tōn pharisaiōn logon. paratērēteon mentoi ge hoti hē prōtē martyria to entheon tou sōtēros paristēsin, hē de deutera tēn hyponoian tōn distazontōn mēpote iōannēs eiē Christos kathairei, hē de tritē ton aoratōs tois anthrōpois paronta kēryttei hoson oudepō eleusomenon.
I, as far as one can conjecture from the text, would say that the word to those sent from the Pharisees is a third testimony. We must observe, however, that the first testimony presents the divinity of the Savior, the second removes the suspicion of those who wondered whether John might be the Christ, and the third proclaims the one who is invisibly present among men, and all but about to come.
6.50Preuschen 4:116–117
πρὶν δὲ τῶν ἑξῆς μαρτυριῶν, καθʼ ἃς δεικνύμενος μαρτυρεῖται, ἑκάστην λέξιν ἴδωμεν τῆς δευτέρας καὶ τρίτης μαρτυρίας, τοῦτο πρῶτον ἐπιτηρήσαντες ὅτι δύο ἀποστολαὶ γίνονται πρὸς τὸν βαπτιστήν· μία μὲν ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολυμων ὑπὸ ἱουδαίων πεμπόντων »ἱερεῖς καὶ Λευίτας, ἵνα ἐρωτήσωσιν αὐτόν· Σὺ τίς εἶ;« ἑτέρα δὲ Φαρισαίων ἀποστελλόντων καὶ πρὸς τὴν γεγενημένην ἀπόκρισιν τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν καὶ Λευίταις ἐπαπορούντων.
prin de tōn hexēs martyriōn, kathʼ has deiknymenos martyreitai, hekastēn lexin idōmen tēs deuteras kai tritēs martyrias, touto prōton epitērēsantes hoti dyo apostolai ginontai pros ton baptistēn; mia men apo Hierosolymōn hypo hioudaiōn pempontōn »hiereis kai Leuitas, hina erōtēsōsin auton; Sy tis ei?« hetera de Pharisaiōn apostellontōn kai pros tēn gegenēmenēn apokrisin tois hiereusin kai Leuitais epaporountōn.
Before the following testimonies, in which he is borne witness to by being pointed out, let us look at each phrase of the second and third testimony, first observing this: that two missions are sent to the Baptist, one from Jerusalem, the Jews sending “priests and Levites to ask him, Who are you?” and another from the Pharisees, who raise questions about the answer given to the priests and Levites.
6.51Preuschen 4:117
παρατήρει τοίνυν πῶς κατὰ τὸ ἱερατικὸν καὶ λευϊτικὸν πρόσωπόν ἐστι μεθʼ ἡμερότητος λεγόμενα καὶ φιλομεθείας τὸ Σὺ τίς »Σὺ καὶ τὸ Τί οὐν; σὺ Ἠλίας εἶ;« καὶ τὸ »Ὁ προ- »φήτης ἄρα εἶ σύ;‘ καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις· Τίς εἶ, ἴνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν »τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς; τί λέγεις περὶ σεαυτοῦ;« οὐδὲν γὰρ αὔθαδες οὐδὲ θρασὺ ἐν τῇ τούτων ἐστὶ πεύσει, ἀλλὰ πὰντα ἁρμόττοντα ἀκριβέσιν θεραπευταῖς θεοῦ.
paratērei toinyn pōs kata to hieratikon kai leuïtikon prosōpon esti methʼ hēmerotētos legomena kai philometheias to Sy tis »Sy kai to Ti oun? sy Ēlias ei?« kai to »Ho pro- »phētēs ara ei sy?‘ kai epi toutois; Tis ei, ina apokrisin dōmen »tois pempsasin hēmas? ti legeis peri seautou?« ouden gar authades oude thrasy en tę̄ toutōn esti peusei, alla panta harmottonta akribesin therapeutais theou.
Observe, then, how, fitting the character of priests and Levites, “Who are you?” is said with gentleness and eagerness to learn, and “What then? Are you Elijah?” and “Are you the prophet?” and after these, “Who are you, so that we may give an answer to those who sent us? What do you say about yourself?” For there is nothing arrogant or bold in their inquiry, but everything is fitting for exact servants of God.
6.52Preuschen 4:117
οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων ἀπεσταλμένοι οὐδὲν περιεργασαμένων πρὸς τὰ εἰρημένα 〈ὑπὸ〉 τῶν Λευϊτῶν καὶ ἱερέων, οἱονεὶ ὑβριστικὰς καὶ ἀνοητοτέρας προσάγουσι τῷ βαπτιστῇ φωνὰς διὰ τοῦ »Τί οὖν βαπτίζεις, εἰ σὺ οὐκ εἶ ὁ χριστὸς οὐδὲ Ἠλίας »οὐδὲ ὁ προφήτης;‘ καὶ σχεδὸν οὐ μαθεῖν βουλόμενοι ὡς οἱ προειρημένοι ἱερεῖς καὶ Λευῖται ἀποστέλλουσιν, ἀλλὰ κωλῦσαι ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίξειν ἴσως οἰόμενοι οὐδενὸς ἑτέρου ἔργον τυγχάνειν τὸ βαπτίζειν ἢ Χριστοῦ καὶ Ἠλίου καὶ τοῦ προφήτου.
hoi de apo tōn Pharisaiōn apestalmenoi ouden periergasamenōn pros ta eirēmena 〈hypo〉 tōn Leuïtōn kai hiereōn, hoionei hybristikas kai anoētoteras prosagousi tǭ baptistę̄ phōnas dia tou »Ti oun baptizeis, ei sy ouk ei ho christos oude Ēlias »oude ho prophētēs?‘ kai schedon ou mathein boulomenoi hōs hoi proeirēmenoi hiereis kai Leuitai apostellousin, alla kōlysai apo tou baptixein isōs oiomenoi oudenos heterou ergon tynchanein to baptizein ē Christou kai Ēliou kai tou prophētou.
But those sent from the Pharisees, not having concerned themselves at all with what the Levites and priests had said, bring to the Baptist words that are, as it were, insulting and more foolish, through “Why then do you baptize, if you are not the Christ, nor Elijah, nor the prophet?” And they send almost not wishing to learn, as the priests and Levites mentioned before did, but to stop him from baptizing, perhaps thinking that baptizing was the work of no one else than the Christ and Elijah and the prophet.
6.53Preuschen 4:117
καὶ πανταχοῦ ἐπιμέλειαν τὸν ἀκριβῶς ἐντευξόμενον τῇ γραφῇ ποιητέον, τηρεῖν ἀναγκαίου ὄντος τὰ λεγόμενα ὑπὸ τίνων καὶ πότε λέγεται, ἵνʼ εὑρίσκωμεν τὸ τοῖς προσώποις ἁρμοζόντως περιτεθεῖσθαι λόγους διʼ ὅλων τῶν ἁγίων βιβλίων. Ι, 19-20 Τότε ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσλύμων ἱερεῖς καὶ Λευΐιτας, ἵνα ἐρωτήσωσιν αὐτὸν· Σὺ τίς εἶ; καὶ ὡμολόγησε καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμοόγησεν ὅτι Ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ὁ χριστός.
kai pantachou epimeleian ton akribōs enteuxomenon tę̄ graphę̄ poiēteon, tērein anankaiou ontos ta legomena hypo tinōn kai pote legetai, hinʼ heuriskōmen to tois prosōpois harmozontōs peritetheisthai logous diʼ holōn tōn hagiōn bibliōn. I, 19-20 Tote apesteilan hoi Ioudaioi ex Hieroslymōn hiereis kai Leuïitas, hina erōtēsōsin auton; Sy tis ei? kai hōmologēse kai ouk ērnēsato, kai hōmoogēsen hoti Egō ouk eimi ho christos.
And everywhere the one who will read Scripture precisely must take care, since it is necessary to observe by whom and when things are said, so that we may find throughout the holy books that words are fittingly assigned to the persons. John 1:19–20: “Then the Jews sent priests and Levites from Jerusalem to ask him, Who are you? And he confessed and did not deny, and confessed, I am not the Christ.”
6.54Preuschen 4:117
Καὶ τίνας ἐχρῆν πρεσβύτας πεπέμφθαι πρὸς τὸν Ιωάννην ἀπὸ Ἰουδαίων καὶ πόθεν ἢ τοὺς διαφέρειν νενομισμένους κατ ἐκλογὴν θεοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐξειλεγμένου παρὰ πᾶσαν τὴν λεγομένην γῆν ἀγαθῆν τόπου Ἱεροσολύμων, ἔνθα ὁ ναὸς ἦν τοῦ θεοῦ; Ἰωάννου μὲν οὖν μετὰ τοσαύτης πυνθάνονται τιμῆς· περὶ Χριστοῦ δὲ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον ἀναγέγραπται γεγονέναι ὑπὸ ἱουδαίων· ἀλλʼ ὅπερ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς Ἰωάννην ποιοῦσι, τοῦτο Ἰωάννης πρὸς Χριστὸν διὰ τῶν ἰδίων μαθητῶν πυνθανόμενος· »Σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν;«
Kai tinas echrēn presbytas pepemphthai pros ton Iōannēn apo Ioudaiōn kai pothen ē tous diapherein nenomismenous kat eklogēn theou apo tou exeilegmenou para pasan tēn legomenēn gēn agathēn topou Hierosolymōn, entha ho naos ēn tou theou? Iōannou men oun meta tosautēs pynthanontai timēs; peri Christou de ouden toiouton anagegraptai gegonenai hypo hioudaiōn; allʼ hoper Ioudaioi pros Iōannēn poiousi, touto Iōannēs pros Christon dia tōn idiōn mathētōn pynthanomenos; »Sy ei ho erchomenos ē heteron prosdokōmen?«
And what envoys ought to have been sent to John from the Jews, and from where, if not those thought to excel by God's choice, from the place chosen out of all the so-called good land, Jerusalem, where the temple of God was? They inquire of John, then, with such great honor; but nothing of the kind is recorded as having been done by the Jews regarding Christ. Rather, what the Jews do to John, John does to Christ, inquiring through his own disciples, “Are you the one who is coming, or shall we look for another?”
6.55Preuschen 4:117–118
καὶ Ἰωάννης μὲν πρὸς τοὺς ἐληλυθότας ὁμολογήσας καὶ μὴ ἀρνησάμενος ὕστερον τὸ »Ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ« ἀποφαίνεται· Χριστὸς δὲ τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ποιεῖται ὡς μείζονα τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰωάννου ἔχων λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις φάσκων· »Πορευθέντες ἀπαγγείλατε ᾿Ιωάννῃ »ἃ βλέπετε καὶ ἀκούετε· τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσι, »λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται, κωφοὶ ἀκούουσι, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζοντα«. περὶ ὧν εὐκαιρότερον, θεοῦ διδόντος, ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοις διαληψόμεθα τόποις.
kai Iōannēs men pros tous elēlythotas homologēsas kai mē arnēsamenos hysteron to »Egō phōnē boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ« apophainetai; Christos de tēn apokrisin poieitai hōs meizona tēn martyrian Iōannou echōn logois kai ergois phaskōn; »Poreuthentes apangeilate ᾿Iōannę̄ »ha blepete kai akouete; typhloi anablepousin, chōloi peripatousi, »leproi katharizontai, kōphoi akouousi, ptōchoi euangelizonta«. peri hōn eukairoteron, theou didontos, en tois oikeiois dialēpsometha topois.
And John, having confessed and not denied to those who came, afterward declares, “I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness”; but Christ makes his answer as one who has a greater testimony than John's, in words and deeds, saying, “Go and tell John what you see and hear: the blind see, the lame walk, lepers are cleansed, the deaf hear, the poor have good news preached to them.” These we shall treat more opportunely, God granting, in their own places.
6.56Preuschen 4:118
ἴσως δʼ ἂν οὐκ ἀλόγως τις ἐπιστήσειε τί δήποτε τῶν ἱερἐων καὶ Λευϊτῶν πυνθανομένων Ἰωάννου οὐχὶ εἰ αὐτὸς εἴη ὁ χριστός, ἀλλὰ »Σὺ τίς εἶ;« ἀποκρίνεται ὁ βαπτιστὴς οὐχ ὅπερ ἐχρῆν πρὸς τὸ »Σὺ »τίς εἶ;« »Ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ«· ἀλλʼ ὅπερ οἰκείως ἂν ἐλέγετο εἰ ἦσαν πυθόμενοι »Σὺ εἶ ὁ χριοτός;« ἥρμοττε γὰρ πρὸς τὸ »Σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστός;« τὸ »Ἐγῶ οὐκ εἰμὶ ὁ χριστός«·πρὸς δὲ τὸ »Σὺ τίς »εἶ;« τὸ »Ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ«.
isōs dʼ an ouk alogōs tis epistēseie ti dēpote tōn hiereōn kai Leuïtōn pynthanomenōn Iōannou ouchi ei autos eiē ho christos, alla »Sy tis ei?« apokrinetai ho baptistēs ouch hoper echrēn pros to »Sy »tis ei?« »Egō phōnē boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ«; allʼ hoper oikeiōs an elegeto ei ēsan pythomenoi »Sy ei ho chriotos?« hērmotte gar pros to »Sy ei ho christos?« to »Egō ouk eimi ho christos«;pros de to »Sy tis »ei?« to »Egō phōnē boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ«.
Perhaps someone might not unreasonably ask why, when the priests and Levites asked John not whether he was the Christ but “Who are you?”, the Baptist does not answer what he should have to “Who are you?”, namely “I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness,” but what would have been fitting if they had asked, “Are you the Christ?” For to “Are you the Christ?” the fitting answer was “I am not the Christ,” and to “Who are you?” “I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness.”
6.57Preuschen 4:118
λεκτέον δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο ὅτι, ὡς εἰκός, ἑώρα ἀπὸ τῆς πεύσεως τὸ εὐλαβὲς τῶν ἱερέων καὶ Λευϊτῶν ἐμφαινόντων μὲν ὑπόνοιαν ὑπολήψεως, μήποτʼ εἴη ὁ βαπτίζων Χριστός, γυμνότερον δὲ ὀνομάσαι τοῦτο ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ δοκεῖν εἶναι προπετεῖς φυλαττομένων. ὅθεν εὐλόγως ὑπὲρ τοῦ πᾶσαν ὑπόνοιαν αὐτῶν πρῶτον περιαιρεθῆναι ψευδῆ τὴν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, εἶθʼ οὕτως παραστῆσαι τὸ ἀληθὲς τὸ οὐκ εἶναι Χριστὸς πρὸ πάντων ἀποφαίνεται.
lekteon de pros touto hoti, hōs eikos, heōra apo tēs peuseōs to eulabes tōn hiereōn kai Leuïtōn emphainontōn men hyponoian hypolēpseōs, mēpotʼ eiē ho baptizōn Christos, gymnoteron de onomasai touto hyper tou mē dokein einai propeteis phylattomenōn. hothen eulogōs hyper tou pasan hyponoian autōn prōton periairethēnai pseudē tēn peri heautou, eithʼ houtōs parastēsai to alēthes to ouk einai Christos pro pantōn apophainetai.
We must say to this that, as is likely, he saw from the question the caution of the priests and Levites, who showed a suspicion that the one baptizing might be the Christ, but guarded against naming it too openly so as not to seem rash. So, reasonably, in order first to remove all their false suspicion about himself, and then to present the truth, he declares first of all that he is not the Christ.
6.58Preuschen 4:118
δηλοῖ δὲ τὸ τοιοῦτόν τι αὐτοὺς ὑπονενοηκέναι ἡ δευτέρα ἐρώτησις καὶ ἔτι ἡ τρίτη. ἐπεὶ γὰρ καὶ δεύτερον τῇ τιμῇ ἐλπιζόμενον μὲν καὶ μετὰ Χριστὸν αὐτοῖς τετιμημένον Ἠλίαν εἶναι ὑπελάμβανον ἀποφαινομένου τοῦ Ἰωάννου ὡς οὐκ εἴη Χριστὸς ἠρώτησαν·
dēloi de to toiouton ti autous hyponenoēkenai hē deutera erōtēsis kai eti hē tritē. epei gar kai deuteron tę̄ timę̄ elpizomenon men kai meta Christon autois tetimēmenon Ēlian einai hypelambanon apophainomenou tou Iōannou hōs ouk eiē Christos ērōtēsan;
That they suspected something of this kind is shown by the second question, and further by the third. For since they supposed that he might be Elijah, the second in honor, hoped for and honored by them after the Christ, when John declared that he was not the Christ, they asked:
6.59Preuschen 4:118
»Τί οὖν; σὺ Ἠλίας εἶ; καὶ εἶπεν Οὐκ εἰμί«. τὸ τρίτον εἰ αὐτὸς εἴη ὁ προφήτης βούλονται μαθεῖν· οὗ ἀποκριναμένου τὸ Οὒ οὐκέτι ἔχοντες ἰδικῶς ὄνομα ἐλπιςομένου ἐπιδημήσειν αὐτοῖς ἕπειν, φαοίν· »Τίς εἶ; »ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψαοιν ἡμᾶς· τί λέγεις περὶ σεαυτοῦ;« τοῦτο δηλοῦντες· ταῦτα μὲν οὐκ εἶ ἅπερ ἐλπιζόμενά τῷ Ἰσραὴλ παρέσεσθαι προσδοκᾶτοι, ὅστις δὲ ὢν βαπτίζεις οὐκ ἴσμεν· διόπερ τοῦτο ἡμᾶς δίδαξον, ἕνʼ ἔχωμεν ἀπαγγεῖλαι τοῖς ἡμᾶς διὰ τοῦτο πέμφασι πρὸς σέ.
»Ti oun? sy Ēlias ei? kai eipen Ouk eimi«. to triton ei autos eiē ho prophētēs boulontai mathein; hou apokrinamenou to Ou ouketi echontes idikōs onoma elpisomenou epidēmēsein autois hepein, phaoin; »Tis ei? »hina apokrisin dōmen tois pempsaoin hēmas; ti legeis peri seautou?« touto dēlountes; tauta men ouk ei haper elpizomena tǭ Israēl paresesthai prosdokatoi, hostis de ōn baptizeis ouk ismen; dioper touto hēmas didaxon, henʼ echōmen apangeilai tois hēmas dia touto pemphasi pros se.
“What then? Are you Elijah? And he said, I am not.” Third they wish to learn whether he is the prophet; and when he answered “No,” having no longer a particular name of one hoped to come to them, they say, “Who are you, so that we may give an answer to those who sent us? What do you say about yourself?”, showing this: you are not those whom Israel expects to come; but who you are, that you baptize, we do not know. Therefore teach us this, so that we may have something to report to those who sent us to you for this purpose.
6.60Preuschen 4:118
ἔτι δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ἐχόμενον τῶν προκειμένων προσθήσομεν, ὅτι ὁ καιρὸς τῆς Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίας ἔσαινε τὸν λαὸν ἤδη πως ἐνεοτηκὼς περὶ τὰ ἔτη τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς γενέσεως τοῦ Ἰησοῦ καὶ ὀλίγῳ ἀνωτἐρω μέχρι τῆς ἀναδείξεως τοῦ κηρύγματος.
eti de kai touto echomenon tōn prokeimenōn prosthēsomen, hoti ho kairos tēs Christou epidēmias esaine ton laon ēdē pōs eneotēkōs peri ta etē ta apo tēs geneseōs tou Iēsou kai oligǭ anōterō mechri tēs anadeixeōs tou kērygmatos.
Further, we shall add this too, connected with the matters before us: that the time of Christ's coming, already somehow at hand, stirred the people, around the years from the birth of Jesus and a little earlier until the beginning of his preaching.
6.61Preuschen 4:118–119
διόπερ, ὡς εἰκός, τῶν γραμματέων καὶ νομικῶν τὸν ἐλπιζόμενον, ἀπὸ τῶν θείων γραφῶν καταγαγόντων αὐτοῦ τὸν χρόνον, ἤδη προσόοκώντων, ἐπεφύησαν Θευδᾶς, οὐκ ὀλίγον πλῆθος ὡς Χριστός, οἶμαι, συναγαγών, καὶ μετʼ ἐκεῖνον »Ἰούδας ὁ Γαλιλαῖος ἐν ταῖς τῆς ἀπογραφῆς ἡμέραις«. εἰκότως οὖν θερμότερον τῆς Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίας προσδοκωμένης καὶ λαλουμένης οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων τοὺς ἱερεῖς καὶ Λευΐτας πέμπουσι πρὸς τὸν Ἰωάννην διὰ τοῦ Σὺ τίς εἶ;« μαθεῖν βουλόμενοι, εἰ αὐτὸς Χριστὸς εἶναι ὁμολογήσει. 1,21. Καὶ ἡρώτησαν αυτόν· Τί οἶν; οὺ Ἠλίας εἶ; λέγει Οὐκ εἰμί.
dioper, hōs eikos, tōn grammateōn kai nomikōn ton elpizomenon, apo tōn theiōn graphōn katagagontōn autou ton chronon, ēdē prosookōntōn, epephyēsan Theudas, ouk oligon plēthos hōs Christos, oimai, synagagōn, kai metʼ ekeinon »Ioudas ho Galilaios en tais tēs apographēs hēmerais«. eikotōs oun thermoteron tēs Christou epidēmias prosdokōmenēs kai laloumenēs hoi Ioudaioi apo Hierosolymōn tous hiereis kai Leuïtas pempousi pros ton Iōannēn dia tou Sy tis ei?« mathein boulomenoi, ei autos Christos einai homologēsei. 1,21. Kai hērōtēsan auton; Ti oin? ou Ēlias ei? legei Ouk eimi.
Therefore, as is likely, since the scribes and lawyers, having worked out from the divine Scriptures the time of the one hoped for, were already expecting him, Theudas sprang up, having gathered, I think, no small multitude as the Christ, and after him “Judas the Galilean in the days of the census.” Reasonably, then, since Christ's coming was expected and talked about more warmly, the Jews from Jerusalem send the priests and Levites to John, wishing to learn by “Who are you?” whether he would confess that he was the Christ. John 1:21: “And they asked him, What then? Are you Elijah? He says, I am not.”
6.62Preuschen 4:119
Τίς οὐκ ἂν ζητήσαι τῶν ἀκουόντων Ἰησοῦ λέγοντος περὶ Ἰωάννου· »Εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλίας ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι«, πῶς πρὸς τοὺς ἐρωτῶντας τὸ Σὺ Ἠλίας εἶ;« λέγει Ἰωάννης· »Οὐκ εἰμμί«· πῶς δὲ καὶ νοῆσαι δεῖ τὸν Ἰωάννην αὐτὸν εἶναι Ἠλίαν τὸν μέλλοντα ἔρχεσθαι κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Μαλαχίου οὕτως ἔχον· Καὶ ἰδού, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ὑμῖν Ἠλίαν τὸν Θεσβίτην πρὶν ἐλθεῖν ἡμέραν κυρίου τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ, ὁς ἀποκαταστήσει καρδίαν πατρὸς πρὸς υἱὸν καὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου πρὸς τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ, »μὴ ἔλθω καὶ πατάξω τὴν γῆν ἄρδην»;
Tis ouk an zētēsai tōn akouontōn Iēsou legontos peri Iōannou; »Ei thelete dexasthai, autos estin Ēlias ho mellōn erchesthai«, pōs pros tous erōtōntas to Sy Ēlias ei?« legei Iōannēs; »Ouk eimmi«; pōs de kai noēsai dei ton Iōannēn auton einai Ēlian ton mellonta erchesthai kata to eirēmenon hypo tou Malachiou houtōs echon; Kai idou, egō apostellō hymin Ēlian ton Thesbitēn prin elthein hēmeran kyriou tēn megalēn kai epiphanē, hos apokatastēsei kardian patros pros huion kai kardian anthrōpou pros ton plēsion autou, »mē elthō kai pataxō tēn gēn ardēn»?
Who among those who hear Jesus saying of John, “If you are willing to accept it, he is Elijah who is to come,” would not ask how John says “I am not” to those who ask, “Are you Elijah?” And how must we understand that John is himself Elijah who is to come, according to what was said by Malachi, which runs thus: “And behold, I send you Elijah the Tishbite before the great and glorious day of the Lord comes, who will turn the heart of the father to the son and the heart of a man to his neighbor, lest I come and strike the earth utterly”?
6.63Preuschen 4:119
καὶ ὁ τοῦ ὀφθέντος δὲ τῷ Ζαχαρίᾳ ἀγγέλου κυρίου ἑστῶτος ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τοῦ θυμιάματος λόγος πρὸς τὸν Ζαχαρίαν παραπλήσιόν τι ἐμφαίνει τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ Μαλαχίου εἰρημένοις διὰ τούτων· Καὶ ἡ γυνή σου Ἐλισάβετ »γεννήσει υἱόν σοι καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἱωάννην·« καὶ μετ ὀλίγα· »Αὐτὸς προελεύσεται ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλίου, ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας Πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα καὶ ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρο- »νήσει δικαίων, ἑτοιμά΄σαι κυρίῳ λαὸν κατεσκευσμένον«.
kai ho tou ophthentos de tǭ Zacharią angelou kyriou hestōtos ek dexiōn tou thysiastēriou tou thymiamatos logos pros ton Zacharian paraplēsion ti emphainei tois hypo tou Malachiou eirēmenois dia toutōn; Kai hē gynē sou Elisabet »gennēsei huion soi kai kaleseis to onoma autou Hiōannēn;« kai met oliga; »Autos proeleusetai enōpion autou en pneumati kai dynamei Ēliou, epistrepsai kardias Paterōn epi tekna kai apeitheis en phro- »nēsei dikaiōn, hetoima΄sai kyriǭ laon kateskeusmenon«.
And the word of the angel of the Lord who appeared to Zechariah, standing at the right of the altar of incense, to Zechariah shows something similar to what Malachi said, in these words: “And your wife Elizabeth will bear you a son, and you shall call his name John”; and shortly after, “He will go before him in the spirit and power of Elijah, to turn the hearts of fathers to children and the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous, to make ready for the Lord a people prepared.”
6.64Preuschen 4:119
πρὸς δὴ τὸ πρῶτον ὁ μέν τις ἐρεῖ ὅτι ἑαυτὸν ἠγνόει Ἰωάννης Ἠλίαν ὄντα· καὶ τάχα τούτῳ χρήσονται οἱ ἐκ τούτων τῷ περὶ μετενσωματώσεως παριστάμενοι λόγῳ, ὡς τῆς ψυχῆς μεταμφιεννυμένης σώματα καὶ οὐ πάντως μεμνημένης τῶν προτέρων βίων. οἱ δʼ αὐτοὶ οὑτοι ἐροῦσι καί τινας τῶν Ἰουδαίων τῷ δόγματι συγκατατιθεμέ΄νους περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος εἰρηκέναι ὡς ἄρα εἷς τις εἴη τῶν ἀρχαίων προφητῶν ἀναστὰς οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν μνημείων ἀλλʼ ἀπὸ τῆς γενέσεως.
pros dē to prōton ho men tis erei hoti heauton ēgnoei Iōannēs Ēlian onta; kai tacha toutǭ chrēsontai hoi ek toutōn tǭ peri metensōmatōseōs paristamenoi logǭ, hōs tēs psychēs metamphiennymenēs sōmata kai ou pantōs memnēmenēs tōn proterōn biōn. hoi dʼ autoi houtoi erousi kai tinas tōn Ioudaiōn tǭ dogmati synkatatitheme΄nous peri tou sōtēros eirēkenai hōs ara heis tis eiē tōn archaiōn prophētōn anastas ouk apo tōn mnēmeiōn allʼ apo tēs geneseōs.
To the first point, then, someone will say that John did not know that he himself was Elijah; and perhaps those who support the doctrine of transmigration of souls will use this, as though the soul puts on bodies one after another and does not always remember its former lives. These same people will also say that some of the Jews, agreeing with the doctrine, said of the Savior that he was one of the ancient prophets risen, not from the tombs but by birth.
6.65Preuschen 4:119–120
πῶς γὰρ ἐδύναντο, σαφῶς δεικνυμένης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας ὑπολαμβανομένου τε πατρὸς αὐτῷ τυγχάνειν Ἰωσὴφ τοῦ τέκτονος νομίζειν ἕνα τινὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτὸν τυγχάνοντα ἐγηγέρθαι ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ τῷ »ἐξαλείψω δὲ πᾶσαν τὴν ἐξανάστασιν« ἀναγεγραμμένῳ ἐν τῇ Γενέσει οἱ αὐτοὶ χρώμενοι τὸν πεφροντικότα πιθανότητας ἀπατηλὰς προσαγομένας ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν λύειν εἰς ἀγῶνα παραστήσουσιν ἱστάμενον πρὸς τὸ δόγμα.
pōs gar edynanto, saphōs deiknymenēs tēs mētros autou Marias hypolambanomenou te patros autǭ tynchanein Iōsēph tou tektonos nomizein hena tina tōn prophētōn auton tynchanonta egēgerthai apo tōn nekrōn? kai tǭ »exaleipsō de pasan tēn exanastasin« anagegrammenǭ en tę̄ Genesei hoi autoi chrōmenoi ton pephrontikota pithanotētas apatēlas prosagomenas apo tōn graphōn lyein eis agōna parastēsousin histamenon pros to dogma.
For how could they, when his mother Mary was plainly known and Joseph the carpenter was supposed to be his father, think that he was one of the prophets raised from the dead? And using what is written in Genesis, “I will blot out every raising up,” these same people will force the one who has taken care to refute deceptive plausibilities drawn from the Scriptures into a contest, standing against the doctrine.
6.66Preuschen 4:120
ΧΙ. Ἕτερος δὲ τις ἐκκλησιαστικὸς τὸν περὶ τῆς μετενσωματώσεως ἀποπτύων ὡς ψευδῆ λόγον, μὴ προσιέμενος τὸ τὴν ψυχὴν Ἰωάννου Ἠλίαν ποτὲ γεγονέναι, τῷ προειρημένῳ λόγῳ τοῦ ἀγγέλου χρήσεται ψυχὴν Ἠλίου μὴ ὀνομάσαντος ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰωάννου γενέσεως ἀλλὰ πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμιν διὰ τοῦ Καὶ αὐτὸς προελεύσεται ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ἐν πνεύ- »ματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλίου, ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα« διὰ μυρίων δυνάμενος ἀποδεικνύναι γραφῶν ἕτερον εἶναι τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ ὀνομαζομένην δύναμιν τοῦ πνεύματος καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς· περὶ ὧν οὐκ εὔκαιρον νῦν παρατίθεσθαι τὰ πολλά, ἵνα μὴ πάνυ τὸν λόγον περισπάσωμεν.
ChI. Heteros de tis ekklēsiastikos ton peri tēs metensōmatōseōs apoptyōn hōs pseudē logon, mē prosiemenos to tēn psychēn Iōannou Ēlian pote gegonenai, tǭ proeirēmenǭ logǭ tou angelou chrēsetai psychēn Ēliou mē onomasantos epi tēs Iōannou geneseōs alla pneuma kai dynamin dia tou Kai autos proeleusetai enōpion autou en pneu- »mati kai dynamei Ēliou, epistrepsai kardias paterōn epi tekna« dia myriōn dynamenos apodeiknynai graphōn heteron einai to pneuma tēs psychēs kai onomazomenēn dynamin tou pneumatos kai tēs psychēs; peri hōn ouk eukairon nyn paratithesthai ta polla, hina mē pany ton logon perispasōmen.
But another, a churchman, rejecting the doctrine of transmigration as false and not accepting that John's soul was ever Elijah, will use the angel's word mentioned before, since the angel did not name the soul of Elijah at John's birth, but the spirit and power, through “And he will go before him in the spirit and power of Elijah, to turn the hearts of fathers to children”; being able to show from countless Scriptures that the spirit is different from the soul, and that what is called power is different from both the spirit and the soul. It is not timely now to cite many passages about these, lest we draw the discussion too far aside.
6.67Preuschen 4:120
ἀρκεσθήσεται δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος πρὸς μὲν τὸ διαφέρειν δύναμιν Πνεύματος τὸ »Πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ »σὲ καὶ δύναμις ὐψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι«· πρὸς δὲ τὸ τὰ ἐν τοῖς προφήταις πνεύματα, ἅτε δεδωρημένα αὐτοῖς ὑπὸ θεοῦ οἱονεὶ ἐκείνων ὀνομάζεσθαι κτήματα τὸ »Πνεύματα προφητῶν προφήταις ὑποτάσσε- »ται«· καὶ τὸ »Ἀναπέπαυται τὸ πνεῦμα Ἡλίου ἐπὶ Ἐλισσαιέ«. οὕτω γὰρ οὐδὲν ἄτπον, φησίν, ἔσται τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλίου ἐπιστρέφοντα καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα, διὰ τοῦτο τὸ πνεῦμα Ἠλίαν λέγεσθαι τὸν μέλλοντα ἔρχεσθαι.
arkesthēsetai de epi tou parontos pros men to diapherein dynamin Pneumatos to »Pneuma hagion epeleusetai epi »se kai dynamis ypsistou episkiasei soi«; pros de to ta en tois prophētais pneumata, hate dedōrēmena autois hypo theou hoionei ekeinōn onomazesthai ktēmata to »Pneumata prophētōn prophētais hypotasse- »tai«; kai to »Anapepautai to pneuma Hēliou epi Elissaie«. houtō gar ouden atpon, phēsin, estai ton Iōannēn en pneumati kai dynamei Ēliou epistrephonta kardias paterōn epi tekna, dia touto to pneuma Ēlian legesthai ton mellonta erchesthai.
For the present it will suffice, to show that power differs from spirit, to cite “The Holy Spirit will come upon you, and the power of the Most High will overshadow you”; and to show that the spirits in the prophets, since they were given to them by God, are named as their possessions, as it were, “The spirits of prophets are subject to prophets,” and “The spirit of Elijah rests on Elisha.” So, he says, there will be nothing absurd in John, turning the hearts of fathers to children in the spirit and power of Elijah, being called, because of this spirit, Elijah who is to come.
6.68Preuschen 4:120
εἰς παραμυθίαν δὲ τούτων καὶ τούτῳ χρήσεται τῷ λόγῳ· εἰ ὁ τῶν ὅλων θεὸς οἰκειωθεὶς τοῖς ἁγίοις θεὸς αὐτῶν γίνεται, οὕτως ὀνομαζόμενος θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ καὶ θεὸς Ἰακώβ, πόσῳ πλέον τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα οἰκεινθὲν τοῖς προφήταις πνεῦμα αὐτῶν χρηματίζειν οἷόν τε ἔσται, ἕνʼ ᾖ οὕτως πνεῦμα Ἠλίου καὶ πνεῦμα Ἡσαΐου λεγόμενον τὸ πνεῦμα;
eis paramythian de toutōn kai toutǭ chrēsetai tǭ logǭ; ei ho tōn holōn theos oikeiōtheis tois hagiois theos autōn ginetai, houtōs onomazomenos theos Abraam kai theos Isaak kai theos Iakōb, posǭ pleon to hagion pneuma oikeinthen tois prophētais pneuma autōn chrēmatizein hoion te estai, henʼ ę̄ houtōs pneuma Ēliou kai pneuma Hēsaïou legomenon to pneuma?
And in support of these he will use this argument: if the God of the universe, making himself the saints' own, becomes their God, and is thus named God of Abraham and God of Isaac and God of Jacob, how much more will the Holy Spirit, made the prophets' own, be able to be called their spirit, so that the Spirit is thus called the spirit of Elijah and the spirit of Isaiah?
6.69Preuschen 4:120
ὁ αὐτός τε οὗτος ἐκκλησιαστικὸς ἐρεῖ δύνασθαι μὲν τοὺς ὑπειληφότας ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν εἶναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀναστάντα ἐκ νεκρῶν ἠπατῆσθαι κατά τε τὸ προειρημένον δόγμα καὶ κατὰ τὸ ὑπολαμβάνειν αὐτὸν ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν τυγχάνειν, δύνασθαι δὲ πρὸς τῷ κατὰ τὸ νομίζειν αὐτὸν τῶν προφητῶν εἶναι ἕνα πταίειν καὶ ψευδοδοφεῖν καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἀγνοεῖν αὐτοῦ τὸν λεγόμενον πατέρα καὶ τὴν οὐσαν μητέρα, οἴεσθαί τε αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν μνημείων ἐγηγέρθαι.
ho autos te houtos ekklēsiastikos erei dynasthai men tous hypeilēphotas hena tōn prophētōn einai ton Iēsoun anastanta ek nekrōn ēpatēsthai kata te to proeirēmenon dogma kai kata to hypolambanein auton hena tōn prophētōn tynchanein, dynasthai de pros tǭ kata to nomizein auton tōn prophētōn einai hena ptaiein kai pseudodophein kai kata to agnoein autou ton legomenon patera kai tēn ousan mētera, oiesthai te auton apo tōn mnēmeiōn egēgerthai.
And this same churchman will say that those who supposed Jesus to be one of the prophets risen from the dead may have been deceived both in the aforementioned doctrine and in supposing him to be one of the prophets; and that, besides stumbling and holding false opinion in thinking him one of the prophets, they may have been ignorant of his so-called father and his real mother, and thought he had risen from the tombs.
6.70Preuschen 4:120–121
καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐν τῇ Γενέσει δὲ περὶ τῆς ἐξαναστάσεως ἀπαντήσεται ὁ ἐκκλησιαστικὸς χρώμενος τῷ »ἐξανέστησε γὰρ μοι ὁ θεὸς σπέρμα ἕτερον ἀντὶ Ἄβελ, ἃν ἀπέ- »κτεινε Κάϊν« τῆς »ἐξαναστάσεως« καὶ ἐπὶ »γενέσεως« κειμένης. οὑτος δὴ πρὸς τὸ πρῶτον ἀπορηθὲν ἑτέρως παρὰ τὸν ὑπολαμβάνοντα μετενσωμάτωσιν ἀπολογούμενος ἐρεῖ διὰ μὲν τὰ ἀρτίως κατασκευασθέντα λόγῳ τινὶ εἶναι τὸν Ἰωάννην Ἠλίαν τὸν μέλλοντα ερχεσθαι, ἀποκεκρίσθαι δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἱερεῖς. καὶ Λευίτας τὸ »Οὐκ εἰμὶ« στοχασάμενον τοῦ βουλήματος τῆς ἐρωτήσεως αὐτῶν.
kai pros to en tę̄ Genesei de peri tēs exanastaseōs apantēsetai ho ekklēsiastikos chrōmenos tǭ »exanestēse gar moi ho theos sperma heteron anti Abel, han ape- »kteine Kaïn« tēs »exanastaseōs« kai epi »geneseōs« keimenēs. houtos dē pros to prōton aporēthen heterōs para ton hypolambanonta metensōmatōsin apologoumenos erei dia men ta artiōs kataskeuasthenta logǭ tini einai ton Iōannēn Ēlian ton mellonta erchesthai, apokekristhai de pros tous hiereis. kai Leuitas to »Ouk eimi« stochasamenon tou boulēmatos tēs erōtēseōs autōn.
And to the passage in Genesis about “raising up” the churchman will respond using “For God has raised up for me another seed in place of Abel, whom Cain killed,” where “raising up” is used also of birth. This man, then, defending himself on the first difficulty differently from the one who supposes transmigration, will say that, because of what has just been established, John is in some sense Elijah who is to come, but that he answered the priests and Levites “I am not,” aiming at the intention of their question.
6.71Preuschen 4:121
οὐ γὰρ τοῦτο ἤθελεν ἡ προγενομένη ἐξέτασις τῷ Ἰωάννῆ ἀπὸ τῶν ἱερέων καὶ Λευϊτῶν, τὸ μαθεῖν διʼ τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα ἐν ἀμφοτέροις ἐτύγχανεν, ἀλλʼ διʼ ὁ Ἰωάν- νης αὐτὸς Ἠλίας ὁ ἀναληφθεὶς νῦν ἐπιφαινόμενος κατὰ τὸ Ἰουδαίοις προσδοκώμενον χωρὶς γενέσεως, ἣν τάχα καὶ ἠγνόουν οἱ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων ἀποσταλέντες· πρὸς ἣν πεῦσιν εἰκότως ἀποκρίνεται τὸ »Οὐκ εἰμί«· οὐ γὰρ Ἠλίας ὁ ἀναληφθεὶς ἀμείψας σῶμα ἐληλύθει Ἰωάννης ὀνομάζόμενος.
ou gar touto ēthelen hē progenomenē exetasis tǭ Iōannē apo tōn hiereōn kai Leuïtōn, to mathein diʼ to auto pneuma en amphoterois etynchanen, allʼ diʼ ho Iōan- nēs autos Ēlias ho analēphtheis nyn epiphainomenos kata to Ioudaiois prosdokōmenon chōris geneseōs, hēn tacha kai ēgnooun hoi apo Hierosolymōn apostalentes; pros hēn peusin eikotōs apokrinetai to »Ouk eimi«; ou gar Ēlias ho analēphtheis ameipsas sōma elēlythei Iōannēs onomazomenos.
For the inquiry made of John by the priests and Levites did not intend to learn whether the same spirit was in both, but whether John was himself Elijah, who had been taken up, now appearing, as the Jews expected, without birth, of which perhaps those sent from Jerusalem were also ignorant. To this question he reasonably answers, “I am not”; for Elijah, who had been taken up, had not come, having changed his body, named John.
6.72Preuschen 4:121
ΧΙΙ. Ὁ δὲ πρῶτος, οὗ τὸν νοῦν παρεθήκαμεν οἰομένου μετενσωμάτωσιν ἐντεῦθεν κατασκευάζεσθαι, προσδιατρίβων τῇ βασάνῳ τῆς λέξεως ἐρεῖ πρὸς τὸν δεύτερον, ὅτι οὐκ ἀκόλουθον τὸν τηλικούτου ἱερέως Ζαχαρίου υἱὸν ἐπὶ γήρᾳ γεγεννημένον ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς γονεῦσιν παρὰ πᾶσαν ἀνθρωπίνην προσδοκίαν ἀγνοεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν τοσούτων ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις Ἰουδαίων καὶ τῶν παμφθέντων ὑπʼ αὐτῶν Λευϊτῶν καὶ ἱερέων, οὐ γινωσκόντων τὸ γεγεννῆσθαι 〈οὕτως〉 αὐτόν· καὶ μάλιστα Λουκᾶ μαρτυροῦντος ὅτι »Ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτοὺς« (δῆλον δὲ ὅτι τὸν Ζαχαρίαν καὶ τὴν Ἐλισάβετ) »καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ὀρεινῇ τῆς Ἰουδαίας διελαλεῖτο πάντα τὰ »ῥήματα ταῦτα«.
ChII. Ho de prōtos, hou ton noun parethēkamen oiomenou metensōmatōsin enteuthen kataskeuazesthai, prosdiatribōn tę̄ basanǭ tēs lexeōs erei pros ton deuteron, hoti ouk akolouthon ton tēlikoutou hiereōs Zachariou huion epi gērą gegennēmenon amphoterois tois goneusin para pasan anthrōpinēn prosdokian agnoeisthai hypo tōn tosoutōn en Hierosolymois Ioudaiōn kai tōn pamphthentōn hypʼ autōn Leuïtōn kai hiereōn, ou ginōskontōn to gegennēsthai 〈houtōs〉 auton; kai malista Louka martyrountos hoti »Egeneto epi pantas phobos tous perioikountas autous« (dēlon de hoti ton Zacharian kai tēn Elisabet) »kai en holę̄ tę̄ oreinę̄ tēs Ioudaias dielaleito panta ta »rhēmata tauta«.
But the first, whose view we set out, who thinks that transmigration is established from this, continuing to test the text, will say to the second that it is not consistent that the son of so great a priest as Zechariah, born in the old age of both parents beyond all human expectation, should be unknown to so many Jews in Jerusalem and to the Levites and priests sent by them, as though they did not know that he had been born in this way; especially since Luke testifies that “fear came on all who lived around them” (clearly Zechariah and Elizabeth) “and all these things were talked about through all the hill country of Judea.”
6.73Preuschen 4:121
εἰ δὲ οὐκ ἠγνοεῖτο ἡ ἐκ Ζαχαρίου γένεσις Ἰωάννου, ἔπεμπον δὲ οἱ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων Ἰουδαῖοι διὰ τῶν Λευϊτῶν καὶ ἱερέων πευσόμενοι τὸ Νυ Ἠλίας εἷ;« δῆλον ὅτι τοῦτο ἔλεγον τὸ περὶ μετενσωματώσεως δόγμα οἰόμενοι εἶναι ἀληθὲς ὡς πάτριον τυγχάνον καὶ οὐκ ἀλλότριον τῆς ἐν ἀπορρήτοις διδασκαλίας αὐτῶν. διὰ τοῦτο οὖν λέγει »Οὐκ εἰμὶ Ἠλίας« ὁ Ἰωάννης, ἐπεὶ ἀγνοεῖ τὸν ἴδιον πρότερον βίον.
ei de ouk ēgnoeito hē ek Zachariou genesis Iōannou, epempon de hoi apo Hierosolymōn Ioudaioi dia tōn Leuïtōn kai hiereōn peusomenoi to Ny Ēlias hei?« dēlon hoti touto elegon to peri metensōmatōseōs dogma oiomenoi einai alēthes hōs patrion tynchanon kai ouk allotrion tēs en aporrētois didaskalias autōn. dia touto oun legei »Ouk eimi Ēlias« ho Iōannēs, epei agnoei ton idion proteron bion.
And if John's birth from Zechariah was not unknown, yet the Jews from Jerusalem sent through the Levites and priests to ask, “Are you Elijah?”, clearly they said this thinking that the doctrine of transmigration was true, as being ancestral and not foreign to their secret teaching. For this reason, then, John says “I am not Elijah,” since he does not know his own former life.
6.74Preuschen 4:121–122
Τούτων δὴ οὐκ εὐκαταφρόνητον πιθανότητα ἐχόντων, πάλιν ὁ ἐκκλησιαστικὸς ἀπορήσει πρὸς τὸν πρότερον εἰ κατὰ τὸν προφήτην ἐστὶν τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος φωτιζόμενον καὶ ὑπὸ Ἡσαΐου προφητευόμενον, ὑπό τε τηλικούτου [τοῦ] ἀγγέλου πρὶν γεννηθῆναι τεχθήσεσθαι προειρημένον, ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος Χριστοῦ εἰληφότα, χάριτος τηλικαύτης μετεσχηκότα, τὴν ἀλήθειαν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ γεγενῆσθαι νενοηκότα, περὶ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ μονογενοῦς τοῦ εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ πατρὸς διηγησάμενον τὰ τοσαῦτα, τὸ ψεύσασθαι καὶ ὅπερ ἦν οὐκ ἐγνωκότα κἂν ἐπισχεῖν.
Toutōn dē ouk eukataphronēton pithanotēta echontōn, palin ho ekklēsiastikos aporēsei pros ton proteron ei kata ton prophētēn estin ton hypo tou pneumatos phōtizomenon kai hypo Hēsaïou prophēteuomenon, hypo te tēlikoutou [tou] angelou prin gennēthēnai techthēsesthai proeirēmenon, ek tou plērōmatos Christou eilēphota, charitos tēlikautēs meteschēkota, tēn alētheian dia Iēsou Christou gegenēsthai nenoēkota, peri theou kai tou monogenous tou eis ton kolpon tou patros diēgēsamenon ta tosauta, to pseusasthai kai hoper ēn ouk egnōkota kan epischein.
Since these arguments have a plausibility not to be despised, the churchman will again object to the former: is it fitting for the prophet enlightened by the Spirit and foretold by Isaiah, announced before his birth by so great an angel, who received from the fullness of Christ, shared in so great a grace, understood that truth came through Jesus Christ, and related so much about God and the Only-begotten who is in the bosom of the Father, to lie, and not even to suspend judgment about what he did not know?
6.75Preuschen 4:122
ἐχρῆν γὰρ περὶ τῶν ἀδηλοτέρων ἐπέχειν ὁμολογεῖν, καὶ μήτε μήτε μήτε μήτε τὴν πρότασιν. πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἡν εὔλογον, διʼ πολλῶν τοῦτο δόγμα ἐτύγχανεν, ἐπισχεῖν τὸν Ἰωάννην περὶ αὑτοῦ, μήποτε ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ποτε ἐν Ἠλίᾳ ἦν;
echrēn gar peri tōn adēloterōn epechein homologein, kai mēte mēte mēte mēte tēn protasin. pōs de ouk hēn eulogon, diʼ pollōn touto dogma etynchanen, epischein ton Iōannēn peri hautou, mēpote hē psychē autou pote en Ēlią ēn?
For about more obscure matters he ought to have confessed that he suspended judgment, and neither … nor … the proposition. And how would it not have been reasonable, if this doctrine was held by many, for John to suspend judgment about himself, whether perhaps his soul had once been in Elijah?
6.76Preuschen 4:122
καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἱστορίαν δὲ ὁ ἐκκλησιαστικὸς προκαλέσεται τὸν πρότερον πευσόμενον παρὰ τῶν τὰ ἀπόρρητα ἐγνωκέναι παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ἐπαγγελλομένων, εἰ τοιοῦτόν τι δόγμα ἐστὶ παρʼ αὐτοῖς· ἐὰν γὰρ μηδαμῶς φαίνηται τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχον, δῆλον ὅτι ἐσκέδασται ὁ τοῦ προτέρου λόγος.
kai epi tēn historian de ho ekklēsiastikos prokalesetai ton proteron peusomenon para tōn ta aporrēta egnōkenai parʼ Hebraiois epangellomenōn, ei toiouton ti dogma esti parʼ autois; ean gar mēdamōs phainētai touthʼ houtōs echon, dēlon hoti eskedastai ho tou proterou logos.
And the churchman will also appeal to history, challenging the former to inquire of those among the Hebrews who profess to know the secret teachings whether there is any such doctrine among them. For if it does not appear to be so at all, clearly the former's argument has been scattered.
6.77Preuschen 4:122
οὐδὲν τοίνυν ἡττον ὁ ἐκκλησιαστικὸς χρήσεται τῇ προα- ποδεδομένῃ λύσει, ἔτι καὶ αὐτὸς τὸ βούλημα τῶν πυθομένων παραστῆσαι ἀπαιτούμενος. εἰ γάρ, ὡς κατεσκεύασεν, οἱ πέμψαντες ἴσασι γεγενημένον ἐκ Ζαχαρίου καὶ Ἐλισάβετ τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ πολλῷ πλέον οἱ πεμφθέντες γένους ὄντες ἱερατικοῦ, οὓς οὐκ ἂν ἔλαθεν ἡ τοῦ οὕτως ἐπιφανοῦς συγγενοῦς Ζαχαρίου παράδοξος εὐπαιδία, τί νοήσαντες πυνθάνονται τὸ »Σὺ Ἠλίας εἶ;« ἄνδρες ἀνεγνωκότες ἀνειλῆφθαι αὐτὸν ὡς εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν κα προσδοκῶντες ἐπιδημίαν αὐτοῦ;
ouden toinyn hētton ho ekklēsiastikos chrēsetai tę̄ proa- podedomenę̄ lysei, eti kai autos to boulēma tōn pythomenōn parastēsai apaitoumenos. ei gar, hōs kateskeuasen, hoi pempsantes isasi gegenēmenon ek Zachariou kai Elisabet ton Iōannēn, kai pollǭ pleon hoi pemphthentes genous ontes hieratikou, hous ouk an elathen hē tou houtōs epiphanous syngenous Zachariou paradoxos eupaidia, ti noēsantes pynthanontai to »Sy Ēlias ei?« andres anegnōkotes aneilēphthai auton hōs eis ton ouranon ka prosdokōntes epidēmian autou?
None the less the churchman will use the solution given before, being himself required to show the intention of those who asked. For if, as the other argued, those who sent knew that John was born of Zechariah and Elizabeth, and much more those sent, being of priestly family, from whom the extraordinary gift of a child to so distinguished a kinsman as Zechariah would not have been hidden, with what thought do they ask, “Are you Elijah?”, men who had read that he was taken up, as it were into heaven, and were expecting his coming?
6.78Preuschen 4:122
τάχα οὖν, ἐπεὶ πρὸς τῇ συντελείᾳ προσδοκῶσιν Ἠλίαν πρὸ Χριστοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ Χριστόν, οἱονεὶ τροπικώτερον φαίνονται ἐρωτῶντες Εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ προκαταγγέλλων τὸν πρὸ Χριστοῦ ἐπὶ συντελείᾳ ἐλευσόμενον λόγον; καὶ ἐπιστημόνως πρὸς τοῦτο ἀποκρίνεται τὸ »Οὐκ »εἰμί«.
tacha oun, epei pros tę̄ synteleią prosdokōsin Ēlian pro Christou kai epi toutǭ Christon, hoionei tropikōteron phainontai erōtōntes Ei sy ei ho prokatangellōn ton pro Christou epi synteleią eleusomenon logon? kai epistēmonōs pros touto apokrinetai to »Ouk »eimi«.
Perhaps, then, since they expect Elijah at the consummation before the Christ, and after him the Christ, they seem to ask more figuratively: Are you the one who announces beforehand the word that will come before the Christ at the consummation? And to this he answers knowingly, “I am not.”
6.79Preuschen 4:122–123
Ἔτι δὲ ὁ ἐκκλησιαστικὸς ἱστάμενος πρὸς τὰ ἐξητασμένα ὑπὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου ἀποδεικνύναι πειρωμένου μὴ ἂν λεληθέναι τοὺς ἱερεῖς οὕτως ἐπιφανῆ γεγενημένην τὴν Ἰωάννου γένεσιν διὰ τὸ »ἐν τῇ »ὀρεινῇ τῆς Ἰουδαίας« διαλελαλῆσθαι »πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα«, φήσει τὴν παραπλησίαν ἀπάτην πολλοῖς γεγονέναι καὶ περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος, ἐπεὶ »Οἱ μὲν ἔλεγον αὐτὸν Ἰωάννην τὸν βαπτιστήν, ἄλλοι »δὲ Ἠλίαν, † ἄλλοι δὲ Ἰερεμίαν ἢ ἔνα τῶν προφητῶν«, ὡς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ πυνθανομένῳ τῷ κυρίῳ γενομένῳ ἐν τοῖς μέρεσι Καισαρείας τῆς Φιλίππου εἰρήκασι.
Eti de ho ekklēsiastikos histamenos pros ta exētasmena hypo tou heterou apodeiknynai peirōmenou mē an lelēthenai tous hiereis houtōs epiphanē gegenēmenēn tēn Iōannou genesin dia to »en tę̄ »oreinę̄ tēs Ioudaias« dialelalēsthai »panta ta rhēmata tauta«, phēsei tēn paraplēsian apatēn pollois gegonenai kai peri tou sōtēros, epei »Hoi men elegon auton Iōannēn ton baptistēn, alloi »de Ēlian, † alloi de Ieremian ē ena tōn prophētōn«, hōs kai hoi mathētai pynthanomenǭ tǭ kyriǭ genomenǭ en tois meresi Kaisareias tēs Philippou eirēkasi.
Further, the churchman, standing against what the other examined in trying to show that John's birth, having been so famous, could not have escaped the priests because “all these things were talked about in the hill country of Judea,” will say that a similar mistake arose among many about the Savior too, since “some said he was John the Baptist, others Elijah, … others Jeremiah or one of the prophets,” as the disciples said when the Lord asked them in the region of Caesarea Philippi.
6.80Preuschen 4:123
καὶ ὁ Ἡρώδης δὲ λέγων· »Ὄν ἐγὼ ἀπεκε- »φάλισα Ἰωάννην, αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν‘ περὶ τοῦ χριστοῦ ἔοικε μὴ εἰδέναι τὰ λεγόμενα ὑπὸ τῶν φασκόντων· »Οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός; οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριάμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελ- »φοὶ αὐτοῦ Ἰάκωβος καὶ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Σίμων καὶ Ἰούδας; καὶ αἱ ἀδελ- »φαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν«;
kai ho Hērōdēs de legōn; »On egō apeke- »phalisa Iōannēn, autos ēgerthē apo tōn nekrōn‘ peri tou christou eoike mē eidenai ta legomena hypo tōn phaskontōn; »Ouch houtos estin ho tou tektonos huios? ouch hē mētēr autou legetai Mariam, kai hoi adel- »phoi autou Iakōbos kai Iōsēph kai Simōn kai Ioudas? kai hai adel- »phai autou ouchi pasai pros hēmas eisin«?
And Herod too, saying “John, whom I beheaded, has been raised from the dead,” seems not to have known about Christ what was said by those who said, “Is not this the carpenter's son? Is not his mother called Mary, and his brothers James and Joseph and Simon and Judas? And are not all his sisters with us?”
6.81Preuschen 4:123
οὐδὲν οὖν θαυμαστόν, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος, πολλῶν ἐγνωκότων τὴν ἐκ Μαρίας γένεσιν αὐτοῦ, ἄλλους ἠπατῆσθαι, οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰωάννου οὓς μὲν μὴ λεληθέναι τὴν ἐκ Ζαχαρίου γένεσιν αὐτοῦ, ἑτέρους δὲ διστάζειν, μήποτε ὁ προσδοκώμενος Ἠλίας ἐπεφάνη κατὰ τὸν Ἰωάννην
ouden oun thaumaston, hōsper epi tou sōtēros, pollōn egnōkotōn tēn ek Marias genesin autou, allous ēpatēsthai, houtō kai epi tou Iōannou hous men mē lelēthenai tēn ek Zachariou genesin autou, heterous de distazein, mēpote ho prosdokōmenos Ēlias epephanē kata ton Iōannēn
It is nothing surprising, then, that, just as with the Savior, though many knew of his birth from Mary, others were deceived, so also with John, his birth from Zechariah was not hidden from some, while others wondered whether the expected Elijah had appeared in John
6.82Preuschen 4:123
(καὶ οὐ χώραν γε μᾶλλον ἔχει ἡ περὶ τοῦ Ἰωάννου ἐπαπόρησις, μήποτε εἴη Ἠλίας, ἤπερ ἡ περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος, μὴ ἄρα αὐτὸς τυγχάνῃ Ἰωάννης) ὧν τοῦ Ἡλίου μὲν τὸν χαρακτῆρα ἀπὸ μόνης τῆς λέξεως, καὶ οὐχὶ ἀπὸ τῆς αἰσθήσεως τι ἀποβάλλεσθαι διὰ τὸ »Ἀνὴρ δασὺς καὶ ζώνην Δερματίνην περιεζωσμένος περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ«· τοῦ δὲ Ἰωάννου τὸ εἶδος προεγνωσμένον τάχα, οὐδὲ παραπλήσιον τυγχάνον τῷ χα- ρακτῆρι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, οὐδὲν ἧττον ὑπόνοιάν τισι παρεσχηκέναι, μήποτε ὁ Ἰωάννης ἀνέστη ἐκ νεκρῶν Ἰησοῦς μετονομαζόμενος.
(kai ou chōran ge mallon echei hē peri tou Iōannou epaporēsis, mēpote eiē Ēlias, ēper hē peri tou sōtēros, mē ara autos tynchanę̄ Iōannēs) hōn tou Hēliou men ton charaktēra apo monēs tēs lexeōs, kai ouchi apo tēs aisthēseōs ti apoballesthai dia to »Anēr dasys kai zōnēn Dermatinēn periezōsmenos peri tēn osphyn autou«; tou de Iōannou to eidos proegnōsmenon tacha, oude paraplēsion tynchanon tǭ cha- raktēri tou Iēsou, ouden hētton hyponoian tisi pareschēkenai, mēpote ho Iōannēs anestē ek nekrōn Iēsous metonomazomenos.
(and the question about John, whether he might be Elijah, has no more room than that about the Savior, whether he might be John), since of Elijah they knew the appearance only from the text, and not from sight, … because of “a hairy man with a leather belt around his waist”; while John's appearance was perhaps known beforehand and not even similar to Jesus' appearance, yet it gave some the suspicion that John had risen from the dead and was renamed Jesus.
6.83Preuschen 4:123
καὶ περὶ μετωνυμίας γάρ, ὡς ἐν ἀπορρήτοις, οὐκ οἶδα πόθεν κινούμενοι οἱ | Ἑβραῖοι παραδιδόασι Φινεές, τὸν Ἐλεαζάρου υἱόν, ὁμολογουμένως παρατείναντα τὴν ζωὴν ἕως πολλῶν κριτῶν, ὡς ἐν τοῖς Κριταῖς ἀνέγνωμεν, αὐτὸν εἶναι Ἠλίαν, καὶ τὸ ἀθάνατον ἐν τοῖς Ἀριθμοῖς αὐτῷ διὰ τῆς ὀνομαζομένης εἰρήνης ἐπηγγέλθαι, ἀνθʼ ὧν ζηλώσας θείῳ ζήλῳ κεκινημένος ἐξεκέντησε τὴν Μαδιανῖτιν καὶ τὸν Ἰσραηλίτην καὶ κατέπαυσε τὸν λεγόμενον θυμὸν τοῦ θεοῦ κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον· »Φινεὲς υἱὸς ἐλεαζὰρ υἱοῦ Ἀαρὼν κατέπαυσε τὸν θυμόν μου, »ἀνθʼ ὡν ἐζήλωσε τὸν ζῆλόν μου«.
kai peri metōnymias gar, hōs en aporrētois, ouk oida pothen kinoumenoi hoi | Hebraioi paradidoasi Phinees, ton Eleazarou huion, homologoumenōs parateinanta tēn zōēn heōs pollōn kritōn, hōs en tois Kritais anegnōmen, auton einai Ēlian, kai to athanaton en tois Arithmois autǭ dia tēs onomazomenēs eirēnēs epēngelthai, anthʼ hōn zēlōsas theiǭ zēlǭ kekinēmenos exekentēse tēn Madianitin kai ton Israēlitēn kai katepause ton legomenon thymon tou theou kata to gegrammenon; »Phinees huios eleazar huiou Aarōn katepause ton thymon mou, »anthʼ hōn ezēlōse ton zēlon mou«.
For about a change of name too, as in secret traditions, the Hebrews, moved by I know not what, hand down that Phinehas, the son of Eleazar, who admittedly prolonged his life through many judges, as we read in Judges, is himself Elijah, and that immortality was promised to him in Numbers through the so-called peace, because, being zealous and moved by divine zeal, he pierced the Midianite woman and the Israelite and stopped what is called the wrath of God, according to what is written: “Phinehas son of Eleazar son of Aaron stopped my wrath, because he was zealous with my zeal.”
6.84Preuschen 4:123
θαυμαστὸν οὖν οὐδὲν εἰ οἱ τὸν αὐτὸν ὑπολαμβάνοντες Φινεὲς καὶ Ἠλίαν, (ἤτοι ὐγιῶς λέγοντες ἢ μή· οὐ γὰρ περὶ τούτου νῦν πρόκειται ἐξετάζειν) τὸν αὐτὸν ἐνόμιζον εἶναι Ἰωάννην καὶ Ἰησοῦν. ἢ ἐδίσταζόν γε περὶ τούτου μαθεῖν τε ἐβούλοντο εἰ ὁ αὐτός έστιν Ἰωάννης καὶ Ἠλίας.
thaumaston oun ouden ei hoi ton auton hypolambanontes Phinees kai Ēlian, (ētoi ygiōs legontes ē mē; ou gar peri toutou nyn prokeitai exetazein) ton auton enomizon einai Iōannēn kai Iēsoun. ē edistazon ge peri toutou mathein te eboulonto ei ho autos estin Iōannēs kai Ēlias.
It is nothing surprising, then, if those who supposed Phinehas and Elijah to be the same (whether rightly or not; for it is not our task now to examine this) thought that John and Jesus were the same, or at least were in doubt about this and wished to learn whether John and Elijah are the same.
6.85Preuschen 4:123–124
προηγουμένως δὲ ἐν ἄλλοις ἐπιμελέστερον ἐξεταστέον καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον τὸν λόγον ἐρευνητέον τὸν περὶ τῆς οὐσίας τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς τῆς συστάσεως αὐτῆς καὶ τῆς εἰς τὸ γήϊνον σῶμα εἰσκρίσεως αὐτῆς, τῶν τε ἐπιμερισμῶν τοῦ ἑκάστης βίου καὶ τῆς ἐντεῦθεν ἀπαλλαγῆς, καὶ εἰ ἐνδέχε- ται αὐτὴν εἰσκριθῆναι δεύτερον ἐν σώματι ἢ μή, καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ περιόδῳ καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ διακοσμήσει ἢ οὔ, καὶ τῷ αὐτῷ σώματι ἢ ἑτέρῳ, καὶ εἰ τῷ αὐτῶ, πότερον καθʼ ὑποκείμενον μένοντι τῷ αὐτῷ κατὰ δὲ ποιότητα μεταβαλομένῳ, ἢ καὶ καθʼ ὑποκείμενον καὶ ποιότητα ἐσομένῳ τῷ αὐτῷ, καὶ εἰ ἀεὶ τῷ αὐτῷ σώματι χρήσεται ἢ ἀμείψει αὐτό.
proēgoumenōs de en allois epimelesteron exetasteon kai epi pleion ton logon ereunēteon ton peri tēs ousias tēs psychēs kai tēs archēs tēs systaseōs autēs kai tēs eis to gēïnon sōma eiskriseōs autēs, tōn te epimerismōn tou hekastēs biou kai tēs enteuthen apallagēs, kai ei endeche- tai autēn eiskrithēnai deuteron en sōmati ē mē, kai tę̄ autę̄ periodǭ kai tę̄ autę̄ diakosmēsei ē ou, kai tǭ autǭ sōmati ē heterǭ, kai ei tǭ autō, poteron kathʼ hypokeimenon menonti tǭ autǭ kata de poiotēta metabalomenǭ, ē kai kathʼ hypokeimenon kai poiotēta esomenǭ tǭ autǭ, kai ei aei tǭ autǭ sōmati chrēsetai ē ameipsei auto.
But principally, elsewhere, we must examine more carefully and investigate further the account of the substance of the soul, and of the beginning of its constitution, and of its entry into the earthly body, and of the allotments of each one's life, and of its departure from here; and whether it can enter a body a second time or not, and in the same period and the same world-order or not, and in the same body or another; and if in the same, whether the same in substance but changed in quality, or the same both in substance and quality; and whether it will always use the same body or change it.
6.86Preuschen 4:124
ἐν οἷς καὶ τί ἐστι κυρίως μετενσωμάτωσις ἐξετάσαι δεήσει, τί τε αὕτη διαφέρει ἐνσωματώσεως, καὶ εἰ ἀκολουθεῖ τῷ λέγοντι μετεωσωμάτωσιν ἄφθαρτον τηρεῖν τὸν κόσμον. ἐν οἷς ἀναγκαῖον ἔσται παραθεῖναι καὶ τοὺς λόγους τῶν θελόντων κατὰ τὰς γραφὰς συσπείρεσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν τῷ σώματι καὶ τὰ ἀκολουθοῦντα αὐτοῖς.
en hois kai ti esti kyriōs metensōmatōsis exetasai deēsei, ti te hautē diapherei ensōmatōseōs, kai ei akolouthei tǭ legonti meteōsōmatōsin aphtharton tērein ton kosmon. en hois anankaion estai paratheinai kai tous logous tōn thelontōn kata tas graphas syspeiresthai tēn psychēn tǭ sōmati kai ta akolouthounta autois.
In these we shall need to examine also what transmigration properly is, how it differs from embodiment, and whether it follows for one who holds transmigration that the world is kept incorruptible. In these it will be necessary also to set out the arguments of those who wish, according to the Scriptures, that the soul is sown together with the body, and what follows from their view.
6.87Preuschen 4:124
καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς ὁ περὶ ψυχῆς λόγος πολὺς καὶ δυσερμήνευτος ὢν ἀναλεχθησόμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς σποράδην κειμένων ἰδίας δεῖται πραγματείας. διόπερ νῦν κατὰ τὸ παρῆκον ἐκ τῶν περὶ Ἠλίου καὶ Ἰωάννου ἐζητημένων ἐπὶ βραχὺ ἐξετασαντες τὸ πρόβλημα μετίωμεν ἐπὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Ι,21. Ὁ προφήτης εἶ σύ; καὶ ἀπεκρίθη Οὔ.
kai hapaxaplōs ho peri psychēs logos polys kai dysermēneutos ōn analechthēsomenos apo tōn en tais graphais sporadēn keimenōn idias deitai pragmateias. dioper nyn kata to parēkon ek tōn peri Ēliou kai Iōannou ezētēmenōn epi brachy exetasantes to problēma metiōmen epi ta hexēs. I,21. Ho prophētēs ei sy? kai apekrithē Ou.
And, in short, the account of the soul, being extensive and hard to interpret, and to be gathered from what lies scattered in the Scriptures, needs a treatise of its own. Therefore, having now examined the problem briefly as it arose from the questions about Elijah and John, let us pass on to what follows. John 1:21: “Are you the prophet? And he answered, No.”
6.88Preuschen 4:124
Εἰ ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται ἕως Ἰωάννου, καὶ τί ἄλλο ἂν λέγοιμεν εἶναι Ἰωάννην ἢ προφήτην; ὡς καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ Ζαχα- ρίας πλησθεὶς πνεύματος ἁγίου προφητεύων φησί· »Καὶ σὺ δέ, παιδίον, προφήτης ὐψίστου κληθήσῃ, προπορεύσῃ γὰρ ἐνώπιον κυρίου ἑτοι- »μάσαι ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ«· εἰ μὴ ἄρα τις ἐπιλήψεται τοῦ »Κληθήσῃ«, μὴ εἰρημένου τοῦ >Ἔσῃ«, καὶ μάλιστα διὰ τὸ πρὸς τοὺς οἰομένους αὐτὸν προ φήτην εἶναι εἰρηκέναι τὸν σωτῆρα· »Ἀλλὰ τί † ἐξήλθετε ἰδεῖν; προφήτην;
Ei ho nomos kai hoi prophētai heōs Iōannou, kai ti allo an legoimen einai Iōannēn ē prophētēn? hōs kai ho patēr autou Zacha- rias plēstheis pneumatos hagiou prophēteuōn phēsi; »Kai sy de, paidion, prophētēs ypsistou klēthēsę̄, proporeusę̄ gar enōpion kyriou hetoi- »masai hodous autou«; ei mē ara tis epilēpsetai tou »Klēthēsę̄«, mē eirēmenou tou >Esę̄«, kai malista dia to pros tous oiomenous auton pro phētēn einai eirēkenai ton sōtēra; »Alla ti † exēlthete idein? prophētēn?
If the law and the prophets were until John, what else would we say John is but a prophet? As his father Zechariah too, filled with the Holy Spirit and prophesying, says: “And you, child, will be called the prophet of the Most High, for you will go before the Lord to prepare his ways”; unless someone will seize on “will be called,” since “you will be” was not said, and especially because the Savior said to those who thought him a prophet, “But what did you go out to see? A prophet?
6.89Preuschen 4:124
»ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν, καὶ περισσότερον προφήτου«. παρατηρητέον δὲ ὅτι τῷ »Ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν« τίθησιν τὸ προφήτην εἶναι τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ οὐκ ἀναιρεῖ τὸ προφήτην αὐτὸν εἶναι. ἐὰν δὲ πρὸς τῷ προφήτης τυγχάνειν καὶ »περισσότερον προφήτου« ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος λέγηται, πῶς οὖν, εἰ προφήτης ἐστίν, πρὸς τοὺς ἱερεῖς καὶ Λευίτας ἐρωτῶντας· »Ὁ προφήτης εἶ σύ;« ἀπεκρίθη »Οὔ«; λεκτέον δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο ὅτι οὐ ταὐτόν έστιν »Ὁ προφήτης εἶ σύ;« τῷ «Προφήτης εἶ σύ;« τὰ δʼ ὅμοια τετηρήκαμεν ἐξετάζοντες τί διαφέρει τὸ »Ὁ θεός« τοῦ »Θεός καὶ »Ὁ λόγος« τοῦ Λόγος((.
»nai, legō hymin, kai perissoteron prophētou«. paratērēteon de hoti tǭ »Nai, legō hymin« tithēsin to prophētēn einai ton Iōannēn, kai ouk anairei to prophētēn auton einai. ean de pros tǭ prophētēs tynchanein kai »perissoteron prophētou« hypo tou sōtēros legētai, pōs oun, ei prophētēs estin, pros tous hiereis kai Leuitas erōtōntas; »Ho prophētēs ei sy?« apekrithē »Ou«? lekteon de pros touto hoti ou tauton estin »Ho prophētēs ei sy?« tǭ «Prophētēs ei sy?« ta dʼ homoia tetērēkamen exetazontes ti diapherei to »Ho theos« tou »Theos kai »Ho logos« tou Logos((.
Yes, I tell you, and more than a prophet.” We must observe that by “Yes, I tell you” he affirms that John is a prophet, and does not deny that he is a prophet. And if, besides being a prophet, he is also called by the Savior “more than a prophet,” how then, if he is a prophet, did he answer “No” to the priests and Levites who asked, “Are you the prophet?” We must say to this that “Are you the prophet?” is not the same as “Are you a prophet?” We have observed similar things in examining how “the God” differs from “God” and “the Word” from “Word.”
6.90Preuschen 4:124–125
ἐπεὶ τοίνυν έν τῷ Δευτερονομίῳ γέγραπται· »Προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει 〈κύριος〉 ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν »ὑμῶν ὡς ἐμέ, αὐτοῦ ἀδούσεσθε· καὶ ἔσται πᾶσα ψυχή, ἥτις ἂν μὴ »ἀκούσῃ τοῦ προφήτου ἐκείνου, ἐξολεθρευθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ«, προσεδοκᾶτο ἐξαιρέτως τις προφήτης ὅμοιον Μωσεῖ τι ἔχων, τὸ μεσιτεῦσαι θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων καὶ τὸ λαβὼν διαθήκην ἀπὸ θεοῦ δοῦναι τοῖς μαθητευομένοις τὴν καινήν· καὶ καθʼ ἕκαστον τῶν προφητῶν ἐγίνωσκον ὁ λαὸς Ἰσραὴλ μηδένα ἐκείνων εἶναι τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ Μωσέως προφητευθέντα.
epei toinyn en tǭ Deuteronomiǭ gegraptai; »Prophētēn hymin anastēsei 〈kyrios〉 ho theos hymōn ek tōn adelphōn »hymōn hōs eme, autou adousesthe; kai estai pasa psychē, hētis an mē »akousę̄ tou prophētou ekeinou, exolethreuthēsetai ek tou laou autou«, prosedokato exairetōs tis prophētēs homoion Mōsei ti echōn, to mesiteusai theou kai anthrōpōn kai to labōn diathēkēn apo theou dounai tois mathēteuomenois tēn kainēn; kai kathʼ hekaston tōn prophētōn eginōskon ho laos Israēl mēdena ekeinōn einai ton hypo tou Mōseōs prophēteuthenta.
Since, then, it is written in Deuteronomy, “The Lord your God will raise up for you a prophet from your brothers like me; you shall listen to him; and every soul that does not listen to that prophet will be utterly destroyed from his people,” a certain prophet was specially expected, having something like Moses: to mediate between God and men, and, having received a covenant from God, to give the new covenant to those who become disciples. And the people of Israel knew of each of the prophets that none of them was the one foretold by Moses.
6.91Preuschen 4:125
ὥσπερ οὖν ἐδίσταζον περὶ Ἰωάννου μήποτε ἄρα Χριστὸς αὐτὸς ἦν, οὕτως καὶ μήποτε »ὁ προφήτης«. οὐ θαυμαστὸν δὲ εἰ μὴ ἠκρίβουν ὅτι ὁ αὐτός ἐστι Χριστός καὶ διστάζοντες περὶ Ἰωάννου, μήποτε αὐτὸς ὁ χριστὸς ἡν· ἀκόλουθον γὰρ τῷ περὶ τούτου δισταγμῷ τὸ αὐτὸν τὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι >Χριστὸν καὶ τὸν
hōsper oun edistazon peri Iōannou mēpote ara Christos autos ēn, houtōs kai mēpote »ho prophētēs«. ou thaumaston de ei mē ēkriboun hoti ho autos esti Christos kai distazontes peri Iōannou, mēpote autos ho christos hēn; akolouthon gar tǭ peri toutou distagmǭ to auton ton auton einai >Christon kai ton
Just as, then, they doubted about John whether he was perhaps the Christ himself, so also whether he was “the prophet.” And it is not surprising if they did not know precisely that the Christ is the same as the prophet, doubting about John whether he was the Christ himself; for it follows from the doubt about this that the same one is the Christ and the
6.92Preuschen 4:125
Ἔλαθε δὲ τοὺς πολλοὺς ἡ διαφορὰ τοῦ Ὁ <Ὁ καὶ >Προφήτης<, ὡς καὶ τὸν Ἡρακλέωνα, ὅστις αὐταῖς λέξεσί ὡς ἄρα Ἰωάννης ὡμολόγησεν μὴ εἶναι ὁ χριστός, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ προφήτης μηδὲ Ἠλίας. καὶ δέον αὐτὸν οὕτως ἐκλαβόντα ἐξετάσαι τὰ κατὰ τοὺς τόπους, πότερον ἀληθεύει λέγων μὴ εἶναι προφήτης μηδὲ Ἠλίας, ἢ οὔ. ὁ δὲ μὴ ἐπιστήσας τοῖς τόποις, ἐν οἷς καταλέλοιπεν ὑπομνήμασιν ἀνεξετάστως παρελήλυθεν τὰ τη- λικαῦτα, σφόδρα ὀλίγα καὶ μὴ βεβασανισμένα έν τοῖς ἑξῆς εἰπών, περὶ ὡν εὐθέως ἐροῦμεν. Ι, 22 Εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ Τίς εἶ; ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς· τί λέγεις περὶ σεαυτοῦ;
Elathe de tous pollous hē diaphora tou Ho <Ho kai >Prophētēs<, hōs kai ton Hērakleōna, hostis autais lexesi hōs ara Iōannēs hōmologēsen mē einai ho christos, alla mēde prophētēs mēde Ēlias. kai deon auton houtōs eklabonta exetasai ta kata tous topous, poteron alētheuei legōn mē einai prophētēs mēde Ēlias, ē ou. ho de mē epistēsas tois topois, en hois kataleloipen hypomnēmasin anexetastōs parelēlythen ta tē- likauta, sphodra oliga kai mē bebasanismena en tois hexēs eipōn, peri hōn eutheōs eroumen. I, 22 Eipon oun autǭ Tis ei? hina apokrisin dōmen tois pempsasin hēmas; ti legeis peri seautou?
The difference between “the prophet” and “prophet” escaped the many, as it escaped Heracleon too, who says in these very words that “John confessed that he was not the Christ, nor even a prophet, nor Elijah.” And having taken it so, he ought to have examined the passages, whether John speaks truly in saying he is not a prophet nor Elijah, or not. But not having attended to the passages, in the commentaries he has left he has passed over such important matters without examination, saying very little, and that untested, in what follows, about which we shall speak at once. John 1:22: “So they said to him, Who are you? So that we may give an answer to those who sent us. What do you say about yourself?”
6.93Preuschen 4:125–126
Δυνάμει τοῦτο λέγουσιν οἱ ἀποσταλέντες· Ὅπερ ὑπονοοῦντες οῦντες εἶναί σε ἐληλύθαμεν μαθησόμενοι ἔγνωμεν οὐκ ὄντα· λείπεται δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα ἀπὸ σοῦ ἀκοῦσαι τὸ ὅστις εἶ, ἵνα τοῖς πέμψασιν τὴν σὴν ἀπόκρισιν περὶ σοῦ ἀπαγγείλωμεν. Ι, 23 Ἔφη· Ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου, καθὼς εἶπεν Ἡσαΐας ὁ προφήτης.
Dynamei touto legousin hoi apostalentes; Hoper hyponoountes ountes einai se elēlythamen mathēsomenoi egnōmen ouk onta; leipetai de meta tauta apo sou akousai to hostis ei, hina tois pempsasin tēn sēn apokrisin peri sou apangeilōmen. I, 23 Ephē; Egō phōnē boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ tēn hodon kyriou, kathōs eipen Hēsaïas ho prophētēs.
Those who were sent say this in effect: What we suspected you to be, and came to learn, we have learned you are not; it remains after this to hear from you who you are, so that we may report your answer about yourself to those who sent us. John 1:23: “He said, I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness, Make straight the way of the Lord, as Isaiah the prophet said.”
6.94Preuschen 4:126
Ὥσπερ ὁ κυρίως υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ ἕτερος λόγου τυγχάνων χρῆται λόγῳ αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ έν ἀρχῇ λόγος ἡν, ὁ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ὁ λόγος θεός), οὕτως Ἰωάννης ὁ ὑπηρέτης ἐκείνου τοῦ λόγου, εἰ κυρίως ἀκούοιμεν τῆς γραφῆς, οὐχ ἕτερος ὢν φωνῆς, χρῆται φωνῇ δεικνυούσῃ τὸν λόγον.
Hōsper ho kyriōs huios tou theou ouch heteros logou tynchanōn chrētai logǭ autos gar ho en archę̄ logos hēn, ho pros ton theon, ho logos theos), houtōs Iōannēs ho hypēretēs ekeinou tou logou, ei kyriōs akouoimen tēs graphēs, ouch heteros ōn phōnēs, chrētai phōnę̄ deiknyousę̄ ton logon.
Just as the one who is properly Son of God, being no other than the Word, uses a word (for he himself was the Word in the beginning, the Word with God, the Word God), so John, the servant of that Word, if we hear Scripture properly, being no other than a voice, uses a voice that points to the Word.
6.95Preuschen 4:126
οὗτος δὴ συνιεὶς τὴν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ προφητείαν παρὰ τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ εἰρημένην φησὶν εἶναι φωνὴ οὐχὶ βοῶσα ἐν τῇ, ἀλλὰ »βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ«, τοῦ ἑστῶτος καὶ κεκραγότος· »ἐάν τις διψᾷ, »ἐρχέσθω πρὸς μὲ καὶ πινέτω«· λέγοντος καὶ τὸ »Εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν »κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ· πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθή- »σεται καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται καὶ ἔσται πάντα τὰ »σκολιὰ εἰς † εἐυθεῖαν«.
houtos dē synieis tēn peri heautou prophēteian para tǭ Hēsaïą eirēmenēn phēsin einai phōnē ouchi boōsa en tę̄, alla »boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ«, tou hestōtos kai kekragotos; »ean tis dipsą, »erchesthō pros me kai pinetō«; legontos kai to »Euthynate tēn hodon »kyriou, eutheias poieite tas tribous autou; pasa pharanx plērōthē- »setai kai pan oros kai bounos tapeinōthēsetai kai estai panta ta »skolia eis † eeutheian«.
He, understanding the prophecy about himself spoken in Isaiah, says that he is a voice, not crying in the wilderness, but “of one crying in the wilderness,” of him who stood and cried out, “If anyone thirsts, let him come to me and drink,” and who says, “Make straight the way of the Lord, make his paths straight; every valley shall be filled, and every mountain and hill brought low, and all the crooked shall become … straight.”
6.96Preuschen 4:126
ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν τῇ Ἐξόδῳ γέγραπται πρὸς Μωσέα λέγεσθαι ὑπὸ θεοῦ· »Ἰδοὺ δέδωκά σε θεὸν Φαραώ, καὶ Ἀαρὼν ὁ »ἀδελφός σου ἔσται σου προξήτης«, σου νοητέον οὕτω νοητέον ἀνάλογόν τι τούτοις, εἰ καὶ μὴ πάντη ὅμοιον, εἶναι τὸν ἐν ἀρχῇ λόγον θεὸν καὶ Ἰωάννην· φωνὴ γὰρ δεικτικὴ καὶ παραστατικὴ ἐκείνου τοῦ λόυου ὁ Ἰωάννης ἦν.
hōsper gar en tę̄ Exodǭ gegraptai pros Mōsea legesthai hypo theou; »Idou dedōka se theon Pharaō, kai Aarōn ho »adelphos sou estai sou proxētēs«, sou noēteon houtō noēteon analogon ti toutois, ei kai mē pantē homoion, einai ton en archę̄ logon theon kai Iōannēn; phōnē gar deiktikē kai parastatikē ekeinou tou louou ho Iōannēs ēn.
For just as it is written in Exodus that it is said to Moses by God, “Behold, I have made you a god to Pharaoh, and Aaron your brother will be your prophet,” so we must understand something analogous to these, even if not entirely alike, in the Word in the beginning, God, and John; for John was a voice that pointed out and presented that Word.
6.97Preuschen 4:126
διόπερ πάνυ ἁρμοζόντως οὐκ ἄλλῃ κολάσει περιβάλλεται Ζαχαρίας. εἰπὼν πρὸς τὸν ἄγγελον· »Κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; »ἐγὼ γάρ εἰμι πρεσβύτης, καὶ ἡ γυνή μου προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέ- »ραις αὐτῆς« ἢ τῇ στερήσει τῆς φ(ονῆς διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν τῆς γενέσεως τῆς φωνῆς, κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ γαβριὴλ πρὸς αὐτόν· »Ἰδοὺ »ἔσῃ σιωπῶν καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος λαλῆσαι ἄχρι ἡς ἡμέρας γένηται ταῦτα, ἀνθʼ ὧν οὐκ ἐπίστευσας τοῖς λόγοις μου, οἵτινες πλησθήσονται εἰς »τὸν καιρὸν αὐτῶν«· οὗτος δὴ ὁ Ζαχαρίας, ὅτε Αἰτήσας πινακίδιον »ἔγραψεν λέγων· Ἰωάννης ἐστὶν ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐθαύμασαν πάντες«, ἀπείληφεν τὴν φωνήν· »Ἀνεῴχθη γὰρ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ παραχρῆμα »καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐλάλει εὐλογῶν τὸν θεόν«.
dioper pany harmozontōs ouk allę̄ kolasei periballetai Zacharias. eipōn pros ton angelon; »Kata ti gnōsomai touto? »egō gar eimi presbytēs, kai hē gynē mou probebēkuia en tais hēme- »rais autēs« ē tę̄ sterēsei tēs ph(onēs dia tēn apistian tēs geneseōs tēs phōnēs, kata to eirēmenon hypo tou gabriēl pros auton; »Idou »esę̄ siōpōn kai mē dynamenos lalēsai achri hēs hēmeras genētai tauta, anthʼ hōn ouk episteusas tois logois mou, hoitines plēsthēsontai eis »ton kairon autōn«; houtos dē ho Zacharias, hote Aitēsas pinakidion »egrapsen legōn; Iōannēs estin onoma autou, kai ethaumasan pantes«, apeilēphen tēn phōnēn; »Aneǭchthē gar to stoma autou parachrēma »kai hē glōssa autou, kai elalei eulogōn ton theon«.
That is why, very fittingly, Zechariah is surrounded by no other punishment, when he said to the angel, “By what shall I know this? For I am an old man, and my wife is advanced in her days,” than the loss of his voice, because of his unbelief in the birth of the voice, according to what Gabriel said to him: “Behold, you will be silent and unable to speak until the day these things happen, because you did not believe my words, which will be fulfilled in their time.” This Zechariah, when “asking for a writing tablet he wrote, saying, His name is John, and they all marveled,” recovered his voice: “For his mouth was opened immediately and his tongue, and he spoke, blessing God.”
6.98Preuschen 4:126
Ὥσπερ δὲ διαλαμβάνοντες περὶ τοῦ τίνα τρόπον νοητέον λόγον εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ παριστάμενα ἐδηλώσαμεν, οὕτως κατὰ τὴν ἁρμόζουσαν ἀκολουθίαν, ἐπεὶ ὁ Ἰωάννης »ἦλθεν εἰς μαρ- »τυρίαν«, »ἄνθρωπος ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ θεοῦ», »ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός, ἵνα πάντες πιστεύσωσιν διʼ αὐτοῦ«, νοητέον φωνὴν εἶναι μόνην χωρῆσαι κατʼ ἀξίαν τὸν ἀπαγγελλόμενον λόγον δυναμένην τὸν Ἰωάννην.
Hōsper de dialambanontes peri tou tina tropon noēteon logon einai ton huion tou theou ta paristamena edēlōsamen, houtōs kata tēn harmozousan akolouthian, epei ho Iōannēs »ēlthen eis mar- »tyrian«, »anthrōpos apestalmenos para theou», »hina martyrēsę̄ peri tou phōtos, hina pantes pisteusōsin diʼ autou«, noēteon phōnēn einai monēn chōrēsai katʼ axian ton apangellomenon logon dynamenēn ton Iōannēn.
Just as, in treating how the Son of God is to be understood as Word, we have made clear what presented itself, so, in fitting sequence, since John “came for testimony,” “a man sent from God,” “to testify about the light, that all might believe through him,” we must understand that John is the only voice able to receive worthily the Word who is proclaimed.
6.99Preuschen 4:126–127
καὶ μάλιστα τοῦτο συνήσομεν ἐὰν ὑπομνησθῶμεν ὡν προ- παρεθέμεθα διηγούμενοι τὸ »Ἵνα πάντες πιστεύσωσιν διʼ αὐτοῦ«· περὶ τοῦ »Οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται· Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν »ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου »ἔμπροσθέν σου«. καλῶς δὲ καὶ τὸ μὴ εἰναι αὐτὸν τὴν φωνὴν >λέ- >γοντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ‘, ἀλλὰ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ«· ὁ μὲν γὰρ βοῶν τὸ »Εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου«, καὶ λέγει· ἐνδέχεται δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον λέγειν μὴ βοῶντα.
kai malista touto synēsomen ean hypomnēsthōmen hōn pro- parethemetha diēgoumenoi to »Hina pantes pisteusōsin diʼ autou«; peri tou »Houtos estin peri hou gegraptai; Idou egō apostellō ton »angelon mou pro prosōpou sou, hos kataskeuasei tēn hodon sou »emprosthen sou«. kalōs de kai to mē einai auton tēn phōnēn >le- >gontos en tę̄ erēmǭ‘, alla boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ«; ho men gar boōn to »Euthynate tēn hodon kyriou«, kai legei; endechetai de ton auton touton legein mē boōnta.
And we shall understand this especially if we recall what we cited earlier in explaining “that all might believe through him,” about “This is he of whom it is written, Behold, I send my angel before your face, who will prepare your way before you.” And it is well too that he is not the voice “of one speaking in the wilderness” but “of one crying in the wilderness”; for the one who cries “Make straight the way of the Lord” also speaks; but the same person can speak without crying.
6.100Preuschen 4:127
βοᾷ δὲ καὶ κέκραγεν, ἴνα καὶ οἱ μακρὰν τοῦ λέγοντος ἀκούσωσιν καὶ οἱ βαρυήκοοι συνῶσιν τοῦ μεγέθους τῶν λεγομένων μετὰ μεγέθους ἀπαγγελλομένων φωνῆς, βοηθῶν τοῖς τε ἀφεστῶσιν θεοῦ καὶ τοῖς τὸ ὀξὺ τῆς ἀκοῆς ἀπολωλεκόσιν. διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ »εἱστήκει ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ ἔκραζεν λέγων· »Ἐάν τις διφᾷ ἐρχέσθω πρὸς μὲ καὶ πινέτω«. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ »Ἰωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐ- »τοῦ καὶ κέκραγε λέγων«. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ κελεύει ὁ θεὸς τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ βοᾶν ἐν τῇ φωνῇ λέγοντος· Βόησον· κἀγὼ εἶπα· Τί βοήσω«;
boą de kai kekragen, ina kai hoi makran tou legontos akousōsin kai hoi baryēkooi synōsin tou megethous tōn legomenōn meta megethous apangellomenōn phōnēs, boēthōn tois te aphestōsin theou kai tois to oxy tēs akoēs apolōlekosin. dia touto gar kai »heistēkei ho Iēsous kai ekrazen legōn; »Ean tis diphą erchesthō pros me kai pinetō«. dia touto kai ho »Iōannēs martyrei peri au- »tou kai kekrage legōn«. dia touto kai keleuei ho theos tǭ Hēsaïą boan en tę̄ phōnę̄ legontos; Boēson; kagō eipa; Ti boēsō«?
And he cries and shouts, so that those far from the speaker may hear, and those hard of hearing may understand the greatness of what is said, announced with greatness of voice, helping both those who stand far from God and those who have lost sharpness of hearing. For this reason too “Jesus stood and cried out, saying, If anyone thirsts, let him come to me and drink.” For this reason also “John testifies about him and cried out, saying.” For this reason also God commands Isaiah to cry, in the voice of one saying, “Cry! And I said, What shall I cry?”
6.101Preuschen 4:127
ἐὰν δὲ μὴ παντελῶς ᾖ ἡ νοητὴ τῶν εὐχομένων φωνὴ μεγάλη καὶ οὐ βραχεῖα, οὐδὲ ἂν αὐξήσωσι τὴν βοὴν καὶ τὴν κραυγὴν ἀκούει τῶν οὕτως εὐχομένων ὁ θεὸς ὁ λέγων πρὸς Μωσέα· Τί βοᾷς πρὸς μέ«; οὐκ αἰσθητῶς βεβοηκότα, οὐ γὰρ ἀναγέγραπται τοῦτο ἐν τῇ Ἐξόδῳ, ) μεγάλως δὲ τὴν ἀκουομένην μόνῳ θεῷ φωνὴν βεβοηκότα διὰ τῆς εὐχῆς. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Δαβίδ φησι· »Φωνῇ μου πρὸς κύριον ἐκέκραξα καὶ ἐπήκουσέν μου«.
ean de mē pantelōs ę̄ hē noētē tōn euchomenōn phōnē megalē kai ou bracheia, oude an auxēsōsi tēn boēn kai tēn kraugēn akouei tōn houtōs euchomenōn ho theos ho legōn pros Mōsea; Ti boąs pros me«? ouk aisthētōs beboēkota, ou gar anagegraptai touto en tę̄ Exodǭ, ) megalōs de tēn akouomenēn monǭ theǭ phōnēn beboēkota dia tēs euchēs. dia touto kai Dabid phēsi; »Phōnę̄ mou pros kyrion ekekraxa kai epēkousen mou«.
But if the spiritual voice of those who pray is not altogether great and not small, even if they raise their shout and cry, God does not hear those who pray thus; God, who says to Moses, “Why do you cry to me?”, when he had not cried aloud perceptibly (for this is not recorded in Exodus), but had cried greatly, through prayer, with the voice heard by God alone. For this reason David too says, “With my voice I cried to the Lord, and he heard me.”
6.102Preuschen 4:127
χρεία δὲ τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἵνα καὶ ἡ ἐστερημένη θεοῦ ψυχὴ καὶ ἔρημος ἀληθείας, (τίς γὰρ ἄλλη χαλεπωτέρα ἐρημία ψυχῆς θεοῦ καὶ πάσης ἀρετῆς ἠρημωμενης;) διὰ τὸ ἔτι σκολιῶς πορεύεσθαι δεομέ΄νη διδασκαλίας, ἐπὶ τὸ εὐθύνειν τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου παρακαλῆται. ἥντινα ὁδὸν εὐθύνει μὲν ὁ μηδαμῶς τὴν σκολιότητα τῆς τοῦ ὄφεως πορείας μιμούμενος, ὁ δὲ τούτῳ ἐναντίος διαστρέφει. διόπερ καὶ ἐπιπλήσσεται ἅμα τοῖς ὁμοίοις ὁ τοιοῦτος διὰ τοῦ »Ἵνα τί διαστρέφετε τὰς ὁδοὺς κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας;«
chreia de tēs phōnēs tou boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ, hina kai hē esterēmenē theou psychē kai erēmos alētheias, (tis gar allē chalepōtera erēmia psychēs theou kai pasēs aretēs ērēmōmenēs?) dia to eti skoliōs poreuesthai deome΄nē didaskalias, epi to euthynein tēn hodon kyriou parakalētai. hēntina hodon euthynei men ho mēdamōs tēn skoliotēta tēs tou opheōs poreias mimoumenos, ho de toutǭ enantios diastrephei. dioper kai epiplēssetai hama tois homoiois ho toioutos dia tou »Hina ti diastrephete tas hodous kyriou tas eutheias?«
There is need of the voice of one crying in the wilderness, so that the soul that is deprived of God and a wilderness of truth (for what other wilderness is harsher than a soul deserted by God and by all virtue?), needing teaching because it still walks crookedly, may be summoned to make straight the way of the Lord. This way is made straight by one who in no way imitates the crookedness of the serpent's course, while the one opposed to this perverts it. That is why such a person, along with those like him, is rebuked by the words, “Why do you pervert the straight ways of the Lord?”
6.103Preuschen 4:127–128
Διχῶς δὲ ἡ ὀδὸς κυρίου εὐθύνεται, κατά τε τὸ θεωρητικόν, τρανούμενον ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ἀπαραμίκτως τοῦ ψεύδους, καὶ κατὰ τὸ πρακτικὸν μετὰ τὴν ὑγιῆ θεωρίαν τοῦ πρακτέου ἁρμονίου πράξεως ἀποδιδομένης τῷ περὶ τῶν πρακτέων ὑγιεῖ λόγῳ. καὶ ἵνα ἀκριβέ- στερον τὸ »Εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδον κυρίου« νοήσωμεν, εὔκαιρον ἔσται παραθέσθαι τὸ ἐν ταῖς Παροιμίαις εἰρημένον· »Μὴ ἐκκλίνῃς μήτε »δεξιὰ μήτε ἀριστερά«· ὁ γὰρ ἐκκλίνων εἰς ὀποτέραν τὸ εὐθύνειν ἀπολώλεκεν, οὐκέτι ἐπισκοπῆς ἄξιος γινόμενος ὅταν παρεκβαίνῃ τὴν τῆς πορείας εὐθύτητα· »ὅτι γὰρ δίκαιος ὁ κύριος καὶ δικαιοσύνας «ἠγάπησεν καὶ εὐθύτητα εἶδεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ«.
Dichōs de hē odos kyriou euthynetai, kata te to theōrētikon, tranoumenon en alētheią aparamiktōs tou pseudous, kai kata to praktikon meta tēn hygiē theōrian tou prakteou harmoniou praxeōs apodidomenēs tǭ peri tōn prakteōn hygiei logǭ. kai hina akribe- steron to »Euthynate tēn hodon kyriou« noēsōmen, eukairon estai parathesthai to en tais Paroimiais eirēmenon; »Mē ekklinę̄s mēte »dexia mēte aristera«; ho gar ekklinōn eis opoteran to euthynein apolōleken, ouketi episkopēs axios ginomenos hotan parekbainę̄ tēn tēs poreias euthytēta; »hoti gar dikaios ho kyrios kai dikaiosynas «ēgapēsen kai euthytēta eiden to prosōpon autou«.
The way of the Lord is made straight in two ways: in contemplation, made clear in truth unmixed with falsehood; and in practice, after sound contemplation of what must be done, when action harmonious with the sound account of what must be done is rendered. And so that we may understand “Make straight the way of the Lord” more precisely, it will be timely to cite what is said in Proverbs: “Do not turn aside to the right or to the left.” For whoever turns aside to either has lost straightness, no longer being worthy of oversight when he departs from the straightness of the course; “for the Lord is righteous and loved righteousnesses, and his face has seen uprightness.”
6.104Preuschen 4:128
ὅπερ δὲ ὁρᾷ φωτίζει· διὰ τοῦτο ὁ ἐπισκοπούμενος ἀντιλαμβανόμενος τῆς ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς ὠφελείας φηίν· »ἐσημειώθη ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς τὸ φῶς τοῦ »προσώπου σου, Κύριε((. στῶμεν τοίνυν κατὰ τὰ ὑπὸ Ἱερεμίου εἰρημένα ἐπὶ ταῖς ὁδοῖς, καὶ ἰδόντες ἐρωτήσωμεν τρίβους κυρίου αἰωνίους καὶ ἴδωμεν ποία ἐστὶν ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀγαθή, καὶ πορευθῶμεν έν αὐτῇ, ὥσπερ ἔστησαν οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ ἠρώτησαν τὰς τοῦ κυρίου αἰωνίους τρίβους τοὺς πατριάρχας καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, ὧν τὰ γράμματα ἐρωτήσαντες ὕστερον τῷ νενοηκέναι αὐτὰ εἶδον τὴν ἀγαθὴν ὁδόν, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν τὸν εἰπόντα· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδός«· καὶ ἐπορεύθησαν ἐν αὐτῇ.
hoper de horą phōtizei; dia touto ho episkopoumenos antilambanomenos tēs apo tēs episkopēs ōpheleias phēin; »esēmeiōthē ephʼ hēmas to phōs tou »prosōpou sou, Kyrie((. stōmen toinyn kata ta hypo Hieremiou eirēmena epi tais hodois, kai idontes erōtēsōmen tribous kyriou aiōnious kai idōmen poia estin hē hodos hē agathē, kai poreuthōmen en autę̄, hōsper estēsan hoi apostoloi kai ērōtēsan tas tou kyriou aiōnious tribous tous patriarchas kai tous prophētas, hōn ta grammata erōtēsantes hysteron tǭ nenoēkenai auta eidon tēn agathēn hodon, Iēsoun Christon ton eiponta; »Egō eimi hē hodos«; kai eporeuthēsan en autę̄.
And what he sees he enlightens. That is why the one who is watched over, perceiving the benefit of the oversight, says, “The light of your face has been signed upon us, Lord.” Let us stand, then, according to the words of Jeremiah, on the ways, and, seeing, ask for the eternal paths of the Lord, and see which is the good way, and walk in it; as the apostles stood and asked the patriarchs and prophets for the eternal paths of the Lord, whose writings they questioned and later, having understood them, saw the good way, Jesus Christ, who said, “I am the way,” and walked in it.
6.105Preuschen 4:128
ἀγαθὴ γὰρ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα πρὸς τὸν ἀγαθὸν πατέρα, τὸν ἀγαθὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ προφέροντα τὰ ἀγαθά, καὶ τὸν ἀγαθὸν δοῦλον καὶ πιστόν. αὕτη δὲ ἡ ὁδὸς στενὴ μέν, τῶν πολλῶν οὐ χωρούντων ὁδεύειν αὐτὴν καὶ μεγαλοσάρκων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τεθλιμμένῃ ὑπὸ τῶν βιαζομένων μένων πορεύεσθαι διʼ αὐτῆς ἐστιν ὁδός, ἐπεὶ οὐκ εἴρηται »θλίβουσα« ἀλλὰ τεθλιμμένη«·
agathē gar hodos hē apagousa pros ton agathon patera, ton agathon anthrōpon, ek tou agathou thēsaurou propheronta ta agatha, kai ton agathon doulon kai piston. hautē de hē hodos stenē men, tōn pollōn ou chōrountōn hodeuein autēn kai megalosarkōn, alla kai tethlimmenę̄ hypo tōn biazomenōn menōn poreuesthai diʼ autēs estin hodos, epei ouk eirētai »thlibousa« alla tethlimmenē«;
For the good way is the one that leads to the good Father, to the good man who brings good things out of the good treasure, and to the good and faithful servant. This way is narrow, since the many and the fleshly cannot travel it, and it is a way pressed hard by those who force their way to travel through it, since it is not said “pressing” but “pressed.”
6.106Preuschen 4:128
θλίβει θλίβει ζῶσαν τὴν ὁδὸν καὶ αἰσθομένην τῶν ἰδιωμάτων τοῦ ὁδεύοντος ὁ μὴ ὑπολυσάμενος τὰ ὑποδήματα ἐκ τῶν ποδῶν μηδὲ γνησίως παραδεχόμενος ὅτι »ὁ τόπος«, ἐν ᾧ ἕστηκεν ἢ καὶ ὃν βαδίζει, »γῆ ἁγία ἐστίν«. ἀπάξει δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν ζωὴν ὄντα τὸν εἰπόντα· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ζωή«.
thlibei thlibei zōsan tēn hodon kai aisthomenēn tōn idiōmatōn tou hodeuontos ho mē hypolysamenos ta hypodēmata ek tōn podōn mēde gnēsiōs paradechomenos hoti »ho topos«, en hǭ hestēken ē kai hon badizei, »gē hagia estin«. apaxei de epi tēn zōēn onta ton eiponta; »Egō eimi hē zōē«.
The one who has not taken the sandals off his feet, nor genuinely accepted that “the place” on which he stands, or even walks, “is holy ground,” presses the way, which is living and perceives the character of the one traveling. And it will lead to the life, who is the one who said, “I am the life.”
6.107Preuschen 4:128
ὁ γὰρ σωτήρ, εἰς ὃν πᾶσά ἐστιν ἀρετή, ταῖς ἐπινοίαις πολύς· διὰ τοῦτʼ ἐστιν τῷ μὲν μηδέπω φθάσαντι ἐπὶ τὸ τέλος ἀλλʼ ἔτι προκόπτοντι ὁδός, τῷ δʼ ἤδη πᾶσαν νεκρότητα ἀποθεμένῳ ζωή. ταύτην τὴν ὁδὸν ὁ ὁδεύων διδάσκεται μηδὲν αἴρειν εἰς αὐτὴν ἔχουσαν ἄρτους καὶ τὰ πρὸς ζωήν, διὰ τὸ μηδὲν δύνασθαι τοὺς πολεμίους ἐν αὐτῇ οὐδὲ ῥάβδου χρῄζων, καὶ ἐπεὶ ἁγία ἐστὶν οὐδʼ ὑποδημάτων.
ho gar sōtēr, eis hon pasa estin aretē, tais epinoiais polys; dia toutʼ estin tǭ men mēdepō phthasanti epi to telos allʼ eti prokoptonti hodos, tǭ dʼ ēdē pasan nekrotēta apothemenǭ zōē. tautēn tēn hodon ho hodeuōn didasketai mēden airein eis autēn echousan artous kai ta pros zōēn, dia to mēden dynasthai tous polemious en autę̄ oude rhabdou chrę̄zōn, kai epei hagia estin oudʼ hypodēmatōn.
For the Savior, in whom is all virtue, is many in his aspects. For this reason he is the way to the one who has not yet reached the end but is still making progress, and life to the one who has already put off all deadness. The one who travels this way is taught to take nothing for it, since it has bread and all that is needed for life; and because enemies can do nothing on it, he needs no staff; and since it is holy, no sandals either.
6.108Preuschen 4:128–129
Δύναται μέντοι γε τὸ »ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ »ἐρήμῳ«, καὶ τὸ ἐξῆς ἴσον εἶναι τῷ Ἐγώ εἰμι περὶ οὑ γέγραπται φωνὴ βοῶντος, ὡς βοῶντα εἶναι τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ τούτου τὴν φωνὴν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ βοᾶν· »Εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου«. Δυσφημότερον μότερον δὲ ὁ Ἡρακλέων περὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν δια- λαμβάν[ον φησὶν φησὶν ὁ λόγος μὲν ὁ σωτήρ ἐστιν, φωνὴ δὲ ἡ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἡ διὰ Ἰωάννου διανοουμένη, ἠχος δὲ πᾶσα προφητικὴ τάξις.
Dynatai mentoi ge to »egō phōnē boōntos en tę̄ »erēmǭ«, kai to exēs ison einai tǭ Egō eimi peri hou gegraptai phōnē boōntos, hōs boōnta einai ton Iōannēn, kai toutou tēn phōnēn en tę̄ erēmǭ boan; »Euthynate tēn hodon kyriou«. Dysphēmoteron moteron de ho Hērakleōn peri Iōannou kai tōn prophētōn dia- lamban[on phēsin phēsin ho logos men ho sōtēr estin, phōnē de hē en tę̄ erēmǭ hē dia Iōannou dianooumenē, ēchos de pasa prophētikē taxis.
However, “I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness,” and what follows, can be equivalent to “I am he of whom it is written, a voice of one crying,” so that John is the one crying, and his voice cries in the wilderness, “Make straight the way of the Lord.” Heracleon, treating John and the prophets more slanderously, says: “The Savior is the Word; the voice in the wilderness is the one signified through John; and every prophetic order is sound.”
6.109Preuschen 4:129
λεκτέον δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὅτι ὥσπερ »ἀὰν »ἄδηλον σάλπιγξ φωνὴν δῷ οὐδεὶς παρασκευάζεται εἰς πόλεμον«, καὶ ὁ χωρὶς ἀγάπης ἔχων γνῶσιν μυστηρίων ἢ προφητείαν γέγονεν χαλκὸς ἠχῶν ἢ κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον, οὕτως εἰ μηδέν ἐστιν ἕτερον ἢ ἦχος ἡ προφητικὴ φωνή, πῶς ἀναπέμπων ἡμᾶς ἐπ αὐτὴν ὁ σωτὴρ »Ἐρευνᾶτε, φησί, τὰς γραφάς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς δοκεῖτε »ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν· καὶ ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι«· καὶ »Εἰ ἐπιστεύετε Μωσεῖ, ἐπιστεύετε ἂν ἐμοί· περὶ γὰρ ἐμοῦ »ἐκεῖνος ἔγραψεν«· καὶ Καλῶς ἐπροφήτερυσεν περὶ ὑμῶν ἡσαΐας »λέγων·
lekteon de pros auton hoti hōsper »aan »adēlon salpinx phōnēn dǭ oudeis paraskeuazetai eis polemon«, kai ho chōris agapēs echōn gnōsin mystēriōn ē prophēteian gegonen chalkos ēchōn ē kymbalon alalazon, houtōs ei mēden estin heteron ē ēchos hē prophētikē phōnē, pōs anapempōn hēmas ep autēn ho sōtēr »Ereunate, phēsi, tas graphas, hoti hymeis dokeite »en autais zōēn aiōnion echein; kai ekeinai eisin hai martyrousai«; kai »Ei episteuete Mōsei, episteuete an emoi; peri gar emou »ekeinos egrapsen«; kai Kalōs eprophēterysen peri hymōn hēsaïas »legōn;
We must say to him that, just as “if the trumpet gives an indistinct sound, no one prepares for battle,” and one who has knowledge of mysteries or prophecy without love has become a sounding brass or a clanging cymbal, so, if the prophetic voice is nothing other than sound, how does the Savior refer us to it, saying, “Search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is they that testify”; and “If you believed Moses, you would believe me; for he wrote about me”; and “Well did Isaiah prophesy about you, saying,
6.110Preuschen 4:129
Ὁ λαὸς οὑτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ« οὐκ οὐκ γὰρ εἰ τὸν ἄσημον ἦχον παραδέξεταί τις εὐλόγως ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπαινεῖσθαι, ἢ ἔνεστιν παρασκευάσασθαι ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν ὡς ἀπὸ φωνῆς σάλπιγγος, ἐφʼ ἃς ἀναπεμπόμεθα, εἰς τὸν πρὸς τάς ἀντικειμένας ἐνεργείας πόλεμον, ἀδήλου φωνῆς ἤχου τυγχανούσης. τίνα δὲ τρόπον, εἰ μὴ ἀγάπην εἶχον οἱ προφῆται καὶ τοῦτο τοῦτο χαλκὸς ἦσαν ἠχῶν ἢ κύμβαλον ἀλλαλάζον, ἐπὶ τὸν ἡχον αὐτῶν, ὡς ἐκεῖνοι εἰλήφασιν, ἀναπέμπει ὁ κύριος ὡφεληθησομένους;
Ho laos houtos tois cheilesin me timą« ouk ouk gar ei ton asēmon ēchon paradexetai tis eulogōs hypo tou sōtēros epaineisthai, ē enestin paraskeuasasthai apo tōn graphōn hōs apo phōnēs salpingos, ephʼ has anapempometha, eis ton pros tas antikeimenas energeias polemon, adēlou phōnēs ēchou tynchanousēs. tina de tropon, ei mē agapēn eichon hoi prophētai kai touto touto chalkos ēsan ēchōn ē kymbalon allalazon, epi ton hēchon autōn, hōs ekeinoi eilēphasin, anapempei ho kyrios hōphelēthēsomenous?
This people honors me with their lips”? For no one will reasonably accept that a meaningless sound is praised by the Savior, or that it is possible to prepare from the Scriptures, as from the voice of a trumpet, to which we are referred, for the war against the opposing powers, if they were the sound of an indistinct voice. And in what way, if the prophets did not have love and on this account were sounding brass or a clanging cymbal, does the Lord refer us to their sound, as those people take it, to be benefited?
6.111Preuschen 4:129
οὐκ οἶδα δʼ ὅπως χωρὶς πάσης κατασκευῆς ἀποφαίνεται τὴν φωνὴν οἰκειοτέραν οὖσαν τῷ λόγῳ λόγον γίνεσθαι, ὡς καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα εἰς ἄνδρα μετατίθεσθαι. καὶ ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων τοῦ δογματίζειν καὶ πιστεύεσθαι καὶ προκόπτειν, τῷ ἤχῳ φησὶν ἔσεσθαι τὴν εἰς φωνὴν μεταβολήν, μαθητοῦ μὲν χώραν διδοὺς τῇ μεταβαλλούσῃ εἰς λόγον φωνῇ, δούλου δὲ τῇ ἀπὸ ἤχου εἰς φωνήν. καὶ εἰ μὲν ὅπως ποτὲ πιθανότητα ἔφερεν ἐπὶ τῷ αὐτὰ κατασκευάσαι, κἂν ἠγωνισάμεθα περὶ τῆς τούτων ἀνατροπῆς·
ouk oida dʼ hopōs chōris pasēs kataskeuēs apophainetai tēn phōnēn oikeioteran ousan tǭ logǭ logon ginesthai, hōs kai tēn gynaika eis andra metatithesthai. kai hōs exousian echōn tou dogmatizein kai pisteuesthai kai prokoptein, tǭ ēchǭ phēsin esesthai tēn eis phōnēn metabolēn, mathētou men chōran didous tę̄ metaballousę̄ eis logon phōnę̄, doulou de tę̄ apo ēchou eis phōnēn. kai ei men hopōs pote pithanotēta epheren epi tǭ auta kataskeuasai, kan ēgōnisametha peri tēs toutōn anatropēs;
I do not know how, without any argument, he declares that “the voice, being more akin to the word, becomes word, as the woman too is changed into a man.” And as though he had authority to lay down doctrine and to be believed and to make progress, he says that “sound will be changed into voice,” giving the place of a disciple to the voice that changes into word, and of a servant to that which changes from sound into voice. And if he had brought any plausibility at all to establish these things, we would have contended to overturn them;
6.112Preuschen 4:129–130
ἀρκεῖ δὲ εἰς ἀνατροπὴν ἡ ἀπαραμύθητος ἀπόφασις. ὅπερ δὲ ὑπερεθέμθα ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων ἐξετάσαι, πῶς κεκίνηται, νῦν φέρε διαλάβωμεν. ὁ μὲν γὰρ σωτὴρ κατὰ τὸν Ἡρακλέωνα φησὶν αὐτὸν καὶ προφήτην καὶ Ἠλίαν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἑκάτερον τοὺτων ἀρνεῖται. καὶ προφήτην μὲν καὶ Ἠλίαν ὁ σωτὴρ ἐπὰν αὐτὸν λέγῃ, οὐκ αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ τὰ περὶ αὐτόν, φησί, διδάσκει· ὅταν δὲ μείζονα προφητῶν καὶ έν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν, τότε αὐτὸν τὸν Ἰωάννην χαρακτηρίζει· αὐτὸς δέ, φησί, περὶ ἑαυτοῦ ἐρωτώμενος ἀποκρίνεται ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐ τὰ περὶ αὐτόν.
arkei de eis anatropēn hē aparamythētos apophasis. hoper de hyperethemtha en tois pro toutōn exetasai, pōs kekinētai, nyn phere dialabōmen. ho men gar sōtēr kata ton Hērakleōna phēsin auton kai prophētēn kai Ēlian, autos de hekateron toutōn arneitai. kai prophētēn men kai Ēlian ho sōtēr epan auton legę̄, ouk auton alla ta peri auton, phēsi, didaskei; hotan de meizona prophētōn kai en gennētois gynaikōn, tote auton ton Iōannēn charaktērizei; autos de, phēsi, peri heautou erōtōmenos apokrinetai ho Iōannēs, ou ta peri auton.
but his unsupported assertion suffices for its own refutation. What we deferred earlier to examine, how he was moved, come, let us now discuss. For according to Heracleon the Savior calls John both a prophet and Elijah, while John himself denies each of these. And “when the Savior calls him a prophet and Elijah,” he says, “he teaches not about him but about the things around him; but when he calls him greater than the prophets and among those born of women, then he characterizes John himself; but John,” he says, “when asked about himself, answers about himself, not about the things around him.”
6.113Preuschen 4:130
ὅσην δὲ βάσανον ἡμεῖς περὶ τούτων κατὰ τὸ τὸνατὸν νατὸν πεποιήμεθα, οὐδένα ἀπαραμύθητον ἐῶντες τῶν λεγομένων ὅρων, συγκρῖναι τοῖς ὑπὸ Ἡρακλέωνος, ἅτε οὐκ ἐξουσίαν ἔχοντος τοῦ λέγειν ὅ βούλεται, ἀποφανθεῖσιν. πῶς γὰρ ὅτι περὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτόν ἐστιν τὸ Ἠλίαν αὐτὸν καὶ προφήτην εἶναι, καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ τὸ φωνὴν αὐτὸν εἶναι βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὐδὲ κατὰ τὸ τυχὸν πειρᾶται ἀποδεικνύναι· ἀλλὰ χρῆται παρασείγματι, τὰ περὶ αὐτὸν οἱονεὶ ἐνδύματα ἡν ἕτερα αὐτοῦ, αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἐρωτηθεὶς περὶ τῶν ἐνδυμάτων εἰ αὐτὸς εἵη τὰ ἐνδύματα, ἀπεκρίθη ἂν τὸ Ναί.
hosēn de basanon hēmeis peri toutōn kata to tonaton naton pepoiēmetha, oudena aparamythēton eōntes tōn legomenōn horōn, synkrinai tois hypo Hērakleōnos, hate ouk exousian echontos tou legein ho bouletai, apophantheisin. pōs gar hoti peri tōn peri auton estin to Ēlian auton kai prophētēn einai, kai peri autou to phōnēn auton einai boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ, oude kata to tychon peiratai apodeiknynai; alla chrētai paraseigmati, ta peri auton hoionei endymata hēn hetera autou, autou, kai ouk an erōtētheis peri tōn endymatōn ei autos heiē ta endymata, apekrithē an to Nai.
Compare how much testing we have made of these matters as far as possible, leaving none of the definitions stated without support, with what Heracleon declared, since he has no authority to say whatever he wishes. For how Elijah and prophet refer to the things around him, and being the voice of one crying in the wilderness refers to himself, he does not attempt to demonstrate even in the slightest; but he uses an example: “the things around him were other than himself, like garments, and if asked about the garments whether he himself were the garments, he would not have answered Yes.”
6.114Preuschen 4:130
πῶς γὰρ ἐνδύματα τὸ εἶναι τὸν Ἠλίαν τὸν μέλλοντα ἔρχεσθαι ἐστὶν Ἰωάννου, οὐ πάνυ τι κατʼ αὐτὸν θεωρῶ· τάχα καθʼ ἡμᾶς, ὡς δεδυνήμεθα διηγησαμένους τὸ Ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλίου« δυναμένου πως λέγεσθαι τοῦτο τὸ πνεῦμα Ἠλίου Ἠλίου ἔνδυμα τῆς Ἰωάννου ψυχῆς.
pōs gar endymata to einai ton Ēlian ton mellonta erchesthai estin Iōannou, ou pany ti katʼ auton theōrō; tacha kathʼ hēmas, hōs dedynēmetha diēgēsamenous to En pneumati kai dynamei Ēliou« dynamenou pōs legesthai touto to pneuma Ēliou Ēliou endyma tēs Iōannou psychēs.
How being Elijah who is to come is John's garments, I do not at all see on his view; perhaps on ours, as we were able to explain “in the spirit and power of Elijah,” since this spirit of Elijah can in some way be called a garment of John's soul.
6.115Preuschen 4:130
Θέλων δʼ ἔτι παραστῆσαι διὰ τί ἱερεῖς καὶ Λευῖται οἱ ἐπερωτῶντες ἀπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων Ι πεμφθέντες εἰσίν, οὐ κακῶς μὲν λέγει τὸ Ὅτι τούτοις προσῆκον ἠν περὶ τούτων πο- λυπραγμονεῖν καὶ πυνθάνεσθαι, τοῖς τῷ θεῷ προσκαρτε- ροῦσιν, οὐ πάνυ πάνυ ἐξητασμένως τὸ Ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκ λευϊτικῆς φυλῆς ἦν, ὥσπερ προαποροῦντες ἡμεῖς ἐξητάσαμεν, ὅτι εἰ ᾔδεισαν τὸν Ἰωάννην οἱ πεμφθέντες καὶ τὴν γένεσιν αὐτοῦ, πῶς χώραν χώραν εἶχον πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ τοῦ εἰ ἐστίν; καὶ πάλιν ἐν τῷ περὶ τοῦ εἰ »ὁ προφήτης εἶ ει σύ; « ἐξαίρετον οἰόμενος σημαίνεσθαι κατὰ τὴν προσθήκην τοῦ ἄρθρου, λέγει ὅτι Ἐπηρώτησαν εἰ προφήτης εἰη τὸ κοινότερον βουλόμενοι μαθεῖν.
Thelōn dʼ eti parastēsai dia ti hiereis kai Leuitai hoi eperōtōntes apo tōn Ioudaiōn I pemphthentes eisin, ou kakōs men legei to Hoti toutois prosēkon ēn peri toutōn po- lypragmonein kai pynthanesthai, tois tǭ theǭ proskarte- rousin, ou pany pany exētasmenōs to Hoti kai autos ek leuïtikēs phylēs ēn, hōsper proaporountes hēmeis exētasamen, hoti ei ę̄deisan ton Iōannēn hoi pemphthentes kai tēn genesin autou, pōs chōran chōran eichon pynthanesthai peri tou ei estin? kai palin en tǭ peri tou ei »ho prophētēs ei ei sy? « exaireton oiomenos sēmainesthai kata tēn prosthēkēn tou arthrou, legei hoti Epērōtēsan ei prophētēs eiē to koinoteron boulomenoi mathein.
Wishing further to show why the questioners sent from the Jews were priests and Levites, he says not badly, “because it was fitting for these, who devote themselves to God, to be concerned and inquire about these things”; but not at all carefully, “because he himself too was of the Levitical tribe,” since, as we examined in raising the difficulty before, if those sent knew John and his birth, how would they have had room to inquire whether he was [Elijah]? And again, in the question “Are you the prophet?”, thinking that something special is signified by the addition of the article, he says that “they asked whether he was a prophet, wishing to learn the more general thing.”
6.116Preuschen 4:130–131
ἔτι δὲ οὐ μόνος Ἡρακλέων, ἀλλὰ ὅσον ἐπʼ ἐμῇ ἱστορίᾳ καὶ πάντες οἱ ἑτερόδοξαι, εὐτελῆ ἀμφιβολίαν διαστείλασθαι μὴ δεδυνημένοι, μείζονα Ἠλίου καὶ πάντων τῶν προφητῶν τὸν Ἰωάννην ὑπειλήφασιν διὰ τὸ » Μείζων ἐν γεννη- »τοῖς γυναικῶν Ἰωάννου οὐδείς ἐστιν«· οὐχ ὁρῶντες ὅτι ἀληθὲς τὸ »Οὐδεὶς μείζων Ἰωάννου ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν« διχῶς γίνε- ται, οὐ μόνον τῷ αὐτὸν εἶναι πάντων μείζονα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἴσους αὐτῷ εἶναί τινας· ἀληθὲς γὰρ ἴσων ὄντων αὐτῷ πολλῶν προφητῶν, κατὰ τὴν δεδομένην αὐτῷ χάριν τὸ μηδένα τούτου μείζονα εἶναι.
eti de ou monos Hērakleōn, alla hoson epʼ emę̄ historią kai pantes hoi heterodoxai, eutelē amphibolian diasteilasthai mē dedynēmenoi, meizona Ēliou kai pantōn tōn prophētōn ton Iōannēn hypeilēphasin dia to » Meizōn en gennē- »tois gynaikōn Iōannou oudeis estin«; ouch horōntes hoti alēthes to »Oudeis meizōn Iōannou en gennētois gynaikōn« dichōs gine- tai, ou monon tǭ auton einai pantōn meizona, alla kai tǭ isous autǭ einai tinas; alēthes gar isōn ontōn autǭ pollōn prophētōn, kata tēn dedomenēn autǭ charin to mēdena toutou meizona einai.
Further, not Heracleon alone, but, as far as my knowledge goes, all the heterodox, not having been able to distinguish a simple ambiguity, have supposed John greater than Elijah and all the prophets because of “Among those born of women there is no one greater than John”; not seeing that “No one is greater than John among those born of women” is true in two ways: not only by his being greater than all, but also by some being equal to him. For if many prophets are equal to him, it is true that, according to the grace given him, no one is greater than he.
6.117Preuschen 4:131
οἴεται δὲ τὸ] κατασκευάζεσθαι τὸ Μείζονα τῷ προφητεύεσθαι ὑπὸ Ἡσαΐου ὡς μηδενὸς ταύτης τῆς τιμῆς ἠξιωμένου μένου ὑπὸ θεοῦ τῶν πώποτε προφητευσάντων. ἀληθῶς δʼ ὡς καταφρονῶν τῆς παλαιᾶς χρηματιζούσης διαθήκης καὶ μὴ τηρήσας καὶ αὐτὸν Ἠλίαν προφητευόμενον τοῦτʼ ἀπετόλ- μησεν ἐἰπεῖν· καὶ γὰρ Ἠλίας προφητεύεται ὑπὸ Μαλαχίου λέγον- τος· »Ἰδοὺ ἀποστέλλω ὑμῖν Ἠλίαν τὸν θεσβίτην, ὅς ἀποκαταστή- »σει καρδίαν πατρὸς πρὸς υἱόν«.
oietai de to] kataskeuazesthai to Meizona tǭ prophēteuesthai hypo Hēsaïou hōs mēdenos tautēs tēs timēs ēxiōmenou menou hypo theou tōn pōpote prophēteusantōn. alēthōs dʼ hōs kataphronōn tēs palaias chrēmatizousēs diathēkēs kai mē tērēsas kai auton Ēlian prophēteuomenon toutʼ apetol- mēsen eipein; kai gar Ēlias prophēteuetai hypo Malachiou legon- tos; »Idou apostellō hymin Ēlian ton thesbitēn, hos apokatastē- »sei kardian patros pros huion«.
And he thinks that his being greater is established by his being prophesied by Isaiah, as though none of those who ever prophesied had been counted worthy of this honor by God. Truly, as one who despises what is called the Old Testament and has not observed that Elijah too was prophesied, he dared to say this; for Elijah too is prophesied by Malachi, who says, “Behold, I send you Elijah the Tishbite, who will restore the heart of the father to the son.”
6.118Preuschen 4:131
καὶ Ἰωσίας δέ, ὡς ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ τῶν Βασιλειῶν ἀνέγνωμεν, προφητεύεται ὀνομαστὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐληλυθότος ἐξ Ἰούδα προφήτου λέγοντος, παρόντος καὶ τοῦ Ἰεροβοάμ, »Θυσιαστήριον, τάδε λέγει κύριος· Ἰδοὺ υἱὸς τίκτεται τῶ »Δαβίδ, Ἰωσίας ὄνομα αὐτῷ« φασὶν δέ τινες καὶ τὸν Σαμψὼν ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ προφητεύεσθαι λέγοντος· »Δὰν κρινεῖ τὸν ἑαυ- »τοῦ λαόν, ὡσεὶ καὶ μία φυλὴ ἐν Ἰσραήλ«· ἐπεὶ ἀπὸ τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δὰν γενόμενος ὁ Σαμψὼν ἐδρινε τὸν Ἰσραήλ. καὶ ταῦτα δὲ εἰς ἔλεγχον τῆς πορπετείας τοῦ ἀποφηναμένου μηδένα πλὴν Ιωάννου προφητεύεσθαι εἰρήσθω, ταῦτα εἰρηκότος έν τῷ θέλειν αὐτὸν διηγεῖσθαι τί τὸ »Ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος έν τῇ ἐρήμῳ«. Ι, 24-25 Καὶ [οἱ] ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν φαρισαίων. καὶ ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ· Τί οὖν βαπτίζεις εἰ σὺ οὐκ εἶ ὁ χριστὸς οὐδέ Ἠλίας οὐδὲ ὁ προφήτης;
kai Iōsias de, hōs en tę̄ tritę̄ tōn Basileiōn anegnōmen, prophēteuetai onomasti hypo tou elēlythotos ex Iouda prophētou legontos, parontos kai tou Ieroboam, »Thysiastērion, tade legei kyrios; Idou huios tiktetai tō »Dabid, Iōsias onoma autǭ« phasin de tines kai ton Sampsōn hypo tou Iakōb prophēteuesthai legontos; »Dan krinei ton heau- »tou laon, hōsei kai mia phylē en Israēl«; epei apo tēs phylēs tou Dan genomenos ho Sampsōn edrine ton Israēl. kai tauta de eis elenchon tēs porpeteias tou apophēnamenou mēdena plēn Iōannou prophēteuesthai eirēsthō, tauta eirēkotos en tǭ thelein auton diēgeisthai ti to »Egō phōnē boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ«. I, 24-25 Kai [hoi] apestalmenoi ēsan ek tōn pharisaiōn. kai ērōtēsan auton kai eipan autǭ; Ti oun baptizeis ei sy ouk ei ho christos oude Ēlias oude ho prophētēs?
And Josiah too, as we read in the third book of Kingdoms, is foretold by name by the prophet who came from Judah, saying in the presence of Jeroboam, “Altar, thus says the Lord: Behold, a son is born to David, Josiah is his name.” And some say that Samson too was foretold by Jacob, saying, “Dan shall judge his people, as one tribe in Israel,” since Samson, coming from the tribe of Dan, judged Israel. Let this be said to refute the rashness of the one who declared that no one except John was foretold, having said this in wishing to explain “I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness.” John 1:24–25: “And those who had been sent were from the Pharisees. And they asked him and said to him, Why then do you baptize, if you are not the Christ, nor Elijah, nor the prophet?”
6.119Preuschen 4:131–132
Οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων πέμψαντες τοὺς τοὺς ἐρωτήσοντας τὸν Ἰωάννην ἱερεῖς καὶ Λευί·τας μαθόντες ὅστις τε οὐκ ἠν ὁ Ἰωάννης καὶ ὃς ἠν, σεμνοπρεπέστατα ἡσυχάζουσιν, οἱονεὶ συνκατατιθέμενοι διὰ τῆς σιωπῆς καὶ ἐμφαίνοντες τὸ παραδέχεσθαι τὰ εἰρημένα, ὅτι ἁρμόζει τῇ τοῦ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ φωνῇ εἰς τὸ εὐδύνειν τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου τὸ βαπτίζειν.
Hoi men apo Hierosolymōn pempsantes tous tous erōtēsontas ton Iōannēn hiereis kai Leui;tas mathontes hostis te ouk ēn ho Iōannēs kai hos ēn, semnoprepestata hēsychazousin, hoionei synkatatithemenoi dia tēs siōpēs kai emphainontes to paradechesthai ta eirēmena, hoti harmozei tę̄ tou boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ phōnę̄ eis to eudynein tēn hodon kyriou to baptizein.
Those from Jerusalem who sent the priests and Levites to question John, having learned who John was not and who he was, keep silent most reverently, as though assenting by their silence and showing that they accepted what was said: that baptizing befits the voice of one crying in the wilderness to make straight the way of the Lord.
6.120Preuschen 4:132
οἱ δὲ Φα- ρισαῖοι, ατε κατὰ τὸ ονομα οντες Διῃρημένοι τινὲς καὶ στασιώ- δεις, τὸ μὴ ὁμονοεῖν παριστᾶσιν τοῖς ἐν τῇ μητροπόλει Ἰουδαίοις καὶ τοῖς λειτουργοῖς τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ θεραπείας, ἱερεῦσι καὶ Λευ·ί·ταις, διὰ τοῦ ἀποστεῖλαι οἱονεὶ ἐπιπληκτικῶς καὶ τὸ ὅσον ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς κωλυτικῶς τοῦ βαπτίζειν τοὺς ἐρωτήσοντας· Τί »Τί βαπτίζεις »εἰ σὺ οὐκ εἶ ὁ χριστὸς οὐδὲ Ἠλίας οὐδὲ ὁ προφήτης;« καὶ τάχα εἰ συγκλώσαιμεν εἰς ἕν σωματοποιοῦντες τὰ ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις γεγραμμένα, εἴποιμεν ἄν νῦν μὲν αὐτοὺς ταῦτα εἰρηκέναι, ὑστερον δὲ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως αὑτοὺς ἐπιδεδωκότας τῷ βαπτίσασθαι ἀκηκοέναι ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰωάννου τὸ »Γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν »φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς; ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον »τῆς μετανοίας«·
hoi de Pha- risaioi, ate kata to onoma ontes Dię̄rēmenoi tines kai stasiō- deis, to mē homonoein paristasin tois en tę̄ mētropolei Ioudaiois kai tois leitourgois tēs tou theou therapeias, hiereusi kai Leu;i;tais, dia tou aposteilai hoionei epiplēktikōs kai to hoson epʼ autois kōlytikōs tou baptizein tous erōtēsontas; Ti »Ti baptizeis »ei sy ouk ei ho christos oude Ēlias oude ho prophētēs?« kai tacha ei synklōsaimen eis hen sōmatopoiountes ta en tois euangeliois gegrammena, eipoimen an nyn men autous tauta eirēkenai, hysteron de ouk oidʼ hopōs hautous epidedōkotas tǭ baptisasthai akēkoenai hypo tou Iōannou to »Gennēmata echidnōn, tis hypedeixen hymin »phygein apo tēs mellousēs orgēs? poiēsate oun karpon axion »tēs metanoias«;
But the Pharisees, being, as their name indicates, a divided and factious group, show that they are not of one mind with the Jews in the capital and with the ministers of the service of God, the priests and Levites, by sending questioners, as it were reproachfully and, as far as they could, to prevent him from baptizing: “Why then do you baptize, if you are not the Christ, nor Elijah, nor the prophet?” And perhaps, if we wove the things written in the Gospels together into one body, we might say that they said this now, but later, I know not how, gave themselves up to be baptized and heard from John, “Brood of vipers, who warned you to flee from the wrath to come? Bear fruit, then, worthy of repentance.”
6.121Preuschen 4:132
ταῦτα γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ εἴρηται παρὰ τῷ Ματθαίῳ ἰδόντος πολλοὺς τῶν φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουικαίων ἐρχομένους ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα, δηλονότι οὐκ ἔχοντας καρποὺς με τανοίας καὶ φαρισαϊκῶς ἀλαζονευομένους ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐπὶ τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ὡς πατρί· διόπερ ἐπιπλήσσονται ὑπὸ τοῦ τὸν ζῆλον Ἠλίου κατὰ τὴν κοινωνίαν τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Ἰωάννου. ἐπιπληκτικὸς γὰρ λόγος ὁ » Μὴ δόξητε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς· Πατέρα »ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβαάμ«· καὶ διδασκαλικὸς ὁ περὶ τοῦ καὶ τοὺς διὰ τὴν λιθίνην καρδίαν ἀπίστους λίθους ὀνομαζομένους δυνάμει θεοῦ μεταβαλεῖν οἴους τε εἶναι ἀπὸ λίθων εἰς τέκνα Ἀβραάμ. ἐπεὶ γεγόνασιν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τοῦ προφήτου, μὴ φεύγοντες τὴν θείαν ὄψιν· ὄψιν· διόπερ τὸ »Λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι δύναται ὁ θεὸς »ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ« ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ λέγεται.
tauta gar hypo tou baptistou eirētai para tǭ Matthaiǭ idontos pollous tōn pharisaiōn kai Saddouikaiōn erchomenous epi to baptisma, dēlonoti ouk echontas karpous me tanoias kai pharisaïkōs alazoneuomenous en heautois epi tǭ Abraam hōs patri; dioper epiplēssontai hypo tou ton zēlon Ēliou kata tēn koinōnian tou hagiou pneumatos Iōannou. epiplēktikos gar logos ho » Mē doxēte legein en heautois; Patera »echomen ton Abaam«; kai didaskalikos ho peri tou kai tous dia tēn lithinēn kardian apistous lithous onomazomenous dynamei theou metabalein oious te einai apo lithōn eis tekna Abraam. epei gegonasin en ophthalmois tou prophētou, mē pheugontes tēn theian opsin; opsin; dioper to »Legō hymin, hoti dynatai ho theos »ek tōn lithōn toutōn egeirai tekna tǭ Abraam« hypʼ autou legetai.
For these words were said by the Baptist in Matthew when he saw many of the Pharisees and Sadducees coming to his baptism, clearly without fruits of repentance and boasting in themselves, like Pharisees, of Abraham as their father. That is why they are rebuked by John, who had the zeal of Elijah through sharing in the Holy Spirit. For “Do not presume to say to yourselves, We have Abraham as our father” is a word of rebuke; and teaching is the word that even those who, because of a heart of stone, are unbelievers called stones can be changed by the power of God from stones into children of Abraham. For they came before the eyes of the prophet, not fleeing the divine sight; which is why he says, “I tell you that God is able from these stones to raise up children to Abraham.”
6.122Preuschen 4:132–133
καὶ ἐπεὶ μὴ ποιήσαντες καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας ἔρχοναι ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα, ἁρμονιώτατα πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγεται τὸ »Ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται· πᾶν δέν- »δρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλ- »λεται«· οἱονεὶ γὰρ ἄντικρύς φησι πρὸς αὐτούς· Ἐπεὶ ἐληηύθατε ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα μὴ ποιήσαντες καρπὸν μετανοίας, δένδρον ἐστὲ μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν, ἐκκοπησόμενον ὑπὸ τῆς ὀξυτάτης καὶ εὐτονωτάτης ἀξίηνς τοῦ ζῶντος λόγου καὶ ἐνεργοῦς καὶ τομω- τέρου »ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν μάχαιραν δίστομον«.
kai epei mē poiēsantes karpon axion tēs metanoias erchonai epi to baptisma, harmoniōtata pros autous legetai to »Ēdē de hē axinē pros tēn rhizan tōn dendrōn keitai; pan den- »dron mē poioun karpon kalon ekkoptetai kai eis to pyr bal- »letai«; hoionei gar antikrys phēsi pros autous; Epei elēēuthate epi to baptisma mē poiēsantes karpon metanoias, dendron este mē poioun karpon kalon, ekkopēsomenon hypo tēs oxytatēs kai eutonōtatēs axiēns tou zōntos logou kai energous kai tomō- terou »hyper pasan machairan distomon«.
And since they come to the baptism without having borne fruit worthy of repentance, most fittingly it is said to them, “Already the axe is laid at the root of the trees; every tree that does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire.” For it is as though he said to them outright: Since you have come to the baptism without bearing fruit of repentance, you are a tree not bearing good fruit, which will be cut down by the sharpest and most vigorous axe of the living and active Word, sharper “than any two-edged sword.”
6.123Preuschen 4:133
ΧΧΙΙΙ. Παρέστησεν δὲ τὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων περιαυτόλογου καὶ ὁ Λουκᾶς διὰ τοῦ »Ἄνδρωποι δύο ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν »προσεύξασθαι, ὁ εἷς Φαρισαῖος καὶ ὁ ἕτερος τελώνης. καὶ ὁ Φα- »ρισαῖος σταθεὶς ταῦτα πρὸς ἐαυτὸς προσηύχετο· Ὀ θεός, εὐχα- »ριστῶ σοι ὃτι οὐκ εἰμὶ ὡς οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἂρπαγες, »ἄδικοι, μοιχοὶ ἢ καὶ ὡς οὐτος ὁ τελώνης«· ὅτε διὰ τούτους τοὺς λόγους ὁ τελώνης μἀλλον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οἶκον καταβαίνει δεδικαιωμένος, μένος, καὶ ἐπιλέγεται πάντα τὸν ὑψοῦντα ἑαυτὸν ταπεινοῦσθαι. ὡς ὑποκριταὶ τοίνυν κατὰ τοὺς τοῦ σωτῆρος πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐλεγκτικοὺς λόγους) ἔρχονται ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα, οὐ λαν- θάνοντες τὸν βαπτίζοντα ἔτι ἔχοντες τὸν τῶν ἐχιδνῶν ἐὸν ὑπὸ τὰς γλώσσας αὐτῶν καὶ τὸν τῶν ἀσπίδων· »Ἰὸς γὰρ ἀσπίδων »ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν«.
ChChIII. Parestēsen de to tōn Pharisaiōn periautologou kai ho Loukas dia tou »Andrōpoi dyo anebēsan eis to hieron »proseuxasthai, ho heis Pharisaios kai ho heteros telōnēs. kai ho Pha- »risaios statheis tauta pros eautos prosēucheto; O theos, eucha- »ristō soi hoti ouk eimi hōs hoi loipoi tōn anthrōpōn, arpages, »adikoi, moichoi ē kai hōs outos ho telōnēs«; hote dia toutous tous logous ho telōnēs mallon autou eis ton oikon katabainei dedikaiōmenos, menos, kai epilegetai panta ton hypsounta heauton tapeinousthai. hōs hypokritai toinyn kata tous tou sōtēros pros autous elenktikous logous) erchontai epi to baptisma, ou lan- thanontes ton baptizonta eti echontes ton tōn echidnōn eon hypo tas glōssas autōn kai ton tōn aspidōn; »Ios gar aspidōn »hypo ta cheilē autōn«.
Luke too presented the Pharisees' self-praise through “Two men went up into the temple to pray, one a Pharisee and the other a tax collector. And the Pharisee, standing, prayed thus to himself: God, I thank you that I am not like the rest of men, robbers, unjust, adulterers, or even like this tax collector”; when, because of these words, the tax collector rather than he goes down to his house justified, and it is added that everyone who exalts himself will be humbled. As hypocrites, then (according to the Savior's words of reproof to them), they come to the baptism, not escaping the notice of the one baptizing, still having the venom of vipers under their tongues, and that of asps: “For the venom of asps is under their lips.”
6.124Preuschen 4:133
ἀληθῶς τε »θυμὸς αὐτοῖς κατὰ τὴν »ομοίωσιν τοῦ οφεως« ην ἐμφαινόμενος καὶ διὰ τῆς πικρᾶς ταύτης ἐρωτήσεως τῆς »Τί οὐν βαπτίζεις, εἰ σὺ οὐκ εἶ ὁ χριστὸς »οὐδὲ Ἠλίας οὐδὲ ὁ προφήτης;« πρὸς οὓς εἴποιμʼ ἂν ὡς Χριστοῦ καὶ Ἠλίου καὶ τοῦ προφήτου βαπτιζόντων, τῆς δὲ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ φωνῆς τοῦ βοῶντος ταύτην τὴν ἐξουσίαν μὴ εἰληφυίας· Ὦ οὗτοι, ἀπηνῶς πυνθάνεσθε τοῦ ἀπεσταλμένου ἀγγέλου πρὸ προσώπου Χριστοῦ κατασκευάσαι τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ, ὅλα τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον αὐτοῦ ἀγνοοῦντες μυστήρια· ὁ γὰρ χριστός, Ἰησοῦς ὤν, κἂν μὴ βούλησθε, αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν, ἀλλʼ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ,
alēthōs te »thymos autois kata tēn »omoiōsin tou opheōs« ēn emphainomenos kai dia tēs pikras tautēs erōtēseōs tēs »Ti oun baptizeis, ei sy ouk ei ho christos »oude Ēlias oude ho prophētēs?« pros hous eipoimʼ an hōs Christou kai Ēliou kai tou prophētou baptizontōn, tēs de en tę̄ erēmǭ phōnēs tou boōntos tautēn tēn exousian mē eilēphuias; Ō houtoi, apēnōs pynthanesthe tou apestalmenou angelou pro prosōpou Christou kataskeuasai tēn hodon autou emprosthen autou, hola ta kata ton topon autou agnoountes mystēria; ho gar christos, Iēsous ōn, kan mē boulēsthe, autos ouk ebaptizen, allʼ hoi mathētai autou,
And truly “their anger was like the serpent's,” shown also through this bitter question, “Why then do you baptize, if you are not the Christ, nor Elijah, nor the prophet?” To them I would say, as though the Christ and Elijah and the prophet baptize, while the voice of one crying in the wilderness has not received this authority: O you, you harshly question the angel sent before Christ's face to prepare his way before him, being ignorant of all the mysteries in this passage. For Christ, being Jesus, whether you wish it or not, did not himself baptize, but his disciples;
6.125Preuschen 4:133–134
αὐτὸς ὢν »ὁ προφήτης( πόθεν δὲ ὑμῖν πεπίστευται Ἠλίαν βαπτίσειν τὸν ἐλευσόμενον, οὐδὲ τὰ ἐπὶ τοῦ θυσιαστη- ρίου ξύλα κατὰ τοὺς τοῦ Ἀχαὰβ χρόνους δεόμενα λουτροῦ ἵνα ἐκκαυθῇ, ἐπιφανέντος ἐν πυρὶ τοῦ κυρίου, βαπτίσαντα; ἐπικελεύε- ται γὰρ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν τοῦτο ποιῆσαι οὐ μόνον ἅπαξ, λέγει γάρ· »Δευτερώσατε· ὅτε καὶ ἐδευτέρωσαν«, καὶ »Τρισσώσατε· ὅτε καὶ »ἐτρίσσωσαν«. ὁ τοίνυν μὴ αὐτὸς βαπτίσας τότε, ἀλλʼ ἑτέροις τοῦ ἔργου παραχωρήσας, πῶς κατὰ τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ Μαλαχίου λεγό- μενα ἐπιδημήσας βαπτίζειν ἐμελλεν; Χριστὸς οὖν ἐν ὕδατι οὐ βαπτίζει, ἀλλʼ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ· ἑαυτῷ δὲ τηρεῖ τὸ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι βαπτίζειν καὶ Πυρί.
autos ōn »ho prophētēs( pothen de hymin pepisteutai Ēlian baptisein ton eleusomenon, oude ta epi tou thysiastē- riou xyla kata tous tou Achaab chronous deomena loutrou hina ekkauthę̄, epiphanentos en pyri tou kyriou, baptisanta? epikeleue- tai gar tois hiereusin touto poiēsai ou monon hapax, legei gar; »Deuterōsate; hote kai edeuterōsan«, kai »Trissōsate; hote kai »etrissōsan«. ho toinyn mē autos baptisas tote, allʼ heterois tou ergou parachōrēsas, pōs kata ta hypo tou Malachiou lego- mena epidēmēsas baptizein emellen? Christos oun en hydati ou baptizei, allʼ hoi mathētai autou; heautǭ de tērei to hagiǭ pneumati baptizein kai Pyri.
he himself being “the prophet.” And from where have you come to believe that Elijah, when he comes, will baptize, when he did not even baptize the wood on the altar in the times of Ahab, which needed washing so that it might be burned up when the Lord appeared in fire? For he commands the priests to do this, not only once; for he says, “Do it a second time,” when they did it a second time, and “Do it a third time,” when they did it a third time. How, then, would the one who did not baptize then himself, but left the work to others, baptize when he came according to what Malachi says? Christ, then, does not baptize in water, but his disciples; he reserves for himself baptizing in the Holy Spirit and fire.
6.126Preuschen 4:134
παραδεξάμενος δὲ ὁ Ἡρακλέων τὸν τῶν Φαρισαίων λόγον ὡς ὑγιῶς εἰρημένον περὶ τοῦ ὀφείλεσθαι τὸ βαπτίζειν Χριστῷ καὶ Ἠλίᾳ καὶ παντὶ προφήτῃ, αὐ- ταῖς λέξεσίν φησιν, οἷς μόνοις ὀφείλεται τὸ βαπτίξειν, καὶ ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων μὲν ἡμῖν ἔναγχος ἐλεγχόμενος, μάλιστα δὲ ὅτι κοινότερον τὸν προφήτην νενόηκεν· οὐ γὰρ ἔχει δεῖξαί τινα τῶν προφητῶν βαπτίσαντα. οὐκ ἀπιθάνως δέ φησιν πυνθάνεσθαι τοὺς Φαρισαίους κατὰ τὴν αἰ, τῶν πανουργίαν. οὐχὶ ὡς μαθεῖν θέλοντας.
paradexamenos de ho Hērakleōn ton tōn Pharisaiōn logon hōs hygiōs eirēmenon peri tou opheilesthai to baptizein Christǭ kai Ēlią kai panti prophētę̄, au- tais lexesin phēsin, hois monois opheiletai to baptixein, kai ek tōn eirēmenōn men hēmin enanchos elenchomenos, malista de hoti koinoteron ton prophētēn nenoēken; ou gar echei deixai tina tōn prophētōn baptisanta. ouk apithanōs de phēsin pynthanesthai tous Pharisaious kata tēn ai, tōn panourgian. ouchi hōs mathein thelontas.
Heracleon, accepting the Pharisees' word as rightly spoken, that baptizing belonged to Christ and Elijah and every prophet, says in these very words: “to whom alone baptizing belongs”; and he is refuted both by what we have just said, and especially because he has understood “the prophet” in the more general sense; for he cannot show any of the prophets who baptized. But not unpersuasively he says that the Pharisees inquired “out of their own craftiness, not as wishing to learn.”
6.127Preuschen 4:134
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀναγκαἶον ἡμῖν φαίνεται παρατιθέναι τὰς ὁμοίας τῶν εὐαγγελίων λέξεις τοῖς ἐν χερσὶ ῥητοῖς, καὶ τοῦτο καθʼ ἕκαστον μέχρι τέλους ποιεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ τὰ μὲν συγκρούειν δοκοῦντα ἀποδείκνυσθαι σύμφωνα, τὰ δʼ ὁμοίως ἔχοντα ἕκαστον κατʼ ἰδίαν σαφηνίζεσθαι, φέρε τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα ποιήσωμεν.
Epei de anankaion hēmin phainetai paratithenai tas homoias tōn euangeliōn lexeis tois en chersi rhētois, kai touto kathʼ hekaston mechri telous poiein hyper tou ta men synkrouein dokounta apodeiknysthai symphōna, ta dʼ homoiōs echonta hekaston katʼ idian saphēnizesthai, phere touto kai entautha poiēsōmen.
And since it seems necessary to us to set the similar expressions of the Gospels beside the texts in hand, and to do this in each case to the end, so that what seems to clash may be shown to agree, and what is similar may each be made clear on its own, come, let us do this here too.
6.128Preuschen 4:134
τὸ γὰρ »φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ· Εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου« παρὰ μὲν τῷ μαθητῇ Ἰωάννῃ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ λέγεται· παρὰ δὲ τῷ Μάρκῳ ὡς ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ κατὰ τὴν Ἡσαΐου γραφὴν ἀναγέγραπται οὕτως· »Ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, »καθὼς γέγραπται έν [τῷ] Ἡσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ· Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω »τὸν ἄλλελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ὅς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου· »φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ· Ἐτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου, εὐθείας »ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ«.
to gar »phōnē boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ; Euthynate tēn hodon kyriou« para men tǭ mathētę̄ Iōannę̄ ek prosōpou tou baptistou legetai; para de tǭ Markǭ hōs archē tou euangeliou Iēsou christou kata tēn Hēsaïou graphēn anagegraptai houtōs; »Archē tou euangeliou Iēsou Christou, »kathōs gegraptai en [tǭ] Hēsaïą tǭ prophētę̄; Idou egō apostellō »ton allelon mou pro prosōpou sou, hos kataskeuasei tēn hodon sou; »phōnē boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ; Etoimasate tēn hodon kyriou, eutheias »poieite tas tribous autou«.
For “A voice of one crying in the wilderness: Make straight the way of the Lord” is spoken in the disciple John in the person of the Baptist; but in Mark it is recorded, as the beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, according to the writing of Isaiah, thus: “The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, as it is written in Isaiah the prophet: Behold, I send my angel before your face, who will prepare your way; a voice of one crying in the wilderness: Prepare the way of the Lord, make his paths straight.”
6.129Preuschen 4:134
οὐ κεῖται μέντοι γε ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ »Εὐδύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίους, ὅπερ παρέθετο ὁ † Μάρκος. μήποτʼ οὖν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐπιτεμνόμενος τὸ »Ἑροιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν« ἀνέγραψεν· »Εὐθύνατε τὴν »ὁδὸ κυρίου«· ὅ τι ὁ Μάρκος δύο προφητείας ἐν διαφόροις εἰρημένας τόποις ὑπὸ δύο προφητῶν εἰς ὲν συνάγων πεποίηκεν· »Καθὼς γέ- »γραπται ἐν τῷ] Ἠασΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ· Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγ- »γελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ὅς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου. φωνὴ »βοῶντος έν τῇ ἐρήμῳ· Ἐτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου, εὐδείας ποιεῖτε »τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ«.
ou keitai mentoi ge en tǭ prophētę̄ »Eudynate tēn hodon kyrious, hoper paretheto ho † Markos. mēpotʼ oun ho Iōannēs epitemnomenos to »Heroimasate tēn hodon kyriou, eutheias poieite tas tribous tou theou hēmōn« anegrapsen; »Euthynate tēn »hodo kyriou«; ho ti ho Markos dyo prophēteias en diaphorois eirēmenas topois hypo dyo prophētōn eis en synagōn pepoiēken; »Kathōs ge- »graptai en tǭ] Ēasïą tǭ prophētę̄; Idou egō apostellō ton ag- »gelon mou pro prosōpou sou, hos kataskeuasei tēn hodon sou. phōnē »boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ; Etoimasate tēn hodon kyriou, eudeias poieite »tas tribous autou«.
Yet “Make straight the way of the Lord,” which … Mark cited, is not in the prophet. Perhaps, then, John, abbreviating “Prepare the way of the Lord, make straight the paths of our God,” wrote “Make straight the way of the Lord”; while Mark, gathering into one two prophecies spoken in different places by two prophets, made: “As it is written in Isaiah the prophet: Behold, I send my angel before your face, who will prepare your way. A voice of one crying in the wilderness: Prepare the way of the Lord, make his paths straight.”
6.130Preuschen 4:134–135
τὸ μὲν γὰρ »φωνὴ βοῶντος έν τῇ ἐρήμῳ‘ μετὰ τὴν περὶ τοῦ Ἐζεκίου ἱστορίαν ἀναστάντος ἐκ τῆς νόσου εὐθέως γέγραπται, τὸ δὲ »Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ πρό- »σώπου σου« ὑπὸ Μαλαχίου.
to men gar »phōnē boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ‘ meta tēn peri tou Ezekiou historian anastantos ek tēs nosou eutheōs gegraptai, to de »Idou egō apostellō ton angelon mou pro pro- »sōpou sou« hypo Malachiou.
For “A voice of one crying in the wilderness” is written immediately after the history of Hezekiah, who rose from his illness, while “Behold, I send my angel before your face” is by Malachi.
6.131Preuschen 4:135
ὅπερ δὲ ἐποίησεν Ἰωάννης ἐπιτεμνό μενος ὅ παρέθετο ῥητόν, τοῦτο ἐπʼ ἄλλης λέξεως ὁ Μάρκος καὶ αὐτὸς ἐνέφηνεν· ὁ μὲν γὰρ προφήτης φησίν· »Ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους τοῦ θεοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν«· ὁ δὲ Μάρκος· »Ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ«. τὴν δʼ ὁμοίαν ἐπιτομὴν πεποίηται καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ » Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω »τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ὅς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν »σου«. οὐ παρέθετο γὰρ τὸ προκείμενον τὸ » Εμπροσθέν μου«.
hoper de epoiēsen Iōannēs epitemno menos ho paretheto rhēton, touto epʼ allēs lexeōs ho Markos kai autos enephēnen; ho men gar prophētēs phēsin; »Hetoimasate tēn hodon kyriou, eutheias poieite tas tribous tou theou theou hēmōn«; ho de Markos; »Hetoimasate tēn hodon kyriou, eutheias poieite tas tribous autou«. tēn dʼ homoian epitomēn pepoiētai kai epi tou » Idou egō apostellō »ton angelon mou pro prosōpou sou, hos kataskeuasei tēn hodon »sou«. ou paretheto gar to prokeimenon to » Emprosthen mou«.
And what John did in abbreviating the text he cited, Mark too showed in another expression. For the prophet says, “Prepare the way of the Lord, make straight the paths of our God”; but Mark, “Prepare the way of the Lord, make his paths straight.” And he made a similar abbreviation also in “Behold, I send my angel before your face, who will prepare your way”; for he did not cite “before me,” which is in the text.
6.132Preuschen 4:135
Ἔτι ἐπὶ] τὸ »Ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, καὶ ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν« ἐξετάζοντες ἡμεῖς προετάξαμεν τὴν ἐρώτησιν τῶν Φαρισαίων, ὡς σεσιωπημένην παρὰ τῷ Ματθαίῳ, * * τοῦ ἀναγεγραμ- μένου γεγονέναι] παρὰ τῷ Ματθαίῳ], ὅτι »Ἰδὼν ὁ Ἰωάννης πολλοὺς »τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων ἐρχομένους ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα εἰπεν »αὐτοῖς Γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν‘ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· ἀκόλουθον γάρ ἐστιν πρῶ- τον πυθέσθαι, εἶτʼ ἐληυθεέναι.
Eti epi] to »Apestalmenoi ēsan ek tōn Pharisaiōn, kai ērōtēsan auton« exetazontes hēmeis proetaxamen tēn erōtēsin tōn Pharisaiōn, hōs sesiōpēmenēn para tǭ Matthaiǭ, * * tou anagegram- menou gegonenai] para tǭ Matthaiǭ], hoti »Idōn ho Iōannēs pollous »tōn Pharisaiōn kai Saddoukaiōn erchomenous epi to baptisma eipen »autois Gennēmata echidnōn‘ kai ta hexēs; akolouthon gar estin prō- ton pythesthai, eitʼ elēutheenai.
Further, examining “They had been sent from the Pharisees, and they asked him,” we placed the Pharisees' question, which is passed over in silence in Matthew, before … what Matthew records as having happened: “John, seeing many of the Pharisees and Sadducees coming to the baptism, said to them, Brood of vipers,” and so on. For it is consistent that they first inquired, and then came.
6.133Preuschen 4:135
καὶ τοῦτο παρατηρητέον, ὅτι ὁ μὲν Ματθαῖος ἐκπορευομένους μένους πρὸς τὸν Ἰωάννην τὰ Ἰεροσόλυμα καὶ πᾶσαν Ι τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν περίχωρον τοῦ Ἰορδάνου ἐπὶ τῷ βαπτίσασθαι ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογουμένους ἑαυτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, οὐδένα λόγον ἐπιπληκτικὸν καὶ ἐλεγκτικόν φησιν ἀκη- κοέναι ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ, μόνους δὲ τοῦς ἑωραμένους πολλοὺς τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουαίων ἐληυθότας ἀκηκοέναι τὸ Γεννήματα »ἐχιδνῶν« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· ὁ δὲ Μάρκους οὐδέν φησιν ἐπιπληκτικὸν εἰρῆσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰωάννου τοῖς ἐληλυθόσιν, οὖσιν πάσῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Ἰεροσολυμίταις R σολυμίταις πᾶσι, καὶ βαπτιζομένοις ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ καὶ ἐξομολογουμένοις τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν, ἀκολούθως τῷ μηδὲ ὠνομα- κέναι τοὺς Φαρισαίους καὶ Σαδδουκαίους.
kai touto paratērēteon, hoti ho men Matthaios ekporeuomenous menous pros ton Iōannēn ta Ierosolyma kai pasan I tēn Ioudaian kai pasan tēn perichōron tou Iordanou epi tǭ baptisasthai en tǭ Iordanę̄ potamǭ, exomologoumenous heautōn tas hamartias, oudena logon epiplēktikon kai elenktikon phēsin akē- koenai apo tou baptistou, monous de tous heōramenous pollous tōn Pharisaiōn kai Saddouaiōn elēuthotas akēkoenai to Gennēmata »echidnōn« kai ta hexēs; ho de Markous ouden phēsin epiplēktikon eirēsthai hypo tou Iōannou tois elēlythosin, ousin pasę̄ tę̄ Ioudaią kai Ierosolymitais R solymitais pasi, kai baptizomenois hypʼ autou en tǭ Iordanę̄ kai exomologoumenois tas hamartias autōn, akolouthōs tǭ mēde ōnoma- kenai tous Pharisaious kai Saddoukaious.
And this too must be observed: Matthew says that Jerusalem and all Judea and all the region around the Jordan, going out to John to be baptized in the river Jordan and confessing their sins, heard no word of rebuke or reproof from the Baptist, but that only the many Pharisees and Sadducees whom he saw coming heard “Brood of vipers” and what follows; while Mark says that nothing rebuking was said by John to those who came, who were all Judea and all the people of Jerusalem, and were baptized by him in the Jordan confessing their sins, consistently with his not having named the Pharisees and Sadducees at all.
6.134Preuschen 4:135–136
ἔτι δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ἀναγκαῖον ἡμᾶς παραθέσθαι, ὅτι ἀμφότεροι μέν, ὅ τε Ματθαῖος καὶ ὁ Μάρκος, ἐξομολογουμένους τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν φασιν βαπτίζεσθαι πᾶσαν Ιεροσόλυμα καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν περίχωρον τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ἤ πᾶσαν τὴν Ἰουδαίαν χώραν καὶ τοὺς Ἱεροσολυμίτας πάν- τας· ὁ δὲ Ματθαῖος εἰσάγει μὲν ἐρχομένους ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα τοὺς Φαρισαίους καὶ Σαδδουκαίους οὐ μὴν ἐξομολογουμένους τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν· διόπερ εἰκὸς καὶ τοῦτο εὔλογον εἶναι αἴτιον τοῦ ἀκηκοέναι αὐτοὺς » Γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν«.
eti de kai touto anankaion hēmas parathesthai, hoti amphoteroi men, ho te Matthaios kai ho Markos, exomologoumenous tas hamartias autōn phasin baptizesthai pasan Ierosolyma kai pasan tēn Ioudaian kai pasan tēn perichōron tou Iordanou, ē pasan tēn Ioudaian chōran kai tous Hierosolymitas pan- tas; ho de Matthaios eisagei men erchomenous epi to baptisma tous Pharisaious kai Saddoukaious ou mēn exomologoumenous tas hamartias autōn; dioper eikos kai touto eulogon einai aition tou akēkoenai autous » Gennēmata echidnōn«.
Further, it is necessary for us to set this out too: both Matthew and Mark say that all Jerusalem and all Judea and all the region around the Jordan, or all the Judean country and all the people of Jerusalem, were baptized confessing their sins; but Matthew introduces the Pharisees and Sadducees as coming to the baptism, yet not confessing their sins. That is why it is likely that this too is a reasonable cause of their hearing “Brood of vipers.”
6.135Preuschen 4:136
Μὴ ὑπολάβῃς δʼ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἀκαίρως τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑτέρων εὐαγγελίων παρατεθεῖσθαι, τὰ ἐκ] τῶν ἀπεσταλμένων ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ ἐρωτησάντων τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐξετάζοντας. εἰ γὰρ καλῶς ἐφηρμόσαμεν τὴν τῶν Φαρισαίων πεῦσιν, ἀναγεγραμμένην παρὰ τώ μαθητῇ Ἰωάννῃ, τῷ βαπτισμῷ αὐτῶν παρὰ τῲ Ματθαίῳ κειμένῳ, ἀκόλουθον ἠν ἐξετάσαι τὰ κατὰ τοὺς τόπους καὶ παραθέσθαι τὰ εὐρεθέντα παρατηρήματα.
Mē hypolabę̄s dʼ hēmas kai akairōs ta apo tōn heterōn euangeliōn paratetheisthai, ta ek] tōn apestalmenōn ek tōn Pharisaiōn kai erōtēsantōn ton Iōannēn exetazontas. ei gar kalōs ephērmosamen tēn tōn Pharisaiōn peusin, anagegrammenēn para tō mathētę̄ Iōannę̄, tǭ baptismǭ autōn para tǭ Matthaiǭ keimenǭ, akolouthon ēn exetasai ta kata tous topous kai parathesthai ta eurethenta paratērēmata.
Do not suppose that we have cited what comes from the other Gospels out of season in examining what concerns those sent from the Pharisees and asking John. For if we have rightly fitted the Pharisees' question, recorded in the disciple John, to their baptism set down in Matthew, it followed that we should examine what is in these passages and set out the observations we found.
6.136Preuschen 4:136
ὀμοίως δὲ τῷ Μάρκῳ καὶ ὁ Λουκᾶς τοῦ »φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ« μέμνηται ἀπὸ ἰδίου προσώπου οὕτως· »Ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐπὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν Ζαχαρίου Ζαχαρίου ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, »καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς πᾶσαν περίχωρον τοῦ Ἰορδάνου κηρύσσων βάπτισμα »μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν, ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων »Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου· Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ.
omoiōs de tǭ Markǭ kai ho Loukas tou »phōnē boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ« memnētai apo idiou prosōpou houtōs; »Egeneto rhēma theou epi Iōannēn ton Zachariou Zachariou en tę̄ erēmǭ, »kai ēlthen eis pasan perichōron tou Iordanou kēryssōn baptisma »metanoias eis aphesin hamartiōn, hōs gegraptai en biblǭ logōn »Hēsaïou tou prophētou; Phōnē boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ.
Likewise Luke too, like Mark, mentions “A voice of one crying in the wilderness” in his own person, thus: “The word of God came to John the son of Zechariah in the wilderness, and he went into all the region around the Jordan, preaching a baptism of repentance for the forgiveness of sins, as it is written in the book of the words of Isaiah the prophet: A voice of one crying in the wilderness:
6.137Preuschen 4:136
»τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου, ποιεῖτε ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ«. προσέθηκεν δὲ ὁ Λουκᾶς καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς τῆς προφητείας· »Πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθή- »σεται καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται καὶ ἔσται τὰ σκολιὰ »εἰς εὐθείας καὶ αἱ τραχεῖαι εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας· καὶ ὄψεται πᾶσα σὰρξ »τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ«· ὁμοίως τῷ Μάρκῳ ἀναγράψας τὸ »Εὐθείας »ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ«, ἐπιτεμνόμενος, ὡς προειρήκαμεν, τὸ »Εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν«.
»tēn hodon kyriou, poieite poieite tas tribous autou«. prosethēken de ho Loukas kai ta hexēs tēs prophēteias; »Pasa pharanx plērōthē- »setai kai pan oros kai bounos tapeinōthēsetai kai estai ta skolia »eis eutheias kai hai tracheiai eis hodous leias; kai opsetai pasa sarx »to sōtērion tou theou«; homoiōs tǭ Markǭ anagrapsas to »Eutheias »poieite tas tribous autou«, epitemnomenos, hōs proeirēkamen, to »Eutheias poieite tas tribous tou theou hēmōn«.
Prepare the way of the Lord, make his paths straight.” And Luke added also what follows in the prophecy: “Every valley shall be filled, and every mountain and hill brought low, and the crooked shall become straight ways, and the rough places smooth ways; and all flesh shall see the salvation of God”; writing, like Mark, “Make his paths straight,” abbreviating, as we said before, “Make straight the paths of our God.”
6.138Preuschen 4:136
ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ »ἔσται πάντα τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθεῖαν« χωρὶς τοῦ »Πάντα« τὴν λέξιν ἔθηκεν, μετὰ τοῦ ἀντὶ ἑνικοῦ τοῦ »Εἰς εὐθεῖαν« πεποιηκέναι πληθυντικὸν »Εὐθείας«. ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ »Ἡ τραχεῖα εἰς πεδία« ἐποίησεν· »Καὶ αἱ τραχεῖαι εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας«, παραλιπών τε Καὶ ὀφθήσεται ἡ δόξα κυρίου« παρέθετο τὸ ἑξῆς τὸ »Καὶ ὄφεται πᾶσα »σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ«. χρήσιμοι δὲ αἱ παρατηρήσεις πρὸς ἀπόδειξιν περὶ τοῦ ἐπιτέμνεσθαι τοὺς εὐαγγελιστὰς τὰ προφητικά.
anti de tou »estai panta ta skolia eis eutheian« chōris tou »Panta« tēn lexin ethēken, meta tou anti henikou tou »Eis eutheian« pepoiēkenai plēthyntikon »Eutheias«. eti de kai anti tou »Hē tracheia eis pedia« epoiēsen; »Kai hai tracheiai eis hodous leias«, paralipōn te Kai ophthēsetai hē doxa kyriou« paretheto to hexēs to »Kai ophetai pasa »sarx to sōtērion tou theou«. chrēsimoi de hai paratērēseis pros apodeixin peri tou epitemnesthai tous euangelistas ta prophētika.
And instead of “all the crooked shall become straight,” he set down the phrase without “all,” and besides changed the singular “straight” into the plural “straight ways.” Further, instead of “the rough into plains,” he made “and the rough places smooth ways”; and omitting “And the glory of the Lord shall be seen,” he cited what follows, “And all flesh shall see the salvation of God.” These observations are useful for demonstrating that the evangelists abbreviate the prophetic texts.
6.139Preuschen 4:136–137
Ἔτι δὲ καὶ τοῦτο παρατηρητέον, ὅτι τὸ »Γεννήματα »ἐχιδῶν« καὶ τὰ εξῆς ὁ μὲν Ματθαῖος τοῖς Φαρισαίοις καὶ Σαδδουκαίοις ἐρχομένοις ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα εἰρῆσθαί φησιν, ἑτέροις οὖσιν παρὰ τοὺς ἐξομολογουμένους τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν καὶ μηδὲν τοιοῦτον ἀκούοντας· ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις ὄχλοις βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ αὐτοῦ ταῦτʼ εἰρῆσθαι ἀναγράφει, οὐ ποιήσας δύο τάγματα βαπτιζομένων, ὅπερ παρὰ τῷ Ματθαίῳ εὕρομεν.
Eti de kai touto paratērēteon, hoti to »Gennēmata »echidōn« kai ta exēs ho men Matthaios tois Pharisaiois kai Saddoukaiois erchomenois epi to baptisma eirēsthai phēsin, heterois ousin para tous exomologoumenous tas hamartias autōn kai mēden toiouton akouontas; ho de Loukas tois ekporeuomenois ochlois baptisthēnai hyp autou tautʼ eirēsthai anagraphei, ou poiēsas dyo tagmata baptizomenōn, hoper para tǭ Matthaiǭ heuromen.
Further, this too must be observed: Matthew says that “Brood of vipers” and what follows was said to the Pharisees and Sadducees coming to the baptism, who were different from those who confessed their sins and heard nothing of the kind; but Luke records that it was said to the crowds going out to be baptized by him, not making two ranks of the baptized, which we found in Matthew.
6.140Preuschen 4:137
εἰκότως δὲ καὶ οὗτος, ἐπεὶ οἱ ὄχλοι οὐκ ἐν ἐπαίνῳ τάσσονται, ὡς τοῖς τηροῦσιν σαφὲς ἔσται, τοῖς ὄχλοις εἰσάγει γέγοντα τὸν βαπτιστὴν τὸ »Γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. ἔτι δὲ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς Φαρισαίους καὶ Σαδδουκαίους »Ποιήσατε« εἴρηται ἑνικῶς »καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας«· πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ὄχλους πληθυντικῶς »ἀξίους καρποὺς τῆς μετανοίας«.
eikotōs de kai houtos, epei hoi ochloi ouk en epainǭ tassontai, hōs tois tērousin saphes estai, tois ochlois eisagei gegonta ton baptistēn to »Gennēmata echidnōn« kai ta hexēs. eti de pros men tous Pharisaious kai Saddoukaious »Poiēsate« eirētai henikōs »karpon axion tēs metanoias«; pros de tous ochlous plēthyntikōs »axious karpous tēs metanoias«.
And reasonably he too, since the crowds are not placed in a praiseworthy light, as will be clear to those who observe, introduces the Baptist saying “Brood of vipers” and what follows to the crowds. Further, to the Pharisees and Sadducees it is said in the singular, “Bear fruit worthy of repentance,” but to the crowds in the plural, “fruits worthy of repentance.”
6.141Preuschen 4:137
τάχα γὰρ οἱ μὲν Φαρισαῖοι τὸν ἐξαίρετον ἀπαιτοῦνται καρπὸν μετανοίας, οὐκ ἄλλον ὄντα τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν πίστεως, οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι, οὐδὲ ἀρχὴν ἔχοντες ἀγαθῶν, πάντας ἀπαιτοῦνται τοὺς καρποὺς μετανοίας· διόπερ πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸ πληθυντικὸν εἴρηται.
tacha gar hoi men Pharisaioi ton exaireton apaitountai karpon metanoias, ouk allon onta tou huiou kai tēs eis auton pisteōs, hoi de ochloi, oude archēn echontes agathōn, pantas apaitountai tous karpous metanoias; dioper pros autous to plēthyntikon eirētai.
For perhaps the Pharisees are required to bear the special fruit of repentance, which is none other than the Son and faith in him; while the crowds, not having even a beginning of good things, are required to bear all the fruits of repentance; that is why the plural is spoken to them.
6.142Preuschen 4:137
λέγεται πρὸς τούτοις τοῖς Φαρισαίοις· »Μὴ δόξητε λέγειν έν ἑαυτοῖς· Πατέρα »ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὄχλοι νῦν ἀρχὴν ἔχουσιν, δοκοῦντες »εἰσάγεσθαι εἰς τὸν θεῖον λόγον, τοῦ προσιέναι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ«· διόπερ ἄρχονται λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς· »Πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ«· οἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι οὐκ ἄρχονται, ἀλλὰ πρὸ πολλοῦ τοῦτο δοξάζουσιν. πλὴν εκάτεροι τοὺς προειρημένους λίθους δεικνυμένους ἀκούουσιν δύνασθαι ἐγερθῆναι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ, ἀπὸ τῆς ἀναισθησίας καὶ νεκρότητος ἀναστησομένους.
legetai pros toutois tois Pharisaiois; »Mē doxēte legein en heautois; Patera »echomen ton Abraam. hoi men gar ochloi nyn archēn echousin, dokountes »eisagesthai eis ton theion logon, tou prosienai tę̄ alētheią«; dioper archontai legein en heautois; »Patera echomen ton Abraam«; hoi de Pharisaioi ouk archontai, alla pro pollou touto doxazousin. plēn ekateroi tous proeirēmenous lithous deiknymenous akouousin dynasthai egerthēnai tekna tǭ Abraam, apo tēs anaisthēsias kai nekrotētos anastēsomenous.
Besides these, it is said to the Pharisees, “Do not presume to say to yourselves, We have Abraham as our father”; for the crowds now make a beginning, seeming to be introduced to the divine word, of approaching the truth, which is why they begin to say in themselves, “We have Abraham as our father”; while the Pharisees do not begin, but have held this opinion for a long time. In any case, both hear that the stones pointed out can be raised up as children to Abraham, rising from insensibility and deadness.
6.143Preuschen 4:137
Παρατήρει δὲ ὅτι τοῖς μὲν Φαρισαίοις κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ »Ἐφάγετε καρπὸν ψευδῆ« ἔχουσι μὲν καρπόν, ψευδῆ <δέ>, λέγεται· »Πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται«, τοῖς δὲ ὄχλοις, οὐδʼ ὅλως καρποφοροῦσιν, τὸ »Πᾶν οὐν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν ἐκκόπτεται«. τὸ μὲν γὰρ μὴ ἔχον καρπὸν οὐδὲ καλὸν ἔχει καρπόν· διόπερ ἐκκοπῆς ἐστιν ἄξιον. τὸ δὲ ἔχον καρπὸν οὐ πάντως καλὸν ἔχει καρπόν· διόπερ καὶ αὐτὸ εὐλόγως ὑπὸ τῆς ἀξίνης καταβάλλεται.
Paratērei de hoti tois men Pharisaiois kata to eirēmenon en tǭ prophētę̄ »Ephagete karpon pseudē« echousi men karpon, pseudē <de>, legetai; »Pan oun dendron mē poioun kalon ekkoptetai«, tois de ochlois, oudʼ holōs karpophorousin, to »Pan oun dendron mē poioun karpon ekkoptetai«. to men gar mē echon karpon oude kalon echei karpon; dioper ekkopēs estin axion. to de echon karpon ou pantōs kalon echei karpon; dioper kai auto eulogōs hypo tēs axinēs kataballetai.
Observe that to the Pharisees, who, according to what is said in the prophet, “You have eaten false fruit,” have fruit but false fruit, it is said, “Every tree, then, that does not bear good fruit is cut down”; but to the crowds, who bear no fruit at all, “Every tree, then, that does not bear fruit is cut down.” For what has no fruit does not have good fruit either, which is why it deserves cutting down. But what has fruit does not necessarily have good fruit; which is why it too is reasonably felled by the axe.
6.144Preuschen 4:137–138
ἐὰν ἐὰν ἀκριβέστερον ἐρευνήσωμεν τὰ περὶ τοὺς καρπούς, εὑρήσομεν ὅτι ἀμήχανον τὸ ἄρτι τοῦ γεωργεπισθαι ἀρχόμενον, κἂν καρποφορῇ, τοὺς πρώτους ἐνεγκεῖν καρποὺς καλούς. ἀγαπᾷ δὲ ὁ γεωργὸς πρῶτον τὸ ἐνεγκεῖν αὐτὸ τοὺς ἐπιβάλλοντας καρποὺς τῷ ἀρχομένῳ γεωργίας, ὕστερον ὁδῷ διὰ τῶν πρεπόντων γεωργικῇ καθαρσίων μετὰ τοὺς ὁποίους δήηποτε καρποὺς ληψόμενος καὶ καρποὺς καλούς· καὶ ὁ νόμος δὲ ταύτῃ τῇ ἐκδοχῇ ἡμῶν μαρτυρεῖ, λέγων δεῖν τὸν φυτεύοντα τρία ἔτη ποιεῖν ἀπερικάθαρτον ἐῶντα τὸ πεφυτευμένον, οὐκ ἐσθιομένων αὐτοῦ καρπῶν· »Τρία, γάρ φησιν, ἔτη ὑμῖν ὁ καρπὸς ἀπερικάθαρτος οὐ »βρωθήσεται, τῷ δὲ τετάρτῳ ἔτει ἔσται πᾶς ὁ καρπὸς ἅγιος, αἰνετὸς »τῷ κυρίῶ«.
ean ean akribesteron ereunēsōmen ta peri tous karpous, heurēsomen hoti amēchanon to arti tou geōrgepisthai archomenon, kan karpophorę̄, tous prōtous enenkein karpous kalous. agapą de ho geōrgos prōton to enenkein auto tous epiballontas karpous tǭ archomenǭ geōrgias, hysteron hodǭ dia tōn prepontōn geōrgikę̄ katharsiōn meta tous hopoious dēēpote karpous lēpsomenos kai karpous kalous; kai ho nomos de tautę̄ tę̄ ekdochę̄ hēmōn martyrei, legōn dein ton phyteuonta tria etē poiein aperikatharton eōnta to pephyteumenon, ouk esthiomenōn autou karpōn; »Tria, gar phēsin, etē hymin ho karpos aperikathartos ou »brōthēsetai, tǭ de tetartǭ etei estai pas ho karpos hagios, ainetos »tǭ kyriō«.
If we investigate more precisely what concerns fruits, we shall find that it is impossible for what is just beginning to be cultivated, even if it bears fruit, to bring forth good fruits first. The farmer is content first that it bear the fruits fitting to one beginning cultivation, intending later, by the proper purifying methods of cultivation, after fruits of whatever kind, to receive good fruits as well. And the law too testifies to this interpretation of ours, saying that the planter must let what is planted remain uncircumcised for three years, its fruits not being eaten: “For three years,” it says, “its fruit shall be uncircumcised to you; it shall not be eaten; but in the fourth year all its fruit shall be holy, a praise to the Lord.”
6.145Preuschen 4:138
εὐλόγως τοίνυν πρὸς τοὺς ὄχλους χωρὶς τῆς τοῦ Καλοῦ προσθήκης λέγεται· »Πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν ἐκκόπτεται »καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται«· καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ πλεῖον δὲ φέρον καρπὸν ὅμοιον τῇ ἀρχῇ, δένδρον τυγχάνον μὴ ποιοῦν καρΠὸν καλόν, »ἐκκόπτεται »καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται«, ἐπὰν ἐνστάσης τῆς μετὰ τὴν τριάδα εἰσαγωγῆς έν τῇ τετράδι γενομένης μὴ ποιῇ καρπὸν ἅγιον, αἰνετὸν τῷ κυρίῳ.
eulogōs toinyn pros tous ochlous chōris tēs tou Kalou prosthēkēs legetai; »Pan oun dendron mē poioun karpon ekkoptetai »kai eis pyr balletai«; kai to epi pleion de pheron karpon homoion tę̄ archę̄, dendron tynchanon mē poioun karPon kalon, »ekkoptetai »kai eis pyr balletai«, epan enstasēs tēs meta tēn triada eisagōgēs en tę̄ tetradi genomenēs mē poię̄ karpon hagion, aineton tǭ kyriǭ.
Reasonably, then, it is said to the crowds without the addition of “good”: “Every tree, then, that does not bear fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire”; and a tree that bears for a longer time fruit like that of its beginning, being a tree that does not bear good fruit, “is cut down and thrown into the fire,” when, the time for introduction after the three years having come in the fourth, it does not bear fruit holy, a praise to the Lord.
6.146Preuschen 4:138
Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα εἰ καὶ μετὰ παρεκβάσεως ἡμῖν εἰρῆσθαι παρατιθεμένοις καὶ τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν λοιπῶν εὐαγγελίων, οὐκ ἄκαιρα δὲ ἐμοὶ φαίνεται οὐδὲ ἀλλότρια τῆς ἐνεστηκυίας σκέψεως. Φαρισαῖοι γάρ ἀποστέλλουσιν πρὸς τὸν Ἰωάννην μετὰ τοὺς ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων ἱερεῖς καὶ Λευίτας πεμφθέντας ἐρωτῆσαι αὐτὸν ὅστις εἴη, ἐξετάζοντες· »Τί »οὖν βαπτίζεις, εἰ σὺ οὐκ εἶ ὁ χριστὸς οὐδὲ Ἠλίας ὁ προφήτης«; καὶ ἐξετάσαντες ἐνταῦθα, ἑξῆς παραγινόμενοι βαπτισόμενοι, ὡς ὁ Ματθαῖος ἀναγράφει, ἀκούουσιν δὴ τὰ ἁρμόζοντα αὐτῶν τῇ ἀλαζονείᾳ καὶ ὑποκρίσει.
Tauta de panta ei kai meta parekbaseōs hēmin eirēsthai paratithemenois kai ta apo tōn loipōn euangeliōn, ouk akaira de emoi phainetai oude allotria tēs enestēkuias skepseōs. Pharisaioi gar apostellousin pros ton Iōannēn meta tous apo Hierosolymōn hiereis kai Leuitas pemphthentas erōtēsai auton hostis eiē, exetazontes; »Ti »oun baptizeis, ei sy ouk ei ho christos oude Ēlias ho prophētēs«? kai exetasantes entautha, hexēs paraginomenoi baptisomenoi, hōs ho Matthaios anagraphei, akouousin dē ta harmozonta autōn tę̄ alazoneią kai hypokrisei.
All these things, even if said by us with digression in citing the other Gospels too, do not seem to me untimely or foreign to the present inquiry. For the Pharisees send to John after the priests and Levites sent from Jerusalem to ask him who he was, examining him: “Why then do you baptize, if you are not the Christ, nor Elijah, nor the prophet?” And having examined him here, they next come to be baptized, as Matthew records, and hear what fits their pretension and hypocrisy.
6.147Preuschen 4:138
ἐπεὶ δὲ ὅμοια ἦν τὰ τούτοις εἰρημένα τοῖς λεγομένοις πρὸς τοὺς ὄχλους, ἐχρῆν τὴν τῶν ῥητῶν σύγκρισιν καὶ σαφήνειαν ποιήσασθαι· ὡν γινομένων πλείονα ἀπῄτησεν ἡμᾶς ἡ ἀκολουθία θεωρῆσαι. ἔτι δὲ καὶ ταῦτα τοῖς εἰρημένοις δεόντως προσθήσομεν· δύο τάγματα πεμπόντων παρὰ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ ἀναγέγραπται, ἓν μὲν Ἰουδαίων τῶν ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων ἀποστελλόντων ἱερεῖς καὶ Λεύΐτας, ἕτερον δὲ Φαρισαίων ἐπαπορούντων διὰ τί βαπτίζει.
epei de homoia ēn ta toutois eirēmena tois legomenois pros tous ochlous, echrēn tēn tōn rhētōn synkrisin kai saphēneian poiēsasthai; hōn ginomenōn pleiona apę̄tēsen hēmas hē akolouthia theōrēsai. eti de kai tauta tois eirēmenois deontōs prosthēsomen; dyo tagmata pempontōn para tǭ Iōannę̄ anagegraptai, hen men Ioudaiōn tōn apo Hierosolymōn apostellontōn hiereis kai Leuïtas, heteron de Pharisaiōn epaporountōn dia ti baptizei.
And since what was said to them was similar to what is said to the crowds, it was necessary to compare and clarify the texts; and in doing so the sequence required us to consider more things. Further, we shall fittingly add these to what has been said: two groups of senders to John are recorded, one of the Jews from Jerusalem sending priests and Levites, the other of the Pharisees raising the question why he baptizes.
6.148Preuschen 4:138
καὶ ἀποδεδώκαμεν ὅτι μετὰ τὴν πεῦσιν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι παραγίνονται βαπτισόμενοι. μήποτ οὖν πρὸ τούτων οἱ πρὸ τούτων ἀποστείλαντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων Ἰουδαῖοι παραδεξάμενοι τοὺς Ἰωάννου λόγους, ἅτε πρότεροι τῶν Φαρισαίων πέμψαντες, καὶ πρότεροι ἔρχονται.
kai apodedōkamen hoti meta tēn peusin hoi Pharisaioi paraginontai baptisomenoi. mēpot oun pro toutōn hoi pro toutōn aposteilantes apo Hierosolymōn Ioudaioi paradexamenoi tous Iōannou logous, hate proteroi tōn Pharisaiōn pempsantes, kai proteroi erchontai.
And we have explained that after the inquiry the Pharisees come to be baptized. Perhaps, then, before them, the Jews who had earlier sent from Jerusalem, having accepted John's words, since they sent before the Pharisees, also come before them.
6.149Preuschen 4:138–139
Ἱεροσόλυμα γὰρ, πᾶσα Ἰουδαία καὶ ἀκολούθως πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου ἐβαπτίζοντο έν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν, ἢ ὡς ὁ † Λουκᾶς φησιν· »Ἐξεπορεύετο πρὸς αὐτὸν πᾶσα ἡ »Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμῖται πάντες, καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο »αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁρμαρτίας αὐτῶν‘ οὔτε μέντοι Ματθαῖος τοὺς Φαρισαίους καὶ Σαδουκαίους, πρὸς οὕς λέγεται» Γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν‘, οὔτε Λουκᾶς τοὺς ὄχλους τὴν αὐτὴν ἐπίπληξιν ἐπίπληξιν εἰσάγουσιν ἐξομολογουμένους τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν.
Hierosolyma gar, pasa Ioudaia kai akolouthōs pasa hē perichōros tou Iordanou ebaptizonto en tǭ Iordanę̄ potamǭ hypʼ autou, exomologoumenoi tas hamartias autōn, ē hōs ho † Loukas phēsin; »Exeporeueto pros auton pasa hē »Ioudaia chōra kai hoi Hierosolymitai pantes, kai ebaptizonto »autou en tǭ Iordanę̄ potamǭ, exomologoumenoi tas harmartias autōn‘ oute mentoi Matthaios tous Pharisaious kai Sadoukaious, pros hous legetai» Gennēmata echidnōn‘, oute Loukas tous ochlous tēn autēn epiplēxin epiplēxin eisagousin exomologoumenous tas hamartias autōn.
For Jerusalem, all Judea, and accordingly all the region around the Jordan were baptized by him in the river Jordan, confessing their sins, or, as … Luke says, “All the country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem went out to him, and were baptized by him in the river Jordan, confessing their sins.” Yet neither Matthew introduces the Pharisees and Sadducees, to whom “Brood of vipers” is said, nor Luke the crowds who received the same rebuke, as confessing their sins.
6.150Preuschen 4:139
Ἄξιον δὲ ἐπαπορῆσαι πῶς πάσης τῆς Ἱεροσολυμιτῶν πόλεως καὶ πάσης τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ πάσης τῆς περιχώρου τοῦ Ἰορδάνου βαπτιζομένων ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου ὁ σωτήρ φησιν· »Ἐλήλυθεν Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτιστὴς μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων καὶ λέγετε· Δαιμόνιον ἔχει«· καὶ πρὸς τοὺς πυθομένους »Ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα »ποιεῖς«; λέγει· »Κἀγὼ ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς ἕνα λόγον, ὃν ἐὰν εἴπητέ μοι, »κἀγὼ ὑμῖν ἐρῶ ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσεᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ· Τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου πόθεν ἠν; ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων«; ὅτε καὶ διαλογιζόμενοί φασιν· »Ἐὰν εἴπωμεν· Ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ· Διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ;«·
Axion de epaporēsai pōs pasēs tēs Hierosolymitōn poleōs kai pasēs tēs Ioudaias kai pasēs tēs perichōrou tou Iordanou baptizomenōn en tǭ Iordanę̄ hypo Iōannou ho sōtēr phēsin; »Elēlythen Iōannēs ho baptistēs mēte esthiōn mēte pinōn kai legete; Daimonion echei«; kai pros tous pythomenous »En poią exousią tauta »poieis«? legei; »Kagō erōtēsō hymas hena logon, hon ean eipēte moi, »kagō hymin erō en poią exouseą tauta poiō; To baptisma to Iōannou pothen ēn? ex ouranou ē ex anthrōpōn«? hote kai dialogizomenoi phasin; »Ean eipōmen; Ex ouranou, erei; Dia ti ouk episteusate autǭ?«;
It is worth raising the difficulty how, when the whole city of Jerusalem and all Judea and all the region around the Jordan were baptized in the Jordan by John, the Savior says, “John the Baptist has come neither eating nor drinking, and you say, He has a demon”; and to those who asked, “By what authority do you do these things?” he says, “I too will ask you one question; if you tell me, I too will tell you by what authority I do these things. The baptism of John, where was it from? From heaven or from men?” when, reasoning among themselves, they say, “If we say, From heaven, he will say, Why did you not believe him?”
6.151Preuschen 4:139
λύεται δὲ τὸ ἀπορηθὲν οὕτως· Φαρισαῖοι, ὡς προτετηρήκαμεν, οἱ ἀκούσαντες Γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν«, οὐ πεπιστευκότες αὐτῷ παραγίνονται ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα, εἰκὸς ὅτι τὸν ὄχλον φοβούμενοι καὶ κατὰ τὴν πρὸς ἐκείνους ὑπόκρισιν ἀξιοῦντες λούσασθαι, ἵνα μὴ δοκοῖεν ἐναντιοῦσθαι τοῖς τοιούτοις.
lyetai de to aporēthen houtōs; Pharisaioi, hōs protetērēkamen, hoi akousantes Gennēmata echidnōn«, ou pepisteukotes autǭ paraginontai epi to baptisma, eikos hoti ton ochlon phoboumenoi kai kata tēn pros ekeinous hypokrisin axiountes lousasthai, hina mē dokoien enantiousthai tois toioutois.
The difficulty is resolved thus: the Pharisees, as we observed before, who heard “Brood of vipers,” came to the baptism without having believed him, likely fearing the crowd and, in their hypocrisy toward them, thinking it right to be washed, so as not to seem to oppose such people.
6.152Preuschen 4:139
φρονοῦντες γοῦν αὐτὸν ἀπʼ ἀνθρώπων ἔχειν καὶ οὐκ ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ τὸ βαπτίζειν, διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, μήποτε λιθασθῶσιν, φοβοῦνται ὅπερ ὑπολαμβάνουσιν εἰπεῖν· ὥστε οὐκ ἐναντιοῦται τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος εἰρημένα πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους τοῖς ἀναγεγραμμένοις ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις περὶ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν παρὰ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ βαπτισαμένων. τοῦ θράσους δὲ τῶν Φαρισαίων ἦν δαιμόνιον ἔχειν λέγειν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων τὰς δυνάμεις φάσκειν τὸν Ἰησοῦν πεποιηκέναι. Ι, 26-7 Ἀπεκρίνατο αὐ τοῖς ὁ Ἰωάννης λέγων· Ἐγὼ βᾳπτίζω ἐν ὕδατι· μέσος ὑμῶν ἕστηκεν ὃν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε, οπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος, οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος.
phronountes goun auton apʼ anthrōpōn echein kai ouk apʼ ouranou to baptizein, dia ton ochlon, mēpote lithasthōsin, phobountai hoper hypolambanousin eipein; hōste ouk enantioutai ta hypo tou sōtēros eirēmena pros tous Pharisaious tois anagegrammenois en tois euangeliois peri tou plēthous tōn para tǭ Iōannę̄ baptisamenōn. tou thrasous de tōn Pharisaiōn ēn daimonion echein legein ton Iōannēn, kai en Beelzeboul tǭ archonti tōn daimoniōn tas dynameis phaskein ton Iēsoun pepoiēkenai. I, 26-7 Apekrinato au tois ho Iōannēs legōn; Egō bąptizō en hydati; mesos hymōn hestēken hon hymeis ouk oidate, opisō mou erchomenos, hou ouk eimi egō axios hina lysō autou ton himanta tou hypodēmatos.
At any rate, thinking that he had his baptizing from men and not from heaven, because of the crowd, lest they be stoned, they are afraid to say what they suppose; so what the Savior said to the Pharisees does not contradict what is recorded in the Gospels about the multitude baptized by John. And it belonged to the Pharisees' boldness to say that John had a demon, and to claim that Jesus had worked his mighty works by Beelzebul the ruler of the demons. John 1:26–27: “John answered them, saying, I baptize with water; among you stands one whom you do not know, who comes after me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie.”
6.153Preuschen 4:139–140
Ὁ μὲν Ἡρακλέων οἴεται ὅτι ἀποκρίνεται ὁ Ιωαννης τοῖς ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων πεμφθεῖσιν, οὐ πρὸς ὃ ἐκεῖνοι ἐπηρώτων ἀλλʼ ὃ αὐτὸς ἐβούλετο, ἑαυτὸν λανθάνων ὅτι κατηγορεῖ τοῦ προφήτου ἀμαθίας, εἴγε ἄλλο ἐρωτώμενος περὶ ἄλλου ἀποκρίνεται· χρὴ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο φυλάττεσθαι ὡς ἐν κοινολογίᾳ ἁμάρτημα τυγχάνον.
Ho men Hērakleōn oietai hoti apokrinetai ho Iōannēs tois ek tōn Pharisaiōn pemphtheisin, ou pros ho ekeinoi epērōtōn allʼ ho autos ebouleto, heauton lanthanōn hoti katēgorei tou prophētou amathias, eige allo erōtōmenos peri allou apokrinetai; chrē gar kai touto phylattesthai hōs en koinologią hamartēma tynchanon.
Heracleon thinks that John answers those sent from the Pharisees, not to what they asked, but what he himself wished, not noticing that he accuses the prophet of ignorance, if, being asked about one thing, he answers about another; for this too must be guarded against as a fault in conversation.
6.154Preuschen 4:140
Ἡμεῖς δέ φαμεν ὅτι μάλιστα πρὸς ἔπος ἐστὶν ἡ ἀπόκρισις· πρὸς γὰρ τὸ »Τί οὖν βαπτίζεις, εἰ σὺ οὐκ εἶ ὁ χριστός;« τί ἄλλο ἐχρῆν εἰπεῖν ἢ τὸ παραστῆσαι παραστῆσαι βάπτισμα σωματικώτερον τυγχάνον; »Ἐγὼ, γάρ φησιν, βαπτίζω ἐν ὕδατι«. καὶ τοῦτο εἰπῶν πρὸς τὸ Τί »οὐν βαπτίζεις;« πρὸς τὸ δεύτερον »Εἰ σὺ οὐκ εἶ ὁ χριστός‘ δοξολογίαν περὶ τῆς προηγουμένης οὐσίας Χριστοῦ διηγεῖται, ὅτι δύναμιν τοσαύτην ἔχει ὡς καὶ ἀόρατος εἶναι τῇ θειότητι αὐτοῦ, παρὼν παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ παντὶ δὲ καὶ ὅλῳ τῶ κόσμῳ συμπαρεκτεινόμενος· ὅπερ δηλοῦται διὰ τοῦ »Μέσος ὑμῶν ἕστηκεν‘.
Hēmeis de phamen hoti malista pros epos estin hē apokrisis; pros gar to »Ti oun baptizeis, ei sy ouk ei ho christos?« ti allo echrēn eipein ē to parastēsai parastēsai baptisma sōmatikōteron tynchanon? »Egō, gar phēsin, baptizō en hydati«. kai touto eipōn pros to Ti »oun baptizeis?« pros to deuteron »Ei sy ouk ei ho christos‘ doxologian peri tēs proēgoumenēs ousias Christou diēgeitai, hoti dynamin tosautēn echei hōs kai aoratos einai tę̄ theiotēti autou, parōn panti anthrōpǭ panti de kai holǭ tō kosmǭ symparekteinomenos; hoper dēloutai dia tou »Mesos hymōn hestēken‘.
But we say that the answer is very much to the point. For to “Why then do you baptize, if you are not the Christ?” what else should he have said than to present his baptism as more bodily? For “I,” he says, “baptize with water.” And having said this to “Why then do you baptize?”, to the second part, “if you are not the Christ,” he sets out a glorification of the principal being of Christ, that he has such power as to be invisible in his divinity, present to every human being and extending together with the whole world; which is shown by “Among you stands.”
6.155Preuschen 4:140
καὶ ἐπεὶ οὐδὲν οἱ προσδοκῶντες Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίαν Φαρισαῖοι τηλικοῦτον περὶ αὐτοῦ ἑώρων, ἄνθρωπον τέλειον ἅγιον μόνον ὑπολαμβάνοντες αὐτὸν εἶναι, ἐμμελῶς ἐλέγχει τὴν περὶ τῆς ὑπεροχῆς αὐτοῦ Φαρισαίων ἄγνοιαν, προστιθεὶς τῷ »Μέσος ὑμῶν ἕστηκεν« τὸ »Ὃν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε«.
kai epei ouden hoi prosdokōntes Christou epidēmian Pharisaioi tēlikouton peri autou heōrōn, anthrōpon teleion hagion monon hypolambanontes auton einai, emmelōs elenchei tēn peri tēs hyperochēs autou Pharisaiōn agnoian, prostitheis tǭ »Mesos hymōn hestēken« to »Hon hymeis ouk oidate«.
And since the Pharisees, who expected the coming of the Christ, saw nothing so great about him, supposing him to be only a perfect holy man, he fittingly refutes the Pharisees' ignorance of his excellence by adding to “Among you stands” the words “whom you do not know.”
6.156Preuschen 4:140
καὶ ἵνα μή τις ὑπολάβῃ ἕτερον εἶναι τὸν ἀόρατον καὶ διήκοντα ἐπὶ πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἢ] καὶ ἐπὶ ὅλον τὸν κόσμον, παρὰ τὸν ἐνανθρωπήσαντα καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὀφθέντα καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συναναστραφέντα, συνάπτει τῷ »Μέσος ὑμῶν ὅστηκεν, ὃν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε« τὸ »Ὀπίσω μου ἐρχό- »μενος«· τοῦτʼ ἔστιν μετʼ ἐμὲ φανερωθησόμενος.
kai hina mē tis hypolabę̄ heteron einai ton aoraton kai diēkonta epi panta anthrōpon ē] kai epi holon ton kosmon, para ton enanthrōpēsanta kai epi tēs gēs ophthenta kai tois anthrōpois synanastraphenta, synaptei tǭ »Mesos hymōn hostēken, hon hymeis ouk oidate« to »Opisō mou ercho- »menos«; toutʼ estin metʼ eme phanerōthēsomenos.
And so that no one might suppose that the invisible one who pervades every human being and even the whole world is other than the one who became man and was seen on earth and lived among human beings, he joins to “Among you stands one whom you do not know” the words “who comes after me,” that is, who will be manifested after me.
6.157Preuschen 4:140
οὗ καὶ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν ὑπεροχὴν συνιεὶς παρὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν, ἀμφιβλλομένην ὑπό τινων μήποτʼ ἄρʼ αὐτὸς εἴη Χριστός, ὅσον ἀπολείπεται τῆς τοῦ χριστοῦ μεγαλειότητος παραστῆσαι βουλόμενος, ἵνα μή τις εἰς αὐτὸν λογίσηται ὑπὲρ ὃ βλέπει ἢ ἀκούει ἐξ αὐτοῦ, λέγει καὶ τὸ »Οὗ οὐκ »εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος ἕνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἰμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος«, αἰνιττόμενος τὸ οὐχ ἱκανὸς εἶναι τὸν περὶ τῆς ἐνσωματώσεως αὐτοῦ λόγον, οἱονεὶ δεδεμένον καὶ κεκρυμμένον τοῖς μὴ νοοῦσιν, λῦσαι καὶ σαφηνίσαι, ὥστε ἄξιόν τι τῆς τοσαύτης ἐπιδημίας εἰς [οὕτω] βραχύτατα συνεσταλμένης εἰπεῖν.
hou kai tēn hyperballousan hyperochēn synieis para tēn heautou physin, amphibllomenēn hypo tinōn mēpotʼ arʼ autos eiē Christos, hoson apoleipetai tēs tou christou megaleiotētos parastēsai boulomenos, hina mē tis eis auton logisētai hyper ho blepei ē akouei ex autou, legei kai to »Hou ouk »eimi egō axios hena lysō autou ton imanta tou hypodēmatos«, ainittomenos to ouch hikanos einai ton peri tēs ensōmatōseōs autou logon, hoionei dedemenon kai kekrymmenon tois mē noousin, lysai kai saphēnisai, hōste axion ti tēs tosautēs epidēmias eis [houtō] brachytata synestalmenēs eipein.
And understanding his surpassing excellence compared with his own nature, which was doubted by some who wondered whether he himself might be the Christ, and wishing to show how far he falls short of the greatness of Christ, so that no one might think of him beyond what he sees or hears from him, he says also, “the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie,” hinting that he is not able to untie and make clear the account of his embodiment, which is, as it were, bound and hidden to those who do not understand, so as to say anything worthy of so great a coming, contracted into so small a compass.
6.158Preuschen 4:140
Οἰκ ἄκαιρον δὲ ἐξετάζουσιν ἡμῖν τὸ »Ἐγὼ βαπτίζω »ἐν ὕδατι«« τὰς ὁμοίας τῶν εὐαγγελιστῶν παραθέσθαι περὶ τούτου λέξεις καὶ συγκρῖναι τῇ προκειμένῃ.
Oik akairon de exetazousin hēmin to »Egō baptizō »en hydati«« tas homoias tōn euangelistōn parathesthai peri toutou lexeis kai synkrinai tę̄ prokeimenę̄.
It is not untimely for us, as we examine “I baptize with water,” to set out the similar expressions of the evangelists about this and compare them with the one before us.
6.159Preuschen 4:140–141
φησὶ τοίνυν ὁ Ματθαῖος· »Ἰδὼν πολλοὺς τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων ἐρχομένους ἐπὶ τὸ βάπ- »τισμα«, μετὰ τὰ ἐπιπληκτικὰ περὶ ὡν ἐξητάσαμεν· »Ἐγὼ μὲν ὑμᾶς ἐν »ὕδατι βαπτίζω εἰς μετάνοιαν· ὁ δὲ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος ἰσχυρότε- »ρός μού ἐστιν, οὑ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι· αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν πνεύματι ἀγίῳ καὶ πυρί«· σύμφωνον τῷ κατὰ Ιωάννην λόγῳ τὴν ὁμολογίαν τοῦ ἐν υδατι βαπτίμαστος πρὸς τοὺς πεμφθέντας ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων λέγοντι.
phēsi toinyn ho Matthaios; »Idōn pollous tōn Pharisaiōn kai Saddoukaiōn erchomenous epi to bap- »tisma«, meta ta epiplēktika peri hōn exētasamen; »Egō men hymas en »hydati baptizō eis metanoian; ho de opisō mou erchomenos ischyrote- »ros mou estin, hou ouk eimi hikanos ta hypodēmata bastasai; autos hymas baptisei en pneumati agiǭ kai pyri«; symphōnon tǭ kata Iōannēn logǭ tēn homologian tou en ydati baptimastos pros tous pemphthentas ek tōn Pharisaiōn legonti.
Matthew, then, says: “Seeing many of the Pharisees and Sadducees coming to the baptism,” after the rebukes we examined, “I baptize you with water for repentance; but he who comes after me is mightier than I, whose sandals I am not worthy to carry; he will baptize you in the Holy Spirit and fire”; in agreement with the account according to John, which speaks of the confession of the baptism in water to those sent from the Pharisees.
6.160Preuschen 4:141
ὁ δὲ Μάρκος· »Ἐκήρυσσεν, »φησίν, Ἰωάννης λέγων· Ἔρχεται ὁ ἰσχυρότερός μου ὀπίσω, οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ. ἐγὼ »ἐβάπτισα ὑμᾶς ὕδατι, αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ«· πρὸς πλείονας καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας διδάσκων ταῦτα κεκηρῦχθαι.
ho de Markos; »Ekēryssen, »phēsin, Iōannēs legōn; Erchetai ho ischyroteros mou opisō, hou ouk eimi hikanos kypsas lysai ton himanta tōn hypodēmatōn autou. egō »ebaptisa hymas hydati, autos de baptisei hymas en pneumati hagiǭ«; pros pleionas kai pantas tous akouontas didaskōn tauta kekērychthai.
And Mark: “John preached,” he says, “saying, After me comes one mightier than I, the strap of whose sandals I am not worthy to stoop down and untie. I have baptized you with water, but he will baptize you in the Holy Spirit”; teaching that these things were proclaimed to more people, and to all who heard.
6.161Preuschen 4:141
ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς φησιν ὅτι »Προσδοκῶντος τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ διαλογι- »ζομένων πάντων ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν περὶ τοῦ Ἰωάννου, μήποτε »αὐτὸς εἴη ὁ χριστός, ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων πᾶσιν ὁ Ἰωάννης· Ἐγὼ μὲν »ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς· ἔρχεται δὲ ἰσχυρότερός μου, οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ· αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί«
ho de Loukas phēsin hoti »Prosdokōntos tou laou kai dialogi- »zomenōn pantōn en tais kardiais autōn peri tou Iōannou, mēpote »autos eiē ho christos, apekrinato legōn pasin ho Iōannēs; Egō men »hydati baptizō hymas; erchetai de ischyroteros mou, hou ouk eimi hikanos lysai ton himanta tōn hypodēmatōn autou; autos hymas baptisei en pneumati hagiǭ kai pyri«
And Luke says that “as the people were in expectation, and all were reasoning in their hearts about John, whether he might be the Christ, John answered, saying to all, I baptize you with water; but one mightier than I is coming, the strap of whose sandals I am not worthy to untie; he will baptize you in the Holy Spirit and fire.”
6.162Preuschen 4:141
Ἔχοντες τοίνυν τὰς ὁμοίας λέξεις τῶν τεσσάρων, φέρε κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἴδωμεν ἰδίᾳ τὸν νοῦν ἑκάστης καὶ τὰς διαφοράς, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ τοῦ Ματθαίου, ὃς καὶ παραδέδοται πρῶτος τῶν λοιπῶν τοῖς Ἑβραίοις ἐκδεδωκέναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, τοῖς ἐκ περιτομῆς πιστεύουσιν. »Ἐγὼ μέν, φησίν, ὑμᾶς ἐν ὕδατι βαπτίζω εἰς μετάνοιαν‘· οἱονεὶ καθαίρων καὶ ἀποτρεπόμενος ἀπὸ τῶν χειρόνων καὶ ἐπὶ μετάνοιαν παρακαλῶν· »Ἑτοιμάσαι γὰρ κυρίῳ λαὸν κατε- »σκευασμένον« ἐγὼ ἐλήλυθα, καὶ χώραν διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος τῆς μετανοίας εὐτρεπίσαι τῷ μετʼ ἐμὲ ἥξοντι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἰσχυρότερον πολλῷ τῆς ἐμῆς δυνάμεως καὶ κρεῖττον ὐμᾶς ὠφελήσοντι· οὐ σωματικὸν γὰρ τὸ ἐκείνου βάπτισμα, τὸν μετανοοῦντα πληροῦντος ἁγίου πνεύματος καὶ θειοτέρου πυρὸς πᾶν ὑλικὸν ἀφανίζοντος καὶ πᾶν γεῶδες ἐξαναλίσκοντος, οὐ μόνον ἀπὸ τοῦ χωρήσαντος αὐτὸ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ τῶν ἐχόντων ἀκούοντος.
Echontes toinyn tas homoias lexeis tōn tessarōn, phere kata to dynaton idōmen idią ton noun hekastēs kai tas diaphoras, arxamenoi apo tou Matthaiou, hos kai paradedotai prōtos tōn loipōn tois Hebraiois ekdedōkenai to euangelion, tois ek peritomēs pisteuousin. »Egō men, phēsin, hymas en hydati baptizō eis metanoian‘; hoionei kathairōn kai apotrepomenos apo tōn cheironōn kai epi metanoian parakalōn; »Hetoimasai gar kyriǭ laon kate- »skeuasmenon« egō elēlytha, kai chōran dia tou baptismatos tēs metanoias eutrepisai tǭ metʼ eme hēxonti, kai dia touto ischyroteron pollǭ tēs emēs dynameōs kai kreitton ymas ōphelēsonti; ou sōmatikon gar to ekeinou baptisma, ton metanoounta plērountos hagiou pneumatos kai theioterou pyros pan hylikon aphanizontos kai pan geōdes exanaliskontos, ou monon apo tou chōrēsantos auto alla kai apo tou tōn echontōn akouontos.
Having, then, the similar expressions of the four, come, let us see as far as possible the sense of each and the differences, beginning from Matthew, who is handed down to have published the Gospel first of the others to the Hebrews, those from the circumcision who believe. “I,” he says, “baptize you with water for repentance”: as it were, cleansing and turning you from worse things and summoning you to repentance. “For to prepare for the Lord a people made ready” I have come, and to make ready a place, through the baptism of repentance, for the one who will come after me, and for this reason is much mightier than my power and will benefit you more; for his baptism is not bodily, since the Holy Spirit fills the one who repents, and a more divine fire does away with everything material and consumes everything earthy, not only from the one who receives it but also from the one who hears those who have it.
6.163Preuschen 4:141–142
τοσοῦτον δέ ἐστιν ἐμοῦ ἰσχυρότερος ὁ μετʼ ἐμὲ ἐρχόμενος, ὡς μηδὲ τὰ τῆς περιβολῆς τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν δυνάμεων ἐσχάτων, οὐχὶ γυμνῶν ἐκκειμένων, ὥστε καὶ τοῦς τυχόντας νοεῖν αὐτὰ δύνασθαι, ἱκανόν με τυγχάνειν βαστάσαι, μηδὲ ταῦτα ὑπομένοντα φέρειν.
tosouton de estin emou ischyroteros ho metʼ eme erchomenos, hōs mēde ta tēs peribolēs tōn peri auton dynameōn eschatōn, ouchi gymnōn ekkeimenōn, hōste kai tous tychontas noein auta dynasthai, hikanon me tynchanein bastasai, mēde tauta hypomenonta pherein.
And the one who comes after me is so much mightier than I that I am not able to carry even the last things of the clothing of the powers around him, which are not exposed bare, so that even ordinary people could understand them, nor endure to bear them.
6.164Preuschen 4:142
οὐκ οἶδα δὲ ὁπότερον εἴπω, πότερον τὴν πολλήν μου ἀσθένιαν, τὰ εὐτελῇ τοῦ χριστοῦ συγκρίσει τῶν περὶ ἑαυτὸν μειζόνων φέρειν μὴ δυναμένην, ἢ δὴ τὴν ἐκείνου ὑπερβάλλουσὰν καὶ μείζονα παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου θειότητα· εἴγε ἐγώ, ὁ τηλικαύτην χωρήσας χάριν ὡς καὶ προφητείας ἠξιῶσθαί με, προλεγούσης τὰ περὶ τῆς εἰς τὸν βίον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιδημίας μου ἐν τῷ »Ἐγὼ »φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ‘ καὶ »Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου«· ἐγὼ, οὑ τὴν γένεσιν »Γαβριὴλ ὁ παρεστη- »κὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ« παραδόξως εὐηγγελίσατο ἐν γήρᾳ γεγεννημένου τῷ πατρί μου, ἐγώ, ἐφʼ οὑ τῷ ὀνόματι Ζαχαρίας αμα ἀπέλαβεν τὴν φωνὴν καὶ τὸ προφητεύειν διʼ αὐτῆς, ἐγώ, ὁ ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου μου μαρτυρούμενος ὡς ἄρα μείζων ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς τυγχάνει, οὐδὲ τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι ἱκανός· εἰ δὴ γὰρ μηδὲ τὰ ὑποδήματα, τί λεκτέον περὶ τῶν ἐνδυμάτων αὐτοῦ; τίς οὑτος, ὃς ὁλόκληρον αὐτοῦ τὸ ἱμάτιον τηρῆσαι δυνήσεται; τίς, ὃς νοήσει τὸν ἐκ τῶν ἄνωθεν χιτῶνα ἄραφον διὰ τὸ διʼ ὅλου ὑφαντὸν τυγχάνειν καταλαβεῖν ὃν ἔχει λόγον;
ouk oida de hopoteron eipō, poteron tēn pollēn mou asthenian, ta eutelę̄ tou christou synkrisei tōn peri heauton meizonōn pherein mē dynamenēn, ē dē tēn ekeinou hyperballousan kai meizona pantos tou kosmou theiotēta; eige egō, ho tēlikautēn chōrēsas charin hōs kai prophēteias ēxiōsthai me, prolegousēs ta peri tēs eis ton bion tōn anthrōpōn epidēmias mou en tǭ »Egō »phōnē boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ‘ kai »Idou egō apostellō ton angelon mou pro prosōpou sou«; egō, hou tēn genesin »Gabriēl ho parestē- »kōs enōpion tou theou« paradoxōs euēngelisato en gērą gegennēmenou tǭ patri mou, egō, ephʼ hou tǭ onomati Zacharias ama apelaben tēn phōnēn kai to prophēteuein diʼ autēs, egō, ho hypo tou kyriou mou martyroumenos hōs ara meizōn en gennētois gynaikōn emou oudeis tynchanei, oude ta hypodēmata bastasai hikanos; ei dē gar mēde ta hypodēmata, ti lekteon peri tōn endymatōn autou? tis houtos, hos holoklēron autou to himation tērēsai dynēsetai? tis, hos noēsei ton ek tōn anōthen chitōna araphon dia to diʼ holou hyphanton tynchanein katalabein hon echei logon?
I do not know which of the two I should say: whether my own great weakness, unable to bear the humble things of Christ in comparison with the greater things about him, or his divinity, surpassing and greater than the whole world. For I, who received such grace as to be counted worthy of prophecy, which foretold my coming into human life in “I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness” and “Behold, I send my angel before your face”; I, whose birth “Gabriel, who stands in the presence of God,” wondrously announced, born to my father in old age; I, at whose name Zechariah at once received back his voice and prophecy through it; I, to whom my Lord bore witness that no one among those born of women is greater than I, am not able even to carry his sandals. For if not even the sandals, what must be said of his garments? Who is this who will be able to keep his cloak whole? Who is it who will understand the tunic woven from the top, seamless because woven throughout, and grasp what meaning it has?
6.165Preuschen 4:142
Παρατηρητέον δὲ ὅτι τῶν τεσσάρων εἰρηκότων τὸ ἐν ὕδατι ὁμολγεῖν Ἰωάννην ἐληλυθέναι βαπτίζειν, μόνος Ματθαῖος τούτῳ προστέθεικεν τὸ »Εἰς μετάνοιαν‘ διδάσκων τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος ὠφέλειαν ἔχεσθαι τῆς προαιρέσεως τοῦ βαπτιζομένου, τῷ μετανοοῦντι μὲν ἐγγινομένην, μὴ οὕτω δὲ προσιόντι εἰς κρίμα χαλεπώτερον ἐσομένην.
Paratērēteon de hoti tōn tessarōn eirēkotōn to en hydati homolgein Iōannēn elēlythenai baptizein, monos Matthaios toutǭ prostetheiken to »Eis metanoian‘ didaskōn tēn apo tou baptismatos ōpheleian echesthai tēs proaireseōs tou baptizomenou, tǭ metanoounti men enginomenēn, mē houtō de prosionti eis krima chalepōteron esomenēn.
We must observe that, while all four say that John confesses he has come to baptize with water, Matthew alone added to this “for repentance,” teaching that the benefit of baptism depends on the choice of the one baptized, coming to be in one who repents, but for one who does not come in this way it will be for a heavier judgment.
6.166Preuschen 4:142–143
χρὴ δὲ εἰδέναι ὅτι ὥσπερ αἱ κατὰ τὰς γεγενημένας ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος θεραπείας τεράστιοι δυνάμεις, σύμβολα τυγχάνουσαι τῶν ἀεὶ λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπαλλαττομένων πάσης νόσου καὶ μαλακίας, οὐδὲν ἡττον καὶ σωματικῶς γενόμεναι ὤνησαν εἰς πίστιν προσκαλε- σάμεναι τοὺς εὐεργετηθέντας, οὕτως καὶ τὸ διὰ τοῦ ὕδατος λουτρόν, σύμβολον τυγχάνον καθαρσίου ψυχῆς πάντα ῥύπον τὸν ἀπὸ κακίας ἀποπλυνομένης, οὐδὲν ἧττον καὶ καθʼ αὑτὸ τῷ ἐμπαρέχοντι ἑαυτὸν τῇ θειότητι τῆς δυνάμεως τῶν τῆς προσκυνητῆς τριάδος ἐπικλήσεών ἐστιν ἡ χαρισμάτων θείων ἀρχὴ καὶ πηγή· »διαιρέσεις γὰρ χαρισμά- »των εἰσίν«.
chrē de eidenai hoti hōsper hai kata tas gegenēmenas hypo tou sōtēros therapeias terastioi dynameis, symbola tynchanousai tōn aei logǭ tou theou apallattomenōn pasēs nosou kai malakias, ouden hētton kai sōmatikōs genomenai ōnēsan eis pistin proskale- samenai tous euergetēthentas, houtōs kai to dia tou hydatos loutron, symbolon tynchanon katharsiou psychēs panta rhypon ton apo kakias apoplynomenēs, ouden hētton kai kathʼ hauto tǭ emparechonti heauton tę̄ theiotēti tēs dynameōs tōn tēs proskynētēs triados epiklēseōn estin hē charismatōn theiōn archē kai pēgē; »diaireseis gar charisma- »tōn eisin«.
We must know that, just as the wondrous mighty works in the healings done by the Savior, which are symbols of those who are always being freed from every disease and infirmity by the Word of God, none the less, being done bodily as well, benefited those who received the kindness by calling them to faith, so also the washing through water, being a symbol of the cleansing of the soul, which is washed of all filth that comes from wickedness, is none the less also in itself, for the one who gives himself to the divinity of the power of the invocations of the adorable Trinity, the beginning and source of divine gifts; for “there are distributions of gifts.”
6.167Preuschen 4:143
μαρτυρεῖ δέ μου τῷ λόγῳ ἡ ἐν ταῖς τῶν ἀποστόλων Πράξεσιν ἀναγεγραμμένη ἱστορία περὶ τοῦ οὕτως ἐναργῶς τότε τὸ πνεῦμα τοῖς βαπτιζομένοις ἐπιδεδημηκέναι, προευτρεπίσαντος αὐτῷ τοῦ ὕδατος τοῖς γνησίως προσιοῦσιν ὁδόν, ὡς καὶ τὸν μάγον Σίμωνα καταπλαγέντα θέλειν μὲν τὴν χάριν ταύτην ἀπὸ τοῦ Πέτρου λαβεῖν, ἐθέλειν δὲ τὸ δικαιότατον διὰ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας.
martyrei de mou tǭ logǭ hē en tais tōn apostolōn Praxesin anagegrammenē historia peri tou houtōs enargōs tote to pneuma tois baptizomenois epidedēmēkenai, proeutrepisantos autǭ tou hydatos tois gnēsiōs prosiousin hodon, hōs kai ton magon Simōna kataplagenta thelein men tēn charin tautēn apo tou Petrou labein, ethelein de to dikaiotaton dia tou mamōna tēs adikias.
My account is confirmed by the history recorded in the Acts of the Apostles, of how visibly the Spirit came upon the baptized at that time, the water having prepared a way for it for those who approached sincerely, so that even Simon the magician was astonished and wished to receive this grace from Peter, though he wished to receive what is most just through the mammon of unrighteousness.
6.168Preuschen 4:143
καὶ τοῦτο δὲ παρασημειωτέον, ὅτι τὸ Ἰωάννου βάπτισμα ὐποδεέστερον ἐτύγχανεν τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰησοῦ, διδομένου διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ. οἱ γοῦν ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσιν βεβαπτισμένοι εἰς τὸ Ἰωάννου βάπτισμα, μηδὲ εἰ πνεῦμα ἅγιόν ἐστιν ἀκούσαντες, βαπτίζονται δεύτερον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀποστόλου.
kai touto de parasēmeiōteon, hoti to Iōannou baptisma ypodeesteron etynchanen tou baptismatos Iēsou, didomenou dia tōn mathētōn autou. hoi goun en tais Praxesin bebaptismenoi eis to Iōannou baptisma, mēde ei pneuma hagion estin akousantes, baptizontai deuteron hypo tou apostolou.
This too must be noted: the baptism of John was inferior to the baptism of Jesus given through his disciples. At any rate, those in the Acts who had been baptized into John's baptism, and had not even heard whether there is a Holy Spirit, are baptized a second time by the apostle.
6.169Preuschen 4:143
τὸ γὰρ τῆς ἀναγεννήσεως οὐ παρὰ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ ἀλλὰ παρὰ τῷ Ἰησοῦ τῶν τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐγίνετο, καὶ παλιγγενεσίας ὀνομαζόμενον λουτρὸν μετὰ ἀνακαινώσεως γινόμενον πνεύματος, τοῦ καὶ νῦν ἐπιφερομένου, ἐπειδὴ παρὰ θεοῦ ἐστιν, ἐπάνω τοῦ ὕδατος, ἀλλʼ οὐ πᾶσιν μετὰ τὸ ὕδωρ ἐγγινομένου. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν εἰς τὴν ἐξέτασιν τῶν ἐν τῶ κατὰ Ματθαῖον.
to gar tēs anagennēseōs ou para tǭ Iōannę̄ alla para tǭ Iēsou tōn tōn mathētōn autou egineto, kai palingenesias onomazomenon loutron meta anakainōseōs ginomenon pneumatos, tou kai nyn epipheromenou, epeidē para theou estin, epanō tou hydatos, allʼ ou pasin meta to hydōr enginomenou. kai tauta men eis tēn exetasin tōn en tō kata Matthaion.
For the washing of regeneration took place not with John but with Jesus through his disciples, and it is called the washing of new birth, taking place with renewal of the Spirit, who even now moves above the water, since he is from God, but who does not come to be in all after the water. So much for the examination of the passage in Matthew.
6.170Preuschen 4:143
Ἤδη δὲ καὶ τὰ Μάρκου κατανοήσωμεν, ὃς ἀνέγραψεν κηρύσσοντα τὸν Ἰωάννην ταῦτα μὲν εἰρηκέναι κατὰ τὸ »Ἔρχεται »ὁ ἰσχρότερός μου ὀπίσω μου«· ἰσοδυναμεῖ γὰρ ταῦτα τῷ »Ὁ ὀπίσω »μου ἐρχόμενος ἰσχυρότερός μού ἐστιν«· οὐκέτι δὲ τὰ αὐτὰ έν τῷ » Οὐκ εἰμὶ κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ«.
Ēdē de kai ta Markou katanoēsōmen, hos anegrapsen kēryssonta ton Iōannēn tauta men eirēkenai kata to »Erchetai »ho ischroteros mou opisō mou«; isodynamei gar tauta tǭ »Ho opisō »mou erchomenos ischyroteros mou estin«; ouketi de ta auta en tǭ » Ouk eimi kypsas lysai ton himanta tōn hypodēmatōn autou«.
Now let us consider Mark's account too. He recorded that John, in his preaching, said the same as the others in the words “There comes after me one who is mightier than I” (for this is equivalent to “He who comes after me is mightier than I”), but not the same in the words “I am not [fit] to stoop down and loosen the strap of his sandals.”
6.171Preuschen 4:143
ἕτερον μὲν γὰρ τὸ βαστάζειν τὰ ὐποδήματα, δηλονότι ἤδη λελυμένα ἀπὸ τῶν τοῦ ὑποδεδεμένου ποδῶν, ἕτερον δὲ τὸ κύψαντα λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων. καὶ ἀκόλουθόν γε μηδενὸς σφαλλομένου τῶν εὐαγγελιστῶν μηδὲ ψευδομένου, ὡς εἴποιεν ἂν οἱ πιστεύοντες, ἀμφότερα κατὰ διαφόρους καιροὺς εἰρηκέναι τὸν βαπτιστὴν καθʼ ἕτερον καὶ ἕτερον νοῦν κινούμενον.
heteron men gar to bastazein ta ypodēmata, dēlonoti ēdē lelymena apo tōn tou hypodedemenou podōn, heteron de to kypsanta lysai ton himanta tōn hypodēmatōn. kai akolouthon ge mēdenos sphallomenou tōn euangelistōn mēde pseudomenou, hōs eipoien an hoi pisteuontes, amphotera kata diaphorous kairous eirēkenai ton baptistēn kathʼ heteron kai heteron noun kinoumenon.
For it is one thing to carry the sandals, clearly already loosened from the feet of the one wearing them, and another to stoop down and loosen the strap of the sandals. And it follows, if none of the evangelists erred or lied, as believers would say, that the Baptist said both at different times, moved now by one thought and now by another.
6.172Preuschen 4:143
οὐ γὰρ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν, ὡς οἴονταί τινες, οἱ ἀπομνημονεύοντες διαφόρως ἠνέχθησαν μὴ ἀκριβοῦντες τῇ μνήμῃ ἕκαστον τῶν εἰρημένων ἢ γεγενημένων. μέγα μὲν οὖν τὸ βαστάσαι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τὰ ὑποδήματα, μέγα δὲ καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ τὰ σωματικὰ αὐτοῦ κάτω που γεγενημένα κύψαντα, ὑπὲρ τοῦ τὴν εἰκόνα κάτω θεάσασθαι, λῦσαι ἕκαστον τῶν περὶ τοῦ μυστηρίου τῆς ἐνσωματώσεως ἀσαφῶν, οἱονεὶ τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων τυγχάνοντα.
ou gar peri tōn autōn, hōs oiontai tines, hoi apomnēmoneuontes diaphorōs ēnechthēsan mē akribountes tę̄ mnēmę̄ hekaston tōn eirēmenōn ē gegenēmenōn. mega men oun to bastasai tou Iēsou ta hypodēmata, mega de kai to epi ta sōmatika autou katō pou gegenēmena kypsanta, hyper tou tēn eikona katō theasasthai, lysai hekaston tōn peri tou mystēriou tēs ensōmatōseōs asaphōn, hoionei ton himanta tōn hypodēmatōn tynchanonta.
For those who recorded their recollections were not, as some think, carried into different accounts of the same things because their memory was not exact about each thing said or done. It is a great thing, then, to carry Jesus' sandals; and a great thing also to stoop down to his bodily circumstances, which came about somewhere below, in order to behold the image below, and to loosen each of the obscurities concerning the mystery of the incarnation, which are, as it were, the strap of the sandals.
6.173Preuschen 4:143–144
εἷς γὰρ ὁ τῆς ἀσαφείας δεσμός, ὥσπερ καὶ μία ἡ τῆς γνώσεως κλείς, ἅτινα οὐδὲ ὁ μείζων ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν καθʼ αὑτὸν ἱκανὸς λῦσαι ἢ ἀνοῖξαι, τοῦ δήσαντος καὶ κλείσαντος μόνου δωρουμένου οἷς βούλεται τὸ λῦσαι καὶ ἀνοῖξαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων καὶ τὰ κεκλεισμένα.
heis gar ho tēs asapheias desmos, hōsper kai mia hē tēs gnōseōs kleis, hatina oude ho meizōn en gennētois gynaikōn kathʼ hauton hikanos lysai ē anoixai, tou dēsantos kai kleisantos monou dōroumenou hois bouletai to lysai kai anoixai ton himanta tōn hypodēmatōn kai ta kekleismena.
For there is one bond of obscurity, just as there is one key of knowledge, which not even the greatest among those born of women is able of himself to loosen or to open, since the one who bound and shut alone grants to whom he wills to loosen and open the strap of the sandals and the things that are shut.
6.174Preuschen 4:144
Εἰ δὲ μυστικὸς ὁ περὶ τῶν ὑποδημάτων τόπος, οὐδὲ τοῦτο παρελθετέον. οἶμαι τοίνυν τὴν μὲν ἐνανθρώπησιν, ὅτε σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα ἀναλαμβάνει ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ υἱός, τὸ ἕτερον εἶναι τῶν ὑποδημάτων, τὴν δὲ εἰς ᾅδου κατάβασιν, ὅστις ποτέ ἐστιν ὁ ᾅδης, καὶ τὴν εἰς φυλακὴν μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος πορείαν τὸ λοιπόν.
Ei de mystikos ho peri tōn hypodēmatōn topos, oude touto pareltheteon. oimai toinyn tēn men enanthrōpēsin, hote sarka kai ostea analambanei ho tou theou huios, to heteron einai tōn hypodēmatōn, tēn de eis hądou katabasin, hostis pote estin ho hądēs, kai tēn eis phylakēn meta tou pneumatos poreian to loipon.
If the passage about the sandals is mystical, this too must not be passed over. I think, then, that the incarnation, when the Son of God takes up flesh and bones, is one of the sandals, and that the descent into Hades, whatever Hades is, and the journey with the Spirit to the prison, is the other.
6.175Preuschen 4:144
περὶ τῆς εἰς ᾅδου καταβάσεως τὸ »Οὐκ ἐγκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς τὸν »ᾅδην« ἐν πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ ψαλμῷ εἴρηται· καὶ περὶ τῆς ἐν φυλακῇ πορείας μετὰ πνεύματος παρὰ τῷ Πέτρῳ έν τῇ καθολικῇ ἐπιστολῇ· »Θανατωθείς, γάρ φησι, σαρκί, ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι· ἐν ᾧ καὶ »τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν, ἀπειθήσασίν ποτε »ὅτε ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ μακροθυμία ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶς κατασκευ- »ζομέηνς κιβωτοῦ«.
peri tēs eis hądou katabaseōs to »Ouk enkataleipseis tēn psychēn mou eis ton »hądēn« en pentekaidekatǭ psalmǭ eirētai; kai peri tēs en phylakę̄ poreias meta pneumatos para tǭ Petrǭ en tę̄ katholikę̄ epistolę̄; »Thanatōtheis, gar phēsi, sarki, zōopoiētheis de pneumati; en hǭ kai »tois en phylakę̄ pneumasin poreutheis ekēryxen, apeithēsasin pote »hote apexedecheto hē tou theou makrothymia en hēmerais Nōs kataskeu- »zomeēns kibōtou«.
About the descent into Hades, the words “You will not abandon my soul to Hades” are spoken in the fifteenth Psalm; and about the journey to the prison with the Spirit, Peter speaks in the catholic epistle: “Put to death,” he says, “in the flesh, but made alive in the spirit, in which he also went and preached to the spirits in prison, who had once disobeyed when the patience of God waited in the days of Noah, while the ark was being prepared.”
6.176Preuschen 4:144
ὁ τοίνυν κατʼ ἀξίαν ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἐπιδημιῶν τοὺς λόγους παραστῆσαι δυνάμενος, τὸν ἱμάντα λύειν τῶν Ἰησοῦ ἱκανός ἐστιν ὑποδημάτων, καὶ αὐτὸς τῷ νοὶ· κύπτων καὶ συγκαταβαίνων τῷ καταβεβηκότι εἰς ᾅδου, καὶ ἀπὸ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν περὶ τῆς θεότητος Χριστοῦ μυστηρίων καταβαίνων ἐπὶ τὴν ἀναγκαίως γεγενημένην παρʼ ἡμῖν αὐτοῦ ἐπιδημίαν, ὅτε τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὑπεδήσατο.
ho toinyn katʼ axian amphoterōn tōn epidēmiōn tous logous parastēsai dynamenos, ton himanta lyein tōn Iēsou hikanos estin hypodēmatōn, kai autos tǭ noi; kyptōn kai synkatabainōn tǭ katabebēkoti eis hądou, kai apo ouranou kai tōn peri tēs theotētos Christou mystēriōn katabainōn epi tēn anankaiōs gegenēmenēn parʼ hēmin autou epidēmian, hote ton anthrōpon hypedēsato.
He, then, who can worthily set forth the reasons for both sojourns is fit to loosen the strap of Jesus' sandals; he too stooping with his mind and going down with the one who went down into Hades, and coming down from heaven and from the mysteries of Christ's divinity to his sojourn among us, which necessarily took place, when he put on the human being as a sandal.
6.177Preuschen 4:144
ὁ δὲ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὑποδησάμενος καὶ τὸν νεκρὸν ὑπεδήσατο· »Εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἀπέθανε καὶ ἀνέστη, ἕνα καὶ νεκρῶν καὶ ζώντων »κυριεύσῃ«· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ζῶντα καὶ νεκρὸν ὑπεδήσατο, τοῦτʼ ἔστι τὸν ἐν γῇ καὶ τὸν ἐν ᾅδου, »ἵνα καὶ νεκρῶν καὶ ζώντων κυριεύσῃ‘.
ho de ton anthrōpon hypodēsamenos kai ton nekron hypedēsato; »Eis touto gar Iēsous apethane kai anestē, hena kai nekrōn kai zōntōn »kyrieusę̄«; kai dia touto zōnta kai nekron hypedēsato, toutʼ esti ton en gę̄ kai ton en hądou, »hina kai nekrōn kai zōntōn kyrieusę̄‘.
And he who put on the human being as a sandal also put on the dead: “For to this end Jesus died and rose, that he might be Lord of both the dead and the living.” And for this reason he put on both the living and the dead as sandals, that is, the one on earth and the one in Hades, “that he might be Lord of both the dead and the living.”
6.178Preuschen 4:144
τίς οὐν ἄρα ἱκανὸς κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν τοιούτων ὑποδημάτων, καὶ λύσας μὴ ἐᾶσαι ἀλλὰ κατὰ δευτέραν ἱκανότητα ἀναλαβεῖν αὐτὰ καὶ βαστάσαι διὰ τοῦ έν τῇ μνήμῃ περιφέρειν τὰ νενοημένα;
tis oun ara hikanos kypsas lysai ton himanta tōn toioutōn hypodēmatōn, kai lysas mē easai alla kata deuteran hikanotēta analabein auta kai bastasai dia tou en tę̄ mnēmę̄ peripherein ta nenoēmena?
Who, then, is fit to stoop down and loosen the strap of such sandals, and, having loosened them, not to leave them but by a second fitness to take them up and carry them, by bearing about in memory what has been understood?
6.179Preuschen 4:144–145
μὴ ἀνεξέταστον δὲ ἐάσθω τὸ χωρὶς τοῦ » Κύψας« ὁμοίως παρὰ τῷ Λουκᾷ καὶ Ἰωάννῃ εἰρημένον. καὶ τάχα ἐνδέχεται μὲν κύψαντα λῦσαι κατὰ τὸ προειρημένον· δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τὸ ἀνάστημα τοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου ἐπάρματος φυλάττοντα εὑρεῖν τὴν λύσιν τῶν ἐν τῷ ζητεῖσθαι δεδεμένων ὑποδημάτων, ἕνα ταῦτά τις λύσας τὸν χωρὶς τῶν ὑποδημάτων ἴδῃ λόγον γυμνὸν τῶν ὑποδεεστέρων καθʼ αὑτὸν, υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ.
mē anexetaston de easthō to chōris tou » Kypsas« homoiōs para tǭ Louką kai Iōannę̄ eirēmenon. kai tacha endechetai men kypsanta lysai kata to proeirēmenon; dynaton de kai to anastēma tou apo tou logou eparmatos phylattonta heurein tēn lysin tōn en tǭ zēteisthai dedemenōn hypodēmatōn, hena tauta tis lysas ton chōris tōn hypodēmatōn idę̄ logon gymnon tōn hypodeesterōn kathʼ hauton, huion tou theou.
Let it not go unexamined that Luke and John likewise speak without “stooping down.” Perhaps it is possible to loosen them by stooping down, as said before; but it is also possible, keeping the stature of one lifted up by the Word, to find how to loosen the sandals that are bound up in inquiry, so that one who has loosened them may see the Word without the sandals, bare of lesser things, as he is in himself, the Son of God.
6.180Preuschen 4:145
Οὐ ταὐτὸν δὲ τὸ μὴ εἶναι »ἱκανὸν« τῷ μὴ εἶναι ἄξιον‘ ἀναγράφει ὁ Ἰωάννης. δυνατὸν γὰρ μὴ ὄντα ἄξιον γενέσθαι ἱκανόν· δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ ἄξιον ὄντα μηδέπω εἶναι ἱκανόν.
Ou tauton de to mē einai »hikanon« tǭ mē einai axion‘ anagraphei ho Iōannēs. dynaton gar mē onta axion genesthai hikanon; dynaton de kai axion onta mēdepō einai hikanon.
Not being “fit” is not the same as not being worthy, as John records. For it is possible for one who is not worthy to become fit, and possible also for one who is worthy not yet to be fit.
6.181Preuschen 4:145
εἰ γὰρ καὶ πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον δίδοται τὰ χαρίσματα, καὶ οὐ μόνον »κατὰ« τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως«, φιλανθρώπου ἂν εἴη θεοῦ ἔργον, προορωμένου βλάβην ἀπὸ οἰήματος ἐπακολουθήσοντος ἢ φυσιώσεως, τὸ καὶ τῷ ἀξίῳ ποτὲ μὴ διδόναι τὴν ἱκανότητα· οἰκεῖον δὲ τῆς χρηστότητος τοῦ θεοῦ νικᾶν ἐν τῷ εὐεργετεῖν τὸν εὐεργετούμενον, προλαμβάνοντα τὸν ἐσόμενον ἄξιον, καὶ πρὶν γένηται ἄξιος κοσμοῦντα αὐτὸν τῇ ἱκανότητι, ἵνα μετὰ τὴν ἱκανότητα ἔλθῃ ἐπὶ τὸ γενέσθαι ἄξιος, καὶ μὴ πάντως ἀπὸ τοῦ εἶναι ἄξιος, φθάνων τὸν δωρούμενον καὶ προλαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὰς χάριτας, ἔλθῃ ἐπὶ τὸ γενέσθαι ἱκανός.
ei gar kai pros to sympheron didotai ta charismata, kai ou monon »kata« tēn analogian tēs pisteōs«, philanthrōpou an eiē theou ergon, proorōmenou blabēn apo oiēmatos epakolouthēsontos ē physiōseōs, to kai tǭ axiǭ pote mē didonai tēn hikanotēta; oikeion de tēs chrēstotētos tou theou nikan en tǭ euergetein ton euergetoumenon, prolambanonta ton esomenon axion, kai prin genētai axios kosmounta auton tę̄ hikanotēti, hina meta tēn hikanotēta elthę̄ epi to genesthai axios, kai mē pantōs apo tou einai axios, phthanōn ton dōroumenon kai prolabōn autou tas charitas, elthę̄ epi to genesthai hikanos.
For if the gifts are given for what is profitable, and not only according to the proportion of faith, it would be the work of a God who loves humankind, foreseeing harm that would follow from conceit or puffing up, sometimes not to give fitness even to the worthy. But it befits God's goodness to overcome the one he benefits in the benefiting, anticipating the one who will be worthy, and adorning him with fitness before he becomes worthy, so that after fitness he may come to be worthy, and not in every case, from being worthy, getting ahead of the Giver and anticipating his graces, come to be fit.
6.182Preuschen 4:145
ὁ τοίνυν Ἰωάννης φησὶ παρὰ μὲν τοῖς τρισὶν οὐκ εἶναι » ἱκανός«, παρὰ δὲ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ οὐκ εἶναι »ἄξιος«. οὐκ ἀποκλείεται δὲ ὅς γε ἔλεγεν οὐδέπω ὢν ἱκανὸς γεγονέναι ἱκανός, εἰ καὶ μὴ ἄξιός πω ἦν· καὶ πάλιν ὅς γε ἔλεγεν οὐκ εἶναι ἄξιος, οὐκ ὢν ἄξιος ἐφθακέναι ἐπὶ τὸ γεγονέναι ἄξιος.
ho toinyn Iōannēs phēsi para men tois trisin ouk einai » hikanos«, para de tǭ Iōannę̄ ouk einai »axios«. ouk apokleietai de hos ge elegen oudepō ōn hikanos gegonenai hikanos, ei kai mē axios pō ēn; kai palin hos ge elegen ouk einai axios, ouk ōn axios ephthakenai epi to gegonenai axios.
John, then, says in the three that he is not “fit,” and in John that he is not “worthy.” It is not excluded that he who said he was not yet fit became fit, even if he was not yet worthy; and again that he who said he was not worthy, not being worthy, came at last to be worthy.
6.183Preuschen 4:145
εἰ μὴ ἄρα τις ἐρεῖ, ἐπὶ τὸ κατʼ ἀξίαν τῆς λύσεως καὶ βαστάξεως μὴ χωροῦσαν τὴν θνητὴν φύσιν † ἥκειν ποτὲ ἀληθευόμενον ἔχειν τὸ μηδέποτε γενέσθαι ἱκανὸν λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων καὶ ἄξιον τοῦ αὐτοῦ. ὅσα δὲ ἐὰν χωρήσωμεν, ἔτι ὑπολείπεται τὰ μηδέπω νενοημένα, ἐπεὶ »Ὅταν συντελέσῃ ἄνθρωπος τότε ἄρχεται, καὶ ὅταν παύσηται τότε ἀπορηθήσεται« κατὰ τὴν Ἰησοῦ υἱοῦ Σειρὰχ Σοφίαν.
ei mē ara tis erei, epi to katʼ axian tēs lyseōs kai bastaxeōs mē chōrousan tēn thnētēn physin † hēkein pote alētheuomenon echein to mēdepote genesthai hikanon lysai ton himanta tōn hypodēmatōn kai axion tou autou. hosa de ean chōrēsōmen, eti hypoleipetai ta mēdepō nenoēmena, epei »Hotan syntelesę̄ anthrōpos tote archetai, kai hotan pausētai tote aporēthēsetai« kata tēn Iēsou huiou Seirach Sophian.
Unless perhaps someone will say that since mortal nature cannot attain to worthily loosening and carrying, … it would hold true that it never becomes fit to loosen the strap of the sandals, nor worthy of it. For however much we grasp, there still remain things not yet understood, since “When a man has finished, then he begins, and when he stops, then he will be at a loss,” according to the Wisdom of Jesus son of Sirach.
6.184Preuschen 4:145
Ἔτι περὶ τῶν ὑποδημάτων τῶν παρὰ τοῖς τρισὶν οὕτως ὀνομασθέντων εὐαγγελισταῖς διαλάβωμεν, συγκρίνοντες ἐκεῖνα τῷ παρὰ τῷ μαθητῇ Ἰωάννῃ ἑνικῶς ὀνομασθέντι· »Οὑκ εἰμί, γάρ »φησιν, ἐγὼ ἄξιος ἴνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος«.
Eti peri tōn hypodēmatōn tōn para tois trisin houtōs onomasthentōn euangelistais dialabōmen, synkrinontes ekeina tǭ para tǭ mathētę̄ Iōannę̄ henikōs onomasthenti; »Houk eimi, gar »phēsin, egō axios ina lysō autou ton himanta tou hypodēmatos«.
Let us further discuss the sandals, named thus in the plural by the three evangelists, comparing them with the one named in the singular by the disciple John: “I am not worthy,” he says, “to loosen the strap of his sandal.”
6.185Preuschen 4:145–146
τάχα οὖν νικώμενος ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ χάριτος δωρεὰν εἰληφεν, μηδέπω τὸ ὅσον ἐφʼ ἑαυτῷ ἄξιος ὢν λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ἑτέρου τῶν ὑποδημάτων, νοήσας αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἐπιδημίαν, περὶ ἡς καὶ μαρτυρεῖ· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔλειπεν αὐτῷ ἡ περὶ τῶν ἑξῆς κατάληψις, οὐκ εἰδότι πότερον Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ κἀκεὶ ἐρχόμενος, ὅπου ἀπὸ τῆς φυλακῆς γίνεσθαι ἕμελλεν ἀποκεφαλισθείς, ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκᾶν ἐχρῆν, διὰ τοῦτο τὴν σαφέστερον ὕστερον ἐπαπόρησιν ἡμῖν δηλουμένην καὶ νῦν αἰνιττόμενος φησὶ τὸ »Οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν »ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος«.
tacha oun nikōmenos hypo tēs tou theou charitos dōrean eilēphen, mēdepō to hoson ephʼ heautǭ axios ōn lysai ton himanta tou heterou tōn hypodēmatōn, noēsas autou tēn en anthrōpois epidēmian, peri hēs kai martyrei; epei de eleipen autǭ hē peri tōn hexēs katalēpsis, ouk eidoti poteron Iēsous estin ho kakei erchomenos, hopou apo tēs phylakēs ginesthai hemellen apokephalistheis, ē heteron prosdokan echrēn, dia touto tēn saphesteron hysteron epaporēsin hēmin dēloumenēn kai nyn ainittomenos phēsi to »Ouk eimi egō axios, hina lysō autou ton »himanta tou hypodēmatos«.
Perhaps, then, overcome by God's grace, he received it as a gift, not yet being, as far as lay in himself, worthy to loosen the strap of one of the sandals, having understood Christ's sojourn among human beings, to which he also bears witness; but since he still lacked understanding of what followed, not knowing whether Jesus is the one who comes there also, where he was about to go, beheaded, from the prison, or whether one should look for another, for this reason, hinting even now at the perplexity made clearer to us later, he says, “I am not worthy to loosen the strap of his sandal.”
6.186Preuschen 4:146
ὁ δὲ οἰόμενος περιεργότερον τοῦτο εἰρῆσθαι εἰς ταὐτὸν συνάξει τὸ τῶν ὑποδημάτων καὶ τοῦ ὑποδήματος, ἵνα οἱονεὶ λέγῃ· Οὐδαμῶς ἄξιός εἰμι λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα οὐδὲ κατὰ τὴν ἀρχήν, κἂν τοῦ ἑνὸς ὑποδήματος· ἢ καὶ οὕτως δυνατὸν εἰς ὲν συνάγεσθαι τὰ παρὰ τοῖς τέσσαρσιν εἰρημένα.
ho de oiomenos periergoteron touto eirēsthai eis tauton synaxei to tōn hypodēmatōn kai tou hypodēmatos, hina hoionei legę̄; Oudamōs axios eimi lysai ton himanta oude kata tēn archēn, kan tou henos hypodēmatos; ē kai houtōs dynaton eis en synagesthai ta para tois tessarsin eirēmena.
But one who thinks this is said with too much subtlety will take “sandals” and “sandal” as the same, as if he were saying: I am in no way worthy to loosen the strap, not even to begin with, even of one sandal. Or in this way too it is possible for what is said in the four to be brought together into one.
6.187Preuschen 4:146
εἰ γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης συνίει μὲν τὰ περὶ τῆς ἐνταῦθα αὐτοῦ ἐπιδημίας, ἐνηπόρει δὲ περὶ τῶν ἐξῆς, ἀληθεύει λέγων καὶ τὸ μὴ εἶναι ἱκανὸν λύειν τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων, οὐ γὰρ λύει ἀμφότερα λύσας τοῦ ἑνός, ἀληθεύει δὲ λέγων καὶ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος, ἐπεί, ὡς προείρηται, ἔτι διαπορεῖ περὶ τοῦ πότερον αὐτός έστιν ἐρχόμενος ἢ ἕτερος, ὁ κἀκεὶ προσδοχητέος.
ei gar ho Iōannēs syniei men ta peri tēs entautha autou epidēmias, enēporei de peri tōn exēs, alētheuei legōn kai to mē einai hikanon lyein ton himanta tōn hypodēmatōn, ou gar lyei amphotera lysas tou henos, alētheuei de legōn kai ton himanta tou hypodēmatos, epei, hōs proeirētai, eti diaporei peri tou poteron autos estin erchomenos ē heteros, ho kakei prosdochēteos.
For if John understood what concerned Christ's sojourn here but was perplexed about what followed, he speaks truly in saying that he is not fit to loosen the strap of the sandals (for having loosened that of one he does not loosen both); and he speaks truly also in speaking of the strap of the sandal, since, as said before, he was still in doubt whether he himself is the one who comes, or another, who is to be awaited there too.
6.188Preuschen 4:146
Καὶ περὶ δὲ τοῦ Μέσος ὑμῶν ἕστηκεν, ὃν ὑμεῖς »οὐκ οἴδατε« ταῦτα διαληπτέον περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ. τοῦ λόγου, διʼ οὑ τὰ πάντα γέγονεν, ὑφεστηκότος οὐσιωδῶς κατὰ τὸ ὑποκείμενον, τοῦ αὐτοῦ ὄντος τῇ σοφίᾳ. οὑτος γὰρ διʼ ὅλης πεφοίτηκεν τῆς κτίσεως, ἵνα ἀεὶ τὰ γινόμενα διʼ αὐτοῦ γίνηται, καὶ περὶ παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν ἀεὶ ἀληθὲς ᾐ τὸ »Πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο καὶ χωρὶς »αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν«,
Kai peri de tou Mesos hymōn hestēken, hon hymeis »ouk oidate« tauta dialēpteon peri tou huiou tou theou. tou logou, diʼ hou ta panta gegonen, hyphestēkotos ousiōdōs kata to hypokeimenon, tou autou ontos tę̄ sophią. houtos gar diʼ holēs pephoitēken tēs ktiseōs, hina aei ta ginomena diʼ autou ginētai, kai peri pantos houtinosoun aei alēthes ę̄ to »Panta diʼ autou egeneto kai chōris »autou egeneto oude hen«,
Concerning “Among you stands one whom you do not know,” we must understand this about the Son of God, the Word, through whom all things came to be, who subsists in being as a distinct subject, being the same as Wisdom. For he has pervaded the whole creation, so that what comes to be may always come to be through him, and that about anything whatever it may always be true that “All things came to be through him, and without him not one thing came to be,”
6.189Preuschen 4:146
καὶ τὸ »Πάντα έν σοφίᾳ ἐποίησας( εἰ δὲ διʼ ὅλης τῆς κτίσεως πεφοίτηκεν, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ τῶν πυνθανομένων » Τί οὐν βαπτίζεις, εἰ σὺ οὐκ εἶ ὁ χριστὸς οὐδὲ Ἠλίας οὐδὲ ὁ προ- »φήτης;« »μέσος« ἕστηκεν ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ βέβαιος ὢν λόγος, ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐστηριγμένος πανταχοῦ· ἢ τὸ » Μέσος ὑμῶν ἕστηκεν« ἀκουέσθω οτι υμων των ανθρωπων διὰ τὸ εἰναι ὑμᾶς λογικοὺς μέσος ὑμῶν ἑστώς, τῷ τοῦ παντὸς σώματος έν μέσῳ εῖναι τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ἀποδείκνυσθαι, κατὰ τὰς γραφὰς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τυγχάνον.
kai to »Panta en sophią epoiēsas( ei de diʼ holēs tēs ktiseōs pephoitēken, dēlon hoti kai tōn pynthanomenōn » Ti oun baptizeis, ei sy ouk ei ho christos oude Ēlias oude ho pro- »phētēs?« »mesos« hestēken ho autos kai bebaios ōn logos, hypo tou patros estērigmenos pantachou; ē to » Mesos hymōn hestēken« akouesthō oti ymōn tōn anthrōpōn dia to einai hymas logikous mesos hymōn hestōs, tǭ tou pantos sōmatos en mesǭ einai to hēgemonikon apodeiknysthai, kata tas graphas en tę̄ kardią tynchanon.
and “In wisdom you have made all things.” And if he has pervaded the whole creation, it is clear that among those who asked, “Why then do you baptize, if you are not the Christ, nor Elijah, nor the prophet?” there stands “among” them the same Word, steadfast, established everywhere by the Father. Or let “Among you stands” be understood to mean: among you human beings, because you are rational, he stands in your midst, since the ruling faculty is shown to be in the middle of the whole body, being, according to the Scriptures, in the heart.
6.190Preuschen 4:146
οἱ τοίνυν ἔχοντες τὸν λόγον ἐν μέσῳ ἑαυτῶν, μὴ διαλαμβάνοντες δὲ περὶ τῆς φύσεως αὐτοῦ, μηδὲ ἀπὸ ποίας πηγῆς κοὶ ἀρχῆς ἐλήλυθεν, μηδʼ ὅπως ποτὲ συνέστη ἐν αὐτοῖς, οὑτοι μέσον αὐτὸν ἔχοντες οὐκ ἴσασιν. ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης αὐτὸν οἶδεν. τὸ γὰρ »Ὃν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἰδατε« ὀνειδιστικῶς λεγόμενον πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους, ἐμφαίνει τὸν λόγον τῷ ἐπιμελῶς ἐγνωκέναι τὸ ὑπʼ ἐκείνων ἀγνοούμενον.
hoi toinyn echontes ton logon en mesǭ heautōn, mē dialambanontes de peri tēs physeōs autou, mēde apo poias pēgēs koi archēs elēlythen, mēdʼ hopōs pote synestē en autois, houtoi meson auton echontes ouk isasin. ho de Iōannēs auton oiden. to gar »Hon hymeis ouk oidate« oneidistikōs legomenon pros tous Pharisaious, emphainei ton logon tǭ epimelōs egnōkenai to hypʼ ekeinōn agnooumenon.
Those, then, who have the Word in their midst, but do not understand his nature, nor from what source and beginning he has come, nor how he came to be established in them, these have him in their midst but do not know him. But John knows him. For the words “whom you do not know,” spoken reproachfully to the Pharisees, show the Word by his having carefully come to know what they did not know.
6.191Preuschen 4:146–147
διʼ ὃ καὶ γινώσκων αὐτὸν ὁ βαπτιστὴς οἶδεν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἐρχόμενον τὸν ἐν μέσῳ τυγχάνοντα, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν μετʼ αὐτὸν καὶ τὴν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ βαπτίσματι διδασκαλίαν ἐπιδημοῦντα τοῖς κατὰ λόγον ἀπολουσαμένοις. οὐ ταὐτὸν δὲ σημαίνεται ἐκ τῆς »ὀπίσω« φωνῆς ἐνθάδε, καὶ ὅταν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πέμπῃ ἡμᾶς ὀπίσω ἑαυτοῦ.
diʼ ho kai ginōskōn auton ho baptistēs oiden opisō autou erchomenon ton en mesǭ tynchanonta, toutʼ estin metʼ auton kai tēn hypʼ autou en tǭ baptismati didaskalian epidēmounta tois kata logon apolousamenois. ou tauton de sēmainetai ek tēs »opisō« phōnēs enthade, kai hotan ho Iēsous pempę̄ hēmas opisō heautou.
That is why the Baptist, knowing him, knows that the one who is in the midst comes after him, that is, after him and his teaching in baptism he sojourns among those who have been washed according to reason. The word “after” does not mean the same here as when Jesus sends us after himself.
6.192Preuschen 4:147
ἐκεῖ μὲν γὰρ ἴνα κατʼ ἴχνη βαίνοντες αὐτοῦ φθάσωμεν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ γίνεσθαι κελευόμεθα· ἐνθάδε δὲ ἴνα δηλωθῇ τὸ μετὰ τὰς Ἰωάννου διδασκαλίας (ἐπεὶ οὗτος »ἵνα πάντες πιστεύσωσιν διʼ αὐτοῦ«) τοῖς προευτρεπισαμένοις ἐπιδημεῖν προκεκαθαρμένοις διὰ τῶν ἡττόνων καὶ τὸν τέλειον λόγον.
ekei men gar ina katʼ ichnē bainontes autou phthasōmen pros ton patera, opisō autou ginesthai keleuometha; enthade de ina dēlōthę̄ to meta tas Iōannou didaskalias (epei houtos »hina pantes pisteusōsin diʼ autou«) tois proeutrepisamenois epidēmein prokekatharmenois dia tōn hēttonōn kai ton teleion logon.
For there we are commanded to come after him so that, walking in his footsteps, we may arrive at the Father; but here, to show that after John's teachings (since he came “so that all might believe through him”) the perfect Word too sojourns among those who have been prepared beforehand, cleansed beforehand by lesser things.
6.193Preuschen 4:147
προηγουμένως μὲν οὐν ἕστηκεν ὁ πατὴρ ἄτρεπτος καὶ ἀναλλοίωτος ὤν· ἕστηκεν δὲ καὶ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ ἀεὶ ἐν τῷ σώζειν, κἂν γένηται σάρξ, κἂν μέσος ᾖ ἀνθρώπων, οὐ καταλαμβανόμενος ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ βλεπόμενος. ἕστηκεν δὲ καὶ διδάσκων, προκαλούμενος πάντας ἐπὶ τὸ πίνειν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀφθόνου πηγῆς αὐτοῦ· » Εἱστήκει γὰρ ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ ἔκραζε λέγων· »Ἐάν τις διψᾷ, ἐρχέσθω πρὸς ἐμὲ καὶ πινέτω«.
proēgoumenōs men oun hestēken ho patēr atreptos kai analloiōtos ōn; hestēken de kai ho logos autou aei en tǭ sōzein, kan genētai sarx, kan mesos ę̄ anthrōpōn, ou katalambanomenos allʼ oude blepomenos. hestēken de kai didaskōn, prokaloumenos pantas epi to pinein apo tēs aphthonou pēgēs autou; » Heistēkei gar ho Iēsous kai ekraze legōn; »Ean tis dipsą, erchesthō pros eme kai pinetō«.
Primarily, then, it is the Father who stands, being unchangeable and unalterable; but his Word also stands, always in saving, even if he becomes flesh, even if he is among human beings, not comprehended, nor even seen. He also stands teaching, calling all to drink from his abundant spring: “For Jesus stood and cried out, saying, If anyone thirsts, let him come to me and drink.”
6.194Preuschen 4:147
Ὁ δὲ Ἡρακλέων τὸ »Μέσος ὑμῶν στήκει« φησὶν ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἤδη πάρεστιν καὶ ἔστιν έν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ ἐν ἀνθρώποις, καὶ ἐμφανής ἐστιν ἤδη πᾶσιν ὑμῖν. διὰ τούτων δὲ περιαιρεῖ τὸ παρασταθὲν περὶ τοῦ διαπεφοιτηκέναι αὐτὸν διʼ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου.
Ho de Hērakleōn to »Mesos hymōn stēkei« phēsin anti tou Ēdē parestin kai estin en tǭ kosmǭ kai en anthrōpois, kai emphanēs estin ēdē pasin hymin. dia toutōn de periairei to parastathen peri tou diapephoitēkenai auton diʼ holou tou kosmou.
Heracleon says that “Among you stands” means: he is already present, and is in the world and among human beings, and is already manifest to all of you. By these words he removes what was set forth about his having pervaded the whole world.
6.195Preuschen 4:147
λεκτέον γὰρ πρὸς αὐτόν· πότε γὰρ οὐ πάρεστιν; πότε δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ; καὶ ταῦτα τοῦ εὐαγγελίου λέγοντος· »Ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν, καὶ ὁ κόσμος διʼ αὐτοῦ »ἐγένετος«. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ οὗτοι, πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος ὁ »Ὃν »ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε«, οὐκ οἴδασιν αὐτόν, ἐπεὶ οὐδέπω τοῦ κόσμου ἐξεληλύθασιν,
lekteon gar pros auton; pote gar ou parestin? pote de ouk estin en tǭ kosmǭ? kai tauta tou euangeliou legontos; »En tǭ kosmǭ ēn, kai ho kosmos diʼ autou »egenetos«. kai dia touto kai houtoi, pros hous ho logos ho »Hon »hymeis ouk oidate«, ouk oidasin auton, epei oudepō tou kosmou exelēlythasin,
For we must say to him: when is he not present? When is he not in the world? And this when the Gospel says, “He was in the world, and the world came to be through him.” And for this reason those to whom the words “whom you do not know” were spoken do not know him, since they have not yet gone out of the world,
6.196Preuschen 4:147
»ὁ δὲ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω( ποῖον δὲ χρόνον διέλειπεν τοῦ ἐν ἀνθρώποις εἶναι; ἢ οὐκ ἐν Ἡσαΐᾳ ἦν λέγοντι· »Πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπʼ ἐμέ, οὗ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέν με« καὶ »Ἐμφανὴς »ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν«; λεγέτωσαν δὲ εἰ μὴ καὶ ἐν Δαβὶδ ἠν, οὐκ ἀφʼ αὑτοῦ λέγοντι· »Ἐγὼ δὲ κατεστάθην βασιλεὺς »ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ Σιὼν ὄρος τὸ ἅγιον αὐτοῦς«, καὶ ὅσα ἐκ προσώπου Χριστοῦ ἐν ψαλμοῖς ἀναγέγραπται.
»ho de kosmos auton ouk egnō( poion de chronon dieleipen tou en anthrōpois einai? ē ouk en Hēsaïą ēn legonti; »Pneuma kyriou epʼ eme, hou heineken echrisen me« kai »Emphanēs »egenomēn tois eme mē zētousin«? legetōsan de ei mē kai en Dabid ēn, ouk aphʼ hautou legonti; »Egō de katestathēn basileus »hypʼ autou epi Siōn oros to hagion autous«, kai hosa ek prosōpou Christou en psalmois anagegraptai.
“and the world did not know him.” And at what time did he cease to be among human beings? Was he not in Isaiah, who says, “The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he anointed me,” and “I became manifest to those who did not seek me”? Let them say whether he was not also in David, who says not of himself, “But I was established king by him on Zion, his holy mountain,” and all that is recorded in the Psalms in the person of Christ.
6.197Preuschen 4:147–148
καὶ τί με δεῖ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἀποδεικνύναι, δυσεξαριθμήτων ὄντων τῶν ἐναργῶς δυναμένων, ὅτι ἀεὶ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἦν, πρὸς τὸ ἐλέγξαι οὐχ ὑγιῶς εἰρημένον τὸ Ἤδη πάρεστιν καὶ ἔστιν ἐν κόσμῳ καὶ ἐν ἀνθρώποις εἰς δήγησιν παρὰ τῷ Ἡρακλέωνι τοῦ »Μέ- »σος ὑμῶν «; οὐκ ἀπιθάνως δὲ παρʼ αὐτῷ λέγεται ὅτι τὸ »Ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος‘ τὸ πρόδρομον εἶναι τὸν Ἰωάννην τοῦ χριστοῦ δηλοῖ· ἀληθῶς γὰρ ὡσπερεὶ οἰκέτης ἐστὶν προτρέχων τοῦ κυρίου.
kai ti me dei kathʼ hekaston apodeiknynai, dysexarithmētōn ontōn tōn enargōs dynamenōn, hoti aei en anthrōpois ēn, pros to elenxai ouch hygiōs eirēmenon to Ēdē parestin kai estin en kosmǭ kai en anthrōpois eis dēgēsin para tǭ Hērakleōni tou »Me- »sos hymōn «? ouk apithanōs de parʼ autǭ legetai hoti to »Opisō mou erchomenos‘ to prodromon einai ton Iōannēn tou christou dēloi; alēthōs gar hōsperei oiketēs estin protrechōn tou kyriou.
And why must I demonstrate it case by case, when the texts that can clearly show that he was always among human beings are hard to count, in order to refute Heracleon's unsound explanation of “Among you stands” as “He is already present and is in the world and among human beings”? But it is said by him not unpersuasively that “who comes after me” shows that John is the forerunner of Christ; for truly he is like a servant running ahead of his master.
6.198Preuschen 4:148
πολὺ δὲ ἁπλούστερον τὸ »Οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος, »ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος‘ ἐξείληφεν ὅτι οὐδὲ τῆς ἀτιμοτάτης ὑπηρεσίας τῆς πρὸς τὸν χριστὸν ἄξιος εἶναι διὰ τούτων ὁ βαπτιστὴς ὁμολογεὶ. πλὴν μετὰ ταύτην τὴν ἐκδοχὴν οὐκ ἀπιθάνως ὑποβέβληκεν τὸ Οὐκ ἐγώ εἰμι ἱκανός, ἵνα διʼ ἐμὲ κατέλθῃ ἀπὸ μεγέθους καὶ σάρκα λάβῃ ὡς ὑπόδημα, περὶ ἧς ἐγὼ λόγον ἀποδοῦναι οὐ δύναμαι οὐδὲ διηγήσασθαι ἢ ἐπιλῦσαι τὴν περὶ αὐτῆς οἰκονομίαν.
poly de haplousteron to »Ouk eimi axios, »hina lysō autou ton himanta tou hypodēmatos‘ exeilēphen hoti oude tēs atimotatēs hypēresias tēs pros ton christon axios einai dia toutōn ho baptistēs homologei. plēn meta tautēn tēn ekdochēn ouk apithanōs hypobeblēken to Ouk egō eimi hikanos, hina diʼ eme katelthę̄ apo megethous kai sarka labę̄ hōs hypodēma, peri hēs egō logon apodounai ou dynamai oude diēgēsasthai ē epilysai tēn peri autēs oikonomian.
He took “I am not worthy to loosen the strap of his sandal” much more simply, to mean that by these words the Baptist confesses that he is not worthy even of the lowliest service toward Christ. However, after this interpretation he added, not unpersuasively: I am not fit that for my sake he should come down from the Greatness and take flesh as a sandal, of which I cannot give an account, nor describe or explain the dispensation concerning it.
6.199Preuschen 4:148
ἁδρότερον δὲ καὶ μεγαλοφυέστερον ὁ αὐτὸς Ἡρακλέων κόσμον τὸ ὑπόδημα ἐκδεξάμενος μετέστη ἐπὶ τὸ ἀσεβέστερον ἀποφήνασθαι ταῦτα πάντα δεῖν ἀκούεσθαι καὶ περὶ τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ διὰ τοῦ Ἰωάννου νοουμένου.
hadroteron de kai megalophyesteron ho autos Hērakleōn kosmon to hypodēma ekdexamenos metestē epi to asebesteron apophēnasthai tauta panta dein akouesthai kai peri tou prosōpou tou dia tou Iōannou nooumenou.
But in a coarser and more grandiose way the same Heracleon, taking the sandal to be the world, went on to declare, more impiously, that all these things must be understood also of the person signified by John.
6.200Preuschen 4:148
οἴεται γὰρ τὸν δημιουργὸν τοῦ κόσμου ἐλάττονα ὄντα τοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦτο ὁμολογεῖν διὰ τούτων τῶν λέξεων, ὅπερ ἐστὶν πάντων ἀσεβέστατον· ὁ γὰρ Πέμψας αὐτὸν πατήρ, ὁ τῶν ζώντων θεός, ὡς αὐτὸς Ἰησοῦς μαρτυρεῖ, τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ τοῦ Ἰακώβ, ὁ διὰ τοῦτο κύριος τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς, ὅτι πεποίηκεν αὐτά, οὑτος καὶ μόνος ἀγαθὸς καὶ μείζων τοῦ πεμφθέντος.
oietai gar ton dēmiourgon tou kosmou elattona onta tou christou touto homologein dia toutōn tōn lexeōn, hoper estin pantōn asebestaton; ho gar Pempsas auton patēr, ho tōn zōntōn theos, hōs autos Iēsous martyrei, tou Abraam kai tou Isaak kai tou Iakōb, ho dia touto kyrios tou ouranou kai tēs gēs, hoti pepoiēken auta, houtos kai monos agathos kai meizōn tou pemphthentos.
For he thinks that the Creator of the world, being lesser than Christ, confesses this by these words, which is the most impious thing of all. For the Father who sent him, the God of the living, as Jesus himself testifies, of Abraham and of Isaac and of Jacob, who is Lord of heaven and earth because he made them, he alone is good and greater than the one sent.
6.201Preuschen 4:148
εἰ δὲ καί, ὡς προειρήκαμεν, ἁδρότερον νενόηται καὶ πᾶς ὁ κόσμος ὑΠόδημα εἶναι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Ἡρακλέωνι, ἀλλʼ οὐκ οἶμαι δεῖν συγκατατίθεσθαι. πῶς γὰρ μετὰ τῆς τοιαύτης ἐκδοχῆς σωθήσεται τὸ »Οὐρανός μοι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῆς ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου«, μαρτυρούμενον ὡς περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ; »Μὴ γὰρ ὀμόσητε, φησί, τὸν οὐρανόν, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ θεοῦ, »μηδὲ τὴν γῆν, ὅτι ὑΠοπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ‘.
ei de kai, hōs proeirēkamen, hadroteron nenoētai kai pas ho kosmos hyPodēma einai tou Iēsou tǭ Hērakleōni, allʼ ouk oimai dein synkatatithesthai. pōs gar meta tēs toiautēs ekdochēs sōthēsetai to »Ouranos moi thronos, hē de gēs hypopodion tōn podōn mou«, martyroumenon hōs peri tou patros eirēmenon hypo tou Iēsou? »Mē gar omosēte, phēsi, ton ouranon, hoti thronos estin tou theou, »mēde tēn gēn, hoti hyPopodion estin tōn podōn autou‘.
And even if, as we said before, Heracleon's coarser understanding is that the whole world is Jesus' sandal, I do not think we should agree. For how, with such an interpretation, will “Heaven is my throne and the earth the footstool of my feet” be preserved, which Jesus testifies was said about the Father? “Do not swear,” he says, “by heaven, for it is the throne of God, nor by the earth, for it is the footstool of his feet.”
6.202Preuschen 4:148–149
πῶς δὲ μετὰ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον κόσμον ὑπόδημα νοεῖσθαι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ παραστῆσαι δυνήσεται τὸ »Οὐχὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν ἐγὼ »πληρῶ; λέγει κύριος«; πλὴν ἄξιον ἐπιστῆσαι πότερον τῷ τὸν λόγον καὶ τὴν σοφίαν διαπεφοιτηκέναι διʼ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου, τὸν δὲ πατέρα ἐν τῷ υἱῷ εἶναι, ὡς Παρεθέμεθα, τὰ ῥητὰ δεῖ νοῆσαι, ἢ ὁ προηγουμένως περιζωσάμενος πᾶσαν τὴν κτίσιν παρὰ τὸ τὸν υἱὸν εἶναι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐχαρίσατο τῷ σωτῆρι, ὡς μετʼ αὐτὸν δευτέρῳ καὶ θεῷ λόγῳ τυγχάνοντι, διʼ ὅλης ἐφθακέναι τῆς κτίσεως.
pōs de meta tou ton kosmon kosmon hypodēma noeisthai tou Iēsou parastēsai dynēsetai to »Ouchi ton ouranon kai tēn gēn egō »plērō? legei kyrios«? plēn axion epistēsai poteron tǭ ton logon kai tēn sophian diapephoitēkenai diʼ holou tou kosmou, ton de patera en tǭ huiǭ einai, hōs Parethemetha, ta rhēta dei noēsai, ē ho proēgoumenōs perizōsamenos pasan tēn ktisin para to ton huion einai en autǭ echarisato tǭ sōtēri, hōs metʼ auton deuterǭ kai theǭ logǭ tynchanonti, diʼ holēs ephthakenai tēs ktiseōs.
And how, with the world understood as Jesus' sandal, will he be able to account for “Do I not fill heaven and earth? says the Lord”? However, it is worth considering whether these sayings should be understood as meaning that the Word and Wisdom has pervaded the whole world, and that the Father is in the Son, as we have set forth; or whether the one who primarily encompasses the whole creation, because the Son is in him, granted to the Savior, who after him is the second, being God the Word, to reach through the whole creation.
6.203Preuschen 4:149
καὶ μάλιστα τοῖς δυναμένοις κατανοεῖν τὴν τοῦ τηλικούτου οὐρανοῦ ἀδιάλειπτον κίνησιν, ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν ἐπὶ δυσμὰς συμπεριάγοντος ἑαυτῷ τὸ τοσοῦτο τῶν ἀστέρων πλῆθος, ἄξιον ἔσται ζητήσεως περὶ τοῦ τίς ἡ ἐνυπάρχουσα δύναμις τοσαύτη καὶ τηλικαύτη τῷ παντὶ κόσμῳ. ἕτερον γὰρ παρὰ τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ταύτην τολμῆσαι εἰπεῖν μήποτε οὐκ ἔστιν εὐσεβές. Ταῦτα ἐν Βηθαβαρᾷ ἐγένετο πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ὅπου ἦν Ἰωάννης βαπτίζων.
kai malista tois dynamenois katanoein tēn tou tēlikoutou ouranou adialeipton kinēsin, apo anatolōn epi dysmas symperiagontos heautǭ to tosouto tōn asterōn plēthos, axion estai zētēseōs peri tou tis hē enyparchousa dynamis tosautē kai tēlikautē tǭ panti kosmǭ. heteron gar para ton patera kai ton huion tautēn tolmēsai eipein mēpote ouk estin eusebes. Tauta en Bēthabarą egeneto peran tou Iordanou, hopou ēn Iōannēs baptizōn.
And especially for those who can consider the unceasing motion of so great a heaven, carrying round with itself from east to west so great a multitude of stars, it will be worth inquiring what is the power, so great and so mighty, that dwells in the whole world. For to dare to say that it is something other than the Father and the Son is perhaps not pious. [John 1:28:] “These things took place in Bethabara beyond the Jordan, where John was baptizing.”
6.204Preuschen 4:149
Ὅτι μὲν σχεδὸν ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἀντιγράφοις κεῖται· »Ταῦτα ἐν Βηθανίᾳ ἐγένετο« οὐκ ἀγνοοῦμεν, καὶ ἔοικεν τοῦτο καὶ ἔτι πρότερον γεγονέναι· καὶ παρὰ Ἡρακλέωνι γοῦν »Βηθανίαν« ἀνέγνωμεν. ἐπείσθημεν δὲ μὴ δεῖν »Βηθανίᾳ« ἀναγινώσκειν, ἀλλὰ »Βηθαβαρᾷ«, γενόμενοι ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐπὶ ἱστορίαν τῶν ἰχνῶν Ἰησοῦ καὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν προφητῶν.
Hoti men schedon en pasi tois antigraphois keitai; »Tauta en Bēthanią egeneto« ouk agnooumen, kai eoiken touto kai eti proteron gegonenai; kai para Hērakleōni goun »Bēthanian« anegnōmen. epeisthēmen de mē dein »Bēthanią« anaginōskein, alla »Bēthabarą«, genomenoi en tois topois epi historian tōn ichnōn Iēsou kai tōn mathētōn autou kai tōn prophētōn.
We are not unaware that in almost all the copies it reads, “These things took place in Bethany,” and this seems to have been so even earlier; at any rate we read “Bethany” in Heracleon too. But we were persuaded that we should read not “Bethany” but “Bethabara,” having been in the places to inquire into the footsteps of Jesus, his disciples, and the prophets.
6.205Preuschen 4:149
Βηθανία γάρ, ὡς ὁ εὐαγγελιστής φησιν, ἡ πατρὶς Λαζάρου καὶ Μάρθας καὶ Μαρίας, ἀπέχει τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων σταδίους δέκα πέντε· ἧς πόρρω ἐστὶν ὁ Ἰορδάνης ποταμὸς ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων πλατεῖ λόγῳ ἑκατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ὁμώνυμος τῇ Βηθανίᾳ τόπος ἐστὶν περὶ τὸν Ἰορδάνην· δείκνυσθαι δὲ λέγουσι παρὰ τῇ ὄχθῃ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου τὰ Βηθαβαρᾶ, ἔνθα ἱστοροῦσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην βεβαπτικέναι.
Bēthania gar, hōs ho euangelistēs phēsin, hē patris Lazarou kai Marthas kai Marias, apechei tōn Hierosolymōn stadious deka pente; hēs porrō estin ho Iordanēs potamos hōs apo stadiōn platei logǭ hekaton ogdoēkonta. allʼ oude homōnymos tę̄ Bēthanią topos estin peri ton Iordanēn; deiknysthai de legousi para tę̄ ochthę̄ tou Iordanou ta Bēthabara, entha historousin ton Iōannēn bebaptikenai.
For Bethany, as the evangelist says, the home town of Lazarus, Martha, and Mary, is fifteen stadia from Jerusalem, and the river Jordan is far from it, roughly a hundred and eighty stadia. Nor is there any place with the same name as Bethany near the Jordan; but they say that Bethabara is pointed out on the bank of the Jordan, where they relate that John baptized.
6.206Preuschen 4:149
ἔστιν τε ἡ ἑρμηνεία τοῦ ὀνόματος ἀκόλουθος τῷ βαπτίσματι τοῦ ἑτοιμάζοντος κυρίῳ λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον· μεταλαμβάνεται γὰρ εἰς οἶκον, ἡ δὲ Βηθανία εἰς οἶκον. ποῦ γὰρ ἀλλαχόσε ἐχρῆν βαπτίζειν τὸν ἀποσταλέντα ἄγγελον πρὸ προσώπου τοῦ χριστοῦ, κατασκευάσαι τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ, ἢ εἰς τὸν τῆς κατασκευῆς;
estin te hē hermēneia tou onomatos akolouthos tǭ baptismati tou hetoimazontos kyriǭ laon kateskeuasmenon; metalambanetai gar eis oikon, hē de Bēthania eis oikon. pou gar allachose echrēn baptizein ton apostalenta angelon pro prosōpou tou christou, kataskeuasai tēn hodon autou emprosthen autou, ē eis ton tēs kataskeuēs?
And the meaning of the name is in keeping with the baptism of him who was preparing for the Lord a people made ready; for it is translated “house of preparation,” while Bethany means “house of obedience.” For where else should the messenger sent before the face of Christ, to prepare his way before him, baptize, but at the house of preparation?
6.207Preuschen 4:149–150
ποία δὲ οἰκειοτέρα πατρὶς τῇ τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐκλεξαμένῃ μὴ ἀφαιρουμένην αὐτῆς Μαριὰμ καὶ τῇ περισπωμένῃ διὰ τὴν Ἰησοῦ ὑποδοχὴν Μάρθᾳ καὶ τῷ τούτων ἀδελφῷ φίλῳ ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος εἰρημένῳ Λαζάρῳ, ἢ Βηθανία ὁ τῆς ὑπακοῆς οἶκος«; οὐ καταφρονητέον οὖν τῆς περὶ τὰ ὀνόματα ἀκριβείας τῷ ἀπαραλείπτως βουλομένῳ συνιέναι τὰ ἅγια γράμματα.
poia de oikeiotera patris tę̄ tēn agathēn merida eklexamenę̄ mē aphairoumenēn autēs Mariam kai tę̄ perispōmenę̄ dia tēn Iēsou hypodochēn Marthą kai tǭ toutōn adelphǭ philǭ hypo tou sōtēros eirēmenǭ Lazarǭ, ē Bēthania ho tēs hypakoēs oikos«? ou kataphronēteon oun tēs peri ta onomata akribeias tǭ aparaleiptōs boulomenǭ synienai ta hagia grammata.
And what home town is more fitting for Mary, who chose the good part that would not be taken from her, and for Martha, distracted by her hospitality to Jesus, and for their brother Lazarus, called a friend by the Savior, than Bethany, the house of obedience? One who wishes to understand the holy writings without omitting anything must not, then, despise exactness about names.
6.208Preuschen 4:150
Τὸ μέντοι γε ἡμαρτῆσθαι ἐν τοῖς Ἑλληνικοῖς ἀντιγράφοις τὰ περὶ τῶν ὀνομάτων πολλαχοῦ καὶ ἀπὸ τούτων ἄν τις πεισθείη ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις. ἡ περὶ τοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν δαιμονίων κατακρημνιζομένους καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ συμπνιγομένους χοίρους οἰκονομία ἀναγέγραπται γεγονέναι ἐν τῇ
To mentoi ge hēmartēsthai en tois Hellēnikois antigraphois ta peri tōn onomatōn pollachou kai apo toutōn an tis peistheiē en tois euangeliois. hē peri tous hypo tōn daimoniōn katakrēmnizomenous kai en tę̄ thalassę̄ sympnigomenous choirous oikonomia anagegraptai gegonenai en tę̄
That names are often in error in the Greek copies one might be persuaded also from these instances in the Gospels. The dispensation concerning the swine driven headlong by the demons and drowned in the sea is recorded to have taken place in the
6.209Preuschen 4:150
χώρᾳ τῶν Γερασηνῶν, Γέρασα δὲ τῆς Ἀραβίας ἐστὶν πόλις, οὔτε θάλασσαν οὔτε λίμνην πλησίον ἔχουσα. καὶ οὐκ ἂν οὕτως προφανὲς ψεῦδος καὶ εὐέλεγκτον οἱ εὐαγγελισταὶ εἰρήκεισαν, ἄνδρες ἐπιμελῶς γινώσκοντες τὰ περὶ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐν εὔρομεν·
chōrą tōn Gerasēnōn, Gerasa de tēs Arabias estin polis, oute thalassan oute limnēn plēsion echousa. kai ouk an houtōs prophanes pseudos kai euelenkton hoi euangelistai eirēkeisan, andres epimelōs ginōskontes ta peri tēn Ioudaian. epei de en euromen;
country of the Gerasenes; but Gerasa is a city of Arabia, having neither sea nor lake nearby. And the evangelists, men who knew the affairs of Judea carefully, would not have said something so manifestly false and so easily refuted. But since we have found in a few copies
6.210Preuschen 4:150
»Εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν« καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο λεκτέον. Γάδαρα γὰρ πόλις μέν ἐστιν τῆς Ἰουδαίας, περὶ ἣν τὰ διαβόητα θερμὰ τυγχάνει, λίμνη δὲ κρημνοῖς παρακειμένη οὐδαμῶς έστιν ἐν αὐτῇ <ἢ> θάλασσα.
»Eis tēn chōran tōn Gadarēnōn« kai pros touto lekteon. Gadara gar polis men estin tēs Ioudaias, peri hēn ta diaboēta therma tynchanei, limnē de krēmnois parakeimenē oudamōs estin en autę̄ <ē> thalassa.
“into the country of the Gadarenes,” we must say something to this too. Gadara is indeed a city of Judea, near which are the famous hot springs, but there is no lake with cliffs beside it, nor a sea.
6.211Preuschen 4:150
ἀλλὰ Γέργεσα, ἀφʼ ἧς οἱ πόλις ἀρχαία περὶ τὴν νῦν καλουμένην Τιβερίαδα λίμνην, περὶ ἣν κρημνὸς παρακείμενος τῇ λίμνῃ, ἀφʼ οὗ δείκνυται τοὺς χοίρους ὑπὸ τῶν δαιμόνων καταβεβλῆσθαι. ἑρμηνεύεται δὲ ἡ Γέργεσα >παροικία ἐκβεβληκότων<, ἐπώνυμος οὖσα τάχα προφητικῶς οὗ περὶ τὸν πεποιήκασιν παρακαλέσαντες αὐτὸν μεταβῆναι ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν οἱ τῶν χοίρων πολῖται.
alla Gergesa, aphʼ hēs hoi polis archaia peri tēn nyn kaloumenēn Tiberiada limnēn, peri hēn krēmnos parakeimenos tę̄ limnę̄, aphʼ hou deiknytai tous choirous hypo tōn daimonōn katabeblēsthai. hermēneuetai de hē Gergesa >paroikia ekbeblēkotōn<, epōnymos ousa tacha prophētikōs hou peri ton pepoiēkasin parakalesantes auton metabēnai ek tōn horiōn autōn hoi tōn choirōn politai.
But Gergesa, from which come the Gergesenes, is an ancient city by the lake now called Tiberias, near which is a cliff beside the lake, from which it is shown that the swine were cast down by the demons. And Gergesa is interpreted “dwelling of those who have cast out,” perhaps named prophetically for what the citizens of the swine did toward the Savior, when they begged him to depart from their borders.
6.212Preuschen 4:150
Τὸ δʼ ὅμοιον περὶ τὰ ὀνόματα σφάλμα πολλαχοῦ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν., ὡς ἠκριβώσαμεν ἀπὸ Ἑβραίων μαθόντες, καὶ τοῖς ἀντιγράφοις αὐτῶν τὰ ἡμέτερα συγκρίναντες, μαρτυρηθεῖσιν ὑπὸ τῶν μηδέπω διαστραφεισῶν ἐκδόσεων Ἀκύλου καὶ Θεοδοτίωνος καὶ Συμμάχου.
To dʼ homoion peri ta onomata sphalma pollachou tou nomou kai tōn prophētōn estin idein., hōs ēkribōsamen apo Hebraiōn mathontes, kai tois antigraphois autōn ta hēmetera synkrinantes, martyrētheisin hypo tōn mēdepō diastrapheisōn ekdoseōn Akylou kai Theodotiōnos kai Symmachou.
One can see the like error about names in many places of the Law and the Prophets, as we have made sure by learning from Hebrews and comparing our copies with theirs, which are confirmed by the editions of Aquila, Theodotion, and Symmachus, not yet corrupted.
6.213Preuschen 4:150
ὀλίγα τοίνυν παραθησόμεθα ὑπὲρ τοῦ τοὺς φιλομαθεῖς ἐπιστρεφεστέρους γενέσθαι περὶ ταῦτα· εἷς τῶν υἱῶν Λευΐ ὁ πρῶτος † Γεσὼν έν τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν ἀντιγράφων ὠνόμασται ἀντὶ τοῦ Γηρσών, ὁμώνυμος τυγχάνων τῷ πρωτοτόκῳ Μωσέως, ἑκατέρων διὰ τὴν παροικίαν ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ γεννηθέντων τοῦ ὀνόματος ἑτοίμως κειμένου.
oliga toinyn parathēsometha hyper tou tous philomatheis epistrephesterous genesthai peri tauta; heis tōn huiōn Leuï ho prōtos † Gesōn en tois pleistois tōn antigraphōn ōnomastai anti tou Gērsōn, homōnymos tynchanōn tǭ prōtotokǭ Mōseōs, hekaterōn dia tēn paroikian en gę̄ allotrią gennēthentōn tou onomatos hetoimōs keimenou.
We shall set out a few examples, then, so that lovers of learning may become more attentive to these things. The first of the sons of Levi is named … “Geson” in most copies instead of “Gershon,” though he has the same name as the firstborn of Moses, the name being readily available for both because they were born while sojourning in a foreign land.
6.214Preuschen 4:150
πάλιν τῷ Ἰούδᾳ παρʼ ἡμῖν μὲν ὁ δεύτερος Αὐνὰν εἶναι λέγεται, παρὰ δὲ Ἑβραίοις Ὠνάν ἐστι,;> πόνος. πρὸς ἐν ταῖς ἀπάρσεσιν τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐν τοῖς Ἀριθμοῖς εὕρομεν ὅτι »Ἀπῄραν ἐκ Σοχὼθ καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Βουθάν«· τὸ δὲ Ἑβραϊκὸν ἀντὶ Βουθὰν † »Αἰμὰν« λέγει.
palin tǭ Ioudą parʼ hēmin men ho deuteros Aunan einai legetai, para de Hebraiois Ōnan esti,?> ponos. pros en tais aparsesin tōn huiōn Israēl en tois Arithmois heuromen hoti »Apę̄ran ek Sochōth kai parenebalon eis Bouthan«; to de Hebraïkon anti Bouthan † »Aiman« legei.
Again, Judah's second son is said among us to be Aunan, but among the Hebrews he is Onan, which means “toil.” And in the departures of the sons of Israel in Numbers we found, “They set out from Succoth and encamped in Bouthan”; but the Hebrew instead of Bouthan says … “Etham.”
6.215Preuschen 4:150–151
καὶ τί με δεῖ διατρίβοντα πλείονα πα- ρατίθεσθαι, παρόντος τῷ βουλομένῳ τοῦ ἐξετάζειν καὶ γινώσκειν τὰ κατὰ τὰ ὀνόματα ἀληθῆ; μάλιστα δὲ ὑποπτευτέον τοὺς τόπους τῶν γραφῶν, ἔνθα κατάλογός ἐστιν ἅμα ὀνομάτων πλειόνων, ὡς ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ τὰ περὶ τῆς κληροδοσίας, καὶ ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ τῶν Παραλειπομένων ἀρχῆθεν ἑξῆς μέχρι τῶν ἐγγύς που περὶ τὸν Ἀνάν· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἔσδρᾳ.
kai ti me dei diatribonta pleiona pa- ratithesthai, parontos tǭ boulomenǭ tou exetazein kai ginōskein ta kata ta onomata alēthē? malista de hypopteuteon tous topous tōn graphōn, entha katalogos estin hama onomatōn pleionōn, hōs en tǭ Iēsou ta peri tēs klērodosias, kai en tę̄ prōtę̄ tōn Paraleipomenōn archēthen hexēs mechri tōn engys pou peri ton Anan; homoiōs de kai en tǭ Esdrą.
And why must I linger in setting out more, when anyone who wishes can examine and learn the truth about the names? But one must be especially suspicious of those places of Scripture where there is a list of many names together, as in Joshua concerning the distribution of the lots, and in the first book of Chronicles from the beginning right up to about the passage about Anan; and likewise in Ezra.
6.216Preuschen 4:151
καὶ οὐ καταφρονητέον τῶν ὀνομάτων, πραγμάτων σημαινομένων ἀπʼ αὐτῶν χρησίμων τῇ τῶν τόπων ἑρμηνείᾶ. οὐκ εὔκαιρον δὲ νῦν τὸν περὶ τῆς θεωρίας τῶν ὀνομάτων ἐξετάσαι λόγον, ἀφέμενον τῶν προκειμένων.
kai ou kataphronēteon tōn onomatōn, pragmatōn sēmainomenōn apʼ autōn chrēsimōn tę̄ tōn topōn hermēneia. ouk eukairon de nyn ton peri tēs theōrias tōn onomatōn exetasai logon, aphemenon tōn prokeimenōn.
And the names must not be despised, since they signify things useful for interpreting the passages. But it is not the right time now to examine the account of the contemplation of names, leaving aside what is before us.
6.217Preuschen 4:151
Ἴδωμεν τοίνυν τὰ τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς λέξεως. Ἰορδάνης μὲν ἑρμηνεύεται Κατάβασις. τούτῳ δέ, ἵνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, γειτνιᾷ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Ἰαρέδ, ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἐπειδήπερ γεγένηται τῷ Μαλελεήλ, ὡς έν τῷ Ἑνὼχ γέγραπται, εἴ τῳ φίλον παραδέχεσθαι ὡς ἅγιον τὸ βιβλίον, ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ θεοῦ καταβάσεως ἐπὶ τὰς θυγατέρας τῶν ἀνθρώπων· ἥντινα κατάβασιν αἰνίσσεσθαί τινες ὑπειλήφασιν τὴν τῶν ψυχῶν κάθοδον ἐπὶ τὰ σώματα, θυγατέρας ἀνθρώπων τροπικώτερον τὸ γήϊνον σκῆνος λέγεσθαι ὑπειληφότες.
Idōmen toinyn ta tēs euangelikēs lexeōs. Iordanēs men hermēneuetai Katabasis. toutǭ de, hinʼ houtōs eipō, geitnią to onoma tou Iared, ho kai auto hermēneuetai, epeidēper gegenētai tǭ Maleleēl, hōs en tǭ Henōch gegraptai, ei tǭ philon paradechesthai hōs hagion to biblion, tais hēmerais tēs tōn huiōn tou theou katabaseōs epi tas thygateras tōn anthrōpōn; hēntina katabasin ainissesthai tines hypeilēphasin tēn tōn psychōn kathodon epi ta sōmata, thygateras anthrōpōn tropikōteron to gēïnon skēnos legesthai hypeilēphotes.
Let us, then, look at the wording of the Gospel. Jordan is interpreted “descent.” Neighboring this, so to speak, is the name Jared, which also is interpreted [descent], since he was born to Mahalalel, as is written in Enoch, if anyone cares to accept that book as holy, in the days of the descent of the sons of God upon the daughters of men. Some have supposed that this descent hints at the coming down of souls into bodies, taking “daughters of men” more figuratively to mean the earthly tent.
6.218Preuschen 4:151
εἰ δὲ τοῦτʼ οὕτως ἔχει, τίς ἂν εἴη ποταμὸς κατάβασις, ἐφʼ ὃν ἐρχόμενον καθαίρεσθαι δεῖ οὐκ ἰδίαν κατάβασιν καταβεβηκότα, ἀλλὰ τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἢ ὁ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν διορίζων τοὺς ὑπὸ Μωσέως κληροδοτουμένους ἀπὸ τῶν διὰ Ἰησοῦ τὰς οἰκείους ἀπολαμβανόντων μερίδας;
ei de toutʼ houtōs echei, tis an eiē potamos katabasis, ephʼ hon erchomenon kathairesthai dei ouk idian katabasin katabebēkota, alla tēn tōn anthrōpōn, ē ho sōtēr hēmōn diorizōn tous hypo Mōseōs klērodotoumenous apo tōn dia Iēsou tas oikeious apolambanontōn meridas?
If this is so, what river would be the “descent,” to which one must come to be cleansed who has descended not a descent of his own but that of human beings, except our Savior, who separates those who received their inheritance from Moses from those who receive their own portions through Joshua?
6.219Preuschen 4:151
τούτου δὴ τοῦ διὰ τοῦ καταβεβηκότος ποταμοῦ τὰ ὁρμήματα εὐφραίνουσιν, ὡς ἐν ψαλμοῖς εὕρομεν, τὴν πόλιν τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐ τὴν αἰσθητὴν Ἱερουτσαλήμ οὐ ἔχει παρακείμενον ποταμόν), ἀλλὰ τὴν ἄμωμον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκλησίαν, οἰκοδομουμένην »ἐπὶ τῷ θεμελίῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῶν προφη- τῶν, ὄντος ἀκρογωνιαίου Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ« τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν.
toutou dē tou dia tou katabebēkotos potamou ta hormēmata euphrainousin, hōs en psalmois heuromen, tēn polin tou theou, ou tēn aisthētēn Hieroutsalēm ou echei parakeimenon potamon), alla tēn amōmon tou theou ekklēsian, oikodomoumenēn »epi tǭ themeliǭ tōn apostolōn kai tōn prophē- tōn, ontos akrogōniaiou Christou Iēsou« tou kyriou hēmōn.
The streams of this river that has come down gladden, as we found in the Psalms, the city of God: not the sensible Jerusalem (for it has no river beside it), but the blameless church of God, built “upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Christ Jesus” our Lord “being the cornerstone.”
6.220Preuschen 4:151–152
Ἰορδάνην μέντοι γε νοητέον τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον τὸν γενόμενον καὶ σκηνώσαντα ἐν ἡμῖν, Ἰησοῦν δὲ τὸν κληροδοτήσαντα ὃ ἀνείληφεν ἀνθρώπινον, ὅπερ ἐστὶν καὶ »ἀκρογωνιαῖος λίθος«, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῇ θεότητι τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ γενόμενος τῷ ἀνειλῆφθαι ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ λούεται, καὶ τότε χωρεῖ τὴν ἀκέραιον καὶ ἄδολον περιστερὰν τοῦ πνεύματος, συνδεδεμένην αὐτῷ καὶ μηκέτι ἀποπτῆναι δυναμένην· »Ἐφʼ ὅν, γάρ φησιν, ἐὰν ἴδῃς τὸ πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον καὶ μένον ἐπ »αὐτόν, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων έν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ«, διὰ τοῦτο λαβὼν τὸ πνεῦμα μένον ἐπʼ αὐτόν, ἴν έν αὐτῷ μείναντι βαπτίζειν τοὺς ἐρχομένους αὐτῷ δυνηθῇ.
Iordanēn mentoi ge noēteon ton tou theou logon ton genomenon kai skēnōsanta en hēmin, Iēsoun de ton klērodotēsanta ho aneilēphen anthrōpinon, hoper estin kai »akrogōniaios lithos«, hos kai autos en tę̄ theotēti tou huiou tou theou genomenos tǭ aneilēphthai hypʼ autou louetai, kai tote chōrei tēn akeraion kai adolon peristeran tou pneumatos, syndedemenēn autǭ kai mēketi apoptēnai dynamenēn; »Ephʼ hon, gar phēsin, ean idę̄s to pneuma katabainon kai menon ep »auton, houtos estin ho baptizōn en pneumati hagiǭ«, dia touto labōn to pneuma menon epʼ auton, in en autǭ meinanti baptizein tous erchomenous autǭ dynēthę̄.
The Jordan, however, must be understood as the Word of God who became flesh and dwelt among us, and Jesus [Joshua] as the humanity he assumed, which distributes the inheritance, which is also “the cornerstone.” This humanity too, having come to be in the divinity of the Son of God by being assumed by him, is washed, and then receives the pure and guileless dove of the Spirit, bound to him and no longer able to fly away. “For on whom,” he says, “you see the Spirit descending and remaining upon him, this is he who baptizes with the Holy Spirit.” Therefore he received the Spirit remaining upon him, so that he might be able to baptize with the Spirit that remains in him those who come to him.
6.221Preuschen 4:152
»πέραν δὲ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου«, κατὰ τὰ ἔξω τῆς Ἰουδαίας νεύοντα κλίματα έν τῇ Βηθαβαρᾷ, βαπτίζει ὁ Ἰωάννης, πρόδρομος ὣν τοῦ ἐληλυθότος καλέσαι οὐ »δικαίους ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς«, διδάσκοντος μὴ χρείαν ἔχειν τοὺς ἰσχύοντας ἰατρῶν ἀλλὰ τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας· καὶ γὰρ »εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν« τὸ λουτρὸν δίδοται.
»peran de tou Iordanou«, kata ta exō tēs Ioudaias neuonta klimata en tę̄ Bēthabarą, baptizei ho Iōannēs, prodromos hōn tou elēlythotos kalesai ou »dikaious alla hamartōlous«, didaskontos mē chreian echein tous ischyontas iatrōn alla tous kakōs echontas; kai gar »eis aphesin hamartiōn« to loutron didotai.
“Beyond the Jordan,” in the regions sloping toward what lies outside Judea, in Bethabara, John baptizes, being the forerunner of him who came to call “not the righteous but sinners,” who taught that it is not the healthy who need physicians but the sick; for indeed the washing is given “for the forgiveness of sins.”
6.222Preuschen 4:152
Εἰκὸς δέ τινα τὰς διαφόρους ἐπινοίας τοῦ σωτῆρος μὴ νενοηκότα προσκόψειν τῇ ἀποδοθείσῃ περὶ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου ἑρμηνείᾳ, διὰ τὸ λέγειν τὸν Ἰωάννην· »Ἐγὼ βαπτίζω έν ὕδατι, ὁ δὲ ἐρχόμενος »μετʼ ἐμὲ ἐσχυρότερός μού έστιν. αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει έν πνεύματι »ἁτίῳ«.
Eikos de tina tas diaphorous epinoias tou sōtēros mē nenoēkota proskopsein tę̄ apodotheisę̄ peri tou Iordanou hermēneią, dia to legein ton Iōannēn; »Egō baptizō en hydati, ho de erchomenos »metʼ eme eschyroteros mou estin. autos hymas baptisei en pneumati »hatiǭ«.
It is likely that someone who has not understood the different aspects of the Savior will stumble at the interpretation given of the Jordan, because John says, “I baptize with water, but he who comes after me is mightier than I; he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit.”
6.223Preuschen 4:152
πρὸς ὃν λεκτέον ὅτι ὥσπερ ποτὸν τυγχάνων ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος οἷς μέν ἐστιν ὕδωρ, ἑτέροις δὲ οἶνος εὐφραίνων καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου, ἄλλοις δὲ αἷμα διὰ τὸ »'Εὰν μὴ πίητέ μου τὸ αἷμα, οὐκ ἔχετε »ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς«· ἀλλὰ καὶ τροφὴ λεγόμενος οὐ κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ νοεῖται ἄρτος ζῶν καὶ σάρξ· οὕτως ὁ αὐτός ἐστιν βάπτισμα ὕδατος καὶ πνεύματος καὶ πυρός, τισὶν δὲ καὶ αἵματος.
pros hon lekteon hoti hōsper poton tynchanōn ho tou theou logos hois men estin hydōr, heterois de oinos euphrainōn kardian anthrōpou, allois de haima dia to »'Ean mē piēte mou to haima, ouk echete »zōēn en heautois«; alla kai trophē legomenos ou kata to auto noeitai artos zōn kai sarx; houtōs ho autos estin baptisma hydatos kai pneumatos kai pyros, tisin de kai haimatos.
To him we must say that, just as the Word of God, being drink, is water for some, and for others wine that gladdens the heart of man, and for others blood, because of “Unless you drink my blood, you have no life in yourselves”; and just as, when called food, he is not understood in the same way as living bread and as flesh: so the same one is a baptism of water and of Spirit and of fire, and for some also of blood.
6.224Preuschen 4:152
περὶ δὲ τοῦ τελευταίου βαπτίσματος, ὥς τινές φασιν, φησὶν έν τῷ »Βάπτισμα »ἔχω βαπτισθήναι, καὶ πῶς συνέχομαι ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ‘; τούτῳ τε συμφώνως ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ ὁ μαθητὴς Ἰωάννης τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ τὸ ἀνέγραψεν τὰ τρία εἰς ἓν γινόμενα. καὶ ὁδὸς δέ που καὶ θύρα εἶναι ὁμολογῶν, σαφής ἐστιν μηδέπω τυγχάνων θύρα ᾧ ὁδός ἐστιν, καὶ μηκέτι ὁδὸς ᾧ ἤδη θύρα.
peri de tou teleutaiou baptismatos, hōs tines phasin, phēsin en tǭ »Baptisma »echō baptisthēnai, kai pōs synechomai heōs hotou telesthę̄‘? toutǭ te symphōnōs en tę̄ epistolę̄ ho mathētēs Iōannēs to pneuma kai hydōr kai to anegrapsen ta tria eis hen ginomena. kai hodos de pou kai thyra einai homologōn, saphēs estin mēdepō tynchanōn thyra hǭ hodos estin, kai mēketi hodos hǭ ēdē thyra.
About the last baptism, as some say, he speaks in “I have a baptism to be baptized with, and how I am constrained until it is accomplished!” And in agreement with this the disciple John in his epistle wrote of the Spirit and water and [blood], the three becoming one. And confessing that he is somewhere the way and the door, he clearly is not yet the door for one to whom he is the way, and no longer the way for one to whom he is already the door.
6.225Preuschen 4:152
πάντες οὖν οἱ στοιχειούμενοι τῇ ἀρχῇ τῶν λογίων τοῦ θεοῦ, τῇ φωνῇ τοῦ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ βοῶντος· »Εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου« προσιόντες, »πέραν τοῦ Ἰορ- »δάνου« τυγχανούσῃ παρὰ τῷ >οἴκῳ τῆς, πρὸς τὸ δυνηθῆναι διὰ τῆς προετοιμασίας χωρῆσαι τὸν πνευματικὸν λόγον ἐγγινόμενον διὰ τοῦ φωτισμοῦ τοῦ πνεύματος.
pantes oun hoi stoicheioumenoi tę̄ archę̄ tōn logiōn tou theou, tę̄ phōnę̄ tou en tę̄ erēmǭ boōntos; »Euthynate tēn hodon kyriou« prosiontes, »peran tou Ior- »danou« tynchanousę̄ para tǭ >oikǭ tēs, pros to dynēthēnai dia tēs proetoimasias chōrēsai ton pneumatikon logon enginomenon dia tou phōtismou tou pneumatos.
All, then, who are being instructed in the elements of the beginning of the oracles of God, approaching the voice of one crying in the wilderness, “Make straight the way of the Lord,” [are baptized] at the house of [preparation], which is “beyond the Jordan,” so that through the preparation they may be able to receive the spiritual Word, who comes to be in them through the enlightenment of the Spirit.
6.226Preuschen 4:152–153
ἐχομένως δὴ τοῦ προκειμένου τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου συνάγοντες ἀκριβέστερον τὸν ποταμὸν νοήσομεν. ὁ θεὸς τοίνυν διὰ Μωσέως διαβιβάζει τὸν λαὸν τὴν ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν, αὐτὸ τὸ ὕδωρ αὐτοῖς ποιήσας τεῖχος ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων, διὰ δὲ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τὸν Ἰορδάνην.
echomenōs dē tou prokeimenou ta peri tou Iordanou synagontes akribesteron ton potamon noēsomen. ho theos toinyn dia Mōseōs diabibazei ton laon tēn erythran thalassan, auto to hydōr autois poiēsas teichos ek dexiōn kai ex euōnymōn, dia de tou Iēsou ton Iordanēn.
Next, then, gathering together what concerns the Jordan, we shall understand the river more exactly. God leads the people across the Red Sea through Moses, making the water itself a wall for them on the right and on the left; but across the Jordan through Joshua.
6.227Preuschen 4:153
Ἐντυχὼν δὲ τῇ γραφῇ ὁ Παῦλος, οὐκέτι κατὰ τὴν σάρκα στρατευόμενος αὐτῆς ᾔδει γὰρ ὅτι »ὁ νόμος πνευματικός ἐστιν«) πνευματικῶς διδάσκει ἡμᾶς ἐξειληφέναι τὰ τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν διόδου λέγων ἐν τῇ πρὸς Κορινθίους προτέρᾳ· »Οὐ θέλω »γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι οἱ πατέρες ἡμὼν πάντες ὑπὸ τὴν νεφέλην ἦσαν καὶ πάντες διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης διῆλθον, καὶ πάντυες εἰς τὸν Μωυσῆν ἐβαπτίσαντο ἐν τῇ νεφέλῃ καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, καὶ πάντες τὸ αὐτὸ βρῶμα πνευματικὸν ἔφαγον κοὶ πάντες τὸ τι πνευ- »ματικὸν ἔπιον πόμα· επινον τὰρ ἐκ πνευματικῆς ἀκολουθούσης πέ- »τρας·
Entychōn de tę̄ graphę̄ ho Paulos, ouketi kata tēn sarka strateuomenos autēs ę̄dei gar hoti »ho nomos pneumatikos estin«) pneumatikōs didaskei hēmas exeilēphenai ta tēs kata tēn erythran thalassan diodou legōn en tę̄ pros Korinthious proterą; »Ou thelō »gar hymas agnoein, adelphoi, hoti hoi pateres hēmōn pantes hypo tēn nephelēn ēsan kai pantes dia tēs thalassēs diēlthon, kai pantyes eis ton Mōysēn ebaptisanto en tę̄ nephelę̄ kai en tę̄ thalassę̄, kai pantes to auto brōma pneumatikon ephagon koi pantes to ti pneu- »matikon epion poma; epinon tar ek pneumatikēs akolouthousēs pe- »tras;
Paul, reading the Scripture, no longer warring according to the flesh (for he knew that “the law is spiritual”), teaches us to take spiritually what concerns the passage through the Red Sea, saying in the first letter to the Corinthians: “For I do not want you to be ignorant, brothers, that our fathers were all under the cloud, and all passed through the sea, and all were baptized into Moses in the cloud and in the sea, and all ate the same spiritual food and all drank the same spiritual drink; for they drank from the spiritual rock that followed them;
6.228Preuschen 4:153
ἡ πέτρα δὲ ἦν ὁ χρωτός( οἷς ἀκολούθως καὶ ἡμεῖς αἰτήσωμεν λαβεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ νοῆσαι πνευματικῶς τὴν διὰ Ἰησοῦ δίοδον τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, λέγοντες ὅτι εἶπεν ἂν καὶ περὶ ταύτης ὁ Παῦλος· οὐ θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν πάντες διὰ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου διῆλθον, καὶ πάντες εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐβαπτίσαντο ἐν τῷ πνεύματι καὶ τῷ ποταμῷ.
hē petra de ēn ho chrōtos( hois akolouthōs kai hēmeis aitēsōmen labein apo tou theou to noēsai pneumatikōs tēn dia Iēsou diodon tou Iordanou, legontes hoti eipen an kai peri tautēs ho Paulos; ou thelō hymas agnoein, adelphoi, hoti hoi pateres hēmōn pantes dia tou Iordanou diēlthon, kai pantes eis ton Iēsoun ebaptisanto en tǭ pneumati kai tǭ potamǭ.
and the rock was Christ.” In keeping with this, let us too ask to receive from God the understanding of Joshua's crossing of the Jordan in a spiritual way, saying that Paul would also have said about it: I do not want you to be ignorant, brothers, that our fathers all passed through the Jordan, and all were baptized into Jesus in the Spirit and in the river.
6.229Preuschen 4:153
τύπος δὲ ὁ διαδεξάμενος ἠν Μωσῆν Ἰησοῦς τοῦ διαδεξαμένου τὴν διὰ τοῦ νόμου οἰκονομίαν τῷ εὐαγγελικῷ κηρύγματι Ἰησοῦ τοῦ χριστοῦ· διόπερ εἰ καὶ πάντες ἐκεῖνοι εἰς Μωσῆν βαπτίζονται ἐν τῇ νεφέλῃ καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, πικρὸν μέν τι ἔχει καὶ ἁλμυρὸν τὸ ἐκείνων βάπτισμα, ἔτι φοβουμένων τοὺς ἐχθροὺς παρʼ] αὐτῶν, καὶ ἀναβοώντων πρὸς τὸν κύριον καὶ τῷ Μωσῇ λεγόντων· Παρὰ τὸ μὴ ὑπάρχειν μνήματα ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἐξήγαγες ημᾶς θανατῶσαι ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ· τί τοῦτο ἐποίησας ἡμῖν, ἐξαγαγὼν ἐξ »Αἰγύπτου«;
typos de ho diadexamenos ēn Mōsēn Iēsous tou diadexamenou tēn dia tou nomou oikonomian tǭ euangelikǭ kērygmati Iēsou tou christou; dioper ei kai pantes ekeinoi eis Mōsēn baptizontai en tę̄ nephelę̄ kai en tę̄ thalassę̄, pikron men ti echei kai halmyron to ekeinōn baptisma, eti phoboumenōn tous echthrous parʼ] autōn, kai anaboōntōn pros ton kyrion kai tǭ Mōsę̄ legontōn; Para to mē hyparchein mnēmata en Aigyptǭ exēgages ēmas thanatōsai en tę̄ erēmǭ; ti touto epoiēsas hēmin, exagagōn ex »Aigyptou«?
And Joshua, who succeeded Moses, was a type of Jesus Christ, who succeeded the dispensation through the law with the preaching of the gospel. Therefore, even if all those were baptized into Moses in the cloud and in the sea, their baptism has something bitter and salty, since they still feared their enemies, and cried out to the Lord and said to Moses: “Because there were no graves in Egypt, you have brought us out to kill us in the wilderness. What is this you have done to us, bringing us out of Egypt?”
6.230Preuschen 4:153
τὸ τὸ δὲ Ἰησοῦν Ἰησοῦν βάπτισμα έν τῷ ἀληθῶς γλυκεῖ καὶ ποτίμῳ ποταμῷ πολλὰ ἔχει παρʼ ἐκεῖνο ἐξαίρετα, ἤδη τρανουμένης καὶ πρέπουσαν τάξιν λαμβανούσης τῆς θεοσεβείας· κιβωτὸς γὰρ τῆς διαθήκης κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν καὶ ἱερεῖς καὶ Λευῖται προπορεύονται, τοῦ λαοῦ ἑπομένου τοῖς θεραπευταῖς τοῦ θεοῦ, κἀκείνου δὲ τοῖς χωροῦσιν τὴν περὶ ἁγνείας ἐντολήν. Ἰησοῦς δὲ λέγει τῷ λαῷ· »Ἁγ- »νίσασθε εἰς τὴν αὔριον, ποιήσει ἐν ἡμῖν κύριος θαυμάσια«.
to to de Iēsoun Iēsoun baptisma en tǭ alēthōs glykei kai potimǭ potamǭ polla echei parʼ ekeino exaireta, ēdē tranoumenēs kai prepousan taxin lambanousēs tēs theosebeias; kibōtos gar tēs diathēkēs kyriou tou theou hēmōn kai hiereis kai Leuitai proporeuontai, tou laou hepomenou tois therapeutais tou theou, kakeinou de tois chōrousin tēn peri hagneias entolēn. Iēsous de legei tǭ laǭ; »Hag- »nisasthe eis tēn aurion, poiēsei en hēmin kyrios thaumasia«.
But the baptism into Jesus in the truly sweet and drinkable river has many excellences beyond that one, piety now becoming clear and taking a fitting order. For the ark of the covenant of the Lord our God, and priests and Levites, go before, the people following the servants of God, and they in turn following those who keep the command about purity. And Joshua says to the people, “Purify yourselves for tomorrow; the Lord will do wonders among us.”
6.231Preuschen 4:153–154
καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσι μετὰ τῆς κιβωτοῦ τῆς διαθήκης κελεύει προπορεύεσθαι ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ λαοῦ, ὅτε καὶ τὸ μυστήριον τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς τὸν υἱὸν οἰκονομίας ἐμφαίνεται, ὑπερυψούμενον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ διδόντος χάρισμα »Ἵνʼ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ ἐπουρανίων καὶ »ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσηται, ὄτι »κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ πατρός«.
kai tois hiereusi meta tēs kibōtou tēs diathēkēs keleuei proporeuesthai emprosthen tou laou, hote kai to mystērion tēs tou patros ton huion oikonomias emphainetai, hyperypsoumenon hypʼ autou didontos charisma »Hinʼ en tǭ onomati Iēsou pan gony kampsę̄ epouraniōn kai »epigeiōn kai katachthoniōn, kai pasa glōssa exomologēsētai, oti »kyrios Iēsous Christos eis doxan theou patros«.
And he commands the priests with the ark of the covenant to go before the people, when the mystery of the Father's dispensation toward the Son is also shown, the Son being highly exalted by him who gives the gift “that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of those in heaven and on earth and under the earth, and every tongue confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.”
6.232Preuschen 4:154
διὰ γὰρ τούτων δηλοῦται ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἀναγεγραμμένων ταῦτα· Καὶ εἶπεν κύριος »πρὸς Ἰησοῦν· Ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ ἄρξομαι ὑψῶσαί σε κατενώπιον »τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ«. καὶ ἀκουστέον τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ λέγοντος τοῖς υἱοῖς ἰσραήλ· »Προσαγάγετε ὡδε καὶ ἀκούσετε τὸ ῥῆμα κυρίου »τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν· ἐν τούτῳ γνώσεσθε, ὅτι θεὸς ζῶν ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν‘· έν γὰρ τῷ βαπτίσασθαι εἰς Ἰησοῦν γνωσόμεθα ὅτι θεὸς ζῶν ἐν ἡμῖν ἐστιν.
dia gar toutōn dēloutai en tǭ Iēsou anagegrammenōn tauta; Kai eipen kyrios »pros Iēsoun; En tę̄ hēmerą tautę̄ arxomai hypsōsai se katenōpion »tōn huiōn Israēl«. kai akousteon tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou legontos tois huiois israēl; »Prosagagete hōde kai akousete to rhēma kyriou »tou theou hēmōn; en toutǭ gnōsesthe, hoti theos zōn en hymin estin‘; en gar tǭ baptisasthai eis Iēsoun gnōsometha hoti theos zōn en hēmin estin.
For this is shown by the words recorded in Joshua: “And the Lord said to Joshua: On this day I will begin to exalt you before the sons of Israel.” And we must hear our Lord Jesus saying to the sons of Israel: “Come here and hear the word of the Lord our God; by this you will know that the living God is among you.” For in being baptized into Jesus we shall know that the living God is among us.
6.233Preuschen 4:154
Κἀκεῖ μὲν τὸ πάσχα ποιήσαντες έν Αἰγύπτῳ ἀρχὴν τῆς ἐξόδου ποιοῦνται παρὰ δὲ τῷ Ἰησοῦ μετὰ τὴν δίοδον τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, τῇ δεκάτῃ τοῦ πρώτου μηνὸς κατεστρατοπέδευσαν ἐν Γαλγάλοις, ὄτε πρῶτον ἔδει λαβόντα τὸ πρόβατον ἐπονομάσαι τοὺς εὐωχηθησομένους μετὰ τὸ Ἰησοῦ βάπτισμα. καὶ τῇ ἀκροτόμῳ πέτρᾳ ὑπὸ Ἰησοῦ οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ, ὅσοι ποτὲ ἀπερίτμητοι ἦσαν τῶν ἐξεληλυθότων ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, περιτέμνονται· τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν τῆς Αἰγύπτου ἀφελεῖν κύριος τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ εἰς Ἰησοῦν βαπτίσματος, ὅτε Ἰησοῦς περιεκάθαιρεν τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ.
Kakei men to pascha poiēsantes en Aigyptǭ archēn tēs exodou poiountai para de tǭ Iēsou meta tēn diodon tou Iordanou, tę̄ dekatę̄ tou prōtou mēnos katestratopedeusan en Galgalois, ote prōton edei labonta to probaton eponomasai tous euōchēthēsomenous meta to Iēsou baptisma. kai tę̄ akrotomǭ petrą hypo Iēsou hoi huioi Israēl, hosoi pote aperitmētoi ēsan tōn exelēlythotōn ex Aigyptou, peritemnontai; ton oneidismon tēs Aigyptou aphelein kyrios tę̄ hēmerą tou eis Iēsoun baptismatos, hote Iēsous periekathairen tous huious Israēl.
And there, having kept the Passover in Egypt, they make the beginning of the exodus; but with Joshua, after the crossing of the Jordan, on the tenth of the first month they encamped in Gilgal, when one had first to take the lamb and name those who would feast, after the baptism into Jesus. And with a knife of sharp rock the sons of Israel, as many of those who came out of Egypt as were uncircumcised, are circumcised by Joshua; the Lord removed the reproach of Egypt on the day of baptism into Jesus, when Jesus cleansed the sons of Israel.
6.234Preuschen 4:154
γέγραπται γάρ· »Καὶ εἶπεν κύριος τῷ Ἰησοῦ υἱῷ »Ναυῆ· Ἐν τῇ σήμερον ἡμέρᾳ ἀφεῖλον τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν Αἰγύπτου ἀφ »ὑμῶν«. τότε ἐποίησαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ τὸ πάσχα τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ μηνός, πολλῷ τοῦ έν Αἰγύπτῳ ἱλαρώτερον, ὅτε καὶ ἔφαγον ἀπὸ τοῦ σίτου τῆς ἁγίας γῆς ἄζυμα καὶ νέα, τροφὴν τοῦ μάννα κρείττονα.
gegraptai gar; »Kai eipen kyrios tǭ Iēsou huiǭ »Nauē; En tę̄ sēmeron hēmerą apheilon ton oneidismon Aigyptou aph »hymōn«. tote epoiēsan hoi huioi Israēl to pascha tę̄ tessareskaidekatę̄ hēmerą tou mēnos, pollǭ tou en Aigyptǭ hilarōteron, hote kai ephagon apo tou sitou tēs hagias gēs azyma kai nea, trophēn tou manna kreittona.
For it is written: “And the Lord said to Joshua son of Nun: On this day I have taken away the reproach of Egypt from you.” Then the sons of Israel kept the Passover on the fourteenth day of the month, much more joyfully than in Egypt, when they also ate unleavened bread and new grain from the wheat of the holy land, a food better than the manna.
6.235Preuschen 4:154
οὐ γὰρ ὅτε τὴν κατʼ ἐπαγγελίαν γῆν ἀπειλήφασιν τοῖς ἐλάττοσιν αὐτοὺς ἑστιᾷ θεός, οὐδὲ διὰ τοῦ τηλικούτου Ἰησοῦ ὑποδεεστέρου ἄρτου τυγχάνουσιν. τοῦτʼ σαφὲς τῷ τὴν ἀληθῆ ἁγίαν νοήσαντι γῆν καὶ τὴν ἄνω Ἰερουσαλήμ. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ έν τῷ αὐτῷ εὐαγγελίῳ κεῖται· »Οἱ πατέρες ἐν τῇ
ou gar hote tēn katʼ epangelian gēn apeilēphasin tois elattosin autous hestią theos, oude dia tou tēlikoutou Iēsou hypodeesterou artou tynchanousin. toutʼ saphes tǭ tēn alēthē hagian noēsanti gēn kai tēn anō Ierousalēm. dia touto kai en tǭ autǭ euangeliǭ keitai; »Hoi pateres en tę̄
For when they have received the land according to the promise, God does not feast them with lesser things, nor through so great a Jesus do they obtain an inferior bread. This is clear to one who has understood the true holy land and the Jerusalem above. That is why in this same Gospel it is written: “Your fathers ate the manna in the
6.236Preuschen 4:154–155
ἐρήμῳ ἔφαγον τὸ μάννα καὶ »ἀπέθανον· ὁ φαγὼν τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον ζήσει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα«. τὸ μὲν γὰρ μάννα, εἰ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ διδόμενος, ἄρτος ἠν προκοπῆς, ἄρτος τοῖς ἔτι παιδαγωγουμένοις χορηγούμενος, ἄρτος τοῖς ὑπὸ ἐπιτρόπους καὶ οἰκονόμους ἁρμοδιώτατος. ὁ δὲ ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ γῇ νέος ἀπὸ σίτου τῆς γῆς Ἰησοῦ προξενοῦντος θεριζόμενος, ἄλλων μὲν κεκοπιακότων, τῶν δὲ μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ θεριζόντων, ἄρτος ἦν ἐκείνου ζωτικώτερος, τοῖς τὴν πατρῴαν κληρονομίαν διὰ τὴν τελειότητα δεῖ] ἀπολαβεῖν δυναμένοις ἀποδιδόμενος.
erēmǭ ephagon to manna kai »apethanon; ho phagōn touton ton arton zēsei eis ton aiōna«. to men gar manna, ei kai apo tou theou didomenos, artos ēn prokopēs, artos tois eti paidagōgoumenois chorēgoumenos, artos tois hypo epitropous kai oikonomous harmodiōtatos. ho de en tę̄ hagią gę̄ neos apo sitou tēs gēs Iēsou proxenountos therizomenos, allōn men kekopiakotōn, tōn de mathētōn autou therizontōn, artos ēn ekeinou zōtikōteros, tois tēn patrǭan klēronomian dia tēn teleiotēta dei] apolabein dynamenois apodidomenos.
wilderness and died; he who eats this bread will live forever.” For the manna, though given by God, was bread of progress, bread supplied to those still under instruction, bread most fitting for those under guardians and stewards. But the new bread in the holy land, reaped from the grain of the land through the agency of Jesus, others having labored and his disciples reaping, was a bread more life-giving than that, given to those able to receive the Father's inheritance because of their perfection.
6.237Preuschen 4:155
διόπερ ὁ μὲν ἐκείνῳ ἔτι παιδευόμενος τῷ ἄρτῳ † τὸ λόγῳ θάνατον δέξασθαι δύναται, ὁ δὲ φθάσας ἐπὶ τὸν μετʼ ἐκεῖνον ἄρτον φαγὼν αὐτὸν ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. ταῦτα δὲ πάντα οὐκ ἀκαίρως οἶμαι παρατεθεῖσθαι, τοῦ παρὰ τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ βαπτίσματος, ἐν Βηθαβαρᾷ ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου γινομένου, ἐξεταζομένου.
dioper ho men ekeinǭ eti paideuomenos tǭ artǭ † to logǭ thanaton dexasthai dynatai, ho de phthasas epi ton metʼ ekeinon arton phagōn auton zēsetai eis ton aiōna. tauta de panta ouk akairōs oimai paratetheisthai, tou para tǭ Iordanę̄ baptismatos, en Bēthabarą hypo Iōannou ginomenou, exetazomenou.
Therefore one who is still being educated by that bread … can receive death, but one who has reached the bread that comes after it will eat it and live forever. I think all this has not been set out inappropriately, while examining the baptism at the Jordan performed by John in Bethabara.
6.238Preuschen 4:155
Ἔτι δὲ καὶ τοῦτο παρατηρητέον, ὅτι μέλλῶν ἀναλαμβάνεσθαι Ἠλίας ἐν συσσεισμῷ ὡς εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, λαβὼν τὴν μηλωτὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰλήσας ἐπάταξεν τὸ ὕδωρ, ὅπερ διῃρέθη ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα, καὶ διέβησαν ἀμφότεροι, δηλονότι αὐτὸς καὶ ὁ Ἐλισαῖος· ἐπιτηδειότερος γὰρ πρὸς τὸ ἀναληφθῆναι γεγένηται ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ βαπτισάμενος, ἐπεὶ τὴν διʼ ὕδατος παραδοξοτέραν διάβασιν βάπτισμα, ὡς προπαρεθέμεθα, ὠνόμασεν ὁ Παῦλος.
Eti de kai touto paratērēteon, hoti mellōn analambanesthai Ēlias en sysseismǭ hōs eis ton ouranon, labōn tēn mēlōtēn autou kai eilēsas epataxen to hydōr, hoper dię̄rethē entha kai entha, kai diebēsan amphoteroi, dēlonoti autos kai ho Elisaios; epitēdeioteros gar pros to analēphthēnai gegenētai en tǭ Iordanę̄ baptisamenos, epei tēn diʼ hydatos paradoxoteran diabasin baptisma, hōs proparethemetha, ōnomasen ho Paulos.
This too must be observed: when Elijah was about to be taken up in a whirlwind as into heaven, he took his mantle, rolled it up, and struck the water, which was divided this way and that, and both crossed over, namely he and Elisha. For he became more fit to be taken up by being baptized in the Jordan, since Paul, as we set out before, called the more wonderful crossing through water a baptism.
6.239Preuschen 4:155
διὰ τὸν αὐτὸν δὴ τοῦτον Ἰορδάνην χωρεῖ ὃ βεβούληται χάρισμα διὰ Ἠλίου ὁ Ἐλισαῖος λαβεῖν, εἰπών· »Γενηθήτω δὴ διπλᾶ έν πνεύματί σου ἐπʼ ἔμέ«. καὶ τάχα διὰ τοῦτο διπλοῦν ἔλαβεν τὸ χάρισμα ἐν πνεύματι Ἠλίου ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν, ἐπεὶ δὶς διῆλθεν τὸν Ἰορδάνην, ἅπαξ μὲν μετὰ τοῦ Ἠλίου, δεύτερον δὲ ὅτε λαβὼν τὴν μηλωτὴν τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐπάταξεν τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ εἶπεν »Ποῦ ὁ Θεὸς Ἠλίου ἀφφώ; καὶ ἐπάταξεν τὰ ὕδατα καὶ διεῖλεν ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα«.
dia ton auton dē touton Iordanēn chōrei ho beboulētai charisma dia Ēliou ho Elisaios labein, eipōn; »Genēthētō dē dipla en pneumati sou epʼ eme«. kai tacha dia touto diploun elaben to charisma en pneumati Ēliou ephʼ heauton, epei dis diēlthen ton Iordanēn, hapax men meta tou Ēliou, deuteron de hote labōn tēn mēlōtēn tou Ēliou epataxen to hydōr, kai eipen »Pou ho Theos Ēliou aphphō? kai epataxen ta hydata kai dieilen entha kai entha«.
Through this same Jordan Elisha receives the gift he wished to receive through Elijah, saying, “Let a double portion of your spirit be upon me.” And perhaps for this reason he received the gift twofold in the spirit of Elijah upon himself, since he crossed the Jordan twice: once with Elijah, and a second time when, taking Elijah's mantle, he struck the water and said, “Where is the God of Elijah, even he? And he struck the waters and divided them this way and that.”
6.240Preuschen 4:155
ἐὰν δέ τις προσκόπτῃ τῷ »Ἐπάταξεν τὸ ὕδωρ‘ διὰ τὰ παραδεδομένα ἡμῖν περὶ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ὃς τύπος ἦν τοῦ τὴν κατάβασιν ἡμῶν καταβάντος λόγου, λεκτέον ὄτι παρὰ τῷ ἀποστόλῳ σαφῶς ἡ πέτρα Χριστὸς ἦν ἥτις τῇ ῥάβδῳ δὶς πλήσσεται, ἴνα δυνηθῶσιν πιεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς »πενυματικῆς ἀκολουθούσης πέτρας«.
ean de tis proskoptę̄ tǭ »Epataxen to hydōr‘ dia ta paradedomena hēmin peri tou Iordanou, hos typos ēn tou tēn katabasin hēmōn katabantos logou, lekteon oti para tǭ apostolǭ saphōs hē petra Christos ēn hētis tę̄ rhabdǭ dis plēssetai, ina dynēthōsin piein apo tēs »penymatikēs akolouthousēs petras«.
If anyone stumbles at “he struck the water,” because of what has been handed down to us about the Jordan, which was a type of the Word who descended our descent, we must say that in the apostle the rock was clearly Christ, which is struck twice with the rod so that they might drink from “the spiritual rock that followed them.”
6.241Preuschen 4:155
ἔστιν οὐν τις καὶ ἀγαπώντων πληγὴ ἐν τῇ ἐπαπορήσει πρὶν μαθεῖν τὸ ζητούμενον τὰ ἐναντία προφερομένων τῷ τοῦ λόγου συμπεράσματι, ὧν ἀπαλλάττων ἡμᾶς ὁ θεὸς ὅπου μὲν διψῶσιν δίδωσιν ποτόν, ὅπου δὲ τὸ τον ἡμῖν καὶ ἀχώρητον διὰ τὸ βάθος διοδευτὸν τῇ διαιρέσει τοῦ λόγου παρασκευάζει, τῶν πλείστων τῷ διαιρετικῷ λόγῳ ἡμῖν σαφηνιζομένων.
estin oun tis kai agapōntōn plēgē en tę̄ epaporēsei prin mathein to zētoumenon ta enantia propheromenōn tǭ tou logou symperasmati, hōn apallattōn hēmas ho theos hopou men dipsōsin didōsin poton, hopou de to ton hēmin kai achōrēton dia to bathos diodeuton tę̄ diairesei tou logou paraskeuazei, tōn pleistōn tǭ diairetikǭ logǭ hēmin saphēnizomenōn.
There is, then, also a blow from those who love, in the questioning before one learns what is sought, when they put forward objections to the conclusion of the argument. From these God frees us, where people thirst, by giving drink, and where the [river] is impassable for us and uncrossable because of its depth, by making it passable through the dividing of the Word, most things being made clear to us by reasoning that distinguishes.
6.242Preuschen 4:155–156
Ἔτι δἒ εἰς τὸ παραδέξασθαι τὴν περὶ τοῦ ποτιμωτάτου καὶ χαριστικωτάτου Ἰορδάνου ἑρμηνείαν, χρήσιμον παραθέσθαι τόν τε ἀπὸ τῆς λέπρας καθαριζόμενον Ναιμὰν τὸν Σύρον, καὶ τὰ λεγό- μενα περὶ τῶν παρὰ τοῖς πολεμίοις τῆς θεοσεβείας ποταμῶν.
Eti de eis to paradexasthai tēn peri tou potimōtatou kai charistikōtatou Iordanou hermēneian, chrēsimon parathesthai ton te apo tēs lepras katharizomenon Naiman ton Syron, kai ta lego- mena peri tōn para tois polemiois tēs theosebeias potamōn.
Further, to accept the interpretation of the most drinkable and gracious Jordan, it is useful to set out the case of Naaman the Syrian, cleansed of leprosy, and what is said about the rivers of the enemies of piety.
6.243Preuschen 4:156
περὶ μὲν οὖν Ναιμὰν γέγραπται ὅτι »Ἦλθεν ἐν ἵππῳ καὶ ἅρματι, καὶ ἔστη »ἐπὶ θύραις οἴκου Ἐλισαιέ. καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Ἐλισαιὲ ἄγγελον πρὸς »αὐτὸν λέγων· Πορευθεὶς λοῦσαι ἑπτάκις ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ, καὶ ἐπιστρέφει »ἡ σάρξ σού σοι καὶ καθαρισθήσῃ«. ὅτε καὶ θυμοῦται Ναιμάν, οὐ νοῶν ὅτι ὁ Ἰορδάνης ἡμῶν ἐστιν ὁ ἀπολύων τοὺς διὰ τὴν λέπραν ἀκαθάρτους τῆς ἀκαθαρσίας καὶ ἰώμένος, οὐχὶ δὲ ὁ προφήτης· προφήτου γὰρ ἔργον πέμψαι ἐπὶ τὸ θεραπεῦον.
peri men oun Naiman gegraptai hoti »Ēlthen en hippǭ kai harmati, kai estē »epi thyrais oikou Elisaie. kai apesteilen Elisaie angelon pros »auton legōn; Poreutheis lousai heptakis en tǭ Iordanę̄, kai epistrephei »hē sarx sou soi kai katharisthēsę̄«. hote kai thymoutai Naiman, ou noōn hoti ho Iordanēs hēmōn estin ho apolyōn tous dia tēn lepran akathartous tēs akatharsias kai iōmenos, ouchi de ho prophētēs; prophētou gar ergon pempsai epi to therapeuon.
About Naaman it is written that “he came with horse and chariot and stood at the doors of Elisha's house. And Elisha sent a messenger to him, saying, Go and wash seven times in the Jordan, and your flesh will return to you and you will be clean.” Then Naaman is angry, not understanding that it is our Jordan that releases from uncleanness and heals those unclean through leprosy, and not the prophet; for it is the prophet's work to send to what heals.
6.244Preuschen 4:156
μὴ συνιεὶς τοίνυν τὸ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου μέγα μυστήριον ὁ Ναιμάν φησιν· »Ἰδοὺ δὴ ἔλεγον ὅτι πάν- »κυρίου ἐξελύσεται πρὸς μὲ καὶ στήσεται καὶ ἐπικαλέσεται ἐν ὀνόματι »κυρίου θεοῦ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπιθήσει τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον καὶ »ἀποσυνάξει τὸ λεπρόν«. τὸ γὰρ ἐπιθεῖναι τὴν χεῖρα λέπρᾳ καὶ καθαρίσαι μόνου τοῦ κυρίου μου Ἰησοῦ ἔργον ἦν, οὐ μόνον ἐιπόντος τῷ μετὰ πίστεως ἀξιώσαντι «Ἐὰν θέλῃς δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι« τὸ »Θέλω, καθαρίσθητι«· πρὸς γὰρ τῷ λόγῳ καὶ ἥψατο αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκαθαρίσθη ἀπὸ τῆς λέπρας αὐτοῦ.
mē synieis toinyn to tou Iordanou mega mystērion ho Naiman phēsin; »Idou dē elegon hoti pan- »kyriou exelysetai pros me kai stēsetai kai epikalesetai en onomati »kyriou theou autou kai epithēsei tēn cheira autou epi ton topon kai »aposynaxei to lepron«. to gar epitheinai tēn cheira leprą kai katharisai monou tou kyriou mou Iēsou ergon ēn, ou monon eipontos tǭ meta pisteōs axiōsanti «Ean thelę̄s dynasai me katharisai« to »Thelō, katharisthēti«; pros gar tǭ logǭ kai hēpsato autou, kai ekatharisthē apo tēs lepras autou.
Not understanding, then, the great mystery of the Jordan, Naaman says: “Behold, I said that he would surely come out to me and stand and call on the name of the Lord his God, and lay his hand on the place and take away the leprosy.” For to lay a hand on leprosy and cleanse it was the work of my Lord Jesus alone, who not only said to the one who asked with faith, “If you will, you can make me clean,” the words “I will; be clean,” but in addition to the word also touched him, and he was cleansed of his leprosy.
6.245Preuschen 4:156
ἔτι δὴ πλανώμενος ὁ Ναιμὰν καὶ οὐχ ὁρῶν ὅσον ἀπολείπονται οἱ ἕτεροι τοῦ Ἰορδάνου ποταμοὶ πρὸς θεραπείαν τῶν πεπονθότων, ἐπαινεῖ τοὺς τῆς Δαμασκοῦ ποταμόυς, Ἀβανὰ καὶ Φαρφά, λέγων· »Οὐχὶ ἀγαθὸς Ἀβανὰ καὶ Φαρφά, »ποταμοὶ Δαμασκοῦ, ὑπὲρ πάντα τὰ ὔδατα Ἰσραήλ; οὐχὶ πορευθεὶς λούσομαι ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ καθαρισθήσομαι;« ὥσπερ γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεὸς ὁ πατήρ, οὕτως ἐν ποταμοῖς οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ ὁ Ἰορδάνης καὶ λέπρας ἀναλλάξαι δυνάμενος τὸν μετὰ πίστεως τὴν ψυχὴν λουόμενον εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν.
eti dē planōmenos ho Naiman kai ouch horōn hoson apoleipontai hoi heteroi tou Iordanou potamoi pros therapeian tōn peponthotōn, epainei tous tēs Damaskou potamous, Abana kai Pharpha, legōn; »Ouchi agathos Abana kai Pharpha, »potamoi Damaskou, hyper panta ta ydata Israēl? ouchi poreutheis lousomai en autois kai katharisthēsomai?« hōsper gar oudeis agathos ei mē heis ho theos ho patēr, houtōs en potamois oudeis agathos ei mē ho Iordanēs kai lepras anallaxai dynamenos ton meta pisteōs tēn psychēn louomenon eis ton Iēsoun.
Still going astray, and not seeing how far the other rivers fall short of the Jordan for healing the afflicted, Naaman praises the rivers of Damascus, Abana and Pharpar, saying, “Are not Abana and Pharpar, rivers of Damascus, good, beyond all the waters of Israel? Shall I not go and wash in them and be clean?” For just as no one is good but one, God the Father, so among rivers none is good but the Jordan, which can deliver from leprosy one who washes his soul with faith into Jesus.
6.246Preuschen 4:156
οἶμαι δὲ διὰ τοῦτον κλαίειν ἀναγεγράφθαι παρὰ τοῖς Βαβυλῶνος ποταμοῖς καθεζομένους τοὺς μνησθέντας τῆς Σιών· ἄλλων γὰρ ὑδάτων γευσάμενοι μετὰ τὸν ἄγιον Ἰορδάνην οἱ διὰ τὴν κακίαν αἰχμαλωτευθέντες εἰς ὑπόμνησιν καὶ πόθον ἔρχονται τοῦ οἰκείου καὶ σωτηρίου ποταμοῦ. διόπερ ἐπὶ τῶν ποταμῶν Βαβυλῶνός φασιν· »Ἐκεῖ ἐκαθίσαμεν«, δηλονότι διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι στῆναι, »καὶ ἐκλαύσαμεν«.
oimai de dia touton klaiein anagegraphthai para tois Babylōnos potamois kathezomenous tous mnēsthentas tēs Siōn; allōn gar hydatōn geusamenoi meta ton agion Iordanēn hoi dia tēn kakian aichmalōteuthentes eis hypomnēsin kai pothon erchontai tou oikeiou kai sōtēriou potamou. dioper epi tōn potamōn Babylōnos phasin; »Ekei ekathisamen«, dēlonoti dia to mē dynasthai stēnai, »kai eklausamen«.
I think it is because of this river that those who remembered Zion are recorded as weeping while they sat by the rivers of Babylon. For having tasted other waters after the holy Jordan, those taken captive through wickedness come to remember and long for their own saving river. Therefore by the rivers of Babylon they say, “There we sat,” clearly because they could not stand, “and wept.”
6.247Preuschen 4:156–157
καὶ ὁ Ἱερεμίας δὲ ἐπιπλήσσει τοῖς θέλουσιν Αἰγύπτιον ὕδωρ πιεῖν καὶ καταλείπουσιν τὸ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβαῖνον καὶ ἐπώνυμον Τῆς τυγχάνον, τὸν Ἰορδάνην, λέγων· »Τί σοι καὶ τῇ ὁδῷ Αἰγύπτου τοῦ πιεῖν ὕδωρ Γηῶν, καὶ τοῦ πιεῖν »ὕδωρ ποταμῶν«; ἢ ὡς τὸ Ἑβραϊκὸν ἔχει » τοῦ πιεῖν ὕδωρ Σιώρ«· περὶ οὗ οὐ νῦν πρόκειται λέγειν.
kai ho Hieremias de epiplēssei tois thelousin Aigyption hydōr piein kai kataleipousin to ex ouranou katabainon kai epōnymon Tēs tynchanon, ton Iordanēn, legōn; »Ti soi kai tę̄ hodǭ Aigyptou tou piein hydōr Gēōn, kai tou piein »hydōr potamōn«? ē hōs to Hebraïkon echei » tou piein hydōr Siōr«; peri hou ou nyn prokeitai legein.
And Jeremiah rebukes those who wish to drink Egyptian water and abandon the Jordan, which comes down from heaven and is named for [descent], saying, “What have you to do with the way of Egypt, to drink the water of Gihon, and to drink the water of rivers?” or, as the Hebrew has it, “to drink the water of Shihor”; about which it is not our business to speak now.
6.248Preuschen 4:157
Ὅτι δὲ οὐ περὶ αἰσθητῶν ποταμῶν ὁ προηγούμενος λόγος ἐστὶν τῷ ἐν ταῖς θεοπνεύστοις γραφαῖς λαλοῦντι πνεύματι καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν τῷ Ἐζεκιὴλ ἐπὶ Φαραώ, βασιλέα Αἰγύπτου, προφητευομένων ἔστιν ἰδεῖν οὕτως ἐχόντων· »Ἰδού, ἔγὼ ἐπὶ σὲ Φαραώ, βασιλεῦ »Αἰγύπτου, τὸν δράκοντα τὸν μέγαν τὸν ἐγκαθήμενον ἐν μέσῳ πο- »ταμῶν αὐτοῦ, λέγοντα· Ἐμοί εἰσιν οἱ ποταμοί, καὶ ἐγὼ ἐποίησα »αὐτούς. καὶ ἐγὼ δώσω παγίδας εἰς τὰς σιαγόνας σου, καὶ προσκολ- »λήσω τοὺς ἰχθύας τοῦ ποταμοῦ πρὸς τὰς πτέρυγάς σου, καὶ ἀνάξω σε ἐκ μέσου τοῦ ποταμοῦ σου καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἰχθύας τοῦ »καὶ καταβαλῶ σε ἐν τάχει καὶ πάντας τοὺς ιχθύας τοῦ ποταμοῦ· »ἐπὶ † προσώπου τοῦ πεδίου σου πέσῃ καὶ οὐ μὴ συναχθῇς καὶ οὐ »μὴ περισταλῇς«.
Hoti de ou peri aisthētōn potamōn ho proēgoumenos logos estin tǭ en tais theopneustois graphais lalounti pneumati kai apo tōn en tǭ Ezekiēl epi Pharaō, basilea Aigyptou, prophēteuomenōn estin idein houtōs echontōn; »Idou, egō epi se Pharaō, basileu »Aigyptou, ton drakonta ton megan ton enkathēmenon en mesǭ po- »tamōn autou, legonta; Emoi eisin hoi potamoi, kai egō epoiēsa »autous. kai egō dōsō pagidas eis tas siagonas sou, kai proskol- »lēsō tous ichthyas tou potamou pros tas pterygas sou, kai anaxō se ek mesou tou potamou sou kai pantas tous ichthyas tou »kai katabalō se en tachei kai pantas tous ichthyas tou potamou; »epi † prosōpou tou pediou sou pesę̄ kai ou mē synachthę̄s kai ou »mē peristalę̄s«.
That the principal meaning intended by the Spirit who speaks in the inspired Scriptures does not concern sensible rivers can be seen also from what is prophesied in Ezekiel against Pharaoh king of Egypt, which runs thus: “Behold, I am against you, Pharaoh king of Egypt, the great dragon that lies in the midst of his rivers, saying, The rivers are mine, and I made them. And I will put hooks in your jaws, and make the fish of the river stick to your fins, and I will bring you up out of the midst of your river, and all the fish of your river; and I will cast you down quickly, and all the fish of the river; you will fall on the face of the plain, and you will not be gathered or buried.”
6.249Preuschen 4:157
ποῖος γὰρ σωματικὸς δράκων έν τῷ σωματικῷ τῆς Αἰγύπτου ποταμῷ ὀφθεὶς ἱστόρηταί ποτε; ἀλλὰ μήποτε χωρίον ἐστὶν τοῦ ἑχθροῦ ἡμῶν δράκοντος ὁ τῆς Αἰγύπτου ποταμὸς ὁ παιδίον ἀποκτεῖναι Μωσέα δυνηθείς. ὥσπερ δὲ δράκων έν τῷ Αἰγυπτίῳ ἐστὶν ποταμῷ, οὕτως ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῷ εὐφραίνοντι τὴν πόλιν τοῦ θεοῦ ποταμῷ· ὁ πατὴρ γὰρ ἐν τῷ υἱῷ.
poios gar sōmatikos drakōn en tǭ sōmatikǭ tēs Aigyptou potamǭ ophtheis historētai pote? alla mēpote chōrion estin tou hechthrou hēmōn drakontos ho tēs Aigyptou potamos ho paidion apokteinai Mōsea dynētheis. hōsper de drakōn en tǭ Aigyptiǭ estin potamǭ, houtōs ho theos en tǭ euphrainonti tēn polin tou theou potamǭ; ho patēr gar en tǭ huiǭ.
For what bodily dragon has ever been reported seen in the bodily river of Egypt? But perhaps the river of Egypt, which was able to kill the infant Moses, is the place of our enemy the dragon. And just as a dragon is in the Egyptian river, so God is in the river that gladdens the city of God; for the Father is in the Son.
6.250Preuschen 4:157
διὰ τοῦτο οἱ γινόμενοι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐπὶ τῷ λούσασθαι, τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν ἀποτίθενται τῆς Αἰγύπτου, καὶ ἐπιτηδειότεροι πρὸς τὸ ἀναλαμβάνεσθαι γίνονται, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς μιαρωτάτης λέπρας καθαρίζονται, καὶ διπλασιασμὸν χωροῦσιν χαρισμάτων, καὶ ἕτοιμοι πρὸς πνεύματος ἁγίου παραδοχὴν γίνονται, ἄλλῳ ποταμῷ οὐκ ἐφιπταμένης τῆς πνευματικῆς περιστερᾶς.
dia touto hoi ginomenoi en autǭ epi tǭ lousasthai, ton oneidismon apotithentai tēs Aigyptou, kai epitēdeioteroi pros to analambanesthai ginontai, kai apo tēs miarōtatēs lepras katharizontai, kai diplasiasmon chōrousin charismatōn, kai hetoimoi pros pneumatos hagiou paradochēn ginontai, allǭ potamǭ ouk ephiptamenēs tēs pneumatikēs peristeras.
That is why those who enter it to be washed put away the reproach of Egypt, become more fit to be taken up, are cleansed from the foulest leprosy, receive a double portion of gifts, and become ready to receive the Holy Spirit, since the spiritual dove does not fly down upon any other river.
6.251Preuschen 4:157
διόπερ θεοπρεπέστερον νοήσαντες τὸν Ἰορδάνην καὶ τὸ έν αὐτῶ λουτρὸν καὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐν αὐτῷ λουόμενον καὶ τὸν τῆς κατασκευῆς, ὅσον δεόμεθα τῆς τοιαύτης ὠφελείας ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἀρυσώμεθα. Τῇ ἐπαύριον βλέΠει τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐρχόμενον Πρὸς ἀυτόν.
dioper theoprepesteron noēsantes ton Iordanēn kai to en autō loutron kai ton Iēsoun en autǭ louomenon kai ton tēs kataskeuēs, hoson deometha tēs toiautēs ōpheleias apo tou potamou arysōmetha. Tę̄ epaurion blePei ton Iēsoun erchomenon Pros auton.
Therefore, having understood in a manner more worthy of God the Jordan, the washing in it, Jesus washed in it, and the house of preparation, let us draw from the river as much of such benefit as we need. [John 1:29:] “The next day he sees Jesus coming toward him.”
6.252Preuschen 4:157–158
Πρότερον ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἅμα τῷ συλλαβεῖν αὐτὸν τῇ μητρὶ τοῦ Ἰωάννου καὶ αὐτῇ ἐγκύμονι τυγχανούσῃ ἐπεδήμει, ὅτε ὁ μορφούμενος τῷ μορφουμένῳ ἀκριβέστερον τὴν μόρφωσιν χαρίζεται, σύμμορφον ἐνεργῶν αὐτὸν γενέσθαι τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ, ὥστε διὰ τὸ κοινὸν τῆς μορφῆς Ἰωάννην τε Χριστὸν ὑπονοεῖσθαι τυγχάνειν, καὶ Ἰησοῦν Ἰωάννην ἀναστάντα ἐκ νεκρῶν νομίζεσθαι παρὰ τοῖς μὴ δια- κρίνουσι τὴν εἰκόνα ἀπὸ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν εἰκόνα· νῦν δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς μετὰ τὰ προεξετασθέντα μαρτύρια Ἰωάννου περὶ αὐτοῦ αὐτὸς βλέπεται ὑπὸ τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς αὐτόν.
Proteron hē mētēr tou Iēsou hama tǭ syllabein auton tę̄ mētri tou Iōannou kai autę̄ enkymoni tynchanousę̄ epedēmei, hote ho morphoumenos tǭ morphoumenǭ akribesteron tēn morphōsin charizetai, symmorphon energōn auton genesthai tę̄ doxę̄ autou, hōste dia to koinon tēs morphēs Iōannēn te Christon hyponoeisthai tynchanein, kai Iēsoun Iōannēn anastanta ek nekrōn nomizesthai para tois mē dia- krinousi tēn eikona apo tou kata tēn eikona; nyn de ho Iēsous meta ta proexetasthenta martyria Iōannou peri autou autos blepetai hypo tou baptistou erchomenos pros auton.
Earlier, as soon as she conceived him, the mother of Jesus visited the mother of John, who was also pregnant, when the one being formed gives the one being formed a more exact formation, making him conformed to his glory, so that because of the likeness of form John was suspected to be the Christ, and Jesus was thought to be John risen from the dead by those who do not distinguish the image from what is according to the image. But now Jesus, after John's testimonies about him examined above, is himself seen by the Baptist coming toward him.
6.253Preuschen 4:158
παρατηρητέον δὲ ὅτι ἐκεῖ μὲν διὰ τὴν τοῦ Μαρίας ἀσπασμοῦ φωνὴν ἐληλυθυῖαν εἰς τὰ ὠτα τῆς Ἐλισάβετ, σκιρτᾷ τὸ βρέφος Ἰωάννης ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τῆς μητρός, τότε, ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς φωνῆς, λαμβανούσης πνεῦμα ἅγιον· »Ἐγένετο »φησίν, ὡς ἤκουσεν τὸν ἀσπασμὸν τῆς Μαρίας ἡ Ἐλισάβετ, ἐσκίρτησεν τὸ βρέφος ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐπλήσθη πνεύματος ἁγίου ἡ »Ἐλισάβετ καὶ ἀνεφώνησεν κραυγῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ εἶπεν«· ἐνθάδε· »Βλέπει ὁ Ἰωάννης τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐρχόμενον πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ λέγει· Ἴδε »ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου«· ἀκοῇ δὲ τῇ περὶ τῶν κρειττόνων πρότερόν τις παιδεύεται καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα αὐτόπτης αὐτῶν γίνεται.
paratērēteon de hoti ekei men dia tēn tou Marias aspasmou phōnēn elēlythuian eis ta ōta tēs Elisabet, skirtą to brephos Iōannēs en tę̄ koilią tēs mētros, tote, hōs apo tēs phōnēs, lambanousēs pneuma hagion; »Egeneto »phēsin, hōs ēkousen ton aspasmon tēs Marias hē Elisabet, eskirtēsen to brephos en tę̄ koilią autēs, kai eplēsthē pneumatos hagiou hē »Elisabet kai anephōnēsen kraugę̄ megalę̄ kai eipen«; enthade; »Blepei ho Iōannēs ton Iēsoun erchomenon pros auton, kai legei; Ide »ho amnos tou theou ho airōn tēn hamartian tou kosmou«; akoę̄ de tę̄ peri tōn kreittonōn proteron tis paideuetai kai meta tauta autoptēs autōn ginetai.
It must be observed that there, because the voice of Mary's greeting reached Elizabeth's ears, the infant John leaps in his mother's womb, she then receiving the Holy Spirit as from the voice. “It came about,” it says, “when Elizabeth heard Mary's greeting, the infant leaped in her womb, and Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit and cried out with a loud cry and said.” Here: “John sees Jesus coming toward him and says, Behold the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world.” For one is first taught about the greater things by hearing, and afterwards becomes an eyewitness of them.
6.254Preuschen 4:158
ὅτι μέντοι γε εἰς τὴν μόρφωσιν ὠφέληται ὁ Ἰωάννης ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔτι μορφουμένου, τοῦ κυρίου, † γενομένου ἐν τῇ μητρὶ πρὸς τὴν Ἐλισάβετ, τῷ κεκρατηκότι τῶν εἰρημένων περὶ τοῦ φωνὴν μὲν εἶναι τὸν Ἰωάννην, λόγον δὲ τὸν Ἰησοῦν δὴλον ἔσται· μεγάλη γὰρ φωνὴ γίνεται ἐν τῇ Ἐλισάβετ πληρωθείσῃ πνεύματος ἁγίου διὰ τὸν ἀσπασμὸν τῆς Μαρίας, ὡς αὐτὴ ἡ λέξις παρίστησιν οὕτως ἔχουσα· Καὶ ἀνεφώνησεν κραυγῇ μεγάλῃ«, (δηλονότι ἡ »καὶ εἶπεν«.
hoti mentoi ge eis tēn morphōsin ōphelētai ho Iōannēs apo tou eti morphoumenou, tou kyriou, † genomenou en tę̄ mētri pros tēn Elisabet, tǭ kekratēkoti tōn eirēmenōn peri tou phōnēn men einai ton Iōannēn, logon de ton Iēsoun dēlon estai; megalē gar phōnē ginetai en tę̄ Elisabet plērōtheisę̄ pneumatos hagiou dia ton aspasmon tēs Marias, hōs autē hē lexis paristēsin houtōs echousa; Kai anephōnēsen kraugę̄ megalę̄«, (dēlonoti hē »kai eipen«.
That John was, however, helped toward his formation by the Lord, who was still being formed, … having come in his mother to Elizabeth, will be clear to anyone who has grasped what was said about John being a voice and Jesus the Word. For a loud voice comes about in Elizabeth, filled with the Holy Spirit through Mary's greeting, as the wording itself shows: “And she cried out with a loud cry,” clearly the voice, “and said.”
6.255Preuschen 4:158
ἡ γὰρ φωνὴ τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ τῆς Μαρίας γενομένη έν τοῖς ὠσὶν τῆς Ἐλισάβετ ἐπλήρωσεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἑαυτῆς· διόπερ σκιρτᾷ ὁ Ἰωάννης καὶ οἱονεὶ στόμα τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ προφῆτις ἡ μήτηρ γίνεται ἀναφωνοῦσα κραυγῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ λέγουσα· »Εὐλογημένη σὺ ἐν »γυναιξὶν καὶ εὐλογημένος ὁ καρπὸς τῆς κοιλίας σου«.
hē gar phōnē tou aspasmou tēs Marias genomenē en tois ōsin tēs Elisabet eplērōsen ton Iōannēn heautēs; dioper skirtą ho Iōannēs kai hoionei stoma tou huiou kai prophētis hē mētēr ginetai anaphōnousa kraugę̄ megalę̄ kai legousa; »Eulogēmenē sy en »gynaixin kai eulogēmenos ho karpos tēs koilias sou«.
For the voice of Mary's greeting, coming into Elizabeth's ears, filled the John within her. That is why John leaps and his mother becomes, as it were, the mouth of her son and a prophetess, crying out with a loud cry and saying, “Blessed are you among women, and blessed is the fruit of your womb.”
6.256Preuschen 4:158
ἤδη οὐν δύναται δῆλος ἠμῖν γίνεσθαι καὶ ἡ μετὰ σπουδῆς πορεία τῆς Μαρίας ἐις τὴν ὀρεινὴν καὶ ἡ ἔισοδος εἰς τὸν οἶκον Ζαχαρίου καὶ ὁ ἀσπασμός, ὃν ἀσπάζεται τὴν Ἐλισάβετ· ἵνα γὰρ μεταδῷ ἀφʼ ἡς ἔχει ἐξ οὑ συνεἰληφεν δυνάμεως τῷ Ἰωάννῃ ἔτι έν τῇ μήτρᾳ τυγχάνοντι τῆς μητρὸς ἡ Μαριὰμ καὶ αὐτῷ μεταδώσοντι τῇ μητρί, ἀφʼ ἧς ἔλαβεν χάριτος προφητικῆς, ταῦτα πάντα γίνεται.
ēdē oun dynatai dēlos ēmin ginesthai kai hē meta spoudēs poreia tēs Marias eis tēn oreinēn kai hē eisodos eis ton oikon Zachariou kai ho aspasmos, hon aspazetai tēn Elisabet; hina gar metadǭ aphʼ hēs echei ex hou syneilēphen dynameōs tǭ Iōannę̄ eti en tę̄ mētrą tynchanonti tēs mētros hē Mariam kai autǭ metadōsonti tę̄ mētri, aphʼ hēs elaben charitos prophētikēs, tauta panta ginetai.
Now, then, it can become clear to us why Mary made her hurried journey into the hill country, entered the house of Zechariah, and greeted Elizabeth: all this happened so that Mary might impart to John, still in his mother's womb, from the power she had from the one she had conceived, and so that he might impart to his mother from the prophetic grace he had received.
6.257Preuschen 4:158–159
καὶ εὐλογώτατά γε ἐν τῇ ὀρεινῇ αἱ τοιαῦται οἰκονομίαι ἐπιτελοῦνται, οὐδενὸς μεγάλου χωρουμένου ὑπὸ τῶν διὰ τὴν ταπεινότητα κοιλάδων κληθησομένων. καὶ ἐνθάδε ὑπὸ μετὰ τὰς Ἰωάννου μαρτυρίας, πρώτην μὲν τὴν ὑπὸ κεκραγότος λεγομένην καὶ θεολογοῦντος, δευτέραν δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἱερεῖς καὶ Λευ·ίτας τοὺς ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων ἀπεσταλμένους, καὶ τρίτην τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων πικρότερον ἐρωτήσαντας, Ἰησοῦς ἤδη βλέπεται ὑπὸ τοῦ μαρτυρήσαντος, ἐρχόμενος πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔτι προκόπτοντα καὶ βελτίονα γινόμενον· ἡς προκοπῆς καὶ βελτιώσεως σύμβολον ἡ ὠνομασμένη αὔριον· οἱονεὶ γὰρ ἐν ἑξῆς φωτισμῷ καὶ δευτέρᾳ ἡμέρᾳ παρὰ τὰ πρότερον ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἔρχεται, οὐ μόνον γινωσκόμενος ὡς μέσος ἑστηκὼς καὶ τῶν οὐκ εἰδότων, ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ ὁρώμενος ἤκων τῷ ταῦτα πρότερον ἀποφηναμένῳ.
kai eulogōtata ge en tę̄ oreinę̄ hai toiautai oikonomiai epitelountai, oudenos megalou chōroumenou hypo tōn dia tēn tapeinotēta koiladōn klēthēsomenōn. kai enthade hypo meta tas Iōannou martyrias, prōtēn men tēn hypo kekragotos legomenēn kai theologountos, deuteran de pros tous hiereis kai Leu;itas tous apo Hierosolymōn hypo Ioudaiōn apestalmenous, kai tritēn tēn pros tous ek tōn Pharisaiōn pikroteron erōtēsantas, Iēsous ēdē blepetai hypo tou martyrēsantos, erchomenos pros auton eti prokoptonta kai beltiona ginomenon; hēs prokopēs kai beltiōseōs symbolon hē ōnomasmenē aurion; hoionei gar en hexēs phōtismǭ kai deuterą hēmerą para ta proteron ho Iēsous erchetai, ou monon ginōskomenos hōs mesos hestēkōs kai tōn ouk eidotōn, allʼ ēdē kai horōmenos ēkōn tǭ tauta proteron apophēnamenǭ.
And very reasonably such dispensations are carried out in the hill country, since nothing great is received by those who, because of their lowness, will be called valleys. And here, after John's testimonies (the first spoken by one crying out and speaking of God, the second to the priests and Levites sent from Jerusalem by the Jews, and the third to those of the Pharisees who questioned him more bitterly), Jesus is now seen by the one who bore witness, coming to him while he is still advancing and growing better. The symbol of this advance and improvement is the day named “the next day.” For as in a following illumination and a second day beyond the former, Jesus comes, not only known as standing in the midst even of those who do not know him, but now also seen arriving by the one who earlier declared these things.
6.258Preuschen 4:159
πρώτῃ οὖν ἡμέρᾳ αἱ μαρτυρίαι γίνονται, καὶ δευτέρᾳ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς Ἰωάννην ἔρχεται· τρίτῃ δὲ ἑστὼς ὁ Ἰωάννης μετὰ δύο μαθητῶν, ἐνιδὼν Ἰησοῦ περιπατοῦντι εἰπὼν τὸ »Ἴδε ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ προτρέπει τοὺς παρόντας ἀκολουθῆσαι τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ τετάρτῃ θελήσας ἐξελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ὁ ἐξελθὼν ζητῆσαι τὸ ἀπολωλὸς »εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον καὶ λέγει »αὐτῷ·
prōtę̄ oun hēmerą hai martyriai ginontai, kai deuterą Iēsous pros Iōannēn erchetai; tritę̄ de hestōs ho Iōannēs meta dyo mathētōn, enidōn Iēsou peripatounti eipōn to »Ide ho amnos tou protrepei tous parontas akolouthēsai tǭ huiǭ tou theou. kai tetartę̄ thelēsas exelthein eis tēn Galilaian ho exelthōn zētēsai to apolōlos »heuriskei Philippon kai legei »autǭ;
On the first day, then, the testimonies are given, and on the second Jesus comes to John. On the third John, standing with two disciples and looking at Jesus as he walked, says, “Behold the Lamb of God,” and urges those present to follow the Son of God. And on the fourth, wishing to go out into Galilee, he who came out to seek what was lost “finds Philip and says to him,
6.259Preuschen 4:159
Ἀκολούθει μοι« τρίτῃ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς τετάρτης, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἕκτη τῶν ἀρχῆθεν ἡμῖν κατειλεγμένων, ὁ γάμος γίνεται ἐν Κανᾷ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, περὶ οὗ εἰσόμεθα γενόμενοι κατὰ τὸν τόπον. παρατηρητέον δὲ καὶ τοῦτο, ὅτι ἡ διαφέρουσα Μαρία πρὸς τὴν ὑποδεεστέραν Ἐλισάβετ ἔρχεται καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ πρὸς τὸν βαπτιστήν, διʼ ὧν εἰς τὸ ἄοκνον πρὸς τὸ ὠφελεῖν τοὺς ἥττονας καὶ μετριότητα ὠφελούμεθα.
Akolouthei moi« tritę̄ de apo tēs tetartēs, hētis estin hektē tōn archēthen hēmin kateilegmenōn, ho gamos ginetai en Kaną tēs Galilaias, peri hou eisometha genomenoi kata ton topon. paratērēteon de kai touto, hoti hē diapherousa Maria pros tēn hypodeesteran Elisabet erchetai kai ho huios tou theou pros ton baptistēn, diʼ hōn eis to aoknon pros to ōphelein tous hēttonas kai metriotēta ōpheloumetha.
Follow me.” And on the third day from the fourth, which is the sixth of those we have listed from the beginning, the wedding takes place in Cana of Galilee, about which we shall learn when we come to the passage. This too must be observed: the superior Mary comes to the inferior Elizabeth, and the Son of God to the Baptist; by which we are helped toward readiness to benefit those who are lesser, and toward modesty.
6.260Preuschen 4:159
Ἐπεὶ δὲ παρὰ τῷ μαθητῇ Ἰωάννῃ πόθεν πρὸς τὸν βαπτιστὴν ὁ σωτὴρ ἔρχεται οὐ λέγεται, τοῦτο μανθάνομεν ἀπὸ τῶν Ματθαίου γράψαντος· »Τότε παραγίνεται ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλι- »λαίας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰορδάνην πρὸς τὸν Ἰωάννην, τοῦ βαπτισθῆναι ὑπʼ αὐ- »τοῦ«.
Epei de para tǭ mathētę̄ Iōannę̄ pothen pros ton baptistēn ho sōtēr erchetai ou legetai, touto manthanomen apo tōn Matthaiou grapsantos; »Tote paraginetai ho Iēsous apo tēs Gali- »laias epi ton Iordanēn pros ton Iōannēn, tou baptisthēnai hypʼ au- »tou«.
Since in the disciple John it is not said from where the Savior comes to the Baptist, we learn this from what Matthew wrote: “Then Jesus comes from Galilee to the Jordan to John, to be baptized by him.”
6.261Preuschen 4:159
ὁ δὲ Μάρκος καὶ τὸν τόπον τῆς Γαλιλαίας προσέθηκεν εἰπών· Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις, ἠλθεν Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ ἐβαπτίσθη εἰς τὸν Ἰορδάνην ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου( Λουκᾶς δὲ τὸν μὲν τόπον ἀπεσιώπησεν, ὅθεν Ἰησοῦς ἔρχεται,
ho de Markos kai ton topon tēs Galilaias prosethēken eipōn; Kai egeneto en ekeinais tais hēmerais, ēlthen Iēsous apo Nazaret tēs Galilaias kai ebaptisthē eis ton Iordanēn hypo Iōannou( Loukas de ton men topon apesiōpēsen, hothen Iēsous erchetai,
Mark added also the place in Galilee, saying: “And it came about in those days that Jesus came from Nazareth of Galilee and was baptized in the Jordan by John.” Luke passed over in silence the place from which Jesus comes,
6.262Preuschen 4:159
παραχωρήσας τοῖς εἰρηκόσιν τὸν λόγον, ὅπερ δὲ ἀπʼ ἐκείνων οὐ μεμαθήκαμεν αὐτὸς ἡμᾶς διδάσκει, ὡς ἄρα μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα αὐτῷ προσευχομένῳ ἀνεῴχθη ὁ οὐρανός, καὶ κατέβη τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα σωματικῷ εἴδει ὡς περιστερά.
parachōrēsas tois eirēkosin ton logon, hoper de apʼ ekeinōn ou memathēkamen autos hēmas didaskei, hōs ara meta to baptisma autǭ proseuchomenǭ aneǭchthē ho ouranos, kai katebē to hagion pneuma sōmatikǭ eidei hōs peristera.
leaving that to those who had already told it; but what we have not learned from them he himself teaches us: that after the baptism, while he was praying, heaven was opened, and the Holy Spirit came down in bodily form like a dove.
6.263Preuschen 4:159–160
πάλιν τὸ Ἰωάννην διακεκωλυκέναι τὸν κύριον λέγοντα τῷ σωτῆρι· »Ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ »ἔρχῃ πρός με;« τῷ Ματθαίῳ εἰρηκότι οὐδεὶς προσέθηκεν, ἕνα μὴ ταὐτολογῶσιν. καὶ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰρημένον· »Αφες ἄρτι, οὕτω γὰρ πρέπον ἐστὶν ἡμῖν πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην« μόνος ἀνέγραψεν ὁ Ματθαῖος. Καὶ λέγει Ἴδε ὁ ἁμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν του κοσμου.
palin to Iōannēn diakekōlykenai ton kyrion legonta tǭ sōtēri; »Egō chreian echō hypo sou baptisthēnai, kai sy »erchę̄ pros me?« tǭ Matthaiǭ eirēkoti oudeis prosethēken, hena mē tautologōsin. kai to hypo tou kyriou de pros auton eirēmenon; »Aphes arti, houtō gar prepon estin hēmin plērōsai pasan dikaiosynēn« monos anegrapsen ho Matthaios. Kai legei Ide ho hamnos tou theou ho airōn tēn hamartian tou kosmou.
Again, no one added to Matthew's account that John tried to prevent the Lord, saying to the Savior, “I need to be baptized by you, and do you come to me?”, so as not to repeat him. And the Lord's words to him, “Let it be so now, for thus it is fitting for us to fulfill all righteousness,” Matthew alone recorded. [John 1:29:] “And he says, Behold the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world.”
6.264Preuschen 4:160
Πέντε ζῴων προσφερομένων ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, τριῶν μὲν χερσαίων πτηνῶν δὲ δύο, ἄξιόν μοι ζητεῖν φαίνεται τί δήποτε ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰωάννου ὁ σωτὴρ »ἀμνὸς« λέγεται καὶ οὐδὲν τῶν λοιπῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν χερσαίων καθʼ ἕκαστον τριῶν ἡλικιῶν προσαγομένων, ἀπὸ τοῦ γένους τῶν προβάτων τὸν ἀμνὸν ὠνόμασεν· πέντε δὲ ζῷα ταῦτά ἐστιν· μόσχος, πρόβατον, αἴξ, τρυγών, περιστερά.
Pente zǭōn prospheromenōn epi to thysiastērion, triōn men chersaiōn ptēnōn de dyo, axion moi zētein phainetai ti dēpote hypo tou Iōannou ho sōtēr »amnos« legetai kai ouden tōn loipōn, alla kai epi tōn chersaiōn kathʼ hekaston triōn hēlikiōn prosagomenōn, apo tou genous tōn probatōn ton amnon ōnomasen; pente de zǭa tauta estin; moschos, probaton, aix, trygōn, peristera.
Since five animals are offered on the altar, three land animals and two birds, it seems to me worth asking why the Savior is called “lamb” by John and none of the others, and, since among the land animals each is offered at three ages, why he named the lamb from the kind of the sheep. These five animals are: calf, sheep, goat, turtledove, dove.
6.265Preuschen 4:160
καὶ τρεῖς ἡλικίαι ἑκάστου τῶν χερσαίων αὑται· μόσχος, βοῦς, μοσχάριον· κριός, ἀμνός, ἀρνίον· τράγος, αἴξ, ἕριφος πτηνῶν δέ, περιστερῶν μὲν ζεῦγος νεοσσῶν μόνοιν, τρυγόνων ζεῦγος τέλειον. ζητητέον οὖν τῷ βουλομένῳ ἀκριβῶς τὸν περὶ τῶν θυσιῶν πνευματικὸν καταλαβεῖν λόγον τίνων ἐπουρανίων ὑποδείγματι καὶ σκιᾷ ταῦτʼ ἐγίνετο, καὶ ἕκαστον τῶν ζῴων ἐπὶ τίνι νομοθετεῖ ὁ λόγος θύεσθαι· καὶ ἰδίᾳ συνακτέον τὰ περὶ τοῦ ἀμνοῦ.
kai treis hēlikiai hekastou tōn chersaiōn hautai; moschos, bous, moscharion; krios, amnos, arnion; tragos, aix, heriphos ptēnōn de, peristerōn men zeugos neossōn monoin, trygonōn zeugos teleion. zētēteon oun tǭ boulomenǭ akribōs ton peri tōn thysiōn pneumatikon katalabein logon tinōn epouraniōn hypodeigmati kai skią tautʼ egineto, kai hekaston tōn zǭōn epi tini nomothetei ho logos thyesthai; kai idią synakteon ta peri tou amnou.
And these are the three ages of each land animal: calf, ox, young calf; ram, lamb, little lamb; he-goat, goat, kid. Of birds, a pair of young doves only, a pair of full-grown turtledoves. One who wishes to grasp exactly the spiritual meaning of the sacrifices must therefore inquire of what heavenly things these were a copy and shadow, and for what purpose the Word legislates that each of the animals be sacrificed; and must gather separately what concerns the lamb.
6.266Preuschen 4:160
ὅτι δὲ ὁ περὶ τῶν θυσιῶν λόγος περί τινων οὐρανίων μυστηρίων νοεῖσθαι ὁφείλει φησί που ὁ ἀπόστολος· »Οἵτινες ὑποδείγματι καὶ σκιᾷ λατρεύουσιν τῶν ἐπουρανίων«· καὶ πάλιν· »Ἀνάγκη οὖν τὰ μὲν ὑποδείγματα τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς »τούτοις καθαρίζεσθαι, αὐτὰ δὲ τὰ ἐπουράνια κρείττοσι θυσίαις παρὰ »ταύτας«.
hoti de ho peri tōn thysiōn logos peri tinōn ouraniōn mystēriōn noeisthai hopheilei phēsi pou ho apostolos; »Hoitines hypodeigmati kai skią latreuousin tōn epouraniōn«; kai palin; »Anankē oun ta men hypodeigmata tōn en tois ouranois »toutois katharizesthai, auta de ta epourania kreittosi thysiais para »tautas«.
That the account of the sacrifices ought to be understood of certain heavenly mysteries the apostle says somewhere: “who serve a copy and shadow of the heavenly things”; and again: “It was necessary, then, for the copies of the things in the heavens to be cleansed with these, but the heavenly things themselves with better sacrifices than these.”
6.267Preuschen 4:160
τὸ δὲ καθʼ ἕν δυνηθῆναι τούτων εὑρόντα ἐκλαβεῖν τὴν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ γεγενημένην τοῦ πνευματικοῦ νόμου ἀλήθειαν, σφόδρα μεῖζον τυγχάνον τῆς ἀνθρωπινης φύσεως, οὐδενὸς ἄλλου ἔργον ἢ τοῦ τελείου ἐστίν, τοῦ »διὰ τὴν ἕξιν τὰ αἰσθητήραι γεγυμνα- »σμένα« ἔχοντος πρὸς διάκρισιν καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ, δυναμένου ἀπὸ διαθέσεως ἀληθευούσης εἰπεῖν· »Σοφίαν δὲ λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις«. καὶ ἀληθῶς ἐπὶ τούτων ἔστιν εἰπεῖν καὶ τῶν τούτοις παραπλησίων· »Ἣν οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀρχόντων τούτου τοῦ αἰῶνος ἔγνωκεν«.
to de kathʼ hen dynēthēnai toutōn heuronta eklabein tēn dia Iēsou Christou gegenēmenēn tou pneumatikou nomou alētheian, sphodra meizon tynchanon tēs anthrōpinēs physeōs, oudenos allou ergon ē tou teleiou estin, tou »dia tēn hexin ta aisthētērai gegymna- »smena« echontos pros diakrisin kalou te kai kakou, dynamenou apo diatheseōs alētheuousēs eipein; »Sophian de laloumen en tois teleiois«. kai alēthōs epi toutōn estin eipein kai tōn toutois paraplēsiōn; »Hēn oudeis tōn archontōn toutou tou aiōnos egnōken«.
But to be able to find and draw out, one by one, the truth of the spiritual law that came about through Jesus Christ, a thing far greater than human nature, is the work of no one but the perfect, who has “senses trained by practice” to distinguish good and evil, able to say from a truthful disposition, “We speak wisdom among the perfect.” And truly of these things and things like them it is possible to say, “which none of the rulers of this age has known.”
6.268Preuschen 4:160–161
Πλὴν τὸν ἀμνὸν ἐν ταῖς θυσίαις τοῦ ἐνδελεχισμοῦ εὑρίσκομεν προσφερόμενον. οὕτω δὲ γέγραπται· Καὶ ταῦτά ἐστιν »ἂ ποιήσεις ἐπὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου· ἀμνοὺς ἐνιαυσίους ἀμώμους δύο »τὴν ἡμέραν ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον ἐνδελεχῶς, κάρπωμα ἐνδελεχισμοῦ. τὸν ἀμνὸν τὸν ἕνα ποιήσεις τὸ πρωί, καὶ τὸν ἀμνὸν τὸν δεύτερον ποιή- σεις τὸ δειλινόν. καὶ δέκατον σεμιδάλεως πεφυραμένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ κεκομ- »μένῳ τῷ τετάρτῳ τοῦ εἴν·
Plēn ton amnon en tais thysiais tou endelechismou heuriskomen prospheromenon. houtō de gegraptai; Kai tauta estin »a poiēseis epi tou thysiastēriou; amnous eniausious amōmous dyo »tēn hēmeran epi to thysiastērion endelechōs, karpōma endelechismou. ton amnon ton hena poiēseis to prōi, kai ton amnon ton deuteron poiē- seis to deilinon. kai dekaton semidaleōs pephyramenēs en elaiǭ kekom- »menǭ tǭ tetartǭ tou ein;
However, we find the lamb offered in the continual sacrifices. It is written thus: “And these are what you shall offer on the altar: two unblemished yearling lambs a day on the altar continually, a continual whole offering. The one lamb you shall offer in the morning, and the second lamb you shall offer in the evening; and a tenth of fine flour mixed with a quarter of a hin of beaten oil,
6.269Preuschen 4:161
καὶ σπονδὴν τὸ τέταρτον τοῦ ἲν οἴνου »τῷ ἀμνῷ τῷ ἑνί. καὶ τὸν ἀμνὸν τὸν δεύτερον ποιήσεις τὸ δειλινὸν κατὰ τὴν θυσίαν τὴν πρώτην καὶ κατὰ τὴν σπονδὴν αὐτοῦ, ποιήσεις ὀσμὴν »εὐωδίας κάρπωμα κυρίῳ, θυσίαν ἐνδελεχισμοῦ εἰς τὰς γενεὰς ὑμῶν ἐπὶ θύραις τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἔναντι κυρίου, ἐν οἱς γνωσθή- »σομαί σοι ἐκεῖ ὥστε λαλῆσαί σοι. καὶ τάξομαι ἐκεῖ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ »καὶ ἁγιασθήσομαι ἐν δόξῃ μου καὶ ἁγιάσω τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου«. ποία δὲ ἑτέρα θυσία δύναται ἐνδελεχισμοῦ εἶναι τῷ λογικῷ νοητὴ ἢ λόγος ἀκμάζων,
kai spondēn to tetarton tou in oinou »tǭ amnǭ tǭ heni. kai ton amnon ton deuteron poiēseis to deilinon kata tēn thysian tēn prōtēn kai kata tēn spondēn autou, poiēseis osmēn »euōdias karpōma kyriǭ, thysian endelechismou eis tas geneas hymōn epi thyrais tēs skēnēs tou martyriou enanti kyriou, en hois gnōsthē- »somai soi ekei hōste lalēsai soi. kai taxomai ekei tois huiois Israēl »kai hagiasthēsomai en doxę̄ mou kai hagiasō tēn skēnēn tou martyriou«. poia de hetera thysia dynatai endelechismou einai tǭ logikǭ noētē ē logos akmazōn,
and a drink offering of a quarter of a hin of wine, for the one lamb. And the second lamb you shall offer in the evening, according to the first sacrifice and its drink offering; you shall offer it as a fragrant aroma, a whole offering to the Lord, a continual sacrifice for your generations at the doors of the tent of witness before the Lord, where I will be known to you there, so as to speak to you. And I will appoint myself there for the sons of Israel, and I will be sanctified in my glory, and I will sanctify the tent of witness.” And what other continual sacrifice can be understood by a rational being than the Word in his prime,
6.270Preuschen 4:161
λόγος »ἀμνὸς« συμβολικῶς καλούμενος ἅμα τῷ φωτίζεσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν καταπεμπόμενος (αὕτη γὰρ ἂν εἴη ἡ ἑωθινὴ ἐνδελεχισμοῦ θυσία) καὶ πάλιν ἐπὶ τέλει τῆς τοῦ νοῦ ἐν τοῖς θειοτέροις διατριβῆς ἀναφερόμενος; οὐ γὰρ ἀεὶ δύναται διαρκεῖν τὸ εἶναι ἐν τοῖς κρείττοσιν, ὅσον κεκλήρωται ἡ ψυχὴ συνεζεῦχθαι τῷ γηίνῳ καὶ βαροῦντι σώματι.
logos »amnos« symbolikōs kaloumenos hama tǭ phōtizesthai tēn psychēn katapempomenos (hautē gar an eiē hē heōthinē endelechismou thysia) kai palin epi telei tēs tou nou en tois theioterois diatribēs anapheromenos? ou gar aei dynatai diarkein to einai en tois kreittosin, hoson keklērōtai hē psychē synezeuchthai tǭ gēinǭ kai barounti sōmati.
the Word symbolically called “lamb,” sent down as the soul begins to be enlightened (this would be the morning continual sacrifice), and offered up again at the end of the mind's dwelling on divine things? For remaining among the higher things cannot last always, as long as the soul is allotted to be yoked with the earthly and heavy body.
6.271Preuschen 4:161
ἐὰν δέ τις ζητῇ τί ἐν τοῖς μεταξὺ τῆς ἕω καὶ ἑσπέρας ποιήσει ὁ ἀγιος, μεταφερέτω ἀπὸ τῶν κατὰ τὴν λατρείαν τὸν λόγον, ἔπειτα καὶ έν τούτοις ἀκολουθείτω. καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖ οἱ ἱερεῖς ἀρχὴν μὲν τῶν θυσιῶν προσφέρουσιν τὴν τοῦ ἐνδελεχισμοῦ, ἑξῆς δὲ πρὸ τῆς ἑσπερινῆς τοῦ ἐνδελεχισμοῦ τὰς κατὰ τὸν νόμον λοιπάς, οἷον περὶ πλημμελείας ἢ ἀκουσίων ἢ σωτηρίου ἢ εὐχῆς ἢ ζηλοτυπίας ἢ σαββάτου ἢ νουμηνίας καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν, ἂ μακρὸν ἂν εἴη ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος λέγειν.
ean de tis zētę̄ ti en tois metaxy tēs heō kai hesperas poiēsei ho agios, metapheretō apo tōn kata tēn latreian ton logon, epeita kai en toutois akoloutheitō. kai gar ekei hoi hiereis archēn men tōn thysiōn prospherousin tēn tou endelechismou, hexēs de pro tēs hesperinēs tou endelechismou tas kata ton nomon loipas, hoion peri plēmmeleias ē akousiōn ē sōtēriou ē euchēs ē zēlotypias ē sabbatou ē noumēnias kai tōn loipōn, a makron an eiē epi tou parontos legein.
If anyone asks what the holy person will do between morning and evening, let him transfer the reasoning from what concerns the worship, and then follow it in these matters also. For there the priests first offer the continual sacrifice, and next, before the evening continual sacrifice, the other sacrifices according to the law, such as for trespass, or unwitting sins, or peace, or a vow, or jealousy, or the sabbath, or the new moon, and the rest, which it would take long to discuss at present.
6.272Preuschen 4:161
οὕτω τοίνυν καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ περὶ τῆς εἰκόνος λόγου πεποιημένοι τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ἀναφορᾶς, ὅς ἐστιν ὁ χριστός, διαλαμβάνειν περὶ πολλῶν καὶ ὠφελιμωτάτων δυνησόμεθα. καὶ πάλιν ἐν τοῖς περὶ Χριστοῦ καταλήξαντες ἐπὶ τὴν οἱονεὶ ἑσπέραν φθάσομεν καὶ νύκτα, ἐρχόμενοι καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ σωματικά.
houtō toinyn kai hēmeis apo tou peri tēs eikonos logou pepoiēmenoi tēn archēn tēs anaphoras, hos estin ho christos, dialambanein peri pollōn kai ōphelimōtatōn dynēsometha. kai palin en tois peri Christou katalēxantes epi tēn hoionei hesperan phthasomen kai nykta, erchomenoi kai epi ta sōmatika.
So we too, having made the beginning of our offering from the account of the Image, who is Christ, will be able to discuss many very profitable things; and again, ending with things about Christ, we shall reach, as it were, evening and night, coming also to bodily things.
6.273Preuschen 4:161–162
Ἐὰν δὲ τὸν λόγον ἐξετάζωμεν τὸν περὶ τοῦ δεικνυμένου Ἰησοῦ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰωάννου κατὰ τὸ »Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ »ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου«. ἱστάμενοι ἐπʼ αὐτὴν τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς σωματικῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὸν τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίον ἐπι- δημίας, τὸν ἀμνὸν οὐκ ἄλλον τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὑποληψόμεθα· οὗτος γὰρ »ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη, καὶ ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐνώπιον τοῦ »κείραντος αὐτὸν ἄφωνος«, λέγων· »Ἐγὼ ὡς ἀρνίον ἄκακον ἀγόμενον τοῦ θύεσθαι«.
Ean de ton logon exetazōmen ton peri tou deiknymenou Iēsou hypo tou Iōannou kata to »Houtos estin ho amnos tou theou »ho airōn tēn hamartian tou kosmou«. histamenoi epʼ autēn tēn oikonomian tēs sōmatikēs tou huiou tou theou eis ton tōn anthrōpōn bion epi- dēmias, ton amnon ouk allon tou anthrōpou hypolēpsometha; houtos gar »hōs probaton epi sphagēn ēchthē, kai hōs amnos enōpion tou »keirantos auton aphōnos«, legōn; »Egō hōs arnion akakon agomenon tou thyesthai«.
If we examine the account of Jesus pointed out by John in “This is the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world,” taking our stand on the dispensation itself of the bodily sojourn of the Son of God in human life, we shall understand the lamb to be none other than the man. For he “was led as a sheep to the slaughter, and as a lamb before its shearer is silent,” saying, “I was like an innocent lamb led to be sacrificed.”
6.274Preuschen 4:162
διόπερ καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἀποκαλύψει ἀρνίον ὁρᾶται »ἑστηκὸς »ὡς ἐσφαγμένον«. οὑτος δὴ ὁ ἀμνὸς σφαγεὶς καθάρσιον γεγένηται κατά τινας ἀπορρήτους λόγους τοῦ ὅλου κόσμου, ὑπὲρ οὗ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς φιλανθρωπίαν καὶ τὴν σφαγὴν ἀνεδέξατο, ὠνούμενος τῷ ἑαυτοῦ αἵματι ἀπὸ τοῦ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἡμᾶς πιπρασκομένους ἀγοράσαντος.
dioper kai en tę̄ Apokalypsei arnion horatai »hestēkos »hōs esphagmenon«. houtos dē ho amnos sphageis katharsion gegenētai kata tinas aporrētous logous tou holou kosmou, hyper hou kata tēn tou patros philanthrōpian kai tēn sphagēn anedexato, ōnoumenos tǭ heautou haimati apo tou tais hamartiais hēmas pipraskomenous agorasantos.
That is why in the Revelation too a lamb is seen “standing as if slain.” This lamb, being slain, has become, according to certain secret reasons, a purification of the whole world, for which, according to the Father's love for humankind, he also accepted slaughter, purchasing us with his own blood from the one who had bought us when we were sold under sins.
6.275Preuschen 4:162
ὁ δὲ προσαγαγὼν τοῦτον τὸν ἀμνὸν ἐπὶ τὴν θυσίαν ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἡν θεός, μέγας ἀρχιερεύς, ὅστις τοῦτο δηλοῖ διὰ τοῦ »Οὐδεὶς αἴρει τὴν ψυχήν μου ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπʼ ἐμαυ- »τοῦ. ἐξουσίαν ἔχω θεῖναι *, καὶ πάλιν ἐξουσίαν ἔχω λαβεῖν αὐτήν‘.
ho de prosagagōn touton ton amnon epi tēn thysian ho en tǭ anthrōpǭ hēn theos, megas archiereus, hostis touto dēloi dia tou »Oudeis airei tēn psychēn mou apʼ emou, allʼ egō tithēmi autēn apʼ emau- »tou. exousian echō theinai *, kai palin exousian echō labein autēn‘.
And the one who brought this lamb to the sacrifice was the God who was in the man, the great high priest, who shows this by “No one takes my life from me, but I lay it down of myself. I have authority to lay it down, and I have authority to take it again.”
6.276Preuschen 4:162
Καὶ ταύτῃ <τῇ> θυσίᾳ συγγενεῖς εἰσιν αἱ λοιπαί, σύμβολόν εἰσιν αἱ νομικαί. λοιπαὶ δὲ καὶ συγγενεῖς ταύτῃ τῇ θυσίᾳ θυσίαι αἱ ἐκχύσεις εἶναί μοι φαίνονται τοῦ τῶν γενναίων μαρτύρων αἵματος, οὐ μάτην ὁρωμένων ἑστάναι ὑπὸ τοῦ μαθητοῦ Ἰωάννου παρὰ τῷ οὐρανίῳ θυσιαστηρίῳ »Τίς δὲ σοφὸς καὶ συνήσει ταῦτα; ἢ »συνετὸς καὶ ἐπιγνώσεται αὐτά;«
Kai tautę̄ <tę̄> thysią syngeneis eisin hai loipai, symbolon eisin hai nomikai. loipai de kai syngeneis tautę̄ tę̄ thysią thysiai hai ekchyseis einai moi phainontai tou tōn gennaiōn martyrōn haimatos, ou matēn horōmenōn hestanai hypo tou mathētou Iōannou para tǭ ouraniǭ thysiastēriǭ »Tis de sophos kai synēsei tauta? ē »synetos kai epignōsetai auta?«
And akin to this sacrifice are the rest, of which the sacrifices of the law are a symbol. And the other sacrifices akin to this sacrifice seem to me to be the outpourings of the blood of the noble martyrs, whom the disciple John saw, not in vain, standing by the heavenly altar. “Who is wise, and will understand these things? Or prudent, and will know them?”
6.277Preuschen 4:162
πρὸς δὲ τὸ θεωρητικώτερον κἂν ἐπὶ ποσὸν παραδέξασθαι τὸν περὶ τῶν τοιούτων θυσιῶν λόγον, καθαιρουσῶν τοὺς ὑπὲρ ὡν προσάγονται, κατανοητέον τὸν λόγον τῆς ὁλοκαυτουμένης θυγατρὸς Ἰεφθάε, διὰ ταύτην τὴν εὐχὴν τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἀμμών, ἡ συνηυδόκησεν καὶ ἡ ὁλοκαυτουμένη, λέγουσα πρὸς τὸν πατέρα εἰπόντα »Ἀνέῳξα τὸ στόμα μου κατὰ σοῦ πρὸς κύριον‘, »Καὶ εἰ ἀνέῳξας τὸ στόμα σου κατʼ ἐμοῦ πρὸς κύριον, ποίει τὴν »εὐχήν σου((.
pros de to theōrētikōteron kan epi poson paradexasthai ton peri tōn toioutōn thysiōn logon, kathairousōn tous hyper hōn prosagontai, katanoēteon ton logon tēs holokautoumenēs thygatros Iephthae, dia tautēn tēn euchēn tous huious Ammōn, hē synēudokēsen kai hē holokautoumenē, legousa pros ton patera eiponta »Aneǭxa to stoma mou kata sou pros kyrion‘, »Kai ei aneǭxas to stoma sou katʼ emou pros kyrion, poiei tēn »euchēn sou((.
To accept to some extent, in a more contemplative way, the account of such sacrifices, which cleanse those for whom they are offered, one must consider the story of Jephthah's daughter, offered as a whole burnt offering, through whose vow [he conquered] the sons of Ammon; to which the one being offered consented, saying to her father, who said, “I have opened my mouth against you to the Lord,” “If you have opened your mouth against me to the Lord, perform your vow.”
6.278Preuschen 4:162–163
ἔμφασις μὲν οὖν πολλῆς ὠμότητος διὰ τούτων παρεισ x003E; ᾡ τοιαῦται ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας ἀνθρώπων ἐπιτελοῦνται θυσίαι. μεγαλοφυεστέρου δὲ νοῦ καὶ βλέποντος πρὸς τὸ τὰ λεγόμενα κατὰ τῆς προνοίας λύειν χρῄζομεν, ἕν ἅμα περὶ πάντων ὡς ἀπορρητοτέρων ὄντων καὶ ὑπὲρ ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν ἀπολογώμεθα· Μεγάλαι γὰρ αἱ κρίσεις τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ δυσδιήγητοι· διὰ τοῦτο ἀπαί- »δευτοι ψυχαὶ ἐπλανήθησαν«.
emphasis men oun pollēs ōmotētos dia toutōn pareis x003E? hǭ toiautai hyper sōtērias anthrōpōn epitelountai thysiai. megalophyesterou de nou kai blepontos pros to ta legomena kata tēs pronoias lyein chrę̄zomen, hen hama peri pantōn hōs aporrētoterōn ontōn kai hyper anthrōpinēn physin apologōmetha; Megalai gar hai kriseis tou theou kai dysdiēgētoi; dia touto apai- »deutoi psychai eplanēthēsan«.
An appearance of great cruelty is introduced by these things, as though such sacrifices are performed for the salvation of human beings. We need a more lofty mind, one that looks to resolving what is said against providence, so that we may defend all these things together as being too secret for human nature: “For great are the judgments of God, and hard to describe; therefore uninstructed souls went astray.”
6.279Preuschen 4:163
μεμαρτύρηται δὲ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὅτι πολλοί τινες, λοιμικῶν ἐνσκηψάντων νοσημάτων, ἑαυτοὺς σφάγια ὑπὲρ τοῦ κοινοῦ παραδεδώκασιν. καὶ παραδέχεται ταῦθʼ οὕτως γεγονέναι οὐκ ἀλόγως πιστεύσας ταῖς ἱστορίαις ὁ πιστὸς Κλήμης, ὑπὸ Παύλου μαρτυρούμενος λέγοντος· »Μετὰ Κλήμεντος καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν »συνεργὼν μου, ὡν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς«.
memartyrētai de kai para tois ethnesin hoti polloi tines, loimikōn enskēpsantōn nosēmatōn, heautous sphagia hyper tou koinou paradedōkasin. kai paradechetai tauthʼ houtōs gegonenai ouk alogōs pisteusas tais historiais ho pistos Klēmēs, hypo Paulou martyroumenos legontos; »Meta Klēmentos kai tōn loipōn »synergōn mou, hōn ta onomata en biblǭ zōēs«.
It is also attested among the nations that many, when pestilential diseases broke out, have given themselves up as victims for the common good. And the faithful Clement, attested by Paul when he says, “with Clement and the rest of my fellow workers, whose names are in the book of life,” accepts, not unreasonably trusting the histories, that these things so happened.
6.280Preuschen 4:163
τὴν ὁμοίαν δὲ ἔχει ἀπέμφασιν παρὰ τῷ θέλοντι τῶν τοὺς πολλοὺς λανθανόντων μυστηρίων κατηγορεῖν καὶ τὰ περὶ τῶν μαρτύρων προστεταγμένα· εὐδοκοῦντος τοῦ θεοῦ μᾶλλον ἡμᾶς ἀναδέξασθαι πάσας χαλεπωτάτας αἰκίας ἐν τῷ ὁμολογεῖν αὐτοῦ τὴν θειότητα, ἤπερ ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῶν τοσούτων νομιζομένων κακῶν πρὸς βραχὺν χρόνον, λόγῳ συνπεριενεχθέντας τῷ θελήματι τῶν ἐχθρῶν τῆς ἀληθείας.
tēn homoian de echei apemphasin para tǭ thelonti tōn tous pollous lanthanontōn mystēriōn katēgorein kai ta peri tōn martyrōn prostetagmena; eudokountos tou theou mallon hēmas anadexasthai pasas chalepōtatas aikias en tǭ homologein autou tēn theiotēta, ēper apallagēnai tōn tosoutōn nomizomenōn kakōn pros brachyn chronon, logǭ synperienechthentas tǭ thelēmati tōn echthrōn tēs alētheias.
In the eyes of one who wishes to accuse the mysteries hidden from the many, the commands concerning the martyrs have a similar appearance of absurdity: God being better pleased that we should undergo all the harshest tortures in confessing his divinity than that we should be freed from what are thought such great evils for a short time by going along in word with the will of the enemies of the truth.
6.281Preuschen 4:163
κατάλυσιν οὖν νομιστέον γίνεσθαι δυνάμεων κακοποιῶν διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τῶν ἁγίων μαρτύρων, οἷον τῆς ὑπομονῆς αὐτῶν καὶ τῆς ὁμολογίας τῆς μέχρι θανάτου καὶ τῆς εἰς τὸ εὐσεβὲς προθυμίας ἀμβλυνούσης τὸ ὀξὺ τῆς ἐκείνων κατὰ τοῦ πάσχοντος ἐπιβουλῆς, ὥστε ἀμβλυνομένης καὶ ἀτονησάσης τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτῶν καὶ ἑτέρους πλείονας τῶν νενικημένων ἀνίεσθαι ἐλευθερουμένους τοῦ βάρους, οὑ αἱ πονηραὶ δυνάμεις ἐπικείμεναι ἐφόρτιζον καὶ ἔβλαπτον.
katalysin oun nomisteon ginesthai dynameōn kakopoiōn dia tou thanatou tōn hagiōn martyrōn, hoion tēs hypomonēs autōn kai tēs homologias tēs mechri thanatou kai tēs eis to eusebes prothymias amblynousēs to oxy tēs ekeinōn kata tou paschontos epiboulēs, hōste amblynomenēs kai atonēsasēs tēs dynameōs autōn kai heterous pleionas tōn nenikēmenōn aniesthai eleutheroumenous tou barous, hou hai ponērai dynameis epikeimenai ephortizon kai eblapton.
We must therefore believe that the death of the holy martyrs brings about the overthrow of evil-working powers, their endurance, their confession even to death, and their zeal for piety blunting the sharp edge of those powers' plot against the sufferer, so that, their power being blunted and weakened, many others of those who had been conquered are released, freed from the burden with which the wicked powers, pressing on them, loaded and harmed them.
6.282Preuschen 4:163
ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ παθόντες ἄν, μὴ ἀτονησάντων τῶν ἐνεργησάντων εἰς ἑτέρους τὰ χείρονα, οὐκέτι περιπέπτουσιν τῷ πάθει, νικήσαντος τοῦ τὴν τοιαύτην θυσίαν προσαγαγόντος τήνδε τὴν ἀντικειμένην δύναμιν, ὡς εἰ ἀπὸ μέρους ἐχρησάμην εἰκόνι χρησίμῳ πρὸς τὰ προκείμενα τοιαύτῃ· ὅτι ὁ ἀναιρῶν ἰοβόλον ἢ κατακοιμίζων ἐπῳδῇ ἢ δυνάμει τινὶ κενῶν αὐτὸ τοῦ ἰοῦ πολλοὺς εὐεργετεῖ τῶν ὕστερον πεισομένων τι ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ ἀνῄρητο ἢ κατακεκοίμιστο ἢ τοῦ ἰοῦ κεκένωτο.
alla kai hoi pathontes an, mē atonēsantōn tōn energēsantōn eis heterous ta cheirona, ouketi peripeptousin tǭ pathei, nikēsantos tou tēn toiautēn thysian prosagagontos tēnde tēn antikeimenēn dynamin, hōs ei apo merous echrēsamēn eikoni chrēsimǭ pros ta prokeimena toiautę̄; hoti ho anairōn iobolon ē katakoimizōn epǭdę̄ ē dynamei tini kenōn auto tou iou pollous euergetei tōn hysteron peisomenōn ti apʼ autou, ei mē anę̄rēto ē katakekoimisto ē tou iou kekenōto.
But also those who would have suffered, if the powers that worked evil on others had not been weakened, no longer fall into the suffering, since the one who offered such a sacrifice has conquered this opposing power. It is as if I used, in part, an image such as this, useful for the matter in hand: one who kills a venomous creature, or lulls it to sleep with a charm, or by some power empties it of its venom, benefits many who would later have suffered something from it, had it not been killed or lulled to sleep or emptied of its venom.
6.283Preuschen 4:163
εἰ δὲ καὶ τῶν δηχθέντων τινὶ φανερὸν γένοιτο περὶ τῆς ἐπὶ τῷ δηγματι βλάβης ἀπαλλαγῆς, εἰ ἐνατενίσαι ἀποθανόντι τῷ βλάψαντι, ἢ ἐπιβαίῃ νεκροῦ, ἢ ἐφάψαιτο τεθνηκότος, ἢ γεύσαιτο μέρους τοῦδε, γένοιτʼ ἂν καὶ τῷ προπεπονθότι ἴασις καὶ εὐεργεσία ἀπὸ τοῦ τὸ βλάψαν ἀνῃρηκότος. τοιοῦτόν τι δὴ νοητέον τῷ θανάτῳ τῶν εὐσεβεστάτων μαρτύρων γίνεσθαι, πολλῶν ἀφάτῳ τινὶ δυνάμει ὠφελουμένων ἀπὸ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτῶν.
ei de kai tōn dēchthentōn tini phaneron genoito peri tēs epi tǭ dēgmati blabēs apallagēs, ei enatenisai apothanonti tǭ blapsanti, ē epibaię̄ nekrou, ē ephapsaito tethnēkotos, ē geusaito merous toude, genoitʼ an kai tǭ propeponthoti iasis kai euergesia apo tou to blapsan anę̄rēkotos. toiouton ti dē noēteon tǭ thanatǭ tōn eusebestatōn martyrōn ginesthai, pollōn aphatǭ tini dynamei ōpheloumenōn apo tou thanatou autōn.
And if it should become known to one of those bitten how to be freed from the harm of the bite, if he should gaze at the dead creature that harmed him, or tread on the corpse, or touch the dead thing, or taste a part of it, healing and benefit would come even to one who had already suffered, from the one who killed the harmful thing. Something like this must be understood to happen through the death of the most pious martyrs, many being helped by an unspeakable power from their death.
6.284Preuschen 4:163–164
Προσδιετρίψαμεν δὲ ὑπὲρ τοῦ τὸ ἐξαίρετον ἰδεῖν τοῦ ὡς προβάτου ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἀχθέντος καὶ ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἐνώπιον τοῦ κείραντος ἀφώνου, τῷ περὶ τῶν μαρτύρων λόγῳ καὶ τῷ ὑπὲρ τῶν τεθνηκότων διὰ λοιμικὰ καταστήματα διηγήματι. εἰ γὰρ τάδε μὲν ὑπὸ Ἑλλήνων οὐ μάτην ἱστόρηται, τάδε δὲ καλῶς περὶ τῶν εἴρηται περικαθαρμάτων τοῦ κόσμου γινομένων, καὶ »πάντων »περίψημα« λεγομένων διὰ ταῦτα τῶν ἀποστόλων, τί ὑποληπτέον καὶ πηλίκον περὶ τοῦ ἀμνοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τοῦτο θυομένου, ἵνα ἄρῃ ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ὀλίγων, ἀλλʼ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου, ὑπὲρ οὗ καὶ πέπονθεν;
Prosdietripsamen de hyper tou to exaireton idein tou hōs probatou epi sphagēn achthentos kai hōs amnou enōpion tou keirantos aphōnou, tǭ peri tōn martyrōn logǭ kai tǭ hyper tōn tethnēkotōn dia loimika katastēmata diēgēmati. ei gar tade men hypo Hellēnōn ou matēn historētai, tade de kalōs peri tōn eirētai perikatharmatōn tou kosmou ginomenōn, kai »pantōn »peripsēma« legomenōn dia tauta tōn apostolōn, ti hypolēpteon kai pēlikon peri tou amnou tou theou dia touto thyomenou, hina arę̄ hamartian ouk oligōn, allʼ holou tou kosmou, hyper hou kai peponthen?
We have dwelt on the account of the martyrs, and on the story of those who died on account of plagues, in order to see the preeminence of him who was “led as a sheep to the slaughter, and as a lamb before its shearer is silent.” For if these things are not recounted in vain by the Greeks, and if these things are rightly said about those who become the scapegoats of the world, the apostles being called “the offscouring of all things” for this reason, what, and how great, must we think of the Lamb of God, sacrificed for this purpose, to take away the sin not of a few but of the whole world, for which he also suffered?
6.285Preuschen 4:164
κἂν γάρ »τις ἁμάρτῃ, παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα Ἰησοῦν »Χριστὸν δίκαιον, καὶ αὐτὸς ἱλασμός ἐστιν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν, »οὐκ † ἐπὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων δὲ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου«· ἐπεὶ σωτήρ ἐστιν πάντων ἀνθρώπων, μάλιστα πιστῶν« ὁ »ἐξαλείψας »τὸ καθʼ ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον« τῷ ἑαυτοῦ αἴματι καὶ ἄρας αὐτὸ ἐκ τοῦ μέσου, ἵνα μηδὲ ἴχνη κἂν ἀπαληλειμμένων τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων εὑρίσκηται, καὶ »προσηλώσας τῷ σταυρῷ«. ὃς »ἀπεκδυσάμενος τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ »τὰς ἐξουσίας ἐδειγμάτισεν ἐν παρρησίᾳ θριαμβεύσας« ἐν τῷ ξύλῳ.
kan gar »tis hamartę̄, paraklēton echomen pros ton patera Iēsoun »Christon dikaion, kai autos hilasmos estin peri tōn hamartiōn hēmōn, »ouk † epi tōn hēmeterōn de monon alla kai peri holou tou kosmou«; epei sōtēr estin pantōn anthrōpōn, malista pistōn« ho »exaleipsas »to kathʼ hēmōn cheirographon« tǭ heautou aimati kai aras auto ek tou mesou, hina mēde ichnē kan apalēleimmenōn tōn hamartēmatōn heuriskētai, kai »prosēlōsas tǭ staurǭ«. hos »apekdysamenos tas archas kai »tas exousias edeigmatisen en parrēsią thriambeusas« en tǭ xylǭ.
For even if “anyone sins, we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous, and he is the propitiation for our sins, and not for ours only but also for the whole world”; since he is “the Savior of all people, especially of believers,” he who “blotted out the handwriting that was against us” with his own blood and took it out of the way, so that not even a trace of the blotted-out sins might be found, and “nailed it to the cross”; who, “having stripped off the rulers and the authorities, made a public example of them, triumphing” on the tree.
6.286Preuschen 4:164
καὶ θαρρεῖν γοῦν θλιβόμενοι ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ διδασκόμεθα, τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ θαρρεῖν μανθάνοντες ταύτην εἶναι, τὸ νενικῆσθαι τὸν κόσμον καὶ δηλονότι ὑποτετάχθαι τῷ νικήσαντι αὐτόν. διὰ τοῦτο πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἀνεθέντα ἀπὸ τῶν πρότερον ἐπικρατούντων δουλεύουσιν αὐτῷ, ὅτι »ἐρρύσατο πτωχὸν ἐκ δυνάστου« διὰ τοῦ ἰδίου πάθους »καὶ πένητα, »ᾧ οὐχ ὑπῆρχεν βοηθός«.
kai tharrein goun thlibomenoi en tǭ kosmǭ didaskometha, tēn aitian tou tharrein manthanontes tautēn einai, to nenikēsthai ton kosmon kai dēlonoti hypotetachthai tǭ nikēsanti auton. dia touto panta ta ethnē anethenta apo tōn proteron epikratountōn douleuousin autǭ, hoti »errysato ptōchon ek dynastou« dia tou idiou pathous »kai penēta, »hǭ ouch hypērchen boēthos«.
And so we are taught to take courage when afflicted in the world, learning that the reason for courage is this: that the world has been conquered and clearly made subject to the one who conquered it. That is why all the nations, released from those who formerly ruled them, serve him, because through his own suffering “he rescued the poor from the mighty, and the needy who had no helper.”
6.287Preuschen 4:164
οὗτος δὴ ὁ σωτὴρ ταπεινώσας συκοφάντην διὰ τοῦ ἑαυτὸν τεταπεινωκέναι, συνπαραμένει τῷ νοητῷ ἡλίῳ πρὸ τῆς λαμπροτάτης ἐκκλησίας, τροπικώτερον σελήνης λεγομένης, τυγχάνων γενεῶν γενεαῖς. ἀνελὼν δὲ διὰ τοῦ πάθους τοὺς πολεμίους ὁ έν πολέμῳ δυνατὸς καὶ κραταιὸς κύριος καθαρσίου δεόμενος τοῦ ἀπὸ μόνου τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῷ δοθῆναι ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνδραγαθήμασιν δυναμένου, κωλύει αὐτοῦ ἅψασθαι τὴν Μαρίαν λέγων· »Μή μου ἅπτου, οὔπω »γὰρ ἀναβέβηκα πρὸς τὸν πατέρα· ἀλλὰ πορεύου καὶ εἰπὲ τοῖς »ἀδελφοῖς μου· Πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν καὶ θεόν μου καὶ θεὸν ὑμῶν«.
houtos dē ho sōtēr tapeinōsas sykophantēn dia tou heauton tetapeinōkenai, synparamenei tǭ noētǭ hēliǭ pro tēs lamprotatēs ekklēsias, tropikōteron selēnēs legomenēs, tynchanōn geneōn geneais. anelōn de dia tou pathous tous polemious ho en polemǭ dynatos kai krataios kyrios katharsiou deomenos tou apo monou tou patros autǭ dothēnai epi tois andragathēmasin dynamenou, kōlyei autou hapsasthai tēn Marian legōn; »Mē mou haptou, oupō »gar anabebēka pros ton patera; alla poreuou kai eipe tois »adelphois mou; Poreuomai pros ton patera mou kai patera hymōn kai theon mou kai theon hymōn«.
This Savior, having humbled the slanderer by humbling himself, endures with the spiritual sun before the most radiant church, figuratively called the moon, for generations of generations. And having destroyed the enemies through his suffering, the Lord mighty and strong in battle, needing a purification that only the Father could give him for his valiant deeds, prevents Mary from touching him, saying, “Do not touch me, for I have not yet ascended to the Father; but go and say to my brothers, I am going to my Father and your Father, to my God and your God.”
6.288Preuschen 4:164–165
Ὅτε δὲ πορεύεται νικηφόρος καὶ τροπαιοφόρος μετὰ τοῦ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστάντος σώματος πῶς γὰρ ἄλλως δεῖ νοεῖν τὸ »Οὔπω »ἀναβέβηκα πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου;« καὶ τὸ » Πορεύομαι δὲ πρὸς τὸν »πατέρα μου«;) τότε αἱ μέν τινες λέγουσιν δυνάμεις· »Τίς οὗτος ὁ »παραγενόμενος ἐξ Ἐδώμ, ἐρύθημα ἱματίων ἐκ Βοσόρ, οὕτως ὡραῖος;« οἱ δὲ προπέμποντες αὐτὸν τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν οὐρανίων πυλῶν τεταγμένοις φασὶν τὸ » Ἄρατε πύλας, οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὑμῶν, καὶ ἐπάρθητε πύλαι αἰώνιοι, καὶ εἰσελεύσεται ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης«.
Hote de poreuetai nikēphoros kai tropaiophoros meta tou ek nekrōn anastantos sōmatos pōs gar allōs dei noein to »Oupō »anabebēka pros ton patera mou?« kai to » Poreuomai de pros ton »patera mou«?) tote hai men tines legousin dynameis; »Tis houtos ho »paragenomenos ex Edōm, erythēma himatiōn ek Bosor, houtōs hōraios?« hoi de propempontes auton tois epi tōn ouraniōn pylōn tetagmenois phasin to » Arate pylas, hoi archontes, hymōn, kai eparthēte pylai aiōnioi, kai eiseleusetai ho basileus tēs doxēs«.
And when he goes up victorious and bearing the trophies, with the body that rose from the dead (for how else must we understand “I have not yet ascended to my Father” and “I am going to my Father”?), then certain powers say, “Who is this who comes from Edom, with crimson garments from Bozrah, so beautiful?” And those escorting him say to those appointed over the heavenly gates, “Lift up your gates, you rulers, and be lifted up, you everlasting gates, and the King of glory shall come in.”
6.289Preuschen 4:165
ἔτι δὲ πυνθάνονται οἱονεί, εἰ δεῖ οὕτως εἰπεῖν, ᾑμαγμένην αὐτοῦ βλέποντες τὴν δεξιὰν καὶ πεπληρωμένον τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀριστείας ἔργων· »Διὰ τί σου »ἐρυθρὰ τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ τὰ ἐνδύματά σου ὡς ἀποπάτημα ληνοῦ πλή- ρους καταπεπατημένης;« ὅτε καὶ ἀποκρίνεται· »Κατέθηλασα αὐτούς«.
eti de pynthanontai hoionei, ei dei houtōs eipein, hę̄magmenēn autou blepontes tēn dexian kai peplērōmenon tōn apo tēs aristeias ergōn; »Dia ti sou »erythra ta himatia, kai ta endymata sou hōs apopatēma lēnou plē- rous katapepatēmenēs?« hote kai apokrinetai; »Katethēlasa autous«.
And they ask further, seeing, so to speak, his right hand bloodied and full of the works of his valor: “Why are your garments red, and your clothing like what is trodden in a full winepress?” Then he answers, “I have crushed them.”
6.290Preuschen 4:165
ἀληθῶς γὰρ ἐπὶ τούτοις δεδέηται τοῦ πλύναι »ἐν οἴνῳ τὴν στολὴν »αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν αἵματι σταφυλῆς τὴν περιβολὴν αὐτοῦ«. τὰς γὰρ ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν λαβὼν καὶ τὰς νόσους βαστάξας, παντός τε τοῦ κόσμου ἄρας τὴν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ τοὺς τοσούτους εὐεργετήσας, τάχα τότε βάπτισμα εἴληφεν τὸ παντὸς τοῦ ὑπονοηθέντος ὂν παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις μεῖζον, περὶ οὗ οἶμαι αὐτὸν εἰρηκέναι· Βάπτισμα δὲ »ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ πῶς συνέχομαι ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ;«
alēthōs gar epi toutois dedeētai tou plynai »en oinǭ tēn stolēn »autou, kai en haimati staphylēs tēn peribolēn autou«. tas gar astheneias hēmōn labōn kai tas nosous bastaxas, pantos te tou kosmou aras tēn hamartian kai tous tosoutous euergetēsas, tacha tote baptisma eilēphen to pantos tou hyponoēthentos on para tois anthrōpois meizon, peri hou oimai auton eirēkenai; Baptisma de »echō baptisthēnai, kai pōs synechomai heōs hotou telesthę̄?«
For truly after these things he needed to wash “his robe in wine, and his garment in the blood of the grape.” For having taken our infirmities and borne our diseases, having taken away the sin of the whole world and benefited so many, perhaps he then received a baptism greater than any imagined among human beings, about which I think he said, “I have a baptism to be baptized with, and how I am constrained until it is accomplished!”
6.291Preuschen 4:165
ἴνα γὰρ τολμηρότερον βασανίζων τὸν λόγον στῶ πρὸς τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν πλείστων ὑπονοούμενα, λεγέτωσαν ἡμῖν οἱ τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ μέγιστον, ὑπὲρ ὃ ἄλλο οὐκ ἕστι νοῆσαι βάπτισμα, νομίσαντες αὐτοῦ εἶναι τὸ μαρτύριον, τί δήποτε μετὰ τοῦτο λέγει τῇ Μαριάμ· »Μή μου ἅπτου«; ἐχρῆν γὰρ μᾶλλον ἑαυτὸν ἐμπαρέχειν τῇ ἁφῇ, ἅτε τὸ τέλειον βάπτισμα διὰ τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ πάθους εἰληφότα.
ina gar tolmēroteron basanizōn ton logon stō pros ta hypo tōn pleistōn hyponooumena, legetōsan hēmin hoi to baptisma to megiston, hyper ho allo ouk hesti noēsai baptisma, nomisantes autou einai to martyrion, ti dēpote meta touto legei tę̄ Mariam; »Mē mou haptou«? echrēn gar mallon heauton emparechein tę̄ haphę̄, hate to teleion baptisma dia tou mystēriou tou pathous eilēphota.
For, testing the argument more boldly, to take a stand against what most people suppose, let those who think that his greatest baptism, beyond which no other baptism can be conceived, was his martyrdom tell us why after it he says to Mary, “Do not touch me.” For he ought rather to have offered himself to her touch, having received the perfect baptism through the mystery of the passion.
6.292Preuschen 4:165
Ἀλλʼ ἐπεί, ὡς προείπομεν, τὰ κατὰ τῶν ἀντικειμένων ἀνδραγαθήματα πεποιηκὼς ἐδεῖτο τοῦ πλύναι »ἐν οἴνῳ τὴν στολὴν »αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν αἵματι σταφυλῆς τὴν περιβολὴν αὐτοῦ«, ἀνῄει πρὸς τὸν γεωργὸν τῆς ἀληθινῆς ἀμπέλου πατέρα, ἴνʼ ἐκεῖ ἀποπλυνάμενος μετὰ τὸ ἀναβῆναι εἰς ὕψος, αἰχμαλωτεύσας τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν, καταβῇ φέρων τὰ ποικίλα χαρίσματα, τὰς διαμεμερισμένας τοῖς ἀποστόλοις γλώσσας ὡσεὶ πυρὸς καὶ τοὺς παρεσομένους έν πάσῃ πράξει ἁγίους ἀγγέλους καὶ ῥυσομένους αὐτούς.
Allʼ epei, hōs proeipomen, ta kata tōn antikeimenōn andragathēmata pepoiēkōs edeito tou plynai »en oinǭ tēn stolēn »autou kai en haimati staphylēs tēn peribolēn autou«, anę̄ei pros ton geōrgon tēs alēthinēs ampelou patera, inʼ ekei apoplynamenos meta to anabēnai eis hypsos, aichmalōteusas tēn aichmalōsian, katabę̄ pherōn ta poikila charismata, tas diamemerismenas tois apostolois glōssas hōsei pyros kai tous paresomenous en pasę̄ praxei hagious angelous kai rhysomenous autous.
But since, as we said before, having performed his valiant deeds against the adversaries he needed to wash “his robe in wine and his garment in the blood of the grape,” he went up to the Father, the vinedresser of the true vine, so that, having washed there after ascending on high and leading captivity captive, he might come down bringing the varied gifts: the tongues as of fire distributed to the apostles, and the holy angels who would be present in every action and rescue them.
6.293Preuschen 4:165
πρὸ γὰρ τούτων τῶν οἰ κονομιῶν ἅτε μηδέπω κεκαθαρμένοι οὐκ ἐχώρουν ἀγγέλων παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἐπιδημίαν, τάχα οὐδʼ αὐτῶν βουλομένων πω τοῖς μὴ εὐτρεπισμένοις καὶ κεκαθαρμένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ παρεἶναι.
pro gar toutōn tōn oi konomiōn hate mēdepō kekatharmenoi ouk echōroun angelōn parʼ autois epidēmian, tacha oudʼ autōn boulomenōn pō tois mē eutrepismenois kai kekatharmenois hypo tou Iēsou pareinai.
For before these dispensations, not yet being cleansed, they could not receive a sojourn of angels among them; perhaps the angels themselves did not yet wish to be present with those not prepared and cleansed by Jesus.
6.294Preuschen 4:165–166
τῆς γὰρ Ἰησοῦ μόνου φιλανθρωπίας ἠν μετὰ ἁμαρτωλῶν καὶ τελωνῶν ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν, καὶ παρέχειν ἑαυτοῦ τοὺς πόδας τοῖς δακρύοις τῆς μετανοούσης ἁμαρτωλοῦ, καὶ μέχρι θανάτου καταβαίνειν ὑπὲρ ἀσεβῶν, οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγουμένου τὸ εἶναι ἵσα θεῷ, καὶ κενοῦν ἑαυτὸν τὴν τοῦ δούλου λαμβάνοντος μορφήν.
tēs gar Iēsou monou philanthrōpias ēn meta hamartōlōn kai telōnōn esthiein kai pinein, kai parechein heautou tous podas tois dakryois tēs metanoousēs hamartōlou, kai mechri thanatou katabainein hyper asebōn, ouch harpagmon hēgoumenou to einai hisa theǭ, kai kenoun heauton tēn tou doulou lambanontos morphēn.
For it belonged to the love for humankind of Jesus alone to eat and drink with sinners and tax collectors, to offer his feet to the tears of the repentant sinful woman, and to go down even to death for the ungodly, not counting equality with God a thing to be grasped, and emptying himself, taking the form of a servant.
6.295Preuschen 4:166
ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ἐπιτελῶν μᾶλλον τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ παραδόντος αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ ἀσεβῶν ἐπετέλει ἤπερ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ· ὁ μὲν γὰρ πατὴρ ἀγαθός, ὁ δὲ σωτὴρ εἰκὼν τῆς ἀγαθότητος αὐτοῦ. πάντα δὲ τὸν κόσμον εὐεργετῶν, ἐπεὶ θεὸς ἐν Χριστῷ κόσμον καταλλάσσει ἑαυτῷ, πρότερον διὰ τὴν κακίαν ἐχθρὸν γεγενημένον, ὁδῷ καὶ τάξει τὰ εὐεργετούμενα εὐεργετεῖ, οὐκ ἀθρόως λαμβάνων ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν πάντας τοὺς ἐχθρούς· λέγει γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ πατὴρ τῷ κυρίῳ ἑκάστου ἡμῶν· »Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ »τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου«.
tauta de panta epitelōn mallon to thelēma tou patros tou paradontos auton hyper asebōn epetelei ēper to heautou; ho men gar patēr agathos, ho de sōtēr eikōn tēs agathotētos autou. panta de ton kosmon euergetōn, epei theos en Christǭ kosmon katallassei heautǭ, proteron dia tēn kakian echthron gegenēmenon, hodǭ kai taxei ta euergetoumena euergetei, ouk athroōs lambanōn hypopodion tōn podōn pantas tous echthrous; legei gar autǭ ho patēr tǭ kyriǭ hekastou hēmōn; »Kathou ek dexiōn mou, heōs an thō »tous echthrous sou hypopodion tōn podōn sou«.
And in doing all these things he was fulfilling the will of the Father, who handed him over for the ungodly, rather than his own; for the Father is good, and the Savior is the image of his goodness. And benefiting the whole world, since God in Christ is reconciling to himself the world, which had formerly become an enemy through wickedness, he benefits those he benefits in due way and order, not taking all his enemies at once as the footstool of his feet. For the Father says to him, the Lord of each of us: “Sit at my right hand, until I make your enemies the footstool of your feet.”
6.296Preuschen 4:166
καὶ ταῦτα γίνεται ἕως ὁ ἔσχατος ἐχθρός, ὁ θάνατος, ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καταργηθῇ. ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ὑποτάσσεσθαι τῷ χριστῷ νοήσωμεν ὅ τί ποτʼ ἔστιν μάλιστʼ ἐκ τοῦ »Ὅταν δὲ αὐτῷ † πάντα ὑποταγῇ, τότε αὐτὸς ὁ υἱὸς ὑποταγήσεται »τῷ ὑποτάξαντι αὐτῷ † πάντα«, ἀξίως τῆς ἀγαθότητος τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ νοήσωμεν τὸν ἀμνὸν τοῦ θεοῦ αἴροντα τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου.
kai tauta ginetai heōs ho eschatos echthros, ho thanatos, hypʼ autou katargēthę̄. ean de to hypotassesthai tǭ christǭ noēsōmen ho ti potʼ estin malistʼ ek tou »Hotan de autǭ † panta hypotagę̄, tote autos ho huios hypotagēsetai »tǭ hypotaxanti autǭ † panta«, axiōs tēs agathotētos tou tōn holōn theou noēsōmen ton amnon tou theou aironta tēn hamartian tou kosmou.
And this goes on until the last enemy, death, is abolished by him. And if we understand what being subject to Christ is, above all from “When all things are subjected to him, then the Son himself will also be subjected to him who subjected all things to him,” we shall understand, in a way worthy of the goodness of the God of the universe, the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world.
6.297Preuschen 4:166
Οὐ πάντων δὲ ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀμνοῦ αἴρεται, μὴ ἀλγούντων μηδὲ βασανιζομένων ἕως ἀρθῇ. ἄκανθαι γὰρ οὐ μόνον ἐνσπαρεῖσαι ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπιπολὺ ῥιζωθεῖ ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν παντὸς διὰ τὴν κακίαν μεθυσθέντος καὶ τὸ νήφειν ἀπολωλεκότος κατὰ τὸ ἐν Παροιμίαις εἰρημένον· »Ἄκανθαι φύονται έν χειρὶ τοῦ μεθύσου», ὅσον πόνον ἐνεργάσονται τῷ τὰ τοιαῦτα φυτὰ εἰς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα τῆς ψυχῆς παραδεξαμένῳ τί δεῖ καὶ λέγειν; κατατμηθῆναι γαρ ὑπὸ τοῦ τομωτέρου πάσης μαχαίρας διστόμου λόγου ζῶντος θεοῦ καὶ ἐνεργοῦς καὶ καυστικωτέρου παντὸς πυρὸς ἀνάγκη τὸν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον εἰς βάθος τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῆς τὴν κακίαν χωρήσαντα, ὡς γενέσθαι αὐτὸν γῆν ἀκανθοφόρον.
Ou pantōn de hē hamartia hypo tou amnou airetai, mē algountōn mēde basanizomenōn heōs arthę̄. akanthai gar ou monon enspareisai alla kai epipoly rhizōthei en tais chersin pantos dia tēn kakian methysthentos kai to nēphein apolōlekotos kata to en Paroimiais eirēmenon; »Akanthai phyontai en cheiri tou methysou», hoson ponon energasontai tǭ ta toiauta phyta eis to heautou sōma tēs psychēs paradexamenǭ ti dei kai legein? katatmēthēnai gar hypo tou tomōterou pasēs machairas distomou logou zōntos theou kai energous kai kaustikōterou pantos pyros anankē ton epi tosouton eis bathos tēs heautou psychēs tēn kakian chōrēsanta, hōs genesthai auton gēn akanthophoron.
But the sin of all is not taken away by the Lamb without their suffering pain and torment until it is taken away. For thorns, not only sown but deeply rooted in the hands of everyone drunk with wickedness who has lost sobriety, according to the saying in Proverbs, “Thorns grow in the hand of the drunkard”: what need is there even to say how much pain they will cause one who has received such plants into the body of his soul? For one who has let wickedness go so deep into his soul that he has become thorn-bearing ground must be cut by the living Word of God, active, sharper than any two-edged sword, and more burning than any fire.
6.298Preuschen 4:166–167
καὶ δεήσει ἐπὶ τὴν τοιαύτην ψυχὴν πεμφθῆναι τὸ εὑρίσκον τὰς ἀκάνθας πῦρ, καὶ μέχρι αὐτῶν στησόμενον διὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ θειότητα καὶ οὐ προσεμπρῆσον ἅλωνας ἢ στάχυας πεδίων. τοῦ αἴροντος δὲ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου ἀμνοῦ διὰ σφαγῆς ἀρχομένου ὁδοὶ τυγχάνουσιν πλείονες, ὡν αἱ μὲν σαφεῖς εἶναι τοῖς πολλοῖς δύνανται, αἱ δὲ τοὺς τοσούτους λανθάνουσαι τοῖς τῆς θείας σοφίας ἀξιουμένοις, οἷς μόνοις εἰσὶν γνώριμοι.
kai deēsei epi tēn toiautēn psychēn pemphthēnai to heuriskon tas akanthas pyr, kai mechri autōn stēsomenon dia tēn heautou theiotēta kai ou prosemprēson halōnas ē stachyas pediōn. tou airontos de tēn hamartian tou kosmou amnou dia sphagēs archomenou hodoi tynchanousin pleiones, hōn hai men sapheis einai tois pollois dynantai, hai de tous tosoutous lanthanousai tois tēs theias sophias axioumenois, hois monois eisin gnōrimoi.
And upon such a soul must be sent the fire that finds the thorns, which by its own divinity will stop at them and not also burn threshing floors or ears of grain in the fields. And the Lamb who takes away the sin of the world, beginning through his slaughter, has many ways, some of which can be clear to the many, while others, hidden from most, are known only to those deemed worthy of divine wisdom.
6.299Preuschen 4:167
τί γὰρ δεῖ λέγειν, διʼ ὅσων ὁδῶν τις ἐπὶ τὸ πιστεύειν ἔρχεται ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ἔτι ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ σώματι παρὸν ἑκάστῳ καθʼ αὑτὸν ἐπισκοπεῖν; πλὴν μία τῶν ὁδῶν ἐστιν τοῦ πιστεύειν καὶ αἴρεσθαι τὴν ἁμαρτίαν διὰ μαστίγων καὶ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ νόσων χαλεπωτάτων καὶ μαλακιῶν ἐπιπονωτάτων. τίς οὖν οἶδεν καὶ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα;
ti gar dei legein, diʼ hosōn hodōn tis epi to pisteuein erchetai en anthrōpois, eti en tǭ toioutǭ sōmati paron hekastǭ kathʼ hauton episkopein? plēn mia tōn hodōn estin tou pisteuein kai airesthai tēn hamartian dia mastigōn kai pneumatōn ponērōn kai nosōn chalepōtatōn kai malakiōn epiponōtatōn. tis oun oiden kai ta meta tauta?
For why need I say by how many ways one comes to believe among human beings, when each can consider it for himself while still in such a body? But one of the ways of believing and having sin taken away is through scourges, evil spirits, most grievous diseases, and most painful illnesses. Who, then, knows also what comes after these?
6.300Preuschen 4:167
ἀναγκαῖον δὲ ἠν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ἀναιρεθῆναι τὸν δοκοῦντα τῇ ἐξετάσει τοῦ λόγου παρακολουθεῖν τοῦ λέγοντος· »Ἴδε ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου«· ἐπιπλεῖον περὶ τούτων διαλαβεὶν, ἱν εἰδότες ὅτι καὶ θυμῷ θεοῦ ἔστιν ἐλεγχθῆναι καὶ ὀργῇ θεοῦ παιδευθῆναι, διὰ τὸ εἰς ὑπερβολὴν φιλάνθρωπον οὐδένα πάντη ἀνέλεγκτον καὶ ἀπαίδευτον ἐῶντος, πάντα ποιήσωμεν εἰς τὸ μὴ δεηθῆναι ἐλέγχων καὶ τῆς διὰ τῶν ἐπιπονωτάτων παιδείας.
anankaion de ēn hyper tou mē anairethēnai ton dokounta tę̄ exetasei tou logou parakolouthein tou legontos; »Ide ho amnos tou theou ho airōn tēn hamartian tou kosmou«; epipleion peri toutōn dialabein, hin eidotes hoti kai thymǭ theou estin elenchthēnai kai orgę̄ theou paideuthēnai, dia to eis hyperbolēn philanthrōpon oudena pantē anelenkton kai apaideuton eōntos, panta poiēsōmen eis to mē deēthēnai elenchōn kai tēs dia tōn epiponōtatōn paideias.
It was necessary to discuss these things at greater length, so that one who seems to follow the examination of the words “Behold the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world” might not be destroyed; so that, knowing that it is possible to be rebuked in God's wrath and chastened in God's anger, since in his surpassing love for humankind he leaves no one wholly unrebuked and unchastened, we may do everything so as not to need rebukes and discipline through most painful things.
6.301Preuschen 4:167
Ἐπισκεπτέον δὲ τῷ ἐντυγχάνοντι τὰ έν τοῖς προτέροις ἡμῖν εἰρημένα μετὰ παραθέσεως πλειόνων παραδειγμάτων περὶ τοῦ τί σημαίνεται κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν ἐκ τῆς »Κόσμος« φωνῆς· οὐ γὰρ εὔλογον ἡγησάμην παλιλλογεῖν. οὐκ ἀγνοοῦμεν δέ τινα κόσμον ἐξειληφέναι τὴν ἐκκλησίαν μόνην, κόσμον κόσμον τοῦ κόσμου, ἐπεὶ καὶ φῶς λέγεται τοῦ κόσμου· »Ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε, φησί, τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου·« κόσμος δὲ τοῦ κόσμου ἡ ἐκκλησία, κόσμου αὐτῆς γινομένου Χριστοῦ, τοῦ πρώτου φωτὸς τοῦ κόσμου.
Episkepteon de tǭ entynchanonti ta en tois proterois hēmin eirēmena meta paratheseōs pleionōn paradeigmatōn peri tou ti sēmainetai kata tēn graphēn ek tēs »Kosmos« phōnēs; ou gar eulogon hēgēsamēn palillogein. ouk agnooumen de tina kosmon exeilēphenai tēn ekklēsian monēn, kosmon kosmon tou kosmou, epei kai phōs legetai tou kosmou; »Hymeis gar este, phēsi, to phōs tou kosmou;« kosmos de tou kosmou hē ekklēsia, kosmou autēs ginomenou Christou, tou prōtou phōtos tou kosmou.
The reader should look at what we said earlier, with a number of examples set out, about what is meant in Scripture by the word “world” (κόσμος); for I did not think it reasonable to repeat myself. We are not unaware that some have taken “world” to mean the church alone, as the adornment (κόσμος) of the world, since it is also called the light of the world: “For you are,” he says, “the light of the world.” And the church is the adornment of the world, Christ becoming its adornment, the first light of the world.
6.302Preuschen 4:167–168
κατανοητέον δὲ εἰ μὴ τοῦ αὐτοῦ κόσμου φῶς εἶναι λέγεται ὁ χριστὸς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ· ἀλλʼ ὅτε μὲν Χριστὸς φῶς τοῦ κόσμου ἐστίν, τάχα τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐστὶ φῶς· ὅτε δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ φῶς τοῦκόσμου, μήποτε τῶν παρακαλουμένων εἰσὶ φῶς, ἑτέρων ὄντων παρὰ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ὥσπερ τῷ Παύλῳ περὶ τούτων εἴρηται ἐν τῷ προοιμίῳ τῆς προτέρας πρὸς Κορινθίους ἐπιστολῆς γράφοντι· »Τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ σὺν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπικαλου- »μένοις τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ«· ἐάν οὐν τις τοῦ κόσμου φῶς λέγεσθαι τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, οἱονεὶ τοῦ λοιποῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τῶν ἀπίστων, εἰ μὲν προφητικῶς τοῦτο διὰ τὸν περὶ τέλους λόγον ἐκλήψεται, τάχα ἔχει χώραν τὸ λεγόμενον· εἰ δὲ ὡς ἤδη γινόμενον, ἐπεὶ τὸ φῶς τινος φωτίζει ἐκεῖνο, οὑ ἐστι φῶς, δεικνύτωσαν πῶς τὸ λοιπὸν γένος φωτίζεται ὑπὸ τῆς παρεπιδημούσης τῷ κόσμῳ ἐκκλησίας.
katanoēteon de ei mē tou autou kosmou phōs einai legetai ho christos kai hoi mathētai autou; allʼ hote men Christos phōs tou kosmou estin, tacha tēs ekklēsias esti phōs; hote de hoi mathētai autou phōs toukosmou, mēpote tōn parakaloumenōn eisi phōs, heterōn ontōn para tēn ekklēsian, hōsper tǭ Paulǭ peri toutōn eirētai en tǭ prooimiǭ tēs proteras pros Korinthious epistolēs graphonti; »Tę̄ ekklēsią tou theou syn pasi tois epikalou- »menois to onoma tou kyriou Iēsou Christou«; ean oun tis tou kosmou phōs legesthai tēn ekklēsian, hoionei tou loipou genous tōn anthrōpōn kai tōn apistōn, ei men prophētikōs touto dia ton peri telous logon eklēpsetai, tacha echei chōran to legomenon; ei de hōs ēdē ginomenon, epei to phōs tinos phōtizei ekeino, hou esti phōs, deiknytōsan pōs to loipon genos phōtizetai hypo tēs parepidēmousēs tǭ kosmǭ ekklēsias.
But we must consider whether Christ and his disciples are said to be the light of the same world. When Christ is the light of the world, perhaps he is the light of the church; but when his disciples are the light of the world, perhaps they are the light of those who are called, who are others besides the church, as Paul says of them in the opening of the first letter to the Corinthians, writing, “To the church of God, with all those who call on the name of our Lord Jesus Christ.” If, then, someone [takes] the church to be called the light of the world, meaning of the rest of the human race and of unbelievers, if he takes this prophetically, of the end, perhaps what is said has a place; but if as already happening, since the light of something illuminates that of which it is the light, let them show how the rest of the race is illuminated by the church sojourning in the world.
6.303Preuschen 4:168
εἰ δὲ τοῦτο δεικνύναι οὐ δύνανται, ἐπιστησάτωσαν μήποτε ὑγιῶς ἐξειλήφαμεν φῶς μὲν εἶναι τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, κόσμον δὲ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους. ἡ δὲ φωνή, κειμένη ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ματθαῖον, τῷ ἐπιμελέστατα ἐρευνῶντι τὰς γραφὰς παραστήσει τὴν διήγησιν· »Ὑμεὶς, γάρ φησιν, ἐστὲ τὸ ἅλα τῆς γῆς«· τάχα τῆς γῆς τῶν λοιπῶν ἀνθρώπων νοουμένων, ὧν ἅλας εἰσὶν οἱ πεπιστευκότες, αἴτιοι τοῦ τηρεῖσθαι τὸν κόσμον διὰ τοῦ πιστεύειν τυγχάνοντες· τότε γὰρ ἡ συντέλεια ἔσται ἐὰν τὸ ἄλα μωρανθῇ« καὶ μηκέτι ᾐ τὸ ἁλίζον καὶ συντηροῦν τὴν γῆν, ἐπεὶ σαφὲς ὅτι ἐὰν πληθυνθῇ ἡ ἀνομία, καὶ ψυγῇ ἡ ἀγάπη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὡς καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν σωτῆρα διστακτικὴν προενέγκασθαι περὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ ἐπιδημίᾳ ἑαυτοῦ φωνὴν λέγοντα· »Πλῆν ὁ υἹὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν ἆρα εὑρήσει τὴν πίστιν »ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς;«) τότε συντέλεια ἔσται τοῦ πρὸ αἰῶνος.
ei de touto deiknynai ou dynantai, epistēsatōsan mēpote hygiōs exeilēphamen phōs men einai tēn ekklēsian, kosmon de tous epikaloumenous. hē de phōnē, keimenē en tǭ kata Matthaion, tǭ epimelestata ereunōnti tas graphas parastēsei tēn diēgēsin; »Hymeis, gar phēsin, este to hala tēs gēs«; tacha tēs gēs tōn loipōn anthrōpōn nooumenōn, hōn halas eisin hoi pepisteukotes, aitioi tou tēreisthai ton kosmon dia tou pisteuein tynchanontes; tote gar hē synteleia estai ean to ala mōranthę̄« kai mēketi ę̄ to halizon kai syntēroun tēn gēn, epei saphes hoti ean plēthynthę̄ hē anomia, kai psygę̄ hē agapē epi tēs gēs hōs kai auton ton sōtēra distaktikēn proenenkasthai peri tōn en tę̄ epidēmią heautou phōnēn legonta; »Plēn ho huIos tou anthrōpou elthōn ara heurēsei tēn pistin »epi tēs gēs?«) tote synteleia estai tou pro aiōnos.
If they cannot show this, let them consider whether we have not rightly understood the church to be the light, and those who call on the Lord to be the world. The saying found in Matthew will offer the interpretation to one who searches the Scriptures most carefully: “You are,” he says, “the salt of the earth”; perhaps the rest of humankind being understood as the earth, whose salt are the believers, who by believing are the cause of the world's preservation. For the end will come when “the salt loses its savor” and there is no longer what salts and preserves the earth; since it is clear that when lawlessness increases and love grows cold on the earth (so that the Savior himself uttered a doubtful saying about those at his coming: “Nevertheless, when the Son of Man comes, will he find faith on the earth?”), then will be the end of the present age.
6.304Preuschen 4:168
λεγέσθω τοίνυν ἡ ἐκκλησία κόσμος ὅτε ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος φωτίζεται· ἡμεῖς δὲ ζητοῦμεν εἰ κατὰ τὸ »Ἴδε ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν »τοῦ κόσμου« κόσμον νοητέον ὑγιῶς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, περικλειομένου τοῦ αἴρεσθαι τὴν ἁμαρτίαν εἰς μόνην τὴν ἐκκλησίαν.
legesthō toinyn hē ekklēsia kosmos hote hypo tou sōtēros phōtizetai; hēmeis de zētoumen ei kata to »Ide ho amnos tou theou ho airōn tēn hamartian »tou kosmou« kosmon noēteon hygiōs tēn ekklēsian, perikleiomenou tou airesthai tēn hamartian eis monēn tēn ekklēsian.
Let the church, then, be called the world when it is illuminated by the Savior. But we ask whether in “Behold the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world” the world is rightly understood as the church, the taking away of sin being confined to the church alone.
6.305Preuschen 4:168
πῶς γὰρ τὸ ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ ὑπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ μαθητοῦ εἰρημένον περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἱλασμοῦ περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τυγχάνοντος διηγησόμεθα οὕτως ἔχον· Καὶ ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα Ἰησοῦν »Χριστὸν δίκαιον· καὶ αὐτὸς ἱλασμός ἐστιν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν, οὐ »περὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου«; καὶ τὸ παρὰ τῷ Παύλῳ δὲ τούτω νομίζω εἶναι παραπλήσιον οὕτως ἔχον· »Ὅς έστιν σωτὴρ πάντων ἀνθρώπων, μάλιστα πιστῶν«.
pōs gar to en tę̄ epistolę̄ hypo tou autou mathētou eirēmenon peri tou sōtēros hilasmou peri tōn hamartiōn tynchanontos diēgēsometha houtōs echon; Kai ean tis hamartę̄, paraklēton echomen pros ton patera Iēsoun »Christon dikaion; kai autos hilasmos estin peri tōn hamartiōn hēmōn, ou »peri tōn hēmeterōn de monon, alla kai peri holou tou kosmou«? kai to para tǭ Paulǭ de toutō nomizō einai paraplēsion houtōs echon; »Hos estin sōtēr pantōn anthrōpōn, malista pistōn«.
For how shall we interpret what was said by the same disciple in the epistle about the Savior being the propitiation for sins, which runs thus: “And if anyone sins, we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous; and he is the propitiation for our sins, and not for ours only, but also for the whole world”? And I think Paul's words are similar to this, which run: “who is the Savior of all people, especially of believers.”
6.306Preuschen 4:168
Πάλιν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὁ Ἡρακλέων γενόμενος χωρὶς πάσης κατασκευῆς καὶ παραθέσεως μαρτυριῶν ἀποφαίνεται ὅτι τὸ μὲν »Ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ« ὡς προφήτης φησὶν ὁ Ἰωάννης, τὸ δὲ »Ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου« ὡς περισσότερον προφήτου. καὶ οἴεται τὸ μὲν πρότερον περὶ τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ λέγεσθαι, τὸ δὲ δεύτερον περὶ τοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι, τῷ τὸν ἀμνὸν ατελῆ εἶναι ἐν τῷ τῶν προβάτων γένει,
Palin en tǭ topǭ ho Hērakleōn genomenos chōris pasēs kataskeuēs kai paratheseōs martyriōn apophainetai hoti to men »Amnos tou theou« hōs prophētēs phēsin ho Iōannēs, to de »Ho airōn tēn hamartian tou kosmou« hōs perissoteron prophētou. kai oietai to men proteron peri tou sōmatos autou legesthai, to de deuteron peri tou en tǭ sōmati, tǭ ton amnon atelē einai en tǭ tōn probatōn genei,
Again, Heracleon, coming to this passage, without any argument or citation of testimonies, declares that John says “Lamb of God” as a prophet, but “who takes away the sin of the world” as more than a prophet. And he thinks the former is said about his body, the latter about the one in the body, because the lamb is imperfect in the kind of sheep,
6.307Preuschen 4:168–169
οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὸ σῶμα παραθέσει τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτῷ. τὸ δὲ τέλειον εἰ ἐβούλετο, φησί, τῷ σώματι μαρτυρῆσαι, κριὸν εἶπεν ἂν τὸ μέλλον θύεσθαι. οὐχ ἡγοῦμαι δὲ εἶναι ἀναγκαῖον μετὰ τηλικαύτας γεγενημένας ἐξετάσεις τευταζειν περὶ τὸν τόπον, ἀγωνιζομένους πρὸς τὰ εὐτελῶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἡρακλέωνος εἰρημένα. μόνον δὲ τοῦτο ἐπισημειωτέον, ὅτι ὥσπερ μόγις ἐχώρησεν ὁ κόσμος τὸν κενώσαντα ἑαυτόν, οὕτως ἀμνοῦ καὶ οὐ κριοῦ ἐδεήθη, ἵνα ἀρθῇ αὐτοῦ ἡ ἁμαρτία. * * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * * * * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * * * * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * *
houtō de kai to sōma parathesei tou enoikountos autǭ. to de teleion ei ebouleto, phēsi, tǭ sōmati martyrēsai, krion eipen an to mellon thyesthai. ouch hēgoumai de einai anankaion meta tēlikautas gegenēmenas exetaseis teutazein peri ton topon, agōnizomenous pros ta eutelōs hypo tou Hērakleōnos eirēmena. monon de touto episēmeiōteon, hoti hōsper mogis echōrēsen ho kosmos ton kenōsanta heauton, houtōs amnou kai ou kriou edeēthē, hina arthę̄ autou hē hamartia. * * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * * * * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * * * * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * *
and so also is the body in comparison with the one who dwells in it. “If he had wished,” he says, “to bear witness to the perfection of the body, he would have called what was to be sacrificed a ram.” I do not think it necessary, after such great examinations have been made, to labor over the passage, contending against what Heracleon has said so cheaply. Only this must be noted: just as the world could barely receive the one who emptied himself, so it needed a lamb and not a ram, so that its sin might be taken away. …
Chapter 10
10.1Preuschen 4:169
»Μετὰ τοῦτο κατέβη εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ »καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ καὶ οἱ μαθηταί, καὶ ἐκεῖ ἔμειναν οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας. »καὶ ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ πάσχα τῶν Ἰουδαίων, καὶ ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα † ὁ »Ιησοῦς. καὶ εὑρεν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα »καὶ περιστερὰς καὶ τοὺς κερματιστὰς καθημένους, καὶ ποιήσας †ὡς »φραγέλλιον ἐκ σχοινίων πάντας ἐξέβαλεν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ τό τε πρόβατα »καὶ τοὺς βόας, καὶ τῶν κολλυβιστῶν ἐξέχεε τὰ κέρματα καὶ τὰς »τραπέζας ἀνέστρεψε, καὶ τοῖς τὰς περιστερὰς πωλοῦσιν εἶπεν· Ἄρατε »ταῦτα ἐντεῦθεν, μὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου. »τότε ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι γεγραμμένον ἐστὶν ὅτι Ὁ ζῆλος »τοῦ οἴκου σου καταφάγεταί με. ἀπεκρίθησαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ »εἶπαν αὐτῶ· Τί σημεῖον δεικνύεις ἡμῖν, ὅτι ταῦτα ποιεῖς; ἀπεκρίθη »Ἰησοῦς, καὶ εἶπε Λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ έν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ »αὐτόν. ἀπεκρίθησαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι· Τεσσεράκοντα καὶ ἓξ ἔτεσιν »ᾠκοδομήθη ὁ ναὸς οὗτος, καὶ σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν; »ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγε περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ. ὅτε οὐν ἠγέρθη »ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι τοῦτο ἔλεγε, καὶ ἐπί- »στευσαν τῇ γραφῇ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς. ὡς δὲ ᾑν ἐν τοῖς »Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐν τῷ πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐ- »τοῦ Πολλοί, θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει· αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰη- »σοῦς οὐκ ἐπίστευσεν ἑαυτὸν αὐτοῖς, διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας καὶ ὅτι οὐ χρείαν εἶχεν, ἕνα τις μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ ἀνθρώπου, αὐτὸς γὰρ »ἐγίνωσκε τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ«. * * * * ἐν αὐτῇ ἀναγεγραμμένοι ἀριθμοὶ κατά τινα ἀναλογίαν ἁρμόζουσαν ἑκάστῳ πράγματι γραφῆς ἠξιώθησαν. ἐξεταστέον δέ, μήποτε μία τῶν βίβλων Μωσέως ἐπιγεγραμμένη Ἀριθμοί ἐξαιρέτως τὸν περὶ ἀριθμῶν τοῖς τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐξιχνεύειν δυναμένοις διδάσκει λόγον.
»Meta touto katebē eis Kapharnaoum autos kai hē mētēr autou »kai hoi adelphoi kai hoi mathētai, kai ekei emeinan ou pollas hēmeras. »kai engys ēn to pascha tōn Ioudaiōn, kai anebē eis Hierosolyma † ho »Iēsous. kai heuren en tǭ hierǭ tous pōlountas boas kai probata »kai peristeras kai tous kermatistas kathēmenous, kai poiēsas †hōs »phragellion ek schoiniōn pantas exebalen ek tou hierou to te probata »kai tous boas, kai tōn kollybistōn exechee ta kermata kai tas »trapezas anestrepse, kai tois tas peristeras pōlousin eipen; Arate »tauta enteuthen, mē poieite ton oikon tou patros mou oikon emporiou. »tote emnēsthēsan hoi mathētai autou, hoti gegrammenon estin hoti Ho zēlos »tou oikou sou kataphagetai me. apekrithēsan oun hoi Ioudaioi kai »eipan autō; Ti sēmeion deiknyeis hēmin, hoti tauta poieis? apekrithē »Iēsous, kai eipe Lysate ton naon touton, kai en trisin hēmerais egerō »auton. apekrithēsan oun hoi Ioudaioi; Tesserakonta kai hex etesin »ǭkodomēthē ho naos houtos, kai sy en trisin hēmerais egereis auton? »ekeinos de elege peri tou naou tou sōmatos autou. hote oun ēgerthē »ek nekrōn, emnēsthēsan hoi mathētai autou hoti touto elege, kai epi- »steusan tę̄ graphę̄ kai tǭ logǭ hon eipen ho Iēsous. hōs de hę̄n en tois »Hierosolymois en tǭ pascha en tę̄ heortę̄, episteusan eis to onoma au- »tou Polloi, theōrountes autou ta sēmeia ha epoiei; autos de ho Iē- »sous ouk episteusen heauton autois, dia to auton ginōskein pantas kai hoti ou chreian eichen, hena tis martyrēsę̄ peri anthrōpou, autos gar »eginōske ti ēn en tǭ anthrōpǭ«. * * * * en autę̄ anagegrammenoi arithmoi kata tina analogian harmozousan hekastǭ pragmati graphēs ēxiōthēsan. exetasteon de, mēpote mia tōn biblōn Mōseōs epigegrammenē Arithmoi exairetōs ton peri arithmōn tois ta toiauta exichneuein dynamenois didaskei logon.
[John 2:12–25:] “After this he went down to Capernaum, he and his mother and his brothers and his disciples, and they stayed there not many days. And the Passover of the Jews was near, and Jesus went up to Jerusalem. And he found in the temple those selling oxen and sheep and doves, and the money-changers sitting there; and having made a kind of whip of cords, he drove them all out of the temple, both the sheep and the oxen, and he poured out the coins of the money-changers and overturned their tables; and to those selling doves he said, Take these things away from here; do not make my Father's house a house of trade. Then his disciples remembered that it is written, Zeal for your house will consume me. The Jews then answered and said to him, What sign do you show us, since you do these things? Jesus answered and said, Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up. The Jews then answered, This temple was built in forty-six years, and will you raise it up in three days? But he was speaking about the temple of his body. When therefore he was raised from the dead, his disciples remembered that he had said this, and they believed the Scripture and the word that Jesus had spoken. Now when he was in Jerusalem at the Passover, at the feast, many believed in his name, seeing the signs that he was doing. But Jesus himself did not entrust himself to them, because he knew all people and had no need that anyone bear witness about man, for he himself knew what was in man.” … the numbers recorded in it were deemed worthy [of a place] in Scripture according to some proportion fitting to each matter. It must be examined whether one of the books of Moses, entitled Numbers, teaches in a special way the account of numbers to those able to track down such things.
10.2Preuschen 4:171
Ταῦτα δέ μοι ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ δεκάτου τόμου λέγεται πρὸς σέ, πολλαχοῦ ὁρῶντι τῆς γραφῆς διαφερούσης προνομίας τετευχότα τὸν δέκα ἀριθμόν, ὡς ἔνεστι καὶ σοὶ ἐπιμελῶς κατανοεῖν, ἐλπίζοντί τε λήψεσθαι ἀπὸ θεοῦ πλέον τι καὶ εἰς τοῦτον τὸν τόμον· ὅπερ ἴνα ὑπαρχθῇ κατὰ δύναμιν ἐμπαρέχειν ἑαυτοὺς τῷ δωρεῖσθαι τὰ κάλλιστα βουλομένῳ θεῷ πειρώμεθα.
Tauta de moi en archę̄ tou dekatou tomou legetai pros se, pollachou horōnti tēs graphēs diapherousēs pronomias teteuchota ton deka arithmon, hōs enesti kai soi epimelōs katanoein, elpizonti te lēpsesthai apo theou pleon ti kai eis touton ton tomon; hoper ina hyparchthę̄ kata dynamin emparechein heautous tǭ dōreisthai ta kallista boulomenǭ theǭ peirōmetha.
I say this to you at the beginning of the tenth volume, since you see that in many places of Scripture the number ten has obtained a special privilege, as you too can carefully consider, and since you hope to receive something more from God for this volume as well. That this may come about, let us try as far as we can to offer ourselves to God, who wishes to give the best gifts.
10.3Preuschen 4:171
Ἀρκτέον δὲ τοῦ βιβλίου ἐντεῦθεν· »Μετὰ τοῦτο κατέβη εἰς κα- »φαρναοὺμ αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ καὶ οἱ μαθηταί, καὶ ἐκεῖ † ἔμεινεν οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ τρεῖς γράψαντες τὰ εὐαγγέλια μετὰ τὸν πρὸς τὸν διάβολον ἀγῶνα τοῦ κυρίου εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν φασὶν αὐτὸν ἀνακεχωρηκέναι.
Arkteon de tou bibliou enteuthen; »Meta touto katebē eis ka- »pharnaoum autos kai hē mētēr autou kai hoi adelphoi kai hoi mathētai, kai ekei † emeinen ou pollas hēmeras kai hoi loipoi treis grapsantes ta euangelia meta ton pros ton diabolon agōna tou kyriou eis tēn Galilaian phasin auton anakechōrēkenai.
We must begin the book from this: “After this he went down to Capernaum, he and his mother and his brothers and his disciples, and he stayed there not many days.” The other three who wrote the Gospels say that after the Lord's contest with the devil he withdrew into Galilee.
10.4Preuschen 4:171
Ματθαῖος δὲ καὶ Λουκᾶς πρότερον γενόμενον ἐν Ναζάροις μετὰ ταῦτα καταλελοιπότα αὐτὰ ἐλθόντα κατῳκηκέναι εἰς Καφαρναούμ. ὁ δὲ Ματθαῖος καὶ Μάρκος καὶ αἰτίαν τινὰ λέγουσι τοῦ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖθεν ἀνακεχωρηκέναι τὸ ἀκηκοέναι, ὅτι Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη.
Matthaios de kai Loukas proteron genomenon en Nazarois meta tauta kataleloipota auta elthonta katǭkēkenai eis Kapharnaoum. ho de Matthaios kai Markos kai aitian tina legousi tou auton ekeithen anakechōrēkenai to akēkoenai, hoti Iōannēs paredothē.
Matthew and Luke say that he was first in Nazareth and afterwards left it and came and settled in Capernaum. And Matthew and Mark also give a reason for his withdrawing from there: that he had heard that John had been handed over.
10.5Preuschen 4:171
Ἔχει δὲ οὕτως τὰ ῥητὰ τοῦ μὲν Ματθαίου· »Τότε ἀφίησιν »αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος, καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄγγελοι προσῆλθον καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. »ἀκούσας δὲ ὅτι Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη, ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν καὶ καταλιπὼν τὴν † Ναζαρὲθ ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ τὴν »παραθαλασσίαν, έν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ. ἴνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἡσαϊου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος· Γὴ Ζαβουλών«· καὶ μετὰ τὰ ἐν τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ ῥητὰ λέγει· »Ἀπὸ τότε ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς κη- ρύσσειν καὶ λέγειν· Τι Μετανοεῖτε, ἤγγικε † γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν‘.
Echei de houtōs ta rhēta tou men Matthaiou; »Tote aphiēsin »auton ho diabolos, kai idou angeloi prosēlthon kai diēkonoun autǭ. »akousas de hoti Iōannēs paredothē, anechōrēsen eis tēn Galilaian kai katalipōn tēn † Nazareth elthōn katǭkēsen eis Kapharnaoum tēn »parathalassian, en horiois Zaboulōn kai Nephthaleim. ina plērōthę̄ to rhēthen dia Hēsaïou tou prophētou, legontos; Gē Zaboulōn«; kai meta ta en tǭ Hēsaïą rhēta legei; »Apo tote ērxato ho Iēsous kē- ryssein kai legein; Ti Metanoeite, ēngike † gar hē basileia tōn ouranōn‘.
The words of Matthew run thus: “Then the devil leaves him, and behold, angels came and ministered to him. Now when he heard that John had been handed over, he withdrew into Galilee, and leaving Nazareth he came and settled in Capernaum by the sea, in the region of Zebulun and Naphtali, so that what was spoken through Isaiah the prophet might be fulfilled, saying, Land of Zebulun.” And after the words in Isaiah he says: “From that time Jesus began to preach and to say, Repent, for the kingdom of heaven has drawn near.”
10.6Preuschen 4:171–172
ὁ δὲ Μάρκος Καὶ ἦν«, φησίν, »ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τεσσερά- »κοντα ἡμέρας πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ καὶ ἠν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων »καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάν- »νην ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ »θεοῦ, ὄτι Πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγεικεν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ·
ho de Markos Kai ēn«, phēsin, »en tę̄ erēmǭ tessera- »konta hēmeras peirazomenos hypo tou Satana kai ēn meta tōn thēriōn »kai hoi angeloi diēkonoun autǭ. meta de to paradothēnai ton Iōan- »nēn ēlthen ho Iēsous eis tēn Galilaian kēryssōn to euangelion tou »theou, oti Peplērōtai ho kairos kai ēngeiken hē basileia tou theou;
And Mark says: “And he was in the wilderness forty days, tempted by Satan, and he was with the wild beasts, and the angels ministered to him. After John was handed over, Jesus came into Galilee preaching the gospel of God, saying, The time is fulfilled and the kingdom of God has drawn near;
10.7Preuschen 4:172
»μετανοεῖτε καὶ πιστεύετε τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ«. ἔπειτα διηγησάμενος καὶ περὶ Ἀνδρέου καὶ Πέτρου, Ἰακώβου τε καὶ Ἰωάννου, ἀναγράφει ταῦτα· »Καὶ εἰσπορευόμενος εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ καὶ εὐθέως τοῖς σάββασιν ἐδί- »δασκεν εἰς τὴν συναγωγήν«.
»metanoeite kai pisteuete tǭ euangeliǭ«. epeita diēgēsamenos kai peri Andreou kai Petrou, Iakōbou te kai Iōannou, anagraphei tauta; »Kai eisporeuomenos eis Kapharnaoum kai eutheōs tois sabbasin edi- »dasken eis tēn synagōgēn«.
repent and believe in the gospel.” Then, having narrated also about Andrew and Peter, James and John, he records this: “And they went into Capernaum, and immediately on the sabbath he taught in the synagogue.”
10.8Preuschen 4:172
ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς· Καὶ συντελέσας, φησί, τὸν πειρασμὸν ὁ διάβολος ἀπέστη ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἄχρι καιροῦ. καὶ ὑπέ- »στρεψεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς έν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ πνεύματος εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. καὶ φήμη ἐξῆλθεν καθʼ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου περὶ αὐτοῦ. καὶ αὐτὸς »ἐδίδασκεν ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν δοξαζόμενος ὑπὸ πάντων. καὶ »ἦλθεν εἰς Ναζαρά, οὗ ἦν τεθραμμένος, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς »αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ
ho de Loukas; Kai syntelesas, phēsi, ton peirasmon ho diabolos apestē apʼ autou achri kairou. kai hype- »strepsen ho Iēsous en tę̄ dynamei tou pneumatos eis tēn Galilaian. kai phēmē exēlthen kathʼ holēs tēs perichōrou peri autou. kai autos »edidasken en tais synagōgais autōn doxazomenos hypo pantōn. kai »ēlthen eis Nazara, hou ēn tethrammenos, kai eisēlthen kata to eiōthos »autǭ en tę̄
And Luke says: “And having finished every temptation, the devil departed from him until an opportune time. And Jesus returned in the power of the Spirit into Galilee, and a report about him went out through all the surrounding region. And he taught in their synagogues, being glorified by all. And he came to Nazareth, where he had been brought up, and he went in, as was his custom, on the
10.9Preuschen 4:172
ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων εἰς τὴν συναγωγήν( παραστήσας δὲ τὰ ἐν Ναζροῖς αὐτῷ εἰρημένα, καὶ τὸν κατʼ αὐτοῦ θυμὸν τῶν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ, ἐκβαλλόντων »αὐτὸν ἔξω τῆς πόλεως« καὶ ἀγαγόντων »ἕως ὀφρύος τοῦ ὄρους, ἐφʼ οὗ ἡ πόλις αὐτῶν ᾠκοδόμητο, ὥστε »κατακρημνίσαι αὐτόν« καὶ ὡς »διελθὼν διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν« ὁ κύριος »ἐπορεύετο«, ἐπισυνάπτει ταῦτα· »Καὶ κατῆλθεν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ »πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ ἦν διδάσκων αὐτοὺς έν τοῖς σάββασιν«.
hēmerą tōn sabbatōn eis tēn synagōgēn( parastēsas de ta en Nazrois autǭ eirēmena, kai ton katʼ autou thymon tōn en tę̄ synagōgę̄, ekballontōn »auton exō tēs poleōs« kai agagontōn »heōs ophryos tou orous, ephʼ hou hē polis autōn ǭkodomēto, hōste »katakrēmnisai auton« kai hōs »dielthōn dia mesou autōn« ho kyrios »eporeueto«, episynaptei tauta; »Kai katēlthen eis Kapharnaoum »polin tēs Galilaias kai ēn didaskōn autous en tois sabbasin«.
sabbath day into the synagogue.” And having set out what was said by him in Nazareth, and the anger against him of those in the synagogue, who drove “him out of the city” and led him “to the brow of the hill on which their city was built, to throw him down,” and how the Lord, “passing through the midst of them, went away,” he adds this: “And he went down to Capernaum, a city of Galilee, and was teaching them on the sabbaths.”
10.10Preuschen 4:172
* * * <Παραστατέον δὲ> τὴν περὶ τούτων ἀλήθειαν ἀποκεῖ σθαι ἐν τοῖς νοητοῖς, <διὰ τὸ πολλοὺς> μὴ λυομένης τῆς διαφωνίας ἀφεῖσθαι τῆς περὶ τῶν εὐαγγελίων πίστεως, ὡς οὐκ ἀληθῶν οὐδὲ θειοτέρῳ πνεύματι γεγραμμένων ἢ ἐπιτετευγμένως ἀπομνημονευθέντων· ἑκατέρως γὰρ λέγετᾳι συντετάχθαι ἡ τούτων γραφή. λεγέτωσαν γὰρ ἡμῖν οἱ παραδεχόμενοι τὰ τέσσαρα εὐαγγέλια, καὶ τὴν δοκοῦσαν διαφωνίαν οἰόμενοι μὴ λύεσθαι διὰ τῆς ἀναγωγῆς πρὸς ταῖς προειρημέναις ἡμῖν ἐπαπορήσεσιν περὶ τῶν τεσσεράκοντα τοῦ πειρασμοῦ ἡμερῶν οὐδαμῶς δυναμένων χώραν ἔχειν παρὰ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ, πότε γέγονεν έν τῇ Καφαρναοὺμ ὁ κύριος· εἰ γὰρ μετὰ τὰς ἕξ τοῦ ὅτε ἐβαπτίσθη ἡμέρας, τῇ ἕκτῃ γενομένης τῆς κατὰ τὸν ἐν Κανᾷ τῆς Γαλιλαίας γάμον οἰκονομίας, δῆλον ὅτι οὔτε πεπείρασται οὔτε ἐν Ναζαροῖς ἐγένετο οὔτε Ἰωάννης πω παρεδέδοτο.
* * * <Parastateon de> tēn peri toutōn alētheian apokei sthai en tois noētois, <dia to pollous> mē lyomenēs tēs diaphōnias apheisthai tēs peri tōn euangeliōn pisteōs, hōs ouk alēthōn oude theioterǭ pneumati gegrammenōn ē epiteteugmenōs apomnēmoneuthentōn; hekaterōs gar legetąi syntetachthai hē toutōn graphē. legetōsan gar hēmin hoi paradechomenoi ta tessara euangelia, kai tēn dokousan diaphōnian oiomenoi mē lyesthai dia tēs anagōgēs pros tais proeirēmenais hēmin epaporēsesin peri tōn tesserakonta tou peirasmou hēmerōn oudamōs dynamenōn chōran echein para tǭ Iōannę̄, pote gegonen en tę̄ Kapharnaoum ho kyrios; ei gar meta tas hex tou hote ebaptisthē hēmeras, tę̄ hektę̄ genomenēs tēs kata ton en Kaną tēs Galilaias gamon oikonomias, dēlon hoti oute pepeirastai oute en Nazarois egeneto oute Iōannēs pō parededoto.
… [We must show] that the truth about these things lies in the spiritual meanings, [because many], if the discord is not resolved, give up faith in the Gospels as not true, nor written by a more divine Spirit, nor successfully recorded from memory; for the writing of them is said to have been composed in both ways. Let those who accept the four Gospels, and think that the apparent discord is not resolved by the higher sense, tell us, in addition to the difficulties we raised earlier about the forty days of the temptation, which can find no place at all in John, when the Lord was in Capernaum. For if it was after the six days from when he was baptized, the dispensation of the wedding in Cana of Galilee taking place on the sixth, it is clear that he had not been tempted, nor been in Nazareth, nor had John yet been handed over.
10.11Preuschen 4:172–173
μετὰ οὐν τὴν Κα- φαρναούμ, ἔνθα ἔμεινεν οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας, τοῦ πάσχα τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐγγὺς ὄντος ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, ὅτε ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ τά τε πρόβατα καὶ τοὺς βόας, καὶ ἑκχέει τῶν κερματιστῶν τὰ κέρματα.
meta oun tēn Ka- pharnaoum, entha emeinen ou pollas hēmeras, tou pascha tōn Ioudaiōn engys ontos anebē eis Hierosolyma, hote ekballei ek tou hierou ta te probata kai tous boas, kai hekcheei tōn kermatistōn ta kermata.
After Capernaum, then, where he stayed not many days, when the Passover of the Jews was near he went up to Jerusalem, when he drives the sheep and the oxen out of the temple and pours out the coins of the money-changers.
10.12Preuschen 4:173
ἔοικεν δὲ ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις ὁ τῶν Φαρισαίων ἄρχων Νικόδημος νυκτὸς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐληλυθέναι, καὶ ἀκηκοέναι ταῦτα ἃ ἔξεστιν ἐκ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου λαβεῖν. »Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἠλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν γῆν, καὶ ἐκεῖ διέτριβεν μετʼ αὐ- τῶν καὶ ἐβάπτιζεν· καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ἦν καὶ Ἰωάννης βαπτίζων ἐν »Αἰνὼν ἐγγὺς τοῦ Σαλίμ, ὅτι ὕδατα πολλὰ ἦν ἐκεῖ, καὶ παρεγίνοντο καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο· οὔπω γὰρ ἦν βεβλημένος εἰς τὴν φυλακὴν ὁ Ἰωάν· »νης«· ὅτε καὶ ἐγένετο ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἱωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίων περὶ καθαρισμοῦ, καὶ ἠλθον πρὸς τὸν Ἰωάννην‘, λέγοντες περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος τὸ » Ἴδε οὗτος βαπτίζει καὶ πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν‘· ἀκηκόασιν ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ λόγους, οὓς ἔστιν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς τῆς γραφῆς ἀκριβέστερον λαβεῖν.
eoiken de en tois Hierosolymois ho tōn Pharisaiōn archōn Nikodēmos nyktos pros auton elēlythenai, kai akēkoenai tauta ha exestin ek tou euangeliou labein. »Meta de tauta ēlthen ho Iēsous kai hoi mathētai autou eis tēn Ioudaian gēn, kai ekei dietriben metʼ au- tōn kai ebaptizen; kathʼ hon kairon ēn kai Iōannēs baptizōn en »Ainōn engys tou Salim, hoti hydata polla ēn ekei, kai pareginonto kai ebaptizonto; oupō gar ēn beblēmenos eis tēn phylakēn ho Iōan; »nēs«; hote kai egeneto zētēsis ek tōn mathētōn Hiōannou meta Ioudaiōn peri katharismou, kai ēlthon pros ton Iōannēn‘, legontes peri tou sōtēros to » Ide houtos baptizei kai pantes erchontai pros auton‘; akēkoasin apo tou baptistou logous, hous estin apʼ autēs tēs graphēs akribesteron labein.
And it seems that in Jerusalem Nicodemus, the ruler of the Pharisees, came to him by night and heard what can be learned from the Gospel. “After these things Jesus and his disciples came into the land of Judea, and he stayed there with them and baptized. At that time John also was baptizing at Aenon near Salim, because there was much water there, and people came and were baptized; for John had not yet been thrown into prison.” Then also a dispute arose between John's disciples and the Jews about purification, and they came to John, saying of the Savior, “Behold, he is baptizing, and all are coming to him”; and they heard from the Baptist words that can be learned more exactly from the Scripture itself.
10.13Preuschen 4:173
εἰ δὲ πυνθανομένοις ἡμῖν περὶ τοῦ πότε γέγονε πρῶτον ἐν τῇ Καφαρναοὺμ ὁ χριστός, τῇ λέξει Ματθαίου καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν δύο ἀκολουθοῦντες φήσουσιν μετὰ τὸν πειρασμόν, ὅτε καταλιπὼν τὴν Ναζαρὲθ ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ τὴν παραθαλασσίαν, πῶς ἅμα ἀληθῆ εἶναι ἐροῦσιν τό τε παρὰ τῷ Ματθαίῳ καὶ Μαρκῳ εἰρημένον, ὡς διὰ τὸ ἀκηκοέναι αὐτὸν περὶ τοῦ Ἰωάννου παραδοθέντος εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ἀναχωρήσαντος, καὶ τὸ παρὰ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ μετὰ καὶ ἄλλας οἰκονομίας πρὸς τῇ ἐν Καφαρναοὺμ μονῇ κείμενον, καὶ τὴν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἄνοδον, τήν τε εἰς Ιουδαίαν ἐκεῖθεν κάθοδον, ὅτε οὔπω βεβλημένος ἦν εἰς φυλακὴν ὁ Ἰωάννης, ἀλλʼ ἐβάπτιζεν ἐν Αἰνὼν ἐγγὺς τοῦ Σαλίμ;
ei de pynthanomenois hēmin peri tou pote gegone prōton en tę̄ Kapharnaoum ho christos, tę̄ lexei Matthaiou kai tōn loipōn dyo akolouthountes phēsousin meta ton peirasmon, hote katalipōn tēn Nazareth elthōn katǭkēsen eis Kapharnaoum tēn parathalassian, pōs hama alēthē einai erousin to te para tǭ Matthaiǭ kai Markǭ eirēmenon, hōs dia to akēkoenai auton peri tou Iōannou paradothentos eis tēn Galilaian anachōrēsantos, kai to para tǭ Iōannę̄ meta kai allas oikonomias pros tę̄ en Kapharnaoum monę̄ keimenon, kai tēn eis Hierosolyma anodon, tēn te eis Ioudaian ekeithen kathodon, hote oupō beblēmenos ēn eis phylakēn ho Iōannēs, allʼ ebaptizen en Ainōn engys tou Salim?
If, when we ask when Christ was first in Capernaum, they follow the wording of Matthew and the other two and say it was after the temptation, when, leaving Nazareth, he came and settled in Capernaum by the sea, how will they say that both are true: what Matthew and Mark say, that he withdrew into Galilee because he had heard that John was handed over, and what John records, after other dispensations besides the stay in Capernaum, the going up to Jerusalem and the going down from there into Judea, when John had not yet been thrown into prison but was baptizing at Aenon near Salim?
10.14Preuschen 4:173
καὶ ἐπὶ ἄλλων δὲ πλειόνων εἵ τις ἐπιμελῶς ἐξετάζοι τὰ εὐαγγέλια περὶ τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν ἀσυμφωνίας, ἥντινα καθʼ ἔκαστον πειρασόμεθα κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν παραστῆσαι, σκοτοδεινιάσας ἤτοι ἀποστήσεται τοῦ κυροῦν ὡς ἀληθῶς τὰ εὐαγγέλια, καὶ ἀποκληρωτικῶς ἑνὶ αὐτῶν προσθήσεται, μὴ τολμῶν πάντη ἀθετεῖν τὴν περὶ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν πίστιν, ἢ προσιέμενος τὰ τέσσαρα εἶναι <ἐρεῖ τʼ> ἀληθὲς αὐτῶν οὐκ ἐν τοῖς σωματικοῖς χαρακτῆρσιν.
kai epi allōn de pleionōn hei tis epimelōs exetazoi ta euangelia peri tēs kata tēn historian asymphōnias, hēntina kathʼ ekaston peirasometha kata to dynaton parastēsai, skotodeiniasas ētoi apostēsetai tou kyroun hōs alēthōs ta euangelia, kai apoklērōtikōs heni autōn prosthēsetai, mē tolmōn pantē athetein tēn peri tou kyriou hēmōn pistin, ē prosiemenos ta tessara einai <erei tʼ> alēthes autōn ouk en tois sōmatikois charaktērsin.
And in many other cases, if anyone carefully examines the Gospels concerning their disagreement in the history, which we shall try to set forth case by case as far as possible, he will grow dizzy and either give up confirming the Gospels as truly true and attach himself at random to one of them, not daring to reject wholly faith in our Lord, or, accepting the four, he will say that their truth is not in the bodily characters.
10.15Preuschen 4:173–174
Ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ ποσὴν ἐπίνοιαν τοῦ βουλήματος τῶν εὐαγ- γελίων περὶ τῶν τοιούτων λαβεῖν, καὶ τοῦτο ἡμῖν λεκτέον. ἔστω τισὶ προκείμενον βλέπουσι τῷ πνεύματι τὸν θεὸν καὶ τοὺς τούτου πρὸς τοὺς ἁγίους λόγους, τήν τε παρουσίαν, ἣν πάρεστιν αὐτοῖς ἐξαιρέτοις καιροῖς τῆς προκοπῆς αὐτῶν ἐπιφαινόμενος, πλέοσιν οὖσιν τὸν ἀριθμὸν καὶ ἐν διαφόροις τόποις, οὐχ ὁμοεδεῖς τε πάντη εὐεργεσίας εὐεργετουμένοις, ἑκάστῳ ἰδίᾳ ἀπαγγεῖλαι ἃ βλέπει τῷ πνεύματι περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν λόγων αὐτοῦ, τῶν τε πρὸς τοὺς ἀγίους ἐμφανειῶν, ὥστε τόνδε μὲν περὶ τῶνδε τῷδε τῲ δικαίῳ κατὰ τόνδε τὸν τόπον λεγομένων ὑπὸ θεοῦ καὶ πραττομένων ἀπαγγέλλειν, τόνδε δὲ περὶ τῶν ἑτέρῳ χρησμῳδουμένων καὶ ἐπιτελουμένων, καὶ ἄλλον περί τινος τρίτου παρὰ τοὺς προειρημένους δύο θέλειν ἡμᾶς διδάσκειν· ἔστω δέ τις καὶ τέταρτος τὸ ἀνάλογον τοῖς τρισὶν περί τινος ποιῶν· συμφερέσθωσαν δὲ οἱ τέσσαρες οὑτοι περί τινων ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῖς ὑποβαλλομένων ἀλλήλοις, καὶ περὶ ετέρων ἐν ὀλίγῳ παραλλαττέτωσαν, ὥστε εἶναι τοιαύτας αὐτῶν τὰς διηγήσεις· ὤφθη ὁ θεὸς τῷδε κατὰ τόνδε τὸν καιρὸν ἐν τῷ τῷ τόπῳ, καὶ τάδε αὐτῷ πεποίηκεν οὑτωσί, αὐτῷ ἐπιφαινόμενος τοιῷδε τῷ σχήματι, καὶ ἐχειραγώγησεν εἰς τόνδε τὸν τόπον, ἔνθα πεποίηκεν τάδε.
Hyper de tou posēn epinoian tou boulēmatos tōn euag- geliōn peri tōn toioutōn labein, kai touto hēmin lekteon. estō tisi prokeimenon blepousi tǭ pneumati ton theon kai tous toutou pros tous hagious logous, tēn te parousian, hēn parestin autois exairetois kairois tēs prokopēs autōn epiphainomenos, pleosin ousin ton arithmon kai en diaphorois topois, ouch homoedeis te pantē euergesias euergetoumenois, hekastǭ idią apangeilai ha blepei tǭ pneumati peri tou theou kai tōn logōn autou, tōn te pros tous agious emphaneiōn, hōste tonde men peri tōnde tǭde tǭ dikaiǭ kata tonde ton topon legomenōn hypo theou kai prattomenōn apangellein, tonde de peri tōn heterǭ chrēsmǭdoumenōn kai epiteloumenōn, kai allon peri tinos tritou para tous proeirēmenous dyo thelein hēmas didaskein; estō de tis kai tetartos to analogon tois trisin peri tinos poiōn; sympheresthōsan de hoi tessares houtoi peri tinōn hypo tou pneumatos autois hypoballomenōn allēlois, kai peri eterōn en oligǭ parallattetōsan, hōste einai toiautas autōn tas diēgēseis; ōphthē ho theos tǭde kata tonde ton kairon en tǭ tǭ topǭ, kai tade autǭ pepoiēken houtōsi, autǭ epiphainomenos toiǭde tǭ schēmati, kai echeiragōgēsen eis tonde ton topon, entha pepoiēken tade.
To gain some notion of the intention of the Gospels in such matters, this also must be said. Suppose that some persons see God in the Spirit, and his words to the saints, and the presence by which he is present to them, appearing at special times of their progress; that they are several in number and in different places, and benefited with benefits not altogether of the same kind; and that each is to report separately what he sees in the Spirit about God and his words and his appearances to the saints: so that one reports about these things said and done by God to this righteous man in this place, another about what was declared by oracle and performed for another, and a third wishes to teach us about someone other than the two already mentioned; and let there be also a fourth, doing the same regarding someone. Let these four agree with one another about some things suggested to them by the Spirit, and differ slightly about others, so that their narratives are like this: God appeared to this man at this time in this place, and did these things to him in this way, appearing to him in such a form, and led him by the hand to this place, where he did these things.
10.16Preuschen 4:174
ὁ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τοῖς εἰρημένοις γεγονέναι παρὰ τῷ προτέρῳ χρόνον ἔν τινι πόλει ἀπαγγελλέτω τὸν θεὸν ὦφθαι, ᾡ καὶ αὐτὸς νοεῖ, τινὶ δευτέρῳ ὄντι ἐν πολὺ ἀπεσχοινισμένᾳ τόπῳ παρὰ τὸν τόπον τὸν τοῦ προτέρου, καὶ ἑτέρους λόγους ἀναγραφέτω κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν εἰρὴσθαι ᾡ κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν εἰλήφαμεν δευτέρῳ. τὰ δὲ παραπλήσια περὶ τοῦ τρίτου καὶ τοῦ τετάρτου νοητέον.
ho kata ton auton tois eirēmenois gegonenai para tǭ proterǭ chronon en tini polei apangelletō ton theon ōphthai, hǭ kai autos noei, tini deuterǭ onti en poly apeschoinismeną topǭ para ton topon ton tou proterou, kai heterous logous anagraphetō kata ton auton kairon eirēsthai hǭ kata tēn hypothesin eilēphamen deuterǭ. ta de paraplēsia peri tou tritou kai tou tetartou noēteon.
Let the second report that at the same time as the events said to have happened to the first, God was seen in a certain city, as he himself understands, by a second person who is in a place far separated from the place of the first, and let him record other words spoken at the same time to the one we have supposed to be the second. And similar things must be understood about the third and the fourth.
10.17Preuschen 4:174–175
συμφερέσθωσαν δέ, ὡς προειρήκαμεν, οὗτοι τὰ ἀληθῆ ἀπαγγέλλοντες περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν πρός τινας εὐεργεσιῶν αὐτοῦ ἀλλήλοις ἐπί τινων ἀπαγγελλομένων ὑπʼ αὐτῶν διηγήσεων. δόξει τοίνυν τῷ ἱστορίαν εἶναι νομίζοντι τὴν τούτων γραφήν, ἣ διὰ εἰκόνος ἱστορικῆς πρόσθοιτʼ ἂν παραστῆσαι τὰ πράγματα, καὶ τὸν θεὸν ὑπολαμβάνοντι κατὰ περιγραφὴν εἶναι ἐν τόπῳ, μὴ δυνάμενον ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ πλείονας ἑαυτοῦ ἐμποιῆσαι φαντασίας πλείοσιν ἐν πλείοσιν τόποις καὶ πλείονα ἅμα λέγειν, ἀδύνατον εἶναι ἀληθεύειν οὓς ὑπεθέμην τέσσαρας, τῷ ἀδύνατον εἶναι ἐν τῷδέ τινι τῷ τεταγμένῳ καιρῷ τὸν θεὸν εῖναι, ἅτε καὶ κατὰ περιγραφὴν αὐτὸν νενοημένον ἐν τόπῳ εἶναι, καὶ τῷδε καὶ τῷδε λέγειν τάδε καὶ τάδε, καὶ ποιεῖν τάδε καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἐναντία, καὶ φέρε εἰπεῖν καθε- ζόμενον ἅμα καὶ ἑστῶτα εἶναι, εἰ ὁ μὲν τῷδε τῷ καιρῷ λέγοι αὐτὸν ἑστῶτα τάδε τινὰ εἰρηκέναι ἢ πεποιηκέναι ἐν τῷδε τῷ τόπῳ, ὁ δὲ καθεζόμενον.
sympheresthōsan de, hōs proeirēkamen, houtoi ta alēthē apangellontes peri tou theou kai tōn pros tinas euergesiōn autou allēlois epi tinōn apangellomenōn hypʼ autōn diēgēseōn. doxei toinyn tǭ historian einai nomizonti tēn toutōn graphēn, hē dia eikonos historikēs prosthoitʼ an parastēsai ta pragmata, kai ton theon hypolambanonti kata perigraphēn einai en topǭ, mē dynamenon en tǭ autǭ pleionas heautou empoiēsai phantasias pleiosin en pleiosin topois kai pleiona hama legein, adynaton einai alētheuein hous hypethemēn tessaras, tǭ adynaton einai en tǭde tini tǭ tetagmenǭ kairǭ ton theon einai, hate kai kata perigraphēn auton nenoēmenon en topǭ einai, kai tǭde kai tǭde legein tade kai tade, kai poiein tade kai ta toutois enantia, kai phere eipein kathe- zomenon hama kai hestōta einai, ei ho men tǭde tǭ kairǭ legoi auton hestōta tade tina eirēkenai ē pepoiēkenai en tǭde tǭ topǭ, ho de kathezomenon.
And let these, as we said before, who report the truth about God and his benefits to certain persons, agree with one another in some of the narratives they report. To one who thinks their writing is history, and not an attempt to set forth the matters through a historical image, and who supposes that God is in a place by circumscription, unable at the same time to produce several appearances of himself to several people in several places and to say several things at once, it will seem impossible that the four I have supposed speak truly: because it is impossible for God, being thought of as circumscribed in a place, to be at a given appointed time saying these things to this one and those to that one, and doing these things and their opposites, and, for example, to be sitting and standing at once, if one says that at this time he said or did certain things standing in this place, and another says sitting.
10.18Preuschen 4:175
Ὥσπερ οὖν ἐπὶ τούτων, ὧν ὑπεθέμην, ἐκληφθεὶς ὁ νοῦς τῶν ἱστορικῶν, χαρακτῆρι βουληθέντων ἡμᾶς διδάξαι τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ νοῦ αὐτῶν τεθεωρημένα, οὐδεμίαν ἂν εὑρεθείη ἔχων διαφωνίαν, εἰ οἱ τέσσαρες εἶεν σοφοί· οὕτω νοητέον καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τεσσάρων ἔχειν εὐαγγελιστῶν καταχρησαμένων μὲν πολλοῖς τῶν κατὰ τὸ τεράστιον καὶ παραδοξότατον τῆς δυνάμεως Ἰησοῦ πεπραγμένοις δὲ καὶ ἔσθʼ ὅπου καὶ προσυφανάντων τῇ γραφῇ μετὰ λέξεως ὡσπερεὶ αἰσθητὸν τὸ καθαρῶς νοητῶς αὐτοῖς τετρανωμένον.
Hōsper oun epi toutōn, hōn hypethemēn, eklēphtheis ho nous tōn historikōn, charaktēri boulēthentōn hēmas didaxai ta hypo tou nou autōn tetheōrēmena, oudemian an heuretheiē echōn diaphōnian, ei hoi tessares eien sophoi; houtō noēteon kai epi tōn tessarōn echein euangelistōn katachrēsamenōn men pollois tōn kata to terastion kai paradoxotaton tēs dynameōs Iēsou pepragmenois de kai esthʼ hopou kai prosyphanantōn tę̄ graphę̄ meta lexeōs hōsperei aisthēton to katharōs noētōs autois tetranōmenon.
Just as in these cases I have supposed, the mind of the historians, who wished to teach us by a figure what their mind had contemplated, would be found to have no discord if the four were wise, so we must understand it to be with the four evangelists, who made full use of many things done by the wonderful and most extraordinary power of Jesus, and in some places also wove into the Scripture, in language as though of something sensible, what had been made clear to them in a purely spiritual way.
10.19Preuschen 4:175
οὐ καταγινώσκω δέ που καὶ τὸ ἱστορίαν τὴν ἱστορίαν ἑτέρως γενόμενον πρὸς τὸ χρήσιμον τοῦ τού μυστικοῦ σκοποῦ μετατιθέναι πως αὐτούς, ὥστε εἰπεῖν ἐν τῷδε τῷ τόπῳ γενόμενον ὡς έν ἑτέρῳ, ἢ τὸ ἐν τῷδε τῷ καιρῷ ὡς ἐν ἄλλῳ, καὶ τὸ οὑτωσὶ ἀπαγγελλόμενον μετά τινος παραλλαγῆς αὐτοὺς πεποιηκέναι.
ou kataginōskō de pou kai to historian tēn historian heterōs genomenon pros to chrēsimon tou tou mystikou skopou metatithenai pōs autous, hōste eipein en tǭde tǭ topǭ genomenon hōs en heterǭ, ē to en tǭde tǭ kairǭ hōs en allǭ, kai to houtōsi apangellomenon meta tinos parallagēs autous pepoiēkenai.
I do not condemn them, I think, if they sometimes also altered in some way what happened otherwise in history for the benefit of the mystical purpose, so as to speak of what happened in this place as though in another, or what happened at this time as though at another, and to present what is reported in this way with some variation.
10.20Preuschen 4:175
προέκειτο γὰρ αὐτοῖς ὅπου μὲν ἐνεχώρει ἀληθεύειν πνευματικῶς ἅμα καὶ σωματικῶς, ὅπου δὲ μὴ ἐνεδέχετο ἀμφοτέρως, προκρίνειν τὸ πνευματικὸν τοῦ σωματικοῦ, σωζομένου πολλάκις τοῦ ἀληθοῦς πνευματικοῦ ἐν τῷ σωματικῷ ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις, ψεύδει· ὡς εἰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἱστορίας λέγοιμεν ὅτι ὁ Ἰακὼβ φάσκων τῷ Ἰσαάκ· »Ἐγὼ Ἠσαῦ ὁ πρωτότοκός σου υἱός« κατὰ μὲν τὸ πνευματικὸν ἠλήθευεν μεταλαβὼν τῶν πρωτοτοκίων ἤδη ἐν τῷ ἀδελφῷ παραπολλυμένων, καὶ διὰ τῆς στολῆς τῶν τε ἐριφίων δερμάτων τὸν ἔξωθεν χαρακτῆρα τοῦ Ἠσαῦ ἀναλαβὼν καὶ γενόμενος χωρὶς τῆς αἰνούσης τὸν θεὸν φωνῆς Ἠσαῦ, ἵνα χώραν λάβῃ πρὸς τὸ εὐλογηθῆναι ὕστερον ὁ Ἠσαῦ. τάχα γὰρ εἰ μὴ ηὐλόγητο Ἰακὼβ ὡς Ἠσαῦ, οὐκ ἂν οὐδὲ Ἠσαῦ καθʼ ἑαυτὸν δέξασθαι τὴν εὐλογίαν οἷός τε ἠν.
proekeito gar autois hopou men enechōrei alētheuein pneumatikōs hama kai sōmatikōs, hopou de mē enedecheto amphoterōs, prokrinein to pneumatikon tou sōmatikou, sōzomenou pollakis tou alēthous pneumatikou en tǭ sōmatikǭ hōs an eipoi tis, pseudei; hōs ei kai apo tēs historias legoimen hoti ho Iakōb phaskōn tǭ Isaak; »Egō Ēsau ho prōtotokos sou huios« kata men to pneumatikon ēlētheuen metalabōn tōn prōtotokiōn ēdē en tǭ adelphǭ parapollymenōn, kai dia tēs stolēs tōn te eriphiōn dermatōn ton exōthen charaktēra tou Ēsau analabōn kai genomenos chōris tēs ainousēs ton theon phōnēs Ēsau, hina chōran labę̄ pros to eulogēthēnai hysteron ho Ēsau. tacha gar ei mē ēulogēto Iakōb hōs Ēsau, ouk an oude Ēsau kathʼ heauton dexasthai tēn eulogian hoios te ēn.
For their purpose was to speak the truth spiritually and bodily at once where that was possible, but where both were not possible, to prefer the spiritual to the bodily, the true spiritual meaning often being preserved in what is bodily, one might say, a falsehood. As if from the history we were to say that Jacob, saying to Isaac, “I am Esau your firstborn son,” spoke the truth spiritually, having received the birthright already being lost in his brother, and by the garment and the goatskins taking on the outward character of Esau, and becoming Esau apart from the voice that praises God, so that Esau might later have room to be blessed. For perhaps if Jacob had not been blessed as Esau, not even Esau could have received the blessing on his own.
10.21Preuschen 4:175
καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοίνυν πολλά ἐστιν ταῖς ἐπινοίαις, ὧν ἐπινοιῶν εἰκὸς τοὺς εὐαγγελιστὰς διαφόρους ἐννοίας λαμβάνοντας, ἐσθʼ ὅτε καὶ συμφερομένους ἀλλήλοις περί τινων ἀναγεγραφέναι τὰ εὐαγγέλια· οἷον ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν τὰ ὡς πρὸς τὴν λέξιν ἀντικείμενα περὶ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν, ὅτι »γέγονεν ἐκ Δαβίδ«, καὶ »οὐ γέγονεν ἐκ Δαβίδ«.
kai ho Iēsous toinyn polla estin tais epinoiais, hōn epinoiōn eikos tous euangelistas diaphorous ennoias lambanontas, esthʼ hote kai sympheromenous allēlois peri tinōn anagegraphenai ta euangelia; hoion alēthes eipein ta hōs pros tēn lexin antikeimena peri tou kyriou hēmōn, hoti »gegonen ek Dabid«, kai »ou gegonen ek Dabid«.
Jesus, then, is many things in his aspects, and it is likely that the evangelists, taking different notions of these aspects, sometimes also agreeing with one another about some things, wrote the Gospels. For example, it is true to say things about our Lord that are contradictory in wording: that he “was born of David” and “was not born of David.”
10.22Preuschen 4:175–176
ἀληθὲς μὲν γὰρ τὸ Γέγονεν ἐκ Δαβίδ«, ὡς καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολός φησι· Τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαβὶδ κατὰ σάρκα«, εἰ τὸ σωματικὸν αὐτοῦ ἐκλάβοιμεν· ψευδὲς δὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο, εἰ ἐπὶ τῆς θειοτέρας δυνάμεως ἀκούοιμεν τὸ γεγονέναι αὐτὸν ἐκ σπέρματος Δαβίδ· ὡρίσθη γὰρ υἱὸς θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει.
alēthes men gar to Gegonen ek Dabid«, hōs kai ho apostolos phēsi; Tou genomenou ek spermatos Dabid kata sarka«, ei to sōmatikon autou eklaboimen; pseudes de auto touto, ei epi tēs theioteras dynameōs akouoimen to gegonenai auton ek spermatos Dabid; hōristhē gar huios theou en dynamei.
For “he was born of David” is true, as the apostle also says, “who was born of the seed of David according to the flesh,” if we take it of his bodily nature; but this same thing is false if we understand his being born of the seed of David of his more divine power; for he was declared Son of God in power.
10.23Preuschen 4:176
Καὶ τάχα διὰ τοῦτο αἱ ἅγιαι προφητεῖαι ὅπου μὲν δοῦλον, ὅπου δὲ υἱὸν αὐτὸν ἀναγορεύουσιν· δοῦλον μὲν διὰ τὴν »δούλου μορ- »φὴν« καὶ τὸν »ἐκ σπέρματος Δαβίδ«, υἱὸν δὲ κατὰ τὴν πρωτότοκον αὐτοῦ δύναμιν. οὕτως αὐτὸν ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν ἄνθρωπον καὶ οὐκ ἄνθρωπον· ἄνθρωπον μὲν κατὰ τὸ θανάτου δεκτικόν, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον δὲ κατὰ τὸ ἀνθρώπου θειότερον.
Kai tacha dia touto hai hagiai prophēteiai hopou men doulon, hopou de huion auton anagoreuousin; doulon men dia tēn »doulou mor- »phēn« kai ton »ek spermatos Dabid«, huion de kata tēn prōtotokon autou dynamin. houtōs auton alēthes eipein anthrōpon kai ouk anthrōpon; anthrōpon men kata to thanatou dektikon, ouk anthrōpon de kata to anthrōpou theioteron.
And perhaps for this reason the holy prophecies proclaim him now a servant, now a son: a servant because of “the form of a servant” and the one “of the seed of David,” and a son according to his firstborn power. So it is true to call him a man and not a man: a man in that he could receive death, not a man in that he is more divine than a man.
10.24Preuschen 4:176
ἐγὼ δʼ οἶμαι καὶ τὸν Μαρκίωνα παρεκδεξάμενον ὑγιεῖς λόγους, ἀθετοῦντα αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐκ Μαρίας γένεσιν κατὰ τὴν θείαν αὐτοῦ φύσιν, ἀποφήνασθαι ὡς ἄρα οὐκ ἐγεννήθη ἐκ Μαρίας, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τετολμηκέναι περιγράψαι τούτους τοὺς τόπους ἀπὸ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου· ᾧ παραπλήσιον πεπονθέναι φαίνονται οἱ ἀναιροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα, καὶ μόνην αὐτοῦ τὴν θεότητα παραδεξάμενοι, οἵ τε τούτοις ἐναντίοι καὶ τὴν θεότητα αὐτοῦ περιγράψαντες, τὸν δὲ ἄνθρωπον ὡς ἅγιον καὶ δικαιότατον πάντων ἀνθρώπων ὁμολογήσαντες.
egō dʼ oimai kai ton Markiōna parekdexamenon hygieis logous, athetounta autou tēn ek Marias genesin kata tēn theian autou physin, apophēnasthai hōs ara ouk egennēthē ek Marias, kai dia touto tetolmēkenai perigrapsai toutous tous topous apo tou euangeliou; hǭ paraplēsion peponthenai phainontai hoi anairountes autou tēn anthrōpotēta, kai monēn autou tēn theotēta paradexamenoi, hoi te toutois enantioi kai tēn theotēta autou perigrapsantes, ton de anthrōpon hōs hagion kai dikaiotaton pantōn anthrōpōn homologēsantes.
I think that Marcion too, misunderstanding sound words and rejecting his birth from Mary as regards his divine nature, declared that he was not born of Mary, and for this reason dared to cut these passages out of the Gospel. Something similar seems to have happened to those who do away with his humanity and accept only his divinity, and to those opposed to them, who cut away his divinity and confess the man as holy and most righteous of all human beings.
10.25Preuschen 4:176
καὶ οἱ τὴν δόκησιν δὲ εἰσάγοντες, τὸν ταπεινώσαντα αὑτὸν »μέχρι θανάτου« καὶ ὑπήκοον γενόμενον μέχρι σταυροῦ μὴ νοήσαντες, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἀπαθὲς καὶ τὸ κρεῖττον παντὸς τοιούτου συμπτώματος φαντασθέντες, ἀποστερεῖν ἡμᾶς τὸ ὄσον ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῖς θέλουσιν τοῦ πάντων ἀνθρώπων δικαιοτάτου ἀνθρώπου, οὐ δυναμένους διʼ ἐκείνου σώζεσθαι.
kai hoi tēn dokēsin de eisagontes, ton tapeinōsanta hauton »mechri thanatou« kai hypēkoon genomenon mechri staurou mē noēsantes, monon de to apathes kai to kreitton pantos toioutou symptōmatos phantasthentes, aposterein hēmas to oson ephʼ heautois thelousin tou pantōn anthrōpōn dikaiotatou anthrōpou, ou dynamenous diʼ ekeinou sōzesthai.
And those who introduce the doctrine of appearance (docetism), not understanding the one who humbled himself “even to death” and became obedient even to the cross, but imagining only what is impassible and superior to every such accident, wish, as far as lies in them, to deprive us of the most righteous man of all, though we cannot be saved except through him.
10.26Preuschen 4:176
ὡς γὰρ »διʼ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου« »ὁ »θάνατος«, οὕτως καὶ διʼ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ τῆς ζωῆς δικαίωσις· οὐκ ἂν χωρὶς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου χωρησάντων ἡμῶν τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου ὠφέλειαν, μένοντος ὁποῖος ἦν τὴν ἀρχὴν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα θεοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἀναλαβόντος ἄνθρωπον, τὸν πάντων πρῶτον καὶ πάντων τιμιώτερον καὶ πάντων μᾶλλον καθαρώτερον αὐτὸν χωρῆσαι δυνάμενον· μεθ ὃν καὶ ἡμεῖς δέξασθαι οἷοί τε αὐτὸν ἐσόμεθα, ἕκαστος τοσοῦτον καὶ τοιοῦτον, ὁποίαν αὐτῷ ποιοῦμεν καὶ πηλίκην χώραν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ
hōs gar »diʼ henos anthrōpou« »ho »thanatos«, houtōs kai diʼ henos anthrōpou hē tēs zōēs dikaiōsis; ouk an chōris tou anthrōpou chōrēsantōn hēmōn tēn apo tou logou ōpheleian, menontos hopoios ēn tēn archēn pros ton patera theou, kai mē analabontos anthrōpon, ton pantōn prōton kai pantōn timiōteron kai pantōn mallon katharōteron auton chōrēsai dynamenon; meth hon kai hēmeis dexasthai hoioi te auton esometha, hekastos tosouton kai toiouton, hopoian autǭ poioumen kai pēlikēn chōran en tę̄ psychę̄
For as through one man came death, so also through one man the justification of life. We could not have received the benefit from the Word apart from the man, had he remained what he was in the beginning with God the Father and not taken up a man, the first of all, more honorable than all, and more pure than all, able to receive him; after whom we too shall be able to receive him, each as much and in such a way as the room we make for him in our soul
10.27Preuschen 4:176
ἡμῶν. ταῦτα δέ μοι πάντα εἴρηται τὰς ἐμφαινομένας διαφωνίας τῶν εὐαγγελίων <συμφώνους> παραστῆσαι θέλοντι ὁδῷ τῆς πνευματικῆς ἐκδοχῆς.
hēmōn. tauta de moi panta eirētai tas emphainomenas diaphōnias tōn euangeliōn <symphōnous> parastēsai thelonti hodǭ tēs pneumatikēs ekdochēs.
allows. All this I have said wishing to show the apparent discords of the Gospels to be in harmony by way of the spiritual interpretation.
10.28Preuschen 4:176–177
Εἰς δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν τόπον καὶ τοιούτῳ παραδείγματι χρηστέον, ὅτι Παῦλος ὁ μὲν σαρκικὸς πεπρᾶσθαι λέγει ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρ- τίαν, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀνακρίνειν οἷός τε ἦν, »ὁ δὲ πνευματικὸς ἀνακρίνει »πάντα«, καὶ »ὑπʼ οὐδενὸς ἀνακρίνεται«. καὶ τοῦ μὲν σαρκικοῦ εἰσιν φωναί· »Οὐ γὰρ ὃ θέλω τοῦτο πράσσω, ἀλλʼ ὃ μισῶ τοῦτο ποιῶ«· τοῦ δὲ πνευματικοῦ· »ὃ θέλω πράσσω, καὶ ὃ μισῶ οὐ ποιῶ«. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ ἁρπαγεὶς »ἔως τρίτου οὐρανοῦ« καὶ ἀκούσας »ἄρρητα ῥήματα« ἕτερος ἦν παρὰ τὸν λέγοντα· »Περὶ τοῦ τοιούτου καυχήσομαι, ὑπὲρ »δὲ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ καυχήσομαι«.
Eis de ton auton topon kai toioutǭ paradeigmati chrēsteon, hoti Paulos ho men sarkikos peprasthai legei hypo tēn hamar- tian, kai ouden anakrinein hoios te ēn, »ho de pneumatikos anakrinei »panta«, kai »hypʼ oudenos anakrinetai«. kai tou men sarkikou eisin phōnai; »Ou gar ho thelō touto prassō, allʼ ho misō touto poiō«; tou de pneumatikou; »ho thelō prassō, kai ho misō ou poiō«. alla kai ho harpageis »eōs tritou ouranou« kai akousas »arrēta rhēmata« heteros ēn para ton legonta; »Peri tou toioutou kauchēsomai, hyper »de emautou ou kauchēsomai«.
On the same point we may use this example also: Paul, the fleshly Paul, says he is sold under sin and could judge nothing; but “the spiritual man judges all things” and “is judged by no one.” The fleshly man's words are: “For I do not do what I want, but I do what I hate”; the spiritual man's: “What I want I do, and what I hate I do not do.” And the one caught up “to the third heaven,” who heard “unspeakable words,” was other than the one who says, “Of such a one I will boast, but of myself I will not boast.”
10.29Preuschen 4:177
εἰ δὲ καὶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ὡς Ἰουδαῖος γίνεται, ἕνα Ἰουδαίους κερδήσῃ, καὶ τοῖς ὑπὸ νόμον ὡς ὑπὸ νόμον, > κερδήσῃ, τοῖς τε ἀνόμοις ὡς ἄνομος, »μὴ ὢν »ἄνομος θεοῦ ἀλλʼ ἔννομος Χριστοῦ«, ἴνα κερδήσῃ τοὺς ἀνόμους, καὶ τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν ἀσθενής, ἵνα τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς κερδήσῃ, δῆλον ὅτι ἐξεταστέον αὐτοῦ τοὺς λόγους, ἰδίᾳ μὲν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους, ἰδίᾳ δὲ ὅτε ἐστὶν ὡς ὑπὸ νόμον, καὶ ἄλλοτε ὅτε ἐστὶν ὡς ἄνομος, ἔσθʼ ὅτε δὲ ὅτε γίνεται ἀσθενής.
ei de kai tois Ioudaiois hōs Ioudaios ginetai, hena Ioudaious kerdēsę̄, kai tois hypo nomon hōs hypo nomon, > kerdēsę̄, tois te anomois hōs anomos, »mē ōn »anomos theou allʼ ennomos Christou«, ina kerdēsę̄ tous anomous, kai tois asthenesin asthenēs, hina tous astheneis kerdēsę̄, dēlon hoti exetasteon autou tous logous, idią men tous Ioudaious, idią de hote estin hōs hypo nomon, kai allote hote estin hōs anomos, esthʼ hote de hote ginetai asthenēs.
And if to the Jews he becomes as a Jew, to win Jews, and to those under the law as under the law, to win [those under the law], and to those without law as without law, “not being without law toward God but under the law of Christ,” to win those without law, and to the weak weak, to win the weak, it is clear that his words must be examined separately: those to the Jews, those when he is as under the law, others when he is as without law, and sometimes when he becomes weak.
10.30Preuschen 4:177
οἷον ἃ λέγει »κατὰ συγγνώμην, οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν«, ἀσθενὴς ὢν λέγει· »Τίς, γάρ φησιν, ἀσθενεῖ καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ; ὅτε δὲ ξύρεται καὶ προσφορὰν προσφέρει ἢ τὸν Τιμόθεον περιτέμνει, Ἰουδαῖος γίνεται· ὅτε δὲ Ἀθηναίοις φησίν· »Εὗρον βωμὸν ἐν ᾡ »ἐγέγραπτο Ἀγνώστῳ θεῷ· ὃ οὖν ἀγνοοῦντες εὐσεβεῖτε, τοῦτο ἐγὼ »καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν«· καὶ τὸ »Ὠς καί τινες τῶν καθʼ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν »εἰρήκασιν· Τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν«, τοῖς ἀνόμοις ὡς ἄνομος γίνεται, εὐσέβειαν μαρτυρῶν τοῖς ἀσεβεστάτοις καὶ τῷ εἰπόντι· »Ἐκ Διὸς ἀρχώμεθα· τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν« καταχρησάμενος πρὸς ὃ ἐβούλετο. τάχα δʼ ἔσθʼ ὅΠου τοῖς μὴ Ἰουδαίοις μὲν ὑπὸ νόμον γίνεται.
hoion ha legei »kata syngnōmēn, ou katʼ epitagēn«, asthenēs ōn legei; »Tis, gar phēsin, asthenei kai ouk asthenō? hote de xyretai kai prosphoran prospherei ē ton Timotheon peritemnei, Ioudaios ginetai; hote de Athēnaiois phēsin; »Heuron bōmon en hǭ »egegrapto Agnōstǭ theǭ; ho oun agnoountes eusebeite, touto egō »katangellō hymin«; kai to »Ōs kai tines tōn kathʼ hymas poiētōn »eirēkasin; Tou gar kai genos esmen«, tois anomois hōs anomos ginetai, eusebeian martyrōn tois asebestatois kai tǭ eiponti; »Ek Dios archōmetha; tou gar kai genos esmen« katachrēsamenos pros ho ebouleto. tacha dʼ esthʼ hoPou tois mē Ioudaiois men hypo nomon ginetai.
For example, what he says “by way of concession, not of command” he says being weak: “For who,” he says, “is weak, and I am not weak?” When he shaves his head and offers an offering, or circumcises Timothy, he becomes a Jew. When he says to the Athenians, “I found an altar on which was inscribed, To an unknown god. What you worship without knowing, this I proclaim to you,” and “As some of your own poets have said, For we are also his offspring,” he becomes as without law to those without law, bearing witness to piety in the most impious, and making use for his own purpose of the one who said, “Let us begin from Zeus … for we are also his offspring.” And perhaps sometimes to those who are not Jews he becomes as under the law.
10.31Preuschen 4:177
Ταῦτα δὲ οὐ μόνον εἰς τὰ περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος χρήσιμα ἡμῖν ἐστιν τὰ παραδείγματα, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τά περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν, περὶ ὡν καὶ αὐτῶν ἐστίν τις κατὰ τὸ ῥητὸν διαφωνία. τάχα γὰρ τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ εὑρισκόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ ἰδίου ἀδελφοῦ Σίμων Ἀνδρέου καὶ ἀκούων »Σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς«, ἕτερός ἐστιν παρὰ τὸν ὁρώμενον ἅμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ περιπατοῦντος παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας Ἰησοῦ, καὶ ἀκούοντα ἅμα ἐκείνῳ τῷ Ἀνδρέᾳ· »Δεῦτε ὀπίσω »μον καὶ ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἀνθρώπων«.
Tauta de ou monon eis ta peri tou sōtēros chrēsima hēmin estin ta paradeigmata, alla kai eis ta peri tōn mathētōn, peri hōn kai autōn estin tis kata to rhēton diaphōnia. tacha gar tę̄ epinoią heuriskomenos hypo tou idiou adelphou Simōn Andreou kai akouōn »Sy klēthēsę̄ Kēphas«, heteros estin para ton horōmenon hama tǭ adelphǭ hypo tou peripatountos para tēn thalassan tēs Galilaias Iēsou, kai akouonta hama ekeinǭ tǭ Andreą; »Deute opisō »mon kai poiēsō hymas anthrōpōn«.
These examples are useful to us not only for what concerns the Savior but also for what concerns the disciples, about whom too there is a certain discord according to the letter. For perhaps Simon, found in one aspect by his own brother Andrew and hearing “You shall be called Cephas,” is different from the one seen together with his brother by Jesus walking beside the Sea of Galilee, and hearing together with Andrew, “Come after me, and I will make you [fishers] of men.”
10.32Preuschen 4:177–178
ἔπρεπεν γὰρ τῷ θεῷ] λογικώτερον ἀπαγγέλλοντι περὶ τοῦ γενομένου σαρκὸς λόγου καὶ τὴν γένεσιν διὰ τοῦτο μὴ ἀναγράψαντι τοῦ ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν λόγου, μηδὲ τὸν παρὰ τῇ θαλάσσῃ εὑρημένον καὶ ἐκεῖθεν καλούμενον εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὸν εὐρισκόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, μείναντος παρὰ τῷ Ἰησοῦ τῇ δεκάτῃ ὥρᾳ, καὶ διὰ τὸ οὕτως εὑρίσκεσθαι εὐθέως λαμβάνοντα τὸ »Κηφᾶς«.
eprepen gar tǭ theǭ] logikōteron apangellonti peri tou genomenou sarkos logou kai tēn genesin dia touto mē anagrapsanti tou en archę̄ pros ton theon logou, mēde ton para tę̄ thalassę̄ heurēmenon kai ekeithen kaloumenon eipein, alla ton euriskomenon hypo tou adelphou, meinantos para tǭ Iēsou tę̄ dekatę̄ hōrą, kai dia to houtōs heuriskesthai eutheōs lambanonta to »Kēphas«.
For it was fitting for the one who speaks more spiritually about the Word become flesh, and who for this reason did not record the birth of the Word who was in the beginning with God, not to speak of the one found by the sea and called from there, but of the one found by his brother, who had stayed with Jesus at the tenth hour, and who because he was found in this way at once receives the name “Cephas.”
10.33Preuschen 4:178
ὁ γὰρ ὁρώμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ περιπατοῦντος παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας μόλις ποτὲ καὶ ὕστερον λαμβάνει τὸ »Σὺ εἶ Πέτρος, »καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν«.
ho gar horōmenos hypo tou peripatountos para tēn thalassan tēs Galilaias molis pote kai hysteron lambanei to »Sy ei Petros, »kai epi tautę̄ tę̄ petrą oikodomēsō mou tēn ekklēsian«.
For the one seen by Jesus walking beside the Sea of Galilee barely, and later, receives “You are Peter, and on this rock I will build my church.”
10.34Preuschen 4:178
καὶ ὁ μὲν παρὰ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ Ἰησοῦς γινώσκεται παρὰ τοῖς Φαρισαίοις βαπτίζων, ἐν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ βαπτίζων, μετὰ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐξαιρέτων καὶ τοῦτο ποιῶν· ὁ δὲ παρὰ τοῖς τρισὶν Ἰησοῦς οὐδαμῶς βαπτίζει.
kai ho men para tǭ Iōannę̄ Iēsous ginōsketai para tois Pharisaiois baptizōn, en tois mathētais autou baptizōn, meta kai tōn allōn exairetōn kai touto poiōn; ho de para tois trisin Iēsous oudamōs baptizei.
And the Jesus in John is known among the Pharisees as baptizing, baptizing through his disciples, doing this too along with his other special works; but the Jesus in the three does not baptize at all.
10.35Preuschen 4:178
ἔτι δὲ καὶ ὁ βαπτιστὴς Ἰωάννης μέχρι πολλοῦ παρὰ τῷ ὁμωνύμῳ εὐαγγελιστῇ διαρκεῖ μὴ βεβλημένος εἰς φυλακήν· ὁ δὲ παρὰ τῷ Ματθαίῳ σχεδὸν Ἰησοῦ πειραζομένου εἰς τὴν φυλακὴν παραδίδοται· δι ὃν καὶ ἀναχωρεῖ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, περιϊστάμενος τὸ γενέσθαι ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ· ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ εὑρίσκεται παρὰ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ ὁ βαπτιστὴς παραδιδόμενος εἰς φυλακήν.
eti de kai ho baptistēs Iōannēs mechri pollou para tǭ homōnymǭ euangelistę̄ diarkei mē beblēmenos eis phylakēn; ho de para tǭ Matthaiǭ schedon Iēsou peirazomenou eis tēn phylakēn paradidotai; di hon kai anachōrei ho Iēsous eis tēn Galilaian, periïstamenos to genesthai en tę̄ phylakę̄; allʼ oude heurisketai para tǭ Iōannę̄ ho baptistēs paradidomenos eis phylakēn.
Further, John the Baptist in the evangelist of the same name continues a long time without being thrown into prison; but in Matthew he is handed over into prison almost while Jesus is being tempted, on whose account Jesus withdraws into Galilee, avoiding being put in prison. But the Baptist is not even found in John being handed over into prison.
10.36Preuschen 4:178
τίς δʼ οὕτως σοφὸς καὶ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἱκανὸς ὡς πάντα τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τῶν τεσσάρων εὐαγγελιστῶν μαθεῖν, καὶ ἔκαστον ἰδίᾳ χωρῆσαι νοῆσαι, καὶ πάσας αὐτοῦ τὰς καθ ἕκαστον τόπον ἰδεῖν ἐπιδημίας καὶ λόγους καὶ ἔργα;
tis dʼ houtōs sophos kai epi tosouton hikanos hōs panta ton Iēsoun apo tōn tessarōn euangelistōn mathein, kai ekaston idią chōrēsai noēsai, kai pasas autou tas kath hekaston topon idein epidēmias kai logous kai erga?
Who is so wise and so capable as to learn the whole Jesus from the four evangelists, to be able to understand each separately, and to see all his sojourns, words, and works in each place?
10.37Preuschen 4:178
Κατὰ μέντοι γε τὸν προκείμενον τόπον ἀκολούθως νομίζομεν τῇ ἕκτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τὸν σωτῆρα, ὅτε γεγένηται ἡ κατὰ τὸν γάμον οἰκονομία ἐν Κανᾷ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καταβεβηκέναι ἅμα τῇ μητρὶ καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς εἶς τὴν Καφαρναούμ, ὅπερ ἑρμηνεύεται ἀγρος >παρακλήσεως<.
Kata mentoi ge ton prokeimenon topon akolouthōs nomizomen tę̄ hektę̄ hēmerą ton sōtēra, hote gegenētai hē kata ton gamon oikonomia en Kaną tēs Galilaias, katabebēkenai hama tę̄ mētri kai tois adelphois kai tois mathētais eis tēn Kapharnaoum, hoper hermēneuetai agros >paraklēseōs<.
As for the present passage, we think in consequence that on the sixth day, when the dispensation of the wedding in Cana of Galilee took place, the Savior went down with his mother, his brothers, and his disciples to Capernaum, which is interpreted “field of consolation.”
10.38Preuschen 4:178
ἐχρῆν γὰρ μετὰ τὴν έν τῷ οἴνῳ εὐωχίαν καὶ εἰς τῆς >παρακλήσεως ἅμα τῇ μητρὶ καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐληλυθέναι τὸν σωτῆρα, παρακαλέσοντα ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐν τῷ † πλήθει ἀγρῷ ἐσομένοις καρποῖς τοὺς μαθητευομένους καὶ τὴν συνειληφυῖαν αὐτὸν ψυχὴν ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, ἢ τοὺς ἐκεῖ ὠφελημένους.
echrēn gar meta tēn en tǭ oinǭ euōchian kai eis tēs >paraklēseōs hama tę̄ mētri kai tois mathētais elēlythenai ton sōtēra, parakalesonta epi tois en tǭ † plēthei agrǭ esomenois karpois tous mathēteuomenous kai tēn syneilēphuian auton psychēn ek tou hagiou pneumatos, ē tous ekei ōphelēmenous.
For after the feasting on the wine the Savior had to come also into the [field] of consolation, with his mother and disciples, to console the disciples, and the soul that had conceived him by the Holy Spirit, about the fruits that would be in the … field, or those who had been benefited there.
10.39Preuschen 4:178
Ζητητέον μέντοι γε, διὰ τί εἰς μὲν τὸν γάμον οὐ καλοῦνται οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἦσαν ἐκεῖ, οὐ γὰρ εἴρηται), εἰς δὲ τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ καταβαίνουσιν μετʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν μαθητῶν. ἔτι δὲ ἐξεταστέον, διὰ τί νῦν οὐκ εἰσέρχονται εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ μηδὲ ἀναβαίνουσιν εἰς αὐτήν, ἀλλὰ καταβαίνουσιν.
Zētēteon mentoi ge, dia ti eis men ton gamon ou kalountai hoi adelphoi autou allʼ oude ēsan ekei, ou gar eirētai), eis de tēn Kapharnaoum katabainousin metʼ autou kai tēs mētros autou kai tōn mathētōn. eti de exetasteon, dia ti nyn ouk eiserchontai eis tēn Kapharnaoum mēde anabainousin eis autēn, alla katabainousin.
We must ask, however, why his brothers are not invited to the wedding (nor were they there, for it is not said), but go down to Capernaum with him and his mother and the disciples. Further, we must examine why they do not now enter Capernaum, nor go up to it, but go down.
10.40Preuschen 4:178–179
ὅρα οὖν εἰ ἐνταῦθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἀντὶ τῶν συγκαταβεβηκυιῶν αὐτῷ δυ- νάμεων ἐκληπτέον, οὐ καλουμένων εἰς τὸν γάμον καθʼ ἃς εἴπαμεν διηγήσεις, κατωτέρω δὲ ἐν ὑποδεεστέροις τῶν χρηματιζόντων μαθητῶν τοῦ χριστοῦ καὶ ἀλλοειδῶς ὠφελημένων· ὅτι εἰ καλεῖται μήτηρ αὐτοῦ, εἰσί τινες καρποφοροῦντες, πρὸς οὓς αὐτός τε καταβαίνει ὁ κύριος σὺν τοῖς ὑπηρέταις τοῦ λόγου καὶ μαθηταῖς, τοὺς τοιούτους ὠφελῶν, καὶ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῷ συμπαρούσης.
hora oun ei entautha tous adelphous anti tōn synkatabebēkuiōn autǭ dy- nameōn eklēpteon, ou kaloumenōn eis ton gamon kathʼ has eipamen diēgēseis, katōterō de en hypodeesterois tōn chrēmatizontōn mathētōn tou christou kai alloeidōs ōphelēmenōn; hoti ei kaleitai mētēr autou, eisi tines karpophorountes, pros hous autos te katabainei ho kyrios syn tois hypēretais tou logou kai mathētais, tous toioutous ōphelōn, kai tēs mētros autǭ symparousēs.
See, then, whether here the brothers must be taken to mean the powers that came down with him, which are not invited to the wedding for the reasons we gave, but are lower, among those inferior to the ones named disciples of Christ and benefited in a different way; for if his mother is called, there are some bearing fruit to whom the Lord himself goes down with the servants of the Word and disciples, benefiting such people, his mother also being present with him.
10.41Preuschen 4:179
Ἐοίκασίν γε οἱ καλούμενοι Καφαρναοὺμ μὴ χωρεῖν τὴν ἐπιπλεῖον διατριβὴν παρʼ αὐτοῖς τοῦ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τῶν συγκαταβαινόντων αὐτῷ· ὅθεν μένουσι μὲν παρʼ αὐτοῖς, οὐ μὴν πολλὰς ἡμέρας· τὸν γὰρ Περὶ τῶν πλειόνων δογμάτων φωτισμὸν ὁ τῆς κατωτέρω παρακλήσεως >ἀγρὸς< οὐ χωρεῖ, ὀλιγωτέρων τυγχάνων δεκτικός.
Eoikasin ge hoi kaloumenoi Kapharnaoum mē chōrein tēn epipleion diatribēn parʼ autois tou Iēsou kai tōn synkatabainontōn autǭ; hothen menousi men parʼ autois, ou mēn pollas hēmeras; ton gar Peri tōn pleionōn dogmatōn phōtismon ho tēs katōterō paraklēseōs >agros< ou chōrei, oligōterōn tynchanōn dektikos.
Those called Capernaum seem unable to receive a longer stay among them by Jesus and those who came down with him; hence they stay with them, but not many days. For the lower “field” of consolation does not receive the illumination about more doctrines, being capable of fewer.
10.42Preuschen 4:179
παραθετέον δὲ πρὸς τὸ θεωρῆσαι διαφορὰς τῶν ἐπιπλεῖον ἢ ἔλαττον δεχομένων τὸν Ἰησοῦν τῷ »Ἐκεῖ ἔμειναν οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας« τὸ ἐν τώ κατὰ Ματθαῖο τῷ ἀναστάντι ἐκ νεκρῶν μεμαθητευμένοις λεγόμενον καὶ ἀποστελλομένοις μαθητεῦσαι πάντα τὰ ἔθνη οὕτως ἔχον· »Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμι πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ ἀιῶνος«. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ πάντα ὅσα ἐνδέχεται φύσιν ἀνθρωπίνην γνῶναι ἔτι ἐνταῦθα τυγχάνουσαν εἰσομένοις λέγεται δεικτικῶς τὸ »Ἰδοὺ ἐγώ με θʼ ὑμῶν »εἰμι«· καὶ περὶ πάσης τῆς ἐν τοῖς θεωρησομένοις ἀνατολῆς ἡμέρας πλείονας ποιούσης τοῖς μακαριωτάτοις τὸ »Πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος«. περὶ δὲ τῶν ἐν Καφαρναύμ, πρὸς οὓς ὡς ὑποδεεστέρους καταβαίνουσιν οὐ μόνον ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ μαθηταί· »Ἐκεῖ ἔμειναν οὐ πολ- »λὰς ἡμέρας«.
paratheteon de pros to theōrēsai diaphoras tōn epipleion ē elatton dechomenōn ton Iēsoun tǭ »Ekei emeinan ou pollas hēmeras« to en tō kata Matthaio tǭ anastanti ek nekrōn memathēteumenois legomenon kai apostellomenois mathēteusai panta ta ethnē houtōs echon; »Idou egō methʼ hymōn eimi pasas tas hēmeras heōs tēs synteleias tou aiōnos«. tois men gar panta hosa endechetai physin anthrōpinēn gnōnai eti entautha tynchanousan eisomenois legetai deiktikōs to »Idou egō me thʼ hymōn »eimi«; kai peri pasēs tēs en tois theōrēsomenois anatolēs hēmeras pleionas poiousēs tois makariōtatois to »Pasas tas hēmeras heōs tēs synteleias tou aiōnos«. peri de tōn en Kapharnaum, pros hous hōs hypodeesterous katabainousin ou monon ho Iēsous alla kai hē mētēr autou kai hoi adelphoi autou kai hoi mathētai; »Ekei emeinan ou pol- »las hēmeras«.
To consider the differences between those who receive Jesus more or less, we must set beside “There they stayed not many days” what is said in Matthew by the risen one to those who had been made disciples and were being sent to make disciples of all nations, which runs thus: “Behold, I am with you all the days until the end of the age.” To those who will know all that human nature, while still here, can know, “Behold, I am with you” is said demonstratively; and about the whole dawning among the things they will contemplate, which makes many days for the most blessed, “all the days until the end of the age.” But about those in Capernaum, to whom, as inferior, not only Jesus goes down but also his mother, his brothers, and his disciples: “There they stayed not many days.”
10.43Preuschen 4:179
Εἰκὸς δὲ οὐκ ἀλόγως ζητήσειν τινὰς εἰ μετὰ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τούτου τοῦ αἰῶνος οὐκέτι ἔσται ὁ εἰπών· »Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ μεθʼ » μετὰ τῶν χωρησάντων αὐτὸν »ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶ- »νος«· τὸ γὰρ »ἕως« οἱονεὶ περιγραφήν τινα δηλοῖ χρόνου.
Eikos de ouk alogōs zētēsein tinas ei meta pasas tas hēmeras toutou tou aiōnos ouketi estai ho eipōn; »Idou egō methʼ » meta tōn chōrēsantōn auton »heōs tēs synteleias tou aiō- »nos«; to gar »heōs« hoionei perigraphēn tina dēloi chronou.
It is likely that some will not unreasonably ask whether after all the days of this age the one who said, “Behold, I am with you … until the end of the age,” will no longer be with those who have received him; for “until” seems to indicate a certain limit of time.
10.44Preuschen 4:179
λεκτέον δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο, ὅτι οὐ ταὐτόν έστιν τὸ »Μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμι« τῷ »Ἐν ὑμῖν«. τάχα οὖν κυριώτερον λέγοιμεν ἂν οὐκ »ἐν« μαθητευομένοις εἶναι τὸν σωτῆρα, ἀλλὰ »μετʼ« αὐτῶν ὅσον τώ νώ οὐκ ἐφθακόσιν ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ αἰῶνος συντέλειαν.
lekteon de kai pros touto, hoti ou tauton estin to »Methʼ hymōn eimi« tǭ »En hymin«. tacha oun kyriōteron legoimen an ouk »en« mathēteuomenois einai ton sōtēra, alla »metʼ« autōn hoson tō nō ouk ephthakosin epi tēn tou aiōnos synteleian.
To this too we must say that “I am with you” is not the same as “I am in you.” Perhaps, then, we might more properly say that the Savior is not “in” those being taught but “with” them, as long as they have not reached in their mind the end of the age.
10.45Preuschen 4:179–180
ἐπὰν δὲ τοῦ κόσμου σταυρωθέντος αὐτοῖς τὴν συντέλειαν αὐτοῦ ἐνστᾶσαν τὸ ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ αὐτῶν παρασκευῇ θεωρήσωσιν, τότε οὐκέτι μετʼ αὐτῶν ἀλλὰ ἐν αὐ- τοῖς γενομένου τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐροῦσιν τὸ »Οὐκέτι ζώ ἐγώ, ζῇ δὲ ἐν ἐμοὶ »Χριστός« καὶ τὸ »Εἰ δοκιμὴν ζητεῖτε τοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ λαλοῦντος χριστοῦ«.
epan de tou kosmou staurōthentos autois tēn synteleian autou enstasan to hoson epi tę̄ autōn paraskeuę̄ theōrēsōsin, tote ouketi metʼ autōn alla en au- tois genomenou tou Iēsou erousin to »Ouketi zō egō, zę̄ de en emoi »Christos« kai to »Ei dokimēn zēteite tou en emoi lalountos christou«.
But when, the world having been crucified to them, they behold its end present, as far as their own preparation allows, then, Jesus being no longer with them but in them, they will say, “It is no longer I who live, but Christ lives in me,” and “since you seek a proof of the Christ who speaks in me.”
10.46Preuschen 4:180
ταῦτα δὲ λέγομεν τηρουμένης πως ἰδίᾳ καὶ τῆς παριστάσης ἐκδοχῆς τὸ »πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας« λέγεσθαι τὰς »ἕως συντελείας τοῦ »αἰῶονς« κατὰ τὰ ἐφικτὰ τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει καταλαβεῖν ἔτι ἐνταῦθα τυγχανούσῃ· εστιν γὰρ καὶ ἐκείνης τῆς ερμηνείας τηρουμένης ἐπιστῆσαι τῷ »ἐγώ«, ἵνα ὁ μὲν ἕως τῆς συντελείας μετὰ τῶν ἀποστελλομένων μαθητεύειν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ᾐ ὁ κενώσας ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὴν τοῦ δούλου μορφὴν λαβών· ὡσπερεὶ δὲ τούτου ἕτερος ἐν τῇ
tauta de legomen tēroumenēs pōs idią kai tēs paristasēs ekdochēs to »pasas tas hēmeras« legesthai tas »heōs synteleias tou »aiōons« kata ta ephikta tę̄ anthrōpinę̄ physei katalabein eti entautha tynchanousę̄; estin gar kai ekeinēs tēs ermēneias tēroumenēs epistēsai tǭ »egō«, hina ho men heōs tēs synteleias meta tōn apostellomenōn mathēteuein panta ta ethnē ę̄ ho kenōsas heauton kai tēn tou doulou morphēn labōn; hōsperei de toutou heteros en tę̄
We say this while also keeping, in its own way, the interpretation that presents “all the days” as those “until the end of the age,” according to what human nature, still here, can grasp. For while keeping that interpretation too, one can attend to the “I”: so that the one who until the end is with those sent to make disciples of all nations is the one who emptied himself and took the form of a servant; while, as it were, another than he, in the
10.47Preuschen 4:180
καταστάσει ὢν τῇ πρὸ τοῦ κενῶσαι ἑαυτὸν μετὰ τὴν συντέλειαν τοῦ αἰῶνος γένηται μετὰ τούτων, ἕως ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς »τεθῶσι« πάντες »οἱ ἐχθροὶ »αὐτοῦ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ«, μετὰ ταῦτα, ὅτε παραδίδωσιν ὁ υἱὸς τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρί, τοῦ πατρὸς ἐροῦντος αὐτοῖς τὸ »Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμι«· πότερον δὲ πάσας ἡμέρας ἕως τοῦδε τοῦ χρόνου, ἢ ἁπλῶς πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας, ἢ οὐδὲ πάσας ἀλλὰ πᾶσαν, ἐνέσται σκοπεῖν τῷ βουλομένῳ. νῦν γὰρ ἡμᾶς οὐκ ἀπαιτεῖ τὰ προκείμενα ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον παρεκβῆναι τοῦ λόγου.
katastasei ōn tę̄ pro tou kenōsai heauton meta tēn synteleian tou aiōnos genētai meta toutōn, heōs hypo tou patros »tethōsi« pantes »hoi echthroi »autou hypopodion tōn podōn autou«, meta tauta, hote paradidōsin ho huios tēn basileian tǭ theǭ kai patri, tou patros erountos autois to »Idou egō methʼ hymōn eimi«; poteron de pasas hēmeras heōs toude tou chronou, ē haplōs pasas tas hēmeras, ē oude pasas alla pasan, enestai skopein tǭ boulomenǭ. nyn gar hēmas ouk apaitei ta prokeimena epi tosouton parekbēnai tou logou.
state he was in before he emptied himself, after the end of the age, is with them until all his enemies are put by the Father as the footstool of his feet; and after this, when the Son hands over the kingdom to God and the Father, the Father will say to them, “Behold, I am with you.” Whether all the days until this time, or simply all the days, or not even all the days but all [the day], anyone who wishes may consider. For the present subject does not require us to digress so far from the argument.
10.48Preuschen 4:180
Ὁ μέντοι γε Ἡρακλέων τὸ »Μετὰ τοῦτο κατέβη εἰς » Καφαρναοὺμ αὐτὸς« διηγούμενος ἄλλης πάλιν οἰκονομίας ἀρχήν φησι δηλοῦσθαι, οὐκ ἀργῶς τοῦ >Κατέβη< εἰρημένου· καί φησι τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ σημαίνειν ταῦτα τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ κόσμου, ταῦτα τὰ ὑλικὰ εἰς ἃ κατῆλθεν· καὶ διὰ τὸ ἀνοίκειον, φησίν, εἶναι τὸν τόπον οὐδὲ πεποιηκώς τι λέγεται ἐν αὐτῇ ἢ λελαληκώς.
Ho mentoi ge Hērakleōn to »Meta touto katebē eis » Kapharnaoum autos« diēgoumenos allēs palin oikonomias archēn phēsi dēlousthai, ouk argōs tou >Katebē< eirēmenou; kai phēsi tēn Kapharnaoum sēmainein tauta ta eschata tou kosmou, tauta ta hylika eis ha katēlthen; kai dia to anoikeion, phēsin, einai ton topon oude pepoiēkōs ti legetai en autę̄ ē lelalēkōs.
Heracleon, however, explaining “After this he went down to Capernaum, he,” says that the beginning of another dispensation is shown, “went down” not being said idly. And he says that Capernaum signifies these furthest parts of the world, these material things into which he descended; and because the place, he says, was unsuitable, he is not said to have done or said anything in it.
10.49Preuschen 4:180
εἰ μὲν οὐν μηδὲ ἐν τοῖς λοιποῖς εὐαγγελίοις πεποιηκώς τι ἢ λελαληκὼς ἐν τῇ Καφαρναοῦμ ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν ἀνεγέγραπτο, τάχα ἂν ἐδιστάξαμεν περὶ τοῦ παραδέξασθαι αὐτοῦ τὴν ἑρμηνείαν.
ei men oun mēde en tois loipois euangeliois pepoiēkōs ti ē lelalēkōs en tę̄ Kapharnaoum ho kyrios hēmōn anegegrapto, tacha an edistaxamen peri tou paradexasthai autou tēn hermēneian.
If, then, our Lord were not recorded in the other Gospels either as having done or said anything in Capernaum, perhaps we would have hesitated about accepting his interpretation.
10.50Preuschen 4:180
νυνὶ δὲ ὁ μὲν Ματθαῖος καταλιπόντα φησὶ τὸν κύριον ἠμῶν τὴν Ναζαρὰ ἐλθόντα κατῳκηκέναι εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ τὴν παραθαλασσίαν, καὶ ἀπὸ τότε ἀρχὴν τοῦ κηρύσσειν πεποιῆσθαι λέγοντα·
nyni de ho men Matthaios kataliponta phēsi ton kyrion ēmōn tēn Nazara elthonta katǭkēkenai eis Kapharnaoum tēn parathalassian, kai apo tote archēn tou kēryssein pepoiēsthai legonta;
But in fact Matthew says that our Lord, leaving Nazareth, came and settled in Capernaum by the sea, and from then began to preach, saying:
10.51Preuschen 4:180–181
»Μετανοεῖτε, ἤγγικεν γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία »τῶν οὐρανῶν«. ὁ δὲ Μάρκος ἀπὸ τοῦ πρὸς τὸν διάβολον πειρασμοῦ, μετὰ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην ἀπαγγέλλει ἡμῖν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν κηρύσσοντα τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐληλυθέναι τὸν κύριον· καὶ μετὰ τὴν εἰς ἀποστολὴν ἐκλογὴν τῶν τεσσάρων ἁλιέων »εἰσπορεύονται εἰς Καφαρναούμ· καὶ εὐθὺς τοῖς σάββασιν »ἐδίδασκεν εἰς τὴν συναγωγήν, καὶ ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ
»Metanoeite, ēngiken gar hē basileia »tōn ouranōn«. ho de Markos apo tou pros ton diabolon peirasmou, meta to paradothēnai ton Iōannēn apangellei hēmin eis tēn Galilaian kēryssonta to euangelion tou theou elēlythenai ton kyrion; kai meta tēn eis apostolēn eklogēn tōn tessarōn halieōn »eisporeuontai eis Kapharnaoum; kai euthys tois sabbasin »edidasken eis tēn synagōgēn, kai exeplēssonto epi tę̄ didachę̄
“Repent, for the kingdom of heaven has drawn near.” And Mark reports to us that after the temptation by the devil, after John was handed over, the Lord came into Galilee preaching the gospel of God; and after the choice of the four fishermen for the apostleship, “they go into Capernaum, and immediately on the sabbath he taught in the synagogue, and they were astonished at his teaching.”
10.52Preuschen 4:181
»αὐτοῦ«. ἀλλὰ καὶ πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ ἀναγράφει γεγενημένην ἐν Καφαρναούμ· »Εὐθύς«, γάρ φησιν, ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν ἦν »ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ, καὶ ἀνέκραζε λέγων· Ἔα. τί »ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ; ἠλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς; οἴδαμέν σε τίς εἶ, ὁ υἱός τοῦ θεοῦ.
»autou«. alla kai praxin autou anagraphei gegenēmenēn en Kapharnaoum; »Euthys«, gar phēsin, en tę̄ synagōgę̄ autōn ēn »anthrōpos en pneumati akathartǭ, kai anekraze legōn; Ea. ti »hēmin kai soi, Iēsou Nazarēne? ēlthes apolesai hēmas? oidamen se tis ei, ho huios tou theou.
And he also records a deed of his done in Capernaum: “Immediately,” he says, there was in their synagogue “a man with an unclean spirit, and he cried out, saying, Ha! What have we to do with you, Jesus of Nazareth? Have you come to destroy us? We know who you are, the Son of God.
10.53Preuschen 4:181
καὶ ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγων· Φιμώθητι καὶ ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ«· ὅτε ἔσπάραξεν »αὐτὸν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἀκάθαρτον καὶ φωνῆσαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐξῆλθεν ἐξ »αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἐθαμβήθησαν ἅπαντες«. καὶ ἡ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος τοῦ πυρετοῦ ἀπαλλάσσεται ἐν τῇ Καφαρναόυμ.
kai epetimēsen autǭ ho Iēsous legōn; Phimōthēti kai exelthe ex autou«; hote esparaxen »auton to pneuma to akatharton kai phōnēsan phōnę̄ megalę̄ exēlthen ex »autou; kai ethambēthēsan hapantes«. kai hē penthera Simōnos tou pyretou apallassetai en tę̄ Kapharnaoum.
And Jesus rebuked him, saying, Be silent and come out of him.” Then “the unclean spirit, convulsing him and crying with a loud voice, came out of him; and they were all amazed.” And Simon's mother-in-law is freed from her fever in Capernaum.
10.54Preuschen 4:181
πρὸς τούτοις ὁ Μάρκος φησὶν ἑσπέρας γεγενημένης ἐν τῇ Καφαρναοὺμ τεθεραπεῦσθαι »πάντας τοὺς κακώς ἔχοντας καὶ δαιμονιζομένους«.
pros toutois ho Markos phēsin hesperas gegenēmenēs en tę̄ Kapharnaoum tetherapeusthai »pantas tous kakōs echontas kai daimonizomenous«.
In addition Mark says that when evening came in Capernaum “all who were sick and demon-possessed” were healed.
10.55Preuschen 4:181
καὶ ὁ Λουκᾶς γε τὰ παραπλήσια τῷ Μάρκῳ ἀπαγγέλλει περὶ τῆς Καφαρναοὺμ λέγων· »Καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς Καφαρναούμ, πόλιν τῆς »Γαλιλαίας, καὶ ἠν διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς σάββασιν καὶ ἐξε- πλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἠν ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ.
kai ho Loukas ge ta paraplēsia tǭ Markǭ apangellei peri tēs Kapharnaoum legōn; »Kai ēlthen eis Kapharnaoum, polin tēs »Galilaias, kai ēn didaskōn autous en tois sabbasin kai exe- plēssonto epi tę̄ didachę̄ autou, hoti en exousią ēn ho logos autou.
And Luke reports things similar to Mark about Capernaum, saying: “And he came to Capernaum, a city of Galilee, and was teaching them on the sabbaths; and they were astonished at his teaching, for his word was with authority.
10.56Preuschen 4:181
καὶ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἔχων πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκα- »θάρτου, καὶ ἀνέκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ· Ἔα, τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ »Ναζαρηνέ; οἶδά σε τίς εἶ, ὁ ἅγιος τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγων· Φιμώθητι καὶ ἔξελθε ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ. τότε καὶ ῥίψαν αὐτὸν τὸ δαιμόνιον εἰς μέσον ἐξῆλθεν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ μηδὲν βλάψαν αὐτόν«.
kai en tę̄ synagōgę̄ ēn anthrōpos echōn pneuma daimoniou aka- »thartou, kai anekraxen phōnę̄ megalę̄; Ea, ti hēmin kai soi, Iēsou »Nazarēne? oida se tis ei, ho hagios tou theou. kai epetimēsen autǭ ho Iēsous legōn; Phimōthēti kai exelthe apʼ autou. tote kai rhipsan auton to daimonion eis meson exēlthen apʼ autou mēden blapsan auton«.
And in the synagogue there was a man who had the spirit of an unclean demon, and he cried out with a loud voice, Ha! What have we to do with you, Jesus of Nazareth? I know who you are, the Holy One of God. And Jesus rebuked him, saying, Be silent and come out of him. Then the demon, having thrown him down in their midst, came out of him without harming him.”
10.57Preuschen 4:181
καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἀπαγγέλλει ὡς Ἀναστὰς ὁ κύριος ἀπὸ τῆς συναγωγῆς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Σίμωνος. καὶ ἐπιτιμήσας τῷ ἐν τῇ πενθερᾷ αὐτοῦ πυρετῷ ἀπήλλαξεν αὐτὴν τῆς νόσου· μεθʼ ἣν θεραπευθεῖσαν »Δῦντος, φησί, τοῦ ἡλίου »πάντες ὅσοι εἶχον ἀσθενοῦντας νόσοις ποικίλαις ἠγον αὐτοὺς πρὸς »αὐτόν· ὁ δὲ ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ αὐτῶν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιθεὶς ἐθεράπευεν αὐτούς. ἐξήρχοντο δὲ καὶ δαιμόνια ἀπὸ πολλῶν, κραυγάζοντα καὶ λέγοντα ὄτι Σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ· καὶ ἐπιτιμῶν οὐκ εἴα »αὐτὰ λαλεῖν, ὅτι ᾔδεισαν Χριστὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι«.
kai meta tauta apangellei hōs Anastas ho kyrios apo tēs synagōgēs eisēlthen eis tēn oikian Simōnos. kai epitimēsas tǭ en tę̄ pentherą autou pyretǭ apēllaxen autēn tēs nosou; methʼ hēn therapeutheisan »Dyntos, phēsi, tou hēliou »pantes hosoi eichon asthenountas nosois poikilais ēgon autous pros »auton; ho de heni hekastǭ autōn tas cheiras epitheis etherapeuen autous. exērchonto de kai daimonia apo pollōn, kraugazonta kai legonta oti Sy ei ho huios tou theou; kai epitimōn ouk eia »auta lalein, hoti ę̄deisan Christon auton einai«.
And after this he reports how the Lord, rising from the synagogue, entered Simon's house, and, rebuking the fever in his mother-in-law, freed her from the illness. After she was healed, “when the sun was setting,” he says, “all who had any sick with various diseases brought them to him; and laying his hands on each one of them, he healed them. And demons also came out of many, crying out and saying, You are the Son of God. And rebuking them he did not allow them to speak, because they knew he was the Christ.”
10.58Preuschen 4:181
ταῦτα δὲ πάντα περὶ τῶν ἐν Καφαρναοὺμ τώ σωτῆρι εἰρημένων καὶ πεπραγμένων παρεστήσαμεν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἐλέγξαι τὴν Ἡρακλέωνοςἑρμηνείαν λέγοντος· Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ πεποιηκώς τι λέγεται ἐν αὐτῇ ἢ λελαληκώς.
tauta de panta peri tōn en Kapharnaoum tō sōtēri eirēmenōn kai pepragmenōn parestēsamen hyper tou elenxai tēn Hērakleōnosermēneian legontos; Dia touto oude pepoiēkōs ti legetai en autę̄ ē lelalēkōs.
We have set out all these things said and done by the Savior in Capernaum in order to refute the interpretation of Heracleon, who says: “For this reason he is not said to have done or said anything in it.”
10.59Preuschen 4:181–182
ἢ γὰρ δύο ἐπινοίας διδότω καὶ αὐτὸς τῆς Καφαρναοὺμ καὶ παρι- στάτω καὶ πεισάτω ποίας· ἢ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι μὴ δυνάμενος ἀφιστάσθω τοῦ λέγειν τὸν σωτῆρα μάτην τινὶ τόπῳ ἐπιδεδημηκέναι.
ē gar dyo epinoias didotō kai autos tēs Kapharnaoum kai pari- statō kai peisatō poias; ē touto poiēsai mē dynamenos aphistasthō tou legein ton sōtēra matēn tini topǭ epidedēmēkenai.
Either let him too give two aspects of Capernaum, and present them and persuade us which; or, if he cannot do this, let him desist from saying that the Savior visited a place in vain.
10.60Preuschen 4:182
Καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ θεοῦ διδόντος γενόμενοι κατὰ τὰ τοιαῦτα χωρία τῆς συναναγνώσεως ὅπου δόξαι ὂν μηδὲν [ἂν] ἠνυκέναι χωρίοις τισίν, πειρασόμεθα τὸ μὴ μάταιον τῆς ἐπιδημίας αὐτοῦ τρανῶσαι.
Kai hēmeis de theou didontos genomenoi kata ta toiauta chōria tēs synanagnōseōs hopou doxai on mēden [an] ēnykenai chōriois tisin, peirasometha to mē mataion tēs epidēmias autou tranōsai.
And we too, God granting, when we come in our joint reading to such places, where he might seem to have accomplished nothing in certain places, shall try to make clear that his visit was not in vain.
10.61Preuschen 4:182
Ἔτι δὲ ὁ Ματθαῖος εἰσελθόντος τοῦ κυρίου εἰς τὴν Καφαρναούμ φησι τὸν ἑκατόνταρχον αὐτῷ προσεληλυθέναι λέγοντα· »Ὁ παῖς μου βέβληται ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ παραλυτικός, δεινῶς βασανιζόμενος‘, καὶ ἀκηκοέναι μεθʼ ἕτερα εἰρημένα τῷ κυρίῳ παρʼ αὐτοῦ τὸ »Ὕπαγε, »καὶ ὡς ἐπίστευσας γενηθήτω σοι«. καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς Πέτρου πενθερᾶς συμφώνως τοῖς ἄλλοις δυσὶν καὶ αὐτὸς παρέστησεν.
Eti de ho Matthaios eiselthontos tou kyriou eis tēn Kapharnaoum phēsi ton hekatontarchon autǭ proselēlythenai legonta; »Ho pais mou beblētai en tę̄ oikią paralytikos, deinōs basanizomenos‘, kai akēkoenai methʼ hetera eirēmena tǭ kyriǭ parʼ autou to »Hypage, »kai hōs episteusas genēthētō soi«. kai ta peri tēs Petrou pentheras symphōnōs tois allois dysin kai autos parestēsen.
Further, Matthew says that when the Lord entered Capernaum the centurion came to him, saying, “My servant lies at home paralyzed, terribly tormented,” and after other things spoken by him to the Lord heard, “Go; let it be done for you as you have believed.” And he too, in agreement with the other two, set forth what concerns Peter's mother-in-law.
10.62Preuschen 4:182
Ἡγοῦμαι δὲ εἶναι φιλότιμον καὶ πρέπον τῷ ἐν Χριστῷ φιλομαθεῖ συναγαγεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν τεσσάρων εὐαγγελίων πάντα τὰ περὶ τῆς καφαρναοὺμ ἀναγεγραμμένα καὶ τοὺς έν αὐτῇ λόγους καὶ ἐργα τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ ὁσάκις εἰς αὐτὴν ἐπιδεδήμηκε, καὶ πότε μὲν λέγεται καταβεβηκέναι εἰς αὐτήν, πότε δὲ εἰσεληλυθέναι, καὶ πόθεν. ταῦτα γὰρ ἀλλήλοις συντεθέντα οὐκ ἐάσει ἡμᾶς διαπεσεῖν εἰς τὴν περὶ τῆς Καφαρναοὺμ ἐκδοχήν.
Hēgoumai de einai philotimon kai prepon tǭ en Christǭ philomathei synagagein apo tōn tessarōn euangeliōn panta ta peri tēs kapharnaoum anagegrammena kai tous en autę̄ logous kai erga tou kyriou, kai hosakis eis autēn epidedēmēke, kai pote men legetai katabebēkenai eis autēn, pote de eiselēlythenai, kai pothen. tauta gar allēlois syntethenta ouk easei hēmas diapesein eis tēn peri tēs Kapharnaoum ekdochēn.
I think it a worthy task, fitting for a lover of learning in Christ, to gather from the four Gospels everything recorded about Capernaum, the Lord's words and works in it, how often he visited it, and when he is said to have gone down to it, when to have entered it, and from where. For these, put together, will not let us fall away from the right interpretation of Capernaum.
10.63Preuschen 4:182
πλὴν ἐι καὶ νοσοῦντες ἐκεῖ θεραπεύονται καὶ ἄλλαι δυνάμεις ἐκεῖ γίνονται, τό τε κηρύσσειν »Ἤγγικεν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν‘ ἐκεῖθεν ἄρχεται, ἔοικεν εἶναι σύμβολον, ὡς κατὰ τὰς ἀρχὰς ὑπεδειξάμεθα, ὑποδεεστέρου τινὸς χωρίου, τάχα διὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινομένου παρακαλέσαντα ἐφʼ οἷς ἐδίδαξεν καὶ πεποίηκεν ἐκεῖ τοῦ τόπου χωρίου· ἴσμεν γὰρ καὶ τόπων ὀνόματα ἐπώνυμα, τυγχάνοντα τ οῖς κατὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν πράγμασιν· ὥσπερ τὰ Γέργεσα ἔνθα παρεκάλεσαν ἀυτὸν μεταβῆναι ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων ἀυτῶν οἱ τῶν χοίρων πολῖται, ἑρμηνεύεται παροικία.
plēn ei kai nosountes ekei therapeuontai kai allai dynameis ekei ginontai, to te kēryssein »Ēngiken hē basileia tōn ouranōn‘ ekeithen archetai, eoiken einai symbolon, hōs kata tas archas hypedeixametha, hypodeesterou tinos chōriou, tacha dia ton Iēsoun ginomenou parakalesanta ephʼ hois edidaxen kai pepoiēken ekei tou topou chōriou; ismen gar kai topōn onomata epōnyma, tynchanonta t ois kata ton Iēsoun pragmasin; hōsper ta Gergesa entha parekalesan auton metabēnai ek tōn horiōn autōn hoi tōn choirōn politai, hermēneuetai paroikia.
However, even if the sick are healed there, other miracles happen there, and the preaching “The kingdom of heaven has drawn near” begins from there, it seems to be a symbol, as we indicated at the beginning, of some inferior region, which perhaps through Jesus becomes a [field] of consolation by what he taught and did there. For we know that names of places are also given to match what happened with Jesus: just as Gergesa, where the citizens of the swine begged him to depart from their borders, is interpreted “sojourning.”
10.64Preuschen 4:182
ἔτι δὲ καὶ τοῦτο περὶ τῆς Καφαρναοὺμ τετηρήκαμεν, ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἐν αὐτῇ κηρύσσειν τὸ »Ἤγγικεν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν« ἤρξατο, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τρεῖς εὐαγγελιστὰς τὰς πρώτας δυνάμεις ἐκεῖ πεποίηκεν.
eti de kai touto peri tēs Kapharnaoum tetērēkamen, hoti ou monon en autę̄ kēryssein to »Ēngiken hē basileia tōn ouranōn« ērxato, alla kai kata treis euangelistas tas prōtas dynameis ekei pepoiēken.
We have also observed this about Capernaum: not only did he begin to preach there “The kingdom of heaven has drawn near,” but according to three evangelists he also did his first miracles there.
10.65Preuschen 4:182–183
οὐδεὶς δὲ τῶν τριῶν ἐφʼ οἷς πρῶτον ἀνέγραψεν παραδόξοις ἐν τῇ Καφαρναοὺμ γεγενημένοις τὴν τοῦ μαθητοῦ Ἰωάννου ἐπὶ τῷ πρώτῳ ἔργῳ σημείωσιν πεποίηται λέγοντος· »Ταύτην ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰη- σοῦς ἐν Κανᾷ τῆς Γαλιλαίας«.
oudeis de tōn triōn ephʼ hois prōton anegrapsen paradoxois en tę̄ Kapharnaoum gegenēmenois tēn tou mathētou Iōannou epi tǭ prōtǭ ergǭ sēmeiōsin pepoiētai legontos; »Tautēn archēn tōn sēmeiōn epoiēsen ho Iē- sous en Kaną tēs Galilaias«.
But none of the three, for the wonders first recorded as done in Capernaum, has made the note that the disciple John makes on the first work, saying, “This beginning of signs Jesus did in Cana of Galilee.”
10.66Preuschen 4:183
οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἀρχὴ τῶν σημείων τὸ ἐν Καφαρναούμ, τῷ προηγούμενον μὲν σημείων εἶναι τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν εὐφροσύνην· διὰ δὲ τὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συμβεβηκότα περιστατικὰ οὐχ οὕτως τῇ θεραπείᾳ ἐπιδεικνυμένου τοῦ λόγου τὸ ἴδιον κάλλος ἐν τῷ θεραπεύειν τοὺς πεπονθότας, ὅσον ἐν τῷ εὐφραίνειν τῷ νηφαλίῳ πόματι τοὺς διᾶ τὸ ὑγιαίνειν καὶ εὐωχίᾳ σχολάζειν δυναμένους. Καὶ ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ πάσχα τῶν Ἰουδαίων.
ou gar ēn archē tōn sēmeiōn to en Kapharnaoum, tǭ proēgoumenon men sēmeiōn einai tou huiou tou theou tēn euphrosynēn; dia de ta tois anthrōpois symbebēkota peristatika ouch houtōs tę̄ therapeią epideiknymenou tou logou to idion kallos en tǭ therapeuein tous peponthotas, hoson en tǭ euphrainein tǭ nēphaliǭ pomati tous dia to hygiainein kai euōchią scholazein dynamenous. Kai engys ēn to pascha tōn Ioudaiōn.
For what happened in Capernaum was not the beginning of signs, because the gladness of the Son of God is primary among signs; and because of the circumstances that befall human beings, the Word does not show its own beauty so much in healing the afflicted as in gladdening with sober drink those who, because they are healthy, can devote themselves to feasting. [John 2:13:] “And the Passover of the Jews was near.”
10.67Preuschen 4:183
Τὴν τοῦ σοφωτάτου Ἰωάννου ἐξετάξων ἀκρίβειαν κατʼ ἐμαυτὸν ἐξήτουν τί βούλεται αὐτῷ ἡ προσθήκη »Των Ἰουδαίων«. ποίου γὰρ ἄλλου ἔθνους ἐστὶν ἑορτὴ τὸ πάσχα; διόπερ αὔταρκες ἠν, εἰ εἶπεν »Καὶ ἦν ἐγγὺς τὸ πάσχα«.
Tēn tou sophōtatou Iōannou exetaxōn akribeian katʼ emauton exētoun ti bouletai autǭ hē prosthēkē »Tōn Ioudaiōn«. poiou gar allou ethnous estin heortē to pascha? dioper autarkes ēn, ei eipen »Kai ēn engys to pascha«.
Examining the exactness of the most wise John, I asked myself what the addition “of the Jews” means to him. For of what other nation is the Passover a feast? So it would have been enough if he had said, “And the Passover was near.”
10.68Preuschen 4:183
μήποτε δέ, ἐπεὶ τὸ μέν τί ἐστιν πάσχα ἀνθρώπινον, τῶν μὴ κατὰ βούλησιν τῆς γραφῆς ἐπιτελούντων αὐτό, τὸ δέ τι θεῖον τὸ ἀληθές, πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ ἐνεργούμενον ὑπὸ τῶν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ προσκυνούντων τὸν θεόν, ἀντιδιέσταλται πρὸς τὸ θεῖον τὸ λεγόμενον τῶν Ἰουδαίων«.
mēpote de, epei to men ti estin pascha anthrōpinon, tōn mē kata boulēsin tēs graphēs epitelountōn auto, to de ti theion to alēthes, pneumati kai alētheią energoumenon hypo tōn pneumati kai alētheią proskynountōn ton theon, antidiestaltai pros to theion to legomenon tōn Ioudaiōn«.
Perhaps, since there is a human Passover, of those who do not perform it according to the intention of Scripture, and another, divine and true, performed in spirit and truth by those who worship God in spirit and truth, what is called “of the Jews” is distinguished from the divine.
10.69Preuschen 4:183
ἀκούσωμεν γοῦν τοῦ κυρίου νομοθετοῦντος τὸ πάσχα, τί φησιν ὅτε καὶ πρῶτον ὠνόμασται ἐν τῇ γραφῇ· Καὶ εἶπε κύριος πρὸς Μωϋσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν ἐν γῇ »Αἰγύπτου λέγων· Ὁ μὴν οὗτος ὑμῖν ἀρχὴ μηνῶν, πρῶτός ἐστιν ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς μησὶν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ.
akousōmen goun tou kyriou nomothetountos to pascha, ti phēsin hote kai prōton ōnomastai en tę̄ graphę̄; Kai eipe kyrios pros Mōÿsēs kai Aarōn en gę̄ »Aigyptou legōn; Ho mēn houtos hymin archē mēnōn, prōtos estin hymin en tois mēsin tou eniautou.
Let us hear, then, what the Lord says when he legislates the Passover, when it is first named in Scripture: “And the Lord said to Moses and Aaron in the land of Egypt, saying, This month shall be for you the beginning of months; it is the first for you among the months of the year.
10.70Preuschen 4:183
λάλησον πρὸς πᾶσαν συναγωγὴν υἱῶν »Ἰσραὴλ λέγων· Τῇ δεκάτῃ τοῦ μηνὸς τούτου λαβέτωσαν ἕκαστος πρό- »βατον κατʼ οἴκους πατριῶν«· καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα, ἐν οἷς οὐδέπω τὸ πάσχα ὀνομαστὶ εἴρητο, ἐπιφέρει· »Οὕτω δὲ φάγεσθε αὐτό· αἱ ὀσφύες »ὑμῶν περιεζωσμέναι καὶ τὰ ὐποδήματα ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν καὶ »αἱ βακτηρίαι ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ὑμῶν, καὶ ἔδεσθε αὐτὸ μετὰ σπουδῆς.
lalēson pros pasan synagōgēn huiōn »Israēl legōn; Tę̄ dekatę̄ tou mēnos toutou labetōsan hekastos pro- »baton katʼ oikous patriōn«; kai metʼ oliga, en hois oudepō to pascha onomasti eirēto, epipherei; »Houtō de phagesthe auto; hai osphyes »hymōn periezōsmenai kai ta ypodēmata hymōn en tois posin hymōn kai »hai baktēriai en tais chersin hymōn, kai edesthe auto meta spoudēs.
Speak to all the congregation of the sons of Israel, saying, On the tenth of this month let each take a sheep according to their fathers' houses.” And a little later, where the Passover has not yet been named, he adds: “And thus you shall eat it: your loins girded, your sandals on your feet, and your staffs in your hands, and you shall eat it in haste.
10.71Preuschen 4:183
»πάσχα ἐστὶν τοῦ κυρίου«. οὐ γάρ φησι »Πάσχα ἐστὶν ὑμῶν( καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα δεύτερον οὕτως ὀνομάζει τὴν ἑορτὴν· »Καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν »λέγωσιν πρὸς ὑμᾶς οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν· Τίς ἡ λατρεία αὕτη; καὶ ἐρεῖτε αὐ- »τοῖς· Θυσία τὸ πάσχα τοῦ κυρίου, ὡς ἐσκέπασεν τοὺς οἴκους τῶν »υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ«. καὶ πάλιν δὲ μετʼ ὀλίγα· »Εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωϋσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν λέγων· Οὗτος ὁ νόμος τοῦ πάσχα· πᾶς ἀλλο- »γενὴς οὐκ ἔδεται ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ«.
»pascha estin tou kyriou«. ou gar phēsi »Pascha estin hymōn( kai metʼ oliga deuteron houtōs onomazei tēn heortēn; »Kai estai ean »legōsin pros hymas hoi huioi hymōn; Tis hē latreia hautē? kai ereite au- »tois; Thysia to pascha tou kyriou, hōs eskepasen tous oikous tōn »huiōn Israēl«. kai palin de metʼ oliga; »Eipen de kyrios pros Mōÿsēs kai Aarōn legōn; Houtos ho nomos tou pascha; pas allo- »genēs ouk edetai apʼ autou«.
It is the Passover of the Lord.” For he does not say, “It is your Passover.” And a little later he names the feast a second time thus: “And it shall be, if your sons say to you, What is this service? you shall say to them, It is the sacrifice of the Passover of the Lord, as he sheltered the houses of the sons of Israel.” And again a little later: “And the Lord said to Moses and Aaron, saying, This is the law of the Passover: no foreigner shall eat of it.”
10.72Preuschen 4:183
καὶ πάλιν μετʼ ὀλίγα· » Ἐὰν δέ τις προσέλθῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς προσήλυτος καὶ ποιῇ τὸ πάσχα κυρίου, περι- »τεμεῖται αὐτοῦ πᾶν ἀρσενικόν«.
kai palin metʼ oliga; » Ean de tis proselthę̄ pros hymas prosēlytos kai poię̄ to pascha kyriou, peri- »temeitai autou pan arsenikon«.
And again a little later: “If any proselyte comes to you and keeps the Passover of the Lord, every male of his shall be circumcised.”
10.73Preuschen 4:183–184
παρατηρητέον γὰρ ὅτι ἐν τῇ νομο- θεσίᾳ οὐδαμοῦ λέγεται »Πάσχα ὑμῶν«, ἀλλʼ ἅπαξ μὲν ἐν οἷς προεθέμεθα χωρὶς πάσης προσθήκης, τρὶς δὲ »Τὸ πάσχα τοῦ κυρίου«. πρὸς δὲ τὸ παραδέξασθαι τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχειν περὶ τῆς διαφορᾶς τοῦ »πάσχα »κυρίου« καὶ πάσχα Ἰουδαίων«, ἴδωμεν καὶ τὰ ἐν τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον εἰρημένα· »Τὰς νουμηνίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ σάββατα καὶ »ἡμέραν μεγάλην οὐκ ἀνέχομαι· νηστείαν καὶ αργείαν καὶ τὰς νουμη- »νίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰς ἑορτὰς ὑμῶν μισεῖ ἡ ψυχή μου«.
paratērēteon gar hoti en tę̄ nomo- thesią oudamou legetai »Pascha hymōn«, allʼ hapax men en hois proethemetha chōris pasēs prosthēkēs, tris de »To pascha tou kyriou«. pros de to paradexasthai touthʼ houtōs echein peri tēs diaphoras tou »pascha »kyriou« kai pascha Ioudaiōn«, idōmen kai ta en tǭ Hēsaïą touton ton tropon eirēmena; »Tas noumēnias hymōn kai ta sabbata kai »hēmeran megalēn ouk anechomai; nēsteian kai argeian kai tas noumē- »nias hymōn kai tas heortas hymōn misei hē psychē mou«.
For it must be observed that in the legislation “your Passover” is said nowhere, but once, in what we cited, without any addition, and three times “the Passover of the Lord.” And to accept that this is how things stand about the difference between “the Passover of the Lord” and “the Passover of the Jews,” let us look also at what is said in Isaiah in this way: “Your new moons and sabbaths and the great day I cannot bear; your fasting and idleness and your new moons and your feasts my soul hates.”
10.74Preuschen 4:184
οὐκ ἴδια γὰρ ἑαυτοῦ φησιν ὁ κύριος τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων ἐπιτελούμενα, ὑπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ, εἴ τίς ποτέ έστιν, μισούμενα, οὔτε τὰς νουμηνίας οὔτε τὰ σάββατα οὔτε ἡμέραν μεγάλην οὔτε νηστείαν οὔτε τὰς ἑορτάς.
ouk idia gar heautou phēsin ho kyrios ta hypo tōn hamartanontōn epiteloumena, hypo tēs psychēs autou, ei tis pote estin, misoumena, oute tas noumēnias oute ta sabbata oute hēmeran megalēn oute nēsteian oute tas heortas.
For the Lord does not call his own the things performed by sinners, which are hated by his soul, whatever that may be: neither the new moons nor the sabbaths nor the great day nor the fast nor the feasts.
10.75Preuschen 4:184
ἐν μέντοι γε τῇ νομοθεσίᾳ τῆς Ἐξόδου περὶ σαββάτου ταῦτα λέγεται· »Εἶπεν δὲ Μωϋσῆς πρὸς αὐτούς· Τοῦτο τὸ ῥῆμα ὅ ἐλάλησεν κύριος· »Σάββατα ἀνάπαυσις ἁγία τῷ κυρίῳ«. καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα· »Εἶπεν δὲ »Μωϋσῆς· Φάγετε, σήμερον γάρ ἐστιν σάββατα τῷ κυρίῳ«.
en mentoi ge tę̄ nomothesią tēs Exodou peri sabbatou tauta legetai; »Eipen de Mōÿsēs pros autous; Touto to rhēma ho elalēsen kyrios; »Sabbata anapausis hagia tǭ kyriǭ«. kai metʼ oliga; »Eipen de »Mōÿsēs; Phagete, sēmeron gar estin sabbata tǭ kyriǭ«.
In the legislation of Exodus, however, this is said about the sabbath: “And Moses said to them, This is the word the Lord spoke: The sabbath is a holy rest to the Lord.” And a little later: “And Moses said, Eat, for today is a sabbath to the Lord.”
10.76Preuschen 4:184
καὶ ἐν Ἀριθμοῖς πρὸ τούτων ἐφʼ ἑκάστῃ ἑορτῇ θυσιῶν, ὡς ἑορτῆς οὔσης κατὰ τὸν νόμον τοῦ ἐνδελεχισμοῦ καὶ ἑκάστης ἡμέρας, ταῦτα γέγραπται· Καὶ ἐλάλησεν κύριος πρὸς Μωϋσῆν· Ἀπάγγειλαι τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ »καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτοῦς λέγων· Τὰ δῶρά μου, δόματά μου, καρπώματά μου εἰς ὀρμὴν εὐωδίας διατηρήσετε προσφέρειν μοι ἐν ταῖς ἑορταῖς »μου. καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτούς· Ταῦτα τὰ καρπώματα, ὅσα προσάξετε »τῷ κυρίῳ((. ἰδίας γὰρ ἑορτὰς ὠνόμασεν καὶ οὐ τῶν νομοθετουμένων τὰς ἐκκειμένας έν τῇ γραφῇ, καὶ δῶρα αὐτοῦ καὶ δόματα αὐτοῦ.
kai en Arithmois pro toutōn ephʼ hekastę̄ heortę̄ thysiōn, hōs heortēs ousēs kata ton nomon tou endelechismou kai hekastēs hēmeras, tauta gegraptai; Kai elalēsen kyrios pros Mōÿsēn; Apangeilai tois huiois Israēl »kai ereis pros autous legōn; Ta dōra mou, domata mou, karpōmata mou eis ormēn euōdias diatērēsete prospherein moi en tais heortais »mou. kai ereis pros autous; Tauta ta karpōmata, hosa prosaxete »tǭ kyriǭ((. idias gar heortas ōnomasen kai ou tōn nomothetoumenōn tas ekkeimenas en tę̄ graphę̄, kai dōra autou kai domata autou.
And in Numbers, before the sacrifices for each feast, as there is according to the law a feast of the continual offering also each day, this is written: “And the Lord spoke to Moses: Declare to the sons of Israel and say to them, My gifts, my offerings, my whole offerings for a fragrant aroma, you shall take care to offer to me at my feasts. And you shall say to them, These are the whole offerings that you shall bring to the Lord.” For he named the feasts set out in Scripture his own, and not those of the people receiving the laws, and the gifts his gifts and his offerings.
10.77Preuschen 4:184
Ὅμοιον δέ τι τούτοις ἐστὶν καὶ περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ ἐν τῇ Εξόδῳ ἀναγεγραμμένον, ὅστις ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἴδιος εἶναι λέγεται ὅτε μὴ ἁμαρτάνει· ἀποκηρύττων δὲ αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ μοσχοποιΐᾳ »λαὸν Μωϋ- »σέως« ὠνόμασεν· πρὸς μὲν γὰρ τὸν Φαραὼ »Ἐρεῖς, φησί, Τάδε »λέγει κύριος· Ἐξαπόστειλον τὸν λαόν μου ἕνα λατρεύσῃ μοι ἐν τῇ
Homoion de ti toutois estin kai peri tou laou en tę̄ Exodǭ anagegrammenon, hostis hypo tou theou idios einai legetai hote mē hamartanei; apokēryttōn de auton en tę̄ moschopoiïą »laon Mōÿ- »seōs« ōnomasen; pros men gar ton Pharaō »Ereis, phēsi, Tade »legei kyrios; Exaposteilon ton laon mou hena latreusę̄ moi en tę̄
Something similar to this is recorded in Exodus about the people, which is said by God to be his own when it does not sin; but disowning it at the making of the calf he named it “Moses' people.” For to Pharaoh, “You shall say,” he says, “Thus says the Lord: Send my people away, that they may serve me in the
10.78Preuschen 4:184
»ἐρήμῳ. ἐὰν δὲ μὴ βούλῃ ἐξαποστεῖλαι τὸν λαόν μου, ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀπο- »στέλλω ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς θεράποντάς σου καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν λαόν σου »καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς οἴκους σου κυνόμυιαν, καὶ πλησθήσονται αἱ οἰκίαι τῶν Αἰγυπτίων τῆς κυνομυίας, καὶ εἰς τὴν γῆν ἐφʼ ἡς εἰσιν ἐπʼ αὐτῆς.
»erēmǭ. ean de mē boulę̄ exaposteilai ton laon mou, idou egō apo- »stellō epi se kai epi tous therapontas sou kai epi ton laon sou »kai epi tous oikous sou kynomuian, kai plēsthēsontai hai oikiai tōn Aigyptiōn tēs kynomuias, kai eis tēn gēn ephʼ hēs eisin epʼ autēs.
wilderness. But if you will not send my people away, behold, I am sending upon you and your servants and your people and your houses the dog-fly, and the houses of the Egyptians shall be filled with the dog-fly, and also the ground on which they are.
10.79Preuschen 4:184–185
»καὶ παραδοξάσω τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ τὴν γῆν Γεσέμ, ἐφʼ ἡς ὁ λαός μου »ἔπεστιν ἐπʼ αὐτῆς, ἔφʼ † ᾧ οὐκ ἔσται κυνόμυια, ἕνα εἴδῃς ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι »κύριος ὁ κύριος πάσης τῆς γῆς. καὶ δώσω διαστολὴν ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ ἐμοῦ »λαον«. πρὸς δὲ τὸν Μωϋσέα ἐλάλησεν κύριος λέγων »Βάδιζε, κατά- »βηθι τὸ τάχος· ἀνόμησεν γὰρ ὁ λαός σου οὕς ἐξήγαγες ἐκ γῆς Αἰ- »γύπτου«.
»kai paradoxasō tę̄ hēmerą ekeinę̄ tēn gēn Gesem, ephʼ hēs ho laos mou »epestin epʼ autēs, ephʼ † hǭ ouk estai kynomuia, hena eidę̄s hoti egō eimi »kyrios ho kyrios pasēs tēs gēs. kai dōsō diastolēn ana meson tou emou »laon«. pros de ton Mōÿsea elalēsen kyrios legōn »Badize, kata- »bēthi to tachos; anomēsen gar ho laos sou hous exēgages ek gēs Ai- »gyptou«.
And I will set apart on that day the land of Goshen, on which my people dwell, on which … there shall be no dog-fly, so that you may know that I am the Lord, the Lord of all the earth. And I will put a division between my people [and your people].” But to Moses the Lord spoke, saying, “Go, get down quickly; for your people whom you brought out of the land of Egypt have acted lawlessly.”
10.80Preuschen 4:185
ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ λαὸς μὴ ἁμαρτάνων μὲν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν, ἁμαρτάνων δὲ οὐκέτι λέγεται εἶναι αὐτοῦ· οὕτω καὶ αἱ ἑορταί, ὅτε μὲν μισοῦνται ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ κυρίου ψυχῆς, τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων εἰσὶν ἑορταί, ὅτε δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου νομοθετοῦνται, κυρίου εἶναι προσαγορεύονται.
hōsper oun ho laos mē hamartanōn men tou theou estin, hamartanōn de ouketi legetai einai autou; houtō kai hai heortai, hote men misountai hypo tēs tou kyriou psychēs, tōn hamartanontōn eisin heortai, hote de hypo tou kyriou nomothetountai, kyriou einai prosagoreuontai.
Just as the people, when not sinning, is God's, but when sinning is no longer said to be his, so also the feasts: when they are hated by the Lord's soul, they are feasts of the sinners; but when legislated by the Lord, they are called the Lord's.
10.81Preuschen 4:185
τῶν δὲ ἑορτῶν μία ἐστὶν καὶ τὸ πάσχα, ὅπερ ἐν τῇ προκειμένῃ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου γραφῇ οὐ τοῦ κυρίου ἀλλὰ τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἶναι λέγεται· καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ δέ· »Αὑται, φησίν, αἱ ἑορταὶ κυρίου ὃς καλέσετε αὐτὰς κλητὰς ἁγίας«.
tōn de heortōn mia estin kai to pascha, hoper en tę̄ prokeimenę̄ tou euangeliou graphę̄ ou tou kyriou alla tōn Ioudaiōn einai legetai; kai allachou de; »Hautai, phēsin, hai heortai kyriou hos kalesete autas klētas hagias«.
And one of the feasts is the Passover, which in the present passage of the Gospel is said to be not the Lord's but the Jews'. And elsewhere: “These,” he says, “are the feasts of the Lord, which you shall call holy convocations.”
10.82Preuschen 4:185
ἀπὸ μὲν οὐν τῆς τοῦ κυρίου φωνῆς οὐκ ἔστιν ἀντιλέγειν οἷς παρεστήσαμεν. πιθανῶς δέ τις ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀποστόλου ζητήσει ἐν τῇ πρὸς Κορινθίους ἀναγράφοντος· »Καὶ γὰρ »τὸ πάσχα ἡμῶν ἐτύθη Χριστός«· οὐ γάρ φησιν »Τὸ πάσχα κυρίου »ἐτύθη Χριστός‘.
apo men oun tēs tou kyriou phōnēs ouk estin antilegein hois parestēsamen. pithanōs de tis apo tou apostolou zētēsei en tę̄ pros Korinthious anagraphontos; »Kai gar »to pascha hēmōn etythē Christos«; ou gar phēsin »To pascha kyriou »etythē Christos‘.
From the Lord's own words, then, there is no contradicting what we have set out. But someone might plausibly raise a question from the apostle, who writes in the letter to the Corinthians, “For Christ our Passover has been sacrificed”; for he does not say, “Christ the Passover of the Lord has been sacrificed.”
10.83Preuschen 4:185
καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο δὲ λεκτέον ἤτοι ὅτι ἁπλούστερον πάσχα ἡμῶν τυθὲν τὸ διʼ ἡμᾶς τυθὲν εἴρηκεν, ἢ ὅτι πᾶσα ἑορτὴ ἀληθῶς κυρίου, ὧν μία ἐστὶν τὸ πάσχα, οὐκ έν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὐδὲ ἐπὶ γῆς ἀλλʼ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι καὶ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἐνστάσης τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐπιτελεσθήσεται.
kai pros touto de lekteon ētoi hoti haplousteron pascha hēmōn tythen to diʼ hēmas tythen eirēken, ē hoti pasa heortē alēthōs kyriou, hōn mia estin to pascha, ouk en toutǭ tǭ aiōni oude epi gēs allʼ en tǭ mellonti kai en ouranois, enstasēs tēs basileias tōn ouranōn epitelesthēsetai.
To this we must say either that he said more simply “our Passover sacrificed,” meaning sacrificed for us; or that every feast truly the Lord's, one of which is the Passover, will be fulfilled not in this age nor on earth but in the age to come and in the heavens, when the kingdom of heaven has come.
10.84Preuschen 4:185
καὶ περὶ ἐκείνων γε τῶν ἑορτῶν ὁ μὲν εἷς τῶν ιβ΄ προφητῶν φησι »Τί ποιήσετε ἐν ἡμέραις πανηγύρεως καὶ ἐν ἡμέραις ἑορτῆς τοῦ κυρίου;« ὁ δὲ Παῦλος ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ἑβραίους· »Ἀλλὰ προσεληλύθατε Σιὼν ὄρει καὶ πόλει θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἱερουσαλὴμ »ἐπουρανίᾳ καὶ μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων πανηγύρει καὶ ἐκκλησίᾳ πρωτοτόκων »ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς«· καὶ ἐν τῇ πρὸς Κολασσαεῖς· »Μὴ »οὖν τις ὑμᾶς κρινέτω ἐν βρώσει †καὶ έν πόσει, ἢ ἐν μέρει ἑορτῆς »ἢ νουμηνίας ἢ σαββάτων, ἅ ἐστι σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων«.
kai peri ekeinōn ge tōn heortōn ho men heis tōn ib΄ prophētōn phēsi »Ti poiēsete en hēmerais panēgyreōs kai en hēmerais heortēs tou kyriou?« ho de Paulos en tę̄ pros Hebraious; »Alla proselēlythate Siōn orei kai polei theou zōntos, Hierousalēm »epouranią kai myriasin angelōn panēgyrei kai ekklēsią prōtotokōn »apogegrammenōn en ouranois«; kai en tę̄ pros Kolassaeis; »Mē »oun tis hymas krinetō en brōsei †kai en posei, ē en merei heortēs »ē noumēnias ē sabbatōn, ha esti skia tōn mellontōn«.
And about those feasts one of the twelve prophets says, “What will you do in the days of the festival and in the days of the feast of the Lord?” And Paul in the letter to the Hebrews: “But you have come to Mount Zion and to the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusalem, and to myriads of angels in festal gathering, and to the church of the firstborn enrolled in heaven”; and in the letter to the Colossians: “Let no one, then, judge you in food and drink, or in respect of a feast or a new moon or sabbaths, which are a shadow of things to come.”
10.85Preuschen 4:185
Τίνα δὲ τρόπον ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις, ὡς σκιὰ παρὰ τοῖς σωματικοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ἦν, ἑορτάσομεν, ὑπὸ τὸν ἀληθῆ πρότερον παιδαγωγούμενοι νόμον παρὰ ἐπιτρόποις καὶ οἰκονόμοις ἕως τὸ ἐκεῖ πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου ἐνστῇ καὶ τὴν τελειότητα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ χωρήσωμεν, ἔργον σοφίας τῆς ἐν μυστηρίῳ ἀποκεκρυμμένης ἔστιν φανερῶσαι, καὶ τὰ περὶ βρωμάτων νομοθετούμενα, σύμβολα τῶν ἐκεῖ μελλόντων τρέφειν καὶ ἰσχυροποιεῖν ἡμῶν τὴν ψυχὴν τυγχάνοντα, θεωρεῖν.
Tina de tropon en tois epouraniois, hōs skia para tois sōmatikois Ioudaiois ēn, heortasomen, hypo ton alēthē proteron paidagōgoumenoi nomon para epitropois kai oikonomois heōs to ekei plērōma tou chronou enstę̄ kai tēn teleiotēta tou huiou tou theou chōrēsōmen, ergon sophias tēs en mystēriǭ apokekrymmenēs estin phanerōsai, kai ta peri brōmatōn nomothetoumena, symbola tōn ekei mellontōn trephein kai ischyropoiein hēmōn tēn psychēn tynchanonta, theōrein.
In what manner we shall keep the feast in the heavenly places, of which there was a shadow among the bodily Jews, after first being trained under the true law among guardians and stewards until the fullness of time there arrives and we receive the perfection of the Son of God, it is the work of the wisdom hidden in a mystery to reveal; and to contemplate the laws about foods, which are symbols of what will there nourish and strengthen our soul.
10.86Preuschen 4:185–186
εἰκὸς δὲ φαντασιωθέντα τινὰ τὸ πέλαγος τῶν τοσούτων νοημάτων καὶ βουλόμενον † σῶσαι πῶς ἡ κατὰ τόπον λατρεία ὑπόδειγμα καὶ σκιά ἐστιν τῶν ἐπουρανίων, τά τε θύματα καὶ τὸ πρόβατον νοῆσαι βουλόμενον, προσκόψαι καὶ τῷ ἀποστόλῳ ἐπᾶραι μὲν ἠμῶν τὸ φρόνημα βουληθέντι ἀπὸ τῶν γηίνων περὶ τοῦ νόμου δογμάτων οὐ πάνυ δὲ παραστήσαντι πῶς ταῦτα μέλλει γίνεσθαι.
eikos de phantasiōthenta tina to pelagos tōn tosoutōn noēmatōn kai boulomenon † sōsai pōs hē kata topon latreia hypodeigma kai skia estin tōn epouraniōn, ta te thymata kai to probaton noēsai boulomenon, proskopsai kai tǭ apostolǭ eparai men ēmōn to phronēma boulēthenti apo tōn gēinōn peri tou nomou dogmatōn ou pany de parastēsanti pōs tauta mellei ginesthai.
It is likely that someone who has pictured the sea of so many thoughts, and wishes … how the local worship is a copy and shadow of the heavenly things, and wishes to understand the sacrifices and the sheep, will stumble also at the apostle, who wished to lift our thinking from earthly doctrines about the law, but did not quite show how these things will come about.
10.87Preuschen 4:186
ἐὰν δὲ καὶ ἑορταί, ὡν μία τὸ πάσχα ἐστίν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν μέλλοντα ἀνάγωνται αἰῶνα, ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπισκοπητέον πῶς καὶ νῦν »τὸ πάσχα ἠμῶν ἐτύθη Χριστὸς‘ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τυθήσεται.
ean de kai heortai, hōn mia to pascha estin, kai epi ton mellonta anagōntai aiōna, eti mallon episkopēteon pōs kai nyn »to pascha ēmōn etythē Christos‘ kai meta tauta tythēsetai.
And if the feasts, of which the Passover is one, are also referred to the age to come, we must consider still more how both now “Christ our Passover has been sacrificed” and after this he will be sacrificed.
10.88Preuschen 4:186
Ὀλίγα δὲ εἰς τὴν ἐπαπόρησιν τῶν δογμάτων παραθετέον ἡμῖν, ἱδίας δεομένων πραγματείας ἐξαιρέτου καὶ πολυβίβλου, παντός τε τοῦ κατὰ τὸν νόμον μυστικοῦ λόγου, καὶ ἰδίᾳ τῶν κατὰ τὰς ἑορτὰς καὶ ἔτι ἰδικώτερον περὶ τοῦ πάσχα.
Oliga de eis tēn epaporēsin tōn dogmatōn paratheteon hēmin, hidias deomenōn pragmateias exairetou kai polybiblou, pantos te tou kata ton nomon mystikou logou, kai idią tōn kata tas heortas kai eti idikōteron peri tou pascha.
We must set out a few things toward the problem of these doctrines, which require a special treatise of many books on the whole mystical meaning of the law, and in particular on the feasts, and still more particularly on the Passover.
10.89Preuschen 4:186
Ἰουδαίων μὲν οὐν τὸ πάσχα πρόβατόν ἐστιν θυόμενον, λαμβανόμενον ἑκάστῳ κατʼ οἴκους πατριῶν καὶ ἐπιτελούμενον μυριάσιν σφαζομέναις ἀμνῶν καὶ ἐρίφων, πλείοσιν κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν οἴκων τοῦ λαοῦ· τὸ »δὲ ἡμῶν πάσχα ἐτύθη Χριστός«.
Ioudaiōn men oun to pascha probaton estin thyomenon, lambanomenon hekastǭ katʼ oikous patriōn kai epiteloumenon myriasin sphazomenais amnōn kai eriphōn, pleiosin kata tēn analogian tou arithmou tōn oikōn tou laou; to »de hēmōn pascha etythē Christos«.
The Passover of the Jews, then, is a sheep sacrificed, taken by each according to their fathers' houses, and performed with myriads of lambs and kids slaughtered, more in proportion to the number of the people's houses; but “Christ our Passover has been sacrificed.”
10.90Preuschen 4:186
καὶ πάλιν ἐκείνων μέν ἐστιν τὰ ἄζυμα ἀφανιζομένης πάσης ζύμης ἐκ τῶν οἰκων αὐτῶν· ἡμεῖς δὲ ἑορτάζομεν οὐ «ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ« οὐδὲ ζύμῃ κακίας καὶ πονηρίας, ἀλλʼ »ἐν ἀζύμοις εἰλικρινείας καὶ ἀληθείας( «.
kai palin ekeinōn men estin ta azyma aphanizomenēs pasēs zymēs ek tōn oikōn autōn; hēmeis de heortazomen ou «zymę̄ palaią« oude zymę̄ kakias kai ponērias, allʼ »en azymois eilikrineias kai alētheias( «.
And again, theirs is the unleavened bread, all leaven being removed from their houses; but we keep the feast not “with old leaven,” nor with the leaven of malice and wickedness, but “with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth.”
10.91Preuschen 4:186
δέ ἐστί τι τρίτον παρὰ τὰ εἰρημένα δύο τὸ πάσχα τοῦ κυρίου καὶ ἀζύμων ἑορτή, ἀκριβέστερον ἐξεταστέον διὰ τὸ ὑποδείγματι καὶ σκιᾷ λατρεύειν ἐκείνους τῶν ἐπουρανίων ἐκείνων, καὶ οὐ μόνον βρώματα καὶ πόματα καὶ νεομηνίας καὶ σάββατα ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἑορτὰς σκιὰν εἶναι τῶν μελλόντων.
de esti ti triton para ta eirēmena dyo to pascha tou kyriou kai azymōn heortē, akribesteron exetasteon dia to hypodeigmati kai skią latreuein ekeinous tōn epouraniōn ekeinōn, kai ou monon brōmata kai pomata kai neomēnias kai sabbata alla kai tas heortas skian einai tōn mellontōn.
But [whether], besides the two mentioned, there is a third, the Passover of the Lord and feast of unleavened bread, must be examined more exactly, because they served a copy and shadow of those heavenly things, and not only foods and drinks and new moons and sabbaths but also the feasts are a shadow of things to come.
10.92Preuschen 4:186
πρῶτον δὴ τοῦ ἀποστόλου λέγοντος· »Τὸ πάσχα ἡμῶν ἔτύθη Χριστός« ἐπαπορήσει τις πρὸς αὐτὸν ταῦτα· εἰ τύπος ἐστὶν τῆς Χριστοῦ θύσεως τὸ παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις πρόβατον, ἤτοι ἐχρῆν ὲν καὶ μὴ πολλὰ θύεσθαι παρʼ αὐτοῖς πρόβατα, ὥσπερ εἷς ἐστιν ὁ χριστός, ἢ πολλῶν θυομένων προβάτων οἱονεὶ πολλοὺς Χριστοὺς θυομένους ἀκολούθως τῷ τύπῳ ζητητέον.
prōton dē tou apostolou legontos; »To pascha hēmōn etythē Christos« epaporēsei tis pros auton tauta; ei typos estin tēs Christou thyseōs to para Ioudaiois probaton, ētoi echrēn en kai mē polla thyesthai parʼ autois probata, hōsper heis estin ho christos, ē pollōn thyomenōn probatōn hoionei pollous Christous thyomenous akolouthōs tǭ typǭ zētēteon.
First, since the apostle says, “Christ our Passover has been sacrificed,” someone will raise this difficulty against him: if the sheep among the Jews is a type of Christ's sacrifice, then either one sheep, not many, ought to have been sacrificed among them, as Christ is one; or, since many sheep are sacrificed, we must look, in keeping with the type, for many Christs, as it were, being sacrificed.
10.93Preuschen 4:186–187
ἵνα δὲ τοῦτο παραπεμψώμεθα, πῶς τὸ θυόμενον πρόβατον Χριστοῦ περιέχει εἰκόνα, τοῦ μὲν προβάτου ὑπὸ τῶν τηρούντων τὸν νόμον θυομένου, Χριστοῦ δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν παραβαινόντων αὐτὸν ἀναιρουμένου; ἔτι δὲ πῶς ἐπὶ Χριστοῦ τὸ »Φάγονται τὰ κρέα ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ὀπτὰ »πυρὶ καὶ ἄζυμα ἐπὶ πικρίδων ἔδονται«; ἑρμηνευτέον καὶ τὸ »Οὐκ »ἔδεσθε ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ὠμὸν οὐδὲ ἡψημένον ἐν ὕδατι, ἀλλʼ ἢ ὀπτὰ πυρί· κεφαλὴν σὺν τοῖς ποσὶν καὶ τοῖς ἐνδοσθίοις· οὐκ ἀπολείψετε ἀπ »αὐτῶν ἕως πρωί; καὶ ὀστοῦν οὐ συντρίψετε ἀπʼ αὐτῶν· τά δὲ κατα- Λειπόμενα ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἕως πρωὶ· κατακαύσετε«.
hina de touto parapempsōmetha, pōs to thyomenon probaton Christou periechei eikona, tou men probatou hypo tōn tērountōn ton nomon thyomenou, Christou de hypo tōn parabainontōn auton anairoumenou? eti de pōs epi Christou to »Phagontai ta krea tautę̄ tę̄ nykti opta »pyri kai azyma epi pikridōn edontai«? hermēneuteon kai to »Ouk »edesthe apʼ autōn ōmon oude hēpsēmenon en hydati, allʼ ē opta pyri; kephalēn syn tois posin kai tois endosthiois; ouk apoleipsete ap »autōn heōs prōi? kai ostoun ou syntripsete apʼ autōn; ta de kata- Leipomena apʼ autōn heōs prōi; katakausete«.
And to let this pass, how does the sacrificed sheep contain an image of Christ, when the sheep is sacrificed by those who keep the law, but Christ is killed by those who transgress it? Further, how is “They shall eat the flesh this night roasted with fire, and they shall eat unleavened bread with bitter herbs” to be applied to Christ? We must also interpret “You shall not eat any of it raw or boiled in water, but roasted with fire: the head with the feet and the entrails. You shall not leave any of it until morning, and you shall not break a bone of it; what is left of it until morning you shall burn.”
10.94Preuschen 4:187
ἔοικεν δὲ τῷ »Ὀστοῦν »οὐ συντρίψετε ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ‘ ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ κεχρῆσθαι ὡς ἀναφερομένῳ ἐπὶ τὴν περὶ τὸν σωτῆρα οἰκονομίαν, καὶ ὅτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ κελεύονται τὸ πρόβατον ἐσθίοντες ὀστοῦν αὐτοῦ μὴ συντρίβειν.
eoiken de tǭ »Ostoun »ou syntripsete apʼ autou‘ ho Iōannēs en tǭ euangeliǭ kechrēsthai hōs anapheromenǭ epi tēn peri ton sōtēra oikonomian, kai hote en tǭ nomǭ keleuontai to probaton esthiontes ostoun autou mē syntribein.
John in his Gospel seems to have used “You shall not break a bone of it” as referring to the dispensation concerning the Savior, even though in the law they are commanded not to break a bone of the sheep when they eat it.
10.95Preuschen 4:187
λέγει δὲ οὕτως· »Ἠλθον οὐν οἱ στρατιῶται, καὶ τοῦ μὲν »πρώτου κατέαξαν τὰ σκέλη καὶ τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος »αὐτῷ· ἐπὶ δὲ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες, ὡς εἶδον ἤδη αὐτὸν τεθνηκότα οὐ κατέαξαν αὐτοῦ τὰ σκέλη. ἀλλʼ εἷς τῶν στρατιωτῶν λόγχῃ τὴν »πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ ἔνυξεν· καὶ ἐξῆλθεν εὐθὺς αἷμα καὶ ὕδωρ. καὶ ὁ »ἑωρακὼς μεμαρτύρηκεν καὶ ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία· καὶ »ἐκεῖνος οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγει, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε. ἐγένετο γὰρ »ταῦτα ἴνα ἡ γραφὴ πληρωθῇ· Ὀστοῦν αὐτοῦ οὐ συντριβήσεται«.
legei de houtōs; »Ēlthon oun hoi stratiōtai, kai tou men »prōtou kateaxan ta skelē kai tou allou tou synstaurōthentos »autǭ; epi de ton Iēsoun elthontes, hōs eidon ēdē auton tethnēkota ou kateaxan autou ta skelē. allʼ heis tōn stratiōtōn lonchę̄ tēn »pleuran autou enyxen; kai exēlthen euthys haima kai hydōr. kai ho »heōrakōs memartyrēken kai alēthinē autou estin hē martyria; kai »ekeinos oiden hoti alēthē legei, hina kai hymeis pisteuēte. egeneto gar »tauta ina hē graphē plērōthę̄; Ostoun autou ou syntribēsetai«.
He speaks thus: “So the soldiers came and broke the legs of the first, and of the other who was crucified with him; but when they came to Jesus and saw that he was already dead, they did not break his legs. But one of the soldiers pierced his side with a spear, and at once blood and water came out. And he who saw it has borne witness, and his witness is true; and he knows that he speaks the truth, so that you also may believe. For these things happened so that the Scripture might be fulfilled, Not a bone of him shall be broken.”
10.96Preuschen 4:187
Καὶ ἄλλα δὲ μυρία παρὰ ταῦτά ἐστιν τὰ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ἀποστόλου λέξιν ἀναζητηθησόμενα καὶ περὶ τοῦ πάσχα καὶ ἀζύμων ἐξετασθησόμενα, δεόμενα δέ, ὡς προειρήκαμεν, προηγουμένης συγγραφῆς.
Kai alla de myria para tauta estin ta pros tēn tou apostolou lexin anazētēthēsomena kai peri tou pascha kai azymōn exetasthēsomena, deomena de, hōs proeirēkamen, proēgoumenēs syngraphēs.
And there are countless other things besides these to be investigated in the apostle's words and examined about the Passover and the unleavened bread, but they require, as we said, a special treatise.
10.97Preuschen 4:187
νῦν δὲ ὡς ἐν ἐπιτομῇ διὰ τὴν προκειμένην λέξιν ταῦτα παραθέμενοι, τὰ φαινόμενα ὡς ἐν βραχέσιν οὕτω λύειν πειρασόμεθα, ὑπομνησθέντες καὶ τοῦ »Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ »αἰρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου«, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐν τῷ πάσχα »Ἀπὸ τῶν »ἀμνῶν, φησί, καὶ τῶν ἐρίφων λήψεσθε«.
nyn de hōs en epitomę̄ dia tēn prokeimenēn lexin tauta parathemenoi, ta phainomena hōs en brachesin houtō lyein peirasometha, hypomnēsthentes kai tou »Houtos estin ho amnos tou theou ho »airōn tēn hamartian tou kosmou«, epei kai en tǭ pascha »Apo tōn »amnōn, phēsi, kai tōn eriphōn lēpsesthe«.
For now, having set out these things briefly because of the present text, we shall try to resolve the apparent difficulties in a few words, recalling also “This is the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world,” since at the Passover too, “From the lambs,” he says, “and from the kids you shall take it.”
10.98Preuschen 4:187
δόξει γὰρ καὶ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς συνᾴδων τῷ Παύλῳ τοιαύταις ἐνέχεσθαι τῶν ἐξητασμένων ἀπορίαις.
doxei gar kai ho euangelistēs synądōn tǭ Paulǭ toiautais enechesthai tōn exētasmenōn aporiais.
For the evangelist too, agreeing with Paul, will seem to be caught in the same difficulties we have examined.
10.99Preuschen 4:187–188
λεκτέον δὲ ὅτι εἰ ὁ λόγος γέγονε σὰρξ καί φησιν ὁ κύριος· »Ἐὰν μὴ φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ »τὸ αἷμα, οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἶμα ἔχει ζωὴν ἀιώνιον, κἀγὼ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ »ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ· ἡ γὰρ σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστιν βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά »μου ἀληθής ἐστιν πόσις. ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ«, μήποτε αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ σὰρξ τοῦ αἴροντος τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου ἀμνοῦ, καὶ τοῦτʼ ἔστιν τὸ αἷμα ἀφʼ οὗ τιθέναι δεῖ ἐπὶ τῶν δύο σταθμῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν φλιὰν ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις, ἐν οἷς ἐσθίομεν τὸ πάσχα, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν τοῦ ἀμνοῦ τούτου δεῖ φαγεῖν κρεῶν ἐν τῷ τοῦ κόσμου χρόνῳ, ὅς ἐστιν νύξ· ὀπτὰ δὲ τὰ κρέα πυρὶ βρωτέον μετὰ τοῦ ἀπὸ ἀζύμων ἄρτου· ὁ γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος οὐ μόνον ἐστὶ σάρξ· φησὶ γοῦν· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος »τῆς ζωῆς« καὶ »Οὑτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνων »ἵνα τις ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ. ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν »ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς· ἐάν τις φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου ζήσει »εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα«.
lekteon de hoti ei ho logos gegone sarx kai phēsin ho kyrios; »Ean mē phagēte tēn sarka tou huiou tou anthrōpou kai piēte autou »to haima, ouk echete zōēn en heautois. ho trōgōn mou tēn sarka kai pinōn mou to aima echei zōēn aiōnion, kagō anastēsō auton en tę̄ »eschatę̄ hēmerą; hē gar sarx mou alēthēs estin brōsis, kai to haima »mou alēthēs estin posis. ho trōgōn mou tēn sarka kai pinōn mou to haima en emoi menei kagō en autǭ«, mēpote hautē estin hē sarx tou airontos tēn hamartian tou kosmou amnou, kai toutʼ estin to haima aphʼ hou tithenai dei epi tōn dyo stathmōn, kai epi tēn phlian en tois oikois, en hois esthiomen to pascha, kai apo tōn tou amnou toutou dei phagein kreōn en tǭ tou kosmou chronǭ, hos estin nyx; opta de ta krea pyri brōteon meta tou apo azymōn artou; ho gar tou theou logos ou monon esti sarx; phēsi goun; »Egō eimi ho artos »tēs zōēs« kai »Houtos estin ho artos ho ek tou ouranou katabainōn »hina tis ex autou phagę̄ kai mē apothanę̄. egō eimi ho artos ho zōn »ho ek tou ouranou katabas; ean tis phagę̄ ek toutou tou artou zēsei »eis ton aiōna«.
We must say that if the Word became flesh, and the Lord says, “Unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you have no life in yourselves. He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood has eternal life, and I will raise him up on the last day. For my flesh is true food, and my blood is true drink. He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood abides in me and I in him,” perhaps this is the flesh of the Lamb who takes away the sin of the world, and this is the blood some of which must be put on the two doorposts and on the lintel in the houses in which we eat the Passover. And we must eat of the flesh of this lamb in the time of the world, which is night; and the flesh must be eaten roasted with fire, with unleavened bread. For the Word of God is not only flesh; he says, at any rate, “I am the bread of life,” and “This is the bread that comes down from heaven, so that one may eat of it and not die. I am the living bread that came down from heaven; if anyone eats of this bread he will live forever.”
10.100Preuschen 4:188
οὐκ ἀγνοητέον μέντοι γε ὅτι πᾶσα τροφὴ καταχρηστικώτερον ἄρτος λέγεται, ὡς ἐπὶ Μωϋσέως ἐν τῷ Δευτερονομίῳ γέγραπται· »Τεσσεράκοντα ἡμέρας ἄρτον οὐκ ἔφαγεν καὶ ὕδωρ οὐκ »ἔπιεν«· ἀντὶ τοῦ· οὔτε ξηρᾶς οὔτε ὑγρᾶς μετείληφεν τροφῆς.
ouk agnoēteon mentoi ge hoti pasa trophē katachrēstikōteron artos legetai, hōs epi Mōÿseōs en tǭ Deuteronomiǭ gegraptai; »Tesserakonta hēmeras arton ouk ephagen kai hydōr ouk »epien«; anti tou; oute xēras oute hygras meteilēphen trophēs.
We must not be unaware, however, that all food is loosely called bread, as is written of Moses in Deuteronomy: “For forty days he did not eat bread or drink water,” instead of: he took neither dry nor liquid food.
10.101Preuschen 4:188
τοῦτο δέ μοι τετήρηται διὰ τὸ καὶ ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ἰωάννην λέγεσθαι· »Καὶ ὁ »ἄρτος δέ, ὃν ἐγὼ δώσω, ἡ σάρξ μού ἐστιν ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς«.
touto de moi tetērētai dia to kai en tǭ kata Iōannēn legesthai; »Kai ho »artos de, hon egō dōsō, hē sarx mou estin hyper tēs tou kosmou zōēs«.
I have noted this because it is also said in John: “And the bread that I will give is my flesh, for the life of the world.”
10.102Preuschen 4:188
ἤτοι δὲ διὰ τὰς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν ἡμῶν μετανοίας τὴν κατὰ θεὸν λύπην λυπούμενοι, μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἀμεταμέλητον ἡμῖν ἐργαζομένην, ἐπὶ πικρίδων ἐσθίομεν τὰ κρέα τοῦ ἀμνοῦ καὶ τὰ ἄζυμα, ἢ διὰ τὰς βασάνους ζητοῦντες καὶ τρεφόμενοι ἀπὸ τῶν εὑρισκομένων τῆς ἀληθείας θεωρημάτων.
ētoi de dia tas epi tois hamartēmasin hēmōn metanoias tēn kata theon lypēn lypoumenoi, metanoian eis sōtērian ametamelēton hēmin ergazomenēn, epi pikridōn esthiomen ta krea tou amnou kai ta azyma, ē dia tas basanous zētountes kai trephomenoi apo tōn heuriskomenōn tēs alētheias theōrēmatōn.
Either, grieving with godly grief through repentance for our sins, a grief that produces for us a repentance to salvation without regret, we eat the flesh of the lamb and the unleavened bread with bitter herbs; or [we do so] seeking through trials, and being nourished by the contemplations of truth that we find.
10.103Preuschen 4:188
Οὐκ ὠμὴν οὖν βρωτέον τὴν σάρκα τοῦ ἀμνοῦ, ὥσπερ ποιοῦσιν οἱ τῆς λέξεως δοῦλοι τρόπον ἀλόγων ζῴων καὶ ἀποτεθηριωμένων, πρὸς τοὺς ἀληθῶς λογικοὺς διὰ τοῦ συνιέναι βούλεσθαι τὰ πνευματικὰ λόγου, μεταλαμβάνοντες θηρίων ἀπηγριωμένων.
Ouk ōmēn oun brōteon tēn sarka tou amnou, hōsper poiousin hoi tēs lexeōs douloi tropon alogōn zǭōn kai apotethēriōmenōn, pros tous alēthōs logikous dia tou synienai boulesthai ta pneumatika logou, metalambanontes thēriōn apēgriōmenōn.
The flesh of the lamb must not, then, be eaten raw, as those who are slaves of the letter do, in the manner of irrational and bestial animals, partaking like savage beasts, in contrast to those truly rational through wishing to understand the spiritual things of the Word.
10.104Preuschen 4:188
φιλοτιμητέον δὲ τώ εἰς ἔψησιν μεταλαμβάνοντι τὸ ὠμὸν τῆς γραφῆς μὴ ἐπὶ τὸ πλαδαρώτερον καὶ ὑδαρέστερον καὶ ἐκλελυμένον μεταλαμβάνειν τὰ γεγραμμένα, ὅπερ ποιοῦσιν οἱ »κνηθόμενοι τὴν ἀκοὴν καὶ ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας« ἀποστρέφοντες αὐτήν, ἐπὶ δὲ τὸ ἀνειμένον καὶ ὑδαρέστερον τῆς πολιτείας μεταλαμβάνοντες τὰς κατʼ αὐτοὺς ἀναγωγάς.
philotimēteon de tō eis epsēsin metalambanonti to ōmon tēs graphēs mē epi to pladarōteron kai hydaresteron kai eklelymenon metalambanein ta gegrammena, hoper poiousin hoi »knēthomenoi tēn akoēn kai apo men tēs alētheias« apostrephontes autēn, epi de to aneimenon kai hydaresteron tēs politeias metalambanontes tas katʼ autous anagōgas.
And one who changes the rawness of Scripture by boiling must take care not to change what is written into something flabby, watery, and slack, as do those who, “having itching ears,” turn them away “from the truth,” and change their own interpretations toward what is relaxed and watery in conduct.
10.105Preuschen 4:188–189
ἡμεῖς δὲ τῷ ζέοντι πνεύματι, καὶ τοῖς διδομένοις ὑπὸ θεοῦ διαπύροις λόγοις, ὁποίους Ἱερεμίας εἰλήφει ἀπὸ τοῦ λέγοντος πρὸς αὐτόν· »Ἰδοὺ »δέδωκα τοὺς λόγους μου εἰς τὸ στόμα σου πῦρ«, ὀπτὰ ποιήσωμεν τὰ κρέα τοῦ ἀμνοῦ, ὥστε τοὺς μεταλαμβάνοντας αὐτῶν λέγειν, Χριστοῦ έν ἡμῖν λαλοῦντος, ὅτι »Ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, »ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς«. † εἰς δὲ τὸ τοιοῦτον ἡμᾶς ζητῆσαι πυρὶ ὀπτῆσαι δὲ ἤξει † τὰ τοῦ ἀμνοῦ κρέα, παραθετέον τὴν ὁμολογίαν οὗ ἐπεπόνθει ἐπὶ τοῖς λόγοις τοῦ θεοῦ πάθους Ἱερεμίας λέγων· »Καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς πῦρ καιόμενον, φλέγον έν τοῖς ὀστέοις μου, καὶ παρεῖμαι πάντοθεν καὶ οὐ δύναμαι φέρειν‘.
hēmeis de tǭ zeonti pneumati, kai tois didomenois hypo theou diapyrois logois, hopoious Hieremias eilēphei apo tou legontos pros auton; »Idou »dedōka tous logous mou eis to stoma sou pyr«, opta poiēsōmen ta krea tou amnou, hōste tous metalambanontas autōn legein, Christou en hēmin lalountos, hoti »Hē kardia hēmōn kaiomenē ēn en tę̄ hodǭ, »hōs diēnoigen hēmin tas graphas«. † eis de to toiouton hēmas zētēsai pyri optēsai de ēxei † ta tou amnou krea, paratheteon tēn homologian hou epeponthei epi tois logois tou theou pathous Hieremias legōn; »Kai egeneto hōs pyr kaiomenon, phlegon en tois osteois mou, kai pareimai pantothen kai ou dynamai pherein‘.
But let us, with fervent spirit and with the fiery words given by God, such as Jeremiah had received from the one who said to him, “Behold, I have put my words in your mouth as fire,” roast the flesh of the lamb, so that those who partake of it may say, Christ speaking in us, “Our heart was burning on the way as he opened the Scriptures to us.” … To show how we must seek to roast with fire the flesh of the lamb, we must set out the confession of what Jeremiah had suffered at the words of God, saying, “And it became like a burning fire, flaming in my bones, and I am weakened on all sides and cannot bear it.”
10.106Preuschen 4:189
ἀρκτέον ἐν τῷ ἐσθίειν ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς, τουτέστιν τῶν κορυφαιοτάτων καὶ ἀρχικῶν δογμάτων περὶ τῶν ἐπουρανίων, καὶ καταληκτέον ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας, τὰ ἔσχατα τῶν μαθημάτων τὰ ζητοῦντα περὶ τῆς τελευταίας ἐν τοῖς οὐσιν φύσεως, ἤτοι τῶν ὑλικωτέρων ἢ τῶν καταχθονίων ἢ τῶν πονηρῶν πνευμάτων καὶ ἀκαθάρτων δαιμονίων.
arkteon en tǭ esthiein apo tēs kephalēs, toutestin tōn koryphaiotatōn kai archikōn dogmatōn peri tōn epouraniōn, kai katalēkteon epi tous podas, ta eschata tōn mathēmatōn ta zētounta peri tēs teleutaias en tois ousin physeōs, ētoi tōn hylikōterōn ē tōn katachthoniōn ē tōn ponērōn pneumatōn kai akathartōn daimoniōn.
In eating we must begin from the head, that is, from the highest and first doctrines about heavenly things, and end at the feet, the last of the teachings, which inquire into the lowest nature among beings: either the more material things, or those under the earth, or the evil spirits and unclean demons.
10.107Preuschen 4:189
ὁ γὰρ περὶ αὐτῶν λόγος, ἕτερος ὢν αὐτῶν, ἐναποκείμενος τοῖς μυστηρίοις τῆς γραφῆς δύναται τροπικώτερον »πόδες« ὠνομάσθαι τοῦ ἀμνοῦ. καὶ τῶν ἐνδοσθίων δὲ καὶ ἐσωτερικῶν καὶ ἀποκεκρυμμένων οὐκ ἀφεκτέον· ὡς ἑνὶ δὲ σώματι τῇ πάσῃ προσελθετέον γραφῇ, καὶ τὰς ἐν τῇ ἁρμονίᾳ τῆς πάσης συνθέσεως αὐτῆς εὐτονωτάτας καὶ στερροτάτας συνοχὰς οὐ συντριπτέον οὐδὲ διακοπτέον, ὅπερ πεποιήκασιν οἱ τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ ἐν πάσαις ταῖς γραφαῖς πνεύματος τὸ ὅσον ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς συντρίβοντες.
ho gar peri autōn logos, heteros ōn autōn, enapokeimenos tois mystēriois tēs graphēs dynatai tropikōteron »podes« ōnomasthai tou amnou. kai tōn endosthiōn de kai esōterikōn kai apokekrymmenōn ouk aphekteon; hōs heni de sōmati tę̄ pasę̄ proseltheteon graphę̄, kai tas en tę̄ harmonią tēs pasēs syntheseōs autēs eutonōtatas kai sterrotatas synochas ou syntripteon oude diakopteon, hoper pepoiēkasin hoi tēn henotēta tou en pasais tais graphais pneumatos to hoson epʼ autois syntribontes.
For the account about them, being other than they, stored in the mysteries of Scripture, can figuratively be called the “feet” of the lamb. And we must not abstain from the entrails, the inward and hidden things; but we must approach the whole Scripture as one body, and not break or cut the strongest and firmest joints in the harmony of its whole composition, as those have done who, as far as lies in them, break the unity of the Spirit that is in all the Scriptures.
10.108Preuschen 4:189
αὕτη μέντοι γε ἡ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀμνοῦ προειρημένη προφητεία τὴν νύκτα μόνην ἡμᾶς τρεφέτω τοῦ ἐν τῷ βίῳ σκότους· ἕως γὰρ τῆς ἀνατολῆς τῆς ἡμέρας τῶν μετὰ τὸν βίον τοῦτον οὐδὲν καταλειπτέον ἔσται ἡμῖν τῆς ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος μόνου χρησίμου ἡμῖν οὕτω τροφῆς.
hautē mentoi ge hē apo tou amnou proeirēmenē prophēteia tēn nykta monēn hēmas trephetō tou en tǭ biǭ skotous; heōs gar tēs anatolēs tēs hēmeras tōn meta ton bion touton ouden kataleipteon estai hēmin tēs epi tou parontos monou chrēsimou hēmin houtō trophēs.
This prophecy spoken from the lamb, however, should nourish us only during the night of darkness in this life; for until the dawning of the day after this life nothing of this food, useful to us only for the present, is to be left over.
10.109Preuschen 4:189
παρελθούσης γὰρ τῆς νυκτὸς καὶ ἐπελθούσης τῆς μετὰ ταῦτα ἡμέρας, τὸν μηδαμῶς ἀπὸ τῶν παλαιοτέρων καὶ κάτωθεν ζυμούντων ἄζυμον ἔχοντες ἄρτον φαγόμεθα, χρήσιμον ἡμῖν ἐσόμενον, ἕως δοθῇ τὸ μετὰ τὸν ἄζυμον μάννα, ἡ ἀγγελικὴ καὶ μὴ ἀνθρωπίνη τροφή. ἑκάστῳ τοίνυν ἡμῶν θυέσθω τὸ πρόβατον ἐν παντὶ οἴκῳ πατριᾶς ἡμῶν, καὶ δυνατὸν ἔστω τόνδε μέν τινα παρανομεῖν μὴ θύοντα τὸ πρόβατον, τόνδε > πᾶσαν φυλάττειν τὴν ἐντολὴν θύοντα καὶ περιέψοντα καὶ ὀστέον αὐτοῦ μὴ συντρίβοντα.
parelthousēs gar tēs nyktos kai epelthousēs tēs meta tauta hēmeras, ton mēdamōs apo tōn palaioterōn kai katōthen zymountōn azymon echontes arton phagometha, chrēsimon hēmin esomenon, heōs dothę̄ to meta ton azymon manna, hē angelikē kai mē anthrōpinē trophē. hekastǭ toinyn hēmōn thyesthō to probaton en panti oikǭ patrias hēmōn, kai dynaton estō tonde men tina paranomein mē thyonta to probaton, tonde > pasan phylattein tēn entolēn thyonta kai periepsonta kai osteon autou mē syntribonta.
For when the night has passed and the following day has come, we shall eat unleavened bread, with no leaven at all from older things and from below, which will be useful to us until the manna after the unleavened bread is given, the food of angels and not of human beings. Let the sheep, then, be sacrificed for each of us in every house of our fathers; and let it be possible that one person transgresses by not sacrificing the sheep, while another keeps the whole commandment, sacrificing it, roasting it, and not breaking a bone of it.
10.110Preuschen 4:189
καὶ οὕτως ὡς ἐν βραχέσι, συμφώνως τῇ ἀποστολικῇ ἐκδοχῇ καὶ τῷ ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ἀμνῷ ἀποδιδόσθω τὸ τυθὲν πάσχα Χριστός. οὐ γὰρ νομιστέον τὰ ἱστορικὰ ἱστορικῶν εἶναι τύπους καὶ τὰ σωματικὰ σωματικῶν, ἀλλὰ τὰ σωματικὰ πνευματικῶν καὶ τά ἱστορικὰ νοητῶν.
kai houtōs hōs en brachesi, symphōnōs tę̄ apostolikę̄ ekdochę̄ kai tǭ en tǭ euangeliǭ amnǭ apodidosthō to tythen pascha Christos. ou gar nomisteon ta historika historikōn einai typous kai ta sōmatika sōmatikōn, alla ta sōmatika pneumatikōn kai ta historika noētōn.
And thus, briefly, in agreement with the apostle's interpretation and with the lamb in the Gospel, let the sacrificed Passover be explained as Christ. For we must not think that historical things are types of historical things and bodily of bodily, but bodily things of spiritual and historical of intelligible.
10.111Preuschen 4:189
ἀναβῆναι τῷ λόγῳ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ τρίτον πάσχα ἐπιτελεσθησόμενον ἐν μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων πανηγύρει τελειοτάτῃ καὶ μακαριωτάτῃ ἐξόδῳ, νῦν οὐκ ἔστιν ἀναγκαῖον, καὶ τούτων ἐπιπλεῖον καὶ περισσότερον παρʼ ὅ ἀπῄτει τὸ ἀνάγνωσμα εἰρημένων ἡμῖν.
anabēnai tǭ logǭ kai epi to triton pascha epitelesthēsomenon en myriasin angelōn panēgyrei teleiotatę̄ kai makariōtatę̄ exodǭ, nyn ouk estin anankaion, kai toutōn epipleion kai perissoteron parʼ ho apę̄tei to anagnōsma eirēmenōn hēmin.
To ascend in the argument also to the third Passover, which will be kept in the festal gathering of myriads of angels, in a most perfect and most blessed exodus, is not now necessary, especially since we have said more about these things, and at greater length, than the reading required.
10.112Preuschen 4:189
Οὐκ ἀζήτητον δὲ οὐδὲ ἐατέον πῶς Μὺς ἦν τὸ πάσχα »τῶν Ἰουδαίων«, ὅτε ἦν ὁ κύριος ἅμα τῇ μητρὶ καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐν τῇ Καφαρναούμ.
Ouk azētēton de oude eateon pōs Mys ēn to pascha »tōn Ioudaiōn«, hote ēn ho kyrios hama tę̄ mētri kai tois adelphois kai tois mathētais en tę̄ Kapharnaoum.
But we must not leave uninvestigated how the Passover “of the Jews” was near when the Lord was in Capernaum with his mother, his brothers, and his disciples.
10.113Preuschen 4:189–190
ἐν μὲν οὖν τῷ κατὰ Ματ- θαῖον, ἀφεθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου, τῶν ἀγγέλων προσελθόντων καὶ διακονούντων αὐτῷ, ἀκούσας Ἰωάννην παραδεδόσθαι »ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς »τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ καταλιπὼν τὴν Ναζαρὰ ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς »Καφαρναούμ«. ἔπειτα ἀρξάμενος κηρύσσειν καὶ ἐκλεξάμενος τοὺς τέσσαρας ἁλιεῖς ἀποστόλους, διδάξας τε ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ὅλης τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ θεραπεύσας τοὺς προσενεχθέντας αὐτῷ ἀνέρχεται εἰς τὸ ὄρος καὶ λέγει τοὺς μακαρισμοὺς καὶ τὰ ἐχόμενα αὐτῶν· τελέσας δὲ ἐκείνην τὴν διδασκαλίαν, καταβὰς ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους ἐσέρχεταί εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ δεύτερον, κἀκεῖθεν δὲ ἐμβὰς εἰς πλοῖον περᾷ εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γεργεσηνῶν· παρακληθείς τε μεταβῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν, »ἐμβὰς εἰς πλοῖον διεπέρασεν καὶ ἠλθεν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν«. ἔνθα θεραπείας ἐπιτελέσας τινὰς »περιῆγεν τὰς πόλεις πάσας καὶ τὰς »κώμας, διδάσκων έν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν«·
en men oun tǭ kata Mat- thaion, aphetheis hypo tou diabolou, tōn angelōn proselthontōn kai diakonountōn autǭ, akousas Iōannēn paradedosthai »anechōrēsen eis »tēn Galilaian, kai katalipōn tēn Nazara elthōn katǭkēsen eis »Kapharnaoum«. epeita arxamenos kēryssein kai eklexamenos tous tessaras halieis apostolous, didaxas te en tais synagōgais holēs tēs Galilaias kai therapeusas tous prosenechthentas autǭ anerchetai eis to oros kai legei tous makarismous kai ta echomena autōn; telesas de ekeinēn tēn didaskalian, katabas ek tou orous eserchetai eis Kapharnaoum deuteron, kakeithen de embas eis ploion perą eis tēn chōran tōn Gergesēnōn; paraklētheis te metabēnai apo tōn horiōn autōn, »embas eis ploion dieperasen kai ēlthen eis tēn idian polin«. entha therapeias epitelesas tinas »periēgen tas poleis pasas kai tas »kōmas, didaskōn en tais synagōgais autōn«;
In Matthew, after he was left by the devil and the angels came and ministered to him, hearing that John had been handed over “he withdrew into Galilee, and leaving Nazareth he came and settled in Capernaum.” Then, having begun to preach and having chosen the four fishermen as apostles, having taught in the synagogues of all Galilee and healed those brought to him, he goes up on the mountain and speaks the beatitudes and what follows them. Having finished that teaching, he comes down from the mountain and enters Capernaum a second time, and from there, embarking in a boat, he crosses to the country of the Gergesenes; and, being asked to leave their borders, “getting into a boat he crossed over and came to his own city.” There, having performed some healings, “he went about all the cities and villages, teaching in their synagogues.”
10.114Preuschen 4:190
καὶ ἄλλα δὲ πλεῖστα μετὰ ταῦτα γίνεται πρὶν ἐπισημειώσασθαι τὸν Ματθαῖον τὸν τοῦ πάσχα καιρόν. καὶ παρὰ τοῖς λοιποῖς δὲ εὐαγγελισταῖς μετὰ τὴν ἐν τῇ Καφαρναοὺμ διατριβὴν οὐχ εὑρίσκεται ἐγγὺς τὸ πάσχα εἶναι λεγόμενον.
kai alla de pleista meta tauta ginetai prin episēmeiōsasthai ton Matthaion ton tou pascha kairon. kai para tois loipois de euangelistais meta tēn en tę̄ Kapharnaoum diatribēn ouch heurisketai engys to pascha einai legomenon.
And very many other things happen after this before Matthew notes the time of the Passover. And in the other evangelists, after the stay in Capernaum, the Passover is not found said to be near.
10.115Preuschen 4:190
σῶσαι τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἔστιν ἐννοήσαντα περὶ τῆς Καφαρναοὺμ εἰρημένα ἡμῖν ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτω ν. † ἐνδιατριβὴ πλησίον τυγχάνει τοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων πάσχα, ὀλίγῳ βελτιουμένη παρʼ αὐτὸ καὶ κρείττων αὐτοῦ τυγχάνουσα, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπεὶ ἐν τώ πάσχα τῶν Ἰουδαίων εὑρίσκονται ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ οἱ πωλοῦντες τοὺς βόας καὶ τὰ πρόβατα καὶ τὰς περιστεράς· διʼ οὓς ἔτι μᾶλλον πρόκειται μὴ τοῦ κυρίου ἀλλὰ τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἶναι τὸ πάσχα· ὡς γαρ ο οἶκος του πατρος γέγονεν οἰκὸς ἐμπορίου παρα τοῖς μη αγιαζουσιν αὐτόν, οὕτω καὶ τὸ πάσχα κυρίου ἀνθρώπινον καὶ Ἰουδαϊκὸν πάσχα παρὰ τοῖς ταπεινότερον καὶ σωματικώτερον αὐτὸ ἐκδεξαμένοις.
sōsai to boulēma tōn andrōn estin ennoēsanta peri tēs Kapharnaoum eirēmena hēmin en tois pro toutō n. † endiatribē plēsion tynchanei tou tōn Ioudaiōn pascha, oligǭ beltioumenē parʼ auto kai kreittōn autou tynchanousa, kai malista epei en tō pascha tōn Ioudaiōn heuriskontai en tǭ hierǭ hoi pōlountes tous boas kai ta probata kai tas peristeras; diʼ hous eti mallon prokeitai mē tou kyriou alla tōn Ioudaiōn einai to pascha; hōs gar o oikos tou patros gegonen oikos emporiou para tois mē agiazousin auton, houtō kai to pascha kyriou anthrōpinon kai Ioudaïkon pascha para tois tapeinoteron kai sōmatikōteron auto ekdexamenois.
One can preserve the intention of these men by considering what we said earlier about Capernaum. … the stay is near to the Passover of the Jews, being a little better than it and superior to it; and especially since at the Passover of the Jews those selling oxen, sheep, and doves are found in the temple, on whose account it is all the more fitting that the Passover be not the Lord's but the Jews'. For as the house of the Father became a house of trade among those who did not sanctify it, so also the Lord's Passover becomes a human and Jewish Passover among those who understood it in a lower and more bodily way.
10.116Preuschen 4:190
εὐκαιρότερον δὲ έν ἄλλοις ἔσται ἰδεῖν καὶ τὰ περὶ τοῦ χρόνου τοῦ πάσχα, περὶ τὴν ἐαρινὴν ἰσημερίαν γινομένου, καὶ εἴ τι ἔντερον ἀπαιτεῖ τὸ πρόβλημα ἐπεξεργάσασθαι.
eukairoteron de en allois estai idein kai ta peri tou chronou tou pascha, peri tēn earinēn isēmerian ginomenou, kai ei ti enteron apaitei to problēma epexergasasthai.
It will be more timely elsewhere to consider also what concerns the time of the Passover, which falls around the spring equinox, and whether the problem requires anything further to be worked out.
10.117Preuschen 4:190–191
Ὁ μέντοι γε Ἡρακλέων· Αὕτη, φησίν, ἡ μεγάλη ἑορτὴ τοῦ γὰρ πάθους τοῦ σωτῆρος τύπος ἦν, ὅτε οὐ μόνον ἀνῃρεῖτο τὸ πρόβατον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνάπαυσιν παρεῖχεν ἐσθιόμενον, καὶ θυόμενον μὲν τὸ πάθος τοῦ τὸ ἐν κόσμῳ ἐσήμαινεν, ἐσθιόμενον δὲ τὴν ἀνάπαυσιν τὴν ἐν γάμω.
Ho mentoi ge Hērakleōn; Hautē, phēsin, hē megalē heortē tou gar pathous tou sōtēros typos ēn, hote ou monon anę̄reito to probaton, alla kai anapausin pareichen esthiomenon, kai thyomenon men to pathos tou to en kosmǭ esēmainen, esthiomenon de tēn anapausin tēn en gamō.
Heracleon, however, says: “This is the great feast; for it was a type of the Savior's passion, when the sheep was not only killed but, being eaten, also provided rest; being sacrificed it signified the passion of the [Savior] in the world, and being eaten, the rest in the marriage.”
10.118Preuschen 4:191
παρεθέμεθα δὲ αὐτοῦ τὴν λέξιν, τὸ ὡς ἐν τηλικούτοις ἐναστρέφειν τὸν ἄνδρα παρερριμμένως καὶ ὑδαρῶς μετὰ μηδενὸς κατασκευαστικοῦ θεωρήσαντες μᾶλλον αὐτοῦ καταφρονησωμεν. Καὶ ἀνέβη Ἱεροσόλυμα Ἰησοῦς, καὶ εὗρεν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς καὶ τοὺς κερματιστὰς καθημένους, καὶ ποιήσας φραγέλλιον ἐκ σχοινίων ἐξέβαλεν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ τά τε πρόβατα καὶ τοὺς βόας, καὶ τῶν κολλυβιστῶν ἐξέχεεν τὰ κέρματα καὶ τὰς τραπίζας ἀνέστρεψεν, καὶ τοῖς τὰς περιστερὰς πωλοῦσιν εἶπεν· Ἇρατε ταῦτα ἐντεῦθεν, μὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πάτρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου. τότε ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι γεγραμμένον ἐστίν· Ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ οἴκου σου καταφάγεταί με.
parethemetha de autou tēn lexin, to hōs en tēlikoutois enastrephein ton andra parerrimmenōs kai hydarōs meta mēdenos kataskeuastikou theōrēsantes mallon autou kataphronēsōmen. Kai anebē Hierosolyma Iēsous, kai heuren en tǭ hierǭ tous pōlountas boas kai probata kai peristeras kai tous kermatistas kathēmenous, kai poiēsas phragellion ek schoiniōn exebalen ek tou hierou ta te probata kai tous boas, kai tōn kollybistōn execheen ta kermata kai tas trapizas anestrepsen, kai tois tas peristeras pōlousin eipen; Harate tauta enteuthen, mē poieite ton oikon tou patros mou oikon emporiou. tote emnēsthēsan hoi mathētai autou hoti gegrammenon estin; Ho zēlos tou oikou sou kataphagetai me.
We have set out his words so that, seeing the man handle such great matters carelessly and weakly, with nothing to support them, we may rather despise him. [John 2:14–17:] “And Jesus went up to Jerusalem, and found in the temple those selling oxen and sheep and doves, and the money-changers sitting there; and having made a whip of cords, he drove out of the temple both the sheep and the oxen, and poured out the coins of the money-changers and overturned their tables; and to those selling doves he said, Take these things away from here; do not make my Father's house a house of trade. Then his disciples remembered that it is written, Zeal for your house will consume me.”
10.119Preuschen 4:191
. Σημειωτέον ὅτι ὁ μὲν Ἰωάννης δεύτερον ἔργον τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἀναγράφει τὸ περὶ τῶν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ εὑρεθέντων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πωλούντων βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστεράς, οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ σχεδὸν πρὸς τῷ τέλει ἐπὶ τῆς κατὰ τὸ πάθος οἰκονομίας τὸ παραπλήσιον ποιοῦσιν· ὁ μὲν Ματθαῖος οὕτως·
. Sēmeiōteon hoti ho men Iōannēs deuteron ergon tou Iēsou anagraphei to peri tōn en tǭ hierǭ heurethentōn hypʼ autou pōlountōn boas kai probata kai peristeras, hoi de loipoi schedon pros tǭ telei epi tēs kata to pathos oikonomias to paraplēsion poiousin; ho men Matthaios houtōs;
It must be noted that John records as Jesus' second work the episode of those he found in the temple selling oxen, sheep, and doves, whereas the others place something similar almost at the end, at the dispensation of the passion. Matthew thus:
10.120Preuschen 4:191
»Καὶ εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς Ἱε »ροσόλυμα ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις λέγουσα· Τίς ἐστιν οὗτος; οἱ δὲ » ὄχλοι ἔλεγον· Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ προφήτης Ἰησοῦς, ὁ ἀπὸ Ναςαρὲτ τῆς »Γαλιλαίας. καὶ εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ ἐξέβαλλε πάντας τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, καὶ τὰς τραπέζας »τῶν κολλυβιστῶν κατέστρεψε καὶ τὰς καθέδρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς »περιστεράς. καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· Γέγραπται· Ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσ »ευχῇς κληθήσεται, ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν«. ὁ δὲ Μάρκος· »Καὶ ὲ́ρχονται εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα.
»Kai eiselthontos autou eis Hie »rosolyma eseisthē pasa hē polis legousa; Tis estin houtos? hoi de » ochloi elegon; Houtos estin ho prophētēs Iēsous, ho apo Nasaret tēs »Galilaias. kai eisēlthen Iēsous eis to hieron kai exeballe pantas tous pōlountas kai agorazontas en tǭ hierǭ, kai tas trapezas »tōn kollybistōn katestrepse kai tas kathedras tōn pōlountōn tas »peristeras. kai legei autois; Gegraptai; Ho oikos mou oikos pros »euchę̄s klēthēsetai, hymeis de auton poieite spēlaion lę̄stōn«. ho de Markos; »Kai erchontai eis Hierosolyma.
“And when he entered Jerusalem, the whole city was stirred, saying, Who is this? And the crowds said, This is the prophet Jesus, from Nazareth of Galilee. And Jesus entered the temple and drove out all who sold and bought in the temple, and overturned the tables of the money-changers and the seats of those who sold doves. And he says to them, It is written, My house shall be called a house of prayer, but you make it a den of robbers.” And Mark: “And they come to Jerusalem.
10.121Preuschen 4:191
καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν »ἤρξατο ἐκβαλεῖν τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, καὶ »τὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυβιστῶν ἀνέστρεψεν καὶ τὰς καθέδρας τῶν »πωλούντων τὰς περιστεράς, καὶ οὐκ ἤφιεν ἕνα τις διενέγκῃ σκεῦος »διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ· καὶ ἐδίδασκε καὶ ελεγεν αὐτοῖς· Οὐ γέγραπται ὅτι Ὁ »οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν;
kai eiselthōn eis to hieron »ērxato ekbalein tous pōlountas kai agorazontas en tǭ hierǭ, kai »tas trapezas tōn kollybistōn anestrepsen kai tas kathedras tōn »pōlountōn tas peristeras, kai ouk ēphien hena tis dienenkę̄ skeuos »dia tou hierou; kai edidaske kai elegen autois; Ou gegraptai hoti Ho »oikos mou oikos proseuchēs klēthēsetai pasin tois ethnesin?
And entering the temple he began to drive out those who sold and bought in the temple, and he overturned the tables of the money-changers and the seats of those who sold doves, and he would not allow anyone to carry a vessel through the temple. And he taught and said to them, Is it not written, My house shall be called a house of prayer for all the nations?
10.122Preuschen 4:191–192
ὑμεῖς δὲ »πεποιήκατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν( ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς· Καὶ ὡς ἤγγι »σεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλιν ἔκλαυσεν ἐπʼ αὐτήν, λέγων ὅτι Εἰ ἔγνως ἐν τῇ » ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ καὶ σὺ τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην· νῦν δὲ ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλ. »μῶν σου. ὅτι ἤξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ περικυκλώσουσιν καὶ σε πάντοθεν, καὶ ἐδαφιοῦσί σε καὶ τὰ τέκνα σου, καὶ οὐκ ἀφή- »σουσι λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον ἐν σοί, ἀνθʼ ὡν οὐκ ἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς »ἐπισκοπῆς σου. καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς »πωλοῦντας λέγων αὐτοῖς· Γέγραπται· Καὶ ἔσται ὁ οἰκος μου οἶκος προσευχῆς, ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν«.
hymeis de »pepoiēkate auton spēlaion lę̄stōn( ho de Loukas; Kai hōs ēngi »sen, idōn tēn polin eklausen epʼ autēn, legōn hoti Ei egnōs en tę̄ » hēmerą tautę̄ kai sy ta pros eirēnēn; nyn de ekrybē apo ophthal. »mōn sou. hoti ēxousin hēmerai epi se kai perikyklōsousin kai se pantothen, kai edaphiousi se kai ta tekna sou, kai ouk aphē- »sousi lithon epi lithon en soi, anthʼ hōn ouk egnōs ton kairon tēs »episkopēs sou. kai eiselthōn eis to hieron ērxato ekballein tous »pōlountas legōn autois; Gegraptai; Kai estai ho oikos mou oikos proseuchēs, hymeis de epoiēsate auton spēlaion lę̄stōn«.
But you have made it a den of robbers.” And Luke: “And when he drew near and saw the city, he wept over it, saying, If you had known on this day, even you, the things that make for peace! But now they are hidden from your eyes. For the days will come upon you when [your enemies] will encircle you and hem you in on every side, and dash you and your children to the ground, and they will not leave one stone upon another in you, because you did not know the time of your visitation. And entering the temple he began to drive out those who sold, saying to them, It is written, And my house shall be a house of prayer, but you have made it a den of robbers.”
10.123Preuschen 4:192
Ἔτι δὲ καὶ τοῦτο παρατηρητέον ὅτι τοῖς εἰρημένοις παρὰ τοῖς τρισὶν ἐπὶ τῇ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀνόδῳ τοῦ κυρίου, καθʼ ἥν ταῦτα πεποίηκεν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, τὰ παραπλήσια ἀνέγραψεν ὁ Ἰωάννης μετὰ πολλὰ γεγονέναι τὰ ἑτέραν αὐτοῦ παρὰ <ταύ>την ἐπιδημίαν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις.
Eti de kai touto paratērēteon hoti tois eirēmenois para tois trisin epi tę̄ eis Hierosolyma anodǭ tou kyriou, kathʼ hēn tauta pepoiēken en tǭ hierǭ, ta paraplēsia anegrapsen ho Iōannēs meta polla gegonenai ta heteran autou para <tau>tēn epidēmian tois Hierosolymois.
This too must be observed: John recorded things similar to what the three say about the Lord's going up to Jerusalem, during which he did these things in the temple, as happening many events earlier, in another visit of his to Jerusalem besides that one.
10.124Preuschen 4:192
οὕτω δὲ κατανοητέον τὰ εἰρημένα, κοὶ πρῶτόν γε τὰ Ματθαίῳ λεγόμενα· »Καὶ ὅτε ἤγγισαν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα καὶ ἠλθεν εἰς » Βηθσφαγῆ πρὸς τὸ ὅρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν, τότε Ἰησοῦς ἀπέστειλεν δύο μαθητάς, λέγων αὐτοῖς· Πορεύεσθε εἰς τὴν κόμην τὴν κατέναντι »ὑμῶν, καὶ εὐθέως εὑρήσετε ὄνον δεδεμένην καὶ πῶλον μετʼ αὐτῆς· »λύσαντες ἀγάγετέ μοι. καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ· Τί † ποιεῖτε; ἐρεῖτε ὅτι Ὁ »κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν ἔχει· εὐθὺς δὲ ἀποστέλλει αὐτούς. τοῦτο δὲ »γέγονεν ἕνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος· Εἴπατε »τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών· Ἰδοὺ ὁ βασιλεύς σου ἔρχεται πραΰς καὶ ἐπιβεβηκὼς »ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ πῶλον ὑποζυγίου. πορευθέντες δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ καὶ ποιήσαντες καθὼς προσέταξεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἤγαγον τὴν ὄνον καὶ τὸν πῶλον καὶ ἐπέθηκαν ἐπʼ αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπεκάθισεν ἐπάνω αὐτῶν. ὁ δὲ πλεῖστος ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ »ὁδῷ. * * * οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι οἱ προάγοντες αὐτὸν καὶ ἀκολουθοῦντες ἔχρα- »ξαν· Ὡσαννὰ τῷ υἱῷ Δαβίδ, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυ- »ρίου· Ὡσαννὰ έν τοῖς ὐψίστοις«.
houtō de katanoēteon ta eirēmena, koi prōton ge ta Matthaiǭ legomena; »Kai hote ēngisan eis Hierosolyma kai ēlthen eis » Bēthsphagē pros to horos tōn elaiōn, tote Iēsous apesteilen dyo mathētas, legōn autois; Poreuesthe eis tēn komēn tēn katenanti »hymōn, kai eutheōs heurēsete onon dedemenēn kai pōlon metʼ autēs; »lysantes agagete moi. kai ean tis hymin eipę̄; Ti † poieite? ereite hoti Ho »kyrios autōn chreian echei; euthys de apostellei autous. touto de »gegonen hena plērōthę̄ to rhēthen dia tou prophētou legontos; Eipate »tę̄ thygatri Siōn; Idou ho basileus sou erchetai praÿs kai epibebēkōs »epi onon kai pōlon hypozygiou. poreuthentes de hoi mathētai kai poiēsantes kathōs prosetaxen autois ho Iēsous, ēgagon tēn onon kai ton pōlon kai epethēkan epʼ autōn ta himatia autōn, kai epekathisen epanō autōn. ho de pleistos ochlos estrōsan heautōn ta himatia en tę̄ »hodǭ. * * * hoi de ochloi hoi proagontes auton kai akolouthountes echra- »xan; Hōsanna tǭ huiǭ Dabid, eulogēmenos ho erchomenos en onomati ky- »riou; Hōsanna en tois ypsistois«.
The passages must be considered thus, and first what Matthew says: “And when they drew near to Jerusalem and came to Bethphage, to the Mount of Olives, then Jesus sent two disciples, saying to them, Go into the village opposite you, and at once you will find a donkey tied and a colt with her; untie them and bring them to me. And if anyone says anything to you, you shall say, The Lord has need of them, and he will send them at once. This took place to fulfill what was spoken by the prophet, saying, Say to the daughter of Zion, Behold, your king comes to you, gentle and mounted on a donkey and on a colt, the foal of a beast of burden. The disciples went and did as Jesus had directed them; they brought the donkey and the colt and put their garments on them, and he sat on them. And most of the crowd spread their own garments on the road … And the crowds that went before him and that followed cried out, Hosanna to the Son of David! Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord! Hosanna in the highest!”
10.125Preuschen 4:192
ἑξῆς δὲ τούτων έστίν· »Καὶ εἰσελ- »θόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις«· ἅτινα παρεθέμεθα ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων.
hexēs de toutōn estin; »Kai eisel- »thontos autou eis Hierosolyma eseisthē pasa hē polis«; hatina parethemetha en tois pro toutōn.
Next after these comes: “And when he entered Jerusalem, the whole city was stirred”; which we set out earlier.
10.126Preuschen 4:192–193
δεύτερα δὲ τὰ Μάρκου· Καὶ ὅτε ἐγγί »ζουσιν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα εἰς Βηθφαγῆ καὶ Βηθανίαν πρὸς τὸ ὄρος τῶν »ἐλαιῶν, ἀποστέλλει δύο τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς Ὑπά »γετε εἰς τὴν κώμην τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν, καὶ εὐθὺς εἰσπορευόμενοι »εἰς αὐτὴν εὑρήσετε πῶλον δεδεμένον, ἐφʼ ὃν ὐδεὶς οὔπω ἀνθρώπων ἐκά »θισδεν· λύσατε αὐτὸν καὶ φέρετε. καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ· Τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο; εἴπατε ὅτι Ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει· καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀπο- »στέλλει ὧδε. καὶ ἀπῆλθον καὶ εὑρον πῶλον δεδεμένον πρὸς θύραν ἔξω ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀμφόδου, καὶ λύουσιν αὐτόν. καί τινες τῶν ἐκεῖ ἐστῶ- »των ἔλεγον αὐτοῖςʼ Τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες τὸν πῶλον; οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐ »τοῖς καθὼς εἶπεν Ἰησοῦς· καὶ ἀφῆκαν αὐτούς. καὶ φέρουσι τὸν πῶλον πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν. » ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὀδόν. καὶ οἱ προάγοντες καὶ οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες ἔκραζον· Ὡσαννá· εὐλογη »μένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν όνόματι κυρίου· εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη ἡ] βα- »σιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Δαβίδ· ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑφίστοις. »εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα εἰς τὸ ἱερόν· καὶ περιβλεψάμενος πάντα »ὀψὲ ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα. καὶ τῇ ἐπαύριον ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας ἐπείνασεν‘. εἶτα μετὰ τὴν τῆς ξηραινομένης συκῆς οἰκονομίαν »Ἔρχονται εἰς Ἱεροσό »λυμα. καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς * * τῷ Λουκᾶ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον·
deutera de ta Markou; Kai hote engi »zousin eis Hierosolyma eis Bēthphagē kai Bēthanian pros to oros tōn »elaiōn, apostellei dyo tōn mathētōn autou kai legei autois Hypa »gete eis tēn kōmēn tēn katenanti hymōn, kai euthys eisporeuomenoi »eis autēn heurēsete pōlon dedemenon, ephʼ hon ydeis oupō anthrōpōn eka »thisden; lysate auton kai pherete. kai ean tis hymin eipę̄; Ti poieite touto? eipate hoti Ho kyrios autou chreian echei; kai euthys auton apo- »stellei hōde. kai apēlthon kai heuron pōlon dedemenon pros thyran exō epi tou amphodou, kai lyousin auton. kai tines tōn ekei estō- »tōn elegon autoisʼ Ti poieite lyontes ton pōlon? hoi de eipan au »tois kathōs eipen Iēsous; kai aphēkan autous. kai pherousi ton pōlon pros ton Iēsoun, kai epiballousin autǭ ta himatia autōn. » alloi de stibadas kopsantes ek tōn agrōn estrōsan eis tēn odon. kai hoi proagontes kai hoi akolouthountes ekrazon; Hōsanna; eulogē »menos ho erchomenos en onomati kyriou; eulogēmenē hē erchomenē hē] ba- »sileia tou patros hēmōn Dabid; hōsanna en tois hyphistois. »eisēlthen eis Hierosolyma eis to hieron; kai periblepsamenos panta »opse ēdē ousēs tēs hōras exēlthen eis Bēthanian meta tōn dōdeka. kai tę̄ epaurion exelthontōn autōn apo Bēthanias epeinasen‘. eita meta tēn tēs xērainomenēs sykēs oikonomian »Erchontai eis Hieroso »lyma. kai eiselthōn eis to hieron ērxato ekballein tous pōlountas« kai ta hexēs * * tǭ Louka touton ton tropon;
Second, what Mark says: “And when they draw near to Jerusalem, to Bethphage and Bethany, to the Mount of Olives, he sends two of his disciples and says to them, Go into the village opposite you, and at once as you enter it you will find a colt tied, on which no one has ever sat; untie it and bring it. And if anyone says to you, Why are you doing this? say, The Lord has need of it, and will send it back here at once. And they went away and found a colt tied at a door outside in the street, and they untie it. And some of those standing there said to them, What are you doing, untying the colt? And they told them what Jesus had said, and they let them go. And they bring the colt to Jesus and throw their garments on it. And others, having cut leafy branches from the fields, spread them on the road. And those who went before and those who followed cried out, Hosanna! Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord! Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David! Hosanna in the highest! [And] he entered Jerusalem, into the temple; and having looked around at everything, as the hour was already late, he went out to Bethany with the twelve. And on the next day, when they came out from Bethany, he was hungry.” Then after the dispensation of the withered fig tree: “They come to Jerusalem. And entering the temple he began to drive out those who sold,” and what follows. … in Luke in this way:
10.127Preuschen 4:193–194
» Καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἤγγισεν »εἰς Βηθφαγῆ καὶ Βηθανίαν πρὸς τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιών, »ἀπέστειλεν δύο τῶν μαθητῶν λέγων· Ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν κατέναντι »κώμην, ἐν ᾗ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε πῶλον δεδεμένον, ἐφʼ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν, λύσαντες αὐτὸν ἀγάγετε. καὶ ἐάν τις »ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ· Διὰ τί λύετε; οὕτως ἐρεῖτε ὅτι Ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν »ἔχει. ἀπιόντες δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ εὗρον ὡς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. λυόντων δὲ αὐτῶν τὸν πῶλον εἶπαν οἱ κύριοι αὐτοῦ πρὸς αὐτούς· Τί λύετε τὸν πῶλον; οἱ δὲ εἶπαν ὅτι Ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει. καὶ ἤγαγον »αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐπιρίψαντες αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐπὶ τὸν »πῶλον ἐπεβίβασαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν· πορευομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ ὑπεστρών »νυον τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. ἐγγίζοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἤδη πρὸς »τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ ὄρους τῶν ἐλαιῶν ἤρξατο ἀπαντᾶν πλῆθος τῶν »μαθητῶν χαίροντες καὶ αἰνοῦντες τὸν θεὸν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ περὶ πα- »σῶν ὡνδ εἶδον δυνάμεως, λέγοντες· Εὐλογημένος ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐν ὀνό »ματι κυρίου· ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις. καί τινες τῶν Φαρισαίων ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτόν· Διδάσκαλε, ἐπιτί »μησον τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου. καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν· Λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ἐὰν »οὑτοι σιωπήσωσιν, οἱ λίθοι κεκράξονται. καὶ ὡς ἤγγισεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλιν ἔκλαυσεν ἐπʼ αὐτήν‘ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, ἅπερ παρεθέμεθα.
» Kai egeneto hōs ēngisen »eis Bēthphagē kai Bēthanian pros to oros to kaloumenon Elaiōn, »apesteilen dyo tōn mathētōn legōn; Hypagete eis tēn katenanti »kōmēn, en hę̄ eisporeuomenoi heurēsete pōlon dedemenon, ephʼ hon oudeis pōpote anthrōpōn ekathisen, lysantes auton agagete. kai ean tis »hymas erōtą; Dia ti lyete? houtōs ereite hoti Ho kyrios autou chreian »echei. apiontes de hoi mathētai heuron hōs eipen autois. lyontōn de autōn ton pōlon eipan hoi kyrioi autou pros autous; Ti lyete ton pōlon? hoi de eipan hoti Ho kyrios autou chreian echei. kai ēgagon »auton pros ton Iēsoun, kai epiripsantes autōn ta himatia epi ton »pōlon epebibasan ton Iēsoun; poreuomenou de autou hypestrōn »nyon ta himatia autōn en tę̄ hodǭ. engizontos de autou ēdē pros »tę̄ katabasei tou orous tōn elaiōn ērxato apantan plēthos tōn »mathētōn chairontes kai ainountes ton theon phōnę̄ megalę̄ peri pa- »sōn hōnd eidon dynameōs, legontes; Eulogēmenos ho basileus en ono »mati kyriou; en ouranǭ eirēnē kai doxa en hypsistois. kai tines tōn Pharisaiōn apo tou ochlou eipan pros auton; Didaskale, epiti »mēson tois mathētais sou. kai apokritheis eipen; Legō hymin hoti ean »houtoi siōpēsōsin, hoi lithoi kekraxontai. kai hōs ēngisen, idōn tēn polin eklausen epʼ autēn‘ kai ta hexēs, haper parethemetha.
“And it came about, when he drew near to Bethphage and Bethany, at the mount called Olivet, he sent two of the disciples, saying, Go into the village opposite, where on entering you will find a colt tied, on which no one has ever yet sat; untie it and bring it. And if anyone asks you, Why are you untying it? you shall say this: The Lord has need of it. So those who were sent went away and found it as he had told them. And as they were untying the colt, its owners said to them, Why are you untying the colt? And they said, The Lord has need of it. And they brought it to Jesus, and throwing their garments on the colt, they set Jesus on it. And as he went, they spread their garments on the road. And as he was drawing near, already at the descent of the Mount of Olives, the whole multitude of the disciples began to meet him, rejoicing and praising God with a loud voice for all the mighty works they had seen, saying, Blessed is the King who comes in the name of the Lord! Peace in heaven and glory in the highest! And some of the Pharisees in the crowd said to him, Teacher, rebuke your disciples. And he answered and said, I tell you, if these are silent, the stones will cry out. And when he drew near, seeing the city he wept over it,” and what follows, which we have set out.
10.128Preuschen 4:194
μέντοι γε Ἰωάννης μετὰ πλεῖστα ὅσα τοῦ »Καὶ ἀνέβη »εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ εὗρεν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τοὺς πωλοῦντας »[τοὺς] βόας καὶ πρόβατα» ἑτέραν διηγούμενος ἄνοδον τοῦ κυρίου εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, ταῦτά φησι μετὰ τὸ πρὸ ἕξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ πάσχα ἐν Βηθανίᾳ δεῖπνον, έν ᾧ ἡ Μάρθα διηκόνει καὶ ὁ Λάςαρος ἀνέκειτο· »Τῇ ἐπαύριον ὄχλος πολὺς ὁ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν, ἀκούσαντες ὅτι »ἔρχεται Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, ἔλαβον τὰ βαία τῶν φοινίκων καὶ »ἐξῆλθον εἰς ἀπάντησιν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἔκραζον· Ὡσαννά· εὐλογημένος έν »ὀνόματι κυρίου ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. εὑρὼν δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς όνάριον »ἐκάθισεν ἐπʼ αὐτό, καθώς ἐστι γεγραμμένον· Μὴ φοβοῦ, θυγάτηρ »Σιών· ἰδου ὁ βασιλεύς σου ἔρχεται καθήμενος ἐπὶ πῶλον ὄνου«.
mentoi ge Iōannēs meta pleista hosa tou »Kai anebē »eis Hierosolyma ho Iēsous, kai heuren en tǭ hierǭ tous pōlountas »[tous] boas kai probata» heteran diēgoumenos anodon tou kyriou eis Hierosolyma, tauta phēsi meta to pro hex hēmerōn tou pascha en Bēthanią deipnon, en hǭ hē Martha diēkonei kai ho Lasaros anekeito; »Tę̄ epaurion ochlos polys ho elthōn eis tēn heortēn, akousantes hoti »erchetai Iēsous eis Hierosolyma, elabon ta baia tōn phoinikōn kai »exēlthon eis apantēsin autǭ, kai ekrazon; Hōsanna; eulogēmenos en »onomati kyriou ho basileus tou Israēl. heurōn de ho Iēsous onarion »ekathisen epʼ auto, kathōs esti gegrammenon; Mē phobou, thygatēr »Siōn; idou ho basileus sou erchetai kathēmenos epi pōlon onou«.
John, however, after very many events following “And Jesus went up to Jerusalem, and found in the temple those selling oxen and sheep,” narrating another going up of the Lord to Jerusalem, says this after the supper in Bethany six days before the Passover, at which Martha served and Lazarus reclined: “The next day a great crowd that had come to the feast, hearing that Jesus was coming to Jerusalem, took branches of palm trees and went out to meet him, and cried out, Hosanna! Blessed in the name of the Lord is the King of Israel! And Jesus, finding a young donkey, sat on it, as it is written, Fear not, daughter of Zion; behold, your king comes, sitting on a donkey's colt.”
10.129Preuschen 4:194
Ταῦτα δὲ νομίζω, εἰ καὶ ἐπιπλεῖον τῆς λεξεως παρείμην τῶν εὐαγγελιστῶν, ἀναγκαίως πεποιηκέναι ὑπὲρ τοῦ παραστῆσαι τὴν κατὰ τὸ ῥητὸν διαφωνίαν· τῶν μὲν τριῶν ἐν μιᾷ τῇ ἀυτῇ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἐπιδημίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου λεγόντων τὰ νομιζόμενα παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς τὰ αὐτὰ εἶναι καὶ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ γεγραμμένα· τοῦ δὲ Ἰωάννου ἐν δυσὶν ὑπὸ πολλῶν πράξεων διϊσταμέναις μεταξὺ δηλουμένων καὶ εἰς διαφόρους τόπους ἐπιδημιῶν τοῦ κυρίου εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀνόδοις ἀπαγγέλλοντος γεγονέναι τὰ ἐκκείμενα.
Tauta de nomizō, ei kai epipleion tēs lexeōs pareimēn tōn euangelistōn, anankaiōs pepoiēkenai hyper tou parastēsai tēn kata to rhēton diaphōnian; tōn men triōn en mią tę̄ autę̄ eis Hierosolyma epidēmią tou kyriou legontōn ta nomizomena para tois pollois ta auta einai kai tǭ Iōannę̄ gegrammena; tou de Iōannou en dysin hypo pollōn praxeōn diïstamenais metaxy dēloumenōn kai eis diaphorous topous epidēmiōn tou kyriou eis Hierosolyma anodois apangellontos gegonenai ta ekkeimena.
I think that I have done this necessarily, even if I have set out more of the evangelists' wording, in order to show the discord in the letter: the three speak, in one and the same visit of the Lord to Jerusalem, of what most think is the same as what John wrote; but John reports that the events set out happened in two goings up of the Lord to Jerusalem, separated by many deeds in between and by visits to different places.
10.130Preuschen 4:194
ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ὑπολαμβάνω ἀδύνατον εἶναι τοῖς μηδὲν πέρα τῆς ἱστορίας ἐν τούτοις ἐκδεχομένοις παραστῆσαι τὴν δοκοῦσαν διαφωνίαν σύμφωνον ὑπάρχειν. εἰ δὲ τις οἴεται μὴ ὑγιῶς ἡμᾶς ἐπειληφέναι, συνετῶς ἀντιγραψάτω τῇ τοιαύτῃ ἡμῶν ἀποφάσει.
egō men oun hypolambanō adynaton einai tois mēden pera tēs historias en toutois ekdechomenois parastēsai tēn dokousan diaphōnian symphōnon hyparchein. ei de tis oietai mē hygiōs hēmas epeilēphenai, synetōs antigrapsatō tę̄ toiautę̄ hēmōn apophasei.
I, then, suppose it impossible for those who accept nothing beyond the history in these matters to show that the apparent discord is in harmony. And if anyone thinks we have not understood soundly, let him write a reasoned reply to this verdict of ours.
10.131Preuschen 4:194–195
Τὰ δὲ κινοῦντα ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν περὶ τούτων συμφωνίαν, αἰτήσαντες τὸν διδόντα παντὶ τῷ αἰτοῦντι καὶ ὀξέως ζητεῖν ἀγωνιζομένῳ, κρούοντές τε ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀνοιχθῆναι ἡμῖν ταῖς τῆς γνώσεως κλειοὶν τὰ κεκρυμμένα τῆς γραφῆς, τὸν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν διδομένην ἡμῖν δύναμιν ἐκθησόμεθα τρόπον. καὶ πρῶτόν γε ἴδωμεν τὴν τοῦ Ἰωάννου λέξιν ἀρχομένην ἀπὸ τοῦ »Καὶ ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ὁ »Ἰησοῦς«. Ἱεροσόλυμα τοίνυν ἐστίν, ὡς αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ματθαῖον διδάσκει ὁ κύριος, »τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως πόλις«, οὐκ έν κοιλάδι ἢ κάτω που κειμένη, ἀλλʼ ἐν ὑψηλῷ ὄρει ᾠκοδομημένη, καὶ » Ὄρη κύκλῳ »αὐτῆς«,«ἧς ἡ μετοχὴ αὐτῆς ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό«· καὶ »Ἐκεῖ ἀνέβησαν αἰ φυλαὶ κυρίου, μαρτύριον τῷ Ἰσραήλ«.
Ta de kinounta hēmas eis tēn peri toutōn symphōnian, aitēsantes ton didonta panti tǭ aitounti kai oxeōs zētein agōnizomenǭ, krouontes te hyper tou anoichthēnai hēmin tais tēs gnōseōs kleioin ta kekrymmena tēs graphēs, ton auton kata tēn didomenēn hēmin dynamin ekthēsometha tropon. kai prōton ge idōmen tēn tou Iōannou lexin archomenēn apo tou »Kai anebē eis Hierosolyma ho »Iēsous«. Hierosolyma toinyn estin, hōs autos en tǭ kata Matthaion didaskei ho kyrios, »tou megalou basileōs polis«, ouk en koiladi ē katō pou keimenē, allʼ en hypsēlǭ orei ǭkodomēmenē, kai » Orē kyklǭ »autēs«,«hēs hē metochē autēs epi to auto«; kai »Ekei anebēsan ai phylai kyriou, martyrion tǭ Israēl«.
What moves us toward the harmony of these things we shall set out, as far as the power given us allows, having asked him who gives to everyone who asks and who strives keenly in seeking, and knocking so that the hidden things of Scripture may be opened to us with the keys of knowledge. And first let us look at John's wording, which begins from “And Jesus went up to Jerusalem.” Jerusalem, then, is, as the Lord himself teaches in Matthew, “the city of the great King,” not lying in a valley or somewhere below, but built on a high mountain, with “mountains around it,” “whose sharing is together”; and “there the tribes of the Lord went up, a testimony to Israel.”
10.132Preuschen 4:195
καλεῖται δὲ καὶ ἡ πόλις αὕτη καὶ] Ἱερουσαλήμ, εἰς ἣν οὐδεὶς τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ἀναβαίνει οὐδὲ εἰσέρχεται· καὶ πᾶσά γε ἡ φυσικὸν ἔχουσα δίαρμα ψυχὴ καὶ ὀξύτητα νοητῶν διορατικὴν ταύτης τῆς πόλεως πολῖτις ὑπάρχει. καὶ δυνατὸν ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ εἶναι καὶ τὸν Ἱεροσολυμίτην· δυνατὸν γὰρ καὶ τοὺς εὐφυεστάτους ἁμαρτάνειν, εἰ μὴ ἐπιστρέψαιεν μετὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τάχιον ἀπολοῦντας τὴν εὐφυίαν, καὶ μίαν τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τῆς Ἰουδαίας πόλεων οὐ μόνον παροικήσοντας ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐγγραφησομένους.
kaleitai de kai hē polis hautē kai] Hierousalēm, eis hēn oudeis tōn epi gēs anabainei oude eiserchetai; kai pasa ge hē physikon echousa diarma psychē kai oxytēta noētōn dioratikēn tautēs tēs poleōs politis hyparchei. kai dynaton en hamartią einai kai ton Hierosolymitēn; dynaton gar kai tous euphyestatous hamartanein, ei mē epistrepsaien meta tēn hamartian tachion apolountas tēn euphuian, kai mian tōn allotriōn tēs Ioudaias poleōn ou monon paroikēsontas alla kai engraphēsomenous.
And this city is also called Jerusalem, to which no one on earth goes up or enters; and every soul that has a natural elevation and a sharpness that discerns intelligible things is a citizen of this city. And even the Jerusalemite can be in sin; for even the most gifted can sin, and unless they turn back quickly after sinning, they will lose their giftedness and not only sojourn in, but even be enrolled in, one of the cities foreign to Judea.
10.133Preuschen 4:195
ἀναβαίνει <οὖν> εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα Ἰησοῦς μετὰ τὸ βοηθῆσαι τοῖς ἐν Κανᾷ τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ καταβεβηκέναι, ἵνα ποιήσῃ ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις τὰ γεγραμμένα. εὗρεν γοῦν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ὅπερ καὶ οἶκος τοῦ πατρὸς εἶναι λέγεται τοῦ σωτῆρος τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἢ ἐν τῇ ἀπαγγελίᾳ τοῦ ἐκκλησιαστικοῦ καὶ ὑγιαίνοντος λόγου τινὰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρὸς ἐμπορίου ποιοῦντας οἶκον.
anabainei <oun> eis Hierosolyma Iēsous meta to boēthēsai tois en Kaną tēs Galilaias kai eis tēn Kapharnaoum katabebēkenai, hina poiēsę̄ en tois Hierosolymois ta gegrammena. heuren goun en tǭ hierǭ, hoper kai oikos tou patros einai legetai tou sōtēros toutestin en tę̄ ekklēsią ē en tę̄ apangelią tou ekklēsiastikou kai hygiainontos logou tinas ton oikon tou patros emporiou poiountas oikon.
Jesus [then] goes up to Jerusalem after helping those in Cana of Galilee and going down to Capernaum, in order to do in Jerusalem what is written. At any rate he found in the temple, which is also said to be the house of the Savior's Father, that is, in the church or in the proclamation of the church's sound teaching, some making the Father's house a house of trade.
10.134Preuschen 4:195
καὶ ἀεί τινας εὑρίσκει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ. πότε γὰρ ἐν τῇ ὀνομαζομένῃ ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἥτις ἐστὶν οἶκος »θεοῦ ζῶντος, στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα »τῆς ἀληθείας«, οὐκ εἰσίν τινες κερματισταὶ καθήμενοι, δεόμενοι πληγῶν ἐκ τοῦ ὑπὸ Ἰησοῦ πεποιημένου φραγελλίου ἐκ σχοινίων, καὶ χρῄζοντες κολλυβισταὶ τοῦ ἐκχεῖται αὐτῶν τὰ κέρματα ἀνατρέπεσθαί τε αὐτῶν τὰς τραπέζας;
kai aei tinas heuriskei ho Iēsous en tǭ hierǭ. pote gar en tę̄ onomazomenę̄ ekklēsią, hētis estin oikos »theou zōntos, stylos kai hedraiōma »tēs alētheias«, ouk eisin tines kermatistai kathēmenoi, deomenoi plēgōn ek tou hypo Iēsou pepoiēmenou phragelliou ek schoiniōn, kai chrę̄zontes kollybistai tou ekcheitai autōn ta kermata anatrepesthai te autōn tas trapezas?
And Jesus always finds some in the temple. For when, in what is called the church, which is the house “of the living God, the pillar and bulwark of the truth,” are there not some money-changers sitting, needing blows from the whip of cords made by Jesus, and money-changers needing their coins poured out and their tables overturned?
10.135Preuschen 4:195
πότε δὲ οὐκ εἰσὶν οἱ ἀποδιδόμενοι ἐμπορικῶς οὓς ἐχρῆν τηρεῖν ἐπʼ ἄροτρον βοῦς, ἵνα βαλόντες ἐπʼ αὐτὸ τὰς χεῖρας καὶ μὴ στρεφόμενοι εἰς τά ὀπίσω γένωνται τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ βασιλείᾳ αὔθετοι; πότε δὲ οὐκ εἰσὶν οἱ προτιμῶντες τὸν τῆς ἀδικίας μαμωνᾶν τῶν τὴν ὕλην τοῦ κοσμεῖσθαι αὐτοῖς παρεχόντων προβάτων;
pote de ouk eisin hoi apodidomenoi emporikōs hous echrēn tērein epʼ arotron bous, hina balontes epʼ auto tas cheiras kai mē strephomenoi eis ta opisō genōntai tę̄ tou theou basileią authetoi? pote de ouk eisin hoi protimōntes ton tēs adikias mamōnan tōn tēn hylēn tou kosmeisthai autois parechontōn probatōn?
And when are there not those who sell for trade the oxen they ought to keep for the plough, so that, putting their hands to it and not turning back, they might become fit for the kingdom of God? And when are there not those who prefer the mammon of unrighteousness to the sheep that provide them with the material for their adornment?
10.136Preuschen 4:195
ἀεὶ δὲ πολλοί εἰσιν καὶ οἱ τοῦ ἀδόλου καὶ ἀκεραίου ἐστερημένου τε πάσης πικρότητος καὶ χολῆς καταφρονοῦντες καὶ ταλαιπώρου κέρδους ἕνεκεν προδιδόντες τὴν τῶν τροπικώτερον λεγομένων περιστερῶν ἐπιμέλειαν.
aei de polloi eisin kai hoi tou adolou kai akeraiou esterēmenou te pasēs pikrotētos kai cholēs kataphronountes kai talaipōrou kerdous heneken prodidontes tēn tōn tropikōteron legomenōn peristerōn epimeleian.
And there are always many who despise what is guileless and pure and free of all bitterness and gall, and for the sake of wretched gain betray the care of what are figuratively called doves.
10.137Preuschen 4:195–196
ἐπὰν οὖν εὕρῃ ὁ σωτὴρ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, οἴκῳ τοῦ πατρός, τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστεράς, καὶ τοὺς κερματιστὰς καθημένους, ἐξελαύνει αὐτοὺς χρησάμενος τῷ ἐκ σχοινίων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πεποιημένῳ φραγελλίῳ, ἅμα τοῖς ἐμπορικοῖς προβάτοις καὶ βουσὶν αὐ τῶν, καὶ ἐκχεῖ ὡς μὴ ἄξια τοῦ συνέχεσθαι τὰ κέρματα, δεικνὺς αὐτῶν τὸ ἄχρηστον· ἀνατρέπει τε τὰς ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν φιλαργύρων τραπέζας, λέγων καὶ τοῖς τὰς περιστερὰς πωλοῦσιν· »Ἄρατε ταῦτά »ἐντεῦθεν«, ἵνα μηκέτι ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐμπορεύωνται.
epan oun heurę̄ ho sōtēr en tǭ hierǭ, oikǭ tou patros, tous pōlountas boas kai probata kai peristeras, kai tous kermatistas kathēmenous, exelaunei autous chrēsamenos tǭ ek schoiniōn hypʼ autou pepoiēmenǭ phragelliǭ, hama tois emporikois probatois kai bousin au tōn, kai ekchei hōs mē axia tou synechesthai ta kermata, deiknys autōn to achrēston; anatrepei te tas en tais psychais tōn philargyrōn trapezas, legōn kai tois tas peristeras pōlousin; »Arate tauta »enteuthen«, hina mēketi en tǭ hierǭ tou theou emporeuōntai.
When, then, the Savior finds in the temple, the Father's house, those selling oxen and sheep and doves, and the money-changers sitting, he drives them out with the whip of cords he has made, together with their sheep and oxen for trade, and pours out the coins as not worth keeping, showing their uselessness; and he overturns the tables in the souls of the lovers of money, saying also to those who sell doves, “Take these things away from here,” so that they may no longer trade in the temple of God.
10.138Preuschen 4:196
Οἶμαι δὲ ἔτι καὶ σημεῖον πεποιηκέναι αὐτὸν διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων βαθύτερον, ὥστε σύμβολον ἡμᾶς νοεῖν γεγ ονέναι ταῦτα τοῦ μηκέτι μέλλειν τὴν περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ἐκεῖνο λατρείαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἱερέων κατὰ τὰς αἰσθητὰς θυσίας ἐπιτελεῖσθαι, μηδὲ τὸν νόμον τηρεῖσθαι κἂν ὡς ἐβούλοντο οἱ σωματικοὶ Ἰουδαῖοι, δύνασθαι ἔτι.
Oimai de eti kai sēmeion pepoiēkenai auton dia tōn eirēmenōn bathyteron, hōste symbolon hēmas noein geg onenai tauta tou mēketi mellein tēn peri to hieron ekeino latreian hypo tōn hiereōn kata tas aisthētas thysias epiteleisthai, mēde ton nomon tēreisthai kan hōs eboulonto hoi sōmatikoi Ioudaioi, dynasthai eti.
I think he also did a deeper sign by these acts, so that we should understand them as a symbol that the worship at that temple would no longer be performed by the priests through sensible sacrifices, and that the law could no longer be kept, even as the bodily Jews wished.
10.139Preuschen 4:196
ἅπαξ Ἰησοῦ γὰρ ἐκβάλλοντος τοὺς βόας καὶ τὰ πρόβατα καὶ κελεύοντος ἐκεῖθεν αἴρεσθαι τὰς περιστεράς, οὐκέτι δὴ βόες καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστεραὶ ἐπὶ πολὺ θύεσθαι κατὰ τὰ Ἰουδαίων ἔθη ἔμελλον.
hapax Iēsou gar ekballontos tous boas kai ta probata kai keleuontos ekeithen airesthai tas peristeras, ouketi dē boes kai probata kai peristerai epi poly thyesthai kata ta Ioudaiōn ethē emellon.
For once Jesus had driven out the oxen and sheep and commanded the doves to be taken away from there, oxen and sheep and doves were no longer going to be sacrificed for long according to the customs of the Jews.
10.140Preuschen 4:196
καὶ εἰκὸς δὲ ἐστὶ τὰ νομίσματα τῶν σωματικῶν νομισμάτων καὶ μὴ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐχόντων τοὺς χαρακτῆρας τύπους τυγχάνοντα ἐκκεχύσθαι, ἐπεὶ ἡ σεμνὴ εἶναι δοκοῦσα κατὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖνον γράμμα νομοθεσία Ἰησοῦ ἐληλυθότος καὶ ταῖς κατὰ τοῦ λαοῦ μάστιξιν χρησαμένου διαλύεσθαι καὶ ἐκχεῖσθαι ἔμελλεν, μεθισταμένης τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν πιστεύοντας εἰς θεὸν διὰ Χριστοῦ [πιστεύοντας], καὶ αἰρομένης ἀπʼ ἐκείνων τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ, διδομένης τε [ἐν] ἔθνει ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς.
kai eikos de esti ta nomismata tōn sōmatikōn nomismatōn kai mē tou theou echontōn tous charaktēras typous tynchanonta ekkechysthai, epei hē semnē einai dokousa kata to apokteinon gramma nomothesia Iēsou elēlythotos kai tais kata tou laou mastixin chrēsamenou dialyesthai kai ekcheisthai emellen, methistamenēs tēs episkopēs epi tous apo tōn ethnōn pisteuontas eis theon dia Christou [pisteuontas], kai airomenēs apʼ ekeinōn tēs basileias tou theou, didomenēs te [en] ethnei poiounti tous karpous autēs.
And it is likely that the coins, being types of bodily coins that bear the stamps not of God, were poured out, since the legislation that seemed venerable according to the letter that kills was to be dissolved and poured out when Jesus had come and used scourges against the people, the oversight passing to those from the nations who believe in God through Christ, and the kingdom of God being taken from them and given to a nation producing its fruits.
10.141Preuschen 4:196
δύναται δὲ καὶ φύσει ἱερὸν εἶναι ἡ εὐφυὴς ἐν λόγῳ ψυχὴ διὰ τὸν συμπεφυκότα λόγον ἀνωτέρω τυγχά- νουσα τοῦ σώματος, εἰς ἥ ἀπὸ τῆς Καφαρναοὺμ κάτω που κειμένης ταπεινότερον ἀναβαίνει ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἐν ᾖ εὑρίσκεται τὰ πρὸ τῆς ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ παιδεύσεως γήϊνα καὶ ἀνόητα καὶ χαλεπὰ κινήματα, καὶ τὰ νομιζόμενα μὲν οὐκ ὄντα δὲ καλά, ἅπερ τῷ πεπλεγμένῳ ἐξ ἀπο- δεικτικῶν καὶ ἐλεγκτικῶν δογμάτων λόγῳ ἀπελαύνεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἵνα μηκέτι ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ οἶκος οἶκος ἐμπορίου ᾖ, ἀλλὰ ἀπολάβῃ τὴν κατὰ τοὺς οὐρανίους καὶ πνευματικοὺς νόμους ἐπιτε- λουμένην ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας αὐτῆς τε καὶ πλειόνων θεραπείαν τοῦ θεοῦ.
dynatai de kai physei hieron einai hē euphyēs en logǭ psychē dia ton sympephykota logon anōterō tyncha- nousa tou sōmatos, eis hē apo tēs Kapharnaoum katō pou keimenēs tapeinoteron anabainei ho Iēsous, en ę̄ heurisketai ta pro tēs apo Iēsou paideuseōs gēïna kai anoēta kai chalepa kinēmata, kai ta nomizomena men ouk onta de kala, haper tǭ peplegmenǭ ex apo- deiktikōn kai elenktikōn dogmatōn logǭ apelaunetai hypo tou Iēsou, hina mēketi ho tou patros autou oikos oikos emporiou ę̄, alla apolabę̄ tēn kata tous ouranious kai pneumatikous nomous epite- loumenēn hyper sōtērias autēs te kai pleionōn therapeian tou theou.
And the soul gifted in reason can also be by nature a temple, because of the reason born with it, standing higher than the body; to it Jesus goes up from Capernaum, which lies somewhere below, more humbly; in it are found, before the teaching of Jesus, earthly, foolish, and harsh movements, and things thought to be good but not so. These are driven out by Jesus with the Word woven of demonstrative and refuting doctrines, so that his Father's house may no longer be a house of trade, but may receive the service of God performed according to the heavenly and spiritual laws for its own salvation and that of many.
10.142Preuschen 4:196–197
σύμβολον δὲ τῶν μὲν γηΐνων ὁ βοῦς, γεωπόνος γάρ· τῶν δὲ ἀνοήτων καὶ κτηνωδῶν τὸ πρόβατον, ἐπειδὴ τὸ ζῷον ἀνδραποδῶδες παρὰ πολλὰ τῶν ἀλόγων ἐστίν· τῶν δὲ κούφων καὶ εὐριπίστων λογισμῶν ἡ περιστερά· τῶν δὲ νομιζομένων καλῶν τὰ κέρματα.
symbolon de tōn men gēïnōn ho bous, geōponos gar; tōn de anoētōn kai ktēnōdōn to probaton, epeidē to zǭon andrapodōdes para polla tōn alogōn estin; tōn de kouphōn kai euripistōn logismōn hē peristera; tōn de nomizomenōn kalōn ta kermata.
The ox is a symbol of earthly things, for it tills the earth; the sheep of foolish and brutish things, since the animal is more slavish than many irrational creatures; the dove of light and unstable thoughts; the coins of things thought to be good.
10.143Preuschen 4:197
Ἐὰν δέ τις προσκόπτῃ τῇ τοιαύτῃ ἀποδόσει διὰ τὸ καθαρὰ εἶναι τὰ παραληφθέντα εἰς τὴν γραφὴν ζῷα, λεκτέον ὅτι ἀπίθανος ἂν ἦν ἡ γραφή κατὰ τὴν ἐνδεχομένην ἱστορίαν γεγονέναι ἀπαγγελλομένη· ἐν τῷ ναῷ γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ οἶόν τε ἦν ἀπαγγέλλεσθαι γεγονέναι ἑτέρων παρὰ τὰ καθαρὰ ζῴων ἀγέλης εἴσοδον, καὶ εἰς ἐμπορίαν ἄλλων παρὰ τὰ θυόμενα.
Ean de tis proskoptę̄ tę̄ toiautę̄ apodosei dia to kathara einai ta paralēphthenta eis tēn graphēn zǭa, lekteon hoti apithanos an ēn hē graphē kata tēn endechomenēn historian gegonenai apangellomenē; en tǭ naǭ gar tou theou ouch oion te ēn apangellesthai gegonenai heterōn para ta kathara zǭōn agelēs eisodon, kai eis emporian allōn para ta thyomena.
If anyone stumbles at this explanation because the animals taken into Scripture are clean, we must say that Scripture would have been unconvincing in reporting as having happened something beyond what could plausibly happen historically. For in the temple of God it could not be reported that a herd of animals other than clean ones had entered, nor for trade of others than those sacrificed.
10.144Preuschen 4:197
διόπερ τῷ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐμπόρων κατὰ τοὺς τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν ἑορτῶν χρόνους γινομένῳ, ἐπεισαγόντων τῷ ἐξωτέρω̣ περιβόλῳ τοῦ ναοῦ ταῦτα τὰ ζῷα, ἐχρήσατο ὁ εὐαγγελιστής, ὡς οἶμαι, καὶ γεγενημένῳ συγχρησάμενος πράγματι.
dioper tǭ hypo tōn emporōn kata tous tōn Ioudaïkōn heortōn chronous ginomenǭ, epeisagontōn tǭ exōterō peribolǭ tou naou tauta ta zǭa, echrēsato ho euangelistēs, hōs oimai, kai gegenēmenǭ synchrēsamenos pragmati.
Therefore the evangelist, I think, made use of what the traders did at the times of the Jewish feasts, bringing these animals into the outer court of the temple, using also an actual event.
10.145Preuschen 4:197
καίτοιγε ᾧ μέλει τῆς ἀκριβεστέρας ἐξετάσεως ἐπισκοπήσει εἰ κατὰ τὸ ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ ἀξίωμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἠν, νομιζομένου υἱοῦ εἶναι τέκτονος, τὸ τηλικοῦτο ποιῆσαι θαρρῆσαι ὥστε ἐξελάσαι πλῆθος ἐμπόρων, ἐπὶ τὴν ἑορτὴν ἀνεληλυθότων τοσούτῳ ἀποδίδοσθαι λαῷ πρόβατα τυθησόμενα κατʼ οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, ἐν πλειόνων μυριάδων ἀριθμῷ τυγχάνοντα, καὶ βοῦς τοῖς πλουσιωτέροις καὶ τηλικαῦτα εὐξαμένοις πραθησομένους, περιστεράς τε, ἅστινας πολλοὶ ὡς ἐν πανηγύρει εὐωχηθησόμενοι ὠνοῦντο ἄν· τῶν τε τραπεςιτῶν * * * μὴ ὕβρεως κατηγορῆσαι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐκχεόμενα ἰδόντων τὰ χρήματα καὶ ἀνατρεπομένας τὰς τραπέζας.
kaitoige hǭ melei tēs akribesteras exetaseōs episkopēsei ei kata to en tǭ biǭ toutǭ axiōma tou Iēsou ēn, nomizomenou huiou einai tektonos, to tēlikouto poiēsai tharrēsai hōste exelasai plēthos emporōn, epi tēn heortēn anelēlythotōn tosoutǭ apodidosthai laǭ probata tythēsomena katʼ oikous patriōn autōn, en pleionōn myriadōn arithmǭ tynchanonta, kai bous tois plousiōterois kai tēlikauta euxamenois prathēsomenous, peristeras te, hastinas polloi hōs en panēgyrei euōchēthēsomenoi ōnounto an; tōn te trapesitōn * * * mē hybreōs katēgorēsai tou Iēsou ekcheomena idontōn ta chrēmata kai anatrepomenas tas trapezas.
Yet one who cares for more exact examination will consider whether it was in keeping with Jesus' standing in this life, reputed to be a carpenter's son, to dare so great a thing as to drive out a multitude of traders who had come up to the feast to sell to so great a people sheep to be sacrificed according to their fathers' houses, amounting to many myriads, and oxen to be sold to the richer and to those who had vowed such offerings, and doves, which many would have bought for feasting as at a festival; and whether the money-changers … would not accuse Jesus of outrage when they saw their money poured out and their tables overturned.
10.146Preuschen 4:197
τίς δὲ τῷ ἐκ σχοινίων φραγελλίῳ ὑπὸ τοῦ νομιζομένου παρʼ αὐτοῖς εὐτελοῦς τυπτόμενος καὶ ἀπελαυνόμενος οὐκ ἂν ἐπιλαβόμενος κατεβόησεν καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς τὴν δίκην ἐποιήσατο, καὶ ταῦτα τοσοῦτο πλῆθος τῶν συνυβρίζεσθαι δοξάντων συνεργοῦν κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἔχων;
tis de tǭ ek schoiniōn phragelliǭ hypo tou nomizomenou parʼ autois eutelous typtomenos kai apelaunomenos ouk an epilabomenos kateboēsen kai ek cheiros tēn dikēn epoiēsato, kai tauta tosouto plēthos tōn synybrizesthai doxantōn synergoun kata tou Iēsou echōn?
And who, struck and driven out with a whip of cords by one thought cheap among them, would not have seized him and shouted out and taken justice into his own hands, especially having so great a multitude of those who seemed insulted along with him, ready to help against Jesus?
10.147Preuschen 4:197
Ἐπινοήσωμεν δὲ τὸ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λαμβάνοντα σχοινία καὶ ἑαυτῷ φραγέλλιον ἐπὶ τῷ ἐζεῦχθαι τοῦ ναοῦ πλέκοντα εἰ μὴ ἐμφαίνει πρὸς τῷ αὐθάδει καὶ θρασυτέρῳ καὶ τὸ ἄτακτον.
Epinoēsōmen de to ton huion tou theou lambanonta schoinia kai heautǭ phragellion epi tǭ ezeuchthai tou naou plekonta ei mē emphainei pros tǭ authadei kai thrasyterǭ kai to atakton.
And let us consider whether the Son of God taking cords and plaiting himself a whip to drive them out of the temple does not appear, besides being self-willed and rash, also disorderly.
10.148Preuschen 4:197–198
μία δὲ καταφυγὴ τῆς πρὸς ταῦτα ἀπολογίας καταλείπεται τῷ καὶ τὴν ἱστορίαν σῶσαι θέλοντι, ἡ θειοτέρα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ δύναμις, οἵου τε ὄντος, ὅτε ἐβούλετο, καὶ θυμὸν ἐχθρῶν ἀναπτόμενον σβέσαι καὶ μυριάδων θείᾳ χάριτι περιγεέσθαι καὶ λογισμοὺς θορυβοῦντας διασκεδάσαι· » Κύριος γὰρ »διασκεδάσει βουλὰς ἐθνῶν, ἀθετεῖ δὲ λογισμοὺς λαῶν· ἡ δὲ βουλὴ »τοῦ κυρίου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα μένει«, ὥστε μηδενὸς τῶν σφόδρα παρα- δόλως ὑπ αυτοῦ γεγενημένων καὶ προκαλεσαμένων διὰ τῆς θειότητος εἰς πίστιν τοὺς τεθεωρηκότας ἐλάττονα ἐμφαίνειν ἐνεργηθεῖσαν δύναμιν τὴν κατὰ τὸν τόπον ἱστορίαν, εἴ γε καὶ αὐτὴ γεγένηται.
mia de kataphygē tēs pros tauta apologias kataleipetai tǭ kai tēn historian sōsai thelonti, hē theiotera tou Iēsou dynamis, hoiou te ontos, hote ebouleto, kai thymon echthrōn anaptomenon sbesai kai myriadōn theią chariti perigeesthai kai logismous thorybountas diaskedasai; » Kyrios gar »diaskedasei boulas ethnōn, athetei de logismous laōn; hē de boulē »tou kyriou eis ton aiōna menei«, hōste mēdenos tōn sphodra para- dolōs hyp autou gegenēmenōn kai prokalesamenōn dia tēs theiotētos eis pistin tous tetheōrēkotas elattona emphainein energētheisan dynamin tēn kata ton topon historian, ei ge kai autē gegenētai.
One refuge remains for the defense of these things for one who wishes to preserve the history too: the more divine power of Jesus, who was able, when he wished, to quench the kindled anger of enemies, to overcome myriads by divine grace, and to scatter disturbed thoughts. “For the Lord scatters the counsels of nations and sets aside the thoughts of peoples; but the counsel of the Lord abides forever.” Thus the history in this passage, if indeed it happened, shows a power at work no less than any of the very extraordinary things done by him which, through their divinity, called those who saw them to faith.
10.149Preuschen 4:198
καὶ μείζονα δʼ αὐτὴν ἔστιν ἀποφήνασθαι τῆς γεγενημένης περὶ τοῦ ἐν Κανᾷ τῆς Γαλιλαίας μεταβεβληκότος ὕδατος εἰς οἶνον, τῷ ἐκεῖ μὲν ἄψυχον ὕλην εἶναι τὴν τετραμμένην, ἐνθάδε δὲ τῶν τοσούτων μυριάδων δεδουλῶσθαι τὰ ἡγεμονικά.
kai meizona dʼ autēn estin apophēnasthai tēs gegenēmenēs peri tou en Kaną tēs Galilaias metabeblēkotos hydatos eis oinon, tǭ ekei men apsychon hylēn einai tēn tetrammenēn, enthade de tōn tosoutōn myriadōn dedoulōsthai ta hēgemonika.
And one may declare it greater than the change of water into wine in Cana of Galilee, since there it was lifeless matter that was changed, but here the ruling faculties of so many myriads were subdued.
10.150Preuschen 4:198
παρατηρητέον μέντοι γε ὅτι ἐν μὲν τῷ γάμῳ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ εἶναι λέγεται, κεκλῆσθαι δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ· εἰς δὲ τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ καταβεβηκέναι * * * * οὐδεὶς πλὴν Ἰησοῦ κατείλεκται.
paratērēteon mentoi ge hoti en men tǭ gamǭ hē mētēr tou Iēsou einai legetai, keklēsthai de ho Iēsous kai hoi mathētai autou; eis de tēn Kapharnaoum katabebēkenai * * * * oudeis plēn Iēsou kateilektai.
It must be observed, however, that at the wedding the mother of Jesus is said to be present, and Jesus and his disciples to have been invited; and that to Capernaum … went down; but [in going up to Jerusalem] no one is listed except Jesus.
10.151Preuschen 4:198
φαίνονται δʼ ὕστερον καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ παρόντες, εἴ γε ἐμνήσθησαν ὅτι »Ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ οἴκου σου καταφάγεταί με«. καὶ τάχα έν ἑκάστῳ τῶν μαθητῶν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀναβαίνων εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἦν, διόπερ οὐκ εἴρηται τὸ »Ἀνέβη Ἰησοῦς »εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ«, ὥσπερ »Κατέβη εἰς Κα »φαρναοὺμ αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ »αὐτοῦ«.
phainontai dʼ hysteron kai hoi mathētai parontes, ei ge emnēsthēsan hoti »Ho zēlos tou oikou sou kataphagetai me«. kai tacha en hekastǭ tōn mathētōn ho Iēsous anabainōn eis Hierosolyma ēn, dioper ouk eirētai to »Anebē Iēsous »eis Hierosolyma kai hoi mathētai autou«, hōsper »Katebē eis Ka »pharnaoum autos kai hē mētēr autou kai hoi adelphoi kai hoi mathētai »autou«.
The disciples appear later to be present too, since they remembered that “Zeal for your house will consume me.” And perhaps Jesus was going up to Jerusalem in each of the disciples, which is why it is not said, “Jesus went up to Jerusalem and his disciples,” as it was said, “He went down to Capernaum, he and his mother and his brothers and his disciples.”
10.152Preuschen 4:198
Ἤδη δὲ τὰ συγγενῆ τῷ τόπῳ, ἐκβεβλῆσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ τοὺς ποιοῦντας αὐτὸν οἶκον ἐμπορίου, παρὰ τοῖς λοιποῖς κείμενα κατανοητέον.
Ēdē de ta syngenē tǭ topǭ, ekbeblēsthai apo tou hierou tous poiountas auton oikon emporiou, para tois loipois keimena katanoēteon.
Now we must consider the passages akin to this one, about the expulsion from the temple of those who made it a house of trade, found in the other evangelists.
10.153Preuschen 4:198
καὶ πρῶτόν γε τὰ παρὰ τῷ Ματθαίῳ, ὅς φησιν εἰσελθόντος τοῦ κυρίου εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα σεσεῖσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν πόλιν, λέγουσαν· Τίς ἐστιν οὗτος;«
kai prōton ge ta para tǭ Matthaiǭ, hos phēsin eiselthontos tou kyriou eis Hierosolyma seseisthai pasan tēn polin, legousan; Tis estin houtos?«
And first those in Matthew, who says that when the Lord entered Jerusalem the whole city was stirred, saying, “Who is this?”
10.154Preuschen 4:198
πρὸ δὲ τούτων διηγεῖται τὰ περὶ τὴν ὄνον καὶ τὸν πῶλον, ληφθέντα προστάξει τοῦ κυρίου, ὑπὸ δύο μαθητῶν ἀποσταλέντων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ Βηθφαγὴ εἰς τὴν κατέναντι αὐτῆς κώμην εὑρημένα, ὅπου καὶ λύεται ὑπὸ τῶν δύο μαθητῶν ἡ πρότερον δεδεμένη ὄνος κελευσθέντων, ἐάν τις αὐτοῖς εἴπῃ τι, ἀποκρίνασθαι ὡς ἄρα »Ὁ κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν ἔχει· καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτοὺς ἀπο- »στέλλει«.
pro de toutōn diēgeitai ta peri tēn onon kai ton pōlon, lēphthenta prostaxei tou kyriou, hypo dyo mathētōn apostalentōn hypʼ autou apo Bēthphagē eis tēn katenanti autēs kōmēn heurēmena, hopou kai lyetai hypo tōn dyo mathētōn hē proteron dedemenē onos keleusthentōn, ean tis autois eipę̄ ti, apokrinasthai hōs ara »Ho kyrios autōn chreian echei; kai euthys autous apo- »stellei«.
Before this he narrates what concerns the donkey and the colt, taken at the Lord's command, found by two disciples sent by him from Bethphage into the village opposite it, where the donkey that had been tied is untied by the two disciples, who were told that if anyone said anything to them they should answer, “The Lord has need of them, and he will send them at once.”
10.155Preuschen 4:198
ἀπαγγέλλει δὲ πληροῦσθαι προφητείαν διὰ τούτων γεγενημένων τὴν φάσκουσαν· »Ἰδοὺ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἔρχεται πραΰς καὶ ἐπιβεβηκὼς ἐπὶ »ὄνον καὶ πῶλον υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου«, ἥντινα παρὰ τῷ Ζαχαρίᾳ εὕρομεν.
apangellei de plērousthai prophēteian dia toutōn gegenēmenōn tēn phaskousan; »Idou ho basileus erchetai praÿs kai epibebēkōs epi »onon kai pōlon huion hypozygiou«, hēntina para tǭ Zacharią heuromen.
He reports that through these events a prophecy was fulfilled that says, “Behold, the king comes, gentle and mounted on a donkey and on a colt, the foal of a beast of burden,” which we find in Zechariah.
10.156Preuschen 4:198–199
ὡς δὲ πορευθέντες οἱ μαθηταὶ καὶ ποιήσαντες ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς »ἤγαγον τὴν ὄνον καὶ τὸν πῶλον. ἐπέθηκαν φησίν, ἐπʼ αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν καὶ ἐπεκάθισεν ἐΠάνω αὐτῶν« ὁ κύριος, δῆλον δ ὅτι καὶ τῆς ὄνου καὶ τοῦ πώλου ὅτε καὶ »ὁ πλεῖστος ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων καὶ ἔστρωσαν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ‘, τῶν προαγόντων καὶ ἀκολουθούντων ὄχλων κεκραγότων· »Ὡσαννὰ τῷ υἱῷ Δαβίδ, ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνό »ματι κυρίου, ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις«.
hōs de poreuthentes hoi mathētai kai poiēsantes hōs prosetaxen autois ho Iēsous »ēgagon tēn onon kai ton pōlon. epethēkan phēsin, epʼ autōn ta himatia heautōn kai epekathisen ePanō autōn« ho kyrios, dēlon d hoti kai tēs onou kai tou pōlou hote kai »ho pleistos ochlos estrōsan ta himatia en tę̄ hodǭ, alloi de ekopton kladous apo tōn dendrōn kai estrōsan en tę̄ hodǭ‘, tōn proagontōn kai akolouthountōn ochlōn kekragotōn; »Hōsanna tǭ huiǭ Dabid, erchomenos en ono »mati kyriou, hōsanna en tois hypsistois«.
And when the disciples went and did as Jesus had directed them, “they brought the donkey and the colt. They put,” he says, “their garments on them, and he sat on them,” the Lord, clearly on both the donkey and the colt; when also “most of the crowd spread their garments on the road, and others cut branches from the trees and spread them on the road,” the crowds going before and following crying out, “Hosanna to the Son of David! [Blessed is he who] comes in the name of the Lord! Hosanna in the highest!”
10.157Preuschen 4:199
πλὴν ὡς διὰ ταῦτα »εἰσελ »θόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ὲσείοθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις λέγουσα· »ἐστιν οὗτος;« οἱ ὄχλοι, δηλονότι οἱ προάγοντες καὶ ἀκολουθοῦντε. ἀπεκρίναντο τοῖς ἐρωτῶσιν. τίς εἴη, τὸ »Οὑτός ἐστιν ὁ προφήτης Ἰησοῦς, ὁ ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς Γαλιλαίας.
plēn hōs dia tauta »eisel »thontos autou eis Hierosolyma eseiothē pasa hē polis legousa; »estin houtos?« hoi ochloi, dēlonoti hoi proagontes kai akolouthounte. apekrinanto tois erōtōsin. tis eiē, to »Houtos estin ho prophētēs Iēsous, ho apo Nazaret tēs Galilaias.
But as a result of these things, “when he entered Jerusalem the whole city was stirred, saying, Who is this?” The crowds, clearly those going before and following, answered those asking who he was: “This is the prophet Jesus, from Nazareth of Galilee.
10.158Preuschen 4:199
καὶ εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ »ἱερόν, καὶ ἐξέβαλεν πάντας τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράςοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ τὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυβιστῶν κατέστρεψεν καὶ τὰς λαθέ »δρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστερός. καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· Γέγραπται· »Ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται· ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ποιεῖτε »σπήλαιον λῃστῶν«.
kai eisēlthen Iēsous eis to »hieron, kai exebalen pantas tous pōlountas kai agorasontas en tǭ hierǭ kai tas trapezas tōn kollybistōn katestrepsen kai tas lathe »dras tōn pōlountōn tas peristeros. kai legei autois; Gegraptai; »Ho oikos mou oikos proseuchēs klēthēsetai; hymeis de auton poieite »spēlaion lę̄stōn«.
And Jesus entered the temple and drove out all who sold and bought in the temple, and overturned the tables of the money-changers and the seats of those who sold doves. And he says to them, It is written, My house shall be called a house of prayer; but you make it a den of robbers.”
10.159Preuschen 4:199
πευσόμεθα δὴ τῶν πέρα τῆς ἱστορίας μηδὲν οἰομένων προκεῖσθαι γράφοντι τῷ Ματθαίῳ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, τί ἦν τὸ ἐπεῖγον πεμφθῆναι τῶν μαθητῶν δύο εἰς τὴν κατέναντι τῆς Βηθφαγῆς κώμην ὑΠὲρ τοῦ εὑρόντας αὐτοὺς δεδεμένην ὄνον καὶ πῶλον μετ αὐτῆς λῦσαι καὶ ἀγαγεῖν αὐτῷ;
peusometha dē tōn pera tēs historias mēden oiomenōn prokeisthai graphonti tǭ Matthaiǭ to euangelion, ti ēn to epeigon pemphthēnai tōn mathētōn dyo eis tēn katenanti tēs Bēthphagēs kōmēn hyPer tou heurontas autous dedemenēn onon kai pōlon met autēs lysai kai agagein autǭ?
Let us ask, then, those who think that Matthew had nothing beyond the history in view when he wrote the Gospel, what urgent need there was for two of the disciples to be sent into the village opposite Bethphage in order to find a donkey tied and a colt with her, untie them, and bring them to him?
10.160Preuschen 4:199
τί δὲ ἄξιον ἀναγραφῆς ἦν γενόμενον τῷ ἐπικαθεσθέντι ὄνῳ καὶ πώλῳ καὶ εἰσεληλυθότι εἰς τὴν πόλιν; τί δὲ μετὰ x003E; περὶ τοῦ χριστοῦ προφητεύων ὁ Ζαχαρίας φησί· »Χαῖρε »σφόδρα, θύγατερ Σιών· κήρυσσε, θύγατερ Ἱερουσαλήμ· ἰδοὺ ὁ βα »σιλεύς σου ἔρχεταί σοι δίκαιος καὶ σώζων, αὐτὸς πραΰς καὶ ἐπιβεβη »κὼς ἐπὶ ὑποζύγιον καὶ πῶλον νέον;«
ti de axion anagraphēs ēn genomenon tǭ epikathesthenti onǭ kai pōlǭ kai eiselēlythoti eis tēn polin? ti de meta x003E? peri tou christou prophēteuōn ho Zacharias phēsi; »Chaire »sphodra, thygater Siōn; kērysse, thygater Hierousalēm; idou ho ba »sileus sou erchetai soi dikaios kai sōzōn, autos praÿs kai epibebē »kōs epi hypozygion kai pōlon neon?«
And what worthy of record happened to him who sat on the donkey and colt and entered the city? And why, after …, does Zechariah, prophesying about Christ, say, “Rejoice greatly, daughter of Zion; proclaim, daughter of Jerusalem; behold, your king comes to you, righteous and saving; he is gentle and mounted on a beast of burden and a young colt”?
10.161Preuschen 4:199
εἰ γὰρ ἡ προφητεία αὕτη τὸ παρὰ τοῖς εὐαγγελισταῖς δηλούμενον σωματικὸν μόνον προλέγει, τὴν ἀκολουθίαν τῆς προφητείας σωζέτωσαν ἡμῖν οἱ ἐπὶ τοῦ γράμματος ἱστάμενοι οὕτως ἐ̓χουσαν· Καὶ ἐξολοθρεύσει ἅρματα ἐξ Ἐφραϊμ καὶ »ἵππον ἐξ Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ ἐξολοθρευθήσεται τόξον πολεμικόν, καὶ »πλῆθος καὶ εἰρήνη ἐξ ἐθνῶν, καὶ κατάρξαι ὑδάτων ἕως θαλάσσης, »καὶ ποταμῶν διεκβολὰς γῆς« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.
ei gar hē prophēteia hautē to para tois euangelistais dēloumenon sōmatikon monon prolegei, tēn akolouthian tēs prophēteias sōzetōsan hēmin hoi epi tou grammatos histamenoi houtōs echousan; Kai exolothreusei harmata ex Ephraïm kai »hippon ex Hierousalēm, kai exolothreuthēsetai toxon polemikon, kai »plēthos kai eirēnē ex ethnōn, kai katarxai hydatōn heōs thalassēs, »kai potamōn diekbolas gēs« kai ta hexēs.
For if this prophecy foretells only the bodily event shown in the evangelists, let those who stand on the letter preserve for us the sequence of the prophecy, which runs thus: “And he will destroy chariots from Ephraim and the horse from Jerusalem, and the bow of war shall be destroyed, and abundance and peace from the nations; and he shall rule the waters to the sea, and the outlets of rivers of the earth,” and what follows.
10.162Preuschen 4:199
Ἰστέον μέντοι γε ὅτι οὐχ ὡς κεῖται παρὰ τῷ προφήτῃ ἡ λέξις ἐξέθετο αὐτὴν ὁ Ματθαῖος. ἀντὶ γὰρ τοῦ »Χαῖρε σφόδρα, θύγατερ »Σιών· κήρυσσε, θύγατερ Ἱερουσαλήμ« πεποίηκεν· »Εἴπατε τῇ θυ- »γατρὶ Σιών«, ἐπιτεμνόμενος τὸ προφητικόν· παρεσιώπησεν δὲ καὶ τὸ »Δίκαιος καὶ σώζων αὐτός«, καὶ εἰπὼν ὡς κεῖται τὸ »Πραΰς καὶ »ἐπιβεβηκώς« ἀντὶ τοῦ »Ἐπὶ ὑποζύγιον καὶ πῶλον νέον« ἀνέγραψεν· Ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ πῶλον υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου«.
Isteon mentoi ge hoti ouch hōs keitai para tǭ prophētę̄ hē lexis exetheto autēn ho Matthaios. anti gar tou »Chaire sphodra, thygater »Siōn; kērysse, thygater Hierousalēm« pepoiēken; »Eipate tę̄ thy- »gatri Siōn«, epitemnomenos to prophētikon; paresiōpēsen de kai to »Dikaios kai sōzōn autos«, kai eipōn hōs keitai to »Praÿs kai »epibebēkōs« anti tou »Epi hypozygion kai pōlon neon« anegrapsen; Epi onon kai pōlon huion hypozygiou«.
It must be known, however, that Matthew did not set out the wording as it stands in the prophet. For instead of “Rejoice greatly, daughter of Zion; proclaim, daughter of Jerusalem,” he made it “Say to the daughter of Zion,” abridging the prophetic text; he also passed over “righteous and saving is he,” and, having said as it stands “gentle and mounted,” instead of “on a beast of burden and a young colt” he wrote “on a donkey and on a colt, the foal of a beast of burden.”
10.163Preuschen 4:199–200
Καὶ Ἰουδαῖοι δὲ συνεξετάζοντες τὸν τῆς προφητείας εἱρμὸν τοῖς περὶ Ἰησοῦ ἀναγεγραμμένοις, οὐκ εὐκαταφρονήτοις ἡμᾶς θλίβουσιν ἀπαιτοῦντες πῶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐξωλόθρευσεν ἄρματα ἐξ Ἐφραΐμ καὶ ἵππον ἐξ Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ ἐζωλόθρευσεν τόξον πολεμικὸν καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς πεποίηκεν. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν περὶ τῆς προφητείας.
Kai Ioudaioi de synexetazontes ton tēs prophēteias heirmon tois peri Iēsou anagegrammenois, ouk eukataphronētois hēmas thlibousin apaitountes pōs ho Iēsous exōlothreusen armata ex Ephraïm kai hippon ex Hierousalēm, kai ezōlothreusen toxon polemikon kai ta hexēs pepoiēken. kai tauta men peri tēs prophēteias.
And Jews, examining the sequence of the prophecy together with what is recorded about Jesus, press us not contemptibly, demanding how Jesus destroyed chariots from Ephraim and the horse from Jerusalem, and destroyed the bow of war, and did the rest. So much about the prophecy.
10.164Preuschen 4:200
ἐὰν δὲ τὸ μῆκος τῆς ὁδοῦ αἰτιάσωνται, μηδὲν ἄξιον τῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ οἰκονομίας εὑρίσκοντες εἰς τὸν περὶ τῆς ὄνου καὶ πώλου λόγον, πρῶτον μὲν οἱ πεντεκαίδεκα σταδίοις βραχεῖ διαστήματι οὐσιν προσχρώμενοι οὐ πάνυ τι ἀπολογίαν εὔλογον κομιοῦσιν τῆς ὁδοῦ· δεύτερον δὲ πῶς δύο κτηνῶν εἰς τὴν οὕτω βραχεῖαν δεῖται ὁδὸν λεγέτωσαν ἡμῖν·
ean de to mēkos tēs hodou aitiasōntai, mēden axion tēs tou huiou tou theou oikonomias heuriskontes eis ton peri tēs onou kai pōlou logon, prōton men hoi pentekaideka stadiois brachei diastēmati ousin proschrōmenoi ou pany ti apologian eulogon komiousin tēs hodou; deuteron de pōs dyo ktēnōn eis tēn houtō bracheian deitai hodon legetōsan hēmin;
And if they give the length of the road as the reason, finding nothing worthy of the dispensation of the Son of God in the account of the donkey and colt, first, those who rely on fifteen stadia, a short distance, will not bring a very reasonable defense concerning the road; second, let them tell us how two animals were needed for so short a road.
10.165Preuschen 4:200
Ἐπεκάθισεν, γάρ φησιν, ἐπάνω αὐτῶν( ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὸ » Ἐάν τις »ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἐρεῖτε ὅτι ὁ κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν ἔχει· εὐθὺς δὲ ἀπο »στέλλει αὐτούς« οὐκ οἶμαι ἄξιον εἶναι τοῦ μεγέθους τῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ θειότητος, ὥστε εἰπεῖν τὴν τηλικαύτην φύσιν χρείαν ὁμολογεῖν ἔχειν ὄνου ἀπὸ δεσμῶν λυομένης, καὶ πώλου σὺν αὐτῇ ἐρχομένου· δεῖ γὰρ μέγα εἶναι πᾶν, οὑ χρείαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ἄξιον τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ.
Epekathisen, gar phēsin, epanō autōn( eti de kai to » Ean tis »hymin eipę̄, ereite hoti ho kyrios autōn chreian echei; euthys de apo »stellei autous« ouk oimai axion einai tou megethous tēs tou huiou tou theou theiotētos, hōste eipein tēn tēlikautēn physin chreian homologein echein onou apo desmōn lyomenēs, kai pōlou syn autę̄ erchomenou; dei gar mega einai pan, hou chreian echei ho huios tou theou, kai axion tēs chrēstotētos autou.
“He sat,” he says, “on them.” Further, “If anyone says anything to you, you shall say, The Lord has need of them, and he will send them at once” does not seem to me worthy of the greatness of the divinity of the Son of God, as though so great a nature confessed that it had need of a donkey untied from its bonds and a colt coming with it; for everything the Son of God needs must be great and worthy of his goodness.
10.166Preuschen 4:200
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ὁ στρωννύων αὐτοῦ τὰ ἱμάτια πλεῖστος ὄχλος ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ἀνεχομένου τούτων τοῦ Ἰησοῦ καὶ μὴ ἐπιτιμῶντος, ὡς δῆλον ἐκ τῶν παρʼ ἄλλοις κειμένων· »Ἐὰν »οὗτοι σιωπήσωσιν, οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν» οὐκ οἴδα εἰ μὴ βλακείαν τινὰ ἐμφαίνουσιν τοῦ ἐπὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις, εἰ μηδὲν ἄλλο ἀπʼ αὐτῶν δηλοῦται εὐφραινομένου· x003E; δὲ καὶ κοπτομένους κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων στρώννυσθαι ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ὄνων διερχομένων ἐμπόδιον μᾶλλον δόξαι ἂν εἶναι τοῦ ὀχλουμένου ἤπερ λελογισμένη ἀποδοχή.
pros de toutois ho strōnnyōn autou ta himatia pleistos ochlos en tę̄ hodǭ, anechomenou toutōn tou Iēsou kai mē epitimōntos, hōs dēlon ek tōn parʼ allois keimenōn; »Ean »houtoi siōpēsōsin, hoi lithoi kraxousin» ouk oida ei mē blakeian tina emphainousin tou epi tois toioutois, ei mēden allo apʼ autōn dēloutai euphrainomenou; x003E? de kai koptomenous kladous apo tōn dendrōn strōnnysthai en tę̄ hodǭ onōn dierchomenōn empodion mallon doxai an einai tou ochloumenou ēper lelogismenē apodochē.
Besides these, the very great crowd spreading its garments on the road, Jesus bearing this and not rebuking them, as is clear from what is found in others, “If these are silent, the stones will cry out,” I do not know whether it does not show a certain foolishness in one who rejoiced in such things, if nothing else is shown by them. And [it seems] that branches cut from the trees and spread on the road where donkeys pass would rather be an obstacle to the one being jostled than a reasoned welcome.
10.167Preuschen 4:200
Ὅσα δὲ ἐπηπορήσαμεν 〈περὶ〉 τῶν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐκβαλλομένων, ταῦτα καὶ ἔτι μείζονα ἐνθάδε λεκτέον.
Hosa de epēporēsamen 〈peri〉 tōn ek tou hierou hypʼ autou ekballomenōn, tauta kai eti meizona enthade lekteon.
And all the difficulties we raised about those driven by him out of the temple must be said here too, and still greater ones.
10.168Preuschen 4:200
ἐν μὲν γὰρ τῷ κατὰ Ἰωάννην ἐκβάλλει τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας· ὁ δὲ Ματθαῖός φησιν ὅτι »Ἐξέβαλεν πάντας τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας έν τῷ ἱερῷ‘· πολλῶ̣ δὲ ὡς εἰκὸς ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἀγοραζόντων πλείων ἠν παρὰ τοὺς πωλοῦντας.
en men gar tǭ kata Iōannēn ekballei tous agorazontas; ho de Matthaios phēsin hoti »Exebalen pantas tous pōlountas kai agorazontas en tǭ hierǭ‘; pollō de hōs eikos arithmos tōn agorazontōn pleiōn ēn para tous pōlountas.
For in John he does [not] drive out the buyers; but Matthew says that “he drove out all who sold and bought in the temple”; and the number of buyers was likely much greater than that of the sellers.
10.169Preuschen 4:200–201
καὶ ἐπιστήσωμεν εἰ μὴ τὸ πάντας ἐκβάλλεσθαι τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τώ ἰερῷ παρὰ τὸ ἀξίωμα τοῦ νομιζομένου υἱοῦ τέκτονος εἶναι ἐτύγχανεν, εἰ μὴ ἄρα, ὡς κἀκεῖ ἐλέγομεν, θειοτέρᾳ δυνάμει τοὺς πάντας ὑπέτασσεν, χαλεπώτερα ὅσον ἐπὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς εὐαγγελισταῖς παρὰ τὸν Ἰωάννην ἀκούσαντας.
kai epistēsōmen ei mē to pantas ekballesthai tous pōlountas kai agorazontas en tō ierǭ para to axiōma tou nomizomenou huiou tektonos einai etynchanen, ei mē ara, hōs kakei elegomen, theioterą dynamei tous pantas hypetassen, chalepōtera hoson epi tois loipois euangelistais para ton Iōannēn akousantas.
And let us consider whether driving out all who sold and bought in the temple was not beyond the standing of one reputed to be a carpenter's son, unless, as we said there too, he subdued them all by a more divine power, they hearing harsher words, according to the other evangelists, than in John.
10.170Preuschen 4:201
ὁ μὲν γὰρ Ἰωάννης φησὶν αὐτοῖς εἰρῆσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· Μὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν·οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου«· τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς »σπήλαιον »λῃστῶν« ἐλέγχονται πεποιηκότες τὸν οἶκον τῆς προσευχῆς, οὐ χωροῦντος τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πατρὸς ὥστε γενέσθαι σπήλαιον λῃστῶν, ἀλλὰ μέχρι τοσούτου ὑπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων φυρομένου ὡς οἶκον ἐμπορίου αὐτὸν γενέσθαι.
ho men gar Iōannēs phēsin autois eirēsthai hypo tou Iēsou; Mē poieite ton;oikon tou patros mou oikon emporiou«; tois de loipois »spēlaion »lę̄stōn« elenchontai pepoiēkotes ton oikon tēs proseuchēs, ou chōrountos tou oikou tou patros hōste genesthai spēlaion lę̄stōn, alla mechri tosoutou hypo tōn hamartanontōn phyromenou hōs oikon emporiou auton genesthai.
For John says that Jesus said to them, “Do not make my Father's house a house of trade”; but in the others they are convicted of having made the house of prayer “a den of robbers,” the house of the Father not being able to become a den of robbers, but being defiled by sinners only so far as to become a house of trade.
10.171Preuschen 4:201
μόνον δὲ τῆς προσευχῆς οἶκος, οὐ πάντως οἶκος τοῦ πατρὸς ὤν, ἀμεληθεὶς καὶ λῃστὰς παραδέξεται, οὐ γινόμενος αὐτῶν οἶκος, ἀλλὰ σπήλαιον, πρᾶγμα οὐχ ὑπὸ ἀρχιτεκτονικῆς καὶ λογικῆς ἐντρεχείας γεγενημένον.
monon de tēs proseuchēs oikos, ou pantōs oikos tou patros ōn, amelētheis kai lę̄stas paradexetai, ou ginomenos autōn oikos, alla spēlaion, pragma ouch hypo architektonikēs kai logikēs entrecheias gegenēmenon.
But what is only a house of prayer, and not wholly the Father's house, if neglected will receive robbers as well, becoming not their house but a den, a thing not made by architectural and rational skill.
10.172Preuschen 4:201
Τὸ μὲν οὖν ἰδεῖν ᾗ ἔχει ταῦτα νοῦ ἀληθοῦς τοῦ δοθέντος τοῖς λέγουσιν· » Ἡμεῖς δὲ νοῦν Χριστοῦ ἔχομεν, ἵνα »ἴδωμεν τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χαρισθέντα ἡμῖν‘ μεῖζον, ἢ καθʼ ἡμᾶς εἶναι πειθόμεθα.
To men oun idein hę̄ echei tauta nou alēthous tou dothentos tois legousin; » Hēmeis de noun Christou echomen, hina »idōmen ta hypo tou theou charisthenta hēmin‘ meizon, ē kathʼ hēmas einai peithometha.
To see how these things stand belongs to a true mind, the one given to those who say, “But we have the mind of Christ, that we may see the things freely given to us by God,” something greater, we are persuaded, than lies within our power.
10.173Preuschen 4:201
οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀθόλωτον ἡμῶν ἐστιν τὸ ἡγεμονικόν, οὐδὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὁποίους δεῖ εἶναι τοὺς τῆς καλῆς νύμφης Χριστοῦ ὀφθαλ- μούς, περὶ ὧς φησιν ὁ νυμφίος· »Ὀφθαλμοί σου περιστεραί«, τάχα αἰνισσόμενος τὴν τῶν πνευματικῶν κατανοητικὴν δύναμιν, διὰ τὸ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ὡς περιστερὰν ἐληλυθέναι ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον <Ἰησοῦν> καὶ τὸν ἐν ἑκάστῳ κύριον· ἀλλʼ ὅμως καὶ οὕτως ἔχοντες οὐκ ἀποκνήσομεν, ψηλαφῶντες τοὺς εἰρημένους τῆς ζωῆς λόγους, πειραθῆναι λαβέσθαι αὐτῶν τῆς ἀπορρεούσης εἰς τὸν μετὰ πίστεως ἁψάμενον δυνάμεως.
oude gar atholōton hēmōn estin to hēgemonikon, oude ophthalmoi hopoious dei einai tous tēs kalēs nymphēs Christou ophthal- mous, peri hōs phēsin ho nymphios; »Ophthalmoi sou peristerai«, tacha ainissomenos tēn tōn pneumatikōn katanoētikēn dynamin, dia to kai to pneuma to hagion hōs peristeran elēlythenai epi ton kyrion <Iēsoun> kai ton en hekastǭ kyrion; allʼ homōs kai houtōs echontes ouk apoknēsomen, psēlaphōntes tous eirēmenous tēs zōēs logous, peirathēnai labesthai autōn tēs aporreousēs eis ton meta pisteōs hapsamenon dynameōs.
For our ruling faculty is not unclouded, nor are our eyes such as the eyes of the fair bride of Christ must be, of which the Bridegroom says, “Your eyes are doves,” perhaps hinting at the power of perceiving spiritual things, because the Holy Spirit too came as a dove upon the Lord [Jesus], and upon the Lord in each. But even so, we shall not shrink from trying, touching the words of life that have been spoken, to lay hold of the power that flows from them to one who touches with faith.
10.174Preuschen 4:201
Ἰησοῦς τοίνυν ἐστὶν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος, ὅστις εἰσέρχεται εἰς τὴν Ἱεροσόλυμα καλουμένην ψυχήν, ὀχούμενος τῇ ὑπὸ τῶν μαθητῶν λελυμένῃ ἀπὸ τῶν δεσμῶν ὄνῳ, λέγω δὲ τοῖς ἀφελέσι τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης γράμμασι, σαφηνιζομένοις ὑπὸ τῶν λυόντων αὐτὰ μαθητῶν δύο· τοῦ τʼ ἐπὶ τὴν θεραπείαν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀνάγοντος τὰ γεγραμμένα καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτὴν αὐτὰ ἀλληγοροῦντος, καὶ τοῦ τὰ μέλλοντα ἀγαθὰ καὶ ἀληθινὰ διὰ τῶν ἐν τῇ σκιᾷ κειμένων παριστάντος.
Iēsous toinyn estin ho tou theou logos, hostis eiserchetai eis tēn Hierosolyma kaloumenēn psychēn, ochoumenos tę̄ hypo tōn mathētōn lelymenę̄ apo tōn desmōn onǭ, legō de tois aphelesi tēs palaias diathēkēs grammasi, saphēnizomenois hypo tōn lyontōn auta mathētōn dyo; tou tʼ epi tēn therapeian tēs psychēs anagontos ta gegrammena kai epʼ autēn auta allēgorountos, kai tou ta mellonta agatha kai alēthina dia tōn en tę̄ skią keimenōn paristantos.
Jesus, then, is the Word of God, who enters the soul called Jerusalem, riding on the donkey loosed from its bonds by the disciples, I mean the simple writings of the Old Testament, made clear by the two disciples who loose them: the one who refers what is written to the healing of the soul and allegorizes it with reference to the soul, and the one who sets forth the good and true things to come through what lies in the shadow.
10.175Preuschen 4:201
ὀχεῖται δὲ καὶ τῷ νέῳ πώλῳ, τῇ καινῇ διαθήκῃ· ἐν ἀμφοτέραις γὰρ ἔστιν εὑρεῖν τὸν καθαίροντα ἡμᾶς τῆς ἀληθείας λόγον καὶ ἀπελαύνοντα τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας ἐν ἡμῖν πάντας λογισμούς.
ocheitai de kai tǭ neǭ pōlǭ, tę̄ kainę̄ diathēkę̄; en amphoterais gar estin heurein ton kathaironta hēmas tēs alētheias logon kai apelaunonta tous pōlountas kai agorazontas en hēmin pantas logismous.
And he rides also on the young colt, the New Testament; for in both one can find the Word of truth that cleanses us and drives out all the thoughts in us that sell and buy.
10.176Preuschen 4:201–202
μόνος δὲ εἰς τὴν Ἱεροσόλυμα ψυχὴν οὐκ ἔρχεται, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ μετὰ ὀλίγων τινῶν· πολλὰ γὰρ τὰ προάγοντα τὸν τελειοῦντα ἡμᾶς λόγον θεοῦ δεῖ ἐν ἡμῖν γενέσθαι, καὶ ἕτερα πλεῖστα ὅσα τὰ ἑπόμενα αὐτῷ· πάντα μέντοι γε αὐτὸν ὑμνοῦντα κα·ὶ δοξάζοντα, καὶ τὸν ἴδιον κόσμον καὶ περιβολὴν αὐτῷ ὑποτιθέντα, ἕνα αὐτοῦ τὰ ὀχήματα μὴ ἅπτηται γῆς, ἔχοντα τὸν οὐρανόθεν καταβεβηκότα ἐπαναπαυόμενον αὐτοῖς.
monos de eis tēn Hierosolyma psychēn ouk erchetai, allʼ oude meta oligōn tinōn; polla gar ta proagonta ton teleiounta hēmas logon theou dei en hēmin genesthai, kai hetera pleista hosa ta hepomena autǭ; panta mentoi ge auton hymnounta ka;i doxazonta, kai ton idion kosmon kai peribolēn autǭ hypotithenta, hena autou ta ochēmata mē haptētai gēs, echonta ton ouranothen katabebēkota epanapauomenon autois.
He does not come to the soul Jerusalem alone, nor with only a few; for many things that go before the Word of God who perfects us must come to be in us, and very many others that follow him, all, however, praising and glorifying him and laying their own adornment and covering under him, so that his mounts may not touch the ground, having the one who came down from heaven resting upon them.
10.177Preuschen 4:202
ἕνα δὲ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἀνωτέρω τῆς γῆς τυγχάνωσιν οἱ ὀχοῦντες αὐτὸν παλαιοὶ καὶ καινοὶ λόγοι τῶν γραφῶν, ἐκκόπτεσθαι κλάδους δεῖ ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, ἕνα βαίνωσιν ἐπὶ τῶν εὐλόγως ἐκκειμένων. δύνανται δὲ οἱ προάγοντες καὶ ἀκολουθοῦντες αὐτῷ ὄχλοι δηλοῦν καὶ τὰς ἀγγελικὰς συνεργείας, τινὰς μὲν εὐτρεπιζούσας αὐτῷ τὴν ὁδὸν έν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡμῶν, διʼ έ)ν αὐτοὶ κεκόσμηνται, τινῶν δὲ ἐπακολουθούντων τῇ αὐτοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν παρουσίᾳ, περὶ ἧς πολλάκις εἰρηκότες νῦν εἰς τοῦτο μαρτυριῶν οὐ χρῄζομεν.
hena de eti mallon anōterō tēs gēs tynchanōsin hoi ochountes auton palaioi kai kainoi logoi tōn graphōn, ekkoptesthai kladous dei apo tōn dendrōn, hena bainōsin epi tōn eulogōs ekkeimenōn. dynantai de hoi proagontes kai akolouthountes autǭ ochloi dēloun kai tas angelikas synergeias, tinas men eutrepizousas autǭ tēn hodon en tais psychais hēmōn, diʼ e)n autoi kekosmēntai, tinōn de epakolouthountōn tę̄ autou en hēmin parousią, peri hēs pollakis eirēkotes nyn eis touto martyriōn ou chrę̄zomen.
And so that the old and new words of the Scriptures that carry him may be still higher above the earth, branches must be cut from the trees, so that they may walk on things reasonably set out. And the crowds going before and following him can signify also the cooperation of angels, some preparing his way in our souls, by which they themselves are adorned, and others following his presence in us, about which we have often spoken and now need no testimonies.
10.178Preuschen 4:202
Καὶ τάχα οὐκ ἀλόγως ὄνῳ εἰκάσαι ἄν > τἀς περιστάσας φωνὰς τὸν ἄγοντα αὐτὰς εἰς τὴν ψυχὴν λόγον· ἀχθοφόρον γὰρ τὸ ζῷον, πολὺ δὲ τὸ ἄχθος καὶ φορτίον βαρὺ δηλοῦνται ἀπὸ τῆς λέξεως, καὶ μάλιστα τῆς παλαιοτέρας, ὡς δῆλον τῷ ἐφιστάντι τοῖς ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων γινομένοις.
Kai tacha ouk alogōs onǭ eikasai an > tas peristasas phōnas ton agonta autas eis tēn psychēn logon; achthophoron gar to zǭon, poly de to achthos kai phortion bary dēlountai apo tēs lexeōs, kai malista tēs palaioteras, hōs dēlon tǭ ephistanti tois hypo Ioudaiōn ginomenois.
And perhaps not unreasonably one might liken to a donkey the words that surround [the Word] and the Word that leads them into the soul; for the animal is a burden-bearer, and much burden and a heavy load are shown by the letter, and especially the older letter, as is clear to one who attends to what is done by the Jews.
10.179Preuschen 4:202
οὐχ οὕτω δὲ ὁ πῶλος ἀχθοφόρον ὡς ἡ ὄνος. εἰ γὰρ καὶ βαρὺ πᾶν τὸ τοῦ γράμματος φορτίον ἐστὶν τὸ ἀνώφορον καὶ κουφότατον τοῦ πνεύματος χωρεῖν μὴ δυναμένοις, ἀλλά γε ἔλλαττον ἔχει βάρος τὸ καινὸν γράμμα παρὰ τὸ πρεσβύτερον.
ouch houtō de ho pōlos achthophoron hōs hē onos. ei gar kai bary pan to tou grammatos phortion estin to anōphoron kai kouphotaton tou pneumatos chōrein mē dynamenois, alla ge ellatton echei baros to kainon gramma para to presbyteron.
But the colt is not such a burden-bearer as the donkey. For even if the whole load of the letter is heavy for those who cannot receive the upward-rising and lightest element of the spirit, yet the new letter has less weight than the older.
10.180Preuschen 4:202
οἶδα δέ τινας τὴν μὲν δεδεμένην ὄνον ἐξειληφότας τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς πιστεύοντας, πολλῶν δεσμῶν ὑπὸ τῶν γνησίως τῷ λόγῳ πνευματικῶς με μαθητευμενων ἀπολυομένους, τὸν δὲ πῶλον τοὺς τῶν ἐθνῶν, ἀνέτους πρὶν παραδέξωνται τὸν Ἰησοῦ λόγον καὶ ἔξω παντὸς ἐπικειμένου ζυγοῦ κατὰ τὸ ἀφηνιαστικὸν καὶ φιλήδονον γεγενημένους.
oida de tinas tēn men dedemenēn onon exeilēphotas tous ek peritomēs pisteuontas, pollōn desmōn hypo tōn gnēsiōs tǭ logǭ pneumatikōs me mathēteumenōn apolyomenous, ton de pōlon tous tōn ethnōn, anetous prin paradexōntai ton Iēsou logon kai exō pantos epikeimenou zygou kata to aphēniastikon kai philēdonon gegenēmenous.
I know that some have taken the tied donkey to mean the believers from the circumcision, released from many bonds by those who have been truly and spiritually made disciples of the Word; and the colt to mean those from the nations, unrestrained before they received the word of Jesus and outside every imposed yoke, given to unruliness and love of pleasure.
10.181Preuschen 4:202
εἰ καὶ μὴ εἰρήκασιν δὲ οὗτοι τοὺς προάγοντας καὶ ἀκολουθοῦντας ὄχλους, οὐκ ἀπίθανόν ἐστιν ἐφαρμόσαι τοὺς μὲν προάγοντας Μωσεῖ καὶ τοῖς προφήταις, τοὺς δὲ ἐπακολουθοῦντας τοῖς ἱεροῖς ἀποστόλοις, οἵτινες ἅπαντες εἰσέρχονται εἰς πόλιν Ἱεροσόλυμα, ὅσον κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ζητητέον, ἔχοντα πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας πολλοὺς ἐξελαυνομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ.
ei kai mē eirēkasin de houtoi tous proagontas kai akolouthountas ochlous, ouk apithanon estin epharmosai tous men proagontas Mōsei kai tois prophētais, tous de epakolouthountas tois hierois apostolois, hoitines hapantes eiserchontai eis polin Hierosolyma, hoson kata touton ton logon zētēteon, echonta pōlountas kai agorazontas pollous exelaunomenous hypo tou huiou tou theou.
And even if these have not spoken about the crowds going before and following, it is not implausible to apply those going before to Moses and the prophets, and those following to the holy apostles, all of whom enter the city of Jerusalem, which, as far as this interpretation goes, must be sought, having many sellers and buyers who are driven out by the Son of God.
10.182Preuschen 4:202–203
καὶ τάχα »ἡ ἄνω Ἱερουσαλήμ«, εἰς ἥν ἀναβήσεται ὁ κύριος, ἡνιοχῶν τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς καὶ ἐθνῶν πιστεύοντας, προαγόντων αὐτὸν καὶ ἀκολουθούντων ἤτοι προφητῶν καὶ ἀποστόλων, ἢ τῶν διακονούντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων — δύνανται γὰρ καὶ οὗτοι δηλοῦσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν προαγόντων καὶ ἀκολουθούντων αὐτῷ — λέγεται νῦν, ἥ εἶχεν πρὸ τῆς ἀνόδου αὐτοῦ τὰ λεγόμενα »πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρίας ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις«, ἢ τοὺς Χαναναίους καὶ Χετταίους καὶ Ἀμορραίους καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς πολεμίους τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς τοὺς ἀλλοτρίους, κἀκεῖ πως δυναμένης τῆς προφητείας πεπληρῶσθαι, λεγούσης· » Ἡ ὑμῶν ἔρημος, αἱ πόλεις ὑμῶν πυρίκαυστοι, τὴν »χώραν ὑμῶν ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀλλότριοι κατεσθίουσιν αὐτήν«.
kai tacha »hē anō Hierousalēm«, eis hēn anabēsetai ho kyrios, hēniochōn tous ek peritomēs kai ethnōn pisteuontas, proagontōn auton kai akolouthountōn ētoi prophētōn kai apostolōn, ē tōn diakonountōn autǭ angelōn — dynantai gar kai houtoi dēlousthai apo tōn proagontōn kai akolouthountōn autǭ — legetai nyn, hē eichen pro tēs anodou autou ta legomena »pneumatika tēs ponērias en tois epouraniois«, ē tous Chananaious kai Chettaious kai Amorraious kai tous loipous polemious tou laou, kai hapaxaplōs tous allotrious, kakei pōs dynamenēs tēs prophēteias peplērōsthai, legousēs; » Hē hymōn erēmos, hai poleis hymōn pyrikaustoi, tēn »chōran hymōn enōpion hymōn allotrioi katesthiousin autēn«.
And perhaps “the Jerusalem above,” to which the Lord will go up, guiding the believers from the circumcision and from the nations, with either the prophets and apostles going before and following, or the angels who minister to him (for these too can be signified by those going before and following), is now spoken of, which before his going up held what are called “the spiritual forces of wickedness in the heavenly places,” or the Canaanites, Hittites, Amorites, and the other enemies of the people, and in short the foreigners, the prophecy being able somehow to be fulfilled there too, which says, “Your land is desolate, your cities burned with fire; foreigners devour your country before you.”
10.183Preuschen 4:203
οὑτοι γάρ εἰσιν οἱ τὸν οὐράνιον τοῦ πατρὸς οἶκον, τὴν ἁγίαν Ἱερουσαλήμ τὸν οἶκον τῆς προσευχῆς μολύνοντες καὶ σπήλαιον λῃστών« ποιήσαντες, οὐκ ἄλλων ἢ ἑαυτῶν, ἀργύριον ἔχοντες ἀδόκιμον καὶ διδόντες ὀβολοὺς καὶ κόλλυβα τοῖς προσιοῦσιν, εὐτελῆ καὶ εὐκαταφρόνητα νομίσματα.
houtoi gar eisin hoi ton ouranion tou patros oikon, tēn hagian Hierousalēm ton oikon tēs proseuchēs molynontes kai spēlaion lę̄stōn« poiēsantes, ouk allōn ē heautōn, argyrion echontes adokimon kai didontes obolous kai kollyba tois prosiousin, eutelē kai eukataphronēta nomismata.
For these are the ones who defile the heavenly house of the Father, the holy Jerusalem, the house of prayer, and have made it “a den of robbers,” of none other than themselves, having counterfeit silver and giving obols and small change to those who come, cheap and contemptible coins.
10.184Preuschen 4:203
οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαμβάνοντες ἀπὸ τῶν ψυχῶν ἐν τῷ παλαίειν αὐταῖς τὰ τιμιώτερα, καὶ συλῶσιν τὰ κρείττονα, ἴνα δῶσιν τὰ μηδενὸς ἄξια.
houtoi eisin hoi lambanontes apo tōn psychōn en tǭ palaiein autais ta timiōtera, kai sylōsin ta kreittona, ina dōsin ta mēdenos axia.
These are the ones who, wrestling with souls, take from them what is more precious and plunder what is better, in order to give what is worth nothing.
10.185Preuschen 4:203
πλὴν πορευθέντες οἱ μαθηταὶ εὑρίσκουσιν τὴν δεδεμένην ὄνον καὶ λύουσιν, διὰ τὸ ἐπικείμενον κάλυμμα τῷ νόμῳ Ἰησοῦν οὐκ ἔχουσαν.
plēn poreuthentes hoi mathētai heuriskousin tēn dedemenēn onon kai lyousin, dia to epikeimenon kalymma tǭ nomǭ Iēsoun ouk echousan.
However, the disciples go and find the tied donkey and untie it, since it did not have Jesus because of the veil lying on the law.
10.186Preuschen 4:203
καὶ ὁ πῶλος δὲ μετʼ αὐτῆς εὑρίσκεται, ἐπεὶ ἀμφότερα πρὸ Ἰησοῦ ἦν ἀπολωλότα· λέγω δὲ οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ὕστερον πιστεύσαντες.
kai ho pōlos de metʼ autēs heurisketai, epei amphotera pro Iēsou ēn apolōlota; legō de hoi ek peritomēs kai hoi apo tōn ethnōn hysteron pisteusantes.
And the colt is found with it, since both were lost before Jesus: I mean those from the circumcision and those from the nations who later believed.
10.187Preuschen 4:203
πῶς δὲ οὗτοι εὐθὺς πάλιν ἀποστέλλονται μετὰ τὸ ἐπικαθεσθέντα τὸν Ἰησοῦν εἰς τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀναβεβηκέναι οὐκ ἀκίνδυνον εἰπεῖν, μυστικὸν γὰρ ἐχόμενον τῆς περὶ] τῶν ἁγίων εἰς ἀγγέλους μεταβολῆς, ἀποσταλησομένους κατὰ τὸν μετὰ τοῦτον αἰῶνα, παραπλησίως τοῖς εἰς διακονίαν ἀποστελλομένοις λειτουργικοῖς πνεύμασιν διὰ τοὺς κατά γε ταῦτα μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν ζωὴν αἰώνιον.
pōs de houtoi euthys palin apostellontai meta to epikathesthenta ton Iēsoun eis ta Hierosolyma anabebēkenai ouk akindynon eipein, mystikon gar echomenon tēs peri] tōn hagiōn eis angelous metabolēs, apostalēsomenous kata ton meta touton aiōna, paraplēsiōs tois eis diakonian apostellomenois leitourgikois pneumasin dia tous kata ge tauta mellontas klēronomein zōēn aiōnion.
How these are sent back at once after Jesus, seated on them, has gone up to Jerusalem is not without danger to say, for it is a mystical matter bound up with the change of the saints into angels, who will be sent in the age after this one, like the ministering spirits sent for service for the sake of those who, in that respect, are to inherit eternal life.
10.188Preuschen 4:203
εἰ ἡ ὄνος καὶ ὁ πῶλος τὰ παλαιὰ καὶ τὰ καινὰ εἴη γράμματα, οἷς ὁ λόγος ὀχεῖται τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐ πάνυ τι χαλεπὸν ἔσται παραστῆσαι, πῶς ἀποστέλλονται τοῦ λόγου ἐν αὐτοῖς φανέντος οὐ μένουσιν δὲ μετὰ τὸ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα τὸν λόγον ἐν τοῖς ἀποβεβληκόσιν πάντας τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας λογισμούς.
ei hē onos kai ho pōlos ta palaia kai ta kaina eiē grammata, hois ho logos ocheitai tou theou, ou pany ti chalepon estai parastēsai, pōs apostellontai tou logou en autois phanentos ou menousin de meta to eiselthein eis Hierosolyma ton logon en tois apobeblēkosin pantas tous pōlountas kai agorazontas logismous.
If the donkey and the colt were the old and the new writings, on which the Word of God rides, it will not be very difficult to show how they are sent back once the Word has appeared in them, and do not remain after the Word has entered Jerusalem in those who have cast out all the selling and buying thoughts.
10.189Preuschen 4:203
Ἐγὼ δὲ οἶμαι μὴ μάτην κώμην τε εἶναι τὸν τόπον τοῦτον, ὅπου ἦν ἡ δεδεμένη ὄνος καὶ ὁ πῶλος, καὶ τοῦτο ἀνώνυμον· κώμη γὰρ ὡς πρὸς τὸν ἐν οὐρανῷ πάντα κόσμον ἡ πᾶσά ἐστιν γῆ, ὅπου ἐστὶν ἡ δεδεμένη ὄνος καὶ ὁ πῶλος, καὶ ἡ κώμη αὐτάρκως χωρὶς προσθήκης ἑτέρου ὀνόματος καλουμένη.
Egō de oimai mē matēn kōmēn te einai ton topon touton, hopou ēn hē dedemenē onos kai ho pōlos, kai touto anōnymon; kōmē gar hōs pros ton en ouranǭ panta kosmon hē pasa estin gē, hopou estin hē dedemenē onos kai ho pōlos, kai hē kōmē autarkōs chōris prosthēkēs heterou onomatos kaloumenē.
I think it is not in vain that this place where the tied donkey and the colt were is a village, and nameless. For the whole earth, where the tied donkey and colt are, is a village compared with the whole world in heaven; and the village is sufficiently named without the addition of another name.
10.190Preuschen 4:203–204
ἀπὸ Βηθφαγὴ δὲ ὁ Ματθαῖός φησιν ἀποστέλλεσθαι τοὺς παραληψομένους τὴν ὄνον καὶ τὸν πῶλον, ἥτις τόπος ἠν ἱερατικός οἶκος σιαγόνων‘ ἑρμηνευόμενος.
apo Bēthphagē de ho Matthaios phēsin apostellesthai tous paralēpsomenous tēn onon kai ton pōlon, hētis topos ēn hieratikos oikos siagonōn‘ hermēneuomenos.
And Matthew says that those who would fetch the donkey and colt were sent from Bethphage, which was a priestly place, interpreted “house of jaws.”
10.191Preuschen 4:204
καὶ ταῦτα μὲν κατὰ δύναμιν εἰς τὰ παρὰ τῷ Ματθαίῳ λεκτέον, τοῦ ὁλοκλήρου καὶ παρὰ ταῦτα ἀκριβεστέρου λόγου εὐκαιρότερον, ὅταν εἰς τὸ κατὰ Ματθαῖον ἡμῖν λέγειν δοθῇ, λεχθησομένου.
kai tauta men kata dynamin eis ta para tǭ Matthaiǭ lekteon, tou holoklērou kai para tauta akribesterou logou eukairoteron, hotan eis to kata Matthaion hēmin legein dothę̄, lechthēsomenou.
So much, as far as we can, must be said on the passages in Matthew, the complete and more exact account being given more suitably when it is granted us to comment on the Gospel according to Matthew.
10.192Preuschen 4:204
ὁ δὲ Μάρκος καὶ ὁ Λουκᾶς πῶλον δεδεμένον, ἐφʼ ὅν οὐδείς πω ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν, εὑρῆσθαί φασι κατὰ τὴν πρόσταξιν τοῦ κυρίου ὑπὸ τῶν δύο μαθητῶν, ὅντινα λύσαντες ἤγαγον πρὸς τὸν κύριον.
ho de Markos kai ho Loukas pōlon dedemenon, ephʼ hon oudeis pō anthrōpōn ekathisen, heurēsthai phasi kata tēn prostaxin tou kyriou hypo tōn dyo mathētōn, hontina lysantes ēgagon pros ton kyrion.
Mark and Luke say that a tied colt, on which no human being had yet sat, was found by the two disciples according to the Lord's command, and they untied it and brought it to the Lord.
10.193Preuschen 4:204
προστίθησιν δὲ ὁ Μάρκος ὅτι »εὑρον τὸν πῶλον δεδεμένον πρὸς θύραν ἔξω ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀμφόδου«· τίς δὲ ἔξω; οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν, οἳ ἠσαν »ξένοι τῶν διαθηκῶν« καὶ ἀλλότριοι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀμφόδου καὶ οὐχὶ ὑπὸ στέγην ἢ οἰκίαν ἀναπαυόμενοι, δεδεμένοι ταῖς ἰδίαις ἁμαρτίαις καὶ λυόμενοι ὑπὸ τῆς προειρημένης διπλῆς ἐπιστήμης τῶν Ἰησοῦ γνωρίμων.
prostithēsin de ho Markos hoti »heuron ton pōlon dedemenon pros thyran exō epi tou amphodou«; tis de exō? hoi apo tōn ethnōn, hoi ēsan »xenoi tōn diathēkōn« kai allotrioi tēs epangelias tou theou, epi tou amphodou kai ouchi hypo stegēn ē oikian anapauomenoi, dedemenoi tais idiais hamartiais kai lyomenoi hypo tēs proeirēmenēs diplēs epistēmēs tōn Iēsou gnōrimōn.
And Mark adds that “they found the colt tied at a door outside in the street.” Who are outside? Those from the nations, who were “strangers to the covenants” and aliens from the promise of God, resting in the street and not under a roof or house, bound by their own sins and loosed by the twofold knowledge, mentioned before, of Jesus' disciples.
10.194Preuschen 4:204
οἱ δὲ δεσμοὶ τοῦ δεδεμένου πώλου, καὶ αἱ ἁμαρτίαι παρὰ τὸν ὑγιῆ γεγενημέναι λόγον έλεγχόμεναι ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ θύρας τυγχάνοντος ζωῆς πρὸς ἐκείνην (λέγω δὴ τὴν θύραν) ἦσαν οὐκ ἔνδον, ἀλλʼ ἔξω· τάχα γὰρ ἔνδον τῆς θύρας δεσμὸς γενέσθαι τῆς κακίας οὐ δύναται.
hoi de desmoi tou dedemenou pōlou, kai hai hamartiai para ton hygiē gegenēmenai logon elenchomenai hypʼ autou thyras tynchanontos zōēs pros ekeinēn (legō dē tēn thyran) ēsan ouk endon, allʼ exō; tacha gar endon tēs thyras desmos genesthai tēs kakias ou dynatai.
And the bonds of the tied colt, the sins committed against sound reason and convicted by him who is the door of life, were not within that door (I mean the door) but outside; for perhaps within the door there can be no bond of wickedness.
10.195Preuschen 4:204
ἑστήκασιν δέ τινες παρὰ τῷ δεδεμένῳ πώλῳ, ὡς ὁ Μάρκος φησίν, οἶμαι ὅτι οἱ δήσαντες αὐτόν· ὡς δὲ Λουκᾶς ἀναγράφει, »Εἶπαν »κύριοι τοῦ πώλου πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς· Τί λύετε τὸν πῶλον; «κύριοι γὰρ οἱ ὑποτάξαντες καὶ δήσαντες τὸν ἡμαρτηκότα παράνομοι, οἵτινες οὐ δύνανται ἀντιβλέψαι τῷ ἀληθῶς κυρίῳ ἀφέλκοντι τοῦ δεσμοῦ αὐτῶν τὸν πῶλον.
hestēkasin de tines para tǭ dedemenǭ pōlǭ, hōs ho Markos phēsin, oimai hoti hoi dēsantes auton; hōs de Loukas anagraphei, »Eipan »kyrioi tou pōlou pros tous mathētas; Ti lyete ton pōlon? «kyrioi gar hoi hypotaxantes kai dēsantes ton hēmartēkota paranomoi, hoitines ou dynantai antiblepsai tǭ alēthōs kyriǭ aphelkonti tou desmou autōn ton pōlon.
And some were standing by the tied colt, as Mark says, I think those who had tied it; and as Luke records, “The owners (lords) of the colt said to the disciples, Why are you untying the colt?” For the lawless ones who subjected and bound the sinner are its lords, who cannot face the true Lord, who draws the colt away from their bond.
10.196Preuschen 4:204
ὅτι οὖν φασιν οἱ μαθηταί· »Ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν »ἔχει« μηδὲν δυνηθέντων τῶν πονηρῶν κυρίων ἀποκρίνασθαι, ἄγουσι πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν τὸν πῶλον γυμνόν, ἐπιρρίπτουσι τὸν ἴδιον κόσμον, ἕνα τοῖς ἐπιβληθεῖσι τῶν μαθητῶν ἱματίοις ἐπικαθεσθεὶς ὁ κύριος ἀναπαύσηται.
hoti oun phasin hoi mathētai; »Ho kyrios autou chreian »echei« mēden dynēthentōn tōn ponērōn kyriōn apokrinasthai, agousi pros ton Iēsoun ton pōlon gymnon, epirriptousi ton idion kosmon, hena tois epiblētheisi tōn mathētōn himatiois epikathestheis ho kyrios anapausētai.
Since, then, the disciples say, “The Lord has need of it,” the evil lords being unable to answer anything, they bring the colt bare to Jesus, and throw their own adornment on it, so that the Lord may rest, sitting on the garments the disciples have put on it.
10.197Preuschen 4:204
Τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων παρὰ τῷ Ματθαίῳ οὐ πάνυ τι ἔσται ἀσαφῆ, τίνα τρόπον »ἔρχονται εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ »εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ« ἤ· »Ὡς ἤγγισεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλιν ἔκλαυσεν ἐπʼ «αὐτήν. καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας‘.
Ta de loipa ek tōn eirēmenōn para tǭ Matthaiǭ ou pany ti estai asaphē, tina tropon »erchontai eis Hierosolyma, kai »eiselthōn eis to hieron ērxato ekballein tous pōlountas kai agorazontas en tǭ hierǭ« ē; »Hōs ēngisen, idōn tēn polin eklausen epʼ «autēn. kai eiselthōn eis to hieron ērxato ekballein tous pōlountas‘.
The rest, from what has been said about Matthew, will not be very unclear: how “they come to Jerusalem, and entering the temple he began to drive out those who sold and bought in the temple,” or “When he drew near, seeing the city he wept over it. And entering the temple he began to drive out those who sold.”
10.198Preuschen 4:204–205
ἐν οἷς μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἐχόντων τὸ ἱερὸν ἐν αὑτοῖς ἐκβάλλει πάντας τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας έν τῷ ἱερῷ· ἐν ἑτέροις δὲ μὴ σφόδρα πειθομένοις τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ μόνον τὴν ἀρχὴν ποιεῖται τοῦ ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας. τρίτοι δέ εἰσιν παρὰ τούτους, ἐν οἷς ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν μόνους τοὺς πωλοῦντας, οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας.
en hois men gar tōn echontōn to hieron en hautois ekballei pantas tous pōlountas kai agorazontas en tǭ hierǭ; en heterois de mē sphodra peithomenois tǭ logǭ tou theou monon tēn archēn poieitai tou ekballein tous pōlountas kai agorazontas. tritoi de eisin para toutous, en hois ērxato ekballein monous tous pōlountas, ouchi de kai tous agorazontas.
For in some of those who have the temple within them he drives out all who sell and buy in the temple; in others, who are not very obedient to the Word of God, he only makes a beginning of driving out the sellers and buyers. And there is a third group besides these, in whom he began to drive out only the sellers, and not the buyers too.
10.199Preuschen 4:205
οἱ δὲ παρὰ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ πάντες ἅμα τοῖς προβάτοις καὶ τοῖς βουσὶν τῷ πλακέντι ἐκ σχοινίων φραγελλίῳ ἐκβάλλονται. ἐπίστησον δὲ ἐπιμελῶς εἰ δυνατὸν † ὡς τάς γε ἐναλλαγὰς τῶν γεγραμμένων καὶ τὰς διαφωνίας διαλύεται παρὰ τὸν τῆς ἀναγωγῆς τρόπον, ἐκάστου τῶν εὐαγγελιστῶν διαγράφοντος διαφόρους τοῦ λόγου ἐνεργείας ἐν διαφόροις ἤθεσι ψυχῶν οὐ τὰ αὐτὰ ἀλλά τινα παραπλήσια ἐπιτελούσας.
hoi de para tǭ Iōannę̄ pantes hama tois probatois kai tois bousin tǭ plakenti ek schoiniōn phragelliǭ ekballontai. epistēson de epimelōs ei dynaton † hōs tas ge enallagas tōn gegrammenōn kai tas diaphōnias dialyetai para ton tēs anagōgēs tropon, ekastou tōn euangelistōn diagraphontos diaphorous tou logou energeias en diaphorois ēthesi psychōn ou ta auta alla tina paraplēsia epitelousas.
And in John all are driven out with the sheep and oxen by the whip plaited of cords. Consider carefully whether it is possible … that the variations and discords of what is written are resolved by the anagogical method, each of the evangelists describing different operations of the Word in different characters of souls, accomplishing not the same things but things similar.
10.200Preuschen 4:205
καὶ ἡ δοκοῦσα δὲ διακοπὴ τῶν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀνόδων τοῦ Ἰησοῦ παρὰ τώ τὸ ἐν χερσὶν εὐαγγελίον ἀναγράψαντι ἑτέρως παρὰ τοὺς τρεῖς, ὡς ἐξεθέμεθα τὰς λέξεις αὐτῶν οὕτω μόνως σώζεσθαι δύναται· τοῖς παραπλησίοις πράγμασιν ἐπιπεσόντος τοῦ Ἰωάννου ἀντὶ τῶν κοπτομένων ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων κλάδων, στιβάδων ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν καὶ στρωννυμένων ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων εἰληφέναι λέγοντος τὸν πολὺν ἐξεληλυθέναι εἰς τὴν ἑορτὴν ὄχλον, καὶ ἐξεληλυθέναι εἰς ἀπάντησιν αὐτῷ κεκραγότα· »Εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχό μενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου, καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ«.
kai hē dokousa de diakopē tōn eis Hierosolyma anodōn tou Iēsou para tō to en chersin euangelion anagrapsanti heterōs para tous treis, hōs exethemetha tas lexeis autōn houtō monōs sōzesthai dynatai; tois paraplēsiois pragmasin epipesontos tou Iōannou anti tōn koptomenōn apo tōn dendrōn kladōn, stibadōn ek tōn agrōn kai strōnnymenōn en tę̄ hodǭ baïa tōn phoinikōn eilēphenai legontos ton polyn exelēlythenai eis tēn heortēn ochlon, kai exelēlythenai eis apantēsin autǭ kekragota; »Eulogēmenos ho ercho menos en onomati kyriou, kai ho basileus tou Israēl«.
And the apparent separation of Jesus' goings up to Jerusalem in the one who wrote the Gospel in hand, differently from the three, as we set out their words, can be preserved only in this way: John, coming upon similar events, instead of branches cut from the trees, or leafy branches from the fields spread on the road, says that the great crowd that had come to the feast took branches of palm trees and went out to meet him, crying out, “Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord, even the King of Israel.”
10.201Preuschen 4:205
πλὴν οὗτος ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ φησι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ εὑρίσκεσθαι τὸ ὀνάριον, ἐφʼ ὅ καθέζεται ὁ χριστός, πλέον τι περὶ τοῦ τροπικώτερον δηλουμένου ὀναρίου παριστὰς μείζονα εὐεργεσίαν χωρήσαντος τὴν οὐκ ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲ διʼ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ«.
plēn houtos hypʼ autou phēsi tou Iēsou heuriskesthai to onarion, ephʼ ho kathezetai ho christos, pleon ti peri tou tropikōteron dēloumenou onariou paristas meizona euergesian chōrēsantos tēn ouk apo anthrōpōn oude diʼ anthrōpōn, alla dia Iēsou Christou«.
However, this one says that the young donkey on which Christ sits was found by Jesus himself, showing something more about the figuratively signified young donkey, which received a greater benefit, not from human beings nor through human beings, but through Jesus Christ.
10.202Preuschen 4:205
οὐδὲ Ἰωάννης δὲ αὐτολεξεὶ τὸ προφητικὸν ἐξέθετο, ἀλλʼ ἀντʼ αὐτοῦ τὸ »Μὴ φοβοῦ, »θύγατερ Σιόν· ἰδοὺ ὁ βασιλεύς σου ἔρχεται καθήμενος«· * * * ἀντὶ τοῦ· » Ἐπιβεβηκὼν * * ἐπὶ πῶλον ὄνου * * ἐπὶ ὑποζύγιον καὶ πῶλον νέον‘. τὸ δὲ »Μὴ φοβοῦ, ἡ θυγάτηρ Σιὼν« οὐδʼ ὅλως εἴρηται.
oude Iōannēs de autolexei to prophētikon exetheto, allʼ antʼ autou to »Mē phobou, »thygater Sion; idou ho basileus sou erchetai kathēmenos«; * * * anti tou; » Epibebēkōn * * epi pōlon onou * * epi hypozygion kai pōlon neon‘. to de »Mē phobou, hē thygatēr Siōn« oudʼ holōs eirētai.
Nor did John set out the prophecy word for word, but instead of it, “Fear not, daughter of Zion; behold, your king comes, sitting” … instead of “mounted … on a donkey's colt … on a beast of burden and a young colt.” And “Fear not, daughter of Zion” is not said at all [in the prophet].
10.203Preuschen 4:205
Πλὴν ἴδωμεν ὑπὸ πάντων ἐκτεθέντος τοῦ προφητικοῦ λόγου, εἰ μὴ χαίρειν σφόδρα θυγατέρα Σιὼν ἀναγκαῖον, τὴν δὲ κρείττονα ταύτης θυγατέρα Ἱερουσαλὴμ οὐ μόνον χαίρειν σφόδρα ἀλλὰ καὶ κηρύσσειν δεῖ, τοῦ βασιλέως αὐτῆς ἐρχομένου τοῦ δικαίου καὶ σώζοντος καὶ πράου, διὰ τοῦ ἐπιβεβηκέναι τῷ ὑποζυγίῳ καὶ τῷ νέῳ πώλῳ.
Plēn idōmen hypo pantōn ektethentos tou prophētikou logou, ei mē chairein sphodra thygatera Siōn anankaion, tēn de kreittona tautēs thygatera Hierousalēm ou monon chairein sphodra alla kai kēryssein dei, tou basileōs autēs erchomenou tou dikaiou kai sōzontos kai praou, dia tou epibebēkenai tǭ hypozygiǭ kai tǭ neǭ pōlǭ.
However, since the prophetic saying is set out by all, let us see whether it is necessary for the daughter of Zion to rejoice greatly, while the daughter of Jerusalem, greater than she, must not only rejoice greatly but also proclaim, since her king comes, righteous, saving, and gentle, by being mounted on the beast of burden and the young colt.
10.204Preuschen 4:205–206
πᾶς γοῦν ὁ δεξάμενος αὐτὸν οὐκέτι φοβηθήσεται τοὺς τῶν ἑτεροδόξων ὡπλισμένους τοῖς πιθανοῖς λόγοις, ἅρματα Ἐφραΐμ λεγόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου ἐξολοθρευόμενα, οὐδὲ τὸν ψευδῆ ἵππον εἰς σωτηρίαν, θηλυμανῆ ἐπιθυμίαν τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς ᾠκειωμένην, καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ οἰκεῖν θελόντων καὶ τῷ ὑγιεῖ λόγῳ προσέχειν βλάπτοντα.
pas goun ho dexamenos auton ouketi phobēthēsetai tous tōn heterodoxōn hōplismenous tois pithanois logois, harmata Ephraïm legomena hypo tou kyriou exolothreuomena, oude ton pseudē hippon eis sōtērian, thēlymanē epithymian tois aisthētois ǭkeiōmenēn, kai pollous tōn en Hierousalēm oikein thelontōn kai tǭ hygiei logǭ prosechein blaptonta.
At any rate, everyone who has received him will no longer fear those of other opinions armed with persuasive arguments, called chariots of Ephraim, destroyed by the Lord; nor the horse, a vain thing for salvation, the lustful desire attached to sensible things, which harms many of those who wish to dwell in Jerusalem and to attend to sound doctrine.
10.205Preuschen 4:206
ἔστι δὲ χαίρειν ἄξιον ἐπὶ τῷ ἐξολοθρεύεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀχουμένου τῷ ὑποζυγίῶ καὶ τῷ νέῳ πώλῳ πᾶν »τόξον πολεμικόν((, οὐκέτι τῶν πεπυρωμένων βελῶν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ κατισχυόντων τοῦ παραδεξαμένου τὸν Ἰησοῦν εἰς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ἱερόν.
esti de chairein axion epi tǭ exolothreuesthai hypo tou ochoumenou tǭ hypozygiō kai tǭ neǭ pōlǭ pan »toxon polemikon((, ouketi tōn pepyrōmenōn belōn tou echthrou katischyontōn tou paradexamenou ton Iēsoun eis to heautou hieron.
And it is worth rejoicing that every “bow of war” is destroyed by the one riding on the beast of burden and the young colt, the fiery darts of the enemy no longer prevailing over one who has received Jesus into his own temple.
10.206Preuschen 4:206
ἔσται δὲ καὶ »πλῆθος« μετὰ »εἰρήνης« ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐν τῇ x003E; Ἱερουσαλὴμ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπιδημίᾳ, ἄρχοντος τῶν ὑδάτων, ἵνα συντρίψῃ τὰς κεφαλὰς τῶν δρακόντων ἐπὶ τοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ πατήσωμεν τὰ κύματα τῆς θαλάσσης, φθάνοντες ἕως τῶν διεκβολῶν πάντων τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ποταμῶν.
estai de kai »plēthos« meta »eirēnēs« apo tōn ethnōn en tę̄ x003E? Hierousalēm tou sōtēros epidēmią, archontos tōn hydatōn, hina syntripsę̄ tas kephalas tōn drakontōn epi tou hydatos, kai patēsōmen ta kymata tēs thalassēs, phthanontes heōs tōn diekbolōn pantōn tōn epi gēs potamōn.
And there will be “abundance” with “peace” from the nations at the Savior's visit to Jerusalem, when he rules the waters, so that he may crush the heads of the dragons upon the water, and we may tread the waves of the sea, reaching to the outlets of all the rivers on earth.
10.207Preuschen 4:206
ὁ μέντοι γε Μάρκος περὶ τῆς ὄνου γράφων εἰρῆσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου· »Ἐφʼ ὃν οὐδεὶς οὔπω »ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν« δοκεῖ μοι αἰνίττεσθαι τὸ μηδέπω ποτὲ λόγῳ ὑποτεταχέναι ἑαυτοὺς πρὸ τῆς Ἰησοῦ έν αὐτοῖς ἐπιδημίας τοὺς ὕστερον πεπιστευκότας.
ho mentoi ge Markos peri tēs onou graphōn eirēsthai hypo tou kyriou; »Ephʼ hon oudeis oupō »anthrōpōn ekathisen« dokei moi ainittesthai to mēdepō pote logǭ hypotetachenai heautous pro tēs Iēsou en autois epidēmias tous hysteron pepisteukotas.
Mark, however, writing about the donkey that the Lord said, “on which no one of human beings has yet sat,” seems to me to hint that those who later believed had never subjected themselves to reason before Jesus' visit in them.
10.208Preuschen 4:206
τάχα γὰρ ἀνθρώπων μὲν οὐδείς πω καθίσας ἐπὶ τὸν πῶλον ἠν, θηρίων δὲ ἢ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τοῦ λόγου δυνάμεών τινες έπεκάθισαν, ἐπεὶ ὁ πλοῦτος τῶν ἀντικειμένων δυνάμεων καὶ παρὰ τῷ προφήτῃ Ἡσαΐᾳ ἐπὶ ὄνων φέρεσθαι καὶ καμήλων λέγεται διὰ τούτων· »Ἐν τῇ θλίψει καὶ τῇ στενοχωρίᾳ λέων καὶ σκύμνος, »ἐκεῖθεν καὶ x003E; ἀσπίδων πετομένων, οἳ ἔφερον ἐπὶ ὄνων καὶ »καμήλων τὸν πλοῦτον αὐτῶν«.
tacha gar anthrōpōn men oudeis pō kathisas epi ton pōlon ēn, thēriōn de ē tōn allotriōn tou logou dynameōn tines epekathisan, epei ho ploutos tōn antikeimenōn dynameōn kai para tǭ prophētę̄ Hēsaïą epi onōn pheresthai kai kamēlōn legetai dia toutōn; »En tę̄ thlipsei kai tę̄ stenochōrią leōn kai skymnos, »ekeithen kai x003E? aspidōn petomenōn, hoi epheron epi onōn kai »kamēlōn ton plouton autōn«.
For perhaps no human being had yet sat on the colt, but some beasts, or powers alien to reason, had sat on it; since the wealth of the opposing powers is said, in the prophet Isaiah too, to be carried on donkeys and camels, in these words: “In affliction and distress, lion and lion's whelp, from there also … of flying asps, who carried their wealth on donkeys and camels.”
10.209Preuschen 4:206
πευστέον δὲ πάλιν τῶν ψιλῇ τῇ λέξει προσεχόντων εἰ μὴ κατʼ αὐτοὺς ματαίως ἂν δόξαι γεγράφθαι τὸ »Ἐφʼ ὃν οὐδεὶς οὔπω ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν«. τίς γὰρ παρὰ ἄνθρωπον καθέζεται ἐπὶ πῶλον; καὶ ταῦτα μὲν τὰ ἡμέτερα.
peusteon de palin tōn psilę̄ tę̄ lexei prosechontōn ei mē katʼ autous mataiōs an doxai gegraphthai to »Ephʼ hon oudeis oupō anthrōpōn ekathisen«. tis gar para anthrōpon kathezetai epi pōlon? kai tauta men ta hēmetera.
We must ask again those who attend to the bare letter whether, according to them, “on which no one of human beings has yet sat” would not seem written in vain. For who other than a human being sits on a colt? So much for our views.
10.210Preuschen 4:206
Ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ τὰ Ἡρακλέωνος, ὅς φησι τὴν x003E; Ἱεροσόλυμα ἄνοδον σημαίνειν τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ὑλικῶν εἰς τὸν ψυχικὸν τόπον τυγχάνοντα εἰκόνα τῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἀνάβασιν τοῦ κυρίου.
Idōmen de kai ta Hērakleōnos, hos phēsi tēn x003E? Hierosolyma anodon sēmainein tēn apo tōn hylikōn eis ton psychikon topon tynchanonta eikona tēs Hierousalēm, anabasin tou kyriou.
Let us look also at Heracleon's views. He says that the going up to Jerusalem signifies the Lord's ascent from material things into the psychic place, which is an image of Jerusalem.
10.211Preuschen 4:206–207
τὸ δὲ »Εὗρεν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ« καὶ οὐχὶ »τῷ ναῷ«, οἴεται εἰρῆσθαι ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ τὴν κλῆσιν μόνην νοηθῆναι τὴν χωρὶς πνεύματος βοηθεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου· ἡγεῖται γὰρ τὰ μὲν ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων εἶναι τὸ ἱερόν, εἰς ἃ μόνος ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἰσῄει, ἔνθα οἴομαι αὐτὸν λέγειν τοὺς πνευματικοὺς χωρεῖν· τὰ δὲ τοῦ προνάου, ὅπου καὶ οἱ Λευῖται, σύμβολον εἶναι τῶν ἔξω τοῦ πλη ρώματος ψυχικῶν εὑρισκομένων ἐν σωτηρίᾳ.
to de »Heuren en tǭ hierǭ« kai ouchi »tǭ naǭ«, oietai eirēsthai hyper tou mē tēn klēsin monēn noēthēnai tēn chōris pneumatos boētheisthai hypo tou kyriou; hēgeitai gar ta men hagia tōn hagiōn einai to hieron, eis ha monos ho archiereus eisę̄ei, entha oiomai auton legein tous pneumatikous chōrein; ta de tou pronaou, hopou kai hoi Leuitai, symbolon einai tōn exō tou plē rōmatos psychikōn heuriskomenōn en sōtērią.
And “He found in the temple (ἱερόν)” and not “in the sanctuary (ναός)” he thinks is said so that it may not be thought that the calling alone, without the Spirit, is helped by the Lord. For he holds that the holy of holies is the sanctuary, which the high priest alone entered, where, I think, he says the spiritual ones go; while the parts of the forecourt, where the Levites also are, are a symbol of the psychic ones found in salvation outside the Pleroma.
10.212Preuschen 4:207
πρὸς τούτοις τοὺς εὑρισκομένους ἐν τῷ ἱερῶ̣ πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς καὶ τοὺς καθημένους κερματιστὰς ἐξεδέξατο λέγεσθαι ἀντὶ τῶν μη δὲν χάριτι διδόντων, ἀλλʼ ἐμπορίαν καὶ κέρδος τὴν τῶν ξένων εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν εἴσοδον νομιζόντων, τοῦ ἰδίου κέρδους καὶ φιλαργυρίας ἕνεκεν τὰς εἰς τὴν λατρείαν τοῦ θεοῦ θυσίας χορηγούντων.
pros toutois tous heuriskomenous en tǭ hierō pōlountas boas kai probata kai peristeras kai tous kathēmenous kermatistas exedexato legesthai anti tōn mē den chariti didontōn, allʼ emporian kai kerdos tēn tōn xenōn eis to hieron eisodon nomizontōn, tou idiou kerdous kai philargyrias heneken tas eis tēn latreian tou theou thysias chorēgountōn.
Besides this, he took those found in the temple selling oxen, sheep, and doves, and the money-changers sitting there, to mean those who give nothing by grace but consider the entry of strangers into the temple a matter of trade and gain, supplying the sacrifices for the worship of God for their own gain and love of money.
10.213Preuschen 4:207
καὶ τὸ φραγέλλιον δὲ πεποιῆσθαι ἐκ σχοινίων ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, οὐχὶ παρʼ ἄλλου λαβόντος ἰδιοτρόπως ἀπαγγέλλει, λέγων τὸ φραγέλλιον εἰκόνα τυγχάνειν τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ ἐνεργείας τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐκφυσῶντος τοὺς χείρονας, καί φησι τὸ φραγέλλιον καὶ τὸ λίνον καὶ τὴν σινδόνα, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα, εἰκόνα τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ τῆς ἐνεργείας εἶναι τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος.
kai to phragellion de pepoiēsthai ek schoiniōn hypo tou Iēsou, ouchi parʼ allou labontos idiotropōs apangellei, legōn to phragellion eikona tynchanein tēs dynameōs kai energeias tou hagiou pneumatos ekphysōntos tous cheironas, kai phēsi to phragellion kai to linon kai tēn sindona, kai hosa toiauta, eikona tēs dynameōs kai tēs energeias einai tou hagiou pneumatos.
And he reports peculiarly that the whip was made of cords by Jesus, not received from another, saying that the whip is an image of the power and working of the Holy Spirit blowing away the worse; and he says that the whip, the linen, the shroud, and all such things are an image of the power and working of the Holy Spirit.
10.214Preuschen 4:207
ἔπειτα ἑαυτῷ προσείληφεν τὸ μὴ γεγραμμένον, ὡς ἄρα εἰς ξύλον εδέδετο τὸ φραγέλλιον· ὅπερ ξύλον τύπον ἐκλαβὼν εἶναι τοῦ σταυροῦ φησι Τούτῳ τῷ ξύλῳ ἀνηλῶσθαι καὶ ἠφανίσθαι τοὺς κυβευτὰς ἐμπόρους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν κακίαν.
epeita heautǭ proseilēphen to mē gegrammenon, hōs ara eis xylon ededeto to phragellion; hoper xylon typon eklabōn einai tou staurou phēsi Toutǭ tǭ xylǭ anēlōsthai kai ēphanisthai tous kybeutas emporous kai pasan tēn kakian.
Then he added for himself what is not written, that the whip was tied to a piece of wood; taking this wood to be a type of the cross, he says: “By this wood the gambling traders and all wickedness were consumed and destroyed.”
10.215Preuschen 4:207
καὶ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως φλυαρῶν φησιν ἐκ δύο τούτων πραγμάτων φραγέλλιον κατασκευάζεσθαι, ζητῶν τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ γενόμενον· Οὐ γὰρ ἐκ δέρματος, φησί, νεκροῦ ἐποίησεν αὐτό, ἴνα τὴν ἐκκλησίαν κατασκευάσῃ οὐκέτι λῃστῶν καὶ ἐμπόρων σπήλαιον, ἀλλὰ οἶκον τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ.
kai ouk oidʼ hopōs phlyarōn phēsin ek dyo toutōn pragmatōn phragellion kataskeuazesthai, zētōn to hypo tou Iēsou genomenon; Ou gar ek dermatos, phēsi, nekrou epoiēsen auto, ina tēn ekklēsian kataskeuasę̄ ouketi lę̄stōn kai emporōn spēlaion, alla oikon tou patros autou.
And talking nonsense, I do not know how, he says that a whip is made of these two things, inquiring into what was made by Jesus: “For he did not make it,” he says, “of dead leather, in order to make the church no longer a den of robbers and traders but the house of his Father.”
10.216Preuschen 4:207
λεκτέον δὲ τὸ ἀναγκαιότατον περὶ τῆς θεότητος καὶ ἐκ τῶν ῥητῶν τούτων πρὸς αὐτόν. εἰ γὰρ τὸ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἱερὸν οἶκον τοῦ ἰδίου πατρός φησιν εἶναι ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τοῦτο δὲ τὸ ἱερὸν εἰς δόξαν τοῦ κτίσαντος τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν γέγονεν, πῶς οὐκ ἄντικρυς διδασκόμεθα μὴ ἑτέρου τινὸς νομίζειν υἱὸν εἶναι παρὰ τὸν ποιητὴν οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ;
lekteon de to anankaiotaton peri tēs theotētos kai ek tōn rhētōn toutōn pros auton. ei gar to en Hierosolymois hieron oikon tou idiou patros phēsin einai ho Iēsous, touto de to hieron eis doxan tou ktisantos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn gegonen, pōs ouk antikrys didaskometha mē heterou tinos nomizein huion einai para ton poiētēn ouranou kai gēs ton huion tou theou?
But we must say to him what is most necessary about the Godhead, from these very words. For if Jesus says that the temple in Jerusalem is the house of his own Father, and this temple was made for the glory of the one who created heaven and earth, how are we not plainly taught not to think the Son of God is the son of anyone other than the maker of heaven and earth?
10.217Preuschen 4:207
Εἰς τοῦτον οὖν τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρὸς Ἰησοῦ, ὡς οἶκον τυγχάνοντα τῆς προσευχῆς, καὶ οἱ τοῦ χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι (ὠς ἐν Πράξεσιν αὐτῶν εὕρομεν) ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγγέλου κελεύονται πορευθέντες στῆναι καὶ λαλεῖν »τῷ λαῷ πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης«.
Eis touton oun ton oikon tou patros Iēsou, hōs oikon tynchanonta tēs proseuchēs, kai hoi tou christou apostoloi (ōs en Praxesin autōn heuromen) hypo tou angelou keleuontai poreuthentes stēnai kai lalein »tǭ laǭ panta ta rhēmata tēs zōēs tautēs«.
Into this house of Jesus' Father, as being the house of prayer, the apostles of Christ too (as we find in their Acts) are commanded by the angel to go and stand and speak “to the people all the words of this life.”
10.218Preuschen 4:207
ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῆς ὡραίας πύλης ἐκεῖσε προσεύξασθαι ὡς εἰς »οἶκον προσευχῆς« προσέρχονται, οὐκ ἂν τοῦτο ποιήσαντες, εἰ μὴ τὸν αὐτὸν ᾔδεσαν θεὸν τῷ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκθειαζόντων τὸν ναὸν ἐκεῖνον προσκυνουμένῳ.
alla kai dia tēs hōraias pylēs ekeise proseuxasthai hōs eis »oikon proseuchēs« proserchontai, ouk an touto poiēsantes, ei mē ton auton ę̄desan theon tǭ hypo tōn ektheiazontōn ton naon ekeinon proskynoumenǭ.
And they also go through the Beautiful Gate to pray there, as into a “house of prayer,” which they would not have done if they had not known that the same God was worshiped by those who revered that temple.
10.219Preuschen 4:207–208
διόπερ καὶ λέγουσιν οἱ πειθαρχοῦντες θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι· »Ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν, ὃν ὑμεῖς »διεχειρίσασθε κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου« οὐ γὰρ ὑπʼ ἄλλου ἴσασιν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγηγερμένον Ἰησοῦν θεοῦ ἢ τοῦ τῶν πατέρων, ὃν καὶ ὁ χριστὸς δοξάζων θεὸν τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ φησιν εἶναί, οὐκ ὄντων »νεκρῶν ἀλλὰ ζώντων«.
dioper kai legousin hoi peitharchountes theǭ mallon ē anthrōpois Petros kai hoi apostoloi; »Ho theos tōn paterōn hēmōn ēgeiren Iēsoun, hon hymeis »diecheirisasthe kremasantes epi xylou« ou gar hypʼ allou isasin ek nekrōn egēgermenon Iēsoun theou ē tou tōn paterōn, hon kai ho christos doxazōn theon tou Abraam kai Isaak kai Iakōb phēsin einai, ouk ontōn »nekrōn alla zōntōn«.
That is why Peter and the apostles, obeying God rather than men, say: “The God of our fathers raised Jesus, whom you killed by hanging him on a tree.” For they know that Jesus was raised from the dead by no other God than the God of the fathers, whom Christ too, glorifying him, says is the God of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, who are not “dead but living.”
10.220Preuschen 4:208
πῶς δὲ καὶ οἱ μαθηταί, εἰ μὴ τοῦ αὐτοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ χριστοῦ ὁ οἶκος ἠν, ἐμέμνηντο ἂν τοῦ ἐν ξη΄ εἰρημένου ψαλμῷ· »Ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ οἴκου σου κατέφαγέ με;« οὕτω γὰρ κεῖται ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ καὶ οὐχί »Καταφάγεταί με«.
pōs de kai hoi mathētai, ei mē tou autou theou tou christou ho oikos ēn, ememnēnto an tou en xē΄ eirēmenou psalmǭ; »Ho zēlos tou oikou sou katephage me?« houtō gar keitai en tǭ prophētę̄ kai ouchi »Kataphagetai me«.
And how would the disciples have remembered what is said in the sixty-eighth Psalm, “Zeal for your house has consumed me,” if the house was not of the same God as Christ's? For so it stands in the prophet, and not “will consume me.”
10.221Preuschen 4:208
ζηλοῖ δὲ μάλιστα ὁ χριστὸς τὸν ἐν ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ, μὴ βουλόμενος αὐτὸν ἀὐτὸν εἶναι οἶκον μηδὲ τὸν οἶκον τῆς προσευχῆς λῃστῶν σπήλαιον, ἅτε θεοῦ ζηλωτοῦ υἱὸς ὤν, ἐὰν εὐγνωμονέστερον ἀκούωμεν τῶν τοιούτων ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν φωνῶν, κατὰ μεταφορὰν εἰρημένων ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων εἰς παράστασιν τοῦ μηδὲν ἀλλότριον βούλεσθαι τὸν θεὸν ἐπιμίγνυσθαι τοῦ βουλήματος αὐτοῦ τῇ ψυχῇ πάντων μὲν ἀνθρώπων, ἐξαιρέτως δὲ τῶν τὰ τῆς θειοτάτης πίστεως παραδέξασθαι θελόντων.
zēloi de malista ho christos ton en hekastǭ hēmōn oikon tou theou, mē boulomenos auton auton einai oikon mēde ton oikon tēs proseuchēs lę̄stōn spēlaion, hate theou zēlōtou huios ōn, ean eugnōmonesteron akouōmen tōn toioutōn apo tōn graphōn phōnōn, kata metaphoran eirēmenōn apo tōn anthrōpinōn eis parastasin tou mēden allotrion boulesthai ton theon epimignysthai tou boulēmatos autou tę̄ psychę̄ pantōn men anthrōpōn, exairetōs de tōn ta tēs theiotatēs pisteōs paradexasthai thelontōn.
And Christ is especially zealous for the house of God in each of us, not wishing it to be a house [of trade], nor the house of prayer a den of robbers, being the Son of a jealous God, if we hear such scriptural expressions more intelligently, as spoken by metaphor from human things to show that God wishes nothing foreign to his will to be mixed into the soul of all human beings, and especially of those who wish to receive the teachings of the most divine faith.
10.222Preuschen 4:208
πλὴν τὸν ξη΄ ψαλμόν, ἔχοντα τὸ »Ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ οἴκου σου κατέφαγέ με« καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα »Ἔδωκαν εἰς »τὸ βρῶμά μου χολήν, καὶ εἰς τὴν δίψαν μου ἐπότισάν με ὄξος‘ ἀμφότερα ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις ἀναγεγραμμένα, ἰστέον ἐκ προσώπου λέγεσθαι τοῦ χριστοῦ, οὐδεμίαν ἐμφαίνοντα τοῦ λέγοντος προσώπου μεταβολήν.
plēn ton xē΄ psalmon, echonta to »Ho zēlos tou oikou sou katephage me« kai metʼ oliga »Edōkan eis »to brōma mou cholēn, kai eis tēn dipsan mou epotisan me oxos‘ amphotera en tois euangeliois anagegrammena, isteon ek prosōpou legesthai tou christou, oudemian emphainonta tou legontos prosōpou metabolēn.
However, the sixty-eighth Psalm, which has “Zeal for your house has consumed me” and a little later “They gave me gall for my food, and for my thirst they gave me vinegar to drink,” both recorded in the Gospels, must be known to be spoken in the person of Christ, showing no change of the speaking person.
10.223Preuschen 4:208
Σφόδρα δὲ ἀπαραχωρήτως ὁ Ἡρακλέων οἵεται τὸ »Ὁ ζῆλος »τοῦ οἴκου σου καταφάγεταί με« ἐκ προσώπου τῶν ἐκβληθέντων καὶ ἀναλωθέντων ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος δυνάμεων λέγεσθαι, μὴ δυνάμενος τὸν εἱρμὀν τῆς ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ προφητείας τηρῆσαι νοούμενον ἐκ προσώπου τῶν ἐκβληθέντων καὶ ἀναλωθέντων δυνάμεων λέγεσθαι.
Sphodra de aparachōrētōs ho Hērakleōn hoietai to »Ho zēlos »tou oikou sou kataphagetai me« ek prosōpou tōn ekblēthentōn kai analōthentōn hypo tou sōtēros dynameōn legesthai, mē dynamenos ton heirmon tēs en tǭ psalmǭ prophēteias tērēsai nooumenon ek prosōpou tōn ekblēthentōn kai analōthentōn dynameōn legesthai.
Heracleon, very inadmissibly, thinks that “Zeal for your house will consume me” is spoken in the person of the powers cast out and consumed by the Savior, being unable to keep the sequence of the prophecy in the psalm if it is understood as spoken in the person of the powers cast out and consumed.
10.224Preuschen 4:208–209
ἀκόλουθον δὲ ἐστιν κατʼ αὐτὸν καὶ τὸ »Εδωκαν εἰς τὸ βρῶμά μου χολήν« ἀπʼ ἐκείνων λέγεσθαι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ἀναγεγραμμένον ψαλμῷ· ἀλλʼ, ὡς εἰκός, ἐτάραξεν αὐτὸν τὸ »Καταφάγεταί με« ὡς μὴ δυνάμενον ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ ἀπαγγέλλεσθαι, οὐχ ὁρῶντα τὸ ἔθος τῶν ἀνθρωποπαθῶν περὶ θεοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ λόγων. Ἀπεκρίθησαν οὗν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ· τί σημεῖον δεικνύεις ἡμῖν, ὅτι ταῦτα Ποιεῖς; ἀπεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν.
akolouthon de estin katʼ auton kai to »Edōkan eis to brōma mou cholēn« apʼ ekeinōn legesthai en tǭ autǭ anagegrammenon psalmǭ; allʼ, hōs eikos, etaraxen auton to »Kataphagetai me« hōs mē dynamenon hypo Christou apangellesthai, ouch horōnta to ethos tōn anthrōpopathōn peri theou kai Christou logōn. Apekrithēsan houn hoi Ioudaioi kai eipan autǭ; ti sēmeion deiknyeis hēmin, hoti tauta Poieis? apekrithē Iēsous kai eipen autois; Lysate ton naon touton kai en trisin hēmerais egerō auton.
It follows, according to him, that “They gave me gall for my food,” written in the same psalm, is also spoken by them. But, as is likely, “will consume me” disturbed him, as something that could not be said by Christ, since he did not see the custom of speaking of God and Christ in terms of human feelings. [John 2:18–19:] “The Jews then answered and said to him, What sign do you show us, since you do these things? Jesus answered and said to them, Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up.”
10.225Preuschen 4:209
Οἱ σωματικοὶ καὶ τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς φίλοι δοκοῦσίν μοι νῦν διὰ τῶν Ἰουδαίων δηλοῦσθαι, οἵτινες ἐπὶ τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἀπελαυνομένοις, ποιοῦσιν »οἶκον ἐμπορίου« τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός, ἀγανακτοῦντες πράγμασιν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν περιεπομένοις ἀπαιτοῦσιν σημεῖον, καθʼ ὅ σημεῖον πρεπόντως φανήσεται ὁ λόγος, ὃν μὴ παραδέχονται ἐκεῖνοι, ταῦτα ποιῶν.
Hoi sōmatikoi kai tois aisthētois philoi dokousin moi nyn dia tōn Ioudaiōn dēlousthai, hoitines epi tois hypo tou Iēsou apelaunomenois, poiousin »oikon emporiou« ton oikon tou patros, aganaktountes pragmasin hypʼ autōn periepomenois apaitousin sēmeion, kathʼ ho sēmeion prepontōs phanēsetai ho logos, hon mē paradechontai ekeinoi, tauta poiōn.
The Jews here seem to me to signify the bodily-minded and lovers of sensible things, who, angry at those driven out by Jesus for making the Father's house “a house of trade,” which they cherished, demand a sign by which the Word, whom they do not accept, will appear to be doing these things fittingly.
10.226Preuschen 4:209
συνάπτων δὲ ὁ σωτὴρ ὡς ἕνα τῷ περὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐκείνου τὸν περὶ τοῦ ἰδίου σώματος λόγον, ἀποκρίνεται πρὸς τὸ »Τί σημεῖον δεικνύεις, ὅτι ταῦτα ποιεῖς;« τὸ »Λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν«·
synaptōn de ho sōtēr hōs hena tǭ peri tou hierou ekeinou ton peri tou idiou sōmatos logon, apokrinetai pros to »Ti sēmeion deiknyeis, hoti tauta poieis?« to »Lysate ton naon touton kai en trisin hēmerais egerō auton«;
And the Savior, joining the account of his own body with that of that temple as one, answers to “What sign do you show, since you do these things?” with “Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up.”
10.227Preuschen 4:209
εἰ γὰρ καὶ μυρία ὅσα σημεῖα ἄλλα δεικνύναι οἷός τε ἦν, ἀλλʼ † οὔτι γε πρὸς τὸ »Ὅτι ταῦτα ποιεῖς;« τὰ κατὰ τὸν ναὸν πρεπόντως ἀντὶ τῶν ἑτέρων παρὰ τὸν ναὸν σημείων ἀπεκρίνατο.
ei gar kai myria hosa sēmeia alla deiknynai hoios te ēn, allʼ † outi ge pros to »Hoti tauta poieis?« ta kata ton naon prepontōs anti tōn heterōn para ton naon sēmeiōn apekrinato.
For even if he could have shown countless other signs, yet … to “since you do these things” he answered fittingly with things concerning the temple rather than other signs unrelated to it.
10.228Preuschen 4:209
ἀμφότερα μέντοι γε, τό τε ἱερὸν καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, κατὰ μίαν τῶν ἐκδοχῶν τύπος μοι εἶναι φαίνεται τῆς ἐκκλησίας, τῷ ἐκ λίθων ζώντων οἰκοδομεῖσθαι αὐτήν, οἶκον πνευματικὸν »εἰς ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον« γινομένην, ἐποικοδομουμένην ἐπὶ τῷ θεμελίῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ προφητῶν, ὄντος »ἀκρογωνιαίου Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ«, χρηματίζουσαν »ναόν«.
amphotera mentoi ge, to te hieron kai to sōma tou Iēsou, kata mian tōn ekdochōn typos moi einai phainetai tēs ekklēsias, tǭ ek lithōn zōntōn oikodomeisthai autēn, oikon pneumatikon »eis hierateuma hagion« ginomenēn, epoikodomoumenēn epi tǭ themeliǭ tōn apostolōn kai prophētōn, ontos »akrogōniaiou Christou Iēsou«, chrēmatizousan »naon«.
Both, however, the temple and the body of Jesus, seem to me, according to one of the interpretations, to be a type of the church, because it is built of living stones, becoming a spiritual house “for a holy priesthood,” built on the foundation of the apostles and prophets, “Christ Jesus being the cornerstone,” and called a “temple.”
10.229Preuschen 4:209–210
διὰ δὲ τοῦ »Ὑμεῖς δέ ἐστε σῶμα Χριστοῦ καὶ μέλη ἐκ μέρους‘, κἂν λύεσθαι δὲ ἡ τῶν λίθων τοῦ ναοῦ ἁρμονία δοκῇ x003E; διασκορπίζεσθαι, ὡς ἐν κα ψαλμῷ γέγραπται, πάντα τὰ ὀστᾶ τοῦ χριστοῦ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν διωγμοῖς καὶ θλίψεσιν ἐπιβουλῶν ἀπὸ τῶν προσπολεμούντων τῇ ἑνότητι τοῦ ναοῦ ἐν διωγμοῖς, ἐγερθήσεται ὁ ναὸς καὶ ἀναστήσεται τὸ σῶμα τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ μετὰ τὴν ἐνεστηκυῖαν ἐν αὐτῷ κακίας ἡμέραν καὶ τὴν μετὰ ταύτην τῆς συντελείας· τρίτη γὰρ ἐν τῷ καινῷ οὐρανῷ καὶ καινῇ γῇ ἐνστήσεται, ὅτε τὰ ὀστᾶ ταῦτα, πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραήλ, ἐν τῇ μεγάλῃ κυριακῇ ἐγερθήσεται τοῦ θανάτου νενικημένου· ὥστε καὶ τὴν γενομένην ἀνάστασιν τοῦ χριστοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν σταυρὸν πάθους περιέχειν μυστήριον τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ παντὸς Χριστοῦ σώματος.
dia de tou »Hymeis de este sōma Christou kai melē ek merous‘, kan lyesthai de hē tōn lithōn tou naou harmonia dokę̄ x003E? diaskorpizesthai, hōs en ka psalmǭ gegraptai, panta ta osta tou christou hypo tōn en diōgmois kai thlipsesin epiboulōn apo tōn prospolemountōn tę̄ henotēti tou naou en diōgmois, egerthēsetai ho naos kai anastēsetai to sōma tę̄ tritę̄ hēmerą meta tēn enestēkuian en autǭ kakias hēmeran kai tēn meta tautēn tēs synteleias; tritē gar en tǭ kainǭ ouranǭ kai kainę̄ gę̄ enstēsetai, hote ta osta tauta, pas oikos Israēl, en tę̄ megalę̄ kyriakę̄ egerthēsetai tou thanatou nenikēmenou; hōste kai tēn genomenēn anastasin tou christou apo tou kata ton stauron pathous periechein mystērion tēs anastaseōs tou pantos Christou sōmatos.
And through “You are the body of Christ and members in part,” even if the harmony of the temple's stones seems to be destroyed, and all the bones of Christ seem to be scattered, as is written in the twenty-first Psalm, by the plots in persecutions and afflictions from those who war against the unity of the temple in persecutions, the temple will be raised and the body will rise on the third day, after the present day of wickedness in it and the following day of the consummation. For the third will come in the new heaven and new earth, when these bones, the whole house of Israel, will be raised on the great Lord's day, death having been conquered; so that the resurrection of Christ that happened after the suffering on the cross contains a mystery of the resurrection of the whole body of Christ.
10.230Preuschen 4:210
ὥσπερ δὲ ἐκεῖνο τὸ αἰσθητὸν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ σῶμα ἐσταύρωται καὶ τέθαπται καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἐγήγερται, οὕτως τὸ ὅλον τῶν ἁγίων Χριστοῦ σῶμα Χριστῷ συνεσταύρωται καὶ νῦν οὐκέτι ζῇ· ἕκαστός γὰρ τῶν ὡς Παῦλος έν οὐδενὶ ἄλλῳ καυχᾶται ἢ »ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ κυ ρίου ἡμῶν Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ«, διʼ οὗ αὐτὸς κόσμῳ ἐσταύρωται καὶ κόσμος αὐτῷ.
hōsper de ekeino to aisthēton tou Iēsou sōma estaurōtai kai tethaptai kai meta touto egēgertai, houtōs to holon tōn hagiōn Christou sōma Christǭ synestaurōtai kai nyn ouketi zę̄; hekastos gar tōn hōs Paulos en oudeni allǭ kauchatai ē »en tǭ staurǭ tou ky riou hēmōn Christou Iēsou«, diʼ hou autos kosmǭ estaurōtai kai kosmos autǭ.
And just as that sensible body of Jesus was crucified and buried and afterward raised, so the whole body of Christ's saints has been crucified with Christ and now no longer lives; for each of those like Paul boasts in nothing other than “the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ,” through which he has been crucified to the world and the world to him.
10.231Preuschen 4:210
οὐ μόνον οὐν χριστῷ συνεσταύρωται καὶ κόσμῳ ἐσταύρωται, ἀλλὰ καὶ Χριστῷ συνθάπτεται· Συνετάφημεν, γάρ φησι, τώ »χριστῷ« ὁ Παῦλος.
ou monon oun christǭ synestaurōtai kai kosmǭ estaurōtai, alla kai Christǭ synthaptetai; Synetaphēmen, gar phēsi, tō »christǭ« ho Paulos.
Not only, then, has he been crucified with Christ and crucified to the world, but he is also buried with Christ: “We were buried,” says Paul, “with Christ.”
10.232Preuschen 4:210
καὶ ὡσπερεὶ ἔν τινι ἀρραβῶνι ἀναστάσεως γενόμενος λέγει τὸ »Συνανέστημεν αὐτῷ«· ἐΠεὶ ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς τινι περιπατεῖ, ὡς κατὰ τὴν ἐλπιζομένην μακαρίαν καὶ τελείαν ἀνάστασιν μηδέπω ἀναστάς. ἤτοι οὐν νῦν μὲν ἐσταύρωται, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα θάπτεται, ἢ νῦν > θάπτεται καὶ] ἀρθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, ποτὲ δὲ, καθὸ νῦν πέμπται, ἀναστήσεται.
kai hōsperei en tini arrabōni anastaseōs genomenos legei to »Synanestēmen autǭ«; ePei en kainotēti zōēs tini peripatei, hōs kata tēn elpizomenēn makarian kai teleian anastasin mēdepō anastas. ētoi oun nyn men estaurōtai, meta de tauta thaptetai, ē nyn > thaptetai kai] artheis apo tou staurou, pote de, katho nyn pemptai, anastēsetai.
And as though coming to be in a kind of pledge of resurrection, he says, “We rose with him,” since he walks in a certain newness of life, not yet having risen according to the hoped-for blessed and perfect resurrection. Either, then, he is now crucified and afterwards buried, or now buried and taken down from the cross, and at some time, since he is now buried, he will rise.
10.233Preuschen 4:210
Μέγα δὲ έστιν τὸ τῆς ἀναστάσεως καὶ δυσθεώρητον τοῖς πολλοῖς ἡμῶν μυστήριον, ὅΠερ καὶ έν ἄλλοις πολλοῖς λέγεται τῶν γραφῶν τόποις, οὐχ ἧττον καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἑζεκιὴλ διὰ τούτων ἀπαγγέλλεται· »Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐπʼ ἐμὲ χεὶρ κυρίου καὶ ἐξήγαγέν με ἐν πνεύ »ματι κυρίου καὶ ἔθηκέν με έν μέσῳ τοῦ πεδίου, καὶ τοῦτο ἠν μεστὸν »ὀστῶν ἀνθρωπίνων. καὶ περιήγαγέν με ἐπʼ αὐτὰ κύκλοθεν κύκλῳ, »καὶ ἰδοὺ πολλὰ σφόδρα ἐπὶ προσώπου τοῦ πεδίου, καὶ ἰδού, ξηρὰ »σφόδρα. καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς μέ· Υἱὲ ἀνθρώπου, εἰ ζήσεται τὰ ὀστᾶ » ταῦτα; καὶ εἶπα· Κύριε, κύριε σὺ ἐπίστῃ ταῦτα. καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς μέ· »Προφήτευσον ἐπὶ τὰ ὀστᾶ ταῦτα, καὶ ἐρεῖς αὐτοῖς· Τὰ ὀστᾶ τὰ ξηρά, »ἀκούσατε λόγον κυρίου«· καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα·
Mega de estin to tēs anastaseōs kai dystheōrēton tois pollois hēmōn mystērion, hoPer kai en allois pollois legetai tōn graphōn topois, ouch hētton kai en tǭ Hezekiēl dia toutōn apangelletai; »Kai egeneto epʼ eme cheir kyriou kai exēgagen me en pneu »mati kyriou kai ethēken me en mesǭ tou pediou, kai touto ēn meston »ostōn anthrōpinōn. kai periēgagen me epʼ auta kyklothen kyklǭ, »kai idou polla sphodra epi prosōpou tou pediou, kai idou, xēra »sphodra. kai eipen pros me; Huie anthrōpou, ei zēsetai ta osta » tauta? kai eipa; Kyrie, kyrie sy epistę̄ tauta. kai eipen pros me; »Prophēteuson epi ta osta tauta, kai ereis autois; Ta osta ta xēra, »akousate logon kyriou«; kai metʼ oliga;
Great is the mystery of the resurrection and hard for most of us to perceive, which is spoken of in many other places of Scripture, not least in Ezekiel, in these words: “And the hand of the Lord came upon me, and he brought me out in the Spirit of the Lord and set me in the middle of the plain, and it was full of human bones. And he led me around them on every side, and behold, there were very many on the face of the plain, and behold, they were very dry. And he said to me, Son of man, will these bones live? And I said, Lord, Lord, you know these things. And he said to me, Prophesy over these bones, and say to them, Dry bones, hear the word of the Lord.” And a little later:
10.234Preuschen 4:210
» Καὶ ἐλάλησεν κύριος πρὸς μὲ »λέγων· Υἱὲ ἀνθρώπου, τὰ ὀστᾶ ταῦτα πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν. καὶ »αὐτοὶ λέγουσιν· Ξηρὰ γέγονεν τὰ ὀστᾶ ἡμῶν, ἀπόλωλεν ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν, »διαπεφωνήκαμεν«.
» Kai elalēsen kyrios pros me »legōn; Huie anthrōpou, ta osta tauta pas oikos Israēl estin. kai »autoi legousin; Xēra gegonen ta osta hēmōn, apolōlen hē elpis hēmōn, »diapephōnēkamen«.
“And the Lord spoke to me, saying, Son of man, these bones are the whole house of Israel. And they say, Our bones have become dry, our hope has perished, we are lost.”
10.235Preuschen 4:210
ποίοις γὰρ ὀστοῖς λέγεται· »Ἀκούσατε λόγον »κυρίου«, ὡς αἰσθανομένοις λόγου κυρίου, ἅτε οὖσιν οἴκῳ Ἰσραὴλ ἢ τώ Χριστοῦ σώματι, περὶ οὗ ὲ́λεγεν ὁ κύριος· » Διεσκορπίσθη πάντα »τὰ ὀστᾶ μου« τῶν σωματικῶν ὀστέων αὐτοῦ μὴ διασκεδασθέντων, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ συντριβέντος τινὸς ἐξ αὐτῶν;
poiois gar ostois legetai; »Akousate logon »kyriou«, hōs aisthanomenois logou kyriou, hate ousin oikǭ Israēl ē tō Christou sōmati, peri hou elegen ho kyrios; » Dieskorpisthē panta »ta osta mou« tōn sōmatikōn osteōn autou mē diaskedasthentōn, alla mēde syntribentos tinos ex autōn?
For to what kind of bones is it said, “Hear the word of the Lord,” as though they perceive the word of the Lord, being the house of Israel or the body of Christ, about which the Lord said, “All my bones are scattered,” though his bodily bones were not scattered, nor was any one of them broken?
10.236Preuschen 4:210–211
ὅτε δὲ γίνεται αὐτὴ ἡ ἀνάστασις τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ καὶ τελειοτέρου Χριστοῦ σώματος, τότε τὰ μέλη τοῦ χριστοῦ τὰ νῦν, ὡς πρὸς τὸ μέλλον, ξηρὰ ὀστᾶ συναχθήσεται, ὀστοῦν πρὸς ὀστοῦν καὶ ἁρμονία πρὸς ἁρμονίαν, οὐδενὸς τῶν ἐστε ρημένων ἁρμονίας καταντήσοντος εἰς τὸν τἐλειον ἄνδρα, »εἰς τὸ μέ »τρον τῆς ἡλικίας τοῦ πληρώματος‘ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ χριστοῦ‘.
hote de ginetai autē hē anastasis tou alēthinou kai teleioterou Christou sōmatos, tote ta melē tou christou ta nyn, hōs pros to mellon, xēra osta synachthēsetai, ostoun pros ostoun kai harmonia pros harmonian, oudenos tōn este rēmenōn harmonias katantēsontos eis ton teleion andra, »eis to me »tron tēs hēlikias tou plērōmatos‘ tou sōmatos tou christou‘.
And when the resurrection itself of the true and more perfect body of Christ takes place, then the members of Christ, which are now, compared with the future, dry bones, will be gathered together, bone to bone and joint to joint, none of those deprived of a joint reaching the perfect man, “the measure of the stature of the fullness” of the body of Christ.
10.237Preuschen 4:211
καὶ τότε τὰ πολλὰ μέλη τὸ ἓν ἔσται σῶμα, πάντων τῶν τοῦ σώματος μελῶν πολλῶν ὸ́ντων γινομένων ἑνὸς σώματος· τὴν δὲ κρίσιν ποδὸς καὶ χειρὸς καὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ἀκοῆς καὶ ὀσφρήσεως τῶν συνπληρούντων ἰδίᾳ μὲν τὴν κεφαλήν, ἰδίᾳ δὲ τοὺς πόδας, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν μελῶν τά τε ἀσθενέστερα καὶ ταπεινότερα κοὶ ἀσχήμονα καὶ εὐσχήμονα μόνου θεοῦ ἔστιν ποιήσασθαι, ὃς συγκεράσει τὸ σῶμα,
kai tote ta polla melē to hen estai sōma, pantōn tōn tou sōmatos melōn pollōn ontōn ginomenōn henos sōmatos; tēn de krisin podos kai cheiros kai ophthalmou kai akoēs kai osphrēseōs tōn synplērountōn idią men tēn kephalēn, idią de tous podas, kai ta loipa tōn melōn ta te asthenestera kai tapeinotera koi aschēmona kai euschēmona monou theou estin poiēsasthai, hos synkerasei to sōma,
And then the many members will be the one body, all the many members of the body becoming one body; and the judgment of foot and hand and eye and hearing and smell, which fill up, on the one hand, the head, and on the other the feet, and the rest of the members, the weaker and humbler, the unseemly and the seemly, belongs to God alone to make, who will compose the body,
10.238Preuschen 4:211
καὶ τότε μᾶλλον τοῦ νῦν τῷ ὑστεροῦντι περισσοτέραν διδοὺς τιμήν, ἵνα μηδαμῶς ᾖ σχίσμα ἐν τῷ σώματι, ἀλλὰ τὸ αὐτὸ ὑπὲρ ἀλλήλων με- »ριμνῶσιν τὰ μέλη«, καὶ εἴ τινα εὐπάθειαν ἔχει μέλος, συνευπαθήσῃ πάντα τὰ μέλη, εἴτε δοξάζεται, συγχαίρῃ τά πάντα.
kai tote mallon tou nyn tǭ hysterounti perissoteran didous timēn, hina mēdamōs ę̄ schisma en tǭ sōmati, alla to auto hyper allēlōn me- »rimnōsin ta melē«, kai ei tina eupatheian echei melos, syneupathēsę̄ panta ta melē, eite doxazetai, synchairę̄ ta panta.
and then, more than now, gives greater honor to the member that lacked it, so that there may be no division at all in the body, but “the members may have the same care for one another,” and if one member has any good experience, all the members may share it, or if one is glorified, all may rejoice together.
10.239Preuschen 4:211
ταῦτά μοι οὐκ ἀλλοτρίως τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ τῶν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐξελαυνο μένων, περὶ οὗ λέγει ὁ σωτήρ· »Ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ οἴκου σου καταφάγεταί με«, εἴρηται, τῶν τε αἰτούντων σημεῖον Ἰουδαίων αὐτοῖς δειχθῆναι, καὶ τῆς τοῦ κυρίου πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀποκρίσεως, συνάπτοντος τὸν τοῦ ναοῦ λόγον τῷ τοῦ ἰδίου σώματος, καὶ φάσκοντος·
tauta moi ouk allotriōs tou hierou kai tōn apʼ autou exelauno menōn, peri hou legei ho sōtēr; »Ho zēlos tou oikou sou kataphagetai me«, eirētai, tōn te aitountōn sēmeion Ioudaiōn autois deichthēnai, kai tēs tou kyriou pros autous apokriseōs, synaptontos ton tou naou logon tǭ tou idiou sōmatos, kai phaskontos;
These things, I think, have been said not irrelevantly to the temple and those driven out of it, concerning which the Savior says, “Zeal for your house will consume me,” and to the Jews asking that a sign be shown them, and to the Lord's answer to them, joining the account of the temple with that of his own body, and saying:
10.240Preuschen 4:211
Λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν‘. ἀπὸ γὰρ τούτου τοῦ ναοῦ ὄντος σώματος Χριστοῦ δεῖ ἀπελαύνεσθαι ταῦτα τά ἄλογα καὶ ἐμπορικά, ἕνα μηκέτι οἶκος ἐμπορίου ᾖ.
Lysate ton naon touton, kai en trisin hēmerais egerō auton‘. apo gar toutou tou naou ontos sōmatos Christou dei apelaunesthai tauta ta aloga kai emporika, hena mēketi oikos emporiou ę̄.
“Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up.” For from this temple, which is Christ's body, these irrational and trading things must be driven out, so that it may no longer be a house of trade.
10.241Preuschen 4:211
καὶ τοῦτον τὸν ναὸν λυθῆναι δεῖ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ μετὰ τὸ λυθῆναι τῇ προειρημένῃ ἡμῖν τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι· ὅτε καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ ὅ τε ἔλεγεν πρὶν λυθῆναι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ μνησθήσονται οὐ οὐ ἔλεγεν] καὶ πιστεύσουσιν, τελειουμένης αὐτῶν μετὰ τῆς γνώσεως τότε καὶ τῆς πίστεως, οὐ τῇ γραφῇ μόνῃ ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ, ὅν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς.
kai touton ton naon lythēnai dei hypo tōn epibouleuontōn tǭ logǭ tou theou kai meta to lythēnai tę̄ proeirēmenę̄ hēmin tritę̄ hēmerą egerthēnai; hote kai hoi mathētai ho te elegen prin lythēnai ton naon tou theou ho logos autou mnēsthēsontai ou ou elegen] kai pisteusousin, teleioumenēs autōn meta tēs gnōseōs tote kai tēs pisteōs, ou tę̄ graphę̄ monę̄ alla kai tǭ logǭ, hon eipen ho Iēsous.
And this temple must be destroyed by those who plot against the Word of God, and after being destroyed be raised on the third day we spoke of; when also the disciples will remember what the Word said before the temple of God was destroyed, and will believe, their faith then being perfected together with knowledge, not in the Scripture only but also in the word that Jesus spoke.
10.242Preuschen 4:211
καὶ ἕκαστος δὲ τῶν τοιῶνδε Ἰησοῦ αὐτὸν καθαίροντος ἀποθέμενος τὰ ἄλογα καὶ τὰ πωλοῦντα διὰ τὸν τοῦ ἐν αὐτοῖς λόγου ζῆλον καταλυθήσεται, ἐπὶ τῷ ὑπὸ Ἰησοῦ ἐγερθῆναι οὐ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ προκειμένῃ λέξαι· οὐ γὰρ γέγραπται·Λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερῶ αὐ·τόν., ἀλλʼ »Ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις«· ἐγείρεται γὰρ ἡ τοῦ ναοῦ * τῇ
kai hekastos de tōn toiōnde Iēsou auton kathairontos apothemenos ta aloga kai ta pōlounta dia ton tou en autois logou zēlon katalythēsetai, epi tǭ hypo Iēsou egerthēnai ou tę̄ tritę̄ hēmerą, hoson epi tę̄ prokeimenę̄ lexai; ou gar gegraptai;Lysate ton naon touton kai tę̄ tritę̄ hēmerą egerō au;ton., allʼ »En trisin hēmerais«; egeiretai gar hē tou naou * tę̄
And each of such people, when Jesus cleanses him, having put away the irrational and selling things, will be destroyed because of zeal for the Word in them, in order to be raised by Jesus, not on the third day, as far as the present wording goes. For it is not written, “Destroy this temple and on the third day I will raise it up,” but “in three days.” For the [raising] of the temple takes place on the
10.243Preuschen 4:211–212
πρώτῃ μετὰ τὸ λυθῆναι ἡμέρᾳ καὶ τῇ δευτέρᾳ, τελειοῦται δὲ αὐτοῦ ἡ ἔγερσις ἐν ὅλαις ταῖς τρισὶν ἡμέραις. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ γέγονεν ἀνάστασις καὶ ἔσται ἀνάστασις, εἵ γε συνετάφημεν τῷ χριστῷ καὶ συναν- έστημεν αὐτῷ.
prōtę̄ meta to lythēnai hēmerą kai tę̄ deuterą, teleioutai de autou hē egersis en holais tais trisin hēmerais. dia touto kai gegonen anastasis kai estai anastasis, hei ge synetaphēmen tǭ christǭ kai synan- estēmen autǭ.
first day after its destruction and on the second, but its raising is completed in all three days. That is why there has been a resurrection and there will be a resurrection, if indeed we have been buried with Christ and have risen with him.
10.244Preuschen 4:212
καὶ ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἀρκεῖ εἰς τὴν ὅλην ἀνάστασιν τὸ »Συν »ανέστημεν«· »Ἐν τῷ χριστῷ πάντες ζωοποιηθήσονται, ἕκαστος δὲ ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ τάγματι· ἀπαρχὴ Χριστός, ἔπειτα οἱ τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐν »τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ, εἶτα τὸ τέλος«.
kai epei ouk arkei eis tēn holēn anastasin to »Syn »anestēmen«; »En tǭ christǭ pantes zōopoiēthēsontai, hekastos de en tǭ idiǭ tagmati; aparchē Christos, epeita hoi tou christou en »tę̄ parousią autou, eita to telos«.
And since “we have risen with him” is not enough for the whole resurrection: “In Christ all shall be made alive, but each in his own order: Christ the firstfruits, then those who are Christ's at his coming, then the end.”
10.245Preuschen 4:212
ἀναστάσεως γὰρ ἠν καὶ τὸ έν τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ γενέσθαι έν τῷ παραδείσῳ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀναστάσεως δὲ ὅτε φαινόμενός φησι· »Μή μου ἅπτου, οὔπω γὰρ ἀναβέβηκα πρὸς »τὸν πατέρα«· τὸ δὲ τέλειον τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἠν, ὅτε γίνεται πρὸς τὸν πατέρα.
anastaseōs gar ēn kai to en tę̄ prōtę̄ hēmerą genesthai en tǭ paradeisǭ tou theou, anastaseōs de hote phainomenos phēsi; »Mē mou haptou, oupō gar anabebēka pros »ton patera«; to de teleion tēs anastaseōs ēn, hote ginetai pros ton patera.
For it belonged to the resurrection that he was on the first day in the paradise of God, and to the resurrection when, appearing, he says, “Do not touch me, for I have not yet ascended to the Father”; but the perfection of the resurrection was when he comes to the Father.
10.246Preuschen 4:212
ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ συγχεόμενοι έν τῷ περὶ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ τόπῳ συνάγοντες τὸ »Εὑρισκόμεθα δὲ καὶ ψευδομάρτυρες τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτι »ἐμαρτυρήσαμεν κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ὅτι ἤγειρεν τὸν χριστόν, ὃν οὐκ »ἤγειρεν« καὶ τὰ τούτοις ὅμοια, δηλοῦντα ἕτερον εἶναι τὸν ἐγείραντα παρὰ τὸν ἐγηγερμένον, καὶ τὸ »Λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν »ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν«, ᾤοντο ἐκ τούτων παρίστασθαι μὴ διαφέρειν τῷ ἀριθμῷ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ πατρός, ἀλλʼ ἓν οὐ μόνον οὐσίᾳ ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑποκειμένῳ τυγχάνοντας ἀμφοτέρους, κατά τινας ἐπινοίας διαφόρους, οὐ κατὰ ὑπόστασιν λέγεσθαι πατέρα καὶ υἱόν· λεκτέον πρὸς αὐτοὺς πρῶτον μὲν τὰ προηγουμένως κατασκευαστικὰ ῥητὰ τοῦ ἕτερον εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν παρὰ τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ὅτι ἀνάγκη τὸν υἱὸν πατρὸς εἶναι υἱόν, καὶ τὸν πατέρα υἱοῦ πατέρα.
epei de hoi syncheomenoi en tǭ peri patros kai huiou topǭ synagontes to »Heuriskometha de kai pseudomartyres tou theou, hoti »emartyrēsamen kata tou theou hoti ēgeiren ton christon, hon ouk »ēgeiren« kai ta toutois homoia, dēlounta heteron einai ton egeiranta para ton egēgermenon, kai to »Lysate ton naon touton, kai en trisin »hēmerais egerō auton«, ǭonto ek toutōn paristasthai mē diapherein tǭ arithmǭ ton huion tou patros, allʼ hen ou monon ousią alla kai hypokeimenǭ tynchanontas amphoterous, kata tinas epinoias diaphorous, ou kata hypostasin legesthai patera kai huion; lekteon pros autous prōton men ta proēgoumenōs kataskeuastika rhēta tou heteron einai ton huion para ton patera, kai hoti anankē ton huion patros einai huion, kai ton patera huiou patera.
And since those who are confused on the subject of the Father and the Son bring together “We are even found to be false witnesses of God, because we testified against God that he raised Christ, whom he did not raise,” and similar texts, which show that the one who raised is other than the one raised, with “Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up,” and thought it was shown from these that the Son does not differ in number from the Father, but that both are one not only in being but also in subject, being called Father and Son according to certain different aspects, not according to subsistence: we must say to them first the texts that primarily establish that the Son is other than the Father, and that the Son must be son of a Father, and the Father father of a Son.
10.247Preuschen 4:212
μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο οὐκ ἄτοπόν ἐστιν τὸν ὁμολογοῦντα μηδὲν δύνασθαι ποιεῖν, ἐὰν μή τι βλέπῃ τὸν πατέρα ποιοῦντα, καὶ λέγοντα ὅτι ὅσʼ ὂν ὁ πατὴρ ποιῇ, ταῦτα ὁμοίως καὶ ὁ υἱὸς ποιεῖ, τὸν νεκρόν ὅπερ τὸ σῶμα ἦν) ἐγηγερκέναι τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῷ τοῦτο χαριζομένου, ὃν προηγουμένως λεκτέον ἐγηγερκέναι τὸν χριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν.
meta de touto ouk atopon estin ton homologounta mēden dynasthai poiein, ean mē ti blepę̄ ton patera poiounta, kai legonta hoti hosʼ on ho patēr poię̄, tauta homoiōs kai ho huios poiei, ton nekron hoper to sōma ēn) egēgerkenai tou patros autǭ touto charizomenou, hon proēgoumenōs lekteon egēgerkenai ton christon ek nekrōn.
After this, it is not absurd that the one who confesses he can do nothing unless he sees the Father doing it, and says that whatever the Father does the Son does likewise, raised the dead one (which was the body), the Father granting this to him, the Father who must primarily be said to have raised Christ from the dead.
10.248Preuschen 4:212
Ὁ μέντοι γ ε Ἡρακλέων τὸ »Ἐν τρισὶν« φησὶν ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἐν τρίτῃ, μὴ ἐρευνήσας, καίτοι γε ἐπιστήσας τῷ »Ἐν τρισίν., πῶς ἐν τρισὶν ἡ ἀνάστασις ἐνεργεῖται ἡμέραις.
Ho mentoi g e Hērakleōn to »En trisin« phēsin anti tou En tritę̄, mē ereunēsas, kaitoi ge epistēsas tǭ »En trisin., pōs en trisin hē anastasis energeitai hēmerais.
Heracleon, however, says that “in three” means “on the third,” without inquiring, although he paid attention to “in three,” how the resurrection is worked out in three days.
10.249Preuschen 4:212
ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὴν τρίτην φησὶ τὴν πνευματικὴν ἡμέραν, ἐν ᾑ οἴονταί δηλοῦσθαι τὴν τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἀνάστασιν.
eti de kai tēn tritēn phēsi tēn pneumatikēn hēmeran, en hę̄ oiontai dēlousthai tēn tēs ekklēsias anastasin.
Further, he says that the third is the spiritual day, in which they think the resurrection of the church is shown.
10.250Preuschen 4:212
τούτῳ δὲ ἀκόλουθόν ἐστιν πρώτην λέγειν εἶναι τὴν χοϊκὴν ἡμέραν καὶ τὴν δευτέραν τὴν ψυχικήν, οὐ γεγενημένης τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἀναστάσεως έν αὐταῖς.
toutǭ de akolouthon estin prōtēn legein einai tēn choïkēn hēmeran kai tēn deuteran tēn psychikēn, ou gegenēmenēs tēs ekklēsias tēs anastaseōs en autais.
It follows from this that he says the first day is the earthly (choic) and the second the psychic, the resurrection of the church not having taken place in them.
10.251Preuschen 4:212–213
ἔοικεν μὲν τοίνυν τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ματθαῖον καὶ Μάρκον † ἀναγεγραμμένα εὐαγγελίῳ ψευδομαρτύρων πρὸς τῷ τέλει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου κατηγορούντων τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἔχειν ἐπὶ τὸ »Λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον κἀγὼ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν..
eoiken men toinyn ta hypo tōn en tǭ kata Matthaion kai Markon † anagegrammena euangeliǭ pseudomartyrōn pros tǭ telei tou euangeliou katēgorountōn tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, tēn anaphoran echein epi to »Lysate ton naon touton kagō en trisin hēmerais egerō auton..
It seems, then, that what is recorded in the Gospel according to Matthew and Mark … of the false witnesses near the end of the Gospel, accusing our Lord Jesus Christ, refers to “Destroy this temple, and I will raise it up in three days.”
10.252Preuschen 4:213
ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἔλεγεν περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, οἱ δʼ ὑπονοοῦντες περὶ τοῦ ἐκ λίθων οἰκοδομηθέντος ναοῦ λέγεσθαι τὰ ἐνταῦθα εἰρημένα ἔφασκον κατηγοροῦντες· »Οὑτος ἔφη· Δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν † αὐτὸν »οἰκοδομῆσαι« ἢ ὡς ὁ Μάρκος· » Ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγον »τος ὅτι Ἐγὼ καταλύσω τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον τὸν χειροποίητον καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἄλλον ἀχειροποίητον οἰκοδομήσω«, ὅτε καὶ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ἀναστὰς εἶπεν αὐτῷ »Οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ; τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν; ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἐσιώπα«· ἢ ὡς ὁ † Λουκᾶς φησί· Καὶ ἀναστὰς ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἰς μέσον ἐπηρώτησεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν »λέγων· Οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν; τί οὑτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν; ὁ δὲ ἐσιώπα καὶ οὐκ ἀπεκρίνατο οὐδέν«.
ho men gar elegen peri tou naou tou sōmatos autou, hoi dʼ hyponoountes peri tou ek lithōn oikodomēthentos naou legesthai ta entautha eirēmena ephaskon katēgorountes; »Houtos ephē; Dynamai katalysai ton naon tou theou kai dia triōn hēmerōn † auton »oikodomēsai« ē hōs ho Markos; » Hēmeis ēkousamen autou legon »tos hoti Egō katalysō ton naon touton ton cheiropoiēton kai dia triōn hēmerōn allon acheiropoiēton oikodomēsō«, hote kai ho archiereus anastas eipen autǭ »Ouden apokrinę̄? ti houtoi sou katamartyrousin? ho de Iēsous esiōpa«; ē hōs ho † Loukas phēsi; Kai anastas ho archiereus eis meson epērōtēsen ton Iēsoun »legōn; Ouk apokrinę̄ ouden? ti houtoi sou katamartyrousin? ho de esiōpa kai ouk apekrinato ouden«.
For he was speaking about the temple of his body; but they, supposing that what was said here concerned the temple built of stones, said in accusation: “This man said, I can destroy the temple of God and build it in three days”; or as Mark has it: “We heard him say, I will destroy this temple made with hands, and in three days I will build another not made with hands.” Then the high priest stood up and said to him, “Do you answer nothing? What is it that these testify against you? But Jesus was silent”; or as Luke says, “And the high priest stood up in the midst and asked Jesus, saying, Do you not answer anything? What is it that these testify against you? But he was silent and answered nothing.”
10.253Preuschen 4:213
νομίζω δʼ ἀναγκαίως καὶ ταῦτα παρατεθεῖσθαι τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἔχοντα ἐπὶ τὸ ἐν χερσὶν ῥητόν. Εἶπαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι· Τεσσεράκοντα καὶ ἕξ ἔτεσιν ᾠκοδομήθη ὁ ναὸς οὗτος, καὶ σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν;
nomizō dʼ anankaiōs kai tauta paratetheisthai tēn anaphoran echonta epi to en chersin rhēton. Eipan oun hoi Ioudaioi; Tesserakonta kai hex etesin ǭkodomēthē ho naos houtos, kai sy en trisin hēmerais egereis auton?
I think these too have necessarily been set out, since they refer to the text in hand. [John 2:20:] “The Jews then said, This temple was built in forty-six years, and will you raise it up in three days?”
10.254Preuschen 4:213
Πῶς τεσσεράκοντα καὶ ἕξ ἔτεσιν ᾠκοδομῆσθαί φασι τὸν ναὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγειν οὐκ ἔχομεν, εἰ τῇ ἱστορίᾳ κατακολουθήσομεν.
Pōs tesserakonta kai hex etesin ǭkodomēsthai phasi ton naon hoi Ioudaioi legein ouk echomen, ei tę̄ historią katakolouthēsomen.
How the Jews say the temple was built in forty-six years we cannot say, if we follow the history.
10.255Preuschen 4:213
γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ τῶν Βασιλειῶν ὡς »Ἡτοίμασαν »τοὺς λίθους καὶ τὰ ξύλα τρισὶν ἔτεσιν«· »ἐν δὲ τῷ τετάρτῳ ἔτει, μηνὶ δευτέρῳ, βασιλεύοντος τοῦ βασιλέως Σαλομῶντος ἐπὶ Ἰσραήλ, »ἐνετείλατο ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ αἴρουσιν λίθους μεγάλους τιμίους εἰς τὸν θεμέλιον τοῦ οἴκου καὶ λίθους ἀπελεκήτους. καὶ ἐπελέκησαν οἱ υἱοὶ »Σαλομῶντος καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Χειρὰμ καὶ ἔβαλον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ τετάρτῳ »ἔτει, καὶ ἐθεμελίωσαν τὸν οἶκον κυρίου ἐν μηνὶ Νεισὰν καὶ τῷ δευ »τέρῳ μηνί· ἑνδεκάτῳ ἐνιαυτῷ, μηνὶ Βαάλ, ὃς ἦν μὴν ὄγδοος, συνε »τελέσθη ὁ οἶκος εἰς πάντα λόγον αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς πᾶσαν διάταξιν αὐτοῦ‘.
gegraptai gar en tę̄ tritę̄ tōn Basileiōn hōs »Hētoimasan »tous lithous kai ta xyla trisin etesin«; »en de tǭ tetartǭ etei, mēni deuterǭ, basileuontos tou basileōs Salomōntos epi Israēl, »eneteilato ho basileus kai airousin lithous megalous timious eis ton themelion tou oikou kai lithous apelekētous. kai epelekēsan hoi huioi »Salomōntos kai hoi huioi Cheiram kai ebalon autous en tǭ tetartǭ »etei, kai ethemeliōsan ton oikon kyriou en mēni Neisan kai tǭ deu »terǭ mēni; hendekatǭ eniautǭ, mēni Baal, hos ēn mēn ogdoos, syne »telesthē ho oikos eis panta logon autou kai eis pasan diataxin autou‘.
For it is written in the third book of Kingdoms that “they prepared the stones and the timber for three years”; “and in the fourth year, in the second month, of the reign of King Solomon over Israel, the king commanded, and they take great, costly stones for the foundation of the house, and unhewn stones. And the sons of Solomon and the sons of Hiram hewed them and laid them in the fourth year, and they laid the foundation of the house of the Lord in the month Nisan and the second month; in the eleventh year, in the month Bul, which was the eighth month, the house was finished in all its plan and all its arrangement.”
10.256Preuschen 4:213
ἴνα οὖν καὶ τὴν ἑτοιμασίαν συγκατατάξωμεν τῷ χρόνῳ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς, ἕνδεκα ἔτη τὰ πάντα οὐ συμπληροῦται εἰς τὴν οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ ναοῦ.
ina oun kai tēn hetoimasian synkatataxōmen tǭ chronǭ tēs oikodomēs, hendeka etē ta panta ou symplēroutai eis tēn oikodomēn tou naou.
So even if we reckon the preparation together with the time of building, eleven years in all are not completed for the building of the temple.
10.257Preuschen 4:213–214
πῶς οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγουσιν· »τεσσεράκοντα καὶ ἓξ ἔτεσίν »ᾠκοδομήθη ὁ ναὸς οὗτος;« εἰ μὴ ἄρα τις βιασάμενος φιλοτιμήσεται παραστῆσαι τὸν τεσσεράκοντα καὶ ἕξ ἐτῶν πληρουμένων χρόνον, ἀφ οὑ ὁ Δαβίδ φησι πρὸς Νάθαν τὸν προφήτην βουλευσάμενος περὶ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τοῦ ναοῦ· »Ἰδού, ἐγὼ κατοικῶ ἐν οἴκῳ κεδρίνῳ, καὶ ἡ »κιβωτὸς τοῦ θεοῦ κάθηται ἐν μέσῳ τῆς σκηνῆς«. εἰ γὰρ καὶ κεκώλυται, ὡς ἀνὴρ αἱμάτων, οἰκοδομῆσαι αὐτόν, ἔοικέν γε ἠσχολῆσθαι περὶ τὴν συναγωγὴν τῆς ὕλης τοῦ ναοῦ.
pōs oun hoi Ioudaioi legousin; »tesserakonta kai hex etesin »ǭkodomēthē ho naos houtos?« ei mē ara tis biasamenos philotimēsetai parastēsai ton tesserakonta kai hex etōn plēroumenōn chronon, aph hou ho Dabid phēsi pros Nathan ton prophētēn bouleusamenos peri tēs oikodomēs tou naou; »Idou, egō katoikō en oikǭ kedrinǭ, kai hē »kibōtos tou theou kathētai en mesǭ tēs skēnēs«. ei gar kai kekōlytai, hōs anēr haimatōn, oikodomēsai auton, eoiken ge ēscholēsthai peri tēn synagōgēn tēs hylēs tou naou.
How then do the Jews say, “This temple was built in forty-six years”? Unless someone, forcing things, will strive to show a period of forty-six full years from when David, having deliberated about building the temple, says to Nathan the prophet, “Behold, I dwell in a house of cedar, and the ark of God sits in the midst of the tent.” For even if he was prevented from building it, as a man of blood, he seems to have been occupied with gathering the material for the temple.
10.258Preuschen 4:214
φησὶ γοῦν ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ τῶν ΠαραλειΠομένων Δαβὶδ ὁ βασιλεὺς πάσῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ· »Σολομῶν ὁ υἱός μου, εἰς ὃν ᾑρέτικεν αὐτὸν κύριος, νέος καὶ ἁπαλός, καὶ τὸ »ἔργον μέγα, ὅτι οὐκ ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδομὴ ἀλλὰ κυρίῳ θεῷ. κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν ἡτοίμακά εἰς οἶκον θεοῦ μου χρυσίον, ἀργύριον, χαλκὸν καὶ σίδηρον, ξύλα, λίθους Σοὸμ καὶ πληρώσεως, καὶ λίθους πολυτελείας καὶ ποικίλους, καὶ πάντα λίθον τίμιον, καὶ Πάριον πολύ. »ἔτι ἐν τῷ εὐδοκῆσαί με ἐν οἴκῳ θεοῦ μου, ἔστιν μοι ὃ περιπεποίη »μαι χρυσίον καὶ ἀργύριον, καὶ ἰδοὺ δέδωκα εἰς οἶκον κυρίου μου εἰς ὕψος, ἐκτὸς ὧν ἡτοίμασα εἰς τὸν οἶκον τῶν ἁγίων, τρισχίλια τάλαντα χρυσίου τοῦ ἐκ Σουφεὶρ καὶ ἑπτακισχίλια τάλαντα ἀργυρίου »δοκίμου, ἐπαλειφθέντα ἐν αὐτοῖς τοὺς οἴκους τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ χειρὸς τεχνιτῶν«.
phēsi goun en tę̄ prōtę̄ tōn ParaleiPomenōn Dabid ho basileus pasę̄ tę̄ ekklēsią; »Solomōn ho huios mou, eis hon hę̄retiken auton kyrios, neos kai hapalos, kai to »ergon mega, hoti ouk anthrōpǭ oikodomē alla kyriǭ theǭ. kata pasan tēn dynamin hētoimaka eis oikon theou mou chrysion, argyrion, chalkon kai sidēron, xyla, lithous Soom kai plērōseōs, kai lithous polyteleias kai poikilous, kai panta lithon timion, kai Parion poly. »eti en tǭ eudokēsai me en oikǭ theou mou, estin moi ho peripepoiē »mai chrysion kai argyrion, kai idou dedōka eis oikon kyriou mou eis hypsos, ektos hōn hētoimasa eis ton oikon tōn hagiōn, trischilia talanta chrysiou tou ek Soupheir kai heptakischilia talanta argyriou »dokimou, epaleiphthenta en autois tous oikous tou theou dia cheiros technitōn«.
At any rate, in the first book of Chronicles King David says to the whole assembly: “Solomon my son, whom the Lord has chosen, is young and tender, and the work is great, for the building is not for man but for the Lord God. With all my strength I have prepared for the house of my God gold, silver, bronze and iron, timber, onyx stones and stones for setting, costly and varied stones, and every precious stone, and much marble. Moreover, because of my delight in the house of my God, I have a treasure of my own of gold and silver, and behold, I have given it to the house of my Lord on high, besides all that I prepared for the house of the holy things: three thousand talents of gold from Ophir and seven thousand talents of refined silver, to overlay the houses of God by the hand of craftsmen.”
10.259Preuschen 4:214
ἐβασίλευσεν γὰρ ὁ Δαβὶδ ἑπτὰ ἔτη ἐν Χεβρῶν καὶ λγ΄ ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ. ἐὰν οὖν τις δυνηθῇ ἀποδεῖξαι τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ κατασκευῆς γεγονέναι συνάγοντος αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπιτήδειον ὕλην ἀπὸ τοῦ ε΄ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ χρόνου, δυνήσεται βιασάμενος Περὶ τῶν μέ ἐτῶν εἰπεῖν.. ἄλλος δέ τις ἐρεῖ τὸν δεικνύμενον μὴ τὸν ὑπὸ Σολομῶντος ᾠκοδομημένον εἶναι, ἐκεῖνον γάρ) κατεστράφθαι κατὰ τοὺς τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας χρόνους, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἐπὶ Ἔσδρᾳ οἰκοδομηθέντα, περὶ οὗ οὐκ ἔχομεν τρανῶς τὸν τῶν τεσσεράκοντα καὶ ἕξ ἐτῶν ἀποδεῖξαι ἀληθευόμενον λόγον.
ebasileusen gar ho Dabid hepta etē en Chebrōn kai lg΄ en Hierousalēm. ean oun tis dynēthę̄ apodeixai tēn archēn tēs peri tou naou kataskeuēs gegonenai synagontos autou tēn epitēdeion hylēn apo tou e΄ tēs basileias autou chronou, dynēsetai biasamenos Peri tōn me etōn eipein.. allos de tis erei ton deiknymenon mē ton hypo Solomōntos ǭkodomēmenon einai, ekeinon gar) katestraphthai kata tous tēs aichmalōsias chronous, alla ton epi Esdrą oikodomēthenta, peri hou ouk echomen tranōs ton tōn tesserakonta kai hex etōn apodeixai alētheuomenon logon.
For David reigned seven years in Hebron and thirty-three in Jerusalem. If, then, anyone can show that the beginning of the temple's preparation, with his gathering of suitable material, took place from the fifth year of his reign, he will be able, forcing things, to speak of the forty-six years. But another will say that the temple being pointed to is not the one built by Solomon (for that was destroyed at the time of the captivity) but the one built under Ezra, about which we cannot clearly show that the figure of forty-six years is true.
10.260Preuschen 4:214
ἔοικεν δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὰ Μακκαβαϊκὰ Πολλή τις ἀκαταστασία γεγονέναι περὶ τὸν λαὸν καὶ τὸν ναόν. καὶ οὐκ οἶδα εἰ τότε ἀνῳκοδομήθη τοσούτοις ἔτεσιν ὁ ναός.
eoiken de kai kata ta Makkabaïka Pollē tis akatastasia gegonenai peri ton laon kai ton naon. kai ouk oida ei tote anǭkodomēthē tosoutois etesin ho naos.
And it seems that in the time of the Maccabees too there was great disorder concerning the people and the temple. And I do not know whether the temple was rebuilt at that time over so many years.
10.261Preuschen 4:214–215
Ὁ μέντοι γε Ἡρακλέων μηδὲ ἐπιστήσας τῇ ἱστορίᾳ φησὶ τὸν Σολομῶντα τεσσεράκοντα καὶ ἓξ ἔτεσιν κατεσκευακέναι τὸν ναὸν εἰκόνα τυγχάνοντα τοῦ σωτῆρος, καὶ τὸν ς΄ ἀριθμὸν εἰς τὴν ὕλην, τουτέστιν τὸ πλάσμα, ἀναφέρει, τὸν δὲ τῶν τεσσεράκοντα, »ὅ τετρὰς ἐστίν«, φησίν, ἡ »ἀπρόσπλοκος«, εἰς τὸ ἐμφύσημα καὶ τὸ ἐν τῷ ἐμφυσή- ματι σπέρμα.
Ho mentoi ge Hērakleōn mēde epistēsas tę̄ historią phēsi ton Solomōnta tesserakonta kai hex etesin kateskeuakenai ton naon eikona tynchanonta tou sōtēros, kai ton s΄ arithmon eis tēn hylēn, toutestin to plasma, anapherei, ton de tōn tesserakonta, »ho tetras estin«, phēsin, hē »aprosplokos«, eis to emphysēma kai to en tǭ emphysē- mati sperma.
Heracleon, however, not even attending to the history, says that Solomon built the temple, which is an image of the Savior, in forty-six years; and he refers the number six to matter, that is, to what was fashioned, and the number forty, “which is the tetrad,” he says, “the unentangled one,” to the inbreathing and the seed in the inbreathing.
10.262Preuschen 4:215
ὅρα δὲ εἰ δυνατὸν τὸν μὲν τεσσεράκοντα διὰ τὰ τέσσαρα τοῦ κόσμου στοιχεῖα ἐν τοῖς Τι ἀγωνισμένοις εἰς τὸν ναὸν ἐγκατατασσόμενα λαμβάνειν, τὸν δὲ ς΄ διὰ τὸ τῇ ἕκτῃ ἡμέρᾳ γεγονέναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν Περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ. ὅτε οὗ ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι τοῦτο ἔλεγεν, καὶ ἐπίστευσαν τῇ γραφῇ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἷπεν ὁ Ἰηοοὺς·
hora de ei dynaton ton men tesserakonta dia ta tessara tou kosmou stoicheia en tois Ti agōnismenois eis ton naon enkatatassomena lambanein, ton de s΄ dia to tę̄ hektę̄ hēmerą gegonenai ton anthrōpon. Ekeinos de elegen Peri tou naou tou sōmatos autou. hote hou ēgerthē ek nekrōn, emnēsthēsan hoi mathētai autou hoti touto elegen, kai episteusan tę̄ graphę̄ kai tǭ logǭ hon heipen ho Iēoous;
See whether it is possible to take forty because of the four elements of the world arranged in the temple in the … [works], and six because man was made on the sixth day. [John 2:21–22:] “But he was speaking about the temple of his body. When therefore he was raised from the dead, his disciples remembered that he had said this, and they believed the Scripture and the word that Jesus had spoken.”
10.263Preuschen 4:215
Εἰ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ναὸς αὐτοῦ εἵρηται, ζητῆσαι ἄξιον πότερον ἁπλούστερον τοῦτο ἐκδεκτέον, ἢ ἕκαστον τῶν ἀναγεγραμμένων περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ φιλοτιμητέον ἀνάγειν εἰς τὸν περὶ τοῦ σώματος Ἰησοῦ λόγον, ἤτοι οὗ εἴληφεν ἐκ τῆς παρθένου, ἢ τῆς ἐκκλησίας σώματος αὐτοῦ λεγομένης εἶναι, ὡς καὶ ἡμᾶς μέλη τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ παρὰ τῷ ἀποστόλῳ ὀνομάζεσθαι.
Ei to sōma tou Iēsou naos autou heirētai, zētēsai axion poteron haplousteron touto ekdekteon, ē hekaston tōn anagegrammenōn peri tou naou philotimēteon anagein eis ton peri tou sōmatos Iēsou logon, ētoi hou eilēphen ek tēs parthenou, ē tēs ekklēsias sōmatos autou legomenēs einai, hōs kai hēmas melē tou sōmatos autou para tǭ apostolǭ onomazesthai.
If Jesus' body is called his temple, it is worth asking whether this should be taken more simply, or whether we should strive to refer each thing recorded about the temple to the account of the body of Jesus, either that which he took from the virgin, or the church, which is said to be his body, as the apostle also names us members of his body.
10.264Preuschen 4:215
ὁ μὲν οὖν τις πραγμάτων αὑτὸν ἀπαλλάττων τῷ ἀπογινώσκειν ἕκαστον δύνασθαι τῶν κατὰ τὸν ναὸν ἀναφέρειν ἐπὶ τὸ σῶμα, ὁποτέρως ἄν ἔχῃ, ἐπὶ τὸ ἁπλούστερον καταφεύξεται, λέγων διὰ τοῦτο σῶμα ἑκατέρως νοούμενον τὸν ναὸν ὠνομάσθαι, ἐπεὶ ὥσπερ ὁ ναὸς δόξαν εἶχεν θεοῦ κατασκηνοῦσαν ἐν αὐτῷ, οὕτως εἰκόνα καὶ δόξαν θεοῦ ὑπάρχοντα τὸν πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως, τὸ σῶμα ἢ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἀγαλματοφοροῦντα ναὸν εὐλόγως εἰρῆσθαι θεοῦ.
ho men oun tis pragmatōn hauton apallattōn tǭ apoginōskein hekaston dynasthai tōn kata ton naon anapherein epi to sōma, hopoterōs an echę̄, epi to haplousteron katapheuxetai, legōn dia touto sōma hekaterōs nooumenon ton naon ōnomasthai, epei hōsper ho naos doxan eichen theou kataskēnousan en autǭ, houtōs eikona kai doxan theou hyparchonta ton prōtotokon pasēs ktiseōs, to sōma ē tēn ekklēsian agalmatophorounta naon eulogōs eirēsthai theou.
One who spares himself trouble by despairing of being able to refer each thing about the temple to the body, in whichever sense, will take refuge in the simpler view, saying that the temple is called a body in either sense because, as the temple had the glory of God dwelling in it, so the firstborn of all creation, being the image and glory of God, carrying his body or the church as a shrine, is reasonably called the temple of God.
10.265Preuschen 4:215
ἡμεῖς δὲ τὸ μὲν περὶ ἑκάστου τῶν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ τῶν Βασιλειῶν περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ εἰπεῖν δυσδιήγητον ὁρῶντες καὶ πολλῷ τῆς λέξεως ἡμῶν μεῖζον, ἄλλως τε καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὴν παροῦσαν γραφήν, ὑπερτιθέμεθα.
hēmeis de to men peri hekastou tōn en tę̄ tritę̄ tōn Basileiōn peri tou naou eipein dysdiēgēton horōntes kai pollǭ tēs lexeōs hēmōn meizon, allōs te kai ou kata tēn parousan graphēn, hypertithemetha.
We, however, seeing that to speak about each detail of the temple in the third book of Kingdoms is hard to explain and far beyond our powers of speech, especially as it does not belong to the present Scripture, postpone it.
10.266Preuschen 4:215–216
πλὴν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις μάλιστα διὰ τὸ ὑπὲρ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην εἶναι φύσιν καὶ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίαν τὸ ἴδιον τῆς θεοπνεύστου γραφῆς ἐμφαίνεσθαι πειθόμενοι, σοφίαν ἐν μυστηρίῳ τὴν ἀποκεκρυμμένην, ἣν οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου ἔγνωκεν, παριστάσης, καὶ καταλαμβάνοντες ἐξαιρέτου πνεύματος σοφίας ἑαυτοὺς δεομένους πρὸς τὸ τηλικαῦτα ἱεροπρεπῶς νοῆσαι, ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα διʼ ὀλίγων τὴν περίνοιαν τῶν κατὰ τὸν τόπον διαγράψαι πειρασόμεθα, σῶμα τὴν ἐκκλησίαν καὶ οἶκον θεοῦ ἐκ λίθων ζώντων οἰκοδομούμενον, οἶκον πνευματικὸν εἰς ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον μανθάνοντες ἀπὸ τοῦ Πέτρου τυγχάνειν, ὡς τὸν οἰκοδομοῦντα τὸν ναὸν υἱὸν Δαβὶδ κατὰ τοῦτο Χριστοῦ εἶναι τύπον μετὰ τοὺς πολέμους εἰρήνης βαθυτάτης γεγενημένης οἰκοδομοῦντα εἰς δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν ναὸν έν τῇ ἐπιγείῳ Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἵνα μηκέτι παρὰ μετακινητῷ πράγματι τῇ σκηνῇ x003E; λατρεία ἐπιτελῆται. ἕκαστον.
plēn en tois toioutois malista dia to hyper tēn anthrōpinēn einai physin kai kata tēn tou theou sophian to idion tēs theopneustou graphēs emphainesthai peithomenoi, sophian en mystēriǭ tēn apokekrymmenēn, hēn oudeis tōn archontōn tou aiōnos toutou egnōken, paristasēs, kai katalambanontes exairetou pneumatos sophias heautous deomenous pros to tēlikauta hieroprepōs noēsai, hōs eni malista diʼ oligōn tēn perinoian tōn kata ton topon diagrapsai peirasometha, sōma tēn ekklēsian kai oikon theou ek lithōn zōntōn oikodomoumenon, oikon pneumatikon eis hierateuma hagion manthanontes apo tou Petrou tynchanein, hōs ton oikodomounta ton naon huion Dabid kata touto Christou einai typon meta tous polemous eirēnēs bathytatēs gegenēmenēs oikodomounta eis doxan tou theou ton naon en tę̄ epigeiǭ Hierousalēm, hina mēketi para metakinētǭ pragmati tę̄ skēnę̄ x003E? latreia epitelētai. hekaston.
However, persuaded that especially in such matters, because they are above human nature and according to the wisdom of God, the special character of inspired Scripture shows itself, presenting wisdom in a mystery, the hidden wisdom, which none of the rulers of this age has known; and perceiving that we need an exceptional spirit of wisdom to understand such great things in a holy way, we shall try, as far as possible, to sketch briefly the sense of the passage: learning from Peter that the church is a body and a house of God built of living stones, a spiritual house for a holy priesthood, so that the son of David who built the temple is in this respect a type of Christ, building the temple for God's glory in the earthly Jerusalem after the wars, when the deepest peace had come, so that the worship might no longer be performed in a movable thing, the tent. Each
10.267Preuschen 4:216
x003E; τῶν κατὰ τὸν ναὸν ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἀνάγειν πειρασόμεθα. τάχα γὰρ ἐὰν πάντες οἱ ἐχθροὶ ὑποπόδιον γένωνται τῶν Χριστοῦ ποδῶν, καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος ἐχθρὸς θάνατος καταργηθῇ, ἡ τελειοτάτη εἰρήνη έ)σται ὅτε Χριστὸς ἔσται Σαλομών, ὅπερ ἑρμηνεύεται »Εἰρηνικός«, πληρουμένης τῆς προφητείας εἰς αὐτὸν λεγούσης· »Μετὰ τῶν μισούν »των τὴν εἰρήνην ἤμην εἰρηνικός«.
x003E? tōn kata ton naon epi tēn ekklēsian anagein peirasometha. tacha gar ean pantes hoi echthroi hypopodion genōntai tōn Christou podōn, kai ho eschatos echthros thanatos katargēthę̄, hē teleiotatē eirēnē e)stai hote Christos estai Salomōn, hoper hermēneuetai »Eirēnikos«, plēroumenēs tēs prophēteias eis auton legousēs; »Meta tōn misoun »tōn tēn eirēnēn ēmēn eirēnikos«.
of the details of the temple we shall try to refer to the church. For perhaps when all enemies have become the footstool of Christ's feet, and the last enemy, death, is abolished, the most perfect peace will come, when Christ will be Solomon, which is interpreted “peaceful,” the prophecy being fulfilled in him that says, “With those who hate peace I was peaceable.”
10.268Preuschen 4:216
καὶ τότε ἕκαστος τῶν ζώντων λίθων κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν τοῦ ἐνταῦθα βίου ἔσται τοῦ ναοῦ λίθος, ὁ μέν τις ἐν τῷ θεμελίῳ ἀπόστολος ἢ προφήτης βαστάζων τοὺς ἐπικειμένους, ὁ δέ τις μετὰ τοὺς ἐν τῷ θεμελίῳ ὑπὸ μὲν τῶν ἀποστόλων βασταζόμενος καὶ αὐτὸς σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις συνβαστάζων τοὺς ὑποδεεστέρους· καὶ ὁ μέν τις ἔσται λίθος τῶν ἐνδοτάτων, ἔνθα ἡ κιβωτὸς καὶ τὰ Χερουβεὶν καὶ τὸ ἱλαστήριον· ἕτερος δὲ τοῦ περιβόλου, καὶ ἄλλος ἔτι ἔξω τοῦ περιβόλου τῶν Λευϊτῶν καὶ ἱερέων λίθος τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τῶν ὁλοκαρπωμάτων.
kai tote hekastos tōn zōntōn lithōn kata tēn axian tou entautha biou estai tou naou lithos, ho men tis en tǭ themeliǭ apostolos ē prophētēs bastazōn tous epikeimenous, ho de tis meta tous en tǭ themeliǭ hypo men tōn apostolōn bastazomenos kai autos syn tois apostolois synbastazōn tous hypodeesterous; kai ho men tis estai lithos tōn endotatōn, entha hē kibōtos kai ta Cheroubein kai to hilastērion; heteros de tou peribolou, kai allos eti exō tou peribolou tōn Leuïtōn kai hiereōn lithos tou thysiastēriou tōn holokarpōmatōn.
And then each of the living stones, according to the worth of its life here, will be a stone of the temple: one in the foundation, an apostle or prophet, bearing those laid on top; another after those in the foundation, borne by the apostles and himself with the apostles bearing the lesser ones. And one will be a stone of the innermost parts, where the ark and the cherubim and the mercy seat are; another of the enclosure; and another, still outside the enclosure of the Levites and priests, a stone of the altar of whole burnt offerings.
10.269Preuschen 4:216
τὴν δὲ περὶ τούτων οἰκονομίαν καὶ λειτουργίαν ἐγχειρισθήσονται ἅγιαι δυνάμεις, ἄγγελοι θεοῦ, αἱ μέν τινες οὖσαι κυριότητες, ἢ θρόνοι, ἢ ἀρχαί, ἢ ἐξουσίαι, αἱ δὲ τούτοις ὑποτεταγμέναι, ὧν τύποι οἱ τρισχίλιοι καὶ ἑξακόσιοι ἄρχοντες ἐπιστάται, ἄρχοντες κατεσταμένοι ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων τῶν Σαλομών, καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα χιλιάδες τῶν αἰρόντων ἄρσιν, καὶ αἱ τῶν λατόμων ὀγδοήκοντα χιλιάδες ἐν τῷ ὄρει, οἱ ποιοῦντες τὰ ἔργα καὶ ἑτοιμάσαντες τοὺς λίθους καὶ τὰ ξύλα.
tēn de peri toutōn oikonomian kai leitourgian encheiristhēsontai hagiai dynameis, angeloi theou, hai men tines ousai kyriotētes, ē thronoi, ē archai, ē exousiai, hai de toutois hypotetagmenai, hōn typoi hoi trischilioi kai hexakosioi archontes epistatai, archontes katestamenoi epi tōn ergōn tōn Salomōn, kai hebdomēkonta chiliades tōn airontōn arsin, kai hai tōn latomōn ogdoēkonta chiliades en tǭ orei, hoi poiountes ta erga kai hetoimasantes tous lithous kai ta xyla.
And the management and service of these will be entrusted to holy powers, angels of God: some being dominions, or thrones, or rulers, or authorities, and others subordinate to them, whose types are the three thousand six hundred chief overseers, rulers set over Solomon's works, and the seventy thousand burden-bearers, and the eighty thousand stonecutters in the mountain, who did the works and prepared the stones and the timber.
10.270Preuschen 4:216
παρατηρητέον δὲ ὅτι οἱ μὲν ἀναγεγραμμένοι αἴρειν ἄρσιν ἑβδομάδος εἰσὶν συγγενεῖς· οἱ δὲ λατόμοι καὶ ἐκτυποῦντες τοὺς λίθους, πρὸς τὸ ἁρμονίους αὐτοὺς γενέσθαι τῷ ναῷ, ὀγδοάδι προσῳκείωνται· οἱ δὲ ἐπιστάται, τρισχίλιοι <τρισχίλιοι καὶ> ἑξακόσιοι τυγχάνοντες, τῷ τοῦ ἕξ τελείω ἀριθμῷ οἱονεί ἐφʼ ἑαυτὸν πολυπλασιαζομένῳ συνάπτονται· τὰ μέντοι γε τῆς ἑτοιμασίας τῶν λίθων αἰρομένων καὶ εὐτρεπιζομένων εἰς τὴν οἰκοδομήν, τρισὶν ἔτεσιν ἐπιτελούμενα, ἐμφαίνειν μοι δοκεῖ τοῦ ἐν αἰωνίῳ τῇ τριάδι συγγενοῦς διαστήματος τὸν ὅλον χρόνον.
paratērēteon de hoti hoi men anagegrammenoi airein arsin hebdomados eisin syngeneis; hoi de latomoi kai ektypountes tous lithous, pros to harmonious autous genesthai tǭ naǭ, ogdoadi prosǭkeiōntai; hoi de epistatai, trischilioi <trischilioi kai> hexakosioi tynchanontes, tǭ tou hex teleiō arithmǭ hoionei ephʼ heauton polyplasiazomenǭ synaptontai; ta mentoi ge tēs hetoimasias tōn lithōn airomenōn kai eutrepizomenōn eis tēn oikodomēn, trisin etesin epiteloumena, emphainein moi dokei tou en aiōniǭ tę̄ triadi syngenous diastēmatos ton holon chronon.
It must be observed that those recorded as bearing burdens are akin to the number seven; the stonecutters and those who shape the stones so that they fit the temple are related to the number eight; and the overseers, being three thousand six hundred, are connected with the perfect number six, multiplied, as it were, by itself; while the preparation of the stones, lifted and made ready for the building, accomplished in three years, seems to me to indicate the whole time of the interval akin to the triad in the eternal.
10.271Preuschen 4:216–217
ταῦτα δὲ ἔσται ὅταν ἡ εἰρήνη τελειωθῇ μετὰ ἔτη τῆς οἰκονομίας τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἀπʼ Αἰγύπτου ἔξοδον πραγμάτων τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα, καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον οἰκονομηθέντων μετὰ τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη τῆς πρὸς τὸν Ἀβραὰμ ἀπὸ θεοῦ διαθήκης, ὡς εἷναι ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τοῦ ναοῦ σαββατικοὺς ἀριθμοὺς δύο, τὸν ἑπτακόσια καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα, ὅτε καὶ ἐντελεῖται ὁ βασιλεὺς ἡμῶν ὁ χριστὸς ταῖς τῶν νωτοφόρων ἑβδομήκοντα χιλιάσιν μὴ τοὺς τυχόντας παραλαμβάνειν λίθους εἰς τὸν θεμέλιον τοῦ οἴκου, ἀλλὰ λίθους μεγάλους, τιμίους, ἀπελεκήτους, ἴνα πελεκηθῶσιν οὐχ ὑπὸ τῶν τυχόντων ἐργατῶν ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ τῶν Σαλομῶντος υἱῶν· τοῦτο γὰρ ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ τῶν Βασιλειῶν γεγραμμένον εὕρομεν.
tauta de estai hotan hē eirēnē teleiōthę̄ meta etē tēs oikonomias tōn kata tēn apʼ Aigyptou exodon pragmatōn tetrakosia kai triakonta, kai tōn kata tēn Aigypton oikonomēthentōn meta tetrakosia kai triakonta etē tēs pros ton Abraam apo theou diathēkēs, hōs heinai apo tou Abraam epi tēn archēn tēs oikodomēs tou naou sabbatikous arithmous dyo, ton heptakosia kai hebdomēkonta, hote kai enteleitai ho basileus hēmōn ho christos tais tōn nōtophorōn hebdomēkonta chiliasin mē tous tychontas paralambanein lithous eis ton themelion tou oikou, alla lithous megalous, timious, apelekētous, ina pelekēthōsin ouch hypo tōn tychontōn ergatōn allʼ hypo tōn Salomōntos huiōn; touto gar en tę̄ tritę̄ tōn Basileiōn gegrammenon heuromen.
These things will be when peace is perfected, after four hundred and thirty years of the dispensation of the events of the exodus from Egypt, and after the four hundred and thirty years of the events in Egypt following God's covenant with Abraham, so that from Abraham to the beginning of the building of the temple there are two sabbatical numbers, seven hundred and seventy, when our king Christ commands the seventy thousand burden-bearers to take for the foundation of the house not ordinary stones but great, costly, unhewn stones, so that they may be hewn not by ordinary workmen but by the sons of Solomon; for we found this written in the third book of Kingdoms.
10.272Preuschen 4:217
τότε δὲ διὰ τὴν πολλὴν εἰρήνην καὶ ὁ τῆς Τύρου βασιλεὺς Χειρὰμ συνεργεῖ τῇ οἰκοδομῇ τοῦ ναοῦ, διδοὺς ἑαυτοῦ τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῖς υἱοῖς τοῦ Σαλομών, συμπελεκᾶν τοὺς μεγάλους καὶ τιμίους λίθους τῷ ἁγίῳ καὶ ἐν τῷ τετάρτῳ ἔτει ἱδρυμένους εἰς τὴν θεμελίωσιν τοῦ οἴκου κυρίου. ὀγδοάδι μέντοι γε ἐτῶν συντελεῖται ὁ οἶκος τῷ ὀγδόῳ μηνὶ τοῦ ὀγδόου ἔτους ἀπὸ τῆς θεμελιώσεως.
tote de dia tēn pollēn eirēnēn kai ho tēs Tyrou basileus Cheiram synergei tę̄ oikodomę̄ tou naou, didous heautou tous huious tois huiois tou Salomōn, sympelekan tous megalous kai timious lithous tǭ hagiǭ kai en tǭ tetartǭ etei hidrymenous eis tēn themeliōsin tou oikou kyriou. ogdoadi mentoi ge etōn synteleitai ho oikos tǭ ogdoǭ mēni tou ogdoou etous apo tēs themeliōseōs.
And then, because of the great peace, Hiram king of Tyre too cooperates in the building of the temple, giving his own sons to the sons of Solomon to hew together the great and costly stones for the holy place, laid in the fourth year for the foundation of the house of the Lord. And the house is completed in an octave of years, in the eighth month of the eighth year from the laying of the foundation.
10.273Preuschen 4:217
Οὐδὲν δὲ ἄτοπον ἔσται διὰ μέσου τοῖς μηδὲν πέρα τῆς ἱστορίας οἰομένοις διὰ τούτων δηλοῦσθαι δυσωπητικοὺς λόγους προσαγαγεῖν πρὸς τὸ ὡς πνεύματος γραμμάτων ζητῆσαι τοῦ πνεύματος νοῦν ἐν τούτοις ἄξιον.
Ouden de atopon estai dia mesou tois mēden pera tēs historias oiomenois dia toutōn dēlousthai dysōpētikous logous prosagagein pros to hōs pneumatos grammatōn zētēsai tou pneumatos noun en toutois axion.
It will not be out of place, in passing, to bring shaming arguments to those who think nothing beyond the history is shown by these things, so as to seek in them a meaning of the Spirit worthy of the Spirit's writings.
10.274Preuschen 4:217
ἀρα γὰρ οἱ τῶν βασιλέων υἱοὶ ἐσχόλαζον τῇ πελεκήσει τῶν μεγάλων καὶ τιμίων λίθων, ἀναλαμβάνοντες τέχνην βασιλικῆς εὐγενείας ἀλλοτρίαν; καὶ ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν νωτοφόρων καὶ λατόμων καὶ ἐπιστατῶν, τοῦ τε χρόνου τῆς ἑτοιμασίας τῶν λίθων καὶ τῆς ἐπισημειώσεως τῶν ὁμοίων ὡς ἔτυχεν ἀναγέγραπται;
ara gar hoi tōn basileōn huioi escholazon tę̄ pelekēsei tōn megalōn kai timiōn lithōn, analambanontes technēn basilikēs eugeneias allotrian? kai ho arithmos tōn nōtophorōn kai latomōn kai epistatōn, tou te chronou tēs hetoimasias tōn lithōn kai tēs episēmeiōseōs tōn homoiōn hōs etychen anagegraptai?
For did the sons of kings busy themselves with hewing the great and costly stones, taking up a craft foreign to royal nobility? And were the number of burden-bearers, stonecutters, and overseers, the time of preparing the stones, and the noting of similar details recorded at random?
10.275Preuschen 4:217
ἐχρῆν δὲ τὸν ἅγιον ἐν εἰρήνῃ κατασκευαζόμενον οἶκον τῷ θεῷ ᾠκοδομῆσθαι χωρὶς σφύρας καὶ πελέκεως καὶ παντὸς σιδηροῦ σκεύους, ἵνα μηδὲν ἀκουσθῇ θορυβῶδες ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ θεοῦ.
echrēn de ton hagion en eirēnę̄ kataskeuazomenon oikon tǭ theǭ ǭkodomēsthai chōris sphyras kai pelekeōs kai pantos sidērou skeuous, hina mēden akousthę̄ thorybōdes en tǭ naǭ tou theou.
And the holy house prepared for God in peace had to be built without hammer and axe and any iron tool, so that nothing noisy might be heard in the temple of God.
10.276Preuschen 4:217
πάλιν δὲ ἀπορῶ πρὸς τοὺς τῇ λέξει δουλεύοντας πῶς δυνατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα χιλιάδων λατόμων τυγχανουσῶν λίθοις ἀκροτόμοις ἀργοῖς οἰκοδομεῖται τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ, σφύρας καὶ πελέκεως καὶ παντὸς σκεύους σιδηροῦ οὐκ ἀκουσθέντος ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ οἰκοδομεῖσθαι αὐτόν;
palin de aporō pros tous tę̄ lexei douleuontas pōs dynaton ogdoēkonta chiliadōn latomōn tynchanousōn lithois akrotomois argois oikodomeitai ton oikon tou theou, sphyras kai pelekeōs kai pantos skeuous sidērou ouk akousthentos en tǭ oikǭ autou en tǭ oikodomeisthai auton?
Again I am puzzled, to those who are slaves to the letter, how it is possible, when there were eighty thousand stonecutters, that the house of God is built with rough-cut, unworked stones, with no hammer or axe or any iron tool heard in his house while it was being built.
10.277Preuschen 4:217
ἀλλὰ μήποτε οἱ λατομούμενοι λίθοι ζῶντες ἀψοφητὶ καὶ ἀταράχως λατομοῦνται ἔξω τοῦ κατὰ τὸν ναόν, ἵνα ἕτοιμοί ἔλθωσιν ἐπὶ τὸ ἁρμόζον αὐτοῖς τῆς οἰκοδομῆς χωρίον.
alla mēpote hoi latomoumenoi lithoi zōntes apsophēti kai atarachōs latomountai exō tou kata ton naon, hina hetoimoi elthōsin epi to harmozon autois tēs oikodomēs chōrion.
But perhaps the living stones being quarried are quarried silently and without disturbance outside the temple area, so that they may come ready to the place of the building fitted for them.
10.278Preuschen 4:217–218
καὶ ἀνάβασις δέ τις περὶ τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ μὴ γεγωνιωμένη, ἀνακλάσεις εὐθειῶν ἐ̓χουσα. γέγραπται γάρ· Καὶ ἑλικτὴ ἀνάβασις εἰς τὸ μέσον, καὶ ἐκ τῆς μέσης ἐπὶ τὰ »τριώροφα«· ἑλικοειδῆ γὰρ ἐχρῆν εἶναι τὴν ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνοδον τῆς ἕλικος ἀναβάσει τὸν ἰσαίτατον κύκλον μιμουμένης.
kai anabasis de tis peri ton oikon tou theou mē gegōniōmenē, anaklaseis eutheiōn echousa. gegraptai gar; Kai heliktē anabasis eis to meson, kai ek tēs mesēs epi ta »triōropha«; helikoeidē gar echrēn einai tēn en tǭ naǭ tou theou anodon tēs helikos anabasei ton isaitaton kyklon mimoumenēs.
And there is a certain ascent around the house of God that is not angular, having no breaks in straight lines. For it is written: “And a winding stair to the middle, and from the middle to the third story.” For the ascent in the temple of God had to be spiral, the ascent of the spiral imitating the most even circle.
10.279Preuschen 4:218
ἴνα δὲ οὗτος ὁ οἶκος βέβαιος ᾖ, ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα οἰκοδομοῦνται ἔνδεσμοι αὐτῷ δι᾿ ὅλου οἴκου πέντε ἐν πήχει τὸ ὕψος, ἵνα ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐπὶ τὰς καλουμένας θείας αἰσθήσεις ἄνοδος δηλωθῇ ἐν ὕψει τυγχάνουσα πρὸς κατανόησιν τῶν νοητῶν.
ina de houtos ho oikos bebaios ę̄, hōs eni malista oikodomountai endesmoi autǭ di᾿ holou oikou pente en pēchei to hypsos, hina hē apo tōn aisthētōn epi tas kaloumenas theias aisthēseis anodos dēlōthę̄ en hypsei tynchanousa pros katanoēsin tōn noētōn.
And so that this house may be as firm as possible, bonds are built for it through the whole house, five cubits in height, so that the ascent from the senses to what are called divine senses may be shown to be on high for the understanding of intelligible things.
10.280Preuschen 4:218
μακαριωτέρων δὲ λίθων χωρίον ἔοικέν εἶναι τὸ καλούμενον Δαβείρ, ἔνθα ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς διαθήκης τοῦ κυρίου ἦν x003E; οὕτως εἴπω, τὸ χειρόγραφον ἐτύγχανεν τοῦ θεοῦ, αἱ πλάκες γεγραμμέναι τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτοῦ.
makariōterōn de lithōn chōrion eoiken einai to kaloumenon Dabeir, entha hē kibōtos tēs diathēkēs tou kyriou ēn x003E? houtōs eipō, to cheirographon etynchanen tou theou, hai plakes gegrammenai tǭ daktylǭ autou.
The place of more blessed stones seems to be what is called the Debir, where the ark of the covenant of the Lord was, [where, so to] speak, was God's handwriting, the tablets written by his finger.
10.281Preuschen 4:218
ὁ δὲ οἶκος ὅλος χρυσοῦται· »Ὅλον, γάρ φησιν, τὸν οἶκον περιέχρισεν χρυσίῳ, ἕως συντελείας παντὸς τοῦ οἴκου«.
ho de oikos holos chrysoutai; »Holon, gar phēsin, ton oikon periechrisen chrysiǭ, heōs synteleias pantos tou oikou«.
And the whole house is overlaid with gold: “For he overlaid the whole house with gold, until the whole house was finished.”
10.282Preuschen 4:218
τὰ μέντοι δύο Χερουβεὶμ ἐν τῷ Δαβεὶρ ἦν, ὅπερ οὐ δεδύνηνται ἑρμηνεῦσαι κυρίως οἱ μεταλαμβάνοντες εἰς Ἑλληνισμὸν τὰ Ἑβραίων.
ta mentoi dyo Cheroubeim en tǭ Dabeir ēn, hoper ou dedynēntai hermēneusai kyriōs hoi metalambanontes eis Hellēnismon ta Hebraiōn.
The two cherubim, however, were in the Debir, which those who translate Hebrew into Greek have not been able to render properly.
10.283Preuschen 4:218
καταχρηστικώτερον δὲ τινες ναὸν αὐτὸν εἰρήκασιν τοῦ ναοῦ τιμιώτερον τυγχάνοντα. πάντα μέντοι γε χρυσὸς τὰ κατὰ τὸν οἶκον γεγένηται, εἰς σύμβολον τοῦ τελειουμένου πάντως νοῦ πρὸς τὴν τῶν νοητῶν ἀκριβῆ † ἀπόταξιν.
katachrēstikōteron de tines naon auton eirēkasin tou naou timiōteron tynchanonta. panta mentoi ge chrysos ta kata ton oikon gegenētai, eis symbolon tou teleioumenou pantōs nou pros tēn tōn noētōn akribē † apotaxin.
Some have loosely called it a temple, since it is more honorable than the temple. Everything in the house was made of gold, as a symbol of the mind wholly perfected for the exact … of intelligible things.
10.284Preuschen 4:218
ἐπεὶ δὲ παντάπασιν οὐκ ἔστιν βατὰ καὶ γνωστά. οἰκοδομεῖταί καταπέτασμα τῆς αὐλῆς, τοῖς πολλοῖς τῶν ἱερέων καὶ Λευϊτῶν οὐκ ἀποκαλυπτομένων τῶν ἐνδοτάτω.
epei de pantapasin ouk estin bata kai gnōsta. oikodomeitai katapetasma tēs aulēs, tois pollois tōn hiereōn kai Leuïtōn ouk apokalyptomenōn tōn endotatō.
And since they are altogether inaccessible and unknowable, a curtain of the court is built, the innermost things not being revealed to most of the priests and Levites.
10.285Preuschen 4:218
Ἄξιον δὲ ζητῆσαι πῶς ὡς μὲν βασιλεὺς Σαλομὼν καὶ οἰκοδομεῖν τὸν ναὸν λέγεται ὡς δʼ ἀρχιτέκτων ὃν ἔλαβεν ἀποστείλας ὁ Σαλομὼν »Χειρὰμ ἐκ Τύρου, υἱὸν γυναικὸς χήρας· καὶ οὗτος ἀπὸ »τῆς φυλῆς Νεφθαλείμ, καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ Τύριος, τέκτων χαλκοῦ καὶ πεπληρωμένος τῆς συνέσεως καὶ ἐπιγνώσεως, τοῦ ποιεῖν πᾶν »ἔργον ἐν χαλκῷ, ὃς εἰσήχθη πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα Σαλομών, καὶ ἐποίη- »σεν πάντα τὰ ἔργα«.
Axion de zētēsai pōs hōs men basileus Salomōn kai oikodomein ton naon legetai hōs dʼ architektōn hon elaben aposteilas ho Salomōn »Cheiram ek Tyrou, huion gynaikos chēras; kai houtos apo »tēs phylēs Nephthaleim, kai ho patēr autou Tyrios, tektōn chalkou kai peplērōmenos tēs syneseōs kai epignōseōs, tou poiein pan »ergon en chalkǭ, hos eisēchthē pros ton basilea Salomōn, kai epoiē- »sen panta ta erga«.
It is worth asking how Solomon as king is said to build the temple, and how as master builder [is said] the one whom Solomon sent and took, “Hiram from Tyre, son of a widow; and he was of the tribe of Naphtali, and his father was a Tyrian, a worker in bronze, filled with understanding and knowledge to do every work in bronze; who was brought to King Solomon, and he did all the works.”
10.286Preuschen 4:218–219
ἐφίστημι δὲ μήποτε ὁ μὲν Σαλομὼν εἰς τὸν πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως λαμβάνεσθαι δύναται, ὁ δὲ Χειρὰμ εἰς ὅν ἀνείληφεν οὑτος ἄνθρωπον, ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων συνοχῆς Τύριοι γὰρ ἑρμηνεύονται συνέχοντες) τῇ φύσει τὸ γένος ἔχοντα, ὅστις πεπληρωμένος πάσης τέχνης καὶ συνέσεως καὶ ἐπιγνώσεως εἰσήχθη, συνεργῶν τῷ πρωτοτόκῳ πάσης συνέσεως ἵνα οἰκοδομήσῃ τὸν ναόν, ἐν ᾧ καὶ θυρίδες παρακυπτόμεναι κρυπταὶ κατασκευάζονται πρὸς τὸ τὰς ἐλλάμψεις τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦ θεοῦ σωτηρίως δυνηθῆναι χωρῆσαι, καὶ τι με δεῖ λέγειν καθʼ ἕκαστον;) ἴνα εὑρεθῇ τὸ σῶμα Χριστοῦ ἡ ἐκκλησία τὸν λόγον ἔχουσα τοῦ πνευματικοῦ οἴκου καὶ ναοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ· ὡς γὰρ προεῖπον, τῆς ἐν μυστηρίῳ ἀποκεκρυμμένης δεόμεθα σοφίας, χωρητῆς τυγχανούσης μόνῳ τῷ δυναμένῳ εἰπεῖν· » Ἡμεῖς δὲ νοῦν »Χριστοῦ ἔχομεν‘, ἴνα κατὰ τὸ βούλημα τοῦ οἰκονομήσαντος ταῦτα γραφῆναι πνευματικῶς ἐκλάβω μεν ἕκαστον τῶν εἰρημένων.
ephistēmi de mēpote ho men Salomōn eis ton prōtotokon pasēs ktiseōs lambanesthai dynatai, ho de Cheiram eis hon aneilēphen houtos anthrōpon, apo tēs tōn anthrōpōn synochēs Tyrioi gar hermēneuontai synechontes) tę̄ physei to genos echonta, hostis peplērōmenos pasēs technēs kai syneseōs kai epignōseōs eisēchthē, synergōn tǭ prōtotokǭ pasēs syneseōs hina oikodomēsę̄ ton naon, en hǭ kai thyrides parakyptomenai kryptai kataskeuazontai pros to tas ellampseis tou phōtos tou theou sōtēriōs dynēthēnai chōrēsai, kai ti me dei legein kathʼ hekaston?) ina heurethę̄ to sōma Christou hē ekklēsia ton logon echousa tou pneumatikou oikou kai naou tou theou; hōs gar proeipon, tēs en mystēriǭ apokekrymmenēs deometha sophias, chōrētēs tynchanousēs monǭ tǭ dynamenǭ eipein; » Hēmeis de noun »Christou echomen‘, ina kata to boulēma tou oikonomēsantos tauta graphēnai pneumatikōs eklabō men hekaston tōn eirēmenōn.
I consider whether Solomon can be taken to mean the firstborn of all creation, and Hiram the man whom he assumed, having his race by nature from the holding together of human beings (for Tyrians are interpreted “those who hold together”), who, filled with every art, understanding, and knowledge, was brought in, cooperating with the firstborn of all understanding, to build the temple, in which also hidden windows looking out are made so that the shining of God's light can be received in a saving way (and why must I speak of each detail?), so that the church may be found to be the body of Christ, having the meaning of the spiritual house and temple of God. For, as I said before, we need the wisdom hidden in a mystery, which can be received only by one able to say, “But we have the mind of Christ,” so that, according to the intention of him who arranged for these things to be written, we may take each of the things said spiritually.
10.287Preuschen 4:219
ἄλλως δὲ καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὸ παρόν ἐστιν ἀνάγνωσμα ἕκαστον τούτων ἀναπλῶσαι. καὶ ταῦτα οὖν αὐτάρκη πρὸς τὸ ἰδεῖν πῶς »Ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ«.
allōs de kai ou kata to paron estin anagnōsma hekaston toutōn anaplōsai. kai tauta oun autarkē pros to idein pōs »Ekeinos de elegen peri tou naou tou sōmatos autou«.
But in any case it does not belong to the present reading to unfold each of these. So these things suffice for seeing how “he was speaking about the temple of his body.”
10.288Preuschen 4:219
Ἄξιον δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα ἰδεῖν εἰ δυνατὸν τὰ ἱστορούμενα γεγονέναι κατὰ τὸν ναὸν συμβεβηκέναι ποτὲ ἢ συμβήσεσθαι περὶ τὸν πνευματικὸν οἶκον.
Axion de meta tauta idein ei dynaton ta historoumena gegonenai kata ton naon symbebēkenai pote ē symbēsesthai peri ton pneumatikon oikon.
It is worth seeing after this whether what is recorded as having happened concerning the temple can ever have happened, or will happen, concerning the spiritual house.
10.289Preuschen 4:219
δόξει δὲ ὁ λόγος θλίβειν ἑκατέρωθεν εἴτε γὰρ ἐροῦμεν οἷόν τε γενέσθαι ἢ γεγονέναι τινὰ λόγον τοῖς κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν περὶ τὸν ναόν, δυσόκνως μετάπτωσιν τῶν τηλικούτων ἀγαθῶν παραδέξονται οἱ ἀκούοντες, πρῶτον μὲν διὰ τὸ μὴ βούλεσθαι, δεύτερον δὲ διὰ τὸ ἀπεμφαίνειν τροπὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔσεσθαι.
doxei de ho logos thlibein hekaterōthen eite gar eroumen hoion te genesthai ē gegonenai tina logon tois kata tēn historian peri ton naon, dysoknōs metaptōsin tōn tēlikoutōn agathōn paradexontai hoi akouontes, prōton men dia to mē boulesthai, deuteron de dia to apemphainein tropēn tōn agathōn esesthai.
The argument will seem to press on both sides. For if we say that something like the historical events concerning the temple can happen or has happened, the hearers will be reluctant to accept a fall from such great goods, first because they do not wish it, and second because it seems absurd that there should be a change in the goods.
10.290Preuschen 4:219
εἰ δὲ βουλόμενοι ἄτρεπτα τηρεῖν τὰ ἅπαξ δοθέντα τοῖς ἁγίοις ἀγαθὰ οὐκ ἐφαρμόσομεν τὰ τῆς ἱστορίας, δόξομεν ὅμοιόν τι τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν αἱρέσεων τούτῳ ποιεῖν, τὴν συμφωνίαν τῆς διηγήσεως τῶν γραφῶν ἀρχῆθεν μέχρι τέλους μὴ φυλάττοντες.
ei de boulomenoi atrepta tērein ta hapax dothenta tois hagiois agatha ouk epharmosomen ta tēs historias, doxomen homoion ti tois apo tōn haireseōn toutǭ poiein, tēn symphōnian tēs diēgēseōs tōn graphōn archēthen mechri telous mē phylattontes.
But if, wishing to keep unchangeable the goods once given to the saints, we do not apply the historical events, we shall seem to do something like those from the heresies, not preserving the harmony of Scripture's narrative from beginning to end.
10.291Preuschen 4:219
εἰ μέντοι γε μὴ μέλλομεν γραωδῶς καὶ Ἰουδαϊκῶς τὰς παρὰ τοῖς προφήταις, μάλιστα δὲ τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ, ἀναγεγραμμένα ἐπαγγελίας νοεῖν ὡς ἐσομένας περὶ τὴν ἐπὶ γῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἀνάγκη ἔτι, εἰ μετὰ τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν καὶ τὴν καταστροφὴν τοῦ ναοῦ δέεταί τινα ἔνδοξα συμβεβλῆσθαι εἰς οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀποκατάστασιν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας, λέγειν ἡμᾶς γεγονέναι τὸν ναὸν καὶ ᾐχμαλωτεῦσθαι τὸν λαόν ἐπανελεύσεσθαι δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ οἰκοδομηθήσεσθαι τοῖς ἐντίμοις λίθοις τὴν Ἱερουσαλήμ.
ei mentoi ge mē mellomen graōdōs kai Ioudaïkōs tas para tois prophētais, malista de tǭ Hēsaïą, anagegrammena epangelias noein hōs esomenas peri tēn epi gēs Hierousalēm, anankē eti, ei meta tēn aichmalōsian kai tēn katastrophēn tou naou deetai tina endoxa symbeblēsthai eis oikodomēn tou naou kai tēn apokatastasin tou laou apo tēs aichmalōsias, legein hēmas gegonenai ton naon kai ę̄chmalōteusthai ton laon epaneleusesthai de epi tēn Ioudaian kai tēn Hierousalēm kai oikodomēthēsesthai tois entimois lithois tēn Hierousalēm.
If, however, we are not going to understand the promises recorded in the prophets, and especially in Isaiah, in an old-womanish and Jewish way, as things to happen concerning the earthly Jerusalem, it is necessary, if after the captivity and destruction of the temple some glorious things must be contributed to the building of the temple and the restoration of the people from captivity, that we say the temple has come to be, and the people has been taken captive, but will return to Judea and Jerusalem, and Jerusalem will be built with precious stones.
10.292Preuschen 4:219
οὐκ οἶδα δέ, εἰ μακραῖς χρόνων περιόδοις ἀνακυκλουμέναις τὰ παραπλήσια πάλιν δυνατὸν γενέσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον.
ouk oida de, ei makrais chronōn periodois anakykloumenais ta paraplēsia palin dynaton genesthai hōs epi to cheiron.
But I do not know whether, in long periods of time coming round again, similar things can happen again, as though for the worse.
10.293Preuschen 4:219–220
ἔχει δὲ τὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν ἐν τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ οὕτως· »Ἰδού, ἐγὼ ἑτοιμάσω σοι ἄνθρακα τὸν λίθον σου, καὶ τὰ θεμέλιά σου σάπφειρον, καὶ θήσω τ ὰς ἐπάλξεις σου ἴασπιν, καὶ τὰς »πύλας σου λίθους κρυστ άλλου, καὶ τὸν περίβολόν σου λίθους ἐκλεκ- »τούς, καὶ πάντας τοὺς υἱούς σου διδακτοὺς θεοῦ, καὶ ἐν πολλῇ εἰ- »ρήνῃ τὰ τέκνα σου, καὶ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ οἰκοδομηθήσῃ«.
echei de ta tōn epangeliōn en tǭ Hēsaïą houtōs; »Idou, egō hetoimasō soi anthraka ton lithon sou, kai ta themelia sou sappheiron, kai thēsō t as epalxeis sou iaspin, kai tas »pylas sou lithous kryst allou, kai ton peribolon sou lithous eklek- »tous, kai pantas tous huious sou didaktous theou, kai en pollę̄ ei- »rēnę̄ ta tekna sou, kai en dikaiosynę̄ oikodomēthēsę̄«.
The promises in Isaiah run thus: “Behold, I will prepare for you carbuncle as your stone, and sapphire as your foundations, and I will make your battlements jasper, and your gates stones of crystal, and your wall choice stones, and all your sons taught by God, and your children in great peace, and in righteousness you shall be built.”
10.294Preuschen 4:220
καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα πρὸς τὴν Ἱερουσαλήμ· Καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ Λιβάνου πρὸς σὲ ἥξει »ἐν κυπαρίσσῳ καὶ πεύκῃ καὶ κέδρῳ ἅμα δοξάσουσι τὸν τόπον τὸν ἅγιο; ν μου. καὶ πορεύσονται πρὸς σὲ δεδοικότες υἱοὶ ταπεινωσάντων καὶ »παροξυνάντων σε· καὶ κληθήσῃ πόλις κυρίου, Σιὼν ἁγίου Ἰσραήλ, »διὰ τὸ γεγενῆσθαί σε ἐγκαταλελειμμένην καὶ μεμισημένην, καὶ οὐκ ἠν »ὁ βοηθῶν· καὶ θήσω σε ἀγαλλίαμα αἰώνιον, εὐφροσύνην γενεῶν »γενεαῖς. καὶ θηλάσεις γάλα ἐθνῶν, καὶ πλοῦτον βασιλέων φάγεσαι, »καὶ γνώσῃ ὅτι ἐγὼ κύριος σώζων σε καὶ ἐξαιρούμενός σε θεὸς Ἰσραήλ. καὶ ἀντὶ χαλκοῦ οἴσω σοι χρυσίον, ἀντὶ δὲ σιδήρου οἴσω σοι ἀργύ- »ριον, ἀντὶ δὲ ξύλων οἵσω σοι χαλκόν, ἀντὶ δὲ λίθων σίδηρον. καὶ δώσω τοὺς ἄρχοντάς σου ἐν εἰρήνῃ, καὶ τοὺς ἐπισκόπους σου ἐν »δικαιοσύνῃ. καὶ οὐκ ἀκουσθήσεται ἔτι ἀδικία έν τῇ γῇ σου, οὐδὲ σύν- »τριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν τοῖς ὁρίοις σου, ἀλλὰ κληθήσεται σωτή- ριον τὰ τείχη σου, καὶ αἱ πύλαι σου γλύμμα. καὶ οὐκ ἔσται σοι ἔτι »ὁ ἥλιος εἰς φῶς ἡμέρας, οὐδὲ ἀνατολὴ σελήνης φωτιεῖ σοι τὴν νύκτα· »ἀλλʼ ἔσται σοι Χριστὸς φῶς αἰώνιον, καὶ ὁ θεὸς δόξα σοι. οὐ γὰρ δύσεταί σοι ὁ ἥλιος, καὶ ἡ σελήνη σοι οὐκ ἐκλείψει· ἔσται γὰρ κύ- »ριός σοι φῶς αἰώνιον, καὶ πληρωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ πένθους »σου«. ταῦτα γὰρ σαφῶς.
kai metʼ oliga pros tēn Hierousalēm; Kai hē doxa tou Libanou pros se hēxei »en kyparissǭ kai peukę̄ kai kedrǭ hama doxasousi ton topon ton hagio? n mou. kai poreusontai pros se dedoikotes huioi tapeinōsantōn kai »paroxynantōn se; kai klēthēsę̄ polis kyriou, Siōn hagiou Israēl, »dia to gegenēsthai se enkataleleimmenēn kai memisēmenēn, kai ouk ēn »ho boēthōn; kai thēsō se agalliama aiōnion, euphrosynēn geneōn »geneais. kai thēlaseis gala ethnōn, kai plouton basileōn phagesai, »kai gnōsę̄ hoti egō kyrios sōzōn se kai exairoumenos se theos Israēl. kai anti chalkou oisō soi chrysion, anti de sidērou oisō soi argy- »rion, anti de xylōn hoisō soi chalkon, anti de lithōn sidēron. kai dōsō tous archontas sou en eirēnę̄, kai tous episkopous sou en »dikaiosynę̄. kai ouk akousthēsetai eti adikia en tę̄ gę̄ sou, oude syn- »trimma kai talaipōria en tois horiois sou, alla klēthēsetai sōtē- rion ta teichē sou, kai hai pylai sou glymma. kai ouk estai soi eti »ho hēlios eis phōs hēmeras, oude anatolē selēnēs phōtiei soi tēn nykta; »allʼ estai soi Christos phōs aiōnion, kai ho theos doxa soi. ou gar dysetai soi ho hēlios, kai hē selēnē soi ouk ekleipsei; estai gar ky- »rios soi phōs aiōnion, kai plērōthēsontai hai hēmerai tou penthous »sou«. tauta gar saphōs.
And a little later, to Jerusalem: “And the glory of Lebanon shall come to you, with cypress and pine and cedar together, to glorify my holy place. And the sons of those who humbled and provoked you shall come to you in fear; and you shall be called city of the Lord, Zion of the Holy One of Israel, because you were forsaken and hated, and there was none to help. And I will make you an everlasting joy, a gladness for generations of generations. And you shall suck the milk of nations and eat the wealth of kings, and you shall know that I am the Lord who saves you and delivers you, the God of Israel. And instead of bronze I will bring you gold, instead of iron I will bring you silver, instead of wood I will bring you bronze, and instead of stones iron. And I will give your rulers in peace and your overseers in righteousness. And injustice shall no more be heard in your land, nor ruin and misery within your borders, but your walls shall be called Salvation, and your gates Carving. And the sun shall no longer be your light by day, nor shall the rising of the moon light your night; but Christ shall be your everlasting light, and God your glory. For your sun shall not set, and your moon shall not fail; for the Lord shall be your everlasting light, and the days of your mourning shall be ended.” These are clearly
10.295Preuschen 4:220
περὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος προφητεύεται τοῖς ἐν αἰχμαλωσίᾳ οὖσιν υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, ἐφʼ οὕς ἠλθεν ἀποσταλεὶς ὁ λέγων· »Οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα »οἴκου Ἰσραήλ«. εἰ δὲ αἰχμάλωτοι ὄντες ταῦτα ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτῶν ἀπολήψονται, ὅτε καὶ προσήλυτοι προσελεύσονται αὐτοῖς διὰ τοῦ χριστοῦ καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς καταφεύξονται, κατὰ τὸ λεγόμενον· »Ἰδοὺ »προσήλυτοι προσελεύσονταί σοι διʼ ἐμοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ σὲ καταφεύξονται«, δῆλον ὅτι περὶ τὸν ναὸν τυγχάνοντές ποτε οἱ αἰχμαλωτευθέντες καὶ Πάλιν ἐκεῖσε ἐπανελεύσονται ἀνοικοδομηθησόμενοι, τιμιώτατοι γεγενημένοι λίθων· νικῶν γάρ τις καὶ παρὰ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ ἐν τῇ Ἀποκαλύψει ἐπαγγελίαν ἔχει ἔσεσθαι ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ θεοῦ, μὴ ἐξελευσόμενος ἔξω.
peri tou mellontos aiōnos prophēteuetai tois en aichmalōsią ousin huiois Israēl, ephʼ hous ēlthen apostaleis ho legōn; »Ouk apestalēn ei mē eis ta probata ta apolōlota »oikou Israēl«. ei de aichmalōtoi ontes tauta en tę̄ patridi autōn apolēpsontai, hote kai prosēlytoi proseleusontai autois dia tou christou kai epʼ autous katapheuxontai, kata to legomenon; »Idou »prosēlytoi proseleusontai soi diʼ emou kai epi se katapheuxontai«, dēlon hoti peri ton naon tynchanontes pote hoi aichmalōteuthentes kai Palin ekeise epaneleusontai anoikodomēthēsomenoi, timiōtatoi gegenēmenoi lithōn; nikōn gar tis kai para tǭ Iōannę̄ en tę̄ Apokalypsei epangelian echei esesthai en tǭ naǭ tou theou, mē exeleusomenos exō.
prophesied about the age to come to the sons of Israel in captivity, to whom came the one sent, who says, “I was sent only to the lost sheep of the house of Israel.” And if, being captives, they will receive these things in their homeland, when proselytes also will come to them through Christ and take refuge with them, according to the saying, “Behold, proselytes shall come to you through me and take refuge with you,” it is clear that those taken captive were once in the temple and will return there again to be rebuilt, having become most precious stones. For in John's Revelation too the one who conquers has the promise that he will be in the temple of God and will not go out.
10.296Preuschen 4:220–221
ταῦτα δέ μοι πάντα εἴρηται ὑπὲρ τοῦ κἂν έν βραχείᾳ περινοίᾳ γενέσθαι ἡμᾶς τῶν κατὰ τὸν ναὸν καὶ τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν καὶ τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ πραγμάτων, »περὶ ὡν οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν »λέγειν κατὰ μέρος«.
tauta de moi panta eirētai hyper tou kan en bracheią perinoią genesthai hēmas tōn kata ton naon kai ton oikon tou theou kai tēn ekklēsian kai tēn Hierousalēm pragmatōn, »peri hōn ouk estin nyn »legein kata meros«.
All this I have said so that we may have at least a brief grasp of the matters concerning the temple, the house of God, the church, and Jerusalem, “of which we cannot now speak in detail.”
10.297Preuschen 4:221
τὴν δὲ ἀκριβεστάτην καὶ μέχρι τοῦ τυχόντος περὶ ταῦτα ἐπιμελῆ ἐξέτασιν ποιητέον τ οῖς μὴ ἀπαυδῶσιν πρὸς τοὺς ἐν τῷ ἐντυγχάνειν ταῖς προφητείαις x003E; ζητεῖν τὸν ἐν αὐταῖς πνευματικὸν νοῦν καμάτους. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ.
tēn de akribestatēn kai mechri tou tychontos peri tauta epimelē exetasin poiēteon t ois mē apaudōsin pros tous en tǭ entynchanein tais prophēteiais x003E? zētein ton en autais pneumatikon noun kamatous. kai tauta men peri tou naou tou sōmatos autou.
The most exact and careful examination of these things, down to the smallest detail, must be made by those who do not grow weary of the labors of seeking the spiritual meaning in the prophecies as they read them. So much about the temple of his body.
10.298Preuschen 4:221
Ἐπεὶ δὲ »ὅτε ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μα- »θηταὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι τ ο ῦτο ἔλεγεν, καὶ ἐπίστευσαν τῇ γραφῇ, καὶ τῷ »λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς‘ ἐκδεκτέον, ὡς κατὰ τὴν λέξιν, ὅτι οἱ μαθηταὶ μετὰ τὸ ἐγηγέρθαι ἐκ νεκρῶν τὸν κύριον συνῆκαν τὰ περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ εἰρημένα ἀναφέρεται εἰς τὸ πάθος αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, ὑπομνησθέντες ὅτι τὸ »Ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν« τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἐδήλου, ὅτε »καὶ ἐπίστευσαν τῇ γραφῇ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ »Ἰησοῦς«, πρότερον οὐ μεμαρτυρημένοι πεπιστευκέναι τῇ γραφῇ οὐδὲ τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ, ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς· κυρίως γὰρ πίστις ἐστὶν κατὰ τὸ βάπτισμα τοῦ ὅλῃ ψυχῇ παραδεχομένου τὸ πιστευόμενον.
Epei de »hote ēgerthē ek nekrōn, emnēsthēsan hoi ma- »thētai autou hoti t o yto elegen, kai episteusan tę̄ graphę̄, kai tǭ »logǭ hon eipen ho Iēsous‘ ekdekteon, hōs kata tēn lexin, hoti hoi mathētai meta to egēgerthai ek nekrōn ton kyrion synēkan ta peri tou naou eirēmena anapheretai eis to pathos autou kai tēn anastasin, hypomnēsthentes hoti to »En trisin hēmerais egerō auton« tēn anastasin edēlou, hote »kai episteusan tę̄ graphę̄ kai tǭ logǭ hon eipen ho »Iēsous«, proteron ou memartyrēmenoi pepisteukenai tę̄ graphę̄ oude tǭ logǭ toutǭ, hon eipen ho Iēsous; kyriōs gar pistis estin kata to baptisma tou holę̄ psychę̄ paradechomenou to pisteuomenon.
Since “when he was raised from the dead, his disciples remembered that he had said this, and they believed the Scripture and the word that Jesus had spoken” must be taken, as to the letter, to mean that after the Lord was raised from the dead the disciples understood that what was said about the temple referred to his passion and resurrection, remembering that “In three days I will raise it up” signified the resurrection, when “they also believed the Scripture and the word that Jesus had spoken,” not having been attested before as believing the Scripture or this word Jesus spoke. For faith properly is, according to baptism, that of one who receives with his whole soul what is believed.
10.299Preuschen 4:221
ὡς πρὸς τὴν ἀναγωγήν, ἐπεὶ προείρηται ἡμῖν ἡ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀνάστασις τοῦ παντὸς τοῦ κυρίου σώματος, εἰδέναι χρὴ ὅτι οἱ μαθηταὶ ὑπομνησθέντες διὰ τῶν ἀποτελεσμάτων τῆς, ὅτε ἦσαν ἐν τῷ βίῳ, μὴ ἠκριβωμένης αὐτοῖς γραφής, ὑπὸ ὄψιν γινομένης καὶ φανερουμένης τίνων ἐπουρανίων ὑπόδειγμα καὶ σκιὰ ἐτύγχανε, πιστεύουσιν οἱς πρότερον οὐκ ἐπίστευον καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὃν πρὸ τῆς ἀναστάσεως, ὡς ἐβούλετο ὁ λέγων, οὐ συνίεσαν.
hōs pros tēn anagōgēn, epei proeirētai hēmin hē ek nekrōn anastasis tou pantos tou kyriou sōmatos, eidenai chrē hoti hoi mathētai hypomnēsthentes dia tōn apotelesmatōn tēs, hote ēsan en tǭ biǭ, mē ēkribōmenēs autois graphēs, hypo opsin ginomenēs kai phaneroumenēs tinōn epouraniōn hypodeigma kai skia etynchane, pisteuousin hois proteron ouk episteuon kai tǭ logǭ tou Iēsou, hon pro tēs anastaseōs, hōs ebouleto ho legōn, ou syniesan.
As for the higher sense, since we have spoken of the resurrection from the dead of the whole body of the Lord, we must know that the disciples, reminded by the fulfillment of the Scripture, which was not made exact to them while they were in this life, when it comes before their eyes and is made manifest of what heavenly things it was a copy and shadow, believe what they did not believe before, and the word of Jesus, which before the resurrection they did not understand as the speaker intended.
10.300Preuschen 4:221
πῶς γὰρ δύναταί τις πιστεύειν κυρίως λέγεσθαι τῇ γραφῇ τὸν ἐν αὐτῇ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος νοῦν μὴ θεωρῶν, ὃν πιστεύεσθαι μᾶλλον ὁ θεὸς βούλεται ἢ τὸ τοῦ γράμματος θέλημα; κατὰ τοῦτο λεκτέον μηδένα τῶν κατὰ σάρκα περιπατούντων πιστεύειν τοῖς πνευματικοῖς τοῦ νόμου, οἷς μηδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν φαντά- ζεται.
pōs gar dynatai tis pisteuein kyriōs legesthai tę̄ graphę̄ ton en autę̄ tou hagiou pneumatos noun mē theōrōn, hon pisteuesthai mallon ho theos bouletai ē to tou grammatos thelēma? kata touto lekteon mēdena tōn kata sarka peripatountōn pisteuein tois pneumatikois tou nomou, hois mēde tēn archēn phanta- zetai.
For how can anyone properly be said to believe the Scripture if he does not behold the meaning of the Holy Spirit in it, which God wishes to be believed rather than the intent of the letter? In this sense we must say that none of those who walk according to the flesh believes the spiritual things of the law, of which they do not even have an inkling.
10.301Preuschen 4:221
πλήν φασι μακαριωτέρους εἶναι τοὺς μὴ ἰδόντας καὶ πιστεύσαντας τῶν ἑωρακότων καὶ πεπιστευκότων, παρεκδεξάμενοι τὸ ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ἰωάννην ἐπὶ τέλει εἰρημένον πρὸς τὸν Θωμᾶν ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου· »Μακάριοι οἱ μὴ ἰδόντες καὶ πιστεύσαντες«. οὐ γὰρ x003E; μακαριωτέρους εἶναι τοὺς μὴ ἰδόντας καὶ πιστεύσαντας τῶν ἑωρακότων καὶ πεπιστευκότων.
plēn phasi makariōterous einai tous mē idontas kai pisteusantas tōn heōrakotōn kai pepisteukotōn, parekdexamenoi to en tǭ kata Iōannēn epi telei eirēmenon pros ton Thōman hypo tou kyriou; »Makarioi hoi mē idontes kai pisteusantes«. ou gar x003E? makariōterous einai tous mē idontas kai pisteusantas tōn heōrakotōn kai pepisteukotōn.
However, they say that those who have not seen and have believed are more blessed than those who have seen and believed, misunderstanding what the Lord said to Thomas at the end of the Gospel according to John: “Blessed are those who have not seen and have believed.” For [it does not say] that those who have not seen and believed are more blessed than those who have seen and believed.
10.302Preuschen 4:221–222
κατὰ γοῦν τὴν ἐκδοχὴν αὐτῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων μακαριώτεροι οἱ μετὰ τοὺς ἀποστόλους εἰσίν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ πάντων ἠλιθιώτατον. ἰδεῖν δὲ τῷ νῷ τὰ πιστευόμενα δεῖ τὸν ἐσόμενον μακάριον ὡς οἱ ἀπόστολοι, δυνηθέντα ἀκούειν τὸ Μακάριοι οἱ ὀφ- »θαλμοὶ ὑμῶν ὅτι βλέπουσιν καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν« καὶ τὸ Πολλοὶ προφῆται καὶ δίκαιοι ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν ἅ βλέπετε καὶ οὐκ εἶδον,, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ἅ ἀκούετε καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν«.
kata goun tēn ekdochēn autōn tōn apostolōn makariōteroi hoi meta tous apostolous eisin, hoper esti pantōn ēlithiōtaton. idein de tǭ nǭ ta pisteuomena dei ton esomenon makarion hōs hoi apostoloi, dynēthenta akouein to Makarioi hoi oph- »thalmoi hymōn hoti blepousin kai ta ōta hymōn hoti akouousin« kai to Polloi prophētai kai dikaioi epethymēsan idein ha blepete kai ouk eidon,, kai akousai ha akouete kai ouk ēkousan«.
According to their interpretation, at any rate, those after the apostles are more blessed than the apostles, which is the most foolish thing of all. But one who is to be blessed like the apostles must see with the mind the things believed, able to hear, “Blessed are your eyes, because they see, and your ears, because they hear,” and “Many prophets and righteous men desired to see what you see and did not see it, and to hear what you hear and did not hear it.”
10.303Preuschen 4:222
ἀγαπητὸν δὲ καὶ τὸν ὑποδεέστερον λαβεῖν μακαρισμὸν λέγοντα· »Μακάριοι οἱ μὴ ἰδόντες καὶ πιστεύσαντες.
agapēton de kai ton hypodeesteron labein makarismon legonta; »Makarioi hoi mē idontes kai pisteusantes.
It is desirable, though, to receive even the lesser blessing, which says, “Blessed are those who have not seen and have believed.”
10.304Preuschen 4:222
πῶς δὲ οὐ μακαριώτεροι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ οἱ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μακαριζόμενοι ἐπὶ τοῖς τεθεωρημένοις τῶν μὴ φθα- σάντων ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν τοιούτων θέαν; ὁ δὲ Συμεὼν ἀγαπᾷ εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας λαβὼν τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ θεασάμενος αὐτὸ εἶπεν· »Νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου, δέσποτα, κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου ἐν εἰρήνῃ, »ὅτι εί͂δον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου τὸ σωτήριόν σου«. διόπερ φιλοτιμητέον ἀνοίγειν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς κατὰ τὸν Σολομῶντα, ἵνα ἄρτων ἐμπλησθῶμεν· φησὶ γάρ· »Διάνοιξον τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου καὶ ἐμπλήσθητι »ἄρτων«. καὶ ταῦτά μοι διὰ τὸ » »Ἐπίστευσαν τῇ γραφῇ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς« εἰρήσθω, ἕνα τὸ τέλειον τῆς πίστεως ἐκ τῶν περὶ πίστεως ἐξητασμένων καταλάβωμεν ὴμῖν δοθήσεσθαι ἐν τῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει τοῦ παντὸς Ἰησοῦ σώματος, τῆς ἁγίας ἐκκλησίας αὐτοῦ.
pōs de ou makariōteroi hoi ophthalmoi hoi hypo tou Iēsou makarizomenoi epi tois tetheōrēmenois tōn mē phtha- santōn epi tēn tōn toioutōn thean? ho de Symeōn agapą eis tas ankalas labōn to sōtērion tou theou, kai theasamenos auto eipen; »Nyn apolyeis ton doulon sou, despota, kata to rhēma sou en eirēnę̄, »hoti eidon hoi ophthalmoi mou to sōtērion sou«. dioper philotimēteon anoigein tous ophthalmous kata ton Solomōnta, hina artōn emplēsthōmen; phēsi gar; »Dianoixon tous ophthalmous sou kai emplēsthēti »artōn«. kai tauta moi dia to » »Episteusan tę̄ graphę̄ kai tǭ logǭ hon eipen ho Iēsous« eirēsthō, hena to teleion tēs pisteōs ek tōn peri pisteōs exētasmenōn katalabōmen ēmin dothēsesthai en tę̄ megalę̄ ek nekrōn anastasei tou pantos Iēsou sōmatos, tēs hagias ekklēsias autou.
And how are the eyes blessed by Jesus for what they had seen not more blessed than those who have not attained to such sight? Simeon loves [him], taking the salvation of God into his arms, and having seen it he said, “Now, Master, you let your servant depart in peace according to your word, for my eyes have seen your salvation.” Therefore we must strive to open our eyes, according to Solomon, so that we may be filled with bread; for he says, “Open your eyes and be filled with bread.” Let this be said because of “They believed the Scripture and the word that Jesus spoke,” so that from what we have examined about faith we may grasp that the perfection of faith will be given to us in the great resurrection from the dead of the whole body of Jesus, his holy church.
10.305Preuschen 4:222
ὅπερ γὰρ ἐπὶ γνώσεως εἴρηται· »Ἄρτι γινώσκω ἐκ »μέρους«, τόδε καὶ ἐπὶ παντὸς καλοῦ ἀκόλουθον οἶμαι λέγειν· ἓν δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἡ πίστις.
hoper gar epi gnōseōs eirētai; »Arti ginōskō ek »merous«, tode kai epi pantos kalou akolouthon oimai legein; hen de tōn allōn hē pistis.
For what is said of knowledge, “Now I know in part,” I think it follows to say also of every good thing; and faith is one of these.
10.306Preuschen 4:222
διόπερ »ἄρτι πιστεύω ἐκ μέρους· ὅταν δὲ ἔλθῃ τὸ τέλειον« τῆς πίστεως »τὸ ἐκ μέρους καταργηθήσεται«, τῆς διὰ εἴδους πίστεως πολλῷ διαφερούσης τῆς, ἕν οὕτως εἴπω, »διἰ ἐσόπτρου »καὶ ἐν αἰνίγματι«, ὁμοιῶς τῇ νῦν γνώσει πίστεως. Ὡς δέ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐν τῷ πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, Πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐιοῦ, θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα ἀ ἐποίει. αὐτὸς δὲ Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὑτὸν αὐτοῖς, διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας καὶ ὅτι οὐ χρείαν εἶχεν ἵνα τις μαρτυρήσῃ Περὶ ἀνθρώπου· αὐτὸς γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ.
dioper »arti pisteuō ek merous; hotan de elthę̄ to teleion« tēs pisteōs »to ek merous katargēthēsetai«, tēs dia eidous pisteōs pollǭ diapherousēs tēs, hen houtōs eipō, »dii esoptrou »kai en ainigmati«, homoiōs tę̄ nyn gnōsei pisteōs. Hōs de ēn en tois Hierosolymois en tǭ pascha en tę̄ heortę̄, Polloi episteusan eis to onoma auiou, theōrountes autou ta sēmeia a epoiei. autos de Iēsous ouk episteuen hauton autois, dia to auton ginōskein pantas kai hoti ou chreian eichen hina tis martyrēsę̄ Peri anthrōpou; autos gar eginōsken ti ēn en tǭ anthrōpǭ.
Therefore “now I believe in part; but when the perfect” of faith “comes, the partial will be done away,” faith by sight differing greatly from faith, so to speak, “through a mirror and in a riddle,” like present knowledge. [John 2:23–25:] “Now when he was in Jerusalem at the Passover, at the feast, many believed in his name, seeing the signs that he was doing. But Jesus himself did not entrust himself to them, because he knew all people and had no need that anyone bear witness about man; for he himself knew what was in man.”
10.307Preuschen 4:222–223
Ζητήσαι τις ἂν πῶς τοῖς μεμαρτυρημένοις πιστεύειν ἑαυτὸν οὐκ ἐπίστευεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς. λεκτέον δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο, ὅτι οὐχὶ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν οὐ πιστεύει ἑαυτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἀλλὰ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ· διαφέρει γὰρ τὸ πιστεύειν εἰς αὐτὸν τοῦ πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ.
Zētēsai tis an pōs tois memartyrēmenois pisteuein heauton ouk episteuen ho Iēsous. lekteon de pros touto, hoti ouchi tois pisteuousin eis auton ou pisteuei heauton ho Iēsous, alla tois pisteuousin eis to onoma autou; diapherei gar to pisteuein eis auton tou pisteuein eis to onoma autou.
Someone might ask how Jesus did not entrust himself to those who are attested to have believed. To this we must say that Jesus does not refuse to entrust himself to those who believe in him, but to those who believe in his name; for believing in him differs from believing in his name.
10.308Preuschen 4:223
ὁ γοῦν διὰ πίστιν μὴ κριθησόμενος τῷ εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύειν οὐ κρίνεται, οὐχὶ δὲ εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ· φησὶ γὰρ ὁ κύριος· »Ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ οὐ κρίνεται«· οὐχὶ δὲ »Ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸ ὄνομά μου οὐ κρίνεται«.
ho goun dia pistin mē krithēsomenos tǭ eis auton pisteuein ou krinetai, ouchi de eis to onoma autou; phēsi gar ho kyrios; »Ho pisteuōn eis eme ou krinetai«; ouchi de »Ho pisteuōn eis to onoma mou ou krinetai«.
At any rate, one who will not be judged because of faith is not judged for believing in him, not in his name; for the Lord says, “He who believes in me is not judged,” not “He who believes in my name is not judged.”
10.309Preuschen 4:223
οὐκέτι δὲ φησιν· »Ὁ πι »στεύων εἰς ἐμὲ ἤδη κέκριται«· τάχα γὰρ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ πιστεύει μέν, διόπερ οὔκ ἐστιν ἄξιος ἤδη κεκρίσθαι, ἐλάττων δὲ ἐστιν τοῦ πιστεύοντος εἰς αὐτόν. διὰ τοῦτο τῷ πιστεύοντι εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἑαυτὸν οὐ πιστεύει ὁ Ἰησοῦς.
ouketi de phēsin; »Ho pi »steuōn eis eme ēdē kekritai«; tacha gar ho pisteuōn eis to onoma autou pisteuei men, dioper ouk estin axios ēdē kekristhai, elattōn de estin tou pisteuontos eis auton. dia touto tǭ pisteuonti eis to onoma autou heauton ou pisteuei ho Iēsous.
Nor does he say, “He who believes in me is already judged”; for perhaps one who believes in his name does believe, and so is not worthy to be already judged, but he is less than one who believes in him. For this reason Jesus does not entrust himself to one who believes in his name.
10.310Preuschen 4:223
αὐτοῦ τοίνυν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ ἔχεσθαι δεῖ, ἵνα μὴ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ δυνάμεις ποιοῦντες ἀκούσωμεν τὰ ἐπὶ x003E; τῷ ὀνόματι μόνῳ καυχησαμένων αὐτοῦ εἰρημένα· ἀλλὰ θαρρήσωμεν μιμηταὶ τοῦ Παύλου γινόμενοι εἰπεῖν· Πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ«. παρατηρητέον δὲ καὶ τοῦτο, ὅτι ἀνωτέρω μέν· »Ἐγγύς, φησίν, ἦν τὸ πάσχα τῶν Ἰουδαίων«, ἐνθάδε δὲ οὐκ ἐν τῷ πάσχα τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἀλλ ἐν τῷ πάσχα ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἦν ὁ Ἰησοῦς· κἀκεῖ μὲν ὅτε Ἰουδαίων λέγεται τὸ πάσχα, οὐκ εἴρηται ἑορτή· ἐνθάδε δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀναγέγραπται εἶναι »ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ«· ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις γὰρ τυγχάνων ἐν πάσχα καὶ ἑορτῇ ἦν, πολλῶν πιστευόντων κἂν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ.
autou toinyn mallon ē tou onomatos autou echesthai dei, hina mē tǭ onomati autou dynameis poiountes akousōmen ta epi x003E? tǭ onomati monǭ kauchēsamenōn autou eirēmena; alla tharrēsōmen mimētai tou Paulou ginomenoi eipein; Panta ischyō en tǭ endynamounti me Christǭ Iēsou«. paratērēteon de kai touto, hoti anōterō men; »Engys, phēsin, ēn to pascha tōn Ioudaiōn«, enthade de ouk en tǭ pascha tōn Ioudaiōn, all en tǭ pascha en Hierosolymois ēn ho Iēsous; kakei men hote Ioudaiōn legetai to pascha, ouk eirētai heortē; enthade de ho Iēsous anagegraptai einai »en tę̄ heortę̄«; en tois Hierosolymois gar tynchanōn en pascha kai heortę̄ ēn, pollōn pisteuontōn kan eis to onoma autou.
We must hold to him, then, rather than to his name, so that we may not, doing mighty works in his name, hear what is said to those who boasted only in his name; but let us dare, becoming imitators of Paul, to say, “I can do all things in Christ Jesus who strengthens me.” This too must be noted: above it says, “The Passover of the Jews was near,” but here Jesus was not at the Passover of the Jews but at the Passover in Jerusalem; and there, when the Passover is called the Jews', it is not called a feast, but here Jesus is recorded as being “at the feast.” For being in Jerusalem he was at Passover and feast, many believing, at least in his name.
10.311Preuschen 4:223
καὶ παρατηρητέον γε ὅτι πολλοὶ οὐκ εἰς αὐτόν, ἀλλ » εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ« πιστεύειν λέγονται. οἱ δὲ εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύοντες οἱ τὴν στενὴν καὶ τεθλιμμένην εἰσὶν ὁδεύοντες, ἀπάγουσαν εἰς τὴν ζωήν, ὅσον ὑπὸ τῶν ὀλίγων εὑρισκομένην.
kai paratērēteon ge hoti polloi ouk eis auton, all » eis to onoma autou« pisteuein legontai. hoi de eis auton pisteuontes hoi tēn stenēn kai tethlimmenēn eisin hodeuontes, apagousan eis tēn zōēn, hoson hypo tōn oligōn heuriskomenēn.
And it must be noted that many are said to believe not in him but “in his name.” But those who believe in him are those traveling the narrow and constricted way that leads to life, which is found by few.
10.312Preuschen 4:223
δυνατὸν μέντοι γε πολλοὺς τῶν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ πιστευόντων ἀνακλιθῆναι μετὰ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἐπεὶ »Πολλοὶ ἀπʼ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν »ἥξουσιν καὶ ἀνακλιθήσονται μετὰ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν‘, τυγχανούσῃ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ πατρός, ἐν ᾑ πολλαὶ μοναί εἰσιν.
dynaton mentoi ge pollous tōn eis to onoma autou pisteuontōn anaklithēnai meta Abraam kai Isaak kai Iakōb en tę̄ basileią tōn ouranōn, epei »Polloi apʼ anatolōn kai dysmōn »hēxousin kai anaklithēsontai meta Abraam kai Isaak kai Iakōb en tę̄ basileią tōn ouranōn‘, tynchanousę̄ oikią tou patros, en hę̄ pollai monai eisin.
It is possible, however, for many of those who believe in his name to recline with Abraham and Isaac and Jacob in the kingdom of heaven, since “many will come from east and west and recline with Abraham and Isaac and Jacob in the kingdom of heaven,” which is the Father's house, in which there are many dwelling places.
10.313Preuschen 4:223
καὶ τοῦτο δὲ τηρητέον, ὅτι πολλοὶ πιστεύοντες εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, οὐχ ὡς Ἀνδρέας καὶ Πέτρος καὶ Ναθαναὴλ καὶ Φίλιππος πιστευουσιν, ἀλλὰ τῇ μαρτυρίᾳ Ἰωάννου πείθονται λέγοντος· Ἰδού, ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ« ἢ τῷ ὑπʼ Ἀνδρέου εὑρεθέντι χριστῷ, ἢ τῷ εἰπόντι τῷ Φιλίππῳ Ἰησοῦ· »Ἀκολούθει μοι« ἢ τῷ φάσκοντι Φιλίππῳ· »Ὅν ἔγραψεν Μωϋσῆς καὶ οἱ προφῆται εὑρήκαμεν, Ἰησοῦν »υἱὸν τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέτ«.
kai touto de tērēteon, hoti polloi pisteuontes eis to onoma autou, ouch hōs Andreas kai Petros kai Nathanaēl kai Philippos pisteuousin, alla tę̄ martyrią Iōannou peithontai legontos; Idou, ho amnos tou theou« ē tǭ hypʼ Andreou heurethenti christǭ, ē tǭ eiponti tǭ Philippǭ Iēsou; »Akolouthei moi« ē tǭ phaskonti Philippǭ; »Hon egrapsen Mōÿsēs kai hoi prophētai heurēkamen, Iēsoun »huion tou Iōsēph ton apo Nazaret«.
And this too must be observed: many believing in his name do not believe as Andrew, Peter, Nathanael, and Philip believe, but are persuaded by the testimony of John saying, “Behold, the Lamb of God,” or by the Christ found by Andrew, or by Jesus saying to Philip, “Follow me,” or by Philip saying, “We have found him of whom Moses and the prophets wrote, Jesus son of Joseph, from Nazareth.”
10.314Preuschen 4:223–224
οὗτοι δὲ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ »ὄνομα αἰτοῦ, θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει«· καὶ † σημεῖα πιστεύουσιν οὐκ εἰς αὐτὸν ἀλλʼ »εἰς τὸ ὄνομα ἀυτοῦ«, ὁ Ἰησοῦς οὐκ »ἐπίστευεν ἑαυτὸν αὐτοῖς, πάντας γινώσκων, καὶ μὴ χρείαν ἔχων« ἵνα τις μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ ἀνθρώπου«, τῷ γινώσκειν τί ἐστιν ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων.
houtoi de episteusan eis to »onoma aitou, theōrountes autou ta sēmeia ha epoiei«; kai † sēmeia pisteuousin ouk eis auton allʼ »eis to onoma autou«, ho Iēsous ouk »episteuen heauton autois, pantas ginōskōn, kai mē chreian echōn« hina tis martyrēsę̄ peri anthrōpou«, tǭ ginōskein ti estin en hekastǭ tōn anthrōpōn.
But these believed in his “name, seeing the signs that he was doing”; and since … they believe because of signs, not in him but “in his name,” Jesus “did not entrust himself to them, knowing all, and having no need” that anyone bear witness about man, because he knows what is in each human being.
10.315Preuschen 4:224
Τῷ δὲ »Οὐ χρείαν εἶχεν, ἵνα τις μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ ἀν- »θρώπου« εὐκαίρως χρηστέον εἰς παράστασιν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ δυναμένου θεωρεῖν περὶ ἑκάστου τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ μηδαμῶς μαρτυρίου δεῖσθαι τοῦ ἀπό τινος.
Tǭ de »Ou chreian eichen, hina tis martyrēsę̄ peri an- »thrōpou« eukairōs chrēsteon eis parastasin tou huiou tou theou aphʼ heautou dynamenou theōrein peri hekastou tōn anthrōpōn, kai mēdamōs martyriou deisthai tou apo tinos.
“He had no need that anyone bear witness about man” may fittingly be used to show that the Son of God can see of himself about each human being and needs no testimony at all from anyone.
10.316Preuschen 4:224
τὸ δὲ »Οὐ χρείαν εἶχεν ἴνα τις »μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ ἀνθρώπου« ἀντιστατέον πρὸς τὸ »Οὐ χρείαν »ἔχει ἵνα τις μαρτυρήσῃ περί τινος«. εἰ μὲν γὰρ τὸ »Ἀνθρώπου« λαμβάνοιμεν ἐπὶ παντὸς τοῦ κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ ἢ παντὸς λογικοῦ, οὐ χρείαν ἕξει ἵνα τις μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ αὐτοῦ, περὶ οὑ δήποτε τῶν λογικῶν, ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ γινώσκων τοὺς πάντας κατὰ τὴν δεδομένην αὐτῷ δύναμιν ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρός.
to de »Ou chreian eichen ina tis »martyrēsę̄ peri anthrōpou« antistateon pros to »Ou chreian »echei hina tis martyrēsę̄ peri tinos«. ei men gar to »Anthrōpou« lambanoimen epi pantos tou katʼ eikona theou ē pantos logikou, ou chreian hexei hina tis martyrēsę̄ peri autou, peri hou dēpote tōn logikōn, aphʼ heautou ginōskōn tous pantas kata tēn dedomenēn autǭ dynamin apo tou patros.
And “He had no need that anyone bear witness about man” must be set against “He has no need that anyone bear witness about anyone.” For if we take “man” of everything made in the image of God, or of every rational being, he will have no need that anyone bear witness about any rational being whatever, knowing all of them of himself by the power given him by the Father.
10.317Preuschen 4:224
εἰ τὸ τὸ »Ἀνθρώπου« τηρήσαιμεν ἐπὶ τοῦ θνητοῦ λογικοῦ ζῴου μόνου, ὁ μέν τις ἐρεῖ χρείαν ἔχειν αὐτόν, ἴνα τις μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τῶν ὑπὲρ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐδὲ ἀρκοῦντα ὁμοίως τοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις γινώσκειν καὶ τὰ περὶ ἐκείνων.
ei to to »Anthrōpou« tērēsaimen epi tou thnētou logikou zǭou monou, ho men tis erei chreian echein auton, ina tis martyrēsę̄ peri tōn hyper ton anthrōpon, oude arkounta homoiōs tois anthrōpinois ginōskein kai ta peri ekeinōn.
If we keep “man” for the mortal rational animal alone, one will say that he had need that someone bear witness about those above man, not being able to know what concerns them in the same way as human things.
10.318Preuschen 4:224
ἄλλος δέ τις φήσει τὸν κενώσαντα ἑαυτὸν μὴ χρείαν ἔχειν ἵνα τις μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ ἀνθρώπου, χρείαν δὲ ἔχειν περὶ τῶν κρειττόνων ἢ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον.
allos de tis phēsei ton kenōsanta heauton mē chreian echein hina tis martyrēsę̄ peri anthrōpou, chreian de echein peri tōn kreittonōn ē kata anthrōpon.
Another will say that the one who emptied himself had no need that anyone bear witness about man, but had need concerning things greater than human.
10.319Preuschen 4:224
Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ζητητέον, πόσα σημεῖα αὐτοῦ θεωροῦν- τες οἱ πολλοὶ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτόν· οὐ γὰρ ἀναγέγραπται σημεῖα πεποιηκέναι ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις, εἰ μὴ ἄρα γεγένηται μὲν σημεῖα, οὐκ ἀναγέγραπται δέ· σκόπει δὲ εἰ δυνατὸν εἰς σημεῖα λογισθῆναι τὸ πεποιηκέναι φραγέλλιον ἐκ σχοινίων, καὶ πάντας ἐκβεβληκέναι τοῦ ἱεροῦ, τά τε πρόβατα καὶ τοὺς βόας, καὶ τῶν κολλυβιστῶν τὰ κέρματα ἐκκεχυκέναι, καὶ τὰς τραπέζας ἀνατετροφέναι.
Kai touto de zētēteon, posa sēmeia autou theōroun- tes hoi polloi episteuon eis auton; ou gar anagegraptai sēmeia pepoiēkenai en Hierosolymois, ei mē ara gegenētai men sēmeia, ouk anagegraptai de; skopei de ei dynaton eis sēmeia logisthēnai to pepoiēkenai phragellion ek schoiniōn, kai pantas ekbeblēkenai tou hierou, ta te probata kai tous boas, kai tōn kollybistōn ta kermata ekkechykenai, kai tas trapezas anatetrophenai.
This too must be asked: how many signs of his did the many see when they believed in him? For he is not recorded to have done signs in Jerusalem, unless signs were done but not recorded. Consider whether his making a whip of cords, driving all out of the temple, both the sheep and the oxen, pouring out the money-changers' coins and overturning their tables, can be counted among the signs.
10.320Preuschen 4:224
πρὸς μέντοι γε τοὺς ὑπονοήσαντας ἂν περὶ μόνων ἀνθρώπων μὴ χρείαν ἔχειν αὐτὸν μαρτύρων, λεκτέον ὅτι δύο αὐτῷ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς μεμαρτύρηκε, τό τε γινώσκειν Πάντας, καὶ τὸ μὴ χρείαν ἔχειν, ἕνα τις μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ ἀνθρώπου.
pros mentoi ge tous hyponoēsantas an peri monōn anthrōpōn mē chreian echein auton martyrōn, lekteon hoti dyo autǭ ho euangelistēs memartyrēke, to te ginōskein Pantas, kai to mē chreian echein, hena tis martyrēsę̄ peri anthrōpou.
To those, however, who might suppose that he had no need of witnesses only about human beings, we must say that the evangelist has borne witness to two things about him: that he knew all, and that he had no need that anyone bear witness about man.
10.321Preuschen 4:224–225
εἰ γὰρ πάντας ἐγίνωσκεν, οὐ μόνον ἀνθρώπους ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ὑπὲρ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγίνωσκεν, καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἔξω τοιούτων σωμάτων· ἐγίνωσκέν τε τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπω, ἅτε μείζων τυγχά- νων τῶν ἐν τῷ προφητεύειν ἐλεγχόντων καὶ κρινόντων, καὶ τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς καρδίας εἰς φανερὸν ἀγόντων πάντων ὧν τὸ πνεῦμα ὑποβάλλει αὐτοῖς. δύναται δὲ τὸ »Ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ« λαμβάνεσθαι καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐνεργουσῶν δυνάμεων χειρόνων ἢ κρειττόνων ἐν ἀνθρώποις.
ei gar pantas eginōsken, ou monon anthrōpous alla kai ta hyper ton anthrōpon eginōsken, kai pantas tous exō toioutōn sōmatōn; eginōsken te ti ēn en tǭ anthrōpō, hate meizōn tyncha- nōn tōn en tǭ prophēteuein elenchontōn kai krinontōn, kai ta krypta tēs kardias eis phaneron agontōn pantōn hōn to pneuma hypoballei autois. dynatai de to »Eginōsken ti ēn en tǭ anthrōpǭ« lambanesthai kai epi tōn energousōn dynameōn cheironōn ē kreittonōn en anthrōpois.
For if he knew all, he knew not only human beings but also what is above man, and all those outside such bodies; and he knew what was in man, being greater than those who in prophesying convict and judge and bring to light the secrets of the heart, all that the Spirit suggests to them. And “he knew what was in man” can be taken also of the powers, worse or better, at work in human beings.
10.322Preuschen 4:225
εἰ μὲν γὰρ δίδωσίν τις »τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ« εἰσέρχεται εἰς αὐτὸν ὁ σατανᾶς, ὥσπερ ἔδωκεν Ἰούδας, τοῦ διαβόλου βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ, ἴνα παραδῷ τὸν Ἰησοῦν· διὸ καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτὸν ὁ σατανᾶς.
ei men gar didōsin tis »topon tǭ diabolǭ« eiserchetai eis auton ho satanas, hōsper edōken Ioudas, tou diabolou beblēkotos eis tēn kardian autou, ina paradǭ ton Iēsoun; dio kai meta to psōmion eisēlthen eis auton ho satanas.
For if someone gives “place to the devil,” Satan enters into him, as Judas gave place, the devil having put into his heart to betray Jesus; that is why after the morsel Satan entered into him.
10.323Preuschen 4:225
εἰ δὲ δίδωσιν τόπον τῷ θεῷ, μακάριος γίνεται· » Μακάριος γὰρ οὗ ἐστιν ἀντίληψις αὐτῷ »παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἀνάβασις ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ«. γινώσκει οὖν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ὁ γινώσκων πάντα υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. Ήδη δὲ τὴν αὐτάρκη περιγραφὴν εἰληφότος καὶ τοῦ δεκάτου τόμου, ἐνταῦθά που καταπαύσομεν τὸ βιβλίον.
ei de didōsin topon tǭ theǭ, makarios ginetai; » Makarios gar hou estin antilēpsis autǭ »para tou theou kai anabasis en tę̄ kardią autou apo tou theou«. ginōskei oun ti ēn en tǭ anthrōpǭ ho ginōskōn panta huios tou theou. Ēdē de tēn autarkē perigraphēn eilēphotos kai tou dekatou tomou, entautha pou katapausomen to biblion.
But if he gives place to God, he becomes blessed: “For blessed is the man whose help is from God, and the ascent in his heart from God.” The Son of God, then, who knows all things, knows what was in man. And since the tenth volume has now received a sufficient length, we shall end the book somewhere here.
Chapter 13
13.1Preuschen 4:226
Ἴσως μὲν ἂν ἔνδοξέν σοι, φιλοθεώτατε καὶ εὐσεβέστατε Ἀμβρόσιε, τὸν περὶ τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος λόγον μὴ διακοπῆναι, ὥστε μέρος μέν τι αὐτοῦ εἶναι ἐν τῷ δωδεκάτῳ τόμῳ, τὰ δὲ ἑξῆς ἐν τῷ τρισκαιδεκάτῳ.
Isōs men an endoxen soi, philotheōtate kai eusebestate Ambrosie, ton peri tēs Samareitidos logon mē diakopēnai, hōste meros men ti autou einai en tǭ dōdekatǭ tomǭ, ta de hexēs en tǭ triskaidekatǭ.
Perhaps it would have seemed good to you, Ambrose, most God-loving and most pious, that the account of the Samaritan woman should not be divided, so that part of it would be in the twelfth volume and the rest in the thirteenth.
13.2Preuschen 4:226
ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ ἑωρῶμεν αὐτάρκη περιγραφὴν εἰληφέναι τὸν δωδέκατον τῶν ἐξηγητικῶν, ἔδοξεν ἡμῖν καταλῆξαι εἰς τὸν τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος λόγον περὶ τοῦ λεγομένου ὑπʼ αὐτῆς φρέατος, ὡς ὁ Ἰακὼβ ἔγνωκεν αὐτὸ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ, ἴνα ἀρξώμεθα τοῦ τρισκαιδεκάτου ἀπὸ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν προς αυτην. »Ἀπεκρίθη ὁ Ἰηοοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐιῆ̣· Πᾶς ὁ Πίνο, ν ἐκ τοῦ ὕδαιος τούτου διψήσει Πάλ·ιν· ὃς δʼ ἂν Πίῃ ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος οὗ ἐγὼ δώσω αὐτῷ * * * γενήσεται Πηγὴ ἐν αὐτῷ ὕδατος ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον«.
allʼ epei heōrōmen autarkē perigraphēn eilēphenai ton dōdekaton tōn exēgētikōn, edoxen hēmin katalēxai eis ton tēs Samareitidos logon peri tou legomenou hypʼ autēs phreatos, hōs ho Iakōb egnōken auto kai autos ex autou epien kai hoi huioi autou kai ta thremmata autou, ina arxōmetha tou triskaidekatou apo tēs apokriseōs tou kyriou hēmōn pros autēn. »Apekrithē ho Iēoous kai eipen auiē; Pas ho Pino, n ek tou hydaios toutou dipsēsei Pal;in; hos dʼ an Pię̄ ek tou hydatos hou egō dōsō autǭ * * * genēsetai Pēgē en autǭ hydatos hallomenou eis zōēn aiōnion«.
But since we saw that the twelfth volume of the commentaries had reached a sufficient length, we decided to end at the Samaritan woman's words about the well she spoke of, how Jacob knew it and drank from it himself, and his sons and his cattle, so as to begin the thirteenth with our Lord's answer to her. [John 4:13–14:] “Jesus answered and said to her, Everyone who drinks of this water will thirst again; but whoever drinks of the water that I will give him … will become in him a spring of water welling up to eternal life.”
13.3Preuschen 4:226
Δεύτερον τοῦτο ἀποκρίνεται πρὸς τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, πρότερον μὲν λέγων· »Εἰ ᾔδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ »λέγων σοι· Δός μοι πιεῖν, σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας αὐτὸν καὶ ἔδωκεν ἄν σοι »ὕδωρ ζῶν«, καὶ νῦν ὡς προτρέπων αὐτὴν ἐπὶ τὸ αἰτῆσαι τὸ ζῶν ὕδωρ λέγει τὰ ἐκκείμενα.
Deuteron touto apokrinetai pros tēn Samareitin ho Iēsous, proteron men legōn; »Ei ę̄deis tēn dōrean tou theou kai tis estin ho »legōn soi; Dos moi piein, sy an ę̄tēsas auton kai edōken an soi »hydōr zōn«, kai nyn hōs protrepōn autēn epi to aitēsai to zōn hydōr legei ta ekkeimena.
This is the second answer Jesus gives to the Samaritan woman. Earlier he said, “If you knew the gift of God, and who it is who says to you, Give me a drink, you would have asked him, and he would have given you living water”; and now, as though urging her to ask for the living water, he says the words set out.
13.4Preuschen 4:226–227
καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν τῷ προτέρῳ οὐκ εἶπεν, ἀλλὰ ἐπαπορεῖ περὶ τῆς συγκρίσεως τῶν ὑδάτων ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις· μετὰ δὲ τὴν δευτέραν ἀπόκρισιν τοῦ κυρίου παραδεξαμένη τὰ εἰρημένα φησί· Δός μοι τοῦτο τὸ ὕδωρ‘.
kai epi men tǭ proterǭ ouk eipen, alla epaporei peri tēs synkriseōs tōn hydatōn hē Samareitis; meta de tēn deuteran apokrisin tou kyriou paradexamenē ta eirēmena phēsi; Dos moi touto to hydōr‘.
And at the first she did not ask, but the Samaritan woman raises a difficulty about the comparison of the waters; but after the Lord's second answer, accepting what was said, she says, “Give me this water.”
13.5Preuschen 4:227
τάχα γὰρ δόγμα τί ἐστιν μηδένα λαμβάνειν θείαν δωρεὰν τῶν μὴ αἰτούντων αὐτήν. καὶ αὐτὸν γοῦν τὸν σωτῆρα διὰ τοῦ ψαλμοῦ προτρέπει αἰτεῖν ὁ πατὴρ ἴνα αὐτῷ δωρήσηται, ὡς αὐτὸς ἡμᾶς διδάσκει ὁ υἱὸς λέγων· »Κύριος εἶπεν πρὸς μέ· »Υἱός μου εἶ σύ· αἴτησαι παρʼ ἐμοῦ καὶ δώσω σοι ἔθνη τὴν κληρονομίαν σου, καὶ τὴν κατάσχεσίν σου τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς«· καὶ ὁ σωτήρ φησιν·
tacha gar dogma ti estin mēdena lambanein theian dōrean tōn mē aitountōn autēn. kai auton goun ton sōtēra dia tou psalmou protrepei aitein ho patēr ina autǭ dōrēsētai, hōs autos hēmas didaskei ho huios legōn; »Kyrios eipen pros me; »Huios mou ei sy; aitēsai parʼ emou kai dōsō soi ethnē tēn klēronomian sou, kai tēn kataschesin sou ta perata tēs gēs«; kai ho sōtēr phēsin;
For perhaps it is a doctrine that no one who does not ask receives a divine gift. At any rate, through the Psalm the Father urges even the Savior himself to ask, so that he may give to him, as the Son himself teaches us, saying, “The Lord said to me, You are my Son; ask of me, and I will give you the nations as your inheritance and the ends of the earth as your possession.” And the Savior says:
13.6Preuschen 4:227
»Αἰτεῖτε, καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν«· »πᾶς γὰρ ὁ αἰτῶν λαμβάνει«. πείθεται μέντοι γε ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις αἰτῆσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὕδωρ, εἰκών, ὡς προείπομεν, τυγχάνουσα γνώμης ἑτεροδοξούντων περὶ τὰς θείας ἀσχολουμένων γραφάς, ὅτε ἀκούει περὶ τῆς συγκρίσεως ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ὑδάτων.
»Aiteite, kai dothēsetai hymin«; »pas gar ho aitōn lambanei«. peithetai mentoi ge hē Samareitis aitēsai ton Iēsoun hydōr, eikōn, hōs proeipomen, tynchanousa gnōmēs heterodoxountōn peri tas theias ascholoumenōn graphas, hote akouei peri tēs synkriseōs amphoterōn tōn hydatōn.
“Ask, and it will be given to you”; “for everyone who asks receives.” The Samaritan woman, however, is persuaded to ask Jesus for water, being, as we said before, an image of the mind of heterodox people occupied with the divine Scriptures, when she hears about the comparison of both waters.
13.7Preuschen 4:227
καὶ ὅρα ἐξ ὧν ἐπεπόνθει πῶς πίνουσα ἐκ τοῦ νομιζομένου αὐτῇ βαθέος εἶναι φρέατος οὐκ ἀνεπαύετο, οὐδὲ τῆς δίψης ἀπηλλάττετο.
kai hora ex hōn epeponthei pōs pinousa ek tou nomizomenou autę̄ batheos einai phreatos ouk anepaueto, oude tēs dipsēs apēllatteto.
And see from what she had experienced how, drinking from the well she thought deep, she found no rest and was not freed from thirst.
13.8Preuschen 4:227
Ἴδωμεν οὖν τί σημαίνεται ἐκ τοῦ »Πᾶς ὁ πίνων ἐκ τοῦ ὕδα- »τος τούτου διψήσει πάλιν«. ἔστιν δὲ ἐκ τῆς »διψῆν« φωνῆς καὶ ἐκ τῆς »πεινῆν« κατὰ τὸ σωματικὸν δύο σημαινόμενα· ἓν μὲν καθʼ ὃ δεόμεθα τροφῆς κενωθέντες καὶ ὀρεγόμενοι αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ ὑγροῦ ἡμῖν ἐπιλείποντος· ἕτερον δὲ καθʼ ὃ πολλάκις οἱ πένητες καὶ ἐν ἀπορίᾳ ὄντες τῶν ἐπιτηδείων φασιν κεκορεσμένοι τὸ πεινῆν ἢ διψῆν.
Idōmen oun ti sēmainetai ek tou »Pas ho pinōn ek tou hyda- »tos toutou dipsēsei palin«. estin de ek tēs »dipsēn« phōnēs kai ek tēs »peinēn« kata to sōmatikon dyo sēmainomena; hen men kathʼ ho deometha trophēs kenōthentes kai oregomenoi autēs hypo tou hygrou hēmin epileipontos; heteron de kathʼ ho pollakis hoi penētes kai en aporią ontes tōn epitēdeiōn phasin kekoresmenoi to peinēn ē dipsēn.
Let us see, then, what is meant by “Everyone who drinks of this water will thirst again.” From the words “thirst” and “hunger,” in the bodily sense, there are two meanings: one, in which we need food when emptied and desire it when the moisture in us fails; the other, in which often the poor and those in want of necessities say, when they have been sated, that they are hungry or thirsty.
13.9Preuschen 4:227
καὶ μαρτύριόν γε τοῦ μὲν πρώτου ἐν τῇ Ἐξόδῳ, ὅτε ἀποροῦντες τροφῶν »τῇ ἐννεακαιδεκάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, τῷ μηνὶ τῷ δευτέρῳ ἐξεληλυθό- »των αὐτῶν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, διεγόγγυζεν πᾶσα συναγωγὴ υἱῶν »Ἰσραὴλ ἐπὶ Μωϋσῆν καὶ Ἀαρών. καὶ εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς οἱ υἱοὶ »Ἰσραήλ· Ὄφελον ἀπεθάνομεν πληγέντες ὑπὸ κυρίου ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ, »ὅταν ἐκαθίσαμεν ἐπὶ τῶν λεβήτων τῶν κρεῶν καὶ ἠσθίομεν ἄρτους »εἰς πλησμονήν, ὅτι ἐξηγάγετε ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν ἔρημον ταύτην, ἀποκτεῖ- ναι πᾶσαν τὴν συναγωγὴν ταύτην ἐν λιμῷ. εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς »Μωϋσῆν· Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ὕω ὑμῖν ἄρτους ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται ὁ λαὸς καὶ συλλέξουσιν τὸ τῆς ἡμέρας εἰς ἡμέραν, ὅπως πειράσω »αὐτοὺς εἰ πορεύσονται τῷ νόμῳ μου ἢ οὔ«.
kai martyrion ge tou men prōtou en tę̄ Exodǭ, hote aporountes trophōn »tę̄ enneakaidekatę̄ hēmerą, tǭ mēni tǭ deuterǭ exelēlytho- »tōn autōn ek gēs Aigyptou, diegongyzen pasa synagōgē huiōn »Israēl epi Mōÿsēn kai Aarōn. kai eipan pros autous hoi huioi »Israēl; Ophelon apethanomen plēgentes hypo kyriou en gę̄ Aigyptǭ, »hotan ekathisamen epi tōn lebētōn tōn kreōn kai ēsthiomen artous »eis plēsmonēn, hoti exēgagete hēmas eis tēn erēmon tautēn, apoktei- nai pasan tēn synagōgēn tautēn en limǭ. eipen de kyrios pros »Mōÿsēn; Idou egō hyō hymin artous ek tou ouranou, kai exeleusetai ho laos kai syllexousin to tēs hēmeras eis hēmeran, hopōs peirasō »autous ei poreusontai tǭ nomǭ mou ē ou«.
A testimony of the first is in Exodus, when, lacking food, “on the nineteenth day of the second month after they came out of the land of Egypt, the whole congregation of the sons of Israel murmured against Moses and Aaron. And the sons of Israel said to them, Would that we had died struck by the Lord in the land of Egypt, when we sat by the pots of meat and ate bread to the full; for you have brought us out into this wilderness to kill this whole congregation with hunger. And the Lord said to Moses, Behold, I am raining bread from heaven for you, and the people shall go out and gather a day's portion every day, that I may test them, whether they will walk in my law or not.”
13.10Preuschen 4:227
πεινώντων γὰρ καὶ ἀπορούντων τῆς ἀναγκαίας τροφῆς ὅσον ἐπὶ * * * οἱ λόγοι. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὕδατος ἀποροῦντες καὶ διψῶντες διεγόγγυζον κατὰ Μωϋσέως· »Τί πιόμεθα;« ὅτε »ἐβόησεν Μωσῆς πρὸς κύριον, καὶ ἔδειξεν αὐτῶ »κύριος ξύλον, καὶ ἐνέβαλεν αὐτὸ εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ ἐγλυκάνθη τὸ ὕδωρ«.
peinōntōn gar kai aporountōn tēs anankaias trophēs hoson epi * * * hoi logoi. alla kai hydatos aporountes kai dipsōntes diegongyzon kata Mōÿseōs; »Ti piometha?« hote »eboēsen Mōsēs pros kyrion, kai edeixen autō »kyrios xylon, kai enebalen auto eis to hydōr kai eglykanthē to hydōr«.
For [they were] hungry and lacking necessary food, as far as … the words. But also lacking water and thirsty they murmured against Moses: “What shall we drink?” when “Moses cried to the Lord, and the Lord showed him a tree, and he threw it into the water, and the water became sweet.”
13.11Preuschen 4:227–228
καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα, ἡνίκα ἦλθεν εἰς Ῥαφιδείν, γέγραπται ὅτι »Ἐδίψησεν ὁ »λαὸς ἐκεῖ ὕδατι, καὶ ἐγόγγυζεν ὁ λαὸς ἐκεῖ ἐπὶ Μωϋσῆν«.
kai metʼ oliga, hēnika ēlthen eis Rhaphidein, gegraptai hoti »Edipsēsen ho »laos ekei hydati, kai egongyzen ho laos ekei epi Mōÿsēn«.
And a little later, when he came to Rephidim, it is written that “the people thirsted there for water, and the people murmured there against Moses.”
13.12Preuschen 4:228
δόξει δὲ τοῦ δευτέρου τῶν σημαινομένων εἶναι παρὰ τῷ Παύλῳ παράδειγμα λέγοντι· »Ἄχρι τῆς ἄρτι ὥρας καὶ πεινῶμεν καὶ διψῶμεν καὶ γυμνι- »τεύομεν«. τὸ μὲν οὖν πρῶτον, πεινῆν καὶ διψῆν, ἀναγκαίως γίνεται τοῖς ὑγιαίνουσιν σώμασιν· τὸ δὲ δεύτερον τοῖς πεπονημένοις συμβαίνει
doxei de tou deuterou tōn sēmainomenōn einai para tǭ Paulǭ paradeigma legonti; »Achri tēs arti hōras kai peinōmen kai dipsōmen kai gymni- »teuomen«. to men oun prōton, peinēn kai dipsēn, anankaiōs ginetai tois hygiainousin sōmasin; to de deuteron tois peponēmenois symbainei
And an example of the second meaning will seem to be in Paul, who says, “To this present hour we both hunger and thirst and are naked.” The first, then, hungering and thirsting, happens necessarily to healthy bodies; the second befalls those who toil.
13.13Preuschen 4:228
Ζητητέον οὐν καὶ ἐκ τοῦ »Πᾶς ὁ πίνων ἐκ τούτου τοῦ »ὕδατος διψήσει πάλιν« ποῖον »διψήσει« λέγεται· πρῶτον ὡς ἐπὶ σωματικοῦ ἢ καὶ * * * τάχα τὸ δηλούμενόν ἐστιν ὅτι κἂν πρὸς τὸ παρὸν κορεσθῇ, ἀλλʼ εὐθέως ὑποβιβασθέντος τοῦ ποτοῦ τὸ αὐτὸ πάθος πείσεται ὁ πιών, τουτέστι διψήσει πάλιν, εἰς ὅμοιον τῷ ἀρχῆθεν ἀποκαταστάς.
Zētēteon oun kai ek tou »Pas ho pinōn ek toutou tou »hydatos dipsēsei palin« poion »dipsēsei« legetai; prōton hōs epi sōmatikou ē kai * * * tacha to dēloumenon estin hoti kan pros to paron koresthę̄, allʼ eutheōs hypobibasthentos tou potou to auto pathos peisetai ho piōn, toutesti dipsēsei palin, eis homoion tǭ archēthen apokatastas.
We must ask, then, also from “Everyone who drinks of this water will thirst again,” in what sense “will thirst” is said: first as of the bodily, or also … Perhaps what is shown is that even if he is satisfied for the present, yet as soon as the drink has passed down, the one who drank will suffer the same thing, that is, will thirst again, restored to a state like the beginning.
13.14Preuschen 4:228
ἐπιφέρει οὖν τὸ »Ὃς δʼ ἂν πίῃ ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος οὗ ἐγὼ δώσω αὐτῷ, γενήσεται πηγὴ ἐν αὐτῷ ὕδατος ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν »αἰώνιον«. τίς δὲ ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἔχων πηγὴν διψῆσαι οἱός τε ἔσται;
epipherei oun to »Hos dʼ an pię̄ ek tou hydatos hou egō dōsō autǭ, genēsetai pēgē en autǭ hydatos hallomenou eis zōēn »aiōnion«. tis de en heautǭ echōn pēgēn dipsēsai hoios te estai?
He adds, then, “But whoever drinks of the water that I will give him, it will become in him a spring of water welling up to eternal life.” And who, having a spring in himself, will be able to thirst?
13.15Preuschen 4:228
τὸ μέντοι γε προηγουμένως δηλούμενον τοιοῦτον ἂν εἴη· ὁ μεταλαμβάνων * * * ου, φησί, βάθους λόγων, κἂν πρὸς ὀλίγον ἀναπαύσηται, παραδεξάμενος ὡς βαθύτατα τὰ ἀνιμώμενα καὶ εὑρίσκεσθαι δοκοῦντα νοήματα, ἀλλά γε πάλιν δεύτερον ἐπιστήσας ἐπαπορήσει περὶ τούτων, ὅσοις * * ἐπανεπαύσατο, * * τρανὴν καὶ ἔκτυπον περὶ τῶν ζητουμένων κατάληψιν οὐ δύναται τὸ νομιζόμενον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ βάθος παρασχεῖν.
to mentoi ge proēgoumenōs dēloumenon toiouton an eiē; ho metalambanōn * * * ou, phēsi, bathous logōn, kan pros oligon anapausētai, paradexamenos hōs bathytata ta animōmena kai heuriskesthai dokounta noēmata, alla ge palin deuteron epistēsas epaporēsei peri toutōn, hosois * * epanepausato, * * tranēn kai ektypon peri tōn zētoumenōn katalēpsin ou dynatai to nomizomenon hypʼ autou bathos paraschein.
The principal meaning, however, would be something like this: one who partakes … of the depth of words, he says, even if he rests for a little, having received as most profound the thoughts drawn up and seeming to be found, yet when he considers them a second time will be at a loss about those in which he rested, since what he thinks is depth cannot provide a clear and distinct grasp of what is sought.
13.16Preuschen 4:228
διόπερ κἂν συναρπασθεὶς συγκαταθῆταί τις τῇ πιθανότητι τῶν λεγομένων, ἀλλά γε ὕστερον εὑρήσει τὴν αὐτὴν ἀπορίαν τυγχάνουσαν έν αὐτῷ, ἥνπερ εἶχεν πρὶν τάδε τινὰ μαθεῖν· ἐγὼ δὲ τοιοῦτον ἔχω λόγον, ὥστε τὴν πηγὴν γενέσθαι τοῦ ζωτικοῦ πόματος ἐν τῷ παραδεξαμένῳ τὰ ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ ἀπαγγελλόμενα· καὶ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτόν γε ὁ λαβὼν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὕδατος εὐεργετηθήσεται, ὥστε πηγὴν εὑρετικὴν πάντων τῶν ζητουμένων ἀναβλυστάνειν ἐν αὐτῷ ἄνω πηδώντων ὑδάτων, τῆς διανοίας ἁλλομένης καὶ τάχιστα διϊπταμένης ἀκολούθως τῷ εὐκινήτῳ τούτῳ ὕδατι, φέροντος αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἅλλεσθαι καὶ πηδᾶν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀνώτερον, ἐπὶ τὴν αἰώνιον ζωήν.
dioper kan synarpastheis synkatathētai tis tę̄ pithanotēti tōn legomenōn, alla ge hysteron heurēsei tēn autēn aporian tynchanousan en autǭ, hēnper eichen prin tade tina mathein; egō de toiouton echō logon, hōste tēn pēgēn genesthai tou zōtikou pomatos en tǭ paradexamenǭ ta hypʼ emou apangellomena; kai epi tosouton ge ho labōn tou emou hydatos euergetēthēsetai, hōste pēgēn heuretikēn pantōn tōn zētoumenōn anablystanein en autǭ anō pēdōntōn hydatōn, tēs dianoias hallomenēs kai tachista diïptamenēs akolouthōs tǭ eukinētǭ toutǭ hydati, pherontos autou tou hallesthai kai pēdan epi to anōteron, epi tēn aiōnion zōēn.
Therefore, even if someone, carried away, assents to the persuasiveness of what is said, yet later he will find the same perplexity in himself that he had before learning those things. “But I have such a word that the spring of life-giving drink comes to be in one who receives what I proclaim; and one who receives my water will be so benefited that a spring able to discover all that is sought will gush up in him, with waters leaping upward, the mind leaping and flying swiftly in keeping with this nimble water, since the water itself carries it to leap and bound upward, to eternal life.”
13.17Preuschen 4:228–229
οἷον * * * τὴν τοῦ ἁλλομένου, ὥς φησιν, εἶναι τὴν αἰώνιον ζωήν· ὥσπερ δὴ περὶ τοῦ νυμφίου ἐν τῷ ᾄσματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων διαλεγόμενος Σολομῶν φησιν· »Ἰδοὺ οὑτος ἥκει πηδῶν ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, διαλλόμενος ἐπὶ τοὺς βουνούς‘.
hoion * * * tēn tou hallomenou, hōs phēsin, einai tēn aiōnion zōēn; hōsper dē peri tou nymphiou en tǭ ąsmati tōn ąsmatōn dialegomenos Solomōn phēsin; »Idou houtos hēkei pēdōn epi ta orē, diallomenos epi tous bounous‘.
For example, … that of the welling-up, as he says, to be eternal life; just as Solomon, discoursing about the bridegroom in the Song of Songs, says, “Behold, he comes leaping over the mountains, bounding over the hills.”
13.18Preuschen 4:229
ὡς γὰρ ἐκεῖ ὁ νυμφίος ἐπὶ τὰς μεγαλοφυεστέρας καὶ θειοτέρας πηδᾷ ψυχὰς ὄρη λεγομένας, ἐπὶ δὲ τὰς ὑποδεεστέρας διάλλεται βουνοὺς ὀνομαζομένας, οὕτως ἐνταῦθα ἡ γενομένη ἐν τῷ πιόντι ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος, οὗ δίδωσιν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, πηγὴ ἅλλεται εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον ζωήν.
hōs gar ekei ho nymphios epi tas megalophyesteras kai theioteras pēdą psychas orē legomenas, epi de tas hypodeesteras dialletai bounous onomazomenas, houtōs entautha hē genomenē en tǭ pionti ek tou hydatos, hou didōsin ho Iēsous, pēgē halletai eis tēn aiōnion zōēn.
For as there the bridegroom leaps upon the loftier and more divine souls called mountains, and bounds upon the lesser ones named hills, so here the spring that has come to be in one who drank of the water Jesus gives wells up to eternal life.
13.19Preuschen 4:229
τάχα δὲ καὶ πηδήσει μετὰ τὴν αἰώνιον ζωὴν εἰς τὸν ὑπὲρ τὴν αἰώνιον ζωὴν πατέρα· Χριστὸς γὰρ ἡ ζωή· ὁ δὲ μείζων τοῦ χριστοῦ, μείζων τῆς ζωῆς.
tacha de kai pēdēsei meta tēn aiōnion zōēn eis ton hyper tēn aiōnion zōēn patera; Christos gar hē zōē; ho de meizōn tou christou, meizōn tēs zōēs.
And perhaps after eternal life it will also leap to the Father, who is beyond eternal life. For Christ is the life; but he who is greater than Christ is greater than the life.
13.20Preuschen 4:229
Τότε δὲ ὁ πιὼν ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος, οὗ δώσει ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἕξει τὴν γενομένην ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴν ὕδατος ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ὅτε πληροῦται τοῦ μακαριζομένου ἐπὶ τῷ πεινῆν καὶ διψῆν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἡ ἐπαγγελία.
Tote de ho piōn ek tou hydatos, hou dōsei ho Iēsous, hexei tēn genomenēn en autǭ pēgēn hydatos hallomenou eis zōēn aiōnion, hote plēroutai tou makarizomenou epi tǭ peinēn kai dipsēn tēn dikaiosynēn hē epangelia.
And the one who drinks of the water that Jesus will give will have the spring of water welling up to eternal life that has come to be in him when the promise to the one blessed for hungering and thirsting for righteousness is fulfilled.
13.21Preuschen 4:229
φησὶ γὰρ ὁ λόγος· Μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ »διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ὅτι αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται«.
phēsi gar ho logos; Makarioi hoi peinōntes kai »dipsōntes tēn dikaiosynēn, hoti autoi chortasthēsontai«.
For the Word says: “Blessed are those who hunger and thirst for righteousness, for they shall be filled.”
13.22Preuschen 4:229
καὶ τάχα ἐπεὶ πεινῆσαι καὶ διψῆσαι δεήσει τὴν δικαιοσύνην πρὸ τοῦ χορτασθῆναι, ὑπὲρ τοῦ κορεσθῆναι ἐμποιητέον τὸ πεινῆν καὶ τὸ διψῆν, ἴνα εἴπωμεν· »Ὃν τρόπον ἐπιποθεῖ ἡ ἔλαφος ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων, οὕτως ἐπιποθεῖ ἡ ψυχή μου πρὸς σὲ ὁ θεὸς. ἐδίψησεν ἡ ψυχή μου πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τὸν ἰσχυρὸν τὸν ζῶντα· πότε ἥξω καὶ ὀφθήσομαι τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ;«
kai tacha epei peinēsai kai dipsēsai deēsei tēn dikaiosynēn pro tou chortasthēnai, hyper tou koresthēnai empoiēteon to peinēn kai to dipsēn, ina eipōmen; »Hon tropon epipothei hē elaphos epi tas pēgas tōn hydatōn, houtōs epipothei hē psychē mou pros se ho theos. edipsēsen hē psychē mou pros ton theon ton ischyron ton zōnta; pote hēxō kai ophthēsomai tǭ prosōpǭ tou theou?«
And perhaps, since one must hunger and thirst for righteousness before being filled, we must create hunger and thirst in order to be satisfied, so that we may say, “As the deer longs for the springs of water, so my soul longs for you, O God. My soul thirsted for God, the mighty, the living; when shall I come and appear before the face of God?”
13.23Preuschen 4:229
ἵνʼ οὐν διψήσωμεν, καλόν ἐστιν πιεῖν πρῶτον ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ Ἰακώβ, οὐ λέγοντα αὐτὴν ὁμοίως τῇ Σαμαρείτιδι φρέαρ. ὁ γοῦν σωτὴρ οὐδὲ νῦν πρὸς τὸν ἐκείνης ἀπαντῶν λόγον ἐκ φρέατός φησιν εἶναι τὸ ὕδωρ, ἀλλὰ ἁπλῶς φησι· »Πᾶς ὁ πίνων »ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος τούτου διψήσει πάλιν«.
hinʼ oun dipsēsōmen, kalon estin piein prōton ek tēs pēgēs tou Iakōb, ou legonta autēn homoiōs tę̄ Samareitidi phrear. ho goun sōtēr oude nyn pros ton ekeinēs apantōn logon ek phreatos phēsin einai to hydōr, alla haplōs phēsi; »Pas ho pinōn »ek tou hydatos toutou dipsēsei palin«.
So that we may thirst, then, it is good first to drink from the spring of Jacob, not calling it a well as the Samaritan woman did. At any rate the Savior, even now in answering her words, does not say the water is from a well, but says simply, “Everyone who drinks of this water will thirst again.”
13.24Preuschen 4:229
εἴπερ δὲ μὴ ἐγίνετό τι χρήσιμον ἐκ τοῦ πιεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς πηγῆς, οὔτʼ ἂν ἐκαθέζετο ἐπὶ τῇ πηγή ὁ Ἰησοῦς, οὔτʼ ἂν ἔλεγεν τῇ Σαμαρείτιδι »Δός μοι πιεῖν«.
eiper de mē egineto ti chrēsimon ek tou piein apo tēs pēgēs, outʼ an ekathezeto epi tę̄ pēgē ho Iēsous, outʼ an elegen tę̄ Samareitidi »Dos moi piein«.
If nothing useful came from drinking from the spring, Jesus would not have sat at the spring, nor would he have said to the Samaritan woman, “Give me a drink.”
13.25Preuschen 4:229
παρατηρητέον οὖν ὅτι καὶ αἰτούσῃ τὸ ὕδωρ τῇ Σαμαρείτιδι τὸν Ἰησοῦν οἱονεὶ ἐπηγγέλλετο παρέξειν αὐτὸ οὐ παρʼ ἄλλῳ τόπῳ ἀλλʼ ἢ παρὰ τῇ πηγή, λέγων αὐτῇ· »Ὕπαγε φώνησον τὸν ἄνδρα σου καὶ ἐλθὲ ἐνθάδε«.
paratērēteon oun hoti kai aitousę̄ to hydōr tę̄ Samareitidi ton Iēsoun hoionei epēngelleto parexein auto ou parʼ allǭ topǭ allʼ ē para tę̄ pēgē, legōn autę̄; »Hypage phōnēson ton andra sou kai elthe enthade«.
It must be observed, then, that when the Samaritan woman asked Jesus for the water, he as it were promised to provide it in no other place than at the spring, saying to her, “Go, call your husband, and come here.”
13.26Preuschen 4:229–230
Ἔτι δὲ ἐπιστήσομεν εἰ δύναται δηλοῦσθαι τὸ ἑτερογενὲς τῆς τῶν αὐτῇ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ὁμιλησόντων καὶ συνεσομένων ὠφελείας παρὰ τὴν νομιζομένην ὠφέλειαν γίνεσθαι ἡμῖν ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν, κἂν νοη- θῶσιν ἀκριβῶς, ἐκ τοῦ τὸν μὲν πιόντα ἀπὸ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ Ἰακὼβ διψῆν πάλιν, τὸν δὲ πιόντα ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος, οὗ δίδωσιν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, πηγὴν ὕδατος ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἴσχειν ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον.
Eti de epistēsomen ei dynatai dēlousthai to heterogenes tēs tōn autę̄ tę̄ alētheią homilēsontōn kai synesomenōn ōpheleias para tēn nomizomenēn ōpheleian ginesthai hēmin apo tōn graphōn, kan noē- thōsin akribōs, ek tou ton men pionta apo tēs pēgēs tou Iakōb dipsēn palin, ton de pionta ek tou hydatos, hou didōsin ho Iēsous, pēgēn hydatos en heautǭ ischein hallomenou eis zōēn aiōnion.
Further, we shall consider whether the difference in kind between the benefit of those who will converse with and be with the truth itself, and the benefit thought to come to us from the Scriptures, even if understood exactly, can be shown by the fact that one who drinks from the spring of Jacob thirsts again, but one who drinks of the water Jesus gives has in himself a spring of water welling up to eternal life.
13.27Preuschen 4:230
καὶ γὰρ τὰ κυριώτερα καὶ θειότερα τῶν μυστηρίων τοῦ θεοῦ ἔνια μὲν οὐ κεχώρηκεν γραφή, ἔνια δὲ οὐδὲ ἀνθρωπίνη φωνὴ κατὰ τὴ συνήθη τῶν σημαινομένων καὶ γλῶσσα ἀνθρωπική· »Ἔστιν γὰρ καὶ ἄλλα πολλά, ἃ ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἅτινα ἐὰν γράφηται καθʼ ἕν, οὐδὲ αὐτὸν οἶμαι τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία«.
kai gar ta kyriōtera kai theiotera tōn mystēriōn tou theou enia men ou kechōrēken graphē, enia de oude anthrōpinē phōnē kata tē synēthē tōn sēmainomenōn kai glōssa anthrōpikē; »Estin gar kai alla polla, ha epoiēsen ho Iēsous, hatina ean graphētai kathʼ hen, oude auton oimai ton kosmon chōrēsein ta graphomena biblia«.
For some of the more principal and more divine mysteries of God Scripture has not contained, and some not even human speech and human language, in its customary way of signifying, has contained: “For there are also many other things that Jesus did, which if they were written one by one, I think the world itself could not contain the books that would be written.”
13.28Preuschen 4:230
καὶ ὅσα δὲ ἐλάλησαν αἱ ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ μέλλων γράφειν Ἰωάννης κωλύεται· ὁ δὲ Παῦλος ἀκηκοέναι φησὶν ἄρρητα ῥήματα, οὐχὶ ἃ οὐκ ἐξόν τινι λαλῆσαι ἦν. ἐξὸν γὰρ ἦν αὐτὰ λαλῆσαι ἀγγέλοις, ἀνθρώποις δὲ οὐκ ἐξῆν·
kai hosa de elalēsan hai hepta brontai mellōn graphein Iōannēs kōlyetai; ho de Paulos akēkoenai phēsin arrēta rhēmata, ouchi ha ouk exon tini lalēsai ēn. exon gar ēn auta lalēsai angelois, anthrōpois de ouk exēn;
And John, about to write what the seven thunders spoke, is prevented; and Paul says he heard unspeakable words, not that it was not permitted for anyone to speak them. For it was permitted for angels to speak them, but not for human beings.
13.29Preuschen 4:230
»Πάντα μὲν γὰρ ἔξεστιν, ἀλλʼ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει«. ἃ δὲ ἤκουσεν »ἄρρητα ῥήματα, οὐκ ἐξόν, φησίν, ἀνθρώπῳ λαλῆσαι«.
»Panta men gar exestin, allʼ ou panta sympherei«. ha de ēkousen »arrēta rhēmata, ouk exon, phēsin, anthrōpǭ lalēsai«.
“For all things are lawful, but not all things are profitable.” And what he heard were “unspeakable words, which it is not lawful,” he says, “for a man to utter.”
13.30Preuschen 4:230
οἶμαι δὲ τῆς ὅλης γνώσεως στοιχεῖά τινα ἐλάχιστα καὶ βραχυτάτας εἶναι εἰσαγωγὰς ὅλας γραφάς, κἂν πάνυ νοηθῶσιν ἀκριβῶς.
oimai de tēs holēs gnōseōs stoicheia tina elachista kai brachytatas einai eisagōgas holas graphas, kan pany noēthōsin akribōs.
I think that the whole Scriptures, even if understood very exactly, are certain very small elements and very brief introductions to the whole of knowledge.
13.31Preuschen 4:230
ὅρα τοιγαροῦν, εἰ δύναται ἡ μὲν πηγὴ τοῦ Ἰακώβ, ἀφʼ ἡς ἔπιέν ποτε ὁ Ἰακώβ, ἀλλ οὐκέτι πίνει νῦν· ἔπιον δὲ καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ νῦν ἔχουσιν τὸ κρεῖττον ἐκείνου ποτόν· πεπώκασιν δὲ καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτῶν, ἡ πᾶσα εἶναι γραφή· τὸ δὲ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ὕδωρ τὸ »ὑπὲρ ἃ γέγραπται«.
hora toigaroun, ei dynatai hē men pēgē tou Iakōb, aphʼ hēs epien pote ho Iakōb, all ouketi pinei nyn; epion de kai hoi huioi autou, alla nyn echousin to kreitton ekeinou poton; pepōkasin de kai ta thremmata autōn, hē pasa einai graphē; to de tou Iēsou hydōr to »hyper ha gegraptai«.
See, then, whether the spring of Jacob, from which Jacob once drank but no longer drinks now, and from which his sons drank, but now they have a drink better than that, and their cattle also drank, can be the whole Scripture; while the water of Jesus is what is “beyond what is written.”
13.32Preuschen 4:230
οὐ πᾶσιν δὲ ἔξεστιν ἐρευνᾶν τὰ ὑπὲρ ἃ γέγραπται, ἐὰν μή τις αὐτοῖς ἐξομοιωθῇ, ἕνα μὴ ἐπιπλήσσηται ἀκούων τὸ »Χαλεπώτερά σου μὴ ζήτει, καὶ ἰσχυρότερά σου μὴ ἐρεύνα«.
ou pasin de exestin ereunan ta hyper ha gegraptai, ean mē tis autois exomoiōthę̄, hena mē epiplēssētai akouōn to »Chalepōtera sou mē zētei, kai ischyrotera sou mē ereuna«.
But it is not permitted to all to search out what is beyond what is written, unless one becomes like them, so as not to be rebuked, hearing, “Do not seek what is too hard for you, nor search out what is too strong for you.”
13.33Preuschen 4:230
Ἐὰν δὲ λέγωμεν τὸ ὑπὲρ ἃ γέγραπται εἰδέναι τινά, οὐ τοῦτό φαμεν, ὅτι γνωστὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς εἶναι δύναται, ἀλλὰ Ἰωάννῃ ἀκούοντι καὶ γράφειν αὐτὰ μὴ ἐπιτρεπομένῳ, ὁποῖα ἠν τὰ τῶν βροντῶν ῥήματα, καὶ μανθάνοντι καὶ διὰ τὸ φείδεσθαι τοῦ κόσμου οὐ γράφοντι αὐτά·
Ean de legōmen to hyper ha gegraptai eidenai tina, ou touto phamen, hoti gnōsta tois pollois einai dynatai, alla Iōannę̄ akouonti kai graphein auta mē epitrepomenǭ, hopoia ēn ta tōn brontōn rhēmata, kai manthanonti kai dia to pheidesthai tou kosmou ou graphonti auta;
And if we say that someone knows what is beyond what is written, we do not mean that it can be known by the many, but by John, who heard what the words of the thunders were and was not allowed to write them, and who learned them and did not write them in order to spare the world.
13.34Preuschen 4:230
ᾤετο γὰρ μηδὲ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον χωρεῖν τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἅπερ ὁ Παῦλος μεμάθηκεν »ἄρρητα ῥήματα« »ὑπὲρ ἃ γέγραπται«, εἴ γε τὰ γεγραμμένα ἄνθρωποι λελαλήκασιν· καὶ »ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ »εἶδεν« ἐστὶν ὑπὲρ τὰ γεγραμμένα, καὶ »ἃ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν» γραφῆναι οὐ δύναται.
ǭeto gar mēde auton ton kosmon chōrein ta graphomena biblia. alla kai haper ho Paulos memathēken »arrēta rhēmata« »hyper ha gegraptai«, ei ge ta gegrammena anthrōpoi lelalēkasin; kai »ha ophthalmos ouk »eiden« estin hyper ta gegrammena, kai »ha ous ouk ēkousen» graphēnai ou dynatai.
For he thought that the world itself could not contain the books that would be written. And also the “unspeakable words” that Paul learned are “beyond what is written,” if indeed human beings have spoken what is written; and “what eye has not seen” is beyond what is written, and “what ear has not heard” cannot be written.
13.35Preuschen 4:230–231
καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ καρδίαν δὲ ἀνθρώπου μὴ ἀναβεβηκότα μείζονά έστιν τῆς τοῦ Ἰακὼβ πηγῆς, ἀπὸ πηγῆς ὕδατος ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φανερούμενα τοῖς οὐκέτι καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου ἔχουσιν, ἀλλὰ δυναμένοις λέγειν· »Ἡμεῖς δὲ νοῦν Χριστοῦ ἔχομεν«, »ἵνα εἰδῶμεν »τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χαρισθέντα ἡμῖν, ἃ καὶ λαλοῦμεν οὐκ ἐν »ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας λόγοις ἀλλʼ ἐν διδακτοῖς πνεύματος«.
kai ta epi kardian de anthrōpou mē anabebēkota meizona estin tēs tou Iakōb pēgēs, apo pēgēs hydatos hallomenou eis zōēn aiōnion phaneroumena tois ouketi kardian anthrōpou echousin, alla dynamenois legein; »Hēmeis de noun Christou echomen«, »hina eidōmen »ta hypo tou theou charisthenta hēmin, ha kai laloumen ouk en »anthrōpinēs sophias logois allʼ en didaktois pneumatos«.
And the things that have not entered the heart of man are greater than the spring of Jacob, being revealed from the spring of water welling up to eternal life to those who no longer have a human heart but can say, “But we have the mind of Christ,” “that we may know the things freely given us by God, which we also speak, not in words taught by human wisdom but in those taught by the Spirit.”
13.36Preuschen 4:231
καὶ ἐπίστησον, εἰ οἷόν τʼ ἔστιν ἀνθρωπίνην σοφίαν μὴ τὰ ψευδῆ καλεῖν δόγματα, ἀλλὰ τὰ στοιχειωτικὰ τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἔτι ἀνθρώπους φθάνοντα· τὰ δὲ διδακτὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τάχα ἐστὶν ἡ πηγὴ τοῦ ἁλλομένου ὕδατος εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον.
kai epistēson, ei hoion tʼ estin anthrōpinēn sophian mē ta pseudē kalein dogmata, alla ta stoicheiōtika tēs alētheias kai eis tous eti anthrōpous phthanonta; ta de didakta tou pneumatos tacha estin hē pēgē tou hallomenou hydatos eis zōēn aiōnion.
And consider whether it is possible to call human wisdom not false doctrines but the elementary things of the truth, which reach those who are still human; while the things taught by the Spirit are perhaps the spring of water welling up to eternal life.
13.37Preuschen 4:231
εἰσαγωγαὶ οὖν εἰσιν αἱ γραφαί, ἀφʼ ὧν ἀκριβῶς νενοημένων νῦν ὀνομαζομένων πηγῆς τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ἀνελθετέον πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἵν᾿ ἡμῖν χαρίσηται πηγὴν τοῦ ἁλλομένου ὕδατος εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον.
eisagōgai oun eisin hai graphai, aphʼ hōn akribōs nenoēmenōn nyn onomazomenōn pēgēs tou Iakōb aneltheteon pros ton Iēsoun, hin᾿ hēmin charisētai pēgēn tou hallomenou hydatos eis zōēn aiōnion.
The Scriptures, then, are introductions, from which, when understood exactly (now called the spring of Jacob), we must go up to Jesus, so that he may grant us the spring of water welling up to eternal life.
13.38Preuschen 4:231
οὐχ ὁμοίως δὲ πᾶς ἀντλεῖ ἀπὸ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ Ἰακώβ· εἰ γὰρ ἔπιεν Ἰακὼβ ἐξ αὐτῆς καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ, διψῶσα δὲ καὶ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις διέρχεται ἐπʼ αὐτὴν καὶ ἀντλεῖ, μήποτε καὶ ἄλλως ἔπινεν καὶ ἐπιστημόνως ὁ Ἰακὼβ σὺν τοῖς υἱοῖς· ἄλλως δὲ καὶ ἁπλούστερον καὶ κτηνωδέστερον τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ· ἄλλως δὲ παρὰ τὸν Ἰακὼβ καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις.
ouch homoiōs de pas antlei apo tēs pēgēs tou Iakōb; ei gar epien Iakōb ex autēs kai hoi huioi autou kai ta thremmata autou, dipsōsa de kai hē Samareitis dierchetai epʼ autēn kai antlei, mēpote kai allōs epinen kai epistēmonōs ho Iakōb syn tois huiois; allōs de kai haplousteron kai ktēnōdesteron ta thremmata autou; allōs de para ton Iakōb kai tous huious kai ta thremmata autou hē Samareitis.
Not everyone draws alike from the spring of Jacob. For if Jacob drank from it, and his sons and his cattle, and the Samaritan woman too, thirsting, comes through to it and draws, perhaps Jacob with his sons drank in one way, knowingly; in another way, more simply and like beasts, his cattle; and the Samaritan woman in another way than Jacob, his sons, and his cattle.
13.39Preuschen 4:231
οἱ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ τὰς γραφὰς σοφοὶ πίνουσιν ὡς ὁ Ἰακὼβ καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ· οἱ δὲ ἁπλούστεροι καὶ ἀκεραιότεροι, οἱ λεγόμενοι »πρόβατα Χριστοῦ«, πίνουσιν ὡς τὰ θρέμματα τοῦ Ἰακώβ· οἱ δὲ παρεκδεχόμενοι τὰς γραφὰς καὶ δύσφημά τινα συνιστάντες προφάσει τοῦ νενοηκέναι αὐτὰς πίνουσιν ὠς ἡ πρὸ τοῦ πιστεῦσαι εἰς Ἰησοῦν Σαμαρεῖτις ἔπινεν. Λέγει Πρὸς αὐτὸν ἡ γυνή· Κύριε, δός μοι τοῦτο τὸ ὕδωρ, ἵνα μὴ διψῶ, μηδέ διέρχωμαι ἐνθάδε ἀντλεῖν.
hoi men gar kata tas graphas sophoi pinousin hōs ho Iakōb kai hoi huioi autou; hoi de haplousteroi kai akeraioteroi, hoi legomenoi »probata Christou«, pinousin hōs ta thremmata tou Iakōb; hoi de parekdechomenoi tas graphas kai dysphēma tina synistantes prophasei tou nenoēkenai autas pinousin ōs hē pro tou pisteusai eis Iēsoun Samareitis epinen. Legei Pros auton hē gynē; Kyrie, dos moi touto to hydōr, hina mē dipsō, mēde dierchōmai enthade antlein.
For those wise according to the Scriptures drink as Jacob and his sons; the simpler and more guileless, called “Christ's sheep,” drink as Jacob's cattle; but those who misinterpret the Scriptures and construct blasphemous things on the pretext of having understood them drink as the Samaritan woman drank before believing in Jesus. [John 4:15:] “The woman says to him, Sir, give me this water, so that I may not thirst nor come here to draw.”
13.40Preuschen 4:231
Ἤδη δεύτερον »κύριον« ἀναγορεύει τὸν σωτῆρα ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις· πρότερον μὲν ὅτε φησί· »Κύριε, οὔτε ἄντλημα ἔχεις καὶ τὸ φρέαρ »ἐστὶν βαθύ‘, ὅτε καὶ ἐπιζητεῖ πόθεν ἔχει τὸ ζῶν ὕδωρ, καὶ εἰ μείζων εἴη τοῦ νομιζομένου πατρὸς αὐτῇ Ἰακώβ· νῦν δὲ ὅτε καὶ αἰτεῖ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος τοῦ γινομένου πηγῆς ἐν τῷ πίνοντι ὕδατος ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον.
Ēdē deuteron »kyrion« anagoreuei ton sōtēra hē Samareitis; proteron men hote phēsi; »Kyrie, oute antlēma echeis kai to phrear »estin bathy‘, hote kai epizētei pothen echei to zōn hydōr, kai ei meizōn eiē tou nomizomenou patros autę̄ Iakōb; nyn de hote kai aitei apo tou hydatos tou ginomenou pēgēs en tǭ pinonti hydatos hallomenou eis zōēn aiōnion.
This is now the second time the Samaritan woman calls the Savior “Lord” (Sir): first when she says, “Sir, you have nothing to draw with, and the well is deep,” when she also asks where he gets the living water, and whether he is greater than Jacob, whom she thought her father; and now when she also asks for the water that becomes in the one who drinks a spring of water welling up to eternal life.
13.41Preuschen 4:231–232
καὶ εἴπερ ἀληθὲς τὸ »Σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας αὐτὸν καὶ ἔδωκεν ἄν σοι ὕδωρ ζῶν«, δῆλον ὅτι εἰποῦσα· Δός μοι τοῦτο τὸ »ὕδωρ« ἔλαβεν τὸ ζῶν ὕδωρ, ἵνα μηκέτι ἀπορῇ διψῶσα μηδὲ διέρχηται ἐπὶ τὴν πηγὴν τοῦ Ἰακὼβ διὰ τὸ ἀντλεῖν, ἀλλὰ χωρὶς τοῦ ὕδατος τοῦ Ἰακὼβ θεωρῆσαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀγγελικῶς καὶ ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον δυνηθῇ. οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἄγγελοι δέονται τῆς τοῦ Ἰακὼβ πηγῆς, ἵνα πίωσιν, ἀλλʼ ἔκαστος ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἔχει πηγὴν ὕδατος ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον γεγενημένην καὶ ἀποκαλυφθεῖσαν ἀπὸ αὐτοῦ τοῦ λόγου καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς σοφίας.
kai eiper alēthes to »Sy an ę̄tēsas auton kai edōken an soi hydōr zōn«, dēlon hoti eipousa; Dos moi touto to »hydōr« elaben to zōn hydōr, hina mēketi aporę̄ dipsōsa mēde dierchētai epi tēn pēgēn tou Iakōb dia to antlein, alla chōris tou hydatos tou Iakōb theōrēsai tēn alētheian angelikōs kai hyper anthrōpon dynēthę̄. oude gar hoi angeloi deontai tēs tou Iakōb pēgēs, hina piōsin, allʼ ekastos en heautǭ echei pēgēn hydatos hallomenou eis zōēn aiōnion gegenēmenēn kai apokalyphtheisan apo autou tou logou kai autēs tēs sophias.
And if “You would have asked him, and he would have given you living water” is true, it is clear that having said, “Give me this water,” she received the living water, so that she might no longer be in want through thirst, nor come through to the spring of Jacob to draw, but be able to behold the truth apart from the water of Jacob in an angelic way and beyond the human. For neither do the angels need the spring of Jacob to drink, but each has in himself a spring of water welling up to eternal life, produced and revealed by the Word himself and Wisdom herself.
13.42Preuschen 4:232
οὐ δυνατὸν μέντοι γε τὸ ἕτερον παρὰ τὸ ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ὕδωρ χωρῆσαι τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου διδόμενον μὴ ἐπιμελέστατα ἀσχοληθέντα ἐκ τοῦ διψᾶν περὶ τὸ διέρχεσθαι καὶ ἀντλεῖν ἐντεῦθεν· ὥστε κατὰ τοῦτο πολλὰ ἐνδειὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐγγεγυμνασμένοις τῷ ἀντλεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Ἰακὼβ πηγῆς. Λέγει αὐτῇ· Ὕπαγε φώνησόν σου τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ ἐλθὲ ἐνθάδε. ἀπεκρίθη ἡ γυνὴ καὶ εἶπεν· Οὐκ ἔχω ἄνδρα.
ou dynaton mentoi ge to heteron para to ek tēs pēgēs tou Iakōb hydōr chōrēsai to hypo tou logou didomenon mē epimelestata ascholēthenta ek tou dipsan peri to dierchesthai kai antlein enteuthen; hōste kata touto polla endeia tois pollois hōs epi pleion engegymnasmenois tǭ antlein apo tēs tou Iakōb pēgēs. Legei autę̄; Hypage phōnēson sou ton andra kai elthe enthade. apekrithē hē gynē kai eipen; Ouk echō andra.
It is not possible, however, to receive the water given by the Word, other than that from the spring of Jacob, without having very diligently been occupied, out of thirst, with coming through and drawing from here; so that in this respect there is much lack for the many, as those most exercised in drawing from the spring of Jacob. [John 4:16–17:] “He says to her, Go, call your husband, and come here. The woman answered and said, I have no husband.”
13.43Preuschen 4:232
Ἐλέγομεν καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ψυχῆς νόμον, ᾡ ἕκαστος ὑπέταξεν ἑαυτόν, τοῦτον εἶναι τὸν ἄνδρα. νῦν δὲ καὶ τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἐκ τῆς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἐπιστολῆς εἰς τοῦτο μαρτύριον παραθησόμεθα λέγοντος· »Ἥ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί γινώσκουσιν »γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ) ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἐφʼ ὅσον »χρόνον ζῇ;« τίς δὴ ζῇ; ἀπὸ κοινοῦ λαμβανόντων ἡμῶν τὸν νόμον, ὁ νόμος.
Elegomen kai en tois anōterō ton archonta tēs psychēs nomon, hǭ hekastos hypetaxen heauton, touton einai ton andra. nyn de kai tou apostolou ek tēs pros Rhōmaious epistolēs eis touto martyrion parathēsometha legontos; »Hē agnoeite, adelphoi ginōskousin »gar nomon lalō) hoti ho nomos kyrieuei tou anthrōpou, ephʼ hoson »chronon zę̄?« tis dē zę̄? apo koinou lambanontōn hēmōn ton nomon, ho nomos.
We said earlier too that the husband is the law that rules the soul, to which each has subjected himself. Now we shall also set out in testimony of this the apostle's words from the letter to the Romans: “Or do you not know, brothers (for I speak to those who know the law), that the law rules over a person as long as he lives?” Who lives? Taking “the law” as common to both, the law.
13.44Preuschen 4:232
εἶτʼ εὐθέως φησίν· »Ἡ γὰρ ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ »δέδεται νόμῳ«, ὡς εἰ ἔλεγεν »Ζῶντι ἀνδρί«, ὅστις ἀνὴρ νόμος ἐστίν«.
eitʼ eutheōs phēsin; »Hē gar hypandros gynē tǭ zōnti andri »dedetai nomǭ«, hōs ei elegen »Zōnti andri«, hostis anēr nomos estin«.
Then at once he says, “For the married woman is bound by law to her living husband,” as if he were saying “to a living husband,” which husband is the law.
13.45Preuschen 4:232
εἶτα πάλιν φησίν· »Ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἀνήρ, κατήργηται ἀπὸ τοῦ »νόμου τοῦ ἀνδρός«· οἱονεὶ γυνὴ κατήργηται ἀποθανόντος τοῦ νόμου καὶ οὐκέτι τὰ τῆς γυναικὸς ὡς πρὸς ἄνδρα ἐνεργεῖ.
eita palin phēsin; »Ean de apothanę̄ ho anēr, katērgētai apo tou »nomou tou andros«; hoionei gynē katērgētai apothanontos tou nomou kai ouketi ta tēs gynaikos hōs pros andra energei.
Then again he says, “But if the husband dies, she is released from the law of the husband”: as it were, the woman is released when the law dies, and no longer acts as a wife toward a husband.
13.46Preuschen 4:232
εἶτα λέγει· »Αρ »οὐν ζῶντος τοῦ ἀνδρὸς μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει ἐὰν γένηται ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ· »ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἀνὴρ, ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου, τοῦ μὴ εἶναι »αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα γενομένην ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ«.
eita legei; »Ar »oun zōntos tou andros moichalis chrēmatisei ean genētai andri heterǭ; »ean de apothanę̄ ho anēr, eleuthera estin apo tou nomou, tou mē einai »autēn moichalida genomenēn andri heterǭ«.
Then he says, “So then, if while her husband lives she becomes another man's, she will be called an adulteress; but if the husband dies, she is free from the law, so that she is not an adulteress though she becomes another man's.”
13.47Preuschen 4:232
ἀπέθανεν δὲ ὁ νόμος κατὰ τὸ γράμμα, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ψυχὴ μοιχαλὶς γενομένη ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ, τῷ νόμῳ τῷ κατὰ τὸ πνεῦμα· ἀποθανόντος δὲ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τῇ γυναικὶ ἀποτεθνηκέναι πως ἂν λέγοιτο καὶ ἡ γυνὴ τῷ ἀνδρί, ὥστε οὕτως ἡμᾶς ἐκλαμβάνειν τὸ »Ὥστε, ἀδελφοί μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώθητε τῷ »νόμῳ διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι ὑμᾶς ἑτέρῳ, τῷ »ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι ἵνα καρποφορήσωμεν τῷ θεῷ«.
apethanen de ho nomos kata to gramma, kai ouk estin hē psychē moichalis genomenē andri heterǭ, tǭ nomǭ tǭ kata to pneuma; apothanontos de tou andros tę̄ gynaiki apotethnēkenai pōs an legoito kai hē gynē tǭ andri, hōste houtōs hēmas eklambanein to »Hōste, adelphoi mou, kai hymeis ethanatōthēte tǭ »nomǭ dia tou sōmatos tou christou, eis to genesthai hymas heterǭ, tǭ »ek nekrōn egerthenti hina karpophorēsōmen tǭ theǭ«.
The law according to the letter has died, and the soul is not an adulteress in becoming another man's, the law according to the spirit. And when the husband has died to the wife, the wife too might be said in a way to have died to the husband, so that we understand thus: “So, my brothers, you too were put to death to the law through the body of Christ, so that you might belong to another, to him who was raised from the dead, that we might bear fruit for God.”
13.48Preuschen 4:232–233
εἰ τοίνυν νόμος ἐστὶν ὁ ἀνήρ, καὶ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις ἔχει τινὰ ἄνδρα ὑποτάξασα ἑαυτὴν κατὰ τὴν παρεκδοχὴν τῶν ὑγιαινόντων λόγων νόμῳ τινί, καθʼ ὃν βιοῦν ἕκαστος τῶν ἑτεροδόξων θέλει, βούλεται ἐνταῦθα τὴν ἑτερόδοξον ψυχὴν ὁ θεῖος λόγος παρατιθεῖσαν τὸν ἄρχοντα ἑαυτῆς νόμον διελεγχθῆναι, εἰς τὸ καταφρονήσασαν αὐτὴν ὡς οὐ νομίμου ἀνδρὸς ζητῆσαι ἄνδρα ἕτερον, εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὴν ἑτέρῳ, τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστησομένῳ λόγῳ, μὴ ἀνατρεπομένῳ μηδὲ τεθνηξομένῳ, ἀλλʼ ἀϊδίῳ μενοῦντι καὶ βασιλεύοντι πάντας τε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑποτάσσοντι· »χρι- »στὸς γὰρ ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν οὐκέτι ἀποθνήσκει, θάνατος αὐτοῦ »οὐκέτι κυριεύει· ὃ γὰρ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ· »ὃ δὲ ζῇ, ζῇ τῷ θεῷ«, ἐν δεξιᾷ ὢν αὐτοῦ, ἕως πάντες οἱ ἐχθροὶ αὐτοῦ ὑποπόδιον τεθῶσιν αὐτῷ.
ei toinyn nomos estin ho anēr, kai hē Samareitis echei tina andra hypotaxasa heautēn kata tēn parekdochēn tōn hygiainontōn logōn nomǭ tini, kathʼ hon bioun hekastos tōn heterodoxōn thelei, bouletai entautha tēn heterodoxon psychēn ho theios logos paratitheisan ton archonta heautēs nomon dielenchthēnai, eis to kataphronēsasan autēn hōs ou nomimou andros zētēsai andra heteron, eis to genesthai autēn heterǭ, tǭ ek nekrōn anastēsomenǭ logǭ, mē anatrepomenǭ mēde tethnēxomenǭ, allʼ aïdiǭ menounti kai basileuonti pantas te tous echthrous hypotassonti; »chri- »stos gar egertheis ek nekrōn ouketi apothnēskei, thanatos autou »ouketi kyrieuei; ho gar apethanen, tę̄ hamartią apethanen ephapax; »ho de zę̄, zę̄ tǭ theǭ«, en dexią ōn autou, heōs pantes hoi echthroi autou hypopodion tethōsin autǭ.
If, then, the husband is law, the Samaritan woman too has a husband, having subjected herself, through misinterpretation of sound words, to some law by which each of the heterodox wishes to live. The divine Word here wishes the heterodox soul, presenting the law that rules her, to be convicted, so that, despising it as not a lawful husband, she may seek another husband, to belong to another, the Word who will rise from the dead, who will not be overthrown nor die, but will remain eternal and reign and subject all enemies: “For Christ, being raised from the dead, dies no more; death no longer has dominion over him. For the death he died, he died to sin once for all; but the life he lives, he lives to God,” being at his right hand until all his enemies are put as a footstool for him.
13.49Preuschen 4:233
ποῦ δὲ ἔδει ἐλεγχθῆναι τὸν νομιζόμενον ἄνδρα τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος ὡς οὐκ ἄνδρα ἢ παρὰ τῇ πηγῇ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, εἰ μὴ ἀφʼ ἑαυτῆς ἡ γυνὴ ἤρνητο τὸν ἄνδρα; διὰ τοῦτο λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· »Ὕπαγε φώνησόν σου τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ »ἐλθὲ ἐνθάδε«.
pou de edei elenchthēnai ton nomizomenon andra tēs Samareitidos hōs ouk andra ē para tę̄ pēgę̄ tou Iakōb hypo tou Iēsou, ei mē aphʼ heautēs hē gynē ērnēto ton andra? dia touto legei autę̄ ho Iēsous; »Hypage phōnēson sou ton andra kai »elthe enthade«.
And where should the supposed husband of the Samaritan woman be convicted as no husband, if not at the spring of Jacob by Jesus, unless the woman had denied the husband of her own accord? That is why Jesus says to her, “Go, call your husband and come here.”
13.50Preuschen 4:233
οἷον δὲ ἔχουσά τι ἤδη τοῦ ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ὕδατος διὰ τὸ εἰρηκέναι· Δός μοι τοῦτο τὸ ὕδωρ« καὶ ἀψευδεῖν τὸν προεπαγγειλάμενον ὅτι »Σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας αὐτὸν καὶ ἔδωκέν σοι ὕδωρ ζῶν«, ἀπεκρίθη ἡ γυνή, καταγνοῦσα ἑαυτῆς ἐπὶ τῇ κοινωνίᾳ τῇ πρὸς τὸν τοιοῦτον ἄνδρα, καὶ εἶπεν· »Οὐκ ἔχω ἄνδρα«. Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Καλῶς εἶπας ὅτι Ἄνδρα οὐκ ἔχω· πέντε γὰρ ἄνδρας ἔσχες, καὶ νῦν ὃν ἔχεις οὐκ ἔστιν σου ἀνήρ· τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας.
hoion de echousa ti ēdē tou hallomenou eis zōēn aiōnion hydatos dia to eirēkenai; Dos moi touto to hydōr« kai apseudein ton proepangeilamenon hoti »Sy an ę̄tēsas auton kai edōken soi hydōr zōn«, apekrithē hē gynē, katagnousa heautēs epi tę̄ koinōnią tę̄ pros ton toiouton andra, kai eipen; »Ouk echō andra«. Legei autę̄ ho Iēsous; Kalōs eipas hoti Andra ouk echō; pente gar andras esches, kai nyn hon echeis ouk estin sou anēr; touto alēthes eirēkas.
As though already having something of the water welling up to eternal life, because she had said, “Give me this water,” and the one who had promised, “You would have asked him, and he would have given you living water,” does not lie, the woman answered, condemning herself for her union with such a husband, and said, “I have no husband.” [John 4:17–18:] “Jesus says to her, You have said well, I have no husband; for you have had five husbands, and the one you now have is not your husband; this you have said truly.”
13.51Preuschen 4:233
Οἶμαι πᾶσαν τὴν εἰσαγομένην ψυχὴν εἰς τὴν διὰ τῶν γραφῶν ἐν Χριστῷ θεοσέβειαν ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθητῶν καὶ σωματικῶν λεγομένων ἀρχομένην, τοὺς πέντε ἄνδρας καθʼ ἑκάστην τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἀνδρός τινος γινομένου ἴσχειν· ἐπὰν δὲ μετὰ τὸ ὡμιληκέναι τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς ἀνακῦψαί τις θέλων καὶ προτραπεὶς ἐπὶ τὰ νοητὰ περιτύχῃ λόγῳ προφάσει ἀλληγορίας καὶ πνευματικῶν οὐχ ὑγιαίνοντι, οὗτος μετὰ τοὺς πέντε ἄνδρας ἑτέρῳ προσέρχεται, δούς, ἵνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, τὸ ἀποστάσιον τοῖς προτέροις πέντε καὶ κρίνων συνοικεῖν τῷ ἕκτῳ.
Oimai pasan tēn eisagomenēn psychēn eis tēn dia tōn graphōn en Christǭ theosebeian apo tōn aisthētōn kai sōmatikōn legomenōn archomenēn, tous pente andras kathʼ hekastēn tōn aisthēseōn andros tinos ginomenou ischein; epan de meta to hōmilēkenai tois aisthētois anakypsai tis thelōn kai protrapeis epi ta noēta peritychę̄ logǭ prophasei allēgorias kai pneumatikōn ouch hygiainonti, houtos meta tous pente andras heterǭ proserchetai, dous, hinʼ houtōs eipō, to apostasion tois proterois pente kai krinōn synoikein tǭ hektǭ.
I think that every soul being introduced to godliness in Christ through the Scriptures, beginning from what is said in a sensible and bodily way, has the five husbands, a husband for each of the senses; but when, after consorting with sensible things, someone wishing to look up and urged on to intelligible things meets with a word that is unsound, on the pretext of allegory and spiritual things, this one after the five husbands goes to another, having given, so to speak, a certificate of divorce to the first five and deciding to live with the sixth.
13.52Preuschen 4:233
καὶ ἕως γε ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς συναίσθησιν ἡμᾶς ἀγάγῃ τοῦ τοιούτου ἀνδρός, ἐκείνῳ σύνεσμεν· ἐλθόντος δὲ τοῦ κυρίου λόγου καὶ διαλεχθέντος ἡμῖν, ἀρνούμενοι ἐκεῖνον τὸν ἄνδρα φαμέν· »Οὐκ ἔχω ἄνδρα«· ὅτε καὶ ἐπαινεῖ ἡμᾶς ὁ κύριος λέγων· »Καλῶς εἶπας ὅτι Οὐκ ἔχω »ἄνδρα«.
kai heōs ge elthōn ho Iēsous eis synaisthēsin hēmas agagę̄ tou toioutou andros, ekeinǭ synesmen; elthontos de tou kyriou logou kai dialechthentos hēmin, arnoumenoi ekeinon ton andra phamen; »Ouk echō andra«; hote kai epainei hēmas ho kyrios legōn; »Kalōs eipas hoti Ouk echō »andra«.
And until Jesus comes and brings us to an awareness of such a husband, we live with him; but when the Lord's Word has come and conversed with us, denying that husband we say, “I have no husband”; when also the Lord praises us, saying, “You have said well, I have no husband.”
13.53Preuschen 4:233
τὸ δὲ »Τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας« οἱονεὶ ἐλεγκτικόν ἐστιν, ὡς τῶν προτέρων οὐκ ἀληθῶς ὑπʼ αὐτῆς εἰρημένων. καὶ τάχα οὐκ ἠν ἀληθὲς τὸ »Οὐ συγχρῶνται Ἰουδαῖοι Σαμαρείταις«·
to de »Touto alēthes eirēkas« hoionei elenktikon estin, hōs tōn proterōn ouk alēthōs hypʼ autēs eirēmenōn. kai tacha ouk ēn alēthes to »Ou synchrōntai Ioudaioi Samareitais«;
But “This you have said truly” is, as it were, a rebuke, as though her former words were not spoken truly. And perhaps “Jews have no dealings with Samaritans” was not true;
13.54Preuschen 4:233
αὐτὸς γοῦν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὡς ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων εἰρήκαμεν, συγχρῆται Σαμαρείταις ἕνα καὶ αὐτοὺς ὠφελήσῃ.
autos goun ho Iēsous, hōs en tois pro toutōn eirēkamen, synchrētai Samareitais hena kai autous ōphelēsę̄.
at any rate Jesus himself, as we said earlier, has dealings with Samaritans in order to benefit them too.
13.55Preuschen 4:233–234
οὐκ ἀληθὲς δὲ καὶ τὸ »Οὔτε ἄντλημα ἔχεις καὶ »τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶ βαθύ«.
ouk alēthes de kai to »Oute antlēma echeis kai »to phrear esti bathy«.
Nor is it true that “You have nothing to draw with, and the well is deep.”
13.56Preuschen 4:234
τάχα δὲ οὐκ ἀληθὲς καὶ τὸ »Ἰακὼβ ἐκ τοῦ »φρέατος ἔπιεν καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ«. εἰ γὰρ οὐχ ὁμοίως ἔπιεν τῇ Σαμαρείτιδι ὁ Ἰακὼβ καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ, οἴεται δὲ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις τὸ ὅμοιον καὶ ταὐτὸν πάντη ποτὸν πεπωκέναι τῷ Ἰακὼβ καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῖς θρέμμασιν αὐτοῦ, δῆλον ὅτι ψεύδεται.
tacha de ouk alēthes kai to »Iakōb ek tou »phreatos epien kai hoi huioi autou kai ta thremmata autou«. ei gar ouch homoiōs epien tę̄ Samareitidi ho Iakōb kai hoi huioi autou kai ta thremmata autou, oietai de hē Samareitis to homoion kai tauton pantē poton pepōkenai tǭ Iakōb kai tois huiois autou kai tois thremmasin autou, dēlon hoti pseudetai.
And perhaps it is not true either that “Jacob drank from the well, and his sons and his cattle.” For if Jacob and his sons and his cattle did not drink as the Samaritan woman did, but she thinks she has drunk a drink entirely similar and the same as Jacob, his sons, and his cattle, it is clear that she lies.
13.57Preuschen 4:234
Ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ τὰ Ἡρακλέωνος εἰς τοὺς τόπους, ὅστις φησὶν ἄτονον καὶ πρόσκαιρον καὶ ἐπιλείπουσαν ἐκείνην γεγονέναι τὴν ζωὴν καὶ τὴν κατʼ αὐτὴν δόξαν· κοσμικὴ γάρ, φησίν, ἠν· καὶ οἴεται τοῦ κοσμικὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι ἀπόδειξιν φέρειν ἐκ τοῦ τὰ θρέμματα τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ἐξ αὐτῆς πεπωκέναι.
Idōmen de kai ta Hērakleōnos eis tous topous, hostis phēsin atonon kai proskairon kai epileipousan ekeinēn gegonenai tēn zōēn kai tēn katʼ autēn doxan; kosmikē gar, phēsin, ēn; kai oietai tou kosmikēn autēn einai apodeixin pherein ek tou ta thremmata tou Iakōb ex autēs pepōkenai.
Let us look also at Heracleon's comments on these passages. He says that that life, and the glory according to it, was weak, temporary, and failing; “for it was worldly,” he says; and he thinks he brings proof that it was worldly from the fact that Jacob's cattle drank from it.
13.58Preuschen 4:234
καὶ εἰ μὲν ἄτονον καὶ πρόσκαιρον καὶ ἐπιλείπουσαν ἐλάμβανεν τὴν ἐκ μέρους γνῶσιν, ἤτοι τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν συγκρίσει τῶν ἀρρήτων ῥημάτων, »ἃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἀνθρώπω λαλῆ- »σαι«, <ἢ> πᾶσαν τὴν νῦν »διʼ ἐσόπτρου καὶ αἰνίγματος« γινομένην γνῶσιν καταργουμένην, ὅταν ἔλθῃ τὸ τέλειον, οὐκ ἂν αὐτὸ ἐνεκαλέσαμεν· εἰ δὲ ὑπὲρ τοῦ διαβάλλειν τὰ παλαιὰ τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ἐγκλητέος ὂν εἴη.
kai ei men atonon kai proskairon kai epileipousan elambanen tēn ek merous gnōsin, ētoi tēn apo tōn graphōn synkrisei tōn arrētōn rhēmatōn, »ha ouk exon anthrōpō lalē- »sai«, <ē> pasan tēn nyn »diʼ esoptrou kai ainigmatos« ginomenēn gnōsin katargoumenēn, hotan elthę̄ to teleion, ouk an auto enekalesamen; ei de hyper tou diaballein ta palaia touto poiei, enklēteos on eiē.
If he took as weak, temporary, and failing the partial knowledge, either that from the Scriptures in comparison with the unspeakable words, “which it is not lawful for a man to utter,” or all the knowledge now gained “through a mirror and in a riddle,” which is done away when the perfect comes, we would not have faulted it. But if he does this to slander the old things, he would be culpable.
13.59Preuschen 4:234
ὃ δὲ δίδωσιν ὔδωρ ὁ σωτὴρ φησὶν εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος καὶ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, οὐ ψευδόμενος.
ho de didōsin ydōr ho sōtēr phēsin einai ek tou pneumatos kai tēs dynameōs autou, ou pseudomenos.
And he says that the water the Savior gives is from his spirit and power, and in this he does not lie.
13.60Preuschen 4:234
καὶ εἰς τὸ »Οὐ μὴ διψήσῃ δὲ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα« ἀποδέδωκεν αὐταῖς λέξεσιν οὕτως· αἰώνιος γὰρ ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ μηδέποτε φθειρομένη, ὡς καὶ ἡ πρώτη ἡ ἐκ τοῦ φρέατος, ἀλλὰ μένουσα· ἀναφαίρετος γὰρ ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν καὶ μὴ ἀναλισκομένη μηδὲ φθειρομένη ἐν τῷ μετέχοντι αὐτῆς.
kai eis to »Ou mē dipsēsę̄ de eis ton aiōna« apodedōken autais lexesin houtōs; aiōnios gar hē zōē autou kai mēdepote phtheiromenē, hōs kai hē prōtē hē ek tou phreatos, alla menousa; anaphairetos gar hē charis kai hē dōrea tou sōtēros hēmōn kai mē analiskomenē mēde phtheiromenē en tǭ metechonti autēs.
And on “He will never thirst” he has given this explanation in these very words: “For his life is eternal and never perishes, as the first did, that from the well, but remains; for the grace and gift of our Savior cannot be taken away, and is not consumed or destroyed in the one who shares in it.”
13.61Preuschen 4:234
φθειρομένην δὲ τὴν πρώτην διδοὺς εἶναι ζωήν, εἰ μὲν τὴν κατὰ τὸ γράμμα ἔλεγεν, ζητῶν τὴν περιαιρέσει τοῦ καλύμματος γινομένην κατὰ τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ εὑρίσκων, ὑγιῶς ἂν ἔλεγεν· εἰ δὲ πάντη φθορὰν κατηγορεῖ τῶν παλαιῶν, δῆλον ὅτι τοῦτο ποιεῖ ὡς μὴ ὁρῆν τὰ ἀγαθὰ τῶν μελλόντων ἔχειν εκεῖνα τὴν σκιάν.
phtheiromenēn de tēn prōtēn didous einai zōēn, ei men tēn kata to gramma elegen, zētōn tēn periairesei tou kalymmatos ginomenēn kata to pneuma kai heuriskōn, hygiōs an elegen; ei de pantē phthoran katēgorei tōn palaiōn, dēlon hoti touto poiei hōs mē horēn ta agatha tōn mellontōn echein ekeina tēn skian.
In granting that the first life perishes, if he meant that according to the letter, seeking and finding the life according to the spirit that comes by removal of the veil, he would speak soundly; but if he charges the old things with complete corruption, it is clear that he does this because he does not see that they have the shadow of the good things to come.
13.62Preuschen 4:234
οὐκ ἀπιθάνως δὲ τὸ »ἁλλομέ- »νου« διηγήσατο καὶ τοὺς μεταλαμβάνοντας τοῦ ἄνωθεν ἐπιχορηγουμένου πλουσίως καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐκβλύσαι εἰς τὴν ἑτέρων αἰώνιον ζωὴν τὰ ἐπικεχορηγημένα αὐτοῖς.
ouk apithanōs de to »hallome- »nou« diēgēsato kai tous metalambanontas tou anōthen epichorēgoumenou plousiōs kai autous ekblysai eis tēn heterōn aiōnion zōēn ta epikechorēgēmena autois.
He explained “welling up” not unpersuasively: that those who partake of what is supplied richly from above themselves also pour out what has been supplied to them for the eternal life of others.
13.63Preuschen 4:234–235
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπαινεῖ τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν ὡσὰν ἐνδειξαμένην τὴν ἀδιάκριτον καὶ κατάλληλον τῇ φύσει ἑαυτῆς πίστιν, μὴ διακριθεῖσαν ἐφʼ οἷς ἔλεγεν αὐτῇ.
alla kai epainei tēn Samareitin hōsan endeixamenēn tēn adiakriton kai katallēlon tę̄ physei heautēs pistin, mē diakritheisan ephʼ hois elegen autę̄.
But he also praises the Samaritan woman as having shown an undoubting faith appropriate to her nature, not doubting what he said to her.
13.64Preuschen 4:235
εἰ μὲν οὖν τὴν προαίρεσιν ἀπεδέχετο, μηδὲν περὶ φύσεως αἰνιττόμενος ὡς διαφερούσης, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἂν συγκατεθέμεθα· εἰ δὲ τῇ φυσικῇ κατασκευῇ ἀναφέρει τὴν τῆς συγκαταθέσεως αἰτίαν, ὡς οὐ πᾶσιν ταύτης παρούσης, ἀνατρεπτέον αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον.
ei men oun tēn proairesin apedecheto, mēden peri physeōs ainittomenos hōs diapherousēs, kai hēmeis an synkatethemetha; ei de tę̄ physikę̄ kataskeuę̄ anapherei tēn tēs synkatatheseōs aitian, hōs ou pasin tautēs parousēs, anatrepteon autou ton logon.
If, then, he approved her choice, hinting nothing about a different nature, we too would agree; but if he refers the cause of her assent to her natural constitution, as though this were not present in all, his argument must be overturned.
13.65Preuschen 4:235
οὐκ οἶδα δὲ πῶς ὁ Ἡρακλέων τὸ μὴ γεγραμμένον ἐκλαβών φησι πρὸς τὸ Δός μοι τοῦτο τὸ ὕδωρ« ὡς ἄρα βραχέα διανυχθεῖσα ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου ἐμίσησεν λοιπὸν καὶ τὸν τόπον ἐκείνου τοῦ λεγομένου ζῶντος ὕδατος.
ouk oida de pōs ho Hērakleōn to mē gegrammenon eklabōn phēsi pros to Dos moi touto to hydōr« hōs ara brachea dianychtheisa hypo tou logou emisēsen loipon kai ton topon ekeinou tou legomenou zōntos hydatos.
I do not know how Heracleon, taking what is not written, says on “Give me this water” that, pierced briefly by the Word, she then hated even the place of that so-called living water.
13.66Preuschen 4:235
ἔτι δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸ »Δός μοι τοῦτο τὸ ὕδωρ, ἵνα μὴ διψῶ μηδὲ Διέρχωμαι ἐνθάδε ἀντλεῖν« φησὶν ὅτι Ταῦτα λέγει ἡ γυνὴ ἐμφαίνουσα τὸ ἐπίμοχθον καὶ δυσπόριστον καὶ ἄτροφον ἐκείνου τοῦ ὕδατος. πόθεν γὰρ δεικνύναι ἔχει ἄτροφον εἶναι τὸ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ὕδωρ;
eti de kai pros to »Dos moi touto to hydōr, hina mē dipsō mēde Dierchōmai enthade antlein« phēsin hoti Tauta legei hē gynē emphainousa to epimochthon kai dysporiston kai atrophon ekeinou tou hydatos. pothen gar deiknynai echei atrophon einai to tou Iakōb hydōr?
Further, on “Give me this water, so that I may not thirst nor come here to draw,” he says, “The woman says this, showing the toilsome, hard to obtain, and unnourishing character of that water.” For from where can he show that Jacob's water is unnourishing?
13.67Preuschen 4:235
Ἔτι δὲ ὁ Ἡρακλέων πρὸς τὸ »Λέγει αὐτῇ« φησί· δῆλον ὄτι τοιοῦτό τι λέγων, εἰ θέλεις λαβεῖν τοῦτο τὸ ὕδωρ, ὕπαγε φώνησον τὸν ἄνδρα σου«· καὶ οἴεται τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος τὸν λεγόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἄνδρα τὸ πλήρωμα εἶναι αὐτῆς, ἵνα σὺν ἐκείνῳ γενομένη πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα κομίσασθαι παρʼ αὐτοῦ τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν ἕνωσιν καὶ τὴν ἀνάκρασιν τὴν πρὸς τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῆς δυνηθῇ· οὐ γὰρ περὶ ἀνδρός, φησί, κοσμικοῦ ἔλεγεν αὐτῇ, ἵνα καλέσῃ, ἐπείπερ οὐκ ἠγνόει ὅτι οὐκ εἶχεν νόμιμον ἄνδρα.
Eti de ho Hērakleōn pros to »Legei autę̄« phēsi; dēlon oti toiouto ti legōn, ei theleis labein touto to hydōr, hypage phōnēson ton andra sou«; kai oietai tēs Samareitidos ton legomenon hypo tou sōtēros andra to plērōma einai autēs, hina syn ekeinǭ genomenē pros ton sōtēra komisasthai parʼ autou tēn dynamin kai tēn henōsin kai tēn anakrasin tēn pros to plērōma autēs dynēthę̄; ou gar peri andros, phēsi, kosmikou elegen autę̄, hina kalesę̄, epeiper ouk ēgnoei hoti ouk eichen nomimon andra.
Further, on “He says to her,” Heracleon says: “Clearly saying something like this: if you want to receive this water, go, call your husband.” And he thinks that the husband of the Samaritan woman spoken of by the Savior is her Pleroma, so that, coming with him to the Savior, she might be able to obtain from him the power, the union, and the mingling with her Pleroma. “For he was not speaking,” he says, “about a worldly husband, that she should call him, since he was not unaware that she had no lawful husband.”
13.68Preuschen 4:235
προδήλως δὲ ἐνταῦθα βιάζεται, λέγων αὐτῇ τὸν σωτῆρα εἰρηκέναι· Φώνησόν σου τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ ἐλθὲ ἐν- »θάδε«· δηλοῦντα τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ πληρώματος σύζυγον εἴπερ γὰρ τοῦθʼ οὕτως εἶχεν, ἐχρῆν τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ τίνα τρόπον φωνητέον ἔσται αὐτόν * * *, ἵνα σὺν αὐτῷ γένηται πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα.
prodēlōs de entautha biazetai, legōn autę̄ ton sōtēra eirēkenai; Phōnēson sou ton andra kai elthe en- »thade«; dēlounta ton apo tou plērōmatos syzygon eiper gar touthʼ houtōs eichen, echrēn ton andra kai tina tropon phōnēteon estai auton * * *, hina syn autǭ genētai pros ton sōtēra.
Clearly he does violence here, saying that the Savior said to her, “Call your husband and come here,” meaning her partner from the Pleroma. For if this were so, he ought [to have told her] who the husband is and in what way he is to be called … so that she might come with him to the Savior.
13.69Preuschen 4:235
ἀλλʼ ἐπεί, ὡς Ἡρακλέων φησί, κατὰ τὸ νοούμενον ἠγνόει τὸν ἴδιον ἄνδρα, κατὰ δὲ τὸ ἁπλοῦν ᾐσχύνετο εἰπεῖν ὅτι μοιχόν, οὐχὶ δὲ ἄνδρα εἶχεν, πῶς οὐχὶ μάτην ἔσται προστάσσων ὁ λέγων· »Ὕπαγε, φώνησον τὸν ἄνδρα σου, »καὶ ἐλθὲ ἐνθάδε;«
allʼ epei, hōs Hērakleōn phēsi, kata to nooumenon ēgnoei ton idion andra, kata de to haploun ę̄schyneto eipein hoti moichon, ouchi de andra eichen, pōs ouchi matēn estai prostassōn ho legōn; »Hypage, phōnēson ton andra sou, »kai elthe enthade?«
But since, as Heracleon says, in the spiritual sense she did not know her own husband, and in the simple sense she was ashamed to say that she had a lover, not a husband, how will the one who says, “Go, call your husband, and come here,” not be commanding in vain?
13.70Preuschen 4:235–236
εἶτα πρὸς τὸ »Ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας ὅτι ἄνδρα οὐκ »ἔχεις« φησίν· ἐπεὶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ οὐκ εἶχεν ἄνδρα ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις·
eita pros to »Alēthes eirēkas hoti andra ouk »echeis« phēsin; epei en tǭ kosmǭ ouk eichen andra hē Samareitis;
Then on “You have said truly that you have no husband” he says: “Since in the world the Samaritan woman had no husband;
13.71Preuschen 4:236
ἠν γὰρ αὐτῆς ὁ ἀνὴρ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι. ἡμεῖς μὲν οὗν ἀνέγνωμεν· »Πέντε ἄνδρας ἔσχες«· παρὰ δὲ τῷ Ἡρακλέωνι εὕρομεν·
ēn gar autēs ho anēr en tǭ aiōni. hēmeis men houn anegnōmen; »Pente andras esches«; para de tǭ Hērakleōni heuromen;
for her husband was in the Aeon.” We read, “You have had five husbands”; but in Heracleon we found
13.72Preuschen 4:236
»Ἕξ ἄνδρας ἔσχες«. καὶ ἑρμηνεύει γε τὴν ὑλικὴν πᾶσαν κακίαν δηλοῦσθαι διὰ τῶν ἓξ ἀνδρῶν, ᾗ συνεπέπλεκτο καὶ ἐπλησίαζεν παρὰ λόγον πορνεύουσα καὶ ἐνυβριζομένη καὶ ἀθετουμένη καὶ ἐγκαταλειπομένη ὑπʼ αὐτῶν.
»Hex andras esches«. kai hermēneuei ge tēn hylikēn pasan kakian dēlousthai dia tōn hex andrōn, hę̄ synepeplekto kai eplēsiazen para logon porneuousa kai enybrizomenē kai athetoumenē kai enkataleipomenē hypʼ autōn.
“You have had six husbands.” And he interprets the six husbands as signifying all the material wickedness with which she had been entangled and with which she consorted, committing sexual immorality against reason, being outraged, rejected, and abandoned by them.
13.73Preuschen 4:236
λεκτέον δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὅτι εἴπερ ἐπόρνευεν ἡ πνευματική, ἡμάρτανεν ἡ πνευματική· εἰ δὲ ἡμάρτανεν ἡ πνευματική, δένδρον ἀγαθὸν οὐκ ην ἡ πνευματική· κατὰ γὰρ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον· »Οὐ δύναται »δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς πονηροὺς ἐνεγκεῖν«·
lekteon de pros auton hoti eiper eporneuen hē pneumatikē, hēmartanen hē pneumatikē; ei de hēmartanen hē pneumatikē, dendron agathon ouk ēn hē pneumatikē; kata gar to euangelion; »Ou dynatai »dendron agathon karpous ponērous enenkein«;
We must say to him that if the spiritual woman committed sexual immorality, the spiritual woman sinned; and if the spiritual woman sinned, the spiritual woman was not a good tree; for according to the Gospel, “A good tree cannot bear bad fruit.”
13.74Preuschen 4:236
καὶ δῆλον ὅτι οἴχεται αὐτοῖς τὰ τῆς μυθοποιΐας. εἰ δὲ ἀδύνατόν ἐστι τὸ ἀγαθὸν δένδρον φέρειν πονηροὺς καρπούς, καὶ ἀγαθὸν δένδρον ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις ἅτε πνευματικὴ τυγχάνουσα, ἀκόλουθον αὐτῷ ἐστίν, ὅτι ἤτοι οὐκ ἠν ἁμαρτία ἡ πορνεία αὐτῆς, ἢ οὐκ αὐτὴ ἐπόρνευσεν. Λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ γυνή· Κύριε, θεωρῶ ὅτι Προφήτης εἶ σύ. οἱ Πατέρες ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ προσεκύνησαν· καὶ ὑμεῖς λέγετε· Ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐστὶν ὁ τόπος όπου προσκυνεῖν δεῖ.
kai dēlon hoti oichetai autois ta tēs mythopoiïas. ei de adynaton esti to agathon dendron pherein ponērous karpous, kai agathon dendron hē Samareitis hate pneumatikē tynchanousa, akolouthon autǭ estin, hoti ētoi ouk ēn hamartia hē porneia autēs, ē ouk autē eporneusen. Legei autǭ hē gynē; Kyrie, theōrō hoti Prophētēs ei sy. hoi Pateres hēmōn en tǭ orei toutǭ prosekynēsan; kai hymeis legete; En Hierosolymois estin ho topos opou proskynein dei.
And it is clear that their myth-making falls apart. For if it is impossible for the good tree to bear bad fruit, and the Samaritan woman is a good tree, being spiritual, it follows for him that either her sexual immorality was not a sin, or she did not commit it. [John 4:19–20:] “The woman says to him, Sir, I perceive that you are a prophet. Our fathers worshiped on this mountain, and you say that in Jerusalem is the place where one ought to worship.”
13.75Preuschen 4:236
Τρίτον ἤδη ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις κύριον ἀναγορεύει τὸν σωτῆρα ἡμῶν, ὅτε καὶ τελευταῖον ἀναγέγραπται τοῦτο πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰρηκέναι· πλὴν οὐδέπω οἴεται αὐτὸν εἶναι τῶν προφητῶν κρείττονα οὐδὲ τὸν προφητευθέντα, ἀλλά τινα προφήτην.
Triton ēdē hē Samareitis kyrion anagoreuei ton sōtēra hēmōn, hote kai teleutaion anagegraptai touto pros auton eirēkenai; plēn oudepō oietai auton einai tōn prophētōn kreittona oude ton prophēteuthenta, alla tina prophētēn.
This is now the third time the Samaritan woman calls our Savior Lord, and it is recorded as the last time she said this to him. However, she does not yet think him greater than the prophets, nor the one prophesied, but some prophet.
13.76Preuschen 4:236
καὶ ἡ ἑτερόδοξος δὲ γνώμη τῶν περὶ τὰς γραφὰς καλινδουμένων, διελεγχθέντων αὐτῆς τῶν τε προτέρων πέντε ἀνδρῶν καὶ τοῦ μετʼ ἐκείνους καταλειφθέντος ὑπʼ αὐτῆς δόξαντος εἶναι ἀνδρός, τὸν ἐλέγξαντα λόγον οὐ δυναμένη ἀρχῆθεν ὃ ἔστιν ἰδεῖν, προφήτην εἶναί φησιν, οἱονεὶ θεῖόν τινα καὶ ἔχοντά τι τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου κρεῖττον, οὐ μὴν τοσοῦτον ὅσον ἦν. διόπερ φησὶν οἱονεὶ ἀναβλέψασά πως καὶ ἐν θεωρίᾳ νομίσασα γεγονέναι· Θεωρῶ »ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ«.
kai hē heterodoxos de gnōmē tōn peri tas graphas kalindoumenōn, dielenchthentōn autēs tōn te proterōn pente andrōn kai tou metʼ ekeinous kataleiphthentos hypʼ autēs doxantos einai andros, ton elenxanta logon ou dynamenē archēthen ho estin idein, prophētēn einai phēsin, hoionei theion tina kai echonta ti tou anthrōpinou kreitton, ou mēn tosouton hoson ēn. dioper phēsin hoionei anablepsasa pōs kai en theōrią nomisasa gegonenai; Theōrō »hoti prophētēs ei sy«.
And the heterodox mind of those who wallow in the Scriptures, once her first five husbands and the one after them, left by her and thought to be a husband, have been exposed, being unable to see from the beginning what the Word that exposed her is, says he is a prophet, as it were someone divine and having something better than human, yet not as much as he was. Therefore she says, as though she had somehow looked up and thought she had come to contemplation, “I perceive that you are a prophet.”
13.77Preuschen 4:236–237
εἰς τὸ γοῦν »Οἰ πατέρες ἡμῶν« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ἰστέον τὴν Σαμαρειτῶν πρὸς Ἰουδαίους διάστασιν περὶ τοῦ νομιζομένου αὐτοῖς ἁγίου τόπου· οἱ μὲν γὰρ Σαμαρεῖς τὸ καλούμενον Γαριζεὶν ὄρος ἅγιον νομίζοντες ἐν αὐτῷ προσκυνοῦσιν τῷ θεῷ, οὗ μέμνηται Μωσῆς ἐν τῷ Δευτερονομίῳ οὕτως λέγων· »Καὶ ἐνετείλατο »Μωσῆς τῷ λαῷ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ λέγων· Οὑτοι στήσονται εὐλο- »γείν τὸν λαὸν ἐν ὄρει Γαριζεὶν διαβάντες τὸν Ἰορδάνην· Συμεών, »Λευΐ, Ἰούδας, Ἰσσάχαρ, Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Βενιαμείν· καὶ οὗτοι στήσονται »ἐπὶ τῆς κατάρας ἐν ὄρει Γαιβάλ· Ῥουβήν, Γὰδ καὶ Ἀσήρ, Ζαβουλών, »Δὰν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ.«
eis to goun »Oi pateres hēmōn« kai ta hexēs isteon tēn Samareitōn pros Ioudaious diastasin peri tou nomizomenou autois hagiou topou; hoi men gar Samareis to kaloumenon Garizein oros hagion nomizontes en autǭ proskynousin tǭ theǭ, hou memnētai Mōsēs en tǭ Deuteronomiǭ houtōs legōn; »Kai eneteilato »Mōsēs tǭ laǭ en tę̄ hēmerą ekeinę̄ legōn; Houtoi stēsontai eulo- »gein ton laon en orei Garizein diabantes ton Iordanēn; Symeōn, »Leuï, Ioudas, Issachar, Iōsēph kai Beniamein; kai houtoi stēsontai »epi tēs kataras en orei Gaibal; Rhoubēn, Gad kai Asēr, Zaboulōn, »Dan kai Nephthaleim.«
On “Our fathers” and what follows, one must know the dispute of the Samaritans with the Jews about the place they consider holy. The Samaritans, considering the mountain called Gerizim holy, worship God on it, which Moses mentions in Deuteronomy, saying thus: “And Moses commanded the people on that day, saying, These shall stand to bless the people on Mount Gerizim, when they have crossed the Jordan: Simeon, Levi, Judah, Issachar, Joseph, and Benjamin; and these shall stand for the curse on Mount Ebal: Reuben, Gad and Asher, Zebulun, Dan and Naphtali.”
13.78Preuschen 4:237
οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι τὸ Σιὼν θεῖόν τι νενομικότες καὶ οἰκεῖον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκεῖνον οἴονται εἶναι τὸν ἐκλελεγμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς τῶν ὅλων τόπον, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐν αὐτῷ ᾠκοδομῆσθαι τὸν ναὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ Σολομῶνος λέγουσιν καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν λευϊτικὴν καὶ ἱερατικὴν λατρείαν ἐκεῖ ἐπιτελεῖσθαι.
hoi de Ioudaioi to Siōn theion ti nenomikotes kai oikeion tou theou ekeinon oiontai einai ton eklelegmenon hypo tou patros tōn holōn topon, kai dia touto en autǭ ǭkodomēsthai ton naon hypo tou Solomōnos legousin kai pasan tēn leuïtikēn kai hieratikēn latreian ekei epiteleisthai.
But the Jews, considering Zion something divine and proper to God, think that it is the place chosen by the Father of all, and for this reason they say that the temple was built on it by Solomon and that all the Levitical and priestly worship is performed there.
13.79Preuschen 4:237
ἀκολούθως δὲ ταύταις ἑκάτερον ἔθνος ταῖς ὑπολήψεσιν νενόμικεν τοὺς πατέρας ἐν τῷδε ἢ τῷδε ὄρει προσκεκυνηκέναι τῷ θεῷ.
akolouthōs de tautais hekateron ethnos tais hypolēpsesin nenomiken tous pateras en tǭde ē tǭde orei proskekynēkenai tǭ theǭ.
And in keeping with these suppositions each nation has believed that the fathers worshiped God on this or that mountain.
13.80Preuschen 4:237
Καὶ εἴ ποτε δὲ μέχρι τοῦ δεῦρο συγκαταβαίνοιεν ἀλλήλοις εἰς λόγον Σαμαρεῖς καὶ Ἰουδαῖοι, ἑκάτερος πρὸς τὸν λοιπὸν ἐπαπορήσει, καὶ ἐρεῖ γε ὁ Σαμαρεὺς τῷ Ἰουδαίῳ τὸν τῆς ἐνθάδε ἀναγεγραμμένον γυναικὸς λόγον· »Οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν έν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ προσε- »κύνησαν«, δεικνὺς τὸ Γαριζείν, »ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε ὅτι ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις »ἐστὶν ὁ τόπος ὅπου προσκυνεῖν δεῖ«.
Kai ei pote de mechri tou deuro synkatabainoien allēlois eis logon Samareis kai Ioudaioi, hekateros pros ton loipon epaporēsei, kai erei ge ho Samareus tǭ Ioudaiǭ ton tēs enthade anagegrammenon gynaikos logon; »Hoi pateres hēmōn en tǭ orei toutǭ prose- »kynēsan«, deiknys to Garizein, »hymeis de legete hoti en Hierosolymois »estin ho topos hopou proskynein dei«.
And if ever, even to this day, Samaritans and Jews come down to discussion with each other, each will raise difficulties against the other, and the Samaritan will say to the Jew the words of the woman recorded here: “Our fathers worshiped on this mountain,” pointing to Gerizim, “and you say that in Jerusalem is the place where one ought to worship.”
13.81Preuschen 4:237
ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ Ἰουδαῖοι μέν, (ἀπʼ αὐτῶν γὰρ ἡ σωτηρία) εἰκόνες εἰσὶν τῶν τοὺς ὑγιαίνοντας φρονούντων λόγους, Σαμαρεῖς δὲ τῶν ἑτεροδόξων, ἀκολούθως τὸ μὲν Γαριζεὶν θεοποιοῦσιν οἱ Σαμαρεῖς, ὅπερ ἑρμηνεύεται »Διατομὴ ἢ Διαίρεσις«, καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν διατομῆς καὶ διαιρέσεως τῶν δέκα φυλῶν διατετμημένων ἀπὸ τῶν λοιπῶν δύο γεγενημένης κατὰ τοὺς τοῦ Ἰεροβοὰμ χρόνους, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἑρμηνεύεται »Δικασμὸς λαοῦ«· Ἰουδαῖοι δὲ τὸ Σιών, ὅ ἐστιν »Σκοπευτήριον«. εἰκὸς δέ τινα ἐπαπορήσειν διὰ τί αἰ παρὰ Μωσεῖ εὐλογίαι ἐπὶ τοῦ Γαριζεὶν γίνονται.
allʼ epei Ioudaioi men, (apʼ autōn gar hē sōtēria) eikones eisin tōn tous hygiainontas phronountōn logous, Samareis de tōn heterodoxōn, akolouthōs to men Garizein theopoiousin hoi Samareis, hoper hermēneuetai »Diatomē ē Diairesis«, kai tēs kata tēn historian diatomēs kai diaireseōs tōn deka phylōn diatetmēmenōn apo tōn loipōn dyo gegenēmenēs kata tous tou Ieroboam chronous, hos kai autos hermēneuetai »Dikasmos laou«; Ioudaioi de to Siōn, ho estin »Skopeutērion«. eikos de tina epaporēsein dia ti ai para Mōsei eulogiai epi tou Garizein ginontai.
But since the Jews (for salvation is from them) are images of those who think sound doctrines, and the Samaritans of the heterodox, accordingly the Samaritans deify Gerizim, which is interpreted “cutting off” or “division,” and the cutting off and division in history took place when the ten tribes were cut off from the other two in the times of Jeroboam, whose name also is interpreted “judgment of the people”; while the Jews [deify] Zion, which is “watchtower.” One may likely ask why the blessings in Moses take place on Gerizim.
13.82Preuschen 4:237–238
λεκτέον δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο ὅτι, ἐπείπερ σημαίνει ἡ Γαριζεὶν φωνὴ τὴν διατομὴν ἢ τὴν διαίρεσιν, τὸ μὲν τῆς διατομῆς σημαινόμενον ληπτέον, ὅτε σχίζεται ὁ λαὸς ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἱεροβοὰμ καὶ οἰκεῖ τὴν Σαμάρειαν ὁ βασιλεύς· τὸ δὲ τῆς διαιρέσεως ἐπὶ τῆς εὐλογίας, τῶν σοφῶν τῇ διαιρέσει τεταγμένως χρωμένων ἐφʼ ἑκάστου τῶν προβλημάτων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἀναγκαία πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας κατανόησιν.
lekteon de kai pros touto hoti, epeiper sēmainei hē Garizein phōnē tēn diatomēn ē tēn diairesin, to men tēs diatomēs sēmainomenon lēpteon, hote schizetai ho laos hypo tou Hieroboam kai oikei tēn Samareian ho basileus; to de tēs diaireseōs epi tēs eulogias, tōn sophōn tę̄ diairesei tetagmenōs chrōmenōn ephʼ hekastou tōn problēmatōn, hētis estin anankaia pros tēn tēs alētheias katanoēsin.
To this too we must say that, since the word Gerizim signifies cutting off or division, the meaning of cutting off must be taken of when the people is split by Jeroboam and the king dwells in Samaria; and that of division of the blessing, since the wise use division in an orderly way on each of the problems, which is necessary for understanding the truth.
13.83Preuschen 4:238
ὅσον μὲν οὖν οὐδέπω ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου εἰρημένη ὥρα, ὅτε οὔτε ἐν τῷ ὅρει τούτῳ οὔτε ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρί, φευκτέον τὸ τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν ὄρος, καὶ ἐν Σιών, ὅπου ἐστὶν τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα, προσκυνητέον τῷ θεῶ, ἅπερ Ἱεροσόλυμα πόλις εἶναι λέγεται ὑπὸ τοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως.
hoson men oun oudepō elēlythen hē hypo tou kyriou eirēmenē hōra, hote oute en tǭ horei toutǭ oute en Hierosolymois proskynēsousin tǭ patri, pheukteon to tōn Samareitōn oros, kai en Siōn, hopou estin ta Hierosolyma, proskynēteon tǭ theō, haper Hierosolyma polis einai legetai hypo tou christou tou megalou basileōs.
As long, then, as the hour spoken of by the Lord has not yet come, when they will worship the Father neither on this mountain nor in Jerusalem, the Samaritans' mountain must be fled, and God must be worshiped in Zion, where Jerusalem is, which Christ says is the city of the great King.
13.84Preuschen 4:238
τίς δʼ ἂν εἴη ἡ πόλις τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως, τὰ ἀληθινὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα, ἢ ἡ ἐκκλησία ἐκ λίθων ᾠκοδομημένη ζώντων, ἔνθα ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον, πνευματικαὶ θυσίαι προσφέρονται τῷ θεῷ ὑπὸ τῶν πνευματικῶν καὶ τὸν πνευματικὸν νενοηκότων νόμον;
tis dʼ an eiē hē polis tou megalou basileōs, ta alēthina Hierosolyma, ē hē ekklēsia ek lithōn ǭkodomēmenē zōntōn, entha hierateuma hagion, pneumatikai thysiai prospherontai tǭ theǭ hypo tōn pneumatikōn kai ton pneumatikon nenoēkotōn nomon?
And what would the city of the great King be, the true Jerusalem, but the church built of living stones, where there is a holy priesthood and spiritual sacrifices are offered to God by the spiritual, those who have understood the spiritual law?
13.85Preuschen 4:238
ἐπὰν δὲ ἐνστῇ τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου, τότε οὐχ ἡγητέον τὴν ἀληθινὴν προσκύνησιν καὶ τελείαν θεοσέβειαν τελεῖσθαι έν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἔτι, ὅταν τις γένηται μηδαμῶς ἐν σαρκὶ ἀλλʼ ἐν πνεύματι, καὶ μηδαμῶς ἔτι ἐν τύπῳ ἀλλὰ πᾶς ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, τοιοῦτος κατεσκευασμένος ὥστε ἐξομοιοῦσθαι αὐτὸν οἷς ζητεῖ προσκυνηταῖς ὁ θεός.
epan de enstę̄ to plērōma tou chronou, tote ouch hēgēteon tēn alēthinēn proskynēsin kai teleian theosebeian teleisthai en Hierosolymois eti, hotan tis genētai mēdamōs en sarki allʼ en pneumati, kai mēdamōs eti en typǭ alla pas en alētheią, toioutos kateskeuasmenos hōste exomoiousthai auton hois zētei proskynētais ho theos.
But when the fullness of time has come, then we must not think that true worship and perfect godliness are still performed in Jerusalem, when someone becomes in no way in the flesh but in the spirit, no longer in type at all but wholly in truth, so prepared as to be made like the worshipers God seeks.
13.86Preuschen 4:238
Δὶς δὲ τὸ »Ἔρχεται ὥρα« γέγραπται, καὶ κατὰ μὲν τὸ πρῶτον οὐ πρόσκειται »Καὶ νῦν ἐστίν«, κατὰ δὲ τὸ δεύτερόν φησιν ὁ εὐαγγελιστής· »Ἀλλʼ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστίν«.
Dis de to »Erchetai hōra« gegraptai, kai kata men to prōton ou proskeitai »Kai nyn estin«, kata de to deuteron phēsin ho euangelistēs; »Allʼ erchetai hōra kai nyn estin«.
“The hour is coming” is written twice, and at the first “and now is” is not added, but at the second the evangelist says, “But the hour is coming, and now is.”
13.87Preuschen 4:238
καὶ οἶμαί γε τὸ μὲν πρότερον δηλοῦν τὴν ἔξω σωμάτων προσκύνησιν ἐνστησομένην κατὰ τὴν τελειότητα· τὸ δέ δεύτερον τὴν τῶν ἐν βίῳ τούτῳ ὡς ἐνδέχεται κατὰ ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν Προκόπτειν τελειουμένων.
kai oimai ge to men proteron dēloun tēn exō sōmatōn proskynēsin enstēsomenēn kata tēn teleiotēta; to de deuteron tēn tōn en biǭ toutǭ hōs endechetai kata anthrōpinēn physin Prokoptein teleioumenōn.
And I think the first shows the worship outside bodies that will come in the perfection; the second, that of those in this life who are being perfected, as far as they can advance according to human nature.
13.88Preuschen 4:238
ἔξεστιν οὖν καὶ ἐν τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ προσκυνεῖν τῷ πατρὶ ὅτε οὐ μόνον »ἔρχεται ὥρα« ἀλλὰ »καὶ νῦν ἐστίν«, κἂν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις διὰ τοὺς ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον μόνον φθάνοντας τυγχάνειν νομιζώμεθα.
exestin oun kai en tǭ pneumati kai alētheią proskynein tǭ patri hote ou monon »erchetai hōra« alla »kai nyn estin«, kan en tois Hierosolymois dia tous epi tosouton monon phthanontas tynchanein nomizōmetha.
It is possible, then, to worship the Father in spirit and truth too, when not only “the hour is coming” but “and now is,” even if we are thought to be in Jerusalem because of those who reach only so far.
13.89Preuschen 4:238
ὅτε γοῦν γέγραπται· »Ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστίν«, οὐκέτι λέγεται τὸ »Οὔτε έν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ οὔτε έν Ἱεροσολύμοις προσκυνήσετε τῷ »πατρί«, ὥσπερ εἴρηται, ὅπου τὸ »Ἔρχεται ὥρα« χωρὶς τοῦ »Νῦν »ἐστίν« ἀναγέγραπται.
hote goun gegraptai; »Erchetai hōra kai nyn estin«, ouketi legetai to »Oute en tǭ orei toutǭ oute en Hierosolymois proskynēsete tǭ »patri«, hōsper eirētai, hopou to »Erchetai hōra« chōris tou »Nyn »estin« anagegraptai.
At any rate, when it is written, “The hour is coming and now is,” it is no longer said, “You will worship the Father neither on this mountain nor in Jerusalem,” as it is said where “The hour is coming” is recorded without “and now is.”
13.90Preuschen 4:238–239
ἔτι μέντοι γε ὁμοίαν ψευδοδοξίαν τῇ ἐπὶ τοῦ νομιζομένου φρέατος εἰρημένῃ ἔχει ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις ταῦτα λέγουσα. ἐκεῖ τε γὰρ »Μὴ σύ«, φησί, »μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς δέδωκεν »ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ »θρέμματα αὐτοῦ;« ἐνθάδε δὲ τὸ »Οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ »προσεκυνησαν«.
eti mentoi ge homoian pseudodoxian tę̄ epi tou nomizomenou phreatos eirēmenę̄ echei hē Samareitis tauta legousa. ekei te gar »Mē sy«, phēsi, »meizōn ei tou patros hēmōn Iakōb, hos dedōken »hēmin to phrear kai autos ex autou epien kai hoi huioi autou kai ta »thremmata autou?« enthade de to »Hoi pateres hēmōn en tǭ orei toutǭ »prosekynēsan«.
Further, in saying these things the Samaritan woman holds a false opinion like that expressed about the supposed well. For there she says, “Are you greater than our father Jacob, who gave us the well and drank from it himself, and his sons and his cattle?” and here, “Our fathers worshiped on this mountain.”
13.91Preuschen 4:239
Ὁ δὲ Ἡρακλέων εἰς τὰ αὐτὰ ῥήματα λέγει εὐσχημόνως ὡμολογηκέναι τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πρὸς αὐτὴν εἰρημένα· προφήτου γὰρ μόνου, φησίν, ἐστὶν εἰδέναι τὰ πάντα· ψευδόμενος ἑκατέρως· καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἄγγελοι τὰ τοιαῦτα δύνανται εἰδέναι καὶ ὁ προφήτης οὐ πάντα οἰδεν· »Ἐκ μέρους γὰρ γινώσκομεν καὶ ἐκ μέρους προφητεύομεν«, κἂν προφητεύωμεν ἢ γινώσκωμεν.
Ho de Hērakleōn eis ta auta rhēmata legei euschēmonōs hōmologēkenai tēn Samareitin ta hypʼ autou pros autēn eirēmena; prophētou gar monou, phēsin, estin eidenai ta panta; pseudomenos hekaterōs; kai gar hoi angeloi ta toiauta dynantai eidenai kai ho prophētēs ou panta oiden; »Ek merous gar ginōskomen kai ek merous prophēteuomen«, kan prophēteuōmen ē ginōskōmen.
Heracleon on the same words says that the Samaritan woman fittingly acknowledged what he had said to her; “for it belongs to a prophet alone,” he says, “to know all things.” He is wrong on both counts: for angels too can know such things, and the prophet does not know all things: “For we know in part and we prophesy in part,” even if we prophesy or know.
13.92Preuschen 4:239
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐπαινεῖ ὡς πρεπόντως τῇ αὑτῆς φύσει ποιήσασαν τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν, καὶ μήτε ψευσαμένην μήτε ἄντικρυς ὁμολογήσασαν τὴν ἑαυτῆς ἀσχημοσύνην· πεπεισμένην τέ φησιν αὐτὴν ὅτι προφήτης εἴη, ἐρωτᾶν αὐτὸν ἅμα τὴν αἰτίαν ἐμφαίνουσαν διʼ ἣν ἐξεπόρνευσεν, ὅτι διʼ ἄγνοιαν θεοῦ καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὸν θεὸν λατρείας ἀμελήσασαν καὶ πάντων τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον αὐτῇ ἀναγκαίων, καὶ ἄλλως † άεὶ τὴν ἐν τῷ βίῳ τυγχάνουσαν· οὐ γὰρ ἄν, φησίν, αὐτὴ ἤρχετο ἐπὶ τὸ φρέαρ ἔξω τῆς πόλεως τυγχάνον.
meta de tauta epainei hōs prepontōs tę̄ hautēs physei poiēsasan tēn Samareitin, kai mēte pseusamenēn mēte antikrys homologēsasan tēn heautēs aschēmosynēn; pepeismenēn te phēsin autēn hoti prophētēs eiē, erōtan auton hama tēn aitian emphainousan diʼ hēn exeporneusen, hoti diʼ agnoian theou kai tēs kata ton theon latreias amelēsasan kai pantōn tōn kata ton bion autę̄ anankaiōn, kai allōs † aei tēn en tǭ biǭ tynchanousan; ou gar an, phēsin, autē ērcheto epi to phrear exō tēs poleōs tynchanon.
After this he praises the Samaritan woman as having acted in keeping with her own nature, neither lying nor openly confessing her own shame; and he says that, persuaded he was a prophet, she questioned him, at the same time showing the reason for which she had committed sexual immorality: that through ignorance of God she had neglected the worship due to God and all that was necessary to her in life, and in other ways … always that in life; “for she would not,” he says, “have come to the well that was outside the city.”
13.93Preuschen 4:239
οὐκ οἶδα δὲ πῶς ἐνόμισεν ἐμφαίνεσθαι τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ ἐκπεπορνευκέναι, ἢ θεοῦ αἰτίαν γεγονέναι ἐπὶ τῶν πλημμελημάτων τῆς κατὰ θεὸν λατρείας· ἀλλʼ ἔοικεν ταῦτα ὡς ἔτυχεν ἐσχεδιακέναι χωρὶς πάσης πιθανότητος.
ouk oida de pōs enomisen emphainesthai tēn aitian tou ekpeporneukenai, ē theou aitian gegonenai epi tōn plēmmelēmatōn tēs kata theon latreias; allʼ eoiken tauta hōs etychen eschediakenai chōris pasēs pithanotētos.
I do not know how he thought the cause of her immorality is shown, or that God was the cause of her offenses against the worship of God; but he seems to have improvised these things at random, without any plausibility.
13.94Preuschen 4:239
προστίθησίν τε τούτοις· ὅτι βουλομένη μαθεῖν πῶς καὶ τίνι εὐαρεστήσασα καὶ θεῷ προσκυνήσασα ἀπαλλαγείη τοῦ πορνεύειν λέγει τὸ Οἱ »πατέρες ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ προσεκύνησαν« καὶ τὸ ἑξῆς. σφόδρα δέ ἐστιν εὐέλεγκτα τὰ εἰρημένα· πόθεν γὰρ ὅτι βούλεται μαθεῖν τίνι εὐαρεστήσασα ἀπαλλαγείη τοῦ πορνεύειν; Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Πίστευέ μοι, γύναι, ὅτι ἔρχεται ὥρα ὅτε οὔτε ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ οὔτε ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις προσκυνῄσετε τῷ πατρί.
prostithēsin te toutois; hoti boulomenē mathein pōs kai tini euarestēsasa kai theǭ proskynēsasa apallageiē tou porneuein legei to Hoi »pateres hēmōn en tǭ orei toutǭ prosekynēsan« kai to hexēs. sphodra de estin euelenkta ta eirēmena; pothen gar hoti bouletai mathein tini euarestēsasa apallageiē tou porneuein? Legei autę̄ ho Iēsous; Pisteue moi, gynai, hoti erchetai hōra hote oute en tǭ orei toutǭ oute en Hierosolymois proskynę̄sete tǭ patri.
And he adds to these that, wishing to learn how, and by pleasing whom and worshiping God, she might be freed from committing sexual immorality, she says, “Our fathers worshiped on this mountain,” and what follows. But what he says is very easy to refute: for from where does it appear that she wishes to learn by pleasing whom she might be freed from immorality? [John 4:21:] “Jesus says to her, Believe me, woman, the hour is coming when you will worship the Father neither on this mountain nor in Jerusalem.”
13.95Preuschen 4:239–240
Ὅτε ἔδοξεν πιθανώτατα τετηρηκέναι ὁ Ἡρακλέων ἐν τούτοις τὸ ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν προτέρων μὴ εἰρῆσθαι αὐτῇ· »Πίστευέ »μοι, γύναι«, νῦν δὲ τοῦτο αὐτῇ προστετάχθαι, τότε ἐπεθόλωσεν τὸ μὴ ἀπίθανον παρατήρημα, εἰπὼν ὄρος μὲν τὸν διάβολον λέγεσθαι ἢ τὸν κόσμον αὐτοῦ, ἐπείπερ μέρος ἓν ὁ διάβολος ὅλης τῆς ὕλης, φησίν, ὁ δὲ κόσμος τὸ σύμπαν τῆς κακίας ὄρος, ἔρημον οἰκητήριον θηρίων, ᾡ προσεκύνουν πάντες οἱ πρὸ νόμου καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοί· Ἱεροσόλυμα δὲ τὴν κτίσιν ἢ τὸν κτίστην, ᾡ προσεκύνουν Ἰουδαῖοι.
Hote edoxen pithanōtata tetērēkenai ho Hērakleōn en toutois to epi men tōn proterōn mē eirēsthai autę̄; »Pisteue »moi, gynai«, nyn de touto autę̄ prostetachthai, tote epetholōsen to mē apithanon paratērēma, eipōn oros men ton diabolon legesthai ē ton kosmon autou, epeiper meros hen ho diabolos holēs tēs hylēs, phēsin, ho de kosmos to sympan tēs kakias oros, erēmon oikētērion thēriōn, hǭ prosekynoun pantes hoi pro nomou kai hoi ethnikoi; Hierosolyma de tēn ktisin ē ton ktistēn, hǭ prosekynoun Ioudaioi.
Where Heracleon seemed to have observed very plausibly in these words that in the earlier parts “Believe me, woman” was not said to her, but now this is commanded her, he then muddied this not implausible observation, saying that the mountain means the devil or his world, since the devil, he says, is one part of the whole of matter, while the world is the whole mountain of wickedness, a desert dwelling of beasts, which all those before the law and the Gentiles worshiped; and Jerusalem the creation or the Creator, whom the Jews worshiped.
13.96Preuschen 4:240
ἀλλὰ καὶ δευτέρως ὄρος μὲν ἐνόμισεν εἶναι τὴν κτίσιν ᾗ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ προσεκύνουν· Ἱεροσόλυμα δὲ τὸν <ᾦ> οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ελάτρευον.
alla kai deuterōs oros men enomisen einai tēn ktisin hę̄ hoi ethnikoi prosekynoun; Hierosolyma de ton <ǭ> hoi Ioudaioi elatreuon.
But also, secondly, he thought the mountain is the creation, which the Gentiles worshiped, and Jerusalem the [Creator], whom the Jews served.
13.97Preuschen 4:240
ὑμεῖς οὐν, φησίν, οἱονεὶ πνευματικοὶ ουτε τῇ κτίσει ουτε τῷ δημιουργῷ προσκυνήσετε, ἀλλὰ τῷ πατρὶ τῆς ἀληθείας· καὶ συμπαρα- λαμβάνει γε, φησίν, αὐτὴν ὡς ἤδη πιστὴν καὶ συναριθμουμένην τοῖς κατὰ ἀλήθειαν προσκυνηταῖς.
hymeis oun, phēsin, hoionei pneumatikoi oute tę̄ ktisei oute tǭ dēmiourgǭ proskynēsete, alla tǭ patri tēs alētheias; kai sympara- lambanei ge, phēsin, autēn hōs ēdē pistēn kai synarithmoumenēn tois kata alētheian proskynētais.
“You, then,” he says, “as spiritual people, will worship neither the creation nor the Demiurge, but the Father of truth.” “And he takes her along,” he says, “as already faithful and counted among those who worship in truth.”
13.98Preuschen 4:240
Ἀλλʼ ἡμεῖς τὴν μὲν ἐν φαντασίᾳ γνωστικῶν λόγων καὶ νομιζομένων ὑψηλῶν ὀνομαζομένην θεοσέβειαν παρὰ τοῖς ἑτεροδόξοις ὑπολαμβάνομεν δηλοῦσθαι διὰ τοῦ »Οὔτε ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ«· τὸν δὲ κανόνα τὸν κατὰ τοὺς πολλοὺς τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ὃν καὶ αὐτὸν τέλειος καὶ ἅγιος ὑπεραναβήσεται θεωρητικώτερον καὶ σαφέστερον καὶ θειότερον προσκυνῶν τῷ πατρὶ διὰ τοῦ »Οὔτε ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις »προσκυνήσετε τῷ πατρί«.
Allʼ hēmeis tēn men en phantasią gnōstikōn logōn kai nomizomenōn hypsēlōn onomazomenēn theosebeian para tois heterodoxois hypolambanomen dēlousthai dia tou »Oute en tǭ orei toutǭ«; ton de kanona ton kata tous pollous tēs ekklēsias, hon kai auton teleios kai hagios hyperanabēsetai theōrētikōteron kai saphesteron kai theioteron proskynōn tǭ patri dia tou »Oute en Hierosolymois »proskynēsete tǭ patri«.
But we understand that by “neither on this mountain” is shown the so-called godliness among the heterodox, in the fantasy of “gnostic” words thought lofty; and by “nor in Jerusalem will you worship the Father” the rule followed by the many in the church, which the perfect and holy person will also go beyond, worshiping the Father more contemplatively, more clearly, and more divinely.
13.99Preuschen 4:240
ὥσπερ γάρ (καθὼς ἂν καὶ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι) οἱ ἄγγελοι οὐκ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις προσκυνοῦσιν τῷ πατρί, τῷ κρειττόνως παρὰ τοὺς έν Ἱεροσολύμοις προσκυνεῖν τῷ πατρί, οὕτως οἱ ἤδη τῇ διαθέσει τὸ ἰσάγγελοι εἶναι ἐσχηκότες οὐδὲ ἐν Ιεροσολύμοις προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρί, ἀλλὰ βέλτιον ἢ οἱ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις, κἂν διὰ τοὺς έν Ἱεροσολύμοις συνπεριφέρωνται τοῖς ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις, τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις γινόμενοι Ἰουδαῖοι ἵνα Ἰουδαίους κερδήσωσιν. Ἱεροσόλυμα δέ μοι νοείσθω καθὼς προσαποδεδώκαμεν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι.
hōsper gar (kathōs an kai hoi Ioudaioi) hoi angeloi ouk en Hierosolymois proskynousin tǭ patri, tǭ kreittonōs para tous en Hierosolymois proskynein tǭ patri, houtōs hoi ēdē tę̄ diathesei to isangeloi einai eschēkotes oude en Ierosolymois proskynēsousin tǭ patri, alla beltion ē hoi en Hierosolymois, kan dia tous en Hierosolymois synperipherōntai tois en Hierosolymois, tois Ioudaiois ginomenoi Ioudaioi hina Ioudaious kerdēsōsin. Hierosolyma de moi noeisthō kathōs prosapodedōkamen, homoiōs de kai hoi Ioudaioi.
For just as the angels (as the Jews too would grant) do not worship the Father in Jerusalem, because they worship the Father better than those in Jerusalem, so those who already in disposition have become equal to angels will not worship the Father in Jerusalem either, but better than those in Jerusalem, even if for the sake of those in Jerusalem they accommodate themselves to those in Jerusalem, becoming Jews to the Jews to win Jews. Let Jerusalem be understood by me as we have explained, and likewise the Jews.
13.100Preuschen 4:240
ὅτε μέντοι γε οὔτε έν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ οὔτε ἐν Ιεροσολύμοις τις προσκυνεῖ, ἐλθούσης τῆς ὥρας προσκυνεῖ μετὰ παρρησίας υἱὸς γεγενημένος τὸν πατέρα. διόπερ οὐκ εἴρηται »οὔτε ἐν »Ἵεροσολύμοις προσκυνήσετε τῷ θεῷ« ἀλλὰ »Οὔτε ἐν προσκυνήσετε τῷ πατρί«. Ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε ὃ οὐκ οἴδατε, ἡμεῖς προσκυνοῦμεν ὃ οἴδαμεν, ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν.
hote mentoi ge oute en tǭ orei toutǭ oute en Ierosolymois tis proskynei, elthousēs tēs hōras proskynei meta parrēsias huios gegenēmenos ton patera. dioper ouk eirētai »oute en »Hierosolymois proskynēsete tǭ theǭ« alla »Oute en proskynēsete tǭ patri«. Hymeis proskyneite ho ouk oidate, hēmeis proskynoumen ho oidamen, hoti hē sōtēria ek tōn Ioudaiōn estin.
When, however, one worships neither on this mountain nor in Jerusalem, the hour having come, he worships the Father with boldness, having become a son. That is why it is not said, “You will worship God neither in Jerusalem,” but “You will worship the Father neither in [Jerusalem].” [John 4:22:] “You worship what you do not know; we worship what we know, for salvation is from the Jews.”
13.101Preuschen 4:240–241
Τὸ »Ὑμεῖς«, ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ λέξει, οἱ Σαμαρεῖς· ὅσον δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναγωγῇ, οἱ περὶ τὰς γραφὰς ἑτερόδοξοι· τὸ δὲ »‘Ημεῖς«, ὅσον ἐπὶ τῷ ῥητῷ, οἱ Ἱουδαῖοι· ὅσον δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀλληγορίᾳ, ἐγὼ ὁ λόγος καὶ οἱ κατʼ ἐμὲ μεμορφωμένοι, τὴν σωτηρίαν ἔχοντες ἀπὸ τῶν Ἰου- δαϊκῶν λόγων· τὸ γὰρ φανερωθὲν νῦν μυστήριον πεφανέρωται διά τε γραφῶν προφητικῶν καὶ τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.
To »Hymeis«, hoson epi tę̄ lexei, hoi Samareis; hoson de epi tę̄ anagōgę̄, hoi peri tas graphas heterodoxoi; to de »‘Ēmeis«, hoson epi tǭ rhētǭ, hoi Hioudaioi; hoson de epi tę̄ allēgorią, egō ho logos kai hoi katʼ eme memorphōmenoi, tēn sōtērian echontes apo tōn Iou- daïkōn logōn; to gar phanerōthen nyn mystērion pephanerōtai dia te graphōn prophētikōn kai tēs epiphaneias tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou.
“You,” as far as the letter goes, are the Samaritans; as far as the higher sense goes, those heterodox about the Scriptures. “We,” according to the text, are the Jews; according to the allegory, I the Word, and those formed according to me, who have salvation from the Jewish words. For the mystery now manifested has been manifested both through prophetic writings and through the appearing of our Lord Jesus Christ.
13.102Preuschen 4:241
Ὅρα δὲ εἰ μὴ ἰδίως καὶ παρὰ τὴν ἀκολουθίαν τῶν ῥητῶν ὁ Ἡρακλέων ἐκδεξάμενος τὸ »Ὑμεῖς« ἀντὶ τοῦ »Οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι «καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ« διηγήσατο.
Hora de ei mē idiōs kai para tēn akolouthian tōn rhētōn ho Hērakleōn ekdexamenos to »Hymeis« anti tou »Hoi Ioudaioi «kai hoi ethnikoi« diēgēsato.
See whether Heracleon did not interpret peculiarly and against the sequence of the text, taking “You” to mean “the Jews and the Gentiles.”
13.103Preuschen 4:241
οἷον δέ ἐστιν πρὸς τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν λέγεσθαι· Ὑμεῖς οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, ἢ πρὸς Σαμαρεῖτιν· Ὑμεῖς οἱ ἐθνικοί; ἀλλʼ οὐκ οἴδασίν γε οἱ ἑτερόδοξοι ὃ προσκυνοῦσιν, ὅτι πλάσμα ἐστὶν καὶ οὐκ ἀλήθεια, καὶ μῦθος καὶ οὐ μυστήρια· ὁ δὲ προσκυνῶν τὸν δημιουργόν, μάλιστα κατὰ τὸν ἐν κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖον καὶ τοὺς λόγους τοὺς πνευματικοὺς Ἰουδαϊκούς, οὑτος ὃ οἶδεν προσκυνεῖ.
hoion de estin pros tēn Samareitin legesthai; Hymeis hoi Ioudaioi, ē pros Samareitin; Hymeis hoi ethnikoi? allʼ ouk oidasin ge hoi heterodoxoi ho proskynousin, hoti plasma estin kai ouk alētheia, kai mythos kai ou mystēria; ho de proskynōn ton dēmiourgon, malista kata ton en kryptǭ Ioudaion kai tous logous tous pneumatikous Ioudaïkous, houtos ho oiden proskynei.
For what sense is there in saying to the Samaritan woman, “You Jews,” or to a Samaritan woman, “You Gentiles”? But the heterodox do not know what they worship, that it is a fabrication and not truth, a myth and not mysteries; while one who worships the Creator, especially as the Jew in secret and according to the spiritual Jewish words, worships what he knows.
13.104Preuschen 4:241
πολὺ δέ ἐστιν νῦν παρατίθεσθαι τοῦ Ἡρακλέωνος τὰ ῥητά, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐπιγεγραμμένου »Πέτρου κηρύγματος« παραλαμβανόμενα, καὶ ἵστασθαι πρὸς αὐτὰ ἐξετάζοντας καὶ περὶ τοῦ βιβλίου, πότερόν ποτε γνήσιόν ἐστιν ἢ νόθον ἢ μικτόν· διόπερ ἑκόντες ὑπερτιθέμεθα, ταῦτα μόνον ἐπισημειούμενοι φέρειν αὐτόν, ὡς Πέτρου διδάξαντος, μὴ δεῖν καθʼ Ἕλληνας προσκυνεῖν, τὰ τῆς ὕλης πράγματα ἀποδεχομένους καὶ λατρεύοντας ξύλοις καὶ λίθοις, μήτε κατὰ Ἰουδαίους σέβειν τὸ θεῖον, ἐπείπερ καὶ αὐτοὶ μόνοι οἰόμενοι ἐπίστασθαι θεὸν ἀγνοοῦσιν αὐτόν, λατρεύοντες ἀγγέλοις καὶ μηνὶ καὶ σελήνῃ.
poly de estin nyn paratithesthai tou Hērakleōnos ta rhēta, apo tou epigegrammenou »Petrou kērygmatos« paralambanomena, kai histasthai pros auta exetazontas kai peri tou bibliou, poteron pote gnēsion estin ē nothon ē mikton; dioper hekontes hypertithemetha, tauta monon episēmeioumenoi pherein auton, hōs Petrou didaxantos, mē dein kathʼ Hellēnas proskynein, ta tēs hylēs pragmata apodechomenous kai latreuontas xylois kai lithois, mēte kata Ioudaious sebein to theion, epeiper kai autoi monoi oiomenoi epistasthai theon agnoousin auton, latreuontes angelois kai mēni kai selēnę̄.
It would take long now to set out Heracleon's quotations, taken from the book entitled “The Preaching of Peter,” and to take a stand against them, examining also whether the book is genuine, spurious, or mixed. Therefore we willingly postpone this, noting only that he brings forward, as Peter's teaching, that one must not worship as the Greeks do, accepting the things of matter and serving wood and stones, nor revere the divine as the Jews do, since they too, thinking that they alone know God, do not know him, serving angels and the month and the moon.
13.105Preuschen 4:241
ζητητέον μέντοι ὡς πρὸς τὸ ἀληθές, τίνι ἡ σωματικὴ λατρεία ἐγίνετο ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων· ὅτι μὲν γὰρ προκείμενον ἦν αὐτοῖς προσφέρειν τὰς θυσίας τῷ κτίστῃ τοῦ παντὸς τοῦτο δῆλον.
zētēteon mentoi hōs pros to alēthes, tini hē sōmatikē latreia egineto hypo Ioudaiōn; hoti men gar prokeimenon ēn autois prospherein tas thysias tǭ ktistę̄ tou pantos touto dēlon.
We must ask, however, as to the truth, to whom the bodily worship of the Jews was offered. That their purpose was to offer the sacrifices to the Creator of the universe is clear.
13.106Preuschen 4:241–242
ἄξιον δὲ ἰδεῖν τί ἐστιν τὸ ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι τῶν ἀποστόλων γεγραμμένον· »Ἔστρεψεν δὲ ὁ θεὸς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς λατρεύειν τῇ στρατείᾳ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ.« οὐκ οἶδα δὲ πῶς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἄντικρυς φάσκοντος ὅτι » Ἡ σωτηρία ἀπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν« οἱ ἑτερόδοξοι ἀρνοῦνται τὸν θεὸν τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ, τῶν πατέρων τῶν Ἰουδαίων.
axion de idein ti estin to en tais Praxesi tōn apostolōn gegrammenon; »Estrepsen de ho theos kai paredōken autous latreuein tę̄ strateią tou ouranou.« ouk oida de pōs tou sōtēros antikrys phaskontos hoti » Hē sōtēria apo tōn Ioudaiōn estin« hoi heterodoxoi arnountai ton theon tou Abraam kai Isaak kai Iakōb, tōn paterōn tōn Ioudaiōn.
It is worth seeing what is written in the Acts of the Apostles: “But God turned and gave them over to worship the host of heaven.” And I do not know how, when the Savior says plainly that “Salvation is from the Jews,” the heterodox deny the God of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, the fathers of the Jews.
13.107Preuschen 4:242
ἔτι δὲ εἰ πληροῖ ὁ σωτὴρ τὸν νόμον καὶ ἴνα πληρωθῇ τὰ ἐν τοῖς προφήταις γεγραμμένα τάδε τινὰ καὶ τάδε γίνεται κατὰ τὴν τοῦ κυρίου ἐπιδημίαν, πῶς οὐ σαφὲς τίνα τρόπον ἡ σω- »τηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων‘ γίνεται;
eti de ei plēroi ho sōtēr ton nomon kai ina plērōthę̄ ta en tois prophētais gegrammena tade tina kai tade ginetai kata tēn tou kyriou epidēmian, pōs ou saphes tina tropon hē sō- »tēria ek tōn Ioudaiōn‘ ginetai?
Further, if the Savior fulfills the law, and such and such things happen at the Lord's coming so that what is written in the prophets may be fulfilled, how is it not clear in what way “salvation is from the Jews”?
13.108Preuschen 4:242
ὁ αὐτὸς γὰρ θεὸς Ἰουδαίων καὶ ἐθνῶν, »εἴπερ εἷς θεός, ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως καὶ »ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως( οὐ γὰρ καταργοῦμεν νόμον διὰ τῆς πίστεως, ἀλλὰ ἱστάνομεν νόμον διʼ αὐτῆς. Ἀλλʼ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστίν, ὅτε οἱ ἁληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσι τῷ πατρὶ ἐν Πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ.
ho autos gar theos Ioudaiōn kai ethnōn, »eiper heis theos, hos dikaiōsei peritomēn ek pisteōs kai »akrobystian dia tēs pisteōs( ou gar katargoumen nomon dia tēs pisteōs, alla histanomen nomon diʼ autēs. Allʼ erchetai hōra kai nyn estin, hote hoi halēthinoi proskynētai proskynēsousi tǭ patri en Pneumati kai alētheią.
For the same God is God of Jews and Gentiles, “since God is one, who will justify the circumcision by faith and the uncircumcision through faith. For we do not abolish the law through faith, but we establish the law through it.” [John 4:23:] “But the hour is coming, and now is, when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth.”
13.109Preuschen 4:242
Τοὺς μηδʼ ὅλως ἐπαγγελλομένους προσκυνεῖν τῷ πατρὶ οὐδὲ ὀνομάζεσθαι δεὶ προσκυνητὰς τοῦ θεοῦ· ἀλλὰ πάντων x003E; ἐπαγγελλομένων προσκυνεῖν τῷ κτίσαντι, ἐὰν οἱ μὲν μηκέτι ἐν σαρκὶ ἀλλ ἐν πνεύματι, τῷ πνεύματι περιπατεῖν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς μὴ ἐπιτελεῖν, οἱ δὲ μὴ ὦσιν ἐν πνεύματι, ἀλλʼ ἐν σαρκὶ καὶ κατὰ σάρκα στρατεύωνται, τότε λεκτέον ἀληθινοὺς μὲν προσκυνητὰς τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι καὶ μὴ σαρκί, καὶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ μὴ τύποις, οὐκ ἀληθινοὺς δὲ τοὺς μὴ οὕτως ἔχοντας.
Tous mēdʼ holōs epangellomenous proskynein tǭ patri oude onomazesthai dei proskynētas tou theou; alla pantōn x003E? epangellomenōn proskynein tǭ ktisanti, ean hoi men mēketi en sarki all en pneumati, tǭ pneumati peripatein kai epithymian sarkos mē epitelein, hoi de mē ōsin en pneumati, allʼ en sarki kai kata sarka strateuōntai, tote lekteon alēthinous men proskynētas tous proskynountas tǭ patri en pneumati kai mē sarki, kai en alētheią kai mē typois, ouk alēthinous de tous mē houtōs echontas.
Those who do not profess at all to worship the Father must not even be called worshipers of God; but when all profess to worship the Creator, if some, no longer in the flesh but in the spirit, walk by the Spirit and do not fulfill the desire of the flesh, while others are not in the spirit but in the flesh and wage war according to the flesh, then we must say that true worshipers are those who worship the Father in spirit and not flesh, in truth and not types, and those not so are not true worshipers.
13.110Preuschen 4:242
καὶ ὁ γράμματι δὲ τῷ ἀποκτιννύντι δεδουλωμένος, πνεύματος δὲ τοῦ ζωοποιοῦντος μὴ μετειληφὼς μηδὲ τοῖς πνευματικοῖς ἀκολουθῶν τοῦ νόμου, οὑτος ἂν εἴη ὁ μὴ ἀληθινὸς προσκυνητὴς καὶ πνεύματι μὴ προσκυνῶν τῷ πατρί· ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς οὑτος ὅλος τῶν τύπων καὶ τῶν σωματικῶν ὤν, ὅταν ἐπιτυγχάνειν πάνυ δοκῇ, τότε ἐν τύπῳ καὶ οὐκ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ προσκυνεῖ τῷ θεῷ, διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἀληθινὸς δυνάμενος χρηματίζειν προσκυνητής.
kai ho grammati de tǭ apoktinnynti dedoulōmenos, pneumatos de tou zōopoiountos mē meteilēphōs mēde tois pneumatikois akolouthōn tou nomou, houtos an eiē ho mē alēthinos proskynētēs kai pneumati mē proskynōn tǭ patri; ho dʼ autos houtos holos tōn typōn kai tōn sōmatikōn ōn, hotan epitynchanein pany dokę̄, tote en typǭ kai ouk en alētheią proskynei tǭ theǭ, dia touto oude alēthinos dynamenos chrēmatizein proskynētēs.
And the one enslaved to the letter that kills, who has not shared in the Spirit that gives life nor follows the spiritual things of the law, would be the one who is not a true worshiper and does not worship the Father in spirit. And this same person, wholly given to types and bodily things, when he seems most successful, then worships God in a type and not in truth, and for this reason cannot be called a true worshiper.
13.111Preuschen 4:242
τάχα x003E; δέδοταί ποτε εὐλόγως καὶ τὸν ἀληθινὸν προσκυνητὴν έν τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ προσκυνοῦντα τυπικά τινα ποιεῖν, ἕνα τοὺς τῷ τύπῳ δεδουλωμένους οἰκονομικώτατα ἐλευθερώσας τῶν τύπων προσαγάγῃ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ὥσπερ φαίνεται Παῦλος ἐπὶ Τιμοθέου πεποιηκώς, τάχα δὲ καὶ ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς καὶ Ἱεροσολύμοις, ὡς ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι τῶν ἀποστόλων γέγραπται.
tacha x003E? dedotai pote eulogōs kai ton alēthinon proskynētēn en tǭ pneumati kai alētheią proskynounta typika tina poiein, hena tous tǭ typǭ dedoulōmenous oikonomikōtata eleutherōsas tōn typōn prosagagę̄ tę̄ alētheią, hōsper phainetai Paulos epi Timotheou pepoiēkōs, tacha de kai en Kenchreais kai Hierosolymois, hōs en tais Praxesi tōn apostolōn gegraptai.
Perhaps it is sometimes reasonably granted that even the true worshiper, worshiping in spirit and truth, does certain typical things, so that he may most skillfully free those enslaved to the type from the types and bring them to the truth, as Paul appears to have done in the case of Timothy, and perhaps also at Cenchreae and Jerusalem, as is written in the Acts of the Apostles.
13.112Preuschen 4:242–243
τηρητέον δὲ ὅτι οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ οὐ μόνον ἐν μελλούσῃ ὥρᾳ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐνεστηκυίᾳ προσκυνοῦσι τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ. ἀλλ ἐν πνεύματι οἱ προσκυνοῦντες, ὡς εἰλήφασι προσκυνοῦντες, ἐν ἀρραβῶνι πνεύματος ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος προσκυνοῦσιν, ἐν * * πνεύματι, ὅτε πᾶν χωρήσουσι τὸ πνεῦμα, προσκυνήσουσι τῷ πατρί.
tērēteon de hoti hoi alēthinoi proskynētai ou monon en mellousę̄ hōrą alla kai enestēkuią proskynousi tǭ patri en pneumati kai alētheią. all en pneumati hoi proskynountes, hōs eilēphasi proskynountes, en arrabōni pneumatos epi tou parontos proskynousin, en * * pneumati, hote pan chōrēsousi to pneuma, proskynēsousi tǭ patri.
It must be observed that the true worshipers worship the Father in spirit and truth not only in the hour to come but also in the present one. But those who worship in spirit, as they have received it, worship at present in the pledge of the Spirit; … in the Spirit, when they receive the whole Spirit, they will worship the Father.
13.113Preuschen 4:243
εἰ δὲ ὁ βλέπων διὰ κατόπτρου τὸ ἀληθὲς οὐ βλέπει, ὡς δείκνυται τούτοις τοῖς κατοπτρικοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ ταῦτα δεινῶν, βλέπει δὲ Παῦλος καὶ οἱ παραπλήσιοι αὐτῷ διὰ κατόπτρου νῦν, δῆλον ὅτι εἰ ὡς οὕτω καὶ προσκυνεῖ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ διὰ κατόπτρου προσκυνεῖ τῷ θεῷ· ὅταν δὲ ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα ἡ μετὰ τὴν ἐνεστηκυῖαν ἐνστησομένη, τότε ἔσται ἡ προσκύνησις ἐν ἀληθείᾳ τῇ »πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον« καὶ οὐκέτι διὰ κατόπτρου θεωρουμένῃ.
ei de ho blepōn dia katoptrou to alēthes ou blepei, hōs deiknytai toutois tois katoptrikois hypo tōn peri tauta deinōn, blepei de Paulos kai hoi paraplēsioi autǭ dia katoptrou nyn, dēlon hoti ei hōs houtō kai proskynei tǭ theǭ, kai dia katoptrou proskynei tǭ theǭ; hotan de elthę̄ hē hōra hē meta tēn enestēkuian enstēsomenē, tote estai hē proskynēsis en alētheią tę̄ »prosōpon pros prosōpon« kai ouketi dia katoptrou theōroumenę̄.
And if one who sees through a mirror does not see the truth, as is shown for such mirror images by those skilled in these matters, and Paul and those like him now see through a mirror, it is clear that if he worships God in this way, he worships God through a mirror too; but when the hour comes that will follow the present one, then worship will be in truth, contemplated “face to face” and no longer through a mirror.
13.114Preuschen 4:243
Τὸ μέντοι γε »‘Ημεῖς προσκυνοῦμεν« ὁ ‘Ηρακλέων οἴεται εἶναι ὁ ἐν αἰῶνι καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῶ ἐλθόντες· οὗτοι γάρ, φησίν, ᾔδεσαν τίνι προσκυνοῦσιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν προσκυνοῦντες.
To mentoi ge »‘Ēmeis proskynoumen« ho ‘Ērakleōn oietai einai ho en aiōni kai hoi syn autō elthontes; houtoi gar, phēsin, ę̄desan tini proskynousin kata alētheian proskynountes.
Heracleon thinks that “We worship” is the one in the Aeon and those who came with him; “for these,” he says, “knew whom they worship, worshiping in truth.”
13.115Preuschen 4:243
ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ »Ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν« εἰρῆσθαι ἐπεὶ ἐν τῇ ἐγενήθη, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐν αὐτοῖς οὐ γὰρ εἰς πάντας εὐδόκησεν) καὶ ὅτι ἐξ ἐκείνου τοῦ ἔθνους ἐξῆλθεν ἡ σωτηρία καὶ ὁ λόγος εἰς τὴν οἰκουμένην· κατὰ δὲ τὸ νοούμενον ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων τὴν σωτηρίαν διηγεῖται γεγονέναι ἐπείπερ εἰκόνες οὑτοι τῶν ἐν τῷ πληρώματι αὐτῷ εἶναι νομίζονται.
alla kai to »Hoti hē sōtēria ek tōn Ioudaiōn estin« eirēsthai epei en tę̄ egenēthē, allʼ ouk en autois ou gar eis pantas eudokēsen) kai hoti ex ekeinou tou ethnous exēlthen hē sōtēria kai ho logos eis tēn oikoumenēn; kata de to nooumenon ek tōn Ioudaiōn tēn sōtērian diēgeitai gegonenai epeiper eikones houtoi tōn en tǭ plērōmati autǭ einai nomizontai.
And [he says] that “For salvation is from the Jews” is said because it came about in Judea, but not in them (for he was not pleased with all), and because from that nation salvation and the Word went out into the world; but according to the spiritual sense he explains that salvation came from the Jews since they are thought to be images of those in the Pleroma.
13.116Preuschen 4:243
ἐχρῆν δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἕκαστον τῶν ἐν τῇ λατρείᾳ δεικνύναι πῶς ἐστιν ἐστιν τῶν ἐν τῷ πληρώματι, εἴγε μὴ μόνον φωνῇ τοῦτο λέγουσιν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ φρονοῦσιν αὐτό.
echrēn de auton kai tous apʼ autou hekaston tōn en tę̄ latreią deiknynai pōs estin estin tōn en tǭ plērōmati, eige mē monon phōnę̄ touto legousin alla kai alētheią phronousin auto.
But he and his followers ought to have shown how each thing in the worship is [an image] of the things in the Pleroma, if indeed they do not only say this in word but truly think it.
13.117Preuschen 4:243
πρὸς τούτοις τὸ »'Εν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ προσκυνεῖσθαι τὸν θεόν« διηγούμενος λέγει, ὅτι πρότεροι προσκυνηταὶ ἐν σαρκὶ καὶ πλάνῃ προσεκύνουν τῷ μὴ πατρί, ωστε κατʼ αὐτὸν πεπλανῆσθαι πάντας τοὺς προσκεκυνηκότας τῷ δημιουργῷ.
pros toutois to »'En pneumati kai alētheią proskyneisthai ton theon« diēgoumenos legei, hoti proteroi proskynētai en sarki kai planę̄ prosekynoun tǭ mē patri, ōste katʼ auton peplanēsthai pantas tous proskekynēkotas tǭ dēmiourgǭ.
Besides these, explaining “God is to be worshiped in spirit and truth,” he says that the former worshipers worshiped in flesh and error one who was not the Father; so that, according to him, all who have worshiped the Creator have gone astray.
13.118Preuschen 4:243–244
καὶ ἐπιφέρει γε ὁ ‘Ηρακλέων ὅτι ἐλάτρευον τῇ κτίσει, καὶ οὐ τῷ κατʼ ἀλήθειαν κτίστῃ, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστός, εἴ γε »Πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδέν«. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ τοιούτους ζητεῖ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας αὐτὸν.
kai epipherei ge ho ‘Ērakleōn hoti elatreuon tę̄ ktisei, kai ou tǭ katʼ alētheian ktistę̄, hos estin Christos, ei ge »Panta diʼ autou egeneto, kai chōris autou egeneto ouden«. Kai gar ho patēr toioutous zētei tous proskynountas auton.
And Heracleon adds that they served the creation and not the true Creator, who is Christ, since “All things came to be through him, and without him nothing came to be.” [John 4:23:] “For the Father too seeks such as these to worship him.”
13.119Preuschen 4:244
Εἰ ζητεῖ ὁ πατήρ, διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ ζητεῖ τοῦ ἐληλυθότος ζητῆσαι καὶ σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλός, οὕστινας καθαίρων καὶ παιδεύων τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τοῖς ὑγιέσι δόγμασιν κατασκευάζει ἀληθινοὺς προσκυνητάς.
Ei zētei ho patēr, dia tou huiou zētei tou elēlythotos zētēsai kai sōsai to apolōlos, houstinas kathairōn kai paideuōn tǭ logǭ kai tois hygiesi dogmasin kataskeuazei alēthinous proskynētas.
If the Father seeks, he seeks through the Son, who came to seek and save the lost, whom, cleansing and instructing them by the Word and sound doctrines, he makes true worshipers.
13.120Preuschen 4:244
ἀπολωλέναι δέ φησιν ὁ Ἡρακλέων ἐν τῇ βαθείᾳ ὕλῃ τῆς πλάνης τὸ οἰκεῖον τῷ πατρί, ὅπερ ζητεῖται, ἕνα ὁ πατὴρ ὑπὸ τῶν οἰκείων προσκυνῆται.
apolōlenai de phēsin ho Hērakleōn en tę̄ batheią hylę̄ tēs planēs to oikeion tǭ patri, hoper zēteitai, hena ho patēr hypo tōn oikeiōn proskynētai.
Heracleon says that what is akin to the Father was lost in the deep matter of error, and it is sought so that the Father may be worshiped by those akin to him.
13.121Preuschen 4:244
εἰ μὲν οὖν ἑώρα τὸν περὶ τῆς ἀπωλείας τῶν προβάτων λόγον καὶ τοῦ ἀποπεσόντος τῶν τοῦ πατρὸς υἱοῦ, κἂν ἀπεδεξάμεθα αὐτοῦ τὴν διήγησιν.
ei men oun heōra ton peri tēs apōleias tōn probatōn logon kai tou apopesontos tōn tou patros huiou, kan apedexametha autou tēn diēgēsin.
If, then, he had in view the account of the loss of the sheep and of the son who fell away from the Father's house, we would have accepted his explanation.
13.122Preuschen 4:244
ἐπεὶ δὲ μυθοποιοῦντες οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς γνώμης αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅ τί ποτε τρανῶς παριστᾶσιν περὶ τῆς άπολωλυίας πνευματικῆς φύσεως οὐδὲν σαφὲς διδάσκοντες· ἡμᾶς περὶ τῶν πρὸ τῆς ἀπωλείας αὐτῆς χρόνων ἢ αἰώνων (οὐδὲ γὰρ τρανοῦν ἑαυτῶν τὸν λόγον), διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὺς ἑκόντες παραπεμψόμεθα, τοσοῦτον ἐπαπορήσαντες. Πνεῦμα ὁ θεός, καὶ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας αὐτὸν ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ δεῖ προσκύνεῖν.
epei de mythopoiountes hoi apo tēs gnōmēs autou ouk oidʼ ho ti pote tranōs paristasin peri tēs apolōluias pneumatikēs physeōs ouden saphes didaskontes; hēmas peri tōn pro tēs apōleias autēs chronōn ē aiōnōn (oude gar tranoun heautōn ton logon), dia touto autous hekontes parapempsometha, tosouton epaporēsantes. Pneuma ho theos, kai tous proskynountas auton en pneumati kai alētheią dei proskynein.
But since those of his opinion, making myths, set out nothing clearly, teaching nothing plain about the spiritual nature that was lost, nor about the times or ages before its loss (for they do not make their own account clear), we willingly pass them by, having raised only this much difficulty. [John 4:24:] “God is spirit, and those who worship him must worship in spirit and truth.”
13.123Preuschen 4:244
Πολλῶν πολλὰ περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀποφηναμένων καὶ τῆς οὐσίας αὐτοῦ, ὥστε τινὰς μὲν εἰρηκέναι καὶ αὐτὸν σωματικῆς φύσεως λεπτομεροῦς καὶ αἰθερώδους, τινὰς δὲ ἀσωμάτου, καὶ ἄλλης ὑπὲρ ἐκεῖνα οὐσίας πρεσβείᾳ καὶ δυνάμει, ἄξιον ἡμᾶς ἰδεῖν εἰ ἔχομεν ἀφορμὰς ἀπὸ τῶν θείων γραφῶν πρὸς τὸ εἰπεῖν τι περὶ οὐσίας θεοῦ.
Pollōn polla peri tou theou apophēnamenōn kai tēs ousias autou, hōste tinas men eirēkenai kai auton sōmatikēs physeōs leptomerous kai aitherōdous, tinas de asōmatou, kai allēs hyper ekeina ousias presbeią kai dynamei, axion hēmas idein ei echomen aphormas apo tōn theiōn graphōn pros to eipein ti peri ousias theou.
Since many have declared many things about God and his being, so that some have said that he too is of a bodily nature, fine-textured and ethereal, others that he is incorporeal, and others that he is beyond these in dignity and power of being, it is worth our seeing whether we have starting points from the divine Scriptures for saying something about the being of God.
13.124Preuschen 4:244
ἐνθάδε μὲν οὖν λέγεται οἱονεὶ οὐσία εἶναι αὐτοῦ τὸ πνεῦμα· »Πνεῦμα γὰρ ὁ θεός«· φησίν· έν δὲ τῷ νόμῳ »πῦρ«· γέγραπται γὰρ »‘Ο θεὸς ἡμῶν πῦρ καταναλίσκον«· παρὰ δὲ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ »φῶς«· »Ό »θεός, γάρ φησι, φῶς ἐστιν καὶ σκοτία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία«.
enthade men oun legetai hoionei ousia einai autou to pneuma; »Pneuma gar ho theos«; phēsin; en de tǭ nomǭ »pyr«; gegraptai gar »‘O theos hēmōn pyr katanaliskon«; para de tǭ Iōannę̄ »phōs«; »O »theos, gar phēsi, phōs estin kai skotia en autǭ ouk estin oudemia«.
Here, then, his being is said to be, as it were, spirit: “For God is spirit,” he says; but in the Law, “fire,” for it is written, “Our God is a consuming fire”; and in John, “light”: “God,” he says, “is light, and in him there is no darkness at all.”
13.125Preuschen 4:244–245
ἐὰν μὲν οὖν ἁπλούστερον τούτων ἀκούσωμεν, μηδὲν πέρα τῆς λέξεως περιεργαζόμενοι, ὥρα ἡμῖν λέγειν σῶμα εἶναι τὸν θεόν· τίνα δὲ ἡμᾶς διαδέχεται ἄτοπα τοῦτο λέγοντας οὐ τῶν πολλῶν ἐστιν εἰδέναι· ὀλίγοι γὰρ διειλήφασιν περὶ τῆς τῶν σωμάτων φύσεως, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν ὑπὸ λόγου καὶ προνοίας κατακοσμουμένων· καίτοι τὸ προνοοῦν τῆς αὐτῆς οὐσίας λέγοντες εἶναι τοῖς προνοουμένοις γενικῷ λόγῳ, τέλειον ἀλλʼ οἷον τὸ προνοούμενον. παρεδέξαντο δὲ τὰ ἀπαντῶντα τῷ λόγῳ αὐτῶν ἄτοπα οἱ θέλοντες εἶναι σῶμα τὸν θεόν, ἅτε μὴ δυνάμενοι ἀντιβλέπειν τοῖς ἐκ λόγου ἐναργῶς παρισταμένοις.
ean men oun haplousteron toutōn akousōmen, mēden pera tēs lexeōs periergazomenoi, hōra hēmin legein sōma einai ton theon; tina de hēmas diadechetai atopa touto legontas ou tōn pollōn estin eidenai; oligoi gar dieilēphasin peri tēs tōn sōmatōn physeōs, kai malista tōn hypo logou kai pronoias katakosmoumenōn; kaitoi to pronooun tēs autēs ousias legontes einai tois pronooumenois genikǭ logǭ, teleion allʼ hoion to pronooumenon. paredexanto de ta apantōnta tǭ logǭ autōn atopa hoi thelontes einai sōma ton theon, hate mē dynamenoi antiblepein tois ek logou enargōs paristamenois.
If, then, we hear these words more simply, working out nothing beyond the letter, it is time for us to say that God is a body. What absurdities follow for us in saying this is not for the many to know; for few have examined the nature of bodies, and especially of those set in order by reason and providence. Yet they say that what exercises providence is of the same substance, in general terms, as what is provided for, perfect but of the same kind as what is provided for. Those who want God to be a body have accepted the absurdities that meet their argument, being unable to face what is clearly shown by reason.
13.126Preuschen 4:245
ταῦτα δέ φημι καθʼ ὑπεξαίρεσιν τῶν πέμπτην λεγόντων εἶναι φύσιν σωμάτων παρὰ τὰ στοιχεῖα.
tauta de phēmi kathʼ hypexairesin tōn pemptēn legontōn einai physin sōmatōn para ta stoicheia.
I say this with the exception of those who say there is a fifth nature of bodies besides the elements.
13.127Preuschen 4:245
εἰ δὲ πᾶν σῶμα ὑλικὸν ἔχει φύσιν τῷ ἰδίῳ λόγῳ ἄποιον τυγχάνουσαν τρεπτὴν δὲ καὶ ἀλλοιωτὴν καὶ δι ὅλων μεταβλητὴν καὶ ποιότητας χωροῦσαν, ἃς ἐὰν βούληται αὐτῇ περιτιθέναι ὁ δημιουργός, ἀνάγκη καὶ τὸν θεὸν ὑλικὸν ὄντα τρεπτὸν εἶναι καὶ ἀλλοιωτὸν καὶ μεταβλητόν.
ei de pan sōma hylikon echei physin tǭ idiǭ logǭ apoion tynchanousan treptēn de kai alloiōtēn kai di holōn metablētēn kai poiotētas chōrousan, has ean boulētai autę̄ peritithenai ho dēmiourgos, anankē kai ton theon hylikon onta trepton einai kai alloiōton kai metablēton.
But if every body has a material nature, without quality in its own definition, but changeable, alterable, and wholly transformable, and receiving whatever qualities the Creator wishes to put around it, then God too, being material, must be changeable, alterable, and transformable.
13.128Preuschen 4:245
καὶ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν οὐκ αἰδοῦνται λέγειν ὅτι καὶ φθαρτός ἐστιν σῶμα ὤν, σῶμα δὲ πνευματικὸν καὶ αἰθερῶδες, μάλιστα κατὰ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν αὐτοῦ· φθαρτὸν δὲ ὄντα μὴ φθείρεσθαι τῷ μὴ εἶναι τὸν φθείροντα αὐτὸν λέγουσιν.
kai ekeinoi men ouk aidountai legein hoti kai phthartos estin sōma ōn, sōma de pneumatikon kai aitherōdes, malista kata to hēgemonikon autou; phtharton de onta mē phtheiresthai tǭ mē einai ton phtheironta auton legousin.
And they are not ashamed to say that he is also perishable, being a body, though a spiritual and ethereal body, especially in his ruling faculty; and they say that though perishable he does not perish, because there is nothing to destroy him.
13.129Preuschen 4:245
ἡμεῖς δὲ διὰ τὸ μὴ ὁρᾶν τὰς ἀκολουθίας, ἐὰν σῶμα αὐτὸν > λέγοντες καὶ διὰ τὴν γραφὴν τοιοῦτόν τι σῶμα, πνεῦμα καὶ πῦρ καταναλίσκον καὶ φῶς, τὸ ἀναγκαίως ἑπόμενον τούτοις μὴ παραδεχόμενοι ἀσχημονήσομεν ὡς ἠλίθιοι καὶ παρὰ τὰ ἐναργῆ λέγοντες· πᾶν γὰρ πῦρ τροφῆς δεόμενον φθαρτόν ἐστιν, καὶ πᾶν πνεῦμα, εἰ ἁπλούστερον ἐκλαμβάνομεν τὸ πνεῦμα, σῶμα τυγχάνον ἐπιδέχεται ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ φύσει τὴν εἰς τὸ παχύτερον μεταβολήν.
hēmeis de dia to mē horan tas akolouthias, ean sōma auton > legontes kai dia tēn graphēn toiouton ti sōma, pneuma kai pyr katanaliskon kai phōs, to anankaiōs hepomenon toutois mē paradechomenoi aschēmonēsomen hōs ēlithioi kai para ta enargē legontes; pan gar pyr trophēs deomenon phtharton estin, kai pan pneuma, ei haplousteron eklambanomen to pneuma, sōma tynchanon epidechetai hoson epi tę̄ heautou physei tēn eis to pachyteron metabolēn.
But we, if, through not seeing the consequences, we call him a body, and because of Scripture such a body as spirit, consuming fire, and light, yet do not accept what necessarily follows from these, shall disgrace ourselves as fools who speak against what is evident. For all fire that needs fuel is perishable, and every spirit, if we take spirit more simply, being a body, admits by its own nature of change into something denser.
13.130Preuschen 4:245
ὥρα οὐν ἐν τούτοις ἤτοι τηροῦντας τὰς λέξεις τὰ τοσαῦτα ἄτοπα παραδέξασθαι καὶ δύσφημα περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἢ ἐφοδεῦσαι, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐπὶ ἄλλων πλειόνων ποιοῦμεν, καὶ ἐξετάσαι τί δύναται δηλοῦσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ λέγεσθαι πνεῦμα ἢ πῦρ ἢ φῶς εἶναι τὸν θεόν.
hōra oun en toutois ētoi tērountas tas lexeis ta tosauta atopa paradexasthai kai dysphēma peri tou theou, ē ephodeusai, hōsper kai epi allōn pleionōn poioumen, kai exetasai ti dynatai dēlousthai apo tou legesthai pneuma ē pyr ē phōs einai ton theon.
It is time, then, in these matters either to keep to the words and accept such great absurdities and blasphemies about God, or to proceed, as we do in many other cases, and examine what can be meant by saying that God is spirit or fire or light.
13.131Preuschen 4:245–246
Καὶ πρῶτον λεκτέον, ὅτι ὥσπερ ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ βλέφαρα καὶ ὠτα, χεῖράς τε καὶ βραχίονας καὶ πόδας εὑρίσκοντες γεγραμμένα τοῦ θεοῦ, ἔτι δὲ καὶ πτέρυγας, μεταλαμβάνομεν εἰς ἀλληγορίαν τὰ γεγραμμένα, καταφρονοῦντες τῶν μορφὴν ἀνθρώπων παραπλήσιον περιτιθέντων τῷ θεῷ καὶ εὐλόγως γε τοῦτο πράττομεν, οὕτως καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν εἰρημένων ὀνομάτων τὸ ἀκόλουθον ἡμῖν ποιητέον· καὶ δῆλόν γε ἀπὸ τοῦ φαινομένου ἡμῖν πρακτικωτέρου· »Φῶς γὰρ ἔστιν »ὁ θεός«, κατὰ τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ σκοτία οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐδεμία.
Kai prōton lekteon, hoti hōsper ophthalmous kai blephara kai ōta, cheiras te kai brachionas kai podas heuriskontes gegrammena tou theou, eti de kai pterygas, metalambanomen eis allēgorian ta gegrammena, kataphronountes tōn morphēn anthrōpōn paraplēsion peritithentōn tǭ theǭ kai eulogōs ge touto prattomen, houtōs kai epi tōn eirēmenōn onomatōn to akolouthon hēmin poiēteon; kai dēlon ge apo tou phainomenou hēmin praktikōterou; »Phōs gar estin »ho theos«, kata ton Iōannēn, kai skotia ouk estin en autǭ oudemia.
And first we must say that, just as when we find eyes, eyelids, ears, hands, arms, feet, and even wings written of God, we transfer what is written to allegory, despising those who attribute to God a form like that of human beings, and we do this reasonably, so also with the names mentioned we must do what follows. And it is clear from what seems to us more practical: “For God is light,” according to John, “and there is no darkness in him at all.”
13.132Preuschen 4:246
πῶς δὴ φῶς αὐτὸν νοητέον κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἡμῖν συνετώτερον ἐπισκεψώμεθα· διχῶς γὰρ τὸ »φως« ὀνομάζεται, σωματικόν τε καὶ πνευματικόν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ νοητὸν καὶ ὡς μὲν αἱ γραφαὶ ἂν λέγοιεν ἀόρατον, ὡς δʼ ἂν Ἕλληνες ὀνομάσαιεν ἀσώματον.
pōs dē phōs auton noēteon kata to dynaton hēmin synetōteron episkepsōmetha; dichōs gar to »phōs« onomazetai, sōmatikon te kai pneumatikon, hoper esti noēton kai hōs men hai graphai an legoien aoraton, hōs dʼ an Hellēnes onomasaien asōmaton.
Let us consider, as far as we can, how he is to be understood more intelligently as light. For “light” is named in two ways, bodily and spiritual, which is intelligible, and as the Scriptures would say, invisible, and as the Greeks would name it, incorporeal.
13.133Preuschen 4:246
καὶ τοῦ γε σωματικοῦ παράδειγμα ὁμολογούμενον τοῖς τὴν ἱστορίαν παραδεχομένοις τὸ »Πᾶσιν δὲ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ ἠν φῶς ἐν πᾶσιν οἷς κατε-- »γίνοντο«· τοῦ δὲ νοητοῦ καὶ πνευματικοῦ ἔν τινι τῶν δώδεκα· »Σπείρατε ἑαυτοῖς εἰς δικαιοσύνην, τρυγήσατε εἰς καρπὸν ζωῆς, »φωτίσατε ἐαυτοῖς φῶς γνώσεως«.
kai tou ge sōmatikou paradeigma homologoumenon tois tēn historian paradechomenois to »Pasin de tois huiois Israēl ēn phōs en pasin hois kate-- »ginonto«; tou de noētou kai pneumatikou en tini tōn dōdeka; »Speirate heautois eis dikaiosynēn, trygēsate eis karpon zōēs, »phōtisate eautois phōs gnōseōs«.
An example of the bodily, admitted by those who accept the history, is “But all the sons of Israel had light in all their dwellings”; and of the intelligible and spiritual, in one of the Twelve: “Sow for yourselves unto righteousness, gather in to the fruit of life, light for yourselves the light of knowledge.”
13.134Preuschen 4:246
ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὸ »σκότος« κατʼ ἀναλογίαν Μῶς λεχθήσεται. καὶ τοῦ μὲν κοινότερον λεγομένου παράδειγμα· »Καὶ ἐκάλεσεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ φῶς ἡμέραν, καὶ τὸ σκότος »ἐκάλεσεν νύκτα«· τοῦ δὲ νοητοῦ· »‘Ο λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκότει * * »καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν «.
homoiōs de kai to »skotos« katʼ analogian Mōs lechthēsetai. kai tou men koinoteron legomenou paradeigma; »Kai ekalesen ho theos to phōs hēmeran, kai to skotos »ekalesen nykta«; tou de noētou; »‘O laos ho kathēmenos en skotei * * »kai skią thanatou, phōs aneteilen «.
Likewise “darkness” also will be spoken of by analogy with light. An example of the more common usage: “And God called the light day, and the darkness he called night”; and of the intelligible: “The people sitting in darkness … and the shadow of death, a light has dawned.”
13.135Preuschen 4:246
Τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων ἄξιον ἰδεῖν, τί ἁρμόζει νοεῖν ἡμᾶς περὶ θεοῦ λεγομένου φῶς, ἐν ᾡ οὐδεμία ἐστὶν σκοτία. ἀρα γὰρ x003E; σωματικοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὁ θεὸς φωτίζων φῶς ἐστιν ἢ τοὺς νοητούς, περὶ ὡν καὶ ὁ προφήτης φησί· »Φώτισον τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς »μου, μήποτε ὑπνώσω εἰς θάνατον;«
Toutōn houtōs echontōn axion idein, ti harmozei noein hēmas peri theou legomenou phōs, en hǭ oudemia estin skotia. ara gar x003E? sōmatikous ophthalmous ho theos phōtizōn phōs estin ē tous noētous, peri hōn kai ho prophētēs phēsi; »Phōtison tous ophthalmous »mou, mēpote hypnōsō eis thanaton?«
This being so, it is worth seeing what it befits us to understand about God, who is called light, in whom there is no darkness. Is God light as illuminating bodily eyes, or the intelligible ones, about which the prophet also says, “Enlighten my eyes, lest I sleep in death”?
13.136Preuschen 4:246
νομίζω δὲ προφανὲς παντί τῳ εἶναι ὅτι οὐκ ἂν τὸ τοῦ ἡλίου ἔργον ποιεῖν λέγοιμεν τὸν θεόν, ἑτέρῳ παραχωροῦντα φωτίζειν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῶν μὴ ὑπνωσομένων εἰς θάνατον· οὐκοῦν φωτίζει ὁ θεὸς τὸν νοῦν ὡν κρίνει ἀξίους εῑναι τοῦ οἰκείου φωτισμοῦ.
nomizō de prophanes panti tǭ einai hoti ouk an to tou hēliou ergon poiein legoimen ton theon, heterǭ parachōrounta phōtizein tous ophthalmous tōn mē hypnōsomenōn eis thanaton; oukoun phōtizei ho theos ton noun hōn krinei axious einai tou oikeiou phōtismou.
I think it is evident to everyone that we would not say God does the work of the sun, leaving to another the enlightening of the eyes of those who will not sleep in death. Therefore God enlightens the mind of those he judges worthy of his own illumination.
13.137Preuschen 4:246
εἰ δὲ νοῦς ἐστιν φωτιστικὸς κατὰ τὸ λεγόμενον· Κύριος φωτισμός μου«· ἀνάγκη αὐτὸν νοητὸν τυγχάνοντα καὶ ἀόρατον καὶ ἀσώματον τούτου ἡμᾶς αὐτὸν ὑπολαμβάνειν φῶς * * * μήποτε καὶ πῦρ καταναλίσκοντῶμεν * * δμεν * * * σωματικο * * ἀναλωτικὸν εἶναι δοκεῖ, οἷον ξύλων καὶ χόρτου καὶ καλάμης·
ei de nous estin phōtistikos kata to legomenon; Kyrios phōtismos mou«; anankē auton noēton tynchanonta kai aoraton kai asōmaton toutou hēmas auton hypolambanein phōs * * * mēpote kai pyr katanaliskontōmen * * dmen * * * sōmatiko * * analōtikon einai dokei, hoion xylōn kai chortou kai kalamēs;
And if he is a mind that gives light, according to the saying, “The Lord is my illumination,” we must necessarily understand him, being intelligible, invisible, and incorporeal, as light of this kind … perhaps also as consuming fire … bodily … seems to be consuming, such as of wood, hay, and stubble;
13.138Preuschen 4:246–247
εἰ δὲ * * * ξύλα καὶ χόρτον καλάμη, μήποτε τὸ ἀναλωτικὸν τῆς τοιαύτης ὕλης πῦρ ὁ θεός ἐστιν ἡμῶν, πῦρ λεγόμενος εἶναι καταναλίσκον· καὶ πρέπον γε τῷ κυρίῳ ἐστὶν τὸ ἀναλίσκειν τὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ ἐξαφανίζειν τὰ χείρονα, οὗ γινομένου ἀλγηδόνας οἶμαι καὶ Πόνους γίνεσθαι, οὐκ ἀπό τινος σωματικῆς ἐπαφῆς, περὶ τὰ ἡγεμονικά, ἔνθα συνέστη ἡ τοῦ καταναλίσκεσθαι ἀξία οἰκοδομή.
ei de * * * xyla kai chorton kalamē, mēpote to analōtikon tēs toiautēs hylēs pyr ho theos estin hēmōn, pyr legomenos einai katanaliskon; kai prepon ge tǭ kyriǭ estin to analiskein ta toiauta kai exaphanizein ta cheirona, hou ginomenou algēdonas oimai kai Ponous ginesthai, ouk apo tinos sōmatikēs epaphēs, peri ta hēgemonika, entha synestē hē tou katanaliskesthai axia oikodomē.
and if … wood and hay, stubble, perhaps God is the fire that consumes such matter, being called a consuming fire. And it befits the Lord to consume such things and to destroy what is worse; and when this happens, I think, pains and toils arise, not from any bodily contact, in the ruling faculties, where the structure worthy of being consumed has been built.
13.139Preuschen 4:247
Φῶς οὖν ὀνομάζεται ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ σωματικοῦ φωτὸς μεταληφθεὶς εἰς ἀόρατον καὶ ἀσώματον φῶς, διὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ φωτίζειν νοητοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς δύναμιν οὕτω λεγόμενος· πῦρ τε προσαγορεύεται καταναλίσκον, ἀπὸ τοῦ σωματικοῦ πυρὸς καὶ καταναλωτικοῦ τῆς τοιᾶσδε ὕλης νοούμενος.
Phōs oun onomazetai ho theos apo tou sōmatikou phōtos metalēphtheis eis aoraton kai asōmaton phōs, dia tēn en tǭ phōtizein noētous ophthalmous dynamin houtō legomenos; pyr te prosagoreuetai katanaliskon, apo tou sōmatikou pyros kai katanalōtikou tēs toiasde hylēs nooumenos.
God, then, is named light, the term being transferred from bodily light to invisible and incorporeal light, so called because of his power to enlighten intelligible eyes; and he is called consuming fire, being understood from bodily fire that consumes such matter.
13.140Preuschen 4:247
τοιοῦτόν τί μοι φαίνεται καὶ περὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα ὁ θεός‘· ἐπεὶ γὰρ εἰς τὴν μέσην καὶ κοινότερον καλουμένην ζωὴν σπῶντος τοῦ περὶ ἡμᾶς πνεύματος τὴν καλουμένην σωματικώτερον πνοὴν ζωῆς, ζωοποιούμεθα ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος, ὑπολαμβάνω ἀπʼ ἐκείνου εἰλῆφθαι τὸ πνεῦμα λέγεσθαι τὸν θεὸν πρὸς τὴν ἀληθινὴν ζωὴν ἡμᾶς ἄγοντα· τὸ πνεῦμα γὰρ κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν λέγεται ζωοποιεῖν, φανερὸν ὅτι ζωοποίησιν οὐ τὴν μέσην ἀλλὰ τὴν θειοτέραν· καὶ γὰρ τὸ γράμμα ἀποκτέννει καὶ ἐμποιεῖ θάνατον, οὐ τὸν κατὰ τὸν χωρισμὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος, ἀλλὰ τὸν κατὰ τὸν χωρισμὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τοῦ κυρίου † αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ ὰγίου πνεύματος.
toiouton ti moi phainetai kai peri to Pneuma ho theos‘; epei gar eis tēn mesēn kai koinoteron kaloumenēn zōēn spōntos tou peri hēmas pneumatos tēn kaloumenēn sōmatikōteron pnoēn zōēs, zōopoioumetha apo tou pneumatos, hypolambanō apʼ ekeinou eilēphthai to pneuma legesthai ton theon pros tēn alēthinēn zōēn hēmas agonta; to pneuma gar kata tēn graphēn legetai zōopoiein, phaneron hoti zōopoiēsin ou tēn mesēn alla tēn theioteran; kai gar to gramma apoktennei kai empoiei thanaton, ou ton kata ton chōrismon tēs psychēs apo tou sōmatos, alla ton kata ton chōrismon tēs psychēs apo tou theou, kai tou kyriou † autou, kai tou agiou pneumatos.
Something like this seems to me true also of “God is spirit.” For since we are made alive by the spirit (breath), our surrounding spirit drawing into the middle and more commonly so-called life what is more bodily called the breath of life, I suppose that God is called spirit from this, as leading us to the true life. For the Spirit, according to Scripture, is said to give life, clearly not the middle life but the more divine. For the letter kills and produces death, not that by separation of the soul from the body, but that by separation of the soul from God, and from his Lord …, and from the Holy Spirit.
13.141Preuschen 4:247
Μήποτε δὲ καὶ τὸ »'Αντανελεῖς τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῶν, καὶ »ἐκλείψουσιν« καὶ »Ἐξαποστελεῖς τὸ πνεῦμά σου καὶ κτισθήσονται, καὶ ἀνακαινιεῖς τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς«· βέλτιον ἐκληψόμεθα ἀπὸ <τούτου> τοῦ πνεύματος, εἰ ὑπολαμβάνοιμεν ὁτι ὁ στερισκόμενος τοῦ θείου πνεύματος χοϊκὸς γίνεται, ἐπιτήδειον δὲ ἑαυτὸν ποιήσας πρὸς παραδοχὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ λαβὼν αὐτὸ ἀνακτισθήσεται καὶ x003E;
Mēpote de kai to »'Antaneleis to pneuma autōn, kai »ekleipsousin« kai »Exaposteleis to pneuma sou kai ktisthēsontai, kai anakainieis to prosōpon tēs gēs«; beltion eklēpsometha apo <toutou> tou pneumatos, ei hypolambanoimen hoti ho steriskomenos tou theiou pneumatos choïkos ginetai, epitēdeion de heauton poiēsas pros paradochēn autou kai labōn auto anaktisthēsetai kai x003E?
And perhaps we shall understand better from this spirit both “You will take away their spirit, and they will fail” and “You will send forth your spirit, and they will be created, and you will renew the face of the earth,” if we suppose that one deprived of the divine Spirit becomes earthly, but one who has made himself fit to receive it and has received it will be created anew and
13.142Preuschen 4:247
σωθήσεται. τοιοῦτον δʼ ἂν εἴη καὶ εἰ »ἐνεφύσησεν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ πνοὴν ζωῆς, καὶ ἐγένετο ὁ ἄνθρωπος εἰς ψυχὴν »ζῶσαν«, ὥστε καὶ τὸ ἐμφύσημα καὶ τὴν πνοὴν τῆς ζωῆς καὶ τὴν ζωὴν τῆς ψυχῆς πνευματικῶς ἀκούειν ἡμᾶς.
sōthēsetai. toiouton dʼ an eiē kai ei »enephysēsen eis to prosōpon autou pnoēn zōēs, kai egeneto ho anthrōpos eis psychēn »zōsan«, hōste kai to emphysēma kai tēn pnoēn tēs zōēs kai tēn zōēn tēs psychēs pneumatikōs akouein hēmas.
saved. Such too would be the meaning of “he breathed into his face the breath of life, and the man became a living soul,” so that we hear the inbreathing, the breath of life, and the life of the soul spiritually.
13.143Preuschen 4:247–248
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡ προειρημένη δύναμις οἱονεὶ οἰκητήριον ἐπιτήδειον εὑροῦσα τὴν τοῦ ἁγίου ψυχὴν ἐπιδίδωσιν ἑαυτὴν τῇ ἐν αὐτῇ, ἕνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, μονῇ, γεγράφθαι νομιστέον τὸ »'Ενοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐμπεριπατήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ »ἔσομαι αὐτοῖς θεός, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί μου λαός‘.
epei de hē proeirēmenē dynamis hoionei oikētērion epitēdeion heurousa tēn tou hagiou psychēn epididōsin heautēn tę̄ en autę̄, henʼ houtōs eipō, monę̄, gegraphthai nomisteon to »'Enoikēsō en autois kai emperipatēsō en autois, kai »esomai autois theos, kai autoi esontai mou laos‘.
And since the power mentioned, as it were, finding the soul of the holy person a fit dwelling, gives itself to its abiding there, so to speak, we must think that “I will dwell in them and walk among them, and I will be their God, and they shall be my people” was written.
13.144Preuschen 4:248
πλείονος μέντοι γε συγγυμνασίας δεόμεθα εἰς τὸ τελειωθέντας ἡμᾶς καὶ κατὰ τὰ λεγόμενα παρὰ τῷ ἀποστόλῶ αἰσθητήρια γεγυμνασμένα ἔχοντας διακριτικοὺς γενέσθαι ἀγαθῶν τε καὶ κακῶν, ἀληθῶν τε καὶ ψευδῶν, καὶ θεωρητικοὺς νοητῶν, ἕνα δυνηθῶμεν ἐπιμελέστερον καὶ θεοπρεπέστερον κατὰ τὸ ἐνδεχόμενον ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει νοῆσαι πῶς ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς φῶς καὶ πῦρ καὶ πνεῦμα.
pleionos mentoi ge syngymnasias deometha eis to teleiōthentas hēmas kai kata ta legomena para tǭ apostolō aisthētēria gegymnasmena echontas diakritikous genesthai agathōn te kai kakōn, alēthōn te kai pseudōn, kai theōrētikous noētōn, hena dynēthōmen epimelesteron kai theoprepesteron kata to endechomenon anthrōpinę̄ physei noēsai pōs estin ho theos phōs kai pyr kai pneuma.
We need, however, more training, so that, perfected and having, as the apostle says, senses trained, we may become able to distinguish good and evil, true and false, and to contemplate intelligible things, so that we may understand more carefully and in a way more worthy of God, as far as human nature allows, how God is light and fire and spirit.
13.145Preuschen 4:248
καὶ ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ δὲ τῶν Βασιλειῶν τὸ γενόμενον πνεῦμα κυρίου πρὸς Ἠλίαν τοιάδε τινὰ ὑποβάλλει περὶ θεοῦ· »Εἶπεν γάρ· Ἐξελεύσῃ αὔριον καὶ στήσῃ ἔναντι κυρίου ἐν τῷ ὄρει· ἰδοὺ παρελεύσεται κύριος καὶ πνεῦμα μέγα »κραταιὸν διαλῦον ὄρη καὶ συντρῖβον πέτρας ἐνώπιον κυρίου, οὐκ »ἐν τῷ πνεύματι κύριος‘ (ἐν δὲ ἄλλοις εὕρομεν· »ἐν τῷ »κυρίου«·) »μετὰ τὸ πνεῦμα συνσεισμός, οὐκ ἐν τῷ συνσεισμῷ κύριος· »καὶ μετὰ τὸν συνσεισμὸν πῦρ, οὐκ ἐν τῷ πυρὶ κύριος· καὶ μετὰ τὸ »πῦρ φωνὴ αὔρας λεπτῆς«· καὶ τάχα γε ἐν ὅσοις δεήσει γίνεσθαι πῦρ τῆς καταλήψεως τοῦ κυρίου δηλοῦται διὰ τούτων, ἅπερ οὐ τοῦ παρόντος ἂν εἴη καιροῦ διηγήσασθαι.
kai en tę̄ tritę̄ de tōn Basileiōn to genomenon pneuma kyriou pros Ēlian toiade tina hypoballei peri theou; »Eipen gar; Exeleusę̄ aurion kai stēsę̄ enanti kyriou en tǭ orei; idou pareleusetai kyrios kai pneuma mega »krataion dialyon orē kai syntribon petras enōpion kyriou, ouk »en tǭ pneumati kyrios‘ (en de allois heuromen; »en tǭ »kyriou«;) »meta to pneuma synseismos, ouk en tǭ synseismǭ kyrios; »kai meta ton synseismon pyr, ouk en tǭ pyri kyrios; kai meta to »pyr phōnē auras leptēs«; kai tacha ge en hosois deēsei ginesthai pyr tēs katalēpseōs tou kyriou dēloutai dia toutōn, haper ou tou parontos an eiē kairou diēgēsasthai.
And in the third book of Kingdoms, the spirit of the Lord that came to Elijah suggests things like these about God: “For he said, You shall go out tomorrow and stand before the Lord on the mountain; behold, the Lord will pass by, and a great and strong wind (spirit) splitting mountains and shattering rocks before the Lord; the Lord was not in the wind” (in other copies we found “in the Lord's”); “after the wind an earthquake, the Lord was not in the earthquake; and after the earthquake a fire, the Lord was not in the fire; and after the fire a sound of a gentle breeze.” And perhaps it is shown by these in how many things there must be a fire of the comprehension of the Lord, which it would not be the present occasion to explain.
13.146Preuschen 4:248
τίνα δὲ ἔπρεπεν λέγειν ἡμῖν περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ὅστις ἐστίν, ἢ τὸν υἱόν; »Οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἔγνω τὸν πατέρα »εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱός«, ἕνα καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀποκαλύπτοντος τοῦ υἱοῦ γνῶμεν πῶς πνεῦμά ἐστιν ὁ θεός, καὶ φιλοτιμησώμεθα ἐν πνεύματι τῷ ζωοποιοῦντι καὶ μὴ γράμματι τῷ ἀποκτέννοντι προσκυνεῖν τὸν θεόν, καὶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ σέβειν αὐτὸν καὶ μηκέτι τύποις μηδὲ σκιαῖς καὶ ὑποδείγμασιν, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι ὑποδείγμασι καὶ σκιᾷ τῶν ἐπουρανίων λατρεύουσιν τῷ θεῷ, ἀλλὰ τοῖς νοητοῖς καὶ ἐπουρανίοις, τὸν κατὰ τὴν τάξιν τοῦ Μελχισεδὲκ ἀρχιερέα ὁδηγὸν ἔχοντες τῆς ὑπὲρ τῶν δεομένων σωτηρίας λατρείας καὶ μυστικῆς καὶ ἀπορρήτου θεωρίας.
tina de eprepen legein hēmin peri tou theou hostis estin, ē ton huion? »Oudeis gar egnō ton patera »ei mē ho huios«, hena kai hēmeis apokalyptontos tou huiou gnōmen pōs pneuma estin ho theos, kai philotimēsōmetha en pneumati tǭ zōopoiounti kai mē grammati tǭ apoktennonti proskynein ton theon, kai en alētheią sebein auton kai mēketi typois mēde skiais kai hypodeigmasin, hōsper oude hoi angeloi hypodeigmasi kai skią tōn epouraniōn latreuousin tǭ theǭ, alla tois noētois kai epouraniois, ton kata tēn taxin tou Melchisedek archierea hodēgon echontes tēs hyper tōn deomenōn sōtērias latreias kai mystikēs kai aporrētou theōrias.
And who should tell us about God, what he is, but the Son? “For no one has known the Father except the Son,” so that we too, the Son revealing him, may know how God is spirit, and may strive to worship God in the Spirit who gives life and not in the letter that kills, and to revere him in truth and no longer in types, shadows, and copies; just as the angels too do not serve God in copies and shadow of heavenly things, but in intelligible and heavenly things, having as guide the high priest after the order of Melchizedek in the worship for the salvation of those in need and in mystical and secret contemplation.
13.147Preuschen 4:248
Εἰς μέντοι γε τὸ »Πνεῦμα ὁ θεός‘ Ἡρακλέων φησίν· ἄχραντος γὰρ καὶ καθαρὰ καὶ ἀόρατος ἡ θεία φύσις αὐτοῦ.
Eis mentoi ge to »Pneuma ho theos‘ Hērakleōn phēsin; achrantos gar kai kathara kai aoratos hē theia physis autou.
On “God is spirit,” however, Heracleon says: “For his divine nature is undefiled, pure, and invisible.”
13.148Preuschen 4:248–249
οὐκ οἶδα δὲ εἰ ἐδίδαξεν ἡμᾶς ταῦτα ἐπειπὼν πῶς ὁ θεὸς πνεῦμά ἐστιν· τὸ δὲ »τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας έν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ δεῖ προσκυνεῖν« σαφηνίζειν νομίζων φησίν· ἀξίως τοῦ προσκυνουμένου πνευματικῶς, οὐ σαρ- κικῶς· καὶ αὐτοὶ τῆς αὐτῆς φύσεως ὄντες πατρὶ πνεῦμά εἰσιν, οἵτινες κατὰ ἀλήθειαν καὶ οὐ κατὰ πλάνην προσκυνοῦσιν, καθὰ καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος διδάσκει λέγων λογικὴν λατρείαν τὴν τοιαύτην θεοσέβειαν.
ouk oida de ei edidaxen hēmas tauta epeipōn pōs ho theos pneuma estin; to de »tous proskynountas en pneumati kai alētheią dei proskynein« saphēnizein nomizōn phēsin; axiōs tou proskynoumenou pneumatikōs, ou sar- kikōs; kai autoi tēs autēs physeōs ontes patri pneuma eisin, hoitines kata alētheian kai ou kata planēn proskynousin, katha kai ho apostolos didaskei legōn logikēn latreian tēn toiautēn theosebeian.
I do not know whether by saying this he taught us how God is spirit. And thinking he clarifies “Those who worship him must worship in spirit and truth,” he says: “Worthily of the one worshiped, spiritually, not fleshly; for they too, being of the same nature as the Father, are spirit, who worship in truth and not in error, as the apostle too teaches, calling such godliness rational worship.”
13.149Preuschen 4:249
ἐπιστήσωμεν δὲ εἰ μὴ σφόδρα ἐστὶν ἀσεβὲς ὁμοουσίους τῇ ἀγεννήτῳ φύσει καὶ παμμακαρίᾳ λέγειν εἶναι τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας ἐν πνεύματι τῷ θεῷ, οὓς πρὸ βραχέος εἶπεν αὐτὸς ὁ ‘Ηρακλέων ἐκπεπτωκότας, τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν λέγων πνευματικῆς φύσεως οὖσαν ἐκπεπορνευκέναι.
epistēsōmen de ei mē sphodra estin asebes homoousious tę̄ agennētǭ physei kai pammakarią legein einai tous proskynountas en pneumati tǭ theǭ, hous pro bracheos eipen autos ho ‘Ērakleōn ekpeptōkotas, tēn Samareitin legōn pneumatikēs physeōs ousan ekpeporneukenai.
Let us consider whether it is not exceedingly impious to say that those who worship God in spirit are of the same substance (homoousios) as the unbegotten and all-blessed nature, the very people whom Heracleon himself said a little earlier had fallen, saying that the Samaritan woman, being of spiritual nature, had committed sexual immorality.
13.150Preuschen 4:249
ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὁρῶσιν * * ὅτι παντὸς * * *, καὶ τῶν αὐτῶν δεκτικόν· εἰ δὲ ἐδέξατο τὸ πορνεῦσαι ἡ πνευματικὴ φύσις, ὁμοούσιος οὖσα * * * ἀνόσια καὶ ἄθεα καὶ ἀσεβῆ ἀκολουθεῖ τῷ λόγῳ τῷ κατʼ αὐτοὺς περὶ θεοῦ οὐδὲ φαντασιωθῆναι ἀκίνδυνόν ἐστιν.
allʼ ouch horōsin * * hoti pantos * * *, kai tōn autōn dektikon; ei de edexato to porneusai hē pneumatikē physis, homoousios ousa * * * anosia kai athea kai asebē akolouthei tǭ logǭ tǭ katʼ autous peri theou oude phantasiōthēnai akindynon estin.
But they do not see … that [the substance] of all … is also capable of the same things. And if the spiritual nature admitted of committing sexual immorality, being of the same substance …, unholy, godless, and impious consequences follow from their account about God, which it is not safe even to imagine.
13.151Preuschen 4:249
Ἀλλʼ ἡμεῖς πειθόμενοι τῷ σωτῆρι λέγοντι· »Ὁ πατὴρ ὁ πέμψας με μείζων μου ἐστίν‘ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μὴ ἐνεγκόντι μηδὲ τὴν »ἀγαθὸς« προσηγορίαν τὴν κυρίαν καὶ ἀληθῆ καὶ τελείαν παραδέξασθαι αὐτῷ προσφερομένην, ἀλλὰ ἀναφέροντι αὐτὴν εὐχαρίστως τῷ πατρὶ ἐπιτιμήσεως πρὸς τὸν βουλόμενον ὑπερδοξάζειν τὸν υἱόν, πάντων μὲν τῶν γενητῶν ὑπερέχειν οὐ συγκρίσει ἀλλʼ ὑπερβαλλούσῃ ὑπεροχῇ φαμὲν τὸν σωτῆρα καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, ὑπερεχόμενον τοσοῦτον ἢ καὶ πλέον ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός, ὅσῳ ὑπερέχει αὐτὸς καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα τῶν λοιπῶν, οὐ τῶν τυχόντων ὄντων· ὅση γὰρ δοξολογία τοῦ ὑπερέχοντος θρόνων, κυριοτήτων, ἀρχῶν, ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ παντὸς ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου οὐ μόνον ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι, πρὸς τούτοις καὶ ἁγίων ἀγγέλων καὶ πνευμάτων καὶ ψυχῶν δικαίων, τί δεῖ καὶ λέγειν;
Allʼ hēmeis peithomenoi tǭ sōtēri legonti; »Ho patēr ho pempsas me meizōn mou estin‘ kai dia touto mē enenkonti mēde tēn »agathos« prosēgorian tēn kyrian kai alēthē kai teleian paradexasthai autǭ prospheromenēn, alla anapheronti autēn eucharistōs tǭ patri epitimēseōs pros ton boulomenon hyperdoxazein ton huion, pantōn men tōn genētōn hyperechein ou synkrisei allʼ hyperballousę̄ hyperochę̄ phamen ton sōtēra kai to pneuma to hagion, hyperechomenon tosouton ē kai pleon hypo tou patros, hosǭ hyperechei autos kai to hagion pneuma tōn loipōn, ou tōn tychontōn ontōn; hosē gar doxologia tou hyperechontos thronōn, kyriotētōn, archōn, exousiōn, kai pantos onomatos onomazomenou ou monon en tǭ aiōni toutǭ alla kai en tǭ mellonti, pros toutois kai hagiōn angelōn kai pneumatōn kai psychōn dikaiōn, ti dei kai legein?
But we, obeying the Savior who says, “The Father who sent me is greater than I,” and who for this reason did not allow himself to receive even the title “good” in its proper, true, and perfect sense when it was offered to him, but referred it gratefully to the Father, with a rebuke to one who wished to glorify the Son excessively, say that the Savior and the Holy Spirit surpass all things that have come to be, not by comparison but by a transcendent superiority, while he himself is surpassed by the Father as much as, or even more than, he and the Holy Spirit surpass the rest, who are no ordinary beings. For how great is the glory of one who surpasses thrones, dominions, rulers, authorities, and every name that is named not only in this age but also in the age to come, and besides these holy angels, spirits, and souls of the righteous, what need is there even to say?
13.152Preuschen 4:249
ἀλλʼ ὅμως τῶν τοσούτων καὶ τηλικούτων ὑπερέχων οὐσίᾳ καὶ πρεσβείᾳ καὶ δυνάμει καὶ θειότητι (ἔμψυχος γάρ ἐστι λόγος), καὶ σοφίᾳ, οὐ συγκρίνεται κατʼ οὐδὲν πατρί.
allʼ homōs tōn tosoutōn kai tēlikoutōn hyperechōn ousią kai presbeią kai dynamei kai theiotēti (empsychos gar esti logos), kai sophią, ou synkrinetai katʼ ouden patri.
But nevertheless, surpassing such and so great beings in being, dignity, power, divinity (for he is living Word), and wisdom, he is in no way comparable with the Father.
13.153Preuschen 4:249–250
εἰκὼν τῆς ἐστιν τῆς ἀγαθότητος αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀπαύγασμα οὐ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλλὰ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ άϊδίου φωτὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀτμὶς οὐ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀλλὰ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀπόρροια εἰλικρινὴς τῆς παντοκρατορικῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσοπτρον ἀκηλίδωτον τῆς ἐνεργείας αὐτοῦ, διʼ οὗ ἐσόπτρου Παῦλος καὶ Πέτρος καὶ οἱ παραπλήσιοι αὐτοῖς βλέπουσι τὸν θεόν, λέγοντος· »Ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ ἑώρακε τὸν πατέρα τὸν πέμψαντά με«. Λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ γυνή· Οἶδα ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός· ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα.
eikōn tēs estin tēs agathotētos autou kai apaugasma ou tou theou alla tēs doxēs autou kai tou aïdiou phōtos autou, kai atmis ou tou patros alla tēs dynameōs autou, kai aporroia eilikrinēs tēs pantokratorikēs doxēs autou, kai esoptron akēlidōton tēs energeias autou, diʼ hou esoptrou Paulos kai Petros kai hoi paraplēsioi autois blepousi ton theon, legontos; »Ho heōrakōs eme heōrake ton patera ton pempsanta me«. Legei autǭ hē gynē; Oida hoti Messias erchetai ho legomenos Christos; hotan elthę̄ ekeinos, anangelei hēmin hapanta.
He is the image of his goodness and the radiance not of God but of his glory and of his eternal light, and a breath not of the Father but of his power, and a pure emanation of his almighty glory, and an unspotted mirror of his working, through which mirror Paul and Peter and those like them see God, since he says, “He who has seen me has seen the Father who sent me.” [John 4:25:] “The woman says to him, I know that Messiah is coming, who is called Christ; when he comes, he will declare all things to us.”
13.154Preuschen 4:250
Ἄξιον ἰδεῖν πῶς ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις, πλεῖον τῆς Πεντατεύχου Μωσέως μηδὲν προσιεμένη, τὴν παρουσίαν Χριστοῦ ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου μόνου κηρυσσομένην προσδοκᾷ. καὶ εἰκός γε ἐκ τῆς εὐλογίας τοῦ Ἰακὼβ τῆς πρὸς τὸν Ἰούδαν ἐλπίζειν αὐτοὺς ἔσεσθαι καὶ τὴν ἐπιδημίαν λέγοντος· »Ἰούδα, σὲ αἰνέσαισαν οἱ ἀδελφοί σου· αἱ χεῖρές σου »ἐπὶ νώτου τῶν ἐχθρῶν σου· προσκυνήσουσίν σοι υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρός »σου·« καὶ μετʼ »Οὐκ ἐκλείψει ἄρχων ἐξ Ἰούδα καὶ ἡγούμενος »ἐκ τῶν μηρῶν αὐτοῦ, ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀποκείμενα αὐτῷ, καὶ αὐτὸς »προσδοκία ἐθνῶν«.
Axion idein pōs hē Samareitis, pleion tēs Pentateuchou Mōseōs mēden prosiemenē, tēn parousian Christou hōs apo tou nomou monou kēryssomenēn prosdoką. kai eikos ge ek tēs eulogias tou Iakōb tēs pros ton Ioudan elpizein autous esesthai kai tēn epidēmian legontos; »Iouda, se ainesaisan hoi adelphoi sou; hai cheires sou »epi nōtou tōn echthrōn sou; proskynēsousin soi huioi tou patros »sou;« kai metʼ »Ouk ekleipsei archōn ex Iouda kai hēgoumenos »ek tōn mērōn autou, heōs an elthę̄ ta apokeimena autǭ, kai autos »prosdokia ethnōn«.
It is worth seeing how the Samaritan woman, accepting nothing beyond the Pentateuch of Moses, expects the coming of Christ as proclaimed by the law alone. And they likely hope for his sojourn from Jacob's blessing of Judah, which says, “Judah, may your brothers praise you; your hands are on the back of your enemies; your father's sons shall bow down to you”; and after a little, “A ruler shall not fail from Judah, nor a leader from his thighs, until the things stored up for him come, and he is the expectation of the nations.”
13.155Preuschen 4:250
εἰκὸς δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῶν προφητειῶν τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τὸ αὐτὸ αὐτοὺς ἐλπίζειν, τῆς τε »Ἐξελεύσεται ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ »σπέρματος αὐτοῦ καὶ κυριεύσει ἐθνῶν πολλῶν, καὶ ὑψωθήσεται ἡ »Γὼγ βασιλεία, καὶ αὐξηθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ.
eikos de kai ek tōn prophēteiōn tou Balaam to auto autous elpizein, tēs te »Exeleusetai anthrōpos ek tou »spermatos autou kai kyrieusei ethnōn pollōn, kai hypsōthēsetai hē »Gōg basileia, kai auxēthēsetai hē basileia autou.
It is likely too that they hope for the same from the prophecies of Balaam: “A man shall come out of his seed and shall rule many nations, and the kingdom of Gog shall be exalted, and his kingdom shall be increased.
13.156Preuschen 4:250
θεὸς ὡδήγησεν »αὐτὸς ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, ὡς δόξα μονοκέρωτος αὐτῷ· ἔδεται ἔθνη »ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ πάχη αὐτῶν ἐκμυελεῖ, καὶ ταῖς βολίσιν »αὐτοῦ κατατοξεύσει ἐχθρόν· καὶ κατακλιθεὶς ἀνεπαύσατο ὡς λέων »καὶ ὡς σκύμνος· τίς ἀναστήσει αὐτόν; οἱ εὐλογοῦντές σε εὐλό- »γηνται, καὶ οἱ καταρώμ·ενοί σε κεκατήρανται«.
theos hōdēgēsen »autos ex Aigyptou, hōs doxa monokerōtos autǭ; edetai ethnē »echthrōn autou kai ta pachē autōn ekmyelei, kai tais bolisin »autou katatoxeusei echthron; kai kataklitheis anepausato hōs leōn »kai hōs skymnos; tis anastēsei auton? hoi eulogountes se eulo- »gēntai, kai hoi katarōm;enoi se kekatērantai«.
God led him out of Egypt; he has as it were the glory of the unicorn; he shall devour the nations of his enemies, and drain their marrow, and with his arrows shoot down the enemy. He lay down and rested like a lion and like a lion's whelp; who shall rouse him? Those who bless you are blessed, and those who curse you are cursed.”
13.157Preuschen 4:250
καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς δέ φησιν αὐτὸς Βαλαάμ· »Δείξω αὐτοῖς, καὶ οὐχὶ νῦν· μακαρίζω, »καὶ οὐκ ἐγγίζει. ἀνατελεῖ ἄστρον ἐξ Ἰακώβ, καὶ ἀναστήσεται ἄν- θρωπος ἐξ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ θραύσει τοὺς ἀρχηγοὺς Μωάβ, καὶ προ- »νομεύσει πάντας τοὺς υἱοὺς Σήθ. καὶ ἔσται Ἐδὼμ κληρονομία, καὶ »ἔσται ἡ κληρονομία ἠσαῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἰσραὴλ ἐποίησεν »ἐν ἰσχύϊ. καὶ ἐξεγερθήσεται ἐξ Ἰακώβ, καὶ ἀπολεῖ σωζόμενον ἐκ »πόλεως«.
kai en tois hexēs de phēsin autos Balaam; »Deixō autois, kai ouchi nyn; makarizō, »kai ouk engizei. anatelei astron ex Iakōb, kai anastēsetai an- thrōpos ex Israēl, kai thrausei tous archēgous Mōab, kai pro- »nomeusei pantas tous huious Sēth. kai estai Edōm klēronomia, kai »estai hē klēronomia ēsau ho echthros autou, kai israēl epoiēsen »en ischyï. kai exegerthēsetai ex Iakōb, kai apolei sōzomenon ek »poleōs«.
And in what follows Balaam himself says: “I will show him to them, but not now; I call him blessed, but he is not near. A star shall rise out of Jacob, and a man shall rise out of Israel, and shall crush the chiefs of Moab and plunder all the sons of Seth. And Edom shall be an inheritance, and Esau his enemy shall be an inheritance, and Israel has done mightily. And one shall be raised up out of Jacob, and shall destroy him who escapes from the city.”
13.158Preuschen 4:250
ἐπιστήσεις δὲ εἰ καὶ ἡ τοῦ Μωσέως πρὸς Ἰούδαν εὐλογία εἰς Χριστὸν ἀναφέρεσθαι καὶ τοῖς Σαμαρεῦσιν ἂν συνδοκοίη οὕτως ἔχουσα· »Εἰσάκουσον, κύριε, φωνὴν Ἰούδα, καὶ εἰς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ »ἔλθοις ὄν· αἱ χεῖρες αὐτοῦ ἅμα κρινοῦσιν αὐτῷ, καὶ βοηθὸς ἐκ τῶν »ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ ἔσῃ«.
epistēseis de ei kai hē tou Mōseōs pros Ioudan eulogia eis Christon anapheresthai kai tois Samareusin an syndokoiē houtōs echousa; »Eisakouson, kyrie, phōnēn Iouda, kai eis ton laon autou »elthois on; hai cheires autou hama krinousin autǭ, kai boēthos ek tōn »echthrōn autou esę̄«.
And you will consider whether Moses' blessing of Judah too, referred to Christ, might be agreed on by the Samaritans, which runs thus: “Hear, O Lord, the voice of Judah, and may you come to his people; his hands shall judge for him together, and you shall be a help against his enemies.”
13.159Preuschen 4:250–251
ἐπεὶ δὲ αὐχοῦσιν πατριάρχην Σαμαρεῖς τὸν Ἰωσήφ, ἐφίστημι μήποτε τήν τε τοῦ Ἰακὼβ εἰς τὸν Ἰωσήφ τινες εὐλογίαν [αὐτῷ] καὶ τὴν τοῦ Μωσέως ἐκδέξονται λέγεσθαι εἰς Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν· τῷ δὲ βουλομένῳ ἐξέσται ἀπʼ αὐτῆς τῆς γραφῆς λαβεῖν τὰ ῥητά.
epei de auchousin patriarchēn Samareis ton Iōsēph, ephistēmi mēpote tēn te tou Iakōb eis ton Iōsēph tines eulogian [autǭ] kai tēn tou Mōseōs ekdexontai legesthai eis Christou parousian; tǭ de boulomenǭ exestai apʼ autēs tēs graphēs labein ta rhēta.
And since the Samaritans boast of Joseph as patriarch, I wonder whether some will take both Jacob's blessing of Joseph and that of Moses to be spoken of the coming of Christ. Anyone who wishes may take the words from Scripture itself.
13.160Preuschen 4:251
καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ σωτὴρ εἰδὼς Μωσέα πολλὰ ἀναγεγραφότα τῆς περὶ Χριστοῦ προφητείας φησὶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις· »Εἰ ἐπιστεύετε Μωσεῖ, ἐπιστεύετε ἂν ἐμοί· περὶ γὰρ ἐμοῦ ἐκεῖνος «.
kai autos de ho sōtēr eidōs Mōsea polla anagegraphota tēs peri Christou prophēteias phēsi tois Ioudaiois; »Ei episteuete Mōsei, episteuete an emoi; peri gar emou ekeinos «.
And the Savior himself, knowing that Moses wrote much prophecy about Christ, says to the Jews: “If you believed Moses, you would believe me; for he wrote about me.”
13.161Preuschen 4:251
τυπικῶς μὲν οὖν καὶ αἰνιγματώδως ἀναφερόμενα εἰς τὸν χριστὸν τῶν ἀναγεγραμμένων ἐν τῷ νόμῳ πλεῖστα ὅσα ἔστιν εὑρεῖν· γυμνότερα δὲ καὶ σαφέστερα ἐγὼ οὐχ ὁρῶ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἄλλα τινὰ παρὰ ταῦτα. Μεσσίας μέντοι γε Ἑβραϊστὶ καλεῖται, ὅπερ οἱ μὲν ἑβδομήκοντα »Χριστὸς« ἡρμήνευσαν· ὁ δὲ Ἀκύλας «Ἠλιμμένος«.
typikōs men oun kai ainigmatōdōs anapheromena eis ton christon tōn anagegrammenōn en tǭ nomǭ pleista hosa estin heurein; gymnotera de kai saphestera egō ouch horō epi tou parontos alla tina para tauta. Messias mentoi ge Hebraïsti kaleitai, hoper hoi men hebdomēkonta »Christos« hērmēneusan; ho de Akylas «Ēlimmenos«.
One can find very many things written in the law that refer to Christ typically and enigmatically; but I do not see at present others more open and clear than these. “Messiah” is what he is called in Hebrew, which the Seventy translated “Christ,” and Aquila “Anointed.”
13.162Preuschen 4:251
Θεωρητέον καὶ τὸ »Ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν »ἅπαντα·« πότερον ἀπὸ παραδόσεως τῇ Σαμαρείτιδι εἴρηται ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου; οὐκ ἀγνοητέον μέντοι γε ὅτι ὥσπερ ἀπὸ Ἰουδαίων ἀνέστη ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Χριστὸς εἶναι οὐ μόνον λέγων ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποδεικνύς· οὕτως ἀπὸ Σαμαρέων Δοσίθεός τις ἀναστὰς ἔφασκεν ἑαυτὸν εἶναι τὸν προεφητευμένον χριστόν, ἀφʼ οὑ δεῦρο μέχρι εἰσὶν οἱ Δοσιθεηνοί, φέροντες καὶ βίβλους τοῦ Δοσιθέου καὶ μύθους τινὰς περὶ αὐτοῦ διηγούμενοι ὡς μὴ γευσαμένου θανάτου ἀλλʼ ἐν τῷ βίῳ που τυγχάνοντος. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ὡς πρὸς τὴν λέξιν.
Theōrēteon kai to »Hotan elthę̄ ekeinos, anangelei hēmin »hapanta;« poteron apo paradoseōs tę̄ Samareitidi eirētai ē apo tou nomou? ouk agnoēteon mentoi ge hoti hōsper apo Ioudaiōn anestē ho Iēsous, Christos einai ou monon legōn alla kai apodeiknys; houtōs apo Samareōn Dositheos tis anastas ephasken heauton einai ton proephēteumenon christon, aphʼ hou deuro mechri eisin hoi Dositheēnoi, pherontes kai biblous tou Dositheou kai mythous tinas peri autou diēgoumenoi hōs mē geusamenou thanatou allʼ en tǭ biǭ pou tynchanontos. kai tauta men hōs pros tēn lexin.
We must also consider “When he comes, he will declare all things to us”: was it said by the Samaritan woman from tradition or from the law? One must not be unaware, however, that just as Jesus arose from the Jews, not only saying but proving that he is the Christ, so from the Samaritans a certain Dositheus arose who said he was the prophesied Christ; from him to this day there are the Dositheans, who carry books of Dositheus and tell certain myths about him, that he did not taste death but is still alive somewhere. So much as regards the letter.
13.163Preuschen 4:251
Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ ἑτερόδοξος παρὰ τῇ πηγῇ τοῦ Ἰακώβ, φρέατι ὑπʼ αὐτῆς εἶναι νομιζομένῳ, γνώμη ὃν ὑπολαμβάνει εἶναι τελειότερον λόγον τοῦτον Χριστὸν ὀνομάζουσά φησιν· »Ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα«. παρὼν δὲ αὐτῇ ὁ προσδοκώμενος καὶ ἐλπιζόμενος φησὶ τὸ »Ἐγώ εἰμι, ὁ λαλῶν σοι«.
Alla kai hē heterodoxos para tę̄ pēgę̄ tou Iakōb, phreati hypʼ autēs einai nomizomenǭ, gnōmē hon hypolambanei einai teleioteron logon touton Christon onomazousa phēsin; »Hotan elthę̄ ekeinos, anangelei hēmin hapanta«. parōn de autę̄ ho prosdokōmenos kai elpizomenos phēsi to »Egō eimi, ho lalōn soi«.
But the heterodox mind too, at the spring of Jacob, which it thinks is a well, calling Christ this Word which it supposes to be more perfect, says, “When he comes, he will declare all things to us.” And the one expected and hoped for, being present to her, says, “I am he, who speaks to you.”
13.164Preuschen 4:251
Ὅρα δὲ καὶ τὸν Ἡρακλέωνα τί φησι· λέγει γὰρ ὅτι προσεδέχετο ἡ ἐκκλησία τὸν χριστὸν καὶ ἐπέπειστο περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ πάντα μόνος ἐκεῖνος ἐπίσταται. Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ἐγώ εἰμι, ὁ λαλῶν σοι. καὶ ἐΠὶ τούτῳ ἦλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει· οὐδεὶς μέντοι γε εἶΠεν· Τί ζητεῖς; ἢ Τί λαλεῖς μετ αὐτῆς;
Hora de kai ton Hērakleōna ti phēsi; legei gar hoti prosedecheto hē ekklēsia ton christon kai epepeisto peri autou, hoti ta panta monos ekeinos epistatai. Legei autę̄ ho Iēsous; Egō eimi, ho lalōn soi. kai ePi toutǭ ēlthon hoi mathētai autou, kai ethaumazon hoti meta gynaikos elalei; oudeis mentoi ge eiPen; Ti zēteis? ē Ti laleis met autēs?
See also what Heracleon says: he says that the church was expecting Christ and was persuaded about him that he alone knows all things. [John 4:26–27:] “Jesus says to her, I am he, who speaks to you. And at this his disciples came, and they marveled that he was speaking with a woman; yet no one said, What do you seek? or, Why are you speaking with her?”
13.165Preuschen 4:251–252
Ζητητέον εἴ που χριστὸς ἑαυτὸν εὐηγγελίσατο, καὶ συγκριτέον ταῦτα ἀλλήλοις ὥσπερ· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ »ἐμαυτοῦ, καὶ μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με πατήρ«, καὶ ἐν τῷ »Εἰ ἐπιστεύετε Μωσεῖ, ἐπιστεύετε ἂν ἐμοί· περὶ γὰρ ἐμοῦ ἐκεῖνος »ἔγραψεν«, καὶ εἴ τι τούτοις παραπλήσιον ἔν τινι τῶν εὐαγγελίων εἴρηται.
Zētēteon ei pou christos heauton euēngelisato, kai synkriteon tauta allēlois hōsper; »Egō eimi ho martyrōn peri »emautou, kai martyrei peri emou ho pempsas me patēr«, kai en tǭ »Ei episteuete Mōsei, episteuete an emoi; peri gar emou ekeinos »egrapsen«, kai ei ti toutois paraplēsion en tini tōn euangeliōn eirētai.
We must ask whether anywhere Christ proclaimed himself, and compare these passages with one another, such as “I am the one who bears witness about myself, and the Father who sent me bears witness about me,” and “If you believed Moses, you would believe me; for he wrote about me,” and anything similar said in any of the Gospels.
13.166Preuschen 4:252
πλὴν ὅσον ἐπὶ τῷ ῥητῷ μανθάνωμεν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ὅτι πρᾶός ἐστιν καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ, μὴ ὑπερηφανῶν περὶ τηλικούτων πραγμάτων διαλέγεσθαι ὑδροφόρῳ γυναικὶ διὰ πολλὴν πενίαν ἐξιούσῃ τὴν πόλιν καὶ καμνούσῃ εἰς τὸ ὑδρεύσασθαι.
plēn hoson epi tǭ rhētǭ manthanōmen apʼ autou kai enteuthen hoti praos estin kai tapeinos tę̄ kardią, mē hyperēphanōn peri tēlikoutōn pragmatōn dialegesthai hydrophorǭ gynaiki dia pollēn penian exiousę̄ tēn polin kai kamnousę̄ eis to hydreusasthai.
However, as far as the letter goes, let us learn from him here too that he is gentle and lowly in heart, not disdaining to converse about such great matters with a water-carrying woman who, through great poverty, goes out of the city and labors to draw water.
13.167Preuschen 4:252
θαυμάζουσίν γε καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ ἐπελθόντες, προτεθεωρηκότες τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἐν αὐτῷ θεότητος, καὶ θαυμάζουσιν τίνα τρόπον ὁ τηλικοῦτος μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει· ἡμεῖς δὲ ὑπὸ ἀλαζονίας καὶ ὑπὸ ὑπερηφανίας ἀγόμενοι τοὺς εὐτελεστέρους ὑπερορώμεθά τε ἐπιλανθανόμενοι τοῦ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἄνθρωπον εἶναι τὸ »Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατʼ εἰκόνα »ἡμετέραν, καὶ ὁμοίωσιν ἡμετέραν«.
thaumazousin ge kai hoi mathētai epelthontes, protetheōrēkotes to megethos tēs en autǭ theotētos, kai thaumazousin tina tropon ho tēlikoutos meta gynaikos elalei; hēmeis de hypo alazonias kai hypo hyperēphanias agomenoi tous eutelesterous hyperorōmetha te epilanthanomenoi tou kathʼ hekaston anthrōpon einai to »Poiēsōmen anthrōpon katʼ eikona »hēmeteran, kai homoiōsin hēmeteran«.
The disciples too marvel when they come, having already seen the greatness of the divinity in him, and they marvel how so great a one was speaking with a woman. But we, led by arrogance and pride, overlook the humbler, forgetting that in each human being there is “Let us make man according to our image and according to our likeness.”
13.168Preuschen 4:252
καὶ μὴ μεμνημένοι τοῦ πλάσαντος ἐν κοιλίᾳ καὶ πλάσαντος κατὰ μόνας τὰς καρδίας πάντων ἀνθρώπων καὶ συνιέντος εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν οὐ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ταπεινῶν ἐστὶ θεὸς καὶ ἐλαττόνων βοηθός, ἀντιλήπτωρ ἀσθενούντων, ἀφηλπισμένων σκεπαστὴς καὶ ἀπεγνωσμένων σωτήρ.
kai mē memnēmenoi tou plasantos en koilią kai plasantos kata monas tas kardias pantōn anthrōpōn kai synientos eis panta ta erga autōn ou ginōskomen hoti tapeinōn esti theos kai elattonōn boēthos, antilēptōr asthenountōn, aphēlpismenōn skepastēs kai apegnōsmenōn sōtēr.
And not remembering the one who formed us in the womb, who alone fashioned the hearts of all people and understands all their works, we do not know that God is a God of the lowly, a helper of the lesser, a supporter of the weak, a protector of the despairing, and a savior of the despaired of.
13.169Preuschen 4:252
οἱονεὶ δὲ καὶ ἀποστόλῳ πρὸς τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει χρῆται τῇ γυναικὶ ταύτῃ, ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐξάψας αὐτὴν διὰ τῶν λόγων, ἕως ἀφεῖσα τὴν ὑδρίαν αὐτῆς ἡ γυνὴ ἀπελθοῦσα εἰς τὴν πόλιν εἴπῃ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· »Δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον, ὃς εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ »ἐποίησα· μήτι οὑτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστός;« ὅτε »ἐξῆλθον ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, »καὶ ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτόν·« καὶ τῇ τοιᾷδε μὲν μὴ ὕστερον, τότε δὲ σαφέστατα ἐμφανίζῃ ἑαυτὸν ὁ λόγος, ὡς ἐλθόντας τοὺς μαθητὰς θαυμάζειν εἰ καὶ αὕτη ἠξίωται θῆλύς τις καὶ εξαπάτητος οὖσα, τυχεῖν τῆς ὁμιλίας πρὸς αὐτὴν τοῦ λόγου.
hoionei de kai apostolǭ pros tous en tę̄ polei chrētai tę̄ gynaiki tautę̄, epi tosouton exapsas autēn dia tōn logōn, heōs apheisa tēn hydrian autēs hē gynē apelthousa eis tēn polin eipę̄ tois anthrōpois; »Deute, idete anthrōpon, hos eipen moi panta ha »epoiēsa; mēti houtos estin ho christos?« hote »exēlthon ek tēs poleōs, »kai ērchonto pros auton;« kai tę̄ toiąde men mē hysteron, tote de saphestata emphanizę̄ heauton ho logos, hōs elthontas tous mathētas thaumazein ei kai hautē ēxiōtai thēlys tis kai exapatētos ousa, tychein tēs homilias pros autēn tou logou.
And he uses this woman as an apostle, as it were, to those in the city, having so kindled her by his words that the woman, leaving her water jar, goes away into the city and says to the people, “Come, see a man who told me all that I did. Can this be the Christ?” when “they went out of the city and were coming to him.” And to such a woman, not later but then, the Word shows himself most clearly, so that the disciples, coming, marvel that even she, a woman and one open to deception, was deemed worthy to have the Word converse with her.
13.170Preuschen 4:252
πλὴν πειθόμενοι καλῶς ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου Πάντα γίνεσθαι οἱ μαθηταὶ οὐκ ἐπιπλήττουσιν οὐδὲ ἐπαποροῦσιν περὶ τῆς πρὸς τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν ζητήσεως καὶ τῆς πρὸς αὐτὴν κοινολογίας.
plēn peithomenoi kalōs hypo tou logou Panta ginesthai hoi mathētai ouk epiplēttousin oude epaporousin peri tēs pros tēn Samareitin zētēseōs kai tēs pros autēn koinologias.
However, persuaded that all things are done well by the Word, the disciples do not rebuke him nor question him about his seeking with the Samaritan woman and his conversation with her.
13.171Preuschen 4:252
τάχα δὲ καὶ καταπεπλήγασιν τὴν πολλὴν χρηστότητα τοῦ λόγου συγκαταβαίνοντος ψυχῇ ἐξουθενούσῃ Σιών, καὶ πεποιθυίᾳ ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος Σαμαρείας· διόπερ γέγραπται· »Ἐθαύμαζον »ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει«.
tacha de kai katapeplēgasin tēn pollēn chrēstotēta tou logou synkatabainontos psychę̄ exouthenousę̄ Siōn, kai pepoithuią epi to oros Samareias; dioper gegraptai; »Ethaumazon »hoti meta gynaikos elalei«.
And perhaps they were also struck by the great kindness of the Word condescending to a soul that despises Zion and trusts in the mountain of Samaria; that is why it is written, “They marveled that he was speaking with a woman.”
13.172Preuschen 4:252–253
Καὶ ὁ Ἡρακλέων δέ φησι πρὸς τὸ »Ἐγώ εἰμι, ὁ λαλῶν »σοι«, ὅτι ἐπεὶ ἐπέπειστο ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις περὶ τοῦ χριστοῦ ὡς ἄρα ἐλθὼν πάντα ἀπαγγελεῖ αὐτῇ, φησί Γίνωσκε ὅτι ἐκεῖνος, ὃν προσδοκᾷς, ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ λαλῶν σοι«. καὶ ὅτε ὡμολόγησεν ἑαυτὸν τὸν προσδοκώμενον ἐληλυθέναι, »ἠλθον, φησίν, οἱ μαθηταὶ πρὸς αὐτόν‘, διʼ οὓς ἐληλύθει εἰς τὴν Σαμάρειαν. πῶς δὲ διὰ τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐληλύθει εἰς τὴν Σαμάρειαν, οἵτινες καὶ πρότερον αὐτῷ συνῆσαν; Ἀφῆκεν οὖν τὴν ὑδρίαν αὐτῆς ἡ γυνὴ καὶ ἀΠῆλθεν εἰς τὴν Πόλιν καὶ λέγει τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· Δεῦτε ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον, ὸς εἶπέν μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐΠοίησα· μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστός;
Kai ho Hērakleōn de phēsi pros to »Egō eimi, ho lalōn »soi«, hoti epei epepeisto hē Samareitis peri tou christou hōs ara elthōn panta apangelei autę̄, phēsi Ginōske hoti ekeinos, hon prosdokąs, egō eimi ho lalōn soi«. kai hote hōmologēsen heauton ton prosdokōmenon elēlythenai, »ēlthon, phēsin, hoi mathētai pros auton‘, diʼ hous elēlythei eis tēn Samareian. pōs de dia tous mathētas elēlythei eis tēn Samareian, hoitines kai proteron autǭ synēsan? Aphēken oun tēn hydrian autēs hē gynē kai aPēlthen eis tēn Polin kai legei tois anthrōpois; Deute idete anthrōpon, os eipen moi panta hosa ePoiēsa; mēti houtos estin ho christos?
And Heracleon says on “I am he, who speaks to you” that, since the Samaritan woman was persuaded about Christ that when he came he would declare all things to her, he says, “Know that the one you expect is I who speak to you.” And when he had confessed that the one expected had come, “the disciples came to him,” he says, for whose sake he had come to Samaria. But how had he come to Samaria for the sake of the disciples, who were with him even before? [John 4:28–29:] “So the woman left her water jar and went away into the city and says to the people, Come, see a man who told me all that I did. Can this be the Christ?”
13.173Preuschen 4:253
οὐ μάτην οἶμαι ἀναγεγραφέναι τὸν εὐαγγελιστὴν καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς ἀφέσεως τῆς ὑδρίας, ἥντινα ἀφεῖσα ἡ γυνὴ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν· κατὰ μὲν οὖν τὴν λέξιν σπουδὴν ἐμφαίνει πλείονα τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος καταλειπούσης τὴν ὑδρίαν καὶ οὐ τοσοῦτον πεφροντικυίας τοῦ σωματικοῦ καὶ ταπεινοτέρου καθήκοντος ὅσον τῆς τῶν πολλῶν ὠφελείας· φιλανθρωπότατα γὰρ κεκίνηται βουληθεῖσα τοῖς πολίταις εὐαγγελίσασθαι τὸν χριστόν, μαρτυροῦσα αὐτῷ εἰρηκότι αὐτῇ
ou matēn oimai anagegraphenai ton euangelistēn kai ta peri tēs apheseōs tēs hydrias, hēntina apheisa hē gynē apēlthen eis tēn polin; kata men oun tēn lexin spoudēn emphainei pleiona tēs Samareitidos kataleipousēs tēn hydrian kai ou tosouton pephrontikuias tou sōmatikou kai tapeinoterou kathēkontos hoson tēs tōn pollōn ōpheleias; philanthrōpotata gar kekinētai boulētheisa tois politais euangelisasthai ton christon, martyrousa autǭ eirēkoti autę̄
I do not think the evangelist recorded in vain the leaving of the water jar, which the woman left when she went into the city. As to the letter, it shows the Samaritan woman's greater zeal, leaving her water jar and caring not so much for the bodily and humbler duty as for the benefit of the many. For she was moved most lovingly, wishing to proclaim the good news of Christ to her fellow citizens, bearing witness that he had told her
13.174Preuschen 4:253
»πάντα ἃ ἐποίησεν( καλεῖ δὲ αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ ἰδεῖν ἄνθρωπον λόγον ἔχοντα μείζονα ἀνθρώπου· τὸ γὰρ ὁρατὸν ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ ἄνθρωπος ἠν. χρὴ οὐν καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐπιλανθανομένους τῶν σωματικωτέρων καὶ ἀφιέντας αὐτὰ σπεύδειν ἐπὶ τὸ μεταδιδόναι ἡς μετειλήφαμεν ὠφελείας ἑτέροις· ἐπὶ τοῦτο γὰρ προκαλεῖται ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς ἔπαινον τοῖς εἰδόσιν ἀναγινώσκειν ἀναγράφων τῆς γυναικός.
»panta ha epoiēsen( kalei de autous epi to idein anthrōpon logon echonta meizona anthrōpou; to gar horaton ophthalmois autou anthrōpos ēn. chrē oun kai hēmas epilanthanomenous tōn sōmatikōterōn kai aphientas auta speudein epi to metadidonai hēs meteilēphamen ōpheleias heterois; epi touto gar prokaleitai ho euangelistēs epainon tois eidosin anaginōskein anagraphōn tēs gynaikos.
“all that she did.” And she calls them to see a man who has a word greater than man; for what was visible to their eyes was a man. We too, then, must forget the more bodily things, leave them, and hasten to share with others the benefit we have received; for to this the evangelist calls us, recording the woman's praise for those who know how to read.
13.175Preuschen 4:253
Πρὸς μέντοι γε τὴν ἀναγωγὴν σκοπητέον τίς ἡ ὑδρία, ἣν ἀφίησιν παραδεξαμένη πως τοὺς ἰησοῦ λόγους ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις· καὶ τάχα τὸ δοχεῖον τοῦ σεμνοποιουμένου ἐπὶ βαθύτητι ὕδατος, τῆς διδασκαλίας, ὧν ἐφρόνει πρότερον ἐξευτελίζουσα ἀποτίθεται, ἐν τῷ κρείττονι τῆς ὺδρίας λαβοῦσα ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος τοῦ γενομένου ἤδη ἐν αὐτῇ ἀρχῆς »ὕδατος ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον«·
Pros mentoi ge tēn anagōgēn skopēteon tis hē hydria, hēn aphiēsin paradexamenē pōs tous iēsou logous hē Samareitis; kai tacha to docheion tou semnopoioumenou epi bathytēti hydatos, tēs didaskalias, hōn ephronei proteron exeutelizousa apotithetai, en tǭ kreittoni tēs ydrias labousa ek tou hydatos tou genomenou ēdē en autę̄ archēs »hydatos hallomenou eis zōēn aiōnion«;
As for the higher sense, however, we must consider what the water jar is which the Samaritan woman leaves after she has somehow received Jesus' words. Perhaps, despising the vessel of the water vaunted for its depth, the teaching of the doctrines she formerly held, she puts it aside, having received, in something better than the water jar, from the water that has already become in her a beginning of “water welling up to eternal life.”
13.176Preuschen 4:253
πῶς γὰρ ἂν τοῦ ὕδατος τούτου μὴ μετειληφυῖα φιλανθρώπως Χριστὸν τοῖς πολίταις ἐκήρυσσεν, θαυμάζουσα αὐτὸν ἀπαγγέλλοντα »πάντα ἃ ἐποίησεν«, εἰ μὴ μετειλήφει, διʼ ὡν ἤκουεν, τοῦ σωτηρίου ὕδατος;
pōs gar an tou hydatos toutou mē meteilēphuia philanthrōpōs Christon tois politais ekēryssen, thaumazousa auton apangellonta »panta ha epoiēsen«, ei mē meteilēphei, diʼ hōn ēkouen, tou sōtēriou hydatos?
For how could she, not having shared in this water, have lovingly proclaimed Christ to her fellow citizens, marveling at him who declared “all that she had done,” if she had not shared, through what she heard, in the saving water?
13.177Preuschen 4:253–254
Ρεβέκκα μέντοι καὶ αὐτὴ ὑδρίαν ἔχουσα ἐπὶ τῶν ὤμων, πρὶν συντελέσαι λαλοῦντα ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ τὸν παῖδα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, ἐξεπορεύετο καλὴ τῇ ὄψει παρθένος· ἥτις ἐπείπερ οὐχ ὁμοίως ἤντλει τῇ Σαμαρείτιδι, καταβαίνει ἐπὶ τὴν πηγὴν καὶ πληροῖ τὴν ὑδρίαν, ἀναβάσῃ τε αὐτῇ ἐπιτρέχει εἰς συνάντησιν ὁ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ παῖς καὶ εἶπεν· »Πότισόν με μικρὸν ὕδωρ ἐκ »τῆς ὑδρίας σου«.
Rebekka mentoi kai autē hydrian echousa epi tōn ōmōn, prin syntelesai lalounta en tę̄ dianoią ton paida tou Abraam, exeporeueto kalē tę̄ opsei parthenos; hētis epeiper ouch homoiōs ēntlei tę̄ Samareitidi, katabainei epi tēn pēgēn kai plēroi tēn hydrian, anabasę̄ te autę̄ epitrechei eis synantēsin ho tou Abraam pais kai eipen; »Potison me mikron hydōr ek »tēs hydrias sou«.
Rebekah too, having a water jar on her shoulders, before Abraham's servant had finished speaking in his mind, came out, a virgin beautiful in appearance; and since she did not draw as the Samaritan woman did, she goes down to the spring and fills her jar, and when she has come up, Abraham's servant runs to meet her and said, “Give me a little water to drink from your jar.”
13.178Preuschen 4:254
ἐπεὶ γὰρ παῖς ἠν τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, ἠγάπα κἂν μικροῦ ὕδατος ἀπὸ τῆς ὑδρίας Ῥεβέκκας λαβεῖν· »Καὶ ἔσπευσεν ἡ Ῥεβέκκα, »καὶ καθεῖλεν τὴν ὑδρίαν ἐπὶ τὸν βραχίονα αὐτῆς καὶ ἐπότισεν αὐτόν, ἕως ἐπαύσατο πίνων«· ἐπείπερ οὐν ἠν ἐπαινετὴ ἡ τῆς Ῥεβέκκας ὑδρία, οὐ καταλείπεται ὑπʼ αὐτῆς, ἡ δὲ τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος οὐκ οὐσα ὥρᾳ ἕκτῃ ἀφίεται.
epei gar pais ēn tou Abraam, ēgapa kan mikrou hydatos apo tēs hydrias Rhebekkas labein; »Kai espeusen hē Rhebekka, »kai katheilen tēn hydrian epi ton brachiona autēs kai epotisen auton, heōs epausato pinōn«; epeiper oun ēn epainetē hē tēs Rhebekkas hydria, ou kataleipetai hypʼ autēs, hē de tēs Samareitidos ouk ousa hōrą hektę̄ aphietai.
For since he was Abraham's servant, he was glad to receive even a little water from Rebekah's jar: “And Rebekah hurried and let down her jar upon her arm and gave him drink until he stopped drinking.” Since, then, Rebekah's jar was praiseworthy, it is not left by her; but the Samaritan woman's, not being so, is left at the sixth hour.
13.179Preuschen 4:254
Ἐνθάδε μὲν δὴ τοῖς Σαμαρείταις γυνὴ εὐαγγελίζεται τὸν χριστόν, ἐπὶ τέλει δὲ τῶν εὐαγγελίων καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τοῦ σωτῆρος τοῖς ἀποστόλοις ἡ πρὸ πάντων αὐτὸν θεασαμένη γυνὴ διηγεῖται.
Enthade men dē tois Samareitais gynē euangelizetai ton christon, epi telei de tōn euangeliōn kai tēn anastasin tou sōtēros tois apostolois hē pro pantōn auton theasamenē gynē diēgeitai.
Here a woman proclaims Christ to the Samaritans, and at the end of the Gospels a woman, who saw him before all, tells the apostles of the Savior's resurrection.
13.180Preuschen 4:254
ἀλλʼ οὔτε αὕτη ὡς τὸ τέλειον τῆς πίστεως εὐαγγελισαμένη εὐχαριστεῖται ὑπὸ τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν λεγόντων· »Οὐκέτι διὰ τὴν λα- »λιάν σου πιστεύομεν· αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἀκηκόαμεν, καὶ οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὑτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ σωτὴρ τοῦ κόσμου«· ἐκείνη τε τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τῆς ἁφῆς τοῦ χριστοῦ οὐ πιστεύεται λέγοντος αὐτῇ· »Μή μου ἅπτου«· ἔμελλέ γὰρ Θωμᾶς ἀκούειν· »Φέρε τὸν δάκτυλόν σου ὧδε καὶ ἴδε »τὰς χεῖράς μου, καὶ φέρε τὴν χεῖρά σου καὶ βάλε εἰς τὴν πλευράν »μου«.
allʼ oute hautē hōs to teleion tēs pisteōs euangelisamenē eucharisteitai hypo tōn Samareitōn legontōn; »Ouketi dia tēn la- »lian sou pisteuomen; autoi gar akēkoamen, kai oidamen hoti houtos estin alēthōs ho sōtēr tou kosmou«; ekeinē te tēn aparchēn tēs haphēs tou christou ou pisteuetai legontos autę̄; »Mē mou haptou«; emelle gar Thōmas akouein; »Phere ton daktylon sou hōde kai ide »tas cheiras mou, kai phere tēn cheira sou kai bale eis tēn pleuran »mou«.
But neither is this woman thanked, as one who had proclaimed the perfection of faith, by the Samaritans, who say, “It is no longer because of your words that we believe; for we have heard for ourselves, and we know that this is truly the Savior of the world”; nor is that woman entrusted with the firstfruits of touching Christ, since he says to her, “Do not touch me.” For Thomas was to hear, “Put your finger here and see my hands, and put out your hand and place it in my side.”
13.181Preuschen 4:254
πάντα δὲ ἦν, ἃ ἐποίησεν ἡ γυνή, ἡ πρὸς τοὺς πέντε ἄνδρας κοινωνία καὶ μετʼ ἐκείνους ἡ πρὸς τὸν ἕκτον οὐ γνήσιον ἄνδρα συγκατάβασις, ὅντινα ἀρνησαμένη καὶ τὴν ὑδρίαν καταλείπουσα εἰς ἕβδομον σεμνῶς ἀναπαύεται, προξενοῦσα τὴν ὠφέλειαν καὶ τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν προτέρων αὐτῆς δογμάτων οἰκοῦσι πόλιν τὴν οἰκοδομὴν τῶν οὐχ ὑγιῶν λόγων, τὴν αὐτὴν τῇ γυναικί· οἷς καὶ αἰτία γίνεται ἐξελθεῖν τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν.
panta de ēn, ha epoiēsen hē gynē, hē pros tous pente andras koinōnia kai metʼ ekeinous hē pros ton hekton ou gnēsion andra synkatabasis, hontina arnēsamenē kai tēn hydrian kataleipousa eis hebdomon semnōs anapauetai, proxenousa tēn ōpheleian kai tois apo tōn proterōn autēs dogmatōn oikousi polin tēn oikodomēn tōn ouch hygiōn logōn, tēn autēn tę̄ gynaiki; hois kai aitia ginetai exelthein tēs poleōs kai elthein pros ton Iēsoun.
And “all that the woman did” was her union with the five husbands and, after them, her condescension to the sixth, not a true husband; denying him and leaving her water jar, she rests honorably in the seventh, obtaining benefit also for those who, from her former doctrines, dwell in a city, the construction of unsound words, the same as the woman's; for whom she also becomes the cause of going out of the city and coming to Jesus.
13.182Preuschen 4:254
πάνυ δὲ παρατετηρημένως έν τοῖς ἑξῆς οἱ Σαμαρεῖται ἐρωτῶσιν τὸν Ἰησοῦν, οὐχ ἵνα μείνῃ ἐν τῇ πόλει, ἀλλὰ »παρʼ αὐτοῖς«, τουτέστιν ἵνα γένηται ἐν τῷ ἡγεμονικῷ αὐτῶν· τάχα γὰρ οὐκ ἠν δυνατὸν μεῖναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ πόλει αὐτῶν, ἐπείπερ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐξῆλθον εὖ ποιοῦντες ἐκ τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτόν.
pany de paratetērēmenōs en tois hexēs hoi Samareitai erōtōsin ton Iēsoun, ouch hina meinę̄ en tę̄ polei, alla »parʼ autois«, toutestin hina genētai en tǭ hēgemonikǭ autōn; tacha gar ouk ēn dynaton meinai auton en tę̄ polei autōn, epeiper kai autoi exēlthon eu poiountes ek tēs poleōs kai ērchonto pros auton.
And very carefully in what follows the Samaritans ask Jesus not to stay in the city but “with them,” that is, to be in their ruling faculty. For perhaps it was not possible for him to stay in their city, since they too had rightly gone out of the city and were coming to him.
13.183Preuschen 4:254
Ὅτι δὲ τοιαῦτά τινα δηλοῦται ἀκριβέστατα εἰς τὰς ἀναγωγάς, ἀφορμὰς ἡμῖν διδόντος τοῦ εὐαγγελιστοῦ, ἐκ τούτων κατακριτέον.
Hoti de toiauta tina dēloutai akribestata eis tas anagōgas, aphormas hēmin didontos tou euangelistou, ek toutōn katakriteon.
That such things are indicated most exactly for the higher interpretations, the evangelist giving us starting points, must be judged from these.
13.184Preuschen 4:254–255
πρότερον μὲν γέγραπται· »Ἑξῆλθον ἐκ τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἤρχοντο πρὸς »αὐτόν«, καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα· »Ἐκ δὲ τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης πολλοὶ ἐπί- »στευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς γυναικὸς »μαρτυρούσης ὅτι Εἶπέν μοι πάντα, ἃ ἐποίησα· ὡς οὖν ἦλθον πρὸς »αὐτὸν οἱ Σαμαρεῖται, ἠρώτων αὐτόν μεῖναι παρʼ αὐτοῖς«.
proteron men gegraptai; »Hexēlthon ek tēs poleōs kai ērchonto pros »auton«, kai metʼ oliga; »Ek de tēs poleōs ekeinēs polloi epi- »steusan eis auton tōn Samareitōn dia ton logon tēs gynaikos »martyrousēs hoti Eipen moi panta, ha epoiēsa; hōs oun ēlthon pros »auton hoi Samareitai, ērōtōn auton meinai parʼ autois«.
First it is written, “They went out of the city and were coming to him,” and a little later, “And from that city many of the Samaritans believed in him because of the word of the woman who testified, He told me all that I did. So when the Samaritans came to him, they asked him to stay with them.”
13.185Preuschen 4:255
καὶ πρότερον οὐν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ δεύτερον ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Σαμαρεῖται, ἔτι ὄντα παρὰ τῇ πηγῇ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ οὐ γὰρ φαίνεται κεκινημένος ἐκεῖθεν), »καὶ ἠρώτων αὐτὸν μεῖναι παρʼ »αὐτοῖς«· οὐ γέγραπται δὲ μετὰ τοῦτο, ὅτι εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἀλλʼ »Ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ δύο ἡμέρας«.
kai proteron oun ek tēs poleōs ērchonto pros auton. kai deuteron ēlthon pros auton hoi Samareitai, eti onta para tę̄ pēgę̄ tou Iakōb ou gar phainetai kekinēmenos ekeithen), »kai ērōtōn auton meinai parʼ »autois«; ou gegraptai de meta touto, hoti eisēlthen eis tēn polin, allʼ »Emeinen ekei dyo hēmeras«.
So first they were coming to him from the city; and second the Samaritans came to him while he was still at the spring of Jacob (for he does not appear to have moved from there), “and they asked him to stay with them.” And it is not written after this that he entered the city, but “He stayed there two days.”
13.186Preuschen 4:255
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς οὐκ εἴρηται Μετὰ δὲ τὰς δύο ἡμέρας ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως« ἀλλὰ »Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν‘· ὅσον γὰρ ἐπὶ τῷ νοητῷ πᾶσα ἡ οἰκονομία τῆς ὠφελείας τοῖς Σαμαρεῦσιν παρὰ τῇ πηγῇ γεγένηται τοῦ Ἰακώβ.
alla kai en tois hexēs ouk eirētai Meta de tas dyo hēmeras exēlthen ek tēs poleōs« alla »Kai exēlthen ekeithen‘; hoson gar epi tǭ noētǭ pasa hē oikonomia tēs ōpheleias tois Samareusin para tę̄ pēgę̄ gegenētai tou Iakōb.
And in what follows too it is not said, “After the two days he went out of the city,” but “And he went out from there.” For as far as the spiritual sense goes, the whole dispensation of benefit to the Samaritans took place at the spring of Jacob.
13.187Preuschen 4:255
Ὁ δὲ Ἡρακλέων τὴν ὑδρίαν τὴν δεκτικὴν ζωῆς ὑπολαμβάνει εἶναι διάθεσιν καὶ ἔννοιαν τῆς δυνάμεως τῆς παρὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος, ἥντινα καταλιποῦσα, φησί, παρʼ αὐτῷ, τουτέστιν ἔχουσα παρὰ τῷ σωτῆρι τὸ τοιοῦτον σκεῦος, ἐν ᾡ ἐληλύθει λαβεῖν τὸ ζῶν ὕδωρ, ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον εὐαγγελιζομένη τῇ κλήσει τὴν Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν· διὰ γὰρ τοῦ πνεύματος καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος προσάγεται ἡ ψυχὴ τῷ σωτῆρι.
Ho de Hērakleōn tēn hydrian tēn dektikēn zōēs hypolambanei einai diathesin kai ennoian tēs dynameōs tēs para tou sōtēros, hēntina katalipousa, phēsi, parʼ autǭ, toutestin echousa para tǭ sōtēri to toiouton skeuos, en hǭ elēlythei labein to zōn hydōr, hypestrepsen eis ton kosmon euangelizomenē tę̄ klēsei tēn Christou parousian; dia gar tou pneumatos kai hypo tou pneumatos prosagetai hē psychē tǭ sōtēri.
Heracleon supposes that the water jar able to receive life is the disposition and thought of the power that comes from the Savior; and leaving it, he says, with him, that is, having with the Savior such a vessel in which she had come to receive the living water, she returned into the world, proclaiming to the calling the coming of Christ; “for through the Spirit and by the Spirit the soul is brought to the Savior.”
13.188Preuschen 4:255
κατανόησον δὲ εἰ δύναται ἐπαινουμένη τυγχάνειν ἡ ὑδρία αὕτη πάντη ἀφιεμένη· »Ἀφῆκεν, γάρ φησι, τὴν ὑδρίαν αὐτῆς ἡ γυνή«. οὐ γὰρ πρόσκειται,
katanoēson de ei dynatai epainoumenē tynchanein hē hydria hautē pantē aphiemenē; »Aphēken, gar phēsi, tēn hydrian autēs hē gynē«. ou gar proskeitai,
Consider whether this water jar can be praised when it is left altogether: “For the woman left her water jar,” he says. For it is not added
13.189Preuschen 4:255
ὅτι ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν παρὰ τῷ σωτῆρι. πῶς δὲ καὶ οὐκ ἀπίθανον καταλιποῦσαν αὐτὴν τὴν δεκτικὴν τῆς ζωῆς διάθεσιν καὶ τὴν ἔννοιαν τῆς δυνάμεως τῆς παρὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος καὶ τὸ σκεῦος, ἐν ᾡ ἐληλύθει λαβεῖν τὸ ζῶν ὕδωρ, ἀπεληλυθέναι εἰς τὸν κόσμον χωρὶς τούτων εὐαγγελίσασθαι τῇ κλήσει τὴν Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν;
hoti aphēken autēn para tǭ sōtēri. pōs de kai ouk apithanon katalipousan autēn tēn dektikēn tēs zōēs diathesin kai tēn ennoian tēs dynameōs tēs para tou sōtēros kai to skeuos, en hǭ elēlythei labein to zōn hydōr, apelēlythenai eis ton kosmon chōris toutōn euangelisasthai tę̄ klēsei tēn Christou parousian?
that she left it with the Savior. And how is it not implausible that, having left the very disposition able to receive life, and the thought of the power from the Savior, and the vessel in which she had come to receive the living water, she went away into the world without these to proclaim to the calling the coming of Christ?
13.190Preuschen 4:255
πῶς δὲ καὶ ἡ πνευματικὴ μετὰ τοσούτους λόγους οὐ πέπεισται σαφῶς περὶ τοῦ χριστοῦ, ἀλλά φησι· »Μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστός«;
pōs de kai hē pneumatikē meta tosoutous logous ou pepeistai saphōs peri tou christou, alla phēsi; »Mēti houtos estin ho christos«?
And how is it that the spiritual woman, after so many words, is not clearly persuaded about Christ, but says, “Can this be the Christ?”
13.191Preuschen 4:255
καὶ τὸ »Ἐξῆλθον δὲ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως« διηγήσατο ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκ τῆς προτέρας αὐτῶν ἀναστροφῆς οὔσης κοσμικῆς· καὶ ἤρχοντο διὰ τῆς πίστεως, φησί, πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα.
kai to »Exēlthon de ek tēs poleōs« diēgēsato anti tou ek tēs proteras autōn anastrophēs ousēs kosmikēs; kai ērchonto dia tēs pisteōs, phēsi, pros ton sōtēra.
And he explained “They went out of the city” as meaning out of their former way of life, which was worldly; “and they came through faith,” he says, “to the Savior.”
13.192Preuschen 4:255–256
λεκτέον δὲ πρὸς αὐτόν, πῶς μένει παρʼ αὐτοῖς τὰς δύο ἡμέρας; οὐ γὰρ τετήρηκεν, ὃ προπαρεθέμεθα ἡμεῖς περὶ τοῦ x003E; έν τῇ πόλει αὐτὸν ἀναγεγράφθαι μεμενηκέναι τὰς δύο ἡμέρας. Ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ ἠρώτων αὐτόν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ῥαββεὶ φάγε.
lekteon de pros auton, pōs menei parʼ autois tas dyo hēmeras? ou gar tetērēken, ho proparethemetha hēmeis peri tou x003E? en tę̄ polei auton anagegraphthai memenēkenai tas dyo hēmeras. En tǭ metaxy ērōtōn auton hoi mathētai Rhabbei phage.
But we must say to him: how does he stay with them the two days? For he has not observed what we set out before, about his [not] being recorded as staying the two days in the city. [John 4:31:] “Meanwhile the disciples were asking him, Rabbi, eat.”
13.193Preuschen 4:256
. Μετὰ τὴν περὶ τὸ ποτὸν οἰκονομίαν καὶ τὴν διδασκαλίαν τῆς διαφορᾶς τῶν ὑδάτων ἀκόλουθον ἦν καὶ τὰ περὶ τροφῆς ἀναγεγράφθαι.
. Meta tēn peri to poton oikonomian kai tēn didaskalian tēs diaphoras tōn hydatōn akolouthon ēn kai ta peri trophēs anagegraphthai.
After the dispensation about drink and the teaching on the difference of the waters, it followed that what concerns food should also be recorded.
13.194Preuschen 4:256
ἡ μὲν οὐν Σαμαρεῖτις αἰτουμένη πιεῖν διὰ τῶν ἐπαπορήσεων αὐτῆς οἱονεὶ * * δὲ διὰ τὸν αἰτήσαντα· οὔτε γὰρ εἶχεν δοῦναι τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἄξιον αὐτοῦ πόμα, εἰ κἀκεῖνος ἐν τῷ ἐκείνην αἰτηθεῖσαν ὀρέξαι ἐβούλετο εὐεργετῆσαι διὰ τούτου τὴν πιεῖν δεδωκυῖαν.
hē men oun Samareitis aitoumenē piein dia tōn epaporēseōn autēs hoionei * * de dia ton aitēsanta; oute gar eichen dounai tǭ Iēsou axion autou poma, ei kakeinos en tǭ ekeinēn aitētheisan orexai ebouleto euergetēsai dia toutou tēn piein dedōkuian.
The Samaritan woman, then, asked to give drink, through her objections as it were … but because of the one who asked; for she had no drink worthy of Jesus to give, even if he, in her being asked to offer it, wished by this to benefit the one who had given him drink.
13.195Preuschen 4:256
ἔπρεπεν ἤδη * * * * ἀπὸ τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος. οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ * * * ἀπεληλυθότων εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἵνα τροφὰς ἀγοράσωσιν, ἤτοι εὑρηκότες ἐπιτηδείους τροφὰς παρὰ τοῖς ἑτεροδόξοις, λόγους τινὰς ἁρμόζοντας, * * * * * * αὐτῷ Φάγε· καιρὸν νομίσαντες ἐπιτήδειον εἶναι αὐτῷ τροφῆς τὸν μεταξὺ τοῦ ἀπεληλυθέναι εἰς τὴν πόλιν τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ τοῦ ἐληλυθέναι πρὸς αὐτὸν τοὺς Σαμαρείτας· ἐπʼ οὐδενὸς γὰρ ξένου παρετίθεσαν αὐτῷ τὴν τροφὴν ἴσως ἐπιτριβείσης ἂν τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος, εἰ ἑώρα τοὺς μαθητὰς τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως αὐτῆς τρόφιμα ἤτοι ὄντα ἢ νομιζόμενα παρατιθέναι βουλομένους τῷ διδασκάλῳ.
eprepen ēdē * * * * apo tēs Samareitidos. hoi de mathētai * * * apelēlythotōn eis tēn polin, hina trophas agorasōsin, ētoi heurēkotes epitēdeious trophas para tois heterodoxois, logous tinas harmozontas, * * * * * * autǭ Phage; kairon nomisantes epitēdeion einai autǭ trophēs ton metaxy tou apelēlythenai eis tēn polin tēn gynaika kai tou elēlythenai pros auton tous Samareitas; epʼ oudenos gar xenou paretithesan autǭ tēn trophēn isōs epitribeisēs an tēs Samareitidos, ei heōra tous mathētas ta apo tēs poleōs autēs trophima ētoi onta ē nomizomena paratithenai boulomenous tǭ didaskalǭ.
It was fitting now … from the Samaritan woman. And the disciples … having gone into the city to buy food, either having found suitable food among the heterodox, certain fitting words, … [say] to him, Eat; thinking it a suitable time for his food, the interval between the woman's going into the city and the Samaritans' coming to him. For they did not set the food before him in the presence of any stranger, perhaps because the Samaritan woman would have been hurt if she saw the disciples wishing to set before the teacher the provisions from her city, whether real or supposed.
13.196Preuschen 4:256
ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐνώπιον τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν δεόντως ἂν ἐκεῖνοι ἔλεγον· »Ῥαββὶ φάγε·« χρῃζόντων καταλιπεῖν ἑαυτῶν τὴν πόλιν. διὰ τοῦτο καλῶς πρόσκειται τὸ » Ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθη- »ταὶ λέγοντες· Ῥαββὶ φάγε«.
allʼ oude enōpion tōn Samareitōn deontōs an ekeinoi elegon; »Rhabbi phage;« chrę̄zontōn katalipein heautōn tēn polin. dia touto kalōs proskeitai to » En tǭ metaxy ērōtōn auton hoi mathē- »tai legontes; Rhabbi phage«.
Nor would they fittingly have said before the Samaritans, “Rabbi, eat,” since these needed to leave their own city. That is why it is well added: “Meanwhile the disciples were asking him, saying, Rabbi, eat.”
13.197Preuschen 4:256
διὰ τί δὲ »αὐτὸν ἠρώτων«, καὶ οὐχὶ * * * ἄξιον ἰδεῖν· * * * τερον γὰρ ἂν ἐγέγραπτο· »Ἐν δὲ τῷ »ταξὺ ἔλεγον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταί Ῥαββὶ φάγε«.
dia ti de »auton ērōtōn«, kai ouchi * * * axion idein; * * * teron gar an egegrapto; »En de tǭ »taxy elegon autǭ hoi mathētai Rhabbi phage«.
And why “they were asking him,” and not …, is worth seeing; for … it would have been written, “Meanwhile the disciples said to him, Rabbi, eat.”
13.198Preuschen 4:256–257
τὸ δὲ καὶ ἐρωτᾶν ἴνα φάγῃ καὶ ἱκετεύειν * * * δεῖσθαι τάχα τι δηλοῖ πρὸ ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἐξέτασιν. καὶ ὅρα μήποτε εὐλαβοῦνται μὴ * * * ὁ λόγος ταῖς οἰκει * * * ἢ ἰσχυροποιούμενος τροφαῖς, καὶ αὐτὸν † εὑρισκομένους ἐδέσθαι· οἷς γὰρ εὑρίσκουσιν οἱ μαθηταὶ ἀεὶ τρέφειν τὸν λόγον βούλονται, ἵνα ἰσχυροποιούμενος καὶ τονούμενος καὶ δυναμούμενος ἐπιπλεῖον παραμείνῃ τοῖς αὐτὸν τρέφουσιν, ἀντιτρέφων τοὺς παρατιθέντας αὐτῷ τὰ βρώματα.
to de kai erōtan ina phagę̄ kai hiketeuein * * * deisthai tacha ti dēloi pro eniote de kai meta tēn exetasin. kai hora mēpote eulabountai mē * * * ho logos tais oikei * * * ē ischyropoioumenos trophais, kai auton † heuriskomenous edesthai; hois gar heuriskousin hoi mathētai aei trephein ton logon boulontai, hina ischyropoioumenos kai tonoumenos kai dynamoumenos epipleion parameinę̄ tois auton trephousin, antitrephōn tous paratithentas autǭ ta brōmata.
And asking him to eat and entreating … to beg perhaps shows something before, and sometimes after, the examination. And see whether they are anxious lest … the Word … or strengthened by [their own] foods, and … him to eat those found. For with what they find, the disciples always wish to feed the Word, so that, strengthened, invigorated, and empowered, he may remain longer with those who feed him, feeding in return those who set the foods before him.
13.199Preuschen 4:257
διὰ τοῦτο ἑστηκέναι φησὶν ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν καὶ κρούειν, ἵνʼ ἐάν τις ἀνοίξῃ τὴν θύραν εἰσέλθῃ πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ δειπνήσῃ μετʼ ἐκείνου, ὥστε ὕστερον δυνηθέντα τὸν δειπνήσαντα ἀντιδειπνισθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ δειπνήσαντος λόγου παρὰ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ.
dia touto hestēkenai phēsin epi tēn thyran kai krouein, hinʼ ean tis anoixę̄ tēn thyran eiselthę̄ pros auton kai deipnēsę̄ metʼ ekeinou, hōste hysteron dynēthenta ton deipnēsanta antideipnisthēnai hypo tou deipnēsantos logou para tǭ anthrōpǭ.
That is why he says he stands at the door and knocks, so that if anyone opens the door he may come in to him and dine with him, so that afterward the one who gave the dinner may be able to be dined in return by the Word who dined with the man.
13.200Preuschen 4:257
Ὁ δὲ Ἡρακλέων φησίν, ὅτι ἐβούλοντο κοινωνεῖν αὐτῷ ἐξ ὧν ἀγοράσαντες ἀπὸ τῆς Σαμαρείας κεκομίκεισαν. ταῦτα δὲ φησὶν ἵνα τινα * * * * αἱ πέντε μωραὶ παρθένοι * * * * * * * ἀπὸ τοῦ νυμφίου.
Ho de Hērakleōn phēsin, hoti eboulonto koinōnein autǭ ex hōn agorasantes apo tēs Samareias kekomikeisan. tauta de phēsin hina tina * * * * hai pente mōrai parthenoi * * * * * * * apo tou nymphiou.
Heracleon says that they wished to share with him what they had bought in Samaria and brought. He says this so that … the five foolish virgins … from the bridegroom.
13.201Preuschen 4:257
πῶς δὲ οἶμαι * * * τὰ αὐτὰ ἔχειν * * λέγονται * * * * ταῖς ἀποκλισθείσαις μωραῖς παρθένοις ἄξιον ἰδεῖν κατηγορίαν περιέχοντα τῶν μαθητῶν τοῖς αὐτοῖς κοιμωμένων ταῖς μωραῖς παρθένοις.
pōs de oimai * * * ta auta echein * * legontai * * * * tais apoklistheisais mōrais parthenois axion idein katēgorian periechonta tōn mathētōn tois autois koimōmenōn tais mōrais parthenois.
And how, I think, … to have the same … are said … to the foolish virgins who were shut out, it is worth seeing, since it contains an accusation of the disciples as sleeping like the foolish virgins.
13.202Preuschen 4:257
ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὸ ἀνόμοιον τοῦ φωτὸς πρὸς τροφήν, καὶ τοῦ ἐλαίου πρὸς τὰ βρώματα * * * * * σαντας αἰτιάσασθαι τὴν ἐκδοχήν, ἢ εἴπερ τι ἐδύνατο σαφῆ ποιῆσαι τὸν λόγον, ἐχρῆν αὐτὸν διὰ πλειόνων παραμυθήσασθαι κατασκευάζοντα τὴν ἰδίαν ἐκδοχήν. Ὁ δέ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Ἑγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν, ὴν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε.
eti de kai to anomoion tou phōtos pros trophēn, kai tou elaiou pros ta brōmata * * * * * santas aitiasasthai tēn ekdochēn, ē eiper ti edynato saphē poiēsai ton logon, echrēn auton dia pleionōn paramythēsasthai kataskeuazonta tēn idian ekdochēn. Ho de eipen autois Hegō brōsin echō phagein, ēn hymeis ouk oidate.
Further, the unlikeness of light to food, and of oil to victuals, … to fault the interpretation; or if he could make his account clear in any way, he ought to have supported his own interpretation with more arguments. [John 4:32:] “But he said to them, I have food to eat that you do not know.”
13.203Preuschen 4:257
Τὸ μὲν ἀνενδεὲς οὐ βρώσεως, τὸ δὲ χρῇζον βρώσεως οὐκ ἔστιν ἀνενδεές. καὶ δῆλον ὅτι ὁ ἐσθίων οὐχὶ μὴ χρῄζων βρώσεως ἐσθίει, ἀλλὰ χρῄζων καὶ δεόμενος αὐτῆς.
To men anendees ou brōseōs, to de chrę̄zon brōseōs ouk estin anendees. kai dēlon hoti ho esthiōn ouchi mē chrę̄zōn brōseōs esthiei, alla chrę̄zōn kai deomenos autēs.
What lacks nothing [does not need] food, and what needs food is not without need. And it is clear that one who eats does not eat when he has no need of food, but because he needs and lacks it.
13.204Preuschen 4:257–258
καὶ τὰ μὲν σώματα, ἅτε τῇ φύσει ὄντα ῥευστὰ, τρέφεται τῆς τροφῆς ἀναπληρούσης τὸν τόπον τῶν ἀπορρεόντων· τὰ δὲ κρείττονα σώματος τρέφεται τοῖς ἀσωμάτοις νοήμασιν καὶ λόγοις καὶ πράξεσιν ὑγιέσιν, οὐχὶ εἰς τὸ μὴ εἶναι διαλυθησόμενα, εἰ μὴ τρέφοιτο· οὐδὲ γὰρ σώματα μὴ τρεφόμενα εἰς τὸ μὴ εἶναι διαλύεται· ἀπόλλυσιν δὲ τὸ εἶναι τοιάδε, ὅτε οὐ τρέφεται τοῖς τοιοῖσδε τὰ τῆς διαφερούσης τῶν σωμάτων φύσεως.
kai ta men sōmata, hate tę̄ physei onta rheusta, trephetai tēs trophēs anaplērousēs ton topon tōn aporreontōn; ta de kreittona sōmatos trephetai tois asōmatois noēmasin kai logois kai praxesin hygiesin, ouchi eis to mē einai dialythēsomena, ei mē trephoito; oude gar sōmata mē trephomena eis to mē einai dialyetai; apollysin de to einai toiade, hote ou trephetai tois toioisde ta tēs diapherousēs tōn sōmatōn physeōs.
And bodies, being by nature in flux, are fed by food filling the place of what flows away; while things better than body are fed by incorporeal thoughts, words, and sound actions, not that they would dissolve into non-being if they were not fed (for not even bodies dissolve into non-being when not fed); but beings of a nature different from bodies lose their being such-and-such when they are not fed with such things.
13.205Preuschen 4:258
ὥσπερ δὲ τὰ δεόμενα τροφῆς σώματα οὐδὲ τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ποιοτήτων τρέφεται, οὐδὲ ποσότης τροφῶν ἡ αὐτὴ πᾶσιν ἀρκεῖ, οὕτω νοητέον καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κρειττόνων παρὰ τὰ σώματα. καὶ γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ μὲν πλείονος, τὰ δὲ ἐλάττονος δεῖται τροφῆς, οὐ τῶν ἵσων ὄντα χωρητικά.
hōsper de ta deomena trophēs sōmata oude tois apo tōn poiotētōn trephetai, oude posotēs trophōn hē autē pasin arkei, houtō noēteon kai epi tōn kreittonōn para ta sōmata. kai gar tauta ta men pleionos, ta de elattonos deitai trophēs, ou tōn hisōn onta chōrētika.
And just as bodies that need food are not fed by all qualities, nor does the same quantity of food suffice for all, so we must understand of what is better than bodies. For these too need, some more and some less food, not being capable of equal amounts.
13.206Preuschen 4:258
ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἡ ποιότης τῶν τρεφόντων λόγων καὶ νοημάτων τῶν ἐν θεωρίᾳ πράξεών τε τῶν τούτοις ἁρμοζουσῶν, ἡ αὐτὴ ἁρμόζει πάσαις ταῖς ψυχαῖς.
allʼ oude hē poiotēs tōn trephontōn logōn kai noēmatōn tōn en theōrią praxeōn te tōn toutois harmozousōn, hē autē harmozei pasais tais psychais.
Nor does the same quality of nourishing words and thoughts in contemplation, and of actions fitting them, suit all souls.
13.207Preuschen 4:258
ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ λάχανον καὶ στερεὰ τροφὴ οὐχὶ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν τρέφει τοὺς δεομένους τῆς ἀπὸ τούτων βελτιώσεως.
alla gar kai lachanon kai sterea trophē ouchi kata ton auton kairon trephei tous deomenous tēs apo toutōn beltiōseōs.
For vegetables and solid food do not nourish at the same time those who need the improvement that comes from them.
13.208Preuschen 4:258
τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη, ὥς φησιν ὁ Πέτρος, τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθείτω, καὶ εἴ τις τὴν νηπιότητα ἔχει Κορινθίων, πρὸς οὕς φησιν ὁ Παῦλος »Γάλα ὑμᾶς ἐπότισα, οὐ βρῶμα«.
ta men gar artigennēta brephē, hōs phēsin ho Petros, to logikon adolon gala epipotheitō, kai ei tis tēn nēpiotēta echei Korinthiōn, pros hous phēsin ho Paulos »Gala hymas epotisa, ou brōma«.
For let newborn infants, as Peter says, long for the pure spiritual milk, and anyone who has the infancy of the Corinthians, to whom Paul says, “I gave you milk to drink, not solid food.”
13.209Preuschen 4:258
ὁ δὲ ἀσθενῶν διὰ τὸ μὴ πιστεύειν λάχανα ἐσθιέτω· καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ὁ Παῦλος διδάσκει λέγων· »Ὅς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα, ὁ δὲ »ἀσθενῶν λάχανα ἐσθίει«.
ho de asthenōn dia to mē pisteuein lachana esthietō; kai touto de ho Paulos didaskei legōn; »Hos men pisteuei phagein panta, ho de »asthenōn lachana esthiei«.
And let one who is weak through not believing eat vegetables; Paul teaches this too, saying, “One believes he may eat anything, but the weak one eats vegetables.”
13.210Preuschen 4:258
καὶ ἔστιν γέ ποτε »κρείττων ξενισμὸς »λαχάνων πρὸς φιλίαν καὶ χάριν, ὥσπερ καὶ μόσχοι ἀπὸ φάτνης μετὰ »ἔχθρας«. »Τελείων δέ ἐστιν ἡ στερεὰ τροφὴ τῶν διὰ τὴν ἕξιν τὰ »αἰσθητήρια γεγυμνασμένα ἐχόντων πρὸς διάκρισιν καλοῦ τε καὶ »κακοῦ«, ἔστιν δέ τις καὶ δηλητήριος τροφή, ἥντινα μανθάνομεν ἀπὸ τῆς τετάρτης τῶν Βασιλειῶν, λεγόντων πρὸς τὸν Ἐλισαῖόν τινων· »Θάνατος ἐν τῷ λέβητι, ἄνθρωπε τοῦ θεοῦ«.
kai estin ge pote »kreittōn xenismos »lachanōn pros philian kai charin, hōsper kai moschoi apo phatnēs meta »echthras«. »Teleiōn de estin hē sterea trophē tōn dia tēn hexin ta »aisthētēria gegymnasmena echontōn pros diakrisin kalou te kai »kakou«, estin de tis kai dēlētērios trophē, hēntina manthanomen apo tēs tetartēs tōn Basileiōn, legontōn pros ton Elisaion tinōn; »Thanatos en tǭ lebēti, anthrōpe tou theou«.
And sometimes “a hospitality of vegetables with friendship and grace is better than a calf from the stall with enmity.” “But solid food belongs to the perfect, those who by practice have their senses trained to distinguish good and evil.” And there is also a poisonous food, which we learn of from the fourth book of Kingdoms, when some said to Elisha, “Death is in the pot, man of God.”
13.211Preuschen 4:258
καὶ ἡ μέν τίς ἐστιν τῶν ἀλογωτέρων ψυχῶν πνευματικὴ ποώδης τροφὴ καὶ ἄλλη χόρτος ἢ ἄχυρον, ἅπερ σημαίνεται διὰ τοῦ· »Κύριος ποιμανεῖ με, »καὶ οὐδέν με ὑστερήσει.
kai hē men tis estin tōn alogōterōn psychōn pneumatikē poōdēs trophē kai allē chortos ē achyron, haper sēmainetai dia tou; »Kyrios poimanei me, »kai ouden me hysterēsei.
And there is a spiritual grassy food for more irrational souls, and another, fodder or chaff, which is signified by “The Lord shepherds me, and I shall lack nothing.
13.212Preuschen 4:258
εἰς τόπον χλόης ἐκεῖ με κατεσκήνωσεν· »ἐπὶ ὕδατος ἀναπαύσεως ἐξέθρεφέν με«. καὶ ὁ Ἡσαΐας δέ φησι· »Λέων »δὲ ὡς βοῦς ἄχυρον φάγεται«. ἀλλὰ καὶ χόρτον τοῖς κτήνεσιν ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τῆς ῾Ρεβέκκας παρατιθέασιν τοῦ παιδὸς Ἀβράμ.
eis topon chloēs ekei me kateskēnōsen; »epi hydatos anapauseōs exethrephen me«. kai ho Hēsaïas de phēsi; »Leōn »de hōs bous achyron phagetai«. alla kai chorton tois ktēnesin en tǭ oikǭ tēs ῾Rebekkas paratitheasin tou paidos Abram.
In a green place, there he made me dwell; beside the water of rest he nourished me.” And Isaiah says, “And the lion shall eat chaff like the ox.” And in Rebekah's house they set fodder before the camels of Abraham's servant.
13.213Preuschen 4:258–259
ἐὰν δέ τις ᾖ λογικώτερος καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ νοητὸς ἄνθρωπος, τὸν νοητὸν ἄρτον ἐσθίει, ὡς ἐν ψαλμοῖς γέγραπται· Ἄρτος στηρίζει καρδίαν »ἀνθρώπου«, καὶ τῷ νοητῷ οἴνῳ εὐφραίνεται οὐκ ἄλλως ἢ ἄνθρωπος· Οἶνος γὰρ εὐφραίνει καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου«.
ean de tis ę̄ logikōteros kai dia touto kai noētos anthrōpos, ton noēton arton esthiei, hōs en psalmois gegraptai; Artos stērizei kardian »anthrōpou«, kai tǭ noētǭ oinǭ euphrainetai ouk allōs ē anthrōpos; Oinos gar euphrainei kardian anthrōpou«.
But if someone is more rational, and for this reason an intelligible human being, he eats the intelligible bread, as is written in the Psalms, “Bread strengthens the heart of man,” and he is gladdened by the intelligible wine, as none other than a human being: “For wine gladdens the heart of man.”
13.214Preuschen 4:259
ἀναβατέον δὲ τῷ λόγῳ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλόγων καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους καὶ αὐτοὺς τρεφομένους· οὐ γάρ εἰσιν πάντη ἀνενδεεῖς. »Ἄρτον γοῦν »ἀγγέλων ἔφαγεν ἄνθρωπος‘, μακάριός γε ὁ Ἀβραὰμ δυνηθεὶς τοῖς ἐπιφανεῖσιν αὐτῷ τρισὶν ἐγκρυφίας ἀζύμους παραθεῖναι.
anabateon de tǭ logǭ apo tōn alogōn kai tōn anthrōpōn kai epi tous angelous kai autous trephomenous; ou gar eisin pantē anendeeis. »Arton goun »angelōn ephagen anthrōpos‘, makarios ge ho Abraam dynētheis tois epiphaneisin autǭ trisin enkryphias azymous paratheinai.
We must ascend in our argument from irrational creatures and human beings to the angels too, who are also fed; for they are not wholly without need. “Man ate the bread of angels,” at any rate; and blessed was Abraham, who was able to set unleavened cakes before the three who appeared to him.
13.215Preuschen 4:259
Ἀλλʼ ἤδη ἐπὶ τὸν προκείμενον λόγον τὸν περὶ τῆς Χριστοῦ βρώσεως ὁδευτέον, ἣν οἱ μαθηταὶ τότε οὐκ ᾔδεσαν· ἀληθεύει γὰρ λέγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς· »Ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν, ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε«.
Allʼ ēdē epi ton prokeimenon logon ton peri tēs Christou brōseōs hodeuteon, hēn hoi mathētai tote ouk ę̄desan; alētheuei gar legōn ho Iēsous; »Egō brōsin echō phagein, hēn hymeis ouk oidate«.
But now we must proceed to the present passage about Christ's food, which the disciples did not know then. For Jesus speaks truly in saying, “I have food to eat that you do not know.”
13.216Preuschen 4:259
ὅπερ γὰρ καὶ ἔπραττεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν καὶ τελειῶν αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον, τοῦτο οὐκ ᾔδεσαν οἱ ἵνα δὲ νοηθῇ
hoper gar kai epratten ho Iēsous poiōn to thelēma tou pempsantos auton kai teleiōn autou to ergon, touto ouk ę̄desan hoi hina de noēthę̄
For what Jesus was doing, doing the will of him who sent him and completing his work, this the [disciples] did not know. And so that
13.217Preuschen 4:259
τρανότερον τὸ » Ἑγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν, ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ »οἴδατε«, λεγέτω καὶ Παῦλος τοῖς χρείαν ἔχουσιν γάλακτος, καὶ οὐ στερεᾶς τροφῆς, Κορινθίοις, καὶ γάλα ποτιζομένοις καὶ οὐ βρῶμα, τῷ μηδέπω αὐτοὺς δύνασθαι βρώματος μεταλαμβάνειν· »Ἐγὼ βρῶσιν »ἔχω φαγεῖν, ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε«.
tranoteron to » Hegō brōsin echō phagein, hēn hymeis ouk »oidate«, legetō kai Paulos tois chreian echousin galaktos, kai ou stereas trophēs, Korinthiois, kai gala potizomenois kai ou brōma, tǭ mēdepō autous dynasthai brōmatos metalambanein; »Egō brōsin »echō phagein, hēn hymeis ouk oidate«.
“I have food to eat that you do not know” may be understood more clearly, let Paul too say to the Corinthians who need milk and not solid food, and are given milk to drink and not food because they cannot yet partake of food: “I have food to eat that you do not know.”
13.218Preuschen 4:259
καὶ ἀεί γε ὁ διαφέρων τοῖς ὑποδεεστέροις καὶ μὴ δυναμένοις τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς κρείττοσιν θεωρεῖν ἐρεῖ·
kai aei ge ho diapherōn tois hypodeesterois kai mē dynamenois ta auta tois kreittosin theōrein erei;
And always the one who excels will say to the lesser, who cannot contemplate the same things as the better:
13.219Preuschen 4:259
»Ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν, ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε«. καὶ οὐκ ἄτοπόν γε λέγειν μὴ μόνον ἀνθρώπους καὶ ἀγγέλους ἐνδεεῖς εἶναι τῶν νοητῶν τροφῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν χριστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ· καὶ αὐτὸς γάρ, ἵνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, ἐπισκευάζεται ἀεὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ μόνου ἀνενδεοῦς καὶ αὐτάρκους αὑτῷ.
»Egō brōsin echō phagein, hēn hymeis ouk oidate«. kai ouk atopon ge legein mē monon anthrōpous kai angelous endeeis einai tōn noētōn trophōn, alla kai ton christon tou theou; kai autos gar, hinʼ houtōs eipō, episkeuazetai aei apo tou patros tou monou anendeous kai autarkous hautǭ.
“I have food to eat that you do not know.” And it is not absurd to say that not only human beings and angels need intelligible foods, but also the Christ of God; for he too, so to speak, is always furnished by the Father, who alone is without need and self-sufficient.
13.220Preuschen 4:259
λαμβάνει δὲ τὰ βρώματα ὁ μὲν πολὺς τῶν μαθητευομένων ἀπὸ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰησοῦ, κελευομένων παρατιθέναι τοῖς ὄχλοις· οἱ δὲ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μαθηταὶ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, πλὴν ἔσθʼ ὅτε καὶ ἀπὸ ἁγίων ἀγγέλων· ὁ δὲ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς μόνου λαμβάνει τὰ βρώματα, οὐ διά τινος.
lambanei de ta brōmata ho men polys tōn mathēteuomenōn apo tōn mathētōn Iēsou, keleuomenōn paratithenai tois ochlois; hoi de tou Iēsou mathētai apʼ autou tou Iēsou, plēn esthʼ hote kai apo hagiōn angelōn; ho de huios tou theou apo tou patros monou lambanei ta brōmata, ou dia tinos.
The great number of those being taught receive their food from Jesus' disciples, who are commanded to set it before the crowds; but Jesus' disciples receive it from Jesus himself, though sometimes also from holy angels; while the Son of God receives his food from the Father alone, not through anyone.
13.221Preuschen 4:259
οὐκ ἄτοπον δὲ καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα τρέφεσθαι λέγειν· ζητητέον δὲ λέξιν γραφῆς ὑποβάλλουσαν ἡμῖν τοῦτο. ὅλον δὲ τὸ μυστήριον τῆς κλήσεως καὶ ἐκλογῆς τὰ ἐν τῷ μεγάλῳ δείπνῳ ἐστὶν βρώματα· »Ἄνθρωπος, γάρ »φησιν, ἐποίει δεῖπνον μέγα, καὶ τῆ ὥρᾳ τοῦ δείπνου ἔπεμψεν καλέσαι »τοὺς κεκλημένους«.
ouk atopon de kai to hagion pneuma trephesthai legein; zētēteon de lexin graphēs hypoballousan hēmin touto. holon de to mystērion tēs klēseōs kai eklogēs ta en tǭ megalǭ deipnǭ estin brōmata; »Anthrōpos, gar »phēsin, epoiei deipnon mega, kai tē hōrą tou deipnou epempsen kalesai »tous keklēmenous«.
It is not absurd to say that the Holy Spirit too is fed; but we must seek a passage of Scripture that suggests this to us. The whole mystery of the calling and election is the food at the great supper: “A man,” he says, “was giving a great supper, and at the hour of the supper he sent to call those who had been invited.”
13.222Preuschen 4:259
μένους( καὶ ἀναλεκτέον γε ἀπὸ τῶν εὐαγγελίων τὰς περὶ δείπνων παραβολάς. ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τοῦ Ἡσαΐου αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι τοῦ φαγεῖν εἰσιν καὶ πιεῖν, λέγοντος· »Ἰδοὺ οἱ δουλεύοντές »φάγονται, ὑμεῖς δὲ πεινάσετε· ἰδοὺ οἱ δουλεύοντές μοι πίονται, »ὑμεῖς δὲ διψήσετε«.
menous( kai analekteon ge apo tōn euangeliōn tas peri deipnōn parabolas. alla kai dia tou Hēsaïou hai epangeliai tou phagein eisin kai piein, legontos; »Idou hoi douleuontes »phagontai, hymeis de peinasete; idou hoi douleuontes moi piontai, »hymeis de dipsēsete«.
And we must gather from the Gospels the parables about suppers. And through Isaiah too there are promises of eating and drinking, when he says, “Behold, those who serve me shall eat, but you shall hunger; behold, those who serve me shall drink, but you shall thirst.”
13.223Preuschen 4:259–260
ἔτι μὴν ἐν τῇ Γενέσει εἰς τὸν παράδεισον τῆς τροφῆς τίθεται τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὁ θεὸς νόμους περὶ τοῦ ἐσθίειν τάδε τινὰ καὶ μὴ ἐσθίειν τάδε διδούς. καὶ ἀθάνατος ἂν ἔμεινεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος, εἰ ἀπὸ παντὸς ξύλου τοῦ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ βρώσει ἤσθιεν, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ξύλου τοῦ γινώσκειν καλὸν καὶ πονηρὸν μὴ ἤσθιεν.
eti mēn en tę̄ Genesei eis ton paradeison tēs trophēs tithetai ton anthrōpon ho theos nomous peri tou esthiein tade tina kai mē esthiein tade didous. kai athanatos an emeinen ho anthrōpos, ei apo pantos xylou tou en tǭ paradeisǭ brōsei ēsthien, apo de tou xylou tou ginōskein kalon kai ponēron mē ēsthien.
Further, in Genesis God places man in the paradise of food, giving laws about eating some things and not eating others. And man would have remained immortal if he had eaten for food from every tree in paradise but had not eaten from the tree of knowing good and evil.
13.224Preuschen 4:260
ὅρα καὶ τὰ ἐν εἰκοστῷ πρώτῳ ψαλμῷ λεγόμενα περὶ τῶν προσκυνούντων διὰ τὸ βεβρωκέναι· »Ἔφαγον, γάρ φησιν, καὶ προσεκύνησαν πάντες οἱ »πίονες τῆς γῆς«· διόπερ· »Οὐδὲ λιμοκτονήσει κύριος ψυχὴν δικαίαν«, ἀλλʼ ὅταν ἄδικοι γενώμεθα, ἐξαποστελεῖ »λιμὸν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, οὐ λιμὸν ἄρτου οὐδὲ δίψαν ὕδατος, ἀλλὰ λιμὸν τοῦ ἀκοῦσαι λόγον »κυρίου«.
hora kai ta en eikostǭ prōtǭ psalmǭ legomena peri tōn proskynountōn dia to bebrōkenai; »Ephagon, gar phēsin, kai prosekynēsan pantes hoi »piones tēs gēs«; dioper; »Oude limoktonēsei kyrios psychēn dikaian«, allʼ hotan adikoi genōmetha, exapostelei »limon epi tēn gēn, ou limon artou oude dipsan hydatos, alla limon tou akousai logon »kyriou«.
See also what is said in the twenty-first Psalm about those who worship because they have eaten: “All the fat ones of the earth ate and worshiped”; therefore, “The Lord will not starve a righteous soul”; but when we become unrighteous, he will send “a famine on the land, not a famine of bread nor a thirst for water, but a famine of hearing the word of the Lord.”
13.225Preuschen 4:260
ὅσον οὖν προκόπτομεν, κρείττονα καὶ πλείονα φαγόμεθα, ἕως τάχα φθάσομεν ἐπὶ τὸ τὴν αὐτὴν βρῶσιν φαγεῖν τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἣν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος οἱ μαθηταὶ οὐκ οἴδασιν. οὐδὲν δὲ εἰς τὴν λέξιν εἶπεν ὁ Ἡρακλέων. Ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ μαθηταὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους· Μὴ τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῳ φαγειν;
hoson oun prokoptomen, kreittona kai pleiona phagometha, heōs tacha phthasomen epi to tēn autēn brōsin phagein tǭ huiǭ tou theou, hēn epi tou parontos hoi mathētai ouk oidasin. ouden de eis tēn lexin eipen ho Hērakleōn. Elegon oun hoi mathētai pros allēlous; Mē tis ēnenken autǭ phagein?
The more we advance, then, the better and more we shall eat, until perhaps we reach the point of eating the same food as the Son of God, which at present the disciples do not know. Heracleon said nothing on this passage. [John 4:33:] “So the disciples said to one another, Has anyone brought him something to eat?”
13.226Preuschen 4:260
Εἰ καὶ σαρκικῶς ὑπολαμβάνει ταῦτα λέγεσθαι ὁ Ἡρακλέων ὑπὸ τῶν μαθητῶν ὡς ἔτι ταπεινότερον διανοουμένων καὶ τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν μιμουμένων λέγουσαν· »Οὔτε ἄντλημα ἔχεις, καὶ τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶν βαθύ‘, ἄξιον ἡμᾶς ἰδεῖν, μήποτε βλέποντές τι θειότερον οἱ μαθηταί φασιν πρὸς ἀλλήλους·
Ei kai sarkikōs hypolambanei tauta legesthai ho Hērakleōn hypo tōn mathētōn hōs eti tapeinoteron dianooumenōn kai tēn Samareitin mimoumenōn legousan; »Oute antlēma echeis, kai to phrear estin bathy‘, axion hēmas idein, mēpote blepontes ti theioteron hoi mathētai phasin pros allēlous;
Even if Heracleon supposes that these things were said by the disciples in a fleshly way, as still thinking more lowly and imitating the Samaritan woman, who said, “You have nothing to draw with, and the well is deep,” it is worth our seeing whether the disciples, seeing something more divine, say to one another:
13.227Preuschen 4:260
»Μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν;‘ τάχα γὰρ ὑπενόουν ἀγγελικήν τινα δύναμιν ἐνηνοχέναι αὐτῷ φαγεῖν· καὶ εἰκὸς ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο ἐδιδάσκοντο ὅτι μεῖζόν ἐστιν ὃ εἶχεν βρῶμα φαγεῖν, ὅπερ ἦν ποιῆσαι »τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντος‘ αὐτὸν »καὶ τελειῶσαι τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ«. Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα Ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πεμψαντός με καὶ τελειώσα αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον.
»Mē tis ēnenken autǭ phagein?‘ tacha gar hypenooun angelikēn tina dynamin enēnochenai autǭ phagein; kai eikos hoti dia touto edidaskonto hoti meizon estin ho eichen brōma phagein, hoper ēn poiēsai »to thelēma tou pempsantos‘ auton »kai teleiōsai to ergon autou«. Legei autois ho Iēsous; Emon brōma estin hina Poiēsō to thelēma tou pempsantos me kai teleiōsa autou to ergon.
“Has anyone brought him something to eat?” For perhaps they suspected that some angelic power had brought him something to eat; and it is likely that for this reason they were taught that the food he had to eat was greater, namely to do “the will of him who sent” him “and to complete his work.” [John 4:34:] “Jesus says to them, My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work.”
13.228Preuschen 4:260–261
Πρέπουσα βρῶσις τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ ὅτε ποιητὴς γίνεται τοῦ πατρικοῦ θελήματος, τοῦτο τὸ θέλειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ ποιῶν ὅπερ ἦν καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί, ὥστε εἶναι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ υἱοῦ, καὶ γενέσθαι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ υἱοῦ ἀπαράλλακτον τοῦ θελήματος τοῦ πατρός, εἰς τὸ μηκέτι εἶναι δύο θελήματα ἀλλὰ x003E; θέλημα· ὅπερ ἓν θέλημα αἴτιον ἦν τοῦ λέγειν τὸν υἱόν· »Ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ »πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν«, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὸ θέλημα ὁ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν ἑώρακε τὸν υἱόν, ἑώρακε δὲ καὶ τὸν πέμψαντα αὐτόν.
Prepousa brōsis tǭ huiǭ tou theou hote poiētēs ginetai tou patrikou thelēmatos, touto to thelein en heautǭ poiōn hoper ēn kai en tǭ patri, hōste einai to thelēma tou theou en tǭ thelēmati tou huiou, kai genesthai to thelēma tou huiou aparallakton tou thelēmatos tou patros, eis to mēketi einai dyo thelēmata alla x003E? thelēma; hoper hen thelēma aition ēn tou legein ton huion; »Egō kai ho »patēr hen esmen«, kai dia touto to thelēma ho idōn auton heōrake ton huion, heōrake de kai ton pempsanta auton.
It is fitting food for the Son of God when he becomes a doer of the Father's will, making in himself this willing which was also in the Father, so that the will of God is in the will of the Son, and the will of the Son becomes indistinguishable from the will of the Father, so that there are no longer two wills but [one] will. This one will was the cause of the Son's saying, “I and the Father are one”; and because of this will, one who has seen him has seen the Son, and has also seen the one who sent him.
13.229Preuschen 4:261
καὶ πρέπον γε μᾶλλον οὕτω νοεῖν ἡμᾶς ποιεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός, ἀφʼ οὗ θελήματος καὶ τὰ ἔξω τοῦ θέλοντος καλῶς ἐγένετο, ἤπερ μὴ περιεργασαμένους ἡμᾶς τὰ περὶ τοῦ θελήματος νομίζειν εἶναι τὸ ποιεῖν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντος * ἐν τῷ τάδε τινὰ τὰ ἔξω ποιεῖν.
kai prepon ge mallon houtō noein hēmas poieisthai hypo tou huiou to thelēma tou patros, aphʼ hou thelēmatos kai ta exō tou thelontos kalōs egeneto, ēper mē periergasamenous hēmas ta peri tou thelēmatos nomizein einai to poiein to thelēma tou pempsantos * en tǭ tade tina ta exō poiein.
And it is more fitting for us to understand thus that the Father's will is done by the Son, the will from which even the things outside the one who wills came to be well, than, without inquiring about the will, to think that doing the will of the one who sent him consists in doing certain external things.
13.230Preuschen 4:261
ἐκεῖνο γάρ, λέγω δὲ τὸ ἔξω τοῦ θέλοντος γινόμενον χωρὶς τοῦ προειρημένου θελήματος, οὐχ ὅλον μὲν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός· πᾶν δέ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ γινόμενον ὅτε τὸ θέλειν τοῦ θεοῦ γενόμενον ἐν τῷ υἱῷ ποιεῖ ταῦτα ἅπερ βούλεται τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ.
ekeino gar, legō de to exō tou thelontos ginomenon chōris tou proeirēmenou thelēmatos, ouch holon men to thelēma tou patros; pan de estin to thelēma tou patros hypo tou huiou ginomenon hote to thelein tou theou genomenon en tǭ huiǭ poiei tauta haper bouletai to thelēma tou theou.
For that, I mean what is done [outside] the one who wills, apart from the aforesaid will, is not the whole will of the Father; but the whole will of the Father is done by the Son when the willing of God, having come to be in the Son, does what the will of God wishes.
13.231Preuschen 4:261
μόνος δὲ ὁ υἱὸς πᾶν τὸ θέλημα ποιεῖ χωρήσας τοῦ πατρός· διόπερ καὶ εἰκὼν αὐτοῦ. ἐπισκεπτέον δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος· τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ ἅγια οὐδὲν μὲν ποιήσει παρὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ πάντα γε ἃ ποιήσει, ποιήσει κατὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐ μέντοι γε διαρκεῖ πρὸς τὸ κατὰ τὸ πᾶν θέλημα τυπωθῆναι.
monos de ho huios pan to thelēma poiei chōrēsas tou patros; dioper kai eikōn autou. episkepteon de kai peri tou hagiou pneumatos; ta de loipa hagia ouden men poiēsei para to thelēma tou theou, kai panta ge ha poiēsei, poiēsei kata to thelēma tou theou, ou mentoi ge diarkei pros to kata to pan thelēma typōthēnai.
The Son alone does the whole will, having received the whole of the Father's; that is why he is also his image. We must consider also the Holy Spirit. The other holy beings will do nothing against the will of God, and all they do they will do according to the will of God; yet they are not sufficient to be shaped according to the whole will.
13.232Preuschen 4:261
καὶ τόδε γε τὸ ἅγιον παρὰ τόδε τὸ ἅγιον μεῖζον ἢ πλεῖον ἢ ἐκτυπώτερον συγκρίσει ἑτέρου χωρήσει ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρικοῦ θελήματος, καὶ πάλιν παρʼ ἐκεῖνο ἔσται τι ἄλλο διαφερόντως χωροῦν· πᾶν δὲ καὶ ὅλον τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ ποιήσει ὁ εἰπών· »<Ἐμὸν> »ἐστιν, ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ πέμψαντός με«.
kai tode ge to hagion para tode to hagion meizon ē pleion ē ektypōteron synkrisei heterou chōrēsei apo tou patrikou thelēmatos, kai palin parʼ ekeino estai ti allo diapherontōs chōroun; pan de kai holon to thelēma tou theou poiēsei ho eipōn; »<Emon> »estin, hina poiēsō to thelēma tou theou tou pempsantos me«.
And this holy being, compared with that one, will receive more or greater or more distinctly from the Father's will, and again another besides it will receive differently; but the whole and entire will of God will be done by the one who said, “[My food] is to do the will of God who sent me.”
13.233Preuschen 4:261
μετὰ τοῦτο γοῦν φησὶν εὐχαρίστως περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ· »Οὐ δύναται ὁ υἱὸς »ποιεῖν ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ οὐδέν, ἐὰν μή τι βλέπῃ τὸν πατέρα ποιοῦντα· ἃ »γὰρ ἐὰν ποιῇ ὁ πατήρ, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ υἱὸς ὁμοίως ποιεῖ. ὁ πατὴρ »ἀγαπᾷ τὸν υἱὸν καὶ πάντα δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ ἃ αὐτὸς ποιεῖ«.
meta touto goun phēsin eucharistōs peri tou theou; »Ou dynatai ho huios »poiein aphʼ heautou ouden, ean mē ti blepę̄ ton patera poiounta; ha »gar ean poię̄ ho patēr, tauta kai ho huios homoiōs poiei. ho patēr »agapą ton huion kai panta deiknysin autǭ ha autos poiei«.
After this, at any rate, he says gratefully about God: “The Son can do nothing of himself, unless he sees the Father doing something; for whatever the Father does, these the Son also does likewise. The Father loves the Son and shows him all that he himself does.”
13.234Preuschen 4:261
καὶ τάχα διὰ ταῦτα εἰκών ἐστιν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου· καὶ γὰρ τὸ έν αὐτῷ θέλημα εἰκὼν τοῦ Πρώτου θελήματος, καὶ ἡ ἐν αὐτῷ θεότης εἰκὼν τῆς ἀληθινῆς θεότητος· εἰκὼν δὲ καὶ τῆς ἀγαθότητος ὢν τοῦ πατρός φησι· Τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν;« καὶ τοῦτό γε τὸ θέλημα βρῶμά ἐστιν τοῦ υἱοῦ ἴδιον αὐτοῦ, διʼ ὅ βρῶμα ἔστιν ὅ ἔστιν.
kai tacha dia tauta eikōn estin tou theou tou aoratou; kai gar to en autǭ thelēma eikōn tou Prōtou thelēmatos, kai hē en autǭ theotēs eikōn tēs alēthinēs theotētos; eikōn de kai tēs agathotētos ōn tou patros phēsi; Ti me legeis agathon?« kai touto ge to thelēma brōma estin tou huiou idion autou, diʼ ho brōma estin ho estin.
And perhaps for these reasons he is the image of the invisible God; for the will in him is an image of the first will, and the divinity in him an image of the true divinity. And being the image also of the Father's goodness, he says, “Why do you call me good?” And this will is the food proper to the Son, through which food he is what he is.
13.235Preuschen 4:261
Ὅτι δὲ τὸ περὶ τῆς διαθέσεώς έστιν τὸ θέλημα, δηλοῖ ἡ ἐπιφερομένη λέξις δεύτερον λέγουσα μετὰ τὴν ποίησιν τοῦ θελήματος τὸ τελειοῦσθαι τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ.
Hoti de to peri tēs diatheseōs estin to thelēma, dēloi hē epipheromenē lexis deuteron legousa meta tēn poiēsin tou thelēmatos to teleiousthai to ergon tou theou.
That the will concerns the disposition is shown by the following words, which speak second, after the doing of the will, of the completing of God's work.
13.236Preuschen 4:261–262
ἐπιπλέον δὲ καὶ περὶ τούτου θεωρητέον, ἴν εἰδῶμεν τί ἐστιν καὶ τὸ »Τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον.« ὁ μὲν οὖν τις ἁπλούστερον ἐρεῖ ὅτι τὸ προστεταγμένον ἔργον, ὅπερ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν τοῦ προστάξαντος, * * ὡσεὶ ἐπὶ παραδειγμάτων ἐλέγομεν τοὺς οἰκοδομοῦντας ἢ γεωργοῦντας φάσκειν τελειοῦν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ λαβόντος αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ ἔργον, ἐν τῷ ποιεῖν διʼ ὃ παρελήφθησαν· ὁ δέ τις ἐρεῖ ὅτι εἴπερ τελειοῦται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπὸ τοῦ χριστοῦ, δῆλον ὅτι τοῦτο πρὶν τελειωθῆναι ἀτελὲς ἠν· πῶς ἀτελὲς ἦν, ἔργον τυγχάνον τοῦ θεοῦ;
epipleon de kai peri toutou theōrēteon, in eidōmen ti estin kai to »Teleiōsō autou to ergon.« ho men oun tis haplousteron erei hoti to prostetagmenon ergon, hoper autou estin tou prostaxantos, * * hōsei epi paradeigmatōn elegomen tous oikodomountas ē geōrgountas phaskein teleioun to ergon tou labontos autous epi to ergon, en tǭ poiein diʼ ho parelēphthēsan; ho de tis erei hoti eiper teleioutai to ergon tou theou hypo tou christou, dēlon hoti touto prin teleiōthēnai ateles ēn; pōs ateles ēn, ergon tynchanon tou theou?
We must consider this further too, so that we may know what “to complete his work” means. Someone will say more simply that it is the work commanded, which belongs to the one who commanded it, … as we might say, by way of example, that builders or farmers claim to complete the work of the one who hired them for it, by doing what they were engaged for. But another will say that if God's work is completed by Christ, it is clear that before being completed it was incomplete. How was it incomplete, being the work of God?
13.237Preuschen 4:262
καὶ πῶς τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ τελειοῦται ὑπὸ τοῦ εἰπόντος· » Ὁ πατὴρ ὁ πέμψας με μείζων »μου ἐστίν«; ἡ δὲ τελείωσις τοῦ ἔργου ἡ τοῦ λογικοῦ τελείωσις ἦν· τοῦτο γὰρ ἦλθεν ἀτελὲς ὂν τέλειον ποιῆσαι ὁ γενόμενος σὰρξ λόγος.
kai pōs to ergon tou theou teleioutai hypo tou eipontos; » Ho patēr ho pempsas me meizōn »mou estin«? hē de teleiōsis tou ergou hē tou logikou teleiōsis ēn; touto gar ēlthen ateles on teleion poiēsai ho genomenos sarx logos.
And how is the work of God completed by the one who said, “The Father who sent me is greater than I”? The completion of the work was the completion of the rational being; for the Word who became flesh came to make this perfect, being incomplete.
13.238Preuschen 4:262
ἀρʼ οὖν ἐκτίσθη ἀτελὲς τὸ ἔργον, καὶ πέμπεται ὁ σωτὴρ τὸ ἀτελὲς τελειῶσαι; καὶ πῶς οὐκ ἄτοπον τὸν μὲν πατέρα ἀτελοῦς ποιητὴν γεγονέναι, τὸν δὲ σωτῆρα τὸ ἀτελὲς τετελειωκέναι, κτισθὲν ἀτελές;
arʼ oun ektisthē ateles to ergon, kai pempetai ho sōtēr to ateles teleiōsai? kai pōs ouk atopon ton men patera atelous poiētēn gegonenai, ton de sōtēra to ateles teteleiōkenai, ktisthen ateles?
Was the work, then, created incomplete, and is the Savior sent to complete the incomplete? And how is it not absurd that the Father became the maker of something incomplete, and the Savior completed the incomplete, created incomplete?
13.239Preuschen 4:262
ἡγοῦμαι δὴ ἐν τοῖς τόποις βαθύτερόν τι ἐναποκεῖσθαι μυστήριον· τάχα γὰρ οὐ πάντη ἀτελὲς τὸ λογικὸν ἠν ἅμα τῷ τεθεῖσθαι ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ.
hēgoumai dē en tois topois bathyteron ti enapokeisthai mystērion; tacha gar ou pantē ateles to logikon ēn hama tǭ tetheisthai en tǭ paradeisǭ.
I think a deeper mystery is stored up in these passages. For perhaps the rational being was not altogether incomplete when it was placed in paradise.
13.240Preuschen 4:262
πῶς γὰρ ἂν τὸ πάντη ἀτελὲς ἐτίθετο ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ ἐργάζεσθαι αὐτὸν καὶ φυλάσσειν; ὁ γὰρ δυνάμενος ἐργάζεσθαι »ξύλον ζωῆς« καὶ πάντα δὲ ἃ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ θεὸς καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξανέτειλεν, οὐκ ἂν εὐλόγως λέγοιτο ἀτελές.
pōs gar an to pantē ateles etitheto ho theos en tǭ paradeisǭ ergazesthai auton kai phylassein? ho gar dynamenos ergazesthai »xylon zōēs« kai panta de ha ephyteusen ho theos kai meta tauta exaneteilen, ouk an eulogōs legoito ateles.
For how would God have placed what was altogether incomplete in paradise to work it and keep it? For one who can work “the tree of life” and all that God planted and afterward caused to spring up would not reasonably be called incomplete.
13.241Preuschen 4:262
μήποτε οὖν τέλειος ὤν πως ἀτελὴς διὰ τὴν παρακοὴν [ὡν] γέγονεν καὶ ἐδεήθη τοῦ τελειώσοντος αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀτελείας, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐπέμφθη ὁ σωτήρ, πρῶτον μὲν ἕνα ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν, ἐργάτης αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐνταῦθα γενόμενος, δεύτερον δὲ ἕνα τελειώσῃ τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἕκαστος τετελειωμένος οἰκειωθῇ τῇ στερεᾷ τροφῇ καὶ τῇ σοφίᾳ συνῇ. Τελείων δέ ἐστιν ἡ στερεὰ τροφή, τῶν »διὰ τὴν ἕξιν τὰ αἰσθητήρια γεγυμνασμένα ἐχόντων πρὸς διάκρισιν καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ«. καὶ ὁ λαλῶν σοφίαν φησί· »Σοφίαν δὲ λα- »λοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις«.
mēpote oun teleios ōn pōs atelēs dia tēn parakoēn [hōn] gegonen kai edeēthē tou teleiōsontos auton apo tēs ateleias, kai dia touto epemphthē ho sōtēr, prōton men hena poiēsę̄ to thelēma tou pempsantos auton, ergatēs autou kai entautha genomenos, deuteron de hena teleiōsę̄ to ergon tou theou kai hekastos teteleiōmenos oikeiōthę̄ tę̄ stereą trophę̄ kai tę̄ sophią synę̄. Teleiōn de estin hē sterea trophē, tōn »dia tēn hexin ta aisthētēria gegymnasmena echontōn pros diakrisin kalou te kai kakou«. kai ho lalōn sophian phēsi; »Sophian de la- »loumen en tois teleiois«.
Perhaps, then, being in a way perfect, he became incomplete through disobedience, and needed one who would perfect him from his incompleteness; and for this reason the Savior was sent, first to do the will of the one who sent him, becoming his worker here too, and second to complete God's work, so that each, perfected, may be made familiar with solid food and be with wisdom. “But solid food belongs to the perfect, those who by practice have their senses trained to distinguish good and evil.” And the one who speaks wisdom says, “But we speak wisdom among the perfect.”
13.242Preuschen 4:262
καὶ ὅταν ἕκαστος ἡμῶν, ἔργον θεοῦ, ὑπὸ Ἰησοῦ τελειωθῇ, ἐρεῖ· Τὸν ἀγῶνα τὸν καλὸν ἠγώνισμαι, τὸν »δρόμον τετέλεκα, τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα· λοιπὸν ἀπόκειταί μοι ὁ τῆς »δικαιοσύνης στέφανος«.
kai hotan hekastos hēmōn, ergon theou, hypo Iēsou teleiōthę̄, erei; Ton agōna ton kalon ēgōnismai, ton »dromon teteleka, tēn pistin tetērēka; loipon apokeitai moi ho tēs »dikaiosynēs stephanos«.
And when each of us, God's work, is perfected by Jesus, he will say, “I have fought the good fight, I have finished the race, I have kept the faith; henceforth there is laid up for me the crown of righteousness.”
13.243Preuschen 4:262
οὐ μόνος δὲ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐξέπεσεν ἐκ τελείου ἐπὶ τὸ ἀτελές, ἀλλὰ καὶ »ἰδόντες οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ τὰς θυγα- »τέρας τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὅτι καλαί εἰσιν καὶ λαβόντες ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ πασῶν ὡν ἐξελέξαντο«, καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς πάντες οἱ ἀπολείποντες »τὸ ἴδιον οἰκητήριον« καὶ μὴ τηρήσαντες τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχήν.
ou monos de ho anthrōpos exepesen ek teleiou epi to ateles, alla kai »idontes hoi huioi tou theou tas thyga- »teras tōn anthrōpōn hoti kalai eisin kai labontes heautois apo pasōn hōn exelexanto«, kai hapaxaplōs pantes hoi apoleipontes »to idion oikētērion« kai mē tērēsantes tēn heautōn archēn.
And not only man fell from the perfect to the imperfect, but also “the sons of God, seeing the daughters of men that they were beautiful, took for themselves from all whom they chose,” and in short all who left “their own dwelling” and did not keep their own beginning.
13.244Preuschen 4:262–263
ἀρχὴν‘ δὲ λέγω οὐ τὴν παραβαλλομένην ἐξουσίᾳ ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀντιδιαστελλομένην τέλει καὶ παρακειμένην πρώτῳ, ἵνʼ ὥσπερ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἡ ἀρχὴ μὲν τοῦ εἶναι ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ ἠν, τὸ τέλος δὲ διὰ τὴν τάχα ἐν ᾅδου κάτω ἤ τινι τοιούτῳ χωρίῳ, οὕτω καὶ ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἀποπεπτωκότων οἰκεία τις ἀρχὴ τυγχάνῃ δεδομένη.
archēn‘ de legō ou tēn paraballomenēn exousią alla tēn antidiastellomenēn telei kai parakeimenēn prōtǭ, hinʼ hōsper tǭ anthrōpǭ hē archē men tou einai en tǭ paradeisǭ ēn, to telos de dia tēn tacha en hądou katō ē tini toioutǭ chōriǭ, houtō kai hekastǭ tōn apopeptōkotōn oikeia tis archē tynchanę̄ dedomenē.
By “beginning” (ἀρχή) I mean not that compared with authority, but that distinguished from end and closely related to first; so that, just as for man the beginning of existence was in paradise, and the end perhaps in Hades below or some such place, so also to each of those who have fallen away some proper beginning was given.
13.245Preuschen 4:263
τελειῶν μέντοι γε ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ, λέγω δὲ πᾶν τὸ λογικὸν καὶ οὐ τὸν ἄνθρωπον μόνον, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον αὐτὸ τελειοῖ· τὰ μὲν γὰρ μακαριώτερα πειθόμενα λόγῳ, μὴ δεηθέντα πόνου, μόνῳ τελειοῦται τῷ λόγῳ· ἕτερα δέ, ἀπειθήσαντα τῷ λόγῳ, χρῄζει πόνων, ἵνα μετὰ τοὺς πόνους λόγοις προσαχθέντα ὕστερόν ποτε τούτοις τελειωθῇ.
teleiōn mentoi ge ho Iēsous to ergon tou theou, legō de pan to logikon kai ou ton anthrōpon monon, kata ton auton tropon auto teleioi; ta men gar makariōtera peithomena logǭ, mē deēthenta ponou, monǭ teleioutai tǭ logǭ; hetera de, apeithēsanta tǭ logǭ, chrę̄zei ponōn, hina meta tous ponous logois prosachthenta hysteron pote toutois teleiōthę̄.
Jesus, however, completing God's work, I mean every rational being and not man alone, completes it in the same way. The more blessed, obeying the Word and needing no toil, are perfected by the Word alone; but others, having disobeyed the Word, need toils, so that after the toils, brought to words, they may later at some time be perfected by them.
13.246Preuschen 4:263
πλὴν ἀμφότερα ταῦτα ὲν βρῶμά έστιν ἴδιον Ἰησοῦ, τό τε ποιῆσαι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν καὶ τὸ τελειῶσαι τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ.
plēn amphotera tauta en brōma estin idion Iēsou, to te poiēsai to thelēma tou pempsantos auton kai to teleiōsai to ergon autou.
However, both these things are one food proper to Jesus: to do the will of him who sent him and to complete his work.
13.247Preuschen 4:263
Ὁ δὲ Ἡρακλέων διὰ τοῦ »Ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν »ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με« φησὶ διηγεῖσθαι τὸν σωτῆρα τοῖς μαθηταῖς, ὅτι τοῦτο ἠν ὃ συνεζήτει μετὰ τῆς γυναικός, βρῶμα ἴδιον λέγων τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός· τοῦτο γὰρ αὐτοῦ τροφὴ καὶ ἀνάπαυσις καὶ δύναμις ἠν.
Ho de Hērakleōn dia tou »Emon brōma estin »hina poiēsō to thelēma tou pempsantos me« phēsi diēgeisthai ton sōtēra tois mathētais, hoti touto ēn ho synezētei meta tēs gynaikos, brōma idion legōn to thelēma tou patros; touto gar autou trophē kai anapausis kai dynamis ēn.
Heracleon says that by “My food is to do the will of him who sent me” the Savior explains to the disciples that this was what he was discussing with the woman, calling the Father's will his own food; “for this was his nourishment, rest, and power.”
13.248Preuschen 4:263
θέλημα δὲ πατρὸς ἔλεγεν τὸ γνῶναι ἀνθρώπους τὸν πατέρα καὶ σωθῆναι, ὅπερ ἦν ἔργον τοῦ σωτῆρος τοῦ ἕνεκα τούτου ἀπεσταλμένου εἰς Σαμάρειαν, τουτέστιν εἰς τὸν κόσμον. βρῶμα οὐν αὐτὸ ἐξείληφεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τὴν μετὰ τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος συζήτησιν, ὅπερ νομίζω σαφῶς παντί τῳ ὁρᾶσθαι καὶ ταπεινῶς ἐξειλῆφθαι καὶ βεβιασμένως.
thelēma de patros elegen to gnōnai anthrōpous ton patera kai sōthēnai, hoper ēn ergon tou sōtēros tou heneka toutou apestalmenou eis Samareian, toutestin eis ton kosmon. brōma oun auto exeilēphen tou Iēsou kai tēn meta tēs Samareitidos syzētēsin, hoper nomizō saphōs panti tǭ horasthai kai tapeinōs exeilēphthai kai bebiasmenōs.
And he said the Father's will is that people should know the Father and be saved, which was the work of the Savior, sent for this purpose to Samaria, that is, into the world. So he took Jesus' food to be also the discussion with the Samaritan woman, which I think is clearly seen by everyone to have been understood in a lowly and forced way.
13.249Preuschen 4:263
πῶς δὲ τροφὴ τοῦ σωτῆρος τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρὸς σαφῶς οὐ παρέστησεν· πῶς δὲ καὶ ἀνάπαυσις τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός; λέγει γὰρ ὁ κύριος ἀλλαχοῦ, ὡς οὐ πάντως τοῦ πατρικοῦ θελήματος ἀναπαύσεως αὐτοῦ ὄντος· » Πάτερ, εἰ δυνατόν, παρελθάτω τὸ ποτήριον ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ· πλὴν »οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλὰ τί σύ«. πόθεν δὲ καὶ ὅτι δύναμις τοῦ σωτῆρος τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ; Οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι ἔτι τετράμηνός ἐστιν καὶ ὁ θερισμὸς ἔρχεται; ἰδοὺ λέγω ὑμῖν· Ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν Πρὸς θερισμὸν ἤδη.
pōs de trophē tou sōtēros to thelēma tou patros saphōs ou parestēsen; pōs de kai anapausis to thelēma tou patros? legei gar ho kyrios allachou, hōs ou pantōs tou patrikou thelēmatos anapauseōs autou ontos; » Pater, ei dynaton, parelthatō to potērion apʼ emou; plēn »ou ti egō thelō, alla ti sy«. pothen de kai hoti dynamis tou sōtēros to thelēma tou theou? Ouch hymeis legete, hoti eti tetramēnos estin kai ho therismos erchetai? idou legō hymin; Eparate tous ophthalmous hymōn kai theasasthe tas chōras hoti leukai eisin Pros therismon ēdē.
How the Father's will is the Savior's food he did not clearly show; and how is the Father's will also his rest? For the Lord says elsewhere, as though the Father's will were not wholly his rest: “Father, if it is possible, let this cup pass from me; yet not what I will, but what you will.” And from where does it appear that God's will is the Savior's power? [John 4:35:] “Do you not say, There are yet four months, and the harvest comes? Behold, I say to you, lift up your eyes and see the fields, that they are white for harvest already.”
13.250Preuschen 4:263–264
Πρὸς τοὺς ὑπολαμβάνοντας ἁπλούστερον καὶ σωματικώτερον εἰρῆσθαι τὸ »Οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι τετράμηνός ἐστιν κα̣ὶ ὁ θερισμὸς ἔρχεται;« ταῦτα ἐπαπορητέον, ἕνα πεισθῶσιν νοητὰ πολλάκις γυμνὰ αἰσθητῶν καὶ σωματικῶν λελαληκέναι τὸν σωτῆρα.
Pros tous hypolambanontas haplousteron kai sōmatikōteron eirēsthai to »Ouch hymeis legete hoti tetramēnos estin kai ho therismos erchetai?« tauta epaporēteon, hena peisthōsin noēta pollakis gymna aisthētōn kai sōmatikōn lelalēkenai ton sōtēra.
To those who suppose that “Do you not say that it is four months, and the harvest comes?” was said more simply and bodily, these difficulties must be raised, so that they may be persuaded that the Savior often spoke of intelligible things bare of sensible and bodily ones.
13.251Preuschen 4:264
εἴπερ γὰρ ὁ καιρός, ὅτε ταῦτα ἔλεγεν Ἰησοῦς, ὁ πρὸ τετραμήνου τοῦ θερισμοῦ ἦν, δῆλον ὅτι χειμὼν ἦν. θερισμὸς οὖν ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ἄρχεται γίνεσθαι περὶ τὸν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις καλούμενον Νίσαν μῆνα, ὅτε ἄγεται τὸ πάσχα, ὡς ἐνίοτε τὰ ἄζυμα ἀπὸ νέου σίτου αὐτοὺς ποιεῖν.
eiper gar ho kairos, hote tauta elegen Iēsous, ho pro tetramēnou tou therismou ēn, dēlon hoti cheimōn ēn. therismos oun en tę̄ Ioudaią archetai ginesthai peri ton parʼ Hebraiois kaloumenon Nisan mēna, hote agetai to pascha, hōs eniote ta azyma apo neou sitou autous poiein.
For if the time when Jesus said this was four months before the harvest, it is clear that it was winter. Now the harvest in Judea begins to take place around the month the Hebrews call Nisan, when the Passover is kept, so that they sometimes make the unleavened bread from new grain.
13.252Preuschen 4:264
ἀλλʼ ἔστω μὴ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν μῆνα εἶναι τὸν θερισμόν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸν ἑξῆς ἐκείνῳ τὸν καλούμενον παρʼ αὐτοῖς Ταρ. καὶ οὕτως ὁ πρὸ τετραμήνου καιρὸς ἐκείνου τοῦ μηνὸς ἀκμαῖός ἐστιν χειμών. ἐπὰν οὖν δείξωμεν ὅτι ὅτε ἔλεγεν ταῦτα ὁ περὶ τὸν θερισμὸν καιρὸς ἦν ἤτοι ἀκμάζων ἢ ἐγγύς που τοῦ λήγειν ὄντα, ἀποδεδειγμένον ἔσται τὸ προκείμενον.
allʼ estō mē katʼ ekeinon ton mēna einai ton therismon, alla kata ton hexēs ekeinǭ ton kaloumenon parʼ autois Tar. kai houtōs ho pro tetramēnou kairos ekeinou tou mēnos akmaios estin cheimōn. epan oun deixōmen hoti hote elegen tauta ho peri ton therismon kairos ēn ētoi akmazōn ē engys pou tou lēgein onta, apodedeigmenon estai to prokeimenon.
But let the harvest be not in that month but in the one following it, which they call Iyyar. Even so, the time four months before that month is midwinter. If, then, we show that when he said this it was the time of harvest, either at its height or near its end, what is proposed will have been proved.
13.253Preuschen 4:264
τηρητέον δὲ ὅτι μετὰ τὴν έν τῇ Κανᾷ τῆς Γαλιλαίας περὶ τὸ μεταβεβληκὸς εἰς οἶνον ὕδωρ οἰκονομίαν καταβεβηκέναι λέγεται ὁ κύριος »εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ καὶ οἱ μαθηταί«, ἔνθα »ἔμεινεν οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας· καὶ ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ πάσχα τῶν Ἰουδαίων, καὶ ἀνέβη εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα ὁ Ἰησοῦς« ὅτε »εὑρεν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς« καὶ κατὰ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν ἀναγεγραμμένων, φραγέλλιον ἐκ σχοινίων πάντας ἐξέβαλεν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ«.
tērēteon de hoti meta tēn en tę̄ Kaną tēs Galilaias peri to metabeblēkos eis oinon hydōr oikonomian katabebēkenai legetai ho kyrios »eis Kapharnaoum autos kai hē mētēr autou kai hoi adelphoi kai hoi mathētai«, entha »emeinen ou pollas hēmeras; kai engys ēn to pascha tōn Ioudaiōn, kai anebē eis Ierosolyma ho Iēsous« hote »heuren en tǭ hierǭ tous pōlountas boas kai probata kai peristeras« kai kata ta loipa tōn anagegrammenōn, phragellion ek schoiniōn pantas exebalen ek tou hierou«.
It must be observed that after the dispensation at Cana of Galilee about the water turned into wine, the Lord is said to have gone down “to Capernaum, he and his mother and his brothers and his disciples,” where “he stayed not many days; and the Passover of the Jews was near, and Jesus went up to Jerusalem,” when “he found in the temple those selling oxen and sheep and doves,” and according to the rest of what is recorded, [having made] “a whip of cords, he drove them all out of the temple.”
13.254Preuschen 4:264
καὶ εἰπών τινα πρὸς τὸν Νικόδημον μετὰ ταῦτα ἦλθεν αὐτὸς »καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν γῆν, καὶ ἐκεῖ διέτριβεν μετʼ αὐτῶν καὶ ἐβάπτιζεν«. πόσον δὴ θήσομεν αὐτὸν διατετριφέναι ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ χρόνον βαπτίζοντα μετὰ τὸ πάσχα; οὐ γὰρ σαφῶς γέγραπται.
kai eipōn tina pros ton Nikodēmon meta tauta ēlthen autos »kai hoi mathētai autou eis tēn Ioudaian gēn, kai ekei dietriben metʼ autōn kai ebaptizen«. poson dē thēsomen auton diatetriphenai en tę̄ Ioudaią chronon baptizonta meta to pascha? ou gar saphōs gegraptai.
And having said certain things to Nicodemus, after this he came “with his disciples into the land of Judea, and he stayed there with them and baptized.” How long shall we suppose he spent baptizing in Judea after the Passover? For it is not clearly written.
13.255Preuschen 4:264
καὶ φαίνεται διὰ τὸ ἐγνωκέναι τοὺς Φαρισαίους »ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει <ἢ> Ἰωάννης« ἀφιεὶς »τὴν Ἰουδαίαν« καὶ ἀπερχόμενος »εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν«, ὅτε »ἔδει διέρχεσθαι διὰ τῆς »Σαμαρείας«, καὶ γενόμενος παρὰ τῇ πηγῇ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ φησὶ τὸ »Οὐχ
kai phainetai dia to egnōkenai tous Pharisaious »hoti Iēsous pleionas mathētas poiei kai baptizei <ē> Iōannēs« aphieis »tēn Ioudaian« kai aperchomenos »eis tēn Galilaian«, hote »edei dierchesthai dia tēs »Samareias«, kai genomenos para tę̄ pēgę̄ tou Iakōb phēsi to »Ouch
And it appears that, because the Pharisees had learned “that Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John,” leaving “Judea” and going away “into Galilee,” when “he had to pass through Samaria,” and coming to the spring of Jacob, he says, “Do you not
13.256Preuschen 4:264–265
»ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἔτι τετράμηνός ἐστιν καὶ ὁ θερισμὸς ἔρχεται;« ἐὰν δέ τις ὑπονοῇ μετὰ τὸ πάσχα πλειόνων μηνῶν χρόνον ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ τὸν Ἰησοῦν βαπτίζοντα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, ὥστε ἐνεστηκέναι ἤδη τὸν πρὸ τετραμήνου τοῦ θερισμοῦ καιρόν, Παραθετέον αὐτῷ ὅτι δύο ἡμέρας μείνας ἐκεῖ παρὰ τοῖς Σαμαρεῦσιν μετὰ ταύτας ἐξῆλθεν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ ἀναγέγραπται ὡς νεωσ- τὶ τοῦ πάσχα προγεγενημένου καὶ τῶν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις πεπραγμένων αὐτῷ) ὅτι· »Ὅτε ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν οἱ »Γαλιλαῖοι, πάντα ἑωρακότες ὅσα ἐποίησεν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐν τῇ
»hymeis legete hoti eti tetramēnos estin kai ho therismos erchetai?« ean de tis hyponoę̄ meta to pascha pleionōn mēnōn chronon en tę̄ Ioudaią ton Iēsoun baptizonta meta tōn mathētōn autou, hōste enestēkenai ēdē ton pro tetramēnou tou therismou kairon, Paratheteon autǭ hoti dyo hēmeras meinas ekei para tois Samareusin meta tautas exēlthen eis tēn Galilaian, kai anagegraptai hōs neōs- ti tou pascha progegenēmenou kai tōn en Hierosolymois pepragmenōn autǭ) hoti; »Hote ēlthen eis tēn Galilaian, edexanto auton hoi »Galilaioi, panta heōrakotes hosa epoiēsen en Hierosolymois en tę̄
say that there are yet four months, and the harvest comes?” And if anyone supposes that after the Passover Jesus spent several months in Judea baptizing with his disciples, so that the time four months before the harvest had already come, we must set before him that after staying two days there with the Samaritans he went out into Galilee, and it is recorded (as though the Passover had recently passed and what he did in Jerusalem) that “When he came into Galilee, the Galileans received him, having seen all that he had done in Jerusalem at the
13.257Preuschen 4:265
»ἑορτῇ, καὶ αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἦλθον εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν«. ἀλλʼ εἰκὸς ὅτι ἐρεῖ τις πρὸς ταῦτα οὐδὲν λυπεῖν πλείονα αὐτὸν διατρίψαντα ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ χρόνον ἐληλυθέναι ἐπὶ τὴν πηγὴν τοῦ Ἰακώβ, ἀπιόντα εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ὅτε »Ἔτι τετράμηνος«, εἶπεν, »εἰς τὸν θερισμόν«· καὶ οὐδὲν ἄτοπόν ἐστιν τοὺς Γαλιλαίους διὰ τὰ πρὸ ὀκτὼ μηνῶν αὐτῷ γενόμενα ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις παραδέχεσθαι αὐτόν.
»heortę̄, kai autoi gar ēlthon eis tēn heortēn«. allʼ eikos hoti erei tis pros tauta ouden lypein pleiona auton diatripsanta en tę̄ Ioudaią chronon elēlythenai epi tēn pēgēn tou Iakōb, apionta eis tēn Galilaian hote »Eti tetramēnos«, eipen, »eis ton therismon«; kai ouden atopon estin tous Galilaious dia ta pro oktō mēnōn autǭ genomena en Hierosolymois paradechesthai auton.
feast; for they too had gone to the feast.” But someone will likely say to this that nothing prevents his having spent a longer time in Judea and then come to the spring of Jacob on his way to Galilee when he said, “Yet four months to the harvest”; and that there is nothing absurd in the Galileans receiving him because of what he had done in Jerusalem eight months earlier.
13.258Preuschen 4:265
λεκτέον δὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὅτι παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν »ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Κανᾶ τῆς Γα- »λιλαίας, ὅπου« πρότερον πεποίηκεν »τὸ ὕδωρ οἶνον«, ἔνθα καὶ τὸν τοῦ βασιλικοῦ υἱὸν νοσοῦντα ἐν τῇ Καφαρναούμ, εἰπὼν τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ· » Ὁ υἱός σου ζῇ«, ἐθεράπευσεν· καὶ »Μετὰ ταῦτα ἦν ἑορτὴ »τῶν Ἰουδαίων, καὶ ἀνέβη ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα«, ὅτε τὸν τριάκοντα ὀκτὼ ἔτη ἔχοντα ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ παραλυτικὸν ἐθεράπευσεν.
lekteon de pros autous hoti paragenomenos eis tēn Galilaian »ēlthen eis tēn Kana tēs Ga- »lilaias, hopou« proteron pepoiēken »to hydōr oinon«, entha kai ton tou basilikou huion nosounta en tę̄ Kapharnaoum, eipōn tǭ patri autou; » Ho huios sou zę̄«, etherapeusen; kai »Meta tauta ēn heortē »tōn Ioudaiōn, kai anebē ho Iēsous eis Hierosolyma«, hote ton triakonta oktō etē echonta en tę̄ astheneią paralytikon etherapeusen.
We must say to them that on arriving in Galilee “he came to Cana of Galilee, where” he had earlier made “the water wine,” where he also healed the son of the royal official, sick in Capernaum, saying to his father, “Your son lives”; and “After this there was a feast of the Jews, and Jesus went up to Jerusalem,” when he healed the paralytic who had been ill thirty-eight years.
13.259Preuschen 4:265
ἐὰν δὲ αὕτη ἡ ἑορτὴ ἡ τοῦ πάσχα ᾖ (οὐ γὰρ πρόσκειται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῆς), στενοχωρεῖται τὸ ἀκόλουθον τῆς ἱστορίας, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπεὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα ἐπιφέρεται ὅτι »Ἠν ἐγγὺς ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἱουδαίων, ἡ σκηνοπηγία«.
ean de hautē hē heortē hē tou pascha ę̄ (ou gar proskeitai to onoma autēs), stenochōreitai to akolouthon tēs historias, kai malista epei metʼ oliga epipheretai hoti »Ēn engys hē heortē tōn Hioudaiōn, hē skēnopēgia«.
And if this feast is the Passover (for its name is not added), the sequence of the history is constrained, especially since a little later it is added that “The feast of the Jews was near, Tabernacles.”
13.260Preuschen 4:265
Τούτων δὴ ἐπιπλεῖον ἐξεταζομένων ἀκόλουθόν ἐστιν τῷ βαθύτερον ἐνορῶντι τῷ νῷ τῶν γραφῶν ζητεῖν τί νοῶν τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἔλεγεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὸ »Οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἔτι τετράμηνός »ἐστιν καὶ ὁ θερισμὸς ἔρχεται; ἰδοὺ λέγω ὑμῖν· Ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλ- »μοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας ὅτι λευκαί εἰσι πρὸς θερισμὸν »ἤδη«. ὥσπερ δὲ ἐλέγομεν ἐπὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν τὰ περὶ τῶν ὑδάτων ἐξετάζοντες, οὕτω καὶ ἐνθάδε ποιήσωμεν.
Toutōn dē epipleion exetazomenōn akolouthon estin tǭ bathyteron enorōnti tǭ nǭ tōn graphōn zētein ti noōn tois mathētais elegen ho Iēsous to »Ouch hymeis legete hoti eti tetramēnos »estin kai ho therismos erchetai? idou legō hymin; Eparate tous ophthal- »mous hymōn kai theasasthe tas chōras hoti leukai eisi pros therismon »ēdē«. hōsper de elegomen epi tōn kata tēn Samareitin ta peri tōn hydatōn exetazontes, houtō kai enthade poiēsōmen.
These things having been examined further, it follows for one who looks with deeper mind into the Scriptures to seek what Jesus meant in saying to the disciples, “Do you not say that there are yet four months, and the harvest comes? Behold, I say to you, lift up your eyes and see the fields, that they are white for harvest already.” And as we did in examining the waters in the Samaritan woman's story, so let us do here.
13.261Preuschen 4:265
τίς γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ὁμολογήσαι τὸ »Ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ θεάσασθε »τὰς χώρας ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμὸν ἤδη« πνευματικὸν εἶναι, καὶ γυμνὸν αἰσθητῶν πνευματικόν; ᾧ ἀκόλουθον ἂν εἴη καὶ τὸ τοὺς μαθητὰς λέγειν μετὰ τετράμηνον ἔσεσθαι τὸν θερισμὸν τὸν συγκριτόν, ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπονοίᾳ αὐτῶν, τῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ δεικνυμένῳ θερισμῷ.
tis gar ouk an homologēsai to »Eparate tous ophthalmous hymōn kai theasasthe »tas chōras hoti leukai eisin pros therismon ēdē« pneumatikon einai, kai gymnon aisthētōn pneumatikon? hǭ akolouthon an eiē kai to tous mathētas legein meta tetramēnon esesthai ton therismon ton synkriton, hoson epi tę̄ hyponoią autōn, tǭ hypo tou Iēsou deiknymenǭ therismǭ.
For who would not agree that “Lift up your eyes and see the fields, that they are white for harvest already” is spiritual, and spiritual bare of sensible things? In keeping with this would be the disciples' saying that in four months there would be the harvest comparable, as far as their supposition went, with the harvest pointed out by Jesus.
13.262Preuschen 4:265–266
νομίζομεν οὖν τοιαῦτά τινα εἶναι ἐν τῷ τοὺς μαθητὰς λέγειν ὅτι »<Ἔτι> τετράμηνός ἐστιν καὶ ὁ θερισμὸς ἔρχεται«. οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν τοῦ λόγου μαθητῶν ἐννοοῦντες δυσέφικτον εἶναι τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὅτε διειλήφασιν περὶ ἑτέρας παρὰ τὴν ἐνεστηκυῖαν ζωὴν ζωῆς, ἀπαυδήσαντες ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος πρὸς τὸ περὶ τῶν ζητουμένων τέλος ὑπολαμβάνουσιν μετὰ τὴν πρὸς τὰ τέσσαρα τῶν στοιχείων συγγένειαν ὑπερβάντες ταῦτα καταλήψεσθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν.
nomizomen oun toiauta tina einai en tǭ tous mathētas legein hoti »<Eti> tetramēnos estin kai ho therismos erchetai«. hoi pleistoi tōn tou logou mathētōn ennoountes dysephikton einai tę̄ anthrōpinę̄ physei tēn alētheian, hote dieilēphasin peri heteras para tēn enestēkuian zōēn zōēs, apaudēsantes epi tou parontos pros to peri tōn zētoumenōn telos hypolambanousin meta tēn pros ta tessara tōn stoicheiōn syngeneian hyperbantes tauta katalēpsesthai tēn alētheian.
We think, then, that there is something like this in the disciples' saying, “There are [yet] four months, and the harvest comes.” Most of the Word's disciples, thinking that truth is hard for human nature to attain, when they have reflected on a life other than the present, despairing for the present of reaching the end of what is sought, suppose that they will grasp the truth after passing beyond their kinship with the four elements.
13.263Preuschen 4:266
φασὶν οὐν κατὰ τὴν τοῦ κυρίου φωνὴν οἱ μαθηταὶ περὶ τοῦ θερισμοῦ, ὅστις ἐστὶν ἡ συντέλεια τῶν συγκομιστῶν τῆς ἀληθείας ἔργων, ὅτι μετὰ τὴν ἐνεστηκυῖαν τετράδα γίνεται.
phasin oun kata tēn tou kyriou phōnēn hoi mathētai peri tou therismou, hostis estin hē synteleia tōn synkomistōn tēs alētheias ergōn, hoti meta tēn enestēkuian tetrada ginetai.
The disciples, then, say, in the Lord's words about the harvest, which is the consummation of the works that gather in the truth, that it comes after the present tetrad.
13.264Preuschen 4:266
τὸ δὲ τῶν μηνῶν ὄνομα πρὸς τὸ πρέπον τῷ περὶ τοῦ θερισμοῦ λόγῳ σωματικῷ εἴληπται. οὐ γὰρ ἐχρῆν φάσκειν τὸ »οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι »Ἔτι τέσσαρες ἡμέραι καὶ ὁ θερισμὸς ἔρχεται« ἢ »ἔτι τέσσαρα ἔτη »καὶ ὁ θερισμὸς ἔρχεται«; μάλιστα ἐπεὶ καὶ τοὺς πολλοὺς καὶ σωματικωτέρους λανθάνειν ὁ λόγος βούλεται, κρύπτων μὲν τὸ μυστικόν,
to de tōn mēnōn onoma pros to prepon tǭ peri tou therismou logǭ sōmatikǭ eilēptai. ou gar echrēn phaskein to »ouch hymeis legete hoti »Eti tessares hēmerai kai ho therismos erchetai« ē »eti tessara etē »kai ho therismos erchetai«? malista epei kai tous pollous kai sōmatikōterous lanthanein ho logos bouletai, kryptōn men to mystikon,
And the name of months has been taken for what befits the bodily account of the harvest. For should he not have said, “Do you not say, Yet four days and the harvest comes,” or “yet four years and the harvest comes”? Especially since the Word wishes to escape the notice of the many and more bodily, hiding the mystical,
13.265Preuschen 4:266
ἐμφαίνων δὲ τὸ ἁπλούστερον εἰς τὸ σαφεῖς εἶναι νομίζεσθαι τοὺς ἀπαγγελλομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος λόγους.
emphainōn de to haplousteron eis to sapheis einai nomizesthai tous apangellomenous hypo tou sōtēros logous.
and showing the simpler, so that the words proclaimed by the Savior may be thought to be clear.
13.266Preuschen 4:266
ἢ τάχα τὸ τῶν μαθητῶν βούλημα λεγόντων· »Ἔτι τετράμηνός ἐστιν καὶ ὁ θερισμὸς »ἔρχεται« τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· τέσσαρές εἰσιν σφαῖραι τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων αἱ ὑποκείμεναι τῇ αἰθερίῳ φύσει, ἐν μέσῳ μὲν καὶ κατωτάτῳ ἡ τῆς γῆς, περὶ αὐτὴν δὲ ἡ τοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ τρίτη ἡ ἀέρος, τετάρτη δὲ ἡ τοῦ πυρός, μεθʼ ἣν ἡ τῆς σελήνης, καὶ ἑξῆς.
ē tacha to tōn mathētōn boulēma legontōn; »Eti tetramēnos estin kai ho therismos »erchetai« toiouton estin; tessares eisin sphairai tōn tessarōn stoicheiōn hai hypokeimenai tę̄ aitheriǭ physei, en mesǭ men kai katōtatǭ hē tēs gēs, peri autēn de hē tou hydatos, kai tritē hē aeros, tetartē de hē tou pyros, methʼ hēn hē tēs selēnēs, kai hexēs.
Or perhaps the meaning of the disciples saying, “There are yet four months, and the harvest comes,” is this: there are four spheres of the four elements beneath the ethereal nature; in the middle and lowest that of earth, around it that of water, third that of air, fourth that of fire, after which that of the moon, and so on.
13.267Preuschen 4:266
καὶ ἐπιστήσωμεν μήποτε ὑπολαμβάνουσιν οἱ μαθηταὶ πρὸς τῇ καθαρωτέρᾳ οὐσίᾳ γενομένους τοὺς ἐντεῦθεν παρεσκευασμένους καταλήψεσθαι τὸ ἀληθές, ὅταν καὶ τὴν τοῦ πυρός τις δύνηται σφαῖραν > μὴ καταφθαρεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὕλη τοῦ Παντὸς έν τοῖς πρὸ τῆς * * * αἰθερίους τόπους * * χωρίοις.
kai epistēsōmen mēpote hypolambanousin hoi mathētai pros tę̄ katharōterą ousią genomenous tous enteuthen pareskeuasmenous katalēpsesthai to alēthes, hotan kai tēn tou pyros tis dynētai sphairan > mē kataphthareis hypo tēs hamartias, hētis estin hylē tou Pantos en tois pro tēs * * * aitherious topous * * chōriois.
And let us consider whether the disciples suppose that those prepared from here will grasp the truth when they come to the purer substance, when one can [pass through] the sphere of fire too, not destroyed by sin, which is the matter of the universe, in the … ethereal places … regions.
13.268Preuschen 4:266
ταύτὴν δὲ τὴν ὑπόληψιν διελέγχων ὡς οὐχ ὑγιῆ φησιν ὁ γενόμενος σὰρξ λόγος τοῖς ταῦτα νομίζουσιν τὸ »Οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι <Ἔτι> τετρά- »μηνός ἐστιν καὶ ὁ θερισμὸς ἔρχεται; ἰδοὺ λέγω ὑμῖν· Ἐπάρατε τοὺς »ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς »θερισμὸν ἤδη«.
tautēn de tēn hypolēpsin dielenchōn hōs ouch hygiē phēsin ho genomenos sarx logos tois tauta nomizousin to »Ouch hymeis legete hoti <Eti> tetra- »mēnos estin kai ho therismos erchetai? idou legō hymin; Eparate tous »ophthalmous hymōn kai theasasthe tas chōras hoti leukai eisin pros »therismon ēdē«.
Refuting this supposition as unsound, the Word become flesh says to those who think so, “Do you not say that there are [yet] four months, and the harvest comes? Behold, I say to you, lift up your eyes and see the fields, that they are white for harvest already.”
13.269Preuschen 4:266
καὶ γὰρ ἀδιανόητον ἡμῖν φαίνεται μὴ περὶ ἑνὸς αὐτὸν ἐν τούτοις πᾶσιν διαλαμβάνειν θερισμοῦ, ἐπείπερ κατὰ τοὺς ἁπλούστερον ἐκδεχομένους τὸ ἀληθὲς [λέγουσιν] ἐπιπλήξει τοῖς μαθηταῖς νομίζουσιν, ὡς οἴονται, μετὰ τετράμηνον ἔρχεσθαι τὸν θερισμόν, ὅντινα ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων παρεστήσαμεν μὴ πάνυ τι δύνασθαι μετὰ τετράμηνον ἐνστήσεσθαι.
kai gar adianoēton hēmin phainetai mē peri henos auton en toutois pasin dialambanein therismou, epeiper kata tous haplousteron ekdechomenous to alēthes [legousin] epiplēxei tois mathētais nomizousin, hōs oiontai, meta tetramēnon erchesthai ton therismon, hontina en tois pro toutōn parestēsamen mē pany ti dynasthai meta tetramēnon enstēsesthai.
For it seems unthinkable to us that he is not speaking of one harvest in all these words, since according to those who take the truth more simply he will be rebuking the disciples who think, as they suppose, that the harvest comes after four months, a harvest which we showed earlier could hardly come after four months.
13.270Preuschen 4:266–267
ἄλλως τε καὶ οἱονεὶ τὴν ὑπόνοιαν τῶν μαθητῶν διορθούμενός φησι τὸ »οὐχ ὑμεῖς μὲν τόδε λέγετε; ἐγὼ δὲ »τόδε φημί« πρὸς τούτοις πῶς οὐκ ἄτοπον τὸ μὲν » Ἐπάρατε τοὺς »ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν‘ κατὰ πάντα x003E; σαφῶς, καὶ τὸ »Θεά- σασθε τὰς χώρας ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμὸν ἤδη«, τὸ δὲ πρὸ τοῦ * * * * ἐρχόμενον τοῦτο »Οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι Ἔτι τετράμη- »νός ἐστιν, καὶ ὁ θερισμὸς ἔρχεται« μὴ ἀλληγορικῶς ἐκλαβεῖν;
allōs te kai hoionei tēn hyponoian tōn mathētōn diorthoumenos phēsi to »ouch hymeis men tode legete? egō de »tode phēmi« pros toutois pōs ouk atopon to men » Eparate tous »ophthalmous hymōn‘ kata panta x003E? saphōs, kai to »Thea- sasthe tas chōras hoti leukai eisin pros therismon ēdē«, to de pro tou * * * * erchomenon touto »Ouch hymeis legete hoti Eti tetramē- »nos estin, kai ho therismos erchetai« mē allēgorikōs eklabein?
Besides, as though correcting the disciples' supposition, he says, “Do you not say this? But I say that.” Moreover, how is it not absurd to take “Lift up your eyes” in every respect [spiritually] clearly, and “See the fields, that they are white for harvest already,” but not to take allegorically what comes before …, “Do you not say that there are yet four months, and the harvest comes?”
13.271Preuschen 4:267
Καὶ ὁ Ἡρακλέων μέντοι γε ὁμοίως τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς λέξεως ἔμεινεν μὴ οἰόμενος αὐτὴν ἀνάγεσθαι. φησὶ γοῦν ὅτι Τὸν τῶν γεννημάτων λέγει θερισμόν, ὡς τούτου μὲν ἔτι διωρίαν ἔχοντος τετράμηνον, τοῦ τε θερισμοῦ, οὗ αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν, ἤδη ἐνεστῶτος. καὶ τὸν θερισμὸν δὲ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ἐπὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐξείληφεν τῶν πιστευόντων, λέγων ὅτι Ἠδη ἀκμαῖοι καὶ ἕτοιμοί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμὸν καὶ ἐπιτήδειοι πρὸς τὸ συναχθῆναι εἰς ἀποθήκην, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν διὰ πίστεως εἰς ἀνάπαυσιν, ὅσαι γε ἕτοιμοι· οὐ γὰρ πᾶσαι· αἱ μὲν γὰρ ἤδη ἕτοιμοι ἠσαν, φησίν, αἱ δὲ ἔμελλον, αἱ δὲ μέλλουσιν, αἱ δὲ ἐπισπείρονται ἤδη.
Kai ho Hērakleōn mentoi ge homoiōs tois pollois epi tēs lexeōs emeinen mē oiomenos autēn anagesthai. phēsi goun hoti Ton tōn gennēmatōn legei therismon, hōs toutou men eti diōrian echontos tetramēnon, tou te therismou, hou autos elegen, ēdē enestōtos. kai ton therismon de ouk oidʼ hopōs epi tēs psychēs exeilēphen tōn pisteuontōn, legōn hoti Ēdē akmaioi kai hetoimoi eisin pros therismon kai epitēdeioi pros to synachthēnai eis apothēkēn, toutʼ estin dia pisteōs eis anapausin, hosai ge hetoimoi; ou gar pasai; hai men gar ēdē hetoimoi ēsan, phēsin, hai de emellon, hai de mellousin, hai de epispeirontai ēdē.
Heracleon, however, like the many, remained with the letter, not thinking it should be taken in a higher sense. At any rate, he says: “He speaks of the harvest of crops, as this one still had an interval of four months, while the harvest of which he himself spoke was already present.” And the harvest, I do not know how, he took of the soul of believers, saying: “They are already ripe and ready for harvest and fit to be gathered into the barn, that is, through faith into rest, as many as are ready; for not all are: some were already ready,” he says, “others were about to be, others will be, and others are already being sown.”
13.272Preuschen 4:267
ταῦτα μὲν οὐν ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν. πῶς δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ ἐπαίροντες τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς δύνανται βλέπειν τὰς ψυχὰς ἤδη ἐπιτηδείους οὔσας πρὸς τό, ὡς οἴεται, εἰς ἀποθήκην εἰσαχθῆναι, οὐκ οἶδα εἰ δύναται παραστῆσαι· καὶ ἔτι γε πῶς ἐπὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ἀληθὲς τὸ »Ἄλλος ὁ σπείρων, καὶ ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων« καὶ »Ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε«. τίνα δὲ τρόπον τὸ »Ἀλλοι »κεκοπιάκασιν καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε« δυνατόν ἐστιν παραδέξασθαι ἐπὶ τῆς ψυχῆς;
tauta men oun ekeinos eipen. pōs de hoi mathētai epairontes tous ophthalmous dynantai blepein tas psychas ēdē epitēdeious ousas pros to, hōs oietai, eis apothēkēn eisachthēnai, ouk oida ei dynatai parastēsai; kai eti ge pōs epi tōn psychōn alēthes to »Allos ho speirōn, kai allos ho therizōn« kai »Apesteila hymas therizein ho ouch hymeis kekopiakate«. tina de tropon to »Alloi »kekopiakasin kai hymeis eis ton kopon autōn eiselēlythate« dynaton estin paradexasthai epi tēs psychēs?
So he said. But how the disciples, lifting up their eyes, can see souls already fit, as he thinks, to be brought into the barn, I do not know whether he can show; and further, how is “One sows and another reaps” true of souls, and “I sent you to reap what you did not labor for”? And in what way can “Others have labored, and you have entered into their labor” be accepted of the soul?
13.273Preuschen 4:267
ἡμεῖς οὖν θερισμὸν συναγομένου καρποῦ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἐκλαμβάνομεν κατὰ τὴν τελείωσιν τοῦ σπερματικῶς ἐγκειμένου κατὰ τὰς ἐννοίας ἡμῖν λόγου ἀπὸ γεωργίας πλείονος τετελειωμένου. πῶς δὲ ὑπὸ ἄλλου σπείρεται καὶ ὑπὸ ἄλλου θερίζεται ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς διαληψόμεθα. Ἰδοὺ λέγω ὑμῖν· Ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν, καὶ θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί εἰσι Πρὸς θερισμὸν ἤδη.
hēmeis oun therismon synagomenou karpou eis zōēn aiōnion eklambanomen kata tēn teleiōsin tou spermatikōs enkeimenou kata tas ennoias hēmin logou apo geōrgias pleionos teteleiōmenou. pōs de hypo allou speiretai kai hypo allou therizetai en tois hexēs dialēpsometha. Idou legō hymin; Eparate tous ophthalmous hymōn, kai theasasthe tas chōras, hoti leukai eisi Pros therismon ēdē.
We, then, take the harvest of fruit gathered for eternal life to mean the perfection of the Word implanted in us like seed in our concepts, perfected through much cultivation. How it is sown by one and reaped by another we shall discuss in what follows. [John 4:35:] “Behold, I say to you, lift up your eyes and see the fields, that they are white for harvest already.”
13.274Preuschen 4:267–268
Πολλαχοῦ τῆς γραφῆς τὸ »Ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς »ὑμῶν« προτρεπομένου ἡμᾶς τοῦ θείου λόγου ὑψοῦν καὶ ἐπαίρειν τὰ φρονήματα καὶ τὸ διορατικὸν κάτω που κείμενον καὶ συγκύπτον, μὴ δυνάμενόν τε ἀνακύψαι εἰς τὸ παντελὲς μετεωρίσαι· ὥσπερ ἐν Ἡσαΐᾳ· »Ἐπάρατε εἰς ὕψος τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ ἴδετε· τίς κατέδειξε »ταῦτα πάντα«·
Pollachou tēs graphēs to »Eparate tous ophthalmous »hymōn« protrepomenou hēmas tou theiou logou hypsoun kai epairein ta phronēmata kai to dioratikon katō pou keimenon kai synkypton, mē dynamenon te anakypsai eis to panteles meteōrisai; hōsper en Hēsaïą; »Eparate eis hypsos tous ophthalmous hymōn kai idete; tis katedeixe »tauta panta«;
In many places of Scripture there is “Lift up your eyes,” the divine Word urging us to raise and lift up our thoughts and our power of discernment, which lies somewhere below and is bent over, unable to straighten itself fully; as in Isaiah: “Lift up your eyes on high and see: who has displayed all these things?”
13.275Preuschen 4:268
καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ δὲ ὅτε μέλλει τοῖς ἐν πεδίῳ συναχθεῖσιν λέγειν τοὺς μακαρισμούς, ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς λέγει τὸ »μακάριοι« οἵδε καὶ οἵδε· οὐδεὶς γὰρ γνήσιος Ἰησοῦ μαθητὴς κάτω ἐστίν, ὡς οὐδὲ ὁ ἀναπαυόμενος ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ κόλποις.
kai ho sōtēr de hote mellei tois en pediǭ synachtheisin legein tous makarismous, eparas tous ophthalmous autou pros tous mathētas legei to »makarioi« hoide kai hoide; oudeis gar gnēsios Iēsou mathētēs katō estin, hōs oude ho anapauomenos en tois tou Abraam kolpois.
And the Savior too, when he is about to speak the beatitudes to those gathered on the plain, lifting up his eyes to the disciples, says “Blessed” are these and those; for no genuine disciple of Jesus is below, just as neither is the one resting in Abraham's bosom.
13.276Preuschen 4:268
ὁ γοῦν πλούσιος ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς βλέπει τὸν Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἐν τοῖς κόλποις αὐτοῦ.
ho goun plousios hyparchōn en basanois eparas tous ophthalmous blepei ton Abraam kai ton Lazaron en tois kolpois autou.
At any rate the rich man, being in torments, lifting up his eyes sees Abraham and Lazarus in his bosom.
13.277Preuschen 4:268
πρὸς τούτοις ἡ »συγκύπτουσα καὶ μὴ δυναμένη ἀνακύψαι εἰς τὸ παντελὲς« Ιησοῦ αὐτὴν ἀνορθώσαντος ἀποτίθεται τὸ συγκύπτειν καὶ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι ἀνακύπτειν, ἵνα ἐπάρῃ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς.
pros toutois hē »synkyptousa kai mē dynamenē anakypsai eis to panteles« Iēsou autēn anorthōsantos apotithetai to synkyptein kai to mē dynasthai anakyptein, hina eparę̄ tous ophthalmous.
Besides these, the woman who was “bent over and could not fully straighten herself,” when Jesus set her upright, puts away being bent and being unable to straighten up, so that she may lift up her eyes.
13.278Preuschen 4:268
καὶ οὐδείς γε ἐν πάθεσιν ὢν καὶ τῇ σαρκὶ προστετηκὼς ἢ τοῖς ὑλικοῖς ἐμπεφυρμένος, ἐτήρησεν τὴν λέγουσαν ἐντολήν· »Ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν‘, διόπερ ὁ τοιοῦτος οὐδὲ θεάσεται τὰς χώρας κἂν ὦσιν »λευκαὶ πρὸς θερισμὸν ἤδη«. ἔτι δὲ οὐδεὶς ἐργαζόμενος τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκὸς ἐπῆρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς.
kai oudeis ge en pathesin ōn kai tę̄ sarki prostetēkōs ē tois hylikois empephyrmenos, etērēsen tēn legousan entolēn; »Eparate tous ophthalmous hymōn‘, dioper ho toioutos oude theasetai tas chōras kan ōsin »leukai pros therismon ēdē«. eti de oudeis ergazomenos ta erga tēs sarkos epēren tous ophthalmous.
And no one who is in passions and melted into the flesh or mixed up with material things has kept the commandment that says, “Lift up your eyes”; therefore such a one will not see the fields even if they are “white for harvest already.” Further, no one doing the works of the flesh has lifted up his eyes.
13.279Preuschen 4:268
»Λευκαὶ« δὲ αἱ χῶραι πρὸς θερισμὸν ἤδη« εἰσίν, ὅτε πάρεστιν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος σαφηνίζων καὶ φωτίζων πάσας τὰς χώρας τῆς γραφῆς πληρουμένας ἐν τῇ ἐπιδημίᾳ αὐτοῦ.
»Leukai« de hai chōrai pros therismon ēdē« eisin, hote parestin ho tou theou logos saphēnizōn kai phōtizōn pasas tas chōras tēs graphēs plēroumenas en tę̄ epidēmią autou.
And the fields are “white for harvest already” when the Word of God is present, making clear and illuminating all the fields of Scripture, which are fulfilled at his coming.
13.280Preuschen 4:268
τάχα δὲ καὶ πάντα τὰ αἰσθητὰ μέχρι γε αὐτοῦ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ αἱ λευκαί εἰσιν χῶραι ἕτοιμοι πρὸς θερισμὸν τοῖς ἐπαίρουσιν τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, σαφῶς παρισταμένου τοῦ περὶ ἑκάστου λόγου τοῖς ἀνειληφόσιν, ἐκ τοῦ τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφοῦσθαι ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν, ὀφθαλμῶν ὁμοίωμα τῶν ἑωρακότων πῶς ἕκαστον τῶν γενομένων καλὸν ἦν· τὸ γὰρ »Εἶδεν ὁ θεὸς« καθʼ ἕκαστον τῶν κτισμάτων λεγόμενον, »ὅτι καλόν« τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν ὅτι ἐνεῖδεν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς λόγοις ἑκάστου, καὶ εἶδεν πῶς καθʼ οὕς γέγονεν ἕκαστον τῶν κτισμάτων λόγους ἐστὶν καλόν.
tacha de kai panta ta aisthēta mechri ge autou tou ouranou kai tōn en autǭ hai leukai eisin chōrai hetoimoi pros therismon tois epairousin tous ophthalmous, saphōs paristamenou tou peri hekastou logou tois aneilēphosin, ek tou tēn autēn eikona metamorphousthai apo doxēs eis doxan, ophthalmōn homoiōma tōn heōrakotōn pōs hekaston tōn genomenōn kalon ēn; to gar »Eiden ho theos« kathʼ hekaston tōn ktismatōn legomenon, »hoti kalon« toiouton estin hoti eneiden ho theos tois logois hekastou, kai eiden pōs kathʼ hous gegonen hekaston tōn ktismatōn logous estin kalon.
And perhaps all sensible things, up to heaven itself and what is in it, are the white fields ready for harvest for those who lift up their eyes, the meaning of each being clearly presented to those who have taken it up, through being transformed into the same image from glory to glory, eyes like those that saw how each thing that came to be was good. For “God saw,” said of each of the creatures, “that it was good,” means that God looked into the reasons of each, and saw how each of the creatures is good according to the reasons by which it came to be.
13.281Preuschen 4:268
εἰ δὲ μὴ οὕτως τις παραδέχεται τὸ »Εἶδεν ὁ θεὸς ὅτι »καλόν«, διηγησάσθω πῶς έν τῷ »Ἐξαγαγέτω τὰ ὕδατα ἑρπετὰ ψυχῶν »ζωσῶν, καὶ πετεινὰ πετόμενα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κατὰ τὸ στερέωμα τοῦ »οὐρανοῦ« σώζεται τὸ »Εἶδεν ὁ θεὸς ὅτι καλόν«, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπεὶ » Ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ κήτη τὰ μεγάλα«.
ei de mē houtōs tis paradechetai to »Eiden ho theos hoti »kalon«, diēgēsasthō pōs en tǭ »Exagagetō ta hydata herpeta psychōn »zōsōn, kai peteina petomena epi tēs gēs kata to stereōma tou »ouranou« sōzetai to »Eiden ho theos hoti kalon«, kai malista epei » Epoiēsen ho theos ta kētē ta megala«.
If anyone does not accept “God saw that it was good” in this way, let him explain how in “Let the waters bring forth creeping things with living souls, and birds flying over the earth across the firmament of heaven” the words “God saw that it was good” are preserved, especially since “God made the great sea monsters.”
13.282Preuschen 4:268
ἀλλὰ ὁ λόγος ὁ περὶ ἑκάστου τούτων ἐστὶν ὁραθεὶς θεῷ τὸ »καλόν«. τὰ δʼ αὐτὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ » Ἐξαγαγέτω ἡ γῆ ψυχὴν ζῶσαν κατὰ γένος· τετράποδα καὶ » ἑρπετὰ καὶ θηρία τῆς γῆς κατὰ γένος« λεκτέον, οἷς καὶ ἐπιφέρεται τὸ »Εἶδεν ὁ θεὸς ὅτι καλόν( πῶς γὰρ καλὸν τὰ θηρία καὶ τὰ ἐρπετά,
alla ho logos ho peri hekastou toutōn estin horatheis theǭ to »kalon«. ta dʼ auta kai peri tou » Exagagetō hē gē psychēn zōsan kata genos; tetrapoda kai » herpeta kai thēria tēs gēs kata genos« lekteon, hois kai epipheretai to »Eiden ho theos hoti kalon( pōs gar kalon ta thēria kai ta erpeta,
But the reason (logos) concerning each of these is what was seen by God as “good.” The same must be said about “Let the earth bring forth the living soul according to its kind: quadrupeds and creeping things and beasts of the earth according to their kind,” to which is added “God saw that it was good.” For how are beasts and creeping things good,
13.283Preuschen 4:268–269
εἰ μὴ ἄρα ὁ λόγος ὁ περὶ αὐτῶν έστιν τὸ καλόν;
ei mē ara ho logos ho peri autōn estin to kalon?
unless the reason concerning them is what is good?
13.284Preuschen 4:269
Ταῦτα δʼ ἡμῖν λέγεται διὰ τὸ »Ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμὸν ἤδη«, προτρέποντος τοῦ παρόντος τοῖς μαθηταῖς λόγου τοὺς ἀκροατὰς ἐπαίρειν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπί τε τὰς χώρας τῆς γραφῆς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς χώρας τοῦ ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν ὄντων λόγου, ἵνα τὴν λευκότητα καὶ τὴν λαμπρότητα θεάσηταί τις τοῦ τῆς ἀληθείας πανταχοῦ φωτός· »Πάντα »γὰρ ἐνώπιον τοῖς νοοῦσιν«, κατὰ τὸν Σολομῶντα, »ὀρθὰ δὲ τοῖς βου- »λομένοις ἀπονείμασθαι αἴσθησιν«. Ὁ θερίζων μισθὸν λαμβάνει, καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἵνα ὁ σπείρων ὁμοῦ χαίρῃ καὶ ὅ θερίζων.
Tauta dʼ hēmin legetai dia to »Eparate tous ophthalmous hymōn kai theasasthe tas chōras hoti leukai eisin pros therismon ēdē«, protrepontos tou parontos tois mathētais logou tous akroatas epairein tous ophthalmous epi te tas chōras tēs graphēs kai epi tas chōras tou en hekastǭ tōn ontōn logou, hina tēn leukotēta kai tēn lamprotēta theasētai tis tou tēs alētheias pantachou phōtos; »Panta »gar enōpion tois noousin«, kata ton Solomōnta, »ortha de tois bou- »lomenois aponeimasthai aisthēsin«. Ho therizōn misthon lambanei, kai synagei karpon eis zōēn aiōnion, hina ho speirōn homou chairę̄ kai ho therizōn.
These things are said by us because of “Lift up your eyes and see the fields, that they are white for harvest already,” the Word present to the disciples urging his hearers to lift up their eyes to the fields of Scripture and to the fields of the reason (logos) in each of the things that are, so that one may behold the whiteness and brightness of the light of truth everywhere. “For all things are plain to those who understand,” according to Solomon, “and right to those who wish to find perception.” [John 4:36:] “He who reaps receives wages and gathers fruit for eternal life, so that the sower and the reaper may rejoice together.”
13.285Preuschen 4:269
Ποσαχῶς ὁ θερισμὸς ἐν τῇ γραφῇ λέγεται καὶ ἐφʼ ὅσων τάσσεται νομίζω ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι παραθέσθαι, ἴνα κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἡμῖν καθοραθέντος τοῦ σημαινομένου δυνηθῶμεν ἐνθάδε ἰδεῖν ἐπὶ τίνος τῶν πλειόνων τέτακται ἡ λέξις.
Posachōs ho therismos en tę̄ graphę̄ legetai kai ephʼ hosōn tassetai nomizō anankaion einai parathesthai, ina kata to dynaton hēmin kathorathentos tou sēmainomenou dynēthōmen enthade idein epi tinos tōn pleionōn tetaktai hē lexis.
I think it necessary to set out in how many ways “harvest” is used in Scripture and to what things it is applied, so that, once its meaning has been surveyed as far as we are able, we may be able to see to which of its several senses the word is applied here.
13.286Preuschen 4:269
ὁρῶμεν δὴ ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ματθαῖον, ἡνίκα »προσῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὸ τῷ κυρίῳ λέγοντες· Διασά- »φησον ἡμῖν τὴν παραβολὴν τῶν ζιζανίων τοῦ ἀγροῦ« διδασκαλίαν περὶ ταύτης τοῦ κυρίου μεθʼ ἕτερα λέγουσαν· »Ὁ δὲ θερισμὸς συν- »τέλεια αἰῶνός ἐστιν, οἱ δὲ θερισταὶ ἄγγελοί εἰσιν«.
horōmen dē en tǭ kata Matthaion, hēnika »prosēlthon hoi mathētao tǭ kyriǭ legontes; Diasa- »phēson hēmin tēn parabolēn tōn zizaniōn tou agrou« didaskalian peri tautēs tou kyriou methʼ hetera legousan; »Ho de therismos syn- »teleia aiōnos estin, hoi de theristai angeloi eisin«.
We see, then, in the Gospel according to Matthew, when “the disciples came to the Lord saying, ‘Explain to us the parable of the weeds of the field,’” that the Lord's teaching about it says, among other things: “The harvest is the end of the age, and the reapers are angels.”
13.287Preuschen 4:269
ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ τόπῳ περὶ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν πιστευόντων ἀπορούντων διδασκαλίας τρανούσης αὐτοῖς περὶ ὡν πιστεύουσιν, φησὶν ὁ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν· »Ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι· δεήθητε οὐν »τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ ὅπως ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν »αὐτοῦ«.
alla mēn kai en heterǭ topǭ peri tou plēthous tōn pisteuontōn aporountōn didaskalias tranousēs autois peri hōn pisteuousin, phēsin ho sōtēr hēmōn; »Ho men therismos polys, hoi de ergatai oligoi; deēthēte oun »tou kyriou tou therismou hopōs ekbalę̄ ergatas eis ton therismon »autou«.
And in another place, concerning the multitude of believers who lacked teaching that would make clear to them what they believe, our Savior says: “The harvest is great, but the workers are few; pray therefore the Lord of the harvest that he may send out workers into his harvest.”
13.288Preuschen 4:269
πρὸς τούτοις ὁ ἀπόστολος σπόρον μὲν ὀνομάζει τὴν ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ εὐποιίαν ἢ ἁμαρτίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, θερισμὸν δὲ τὰ διὰ τὰ ἐνταῦθα κατορθώματα ἢ ἁμαρτήματα ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν ἀποκείμεναι οὕτω λέγων· »Ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ »θερίσει ὅτι ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς θερίσει φθοράν· »ὁ δὲ σπείρων εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος θερίσει ζωὴν αἰώνιον«.
pros toutois ho apostolos sporon men onomazei tēn en tǭ biǭ toutǭ eupoiian ē hamartian tōn anthrōpōn, therismon de ta dia ta entautha katorthōmata ē hamartēmata hekastǭ kata tēn axian apokeimenai houtō legōn; »Ho gar ean speirę̄ anthrōpos, touto kai »therisei hoti ho speirōn eis tēn sarka ek tēs sarkos therisei phthoran; »ho de speirōn eis to pneuma ek tou pneumatos therisei zōēn aiōnion«.
Besides these, the apostle calls the good or evil deeds of men in this life a sowing, and calls a harvest what is laid up for each according to his deserts on account of his right actions or sins here, saying: “For whatever a man sows, that he will also reap; for the one who sows to the flesh will reap corruption from the flesh, but the one who sows to the Spirit will reap eternal life from the Spirit.”
13.289Preuschen 4:269–270
κατά τινος δὲ παραπλησίου τοῦ σημαινομένου νομίζω καὶ τὸν προφήτην φερόμενον ἐν ψαλμοῖς εἰρηκέναι· »Οἱ σπείροντες έν δάκρυσιν »ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει θεριοῦσιν. πορευόμενοι ἐπορεύοντο καὶ ἔκλαιον αἴρον- »τες τὰ σπέρματα αὐτῶν· ἐρχόμενοι δὲ ἥξουσιν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει αἴροντες »τὰ δράγματα αὐτῶν«.
kata tinos de paraplēsiou tou sēmainomenou nomizō kai ton prophētēn pheromenon en psalmois eirēkenai; »Hoi speirontes en dakrysin »en agalliasei theriousin. poreuomenoi eporeuonto kai eklaion airon- »tes ta spermata autōn; erchomenoi de hēxousin en agalliasei airontes »ta dragmata autōn«.
I think that the prophet too, in the Psalms, spoke in a somewhat similar sense: “Those who sow in tears will reap in rejoicing. Going they went and wept, carrying their seeds; but coming they will come in rejoicing, carrying their sheaves.”
13.290Preuschen 4:270
κεῖται δὲ τὸ ὄνομα πολλαχοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς συνηθείας, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐν τῇ Ῥοὺθ διὰ τούτων· »Αὑται δὲ παρε- »γενήθησαν εἰς Βηθλεὲμ ἐν ἀρχῇ θερισμοῦ κριθῶν«. πέντε δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἐκτεθέντων σημαινομένων φανερὸν μὲν ὅτι οὐ τὸ ἐν τῇ συνηθείᾳ δηλούμενον ἐνταῦθα εἴρηται, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὸ ἐπὶ τῆς συντελείας τεταγμένον· οὔτε γὰρ τὸ έν τῇ συνηθείᾳ »ὁ »μισθὸν λαμβάνει καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον«, οὔτε περὶ τῶν θεριστῶν ἀγγέλων τὸ προτρεπτικὸν εἰς τὸ θερίζειν εὕλογον ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ νοεῖν.
keitai de to onoma pollachou kai epi tēs synētheias, hōsper kai en tę̄ Rhouth dia toutōn; »Hautai de pare- »genēthēsan eis Bēthleem en archę̄ therismou krithōn«. pente de epi tou parontos ektethentōn sēmainomenōn phaneron men hoti ou to en tę̄ synētheią dēloumenon entautha eirētai, allʼ oude to epi tēs synteleias tetagmenon; oute gar to en tę̄ synētheią »ho »misthon lambanei kai synagei karpon eis zōēn aiōnion«, oute peri tōn theristōn angelōn to protreptikon eis to therizein heulogon en tǭ topǭ toutǭ noein.
The word is also often used in its ordinary sense, as in Ruth in these words: “And they came to Bethlehem at the beginning of the barley harvest.” Now that five meanings have been set out for the present, it is plain that what is meant here is not the ordinary sense, nor the one applied to the end of the age. For neither in the ordinary sense does “the reaper receive wages and gather fruit for eternal life,” nor is it reasonable in this place to understand the exhortation to reap as concerning the angel reapers.
13.291Preuschen 4:270
ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ κατὰ τὸ »Ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς θερίσει φθορὰν καὶ ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα »ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος θερίσει ζωὴν αἰώνιον« οἷόν τε ἐνθάδε λαμβάνειν τὸ »Ὁ θερίζων μισθὸν λαμβάνει καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν »αἰώνιον«.
allʼ oude kata to »Ho speirōn eis tēn sarka ek tēs sarkos therisei phthoran kai ho speirōn eis to pneuma »ek tou pneumatos therisei zōēn aiōnion« hoion te enthade lambanein to »Ho therizōn misthon lambanei kai synagei karpon eis zōēn »aiōnion«.
Nor can we here take “the one who reaps receives wages and gathers fruit for eternal life” in the sense of “the one who sows to the flesh will reap corruption from the flesh, and the one who sows to the Spirit will reap eternal life from the Spirit.”
13.292Preuschen 4:270
κατὰ μὲν γὰρ τὰ ἀποστολικὰ ῥητὰ ὁ αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ σπείρων καὶ ὁ θερίζων, εἴτε εἰς τὴν σάρκα, εἴτε εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο συνάγων ἤτοι φθορὰν ἢ ζωὴν αἰώνιον· κατὰ δὲ τὰ ἐνεστηκότα ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων καὶ ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων.
kata men gar ta apostolika rhēta ho autos estin ho speirōn kai ho therizōn, eite eis tēn sarka, eite eis to pneuma, kai dia touto synagōn ētoi phthoran ē zōēn aiōnion; kata de ta enestēkota allos estin ho speirōn kai allos ho therizōn.
For according to the apostle's words the sower and the reaper are the same person, whether to the flesh or to the Spirit, and so he gathers either corruption or eternal life; but according to the present words, one is the sower and another the reaper.
13.293Preuschen 4:270
ὁμοίως δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς μὲν σπείρει καὶ θερίζει καθʼ ὃ παρεθέμεθα ἐν ψαλμοῖς ῥητὸν διαφέρον τοῦ ἀποστολικοῦ τῷ μυστικωτέρῳ καὶ ἀπορρητο- τέρῳ· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀποστολικὸν ἁπλούστερον εἴρηται οὐ διδάσκον περὶ τῆς διαφόρου φύσεως τῶν σπερμάτων πόθεν λαμβάνεται· τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ψαλμῶν δοκεῖ μοι δηλοῦν περὶ τῆς καθόδου τῶν εὐγενεστέρων ψυχῶν παραγινομένων εἰς τὸν βίον τοῦτον μετὰ τῶν σωτηρίων σπερμάτων, καὶ παραγινομένων γε οἱονεὶ ἀκουσίως μετὰ στεναγμοῦ, ἐπανερχομένων δὲ ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει διὰ τὸ καλῶς γεγεωργηκέναι καὶ ηὐξηκέναι καὶ πεπληθυνκέναι τὰ σπέρματα, μεθʼ ὡν ἐληλύθασιν. »ἄλλος »δέ ἐστιν ὁ σπείρων καὶ ἀλλος ὁ θερίζων« ἐν τῇ προκειμένῃ λέξει.
homoiōs de ho autos men speirei kai therizei kathʼ ho parethemetha en psalmois rhēton diapheron tou apostolikou tǭ mystikōterǭ kai aporrēto- terǭ; to men gar apostolikon haplousteron eirētai ou didaskon peri tēs diaphorou physeōs tōn spermatōn pothen lambanetai; to de apo tōn psalmōn dokei moi dēloun peri tēs kathodou tōn eugenesterōn psychōn paraginomenōn eis ton bion touton meta tōn sōtēriōn spermatōn, kai paraginomenōn ge hoionei akousiōs meta stenagmou, epanerchomenōn de en agalliasei dia to kalōs gegeōrgēkenai kai ēuxēkenai kai peplēthynkenai ta spermata, methʼ hōn elēlythasin. »allos »de estin ho speirōn kai allos ho therizōn« en tę̄ prokeimenę̄ lexei.
Likewise the same person sows and reaps in the saying we cited from the Psalms, which differs from the apostle's by being more mystical and secret. For the apostle's saying is simpler and does not teach about the differing nature of the seeds, where they are taken from; but the one from the Psalms seems to me to indicate the descent of the nobler souls who come into this life with saving seeds, and who come, as it were, unwillingly and with groaning, but return in rejoicing because they have tilled well and made the seeds grow and multiply, the seeds with which they came. But “one is the sower and another the reaper” in the passage before us.
13.294Preuschen 4:270–271
Καὶ ἐρεῖ γε ὁ Ἡρακλέων, τάχα δὲ τούτῳ κατὰ τὴν ἐκδοχὴν ταύτην συμπεριφερόμενός τις καὶ ἐκκλησιαστικός, ὅτι τῷ κατὰ τὸ » Ὁ θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι« σημαινομένῳ ὁμοίως ταῦτα εἴρηται, τῷ ἑτοίμους πρὸς θερισμὸν καὶ ἐπιτηδείους πρὸς τὸ ἤδη συναχθῆναι εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην διὰ τῆς πίστεως εἰς ἀνάπαυσιν εἶναι, καὶ ἐπιτηδείους πρὸς σωτηρίαν καὶ παραδοχὴν τοῦ λόγου· κατὰ μὲν τὸν Ἡρακλέωνα διὰ τὴν κατασκευὴν αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν φύσιν, κατὰ δὲ τὸν ἐκκλησιαστικὸν διά τινα εὐτρεπισμὸν Ι τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ ἑτοίμου πρὸς τελείωσιν, ἴνα καὶ θερισθῇ.
Kai erei ge ho Hērakleōn, tacha de toutǭ kata tēn ekdochēn tautēn symperipheromenos tis kai ekklēsiastikos, hoti tǭ kata to » Ho therismos polys, hoi de ergatai oligoi« sēmainomenǭ homoiōs tauta eirētai, tǭ hetoimous pros therismon kai epitēdeious pros to ēdē synachthēnai eis tēn apothēkēn dia tēs pisteōs eis anapausin einai, kai epitēdeious pros sōtērian kai paradochēn tou logou; kata men ton Hērakleōna dia tēn kataskeuēn autōn kai tēn physin, kata de ton ekklēsiastikon dia tina eutrepismon I tou hēgemonikou hetoimou pros teleiōsin, ina kai theristhę̄.
Heracleon will say, and perhaps some churchman too, falling in with him in this interpretation, that these words are said in the same sense as “The harvest is great, but the workers are few”: namely, that people are ready for harvest and fit to be gathered now into the storehouse through faith for rest, and fit for salvation and for receiving the word; according to Heracleon because of their constitution and nature, but according to the churchman because of a certain preparedness of the ruling faculty, ready for perfection, so that it may indeed be reaped.
13.295Preuschen 4:271
Λεκτέον οὖν πρὸς τοὺς οὕτως ἐκδεξαμένους, εἰ βούλονται παραδέξασθαι, μήποτε γεγονέναι πρὸ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἐπιδημίας θερισμὸν παραπλήσιον τῷ οὕτως ἂν ἐλπισθέντι ἀπὸ τῶν χρόνων τοῦ εὐαγγελικοῦ κηρύγματος· εἰ γὰρ τῷ εἶναι τὸν θερισμὸν πολὺν πολλοὶ πεπιστεύκασιν, καίτοι γε ὀλίγων ὄντων τῶν ἐργατῶν ἀποστόλων ὡς πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος τῶν παραδεξαμένων τὸν λόγον, ἤτοι διὰ τὸ »Θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμὸν ἤδη« οὐδεὶς πρὸ τῆς σωματικῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἐπιδημίας πεπίστευκεν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ γέγονέν τις πιστευόντων ἐργάτης, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀτοπώτατον φάσκειν· Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Μωσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας μήτε τὴν τῶν ἐργατῶν ἐσχηκέναι χώραν, μήτε τὴν τῶν θεριζομένων, ἢ εἴπερ καὶ πρότερον γεγόνασιν ἐργάται καὶ θερισμός, οὐδὲν δόξει παράδοξον ὁ σωτὴρ ἐπαγγέλλεσθαι τοῖς ἐπαίρουσιν τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, ἕνα θεάσωνται τὰς χώρας »ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμὸν ἤδη«. ἐκ τούτων δὴ δύναταίπως εἶναι σαφές, ὅτι οὐδὲν τῶν προειρημένων ἐστὶν ἐνθάδε νοούμενον κατὰ τὸν θερισμόν· ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὸ παρὰ τῷ ἀποστόλῳ ἐν ἄλλῳ τόπῳ νοηθὲν ἐνθάδε ἐφαρμόσει λέγοντι· »Ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως φειδομένως καὶ θερίσει· καὶ ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις »καὶ θερίσει«.
Lekteon oun pros tous houtōs ekdexamenous, ei boulontai paradexasthai, mēpote gegonenai pro tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn epidēmias therismon paraplēsion tǭ houtōs an elpisthenti apo tōn chronōn tou euangelikou kērygmatos; ei gar tǭ einai ton therismon polyn polloi pepisteukasin, kaitoi ge oligōn ontōn tōn ergatōn apostolōn hōs pros to plēthos tōn paradexamenōn ton logon, ētoi dia to »Theasasthe tas chōras, hoti leukai eisin pros therismon ēdē« oudeis pro tēs sōmatikēs tou sōtēros hēmōn epidēmias pepisteuken, allʼ oude gegonen tis pisteuontōn ergatēs, hoper estin atopōtaton phaskein; Abraam kai Mōsea kai tous prophētas mēte tēn tōn ergatōn eschēkenai chōran, mēte tēn tōn therizomenōn, ē eiper kai proteron gegonasin ergatai kai therismos, ouden doxei paradoxon ho sōtēr epangellesthai tois epairousin tous ophthalmous, hena theasōntai tas chōras »hoti leukai eisin pros therismon ēdē«. ek toutōn dē dynataipōs einai saphes, hoti ouden tōn proeirēmenōn estin enthade nooumenon kata ton therismon; allʼ oude to para tǭ apostolǭ en allǭ topǭ noēthen enthade epharmosei legonti; »Ho speirōn pheidomenōs pheidomenōs kai therisei; kai ho speirōn epʼ eulogiais epʼ eulogiais »kai therisei«.
We must say, then, to those who interpret it this way, if they are willing to accept it: was there not, before our Savior's coming, a harvest like the one that might be hoped for from the time of the gospel preaching? For if many have believed because the harvest is great, even though the workers, the apostles, were few in comparison with the multitude of those who received the word, then either, because of “Look at the fields, that they are white for harvest already,” no one believed before the bodily coming of our Savior, nor was anyone a worker among believers, which is most absurd to say: that Abraham and Moses and the prophets held neither the place of workers nor of those reaped; or else, if there were workers and a harvest even before, the Savior will seem to be promising nothing remarkable to those who lift up their eyes so as to see the fields “that they are white for harvest already.” From these considerations it may perhaps be clear that none of the senses mentioned above is meant here by the harvest. Nor will what is meant by the apostle in another place fit here, when he says: “The one who sows sparingly will also reap sparingly; and the one who sows bountifully will also reap bountifully.”
13.296Preuschen 4:271
Ζητῶμεν οὖν ἕβδομον σημαινόμενον κατάλληλον τοῖς προαποδεδομένοις εἰς τὸ »Οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε· Ἔτι τετράμηνός ἐστιν καὶ ὁ θερισμὸς ἔρχεται;« καὶ εἰς τὸ »Ἰδοὺ λέγω ὑμῖν Ἑπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμὸν ἤδη«.
Zētōmen oun hebdomon sēmainomenon katallēlon tois proapodedomenois eis to »Ouch hymeis legete; Eti tetramēnos estin kai ho therismos erchetai?« kai eis to »Idou legō hymin Heparate tous ophthalmous hymōn kai theasasthe tas chōras hoti leukai eisin pros therismon ēdē«.
Let us seek, then, a seventh meaning, suited to what has already been explained, for “Do you not say, ‘There are yet four months, and the harvest comes’?” and for “Behold, I tell you, lift up your eyes and look at the fields, that they are white for harvest already.”
13.297Preuschen 4:271
ὁ δὴ περὶ τῆς σαφηνείας τῶν γραφῶν τρανὴς λόγος, ἢ ὁ περὶ τοῦ πῶς πάντα, ὅσα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν, καλὰ λίαν, εἴρηται ἡμῖν ὁ θερισμός, ὅντινα ὁ θερίζων δύο καρποὺς τοῦ θερίζειν ἔχει· ἕνα μὲν ὅτε λαμβάνει μισθόν, ἕτερον δὲ ὅτε συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον.
ho dē peri tēs saphēneias tōn graphōn tranēs logos, ē ho peri tou pōs panta, hosa ho theos epoiēsen, kala lian, eirētai hēmin ho therismos, hontina ho therizōn dyo karpous tou therizein echei; hena men hote lambanei misthon, heteron de hote synagei karpon eis zōēn aiōnion.
The clear account of the plainness of the Scriptures, or the account of how all things that God made are very good, is what we call the harvest, from which the reaper has two fruits of his reaping: one when he receives wages, the other when he gathers fruit for eternal life.
13.298Preuschen 4:271–272
καὶ νομίζω διὰ μὲν τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπαγγελίας ἐσομένας κατὰ τὰ γεγραμμένα· »Ἰδοὺ κύριος ἔρχεται καὶ ὁ μισθὸς »αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ, ἀποδοῦναι ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ« εἰρῆσθαι τὸ »Μισθὸν λαμβάνει«· διὰ δὲ τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς τῆς θεωρίας ὠφέλειαν, αὐτόθεν κατὰ φύσιν οὖσαν τῷ νῷ καὶ τῇ λογικῇ ἐξαίρετον τυγχάνουσαν καὶ χωρὶς ἑτέρων παρὰ ταύτην ἐπαγγελιῶν γεγράφθαι τὸ »Συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ὅπερ εὐπάθειάν τινα τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ δηλοῖ, ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ τρίτῶ τῶν Στρωματέων παρεστήσαμεν διηγούμενοι τὸ »Ὁ πατήρ σου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ ἀπο- »δώσει σοι«.
kai nomizō dia men tas meta tauta epangelias esomenas kata ta gegrammena; »Idou kyrios erchetai kai ho misthos »autou en tę̄ cheiri autou, apodounai hekastǭ kata to ergon autou« eirēsthai to »Misthon lambanei«; dia de tēn apʼ autēs tēs theōrias ōpheleian, autothen kata physin ousan tǭ nǭ kai tę̄ logikę̄ exaireton tynchanousan kai chōris heterōn para tautēn epangeliōn gegraphthai to »Synagei karpon eis zōēn aiōnion, hoper eupatheian tina tou hēgemonikou dēloi, hōs kai en tǭ tritō tōn Strōmateōn parestēsamen diēgoumenoi to »Ho patēr sou ho blepōn en tǭ kryptǭ apo- »dōsei soi«.
And I think that “receives wages” is said on account of the promises that are to come afterward, according to what is written: “Behold, the Lord comes, and his wages are in his hand, to repay each according to his work”; but “gathers fruit for eternal life” was written on account of the benefit that comes from contemplation itself, which belongs by nature to the mind and is choice for the rational being, even apart from other promises beside it. This indicates a certain well-being of the ruling faculty, as we showed in the third book of our Stromateis when explaining “Your Father who sees in secret will reward you.”
13.299Preuschen 4:272
Ὁ δὲ Ἡρακλέων τὸ »Ὁ θερίζων μισθὸν λαμ- »βάνει« εἰρῆσθαι νομίζει ἐπεὶ θεριστὴν ἑαυτὸν λέγει, φησίν ὁ σωτήρ. καὶ τὸν μισθὸν τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ὑπολαμβάνει εἶναι τὴν τῶν θεριζομένων σωτηρίαν καὶ ἀποκατάστασιν τῷ ἀναπαύεσθαι αὐτὸν ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς. τὸ δὲ Καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰ ώνιον« φησὶν εἰρῆσθαι, ἢ ὅτι τὸ συναγόμενον καρπὸς ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἐστίν, ἢ καὶ αὐτὸ ζωὴ αἰώνιος.
Ho de Hērakleōn to »Ho therizōn misthon lam- »banei« eirēsthai nomizei epei theristēn heauton legei, phēsin ho sōtēr. kai ton misthon tou kyriou hēmōn hypolambanei einai tēn tōn therizomenōn sōtērian kai apokatastasin tǭ anapauesthai auton epʼ autois. to de Kai synagei karpon eis zōēn ai ōnion« phēsin eirēsthai, ē hoti to synagomenon karpos zōēs aiōniou estin, ē kai auto zōē aiōnios.
Heracleon thinks that “the one who reaps receives wages” is said because the Savior calls himself a reaper, he says. And he supposes that the wages of our Lord are the salvation and restoration of those who are reaped, in that he rests upon them. And “and gathers fruit for eternal life,” he says, is said either because what is gathered is the fruit of eternal life, or because it is itself eternal life.
13.300Preuschen 4:272
ἀλλὰ αὐτόθεν νομίζω βίαιον εἶναι τὴν διήγησιν αὐτοῦ, φάσκοντος τὸν σωτῆρα μισθὸν λαμβάνειν καὶ συγχέοντος τὸν μισθὸν καὶ τὴν συναγωγὴν τοῦ καρποῦ εἰς ἒν ἄντικρυς τῆς γραφῆς δύο πράγματα παριστάσης, ὡς προδιηγησάμεθα.
alla autothen nomizō biaion einai tēn diēgēsin autou, phaskontos ton sōtēra misthon lambanein kai syncheontos ton misthon kai tēn synagōgēn tou karpou eis en antikrys tēs graphēs dyo pragmata paristasēs, hōs prodiēgēsametha.
But I think his explanation is forced on its face, since he says that the Savior receives wages, and he confuses the wages and the gathering of the fruit into one, when Scripture plainly presents two things, as we explained above.
13.301Preuschen 4:272
Εἰ τοίνυν ἐπιτέτευκται ἡμῖν ἡ ἔπαρσις τῶν ἀποστολικῶν ὀφθαλμῶν καὶ ἡ θέα τῶν χωρῶν, λευκῶν ἤδη πρὸς θερισμὸν οὐσῶν, ἤδη ἀκολούθως τούτοις ἐξεταστέον τί τὸ »Ἵνα ὁ σπείρων ὁμοῦ χαίρῃ »καὶ ὁ θερίζων«.
Ei toinyn epiteteuktai hēmin hē eparsis tōn apostolikōn ophthalmōn kai hē thea tōn chōrōn, leukōn ēdē pros therismon ousōn, ēdē akolouthōs toutois exetasteon ti to »Hina ho speirōn homou chairę̄ »kai ho therizōn«.
If, then, we have achieved the lifting up of the apostolic eyes and the sight of the fields, already white for harvest, we must next examine, in accordance with this, what “that the sower and the reaper may rejoice together” means.
13.302Preuschen 4:272
οἶμαι δὴ ὅτι ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς ἐκ πλειόνων θεωρημάτων τέχνης καὶ ἐπιστήμης σπείρει μὲν ὁ τὰς ἀρχὰς εὑρίσκων, ἅστινας ἕτεροι παραλαμβάνοντες καὶ ἐπεξεργαζόμενοι αὐτὰς ἑτέροις τὰ ὑπὸ αὐτῶν εὑρημένα παραδιδόντες, αἴτιοι ἐξ ὡν εὑρήκασιν γίνονται τοῖς μεταγενεστέροις οὐ δυνηθεῖσιν τάς τε ἀρχὰς εὑρεῖν καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ἐπισυνάψαι καὶ τὸ τέλος τῶν τεχνῶν καὶ τῶν ἐπιστημῶν ἐπιθεῖναι, τοῦ συμπληρωθεισῶν τῶν τοιούτων τεχνῶν καὶ ἐπιστημῶν πλήρη τὸν καρπὸν ὡς ἐν θερισμῷ αὐτῶν ἀναλαβεῖν.
oimai dē hoti epi pasēs tēs ek pleionōn theōrēmatōn technēs kai epistēmēs speirei men ho tas archas heuriskōn, hastinas heteroi paralambanontes kai epexergazomenoi autas heterois ta hypo autōn heurēmena paradidontes, aitioi ex hōn heurēkasin ginontai tois metagenesterois ou dynētheisin tas te archas heurein kai ta hexēs episynapsai kai to telos tōn technōn kai tōn epistēmōn epitheinai, tou symplērōtheisōn tōn toioutōn technōn kai epistēmōn plērē ton karpon hōs en therismǭ autōn analabein.
I think, then, that in every art and science made up of many principles, the one who discovers the first principles sows; others take them over and work them out and hand on what they have found to others, and from what they have found they become causes for those who come later, who could not have found the principles, of linking on what follows and adding the completion of the arts and sciences, so that, when such arts and sciences are completed, they may take up the full fruit as in their harvest.
13.303Preuschen 4:272
εἰ δὲ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τεχνῶν ἐστιν ἀληθὲς καί τινων ἐπιστημῶν, πόσῳ πλέον ἐπὶ τῆς τέχνης τῶν τεχνῶν καὶ ἐπιστήμης τῶν ἐπιστημῶν ἔστι συνιδεῖν; τὰ γὰρ εὑρεθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν προτέρων ἐπεξεργασάμενοι οἱ μετʼ αὐτοὺς παραδεδώκασιν τοῖς ἑξῆς ἐξεταστικῶς Προσιοῦσιν τοῖς εὑρεθεῖσιν ἀφορμὰς τοῦ τὸ ἓν σῶμα τῆς ἀληθείας μετὰ σοφίας συναχθῆναι.
ei de touto epi technōn estin alēthes kai tinōn epistēmōn, posǭ pleon epi tēs technēs tōn technōn kai epistēmēs tōn epistēmōn esti synidein? ta gar heurethenta hypo tōn proterōn epexergasamenoi hoi metʼ autous paradedōkasin tois hexēs exetastikōs Prosiousin tois heuretheisin aphormas tou to hen sōma tēs alētheias meta sophias synachthēnai.
And if this is true of arts and of some sciences, how much more can it be seen in the art of arts and science of sciences? For those after them worked out what their predecessors had found and handed it on to those who follow, who approach what has been found with inquiry, as starting points for gathering the one body of truth with wisdom.
13.304Preuschen 4:272
πληρωθέντος δὴ τοῦ παντὸς ἔργου τῆς τέχνης τῶν τεχνῶν, »ὁ σπεί- »ρων ὁμοῦ χαίρει καὶ ὁ θερίζων«, τοῦ ἀμειβομένου θεοῦ εἰς ἓν πάντας τέλος συνάγοντος.
plērōthentos dē tou pantos ergou tēs technēs tōn technōn, »ho spei- »rōn homou chairei kai ho therizōn«, tou ameibomenou theou eis hen pantas telos synagontos.
When, then, the whole work of the art of arts is completed, “the sower and the reaper rejoice together,” God who rewards gathering all into one end.
13.305Preuschen 4:272–273
ὅρα δὲ εἰ οἱ μὲν »σπείροντές« εἰσιν Μωσῆς καὶ προφῆται, γράψαντες τὰ πρὸς νουθεσίαν ἡμῶν, εἰς οὓς τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων κατήντησεν καὶ κηρύξαντες τὴν Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίαν· »οἱ θερί »σαντες« δὲ οἱ τὸν χριστὸν παραδεξάμενοι καὶ τεθεαμένοι τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ ἀπόστολοι, συμφωνοῦσαν τοῖς προφητικοῖς περὶ αὐτοῦ λογικοῖς σπέρμασιν θερισθεῖσιν κατὰ τὴν ἐπεξεργασίαν καὶ κατανόησιν τοῦ κεκρυμμένου μυστηρίου ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων, φανερωθέντος δὲ ἐπ ἐσχάτου τῶν καιρῶν, ὅπερ »ἑτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ ἐγνωρίσθη τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὡς νῦν ἀπεκαλύφθη τοῖς ἁγίοις ἀποστόλοις αὐτοῦ καὶ προφήταις‘.
hora de ei hoi men »speirontes« eisin Mōsēs kai prophētai, grapsantes ta pros nouthesian hēmōn, eis hous ta telē tōn aiōnōn katēntēsen kai kēryxantes tēn Christou epidēmian; »hoi theri »santes« de hoi ton christon paradexamenoi kai tetheamenoi tēn doxan autou apostoloi, symphōnousan tois prophētikois peri autou logikois spermasin theristheisin kata tēn epexergasian kai katanoēsin tou kekrymmenou mystēriou apo tōn aiōnōn, phanerōthentos de ep eschatou tōn kairōn, hoper »heterais geneais ouk egnōristhē tois huiois tōn anthrōpōn, hōs nyn apekalyphthē tois hagiois apostolois autou kai prophētais‘.
But consider whether the “sowers” are Moses and the prophets, who wrote for the admonition of us, on whom the ends of the ages have come, and who proclaimed the coming of Christ; and “those who reaped” are the apostles, who received the Christ and beheld his glory, in harmony with the rational seeds of the prophets about him, which were reaped by the working out and understanding of the mystery hidden from the ages but manifested at the end of the times, which “was not made known in other generations to the sons of men as it has now been revealed to his holy apostles and prophets.”
13.306Preuschen 4:273
σπέρμα δὲ ἦν ὁ πᾶς λόγος κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου καὶ νῦν φανερωθέντος διά τε γραφῶν προφητικῶν καὶ τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ· ὅτε τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν πεποίηκεν τὰς χώρας, ἐπιλάμψαν αὐταῖς, λευκὰς πρὸς θερισμὸν ἤδη.
sperma de ēn ho pas logos kata apokalypsin mystēriou chronois aiōniois sesigēmenou kai nyn phanerōthentos dia te graphōn prophētikōn kai tēs epiphaneias tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou; hote to phōs to alēthinon pepoiēken tas chōras, epilampsan autais, leukas pros therismon ēdē.
And the seed was the whole word according to the revelation of the mystery kept silent for eternal ages and now manifested both through the prophetic Scriptures and through the appearing of our Lord Jesus Christ, when the true light, shining upon the fields, made them white for harvest already.
13.307Preuschen 4:273
Κατά τοῦτον δὴ τὸν λόγον αἱ χῶραι, ἐν αἷς κατεβέβλητο τὰ σπέρματα, αἱ νομικαὶ καὶ προφητικαί εἰσιν γραφαί, αἵτινες οὐκ ἦσαν λευκαὶ τοῖς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ λόγου μὴ κεχωρηκόσιν, γίνονται δὲ τοιαῦται τοῖς μαθητευομένοις τώ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πειθομένοις λέγοντι· »Ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμὸν ἤδη«.
Kata touton dē ton logon hai chōrai, en hais katebeblēto ta spermata, hai nomikai kai prophētikai eisin graphai, haitines ouk ēsan leukai tois tēn parousian tou logou mē kechōrēkosin, ginontai de toiautai tois mathēteuomenois tō huiǭ tou theou kai peithomenois legonti; »Eparate tous ophthalmous hymōn kai theasasthe tas chōras hoti leukai eisin pros therismon ēdē«.
On this account, then, the fields in which the seeds had been cast are the Scriptures of the Law and the Prophets, which were not white to those who had not received the coming of the Word, but become so to those who are disciples of the Son of God and obey him when he says: “Lift up your eyes and look at the fields, that they are white for harvest already.”
13.308Preuschen 4:273
ὡς γνήσιοι τοίνυν καὶ ἡμεῖς Ἰησοῦ μαθηταὶ ἐπάρωμεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ τὰς χώρας τὰς ἐσπαρμένας ὑπὸ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν θεασώμεθα, ἕνα ἴδωμεν τὴν λευκότητα αὐτῶν καὶ τίνα τρόπον ἤδη θερίσαι ἔστιν αὐτῶν καὶ συνάγειν καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον, μετὰ τοῦ καὶ μισθὸν ἐλπίζειν ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου τῶν χωρῶν καὶ χορηγοῦ τῶν σπερμάτων.
hōs gnēsioi toinyn kai hēmeis Iēsou mathētai eparōmen tous ophthalmous kai tas chōras tas esparmenas hypo Mōÿseōs kai tōn prophētōn theasōmetha, hena idōmen tēn leukotēta autōn kai tina tropon ēdē therisai estin autōn kai synagein karpon eis zōēn aiōnion, meta tou kai misthon elpizein apo tou kyriou tōn chōrōn kai chorēgou tōn spermatōn.
As genuine disciples of Jesus, then, let us too lift up our eyes and look at the fields sown by Moses and the prophets, so that we may see their whiteness and in what way it is already possible to reap them and to gather fruit for eternal life, while also hoping for wages from the Lord of the fields and the supplier of the seeds.
13.309Preuschen 4:273
τὸ μὲν οὖν τὸν σπείροντα ὁμοῦ καὶ τὸν θερίζοντα χαίρειν, ὅτε »ἀπέδρα ὀδύνη καὶ λύπη καὶ στεναγμός« ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι αἰῶνι, πᾶς ὁστισοῦν ὁμολογήσει τῶν ἀνεγνωκότων· »Ὅτι πολλοὶ ἀπʼ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν ἥξουσιν καὶ ἀνακλιθήσονται μετὰ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ ἱσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ ἐν τῇ
to men oun ton speironta homou kai ton therizonta chairein, hote »apedra odynē kai lypē kai stenagmos« en tǭ mellonti aiōni, pas hostisoun homologēsei tōn anegnōkotōn; »Hoti polloi apʼ anatolōn kai dysmōn hēxousin kai anaklithēsontai meta Abraam kai hisaak kai Iakōb en tę̄
That the sower and the reaper rejoice together when “pain and grief and groaning have fled away” in the age to come, anyone at all who has read will admit: “For many will come from the east and the west and will recline with Abraham and Isaac and Jacob in the
13.310Preuschen 4:273–274
βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν«. τὸ δὲ καὶ ἤδη πάντα τὸν σπείροντα μετὰ παντὸς τοῦ θερίζοντος χαίρειν εἴ τις διστάζει παραδέξασθαι, νοησάτω ὅτι θερισμός πως ἦν τις ἡ μεταμόρφωσις Ἰησοῦ ἐν δόξῃ φαινομένου οὐ μόνον τοῖς θερισταῖς Πέτρῳ καὶ Ἰακώβῳ καὶ Ἰωάννῃ, τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς σπείρασιν Μωσῇ καὶ Ἠλίᾳ· ἅμα γὰρ αὐτοῖς χαίρουσιν ὁρῶντες τὴν δόξαν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἥντινα ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον πεφωτισμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ φωτίζουσαν τοὺς ὁρῶντας πρότερον οὐχ ἑωράκει Μωσῆς καὶ Ἠλίας, ὡς νῦν θεῶνται ἅμα τοῖς ἁγίοις ἀποστόλοις.
basileią tōn ouranōn«. to de kai ēdē panta ton speironta meta pantos tou therizontos chairein ei tis distazei paradexasthai, noēsatō hoti therismos pōs ēn tis hē metamorphōsis Iēsou en doxę̄ phainomenou ou monon tois theristais Petrǭ kai Iakōbǭ kai Iōannę̄, tois synanabasin autō, alla kai tois speirasin Mōsę̄ kai Ēlią; hama gar autois chairousin horōntes tēn doxan tou huiou tou theou, hēntina epi tosouton pephōtismenēn hypo tou patros kai phōtizousan tous horōntas proteron ouch heōrakei Mōsēs kai Ēlias, hōs nyn theōntai hama tois hagiois apostolois.
kingdom of heaven.” But if anyone hesitates to accept that every sower rejoices even now with every reaper, let him consider that the transfiguration of Jesus, appearing in glory, was in a way a harvest, not only for the reapers Peter and James and John, who went up with him, but also for the sowers Moses and Elijah. For they rejoice together with them, seeing the glory of the Son of God, which Moses and Elijah had not formerly seen so greatly illumined by the Father and illumining those who see it, as they now behold it together with the holy apostles.
13.311Preuschen 4:274
ὡς καθολικῷ δὲ ἴσον δυνάμενον λαμβάνομεν τὸ »Ὁ θερίζων μισθὸν λαμβάνει καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς »ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἵνα ὁ σπείρων ὁμοῦ χαίρῃ καὶ ὁ θερίζων« διὰ τὸ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς πλείονας λέγεσθαι τοὺς θεριστὰς καὶ πλείονας τοὺς κεκοπιακότας, δῆλον ὅτι εἰς τὸ σπεῖραι.
hōs katholikǭ de ison dynamenon lambanomen to »Ho therizōn misthon lambanei kai synagei karpon eis »zōēn aiōnion, hina ho speirōn homou chairę̄ kai ho therizōn« dia to en tois hexēs pleionas legesthai tous theristas kai pleionas tous kekopiakotas, dēlon hoti eis to speirai.
We take “The one who reaps receives wages and gathers fruit for eternal life, that the sower and the reaper may rejoice together” as equivalent to a universal statement, because in what follows the reapers are said to be many and those who have labored many, that is, at sowing.
13.312Preuschen 4:274
λέγεται γὰρ ὡς πρὸς πολλοὺς θεριστὰς τὸ »Ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν, ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιά- »κατε«, καὶ ὡς πολλῶν ἐν τῷ σπόρῶ κεκμηκότων τὸ »Ἄλλοι κεκο- »πιάκασιν καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε«.
legetai gar hōs pros pollous theristas to »Egō apesteila hymas therizein, ho ouch hymeis kekopia- »kate«, kai hōs pollōn en tǭ sporō kekmēkotōn to »Alloi keko- »piakasin kai hymeis eis ton kopon autōn eiselēlythate«.
For “I sent you to reap what you have not labored for” is said as to many reapers, and “Others have labored and you have entered into their labor” as of many who toiled at the sowing.
13.313Preuschen 4:274
ἴσον δὲ δύναται καθολικῷ τὸ » Ὁ θερίζων μισθὸν λαμβάνει« καὶ τὸ ἑξῆς τοιοῦτον· »πᾶς ὁ θερίζων μισθὸν λαμβάνει καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς »ζωὴν αἰώνιον«, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ σπείρων ὁμοῦ χαίρῃ καὶ πᾶς ὁ θερίζων«,
ison de dynatai katholikǭ to » Ho therizōn misthon lambanei« kai to hexēs toiouton; »pas ho therizōn misthon lambanei kai synagei karpon eis »zōēn aiōnion«, hina pas ho speirōn homou chairę̄ kai pas ho therizōn«,
And “The one who reaps receives wages” and what follows has the force of a universal statement such as this: “Everyone who reaps receives wages and gathers fruit for eternal life, that every sower and every reaper may rejoice together.”
13.314Preuschen 4:274
Ταῦτα δὲ οἱ μέν τινες ἑτοίμως παραδέξονται, μὴ διστάζοντες περὶ τοῦ τὰ ἀποκεκρυμμένα ταῖς πάλαι γενεαῖς καὶ αὐτῷ Μωσεῖ καὶ τοῖς προφήταις πεφανερῶσθαι τοῖς ἁγίοις ἀποστόλοις κατὰ τὴν Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίαν, φωτίσαντος αὐτοῖς τὸ φῶς τὸ τῆς γνώσεως τῆς πάσης γραφῆς· ἕτεροι δὲ ὀκνήσουσιν προσέσθαι, μὴ τολμῶντες λέγειν τὸν τηλικοῦτον Μωσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας μὴ ἐφθακέναι ἔτι ὄντας ἐν τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίῳ ἐπὶ τὰ τοῖς ἀποστόλοις νενοημένα, καὶ τοῦτο ταῖς θείαις γραφαῖς ἐνεσπαρμένα ταῖς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν διακονηθείσαις.
Tauta de hoi men tines hetoimōs paradexontai, mē distazontes peri tou ta apokekrymmena tais palai geneais kai autǭ Mōsei kai tois prophētais pephanerōsthai tois hagiois apostolois kata tēn Christou epidēmian, phōtisantos autois to phōs to tēs gnōseōs tēs pasēs graphēs; heteroi de oknēsousin prosesthai, mē tolmōntes legein ton tēlikouton Mōsea kai tous prophētas mē ephthakenai eti ontas en tǭ tōn anthrōpōn biǭ epi ta tois apostolois nenoēmena, kai touto tais theiais graphais enesparmena tais hypʼ autōn diakonētheisais.
Some will readily accept this, not doubting that what was hidden from former generations, and from Moses himself and the prophets, was made manifest to the holy apostles at Christ's coming, when the light of the knowledge of all Scripture shone upon them. Others will hesitate to admit it, not daring to say that so great a man as Moses and the prophets, while still in human life, did not attain to what the apostles understood, and this when it had been sown in the divine Scriptures that they themselves ministered.
13.315Preuschen 4:274
χρήσονται δὲ οἱ πρότεροι τῷ »Πολλοὶ »προφῆται καὶ δίκαιοι ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν ἃ ὑμεῖς βλέπετε καὶ οὐκ »εἶδον, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι <ἃ> ἀκούετε καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν«, καὶ τῷ »Ἰδού, πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὡδε«, καὶ τῷ »Ἑτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ ἐγνωρίσθη »τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὡς νῦν ἀπεκαλύφθη τοῖς ἁγίοις ἀπο- »στόλοις αὐτοῦ καὶ προφήταις, εἶναι τὰ ἔθνη συγκληρονόμα καὶ »σύνσωμα καὶ συμμέτοχα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἐν Χριστῷ«, καὶ τῷ ἐν τῷ Δανιὴλ γεγραμμένῳ μετά τινα ὅρασιν, ὅτι »Ἀνέστην, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὁ »συνιών«, καὶ τῷ ἐν τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ »Εἰσὶν οἱ λόγοι τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου ὡς βιβλίον ἀνθρώπου ἐσφραγισμένον, ὃ ἐὰν δῶσιν αὐτὸ ἀνθρώπῳ »μὴ ἐπισταμένῳ γράμματα λέγοντες· Ἀνάγνωθι, ἐρεῖ· Οὐκ ἐπίσταμαι »γράμματα· καὶ δώσουσιν αὐτὸ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐπισταμένῳ γράμματα, καὶ »ἐρεῖ· Οὐ δύναμαι ἀναγνῶναι, ἐσφράγισται γάρ«.
chrēsontai de hoi proteroi tǭ »Polloi »prophētai kai dikaioi epethymēsan idein ha hymeis blepete kai ouk »eidon, kai akousai <ha> akouete kai ouk ēkousan«, kai tǭ »Idou, pleion Solomōnos hōde«, kai tǭ »Heterais geneais ouk egnōristhē »tois huiois tōn anthrōpōn, hōs nyn apekalyphthē tois hagiois apo- »stolois autou kai prophētais, einai ta ethnē synklēronoma kai »synsōma kai symmetocha tēs epangelias en Christǭ«, kai tǭ en tǭ Daniēl gegrammenǭ meta tina horasin, hoti »Anestēn, kai ouk ēn ho »syniōn«, kai tǭ en tǭ Hēsaïą »Eisin hoi logoi tou bibliou toutou hōs biblion anthrōpou esphragismenon, ho ean dōsin auto anthrōpǭ »mē epistamenǭ grammata legontes; Anagnōthi, erei; Ouk epistamai »grammata; kai dōsousin auto anthrōpǭ epistamenǭ grammata, kai »erei; Ou dynamai anagnōnai, esphragistai gar«.
The former will use “Many prophets and righteous men desired to see what you see and did not see it, and to hear what you hear and did not hear it,” and “Behold, something greater than Solomon is here,” and “It was not made known in other generations to the sons of men as it has now been revealed to his holy apostles and prophets, that the Gentiles are fellow heirs and fellow members of the body and sharers of the promise in Christ,” and what is written in Daniel after a certain vision, “I arose, and there was none who understood,” and what is in Isaiah: “The words of this book are like the words of a sealed book, which, if they give it to a man who does not know letters, saying, ‘Read it,’ he will say, ‘I do not know letters’; and they will give it to a man who knows letters, and he will say, ‘I cannot read it, for it is sealed.’”
13.316Preuschen 4:274–275
οἱ δὲ δεύτεροι ταῦτα πάντα διαλύσονται τῷ »Σοφὸς νοήσει τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἰδίου στόματος, »ἐπὶ δὲ χείλεσιν φορεῖ ἐπιγνωμοσύνην« λέγοντες καὶ ἕκαστον τῶν προφητῶν τὰ διακονηθέντα ὑπʼ αὐτῶν νενοηκέναι, οὐχ ὥστε καὶ ἑτέροις παραδοῦναι καὶ ἀναπτύξαι τὰ μυστήρια· τοὺς μέντοι γε ἀποστόλους, ὡς ἐν καιρῷ ἀποκαλύψεως γενομένους, εἰπεῖν ἄν· »Στή- »κετε καὶ κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις, ἃς ἐδιδάχθητε« καὶ »Ἃ ἤκουσας παρʼ ἐμοῦ διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων, ταῦτα παράθου πιστοῖς ἀνθρώ- »ποις, οἵτινες ἱκανοὶ ἔσονται καὶ ἑτέρους διδάξαι«, καὶ ὅτι εἰ ἐπεθύμουν πολλοὶ προφῆται καὶ δίκαιοι ἰδεῖν, ἃ ἔβλεπον οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ ἃ ἤκουον λέγοντος τοῦ σωτῆρος, οὐ πάντως τὰ τῶν νομικῶν γραφῶν καὶ προφητικῶν ἐπεθύμουν, ἀλλὰ τούτων μείζονα ἀπαγγελλόμενα πρὸς τοῖς πνευματικοῖς τοῦ νόμου καὶ τοῖς ἀπορρήτοις τῶν προφητῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος τοῖς ἀποστόλοις, ὁποῖα ἠν τὸ »Ἤκουσα ἄρρητα »ῥήματα, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἀνθρώπῳ λαλῆσαι« καὶ παραπλήσια τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ παρακλήτου λεγομένοις.
hoi de deuteroi tauta panta dialysontai tǭ »Sophos noēsei ta apo tou idiou stomatos, »epi de cheilesin phorei epignōmosynēn« legontes kai hekaston tōn prophētōn ta diakonēthenta hypʼ autōn nenoēkenai, ouch hōste kai heterois paradounai kai anaptyxai ta mystēria; tous mentoi ge apostolous, hōs en kairǭ apokalypseōs genomenous, eipein an; »Stē- »kete kai krateite tas paradoseis, has edidachthēte« kai »Ha ēkousas parʼ emou dia pollōn martyrōn, tauta parathou pistois anthrō- »pois, hoitines hikanoi esontai kai heterous didaxai«, kai hoti ei epethymoun polloi prophētai kai dikaioi idein, ha eblepon hoi apostoloi kai ha ēkouon legontos tou sōtēros, ou pantōs ta tōn nomikōn graphōn kai prophētikōn epethymoun, alla toutōn meizona apangellomena pros tois pneumatikois tou nomou kai tois aporrētois tōn prophētōn hypo tou sōtēros tois apostolois, hopoia ēn to »Ēkousa arrēta »rhēmata, ho ouk exon anthrōpǭ lalēsai« kai paraplēsia tois hypo tou paraklētou legomenois.
The latter will resolve all these by saying, with “A wise man will understand what comes from his own mouth, and on his lips he will carry knowledge,” that each of the prophets understood what he ministered, though not so as to hand it on to others and unfold the mysteries; whereas the apostles, since they lived in the time of revelation, could say: “Stand firm and hold the traditions which you were taught,” and “What you heard from me through many witnesses, entrust to faithful men who will be able to teach others also.” And if many prophets and righteous men desired to see what the apostles saw and heard as the Savior spoke, they did not at all desire the contents of the Scriptures of the Law and the Prophets, but things greater than these, which the Savior announced to the apostles in addition to the spiritual things of the Law and the secrets of the prophets, such as “I heard unspeakable words, which it is not lawful for a man to utter,” and things like what the Paraclete speaks.
13.317Preuschen 4:275
Ἔτι δὲ καὶ πρὸς τούτοις τὸ ῥητὸν θεασώμεθα, οἵαν εἶναι τὴν αἰτίαν διηγεῖται τοῦ θερίζοντα μισθὸν λαμβάνειν καὶ συνάγειν καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς λέγων· »Ἰνα ὁ σπείρων ὁμοῦ »χαίρῃ καὶ ὁ θερίζων«.
Eti de kai pros toutois to rhēton theasōmetha, hoian einai tēn aitian diēgeitai tou therizonta misthon lambanein kai synagein karpon eis zōēn aiōnion ho euangelistēs legōn; »Ina ho speirōn homou »chairę̄ kai ho therizōn«.
Further, let us also observe in the text what sort of cause the evangelist gives for the reaper's receiving wages and gathering fruit for eternal life, when he says: “that the sower and the reaper may rejoice together.”
13.318Preuschen 4:275
εἰ δέ, ἴνα ὁ σπείρων ὁμοῦ χαίρῃ καὶ ὁ θερίζων, ὁ θερίζων μισθὸν λαμβάνει καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον, τάχα ὁ σπείρων, κοινωνῶν τῷ μισθῷ τοῦ θερίζοντος καὶ τῇ συναγωγῇ τοῦ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον συναγομένου καρποῦ, ἅμα τῷ θερίζοντι χαρήσεται.
ei de, ina ho speirōn homou chairę̄ kai ho therizōn, ho therizōn misthon lambanei kai synagei karpon eis zōēn aiōnion, tacha ho speirōn, koinōnōn tǭ misthǭ tou therizontos kai tę̄ synagōgę̄ tou eis zōēn aiōnion synagomenou karpou, hama tǭ therizonti charēsetai.
If the reaper receives wages and gathers fruit for eternal life in order that the sower and the reaper may rejoice together, perhaps the sower, sharing in the reaper's wages and in the gathering of the fruit gathered for eternal life, will rejoice together with the reaper.
13.319Preuschen 4:275–276
ἄλλος δέ τις ἐρεῖ ὅλα τὰ νομικὰ καὶ τὰ προφητικὰ ἀκριβῶς κατὰ τὴν πνευματικὴν ἐκδοχὴν νενοημένα Μωσεῖ καὶ τοῖς προφήταις καὶ ὡς ἐχρῆν κεκαλυμμένως καὶ ἐσκεπασμένως ἀναγεγραμμένα τὰ ἐσπαρμένα εἶναι· ἐπεὶ δὲ »Λόγον σοφὸν ἐὰν ἀκούσῃ ἐπιστήμων, »αἰνέσει αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτὸν προσθήσει«, δῆλον ὅτι οἱ ἀπόστολοι σπέρμασιν ἀπορρητοτέρων καὶ βαθυτέρων χρησάμενοι τοῖς ὑπὸ Μωσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν νενοημένοις, διαβεβήκασιν ἐπὶ τὸ εἰς πολλαπλασίονα φθάσαι τῆς θεάματα, Ἰησοῦ ἐπαίροντος αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ φωτίζοντος αὐτῶν τὰς διανοίας, καὶ ἠν τὰ πολλαπλασίονα θερισμὸς τῶν πολλῶν χωρῶν· οὐχ ὡς ὑποδεέστεροι δὲ οἱ προφῆται καὶ Μωσῆς ἀρχῆθεν οὐκ εἶδον ὅσα οἱ ἀπόστολοι κατὰ τὴν Ἰησοῦ ἐπιδημίαν, ἀλλʼ ὡς περιμένοντες τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου, ἐν ᾧ ἐχρῆν μετὰ τοῦ ἐξαιρέτου τῆς Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίας καὶ ἐξαίρετα παρὰ τά λελαλημένα πώποτε ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἢ γεγραμμέμα ἀπο- καλυφθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγησαμένου »τὸ εἶναι ἴσα θεῷ«, ἀλλʼ ἑαυτὸν κενώσαντος καὶ »μορφὴν δούλου« εἰληφότος. Ἐν γὰρ τούτῷ ὁ λόγος ἐστὶν ἀληθινὸς ὅτι ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων καὶ ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων.
allos de tis erei hola ta nomika kai ta prophētika akribōs kata tēn pneumatikēn ekdochēn nenoēmena Mōsei kai tois prophētais kai hōs echrēn kekalymmenōs kai eskepasmenōs anagegrammena ta esparmena einai; epei de »Logon sophon ean akousę̄ epistēmōn, »ainesei auton kai epʼ auton prosthēsei«, dēlon hoti hoi apostoloi spermasin aporrētoterōn kai bathyterōn chrēsamenoi tois hypo Mōseōs kai tōn prophētōn nenoēmenois, diabebēkasin epi to eis pollaplasiona phthasai tēs theamata, Iēsou epairontos autōn tous ophthalmous kai phōtizontos autōn tas dianoias, kai ēn ta pollaplasiona therismos tōn pollōn chōrōn; ouch hōs hypodeesteroi de hoi prophētai kai Mōsēs archēthen ouk eidon hosa hoi apostoloi kata tēn Iēsou epidēmian, allʼ hōs perimenontes to plērōma tou chronou, en hǭ echrēn meta tou exairetou tēs Iēsou Christou epidēmias kai exaireta para ta lelalēmena pōpote en tǭ kosmǭ ē gegrammema apo- kalyphthēnai hypo tou ouch harpagmon hēgēsamenou »to einai isa theǭ«, allʼ heauton kenōsantos kai »morphēn doulou« eilēphotos. En gar toutǭ ho logos estin alēthinos hoti allos estin ho speirōn kai allos ho therizōn.
Another will say that what was sown is the whole of the Law and the Prophets, understood by Moses and the prophets exactly according to the spiritual interpretation and written down, as was necessary, in a veiled and covered manner. But since “If a man of understanding hears a wise word, he will praise it and add to it,” it is plain that the apostles, using what Moses and the prophets had understood as seeds of things more secret and deeper, advanced to reach sights many times greater, Jesus lifting up their eyes and enlightening their minds; and the manifold increase was the harvest of the many fields. Not that the prophets and Moses, being inferior, did not see from the beginning as much as the apostles did at the coming of Jesus, but that they were waiting for the fullness of the time in which, together with the surpassing coming of Jesus Christ, surpassing things too, beyond anything ever spoken or written in the world, were to be revealed by him who did not count “being equal with God” a thing to be grasped, but emptied himself and took “the form of a servant.” “For here the saying is true, that one sows and another reaps.”
13.320Preuschen 4:276
Εἴτε κατὰ τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν τεχνῶν καὶ τῶν ἐπιστημῶν ληφθὲν παράδειγμα ἐκλαμβάνοιμεν τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον, σαφὲς πῶς ἀληθινὸς λόγος ἐστὶν τὸ ἄλλον μὲν εἶναι τὸν σπείροντα ἄλλον δὲ τὸν θερίζοντα· εἴτε κατὰ τὸ ἐσπαρκέναι μὲν Μωσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, τεθεωρηκέναι δὲ λευκῶν γενομένων τῶν χωρῶν τοὺς ἐπάραντας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς κατὰ τὰς ὑποθήκας τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ, ἵνα θεάσωνται τὰς χώρας πῶς ἠσαν λευκαὶ πρὸς θερισμὸν ἤδη, καὶ οὕτω δῆλον πῶς ἄλλος ὁ σπείρων καὶ ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων.
Eite kata to apo tōn technōn kai tōn epistēmōn lēphthen paradeigma eklambanoimen ta kata ton topon, saphes pōs alēthinos logos estin to allon men einai ton speironta allon de ton therizonta; eite kata to esparkenai men Mōsea kai tous prophētas, tetheōrēkenai de leukōn genomenōn tōn chōrōn tous eparantas tous ophthalmous kata tas hypothēkas tou sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou, hina theasōntai tas chōras pōs ēsan leukai pros therismon ēdē, kai houtō dēlon pōs allos ho speirōn kai allos ho therizōn.
Whether we take the matters in this passage according to the example drawn from the arts and sciences, it is clear how the saying is true that one is the sower and another the reaper; or whether according to the view that Moses and the prophets sowed, while those who lifted up their eyes, according to the instructions of our Savior Jesus, beheld the fields once they had become white, so as to see how they were white for harvest already, in this way too it is plain how one is the sower and another the reaper.
13.321Preuschen 4:276
σκόπει δὲ εἰ τὸ »ἄλλος« καὶ »ἄλλος« δυνατὸν νοῆσαι διὰ τὸ ἐκείνους μὲν ἐπὶ τοιᾷδε βίου ἀγωγῇ δικαιοῦσθαι, τούτους δὲ ἐπὶ ἑτέρᾳ παρʼ ἐκείνην, ὥστε εἰπεῖν ἄλλον μὲν τὸν νομικόν, ἄλλον δὲ τὸν εὐαγγελικόν. πλὴν ἅμα χαίρουσιν ἑνὸς τέλους ἀπὸ ἑνὸς θεοῦ διὰ ἑνὸς Χριστοῦ ἐν ἑνὶ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι ἀμφοτέροις ἀποκειμένου.
skopei de ei to »allos« kai »allos« dynaton noēsai dia to ekeinous men epi toiąde biou agōgę̄ dikaiousthai, toutous de epi heterą parʼ ekeinēn, hōste eipein allon men ton nomikon, allon de ton euangelikon. plēn hama chairousin henos telous apo henos theou dia henos Christou en heni hagiǭ pneumati amphoterois apokeimenou.
But consider whether “one” and “another” can be understood as meaning that they were justified by one way of life and these by another different from it, so as to say that one is the man of the law and another the man of the gospel. Yet they rejoice together, since one end, from one God, through one Christ, in one Holy Spirit, is laid up for both.
13.322Preuschen 4:276
Ὁ δʼ Ἡρακλέων τὸ »Ἵνα ὁ σπείρων ὁ μοῦ χαίρῃ καὶ »ὁ θερίζων« οὕτω διηγήσατο· χαίρει μὲν γάρ, φησίν, ὁ σπείρων ὅτι σπείρει, καὶ ὅτι ἤδη τινὰ τῶν σπερμάτων αὐτοῦ συνάγεται ἐλπίδα ἔχων τὴν αὐτὴν καὶ περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν· ὁ δὲ θερίζων ὁμοίως ὅτι καὶ θερίζει· ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν πρῶτος ἤρξατο σπείρων, ὁ δὲ ὕστερος θερίζων.
Ho dʼ Hērakleōn to »Hina ho speirōn ho mou chairę̄ kai »ho therizōn« houtō diēgēsato; chairei men gar, phēsin, ho speirōn hoti speirei, kai hoti ēdē tina tōn spermatōn autou synagetai elpida echōn tēn autēn kai peri tōn loipōn; ho de therizōn homoiōs hoti kai therizei; allʼ ho men prōtos ērxato speirōn, ho de hysteros therizōn.
Heracleon explained “that the sower and the reaper may rejoice together” thus: The sower rejoices, he says, because he sows, and because some of his seeds are already being gathered, and he has the same hope about the rest; and the reaper likewise because he reaps; but the first began by sowing, the second later by reaping.
13.323Preuschen 4:276
οὐ γὰρ τῷ αὐτω ἐδύναντο ἀμφότεροι ἄρξασθαι· ἔδει γὰρ πρῶτον σπαρῆναι, εἶθʼ ὕστερον θερισθῆναι. παυσαμένου μέντοι γε τοῦ σπείροντος σπείρειν, ἔτι θεριεῖ ὁ θερίζων· ἐπὶ μέντοι τοῦ παρόντος ἀμφότεροι τὸ ἴδιον ἔργον ἐνεργοῦντες ὁμοῦ χαίρουσιν κοινὴν χαρὰν τὴν τῶν σπερμάτων τελειότητα ἡγούμενοι.
ou gar tǭ autō edynanto amphoteroi arxasthai; edei gar prōton sparēnai, eithʼ hysteron theristhēnai. pausamenou mentoi ge tou speirontos speirein, eti theriei ho therizōn; epi mentoi tou parontos amphoteroi to idion ergon energountes homou chairousin koinēn charan tēn tōn spermatōn teleiotēta hēgoumenoi.
For both could not begin at the same time; there had to be sowing first and reaping afterward. When the sower stops sowing, however, the reaper will still reap; but at present both, each doing his own work, rejoice together, regarding the perfection of the seeds as their common joy.
13.324Preuschen 4:276–277
ἔτι δὲ καὶ εἰς τὸ »Ἐν τούτω »ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος ἀληθινὸς ὅτι ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων καὶ ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων‘ φησὶν· ὁ μὲν γὰρ ὑπὲρ τὸν τόπον υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου σπείρει· ὁ δὲ σωτήρ, ὢν καὶ αὐτὸς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, θερίζει καὶ θεριστὰς πέμπει τοὺς διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν νοουμένους ἀγγέλους ἕκαστον ἐπὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχήν. οὐ πάνυ δὲ σαφῶς ἐξέθετο τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τίνες εἰσίν, ὡν ὁ εἷς σπείρει καὶ ὁ εἷς θερίζει. Ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν, ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε· ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε.
eti de kai eis to »En toutō »estin ho logos alēthinos hoti allos estin ho speirōn kai allos ho therizōn‘ phēsin; ho men gar hyper ton topon huios anthrōpou speirei; ho de sōtēr, ōn kai autos huios anthrōpou, therizei kai theristas pempei tous dia tōn mathētōn nooumenous angelous hekaston epi tēn heautou psychēn. ou pany de saphōs exetheto tous dyo huious tou anthrōpou tines eisin, hōn ho heis speirei kai ho heis therizei. Egō apesteila hymas therizein, ho ouch hymeis kekopiakate; alloi kekopiakasin kai hymeis eis ton kopon autōn eiselēlythate.
Further, on “For here the saying is true, that one is the sower and another the reaper,” he says: For the Son of Man above the Place sows; but the Savior, who is himself also Son of Man, reaps, and sends as reapers the angels understood by the disciples, each to his own soul. But he did not set out at all clearly who the two sons of man are, of whom one sows and the other reaps. “I sent you to reap what you have not labored for; others have labored, and you have entered into their labor.”
13.325Preuschen 4:277
Οὐ χαλεπὸν ἐκ τῶν προειρημένων θεωρῆσαι πῶς ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς μαθητὰς θερίζειν τοῦτο, εἰς ὃ οὐκ αὐτοὶ κεκοπιάκασιν, ἀλλʼ οἱ πρὸ αὐτῶν· καμόντος γὰρ Μωσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, ἴνα χωρῆσαι δυνηθῶσιν νοῆσαι τὰ μυστήρια, ὧν τὰ ἴχνη ἐν τοῖς γράμμασιν ἑαυτῶν ἡμῖν καταλελοίπασιν, εἰς τὸν Μωσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν κόπον οἱ ἀπόστολοι εἰσεληλύθασιν, Ἰησοῦ μυσταγωγοῦντος θερίζοντες καὶ συνάγοντες εἰς τὰς ἀποθήκας τῆς ψυχῆς ἑαυτῶν τὸν ἐν ἐκείνοις νοῦν.
Ou chalepon ek tōn proeirēmenōn theōrēsai pōs apesteilen ho Iēsous tous mathētas therizein touto, eis ho ouk autoi kekopiakasin, allʼ hoi pro autōn; kamontos gar Mōseōs kai tōn prophētōn, ina chōrēsai dynēthōsin noēsai ta mystēria, hōn ta ichnē en tois grammasin heautōn hēmin kataleloipasin, eis ton Mōseōs kai tōn prophētōn kopon hoi apostoloi eiselēlythasin, Iēsou mystagōgountos therizontes kai synagontes eis tas apothēkas tēs psychēs heautōn ton en ekeinois noun.
From what has been said it is not hard to see how Jesus sent the disciples to reap that for which they themselves had not labored, but those before them. For Moses and the prophets toiled in order to become able to understand the mysteries, whose traces they have left us in their writings; and the apostles entered into the labor of Moses and the prophets, reaping, with Jesus as their initiator into the mysteries, and gathering into the storehouses of their own souls the meaning contained in those writings.
13.326Preuschen 4:277
καὶ ἀεὶ δὲ ὁ λόγος τοῖς μαθητευομένοις γνησίως ποιεῖ τοὺς τῶν προτέρων καμάτους σαφεστέρους, χωρὶς τοῦ ὁμοίου τοῖς σπείρασιν κόπου. εἰς ὅλα δὲ τὰ περὶ τῶν ὑπὸ ἄλλων 〈σπειρομένων καὶ ὑπʼ ἄλλων〉 θεριζομένων καὶ τοῦτο ἐπισκοπητέον, μήποτε ἀγγέλων ἐπὶ τῆς σπορᾶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τεταγμένων οἱ συνεργοὶ τῆς τελειώσεως τῶν ἐσπαρμένων ἀπόστολοι εἰς τὸν ἑτέρων κάματον εἰσέρχονται θερίζοντες καὶ καρποὺς ἐν τοῖς ὠφελημένοις εὑρίσκοντες, οὕστινας ἡ Ἰησοῦ ἐπιδημία ἑτοίμους πρὸς θερισμὸν καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἐλπιζομένης τετραμήνου πεποίηκεν.
kai aei de ho logos tois mathēteuomenois gnēsiōs poiei tous tōn proterōn kamatous saphesterous, chōris tou homoiou tois speirasin kopou. eis hola de ta peri tōn hypo allōn 〈speiromenōn kai hypʼ allōn〉 therizomenōn kai touto episkopēteon, mēpote angelōn epi tēs sporas tōn anthrōpōn tetagmenōn hoi synergoi tēs teleiōseōs tōn esparmenōn apostoloi eis ton heterōn kamaton eiserchontai therizontes kai karpous en tois ōphelēmenois heuriskontes, houstinas hē Iēsou epidēmia hetoimous pros therismon kai pro tēs elpizomenēs tetramēnou pepoiēken.
And the Word always makes the toils of earlier men clearer to those who are genuinely his disciples, without toil like that of those who sowed. But regarding everything about things sown by some and reaped by others, this too must be considered: whether, since angels have been appointed over the sowing of human beings, the apostles, fellow workers in perfecting what was sown, enter into the toil of others, reaping and finding fruits in those who have been helped, whom the coming of Jesus has made ready for harvest even before the expected four months.
13.327Preuschen 4:277
ἐὰν δὲ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχῃ, θεωρῆσαι ἄξιον εἰ καματηρά ἐστιν ἡ τῶν ἀγγέλων πρὸς τὸ ἐνσπείρεσθαι ψυχὰς σώμασιν λειτουργία, δύο τινὰ συναγόντων τῇ φύσει ἐναντία εἰς κρᾶσιν μίαν, καὶ ἐν καιρῷ τῷ τεταγμένῳ ἀρχομένων τε τὴν περὶ ἑκάστου ποιεῖν οἰκονομίαν καὶ εἰς τελεσφόρησιν προαγόντων τὸν προπεπλασμένον.
ean de tauthʼ houtōs echę̄, theōrēsai axion ei kamatēra estin hē tōn angelōn pros to enspeiresthai psychas sōmasin leitourgia, dyo tina synagontōn tę̄ physei enantia eis krasin mian, kai en kairǭ tǭ tetagmenǭ archomenōn te tēn peri hekastou poiein oikonomian kai eis telesphorēsin proagontōn ton propeplasmenon.
And if this is so, it is worth considering whether the ministry of the angels in sowing souls in bodies is laborious, since they bring together two things opposite in nature into one blend, and at the appointed time begin the management concerning each person and lead forward what has been formed beforehand to its completion.
13.328Preuschen 4:277
ἀλλʼ ἐρεῖ τις τούτοις ἐναντίον εἶναι τὸ αὐτὸν λέγεσθαι πλάσσειν τὸν θεὸν ἔν τε τῷ »Αἱ χεῖρές »σου ἐποίησάν με καὶ ἔπλασάν με« καὶ ἐν τώ »Πρὸ τοῦ με πλάσαι »σε ἐν κοιλίᾳ ἐπίσταμαί σε, καὶ πρὸ τοῦ σε ἐξελθεῖν ἐκ μήτρας »ἡγίακά σε« πρὸς τοῦτο λεκτέον,
allʼ erei tis toutois enantion einai to auton legesthai plassein ton theon en te tǭ »Hai cheires »sou epoiēsan me kai eplasan me« kai en tō »Pro tou me plasai »se en koilią epistamai se, kai pro tou se exelthein ek mētras »hēgiaka se« pros touto lekteon,
But someone will say that it is contrary to this that God himself is said to form us, both in “Your hands made me and formed me” and in “Before I formed you in the womb I knew you, and before you came forth from the womb I sanctified you.” To this we must say
13.329Preuschen 4:277
ὅτι ὥσπερ ὁ νόμος διετάγη διʼ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ὁ διʼ ἀγγέλων λαληθεὶς λόγος ἐγένετο δʼ ὅτι ὑπὸ θεοῦ λαληθείς, οὕτως ἐνδέχεται καὶ διὰ τῶν τεταγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γενέσεως ἀγγέλων θεὸν πλάττειν ἐν κοιλίᾳ λέγειν.
hoti hōsper ho nomos dietagē diʼ angelōn, kai ho diʼ angelōn lalētheis logos egeneto dʼ hoti hypo theou lalētheis, houtōs endechetai kai dia tōn tetagmenōn epi tēs geneseōs angelōn theon plattein en koilią legein.
that just as the law was ordained through angels, and the word spoken through angels proved firm because it was spoken by God, so it is possible also to say that God forms in the womb through the angels appointed over birth.
13.330Preuschen 4:277–278
οὐκ οἶδα δὲ εἰ χώραν ἔχει εἰς τὸ ἠπορημένον καὶ τοιοῦτόν τι λέγειν, ὅτι οἱ εἰπόντες »Αἱ χεῖρές σου ἐποίησάν με καὶ ἔπλασάν με« Ἰὼβ καὶ Δαβὶδ μερίδος ὄντες θεοῦ ἐπλάσθησαν, καὶ ὁ Ἱερεμίας ἀκούων Πρὸ τοῦ »με πλάσαι σε ἐν κοιλίᾳ ἐπίσταμαί σε«· ὡς τῆς μερίδος ἐσόμενος τοῦ θεοῦ πέπλασται ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ· οἱ δὲ τῆς ἑτέρων μερίδος ὄντες ὑπὸ τῶν λαχόντων αὐτοὺς πλάττονται.
ouk oida de ei chōran echei eis to ēporēmenon kai toiouton ti legein, hoti hoi eipontes »Hai cheires sou epoiēsan me kai eplasan me« Iōb kai Dabid meridos ontes theou eplasthēsan, kai ho Hieremias akouōn Pro tou »me plasai se en koilią epistamai se«; hōs tēs meridos esomenos tou theou peplastai hypʼ autou; hoi de tēs heterōn meridos ontes hypo tōn lachontōn autous plattontai.
I do not know whether there is room, with regard to the difficulty raised, to say something like this too: that those who said “Your hands made me and formed me,” Job and David, being God's portion, were formed by God; and Jeremiah, hearing “Before I formed you in the womb I knew you,” was formed by him as one who would be God's portion; but those who are the portion of others are formed by those to whom they were allotted.
13.331Preuschen 4:278
καὶ περιεργότερόν γε οὗτος ὁ λόγος ἐκλήψεται τὸ »Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν »ἡμετέραν« τοῦτο λέγοντος τοῦ θεοῦ περὶ πάντων ἀνθρώπων καὶ προκαταρχομένου τοῦ ἔργου, ὅπερ ἔργον ὕστερον καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν λοιπῶν, πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος, κατὰ τὴν οἰκείαν μερίδα γίνεται, τούτοις λέγοντος τοῦ θεοῦ »Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθ ρωπον«· οἷς καί φησιν ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν διαλέκτων συγχύσεως· Δεῦτε καὶ καταβάντες συγχέωμεν ἐκεῖ »αὐτῶν τὴν γλῶσσαν«.
kai periergoteron ge houtos ho logos eklēpsetai to »Poiēsōmen anthrōpon katʼ eikona kai homoiōsin »hēmeteran« touto legontos tou theou peri pantōn anthrōpōn kai prokatarchomenou tou ergou, hoper ergon hysteron kai hypo tōn loipōn, pros hous ho logos, kata tēn oikeian merida ginetai, toutois legontos tou theou »Poiēsōmen anth rōpon«; hois kai phēsin epi tēs tōn dialektōn synchyseōs; Deute kai katabantes syncheōmen ekei »autōn tēn glōssan«.
And this account will take rather curiously “Let us make man according to our image and likeness,” as God saying this about all human beings and beginning the work beforehand, a work which afterward is done also by the others to whom the word is addressed, each according to his own portion, God saying to them “Let us make man”; to whom he also says, at the confusion of tongues, “Come, and let us go down and confuse their language there.”
13.332Preuschen 4:278
ταῦτα δὲ οὐκ ἀποφαινόμενοι λέγομεν· πολλῆς γὰρ βασάνου τὰ τηλικαῦτα χρῄζει, ἵνʼ εὑρεθῇ πότερον οὕτως ἔχει ἢ ἑτέρως. οὐ καταφρονητέον δὲ καὶ τῆς τοιαύτης ἐκδοχῆς· ἕκαστος τῶν ἀνθρώπων μερίς ἐστί τινος κατὰ τὸ »Ὅτε διεμέριζεν »ὁ ὕψιστος ἔθνη, καὶ ὡς διέσπειρεν υἱοὺς Ἀδάμ, ἔστησεν ὅρια ἐθνῶν »κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ἀγγέλων θεοῦ· καὶ ἐγενήθη μερὶς κυρίου λαὸς αὐτοῦ »Ἰακώβ, σχοίνισμα κληρονομίας αὐτοῦ Ἰσραήλ«.
tauta de ouk apophainomenoi legomen; pollēs gar basanou ta tēlikauta chrę̄zei, hinʼ heurethę̄ poteron houtōs echei ē heterōs. ou kataphronēteon de kai tēs toiautēs ekdochēs; hekastos tōn anthrōpōn meris esti tinos kata to »Hote diemerizen »ho hypsistos ethnē, kai hōs diespeiren huious Adam, estēsen horia ethnōn »kata arithmon angelōn theou; kai egenēthē meris kyriou laos autou »Iakōb, schoinisma klēronomias autou Israēl«.
We say these things without pronouncing on them; for matters so great need much testing to find out whether they are so or otherwise. But such an interpretation should not be despised either: each human being is the portion of someone, according to “When the Most High divided the nations, when he scattered the sons of Adam, he set the boundaries of the nations according to the number of the angels of God; and his people Jacob became the Lord's portion, Israel the measured lot of his inheritance.”
13.333Preuschen 4:278
εἰ δὲ μερίς ἐστιν πάντως ἕκαστός τινος, διασπείραντος τοῦ θεοῦ τοὺς Ἀδὰμ υἱούς, ἔκαστος μὲν τῶν ἀγγέλων κάμνει περὶ τὴν ἰδίαν μερίδα, οἰκονομῶν τὰ κατʼ αὐτήν· ἐν δὲ τῇ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπιδημίᾳ λαμβάνονται αἰχμαλωτιζόμενοι εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τοῦ χριστοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς πάντων μερίδος διὰ τῶν ὑπηρετούντων τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ἀποστόλων καὶ εὐαγγελιστῶν καὶ διδασκάλων ὑπὸ τοῦ χριστοῦ καὶ προσάγονται εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι τὰ ἔθνη κληρονομίαν τοῦ χριστοῦ.
ei de meris estin pantōs hekastos tinos, diaspeirantos tou theou tous Adam huious, ekastos men tōn angelōn kamnei peri tēn idian merida, oikonomōn ta katʼ autēn; en de tę̄ tou sōtēros epidēmią lambanontai aichmalōtizomenoi eis tēn hypakoēn tou christou apo tēs pantōn meridos dia tōn hypēretountōn tǭ euangeliǭ apostolōn kai euangelistōn kai didaskalōn hypo tou christou kai prosagontai eis to genesthai ta ethnē klēronomian tou christou.
And if everyone is certainly someone's portion, since God scattered the sons of Adam, each of the angels labors over his own portion, managing its affairs; but at the Savior's coming people are taken captive into the obedience of Christ from the portion of all, by Christ, through the apostles, evangelists, and teachers who serve the gospel, and are brought so that the nations may become Christ's inheritance.
13.334Preuschen 4:278
μήποτε οὖν δύναται διὰ τοῦτο λέγεσθαι τοῖς ἀποστόλοις μετʼ ὀλίγον ἀκουσομένοις· »Πορεύεσθε, »μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη« τὸ »Ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν καὶ ὑμεῖς »εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε«.
mēpote oun dynatai dia touto legesthai tois apostolois metʼ oligon akousomenois; »Poreuesthe, »mathēteusate panta ta ethnē« to »Alloi kekopiakasin kai hymeis »eis ton kopon autōn eiselēlythate«.
Perhaps, then, it is for this reason that it can be said to the apostles, who were shortly to hear “Go, make disciples of all the nations”: “Others have labored and you have entered into their labor.”
13.335Preuschen 4:278
εἰ δὲ ἅγιοι ἄγγελοί εἰσιν οἱ τὰς λοιπὰς μερίδας παρὰ τὴν ἐκλεκτὴν εἰληχότες καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς διασπορᾶς τῶν ψυχῶν τεταγμένοι, οὐδέν ἐστιν ἄτοπον τὸν σπείροντα ὁμοῦ χαίρειν καὶ τὸν θερίζοντα μετὰ τὸν θερισμόν.
ei de hagioi angeloi eisin hoi tas loipas meridas para tēn eklektēn eilēchotes kai epi tēs diasporas tōn psychōn tetagmenoi, ouden estin atopon ton speironta homou chairein kai ton therizonta meta ton therismon.
And if those who were allotted the other portions besides the chosen one, and were appointed over the scattering of souls, are holy angels, there is nothing absurd in the sower and the reaper rejoicing together after the harvest.
13.336Preuschen 4:278–279
Ὁ δʼ Ἡρακλέων φησὶν ὅτι οὐ διʼ αὐτῶν οὐδὲ ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἐσπάρη ταῦτα τὰ σπέρματα φησὶ (φησὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων)· οἱ δὲ κεκοπιακότες εἰσὶν οἱ τῆς οἰκονομίας ἄγγελοι, διʼ ὧν ὡς μεσιτῶν ἐσπάρη καὶ ἀνετράφη. εἰς δὲ τὸ· »Ὑμεῖς »εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε« ταῦτα ἐξέθετο· οὐ γὰρ ὁ αὐτὸς κόπος σπειρόντων καὶ θεριζόντων· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐν κρύει καὶ κόπῳ τὴν γῆν σκάπτοντες σπείρουσιν καὶ διʼ ὅλου χειμῶνος τημελοῦσιν σκάλλοντες καὶ τὰς ὕλας ἐκλέγοντες· οἱ δὲ εἰς ἕτοιμον καρπὸν εἰσελθόντες θέρους εὐφραινόμενοι θερίζουσιν.
Ho dʼ Hērakleōn phēsin hoti ou diʼ autōn oude apʼ autōn esparē tauta ta spermata phēsi (phēsi tōn apostolōn); hoi de kekopiakotes eisin hoi tēs oikonomias angeloi, diʼ hōn hōs mesitōn esparē kai anetraphē. eis de to; »Hymeis »eis ton kopon autōn eiselēlythate« tauta exetheto; ou gar ho autos kopos speirontōn kai therizontōn; hoi men gar en kryei kai kopǭ tēn gēn skaptontes speirousin kai diʼ holou cheimōnos tēmelousin skallontes kai tas hylas eklegontes; hoi de eis hetoimon karpon eiselthontes therous euphrainomenoi therizousin.
Heracleon says that these seeds were not sown through them nor by them (he means the apostles); those who have labored are the angels of the dispensation, through whom, as intermediaries, they were sown and nurtured. And on “You have entered into their labor” he set out the following: For the labor of those who sow and of those who reap is not the same; the first sow, digging the earth in cold and toil, and tend it through the whole winter, hoeing and picking out the weeds; but the others enter upon ready fruit in summer and reap with gladness.
13.337Preuschen 4:279
ἐξέσται δὲ συγκρίνοντι τά τε ὑφʼ ἡμῶν εἰρημένα τῷ ἐντυγχάνοντι καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἡρακλέωνος ὁρᾶν, ὁποία τῶν διηγήσεων ἐπιτετεῦχθαι δύναται. Ἐκ δέ τῆς Πόλεως ἐκείνης Πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν, διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς γυναικὸς μορτυρούσης ὅτι Εἶπέν μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα.
exestai de synkrinonti ta te hyphʼ hēmōn eirēmena tǭ entynchanonti kai ta hypo tou Hērakleōnos horan, hopoia tōn diēgēseōn epiteteuchthai dynatai. Ek de tēs Poleōs ekeinēs Polloi episteusan tōn Samareitōn, dia ton logon tēs gynaikos mortyrousēs hoti Eipen moi panta hosa epoiēsa.
It will be possible for the reader, comparing what we have said with what Heracleon has said, to see which of the explanations can be judged successful. “Many of the Samaritans from that city believed because of the word of the woman who testified, ‘He told me everything that I did.’”
13.338Preuschen 4:279
Τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος καταλιπούσης τὴν ὑδρίαν καὶ ἀπελη- λυθυίας εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ εὐαγγελίσασθαι τὰ περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος, καὶ τῶν πιστευόντων τῷ λόγῳ τῆς γυναικὸς ἐρχομένων πρὸς τὸν κύριον, ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ ὁ σωτὴρ τοῖς μαθηταῖς συντυγχάνων πεποίηται τοὺς προειρημένους ἐρωτώντων τῶν μαθητῶν, ὅπως φάγῃ.
Tēs Samareitidos katalipousēs tēn hydrian kai apelē- lythuias eis tēn polin hyper tou euangelisasthai ta peri tou sōtēros, kai tōn pisteuontōn tǭ logǭ tēs gynaikos erchomenōn pros ton kyrion, en tǭ metaxy ho sōtēr tois mathētais syntynchanōn pepoiētai tous proeirēmenous erōtōntōn tōn mathētōn, hopōs phagę̄.
When the Samaritan woman had left her water jar and gone away into the city to proclaim the good news about the Savior, and those who believed the woman's word were coming to the Lord, in the meantime the Savior, meeting with his disciples, spoke the words recorded above when the disciples asked that he eat.
13.339Preuschen 4:279
μετὰ δὲ τὸ λεχθῆναι πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς τὰ κατὰ δύ- ναμιν ἐξητασμένα, ἐπαναλαμβάνει ἡ γραφή τὰ περὶ τῶν ἐληλυθότων ἐκ τῆς πόλεως πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ πιστευσάντων διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῆς γυναικὸς λεγούσης ὅτι »Εἶπέν μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα«.
meta de to lechthēnai pros tous mathētas ta kata dy- namin exētasmena, epanalambanei hē graphē ta peri tōn elēlythotōn ek tēs poleōs pros auton kai pisteusantōn dia tēn martyrian tēs gynaikos legousēs hoti »Eipen moi panta hosa epoiēsa«.
After the things we have examined as far as we could had been said to the disciples, Scripture takes up again the account of those who had come from the city to him and believed because of the testimony of the woman who said, “He told me everything that I did.”
13.340Preuschen 4:279
εἰ δὲ κρατοῦμεν τῶν ἀνωτέρω εἰρημένων περὶ τῆς Σαμαρείας καὶ τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος καὶ τῆς τοῦ Ἰακὼβ πηγῆς, οὐ χαλεπὸν ἰδεῖν τίνα τρόπον ἐπιτυχόντες λόγου ὑγιοῦς οἱ προκατειλημμένοι ἐν ἑτεροδιδασκαλίαις καταλείπουσιν τὴν οἱονεὶ τῶν δογμάτων πόλιν, καὶ ἐξελθόντες αὐτὴν ὑγιαινόντως πιστεύουσιν μιᾶς τινος παρὰ τῇ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ πηγή προτέρας κεχωρηκυίας τὴν σωτήριον διδασκαλίαν, καὶ καταλιπούσης τὴν προειρημένην ὑδρίαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ καὶ ἑτέρους ἐπὶ τὸ ὁμοίως ὠφεληθῆναι προκαλέσασθαι.
ei de kratoumen tōn anōterō eirēmenōn peri tēs Samareias kai tēs Samareitidos kai tēs tou Iakōb pēgēs, ou chalepon idein tina tropon epitychontes logou hygious hoi prokateilēmmenoi en heterodidaskaliais kataleipousin tēn hoionei tōn dogmatōn polin, kai exelthontes autēn hygiainontōs pisteuousin mias tinos para tę̄ tou Iakōb pēgē proteras kechōrēkuias tēn sōtērion didaskalian, kai katalipousēs tēn proeirēmenēn hydrian hyper tou kai heterous epi to homoiōs ōphelēthēnai prokalesasthai.
If we hold to what was said above about Samaria, the Samaritan woman, and Jacob's well, it is not hard to see how those who were previously held by other teachings, on meeting sound doctrine, leave the city, so to speak, of their doctrines, and, having come out of it, believe soundly, since one woman at Jacob's well had first received the saving teaching and left the aforesaid water jar in order to call others too to be helped in the same way.
13.341Preuschen 4:279–280
Ὁ δʼ Ἡρακλέων τὸ μὲν »Ἐκ τῆς πόλεως« ἀντὶ τοῦ »ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου« ἐξείληφεν· τὸ δὲ »Διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς γυ- »ναικός« τουτέστιν διὰ τῆς πνευματικῆς ἐκκλησίας· καὶ ἐπισημαίνεταί γε τὸ »Πολλοὶ« ὡς πολλῶν ὄντων ψυχικῶν· τὴν δὲ μίαν λέγει τὴν ἄφθαρτον τῆς ἐκλογῆς φύσιν καὶ μονοειδῆ καὶ ἑνικήν. ἔστημεν δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω, ὡς οἱόν τε ἠν, πρὸς ταῦτα. Ὡς οὖν ἦλθον Πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Σαμαρεῖται, ἠρώτων αὐτὸν μεῖναι Παρʼ αὐτοῖς. καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ δύο ἡμέρας. καὶ πολλῷ Πλείους ἐπίστευσαν διὰ τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ.
Ho dʼ Hērakleōn to men »Ek tēs poleōs« anti tou »ek tou kosmou« exeilēphen; to de »Dia ton logon tēs gy- »naikos« toutestin dia tēs pneumatikēs ekklēsias; kai episēmainetai ge to »Polloi« hōs pollōn ontōn psychikōn; tēn de mian legei tēn aphtharton tēs eklogēs physin kai monoeidē kai henikēn. estēmen de en tois anōterō, hōs hoion te ēn, pros tauta. Hōs oun ēlthon Pros auton hoi Samareitai, ērōtōn auton meinai Parʼ autois. kai emeinen ekei dyo hēmeras. kai pollǭ Pleious episteusan dia ton logon autou.
Heracleon took “from the city” to mean “from the world,” and “because of the word of the woman,” that is, through the spiritual church; and he remarks on “many” on the ground that the psychics are many; but the one woman, he says, is the incorruptible nature of the election, uniform and single. We have opposed these things above as far as we could. “So when the Samaritans came to him, they asked him to stay with them; and he stayed there two days. And many more believed because of his word.”
13.342Preuschen 4:280
. Οὐκ ἀπιθάνως τις συγκρούσει τὸ »Εἰς ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν μὴ »ἀπέλθητε, καὶ εἰς πόλιν Σαμαρειτῶν μὴ εἰσέλθητε« τῷ ῥητῷ τούτῳ. ἐρωτηθεὶς γὰρ ὁ σωτὴρ μεῖναι παρὰ τοῖς Σαμαρείταις »ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ »δύο ἡμέρας«, ὁ εἰπών· »Εἰς πόλιν Σαμαρειτῶν μὴ εἰσέλθητε«.
. Ouk apithanōs tis synkrousei to »Eis hodon ethnōn mē »apelthēte, kai eis polin Samareitōn mē eiselthēte« tǭ rhētǭ toutǭ. erōtētheis gar ho sōtēr meinai para tois Samareitais »emeinen ekei »dyo hēmeras«, ho eipōn; »Eis polin Samareitōn mē eiselthēte«.
Someone might not unpersuasively set against this text the saying “Do not go away into the way of the Gentiles, and do not enter a city of the Samaritans.” For when asked to stay with the Samaritans, the Savior “stayed there two days,” he who had said “Do not enter a city of the Samaritans.”
13.343Preuschen 4:280
δῆλον οὖν ὅτι καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ συνεισεληλύθεισαν αὐτῷ. λεκτέον δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο ὅτι τὸ μὲν εἰς ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν ἀπελθεῖν ἔστιν ἀναλαβεῖν τι δόγμα ἐθνικὸν ἀλλότριον τοῦ »Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ θεοῦ«, καὶ ὁδεῦσαι κατʼ αὐτό· τὸ δʼ εἰς πόλιν εἰσελθεῖν Σαμαρειτῶν τὸ ἔν τινι γενέσθαι ψευδωνύμῳ γνώσει τῶν λεγόντων νομικοῖς ἢ προφητικοῖς ἢ εὐαγγελικοῖς ἢ ἀποστολικοῖς προσέχειν λόγοις.
dēlon oun hoti kai hoi mathētai autou syneiselēlytheisan autǭ. lekteon de pros touto hoti to men eis hodon ethnōn apelthein estin analabein ti dogma ethnikon allotrion tou »Israēl tou theou«, kai hodeusai katʼ auto; to dʼ eis polin eiselthein Samareitōn to en tini genesthai pseudōnymǭ gnōsei tōn legontōn nomikois ē prophētikois ē euangelikois ē apostolikois prosechein logois.
It is clear, then, that his disciples too had gone in with him. To this we must say that to go away into the way of the Gentiles is to take up some Gentile doctrine foreign to “the Israel of God” and to walk by it; and to enter a city of the Samaritans is to be in some knowledge falsely so called, belonging to those who claim to heed the words of the Law, the Prophets, the Gospels, or the Apostles.
13.344Preuschen 4:280
ἔξεστιν δὲ καταλιπόντων τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν καὶ ἐλθόντων πρὸς Ἰησοῦν παρὰ τὴν τοῦ Ἰακὼβ πηγὴν ἀποδεξάμενον τὴν προαίρεσιν τῶν πιστευσάντων τὸν Ἰησοῦν μεῖναι παρὰ τοῖς ἐρωτήσασιν.
exestin de katalipontōn tōn Samareitōn tēn idian polin kai elthontōn pros Iēsoun para tēn tou Iakōb pēgēn apodexamenon tēn proairesin tōn pisteusantōn ton Iēsoun meinai para tois erōtēsasin.
But when the Samaritans had left their own city and come to Jesus at Jacob's well, it is permitted for Jesus, having welcomed the choice of those who believed, to stay with those who asked him.
13.345Preuschen 4:280
οἶμαι δʼ ὅτι παρατετηρημένως ὁ Ἰωάννης οὐ πεποίηκεν τὸ »ἠρώτων »αὐτὸν« οἱ Σαμαρεῖται εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Σαμάρειαν, ἢ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἀλλὰ »μεῖναι παρʼ αὐτοῖς«· οὐ γὰρ ταὐτόν ἐστιν τὸ »μεῖναι παρὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι« καὶ τὸ »εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν πόλιν αὐτοῦ«. καὶ τῷ ἑξῆς δὲ οὔ φησι· καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ δύο ἡμέρας, ἢ ἔμεινεν ἐν τῇ Σαμαρείᾳ, ἀλλʼ »Ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ«, τουτέστιν παρὰ τοῖς ἐρωτήσασιν.
oimai dʼ hoti paratetērēmenōs ho Iōannēs ou pepoiēken to »ērōtōn »auton« hoi Samareitai eiselthein eis tēn Samareian, ē eiselthein eis tēn polin, alla »meinai parʼ autois«; ou gar tauton estin to »meinai para tǭ pisteuonti« kai to »eiselthein eis tēn polin autou«. kai tǭ hexēs de ou phēsi; kai emeinen en tę̄ polei ekeinę̄ dyo hēmeras, ē emeinen en tę̄ Samareią, allʼ »Emeinen ekei«, toutestin para tois erōtēsasin.
I think that John deliberately did not write that the Samaritans “asked him” to enter Samaria, or to enter the city, but “to stay with them”; for “to stay with the believer” is not the same as “to enter his city.” And in what follows he does not say, “and he stayed in that city two days,” or “he stayed in Samaria,” but “he stayed there,” that is, with those who asked him.
13.346Preuschen 4:280
μένει γὰρ Ἰησοῦς παρὰ τοῖς ἐρωτήσασιν καὶ μάλιστα ὅτε οἱ ἐρωτῶντες αὐτὸν ἐξέρχονται τῆς πόλεως αὐτῶν καὶ ἔρχονται πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, οἱονεὶ μιμησάμενοι τὸν Ἀβραὰμ πεισθέντα τῷ εἰπόντι θεῷ· »Ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου καὶ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου, »καὶ ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πατρός σου«.
menei gar Iēsous para tois erōtēsasin kai malista hote hoi erōtōntes auton exerchontai tēs poleōs autōn kai erchontai pros ton Iēsoun, hoionei mimēsamenoi ton Abraam peisthenta tǭ eiponti theǭ; »Exelthe ek tēs gēs sou kai ek tēs syngeneias sou, »kai ek tou oikou tou patros sou«.
For Jesus stays with those who ask him, especially when those who ask him go out of their city and come to Jesus, imitating, as it were, Abraham, who obeyed God when he said, “Go out from your land and from your kindred and from your father's house.”
13.347Preuschen 4:280–281
δύο δὲ ἡμέρας μένει παρὰ τοῖς ἐρωτήσασιν αὐτόν· οὐδέπω γὰρ ἐχώρουν καὶ τὴν τρίτην αὐτοῦ ἡμέραν, ἐπεὶ οὐχ οἷοί τε ἦσαν χωρῆσαί τι τεράστιον, ὁποῖον οἱ ἐν Κανᾷ τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ συνδειπνοῦντες τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ γάμῳ.
dyo de hēmeras menei para tois erōtēsasin auton; oudepō gar echōroun kai tēn tritēn autou hēmeran, epei ouch hoioi te ēsan chōrēsai ti terastion, hopoion hoi en Kaną tēs Galilaias tę̄ hēmerą tę̄ tritę̄ syndeipnountes tǭ Iēsou en tǭ gamǭ.
And he stays two days with those who asked him; for they could not yet receive his third day as well, since they were not able to receive anything so wondrous as those who dined with Jesus at the wedding in Cana of Galilee on the third day.
13.348Preuschen 4:281
ἡ μὲν οὖν ἀρχὴ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Σαμαρείας πιστευόντων πολλῶν ἦν ὁ λόγος τῆς γυναικὸς μαρτυρούσης ὅτι »Εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ »ἐποίησα«· ἡ δὲ αὔξησις καὶ ὁ πληθυσμὸς τῶν πολλῷ πιστευόντων οὐκέτι διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς γυναικὸς ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν λόγον αὐτόν. οὐ γὰρ ὁμοίως αὐτὸς ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ θεωρεῖται ὁ λόγος, φωτίζων τὸν χωροῦντα, καὶ ὅτε διʼ ἑτέρου λεγόμενος μαρτυρεῖται.
hē men oun archē tōn apo tēs Samareias pisteuontōn pollōn ēn ho logos tēs gynaikos martyrousēs hoti »Eipen moi panta ha »epoiēsa«; hē de auxēsis kai ho plēthysmos tōn pollǭ pisteuontōn ouketi dia ton logon tēs gynaikos alla dia ton logon auton. ou gar homoiōs autos aphʼ heautou theōreitai ho logos, phōtizōn ton chōrounta, kai hote diʼ heterou legomenos martyreitai.
The beginning, then, of the many who believed from Samaria was the word of the woman who testified, “He told me everything I did”; but the increase and multiplication of those who believed far more was no longer because of the woman's word but because of the Word himself. For the Word is not beheld in the same way when he is seen by himself, enlightening the one who receives him, as when he is testified to by being spoken through another.
13.349Preuschen 4:281
Ὁ δὲ Ἡρακλέων εἰς τοὺς τόπους ταῦτά φησιν »παρʼ »αὐτοῖς« ἔμεινεν καὶ οὐκ »ἐν αὐτοῖς‘ »καὶ δύο ἡμέρας, ἤτοι τὸν ἐνεστῶτα αἰῶνα καὶ τὸν μέλλοντα τὸν ἐν γάμῳ, ἢ τὸν πρὸ τοῦ πάθους αὐτοῦ χρόνον καὶ τὸν μετὰ τὸ πάθος, ὃν παρʼ αὐτοῖς ποιήσας πολλῷ πλείονας διὰ τοῦ ἰδίου λόγου ἐπιστρέψας εἰς πίστιν ἐχωρίσθη ἀπʼ αὐτῶν.
Ho de Hērakleōn eis tous topous tauta phēsin »parʼ »autois« emeinen kai ouk »en autois‘ »kai dyo hēmeras, ētoi ton enestōta aiōna kai ton mellonta ton en gamǭ, ē ton pro tou pathous autou chronon kai ton meta to pathos, hon parʼ autois poiēsas pollǭ pleionas dia tou idiou logou epistrepsas eis pistin echōristhē apʼ autōn.
Heracleon says on these passages: He stayed “with them” and not “in them”; and “two days,” that is, either the present age and the age to come, the one in the marriage, or the time before his passion and the time after the passion, which he spent with them, and, having turned many more to faith through his own word, he was separated from them.
13.350Preuschen 4:281
λεκτέον δὲ πρὸς τὴν δοκοῦσαν αὐτοῦ παρατήρησιν, »Παρʼ αὐτοῖς« καὶ οὐκ »ἐν αὐτοῖς« γέγραπται, ὅτι ὅμοιον τῷ παρʼ αὐτοῖς‘ ἐστὶν τὸ »Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμι πάσας »τὰς ἡμέρας« οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν· »ἐν ὑμῖν εἰμι«.
lekteon de pros tēn dokousan autou paratērēsin, »Parʼ autois« kai ouk »en autois« gegraptai, hoti homoion tǭ parʼ autois‘ estin to »Idou egō methʼ hymōn eimi pasas »tas hēmeras« ou gar eipen; »en hymin eimi«.
We must say, against his apparent observation that “with them” and not “in them” is written, that “with them” is like “Behold, I am with you all the days”; for he did not say, “I am in you.”
13.351Preuschen 4:281
ἔτι δὲ λέγων τὰς δύο ἡμέρας ἤτοι τοῦτον τὸν αἰῶνα εἶναι καὶ τὸν μέλλοντα, ἢ τὸν πρὸ τοῦ πάθους καὶ μετὰ τὸ πάθος, οὔτε τοὺς ἐπερχομένους αἰῶνας μετὰ τὸν μέλλοντα νενόηκεν, περὶ ὡν φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος· »Ἵνα ἐνδείξηται ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσιν τοῖς »ἐπερχομένοις« οὔτε ὁρᾷ, ὅτι οὐ μόνον πρὸ τοῦ πάθους καὶ μετὰ τὸ πάθος σύνεστιν τοῖς ἐρχομένοις πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο χωρίζεται· ἀεὶ γὰρ μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν έστιν μηδεπώποτε καταλείπων αὐτούς, ὥστε καὶ λέγειν αὐτούς· »Ζῶ »δὲ οὐκέτι ἐγώ, ζῇ δὲ ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός«. Τῇ δὲ γυναικὶ ἔλεγον· Οὐκέτι διὰ τὴν λαλιάν σου πιστεύομεν· αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἀκηκόαμεν, καὶ οἴδαμεν, ὅτι ἀληθῶς οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ σωτὴρ τοῖ κόσμου·
eti de legōn tas dyo hēmeras ētoi touton ton aiōna einai kai ton mellonta, ē ton pro tou pathous kai meta to pathos, oute tous eperchomenous aiōnas meta ton mellonta nenoēken, peri hōn phēsin ho apostolos; »Hina endeixētai en tois aiōsin tois »eperchomenois« oute horą, hoti ou monon pro tou pathous kai meta to pathos synestin tois erchomenois pros auton ho Iēsous kai meta touto chōrizetai; aei gar meta tōn mathētōn estin mēdepōpote kataleipōn autous, hōste kai legein autous; »Zō »de ouketi egō, zę̄ de en emoi Christos«. Tę̄ de gynaiki elegon; Ouketi dia tēn lalian sou pisteuomen; autoi gar akēkoamen, kai oidamen, hoti alēthōs houtos estin ho sōtēr toi kosmou;
Further, in saying that the two days are either this age and the age to come, or the time before the passion and after the passion, he has neither understood the ages coming after the age to come, of which the apostle says, “that he might show in the ages to come,” nor does he see that Jesus is not only present with those who come to him before and after the passion and afterward separated from them; for he is always with the disciples and never leaves them, so that they even say, “It is no longer I who live, but Christ lives in me.” “And they said to the woman, ‘It is no longer because of your speech that we believe; for we have heard for ourselves, and we know that this is truly the Savior of the world.’”
13.352Preuschen 4:281–282
Ἀρνοῦνται τὴν διὰ τὴν λαλιὰν τῆς γυναικὸς πίστιν, κρεῖττον ἐκείνης εὑρόντες τὸ ἀκηκοέναι αὐτοῦ τοῦ σωτῆρος, ὥστε καὶ εἰδέναι »ὅτι ἀληθῶς οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ σωτὴρ τοῦ κόσμου«. καὶ βέλτιόν γέ ἐστιν αὐτόπτην γενέσθαι τοῦ λόγου καὶ χωρὶς ὀργάνων διδάσκοντος ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ καὶ φαντασιοῦντος οὐ διὰ τῶν διδασκόν- των τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν εὑρίσκον τρανότατα τοὺς τῆς ἀληθείας τύπους, ἤπερ μὴ ὁρῶντα αὐτὸν μηδὲ ἀπὸ τῆς δυνάμεως φωτιζόμενον αὐτοῦ διὰ διακόνων τῶν ἑωρακότων αὐτὸν ἀκούειν τὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον.
Arnountai tēn dia tēn lalian tēs gynaikos pistin, kreitton ekeinēs heurontes to akēkoenai autou tou sōtēros, hōste kai eidenai »hoti alēthōs houtos estin ho sōtēr tou kosmou«. kai beltion ge estin autoptēn genesthai tou logou kai chōris organōn didaskontos akouein autou kai phantasiountos ou dia tōn didaskon- tōn to hēgemonikon heuriskon tranotata tous tēs alētheias typous, ēper mē horōnta auton mēde apo tēs dynameōs phōtizomenon autou dia diakonōn tōn heōrakotōn auton akouein ton peri autou logon.
They renounce the faith that came through the woman's speech, having found something better than it: hearing the Savior himself, so as even to know “that this is truly the Savior of the world.” And it is indeed better to become an eyewitness of the Word and to hear him teaching without instruments, and presenting images to the ruling faculty not through teachers, so that it finds the patterns of the truth most clearly, than, without seeing him or being enlightened by his power, to hear the account about him through ministers who have seen him.
13.353Preuschen 4:282
ἀμήχανον γὰρ τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ ἑωρακότι γινόμενον περὶ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν πάθος παθεῖν τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑωρακότος καὶ ἀπαγγέλλοντος αὐτὸν διδασκόμενον· καὶ κρεῖττόν γε διὰ εἴδους περιπατεῖν ἢ διὰ πίστεως.
amēchanon gar to auto tǭ heōrakoti ginomenon peri to hēgemonikon pathos pathein ton apo tou heōrakotos kai apangellontos auton didaskomenon; kai kreitton ge dia eidous peripatein ē dia pisteōs.
For it is impossible that one who is taught by someone who has seen and reports should experience in the ruling faculty the same thing that happens to the one who has seen; and it is better indeed to walk by sight than by faith.
13.354Preuschen 4:282
διὰ τοῦτο οἱ μὲν οἱονεὶ διὰ εἴδους περιπατοῦντες ἐν τοῖς προηγουμένοις λέγοιντο ἂν εἶναι χαρίσμασιν »λόγῳ σοφίας« διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ »λόγῳ γνώσεως κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα«· οἱ δὲ διὰ πίστεως, εἰ καὶ χάρισμά ἐστιν ἡ πίστις κατὰ τὸ »Ἄλλῳ δὲ πίστις »ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι«, τῇ τάξει τῶν προτέρων εἰσὶν ὕστεροι.
dia touto hoi men hoionei dia eidous peripatountes en tois proēgoumenois legointo an einai charismasin »logǭ sophias« dia tou pneumatos tou theou kai »logǭ gnōseōs kata to auto pneuma«; hoi de dia pisteōs, ei kai charisma estin hē pistis kata to »Allǭ de pistis »en tǭ autǭ pneumati«, tę̄ taxei tōn proterōn eisin hysteroi.
For this reason those who walk, as it were, by sight might be said to be in the pre-eminent gifts, “the word of wisdom” through the Spirit of God and “the word of knowledge according to the same Spirit”; but those who walk by faith, even though faith is a gift according to “to another faith by the same Spirit,” are after the former in rank.
13.355Preuschen 4:282
ἐξεταστέον δὲ πότε καὶ πῶς λέγει Παῦλος· »Διὰ πίστεως γὰρ περιπα- »τοῦμεν, οὐ διὰ εἴδους«. πῶς γάρ, ὡς οἱ πολλοὶ νοοῦσιν, διὰ πίστεως καὶ οὐ διὰ εἴδους περιπατεῖ ὁ ἐμβριθέστατα λέγων· »Οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐλεύ- »θερος; οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος; οὐχὶ Ἰησοῦν τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν ἑώρακα;
exetasteon de pote kai pōs legei Paulos; »Dia pisteōs gar peripa- »toumen, ou dia eidous«. pōs gar, hōs hoi polloi noousin, dia pisteōs kai ou dia eidous peripatei ho embrithestata legōn; »Ouk eimi eleu- »theros? ouk eimi apostolos? ouchi Iēsoun ton kyrion hēmōn heōraka?
But we must examine when and how Paul says, “For we walk by faith, not by sight.” For how, as most understand it, does he walk by faith and not by sight who says most weightily, “Am I not free? Am I not an apostle? Have I not seen Jesus our Lord?
13.356Preuschen 4:282
»οὐ τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστὲ ἐν κυρίῳ;« ἴδωμεν οὖν τὸ ῥητὸν πῶς δεῖ ἐκλαβεῖν τὸ »Διὰ πίστεως γὰρ περιπατοῦμεν οὐ διὰ εἴδους« ἀναλαβόντες αὐτὸ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνωτέρω οὕτως ἐχόντων· »Ὁ δὲ κατεργασά- »μενος ἡμᾶς εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο θεός, ὀ δοὺς ἡμῖν τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ »πνεύματος.
»ou to ergon mou hymeis este en kyriǭ?« idōmen oun to rhēton pōs dei eklabein to »Dia pisteōs gar peripatoumen ou dia eidous« analabontes auto apo tōn anōterō houtōs echontōn; »Ho de katergasa- »menos hēmas eis auto touto theos, o dous hēmin ton arrabōna tou »pneumatos.
Are you not my work in the Lord?” Let us see, then, how the text “For we walk by faith, not by sight” must be taken, resuming it from what precedes, which runs thus: “He who has prepared us for this very thing is God, who gave us the pledge of the Spirit.
13.357Preuschen 4:282
θαρροῦντες οὖν πάντοτε καὶ εἰδότες ὅτι ἐνδημοῦντες »ἐν τῷ σώματι ἐκδημοῦμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου· διὰ πίστεως γὰρ περι- »πατοῦμεν οὐ διὰ εἴδους« (δῆλον δʼ ὅτι ἐνδημοῦντες ἐν τῷ ὅτε ἐκδημοῦμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ· κυρίου) θαρροῦντες »μᾶλλον εὐδοκοῦμεν »ἐκδημῆσαι ἐκ τοῦ σώματος καὶ ἐνδημῆσαι πρὸς τὸν κύριον‘.
tharrountes oun pantote kai eidotes hoti endēmountes »en tǭ sōmati ekdēmoumen apo tou kyriou; dia pisteōs gar peri- »patoumen ou dia eidous« (dēlon dʼ hoti endēmountes en tǭ hote ekdēmoumen apo tou; kyriou) tharrountes »mallon eudokoumen »ekdēmēsai ek tou sōmatos kai endēmēsai pros ton kyrion‘.
So we are always of good courage, knowing that while we are at home in the body we are away from the Lord; for we walk by faith, not by sight” (plainly, when we are at home in the body, then we are away from the Lord); being of good courage, “we would rather be away from the body and at home with the Lord.”
13.358Preuschen 4:282
τούτων οὕτως εἰρημένων εἰς τὸ νοῆσαι τί τὸ ἐνδημεῖν τῷ σώματι καὶ ἐκδημεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου, τί τε τὸ ἐκδημῆσαι ἐκ τοῦ σώματος καὶ ἐνδημῆσαι Πρὸς τὸν κύριον, ἑαυτῶν πυθώμεθα τί περὶ τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἐροῦμεν· πότερον ὅτι ἐνδημῶν τῷ σώματι ἐξεδήμει ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου, ἢ ὅτι ἐκδημῶν τοῦ σώματος ἐνεδήμει τῷ κυρίῳ.
toutōn houtōs eirēmenōn eis to noēsai ti to endēmein tǭ sōmati kai ekdēmein apo tou kyriou, ti te to ekdēmēsai ek tou sōmatos kai endēmēsai Pros ton kyrion, heautōn pythōmetha ti peri tou apostolou eroumen; poteron hoti endēmōn tǭ sōmati exedēmei apo tou kyriou, ē hoti ekdēmōn tou sōmatos enedēmei tǭ kyriǭ.
These words having been said thus, in order to understand what being at home in the body and away from the Lord is, and what being away from the body and at home with the Lord is, let us ask ourselves what we shall say about the apostle: whether, being at home in the body, he was away from the Lord, or whether, being away from the body, he was at home with the Lord.
13.359Preuschen 4:282–283
ἀλλὰ σαφῶς, ἐπεὶ »οἱ ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες θεῷ ἀρέσαι οὐ δύνανται«, οἱ δὲ ἅγιοι οὐκ εἰσὶν έν σαρκὶ »ἀλλʼ ἐν πνεύματι, εἴπερ πνεῦμα θεοῦ οἰκεῖ έν αὐτοῖς«, Παῦλος οὐκ ἦν ἐν σαρκὶ οὐδὲ ἐν σώματι· ἀληθεύει γὰρ λέγων· »Δοκῶ »δὲ κἀγὼ πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἔχειν« οὐκ ἐνδημῶν δὴ τῇ σαρκὶ καὶ σώματι, τοῦ ἐνδημοῦντος τῷ σώματι διὰ πίστεως περιπατοῦντος οὐ διὰ εἴδους.
alla saphōs, epei »hoi en sarki ontes theǭ aresai ou dynantai«, hoi de hagioi ouk eisin en sarki »allʼ en pneumati, eiper pneuma theou oikei en autois«, Paulos ouk ēn en sarki oude en sōmati; alētheuei gar legōn; »Dokō »de kagō pneuma theou echein« ouk endēmōn dē tę̄ sarki kai sōmati, tou endēmountos tǭ sōmati dia pisteōs peripatountos ou dia eidous.
But clearly, since “those who are in the flesh cannot please God,” and the saints are not in the flesh “but in the Spirit, if indeed the Spirit of God dwells in them,” Paul was not in the flesh nor in the body; for he speaks truly when he says, “And I think that I too have the Spirit of God”; so he was not at home in the flesh and body, since the one at home in the body walks by faith, not by sight.
13.360Preuschen 4:283
καὶ ὅρα εἰ δύναται τῆς ἀποστολικῆς ἀκριβείας εἶναι τὸ μὴ ταὐτὸν φάσκειν »ἐν σαρκὶ εἶναι« καὶ »ἐνδημεῖν σώματι«· »οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες θεῷ ἀρέσαι οὐ δύνανται«· οἱ δὲ ἐνδημοῦντες τῷ σώματι »ἐκδημοῦσιν μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου«· πλὴν διὰ τῆς πίστεως περιπατοῦσιν, εἰ καὶ μηδέπω χωροῦσιν διὰ εἴδους.
kai hora ei dynatai tēs apostolikēs akribeias einai to mē tauton phaskein »en sarki einai« kai »endēmein sōmati«; »hoi men gar en sarki ontes theǭ aresai ou dynantai«; hoi de endēmountes tǭ sōmati »ekdēmousin men apo tou kyriou«; plēn dia tēs pisteōs peripatousin, ei kai mēdepō chōrousin dia eidous.
And see whether it may belong to apostolic precision not to say that “being in the flesh” and “being at home in the body” are the same: for “those who are in the flesh cannot please God,” while those at home in the body “are away from the Lord,” yet they walk by faith, even if they are not yet able to walk by sight.
13.361Preuschen 4:283
καὶ οἶμαι ὅτι ἐν σαρκὶ μέν εἰσιν οἱ κατὰ σάρκα στρατευόμενοι, ἐνδημοῦσι δὲ τῷ σώματι καὶ ἐκδημοῦσιν ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου οἱ τὰ πνευματικὰ τῆς γραφῆς μὴ νοοῦντες, ὅλοι προσκείμενοι αὐτῇ καὶ τῷ σώματι· πώς γὰρ οὐκ ἐκδημεῖ ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου, εἰ »ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν«, ὁ μηδέπω χωρῶν τὸ ζωοποιοῦν πνεῦμα καὶ πνευματικὸν τῆς γραφῆς; πλὴν διὰ πίστεως ὁ τοιοῦτος περιπατεῖ, ἐκδημεῖ δὲ ἐκ τοῦ σώματος καὶ ἐνδημεῖ πρὸς τὸν κύριον ὁ τὰ πνευματικὰ τοῖς πνευματικοῖς συγκρίνων καὶ γινόμενος πνευματικός, ὁ πάντα ἀνακρίνων, αὐτὸς δὲ ἀνακρινόμενος ὑπʼ οὐδενός.
kai oimai hoti en sarki men eisin hoi kata sarka strateuomenoi, endēmousi de tǭ sōmati kai ekdēmousin apo tou kyriou hoi ta pneumatika tēs graphēs mē noountes, holoi proskeimenoi autę̄ kai tǭ sōmati; pōs gar ouk ekdēmei apo tou kyriou, ei »ho kyrios to pneuma estin«, ho mēdepō chōrōn to zōopoioun pneuma kai pneumatikon tēs graphēs? plēn dia pisteōs ho toioutos peripatei, ekdēmei de ek tou sōmatos kai endēmei pros ton kyrion ho ta pneumatika tois pneumatikois synkrinōn kai ginomenos pneumatikos, ho panta anakrinōn, autos de anakrinomenos hypʼ oudenos.
And I think that those who wage war according to the flesh are in the flesh; and those who do not understand the spiritual things of Scripture, clinging wholly to it and its body, are at home in the body and away from the Lord. For how is he not away from the Lord, if “the Lord is the Spirit,” who does not yet receive the life-giving Spirit and the spiritual sense of Scripture? Yet such a one walks by faith; but he is away from the body and at home with the Lord who compares spiritual things with spiritual and becomes spiritual, who judges all things but is himself judged by no one.
13.362Preuschen 4:283
Ταῦτα δὲ ἡμῖν εἰ καὶ μετὰ παρεκβάσεως τῆς εἰς τὰ ἀποστολικὰ ῥητὰ εἰρῆσθαι δοκεῖ, ἀλλά γε ἀναγκαιότατα πρὸς τὴν διαφορὰν τοῦ λόγου τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν ἐστιν οὐκέτι διὰ τὴν λαλιὰν πιστευόντων τῆς γυναικὸς ἀλλʼ ἀκηκοότων καὶ εἰδότων ὅτι »οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ σωτὴρ »τοῦ κόσμου«. οὐδὲν μέντοι γε θαυμαστὸν περί τινων μὲν εἰρῆσθαι διὰ πίστεως περιπατεῖν καὶ μὴ διὰ εἴδους, περὶ ἑτέρων δὲ διὰ εἴδους τοῦ μείζονος παρὰ τὸ διὰ πίστεως περιπατεῖν.
Tauta de hēmin ei kai meta parekbaseōs tēs eis ta apostolika rhēta eirēsthai dokei, alla ge anankaiotata pros tēn diaphoran tou logou tōn Samareitōn estin ouketi dia tēn lalian pisteuontōn tēs gynaikos allʼ akēkootōn kai eidotōn hoti »houtos estin ho sōtēr »tou kosmou«. ouden mentoi ge thaumaston peri tinōn men eirēsthai dia pisteōs peripatein kai mē dia eidous, peri heterōn de dia eidous tou meizonos para to dia pisteōs peripatein.
Even if we seem to have said these things by way of a digression into the apostle's words, they are most necessary for the difference in the Samaritans' statement, who believed no longer because of the woman's speech but because they had heard and knew that “this is the Savior of the world.” Yet it is not at all surprising that some are said to walk by faith and not by sight, and others by sight, which is greater than walking by faith.
13.363Preuschen 4:283
Ἡρακλέων δὲ ἁπλούστερον ἐκλαβὼν τὸ »Οὐκέτι διὰ τὴν »σὴν λαλιὰν πιστεύομεν« φησὶ λείπειν τὸ »μόνην«. ἔτι μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τὸ »Αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἀκηκόαμεν, καὶ οἴδαμεν ὅτι »οὑτός ἐστιν ὁ σωτὴρ τοῦ κόσμου« φησίν· οἱ γὰρ ἄνθρωποι τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων ὁδηγούμενοι πιστεύουσιν τῷ σωτῆρι, ἐπὰν δὲ ἐντύχωσιν τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ, οὑτοι οὐκέτι διὰ μόνην ἀνθρωπίνην μαρτυρίαν, ἀλλὰ διʼ αὐτὴν τὴν ἀλήθειαν πιστεύουσιν. Μετὰ δὲ τὰς δύο ἡμέρας ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν· αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν ὅτι προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει.
Hērakleōn de haplousteron eklabōn to »Ouketi dia tēn »sēn lalian pisteuomen« phēsi leipein to »monēn«. eti men gar pros to »Autoi gar akēkoamen, kai oidamen hoti »houtos estin ho sōtēr tou kosmou« phēsin; hoi gar anthrōpoi to men prōton hypo anthrōpōn hodēgoumenoi pisteuousin tǭ sōtēri, epan de entychōsin tois logois autou, houtoi ouketi dia monēn anthrōpinēn martyrian, alla diʼ autēn tēn alētheian pisteuousin. Meta de tas dyo hēmeras exēlthen ekeithen eis tēn Galilaian; autos gar Iēsous emartyrēsen hoti prophētēs en tę̄ idią patridi timēn ouk echei.
Heracleon, taking “It is no longer because of your speech that we believe” more simply, says that “only” is missing. And further, on “For we have heard for ourselves, and we know that this is the Savior of the world,” he says: For people at first believe in the Savior led by human beings, but when they come upon his words, these no longer believe because of human testimony alone, but because of the truth itself. “After the two days he went out from there into Galilee; for Jesus himself testified that a prophet has no honor in his own country.”
13.364Preuschen 4:283–284
Πάνυ ἀνακόλουθος ἡ λέξις φαίνεται· τί γὰρ κοινὸν πρὸς τὸ ἐξεληλυθέναι αὐτὸν μετὰ δύο ἡμέρας ἀπὸ τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν, παρʼ οἷς ἔμεινεν, καὶ εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ἀπέρχεσθαι τὸ »Αὐτὸς γὰρ »Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν ὅτι προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι τιμὴν οὐκ »ἔχει«;
Pany anakolouthos hē lexis phainetai; ti gar koinon pros to exelēlythenai auton meta dyo hēmeras apo tōn Samareitōn, parʼ hois emeinen, kai eis tēn Galilaian aperchesthai to »Autos gar »Iēsous emartyrēsen hoti prophētēs en tę̄ idią patridi timēn ouk »echei«?
The wording seems quite inconsequent; for what has “For Jesus himself testified that a prophet has no honor in his own country” to do with his having gone out after two days from the Samaritans, with whom he stayed, and going away into Galilee?
13.365Preuschen 4:284
εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἦν πατρὶς αὐτοῦ ἡ Σαμάρεια καὶ ἠτίμαστο ἐκεῖ, ὡς διὰ τοῦτο ἐξεληλυθέναι μὴ διατρίψαντα πλεῖον ἡμερῶν δύο, ἀκολούθως ἂν εἴρητο τὸ »Αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν ὅτι προφήτης »ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει«.
ei men gar ēn patris autou hē Samareia kai ētimasto ekei, hōs dia touto exelēlythenai mē diatripsanta pleion hēmerōn dyo, akolouthōs an eirēto to »Autos gar Iēsous emartyrēsen hoti prophētēs »en tę̄ idią patridi timēn ouk echei«.
For if Samaria had been his own country and he had been dishonored there, so that he left for this reason without staying more than two days, “For Jesus himself testified that a prophet has no honor in his own country” would have been said consistently.
13.366Preuschen 4:284
ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰ ἐγέγραπτο· μετὰ δέ τὰς δύο ἡμέρας ἐξῆλθεν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι· »αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν ὅτι προφήτης ἐν »τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει«, καὶ οὕτως χώραν τὸ λεγόμενον εἶχεν ἄν.
alla kai ei egegrapto; meta de tas dyo hēmeras exēlthen eis tēn Galilaian, allʼ ouk egeneto en tę̄ idią patridi; »autos gar Iēsous emartyrēsen hoti prophētēs en »tę̄ idią patridi timēn ouk echei«, kai houtōs chōran to legomenon eichen an.
Or again, if it had been written, “After the two days he went out into Galilee, but he did not go to his own country; for Jesus himself testified that a prophet has no honor in his own country,” then too the saying would have had its place.
13.367Preuschen 4:284
καὶ τάχα τὸ μὲν βούλημα τοῦ ῥητοῦ τοῦτʼ ἔστιν, ὡς ἰδιώτης δὲ τῷ λόγῳ ὁ Ἰωάννης δυσπαραστάτως ἔφρασεν ὃ νενόηκεν. εἰς γὰρ τίνα τόπον τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν »ἑωρακότες πάντα, »ὅσα ἐποίησεν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ«, οὐκ εἴρηται, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ὅτι ἦλθεν »εἰς τὴν Κανᾶ τῆς Γαλιλαίας« ἀνέγραψεν. κατακούει δὲ ἑαυτοῦ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς καὶ οὐκ ἀπορεῖ τοῦ προκειμένου.
kai tacha to men boulēma tou rhētou toutʼ estin, hōs idiōtēs de tǭ logǭ ho Iōannēs dysparastatōs ephrasen ho nenoēken. eis gar tina topon tēs Galilaias edexanto auton »heōrakotes panta, »hosa epoiēsen en Hierosolymois en tę̄ heortę̄«, ouk eirētai, alla kai meta touto hoti ēlthen »eis tēn Kana tēs Galilaias« anegrapsen. katakouei de heautou ho euangelistēs kai ouk aporei tou prokeimenou.
And perhaps this is the intent of the text, but John, being unskilled in speech, expressed what he understood in a way hard to make out. For it is not said to what place in Galilee those received him who “had seen all that he did in Jerusalem at the feast,” but after this he recorded that he came “to Cana of Galilee.” Yet the evangelist understands himself and is not at a loss about his subject.
13.368Preuschen 4:284
προειπὼν γοῦν τίνα τρόπον ἀφίησιν τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ ἄπεισιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ὁ κύριος, διηγησάμενός τε (ἐπεὶ ἔδει αὐτὸν διέρχεσθαι διὰ τῆς Σαμαρείας) τὰ λεγόμενα πλησίον τοῦ χωρίου ὃ ἔδωκεν Ἰακὼβ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ παρὰ τῇ πηγῇ τοῦ Ἰακώβ, καὶ πῶς ἔμεινεν δύο ἡμέρας παρὰ τοῖς Σαμαρείταις, ἀποδίδωσιν τὴν εἰς Γαλιλαίαν ἄφιξιν αὐτοῦ, καίτοιγε οὐκ ὀλίγων μεταξὺ εἰρημένων.
proeipōn goun tina tropon aphiēsin tēn Ioudaian kai apeisin eis tēn Galilaian ho kyrios, diēgēsamenos te (epei edei auton dierchesthai dia tēs Samareias) ta legomena plēsion tou chōriou ho edōken Iakōb tǭ Iōsēph para tę̄ pēgę̄ tou Iakōb, kai pōs emeinen dyo hēmeras para tois Samareitais, apodidōsin tēn eis Galilaian aphixin autou, kaitoige ouk oligōn metaxy eirēmenōn.
At any rate, having first said how the Lord leaves Judea and goes away into Galilee, and having narrated (since he had to pass through Samaria) what was said near the plot of ground that Jacob gave to Joseph, at Jacob's well, and how he stayed two days with the Samaritans, he resumes with his arrival in Galilee, even though not a few things have been said in between.
13.369Preuschen 4:284
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω προείπομεν βελτίονός τινος σύμβολον εἶναι τὴν Ἰουδαίαν, ἄνω που κειμένην, ἐλάττονος δὲ τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, κατὰ τοῦτο ἐπισκοπῆς δεομένων καὶ τῶν ἐλαττόνων ὁ φιλάνθρωπος θεὸς οὐ καταφρονεῖ, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοὺς Σαμαρείτας τάχιον καταλιπὼν ὑπὲρ τοῦ τοῖς προθύμως αὐτὸν ἀποδεξομένοις Γαλιλαίοις ἐπιστῆναι καὶ τὸν τοῦ βασιλικοῦ υἱὸν ἰάσασθαι.
epei de en tois anōterō proeipomen beltionos tinos symbolon einai tēn Ioudaian, anō pou keimenēn, elattonos de tēn Galilaian, kata touto episkopēs deomenōn kai tōn elattonōn ho philanthrōpos theos ou kataphronei, dia touto kai tous Samareitas tachion katalipōn hyper tou tois prothymōs auton apodexomenois Galilaiois epistēnai kai ton tou basilikou huion iasasthai.
And since we said above that Judea, lying somewhere high up, is a symbol of something better, and Galilee of something lesser, in this sense God, the lover of humankind, does not despise even the lesser who need his care; for this reason he left even the Samaritans rather quickly in order to visit the Galileans, who would eagerly receive him, and to heal the son of the royal official.
13.370Preuschen 4:284
ταῦτα δὲ ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ποιήσας, ἐνστάσης τῆς τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἑορτῆς ἀναβαίνει εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, τὴν ἑορτὴν κρείττονα καὶ ἱλαρωτέραν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ποιῶν ἐπιδημίᾳ.
tauta de en tę̄ Galilaią poiēsas, enstasēs tēs tōn Ioudaiōn heortēs anabainei eis Hierosolyma, tēn heortēn kreittona kai hilarōteran tę̄ heautou poiōn epidēmią.
And having done these things in Galilee, when the feast of the Jews came he goes up to Jerusalem, making the feast better and more joyful by his coming.
13.371Preuschen 4:284
Ἴδωμεν δὲ τί έστιν καὶ τὸ »Αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρ- »τύρησεν ὅτι προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει« καὶ ἀξίως τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μαρτυροῦντος ζητητέον τὸν τῆς λέξεως νοῦν.
Idōmen de ti estin kai to »Autos gar Iēsous emar- »tyrēsen hoti prophētēs en tę̄ idią patridi timēn ouk echei« kai axiōs tou Iēsou martyrountos zētēteon ton tēs lexeōs noun.
Let us see also what “For Jesus himself testified that a prophet has no honor in his own country” means, and let us seek the meaning of the words in a manner worthy of Jesus who testifies.
13.372Preuschen 4:284–285
πατρὶς δὴ τῶν προφητῶν ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ἦν, καὶ φανερόν ἐστιν τιμὴν αὐτοὺς παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μὴ ἐσχηκέναι, λιθασθέντας, πρισθέντας, πειρασθέντας, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρας ἀποθανόντας, διὰ τὸ ἀτιμάζεσθαι περιελθόντας ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγείοις δέρμασιν, ὑστερουμένους, θλι- βομένους, κακουχουμένους.
patris dē tōn prophētōn en tę̄ Ioudaią ēn, kai phaneron estin timēn autous para Ioudaiois mē eschēkenai, lithasthentas, pristhentas, peirasthentas, en phonǭ machairas apothanontas, dia to atimazesthai perielthontas en mēlōtais, en aigeiois dermasin, hysteroumenous, thli- bomenous, kakouchoumenous.
The country of the prophets was in Judea, and it is plain that they had no honor among the Jews: they were stoned, sawn in two, tempted, died by the sword, and because they were dishonored went about in sheepskins and goatskins, destitute, afflicted, ill-treated.
13.373Preuschen 4:285
καὶ ὀνειδίζονταί γε Ἰουδαῖοι ὑπὸ τοῦ λέγοντος πρὸς αὐτούς· »Τίνα τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν; καὶ ἀπέκτειναν τοὺς προκαταγγείλαντας περὶ τῆς ἐλεύσεως »τοῦ δικαίου;« οἵτινες ἐπὶ τέλει καὶ τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι προφήτην, διʼ οὗ οἱ προφῆται προφῆται γεγένηνται, ἀτιμάσαντες· »Αἶρε, αἶρε, σταύρου »αὐτόν« ἔλεγον.
kai oneidizontai ge Ioudaioi hypo tou legontos pros autous; »Tina tōn prophētōn ouk ediōxan hoi pateres hymōn? kai apekteinan tous prokatangeilantas peri tēs eleuseōs »tou dikaiou?« hoitines epi telei kai ton epi pasi prophētēn, diʼ hou hoi prophētai prophētai gegenēntai, atimasantes; »Aire, aire, staurou »auton« elegon.
And the Jews are reproached by the one who says to them: “Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute? And they killed those who announced beforehand the coming of the Righteous One”; and at the end they dishonored even the prophet over all, through whom the prophets became prophets, saying, “Away, away with him, crucify him.”
13.374Preuschen 4:285
τετίμηνται δὲ ἐν τῇ ἐμῇ πατρίδι πάντες οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἀναστὰς κατά τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ εἰρημένα ὑπὸ Μωσέως· »Προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν »ὑμῶν ὡς ἐμέ· αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε«· οὐ πατρὶς γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν τοῖς τῷ παραπτώματι τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ τὴν σωτηρίαν εἰληφόσιν. καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις δὲ γέγραπται· »Οὐδεὶς προφήτης δεκτός ἐστιν ἐν τῇ
tetimēntai de en tę̄ emę̄ patridi pantes hoi prophētai kai ho apo theou anastas kata ta peri autou eirēmena hypo Mōseōs; »Prophētēn hymin anastēsei kyrios ho theos hymōn ek tōn adelphōn »hymōn hōs eme; autou akousesthe«; ou patris gar autou en tois ethnesin tois tǭ paraptōmati tou Israēl tēn sōtērian eilēphosin. kai en allois de gegraptai; »Oudeis prophētēs dektos estin en tę̄
But all the prophets have been honored in my country, and so has the one raised up by God according to what Moses said of him: “The Lord your God will raise up for you a prophet from among your brothers like me; you shall listen to him”; for his country is not among the Gentiles, who received salvation through Israel's trespass. And elsewhere it is written: “No prophet is acceptable in his
13.375Preuschen 4:285
»πατρίδι καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ‘ καὶ χρήσιμόν γε τὸ συγγενὲς τούτῳ ῥητὸν συναγαγόντας ἀπὸ τῶν εὐαγγελίων ἰδεῖν πότε καὶ ἐπὶ τίνι τῷ σωτῆρι τοῦτο εἴρηται.
»patridi kai en tę̄ oikią autou‘ kai chrēsimon ge to syngenes toutǭ rhēton synagagontas apo tōn euangeliōn idein pote kai epi tini tǭ sōtēri touto eirētai.
own country and in his own house.” And it is useful to gather the saying related to this one from the Gospels and see when and on what occasion the Savior said it.
13.376Preuschen 4:285
θαυμάσαι δὲ ἔστιν τὸ ἀληθὲς τῆς ἀπο- φάσεως τοῦ σωτῆρος φθάσαν οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τοὺς ἁγίους προφήτας ἀτιμασθέντας παρὰ τοῖς οἰκείοις καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτὸν τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἔν τινι σοφίᾳ διατρίψαντας καὶ καταφρονηθέντας ὑπὸ τῶν πολιτῶν, ὥστε τινὰς αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ ἀπαχθῆναι.
thaumasai de estin to alēthes tēs apo- phaseōs tou sōtēros phthasan ou monon epi tous hagious prophētas atimasthentas para tois oikeiois kai epʼ auton ton kyrion hēmōn, alla kai epi tous en tini sophią diatripsantas kai kataphronēthentas hypo tōn politōn, hōste tinas autōn kai tēn epi thanatǭ apachthēnai.
One may marvel at the truth of the Savior's pronouncement, which reached not only to the holy prophets dishonored by their own people and to our Lord himself, but also to those who spent their lives in some kind of wisdom and were despised by their fellow citizens, so that some of them were even led away to death.
13.377Preuschen 4:285
ἔξεστιν δὲ ταῦτα ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς ἱστορίας ἀναλέξασθαι περὶ τῶν φιλοσοφησάντων καὶ ἀστρονομησάντων ἢ ὁποίοις δήποτε μαθήμασιν διαπρεψάντων. ἀτιμαζόντων δὲ καὶ αὑται αἱ φωναί· »Οὐχ »ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός; οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριάμ; καὶ »οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ εἰσιν πρὸς ἡμᾶς; πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ πάντα ταῦτα;«
exestin de tauta apo tēs Hellēnikēs historias analexasthai peri tōn philosophēsantōn kai astronomēsantōn ē hopoiois dēpote mathēmasin diaprepsantōn. atimazontōn de kai hautai hai phōnai; »Ouch »estin ho tou tektonos huios? ouch hē mētēr autou legetai Mariam? kai »hoi adelphoi autou eisin pros hēmas? pothen oun toutǭ panta tauta?«
One may gather these things from Greek history about those who studied philosophy or astronomy or excelled in any branch of learning. And these words too are those of people who dishonor: “Is this not the carpenter's son? Is not his mother called Mary? And are not his brothers with us? Where then did this man get all these things?”
13.378Preuschen 4:285
καὶ παραδοξότατόν γε ἐπὶ τῶν προφητῶν τοῦτο συμβέβηκεν, τὸ μὲν ζῶν αὐτῶν οὐ τετιμήκασιν οἱ πολῖται, τὸ δὲ νεκρὸν περιέπουσιν οἰκοδομοῦντες αὐτῶν τὰ μνημεῖα καὶ κοσμοῦντες.
kai paradoxotaton ge epi tōn prophētōn touto symbebēken, to men zōn autōn ou tetimēkasin hoi politai, to de nekron periepousin oikodomountes autōn ta mnēmeia kai kosmountes.
And a most paradoxical thing has happened in the case of the prophets: their fellow citizens did not honor them while they lived, but they treat them with care when dead, building and adorning their tombs.
13.379Preuschen 4:285
οἰκοδομεῖν δέ ἐστιν τὰ μνημεῖα τῶν προφητῶν καὶ κοσμεῖν αὐτὰ ὅτε τὸ ζωοποιοῦν πνεῦμα καταλιπών τις τὸ ἐνυπάρχον τοῖς βουλήμασιν τῶν γραμμάτων αὐτῶν, περιέπει καὶ περικοσμεῖ τὸ ἀποκτεῖνον γράμμα, τὸ κάλλος οἰόμενος τῆς προφητείας ἐν τῇ ψιλῇ εἶναι ἐκδοχῇ τοῦ γράμματος.
oikodomein de estin ta mnēmeia tōn prophētōn kai kosmein auta hote to zōopoioun pneuma katalipōn tis to enyparchon tois boulēmasin tōn grammatōn autōn, periepei kai perikosmei to apokteinon gramma, to kallos oiomenos tēs prophēteias en tę̄ psilę̄ einai ekdochę̄ tou grammatos.
And to build the tombs of the prophets and adorn them is when someone, forsaking the life-giving spirit that lies within the intentions of their writings, tends and decks out the letter that kills, thinking that the beauty of prophecy lies in the bare interpretation of the letter.
13.380Preuschen 4:285–286
ἔργον δὲ τοῦτο τῶν ταλανιζομένων ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων, γραμματέων μὲν ὀνομαζομένων τῶν ἐπωνύμων ψιλοῦ τοῦ γράμματος, Φαρισαίων δὲ τῶν ἀποδιῃρημένων καὶ τὴν θείαν ἐνότητα ἀπολωλεκότων· Φαρισαῖοι γὰρ ἑρμηνεύονται· οἱ. Ὀτε οὖν ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι, πάντα ἑωρακότες ἃ ἐποίησεν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ὲν τῇ ἑορτῇ· καὶ αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἦλθον εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν.
ergon de touto tōn talanizomenōn hypo tou kyriou grammateōn kai Pharisaiōn, grammateōn men onomazomenōn tōn epōnymōn psilou tou grammatos, Pharisaiōn de tōn apodię̄rēmenōn kai tēn theian enotēta apolōlekotōn; Pharisaioi gar hermēneuontai; hoi. Ote oun ēlthen eis tēn Galilaian, edexanto auton hoi Galilaioi, panta heōrakotes ha epoiēsen en Hierosolymois en tę̄ heortę̄; kai autoi gar ēlthon eis tēn heortēn.
This is the work of the scribes and Pharisees on whom the Lord pronounced woes: scribes named after the bare letter, Pharisees being those who are divided off and have lost the divine unity; for “Pharisees” is interpreted as “those …” “So when he came into Galilee, the Galileans received him, having seen all that he did in Jerusalem at the feast; for they too had gone to the feast.”
13.381Preuschen 4:286
Ἄξιον ἰδεῖν τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς τῶν Γαλιλαίων παραδοχῆς, ἣν παρεδέξαντο τὸν σωτῆρα ἐλθόντα εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, εἰ τηλικαύτη ἠν ὥστε κατάπληξιν αὐτοῖς ἐμποιῆσαι καὶ θαυμασμὸν περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος εἰς τὸ παραδέξασθαι αὐτόν· ἔτι δὲ ἐπὶ τίνα ἀναφέρεται οἱονεὶ πολλά, ἂ ἐποίησεν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τὸ »Πάντα »ἑωρακότες ὅσα ἐποίησεν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ«.
Axion idein tēn aitian tēs tōn Galilaiōn paradochēs, hēn paredexanto ton sōtēra elthonta eis tēn Galilaian, ei tēlikautē ēn hōste kataplēxin autois empoiēsai kai thaumasmon peri tou sōtēros eis to paradexasthai auton; eti de epi tina anapheretai hoionei polla, a epoiēsen en Hierosolymois ho Iēsous, to »Panta »heōrakotes hosa epoiēsen en Hierosolymois en tę̄ heortę̄«.
It is worth seeing the reason for the Galileans' reception, with which they received the Savior when he came into Galilee: whether it was so great as to cause them amazement and wonder at the Savior, so that they received him; and further, to what, as if there were many things that Jesus did in Jerusalem, “having seen all that he did in Jerusalem at the feast” refers.
13.382Preuschen 4:286
οὐδὲν δὲ εὑρίσκομεν προειρημένον ἢ ὅτι »Εὗρεν έν τῷ ἱερῷ τοὺς πωλοῦντας »βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς καὶ τοὺς κερματιστὰς καθημένους· »καὶ ποιήσας φραγέλλιον ἐκ σχοινίων πάντας ἐξέβαλεν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ »τά τε πρόβατα καὶ τοὺς βόας, καὶ τῶν κολλυβιστῶν ἐξέχεεν τὰ »κέρματα καὶ τὰς τραπέζας † ἀνέστρεψεν καὶ τοῖς τὰς περιστερὰς »πωλοῦσιν εἶπεν· Ἄρατε ταῦτα ἐντεῦθεν, μὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ »πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου«.
ouden de heuriskomen proeirēmenon ē hoti »Heuren en tǭ hierǭ tous pōlountas »boas kai probata kai peristeras kai tous kermatistas kathēmenous; »kai poiēsas phragellion ek schoiniōn pantas exebalen ek tou hierou »ta te probata kai tous boas, kai tōn kollybistōn execheen ta »kermata kai tas trapezas † anestrepsen kai tois tas peristeras »pōlousin eipen; Arate tauta enteuthen, mē poieite ton oikon tou »patros mou oikon emporiou«.
But we find nothing said before except that “He found in the temple those who were selling oxen and sheep and doves, and the money changers sitting; and making a whip of cords he drove them all out of the temple, both the sheep and the oxen, and he poured out the coins of the money changers and overturned their tables; and to those who sold the doves he said, ‘Take these things away from here; do not make my Father's house a house of trade.’”
13.383Preuschen 4:286
τί οὖν τηλικοῦτόν έστιν ἐν τούτοις, ὥστε κινηθέντας ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς τοὺς Γαλιλαίους δέξασθαι τὸν κύριον, μαρτυρουμένους διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸν δεδέχθαι, ἐπεὶ ἐλθόντες εἰς τὴν ἑορτὴν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις πάντα ἑωράκασιν ἃ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ ὁ Ἰησοῦς;
ti oun tēlikouton estin en toutois, hōste kinēthentas epʼ autois tous Galilaious dexasthai ton kyrion, martyroumenous dia touto auton dedechthai, epei elthontes eis tēn heortēn en Hierosolymois panta heōrakasin ha epoiēsen ekei ho Iēsous?
What, then, is so great in these things that the Galileans, moved by them, received the Lord, being attested as having received him for this reason, since, having gone to the feast in Jerusalem, they had seen all that Jesus did there?
13.384Preuschen 4:286
εἰ μεμνήμεθα τῶν εἰρημένων εἰς τὸν τόπον ἀποδεικνύντων οὐκ ἐλάττονα δύναμιν ἐμφαίνεσθαι τοῦ σωτῆρος έν ἐκείνοις παρὰ τὴν ἐνεργήσασαν εἰς τυφλοὺς ἀναβλέψαι καὶ κωφοὺς ἀκοῦσαι καὶ χωλοὺς περιπατῆσαι, λεκτέον ὅτι μήποτε <οὐ> παραλογισάμενοι ἐννοήσαντες Γαλιλαῖοι καὶ καταπλαγέντες τὴν θειότητα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἐλθόντα αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ἐδέξαντο »πάντα ἑωρακότες ὅσα ἐποίησεν ἐν τοῖς »Ἱεροσολύμοις«.
ei memnēmetha tōn eirēmenōn eis ton topon apodeiknyntōn ouk elattona dynamin emphainesthai tou sōtēros en ekeinois para tēn energēsasan eis typhlous anablepsai kai kōphous akousai kai chōlous peripatēsai, lekteon hoti mēpote <ou> paralogisamenoi ennoēsantes Galilaioi kai kataplagentes tēn theiotēta tou Iēsou, elthonta auton eis tēn Galilaian edexanto »panta heōrakotes hosa epoiēsen en tois »Hierosolymois«.
If we remember what was said on that passage, showing that no less power of the Savior was displayed in those deeds than the power that worked to make the blind see, the deaf hear, and the lame walk, we must say that perhaps the Galileans, not reasoning falsely, perceived and were struck by the divinity of Jesus, and received him when he came into Galilee, “having seen all that he did in Jerusalem.”
13.385Preuschen 4:286
τὰ δὲ »πάντα« ταῦτα ἦν, τῷ ἐκ σχοινίων φραγελλίῳ ἐκβεβλῆσθαι ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ τά τε πρόβατα καὶ τοὺς βόας καὶ τῶν κολλυβιστῶν ἐκκεχύσθαι τὰ κέρματα καὶ τὰς τραπέζας ἀνατετράφθαι, μετʼ ἐξουσίας δὲ εἰρῆσθαι τοῖς τὰς περιστερὰς πωλοῦσιν· »Ἄρατε »ταῦτα ἐντεῦθεν, μὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμ- »πορίου«.
ta de »panta« tauta ēn, tǭ ek schoiniōn phragelliǭ ekbeblēsthai ek tou hierou ta te probata kai tous boas kai tōn kollybistōn ekkechysthai ta kermata kai tas trapezas anatetraphthai, metʼ exousias de eirēsthai tois tas peristeras pōlousin; »Arate »tauta enteuthen, mē poieite ton oikon tou patros mou oikon em- »poriou«.
And these “all things” were: that the sheep and the oxen were driven out of the temple with the whip of cords, that the coins of the money changers were poured out and the tables overturned, and that he said with authority to those who sold the doves, “Take these things away from here; do not make my Father's house a house of trade.”
13.386Preuschen 4:286–287
οἶμαι δὲ μηδὲ ταῦτα μόνα αὐτὸν πεποιηκέναι τότε, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλα σημεῖα· ἐπιφέρεται γὰρ ἐκείνοις· »Ὡς δὲ ἠν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐν τῷ πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἐορτῇ, πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίησεν· ἐφʼ οἷς καὶ ὁ Νικόδημός φησι· »Ῥαββεί, οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐλήλυθας διδάσκαλος· »οὐδεὶς γὰρ δύναται τὰ σημεῖα ταῦτα ποιεῖν ἅ σὺ ποιεῖς, ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ »ὁ θεὸς μετʼ αὐτοῦ«.
oimai de mēde tauta mona auton pepoiēkenai tote, alla kai alla sēmeia; epipheretai gar ekeinois; »Hōs de ēn en tois Hierosolymois en tǭ pascha en tę̄ eortę̄, polloi episteusan eis to onoma autou, theōrountes autou ta sēmeia ha epoiēsen; ephʼ hois kai ho Nikodēmos phēsi; »Rhabbei, oidamen hoti apo theou elēlythas didaskalos; »oudeis gar dynatai ta sēmeia tauta poiein ha sy poieis, ean mē ę̄ »ho theos metʼ autou«.
But I think he did not do only these things at that time, but other signs as well; for there follows: “Now when he was in Jerusalem at the Passover, at the feast, many believed in his name, seeing his signs which he did”; with reference to which Nicodemus also says, “Rabbi, we know that you have come from God as a teacher; for no one can do these signs that you do unless God is with him.”
13.387Preuschen 4:287
πλὴν ἔξεστιν Γαλιλαῖον ὄντα ἑορτάζειν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις γινόμενον, ὅπου ὁ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ θεωρεῖν πάντα ὅσα ἐποίει ἐκεῖ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ μάλιστα τίνα τρόπον ἐκβάλλει τῷ ἐκ σχοινίων φραγελλίῳ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πεποιημένῳ πάντας τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς τά τε πρόβατα καὶ τοὺς βόας καὶ τὰ λοιπά.
plēn exestin Galilaion onta heortazein en Hierosolymois ginomenon, hopou ho naos tou theou, kai theōrein panta hosa epoiei ekei Iēsous, kai malista tina tropon ekballei tǭ ek schoiniōn phragelliǭ hypʼ autou pepoiēmenǭ pantas tous pōlountas boas kai probata kai peristeras ta te probata kai tous boas kai ta loipa.
Yet it is possible for one who is a Galilean to keep the feast when he is in Jerusalem, where God's temple is, and to behold all that Jesus did there, and especially how, with the whip of cords he had made, he drives out all who sold oxen and sheep and doves, both the sheep and the oxen and the rest.
13.388Preuschen 4:287
ἀρχὴ γὰρ ἡ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἑορτὴ τοῖς Γαλιλαίοις ἐστὶν τοῦ καὶ δέξασθαι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐλθόντα πρὸς αὐτούς· μὴ γὰρ ἑωρακότες τὰ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ οὐκ ἂν ἐδέξαντο αὐτόν· ἢ οὐδὲ αὐτὸς μὴ προευτρεπισθεῖσιν πρὸς τὸ λαβεῖν αὐτὸν οὕτως ἂν σπουδαίως ἐπεδήμησεν καταλιπὼν τοὺς ἐρωτήσαντας αὐτὸν »μεῖναι παρʼ αὐτοῖς«.
archē gar hē en Hierosolymois heortē tois Galilaiois estin tou kai dexasthai ton huion tou theou elthonta pros autous; mē gar heōrakotes ta en tę̄ heortę̄ ouk an edexanto auton; ē oude autos mē proeutrepistheisin pros to labein auton houtōs an spoudaiōs epedēmēsen katalipōn tous erōtēsantas auton »meinai parʼ autois«.
For the feast in Jerusalem is for the Galileans the beginning of receiving the Son of God when he comes to them; for had they not seen what happened at the feast they would not have received him; or else he himself would not have come so eagerly to those not prepared beforehand to receive him, leaving those who asked him “to stay with them.”
13.389Preuschen 4:287
οἱ μέντοι γε δεξάμενοι τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐδέξαντο καὶ τὸν ἀποστείλαντα αὐτόν· φησὶ γάρ· »Ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με«. πρῶτον οὖν ἰδεῖν δεῖ, τουτέστιν συνιέναι, τὰ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἔργα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πάντα, τίνα τρόπον καθαίρει τὸ ἱερὸν ἀποκαθιστὰς αὐτὸ εἰς τὸ εἶναι »οἶκον τοῦ πατρὸς« καὶ μηκέτι »οἶκον ἐμπορίου«, ἴνα μετὰ τὸ θεωρῆσαι ταῦτα τὸν ἐνεργήσαντα ταῦτα λόγον δεξώμεθα.
hoi mentoi ge dexamenoi ton Iēsoun edexanto kai ton aposteilanta auton; phēsi gar; »Ho eme dechomenos dechetai ton aposteilanta me«. prōton oun idein dei, toutestin synienai, ta en Hierosolymois erga tou Iēsou panta, tina tropon kathairei to hieron apokathistas auto eis to einai »oikon tou patros« kai mēketi »oikon emporiou«, ina meta to theōrēsai tauta ton energēsanta tauta logon dexōmetha.
Those, however, who received Jesus received also the one who sent him; for he says, “He who receives me receives him who sent me.” First, then, we must see, that is, understand, all the works of Jesus in Jerusalem, how he cleanses the temple, restoring it to be “the Father's house” and no longer “a house of trade,” so that after beholding these things we may receive the Word who did them.
13.390Preuschen 4:287
οἶμαι δʼ ὅτι ὁ μὴ πάντα τὰ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις θεωρήσας ἔργα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ οὐ δέξεται τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἢ οὐδὲ ἐπιδημήσει τὴν ἧς σύμβολον † ἐπιδημίας ἐπιδημίαν ταύτην τοῖς μὴ πρότερον ἀναβεβηκόσιν εἰς τὴν ἑορτὴν καὶ μὴ πάντα τεθεαμένοις ὅσα ἐποίει ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις. Ἦλθεν οὖν πάλιν εἰς τὴν Κανᾶ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, ὅπου ἐποίησε τὸ ὕδωρ οἶνον.
oimai dʼ hoti ho mē panta ta en Hierosolymois theōrēsas erga tou Iēsou ou dexetai ton Iēsoun, ē oude epidēmēsei tēn hēs symbolon † epidēmias epidēmian tautēn tois mē proteron anabebēkosin eis tēn heortēn kai mē panta tetheamenois hosa epoiei en tois Hierosolymois. Ēlthen oun palin eis tēn Kana tēs Galilaias, hopou epoiēse to hydōr oinon.
And I think that one who has not beheld all the works of Jesus in Jerusalem will not receive Jesus; or rather, he will not make this visit, of which the visit … is a symbol, to those who have not first gone up to the feast and beheld all that he did in Jerusalem. “So he came again to Cana of Galilee, where he had made the water wine.”
13.391Preuschen 4:287
Ὅσα ἐχωρήσαμεν περὶ τῆς Κανᾶ, ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω εἴπομεν. δύο δὲ οὐ μάτην ἐπιδημίαι ἐν Κανᾷ τῷ Ἰησοῦ γίνονται· μήποτε γὰρ σημαίνουσιν τὰς δύο τοῦ σωτῆρος εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐπιδημίας· τὴν μὲν προτέραν, ἵνʼ εὐφράνῃ τοὺς συνεστιωμένους, τὴν δὲ δευτέραν, ἴνα τὸν ἐγγὺς γενόμενον τοῦ θανάτου οὐ βασιλέως υἱόν, ἀλλά τινος βασιλικοῦ ἀναστήσῃ.
Hosa echōrēsamen peri tēs Kana, en tois anōterō eipomen. dyo de ou matēn epidēmiai en Kaną tǭ Iēsou ginontai; mēpote gar sēmainousin tas dyo tou sōtēros eis ton kosmon epidēmias; tēn men proteran, hinʼ euphranę̄ tous synestiōmenous, tēn de deuteran, ina ton engys genomenon tou thanatou ou basileōs huion, alla tinos basilikou anastēsę̄.
What we were able to grasp about Cana we said above. But not without purpose do Jesus' two visits to Cana take place; perhaps they signify the Savior's two comings into the world: the first to gladden those feasting together, the second to raise up the son, near to death, not of a king but of a certain royal official.
13.392Preuschen 4:287–288
καὶ τάχα ὁ βασιλικὸς Ἀβραὰμ ἠν ἢ Ἰακώβ, ὧν υἱὸν (ὄντα τὸν λαόν), μετὰ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσελθεῖν, σώσει ἐπὶ τέλους. δύνανται δὲ καὶ δύο τοῦ λόγου εἶναι ἐπιδημίαι ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ἡ μὲν προτέρα τὸν ἐξ ὕδατος γινόμενον οἶνον χορηγοῦσα εἰς εὐφροσύνην τῶν συνεστιωμένων, ἡ δὲ δευτέρα πᾶσαν τὴν καταλειπομένην ἀσθένειαν καὶ τὸ πρὸς θάνατον κινδυνῶδες περιαιροῦσα.
kai tacha ho basilikos Abraam ēn ē Iakōb, hōn huion (onta ton laon), meta to plērōma tōn ethnōn eiselthein, sōsei epi telous. dynantai de kai dyo tou logou einai epidēmiai en tę̄ psychę̄, hē men protera ton ex hydatos ginomenon oinon chorēgousa eis euphrosynēn tōn synestiōmenōn, hē de deutera pasan tēn kataleipomenēn astheneian kai to pros thanaton kindynōdes periairousa.
And perhaps the royal official was Abraham or Jacob, whose son (that is, the people) he will save at the end, after the fullness of the Gentiles has come in. There can also be two visits of the Word in the soul: the first supplying the wine made from water for the gladness of those feasting together, the second removing all the remaining weakness and the danger of death.
13.393Preuschen 4:288
οὐδὲν δὲ θαυμαστὸν εἰ ἐπείπερ τὰ πλείονα τῶν ἔργων τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ἐν ἀποκρύφοις, πολλὰ ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας τῶν πολλαχοῦ ποιῶν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὡν τύποι τὰ λοιπὰ ἀναγεγραμμένα χωρία, δὶς τῇ Κανᾷ ταύτῃ ἐπιδημεῖ βεβαιῶν ἑαυτῷ κτῆσιν τῶν ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς γῆς πιστευόντων εἰς τὸν πατέρα διʼ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἦν τις βασιλικὸς οὗ ὁ υἱὸς ἠσθένει ἐν Καφαρναοῦμ· ἕως· Καὶ ἐΠίστευσεν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη.
ouden de thaumaston ei epeiper ta pleiona tōn ergōn tou theou estin en apokryphois, polla hyper sōtērias tōn pollachou poiōn ho Iēsous, hōn typoi ta loipa anagegrammena chōria, dis tę̄ Kaną tautę̄ epidēmei bebaiōn heautǭ ktēsin tōn apo tautēs tēs gēs pisteuontōn eis ton patera diʼ autou. Kai ēn tis basilikos hou ho huios ēsthenei en Kapharnaoum; heōs; Kai ePisteusen autos kai hē oikia autou holē.
And it is not surprising, since most of God's works are in secret, that Jesus, doing many things for the salvation of people in many places, of which the other recorded places are types, visits this Cana twice, confirming for himself the possession of those from this land who believe in the Father through him. “And there was a certain royal official whose son was ill at Capernaum,” down to: “And he himself believed, and his whole household.”
13.394Preuschen 4:288
οὐ πάνυ εὑρίσκομεν παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις τετριμμένον τὸ τοῦ βασιλικοῦ ὄνομα, ὅθεν οὐδὲ ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ ἱστορίᾳ ἐπιβάλλομεν νῷ, τίς ἠν οὑτος ὁ βασιλικὸς καὶ τίνος βασιλέως ἐπώνυμος.
ou pany heuriskomen para Ioudaiois tetrimmenon to tou basilikou onoma, hothen oude hoson epi tę̄ historią epiballomen nǭ, tis ēn houtos ho basilikos kai tinos basileōs epōnymos.
We do not find the title of royal official in common use among the Jews, so that we do not even, as far as the narrative goes, grasp who this royal official was and after which king he was named.
13.395Preuschen 4:288
ὁ μὲν οὐν ἀκεραιότερος οἰήσεται τοῦ βασιλέως Ἡρώδου τινὰ ἄνθρωπον εἶναι τοῦτον τὸν βασιλικόν· ἕτερος δὲ τούτῳ ὅμοιος ἐρεῖ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας γεγονέναι τοῦτον τὸν βασιλικόν, πράττοντά τι περὶ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν τότε· οὐδὲ γὰρ σαφῶς εὑρίσκεται Ἰουδαῖος ὤν, ἐπείπερ οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖ > τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἠσθενηκέναι ἐν Καφαρναοὺμ οἰκεῖον αὐτὸν εἶναι τῶν κατὰ τοὺς τόπους.
ho men oun akeraioteros oiēsetai tou basileōs Hērōdou tina anthrōpon einai touton ton basilikon; heteros de toutǭ homoios erei tēs Kaisaros oikias gegonenai touton ton basilikon, prattonta ti peri tēn Ioudaian tote; oude gar saphōs heurisketai Ioudaios ōn, epeiper ouk akolouthei > ton huion autou ēsthenēkenai en Kapharnaoum oikeion auton einai tōn kata tous topous.
The simpler person will suppose that this royal official was a man of King Herod; another, similar to him, will say that this royal official belonged to Caesar's household, engaged in some business in Judea at that time; for he is not clearly found to be a Jew, since it does not follow from his son's being ill at Capernaum that he was a native of those parts.
13.396Preuschen 4:288
ἐμφαίνεται δὲ αὐτοῦ τὸ ἀξίωμα καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἤδη αὐτοῦ καταβαίνοντος τοὺς δούλους αὐτῷ ἀπηντηκέναι, λέγοντας ὅτι ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ ’ πληθυντικῶς γὰρ οἱ δοῦλοι εἴρηνται. ἐχέτω τοίνυν ὅπως ποτὲ τὸ τῆς ἱστορίας καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ βασιλικοῦ κομψότερον ἐσχηκέτω κατὰ τὸν τοῦ σωτῆρος λόγον τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ὥρᾳ ἐλευθερωθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πυρετοῦ καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη πεπιστευκέτω.
emphainetai de autou to axiōma kai ek tou ēdē autou katabainontos tous doulous autǭ apēntēkenai, legontas hoti ho pais autou ’ plēthyntikōs gar hoi douloi eirēntai. echetō toinyn hopōs pote to tēs historias kai ho huios tou basilikou kompsoteron eschēketō kata ton tou sōtēros logon tę̄ hebdomę̄ hōrą eleutherōtheis apo tou pyretou kai hē oikia autou holē pepisteuketō.
His rank is shown also by the fact that, as he was going down, his servants met him, saying that his boy lived; for “servants” is said in the plural. Let the narrative stand, then, however it may be, and let the royal official's son have become better at the Savior's word, freed from the fever at the seventh hour, and let his whole household have believed.
13.397Preuschen 4:288–289
Φέρε δὲ κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἡμῑν ἐρευνήσωμεν τίνος οὗτος σύμβολον εἶναι δύναται καὶ ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ. μέγαν δὴ βασιλέα, οὗ πόλις ἐστὶν τὰ ἀληθινὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ βασιλέα τῶν βασιλευόντων, τὸν πορευθέντα εἰς χώραν μακρὰν λαβεῖν ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν καὶ ὑποστρέψαι, καὶ ἐπανελθόντα βασιλέα οὐδένα ἄλλον ἴσμεν ἢ τὸν εἰπόντα· »Ἐγὼ »δὲ κατεστάθην βασιλεὺς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ Σειὼν ὄρος τὸ ἅγιον αὐτοῦ, »διαγγέλλων τὸ πρόσταγμα κυρίου«.
Phere de kata to dynaton hēmin ereunēsōmen tinos houtos symbolon einai dynatai kai ho huios autou. megan dē basilea, hou polis estin ta alēthina Hierosolyma, kai basilea tōn basileuontōn, ton poreuthenta eis chōran makran labein heautǭ basileian kai hypostrepsai, kai epanelthonta basilea oudena allon ismen ē ton eiponta; »Egō »de katestathēn basileus hypʼ autou epi Seiōn oros to hagion autou, »diangellōn to prostagma kyriou«.
Come, let us search as far as we can what this man and his son can be a symbol of. The great King, whose city is the true Jerusalem, and King of those who reign, who went into a far country to receive a kingdom for himself and return, and who returned as king, we know to be none other than the one who said: “But I was established as king by him on Zion, his holy mountain, proclaiming the decree of the Lord.”
13.398Preuschen 4:289
τούτου τὴν ἡμέραν οἱ ἰδόντες καὶ εὐφρανθέντες πάντες εἰσὶν βασιλικοί, καὶ οἱ πιστεύοντες εἰς τὸν πατέρα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπώνυμοι τυγχάνουσιν τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, ὧν ἴνα τινὰ ζητοῦμεν καὶ τὸν ἀσθενήσαντα υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἀκόλουθα.
toutou tēn hēmeran hoi idontes kai euphranthentes pantes eisin basilikoi, kai hoi pisteuontes eis ton patera diʼ autou epōnymoi tynchanousin tēs basileias autou, hōn ina tina zētoumen kai ton asthenēsanta huion autou, kai ta toutois akoloutha.
Those who saw his day and rejoiced are all royal officials, and those who believe in the Father through him are named after his kingdom. Among these we seek a certain one, and his son who fell ill, and what follows from these.
13.399Preuschen 4:289
ἐλέγομεν δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω τὸν πάντα λαὸν υἱὸν εἶναι τοῦ ᾿Αβραάμ, ὡς καὶ αὐτοὶ αὐχοῦντές φασιν· »Σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ ἐσμεν καὶ οὐδενὶ δεδουλεύκαμεν πώποτε« καὶ »Μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πα- »τρὸς ᾿Αβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν;«
elegomen de en tois anōterō ton panta laon huion einai tou ᾿Abraam, hōs kai autoi auchountes phasin; »Sperma Abraam esmen kai oudeni dedouleukamen pōpote« kai »Mē sy meizōn ei tou pa- »tros ᾿Abraam, hostis apethanen?«
We said above that the whole people is the son of Abraham, as they themselves say boastfully: “We are Abraham's seed and have never been enslaved to anyone,” and “Are you greater than our father Abraham, who died?”
13.400Preuschen 4:289
ὡς ἐπʼ αὐτῶ γὰρ καυχωμένου τοῦ λαοῦ παρὰ τοὺς λοιποὺς καὶ μετʼ αὐτὸν πατέρας, φησὶ καὶ ὁ σωτήρ· »Μὴ ἄρξησθε λέγειν ὅτι Πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν ᾿Αβραάμ« ἢ »Μὴ »δόξητε λέγειν ὅτι Πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ· δύναται ὁ θεὸς ἐκ »τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ ᾿Αβραάμ«.
hōs epʼ autō gar kauchōmenou tou laou para tous loipous kai metʼ auton pateras, phēsi kai ho sōtēr; »Mē arxēsthe legein hoti Patera echomen ton ᾿Abraam« ē »Mē »doxēte legein hoti Patera echomen ton Abraam; dynatai ho theos ek »tōn lithōn toutōn egeirai tekna tǭ ᾿Abraam«.
For since the people boasted in him above the other fathers who came after him, the Savior too says: “Do not begin to say, ‘We have Abraham as father,’” or “Do not presume to say, ‘We have Abraham as father’; God is able from these stones to raise up children to Abraham.”
13.401Preuschen 4:289
ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ ῾Ησαΐας πρὸς τὸν λαόν φησιν· »᾿Εμβλέψατε εἰς Ἀβραὰμ τὸν πατέρα ὑμῶν, »καὶ εἰς Σάρραν τὴν ὠδίνουσαν ὑμᾶς«.
alla kai ho ῾Ēsaïas pros ton laon phēsin; »᾿Emblepsate eis Abraam ton patera hymōn, »kai eis Sarran tēn ōdinousan hymas«.
And Isaiah too says to the people: “Look to Abraham your father, and to Sarah who bore you.”
13.402Preuschen 4:289
καὶ τί δεῖ διὰ παραδειγμάτων μηκύνειν τὸν λόγον, σαφοῦς ὄντος ὅτι αὐτὸς πρῶτος χρηματίζει πατὴρ τοῦ λαοῦ, διὸ καὶ ἐξαιρέτως ὀνομάζεται >πατήρ τοίνυν τὸν μὲν βασιλικὸν εἶναι τὸν Ἀβραάμ, τὸν δὲ ἀσθενήσαντα αὐτοῦ υἱὸν ἐν Καφαρναοὺμ καὶ μέλλοντα ἀποθνῄσκειν τὸ ᾿Ισραηλιτικὸν γένος, ἀσθενῆσαν ἐν τῇ θεοσεβείᾳ καὶ τῇ τηρήσει τῶν θείων νόμων, καὶ πρὸς τῷ ἀποθανεῖν τῷ θεῷ γενόμενον τῶν πεπυρωμένων βελῶν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ, πεπυρωμένον καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πυρέσσειν λε- γόμενον.
kai ti dei dia paradeigmatōn mēkynein ton logon, saphous ontos hoti autos prōtos chrēmatizei patēr tou laou, dio kai exairetōs onomazetai >patēr toinyn ton men basilikon einai ton Abraam, ton de asthenēsanta autou huion en Kapharnaoum kai mellonta apothnę̄skein to ᾿Israēlitikon genos, asthenēsan en tę̄ theosebeią kai tę̄ tērēsei tōn theiōn nomōn, kai pros tǭ apothanein tǭ theǭ genomenon tōn pepyrōmenōn belōn tou echthrou, pepyrōmenon kai dia touto pyressein le- gomenon.
And why lengthen the discussion with examples, since it is clear that he is first called father of the people, and so is named “father” in a special sense? Let the royal official, then, be Abraham, and his son who fell ill at Capernaum and was about to die the Israelite race, which had grown sick in piety and in keeping the divine laws, and, being near to dying to God, had been set on fire by the flaming darts of the enemy and is therefore said to have a fever.
13.403Preuschen 4:289
φαίνεται δὲ μέλειν τοῖς προεξεληλυθόσιν τὸν βίον τοῦτον ἁγίοις περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ, ὡς ἐν τοῖς Μακκαβαϊκοῖς γέγραπται μετὰ πλεῖστα ὅσα ἔτη τῆς ῾Ιερεμίου ἀναλήψεως· »Οὑτός ἐστιν Ἱερεμίας ὁ »τοῦ θεοῦ προφήτης ὁ πολλὰ εὐχόμενος περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ«.
phainetai de melein tois proexelēlythosin ton bion touton hagiois peri tou laou, hōs en tois Makkabaïkois gegraptai meta pleista hosa etē tēs ῾Ieremiou analēpseōs; »Houtos estin Hieremias ho »tou theou prophētēs ho polla euchomenos peri tou laou«.
And it appears that the saints who have departed this life before us care for the people, as is written in the Maccabean books, very many years after Jeremiah was taken up: “This is Jeremiah, the prophet of God, who prays much for the people.”
13.404Preuschen 4:289
ὅρα τοίνυν εἰ δυνατὸν ἐκλαμβάνειν ἡμᾶς ὅτι ὁ Ἀβραὰμ βασιλικός τις ὤν, νοσήσαντος αὐτῷ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ ἀποθνῄσκειν μέλλοντος, ἀξιοῖ βοηθηθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν τὸν κάμνοντα γενόμενος πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ ἐρωτῶν, ἴνα καταβῇ καὶ ἰάσηται αὐτοῦ τὸν υἱόν· ἔμελλεν γὰρ ἀποθνῄσκειν.
hora toinyn ei dynaton eklambanein hēmas hoti ho Abraam basilikos tis ōn, nosēsantos autǭ tou huiou kai apothnę̄skein mellontos, axioi boēthēthēnai hypo tou sōtēros hēmōn ton kamnonta genomenos pros auton kai erōtōn, ina katabę̄ kai iasētai autou ton huion; emellen gar apothnę̄skein.
See, then, whether we can take it that Abraham, being a royal official, when his son was sick and about to die, asks that the sufferer be helped by our Savior, coming to him and asking him to come down and heal his son; for he was about to die.
13.405Preuschen 4:289–290
Τὸ δὲ »᾿Εὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε« λεγόμενον πρὸς αὐτὸν τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἔχει ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ, τάχα δὲ καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτόν. ὡς γὰρ Ἰωάννης προσδοκῶν τὴν Χριστοῦ ἐπιδη- μίαν περιέμενεν τὸ δοθὲν σημεῖον, ἵνα διʼ αὐτοῦ γνῷ τὸν προφητευόμενον (τὸ δὲ σημεῖον ἦν· »᾿Εφʼ ὃν ἂν ἴδῃς τὸ πνεῦμα »καὶ μένον ἐπʼ αὐτόν, οὑτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ«), οὕτως καὶ προκεκοιμημένοι ἅγιοι προσδοκῶντες καὶ τὴν ἐν σώματι τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίαν ἀπὸ τῶν σημείων καὶ τῶν τεράτων ἐχαρακτήριζον αὐτὸν διὰ τούτων τῷ ἐλπιζομένῳ πιστεύοντες.
To de »᾿Ean mē sēmeia kai terata idēte« legomenon pros auton tēn anaphoran echei epi to plēthos tōn huiōn autou, tacha de kai epʼ auton. hōs gar Iōannēs prosdokōn tēn Christou epidē- mian periemenen to dothen sēmeion, hina diʼ autou gnǭ ton prophēteuomenon (to de sēmeion ēn; »᾿Ephʼ hon an idę̄s to pneuma »kai menon epʼ auton, houtos estin ho huios tou theou«), houtōs kai prokekoimēmenoi hagioi prosdokōntes kai tēn en sōmati tou christou epidēmian apo tōn sēmeiōn kai tōn teratōn echaraktērizon auton dia toutōn tǭ elpizomenǭ pisteuontes.
And “Unless you see signs and wonders,” said to him, refers to the multitude of his sons, and perhaps also to himself. For as John, awaiting the coming of Christ, waited for the sign that had been given, so that through it he might know the one prophesied (and the sign was, “He on whom you see the Spirit descending and remaining on him, this is the Son of God”), so too the saints who had fallen asleep before, awaiting Christ's coming in the body, recognized him by the signs and wonders, believing through them in the one they hoped for.
13.406Preuschen 4:290
τάχιον δὲ παρακαλεῖ τὸν κύριον καταβῆναι πρὸς τὸ νοσοῦν παιδίον ἑαυτοῦ, εὐλαβούμενος μὴ προλάβῃ ὁ θάνατος κρατήσας τὸν κάμνοντα, καὶ ἀπελαύνει γε τὸν πυρετὸν λόγῳ ὁ χριστὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος τῷ πατρὶ περὶ τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ κινδυνεύοντος διὰ τοῦ »Πορεύου· ὁ υἱός σου ζῇ«.
tachion de parakalei ton kyrion katabēnai pros to nosoun paidion heautou, eulaboumenos mē prolabę̄ ho thanatos kratēsas ton kamnonta, kai apelaunei ge ton pyreton logǭ ho christos epangeilamenos tǭ patri peri tēs zōēs tou kindyneuontos dia tou »Poreuou; ho huios sou zę̄«.
And he urges the Lord to come down quickly to his sick child, fearing that death might forestall him and seize the sufferer; and Christ drives away the fever by a word, promising the father the life of the one in danger through “Go; your son lives.”
13.407Preuschen 4:290
ἔχει δὲ οὑτος ὁ βασιλικὸς οὐ μόνον υἱόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ δούλους, ὧν σύμβολον ἦσαν οἱ οἰκογενεῖς καὶ ἀργυρώνητοι τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, εἶδός τι πιστευόντων ταπεινότερον καὶ ὑποβεβηκός.
echei de houtos ho basilikos ou monon huion, alla kai doulous, hōn symbolon ēsan hoi oikogeneis kai argyrōnētoi tou Abraam, eidos ti pisteuontōn tapeinoteron kai hypobebēkos.
And this royal official has not only a son but also servants, of whom Abraham's household slaves and those bought with money were a symbol, a humbler and lower kind of believers.
13.408Preuschen 4:290
οὗτοι συνόντες τῷ κάμνοντι παιδίῳ θεωροῦσιν τὴν σωτηρίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀπαντῶσιν τῷ πατρὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι τὴν ζωήν τοῦ θεραπευθέντος διὰ τοῦ »῾Ο παῖς σου ζῇ«, † εὐφραίνοντες ὅτι οὐκ ἐφρόνουν πρότερον περὶ τοῦ παιδίου τοῦ δεσπότου ὅτι ἔζη. οὐ μάτην δὲ ὥραν ἑβδόμην ἀφίησιν αὐτὸν ὁ πυρετός· ὁ γὰρ ἀριθμὸς ἀναπαύσεως ἠν.
houtoi synontes tǭ kamnonti paidiǭ theōrousin tēn sōtērian autou kai apantōsin tǭ patri euangelizomenoi tēn zōēn tou therapeuthentos dia tou »῾O pais sou zę̄«, † euphrainontes hoti ouk ephronoun proteron peri tou paidiou tou despotou hoti ezē. ou matēn de hōran hebdomēn aphiēsin auton ho pyretos; ho gar arithmos anapauseōs ēn.
These, being with the sick child, see his recovery and meet the father, bringing him the good news of the healed boy's life through “Your boy lives,” … rejoicing because they had not before thought that their master's child was living. And not without reason does the fever leave him at the seventh hour; for the number was that of rest.
13.409Preuschen 4:290
ὁ ἐν Καφαρναοὺμ μέντοι γε υἱός ἐστιν, ὁ νοσῶν καὶ θεραπευόμενος ὁ ἐν τῷ τῆς »Παρακλήσεως ἀγρῷ« γένος τι κεκμηκότων μὲν οὐπάντη δὲ ἔξω καρπῶν γεγενημένων· καὶ τελειοτάτη γνόντι τῷ πατρὶ τὴν τοῦ υἱοῦ σωτηρίαν ἡ πίστις γίνεται πανοικεὶ πιστεύοντι Χριστῷ.
ho en Kapharnaoum mentoi ge huios estin, ho nosōn kai therapeuomenos ho en tǭ tēs »Paraklēseōs agrǭ« genos ti kekmēkotōn men oupantē de exō karpōn gegenēmenōn; kai teleiotatē gnonti tǭ patri tēn tou huiou sōtērian hē pistis ginetai panoikei pisteuonti Christǭ.
The son in Capernaum, then, who is sick and healed, is the race in the “field of consolation,” a race that has toiled, yet not become wholly without fruits; and faith becomes most perfect for the father who learns of his son's salvation, believing in Christ with his whole household.
13.410Preuschen 4:290
Κατελθὼν δὲ ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν πῶς τοῦτο δεύτερον σημεῖον πεποίηκεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν λέξιν ἐρευνήσομεν.
Katelthōn de ek tēs Ioudaias eis tēn Galilaian pōs touto deuteron sēmeion pepoiēken ho Iēsous, kata to dynaton en tois hexēs genomenoi kata tēn lexin ereunēsomen.
How Jesus, having come down from Judea into Galilee, did this second sign, we shall investigate as far as possible when we come to the passage in what follows.
13.411Preuschen 4:290
Εἰ δὲ καὶ δυνάμεώς τινος εἰκών ἐστιν ὁ βασιλικὸς τῶν ἀρχόντων τούτου τοῦ αἰῶνος, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὑπὸ τὴν ἐξουσίαν αὐτοῦ διαφερόντως παρʼ αὐτῷ λαοῦ καί, ἵνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, οἱονεὶ τῆς παρʼ αὐτῷ ἐκλογῆς, ἥ τε ἀσθένεια αὐτοῦ ἡ παρὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν τοῦ ἄρχοντος διάθεσις μοχθηρά, καὶ ἡ Καφαρναοὺμ τοῦ χωρίου τῆς μονῆς τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτὸν εἰκών ἐστιν σκοπητέον.
Ei de kai dynameōs tinos eikōn estin ho basilikos tōn archontōn toutou tou aiōnos, kai ho huios autou tou hypo tēn exousian autou diapherontōs parʼ autǭ laou kai, hinʼ houtōs eipō, hoionei tēs parʼ autǭ eklogēs, hē te astheneia autou hē para tēn proairesin tou archontos diathesis mochthēra, kai hē Kapharnaoum tou chōriou tēs monēs tōn hypʼ auton eikōn estin skopēteon.
But we must also consider whether the royal official is the image of a certain power among the rulers of this age; and his son, of the people under his authority who are especially dear to him and, so to speak, of his elect; and his illness, of a wicked disposition contrary to the ruler's choice; and whether Capernaum is the image of the place where those under him dwell.
13.412Preuschen 4:290–291
Οἶμαι γὰρ καὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων τινὰς καταπεπληγότας τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν θειότητα προσπεφευγέναι αὐτῷ καὶ ἠξιωκέναι περὶ τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῖς οἰκονομουμένων· ἐπεὶ τί δήποτε ἄνθρωποι μὲν μετάνοιαν ἐπεδέχονται καὶ ἐξ ἀπιστίας εἰς πίστιν μεταβάλλουσιν, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν δυνάμεων τὸ παραπλήσιον λέγειν ὀκνήσομεν;
Oimai gar kai tōn archontōn tinas katapeplēgotas tēn dynamin autou kai tēn theiotēta prospepheugenai autǭ kai ēxiōkenai peri tōn hypʼ autois oikonomoumenōn; epei ti dēpote anthrōpoi men metanoian epedechontai kai ex apistias eis pistin metaballousin, epi de tōn dynameōn to paraplēsion legein oknēsomen?
For I think that some of the rulers too, struck by his power and divinity, took refuge in him and made request concerning those under their management. Why indeed, when human beings admit repentance and change from unbelief to faith, should we hesitate to say something similar of the powers?
13.413Preuschen 4:291
ἢ λεγέτω τις ἡμῖν τί τὸ αἴτιον τοῦ δύνασθαι μὲν τοὺς ἐνδεδυμένους σαρκὶ καὶ αἵματι μεταβαλόντας κα- ταπεφευγέναι ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν διὰ Χριστοῦ, τοὺς δὲ καθαρωτέρᾳ τῇ φύσει χρωμένους πάντας ἀνεπιδέκτους εἶναι τῆς εἰς τὸν σωτῆρα πίστεως καὶ τῆς ἐπὶ ταῖς τεραστείοις δυνάμεσιν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γινομέ- ναις καταπλήξεως· ἐγὼ δὲ νομίζω καὶ † περὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντάς τι γίνεσθαι μεταβαλόντας ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον ἐν τῇ Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίᾳ, ὥστε τινὰς ὅλας πόλεις ἢ καὶ ἔθνη οἰκειότερον πολλῶν ἐσχηκέναι τὰ πρὸς τὸν χριστόν.
ē legetō tis hēmin ti to aition tou dynasthai men tous endedymenous sarki kai haimati metabalontas ka- tapepheugenai epi ton theon dia Christou, tous de katharōterą tę̄ physei chrōmenous pantas anepidektous einai tēs eis ton sōtēra pisteōs kai tēs epi tais terasteiois dynamesin hypʼ autou ginome- nais kataplēxeōs; egō de nomizō kai † peri tous archontas ti ginesthai metabalontas epi to beltion en tę̄ Christou epidēmią, hōste tinas holas poleis ē kai ethnē oikeioteron pollōn eschēkenai ta pros ton christon.
Or let someone tell us what the reason is why those clothed in flesh and blood can change and take refuge in God through Christ, while those of a purer nature are all incapable of faith in the Savior and of amazement at the wondrous powers worked by him. I, for my part, think that … something happened among the rulers too, who changed for the better at Christ's coming, so that some whole cities or even nations have been more closely disposed toward Christ than many others.
13.414Preuschen 4:291
καὶ οὐδέν γε ἄτοπον κατὰ ταύτην τὴν ἐκδοχὴν ἔσται τὸ λέγεσθαι πρὸς τὸν βασιλικόν· »Ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, »οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε«.
kai ouden ge atopon kata tautēn tēn ekdochēn estai to legesthai pros ton basilikon; »Ean mē sēmeia kai terata idēte, »ou mē pisteusēte«.
And on this interpretation there will be nothing absurd in its being said to the royal official, “Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe.”
13.415Preuschen 4:291
δύναται δὲ περὶ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ θεοῦ παρα- καλεῖν ὁ βασιλικὸς γενόμενος πρὸς αὐτόν, ὅπως καταβῇ εἰς τὸ χωρίον τῆς νόσου τοῦ παιδίου καὶ ἰάσηται τὸν νενοσηκότα· ἀλλʼ οὐ πάντως καταβεβηκέναι δεῖ πρὸς τὸν υἱὸν τοὺ βασιλικοῦ πυρέττοντα· ἀρκεῖ γὰρ τὸ »Ὁ υἱός σου ζῇ« πρὸς σωτηρίαν λεγόμενον τοῦ παιδός, δρα- στηρίου ὄντος τοῦ λόγου καὶ ποιητικοῦ ὦν βούλεται ὁ λέγων.
dynatai de peri tēs dynameōs tou theou para- kalein ho basilikos genomenos pros auton, hopōs katabę̄ eis to chōrion tēs nosou tou paidiou kai iasētai ton nenosēkota; allʼ ou pantōs katabebēkenai dei pros ton huion tou basilikou pyrettonta; arkei gar to »Ho huios sou zę̄« pros sōtērian legomenon tou paidos, dra- stēriou ontos tou logou kai poiētikou ōn bouletai ho legōn.
And the royal official, coming to him, can make request of the power of God, that he come down to the place of the child's sickness and heal the one who has fallen ill. But it is not at all necessary for him to have gone down to the royal official's feverish son; for “Your son lives,” spoken for the boy's salvation, suffices, since the Word is effective and brings about whatever the speaker wills.
13.416Preuschen 4:291
. Ἔοικεν δὲ βασιλικὸν ὁ Ἡρακλέων λέγειν τὸν δημιουργόν, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐβαςίλευεν τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτόν· διὰ δὲ τὸ μικρὰν αὐτοῦ καὶ πρόσκαιρον εἶναι τὴν βασι- λείαν, φηςί, βασιλικὸς ὠνομάσθη, οἱονεὶ μικρός τις βασιλεὺς ὑπὸ καθολικοῦ βασιλέως τεταγμένος ἐπὶ μι- κρᾶς βασιλείας· τὸν δὲ ἐν Καφαρναοὺμ υἱὸν αὐτοῦ διη- γεῖται τὸν ἐν τῷ ὑποβεβηκότι μέρει τῆς μεςότητος τῷ πρὸς θάλασσαν, τουτέστιν τῷ συνημμένῳ τῇ ὕλῃ, καὶ λέγει ὅτι ὁ ἴδιος αὐτοῦ ἄνθρωπος ἀσθενῶν, τουτέστιν οὐ κατὰ φύσιν ἔχων, ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ καὶ ἁμαρτήμασιν ἦν.
. Eoiken de basilikon ho Hērakleōn legein ton dēmiourgon, epei kai autos ebasileuen tōn hypʼ auton; dia de to mikran autou kai proskairon einai tēn basi- leian, phēsi, basilikos ōnomasthē, hoionei mikros tis basileus hypo katholikou basileōs tetagmenos epi mi- kras basileias; ton de en Kapharnaoum huion autou diē- geitai ton en tǭ hypobebēkoti merei tēs mesotētos tǭ pros thalassan, toutestin tǭ synēmmenǭ tę̄ hylę̄, kai legei hoti ho idios autou anthrōpos asthenōn, toutestin ou kata physin echōn, en agnoią kai hamartēmasin ēn.
Heracleon seems to say that the royal official is the Demiurge, since he too reigned over those under him; but because his kingdom is small and temporary, he says, he was named “royal official,” as if a petty king appointed by a universal king over a small kingdom. And he explains his son in Capernaum as the one in the lower part of the Middle, the part toward the sea, that is, the part joined to matter; and he says that his own man, being sick, that is, not in his natural state, was in ignorance and sins.
13.417Preuschen 4:291
εἶτα τὸ »Ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν« ἀντὶ τοῦ »ἐκ τῆς ἄνωθεν Ἰουδαίας« * * * οὐκ οἶδα δὲ ὅπως εἰς τὸ »Ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν«· κινηθεὶς οἴεται ἀνατρέπεσθαι τὰ δόγματα τῶν ὑποτιθεμένων ἀθάνατον εἶναι τὴν ψυχὴν εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ συμβάλλεσθαι ὑπολαμβάνων καὶ τὸ ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα ἀπόλλυσθαι ἐν γεέννῃ.
eita to »Ek tēs Ioudaias eis tēn Galilaian« anti tou »ek tēs anōthen Ioudaias« * * * ouk oida de hopōs eis to »Ēmellen apothnę̄skein«; kinētheis oietai anatrepesthai ta dogmata tōn hypotithemenōn athanaton einai tēn psychēn eis to auto symballesthai hypolambanōn kai to psychēn kai sōma apollysthai en geennę̄.
Then “from Judea into Galilee” instead of “from Judea above” … And I do not know how, on “He was about to die,” he was moved to think that the doctrines of those who hold the soul to be immortal are overturned, supposing that “both soul and body are destroyed in Gehenna” contributes to the same point.
13.418Preuschen 4:291–292
καὶ οὐκ ἀθά- νατόν γε εἶναι ἡγεῖται τὴν ψυχὴν ὁ Ἡρακλέων, ἀλλʼ ἐπι- τηδείως ἔχουσαν πρὸς σωτηρίαν, αὐτὴν λέγων εἶναι τὸ ἐνδυόμενον ἀφθαρςίαν φθαρτὸν καὶ ἀθαναςίαν θνη- τόν, ὅταν »καταποθῇ ὁ θάνατος αὐτῆς εἰς νεῖκος«.
kai ouk atha- naton ge einai hēgeitai tēn psychēn ho Hērakleōn, allʼ epi- tēdeiōs echousan pros sōtērian, autēn legōn einai to endyomenon aphtharsian phtharton kai athanasian thnē- ton, hotan »katapothę̄ ho thanatos autēs eis neikos«.
And Heracleon does not think the soul immortal, but fit for salvation, saying that it is itself the corruptible that puts on incorruption and the mortal that puts on immortality, when “its death is swallowed up in victory.”
13.419Preuschen 4:292
πρὸς τούτοις καὶ τὸ »Ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ »πιστεύσητε« λέγεσθαί φησιν οἰκείως πρὸς τὸ τοιοῦτον πρόσωπον δί ἔργων φύσιν ἔχον καὶ διʼ αἰσθήσεως πεί- θεσθαι καὶ οὐχὶ λόγῳ πιστεύειν.
pros toutois kai to »Ean mē sēmeia kai terata idēte, ou mē »pisteusēte« legesthai phēsin oikeiōs pros to toiouton prosōpon di ergōn physin echon kai diʼ aisthēseōs pei- thesthai kai ouchi logǭ pisteuein.
Besides this, he says that “Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe” is said fittingly to such a person, who by nature is persuaded through works and through sense perception and does not believe a word.
13.420Preuschen 4:292
τὸ δὲ » Κατάβηθι πρὶν »ἀποθανεῖν τὸ παιδίον μου« διὰ τὸ τέλος εἶναι τοῦ νόμου τὸν θάνατον εἰρῆσθαι νομίζει, ἀναιροῦντος δι τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν· πρὶν τελέως οὖν, φηςί, θανατωθῆναι κατὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας δεῖται ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ μόνου σωτῆρος, ἵνα βοηθήσῃ τῷ υἱῷ, τουτέστιν τῇ τοιᾷδε φύσει.
to de » Katabēthi prin »apothanein to paidion mou« dia to telos einai tou nomou ton thanaton eirēsthai nomizei, anairountos di tōn hamartiōn; prin teleōs oun, phēsi, thanatōthēnai kata tas hamartias deitai ho patēr tou monou sōtēros, hina boēthēsę̄ tǭ huiǭ, toutestin tę̄ toiąde physei.
And “Come down before my child dies” he thinks is said because death is the end of the law, which kills through sins; before he is completely put to death, then, he says, in accordance with his sins, the father begs the only Savior to help his son, that is, such a nature.
13.421Preuschen 4:292
πρὸς σωτῆρι ἐξείληξεν, ἐπεὶ οὐκ εἶπεν· »ζήτω«, οὐδὲ ἐνέγηνεν αὐτὸς παρεσχῆσθαι τὴν ζωήν. λέγει δὲ ὅτι καταβὰς πρὸς τὸν κάμνοντα καὶ ἰαςάμενος αὐτὸν τῆς νόσου, τουτ- έστιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀφέσεως ζωοποιήσας εἶπεν· »Ὁ υἱός σου ζῇ«.
pros sōtēri exeilēxen, epei ouk eipen; »zētō«, oude enegēnen autos pareschēsthai tēn zōēn. legei de hoti katabas pros ton kamnonta kai iasamenos auton tēs nosou, tout- estin tōn hamartiōn, kai dia tēs apheseōs zōopoiēsas eipen; »Ho huios sou zę̄«.
He took … with reference to the Savior, since he did not say “Let him live,” nor did he show that he himself had provided the life. And he says that, having come down to the sufferer and healed him of his disease, that is, of his sins, and having made him alive through forgiveness, he said, “Your son lives.”
13.422Preuschen 4:292
καὶ ἐπιλέγει πρὸς τὸ »Ἐπίστευσεν« ὁ ἄνθρωπος· ὅτι εὔπιστος καὶ ὁ δημιουργός ἐστιν, ὅτι δύναται ὁ σωτὴρ καὶ μὴ παρὼν θεραπεύειν.
kai epilegei pros to »Episteusen« ho anthrōpos; hoti eupistos kai ho dēmiourgos estin, hoti dynatai ho sōtēr kai mē parōn therapeuein.
And on “The man believed” he adds that the Demiurge too is easily persuaded that the Savior can heal even when not present.
13.423Preuschen 4:292
δούλους δὲ τοῦ βασιλικοῦ ἐξείληφεν τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ δημιουργοῦ, ἀπαγγέλλοντας ἐν τῷ »Ὁ παῖς σου ζῇ«, ὅτι οἰκείως καὶ κατὰ τρόπον ἔχει, πράσσων μηκέτι τὰ ἀνοίκεια· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο νομίζει ἀπαγγέλλειν τῷ βασιλικῷ τοὺς δού- λους τὰ περὶ τῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ σωτηρίας, ἐπεὶ καὶ πρώ- τους οἴεται βλέπειν τὰς πράξεις τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἀν- θρώπων τοὺς ἀγγέλους, εἰ ἐρρωμένως καὶ εἰλικρινῶς πολιτεύοιντο ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπιδημίας.
doulous de tou basilikou exeilēphen tous angelous tou dēmiourgou, apangellontas en tǭ »Ho pais sou zę̄«, hoti oikeiōs kai kata tropon echei, prassōn mēketi ta anoikeia; kai dia touto nomizei apangellein tǭ basilikǭ tous dou- lous ta peri tēs tou huiou sōtērias, epei kai prō- tous oietai blepein tas praxeis tōn en tǭ kosmǭ an- thrōpōn tous angelous, ei errōmenōs kai eilikrinōs politeuointo apo tēs tou sōtēros epidēmias.
He took the royal official's servants to be the angels of the Demiurge, who announce in “Your boy lives” that he is in a proper and fitting state, no longer doing what is unfitting; and for this reason he thinks the servants announce to the royal official the news of his son's salvation, since he supposes that the angels are the first to see the actions of human beings in the world, whether they live vigorously and sincerely since the Savior's coming.
13.424Preuschen 4:292
ἔτι πρὸς τὴν ἑβδόμην ὥραν λέγει ὅτι διὰ τῆς ὥρας χαρακτηρί- ζεται ἡ φύσις τοῦ ἰαθέντος. ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τὸ »Ἐπίστευσεν »αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη« διηγήσατο ἐπὶ τῆς ἀγγε- λικῆς εἰρῆσθαι τάξεως καὶ ἀνθρώπων τῶν οἰκειο- τέρων αὐτῷ.
eti pros tēn hebdomēn hōran legei hoti dia tēs hōras charaktēri- zetai hē physis tou iathentos. epi pasin to »Episteusen »autos kai hē oikia autou holē« diēgēsato epi tēs ange- likēs eirēsthai taxeōs kai anthrōpōn tōn oikeio- terōn autǭ.
Further, on the seventh hour he says that the nature of the one healed is characterized by the hour. Finally he explained “He himself believed, and his whole household” as said of the angelic order and of the people more closely related to him.
13.425Preuschen 4:292–293
ζητεῖσθαι δέ φησι περί τινων ἀγγέλων εἰ σωθήσονται, τῶν κατελθόντων ἐπὶ τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων θυγατέρας. καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων δὲ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ τὴν ἀπώλειαν δηλοῦσθαι νομίζει ἐν τῷ »Οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασι- »λείας ἐξελεύσονται εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον«.
zēteisthai de phēsi peri tinōn angelōn ei sōthēsontai, tōn katelthontōn epi tas tōn anthrōpōn thygateras. kai tōn anthrōpōn de tou dēmiourgou tēn apōleian dēlousthai nomizei en tǭ »Hoi huioi tēs basi- »leias exeleusontai eis to skotos to exōteron«.
And he says it is a question whether certain angels will be saved, those who came down to the daughters of men. And he thinks the destruction of the Demiurge's people is shown in “The sons of the kingdom will go out into the outer darkness.”
13.426Preuschen 4:293
καὶ περὶ τούτων τὸν Ἡσαΐαν προφητεύειν τὸ »Υἱοὺς ἐγέν- »νησα καὶ ὕψωσα, αὐτοὶ δέ με ἠθέτησαν«, οὕστινας υἱοὺς ἀλλοτρίους, καὶ σπέρμα πονηρὸν καὶ ἄνομον καλεῖ, καὶ ἀμπελῶνα ἀκάνθας ποιήσαντα.
kai peri toutōn ton Hēsaïan prophēteuein to »Huious egen- »nēsa kai hypsōsa, autoi de me ēthetēsan«, houstinas huious allotrious, kai sperma ponēron kai anomon kalei, kai ampelōna akanthas poiēsanta.
And he says that Isaiah prophesied about them, “I begot sons and raised them up, but they rejected me,” whom he calls alien sons, and an evil and lawless seed, and a vineyard that produced thorns.
13.427Preuschen 4:293
Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν τὰ Ἡρακλέωνος, ἅπερ τολμηρότερον καὶ ἀσεβέστερον εἰρημένα ἐχρῆν μετὰ πολλῆς κατασκευῆς ἀποδεδεῖχθαι. εἴπερ ἦν ἀληθῆ. οὐκ οἶδε δὲ πῶς καὶ περὶ ἀθανασίας ψυχῆς ἀπιστεῖ, μὴ ἐκλαβὼν πόσα σημαίνεται ἐκ τῆς »θάνατος« φωνῆς.
Kai tauta men ta Hērakleōnos, haper tolmēroteron kai asebesteron eirēmena echrēn meta pollēs kataskeuēs apodedeichthai. eiper ēn alēthē. ouk oide de pōs kai peri athanasias psychēs apistei, mē eklabōn posa sēmainetai ek tēs »thanatos« phōnēs.
These, then, are Heracleon's views, which, being stated rather boldly and impiously, should have been proved with much argument, if they were true. And I do not know how he also disbelieves in the immortality of the soul, not having grasped how many meanings the word “death” has.
13.428Preuschen 4:293
καθορῶντα γὰρ ἔδει τὸ σημαινόμενον μετʼ ἐπισκέψεως καὶ ἀκριβείας ἰδεῖν εἰ κατὰ πάντα τὰ σημαινόμενα θνητή ἐστιν.
kathorōnta gar edei to sēmainomenon metʼ episkepseōs kai akribeias idein ei kata panta ta sēmainomena thnētē estin.
For, discerning the meaning, he ought to have seen with consideration and precision whether the soul is mortal in all the senses.
13.429Preuschen 4:293
εἰ μὲν γὰρ ὅτι δεκτικὴ ἁμαρτίας, ψυχὴ δὲ ἡ ἁμαρτάνουσα αὐτὴ ἀποθανεῖται, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐροῦμεν αὐτὴν θνητήν· εἰ δὲ τὴν παντελῆ διάλυσιν καὶ ἐξαφανισμὸν αὐτῆς θάνατον νομίζει, ἡμεῖς οὐ προσησόμεθα οὐδὲ μέχρι ἐπινοίας ἰδεῖν δυνάμενοι οὐσίαν θνητὴν μεταβάλλουσαν εἰς ἀθάνατον, καὶ φύσιν φθαρτὴν ἐπὶ τὸ ἄφθαρτον· ὅμοιον γὰρ τοῦτο τῷ λέγειν μεταβάλλειν τι ἀπὸ σώματος εἰς ἀσώματον· ὡς ὑποκειμένου τινὸς κοινοῦ τῆς τῶν σωμάτων καὶ ἀσωμάτων φύσεως, ὅπερ μένει, ὥσπερ μένειν φασὶ τὸ ὑλικὸν οἱ περὶ ταῦτα δεινοὶ τῶν ποιοτήτων μεταβαλλουσῶν εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν. οὐ ταὐτὸν δέ ἐστιν τὸ τὴν φθαρτὴν φύσιν ἐνδύεσθαι ἀφθαρσίαν, καὶ τὸ τὴν φθαρτὴν φύσιν μεταβάλλειν εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν.
ei men gar hoti dektikē hamartias, psychē de hē hamartanousa autē apothaneitai, kai hēmeis eroumen autēn thnētēn; ei de tēn pantelē dialysin kai exaphanismon autēs thanaton nomizei, hēmeis ou prosēsometha oude mechri epinoias idein dynamenoi ousian thnētēn metaballousan eis athanaton, kai physin phthartēn epi to aphtharton; homoion gar touto tǭ legein metaballein ti apo sōmatos eis asōmaton; hōs hypokeimenou tinos koinou tēs tōn sōmatōn kai asōmatōn physeōs, hoper menei, hōsper menein phasi to hylikon hoi peri tauta deinoi tōn poiotētōn metaballousōn eis aphtharsian. ou tauton de estin to tēn phthartēn physin endyesthai aphtharsian, kai to tēn phthartēn physin metaballein eis aphtharsian.
For if he means that it is capable of sin, and “the soul that sins, it shall die,” we too shall say that it is mortal; but if he regards death as its complete dissolution and annihilation, we shall not accept it, being unable even in thought to see a mortal substance changing into an immortal one, or a corruptible nature into the incorruptible. For this is like saying that something changes from body to bodiless, as though there were some common substrate of the nature of bodies and of bodiless things, which remains, as those skilled in these matters say that the material substrate remains while the qualities change into incorruption. But it is not the same for the corruptible nature to put on incorruption and for the corruptible nature to change into incorruption.
13.430Preuschen 4:293
τὰ δʼ αὐτὰ καὶ περὶ τῆς θνητῆς λεκτέον, οὐ μεταβαλλούσης μὲν εἰς ἀθανασίαν, ἐνδυομένης δὲ αὐτήν.
ta dʼ auta kai peri tēs thnētēs lekteon, ou metaballousēs men eis athanasian, endyomenēs de autēn.
The same must be said of the mortal too: it does not change into immortality, but puts it on.
13.431Preuschen 4:293
ἔτι ἐπείπερ τὴν ψυχικὴν φύσιν ᾠήθη διʼ ἔργων καὶ αἰσθήσεως πείθεσθαι οὐχὶ δὲ λόγων, πευσόμεθα αὐτοῦ περὶ Παύλου ποίας φύσεως ἦν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ πνευματικῆς, πῶς διὰ τῆς τεραστίου ἐπιφανείας πεπίστευκεν; εἰ δʼ οὐκ ἄλλως ἐδύνατο πιστεύειν ἢ διὰ τῆς τεραστίου ἐπιφανείας, ἀκολουθεῖ κατʼ αὐτοὺς καὶ αὐτὸν εἶναι ψυχικόν.
eti epeiper tēn psychikēn physin ǭēthē diʼ ergōn kai aisthēseōs peithesthai ouchi de logōn, peusometha autou peri Paulou poias physeōs ēn. ei men gar pneumatikēs, pōs dia tēs terastiou epiphaneias pepisteuken? ei dʼ ouk allōs edynato pisteuein ē dia tēs terastiou epiphaneias, akolouthei katʼ autous kai auton einai psychikon.
Further, since he thought the psychic nature is persuaded through works and sense perception and not through words, we shall ask him of what nature Paul was. For if spiritual, how did he believe through the wondrous appearance? But if he could not believe otherwise than through the wondrous appearance, it follows on their view that he too was psychic.
13.432Preuschen 4:293–294
πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἀσεβὲς τὸ πρὸ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν τὸ ἐρρωμένον καὶ τὸ εἰλικρινὲς τῆς πολιτείας τῶν ὑπὸ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ σωτῆρος βελτιωθέντων καὶ παρὰ τὸ ἐναργὲς τοῦ περὶ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ λόγου, ἔτι δὲ καὶ παρὰ τὴν γραφὴν τὴν λέγουσαν· »Εἰ κρυβήσεται ἄνθρωπος ἐν κρυφαίοις, κἀγὼ οὐκ ὄψομαι αὐτόν;« καὶ »Κύριος ἐτάζων νεφροὺς καὶ καρδίας« καὶ »Κύριος γινώσκει »τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων κἂν ὦσιν μάταιοι;«
pōs de ouk asebes to pro tou dēmiourgou tous angelous autou theōrein to errōmenon kai to eilikrines tēs politeias tōn hypo tēs dynameōs tou sōtēros beltiōthentōn kai para to enarges tou peri tou dēmiourgou logou, eti de kai para tēn graphēn tēn legousan; »Ei krybēsetai anthrōpos en kryphaiois, kagō ouk opsomai auton?« kai »Kyrios etazōn nephrous kai kardias« kai »Kyrios ginōskei »tous dialogismous tōn anthrōpōn kan ōsin mataioi?«
And how is it not impious that the Demiurge's angels should see, before the Demiurge himself, the vigor and sincerity of the way of life of those improved by the Savior's power, against the clear account concerning the Demiurge, and further against Scripture, which says, “If a man hides in secret places, shall I not see him?” and “The Lord who tests hearts and kidneys,” and “The Lord knows the reasonings of men, that they are vain”?
13.433Preuschen 4:294
πῶς δὲ σώσει καὶ τὸ »῾Ο εἰδὼς τὰ πάντα πρὶν γενέσεως αὐτῶν;« τί δὲ μᾶλλον ἡ φύσις χαρακτηρίζεται τοῦ ἰαθέντος ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῆς ὥρας, ἢ ἡ φύσις τῆς ἰάσεως γινομένης τῷ οἰκείῳ τῇ ἀναπαύσει ἀριθμῷ; τὸ δὲ διαφθορὰς εἶναι ψυχικῶν, ἐπὶ τέλει ὧν ἐξεθέμεθα ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ εἰρημένων ἀναγεγραμμένον, ὁμωνυμίᾳ χρωμένου ἐστὶν καὶ ἑτέραν φύσιν εἰσάγοντος τετάρτην, ὅπερ οὐ βούλεται. Τοῦτο δὲ Πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐλθὼν ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν.
pōs de sōsei kai to »῾O eidōs ta panta prin geneseōs autōn?« ti de mallon hē physis charaktērizetai tou iathentos apo tou arithmou tēs hōras, ē hē physis tēs iaseōs ginomenēs tǭ oikeiǭ tę̄ anapausei arithmǭ? to de diaphthoras einai psychikōn, epi telei hōn exethemetha hypʼ autou eirēmenōn anagegrammenon, homōnymią chrōmenou estin kai heteran physin eisagontos tetartēn, hoper ou bouletai. Touto de Palin deuteron sēmeion epoiēsen ho ᾿Iēsous elthōn ek tēs Ioudaias eis tēn Galilaian.
And how will he preserve “He who knows all things before they come to be”? And why is the nature of the one healed characterized by the number of the hour rather than the nature of the healing, which takes place at the number proper to rest? And the statement that there are corruptions of psychics, recorded at the end of the sayings of his that we set out, is that of one who uses a word equivocally and introduces a fourth nature, which he does not intend. “This again is the second sign that Jesus did, having come from Judea into Galilee.”
13.434Preuschen 4:294
Τὸ ῥητὸν ἀμφίβολόν ἐστιν· σημαίνει γὰρ τὸ μέν τι τοιοῦτον· έν τῇ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ἐπιδημίᾳ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς δύο σημεῖα πεποίηκεν, ὡν τὸ περὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ βασιλικοῦ δεύτερόν ἐστιν· τὸ δέ τι τοιοῦτον· δύο σημείων ὄντων, ἃ ἐποίησεν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τὸ δεύτερον πεποίηκεν ἐλθὼν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν.
To rhēton amphibolon estin; sēmainei gar to men ti toiouton; en tę̄ apo tēs Ioudaias eis tēn Galilaian epidēmią ho ᾿Iēsous dyo sēmeia pepoiēken, hōn to peri ton huion tou basilikou deuteron estin; to de ti toiouton; dyo sēmeiōn ontōn, ha epoiēsen en tę̄ Galilaią ho Iēsous, to deuteron pepoiēken elthōn apo tēs Ioudaias eis tēn Galilaian.
The text is ambiguous. For it means either something like this: in his visit from Judea to Galilee Jesus did two signs, of which the one concerning the royal official's son is the second; or something like this: of the two signs that Jesus did in Galilee, he did the second having come from Judea into Galilee.
13.435Preuschen 4:294
καὶ τοῦτό γέ ἐστιν τὸ δεκτὸν καὶ ἀληθές· οὐ γὰρ τὸ πρότερον ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ἐλθὼν πεποίηκεν (τὸ δὲ πρότερόν ἐστιν τὸ περὶ τὴν μεταβολὴν τοῦ ὕδατος εἰς οἶνον), ὅπερ γέγονεν τῇ ἐπαύριον τοῦ ᾿Ανδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν Σίμωνος Πέτρου, πυθόμενον ποῦ μένει, περὶ δεκάτην ὥραν τῆς ἡμέρας μεμενηκέναι παρὰ τῷ κυρίῳ· γέγραπται γάρ· »Τῇ ἐπαύ»ριον ἠθέλησεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον‘.
kai touto ge estin to dekton kai alēthes; ou gar to proteron apo tēs Ioudaias eis tēn Galilaian elthōn pepoiēken (to de proteron estin to peri tēn metabolēn tou hydatos eis oinon), hoper gegonen tę̄ epaurion tou ᾿Andrean ton adelphon Simōnos Petrou, pythomenon pou menei, peri dekatēn hōran tēs hēmeras memenēkenai para tǭ kyriǭ; gegraptai gar; »Tę̄ epau»rion ēthelēsen exelthein eis tēn Galilaian, kai heuriskei Philippon‘.
And this is the acceptable and true one. For he did not do the first sign having come from Judea into Galilee (the first is the one concerning the changing of the water into wine), which happened on the day after Andrew, the brother of Simon Peter, having asked where he was staying, stayed with the Lord about the tenth hour of the day; for it is written: “The next day he wanted to go out into Galilee, and he finds Philip.”
13.436Preuschen 4:294
ὅρα δὲ τὴν οἰκονομίαν εἰ δυνάμεθα νοῆσαι τὸ καὶ ἐπισεσημειῶσθαι τὸν εὐαγγελιστὴν περὶ τοῦ δεύτερον τοῦτο τὸ σημεῖον γεγονέναι, κατελθόντος ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν τοῦ κυρίου.
hora de tēn oikonomian ei dynametha noēsai to kai episesēmeiōsthai ton euangelistēn peri tou deuteron touto to sēmeion gegonenai, katelthontos apo tēs Ioudaias eis tēn Galilaian tou kyriou.
But see whether we can understand the purpose in the evangelist's also noting that this second sign took place when the Lord had come down from Judea into Galilee.
13.437Preuschen 4:294
ἐλέγομεν δὲ έν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω δύνασθαι τὰς δύο εἰς τὴν Κανᾶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἐπιδημίας εἰς σύμβολον λαμβάνεσθαι τῶν δύο αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν γῆν ἐπιδημιῶν, ἥτις παρὰ τὸ < αὐτοῦ γεγονέναι εἰληφότος πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς Κανᾶ ὠνομάσθη.
elegomen de en tois anōterō dynasthai tas dyo eis tēn Kana tou sōtēros hēmōn epidēmias eis symbolon lambanesthai tōn dyo autou eis tēn gēn epidēmiōn, hētis para to < autou gegonenai eilēphotos pasan exousian hōs en ouranǭ kai epi gēs Kana ōnomasthē.
We said above that our Savior's two visits to Cana can be taken as a symbol of his two comings to the earth, which was named Cana because he had received all authority as in heaven so on earth.
13.438Preuschen 4:294–295
τῇ μὲν οὐν προτέρᾳ ἐπιδημίᾳ μετὰ τὸ λουτρὸν ἡμᾶς εὐφραίνει συνδιαιτωμένους αὐτῷ, καὶ διδοὺς τοῦ ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ οἴνου πιεῖν, ὕδατος μὲν τυγχάνοντος ὅτε ἠντλεῖτο πρότερον, οἴνου δὲ γενομένου ὅτε αὐτὸν μετεΠοίησεν Ἰησοῦς. καὶ γὰρ ἀληθῶς πρὸ μὲν Ἰησοῦ ἡ γραφὴ ὕδωρ ἦν, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ οἶνος ἡμῖν γεγένηται.
tę̄ men oun proterą epidēmią meta to loutron hēmas euphrainei syndiaitōmenous autǭ, kai didous tou ek tēs dynameōs autou oinou piein, hydatos men tynchanontos hote ēntleito proteron, oinou de genomenou hote auton metePoiēsen Iēsous. kai gar alēthōs pro men Iēsou hē graphē hydōr ēn, apo de tou Iēsou oinos hēmin gegenētai.
In the first coming, then, after the washing, he gladdens us who live with him, giving us to drink of the wine that comes from his power, which was water when it was first drawn, but became wine when Jesus transformed it. And truly, before Jesus Scripture was water, but from Jesus it has become wine for us.
13.439Preuschen 4:295
τῇ δὲ δευτέρᾳ ἐπιδημίᾳ ἀπολύει τοῦ πυρετοῦ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς κρίσεως, ἣν ἐπιστεύθη κρίνειν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀπολύων τοῦ πυρετοῦ καὶ ἰώμενος παντελῶς τὸν τοῦ βασιλικοῦ υἱόν, εἴτε ᾿Αβραὰμ εἴτε ἄρχοντός τινος ὀνομαζομένου βασιλικοῦ.
tę̄ de deuterą epidēmią apolyei tou pyretou kata ton kairon tēs kriseōs, hēn episteuthē krinein apo tou theou, apolyōn tou pyretou kai iōmenos pantelōs ton tou basilikou huion, eite ᾿Abraam eite archontos tinos onomazomenou basilikou.
But in the second coming he frees from the fever at the time of the judgment, which he was entrusted by God to exercise, freeing from the fever and completely healing the son of the royal official, whether Abraham or some ruler called a royal official.
13.440Preuschen 4:295
καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ὡς πρός τινα διήγησιν παραξύουσαν τὰς προτέρας. ἐπεὶ δὲ μεμνῆσθαι ἡμᾶς ἐαυτῶν δεῖ, λεκτέον ὅτι δυνατὸν πάσῃ τῇ κτήσει αὐτοῦ τὴν διττὴν ταύτην νοεῖσθαι ἐπιδημίαν.
kai tauta men hōs pros tina diēgēsin paraxyousan tas proteras. epei de memnēsthai hēmas eautōn dei, lekteon hoti dynaton pasę̄ tę̄ ktēsei autou tēn dittēn tautēn noeisthai epidēmian.
So much for an explanation that just grazes the former ones. But since we must remember ourselves, we must say that this twofold coming can be understood in the case of all his possession.
13.441Preuschen 4:295
ἐπιστήσεις δὲ εἰ προηγουμένην μὲν κατὰ τοῦτο τὴν πρώτην λεκτέον ἑπομένην δὲ τὴν δευτέραν, ὥστε τῇ μὲν προηγουμένῃ εὐφραίνεσθαι τοὺς παραδεξαμένους αὐτόν, τῇ δὲ δευτέρᾳ πάσης νόσου ἀπολύεσθαι καὶ τῶν πεπυρωμένων τοῦ ἐχθροῦ βελῶν τοὺς μὴ βουληθέντας πρότερον τοῦ οἴνου αὐτοῦ πιεῖν.
epistēseis de ei proēgoumenēn men kata touto tēn prōtēn lekteon hepomenēn de tēn deuteran, hōste tę̄ men proēgoumenę̄ euphrainesthai tous paradexamenous auton, tę̄ de deuterą pasēs nosou apolyesthai kai tōn pepyrōmenōn tou echthrou belōn tous mē boulēthentas proteron tou oinou autou piein.
And you will consider whether in this respect the first should be called the leading coming and the second the following one, so that by the leading one those who received him are gladdened, while by the second those who were not willing earlier to drink his wine are freed from every sickness and from the flaming darts of the enemy.
13.442Preuschen 4:295
καὶ τὰ μὲν τῆς πρώτης δυνάμεως ἀμέριστά ἐστιν· ἐν Κανᾷ γὰρ ὁ ποιῶν τὸ ὕδωρ οἶνον ἦν καὶ οἱ πίνοντες· τὰ δὲ τῆς δευτέρας οἱονεὶ ἔχει τινὰ μερισμόν· ὁ γὰρ τοῦ βασιλικοῦ υἱὸς νοσῶν οὐκ ἦν ὅπου Ἰησοῦς·
kai ta men tēs prōtēs dynameōs amerista estin; en Kaną gar ho poiōn to hydōr oinon ēn kai hoi pinontes; ta de tēs deuteras hoionei echei tina merismon; ho gar tou basilikou huios nosōn ouk ēn hopou Iēsous;
And the deeds of the first power are undivided, for the one who made the water wine and those who drank were in Cana; but those of the second have, as it were, a certain division, for the royal official's sick son was not where Jesus was.
13.443Preuschen 4:295
οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἐν Κανᾷ ἀλλʼ ἐν Καφαρναούμ. καὶ ὁ μὲν τῆς δυνάμεως λόγος ἀπὸ τῆς Κανᾶ ἐξέρχεται· τὸ γὰρ »῾Ο υἱός σου ζῇ« ἐν Κανᾷ εἴρηται· τὸ δὲ τοῦ λόγου ἔργον ἐν Καφαρναοὺμ γίνεται· ἐκεῖ γὰρ νοσῶν ὁ τοῦ βασιλικοῦ υἱὸς λόγῳ ἐθεραπεύθη τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἑβδόμην ὥραν.
ou gar ēn en Kaną allʼ en Kapharnaoum. kai ho men tēs dynameōs logos apo tēs Kana exerchetai; to gar »῾O huios sou zę̄« en Kaną eirētai; to de tou logou ergon en Kapharnaoum ginetai; ekei gar nosōn ho tou basilikou huios logǭ etherapeuthē tou Iēsou kata tēn hebdomēn hōran.
For he was not in Cana but in Capernaum. And the word of power goes out from Cana, for “Your son lives” was said in Cana; but the word's work is done in Capernaum, for there the royal official's sick son was healed by the word of Jesus at the seventh hour.
13.444Preuschen 4:295
τοῦτον δὲ λόγῳ εὑρίσκομεν θεραπευθέντα ἀπὸ μὴ παρεῖναι νομιζομένου αὐτῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ τὸν τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου δοῦλον· καὶ γὰρ ἀπʼ ἐκείνου εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου οὐ γίνεται ὁ κύριος εἰπόντος· »Κύριε, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς ἴνα μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην εἰσέλθῃς, ἀλλὰ μόνον εἰπὲ λόγῳ, καὶ ἰαθήσεται«· διό φησι πρὸς αὐτόν· »Ὕπαγε, καὶ ὡς ἐπίστευσας γενηθήτω σοι«.
touton de logǭ heuriskomen therapeuthenta apo mē pareinai nomizomenou autǭ tou Iēsou, kai ton tou hekatontarchou doulon; kai gar apʼ ekeinou eis tēn oikian tou hekatontarchou ou ginetai ho kyrios eipontos; »Kyrie, ouk eimi hikanos ina mou hypo tēn stegēn eiselthę̄s, alla monon eipe logǭ, kai iathēsetai«; dio phēsi pros auton; »Hypage, kai hōs episteusas genēthētō soi«.
And we find that the centurion's servant too was healed by a word from Jesus, who was thought not to be present with him; for from there the Lord does not go into the centurion's house, since the centurion said, “Lord, I am not worthy that you should come under my roof; but only speak a word, and he will be healed”; wherefore he says to him, “Go, and as you have believed, let it be done for you.”
13.445Preuschen 4:295
Τετηρήκαμεν δὲ καὶ ὅτι ἐν Καφαρναοὺμ ἀμφότεροι ἠσαν νοσοῦντες, ὅ τε τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου παῖς καὶ ὁ τοῦ βασιλικοῦ υἱός. καὶ ἡ πενθερὰ δὲ Πέτρου βεβλημένη ἐπύρεσσεν ἐν Καφαρναούμ, ἡς ἁψάμενος τῆς χειρὸς ἰάσατο τὴν βεβλημένην, ὡς ἐγερθεῖσαν διακονεῖν αὐτῶ̣.
Tetērēkamen de kai hoti en Kapharnaoum amphoteroi ēsan nosountes, ho te tou hekatontarchou pais kai ho tou basilikou huios. kai hē penthera de Petrou beblēmenē epyressen en Kapharnaoum, hēs hapsamenos tēs cheiros iasato tēn beblēmenēn, hōs egertheisan diakonein autō.
We have observed also that both the sick were in Capernaum, the centurion's boy and the royal official's son. And Peter's mother-in-law, lying sick, had a fever in Capernaum; he touched her hand and healed her who lay sick, so that she rose and served him.
13.446Preuschen 4:295–296
καὶ οὗτοι μὲν ἡμέρας ἐθεραπεύθησαν ἐν Καφαρναούμ· ὁ μὲν τοῦ βασιλικοῦ υἱὸς ὥραν ἑβδόμην, ὁ δὲ τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου παῖς καὶ ἡ τοῦ Πέτρου πενθερὰ πρὸ τῆς ὀψίας. »᾿Οψίας δὲ γενομένης »(κατὰ τὸν Ματθαῖον, ἐν Καφαρναούμ) προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δαιμονζο- »μένους πολλοὺς καὶ ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ, καὶ πάντας »κακῶς ἔχοντας ἐθεράπευσεν«. βράδιον οὖν τινες ὑπὸ Ἰησοῦ θερα- πεύονται καὶ ἕτεροι τάχιον· οἱ γὰρ ὀψίας βράδιον, ὡς ἐλάττονες ὄντες δαιμονῶσιν γὰρ καὶ ἔχουσιν κακῶς) τῶν ἡμέρας τεθεραπευμένων.
kai houtoi men hēmeras etherapeuthēsan en Kapharnaoum; ho men tou basilikou huios hōran hebdomēn, ho de tou hekatontarchou pais kai hē tou Petrou penthera pro tēs opsias. »᾿Opsias de genomenēs »(kata ton Matthaion, en Kapharnaoum) prosēnenkan autǭ daimonzo- »menous pollous kai exebalen ta pneumata logǭ, kai pantas »kakōs echontas etherapeusen«. bradion oun tines hypo Iēsou thera- peuontai kai heteroi tachion; hoi gar opsias bradion, hōs elattones ontes daimonōsin gar kai echousin kakōs) tōn hēmeras tetherapeumenōn.
And these were healed by day in Capernaum: the royal official's son at the seventh hour, and the centurion's boy and Peter's mother-in-law before evening. “When evening came (according to Matthew, in Capernaum) they brought to him many who were possessed by demons, and he cast out the spirits with a word and healed all who were sick.” Some, then, are healed by Jesus more slowly and others more quickly; for those at evening are healed more slowly, as being lesser (for they are demon-possessed and sick) than those healed by day.
13.447Preuschen 4:296
φιλοτιμητέον δὲ συναγαγεῖν τοὺς τόπους ἔνθα εὑρέθησαν οἱ δεόμενοι θεραπείας, καὶ σημειωτέον ἐν ποίοις τόποις ἄλλα γέγονεν σημεῖα, κοὶ οὐ τὰ περὶ τοὺς κάμνοντας· οἷον ἐν τῇ Σαμαρείᾳ σημεῖον ἠν τὸ »Πέντε ἄνδρας ἔσχες, καὶ νῦν ὃν ἔχεις οὐκ ἔστιν σου ἀνήρ« ἐφʼ ᾡ καὶ καταπλαγεῖσα ἡ γυνή φησιν· »Θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ »σύ«· τοῖς τε πολίταις λέγει· »Δεῦτε ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον, ὃς εἶπέν μοι »πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα· μήτι οὗτός έστιν ὁ χριστός;«
philotimēteon de synagagein tous topous entha heurethēsan hoi deomenoi therapeias, kai sēmeiōteon en poiois topois alla gegonen sēmeia, koi ou ta peri tous kamnontas; hoion en tę̄ Samareią sēmeion ēn to »Pente andras esches, kai nyn hon echeis ouk estin sou anēr« ephʼ hǭ kai kataplageisa hē gynē phēsin; »Theōrō hoti prophētēs ei »sy«; tois te politais legei; »Deute idete anthrōpon, hos eipen moi »panta hosa epoiēsa; mēti houtos estin ho christos?«
We should take pains to collect the places where those needing healing were found, and note in what places other signs occurred, not those concerning the sick; for example, in Samaria the sign was “You have had five husbands, and the one you now have is not your husband,” at which the woman, astonished, says, “I see that you are a prophet,” and tells her fellow citizens, “Come, see a man who told me everything I did; can this be the Christ?”
13.448Preuschen 4:296
παρατηρητέον δὲ καὶ τοὺς λόγους αὐτοῦ, ποῦ καὶ διὰ τί καὶ ἐπὶ τώι πεπραγμένοις λέγονται· ὑπὸ γὰρ μόνων τῶν τοιούτων παρατηρήσεων καὶ ἐξετάσεων † τὰς βασάνους εὑρήσει κατὰ βραχὺ τοὺς καρΠοὺς τῶν πόνων, τὴν έν ψαλμοῖς εὐλογίαν λέγουσαν· Τοὺς καρποὺς τῶν πόνων σου φαγεσαι«.
paratērēteon de kai tous logous autou, pou kai dia ti kai epi tōi pepragmenois legontai; hypo gar monōn tōn toioutōn paratērēseōn kai exetaseōn † tas basanous heurēsei kata brachy tous karPous tōn ponōn, tēn en psalmois eulogian legousan; Tous karpous tōn ponōn sou phagesai«.
And his words too should be observed: where, why, and on what occasions they are spoken. For only through such observations and examinations … will one find, little by little, the fruits of one's labors, the blessing in the Psalms that says: “You shall eat the fruits of your labors.”
13.449Preuschen 4:296
Ἔτι πρὸς τὸ Τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν »ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς« καὶ τοῦτο λεκτέον, ὅτι οὐδαμοῦ μὲν ὠνομάσθη μόνα τὰ τέρατα· εἴ που γὰρ λέγεται, μετὰ τῶν σημείων ἀναγέγραπται, ὥσπερ ἐν τῷ »᾿Εὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε«· πολλαχοῦ δὲ τὰ σημεῖα χωρὶς τῶν τεράτων † ἴδητε, ὃν τρόπον καὶ νῦν.
Eti pros to Touto de palin deuteron sēmeion epoiēsen »ho ᾿Iēsous« kai touto lekteon, hoti oudamou men ōnomasthē mona ta terata; ei pou gar legetai, meta tōn sēmeiōn anagegraptai, hōsper en tǭ »᾿Ean mē sēmeia kai terata idēte, ou mē pisteusēte«; pollachou de ta sēmeia chōris tōn teratōn † idēte, hon tropon kai nyn.
Further, on “This again is the second sign that Jesus did” this too must be said: that nowhere are wonders named alone; for wherever they are mentioned, they are recorded together with signs, as in “Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe”; but in many places signs are mentioned without wonders, as here.
13.450Preuschen 4:296
καὶ ζητητέον γε, εἰ ἔχει τινὰ διαφορὰν πρὸς ἄλληλα τὰ τέρατα καὶ τὰ σημεῖα. οἶμαι δὲ τὰς μὲν παραδόξους καὶ τεραστίους δυνάμεις κατʼ αὐτὸ τὸ παράδοξον καὶ ἐκβεβηκὸς τὴν συνήθειαν θαυμάσιόν τε καὶ ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον γινόμενον »τέρατα« ὀνομάζεσθαι· τὰ δὲ δηλωτικά τινων ἑτέρων παρὰ τὰ γινόμενα »σημεῖα« λέγεσθαι· διόπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν μὴ παραδόξων τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ σημείου εὑρίσκομεν.
kai zētēteon ge, ei echei tina diaphoran pros allēla ta terata kai ta sēmeia. oimai de tas men paradoxous kai terastious dynameis katʼ auto to paradoxon kai ekbebēkos tēn synētheian thaumasion te kai hyper anthrōpon ginomenon »terata« onomazesthai; ta de dēlōtika tinōn heterōn para ta ginomena »sēmeia« legesthai; dioper kai epi tōn mē paradoxōn to onoma tou sēmeiou heuriskomen.
And we must ask whether wonders and signs differ from one another. I think that extraordinary and wondrous powers are called “wonders” by reason of the extraordinary itself, which goes beyond custom and is marvellous and happens beyond human power; while things that indicate something else besides what happens are called “signs”; for this reason we find the name “sign” used even of things that are not extraordinary.
13.451Preuschen 4:296
ἤγουν [περὶ] τὸ σημεῖον λέγεται ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τούτοις »Περιτμηθήσεται »ὑμῶν πᾶν ἀρσενικόν. καὶ περιτμηθήσεσθε τὴν σάρκα τῆς ἀκροβυ- »στίας ὑμῶν, καὶ ἔσται έν σημείῳ διαθήκης ἀνὰ μέσον ἐμοῦ καὶ »ὑμῶν«.
ēgoun [peri] to sēmeion legetai hypo tou theou en toutois »Peritmēthēsetai »hymōn pan arsenikon. kai peritmēthēsesthe tēn sarka tēs akroby- »stias hymōn, kai estai en sēmeiǭ diathēkēs ana meson emou kai »hymōn«.
For instance, “sign” is used by God in these words: “Every male among you shall be circumcised, and you shall be circumcised in the flesh of your foreskin, and it shall be a sign of the covenant between me and you.”
13.452Preuschen 4:296
οὐδαμοῦ δὲ μόνα τὰ τέρατα ὠνομάσθη, ἐπείπερ οὐκ ἔστιν τι παράδοξον γενόμενον ἐν τῇ γραφῇ, ὃ μή ἐστι σημεῖον καὶ σύμβολον ἑτέρου παρὰ τὸ αἰσθητῶς γεγενημένον· ὡς εἴπερ ἦν τεράστιόν τι γινόμενον οὐ συμβολικὸν ἑτέρου, ἐγέγραπτο ἂν αὐτὸ τὸ τέρας Πεποιηκέναι τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν, ἢ φέρʼ εἰπεῖν Μωσέα ἢ τινὰ τῶν ἁγίων.
oudamou de mona ta terata ōnomasthē, epeiper ouk estin ti paradoxon genomenon en tę̄ graphę̄, ho mē esti sēmeion kai symbolon heterou para to aisthētōs gegenēmenon; hōs eiper ēn terastion ti ginomenon ou symbolikon heterou, egegrapto an auto to teras Pepoiēkenai ton ᾿Iēsoun, ē pherʼ eipein Mōsea ē tina tōn hagiōn.
And wonders are nowhere named alone, since there is nothing extraordinary that happened in Scripture which is not a sign and symbol of something else besides what happened perceptibly; so that if there had been something wondrous that happened which was not symbolic of something else, it would have been written that Jesus, or, say, Moses or one of the saints, did the wonder alone.
13.453Preuschen 4:296–297
ὅτε μὲν οὐν διδασκόμεθα ἀπὸ τῆς γραφῆς δεῖν ζητεῖν τὸ οὗ σημεῖόν ἐστιν τὸ γεγενημένον λέγεται· Τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς«· ὅτε δὲ ὁ βασιλικὸς ὀνειδίζεται ὡς οὐκ ἂν πιστεύσων χωρὶς τῆς θεας τῶν παραδόξων, οὐκέτι λέγεται· »᾿Εὰν μὴ »σημεῖα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε« (οὐ γὰρ τὰ σημεῖα γινόμενα προκαλεῖται ἐπὶ τὸ πιστεύειν, ᾗ σημεῖά ἐστιν, ἐὰν τύχῃ τὸ σημεῖον μὴ εἶναι καὶ τέρας) ἀλλὰ »᾿Εὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἵδητε, οὐ μὴ πι- »στεύσητε« ὑμῶν μὲν πιστευόντων διὰ τὸ παράδοξον, ἡμῶν δὲ πρὸς τούτῳ καὶ διὰ τὸ οὗ ἐστι σημεῖον ἐπιτελούντων αὐτό.
hote men oun didaskometha apo tēs graphēs dein zētein to hou sēmeion estin to gegenēmenon legetai; Touto de palin deuteron sēmeion epoiēsen ho ᾿Iēsous«; hote de ho basilikos oneidizetai hōs ouk an pisteusōn chōris tēs theas tōn paradoxōn, ouketi legetai; »᾿Ean mē »sēmeia idēte, ou mē pisteusēte« (ou gar ta sēmeia ginomena prokaleitai epi to pisteuein, hę̄ sēmeia estin, ean tychę̄ to sēmeion mē einai kai teras) alla »᾿Ean mē sēmeia kai terata hidēte, ou mē pi- »steusēte« hymōn men pisteuontōn dia to paradoxon, hēmōn de pros toutǭ kai dia to hou esti sēmeion epitelountōn auto.
When, then, we are taught by Scripture that we must seek what the event is a sign of, it says, “This again is the second sign that Jesus did”; but when the royal official is reproached as one who would not believe without the sight of extraordinary things, it no longer says, “Unless you see signs, you will not believe” (for signs, when they happen, do not call to faith insofar as they are signs, if the sign happens not to be a wonder too), but “Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe”: you believing because of the extraordinary, but we, besides this, also because of that of which it is a sign, fulfilling it.
13.454Preuschen 4:297
ζητήσεις δὲ τὸ ἐν ἑβδομηκοστῷ ἑβδόμῳ ψαλμῷ· »῾Ως ἔθετο ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ τὰ σημεῖα »αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ τέρατα αὐτοῦ ἐν πεδίῳ Τάνεως«, πότερον τῷ ὑποκειμένῳ διαφέρει τὰ »σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα«, ἢ τὰ αὐτά, ᾗ μὲν σημεῖά ἐστιν, γέγονεν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς Αἰγύπτου ἀναγομένης ἐπί τινα νοητά· ᾗ δὲ τέρατα «ἐν πεδίῳ Τάνεως« οὔτε τῶν τεράτων, ᾗ τέρατα, οὔτε τοῦ πεδίου Τάνεως, ᾗ πεδίον Τάνεως, ἀλληγορουμένων· ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ τέρατα, ᾗ σημεῖά ἐστιν, δεῖται ἀναγωγῆς, καὶ τὸ πεδίον Τάνεως, ᾗ Αἵγυπτος.
zētēseis de to en hebdomēkostǭ hebdomǭ psalmǭ; »῾Ōs etheto en Aigyptǭ ta sēmeia »autou, kai ta terata autou en pediǭ Taneōs«, poteron tǭ hypokeimenǭ diapherei ta »sēmeia kai terata«, ē ta auta, hę̄ men sēmeia estin, gegonen en Aigyptǭ, kai autēs tēs Aigyptou anagomenēs epi tina noēta; hę̄ de terata «en pediǭ Taneōs« oute tōn teratōn, hę̄ terata, oute tou pediou Taneōs, hę̄ pedion Taneōs, allēgoroumenōn; alla kai ta terata, hę̄ sēmeia estin, deitai anagōgēs, kai to pedion Taneōs, hę̄ Haigyptos.
You will investigate also the saying in the seventy-seventh Psalm, “How he set his signs in Egypt, and his wonders in the plain of Tanis”: whether “signs and wonders” differ in their subject, or are the same things; insofar as they are signs, they happened in Egypt, Egypt itself being referred to certain intelligible realities; but insofar as they are wonders, “in the plain of Tanis,” neither the wonders, as wonders, nor the plain of Tanis, as the plain of Tanis, being allegorized. Yet the wonders too, insofar as they are signs, need the higher sense, and so does the plain of Tanis, insofar as it is Egypt.
13.455Preuschen 4:297
Αὐτόθι δὲ καταπαύσωμεν καὶ τὸν τρισκαιδέκατον τόμον, περιέχοντα διήγησιν τῶν μέχρι τῆς ἑβδόμης ἀρχῆθεν ἐπιδημίας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἐν Βηθαβαρᾷ παρὰ τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ βαπτιζόμενος γίνεται· δεύτερον δὲ τῇ Κανᾷ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐπιδημήσας τὸ ὕδωρ οἶνον ποιεῖ· τρίτον εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ καταβαίνει, καὶ ἁρμόζει γε, ὅπου καταβαίνει, εἶναι τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας· τέταρτον εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀνέρχεται· πέμπτον εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν γῆν συνδιατρίβει τοῖς μαθηταῖς· ἕκτον ἐν τῇ Σαμαρείᾳ παρὰ τῇ πηγῇ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ἐδίδαξεν, ἃ κατὰ δύναμιν ἐξητάσαμεν. καὶ ἕβδομον ἐν Κανᾷ τῆς Γαλιλαίας δεύτερον γίνεται· ἐν δὲ τῷ ἑξῆς, θεοῦ διδόντος, διαληψόμεθα περὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἐν ῾Ιεροσολύμοις πεπραγμένων αὐτῷ καὶ εἰρημένων.
Autothi de katapausōmen kai ton triskaidekaton tomon, periechonta diēgēsin tōn mechri tēs hebdomēs archēthen epidēmias tou Iēsou; prōton men gar en Bēthabarą para tǭ Iordanę̄ baptizomenos ginetai; deuteron de tę̄ Kaną tēs Galilaias epidēmēsas to hydōr oinon poiei; triton eis tēn Kapharnaoum katabainei, kai harmozei ge, hopou katabainei, einai tous asthenountas; tetarton eis Hierosolyma anerchetai; pempton eis tēn Ioudaian gēn syndiatribei tois mathētais; hekton en tę̄ Samareią para tę̄ pēgę̄ tou Iakōb edidaxen, ha kata dynamin exētasamen. kai hebdomon en Kaną tēs Galilaias deuteron ginetai; en de tǭ hexēs, theou didontos, dialēpsometha peri tōn en tę̄ heortę̄ tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn en ῾Ierosolymois pepragmenōn autǭ kai eirēmenōn.
Here let us end the thirteenth book as well, which contains the explanation of Jesus' visits from the beginning up to the seventh. First he is at Bethabara beside the Jordan, being baptized; second, visiting Cana of Galilee, he makes the water wine; third, he goes down to Capernaum, and it is fitting that where he goes down there should be the sick; fourth, he goes up to Jerusalem; fifth, he spends time with the disciples in the land of Judea; sixth, in Samaria at Jacob's well he taught what we have examined as far as we could; and seventh, he is in Cana of Galilee for the second time. In what follows, God granting, we shall treat what he did and said at the feast of the Jews in Jerusalem.
Chapter 19
19.1Preuschen 4:298
Εἰ μὲν πρὸς τοὺς αὐτοὺς ὁ λόγος ἠν ὁ λέγων· Κἀμὲ οἴδατε »πόθεν εἰμί« καὶ ὁ φάσκων· »Οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε οὔτε τὸν πατέρα μου«, ἄντικρυς ἂν ἔδοξεν ἐναντίον εἶναι τὸ λεγόμενον· νυνὶ δὲ τὸ μὲν »Κἀμὲ οἴδατε« πρός τινας τῶν Ἱεροσολυμιτῶν ἀπαγγέλλεται εἰρηκότας· »Μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χρι- »στός; ἀλλὰ τοῦτον οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν· ὁ δὲ χριστὸς ὅταν ἔρχηται, »οὐδεὶς γινώσκει πόθεν ἐστίν«· τὸ δὲ ὅτι »Οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε« καὶ τὸ ἑξῆς, πρὸς τοὺς εἰπόντας αὐτῷ Φαρισαίους· »Σὺ μαρτυρεῖς περὶ »σεαυτοῦ ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής«.
Ei men pros tous autous ho logos ēn ho legōn; Kame oidate »pothen eimi« kai ho phaskōn; »Oute eme oidate oute ton patera mou«, antikrys an edoxen enantion einai to legomenon; nyni de to men »Kame oidate« pros tinas tōn Hierosolymitōn apangelletai eirēkotas; »Mēpote alēthōs egnōsan hoi archontes hoti houtos estin ho chri- »stos? alla touton oidamen pothen estin; ho de christos hotan erchētai, »oudeis ginōskei pothen estin«; to de hoti »Oute eme oidate« kai to hexēs, pros tous eipontas autǭ Pharisaious; »Sy martyreis peri »seautou hē martyria sou ouk estin alēthēs«.
If the saying “You know me, and you know where I am from” and the saying “You know neither me nor my Father” were addressed to the same people, what is said would have seemed plainly contradictory. But in fact “You know me” is reported as said to some of the people of Jerusalem who had said, “Can it be that the rulers really know that this is the Christ? But we know where this man is from; and when the Christ comes, no one knows where he is from”; while “You know neither me” and what follows was said to the Pharisees who had said to him, “You testify about yourself; your testimony is not true.”
19.2Preuschen 4:298
πλὴν καὶ τοῖς ῾Ιεροσολυμίταις διὰ τῶν προτέρων, καὶ τοῖς Φαρισαίοις διὰ τῶν νῦν ἐξεταζομένων φησὶν ὅτι τὸν πατέρα οὐκ οἴδατε· τοῖς μὲν ῾Ιεροσολυμίταις διὰ τούτων »᾿Απʼ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλήλυθα, ἀλλʼ ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας »με, ὃν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε· ἐγὼ οἶδα αὐτόν, ὅτι παρʼ αὐτοῦ εἰμὶ κἀ- »κεῖνός με ἀπέστειλεν«. τοῖς δὲ Φαρισαίοις διὰ τοῦ »Οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε »οὔτε τὸν πατέρα μου· εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε«.
plēn kai tois ῾Ierosolymitais dia tōn proterōn, kai tois Pharisaiois dia tōn nyn exetazomenōn phēsin hoti ton patera ouk oidate; tois men ῾Ierosolymitais dia toutōn »᾿Apʼ emautou ouk elēlytha, allʼ estin alēthinos ho pempsas »me, hon hymeis ouk oidate; egō oida auton, hoti parʼ autou eimi ka- »keinos me apesteilen«. tois de Pharisaiois dia tou »Oute eme oidate »oute ton patera mou; ei eme ę̄deite, kai ton patera mou an ę̄deite«.
Yet to both, to the people of Jerusalem in the earlier words and to the Pharisees in the words now being examined, he says, “You do not know the Father”: to the people of Jerusalem in these words, “I have not come of myself, but he who sent me is true, whom you do not know. I know him, for I am from him, and he sent me”; and to the Pharisees in “You know neither me nor my Father; if you knew me, you would know my Father also.”
19.3Preuschen 4:298–299
καὶ ζητήσαι ἄν τις εὐλόγως ὅπως, εἴπερ ἀληθὲς τὸ »Εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε »καὶ τὸν πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε«, οἱ ῾Ιεροσολυμῖται, πρὸς οὕς φησι· »Κἀμὲ οἴδατε« οὐκ οἴδασι τὸν πατέρα. προσεπιτείνει δὲ τὴν εἰς τὸν τόπον ἀπορίαν καὶ ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐν τῇ καθολικῇ ἐπιστολῇ ταῦτα λέγων· »Ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱόν· πᾶς ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν »υἱόν, οὐδὲ τὸν πατέρα ἔχει«.
kai zētēsai an tis eulogōs hopōs, eiper alēthes to »Ei eme ę̄deite »kai ton patera mou an ę̄deite«, hoi ῾Ierosolymitai, pros hous phēsi; »Kame oidate« ouk oidasi ton patera. prosepiteinei de tēn eis ton topon aporian kai ho Iōannēs en tę̄ katholikę̄ epistolę̄ tauta legōn; »Ho arnoumenos ton patera kai ton huion; pas ho arnoumenos ton »huion, oude ton patera echei«.
And one might reasonably ask how, if “If you knew me, you would know my Father also” is true, the people of Jerusalem, to whom he says “You know me,” do not know the Father. And John in his catholic epistle adds to the difficulty about the passage when he says, “He who denies the Father and the Son; everyone who denies the Son does not have the Father either.”
19.4Preuschen 4:299
εἰ γὰρ »Ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱόν‘, καὶ »῾Ο ὁμολογῶν τὸν υἱόν καὶ τὸν πατέρα ἔχει«, δῆλον ὅτι οἱ ῾Ιεροσολυμῖται, ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ λέξει, τῷ μὴ γινώσκειν τὸν πατέρα ἀρνούμενοι τὸν πατέρα ἀρνοῦνται καὶ τὸν υἱόν.
ei gar »Ho arnoumenos ton patera kai ton huion‘, kai »῾O homologōn ton huion kai ton patera echei«, dēlon hoti hoi ῾Ierosolymitai, hoson epi tę̄ lexei, tǭ mē ginōskein ton patera arnoumenoi ton patera arnountai kai ton huion.
For if it is “he who denies the Father and the Son,” and “he who confesses the Son has the Father also,” it is plain that the people of Jerusalem, as far as the wording goes, by not knowing the Father deny the Father and deny the Son too.
19.5Preuschen 4:299
εἰ δὲ ἀρ- νοῦνται τὸν υἱόν, πῶς τὸ »Κἀμὲ οἴδατε« ἀληθές; πάλιν οἱ αὐτοὶ εἰ οἴδασιν τὸν υἱὸν διὰ τὸ Καὶ ἐμὲ οἴδατε«, (ἐπεὶ »Ὁ ὁμολογῶν »υἱὸν καὶ τὸν πατέρα ἔχει«) ὁμολογοῦσιν τὸν πατέρα. εἰ δὲ ὁμολογοῦσιν τὸν πατέρα, πῶς ἀληθὲς τὸ »᾿Αλλʼ ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας »με, ὃν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε«;
ei de ar- nountai ton huion, pōs to »Kame oidate« alēthes? palin hoi autoi ei oidasin ton huion dia to Kai eme oidate«, (epei »Ho homologōn »huion kai ton patera echei«) homologousin ton patera. ei de homologousin ton patera, pōs alēthes to »᾿Allʼ estin alēthinos ho pempsas »me, hon hymeis ouk oidate«?
But if they deny the Son, how is “You know me” true? Again, if the same people know the Son because of “You know me” (since “he who confesses the Son has the Father also”), they confess the Father. And if they confess the Father, how is “But he who sent me is true, whom you do not know” true?
19.6Preuschen 4:299
Λεκτέον δὲ πρὸς ταῦτα ὅτι ὁ σωτὴρ ὁτὲ μὲν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ ὡς περὶ ἀνθρώπου διαλέγεται, ὁτὲ δὲ ὡς περὶ θειοτέρας φύσεως καὶ ἡνωμένης τῇ ἀγενήτῳ τοῦ πατρὸς φύσει. ἐπὰν μὲν γὰρ λέγῃ· »Νῦν δὲ ζητεῖτέ με ἀποκτεῖναι, ἄνθρωπον ὃς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν »λελάληκα«, τοῦτό φησιν εἰδὼς τὸ ζητούμενον ἀναιρεθῆναι εἶναι οὐ θεὸν ἀλλὰ ἄνθρωπον· ἐὰν δὲ »᾿Εγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν« καὶ »᾿Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ ζωή« καὶ »᾿Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀνάστασις« καὶ τὰ τούτοις ὅμοια, οὐ περὶ τοῦ ζητουμένου ἀναιρεθῆναι ἀνθρώπου διδάσκει.
Lekteon de pros tauta hoti ho sōtēr hote men peri heautou hōs peri anthrōpou dialegetai, hote de hōs peri theioteras physeōs kai hēnōmenēs tę̄ agenētǭ tou patros physei. epan men gar legę̄; »Nyn de zēteite me apokteinai, anthrōpon hos tēn alētheian hymin »lelalēka«, touto phēsin eidōs to zētoumenon anairethēnai einai ou theon alla anthrōpon; ean de »᾿Egō kai ho patēr hen esmen« kai »᾿Egō eimi hē alētheia kai hē zōē« kai »᾿Egō eimi hē anastasis« kai ta toutois homoia, ou peri tou zētoumenou anairethēnai anthrōpou didaskei.
To this we must say that the Savior sometimes speaks of himself as of a man, and sometimes as of a more divine nature, united with the unbegotten nature of the Father. For when he says, “But now you seek to kill me, a man who has told you the truth,” he says this knowing that what was sought to be killed was not God but a man; but when he says “I and the Father are one,” and “I am the truth and the life,” and “I am the resurrection,” and the like, he is not teaching about the man who was sought to be killed.
19.7Preuschen 4:299
οὕτως οὖν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἡμῖν ζητουμένων ἐκ τῆς συμφράσεως κατανοητέον· τὸ μὲν Κἀμὲ οἴδατε καὶ οἴδατε πόθεν εἰμί« περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἑαυτοῦ διαλέγεται, τὸ δὲ »Οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε οὔτε τὸν πατέρα μου« περὶ τῆς θεότητος· τοῦ μὲν γὰρ »Κἀμὲ οἴδατε καὶ »οἴδατε πόθεν εἰμί« ταῦτα προτέτακται· »Ἔλεγον οὐν τινες ἐκ τῶν »῾Ιεροσολυμιτῶν· Οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι; καὶ ἴδε »παρρησίᾳ λαλεῖ καὶ οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν. μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν »οἱ ἄρχοντες ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστός; ἀλλὰ τοῦτον οἴδαμεν πόθεν »ἐστίν· ὁ δὲ χριστὸς ὅταν ἔρχηται, οὐδεὶς γινώσκει πόθεν ἐστίν«·
houtōs oun kai epi tōn kata to paron hēmin zētoumenōn ek tēs symphraseōs katanoēteon; to men Kame oidate kai oidate pothen eimi« peri tou anthrōpou heautou dialegetai, to de »Oute eme oidate oute ton patera mou« peri tēs theotētos; tou men gar »Kame oidate kai »oidate pothen eimi« tauta protetaktai; »Elegon oun tines ek tōn »῾Ierosolymitōn; Ouch houtos estin hon zētousin apokteinai? kai ide »parrēsią lalei kai ouden autǭ legousin. mēpote alēthōs egnōsan »hoi archontes hoti houtos estin ho christos? alla touton oidamen pothen »estin; ho de christos hotan erchētai, oudeis ginōskei pothen estin«;
So too, then, in the matters now under inquiry we must understand from the context: “You know me, and you know where I am from” speaks of himself as man, but “You know neither me nor my Father” of his divinity. For “You know me, and you know where I am from” is preceded by this: “Some of the people of Jerusalem therefore said, ‘Is this not the man whom they seek to kill? And look, he speaks openly, and they say nothing to him. Can it be that the rulers really know that this is the Christ? But we know where this man is from; and when the Christ comes, no one knows where he is from.’”
19.8Preuschen 4:299–300
τοῦ δὲ »Οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε οὔτε τὸν πατέρα μου« ταῦτα »Εἶπαν οὐν »αὐτῷ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι· Σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς· ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ »ἔστιν ἀληθής. ἀπεκρίθη † ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· κἂν ἐγὼ »μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία μου, ὅτι οἶδα »πόθεν ἦλθον καὶ ποῦ ὑπάγω.
tou de »Oute eme oidate oute ton patera mou« tauta »Eipan oun »autǭ hoi Pharisaioi; Sy peri seautou martyreis; hē martyria sou ouk »estin alēthēs. apekrithē † ho Iēsous kai eipen autois; kan egō »martyrō peri emautou, alēthēs estin hē martyria mou, hoti oida »pothen ēlthon kai pou hypagō.
And “You know neither me nor my Father” is preceded by this: “So the Pharisees said to him, ‘You testify about yourself; your testimony is not true.’ Jesus answered and said to them, ‘Even if I testify about myself, my testimony is true, because I know where I came from and where I am going.
19.9Preuschen 4:300
* * * ὑμεῖς κατὰ τὴν σάρκα κρίνετε »ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα. καὶ ἐὰν κρίνω δὲ ἐγώ, ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀλη- »θινή ἐστιν, ὅτι μόνος οὐκ εἰμί, ἀλλʼ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας με πατήρ«.
* * * hymeis kata tēn sarka krinete »egō ou krinō oudena. kai ean krinō de egō, hē krisis hē emē alē- »thinē estin, hoti monos ouk eimi, allʼ egō kai ho pempsas me patēr«.
… You judge according to the flesh; I judge no one. And even if I do judge, my judgment is true, because I am not alone, but I and the Father who sent me.’”
19.10Preuschen 4:300
δῆλον οὐν ἐκ τούτων ὅτι ὑπὸ μὲν τῶν ῾Ιεροσολυμιτῶν ἐλέγετο· »Τοῦτον οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν‘, ἀναφερόντων ἐπὶ τὸ ἐν Βηθλεὲμ αὐτὸν γεγενῆσθαι, καὶ ἐπισταμένων ὅτι οὗτος ἦν οὗ ἡ μήτηρ ἐλέγετο Μαρία, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ Ἰάκωβος καὶ Ἰωάννης καὶ Σίμων καὶ Ἰούδας. διόπερ καὶ μαρτυρεῖ τοῖς εἰρηκόσιν· »Οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν‘ διὰ τοῦ »Κἀμὲ οἴδατε καὶ οἴδατε πόθεν εἰμί«. τοῖς δὲ Φαρισαίοις τὸ »Κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία μου, »ὅτι οἶδα πόθεν ἦλθον καὶ ποῦ ὑπάγω«· τῇ θειοτέρᾳ φύσει διαλεγόμενος ἔφασκεν ταῦτα καί, ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις, καθʼ ὃ πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως ἠν.
dēlon oun ek toutōn hoti hypo men tōn ῾Ierosolymitōn elegeto; »Touton oidamen pothen estin‘, anapherontōn epi to en Bēthleem auton gegenēsthai, kai epistamenōn hoti houtos ēn hou hē mētēr elegeto Maria, kai hoi adelphoi autou Iakōbos kai Iōannēs kai Simōn kai Ioudas. dioper kai martyrei tois eirēkosin; »Oidamen pothen estin‘ dia tou »Kame oidate kai oidate pothen eimi«. tois de Pharisaiois to »Kan egō martyrō peri emautou, alēthēs estin hē martyria mou, »hoti oida pothen ēlthon kai pou hypagō«; tę̄ theioterą physei dialegomenos ephasken tauta kai, hōs an eipoi tis, kathʼ ho prōtotokos pasēs ktiseōs ēn.
It is plain from this, then, that the people of Jerusalem said “We know where this man is from” with reference to his having been born in Bethlehem, and knowing that this was the man whose mother was called Mary, and his brothers James and John and Simon and Judas. For this reason he also bears witness to those who said “We know where he is from” through “You know me, and you know where I am from.” But to the Pharisees he said “Even if I testify about myself, my testimony is true, because I know where I came from and where I am going,” speaking of his more divine nature and, as one might say, in that he was the firstborn of all creation.
19.11Preuschen 4:300
διόπερ τοῖς πρὸς ταῦτα πυθομένοις αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰρηκόσιν· »Ποῦ ἔστιν ὁ πατήρ σου;« ἀποκρίνεται (ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις, ἕτερος ὢν τοῦ λέγοντος· »Καμὲ οἴδατε«) καί φησι· Καὶ οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε »οὔτε τὸν πατέρα μου« κατὰ δὲ τὸ ταπεινὸν τῶν Φαρισαίων ἠν ἤτοι μὴ νοεῖν ὅτι περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων ἔλεγεν τὸ Μαρτυρεῖ »περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με πατήρ«· ἢ εἰ ἐξεδέχοντο περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ταῦτα λέγεσθαι, νομίζειν ὅτι ἐν τόπῳ ἐστὶν ὁ θεός, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀποκρίνεσθαι· »Ποῦ ἔστιν ὁ πατήρ σου««;
dioper tois pros tauta pythomenois autou kai eirēkosin; »Pou estin ho patēr sou?« apokrinetai (hōs an eipoi tis, heteros ōn tou legontos; »Kame oidate«) kai phēsi; Kai oute eme oidate »oute ton patera mou« kata de to tapeinon tōn Pharisaiōn ēn ētoi mē noein hoti peri tou theou tōn holōn elegen to Martyrei »peri emou ho pempsas me patēr«; ē ei exedechonto peri tou theou tauta legesthai, nomizein hoti en topǭ estin ho theos, kai dia touto apokrinesthai; »Pou estin ho patēr sou««?
Therefore to those who asked him about this and said, “Where is your Father?” he answers (as one might say, being other than the one who says “You know me”) and says, “You know neither me nor my Father.” Given the Pharisees' lowliness of mind, either they did not understand that he was speaking about the God of the universe when he said “The Father who sent me testifies about me”; or, if they took it as said about God, they thought that God is in a place, and therefore answered, “Where is your Father?”
19.12Preuschen 4:300
Χρὴ μέντοι γε εἰδέναι, ὅτι οἱ ἐτερόδοξοι νομίζουσιν σαφῶς ἐντεῦθεν παρίστασθαι τὸ μὴ τὸν θεόν, ᾧ ἐλάτρευον Ἰουδαῖοι, πατέρα εἶναι τοῦ χριστοῦ· εἰ γὰρ τοῖς Φαρισαίοις λατρεύουσιν τῷ δημιουργῷ, φασίν, ἔλεγεν ὁ σωτήρ· »Οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε οὔτε τὸν πατέρα μου«, σαφὲς ὅτι ἕτερον ὄντα τοῦ δημιουργοῦ τὸν πατέρα Ἰησοῦ Φαρισαῖοι οὐκ ᾔδεσαν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ῾Ιεροσολυμῖται, οἷς προειρήκει· »᾿Αλλʼ ἔστιν »ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με, ὃν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε«. ταῦτα δὲ λέγουσιν ἅτε μὴ ἀνεγνωκότες τὰς θείας γραφάς, μηδὲ τὴν συνήθειαν τῆς ἐν αὐταῖς λέξεως τετηρηκότες.
Chrē mentoi ge eidenai, hoti hoi eterodoxoi nomizousin saphōs enteuthen paristasthai to mē ton theon, hǭ elatreuon Ioudaioi, patera einai tou christou; ei gar tois Pharisaiois latreuousin tǭ dēmiourgǭ, phasin, elegen ho sōtēr; »Oute eme oidate oute ton patera mou«, saphes hoti heteron onta tou dēmiourgou ton patera Iēsou Pharisaioi ouk ę̄desan, allʼ oude ῾Ierosolymitai, hois proeirēkei; »᾿Allʼ estin »alēthinos ho pempsas me, hon hymeis ouk oidate«. tauta de legousin hate mē anegnōkotes tas theias graphas, mēde tēn synētheian tēs en autais lexeōs tetērēkotes.
It must be known, however, that the heterodox think that it is plainly shown from this that the God whom the Jews worshipped is not the Father of Christ. For if the Savior said to the Pharisees, who worshipped the Demiurge, they say, “You know neither me nor my Father,” it is clear that the Pharisees did not know the Father of Jesus, who is other than the Demiurge; nor did the people of Jerusalem, to whom he had said before, “But he who sent me is true, whom you do not know.” They say these things because they have not read the divine Scriptures nor observed the customary usage of their language.
19.13Preuschen 4:300–301
κἂν γὰρ διεξοδεύειν τις δύνηται τὰ περὶ θεοῦ ἐκ πατέρων μεμαθηκὼς ὅτι τούτῳ λατρεύειν μόνῳ δεῖ, μὴ βιοῖ δὲ καλῶς, τοῦτόν φασιν οὐκ ἔχειν γνῶσιν θεοῦ. εἴ τις γοῦν ἄλλος ᾔδει τὰ περὶ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ καὶ τῆς ἱερατικῆς αὐτοῦ θεραπείας, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ οἱ Ἠλεῖ τοῦ ἱερέως υἱοὶ παρὰ τῇ λατρείᾳ ἀνα- τεθραμμένοι· ἀλλʼ ὅμως, ἐπεὶ ἥμαρτον, γέγραπται ταῦτα περὶ αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ τῶν Βασιλειῶν πρώτῃ· »Καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ ᾿Ηλεῖ, υἱοὶ λοιμοί, οὐκ »ἔγνωσαν τὸν κύριον«.
kan gar diexodeuein tis dynētai ta peri theou ek paterōn memathēkōs hoti toutǭ latreuein monǭ dei, mē bioi de kalōs, touton phasin ouk echein gnōsin theou. ei tis goun allos ę̄dei ta peri tou dēmiourgou kai tēs hieratikēs autou therapeias, dēlon hoti kai hoi Ēlei tou hiereōs huioi para tę̄ latreią ana- tethrammenoi; allʼ homōs, epei hēmarton, gegraptai tauta peri autōn en tę̄ tōn Basileiōn prōtę̄; »Kai hoi huioi ᾿Ēlei, huioi loimoi, ouk »egnōsan ton kyrion«.
For even if someone can recount the things concerning God, having learned from his fathers that he alone must be worshipped, but does not live well, they say this man does not have knowledge of God. If anyone, at any rate, knew the things concerning the Demiurge and his priestly service, it was clearly the sons of Eli the priest, brought up amid the worship; yet, since they sinned, this is written of them in the first book of Kingdoms: “And the sons of Eli, pestilent sons, did not know the Lord.”
19.14Preuschen 4:301
πευσόμεθα γὰρ τῶν ἑτεροδόξων εἰ μὴ περὶ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ γέγραπται τὸ »Οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὸν κύριον« καὶ ἀποκρινομένων ὅτι περὶ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ ἐστιν ταῦτα, ζητήσομεν διὰ τί εἴρηται περὶ τῶν υἱῶν ᾿Ηλεῖ· »Οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὸν κύριον«· πότερον διὰ τοὺς περὶ θεοῦ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ λόγους, ἢ διὰ τὴν πονηρίαν αὐτῶν· σαφὲς δὲ ὅτι διὰ τὴν πονηρίαν λέγονται μὴ ἐγνωκέναι τὸν κύριον.
peusometha gar tōn heterodoxōn ei mē peri tou dēmiourgou gegraptai to »Ouk egnōsan ton kyrion« kai apokrinomenōn hoti peri tou dēmiourgou estin tauta, zētēsomen dia ti eirētai peri tōn huiōn ᾿Ēlei; »Ouk egnōsan ton kyrion«; poteron dia tous peri theou tou dēmiourgou logous, ē dia tēn ponērian autōn; saphes de hoti dia tēn ponērian legontai mē egnōkenai ton kyrion.
For we shall ask the heterodox whether “They did not know the Lord” is not written about the Demiurge; and when they answer that these words are about the Demiurge, we shall inquire why it is said of the sons of Eli, “They did not know the Lord”: whether because of their teachings about God the Demiurge, or because of their wickedness. And it is clear that it is because of their wickedness that they are said not to have known the Lord.
19.15Preuschen 4:301
καὶ οὐ περὶ τῶν υἱῶν ᾿Ηλεῖ μόνων ἔστιν τοῦτο εὑρεῖν ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ἄλλων βασιλευσάντων ἐν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ᾿Ιούδα ἁμαρτωλῶν. οὕτω τοίνυν καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸν πατέρα οὐκ ᾔδεσαν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐβίουν κατὰ τὸ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ βούλημα.
kai ou peri tōn huiōn ᾿Ēlei monōn estin touto heurein alla kai peri allōn basileusantōn en Israēl kai ᾿Iouda hamartōlōn. houtō toinyn kai hoi Pharisaioi ton patera ouk ę̄desan; oude gar ebioun kata to tou dēmiourgou boulēma.
And this can be found not only of the sons of Eli but also of other sinners who reigned in Israel and Judah. So too, then, the Pharisees did not know the Father; for they did not live according to the Demiurge's will.
19.16Preuschen 4:301
Ἔστιν δὲ καὶ ἄλλο σημαινόμενον τοῦ γινώσκειν τὸν θεόν, ἑτέρου ὄντος τοῦ γινώσκειν τὸν θεὸν παρὰ τὸ πιστεύειν ψιλῶς εἰς τὸν θεόν, † ὡς δῆλον ἐκ τοῦ· »Ὅσα ὁ νόμος λαλεῖ, τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ »λαλεῖ« αὐτὸ ᾗ δῆλον ὅτι καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, ὧν τὰ ῥήματα, ὡς ἐν ἄλλοις ἀπεδείξαμεν, νόμος λέγεται. εἴρηται τοίνυν έν ψαλμοῖς· »Σχο- »λάσατε καὶ γνῶτε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ θεός«·
Estin de kai allo sēmainomenon tou ginōskein ton theon, heterou ontos tou ginōskein ton theon para to pisteuein psilōs eis ton theon, † hōs dēlon ek tou; »Hosa ho nomos lalei, tois en tǭ nomǭ »lalei« auto hę̄ dēlon hoti kai tous prophētas, hōn ta rhēmata, hōs en allois apedeixamen, nomos legetai. eirētai toinyn en psalmois; »Scho- »lasate kai gnōte hoti egō eimi ho theos«;
There is also another meaning of knowing God, knowing God being different from merely believing in God, … as is plain from “Whatever the law says, it says to those under the law,” by which it is plain that it includes the prophets too, whose words, as we have shown elsewhere, are called law. It is said, then, in the Psalms: “Be still and know that I am God.”
19.17Preuschen 4:301
τίς δʼ οὐκ ἂν ὁμολογήσαι [πιστεῦσαι] γεγράφθαι ταῦτα λαῷ πιστεύοντι εἰς τὸν δημιουργόν; ὅντινα γνῶναι οὐκ ἔστιν μὴ σχολάσαντα καὶ ἐκκαθάραντα τὸν νοῦν. τῶν νοούντων καὶ θειοτέροις ὀφθαλμοῖς βλεπόντων τὸν θεὸν διὰ τὸ καθαρὰν τὴν καρδίαν πεποιηκέναι τῆς χάριτος ταύτης ἀξιουμένων, ὡς ὁ σωτὴρ μαρτυρεῖ λέγων· »Μακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὅτι »αὐτοὶ τὸν θεὸν ὄψονται«. ἅμα δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸ »Οὐδεὶς ἔγνω τὸν πατέρα εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱός« φήσομεν ὅτι οὐ ταὐτόν ἐστιν τὸ γινώσκειν τὸν πατέρα καὶ πιστεύειν αὐτῷ.
tis dʼ ouk an homologēsai [pisteusai] gegraphthai tauta laǭ pisteuonti eis ton dēmiourgon? hontina gnōnai ouk estin mē scholasanta kai ekkatharanta ton noun. tōn noountōn kai theioterois ophthalmois blepontōn ton theon dia to katharan tēn kardian pepoiēkenai tēs charitos tautēs axioumenōn, hōs ho sōtēr martyrei legōn; »Makarioi hoi katharoi tę̄ kardią, hoti »autoi ton theon opsontai«. hama de kai pros to »Oudeis egnō ton patera ei mē ho huios« phēsomen hoti ou tauton estin to ginōskein ton patera kai pisteuein autǭ.
And who would not admit that these words were written to a people who believed in the Demiurge? Him one cannot know without having leisure and purifying the mind; this grace is granted to those who understand and see God with more divine eyes because they have made the heart pure, as the Savior bears witness, saying, “Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see God.” And at the same time, in regard to “No one knew the Father except the Son,” we shall say that knowing the Father and believing him are not the same.
19.18Preuschen 4:301–302
οὐ μάχεται οὖν τὸ »Οὐδεὶς ἔγνω »τὸν πατέρα εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱός« τῷ »᾿Επίστευσεν δὲ Ἀβραὰμ τῷ θεῶ καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην«. εἰ δέ τις οἴεται ἡμᾶς βιάζεσθαι λέγοντας μὴ ταὐτὸν εἶναι τὸ πιστεύειν τῷ γινώσκειν, καὶ ἐνδέχεσθαι πιστεύειν μὲν οὐκ ἔχειν δὲ γνῶσιν τοῦ πιστευομένου ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, τοῦ Ιησοῦ ἀκουσάτω λέγοντος πρὸς τοὺς πεπιστευκότας αὐτῷ Ἰουδαίους· »᾿Εὰν μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ, γνώσεσθε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ ἡ »ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς«.
ou machetai oun to »Oudeis egnō »ton patera ei mē ho huios« tǭ »᾿Episteusen de Abraam tǭ theō kai elogisthē autǭ eis dikaiosynēn«. ei de tis oietai hēmas biazesthai legontas mē tauton einai to pisteuein tǭ ginōskein, kai endechesthai pisteuein men ouk echein de gnōsin tou pisteuomenou hypʼ autou, tou Iēsou akousatō legontos pros tous pepisteukotas autǭ Ioudaious; »᾿Ean meinēte en tǭ logǭ tǭ emǭ, gnōsesthe tēn alētheian, kai hē »alētheia eleutherōsei hymas«.
So “No one knew the Father except the Son” does not conflict with “Abraham believed God, and it was counted to him as righteousness.” And if anyone thinks we are forcing things when we say that believing is not the same as knowing, and that one may believe without having knowledge of what one believes, let him hear Jesus saying to the Jews who had believed him: “If you remain in my word, you will know the truth, and the truth will set you free.”
19.19Preuschen 4:302
παρατήρει γὰρ ὅτι πρὸ τοῦ »᾿Εὰν »μείνητε έν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ, γνώσεσθε τὴν ἀλήθειαν« γέγραπται· »Ἔλεγεν οὐν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς τοὺς † πιστεύοντας αὐτῷ ᾿Ιουδαίους«, καὶ ἃ ἔλεγεν ἠν· »Ἐὰν μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ, γνώσεσθε τὴν »ἀλήθειαν«.
paratērei gar hoti pro tou »᾿Ean »meinēte en tǭ logǭ tǭ emǭ, gnōsesthe tēn alētheian« gegraptai; »Elegen oun ho Iēsous pros tous † pisteuontas autǭ ᾿Ioudaious«, kai ha elegen ēn; »Ean meinēte en tǭ logǭ tǭ emǭ, gnōsesthe tēn »alētheian«.
For observe that before “If you remain in my word, you will know the truth” it is written, “So Jesus said to the Jews who believed him,” and what he said was, “If you remain in my word, you will know the truth.”
19.20Preuschen 4:302
πολὺ δὲ διαφέρει τὸ πρὸς τῷ πιστεύειν ἐγνωκέναι τοῦ πιστεύειν μόνον· »᾿Ωι μὲν γὰρ διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος δίδοται λόγος »σοφίας, ἄλλῳ δὲ λόγος γνώσεως κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα, ἑτέρῳ πίστις »ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι«.
poly de diapherei to pros tǭ pisteuein egnōkenai tou pisteuein monon; »᾿Ōi men gar dia tou pneumatos didotai logos »sophias, allǭ de logos gnōseōs kata to auto pneuma, heterǭ pistis »en tǭ autǭ pneumati«.
And having knowledge in addition to believing is very different from believing only; for “to one is given through the Spirit the word of wisdom, to another the word of knowledge according to the same Spirit, to another faith in the same Spirit.”
19.21Preuschen 4:302
Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ὑπὲρ τοῦ παραστῆσαι ἔτερον εἶναι τὸ γινώσκεσθαι τὸν θεὸν τοῦ πιστεύεσθαι· ὡς δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἀΚριβὲς καὶ τοῦτο τοῖς εἰρημένοις προσαποδώσομεν, ὅτι πρὸς οὕς φησιν· »Οὔτε »ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν πατέρα μου« Φαρισαίους, εὐλόγως ἂν εἶπέν τις· ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ πιστεύετε εἰς τὸν πατέρα μου· τῷ γὰρ ἀποσταλέντι ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν, ὁ δὲ ἀρνούμενος τὸν υἱὸν οὐδαμῶς τὸν πατέρα ἔχει· καὶ οὐδαμῶς φημί, ὅτι οὔτε κατὰ πίστιν οὔτε κατὰ γνῶσιν.
Kai tauta men hyper tou parastēsai eteron einai to ginōskesthai ton theon tou pisteuesthai; hōs de pros to aKribes kai touto tois eirēmenois prosapodōsomen, hoti pros hous phēsin; »Oute »eme oidate, oute ton patera mou« Pharisaious, eulogōs an eipen tis; allʼ oude pisteuete eis ton patera mou; tǭ gar apostalenti apo tou patros ouk episteusan, ho de arnoumenos ton huion oudamōs ton patera echei; kai oudamōs phēmi, hoti oute kata pistin oute kata gnōsin.
So much, then, to show that God's being known is different from his being believed. But for precision we shall add this too to what has been said: that of the Pharisees, to whom he says, “You know neither me nor my Father,” one might reasonably have said, “But neither do you believe in my Father”; for they did not believe the one sent by the Father, and he who denies the Son in no way has the Father; and I say “in no way” because neither by faith nor by knowledge.
19.22Preuschen 4:302
ὅρα δὲ εἰ μὴ καὶ ἄλλως ἡ γραφὴ τοὺς ἀνακεκραμένους τινὶ καὶ ἑνωθέντας γινώσκειν ἐκεῖνό φησιν, ᾧ ἀνεκράθησαν καὶ κεκοινωνήκασιν· πρὸ δὲ τῆς τοιαύτης ἑνώσεως καὶ κοινωνίας κἂν τοὺς λόγους καταλαμβάνωσιν περί τινος, οὐ γινώσκουσιν ἐκεῖνο.
hora de ei mē kai allōs hē graphē tous anakekramenous tini kai henōthentas ginōskein ekeino phēsin, hǭ anekrathēsan kai kekoinōnēkasin; pro de tēs toiautēs henōseōs kai koinōnias kan tous logous katalambanōsin peri tinos, ou ginōskousin ekeino.
But see whether Scripture does not also say, in another way, that those who have been blended with something and united with it know that with which they have been blended and with which they have communion; but before such union and communion, even if they grasp the accounts about something, they do not know it.
19.23Preuschen 4:302
ὁ γοῦν Ἀδὰμ περὶ τῆς Εὔας λέγων· »Τοῦτο νῦν ὀστοῦν ἐκ τῶν ὀστέων μου καὶ σὰρξ ἐκ τῆς »σαρκός μου« οὐκ ᾔδει τὴν γυναῖκα· ὅτε γὰρ αὐτῇ ἐκολλήθη, τότε εἴρηταί· »Ἔγνω δὲ Ἀδὰμ· Εὔαν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ« καὶ εἴ τίς γε προσκόπτοι διὰ τὸ παρειληφέναι ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν περὶ θεοῦ γνῶσιν παράδειγμα τὸ »Ἔγνω δὲ ᾿Αδὰμ Εὔαν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ«· πρῶτον μὲν τῷ »Τὸ μυστήριον τοῦτο μέγα ἐστίν« ἐπιστησάτω· δεύτερον δὲ ἀντιπαραθέτω τὸ περὶ ἄρρενος καὶ θηλείας λεγόμενον παρὰ τῷ ἀποστόλῳ· τῇ αὐτῇ λέξει χρῆται περὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ κυρίου· »Ὁ κολλώμενος «τῇ πόρνῃ ὲν σῶμά ἐστιν καὶ ὁ κολλώμενος τῷ κυρίῳ ἓν πνεῦμά »ἐστιν«.
ho goun Adam peri tēs Euas legōn; »Touto nyn ostoun ek tōn osteōn mou kai sarx ek tēs »sarkos mou« ouk ę̄dei tēn gynaika; hote gar autę̄ ekollēthē, tote eirētai; »Egnō de Adam; Euan tēn gynaika autou« kai ei tis ge proskoptoi dia to pareilēphenai hēmas eis tēn peri theou gnōsin paradeigma to »Egnō de ᾿Adam Euan tēn gynaika autou«; prōton men tǭ »To mystērion touto mega estin« epistēsatō; deuteron de antiparathetō to peri arrenos kai thēleias legomenon para tǭ apostolǭ; tę̄ autę̄ lexei chrētai peri anthrōpou kai kyriou; »Ho kollōmenos «tę̄ pornę̄ en sōma estin kai ho kollōmenos tǭ kyriǭ hen pneuma »estin«.
Adam, at any rate, saying of Eve, “This now is bone of my bones and flesh of my flesh,” did not know his wife; for when he was joined to her, then it is said, “And Adam knew Eve his wife.” And if anyone should stumble because we have taken “And Adam knew Eve his wife” as an example for the knowledge of God, let him first consider “This mystery is great”; and second, let him set beside it what the apostle says about male and female, using the same wording of a human being and of the Lord: “He who is joined to a prostitute is one body with her, and he who is joined to the Lord is one spirit.”
19.24Preuschen 4:302–303
ἐγνωκέτω μὲν οὐν ὁ κολλώμενος τῇ πόρνῃ τὴν πόρνην, καὶ ὁ κολλώμενος τῇ γυναικὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, μᾶλλον δὲ τούτου καὶ ἁγίως ἐγνωκέτω ὁ κολλώμενος τῷ κυρίῳ τὸν κύριον. εἰ δὲ τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει, Φαρισαῖοι τὸν πατέρα οὐκ ᾔδεσαν οὐδὲ τὸν υἱόν, καὶ ἀληθὴς ἦν ὁ λέγων· »Οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε οὔτε τὸν πατέρα μου«. εἰ δὲ μὴ οὕτως ἐκλαμβάνοιμεν (λέγω δὲ κατὰ τὴν τελευταίαν ἐκδοχήν) τὸ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνακεκρᾶσθαι καὶ ἡνῶσθαι, διηγείσθω τις τὸ »Νῦν γνόντες »θεόν, μᾶλλον δὲ γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ« καὶ τὸ »Ἔγνω κύριος »τοὺς ὄντας αὐτοῦ«.
egnōketō men oun ho kollōmenos tę̄ pornę̄ tēn pornēn, kai ho kollōmenos tę̄ gynaiki tēn gynaika, mallon de toutou kai hagiōs egnōketō ho kollōmenos tǭ kyriǭ ton kyrion. ei de touthʼ houtōs echei, Pharisaioi ton patera ouk ę̄desan oude ton huion, kai alēthēs ēn ho legōn; »Oute eme oidate oute ton patera mou«. ei de mē houtōs eklambanoimen (legō de kata tēn teleutaian ekdochēn) to anti tou anakekrasthai kai hēnōsthai, diēgeisthō tis to »Nyn gnontes »theon, mallon de gnōsthentes hypo tou theou« kai to »Egnō kyrios »tous ontas autou«.
Let him who is joined to a prostitute, then, be said to have known the prostitute, and him who is joined to his wife his wife, and still more, and in holiness, let him who is joined to the Lord be said to have known the Lord. And if this is so, the Pharisees did not know the Father nor the Son, and the one who said “You know neither me nor my Father” was speaking truly. But if we do not take it this way (I mean, according to the last interpretation), as meaning to be blended and united, let someone explain “Now that you have known God, or rather have been known by God,” and “The Lord knew those who are his.”
19.25Preuschen 4:303
κατὰ γὰρ ἡμᾶς ἔγνω κύριος τοὺς ὄντας αὐτοῦ ἀνακραθεὶς αὐτοῖς καὶ μεταδεδωκὼς αὐτοῖς τῆς ἑαυτοῦ θειότητος καὶ ἀνειληφὼς αὐτούς, ὡς ἡ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου λέξις φησίν, εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χεῖρα, ἐν τῇ χειρὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὄντων τῶν εἰς τὸν σωτῆρα πεπιστευκότων· διὸ καὶ εἰ μὴ πέσοιεν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ἑαυτοὺς μακρύνοντες ἀπὸ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐχ ἁρπαγήσονται· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἀρπάζει ἐκ τῆς χειρος του πατρος.
kata gar hēmas egnō kyrios tous ontas autou anakratheis autois kai metadedōkōs autois tēs heautou theiotētos kai aneilēphōs autous, hōs hē tou euangeliou lexis phēsin, eis tēn heautou cheira, en tę̄ cheiri tou patros ontōn tōn eis ton sōtēra pepisteukotōn; dio kai ei mē pesoien apʼ autēs heautous makrynontes apo tēs cheiros tou theou, ouch harpagēsontai; oudeis gar arpazei ek tēs cheiros tou patros.
For on our view the Lord knew those who are his by blending himself with them and giving them a share of his own divinity and taking them up, as the Gospel's wording says, into his own hand, those who have believed in the Savior being in the Father's hand. Therefore, unless they fall from it by removing themselves far from God's hand, they will not be snatched away; for no one snatches from the Father's hand.
19.26Preuschen 4:303
Μετὰ ταῦτα ζητήσεις εἰς τὸ αὐτό, λέγω δὲ τὸ »Οὔτε ἐμὲ »οἴδατε οὔτε τὸν πατέρα μου«, εἰ ἔστιν γινώσκοντά τινα τὸν θεὸν μὴ γινώσκειν τὸν πατέρα· εἰ γὰρ ἑτέρα αὐτοῦ ἐπίνοιά έστιν καθʼ ὅ ἐστιν πατήρ, καὶ ἑτέρα καθʼ ὅ ἐστιν ὁ θεός, τάχα ἔστιν τινὰ γινώσκειν μὲν τὸν θεόν, μὴ γινώσκειν δὲ τὸν πατέρα παρὰ τὸ εἰδέναι αὐτὸν θεόν μὴ γινώσκειν δὲ τὸν πατέρα.
Meta tauta zētēseis eis to auto, legō de to »Oute eme »oidate oute ton patera mou«, ei estin ginōskonta tina ton theon mē ginōskein ton patera; ei gar hetera autou epinoia estin kathʼ ho estin patēr, kai hetera kathʼ ho estin ho theos, tacha estin tina ginōskein men ton theon, mē ginōskein de ton patera para to eidenai auton theon mē ginōskein de ton patera.
After this you will inquire, on the same saying, I mean “You know neither me nor my Father,” whether it is possible for someone who knows God not to know the Father. For if the aspect of him in which he is Father is different from that in which he is God, perhaps it is possible for someone to know God but not know the Father, knowing him as God yet not knowing the Father.
19.27Preuschen 4:303
φησὶν οὖν ὁ σωτὴρ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τῇ Μαρίᾳ· »Πορεύου δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφούς μου καὶ »εἰπὲ αὐτοῖς· Πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν καὶ »θεόν μου καὶ θεὸν ὑμῶν«. καὶ ἔστιν γε τοῖς ἐτεροδόξοις λέγειν χαριζόμενον αὐτοῖς ὅτι οὐκ ἐγνωσαν τὸν πατέρα Μωϋσῆς καὶ οἱ προφῆται· ὅπερ τάχα οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθές· ὅτι πάντως ὁ μὴ ἐγνωκὼς τὸν πατέρα οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν υἱόν· ὁ μὲν γὰρ υἱὸς ἔγνω τὸν πατέρα, ὁ δὲ θεράπων τὸν κύριον· καὶ ὥσπερ οὐκ ὄν ἀσεβήσαιμεν λέγοντες ὅτι ὁ υἱὸς οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν κύριον (υἱὸς γὰρ ὢν οὐ πεπείραται τοῦ πατρὸς δεσπότου), οὕτω τηροῦντες τὸν αὐτὸν θεὸν οὐδὲν ἄτοπον παραδεξόμεθα λέγοντες ὅτι τῷ μὲν υἱῷ ἔπρεπεν γινώσκειν τὸν Πατέρα, τῷ δὲ θεράποντι τὸν κύριον, καὶ οὔτε ὁ θεράπων ἔγνω τὸν πατέρα οὔτε ὁ υἱὸς τὸν κύριον.
phēsin oun ho sōtēr meta tēn anastasin tę̄ Marią; »Poreuou de pros tous adelphous mou kai »eipe autois; Poreuomai pros ton patera mou kai patera hymōn kai »theon mou kai theon hymōn«. kai estin ge tois eterodoxois legein charizomenon autois hoti ouk egnōsan ton patera Mōÿsēs kai hoi prophētai; hoper tacha ouk estin alēthes; hoti pantōs ho mē egnōkōs ton patera ouk egnō ton huion; ho men gar huios egnō ton patera, ho de therapōn ton kyrion; kai hōsper ouk on asebēsaimen legontes hoti ho huios ouk egnō ton kyrion (huios gar ōn ou pepeiratai tou patros despotou), houtō tērountes ton auton theon ouden atopon paradexometha legontes hoti tǭ men huiǭ eprepen ginōskein ton Patera, tǭ de theraponti ton kyrion, kai oute ho therapōn egnō ton patera oute ho huios ton kyrion.
The Savior, then, says to Mary after the resurrection: “Go to my brothers and tell them, ‘I am going to my Father and your Father, and to my God and your God.’” And it is possible to say, making a concession to the heterodox, that Moses and the prophets did not know the Father; which perhaps is not true, because he who has not known the Father has certainly not known the Son. For the son knew the Father, the servant the Lord; and just as we would not be impious in saying that the son did not know the Lord (for being a son he has not experienced his father as master), so, maintaining that it is the same God, we shall admit nothing absurd in saying that it befitted the son to know the Father and the servant the Lord, and that neither did the servant know the Father nor the son the Lord.
19.28Preuschen 4:303–304
μυρίων γοῦν οὐσῶν εὐχῶν ἀναγεγραμμένων έν τοῖς ψαλμοῖς καὶ τοῖς προφήταις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ νόμῳ, οὐ πάνυ τι εὕρομεν εὐξάμενόν τινα καὶ λέγοντα τῷ θεῷ· «Πάτερ«, τάχα ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὸν πατέρα εὔχονται δὲ αὐτῷ ὡς θεῷ καὶ κυρίῳ, περιμένοντες τὸν τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς υἱοθεσίας ἐκχέοντα οὐκ ἔλαττον ἐπ ἐκείνους ἢ ἐπὶ τοὺς μετὰ τὴν παρουσίαν εἰς θεὸν διʼ αὐτοῦ πιστεύον- τας· εἰ μὴ ἄρα ᾑ νοητὴ αὐτοῖς γεγένηται ἐπιδημία Χριστοῦ καὶ ἔσχον ποτὲ τελειωθέντες τὸ τῆς υἱοθεσίας πνεῦμα· ἐν ἀπορρήτῳ δὲ καὶ οὐ γνωστῶς πᾶσιν ἔλεγον ἢ ἔγραφον τὸν θεὸν πατέρα, ἵνα προκαταλάβωσιν τὴν διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐκκενουμένην παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ χάριν, πάντας καλοῦντος ἐπὶ τὴν υἱοθεσίαν, ἵνα διηγήσηται τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν μέσῳ ἐκκλησίας ὑμνήσῃ τὸν πατέρα κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον· »Διηγήσομαι τὸ ὄνομά σου τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου, ἐν μέσῳ ἐκκλησίας ὑμνήσω σε«.
myriōn goun ousōn euchōn anagegrammenōn en tois psalmois kai tois prophētais, alla kai tǭ nomǭ, ou pany ti heuromen euxamenon tina kai legonta tǭ theǭ; «Pater«, tacha epei ouk egnōsan ton patera euchontai de autǭ hōs theǭ kai kyriǭ, perimenontes ton to pneuma tēs huiothesias ekcheonta ouk elatton ep ekeinous ē epi tous meta tēn parousian eis theon diʼ autou pisteuon- tas; ei mē ara hę̄ noētē autois gegenētai epidēmia Christou kai eschon pote teleiōthentes to tēs huiothesias pneuma; en aporrētǭ de kai ou gnōstōs pasin elegon ē egraphon ton theon patera, hina prokatalabōsin tēn dia tou Iēsou ekkenoumenēn panti tǭ kosmǭ charin, pantas kalountos epi tēn huiothesian, hina diēgēsētai to onoma tou theou tois adelphois autou kai en mesǭ ekklēsias hymnēsę̄ ton patera kata to gegrammenon; »Diēgēsomai to onoma sou tois adelphois mou, en mesǭ ekklēsias hymnēsō se«.
At any rate, though countless prayers are recorded in the Psalms and the Prophets, and in the Law too, we have not found anyone at all praying and saying to God, “Father,” perhaps because they did not know the Father; but they pray to him as God and Lord, awaiting the one who pours out the spirit of adoption no less on them than on those who after his coming believe in God through him; unless indeed a spiritual coming of Christ had taken place for them and, being made perfect, they at some time had the spirit of adoption. But they called God Father in secret and not so that all could know, so as not to anticipate the grace poured out through Jesus on the whole world, who calls all to adoption, so that he might declare God's name to his brothers and in the midst of the church sing praise to the Father, according to what is written: “I will declare your name to my brothers; in the midst of the church I will sing praise to you.”
19.29Preuschen 4:304
ὅτι μέντοι γε ὁ αὐτός ἐστιν θεὸς τῶν προφητῶν καὶ τοῦ κόσμου δημιουργός, πολλαχόθεν μὲν ἔστιν θεωρῆσαι· ἀρκεῖ δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος θεωρῆσαι τήν τε Στεφάνου ἀπὸ τῶν Πράξεων πρὸς τὸν λαὸν δημηγορίαν οὕτω λέγοντος· »Ἄνδρες »ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες. ἀκούσατε.
hoti mentoi ge ho autos estin theos tōn prophētōn kai tou kosmou dēmiourgos, pollachothen men estin theōrēsai; arkei de epi tou parontos theōrēsai tēn te Stephanou apo tōn Praxeōn pros ton laon dēmēgorian houtō legontos; »Andres »adelphoi kai pateres. akousate.
That the God of the prophets is the same as the Creator of the world may be seen from many places; but for the present it suffices to consider Stephen's address to the people in the Acts, where he says: “Brothers and fathers, listen.
19.30Preuschen 4:304
ὁ θεὸς τῆς δόξης ὤφθη τῷ πατρὶ »ἡμῶν Ἀβραὰμ ὄντι ἐν τῇ Μεσοποταμίᾳ πρὶν ἢ οἰκῆσαι αὐτὸν ἐν »Χαρράν, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν· Ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου καὶ ἐκ τῆς »συγγενείας σου« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· διʼ ὅλου γὰρ τοῦ λόγου ἀναντιρρήτως ἔστιν μαθεῖν τὸν τῶν προφητῶν θεὸν πατέρα εἶναι Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ·
ho theos tēs doxēs ōphthē tǭ patri »hēmōn Abraam onti en tę̄ Mesopotamią prin ē oikēsai auton en »Charran, kai eipen pros auton; Exelthe ek tēs gēs sou kai ek tēs »syngeneias sou« kai ta hexēs; diʼ holou gar tou logou anantirrētōs estin mathein ton tōn prophētōn theon patera einai Christou Iēsou;
The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham when he was in Mesopotamia, before he lived in Haran, and said to him, ‘Go out from your land and from your kindred,’” and what follows; for through the whole speech it can be learned beyond dispute that the God of the prophets is the Father of Christ Jesus.
19.31Preuschen 4:304
καὶ ἐκ τῆς πρὸς ῾Ρωμαίους ἐπιστολῆς τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἐν τούτοις· «Παῦλος δοῦλος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος εἰς »εὐαγγέλιον θεοῦ, ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν »γραφαῖς ἁγίαις περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος »Δαβὶδ κατὰ σάρκα, τοῦ ὁρισθέντος υἱοῦ θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει κατὰ »πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ κυρίου »ἡμῶν, διʼ οὗ ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν »πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, ἐν οἷς ἐστὲ καὶ ὑμεῖς »κλητοὶ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, πᾶσι τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν ῾Ρώμῃ ἀγαπητοῖς θεοῦ, »κλητοῖς ἁγίοις. χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ »κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ«.
kai ek tēs pros ῾Rōmaious epistolēs tou apostolou en toutois; «Paulos doulos Christou Iēsou, klētos apostolos, aphōrismenos eis »euangelion theou, ho proepēngeilato dia tōn prophētōn autou en »graphais hagiais peri tou huiou autou, tou genomenou ek spermatos »Dabid kata sarka, tou horisthentos huiou theou en dynamei kata »pneuma hagiōsynēs ex anastaseōs nekrōn, Iēsou Christou tou kyriou »hēmōn, diʼ hou elabomen charin kai apostolēn eis hypakoēn pisteōs en »pasi tois ethnesin hyper tou onomatos autou, en hois este kai hymeis »klētoi Iēsou Christou, pasi tois ousin en ῾Rōmę̄ agapētois theou, »klētois hagiois. charis hymin kai eirēnē apo theou patros hēmōn kai »kyriou Iēsou Christou«.
And from the apostle's Epistle to the Romans, in these words: “Paul, a servant of Christ Jesus, called to be an apostle, set apart for the gospel of God, which he promised beforehand through his prophets in the holy Scriptures, concerning his Son, who was born of the seed of David according to the flesh, who was declared Son of God in power according to the Spirit of holiness by the resurrection of the dead, Jesus Christ our Lord, through whom we received grace and apostleship for the obedience of faith among all the nations for his name's sake, among whom you also are called of Jesus Christ; to all who are in Rome, beloved of God, called to be saints: grace to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.”
19.32Preuschen 4:304
σαφῶς γὰρ ἀπὸ τούτων μεμαθήκαμεν ὅτι ὁ δημιουργὸς καὶ θεὸς τῶν προφητῶν καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ χριστοῦ θεός τε καὶ πατὴρ ἡμῶν ἐστιν.
saphōs gar apo toutōn memathēkamen hoti ho dēmiourgos kai theos tōn prophētōn kai patēr tou christou theos te kai patēr hēmōn estin.
For from this we have clearly learned that the Creator and God of the prophets and Father of Christ is our God and Father.
19.33Preuschen 4:304
Φαρισαῖοι τοίνυν οὐ μόνον γνῶσιν οὐκ εἶχον, οὔτε καθʼ ὃ πατὴρ οὔτε καθʼ ὃ θεός, τοῦ δεδωκότος τὸν νόμον πατρὸς τοῦ χριστοῦ· ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐπίστευον αὐτῷ ὁμολογουμένως μὲν καθʼ ὃ πατὴρ ἦν Ἰησοῦ καὶ θεὸς αὐτοῦ, τάχα δὲ οὐδὲ καθʼ ὃ ὁ θεὸς ὁ κτίσας τὰ πάντα ἦν.
Pharisaioi toinyn ou monon gnōsin ouk eichon, oute kathʼ ho patēr oute kathʼ ho theos, tou dedōkotos ton nomon patros tou christou; allʼ oude episteuon autǭ homologoumenōs men kathʼ ho patēr ēn Iēsou kai theos autou, tacha de oude kathʼ ho ho theos ho ktisas ta panta ēn.
The Pharisees, then, not only had no knowledge, either as Father or as God, of the Father of Christ who gave the law; but neither did they believe in him, admittedly not insofar as he was the Father of Jesus and his God, and perhaps not even insofar as he was the God who created all things.
19.34Preuschen 4:304–305
ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὸν χριστὸν ᾔδεισαν, καὶ καλῶς ἐλέγχει αὐτοὺς ὁ σωτὴρ λέγων· »Οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε οὔτε τὸν πατέρα μου οἴδατε«. ταῦτα ζητῶ, πότερον ἴσον δύναται τῷ »Εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν πατέρα »μου ἂν ᾔδειτε« τὸ »Εἰ τὸν πατέρα μου ᾔδειτε, καὶ ἐμὲ ἂν ᾔδειτε« ἢ οὔ;
allʼ oude ton christon ę̄deisan, kai kalōs elenchei autous ho sōtēr legōn; »Oute eme oidate oute ton patera mou oidate«. tauta zētō, poteron ison dynatai tǭ »Ei eme ę̄deite, kai ton patera »mou an ę̄deite« to »Ei ton patera mou ę̄deite, kai eme an ę̄deite« ē ou?
But neither did they know the Christ, and the Savior rightly refutes them, saying, “You know neither me nor my Father.” I ask this: whether “If you knew my Father, you would know me also” is equivalent to “If you knew me, you would know my Father also,” or not.
19.35Preuschen 4:305
καὶ ἡγοῦμαι μὴ ἴσον ταῦτα δύνασθαι ἀλλήλοις, τῷ ἀναβαίνειν ἀπὸ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ υἱοῦ ἐπὶ τὴν γνῶσιν τοῦ πατρὸς τὸν γινώσκοντα τὸν πατέρα, καὶ μὴ ἄλλως ὁρᾶσθαι τὸν πατέρα ἢ τῷ ὁρᾶσθαι τὸν υἱόν· »῾Ο γὰρ ἑωρακώς, φησίν, ἐμὲ ἑώρακε τὸν πέμψαντά με«· οὐκ ἂν δὲ εἰρήκει τὸ »῾Ο ἑωρακὼς τὸν πατέρα ἑώρακέν με«, ἐπείπερ ὁ τὸν λόγον τεθεωρηκώς τοῦ θεοῦ θεωρεῖ τὸν θεόν, ἀναβαίνων ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου πρὸς τὸν θεόν· ἀμήχανον δέ ἐστιν μὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου θεωρῆσαι τὸν θεόν.
kai hēgoumai mē ison tauta dynasthai allēlois, tǭ anabainein apo tēs gnōseōs tou huiou epi tēn gnōsin tou patros ton ginōskonta ton patera, kai mē allōs horasthai ton patera ē tǭ horasthai ton huion; »῾O gar heōrakōs, phēsin, eme heōrake ton pempsanta me«; ouk an de eirēkei to »῾O heōrakōs ton patera heōraken me«, epeiper ho ton logon tetheōrēkōs tou theou theōrei ton theon, anabainōn apo tou logou pros ton theon; amēchanon de estin mē apo tou logou theōrēsai ton theon.
And I think these are not equivalent, because one who knows the Father ascends from knowledge of the Son to knowledge of the Father, and the Father is not seen otherwise than by the Son being seen. For “He who has seen me,” he says, “has seen him who sent me”; but he would not have said, “He who has seen the Father has seen me,” since one who has beheld the Word of God beholds God, ascending from the Word to God; and it is impossible to behold God except from the Word.
19.36Preuschen 4:305
καὶ ὁ θεωρῶν τὴν σοφίαν, ἣν ἔκτισεν ὁ θεὸς πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ, ἀναβαίνει ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐγνωκέναι τὴν σοφίαν ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα αὐτῆς· ἀδύνατον δὲ χωρὶς τῆς σοφίας προαγωγῆς νοηθῆναι τὸν τῆς σοφίας θεόν.
kai ho theōrōn tēn sophian, hēn ektisen ho theos pro tōn aiōnōn eis erga autou, anabainei apo tou egnōkenai tēn sophian epi ton patera autēs; adynaton de chōris tēs sophias proagōgēs noēthēnai ton tēs sophias theon.
And one who beholds Wisdom, whom God created before the ages for his works, ascends from having known Wisdom to her Father; and it is impossible, without the guidance of Wisdom, for the God of Wisdom to be conceived.
19.37Preuschen 4:305
τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ ἐρεῖς καὶ περὶ τῆς ἀληθείας· οὐ γὰρ νοεῖ τις τὸν θεὸν ἢ θεωρεῖ αὐτόν, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλὰ πρότερον τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἱν οὕτως ἔλθῃ ἐπὶ τὸ ἐνιδεῖν τῇ οὐσίᾳ ἢ τῇ ὑπερέκεινα τῆς οὐσίας δυνάμει καὶ φύσει τοῦ θεοῦ.
to dʼ auto ereis kai peri tēs alētheias; ou gar noei tis ton theon ē theōrei auton, kai meta tauta tēn alētheian, alla proteron tēn alētheian, hin houtōs elthę̄ epi to enidein tę̄ ousią ē tę̄ hyperekeina tēs ousias dynamei kai physei tou theou.
You will say the same about the Truth too; for one does not understand God or behold him and afterward the Truth, but the Truth first, so as thus to come to looking upon the being, or the power and nature beyond being, of God.
19.38Preuschen 4:305
καὶ τάχα γε ὥσπερ κατὰ τὸν ναὸν ἀναβαθμοί τινες ἦσαν, διʼ ὠν εἰσῄει τις εἰς τὰ ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων, οὕτως οἱ πάντες ἡμῶν ἀναβαθμοὶ ὁ μονογενής ἐστιν τοῦ θεοῦ· καὶ ὤσπερ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν ὁ μέν ἐστιν πρῶτος ἐπὶ τὰ κάτω, ὁ δὲ τούτου ἀνωτέρω, καὶ οὕτως ἐφεξῆς μέχρι τοῦ ἀνωτάτω, οὕτως οἱ μὲν πάντες εἰσὶν ἀναβαθμοὶ ὁ σωτήρ· ὁ δὲ οἷον πρῶτος κατωτέρω τὸ ἀνθρώπινον αὐτοῦ, ᾧ ἐπιβαίνοντες ὁδεύομεν κατὰ τὰ ἑξῆς αὐτοῦ ὄντα τὴν πᾶσαν έν τοῖς ἀναβαθμοῖς ὁδόν, ὥστε ἀναβῆναι διʼ αὐτοῦ ὄντος καὶ ἀγγέλου καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν δυνάμεων.
kai tacha ge hōsper kata ton naon anabathmoi tines ēsan, diʼ ōn eisę̄ei tis eis ta hagia tōn hagiōn, houtōs hoi pantes hēmōn anabathmoi ho monogenēs estin tou theou; kai ōsper tōn anabathmōn ho men estin prōtos epi ta katō, ho de toutou anōterō, kai houtōs ephexēs mechri tou anōtatō, houtōs hoi men pantes eisin anabathmoi ho sōtēr; ho de hoion prōtos katōterō to anthrōpinon autou, hǭ epibainontes hodeuomen kata ta hexēs autou onta tēn pasan en tois anabathmois hodon, hōste anabēnai diʼ autou ontos kai angelou kai tōn loipōn dynameōn.
And perhaps, just as there were certain steps in the temple by which one entered the holy of holies, so the only-begotten of God is all our steps; and just as, of the steps, one is first at the bottom, another above it, and so on in order up to the highest, so the Savior is all the steps, but, as it were, the first, lower one is his humanity, stepping on which we travel the whole way along the steps that come after it in him, so as to ascend through him, who is also angel, and through the rest of the powers.
19.39Preuschen 4:305–306
καὶ κατὰ τὰς ἐπινοίας δὲ αὐτοῦ, εἴπερ ἕτερόν ἐστιν ὁδὸς καὶ θύραι προαπαντῆσαι δεῖ τῇ ὁδῷ, ἕνα μετὰ ταῦτα οὕτως φθάσῃ τις ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν, καὶ ἄρχοντι χρήσασθαι αὐτῷ καθʼ ὃ ποιμήν ἐστιν, ἵνα τις δυνηθῇ αὐτοῦ ἀπολαῦσαι καὶ βασιλέως, ὄνασθαί τε αὐτοῦ πρῶτον ὡς ἀμνοῦ, ἕνα πρῶτον ἄρῃ ἡμῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα κεκαθαρισμένοι φάγωμεν αὐτοῦ τῆς σαρκός, τῆς ἀληθινῆς τροφῆς· καὶ ἐπιμελέστερόν τις τὰ παρακείμενα τούτοις ἐξετάσας καὶ παραλαβὼν ἀκούσεται· »Εἰ ἐμὲ οἴδατε, καὶ τὸν πατέρα μου »οἴδατε«, καὶ >Ἐπεὶ ἐμὲ οἴδατε, καὶ τὸν πατέρα μου οἴδατε. Ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα ἐλάλησεν ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ· καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπίασεν αὐτόν, ὅτι οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ.
kai kata tas epinoias de autou, eiper heteron estin hodos kai thyrai proapantēsai dei tę̄ hodǭ, hena meta tauta houtōs phthasę̄ tis epi tēn thyran, kai archonti chrēsasthai autǭ kathʼ ho poimēn estin, hina tis dynēthę̄ autou apolausai kai basileōs, onasthai te autou prōton hōs amnou, hena prōton arę̄ hēmōn tēn hamartian, kai meta tauta kekatharismenoi phagōmen autou tēs sarkos, tēs alēthinēs trophēs; kai epimelesteron tis ta parakeimena toutois exetasas kai paralabōn akousetai; »Ei eme oidate, kai ton patera mou »oidate«, kai >Epei eme oidate, kai ton patera mou oidate. Tauta ta rhēmata elalēsen en tǭ gazophylakiǭ didaskōn en tǭ hierǭ; kai oudeis epiasen auton, hoti oupō elēlythei hē hōra autou.
And according to his aspects too: if the way is different and one must meet the way first, so that afterward one may thus reach the door; and one must have him as ruler in that he is shepherd, so that one may be able to enjoy him also as king; and benefit from him first as lamb, so that he may first take away our sin, and afterward, having been cleansed, we may eat his flesh, the true food. And one who examines more carefully what lies alongside these and takes them in will hear, “If you know me, you know my Father also,” and “Since you know me, you know my Father also.” “These words he spoke in the treasury, teaching in the temple; and no one arrested him, because his hour had not yet come.”
19.40Preuschen 4:306
Εἰ μή τι χρήσιμον ἠν μαθεῖν ἐκ τοῦ τὰ προειρημένα ἀπηγγέλθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος λελαλῆσθαι ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ, οὐκ ἂν προσέθηκεν ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς οἱς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὸ »Ταῦτα τὰ »ῥήματα ἐλάλησεν ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ«· καὶ πανταχοῦ γε ὅπου πρόσκειται· »Ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα † ἃ ἐλάλησεν‘ ἐν τῷδέ τινι τόπῳ, ἐπιστήσας εὑρήσεις τὸ τῆς προσθήκης εὔλογον.
Ei mē ti chrēsimon ēn mathein ek tou ta proeirēmena apēngelthai hypo tou sōtēros lelalēsthai en tǭ gazophylakiǭ, ouk an prosethēken ho euangelistēs hois eipen ho Iēsous to »Tauta ta »rhēmata elalēsen en tǭ gazophylakiǭ didaskōn en tǭ hierǭ«; kai pantachou ge hopou proskeitai; »Tauta ta rhēmata † ha elalēsen‘ en tǭde tini topǭ, epistēsas heurēseis to tēs prosthēkēs eulogon.
If there were nothing useful to learn from the report that the Savior spoke the words above in the treasury, the evangelist would not have added to what Jesus said, “These words he spoke in the treasury, teaching in the temple.” And everywhere that it is added, “These are the words that he spoke” in such and such a place, if you pay attention you will find the addition reasonable.
19.41Preuschen 4:306
ἵν οὑν νοηθῇ, τί τὸ έν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα τὰ] ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ εἰρῆσθαι, παραθησόμεθα ἅπερ ἀπὸ Λουκᾶ καὶ Μάρκου μεμαθήκαμεν, ὀνομασάντων τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον. ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ Λουκᾶ ταῦτα· »᾿Αναβλέψας δὲ εἰς τοὺς βάλλοντας εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὰ δῶρα »αὐτῶν πλουσίους, εἶδέν τινα χήραν πενιχρὰν βάλλουσαν λεπτὰ δύο, »καὶ εἶπεν· ᾿Αληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ἡ χήρα ἡ πτωχὴ αὕτη πλεῖον »πάντων ἔβαλεν· πάντες γὰρ οὗτοι ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς »ἔβαλον εἰς τὰ δῶρα τοῦ θεοῦ, αὕτη δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ὑστερήματος αὐτῆς »πάντα τὸν βίον ἑαυτῆς, ὃν εἶχεν, ἔβαλεν«· ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ κατὰ »Καὶ ἑστὼς ὁ Ἰησοῦς κατέναντι τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου ἐθεώρει,
hin houn noēthę̄, ti to en tǭ gazophylakiǭ tauta ta rhēmata ta] hypo tou Iēsou eirēsthai, parathēsometha haper apo Louka kai Markou memathēkamen, onomasantōn to gazophylakion. apo men tou Louka tauta; »᾿Anablepsas de eis tous ballontas eis to gazophylakion ta dōra »autōn plousious, eiden tina chēran penichran ballousan lepta dyo, »kai eipen; ᾿Alēthōs legō hymin hoti hē chēra hē ptōchē hautē pleion »pantōn ebalen; pantes gar houtoi ek tou perisseuontos autois »ebalon eis ta dōra tou theou, hautē de ek tou hysterēmatos autēs »panta ton bion heautēs, hon eichen, ebalen«; apo de tou kata »Kai hestōs ho Iēsous katenanti tou gazophylakiou etheōrei,
So that it may be understood what it means that these words were spoken by Jesus in the treasury, we shall set beside it what we have learned from Luke and Mark, who name the treasury. From Luke this: “Looking up, he saw the rich putting their gifts into the treasury, and he saw a poor widow putting in two small coins, and he said, ‘Truly I tell you, this poor widow has put in more than all of them; for all these put into the offerings of God out of their abundance, but she out of her want put in all the living that she had.’” And from the Gospel according to Mark: “And Jesus, standing opposite the treasury, watched
19.42Preuschen 4:306
καὶ Μᾶς ἔβαλλεν χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον. καὶ πολλοὶ πλούσιοι »ἔβαλλον πολλά· ἐλθοῦσα δὲ μία χήρα πτωχὴ ἔβαλεν λεπτὰ δύο, ὅ »ἐστιν κοδράντης. καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ εἶπεν »αὐτοῖς· Ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ἡ χήρα ἡ πτωχὴ αὕτη πλεῖον πάντων »ἔβαλεν τῶν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον· πάντες γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ »περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον· αὕτη δὲ ἐκ τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς »πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν ἔβαλεν, ὅλον τὸν βίον αὐτῆς«.
kai Mas eballen chalkon eis to gazophylakion. kai polloi plousioi »eballon polla; elthousa de mia chēra ptōchē ebalen lepta dyo, ho »estin kodrantēs. kai proskalesamenos tous mathētas autou eipen »autois; Amēn legō hymin hoti hē chēra hē ptōchē hautē pleion pantōn »ebalen tōn ballontōn eis to gazophylakion; pantes gar ek tou »perisseuontos autois ebalon; hautē de ek tēs hysterēseōs autēs »panta hosa eichen ebalen, holon ton bion autēs«.
how the crowd put copper into the treasury. And many rich people put in much; and a poor widow came and put in two small coins, which make a penny. And calling his disciples to him he said to them, ‘Truly I tell you, this poor widow has put in more than all those who are putting into the treasury; for they all put in out of their abundance, but she out of her poverty put in everything she had, her whole living.’”
19.43Preuschen 4:306
τί δέ μοι βούλεται ἡ τῶν ῥητῶν παράθεσις τηρήσαντι, ὅτι τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἠν, ὑπὲρ τοῦ νοῆσαι τὴν προκειμένην τοῦ Ἰωάννου λέξιν ἤδη λέξωμεν· εἰ τὸ ἱερὸν ἀνάγομεν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὸν εἰς τὸν πνευματικὸν λόγον, τούτῳ ἀκολούθως καὶ τὸ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ γαζοφυλάκιον κατανοήσωμεν, ὅπερ ἐστὶν τόπος νομισμάτων εἰς τιμὴν θεοῦ καὶ οἰκονομίαν ἀναπαύσεως πενήτων προσφερομένων.
ti de moi bouletai hē tōn rhētōn parathesis tērēsanti, hoti to gazophylakion en tǭ hierǭ ēn, hyper tou noēsai tēn prokeimenēn tou Iōannou lexin ēdē lexōmen; ei to hieron anagomen tou theou kai ta kata ton eis ton pneumatikon logon, toutǭ akolouthōs kai to en tǭ hierǭ gazophylakion katanoēsōmen, hoper estin topos nomismatōn eis timēn theou kai oikonomian anapauseōs penētōn prospheromenōn.
What I intend by setting out these texts, having observed that the treasury was in the temple, in order to understand the present passage of John, let us now say. If we refer the temple of God and what belongs to it to the spiritual sense, let us in accordance with this understand also the treasury in the temple, which is a place for coins offered for the honor of God and for the relief of the poor.
19.44Preuschen 4:306–307
τὰ δὲ νομίσματα τίνα ἂν εἴη ἢ οἱ Μοι λόγοι τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως ἐντετυπωμένην ἔχοντες, ὑπὸ δοκίμων τραπεζιτῶν θεωρούμενοι, τῶν χωρίζειν ἐπισταμένων ἀπὸ τῶν δοκίμων τὰ ἀδόκιμα μὲν προσποιούμενα δὲ εἶναι δόκιμα καὶ τηρούντων τὴν ἐντολὴν Ἰησοῦ λέγουσαν· »Γίνεσθε δόκιμοι τραπεζῖται«, καὶ τὴν Παύλου διδαχὴν φάσκοντος· Πάντα δοκιμάζετε, τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε, ἀπὸ παντὸς »εἴδους πονηροῦ ἀπέχεσθε«; ἕκαστος δὴ συνεισφερέτω εἰς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς ἐκκλησίας φέρων ἐπὶ τὸ νοητὸν γαζοφυλάκιον ἃ δύναται εἰς τιμὴν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ὠφέλειαν τοῦ κοινοῦ.
ta de nomismata tina an eiē ē hoi Moi logoi tēn eikona tou megalou basileōs entetypōmenēn echontes, hypo dokimōn trapezitōn theōroumenoi, tōn chōrizein epistamenōn apo tōn dokimōn ta adokima men prospoioumena de einai dokima kai tērountōn tēn entolēn Iēsou legousan; »Ginesthe dokimoi trapezitai«, kai tēn Paulou didachēn phaskontos; Panta dokimazete, to kalon katechete, apo pantos »eidous ponērou apechesthe«? hekastos dē syneispheretō eis oikodomēn tēs ekklēsias pherōn epi to noēton gazophylakion ha dynatai eis timēn tou theou kai ōpheleian tou koinou.
And what would the coins be but the divine words that bear the image of the great King stamped on them, examined by approved money changers, who know how to separate from the approved coins those that are unapproved yet pretend to be approved, and who keep the commandment of Jesus that says, “Be approved money changers,” and the teaching of Paul, who says, “Test all things, hold fast to what is good, abstain from every form of evil”? Let each, then, contribute to the building up of the church, bringing to the spiritual treasury what he can for the honor of God and the benefit of all.
19.45Preuschen 4:307
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔστιν ὠφεληθῆναι τὸ κοινὸν διχῶς, ἀπό τε λόγων καὶ ἀπὸ πράξεων, ὠν ὁ δίκαιος πράττει, καλῶς καὶ αὐταὶ ἀναφέρονται εἰς τὸ νοητὸν γαζοφυλάκιον. ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἴση οὐδʼ ὁμοία πάντων ἡ δύναμις ἐν τῶ βίῳ τούτῳ, εἴγε ἔδωκεν ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης τῷ μὲν πέντε τάλαντα. τῷ δὲ δύο, τῷ δὲ ἕν, ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν, ἀποδέχεται ὁ ἔμψυχος τούτου λόγος, ἐνορῶν τῇ δυνάμει τῶν βαλλόντων εἰς ὃ διηγησάμεθα γαζοφυλάκιον, οὓς ἀποδέχεται, οὐ τῇ ποσότητι τῶν συνεισφερομένων ἐνορῶν μόνῃ.
Epei de estin ōphelēthēnai to koinon dichōs, apo te logōn kai apo praxeōn, ōn ho dikaios prattei, kalōs kai autai anapherontai eis to noēton gazophylakion. allʼ epei ouk isē oudʼ homoia pantōn hē dynamis en tō biǭ toutǭ, eige edōken ho oikodespotēs tǭ men pente talanta. tǭ de dyo, tǭ de hen, hekastǭ kata tēn idian dynamin, apodechetai ho empsychos toutou logos, enorōn tę̄ dynamei tōn ballontōn eis ho diēgēsametha gazophylakion, hous apodechetai, ou tę̄ posotēti tōn syneispheromenōn enorōn monę̄.
And since the community can be benefited in two ways, by words and by the deeds the righteous man does, these too are rightly brought into the spiritual treasury. But since the ability of all is not equal or alike in this life, if indeed the householder gave to one five talents, to another two, to another one, to each according to his own ability, his living Word accepts those he accepts by looking at the ability of those who put into the treasury we have described, not looking only at the amount contributed.
19.46Preuschen 4:307
διόπερ εἰ ἔστιν] τις πλείονα δυνάμενος, ὀλιγώτερα μὲν ὡς πρὸς τὴν ἐνυπάρχουσαν αὐτῷ δύναμιν ποιεῖ, πλείονα δὲ ὡς πρὸς ἑτέρων σύγκρισιν ἐλάττονα δυναμένων, * * καὶ ἀποδέχεται τοὺς δυνάμει τὰ ἐλάττονα πεποιηκότας παρὰ τοὺς πλείονα συνεισενεγκόντας ἐκ δυνάμεως πολλαπλασίονα φέρειν δυναμένης, ὡς γέγραπται ἃ τοῦ τε Λουκᾶ καὶ τοῦ Μάρκου.
dioper ei estin] tis pleiona dynamenos, oligōtera men hōs pros tēn enyparchousan autǭ dynamin poiei, pleiona de hōs pros heterōn synkrisin elattona dynamenōn, * * kai apodechetai tous dynamei ta elattona pepoiēkotas para tous pleiona syneisenenkontas ek dynameōs pollaplasiona pherein dynamenēs, hōs gegraptai ha tou te Louka kai tou Markou.
Therefore, if there is someone able to do more, he does less in relation to the ability he has, though more by comparison with others of lesser ability, … and he accepts those who have done less in quantity but in keeping with their ability, above those who contributed more from an ability that could bring many times as much, as is written in Luke and Mark.
19.47Preuschen 4:307
ἅμα δὲ διδάσκει τὰ ῥητὰ ταῦτα τὸν νοήσαντα ταῦτα πνευματικῶς μηδεπώποτε τοὺς νομιζομένους διαφέρειν δεῖν ἐπαίρεσθαι κατὰ τῶν ὡς πρὸς κρίσιν ὑποδεεστέρων· οὐ γὰρ πεπείσθω τις τῶν ὑπολαμβανομένων πλείονα καὶ κρείττονα ποιεῖν, συγκρίνων ἑαυτὸν τοῖς ὅσον ἐπὶ ἀνθρωπίνῃ κρίσει ἐλάχιστα πράττουσιν ὅτι πάντα ἃ δεδύνηται πεποίηκεν, ἢ ἐκεῖνος οὐ πάντα εἰ <εἰ ἃ> οἷός τε ἠν ἀπαιτεῖσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου ἀποδέδωκεν.
hama de didaskei ta rhēta tauta ton noēsanta tauta pneumatikōs mēdepōpote tous nomizomenous diapherein dein epairesthai kata tōn hōs pros krisin hypodeesterōn; ou gar pepeisthō tis tōn hypolambanomenōn pleiona kai kreittona poiein, synkrinōn heauton tois hoson epi anthrōpinę̄ krisei elachista prattousin hoti panta ha dedynētai pepoiēken, ē ekeinos ou panta ei <ei ha> hoios te ēn apaiteisthai apo tou logou apodedōken.
At the same time these texts teach one who understands them spiritually that those thought to excel must never exalt themselves over those who seem inferior by comparison. For let none of those who are supposed to do more and better be persuaded, comparing himself with those who, as far as human judgment goes, do very little, that he has done all he could, or that the other has not rendered all that could be required of him by reason.
19.48Preuschen 4:307–308
ἀνεβλεψεν οὖν εἰς τοὺς βάλλοντας εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν πλουσίους ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν πενιχρὰν χήραν λεπτὰ βάλλουσαν δύο τάχα τῷ γνωστικῷ τόπῳ ἢ τῷ πρακτικῷ ἁπλούστερον περὶ τῶν θείων φρονοῦσαν. καὶ ἀνάλογον τούτοις βιοῦσαν, εἶπεν· »᾿Αληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ἡ χήρα ἡ πτωχὴ αὕτη πλεῖον »πάντων ἔβαλεν«.
aneblepsen oun eis tous ballontas eis to gazophylakion ta dōra autōn plousious ho Iēsous, kai idōn tēn penichran chēran lepta ballousan dyo tacha tǭ gnōstikǭ topǭ ē tǭ praktikǭ haplousteron peri tōn theiōn phronousan. kai analogon toutois biousan, eipen; »᾿Alēthōs legō hymin hoti hē chēra hē ptōchē hautē pleion »pantōn ebalen«.
Jesus, then, looked up at the rich putting their gifts into the treasury, and seeing the poor widow putting in two small coins, perhaps one whose thinking about divine things was rather simple, in the realm of knowledge or of practice, and who lived in keeping with this, he said, “Truly I tell you, this poor widow has put in more than all of them.”
19.49Preuschen 4:308
καὶ τοῦτο εἶπεν καθορῶν τίνα τρόπον πολλαπλασίονα δυνάμενοι φέρειν εἰς τὸ κοινὸν οἱ ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ δυνάμει πλούσιοι ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον εἰς τὰ δῶρα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐλάχιστον μόριον, ὠν οἶοί τε ἠσαν συνεισφέρειν.
kai touto eipen kathorōn tina tropon pollaplasiona dynamenoi pherein eis to koinon hoi hoson epi tę̄ dynamei plousioi ek tou perisseuontos autois ebalon eis ta dōra tou theou elachiston morion, ōn oioi te ēsan syneispherein.
And he said this seeing how those who were rich in ability, though able to bring many times as much to the community, put into the gifts of God out of their abundance a very small part of what they could contribute.
19.50Preuschen 4:308
κατανόει δὲ καὶ τὰ τῆς χήρας ὑστερήματα καὶ ὅτι βιασαμένη ἑαυτὴν πάντα ὃν εἶχεν βίον ἤνεγκεν εἰς τὸ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ γαζοφυλάκιον, προσφέρουσα πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν ἑαυτῆς τῷ θεῷ.
katanoei de kai ta tēs chēras hysterēmata kai hoti biasamenē heautēn panta hon eichen bion ēnenken eis to en tǭ hierǭ gazophylakion, prospherousa pasan tēn dynamin heautēs tǭ theǭ.
But consider also the widow's want, and that, forcing herself, she brought her whole living into the treasury in the temple, offering all her power to God.
19.51Preuschen 4:308
Ἀεὶ τοίνυν ὁ Ἰησοῦς κατὰ μὲν τὸν Λουκᾶν, ἀναβλέπων εἰς τοὺς βάλλοντας εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον πλουσίους τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν, ὁρᾷ καὶ τὴν πενιχρὰν χήραν βάλλουσαν λεπτὰ δύο· κατὰ δὲ τὸν Μάρκον, ἑστὼς κατέναντι τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου θεωρεῖ τίνα τρόπον πᾶς ὁ λαὸς βάλλει κατὰ δύναμιν τὸν νοητὸν χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον, καὶ ὡς μόνος δυνάμενος βλέπειν τοὺς πλουσίους εἶδεν εἴ ποτε πτωχὴ ψυχὴ καὶ ὑστερουμένη βάλλει ὅλῃ δυνάμει καὶ διὰ τοῦτο δικαιουμένη παρὰ τοὺς πολλοὺς πλουσίους.
Aei toinyn ho Iēsous kata men ton Loukan, anablepōn eis tous ballontas eis to gazophylakion plousious ta dōra autōn, horą kai tēn penichran chēran ballousan lepta dyo; kata de ton Markon, hestōs katenanti tou gazophylakiou theōrei tina tropon pas ho laos ballei kata dynamin ton noēton chalkon eis to gazophylakion, kai hōs monos dynamenos blepein tous plousious eiden ei pote ptōchē psychē kai hysteroumenē ballei holę̄ dynamei kai dia touto dikaioumenē para tous pollous plousious.
Always, then, Jesus, according to Luke, looking up at the rich putting their gifts into the treasury, sees also the poor widow putting in two small coins; and according to Mark, standing opposite the treasury, he watches how all the people put spiritual copper into the treasury according to their ability, and, as the only one able to see the rich, he saw whether a poor and needy soul was putting in with all her power and so was being justified above the many rich.
19.52Preuschen 4:308
ἅπερ οὐ τοῖς τυχοῦσιν λέγει ἀλλʼ, ὥς φησιν ὁ Μάρκος, τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ· καὶ νῦν γὰρ προσκαλούμενος τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ λέγει αὐτοῖς διδάσκων βλέπειν οὐχ ὡς ὄψεται ἄνθρωπος ἀλλʼ ὡς ὄψεται ὁ θεός (»Ἄνθρωπος »ὄψεται εἰς πρόσωπον, ὁ δὲ θεὸς ὄψεται εἰς καρδίαν«) τὸ »᾿Αμὴν »λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ἡ χήρα ἡ πτωχὴ αὕτη πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν τῶν »βαλλόντων εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.
haper ou tois tychousin legei allʼ, hōs phēsin ho Markos, tois mathētais autou; kai nyn gar proskaloumenos tous mathētas autou legei autois didaskōn blepein ouch hōs opsetai anthrōpos allʼ hōs opsetai ho theos (»Anthrōpos »opsetai eis prosōpon, ho de theos opsetai eis kardian«) to »᾿Amēn »legō hymin hoti hē chēra hē ptōchē hautē pleion pantōn ebalen tōn »ballontōn eis to gazophylakion« kai ta hexēs.
These things he says not to just anyone but, as Mark says, to his disciples; for now too, calling his disciples, he says to them, teaching them to see not as man sees but as God sees (“Man looks on the face, but God looks on the heart”): “Truly I tell you, this poor widow has put in more than all those putting into the treasury,” and what follows.
19.53Preuschen 4:308
τί δή μοι ταῦτα πάντα βούλεται προκειμένου διηγήσασθαι τὸ »Ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα † ἂ »ἐλάλησεν ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ, διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ«, ἢ παραστῆσαι, ὅτι πάντων συνεισφερόντων ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ τοῦ ἱεροῦ τοῦ ὑπὲρ τοῦ κοινοῦ τὰ θρέψοντα τοὺς δεομένους, μᾶλλον πάντων ἐχρῆν τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν φέρειν τὰ ὠφελήσοντα, ἅπερ ἦν ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου καὶ διδασκαλία ἡ περὶ θεοῦ καὶ >;
ti dē moi tauta panta bouletai prokeimenou diēgēsasthai to »Tauta ta rhēmata † a »elalēsen en tǭ gazophylakiǭ, didaskōn en tǭ hierǭ«, ē parastēsai, hoti pantōn syneispherontōn en tǭ gazophylakiǭ tou hierou tou hyper tou koinou ta threpsonta tous deomenous, mallon pantōn echrēn ton ᾿Iēsoun pherein ta ōphelēsonta, haper ēn rhēmata zōēs aiōniou kai didaskalia hē peri theou kai >?
What, then, do I intend by all this, when the task is to explain “These words he spoke in the treasury, teaching in the temple,” except to show that, while all were contributing in the temple treasury, for the community, what would feed the needy, Jesus more than all had to bring what would benefit, namely words of eternal life and the teaching about God and …?
19.54Preuschen 4:308
καὶ παντός γε νομίσματος τιμαλφέστερον ἠν τὸ »᾿Εγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου« ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ εἰρημένον, καὶ τὸ «Εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε« καὶ ὅλα τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον.
kai pantos ge nomismatos timalphesteron ēn to »᾿Egō eimi to phōs tou kosmou« en tǭ gazophylakiǭ eirēmenon, kai to «Ei eme ę̄deite, kai ton patera mou an ę̄deite« kai hola ta kata ton topon.
And more precious than any coin was “I am the light of the world,” spoken in the treasury, and “If you knew me, you would know my Father also,” and everything in that passage.
19.55Preuschen 4:308
καὶ ὁ πᾶς γε τῶν λοιπῶν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον φερόντων ἂ εἶχον χρυσὸς ψάμμος ἦν ὀλίγη ὡς πρὸς τὰ Ἰησοῦ ῥήματα· σοφία γὰρ ἦν πᾶς ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ· »Πᾶς δὲ χρυσὸς »ἐν ὄψει σοφίας ψάμμος ὀλίγη, καὶ ὡς πηλὸς λογισθήσεται ἄργυρος »ἐναντίον αὐτῆς«.
kai ho pas ge tōn loipōn eis to gazophylakion pherontōn a eichon chrysos psammos ēn oligē hōs pros ta Iēsou rhēmata; sophia gar ēn pas ho logos autou; »Pas de chrysos »en opsei sophias psammos oligē, kai hōs pēlos logisthēsetai argyros »enantion autēs«.
And all the gold of the others who brought what they had into the treasury was a little sand compared with the words of Jesus; for his whole word was wisdom: “All gold in the sight of wisdom is a little sand, and silver will be reckoned as clay before her.”
19.56Preuschen 4:308–309
καὶ ταῦτά γε σαφῶς νοηθήσεται τοῖς κατακούειν μεμαθηκόσιν τῆς τοῖς τελείοις λαλουμένης σοφίας, έν μυστηρίῳ ἀποκεκρυμμένης, »ἣν προώρισεν ὁ θεὸς πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων εἰς τὴν« τῶν δικαίων »αὐτοῦ δόξαν«, καὶ δυναμένοις ἐνορᾷν ὑπεροχὴν σοφίας θεοῦ παρὰ τὴν »σοφίαν τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου« ἢ »τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῦ »αἰῶνος τούτου, τῶν καταργουμένων«, οἱονεὶ προφήταις ἰδίοις χρωμένων, τῶν ὁποιωνδήποτε λόγων ἑτέρων παρὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν προϊσταμένοις· ψάμμος γὰρ ὀλίγη αἱ λοιπαὶ σοφίαι χρυσὸς εἶναι νομιζόμεναι ἐν ὄψει σοφίας, ἣν ἐκτισεν ὁ θεὸς ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἄργυρος ὁ τῶν πολλῶν λαμπρὸς καὶ πιθανὸς λόγος ὡς πηλὸς λογισθήσεται, 〈ἐναντίον〉 τῶν ἁγνῶν λογίων κυρίου τῶν πεπυρωμένων καὶ κεκαθαρισμένων ἑπταπλασίως καὶ δοκίμων, ἅτε προεληλυθότων ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν λόγου.
kai tauta ge saphōs noēthēsetai tois katakouein memathēkosin tēs tois teleiois laloumenēs sophias, en mystēriǭ apokekrymmenēs, »hēn proōrisen ho theos pro tōn aiōnōn eis tēn« tōn dikaiōn »autou doxan«, kai dynamenois enorąn hyperochēn sophias theou para tēn »sophian tou aiōnos toutou« ē »tōn archontōn tou »aiōnos toutou, tōn katargoumenōn«, hoionei prophētais idiois chrōmenōn, tōn hopoiōndēpote logōn heterōn para tēn alētheian proïstamenois; psammos gar oligē hai loipai sophiai chrysos einai nomizomenai en opsei sophias, hēn ektisen ho theos archēn hodōn autou eis erga autou, kai argyros ho tōn pollōn lampros kai pithanos logos hōs pēlos logisthēsetai, 〈enantion〉 tōn hagnōn logiōn kyriou tōn pepyrōmenōn kai kekatharismenōn heptaplasiōs kai dokimōn, hate proelēlythotōn apo tou en archę̄ pros ton theon logou.
And this will be clearly understood by those who have learned to listen to the wisdom spoken among the perfect, hidden in a mystery, “which God foreordained before the ages for the glory” of his righteous ones, and who can see the superiority of God's wisdom over “the wisdom of this age” or “of the rulers of this age, who are being brought to nothing,” who use, as it were, their own prophets, those who champion any words whatever other than the truth. For the other wisdoms, thought to be gold, are a little sand in the sight of the Wisdom whom God created as the beginning of his ways for his works; and the brilliant and persuasive speech of the many, silver, will be reckoned as clay before the pure oracles of the Lord, tried in the fire and purified seven times and approved, since they have come forth from the Word who was in the beginning with God.
19.57Preuschen 4:309
Τὰ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπιγεγραμμένης Σοφίας ἄλλως παρεθέμεθα εἰς τὸ συνιδεῖν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ »Ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα † ἃ ἐλάλησεν ἐν »τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ, διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ«. τηρείσθω γὰρ ἡ περὶ τῶν πλουσίων καὶ τῆς πενιχρᾶς χήρας διήγησις ὡς ἀποδέδοται, καὶ εἴ τίς γε μιμητής έστιν Χριστοῦ, ἡκέτω ἐπὶ τὸ μὴ ἐν τόπῳ νοητὸν ἱερὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ὁδεύων τῷ νώ καὶ ἀκολουθῶν τῷ πνεύματι χειραγωγῆσαι αὐτὸν ἐπʼ αὐτὸ δυναμένῳ, καὶ φερέτω δόκιμα νομίσματα, ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου, ἐπὶ τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον, καὶ ἔργα ἀκόλουθα τοῖς τοιούτοις ῥήμασιν.
Ta de apo tēs epigegrammenēs Sophias allōs parethemetha eis to synidein tēn dynamin tou »Tauta ta rhēmata † ha elalēsen en »tǭ gazophylakiǭ, didaskōn en tǭ hierǭ«. tēreisthō gar hē peri tōn plousiōn kai tēs penichras chēras diēgēsis hōs apodedotai, kai ei tis ge mimētēs estin Christou, hēketō epi to mē en topǭ noēton hieron tou theou hodeuōn tǭ nō kai akolouthōn tǭ pneumati cheiragōgēsai auton epʼ auto dynamenǭ, kai pheretō dokima nomismata, rhēmata zōēs aiōniou, epi to gazophylakion, kai erga akoloutha tois toioutois rhēmasin.
We have cited the words from the book entitled Wisdom in another way, to see the force of “These words he spoke in the treasury, teaching in the temple.” For let the account of the rich and the poor widow be kept as it has been explained; and if anyone is an imitator of Christ, let him come to the spiritual temple of God, which is not in a place, traveling with the mind and following the Spirit, who can lead him by the hand to it; and let him bring approved coins, words of eternal life, to the treasury, and deeds in keeping with such words.
19.58Preuschen 4:309
ἀλλʼ εἴθε μήτε πενιχρά τις ἡμῶν μήτε χήρα εἴη φέρειν μηδὲν πλεῖον δυναμένη δύο λεπτῶν, μήτε πλούσιος ἐκ μόνου τοῦ περισσεύματος φέρων, ἀλλὰ πάντα τὸν πλοῦτον ἀνατιθεὶς τῷ θεῷ.
allʼ eithe mēte penichra tis hēmōn mēte chēra eiē pherein mēden pleion dynamenē dyo leptōn, mēte plousios ek monou tou perisseumatos pherōn, alla panta ton plouton anatitheis tǭ theǭ.
But would that none of us were a poor widow able to bring nothing more than two small coins, nor a rich man bringing only from his abundance, but one dedicating all his wealth to God.
19.59Preuschen 4:309
Ἰησοῦς δὲ οὐ πάντα ἃ εἶχεν ῥήματα ἐλάλησεν ἐν τώ γαζοφυλακίῳ διδάσκων, ἀλλὰ τοσαῦτα ὅσα ἐχώρει τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον· οὐδὲ γὰρ αὐτόν γε οἶμαι χωρεῖν τὸν κόσμον τὸν ὅλον τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον.
Iēsous de ou panta ha eichen rhēmata elalēsen en tō gazophylakiǭ didaskōn, alla tosauta hosa echōrei to gazophylakion; oude gar auton ge oimai chōrein ton kosmon ton holon tou theou logon.
But Jesus did not speak all the words he had when teaching in the treasury, but as many as the treasury could hold; for I do not think that even the world itself could hold the whole Word of God.
19.60Preuschen 4:309
ὅμως δὲ τοσαῦτα ῥήματα ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ λαλῶν καὶ διδάσκων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ὑπʼ οὐδενὸς ἐκρατεῖτό πω· καὶ αὐτοῦ γὰρ οἱ λόγοι ἰσχυρότεροι ἐτύγχανον τῶν πιάσαι αὐτὸν θελόντων. καὶ ὅσον γε λέγει, οὐδεὶς αὐτὸν πιάσει τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων αὐτῶ· ἀλλʼ ἐὰν σιωπήσῃ, τότε κρατεῖται.
homōs de tosauta rhēmata en tǭ gazophylakiǭ lalōn kai didaskōn ho Iēsous en tǭ hierǭ hypʼ oudenos ekrateito pō; kai autou gar hoi logoi ischyroteroi etynchanon tōn piasai auton thelontōn. kai hoson ge legei, oudeis auton piasei tōn epibouleuontōn autō; allʼ ean siōpēsę̄, tote krateitai.
Yet although Jesus spoke so many words in the treasury and taught in the temple, he was not yet seized by anyone; for his words were stronger than those who wished to arrest him. And as long as he speaks, none of those plotting against him will arrest him; but if he is silent, then he is seized.
19.61Preuschen 4:309–310
ὅθεν ἐπεὶ ἐβούλετο ὑπὲρ τοῦ κόσμου παθεῖν, ἐξεταζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Πιλάτου καὶ μαστιγούμενος σιωπᾷ· εἰ γὰρ λελαλήκει, οὐκέτι ἐγίνετʼ <ἃν> αὐτῷ τὸ ἐσταυρῶσθαι ἀσθενείας, ἐπείπερ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀσθένεια ἐν οἷς ὁ λόγος λαλεῖ.
hothen epei ebouleto hyper tou kosmou pathein, exetazomenos hypo tou Pilatou kai mastigoumenos siōpą; ei gar lelalēkei, ouketi eginetʼ <han> autǭ to estaurōsthai astheneias, epeiper ouk estin astheneia en hois ho logos lalei.
Hence, since he wished to suffer for the world, he is silent when examined by Pilate and scourged; for if he had spoken, his being crucified in weakness would no longer have happened, since there is no weakness in those in whom the Word speaks.
19.62Preuschen 4:310
ὄντι δὲ αὐτῶ ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ οὐδέπω ἡ ὥρα ἐνειστήκει τοῦ πιασθῆναι αὐτόν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ὄντι ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ· χειμάρρουν δέ τινα ἐχρῆν εἶναι τὸν τόπον ἔνθα ἐβούλετο πιασθῆναι ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ ἐδύνατο.
onti de autō en tǭ gazophylakiǭ oudepō hē hōra eneistēkei tou piasthēnai auton, allʼ oude onti en tǭ hierǭ; cheimarroun de tina echrēn einai ton topon entha ebouleto piasthēnai ho Iēsous kai edynato.
While he was in the treasury, the hour for his arrest had not yet come, nor while he was in the temple; the place where Jesus wished and allowed himself to be arrested had to be a winter torrent.
19.63Preuschen 4:310
ἀλλὰ καὶ καιρὸν τοῦ κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔδει εἶναι ἡμερινόν· »῾Ο γὰρ »᾿Ιούδας λαβὼν τὴν σπεῖραν καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ Φαρισαίων »ὑπηρέτας ἔρχεται ἐκεῖ μετὰ φανῶν καὶ λαμπάδων καὶ ὃπλων«. περὶ δὲ τοῦ »Οὔπω ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ« ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω διὰ πλειόνων διειλήφαμεν, οἷς χρήσει καὶ εἰς τὰ παρόντα. Εἶπεν οὖν Πάλιν αὐτοῖς· ᾿Εγὼ ὑΠάγω καὶ ζητήσετέ με, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε· ὅΠου ἐγὼ ὑΠάγω ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν.
alla kai kairon tou krateisthai auton ouk edei einai hēmerinon; »῾O gar »᾿Ioudas labōn tēn speiran kai ek tōn archiereōn kai Pharisaiōn »hypēretas erchetai ekei meta phanōn kai lampadōn kai hoplōn«. peri de tou »Oupō elēlythen hē hōra autou« en tois anōterō dia pleionōn dieilēphamen, hois chrēsei kai eis ta paronta. Eipen oun Palin autois; ᾿Egō hyPagō kai zētēsete me, kai en tę̄ amartią hymōn apothaneisthe; hoPou egō hyPagō hymeis ou dynasthe elthein.
And the time of his arrest had to be not by day; for “Judas, taking the cohort and officers from the chief priests and Pharisees, comes there with lanterns and torches and weapons.” About “His hour had not yet come” we have treated at length above, and you will use that for the present passage too. “So he said to them again, ‘I am going away, and you will seek me, and you will die in your sin; where I am going you cannot come.’”
19.64Preuschen 4:310
Καὶ ταῦτα ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, προστιθεὶς τοῖς προτέροις οὐ μόνον ταῦτα ἀλλὰ πλείονα ἕως τοῦ »᾿Αμὴν λέγω »ὑμῖν, πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι ἐγὼ εἰμί«. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ἀράντων λίθους, ἴνα λιθάσωσιν αὐτόν, Ἰησοῦς ἐκρύβη καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ὅτε παράγων εἶδεν τὸν ἀπὸ γενετῆς τυφλόν, περὶ οὗ εἰσόμεθα, θεοῦ διδόντος, γενόμενοι κατὰ τὸν τόπον.
Kai tauta en tǭ gazophylakiǭ en tǭ hierǭ, prostitheis tois proterois ou monon tauta alla pleiona heōs tou »᾿Amēn legō »hymin, prin Abraam genesthai egō eimi«. meta de touton ton logon arantōn lithous, ina lithasōsin auton, Iēsous ekrybē kai exēlthen ek tou hierou, hote paragōn eiden ton apo genetēs typhlon, peri hou eisometha, theou didontos, genomenoi kata ton topon.
And he says these things in the treasury in the temple, adding to what came before not only these but more, up to “Truly I tell you, before Abraham was, I am.” After this word, when they took up stones to stone him, Jesus hid himself and went out of the temple, when, passing by, he saw the man blind from birth, about whom we shall learn, God granting, when we come to that passage.
19.65Preuschen 4:310
λέγει δὲ ταῦτα ἴνα τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον γένηται· »Ταῦτα γὰρ αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος ἐπίστευσαν «εἰς αὐτόν«, οἱονεὶ πένητες ἐρχόμενοι ἐπὶ γαζοφυλάκιον, ἵνʼ ἐκεῖθεν λάβωσιν ἃ ἐὰν δύνωνται καὶ ἃ ἐὰν μερισθῇ αὐτοῖς.
legei de tauta ina to epipheromenon genētai; »Tauta gar autou lalountos episteusan «eis auton«, hoionei penētes erchomenoi epi gazophylakion, hinʼ ekeithen labōsin ha ean dynōntai kai ha ean meristhę̄ autois.
And he says these things so that what follows may come about: “As he was saying these things, many believed in him,” like poor people coming to a treasury to receive from it what they can and what may be distributed to them.
19.66Preuschen 4:310
πολλοὶ μὲν οὖν ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτόν, οὐ πολλοὶ δὲ ἔγνωσαν αὐτόν, ἐπεὶ τῶν πεπιστευκότων εἰς αὐτὸν οἱ μένοντες ἐν τῷ λόγῳ αὐτοῦ, ἀληθῶς γινόμενοι μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, γνώσονται τὴν ἀλήθειαν· οὐχὶ δὲ οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν πεπιστευκότων εἰς αὐτὸν μένουσιν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ οἱ πολλοὶ ἀληθῶς αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γίνονται.
polloi men oun episteusan eis auton, ou polloi de egnōsan auton, epei tōn pepisteukotōn eis auton hoi menontes en tǭ logǭ autou, alēthōs ginomenoi mathētai autou, gnōsontai tēn alētheian; ouchi de hoi polloi tōn pepisteukotōn eis auton menousin en tǭ logǭ autou, oude hoi polloi alēthōs autou mathētai ginontai.
Many, then, believed in him, but not many knew him, since of those who believed in him, those who remain in his word, truly becoming his disciples, will know the truth; but most of those who have believed in him do not remain in his word, nor do most truly become his disciples.
19.67Preuschen 4:310
διόπερ οὐδὲ πολλοὶ γνώσονται ἀλήθειαν, καὶ εἰ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθεροῖ, ἐλεύθεροι οὐ γίνονται·
dioper oude polloi gnōsontai alētheian, kai ei alētheia eleutheroi, eleutheroi ou ginontai;
Therefore not many will know the truth, and, if the truth sets free, they do not become free;
19.68Preuschen 4:310–311
σφόδρα γὰρ ὀλίγοι χωροῦσι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν. τίνες δέ εἰσιν οἱ γνωσόμενοι ἢ οἱ ὑψοῦντες αὐτόν; ὡς αὐτὸς διδάσκει λέγων· »Ὅταν ὑψώ- »σητε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, τότε γνώσεσθε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι.« οὐδεὶς δὲ αὐτὸν ὑψοῖ γάλακτι ποτιζόμενος, παρασκευάζων ἑαυτὸν εἰς παρα- δοχὴν τῆς στερεᾶς τροφῆς· διόπερ τῷ τοιούτῳ λέγει· »Ἔκρινα μηδὲν »εἰδέναι ἐν ὑμῖν εἰ μὴ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον«, πρὸς ὃν καὶ ὁ τοῦ λόγου διάκονος ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ γίνεται, ὤς φησιν ὁ Παῦλος τοῖς τοιούτοις· »Κἀγὼ ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ καὶ ἐν φόβῳ καὶ ἐν τρόμῳ »πολλῷ ἐγενόμην πρὸς ὑμᾶς«.
sphodra gar oligoi chōrousi tēn eleutherian. tines de eisin hoi gnōsomenoi ē hoi hypsountes auton? hōs autos didaskei legōn; »Hotan hypsō- »sēte ton huion tou anthrōpou, tote gnōsesthe hoti egō eimi.« oudeis de auton hypsoi galakti potizomenos, paraskeuazōn heauton eis para- dochēn tēs stereas trophēs; dioper tǭ toioutǭ legei; »Ekrina mēden »eidenai en hymin ei mē Iēsoun Christon kai touton estaurōmenon«, pros hon kai ho tou logou diakonos en astheneią ginetai, ōs phēsin ho Paulos tois toioutois; »Kagō en astheneią kai en phobǭ kai en tromǭ »pollǭ egenomēn pros hymas«.
for very few are capable of freedom. And who are those who will know, or those who lift him up? As he himself teaches, saying, “When you have lifted up the Son of Man, then you will know that I am.” But no one who is being given milk to drink, preparing himself to receive solid food, lifts him up; therefore he says to such a one, “I decided to know nothing among you except Jesus Christ and him crucified,” and toward him the minister of the Word too comes in weakness, as Paul says to such people, “And I was with you in weakness and in fear and in much trembling.”
19.69Preuschen 4:311
Φησὶ τοίνυν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος ἀρχὴν ποιούμενος δευτέρων μαθημάτων τῶν ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ έν τῷ ἱερῶ· »Ἐγὼ ὑπάγω καὶ »ζητήσετέ με, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε«.
Phēsi toinyn ho tou theou logos archēn poioumenos deuterōn mathēmatōn tōn en tǭ gazophylakiǭ en tǭ hierō; »Egō hypagō kai »zētēsete me, kai en tę̄ hamartią hymōn apothaneisthe«.
The Word of God, then, making a beginning of the second lessons in the treasury in the temple, says: “I am going away, and you will seek me, and you will die in your sin.”
19.70Preuschen 4:311
ζητῶ διὰ τὸ »Ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτόν«, μήποτε οὐ πρὸς πάντας τοὺς παρόντας λέγει τὸ »Ἐγὼ ὑπάγω καὶ ζητήσετέ »με, καὶ· ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε«, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τούτους, οὓς ᾔδει μὴ πιστεύσοντας, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ αὐτῶν αποθανουμένους καὶ μὴ δυναμένους ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀκολουθῆσαι· μὴ δυναμένους δὲ διὰ τὸ μὴ βούλεσθαι· εἰ γὰρ βουλόμενοι οὐκ ἐδύναντο, οὐκ ἂν εὐλόγως αὐτοῖς ἐλέγετο τὸ »᾿Εν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε«.
zētō dia to »Tauta autou lalountos polloi episteusan eis auton«, mēpote ou pros pantas tous parontas legei to »Egō hypagō kai zētēsete »me, kai; en tę̄ hamartią hymōn apothaneisthe«, alla pros toutous, hous ę̄dei mē pisteusontas, kai dia touto en tę̄ hamartią autōn apothanoumenous kai mē dynamenous opisō autou akolouthēsai; mē dynamenous de dia to mē boulesthai; ei gar boulomenoi ouk edynanto, ouk an eulogōs autois elegeto to »᾿En tę̄ hamartią hymōn apothaneisthe«.
I ask, because of “As he was saying these things, many believed in him,” whether he does not say “I am going away, and you will seek me, and you will die in your sin” to all who were present, but to those whom he knew would not believe, and therefore would die in their sin and be unable to follow after him; unable because unwilling. For if they wished and were not able, “You will die in your sin” would not reasonably have been said to them.
19.71Preuschen 4:311
Ἐρεῖ δέ τις πρὸς τοῦτο· εἴπερ τοῖς ἐμμένουσιν τῷ μὴ πιστεύειν ταῦτα ἔλεγεν, πῶς τοῖς τοιούτοις φησὶ τὸ »Ζητήσετέ με«; πολλαχοῦ γὰρ ἀγαθὸν τὸ ζητεῖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ταὐτόν πως τυγχάνον τῷ ζητεῖν λόγον καὶ ἀλήθειαν καὶ σοφίαν.
Erei de tis pros touto; eiper tois emmenousin tǭ mē pisteuein tauta elegen, pōs tois toioutois phēsi to »Zētēsete me«? pollachou gar agathon to zētein ton Iēsoun, tauton pōs tynchanon tǭ zētein logon kai alētheian kai sophian.
Someone will say to this: if he said these things to those who persist in unbelief, how does he say to such people, “You will seek me”? For in many places seeking Jesus is good, being somehow the same as seeking the Word, truth, and wisdom.
19.72Preuschen 4:311
ἀλλʼ ἐρεῖς ὅτι καὶ περὶ ἐπιβουλευόντων ποτὲ λέγεται τὸ ζητεῖν, ὥσπερ ἐν τῷ »Ἐζήτουν αὐ- »τὸν πιάσαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλλεν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα, ὅτε οὕπω »ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ«, καὶ έν τῷ »Οἶδα ὅτι σπέρμα ᾿Αβραάμ ἐστε· »ἀλλὰ ζητεῖτέ με ἀποκτεῖναι, ὄτι ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν«, καὶ ἐν τῷ »Νῦν δὲ ζητεῖτέ με ἀποκτεῖναι, ἄνθρωπον ὃς τὴν ἀλήθειαν »ὑμῖν λελάληκα, ἣν ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός«.
allʼ ereis hoti kai peri epibouleuontōn pote legetai to zētein, hōsper en tǭ »Ezētoun au- »ton piasai, kai oudeis epeballen epʼ auton tēn cheira, hote houpō »elēlythei hē hōra autou«, kai en tǭ »Oida hoti sperma ᾿Abraam este; »alla zēteite me apokteinai, oti ho logos ho emos ou chōrei en hymin«, kai en tǭ »Nyn de zēteite me apokteinai, anthrōpon hos tēn alētheian »hymin lelalēka, hēn ēkousa para tou patros«.
But you will say that seeking is also said at times of those who plot, as in “They sought to arrest him, and no one laid a hand on him, because his hour had not yet come,” and in “I know that you are Abraham's seed; but you seek to kill me, because my word finds no place in you,” and in “But now you seek to kill me, a man who has told you the truth, which I heard from the Father.”
19.73Preuschen 4:311
διὸ καὶ λέγεται τοῖς μὴ καλῶς ζητοῦσιν τὸ »Καὶ ζητήσετέ με« οὐκ ἐναντίον τῷ »Πᾶς ὁ ζητῶν εὑρίσκει«. καὶ ἀεὶ δὲ διαφοραί εἰσιν τῶν ζητούντων τὸν Ἰησοῦν, οὐ πάντων γνησίως καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίας καὶ τοῦ ὠφεληθῆναι ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ζητούντων αὐτόν. εἰσὶν γὰρ καὶ κατὰ μυρίας.
dio kai legetai tois mē kalōs zētousin to »Kai zētēsete me« ouk enantion tǭ »Pas ho zētōn heuriskei«. kai aei de diaphorai eisin tōn zētountōn ton Iēsoun, ou pantōn gnēsiōs kai hyper tēs heautōn sōtērias kai tou ōphelēthēnai apʼ autou zētountōn auton. eisin gar kai kata myrias.
Therefore “And you will seek me,” said to those who do not seek rightly, is not contrary to “Everyone who seeks finds.” And there are always differences among those who seek Jesus, since not all seek him sincerely, for their own salvation and to be helped by him. For there are also some who, with countless
19.74Preuschen 4:311–312
ἀποπεπτωκυίας τοῦ καλοῦ προθέσεις ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν· διόΠερ μόνοι οἱ ὀρθῶς ζητήσαντες αὐτὸν εἰρήνην εὑρον, οἳ καὶ κυρίως λέγοιντʼ ἂν αὐτὸν ζητεῖν τὸν ἐν ἀρχῇ λόγον, πρὸς τὸν θεὸν λόγον, καὶ ἴνα αὐτοὺς προσαγάγῃ τῷ πατρί. παρὼν δὲ καὶ ἐμφανταζόμε- νος ὁ λόγος, ἐπὰν μὴ παραδεχθῇ, ἀπειλεῖ τὸ ὑπάγειν καὶ λέγει· »Ἐγὼ »ὑπάγω«· καὶ ἐὰν ἀπελθόντος γε αὐτοῦ ζητῶμεν αὐτόν, οὐχ εὑρήσομεν αὐτόν, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἡμῶν ἀποθανούμεθα.
apopeptōkuias tou kalou protheseis zētountes ton Iēsoun; dioPer monoi hoi orthōs zētēsantes auton eirēnēn heuron, hoi kai kyriōs legointʼ an auton zētein ton en archę̄ logon, pros ton theon logon, kai ina autous prosagagę̄ tǭ patri. parōn de kai emphantazome- nos ho logos, epan mē paradechthę̄, apeilei to hypagein kai legei; »Egō »hypagō«; kai ean apelthontos ge autou zētōmen auton, ouch heurēsomen auton, allʼ en tę̄ hamartią hēmōn apothanoumetha.
intentions fallen away from the good, seek Jesus. Therefore only those who sought him rightly found peace, and they might properly be said to seek him who is the Word in the beginning, the Word with God, and to seek him so that he may bring them to the Father. And the Word, present and appearing, when he is not received, threatens to go away and says, “I am going away”; and if, when he has gone away, we seek him, we shall not find him, but shall die in our sin.
19.75Preuschen 4:312
οἶδεν δὲ ἀπὸ τίνος ὑπάγει καὶ τίνι παραμένει μηδέπω εὑρισκόμενος, ἴνʼ ἐν καιρῷ εὑρεθῇ ζητηθείς.
oiden de apo tinos hypagei kai tini paramenei mēdepō heuriskomenos, inʼ en kairǭ heurethę̄ zētētheis.
And he knows from whom he goes away and with whom he remains while not yet found, so that, being sought, he may be found in due time.
19.76Preuschen 4:312
καὶ τοῖς γε οὕτως ἔχουσιν αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ τεθεωρηκόσιν αὐτὸν λέγεται· »Μὴ εἴπῃς έν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου· Τίς ἀναβήσεται »εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν; τοῦτʼ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν· ἤ· Τίς καταβή- »σεται εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον; τοῦτʼ ἐστι Χριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν.
kai tois ge houtōs echousin auton kai mē tetheōrēkosin auton legetai; »Mē eipę̄s en tę̄ kardią sou; Tis anabēsetai »eis ton ouranon? toutʼ estin Christon katagagein; ē; Tis katabē- »setai eis tēn abysson? toutʼ esti Christon ek nekrōn anagagein.
And to those who have him in this way and have not beheld him it is said: “Do not say in your heart, ‘Who will ascend into heaven?’ that is, to bring Christ down; or ‘Who will descend into the abyss?’ that is, to bring Christ up from the dead.
19.77Preuschen 4:312
»ἀλλὰ τί λέγει ἡ γραφή; Ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμα σφόδρα ἐν τῷ στόματί σου καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου«. τούτοις δὲ φιλανθρώπως ὁ σωτὴρ ὑποδείκνυσιν καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ βασιλείας, ἕνα μὴ ζητῶσιν αὐτὴν ἔξω ἑαυτῶν μηδὲ λέγωσιν· »᾿Ιδοὺ ὧιδε, ἢ ἰδοὺ ἐκεῖ«· φησὶ γὰρ αὐτοῖς· »῾Η βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστίν«.
»alla ti legei hē graphē? Engys sou to rhēma sphodra en tǭ stomati sou kai en tę̄ kardią sou«. toutois de philanthrōpōs ho sōtēr hypodeiknysin kai ta peri tēs tou theou basileias, hena mē zētōsin autēn exō heautōn mēde legōsin; »᾿Idou hōide, ē idou ekei«; phēsi gar autois; »῾Ē basileia tou theou entos hymōn estin«.
But what does the Scripture say? ‘The word is very near you, in your mouth and in your heart.’” And to these the Savior lovingly shows also the things concerning the kingdom of God, so that they may not seek it outside themselves nor say, “Behold, here,” or “Behold, there”; for he says to them, “The kingdom of God is within you.”
19.78Preuschen 4:312
καὶ ὅσον γε σώζομεν τὰ ἐνσπαρέντα ἡμῶν τῇ ψυχῇ τῆς ἀληθείας σπέρματα καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς αὐτῆς, οὐδέπω ἀπελήλυθεν ἀφʼ ἡμῶν ὁ λόγος· ἐὰν δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς κατὰ τὴν κακίαν χύσεως διαφθάρωμεν, τότε ἡμῖν ἐρεῖ· »῾Υπάγω«, ἴνα κἂν ζητῶμεν αὐτὸν οὐχ εὑρήσομεν, ἀλλʼ έν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἡμῶν ἀποθανούμεθα, καταλαμβανόμενοι έν αὐτῇ καὶ παραλαμβανόμενοι ἀπὸ ταύτης ὑπὸ τῶν τεταγμένων ἐπὶ τῷ ἀπαιτεῖν τὴν ψυχήν, κατὰ τὸν εἰπόντα· »Ἄφρον, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ »σοῦ«.
kai hoson ge sōzomen ta ensparenta hēmōn tę̄ psychę̄ tēs alētheias spermata kai tas archas autēs, oudepō apelēlythen aphʼ hēmōn ho logos; ean de apo tēs kata tēn kakian chyseōs diaphtharōmen, tote hēmin erei; »῾Ypagō«, ina kan zētōmen auton ouch heurēsomen, allʼ en tę̄ hamartią hēmōn apothanoumetha, katalambanomenoi en autę̄ kai paralambanomenoi apo tautēs hypo tōn tetagmenōn epi tǭ apaitein tēn psychēn, kata ton eiponta; »Aphron, tautę̄ tę̄ nykti tēn psychēn sou apaitousin apo »sou«.
And as long as we preserve the seeds of truth sown in our soul and its first principles, the Word has not yet gone away from us; but if we are corrupted by the outpouring of wickedness, then he will say to us, “I am going away,” so that even if we seek him we shall not find him, but shall die in our sin, overtaken in it and taken away from it by those appointed to demand back the soul, according to the one who said, “Fool, this night they demand your soul from you.”
19.79Preuschen 4:312
Οὐ χρὴ δὲ παρελθεῖν ἀνεξέταστον οὐδὲ καὶ τὸ »Ἐν τῇ »ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε«. εἰ μὲν <οὖν> κοινότερον δῆλον ὅτι οἱ μὲν ἀμαρτωλοὶ ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ αὐτῶν ἀποθανοῦνται, οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι ἐν τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ· εἰ δὲ τὸ »Αποθανεῖσθε« κατὰ τὸν ἐχθρὸν τοῦ χριστοῦ θάνατον λαμβάνεται, ὡς τοῦ πρὸς θάνατον ἡμαρτηκότος ἀποθνήσκοντος, δῆλον ὅτι οἷς ταῦτα ἐλέγετο οὐδέπω ἀποτεθνήκεισαν.
Ou chrē de parelthein anexetaston oude kai to »En tę̄ »hamartią hymōn apothaneisthe«. ei men <oun> koinoteron dēlon hoti hoi men amartōloi en tę̄ hamartią autōn apothanountai, hoi de dikaioi en tę̄ dikaiosynę̄; ei de to »Apothaneisthe« kata ton echthron tou christou thanaton lambanetai, hōs tou pros thanaton hēmartēkotos apothnēskontos, dēlon hoti hois tauta elegeto oudepō apotethnēkeisan.
Nor must we pass over “You will die in your sin” unexamined. If it is meant in a more general sense, it is plain that sinners will die in their sin, and the righteous in their righteousness; but if “you will die” is taken of the death that is the enemy of Christ, as when one who has sinned unto death dies, it is plain that those to whom these words were said had not yet died.
19.80Preuschen 4:312
καὶ ζητήσεις πῶς οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες, ὅτε ἔζων, μέλλουσίν ποτε ἀποθανεῖσθαι. ἀπαντήσεται δέ τις καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο λέγων ὅτι κατʼ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ τὸ μηδέπω πιστεύειν οὐδέπω πρὸς θάνατον ἁμάρτημα ἦν, καὶ πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος οὐδέπω τὰ πρὸς θάνατον ἡμαρτήκεισαν. ἀλλʼ ἔζων μὲν ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῶν, ἡ δὲ ἀσθένεια ἐκείνη πρὸς θάνατον ἦν.
kai zētēseis pōs hoi mē pisteusantes, hote ezōn, mellousin pote apothaneisthai. apantēsetai de tis kai pros touto legōn hoti katʼ ekeino kairou to mēdepō pisteuein oudepō pros thanaton hamartēma ēn, kai pros hous ho logos oudepō ta pros thanaton hēmartēkeisan. allʼ ezōn men en astheneią tēs psychēs autōn, hē de astheneia ekeinē pros thanaton ēn.
And you will ask how those who did not believe while they lived are one day going to die. Someone will meet this too by saying that at that moment not yet believing was not yet a sin unto death, and those addressed had not yet committed sins unto death; but they were living in weakness of their soul, and that weakness was unto death.
19.81Preuschen 4:312–313
διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ ἰατρὸς βλέ- πων ὀλεθρίως αὐτοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας, ἔλεγεν ἀπογνοὺς αὐτῶν τὴν θεραπείαν· »Ἐγὼ ὑπάγω καὶ ζητήσετέ με, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν »ἀποθανεῖσθε«. εἴπομεν δὴ τὸ »ἐπεὶ ἡ ἀσθένεια ἐκείνη ἦν αὐτοῖς πρὸς θάνατον«, ἅτε μαθόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ διαφορὰν ἀσθενειῶν.
dia touto kai ho iatros ble- pōn olethriōs autous asthenountas, elegen apognous autōn tēn therapeian; »Egō hypagō kai zētēsete me, kai en tę̄ hamartią hymōn »apothaneisthe«. eipomen dē to »epei hē astheneia ekeinē ēn autois pros thanaton«, hate mathontes apo tou Iēsou diaphoran astheneiōn.
For this reason the physician too, seeing them dangerously ill, said, despairing of their cure, “I am going away, and you will seek me, and you will die in your sin.” We said, then, “since that weakness was unto death for them,” having learned from Jesus a difference among weaknesses.
19.82Preuschen 4:313
ἠσθένει δὲ καὶ ὁ Λάζαρος, ἀλλʼ ᾔδει ὁ ἰατρὸς ὅτι ἡ ἀσθένεια αὐτοῦ οὐ πρὸς θάνατον ἠν· διόπερ φησίν· »Αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστιν »πρὸς θάνατον«. διὰ τοῦτο κἂν ἀντιλαμβανώμεθα τῶν ἑαυτῶν Μενούντων, προσέχωμεν μήποτε πρὸς θάνατον ἀσθενήσωμεν, μεταβαλλούσης τῆς νόσου ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔτι ἰατὴν εἶναι δύνασθαι ἐπὶ τὸ ἀνίατον.
ēsthenei de kai ho Lazaros, allʼ ę̄dei ho iatros hoti hē astheneia autou ou pros thanaton ēn; dioper phēsin; »Hautē hē astheneia ouk estin »pros thanaton«. dia touto kan antilambanōmetha tōn heautōn Menountōn, prosechōmen mēpote pros thanaton asthenēsōmen, metaballousēs tēs nosou apo tou eti iatēn einai dynasthai epi to aniaton.
Lazarus too was ill, but the physician knew that his illness was not unto death; therefore he says, “This illness is not unto death.” For this reason, even if we take care of our own ailments, let us beware lest we become ill unto death, the disease changing from being still curable to incurable.
19.83Preuschen 4:313
ἄμα δὲ σαφέστερόν πως ἔσται καὶ τὸ »Ὅπου ἐγὼ »ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν« ἐπιφερόμενον τῷ Καὶ ἐν τῇ »ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε«. ὅταν γὰρ ἀποθάνῃ τις ἐν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ὅπου ὑπάγει ὁ Ἰησοῦς οὐ δύναται ἀπελθεῖν· οὐδεὶς γὰρ νεκρὸς ἀκολουθεῖν δύναται τῷ Ἰησοῦ· »Οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ νεκροὶ αἰνεσουσίν »σε, κύριε, οὐδὲ πάντες οἱ καταβαίνοντες εἰς ᾅδου. ἀλλʼ ἡμεῖς οἱ »ζῶντες εὐλογήσομεν τὸν κύριον«.
ama de saphesteron pōs estai kai to »Hopou egō »hypagō hymeis ou dynasthe elthein« epipheromenon tǭ Kai en tę̄ »hamartią hymōn apothaneisthe«. hotan gar apothanę̄ tis en tę̄ heautou hamartią, hopou hypagei ho Iēsous ou dynatai apelthein; oudeis gar nekros akolouthein dynatai tǭ Iēsou; »Oude gar hoi nekroi ainesousin »se, kyrie, oude pantes hoi katabainontes eis hądou. allʼ hēmeis hoi »zōntes eulogēsomen ton kyrion«.
At the same time, “Where I am going you cannot come,” which follows “And you will die in your sin,” will be somewhat clearer. For when someone dies in his own sin, he cannot go away where Jesus goes; for no dead man can follow Jesus: “For the dead will not praise you, Lord, nor all who go down to Hades; but we the living will bless the Lord.”
19.84Preuschen 4:313
Ἔτι πρὸς τὸ »᾿Εν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε« παρα- θήσεις τὸ ἐκ τοῦ Ἰεζεκιὴλ οὕτως ἔχον· »Ψυχὴ ἡ ἁμαρτάνουσα, αὕτη »ἀποθανεῖται«· θάνατος γὰρ ψυχῆς ἁμαρτία, οἶμαι δὲ ὅτι οὐ πᾶσα, ἀλλʼ ἥν φησιν Ἰωάννης πρὸς θάνατον.
Eti pros to »᾿En tę̄ hamartią hymōn apothaneisthe« para- thēseis to ek tou Iezekiēl houtōs echon; »Psychē hē hamartanousa, hautē »apothaneitai«; thanatos gar psychēs hamartia, oimai de hoti ou pasa, allʼ hēn phēsin Iōannēs pros thanaton.
Further, for “You will die in your sin” you will set beside it the passage from Ezekiel that runs: “The soul that sins, it shall die”; for sin is the death of the soul, though not, I think, every sin, but the one John calls unto death.
19.85Preuschen 4:313
ἅμα δὲ καὶ διαστέλλει ὅτι τις ἁμαρτία θάνατός ἐστιν ψυχῆς, καί τις ἁμαρτία ἀσθένεια αὐτῆς τάχα δὲ καὶ τρίτον τις ἁμαρτία ζημία ψυχῆς ἐστιν, ἁμαρτία δηλονότι ἐκ τοῦ »Τί ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος ἐὰν ὅλον τὸν κόσμον κερδήσῃ »τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσῃ ἢ ζημιωθῇ;« καὶ ἐκ τοῦ »Εἴ τινος τὸ »ἔργον κατακαήσεται, ζημιωθήσεται«.
hama de kai diastellei hoti tis hamartia thanatos estin psychēs, kai tis hamartia astheneia autēs tacha de kai triton tis hamartia zēmia psychēs estin, hamartia dēlonoti ek tou »Ti ōphelēthēsetai anthrōpos ean holon ton kosmon kerdēsę̄ »tēn de psychēn autou apolesę̄ ē zēmiōthę̄?« kai ek tou »Ei tinos to »ergon katakaēsetai, zēmiōthēsetai«.
At the same time he distinguishes that one sin is the death of the soul and another sin its weakness; and perhaps a third kind of sin is loss to the soul, sin plainly from “What will a man be profited if he gains the whole world but loses or forfeits his soul?” and from “If anyone's work is burned up, he will suffer loss.”
19.86Preuschen 4:313
τοῖς μὲν οὖν ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀποθανουμένοις φησίν· »῾Υπάγω καὶ ζητήσετέ με, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ »ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε· ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν«· τῷ δὲ Πέτρῳ· »Ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, οὐ δύνασαί μοι νῦν ἀκολουθῆσαι, »ἀκολουθήσεις δὲ ὕστερον«· ἔξεστιν γὰρ μαθητευόμενον τῷ Ἰησοῦ νῦν μὲν μὴ παρεσκευάσθαι πρὸς τὸ ἀκολουθεῖν αὐτῷ ἀπιόντι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, ὕστερον δὲ ἐξ ἐπιμελείας κατʼ ἴχνη βαίνοντα ἀκολουθεῖν τῷ διδασκάλῳ καὶ ἕπεσθαι τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ.
tois men oun en tę̄ hamartią apothanoumenois phēsin; »῾Ypagō kai zētēsete me, kai en tę̄ hamartią »hymōn apothaneisthe; hopou egō hypagō, hymeis ou dynasthe elthein«; tǭ de Petrǭ; »Hopou egō hypagō, ou dynasai moi nyn akolouthēsai, »akolouthēseis de hysteron«; exestin gar mathēteuomenon tǭ Iēsou nyn men mē pareskeuasthai pros to akolouthein autǭ apionti pros ton patera, hysteron de ex epimeleias katʼ ichnē bainonta akolouthein tǭ didaskalǭ kai hepesthai tǭ logǭ tou theou.
To those, then, who will die in their sin he says, “I am going away, and you will seek me, and you will die in your sin; where I am going you cannot come”; but to Peter, “Where I am going you cannot follow me now, but you will follow afterward.” For it is possible for one who is Jesus' disciple not to be prepared now to follow him as he goes away to the Father, but afterward, by diligence, walking in his footsteps, to follow the teacher and accompany the Word of God.
19.87Preuschen 4:313–314
εἰκὸς δὲ ὅτι διὰ τὰ περὶ τέλους ἡμῖν ὑπονοούμενα ἐπιστήσει τις τῷ »Ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω »ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν«· καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο ἐρεῖ, ὅτι ἔξεστι νῦν μὲν μὴ δύνασθαι, ὕστερον δὲ δυνήσεσθαι· καὶ εἴπερ ἐστίν τις ἐνεστηκὼς αἰὼν καὶ ἄλλος μέλλων, οὑτοι πρὸς οὓς λέλεκται· »Οὐ δύνασθε »ἐλθεῖν«, κατὰ τὸν ἐνεστηκότα αἰῶνα πολὺς (πολὺς δὲ λείπων εἰς τὴν συντέλειαν αὐτοῦ ἐστιν χρόνος) οὐ δύνανται ἐλθεῖν, ὅπου Ἰησοῦς, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν, ὅπου ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ σοφία καὶ ὁ λόγος, τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν »ὅπου Ἱησοῦς«·
eikos de hoti dia ta peri telous hēmin hyponooumena epistēsei tis tǭ »Hopou egō hypagō »hymeis ou dynasthe elthein«; kai pros touto erei, hoti exesti nyn men mē dynasthai, hysteron de dynēsesthai; kai eiper estin tis enestēkōs aiōn kai allos mellōn, houtoi pros hous lelektai; »Ou dynasthe »elthein«, kata ton enestēkota aiōna polys (polys de leipōn eis tēn synteleian autou estin chronos) ou dynantai elthein, hopou Iēsous, toutʼ estin, hopou hē alētheia kai hē sophia kai ho logos, touto gar estin »hopou Hiēsous«;
It is likely that, because of what we suppose about the end, someone will pay attention to “Where I am going you cannot come,” and say to it that it is possible not to be able now but to be able later; and if there is a present age and another to come, these to whom “You cannot come” was said cannot come, during the present age (and much time remains until its consummation), where Jesus is, that is, where truth and wisdom and the Word are; for this is “where Jesus is.”
19.88Preuschen 4:314
οἶδα δέ τινας οὐ μόνον ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι κρατουμένους ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ἁμαρτίας, ὡς τούτους περὶ ὧν φησιν ὁ λόγος· »᾿Εὰν βλασφημήσῃ εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα »τὸ ἅγιον, οὐκ ἔχει ἄφεσιν οὔτε ἐν τούτω τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ »μέλλοντι«· οὐ μέντοι γε εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι αἰῶνι, ἤδη οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσιν τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις.
oida de tinas ou monon en tǭ aiōni toutǭ, alla kai en tǭ mellonti kratoumenous hypo tēs idias hamartias, hōs toutous peri hōn phēsin ho logos; »᾿Ean blasphēmēsę̄ eis to pneuma »to hagion, ouk echei aphesin oute en toutō tǭ aiōni oute en tǭ »mellonti«; ou mentoi ge ei mē en tǭ mellonti aiōni, ēdē oude en tois aiōsin tois eperchomenois.
But I know of some who are held by their own sin not only in this age but also in the age to come, like those of whom the Word says, “If one blasphemes against the Holy Spirit, he has no forgiveness either in this age or in the age to come.” Yet if not in the age to come, it does not follow that not in the ages that come after it either.
19.89Preuschen 4:314
Ὁ μέντοι γε Ἡρακλέων ἐκθέμενος τὴν περὶ τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου λέξιν οὐδὲν εἶπεν εἰς αὐτήν. εἰς δὲ τὸ »Ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς »οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν« φησί· πῶς ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ καὶ ἀπιστίᾳ καὶ ἁμαρτήμασιν ὄντες ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ δύνανται γενέσθαι;
Ho mentoi ge Hērakleōn ekthemenos tēn peri tou gazophylakiou lexin ouden eipen eis autēn. eis de to »Hopou egō hypagō hymeis »ou dynasthe elthein« phēsi; pōs en agnoią kai apistią kai hamartēmasin ontes en aphtharsią dynantai genesthai?
Heracleon, however, having set out the passage about the treasury, said nothing on it. But on “Where I am going you cannot come” he says: How can those who are in ignorance and unbelief and sins come to be in incorruption?
19.90Preuschen 4:314
μηδὲ ἐν τούτῳ κατακούων ἑαυτοῦ εἰ γὰρ οἱ ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ καὶ ἀπιστίᾳ καὶ ἁμαρτήμασιν ὄντες ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ οὐ δύνανται γενέσθαι, πῶς οἱ ἀπόστολοι έν ἀγνοίᾳ ποτὲ καὶ ἐν ἀπιστίᾳ καὶ ἐν ἁμαρτήμασιν γενόμενοι ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γεγόνασιν; δύνανται οὖν οἱ ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ καὶ ἐν ἀπιστίᾳ καὶ ἐν ἁμαρτήμασιν γενόμενοι γενέσθαι ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ εἰ μεταβάλλοιεν, δυνατὸν αὐτοὺς μεταβαλεῖν. Ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι· Μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτὸν ὅτι λέγει Ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν;
mēde en toutǭ katakouōn heautou ei gar hoi en agnoią kai apistią kai hamartēmasin ontes en aphtharsią ou dynantai genesthai, pōs hoi apostoloi en agnoią pote kai en apistią kai en hamartēmasin genomenoi en aphtharsią gegonasin? dynantai oun hoi en agnoią kai en apistią kai en hamartēmasin genomenoi genesthai en aphtharsią ei metaballoien, dynaton autous metabalein. Elegon oun hoi Ioudaioi; Mēti apoktenei heauton hoti legei Hopou egō hypagō hymeis ou dynasthe elthein?
Not understanding himself even in this; for if those who are in ignorance and unbelief and sins cannot come to be in incorruption, how did the apostles, who were once in ignorance and unbelief and sins, come to be in incorruption? Those, then, who have been in ignorance and unbelief and sins can come to be in incorruption if they change, since it is possible for them to change. “So the Jews said, ‘Will he kill himself, since he says, “Where I am going you cannot come”?’”
19.91Preuschen 4:314
Ἄξιον ζητῆσαι πόθεν κινηθέντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς τὸ »Ὅπου »ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν« φασὶ τὸ »Μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτὸν ὅτι λέγει· Ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν;« ἴνα δὲ καὶ δοθῇ ἀπλούστερον αὐτοὺς εἰρηκέναι τὸ »Μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυ- »τόν;«
Axion zētēsai pothen kinēthentes hoi Ioudaioi pros to »Hopou »egō hypagō hymeis ou dynasthe elthein« phasi to »Mēti apoktenei heauton hoti legei; Hopou egō hypagō hymeis ou dynasthe elthein?« ina de kai dothę̄ aplousteron autous eirēkenai to »Mēti apoktenei heau- »ton?«
It is worth asking what moved the Jews, in response to “Where I am going you cannot come,” to say, “Will he kill himself, since he says, ‘Where I am going you cannot come’?” Even granting that they said “Will he kill himself?” rather simply,
19.92Preuschen 4:314–315
πῶς οἱ δυνάμενοι ἀποκτεῖναι ἑαυτούς, κἂν μὴ ἀναιρῶσιν ἑαυτοὺς μηδὲ γίνωνται ὅπου ὁ ἀναιρῶν ἑαυτὸν γίνεται, οὐ δύνανται | ἀπιέναι ὅπου ὁ ἀναιρῶν ἑαυτὸν ἀπέρχεται; λεκτέον οὖν πρὸς τὰ ζητούμενα ταῦτα τοῖς ἐπιμελέστερον καὶ βαθύτερον ἀκούουσιν τῶν λεγομένων ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις σαφές ἐστιν ὅτι πολλὰ κατά τινας παραδόσεις ἀπορρήτους καὶ ἀνακεχωρηκυίας ἔλεγον, ὡς ἐγνωκότες ἕτερα παρὰ τὰ κοινὰ καὶ κατημαξευμένα.
pōs hoi dynamenoi apokteinai heautous, kan mē anairōsin heautous mēde ginōntai hopou ho anairōn heauton ginetai, ou dynantai | apienai hopou ho anairōn heauton aperchetai? lekteon oun pros ta zētoumena tauta tois epimelesteron kai bathyteron akouousin tōn legomenōn hypo Ioudaiōn en tois euangeliois saphes estin hoti polla kata tinas paradoseis aporrētous kai anakechōrēkuias elegon, hōs egnōkotes hetera para ta koina kai katēmaxeumena.
how is it that those who are able to kill themselves, even if they do not do away with themselves nor come to be where the one who does away with himself comes to be, cannot go where the one who does away with himself goes? We must say, then, to these questions, for those who listen more carefully and deeply, that it is clear from what the Jews say in the Gospels that they said many things according to certain secret and recondite traditions, as knowing other things besides the common and well-worn ones.
19.93Preuschen 4:315
ἐπὰν δὲ ἴδωμεν ἐκ τῆς παραθέσεως τῶν ῥητῶν ἐκεῖνα, τότε ζητήσομεν εἰ καὶ τοῦτο ὑπʼ αὐτῶν περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος λέγεται βαθύτερόν τι βλεπόντων. ὄτι δὲ κατὰ ἀνακεχωρηκότας λόγους καὶ μὴ κατημαξευμένους ἔφασκον, † τὸν ἄδηλον ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλειν τὰ δαιμόνια.
epan de idōmen ek tēs paratheseōs tōn rhētōn ekeina, tote zētēsomen ei kai touto hypʼ autōn peri tou sōtēros legetai bathyteron ti blepontōn. oti de kata anakechōrēkotas logous kai mē katēmaxeumenous ephaskon, † ton adēlon en Beelzeboul tǭ archonti tōn daimoniōn ekballein ta daimonia.
And when we have seen those things by setting out the texts, then we shall ask whether this too was said by them about the Savior because they saw something deeper. That they spoke according to recondite and not well-worn teachings is plain from their saying that he cast out demons by Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons.
19.94Preuschen 4:315
πάντως γὰρ περὶ δαιμόνων τι μεμαθήκεισαν καὶ τοῦ ἄρχοντος αὐτῶν ᾧ ὄνομα Βεελζεβούλ· ταῦτα δὲ οὐ πάνυ τι έν τοῖς φερομένοις κεῖται βιβλίοις·
pantōs gar peri daimonōn ti memathēkeisan kai tou archontos autōn hǭ onoma Beelzeboul; tauta de ou pany ti en tois pheromenois keitai bibliois;
For they had certainly learned something about demons and their ruler, whose name was Beelzebul; and these things are not found at all in the books in circulation.
19.95Preuschen 4:315
καὶ μαρτυρία τοῦ σωτῆρος οὐ ψεύδεται > Βεελζεβοὺλ λέγοντος »Εἰ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δια- »μόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν;‘ παραδεξάμενος γὰρ τὸ εἶναί τινα τὸν Βεελζεβοὺλ καὶ τὸν ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκβάλλοντα δαιμόνια οἱονεὶ μερισμόν τινα ἐνεργεῖν τοῦ Σατανᾶ γίνεσθαι ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν, ταῦτά φησιν.
kai martyria tou sōtēros ou pseudetai > Beelzeboul legontos »Ei egō en Beelzeboul ekballō ta dia- »monia, hoi huioi hymōn en tini ekballousin?‘ paradexamenos gar to einai tina ton Beelzeboul kai ton en autǭ ekballonta daimonia hoionei merismon tina energein tou Satana ginesthai ephʼ heauton, tauta phēsin.
And the Savior's testimony does not lie when he says, “If I cast out demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons cast them out?” For he says this accepting that there is a Beelzebul and that one who casts out demons by him effects, as it were, a division of Satan against himself.
19.96Preuschen 4:315
ἐσφάλησαν μὲν οὖν λέγοντες ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐκβάλλεσθαι τὰ δαιμόνια, κατειλήφεισαν δὲ ὅτι εἴη τις Βεελζεβοὺλ ἄρχων δαιμονίων.
esphalēsan men oun legontes en Beelzeboul hypo tou sōtēros ekballesthai ta daimonia, kateilēpheisan de hoti eiē tis Beelzeboul archōn daimoniōn.
They were wrong, then, in saying that the demons were cast out by the Savior through Beelzebul, but they had grasped that there is a Beelzebul, ruler of demons.
19.97Preuschen 4:315
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐὰν λέγωσιν περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ὅτι αὐτὸς Ἰωάννης ἐστὶν αναστας απο των νεκρων, η εὶς τις των προφητων, παντως δόγμα ἔχοντες περὶ ψυχῆς, ὡς ἐξητάσαμεν έν τοῖς περὶ Ἰωάννου. τοιαῦτα περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ὑπονοοῦσιν. εἰκὸς δὲ καὶ ἄλλα μυρία ἢ ἐκ παραδόσεως ἢ ἐξ ἀποκρύφων αὐτοὺς εἰδέναι παρὰ τοὺς πολλούς.
alla kai ean legōsin peri tou Iēsou hoti autos Iōannēs estin anastas apo tōn nekrōn, ē eis tis tōn prophētōn, pantōs dogma echontes peri psychēs, hōs exētasamen en tois peri Iōannou. toiauta peri tou sōtēros hyponoousin. eikos de kai alla myria ē ek paradoseōs ē ex apokryphōn autous eidenai para tous pollous.
And also when they say of Jesus that he is John risen from the dead, or one of the prophets, they certainly hold a doctrine about the soul, as we examined in our treatment of John; they suspect such things about the Savior. And it is likely that they knew countless other things, from tradition or from secret books, beyond what the many knew.
19.98Preuschen 4:315–316
ἴδωμεν οὖν καὶ εἰς τὸ Μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἐαυτόν;« εἰ δύνανται μὴ κοινότερόν τι καὶ ἁπλούστερον νενοηκέναι, ὡς ἑαυτὸν ἐξαγαγόντος τοῦ βίου ἤτοι ἀγχόνῃ ἢ ξίφει ἢ ὁποιᾳδήποτε ὁδῷ τῶν ἐντεῦθεν ἑαυτοὺς ἀπαλλαττόντων, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπεὶ οἴονται αὐτὸν <ἑαυτὸν> ἀπελεύσεσθαι εἰς τόπον εἰς ὃν ἀδύνατον ἦν αὐτοὺς γενέσθαι· καὶ εἰ μὴ δεισιδαιμονοῦντές γε περὶ τὰ ὀνόματα, ἀλλὰ βλέποντες τὰ πράγματα † μὴ εὑρισκόμενα ἄλλοις ὀνόμασιν χρῆσθαι κατὰ τῶν πραγμάτων, τάχα, ἱν οὕτως εἴπω, θειότερον Ἰησοῦς αὑτὸν ἀπέκτεινεν, ὄπερ οὕτως παρίσταμεν· πάντων μὲν αἱ ψυχαὶ τῶν ἀπαλλαττομένων τοῦ σώματος, ἀπαιτούντων τινῶν αὐτὰς τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦτο τεταγμένων, παραλαμβάνονται· εἰκὸς δὲ ὅτι κρείττους εἰσὶν τῶν ψυχῶν ἐπὶ τῆς διακονίας τεταγμένοι· τὸ γὰρ »† Ἄφρων, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ τὴν »ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ« τοιοῦτόν τι δηλοῖ.
idōmen oun kai eis to Mēti apoktenei eauton?« ei dynantai mē koinoteron ti kai haplousteron nenoēkenai, hōs heauton exagagontos tou biou ētoi anchonę̄ ē xiphei ē hopoiądēpote hodǭ tōn enteuthen heautous apallattontōn, kai malista epei oiontai auton <heauton> apeleusesthai eis topon eis hon adynaton ēn autous genesthai; kai ei mē deisidaimonountes ge peri ta onomata, alla blepontes ta pragmata † mē heuriskomena allois onomasin chrēsthai kata tōn pragmatōn, tacha, hin houtōs eipō, theioteron Iēsous hauton apekteinen, oper houtōs paristamen; pantōn men hai psychai tōn apallattomenōn tou sōmatos, apaitountōn tinōn autas tōn epi touto tetagmenōn, paralambanontai; eikos de hoti kreittous eisin tōn psychōn epi tēs diakonias tetagmenoi; to gar »† Aphrōn, tautę̄ tę̄ nykti tēn »psychēn sou apaitousin apo sou« toiouton ti dēloi.
Let us see, then, regarding “Will he kill himself?” whether they can have understood something not rather common and simple, as of one who takes himself out of life by a noose or a sword or any other way of those who release themselves from here; especially since they think he will go away to a place where it was impossible for them to be. And if we are not superstitious about names but look at the realities, … using other names for the realities, perhaps, if I may put it so, Jesus killed himself in a more divine way, which we present thus. The souls of all who are released from the body are taken over when certain beings appointed for this demand them back; and it is likely that those appointed to this ministry are stronger than the souls; for “Fool, this night they demand your soul from you” indicates something of the sort.
19.99Preuschen 4:316
Ἐὰν δέ τις φάσκῃ τοῦτο μὲν δύνασθαι ἐπὶ τῶν χειρόνων λέγεσθαι, οὐ μὴν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κρειττόνων καὶ καλῶς βεβιωκότων, ἐπιστησάτω εἰ μὴ ἐξαίρετόν τι παρὰ πάντας τοὺς ἐν σώματι γενομένους περὶ ἑαυτοῦ ἀπαγγέλλων ὁ κύριός φησιν· »Οὐδεὶς αἴρει τὴν »ψυχήν μου ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ· ἐξουσίαν »ἔχω θεῖναι αὐτὴν καὶ πάλιν ἐξουσίαν ἔχω λαβεῖν αὐτήν‘.
Ean de tis phaskę̄ touto men dynasthai epi tōn cheironōn legesthai, ou mēn kai epi tōn kreittonōn kai kalōs bebiōkotōn, epistēsatō ei mē exaireton ti para pantas tous en sōmati genomenous peri heautou apangellōn ho kyrios phēsin; »Oudeis airei tēn »psychēn mou apʼ emou, allʼ egō tithēmi autēn apʼ emautou; exousian »echō theinai autēn kai palin exousian echō labein autēn‘.
And if someone says that this can be said of worse people but not of better people who have lived well, let him consider whether the Lord, announcing something about himself that is exceptional beyond all who have been in the body, does not say, “No one takes my soul from me, but I lay it down of myself; I have authority to lay it down and authority to take it again.”
19.100Preuschen 4:316
νοήσωμεν γάρ τινα ὄτε βούλεται καταλιπόντα τὸ σῶμα καὶ ἐξιόντα χωρὶς ὁδοῦ τῆς φερούσης ἐπὶ τὸν θάνατον, ἤτοι διὰ βιαίων ὁδῶν ἢ διὰ νόσων, καὶ πάλιν ἐπὰν θέλῃ ἐπανιόντα, καὶ χρώμενον ὀργάνῳ τῷ σώματι, ὃ καταλέλοιπεν· τὸν γὰρ τοιοῦτον ἐροῦμεν μὴ ἀπαιτεῖσθαι τὴν ψυχήν.
noēsōmen gar tina ote bouletai kataliponta to sōma kai exionta chōris hodou tēs pherousēs epi ton thanaton, ētoi dia biaiōn hodōn ē dia nosōn, kai palin epan thelę̄ epanionta, kai chrōmenon organǭ tǭ sōmati, ho kataleloipen; ton gar toiouton eroumen mē apaiteisthai tēn psychēn.
For let us conceive of someone who, when he wishes, leaves the body and goes out without any road that leads to death, whether by violent means or by diseases, and again, when he wishes, returns and uses as his instrument the body he left; for such a one we shall say that his soul is not demanded back.
19.101Preuschen 4:316
καὶ πρέπον γε ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰησοῦ ψυχῆς οὕτω λέγειν τὸν θάνατον γεγονέναι, καὶ αὐτὸν παραστῆσαι βουλόμενον τοῖς μαθηταῖς τὸ ἐξαίρετον τῆς ἐντεῦθεν αὐτοῦ ἀπαλλαγῆς εἰρηκέναι τὸ »Οὐδεὶς »αἴρει τὴν ψυχήν μου ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ‘· τοῦτο γὰρ οὔτʼ ἂν Μωϋσῆς, οὔτε τῶν Πατριαρχῶν τις ἢ προφητῶν, οὔτʼ ἂν τῶν ἀποστόλων τις εἶπεν 〈πλὴν〉 τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἐπεὶ πάντων αἱ ψυχαὶ ἀνθρώπων αἴρονται ἀπʼ αὐτῶν.
kai prepon ge epi tēs Iēsou psychēs houtō legein ton thanaton gegonenai, kai auton parastēsai boulomenon tois mathētais to exaireton tēs enteuthen autou apallagēs eirēkenai to »Oudeis »airei tēn psychēn mou apʼ emou, allʼ egō tithēmi autēn apʼ emautou‘; touto gar outʼ an Mōÿsēs, oute tōn Patriarchōn tis ē prophētōn, outʼ an tōn apostolōn tis eipen 〈plēn〉 tou Iēsou, epei pantōn hai psychai anthrōpōn airontai apʼ autōn.
And it is fitting to say that death happened in this way in the case of Jesus' soul, and that he himself, wishing to show the disciples the exceptional nature of his departure from here, said, “No one takes my soul from me, but I lay it down of myself.” For neither Moses, nor any of the patriarchs or prophets, nor any of the apostles would have said this, except Jesus, since the souls of all human beings are taken from them.
19.102Preuschen 4:316
τούτου δὲ νοηθέντος δύναται σαφὲς εἶναι τὸ ἐν πζʼ ψαλμῷ τοῦτον εἰρημένον τὸν τρόπον ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος· »Ἐν νεκροῖς ἐλεύθερος«. ἐπιστήσας ἐκ τῶν εὐαγγελίων τοῖς γεγραμμένοις περὶ τῆς ἐντεῦθεν αὐτοῦ ἀπαλλαγῆς εὑρήσεις μὴ ἀπᾴδουσαν τὴν περὶ τῆς ἐξόδου αὐτοῦ ἐκδοχὴν τῶν ἀναγεγραμμένων· εἰ μὲν γὰρ ὡς οἱ συσταυρωθέντες αὐτῷ λῃσταί, τῶν στρατιωτῶν κατεαξάντων τὰ σκέλη τῶν πεπονθότων, ἐτεθνήκει, οὐκ ἂν ἐλέγομεν ὅτι ἔθηκεν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλά τινι ὁδῷ τῶν ἀποθνησκόντων.
toutou de noēthentos dynatai saphes einai to en pzʼ psalmǭ touton eirēmenon ton tropon ek prosōpou tou sōtēros; »En nekrois eleutheros«. epistēsas ek tōn euangeliōn tois gegrammenois peri tēs enteuthen autou apallagēs heurēseis mē apądousan tēn peri tēs exodou autou ekdochēn tōn anagegrammenōn; ei men gar hōs hoi systaurōthentes autǭ lę̄stai, tōn stratiōtōn kateaxantōn ta skelē tōn peponthotōn, etethnēkei, ouk an elegomen hoti ethēken tēn psychēn autou aphʼ heautou, alla tini hodǭ tōn apothnēskontōn.
When this is understood, what is said in the eighty-seventh Psalm in the person of the Savior can be clear: “Free among the dead.” If you pay attention to what is written in the Gospels about his departure from here, you will find that this interpretation of his exit agrees with what is recorded. For if he had died like the robbers crucified with him, when the soldiers broke the legs of those who suffered, we would not say that he laid down his soul of himself, but by one of the ways of the dying.
19.103Preuschen 4:316–317
νυνὶ δὲ »ὁ Ἰησοῦς κράξας »φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα«, καὶ ὡς βασιλέως καταλιπόντος τὸ σῶμα καὶ ἐνεργήσαντος μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ ἐξουσίας ἅπερ ἔκρινεν εὔλογον εἶναι ποιεῖν, εὐθέως »τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἔσχίσθη »ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω, καὶ ἡ γῆ ἐσείσθη, καὶ αἱ πέτραι ἐσχίσθησαν, καὶ »τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν καὶ πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων »ήγέρθησαν, καὶ ἐξελθόντες ἀπὸ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν καὶ ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς«· ὡς τὸν ἑκατόνταρχον καὶ τοὺς μετʼ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντας τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἰδόντας τὸν σεισμὸν καὶ τὰ γενόμενα, φοβηθῆναι σφόδρα, λέγοντας· Ἀληθῶς θεοῦ υἱὸς ἦν οὗτος.
nyni de »ho Iēsous kraxas »phōnę̄ megalę̄ aphēken to pneuma«, kai hōs basileōs katalipontos to sōma kai energēsantos meta dynameōs kai exousias haper ekrinen eulogon einai poiein, eutheōs »to katapetasma tou naou eschisthē »anōthen heōs katō, kai hē gē eseisthē, kai hai petrai eschisthēsan, kai »ta mnēmeia aneǭchthēsan kai polla sōmata tōn kekoimēmenōn hagiōn »ēgerthēsan, kai exelthontes apo tōn mnēmeiōn meta tēn egersin autou eisēlthon eis tēn hagian polin kai enephanisthēsan pollois«; hōs ton hekatontarchon kai tous metʼ autou tērountas ton Iēsoun, idontas ton seismon kai ta genomena, phobēthēnai sphodra, legontas; Alēthōs theou huios ēn houtos.
But in fact “Jesus, crying out with a loud voice, gave up the spirit,” and as a king who had left the body and done with power and authority what he judged reasonable to do, immediately “the curtain of the temple was torn from top to bottom, and the earth shook, and the rocks were split, and the tombs were opened, and many bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep were raised, and coming out of the tombs after his resurrection they went into the holy city and appeared to many,” so that the centurion and those with him keeping watch over Jesus, seeing the earthquake and what took place, were greatly afraid and said, “Truly this was the Son of God.”
19.104Preuschen 4:317
Τάχα οὖν ἐν ταῖς περὶ Χριστοῦ παραδόσεσιν ἦν. ὥσπερ τὸ γεγεννῆσθαι αὐτὸν ἐν Βηθλεὲμ καὶ τὸ ἐκ φυλῆς Ἰούδα ἀναστήσεσθαι κατὰ τὰς ὑγιεῖς ἐκδοχὰς τῶν προφητικῶν λόγων, οὕτω καὶ περὶ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ, ὡς ἑαυτὸν ᾡ εἴπομεν τρόπῳ ἀπαλλάξοντος τοῦ βίου· καὶ εἰκὸς ὅτι ᾔδεισαν τὸν οὕτως ἐξελευσόμενον ἀπελεύσεσθαι εἰς χώραν ἔνθα οὐκ ἠδύναντο γενέσθαι οὐδʼ ταῦτα νοοῦντες, ὥστε μὴ κατὰ τὸ ἁπλούστερον αὐτοὺς εἰρηκέναι ἀλλὰ κατά τινα περὶ Χριστοῦ παράδοσιν τὸ Μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτόν, ὅτι λέγει· »Ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν;« καὶ εἰ λέγουσιν δὲ ταῦτα οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, διστακτικῶς αὐτά φασι· τὸ γὰρ »Μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ »ἑαυτόν;« τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν.
Tacha oun en tais peri Christou paradosesin ēn. hōsper to gegennēsthai auton en Bēthleem kai to ek phylēs Iouda anastēsesthai kata tas hygieis ekdochas tōn prophētikōn logōn, houtō kai peri tou thanatou autou, hōs heauton hǭ eipomen tropǭ apallaxontos tou biou; kai eikos hoti ę̄deisan ton houtōs exeleusomenon apeleusesthai eis chōran entha ouk ēdynanto genesthai oudʼ tauta noountes, hōste mē kata to haplousteron autous eirēkenai alla kata tina peri Christou paradosin to Mēti apoktenei heauton, hoti legei; »Hopou egō hypagō hymeis ou dynasthe elthein?« kai ei legousin de tauta hoi Ioudaioi, distaktikōs auta phasi; to gar »Mēti apoktenei »heauton?« toiouton estin.
Perhaps, then, it was among the traditions about Christ: just as his being born in Bethlehem and his rising from the tribe of Judah were according to the sound interpretations of the prophetic words, so too about his death, that he would release himself from life in the manner we have described. And it is likely that they knew that one who would go out in this way would go away into a region where they could not be, though not understanding these things, so that they said, not in a simple sense but according to some tradition about Christ, “Will he kill himself, since he says, ‘Where I am going you cannot come’?” And though the Jews say these things, they say them doubtfully; for “Will he kill himself?” is of this kind.
19.105Preuschen 4:317
καὶ οὐ θαυμαστὸν ἀμφιβάλλειν αὐτοὺς περὶ Χριστοῦ, ὅτε γε καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω οἱ ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου ἀκού- σαντες τῶν λόγων τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἔλεγον· »Οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προ- »φήτης· ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον· Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστός· οἱ δὲ ἔλεγον· Μὴ »γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ χριστὸς ἔρχεται; οὐχ ἡ γραφὴ εἶπεν ὅτι »ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαβὶδ καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλεὲμ τῆς κώμης, ὅπου ἦν »Δαβίδ, ἔρχεται ὁ χριστός;« ὅτε καὶ »σχίσμα γεγένηται ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ δι »αὐτόν«.
kai ou thaumaston amphiballein autous peri Christou, hote ge kai en tois anōterō hoi ek tou ochlou akou- santes tōn logōn tou Iēsou elegon; »Houtos estin alēthōs ho pro- »phētēs; alloi de elegon; Houtos estin ho christos; hoi de elegon; Mē »gar ek tēs Galilaias ho christos erchetai? ouch hē graphē eipen hoti »ek tou spermatos Dabid kai apo Bēthleem tēs kōmēs, hopou ēn »Dabid, erchetai ho christos?« hote kai »schisma gegenētai en tǭ ochlǭ di »auton«.
And it is not surprising that they were in doubt about Christ, since above too some of the crowd, hearing Jesus' words, said, “This is truly the Prophet”; others said, “This is the Christ”; but some said, “Does the Christ come from Galilee? Has not the Scripture said that the Christ comes from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was?” when also “a division arose in the crowd because of him.”
19.106Preuschen 4:317
ἀλλὰ καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα ἐκείνων γέγραπται ὅτι »᾿Απεκρίθησαν »οἱ ὑπηρέται· Οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος«· ὡς καὶ τοὺς Φαρισαίους εἰρηκέναι τοῖς θαυμάζουσιν τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ· »Μὴ καὶ »ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε; μή τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν ἢ »ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων; ἀλλʼ ἢ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος ὁ μὴ γινώσκων τὸν »νόμον ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν;‘ ὅτε καὶ Νικοδήμου εἰρηκότος·
alla kai metʼ oliga ekeinōn gegraptai hoti »᾿Apekrithēsan »hoi hypēretai; Oudepote elalēsen houtōs anthrōpos«; hōs kai tous Pharisaious eirēkenai tois thaumazousin ton logon autou; »Mē kai »hymeis peplanēsthe? mē tis ek tōn archontōn episteusen eis auton ē »ek tōn Pharisaiōn? allʼ ē ho ochlos houtos ho mē ginōskōn ton »nomon eparatoi eisin?‘ hote kai Nikodēmou eirēkotos;
And a little after that it is written, “The officers answered, ‘No man ever spoke like this,’” so that the Pharisees said to those who admired his word, “Have you too been deceived? Has any of the rulers or of the Pharisees believed in him? But this crowd that does not know the law is accursed,” when also Nicodemus said,
19.107Preuschen 4:317
»Μὴ ὁ νόμος »ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ »γνῷ τί ποιεῖ; ἀπεκρίθησαν· Μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ; ἐραύ- »νησον καὶ ἴδε ὅτι ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας προφήτης οὐκ ἐξέρχεται οὐδὲ »ἐγείρεται«.
»Mē ho nomos »hēmōn krinei ton anthrōpon, ean mē akousę̄ prōton parʼ autou kai »gnǭ ti poiei? apekrithēsan; Mē kai sy ek tēs Galilaias ei? erau- »nēson kai ide hoti ek tēs Galilaias prophētēs ouk exerchetai oude »egeiretai«.
“Does our law judge a man without first hearing from him and knowing what he does?” They answered, “Are you also from Galilee? Search and see that no prophet arises from Galilee.”
19.108Preuschen 4:317–318
πῶς δὲ ἐδύναντο ἁπλούστερον νοεῖν αὐτὸν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρήσειν οἱ ἀκούσαντες αὐτοῦ λέγοντος· »Ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου· ὁ ἀκολουθῶν μοι οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ έν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἀλλʼ »ἕξει τὸ φῶς τῆς ζωῆς«; πρὸς ὃν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι εἰρήκασιν ὅτι »Σὺ »περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς· ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής«· οἷς ἀπεκρίνατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγων· »Κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, † ἡ »μαρτυρία μου ἀληθής ἐστιν, ὅτι οἶδα πόθεν ἦλθον καὶ ποῦ ὑπάγω.
pōs de edynanto haplousteron noein auton heauton anairēsein hoi akousantes autou legontos; »Egō eimi to phōs tou kosmou; ho akolouthōn moi ou mē peripatēsę̄ en tę̄ skotią allʼ »hexei to phōs tēs zōēs«? pros hon hoi Pharisaioi eirēkasin hoti »Sy »peri seautou martyreis; hē martyria sou ouk estin alēthēs«; hois apekrinato ho Iēsous legōn; »Kan egō martyrō peri emautou, † hē »martyria mou alēthēs estin, hoti oida pothen ēlthon kai pou hypagō.
How could those who heard him say, “I am the light of the world; he who follows me will not walk in darkness but will have the light of life,” understand simply that he would do away with himself? To him the Pharisees said, “You testify about yourself; your testimony is not true”; and Jesus answered them, saying, “Even if I testify about myself, my testimony is true, because I know where I came from and where I am going.
19.109Preuschen 4:318
»ὑμεῖς κατὰ τὴν σάρκα κρίνετε, ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα. καὶ ἐὰν κρίνω »δὲ ἐγώ, ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθής ἐστιν, ὅτι μόνος οὐκ εἰμί, ἀλλʼ ἐγὼ »καὶ ὁ πέμψας με πατήρ. καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ δὲ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ γέγραπται »ὅτι δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν· ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ μαρτυρῶν »περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με πατήρ«.
»hymeis kata tēn sarka krinete, egō ou krinō oudena. kai ean krinō »de egō, hē krisis hē emē alēthēs estin, hoti monos ouk eimi, allʼ egō »kai ho pempsas me patēr. kai en tǭ nomǭ de tǭ hymeterǭ gegraptai »hoti dyo anthrōpōn hē martyria alēthēs estin; egō eimi ho martyrōn »peri emautou kai martyrei peri emou ho pempsas me patēr«.
You judge according to the flesh; I judge no one. And even if I do judge, my judgment is true, because I am not alone, but I and the Father who sent me. And in your law it is written that the testimony of two men is true. I am the one who testifies about myself, and the Father who sent me testifies about me.”
19.110Preuschen 4:318
Τί δὲ πιθανὸν πρὸς τὸ ἀποκτενεῖν ἑαυτὸν μετὰ τοὺς μεγαλοφυέστερον εἰρημένους τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον λόγους· »Οὔτε ἐμὲ »οἴδατε οὔτε τὸν πατέρα μου· εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν πατέρα μου ἂν »ᾔδειτε«;
Ti de pithanon pros to apoktenein heauton meta tous megalophyesteron eirēmenous touton ton tropon logous; »Oute eme »oidate oute ton patera mou; ei eme ę̄deite, kai ton patera mou an »ę̄deite«?
What plausibility is there in his killing himself after words spoken in so lofty a way as these: “You know neither me nor my Father; if you knew me, you would know my Father also”?
19.111Preuschen 4:318
εἰκὸς γὰρ ὅτι τούτοις ὁμοίως ἐξεδέχοντο καὶ τὸ »᾿Εγὼ »ὑπάγω καὶ ζητήσετέ με, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε«· ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν«· πρὸς ὃν καὶ ἀπεκρίναντο οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι· »Μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτόν, ὅτι λέγει· Ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω »ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν;« πάνυ δὲ καὶ ἐμφαίνεται ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ αὐτεξουσίως αὐτὸν ἀποθνήσκειν καταλιπόντα τὸ σῶμα καὶ ἐν τῷ·
eikos gar hoti toutois homoiōs exedechonto kai to »᾿Egō »hypagō kai zētēsete me, kai en tę̄ hamartią hymōn apothaneisthe«; hopou egō hypagō hymeis ou dynasthe elthein«; pros hon kai apekrinanto hoi ᾿Ioudaioi; »Mēti apoktenei heauton, hoti legei; Hopou egō hypagō »hymeis ou dynasthe elthein?« pany de kai emphainetai hē exousia tou autexousiōs auton apothnēskein kataliponta to sōma kai en tǭ;
For it is likely that they took “I am going away, and you will seek me, and you will die in your sin; where I am going you cannot come” similarly to these; in response to which the Jews answered, “Will he kill himself, since he says, ‘Where I am going you cannot come’?” And the authority by which he dies of his own free will, leaving the body, is very clearly shown also in
19.112Preuschen 4:318
»᾿Εγὼ ὑπάγω«. καὶ τάχα διὰ τὸ »᾿Εγὼ ὑπάγω« τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον γίνεται τὸ «Καὶ ζητήσετέ με«. εἰκὸς γὰρ καὶ τοὺς παρατυχόντας οὕτως αὐτῷ ἀπαλλασσομένῳ τοῦ βίου ζητεῖν αὐτόν· διὰ δὲ τὸ ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις αὐτῶν ἀποθνήσκειν αὐτοὺς μηδὲ μετὰ πάντα ταῦτα δυσωπηθέντας πρὸς τὸ μὴ διστακτικῶς εἰπεῖν περὶ αὐτοῦ· »Μήτι »ἀποκτενεῖ ἐαυτόν;« ὅπου ἄπεισιν μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς ἀπελθεῖν.
»᾿Egō hypagō«. kai tacha dia to »᾿Egō hypagō« to epipheromenon ginetai to «Kai zētēsete me«. eikos gar kai tous paratychontas houtōs autǭ apallassomenǭ tou biou zētein auton; dia de to en tais hamartiais autōn apothnēskein autous mēde meta panta tauta dysōpēthentas pros to mē distaktikōs eipein peri autou; »Mēti »apoktenei eauton?« hopou apeisin mē dynasthai autous apelthein.
“I am going away.” And perhaps because of “I am going away” there follows “and you will seek me.” For it is likely that those present would seek him as he departed from life in this way; but because they die in their sins, and even after all these things were not shamed out of saying doubtfully about him, “Will he kill himself?”, they cannot go away where he goes away.
19.113Preuschen 4:318
οἶμαι δʼ ὅτι κακοηθέστερον ὀνομάζοντες τὸ κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν περὶ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ χριστοῦ εἰς αὐτοὺς ἐληλυθός. καὶ μὴ δοξάζοντες τὸν οὕτως ἀπαλλαττόμενον τοῦ βίου εἰρήκασιν τὸ »Μήτι »ἀποκτενεῖ ἐαυτόν;«
oimai dʼ hoti kakoēthesteron onomazontes to kata tēn paradosin peri tou thanatou tou christou eis autous elēlythos. kai mē doxazontes ton houtōs apallattomenon tou biou eirēkasin to »Mēti »apoktenei eauton?«
And I think that they said “Will he kill himself?” naming rather malignantly what had come down to them in tradition about the death of the Christ, and not glorifying the one who departs from life in this way.
19.114Preuschen 4:318
ἐνῆν γὰρ διστακτικῶς μὲν εἰπεῖν, μετʼ ἐμφάσεως δὲ τῆς παρὰ τῷ θανάτῳ δόξης αὐτοῦ, καὶ οἱονεὶ οὕτως εἰπεῖν· μήτι ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ, ὅτε αὐτὸς βούλεται, ἐξελεύσεται καταλειφθέντος τοῦ σώματος, καὶ διὰ τοῦτό φησι τὸ »Ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς οὐ δύ- »νασθε ἐλθεῖν«.
enēn gar distaktikōs men eipein, metʼ emphaseōs de tēs para tǭ thanatǭ doxēs autou, kai hoionei houtōs eipein; mēti hē psychē autou, hote autos bouletai, exeleusetai kataleiphthentos tou sōmatos, kai dia touto phēsi to »Hopou egō hypagō hymeis ou dy- »nasthe elthein«.
For it was possible to speak doubtfully, yet with an indication of the glory attending his death, and to say something like this: “Will his soul go out, when he wishes, leaving the body behind, and is that why he says, ‘Where I am going you cannot come’?”
19.115Preuschen 4:318–319
ἅμα δὲ καὶ παρατηρήσεις διὰ τὰ εἰρημένα ἡμῖν περὶ τοῦ πῶς τὸν βίον ἐξελήλυθεν τὸ »Καὶ ἀναβαίνων εἰς ῾Ιεροσό- »λυμα ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρέλαβεν τοὺς δώδεκα κατʼ ἰδίαν, καὶ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ »εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· ᾿Ιδοὺ ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς ῾Ιεροσόλυμα, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀν- »θρώπου παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ γραμματεῦσιν καὶ »κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ, καὶ παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἔθνεσιν εἰς »τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι καὶ μαστιγῶσαι καὶ σταυρῶσαι, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ «ἐγερθήσεται«.
hama de kai paratērēseis dia ta eirēmena hēmin peri tou pōs ton bion exelēlythen to »Kai anabainōn eis ῾Ieroso- »lyma ho Iēsous parelaben tous dōdeka katʼ idian, kai en tę̄ hodǭ »eipen autois; ᾿Idou anabainomen eis ῾Ierosolyma, kai ho huios tou an- »thrōpou paradothēsetai tois archiereusin kai grammateusin kai »katakrinousin auton thanatǭ, kai paradothēsetai tois ethnesin eis »to empaixai kai mastigōsai kai staurōsai, kai tę̄ tritę̄ hēmerą «egerthēsetai«.
At the same time, because of what we have said about how he left life, you will observe also: “And as Jesus was going up to Jerusalem, he took the twelve aside, and on the way he said to them, ‘Behold, we are going up to Jerusalem, and the Son of Man will be delivered to the chief priests and scribes, and they will condemn him to death and deliver him to the Gentiles to mock and scourge and crucify, and on the third day he will be raised.’”
19.116Preuschen 4:319
ἐὰν δέ τις ἀνθυποφέρῃ τὸ »᾿Απὸ τότε ἤρξατο δεικ- »νύειν τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὅτι δεῖ αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀνελθεῖν »καὶ πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ Φαρισαίων καὶ »γραμματέων καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι« καὶ τὸ »Μέλλει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου »παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν, καὶ »τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθήσεται«, ἐρεῖς ὅτι ἀπέκτειναν αὐτὸν οἱ λέγοντες πάντες· »Σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν«· καὶ οἱ γενόμενοι ἔνοχοι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ, εἰ καὶ προλαβὼν τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐρχομένους ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆξαι τὰ σκέλη, κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐξέπνευσεν.
ean de tis anthypopherę̄ to »᾿Apo tote ērxato deik- »nyein tois mathētais heautou hoti dei auton eis Hierosolyma anelthein »kai polla pathein apo tōn archiereōn kai Pharisaiōn kai »grammateōn kai apoktanthēnai« kai to »Mellei ho huios tou anthrōpou »paradidosthai eis cheiras anthrōpōn kai apoktenousin auton, kai »tę̄ tritę̄ hēmerą egerthēsetai«, ereis hoti apekteinan auton hoi legontes pantes; »Staurou, staurou auton«; kai hoi genomenoi enochoi tou thanatou autou, ei kai prolabōn tous stratiōtas erchomenous epi to plēxai ta skelē, kraxas phōnę̄ megalę̄ exepneusen.
And if someone objects with “From that time he began to show his disciples that he must go up to Jerusalem and suffer many things from the chief priests and Pharisees and scribes and be killed,” and “The Son of Man is about to be delivered into the hands of men, and they will kill him, and on the third day he will be raised,” you will say that all those who said, “Crucify, crucify him,” killed him, and those who became guilty of his death, even if, forestalling the soldiers who were coming to break his legs, he cried out with a loud voice and breathed his last.
19.117Preuschen 4:319
Παραθήσεις δὲ εἰς τοῦτο τὸ Πᾶς ὁ εὑρίσκων με ἀπο- »κτενεῖ με« καὶ τὸ »Πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας κάϊν ἑπτὰ ἐκδικούμενα παρα- »λύσει«. πῶς γὰρ »πᾶς ὁ εὑρίσκων τὸν Κάϊν ἀποκτενεῖ αὐτόν«, ἑνὸς ἀποκτείναντος ἂν αὐτὸν τοῦ προειληφότος; ἢ πῶς πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας Κάϊν ἑπτὰ ἐκδικούμενα παραλύσει« οὐκ ἂν πολλῶν ἀποκτεινάντων αὐτόν;
Parathēseis de eis touto to Pas ho heuriskōn me apo- »ktenei me« kai to »Pas ho apokteinas kaïn hepta ekdikoumena para- »lysei«. pōs gar »pas ho heuriskōn ton Kaïn apoktenei auton«, henos apokteinantos an auton tou proeilēphotos? ē pōs pas ho apokteinas Kaïn hepta ekdikoumena paralysei« ouk an pollōn apokteinantōn auton?
For this you will set beside it “Everyone who finds me will kill me” and “Everyone who kills Cain will release seven vengeances.” For how will “everyone who finds Cain kill him,” when only the one who got there first would kill him? Or how will “everyone who kills Cain release seven vengeances,” since many would not kill him?
19.118Preuschen 4:319
ὡς γὰρ περὶ πλήθους εἴρηται τὸ »Πᾶς«· τάχα δὲ καὶ ὁ μὲν Πέτρος ἀνθρωπικώτερον ἐκλαβὼν τὰ εἰρημένα ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος φησίν· »Ἵλεώς σοι κύριε· οὐ μὴ ἔσται σοι τοῦτο«· ὀ δὲ σωτὴρ ἐπιτιμῶν αὐτῷ ὡς μὴ καλῶς ἐξειληφότι τὸ εἰρημένον φησίν· »Ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ· σκάνδαλόν μου εἶ, ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ »τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλλὰ τά τῶν ἀνθρώπων«.
hōs gar peri plēthous eirētai to »Pas«; tacha de kai ho men Petros anthrōpikōteron eklabōn ta eirēmena hypo tou sōtēros phēsin; »Hileōs soi kyrie; ou mē estai soi touto«; o de sōtēr epitimōn autǭ hōs mē kalōs exeilēphoti to eirēmenon phēsin; »Hypage opisō mou, Satana; skandalon mou ei, hoti ou phroneis ta »tou theou alla ta tōn anthrōpōn«.
For “everyone” is said as of a multitude. And perhaps Peter, taking the Savior's words in too human a way, says, “God be merciful to you, Lord; this shall not happen to you”; but the Savior, rebuking him as one who had not rightly understood what was said, says, “Get behind me, Satan; you are a stumbling block to me, for you are not minding the things of God but the things of men.”
19.119Preuschen 4:319
ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ παρὰ τῷ Παύλῳ λεγόμενον »῾Εαυτὸν παρέδωκεν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν θυσίαν τῷ θεῷ« ὅρα εἰ μὴ τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν.
alla kai to para tǭ Paulǭ legomenon »῾Eauton paredōken hyper hēmōn thysian tǭ theǭ« hora ei mē toiouton estin.
And see whether what Paul says, “He gave himself up for us as a sacrifice to God,” is not of this kind.
19.120Preuschen 4:319
οὕτως γοῦν μόνως δυνήσει σῶσαι τὸν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἀρχιερέα κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ, καὶ τὸν ἀμνὸν τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν αἴροντα τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου, προσφερόμενον θυσίαν τῷ θεῷ οὐχ ὑπὸ ἀσεβῶν ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ ἀρχιερέως εὐσεβοῦς.
houtōs goun monōs dynēsei sōsai ton eis ton aiōna archierea kata tēn taxin Melchisedek, kai ton amnon tou theou ton aironta tēn hamartian tou kosmou, prospheromenon thysian tǭ theǭ ouch hypo asebōn allʼ hypo archiereōs eusebous.
In this way alone, at any rate, will you be able to preserve the high priest forever according to the order of Melchizedek, and the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world, offered as a sacrifice to God not by the impious but by a pious high priest.
19.121Preuschen 4:319–320
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἡμεῖς κατὰ δύναμιν βασανίζοντες τὸ βούλημα τῶν λεγόντων τὸ »Μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτόν, ὅτι λέγει· Ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς οὐ δύ- »νασθε ἐλθεῖν;« μετὰ τὸ ἀκηκοέναι τηλικούτων τῶν προειρημένων ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ λόγων ἐκδεδώκαμεν.
tauta men oun hēmeis kata dynamin basanizontes to boulēma tōn legontōn to »Mēti apoktenei heauton, hoti legei; Hopou egō hypagō hymeis ou dy- »nasthe elthein?« meta to akēkoenai tēlikoutōn tōn proeirēmenōn hypo tou Iēsou logōn ekdedōkamen.
These things, then, we have set out, testing as far as we could the intention of those who said, “Will he kill himself, since he says, ‘Where I am going you cannot come’?” after hearing such great words spoken by Jesus before.
19.122Preuschen 4:320
Εἰκὸς δέ τινας προσκόπτοντας ὡς βεβιασμένῃ τῇ ἑρμηνείᾳ οἴεσθαι ἁπλούστερον αὐτοὺς εἰρηκέναι τὸ Μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτόν;« ὡς τοῦ μὲν Ἰησοῦ ἀποκτενοῦντος ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐσομένου ἐν χώρᾳ τῶν ἑαυτοὺς διαχειρισαμένων καὶ κολαθησομένων ἐπὶ τούτῳ, τῶν δὲ Ἰουδαίων παρὰ τοῦτο οὐ δυναμένων ἐκεῖ γενέσθαι, παρὰ τὸ μὴ τῷ αὐτῷ ἐνόχους αὐτοὺς γίνεσθαι περὶ ἑαυτῶν ἁμαρτήματι.
Eikos de tinas proskoptontas hōs bebiasmenę̄ tę̄ hermēneią oiesthai haplousteron autous eirēkenai to Mēti apoktenei heauton?« hōs tou men Iēsou apoktenountos heauton kai esomenou en chōrą tōn heautous diacheirisamenōn kai kolathēsomenōn epi toutǭ, tōn de Ioudaiōn para touto ou dynamenōn ekei genesthai, para to mē tǭ autǭ enochous autous ginesthai peri heautōn hamartēmati.
But it is likely that some, stumbling at our interpretation as forced, will think that they said “Will he kill himself?” quite simply: as if Jesus would kill himself and be in the region of those who have laid violent hands on themselves and would be punished for it, while the Jews could not be there because they were not liable to the same sin concerning themselves.
19.123Preuschen 4:320
ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐπιστησάτωσαν, εἰ δύνανται οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ὑπονενοηκέναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν ταῦτα εἰρηκέναι, ἑαυτὸν καταδικάζοντα ὡς ἀπελευσόμενον εἰς τόπον κολάσεως, ἔνθα οὐκ ἐδύναντο γενέσθαι, ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ ἐκδοχῇ ταύτῃ, οἱονεὶ κρείττονες αὐτοῦ· ἢ ἀκόλουθον ἔσται λέγειν ὅτι εἴπερ τοῦτο νοῶν ἔφασκεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ βουλόμενος ἑαυτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι κρεῖττον ἐνόμιζεν τὸ ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν τοῦ μὴ τοῦτο ποιεῖν.
alla kai autoi epistēsatōsan, ei dynantai hoi Ioudaioi hyponenoēkenai ton Iēsoun tauta eirēkenai, heauton katadikazonta hōs apeleusomenon eis topon kolaseōs, entha ouk edynanto genesthai, hoson epi tę̄ ekdochę̄ tautę̄, hoionei kreittones autou; ē akolouthon estai legein hoti eiper touto noōn ephasken ho Iēsous kai boulomenos heauton apokteinai kreitton enomizen to heauton anairein tou mē touto poiein.
But let them too consider whether the Jews could have suspected that Jesus said this condemning himself as one who would go away to a place of punishment, where, on this interpretation, they could not be, as though they were better than he; or it will follow to say that, if Jesus spoke with this meaning and wished to kill himself, he thought it better to do away with himself than not to do so.
19.124Preuschen 4:320
Καὶ ὁ Ἡρακλέων μέντοι γε ὡς ἁπλούστερον εἰρημένου τοῦ »Μή τι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτόν;« φησὶν ὅτι πονηρῶς διαλογιζόμενοι οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ταῦτα ἔλεγον καὶ μείζονας ἑαυτοὺς ἀποφαινόμενοι τοῦ σωτῆρος καὶ ὑπολαμβάνοντες οτι αὐτοὶ μὲν ἀπελεύσονται πρὸς τὸν θεὸν εἰς ἀνάπαυσιν αἰώνιον, ὁ δὲ σωτὴρ εἰς φθορὰν καὶ εἰς θάνατον ἑαυτὸν διαχειρισάμενος, ὅπου ἑαυτοὺς οὐκ ἐλογίζοντο ἀπελθεῖν.
Kai ho Hērakleōn mentoi ge hōs haplousteron eirēmenou tou »Mē ti apoktenei heauton?« phēsin hoti ponērōs dialogizomenoi hoi ᾿Ioudaioi tauta elegon kai meizonas heautous apophainomenoi tou sōtēros kai hypolambanontes oti autoi men apeleusontai pros ton theon eis anapausin aiōnion, ho de sōtēr eis phthoran kai eis thanaton heauton diacheirisamenos, hopou heautous ouk elogizonto apelthein.
Heracleon, however, taking “Will he kill himself?” as said quite simply, says that the Jews said this reasoning wickedly and declaring themselves greater than the Savior, and supposing that they themselves would go away to God into eternal rest, but the Savior, having laid violent hands on himself, into corruption and death, where they did not reckon they would go.
19.125Preuschen 4:320
καὶ αὐταῖς λέξεσίν φησιν ὅτι Ὤιοντο λέγειν τὸν σωτῆρα οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐμαυτὸν διαχειρισάμενος εἰς φθορὰν μέλλω πορεύεσθαι, ὅπου ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν. οὐκ οἶδα δὲ πῶς κατὰ τὸν εἰπόντα· »᾿Εγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς »τοῦ κόσμου« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, ἦν λέγειν ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐμαυτὸν διαχειρισάμενος εἰς φθορὰν μέλλω πορεύεσθαι.
kai autais lexesin phēsin hoti Ōionto legein ton sōtēra hoi Ioudaioi hoti egō emauton diacheirisamenos eis phthoran mellō poreuesthai, hopou hymeis ou dynasthe elthein. ouk oida de pōs kata ton eiponta; »᾿Egō eimi to phōs »tou kosmou« kai ta hexēs, ēn legein hoti egō emauton diacheirisamenos eis phthoran mellō poreuesthai.
And in these very words he says: The Jews thought the Savior was saying, “I, having laid violent hands on myself, am about to go into corruption, where you cannot come.” But I do not know how, on the part of the one who said, “I am the light of the world,” and what follows, it was possible to say, “I, having laid violent hands on myself, am about to go into corruption.”
19.126Preuschen 4:320
ἐὰν δέ τις λέγῃ μὴ τὸν σωτῆρα ταῦτα εἰρηκέναι, τοὺς δὲ Ἰουδαίους αὐτὸ ὑπονενοηκέναι, δῆλον ὅτι ἐρεῖ τοὺς ᾿Ιουδαίους πεφρονηκέναι περὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι * * φθείρονται οἱ ἑαυτοὺς διαχειρισάμενοι καὶ οὐδὲν ἧττον ἐποίει ταῦτα πιστεύων φθαρήσεσθαι καὶ κολασθήσεσθαι· ὅπερ ἠν κατ〈ὰ πάντα〉 ἠλίθιον. Καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς· ῾Υμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ, ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί· ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐστέ, ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου.
ean de tis legę̄ mē ton sōtēra tauta eirēkenai, tous de Ioudaious auto hyponenoēkenai, dēlon hoti erei tous ᾿Ioudaious pephronēkenai peri autou hoti * * phtheirontai hoi heautous diacheirisamenoi kai ouden hētton epoiei tauta pisteuōn phtharēsesthai kai kolasthēsesthai; hoper ēn kat〈a panta〉 ēlithion. Kai elegen autois; ῾Ymeis ek tōn katō este, egō ek tōn anō eimi; hymeis ek tou kosmou toutou este, egō ouk eimi ek tou kosmou toutou.
And if someone says that the Savior did not say this, but the Jews suspected it, it is plain that he will say the Jews thought about him that … those who lay violent hands on themselves are destroyed, and that he nonetheless did this, believing he would be destroyed and punished; which was altogether foolish. “And he said to them, ‘You are from below, I am from above; you are of this world, I am not of this world.’”
19.127Preuschen 4:320–321
Καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω ἔλεγεν τὸ »῾Ο ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐκ »τῆς γῆς ἐστιν καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ· ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος † »† ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν· ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ« εἰ τοίνυν » »ó ων ἐκ της γης ἐκ της γης λαλεῖ« καὶ »ο ἐκ του ουρανου »ἐρχόμενος ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ«, ζητήσεις τοίνυν] πότερόν ποτε ταὐτόν ἐστιν τὸ ἐκ τῆς γῆς εἶναι« τῷ ἐκ τῶν κάτω »εἶναι« ἢ ἔτερον.
Kai en tois anōterō elegen to »῾O ōn ek tēs gēs ek »tēs gēs estin kai ek tēs gēs lalei; ho ek tou ouranou erchomenos † »† epanō pantōn estin; ho heōraken kai ēkousen touto martyrei« ei toinyn » »o ōn ek tēs gēs ek tēs gēs lalei« kai »o ek tou ouranou »erchomenos ho heōraken kai ēkousen touto martyrei«, zētēseis toinyn] poteron pote tauton estin to ek tēs gēs einai« tǭ ek tōn katō »einai« ē eteron.
Above too he said, “He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks from the earth; he who comes from heaven is above all; what he has seen and heard, to this he testifies.” If, then, “he who is from the earth speaks from the earth” and “he who comes from heaven testifies to what he has seen and heard,” you will ask whether “being from the earth” is the same as “being from below,” or different.
19.128Preuschen 4:321
ἄμα δὲ παρατηρήσεις ὅτι κἀκεῖ οὐκ εἶπεν· Ὁ ὤν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐστιν καὶ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ λαλεῖ· τάχα γὰρ ὁ σωτὴρ οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἡν, μάλιστα καθʼ ὃ πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως ἦν. † τὸ γὰρ »Ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. ὁ δεύτερος ἄνθρωπος ἡν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ὡς καὶ ὁ Παῦλός πού φησιν· »Ὁ πρῶτος »ἄνθρωπος ἐκ γῆς χοϊκός· ὁ δεύτερος ἄνθρωπος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ‘.
ama de paratērēseis hoti kakei ouk eipen; Ho ōn ek tou ouranou ek tou ouranou estin kai ek tou ouranou lalei; tacha gar ho sōtēr ouk ek tou ouranou hēn, malista kathʼ ho prōtotokos pasēs ktiseōs ēn. † to gar »Ek tou ouranou. ho deuteros anthrōpos hēn ex ouranou, hōs kai ho Paulos pou phēsin; »Ho prōtos »anthrōpos ek gēs choïkos; ho deuteros anthrōpos ex ouranou‘.
At the same time you will observe that there too he did not say, “He who is from heaven is from heaven and speaks from heaven”; for perhaps the Savior was not from heaven, especially insofar as he was the firstborn of all creation. … the second man was from heaven, as Paul says somewhere: “The first man was from the earth, earthy; the second man is from heaven.”
19.129Preuschen 4:321
καὶ ἐνθάδε δὲ ἐπιστήσεις πότερόν ποτε ταὐτὸ λέγει ἐν τῷ »'Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν »κάτω ἐστέ. καὶ »Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου εστέ« ἢ ἔτερόν το ειναι ἐκ της γῆς παρα το εῖναι ἐκ του κοσμου τουτου. το ο ἕμοιον ζητήσεις καὶ ἐν τῷ »Ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω ἄνω« καὶ »Ἐγὼ οὐκ »εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου«. Ι ἄξιον γὰρ ἰδεῖν τί τὸ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἶναι καὶ τί τὸ μὴ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου εἶναι.
kai enthade de epistēseis poteron pote tauto legei en tǭ »'Hymeis ek tōn »katō este. kai »Hymeis ek toutou tou kosmou este« ē eteron to einai ek tēs gēs para to einai ek tou kosmou toutou. to o hemoion zētēseis kai en tǭ »Egō ek tōn anō anō« kai »Egō ouk »eimi ek tou kosmou toutou«. I axion gar idein ti to ek tōn anō einai kai ti to mē ek tou kosmou toutou einai.
And here too you will consider whether he says the same thing in “You are from below” and “You are of this world,” or whether being from the earth is different from being of this world. You will ask the like in “I am from above” and “I am not of this world.” For it is worth seeing what it is to be from above and what it is not to be of this world.
19.130Preuschen 4:321
ὄρα τοίνυν εἰ μὴ ὁ την απο γλης γένεσιν καὶ σωματων ανειληφως τῳ καταλελοιπεναι τὰ κρείττονα ἐκ τῆς γὴς ἐστιν· ὄστις ὅσον ἐστὶν ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ, ὑψηλότερόν τι μὴ δυνάμενος βλέπειν ἢ λέγειν· ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς καὶ ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστίν.
ora toinyn ei mē ho tēn apo glēs genesin kai sōmatōn aneilēphōs tǭ kataleloipenai ta kreittona ek tēs gēs estin; ostis hoson estin ek tēs gēs ek tēs gēs lalei, hypsēloteron ti mē dynamenos blepein ē legein; ho dʼ autos kai ek tōn katō estin.
See, then, whether the one who has taken up birth from the earth and bodies, by having left behind better things, is not from the earth; who, insofar as he is from the earth, speaks from the earth, unable to see or say anything loftier; and the same one is also from below.
19.131Preuschen 4:321
ἄλλη μέντοι γε ἡ ἐπίνοια ἡ ἐκ τῶν κάτω καὶ τῆς γῆς. κάτω γὰρ ὤσπερ τόπῳ τινὶ νοεῖται οὔτως καὶ δόγμασιν καὶ διανοίᾳ· καὶ πᾶς γε ὁ τοιούτοις δόγμασιν καὶ διανοίᾳ χρώμένος, ἄτινά ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν κάτω, ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστίν.
allē mentoi ge hē epinoia hē ek tōn katō kai tēs gēs. katō gar ōsper topǭ tini noeitai outōs kai dogmasin kai dianoią; kai pas ge ho toioutois dogmasin kai dianoią chrōmenos, atina estin ek tōn katō, ek tōn katō estin.
Yet the aspect “from below” is different from “from the earth.” For “below” is understood not only as a place but also in doctrines and thought; and everyone who uses such doctrines and thought as are from below is from below.
19.132Preuschen 4:321
ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ δεικνύμενος κόσμος, ὑλικὸς γενόμενος, διὰ τοὺς δεηθέντας τῆς ἐνύλου ζωῆς τόπους μὲν ἔχει διαφόρους, αἵτινες πάντες ὡς μὲν πρὸς τὰ ἄὐλα καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα καὶ τὰ ἀσώματα κάτω εἰσίν, οὐ τοσοῦτον τόπῳ ὅσον τῇ πρὸς τὰ ἀόρατα συγκρίσει.
alla kai ho deiknymenos kosmos, hylikos genomenos, dia tous deēthentas tēs enylou zōēs topous men echei diaphorous, haitines pantes hōs men pros ta aula kai ta aorata kai ta asōmata katō eisin, ou tosouton topǭ hoson tę̄ pros ta aorata synkrisei.
But the visible world too, having become material because of those who needed material life, has different places, all of which, compared with the immaterial, invisible, and bodiless things, are below, not so much in place as by comparison with the invisible.
19.133Preuschen 4:321
ὅσον δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ κόσμου τόποις κόσμου συνεξετάζεσθαι, εἶεν ἄν τινες τόποι οἱ κάτω καὶ ἄλλοι ἄνω· τὰ μὲν γὰρ περίγεια κάτω ἐστίν, τὰ δὲ οὐράνια ἄνω, ὡς κατὰ τοῦτο τὸν μὲν ἐκ τῶν κάτω πάντως εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, τὸν δὲ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου μὴ πάντως εἶναι ἐκ τῶν κάτω.
hoson de epi tǭ kosmou topois kosmou synexetazesthai, eien an tines topoi hoi katō kai alloi anō; ta men gar perigeia katō estin, ta de ourania anō, hōs kata touto ton men ek tōn katō pantōs einai ek tou kosmou toutou, ton de ek tou kosmou toutou mē pantōs einai ek tōn katō.
But insofar as places of the world are examined among themselves, some places would be below and others above; for the things around the earth are below, and the heavenly things above; so that in this sense one who is from below is certainly of this world, but one who is of this world is not necessarily from below.
19.134Preuschen 4:321–322
ὁ γὰρ πολίτης τῶν οὐρανίων ὅρα εἰ ἐστιν μέν πως ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, οὐ μὴν ἐκ τῶν τοπικῶς κάτω. πλὴν καὶ αὐτὸς ὡς πρὸς σύγκρισιν τῶν νοητῶν ἐκ τῶν κάτω· καὶ γὰρ πᾶς ὁ τῶν βλεπομένων πολίτης καὶ παρερχομένων καὶ προσκαίρων ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστίν, κἂν ἐν συγκρίσει τόπων ἐκ τῶν ἀνωτάτω τυγχάνῃ.
ho gar politēs tōn ouraniōn hora ei estin men pōs ek tou kosmou toutou, ou mēn ek tōn topikōs katō. plēn kai autos hōs pros synkrisin tōn noētōn ek tōn katō; kai gar pas ho tōn blepomenōn politēs kai parerchomenōn kai proskairōn ek tōn katō estin, kan en synkrisei topōn ek tōn anōtatō tynchanę̄.
For see whether the citizen of the heavenly regions is in a way of this world, but not of the things below in place. Yet he too, compared with the intelligible things, is from below; for every citizen of things seen, passing and temporary, is from below, even if in comparison of places he happens to be of the highest.
19.135Preuschen 4:322
ἔξεστιν μέντοι γε τὸν ἐκ τῶν κάτω καὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς μεταβαλεῖν καὶ γενέσθαι ἐκ τῶν ἄνω καὶ μηκέτι ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, καὶ ἄλλον ἐκ μὲν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ δέ.
exestin mentoi ge ton ek tōn katō kai ek tou kosmou toutou kai ek tēs gēs metabalein kai genesthai ek tōn anō kai mēketi ek tou kosmou toutou, kai allon ek men tou kosmou toutou, ek tou ouranou de.
It is possible, however, for one who is from below and of this world and from the earth to change and become from above and no longer of this world; and for another to be of this world, yet from heaven.
19.136Preuschen 4:322
φησὶ γοῦν τοῖς μαθηταῖς· >Ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἠτε, κἀγὼ ἐξελεξάμην ὑμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ οὐκέτι ἐστὲ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τὸ ἀπολωλός, ἦλθεν τοὺς κάτω καὶ πολιτογραφηθέντας ἐν τοῖς κάτω μεταστῆσαι ἐπὶ τὰ ἄνω.
phēsi goun tois mathētais; >Ek tou kosmou ēte, kagō exelexamēn hymas ek tou kosmou, kai ouketi este ek tou kosmou to apolōlos, ēlthen tous katō kai politographēthentas en tois katō metastēsai epi ta anō.
He says, at any rate, to the disciples: “You were of the world, and I chose you out of the world, and you are no longer of the world” … the lost; he came to transfer those below, and those enrolled as citizens among the things below, to the things above.
19.137Preuschen 4:322
καὶ γὰρ εἰς τὰ κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς ὁ καταβὰς αὐτός ἐστιν διὰ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς κατωτάτω τῆς γῆς· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνέβη ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν οὐρανῶν, ὁδοποιῶν τοῖς βουλομένοις καὶ γνησίως αὐτῷ μαθητευομένοις τὴν φέρουσαν ὁδὸν ἐπὶ τὰ ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν οὐρανῶν, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν έπὶ τὰ ἔξω σωμάτων.
kai gar eis ta katōtera merē tēs gēs ho katabas autos estin dia tous en tois katōtatō tēs gēs; alla kai anebē hyperanō pantōn tōn ouranōn, hodopoiōn tois boulomenois kai gnēsiōs autǭ mathēteuomenois tēn pherousan hodon epi ta hyperanō pantōn tōn ouranōn, toutʼ estin epi ta exō sōmatōn.
For he who descended into the lower parts of the earth is himself the one who did so because of those in the lowest parts of the earth; but he also ascended far above all the heavens, making a road for those who wish and are genuinely his disciples, the road that leads to what is far above all the heavens, that is, to what is outside bodies.
19.138Preuschen 4:322
Εἰ δὲ καὶ ποθεῖς μαθεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς γραφῆς τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἐκ τῶν κάτω καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω, ἄκουε· ἐπεὶ ὅπου ὁ θησαυρὸς έκάστου ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ καρδία ἐστίν, ἐάν τις θησαυρίξῃ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ θησαυρίζειν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἐκ τῶν κάτω γίνεται, ἐὰν δέ τις θησαυρίξῃ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, γεννᾶται ἄνωθεν καὶ ἀναλαμβάνει » »τὴν »εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου·« ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλως διελθὼν πάντας τοὺς οὐρανοῦς ἐν τέλει εὑρίσκεται μακαριωτάτῳ.
Ei de kai potheis mathein apo tēs graphēs tis estin ho ek tōn katō kai tis estin ho ek tōn anō, akoue; epei hopou ho thēsauros ekastou ekei kai hē kardia estin, ean tis thēsaurixę̄ epi tēs gēs ex autou tou thēsaurizein epi tēs gēs ek tōn katō ginetai, ean de tis thēsaurixę̄ en tois ouranois, gennatai anōthen kai analambanei » »tēn »eikona tou epouraniou;« alla kai allōs dielthōn pantas tous ouranous en telei heurisketai makariōtatǭ.
And if you long to learn from Scripture who is from below and who is from above, listen: since where each one's treasure is, there is his heart also, if anyone lays up treasure on earth, by the very act of laying up treasure on earth he becomes from below; but if anyone lays up treasure in heaven, he is born from above and takes up “the image of the heavenly”; and, passing in another way through all the heavens, he is found at the most blessed end.
19.139Preuschen 4:322–323
εἴη δʼ ἂν καὶ τὰ ἐκάστου ἔργα † οἶον ὤστε ὥστε εἰπεῖν ἄν τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκὸς ποιεῖν τὸν ἐκ τῶν κάτω, τὸν δὲ καρπὸν τοῦ πνεύματος τὸν ἐκ τῶν ἄνω, καὶ πάλιν τὴν πρὸς τὸν κόσμον Ι τοῦτον ἀγάπην τὸν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου· ἐπεί, κατὰ τὸν Ιωάννην, ὁ ἔχων τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ, * * ἐκεῖνος δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, ὃς οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κόσμον οὐδὲ τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, ἀλλὰ λέγων »Ἐμοὶ μὴ γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι, »εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ κυρίου μου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, δί οὑ ἐμοὶ »κόσμος ἐσταύρωται κἀγὼ κόσμῳ«, καὶ χωρῶν τὸ ἀγαπᾶν κύριον τὸν θεὸν αὐτοῦ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας αὐτοῦ, τῷ μὴ θλίβεσθαι τὴν τοιαύτην ἀγάπην ὑπὸ τῆς πρὸς τὸν κόσμον ἀγάπης καὶ τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ· ἀμήχανον γὰρ συνυπάρχειν τὴν πρὸς τὸν κόσμον ἀγάπην τῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀγάπῃ, ὡς ἀμήχανον συνυπάρχειν ἀλλήλοις φῶς καὶ σκότος, ἢ Χριστὸν καὶ τὸν Βελίαρ, ἢ τὸ ναὸν εἶναι τοῦ θεοῦ μετὰ τοῦ ναὸν τυγχάνειν εἰδώλων.
eiē dʼ an kai ta ekastou erga † oion ōste hōste eipein an ta erga tēs sarkos poiein ton ek tōn katō, ton de karpon tou pneumatos ton ek tōn anō, kai palin tēn pros ton kosmon I touton agapēn ton ek tou kosmou toutou; epei, kata ton Iōannēn, ho echōn tēn agapēn tou theou, * * ekeinos de ouk estin ek tou kosmou toutou, hos ouk agapą ton kosmon oude ta en tǭ kosmǭ, alla legōn »Emoi mē genoito kauchasthai, »ei mē en tǭ staurǭ tou kyriou mou Iēsou Christou, di hou emoi »kosmos estaurōtai kagō kosmǭ«, kai chōrōn to agapan kyrion ton theon autou ex holēs tēs kardias autou kai ex holēs tēs psychēs autou kai ex holēs tēs dianoias autou, tǭ mē thlibesthai tēn toiautēn agapēn hypo tēs pros ton kosmon agapēs kai ta en tǭ kosmǭ; amēchanon gar synyparchein tēn pros ton kosmon agapēn tę̄ pros ton theon agapę̄, hōs amēchanon synyparchein allēlois phōs kai skotos, ē Christon kai ton Beliar, ē to naon einai tou theou meta tou naon tynchanein eidōlōn.
Each one's works too would … so that one might say that he who is from below does the works of the flesh, and he who is from above the fruit of the Spirit; and again, that he who is of this world has love for this world; since, according to John, he who has the love of God … And he is not of this world who does not love the world nor the things in the world, but says, “Far be it from me to boast except in the cross of my Lord Jesus Christ, through whom the world has been crucified to me and I to the world,” and who is capable of loving the Lord his God with all his heart and all his soul and all his mind, because such love is not hemmed in by love of the world and the things in the world. For it is impossible for love of the world to coexist with love of God, as it is impossible for light and darkness to coexist, or Christ and Belial, or being a temple of God with being a temple of idols.
19.140Preuschen 4:323
ὡς διαφορᾶς μέντοι γε οὔσης τῶν κάτω πρὸς ἄλληλα, λέγεται ὑπερθετικῶς τὸ »Ἔθεντό με ἐν λάκκῳ κατωτάτῳ« καὶ τὸ »Εἰς τὰ κατώτατα τῆς γῆς ὁ καταβάς, οὖτός ἐστι καὶ ὁ »ἀναβάς«. διόπερ ἐνώπιον τοῦ χριστοῦ προπεσοῦνται μὲν πάντες οἱ καταβαίνοντες εἰς τὰ κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς, εἰς ᾄδου, ἐπεὶ ἀληθὲς τὸ »Οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ ὁ μνημονεύων σου, ἐν δὲ τῷ »ᾄδῃ τίς ἐξομολογήσεταί σοι;«
hōs diaphoras mentoi ge ousēs tōn katō pros allēla, legetai hyperthetikōs to »Ethento me en lakkǭ katōtatǭ« kai to »Eis ta katōtata tēs gēs ho katabas, outos esti kai ho »anabas«. dioper enōpion tou christou propesountai men pantes hoi katabainontes eis ta katōtera merē tēs gēs, eis ądou, epei alēthes to »Ouk estin en tǭ thanatǭ ho mnēmoneuōn sou, en de tǭ »ądę̄ tis exomologēsetai soi?«
Since, however, there is a difference among the things below, it is said in the superlative, “They laid me in the lowest pit,” and “He who descended into the lowest parts of the earth is the one who also ascended.” Therefore all who go down to the lower parts of the earth, into Hades, will fall down before Christ, since it is true that “In death there is no one who remembers you, and in Hades who will give you thanks?”
19.141Preuschen 4:323
ἐὰν δέ τις ἀνθυποφέρῃ τὸ καταβαίνειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὰ κατώτερα τῆς γῆς, ἐπιτηρήσεις ὄτι ἐπὶ τῶν καταβαινόντων εἰς γῆν εἴρηται τὸ »Προπεσοῦνται«· ὑποπιπτόντων γὰρ τῷ χριστῷ γόνυ καμπτόντων ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, τινὲς μὲν πρότερον τινὲς δὲ ὕστερον προπεσοῦνται αὐτῷ.
ean de tis anthypopherę̄ to katabainein auton eis ta katōtera tēs gēs, epitērēseis oti epi tōn katabainontōn eis gēn eirētai to »Propesountai«; hypopiptontōn gar tǭ christǭ gony kamptontōn en tǭ onomati Iēsou, tines men proteron tines de hysteron propesountai autǭ.
And if someone objects that he himself descended into the lower parts of the earth, you will observe that “they will fall down” is said of those who go down to the earth; for as they submit to Christ and bend the knee in the name of Jesus, some earlier and some later will fall down before him.
19.142Preuschen 4:323
καὶ τάχα οἱ ἐπὶ γῆς προπεσοῦνται καὶ πρὸ ἑτέρων ὑποτάσσονται· χειρόνων γὰρ τὸ ὕστερον ὑποτάσσεσθαι, διὸ καὶ »ἔσχατος ἐχθρὸς καταργεῖται ὁ »θάνατος«.
kai tacha hoi epi gēs propesountai kai pro heterōn hypotassontai; cheironōn gar to hysteron hypotassesthai, dio kai »eschatos echthros katargeitai ho »thanatos«.
And perhaps those on the earth will fall down and be subjected before others; for it belongs to the worse to be subjected later, which is why also “the last enemy to be destroyed is death.”
19.143Preuschen 4:323
Μετὰ ταῦτα ζητήσεις εἰ ὥσπερ ἐστὶν τῶν κάτω διαφορὰ διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαί τι κατωτάτω, οὔτως καὶ τῶν ἄνω διαφορά, μάλιστα ἐπεὶ κληρονομία ἐστὶν βασιλείας οὐρανῶν, πάντων τῶν μουμένων οὐρανῶν ὄντων ἄνω, ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὁμοίως ἐχόντων τὸ εἶναι ἄνω.
Meta tauta zētēseis ei hōsper estin tōn katō diaphora dia to legesthai ti katōtatō, outōs kai tōn anō diaphora, malista epei klēronomia estin basileias ouranōn, pantōn tōn moumenōn ouranōn ontōn anō, allʼ ouch homoiōs echontōn to einai anō.
After this you will ask whether, just as there is a difference among the things below because something is called “lowest,” so there is a difference among the things above, especially since there is an inheritance of the kingdom of heaven, all the so-called heavens being above, yet not being above in the same way.
19.144Preuschen 4:323
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς νοητῆς καταβάσεως τῆς ψυχῆς διὰ τὴν κακίαν καὶ τὰ μοχθηρὰ δόγματα καὶ νοητῆς ἀναβάσεως αὐτῆς ἐπιστήσας οὐχ ἁοήεις. εὑρήσεις διαφορόν· ἐπιπ΄λειον οὐν νοητῶς † νοήσεις.
alla kai epi tēs noētēs katabaseōs tēs psychēs dia tēn kakian kai ta mochthēra dogmata kai noētēs anabaseōs autēs epistēsas ouch haoēeis. heurēseis diaphoron; epip΄leion oun noētōs † noēseis.
And if you attend also to the spiritual descent of the soul through wickedness and wicked doctrines, and to its spiritual ascent, you will not go astray; you will find a difference. You will understand this more fully in a spiritual way.
19.145Preuschen 4:323
ἄμα δὲ ὅρα εἰ μὴ μυστικώτερον καὶ οὐ τοπικῶς περὶ τῆς Ἰησοῦ ψυχῆς ἀκούσει τὸ· »Ἀναβὰς ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν »οὐρανῶν«· ἡ γὰρ νοητὴ ἀνάβασις ἐκείνης τῆς ψυχῆς ὑπερπεπήδηκεν καὶ πάντας τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καί, ὡς ἔστιν εἰπεῖν, ἤδη ἔφθασεν πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν θεόν.
ama de hora ei mē mystikōteron kai ou topikōs peri tēs Iēsou psychēs akousei to; »Anabas hyperanō pantōn tōn »ouranōn«; hē gar noētē anabasis ekeinēs tēs psychēs hyperpepēdēken kai pantas tous ouranous kai, hōs estin eipein, ēdē ephthasen pros auton ton theon.
At the same time see whether you will not understand “ascending far above all the heavens” in a more mystical and not local sense of the soul of Jesus; for the spiritual ascent of that soul has leapt over all the heavens and, so to speak, has already reached God himself.
19.146Preuschen 4:323–324
πλήν ἐστίν τις καὶ ἔτερος παρὰ τὸν δεικνύμενον καὶ αἰσθητὸν κόσμον τὸν συνεστῶτα ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ἢ οὐρανῶν καὶ γῆς κόσμος, ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα· καὶ ὅλον τοῦτο κόσ- μος ἀόρατος, κόσμος οὐ βλεπόμενος, καὶ νοητὸς κόσμος, οὗ τῇ θέᾳ καὶ τῷ κάλλει ἐνόψονται οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, προευτρεπιζόμενοι διὰ τοῦ ἐνορᾶν αὐτῷ ἐπὶ τὸ μετελθεῖν, ὤστʼ ἂν καὶ αὐτὸν ὀρᾶν, ὡς ὁρᾶσθαι πέφυκεν ὁ θεός, τὸν θεόν. Ι
plēn estin tis kai eteros para ton deiknymenon kai aisthēton kosmon ton synestōta ex ouranou kai gēs ē ouranōn kai gēs kosmos, en hǭ estin ta mē blepomena; kai holon touto kos- mos aoratos, kosmos ou blepomenos, kai noētos kosmos, hou tę̄ theą kai tǭ kallei enopsontai hoi katharoi tę̄ kardią, proeutrepizomenoi dia tou enoran autǭ epi to metelthein, ōstʼ an kai auton oran, hōs horasthai pephyken ho theos, ton theon. I
Yet there is another world besides the visible and perceptible world composed of heaven and earth, or of heavens and earth, a world in which are the things not seen; and all this is an invisible world, a world not seen, and an intelligible world, whose sight and beauty the pure in heart will behold, being prepared by gazing on it to pass over to it, so that they may even see God himself, as God is by nature able to be seen.
19.147Preuschen 4:324
Ζητήσεις δὲ εἰ κατά τι τῶν σημαινομένων δύναται ὁ πρωτότοκος Πάσης κτίσεως εἶναι κόσμος, καὶ μάλιστα καθʼ ὅ »σοφία« ἐστὶν πολυποίκιλος· τῷ γὰρ εἶναι παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν τοὺς λόγους, καθʼ οὓς γεγένηται πάντα τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν σοφίᾳ πεποιημένα (ὣς φησιν ὁ προφήτης· »Πάντα ἐν σοφίᾳ ἐποίησας‘), ἐν αὐτῷ, ἂν καὶ αὐτὸς »κόσμος«, τοσούτῳ ποικιλώτερος τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ καὶ διαφέρων, ὅσῳ διαφέρει γυμνὸς πάσης ὕλης τοῦ ὅλου κόσμου λόγος τοῦ ἐνύλου κόσμου, οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς ὕλης ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τῆς μετοχῆς τοῦ λόγου καὶ τῆς σοφίας τῶν κοσμούντων τὴν ὕλην κεκοσμημένων.
Zētēseis de ei kata ti tōn sēmainomenōn dynatai ho prōtotokos Pasēs ktiseōs einai kosmos, kai malista kathʼ ho »sophia« estin polypoikilos; tǭ gar einai pantos houtinosoun tous logous, kathʼ hous gegenētai panta ta hypo tou theou en sophią pepoiēmena (hōs phēsin ho prophētēs; »Panta en sophią epoiēsas‘), en autǭ, an kai autos »kosmos«, tosoutǭ poikilōteros tou aisthētou kai diapherōn, hosǭ diapherei gymnos pasēs hylēs tou holou kosmou logos tou enylou kosmou, ouk apo tēs hylēs alla apo tēs metochēs tou logou kai tēs sophias tōn kosmountōn tēn hylēn kekosmēmenōn.
You will ask whether, according to one of its meanings, the firstborn of all creation can be a world, especially insofar as he is manifold Wisdom. For since the principles of everything whatever, according to which all things made by God in wisdom came into being (as the prophet says, “In wisdom you made all things”), are in him, he too would be a “world,” as much more varied than the perceptible one and surpassing it as the principle of the whole world, stripped of all matter, surpasses the material world, which is ordered not by matter but by participation in the principle and wisdom that order matter.
19.148Preuschen 4:324
καὶ ὅρα εἰ δύναται ὁ λέγων· »Οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου« ἡ ψυχὴ εἶναι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐμπολιτευομένη τῷ ὅλω κόσμῳ ἐκείνῳ καὶ πάντα αὐτὸν ἐμπεριερχομένη καὶ χειραγωγοῦσα ἐπʼ αὐτὸν τοὺς μαθητευομένους.
kai hora ei dynatai ho legōn; »Ouk eimi egō ek tou kosmou toutou« hē psychē einai tou Iēsou empoliteuomenē tǭ holō kosmǭ ekeinǭ kai panta auton emperierchomenē kai cheiragōgousa epʼ auton tous mathēteuomenous.
And see whether the one who says “I am not of this world” can be the soul of Jesus, living as a citizen in that whole world, going all through it, and leading his disciples to it by the hand.
19.149Preuschen 4:324
οὐδὲν ἔχει ἐκεῖνος ὁ κόσμος κάτω, ὡς οὐδὲ οὖτος, ὡς πρὸς τὸ ἀκριβὲς ἐξετάζοντι, ἄνω. πῶς γὰρ δύναται τι ὁ κόσμος οὐτος ἄνω, οὖ ἡ κτίσις καταβολή ἐστιν; οὐ γὰρ ὡς ἔτυχεν ἀκουστέον τοῦ »πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου«, ἐπίτηδες τοιαύτην ἐπίνοιαν πλασάντων ὄνομα τῶν ἁγίων τὸ τῆς καταβολῆς· καίτοι γε ἐδύναντο λέγειν »πρὸ κτίσεως κόσμου« καὶ μὴ χρήσασθαι τῷ »καταβολῆς« ὁνόματι.
ouden echei ekeinos ho kosmos katō, hōs oude outos, hōs pros to akribes exetazonti, anō. pōs gar dynatai ti ho kosmos outos anō, ou hē ktisis katabolē estin? ou gar hōs etychen akousteon tou »pro katabolēs kosmou«, epitēdes toiautēn epinoian plasantōn onoma tōn hagiōn to tēs katabolēs; kaitoi ge edynanto legein »pro ktiseōs kosmou« kai mē chrēsasthai tǭ »katabolēs« honomati.
That world has nothing below, just as this one, to one who examines it precisely, has nothing above. For how can this world have anything above, when its creation is a “casting down”? For “before the foundation of the world” is not to be heard carelessly, the saints having deliberately formed the name “casting down” to express such a notion; though they could have said “before the creation of the world” and not used the word “casting down.”
19.150Preuschen 4:324
ὄλος οὖν ὁ κόσμος καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐν καταβολῇ ἐστιν· ἔξω δὲ καταβολῆς κόσμου παντὸς γίνονται οἱ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ γνήσιοι μαθηταί, οὓς ἐξελέξατο ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, ἵνα μηκέτι ὦσιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου αἴροντες τὸν σταυρὸν ἐαυτῶν καὶ ἀκολουθοῦντες αὐτῶ. Εἶπον οὖν ὑμῖν ὅτι ἀποθανεῖσθε ὲν ταῖς ἀμαρτίαις ὑμῶν· ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ πιστεύσητε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι, αποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν.
olos oun ho kosmos kai ta en autǭ en katabolę̄ estin; exō de katabolēs kosmou pantos ginontai hoi tou Iēsou gnēsioi mathētai, hous exelexato ek tou kosmou, hina mēketi ōsin ek tou kosmou airontes ton stauron eautōn kai akolouthountes autō. Eipon oun hymin hoti apothaneisthe en tais amartiais hymōn; ean gar mē pisteusēte hoti egō eimi, apothaneisthe en tais hamartiais hymōn.
The whole world, then, and the things in it are in a casting down; but outside the casting down of the whole world are the genuine disciples of Jesus, whom he chose out of the world so that they are no longer of the world, taking up their cross and following him. “So I told you that you will die in your sins; for unless you believe that I am, you will die in your sins.”
19.151Preuschen 4:324–325
Πότε εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· »Ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις »ὑμῶν«, ἢ ὅτε ἔφασκεν· » Ζητήσετέ με, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἀμαρτίαις ὑμῶν »ἀποθανεῖσθ娫; τί δὲ τὸ αἴτιον τοῦ έν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις αὐτῶν ἀποθνήσκειν ἀνθρώπους, ἢ τὸ μὴ »πιστεύειν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ χρι »στός«; αὐτὸς γάρ φησιν· »Ἐὰν μὴ πιστεύσητε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀπο- »θανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν«.
Pote eipen autois; »Apothaneisthe en tais hamartiais »hymōn«, ē hote ephasken; » Zētēsete me, kai en tais amartiais hymōn »apothaneisthe¨«? ti de to aition tou en tais hamartiais autōn apothnēskein anthrōpous, ē to mē »pisteuein hoti Iēsous estin ho chri »stos«? autos gar phēsin; »Ean mē pisteusēte hoti egō eimi, apo- »thaneisthe en tais hamartiais hymōn«.
When did he say to them, “You will die in your sins,” if not when he said, “You will seek me, and you will die in your sins”? And what is the cause of people dying in their sins, except not believing “that Jesus is the Christ”? For he himself says, “Unless you believe that I am, you will die in your sins.”
19.152Preuschen 4:325
εἰ δὲ ὁ μὴ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ὁ χριστός ἐστιν ἀποθανεῖται ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἐαυτοῦ, δῆλον ὅτι ὁ μὴ ἀποθνήσκων ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις αὐτοῦ πεπίστευκεν τῷ χριστῷ, ὁ δὲ ἀποθνήσκων ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἐαυτοῦ, κἂν λέγῃ πιστεύειν τῷ χριστῷ, ὡς πρὸς τὸ ἀληθὲς οὐ πεπίστευκεν αὐτῷ· ἐὰν λέγηται μὲν πίστις, χωρὶς δὲ ἔργων τυγχάνῃ, νεκρά ἐστιν ἡ τοιαύτη, ὡς ἐν τῇ φερομένῃ Ἰακώβου ἐπιστολῇ ἀνέγνωμεν.
ei de ho mē pisteuōn hoti Iēsous ho christos estin apothaneitai en tais hamartiais eautou, dēlon hoti ho mē apothnēskōn en tais hamartiais autou pepisteuken tǭ christǭ, ho de apothnēskōn en tais hamartiais eautou, kan legę̄ pisteuein tǭ christǭ, hōs pros to alēthes ou pepisteuken autǭ; ean legētai men pistis, chōris de ergōn tynchanę̄, nekra estin hē toiautē, hōs en tę̄ pheromenę̄ Iakōbou epistolę̄ anegnōmen.
And if one who does not believe that Jesus is the Christ will die in his sins, it is plain that one who does not die in his sins has believed in Christ, while one who dies in his sins, even if he says he believes in Christ, has not truly believed in him; for if something is called faith but is without works, such faith is dead, as we read in the epistle in circulation under the name of James.
19.153Preuschen 4:325
τίς οὖν ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστεύων ἢ ὁ πεπονθὼς ἐκ τοῦ διακεῖσθαι κατὰ τὸν λόγον καὶ συμπεφυκέναι αὐτῷ τὸ μὴ ἐμπεσεῖσθαι ἄν, ὅσον μὲν ἐπὶ τούτοις τοῖς ῥητοῖς εἰς τὰ λεγόμενα πρὸς θάνατον εἶναι ἁμαρτήματα,
tis oun ara estin ho pisteuōn ē ho peponthōs ek tou diakeisthai kata ton logon kai sympephykenai autǭ to mē empeseisthai an, hoson men epi toutois tois rhētois eis ta legomena pros thanaton einai hamartēmata,
Who, then, is the believer, if not the one who, from being disposed according to the Word and having grown together with him, has come to this: that he would not fall, as far as these texts go, into the sins said to be unto death,
19.154Preuschen 4:325
ὅσον δὲ ἐπὶ Ι τῷ »Πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ὁ χριστός ἐστιν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται«, οὐχ ἀμαρτάνειν καὶ πρὸς ὅ τι δηποτοῦν τῶν παρὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν γινομένων λόγον; ἔτι δὲ μᾶλλον νοήσεις τί έστιν »Ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ πιστεύητε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποθανεῖσθε έν ταῖς »ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν«, ἄ ἐστιν ὁ πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως ἀναλογιζόμενος, οἶον ὁ πιστεύων τί ἐστιν ἡ δικαιοσύνη οὐκ ἂν ἀδικήσαι,
hoson de epi I tǭ »Pas ho pisteuōn hoti Iēsous ho christos estin ek tou theou gegennētai«, ouch amartanein kai pros ho ti dēpotoun tōn para ton orthon ginomenōn logon? eti de mallon noēseis ti estin »Ean gar mē pisteuēte hoti egō eimi, apothaneisthe en tais »hamartiais hymōn«, a estin ho prōtotokos pasēs ktiseōs analogizomenos, oion ho pisteuōn ti estin hē dikaiosynē ouk an adikēsai,
and, as far as “Everyone who believes that Jesus is the Christ is born of God” goes, would not sin toward anything at all done contrary to right reason? You will understand still better what “For unless you believe that I am, you will die in your sins” means if you reckon up what the firstborn of all creation is: for example, one who believes in what righteousness is would not do wrong,
19.155Preuschen 4:325
καὶ ὁ διὰ τὸ τεθεωρηκέναι ἤτις ἐστὶν ἡ σοφία, πεπιστευκὼς εἰς τὴν σοφίαν οὐκ ἄν τι μωρὸν λέγοι ἢ πράττοι, ἐπεὶ ὁ πιστεύσας τῷ ἐν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν λόγῳ ἐν τῷ κατανενοηκέναι αὐτὸν αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ἂν ποιήσαι.
kai ho dia to tetheōrēkenai ētis estin hē sophia, pepisteukōs eis tēn sophian ouk an ti mōron legoi ē prattoi, epei ho pisteusas tǭ en pros ton theon logǭ en tǭ katanenoēkenai auton auton ouden an poiēsai.
and one who, through having beheld what Wisdom is, has believed in Wisdom would not say or do anything foolish; since one who has believed in the Word who is with God, by having understood him, would do nothing contrary to reason.
19.156Preuschen 4:325
πρὸς τούτοις ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι » Αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ εἰρήνη »ἡμῶν«, οὐκ ἄν τι πολέμου καὶ στάσεως ἐνεργοίη. ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴπερ Χριστός ἐστιν οὐ μόνον θεοῦ σοφία, ἀλλὰ καὶ »θεοῦ δύναμις«, ὁ πιστεύων αὐτῷ καθʼ ὅ δύναμίς ἐστιν οὐκ ἄν περὶ τὰ καλὰ ἀδύνατος.
pros toutois ho pisteuōn hoti » Autos estin hē eirēnē »hēmōn«, ouk an ti polemou kai staseōs energoiē. alla kai eiper Christos estin ou monon theou sophia, alla kai »theou dynamis«, ho pisteuōn autǭ kathʼ ho dynamis estin ouk an peri ta kala adynatos.
Besides these, one who believes that “He is our peace” would not do anything of war and strife. And if Christ is not only God's wisdom but also “God's power,” one who believes in him insofar as he is power would not be powerless toward what is good.
19.157Preuschen 4:325
ἀναγκαίως δὲ ὑπονοοῦντες αὐτὸν ὑπομονὴν καὶ ἰσχὴν διὰ τὸ Καὶ νῦν τίς ἡ ὑπομονή μου; οὐχὶ ὁ κύριος;« καὶ τὸ »Ἰσχύς »μου« καὶ τὸ »'Υπόστασίς μου ὁ κύριος« φήσομεν ὅτι εἰ ἐνδίδομεν πρὸς πόνους, οὐ πιστεύομεν αὐτῷ καὶ] καθʼ ὅ ἐστιν ὑπομονή, καὶ εἰ ἀσθενοῦμεν, οὐ πεπιστεύκαμεν αὐτῷ καθʼ ὅ ἐστιν ἰσχύς.
anankaiōs de hyponoountes auton hypomonēn kai ischēn dia to Kai nyn tis hē hypomonē mou? ouchi ho kyrios?« kai to »Ischys »mou« kai to »'Ypostasis mou ho kyrios« phēsomen hoti ei endidomen pros ponous, ou pisteuomen autǭ kai] kathʼ ho estin hypomonē, kai ei asthenoumen, ou pepisteukamen autǭ kathʼ ho estin ischys.
And, necessarily understanding him to be endurance and strength because of “And now what is my endurance? Is it not the Lord?” and “my strength,” and “My support is the Lord,” we shall say that if we give in to toils, we do not believe in him insofar as he is endurance, and if we are weak, we have not believed in him insofar as he is strength.
19.158Preuschen 4:325–326
ἐὰν ἀναλεγώμεθα τὰς λοιπὰς ἐπινοίας τοῦ χριστοῦ, οὐ χαλεπῶς ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων εὑρήσομεν τίνα τρόπον ὁ μὴ πιστεύων τῷ χριστῷ ἀποθανεῖται ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις αὐτοῦ· γινόμενος γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἐναντίοις τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ, ἦν ἐστιν ὁ χριστός, ἐν αὐταῖς ἀποθνήσκει ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις. Ἔλεγον οὖν αὐτῷ· Σὺ τίς εἶ;
ean analegōmetha tas loipas epinoias tou christou, ou chalepōs ek tōn eirēmenōn heurēsomen tina tropon ho mē pisteuōn tǭ christǭ apothaneitai en tais hamartiais autou; ginomenos gar en tois enantiois tę̄ epinoią, ēn estin ho christos, en autais apothnēskei tais hamartiais. Elegon oun autǭ; Sy tis ei?
If we gather up the rest of the aspects of Christ, we shall find without difficulty from what has been said how one who does not believe in Christ will die in his sins; for, being in the things opposed to the aspect that Christ is, he dies in those very sins. “So they said to him, ‘Who are you?’”
19.159Preuschen 4:326
Ἀκόλουθον ἦν τοὺς ἀκροωμένους μετὰ πολλῆς ἐξουσίας ἀπαγγελλομένων ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου πυνθάνεσθαι, τίς εἴς ὁ ταῦτα λέγων· ἐνέφαινεν γὰρ τὸ εἶναι ἀνθρώπου μεῖζον καὶ θειοτέρα τις φύσις τυγχάνειν ὁ σωτὴρ φάσκων ὅτι »Ἐὰν μὴ πιστεύητε ὅτι ἐγώ »εἰμι,
Akolouthon ēn tous akroōmenous meta pollēs exousias apangellomenōn hypo tou kyriou pynthanesthai, tis eis ho tauta legōn; enephainen gar to einai anthrōpou meizon kai theiotera tis physis tynchanein ho sōtēr phaskōn hoti »Ean mē pisteuēte hoti egō »eimi,
It was natural for those who heard things proclaimed by the Lord with great authority to ask who he was who said these things; for the Savior showed that he was greater than a man and was some more divine nature, saying, “Unless you believe that I am,
19.160Preuschen 4:326
ἀποθανεῖσθε έν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν« τὸ οὖν »Σὺ τίς εἶ« οἱονεὶ αἰτούτων ἦν ἀπόκρισιν, ὅτι »Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ χριστός« ἢ »Ἐγώ »εἰμι ὁ προφήτης« ἢ «ἐγώ εἰμι Ἠλίας ἢ τάχα »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἄγγελος »θεοῦ« οὐκ ἄν γὰρ μὴ ἕν τι τούτων ἢ καὶ παραπλήσιον αὐτοῖς τυγχάνων προεφέρετο γνησίους λόγους τηλικούτους. * * * * * * *
apothaneisthe en tais hamartiais hymōn« to oun »Sy tis ei« hoionei aitoutōn ēn apokrisin, hoti »Egō eimi ho christos« ē »Egō »eimi ho prophētēs« ē «egō eimi Ēlias ē tacha »Egō eimi angelos »theou« ouk an gar mē hen ti toutōn ē kai paraplēsion autois tynchanōn proephereto gnēsious logous tēlikoutous. * * * * * * *
you will die in your sins.” So “Who are you?” was as if they were asking for an answer such as “I am the Christ,” or “I am the Prophet,” or “I am Elijah,” or perhaps “I am an angel of God.” For unless he were one of these or something like them, he would not have put forward such genuine words. …
Chapter 20
20.1Preuschen 4:327
Εἰκοστὸν ὑπαγορεύοντες εἰς τὸ κατὰ Ἰωάννην εὐαγγέλιον τόμον, φιλοθεώτατε καὶ φιλομαθέστατε ἐν κυρίῳ Ἀμβρόσιε. εὐχόμεθα ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι, λαβεῖν νοήματα πλήρη καί, ἵνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, ναστὰ καὶ μηδὲν ἔχοντα διάκενον, 〈ἵνα〉 τὸ εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ ἐξεταζόμενα ἡμῖν ἀποκαλυφθῇ, καὶ] μήτε παραλειπόντων τι ἡμῶν τῶν δεόντων ἐξετάζεσθαι καὶ ὑπομνηματικοῖς γράμμασιν πιστεύεσθαι, μήτε ὡς οὐ χρὴ πλεοναζόντων, μήτε παρεκδεχομένων τὸν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ νοῦν. θεὸς οὖν ἡμῖν πέμψαι αὐτὸν τὸν λόγον, ἑαυτὸν ἐμφανίζοντα, ἴνα τοῦ βάθους αὐτοῦ, δωρουμένου τοῦ πατρός, θεαταὶ γενώμεθα. οἶδα ὅτι σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ ἐστε· ἀλλὰ ζητεῖτέ με ἀποκτεῖναι, ὅτι ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν.
Eikoston hypagoreuontes eis to kata Iōannēn euangelion tomon, philotheōtate kai philomathestate en kyriǭ Ambrosie. euchometha ek tou plērōmatos tou huiou tou theou, eis hon eudokēsen to plērōma katoikēsai, labein noēmata plērē kai, hinʼ houtōs eipō, nasta kai mēden echonta diakenon, 〈hina〉 to euangelion kata exetazomena hēmin apokalyphthę̄, kai] mēte paraleipontōn ti hēmōn tōn deontōn exetazesthai kai hypomnēmatikois grammasin pisteuesthai, mēte hōs ou chrē pleonazontōn, mēte parekdechomenōn ton tou sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou noun. theos oun hēmin pempsai auton ton logon, heauton emphanizonta, ina tou bathous autou, dōroumenou tou patros, theatai genōmetha. oida hoti sperma Abraam este; alla zēteite me apokteinai, hoti ho logos ho emos ou chōrei en hymin.
As we dictate the twentieth book on the Gospel according to John, Ambrose, most God-loving and most eager to learn in the Lord, we pray to receive from the fullness of the Son of God, in whom it pleased all the fullness to dwell, thoughts that are full and, so to speak, solid and having nothing empty in them, so that the Gospel may be revealed to us in the passages we examine, neither omitting anything that ought to be examined and entrusted to written commentary, nor enlarging where we should not, nor misinterpreting the mind of our Savior Jesus. May God, then, send us the Word himself, manifesting himself, so that, the Father granting it, we may become beholders of his depth. “I know that you are the seed of Abraham; but you seek to kill me, because my word finds no place in you.”
20.2Preuschen 4:327
Δόξει μάχην περιέχειν τοῖς μὴ κατανοοῦσιν τὰ σημαινόμενα ἀπὸ τῆς >σπέρμα> φωνῆς καὶ τῆς >τέκνον> τὸ »Οἶδα »Ἀβραάμ ἐστε« πρὸς τὸ εὐθέως ἐπενεχθησόμενον καὶ πρὸς τοὺς αὐτοὺς λεγόμενον· »Εἰ τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ ἐστε, τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ »ποιεῖτε«.
Doxei machēn periechein tois mē katanoousin ta sēmainomena apo tēs >sperma> phōnēs kai tēs >teknon> to »Oida »Abraam este« pros to eutheōs epenechthēsomenon kai pros tous autous legomenon; »Ei tekna tou Abraam este, ta erga tou Abraam »poieite«.
To those who do not understand the meanings of the words “seed” and “child,” “I know that you are the seed of Abraham” will seem to contain a contradiction with what is said immediately afterward to the same people: “If you are children of Abraham, do the works of Abraham.”
20.3Preuschen 4:327–328
ἴνʼ οὐν ταῦτα θεωρηθῇ, ἴδωμεν πρῶτον σωματικῶς >σπέρματος> καὶ >τέκνου> διαφοράν. καὶ σαφές γε μὲν τὸ τινὸς ἔχει τοὺς λόγους τοῦ σπείραντος ἐν ἐαυτῷ ἔτι ἡσυχάζοντας καὶ ἀποκειμένους· τὸ δὲ τέκνον, μεταβαλόντος τοῦ σπέρματος καὶ ἐργασαμένου τὴν περικειμένην αὐτῷ ὔλην ἀπὸ τῆς γυναικὸς καὶ τῶν ἐπισυναγομένων τροφῶν, μορφωθὲν καὶ εἰς γένεσιν εὐτρεπισθὲν ὑφίσταται· καὶ εἴ τι μέρος ἐστὶν κυρίως τέκνον τινός, ὡς πρὸς τὰ σωματικά, ἐκ σπέρματος ὑπέστη, εἰ δέ τί ἐστιν σπέρμα, οὐ πάντως τέκνον γίνεται.
inʼ oun tauta theōrēthę̄, idōmen prōton sōmatikōs >spermatos> kai >teknou> diaphoran. kai saphes ge men to tinos echei tous logous tou speirantos en eautǭ eti hēsychazontas kai apokeimenous; to de teknon, metabalontos tou spermatos kai ergasamenou tēn perikeimenēn autǭ ylēn apo tēs gynaikos kai tōn episynagomenōn trophōn, morphōthen kai eis genesin eutrepisthen hyphistatai; kai ei ti meros estin kyriōs teknon tinos, hōs pros ta sōmatika, ek spermatos hypestē, ei de ti estin sperma, ou pantōs teknon ginetai.
So that this may be examined, let us first see the difference between “seed” and “child” in the bodily sense. It is clear that the seed of someone contains the principles of the one who sowed, still at rest and stored up within it; but the child comes into existence when the seed has changed and worked upon the matter surrounding it from the woman and the nourishment gathered to it, and has been formed and made ready for birth. And if something is properly the child of someone, as far as bodily things go, it came into being from seed; but if something is seed, it does not necessarily become a child.
20.4Preuschen 4:328
τούτων δὲ ἡμῖν προδιαληφθέντων, εἰ μὲν σωματικῶν ἐχρῆν νοεῖν τὸ »Οἶδα ὅτι σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ ἐστε« ἔδοξεν πάντως ἀκολουθεῖν τὸ καὶ τέκνα εἶναι τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος, συγχωρουμένου ὅτι ἔτι σπέρμα τὸ τέκνον, καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὸ ἀκριβὲς διδομένου.
toutōn de hēmin prodialēphthentōn, ei men sōmatikōn echrēn noein to »Oida hoti sperma Abraam este« edoxen pantōs akolouthein to kai tekna einai tou Abraam pros hous ho logos, synchōroumenou hoti eti sperma to teknon, kai ou kata to akribes didomenou.
With these things settled beforehand, if “I know that you are the seed of Abraham” had to be understood bodily, it would have seemed to follow necessarily that those addressed were also children of Abraham, if it is granted that the child is still seed, though this is not granted in the strict sense.
20.5Preuschen 4:328
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀπὸ ἤθους κρίνεται καὶ ἔργων τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, μήποτε ἀπό τινων σπερματικῶν λόγων, συγκαταβαλλομένων τισὶν ὡς οἶμαι ψυχαῖς, δεῖ χαρακτηρίζειν τοὺς ὅντας σπέρμα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ. καὶ εἴπερ, ὡς κατὰ τὸ σωματικὸν οὐ πάντες ἄνθρωποι σπέρμα εἰσὶν τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, οὕτω καὶ κατὰ τὰ ἀποδιδόμενα περὶ τοῦ τίνες εἰσὶν σπέρμα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, δῆλον ὅτι οὐ πάντες ἄνθρωποι μετὰ πάντη σπερματικῶν λόγων τῶν αὐτῶν] ἐγκατασπαρέντων αὐτῶν ταῖς ψυχαῖς τώ βίῳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπίδεδημήκασιν.
epei de apo ēthous krinetai kai ergōn ta tekna tou Abraam, mēpote apo tinōn spermatikōn logōn, synkataballomenōn tisin hōs oimai psychais, dei charaktērizein tous hontas sperma tou Abraam. kai eiper, hōs kata to sōmatikon ou pantes anthrōpoi sperma eisin tou Abraam, houtō kai kata ta apodidomena peri tou tines eisin sperma tou Abraam, dēlon hoti ou pantes anthrōpoi meta pantē spermatikōn logōn tōn autōn] enkatasparentōn autōn tais psychais tō biǭ tōn anthrōpōn epidedēmēkasin.
But since the children of Abraham are judged by character and works, perhaps those who are the seed of Abraham must be characterized by certain seminal principles, sown together, as I think, with certain souls. And if, just as in the bodily sense not all human beings are the seed of Abraham, so too in the sense given to who are the seed of Abraham, it is plain that not all human beings have come into human life with all the same seminal principles sown in their souls.
20.6Preuschen 4:328
τὴν δὲ τούτων αἰτίαν κατὰ μεγάλας κρίσεις καὶ δυσδιηγήτους, θεωρουμένας ὑπὸ τῶν εἰληφότων τὸν Χριστοῦ νοῦν, ἕνα ἴδωσιν τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χαρισθέντα αὐτοῖς, ὀλίγοις ἐστὶν δυνατὸν καταλαβεῖν τοῖς ἐπιμελέστερον τὰ πρὸ γενέσεως καὶ τὰ ἐν γενέσει περὶ ἐκάστου διειληφόσιν· καὶ ἐπεὶ ταράξαι ἄν τινα τὰ τοιαῦτα. συνέντα μὲν ταυτα, μη ἀκριβουντα δέ, κινδύνῳ παραβαλοῦμεν ἐαυτοὺς τῷ περὶ τῶν τοιούτων, ἔνθα τὸ λέγειν καὶ ἀναπτύσσειν τὰ τοιαῦτά ἐστιν ἐπισφαλές, κἂν ἀληθεύηται.
tēn de toutōn aitian kata megalas kriseis kai dysdiēgētous, theōroumenas hypo tōn eilēphotōn ton Christou noun, hena idōsin ta hypo tou theou charisthenta autois, oligois estin dynaton katalabein tois epimelesteron ta pro geneseōs kai ta en genesei peri ekastou dieilēphosin; kai epei taraxai an tina ta toiauta. synenta men tauta, mē akribounta de, kindynǭ parabaloumen eautous tǭ peri tōn toioutōn, entha to legein kai anaptyssein ta toiauta estin episphales, kan alētheuētai.
The cause of this lies in great judgments hard to explain, contemplated by those who have received the mind of Christ so that they may see the things freely given them by God; it is possible for few to grasp it, for those who have examined more carefully what concerns each person before birth and in birth. And since such things might disturb someone who understood them but not exactly, we shall expose ourselves to danger in speaking of such matters, where to speak and unfold such things is hazardous, even if they are true.
20.7Preuschen 4:328
καὶ ἐπισφαλὲς δὲ διὰ τὸ δεῖν τὸν οἰκονόμον τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ μυστηρίων τὸν καιρὸν ζητεῖν τῆς προσαγωγῆς τῶν τοιούτων δογμάτων, μὴ βλάπτοντα τὸν ἀκούοντα, καὶ τὸ μέτρον περιαθρεῖν τοῦ ἐλλείποντος ἢ πλεονάζοντος, κἄν ὁ καιρὸς τηρῆται, παρὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον γινομένου, καὶ ἐπιμελέστερον ἐξετάζειν πότερον σύνδουλοί εἰσιν οἶς παραδίδοται τὰ τοιαῦτα, ἢ δοῦλοι ἄλλου τινὸς παρὰ τὸν κύριον τῶν κυριευόντων.
kai episphales de dia to dein ton oikonomon tōn tou theou mystēriōn ton kairon zētein tēs prosagōgēs tōn toioutōn dogmatōn, mē blaptonta ton akouonta, kai to metron periathrein tou elleipontos ē pleonazontos, kan ho kairos tērētai, para ton orthon logon ginomenou, kai epimelesteron exetazein poteron syndouloi eisin ois paradidotai ta toiauta, ē douloi allou tinos para ton kyrion tōn kyrieuontōn.
And it is hazardous because the steward of God's mysteries must seek the right time for presenting such doctrines, so as not to harm the hearer, and must survey the measure of what falls short or exceeds, contrary to right reason, even when the right time is kept, and must examine more carefully whether those to whom such things are handed on are fellow servants, or servants of someone other than the Lord of lords.
20.8Preuschen 4:328–329
ὅτι δὲ δεῖ πάντα ταῦτα ἐξετάζειν τὸν οἰκονόμον τῶν μυστηρίων τοῦ θεοῦ παρίστησιν ἡ φάσκουσα λέξις· Τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς καὶ φρόνιμος οἰκονόμος, ὅν καταστήσει ὁ κύριος »ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετίας αὐτοῦ, τοῦ διδόναι ἐν καιρῷ τὸ σιτομέτριον τοῖς »συνδούλοις ἐαυτοῦ;« οὐ πάντες οὖν εἰσιν ἄνθρωποι σπέρμα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἔχουσιν τοὺς λόγους ἐγκατεσπαρμένους αὐτῶν ταῖς ψυχαῖς, δυναμένους, εἰ γεωργηθεῖεν, ποιῆσαι τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ.
hoti de dei panta tauta exetazein ton oikonomon tōn mystēriōn tou theou paristēsin hē phaskousa lexis; Tis ara estin ho pistos kai phronimos oikonomos, hon katastēsei ho kyrios »epi tēs oiketias autou, tou didonai en kairǭ to sitometrion tois »syndoulois eautou?« ou pantes oun eisin anthrōpoi sperma tou Abraam; oude gar echousin tous logous enkatesparmenous autōn tais psychais, dynamenous, ei geōrgētheien, poiēsai tekna tou Abraam.
That the steward of the mysteries of God must examine all these things is shown by the passage that says, “Who then is the faithful and wise steward, whom the Lord will set over his household, to give his fellow servants their portion of food in due season?” Not all human beings, then, are the seed of Abraham; for they do not have the principles sown in their souls which, if cultivated, could make them children of Abraham.
20.9Preuschen 4:329
Καὶ ζητήσαι τις ἄν πρὸς ταῦτα φάσκων ὅτι δύναται μὲν ψεκτὸς εἶναι ὁ γενόμενος σπέρμα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, εἰ μὴ καὶ τέκνον αὐτοῦ γένοιτο· πῶς δʼ ἄν εὐλόγως μεμφθείη μὴ ποιῶν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ὁ μηδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔχων τὸ ἐἶναι σπέρμα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, ἀφ οὑ ἔρχεται τὸ γενέσθαι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ;
Kai zētēsai tis an pros tauta phaskōn hoti dynatai men psektos einai ho genomenos sperma tou Abraam, ei mē kai teknon autou genoito; pōs dʼ an eulogōs memphtheiē mē poiōn ta erga tou Abraam ho mēde tēn archēn echōn to einai sperma tou Abraam, aph hou erchetai to genesthai tekna tǭ Abraam?
And someone might raise a question about this, saying: one who has become the seed of Abraham can be blamed if he does not also become his child; but how could one reasonably be blamed for not doing the works of Abraham who does not even have the starting point of being the seed of Abraham, from which becoming children of Abraham comes?
20.10Preuschen 4:329
ἐροῦμεν δὲ πρὸς ταῦτα ὡσπερεὶ ἐπιβάθρᾳ χρησάμενοι τῇ ἱστορίᾳ καὶ τὰ ἴχνη τῆς κατὰ τὸν τόπον ἀληθείας ζητοῦντες ἐν τοῖς γράμμασιν, ὄτι εἰ μὲν μὴ ὤν τις τέκνον τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ οὐδενὸς δικαίου σπέρμα ἦν, καὶ ἀνέγκλητος ἐτύγχανεν ἂν τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν τις, μηδεμίαν ἔχων ἀπὸ σπερμάτων τοῦ καλοῦ· νυνὶ δὲ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῶν σωμάτων ὁ μέν τίς ἐστιν πλειόνων δικαίων σπέρμα, ἔτερος δὲ ὁλιγωτέρων, ὡς δῆλον ἔσται ἐκ τῆς παραθέσεως τῶν λεχθησομένων, οὕτως καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τῆς ἀναγωγῆς τὸ ἀνάλογον ἔσται λέγειν.
eroumen de pros tauta hōsperei epibathrą chrēsamenoi tę̄ historią kai ta ichnē tēs kata ton topon alētheias zētountes en tois grammasin, oti ei men mē ōn tis teknon tou Abraam oudenos dikaiou sperma ēn, kai anenklētos etynchanen an tōn hamartōlōn tis, mēdemian echōn apo spermatōn tou kalou; nyni de hōsper epi tōn sōmatōn ho men tis estin pleionōn dikaiōn sperma, eteros de holigōterōn, hōs dēlon estai ek tēs paratheseōs tōn lechthēsomenōn, houtōs kai epi tōn tēs anagōgēs to analogon estai legein.
To this we shall say, using the history as a stepping-stone and seeking in the letter the traces of the truth about the passage, that if someone who is not a child of Abraham were the seed of no righteous person, then one of the sinners would indeed be blameless, having no seeds of the good at all. But as it is, just as with bodies one person is the seed of more righteous people and another of fewer, as will be clear from comparing what will be said, so too one can say the analogous thing in the higher sense.
20.11Preuschen 4:329
Ἀβραὰμ εἰκοστὸς γεγέννηται ἀπὸ τοῦ πρωτοπλάστου· δέκα γὰρ γενεαὶ ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ ἐπὶ Νῶε, καὶ δέκα ἀπὸ Νῶε ἐπὶ Ἀβραάμ· καὶ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ γεγόνασιν ἀδελφοὶ Ναχὼρ καὶ Ἀρράμ· οἱ γὰρ τρεῖς ἡσαν υἱοὶ Θάρα. Ναχὼρ μὲν οὖν καὶ Ἀρρὰμ οὐκ ἠσαν σπέρμα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ· ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ αὐτὸς Ἀβραὰμ σπέρμα ἦν τοῦ Ἀβραάμ.
Abraam eikostos gegennētai apo tou prōtoplastou; deka gar geneai apo Adam epi Nōe, kai deka apo Nōe epi Abraam; kai tou Abraam gegonasin adelphoi Nachōr kai Arram; hoi gar treis hēsan huioi Thara. Nachōr men oun kai Arram ouk ēsan sperma tou Abraam; allʼ oudʼ autos Abraam sperma ēn tou Abraam.
Abraham was born twentieth from the first-formed man; for there are ten generations from Adam to Noah, and ten from Noah to Abraham. And Abraham had as brothers Nahor and Haran; for the three were sons of Terah. Nahor and Haran, then, were not the seed of Abraham; nor indeed was Abraham himself the seed of Abraham.
20.12Preuschen 4:329–330
ἦσαν δὲ σπέρμα οἱ τρεῖς δικαίων μέν ἐς ὡς ζητουμένων ἔτι τῶν κατὰ τὸν Ἀδὰμ ἐν τίσιν αὐτόν, τοῦ Σήθ, ὅν ἐξανέστησεν ὁ θεὸς ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἄβελ· καὶ τοῦ Ἐνώς, ὅς »ἤλπισεν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ«· καὶ τοῦ Ἐνώχ, »ὅς εὐηρέστησεν τῷ θεῷ, μετὰ τὸ γεννῆσαι αὐτὸν τὸν Μαθοιυσάλα, »ἔτη διακόσια«· καὶ τοῦ Νῶε, περὶ οὖ εἴρηται ὅτι »δίκαιος, τέλειος ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ Ι αὐτοῦ· τῷ θεῷ εὐηρέστησεν Νῶε«· καὶ τοῦ Σήμ, οὑ »κύριος ὁ θεὸς« πρώτου φαίνεται ἐν τῇ Γενέσει κεχρηματικέναι θεός, ὄπερ σαφές ἐστιν ἐκ τοῦ »Εὐλογητὸς κύριος »ὁ θεὸς τοῦ Σήμ«·
ēsan de sperma hoi treis dikaiōn men es hōs zētoumenōn eti tōn kata ton Adam en tisin auton, tou Sēth, hon exanestēsen ho theos anti tou Abel; kai tou Enōs, hos »ēlpisen epikaleisthai to onoma kyriou tou theou«; kai tou Enōch, »hos euērestēsen tǭ theǭ, meta to gennēsai auton ton Mathoiysala, »etē diakosia«; kai tou Nōe, peri ou eirētai hoti »dikaios, teleios en tę̄ geneą I autou; tǭ theǭ euērestēsen Nōe«; kai tou Sēm, hou »kyrios ho theos« prōtou phainetai en tę̄ Genesei kechrēmatikenai theos, oper saphes estin ek tou »Eulogētos kyrios »ho theos tou Sēm«;
But the three were the seed of righteous men, … of those after Adam: of Seth, whom God raised up in place of Abel; of Enosh, who “hoped to call on the name of the Lord God”; of Enoch, “who pleased God two hundred years after he begot Methuselah”; of Noah, of whom it is said, “a righteous man, perfect in his generation; Noah pleased God”; and of Shem, whose God is first seen in Genesis to be called “the Lord God,” as is clear from “Blessed be the Lord, the God of Shem.”
20.13Preuschen 4:330
τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν <ἀδίκων> παρὰ τούτους οὗτοι ἦσαν τρεῖς τοῦ Θάρα σπέρμα. ὅπερ οὖν εἴπομεν περὶ τοῦ σπέρματος τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, τοῦτο νοητέον περὶ τοῦ σπέρματος τοῦ Σὴμ καὶ Νῶε καὶ τῶν ἀνωτέρω δικαίων, ὧν τὰς ἰδιότητας σπερματικῶς δοκοῦσιν κοινῇ ἀνειληφέναι εἰς γένεσιν ἐρχόμενοι Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ναχῶρ καὶ Ἀρράμ· ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν Ἀβραὰμ γεγεωργηκέναι οὕς εἶχεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ σπερματικῶς λόγους πάντων τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ δικαίων, καὶ τούτοις προστεθεικέναι ἁγίαν ἰδίαν ποιότητα, τὴν κατὰ τὸ ἴδιον αὐτοῦ σπέρμα, οὑ ἐδύναντο μετέχειν οἱ μετʼ αὐτὸν καλούμενοι »σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ«· ὁ δὲ Ἀρρὰμ ἐλάχιστον ἑαυτοῦ ἐπιμέλειαν πεποιῆσθαι καὶ τῶν πατρικῶν ἐν ἐαυτῷ σπερμάτων, ὅθεν δεδύνηται προβαλεῖν πνέοντα κἂν ποσὸν τῆς σωτηρίας τὸν Λώτ· ὁ δὲ Ναχὼρ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐλάττων γεγονέναι.
tōn de loipōn <adikōn> para toutous houtoi ēsan treis tou Thara sperma. hoper oun eipomen peri tou spermatos tou Abraam, touto noēteon peri tou spermatos tou Sēm kai Nōe kai tōn anōterō dikaiōn, hōn tas idiotētas spermatikōs dokousin koinę̄ aneilēphenai eis genesin erchomenoi Abraam kai Nachōr kai Arram; allʼ ho men Abraam gegeōrgēkenai hous eichen en heautǭ spermatikōs logous pantōn tōn pro autou dikaiōn, kai toutois prostetheikenai hagian idian poiotēta, tēn kata to idion autou sperma, hou edynanto metechein hoi metʼ auton kaloumenoi »sperma Abraam«; ho de Arram elachiston heautou epimeleian pepoiēsthai kai tōn patrikōn en eautǭ spermatōn, hothen dedynētai probalein pneonta kan poson tēs sōtērias ton Lōt; ho de Nachōr amphoterōn tōn adelphōn elattōn gegonenai.
And, besides these, of the other, unrighteous men, these three were the seed of Terah. What we said, then, about the seed of Abraham must be understood of the seed of Shem and Noah and the righteous before them, whose qualities Abraham, Nahor, and Haran seem to have taken up seminally in common when they came into being. But Abraham cultivated the seminal principles of all the righteous before him that he had in himself, and added to them a holy quality of his own, belonging to his own seed, in which those after him called “the seed of Abraham” could share. Haran took the least care of himself and of the ancestral seeds within him, from which he was able to put forth Lot, who breathed at least some measure of salvation; and Nahor was less than both his brothers.
20.14Preuschen 4:330
Ἔξεστιν τοίνυν μὴ ὄντα σπέρμα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, τῷ πάντως διὰ τὴν κατὰ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν ἱστοριαν ἀπὸ Νῶε τοὺς ἐξῆς γεγονέναι, εἶναι σπέρμα Νῶε· εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, καὶ σπέρμα Ἐνώχ, πάντως δὲ καὶ σπέρμα Ἐνὼς καὶ Σήθ· ἄδηλον δʼ ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τῶν πολλῶν κατωτέρω τοῦ Νῶε, τίς σπέρμα τοῦ Σὴμ καὶ τίς τοῦ Χὰμ καὶ τίς τοῦ Ἰάφεθ καὶ τῶν κατωτέρω· πλὴν οὐκ ἔστιν τις μηδαμῶς μετέχων σπέρματος δικαίων.
Exestin toinyn mē onta sperma tou Abraam, tǭ pantōs dia tēn kata ton kataklysmon historian apo Nōe tous exēs gegonenai, einai sperma Nōe; ei de touto, kai sperma Enōch, pantōs de kai sperma Enōs kai Sēth; adēlon dʼ hēmin epi tōn pollōn katōterō tou Nōe, tis sperma tou Sēm kai tis tou Cham kai tis tou Iapheth kai tōn katōterō; plēn ouk estin tis mēdamōs metechōn spermatos dikaiōn.
It is possible, then, for one who is not the seed of Abraham to be the seed of Noah, since, because of the history of the flood, all later people certainly came from Noah; and if so, also the seed of Enoch, and certainly the seed of Enosh and Seth. But it is unclear to us, in the case of the many after Noah, who is the seed of Shem and who of Ham and who of Japheth and of those after them; yet there is no one who has no share at all in the seed of the righteous.
20.15Preuschen 4:330
ἐφίστημι δὲ μήποτε δυνατὸν διὰ τὰς ἀφορμὰς ἃς εἶχεν ὁ Ἀβραὰμ ἐκ τῶν προτέρων σπερμάτων γενέσθαι τὸν μὴ ὄντα σπέρμα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ τοιοῦτον, ὥστε αὐτὸν οὐκ ὄντα ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἐξομοιωθήναι τῷ Ἀβραάμ.
ephistēmi de mēpote dynaton dia tas aphormas has eichen ho Abraam ek tōn proterōn spermatōn genesthai ton mē onta sperma tou Abraam toiouton, hōste auton ouk onta apo tou Abraam exomoiōthēnai tǭ Abraam.
And I consider whether it is possible, through the resources that Abraham had from the earlier seeds, for one who is not the seed of Abraham to become such that, though not descended from Abraham, he is made like Abraham.
20.16Preuschen 4:330
ὡς γὰρ Ἀβραάμ, οὐκ ἐκ σπέρματος Ἀβραὰμ τυγχάνων ἀλλὰ τῶν προειρημένων, γέγονεν Ἀβραάμ, οὕτω δυνατόν τινα τὰ κρείττονα τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ ἐγκατασπαρέντων γεωργήσαντα γενέσθαι ἄλλον Ἀβραάμ, οὐ πάντως ἐκ σπέρματος Ἀβραὰμ ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸν ἱκανὸν σπείρειν ὡς Ἀβραάμ.
hōs gar Abraam, ouk ek spermatos Abraam tynchanōn alla tōn proeirēmenōn, gegonen Abraam, houtō dynaton tina ta kreittona tōn en autǭ enkatasparentōn geōrgēsanta genesthai allon Abraam, ou pantōs ek spermatos Abraam alla kai auton hikanon speirein hōs Abraam.
For just as Abraham, not being from the seed of Abraham but from those mentioned before, became Abraham, so it is possible for someone who has cultivated the better seeds sown in him to become another Abraham, not necessarily from the seed of Abraham, but himself able to sow like Abraham.
20.17Preuschen 4:330
Ὅλων δὲ τούτων ἀκούωεν ἀναφέροντες τὰ λεγόμενα οὐκ ἐπὶ σώματα καὶ ἀνθρώπους, ἀλλʼ ἐπί τινα νοητὰ καὶ λόγους πλείονας ἢ ἐλάττονας, ὧν μετέχουσι διαφόρως οἱ κατιόντες εἰς γένεσιν ἢ εἰσιόντες, καὶ τάχα δέ πως καὶ ἀνιόντες.
Holōn de toutōn akouōen anapherontes ta legomena ouk epi sōmata kai anthrōpous, allʼ epi tina noēta kai logous pleionas ē elattonas, hōn metechousi diaphorōs hoi kationtes eis genesin ē eisiontes, kai tacha de pōs kai aniontes.
Let us hear all these things referring what is said not to bodies and human beings but to certain intelligible realities and principles, more or fewer, in which those who descend or enter into birth share in different ways, and perhaps in some way those who ascend too.
20.18Preuschen 4:330–331
ἐπιστήσεις δὲ εἰ δύναται ἐπὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα σπέρματα, ἤδη καὶ τῶν εἰς ἐαυτοὺς λαμβανόντων αὐτὰ ἴδια ὀνομαζόμενα, ἀναφέρεσθαι τὸ »Πορευόμενοι ἐπορεύοντο »καὶ ἔκλαιον, αἴροντες τὰ σπέρματα αὐτῶν«· εἴ τις γὰρ δύναται, μετὰ κλαυθμοῦ πορείαν τινῶν ψυχῶν εἰς γένεσιν ἐρχομένων κατανοησάτω, φερουσῶν τὰ σπέρματα ἤτοι πλειόνων δικαίων ἤ ὀλιγω- τέρων Ι καὶ ἀδίκων ὁμοίως.
epistēseis de ei dynatai epi ta toiauta spermata, ēdē kai tōn eis eautous lambanontōn auta idia onomazomena, anapheresthai to »Poreuomenoi eporeuonto »kai eklaion, airontes ta spermata autōn«; ei tis gar dynatai, meta klauthmou poreian tinōn psychōn eis genesin erchomenōn katanoēsatō, pherousōn ta spermata ētoi pleionōn dikaiōn ē oligō- terōn I kai adikōn homoiōs.
And you will consider whether “Going they went and wept, carrying their seeds” can be referred to such seeds, which are now also called the own seeds of those who receive them into themselves. For if anyone can, let him consider the journey with weeping of certain souls coming into birth, bearing the seeds either of more righteous people or of fewer, and likewise of the unrighteous.
20.19Preuschen 4:331
καὶ ἐννοείτω θεωρῶν ὡσπερεὶ γεωργοὺς ἀγωνιῶντας περὶ ὡν ἔχουσιν σπερμάτων, πῶς τάδε μὲν γεωργήσωσιν (λέγω δὲ τὰ διαφέροντα), τάδε δὲ μὴ σπείρωσιν, ἔρχονται μετὰ χειρόνων σπερμάτων.
kai ennoeitō theōrōn hōsperei geōrgous agōniōntas peri hōn echousin spermatōn, pōs tade men geōrgēsōsin (legō de ta diapheronta), tade de mē speirōsin, erchontai meta cheironōn spermatōn.
And let him think, beholding them as it were like farmers anxious about the seeds they have, how they may cultivate some (I mean the excellent ones) and not sow others; they come with worse seeds.
20.20Preuschen 4:331
ποῖον γὰρ εἰκὸς κλαυθμὸν κλαίειν τούτους περὶ ὧν φησιν ὁ λόγος· »Πορευόμενοι ἐπορεύοντο καὶ »αἴροντες τὰ σπέρματα αὐτῶν«;
poion gar eikos klauthmon klaiein toutous peri hōn phēsin ho logos; »Poreuomenoi eporeuonto kai »airontes ta spermata autōn«?
For what sort of weeping is it likely that those weep of whom the word says, “Going they went and wept, carrying their seeds”?
20.21Preuschen 4:331
καὶ ἐλπίς γε ἀγαθή ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς πορευομένοις καὶ κλαίουσιν, τὰ σπέρματα· οὑτοι γὰρ ὡς ἐπίπαν »ἐρχόμενοι ἥξουσιν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει, αἴροντες τὰ δράγματα »αὐτῶν«.
kai elpis ge agathē estin en tois poreuomenois kai klaiousin, ta spermata; houtoi gar hōs epipan »erchomenoi hēxousin en agalliasei, airontes ta dragmata »autōn«.
And there is good hope in those who go and weep, carrying the seeds; for these, for the most part, “coming will come in rejoicing, carrying their sheaves.”
20.22Preuschen 4:331
τάχα δὲ ἔτεροι ἦλθον, περὶ ὧν ὡν ἄν· >Πορευόμενοι ἐπορεύοντο καὶ αἴροντες τὰ σπέρματα, οἶς ἀκολουθήσει τὸ >Ἑρχόμενοι δὲ ἥξουσιν ἐν κλαυθμῷ, αἴροντες τὰ ἑαυτῶν »ὅς πρὸ τοῦ ἐκσπασθῆναι ἐξηράνθη· οὖ οὐκ ἐπλήρωσεν τὴν χεῖρα »αὐτοῦ ὁ θερίζων, καὶ τὸν κόλπον αὐτοῦ ὁ τὰ δράγματα συλλέγων.
tacha de eteroi ēlthon, peri hōn hōn an; >Poreuomenoi eporeuonto kai airontes ta spermata, ois akolouthēsei to >Herchomenoi de hēxousin en klauthmǭ, airontes ta heautōn »hos pro tou ekspasthēnai exēranthē; ou ouk eplērōsen tēn cheira »autou ho therizōn, kai ton kolpon autou ho ta dragmata syllegōn.
But perhaps others came, of whom it might be said, “Going they went, carrying their seeds,” whom will follow “but coming they will come in weeping, carrying their own …, which withered before it was plucked up, with which the reaper did not fill his hand, nor the one who gathers sheaves his bosom;
20.23Preuschen 4:331
»καὶ οὐκ εἶπαν οἱ παράγοντες· Εὐλογία κυρίου ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς‘. καὶ ὅρα εἰ δύναται κατὰ τοῦτο καὶ μυστικώτερον λέγεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν τὸ »Μακάριοι οἱ κλαίοντες νῦν, ὅτι γελάσονται«·
»kai ouk eipan hoi paragontes; Eulogia kyriou ephʼ hymas‘. kai hora ei dynatai kata touto kai mystikōteron legesthai hypo tou sōtēros hēmōn to »Makarioi hoi klaiontes nyn, hoti gelasontai«;
and those passing by did not say, ‘The blessing of the Lord be upon you.’” And see whether in this sense too, and more mystically, our Savior can say, “Blessed are you who weep now, for you shall laugh,”
20.24Preuschen 4:331
καὶ τὸ »Οὐαὶ οἱ γελῶντες νῦν, ὅτι πενθήσετε καὶ κλαύσετε«. ὅσῳ μέντοι γε μεταγενεστέρων τίς ἐστιν δικαίων σπέρμα, τοσούτῳ πλείονας φέρει δικαιοσύνης λόγους, ὡς διὰ τοῦτο μὲν γεγράφθαι τὸ »Σπέρμα Ἀβραὰμ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ, υἱοὶ Ἰακὼβ ἐκλεκτοὶ αὐτοῦ«, διὰ τοῦτο δέ πως εἶναι καὶ τὸ περὶ τοῦ Ἰωάννου εἰρημένον· »Μείζων »ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ οὐδείς ἐστιν«.
kai to »Ouai hoi gelōntes nyn, hoti penthēsete kai klausete«. hosǭ mentoi ge metagenesterōn tis estin dikaiōn sperma, tosoutǭ pleionas pherei dikaiosynēs logous, hōs dia touto men gegraphthai to »Sperma Abraam douloi autou, huioi Iakōb eklektoi autou«, dia touto de pōs einai kai to peri tou Iōannou eirēmenon; »Meizōn »en gennētois gynaikōn Iōannou tou baptistou oudeis estin«.
and “Woe to you who laugh now, for you shall mourn and weep.” The later the righteous whose seed one is, however, the more principles of righteousness one carries; so that for this reason it is written, “The seed of Abraham his servants, the sons of Jacob his chosen ones,” and for this reason too, in a way, what is said of John: “Among those born of women there is none greater than John the Baptist.”
20.25Preuschen 4:331
Ἐν τούτοις δὲ γενόμενος τοῖς τόποις πρόσχες εἰ μὴ λόγον ἔχει τὸ ἀφανίζεσθαί τινα τῶν σπερμάτων ὑπὸ θεοῦ, ἴνα μὴ πλείονα τὰ κακὰ ᾖ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, σπειρομένων τῶν μὴ ἐχόντων ἀφορμὰς ἀπὸ κρειττόνων πρὸς τὸ γεωργῆσαι τὰ ἀπὸ διαφερόντων σπερμάτων· διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ κατακλυσμὸς γίνεται, ἵνα ἐξαφανισθῇ τὸ τοῦ Κάϊν σπέρμα, οὐκ ἂν δυνηθέντων τῶν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ γενομένων ἔχειν τί γεωργήσωσιν, εἰ μὴ τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ μόνα.
En toutois de genomenos tois topois prosches ei mē logon echei to aphanizesthai tina tōn spermatōn hypo theou, ina mē pleiona ta kaka ę̄ epi tēs gēs, speiromenōn tōn mē echontōn aphormas apo kreittonōn pros to geōrgēsai ta apo diapherontōn spermatōn; dia touto gar kataklysmos ginetai, hina exaphanisthę̄ to tou Kaïn sperma, ouk an dynēthentōn tōn apʼ autou genomenōn echein ti geōrgēsōsin, ei mē ta apo tou Adam mona.
When you are in these passages, consider whether there is reason for some of the seeds to be destroyed by God, so that evils may not multiply on earth by the sowing of those who have no resources from better people for cultivating what comes from excellent seeds. For this is why the flood happens: so that the seed of Cain might be destroyed, since those born from him would have nothing to cultivate except what came from Adam alone.
20.26Preuschen 4:331
ὅτι δὲ ὁ κατακλυσμὸς ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἐξαφανισθῆναι τὸ σπέρμα τοῦ Κάϊν γεγένηται, παρίστησιν ἡ ἐπιγεγραμμένη τοῦ Σολομῶντος σοφία διὰ τούτων· »Ἀποστὰς δὲ »ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ἄδικος ἐν ὀργῇ αὐτοῦ« δῆλον δʼ ὅτι τῆς σοφίας) »ἀδελ- »φοκτόνοις συναπώλετο θυμοῖς διʼ ὅν κατακλυζομένην γῆν πάλιν »ἔσωσεν σοφία, διʼ εὐτελοῦς ξύλου τὸν δίκαιον κυβερνήσασα«.
hoti de ho kataklysmos hyper tou exaphanisthēnai to sperma tou Kaïn gegenētai, paristēsin hē epigegrammenē tou Solomōntos sophia dia toutōn; »Apostas de »apʼ autēs adikos en orgę̄ autou« dēlon dʼ hoti tēs sophias) »adel- »phoktonois synapōleto thymois diʼ hon kataklyzomenēn gēn palin »esōsen sophia, diʼ eutelous xylou ton dikaion kybernēsasa«.
That the flood took place to destroy the seed of Cain is shown by the Wisdom entitled “of Solomon” in these words: “But when an unrighteous man departed from her in his anger” (plainly, from wisdom), “he perished in his fratricidal rage; because of him, when the earth was flooded, wisdom again saved it, steering the righteous man on a paltry piece of wood.”
20.27Preuschen 4:331–332
τὸ αὐτὸ δέ μοι δοκεῖ παριστάνειν καὶ ὁ Σοδόμων ἐξαφανισμὸς καὶ τῆς γῆς αὐτῶν, ὡν »ἔτι μαρτύριον τῆς πονηρίας καπνιζομένη καθέστηκε »χέρσος, καὶ ἀτελέσιν ὥραις καρποφοροῦντα φυτά«.
to auto de moi dokei paristanein kai ho Sodomōn exaphanismos kai tēs gēs autōn, hōn »eti martyrion tēs ponērias kapnizomenē kathestēke »chersos, kai atelesin hōrais karpophorounta phyta«.
The same thing seems to me to be shown also by the destruction of Sodom and its land, of whose wickedness “a smoking wasteland still stands as a witness, and plants bearing fruit that never ripens.”
20.28Preuschen 4:332
καὶ ἀγαθοῦ γε θεοῦ ἔργον ἡν Σοδόμων ἐξαφανίσαι τὴν γῆν καὶ πᾶν ὅπερ ὑπελείπετο νοτίδος ξηρῆναι ἀπʼ αὐτῆς, ἕνα μηκέτι γίνηται ἄμπελος Σοδόμων, μηδὲ κληματὶς Γομόρρας, μηδὲ σταφυλὴ χολῆς, μηδὲ βότρυς πικρίας, μήδὲ οἶνος, θυμὸς δρακόντων καὶ θυμὸς ἀσπίδων ἀνίατος.
kai agathou ge theou ergon hēn Sodomōn exaphanisai tēn gēn kai pan hoper hypeleipeto notidos xērēnai apʼ autēs, hena mēketi ginētai ampelos Sodomōn, mēde klēmatis Gomorras, mēde staphylē cholēs, mēde botrys pikrias, mēde oinos, thymos drakontōn kai thymos aspidōn aniatos.
And it was the work of a good God to destroy the land of Sodom and to dry out of it whatever moisture remained, so that there might no longer be a vine of Sodom, nor a vine-branch of Gomorrah, nor a grape of gall, nor a cluster of bitterness, nor wine, the rage of serpents and the incurable rage of asps.
20.29Preuschen 4:332
τὸ δʼ ὅμοιον ἐρεῖς καὶ περὶ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων, περὶ ὡν εἴρηται· »Ἀπέκτεινεν ἐν χαλάζῃ τὴν ἄμπελον αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰς »συκαμίνους αὐτῶν έν τῇ πάχνῃ«· ἀγαθοῦ γὰρ θεοῦ ἀποκτείνειν ἀμπέλους Αἰγυπτίων καὶ συκαμίνους τῶν ἀσεβῶν.
to dʼ homoion ereis kai peri tōn Aigyptiōn, peri hōn eirētai; »Apekteinen en chalazę̄ tēn ampelon autōn, kai tas »sykaminous autōn en tę̄ pachnę̄«; agathou gar theou apokteinein ampelous Aigyptiōn kai sykaminous tōn asebōn.
You will say the like also of the Egyptians, of whom it is said, “He killed their vine with hail, and their sycamores with frost”; for it belongs to a good God to kill the vines of the Egyptians and the sycamores of the ungodly.
20.30Preuschen 4:332
ταῦτα προκείμενα τῇ ἐξετάσει τοῦ περὶ σπερμάτων λόγου Ἀβραὰμ ἤ τινος τῶν δικαίων ἡμῖν εἴρηται, ὑπὲρ τοῦ φανῆναι πῶς καὶ τίνα τρόπον τοῖς αὐτοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος τὸ »Οἶδα ὅτι σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ ἐστε« καὶ τὸ »εἰ »τεκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ ἐστε, τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ποιεῖτε«.
tauta prokeimena tę̄ exetasei tou peri spermatōn logou Abraam ē tinos tōn dikaiōn hēmin eirētai, hyper tou phanēnai pōs kai tina tropon tois autois hypo tou sōtēros to »Oida hoti sperma Abraam este« kai to »ei »tekna tou Abraam este, ta erga tou Abraam poieite«.
We have said these things as a preliminary to examining the account of the seeds of Abraham or of one of the righteous, in order to make plain how and in what way the Savior says to the same people, “I know that you are the seed of Abraham,” and “If you are children of Abraham, do the works of Abraham.”
20.31Preuschen 4:332
περὶ μέντοι γε τέκνων Ἀβραὰμ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ποιούντων, θεοῦ διδόντος, εὐκαιρότερον ἐροῦμεν, φθάσαντες ἐπὶ τὴν βάσανον ἐκείνης τῆς λέξεως.
peri mentoi ge teknōn Abraam ta erga tou Abraam poiountōn, theou didontos, eukairoteron eroumen, phthasantes epi tēn basanon ekeinēs tēs lexeōs.
About the children of Abraham who do the works of Abraham, however, we shall speak, God granting, more opportunely when we come to the examination of that passage.
20.32Preuschen 4:332
Ἔξεστι τοίνυν σπέρμα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ τυγχάνοντα γενέσθαι αὐτοῦ διʼ ἐπιμελείας καὶ τέκνον, δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ ἐξ ἀμελείας καὶ ἀγεωργησίας ἀπολέσαι καὶ τὸ εἰναι αὐτοῦ σπέρμα. οὑτοι μέντοι γε ἔτι ἐλπίδων ἠσαν πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος, εἰδότος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ὅτι σπέρμα ἔτι ἠσαν τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ θεωροῦντος ὅτι οὐδέπω ἀπολωλέκεισαν τὸ δύνασθαι γενέσθαι τέκνα τοῦ ᾿Αβραάμ· ὡς γὰρ δυνατοῦ ὄντος τοῦ αὐτοὺς γενέσθαι τέκνα τοῦ ᾿αβραὰμ πρὸς τῷ εἶναι αὐτοὺς σπέρμα, φησὶν αὐτοῖς· »Εἰ τέκνα τοῦ ᾿Αβραάμ ἐστε, τὰ ἔργα τοῦ »᾿Αβραὰμ ποιεῖτε«.
Exesti toinyn sperma tou Abraam tynchanonta genesthai autou diʼ epimeleias kai teknon, dynaton de kai ex ameleias kai ageōrgēsias apolesai kai to einai autou sperma. houtoi mentoi ge eti elpidōn ēsan pros hous ho logos, eidotos tou Iēsou hoti sperma eti ēsan tou Abraam kai theōrountos hoti oudepō apolōlekeisan to dynasthai genesthai tekna tou ᾿Abraam; hōs gar dynatou ontos tou autous genesthai tekna tou ᾿abraam pros tǭ einai autous sperma, phēsin autois; »Ei tekna tou ᾿Abraam este, ta erga tou »᾿Abraam poieite«.
It is possible, then, for one who is the seed of Abraham to become also his child through diligence, but it is also possible through negligence and lack of cultivation to lose even being his seed. Those addressed, however, were still in a state of hope, since Jesus knew that they were still the seed of Abraham and saw that they had not yet lost the ability to become children of Abraham. For as though it were possible for them to become children of Abraham in addition to being his seed, he says to them, “If you are children of Abraham, do the works of Abraham.”
20.33Preuschen 4:332
ὡς δέ εἰσίν τινες σπέρμα τοῦ ᾿Αβραάμ, οὕτως ἄλλοι, ὡς ὁ Δανιήλ φησι, »Σπέρμα Χαναὰν καὶ οὐκ ᾿Ιούδα«, καὶ ἄλλοι, ὡς ἡ σοφία 〈φησίν·〉 »Σπέρμα κατηραμένον ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς«.
hōs de eisin tines sperma tou ᾿Abraam, houtōs alloi, hōs ho Daniēl phēsi, »Sperma Chanaan kai ouk ᾿Iouda«, kai alloi, hōs hē sophia 〈phēsin;〉 »Sperma katēramenon apʼ archēs«.
And just as some are the seed of Abraham, so others, as Daniel says, are “Seed of Canaan and not of Judah,” and others, as Wisdom says, “A seed accursed from the beginning.”
20.34Preuschen 4:332
καὶ εἰς ταῦτα δὲ φήσομεν ὅτι ὤσπερ κατὰ τὰ σωματικὰ ἀπὸ πολλῶν σπερμάτων προκύπτει μᾶλλον ἐνεργῆσαι δυνηθὲν ἔσθʼ ὅτε ἓν τῶν σπερμάτων, οὕτως ἔστιν ἰδεῖν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν πνευματικῶν σπερμάτων.
kai eis tauta de phēsomen hoti ōsper kata ta sōmatika apo pollōn spermatōn prokyptei mallon energēsai dynēthen esthʼ hote hen tōn spermatōn, houtōs estin idein kai epi tōn pneumatikōn spermatōn.
And on these we shall say that, just as in bodily matters, of many seeds one of the seeds sometimes emerges, having been able to work more effectively, so one can see it in the case of spiritual seeds too.
20.35Preuschen 4:332–333
ὃ δὲ λέγω ἔσται σαφὲς ἐκ τῶν λεχθησομένων· ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἔχει ἐν ἐαυτῷ προγονικούς τε καὶ συγγενικοὺς λόγους ὁ σπείρων, ὁτὲ μὲν κρατεῖ ὁ αὐτοῦ λόγος, καὶ ἀποτίκτεται τὸ γεννώμενον τῷ σπείραντι ὅμοιον, ὁτὲ δὲ ὁ λόγος τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τοῦ σπείραντος, ἢ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ σπείραντος, ἢ τοῦ θείου τοῦ σπείραντος, ἐνίοτε καὶ πάππου τοῦ σπείραντος· παρʼ ὃ γίνονται οἱ ἀποτικτόμενοι ὅμοιοι τοῖσδε ἢ τοῖσδε.
ho de legō estai saphes ek tōn lechthēsomenōn; epei gar echei en eautǭ progonikous te kai syngenikous logous ho speirōn, hote men kratei ho autou logos, kai apotiktetai to gennōmenon tǭ speiranti homoion, hote de ho logos tou adelphou tou speirantos, ē tou patros tou speirantos, ē tou theiou tou speirantos, eniote kai pappou tou speirantos; parʼ ho ginontai hoi apotiktomenoi homoioi toisde ē toisde.
What I mean will be clear from what will be said. Since the one who sows has in himself ancestral and family principles, sometimes his own principle prevails and the offspring is born like the one who sowed; sometimes the principle of the sower's brother, or of the sower's father, or of the sower's uncle, sometimes even of the sower's grandfather; hence offspring come to resemble this or that relative.
20.36Preuschen 4:333
ἔστιν δὲ ἰδεῖν ἐπικρατοῦντα καὶ τὸν λόγον τῆς γυναικὸς ἢ τοῦ πατρὸς τῆς γυναικὸς ἢ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτῆς ἢ τοῦ πάππου αὐτῆς, κατὰ τοὺς ἐν ταῖς μίξεσι βρασμοὺς ἅμα πάντων σειομένων, ἕως ἂν ἐπικρατήσῃ τις τῶν σπερματικῶν λόγων.
estin de idein epikratounta kai ton logon tēs gynaikos ē tou patros tēs gynaikos ē tou adelphou autēs ē tou pappou autēs, kata tous en tais mixesi brasmous hama pantōn seiomenōn, heōs an epikratēsę̄ tis tōn spermatikōn logōn.
And one can see the principle of the woman prevailing too, or of the woman's father, or of her brother, or of her grandfather, as in the seething of intercourse all are stirred together until one of the seminal principles prevails.
20.37Preuschen 4:333
ταῦτα δὴ μεταγέσθω ἐπὶ τὴν πεπληρωμένην ψυχὴν νοητῶν σπερμάτων, ἐληλυθότων ἀπό τινων ὀνομαζομένων πατέρων αὐτῆς, καὶ [τὸ] παρὰ τὸ πολυκίνητον ἢ εὐκίνητον τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τοιάσδε φαντασίας ἐπίστασιν προκυπτέτωσαν οἱονεὶ σπερματικοί τινες τῶν πατέρων λόγοι· ὧν γεωργουμένων ἔσται τις τέκνον ὅδε μὲν τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, δῆλον δʼ ὅτι ὁ αὐτὸς ὢν καὶ τοῦ Νῶε, ἄλλος δὲ τοῦ Νῶε, οὐχ ὥστε δὲ εἶναι καὶ τοῦ ᾿Αβραάμ, καὶ ἄλλος τοῦ Χαναάν, καὶ ἄλλος τινὸς τῶν δικαίων ἢ τῶν ἀδίκων.
tauta dē metagesthō epi tēn peplērōmenēn psychēn noētōn spermatōn, elēlythotōn apo tinōn onomazomenōn paterōn autēs, kai [to] para to polykinēton ē eukinēton tou hēgemonikou kai tēn epi toiasde phantasias epistasin prokyptetōsan hoionei spermatikoi tines tōn paterōn logoi; hōn geōrgoumenōn estai tis teknon hode men tou Abraam, dēlon dʼ hoti ho autos ōn kai tou Nōe, allos de tou Nōe, ouch hōste de einai kai tou ᾿Abraam, kai allos tou Chanaan, kai allos tinos tōn dikaiōn ē tōn adikōn.
Let these things, then, be transferred to the soul filled with intelligible seeds that have come from certain so-called fathers of it; and, according to the mobility or ready movement of the ruling faculty and its attention to such and such impressions, let certain seminal principles of the fathers, as it were, emerge. When these are cultivated, one person will be a child of Abraham (plainly, the same one also of Noah), another of Noah but not so as to be also of Abraham, another of Canaan, and another of some one of the righteous or the unrighteous.
20.38Preuschen 4:333
πλὴν οὐ μετὰ ὁμοίων καὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐληλύθαμεν πάντες σπερμάτων, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐλήλυθέν τις κενὸς σωτηρίων καὶ ἁγίων σπερμάτων· εἰ μὴ ἄρα δυσωπήσαι τις ἡμᾶς, καὶ εἰς τοῦτο ἄμα παρατιθέμενος τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ βοήθειαν οὐκ ἀπογινώσκουσαν καὶ τοὺς κακίστους καὶ χωρὶς ἀρίστων σπερμάτων εἰσεληλυθότας εἰς τὸν βίον, καὶ δυσωπήσαι ἀπὸ τοῦ »Δύναται ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ ᾿Αβραάμ«.
plēn ou meta homoiōn kai tōn autōn elēlythamen pantes spermatōn, allʼ oude elēlythen tis kenos sōtēriōn kai hagiōn spermatōn; ei mē ara dysōpēsai tis hēmas, kai eis touto ama paratithemenos tēn apo tou theou boētheian ouk apoginōskousan kai tous kakistous kai chōris aristōn spermatōn eiselēlythotas eis ton bion, kai dysōpēsai apo tou »Dynatai ho theos ek tōn lithōn toutōn egeirai tekna tǭ ᾿Abraam«.
Yet we have not all come with like and the same seeds, nor has anyone come empty of saving and holy seeds; unless someone should shame us out of this by setting against it the help from God that does not despair even of the worst, who have entered life without the best seeds, and should shame us from “God is able from these stones to raise up children to Abraham.”
20.39Preuschen 4:333
Τὰ δὲ εἰρημένα πάντα περὶ σπέρματος Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τῶν ἀνάλογον τούτῳ ἐχόντων εὐλόγως ἂν παραδεξαίμεθα, εἴπερ παρεδεξάμεθα οὐ κατὰ τὸ σωματικὸν εἰρῆσθαι τὸ »Οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς »τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου ᾿Ισραὴλ« καὶ τὸ »Οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ »᾿Ισραὴλ τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον«, καὶ ὅσα τούτοις εἴρηται παραπλησίως.
Ta de eirēmena panta peri spermatos Abraam kai tōn analogon toutǭ echontōn eulogōs an paradexaimetha, eiper paredexametha ou kata to sōmatikon eirēsthai to »Ouk apestalēn ei mē eis »ta probata ta apolōlota oikou ᾿Israēl« kai to »Oude en tǭ »᾿Israēl tosautēn pistin heuron«, kai hosa toutois eirētai paraplēsiōs.
All that has been said about the seed of Abraham and what stands in analogy to it we might reasonably accept, if we have accepted that “I was sent only to the lost sheep of the house of Israel” and “Not even in Israel have I found such faith,” and similar sayings, are not said in the bodily sense.
20.40Preuschen 4:333
᾿Εοίκασιν δὲ οὗτοι, πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος, μὴ χωρεῖν τὸν λόγον, οὐ δυνάμενον εἰς αὐτοὺς διʼ ὑπερβολὴν μεγέθους ἰδίου τοῦ ὑπὲρ αὐτοὺς χωρεῖν, ἐπείπερ ἔτι ἠσαν σπέρμα τοῦ ᾿Αβραὰμ μόνον.
᾿Eoikasin de houtoi, pros hous ho logos, mē chōrein ton logon, ou dynamenon eis autous diʼ hyperbolēn megethous idiou tou hyper autous chōrein, epeiper eti ēsan sperma tou ᾿Abraam monon.
Those addressed seem not to make room for the Word, since he cannot make room in them because of the excess of his own greatness above them, since they were still only the seed of Abraham.
20.41Preuschen 4:333
εἰ δὲ πρὸς τῷ εἶναι σπέρμα τοῦ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐγεώργησαν καὶ εἰς μέγεθος καὶ αὔξην τὸ σπέρμα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἐπεδεδώκει, έν τῷ μεγέθει καὶ τῇ αὔξῃ τοῦ σπέρματος τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ κεχωρήκει ἂν ὁ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ λόγος.
ei de pros tǭ einai sperma tou ᾿Abraam egeōrgēsan kai eis megethos kai auxēn to sperma tou Abraam epededōkei, en tǭ megethei kai tę̄ auxę̄ tou spermatos tou Abraam kechōrēkei an ho tou Iēsou logos.
But if, besides being the seed of Abraham, they had cultivated it and the seed of Abraham had advanced to greatness and growth, the word of Jesus would have found room in the greatness and growth of the seed of Abraham.
20.42Preuschen 4:333–334
καὶ μέχρι γε τοῦ δεῦρο φήσεις ὅτι ὁ λόγος οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν τοῖς μὴ προκόψασιν ἀπὸ τοῦ εἶναι σπέρμα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ μηδὲ ἐληλυθόσιν εἰς τὸ γε- νέσθαι αὐτοῦ τέκνα.
kai mechri ge tou deuro phēseis hoti ho logos ou chōrei en tois mē prokopsasin apo tou einai sperma tou Abraam mēde elēlythosin eis to ge- nesthai autou tekna.
And up to this point you will say that the Word finds no room in those who have not progressed from being the seed of Abraham nor come to becoming his children.
20.43Preuschen 4:334
οὐτοι δὲ καὶ ἀποκτεῖναι θέλουσιν τὸν λόγον καὶ ὡσπερεὶ συντρῖψαι αὐτόν, τὸ μέγεθος μὴ χωροῦντες αὐτοῦ.
outoi de kai apokteinai thelousin ton logon kai hōsperei syntripsai auton, to megethos mē chōrountes autou.
And these also wish to kill the Word and, as it were, to shatter him, not having room for his greatness.
20.44Preuschen 4:334
καὶ ἀεί γε ἔστιν θεωρεῖν τοὺς μὴ χωροῦντας τὸν λόγον, διὰ τὸ βραχύτερα αὐτοὺς εἶναι σκεύη, θέλοντας ἀποκτεῖναι τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ μεγέθους τοῦ λόγου, ὡς δυναμένους χωρῆσαι μετὰ τὴν ἀναίρεσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν συντριβὴν αὐτοῦ μέλη αὐτοῦ.
kai aei ge estin theōrein tous mē chōrountas ton logon, dia to brachytera autous einai skeuē, thelontas apokteinai tēn henotēta tou megethous tou logou, hōs dynamenous chōrēsai meta tēn anairesin autou kai tēn syntribēn autou melē autou.
And one can always see those who have no room for the Word, because they are smaller vessels, wishing to kill the unity of the Word's greatness, as though after doing away with him and shattering him they could contain his members.
20.45Preuschen 4:334
οἷς ἐὰν ἐγγένηται οὕτως ὁ λόγος ὡσπερεὶ ἀνελοῦσιν αὐτὸν φήσει τὸ »† Διεσκορπίσθησαν πάντα »τὰ ὀστᾶ μου«. εἴπερ οὐν τις ἡμῶν ἐστιν σπέρμα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, καὶ ἔτι ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ χωρεῖ έν αὐτῷ, μὴ ζητείτω ἀποκτεῖναι τὸν λόγον, ἀλλὰ μεταβαλὼν ἀπὸ τοῦ εἶναι σπέρμα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἐπὶ τὸ γενέσθαι τέκνον τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, δυνήσεται χωρῆσαι ὃν τέως οὐκ ἐχώρει λόγον θεοῦ. Ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα Παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ λαλῶ· καὶ ὑμεῖς οἶν ὰ ἠκούσατε Παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ποιεῖτε.
hois ean engenētai houtōs ho logos hōsperei anelousin auton phēsei to »† Dieskorpisthēsan panta »ta osta mou«. eiper oun tis hēmōn estin sperma tou Abraam, kai eti ho logos tou theou ou chōrei en autǭ, mē zēteitō apokteinai ton logon, alla metabalōn apo tou einai sperma tou Abraam epi to genesthai teknon tou Abraam, dynēsetai chōrēsai hon teōs ouk echōrei logon theou. Ha egō heōraka Para tǭ patri lalō; kai hymeis oin a ēkousate Para tou patros poieite.
When the Word is present in such people, he will say, as though they had done away with him, “All my bones have been scattered.” If, then, any of us is the seed of Abraham and the Word of God still finds no room in him, let him not seek to kill the Word, but, changing from being the seed of Abraham to becoming a child of Abraham, he will be able to make room for the Word of God, for whom until then he had no room. “I speak what I have seen with the Father; and you do what you have heard from the Father.”
20.46Preuschen 4:334
Ὥσπερ ἀνθρώπους ἄν τινας εἴποιμεν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς αὐτόπτας γεγονέναι τοῦ λόγου, περὶ ὧν ὁ Λουκᾶς φησι· »Καθὼς παρέδοσαν »ἡμῖν οἱ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς αὐτόπται καὶ ὑπηρέται γενόμενοι τοῦ λόγου«, οὕτω τὸν σωτῆρα αὐτόπτην λέξομεν εἶναι τῶν παρὰ τῷ πατρί, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο εἰρῆσθαι τὸ »Οὐδεὶς ἔγνω τὸν πατέρα εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱός«, οὐκέτι αὐτοπτῶν ὄντων οἷς ἂν ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψῃ.
Hōsper anthrōpous an tinas eipoimen apʼ archēs autoptas gegonenai tou logou, peri hōn ho Loukas phēsi; »Kathōs paredosan »hēmin hoi apʼ archēs autoptai kai hypēretai genomenoi tou logou«, houtō ton sōtēra autoptēn lexomen einai tōn para tǭ patri, kai kata touto eirēsthai to »Oudeis egnō ton patera ei mē ho huios«, ouketi autoptōn ontōn hois an ho huios apokalypsę̄.
Just as we might say that certain people were from the beginning eyewitnesses of the Word, of whom Luke says, “Just as those who from the beginning were eyewitnesses and ministers of the Word handed them down to us,” so we shall say that the Savior is an eyewitness of the things with the Father, and that in this sense it is said, “No one knew the Father except the Son,” while those to whom the Son may reveal him are no longer eyewitnesses.
20.47Preuschen 4:334
δηλοῖ δὲ τὸ αὐτόπτην τῶν ἐν τῷ πατρὶ τυγχάνειν τὸν σωτῆρα σαφῶς ἡ προκειμένη λέξις ἐν τῷ »Ἅ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ λαλῶ«. ζητήσαις δʼ ἂν εἰ ἔσται ποτὲ ὅτε οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοὶ ὄψονται τὰ παρὰ τῷ πατρί, οὐκέτι διὰ μεσίτου καὶ ὑπηρέτου βλέποντες αὐτά· ὅτε μὲν <οὖν> ὁ τὸν υἱὸν ἑώρακε τὸν πατέρα τὸν πέμψαντα αὐτόν, ἐν υἱῷ τις ὁρᾷ τὸν πατέρα· ὅτε δὲ ὡς ὁ υἱὸς ὁρᾷ τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὰ παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ ὄψεταί τις, οἱονεὶ ὁμοίως τῷ υἱῷ αὐτόπτης ἔσται τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τῶν τοῦ πατρός, οὐκέτι ἀπὸ τῆς εἰκόνος ἐννοῶν τὰ περὶ τούτου οὑ ἡ εἰκών ἐστιν.
dēloi de to autoptēn tōn en tǭ patri tynchanein ton sōtēra saphōs hē prokeimenē lexis en tǭ »Ha egō heōraka para tǭ patri lalō«. zētēsais dʼ an ei estai pote hote hoi angeloi autoi opsontai ta para tǭ patri, ouketi dia mesitou kai hypēretou blepontes auta; hote men <oun> ho ton huion heōrake ton patera ton pempsanta auton, en huiǭ tis horą ton patera; hote de hōs ho huios horą ton patera kai ta para tǭ patri opsetai tis, hoionei homoiōs tǭ huiǭ autoptēs estai tou patros kai tōn tou patros, ouketi apo tēs eikonos ennoōn ta peri toutou hou hē eikōn estin.
The present passage clearly shows that the Savior is an eyewitness of the things in the Father, in “I speak what I have seen with the Father.” And you might ask whether there will ever be a time when the angels themselves will see the things with the Father, no longer seeing them through a mediator and minister. When one who has seen the Son has seen the Father who sent him, one sees the Father in the Son; but when someone sees the Father and the things with the Father as the Son sees them, he will be an eyewitness of the Father and of the Father's things, as it were, like the Son, no longer understanding from the image what concerns the one whose image it is.
20.48Preuschen 4:334
καὶ νομίζω γε τοῦτο εἶναι τὸ τέλος, ὅταν παραδίδωσιν τὴν βασιλείαν ὁ υἱὸς τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρί, καὶ ὅτε γίνεται ὁ θεος τα παντα ἐν πᾶσιν.
kai nomizō ge touto einai to telos, hotan paradidōsin tēn basileian ho huios tǭ theǭ kai patri, kai hote ginetai ho theos ta panta en pasin.
And I think this is the end, when the Son hands over the kingdom to God and the Father, and when God becomes all in all.
20.49Preuschen 4:334–335
ὁ μὲν οὐν σωτὴρ ἑωρακὼς τα παρὰ πατρὶ λαλεῖ, οἱ δὲ πεπιστευκότες αὐτῷ Ἰουδαῖοι οὐχ ἑωράκασιν μὲν τὰ παρὰ τῷ πατρί, ἤκουσαν δὲ παρὰ τοῦ πατρός, ἵνα ποιῶσιν ἃ ἤκουσαν· διόπερ φησὶν αὐτοῖς ὁ κύριος· »Καὶ ὑμεῖς οὖν ἃ ἠκούσατε »παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ποιεῖτε«.
ho men oun sōtēr heōrakōs ta para patri lalei, hoi de pepisteukotes autǭ Ioudaioi ouch heōrakasin men ta para tǭ patri, ēkousan de para tou patros, hina poiōsin ha ēkousan; dioper phēsin autois ho kyrios; »Kai hymeis oun ha ēkousate »para tou patros poieite«.
The Savior, then, having seen the things with the Father, speaks; but the Jews who had believed in him had not seen the things with the Father, but had heard from the Father, so that they might do what they had heard; therefore the Lord says to them, “And you, then, do what you have heard from the Father.”
20.50Preuschen 4:335
ζητήσαι δʼ ἄν τις πότε ἤκουσαν παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς οἱ πεπιστευκότες τῷ κυρίῳ Ἰουδαῖοι· καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο ὁ μέν τις φήσει, ἁπλούστερον ἀκούσας τοῦ »Ἅ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ »πατρὸς ποιεῖτε«, ὅτι ἤκουσαν παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς τῷ τὸν πατέρα κεχρηματικέναι διὰ Μωσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν τὰ ἐν νόμῳ καὶ προφήταις ἀναγεγραμμένα ποιητέα· ὅστις τῷ ῥητῷ πρὸς τοὺς ἑτεροδόξους χρώμενος σαφῶς παρίστησιν ὅτι οὐκ ἄλλος ἐστὶν τοῦ τὸν νόμον καὶ τοὺς προφήτας δεδωκότος θεοῦ ὁ Χριστοῦ πατήρ.
zētēsai dʼ an tis pote ēkousan para tou patros hoi pepisteukotes tǭ kyriǭ Ioudaioi; kai pros touto ho men tis phēsei, haplousteron akousas tou »Ha ēkousate para tou »patros poieite«, hoti ēkousan para tou patros tǭ ton patera kechrēmatikenai dia Mōseōs kai tōn prophētōn ta en nomǭ kai prophētais anagegrammena poiētea; hostis tǭ rhētǭ pros tous heterodoxous chrōmenos saphōs paristēsin hoti ouk allos estin tou ton nomon kai tous prophētas dedōkotos theou ho Christou patēr.
One might ask when the Jews who had believed in the Lord heard from the Father. To this one person, taking “Do what you have heard from the Father” more simply, will say that they heard from the Father in that the Father had declared through Moses and the prophets what is to be done, as recorded in the Law and the Prophets; and such a person, using the text against the heterodox, clearly shows that the Father of Christ is no other than the God who gave the Law and the Prophets.
20.51Preuschen 4:335
ἕτερός δὲ συγχρώμενος καὶ τῷ »Πᾶς ὁ ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς »καὶ μαθὼν ἔρχεται πρός με· οὐχ ὅτι τὸν πατέρα ἑώρακέν τις εἰ μὴ ὁ ὢν »παρὰ τῷ πατρί,
heteros de synchrōmenos kai tǭ »Pas ho akousas para tou patros »kai mathōn erchetai pros me; ouch hoti ton patera heōraken tis ei mē ho ōn »para tǭ patri,
Another, using also “Everyone who has heard from the Father and learned comes to me; not that anyone has seen the Father except the one who is from the Father;
20.52Preuschen 4:335
οὑτος ἐώρακε τὸν πατέρα« ἐρεῖ ὅτι εἰσίν τινες τῶν ἐνσωματουμένων ψυχῶν πρὶν εἰς γένεσιν ἐλθεῖν μεμαθητευμέναι παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ καὶ ἀκούσασαι αὐτοῦ, αἵτινες καὶ ἔρχονται πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα, ἐξ ὧν ἦσαν καὶ οἱ νῦν ἐξεταζόμενοι πεπιστευκότες αὐτῷ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, πρὸς οὓς ἔλεγεν· »῾Υμεῖς οὖν ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς »ποιεῖτε«· καὶ ἐρεῖ ὅτι οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ καὶ καλούμενοι σπέρμα ᾿Αβραάμ.
houtos eōrake ton patera« erei hoti eisin tines tōn ensōmatoumenōn psychōn prin eis genesin elthein memathēteumenai para tǭ patri kai akousasai autou, haitines kai erchontai pros ton sōtēra, ex hōn ēsan kai hoi nyn exetazomenoi pepisteukotes autǭ ᾿Ioudaioi, pros hous elegen; »῾Ymeis oun ha ēkousate para tou patros »poieite«; kai erei hoti houtoi eisin hoi kai kaloumenoi sperma ᾿Abraam.
he has seen the Father,” will say that there are some of the embodied souls which, before coming into birth, were taught by the Father and heard him, and which also come to the Savior; and that among these were the Jews now being examined who had believed in him, to whom he said, “You, then, do what you have heard from the Father”; and he will say that these are those who are also called the seed of Abraham.
20.53Preuschen 4:335
καὶ τούτω δʼ ἄν τις ἀντιλέγοι φάσκων ὅτι τὸ μὲν »Πᾶς ὁ ἀκούσας »παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ μαθὼν ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμὲ« ἐμφαίνει πάντως ἔρχεσθαι πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα τὸν ἀκούσαντα παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ μεμαθηκότα παρʼ αὐτοῦ· τὸ δὲ »καὶ ὑμεῖς οὐν ἃ ἠκού- »σατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ποιεῖτε« ἀπαγγελλόμενον πρὸς τοὺς ζητοῦντας ἀποκτεῖναι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ᾿Ιουδαίους, οἷς καὶ ὡς μηδέπω οὖσιν τέκνοις τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ λέγεται τὸ »Εἰ τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ ἐστε, »τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ποιεῖτε«, παρίστησιν τὸ μηδέπω τούτους καρποὺς ἔχειν τοῦ ἐληλυθέναι πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα· πρὸς δὲ τὸν οὕτως ἀντιλέγοντα ἀπαντήσεταί τις, μὴ ταὐτὸν εἶναι φάσκων τὸ »Πᾶς ὁ »ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ μαθών« τῷ »Καὶ ὑμεῖς οὐν ἃ ἠκού- »σατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρός«· ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τῷ ἀκοῦσαι παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς μαθὼν πάντως ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα· οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες μὲν μὴ πάντως δὲ καὶ μεμαθηκότες οὐδέπω τέκνα εἰσὶν τοῦ Ἀβραάμ.
kai toutō dʼ an tis antilegoi phaskōn hoti to men »Pas ho akousas »para tou patros kai mathōn erchetai pros eme« emphainei pantōs erchesthai pros ton sōtēra ton akousanta para tou patros kai memathēkota parʼ autou; to de »kai hymeis oun ha ēkou- »sate para tou patros poieite« apangellomenon pros tous zētountas apokteinai ton huion tou theou ᾿Ioudaious, hois kai hōs mēdepō ousin teknois tou Abraam legetai to »Ei tekna tou Abraam este, »ta erga tou Abraam poieite«, paristēsin to mēdepō toutous karpous echein tou elēlythenai pros ton sōtēra; pros de ton houtōs antilegonta apantēsetai tis, mē tauton einai phaskōn to »Pas ho »akousas para tou patros kai mathōn« tǭ »Kai hymeis oun ha ēkou- »sate para tou patros«; ho men gar pros tǭ akousai para tou patros mathōn pantōs erchetai pros ton sōtēra; hoi de akousantes men mē pantōs de kai memathēkotes oudepō tekna eisin tou Abraam.
And someone might object to this, saying that “Everyone who has heard from the Father and learned comes to me” shows that whoever has heard from the Father and learned from him certainly comes to the Savior; while “And you, then, do what you have heard from the Father,” addressed to the Jews who sought to kill the Son of God, to whom, as not yet being children of Abraham, it is said, “If you are children of Abraham, do the works of Abraham,” shows that these do not yet have the fruits of having come to the Savior. To one who objects thus someone will reply that “everyone who has heard from the Father and learned” is not the same as “and you, then, what you have heard from the Father”; for the one who, besides hearing from the Father, has learned certainly comes to the Savior; but those who have heard, but not necessarily learned, are not yet children of Abraham.
20.54Preuschen 4:335–336
Πυνθανοίμεθα δʼ ἂν τῶν τὰς φύσεις εἰσαγόντων καὶ εἰς τὸ »Ὅτι ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν« ἀποδιδόντων κατὰ Ἡρακλέωνα ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο οὐ χωρεῖ ὅτι ἀνεπιτήδειοι ἤτοι κατʼ οὐσίαν ἢ κατὰ γνώμην, πῶς οἱ ἀνεπιτήδειοι κατʼ οὐσίαν ἤκουσαν παρὰ τοῦ πατρός;
Pynthanoimetha dʼ an tōn tas physeis eisagontōn kai eis to »Hoti ho logos ho emos ou chōrei en hymin« apodidontōn kata Hērakleōna hoti dia touto ou chōrei hoti anepitēdeioi ētoi katʼ ousian ē kata gnōmēn, pōs hoi anepitēdeioi katʼ ousian ēkousan para tou patros?
We would ask those who introduce the natures and, following Heracleon, explain “because my word finds no place in you” by saying it finds no place because they are unfit either in essence or in will: how did those unfit in essence hear from the Father?
20.55Preuschen 4:336
ἀλλὰ καὶ πότερόν ποτε πρόβατα οὑτοι ἠσαν τοῦ χριστοῦ, ἢ ἀλλότριοι ὑπῆρχον αὐτοῦ; εἰ δὲ ἠσαν ἀλλότριοι, πῶς ἤκουσαν παρὰ τοῦ πατρός, σαφῶς, ὡς οἴονται, λεγομένου πρὸς τοὺς ἀλλοτρίους ὅτι »Διὰ τοῦτο ὑμεῖς »οὐκ ἀκούετε, ὄτι οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν«;
alla kai poteron pote probata houtoi ēsan tou christou, ē allotrioi hypērchon autou? ei de ēsan allotrioi, pōs ēkousan para tou patros, saphōs, hōs oiontai, legomenou pros tous allotrious hoti »Dia touto hymeis »ouk akouete, oti ouk este ek tōn probatōn tōn emōn«?
And were these Christ's sheep, or were they strangers to him? If they were strangers, how did they hear from the Father, when, as they think, it is clearly said to the strangers, “For this reason you do not hear, because you are not of my sheep”?
20.56Preuschen 4:336
εἰ μὴ ἄρα θλιβόμενοι ἑτέρῳ ἀτόπῳ ἑαυτοὺς περιβάλλουσιν λέγοντες παρὰ μὲν τοῦ πατρὸς ἀκηκοέναι τοὺς ἀλλοτρίους, μὴ ἀκούειν δὲ τοὺς αὐτοὺς τούτους παρὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος. εἰ δʼ οἰκεῖοι τοῦ σωτῆρος ἠσαν καὶ τῆς μακαρίας φύσεως, πῶς ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι; καὶ πῶς ὁ τοῦ σωτῆρος λόγος οὐκ ἐχώρει ἐν αὐτοῖς; ᾿Απεκρίθησαν καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ· ῾Ο Πατὴρ ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ ἐστιν.
ei mē ara thlibomenoi heterǭ atopǭ heautous periballousin legontes para men tou patros akēkoenai tous allotrious, mē akouein de tous autous toutous para tou sōtēros. ei dʼ oikeioi tou sōtēros ēsan kai tēs makarias physeōs, pōs ezētoun auton apokteinai? kai pōs ho tou sōtēros logos ouk echōrei en autois? ᾿Apekrithēsan kai eipan autǭ; ῾O Patēr hēmōn Abraam estin.
Unless, being hard pressed, they involve themselves in another absurdity, saying that the strangers heard from the Father but that these same people do not hear from the Savior. But if they belonged to the Savior and to the blessed nature, how did they seek to kill him? And how did the Savior's word find no room in them? “They answered and said to him, ‘Our father is Abraham.’”
20.57Preuschen 4:336
Δόξαιεν ἂν τὴν ἀπόκρισιν οὑτοι πεποιῆσθαι πολὺ ταπεινότερον ἐκδεξάμενοι περὶ τοῦ τίς αὐτῶν ἠν ὁ πατὴρ ἢ ὡς ὁ κύριος ἔλεγεν.
Doxaien an tēn apokrisin houtoi pepoiēsthai poly tapeinoteron ekdexamenoi peri tou tis autōn ēn ho patēr ē hōs ho kyrios elegen.
These might seem to have made their answer understanding who their father was in a much lower sense than the Lord meant.
20.58Preuschen 4:336
ὁ μὲν γὰρ ᾿Ιησοῦς ἀναφέρων ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν ἔφασκεν τὸ »Καὶ »ὑμεῖς οὐν ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ποιεῖτε«· οἱ δὲ ταπεινότερον τὸν τοῦ ἔθνους παρομολογοῦσιν ἑαυτῶν πατέρα λέγοντες· »῾Ο »πατὴρ ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ ἐστιν«.
ho men gar ᾿Iēsous anapherōn epi ton theon ephasken to »Kai »hymeis oun ha ēkousate para tou patros poieite«; hoi de tapeinoteron ton tou ethnous paromologousin heautōn patera legontes; »῾O »patēr hēmōn Abraam estin«.
For Jesus, referring to God, said, “And you, then, do what you have heard from the Father”; but they, in a lower sense, acknowledge the father of their nation as their own, saying, “Our father is Abraham.”
20.59Preuschen 4:336
βοηθῶν δʼ ἄν τις αὐτοῖς ὡς καλῶς ἀποκριναμένοις φήσειε ὅτι ὡς μέτριοι καὶ μὴ διδόντες ἑαυτοῖς τὸ εἶναι υἱοῖς θεοῦ, τοῦ Ἰησοῦ λέγοντος· »Ἅ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς »ποιεῖτε« καὶ ἀναφέροντος ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, φασίν· »῾Ο πατὴρ ἡμῶν ᾿Αβραάμ ἐστιν«.
boēthōn dʼ an tis autois hōs kalōs apokrinamenois phēseie hoti hōs metrioi kai mē didontes heautois to einai huiois theou, tou Iēsou legontos; »Ha ēkousate para tou patros »poieite« kai anapherontos epi ton theon, phasin; »῾O patēr hēmōn ᾿Abraam estin«.
Someone coming to their help as though they had answered well might say that, as modest people not granting themselves to be sons of God, when Jesus said, “Do what you have heard from the Father,” referring to God, they say, “Our father is Abraham.”
20.60Preuschen 4:336
δῆλον δὲ ὅτι καὶ τοῦτο εὐθύνει ὁ σωτὴρ ὡς ψευδῶς εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ »Εἰ τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ ἐστε, τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ »ποιεῖτε«.
dēlon de hoti kai touto euthynei ho sōtēr hōs pseudōs eirēmenon dia tou »Ei tekna tou Abraam este, ta erga tou Abraam »poieite«.
But it is plain that the Savior corrects this too as falsely said, through “If you are children of Abraham, do the works of Abraham.”
20.61Preuschen 4:336
οὐκ ἀτόπως δὲ καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα ζητήσαι τις ἄν, ὅτι Πῶς κατὰ τὸν σωτῆρά ἐστιν, μὴ συγκατατιθέμενον εἶναι αὐτοὺς τέκνα τοῦ ᾿Αβραάμ, τὸ λέγειν αὐτοῖς· »Καὶ ὑμεῖς οὖν ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ »πατρὸς ποιεῖτε« ἀναφερομένου τοῦ »Παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς‘ ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν.
ouk atopōs de kai pros tauta zētēsai tis an, hoti Pōs kata ton sōtēra estin, mē synkatatithemenon einai autous tekna tou ᾿Abraam, to legein autois; »Kai hymeis oun ha ēkousate para tou »patros poieite« anapheromenou tou »Para tou patros‘ epi ton theon.
And not unreasonably might someone ask in response how it accords with the Savior, who does not agree that they are children of Abraham, to say to them, “And you, then, do what you have heard from the Father,” with “from the Father” referring to God.
20.62Preuschen 4:336
ὁ γὰρ μὴ ὢν τέκνον τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ * * * † αν οὖν τῶν μετὰ τὸν Ἀβραὰμ ψεκτὸς ὡς οὗτοι πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος, πολλῷ μᾶλλον οὐκ ἔσται τέκνον τοῦ θεοῦ.
ho gar mē ōn teknon tou Abraam * * * † an oun tōn meta ton Abraam psektos hōs houtoi pros hous ho logos, pollǭ mallon ouk estai teknon tou theou.
For one who is not a child of Abraham … blameworthy, like these to whom the word is addressed, all the more will not be a child of God.
20.63Preuschen 4:336–337
ὅρα δὲ εἰ καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο δυνάμεθα λέγειν ὅτι οὐκ εἴρηται· καὶ ὑμεῖς οὖν ἃ ὴκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν <ἢ> παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν<, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τοῦ πατρός«, πατήρ, οὐ πάντως καὶ τῶν μὴ τέκνων τοῦ Ἀβραάμ ἐστιν πατὴρ καὶ μὴ μεμορφωμένων ἀπὸ σπέρματος Ἀβραὰμ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ ᾿Αβραάμ· ἢ ἀδιορίστως εἰρημένον τὸ »Ἅ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς« δύναται λαμβάνεσθαι ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρός, καὶ τοῦτο σαφὲς ἐκ τοῦ »Ἅ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ λαλῶ« ἴσον δυναμένου τῷ παρὰ τῷ πατρί μου«.
hora de ei kai pros touto dynametha legein hoti ouk eirētai; kai hymeis oun ha ēkousate para tou patros hymōn <ē> para tou patros hēmōn<, alla para tou patros«, patēr, ou pantōs kai tōn mē teknōn tou Abraam estin patēr kai mē memorphōmenōn apo spermatos Abraam epi ta tekna tou ᾿Abraam; ē adioristōs eirēmenon to »Ha ēkousate para tou patros« dynatai lambanesthai anti tou apo tou patros, kai touto saphes ek tou »Ha egō heōraka para tǭ patri lalō« ison dynamenou tǭ para tǭ patri mou«.
But see whether we can say to this that it is not said, “And you, then, do what you have heard from your father” or “from our Father,” but “from the Father”; the Father is not necessarily the Father also of those who are not children of Abraham and have not been formed from the seed of Abraham into children of Abraham. Or “what you have heard from the Father,” said without further definition, can be taken in the sense of “from the Father,” and this is clear from “I speak what I have seen with the Father,” which is equivalent to “with my Father.”
20.64Preuschen 4:337
καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἐξῆς δὲ διδασκόμεθα τίνων ἐστὶν ὁ θεὸς πατήρ, διʼ ὧν καὶ ταῦτα λέγει ὁ σωτήρ· »Εἰ ὁ »θεὸς πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἦν ἠγαπᾶτε ἂν ἐμέ‘.
kai en tois exēs de didaskometha tinōn estin ho theos patēr, diʼ hōn kai tauta legei ho sōtēr; »Ei ho »theos patēr hymōn ēn ēgapate an eme‘.
And in what follows we are taught whose Father God is, through which the Savior also says this: “If God were your Father, you would love me.”
20.65Preuschen 4:337
σαφὲς δὲ ὅτι οἱ ζητοῦντες ἀποκτεῖναι τὸν υἱὸν οὐκ ἠγάπων αὐτόν· μὴ ἀγαπῶντες δὲ αὐτὸν οὐκ ἂν ἐχρημάτιζον οἱ] υἱοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ. ὥστε δῆλον ὅτι τὸ »Καὶ ὑμεῖς οὖν »ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ποιεῖτε« οὐκ ἴσον δύναται τῷ παρὰτοῦ> πατρὸς. Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὀ ᾿Ιησοῦς· Εἰ τέκνα τοῦ ᾿Αβραάμ ἐστε, τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ποιεῖτε.
saphes de hoti hoi zētountes apokteinai ton huion ouk ēgapōn auton; mē agapōntes de auton ouk an echrēmatizon hoi] huioi tou theou. hōste dēlon hoti to »Kai hymeis oun »ha ēkousate para tou patros poieite« ouk ison dynatai tǭ paratou> patros. Legei autois o ᾿Iēsous; Ei tekna tou ᾿Abraam este, ta erga tou Abraam poieite.
And it is clear that those who sought to kill the Son did not love him; and not loving him, they would not be called sons of God. So it is plain that “And you, then, do what you have heard from the Father” does not have the same force as “from your Father.” “Jesus says to them, ‘If you are children of Abraham, do the works of Abraham.’”
20.66Preuschen 4:337
Οἱ ἔν τι ἐπιλεξάμενοι τῶν τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἔργων, τὸ «Ἑπίστευσεν »δὲ ᾿Αβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην«, καὶ τοῦτο νομίζοντες εἶναι ἐφʼ ὃ ἀναφέρεται τὸ »Τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ποιεῖτε« ἴνα καὶ συγχωρηθῇ αὐτοῖς ὅτι ἔργον ἐστὶν ἡ πίστις, οὐ συγχωρηθὲν ἂν ὑπὸ τῶν παραδεχομένων τὸ »Πίστις χωρὶς ἔργων νεκρά ἐστιν« οὐδʼ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀκουόντων ὅτι διαφέρει τὸ δικαιοῦσθαι »ἐκ πίστεως« ἤπερ »ἐξ ἔργων νόμου«, ἀπολεγέτωσαν διὰ τί οὐκ εἴρηταί· »Εἰ τέκνα »τοῦ Ἀβραάμ ἐστε, τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ποιεῖτε« ἑνικῶς, ἀλλὰ πληθυντικῶς· »Τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ποιεῖτε«, ἵσον, ὡς οἶμαι, τυγχάνον τῷ πάντα>< »τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ποιεῖτε«.
Hoi en ti epilexamenoi tōn tou Abraam ergōn, to «Hepisteusen »de ᾿Abraam tǭ theǭ, kai elogisthē autǭ eis dikaiosynēn«, kai touto nomizontes einai ephʼ ho anapheretai to »Ta erga tou Abraam poieite« ina kai synchōrēthę̄ autois hoti ergon estin hē pistis, ou synchōrēthen an hypo tōn paradechomenōn to »Pistis chōris ergōn nekra estin« oudʼ hypo tōn akouontōn hoti diapherei to dikaiousthai »ek pisteōs« ēper »ex ergōn nomou«, apolegetōsan dia ti ouk eirētai; »Ei tekna »tou Abraam este, to ergon tou Abraam poieite« henikōs, alla plēthyntikōs; »Ta erga tou Abraam poieite«, hison, hōs oimai, tynchanon tǭ panta>< »ta erga tou Abraam poieite«.
Those who have picked out one of Abraham's works, “Abraham believed God, and it was counted to him as righteousness,” and think that this is what “Do the works of Abraham” refers to (even granting them that faith is a work, which would not be granted by those who accept “Faith without works is dead,” nor by those who hear that being justified “by faith” differs from being justified “by works of the law”), let them explain why it is not said, “If you are children of Abraham, do the work of Abraham,” in the singular, but in the plural, “Do the works of Abraham,” which is equivalent, I think, to “Do all the works of Abraham.”
20.67Preuschen 4:337–338
εἰ δὲ ἵσον ἐστὶν πάντα>< »τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ποιεῖτε« καὶ μήτε σωματικῶς δεῖ προσελθεῖν τὸν ἔχοντα γαμετὴν μήτε μετὰ τὴν τελευτὴν τῆς γεγαμημένης ἐν γήρᾳ ἄλλην γυναῖκα λαβεῖν τὸν κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος ὑφήγησιν θέλοντα τέκνον ἀποδειχθῆναι τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἐκ τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, σαφῶς καὶ ἐντεῦθεν μανθάνομεν ὅτι δεῖ πᾶσαν τὴν κατὰ τὸν ᾿Αβραὰμ ἀλληγοροῦντα ἱστορίαν ἕκαστον πνευματικῶς ποιῆσαι τῶν πεπραγμένων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, ἀρξάμενον ἀπὸ τοῦ »Ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου καὶ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου καὶ ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου »τοῦ πατρός σου, εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ἄν σοι δείξω«, εἰρημένου οὐ μόνῳ τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἀλλὰ καὶ παντὶ τῷ ἐσομένῳ τέκνῳ αὐτοῦ.
ei de hison estin panta>< »ta erga tou Abraam poieite« kai mēte sōmatikōs dei proselthein ton echonta gametēn mēte meta tēn teleutēn tēs gegamēmenēs en gērą allēn gynaika labein ton kata tēn tou sōtēros hyphēgēsin thelonta teknon apodeichthēnai tou Abraam ek tou poiein ta erga tou Abraam, saphōs kai enteuthen manthanomen hoti dei pasan tēn kata ton ᾿Abraam allēgorounta historian hekaston pneumatikōs poiēsai tōn pepragmenōn hypʼ autou, arxamenon apo tou »Exelthe ek tēs gēs sou kai ek tēs syngeneias sou kai ek tou oikou »tou patros sou, eis tēn gēn hēn an soi deixō«, eirēmenou ou monǭ tǭ Abraam alla kai panti tǭ esomenǭ teknǭ autou.
And if “Do all the works of Abraham” is equivalent, and one who has a wife need not go in to a maidservant bodily, nor, after the death of his wife in old age, take another wife, in order to be shown, according to the Savior's instruction, a child of Abraham by doing the works of Abraham, we clearly learn from this too that each person must do spiritually, by allegorizing it, the whole history of Abraham, each of the things he did, beginning from “Go out from your land and from your kindred and from your father's house, to the land that I will show you,” which was said not only to Abraham but also to everyone who will be his child.
20.68Preuschen 4:338
ἔστιν γάρ τις καὶ ἑκάστου ἡμῶν γῆ, καὶ ἡ πρὸ τοῦ θείου χρηματισμοῦ οὐκ ἀγαθὴ συγγένεια, καὶ ὁ πρὸ τοῦ φθάσαντος εἰς ἡμᾶς λόγου θεοῦ οἶκος τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, † διʼ ἅτινα ἅπαντα κατὰ λόγον θεοῦ δεήσει ἡμᾶς ἐπεξελθεῖν, εἴπερ ἀκούομεν τοῦ σωτῆρος λέγοντος· »Εἰ τέκνα »τοῦ ᾿Αβραάμ ἐστε, τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ποιεῖτε«· οὕτω γὰρ φθάσομεν, ὡς καταλιπόντες τὴν ἡμετέραν γῆν, ἐφʼ ἣν δείξει ἡμῖν γῆν ὁ θεός, τὴν ἀληθῶς ἀγαθὴν καὶ ὄντως πολλήν, ἣν ἀπὸ κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ πρέπει δίδοσθαι τοῖς ποιήσασι τὸ προστεταγμένον ἐν τῷ »Ἔξελθε »ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου«.
estin gar tis kai hekastou hēmōn gē, kai hē pro tou theiou chrēmatismou ouk agathē syngeneia, kai ho pro tou phthasantos eis hēmas logou theou oikos tou patros hēmōn, † diʼ hatina hapanta kata logon theou deēsei hēmas epexelthein, eiper akouomen tou sōtēros legontos; »Ei tekna »tou ᾿Abraam este, ta erga tou Abraam poieite«; houtō gar phthasomen, hōs katalipontes tēn hēmeteran gēn, ephʼ hēn deixei hēmin gēn ho theos, tēn alēthōs agathēn kai ontōs pollēn, hēn apo kyriou tou theou prepei didosthai tois poiēsasi to prostetagmenon en tǭ »Exelthe »ek tēs gēs sou«.
For each of us too has a land, and a kindred that is not good before the divine call, and a house of our father before the Word of God reached us, … all of which we must depart from according to the Word of God, if we listen to the Savior saying, “If you are children of Abraham, do the works of Abraham.” For thus, having left our land, we shall reach the land God will show us, the land truly good and truly large, which it is fitting should be given by the Lord God to those who have done what is commanded in “Go out from your land.”
20.69Preuschen 4:338
καὶ ὡς καταλιπόντες συγγένειαν οὐ καλὴν εἰς ἔθνος ἐσόμεθα μέγα καὶ μεῖζον ἢ κατὰ ἀνθρώπους· καὶ ὡς καταφρονήσαντες οἴκου πατρὸς οὐκ ἐπαινετοῦ, εὐλογηθησόμεθα μεγαλυνομένου τοῦ ὀνόματος ἡμῶν, γινόμενοι εὐλογητοὶ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον, ὡς τοὺς μὲν εὐλογοῦντας ἡμᾶς εὐλογεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, τοὺς δὲ καταρωμένους ὑπὸ κατάραν ἔσεσθαι, πᾶσάν τε γῆς φυλὴν ἐν ἡμῖν εὐλογεῖσθαι (ὅτε καὶ περὶ ἡμῶν εἴποι ἂν ὁ λόγος· »Ἐπορεύθη«, περὶ ᾿Αβραάμ· »Καὶ ἐπορεύθη ᾿Αβραάμ, καθάπερ ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ »κύριος«· οἶμαι δὲ ὅτι έν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ἐπὶ ποσὸν ὁ Λὼτ ἕψεται ἡμῖν, οὗ σύμβολον ἦν τὸ Καὶ ᾤχετο μετʼ αὐτοῦ Λώτ«), καὶ ἐπανελθόντες εἰς γῆν Χαναὰν διοδεύσομεν τὴν γῆν ἕως τοῦ τόπου Συχέμ οὕτω τῇ ἀναβάσει τῆς διανοίας προκόπτοντες ἕως ἔλθωμεν ἐπὶ τὴν δρῦν τὴν ὑψηλήν.
kai hōs katalipontes syngeneian ou kalēn eis ethnos esometha mega kai meizon ē kata anthrōpous; kai hōs kataphronēsantes oikou patros ouk epainetou, eulogēthēsometha megalynomenou tou onomatos hēmōn, ginomenoi eulogētoi epi tosouton, hōs tous men eulogountas hēmas eulogeisthai hypo tou theou, tous de katarōmenous hypo kataran esesthai, pasan te gēs phylēn en hēmin eulogeisthai (hote kai peri hēmōn eipoi an ho logos; »Eporeuthē«, peri ᾿Abraam; »Kai eporeuthē ᾿Abraam, kathaper elalēsen autǭ »kyrios«; oimai de hoti en tais archais kai epi poson ho Lōt hepsetai hēmin, hou symbolon ēn to Kai ǭcheto metʼ autou Lōt«), kai epanelthontes eis gēn Chanaan diodeusomen tēn gēn heōs tou topou Sychem houtō tę̄ anabasei tēs dianoias prokoptontes heōs elthōmen epi tēn dryn tēn hypsēlēn.
And having left a kindred that is not good, we shall become a great nation, greater than by human measure; and having despised a father's house that is not praiseworthy, we shall be blessed, our name being made great, becoming blessed to such a degree that those who bless us are blessed by God, while those who curse us will be under a curse, and every tribe of the earth will be blessed in us (when the word might also say of us, “He went,” as of Abraham: “And Abraham went, as the Lord had told him”; and I think that in the beginnings Lot will follow us for a while, of which “And Lot went with him” was a symbol); and having gone up to the land of Canaan, we shall pass through the land as far as the place Shechem, thus advancing by the ascent of the mind until we come to the high oak.
20.70Preuschen 4:338
καὶ ὀφθήσεται ἡμῖν κύριος ὁ θεός, ὁ ὀφθεὶς τῷ Ἀβραάμ, καὶ ἐπαγγελεῖται τὴν περὶ τὴν ὑψηλὴν δρῦν τώ νοητῷ τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν σπέρματι.
kai ophthēsetai hēmin kyrios ho theos, ho ophtheis tǭ Abraam, kai epangeleitai tēn peri tēn hypsēlēn dryn tō noētǭ tēs psychēs hēmōn spermati.
And the Lord God, who appeared to Abraham, will appear to us, and will promise the land around the high oak to the spiritual seed of our soul.
20.71Preuschen 4:338
τοῦ δὲ νοήσαντός ἐστιν τὸ »Τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ποιεῖτε« καὶ τὸ οἰκοδομῆσαι θυσιαστήριον κυρίῳ τῷ ὅπου ἡ ὑψηλὴ δρῦς ἐπιφαινομένῳ καὶ ἡμῖν, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου τῆς ὑψηλῆς δρυὸς ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος, καὶ τοῦ ὄρους κατὰ τὰς ἀνατολὰς τῆς Βαιθήλ, ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται Οἶκος, ἔνθα στήσει ἑαυτοῦ τὴν σκηνήν, τῆς μὲν Βαιθὴλ ὡς ἐπὶ κατὰ θάλασσαν, τῆς δὲ Ἀγγαὶ ὡς ἐπὶ κατʼ ἀνατολάς· ἑρμηνεύεται δὲ ᾿Αγγαὶ >Ἑορταί<.
tou de noēsantos estin to »Ta erga tou Abraam poieite« kai to oikodomēsai thysiastērion kyriǭ tǭ hopou hē hypsēlē drys epiphainomenǭ kai hēmin, kai meta tauta apostēnai apo tou topou tēs hypsēlēs dryos hōs epi to oros, kai tou orous kata tas anatolas tēs Baithēl, ho hermēneuetai Oikos, entha stēsei heautou tēn skēnēn, tēs men Baithēl hōs epi kata thalassan, tēs de Angai hōs epi katʼ anatolas; hermēneuetai de ᾿Angai >Heortai<.
And it belongs to one who has understood “Do the works of Abraham” also to build an altar to the Lord who appears to us too where the high oak is; and after this to depart from the place of the high oak toward the mountain, and the mountain east of Bethel, which is interpreted “House,” where he will pitch his tent, with Bethel toward the sea and Ai toward the east; and Ai is interpreted “Feasts.”
20.72Preuschen 4:338–339
καὶ ὡς προκόπτων γε ὁ τοιοῦτος μετὰ οἰκοδομήσει τῷ κυρίῳ θυσιαστήριον, ἤδη καὶ ἐπικαλεῖσθαι δυνάμενος ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου. καὶ ἑξῆς ἀπαίρων κἀκεῖθεν ὁ ἐσόμενος τέκνον τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, γενόμενός πως στρατηγικώτερος καὶ συνιεὶς πρὸς ὅσους πολεμίους αὑτὸν παρασκευάσασθαι δεῖ, στρατοπεδεύσει ἐν τῇ
kai hōs prokoptōn ge ho toioutos meta oikodomēsei tǭ kyriǭ thysiastērion, ēdē kai epikaleisthai dynamenos epi tǭ onomati tou kyriou. kai hexēs apairōn kakeithen ho esomenos teknon tou Abraam, genomenos pōs stratēgikōteros kai synieis pros hosous polemious hauton paraskeuasasthai dei, stratopedeusei en tę̄
And as he progresses, such a one will build an altar to the Lord, now able also to call on the name of the Lord. And next, setting out from there too, the one who will be a child of Abraham, having become somewhat more of a general and understanding against how many enemies he must prepare himself, will encamp in the
20.73Preuschen 4:339
ἐρήμῳ. μετὰ ταῦτα πεῖραν λιμοῦ λήψεται τοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον καταβήσεται παροικῆσαι ἐκεῖ, ἴνα μὴ καὶ αὐτοῦ κατισχύσῃ ὁ λιμὸς ὁ ἐνισχύσας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. καὶ καταβήσεται εἰς Αἴγυπτον μετὰ τῆς εὐπροσώπου ἑαυτοῦ γυναικός, συνθήκας τινὰς τιθέμενος πρὸς αὐτήν, ἴν εὐ ἑαυτῷ διʼ αὐτὴν οἱ καὶ γένωνται ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ »αὐτῷ πρόβατα καὶ μόσχοι καὶ ὄνοι καὶ »παῖδες καὶ παιδίσκαι καὶ ἡμίονοι καὶ κάμηλοι«.
erēmǭ. meta tauta peiran limou lēpsetai tou epi tēs gēs kai eis tēn Aigypton katabēsetai paroikēsai ekei, ina mē kai autou katischysę̄ ho limos ho enischysas epi tēs gēs. kai katabēsetai eis Aigypton meta tēs euprosōpou heautou gynaikos, synthēkas tinas tithemenos pros autēn, in eu heautǭ diʼ autēn hoi kai genōntai en Aigyptǭ »autǭ probata kai moschoi kai onoi kai »paides kai paidiskai kai hēmionoi kai kamēloi«.
desert. After this he will experience the famine on the land and will go down into Egypt to sojourn there, so that the famine that prevailed on the land may not overpower him too. And he will go down into Egypt with his beautiful wife, making certain agreements with her, so that it may go well with him because of her, and so that in Egypt there may come to him “sheep and calves and donkeys and male and female servants and mules and camels.”
20.74Preuschen 4:339
περὶ ὡν ἑκάστου σοφοῦ τινος καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ βάθη τῆς γραφῆς ἐπισταμένως φθάνειν δυνα- μένου ἔργον ἂν εἴη λέγειν καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς γε πᾶσαν τὴν κατὰ τὸν Ἀβραὰμ ἱστορίαν βασανίζοντος καὶ ὅλα τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένα, ἅτινά ἐστιν ἀλληγορούμενα· <ἃ> ὡς πνευματικοὶ πειρασόμεθα.
peri hōn hekastou sophou tinos kai epi ta bathē tēs graphēs epistamenōs phthanein dyna- menou ergon an eiē legein kai hapaxaplōs ge pasan tēn kata ton Abraam historian basanizontos kai hola ta peri autou gegrammena, hatina estin allēgoroumena; <ha> hōs pneumatikoi peirasometha.
To speak about each of these would be the task of some wise man, able to reach the depths of Scripture with understanding, and one examining, in a word, the whole history of Abraham and everything written about him, which are allegorized; which we, as spiritual people, shall attempt.
20.75Preuschen 4:339
Ὀρα δὲ εἰ μὴ σαφῶς ἀπὸ τῆς ἐξετάσεως τῶν κατὰ τὸν τόπον παρίσταται ἡμῖν, ὅτι σοφοῦ τινός ἐστιν καὶ πάσῃ ἀρετῇ κεκοσμημένου τὸ γενέσθαι τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ τέκνον.
Ora de ei mē saphōs apo tēs exetaseōs tōn kata ton topon paristatai hēmin, hoti sophou tinos estin kai pasę̄ aretę̄ kekosmēmenou to genesthai tou Abraam teknon.
See whether it is not clearly shown to us from examining this passage that to become a child of Abraham belongs to one who is wise and adorned with every virtue.
20.76Preuschen 4:339
τί γὰρ δεῖ λέγειν ὅσης σοφίας χρῄζομεν εἰς τὸ νοῆσαι τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ; καὶ ὅσης δυνάμεως εἰς τὸ ποιῆσαι αὐτά; ποίας δὲ σοφίας ἢ ποίας δυνάμεως δεόμεθα, ἢ Χριστοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν θεοῦ δύναμις καὶ θεοῦ σοφία;«
ti gar dei legein hosēs sophias chrę̄zomen eis to noēsai ta erga tou Abraam? kai hosēs dynameōs eis to poiēsai auta? poias de sophias ē poias dynameōs deometha, ē Christou, hos estin theou dynamis kai theou sophia?«
For why need we say how much wisdom we need to understand the works of Abraham, and how much power to do them? And what wisdom or what power do we need, if not Christ, who is “God's power and God's wisdom”?
20.77Preuschen 4:339
τὸ μὲν γεγραμμένον ἐστίν· »Εἰ τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ ἐστε, τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ποιεῖτε«· ἀκολούθως δʼ ἂν παρὰ τοῦτο εἴποις· εἰ τέκνα τοῦ Ἰσαάκ ἐστε, τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ ποιεῖτε· τὰ δὲ ὅμοια καὶ περὶ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ καὶ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου τῶν ἁγίων πατέρων.
to men gegrammenon estin; »Ei tekna tou Abraam este, ta erga tou Abraam poieite«; akolouthōs dʼ an para touto eipois; ei tekna tou Isaak este, ta erga tou Isaak poieite; ta de homoia kai peri tou Iakōb kai henos hekastou tōn hagiōn paterōn.
What is written is: “If you are children of Abraham, do the works of Abraham”; and consistently with this you might say: if you are children of Isaac, do the works of Isaac; and likewise concerning Jacob and each one of the holy fathers.
20.78Preuschen 4:339
καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων δὲ ἕκαστος τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων γενικῶς μὲν τέκνον ἐστὶν τοῦ διαβόλου, ἐπεὶ πᾶς »ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου γεγένηται«, ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἰδικώτερον ἤτοι τοῦ Κάϊν, ἥ τοῦ Χάμ, ἢ τοῦ Χαναάν, ἢ τοῦ Φαραώ, ἢ τοῦ Ναβουχοδονόσορ, ἤ τινος τῶν ἀσεβῶν.
kai ek tōn enantiōn de hekastos tōn hamartanontōn genikōs men teknon estin tou diabolou, epei pas »ho poiōn tēn hamartian ek tou diabolou gegenētai«, ēdē de kai idikōteron ētoi tou Kaïn, hē tou Cham, ē tou Chanaan, ē tou Pharaō, ē tou Nabouchodonosor, ē tinos tōn asebōn.
And, on the contrary, each sinner is generally a child of the devil, since “everyone who commits sin is of the devil,” and more specifically of Cain, or of Ham, or of Canaan, or of Pharaoh, or of Nebuchadnezzar, or of one of the ungodly.
20.79Preuschen 4:339–340
τούτοις δὲ ἀκολούθως ἐρεῖς ὅτι ἕκαστος ἀπαλλαττόμενος τοῦ βίου τούτου ἀπελεύσεται πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους πατέρας· νομιστέον γὰρ οὐ μόνῳ τῷ Ἀβραάμ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις λέγεσθαι πρὸς τῇ ἐξόδῳ τὸ »Σὺ δὲ ἀπελεύσῃ πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας σου«· οὐκέτι δὲ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ μόνοις τοῖς ἁγίοις τὸ »Μετὰ εἰρήνης«· τοῖς δὲ τετελειωμένοις καὶ πνευματικῶς μακροημέροις γενομένοις καὶ τὸ »Τραφεὶς ἐν γήρᾳ καλῷ«, ἐπείπερ »Πολιά »ἐστιν φρόνησις ἀνθρώποις« καὶ Στέφανος καυχήσεως γῆρας« καὶ δόξα τοῖς ἀληθινοῖς καὶ θείοις πρεσβυτέροις αἱ κοσμοῦσαι αὐτοὺς νοηταὶ πολιαί. Νῦν δέ ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι ἄνθρωπον ὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν λελάληκα ὴν ἤκουσα Παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ.
toutois de akolouthōs ereis hoti hekastos apallattomenos tou biou toutou apeleusetai pros tous idious pateras; nomisteon gar ou monǭ tǭ Abraam, alla kai pasin anthrōpois legesthai pros tę̄ exodǭ to »Sy de apeleusę̄ pros tous pateras sou«; ouketi de pasin anthrōpois, alla monois tois hagiois to »Meta eirēnēs«; tois de teteleiōmenois kai pneumatikōs makroēmerois genomenois kai to »Trapheis en gērą kalǭ«, epeiper »Polia »estin phronēsis anthrōpois« kai Stephanos kauchēseōs gēras« kai doxa tois alēthinois kai theiois presbyterois hai kosmousai autous noētai poliai. Nyn de zēteite apokteinai anthrōpon os tēn alētheian hymin lelalēka ēn ēkousa Para tou theou.
Consistently with this you will say that each person, on departing this life, will go to his own fathers; for we must think that not to Abraham alone but to all people it is said at their departure, “But you will go to your fathers”; but not to all people any longer, but only to the saints, “in peace”; and to those made perfect and become long-lived in the spiritual sense also “nourished in a good old age,” since “understanding is gray hair for men,” and “old age is a crown of boasting,” and the glory of true and divine elders is the spiritual gray hairs that adorn them. “But now you seek to kill me, a man who has told you the truth which I heard from God.”
20.80Preuschen 4:340
Οἱ ζητοῦντες ἀποκτεῖναι, ἐπεὶ θεὸς οὐκ ἀποκτίννυται, κἂν ἀποκτιννύωσιν, ἄνθρωπον ἀποκτιννύουσιν. κἂν ζητῶσιν ἀποκτεῖναι, μήπω ἀποκτιννύντες, οὐχὶ θεὸν νομίζοντες εἶναι, ᾧ ἐπιβουλεύουσιν, ὡς ἀνθρώπῳ ἐπιβουλεύουσιν· οὐδεὶς γὰρ πειθόμενος εἶναι θεὸν τοῦτον ᾧ ἐπιβουλεύει, ἐπιβουλεύσαι ἂν αὐτῷ ἔτι.
Hoi zētountes apokteinai, epei theos ouk apoktinnytai, kan apoktinnyōsin, anthrōpon apoktinnyousin. kan zētōsin apokteinai, mēpō apoktinnyntes, ouchi theon nomizontes einai, hǭ epibouleuousin, hōs anthrōpǭ epibouleuousin; oudeis gar peithomenos einai theon touton hǭ epibouleuei, epibouleusai an autǭ eti.
Those who seek to kill, since God is not killed, even if they kill, kill a man. And even if they seek to kill, not yet killing, they plot not thinking that the one they plot against is God, but plot against him as a man; for no one persuaded that the one he plots against is God would still plot against him.
20.81Preuschen 4:340
ἔστι δέ πως ἀεὶ θεωρῆσαι τοὺς τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπιβουλεύοντας, ὅτι ἀποκτεῖναι ζητοῦσιν καὶ ἐξαφανίσαι αὐτόν, ἄνθρωπον αὐτόν, τουτέστιν ἀνθρώπινον καὶ θνητόν, εἶναι ὑπολαμβάνοντες, ἢ καὶ τῷ ἀνθρωπινωτέρῳ αὐτοῦ καὶ βλεπομένῳ ἐπιτίθενται· ἵνα δὲ καὶ ἀποκτείνωσιν τὸ σῶμα τοῦ λόγου, σαφὲς ὅτι μετὰ ταῦτα οὐδὲν δύνανται ποιῆσαι περισσότερον.
esti de pōs aei theōrēsai tous tǭ logǭ tou theou epibouleuontas, hoti apokteinai zētousin kai exaphanisai auton, anthrōpon auton, toutestin anthrōpinon kai thnēton, einai hypolambanontes, ē kai tǭ anthrōpinōterǭ autou kai blepomenǭ epitithentai; hina de kai apokteinōsin to sōma tou logou, saphes hoti meta tauta ouden dynantai poiēsai perissoteron.
One can always, in a way, observe those who plot against the Word of God: they seek to kill and destroy him, supposing him to be a man, that is, human and mortal, or else they attack what is more human in him and visible. But even if they kill the body of the Word, it is clear that after this they can do nothing more.
20.82Preuschen 4:340
διόπερ οὐ φοβητέον ἡμῖν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτιννύντων τὸ σῶμα, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα μὴ ἐχόντων περισσότερόν τι ποιῆσαι, οὐδὲ φοβητέον ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεινόντων τὸ σῶμα, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν τοῦ λόγου ἀποκτεῖναι μὴ δυναμένων.
dioper ou phobēteon hēmin apo tōn apoktinnyntōn to sōma, meta de tauta mē echontōn perissoteron ti poiēsai, oude phobēteon apo tōn apokteinontōn to sōma, tēn de psychēn tou logou apokteinai mē dynamenōn.
Therefore we must not fear those who kill the body and after that have nothing more they can do, nor fear those who kill the body but cannot kill the soul of the Word.
20.83Preuschen 4:340
ἀλλʼ εἰ τοιοῦτός τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος ὥστε καὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ψυχήν, τῷ ἄξια εἶναι ἀπωλείας, ἀπόλλυσθαι δύνασθαι, φοβητέον τὸν δυνάμενον θεὸν λόγον καὶ ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα ἀπολέσαι καὶ ἐξαφανίσαι, εἴτε ἐν γεέννῃ εἴτε ὅπως βούλεται· ὁ κύριος γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἀναλοῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ καὶ καταργεῖ τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ τῆς παρουσίας ἑαυτοῦ τὸν ἀντικείμενον λόγον καὶ ἐπαιρόμενον ἐπὶ πάντα λεγόμενον θεὸν ἢ σέβασμα.
allʼ ei toioutos tis estin ho logos hōste kai autou kai tēn psychēn, tǭ axia einai apōleias, apollysthai dynasthai, phobēteon ton dynamenon theon logon kai psychēn kai sōma apolesai kai exaphanisai, eite en geennę̄ eite hopōs bouletai; ho kyrios gar Iēsous analoi tǭ pneumati tou stomatos autou kai katargei tę̄ epiphaneią tēs parousias heautou ton antikeimenon logon kai epairomenon epi panta legomenon theon ē sebasma.
But if some word is such that its soul too can be destroyed, because it is worthy of destruction, we must fear the God who is able to destroy and annihilate both soul and body of such a word, whether in Gehenna or however he wills; for the Lord Jesus consumes with the breath of his mouth, and abolishes by the manifestation of his coming, the opposing word that exalts itself above everything called god or object of worship.
20.84Preuschen 4:340
καὶ ζητοῦσί γε οὑτοι πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος ἀποκτεῖναι ἄνθρωπον ὃς τὴν ἀλήθειαν λελάληκεν, ἣν ἤκουσεν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ εἴληφεν.
kai zētousi ge houtoi pros hous ho logos apokteinai anthrōpon hos tēn alētheian lelalēken, hēn ēkousen para tou theou kai eilēphen.
And those to whom the word is addressed seek to kill a man who has told the truth that he heard and received from God.
20.85Preuschen 4:340–341
κἂν ἁπλούστερον μέντοι γε κατὰ τὸν τόπον ἐκλαμβάνωμεν, σαφῶς ἐδίδαξεν ὁ σωτὴρ ὅτι τὸ ζητούμενον ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων ἐπὶ τῷ ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτὸ θεὸς οὐκ ἠν ἀλλὰ ἄνθρωπος, ὅς καὶ ἀνῃρέθη· θεὸν γὰρ οὐ θεμιτὸν ἀποθνήσκειν λέγειν· διόπερ ὁ ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν λόγος, ὅστις καὶ θεὸς λόγος ἦν, οὐκ ἀπέθανεν. ζητήσεις δέ, ἐπεὶ γέγραπται ὅτι »Ὁ λόγος σὰρξ »ἐγένετο«, πότερόν ποτε ὁ γενόμενος σὰρξ λόγος τῷ γεγονέναι σὰρξ γέγονεν καὶ ἄνθρωπος ἢ οὐ γέγονεν ἄνθρωπος.
kan haplousteron mentoi ge kata ton topon eklambanōmen, saphōs edidaxen ho sōtēr hoti to zētoumenon hypo Ioudaiōn epi tǭ anairethēnai auto theos ouk ēn alla anthrōpos, hos kai anę̄rethē; theon gar ou themiton apothnēskein legein; dioper ho en archę̄ pros ton theon logos, hostis kai theos logos ēn, ouk apethanen. zētēseis de, epei gegraptai hoti »Ho logos sarx »egeneto«, poteron pote ho genomenos sarx logos tǭ gegonenai sarx gegonen kai anthrōpos ē ou gegonen anthrōpos.
Even if we take the passage more simply, however, the Savior clearly taught that what was sought by the Jews to be done away with was not God but a man, who was indeed done away with; for it is not lawful to say that God dies. Therefore the Word who was in the beginning with God, who was also God the Word, did not die. But you will ask, since it is written that “the Word became flesh,” whether the Word who became flesh, by becoming flesh, became also a man, or did not become a man.
20.86Preuschen 4:341
εἰ μὲν γὰρ γέγονεν ἄνθρωπος, δύναται αὐτὸς ἐζητῆσθαι ἀναιρεθῆναι· εἰ δὲ μὴ γέγονεν ἄνθρωπος, καὶ ὁ γενόμενος σὰρξ λόγος οὐκ ἀναιρεθεὶς ἀποκατέστη, καὶ ἀποκαθίσταται ἕκαστος ἐπὶ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἠν πρὶν γένηται σάρξ. Τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐΠοίησεν.
ei men gar gegonen anthrōpos, dynatai autos ezētēsthai anairethēnai; ei de mē gegonen anthrōpos, kai ho genomenos sarx logos ouk anairetheis apokatestē, kai apokathistatai hekastos epi touto hoper ēn prin genētai sarx. Touto Abraam ouk ePoiēsen.
For if he became a man, he himself could have been sought to be done away with; but if he did not become a man, the Word who became flesh, not having been done away with, was restored, and each is restored to what it was before it became flesh. “This Abraham did not do.”
20.87Preuschen 4:341
Τὸ μηδαμῶς δυνατὸν πραχθῆναι τῷ Ἀβραάμ, εἰ μὴ πεποίηκεν Ἀβραάμ, ὡς ἔτυχεν ἂν εἰρῆσθαι δόξει τὸ »Τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ »οὐκ ἐποίησεν«. εἴποιεν γὰρ ἂν πρὸς τοῦτό τινες ὅτι μάτην λέγεται τὸ »Τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν«, εἴπερ οὐκ ἐποίησεν τὸ μηδαμῶς γενόμενον κατὰ τὸν χρόνον αὐτοῦ· οὐ γὰρ γεγόνει κατὰ τὸν χρόνον αὐτοῦ ὁ Ἰησοῦς.
To mēdamōs dynaton prachthēnai tǭ Abraam, ei mē pepoiēken Abraam, hōs etychen an eirēsthai doxei to »Touto Abraam »ouk epoiēsen«. eipoien gar an pros touto tines hoti matēn legetai to »Touto Abraam ouk epoiēsen«, eiper ouk epoiēsen to mēdamōs genomenon kata ton chronon autou; ou gar gegonei kata ton chronon autou ho Iēsous.
“This Abraham did not do” might seem to be said at random, since it was not at all possible for Abraham to do it, if Abraham did not do it. For some might say to this that “This Abraham did not do” is said pointlessly, if he did not do what never happened in his time; for Jesus did not live in his time.
20.88Preuschen 4:341
ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ τὸ »Τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν« οἱονεὶ ἐν ἐπαίνῳ ὑπολαμβάνω εἰρῆσθαι τῷ περὶ τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, εἴποιμʼ ἂν ὅτι κατὰ τὸν διδάξαντα λόγον τὸ »Ἀβραὰμ ὀ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἠγαλλιά- »σατο ἵνα ἴδῃ τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν, καὶ εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη« ἔστιν τὸ γεγονέναι μὲν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἄνθρωπον λαλοῦντα ἥν ἤκουσεν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλήθειαν, οὐ μὴν ἐζητῆσθαι αὐτὸν ἀνῃρῆσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀβραάμ.
allʼ epei to »Touto Abraam ouk epoiēsen« hoionei en epainǭ hypolambanō eirēsthai tǭ peri tou Abraam, eipoimʼ an hoti kata ton didaxanta logon to »Abraam o patēr hymōn ēgallia- »sato hina idę̄ tēn hēmeran tēn emēn, kai eiden kai echarē« estin to gegonenai men kai epi tou Abraam anthrōpon lalounta hēn ēkousen para tou theou alētheian, ou mēn ezētēsthai auton anę̄rēsthai hypo tou Abraam.
But since I take “This Abraham did not do” to be said as praise of Abraham, I would say that, according to the Word who taught “Abraham your father rejoiced that he would see my day; and he saw it and was glad,” it is the case that in Abraham's time too there was a man speaking the truth he had heard from God, yet he was not sought to be done away with by Abraham.
20.89Preuschen 4:341
καὶ ἐπίστησον ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ὅτε ὁ κατὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν τροπικῶς νοούμενος ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἐπεδήμει τῷ βίῳ, καὶ μετὰ τοὺς τῆς περὶ αὐτοῦ ἱστορίας χρόνους καὶ πρότερον. κατὰ τοῦτο δὲ οἴομαι πάντα τὸν ἅπαξ φωτισθέντα καὶ γευσάμενον δωρεᾶς ἐπουρανίου μέτοχόν τε γενηθέντα πνεύματος ἁγίου, καὶ καλον γευσαμενον θεοῦ ῥῆμα δυνάμεις τε μέλλοντος αἰῶνος καὶ παραπεσόντα πάλιν, ἀνακαινίζειν ἑαυτὸν εἰς μετἀνοιαν, ητοι προσταυρουντα η ανασταυροῦντα τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ παραδειγματίζοντα, εἴτε πρὸ τῆς ἱστορουμένης σωματικῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἐπιδημίας εἴτε καὶ ὕστερον.
kai epistēson hoti ouk estin hote ho kata ton Iēsoun tropikōs nooumenos anthrōpos ouk epedēmei tǭ biǭ, kai meta tous tēs peri autou historias chronous kai proteron. kata touto de oiomai panta ton hapax phōtisthenta kai geusamenon dōreas epouraniou metochon te genēthenta pneumatos hagiou, kai kalon geusamenon theou rhēma dynameis te mellontos aiōnos kai parapesonta palin, anakainizein heauton eis metanoian, ētoi prostaurounta ē anastaurounta ton huion tou theou kai paradeigmatizonta, eite pro tēs historoumenēs sōmatikēs tou sōtēros hēmōn epidēmias eite kai hysteron.
And consider that there is no time when the man understood figuratively in Jesus was not present in life, both after the times of the history about him and before. In this sense I think that everyone who has once been enlightened and has tasted the heavenly gift and become a partaker of the Holy Spirit, and has tasted the good word of God and the powers of the age to come, and has fallen away, cannot again renew himself to repentance, whether crucifying beforehand or crucifying again the Son of God and putting him to open shame, whether before the recorded bodily coming of our Savior or afterward.
20.90Preuschen 4:341–342
οὐ γὰρ ὁ μὲν νῦν μετὰ τὸν φωτισμὸν καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς εἰς αὐτὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εὐεργεσίας ἁμαρτάνων ἀνασταυροῖ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τῶν ἰδίων ἁμαρτημάτων ἐφʼ ἅ ἐπαλινδρόμησεν, οὐδὲν τῆς κοινότερον λεγομένης σωματικῆς πρὸς τὸ σταυρῶσαι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνεργείας ἐπιτελῶν, οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ πρότερον τοῦτο ἐγίνετο καὶ ὁ ἁμαρτάνων μετὰ τὸ ἀκοῦσαι θείων λόγων προεσταύρου τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ.
ou gar ho men nyn meta ton phōtismon kai tas loipas eis auton tou theou euergesias hamartanōn anastauroi ton huion tou theou dia tōn idiōn hamartēmatōn ephʼ ha epalindromēsen, ouden tēs koinoteron legomenēs sōmatikēs pros to staurōsai ton huion tou theou energeias epitelōn, ouchi de kai proteron touto egineto kai ho hamartanōn meta to akousai theiōn logōn proestaurou ton huion tou theou.
For it is not that the one who now sins after enlightenment and God's other benefits to him crucifies the Son of God again through the sins to which he has returned, without doing anything of the bodily action, in the more common sense, of crucifying the Son of God, while this did not happen earlier too, and the one who sinned after hearing divine words did not crucify the Son of God beforehand.
20.91Preuschen 4:342
εἴ τῳ δὲ φίλον παραδέξασθαι τὸ ἐν ταῖς Παύλου Πράξεσιν ἀναγεγραμμένον ὡς ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος εἰρημένον· »Ἄνωθεν μέλλω »σταυροῦσθαι«, οὗτος, ὡς μετὰ τὴν ἐπιδημίαν παραδέχεται τὸ »Ἄνω- »θεν μέλλω σταυροῦσθαι« γινόμενον, οὕτω καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας, ὅταν τὰ αὐτὰ αἴτια γίνηται τὸ λέγεσθαι ἄν· >ἤδη τί γὰρ οὐχὶ ὡς >ἄνωθεν< μέλλει σταυροῦσθαι,
ei tǭ de philon paradexasthai to en tais Paulou Praxesin anagegrammenon hōs hypo tou sōtēros eirēmenon; »Anōthen mellō »staurousthai«, houtos, hōs meta tēn epidēmian paradechetai to »Anō- »then mellō staurousthai« ginomenon, houtō kai pro tēs epidēmias, hotan ta auta aitia ginētai to legesthai an; >ēdē ti gar ouchi hōs >anōthen< mellei staurousthai,
And if anyone cares to accept what is recorded in the Acts of Paul as spoken by the Savior, “I am about to be crucified again,” this person, just as he accepts that “I am about to be crucified again” happens after the coming, so also before the coming, when the same causes occur, it might be said: for why is he not about to be crucified “again,”
20.92Preuschen 4:342
καὶ ἐσταύρωτο; ὅρα δὲ εἰ μὴ μόνων τῶν μετὰ τὴν παρουσίαν ἐστὶν ἁγίων φωνὴ τὸ »Χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι«, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν προτέρων, ἵνα μὴ διαφέρειν λέγωμεν τοὺς μετὰ τὴν παρουσίαν ἁγίους Μωσέως καὶ τῶν πατριαρχῶν.
kai estaurōto? hora de ei mē monōn tōn meta tēn parousian estin hagiōn phōnē to »Christǭ synestaurōmai«, alla kai tōn proterōn, hina mē diapherein legōmen tous meta tēn parousian hagious Mōseōs kai tōn patriarchōn.
and had been crucified? But see whether “I have been crucified with Christ” is not the voice of the saints after the coming only, but also of those before, so that we may not say that the saints after the coming are different from Moses and the patriarchs.
20.93Preuschen 4:342
καὶ τὸ »Ζῶ οὐκέτι ἐγώ, ζῇ δὲ ἐν »ἐμοὶ Χριστός« λεγέσθω μὴ μόνον ὑπὸ τῶν μετὰ τὴν παρουσίαν ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν προτέρων. ἐφίστημι δὲ καὶ τῷ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ »καὶ θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ καὶ θεὸς Ἰακώβ· θεὸς δὲ οὐκ ἔστι νεκρῶν ἀλλὰ »ζώντων« εἰρημένῳ ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος, μήποτε διὰ τοῦτο ζῶντές εἰσιν Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτοὶ συνταφέντες τῷ χριστῷ συνανέστησαν αὐτῷ, οὐ πάντως κατὰ τὴν σωματικὴν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ταφὴν ἢ σωματικὴν ἀνάστασιν αὐτοῦ. ταῦτα πρὸς τὸ »Τοῦτο »Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησε«.
kai to »Zō ouketi egō, zę̄ de en »emoi Christos« legesthō mē monon hypo tōn meta tēn parousian alla kai hypo tōn proterōn. ephistēmi de kai tǭ Theos Abraam »kai theos Isaak kai theos Iakōb; theos de ouk esti nekrōn alla »zōntōn« eirēmenǭ hypo tou sōtēros, mēpote dia touto zōntes eisin Abraam kai Isaak kai Iakōb, epei kai autoi syntaphentes tǭ christǭ synanestēsan autǭ, ou pantōs kata tēn sōmatikēn tou Iēsou taphēn ē sōmatikēn anastasin autou. tauta pros to »Touto »Abraam ouk epoiēse«.
And let “It is no longer I who live, but Christ lives in me” be said not only by those after the coming but also by those before. And I also consider the saying of the Savior, “The God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob; but he is not the God of the dead but of the living,” whether Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob are living for this reason, that they too were buried with Christ and rose with him, not necessarily in the bodily burial of Jesus or his bodily resurrection. So much for “This Abraham did not do.”
20.94Preuschen 4:342
Τί δὲ »τοῦτο« ἢ τὸ ζητεῖν ἀποκτεῖναι ἄνθρωπον ὅς τὴν ἀλήθειαν λελάληκεν ἣν ἤκουσε παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ; ἀποδίδομεν γὰρ ὡς ἄρα ἡ κατὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν πνευματικὴ οἰκονομία οὐκ ἔστιν ὅτε τοῖς ἁγίοις οὐκ ἦν.
Ti de »touto« ē to zētein apokteinai anthrōpon hos tēn alētheian lelalēken hēn ēkouse para tou theou? apodidomen gar hōs ara hē kata ton Iēsoun pneumatikē oikonomia ouk estin hote tois hagiois ouk ēn.
And what is “this” but seeking to kill a man who has told the truth that he heard from God? For we explain that the spiritual dispensation in Jesus was never absent from the saints.
20.95Preuschen 4:342
ἐὰν δὲ ἀνάγαγῃς ταῦτα, ὥσπερ ὑπονενοήκαμεν ἐν ἄλλοις, ἑτέρως παρὰ τὸ κοινότερον ἐπὶ μυστικώτερον Ἀβραάμ, ὀμοίως πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον ἐξομαλίσαι πειράσει ζητῶν τὴν ἑκάστου τούτων ἀκολουθίαν. Ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν.
ean de anagagę̄s tauta, hōsper hyponenoēkamen en allois, heterōs para to koinoteron epi mystikōteron Abraam, omoiōs panta ta kata ton topon exomalisai peirasei zētōn tēn hekastou toutōn akolouthian. Hymeis poieite ta erga tou patros hymōn.
And if you refer these things, as we have suggested elsewhere, differently from the more common sense to a more mystical Abraham, you will try likewise to smooth out everything in the passage, seeking the sequence of each of these. “You do the works of your father.”
20.96Preuschen 4:342
Ὅσον ἐπὶ τῷ ῥητῷ τούτῳ οὐκ ἔστι σαφὲς τίνα θέλει εἰπεῖν πατέρα τῶν πεπιστευκότων αὐτῷ Ἰουδαίων καὶ μηδέπω ἐγνωκότων τὴν ἀλήθειαν· πρὸς αὐτοὺς γὰρ ταῦτα πάντα φησί.
Hoson epi tǭ rhētǭ toutǭ ouk esti saphes tina thelei eipein patera tōn pepisteukotōn autǭ Ioudaiōn kai mēdepō egnōkotōn tēn alētheian; pros autous gar tauta panta phēsi.
As far as this text goes, it is not clear whom he means as the father of the Jews who had believed in him and had not yet known the truth; for he says all these things to them.
20.97Preuschen 4:342–343
καὶ εἰ μὴ ἐπε- φέρετο μετʼ ὀλίγα τὸ »Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν«, κἂν σαφῶς οὐκ ἐγνώκειμεν τὸ βούλημα τοῦ εἰρημένου.
kai ei mē epe- phereto metʼ oliga to »Hymeis ek tou patros tou diabolou este kai tas epithymias tou patros hymōn thelete poiein«, kan saphōs ouk egnōkeimen to boulēma tou eirēmenou.
And had there not followed shortly “You are of your father the devil, and you wish to do the desires of your father,” we would not have known clearly the intention of what was said.
20.98Preuschen 4:343
οὐ θαυμαστὸν δὲ εἰ τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν αὐτῷ Ἰουδαίοις, μηδέπω μείνασιν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ λόγῳ, ἴνα ἀληθῶς αὐτοῦ γένωνται μαθηταὶ καὶ γνῶσιν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ τῷ ἐλευθερωθῆναι ὑπʼ αὐτῆς, ἔλεγεν τὸ »Ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ »πατρὸς ὑμῶν« καί, ὡς ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς ἐπιφέρεται, τὸ »Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ »πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστέ«.
ou thaumaston de ei tois pepisteukosin autǭ Ioudaiois, mēdepō meinasin autou en tǭ logǭ, ina alēthōs autou genōntai mathētai kai gnōsin tēn alētheian epi tǭ eleutherōthēnai hypʼ autēs, elegen to »Hymeis poieite ta erga tou »patros hymōn« kai, hōs en tois hexēs epipheretai, to »Hymeis ek tou »patros tou diabolou este«.
And it is not surprising that to the Jews who had believed in him, not yet having remained in his word so as truly to become his disciples and know the truth in order to be set free by it, he said, “You do the works of your father,” and, as follows later, “You are of your father the devil.”
20.99Preuschen 4:343
κἂν γὰρ ἀπηνὲς εἶναι δοκῇ τὸ τοιοῦτο λεγόμενον περὶ πεπιστευκότων μὲν αὐτῷ καὶ μαθητευθέντων πως, οὐ μὴν ἤδη ἀληθῶς χρηματισάντων μαθητῶν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὅμως κατανοητέον καὶ τὸ έν τῇ καθολικῇ ἐπιστολῇ ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου εἰρημένον περὶ υἱῶν θεοῦ καὶ υἱῶν διαβόλου· »Ὁ ποιῶν, γὰρ φησι, τὴν ἁμαρ- »τίαν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν, ὅτι ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ὁ διάβολος ἁμαρτάνει.
kan gar apēnes einai dokę̄ to toiouto legomenon peri pepisteukotōn men autǭ kai mathēteuthentōn pōs, ou mēn ēdē alēthōs chrēmatisantōn mathētōn tou Iēsou, homōs katanoēteon kai to en tę̄ katholikę̄ epistolę̄ hypo Iōannou eirēmenon peri huiōn theou kai huiōn diabolou; »Ho poiōn, gar phēsi, tēn hamar- »tian ek tou diabolou estin, hoti apʼ archēs ho diabolos hamartanei.
For even if such a thing seems harsh when said of those who had believed in him and had become disciples in a way, but were not yet truly called disciples of Jesus, still we must consider what is said by John in the catholic epistle about sons of God and sons of the devil: “He who commits sin,” he says, “is of the devil, because the devil has sinned from the beginning.
20.100Preuschen 4:343
»εἰς τοῦτο ἐνεφανερώθη ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα λύσῃ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ »διαβόλου. πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιεῖ, ὅτι »σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ οὐ δύναται ἁμαρτἀνειν, ὄτι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται.
»eis touto enephanerōthē ho huios tou theou, hina lysę̄ ta erga tou »diabolou. pas ho gegennēmenos ek tou theou hamartian ou poiei, hoti »sperma autou en autǭ menei, kai ou dynatai hamartanein, oti ek tou theou gegennētai.
For this purpose the Son of God was manifested, to destroy the works of the devil. Everyone who is born of God does not commit sin, because his seed remains in him, and he cannot sin, because he is born of God.
20.101Preuschen 4:343
έν τούτῳ φανερά ἐστιν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ »καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου· πᾶς ὁ μὴ ὢν δἰκαιος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ »θεοῦ, καὶ ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ«.
en toutǭ phanera estin ta tekna tou theou »kai ta tekna tou diabolou; pas ho mē ōn dikaios ouk estin ek »theou, kai ho mē agapōn ton adelphon autou«.
By this the children of God and the children of the devil are manifest: everyone who is not righteous is not of God, nor is he who does not love his brother.”
20.102Preuschen 4:343
τῶν ῥητῶν τοίνυν τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων κατανόησον εἰ μὴ σαφῶς εἴρηται ὅτι πᾶς »ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν«.
tōn rhētōn toinyn toutōn houtōs echontōn katanoēson ei mē saphōs eirētai hoti pas »ho poiōn tēn hamartian ek tou diabolou estin«.
These texts being so, consider whether it is not clearly said that everyone “who commits sin is of the devil.”
20.103Preuschen 4:343
ὅσον ποιοῦμεν ἁμαρτίας, οὐδέπω τὴν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου γένεσιν ἀπεδυσάμεθα, κἂν πιστεύειν εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν νομιζώμεθα· καὶ τούτῳ ἀκόλουθόν έστιν τὸ λέγεσθαι τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν Ἰουδαίοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· »Ὑμεῖς »ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν« ἀναφερομένου »τοῦ πατρὸς‘ ἐπὶ τὸν διάβολον διὰ τὸ »Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστέ«.
hoson poioumen hamartias, oudepō tēn ek tou diabolou genesin apedysametha, kan pisteuein eis ton Iēsoun nomizōmetha; kai toutǭ akolouthon estin to legesthai tois pepisteukosin Ioudaiois hypo tou Iēsou; »Hymeis »poieite ta erga tou patros hymōn« anapheromenou »tou patros‘ epi ton diabolon dia to »Hymeis ek tou patros tou diabolou este«.
As long as we commit sins, we have not yet put off our birth from the devil, even if we are thought to believe in Jesus; and consistent with this is what Jesus says to the Jews who had believed: “You do the works of your father,” “the father” referring to the devil because of “You are of your father the devil.”
20.104Preuschen 4:343
εἰ δὲ πᾶς »ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν«, πᾶς ὁ μὴ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου οὐ ποιεῖ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν.
ei de pas »ho poiōn tēn hamartian ek tou diabolou estin«, pas ho mē ōn ek tou diabolou ou poiei tēn hamartian.
And if everyone “who commits sin is of the devil,” everyone who is not of the devil does not commit sin.
20.105Preuschen 4:343
ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴπερ »εἰς »τοῦτο ἐφανερώθη ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ἕνα λύσῃ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ δια- »βόλου«, ὅσον οὐδέπω τὰ έν ἡμῖν ἔλυσεν ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου, τῷ μὴ παρεστακέναι ἡμᾶς ἑαυτοὺς τῷ λύοντι τὰ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου, οὐδέπω ἀπεθέμεθα τὸ εἶναι τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου, ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι τίνος ἐσμὲν υἱοί.
alla kai eiper »eis »touto ephanerōthē ho huios tou theou, hena lysę̄ ta erga tou dia- »bolou«, hoson oudepō ta en hēmin elysen erga tou diabolou, tǭ mē parestakenai hēmas heautous tǭ lyonti ta erga tou diabolou, oudepō apethemetha to einai tekna tou diabolou, apo tōn karpōn epiginōskomenoi tinos esmen huioi.
But also, if “for this purpose the Son of God was manifested, to destroy the works of the devil,” as long as he has not yet destroyed the works of the devil in us, because we have not presented ourselves to the one who destroys the works of the devil, we have not yet put off being children of the devil, being recognized by our fruits as to whose sons we are.
20.106Preuschen 4:343–344
καὶ ἐκ τούτων μέντοι γε δῆλόν ἐστιν ὅτι οὐ διὰ κατασκευὴν υἱός τίς ἐστιν διαβόλου, οὐδὲ διὰ τὸ οὕτως δεδημιουργῆσθαι υἱός τις έν ἀνθρώποις λέγεται τοῦ θεοῦ· καὶ δῆλον ὅτι δύναται ὁ ποτὲ υἱὸς τοῦ διαβόλου γενέσθαι υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅπερ σαφὲς καὶ ὁ Ματθαῖος ποιεῖ ἀναγράφων τὸν σωτῆρα οὕτως εἰρηκέναι· »Ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐρρέθη· Ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον »σοῦ καὶ μισήσεις τὸν ἐχθρόν σου· ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀγαπήσατε »τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν καὶ προσεύχεσθε ὑπὲρ τῶν διωκόντων ὑμᾶς·
kai ek toutōn mentoi ge dēlon estin hoti ou dia kataskeuēn huios tis estin diabolou, oude dia to houtōs dedēmiourgēsthai huios tis en anthrōpois legetai tou theou; kai dēlon hoti dynatai ho pote huios tou diabolou genesthai huios tou theou, hoper saphes kai ho Matthaios poiei anagraphōn ton sōtēra houtōs eirēkenai; »Ēkousate hoti errethē; Agapēseis ton plēsion »sou kai misēseis ton echthron sou; egō de legō hymin, agapēsate »tous echthrous hymōn kai proseuchesthe hyper tōn diōkontōn hymas;
And from this it is plain that no one is a son of the devil by constitution, nor is anyone among human beings called a son of God because he was created so; and it is plain that one who was once a son of the devil can become a son of God, as Matthew also makes clear, recording that the Savior said: “You have heard that it was said, ‘You shall love your neighbor and hate your enemy’; but I say to you, love your enemies and pray for those who persecute you,
20.107Preuschen 4:344
»ὅπως γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς«. προσέχετε γὰρ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ »ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς« καὶ »προσεύχεσθε »ὑπὲρ τῶν διωκόντων« ὁ μὴ πρότερον τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς πατρός, ὕστερον αὐτοῦ γίνεται υἱός· ἔτι δὲ διὰ τὸ »Ἐν τούτῳ φανερά »ἐστιν τὰ † ἔργα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὰ † ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου« προειρημένων περὶ μὲν τοῦ διαβόλου τέκνων ὅτι »Ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν »ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν«· περὶ δὲ τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ὅτι Πᾶς ὁ γεγεννη- »μένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιεῖ, ὅτι σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ »μένει καὶ οὐ δύναται ἁμαρτάνειν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται«, σαφὲς ὅτι πᾶς ἄνθρωπος συμπεπληρωκὼς τὸν λόγον ἤτοι τέκνον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ἢ τέκνον τοῦ διαβόλου· ἤτοι γὰρ ποιεῖ ἁμαρτίαν ἢ ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιεῖ, οὐδενὸς ὄντος μεταξὺ τοῦ ποιεῖν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ τοῦ ἁμαρτίαν μὴ ποιεῖν· καὶ εἰ μὲν ποιεῖ ἁμαρτίαν, ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν· εἰ δὲ ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιεῖ, ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται.
»hopōs genēsthe huioi tou patros hymōn tou en tois ouranois«. prosechete gar hoti ek tou »agapate tous echthrous« kai »proseuchesthe »hyper tōn diōkontōn« ho mē proteron tou en ouranois patros, hysteron autou ginetai huios; eti de dia to »En toutǭ phanera »estin ta † erga tou theou kai ta † erga tou diabolou« proeirēmenōn peri men tou diabolou teknōn hoti »Ho poiōn tēn hamartian »ek tou diabolou estin«; peri de tōn tou theou hoti Pas ho gegennē- »menos ek tou theou hamartian ou poiei, hoti sperma autou en autǭ »menei kai ou dynatai hamartanein, hoti ek tou theou gegennētai«, saphes hoti pas anthrōpos sympeplērōkōs ton logon ētoi teknon tou theou estin ē teknon tou diabolou; ētoi gar poiei hamartian ē hamartian ou poiei, oudenos ontos metaxy tou poiein hamartian kai tou hamartian mē poiein; kai ei men poiei hamartian, ek tou diabolou estin; ei de hamartian ou poiei, ek tou theou gegennētai.
so that you may become sons of your Father in heaven.” For note that by “love your enemies” and “pray for those who persecute you” one who was not previously a son of the Father in heaven afterward becomes his son. Further, because of “By this the works of God and the works of the devil are manifest,” said after the statements about the devil's children, “He who commits sin is of the devil,” and about God's, “Everyone who is born of God does not commit sin, because his seed remains in him, and he cannot sin, because he is born of God,” it is clear that every human being who has reached full reason is either a child of God or a child of the devil; for either he commits sin or he does not commit sin, there being nothing between committing sin and not committing sin; and if he commits sin, he is of the devil; but if he does not commit sin, he is born of God.
20.108Preuschen 4:344
Ἔχεται δὲ τῆς ἐν τούτοις περὶ τέκνων θεοῦ καὶ τέκνων διαβόλου ἀποφάσεως τὰ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ ἐπιστολῇ λεγόμενα περὶ τῶν ὄντων έν τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν μὴ ἑωρακότων αὐτόν· »Πᾶς, »γάρ φησιν, ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μένων οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει· πᾶς ὁ ἁμαρτάνων »οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτόν«.
Echetai de tēs en toutois peri teknōn theou kai teknōn diabolou apophaseōs ta en tę̄ autę̄ epistolę̄ legomena peri tōn ontōn en tǭ huiǭ tou theou kai tōn mē heōrakotōn auton; »Pas, »gar phēsin, ho en autǭ menōn ouch hamartanei; pas ho hamartanōn »ouch heōraken auton«.
Connected with this pronouncement about the children of God and the children of the devil is what is said in the same epistle about those who are in the Son of God and those who have not seen him: “Everyone,” he says, “who remains in him does not sin; everyone who sins has not seen him.”
20.109Preuschen 4:344
οὐκοῦν εἰ πᾶς ὁ έν αὐτῷ μένων οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει, ὁ ἁμαρτάνων οὐ μένει ἐν τῷ υἱῷ· καὶ εἰ πᾶς ὁ ἁμαρτάνων οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτόν, ὁ ἑωρακὼς αὐτὸν οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει.
oukoun ei pas ho en autǭ menōn ouch hamartanei, ho hamartanōn ou menei en tǭ huiǭ; kai ei pas ho hamartanōn ouch heōraken auton, ho heōrakōs auton ouch hamartanei.
Therefore, if everyone who remains in him does not sin, the one who sins does not remain in the Son; and if everyone who sins has not seen him, the one who has seen him does not sin.
20.110Preuschen 4:344
ἅμα δὲ καὶ σημείωσαι, τί νοῶν ὁ Ἰωάννης εἶπεν τὸ »Πᾶς ὁ ἁμαρτάνων οὐχ »ἑώρακεν αὐτόν« δηλῶν διὰ τοῦ »Ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν« ὡς εἶναι τῶν ὁρώντων τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἑωρακέναι αὐτὸν μεταλαμβανόντων δυνάμεως πρὸς τὸ μηδαμῶς ἁμαρτάνειν.
hama de kai sēmeiōsai, ti noōn ho Iōannēs eipen to »Pas ho hamartanōn ouch »heōraken auton« dēlōn dia tou »Heōraken auton« hōs einai tōn horōntōn ton huion tou theou kai ek tou heōrakenai auton metalambanontōn dynameōs pros to mēdamōs hamartanein.
At the same time note also what John meant in saying “Everyone who sins has not seen him,” indicating by “has seen him” that there are those who see the Son of God and, from having seen him, receive power so as not to sin at all.
20.111Preuschen 4:344–345
ἔτι φήσεις ὅτι τὸ »Ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν‘ ὁτὲ μὲν λέγοιτʼ ἂν πρὸς τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ διαβόλου, ὁτὲ δὲ πρὸς τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἁμαρτάνοντες ποιοῦσι τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν διαβόλου, οἱ δὲ κατορθοῦντες ποιοῦσι τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν θεοῦ.
eti phēseis hoti to »Hymeis poieite ta erga tou patros hymōn‘ hote men legoitʼ an pros tous huious tou diabolou, hote de pros tous huious tou theou. hoi men gar hamartanontes poiousi ta erga tou patros autōn diabolou, hoi de katorthountes poiousi ta erga tou patros autōn theou.
Further, you will say that “You do the works of your father” might be said sometimes to the sons of the devil and sometimes to the sons of God. For those who sin do the works of their father the devil, and those who act rightly do the works of their Father, God.
20.112Preuschen 4:345
εἰκὸς δὲ ἐκ τούτων τινὰ κινηθήσεσθαι μὴ ἄρα δύνηται ὁ αὐτός, τῷ ποιεῖν ἀγαθὰ καὶ πονηρὰ ἔργα ἀνὰ μέρος, διὰ μὲν τὰ ἀγαθὰ τέκνον εἶναι θεοῦ, διὰ δὲ τὰ ἐναντία τέκνον τοῦ διαβόλου. ἀλλὰ τοῦτο πρὸς τῷ ἀλογώτατον εἶναι οὐ δηλοῦται ἀπὸ τῶν ῥητῶν.
eikos de ek toutōn tina kinēthēsesthai mē ara dynētai ho autos, tǭ poiein agatha kai ponēra erga ana meros, dia men ta agatha teknon einai theou, dia de ta enantia teknon tou diabolou. alla touto pros tǭ alogōtaton einai ou dēloutai apo tōn rhētōn.
But it is likely that someone will be moved by this to ask whether the same person, by doing good and evil works by turns, can be a child of God because of the good works and a child of the devil because of the opposite. But this, besides being most irrational, is not shown by the texts.
20.113Preuschen 4:345
ἀποφαίνεται γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης ὅτι »Πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιεῖ, ὅτι σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ οὐ δύναται ἁμαρτάνειν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται«.
apophainetai gar ho Iōannēs hoti »Pas ho gegennēmenos ek tou theou hamartian ou poiei, hoti sperma autou en autǭ menei, kai ou dynatai hamartanein, hoti ek tou theou gegennētai«.
For John declares, “Everyone who is born of God does not commit sin, because his seed remains in him, and he cannot sin, because he is born of God.”
20.114Preuschen 4:345
πᾶς τοίνυν ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιεῖ· οὐ μὴν γέγραπται ὅτι πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου δικαιοσύνην οὐ ποιεῖ, ἀλλʼ »ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν«.
pas toinyn ho gegennēmenos ek tou theou hamartian ou poiei; ou mēn gegraptai hoti pas ho gegennēmenos ek tou diabolou dikaiosynēn ou poiei, allʼ »ho poiōn tēn hamartian ek tou diabolou estin«.
Everyone, then, who is born of God does not commit sin; but it is not written that everyone born of the devil does not do righteousness, but “he who commits sin is of the devil.”
20.115Preuschen 4:345
πάλιν οὐχὶ ὥσπερ εἰρηται· »Ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου »ἐστίν«, οὕτως ἀναγέγραπται· »ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν‘. καὶ πρόσχες ταῖς διαφοραῖς τῶν προτάσεων, τίνα τρόπον μετὰ πάσης ἀκριβείας τῷ Ἰωάννῃ εἴρηνται, ὥστʼ ἂν τινὰ πῶς ἀλήπτως καί, ὡς ἂν εἴποιέν τινες, διαλεκτικῶς ἐξήνεγκεν αὐτάς, μὴ τὰ ὅμοια προενεγκάμενος περὶ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου καὶ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ· ὁμοίως δʼ ἂν ἐξήνεγκεν εἰ πεποιήκει, ὥσπερ τὸ »Ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν«, οὕτως »ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν« ἢ ὥσπερ ἀνέγραψεν ὅτι »Πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιεῖ« πεποιήκει τὸ »πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου δικαιοσύνην οὐ ποιεῖ«.
palin ouchi hōsper eirētai; »Ho poiōn tēn hamartian ek tou diabolou »estin«, houtōs anagegraptai; »ho poiōn tēn dikaiosynēn ek tou theou estin‘. kai prosches tais diaphorais tōn protaseōn, tina tropon meta pasēs akribeias tǭ Iōannę̄ eirēntai, hōstʼ an tina pōs alēptōs kai, hōs an eipoien tines, dialektikōs exēnenken autas, mē ta homoia proenenkamenos peri tōn ek tou diabolou kai tōn ek tou theou; homoiōs dʼ an exēnenken ei pepoiēkei, hōsper to »Ho poiōn tēn hamartian ek tou diabolou estin«, houtōs »ho poiōn tēn dikaiosynēn ek tou theou estin« ē hōsper anegrapsen hoti »Pas ho gegennēmenos ek tou theou hamartian ou poiei« pepoiēkei to »pas ho gegennēmenos ek tou diabolou dikaiosynēn ou poiei«.
Again, as it is said, “He who commits sin is of the devil,” it is not written in the same way, “He who does righteousness is of God.” And pay attention to the differences in the propositions, how they were stated by John with all precision, so that he expressed them in a way hard to fault and, as some might say, dialectically, not putting forward similar statements about those of the devil and those of God. He would have expressed them alike if he had written, as “He who commits sin is of the devil,” so “He who does righteousness is of God”; or if, as he wrote “Everyone who is born of God does not commit sin,” he had written “Everyone who is born of the devil does not do righteousness.”
20.116Preuschen 4:345
Μήποτε δὲ καὶ τῷ »Ἐστίν«, εἰρημένῳ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου, μὴ χρησάμενος ἐπὶ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἢ τῷ »Γεγεννημένος«, ἀναγεγραμμένῳ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, μὴ συγχρησάμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου, πάνυ σοφώτατα ἐξέδωκεν.
Mēpote de kai tǭ »Estin«, eirēmenǭ epi tou ek tou diabolou, mē chrēsamenos epi tōn ek tou theou, ē tǭ »Gegennēmenos«, anagegrammenǭ epi tōn ek tou theou, mē synchrēsamenos epi tou ek tou diabolou, pany sophōtata exedōken.
Perhaps, too, in not using “is,” said of the one who is of the devil, for those of God, and in not using “born,” written of those of God, for the one of the devil, he expressed himself most wisely.
20.117Preuschen 4:345
ἐπῆρεν γὰρ τὸν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, τὸ »Γεγεννημένον« τάξας ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ· ὅπερ εἰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἴρητο, χεῖρον ἄν τι ἐνέφαινεν παρὰ τὸ »Ἐκ τοῦ »διαβόλου ἐστίν«.
epēren gar ton ek tou theou, to »Gegennēmenon« taxas epʼ autou; hoper ei kai epi tou ek tou diabolou eirēto, cheiron an ti enephainen para to »Ek tou »diabolou estin«.
For he exalted the one who is of God by applying “born” to him; whereas if this had been said also of the one who is of the devil, it would have shown something worse than “is of the devil.”
20.118Preuschen 4:345
ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴπερ, ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἔταξεν τὸ »Ἐστίν«, πεποιήκει ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἔλαττον ἂν περὶ τὸν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ παρίστη, πολλῷ κρείττονος τυγχάνοντος τοῦ γεγεννῆσθαι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ παρὰ τὸ εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ. φήσει δέ τις ὅτι τινὰ τῶν κτισμάτων ἐστὶν μὲν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐ μὴν γεγέννηται ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ πάντως ταῦτα ἐλάττονα ἔχει τάξιν έν τῷ παντὶ τῶν γεγεννῆσθαι λεγομένων ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ.
alla kai eiper, hōs epi tou ek tou diabolou etaxen to »Estin«, pepoiēkei epi tou ek tou theou, elatton an peri ton ek tou theou paristē, pollǭ kreittonos tynchanontos tou gegennēsthai ek tou theou para to einai ek tou theou. phēsei de tis hoti tina tōn ktismatōn estin men ek tou theou, ou mēn gegennētai ek tou theou, kai pantōs tauta elattona echei taxin en tǭ panti tōn gegennēsthai legomenōn ek tou theou.
And also, if he had used “is” of the one who is of God, as he used it of the one who is of the devil, he would have presented something less about the one who is of God, since being born of God is far better than being of God. Someone will say that some created things are of God but are not born of God, and these certainly have a lower rank in the universe than those said to be born of God.
20.119Preuschen 4:345–346
καὶ γενόμενός γε κατὰ τὴν διαφορὰν τοῦ τε Ἐστὶν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου< καὶ τοῦ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ<, ζητήσεις μήποτʼ ἐστίν τις ὁ καὶ γεγεννημένος διαβόλου, ὅστις πάντως καὶ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου, οὐ παντὸς τοῦ ὄντος ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου γεγεννημένου· καὶ πάλιν ἔστιν τις ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ πάντως καὶ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐκέτι δὴ παντὸς τοῦ ὄντος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγεννημένου ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ.
kai genomenos ge kata tēn diaphoran tou te Estin ek tou diabolou< kai tou ek tou theou<, zētēseis mēpotʼ estin tis ho kai gegennēmenos diabolou, hostis pantōs kai estin ek tou diabolou, ou pantos tou ontos ek tou diabolou gegennēmenou; kai palin estin tis ek tou theou ou pantōs kai gegennēmenos ek tou theou, ouketi dē pantos tou ontos ek tou theou gegennēmenou ek tou theou.
And, dwelling on the difference between “is of the devil” and “of God,” you will ask whether there is someone who is also born of the devil, who certainly also is of the devil, though not everyone who is of the devil is born of him; and again there is someone who is of God but not necessarily born of God, since not everyone who is of God is born of God.
20.120Preuschen 4:346
χαρακτηρίζεται μέντοι ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ ἁμαρτίαν μὴ ποιεῖν, διὰ τὸ σπέρμα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένειν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκείνου δυνάμεως ἐνυπαρχούσης αὐτῷ ἐγγινομένου τοῦ μηκέτι δύνασθαι ἁμαρτάνειν.
charaktērizetai mentoi ho gegennēmenos ek tou theou tǭ hamartian mē poiein, dia to sperma tou theou en autǭ menein, kai apo tēs ekeinou dynameōs enyparchousēs autǭ enginomenou tou mēketi dynasthai hamartanein.
The one born of God, however, is characterized by not committing sin, because God's seed remains in him, and from its power dwelling in him comes his being no longer able to sin.
20.121Preuschen 4:346
καὶ ἐν τοῖς τελευταίοις δὲ λέγεται τῆς ἐπιστολῆς· »Ὅτι πᾶς ὁ γε- »γεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει, ἀλλὰ ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ »τοῦ θεοῦ τηρεῖ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς οὐχ
kai en tois teleutaiois de legetai tēs epistolēs; »Hoti pas ho ge- »gennēmenos ek tou theou ouch hamartanei, alla ho gegennēmenos ek »tou theou tērei heauton kai ho ponēros ouch
And at the end of the epistle it is said: “That everyone who is born of God does not sin, but he who is born of God keeps himself, and the evil one does not
20.122Preuschen 4:346
ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ« εἰ δὲ ὁ γεννηθεὶς »ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ τηρεῖ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς οὐχ ἅπτεται »αὐτοῦ«, ὁ μὴ τηρῶν ἑαυτόν, ἵνʼ ὁ πονηρὸς αὐτοῦ μὴ ἅπτηται, οὐ γεγέννηται ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ πᾶς οὗ ἅπτεται ὁ πονηρός, οὑτος οὐ γεγέννηται ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ· ἅπτεται δὲ ὁ πονηρὸς τῶν μὴ τηρούντων ἑαυτούς.
haptetai autou« ei de ho gennētheis »ek tou theou tērei heauton kai ho ponēros ouch haptetai »autou«, ho mē tērōn heauton, hinʼ ho ponēros autou mē haptētai, ou gegennētai ek tou theou, kai pas hou haptetai ho ponēros, houtos ou gegennētai ek tou theou; haptetai de ho ponēros tōn mē tērountōn heautous.
touch him.” And if the one born “of God keeps himself, and the evil one does not touch him,” the one who does not keep himself, so that the evil one may not touch him, is not born of God; and everyone whom the evil one touches is not born of God; and the evil one touches those who do not keep themselves.
20.123Preuschen 4:346
ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῖς περὶ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ οὐδενὸς γενομένου μεταξὺ διαλείμματος ἐπιφέρεται τὸ »Ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς »ὑμῶν«, ζητοῦμεν μήποτε διὰ τὴν τῷ Ἀβραὰμ πρώτην δεδομένην ἐντολὴν τοῦτο ἀναγέγραπται.
epei de tois peri tou Abraam oudenos genomenou metaxy dialeimmatos epipheretai to »Hymeis poieite ta erga tou patros »hymōn«, zētoumen mēpote dia tēn tǭ Abraam prōtēn dedomenēn entolēn touto anagegraptai.
And since “You do the works of your father” follows the words about Abraham with no interval between, we ask whether this was written because of the first command given to Abraham.
20.124Preuschen 4:346
ὁ πρῶτος δὲ χρηματισμὸς πρὸς αὐτὸν οὕτως ἔχει· »Ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου καὶ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου καὶ »ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πατρός σου. καὶ ἄπελθε εἰς τὴν γῆν ἥν σοι »δείξω«.
ho prōtos de chrēmatismos pros auton houtōs echei; »Exelthe ek tēs gēs sou kai ek tēs syngeneias sou kai »ek tou oikou tou patros sou. kai apelthe eis tēn gēn hēn soi »deixō«.
The first oracle to him runs thus: “Go out from your land and from your kindred and from your father's house, and go to the land that I will show you.”
20.125Preuschen 4:346
ἐξῆλθεν οὖν Ἀβραὰμ ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, ὅπερ οὐ πεποιήκασιν οἱ ἐλεγχόμενοι ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ ὑγιῶς εἰρηκέναι·
exēlthen oun Abraam ek tou oikou tou patros autou, hoper ou pepoiēkasin hoi elenchomenoi epi tǭ mē hygiōs eirēkenai;
Abraham, then, went out of his father's house, which those did not do who are refuted for having said unsoundly,
20.126Preuschen 4:346
»Ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ ἐστιν«. εἰ γὰρ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ποιεῖ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, πρῶτον δὲ τῶν ἔργων ἐστὶν τὸ ἐξελθεῖν ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πατρὸς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἥν δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ ὁ θεός, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὑτοι, πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος, ἐλέγχονται ὡς οὐκ ὄντες τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, δῆλον ὅτι οὐκ ἐξεληλυθότες ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πατρὸς ἑαυτῶν ὀνειδίζονται ὡς ἔτι τοῦ πονηροῦ πατρὸς ὄντες καὶ ἔτι ποιοῦντες τὰ ἐκείνου τοῦ πατρὸς ἔργα.
»Ho patēr hēmōn Abraam estin«. ei gar ta tekna tou Abraam poiei ta erga tou Abraam, prōton de tōn ergōn estin to exelthein ek tēs gēs heautou kai ek tēs syngeneias heautou kai ek tou oikou tou patros heautou kai apelthein eis tēn gēn hēn deiknysin autǭ ho theos, kai dia touto houtoi, pros hous ho logos, elenchontai hōs ouk ontes tekna tou Abraam, dēlon hoti ouk exelēlythotes ek tou oikou tou patros heautōn oneidizontai hōs eti tou ponērou patros ontes kai eti poiountes ta ekeinou tou patros erga.
“Our father is Abraham.” For if the children of Abraham do the works of Abraham, and the first of the works is to go out from one's land and kindred and father's house and go to the land God shows him, and for this reason those addressed are refuted as not being children of Abraham, it is plain that, not having gone out of their father's house, they are reproached as still belonging to their wicked father and still doing that father's works.
20.127Preuschen 4:346–347
τούτων ἡμῖν εἰς τὸ ῥητὸν εἰρημένων σαφῶς οἶμαι ἐλέγχεσθαι τοὺς νομίζοντας ἐντεῦθεν παρίστασθαι ὅτι εἰσίν τινες ἐκ κατασκευῆς υἱοὶ τοῦ διαβόλου. Εἶπον αὐτῷ· Ἡμεῖς ἐκ Πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα· ἕνα Πατέρα ἔχομεν, τὸν θεόν.
toutōn hēmin eis to rhēton eirēmenōn saphōs oimai elenchesthai tous nomizontas enteuthen paristasthai hoti eisin tines ek kataskeuēs huioi tou diabolou. Eipon autǭ; Hēmeis ek Porneias ou gegennēmetha; hena Patera echomen, ton theon.
With these things said on the text, I think those are clearly refuted who think it is shown from here that some are sons of the devil by constitution. “They said to him, ‘We were not born of fornication; we have one Father, God.’”
20.128Preuschen 4:347
Ζητῶ μήποτε ἐλεγχθέντες ὡς οὐ τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ πικρότερον ἀποκρίνονται οἱ λεγόμενοι πεπιστευκέναι αὐτῷ Ἰουδαῖοι, παρακεκαλυμμένως αἰνισσόμενοι ἐκ πορνείας γεγεννῆσθαι τὸν σωτῆρα, ὡς εἰκὸς τοῦτο ὑπονοοῦντες τῷ μὴ παραδέχεσθαι τὴν διαβόητον καὶ τεθρυλλημένην αὐτοῦ γένεσιν ἐκ τῆς παρθένου.
Zētō mēpote elenchthentes hōs ou tekna tou Abraam pikroteron apokrinontai hoi legomenoi pepisteukenai autǭ Ioudaioi, parakekalymmenōs ainissomenoi ek porneias gegennēsthai ton sōtēra, hōs eikos touto hyponoountes tǭ mē paradechesthai tēn diaboēton kai tethryllēmenēn autou genesin ek tēs parthenou.
I ask whether, having been refuted as not children of Abraham, the Jews said to have believed in him answer more bitterly, hinting in a veiled way that the Savior was born of fornication, since, it is likely, they suspected this because they did not accept his famous and much-reported birth from the virgin.
20.129Preuschen 4:347
καὶ γὰρ πάνυ μοι φαίνεται ἄλογον ταῦτα αὐτοὺς ἀπορρῖψαι τὰ ῥήματα πρὸς ἔπος· οὔτε γὰρ πρὸς τὰ πρότερα οὔτε ἀκολούθως τοῖς ἑξῆς εἰρῆσθαι δύναται, εἰ ἁπλούστερον νοηθείη τὸ »Ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα« τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπʼ αὐτῶν.
kai gar pany moi phainetai alogon tauta autous aporripsai ta rhēmata pros epos; oute gar pros ta protera oute akolouthōs tois hexēs eirēsthai dynatai, ei haplousteron noētheiē to »Hēmeis ek porneias ou gegennēmetha« to eirēmenon hypʼ autōn.
For it seems quite irrational to me that they would throw out these words just like that; for if “We were not born of fornication,” what they said, is understood more simply, it can be said neither in response to what went before nor in keeping with what follows.
20.130Preuschen 4:347
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπεὶ πατέρα ἴδιον ἔλεγεν τὸν θεὸν ὁ σωτήρ, οὐδένα ἄνθρωπον πατέρα εἶναι ἑαυτοῦ ὁμολογῶν, διὰ τὸ »Ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα« εἰκὸς αὐτοὺς ἐπιφέρειν πάλιν προσκρούοντας τὸ »Ἕνα πατέρα ἔχομεν, τὸν θεόν«· ὡσεὶ ἔλεγον· ἡμεῖς μᾶλλον ἕνα πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν θεόν, ἤπερ σύ, ὁ φάσκων μὲν ἐκ παρθένου γεγεννῆσθαι, ἐκ πορνείας δὲ γεγεννημένος, καὶ διὰ τὸ αὐχεῖν τὸ ἐκ παρθένου γεγεννῆσθαι λέγων ἕνα πατέρα ἔχειν μόνον τὸν θεόν, τῶν ὁμολογούντων τὸν πατέρα θεὸν οὐκ ἀρνουμένων καὶ ἄνθρωπον πατέρα.
alla kai epei patera idion elegen ton theon ho sōtēr, oudena anthrōpon patera einai heautou homologōn, dia to »Hēmeis ek porneias ou gegennēmetha« eikos autous epipherein palin proskrouontas to »Hena patera echomen, ton theon«; hōsei elegon; hēmeis mallon hena patera echomen ton theon, ēper sy, ho phaskōn men ek parthenou gegennēsthai, ek porneias de gegennēmenos, kai dia to auchein to ek parthenou gegennēsthai legōn hena patera echein monon ton theon, tōn homologountōn ton patera theon ouk arnoumenōn kai anthrōpon patera.
But also, since the Savior called God his own Father, acknowledging no human being as his father, it is likely that because of “We were not born of fornication” they added, again taking offense, “We have one Father, God”; as if they were saying: we, rather than you, have one Father, God; you who claim to have been born of a virgin, but were born of fornication, and because you boast of being born of a virgin say that you have only one Father, God; whereas those who confess God as Father do not deny a human father too.
20.131Preuschen 4:347
ἀλλʼ ἐρεῖ τις ὅτι ταῦτα οὕτω νοούμενα οὐ δύναται εἶναι ῥήματα τῶν πεπιστευκότων αὐτῷ Ἰουδαίων. καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο δὲ λεκτέον ὅτι εἰρημένου ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ τοῦ πρὸς αὐτοὺς λόγου τοῦ· »Ἐὰν ὑμεῖς μείνητε έν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ, ἀληθῶς μαθηταί μου ἐστὲ καὶ γνώσεσθε τὴν ἀλήθειαν«, ὡς καὶ δυναμένων αὐτῶν μένειν έν τῷ Ἰησοῦ λόγῳ καὶ μὴ μένειν, οὐκ ἀδύνατον ἦν τινὰς ἐκ τῶν ἐλεγχθέντων μὴ μεμενηκέναι αὐτοῦ έν τῷ λόγω̣, καὶ μὴ μείναντας πικρότερον καὶ προσκρουστικῶς εἰρηκέναι τὸ »Ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ »γεγεννήμεθα· ἕνα πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν θεόν«·
allʼ erei tis hoti tauta houtō nooumena ou dynatai einai rhēmata tōn pepisteukotōn autǭ Ioudaiōn. kai pros touto de lekteon hoti eirēmenou en tę̄ archę̄ tou pros autous logou tou; »Ean hymeis meinēte en tǭ logǭ tǭ emǭ, alēthōs mathētai mou este kai gnōsesthe tēn alētheian«, hōs kai dynamenōn autōn menein en tǭ Iēsou logǭ kai mē menein, ouk adynaton ēn tinas ek tōn elenchthentōn mē memenēkenai autou en tǭ logō, kai mē meinantas pikroteron kai proskroustikōs eirēkenai to »Hēmeis ek porneias ou »gegennēmetha; hena patera echomen ton theon«;
But someone will say that, understood this way, these cannot be the words of the Jews who had believed in him. To this we must say that, since at the beginning of his speech to them it was said, “If you remain in my word, you are truly my disciples, and you will know the truth,” as though they could remain in Jesus' word or not remain, it was not impossible that some of those refuted had not remained in his word, and, not having remained, said more bitterly and offensively, “We were not born of fornication; we have one Father, God.”
20.132Preuschen 4:347–348
δοκεῖ δέ μοι ὅτι καὶ φιλονεικότερον ἀπεκρίναντο· εἰπόντες γὰρ πρότερον τὸ »Σπέρμα »Ἀβραάμ ἐσμεν‘, καὶ οἷον τοῦτο τρανότερον ὁμολογήσαντες διὰ τοῦ »Ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ ἐστιν«, ἀκούσαντες πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ »Εἰ »τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ ἐστε, τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ποιεῖτε«, μείζονα Ἀβραὰμ ὁμολογοῦσιν ἑαυτῶν εἶναι τὸν πατέρα λέγοντες· »Ἕνα πα- »τέρα ἔχομεν τὸν θεόν«·
dokei de moi hoti kai philoneikoteron apekrinanto; eipontes gar proteron to »Sperma »Abraam esmen‘, kai hoion touto tranoteron homologēsantes dia tou »Ho patēr hēmōn Abraam estin«, akousantes pros touto to »Ei »tekna tou Abraam este, ta erga tou Abraam poieite«, meizona Abraam homologousin heautōn einai ton patera legontes; »Hena pa- »tera echomen ton theon«;
And it seems to me that they also answered rather contentiously; for having first said, “We are Abraham's seed,” and having confessed this, as it were, more plainly through “Our father is Abraham,” and having heard in reply, “If you are children of Abraham, do the works of Abraham,” they confess one greater than Abraham to be their father, saying, “We have one Father, God.”
20.133Preuschen 4:348
τάχα δὲ διὰ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τινὰς μὲν εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου, ἑτέρους δὲ γεγεννῆσθαι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, πάντας ἂν ὑγιῶς λέγοιμεν τοὺς μὴ γεγεννημένους ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκ πορνείας γεγεννῆσθαι.
tacha de dia to tōn anthrōpōn tinas men einai ek tou diabolou, heterous de gegennēsthai ek tou theou, pantas an hygiōs legoimen tous mē gegennēmenous ek tou theou ek porneias gegennēsthai.
But perhaps, since some human beings are of the devil and others are born of God, we would rightly say that all who are not born of God are born of fornication.
20.134Preuschen 4:348
οὐ γὰρ ἐκ νύμφης, ἀλλʼ ἐκ πόρνης, τῆς ὕλης, οὓς γεννᾷ ὁ διάβολος ἢ ποιεῖ τοὺς ἐξ αὐτοῦ, οἵτινες καὶ τοῖς σωματικοῖς προσπεπονθότες καὶ προσηλωμένοι κολλῶνται τῇ πόρνῃ ὕλῃ, γινόμενοι πρὸς αὐτὴν ἓν σῶμα, τῶν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγεννημένων ἀφισταμένων τῆς πόρνης ὕλης, καὶ κολλωμένων τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ ἑνουμένων τῷ ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν λόγῳ, καὶ τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἥν »ἔκτισεν ἀρχὴν »ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ«, ἕνα γένωνται πρὸς αὐτὴν ἓν πνεῦμα· Ο μὲν γὰρ »κολλώμενος τῇ πόρνῃ ὲν σῶμά ἐστιν· ὁ δὲ κολλώμενος »τῷ κυρίῳ ἕν πνεῦμά ἐστιν«. Εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Εἰ ὁ θεὸς πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἦν, ἠγαπᾶτε ἄν ἐμέ· ἐγὼ γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον καὶ ἥκω.
ou gar ek nymphēs, allʼ ek pornēs, tēs hylēs, hous genną ho diabolos ē poiei tous ex autou, hoitines kai tois sōmatikois prospeponthotes kai prosēlōmenoi kollōntai tę̄ pornę̄ hylę̄, ginomenoi pros autēn hen sōma, tōn ek tou theou gegennēmenōn aphistamenōn tēs pornēs hylēs, kai kollōmenōn tǭ kyriǭ kai henoumenōn tǭ en archę̄ pros ton theon logǭ, kai tę̄ sophią autou, hēn »ektisen archēn »hodōn autou eis erga autou«, hena genōntai pros autēn hen pneuma; O men gar »kollōmenos tę̄ pornę̄ en sōma estin; ho de kollōmenos »tǭ kyriǭ hen pneuma estin«. Eipen autois ho Iēsous; Ei ho theos patēr hymōn ēn, ēgapate an eme; egō gar ek tou theou exēlthon kai hēkō.
For it is not of a bride but of a harlot, matter, that the devil begets those whom he begets, or makes those who are of him; who, attached and nailed to bodily things, are joined to the harlot, matter, becoming one body with her; while those born of God stand apart from the harlot, matter, and are joined to the Lord and united with the Word who was in the beginning with God, and with his Wisdom, whom he “created as the beginning of his ways for his works,” so that they may become one spirit with her. For “he who is joined to a harlot is one body with her; but he who is joined to the Lord is one spirit.” “Jesus said to them, ‘If God were your Father, you would love me; for I came forth from God and have come.’”
20.135Preuschen 4:348
Ἐπείπερ οἱ τὰς φύσεις εἰσάγοντες χρῶνται τῷ ῥήματι τούτῳ, διηγούμενοι αὐτό, ὅτι ὡς οἰκεῖον ἂν ὑμῶν καὶ ἀδελφὸν ἐπέγνωτέ με, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς ἴδιον ἠγαπήσατε ἂν ἐμέ, εἰ ὁ θεὸς πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἠν, ἐπαπορητέον οὕτως πρὸς αὐτούς·
Epeiper hoi tas physeis eisagontes chrōntai tǭ rhēmati toutǭ, diēgoumenoi auto, hoti hōs oikeion an hymōn kai adelphon epegnōte me, alla kai hōs idion ēgapēsate an eme, ei ho theos patēr hymōn ēn, epaporēteon houtōs pros autous;
Since those who introduce the natures use this saying, explaining it thus: “you would have recognized me as your own kin and brother, and loved me as your own, if God were your Father,” we must raise this difficulty against them:
20.136Preuschen 4:348
ἦν ὅτε Παῦλος ἐμίσει τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἐμίσει δὲ αὐτὸν ὅτε ἐπόρθει καὶ ἐδίωκε τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ἀληθεύων γε ἔλεγεν αὐτῷ ὁ πρῶτος χρηματισμός·
ēn hote Paulos emisei ton Iēsoun, emisei de auton hote eporthei kai ediōke tēn ekklēsian tou theou, kai alētheuōn ge elegen autǭ ho prōtos chrēmatismos;
there was a time when Paul hated Jesus; and he hated him when he was ravaging and persecuting the church of God; and the first oracle to him spoke truly when it said,
20.137Preuschen 4:348
»Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις;« εἰ μὲν οὖν ἀληθὲς τὸ »Εἰ ὁ θεὸς πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἦν, ἠγαπᾶτε ἄν ἐμέ«, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ τὸ τούτῳ ἀντίστρεφον ἐστὶν ὑγιές· »εἰ μὴ ἠγαπᾶτέ με, οὐχὶ ὁ θεὸς πατὴρ ὑμῶν »ἦν«. οὐκοῦν τῶν μὴ ἀγαπώντων τὸν Ἰησοῦν οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ θεὸς πατήρ· Παῦλος δὲ ἦν ὅτε οὐκ ἠγάπα τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἦν ἄρα καιρὸς ὅτε ὁ θεὸς Παύλου πατὴρ οὐκ ἦν.
»Saoul, ti me diōkeis?« ei men oun alēthes to »Ei ho theos patēr hymōn ēn, ēgapate an eme«, dēlon hoti kai to toutǭ antistrephon estin hygies; »ei mē ēgapate me, ouchi ho theos patēr hymōn »ēn«. oukoun tōn mē agapōntōn ton Iēsoun ouk estin ho theos patēr; Paulos de ēn hote ouk ēgapa ton Iēsoun, ēn ara kairos hote ho theos Paulou patēr ouk ēn.
“Saul, why do you persecute me?” If, then, “If God were your Father, you would love me” is true, it is clear that its converse is also sound: “If you did not love me, God was not your Father.” Therefore God is not the Father of those who do not love Jesus. But there was a time when Paul did not love Jesus; there was, then, a time when God was not Paul's Father.
20.138Preuschen 4:348
οὐ φύσει ἄρα Παῦλος θεοῦ υἱὸς ἦν, ἀλλʼ ὕστερον γέγονεν θεοῦ υἱός, ὅτε καὶ ὑγιῶς ἂν προσελάβομεν τὸ ἀκόλουθον τῷ ἡγουμένῳ τοῦ συνημμένου λέγοντος ὅτι ἀλλὰ μὴν θεός, ὦ Παῦλε, πατήρ σού ἐστιν, ἀγαπᾷς ἄρα τὸν.
ou physei ara Paulos theou huios ēn, allʼ hysteron gegonen theou huios, hote kai hygiōs an proselabomen to akolouthon tǭ hēgoumenǭ tou synēmmenou legontos hoti alla mēn theos, ō Paule, patēr sou estin, agapąs ara ton.
Paul, then, was not a son of God by nature, but afterward became a son of God, when we might soundly add the consequent to the antecedent of the conditional, saying, “But God, Paul, is your Father; so you love Jesus.”
20.139Preuschen 4:348
ἀλλὰ πρὸ τῶν χρόνων τῆς πίστεως Παύλου ἀληθοῦς ὄντος τοῦ »Εἰ ὁ θεὸς »πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἦν. ἠγαπᾶτε ἂν ἐμέ« ὑγιῶς ἦν προσλαβεῖν οἱονεὶ λέγοντα τὸν Ἰησοῦν· >ἀλλὰ μὴν ἐμὲ οὐκ ἀγαπᾷς, οὐκ ἄρα ὁ σού ἐστιν, ὠ.
alla pro tōn chronōn tēs pisteōs Paulou alēthous ontos tou »Ei ho theos »patēr hymōn ēn. ēgapate an eme« hygiōs ēn proslabein hoionei legonta ton Iēsoun; >alla mēn eme ouk agapąs, ouk ara ho sou estin, ō.
But before the time of Paul's faith, since “If God were your Father, you would love me” was true, it was sound to add, as though Jesus were saying, “But you do not love me; so God is not your Father, Paul.”
20.140Preuschen 4:348–349
πότε δὲ ὁ θεὸς πατὴρ γίνεταί τινος ἢ ὅταν τηρήσῃ τις τὰς ἐντολὰς διʼ ἅς οὐ πρότερον ὤν τις υἱὸς τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς πατρὸς γίνεται αὐτοῦ υἱός, ὅτε καὶ ὁ πατὴρ εἰς ἀναγέννησιν ἄγων τοῦτον, ὃς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ γίνεται, χρηματίζει τοιούτου πατηρ.
pote de ho theos patēr ginetai tinos ē hotan tērēsę̄ tis tas entolas diʼ has ou proteron ōn tis huios tou en tois ouranois patros ginetai autou huios, hote kai ho patēr eis anagennēsin agōn touton, hos huios autou ginetai, chrēmatizei toioutou patēr.
And when does God become someone's Father, except when someone keeps the commandments through which one who was not previously a son of the Father in heaven becomes his son, when the Father too, bringing to rebirth the one who becomes his son, is called the father of such a one?
20.141Preuschen 4:349
ἔστιν δὲ προσαχθῆναι εἰς ταῦτα ἀπὸ τῶν οὕτως ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ματ- θαῖον εὐαγγελίῳ γεγραμμένων· »Ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐρρέθη· Ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου καὶ μισήσεις τὸν ἐχθρόν σου.
estin de prosachthēnai eis tauta apo tōn houtōs en tǭ kata Mat- thaion euangeliǭ gegrammenōn; »Ēkousate hoti errethē; Agapēseis ton plēsion sou kai misēseis ton echthron sou.
One can be led to this from what is written in the Gospel according to Matthew thus: “You have heard that it was said, ‘You shall love your neighbor and hate your enemy.’
20.142Preuschen 4:349
ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν· »Ἀγαπήσατε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν καὶ προσεύχεσθε ὑπὲρ τῶν διωκόν- »των ὑμᾶς, ὅπως γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς«.
egō de legō hymin; »Agapēsate tous echthrous hymōn kai proseuchesthe hyper tōn diōkon- »tōn hymas, hopōs genēsthe huioi tou patros hymōn tou en ouranois«.
But I say to you, love your enemies and pray for those who persecute you, so that you may become sons of your Father in heaven.”
20.143Preuschen 4:349
πρόσχες γὰρ τῷ »Ὅπως γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν οὐ- »ρανοῖς« ἐμφαίνοντι ὅτι οὐ πρότερόν τις ὢν υἱὸς τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς πατρὸς γίνεται αὐτοῦ υἱός.
prosches gar tǭ »Hopōs genēsthe huioi tou patros hymōn tou en ou- »ranois« emphainonti hoti ou proteron tis ōn huios tou en ouranois patros ginetai autou huios.
For pay attention to “so that you may become sons of your Father in heaven,” which shows that one who was not previously a son of the Father in heaven becomes his son.
20.144Preuschen 4:349
ἐπιμελῶς δὲ τηρήσας καὶ περὶ τοῦ προσκειμένου τῷ »Τοῦ πατρός«, ὅπερ ἐστίν, »Ὑμῶν« γέγραπται γάρ· »Ὅπως γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν‘), ζητήσεις πότερον ἁπλούστερον εἴρηται, ἢ τῶν ἀντιγράφων ἡμαρτημένων πρόσκειται τὸ »Ὑμῶν« (οὐδὲν γὰρ ὂν ἐζητήσαμεν, εἰ ἐγέγραπτο· »ὅπως »υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς«), καὶ μάλιστα ἐπεὶ δοκεῖ μάχην περιέχειν τὸ γίνεσθαι υἱόν τινα, οὐχ ἁπλῶς τοῦ έν οὐρανοῖς πατρός, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἰδίου πατρός.
epimelōs de tērēsas kai peri tou proskeimenou tǭ »Tou patros«, hoper estin, »Hymōn« gegraptai gar; »Hopōs genēsthe huioi tou patros hymōn‘), zētēseis poteron haplousteron eirētai, ē tōn antigraphōn hēmartēmenōn proskeitai to »Hymōn« (ouden gar on ezētēsamen, ei egegrapto; »hopōs »huioi tou patros tou en ouranois«), kai malista epei dokei machēn periechein to ginesthai huion tina, ouch haplōs tou en ouranois patros, alla tou idiou patros.
And having observed carefully also what is added to “of the Father,” that is, “your” (for it is written, “so that you may become sons of your Father”), you will ask whether it is said rather simply, or whether “your” has been added through errors in the copies (for we would have asked nothing if it had been written, “so that you may become sons of the Father in heaven”), especially since it seems contradictory for someone to become a son not simply of the Father in heaven but of his own father.
20.145Preuschen 4:349
εἰ μὲν γὰρ αὐτοῦ πατήρ ἐστιν, οὐχ ὕστερον γίνεται αὐτοῦ υἱός· εἰ δὲ γίνεται αὐτοῦ υἱός, οὐκ ἠν αὐτοῦ πατήρ.
ei men gar autou patēr estin, ouch hysteron ginetai autou huios; ei de ginetai autou huios, ouk ēn autou patēr.
For if he is his father, he does not later become his son; but if he becomes his son, he was not his father.
20.146Preuschen 4:349
ἅμα δὲ ἐπιστήσεις διὰ τὸ τινὰς μὲν τῶν πεπιστευκέναι νομιζομένων λέγεσθαι δούλους τοῦ θεοῦ, ἑτέρους δὲ χρηματίζειν αὐτοῦ υἱούς. μήποτε οὐχ ἡ τυχοῦσα ἐντολή, ἀλλά τινα κατʼ ἐξαίρετον κατορθούμενα ποιοῦσιν γενέσθαι υἱὸν θεοῦ τὸν κατορθώσαντα.
hama de epistēseis dia to tinas men tōn pepisteukenai nomizomenōn legesthai doulous tou theou, heterous de chrēmatizein autou huious. mēpote ouch hē tychousa entolē, alla tina katʼ exaireton katorthoumena poiousin genesthai huion theou ton katorthōsanta.
At the same time you will note, since some of those thought to have believed are called servants of God and others are called his sons, whether it is not any commandment whatever, but certain things done rightly in an exceptional way, that make the one who does them a son of God.
20.147Preuschen 4:349
πολλῶν γοῦν ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ματθαῖον εἰρημένων παρατήρει ὅτι τὸ »Ὅπως υἱοὶ »τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ έν οὐρανοῖς«, ἐπιφέρεται τώ »Ἐγὼ δὲ »λέγω ὑμῖν· Ἀγαπήσατε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν καὶ προσεύχεσθε ὑπὲρ τῶν διωκόντων ὑμᾶς«.
pollōn goun en tǭ kata Matthaion eirēmenōn paratērei hoti to »Hopōs huioi »tou patros hymōn tou en ouranois«, epipheretai tō »Egō de »legō hymin; Agapēsate tous echthrous hymōn kai proseuchesthe hyper tōn diōkontōn hymas«.
At any rate, of the many things said in the Gospel according to Matthew, observe that “so that you may become sons of your Father in heaven” follows “But I say to you, love your enemies and pray for those who persecute you.”
20.148Preuschen 4:349
καὶ γὰρ ἐμφαίνεται ἡ πρὸς θεὸν ὁμοιότης καὶ μίμησις αὐτοῦ ἀγαπῶντος τὰ ὅντα πάντα καὶ μηδὲν βδελυσσομένου ὧν ἐποίησεν καὶ φειδομένου πάντων (ἐπείπερ αὐτοῦ τοῦ δεσπότου ἐστὶν τὰ πάντα) ἐν τῷ ἀγαπῶντι τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἐαυτοῦ καὶ προσευχομένῳ ὑπὲρ τῶν διωκόντων αὐτόν.
kai gar emphainetai hē pros theon homoiotēs kai mimēsis autou agapōntos ta honta panta kai mēden bdelyssomenou hōn epoiēsen kai pheidomenou pantōn (epeiper autou tou despotou estin ta panta) en tǭ agapōnti tous echthrous eautou kai proseuchomenǭ hyper tōn diōkontōn auton.
For in one who loves his enemies and prays for those who persecute him there is shown likeness to God and imitation of him, who loves all things that exist and abhors nothing of what he made, and spares all things (since all things belong to the Master himself).
20.149Preuschen 4:349–350
πῶς δʼ ἂν ἁρμοστὸν ἠν ἐπιφερόμενον τὸ »Ὅπως γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν οὐ- »ρανοῖς« τῷ »Ἐρρέθη· Οὐ μοιχεύσεις· ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι πᾶς ὁ »βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν έν τῇ »καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ«, καὶ τοῖς περὶ τῆς ἀπωλείας ἑνὸς τῶν μελῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ὅλον εἰς γέενναν ἀπελθεῖν τὸ σῶμα;
pōs dʼ an harmoston ēn epipheromenon to »Hopōs genēsthe huioi tou patros hymōn tou en ou- »ranois« tǭ »Errethē; Ou moicheuseis; egō de legō hymin hoti pas ho »blepōn gynaika pros to epithymēsai ēdē emoicheusen autēn en tę̄ »kardią autou«, kai tois peri tēs apōleias henos tōn melōn hyper tou mē holon eis geennan apelthein to sōma?
How would “so that you may become sons of your Father in heaven” have fitted if it had followed “It was said, ‘You shall not commit adultery’; but I say to you that everyone who looks at a woman to desire her has already committed adultery with her in his heart,” and the words about losing one of the members so that the whole body may not go into Gehenna?
20.150Preuschen 4:350
ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰ * * ἐπεφέρετο τῷ »Ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις· Οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ »κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου· ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν μὴ ὀμόσαι ὅλως.· τὸ »Ὅπως γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς‘ πολλὴν ἂν αὐτόθεν ἐνεποίησεν προσκοπήν.
alla kai ei * * epephereto tǭ »Errethē tois archaiois; Ouk epiorkēseis, apodōseis de tǭ »kyriǭ tous horkous sou; egō de legō hymin mē omosai holōs.; to »Hopōs genēsthe huioi tou patros hymōn tou en tois ouranois‘ pollēn an autothen enepoiēsen proskopēn.
But also, if … it had followed “It was said to those of old, ‘You shall not swear falsely, but shall perform your oaths to the Lord’; but I say to you, do not swear at all,” then “so that you may become sons of your Father in the heavens” would at once have caused much offense.
20.151Preuschen 4:350
νυνὶ δὲ ὥσπερ ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς πατὴρ ἀνατέλλει τὸν ἥλιον ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθούς, οὕτως ἕκαστος τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ θεοῦ, οἱονεὶ ἥλιον ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὴν ἀγάπην ἔχων, ταύτην ἀνατέλλει καὶ ἐπὶ πονηρούς, ἐπὰν ἀγαπήσῃ τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ ἐχθρούς· καὶ πάλιν ὥσπερ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους, οὕτως οἱονεὶ ὑετόν τινα τὴν προσευχὴν ὁ ἅγιος καταπέμπει ἐπὶ τοὺς κάτω που τυγχάνοντας, διὰ τὸ διώκειν αὐτόν, καὶ περὶ τῶν τοιούτων προσευχόμενος. ταῦτα μὲν εἰς τὸ ὑποπεσὸν ἡμῖν τρανωθῆναι τὸ »Εἰ ὁ θεὸς πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἠν, ἠγαπᾶτε ἂν ἐμέ«.
nyni de hōsper ho en tois ouranois patēr anatellei ton hēlion epi ponērous kai agathous, houtōs hekastos tōn huiōn tou theou, hoionei hēlion en heautǭ tēn agapēn echōn, tautēn anatellei kai epi ponērous, epan agapēsę̄ tous heautou echthrous; kai palin hōsper brechei epi dikaious kai adikous, houtōs hoionei hyeton tina tēn proseuchēn ho hagios katapempei epi tous katō pou tynchanontas, dia to diōkein auton, kai peri tōn toioutōn proseuchomenos. tauta men eis to hypopeson hēmin tranōthēnai to »Ei ho theos patēr hymōn ēn, ēgapate an eme«.
But as it is, just as the Father in heaven makes the sun rise on the evil and the good, so each of the sons of God, having love within himself like a sun, makes it rise on the evil too, when he loves his enemies; and again, just as he sends rain on the just and the unjust, so the saint sends down prayer like a kind of rain on those who are somewhere below because they persecute him, praying also for such people. These things, so that “If God were your Father, you would love me,” which occurred to us, may be made clear.
20.152Preuschen 4:350
Ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ τὸ »Ἐγὼ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον καὶ »ἥκω«, εἰς ὅ χρήσιμόν μοι φαίνεται παραθέσθαι τὸ ἐκ Μιχαίου οὕτως ἔχον »Ἀκούσατε, λαοί, λόγους, καὶ προσεχέτω ἡ γῆ καὶ πάντες οἱ »ἐν αὐτῇ· καὶ ἔσται κύριος ἐν ὑμῖν εἰς μαρτύριον, κύριος ἐξ οἴκου »ἁγίου αὐτοῦ. διότι ἰδού, κύριος ἐκπορεύεται ἐκ τοῦ τόπου ἑαυτοῦ καὶ καταβήσεται καὶ ἐπιβήσεται ἐπὶ τὰ ὕψη τῆς γῆς, καὶ σαλευθήσε- »ται τὰ ὄρη ὑποκάτωθεν αὐτοῦ, καὶ αἱ κοιλάδες τακήσονται ὡς κηρὸς »ἀπὸ προσώπου πυρὸς καὶ ὡς ὕδωρ καταφερόμενον ἐν καταβάσει«.
Idōmen de kai to »Egō ek tou theou exēlthon kai »hēkō«, eis ho chrēsimon moi phainetai parathesthai to ek Michaiou houtōs echon »Akousate, laoi, logous, kai prosechetō hē gē kai pantes hoi »en autę̄; kai estai kyrios en hymin eis martyrion, kyrios ex oikou »hagiou autou. dioti idou, kyrios ekporeuetai ek tou topou heautou kai katabēsetai kai epibēsetai epi ta hypsē tēs gēs, kai saleuthēse- »tai ta orē hypokatōthen autou, kai hai koilades takēsontai hōs kēros »apo prosōpou pyros kai hōs hydōr katapheromenon en katabasei«.
Let us see also “I came forth from God and have come,” for which it seems useful to me to set beside it the passage from Micah that runs: “Hear, you peoples, words, and let the earth and all who are in it give heed; and the Lord will be among you as a witness, the Lord from his holy house. For behold, the Lord goes forth from his place and will come down and tread upon the high places of the earth, and the mountains will be shaken beneath him, and the valleys will melt like wax before fire and like water rushing down a slope.”
20.153Preuschen 4:350
καὶ ὅρα μήποτε ἰσοδυναμεῖ τὸ »Ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ« τῷ » Κύ- »ριος ἐκπορεύεται ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτοῦ«, ἐπεὶ ὅτε ὁ υἱὸς ἐν τῷ πατρί ἐστιν, ἐν μορφῇ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων πρὶν ἑαυτὸν κενῶσαι, οἱονεὶ τόπος αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ὁ θεός.
kai hora mēpote isodynamei to »Exēlthon para tou theou« tǭ » Ky- »rios ekporeuetai ek tou topou autou«, epei hote ho huios en tǭ patri estin, en morphę̄ theou hyparchōn prin heauton kenōsai, hoionei topos autou estin ho theos.
And see whether “I came forth from God” is equivalent to “The Lord goes forth from his place,” since when the Son is in the Father, existing in the form of God before emptying himself, God is, as it were, his place.
20.154Preuschen 4:350
καὶ εἴ τίς γε νοήσαι τὸν πρὸ τοῦ κενῶσαι ἑαυτὸν ἐν τῇ προηγουμένῃ ὑπάρχοντα θεοῦ μορφῇ, ὄψεται τὸν μηδέπω ἐξεληλυθότα ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ υἱὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ κύριον τὸν μηδέπω ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ τόπου ἑαυτοῦ.
kai ei tis ge noēsai ton pro tou kenōsai heauton en tę̄ proēgoumenę̄ hyparchonta theou morphę̄, opsetai ton mēdepō exelēlythota apo tou theou huion autou kai kyrion ton mēdepō ekporeuomenon ek tou topou heautou.
And if anyone understands the one who, before emptying himself, existed in the prior form of God, he will see the Son who had not yet come forth from God, and the Lord who had not yet gone forth from his place.
20.155Preuschen 4:350–351
ἐπὰν δὲ ἐκείνῃ τῇ καταστάσει τοῦ υἱοῦ συγκρίνῃ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ ἀνειληφέναι τὴν τοῦ δούλου μορφήν, ἑαυτὸν κενώσαντα, συνήσει πῶς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ ἧκεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς, καὶ οἱονεὶ ἔξω γεγένηται τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν, εἰ καὶ κατʼ ἄλλον τρόπον οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτὸν μόνον ὁ πατήρ, ἀλλὰ μετʼ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν, καὶ ἔστιν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ ὥσπερ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ πατρί. καὶ εἰ μὴ κατʼ ἄλλον γε τρόπον νοήσαις εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν ἐν τῷ πατρί,
epan de ekeinę̄ tę̄ katastasei tou huiou synkrinę̄ tēn ek tou aneilēphenai tēn tou doulou morphēn, heauton kenōsanta, synēsei pōs ho huios tou theou exēlthen kai hēken pros hēmas, kai hoionei exō gegenētai tou pempsantos auton, ei kai katʼ allon tropon ouk aphēken auton monon ho patēr, alla metʼ autou estin, kai estin en tǭ huiǭ hōsper kai autos en tǭ patri. kai ei mē katʼ allon ge tropon noēsais einai ton huion en tǭ patri,
But when he compares with that state of the Son the state from his having taken the form of a servant, having emptied himself, he will understand how the Son of God came forth and came to us, and has, as it were, come to be outside the one who sent him, even if in another way the Father has not left him alone but is with him, and is in the Son just as he himself is in the Father. And unless you understand the Son to be in the Father in another way
20.156Preuschen 4:351
ὡς ἦν πρὶν ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, δόξει περιέχειν μάχην τὸ καὶ ἐξεληλυθέναι ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ εἶναι τὸν ἐξεληλυθότα ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἔτι ἐν τῷ θεῷ.
hōs ēn prin exelthę̄ apo tou theou, doxei periechein machēn to kai exelēlythenai apo tou theou kai einai ton exelēlythota apo tou theou eti en tǭ theǭ.
than he was before he came forth from God, it will seem contradictory both to have come forth from God and for the one who has come forth from God to be still in God.
20.157Preuschen 4:351
ἄλλοι δὲ τὸ »Ἐξῆλθον ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ« διηγήσαντο ἀντὶ τοῦ »γεγέννημαι ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ«, οἷς ἀκολουθεῖ ἐκ τῆς οὐσίας φάσκειν τοῦ πατρὸς γεγεννῆσθαι τὸν υἱόν, οἱονεὶ μειουμένου καὶ λείποντος τῇ οὐσίᾳ ᾗ πρότερον εἶχεν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐπὰν γεννήσῃ ὡσεὶ νοήσαι τις τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐγκυμόνων.
alloi de to »Exēlthon apo tou theou« diēgēsanto anti tou »gegennēmai apo tou theou«, hois akolouthei ek tēs ousias phaskein tou patros gegennēsthai ton huion, hoionei meioumenou kai leipontos tę̄ ousią hę̄ proteron eichen tou theou, epan gennēsę̄ hōsei noēsai tis touto kai epi tōn enkymonōn.
Others explained “I came forth from God” as “I was begotten from God”; it follows for them to say that the Son was begotten from the substance of the Father, as though God were diminished and lacking in the substance he had before, when he begets, as one might understand this also of pregnant women.
20.158Preuschen 4:351
ἀκολουθεῖ δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ σῶμα λέγειν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱὸν καὶ διῃρῆσθαι τὸν πατέρα, ἅπερ ἐστὶν δόγματα ἀνθρώπων μηδʼ ὄναρ φύσιν ἀόρατον καὶ ἀσώματον πεφαντασμένων, οὖσαν κυρίως οὐσίαν.
akolouthei de autois kai sōma legein ton patera kai ton huion kai dię̄rēsthai ton patera, haper estin dogmata anthrōpōn mēdʼ onar physin aoraton kai asōmaton pephantasmenōn, ousan kyriōs ousian.
It follows for them also to say that the Father and the Son are bodies and that the Father has been divided; these are doctrines of people who have not even dreamed of an invisible and bodiless nature, which is substance in the proper sense.
20.159Preuschen 4:351
οὗτοι δὲ δῆλον ὅτι ἐν σωματικῷ τόπῳ δώσουσιν τὸν πατέρα, καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τόπον ἐκ τόπου ἀμείψαντα σωματικῶς ἐπιδεδημηκέναι τῷ βίῳ, καὶ οὐχὶ κατάστασιν ἐκ καταστάσεως, ὥσπερ ἡμεῖς ἐξειλήφαμεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπʼ ἐπαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα, ἀλλʼ ἀκεῖνός με απεστειλεν.
houtoi de dēlon hoti en sōmatikǭ topǭ dōsousin ton patera, kai ton huion topon ek topou ameipsanta sōmatikōs epidedēmēkenai tǭ biǭ, kai ouchi katastasin ek katastaseōs, hōsper hēmeis exeilēphamen. Oude gar apʼ epautou elēlytha, allʼ akeinos me apesteilen.
And these will clearly put the Father in a bodily place, and say that the Son, changing place for place bodily, came into this life, and not state for state, as we have understood it. “For I have not come of myself, but he sent me.”
20.160Preuschen 4:351
Ταῦτα νομίζω λέγεσθαι ὥς τινων ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν ἐρχομένων καὶ μὴ ἀπεσταλμένων ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρός. περὶ μὲν οὖν ἀνθρώπων τοιούτων, διδασκαλίαν ἢ προφητείαν ὑπισχνουμένων, διδασκόμεθα καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἱερεμίου, ἔνθα γέγραπται· »Οὐκ ἀπέστελλον τοὺς »προφήτας, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔτρεχον«.
Tauta nomizō legesthai hōs tinōn aphʼ heautōn erchomenōn kai mē apestalmenōn apo tou patros. peri men oun anthrōpōn toioutōn, didaskalian ē prophēteian hypischnoumenōn, didaskometha kai apo tou Hieremiou, entha gegraptai; »Ouk apestellon tous »prophētas, kai autoi etrechon«.
I think these things are said as of some who come of themselves and are not sent by the Father. About such people, who promise teaching or prophecy, we are taught also from Jeremiah, where it is written, “I did not send the prophets, yet they ran.”
20.161Preuschen 4:351
εἰ δὲ καὶ δυνάμεις τινὲς μὴ ἀποστελλόμεναι ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς ἔρχονται πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, ἐπιστήσεις καὶ εἴ τινες ἐν αὐταῖς εἰσιν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξεληλυθυῖαι καὶ τούτῳ ἡμαρτηκυῖαι τῷ μὴ ἀπεστάλθαι ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ.
ei de kai dynameis tines mē apostellomenai apo tou patros erchontai pros anthrōpous, epistēseis kai ei tines en autais eisin ek tou theou exelēlythuiai kai toutǭ hēmartēkuiai tǭ mē apestalthai apʼ autou.
And if certain powers too come to human beings without being sent by the Father, you will consider whether some among them have come forth from God and have sinned in this, that they were not sent by him.
20.162Preuschen 4:351
οὐκ ἀζήτητον δὲ ἐατέον τὸν τόπον καὶ εἰς τὸν περὶ ψυχῆς λόγον· τάχα γὰρ ἡ μὲν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ψυχὴ ἐν τῇ ἑαυτῆς τυγχάνουσα τελειότητι ἐν θεῷ καὶ τῷ πληρώματι ἦν, καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐξεληλυθυῖα, τῷ ἀπεστάλθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρός, ἀνέλαβεν τὸ ἐκ τῆς Μαρίας σῶμα. ἄλλαι δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἐξῆλθον ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, τουτέστιν οὐκ ἀπεσταλμέναι οὐδὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ θείου βουλήματος προπεμφθεῖσαι. Διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε; ὅτι οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν.
ouk azētēton de eateon ton topon kai eis ton peri psychēs logon; tacha gar hē men tou Iēsou psychē en tę̄ heautēs tynchanousa teleiotēti en theǭ kai tǭ plērōmati ēn, kai ekeithen exelēlythuia, tǭ apestalthai apo tou patros, anelaben to ek tēs Marias sōma. allai de ouch houtōs exēlthon apo tou theou, toutestin ouk apestalmenai oude hypo tou theiou boulēmatos propemphtheisai. Dia ti tēn lalian tēn emēn ou ginōskete? hoti ou dynasthe akouein ton logon ton emon.
Nor should the passage be left unexamined with regard to the account of the soul. For perhaps the soul of Jesus, being in its own perfection, was in God and in the fullness, and, having come forth from there because it was sent by the Father, took up the body from Mary. But others did not come forth from God in this way, that is, not having been sent nor dispatched by the divine will. “Why do you not understand my speech? Because you cannot hear my word.”
20.163Preuschen 4:351–352
Αἵτιον, φησίν, ἐστὶ τοῦ ὑμῖν μὴ γινώσκεσθαι τὴν ἐμὴν λαλιὰν τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι ὑμᾶς ἀκούειν τοῦ λόγου μου. πρότερον οὐν δύναμιν περιποιητέον ἀκουστικὴν τοῦ θείου λόγου, ἵνα μετὰ τοῦτο οἷοί τε γενώμεθα καὶ γινώσκειν πᾶσαν τὴν Ἰησοῦ λαλιάν·
Haition, phēsin, esti tou hymin mē ginōskesthai tēn emēn lalian to mē dynasthai hymas akouein tou logou mou. proteron oun dynamin peripoiēteon akoustikēn tou theiou logou, hina meta touto hoioi te genōmetha kai ginōskein pasan tēn Iēsou lalian;
The reason, he says, why my speech is not understood by you is that you cannot hear my word. First, then, we must acquire the ability to hear the divine Word, so that after this we may become able also to understand all Jesus' speech.
20.164Preuschen 4:352
ἔξεστιν γὰρ πρότερον οὐ δυνάμενον ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον Ἰησοῦ ὕστερον φθάνειν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀκούειν δύνασθαι αὐτόν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ὅσον μὲν οὐδέπω ἰάθη τις τὰς ἀκοὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου τοῦ λέγοντος τῷ κωφῷ· »Διανοίχθητι«, οὐ δύναται ἀκούειν.
exestin gar proteron ou dynamenon akouein ton logon Iēsou hysteron phthanein epi to akouein dynasthai auton, epei kai hoson men oudepō iathē tis tas akoas apo tou logou tou legontos tǭ kōphǭ; »Dianoichthēti«, ou dynatai akouein.
For it is possible for one who previously could not hear the word of Jesus afterward to come to be able to hear him, since as long as one has not yet had one's hearing healed by the word that says to the deaf man, “Be opened,” one cannot hear.
20.165Preuschen 4:352
ἐπὰν δὲ λυθῇ ὁ αἴτιος τῆς κωφότητος σύνδεσμος, τότε ἀκούειν τις οἷός τε ἔσται τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὅτε καὶ γινώσκειν δύναται αὐτοῦ τὴν λαλιάν· ἢ λεγέτωσαν ἡμῖν οἱ νομίζοντες καὶ διὰ τούτων συνίστασθαι τὸν περὶ φύσεως λόγον, πότερον ἐδύναντο ἔτι κωφοὶ ὄντες ἀκούειν οὓς ὕστερον ἰάσατο, ἢ οὐκ ἐδύναντο;
epan de lythę̄ ho aitios tēs kōphotētos syndesmos, tote akouein tis hoios te estai tou Iēsou, hote kai ginōskein dynatai autou tēn lalian; ē legetōsan hēmin hoi nomizontes kai dia toutōn synistasthai ton peri physeōs logon, poteron edynanto eti kōphoi ontes akouein hous hysteron iasato, ē ouk edynanto?
But when the bond that causes the deafness is loosed, then one will be able to hear Jesus, when one can also understand his speech. Or let those who think that the account about natures is established by these words tell us whether those whom he later healed could hear while they were still deaf, or could not.
20.166Preuschen 4:352
σαφοῦς δὲ ὄντος >οὐκ ἐδύναντο<, δῆλον ὅτι ἔξεστιν αὐτῶν, καὶ οὐ μὴ δύνασθαι ἀκούειν τῶν Ἰησοῦ λόγων ἐπὶ τὸ ἀκούειν αὐτῶν, καὶ οὐ διὰ φύσιν ἀνιάτως ἔχουσαν, ὅτε οὐ δύναταί τις ἀκούειν· καὶ μάλιστα ταῦτα προσακτέον τοῖς ἑτεροδόξοις, χαίρουσι ταῖς ἀλληγορίαις καὶ ἀνάγουσιν τὴν περὶ τῶν ἰάσεων ἱστορίαν ἐπὶ τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς θεραπείας, ἀπολυομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πάσης νόσου καὶ πάσης μαλακίας.
saphous de ontos >ouk edynanto<, dēlon hoti exestin autōn, kai ou mē dynasthai akouein tōn Iēsou logōn epi to akouein autōn, kai ou dia physin aniatōs echousan, hote ou dynatai tis akouein; kai malista tauta prosakteon tois heterodoxois, chairousi tais allēgoriais kai anagousin tēn peri tōn iaseōn historian epi tas tēs psychēs therapeias, apolyomenēs hypo tou Iēsou pasēs nosou kai pasēs malakias.
Since it is clear that they could not, it is plain that it is possible for them to pass from not being able to hear the words of Jesus to hearing them, and it is not because of a nature incurably disposed that someone cannot hear. And these things should especially be brought against the heterodox, who delight in allegories and refer the history of the healings to the cures of the soul, when every disease and every sickness is loosed by Jesus.
20.167Preuschen 4:352
νομίζω δὲ τὸ μὲν ἀκούειν νῦν ἐπὶ τοῦ συνιέναι τάσσεσθαι τῶν λεγομένων, τὸ δὲ γινώσκειν ἐπὶ τοῦ καταλαμβάνοντα συγκατατίθεσθαι, τῷ φωτὶ τῆς περὶ τῶν λεγομένων γνώσεως πεφωτισμένον.
nomizō de to men akouein nyn epi tou synienai tassesthai tōn legomenōn, to de ginōskein epi tou katalambanonta synkatatithesthai, tǭ phōti tēs peri tōn legomenōn gnōseōs pephōtismenon.
I think that “hearing” is here used of understanding what is said, and “knowing” of assenting upon grasping it, having been enlightened by the light of knowledge about what is said.
20.168Preuschen 4:352
Ὁ μέντοι γε Ἡρακλέων ὑπολαμβάνει αἰτίαν ἀποδίδοσθαι τοῦ μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς ἀκούειν τὸν Ἰησοῦ λόγον μηδὲ γινώσκειν αὐτοῦ τὴν λαλιὰν ἐν τῷ »Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πα- »τρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστέ«. αὐταῖς γοῦν λέξεσίν φησι· »Διατί »δὲ οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν, ἢ ὅτι ὑμεῖς »ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστέ;« ἀντὶ τοῦ »ἐκ τῆς »οὐσίας τοῦ διαβόλου«, φανερῶν αὐτοῖς λοιπὸν τὴν φύσιν αὐτῶν, καὶ προσελέγξας αὐτοὺς ὅτι οὔτε τοῦ Ἀβραάμ εἰσιν τέκνα (οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἐμίσουν αὐτόν), οὔτε τοῦ θεοῦ, διὸ οὐκ ἠγάπων αὐτόν.
Ho mentoi ge Hērakleōn hypolambanei aitian apodidosthai tou mē dynasthai autous akouein ton Iēsou logon mēde ginōskein autou tēn lalian en tǭ »Hymeis ek tou pa- »tros tou diabolou este«. autais goun lexesin phēsi; »Diati »de ou dynasthe akouein ton logon ton emon, ē hoti hymeis »ek tou patros tou diabolou este?« anti tou »ek tēs »ousias tou diabolou«, phanerōn autois loipon tēn physin autōn, kai proselenxas autous hoti oute tou Abraam eisin tekna (ou gar an emisoun auton), oute tou theou, dio ouk ēgapōn auton.
Heracleon, however, supposes that the reason why they could not hear Jesus' word nor understand his speech is given in “You are of your father the devil.” In these very words he says: “Why can you not hear my word, except that you are of your father the devil?”—instead of “of the substance of the devil”—thus making their nature plain to them, and having further refuted them as being neither children of Abraham (for they would not have hated him) nor of God, which is why they did not love him.
20.169Preuschen 4:352
καὶ εἰ μὲν τὸ »Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ »πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστέ« ἐξεδέχετο ὡς ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω διηγησάμεθα, καὶ ἔλεγεν· διὰ τὸ ἔτι ὑμᾶς εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου, οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν, κἂν παρεδεξάμεθα αὐτοῦ τὴν διήγησιν.
kai ei men to »Hymeis ek tou »patros tou diabolou este« exedecheto hōs en tois anōterō diēgēsametha, kai elegen; dia to eti hymas einai ek tou diabolou, ou dynasthe akouein ton logon ton emon, kan paredexametha autou tēn diēgēsin.
And if he had taken “You are of your father the devil” as we explained above, and said, “Because you are still of the devil, you cannot hear my word,” we would have accepted his explanation.
20.170Preuschen 4:352–353
νυνὶ δὲ δῆλός ἐστιν ὁμοουσίους τινὰς τῷ διαβόλῳ λέγων ἀνθρώπους, ἑτέρας, ὡς οἴονται οἱ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ, οὐσίας τυγχάνοντας παρʼ οὓς καλοῦσι ψυχικοὺς ἢ πνευματικούς. Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ παιρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐοτέ καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ παιρὸς ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν.
nyni de dēlos estin homoousious tinas tǭ diabolǭ legōn anthrōpous, heteras, hōs oiontai hoi apʼ autou, ousias tynchanontas parʼ hous kalousi psychikous ē pneumatikous. Hymeis ek tou pairos tou diabolou eote kai tas epithymias tou pairos hymōn thelete poiein.
But as it is, he clearly says that some human beings are of the same substance as the devil, being, as his followers think, of a different substance from those they call psychic or spiritual. “You are of your father the devil, and you wish to do the desires of your father.”
20.171Preuschen 4:353
Ἀμφίβολος ἡ λέξις ἐστίν· δηλοῦται γὰρ ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ἓν μὲν ὡς ἄρα ἔχει ὁ διάβολος πατέρα, ἐξ οὗ πατρός, ὅσον ἐπὶ τῷ ῥητῷ, ἐμφαίνονται εἶναι οὗτοι πρὸς οὕς ὁ λόγος· ἕτερον δέ, ὅ βέλτιόν ἐστιν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦδε τοῦ πατρός ἐστε, καθʼ οὗ κατηγορεῖται τὸ >διάβολος<.
Amphibolos hē lexis estin; dēloutai gar apʼ autēs hen men hōs ara echei ho diabolos patera, ex hou patros, hoson epi tǭ rhētǭ, emphainontai einai houtoi pros hous ho logos; heteron de, ho beltion estin, hoti hymeis ek toude tou patros este, kathʼ hou katēgoreitai to >diabolos<.
The wording is ambiguous. For one meaning shown by it is that the devil has a father, of which father, as far as the text goes, those addressed appear to be; and another, which is better, is: you are of this father, of whom “devil” is predicated.
20.172Preuschen 4:353
ἀμφίβολον μὲν οὖν ἦν ἂν τὸ λεγόμενον καὶ εἰ περιῄρητο τὸ πρότερον ἄρθρον τὸ τοῦ, πλὴν μᾶλλον ἂν ἐφαίνετο σαφέστερον τὸ βούλημα τοῦ ῥητοῦ. οὐ μέντοι γε ὁ συναγορεύων τῷ εἶναί τινα τοῦ διαβόλου πατέρα, οὗ υἱοὺς δόξει λέγειν τοὺς πρὸς οὕς ὁ λόγος ἐστίν, χρήσεται τῷ ἐπιφερομένῳ οὕτως ἔχοντι· »Ὅταν »λαλῇ τὸ ψεῦδος, ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ, ὅτι ψεύστης ἐστὶν καὶ ὁ πατὴρ »αυτοῦ«;, καὶ φήσει ψεῦδος μὲν εἶναι τὸν διάβολον, ἄλλον δὲ παρὰ τοῦτον εἶναι τὸν τοῦ ψεύδους πατέρα.
amphibolon men oun ēn an to legomenon kai ei perię̄rēto to proteron arthron to tou, plēn mallon an ephaineto saphesteron to boulēma tou rhētou. ou mentoi ge ho synagoreuōn tǭ einai tina tou diabolou patera, hou huious doxei legein tous pros hous ho logos estin, chrēsetai tǭ epipheromenǭ houtōs echonti; »Hotan »lalę̄ to pseudos, ek tōn idiōn lalei, hoti pseustēs estin kai ho patēr »autou«?, kai phēsei pseudos men einai ton diabolon, allon de para touton einai ton tou pseudous patera.
The saying would still have been ambiguous even if the first article, “the,” had been removed, though the intention of the text would have appeared clearer. However, one who argues that the devil has a father, whose sons he will seem to say those addressed are, will use what follows, which runs thus: “When he speaks the lie, he speaks from his own, for he is a liar and so is his father,” and will say that the devil is the lie, and that the father of the lie is another besides him.
20.173Preuschen 4:353
ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὑγιῶς τοῦτο λεχθήσεται· μᾶλλον γὰρ τὸ ψεῦδος ἐφαρμόσει τῷ ἐναντίῳ τοῦ εἰπόντος· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια«· λέγω δὲ τῷ ἀντιχρίστῳ, οὗ ψεύστης ἐστὶν ὁ πατήρ, ὁ διάβολος ὤν.
allʼ ouch hygiōs touto lechthēsetai; mallon gar to pseudos epharmosei tǭ enantiǭ tou eipontos; »Egō eimi hē alētheia«; legō de tǭ antichristǭ, hou pseustēs estin ho patēr, ho diabolos ōn.
But this will not be said soundly; for “the lie” will rather fit the opposite of the one who said, “I am the truth”; I mean the Antichrist, whose father is a liar, being the devil.
20.174Preuschen 4:353
ἀλλʼ εἰκός τινα προσκόψειν τῷ ψεῦδος δὸς εἶναι τὸν ἀντίχριστον, οὐκέτι ψεκτὸν ἐσόμενον, ἐὰν τῇ ὑποστάσει ἕτερον μηδὲν ψεύδους ᾖ. πρὸς ὃν παραθέμενος τὸ »Ἀπώλεια »ἐγένου, καὶ οὐχ ὑπάρξεις εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα« εἰρημένον ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιὴλ περί τινος διὰ τὴν κακίαν μεταβεβληκότος εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὸν ἀπώλειαν, καθʼ ὁμοιότητα παραμυθήσει καὶ τὸ περὶ τοῦ ψεῦδος εἶναί τινα (οὐ) τῇ ὑποστάσει ἐκ κατασκευῆς, ἀλλὰ ἐκ μεταβολῆς καὶ ἰδίας προαιρέσεως τοιοῦτον γεγενημένον, καὶ οὕτως, ἵνα καινῶς ὀνομάσω, πεφυσιωμένον.
allʼ eikos tina proskopsein tǭ pseudos dos einai ton antichriston, ouketi psekton esomenon, ean tę̄ hypostasei heteron mēden pseudous ę̄. pros hon parathemenos to »Apōleia »egenou, kai ouch hyparxeis eis ton aiōna« eirēmenon en tǭ Iezekiēl peri tinos dia tēn kakian metabeblēkotos eis to genesthai auton apōleian, kathʼ homoiotēta paramythēsei kai to peri tou pseudos einai tina (ou) tę̄ hypostasei ek kataskeuēs, alla ek metabolēs kai idias proaireseōs toiouton gegenēmenon, kai houtōs, hina kainōs onomasō, pephysiōmenon.
But it is likely that someone will stumble at the Antichrist's being said to be a lie, since he would no longer be blameworthy if in his subsistence he were nothing other than a lie. To such a one, setting beside it “You have become destruction, and you will not exist forever,” said in Ezekiel of someone who through wickedness changed so as to become destruction, you will explain by analogy also that someone is a lie not in subsistence by constitution but having become such by change and his own choice, and thus, to use a new word, “naturalized” in it.
20.175Preuschen 4:353–354
φεύγων γοῦν τις ὡς ἄτοπον τὸ φάσκειν εἶναι ψεῦδος τὸν ἀντίχριστον, ἐρεῖ καὶ πᾶσιν ἐφαρμόζειν τοῖς ψευδομένοις τὸ »Ὅταν λαλῇ τὸ ψεῦδος, ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ«· τὸ γὰρ ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν ψευδομένων ψεῦδος ἐπὰν λαλῇ, »ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων« τοῦ ψεύδους »λαλεῖ«· ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ »Ψεύστης ἐστὶν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ« † ἀνενέγκει ἐπὶ τὸ ἕκαστον τὸν προφερόμενον ψεῦδος ἐκ στόματος ἑαυτοῦ πατέρα εἶναι οὗ λαλεῖ ψεύδους· καὶ οὐκ ἀπίθανός γε ἔσται ἡ τοιαύτη ἀπό- καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ὡς παρακείμενα τῇ ἀμφιβολίᾳ τοῦ ἐκκειμένου ἡμῖν ῥητοῦ εἰρήσθω.
pheugōn goun tis hōs atopon to phaskein einai pseudos ton antichriston, erei kai pasin epharmozein tois pseudomenois to »Hotan lalę̄ to pseudos, ek tōn idiōn lalei«; to gar en hekastǭ tōn pseudomenōn pseudos epan lalę̄, »ek tōn idiōn« tou pseudous »lalei«; alla kai to »Pseustēs estin ho patēr autou« † anenenkei epi to hekaston ton propheromenon pseudos ek stomatos heautou patera einai hou lalei pseudous; kai ouk apithanos ge estai hē toiautē apo- kai tauta men hōs parakeimena tę̄ amphibolią tou ekkeimenou hēmin rhētou eirēsthō.
At any rate, someone avoiding as absurd the statement that the Antichrist is a lie will say that “When he speaks the lie, he speaks from his own” fits all who lie; for when the lie in each of those who lie speaks, it “speaks from its own,” that is, from the lie. And he will refer “his father is a liar” … to each one who brings a lie out of his own mouth being the father of the lie he speaks. And such an explanation will not be unpersuasive. So much, then, on the ambiguity of the text before us.
20.176Preuschen 4:354
Ἐπεὶ δὲ διηγούμενοι τὸ »Ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ »πατρὸς ὑμῶν« προλαβόντες καὶ εἰς τοῦτο εἰρήκαμεν, πολλαχόθεν τὰ φανέντα ἡμῖν εἰς τὴν διήγησιν χρήσιμα συναγαγόντες, οὐκ εὐλόγως νῦν προσδιατρίψομεν τῷ τόπῳ. πλὴν εἴ τις τῷ ποιεῖν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου γεγέννηται καὶ μὴ κατήργησεν τὴν ἀπʼ ἐκείνου γένεσιν ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ, οὑτος οὐ μίαν ἀλλὰ πλείονας ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ τοιούτου πατρὸς ποιεῖν ἐθέλει· καὶ τῶν ἐν παντὶ υἱῷ διαβόλου ἐπιθυμιῶν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν τῷ διαβόλῳ ἐπιθυμιῶν γεννωμένων, σαφὲς ὅτι αἱ ἐκείνου ἐπιθυμίαι φρόνημα ὕλης εἰσὶν καὶ φθορᾶς, ἅς κυρίως ἔχθρας εἴποι τις ἂν εἶναι πρὸς θεόν.
Epei de diēgoumenoi to »Hymeis poieite ta erga tou »patros hymōn« prolabontes kai eis touto eirēkamen, pollachothen ta phanenta hēmin eis tēn diēgēsin chrēsima synagagontes, ouk eulogōs nyn prosdiatripsomen tǭ topǭ. plēn ei tis tǭ poiein tēn hamartian ek tou diabolou gegennētai kai mē katērgēsen tēn apʼ ekeinou genesin ex heautou, houtos ou mian alla pleionas epithymias tou toioutou patros poiein ethelei; kai tōn en panti huiǭ diabolou epithymiōn apo tōn en tǭ diabolǭ epithymiōn gennōmenōn, saphes hoti hai ekeinou epithymiai phronēma hylēs eisin kai phthoras, has kyriōs echthras eipoi tis an einai pros theon.
Since in explaining “You do the works of your father” we spoke on this too in advance, gathering from many places what appeared useful to us for the explanation, we shall not reasonably linger on the passage now. But if someone has been born of the devil by committing sin and has not abolished for himself his birth from him, he wishes to do not one but many desires of such a father; and since the desires in every son of the devil are born from the desires in the devil, it is clear that his desires are the mind of matter and corruption, which one might properly call enmity against God.
20.177Preuschen 4:354
φόνους μὲν οὖν καὶ ἀδικίας καὶ πλεονεξίας φάσκειν εἶναι τὰς ἐκείνου ἐπιθυμίας, γεννώσας ἐν υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ παραπλησίως ταύταις ἐπιθυμίας, οὐκ ἀπεμφαίνει· ἀλλὰ καὶ γενικῶς ἀκαθαρσίας τῇ φύσει ἐναντίας τυγχανούσας τῇ καθαρότητι λέγειν εἶναι τὰς ἐκείνου ἐπιθυμίας, ἀφʼ ὡν αἱ πρὸς τὰ ἀκάθαρτα ἐπιθυμίαι ἐγγίνονται τέκνοις τοῦ διαβόλου, οὐ δυσπαράδεκτόν ἐστιν.
phonous men oun kai adikias kai pleonexias phaskein einai tas ekeinou epithymias, gennōsas en huiois autou paraplēsiōs tautais epithymias, ouk apemphainei; alla kai genikōs akatharsias tę̄ physei enantias tynchanousas tę̄ katharotēti legein einai tas ekeinou epithymias, aphʼ hōn hai pros ta akatharta epithymiai enginontai teknois tou diabolou, ou dysparadekton estin.
To say, then, that murders and injustices and greed are his desires, begetting similar desires in his sons, is not incongruous; and to say generally that uncleannesses, by nature opposed to purity, are his desires, from which the desires for unclean things arise in the children of the devil, is not hard to accept.
20.178Preuschen 4:354
τὸ δὲ καὶ πορνείαν λέγειν εἶναι τὴν ἐκείνου ἐπιθυμίαν ἢ μοιχείαν ἢ παιδοφθορίαν ἢ μαλακότητα οὐκ εὐχερῶς ἄν τις παραδέξοιτο, κἂν ἀπορῇ πῶς αἱ ἐπιθυμίαι αὑται έν ἀνθρώποις ἀπὸ τῶν ὲν ἐκείνῳ γίνονται ἐπιθυμιῶν, ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ λέξει, οἱονεὶ καθολκοῦ τινος παρισταμένου περὶ τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἐπιθυμιῶν, ὡς ἄρα θέλουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν ποιεῖν, ὥστε πάντα, ἃ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν παρανόμως, πρότερον ἐπιθυμίας εἶναι τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν.
to de kai porneian legein einai tēn ekeinou epithymian ē moicheian ē paidophthorian ē malakotēta ouk eucherōs an tis paradexoito, kan aporę̄ pōs hai epithymiai hautai en anthrōpois apo tōn en ekeinǭ ginontai epithymiōn, hoson epi tę̄ lexei, hoionei katholkou tinos paristamenou peri tōn en anthrōpois epithymiōn, hōs ara thelousin hoi anthrōpoi tas epithymias tou patros autōn poiein, hōste panta, ha epithymousin paranomōs, proteron epithymias einai tou patros autōn.
But to say that sexual immorality, or adultery, or the corruption of boys, or effeminacy is his desire, one would not readily accept, even if one is at a loss how these desires in human beings arise from those in him, as far as the wording goes, as though a universal statement were made about desires in human beings: that people wish to do the desires of their father, so that everything they desire unlawfully is first the desire of their father.
20.179Preuschen 4:354
τοιοῦτον γάρ ἐστιν τὸ »Καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν«. λεκτέον δὲ πρὸς ταῦτα ὅτι ὁ διάβολος ἐπιθυμεῖ φθαρῆναι τόνδε, φέρε εἰπεῖν, τὸν παῖδα, καὶ μοιχευθῆναι τήνδε, καὶ πορνεῦσαι τούσδε, καὶ τούτων ἐπιθυμῶν ἐμποιεῖ τοῖς δυναμένοις αὐτῷ ὑπηρετήσασθαι ἐπιθυμίαν τοῦ ποιῆσαι, ἅπερ ἐκεῖνος ἐνεργῆσαι βούλεται, ὥστʼ ἂν κατὰ τοῦτο τὸν ἐνεργοῦντα τὴν πορνείαν ἢ τὴν μοιχείαν πρότερον λέγειν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πορνεύειν καὶ μοιχεύειν.
toiouton gar estin to »Kai tas epithymias tou patros hymōn thelete poiein«. lekteon de pros tauta hoti ho diabolos epithymei phtharēnai tonde, phere eipein, ton paida, kai moicheuthēnai tēnde, kai porneusai tousde, kai toutōn epithymōn empoiei tois dynamenois autǭ hypēretēsasthai epithymian tou poiēsai, haper ekeinos energēsai bouletai, hōstʼ an kata touto ton energounta tēn porneian ē tēn moicheian proteron legein tou anthrōpou porneuein kai moicheuein.
For such is “and you wish to do the desires of your father.” To this we must say that the devil desires, say, that this boy be corrupted, and this woman commit adultery, and these men commit sexual immorality; and desiring these things, he produces in those able to serve him the desire to do what he wishes to bring about; so that in this sense one might say that the one who brings about the sexual immorality or adultery commits sexual immorality and adultery before the human being.
20.180Preuschen 4:354
τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ καὶ περὶ πάσης ἁμαρτίας ἐρεῖς· οἷον ὁ διάβολος ἀργυρίων μὲν οὐκ ἐπιθυμεῖ, ἐπιθυμεῖ δὲ φιλαργύρους ποιῆσαι καὶ προσπαθεῖς τοῖς ὑλικοῖς πράγμασιν· ταύτην δὲ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτοῦ θέλουσι ποιεῖν οἱ οὐκ ἄλλως ἢ τῷ θέλειν φιλοῦντες τὸ ἀργύριον.
to dʼ auto kai peri pasēs hamartias ereis; hoion ho diabolos argyriōn men ouk epithymei, epithymei de philargyrous poiēsai kai prospatheis tois hylikois pragmasin; tautēn de tēn epithymian autou thelousi poiein hoi ouk allōs ē tǭ thelein philountes to argyrion.
You will say the same about every sin: for example, the devil does not desire money, but desires to make people lovers of money and attached to material things; and this desire of his those wish to do who love money in no other way than by wishing.
20.181Preuschen 4:354–355
διόπερ ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν ἐφιστάνειν ἡμᾶς πᾶσιν οἷς θἐλομεν ποιεῖν καὶ ἐξετάζειν μήποτε ὃ ποιεῖν ἐκ τῶν τοῦ διαβόλου ἐπιθυμιῶν ἐστιν· ἕνα ἐκ τοῦ τεθεωρηκέναι τὰ ἐκ τῶν τοῦ διαβόλου ἐπιθυμιῶν παυσώμεθα θέλειν ποιεῖν ἐκεῖναι εἰδότες πάντα τὸν θέλοντα ποιεῖν τὰς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐπιθυμίας ἐκ πατρὸς μὲν οὐδαμῶς εἶναι θεοῦ, διαβόλου δὲ γεγονέναι τέκνον, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐθέλειν ποιεῖν τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ χείρονος μορφούμενον καὶ κατʼ εἰκόνα γινόμενον τοῦ πονηροῦ πατρός. ἀφʼ οὑ ἔρχονται καὶ τυποῦνται αἱ ἐκείνου τοῦ χοϊκοῦ εἰκόνες.
dioper anankaion estin ephistanein hēmas pasin hois thelomen poiein kai exetazein mēpote ho poiein ek tōn tou diabolou epithymiōn estin; hena ek tou tetheōrēkenai ta ek tōn tou diabolou epithymiōn pausōmetha thelein poiein ekeinai eidotes panta ton thelonta poiein tas tou diabolou epithymias ek patros men oudamōs einai theou, diabolou de gegonenai teknon, kai apo tou ethelein poiein tas epithymias tou cheironos morphoumenon kai katʼ eikona ginomenon tou ponērou patros. aphʼ hou erchontai kai typountai hai ekeinou tou choïkou eikones.
Therefore we must attend to everything we wish to do and examine whether what we do is from the devil's desires, so that, having seen what comes from the devil's desires, we may stop wishing to do them, knowing that everyone who wishes to do the devil's desires is in no way from God as Father, but has become a child of the devil, being formed by wishing to do the desires of the worse one and becoming according to the image of the wicked father, from whom come and are stamped the images of that earthy one.
20.182Preuschen 4:355
πρῶτος γὰρ χοϊκὸς ἐκεῖνος, τῷ πρῶτος ἀποπεπτωκὼς τῶν κρειττόνων καὶ ἐπιτεθυμηκὼς ἑτέρας παρὰ τὴν κρείττονα ζωῆς ζωὴν ἄξιος γεγονέναι τοῦ ἀρχὴν αὐτὸν εἶναι οὔτε κτίσματος οὔτε ποιήματος ἀλλὰ »πλά- »σματος κυρίου, πεποιημένον ἐγκαταπαίζεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων »αὐτοῦ«. καὶ ἡμῶν δὲ ἡ προηγουμένη ὐπόστασίς έστιν ἐν τῷ κατ εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος· ἡ δὲ ἐξ αἰτίας ἐν τῷ ληφθέντι ἀπὸ τοῦ χοῖ τῆς γῆς πλάσματι.
prōtos gar choïkos ekeinos, tǭ prōtos apopeptōkōs tōn kreittonōn kai epitethymēkōs heteras para tēn kreittona zōēs zōēn axios gegonenai tou archēn auton einai oute ktismatos oute poiēmatos alla »pla- »smatos kyriou, pepoiēmenon enkatapaizesthai hypo tōn angelōn »autou«. kai hēmōn de hē proēgoumenē ypostasis estin en tǭ kat eikona tou ktisantos; hē de ex aitias en tǭ lēphthenti apo tou choi tēs gēs plasmati.
For that one was first earthy, in that he first fell away from the better things and desired another life than the better life, and became worthy of being the beginning not of a creature nor of a thing made but of “a thing formed by the Lord, made to be mocked by his angels.” And our primary subsistence is in being made according to the image of the Creator; but the one arising from a cause is in the thing formed, taken from the dust of the earth.
20.183Preuschen 4:355
καὶ εἰ μὲν ὡσπερεὶ ἐπιλαθόμενοι τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν κρείττονος οὐσίας ὑποτάξομεν ἑαυτοὺς τῷ ἀπὸ τοῦ χοῦ πλάσματι. καὶ τὸ κρεῖττον τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ χοϊκοῦ λήψεται· εἰ δὲ συνέντες τὸ ποιηθὲν κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ τὸ ληφθὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ χοῦ τῆς γῆς, ὅλοι προσνεύοιμεν ἐπὶ τοῦτον. οὗ κατʼ εἰκόνα γεγόναμεν, ἐσόμεθα καὶ καθ ὁμοίωσιν θεοῦ, πᾶσαν τὴν πρὸς ὕλην καὶ σώματα προσπάθειαν καὶ τὴν πρός τινα τῶν καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν ἀπολείψαντες.
kai ei men hōsperei epilathomenoi tēs en hēmin kreittonos ousias hypotaxomen heautous tǭ apo tou chou plasmati. kai to kreitton tēn eikona tou choïkou lēpsetai; ei de synentes to poiēthen katʼ eikona kai to lēphthen apo tou chou tēs gēs, holoi prosneuoimen epi touton. hou katʼ eikona gegonamen, esometha kai kath homoiōsin theou, pasan tēn pros hylēn kai sōmata prospatheian kai tēn pros tina tōn kathʼ homoiōsin apoleipsantes.
And if, as it were forgetting the better substance in us, we subject ourselves to the thing formed from dust, the better part too will take the image of the earthy; but if, understanding what was made according to the image and what was taken from the dust of the earth, we incline wholly toward him according to whose image we were made, we shall be also according to the likeness of God, having left behind all attachment to matter and bodies and to anything of what is according to likeness.
20.184Preuschen 4:355
ἐπεὶ δὲ κατὰ τὰς θείας γραφὰς ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῶν μέσων ἐστίν, οὐκ εἰδυίας τὴν ἑλληνικὴν τῶν σημαινομένων παρὰ τοῖς τὰ τοιαῦτα διαρθροῦσιν ἀκρίβειαν, ὥστʼ ἂν τὸ μὲν ἀστεῖον βούλησιν ὀνομάσαι ἣν ὁρίζονται εὔλογον ὄρεξιν, τὸ δὲ φαῦλον ἐπιθυμίαν, ἥν φασιν εἶναι ἄλογον ὄρεξιν ἢ σφοδρὰν ὄρεξιν, λεκτέον ὅτι πᾶσα γενητὴ φύσις τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ ἰδίου πατρὸς θέλει ποιεῖν, ὥσπερ καὶ πᾶσα ποιεῖ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ ἰδίου πατρός, τοῦ μὲν πρώτως ἁγίου πατρὸς ἀγενήτου τυγχάνοντος (οὑτος δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεός), τοῦ δὲ πρώτως πονηροῦ πατρὸς ἐξ οὐδενὸς ὄντος πατρός· οὐδὲ γὰρ ὑπέστησέν τις ἐν αὐτῷ πατὴρ τὴν πονηρίαν, ἀλλʼ ἡ ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐκτροπὴ γεγέννηκεν αὐτήν.
epei de kata tas theias graphas hē epithymia tōn mesōn estin, ouk eiduias tēn hellēnikēn tōn sēmainomenōn para tois ta toiauta diarthrousin akribeian, hōstʼ an to men asteion boulēsin onomasai hēn horizontai eulogon orexin, to de phaulon epithymian, hēn phasin einai alogon orexin ē sphodran orexin, lekteon hoti pasa genētē physis tas epithymias tou idiou patros thelei poiein, hōsper kai pasa poiei ta erga tou idiou patros, tou men prōtōs hagiou patros agenētou tynchanontos (houtos de estin ho theos), tou de prōtōs ponērou patros ex oudenos ontos patros; oude gar hypestēsen tis en autǭ patēr tēn ponērian, allʼ hē apo theou ektropē gegennēken autēn.
And since in the divine Scriptures desire is among the things indifferent, the Scriptures not knowing the Greek precision in meanings among those who articulate such things, so as to call the good one “wish,” which they define as rational appetite, and the bad one “desire,” which they say is irrational or vehement appetite, we must say that every created nature wishes to do the desires of its own father, just as every one does the works of its own father; the first holy Father being unbegotten (and this is God), while the first wicked father comes from no father; for no father established wickedness in him, but the turning away from God begot it.
20.185Preuschen 4:355
Τὸ μὲν οὖν νῦν ἐξεταζόμενον κατὰ τὸ »Καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυ- »μίας τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν« σαφὲς ὅτι ἀναφέρεται πρὸς τὸν διάβολον, προειρημένου τοῦ »Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβό- »λου ἐστέ« καὶ ἐπιφερομένου τοῦ »Ἐκεῖνος ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἠν ἀπ »ἀρχῆς«.
To men oun nyn exetazomenon kata to »Kai tas epithy- »mias tou patros hymōn thelete poiein« saphes hoti anapheretai pros ton diabolon, proeirēmenou tou »Hymeis ek tou patros tou diabo- »lou este« kai epipheromenou tou »Ekeinos anthrōpoktonos ēn ap »archēs«.
What is now being examined in “and you wish to do the desires of your father” clearly refers to the devil, since “You are of your father the devil” precedes and “He was a murderer from the beginning” follows.
20.186Preuschen 4:355–356
καὶ πρὸς ἕκαστον δʼ ἂν οὐ μόνον τῶν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ὑγιῶς λεχθείη τὸ »Τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν«. λέγονται γάρ τινες εἶναι καὶ θεοῦ ἐπιθυμίαι, ὀνομαζομένων οὕτως αὐτοῦ τῶν βουλήσεων.
kai pros hekaston dʼ an ou monon tōn ek tou diabolou, alla kai tōn ek tou theou hygiōs lechtheiē to »Tas epithymias tou patros hymōn thelete poiein«. legontai gar tines einai kai theou epithymiai, onomazomenōn houtōs autou tōn boulēseōn.
And “You wish to do the desires of your father” could be said soundly to each not only of those of the devil but also of those of God; for there are said to be desires of God too, his wishes being so named.
20.187Preuschen 4:356
ἐν ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῳ ψαλμῷ εἴρηται· »Τὰ κρίματα κυρίου ἀληθινά, δεδι- »καιωμένα ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό· ἐπιθυμητὰ ὑπὲρ χρυσίον καὶ λίθον τίμιον »πολύν« κἄν, ὥς τινα δὴ τῶν ἀντιγράφων ἔχει, ᾖ »τὰ ἐπιθυμήματα »ὑπὲρ χρυσίον καὶ λίθον τίμιον πολύν«, φήσεις ὅτι τὰ ἐπιθυμήματα τοῦ ἐπιθυμῆσαί τινα αὐτῶν ἄξιά έστιν, ὡς τὰ εὐλογητὰ τοῦ εὐλογεῖσθαι, καὶ τὰ ἀγαπητὰ τοῦ ἀγαπᾶσθαι.
en oktōkaidekatǭ psalmǭ eirētai; »Ta krimata kyriou alēthina, dedi- »kaiōmena epi to auto; epithymēta hyper chrysion kai lithon timion »polyn« kan, hōs tina dē tōn antigraphōn echei, ę̄ »ta epithymēmata »hyper chrysion kai lithon timion polyn«, phēseis hoti ta epithymēmata tou epithymēsai tina autōn axia estin, hōs ta eulogēta tou eulogeisthai, kai ta agapēta tou agapasthai.
In the eighteenth Psalm it is said: “The judgments of the Lord are true, righteous altogether; to be desired more than gold and much precious stone”; and even if, as some copies have, it is “the desirable things, more than gold and much precious stone,” you will say that desirable things are worthy of someone's desiring them, as blessed things are of being blessed and beloved things of being loved.
20.188Preuschen 4:356
ὥσπερ οὐν τὰ εὐλογήματα μᾶλλον ὑπὸ θεοῦ εὐλογεῖται καὶ τὰ ἀγαπητὰ μᾶλλον ὑπὸ θεοῦ ἀγαπᾶται, οὕτω καὶ τὰ ἐπιθυμήματα μᾶλλον ἂν ὑπὸ θεοῦ εὐλογώ- τερον ἐπιθυμηθείη, εὐγνωμονέστερον ἡμῶν ἀκουόντων, ὡς προειρήκαμεν, τῆς ἐπιθυμίας. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ δέ φησιν· »Ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐπεθύμησα »τοῦτο τὸ πάσχα φαγεῖν μεθʼ ὑμῶν πρὸ τοῦ με παθεῖν«.
hōsper oun ta eulogēmata mallon hypo theou eulogeitai kai ta agapēta mallon hypo theou agapatai, houtō kai ta epithymēmata mallon an hypo theou eulogō- teron epithymētheiē, eugnōmonesteron hēmōn akouontōn, hōs proeirēkamen, tēs epithymias. kai ho sōtēr de phēsin; »Epithymią epethymēsa »touto to pascha phagein methʼ hymōn pro tou me pathein«.
Just as, then, blessed things are blessed rather by God and beloved things loved rather by God, so too desirable things would be desired more reasonably by God, if we hear the word “desire” more kindly, as we said before. And the Savior too says, “With desire I have desired to eat this Passover with you before I suffer.”
20.189Preuschen 4:356
περὶ δὲ τοῦ καὶ φαύλην εἶναι ἐπιθυμίαν ἤρκει μὲν καὶ τὸ ἐν χερσὶν ῥητόν· οὐδὲν δὲ ἡττον παραθετέον καὶ τὸ »Ὅς ἂν ἐμβλέψῃ γυναῖκα πρὸς »τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτήν, ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ‘. οὐ πάντως δὲ ὁ ἐπιθυμῶν ἀπόντος ἐπιθυμεῖ, ὡς οὐδὲ ὁ βουλόμενος Πάντως τὰ ἀπόντα βούλεται.
peri de tou kai phaulēn einai epithymian ērkei men kai to en chersin rhēton; ouden de hētton paratheteon kai to »Hos an emblepsę̄ gynaika pros »to epithymēsai autēn, ēdē emoicheusen autēn en tę̄ kardią autou‘. ou pantōs de ho epithymōn apontos epithymei, hōs oude ho boulomenos Pantōs ta aponta bouletai.
That there is also bad desire, the text at hand would have sufficed; nonetheless we must also set beside it “Whoever looks at a woman to desire her has already committed adultery with her in his heart.” But one who desires does not necessarily desire something absent, just as one who wishes does not necessarily wish for absent things.
20.190Preuschen 4:356
τοῦτο δὲ προεθεραπεύσαμεν διὰ τὰ ἐπιθυμήματα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὰς τῶν τελείων ἐπιθυμίας.
touto de proetherapeusamen dia ta epithymēmata tou theou kai tas tōn teleiōn epithymias.
This we have dealt with beforehand because of God's desirable things and the desires of the perfect.
20.191Preuschen 4:356
Πᾶς οὖν υἱός τινος τὰς ἐΠιθυμίας τοῦ πατρὸς ἑαυτοῦ θέλει ποιεῖν, καὶ πᾶς υἱός τινος ποιεῖ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ. οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ πατρὸς ἑαυτοῦ θέλει ποιεῖν, καὶ ποιεῖ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ἑαυτοῦ.
Pas oun huios tinos tas ePithymias tou patros heautou thelei poiein, kai pas huios tinos poiei ta erga tou patros autou. houtō gar kai ho sōtēr tas epithymias tou patros heautou thelei poiein, kai poiei ta erga tou patros heautou.
Every son of someone, then, wishes to do the desires of his own father, and every son of someone does the works of his father. For so the Savior too wishes to do the desires of his own Father, and does the works of his own Father.
20.192Preuschen 4:356
καὶ »ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἁμαρ- »τίας, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας« τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ πατρὸς ἑαυτοῦ θέλει ποιεῖν, καὶ ποιεῖ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ἑαυτοῦ. καὶ ἐφʼ ἡμῶν δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων πάντως τὰ ἔργα ἤτοι θεοῦ ἐστιν ἢ διαβόλου, καὶ ἅ θέλομεν ποιεῖν ἤτοι ἐπιθυμία ἐστὶν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς πατρὸς ἡμῶν ἢ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ αὐτῷ διαβόλου.
kai »ho anthrōpos tēs hamar- »tias, ho huios tēs apōleias« tas epithymias tou patros heautou thelei poiein, kai poiei ta erga tou patros heautou. kai ephʼ hēmōn de tōn anthrōpōn pantōs ta erga ētoi theou estin ē diabolou, kai ha thelomen poiein ētoi epithymia estin tou agathou en ouranois patros hēmōn ē tou echthrou autǭ diabolou.
And “the man of sin, the son of perdition” wishes to do the desires of his own father, and does the works of his own father. And in us human beings too, the works are certainly either God's or the devil's, and what we wish to do is the desire either of our good Father in heaven or of the devil, his enemy.
20.193Preuschen 4:356
καὶ εἶ μὲν ποιοῦμεν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ θέλομεν τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτοῦ ποιεῖν, υἱοί ἐσμεν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰ δὲ τὰ τοῦ διαβόλου πράττομεν, θέλοντες ἅ ἐκεῖνος ἐπιθυμεῖ ποιεῖν, ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐσμέν.
kai ei men poioumen ta erga tou theou kai thelomen tas epithymias autou poiein, huioi esmen tou theou ei de ta tou diabolou prattomen, thelontes ha ekeinos epithymei poiein, ek tou patros tou diabolou esmen.
And if we do the works of God and wish to do his desires, we are sons of God; but if we do the devil's, wishing to do what he desires, we are of our father the devil.
20.194Preuschen 4:356–357
ἐπιστήσωμεν οὖν μὴ μόνον οἷς ποιοῦμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἷς θέλομεν. αὔταρκες γὰρ εἰς τὸ εἶναι τοῦ διαβόλου υἱὸν τὸ κἂν θέλειν αὐτοῦ ποιεῖν τὰς ἐπιθυμίας· καὶ τάχα διὰ τοῦτο μετὰ τὸ »Ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν« εἴρηται τὸ »Τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν«, ἵνα μάθωμεν ὅτι εἰ καὶ μόνον θέλομεν ποιεῖν ἅπερ ἐπιθυμεῖ ὁ διάβολος, χρηματιοῦμεν διαβόλου υἱοί.
epistēsōmen oun mē monon hois poioumen, alla kai hois thelomen. autarkes gar eis to einai tou diabolou huion to kan thelein autou poiein tas epithymias; kai tacha dia touto meta to »Hymeis poieite ta erga tou patros hymōn« eirētai to »Tas epithymias tou patros hymōn thelete poiein«, hina mathōmen hoti ei kai monon thelomen poiein haper epithymei ho diabolos, chrēmatioumen diabolou huioi.
Let us attend, then, not only to what we do but also to what we wish; for it is enough for being a son of the devil even to wish to do his desires. And perhaps for this reason, after “You do the works of your father,” it is said, “You wish to do the desires of your father,” so that we may learn that even if we only wish to do what the devil desires, we shall be called sons of the devil.
20.195Preuschen 4:357
πιθανώτατα δʼ ἄν τις πρὸς ταῦτα λέγοι ὡς ἄρα ἀρκεῖ πρὸς τὸ εἶναι υἱὸν θεοῦ τὸ θέλειν αὐτοῦ ποιεῖν τὰς ἐπιθυμίας, κἂν μὴ προσῇ τούτῳ τὸ ποιεῖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ θεοῦ.
pithanōtata dʼ an tis pros tauta legoi hōs ara arkei pros to einai huion theou to thelein autou poiein tas epithymias, kan mē prosę̄ toutǭ to poiein ta erga tou theou.
Someone might say most plausibly in response that, for being a son of God, it suffices to wish to do his desires, even if doing the works of God is not added to this.
20.196Preuschen 4:357
ἀλλὰ λεκτέον ὅτι ἀνάγκη τὸν θέλοντα ποιεῖν τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ποιεῖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ θεοῦ· οὐ γὰρ μόνον τὸ θέλειν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἐνεργεῖν, ὥς φησιν ὁ Παῦλος, ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ἑπομένου πάντως τῷ καλῷ θέλειν τοῦ συζύγου αὐτῷ τοῦ ἐνεργεῖν καὶ γὰρ »τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν τὸν θεὸν πάντα συνεργεῖ εἰς ἀγαθόν«), καὶ οὐκ ἂν καλὸν θέλειν ἀτελὲς ἐάσαι ὁ ποιῶν πάντα καλὰ λίαν· ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐπινοηθῆναι δύναται καλὸν θέλειν μὴ συνεζευγμένης τῆς κατὰ τὸ οὕτω θέλειν ἐνεργείας καλῆς τῷ καλῷ θέλειν.
alla lekteon hoti anankē ton thelonta poiein tas epithymias tou theou kai poiein ta erga tou theou; ou gar monon to thelein alla kai to energein, hōs phēsin ho Paulos, ek tou theou estin hepomenou pantōs tǭ kalǭ thelein tou syzygou autǭ tou energein kai gar »tois agapōsin ton theon panta synergei eis agathon«), kai ouk an kalon thelein ateles easai ho poiōn panta kala lian; allʼ oude epinoēthēnai dynatai kalon thelein mē synezeugmenēs tēs kata to houtō thelein energeias kalēs tǭ kalǭ thelein.
But we must say that the one who wishes to do God's desires necessarily also does God's works; for not only the willing but also the working, as Paul says, is from God, the working, its partner, certainly following good willing (for “for those who love God all things work together for good”); and he who makes all things very good would not leave good willing incomplete; nor can good willing even be conceived without the good working, according to such willing, being joined to the good willing.
20.197Preuschen 4:357
ἡ μέντοι γε πρὸς τῷ θέλειν ἐνέργεια κἂν εμποδίζοιτο ὑπὸ τῆς προνοίας εὐλόγως πολλάκις, ὅτε ὑπέρ τινος καθολικῶς χρησίμου ἢ ὅπως ποτὲ χρησίμου χρεία ἀνακόπτεσθαι τὸ κατὰ τὸ θέλειν τὸ χεῖρον ἔργον.
hē mentoi ge pros tǭ thelein energeia kan empodizoito hypo tēs pronoias eulogōs pollakis, hote hyper tinos katholikōs chrēsimou ē hopōs pote chrēsimou chreia anakoptesthai to kata to thelein to cheiron ergon.
The working that goes with willing, however, may often reasonably be hindered by providence, when for the sake of something universally useful, or useful in some way, the worse deed in keeping with the willing needs to be cut off.
20.198Preuschen 4:357
Εἰς ταῦτα δὲ ὁ Ἡρακλέων φησί· πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος, ἐκ τῆς οὐσίας τοῦ διαβόλου ἦσαν· ὡς ἑτέρας οὔσης τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου οὐσίας παρὰ τὴν τῶν ἄλλων λογικῶν οὐσίαν.
Eis tauta de ho Hērakleōn phēsi; pros hous ho logos, ek tēs ousias tou diabolou ēsan; hōs heteras ousēs tēs tou diabolou ousias para tēn tōn allōn logikōn ousian.
On this Heracleon says: Those addressed were of the substance of the devil; as though the devil's substance were different from the substance of the other rational beings.
20.199Preuschen 4:357
ὅμοιον δὲ ἐν τούτῳ μοι πεπονθέναι φαίνεται τῷ ἑτέραν οὐσίαν φάσκοντι ὀφθαλμοῦ παρορῶντος καὶ ἑτέραν ὁρῶντος, καὶ ἑτέραν οὐσίαν ἀκοῆς παρακουούσης καὶ ὑγιῶς ἀκουούσης.
homoion de en toutǭ moi peponthenai phainetai tǭ heteran ousian phaskonti ophthalmou parorōntos kai heteran horōntos, kai heteran ousian akoēs parakouousēs kai hygiōs akouousēs.
In this he seems to me to have fared like one who says that an eye that sees amiss is of one substance and an eye that sees is of another, and that hearing that mishears is of one substance and hearing that hears soundly of another.
20.200Preuschen 4:357
ὡς γὰρ ἐν τούτοις οὐχ ἡ οὐσία διάφορος, ἀλλά τι αἴτιον ἐπισυμβέβηκεν τοῦ παρακούειν καὶ τοῦ παρορᾶν, οὕτως παντὸς τοῦ πεφυκότος λόγῳ παρακολουθεῖν ἡ παρακολουθητικὴ οὐσία ἡ αὐτή ἐστιν, εἴτε παραδέχεται τὸν λόγον εἴτε ἀνανεύει πρὸς αὐτόν.
hōs gar en toutois ouch hē ousia diaphoros, alla ti aition episymbebēken tou parakouein kai tou paroran, houtōs pantos tou pephykotos logǭ parakolouthein hē parakolouthētikē ousia hē autē estin, eite paradechetai ton logon eite ananeuei pros auton.
For as in these cases the substance is not different, but some cause has supervened for mishearing and seeing amiss, so the substance capable of following reason is the same in everything naturally able to follow reason, whether it accepts the Word or turns away from it.
20.201Preuschen 4:357
τί γὰρ διαφέρει ἐφʼ ἡμῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸ παρακολουθῆσαν τοῦ μὴ παρακολουθοῦντος οὐκ ἂν ἔχοιμεν εἰπεῖν, εἰ καὶ μετὰ τὸ συνιέναι τῶν εἰρημένων ὁ μέν τις ἐπικρίνας συγκατέθετο τῷ λεγομένῳ, ὁ δὲ ἀνένευσεν πρὸς αὐτό.
ti gar diapherei ephʼ hēmōn tōn anthrōpōn to parakolouthēsan tou mē parakolouthountos ouk an echoimen eipein, ei kai meta to synienai tōn eirēmenōn ho men tis epikrinas synkatetheto tǭ legomenǭ, ho de aneneusen pros auto.
For we could not say how, among us human beings, the one who has followed differs from the one who does not follow, if after understanding what was said one person, having judged, assented to what was said, and another rejected it.
20.202Preuschen 4:357–358
Πολλάκις δὲ εἴπομεν, ὅτι ἐὰν συγχωρηθῇ τοῦτο τὸ ἀδύνατον λέγω δὲ τὸ εἶναι οὐσίας ἑτέρας καὶ ἀνεπίδεκτον τῶν κρειττόνων τὸν διάβολον), περὶ μὲν ἐκείνου ἀπολογησόμεθα ὡς οὐδαμοῦ αἰτίου τῆς πονηρίας, τὸ δὲ ἔγκλημα τῷ αὐτὸν οὐσιώσαντι καὶ δημιουργήσαντι προσάψομεν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ πάντων ἀτοπώτατον.
Pollakis de eipomen, hoti ean synchōrēthę̄ touto to adynaton legō de to einai ousias heteras kai anepidekton tōn kreittonōn ton diabolon), peri men ekeinou apologēsometha hōs oudamou aitiou tēs ponērias, to de enklēma tǭ auton ousiōsanti kai dēmiourgēsanti prosapsomen, hoper esti pantōn atopōtaton.
We have often said that, if this impossible thing is granted (I mean that the devil is of a different substance and incapable of better things), we shall defend him as in no way the cause of wickedness, and lay the charge on the one who gave him being and fashioned him, which is the most absurd of all.
20.203Preuschen 4:358
πρόδηλον δὲ τὸ παράλογον ἔσται τῷ κατανοήσαντι ψυχῶν ἀνθρωπίνων οὐσίαν καὶ ἐνιδόντι ὅτι ἀμήχανόν ἐστιν, ὥσπερ σώματα παρὰ σώματα εἶναι ἀνθρώπινα ἑτέρας καὶ ἑτέρας οὐσίας, οὕτω καὶ ψυχὰς παρὰ ψυχάς, καὶ νοητικὸν παρὰ τὸ νοητικόν, καὶ τὸ διανοητικὸν παρὰ τὸ διανοητικόν.
prodēlon de to paralogon estai tǭ katanoēsanti psychōn anthrōpinōn ousian kai enidonti hoti amēchanon estin, hōsper sōmata para sōmata einai anthrōpina heteras kai heteras ousias, houtō kai psychas para psychas, kai noētikon para to noētikon, kai to dianoētikon para to dianoētikon.
The unreasonableness will be evident to one who has considered the substance of human souls and seen that it is impossible, just as human bodies are not of one and another substance compared with other bodies, so also for souls to be so compared with souls, and the intellect with the intellect, and the reasoning faculty with the reasoning faculty.
20.204Preuschen 4:358
τὸ δὲ ὅμοιον ἐρεῖς καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λογικοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ δυνάμεων, τῆς τε μνημονικῆς καὶ τῆς οὕτως φανταστικῆς· ἀνάγκη γάρ, εἰ ἑτεροούσιός ἐστιν ἄνθρωπός τις παρʼ ἕτερον, καὶ ἑτερογενεῖς εἶναι τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις, καὶ ἑτερογενῆ εἶναι, φέρε εἰπεῖν, τὴν μνημονικὴν παρὰ τὴν μνημονικὴν διανοητικὴν παρὰ τὴν διανοητικήν.
to de homoion ereis kai epi tou logikou kai epi tōn en tę̄ psychę̄ dynameōn, tēs te mnēmonikēs kai tēs houtōs phantastikēs; anankē gar, ei heteroousios estin anthrōpos tis parʼ heteron, kai heterogeneis einai tas tēs psychēs dynameis, kai heterogenē einai, phere eipein, tēn mnēmonikēn para tēn mnēmonikēn dianoētikēn para tēn dianoētikēn.
You will say the same of the rational faculty and of the powers in the soul, memory and imagination; for if one human being is of a different substance from another, the powers of the soul must also be of different kinds, and memory must be of a different kind from memory, say, and reasoning from reasoning.
20.205Preuschen 4:358
ἐξεταζέσθω δὲ ὁ λόγος περὶ τούτων, ἃ ὁμοίως ἂν νοήσαι καὶ διανοηθείη, ὥστε καὶ συγκαταθέσθαι ἢ ἐπισχεῖν ἢ ἀνανεῦσαι ὅν φασιν ἐκεῖνοι πνευματικὸν καὶ ὃν λέγουσιν εἶναι χοϊκόν. ἆρα γὰρ τὸ παραπλήσιον ἐν διαφόροις γέγονεν οὐσίαις, ἢ διὰ τοῦτο παραπλήσιον γέγονεν τὸ πάθος, ἐπεὶ ὁμοούσιον ἦν τοῦτο ᾧ συμβέβηκε τὸ πάθος;
exetazesthō de ho logos peri toutōn, ha homoiōs an noēsai kai dianoētheiē, hōste kai synkatathesthai ē epischein ē ananeusai hon phasin ekeinoi pneumatikon kai hon legousin einai choïkon. ara gar to paraplēsion en diaphorois gegonen ousiais, ē dia touto paraplēsion gegonen to pathos, epei homoousion ēn touto hǭ symbebēke to pathos?
Let the argument be examined concerning things that the one they call spiritual and the one they say is earthy might understand and think alike, so as also to assent, suspend judgment, or reject. Has the like experience occurred in different substances, or has the experience been alike because that to which it happened was of the same substance?
20.206Preuschen 4:358
τὸ μὲν οὖν φάναι τοὺς αὐτοὺς τύπους φαντασιῶν καὶ συγκαταθέσεων καὶ διανοήσεων καὶ μνημονεύσεων γεγονέναι ἐν τοῖς ἑτεροουσίοις ἄλογον· τὸ δὲ ἐν τοῖς ὁμοουσίοις ἐκ μέρους ὡς παρὰ ταύτην εἶναί τινα καὶ ἄλλην οὐσίαν έν αὐτοῖς ἠλίθιον.
to men oun phanai tous autous typous phantasiōn kai synkatatheseōn kai dianoēseōn kai mnēmoneuseōn gegonenai en tois heteroousiois alogon; to de en tois homoousiois ek merous hōs para tautēn einai tina kai allēn ousian en autois ēlithion.
To say, then, that the same patterns of impressions, assents, reasonings, and memories have arisen in beings of different substances is irrational; and to say that in those of the same substance there is partly some other substance in them besides this one is foolish.
20.207Preuschen 4:358
παραστησάτωσαν γὰρ παρὰ τὰς δυνάμεις ταύτας ἑτέραν τινὰ οὐσίαν μὴ νοοῦσαν μηδὲ διανοουμένην μηδὲ μεμνημένην μηδὲ φαντασιουμένην ἐν οἷς φασὶν εἶναι πνευματικοῖς κρείττονα τῆς νοούσης καὶ διανοουμένης, ἢ ἐν τοῖς χοϊκοῖς ἤτοι ὁμοίαν ἢ χείρονα·
parastēsatōsan gar para tas dynameis tautas heteran tina ousian mē noousan mēde dianooumenēn mēde memnēmenēn mēde phantasioumenēn en hois phasin einai pneumatikois kreittona tēs noousēs kai dianooumenēs, ē en tois choïkois ētoi homoian ē cheirona;
For let them present, besides these powers, some other substance that neither understands nor reasons nor remembers nor has impressions, in those they say are spiritual, better than the one that understands and reasons, or in the earthy either equal or worse;
20.208Preuschen 4:358
οὐδὲ γὰρ φήσουσιν κρείττονα. ἀλλʼ εἰκὸς αὐτοὺς ἐρεῖν ὅτι ὥσπερ ἐνδέχεται ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς σφραγῖδος ὁμοίως τυπωθῆναι τὴν ἀνόμοιον οὐσίαν χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου καὶ κασσιτέρου καὶ μολίβου καὶ κηροῦ, οὕτω δυνατὸν ἀπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν φαντασιῶν τοὺς παραπλησίους ἐγγενέσθαι τύπους τοῖς ἐν διαφόροις οὐσίαις τυγχάνουσιν καὶ φαντασιουμένοις· τὸ δʼ ὅμοιον καὶ ἐπὶ διανοίας καὶ νοήσεως καὶ μνημονεύσεως φήσουσιν.
oude gar phēsousin kreittona. allʼ eikos autous erein hoti hōsper endechetai apo tēs autēs sphragidos homoiōs typōthēnai tēn anomoion ousian chrysou kai argyrou kai kassiterou kai molibou kai kērou, houtō dynaton apo tōn autōn phantasiōn tous paraplēsious engenesthai typous tois en diaphorois ousiais tynchanousin kai phantasioumenois; to dʼ homoion kai epi dianoias kai noēseōs kai mnēmoneuseōs phēsousin.
for they will not say better. But it is likely they will say that, just as it is possible for the unlike substances of gold, silver, tin, lead, and wax to be stamped alike by the same seal, so it is possible for like patterns to arise from the same impressions in those who are of different substances and receive the impressions; and they will say the same of reasoning, understanding, and remembering.
20.209Preuschen 4:358
ἀλλʼ ὅρα μήποτε κἂν πάνυ πιθανὸς εἶναι ὀ λόγος οὗτος δοκῇ, συναρπάζειν μᾶλλον καὶ σοφίζεσθαι δύναται ἀνομοίως παραβεβλημένος ἤπερ πείθειν τὸν ἀκριβῶς τῷ παραδείγματι ἐπιστήσαντα· ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τῆς εἰκόνος ἔχω δεῖξαι, ἤτοι ἐν χρυσῷ ὁ τύπος ἢ έν ἀργύρῳ, ᾗ μὲν ὁ τύπος παραπλήσιος δείκνυται, τὴν ἰδιότητα τοῦ ἐν χρυσῷ γεγονέναι παρὰ τὸ ἐν ἀργύρῳ τετυπῶσθαι ἢ ταῖς λοιπαῖς ὕλαις.
allʼ hora mēpote kan pany pithanos einai o logos houtos dokę̄, synarpazein mallon kai sophizesthai dynatai anomoiōs parabeblēmenos ēper peithein ton akribōs tǭ paradeigmati epistēsanta; epi men gar tēs eikonos echō deixai, ētoi en chrysǭ ho typos ē en argyrǭ, hę̄ men ho typos paraplēsios deiknytai, tēn idiotēta tou en chrysǭ gegonenai para to en argyrǭ tetypōsthai ē tais loipais hylais.
But see whether this argument, even if it seems very plausible, can rather catch one off guard and deceive, being an unlike comparison, than persuade one who attends precisely to the example. For in the case of the image I can show, whether the impression is in gold or silver, insofar as the impression is shown to be alike, the distinctive quality of its being in gold as opposed to its being stamped in silver or the other materials.
20.210Preuschen 4:358–359
οὕτω τοίνυν ἡμῖν παραστησάτωσαν ἰδίωμα τοῦ δεξαμένου τύπον κρείττονα ἢ ἐλάττονα ἢ ὑποδεέστερον, καὶ πειραθήτωσαν κἂν περιλαλῆσαι τὴν τῶν δεξαμένων τὴν τῶν τύπων παραπλησίως διάφορον οὐσίαν· μὴ γὰρ παριστάντες ἀποφανοῦνται μέν, οὐκ ἀποδείξουσιν δέ.
houtō toinyn hēmin parastēsatōsan idiōma tou dexamenou typon kreittona ē elattona ē hypodeesteron, kai peirathētōsan kan perilalēsai tēn tōn dexamenōn tēn tōn typōn paraplēsiōs diaphoron ousian; mē gar paristantes apophanountai men, ouk apodeixousin de.
Let them, then, show us the distinctive quality of what has received an impression, better or less or inferior, and let them try at least to talk around the different substance of those who receive the impressions alike. For if they do not show it, they will assert, but they will not prove.
20.211Preuschen 4:359
Τοσαῦτα καὶ πρὸς τὸν Ἡρακλέωνος λόγον εἰπόντος· τὸ »Ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου« ἀντὶ τοῦ > ἐκ τῆς τοῦ < εἰρήσθω. πάλιν εἰς τὸ »Τὰς ἐπιθυ- »μίας τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν« διαστέλλεται λέγων τὸν διάβολον μὴ ἔχειν θέλημα ἀλλʼ ἐπιθυμίας.
Tosauta kai pros ton Hērakleōnos logon eipontos; to »Ek tou patros tou diabolou« anti tou > ek tēs tou < eirēsthō. palin eis to »Tas epithy- »mias tou patros hymōn thelete poiein« diastelletai legōn ton diabolon mē echein thelēma allʼ epithymias.
Let this much be said against Heracleon's account, which takes “of your father the devil” as meaning “of the substance of the devil.” Again, on “You wish to do the desires of your father,” he distinguishes, saying that the devil does not have will but desires.
20.212Preuschen 4:359
καὶ ἐμφαίνεται αὐτόθεν τὸ ἀδιανόητον τοῦ λόγου· ἐθέλειν γὰρ τὰ πονηρὰ πᾶς ἄν τις ὁμολογήσαι ἐκεῖνον. συνάξεις δὲ καὶ αὐτός, εἰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἐν προχείρῳ οὐκ ἔχομεν παραθέσθαι, εἴ που ἐν τῇ γραφῇ τὸ θέλειν ἐπὶ τοῦ διαβόλου τέτακται.
kai emphainetai autothen to adianoēton tou logou; ethelein gar ta ponēra pas an tis homologēsai ekeinon. synaxeis de kai autos, ei kai epi tou parontos en procheirǭ ouk echomen parathesthai, ei pou en tę̄ graphę̄ to thelein epi tou diabolou tetaktai.
And the unintelligibility of the account is at once apparent; for everyone would agree that he wills wicked things. You yourself will gather, though for the present we do not have them at hand to cite, whether anywhere in Scripture “willing” is applied to the devil.
20.213Preuschen 4:359
μετὰ ταῦτά φησιν ὁ Ἡρακλέων ὡς ἄρα ταῦτα εἴρηται οὐ πρὸς τοὺς φύσει τοῦ διαβόλου υἱούς, τοὺς χοϊκούς, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοὺς ψυχικούς, θέσει υἱοὺς διαβόλου γινομένους· ἀφʼ ὧν τῇ φύσει δύνανταί τινες καὶ θέσει υἱοὶ θεοῦ χρηματίσαι.
meta tauta phēsin ho Hērakleōn hōs ara tauta eirētai ou pros tous physei tou diabolou huious, tous choïkous, alla pros tous psychikous, thesei huious diabolou ginomenous; aphʼ hōn tę̄ physei dynantai tines kai thesei huioi theou chrēmatisai.
After this Heracleon says that these words were addressed not to those who are sons of the devil by nature, the earthy, but to the psychics, who become sons of the devil by adoption; from whom, by nature, some can also be called sons of God by adoption.
20.214Preuschen 4:359
καί φησί γε ὅτι παρὰ τὸ ἡγαπηκέναι τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ διαβόλου καὶ ποιεῖν τέκνα οὑτοι τοῦ διαβόλου γίνονται, οὐ φύσει τοιοῦτοι ὄντες.
kai phēsi ge hoti para to hēgapēkenai tas epithymias tou diabolou kai poiein tekna houtoi tou diabolou ginontai, ou physei toioutoi ontes.
And he says that by having loved the devil's desires and doing them these become children of the devil, not being such by nature.
20.215Preuschen 4:359
καὶ διαστέλλεται ὡς ἄρα τριχῶς δεῖ ἀκούειν τῆς κατὰ τέκνα ὀνομασίας, πρῶτον φύσει, δεύτερον γνώμῃ, τρίτον ἀξίᾳ· καὶ φύσει μέν, φησίν, ἐστὶν τὸ γεννηθὲν ὑπό τινος γεννητοῦ, ὃ καὶ κυρίως τέκνον καλεῖται· γνώμῃ δέ, ὅτε τὸ θέλημά τις ποιῶν τινος διὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γνώμην τέκνον ἐκείνου οὑ ποιεῖ τὸ θέλημα καλεῖται· ἀξίᾳ καθʼ ὃ λέγονταί τινες γεέννης τέκνα καὶ σκότους ἀνομίας, καὶ ὄφεων καὶ ἐχιδνῶν γεννήματα.
kai diastelletai hōs ara trichōs dei akouein tēs kata tekna onomasias, prōton physei, deuteron gnōmę̄, triton axią; kai physei men, phēsin, estin to gennēthen hypo tinos gennētou, ho kai kyriōs teknon kaleitai; gnōmę̄ de, hote to thelēma tis poiōn tinos dia tēn heautou gnōmēn teknon ekeinou hou poiei to thelēma kaleitai; axią kathʼ ho legontai tines geennēs tekna kai skotous anomias, kai opheōn kai echidnōn gennēmata.
And he distinguishes that the name “children” must be understood in three ways: first by nature, second by disposition, third by desert. By nature, he says, is what is begotten by someone who begets, which is also properly called a child; by disposition, when someone doing another's will by his own disposition is called the child of the one whose will he does; by desert, in the sense in which some are called children of Gehenna and of darkness and lawlessness, and offspring of snakes and vipers.
20.216Preuschen 4:359
οὐ γὰρ γεννᾷ, φησί, ταῦτά τινα τῇ ἑαυτῶν φύσει· φθοροποιὰ γὰρ καὶ ἀναλίσκοντα τοὺς ἐμβληθέντας εἰς αὐτά· ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ ἔπραξαν τὰ ἐκείνων ἔργα, τέκνα αὐτῶν εἴρηται. τοιαύτην δὲ διαστολὴν δεδωκὼς οὐδὲ κἂν ἐπὶ ποσὸν ἀπὸ γραφῶν παρεμυθήσατο τὴν ἰδίαν διήγησιν.
ou gar genną, phēsi, tauta tina tę̄ heautōn physei; phthoropoia gar kai analiskonta tous emblēthentas eis auta; allʼ epei epraxan ta ekeinōn erga, tekna autōn eirētai. toiautēn de diastolēn dedōkōs oude kan epi poson apo graphōn paremythēsato tēn idian diēgēsin.
For these do not beget anyone by their own nature, he says; for they are destructive and consume those thrown into them; but since they did their works, they are called their children. Yet having given such a distinction, he did not support his own explanation from the Scriptures even to a small extent.
20.217Preuschen 4:359–360
εἴποιμεν δʼ ἂν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὅτι εἰ μὴ φύσει, ἀλλὰ ἀξίᾳ γεέννης τέκνα ὀνομάζεται καὶ σκότους καὶ ἀνομίας (φθοροποιὰ γὰρ ταῦτα καὶ μᾶλλον ἤπερ συνιστάντα), πῶς ὁ Παῦλός φησί που τὸ »Ἤμεθα † φύσει τέκνα ὀργῆς ὡς καὶ οἱ λοιποί«; ἢ λεγέτωσαν ἡμῖν ὡς οὐκ ἔστιν ἀναλωτικὸν καὶ μάλιστα κατʼ αὐτὸν φθοροποιὸν ἡ ὀργή, ἧς τέκνα ἤμεθα.
eipoimen dʼ an pros auton hoti ei mē physei, alla axią geennēs tekna onomazetai kai skotous kai anomias (phthoropoia gar tauta kai mallon ēper synistanta), pōs ho Paulos phēsi pou to »Ēmetha † physei tekna orgēs hōs kai hoi loipoi«? ē legetōsan hēmin hōs ouk estin analōtikon kai malista katʼ auton phthoropoion hē orgē, hēs tekna ēmetha.
We would say to him that if one is called a child of Gehenna and of darkness and lawlessness not by nature but by desert (for these are destructive rather than sustaining), how does Paul say somewhere, “We were by nature children of wrath, like the rest”? Or let them tell us that wrath, whose children we were, is not consuming and, on his view especially, destructive.
20.218Preuschen 4:360
πάλιν φησὶν ὅτι τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου νῦν λέγει τούτους, οὐχ ὅτι γεννᾷ τινας ὁ διάβολος, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τὰ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου ποιοῦντες ὡμοιώθησαν αὐτῷ.
palin phēsin hoti tekna tou diabolou nyn legei toutous, ouch hoti genną tinas ho diabolos, allʼ hoti ta erga tou diabolou poiountes hōmoiōthēsan autǭ.
Again he says that he now calls these children of the devil, not because the devil begets anyone, but because, doing the works of the devil, they became like him.
20.219Preuschen 4:360
πόσῳ δὲ βέλτιον περὶ πάντων τῶν τοῦ διαβόλου τέκνων τοῦτο ἀποφαίνεσθαι, ὡς ὁμοιουμένων αὐτῷ τῷ ποιεῖν τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐ διὰ τὴν οὐσίαν καὶ τὴν κατασκευὴν τὴν χωρὶς ἔργων τέκνων διαβόλου χρηματιζόντων; Ἐκεῖνος ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἦν ἀΠʼ ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐχ ἕστηκεν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ.
posǭ de beltion peri pantōn tōn tou diabolou teknōn touto apophainesthai, hōs homoioumenōn autǭ tǭ poiein ta erga autou kai ou dia tēn ousian kai tēn kataskeuēn tēn chōris ergōn teknōn diabolou chrēmatizontōn? Ekeinos anthrōpoktonos ēn aPʼ archēs, kai en tę̄ alētheią ouch hestēken, hoti ouk estin alētheia en autǭ.
How much better to declare this about all the children of the devil, as being made like him by doing his works, and not called children of the devil because of substance and constitution apart from works? “He was a murderer from the beginning, and has not stood in the truth, because there is no truth in him.”
20.220Preuschen 4:360
Ἐπεί ἐστίν τις κοινότερον ἀνθρωποκτόνος ὁ ὁπωσποτὲ ἀπεκτονὼς ἄνθρωπον, ὅστις ἐστὶν καὶ μέσος, καθʼ ὃ καὶ ζήλῳ θεοῦ πεποίηκεν ὁ Φινεὲς ἀποκτείνας τὸν Ἰσραηλίτην πορνεύοντα καὶ τὴν Μαδιανίτιν καὶ ἀνθρωποκτόνος οὐ καὶ ὁ Δαβὶδ «ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τῶν δυνάμεων, θεοῦ παρατάξεως »Ἰσραήλ« πατάξας τὸν Γολιάθ, ζητητέον τὴν ζωὴν καὶ τὸν ἐναντίον ταύτῃ θάνατον αὐτοῦ, ἕνα νοηθῇ ὁ ψεκτῶς ἀνθρωποκτόνος.
Epei estin tis koinoteron anthrōpoktonos ho hopōspote apektonōs anthrōpon, hostis estin kai mesos, kathʼ ho kai zēlǭ theou pepoiēken ho Phinees apokteinas ton Israēlitēn porneuonta kai tēn Madianitin kai anthrōpoktonos ou kai ho Dabid «en onomati kyriou tōn dynameōn, theou parataxeōs »Israēl« pataxas ton Goliath, zētēteon tēn zōēn kai ton enantion tautę̄ thanaton autou, hena noēthę̄ ho psektōs anthrōpoktonos.
Since in a more common sense a murderer is anyone who has killed a human being in any way whatever, which is a matter indifferent, in the sense in which Phinehas acted in zeal for God when he killed the Israelite committing sexual immorality and the Midianite woman, and David was not a murderer when he struck down Goliath “in the name of the Lord of hosts, the God of the armies of Israel,” we must seek the life of man and the death opposed to it, so that the blameworthy murderer may be understood.
20.221Preuschen 4:360
καὶ ὅσον μὲν ἐπὶ τῇ ἱστορίᾳ φήσεις τὸν Ἀδὰμ καὶ τὴν Εὔαν, ὅσον οὐχ ἡμαρτήκεισαν, μὴ ἀνῃρῆσθαι· ᾗ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ ἔφαγον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀπηγορευμένου ξύλου εὐθέως καὶ τεθνηκέναι, οὐκ ἄλλου τινὸς ἀποκτείναντος αὐτοὺς ἢ τοῦ ἀνθρωποκτόνου διαβόλου, ὅτε τὴν Εὔαν διὰ τοῦ ὄφεως ἠπάτησεν καὶ ἡ Εὔα δέδωκεν τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου, καὶ ἔφαγεν ὁ ἀνήρ.
kai hoson men epi tę̄ historią phēseis ton Adam kai tēn Euan, hoson ouch hēmartēkeisan, mē anę̄rēsthai; hę̄ de hēmerą ephagon apo tou apēgoreumenou xylou eutheōs kai tethnēkenai, ouk allou tinos apokteinantos autous ē tou anthrōpoktonou diabolou, hote tēn Euan dia tou opheōs ēpatēsen kai hē Eua dedōken tǭ andri apo tou xylou, kai ephagen ho anēr.
As far as the history goes, you will say that Adam and Eve, as long as they had not sinned, were not done away with; but on the day they ate from the forbidden tree they immediately also died, no one else having killed them but the murderer, the devil, when he deceived Eve through the serpent, and Eve gave the man some of the tree, and the man ate.
20.222Preuschen 4:360–361
κατὰ μέντοι γε τὰ βαθύτερα τῶν δογμάτων νοήσας τὸ »Οὐκ ἀποθανοῦμαι ἀλλὰ ζήσομαι, »καὶ διηγήσομαι τὰ ἔργα κυρίου«, καὶ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος πρὸς τοὺς Σαδδουκαίους ἀπορρητότατα τοῖς συνιέναι τοῦ λεγομένου δυναμένοις εἰρημένον ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ματθαῖον· »Περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῶν νεκρῶν οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ λέγοντος· »Ἐγώ εἰμι θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ καὶ θεὸς Ἰακώβ; οὐκ ἔστιν »ὁ θεὸς θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων«, καὶ ἐν τῷ κατὰ Λουκᾶν· »Ὅτι δὲ ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροὶ καὶ Μωσῆς ἐμήνυσεν, ὡς λέγει ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου κύριον τὸν θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ καὶ θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ καὶ θεὸν Ἰακώβ· »οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων· πάντες γὰρ ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ κατὰ Μάρκον·
kata mentoi ge ta bathytera tōn dogmatōn noēsas to »Ouk apothanoumai alla zēsomai, »kai diēgēsomai ta erga kyriou«, kai to hypo tou sōtēros pros tous Saddoukaious aporrētotata tois synienai tou legomenou dynamenois eirēmenon en tǭ kata Matthaion; »Peri tēs anastaseōs tōn nekrōn ouk anegnōte to rhēthen hymin hypo tou theou legontos; »Egō eimi theos Abraam kai theos Isaak kai theos Iakōb? ouk estin »ho theos theos nekrōn, alla zōntōn«, kai en tǭ kata Loukan; »Hoti de egeirontai hoi nekroi kai Mōsēs emēnysen, hōs legei epi tēs batou kyrion ton theon Abraam kai theon Isaak kai theon Iakōb; »ouk estin ho theos nekrōn, alla zōntōn; pantes gar eti de kai en tǭ kata Markon;
But according to the deeper doctrines, having understood “I shall not die but live, and recount the works of the Lord,” and what the Savior said to the Sadducees, most secretly for those able to understand it, in the Gospel according to Matthew: “Concerning the resurrection of the dead, have you not read what was spoken to you by God, saying, ‘I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob’? God is not the God of the dead but of the living”; and in the Gospel according to Luke: “But that the dead are raised, Moses too showed, at the bush, when he calls the Lord the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob; he is not the God of the dead but of the living, for all …”; and further in the Gospel according to Mark:
20.223Preuschen 4:361
»Περὶ τῶν νεκρῶν, † οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε »ὅτι ἐγείρονται ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ Μωσέως ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου ὡς εἶπεν αὐτῷ »ὁ θεὸς λέγων· Ἐγώ εἰμι θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ καὶ θεὸς »Ἰακώβ; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων«, ὄψει ὅτι εἰ νῦν ζῇ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστάς, Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ νεκροὶ ἦσαν, πρὶν ζήσωσιν· νεκρὸς δὲ κυρίως οὐδεὶς λέγεται μὴ πρότερον ζήσας.
»Peri tōn nekrōn, † ouk anegnōte »hoti egeirontai en tę̄ biblǭ Mōseōs epi tēs batou hōs eipen autǭ »ho theos legōn; Egō eimi theos Abraam kai theos Isaak kai theos »Iakōb? ouk estin ho theos nekrōn, alla zōntōn«, opsei hoti ei nyn zę̄ ek nekrōn anastas, Abraam kai Isaak kai Iakōb nekroi ēsan, prin zēsōsin; nekros de kyriōs oudeis legetai mē proteron zēsas.
“Concerning the dead, that they are raised, have you not read in the book of Moses, at the bush, how God spoke to him, saying, ‘I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob’? He is not the God of the dead but of the living”; you will see that if Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob now live, having risen from the dead, they were dead before they lived; and no one is properly called dead who has not lived before.
20.224Preuschen 4:361
ἐπίστησον δὲ καὶ τῷ »Ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ πάντες ἀποθνήσκουσιν, καὶ ἐν »τῷ χριστῷ πάντες ζωοποιηθήσονται«, ἐν οἷς οὔτε ὁ μέσος θάνατος σημαίνεται κατὰ τὸ »Ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ πάντες ἀποθνήσκουσιν«, οὔτε ἡ ἀδιάφορος ζωὴ καὶ μήτε ἀγαθὸν οὖσα καθʼ αὑτὴν μήτε κακὸν κατὰ τὸ »Ἐν τῷ χριστῷ πάντες ζωοποιηθήσονται«, καὶ ὄψει τὴν ζωὴν τοῦ κατʼ εἰκόνα ἀνθρώπου. νοήσας δὲ αὐτοῦ τὴν ζωὴν συνήσεις τίνα τρόπον ὁ ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἀπέκτεινε τὸν ζῶντα ἄνθρωπον, οὐ διά τινα ἕνα ἰδίως ποιόν, ἀλλὰ διʼ ὅλον τὸ γένος, ὅ ἀπέκτεινεν, καθʼ ὃ »ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ πάντες ἀποθνήσκουσιν«, λεχθησόμενος ἀνθρωποκτόνος.
epistēson de kai tǭ »En tǭ Adam pantes apothnēskousin, kai en »tǭ christǭ pantes zōopoiēthēsontai«, en hois oute ho mesos thanatos sēmainetai kata to »En tǭ Adam pantes apothnēskousin«, oute hē adiaphoros zōē kai mēte agathon ousa kathʼ hautēn mēte kakon kata to »En tǭ christǭ pantes zōopoiēthēsontai«, kai opsei tēn zōēn tou katʼ eikona anthrōpou. noēsas de autou tēn zōēn synēseis tina tropon ho anthrōpoktonos apekteine ton zōnta anthrōpon, ou dia tina hena idiōs poion, alla diʼ holon to genos, ho apekteinen, kathʼ ho »en tǭ Adam pantes apothnēskousin«, lechthēsomenos anthrōpoktonos.
Consider also “In Adam all die, and in Christ all will be made alive,” in which neither the indifferent death is meant by “In Adam all die,” nor the indifferent life, which is neither good nor bad in itself, by “In Christ all will be made alive”; and you will see the life of the man made according to the image. Having understood his life, you will understand how the murderer killed the living man, not because of some one individual, but because of the whole race, which he killed, in the sense that “in Adam all die,” and so is called a murderer.
20.225Preuschen 4:361
ταύτην δὲ τὴν ἀνθρωποκτονίαν εἰργάσατο ἀρξάμενος ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, διʼ ἣν ἀνθρωποκτονίαν αὐτοῦ ἕκαστος τῶν νοούντων αὐτὸ καὶ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα, καὶ τίνι οἰκεῖόν ἐστιν, τοῦτο ἐρεῖ, ταλανίζων ἑαυτὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποτεθνηκέναι, τὸ »Ταλαίπωρος ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος· τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ »θανάτου τούτου«; βλέπων καὶ τίνα τρόπον εἴρηται τὸ »Εἰς χοῦν θανάτου κατήγαγές με«· καὶ τὸ »Ἐταπείνωσας ἡμᾶς ἐν τόπῳ κα- »κώσεως«· καὶ τὸ »Σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν«.
tautēn de tēn anthrōpoktonian eirgasato arxamenos apʼ archēs, diʼ hēn anthrōpoktonian autou hekastos tōn noountōn auto kai to heautou sōma, kai tini oikeion estin, touto erei, talanizōn heauton epi tǭ en tǭ Adam apotethnēkenai, to »Talaipōros egō anthrōpos; tis me rhysetai ek tou sōmatos tou »thanatou toutou«? blepōn kai tina tropon eirētai to »Eis choun thanatou katēgages me«; kai to »Etapeinōsas hēmas en topǭ ka- »kōseōs«; kai to »Sōma tēs tapeinōseōs hēmōn«.
This murder he committed, beginning from the beginning; because of which murder of his, each of those who understand it and their own body, and to what it properly belongs, will say, lamenting that he has died in Adam, “Wretched man that I am! Who will deliver me from the body of this death?”, seeing also how it is said, “You have brought me down into the dust of death,” and “You have humbled us in a place of affliction,” and “the body of our humiliation.”
20.226Preuschen 4:361
ἔστιν δὲ καὶ ἀπορρητότερόν τι διʼ ὅ ὁ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἄρχων ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, λέγω δὲ τοῦ περιγείου τόπου, ὅπου εἰσὶν οὓς ἀπέκτεινεν ἄνθρωποι. ὁ μὲν οὖν ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἀπέκτεινεν ἡμᾶς· ἡμεῖς δὲ χάριτι θεοῦ συνετάφημεν Χριστῷ καὶ συνανέστημεν αὐτῷ, εἴγε σύμμορφοι γεγόναμεν τῇ ἀναστάσει αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατοῦμεν.
estin de kai aporrētoteron ti diʼ ho ho apʼ archēs anthrōpoktonos archōn estin tou kosmou toutou, legō de tou perigeiou topou, hopou eisin hous apekteinen anthrōpoi. ho men oun anthrōpoktonos apekteinen hēmas; hēmeis de chariti theou synetaphēmen Christǭ kai synanestēmen autǭ, eige symmorphoi gegonamen tę̄ anastasei autou kai en kainotēti zōēs peripatoumen.
There is also something more secret, because of which the murderer from the beginning is the ruler of this world, I mean of the region around the earth, where the human beings he killed are. The murderer, then, killed us; but we by God's grace were buried with Christ and rose with him, if indeed we have been conformed to his resurrection and walk in newness of life.
20.227Preuschen 4:361
ὁ δὲ ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἄρχει τῶν ἀνῃρημένων καὶ ἄρχει τῶν νεκρῶν, ζῶντος δὲ οὐδενὸς ἡγεισθαι δύναται.
ho de anthrōpoktonos archei tōn anę̄rēmenōn kai archei tōn nekrōn, zōntos de oudenos hēgeisthai dynatai.
The murderer rules those who have been done away with and rules the dead, but can lead none who lives.
20.228Preuschen 4:361
ἐὰν δὲ ἐπιπλεῖον ἐπιστήσῃς καὶ τοῖς περὶ τῶν νεκρῶν γεγραμμένοις, οἷον τούτῳ »Εἰς τοῦτο Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν καὶ ἀνέστη, ἵνα καὶ νεκρῶν »καὶ ζώντων κυριεύσῃ«, ὄψει τίνα τρόπον διὰ τὸν θάνατον τοῦ Ἰησοῦ οὐδὲ τῶν νεκρῶν κυριεύει ἔτι· ἀπέθανεν γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἵνα καὶ νεκρῶν κυριεύσῃ.
ean de epipleion epistēsę̄s kai tois peri tōn nekrōn gegrammenois, hoion toutǭ »Eis touto Christos apethanen kai anestē, hina kai nekrōn »kai zōntōn kyrieusę̄«, opsei tina tropon dia ton thanaton tou Iēsou oude tōn nekrōn kyrieuei eti; apethanen gar Iēsous hina kai nekrōn kyrieusę̄.
And if you attend further also to what is written about the dead, for example, “For this Christ died and rose, that he might be Lord of both the dead and the living,” you will see how, through the death of Jesus, he no longer rules even the dead; for Jesus died that he might be Lord of the dead too.
20.229Preuschen 4:361–362
ὅσον μὲν οὖν ζῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπος, οὐ φορεῖ τὴν τοῦ χοϊκοῦ εἰκόνα· ἀποθνήσκων δὲ καὶ ἀναιρούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρωποκτόνου, ἅμα τε οὐ συνέχει τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν τοῦ χοϊκοῦ καὶ νεκροῦ· νεκρὸς γὰρ ὁ χοϊκός, ὥσπερ ζῶν ὁ ἐπουράνιος· καὶ ὁ θεὸς οὐκ ἔστιν νεκρῶν ἀλλὰ ζώντων θεός.
hoson men oun zę̄ ho anthrōpos, ou phorei tēn tou choïkou eikona; apothnēskōn de kai anairoumenos hypo tou anthrōpoktonou, hama te ou synechei tēn tou theou tēn tou choïkou kai nekrou; nekros gar ho choïkos, hōsper zōn ho epouranios; kai ho theos ouk estin nekrōn alla zōntōn theos.
As long as a man lives, then, he does not bear the image of the earthy; but when he dies and is done away with by the murderer, he no longer holds fast the image of God, but that of the earthy and dead; for the earthy one is dead, just as the heavenly one is living; and God is not the God of the dead but of the living.
20.230Preuschen 4:362
διόπερ εἰ μὲν συνανέστημεν ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατοῦντες, ὁ θεός ἐστιν ἡμῶν· εἰ δὲ ἔτι ἐσμὲν ἐν νεκροῖς, ὁ θεὸς οὐ νεκρῶν καὶ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἔσται θεός.
dioper ei men synanestēmen en kainotēti zōēs peripatountes, ho theos estin hēmōn; ei de eti esmen en nekrois, ho theos ou nekrōn kai hēmōn ouk estai theos.
Therefore, if we have risen with him, walking in newness of life, God is ours; but if we are still among the dead, God is not of the dead, and he will not be our God.
20.231Preuschen 4:362
Παράκειται δὲ τῷ ἐξετάζειν τὰ περὶ τοῦ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἀνθρωποκτόνου καὶ τὸ ἰδεῖν τινὰς νεκροὺς μέν, οὐκ ἐν ἄλλῳ δὲ ἢ ἐν Χριστῷ νεκρούς, οἳ καὶ πρῶτον ἀναστήσονται· περὶ ὧν έν μὲν τῇ Πρὸς Κορινθίους οὕτω λέγεται· »Σαλπίσει γάρ, καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἀνα- »στήσονται ἄφθαρτοι, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀλλαγησόμεθα«· έν δὲ τῇ πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεῖς· »Τοῦτο γὰρ ὑμῖν λέγομεν λόγῳ κυρίου, ὅτι ἡμεῖς οἰ »ζῶντες, οἱ περιλειπόμενοι εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ κυρίου, οὐ μὴ »φθάσωμεν τοὺς κοιμηθέντας· ὅτι αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος έν κελεύσματι, ἐν φωνῇ ἀρχαγγέλου καὶ ἐν σἀλπιγγι θεοῦ καταβήσεται ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ, »καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον· ἔπειτα ἡμεῖς οἱ »ζῶντες, οἱ περιλειπόμενοι, ἅμα σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέ- »λαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα, καὶ οὕτω πάντοτε σὺν »κυρίῳ ἐσόμεθα«.
Parakeitai de tǭ exetazein ta peri tou apʼ archēs anthrōpoktonou kai to idein tinas nekrous men, ouk en allǭ de ē en Christǭ nekrous, hoi kai prōton anastēsontai; peri hōn en men tę̄ Pros Korinthious houtō legetai; »Salpisei gar, kai hoi nekroi ana- »stēsontai aphthartoi, kai hēmeis allagēsometha«; en de tę̄ pros Thessalonikeis; »Touto gar hymin legomen logǭ kyriou, hoti hēmeis oi »zōntes, hoi perileipomenoi eis tēn parousian tou kyriou, ou mē »phthasōmen tous koimēthentas; hoti autos ho kyrios en keleusmati, en phōnę̄ archangelou kai en salpingi theou katabēsetai apʼ ouranou, »kai hoi nekroi en Christǭ anastēsontai prōton; epeita hēmeis hoi »zōntes, hoi perileipomenoi, hama syn autois harpagēsometha en nephe- »lais eis apantēsin tou kyriou eis aera, kai houtō pantote syn »kyriǭ esometha«.
Next to examining the things about the murderer from the beginning lies seeing that some are dead, but dead in none other than Christ, who will also rise first; concerning whom it is said in the letter to the Corinthians: “For the trumpet will sound, and the dead will be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed”; and in the letter to the Thessalonians: “For this we say to you by the word of the Lord, that we who are alive, who are left until the coming of the Lord, shall not precede those who have fallen asleep; for the Lord himself will descend from heaven with a cry of command, with the voice of an archangel and with the trumpet of God, and the dead in Christ will rise first; then we who are alive, who are left, will be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air, and so we shall always be with the Lord.”
20.232Preuschen 4:362
καὶ ἡγοῦμαι ζῶντας μὲν εἶναι ἐν Χριστῷ τοὺς τετελειωμένους καὶ μηδαμῶς ἔτι ἁμαρτίαν ἐργαζομένους, νεκροὺς δὲ ἐν Χριστῷ τοὺς διακειμένους μὲν κατὰ τὴν ἐν Χριστῷ πίστιν καὶ προαιρουμένους βιοῦν καλῶς, οὐ μὴν ἤδη κατωρθωκότας ἀλλʼ ἔτι ἁμαρτάνοντας, ἤτοι κατʼ ἄγνοιαν τοῦ ἀκριβοῦς περὶ δικαιοσύνης ἀληθοῦς λόγου, ἢ κατὰ ἀσθένειαν νικωμένων τῶν κριμάτων ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπιθυμούσης κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος σαρκός.
kai hēgoumai zōntas men einai en Christǭ tous teteleiōmenous kai mēdamōs eti hamartian ergazomenous, nekrous de en Christǭ tous diakeimenous men kata tēn en Christǭ pistin kai proairoumenous bioun kalōs, ou mēn ēdē katōrthōkotas allʼ eti hamartanontas, ētoi katʼ agnoian tou akribous peri dikaiosynēs alēthous logou, ē kata astheneian nikōmenōn tōn krimatōn apo tēs epithymousēs kata tou pneumatos sarkos.
And I think that those living in Christ are the ones made perfect who no longer commit sin at all, while the dead in Christ are those disposed according to faith in Christ and choosing to live well, yet not already having succeeded but still sinning, either through ignorance of the exact account of true righteousness, or through weakness, their judgments being overcome by the flesh that desires against the Spirit.
20.233Preuschen 4:362
καὶ τούτοις γε ἀκόλουθόν έστιν τὸν Παῦλον αἰσθανόμενον ἑαυτοῦ λέγειν διὰ τὸ ἤδη κατωρθωκέναι τὸ »Ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες«. οὓς δὲ εἰρήκαμεν νεκρούς, οὑτοι μάλιστα δέονται τῆς ἀναστάσεως, οὐδὲ τῶν ζώντων δυναμένων ἁρπαγῆναι ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα, πρὶν πρῶτον τοὺς ἐν Χριστῷ νεκροὺς ἀναστῆναι· διὸ γέγραπται· »Οἱ νεκροὶ έν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον, ἔπειτα ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.
kai toutois ge akolouthon estin ton Paulon aisthanomenon heautou legein dia to ēdē katōrthōkenai to »Hēmeis hoi zōntes«. hous de eirēkamen nekrous, houtoi malista deontai tēs anastaseōs, oude tōn zōntōn dynamenōn harpagēnai en nephelais eis apantēsin tou kyriou eis aera, prin prōton tous en Christǭ nekrous anastēnai; dio gegraptai; »Hoi nekroi en Christǭ anastēsontai prōton, epeita hēmeis hoi zōntes« kai ta hexēs.
And consistent with this is that Paul, conscious of himself, says “we who are alive,” because he had already succeeded. And those we have called dead most need the resurrection, since not even the living can be caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air before the dead in Christ first rise; therefore it is written, “The dead in Christ will rise first; then we who are alive,” and what follows.
20.234Preuschen 4:362
ἐπιστήσεις δὲ εἰ καὶ διὰ τὴν ἀνθρωποκτονίαν αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἂν συστάντα τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐπικαταράτου γῆς ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τοῦ ἐκβληθέντος ἀπὸ »τοῦ παραδείσου τῆς τρυφῆς« Ἀδὰμ συνέστη.
epistēseis de ei kai dia tēn anthrōpoktonian autou ouk an systanta ta epi tēs epikataratou gēs en tois ergois tou ekblēthentos apo »tou paradeisou tēs tryphēs« Adam synestē.
You will consider whether also because of his murder the things on the accursed earth, which would not otherwise have come into being, came into being in the works of Adam, who was cast out of “the paradise of delight.”
20.235Preuschen 4:362–363
πλὴν ἀνθρωποκτόνος οὗτος ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ἐνεστηκότων γέγονεν ἀρχῆς, ὅστις, οἶμαι, γενόμενος »ἀρχὴ πλάσματος κυρίου« ἐφθόνησεν τοῖς κτισθεῖσιν »εἰς τὸ εἶναι«.
plēn anthrōpoktonos houtos apo tēs tōn enestēkotōn gegonen archēs, hostis, oimai, genomenos »archē plasmatos kyriou« ephthonēsen tois ktistheisin »eis to einai«.
Yet this one became a murderer from the beginning of the present things, who, I think, having become “the beginning of the Lord's formation,” envied those created “so that they might exist.”
20.236Preuschen 4:363
οὕτω »φθόνῳ θάνατος εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν »κόσμον«, ἀεὶ ἐν οἷς ἂν εὕρῃ ζῶσιν ἀνθρωποκτονοῦντος ἕως ἂν πάντων τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὑποτεθέντων τοῖς ποσὶν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἔσχατος ἐχθρὸς αὐτοῦ θάνατος καταργηθῇ.
houtō »phthonǭ thanatos eisēlthen eis ton »kosmon«, aei en hois an heurę̄ zōsin anthrōpoktonountos heōs an pantōn tōn echthrōn hypotethentōn tois posin tou huiou tou theou eschatos echthros autou thanatos katargēthę̄.
Thus “through envy death entered into the world,” as he always murders among those he finds living, until, when all enemies have been put under the feet of the Son of God, his last enemy, death, is destroyed.
20.237Preuschen 4:363
Ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ »Καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐχ »ἕστηκεν«. πᾶς μὲν καὶ μόνος ὁ ὑγιῆ βεβαίως ἔχων δόγματα καὶ διὰ τὴν βεβαιότητα τῶν δογμάτων ἄσειστος τοῖς κρίμασιν τυγχάνων ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ, καὶ ὑπὸ μηδεμιᾶς περιστάσεως ἤ τινος σωματικῆς προφάσεως, οἷον δυσυπομενήτων πόνων ἢ σφοδροτέρας ὀρέξεως ἀφροδισίων ἢ ὁποιασδήποτε αἰτίας σαλευόμενος, ὥστʼ ἂν καὶ ἐπὶ Ποσὸν μετακινηθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ καλοῦ, εὐλόγως ἂν ἑστηκέναι ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ νομίζοιτο·
Idōmen de kai peri tou »Kai en tę̄ alētheią ouch »hestēken«. pas men kai monos ho hygiē bebaiōs echōn dogmata kai dia tēn bebaiotēta tōn dogmatōn aseistos tois krimasin tynchanōn en panti kairǭ, kai hypo mēdemias peristaseōs ē tinos sōmatikēs prophaseōs, hoion dysypomenētōn ponōn ē sphodroteras orexeōs aphrodisiōn ē hopoiasdēpote aitias saleuomenos, hōstʼ an kai epi Poson metakinēthēnai apo tou kalou, eulogōs an hestēkenai en tę̄ alētheią nomizoito;
Let us see also about “And he has not stood in the truth.” Everyone, and only the one, who firmly holds sound doctrines and, because of the firmness of the doctrines, is unshaken in his judgments at every time, and is not shaken by any circumstance or bodily pretext, such as hard-to-bear pains or a more vehement appetite for sexual pleasures, or any cause whatever, so as to be moved even a little from the good, might reasonably be thought to have stood in the truth.
20.238Preuschen 4:363
οὗτος δὲ ὁ λόγος φθανέτω καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς ἔξω σαρκὸς καὶ αἵματος φύσεις· ἔστιν γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐκείνων ζωῇ τὰ κατορθοῦντα ἑστηκέναι ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ δεόντως λέγειν· εἰ δέ τις μὴ οὕτως »οὐχ ἕστηκεν ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ«.
houtos de ho logos phthanetō kai epi tas exō sarkos kai haimatos physeis; estin gar kai en tę̄ ekeinōn zōę̄ ta katorthounta hestēkenai en tę̄ alētheią deontōs legein; ei de tis mē houtōs »ouch hestēken en tę̄ alētheią«.
And let this account reach also to natures outside flesh and blood; for in their life too it is fitting to say that those who do right have stood in the truth; but if anyone is not so, “he has not stood in the truth.”
20.239Preuschen 4:363
ἀλλʼ ἐφίστημι μήποτε ἓν μέν τι καὶ μονοειδές ἐστιν τὸ ἑστηκέναι ἐν τῇ ἀληθεία, ποικίλον δέ τι καὶ πολύτροπον τὸ μὴ ἑστηκέναι έν αὐτῇ· τινῶν μὲν τρεμούσαις, ἵνʼ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, ταῖς βάσεσιν καὶ σειομέναις βιαζομένων ἑστάναι ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ μηδέπω τοῦτο ἐχόντων· ἑτέρων δὲ τοῦτο μὲν οὐ πεπονθότων, ἐν κινδύνῳ δὲ τοῦ ἐν τούτω γενέσθαι καθεστηκότων, ὁποῖός ἐστιν ὁ λέγων· »Ἐμοῦ δὲ παρὰ μικρὸν ἐσαλεύθησαν οἱ πόδες«, καὶ ἄλλων καὶ πεπτωκότων ἐν αὐτῇ, περὶ ὡν οἶμαι λέγεσθαι τὸ »Πᾶς ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον συνθλασθήσεται«.
allʼ ephistēmi mēpote hen men ti kai monoeides estin to hestēkenai en tę̄ alētheia, poikilon de ti kai polytropon to mē hestēkenai en autę̄; tinōn men tremousais, hinʼ houtōs onomasō, tais basesin kai seiomenais biazomenōn hestanai en autę̄ kai mēdepō touto echontōn; heterōn de touto men ou peponthotōn, en kindynǭ de tou en toutō genesthai kathestēkotōn, hopoios estin ho legōn; »Emou de para mikron esaleuthēsan hoi podes«, kai allōn kai peptōkotōn en autę̄, peri hōn oimai legesthai to »Pas ho pesōn epi ton lithon touton synthlasthēsetai«.
But I consider whether standing in the truth is one single thing, while not standing in it is varied and manifold: some, with trembling feet, so to speak, and shaken, are forcing themselves to stand in it and do not yet have this; others have not experienced this, but are in danger of coming into it, such as the one who says, “But as for me, my feet were almost shaken”; and others have actually fallen in it, of whom I think it is said, “Everyone who falls on this stone will be broken.”
20.240Preuschen 4:363
ἐπὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἑστάναι ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ προτρέπων ὁ κύριος Μωσέα εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν· »Ἰδοὺ τόπος παρʼ ἐμοί, καὶ στήσῃ ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας«· εἰ γὰρ ἡ πέτρα Χριστὸς ἦν, Χριστὸς δέ φησιν· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια«, μήποτε τὸ »Στήσῃ ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας« ἴσον δύναται τῷ »στήσῃ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀληθείας«.
epi touto to hestanai en tę̄ alētheią protrepōn ho kyrios Mōsea eipen pros auton; »Idou topos parʼ emoi, kai stēsę̄ epi tēs petras«; ei gar hē petra Christos ēn, Christos de phēsin; »Egō eimi hē alētheia«, mēpote to »Stēsę̄ epi tēs petras« ison dynatai tǭ »stēsę̄ epi tēs alētheias«.
Urging to this standing in the truth, the Lord said to Moses, “Behold, there is a place beside me, and you will stand on the rock”; for if the rock was Christ, and Christ says, “I am the truth,” perhaps “You will stand on the rock” is equivalent to “You will stand on the truth.”
20.241Preuschen 4:363–364
μόγις δέ ποτε τοῦτο καὶ μετὰ πολλὰ ἐγγίγνεταί τινι. μέχρι γοῦν τοῦ »Ἰδού, τόπος παρʼ ἐμοί, καὶ στήσῃ ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας« Μωσῆς οὐδέπω εἱστήκει ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας. καὶ εἴ τίς γε ἐπιμελέστερον τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει, οὐκ εὐχερῶς δυναμένῃ καθαρεύειν ἀπὸ ψευδῶν δογμάτων, ὄψεται ὅτι ὥσπερ »πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης«, οὕτως πᾶς ἄνθρωπος οὐχ ἕστηκεν ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ.
mogis de pote touto kai meta polla engignetai tini. mechri goun tou »Idou, topos parʼ emoi, kai stēsę̄ epi tēs petras« Mōsēs oudepō heistēkei epi tēs petras. kai ei tis ge epimelesteron tę̄ anthrōpinę̄ physei, ouk eucherōs dynamenę̄ kathareuein apo pseudōn dogmatōn, opsetai hoti hōsper »pas anthrōpos pseustēs«, houtōs pas anthrōpos ouch hestēken en tę̄ alētheią.
This comes to someone only with difficulty and after much. At any rate, until “Behold, there is a place beside me, and you will stand on the rock,” Moses had not yet stood on the rock. And if anyone looks more carefully at human nature, which cannot easily be pure of false doctrines, he will see that, just as “every man is a liar,” so no man has stood in the truth.
20.242Preuschen 4:364
εἰ γάρ τίς ἐστιν οὐ ψεύστης ἔτι ἢ ἕστηκεν ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ὁ τοιοῦτος οὐκ ἔστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὥστ ἂν εἰπεῖν αὐτῷ καὶ τοῖς ὁμοίοις αὐτῷ τὸν θεόν· »Ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί »ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ὑψίστου πάντες«, οὐκ ἐπενεχθησομένου αὐτῷ τοῦ »Ὑμεῖς δὴ ὡς ἄνθρωποι ἀποθνήσκετε«.
ei gar tis estin ou pseustēs eti ē hestēken en tę̄ alētheią, ho toioutos ouk estin anthrōpos, hōst an eipein autǭ kai tois homoiois autǭ ton theon; »Egō eipa, theoi »este kai huioi hypsistou pantes«, ouk epenechthēsomenou autǭ tou »Hymeis dē hōs anthrōpoi apothnēskete«.
For if anyone is no longer a liar, or has stood in the truth, such a one is not a man, so that God may say to him and those like him, “I said, you are gods, and all of you sons of the Most High,” without the addition, “But you will die like men.”
20.243Preuschen 4:364
εἴ τις οὖν καὶ ἄλλος οὐχ ἕστηκεν ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ ὁ διάβολος ὁ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἀνθρωποκτόνος, καὶ ἡ αἰτία γε τοῦ μὴ ἑστηκέναι αὐτὸν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ τοῦτον εἴρηται τὸν τρόπον· »Ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ‘.
ei tis oun kai allos ouch hestēken en tę̄ alētheią, dēlon hoti kai ho diabolos ho apʼ archēs anthrōpoktonos, kai hē aitia ge tou mē hestēkenai auton en alētheią touton eirētai ton tropon; »Hoti ouk estin alētheia en autǭ‘.
If, then, anyone else has not stood in the truth, clearly the devil, the murderer from the beginning, has not; and the cause of his not having stood in the truth is stated in this way: “because there is no truth in him.”
20.244Preuschen 4:364
διὰ τοῦτο δʼ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ, ἐπείπερ ἠπάτηται καὶ ψευδῆ ὑπολαμβάνει καὶ ἠπάτηται αὐτὸς ὑφʼ ἑαυτοῦ, τούτων χείρων εἶναι λογισθεὶς τῶν λοιπῶν ἀπατωμένων, ὅτι ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ὑπὸ τούτου ἀπατῶνται, αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ δημιουργός ἐστιν τῆς ἀπάτης.
dia touto dʼ ouk estin alētheia en autǭ, epeiper ēpatētai kai pseudē hypolambanei kai ēpatētai autos hyphʼ heautou, toutōn cheirōn einai logistheis tōn loipōn apatōmenōn, hoti ekeinoi men hypo toutou apatōntai, autos heautǭ dēmiourgos estin tēs apatēs.
And there is no truth in him for this reason, that he has been deceived and supposes falsehoods, and has been deceived by himself, being reckoned worse than the rest of the deceived, because they are deceived by him, while he himself is the author of his own deception.
20.245Preuschen 4:364
Ἄξιον δὲ ζητῆσαι πῶς λέγεται τὸ »Ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν »αὐτῷ«, οἷον πότερόν ποτε οὐδὲν ἀληθὲς ἔχει δόγμα, ἀλλὰ πάντα ὅσα ποτὲ δοξάζει ψευδῆ ἐστιν· ἢ ὅτι οὐ μετέχει Χριστοῦ, ὡς οἱ Χριστοῦ μέτοχοι μετέχουσιν τοῦ εἰπόντος· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια«.
Axion de zētēsai pōs legetai to »Alētheia ouk estin en »autǭ«, hoion poteron pote ouden alēthes echei dogma, alla panta hosa pote doxazei pseudē estin; ē hoti ou metechei Christou, hōs hoi Christou metochoi metechousin tou eipontos; »Egō eimi hē alētheia«.
It is worth asking in what sense “There is no truth in him” is said: whether he holds no true doctrine at all, but everything he ever thinks is false; or that he does not share in Christ, as those who share in Christ share in him who said, “I am the truth.”
20.246Preuschen 4:364
οἱ γὰρ μετέχοντες αὐτοῦ μετέχουσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ καθʼ ὅ ἐστιν ἀλήθεια. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀλήθειά ἐστιν έν αὐτοῖς. καὶ τρίτον δʼ ἂν ἐν τώ τόπῳ τοιοῦτον προσαπορηθείη, ἐπιστησόντων τινῶν εἰ χρὴ λέγειν μὴ εἶναι ἀλήθειαν ἐν τώ ὁτιποτοῦν ψεῦδος ὑπολαμβάνοντι, κἂν μετὰ πολλῶν ἀληθῶν τοῦτο νομίζῃ.
hoi gar metechontes autou metechousin autou kai kathʼ ho estin alētheia. kai dia touto alētheia estin en autois. kai triton dʼ an en tō topǭ toiouton prosaporētheiē, epistēsontōn tinōn ei chrē legein mē einai alētheian en tō hotipotoun pseudos hypolambanonti, kan meta pollōn alēthōn touto nomizę̄.
For those who share in him share in him also insofar as he is truth, and for this reason truth is in them. And a third difficulty of this kind might be raised in the passage, some considering whether one should say that there is no truth in one who supposes any falsehood whatever, even if he holds it together with many truths.
20.247Preuschen 4:364
ὡς γὰρ ψεῦδος τὸ ἐκ μυρίων ὅσων ἀληθῶν καὶ ἑνὸς ψεύδους συμπεπλεγμένου, οὕτως ἐν τῷ δοξάζοντι μετὰ πολλῶν ἀληθῶν ἓν ψεῦδος οἱονεὶ τὸ τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν συμπεπλεγμένον, ὥστʼ ἂν εἰπεῖν ὅτι έν τῷδε οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια. δείκνυμι δὲ τὸν μετὰ πολλῶν ἀληθῶν ὲν ψεῦδος ὑπολαμβάνοντα.
hōs gar pseudos to ek myriōn hosōn alēthōn kai henos pseudous sympeplegmenou, houtōs en tǭ doxazonti meta pollōn alēthōn hen pseudos hoionei to toiouton estin sympeplegmenon, hōstʼ an eipein hoti en tǭde ouk estin alētheia. deiknymi de ton meta pollōn alēthōn en pseudos hypolambanonta.
For just as a proposition made of countless truths with one falsehood woven in is false, so in one who holds one falsehood along with many truths, such a thing is, as it were, woven in, so that one might say that in this person there is no truth. And I point to the one who supposes one falsehood along with many truths.
20.248Preuschen 4:364
καὶ τὰ τρία γε δόξει ἔχειν λόγον. τινὸς μὲν φήσοντος κατὰ τοῦτο εἰρῆσθαι τὸ »Οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια έν αὐτῷ«, ἐπεὶ οὐ μετέχει Χριστοῦ, ᾡ γε καὶ προσπολεμεῖ· ἑτέρου δέ, ἐπείπερ οὐδὲν ἀληθὲς φρονεῖ ἀλλʼ διέψευσται, καὶ διὰ τοῦτό ἐστιν διάβολος καὶ πονηρὸς καὶ χείρων παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν πταίοντος, ὅτι τάχα ἐν μὲν τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐστίν τι καὶ ἀληθὲς μετὰ πολλῶν ὧν σφάλλονται, ἐν δὲ τούτω οὐδὲν ἀληθές.
kai ta tria ge doxei echein logon. tinos men phēsontos kata touto eirēsthai to »Ouk estin alētheia en autǭ«, epei ou metechei Christou, hǭ ge kai prospolemei; heterou de, epeiper ouden alēthes phronei allʼ diepseustai, kai dia touto estin diabolos kai ponēros kai cheirōn pantos houtinosoun ptaiontos, hoti tacha en men tois pollois estin ti kai alēthes meta pollōn hōn sphallontai, en de toutō ouden alēthes.
And all three will seem reasonable. One will say that “There is no truth in him” is said in this sense, since he does not share in Christ, against whom he even wages war; another, since he thinks nothing true but is utterly deceived, and for this reason is the devil and wicked and worse than anyone who stumbles, because perhaps in the many there is something true along with many things in which they err, but in him nothing true.
20.249Preuschen 4:364
καὶ τρίτος δέ τις συναγορεύσει τώ λοιπῷ λέγων ἀμήχανον εἶναι λογικόν τι τυγχάνον ζῷον περὶ πάντων ψευδοδοξεῖν καὶ περὶ μηδενὸς κἂν ἀσθενῶς τὸ ἀληθὲς ὑπολαμβάνειν.
kai tritos de tis synagoreusei tō loipǭ legōn amēchanon einai logikon ti tynchanon zǭon peri pantōn pseudodoxein kai peri mēdenos kan asthenōs to alēthes hypolambanein.
And a third will argue for the remaining view, saying that it is impossible for a being that is rational to hold false opinions about everything and to suppose the truth, even weakly, about nothing.
20.250Preuschen 4:364–365
πάντως γοῦν κἂν τοῦτο ἔχῃ ὁ διάβολος δόγμα ἀληθὲς περὶ αὑτοῦ ἐννοῶν ὅτι λογικός ἐστιν, καὶ ὅτι τὸ τοιόνδε μὲν ἄνθρωπός έστιν, τὸ τοιόνδε δὲ ἄγγελος, καὶ τὸ τοιὸν μὲν σῶμα, καὶ ποιὸν σῶμα, ἄλλο δέ τι ἕτερον σώματος.
pantōs goun kan touto echę̄ ho diabolos dogma alēthes peri hautou ennoōn hoti logikos estin, kai hoti to toionde men anthrōpos estin, to toionde de angelos, kai to toion men sōma, kai poion sōma, allo de ti heteron sōmatos.
At any rate, the devil certainly holds this true doctrine, understanding about himself that he is rational, and that such a thing is a man and such a thing an angel, and such a thing a body, and what sort of body, and something else other than body.
20.251Preuschen 4:365
ἀλλʼ ἵνα καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον μὴ λέγῃ καὶ μὴ ἐννοῇ, ἀλλά γε αὐτάρκη τὰ πρῶτα πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἂν δύνασθαι εἶναι ἀληθὲς περὶ αὐτοῦ τὸ ὅτι οὐδὲν ἀληθὲς φρονεῖ.
allʼ hina kai to teleutaion mē legę̄ kai mē ennoę̄, alla ge autarkē ta prōta pros to mē an dynasthai einai alēthes peri autou to hoti ouden alēthes phronei.
But even if he does not say or think the last of these, the first are enough to make it impossible for it to be true of him that he thinks nothing true.
20.252Preuschen 4:365
Ἡμεῖς μὲν οὖν τοῦ »Ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐχ ἕστηκεν« ἀκούομεν οὐχ ὡς φύσιν τοιαύτην ἐμφαίνοντος, οὐδὲ τὸ ἀδύνατον περὶ τοῦ ἑστηκέναι αὐτὸν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ παριστάντος· ὁ δὲ Ἡρακλέων εἰς ταῦτά φησι τὸ Οὐ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἡ φύσις ἐστὶν αὐτοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἐκ πλάνης καὶ ἀγνοίας.
Hēmeis men oun tou »En tę̄ alētheią ouch hestēken« akouomen ouch hōs physin toiautēn emphainontos, oude to adynaton peri tou hestēkenai auton en alētheią paristantos; ho de Hērakleōn eis tauta phēsi to Ou gar ek tēs alētheias hē physis estin autou, allʼ ek tou enantiou tę̄ alētheią, ek planēs kai agnoias.
We, then, hear “He has not stood in the truth” not as indicating such a nature, nor as presenting the impossibility of his standing in the truth. But Heracleon says on this: For his nature is not from the truth, but from the opposite of the truth, from error and ignorance.
20.253Preuschen 4:365
διό, φησίν, οὔτε στῆναι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ οὔτε σχεῖν ἐν αὑτῷ ἀλήθειαν δύναται, ἐκ τῆς αὑτοῦ φύσεως ἴδιον ἔχων τὸ ψεῦδος, φυσικῶς μὴ δυνάμενός ποτε ἀλήθειαν εἰπεῖν· λέγει δʼ ὅτι οὐ μόνος αὐτὸς ψεύστης ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ, ἰδίως πατὴρ αὐτοῦ< ἐκλαμβάνων φύσιν αὐτοῦ, ἐπείπερ ἐκ πλάνης καὶ ψεύσματος συνέστη.
dio, phēsin, oute stēnai en alētheią oute schein en hautǭ alētheian dynatai, ek tēs hautou physeōs idion echōn to pseudos, physikōs mē dynamenos pote alētheian eipein; legei dʼ hoti ou monos autos pseustēs estin, alla kai ho patēr autou, idiōs patēr autou< eklambanōn physin autou, epeiper ek planēs kai pseusmatos synestē.
Therefore, he says, he can neither stand in the truth nor have truth in himself, having falsehood as his own from his own nature, being by nature never able to speak truth. And he says that not only is he himself a liar, but also his father, taking “his father” in a special sense as his nature, since he was constituted from error and falsehood.
20.254Preuschen 4:365
ταῦτα δὲ ὅλα ῥύεται τὸν διάβολον παντὸς ψόγου καὶ ἐγκλήματος καὶ μέμψεως· οὐδεὶς γὰρ εὐλόγως ἂν ψέξαι ἢ ἐγκαλέσαι ἢ μέμψαιτο τῷ μὴ πεφυκότι πρὸς τὰ κρείττονα. ἀτυχὴς οὐν μᾶλλον ἢ ψεκτὸς ὁ διάβολος κατὰ τὸν Ἡρακλέωνά έστιν. ἰστέον μέντοι γε ὅτι ὥσπερ ὁ διάβολος έν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐχ ἕστηκεν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ, οὕτως καὶ οἱ ἐκ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ὄντες ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐχ ἑστήκασιν, ὅτι ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς. πάντες δὲ τοιοῦτοι οἱ ἔτι ποιοῦντες ἁμαρτίας.
tauta de hola rhyetai ton diabolon pantos psogou kai enklēmatos kai mempseōs; oudeis gar eulogōs an psexai ē enkalesai ē mempsaito tǭ mē pephykoti pros ta kreittona. atychēs oun mallon ē psektos ho diabolos kata ton Hērakleōna estin. isteon mentoi ge hoti hōsper ho diabolos en tę̄ alētheią ouch hestēken, hoti ouk estin alētheia en autǭ, houtōs kai hoi ek patros tou diabolou ontes en tę̄ alētheią ouch hestēkasin, hoti alētheia ouk estin en autois. pantes de toioutoi hoi eti poiountes hamartias.
But all this frees the devil from all blame, accusation, and reproach; for no one could reasonably blame, accuse, or reproach one not made by nature for better things. According to Heracleon, then, the devil is unfortunate rather than blameworthy. It must be known, however, that just as the devil has not stood in the truth, because there is no truth in him, so those who are of their father the devil have not stood in the truth, because there is no truth in them. And all who still commit sins are such,
20.255Preuschen 4:365
κἄν λέγωσιν εἶναι Χριστοῦ· »Πᾶς γὰρ ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν »ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου γεγέννηται«. Ὅταν λαλῇ τὸ ψεῦδος, ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ, ὅτι ψεύστης ἐστὶν καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ.
kan legōsin einai Christou; »Pas gar ho poiōn tēn hamartian »ek tou diabolou gegennētai«. Hotan lalę̄ to pseudos, ek tōn idiōn lalei, hoti pseustēs estin kai ho patēr autou.
even if they say they are Christ's; “for everyone who commits sin is born of the devil.” “When he speaks the lie, he speaks from his own, for he is a liar and so is his father.”
20.256Preuschen 4:365
Προλαβόντες μὲν εἰς τὸ »Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστέ‘ ἐμνημονεύσαμεν τοῦ ῥητοῦ καὶ τὰ ὑποπεσόντα ἡμῖν εἰς αὐτὸ εἰρήκαμεν, ζητοῦντες τί τὸ ψεῦδος καὶ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ·
Prolabontes men eis to »Hymeis ek tou patros tou diabolou este‘ emnēmoneusamen tou rhētou kai ta hypopesonta hēmin eis auto eirēkamen, zētountes ti to pseudos kai ton patera autou;
In treating “You are of your father the devil” in advance, we mentioned this text and said what occurred to us about it, asking what the lie is and what its father is.
20.257Preuschen 4:365
συνεξεταζέσθω δὲ καὶ τὰ λεχθησόμενα νῦν ἐκείνοις. πᾶν πνεῦμα πονηρὸν καὶ ἀπατηλὸν νομίζω εἶναι ψεῦδος, καὶ ἕκαστον τούτων ὅταν λαλῇ, ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων καὶ μηδαμῶς ἐκ τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ λαλεῖν·
synexetazesthō de kai ta lechthēsomena nyn ekeinois. pan pneuma ponēron kai apatēlon nomizō einai pseudos, kai hekaston toutōn hotan lalę̄, ek tōn idiōn kai mēdamōs ek tōn tou theou lalein;
But let what will be said now be examined together with that. I think every wicked and deceiving spirit is a lie, and that each of these, when it speaks, speaks from its own and in no way from what is God's;
20.258Preuschen 4:365–366
τούτων δὲ ὁ ψεύστης πατήρ, ὁ διάβολος, ἐστίν· πόθεν δὲ ἐκινήθημεν εἰς τὸ πᾶν χεῖρον πνεῦμα ψευδὲς εἰπεῖν νῦν παραθησόμεθα· γέγραπται ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ τῶν Βασιλειῶν ὡς ἄρα εἶπεν Μιχαίας κληθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀχαὰβ εἰς τὸ προφητεῦσαι περὶ τοῦ πότερον αὐτῷ καθήκει πορευθῆναι εἰς Ῥαμμὼθ Γαλαὰδ εἰς πόλεμον ἢ ἐπισχεῖν, τὸ »Εἶδον »θεὸν Ἰσραὴλ καθήμενον ἐπὶ θρόνου αὐτοῦ, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ στρατεία τοῦ »οὐρανοῦ ἱστήκει περὶ αὐτὸν ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων αὐτοῦ.
toutōn de ho pseustēs patēr, ho diabolos, estin; pothen de ekinēthēmen eis to pan cheiron pneuma pseudes eipein nyn parathēsometha; gegraptai en tę̄ tritę̄ tōn Basileiōn hōs ara eipen Michaias klētheis hypo tou Achaab eis to prophēteusai peri tou poteron autǭ kathēkei poreuthēnai eis Rhammōth Galaad eis polemon ē epischein, to »Eidon »theon Israēl kathēmenon epi thronou autou, kai pasa hē strateia tou »ouranou histēkei peri auton ek dexiōn autou kai ex euōnymōn autou.
and their father, the liar, is the devil. From where we were moved to call every worse spirit a lie we shall now set out. It is written in the third book of Kingdoms that Micaiah, when summoned by Ahab to prophesy whether he should go to war at Ramoth-gilead or hold back, said: “I saw the God of Israel sitting on his throne, and all the host of heaven stood around him on his right and on his left.
20.259Preuschen 4:366
»καὶ εἶπεν· Τίς ἀπατήσει τὸν Ἀχαὰβ βασιλέα Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἀναβήσεται καὶ πεσεῖται ἐν Ῥαμμὼθ Γαλαάδ; καὶ εἶπεν οὑτος οὔτως ἐν σοί.] καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πνεῦμα καὶ ἔστη ἐνώπιον κυρίου καὶ εἶπεν· Ἐγὼ ἀπα- »τήσω αὐτόν. καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν κύριος· Ἐν τίνι;
»kai eipen; Tis apatēsei ton Achaab basilea Israēl, kai anabēsetai kai peseitai en Rhammōth Galaad? kai eipen houtos outōs en soi.] kai exēlthen pneuma kai estē enōpion kyriou kai eipen; Egō apa- »tēsō auton. kai eipen pros auton kyrios; En tini?
And he said, ‘Who will deceive Ahab king of Israel, so that he will go up and fall at Ramoth-gilead?’ And this one said thus, and that one said thus. And a spirit came forth and stood before the Lord and said, ‘I will deceive him.’ And the Lord said to him, ‘By what means?’
20.260Preuschen 4:366
καὶ εἶπεν· »Ἐξελεύσομαι καὶ ἔσομαι πνεῦμα ψευδὲς εἰς τὸ στόμα πάντων τῶν »προφητῶν σου τούτων.«
kai eipen; »Exeleusomai kai esomai pneuma pseudes eis to stoma pantōn tōn »prophētōn sou toutōn.«
And he said, ‘I will go out and be a lying spirit in the mouth of all these prophets of yours.’”
20.261Preuschen 4:366
καὶ έν τῇ δευτέρᾳ τῶν Παραλειπομένων ὁ αὐτὸς Μιχαίας πρὸς τὸν Ἀχαάβ φησι καὶ τὸν Ἰωσαφάτ· »Ἀκούσατε λόγον κυρίου. εἶδον τὸν κύριον καθήμενον ἐπὶ θρόνου αὐτοῦ, καὶ πᾶσα δύναμις τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἱστήκει ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξ ἀριστε- »ρῶν αὐτοῦ. καὶ εἶπεν κύριος· Τίς ἀπατήσει τὸν Ἀχαὰβ βασιλέα » Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἀναβήσεται καὶ πεσεῖται ἐν Ῥαμμὼθ Γαλαάδ; καὶ εἶπεν » οὑτος οὕτως. καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πνεῦμα καὶ ἔστη ἐνώπιον κυρίου καὶ εἶπεν· Ἐγὼ ἀπατήσω αὐτόν. καὶ εἶπεν κύριος· Ἐν τίνι; καὶ εἶπεν· »Ἐξελεύσομαι καὶ ἔσομαι πνεῦμα ψευδὲς ἐν στόματι πάντων τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ«.
kai en tę̄ deuterą tōn Paraleipomenōn ho autos Michaias pros ton Achaab phēsi kai ton Iōsaphat; »Akousate logon kyriou. eidon ton kyrion kathēmenon epi thronou autou, kai pasa dynamis tou ouranou histēkei ek dexiōn autou kai ex ariste- »rōn autou. kai eipen kyrios; Tis apatēsei ton Achaab basilea » Israēl, kai anabēsetai kai peseitai en Rhammōth Galaad? kai eipen » houtos houtōs. kai exēlthen pneuma kai estē enōpion kyriou kai eipen; Egō apatēsō auton. kai eipen kyrios; En tini? kai eipen; »Exeleusomai kai esomai pneuma pseudes en stomati pantōn tōn prophētōn autou«.
And in the second book of Chronicles the same Micaiah says to Ahab and Jehoshaphat: “Hear the word of the Lord. I saw the Lord sitting on his throne, and all the power of heaven stood on his right and on his left. And the Lord said, ‘Who will deceive Ahab king of Israel, so that he will go up and fall at Ramoth-gilead?’ And this one said thus. And a spirit came forth and stood before the Lord and said, ‘I will deceive him.’ And the Lord said, ‘By what means?’ And he said, ‘I will go out and be a lying spirit in the mouth of all his prophets.’”
20.262Preuschen 4:366
σαφῶς οὖν διὰ τούτων δηλοῦται ὅτι εἰ τί έστιν τὸ ψευδὲς πνεῦμα, πάντα ὅμοια εἴη ἂν ψευδῆ πνεύματα > ἀπὸ τοῦ ψεύστου πατρὸς εἰληφότα τὸ εἶναι ψευδῆ πνεύματα, κατὰ τὸ ψεῦδος καὶ τὴν κακίαν, καὶ οὐχ ὅτι τὸ κατʼ οὐσίαν.
saphōs oun dia toutōn dēloutai hoti ei ti estin to pseudes pneuma, panta homoia eiē an pseudē pneumata > apo tou pseustou patros eilēphota to einai pseudē pneumata, kata to pseudos kai tēn kakian, kai ouch hoti to katʼ ousian.
It is clearly shown by these that, if there is a lying spirit, all similar ones would be lying spirits, having received their being lying spirits from the lying father, in respect of falsehood and wickedness, and not in respect of substance.
20.263Preuschen 4:366
τὸ μὲν οὐν ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἢ ἀγγελικὸν πνεῦμα, ὅταν λαλῇ, οὐκ ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τῆς σοφίας· ὅπερ δηλοῦται καὶ ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ἰωάννην, ἔνθα περὶ τοῦ παρακλήτου διδάσκει καὶ φησιν· »Ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήψεται καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν«.
to men oun hagion pneuma ē angelikon pneuma, hotan lalę̄, ouk ek tōn idiōn lalei, alla apo tou logou tēs alētheias kai tēs sophias; hoper dēloutai kai en tǭ kata Iōannēn, entha peri tou paraklētou didaskei kai phēsin; »Ek tou emou lēpsetai kai anangelei hymin«.
The Holy Spirit, then, or an angelic spirit, when it speaks, does not speak from its own, but from the Word of truth and wisdom; which is shown also in the Gospel according to John, where he teaches about the Paraclete and says, “He will take from what is mine and declare it to you.”
20.264Preuschen 4:366
τὸ μέντοι ψεῦδος ὅταν λαλῇ, ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ· ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων ἐλάλησεν καὶ τὸ έν τῇ τρίτῃ τῶν Βασιλειῶν ψευδὲς πνεῦμα ἀπατῶν τὸν Ἀχαάβ.
to mentoi pseudos hotan lalę̄, ek tōn idiōn lalei; ek tōn idiōn elalēsen kai to en tę̄ tritę̄ tōn Basileiōn pseudes pneuma apatōn ton Achaab.
But the lie, when it speaks, speaks from its own; from its own spoke also the lying spirit in the third book of Kingdoms that deceived Ahab.
20.265Preuschen 4:366–367
πλὴν παρατήρει ὅτι τὸ >ψεύστης< ὄνομα ὁμοίως τέτακται ἐπί τε τοῦ ψεῦδος διαβόλου καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου· ἐνθάδε μὲν γὰρ οὐ περὶ ἀνθρώπου λέγεται τὸ »Ὅτι ψεύστης ἐστὶν καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ‘, ἐν δὲ Ψαλμοῖς τὸ »Ἐγὼ δὲ εἶπον ἐν τῇ ἐκστάσει μου· Πᾶς ἄνθρωπος »ψεύστης«.
plēn paratērei hoti to >pseustēs< onoma homoiōs tetaktai epi te tou pseudos diabolou kai epi tou anthrōpou; enthade men gar ou peri anthrōpou legetai to »Hoti pseustēs estin kai ho patēr autou‘, en de Psalmois to »Egō de eipon en tę̄ ekstasei mou; Pas anthrōpos »pseustēs«.
But observe that the name “liar” is applied alike to the devil and to man: here “because he is a liar and so is his father” is not said of a man, but in the Psalms, “But I said in my ecstasy, every man is a liar.”
20.266Preuschen 4:367
ταῦτα δὲ παρεθέμεθα ἴνα πάσῃ δυνάμει φεύγωμεν τὸ εἶναι ἄνθρωποι καὶ σπεύδωμεν γενέσθαι θεοί, ἐπείπερ ὅσον ἐσμὲν ἄνθρωποι, ψεῦσται ἐσμέν, ὡς καὶ ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ ψεύδους ψεύστης ἐστίν.
tauta de parethemetha ina pasę̄ dynamei pheugōmen to einai anthrōpoi kai speudōmen genesthai theoi, epeiper hoson esmen anthrōpoi, pseustai esmen, hōs kai ho patēr tou pseudous pseustēs estin.
We have set these out so that we may flee with all our power from being men and hasten to become gods, since insofar as we are men we are liars, as the father of the lie is also a liar.
20.267Preuschen 4:367
ὅμοιον δέ ἐστιν τὸ μετέχειν ἡμᾶς ἑνὸς καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ὀνό- ματος καὶ τοῦ σημαινομένου ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀνόματος πράγματος· ἡμᾶς λέγω, ἐὰν ἔτι μένωμεν ἄνθρωποι, καὶ τὸν διάβολον, ὃς ψεύστης εἴρηται. Ἐγὼ δὲ ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω, οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι.
homoion de estin to metechein hēmas henos kai tou autou ono- matos kai tou sēmainomenou hypo tou onomatos pragmatos; hēmas legō, ean eti menōmen anthrōpoi, kai ton diabolon, hos pseustēs eirētai. Egō de hoti tēn alētheian legō, ou pisteuete moi.
And it is similar for us to share in one and the same name and in the thing signified by the name: us, I mean, if we still remain men, and the devil, who has been called a liar. “But because I speak the truth, you do not believe me.”
20.268Preuschen 4:367
Εἰ μεμνήμεθα πρὸς τίνας ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος, οτι πρὸς τοὺς πεπιστευκότας αὐτῷ Ἰουδαίους, ἐπαγγελίαν λαμβάνοντας ὅτι ἐὰν μένωσιν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τότε ἀληθῶς αὐτοῦ εἰσι μαθηταὶ καὶ γνώσονται τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐλευθεροῦσαν αὐτούς, ἐπαπορήσομεν πῶς τοῖς τοιούτοις φησίν· »Ἐγὼ δὲ ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω, οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι«.
Ei memnēmetha pros tinas estin ho logos, oti pros tous pepisteukotas autǭ Ioudaious, epangelian lambanontas hoti ean menōsin en tǭ logǭ tou Iēsou tote alēthōs autou eisi mathētai kai gnōsontai tēn alētheian eleutherousan autous, epaporēsomen pōs tois toioutois phēsin; »Egō de hoti tēn alētheian legō, ou pisteuete moi«.
If we remember to whom the word is addressed, that it is to the Jews who had believed him, receiving the promise that if they remain in the word of Jesus, then they are truly his disciples and will know the truth that sets them free, we shall raise the difficulty how he says to such people, “But because I speak the truth, you do not believe me.”
20.269Preuschen 4:367
καὶ ἐπίστησον εἰ δύναταί τις τῷ αὐτῷ κατά τινα μὲν ἐπίνοιαν πιστεύειν, κατὰ δὲ ἑτέραν μὴ πιστεύειν· οἶον παραδείγματος ἕνεκεν, οἱ πιστεύοντες μὲν εἰς τὸν ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πιλάτου Ἰησοῦν ἐσταυρωμένον ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ, μὴ πιστεύοντες δὲ εἰς τὸν γεγεννημένον ἐκ Μαρίας τῆς παρθένου, οὑτοι εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν πιστεύουσι καὶ οὐ πιστεύουσι.
kai epistēson ei dynatai tis tǭ autǭ kata tina men epinoian pisteuein, kata de heteran mē pisteuein; oion paradeigmatos heneken, hoi pisteuontes men eis ton epi Pontiou Pilatou Iēsoun estaurōmenon en tę̄ Ioudaią, mē pisteuontes de eis ton gegennēmenon ek Marias tēs parthenou, houtoi eis ton auton pisteuousi kai ou pisteuousi.
And consider whether one can believe the same person in one aspect and not believe in another; for example, those who believe in Jesus crucified in Judea under Pontius Pilate, but do not believe in the one born of the virgin Mary, these believe and do not believe in the same person.
20.270Preuschen 4:367
καὶ πάλιν οἱ πιστεύοντες μὲν εἰς τὸν ποιήσαντα ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ τὰ ἀναγεγραμμένα τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα Ἰησοῦν, μὴ πιστεύοντες δὲ εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ποιήσαντος τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, εἰς τὸν <αὐτὸν πιστεύουσι καὶ οὐ πιστεύουσι.
kai palin hoi pisteuontes men eis ton poiēsanta en tę̄ Ioudaią ta anagegrammena terata kai sēmeia Iēsoun, mē pisteuontes de eis ton huion tou poiēsantos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn, eis ton <auton pisteuousi kai ou pisteuousi.
And again, those who believe in Jesus who did the recorded wonders and signs in Judea, but do not believe in the Son of the maker of heaven and earth, believe and do not believe in the same person.
20.271Preuschen 4:367
πάλιν τε αὖ οἱ πιστεύοντες μὲν εἰς τὸν πατέρα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μὴ πιστεύοντες δὲ εἰς τὸν δημιουργὸν καὶ ποιητὴν τοῦδε τοῦ παντός. οὑτοι εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν πιστεύουσι καὶ οὐ πιστεύουσιν.
palin te au hoi pisteuontes men eis ton patera Iēsou Christou, mē pisteuontes de eis ton dēmiourgon kai poiētēn toude tou pantos. houtoi eis ton auton pisteuousi kai ou pisteuousin.
And again, those who believe in the Father of Jesus Christ, but do not believe in the fashioner and maker of this universe, these believe and do not believe in the same one.
20.272Preuschen 4:367
ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ πιστεύοντες μὲν εἰς τὸν ποιητὴν οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς, μὴ πιστεύοντες δὲ εἰς τὸν πατέρα Ἰησοῦ τοῦ ἐσταυρωμένου ἐπὶ Ποντίου πιλάτου, εἰς τὸν θεὸν πιστεύουσιν καὶ οὐ πιστεύουσιν.
alla kai hoi pisteuontes men eis ton poiētēn ouranou kai gēs, mē pisteuontes de eis ton patera Iēsou tou estaurōmenou epi Pontiou pilatou, eis ton theon pisteuousin kai ou pisteuousin.
But also those who believe in the maker of heaven and earth, but do not believe in the Father of Jesus who was crucified under Pontius Pilate, believe and do not believe in God.
20.273Preuschen 4:367
ἵνʼ οὐν μὴ παρὰ πόδας ἐναντίωμα ᾖ ὡς μὴ συνεωρακότος τοῦ γράφοντος τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τὸ τοιοῦτον, φήσεις ὅτι ὁ λέγων πρὸς τοὺς πεπιστευκότας αὐτῷ Ἰουδαίους τὸ »Ἐγὼ δὲ ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω, οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι«, πιστεύουσιν κατά τινα ἐπίνοιαν καὶ καθʼ ἑτέραν μὴ πιστεύουσιν ταῦτα ἔφασκεν.
hinʼ oun mē para podas enantiōma ę̄ hōs mē syneōrakotos tou graphontos to euangelion to toiouton, phēseis hoti ho legōn pros tous pepisteukotas autǭ Ioudaious to »Egō de hoti tēn alētheian legō, ou pisteuete moi«, pisteuousin kata tina epinoian kai kathʼ heteran mē pisteuousin tauta ephasken.
So that there may not be an immediate contradiction, as though the writer of the Gospel had not seen such a thing, you will say that the one who says to the Jews who had believed him, “But because I speak the truth, you do not believe me,” said this to those who believe in one aspect and do not believe in another.
20.274Preuschen 4:367–368
καὶ εἰκὸς ὅτι ἐπίστευον μὲν αὐτῷ κατὰ τὸ ὁρατὸν διὰ τὰ τεράστια, οὐκ ἐπίστευον δὲ τοῖς βαθύτερον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ λεγομένοις· καὶ ἁρμόζει γε τῷ Γνώσεσθε τὴν ἀλήθειαν« λεγομένῳ μὴ ἐγνωκόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν τὸ »Ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω, οὐ »πιστεύετέ μοι«, ὡς εἰ ἔλεγεν· καθʼ ὃ μὲν τεράστια ποιῶ πιστεύετέ μοι, καθʼ ὅ δὲ τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι.
kai eikos hoti episteuon men autǭ kata to horaton dia ta terastia, ouk episteuon de tois bathyteron hypʼ autou legomenois; kai harmozei ge tǭ Gnōsesthe tēn alētheian« legomenǭ mē egnōkosi tēn alētheian to »Hoti tēn alētheian legō, ou »pisteuete moi«, hōs ei elegen; kathʼ ho men terastia poiō pisteuete moi, kathʼ ho de tēn alētheian legō ou pisteuete moi.
And it is likely that they believed him in what was visible because of the wonders, but did not believe what was said by him more deeply; and “because I speak the truth, you do not believe me” fits those who had been told “You will know the truth” but had not known the truth, as if he said: insofar as I do wonders you believe me, but insofar as I speak the truth you do not believe me.
20.275Preuschen 4:368
τοῦτο δʼ ἂν καὶ νῦν ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἵδοις, θαυμαζόντων μὲν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐπὰν ἐνορῶσιν τῇ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἱστορίᾳ, μηκέτι δὲ πιστευόντων ἐπὰν βαθύτερος καὶ μείζων τῆς ἕξεως αὐτῶν αὐτοῖς ἀναπτύσσηται λόγος, ἀλλʼ ὑποπτευόντων αὐτὸν εἶναι ψευδῆ. διόπερ προσέχωμεν μήποτε καὶ ἡμῖν εἴπῃ ὁ λόγος· »Ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω, οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι«. Τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με Περὶ ἁμαρτίας;
touto dʼ an kai nyn epi pollōn hidois, thaumazontōn men ton Iēsoun epan enorōsin tę̄ peri autou historią, mēketi de pisteuontōn epan bathyteros kai meizōn tēs hexeōs autōn autois anaptyssētai logos, allʼ hypopteuontōn auton einai pseudē. dioper prosechōmen mēpote kai hēmin eipę̄ ho logos; »Hoti tēn alētheian legō, ou pisteuete moi«. Tis ex hymōn elenchei me Peri hamartias?
You might see this now too in many people, who admire Jesus when they look at the history about him, but no longer believe when a deeper account, greater than their capacity, is unfolded to them, but suspect it to be false. Therefore let us take care lest the Word say to us too, “Because I speak the truth, you do not believe me.” “Which of you convicts me of sin?”
20.276Preuschen 4:368
Ὁ λόγος, ἐπὰν τρανῶς αὑτοῦ παριστάνῃ τὸ βούλημα ὡς μηδαμῶς ἀντιλέγειν δύνασθαί τινα τῶν ἀκουόντων, καὶ ταῦτα ἂν λέγοι δυσωπῶν τοὺς μὴ συγκατατιθεμένους· ὅτι εἰ μὴ ἐλέγχετε τὰ λεγόμενα ἡμαρτημένα, ἀπαιτοῖσθε ἂν εὐλόγως ἤδη τὴν συγκατάθεσιν.
Ho logos, epan tranōs hautou paristanę̄ to boulēma hōs mēdamōs antilegein dynasthai tina tōn akouontōn, kai tauta an legoi dysōpōn tous mē synkatatithemenous; hoti ei mē elenchete ta legomena hēmartēmena, apaitoisthe an eulogōs ēdē tēn synkatathesin.
The Word, when he sets out his intention so plainly that none of the hearers can contradict it, might say this too, putting to shame those who do not assent: if you do not convict what is said of error, you would reasonably now be required to assent.
20.277Preuschen 4:368
ἔχει δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὸ ῥητὸν παρρησίαν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡ λέξις, μηδενὸς μὲν ἀνθρώπου δυνηθέντος εἰπεῖν μετὰ πεποιθήσεως τῆς ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ ἡμαρτηκέναι τὸ » Τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας;« μόνου δὲ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν, ὃς ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἐποίησεν, πεπειρασμένος »κατὰ πάντα » καθʼ ὁμοιότητα χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας«, ταῦτα πρὸς πάντας τοὺς πώποτε ἐγνωκότας αὐτὸν εἰπεῖν δυναμένου.
echei de kai kata to rhēton parrēsian tou sōtēros hē lexis, mēdenos men anthrōpou dynēthentos eipein meta pepoithēseōs tēs epi tǭ mē hēmartēkenai to » Tis ex hymōn elenchei me peri hamartias?« monou de tou kyriou hēmōn, hos hamartian ouk epoiēsen, pepeirasmenos »kata panta » kathʼ homoiotēta chōris hamartias«, tauta pros pantas tous pōpote egnōkotas auton eipein dynamenou.
In its plain sense too the saying has the Savior's boldness, since no human being could say with confidence of not having sinned, “Which of you convicts me of sin?”, but only our Lord, who committed no sin, having been “tempted in all things in like manner, without sin,” could say this to all who had ever known him.
20.278Preuschen 4:368
ἀκούω δὲ τοῦ Τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν‘ λεγομένου οὐ πρὸς τοὺς παρόντας μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς ὅλον τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, ὡς εἰ οὕτως ἐσαφηνίζετο· τίς ἐκ τοῦ γένους ὑμῶν; ἤ τίς ὁποιοσδήποτε ἄνθρωπος ἐλέγξαι μὲ δυνήσεται περὶ ἁμαρτίας;
akouō de tou Tis ex hymōn‘ legomenou ou pros tous parontas monon alla kai pros holon to tōn anthrōpōn genos, hōs ei houtōs esaphēnizeto; tis ek tou genous hymōn? ē tis hopoiosdēpote anthrōpos elenxai me dynēsetai peri hamartias?
And I hear “which of you” as said not only to those present but also to the whole human race, as if it were made clear thus: who of your race? Or what man whatever will be able to convict me of sin?
20.279Preuschen 4:368
ἀλλʼ εὐ οἶδʼ ὅτι οὐδείς. κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν δὲ ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει διὰ τὸ Μιμηταί μου γίνεσθε, καθὼς κἀγὼ Χριστοῦ‘ παντὶ τρόπῳ φιλοτιμητέον τοιαύτην ἀναλαβεῖν καθαροῦ συνειδότος παρρησίαν πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους, ἕστʼ ἄν εἰπεῖν ἡμᾶς περὶ τῶν ἑξῆς καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς πίστεως χρόνων πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν ἡμᾶς γινωσκόντων τὸ Τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας; « καὶ μὴ δυνατὸν τοῦτο ἐξ οὑ τὸν λόγον συμπεπληρώκαμεν εἰπεῖν.
allʼ eu oidʼ hoti oudeis. kata to dynaton de anthrōpinę̄ physei dia to Mimētai mou ginesthe, kathōs kagō Christou‘ panti tropǭ philotimēteon toiautēn analabein katharou syneidotos parrēsian pros pantas anthrōpous, hestʼ an eipein hēmas peri tōn hexēs kai meta tēn archēn tēs pisteōs chronōn pros hekaston tōn hēmas ginōskontōn to Tis ex hymōn elenchei me peri hamartias? « kai mē dynaton touto ex hou ton logon sympeplērōkamen eipein.
But I know well that no one can. Yet, as far as is possible for human nature, because of “Be imitators of me, as I am of Christ,” we must strive in every way to take up such boldness of a clean conscience toward all people, so that we may say, concerning the times following, even after the beginning of our faith, to each of those who know us, “Which of you convicts me of sin?”, though it is not possible to say this from the time we reached the age of reason.
20.280Preuschen 4:368
Τοῦτο δὲ οὐ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους μόνον ὄν εἶπεν ὁ σωτὴρ ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὸν διάβολον καὶ τὰς ὑπʼ αὐτὸν δυνάμεις, μηδὲν ἐχούσας εἰπεῖν εἰς ἔλεγχον τὸν περὶ ἁμαρτίας αὐτοῦ.
Touto de ou pros anthrōpous monon on eipen ho sōtēr alla kai pros ton diabolon kai tas hypʼ auton dynameis, mēden echousas eipein eis elenchon ton peri hamartias autou.
And the Savior said this not only to human beings but also to the devil and the powers under him, which have nothing to say to convict him of sin.
20.281Preuschen 4:368–369
καὶ τοῦτό γε ἀκόλουθόν ἐστιν τῷ »Ἔρχεται ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, καὶ έν ἐμοὶ εὑρίσκει οὐδέν«.
kai touto ge akolouthon estin tǭ »Erchetai ho archōn tou kosmou toutou, kai en emoi heuriskei ouden«.
And this indeed is consistent with “The ruler of this world is coming, and he finds nothing in me.”
20.282Preuschen 4:369
δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ ἡμῖν ἐκ πολλῆς ἐπιμελείας τὴν ἀπό τινος ἀναλαβεῖν χρόνου παρρησίαν πρὸς τὸ εἰπεῖν ἡμᾶς τῷ ζητοῦντι καθʼ ἡμῶν ἀφορμὴν διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ παρὰ τὸν τῆς ἐξόδου καιρόν· Τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας;‘ Εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω, διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι;
dynaton de kai hēmin ek pollēs epimeleias tēn apo tinos analabein chronou parrēsian pros to eipein hēmas tǭ zētounti kathʼ hēmōn aphormēn diabolǭ kai tois angelois autou para ton tēs exodou kairon; Tis ex hymōn elenchei me peri hamartias?‘ Ei alētheian legō, dia ti hymeis ou pisteuete moi?
But it is possible for us too, by much diligence, to take up from some time such boldness as to say, at the time of our departure, to the devil and his angels who seek an occasion against us, “Which of you convicts me of sin?” “If I speak the truth, why do you not believe me?”
20.283Preuschen 4:369
Ἄξιον ἰδεῖν τί ὑποφαίνεται ἐκ τοῦ πύσματος. τοῦτο δὲ ὀψόμεθα εἰ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι πρὸς οὕς ὁ λόγος οὐκ ἀπεκρίναντο τὴν δέουσαν ἀπόκρισιν ἐξενεγκόντες.
Axion idein ti hypophainetai ek tou pysmatos. touto de opsometha ei kai ekeinoi pros hous ho logos ouk apekrinanto tēn deousan apokrisin exenenkontes.
It is worth seeing what is hinted at by the question. We shall see this even if those addressed did not give the fitting answer.
20.284Preuschen 4:369
εἴποι γὰρ ἄν τις· διὰ τοῦτο οὐ πιστεύομεν, ἐπεὶ οὐ θεωροῦμεν τίνα τρόπον ὅ λέγει ἐστὶν ἀλήθεια· οὐ θεωροῦμεν δὲ τῷ μηδέπω κεκαθάρθαι ἡμῶν τὰς τῇ φύσει διορατικὰς τῆς ἀληθείας ὄψεις· καὶ ἐπεὶ τοιοῦτοί ἐσμεν, οὔκ ἐσμεν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ· εἰ οὐδέπω ἐσμὲν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ. ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ τῆς ἀληθείας ὄψεις θεωρητικαὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν κεκαθαρμέναι, τῷ ἐπικεκαλύφθαι ἤ πεπαχύνθαι ἢ τεθολῶσθαι αὐτὰς ὑπὸ τῆς κακίας.
eipoi gar an tis; dia touto ou pisteuomen, epei ou theōroumen tina tropon ho legei estin alētheia; ou theōroumen de tǭ mēdepō kekatharthai hēmōn tas tę̄ physei dioratikas tēs alētheias opseis; kai epei toioutoi esmen, ouk esmen ek tou theou; ei oudepō esmen ek tou theou. alla kai hai tēs alētheias opseis theōrētikai ouk eisin kekatharmenai, tǭ epikekalyphthai ē pepachynthai ē tetholōsthai autas hypo tēs kakias.
For one might say: we do not believe for this reason, that we do not see in what way what he says is truth; and we do not see because the eyes that are by nature able to discern the truth have not yet been cleansed in us; and since we are such, we are not of God, if we are not yet of God. But the eyes that contemplate the truth are not cleansed, because they are veiled or thickened or muddied by wickedness.
20.285Preuschen 4:369
κατανοοῦντες δὲ τί τὸ κυρίως πιστεύειν καθʼ ὅ »Πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ὁ χριστός ἐστιν, ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται«, καὶ αἰσθανόμενοι ὅσῳ τοῦ οὕτως πιστεύειν ἀπολειπόμεθα, ταῦτα ἀποκρινώμεθα, παρακαλοῦντες τὸν τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ὄψεων ἰατρὸν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ σοφίᾳ καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ πάντα ποιῆσαι τὰ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀποκαλυφθῆναι τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἡμῶν, ἔτι κεκαλυμμένους ὑπὸ τῆς διὰ τὴν κακίαν ἀτιμίας ἡμῶν, κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον που· »Ἐπεκάλυψεν ἡμᾶς ἡ ἀτιμία ἡμῶν‘· ἐπακούσεται γὰρ ἡμῶν ὁμολογούντων τὰ αἴτια τοῦ μηδέπω ἡμᾶς πιστεύειν, καὶ ὡς κακῶς ἔχουσιν καὶ χρῄζουσιν ἰατροῦ βοηθῶν συνεργήσει πρὸς τὸ χωρῆσαι ἡμᾶς τὸ εἰς τὸ πιστεύειν χάρισμα, τρίτον παρὰ τῷ Παύλῳ ἐν τῷ καταλόγῳ τῶν χαρισμάτων τεταγμένον μετὰ τὸν τῆς σοφίας λόγον καὶ τὸν τῆς συνέσεως λόγον, οἷς ἐπιφέρει· »Ἑτέρῳ πίστις ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι«· περὶ οὗ χαρίσματος καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις φησίν· »Ὅτι »ἀπὸ θεοῦ ὑμῖν ἐχαρίσθη οὐ μόνον τὸ εἰς Χριστὸν πιστεύειν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πάσχειν«.
katanoountes de ti to kyriōs pisteuein kathʼ ho »Pas ho pisteuōn hoti Iēsous ho christos estin, ek tou theou gegennētai«, kai aisthanomenoi hosǭ tou houtōs pisteuein apoleipometha, tauta apokrinōmetha, parakalountes ton tōn tēs psychēs opseōn iatron tę̄ heautou sophią kai philanthrōpią panta poiēsai ta hyper tou apokalyphthēnai tous ophthalmous hēmōn, eti kekalymmenous hypo tēs dia tēn kakian atimias hēmōn, kata to eirēmenon pou; »Epekalypsen hēmas hē atimia hēmōn‘; epakousetai gar hēmōn homologountōn ta aitia tou mēdepō hēmas pisteuein, kai hōs kakōs echousin kai chrę̄zousin iatrou boēthōn synergēsei pros to chōrēsai hēmas to eis to pisteuein charisma, triton para tǭ Paulǭ en tǭ katalogǭ tōn charismatōn tetagmenon meta ton tēs sophias logon kai ton tēs syneseōs logon, hois epipherei; »Heterǭ pistis en tǭ autǭ pneumati«; peri hou charismatos kai en allois phēsin; »Hoti »apo theou hymin echaristhē ou monon to eis Christon pisteuein alla kai to hyper autou paschein«.
Considering what it is to believe in the proper sense, according to “Everyone who believes that Jesus is the Christ is born of God,” and perceiving how far we fall short of believing thus, let us answer this, beseeching the physician of the soul's eyes, in his wisdom and love for humankind, to do everything so that our eyes may be unveiled, still veiled by the dishonor due to our wickedness, according to what is said somewhere, “Our dishonor has covered us”; for he will hear us as we confess the causes of our not yet believing, and, as for those who are ill and need a physician, he will help and work with us so that we may receive the gift of believing, placed third by Paul in the list of gifts after the word of wisdom and the word of understanding, to which he adds, “to another faith by the same Spirit”; of which gift he also says elsewhere, “For it has been granted to you by God not only to believe in Christ but also to suffer for him.”
20.286Preuschen 4:369–370
καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐνεργείας δὲ ἐπιστήσαντι σαφὲς ἔσται ὅτι οὐχ ἡ τυχοῦσα δωρεά ἐστιν τοῦ θεοῦ, πλειόνων δογμάτων διαφόρων ὑπὸ πολλῶν κηρυσσομένων τῶν διδάσκειν τὰ ἀληθῆ ἐπαγγελλομένων, τὸ μηδενὶ ἢ μόνῳ τῷ ἀληθεῖ πιστεῦσαι· τοῦτο γὰρ ἤδη καὶ τραπεζίτου ἔργον τυγχάνει, ὃν τέλειον ὀνομάζων οὐκ ἂν ἁμάρτοις, ἅτε καὶ ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ἑβραίους γεγραμμένου τοῦ » Τελείων δέ ἐστιν ἡ στερεὰ τροφή, τῶν διὰ τὴν ἕξιν τὰ σἰσθη- »τήρια γεγυμνασμένα ἐχόντων πρὸς διάκρισιν καλόν τε καὶ κακοῦ‘. Ὁ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούει· διὰ τοῦτο ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἀκούετε, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἐστέ.
kai apo tēs energeias de epistēsanti saphes estai hoti ouch hē tychousa dōrea estin tou theou, pleionōn dogmatōn diaphorōn hypo pollōn kēryssomenōn tōn didaskein ta alēthē epangellomenōn, to mēdeni ē monǭ tǭ alēthei pisteusai; touto gar ēdē kai trapezitou ergon tynchanei, hon teleion onomazōn ouk an hamartois, hate kai en tę̄ pros Hebraious gegrammenou tou » Teleiōn de estin hē sterea trophē, tōn dia tēn hexin ta sisthē- »tēria gegymnasmena echontōn pros diakrisin kalon te kai kakou‘. Ho ōn ek tou theou ta rhēmata tou theou akouei; dia touto hymeis ouk akouete, hoti ek tou theou ouk este.
And to one who attends to experience it will be clear that it is no ordinary gift of God, when many different doctrines are proclaimed by many who profess to teach the truth, to believe none of them, or only the true one; for this is now the work of a money changer, whom you would not be wrong to call perfect, since it is written also in the letter to the Hebrews, “But solid food is for the perfect, who by practice have their faculties trained to discern good and evil.” “He who is of God hears the words of God; for this reason you do not hear, because you are not of God.”
20.287Preuschen 4:370
Δοκοῦσιν οἱ τὴν περὶ διαφόρων φύσεων εἰσάγοντες μυθοποιίαν καὶ λέγοντες εἶναι φύσει καὶ ἐκ πρώτης κατασκευῆς υἱοὺς θεοῦ, μόνον διὰ τὸ πρὸς θεὸν συγγενὲς δεκτικοὺς τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ῥημάτων, καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἀποδεικνύναι τὸ προκείμενον αὐτοῖς.
Dokousin hoi tēn peri diaphorōn physeōn eisagontes mythopoiian kai legontes einai physei kai ek prōtēs kataskeuēs huious theou, monon dia to pros theon syngenes dektikous tōn tou theou rhēmatōn, kai enteuthen apodeiknynai to prokeimenon autois.
Those who introduce the myth-making about different natures, and say that there are sons of God by nature and from their first constitution, receptive of God's words only because of their kinship with God, think they demonstrate their thesis from here too.
20.288Preuschen 4:370
συναρπάζουσίν γέ τοι καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου τοῦ ῥητοῦ, προσδιατρίβοντες αὐτῷ, τοὺς ἀκρίτους καὶ μὴ δυναμένους πρὸς τὴν πιθανότητα τῆς χρήσεως τοῦ ῥητοῦ ἀπαντᾶν, μηδὲ βλέποντας αὐτοῦ τὴν λύσιν οὕτως ἔχουσαν· εἴπερ ὅσοι ἔλαβον »τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν, ὅ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον«, οὐ τῷ εἶναι καὶ] ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰλήφασιν αὐτό (εἰ γὰρ τῷ εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰλήφεισαν αὐτό, οὐκ ἂν περὶ ἀναγέγραπτο· »Ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ«), δῆλον ὅτι οἱ μὴ ὄντες ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, πρὶν μὲν λαβεῖν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν, οὐδὲ ἐξουσίαν πως ἔχουσιν τοῦ τέκνα θεοῦ γενέσθαι· ἐπὰν δὲ λάβωσιν αὐτό, τέκνα μὲν οὐδέπω γίνονται θεοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἐξουσίαν λαμβάνουσιν διὰ τοῦ εἰληφέναι τὸ φῶς γενέσθαι τέκνα θεοῦ. τότε γενόμενοι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὰ ῥήματα ἀκούουσιν αὐτοῦ, οὐκέτι ἁπλούστερον πιστεύοντες μόνον ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ διορατικώτερον κατανοοῦντες τὰ τῆς θεοσεβείας πράγματα.
synarpazousin ge toi kai apo toutou tou rhētou, prosdiatribontes autǭ, tous akritous kai mē dynamenous pros tēn pithanotēta tēs chrēseōs tou rhētou apantan, mēde blepontas autou tēn lysin houtōs echousan; eiper hosoi elabon »to phōs to alēthinon, ho phōtizei panta anthrōpon erchomenon eis ton kosmon«, ou tǭ einai kai] ek tou theou eilēphasin auto (ei gar tǭ einai ek tou theou eilēpheisan auto, ouk an peri anagegrapto; »Hosoi de elabon auton, edōken autois exousian tekna theou genesthai, tois pisteuousin eis to onoma autou«), dēlon hoti hoi mē ontes ek tou theou, prin men labein to phōs to alēthinon, oude exousian pōs echousin tou tekna theou genesthai; epan de labōsin auto, tekna men oudepō ginontai theou, allʼ exousian lambanousin dia tou eilēphenai to phōs genesthai tekna theou. tote genomenoi ek tou theou kai ta rhēmata akouousin autou, ouketi haplousteron pisteuontes monon allʼ ēdē kai dioratikōteron katanoountes ta tēs theosebeias pragmata.
They do indeed carry off, by dwelling on this text, the undiscerning and those unable to meet the plausibility of their use of it, not seeing its solution, which is this: if all who received “the true light that enlightens every man coming into the world” did not receive it by being of God (for if they had received it by being of God, it would not have been written, “But as many as received him, to them he gave power to become children of God, to those who believe in his name”), it is plain that those who are not of God, before receiving the true light, do not even have in any way the power to become children of God; but when they receive it, they do not yet become children of God, but receive, through having received the light, the power to become children of God. Then, having become of God, they also hear his words, no longer merely believing more simply, but now also understanding with more discernment the matters of piety.
20.289Preuschen 4:370
οἱ δὲ μὴ τοιοῦτοι φιλοτιμησάμενοι εἶναι τέκνα μὲν οὐ γίνονται θεοῦ, οὐδὲ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἀκούουσιν τὰ ῥήματα αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ συνιᾶσιν τοῦ βουλήματος αὐτῶν· μένουσιν δὲ ἐν τῇ πρὸ τῶν τέκνων τοῦ θεοῦ καταστάσει τῶν πεπιστευκότων μόνον, δοῦλοι θεοῦ τῷ εἰληφέναι τὸ τῆς δουλείας εἰς φόβον πνεῦμα καὶ μὴ ἐσπουδακέναι προβῆναι καὶ προκόψαι ὥστε καὶ τὸ τῆς υἱοθεσίας χωρῆσαι, ἐν ᾧ κράζουσιν οἱ ἔχοντες αὐτό· »Ἀββᾶ, ὁ πατήρ‘.
hoi de mē toioutoi philotimēsamenoi einai tekna men ou ginontai theou, oude ek tou theou, kai dia touto ouk akouousin ta rhēmata autou oude syniasin tou boulēmatos autōn; menousin de en tę̄ pro tōn teknōn tou theou katastasei tōn pepisteukotōn monon, douloi theou tǭ eilēphenai to tēs douleias eis phobon pneuma kai mē espoudakenai probēnai kai prokopsai hōste kai to tēs huiothesias chōrēsai, en hǭ krazousin hoi echontes auto; »Abba, ho patēr‘.
But those who have not striven to be such do not become children of God, nor of God, and for this reason they do not hear his words nor understand their intention; they remain in the state of those who have only believed, before the children of God, servants of God because they have received the spirit of slavery to fear and have not been eager to go forward and progress so as to receive also the spirit of adoption, in which those who have it cry, “Abba, Father.”
20.290Preuschen 4:370–371
ὅτι γὰρ καθόλου οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων ἀρχῆθεν υἱός ἐστιν θεοῦ, δῆλον μὲν καὶ ἐκ τοῦ »Ἤμεθα τέκνα φύσει ὀργῆς« ὑπὸ] Παύλου καὶ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ τοῦτο εἰρηκότος· σαφὲς δὲ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ »Ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν· Ἀγαπή- »σατε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν. καὶ προσεύχεσθε ὑπὲρ τῶν διωκόντων »ὑμᾶς, ὅπως γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς«.
hoti gar katholou oudeis anthrōpōn archēthen huios estin theou, dēlon men kai ek tou »Ēmetha tekna physei orgēs« hypo] Paulou kai peri heautou touto eirēkotos; saphes de kai ek tou »Egō de legō hymin; Agapē- »sate tous echthrous hymōn. kai proseuchesthe hyper tōn diōkontōn »hymas, hopōs genēsthe huioi tou patros hymōn tou en ouranois«.
For that no human being at all is a son of God from the beginning is plain from “We were by nature children of wrath,” Paul having said this about himself too; and it is clear also from “But I say to you, love your enemies and pray for those who persecute you, so that you may become sons of your Father in heaven.”
20.291Preuschen 4:371
εἰ γὰρ Παῦλος »φύσει ὀργῆς υἱός«, τίς ὑπὲρ Παῦλον, ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ κατασκευῇ, οὐκ ὀργῆς υἱὸς πρὸ τοῦ λαβεῖν ἐξουσίαν τέκνον θεοῦ γενέσθαι καὶ πρὸ τοῦ τέκνον γενέσθαι θεοῦ;
ei gar Paulos »physei orgēs huios«, tis hyper Paulon, hoson epi tę̄ kataskeuę̄, ouk orgēs huios pro tou labein exousian teknon theou genesthai kai pro tou teknon genesthai theou?
For if Paul was “by nature a son of wrath,” who, surpassing Paul in constitution, was not a son of wrath before receiving the power to become a child of God and before becoming a child of God?
20.292Preuschen 4:371
καὶ εἰ οὐκ ἄλλως γίνε- ταί τις υἱὸς τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς πατρὸς ἢ ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαπᾶν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ προσεύχεσθαι ὑπὲρ τῶν διωκόντων αὐτόν, δῆλον ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῷ φύσει εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούει. ἀλλὰ τῷ λαβεῖν ἐξουσίαν τέκνον θεοῦ γενέσθαι καὶ κεχρῆσθαι εἰς δέον τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ, καὶ τῷ ἡγαπηκέναι τοὺς ἐχθροὺς καὶ προσεύχεσθαι ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων γενόμενος υἱὸς τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς πατρός.
kai ei ouk allōs gine- tai tis huios tou en ouranois patros ē ek tou agapan tous echthrous heautou kai proseuchesthai hyper tōn diōkontōn auton, dēlon hoti oudeis tǭ physei einai ek tou theou ta rhēmata tou theou akouei. alla tǭ labein exousian teknon theou genesthai kai kechrēsthai eis deon tę̄ exousią, kai tǭ hēgapēkenai tous echthrous kai proseuchesthai hyper tōn epēreazontōn genomenos huios tou en ouranois patros.
And if one becomes a son of the Father in heaven in no other way than by loving his enemies and praying for those who persecute him, it is plain that no one hears the words of God by being of God by nature, but by having received the power to become a child of God and using the power as he ought, and by having loved his enemies and prayed for those who mistreat him, becoming a son of the Father in heaven.
20.293Preuschen 4:371
τότε ἐστὶ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούει, συνιεὶς αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπιστήμην αὐτῶν ἀναλαμβάνων· ὅπερ ἴδιον οὐ δούλων ἀλλὰ τέκνων ἐστὶν θεοῦ, τῶν πᾶσαν μὲν καταργησάντων * * γένεσιν, τὴν δὲ ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἀνειληφότων διὰ τοῦ τῆς υἱοθεσίας πνεύματος«.
tote esti kai ek tou theou, kai ta rhēmata tou theou akouei, synieis autōn kai epistēmēn autōn analambanōn; hoper idion ou doulōn alla teknōn estin theou, tōn pasan men katargēsantōn * * genesin, tēn de apo theou aneilēphotōn dia tou tēs huiothesias pneumatos«.
Then he is also of God and hears the words of God, understanding them and taking up knowledge of them; which is proper not to servants but to children of God, who have abolished every … birth, and have taken up the birth from God through the spirit of adoption.
20.294Preuschen 4:371
ἅμα δὲ ἐπιμελέστερον κατανοητέον πῶς δεῖ δέχεσθαι τὸ Τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούει«, ᾡ ὅμοιόν έστιν καὶ τὸ »Τὰ ἐμὰ πρόβατα τῆς »ἐμῆς φωνῆς ἀκούουσι«.
hama de epimelesteron katanoēteon pōs dei dechesthai to Ta rhēmata tou theou akouei«, hǭ homoion estin kai to »Ta ema probata tēs »emēs phōnēs akouousi«.
At the same time we must consider more carefully how “hears the words of God” must be taken, to which “My sheep hear my voice” is similar.
20.295Preuschen 4:371
εἰ γὰρ ἐπὶ ψιλῆς συγκαταθέσεως τὸ ἀκούειν λάβοιμεν, καὶ οἱ ψυχικοὶ πρὸς χρόνον πιστεύοντες ἔσονται ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, μεμαρτυρημένοι ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου ὅτι πρὸς καιρόν τινες πιστεύουσιν.
ei gar epi psilēs synkatatheseōs to akouein laboimen, kai hoi psychikoi pros chronon pisteuontes esontai ek tou theou, memartyrēmenoi hypo tou logou hoti pros kairon tines pisteuousin.
For if we take hearing as bare assent, the psychics too who believe for a time will be of God, though the Word testifies that some believe for a season.
20.296Preuschen 4:371
εἰ δὲ καὶ τὸ »Ἀκούει« ἐκλάβοιμεν ἐπὶ τοῦ τηρεῖν τὰς ἐντολάς, δῆλον ὅτι κἂν ἐν ἑνὶ ἀμαρτάνων οὐκ ἔσται υἰὸς θεοῦ· ὅπερ ἡμᾶς μὲν οὐ θλίψει τοὺς λέγοντας ἐκ μεταβολῆς γίνεσθαί τινα υἱὸν θεοῦ, ἐκείνους δέ, μὴ πάνυ δεῖξαι δυναμένους ἀναμαρτήτους ἑαυτοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς μαθήμασι.
ei de kai to »Akouei« eklaboimen epi tou tērein tas entolas, dēlon hoti kan en heni amartanōn ouk estai uios theou; hoper hēmas men ou thlipsei tous legontas ek metabolēs ginesthai tina huion theou, ekeinous de, mē pany deixai dynamenous anamartētous heautous kai tous en tois autois mathēmasi.
And if we take “hears” as keeping the commandments, it is plain that one who sins even in one thing will not be a son of God; which will not trouble us, who say that one becomes a son of God by change, but it will trouble them, who can hardly show that they themselves and those in the same teachings are sinless.
20.297Preuschen 4:371
εἰ δὲ τὸ »Ἀκούει« λαμ- βάνοιμεν ἐπὶ τοῦ συνιέναι καὶ νοεῖν, δεικνύτωσάν τινα πάντων ἀκούοντα οὕτως τῶν τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης λόγων, ἵνα ἐκεῖνον εἴπωμεν υἱὸν θεοῦ. εἰ μὴ ἐπιδέχοιτο ἀνατροπὴν εἰς τὰ ἅγια γράμματα ἡ ἐκδοχὴ αὐτοῦ· ἡμεῖς γὰρ καὶ κατὰ ταῦτα μέγαν τινὰ καὶ θαυμαστὸν εἶναι φανταζόμενοι τὸν ἤδη υἱὸν θεοῦ, οὐκ ἐλεγχθησόμεθα ἀναξίως τῶν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξειληφότες τὸ »Ὁ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούει«.
ei de to »Akouei« lam- banoimen epi tou synienai kai noein, deiknytōsan tina pantōn akouonta houtōs tōn tēs kainēs diathēkēs logōn, hina ekeinon eipōmen huion theou. ei mē epidechoito anatropēn eis ta hagia grammata hē ekdochē autou; hēmeis gar kai kata tauta megan tina kai thaumaston einai phantazomenoi ton ēdē huion theou, ouk elenchthēsometha anaxiōs tōn ek tou theou exeilēphotes to »Ho ōn ek tou theou ta rhēmata tou theou akouei«.
And if we take “hears” as understanding and comprehending, let them show someone who hears thus all the words of the New Covenant, so that we may call him a son of God, unless his interpretation admits refutation from the holy writings. For we, imagining the one already a son of God to be someone great and wonderful in this respect too, will not be refuted as having taken “He who is of God hears the words of God” unworthily of those who are of God.
20.298Preuschen 4:371–372
Ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων παράδοξον ἄν τι φανὲν ἀποδειχθῆναι δυνατὸν ἔσται. τί δὲ τὸ παράδοξον ἢ τὸ εἶναί τινα ἑτέρου υἱοῦ θεοῦ μᾶλλον υἱὸν θεοῦ, καὶ διπλασιόνως ἕτερον ἑτέρου εἶναι υἱὸν θεοῦ;
Ēdē de kai ek tōn enantiōn paradoxon an ti phanen apodeichthēnai dynaton estai. ti de to paradoxon ē to einai tina heterou huiou theou mallon huion theou, kai diplasionōs heteron heterou einai huion theou?
And now from the opposites too something that seems paradoxical can be demonstrated. And what is the paradox but that one may be a son of God more than another son of God, and one may be twice as much a son of God as another?
20.299Preuschen 4:372
πῶς δὲ τοῦτο ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐναντίου δείκνυται οὕτω παραστήσομεν· ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ματθαῖον ὁ πρὸς τοὺς γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαίους δεύτερος ταλανισμὸς οὕτως ἔχει· »Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς »καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, ὅτι περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν »ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον, καὶ ὅταν γένηται, ποιεῖτε αὐτὸν υἱὸν γεέν- νης διπλότερον ὑμῶν«.
pōs de touto apo tou enantiou deiknytai houtō parastēsomen; en tǭ kata Matthaion ho pros tous grammateis kai Pharisaious deuteros talanismos houtōs echei; »Ouai hymin, grammateis »kai Pharisaioi, hypokritai, hoti periagete tēn thalassan kai tēn xēran »poiēsai hena prosēlyton, kai hotan genētai, poieite auton huion geen- nēs diploteron hymōn«.
How this is shown from its opposite we shall present thus. In the Gospel according to Matthew the second woe to the scribes and Pharisees runs thus: “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, because you travel around sea and land to make one proselyte, and when he becomes one, you make him twice as much a son of Gehenna as yourselves.”
20.300Preuschen 4:372
οὐκοῦν κατὰ τοῦτο οὔτε φύσει γεέννης εἰσίν τινες, οὔτε ἐπʼ ἴσης οἱ τῆς γεέννης υἱοί εἰσιν αὐτῆς, εἴγε ἕτερος ἑτέρου διπλότερος υἱός ἐστιν αὐτῆς.
oukoun kata touto oute physei geennēs eisin tines, oute epʼ isēs hoi tēs geennēs huioi eisin autēs, eige heteros heterou diploteros huios estin autēs.
According to this, then, neither are some of Gehenna by nature, nor are the sons of Gehenna its sons equally, if indeed one is twice as much its son as another.
20.301Preuschen 4:372
εἰ δὲ ἕτερος ἑτέρου διπλότερός ἐστιν υἱὸς τῆς γεέννης, διὰ τί οὐχὶ καὶ τῆς ἀπωλείας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ σκότου καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν, ὡν οἱ διαφόρως ἀμαρτάνοντές εἰσιν υἱοί;
ei de heteros heterou diploteros estin huios tēs geennēs, dia ti ouchi kai tēs apōleias kai tou thanatou kai tou skotou kai tōn loipōn, hōn hoi diaphorōs amartanontes eisin huioi?
And if one is twice as much a son of Gehenna as another, why not also of destruction and death and darkness and the rest, of which those who sin in different degrees are sons?
20.302Preuschen 4:372
δὲ ἐπὶ τούτων, διὰ τί καὶ οὐχὶ υἱοὶ φωτὸς διπλότεροι ἕτεροι ἑτέρων ἔσονται καὶ υἱοὶ ζωῆς καὶ υἱοὶ σοφίας καὶ υἱοὶ θεοῦ;
de epi toutōn, dia ti kai ouchi huioi phōtos diploteroi heteroi heterōn esontai kai huioi zōēs kai huioi sophias kai huioi theou?
And if in these cases, why will not some also be twice as much sons of light as others, and sons of life, and sons of wisdom and sons of God?
20.303Preuschen 4:372
εἰ δὲ διπλασιόνως ἕτερος παρʼ ἕτερον υἱὸς γίνεται θεοῦ, διὰ τί οὐχὶ καὶ πολλαπλασιόνως καὶ τοσαυταπλασιόνως ὁποσαπλασιόνως ἄξιον νοεῖν εἶναι τὸν πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ παρὰ τοὺς λοιποὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοὺς μηκέτι πνεῦμα δουλείας ἔχοντας εἰς φόβον, ἀλλʼ εἰληφότας πνεῦμα υἱοθεσίας;
ei de diplasionōs heteros parʼ heteron huios ginetai theou, dia ti ouchi kai pollaplasionōs kai tosautaplasionōs hoposaplasionōs axion noein einai ton prōtotokon pasēs ktiseōs huion tou theou para tous loipous huious tou theou kai tous mēketi pneuma douleias echontas eis phobon, allʼ eilēphotas pneuma huiothesias?
And if one becomes a son of God twice as much as another, why not also many times, and so many times as it is fitting to think the firstborn of all creation is Son of God compared with the other sons of God and those who no longer have the spirit of slavery to fear but have received the spirit of adoption?
20.304Preuschen 4:372
τάχα οὖν οὕτως πλειόνων ὄντων τῶν ῥημάτων τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐ μόνον τῶν ἀναγεγραμμένων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀρρήτων, ἃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἀνθρώπῳ λαλῆσαι, καὶ τούτων περὶ ὧν φησὶν ὁ Ἰωάννης· »Οὐδʼ »αὐτὸν οἶμαι τὸν κόσμον χωρῆσαι τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία«· πᾶς μὲν οἱωντινωνοῦν ῥημάτων ἀκούων τοῦ θεοῦ ἤδη ἐστὶν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ· ὅσῳ δὲ πλειόνων ἀκούει ῥημάτων τοῦ θεοῦ, τοσαυταπλειόνως γενήσεται ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ· ὡς, εἰ δεῖ οὕτως ὀνομάσαι, πάντων ἀκούσας τις τῶν ῥημάτων τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐάν γε τοῦτο φθάνῃ ἐπί τινα τῶν λαμβανόντων τὸ τῆς υἱοθεσίας πνεῦμα, τελείως καὶ ἀνυπερβλήτως γίνεται υἱὸς θεοῦ, καὶ πάντη καὶ ἐξ ὅλων καὶ ὅλος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ.
tacha oun houtōs pleionōn ontōn tōn rhēmatōn tou theou, ou monon tōn anagegrammenōn alla kai tōn arrētōn, ha ouk exon anthrōpǭ lalēsai, kai toutōn peri hōn phēsin ho Iōannēs; »Oudʼ »auton oimai ton kosmon chōrēsai ta graphomena biblia«; pas men hoiōntinōnoun rhēmatōn akouōn tou theou ēdē estin ek tou theou; hosǭ de pleionōn akouei rhēmatōn tou theou, tosautapleionōs genēsetai ek tou theou; hōs, ei dei houtōs onomasai, pantōn akousas tis tōn rhēmatōn tou theou, ean ge touto phthanę̄ epi tina tōn lambanontōn to tēs huiothesias pneuma, teleiōs kai anyperblētōs ginetai huios theou, kai pantē kai ex holōn kai holos ek tou theou.
Perhaps, then, since the words of God are many, not only those written but also the unspeakable ones, which it is not lawful for a man to utter, and those of which John says, “I suppose that not even the world itself could contain the books that would be written,” everyone who hears any words of God whatever is already of God; but the more words of God he hears, the more he will become of God; so that, if one must name it thus, one who has heard all the words of God, if this reaches any of those who receive the spirit of adoption, becomes perfectly and unsurpassably a son of God, and altogether, from all, and wholly of God.
20.305Preuschen 4:372
εὐγνωμονέστε- ρον δὲ ἀκουοτέον τοῦ >ἐξ ὅλων καὶ x003C; ἀνάλογον ὅλοις τοῖς μασι καὶ πάσῃ τῇ γνώσει καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς μυστηρίοις, ὥστʼ ἂν εἰπεῖν ὅλον καὶ ἐξ ὅλων γεγονέναι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν εἰδότα Πάντα τὰ μυστήρια καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γνῶσιν, καὶ μετὰ τούτων τὰ τῆς τελείας ἀγάπης κατορθωκότα.
eugnōmoneste- ron de akouoteon tou >ex holōn kai x003C? analogon holois tois masi kai pasę̄ tę̄ gnōsei kai pasi tois mystēriois, hōstʼ an eipein holon kai ex holōn gegonenai ek tou theou ton eidota Panta ta mystēria kai pasan tēn gnōsin, kai meta toutōn ta tēs teleias agapēs katorthōkota.
But “from all and wholly” must be heard more kindly, in proportion to all the …, and all knowledge, and all mysteries, so that one might say that the one who knows all mysteries and all knowledge, and together with these has achieved what belongs to perfect love, has become wholly and from all of God.
20.306Preuschen 4:372–373
ὅρα δὲ εἰ δυνατὸν ἀκολούθως τῷ »Ἐκ μέρους »γινώσκομεν καὶ ἐκ μέρους προφητεύομεν« εἰπεῖν ἂν τὸν τοιοῦτον· >ἐκ μέρους ἐσμὲν υἱοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ< καὶ πάλιν· »ὅταν ἔλθῃ τὸ »καὶ τὸ ἐκ μέρους καταργηθῇ«, καὶ] τὸ τέλειον τοῦ γενέσθαι υἱὸς θεοῦ ἐλεύσεται,
hora de ei dynaton akolouthōs tǭ »Ek merous »ginōskomen kai ek merous prophēteuomen« eipein an ton toiouton; >ek merous esmen huioi tou theou< kai palin; »hotan elthę̄ to »kai to ek merous katargēthę̄«, kai] to teleion tou genesthai huios theou eleusetai,
But see whether it is possible, in keeping with “We know in part and we prophesy in part,” for such a one to say, “We are sons of God in part,” and again, “When the perfect comes and the partial is done away,” the perfection of becoming a son of God will also come,
20.307Preuschen 4:373
καταργοῦν τὸ ἐκ μέρους γεγονέναι υἱόν τινα τοῦ θεοῦ· μὴ ἀζήτητον δὲ ἐάσθω καὶ τὸ περὶ τοῦ πότερόν ποτε δυνατὸν ἐκ μέρους μὲν εἶναι υἱὸν τῆς διαφερούσης μερίδος τῆς περὶ τὰ θεῖα. ἐκ μέρους δὲ τῆς ἐναντίας, ἢ τοῦτο ἀμήχανον οὕτως ἔχειν· ᾦ συνεξε- τάσεις πῶς λέγονται υἱοὶ πολλοὶ ἑνὸς πατρός, πότερον διὰ τοὺς προγόνους καὶ τοὺς ἐξ ἐκείνων, ἢ κατὰ ταύτην τὴν ὑπόνοιαν.
katargoun to ek merous gegonenai huion tina tou theou; mē azētēton de easthō kai to peri tou poteron pote dynaton ek merous men einai huion tēs diapherousēs meridos tēs peri ta theia. ek merous de tēs enantias, ē touto amēchanon houtōs echein; ǭ synexe- taseis pōs legontai huioi polloi henos patros, poteron dia tous progonous kai tous ex ekeinōn, ē kata tautēn tēn hyponoian.
doing away with someone's having become a son of God in part. Nor let the question be left unexamined whether it is possible to be in part a son of the better portion, concerned with divine things, and in part of the opposite, or whether this is impossible. With this you will examine how many sons are said to be of one father, whether because of ancestors and those descended from them, or according to this supposition.
20.308Preuschen 4:373
λαβόντες οὖν ἐξουσίαν τέκνα θεοῦ γενέσθαι, πάντα πράττωμεν ἴνα γενώμεθα ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὰ ῥήματα αὐτοῦ ἀκούσωμεν, καὶ προκόπτωμεν κἂν τῷ εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἴνα προκόπτωμεν καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀκούειν ῥημάτων τοῦ θεοῦ, πλείονα ἐκ τούτων ἀεὶ τρανοῦντες, ἕως πάντα χωρήσωμεν τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ θεοῦ, ἢ ὅσα γε ἐνδέχεται χωρῆσαι καὶ νῦν καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τοὺς ἀξιουμένους τοῦ τῆς υἱοθεσίας πνεύματος.
labontes oun exousian tekna theou genesthai, panta prattōmen ina genōmetha ek tou theou kai ta rhēmata autou akousōmen, kai prokoptōmen kan tǭ einai ek tou theou, ina prokoptōmen kai en tǭ akouein rhēmatōn tou theou, pleiona ek toutōn aei tranountes, heōs panta chōrēsōmen ta rhēmata tou theou, ē hosa ge endechetai chōrēsai kai nyn kai meta tauta tous axioumenous tou tēs huiothesias pneumatos.
Having received power to become children of God, then, let us do everything to become of God and to hear his words, and let us advance in being of God, so that we may advance also in hearing God's words, making more of them ever clearer, until we receive all the words of God, or as many as those deemed worthy of the spirit of adoption can receive both now and hereafter.
20.309Preuschen 4:373
ὁσάκις δὲ ῥημάτων λεγομένων τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἀκούομεν, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν οὐ συνίεμεν αὐτῶν, τοσαυτάκις νομιστέον ἐλέγχεσθαι ὡς οὐκ ὄντας ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ. διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ οὐκ ἀκούει ὁ μὴ ἀκούων ῥημάτων θεοῦ. ἐπείπερ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν παρ ἑαυτόν· καίτοι γε ἔσθʼ ὅτε λαβὼν ἤδη ἐξουσίαν τέκνον θεοῦ γενέσθαι, καὶ δυνάμενος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαπᾶν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς καὶ προσεύχεσθαι ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων γενέσθαι υἱὸς τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς πατρός. Ἁπεκρίθησαν οἶ Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ· Ου καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις;
hosakis de rhēmatōn legomenōn tou theou ouk akouomen, toutʼ estin ou syniemen autōn, tosautakis nomisteon elenchesthai hōs ouk ontas ek tou theou. dia touto gar ouk akouei ho mē akouōn rhēmatōn theou. epeiper ek tou theou ouk estin, kai ek tou theou ouk estin par heauton; kaitoi ge esthʼ hote labōn ēdē exousian teknon theou genesthai, kai dynamenos ek tou agapan tous echthrous kai proseuchesthai hyper tōn epēreazontōn genesthai huios tou en ouranois patros. Hapekrithēsan oi Ioudaioi kai eipan autǭ; Ou kalōs legomen hēmeis hoti Samareitēs ei sy kai daimonion echeis?
And as often as, when the words of God are spoken, we do not hear them, that is, do not understand them, so often we must think ourselves convicted of not being of God. For the one who does not hear the words of God does not hear because he is not of God; and he is not of God because of himself, though sometimes he has already received the power to become a child of God, and can, by loving his enemies and praying for those who mistreat him, become a son of the Father in heaven. “The Jews answered and said to him, ‘Do we not say rightly that you are a Samaritan and have a demon?’”
20.310Preuschen 4:373
Εἰκὸς ὅτι ταῦτα πολλάκις κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔλεγον περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρός τινες, Σαμαρείτην μὲν αὐ- τὸν ὀνομάζοντες ὡς παραχαράσσοντα τὰ Ἱουδαϊκὰ παραπλησίως Σαμαρείταις· »Οὐ γὰρ συγχρῶνται Ἰουδαῖοι Σαμαρείταις«, ἐν πολλοῖς διαφωνοῦντες δόγμασιν παρʼ ἐκείνους.
Eikos hoti tauta pollakis kata to siōpōmenon pros allēlous elegon peri tou sōtēros tines, Samareitēn men au- ton onomazontes hōs paracharassonta ta Hioudaïka paraplēsiōs Samareitais; »Ou gar synchrōntai Ioudaioi Samareitais«, en pollois diaphōnountes dogmasin parʼ ekeinous.
It is likely that some often said these things to one another privately about the Savior, calling him a Samaritan as one who, like the Samaritans, debased Jewish things; “for Jews have no dealings with Samaritans,” since they disagree with them on many doctrines.
20.311Preuschen 4:373
ἄξιον δὲ ἔστιν ζητῆσαι πῶς Σαμαρειτῶν τὸν μέλλοντα αἰῶνα ἀρνουμένων καὶ μὴ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιδιαμονὴν προσιεμένων, τὸν σωτῆρα <Σαμαρείτην> εἰπεῖν, περὶ ἀναστάσεως καὶ κρίσεως πλεῖστα ὅσα διδάξαντα.
axion de estin zētēsai pōs Samareitōn ton mellonta aiōna arnoumenōn kai mē tēn tēs psychēs epidiamonēn prosiemenōn, ton sōtēra <Samareitēn> eipein, peri anastaseōs kai kriseōs pleista hosa didaxanta.
It is worth asking how, since the Samaritans deny the age to come and do not accept the survival of the soul, they called the Savior a Samaritan, when he taught very much about resurrection and judgment.
20.312Preuschen 4:373–374
ἀλλὰ μήποτε ὡς λοιδοροῦντες αὐτὸν τοῦτο λέγουσιν καὶ οὐ πάντως τὰ αὐτὰ ἐκείνοις δογματίζοντα. εἰκὸς δὲ ὅτι τινὲς καὶ ᾤοντο αὐτὸν μὴ ἀπὸ διαθέσεως τὰ περὶ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος καὶ τὰ περὶ κρίσεως καὶ ἀναστάσεως διδάσκειν, διακείμενον μὲν Σαμαρειτικῶς, ὡς μηδενὸς μετὰ τὸν βίον ἀποκειμένου τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, προσποιήσεως δἐ ἕνεκεν κατὰ τὸ ἔνδοξον καὶ ἀρέσκον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τὰ περὶ ἀναστά- σεως καὶ τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς προφερόμενον·
alla mēpote hōs loidorountes auton touto legousin kai ou pantōs ta auta ekeinois dogmatizonta. eikos de hoti tines kai ǭonto auton mē apo diatheseōs ta peri mellontos aiōnos kai ta peri kriseōs kai anastaseōs didaskein, diakeimenon men Samareitikōs, hōs mēdenos meta ton bion apokeimenou tois anthrōpois, prospoiēseōs de heneken kata to endoxon kai areskon tois Ioudaiois ta peri anasta- seōs kai tēs aiōniou zōēs propheromenon;
But perhaps they say this to revile him, and not because he held the same doctrines as they. And it is likely that some also thought he did not teach from conviction the things about the age to come and about judgment and resurrection, being disposed like a Samaritan, as though nothing were laid up for human beings after this life, but that he put forward the things about resurrection and eternal life for show, for the sake of reputation and to please the Jews.
20.313Preuschen 4:374
καὶ δαιμόνιον δὲ ἔχειν ἔλεγον αὐτὸν διὰ τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον αὐτοῦ λόγους, δί ὡν πατέρα ἴδιον ἔλεγεν τὸν θεόν, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβεβηκέναι, καὶ αὐτὸς εἶναι ὁ τῆς ζωῆς ἄρτος πολλῷ κρείττων τοῦ μάννα, ὡς τὸν φα- γόντα τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον ζήσεσθαι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καὶ ἄλλα μυρία ᾠν πεπλήρωται τὰ εὐαγγέλια.
kai daimonion de echein elegon auton dia tous hyper anthrōpon autou logous, di hōn patera idion elegen ton theon, kai ek tou ouranou katabebēkenai, kai autos einai ho tēs zōēs artos pollǭ kreittōn tou manna, hōs ton pha- gonta touton ton arton zēsesthai eis ton aiōna, kai alla myria ǭn peplērōtai ta euangelia.
And they said he had a demon because of his words beyond human measure, in which he called God his own Father, and said that he had come down from heaven, and that he himself was the bread of life, far better than the manna, so that whoever eats this bread will live forever, and countless other things with which the Gospels are filled.
20.314Preuschen 4:374
δύναται δὲ καὶ διὰ τὴν περὶ τὸν βεελζεβοὺλ ὑπόνοιαν αὐτῶν εἰρῆσθαι· »Σὺ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις«, ἐπεί- περ τινὲς »ἐν βεελζεβοὺλ τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων« ἐνόμιζον αὐ- τὸν »ἐκβάλλειν τὰ δαιμόνια«, οἱονεὶ ἔχοντα ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὸν βεελζε- βούλ..
dynatai de kai dia tēn peri ton beelzeboul hyponoian autōn eirēsthai; »Sy daimonion echeis«, epei- per tines »en beelzeboul tǭ archonti tōn daimoniōn« enomizon au- ton »ekballein ta daimonia«, hoionei echonta en heautǭ ton beelze- boul..
“You have a demon” can also have been said because of their suspicion about Beelzebul, since some thought he cast out demons “by Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons,” as though he had Beelzebul within himself.
20.315Preuschen 4:374
οἱ μὲν οὖν ἐχθροὶ εἴσονταί τι λέγοντες αὐτὸν δαιμόνιον ἔχειν· ἡμεῖς δὲ αὐτῷ πειθόμεθα φάσκοντι· »Ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἔχω«· οὐδὲ γὰρ δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι ἢ ταῦτα τὰ ση- μεῖα ποιεῖν ἃ καὶ ἀναγέγραπται, ὡν καὶ ἴχνη καὶ λείμματα ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ μέχρι νῦν γίνεται.
hoi men oun echthroi eisontai ti legontes auton daimonion echein; hēmeis de autǭ peithometha phaskonti; »Egō daimonion ouk echō«; oude gar daimonion dynatai typhlōn ophthalmous anoixai ē tauta ta sē- meia poiein ha kai anagegraptai, hōn kai ichnē kai leimmata en tais ekklēsiais onomati Iēsou mechri nyn ginetai.
His enemies, then, will know what they mean in saying that he has a demon; but we believe him when he says, “I do not have a demon”; for a demon cannot open the eyes of the blind or do these signs that are recorded, traces and remnants of which take place in the churches in the name of Jesus up to now.
20.316Preuschen 4:374
μετὰ ταῦτα ζητήσαι τις ἂν τί δήποτε δύο δυσφημίας αὐτῷ προσαψάντων, τὴν τε »Σα- »μαρείτης εἶ σύ« καὶ τὴν Δαιμόνιον ἔχεις« τῶν ἀποκριθέντων αὐτῷ Ἰουδαίων, οὐκ ἐκείνων τῶν πεπιστευκότων αὐτῷ, οὐχὶ πρὸς τὰς δύο ἀποκρίνεται ἀλλὰ πρὸς μόνην τὴν »Δαιμόνιον ἔχεις« εἰπών· »Ἐγὼ »δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἐχω«.
meta tauta zētēsai tis an ti dēpote dyo dysphēmias autǭ prosapsantōn, tēn te »Sa- »mareitēs ei sy« kai tēn Daimonion echeis« tōn apokrithentōn autǭ Ioudaiōn, ouk ekeinōn tōn pepisteukotōn autǭ, ouchi pros tas dyo apokrinetai alla pros monēn tēn »Daimonion echeis« eipōn; »Egō »daimonion ouk echō«.
After this someone might ask why, when the Jews who answered him (not those who had believed him) attached two slanders to him, both “You are a Samaritan” and “You have a demon,” he does not answer both, but only “You have a demon,” saying, “I do not have a demon.”
20.317Preuschen 4:374
Καὶ ὅρα εἰ δύναται πρὸς τοῦτο γενέσθαι τὸ τῆς ἐν τῷ κατὰ Λουκᾶν εὐαγγελίῳ παραβολῆς περὶ τοῦ ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ εἰς Ἱεριχὼ καταβαίνοντος καὶ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς, ὅντινα ὁ μὲν ἱερεὺς ἀντιπαρῆλθεν καὶ ὁ Λευίτης, ὁ δὲ ὁδεύων Σαμαρείτης ἐλθὼν κατ αὐτὸν καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν ἐσπλαγχνίσθη καὶ προσελθὼν κατέδησεν τὰ τραύματα αὐτοῦ, ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἶνον.
Kai hora ei dynatai pros touto genesthai to tēs en tǭ kata Loukan euangeliǭ parabolēs peri tou apo Hierousalēm eis Hierichō katabainontos kai empesontos eis tous lę̄stas, hontina ho men hiereus antiparēlthen kai ho Leuitēs, ho de hodeuōn Samareitēs elthōn kat auton kai idōn auton esplanchnisthē kai proselthōn katedēsen ta traumata autou, epicheōn elaion kai oinon.
And see whether the parable in the Gospel according to Luke can bear on this, about the man going down from Jerusalem to Jericho who fell among robbers, whom the priest passed by, and the Levite, but the Samaritan on his journey came to him, and seeing him had compassion, and going to him bound up his wounds, pouring on oil and wine.
20.318Preuschen 4:374
ἐὰν γὰρ δυνηθῇ τις διαλαμβάνων περὶ τῆς παραβολῆς δεῖξαι ἐπὶ μηδένα ἢ ἐπὶ τὸν σωτῆρα ἀναφέρεσθαι τὰ περὶ τοῦ Σαμαρείτου, ὃς τὸν ἡμιθανῆ καὶ ἐμπεσόντα εἰς τοὺς λῃστὰς ἰάσατο, παραστήσει καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἠρνή- σατο εἶναι Σαμαρείτης.
ean gar dynēthę̄ tis dialambanōn peri tēs parabolēs deixai epi mēdena ē epi ton sōtēra anapheresthai ta peri tou Samareitou, hos ton hēmithanē kai empesonta eis tous lę̄stas iasato, parastēsei kai dia ti ouk ērnē- sato einai Samareitēs.
For if someone, discussing the parable, can show that what is said about the Samaritan who healed the half-dead man who had fallen among robbers refers to none other than the Savior, he will show also why he did not deny being a Samaritan.
20.319Preuschen 4:374
ἄλλος δὲ δὴ τὴν παρὰ Παύλῳ διαφορὰν Ἰουδαίων καὶ τῶν ὑπὸ νόμον θεωρήσας καὶ ἀναγαγὼν τοὺς ὑπὸ νόμον εἰς τοὺς Σαμαρείτας, καὶ μᾶλλον Παύλου καταλαβὼν τὸν σω- τῆρα τοῖς πᾶσιν πάντα γινόμενον ἕνα τοὺς πάντας κερδήσῃ, ἐρεῖ διὰ τὸ τοῖς ὑπὸ νόμον αὐτὸν γεγονέναι ὡς ὑπὸ νόμον, οἱονεὶ καὶ Σαμαρείτην γεγονέναι, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο μὴ ἠρνῆσθαι τὸ εἶναι Σαμα- ρείτης.
allos de dē tēn para Paulǭ diaphoran Ioudaiōn kai tōn hypo nomon theōrēsas kai anagagōn tous hypo nomon eis tous Samareitas, kai mallon Paulou katalabōn ton sō- tēra tois pasin panta ginomenon hena tous pantas kerdēsę̄, erei dia to tois hypo nomon auton gegonenai hōs hypo nomon, hoionei kai Samareitēn gegonenai, kai kata touto mē ērnēsthai to einai Sama- reitēs.
Another, having considered the distinction in Paul between Jews and those under the law, and referring those under the law to the Samaritans, and understanding that the Savior, more than Paul, became all things to all so as to win all, will say that because he became as under the law to those under the law, he became, as it were, a Samaritan too, and for this reason did not deny being a Samaritan.
20.320Preuschen 4:374–375
καὶ τρίτος δέ τις τὴν ἑρμηνείαν τοῦ Σαμαρείτου ἐκλαβών, σημαίνοντος φύλακα, φήσει ὅτι εἰ καὶ κατʼ ἄλλο ἔλεγον Σα- μαρείτην αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, αὐτὸς τὸ σημαινόμενον ἀπὸ τοῦ ὁνό- ματος ἐκλαβὼν οὐκ ἠρνήσατο αὐτό, εἰδὼς ὅτι φύλαξ ἐστὶν τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ψυχῶν καὶ περὶ οὑ εἴρηται τὸ »Ἰδοὺ οὐ νυστάζει ὑπνώσει ὁ φυλάσσων τὸν Ἰσραήλ«· καὶ τὸ Φυλάσσων τὰ νήπια »ὁ κύριος«.
kai tritos de tis tēn hermēneian tou Samareitou eklabōn, sēmainontos phylaka, phēsei hoti ei kai katʼ allo elegon Sa- mareitēn auton hoi Ioudaioi, autos to sēmainomenon apo tou hono- matos eklabōn ouk ērnēsato auto, eidōs hoti phylax estin tōn anthrōpinōn psychōn kai peri hou eirētai to »Idou ou nystazei hypnōsei ho phylassōn ton Israēl«; kai to Phylassōn ta nēpia »ho kyrios«.
And a third, taking the interpretation of “Samaritan,” which means “guardian,” will say that even if the Jews called him a Samaritan in another sense, he himself, taking the meaning from the name, did not deny it, knowing that he is the guardian of human souls, of whom it is said, “Behold, he who guards Israel will not slumber or sleep,” and “The Lord guards the little ones.”
20.321Preuschen 4:375
>σωμὴρ< μέντοι γε Ἑβραῖοι λέγουσι τὸν >φύλακα<, δὲ καὶ τοὺς Σαμαρεῖς πρῶτον ὠνομάσθαι παραδιδόασι διὰ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ τῶν Ἀσσυρίων βασιλέως φύλακας αὐτοὺς πεπέμφθαι τῆς γῆς Ἰσραὴλ μετὰ τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν, τοῦ ἐτέρου παρὰ τὸν Ἰούδαν Ἱσραὴλ διὰ τὰς πολλὰς ἁμαρτίας αἰχμαλωτευθέντος εἰς τοὺς Ἀσσυρίους. Ἀπεκρίθη Ἱησοῦς· Ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἐχω, ἀλλὰ τιμῶ τὸν πατέρα μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀτιμάζετέ με. ἐγὼ οὐ ζητῶ τὴν δόξαν μου· ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων.
>sōmēr< mentoi ge Hebraioi legousi ton >phylaka<, de kai tous Samareis prōton ōnomasthai paradidoasi dia to hypo tou tōn Assyriōn basileōs phylakas autous pepemphthai tēs gēs Israēl meta tēn aichmalōsian, tou eterou para ton Ioudan Hisraēl dia tas pollas hamartias aichmalōteuthentos eis tous Assyrious. Apekrithē Hiēsous; Egō daimonion ouk echō, alla timō ton patera mou, kai hymeis atimazete me. egō ou zētō tēn doxan mou; estin ho zētōn kai krinōn.
The Hebrews call the guardian shomer, and they hand down that the Samaritans were first so named because they were sent by the king of the Assyrians as guardians of the land of Israel after the captivity, when the other Israel, apart from Judah, had been taken captive to the Assyrians because of its many sins. “Jesus answered, ‘I do not have a demon, but I honor my Father, and you dishonor me. I do not seek my own glory; there is one who seeks and judges.’”
20.322Preuschen 4:375
Εἰ τὸ πεφυτευμένον ξύλον »παρὰ τὰς διεξόδους »τῶν ὑδάτων« τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, ὡς τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ διδόναι »ἐν »καιρῷ αὐτοῦ« καὶ μηδὲ φύλλον αὐτοῦ ἀπορρεῖν ἀλλὰ πάντα ὅσα ἂν ποιῇ κατευοδοῦσθαι, τί νομιστέον περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἱησοῦ ἢ ὅτι αὐτὸς ὢν τὸ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς κατὰ τὸ εἶναι σοφία καὶ τὴν σοφίαν εἶναι »ξύλον ζωῆς πᾶσι τοῖς ἀντεχομένοις αὐτῆς«, καὶ καρποφορεῖ καὶ τὰ ἕτερα παρὰ τοὺς καρποὺς φύλλα τοιαῦτα ἔχει ὡς μηδὲ ἓν αὐτῶν ἀπορρεῖν;
Ei to pephyteumenon xylon »para tas diexodous »tōn hydatōn« toiouton estin, hōs ton karpon autou didonai »en »kairǭ autou« kai mēde phyllon autou aporrein alla panta hosa an poię̄ kateuodousthai, ti nomisteon peri tou sōtēros hēmōn Hiēsou ē hoti autos ōn to xylon tēs zōēs kata to einai sophia kai tēn sophian einai »xylon zōēs pasi tois antechomenois autēs«, kai karpophorei kai ta hetera para tous karpous phylla toiauta echei hōs mēde hen autōn aporrein?
If the tree planted “by the streams of water” is such that it gives its fruit “in its season” and not even a leaf of it falls, but all that it does prospers, what must we think of our Savior Jesus, except that he, being the tree of life because he is Wisdom, and Wisdom being “a tree of life to all who lay hold of her,” both bears fruit and has the other parts besides the fruit, the leaves, such that not one of them falls?
20.323Preuschen 4:375
διὰ τοῦτο οὐδένα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ λόγον, καὶ ταῦτα ἀναγραφῆς ἀξιωθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, ὡς ἔτυχεν ἐκδεκτέον· ἀλλὰ πᾶσαν βάσανον καὶ τοῖς νομιζομένοις εἶναι σαφέσιν προσακτέον, οὐκ ἀπογινώσκοντα ὅτι καὶ περὶ τὸν ἀνυπονόητον καὶ ἁπλοῦν εἶναι νομισθέντα λόγον αὐτοῦ εὑρεθήσεται τοῖς ὀρθῶς ζητοῦ- σιν ἄξιόν τι τοῦ ἱεροῦ στόματος ἐκείνου.
dia touto oudena tou Iēsou logon, kai tauta anagraphēs axiōthenta hypo tōn hagiōn mathētōn autou, hōs etychen ekdekteon; alla pasan basanon kai tois nomizomenois einai saphesin prosakteon, ouk apoginōskonta hoti kai peri ton anyponoēton kai haploun einai nomisthenta logon autou heurethēsetai tois orthōs zētou- sin axion ti tou hierou stomatos ekeinou.
For this reason no saying of Jesus, especially those judged worthy of being recorded by his holy disciples, should be taken at random; but every test must be applied even to those thought to be clear, not despairing that, even in a saying of his thought to be unremarkable and simple, something worthy of that holy mouth will be found by those who seek rightly.
20.324Preuschen 4:375
εἰ δέ που μὴ εὑρίσκομεν, ἡμᾶς καὶ οὐ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Ἰησοῦ αἰτιατέον ὡς οὐ πνέοντα τῶν ἐκ πληρώματος μεστῶν ἀληθείας καὶ σοφίας δογμάτων.
ei de pou mē heuriskomen, hēmas kai ou ton logon tou Iēsou aitiateon hōs ou pneonta tōn ek plērōmatos mestōn alētheias kai sophias dogmatōn.
And if somewhere we do not find it, we must blame ourselves and not the word of Jesus, as not breathing the doctrines full of truth and wisdom from the fullness.
20.325Preuschen 4:375
Ταῦτα δέ μοι εἴρηται βουλομένῳ ἐξετάσαι τὸ »Ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον »οὐκ ἔχω«, διʼ οὗ διδασκόμεθα πάντες οἱ τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ἐντυγχάνοντες πρᾶγμα ὃ οὐχὶ ᾔδειμεν καὶ πρὶν ἐντυχεῖν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ. τί δὲ τοῦτό ἐστιν ἤδη κατανοητέον.
Tauta de moi eirētai boulomenǭ exetasai to »Egō daimonion »ouk echō«, diʼ hou didaskometha pantes hoi tǭ euangeliǭ entynchanontes pragma ho ouchi ę̄deimen kai prin entychein tǭ euangeliǭ. ti de touto estin ēdē katanoēteon.
I have said these things wishing to examine “I do not have a demon,” through which all of us who read the Gospel are taught something we did not know even before reading the Gospel. What this is must now be considered.
20.326Preuschen 4:375–376
ἀρέσκει κατὰ τὰς γραφὰς τοὺς ἀμαρτάνον- τας τὰ πολλὰ ποιεῖν παρὰ τὸν λόγον οὐ διʼ ἄλλο ἢ τῷ δεκτικοὺς αὐτοὺς γεγονέναι ἐνεργείας πονηροῦ πνεύματος ἢ θελήματος ἀκαθάρτου δαιμονίου.
areskei kata tas graphas tous amartanon- tas ta polla poiein para ton logon ou diʼ allo ē tǭ dektikous autous gegonenai energeias ponērou pneumatos ē thelēmatos akathartou daimoniou.
It is the view of the Scriptures that sinners do most of what they do against reason for no other reason than that they have become receptive to the working of an evil spirit or the will of an unclean demon.
20.327Preuschen 4:376
οὐκ ὤκνησαν οὖν καὶ τὰ νομισθέντα ἂν ἐλάχιστα εἶναι τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων δαιμονίοις προσάψαι οἱ φήσαντες τὴν ὀξυχολίαν δαιμόνιον εἶναι, ὀμοίως δὲ καὶ τὴν καταλαλιάν.
ouk ōknēsan oun kai ta nomisthenta an elachista einai tōn hamartēmatōn daimoniois prosapsai hoi phēsantes tēn oxycholian daimonion einai, omoiōs de kai tēn katalalian.
Those, then, did not hesitate to attribute even what might be thought the least of sins to demons, who said that irritability is a demon, and likewise slander.
20.328Preuschen 4:376
εἰκὸς δὲ καὶ ἄλλα μυρία δαιμονίων φαντασιούντων ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐνεργούντων κατὰ τὸ ἐκείνων θέλημα ποιεῖν· καὶ ἔστιν ἐν ἁνθρώποις ὥσπερ οὐδεὶς »καθαρὸς ἀπὸ ῥύπου«, καὶ οὐδεὶς »δίκαιος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὃς »ποιήσει ἀγαθὸν καὶ οὐχ ἁμαρτήσεται«, οὕτω καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀεὶ ἀπὸ δαιμονίων καθαρεύσας καὶ μηδέποτε γενόμενος τῆς ἀπὸ τούτων ἐνεργείας ἀνεπέδεκτος.
eikos de kai alla myria daimoniōn phantasiountōn hēmas kai energountōn kata to ekeinōn thelēma poiein; kai estin en hanthrōpois hōsper oudeis »katharos apo rhypou«, kai oudeis »dikaios epi tēs gēs hos »poiēsei agathon kai ouch hamartēsetai«, houtō kai oudeis aei apo daimoniōn kathareusas kai mēdepote genomenos tēs apo toutōn energeias anepedektos.
And it is likely that we do countless other things, with demons presenting images to us and working in us according to their will; and just as among human beings no one is “clean from filth,” and no one is “righteous on the earth who will do good and not sin,” so too no one has always been pure of demons and never become receptive to their working.
20.329Preuschen 4:376
διόπερ ἀλληγοροῦντες τὰς ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ θεραπείας, ἐν αἷς εἰσιν καὶ τῶν δαιμονίων ἀπελάσεις, ἐροῦμεν πάντων ἀεὶ ἀπελαύνεσθαι τοὺς δαίμονας ὑπὸ Ἱησοῦ τῶν παρὰ τὸ τεθεραπεῦσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου μηκέτι παραδεχομένων τὰς τῶν δαιμόνων ἐνεργείας.
dioper allēgorountes tas en tǭ euangeliǭ therapeias, en hais eisin kai tōn daimoniōn apelaseis, eroumen pantōn aei apelaunesthai tous daimonas hypo Hiēsou tōn para to tetherapeusthai hypo tou logou mēketi paradechomenōn tas tōn daimonōn energeias.
Therefore, allegorizing the healings in the Gospel, among which are also the expulsions of demons, we shall say that demons are always being driven out by Jesus from all who, by having been healed by the Word, no longer admit the workings of the demons.
20.330Preuschen 4:376
μόνου τοίνυν νομίζω εἶναι Ἰησοῦ φωνήν, τοῦ μόνου ἀπεκδυσαμένου τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας καὶ δειγματίσαντος ἐν παρρησίᾳ καὶ θριαμβεύσαντος ἐν ξύλῳ, τρόπαιον κατὰ πάσης ἀντικειμένης δυνάμεως τὸν σταυρὸν στήσαντος, ὥσπερ τὸ »Ἔρχεται »ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου καὶ ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν«, οὕτως καὶ τὸ >ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὔτε ἔσχον οὔτε ἔχω οὔτε ἕξω<.
monou toinyn nomizō einai Iēsou phōnēn, tou monou apekdysamenou tas archas kai tas exousias kai deigmatisantos en parrēsią kai thriambeusantos en xylǭ, tropaion kata pasēs antikeimenēs dynameōs ton stauron stēsantos, hōsper to »Erchetai »ho archōn tou kosmou toutou kai en emoi ouk echei ouden«, houtōs kai to >egō daimonion oute eschon oute echō oute hexō<.
I think, then, that it is the voice of Jesus alone, who alone stripped off the principalities and powers and made a public example of them and triumphed on the tree, setting up the cross as a trophy against every opposing power, to say, like “The ruler of this world is coming, and he has nothing in me,” so also, “I neither had nor have nor will have a demon.”
20.331Preuschen 4:376
τὴν δὲ φωνὴν δυνάμεθα μὲν καὶ ἡμεῖς προενέγκασθαι καὶ λέγειν· » Δαιμόνιον »οὐκ ἔχω«, ἀλλʼ ἐλεγχθησόμεθα ὁμοίως τοῖς ἀρνησαμένοις περὶ τοῦ δαιμονᾶν καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς πράγμασιν ἀποδειχθεῖσιν ὅτι ἐψεύσαντο.
tēn de phōnēn dynametha men kai hēmeis proenenkasthai kai legein; » Daimonion »ouk echō«, allʼ elenchthēsometha homoiōs tois arnēsamenois peri tou daimonan kai en autois tois pragmasin apodeichtheisin hoti epseusanto.
We too can utter the words and say, “I do not have a demon,” but we shall be refuted like those who denied being demon-possessed and were shown by their very deeds to have lied.
20.332Preuschen 4:376
ἢ οὐκ ἔλεγχος τοῦ δαιμονᾶν ἡμᾶς ὅταν μεμηνότων κατάστασιν ἔχοντες βοῶμεν, ἀπὸ θυμοῦ καὶ ὀργῆς φλεγόμενοι, ἢ λελυττηκότες, καὶ ὡσπερεὶ χρεμετίζοντες κἀν ταῖς ἰδίαις γαμεταῖς δίκην ἵππων θηλυμανῶν ἐπιβαίνωμεν, ἐκβάλλοντες τοὺς περὶ ἀπαθείας λόγους θεοῦ εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω;
ē ouk elenchos tou daimonan hēmas hotan memēnotōn katastasin echontes boōmen, apo thymou kai orgēs phlegomenoi, ē lelyttēkotes, kai hōsperei chremetizontes kan tais idiais gametais dikēn hippōn thēlymanōn epibainōmen, ekballontes tous peri apatheias logous theou eis ta opisō?
Or is it not proof that we are demon-possessed when, in the state of madmen, we shout, inflamed with rage and anger, or raving, and, as it were, neighing, we mount even our own wives like lustful horses, casting behind us the words of God about freedom from passion?
20.333Preuschen 4:376
ἀλλὰ κἂν ταπεινοὶ καὶ συννεφεῖς ὑπὸ τῆς λύπης καθελκόμενοι καὶ τὸ ἴδιον τῶν λογικῶν γαῦρον ἀπολέσαντες ἐπιλανθανώμεθα τοῦ ἄνευ θεοῦ στρούθιον μὴ πίπτειν εἰς παγίδα καὶ τοῦ δίκαια εἶναι τὰ περὶ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου τῶν συμβαινόντων ἀνθρώποις κρίματα, τί φήσομεν ἢ ὅτι καὶ τοῦ δαιμονίου ἡμᾶς νικήσαντος καὶ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ἡμῶν θολώσαντος ταῦτα πάσχομεν;
alla kan tapeinoi kai synnepheis hypo tēs lypēs kathelkomenoi kai to idion tōn logikōn gauron apolesantes epilanthanōmetha tou aneu theou strouthion mē piptein eis pagida kai tou dikaia einai ta peri henos hekastou tōn symbainontōn anthrōpois krimata, ti phēsomen ē hoti kai tou daimoniou hēmas nikēsantos kai to hēgemonikon hēmōn tholōsantos tauta paschomen?
But also when, downcast and gloomy, dragged down by grief and having lost the proper spirit of rational beings, we forget that without God not a sparrow falls into a snare, and that the judgments about each thing that happens to human beings are just, what shall we say except that we suffer these things because the demon has overcome us and muddied our ruling faculty?
20.334Preuschen 4:376–377
ἀλλὰ καὶ φόβοι τῶν οὐ φοβερῶν καὶ περιχάρειαι ἐπὶ τοῖς μηδενὸς ἀξίοις τίνων ἂν εἴη ἐνεργήματα ἢ δαιμόνων πληρωσάντων τοὺς μὴ δυναμένους μετὰ ἀληθείας λέγειν· »Ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἔχω«;
alla kai phoboi tōn ou phoberōn kai perichareiai epi tois mēdenos axiois tinōn an eiē energēmata ē daimonōn plērōsantōn tous mē dynamenous meta alētheias legein; »Egō daimonion ouk echō«?
And fears of things not fearful, and excessive joys over things of no worth, whose workings would they be but of demons who have filled those unable to say truly, “I do not have a demon”?
20.335Preuschen 4:377
ἀλλʼ εἰκός τινα τοὺς ἁγίους πατριάρχας, ἢ τὸν ἱερὸν θεράποντα ἢ τοὺς θαυμασίους προφήτας ἢ τοὺς δυνατωτάτους τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ ἀποστόλους φέροντα εἰς τὴν ἐξέτασιν δυσωπήσειν ἡμᾶς, ὡς ἄρα καὶ οὑτοι εἴποιεν ἂν ὁμοίως τῷ Ἰησοῦ τὸ »Ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἔχω«. πρὸς οὓς ἔστιν εἰπεῖν· ἀρα καὶ οὑτοί ποτε ἥμαρτον, ἢ ψεῦδος τὸ »Πάντες »γὰρ ἥμαρτον καὶ ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ«, καὶ οὐκ ἀληθὲς τὸ »Οὐδεὶς καθαρὸς ἀπὸ ῥύπου« οὐδὲ τεθεωρημένως εἴρηται τὸ »Οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος ἐπὶ γῆς ὅς ποιήσει ἀγαθὸν καὶ οὐχ ἁμαρτήσεται«; ἀλλὰ σαφὲς ὅτι ἀληθεῖς αἱ πᾶσαι γραφαὶ καὶ οὐκ ἀεὶ οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐδύναντο λέγειν οὐδʼ οἱ μεταβάλλοντες ἐπὶ τὸν κατὰ ἀρετὴν βίον τὸ »Ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἔχω«, ἀλλʼ ἡ μόνου τοῦ κατὰ τὸν σωτῆρα νοουμένου ἀνθρώπου ἀρχῆθεν ἦν φωνή, διὰ τοῦτο κυριώτατα καὶ ἀληθέστατα μόνου τὸν πατέρα τιμήσαντος· οὐδεὶς γὰρ τιμῶν τι τῶν μὴ τιμωμένων ὑπὸ θεοῦ, τιμᾷ τὸν ἀτιμάζοντα τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τιμώμενα.
allʼ eikos tina tous hagious patriarchas, ē ton hieron theraponta ē tous thaumasious prophētas ē tous dynatōtatous tou sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou apostolous pheronta eis tēn exetasin dysōpēsein hēmas, hōs ara kai houtoi eipoien an homoiōs tǭ Iēsou to »Egō daimonion ouk echō«. pros hous estin eipein; ara kai houtoi pote hēmarton, ē pseudos to »Pantes »gar hēmarton kai hysterountai tēs doxēs tou theou«, kai ouk alēthes to »Oudeis katharos apo rhypou« oude tetheōrēmenōs eirētai to »Ouk estin dikaios epi gēs hos poiēsei agathon kai ouch hamartēsetai«? alla saphes hoti alētheis hai pasai graphai kai ouk aei oude ex archēs edynanto legein oudʼ hoi metaballontes epi ton kata aretēn bion to »Egō daimonion ouk echō«, allʼ hē monou tou kata ton sōtēra nooumenou anthrōpou archēthen ēn phōnē, dia touto kyriōtata kai alēthestata monou ton patera timēsantos; oudeis gar timōn ti tōn mē timōmenōn hypo theou, timą ton atimazonta ta hypʼ autou timōmena.
But it is likely that someone, bringing into the examination the holy patriarchs, or the sacred servant, or the wonderful prophets, or the most powerful apostles of our Savior Jesus, will shame us, as though these too could say like Jesus, “I do not have a demon.” To such it can be said: did these too ever sin, or is “For all have sinned and fall short of the glory of God” false, and is “No one is clean from filth” untrue, and was “There is no righteous man on earth who will do good and not sin” said without consideration? But it is clear that all the Scriptures are true, and that not always nor from the beginning could even those who changed to the virtuous life say, “I do not have a demon”; rather, it was from the beginning the voice only of the man understood in the Savior, who for this reason alone most properly and most truly honored the Father; for no one who honors something not honored by God honors the one who dishonors what is honored by him.
20.336Preuschen 4:377
πῶς γὰρ λεκτέον ὅτι τιμᾷ τὸν πατέρα ὁ μηδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς υἱοθεσίας λαβών;
pōs gar lekteon hoti timą ton patera ho mēde tēn archēn to pneuma tēs huiothesias labōn?
For how can it be said that one honors the Father who has not even received the spirit of adoption at all?
20.337Preuschen 4:377
οὐδεὶς δὲ ἔχει τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς υἱοθεσίας ἁμαρτάνων· ὁ γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγεννημένος οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει. καὶ πῶς τιμᾷ τὸν πατέρα ὁ τιμῶν δόξαν τὴν παρα ανθρωπων η ἀργύριον ἢ τὸν χοϊκὸν πλοῦτον ἢ τὸ ἐκ σαρκῶν καὶ αἱμάτων κάλλος ἢ ἁπαξαπλῶς τι τῶν οἰκείων τῇ ὕλῃ καὶ τῇ φθορᾷ;
oudeis de echei to pneuma tēs huiothesias hamartanōn; ho gar ek tou theou gegennēmenos ouch hamartanei. kai pōs timą ton patera ho timōn doxan tēn para anthrōpōn ē argyrion ē ton choïkon plouton ē to ek sarkōn kai haimatōn kallos ē hapaxaplōs ti tōn oikeiōn tę̄ hylę̄ kai tę̄ phthorą?
But no one who sins has the spirit of adoption; for he who is born of God does not sin. And how does one honor the Father who honors glory from men, or money, or earthly wealth, or beauty of flesh and blood, or, in a word, anything belonging to matter and corruption?
20.338Preuschen 4:377
Δῆλον οὖν πῶς τοῦ σωτῆρός ἐστιν φωνὴ τὸ Τιμῶ »τὸν πατέρα«, ἥντινα, ὅση δύναμις, φιλοτιμητέον συμμαρτυρούσης ἡμῖν τῆς συνειδήσεως ἐν πνεύματι ἀγίῳ εἰπεῖν, ἀποδιδοῦσι »τῷ τὴν »τιμὴν τὴν τιμήν«, καὶ μὴ ἑτέρῳ ἀπονέμουσιν αὐτήν.
Dēlon oun pōs tou sōtēros estin phōnē to Timō »ton patera«, hēntina, hosē dynamis, philotimēteon symmartyrousēs hēmin tēs syneidēseōs en pneumati agiǭ eipein, apodidousi »tǭ tēn »timēn tēn timēn«, kai mē heterǭ aponemousin autēn.
It is clear, then, how “I honor the Father” is the voice of the Savior, which, as far as we are able, we must strive to say with our conscience bearing us witness in the Holy Spirit, rendering “honor to whom honor is due,” and not assigning it to another.
20.339Preuschen 4:377
καὶ καλῶς γε ὁ ἐλθόντος τοῦ πληρώματος τοῦ χρόνου ἀπεσταλμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ γενέσθαι ἐκ γυναικὸς καὶ γενέσθαι ὑπὸ τὸν νόμον, ὡς ὑπὸ τὸν λέγοντα νόμον τυγχάνων τὸ » Τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, ἕνα »εὐ σοι γένηται«, οὐδένα ἄλλον ἔχων πατέρα ἢ τὸν έν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς θεόν φησιν·
kai kalōs ge ho elthontos tou plērōmatos tou chronou apestalmenos hypo tou theou genesthai ek gynaikos kai genesthai hypo ton nomon, hōs hypo ton legonta nomon tynchanōn to » Tima ton patera kai tēn mētera, hena »eu soi genētai«, oudena allon echōn patera ē ton en tois ouranois theon phēsin;
And well does he who, when the fullness of time had come, was sent by God to be born of a woman and born under the law, being under the law that says, “Honor your father and your mother, that it may be well with you,” and having no other father than God in heaven, say:
20.340Preuschen 4:377–378
»Ἀλλὰ τιμῶ τὸν πατέρα μου«. ἐροῦμεν δὲ καὶ ἡμεῖς ταύτην τὴν φωνήν, νοήσαντες τὸ τῆς παλιγγενεσίας λουτρὸν καὶ λουσάμενοι κατʼ αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τῷ γενέσθαι υἱοὶ θεοῦ καὶ μηκέτι καλοῦντες πατέρα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς τῷ υἱοὶ γεγονέναι τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς πατρὸς καὶ ἀδελφοὶ τοῦ εἰπόντος· Πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα »μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ θεόν μου καὶ θεὸν ὑμῶν‘.
»Alla timō ton patera mou«. eroumen de kai hēmeis tautēn tēn phōnēn, noēsantes to tēs palingenesias loutron kai lousamenoi katʼ auto epi tǭ genesthai huioi theou kai mēketi kalountes patera epi tēs gēs tǭ huioi gegonenai tou en tois ouranois patros kai adelphoi tou eipontos; Poreuomai pros ton patera »mou kai patera hymōn, kai theon mou kai theon hymōn‘.
“But I honor my Father.” And we too shall say these words, having understood the washing of regeneration and having been washed in it so as to become sons of God, and no longer calling anyone father on earth, because we have become sons of the Father in heaven and brothers of the one who said, “I am going to my Father and your Father, and to my God and your God.”
20.341Preuschen 4:378
δῆλον οὐν ὅτι κυριώτατα καὶ τελειότατα εἰπόντος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· »Ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον »οὐκ ἔχω, ἀλλὰ τιμῶ τὸν πατέρα μου« οἱ μιμηταὶ αὐτοῦ, ἕκαστος κατὰ δύναμιν, πάντα ἰσχύσας ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντι αὐτὸν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐρεῖ τὸ »ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἔχω, ἀλλὰ τιμῶ τὸν πατέρα μου«. τίς δὲ νεκροῖς συνὼν καὶ ἐν τάφοις οἰκῶν δυνηθείη ἄν εἰπεῖν τὸ »Ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἔχω«;
dēlon oun hoti kyriōtata kai teleiotata eipontos tou Iēsou; »Egō daimonion »ouk echō, alla timō ton patera mou« hoi mimētai autou, hekastos kata dynamin, panta ischysas en tǭ endynamounti auton Christǭ Iēsou, kai autos erei to »egō daimonion ouk echō, alla timō ton patera mou«. tis de nekrois synōn kai en taphois oikōn dynētheiē an eipein to »Egō daimonion ouk echō«?
It is clear, then, that since Jesus said most properly and perfectly, “I do not have a demon, but I honor my Father,” his imitators, each according to his ability, having strength for all things in Christ Jesus who strengthens him, will himself say, “I do not have a demon, but I honor my Father.” But who that keeps company with the dead and dwells in tombs could say, “I do not have a demon”?
20.342Preuschen 4:378
ἢ τίς ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν θεὸν καὶ τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου προστασσόμενα τιμῶν, ἑτέρῳ τὴν τιμὴν διδούς, δέον »τῷ τὴν τιμὴν« ἀποδιδόναι αὐτήν, εἴποι ἂν ὡς Ἰησοῦ μαθητής· »Ἀλλὰ τιμῶ τὸν πατέρα μου«;
ē tis allo ti para ton theon kai ton logon autou kai ta hypo tou logou prostassomena timōn, heterǭ tēn timēn didous, deon »tǭ tēn timēn« apodidonai autēn, eipoi an hōs Iēsou mathētēs; »Alla timō ton patera mou«?
Or who, honoring anything other than God and his Word and what the Word commands, giving honor to another when he ought to render it “to whom honor is due,” could say as a disciple of Jesus, “But I honor my Father”?
20.343Preuschen 4:378
ἑξῆς ἐστιν τούτοις τὸ »Καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀτιμάζετέ με« εἰρημένον πρὸς τοὺς ἀτιμάσαντας αὐτὸν καὶ εἰπόντας αὐτῷ τὸ »Οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς »ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις;« οἰηθέντας τὸ κακῶς εἰρημένον καλῶς λελαληκέναι· κακῶς γὰρ νοοῦντες Σαμαρείτην καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχοντα τὸν σωτῆρα ἀπεφήναντο.
hexēs estin toutois to »Kai hymeis atimazete me« eirēmenon pros tous atimasantas auton kai eipontas autǭ to »Ou kalōs legomen hēmeis »hoti Samareitēs ei sy kai daimonion echeis?« oiēthentas to kakōs eirēmenon kalōs lelalēkenai; kakōs gar noountes Samareitēn kai daimonion echonta ton sōtēra apephēnanto.
Next to these comes “And you dishonor me,” said to those who dishonored him and said to him, “Do we not say rightly that you are a Samaritan and have a demon?”, thinking they had spoken rightly what was said wrongly; for, understanding wrongly, they declared the Savior a Samaritan and demon-possessed.
20.344Preuschen 4:378
νομιστέον δὲ τὸ »Καὶ »ὑμεῖς ἀτιμάζετέ με« οὐχὶ καὶ ἐκείνοις μόνοις εἰρῆσθαι τότε ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἀεὶ ἀτιμάζουσι, διʼ ὧν πράττουσι παρὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ἀτιμάζουσιν διʼ ὧν ἀδικοῦσιν τὸν χριστόν, ὃς ἐστιν δικαιοσύνη, καὶ ἀτιμάζουσιν διʼ ὧν κατὰ ἀδυναμίαν καὶ ἀσθένειαν ἐπιτελοῦσιν τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δύναμιν, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὁ σωτήρ·
nomisteon de to »Kai »hymeis atimazete me« ouchi kai ekeinois monois eirēsthai tote alla kai tois aei atimazousi, diʼ hōn prattousi para ton orthon logon ton tou theou, kai atimazousin diʼ hōn adikousin ton christon, hos estin dikaiosynē, kai atimazousin diʼ hōn kata adynamian kai astheneian epitelousin tēn tou theou dynamin, hētis estin ho sōtēr;
But we must think that “And you dishonor me” was said not only to those people then but also to those who always dishonor him through what they do against the right reason of God; and they dishonor Christ, who is righteousness, through their wrongdoing, and dishonor the power of God, which is the Savior, through what they carry out in powerlessness and weakness;
20.345Preuschen 4:378
»Χριστὸς γὰρ θεοῦ δύναμις«. καὶ παντὶ δὲ τώ ἐξουδενοῦντι σοφίαν λεχθείη ἂν τὸ »Ὑμεῖς ἀτιμάζετέ με«, ἐπείπερ Χριστὸς καὶ σοφία ἐστίν.
»Christos gar theou dynamis«. kai panti de tō exoudenounti sophian lechtheiē an to »Hymeis atimazete me«, epeiper Christos kai sophia estin.
“for Christ is the power of God.” And to everyone who despises wisdom “You dishonor me” might be said, since Christ is also wisdom.
20.346Preuschen 4:378
ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰ δέον τὸ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τινα μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύειν, ὥστʼ ἂν εἰπεῖν τὸ προφητικὸν ἐκεῖνο· »Μετὰ τῶν μισούντων τὴν εἰρήνην ἤμην εἰρηνικός«, καὶ δέον ἀναλαβεῖν τὴν ὑπερέχουσαν θεοῦ πάντα νοῦν εἰρήνην, φρουροῦσαν τὴν καρδίαν καὶ τὰ νοήματα τοῦ ἀνειληφότος αὐτήν.
alla kai ei deon to ex autou tina meta pantōn anthrōpōn eirēneuein, hōstʼ an eipein to prophētikon ekeino; »Meta tōn misountōn tēn eirēnēn ēmēn eirēnikos«, kai deon analabein tēn hyperechousan theou panta noun eirēnēn, phrourousan tēn kardian kai ta noēmata tou aneilēphotos autēn.
But also, if it is necessary, as far as it depends on oneself, to be at peace with all people, so as to say that prophetic word, “With those who hate peace I was peaceable,” and necessary to take up the peace of God that surpasses all understanding, guarding the heart and thoughts of the one who has taken it up,
20.347Preuschen 4:378
εἰ δὲ πολεμικός τις εἴη καὶ δάκνων καὶ καταιτιώμενος καὶ κατεσθίων τὸν πλησίον καὶ πεπληρωμένος τῆς ἐν τῷ ἡγεμονικῷ ἑαυτοῦ στάσεως τῶν παθῶν, καὶ τούτῳ ἂν λεχθείη τὸ »Ὑμεῖς ἀτιμάζετέ με«. Χριστὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν.
ei de polemikos tis eiē kai daknōn kai kataitiōmenos kai katesthiōn ton plēsion kai peplērōmenos tēs en tǭ hēgemonikǭ heautou staseōs tōn pathōn, kai toutǭ an lechtheiē to »Hymeis atimazete me«. Christos gar estin hē eirēnē hēmōn.
and if someone is warlike, biting and accusing and devouring his neighbor, and full of the rebellion of the passions in his ruling faculty, to him too “You dishonor me” might be said; for Christ is our peace.
20.348Preuschen 4:378–379
ἔτι δὲ ἐπείπερ »Πᾶς ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων μισεῖ τὸ »φῶς καὶ οὐκ ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς«· φῶς δέ ἐστιν ὁ εἰπών· »Ἐγώ »εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου«, δῆλον ὅτι ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων, τὸ φῶς ἀτιμάζει Χριστόν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀκουσόμενος τὸ Καὶ ὑμεῖς » ἀτιμάζετέ με«.
eti de epeiper »Pas ho phaula prassōn misei to »phōs kai ouk erchetai pros to phōs«; phōs de estin ho eipōn; »Egō »eimi to phōs tou kosmou«, dēlon hoti ho phaula prassōn, to phōs atimazei Christon, kai autos akousomenos to Kai hymeis » atimazete me«.
Further, since “everyone who does evil hates the light and does not come to the light,” and the light is the one who said, “I am the light of the world,” it is plain that one who does evil dishonors Christ, the light, and he too will hear, “And you dishonor me.”
20.349Preuschen 4:379
καὶ τί με δεῖ ἐπὶ πλέον μηκύνειν τὸν λόγον, ἀναπτύσσοντα καὶ δεικνύντα τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Ιησοῦ καὶ ἀκούοντες ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τὸ »Ὑμεῖς ἀτιμάζετέ με«, σαφῶν ὄντων ἐκ τῶν ἀποδεδομένων καὶ τῶν δυναμένων τούτοις ἀκολούθως αὐτοῖς συνάπτεσθαι;
kai ti me dei epi pleon mēkynein ton logon, anaptyssonta kai deiknynta tines eisin hoi elenchomenoi hypo tou Iēsou kai akouontes hypʼ autou to »Hymeis atimazete me«, saphōn ontōn ek tōn apodedomenōn kai tōn dynamenōn toutois akolouthōs autois synaptesthai?
And why need I lengthen the discussion further, unfolding and showing who are those rebuked by Jesus and who hear from him, “You dishonor me,” since it is clear from what has been explained and from what can be joined to it consistently?
20.350Preuschen 4:379
Μετὰ ταῦτα ἴδωμεν, τί έστιν τὸ »Ἐγὼ δὲ οὐ ζητῶ τὴν δόξαν μου· ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων«. ζητεῖ ὁ θεός, δοὺς ἡμῖν τὸν υἱὸν ἑαυτοῦ, ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν εἰληφότων αὐτὸν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ χριστοῦ· ἥντινα εὑρήσει μὲν ἐν τοῖς ἐπιμελουμένοις ἑαυτῶν, καὶ ἐξεργαζομένοις τὰς ἐγκαταφυτευθείσας ἐπʼ ἀρετῇ ἀφορμάς· οὐχ εὑρήσει δὲ ἐν τοῖς μὴ τοιούτοις, καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκων κρινεῖ ἐκείνους ἐν οἷς οὐχ εὑρίσκει τὴν δόξαν τοῦ υἱοῦ ἑαυτοῦ, πρὸς οὓς ἐρεῖ· Διὰ ὑμᾶς διαπαντὸς τὸ ὄνομά μου βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν«.
Meta tauta idōmen, ti estin to »Egō de ou zētō tēn doxan mou; estin ho zētōn kai krinōn«. zētei ho theos, dous hēmin ton huion heautou, en hekastǭ tōn eilēphotōn auton tēn doxan tou christou; hēntina heurēsei men en tois epimeloumenois heautōn, kai exergazomenois tas enkataphyteutheisas epʼ aretę̄ aphormas; ouch heurēsei de en tois mē toioutois, kai mē heuriskōn krinei ekeinous en hois ouch heuriskei tēn doxan tou huiou heautou, pros hous erei; Dia hymas diapantos to onoma mou blasphēmeitai en tois ethnesin«.
After this let us see what “But I do not seek my own glory; there is one who seeks and judges” means. God, having given us his Son, seeks in each of those who have received him the glory of Christ; which he will find in those who take care of themselves and work out the starting points for virtue planted in them; but he will not find it in those who are not such, and not finding it he will judge those in whom he does not find the glory of his Son, to whom he will say, “Because of you my name is continually blasphemed among the Gentiles.”
20.351Preuschen 4:379
ἐπαπορήσαι δʼ ἄν τις διὰ τὸ » Ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων«, εἰ χρὴ τοῦτο ἀναφέρειν ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, σαφῶς τοῦ σωτῆρος εἰρηκότος· »Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν »τῷ υἱῷ, ἵνα πάντες τιμῶσιν τὸν υἱὸν καθὼς τιμῶσι τὸν πατέρα«.
epaporēsai dʼ an tis dia to » Estin ho zētōn kai krinōn«, ei chrē touto anapherein epi ton theon, saphōs tou sōtēros eirēkotos; »Oude gar ho patēr krinei oudena, alla tēn krisin pasan dedōken »tǭ huiǭ, hina pantes timōsin ton huion kathōs timōsi ton patera«.
Someone might raise the difficulty, because of “There is one who seeks and judges,” whether this should be referred to God, since the Savior clearly said, “For the Father judges no one, but has given all judgment to the Son, that all may honor the Son as they honor the Father.”
20.352Preuschen 4:379
ἀλλʼ ὅρα εἰ δύνασαι πρὸς τοῦτο χρήσασθαι τῷ »Οὐ δύναμαι ἐγὼ ποιεῖν ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐδέν· καθὼς ἀκούω κρίνω, καὶ ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ »δικαία ἐστίν, ὅτι οὐ ζητῶ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ »πέμψαντός με«.
allʼ hora ei dynasai pros touto chrēsasthai tǭ »Ou dynamai egō poiein apʼ emautou ouden; kathōs akouō krinō, kai hē krisis hē emē »dikaia estin, hoti ou zētō to thelēma to emon, alla to thelēma tou »pempsantos me«.
But see whether you can use for this “I can do nothing of myself; as I hear, I judge; and my judgment is just, because I do not seek my own will but the will of him who sent me.”
20.353Preuschen 4:379
εἰ γὰρ καθὼς ἀκούει ὁ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς οὕτως κρίνει, ζητῶν οὐ τὸ ἴδιον θέλημα ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν πατρός, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο δικαία ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις αὐτοῦ, μήποτε κυριώτερον ἡ κρίσις ἣν κρίνει ὁ ἀκούων οὐκ ἔστιν τοῦ ἀκούοντος ἀλλὰ τοῦ λέγοντος ἀκούοντι.
ei gar kathōs akouei ho sōtēr hēmōn apo tou patros houtōs krinei, zētōn ou to idion thelēma alla tou pempsantos auton patros, kai dia touto dikaia estin hē krisis autou, mēpote kyriōteron hē krisis hēn krinei ho akouōn ouk estin tou akouontos alla tou legontos akouonti.
For if our Savior judges as he hears from the Father, seeking not his own will but that of the Father who sent him, and for this reason his judgment is just, perhaps the judgment which the one who hears gives belongs more properly not to the one who hears but to the one who speaks to him.
20.354Preuschen 4:379
κἂν λέγη δὲ ὅτι »Ἡ κρίσις »ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν«, ἄκουε ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ εὐαγγελίῳ λεγομένου τοῦ »Πάντα τὰ ἐμὰ σά ἐστιν«. εἰ γὰρ ἀληθὲς ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος εἰρημένον τὸ »Πάντα τὰ ἐμὰ σά ἐστι«, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ κρίσις περὶ ἡς φησιν· »Ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν« τοῦ πατρός ἐστιν κρίσις.
kan legē de hoti »Hē krisis »hē emē dikaia estin«, akoue en tǭ autǭ euangeliǭ legomenou tou »Panta ta ema sa estin«. ei gar alēthes hypo tou sōtēros eirēmenon to »Panta ta ema sa esti«, dēlon hoti kai autē hē krisis peri hēs phēsin; »Hē krisis hē emē dikaia estin« tou patros estin krisis.
And even if he says, “My judgment is just,” hear what is said in the same Gospel, “All that is mine is yours.” For if “All that is mine is yours” was truly said by the Savior, it is plain that the very judgment of which he says, “My judgment is just,” is the Father's judgment.
20.355Preuschen 4:379
εἰ δὲ τοῦ πατρός ἐστιν κρίσις, δύναται λελύσθαι τὸ ἐπηπορημένον περὶ τοῦ »Ἐγὼ δὲ οὐ ζητῶ τὴν δόξαν μου· ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν »κρίνων«.
ei de tou patros estin krisis, dynatai lelysthai to epēporēmenon peri tou »Egō de ou zētō tēn doxan mou; estin ho zētōn »krinōn«.
And if the judgment is the Father's, the difficulty raised about “But I do not seek my own glory; there is one who seeks and judges” can be resolved.
20.356Preuschen 4:379–380
ἔχει δέ τινα καὶ ἀτυφίας ἔμφασιν πρεπούσης τῷ σωτῆρι τὸ λεγόμενον ἐν τῷ »Ἐγὼ δὲ οὐ ζητῶ τὴν δόξαν μου«· οὐδὲ γὰρ πάνυ ἔπρεπεν αὐτὸν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δόξαν ἀπαιτεῖν καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ κρίνειν τοὺς μὴ ἀποδεδωκότας αὐτήν, ἀλλʼ ἐχρῆν τὸν πατέρα δοξαν δεδωκότα τῷ υἱῷ ἀπαιτεῖν αὐτὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποστερούντων καὶ κρίνειν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ταύτῃ.
echei de tina kai atyphias emphasin prepousēs tǭ sōtēri to legomenon en tǭ »Egō de ou zētō tēn doxan mou«; oude gar pany eprepen auton tēn heautou doxan apaitein kai epi toutǭ krinein tous mē apodedōkotas autēn, allʼ echrēn ton patera doxan dedōkota tǭ huiǭ apaitein autēn apo tōn aposterountōn kai krinein autous epi tautę̄.
The saying “But I do not seek my own glory” also shows a freedom from pride befitting the Savior; for it was not at all fitting for him to demand his own glory and to judge on this ground those who had not rendered it; but it was necessary that the Father, who had given glory to the Son, should demand it from those who deprive him of it, and judge them on this ground.
20.357Preuschen 4:380
τάχα δὲ καὶ ὁ σωτήρ, μιμητὴς ὢν τοῦ πατρός, ζητεῖ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν μανθανόντων τὰ περὶ θεοῦ· καὶ εἰ μὴ εὕροι τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς δόξαν ἔν τισιν, κρίναι ἂν ἐκείνους, ὡς ἐξουσίαν λαβὼν κρίσιν ποιεῖν, ὅτι υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν.
tacha de kai ho sōtēr, mimētēs ōn tou patros, zētei tēn doxan tou theou apo tōn manthanontōn ta peri theou; kai ei mē heuroi tēn tou patros doxan en tisin, krinai an ekeinous, hōs exousian labōn krisin poiein, hoti huios anthrōpou estin.
But perhaps the Savior too, being an imitator of the Father, seeks God's glory from those who learn about God; and if he does not find the Father's glory in some, he would judge them, as having received authority to execute judgment, because he is the Son of Man.
20.358Preuschen 4:380
Ὁ μέντοι γε Ἡρακλέων τὸ »Ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων« οὐκ αναφέρει ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα, τοιαῦτα λέγων· ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων ἐστὶν ὁ ἐκδικῶν με, ὁ ὑπηρέτης ὁ εἰς τοῦτο τεταγμένος, ὁ μὴ εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορῶν, ὁ ἔκδικος τοῦ βασιλέως· Μωσῆς δέ ἐστιν οὑτος, καθʼ ἅ προείρηκεν αὐτοῖς λέγων·
Ho mentoi ge Hērakleōn to »Estin ho zētōn kai krinōn« ouk anapherei epi ton patera, toiauta legōn; ho zētōn kai krinōn estin ho ekdikōn me, ho hypēretēs ho eis touto tetagmenos, ho mē eikę̄ tēn machairan phorōn, ho ekdikos tou basileōs; Mōsēs de estin houtos, kathʼ ha proeirēken autois legōn;
Heracleon, however, does not refer “There is one who seeks and judges” to the Father, saying such things as these: The one who seeks and judges is the one who avenges me, the servant appointed for this, who does not bear the sword in vain, the avenger of the king; and this is Moses, according to what he said to them before, saying,
20.359Preuschen 4:380
» Εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίσατε«. εἶτʼ ἐπιφέρει ὅτι ὁ κρίνων καὶ κολάζων ἐστὶν Μωσῆς, τουτέστιν αὐτὸς ὁ νομοθέτης.
» Eis hon hymeis ēlpisate«. eitʼ epipherei hoti ho krinōn kai kolazōn estin Mōsēs, toutestin autos ho nomothetēs.
“on whom you have set your hope.” Then he adds that the one who judges and punishes is Moses, that is, the lawgiver himself.
20.360Preuschen 4:380
καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπαπορεῖ ὁ Ηρακλέων λέγων· πῶς οὐν οὐ λέγει τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν παραδεδόσθαι αὐτῷ;
kai meta touto pros heauton epaporei ho Ērakleōn legōn; pōs oun ou legei tēn krisin pasan paradedosthai autǭ?
And after this Heracleon raises a difficulty against himself, saying: How, then, does he not say that all judgment has been handed over to him?
20.361Preuschen 4:380
καὶ νομίζων λύειν τὴν ἀνθυποφορὰν ταῦτά φησιν· καλῶς λέγει· ὁ γὰρ κριτὴς ὡς ὑπηρέτης τὸ θέλημα τούτου ποιῶν κρίνει, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φαίνεται γινόμενον.
kai nomizōn lyein tēn anthypophoran tauta phēsin; kalōs legei; ho gar kritēs hōs hypēretēs to thelēma toutou poiōn krinei, hōsper kai epi tōn anthrōpōn phainetai ginomenon.
And thinking to resolve the objection, he says this: He speaks rightly; for the judge judges as a servant doing this one's will, as is seen to happen among human beings too.
20.362Preuschen 4:380
πῶς δὲ ἄλλῳ τινὶ ἀνατίθησι τὴν κρίσιν ὡς ὑποδεεστέρῳ τοῦ σωτῆρος, καθʼ ὅ νομίζει, τῷ δημιουργῷ, οὐδʼ οὕτω ἀποδεῖξαι δύναται, σαφῶς γεγραμμένου τοῦ »Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν »δέδωκεν τῷ υἱῷ‘··καὶ τοῦ » Ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν, ὅτι υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν«. Ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐάν τις τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ, θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα.
pōs de allǭ tini anatithēsi tēn krisin hōs hypodeesterǭ tou sōtēros, kathʼ ho nomizei, tǭ dēmiourgǭ, oudʼ houtō apodeixai dynatai, saphōs gegrammenou tou »Oude gar ho patēr krinei oudena, alla tēn krisin pasan »dedōken tǭ huiǭ‘;;kai tou » Exousian edōken autǭ krisin poiein, hoti huios anthrōpou estin«. Amēn amēn legō hymin, ean tis ton emon logon tērēsę̄, thanaton ou mē theōrēsę̄ eis ton aiōna.
But how he assigns judgment to someone else as inferior to the Savior, that is, as he thinks, to the Demiurge, he cannot prove even so, since it is clearly written, “For the Father judges no one, but has given all judgment to the Son,” and “He gave him authority to execute judgment, because he is the Son of Man.” “Truly, truly, I say to you, if anyone keeps my word, he will never see death.”
20.363Preuschen 4:380–381
Ὥσπερ ἐστίν τις ζωὴ ἀδιάφορος, ἡ μήτε ἀγαθὸν μήτε κακὸν τυγχάνουσα, καθʼ ἥν λέγομεν ζῆν καὶ τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς καὶ τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα· καὶ ἑτέρα διάφορος ἀλλὰ ἀγαθόν, περὶ ἡς φησιν ὁ Παῦλος· »Ἡ ζωὴ † ἡμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ χριστῷ ἐν τῷ θεῷ«· καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ζωή‘, οὕτως τὸν μὲν ἐναντίον τῇ ἀδιαφόρῳ ζωῇ θάνατον ἀδιάφορον ἐρεῖς· τὸν δὲ ἐχθρὸν τῷ εἰπόντι· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ζωή« πονηρόν τινα καὶ χαλε- πὸν θάνατον, ὃν ὁ ἀποθνήσκων ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ· περὶ οὗ γέγραπται·
Hōsper estin tis zōē adiaphoros, hē mēte agathon mēte kakon tynchanousa, kathʼ hēn legomen zēn kai tous asebeis kai ta aloga zǭa; kai hetera diaphoros alla agathon, peri hēs phēsin ho Paulos; »Hē zōē † hēmōn kekryptai syn tǭ christǭ en tǭ theǭ«; kai autos ho kyrios hēmōn peri heautou; »Egō eimi hē zōē‘, houtōs ton men enantion tę̄ adiaphorǭ zōę̄ thanaton adiaphoron ereis; ton de echthron tǭ eiponti; »Egō eimi hē zōē« ponēron tina kai chale- pon thanaton, hon ho apothnēskōn estin en tǭ thanatǭ; peri hou gegraptai;
Just as there is an indifferent life, which is neither good nor bad, in which sense we say that the ungodly and irrational animals live; and another life that differs, being a good, of which Paul says, “Our life is hidden with Christ in God,” and our Lord himself says of himself, “I am the life”; so you will call the death opposed to the indifferent life an indifferent death; but the death that is the enemy of him who said, “I am the life,” a wicked and grievous death, in which the one who dies is in death; of which it is written,
20.364Preuschen 4:381
» Εσχατος ἐχθρὸς καταργεῖται ὁ θάνατος‘. καὶ περὶ τούτου γε τοῦ θανάτου νομιστέον λέγειν τὸν ἀπόστολον ταῦτα· Διὰ τοῦτο ὥσπερ διʼ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλ- »θεν καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος, καὶ οὕτως εἰς πάντας ἀν- »θρώπους ὁ θάνατος διῆλθεν, ἐφʼ ᾧ πάντες ἥμαρτον· ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου ἡ ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ ἁμαρτία γὰρ οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται μὴ » ὄντος νόμου), ἀλλʼ ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωσέως καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως »Ἀδάμ«· καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα· »Εἰ γὰρ ἐν ἑνὸς παραπτώματι ὁ θάνατος »ἐβασίλευσεν διὰ τοῦ ἑνός, πολλῷ μᾶλλον οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς »χάριτος καὶ τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν »διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ«.
» Eschatos echthros katargeitai ho thanatos‘. kai peri toutou ge tou thanatou nomisteon legein ton apostolon tauta; Dia touto hōsper diʼ henos anthrōpou hē hamartia eis ton kosmon eisēl- »then kai dia tēs hamartias ho thanatos, kai houtōs eis pantas an- »thrōpous ho thanatos diēlthen, ephʼ hǭ pantes hēmarton; achri gar nomou hē hamartia ēn en kosmǭ hamartia gar ouk ellogeitai mē » ontos nomou), allʼ ebasileusen ho thanatos apo Adam mechri Mōseōs kai epi tous mē hamartēsantas epi tǭ homoiōmati tēs parabaseōs »Adam«; kai metʼ oliga; »Ei gar en henos paraptōmati ho thanatos »ebasileusen dia tou henos, pollǭ mallon hoi tēn perisseian tēs »charitos kai tēs dikaiosynēs lambanontes en zōę̄ basileusousin »dia tou henos Christou Iēsou«.
“The last enemy to be destroyed is death.” And of this death we must think the apostle says this: “Therefore, just as through one man sin entered into the world, and death through sin, and so death spread to all men, because all sinned; for until the law sin was in the world (but sin is not counted where there is no law), yet death reigned from Adam until Moses even over those who had not sinned in the likeness of Adam's transgression”; and shortly after, “For if by the trespass of the one death reigned through the one, much more will those who receive the abundance of grace and of righteousness reign in life through the one, Christ Jesus.”
20.365Preuschen 4:381
τίς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσελθών, ἢ ὁ ἔσχατος ἐχθρὸς Χριστοῦ καταργηθησόμενος; καὶ τίς ὁ εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους θάνατος διελθών, τῷ πάντας ἡμαρτηκέναι, ἢ αὐτὸς οὗτος ὃς καὶ ἐβασίλευσεν ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωσέως;
tis gar estin ho dia tēs hamartias thanatos eis ton kosmon eiselthōn, ē ho eschatos echthros Christou katargēthēsomenos? kai tis ho eis pantas anthrōpous thanatos dielthōn, tǭ pantas hēmartēkenai, ē autos houtos hos kai ebasileusen apo Adam mechri Mōseōs?
For what is the death that entered into the world through sin, except the last enemy of Christ, which will be destroyed? And what is the death that spread to all men, because all sinned, except this same one that reigned from Adam until Moses?
20.366Preuschen 4:381
Μωσῆς δέ, τουτέστιν ὁ νόμος, ἦν μέχρι τῆς τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ ἐπιδημίας, καὶ ἐβασίλευσέν γε ἐν ἑνὸς παραπτώματι διὰ τοῦ ἑνός, ἴως οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαβόντες ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσωσι διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ.
Mōsēs de, toutestin ho nomos, ēn mechri tēs tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou epidēmias, kai ebasileusen ge en henos paraptōmati dia tou henos, iōs hoi tēn perisseian tēs charitos kai tēs dikaiosynēs labontes en zōę̄ basileusōsi dia tou henos Christou Iēsou.
And Moses, that is, the law, lasted until the coming of our Lord Jesus, and death reigned by the trespass of the one through the one, until those who received the abundance of grace and of righteousness should reign in life through the one, Christ Jesus.
20.367Preuschen 4:381
τοῦτον οὐν τὸν θάνατον οὐ θεωρήσει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ὀ τὸν λόγον τοῦ μονογενοῦς καὶ πρωτοτόκου πάσης κτίσεως τηρήσας, πεφυκότα κωλύειν θεωρεῖσθαι τὸν θάνατον.
touton oun ton thanaton ou theōrēsei eis ton aiōna o ton logon tou monogenous kai prōtotokou pasēs ktiseōs tērēsas, pephykota kōlyein theōreisthai ton thanaton.
This death, then, the one who has kept the word of the only-begotten and firstborn of all creation will never see, since that word by nature prevents death from being seen.
20.368Preuschen 4:381
οὕτω δὲ ἀκουστέον τοῦ »Ἐάν τις τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ, θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα«, ὡς εἰ χαρισάμενος ὁ ταῦτα λέγων φῶς τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ἔφασκεν αὐτοῖς· ἐάν τις τὸ ἐμὸν τοῦτο τηρήσῃ φῶς, σκότος οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα.
houtō de akousteon tou »Ean tis ton emon logon tērēsę̄, thanaton ou mē theōrēsę̄ eis ton aiōna«, hōs ei charisamenos ho tauta legōn phōs tois akouousin ephasken autois; ean tis to emon touto tērēsę̄ phōs, skotos ou mē theōrēsę̄ eis ton aiōna.
And “If anyone keeps my word, he will never see death” must be heard thus, as if the one who says this, having given light to his hearers, said to them: if anyone keeps this light of mine, he will never see darkness.
20.369Preuschen 4:381
ἀδύνατον γὰρ γενέσθαι σκότος τῷ τηροῦντι τὸ φῶς· εἰ μέντοι γε ἀπολέσαι τις τοῦτο τὸ φῶς, ἕπεται τῷ ἀπολωλεκότι εὐθέως ἰδεῖν τὸ σκότος. οὕτω τοίνυν καὶ ἐν τῷ λόγῳ ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν γέγονεν ἡ ζωή.
adynaton gar genesthai skotos tǭ tērounti to phōs; ei mentoi ge apolesai tis touto to phōs, hepetai tǭ apolōlekoti eutheōs idein to skotos. houtō toinyn kai en tǭ logǭ en archę̄ pros ton theon gegonen hē zōē.
For it is impossible for darkness to come to one who keeps the light; if, however, someone loses this light, it follows at once that the one who has lost it sees the darkness. So too, then, in the Word, who was in the beginning with God, life came to be.
20.370Preuschen 4:381–382
διόπερ ἠ ἀρχή τουτέστιν ἡ σοφία ἡ λέγουσα· »Ὁ θεὸς ἔκτισέν με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ‘) περὶ τοῦ ἐν αὐτῇ λόγου, ἐν ᾧ γέγονεν ἡ ζωή, διδάξει καὶ φήσει· »Ἐάν τις τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ, θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ »εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα«· ἅμα γὰρ τηρήσει τις τὸν λόγον καὶ τὴν ἀχώριστον αὐτοῦ γενομένην ἐν αὐτῷ ζωήν, ἥτις ἅμα καὶ φῶς ἐστιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, τὸ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαῖνον καὶ μὴ καταλαμβανόμενον ὑπʼ αὐτῆς.
dioper ē archē toutestin hē sophia hē legousa; »Ho theos ektisen me archēn hodōn autou eis erga autou‘) peri tou en autę̄ logou, en hǭ gegonen hē zōē, didaxei kai phēsei; »Ean tis ton emon logon tērēsę̄, thanaton ou mē theōrēsę̄ »eis ton aiōna«; hama gar tērēsei tis ton logon kai tēn achōriston autou genomenēn en autǭ zōēn, hētis hama kai phōs estin tōn anthrōpōn, to en tę̄ skotią phainon kai mē katalambanomenon hypʼ autēs.
Therefore the Beginning, that is, Wisdom, who says, “God created me the beginning of his ways for his works,” will teach concerning the Word in her, in whom life came to be, and will say, “If anyone keeps my word, he will never see death”; for together with the Word one will keep also the life that has come to be in him inseparably, which is also the light of men, shining in the darkness and not overcome by it.
20.371Preuschen 4:382
ἐὰν οὖν οἰονεὶ πυνθανόμενος ὁ προφήτης λέγῃ· »Τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὅς ζήσεται καὶ οὐκ ὄψεται θάνατον; ἀποκρινούμεθα μαθόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν καὶ ἐροῦμεν ὅτι ὁ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν »ὅς ζήσεται καὶ οὐκ ὄψεται θἀνατον«, ὃς τηρεῖ τὸν λόγον τοῦ εἰπόντος· »Ἐάν τις τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ, θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς »τὸν αἰῶνα«.
ean oun oionei pynthanomenos ho prophētēs legę̄; »Tis estin ho anthrōpos hos zēsetai kai ouk opsetai thanaton? apokrinoumetha mathontes apo tou sōtēros hēmōn kai eroumen hoti ho anthrōpos estin »hos zēsetai kai ouk opsetai thanaton«, hos tērei ton logon tou eipontos; »Ean tis ton emon logon tērēsę̄, thanaton ou mē theōrēsę̄ eis »ton aiōna«.
If, then, the prophet, as it were inquiring, says, “Who is the man who will live and not see death?”, we shall answer, having learned from our Savior, and say that the man “who will live and not see death” is the one who keeps the word of him who said, “If anyone keeps my word, he will never see death.”
20.372Preuschen 4:382
Ἅμα δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ζητῶ μήποτε τὸ »Εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα« ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ληπτέον, ὥστʼ ἂν εἶναι τοιοῦτον τὸ ὅλον· ἐάν τις τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ.
Hama de en tǭ topǭ zētō mēpote to »Eis ton aiōna« apo koinou lēpteon, hōstʼ an einai toiouton to holon; ean tis ton emon logon tērēsę̄ eis ton aiōna, thanaton ou mē theōrēsę̄.
At the same time I ask in this passage whether “forever” should be taken with both clauses, so that the whole would be: if anyone keeps my word forever, he will never see death.
20.373Preuschen 4:382
καὶ γὰρ ἔοικεν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτόν τις μὴ θεωρεῖν τὸν θάνατον, ὅσον τηρεῖ τὸν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ λόγον· ἅμα γάρ τις ἀπώλεσεν αὐτὸν καὶ θάνατον ἐθεώ- ρησεν.
kai gar eoiken epi tosouton tis mē theōrein ton thanaton, hoson tērei ton tou Iēsou logon; hama gar tis apōlesen auton kai thanaton etheō- rēsen.
For it seems that one does not see death for as long as one keeps the word of Jesus; for as soon as one lost it, one also saw death.
20.374Preuschen 4:382
Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἀνατρέχειν τις δύναται ἐπὶ τοὺς βαθυτέρους λόγους καὶ νοεῖν πῶς ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπου λέγοιτʼ ἂν τὸ »Εἰς χοῦν θανάτου »κατήγαγές με«, καὶ ὑπὸ Παύλου· »Τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου;« θεωρήσει τίνα τρόπον ὅσον μὲν ἐτηρεῖτο ὁ λόγος, θάνατος οὐκ ἐθεωρεῖτο τῷ τηροῦντι αὐτόν· ὅτε δέ τις καμὼν έν τῇ προσοχῇ καὶ τηρήσει τοῦ λόγου ἢ ἀπροσεκτήσας περὶ τὸ τηρεῖν οὐκέτι αὐτὸν τετήρηκεν, τότε τὸν θάνατον ἐθεώρησεν οὐ παρʼ ἄλλον ἢ παρʼ ἑαυτόν.
Ei de kai anatrechein tis dynatai epi tous bathyterous logous kai noein pōs hypo anthrōpou legoitʼ an to »Eis choun thanatou »katēgages me«, kai hypo Paulou; »Tis me rhysetai ek tou sōmatos tou thanatou toutou?« theōrēsei tina tropon hoson men etēreito ho logos, thanatos ouk etheōreito tǭ tērounti auton; hote de tis kamōn en tę̄ prosochę̄ kai tērēsei tou logou ē aprosektēsas peri to tērein ouketi auton tetērēken, tote ton thanaton etheōrēsen ou parʼ allon ē parʼ heauton.
And if anyone can run back to the deeper accounts and understand how “You have brought me down into the dust of death” might be said by a man, and by Paul, “Who will deliver me from the body of this death?”, he will see how, as long as the word was kept, death was not seen by the one keeping it; but when someone, growing weary in attention to and keeping of the word, or careless about keeping it, no longer kept it, then he saw death, owing to no one but himself.
20.375Preuschen 4:382
καὶ νομιστέον γε τοῦτο δόγμα εἶναι καὶ νόμον αἰώνιον, ἀεὶ ἄν ἡμῖν λεχθησομένου παραλαβοῦσι τὸν λόγον τοῦ » Ἐάν τις τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ, θάνατον οὐ μὴ ὄψεται εἰς »τὸν αἰῶνα«.
kai nomisteon ge touto dogma einai kai nomon aiōnion, aei an hēmin lechthēsomenou paralabousi ton logon tou » Ean tis ton emon logon tērēsę̄, thanaton ou mē opsetai eis »ton aiōna«.
And we must think this to be a doctrine and an eternal law, which will always be said to us who have received the Word: “If anyone keeps my word, he will never see death.”
20.376Preuschen 4:382
ὥσπερ δέ, ἕν οὕτως ὀνομάσω, ἐπιπλεῖον θεωρηθὲν τὸ σκότος ἀφανίζει τὰς ὄψεις τοῦ θεωρήσαντος, οὕτως θεωρηθεὶς ὁ θάνατος ὑπὸ τοῦ τὸν λόγον μὴ τηρήσαντος θανατοῖ καὶ νεκροῖ τὴν θεωρήσασαν αὐτὸν ὄψιν καὶ ἀποτυφλοῖ, ὡς διὰ τοῦτο δεηθῆναι τοῦ ἀνοίγοντος ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλῶν.
hōsper de, hen houtōs onomasō, epipleion theōrēthen to skotos aphanizei tas opseis tou theōrēsantos, houtōs theōrētheis ho thanatos hypo tou ton logon mē tērēsantos thanatoi kai nekroi tēn theōrēsasan auton opsin kai apotyphloi, hōs dia touto deēthēnai tou anoigontos ophthalmous typhlōn.
And just as darkness, if I may so put it, when looked at for long, destroys the eyes of the one who looks, so death, when seen by one who has not kept the word, kills and deadens the eye that saw it and blinds it, so that for this reason it needs the one who opens the eyes of the blind.
20.377Preuschen 4:382
καὶ οἶμαί γε διὰ τοῦτο οἱ τυφλοί, ὧν σύμβολον ἦσαν οἱ ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τυφλοί, τὰς ὄψεις ἀπολωλέκασιν, ἐπείπερ τὸν λόγον μὴ τηρήσαντες τὸν θάνατον ἐθεώρησαν. Εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι· Νῦν ἐγνώκαμεν ὅτι δαιμόνιον ἔχεις.
kai oimai ge dia touto hoi typhloi, hōn symbolon ēsan hoi en tǭ euangeliǭ typhloi, tas opseis apolōlekasin, epeiper ton logon mē tērēsantes ton thanaton etheōrēsan. Eipon autǭ hoi Ioudaioi; Nyn egnōkamen hoti daimonion echeis.
And I think that it is for this reason that the blind, of whom the blind in the Gospel were a symbol, have lost their sight, since, not having kept the word, they saw death. “The Jews said to him, ‘Now we know that you have a demon.’”
20.378Preuschen 4:382–383
Οἱ μὲν πολλοὶ καὶ τῶν σοφῶν πᾶν γένος ἁμαρτήματος, οὑ ἐν εἴδει ἐστὶν καὶ τὸ ἐν λόγῳ ἁμάρτημα, οὐκ ἄλλοθεν ἢ ἀπὸ κριμάτων μοχθηρῶν οἴονται γίνεσθαι· οἱ δὲ ταῖς ἁγίαις γραφαῖς ὡς θείαις πεπιστευκότες διαλαμβάνουσιν περὶ τῶν παρὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον ὑπ ἀνθρώπων πραττομένων, ὡς οὐ χωρὶς δαιμονίων ἢ ὁποιωνδήποτε δυνάμεων ἀντικειμένων τῶν τοιούτων ἐπιτελουμένων.
Hoi men polloi kai tōn sophōn pan genos hamartēmatos, hou en eidei estin kai to en logǭ hamartēma, ouk allothen ē apo krimatōn mochthērōn oiontai ginesthai; hoi de tais hagiais graphais hōs theiais pepisteukotes dialambanousin peri tōn para ton orthon logon hyp anthrōpōn prattomenōn, hōs ou chōris daimoniōn ē hopoiōndēpote dynameōn antikeimenōn tōn toioutōn epiteloumenōn.
Most people, even of the wise, think that every kind of sin, of which sin in speech is one species, arises from nowhere else than from bad judgments; but those who have believed the holy Scriptures as divine hold that what human beings do against right reason is not accomplished without demons or opposing powers of some kind.
20.379Preuschen 4:383
καὶ οἱ Ἰου- δαῖοι τοίνυν δαιμονίου ἐνεργείᾳ ὑπελάμβανον εἰρηκέναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν τὸ »Ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν· Ἐάν τις τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ, θάνα- τον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα«.
kai hoi Iou- daioi toinyn daimoniou energeią hypelambanon eirēkenai ton Iēsoun to »Amēn amēn legō hymin; Ean tis ton emon logon tērēsę̄, thana- ton ou mē theōrēsę̄ eis ton aiōna«.
The Jews, then, supposed that Jesus had said by the working of a demon, “Truly, truly, I say to you, if anyone keeps my word, he will never see death.”
20.380Preuschen 4:383
καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐπεπόνθεισαν μήτε τὸν λόγον τηρήσαντες μήτε τοῦ λεγομένου τὴν δύναμιν θεωρήσαντες· ὁ μὲν γὰρ θάνατόν τινα ἐχθρὸν τῷ λόγῳ ἐπιστάμενος, ὃν ἀποθνήσκουσιν οἱ ἁμαρτάνοντες, τοῦτον ἔφασκεν μὴ θεωρεῖσθαι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ὑπὸ τοῦ τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τηρήσαντος· οἱ δὲ περὶ τοῦ κοινοτέρου θανάτου νομίσαντες εἶναι τὸ λεγόμενον παραπαίειν ᾤοντο τὸν λέγοντα. ἀποθανόντος Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, μὴ ἀποθανεῖσθαι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα πάντα τὸν τηρήσαντα αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον. Ἀβραὰμ ἀπέθανεν καὶ οἱ προφῆται, καὶ συ λέγεις· Ἐάν τις τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ, οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θάνατον εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀΠέθανεν; καὶ οἱ προφῆται ἀπέθανον· τίνα σεαυτὸν Ποιεῖς;
kai toutʼ epepontheisan mēte ton logon tērēsantes mēte tou legomenou tēn dynamin theōrēsantes; ho men gar thanaton tina echthron tǭ logǭ epistamenos, hon apothnēskousin hoi hamartanontes, touton ephasken mē theōreisthai eis ton aiōna hypo tou ton logon autou tērēsantos; hoi de peri tou koinoterou thanatou nomisantes einai to legomenon parapaiein ǭonto ton legonta. apothanontos Abraam kai tōn prophētōn, mē apothaneisthai eis ton aiōna panta ton tērēsanta autou ton logon. Abraam apethanen kai hoi prophētai, kai sy legeis; Ean tis ton emon logon tērēsę̄, ou mē geusētai thanaton eis ton aiōna. mē sy meizōn ei tou patros hēmōn Abraam, hostis aPethanen? kai hoi prophētai apethanon; tina seauton Poieis?
And they experienced this having neither kept the word nor seen the force of what was said. For he, knowing a certain death that is the enemy of the Word, which sinners die, said that this would never be seen by one who kept his word; but they, thinking what was said concerned the more common death, thought the speaker was raving, since, Abraham and the prophets having died, he said that everyone who kept his word would never die. “Abraham died, and the prophets, and you say, ‘If anyone keeps my word, he will never taste death.’ Are you greater than our father Abraham, who died? And the prophets died. Whom do you make yourself?”
20.381Preuschen 4:383
Εἰ κατὰ τὴν ἁπλουστέραν ἐκδοχήν, ὡς καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀποδεδώκαμεν, δοκεῖ εἶναι σαφὲς τὸ τῆς ὑπολήψεως τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἀποκριναμένων πρὸς τὸν τοῦ σωτῆρος λόγον περὶ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τῶν προφητῶν ὡς ἀποτεθνηκότων, οὐδὲν ἧττον οὐκ ἀπαρασήμαντον τὴν ἐξέτασιν μετὰ συγκρίσεως τῆς πρὸς ἕτερα παρα πλήσια ἐατέον.
Ei kata tēn haplousteran ekdochēn, hōs kai autoi apodedōkamen, dokei einai saphes to tēs hypolēpseōs tōn Ioudaiōn, apokrinamenōn pros ton tou sōtēros logon peri tou Abraam kai tōn prophētōn hōs apotethnēkotōn, ouden hētton ouk aparasēmanton tēn exetasin meta synkriseōs tēs pros hetera para plēsia eateon.
Even if, according to the simpler interpretation, as we ourselves have explained it, the Jews' understanding seems clear, when they answered the Savior's word about Abraham and the prophets as having died, nonetheless the examination should not be left without notice, comparing it with other similar cases.
20.382Preuschen 4:383
ἆρα γὰρ ᾤοντο σὺν οὐδενὶ λόγῳ τὸν σωτῆρα εἰρηκέναι τὸ » Ἐάν τις τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ, θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν »αἰῶνα«, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο σαφές τι πρὸς τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ ἀπεκρίναντο;
ara gar ǭonto syn oudeni logǭ ton sōtēra eirēkenai to » Ean tis ton emon logon tērēsę̄, thanaton ou mē theōrēsę̄ eis ton »aiōna«, kai dia touto saphes ti pros ton logon autou apekrinanto?
For did they think the Savior had said without any reason, “If anyone keeps my word, he will never see death,” and therefore answered something plain to his word?
20.383Preuschen 4:383
ἢ ἐνόησαν οὐ περὶ τοῦ κοινοτέρου θανάτου αὐτὸν λελαληκέναι, καὶ διαλαμβάνοντες περὶ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, ὡς καὶ αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ χείρονι θανάτῳ γεγενημένων ποτέ, τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ μὴ παραδεξάμενοι μηδὲ ὑπολαμβάνοντες αὐτὸν εἶναι τηλικοῦτον ὀποῖον ἐπηγγείλατο ὁ λέγων, φασίν·
ē enoēsan ou peri tou koinoterou thanatou auton lelalēkenai, kai dialambanontes peri Abraam kai tōn prophētōn, hōs kai autōn en tǭ cheironi thanatǭ gegenēmenōn pote, ton logon autou mē paradexamenoi mēde hypolambanontes auton einai tēlikouton opoion epēngeilato ho legōn, phasin;
Or did they understand that he had not spoken about the more common death, and, holding that Abraham and the prophets too had once been in the worse death, not accepting his word nor supposing him to be as great as the speaker promised, they say,
20.384Preuschen 4:383–384
»Νῦν ἐγνώκαμεν ὅτι δαιμόνιον »ἔχεις«; τὸ δʼ ὅμοιον καὶ ἐπʼ ἄλλων αὐτοῦ λόγων καὶ τῶν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀποκρίσεων ἐπὶ πλειόνων έν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω ἐξητάσαμεν· οἷον ἐπὶ τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος, ὅτι εἰπὼν αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· »<Δός μοι> πιεῖν‘ μεθʼ ἕτερα προσέθηκεν τοιαῦτα· »Εἰ ᾔδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ θεοῦ, »καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι· Δός μοι πιεῖν, σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας αὐτὸν καὶ »ἔδωκεν ἄν σοι ὕδωρ ζῶν.
»Nyn egnōkamen hoti daimonion »echeis«? to dʼ homoion kai epʼ allōn autou logōn kai tōn pros autous apokriseōn epi pleionōn en tois anōterō exētasamen; hoion epi tēs Samareitidos, hoti eipōn autę̄ ho Iēsous; »<Dos moi> piein‘ methʼ hetera prosethēken toiauta; »Ei ę̄deis tēn dōrean tou theou, »kai tis estin ho legōn soi; Dos moi piein, sy an ę̄tēsas auton kai »edōken an soi hydōr zōn.
“Now we know that you have a demon”? We have examined the like above in many cases of his other words and of the answers to them; for example, in the case of the Samaritan woman, when Jesus said to her, “Give me a drink,” he afterward added this: “If you knew the gift of God, and who it is who says to you, ‘Give me a drink,’ you would have asked him, and he would have given you living water.”
20.385Preuschen 4:384
καὶ λέγει αὐτῶ ἡ γυνή· Κύριε, »ἄντλημα ἔχεις, καὶ τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶν βαθύ· πόθεν οὖν ἔχεις τὸ ὕδωρ »τὸ ζῶν;« καὶ πάλιν· »Κύριε, δός μοι τοῦτο τὸ ὕδωρ, ἴνα μὴ διψῶ »μηδὲ διέρχωμαι ἐνθάδε ἀντλεῖν«.
kai legei autō hē gynē; Kyrie, »antlēma echeis, kai to phrear estin bathy; pothen oun echeis to hydōr »to zōn?« kai palin; »Kyrie, dos moi touto to hydōr, ina mē dipsō »mēde dierchōmai enthade antlein«.
And the woman says to him, “Sir, you have no bucket, and the well is deep; where then do you get the living water?” And again, “Sir, give me this water, so that I may not thirst nor come here to draw.”
20.386Preuschen 4:384
οὐ γὰρ πιθανὸν ἦν περὶ αἰσθητοῦ ὕδατος ἀποκρίνεσθαι αὐτῷ τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν, καὶ ᾐτηκέναι αὐτὸν σωματικὸν ὕδωρ ἐπὶ τῷ μηκέτι διψῆσαι μηδὲ διέρχεσθαι ἀντλεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Ἰακὼβ αἰσθητῆς πηγῆς.
ou gar pithanon ēn peri aisthētou hydatos apokrinesthai autǭ tēn Samareitin, kai ę̄tēkenai auton sōmatikon hydōr epi tǭ mēketi dipsēsai mēde dierchesthai antlein apo tēs tou Iakōb aisthētēs pēgēs.
For it was not plausible that the Samaritan woman answered him about perceptible water, and asked him for bodily water so as no longer to thirst nor come to draw from Jacob's perceptible well.
20.387Preuschen 4:384
ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰπόντος τοῦ κυρίου· »Ὁ ἄρτος, ὃν ἐγὼ δώσω, ἠ σάρξ μου ἐστὶν ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου »ζωῆς«· ὅτε ἐμάχοντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγοντες· Πῶς δύ- »ναται ἡμῖν οὑτος δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν;« ἀπεδείκνυμεν ὅτι οὐκ ὄν τοσοῦτον ἀνόητοι ἠσαν οἱ ἀκούοντες ὡς ὑπολαμβάνειν ὅτι προκαλεῖται ὁ λέγων τοὺς ἀκροατὰς εἰς τὸ προσελθεῖν καὶ ἐμφαγεῖν τῶν σαρκῶν αὐτοῦ.
alla kai eipontos tou kyriou; »Ho artos, hon egō dōsō, ē sarx mou estin hyper tēs tou kosmou »zōēs«; hote emachonto pros allēlous hoi Ioudaioi legontes; Pōs dy- »natai hēmin houtos dounai tēn sarka phagein?« apedeiknymen hoti ouk on tosouton anoētoi ēsan hoi akouontes hōs hypolambanein hoti prokaleitai ho legōn tous akroatas eis to proselthein kai emphagein tōn sarkōn autou.
And also when the Lord said, “The bread that I will give is my flesh, for the life of the world,” when the Jews disputed with one another, saying, “How can this man give us his flesh to eat?”, we showed that the hearers were not so foolish as to suppose that the speaker was calling his hearers to come and eat his flesh.
20.388Preuschen 4:384
Καὶ εἰκός γε, ὅτι ἔλεγον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐπὶ τῶν νῦν ἡμῖν ἐξεταζομένων ῥητῶν τὸ »Ἀβραὰμ ἀπέθανεν καὶ οἱ προφῆται«, μεμαθηκότες τίνα τρόπον »διʼ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος· καὶ οὕτως εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὁ θάνατος διῆλθεν, ἐφʼ ᾦ πάντες ἥμαρτον«, ἔβλεπον δὲ καὶ ὅτι »ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἐπὶ τοὺς ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τώ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ«, καὶ ἦν αὐτοῖς ὁ λόγος περὶ τοῦ διὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν θανάτου εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους διεληλυθότος ἐπὶ τῷ πάντας ἡμαρτηκέναι.
Kai eikos ge, hoti elegon hoi Ioudaioi epi tōn nyn hēmin exetazomenōn rhētōn to »Abraam apethanen kai hoi prophētai«, memathēkotes tina tropon »diʼ henos anthrōpou hē hamartia eis ton kosmon eisēlthen kai dia tēs hamartias ho thanatos; kai houtōs eis pantas anthrōpous ho thanatos diēlthen, ephʼ ǭ pantes hēmarton«, eblepon de kai hoti »ebasileusen ho thanatos epi tous hamartēsantas epi tō homoiōmati tēs parabaseōs Adam«, kai ēn autois ho logos peri tou dia tēn hamartian thanatou eis pantas anthrōpous dielēlythotos epi tǭ pantas hēmartēkenai.
And it is likely that the Jews, in the texts now examined by us, said “Abraham died, and the prophets,” having learned how “through one man sin entered into the world, and death through sin, and so death spread to all men, because all sinned”; and they saw also that “death reigned over those who had sinned in the likeness of Adam's transgression,” and their account was about the death that spread to all men through sin because all had sinned.
20.389Preuschen 4:384
περὶ τούτων δὲ μεμαθηκότες τὰ ἑξῆς, ἅτε μὴ παραδεξάμενοι τοὺς Ἰησοῦ λόγους, οὐκ ᾔδεισαν, καὶ ὅτι »οὐχ ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα«.
peri toutōn de memathēkotes ta hexēs, hate mē paradexamenoi tous Iēsou logous, ouk ę̄deisan, kai hoti »ouch hōs to paraptōma, houtōs kai to charisma«.
But having learned these things, they did not know what follows, since they did not accept Jesus' words: that “the free gift is not like the trespass.”
20.390Preuschen 4:384
ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ συλλογίζεσθαί πως ἐδύναντο ὅτι »εἰ τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπέθανον, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ »ἐν χάριτι τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς »ἐπερίσσευσεν«.
allʼ oude syllogizesthai pōs edynanto hoti »ei tǭ tou henos paraptōmati hoi polloi apethanon, pollǭ mallon hē charis tou theou kai hē dōrea »en chariti tę̄ tou henos anthrōpou Iēsou Christou eis tous pollous »eperisseusen«.
Nor could they reason that “if by the trespass of the one the many died, much more have the grace of God and the gift in the grace of the one man Jesus Christ abounded to the many.”
20.391Preuschen 4:384
οὐ συνίεσαν δὲ καὶ πῶς οὐκ ἦν τὸ δώρημα ὅμοιον τῷ διʼ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος θανάτω· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπεπαίδευντό πω ὅτι τὸ χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων ἐγίνετο εἰς δικαίωμα.
ou syniesan de kai pōs ouk ēn to dōrēma homoion tǭ diʼ henos hamartēsantos thanatō; oude gar epepaideunto pō hoti to charisma ek pollōn paraptōmatōn egineto eis dikaiōma.
And they did not understand how the gift was not like the death through one who sinned; for they had not yet been taught that the free gift, following many trespasses, brought justification.
20.392Preuschen 4:384–385
ἀλλ οὐδὲ ἔβλεπον ὅτι »Οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς λαμβάνοντες ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ«. καὶ ἐνενόουν μὲν τὸν θάνατον Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τῶν προφητῶν,
all oude eblepon hoti »Hoi tēn perisseian tēs charitos kai tēs dōreas lambanontes en zōę̄ basileusousin dia tou henos Iēsou Christou«. kai enenooun men ton thanaton Abraam kai tōn prophētōn,
Nor did they see that “those who receive the abundance of grace and of the gift will reign in life through the one, Jesus Christ.” And they understood the death of Abraham and the prophets,
20.393Preuschen 4:385
ἀκούοντες ὅτι καὶ Σαμουήλ, ὡς διὰ τὸν θάνατον ὑπὸ γῆν ὤν, ὑπὸ ἐγγαστριμύθου ἀνήγετο, θεοὺς οἰομένης κάτω που εἶναι τῆς γῆς καὶ λεγούσης· » Θεοὺς ἐγὼ εἶδον ἀναβαίνοντας ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς«· τὴν δὲ ζωὴν τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐ κατειλήφασιν, οὐδʼ ὅτι ὁ θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ θεὸς ἦν οὐ νεκρῶν αὐτῶν ἀλλὰ ζώντων· καὶ ὡς ὑπολαμβάνοντες [ τε] νεκροὺς εἶναι τοὺς προφήτας ᾠκοδόμουν αὐτῶν τοὺς τάφους, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ταλανιζόμενοι.
akouontes hoti kai Samouēl, hōs dia ton thanaton hypo gēn ōn, hypo engastrimythou anēgeto, theous oiomenēs katō pou einai tēs gēs kai legousēs; » Theous egō eidon anabainontas apo tēs gēs«; tēn de zōēn tou Abraam kai tōn prophētōn ou kateilēphasin, oudʼ hoti ho theos Abraam kai Isaak kai Iakōb theos ēn ou nekrōn autōn alla zōntōn; kai hōs hypolambanontes [ te] nekrous einai tous prophētas ǭkodomoun autōn tous taphous, kai dia touto talanizomenoi.
hearing that Samuel too, as being under the earth because of death, was brought up by the medium, who thought that gods were somewhere below the earth and said, “I saw gods coming up from the earth”; but they did not grasp the life of Abraham and the prophets, nor that the God of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob was God not of them as dead but as living; and supposing the prophets to be dead, they built their tombs, and for this reason were pronounced wretched.
20.394Preuschen 4:385
εἰ καὶ ἀπέθανεν οὖν Ἀβραάμ, ἀλλʼ ἔζησεν καὶ οὐκέτι τὸν θάνατον ἐθεώρει ἀφʼ οὗ ἰδὼν τὴν Ἰησοῦ ἡμέραν ἠγαλλιάσατο καὶ ἐχάρη.
ei kai apethanen oun Abraam, allʼ ezēsen kai ouketi ton thanaton etheōrei aphʼ hou idōn tēn Iēsou hēmeran ēgalliasato kai echarē.
Even if Abraham died, then, he lived, and no longer saw death, from the time he saw the day of Jesus and rejoiced and was glad.
20.395Preuschen 4:385
οἶμαι δὲ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ »Ἀβραὰμ ἀπέθανεν« εἰρῆσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος, διδάσκοντος ὅτι Ἀβραὰμ ἔζη, τὸ »Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν »ἠγαλλιάσατο, ἕνα ἴδῃ τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν· καὶ ἴδεν καὶ ἐχάρη«.
oimai de kai dia touto pros to »Abraam apethanen« eirēsthai hypo tou sōtēros, didaskontos hoti Abraam ezē, to »Abraam ho patēr hymōn »ēgalliasato, hena idę̄ tēn hēmeran tēn emēn; kai iden kai echarē«.
And I think that for this reason too, in response to “Abraham died,” the Savior, teaching that Abraham was alive, said, “Abraham your father rejoiced that he would see my day; and he saw it and was glad.”
20.396Preuschen 4:385
εἰ > μὴ βούλεταί τις οὕτως ἔχειν τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, λεγέτω ἡμῖν, πότερόν ποτε ὁ ἰδῶν τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἡμέραν καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἀγαλλιασάμενος καὶ χαρεὶς ἔτι θεωρεῖ τὸν θάνατον, ἢ ἰδὼν τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ σωτῆρος καὶ ἀγαλλιασάμενος καὶ χαρείς, ἀξιωθεὶς τοιαύτης ὄψεως ὡς ἄξιος αὐτῆς, ὕστερον ἐστέρηται οὑ ἐθεώρησεν.
ei > mē bouletai tis houtōs echein ta peri tou Abraam, legetō hēmin, poteron pote ho idōn tēn tou sōtēros hēmōn hēmeran kai epi toutǭ agalliasamenos kai chareis eti theōrei ton thanaton, ē idōn tēn hēmeran tou sōtēros kai agalliasamenos kai chareis, axiōtheis toiautēs opseōs hōs axios autēs, hysteron esterētai hou etheōrēsen.
If someone does not wish the things about Abraham to be so, let him tell us whether the one who saw our Savior's day and rejoiced and was glad at it still sees death, or whether, having seen the day of the Savior and rejoiced and been glad, deemed worthy of such a sight as worthy of it, he was afterward deprived of what he saw.
20.397Preuschen 4:385
εἰ γὰρ ἑκάτερον τούτων ἄτοπόν έστιν, ἰδὼν τὴν ἡμέραν Ἰησοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἅμα τῷ ἰδεῖν ἤκουσεν καὶ τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐτήρησεν καὶ οὐκέτι θάνατον θεωρεῖ· καὶ οὐχ ὑγιῶς ἔλεγον, ὡσπερεὶ ἔτι ἐν θανάτῳ τυγχάνοντος αὐτοῦ, οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τὸ »Ἀβραὰμ ἀπέθανεν«.
ei gar hekateron toutōn atopon estin, idōn tēn hēmeran Iēsou Abraam hama tǭ idein ēkousen kai ton logon autou kai etērēsen kai ouketi thanaton theōrei; kai ouch hygiōs elegon, hōsperei eti en thanatǭ tynchanontos autou, hoi Ioudaioi to »Abraam apethanen«.
For if each of these is absurd, Abraham, having seen the day of Jesus, at the same time as seeing it also heard his word and kept it and no longer sees death; and the Jews did not speak soundly in saying “Abraham died,” as though he were still in death.
20.398Preuschen 4:385
τὸ δʼ ὅμοιον ἐρεῖς καὶ περὶ τῶν προφητῶν. εἰ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς οὐκ ἔστιν νεκρῶν ἀλλὰ ζώντων, καὶ ἔστιν ὥσπερ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ οὕτως καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν προφητῶν θεός, ζῶσιν καὶ οἱ προφῆται. καὶ γὰρ ἐτήρησαν τὸν λόγον τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτε λόγος κυρίου ἐγένετο πρὸς Ὠσηέ, ἢ λόγος ἐγένετο πρὸς Ἱερεμίαν, ἢ λόγος ἐγένετο τὸ] πρὸς Ἡσαΐαν· οὐ γὰρ ἄλλος λόγος θεοῦ ἐγένετο πρός τινα τούτων, ἀλλʼ ὁ ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν υἱὸς αὐτοῦ θεὸς λόγος.
to dʼ homoion ereis kai peri tōn prophētōn. ei gar ho theos ouk estin nekrōn alla zōntōn, kai estin hōsper tou Abraam kai tou Isaak kai tou Iakōb houtōs kai tōn loipōn prophētōn theos, zōsin kai hoi prophētai. kai gar etērēsan ton logon tou huiou tou theou, hote logos kyriou egeneto pros Ōsēe, ē logos egeneto pros Hieremian, ē logos egeneto to] pros Hēsaïan; ou gar allos logos theou egeneto pros tina toutōn, allʼ ho en archę̄ pros ton theon huios autou theos logos.
You will say the like also about the prophets. For if God is not of the dead but of the living, and is, as of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, so also God of the other prophets, the prophets too live. For they kept the word of the Son of God, when the word of the Lord came to Hosea, or the word came to Jeremiah, or the word came to Isaiah; for no other word of God came to any of these than God the Word, his Son, who was in the beginning with God.
20.399Preuschen 4:385
καὶ τοῦτον, εἰ καί τις ἄλλος, καὶ οἱ προφῆται τετηρήκασιν καὶ ἐξ οὑ εἰλήφασιν τὸν λόγον θάνατον οὐκέτι ἐθεώρησαν.
kai touton, ei kai tis allos, kai hoi prophētai tetērēkasin kai ex hou eilēphasin ton logon thanaton ouketi etheōrēsan.
And the prophets, if anyone, have kept him, and from the time they received the word they no longer saw death.
20.400Preuschen 4:385–386
ὁμοίως τοίνυν ψεῦδος τῷ· »Νῦν ἐγνώκαμεν ὅτι δαιμόνιον ἔχεις« τὸ »Ἀβραὰμ ἀπέ- »θανεν καὶ οἱ προφῆται« εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων· οὔτε γὰρ ἔγνωσαν δαιμόνιον ἔχειν τὸν ἐπιτάσσοντα δαιμονίοις οὐδεὶς γὰρ γινώσκει τὸ μὴ ὑπάρχον), οὔτε Ἀβραὰμ καὶ οἱ προφῆται ἐν θανάτῳ ἔτι ἦσαν, ὅτε ἔλεγον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τὸ »Ἀβραὰμ ἀπέθανεν καὶ οἱ »προφηται«.
homoiōs toinyn pseudos tǭ; »Nyn egnōkamen hoti daimonion echeis« to »Abraam ape- »thanen kai hoi prophētai« eirēmenon hypo tōn Ioudaiōn; oute gar egnōsan daimonion echein ton epitassonta daimoniois oudeis gar ginōskei to mē hyparchon), oute Abraam kai hoi prophētai en thanatǭ eti ēsan, hote elegon hoi Ioudaioi to »Abraam apethanen kai hoi »prophētai«.
Likewise, then, “Abraham died, and the prophets,” said by the Jews, is as false as “Now we know that you have a demon”; for neither did they know that he who commands demons had a demon (for no one knows what does not exist), nor were Abraham and the prophets still in death when the Jews said, “Abraham died, and the prophets.”
20.401Preuschen 4:386
Μετὰ ταῦτα ζητοῦμεν τί δήποτε, τοῦ σωτῆρος εἰρηκότος· περὶ παντὸς τοῦ τηροῦντος αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον ὅτι » Θάνατον οὐ θεωρήσει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα«, οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι μετὰ τὰ προεξετασθέντα, δέον αὐτοὺς καταλλήλως τῷ »Θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα· εἰρηκέναι· »Καὶ σὺ λέγεις· Ἐάν τις τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ, θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα«· οἱ δὲ οὐ τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρός φασιν· οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν· ἐάν τις τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ, θανάτου οὐ μὴ γεύσηται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ὅπερ οὗτοι προφέρονται ὡς ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν εἰρημένον.
Meta tauta zētoumen ti dēpote, tou sōtēros eirēkotos; peri pantos tou tērountos autou ton logon hoti » Thanaton ou theōrēsei eis ton aiōna«, hoi Ioudaioi meta ta proexetasthenta, deon autous katallēlōs tǭ »Thanaton ou mē theōrēsę̄ eis ton aiōna; eirēkenai; »Kai sy legeis; Ean tis ton emon logon tērēsę̄, thanaton ou mē theōrēsę̄ eis ton aiōna«; hoi de ou touto, alla to mē eirēmenon hypo tou sōtēros phasin; ou gar eipen; ean tis ton emon logon tērēsę̄, thanatou ou mē geusētai eis ton aiōna, hoper houtoi propherontai hōs hypo tou kyriou hēmōn eirēmenon.
After this we ask why, when the Savior had said of everyone who keeps his word that “he will never see death,” the Jews, after what was examined before, when they ought to have said in keeping with “he will never see death,” “And you say, ‘If anyone keeps my word, he will never see death,’” did not say this, but what the Savior had not said; for he did not say, “If anyone keeps my word, he will never taste death,” which these put forward as said by our Lord.
20.402Preuschen 4:386
καὶ ὅρα εἰ μὴ τῷ εἶναι διαφορὰν τοῦ μὴ θεωρεῖν θάνατον καὶ τοῦ μὴ γεύεσθαι θανάτου ὑπὸ τῶν λοιπῶν ἅμα εὐαγγελιστῶν εἴρηται περὶ τοῦ μὴ γεύεσθαι θανάτου τοὺς ἐγγὺς τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἑστῶτας, ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον έν τῇ βασιλείᾳ ἑαυτοῦ, τοῦ μὲν Ματθαίου· »Ἀμήν, ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, εἰσίν τινες τῶν ὡδε ἑστώτων »οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀν- »θρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ ἑαυτοῦ«· τοῦ δὲ Μάρκου·
kai hora ei mē tǭ einai diaphoran tou mē theōrein thanaton kai tou mē geuesthai thanatou hypo tōn loipōn hama euangelistōn eirētai peri tou mē geuesthai thanatou tous engys tou Iēsou hestōtas, heōs an idōsin ton huion tou anthrōpou erchomenon en tę̄ basileią heautou, tou men Matthaiou; »Amēn, amēn legō hymin, eisin tines tōn hōde hestōtōn »hoitines ou mē geusōntai thanatou heōs an idōsin ton huion tou an- »thrōpou erchomenon en tę̄ basileią heautou«; tou de Markou;
And see whether it is not because there is a difference between not seeing death and not tasting death that the other evangelists together say that those standing near Jesus will not taste death until they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom: Matthew, “Truly, truly, I say to you, there are some of those standing here who will not taste death until they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom”; and Mark,
20.403Preuschen 4:386
»Ἀμήν, »ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι εἰσίν τινες τῶν ἑστηκότων ὡδε οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου, ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐληλυ- »θυῖαν έν δυνάμει«· τοῦ δὲ Λουκᾶ·
»Amēn, »amēn legō hymin hoti eisin tines tōn hestēkotōn hōde hoitines ou mē geusōntai thanatou, heōs an idōsin tēn basileian tou theou elēly- »thuian en dynamei«; tou de Louka;
“Truly, truly, I say to you that there are some of those standing here who will not taste death until they see the kingdom of God come in power”; and Luke,
20.404Preuschen 4:386
»Ἀληθῶς εἰσίν τινες τῶν ὡδε »ἐστώτων οἵτινες οὐ γεύσονται θανάτου, ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν υἱὸν »τοῦ ἀνθρώπου έν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ«.
»Alēthōs eisin tines tōn hōde »estōtōn hoitines ou geusontai thanatou, heōs an idōsin ton huion »tou anthrōpou en tę̄ doxę̄ autou«.
“Truly there are some of those standing here who will not taste death until they see the Son of Man in his glory.”
20.405Preuschen 4:386
ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος διάφοροι αἰσθήσεις εἰσὶν γεῦσις καὶ ὅρασις, οὕτως κατὰ τὰς λεγομένας ὑπὸ τοῦ Σολομῶντος θείας αἰσθήσεις ἄλλη μέν τις ἄν εἴη ἡ ὁρατικὴ τῆς ψυχῆς δύναμις καὶ θεωρητική, ἄλλη δὲ ἡ γευστικὴ καὶ ἀντιληπτικὴ τῆς ποιότητος τῶν νοητῶν τροφῶν.
hōsper gar epi tou sōmatos diaphoroi aisthēseis eisin geusis kai horasis, houtōs kata tas legomenas hypo tou Solomōntos theias aisthēseis allē men tis an eiē hē horatikē tēs psychēs dynamis kai theōrētikē, allē de hē geustikē kai antilēptikē tēs poiotētos tōn noētōn trophōn.
For just as in the body taste and sight are different senses, so, according to what Solomon calls the divine senses, the seeing and contemplating power of the soul would be one thing, and another the power that tastes and perceives the quality of intelligible foods.
20.406Preuschen 4:386
καὶ ἐπεὶ ὁ κύριος, καθʼ ὅ μὲν ἄρτος ἐστὶν ζῶν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς, γευστός ἐστιν, τρόφιμος ὤν τῇ ψυχῇ, καθʼ ὅ δὲ σοφία ἐστίν, ὁρατός ἐστιν, ἧς τοῦ κάλλους ἐραστὴς ὁμολογεῖ εἶναι ὁ λέγων· »Ἐραστὴς ἐγενόμην »τοῦ κάλλους αὐτῆς«, καὶ προστάσσει ἡμῖν τὸ » Ἐράσθητι αὐτῆς, καὶ »τηρήσει σε«, διὰ τοῦτο ἐν Ψαλμοῖς εἴρηται τὸ »Γεύσασθε καὶ ἴδετε »ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ κύριος«.
kai epei ho kyrios, kathʼ ho men artos estin zōn ek tou ouranou katabas, geustos estin, trophimos ōn tę̄ psychę̄, kathʼ ho de sophia estin, horatos estin, hēs tou kallous erastēs homologei einai ho legōn; »Erastēs egenomēn »tou kallous autēs«, kai prostassei hēmin to » Erasthēti autēs, kai »tērēsei se«, dia touto en Psalmois eirētai to »Geusasthe kai idete »hoti chrēstos ho kyrios«.
And since the Lord, insofar as he is living bread that came down from heaven, is to be tasted, being nourishing to the soul, and insofar as he is Wisdom, is to be seen, Wisdom whose beauty the one who says “I became a lover of her beauty” confesses he loves, and he commands us, “Love her, and she will keep you,” for this reason it is said in the Psalms, “Taste and see that the Lord is good.”
20.407Preuschen 4:386
ὥσπερ δὲ ὁ κύριος γευστὸς καὶ ὁρατός, οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἐχθρὸς αὐτοῦ θάνατος γευστός ἐστι καὶ ὁρατός.
hōsper de ho kyrios geustos kai horatos, houtōs kai ho echthros autou thanatos geustos esti kai horatos.
And just as the Lord is to be tasted and seen, so also his enemy, death, is to be tasted and seen.
20.408Preuschen 4:386–387
καὶ τὸ μὲν γευστὸν αὐτοῦ παρίστησιν τὸ »Εἰσίν τινες τῶν ὧδε ἑστώτων »οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· τὸ δὲ ὁρατὸν τὸ »Ἐάν τις τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ, θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν »αἰῶνα«.
kai to men geuston autou paristēsin to »Eisin tines tōn hōde hestōtōn »hoitines ou mē geusōntai thanatou« kai ta hexēs; to de horaton to »Ean tis ton emon logon tērēsę̄, thanaton ou mē theōrēsę̄ eis ton »aiōna«.
Its being tasted is shown by “There are some of those standing here who will not taste death,” and what follows; its being seen by “If anyone keeps my word, he will never see death.”
20.409Preuschen 4:387
γεύεται δὲ θανάτου, καὶ οὐ γεύεται μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμφορεῖται ᾠς τροφῆς τοῦ θανάτου ὁ προφερόμενος τὰ ἐναντία τοῖς ῥήμασιν τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς.
geuetai de thanatou, kai ou geuetai monon alla kai emphoreitai ǭs trophēs tou thanatou ho propheromenos ta enantia tois rhēmasin tēs aiōniou zōēs.
And one tastes death, and not only tastes but is filled with death as with food, who puts forward what is contrary to the words of eternal life.
20.410Preuschen 4:387
καὶ ἐπαγγελία ἐστὶν μὴ γεύσεσθαι θανάτου τινὰ τῶν ἑστώτων ἐν τῷ δεικνυμένῳ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ νοητῷ τόπῳ· παρατήρει γὰρ ὅτι οἱ τρεῖς τὸ »Εἰσί τινες τῶν ὠδε ἑστώτων« ἢ »Εἰσίν τινες τῶν ἑστηκότων ὡδε«, ἅμα εἰρήκασιν περὶ ὧν καὶ ἀνέγραψαν ὅτι »Οὐ γεύσονται θανάτου ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ »ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ« ἢ »Ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ« ἢ »Ἕως ἄν ἴδωσιν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν έν δυνάμει«.
kai epangelia estin mē geusesthai thanatou tina tōn hestōtōn en tǭ deiknymenǭ hypo tou Iēsou noētǭ topǭ; paratērei gar hoti hoi treis to »Eisi tines tōn ōde hestōtōn« ē »Eisin tines tōn hestēkotōn hōde«, hama eirēkasin peri hōn kai anegrapsan hoti »Ou geusontai thanatou heōs an idōsin ton huion tou »anthrōpou erchomenon en tę̄ basileią autou« ē »En tę̄ doxę̄ autou« ē »Heōs an idōsin tēn basileian tou theou elēlythuian en dynamei«.
And there is a promise that some of those standing in the spiritual place shown by Jesus will not taste death; for observe that the three said “There are some of those standing here,” or “some of those who stand here,” together, concerning whom they also wrote that “they will not taste death until they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom,” or “in his glory,” or “until they see the kingdom of God come in power.”
20.411Preuschen 4:387
καὶ ἐπεὶ ὡς δυνατοῦ ὄντος τοῦ τὸν ἑστηκότα πεσεῖν εἴρηται· »Ὁ Δοκῶν ἑστάναι βλεπέτω μὴ πέσῃ«, διὰ τοῦτο οὐ περὶ πάντων τῶν ἑστηκότων ἀλλὰ περί τινων ἀναγέγραπται τὸ »Ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν·
kai epei hōs dynatou ontos tou ton hestēkota pesein eirētai; »Ho Dokōn hestanai blepetō mē pesę̄«, dia touto ou peri pantōn tōn hestēkotōn alla peri tinōn anagegraptai to »Amēn legō hymin;
And since, as it being possible for one who stands to fall, it is said, “Let him who thinks he stands take heed lest he fall,” for this reason it is written not of all who stand but of some, “Truly I say to you,
20.412Preuschen 4:387
»εἰσίν τινες τῶν ὡδε ἑστώτων«. ἑστὼς μὲν οὖν τις οὐ γεύεται θα- νάτου, τηρῶν τὸ ἑστηκέναι· τὸν δὲ λόγον παραλαβὼν καὶ τηρῶν θάνατον οὐ θεωρήσει.
»eisin tines tōn hōde hestōtōn«. hestōs men oun tis ou geuetai tha- natou, tērōn to hestēkenai; ton de logon paralabōn kai tērōn thanaton ou theōrēsei.
there are some of those standing here.” One who stands, then, does not taste death as long as he keeps standing; and one who has received the word and keeps it will not see death.
20.413Preuschen 4:387
Εἴπερ οὐν διαφορά τίς ἐστιν τοῦ γεύσασθαι θανάτου καὶ τοῦ θεωρεῖν τὸν θάνατον, ὡς οὐ συνετοὶ ἀκροαταὶ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συγχέοντες τὸν τοῦ κυρίου λόγον, ἀντὶ τοῦ »Θάνατον οὐ θεωρήσει« εἰρήκασιν· »Οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου« ἐπὶ τὴν ὑποδεεστέραν αἴσθησιν καταπεσόντες τῷ λόγῳ. ζητήσεις δὲ εἰ ὥσπερ ἔστιν θεωρεῖν θάνατον καὶ γεύεσθαι θανάτου, οὕτως καὶ κατὰ τὰ λοιπὰ αἰσθητήρια ἤτοι ἀκούειν θανάτου ἢ ὀσφραίνεσθαι θανάτου ἢ ἅπτεσθαι θανάτου· εἰ γὰρ αἱ χεῖρες τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐψηλάφησαν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς, μή τι αἱ χεῖρες τῶν ψευδαποστόλων καὶ ἐργατῶν δολίων, μετασχηματιζομένων εἰς ἀγγέλους δικαιοσύνης, ψηλαφῶσιν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τοῦ θανάτου· καὶ εἰ τὰ πρόβατα Χριστοῦ ἀκούει τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ, μήποτε τὰ μὴ αὐτοῦ πρόβατα, πρὸς οὓς λέγοι ἄν· »Ὑμεῖς οὐκ »ἐστὲ ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν«, ἀκούει τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ θανάτου.
Eiper oun diaphora tis estin tou geusasthai thanatou kai tou theōrein ton thanaton, hōs ou synetoi akroatai hoi Ioudaioi syncheontes ton tou kyriou logon, anti tou »Thanaton ou theōrēsei« eirēkasin; »Ou mē geusētai thanatou« epi tēn hypodeesteran aisthēsin katapesontes tǭ logǭ. zētēseis de ei hōsper estin theōrein thanaton kai geuesthai thanatou, houtōs kai kata ta loipa aisthētēria ētoi akouein thanatou ē osphrainesthai thanatou ē haptesthai thanatou; ei gar hai cheires tōn apostolōn epsēlaphēsan peri tou logou tēs zōēs, mē ti hai cheires tōn pseudapostolōn kai ergatōn doliōn, metaschēmatizomenōn eis angelous dikaiosynēs, psēlaphōsin peri tou logou tou thanatou; kai ei ta probata Christou akouei tēs phōnēs autou, mēpote ta mē autou probata, pros hous legoi an; »Hymeis ouk »este ek tōn probatōn tōn emōn«, akouei tēs phōnēs tou thanatou.
If, then, there is some difference between tasting death and seeing death, the Jews, as unintelligent hearers confusing the Lord's word, said instead of “he will not see death,” “he will never taste death,” falling in their speech to the inferior sense. And you will ask whether, just as one can see death and taste death, so also by the other senses one can hear death, or smell death, or touch death. For if the hands of the apostles handled the Word of life, perhaps the hands of false apostles and deceitful workers, disguising themselves as angels of righteousness, handle the word of death; and if Christ's sheep hear his voice, perhaps those who are not his sheep, to whom he might say, “You are not of my sheep,” hear the voice of death.
20.414Preuschen 4:387–388
ὅρα δὲ εἰ μὴ ὀσμὴ θανάτου ἐστὶν έν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας μώλωψιν, περὶ ὡν εἴρηται· »Προσώζεσαν καὶ ἐσάπησαν οἱ μώλωπές »μου« καὶ ὀσμὴ θανάτου ἐν τῷ Λαζάρῳ πρὶν ἀναστῆναι ἐκ νεκρῶν, ᾗς μὴ βουλόμενοι ὀσφραίνεσθαι οἱ ἀπόστολοι ἔλεγον τῷ σωτῆρι τὸ Κύριε, ἤδη ὄζει·
hora de ei mē osmē thanatou estin en tois apo tēs hamartias mōlōpsin, peri hōn eirētai; »Prosōzesan kai esapēsan hoi mōlōpes »mou« kai osmē thanatou en tǭ Lazarǭ prin anastēnai ek nekrōn, hę̄s mē boulomenoi osphrainesthai hoi apostoloi elegon tǭ sōtēri to Kyrie, ēdē ozei;
And see whether there is not a smell of death in the wounds from sin, of which it is said, “My wounds grew foul and festered,” and a smell of death in Lazarus before he rose from the dead, which, not wishing to smell it, the apostles said to the Savior, “Lord, he already stinks;
20.415Preuschen 4:388
τεταρταῖος γάρ ἐστιν«. εἰς δὲ τὸ περὶ τῆς νοητῆς ὀσμῆς θανάτου ἢ ὀσμῆς ζωῆς παρατηρεῖν δεήσει τὸ ἀποστολικὸν οὕτως ἔχον· Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ θεῷ ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ, ἐν »τοῖς σωζομένοις καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις· οἷς μὲν ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου »εἰς θάνατον, οἶς δὲ ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν«. εὐωδία μὲν γὰρ Χριστοῦ εἰσιν καὶ οὐδαμῶς δυσωδία ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ ἄνθρωποι.
tetartaios gar estin«. eis de to peri tēs noētēs osmēs thanatou ē osmēs zōēs paratērein deēsei to apostolikon houtōs echon; Christou euōdia esmen tǭ theǭ en panti topǭ, en »tois sōzomenois kai en tois apollymenois; hois men osmē ek thanatou »eis thanaton, ois de osmē ek zōēs eis zōēn«. euōdia men gar Christou eisin kai oudamōs dysōdia en panti topǭ hoi en Christǭ anthrōpoi.
for he has been dead four days.” And regarding the spiritual smell of death or smell of life, we must observe the apostle's saying, which runs thus: “We are the aroma of Christ to God in every place, among those being saved and among those perishing; to some a smell from death to death, to others a smell from life to life.” For those who are in Christ are the aroma of Christ, and never a stench, in every place.
20.416Preuschen 4:388
ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ] ὥσπερ ἡ σωματικὴ εὐωδία τινὰ τῶν ζῴων λέγεται ἀναιρεῖν, οὕτως διὰ τὴν προγενομένην κακίαν καὶ ἡ Χριστοῦ εὐωδία γένοιτο ἄν τισιν τοῖς ἐκ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον αὐτῶν, τοῖς δὲ ἐκ ζωῆς ἀποβαίνει εἰς ζωήν.
allʼ epei] hōsper hē sōmatikē euōdia tina tōn zǭōn legetai anairein, houtōs dia tēn progenomenēn kakian kai hē Christou euōdia genoito an tisin tois ek thanatou eis thanaton autōn, tois de ek zōēs apobainei eis zōēn.
But since, just as bodily fragrance is said to kill some animals, so, because of prior wickedness, the aroma of Christ too might become to some from death to their death, while to others it turns out from life to life.
20.417Preuschen 4:388
ταῦτα παρακείμενα ἡμῖν εἶναι τῇ ἐξετάσει τοῦ γεύεσθαι θανάτου καὶ τοῦ θεωρεῖν ἢ μὴ θεωρεῖν τὸν θάνατον.
tauta parakeimena hēmin einai tę̄ exetasei tou geuesthai thanatou kai tou theōrein ē mē theōrein ton thanaton.
These things lie alongside the examination of tasting death and of seeing or not seeing death.
20.418Preuschen 4:388
μετὰ ταῦτα μὴ θεωροῦντες ὅσῳ ὑπερέχει Χριστὸς τῶν πατριαρχῶν καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ πιστεύοντες Χριστὸν εἶναι τὸν τηλικαῦτα διδάσκοντα, ἐπαποροῦσιν λέγοντες·
meta tauta mē theōrountes hosǭ hyperechei Christos tōn patriarchōn kai tōn prophētōn, alla mēde pisteuontes Christon einai ton tēlikauta didaskonta, epaporousin legontes;
After this, not seeing how far Christ surpasses the patriarchs and the prophets, nor believing that the one teaching such great things is Christ, they raise a difficulty, saying,
20.419Preuschen 4:388
»Μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν;« οὐχ ὁρῶσιν δὲ ὅτι οὐ μόνον μείζων τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἀλλὰ καὶ παντὸς γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν ὁ ἐκ τῆς παρθένου γεγεννημένος, καὶ τῶν προφητῶν πάντων ὁ προφητευόμενος ὑπʼ αὐτῶν, καὶ τῶν ἀποθανόντων ὁ ζωοποιήσας αὐτούς, οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ποιήσας τοιοῦτον ἀλλʼ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς λαβών.
»Mē sy meizōn ei tou patros hēmōn Abraam, hostis apethanen?« ouch horōsin de hoti ou monon meizōn tou Abraam alla kai pantos gennētois gynaikōn ho ek tēs parthenou gegennēmenos, kai tōn prophētōn pantōn ho prophēteuomenos hypʼ autōn, kai tōn apothanontōn ho zōopoiēsas autous, ouch heauton poiēsas toiouton allʼ apo tou patros labōn.
“Are you greater than our father Abraham, who died?” But they do not see that not only greater than Abraham, but than everyone born of women, is the one born of the virgin, and greater than all the prophets is the one prophesied by them, and greater than the dead is the one who made them alive, not having made himself such, but having received it from the Father.
20.420Preuschen 4:388
»Ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτω »καὶ τῷ υἱῷ ζωὴν ἔδωκεν ἔχειν έν ἑαυτῷ«, οὐ δυναμένῳ ποιεῖν ἀφ ἑαυτοῦ οὐδὲ ἕν, καὶ ζητοῦντι τὸ θέλημα οὐ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν. καὶ τὸ »Τίνα οὐν σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς;‘ μὴ τεθεωρηκότων ἦν φωνὴ ὅτι οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πεποίηκεν ὅπερ ἐστίν.
»Hōsper gar ho patēr echei zōēn en heautǭ, houtō »kai tǭ huiǭ zōēn edōken echein en heautǭ«, ou dynamenǭ poiein aph heautou oude hen, kai zētounti to thelēma ou to heautou, alla to thelēma tou pempsantos auton. kai to »Tina oun seauton poieis?‘ mē tetheōrēkotōn ēn phōnē hoti ouch heauton ho Iēsous pepoiēken hoper estin.
“For just as the Father has life in himself, so he has given to the Son also to have life in himself,” who can do nothing of himself, and who seeks not his own will but the will of the one who sent him. And “Whom, then, do you make yourself?” was the voice of those who had not seen that Jesus did not make himself what he is.
20.421Preuschen 4:388
διόπερ καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο δοκεῖ μοι ἀποκρίνεσθαι, διδάσκων τίς αὐτὸν ἐποίησεν ὅπερ ἦν, τὸ » Ἐὰν ἐγὼ δοξάσω ἐμαυτόν, ἡ δόξα μου »οὐδέν ἐστιν· ἔστιν ὁ πατὴρ ὁ δοξάζων με.«
dioper kai pros touto dokei moi apokrinesthai, didaskōn tis auton epoiēsen hoper ēn, to » Ean egō doxasō emauton, hē doxa mou »ouden estin; estin ho patēr ho doxazōn me.«
Therefore it seems to me that he answers this too, teaching who made him what he was: “If I glorify myself, my glory is nothing; it is the Father who glorifies me.”
20.422Preuschen 4:388
Καὶ ταῦτα δέ, αὐτάρκη περιγραφὴν εἰληφότος τοῦ εἰκοστοῦ τῶν εἰς τὸ κατὰ Ἰωάννην εὐαγγέλιον ἐξηγητικῶν τόμου, τὴν περιγραφὴν ἐνταῦθα εἰληφέτω, ἴνα θεοῦ ἀποκαλύπτοντος ἡμῖν τὰ ἑξῆς θεωρήσωμεν ἐν τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα ἀπὸ τοῦ »Ἀπεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς· Ἐὰν ἐγὼ »δοξάσω ἐμαυτόν, ἡ δόξα μου οὐδέν ἐστιν«.
Kai tauta de, autarkē perigraphēn eilēphotos tou eikostou tōn eis to kata Iōannēn euangelion exēgētikōn tomou, tēn perigraphēn entautha eilēphetō, ina theou apokalyptontos hēmin ta hexēs theōrēsōmen en tǭ meta tauta apo tou »Apekrithē Iēsous; Ean egō »doxasō emauton, hē doxa mou ouden estin«.
And let these things, since the twentieth book of the exegetical commentaries on the Gospel according to John has received a sufficient extent, receive their end here, so that, God revealing to us what follows, we may consider in the next book, beginning from “Jesus answered, ‘If I glorify myself, my glory is nothing.’”
Chapter 28
28.1Preuschen 4:389
Οἱ φύσεις ἀριθμῶν ἐρευνήσαντες πρῶτον μὲν τέλειον τὸν ἓξ εἰρήκασιν, τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μέρεσιν ἰσούμενον, ἔκ τε τῆς συνθέσεως τοῦ ἀπὸ μονάδος διπλασιαζομένου, ἑνὸς καὶ δύο, ὃ ἐστὶ τρία, πρῶτος, καὶ τοῦ ἐφʼ ὃν ἔφθασεν ὁ διπλασιασμός, λέγω δὲ τοῦ δύο·
Hoi physeis arithmōn ereunēsantes prōton men teleion ton hex eirēkasin, tois heautou meresin isoumenon, ek te tēs syntheseōs tou apo monados diplasiazomenou, henos kai dyo, ho esti tria, prōtos, kai tou ephʼ hon ephthasen ho diplasiasmos, legō de tou dyo;
Those who have investigated the natures of numbers have said that six is the first perfect number, equal to the sum of its own parts, arising from the combination of the number doubled from the unit, one and two, which is three, a prime, and the number which the doubling reached, I mean two;
28.2Preuschen 4:389
γενόμενος γὰρ ὁ δύο ἐπὶ τὸν τρία πεποίηκεν τὸν ἕξ. τέλειόν φασιν εἶναι τὸν εἴκοσι καὶ ὀκτώ, συνιστάμενον ἔκ τε τοῦ συνθέτου τῶν ἀπὸ μονάδος διπλασιαζομένων, ἕως γένηται πρῶτος ἀριθμός, καὶ τοῦ ἐφʼ ὃν ἔφθασεν ὁ διπλασιασμός. τέσσαρα μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ἀπὸ μονάδος διπλασιαζόμενος ἐν τῷ ἕν δύο τέσσαρα.
genomenos gar ho dyo epi ton tria pepoiēken ton hex. teleion phasin einai ton eikosi kai oktō, synistamenon ek te tou synthetou tōn apo monados diplasiazomenōn, heōs genētai prōtos arithmos, kai tou ephʼ hon ephthasen ho diplasiasmos. tessara men gar estin ho apo monados diplasiazomenos en tǭ hen dyo tessara.
for two multiplied by three has made six. They say that twenty-eight is perfect, formed from the sum of the numbers doubled from the unit, until a prime number results, and from the number which the doubling reached. For four is the number doubled from the unit in one, two, four.
28.3Preuschen 4:389
ἑπτὰ δὴ τούτων σύνθεσις, καὶ αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἀριθμὸς ὑπὸ μονάδος μόνης μετρούμενος· γινόμενος δὲ ὁ τέσσαρα ἐπὶ τὸν ἑπτὰ πεποίηκεν τὸν εἴκοσι καὶ ὀκτώ καὶ αὐτὸν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μέρεσιν ἴσον.
hepta dē toutōn synthesis, kai autos prōtos arithmos hypo monados monēs metroumenos; ginomenos de ho tessara epi ton hepta pepoiēken ton eikosi kai oktō kai auton tois heautou meresin ison.
Seven is the sum of these, itself also a prime number, measured by the unit alone; and four multiplied by seven has made twenty-eight, which is also equal to its own parts.
28.4Preuschen 4:389
Διὰ τοῦτο δʼ οἶμαι † ῥᾴδιον διαλαμβάνεται ἀπὸ τοῦ παιδευθέντος » πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ] Αἰγυπτίων « Μωσέως εἰς τὴν τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου κατασκευήν· αἱ γὰρ αὐλαῖαι εἴκοσι καὶ ὀκτὼ πηχῶν τὸ μῆκός εἰσιν.
Dia touto dʼ oimai † rhądion dialambanetai apo tou paideuthentos » pasę̄ sophią kai] Aigyptiōn « Mōseōs eis tēn tēs skēnēs tou martyriou kataskeuēn; hai gar aulaiai eikosi kai oktō pēchōn to mēkos eisin.
For this reason, I think, it is … taken up by Moses, who was trained “in all the wisdom of the Egyptians,” for the construction of the tent of witness; for the curtains are twenty-eight cubits in length.
28.5Preuschen 4:389
καὶ ἐχρῆν γε τὴν εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ κατασκευαζομένην σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου μετὰ τῶν ἐξαιρέτων ἀριθμῶν καὶ τὸν εἴκοσι ὀκτώ.
kai echrēn ge tēn eis doxan theou kataskeuazomenēn skēnēn tou martyriou meta tōn exairetōn arithmōn kai ton eikosi oktō.
And it was fitting that the tent of witness, built for the glory of God, should have among its exceptional numbers twenty-eight too.
28.6Preuschen 4:389–390
ἐφʼ ὅν, ἱερὲ ἀδελφὲ Ἀμβρόσιε, φθάσαντες τῶν εἰς τὸ κατὰ Ἰωάννην ἐξηγητικῶν οὗτος γὰρ ἔσται, θεοῦ χαριζομένου, ὄγδοος εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τόμος), ἐπικαλεσάμενοι τὸν τέλειον καὶ τελειότητος χορηγὸν θεὸν διὰ τοῦ τελείου ἀρχιερέως ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, έν ἡμῶν τὸν νοῦν δῷ εὑρεῖν τὴν περὶ τῶν ἐξετασθησομένων ἀλήθειαν καὶ κατασκευὴν αὐτῶν, καὶ] οὕτως ὁδεύσωμεν καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Λέγει ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ἄρατε τὸν λίθον.
ephʼ hon, hiere adelphe Ambrosie, phthasantes tōn eis to kata Iōannēn exēgētikōn houtos gar estai, theou charizomenou, ogdoos eis to euangelion tomos), epikalesamenoi ton teleion kai teleiotētos chorēgon theon dia tou teleiou archiereōs hēmōn Iēsou Christou, en hēmōn ton noun dǭ heurein tēn peri tōn exetasthēsomenōn alētheian kai kataskeuēn autōn, kai] houtōs hodeusōmen kai epi ta hexēs. Legei ho Iēsous; Arate ton lithon.
Having reached this number, holy brother Ambrose, of our exegetical books on the Gospel according to John (for this will be, God granting, the twenty-eighth book on the Gospel), let us call upon God, who is perfect and the supplier of perfection, through our perfect high priest Jesus Christ, that he may grant our mind to find the truth about the things to be examined and their establishment, and so let us proceed to what follows. “Jesus says, ‘Take away the stone.’”
28.7Preuschen 4:390
Ἐπείπερ ἐνθάδε μὲν τὸν ἐπικείμενον τῷ σπηλαίῳ λίθον οὐκ αὐτὸς ὁ Ἰησοῦς αἵρει ἀλλὰ λέγει· » Ἄρατε τὸν λίθον «, ἐν δὲ τῇ Γενέσει, ἡνίκα » λίθος ἦν μέγας ἐπὶ τῷ στόματι τοῦ φρέατος, καὶ συνήγοντο ἐκεῖ πάντα τὰ ποίμνια, καὶ ἀπεκύλιον λίθον ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ φρέατος, καὶ συνήγοντο καὶ ἐπότιζον τὰ πρόβατα, καὶ ἀπεκαθίστων τὸν λίθον ἐπὶ τὸ στόμα τοῦ φρέατος εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτοῦ«, καὶ τῷ μηδέπω τοῦτο γεγονέναι διὰ τὸ μὴ συνῆχθαι τὰ κτήνη, ὁ Ἰακὼβ ἰδὼν Ῥαχὴλ τὴν θυγατέρα Λάβαν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ πρόβατα Λάβαν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ, προσελθὼν αὐτὸς ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ φρέατος καὶ ἐπότισεν τὰ πρόβατα Λάβαν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τῆς μητρὸς «, βουλόμεθα ἀμφοτέρους τοὺς λίθους ἀλλήλοις συνεξετάσαι, ἵνα τὸ εὔλογον κατανοήσωμεν τοῦ ἐνθάδε μὲν μὴ αὐτὸν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἠρκέναι τὸν λίθον ἀπὸ τοῦ σπηλαίου, ἀλλʼ εἰρηκέναι· Ἄρατε τὸν λίθον «, ἐν δὲ τῇ Γενέσει αὐτὸν τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἀποκεκυλικέναι τὸν λίθον ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ φρέατος.
Epeiper enthade men ton epikeimenon tǭ spēlaiǭ lithon ouk autos ho Iēsous hairei alla legei; » Arate ton lithon «, en de tę̄ Genesei, hēnika » lithos ēn megas epi tǭ stomati tou phreatos, kai synēgonto ekei panta ta poimnia, kai apekylion lithon apo tou stomatos tou phreatos, kai synēgonto kai epotizon ta probata, kai apekathistōn ton lithon epi to stoma tou phreatos eis ton topon autou«, kai tǭ mēdepō touto gegonenai dia to mē synēchthai ta ktēnē, ho Iakōb idōn Rhachēl tēn thygatera Laban tou adelphou tēs mētros autou kai ta probata Laban tou adelphou tēs mētros autou, proselthōn autos apekylise ton lithon apo tou stomatos tou phreatos kai epotisen ta probata Laban tou adelphou tēs mētros «, boulometha amphoterous tous lithous allēlois synexetasai, hina to eulogon katanoēsōmen tou enthade men mē auton ton Iēsoun ērkenai ton lithon apo tou spēlaiou, allʼ eirēkenai; Arate ton lithon «, en de tę̄ Genesei auton ton Iakōb apokekylikenai ton lithon apo tou stomatos tou phreatos.
Since here Jesus does not himself take away the stone lying on the cave but says, “Take away the stone,” while in Genesis, when “there was a great stone on the mouth of the well, and all the flocks were gathered there, and they rolled the stone from the mouth of the well and watered the sheep, and put the stone back on the mouth of the well in its place,” and because this had not yet happened, since the cattle had not been gathered, Jacob, seeing Rachel the daughter of Laban his mother's brother, and the sheep of Laban his mother's brother, came near himself and rolled the stone from the mouth of the well and watered the sheep of Laban his mother's brother, we wish to examine the two stones together, so that we may understand why here Jesus did not himself take the stone from the cave but said, “Take away the stone,” while in Genesis Jacob himself rolled the stone from the mouth of the well.
28.8Preuschen 4:390
καὶ πρόσχες εἰ δυνάμεθα λέγειν ὅτι τοῦ μὲν ἐπὶ τῷ σπηλαίῳ λίθου, ἐπεὶ τὸ σπήλαιον μνημεῖον ἠν, οὐκ ἐχρῆν αὐτὸν ἅψασθαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀλλὰ προστάξαι μόνον τοῖς ἐπιτηδείοις πρὸς τὸ ἔργον ἆραι τὸν λίθον, τοῦ δὲ ἐπικειμένου τῷ στόματι τοῦ φρέατος καὶ ἐμποδίζοντος τοῦ πίνειν τὰ πρόβατα, ἀφʼ ὧν ἔμελλεν γενέσθαι τὰ ἐπίσημα καὶ ἡ μερὶς τοῦ Ἰακώβ, αὐτὸν ἔδει λαβέσθαι τὸν Ἰακώβ, καὶ προσελθόντα τῷ λίθῳ ἀποκυλίσαι αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ φρέατος, ἴνα ποτισθῇ τὰ πρόβατα Λάβαν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ.
kai prosches ei dynametha legein hoti tou men epi tǭ spēlaiǭ lithou, epei to spēlaion mnēmeion ēn, ouk echrēn auton hapsasthai ton Iēsoun, alla prostaxai monon tois epitēdeiois pros to ergon arai ton lithon, tou de epikeimenou tǭ stomati tou phreatos kai empodizontos tou pinein ta probata, aphʼ hōn emellen genesthai ta episēma kai hē meris tou Iakōb, auton edei labesthai ton Iakōb, kai proselthonta tǭ lithǭ apokylisai auton apo tou stomatos tou phreatos, ina potisthę̄ ta probata Laban tou adelphou tēs mētros autou.
And consider whether we can say that Jesus should not touch the stone on the cave, since the cave was a tomb, but only command those fit for the work to take away the stone; whereas the stone lying on the mouth of the well and hindering the sheep from drinking, from which the marked ones and the portion of Jacob were to come, Jacob himself had to take hold of, and, going to the stone, roll it from the mouth of the well, so that the sheep of Laban his mother's brother might be watered.
28.9Preuschen 4:390
καὶ ἔδει γε ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ φρέατος αὐτὸν προσελθεῖν τὸν Ιακώβ, ἔξω δὲ τοῦ σπηλαίου στῆναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν.
kai edei ge epi men tou phreatos auton proselthein ton Iakōb, exō de tou spēlaiou stēnai ton Iēsoun.
And it was necessary that Jacob himself go up to the well, while Jesus stood outside the cave.
28.10Preuschen 4:390–391
εἰ δὲ δύνασαι, ἐπίστησον τί δήποτε ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ σπηλαίου οὐ κεκύλισται ὁ ἐπικείμενος αὐτῷ λίθος ἀλλὰ αἴρεται, ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ φρέατος οὐ παντελῶς αἴρεται ἀλλὰ μόνον ἀποκυλίεται· ἐχρῆν πάντη μὲν ἀρθῆναι τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ μνημείου λίθον καὶ μὴ πάλιν κυλισθῆναι· τὸν δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ φρέατος ἀποκυλισθῆναι μόνον.
ei de dynasai, epistēson ti dēpote epi men tou spēlaiou ou kekylistai ho epikeimenos autǭ lithos alla airetai, epi de tou phreatos ou pantelōs airetai alla monon apokylietai; echrēn pantē men arthēnai ton epi tou mnēmeiou lithon kai mē palin kylisthēnai; ton de epi tou phreatos apokylisthēnai monon.
And if you can, consider why at the cave the stone lying on it is not rolled but taken away, while at the well it is not wholly taken away but only rolled away: the stone on the tomb had to be taken away altogether and not rolled back again; but the one on the well only rolled away.
28.11Preuschen 4:391
προείρηται γάρ, ὅτι ἀπε * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * δόξαν θεοῦ,
proeirētai gar, hoti ape * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * doxan theou,
For it has been said before that … the glory of God,
28.12Preuschen 4:391
νοήσαντες τὸ μέγεθος τῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην λογιζομένης πίστεως πιστεύσωμεν.
noēsantes to megethos tēs eis dikaiosynēn logizomenēs pisteōs pisteusōmen.
understanding the greatness of the faith reckoned for righteousness, let us believe.
28.13Preuschen 4:391
εἰ δέ τις οὐδέπω εἶδεν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν οἰομένων πεπιστευκέναι, μανθανέτω ὅτι ἐλέγχεται διʼ ὡν οὐδέπω εἶδεν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ μὴ πεπιστευκώς· ἀψευδὴς γὰρ ὁ μὴ Μάρθᾳ μόνῃ ἀλλὰ καὶ παντί τῳ λέγων τὸ Ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ. Ἦραν οὖν τὸν λίθον.
ei de tis oudepō eiden tēn doxan tou theou tōn oiomenōn pepisteukenai, manthanetō hoti elenchetai diʼ hōn oudepō eiden tēn doxan tou theou mē pepisteukōs; apseudēs gar ho mē Marthą monę̄ alla kai panti tǭ legōn to Ean pisteusę̄s, opsę̄ tēn doxan tou theou. Ēran oun ton lithon.
And if any of those who think they have believed has not yet seen the glory of God, let him learn that he is shown by this, by not yet having seen the glory of God, not to have believed; for he does not lie who says, not to Martha alone but to everyone, “If you believe, you will see the glory of God.” “So they took away the stone.”
28.14Preuschen 4:391
Ἡ βραδυτὴς τοῦ ἀρθῆναι τὸν ἐπικείμενον τῷ σπηλαίῳ λίθον ἀπὸ τῆς ἀδελφῆς τοῦ τετελευτηκότος γεγένηται· οἱονεὶ γὰρ ἐνεπόδισεν οἷς προσέταξεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰπών· Ἄρατε τὸν λίθον « Ἤδη ὄζει· τεταρταῖος γάρ ἐστιν «.
Hē bradytēs tou arthēnai ton epikeimenon tǭ spēlaiǭ lithon apo tēs adelphēs tou teteleutēkotos gegenētai; hoionei gar enepodisen hois prosetaxen ho Iēsous eipōn; Arate ton lithon « Ēdē ozei; tetartaios gar estin «.
The delay in removing the stone lying on the cave came from the sister of the dead man; for she, as it were, hindered those whom Jesus had commanded, saying, “Take away the stone,” by saying, “He already stinks; for he has been dead four days.”
28.15Preuschen 4:391
καὶ εἰ μὴ κεκόλουστό γε ἡ τῆς Μάρθας ἀπιστία εἰπόντος αὐτῇ τοῦ Ι Ἰησοῦ· Οὐκ εἶπόν σοι ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ; « οὐκ ἂν οἱ ἀκούσαντες· Ἄρατε τὸν λίθον « ἦραν τὸν λίθον.
kai ei mē kekolousto ge hē tēs Marthas apistia eipontos autę̄ tou I Iēsou; Ouk eipon soi hoti ean pisteusę̄s, opsę̄ tēn doxan tou theou? « ouk an hoi akousantes; Arate ton lithon « ēran ton lithon.
And had not Martha's unbelief been cut short when Jesus said to her, “Did I not tell you that if you believe, you will see the glory of God?”, those who heard “Take away the stone” would not have taken away the stone.
28.16Preuschen 4:391
φέρε καθʼ ὑπόθεσιν εἰπόντος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· Ἅρατε τὸν λίθον‘ μὴ ἀποκεκρίσθαι τὴν ἀδελφὴν τοῦ τετελευτηκότος μηδὲ εἰρηκέναι· Ἤδη ὄζει· τεταρταῖος γάρ ἐστιν «· τί οὖν ἠκολούθησεν ἂν τούτῳ γεγράφθαι ἢ τοῦτο· Λέγει ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ἄρατε τὸν λίθον·
phere kathʼ hypothesin eipontos tou Iēsou; Harate ton lithon‘ mē apokekristhai tēn adelphēn tou teteleutēkotos mēde eirēkenai; Ēdē ozei; tetartaios gar estin «; ti oun ēkolouthēsen an toutǭ gegraphthai ē touto; Legei ho Iēsous; Arate ton lithon;
Suppose, for the sake of argument, that when Jesus said, “Take away the stone,” the dead man's sister had not answered nor said, “He already stinks; for he has been dead four days”: what then would have followed in the writing but this: “Jesus says, ‘Take away the stone.’
28.17Preuschen 4:391–392
ἠραν οὐν τὸν λίθον «; νυνὶ δὲ μεταξὺ τοῦ Ἄρατε τὸν λίθον « καὶ τοῦ Ἠραν οὐν τὸν λίθον‘ τὰ εἰρημένα ὑπὸ τῆς ἀδελφῆς τοῦ τετελευτηκότος ἐνεπόδισεν τῷ ἀρθῆναι τὸν λίθον. καὶ οὐκ ἂν οὐδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν κἂν βράδιον ἤρθη, εἰ μὴ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς τὴν ἐκείνης ἀπιστίαν εἰρήκει τὸ Οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὅψῃ τὴν δόξαν »τοῦ θεοῦ;« καλὸν οὖν τὸ μηδὲν γενέσθαι μεταξὺ τῆς Ἰησοῦ προστάξεως καὶ τοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν προστασσομένων, περὶ ὧν Ἰησοῦς ἐκέλευσεν, ἔργου.
ēran oun ton lithon «? nyni de metaxy tou Arate ton lithon « kai tou Ēran oun ton lithon‘ ta eirēmena hypo tēs adelphēs tou teteleutēkotos enepodisen tǭ arthēnai ton lithon. kai ouk an oude tēn archēn kan bradion ērthē, ei mē apokritheis ho Iēsous pros tēn ekeinēs apistian eirēkei to Ouk eipon soi, hoti ean pisteusę̄s, hopsę̄ tēn doxan »tou theou?« kalon oun to mēden genesthai metaxy tēs Iēsou prostaxeōs kai tou apo tōn prostassomenōn, peri hōn Iēsous ekeleusen, ergou.
So they took away the stone”? But as it is, between “Take away the stone” and “So they took away the stone,” what the dead man's sister said hindered the stone's removal. And it would not have been removed at all, even late, had not Jesus answered her unbelief with “Did I not tell you that if you believe, you will see the glory of God?” It is good, then, that nothing come between Jesus' command and the work of those commanded concerning what Jesus ordered.
28.18Preuschen 4:392
καὶ οἶμαί γε ἁρμόσειν τῷ τοιούτῳ τὸ εἰπεῖν ὅτι μιμητὴς γέγονεν Χριστοῦ.
kai oimai ge harmosein tǭ toioutǭ to eipein hoti mimētēs gegonen Christou.
And I think it fitting to say of such a one that he has become an imitator of Christ.
28.19Preuschen 4:392
ὡς γὰρ τούτῳ εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς καὶ »ἐγενήθησαν, ἐνε- »τείλατο καὶ ἐκτίσθησαν«, οὕτως τῷ πιστῷ εἶπεν μὲν Χριστός, πεποίηκεν δὲ οὗτος· καὶ ἐνετείλατο ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, οὗτος δὲ τὴν ἐντολὴν πεπλήρωκεν, μηδὲν ὑπερθέμενος μηδὲ ζημιώσας ἑαυτὸν παρακοῇ τοῦ μεταξὺ τῆς προστάξεως καὶ τοῦ ἔργου χρόνου· νομιστέον γὰρ τῷ ὕστερον ποιοῦντι τὸ προστεταγμένον παρακοῆς χρόνον εἶναι περὶ τὴς ἐντολῆς τῆς ἀναβολῆς.
hōs gar toutǭ eipen ho theos kai »egenēthēsan, ene- »teilato kai ektisthēsan«, houtōs tǭ pistǭ eipen men Christos, pepoiēken de houtos; kai eneteilato ho huios tou theou, houtos de tēn entolēn peplērōken, mēden hyperthemenos mēde zēmiōsas heauton parakoę̄ tou metaxy tēs prostaxeōs kai tou ergou chronou; nomisteon gar tǭ hysteron poiounti to prostetagmenon parakoēs chronon einai peri tēs entolēs tēs anabolēs.
For as God spoke to him and “they came to be; he commanded and they were created,” so Christ spoke to the faithful one, and he did it; the Son of God commanded, and he fulfilled the commandment, not delaying nor harming himself by disobedience in the time between the command and the deed; for we must think that for the one who does what is commanded later there is a time of disobedience to the commandment, that of the delay.
28.20Preuschen 4:392
διὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ὁ ἐν τῇ παραβολῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου προσταχθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν καὶ ἐργάσασθαι, μὴ παραχρῆμα ποιήσας ἀλλʼ ὅτε ὕστερον μεταμεληθεὶς ἀπῆλθεν, οὐκ ἐποίησεν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρὸς ἐν τῷ πρὸ τῆς μεταμελείας χρόνῳ.
dia touto de kai ho en tę̄ parabolę̄ tou euangeliou prostachtheis hypo tou patros poreuthēnai eis ton agron kai ergasasthai, mē parachrēma poiēsas allʼ hote hysteron metamelētheis apēlthen, ouk epoiēsen to thelēma tou patros en tǭ pro tēs metameleias chronǭ.
For this reason also the one in the Gospel parable, commanded by his father to go into the field and work, who did not do it at once but went later when he had changed his mind, did not do his father's will in the time before his change of mind.
28.21Preuschen 4:392
διόπερ μνημονευτέον τοῦ »Μὴ ἀνάμενε ἐπι- »στρέψαι πρὸς κύριον, μηδὲ ὑπερβάλλου ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας« καὶ τοῦ »Μὴ εἴπῃς· Ἐπανελθὼν ἐπάνηκε καὶ αὔριον δώσω, δυνατοῦ σου »ὄντος εὖ ποιεῖν«.
dioper mnēmoneuteon tou »Mē anamene epi- »strepsai pros kyrion, mēde hyperballou hēmeran ex hēmeras« kai tou »Mē eipę̄s; Epanelthōn epanēke kai aurion dōsō, dynatou sou »ontos eu poiein«.
Therefore we must remember “Do not wait to turn to the Lord, and do not put it off from day to day,” and “Do not say, ‘Go and come back, and tomorrow I will give,’ when you are able to do good.”
28.22Preuschen 4:392
χρὴ τοίνυν κατηγορίαν νομίζειν εἶναι τῆς Μάρθας βραδύτερον γεγραμμένον τὸ »Ἦραν οὖν τὸν λίθον«, δέον ἑξῆς αὐτὸ εἰρῆσθαι τῷ »Λέγει ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ἄρατε τὸν λίθον«. Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω καὶ εἶπεν τὰ γεγραμμένα.
chrē toinyn katēgorian nomizein einai tēs Marthas bradyteron gegrammenon to »Ēran oun ton lithon«, deon hexēs auto eirēsthai tǭ »Legei ho Iēsous; Arate ton lithon«. Ho de Iēsous ēren tous ophthalmous anō kai eipen ta gegrammena.
We must think, then, that “So they took away the stone,” written later, is an accusation against Martha, since it ought to have been said right after “Jesus says, ‘Take away the stone.’” “And Jesus lifted up his eyes” and said what is written.
28.23Preuschen 4:392
Περὶ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν Ἰησοῦ καὶ τῆς σχέσεως αὐτῶν πρός τινας ἐπιμελῶς τηρητέον καὶ ἐξεταστέον· οἷον ἐν μὲν τῷ κατὰ Λουκᾶν, ὅτε ἔμελλεν λέγειν τοὺς μακαρισμοὺς καὶ τὴν ἑξῆς αὐτοῖς διδασκαλίαν· »Ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ »ἔλεγεν«· νυνὶ δὲ »Ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ ἄνω καὶ εἶπεν«.
Peri tōn ophthalmōn Iēsou kai tēs scheseōs autōn pros tinas epimelōs tērēteon kai exetasteon; hoion en men tǭ kata Loukan, hote emellen legein tous makarismous kai tēn hexēs autois didaskalian; »Eparas tous ophthalmous autou eis tous mathētas autou »elegen«; nyni de »Ēren tous ophthalmous autou anō kai eipen«.
Concerning the eyes of Jesus and their disposition toward certain persons, we must observe and examine carefully; for example, in the Gospel according to Luke, when he was about to speak the beatitudes and the teaching that follows them, “lifting up his eyes toward his disciples he said”; but here, “He lifted up his eyes above and said.”
28.24Preuschen 4:392
διδασκόμεθα γὰρ ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ προτέρου ὅτι μὴ κάτω εἰσὶν οἱ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μαθηταί· διόπερ ἐπαίρονται οἰ ὀφθαλμοὶ τοῦ διδασκάλου εἰς αὐτούς, οἷς ἄξιον ἦν ἐπᾶραι αὐτὸν τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ ὀφθαλμούς· διὰ δὲ τοῦ νῦν ἐξεταζομένου ὅτι μετέθηκεν ἑαυτοῦ τὸ διανοητικὸν ἀπὸ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς κάτω ὁμιλίας καὶ ἀνήγαγεν καὶ ὕψωσεν προσάγων αὐτὸ τῇ πρὸς τὸν ὑπεράνω πάντων πατέρα εὐχῇ.
didaskometha gar apo men tou proterou hoti mē katō eisin hoi tou Iēsou mathētai; dioper epairontai oi ophthalmoi tou didaskalou eis autous, hois axion ēn eparai auton tous heautou ophthalmous; dia de tou nyn exetazomenou hoti metethēken heautou to dianoētikon apo tēs pros tous katō homilias kai anēgagen kai hypsōsen prosagōn auto tę̄ pros ton hyperanō pantōn patera euchę̄.
For we are taught by the former that the disciples of Jesus are not below; therefore the teacher's eyes are lifted toward them, toward whom it was fitting for him to lift his eyes; but by the present passage, that he transferred his mind from converse with those below and led it up and raised it, bringing it to prayer to the Father who is above all.
28.25Preuschen 4:392–393
ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴπερ μιμητὴς Χριστοῦ ἐστι Παῦλος καὶ οἱ παραπλήσιοι αὐτῷ, ἀνάγκη τὸν κατὰ ζῆλον καὶ μίμησιν τῆς Χριστοῦ εὐχῆς εὐξόμενον, ἄραντα τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς ἄνω καὶ ἀναβιβάσαντα αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν τῇδε πραγμάτων καὶ μνήμης καὶ ἐννοιῶν καὶ λογισμῶν, οὕτως εἰπεῖν τῷ θεῷ τοὺς λόγους τῆς εὐχῆς τοὺς μεγάλων καὶ ἐπουρανίων μεγάλους καὶ ἐπουρανίους.
alla kai eiper mimētēs Christou esti Paulos kai hoi paraplēsioi autǭ, anankē ton kata zēlon kai mimēsin tēs Christou euchēs euxomenon, aranta tous ophthalmous tēs psychēs anō kai anabibasanta autous apo tōn tę̄de pragmatōn kai mnēmēs kai ennoiōn kai logismōn, houtōs eipein tǭ theǭ tous logous tēs euchēs tous megalōn kai epouraniōn megalous kai epouranious.
But also, if Paul and those like him are imitators of Christ, it is necessary that one who prays in zeal for and imitation of Christ's prayer, having lifted the eyes of the soul above and raised them from the affairs here and from their memory, thoughts, and reasonings, should thus speak to God the words of prayer, great and heavenly, befitting great and heavenly things.
28.26Preuschen 4:393
εἰ δέ τις πρὸς ταῦτα ἀνθυποίσει τὸν μηδὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπᾶραι θελήσαντα τελώνην καὶ τύψαντα ἑαυτοῦ τὸ στῆθος καὶ εἰπόντα· »Ὁ θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ«, λεκτέον πρὸς ἀυτὸν ὅτι ὥσπερ οὐ πᾶσιν οὐδὲ ἀεὶ παραληπτέον τὴν κατὰ θεὸν λύπην μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἀμεταμέλητον ἐργαζομένην, ἀλλʼ ἢ μόνῳ καὶ παντὶ τῷ ἄξια τοιαύτης λύπης ποιήσαντι καὶ μεταγινώσκοντι ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς, καὶ παραληπτέον γε αὐτὴν σὺν μέτρῳ καὶ μὴ περισσήν, ἵνα μὴ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ καταποθῇ ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ, οὕτως μήποτε οὐ παντὶ καθήκει μηδὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπὰραι θέλειν, ὡς οὐδὲ ἑστάναι μακρόθεν.
ei de tis pros tauta anthypoisei ton mēde tous ophthalmous eparai thelēsanta telōnēn kai typsanta heautou to stēthos kai eiponta; »Ho theos, hilasthēti moi tǭ hamartōlǭ«, lekteon pros auton hoti hōsper ou pasin oude aei paralēpteon tēn kata theon lypēn metanoian eis sōtērian ametamelēton ergazomenēn, allʼ ē monǭ kai panti tǭ axia toiautēs lypēs poiēsanti kai metaginōskonti epʼ autois, kai paralēpteon ge autēn syn metrǭ kai mē perissēn, hina mē perissoterą lypę̄ katapothę̄ hypo tou Satana, houtōs mēpote ou panti kathēkei mēde tous ophthalmous eparai thelein, hōs oude hestanai makrothen.
And if anyone objects to this with the tax collector, who would not even lift up his eyes but beat his breast and said, “God, be merciful to me, a sinner,” we must say to him that, just as godly grief, which works repentance to salvation not to be regretted, is not to be taken up by all nor always, but by those alone, and by all those, who have done things worthy of such grief and repent of them, and must be taken up with measure and not in excess, lest one be swallowed up by excessive grief by Satan, so perhaps it is not fitting for everyone not to wish to lift up his eyes, just as it is not fitting for everyone to stand far off.
28.27Preuschen 4:393
ἕκαστος δὲ ἑαυτὸν περὶ τῶν τοιούτων κρινέτω, καὶ »δοκι- »μαζέτω ἄνθρωπος ἑαυτόν, καὶ οὕτως« οὐ μόνον »ἐκ τοῦ ἄρτου »ἐσθιέτω καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ποτηρίου πινέτω«, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπαράτω καὶ αἰρέτω αὐτοὺς ἄνω κατὰ τὴν εὐχὴν, ὑποτάσσων ἑαυτὸν τῷ θεῷ καὶ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν ἐκείνῳ λεγέτω.
hekastos de heauton peri tōn toioutōn krinetō, kai »doki- »mazetō anthrōpos heauton, kai houtōs« ou monon »ek tou artou »esthietō kai ek tou potēriou pinetō«, alla kai tous ophthalmous eparatō kai airetō autous anō kata tēn euchēn, hypotassōn heauton tǭ theǭ kai tapeinōn heauton ekeinǭ legetō.
Let each judge himself about such things, and “let a man examine himself, and so” not only “eat of the bread and drink of the cup,” but also lift up his eyes and raise them above in prayer, subjecting himself to God and humbling himself before him, let him speak.
28.28Preuschen 4:393
καὶ εἰ νομίζομεν τῶ ὁπωσποτοῦν βιοῦντι καθήκειν ὁμοίως τῷ τελώνῃ μηδὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπᾶραι θέλειν, ὥρα λέγειν ὁμοίως τῷ μὴ ἐπᾶραι θέλειν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἑστάναι δεῖν.
kai ei nomizomen tō hopōspotoun biounti kathēkein homoiōs tǭ telōnę̄ mēde tous ophthalmous eparai thelein, hōra legein homoiōs tǭ mē eparai thelein tous ophthalmous kai apo makrothen tou hierou hestanai dein.
And if we think that it is fitting for one who lives in any way whatever, like the tax collector, not even to wish to lift up his eyes, it is time to say that, like one unwilling to lift up his eyes, he must also stand far off from the temple.
28.29Preuschen 4:393
ἱερὸν δὲ ποῖον ἄν εἴη ἤ ἡ ἐκκλησία τοῦ ζῶντος θεοῦ; ἥτις καὶ οἶκος θεοῦ παρὰ τῷ Παύλῳ ὀνομάζεται λέγοντι· »Ἐὰν δὲ βραδύνω, ἵνα εἰδῇς πῶς »δεῖ ἐν οἴκῳ θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία θεοῦ ζῶντος, »στύλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀλγθείας«.
hieron de poion an eiē ē hē ekklēsia tou zōntos theou? hētis kai oikos theou para tǭ Paulǭ onomazetai legonti; »Ean de bradynō, hina eidę̄s pōs »dei en oikǭ theou anastrephesthai, hētis estin ekklēsia theou zōntos, »stylos kai hedraiōma tēs algtheias«.
And what temple would it be but the church of the living God? which Paul also calls the house of God, saying, “If I am delayed, that you may know how one ought to behave in the house of God, which is the church of the living God, the pillar and foundation of the truth.”
28.30Preuschen 4:393
ὥσπερ <οὖν> οὐ παντὶ καθήκει μὴ χρῆσθαι τῷ ἄρτῳ καὶ μὴ πίνειν ἐκ τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ [μὴ] πόρρω εἶναι τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας· οὕτως οὐ παντὶ καθήκει τὸ μὴ θέλειν ἐπᾶραι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς.
hōsper <oun> ou panti kathēkei mē chrēsthai tǭ artǭ kai mē pinein ek tou potēriou kai [mē] porrō einai tou oikou tou theou kai tēs ekklēsias; houtōs ou panti kathēkei to mē thelein eparai tous ophthalmous.
Just as, then, it is not fitting for everyone to abstain from the bread and not drink from the cup and be far from the house of God and the church, so it is not fitting for everyone to be unwilling to lift up his eyes.
28.31Preuschen 4:393
ἁμαρτάνει δὲ εἴ τις καθήκοντος αὐτῷ ἐπαίρειν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς μὴ ἐπαίρει, καὶ εἴ τις καθήκοντος μὴ ἐπαίρειν ἐπαίρει.
hamartanei de ei tis kathēkontos autǭ epairein tous ophthalmous mē epairei, kai ei tis kathēkontos mē epairein epairei.
And one sins if, when it is fitting for him to lift up his eyes, he does not lift them, and if, when it is fitting not to lift them, he lifts them.
28.32Preuschen 4:393
ὁ μὲν οὖν κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τελώνης οὐκ ἤθελεν οὐδὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπὰραι, καθηκόντως ποιῶν· ἐπάραι δʼ ἄν αὐτοὺς εὐλόγως ὁ παρὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ μαθητής. πρὸς ὅν καὶ ἐντολὴ δίδοται ἡ λέγουσα· »Ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς »ὑμῶν καὶ θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμὸν »ἤδη«.
ho men oun kata to euangelion telōnēs ouk ēthelen oude tous ophthalmous eparai, kathēkontōs poiōn; eparai dʼ an autous eulogōs ho parōn tǭ Iēsou mathētēs. pros hon kai entolē didotai hē legousa; »Eparate tous ophthalmous »hymōn kai theasasthe tas chōras, hoti leukai eisin pros therismon »ēdē«.
The tax collector in the Gospel, then, would not even lift up his eyes, acting fittingly; but the disciple present with Jesus might reasonably lift them, to whom also the commandment is given that says, “Lift up your eyes and look at the fields, that they are white for harvest already.”
28.33Preuschen 4:393–394
καὶ ὁ προφήτης δέ φησιν· »Ἐπάρατε εἰς ὕψος τοὺς ὀφθαλ- »μοὺς ὑμῶν«· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ἑκατοστῷ εἰκοστῷ δευτέρῳ ψαλμῷ, ὄντι ᾠδῇ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν τετάρτῃ, ὡς καθηκόντως ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς πρὸς θεόν φησιν ὁ προφήτης· »Πρὸς σὲ ἦρα τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς »μου, τὸν κατοικοῦντα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. ἰδοὺ ὡς ὀφθαλμοὶ δούλων »εἰς χεῖρας τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν, ὡς ὀφθαλμοὶ παιδίσκης εἰς χεῖρας »τῆς κυρίας αὐτῆς, οὕτως οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν πρὸς κύριον τὸν θεὸν »ἡμῶν ἕως οὗ οἰκτειρήσῃ ἡμᾶς«.
kai ho prophētēs de phēsin; »Eparate eis hypsos tous ophthal- »mous hymōn«; alla kai en hekatostǭ eikostǭ deuterǭ psalmǭ, onti ǭdę̄ tōn anabathmōn tetartę̄, hōs kathēkontōs eparas tous ophthalmous pros theon phēsin ho prophētēs; »Pros se ēra tous ophthalmous »mou, ton katoikounta en tǭ ouranǭ. idou hōs ophthalmoi doulōn »eis cheiras tōn kyriōn autōn, hōs ophthalmoi paidiskēs eis cheiras »tēs kyrias autēs, houtōs hoi ophthalmoi hēmōn pros kyrion ton theon »hēmōn heōs hou oikteirēsę̄ hēmas«.
And the prophet too says, “Lift up your eyes on high”; and in the one hundred and twenty-second Psalm, the fourth Song of Ascents, the prophet, as one who fittingly lifts his eyes to God, says: “To you I have lifted up my eyes, you who dwell in heaven. Behold, as the eyes of servants are on the hands of their masters, as the eyes of a maidservant on the hands of her mistress, so our eyes are on the Lord our God, until he has mercy on us.”
28.34Preuschen 4:394
Εἰ δὲ καὶ σαφέστερον χρῆ παραστῆσαι τίνι μὲν ἤδη καθήκει μιμεῖσθαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἄραντι τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω, ἐν τῶ καὶ αὐτὸν ἐπαίρειν ἑαυτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, καὶ τίνι τοῦτο μὲν οὐ καθήκει, ὁμοίως δὲ τῷ τελώνῃ οὐ μόνον μακρόθεν ἑστάναι τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀλλὰ καὶ μὴ θέλειν ἐπᾶραι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, παραθησόμεθα ἐκ τοῦ Δανιὴλ τὰ περὶ τῶν ἐρασθέντων τῆς Σουσάννας ἀνόμων πρεσβυτέρων οὕτως ἔχοντα· »Καὶ διέστρεψαν τὸν ἑαυτῶν νοῦν καὶ ἐξέκλι- »ναν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν, τοῦ μῆ βλέπειν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν μηδὲ »μνημονεύειν κριμάτων δικαίων«, καῖ τὰ περὶ τῆς Σουσάννας τοῦτον εἰρημένα τὸν τρόπον· »Ἡ δὲ κλαίουσα ἀνέβλεψεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, »ὅτι ἦν ἡ καρδία αὐτῆς πεποιθυῖα ἐπὶ κυρίῳ«. παρατήρει γὰρ ἐν τούτοις ὅτι οἱ μὲν διαστρέψαντες τὸν ἑαυτῶν νοῦν ἐξέκλιναν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν, τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, ἡ δὲ πεποιθυῖα ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ ἀκολούθως τῷ πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ ἀνέβλεψεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν.
Ei de kai saphesteron chrē parastēsai tini men ēdē kathēkei mimeisthai ton Iēsoun, aranti tous ophthalmous anō, en tō kai auton epairein heautou tous ophthalmous, kai tini touto men ou kathēkei, homoiōs de tǭ telōnę̄ ou monon makrothen hestanai tou hierou alla kai mē thelein eparai tous ophthalmous, parathēsometha ek tou Daniēl ta peri tōn erasthentōn tēs Sousannas anomōn presbyterōn houtōs echonta; »Kai diestrepsan ton heautōn noun kai exekli- »nan tous ophthalmous autōn, tou mē blepein eis ton ouranon mēde »mnēmoneuein krimatōn dikaiōn«, kai ta peri tēs Sousannas touton eirēmena ton tropon; »Hē de klaiousa aneblepsen eis ton ouranon, »hoti ēn hē kardia autēs pepoithuia epi kyriǭ«. paratērei gar en toutois hoti hoi men diastrepsantes ton heautōn noun exeklinan tous ophthalmous autōn, tou mē blepein eis ton ouranon, hē de pepoithuia epi tǭ kyriǭ akolouthōs tǭ pepoithenai epi tǭ kyriǭ aneblepsen eis ton ouranon.
And if we must show more clearly for whom it is now fitting to imitate Jesus, who lifted his eyes above, by lifting his own eyes too, and for whom this is not fitting, but, like the tax collector, not only to stand far from the temple but also to be unwilling to lift up his eyes, we shall set out from Daniel what concerns the lawless elders who desired Susanna, which runs thus: “And they perverted their mind and turned away their eyes so as not to look to heaven nor remember just judgments”; and what is said of Susanna in this way: “And she, weeping, looked up to heaven, for her heart trusted in the Lord.” For observe in these that those who perverted their mind turned away their eyes so as not to look to heaven, while she who trusted in the Lord, in keeping with trusting in the Lord, looked up to heaven.
28.35Preuschen 4:394
ἔπρεπεν τοίνυν τῇ μὲν ἐπὶ τῇ περὶ τῆς σωφροσύνης παρρησίᾳ μελλούσῃ· τοῖς δὲ πρεσβυτέροις (εἰ καθʼ ὑπόθεσιν μετὰ τὸ διαστρέψαι τὸν ἑαυτῶν νοῦν καὶ ἐκκλῖναι τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἑαυτῶν, τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν μηδὲ μνημονεύειν κριμάτων δικαίων, μετενόουν, πεῖραν μὲν προσαγαγόντες τῇ γυναικὶ μὴ τυχόντες δὲ τοῦ ἐπιθυμουμένου, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο εὔχοντο), καὶ μὴ θέλειν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπᾶραι ἤ καὶ πόρρωθεν ὁμοίως τῷ τελώνῃ ἑστηκέναι καὶ τύπτειν ἑαυτῶν τὰ στήθη καὶ λέγειν· »Ὁ θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι τῷ »ἁμαρτωλῷ«.
eprepen toinyn tę̄ men epi tę̄ peri tēs sōphrosynēs parrēsią mellousę̄; tois de presbyterois (ei kathʼ hypothesin meta to diastrepsai ton heautōn noun kai ekklinai tous ophthalmous heautōn, tou mē blepein eis ton ouranon mēde mnēmoneuein krimatōn dikaiōn, metenooun, peiran men prosagagontes tę̄ gynaiki mē tychontes de tou epithymoumenou, kai meta touto euchonto), kai mē thelein tous ophthalmous eparai ē kai porrōthen homoiōs tǭ telōnę̄ hestēkenai kai typtein heautōn ta stēthē kai legein; »Ho theos, hilasthēti moi tǭ »hamartōlǭ«.
It was fitting, then, for her who was about to have boldness about her chastity …; but for the elders (if, for the sake of argument, after perverting their mind and turning away their eyes so as not to look to heaven nor remember just judgments, they had repented, having made an attempt on the woman but not obtained what they desired, and after this had prayed), it would be fitting both to be unwilling to lift up their eyes and, like the tax collector, to stand far off and beat their breasts and say, “God, be merciful to me, a sinner.”
28.36Preuschen 4:394
τοῦ δὲ αἴροντος τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω καὶ ἐπαίροντος αὐτοὺς καθηκόντως εἰς οὐρανὸν ἄν εἴη † καθῆκον καὶ τὸ ἐπαίρειν ὁσίους χεῖρας, μάλιστα ὅτε χωρὶς ὀργῆς καὶ διαλογισμοῦ ἀναπέμπει τὴν εὐχήν.
tou de airontos tous ophthalmous anō kai epairontos autous kathēkontōs eis ouranon an eiē † kathēkon kai to epairein hosious cheiras, malista hote chōris orgēs kai dialogismou anapempei tēn euchēn.
And for one who raises his eyes above and fittingly lifts them to heaven, it would be … fitting also to lift up holy hands, especially when he sends up his prayer without anger and disputing.
28.37Preuschen 4:394–395
οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αἰρομένων ἄνω διὰ τῆς ἐννοίας καὶ τῆς θεωρίας, καὶ τῶν χειρῶν ἐπαιρομένων ἐν πράξεσιν ἐπαιρούσαις καὶ ὑψούσαις τὴν ψυχήν, ὡς ἐπῆρεν Μωσῆς τὰς χεῖρας, ὥστʼ ἂν εἰπεῖν· »Ἔπαρσις τῶν χειρῶν μου θυσία ἑσπερινή«· Ἀμαληκῖται μὲν καὶ πάντες οἰ ἀόρατοι ἐχθροὶ ἡττηθήσονται, οἱ ἐν ἡμῖν δὲ Ἰσραηλῖται λογισμοὶ νικήσουσιν.
houtō gar kai tōn ophthalmōn airomenōn anō dia tēs ennoias kai tēs theōrias, kai tōn cheirōn epairomenōn en praxesin epairousais kai hypsousais tēn psychēn, hōs epēren Mōsēs tas cheiras, hōstʼ an eipein; »Eparsis tōn cheirōn mou thysia hesperinē«; Amalēkitai men kai pantes oi aoratoi echthroi hēttēthēsontai, hoi en hēmin de Israēlitai logismoi nikēsousin.
For thus, when the eyes are raised above through understanding and contemplation, and the hands are lifted in deeds that lift and raise the soul, as Moses lifted his hands, so that one may say, “The lifting up of my hands is an evening sacrifice,” the Amalekites and all the invisible enemies will be defeated, and the Israelite thoughts within us will prevail.
28.38Preuschen 4:395
τοσαῦτα καὶ εἰς τὸ »Ὁ Ἰησοῦς »ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω καὶ εἶπεν« κατὰ τοῦτο φανέντα ἡμῖν ἀκόλουθα. Πάτερ, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι ἤκουσάς μου· ἐγὼ ἤδειν ὄτι πάντοτέ μου ἀκούεις· ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περιεστῶτα εἶπον, ἴνα πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας.
tosauta kai eis to »Ho Iēsous »ēren tous ophthalmous anō kai eipen« kata touto phanenta hēmin akoloutha. Pater, eucharistō soi hoti ēkousas mou; egō ēdein oti pantote mou akoueis; alla dia ton ochlon ton periestōta eipon, ina pisteusōsin hoti sy me apesteilas.
So much, in keeping with what appeared to us, on “Jesus lifted up his eyes and said.” “Father, I thank you that you have heard me. I knew that you always hear me; but I said this because of the crowd standing around, that they may believe that you sent me.”
28.39Preuschen 4:395
Εἴπερ τοῖς ἀξίοις τῶν ἐν σαρκὶ ζώντων καὶ μὴ κατὰ σάρκα στρατευομένων εὐχομένοις τοιαύτη τις λέγεται ὑπὸ θεοῦ περὶ τῆς εὐχῆς αὐτῶν ἐπαγγελία· »Καὶ ἔτι λαλοῦντός σου ἐρῶ· Ἰδοὺ πάρ- »ειμι«· τί χρὴ νομίζειν ἐπὶ τοῦ σωτηρος καὶ κυρίου ἤ >Πρὶν λαλῆσά σε ἐρῶ· Ἰδοὺ πάρειμι<; ἅμα γὰρ »ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω καὶ »εἶπεν«. τί δὲ εἶπεν;
Eiper tois axiois tōn en sarki zōntōn kai mē kata sarka strateuomenōn euchomenois toiautē tis legetai hypo theou peri tēs euchēs autōn epangelia; »Kai eti lalountos sou erō; Idou par- »eimi«; ti chrē nomizein epi tou sōtēros kai kyriou ē >Prin lalēsa se erō; Idou pareimi<? hama gar »ēren tous ophthalmous anō kai »eipen«. ti de eipen?
If to the worthy among those who live in the flesh, and do not wage war according to the flesh, when they pray, such a promise is made by God about their prayer: “And while you are still speaking I will say, ‘Behold, I am here,’” what must we think in the case of the Savior and Lord but “Before you speak I will say, ‘Behold, I am here’”? For at once “he lifted up his eyes above and said.” And what did he say?
28.40Preuschen 4:395
εἰ οἷόν τέ ἐστιν ὡς ἐν τοιούτοις στοχάσασθαι ἀκολούθως τῷ »Πρὶν λαλήσαί σε ἐρῶ· Ἰδοὺ πάρειμι«, ἂν εἴη πλεῖον [ᾗ] τὸ πρὸς τὸν σωτηρα λεγόμενον παρὰ τὸ ἐν τῇ πρὸς τοὺς δικαίους ἐπαγγελίᾳ γεγραμμένον· »Ἔτι λαλοῦντός σου ἐρεῖ· Ἰδοὺ πάρειμι«.
ei hoion te estin hōs en toioutois stochasasthai akolouthōs tǭ »Prin lalēsai se erō; Idou pareimi«, an eiē pleion [hę̄] to pros ton sōtēra legomenon para to en tę̄ pros tous dikaious epangelią gegrammenon; »Eti lalountos sou erei; Idou pareimi«.
If it is possible in such matters to conjecture in keeping with “Before you speak I will say, ‘Behold, I am here,’” what is said to the Savior would be more than what is written in the promise to the righteous, “While you are still speaking he will say, ‘Behold, I am here.’”
28.41Preuschen 4:395
τί οὖν εἶπεν; προέθετο μὲν εἰπεῖν εὐχήν· προλαβόντος δὲ τὴν εὐχὴν αὐτοῦ τοῦ εἰπόντος ἂν αὐτῷ· »Πρὶν λαλῆσαί σε ἐρῶ· Ἰδοὺ πάρειμι« ἀντὶ τῆς κατὰ πρόθεσιν ἄν λεχθείσης εὐχῆς λέγει τὴν ἐπὶ τῷ προλαβόντι τὴν εὐχὴν εὐχαριστίαν· καὶ ὡς ἐπακουσθεὶς ἐφʼ οἶς ἐνενόησεν μέν, οὐ προήνεγκεν δὲ ἐν τῷ εὔχεσθαι, φησί· »Πάτερ, »εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι ἤκουσάς μου«.
ti oun eipen? proetheto men eipein euchēn; prolabontos de tēn euchēn autou tou eipontos an autǭ; »Prin lalēsai se erō; Idou pareimi« anti tēs kata prothesin an lechtheisēs euchēs legei tēn epi tǭ prolabonti tēn euchēn eucharistian; kai hōs epakoustheis ephʼ ois enenoēsen men, ou proēnenken de en tǭ euchesthai, phēsi; »Pater, »eucharistō soi hoti ēkousas mou«.
What, then, did he say? He had intended to say a prayer; but since the one who would say to him, “Before you speak I will say, ‘Behold, I am here,’” had anticipated his prayer, instead of the prayer he intended to say he speaks thanksgiving to the one who anticipated the prayer; and as one heard in what he had thought but had not uttered in praying, he says, “Father, I thank you that you have heard me.”
28.42Preuschen 4:395
ἔμελλεν οὖν εὔχεσθαι περὶ τῆς Λαζάρου ἀναστάσεως, καὶ προλαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν εὐχὴν ὁ μόνος ἀγαθὸς θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ ἤκουσεν τῶν μελλόντων λέγεσθαι ἐν τῇ εὐχῇ, ἐφʼ οἷς ἐν ἐπηκόῳ τοῦ περιεστηκότος αὐτὸν ὄχλου ἀναπέμπει ἀντὶ εὐχῆς εὐχαριστίαν ὁ σωτήρ, δύο ἅμα ποιῶν, καὶ εὐχαριστῶν ἐφʼ οἷς ἔτυχεν περὶ τοῦ Λαζάρου, καὶ πιστοποιῶν τὸν περιεστηκότα αὐτὸν ὄχλον· ἐβούλετο γὰρ αὐτοὺς παραδέξασθαι ὡς ἄρα ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἀπεσταλμένος τῷ βίῳ ἐπιδεδήμηκεν.
emellen oun euchesthai peri tēs Lazarou anastaseōs, kai prolabōn autou tēn euchēn ho monos agathos theos kai patēr ēkousen tōn mellontōn legesthai en tę̄ euchę̄, ephʼ hois en epēkoǭ tou periestēkotos auton ochlou anapempei anti euchēs eucharistian ho sōtēr, dyo hama poiōn, kai eucharistōn ephʼ hois etychen peri tou Lazarou, kai pistopoiōn ton periestēkota auton ochlon; ebouleto gar autous paradexasthai hōs ara apo theou apestalmenos tǭ biǭ epidedēmēken.
He was, then, about to pray for the raising of Lazarus, and God, the only good God and Father, anticipating his prayer, heard what was to be said in the prayer; for which the Savior, in the hearing of the crowd standing around him, sends up thanksgiving instead of prayer, doing two things at once: both giving thanks for what he obtained concerning Lazarus, and bringing the crowd standing around him to faith; for he wished them to accept that he had come into life sent from God.
28.43Preuschen 4:395
ἔγνω δὲ ἐπακουσθείς, ἐπείπερ πνεύματι εἶδεν ὄτι ἀπεκατέστη ἡ τοῦ Λαζάρου ψυχὴ ἐπὶ τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, ἀναπεμφθεῖσα ἀπὸ τοῦ χωρίου τῶν ψυχῶν.
egnō de epakoustheis, epeiper pneumati eiden oti apekatestē hē tou Lazarou psychē epi to sōma autou, anapemphtheisa apo tou chōriou tōn psychōn.
And he knew he had been heard, since he saw in spirit that the soul of Lazarus had been restored to his body, sent back from the region of souls.
28.44Preuschen 4:395–396
οὐ γὰρ νομιστέον ὅτι ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ Λαζάρου παρὴν τῷ σώματι μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον, καὶ ὡς παροῦσα ταχέως ἤκουσεν κράξαντος Ἰησοῦ καὶ εἰπόντος· »Λάζαρε, »δεῦρο ἔξω«. ἤ εἴπερ τις τοῦτο περὶ τῆς Λαζάρου ψυχῆς ὑπολαμβάνει καὶ προσίεται τὸ περὶ τῆς ἀπαλλαγείσης ψυχῆς σώματος ἄτοπον, ὡς παρακαθεζομένης τῷ νεκρῷ, λεγέτω πῶς ἠκούσθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρός, μένοντος ἔτι νεκροῦ τοῦ Λαζάρου σώματος, καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς κεχωρισμένης μέν, ὡς οἰηθείη ἄν τις τῶν τοῦτο λεγόντων, παρακαθεζομένης δὲ τῷ σώματι.
ou gar nomisteon hoti hē psychē tou Lazarou parēn tǭ sōmati meta tēn exodon, kai hōs parousa tacheōs ēkousen kraxantos Iēsou kai eipontos; »Lazare, »deuro exō«. ē eiper tis touto peri tēs Lazarou psychēs hypolambanei kai prosietai to peri tēs apallageisēs psychēs sōmatos atopon, hōs parakathezomenēs tǭ nekrǭ, legetō pōs ēkousthē ho Iēsous apo tou patros, menontos eti nekrou tou Lazarou sōmatos, kai tēs psychēs kechōrismenēs men, hōs oiētheiē an tis tōn touto legontōn, parakathezomenēs de tǭ sōmati.
For we must not think that the soul of Lazarus was present with the body after his departure, and, being present, quickly heard Jesus crying out and saying, “Lazarus, come out.” Or if anyone supposes this about the soul of Lazarus and accepts the absurdity that a soul released from the body sits beside the corpse, let him say how Jesus was heard by the Father, when the body of Lazarus still remained dead, and the soul was separated, as someone who says this might think, but sitting beside the body.
28.45Preuschen 4:396
ἵνα γὰρ τοῦτο συγχωρηθῇ, οὐκ ἄν ἠκοῦσθαι εἴποιμεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν μέλλοντα ἀκούεσθαι ἡ ψυχὴ ἐνοικίζετο τῷ σώματι· τὸ παραπλήσιον δʼ οἷμαι γεγονέναι καὶ ὅτε τὴν τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου ἀνέστησεν θυγατέρα, περὶ τούτου εὐξάμενος· ᾔτησεν γὰρ ἐπανελθεῖν τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ ἐνοικισθῆναι πάλιν τῷ σώματι.
hina gar touto synchōrēthę̄, ouk an ēkousthai eipoimen ton Iēsoun mellonta akouesthai hē psychē enoikizeto tǭ sōmati; to paraplēsion dʼ hoimai gegonenai kai hote tēn tou archisynagōgou anestēsen thygatera, peri toutou euxamenos; ę̄tēsen gar epanelthein tēn psychēn kai enoikisthēnai palin tǭ sōmati.
For even granting this, we would not say that Jesus was heard, if he was to be heard only when the soul was settled into the body. I think something similar happened also when he raised the daughter of the synagogue ruler, having prayed about it; for he asked that the soul return and be settled again in the body.
28.46Preuschen 4:396
εἰ δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἐκκομιζομένου υἱοῦ τῆς χήρας τὸ ὅμοιόν ἐστιν ἤ μή, καὶ αὐτὸς ζητήσεις, ἵνʼ εὕρῃς τὸ ἀκόλουθον τοῖς κατὰ τοὺς τόπους ὅλους· ἡμῖν γὰρ οὐ καθήκει τηλικαύτας ποιεῖσθαι παρεκβάσεις.
ei de kai peri tou ekkomizomenou huiou tēs chēras to homoion estin ē mē, kai autos zētēseis, hinʼ heurę̄s to akolouthon tois kata tous topous holous; hēmin gar ou kathēkei tēlikautas poieisthai parekbaseis.
Whether the like is true also of the widow's son who was being carried out, or not, you yourself will inquire, so as to find what follows from the passages as a whole; for it is not fitting for us to make such long digressions.
28.47Preuschen 4:396
τάχα δὲ καὶ εἶδεν ὁ τηλικοῦτος Ἰησοῦς καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτὴν τοῦ Λαζάρου, ἤτοι ἀγομένην ὑπὸ τῶν τεταγμένων ἐπὶ τούτοις ἤ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ πατρικοῦ βουλήματος ἐπακούσαντος τῷ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ ἰδὼς αὐτὴν εἰσιοῦσαν διὰ τοῦ τόπου, ὅθεν ἤρθη ὁ λίθος, εἶπεν· »Πάτερ, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι ᾔκουσάς μου«.
tacha de kai eiden ho tēlikoutos Iēsous kai tēn psychēn autēn tou Lazarou, ētoi agomenēn hypo tōn tetagmenōn epi toutois ē hypʼ autou tou patrikou boulēmatos epakousantos tǭ Iēsou, kai idōs autēn eisiousan dia tou topou, hothen ērthē ho lithos, eipen; »Pater, eucharistō soi hoti ę̄kousas mou«.
And perhaps Jesus, being so great, also saw the very soul of Lazarus, being led either by those appointed over these things or by the Father's will itself, which had heard Jesus, and seeing it entering through the place from which the stone had been taken, said, “Father, I thank you that you have heard me.”
28.48Preuschen 4:396
ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ πρὸ τούτου καὶ περὶ ἄλλων μυρίων ᾔτησεν καὶ ἔτυχεν, διὰ τοῦτο οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῷ Λαζάρῳ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς προτέροις εὐχαριστεῖ, φάσκων ἐπὶ μὲν τῷ Λαζάρῳ· »Πάτερ, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι »ἤκουσάς μου«· ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς προτέροις· »Ἐγὼ δὲ ᾔδειν ὅτι πάντοτέ »μου ἀκούεις«, καὶ τοῦτο πᾶν, φησίν, εἶπον »διὰ τὸν περιεστῶτα »ὄχλον, ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας«. ταῦτα μὲν ὡς πρὸς τὸ ῥητὸν καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τοῦ Λαζάρου ἀποδεδώκαμεν.
allʼ epei pro toutou kai peri allōn myriōn ę̄tēsen kai etychen, dia touto ou monon epi tǭ Lazarǭ alla kai epi tois proterois eucharistei, phaskōn epi men tǭ Lazarǭ; »Pater, eucharistō soi hoti »ēkousas mou«; epi de tois proterois; »Egō de ę̄dein hoti pantote »mou akoueis«, kai touto pan, phēsin, eipon »dia ton periestōta »ochlon, hina pisteusōsin hoti sy me apesteilas«. tauta men hōs pros to rhēton kai tēn anastasin tou Lazarou apodedōkamen.
But since before this he had asked and obtained countless other things, he gives thanks not only for Lazarus but also for the earlier things, saying for Lazarus, “Father, I thank you that you have heard me,” and for the earlier ones, “I knew that you always hear me”; and all this, he says, I said “because of the crowd standing around, that they may believe that you sent me.” So much we have explained concerning the letter and the raising of Lazarus.
28.49Preuschen 4:396
Ἡ δὲ κατὰ τὸν τόπον ἀναγωγὴ ἐκ τῶν προαποδεδομένων οὐ δυσχερής· ῇτησεν γὰρ τὸν μετὰ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν φιλίαν ἡμαρτηκότα καὶ νεκρὸν γενόμενον τῷ θεῷ δυνάμει θείᾳ παλινδρομῆσαι ἐπὶ τὴν ζωήν, καὶ ἔτυχεν, καὶ εἶδεν ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ ζωτικὰ κινήματα, ἐφʼ οἷς εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ πατρί.
Hē de kata ton topon anagōgē ek tōn proapodedomenōn ou dyscherēs; ę̄tēsen gar ton meta tēn pros auton philian hēmartēkota kai nekron genomenon tǭ theǭ dynamei theią palindromēsai epi tēn zōēn, kai etychen, kai eiden en tǭ toioutǭ zōtika kinēmata, ephʼ hois eucharistei tǭ patri.
The higher sense of the passage is not difficult from what has been explained before. For he asked that the one who, after friendship with him, had sinned and become dead to God might return to life by divine power, and he obtained it, and saw in such a one living movements, for which he gives thanks to the Father.
28.50Preuschen 4:396–397
περιέστηκεν δὲ ὄχλος τὸν τοιοῦτον νεκρὸν μηδέπω πιστευόντων ὅτι Ἰησοῦν ἀπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς καὶ ὅτι ὁ λόγος οὗτος θεόθεν ἀνθρώποις ἐπιδεδήμηκεν. καὶ περιεστώς γε οὗτος ὁ ὄχλος ἐθαύμασεν ὅτι δυσώδης ἀπὸ τῶν πρὸς θάνατον ἁμαρτημάτων τις γεγενημένος καὶ ἀποθανὼν τῇ ἀρετῇ ἐπαλινδρόμησεν ἐπʼ αὐτήν· καὶ θαυμάσας πιστεύσαι ἄν ποτε τῷ ζωοποιήσαντι αὐτὸν λόγῳ, ὡς θεόθεν ἀνθρώποις ἐπιδημήσαντι. Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκραύγασεν· Λάζαρε, δεῦρο ἔξω. ἐξῆλθεν ὁ τεθνηκὼς δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ συνεδέδετο· λέγει ὁʼ Ἰησοῦς αὐτοῖς· Λύσατε αὐτόν, καὶ ἄφετε αὐτὸν ὑπάγειν.
periestēken de ochlos ton toiouton nekron mēdepō pisteuontōn hoti Iēsoun apesteilen ho theos kai hoti ho logos houtos theothen anthrōpois epidedēmēken. kai periestōs ge houtos ho ochlos ethaumasen hoti dysōdēs apo tōn pros thanaton hamartēmatōn tis gegenēmenos kai apothanōn tę̄ aretę̄ epalindromēsen epʼ autēn; kai thaumasas pisteusai an pote tǭ zōopoiēsanti auton logǭ, hōs theothen anthrōpois epidēmēsanti. Kai tauta eipōn phōnę̄ megalę̄ ekraugasen; Lazare, deuro exō. exēlthen ho tethnēkōs dedemenos tous podas kai tas cheiras keiriais, kai hē opsis autou soudariǭ synededeto; legei hoʼ Iēsous autois; Lysate auton, kai aphete auton hypagein.
And a crowd stands around such a dead one, of those not yet believing that God sent Jesus and that this Word came from God to human beings. And this crowd standing around marveled that one who had become foul-smelling from sins unto death and had died to virtue returned to it; and, marveling, they might at some time believe in the Word who made him alive, as having come from God to human beings. “And having said these things, he cried with a loud voice, ‘Lazarus, come out.’ The dead man came out, bound hand and foot with strips of cloth, and his face was wrapped with a cloth. Jesus says to them, ‘Unbind him, and let him go.’”
28.51Preuschen 4:397
Ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω καὶ ἔτι μέλλων εὔχεσθαι ἐπηκούσθη, καὶ ἀντὶ εὐχῆς εὐχαρίστησεν, κατανοήσας τὴν προστάξεως Ἰησοῦ γενησομένης αὐτῷ εὐτονίας πρὸς τὸ ἐξελθεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου.
Ho Iēsous ēren tous ophthalmous anō kai eti mellōn euchesthai epēkousthē, kai anti euchēs eucharistēsen, katanoēsas tēn prostaxeōs Iēsou genēsomenēs autǭ eutonias pros to exelthein apo tou mnēmeiou.
Jesus lifted up his eyes above and, while still about to pray, was heard, and instead of prayer gave thanks, perceiving the strength that would come to Lazarus by Jesus' command to come out of the tomb.
28.52Preuschen 4:397
διὸ μετὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα εὐχαριστίαν μεγάλῃ ἐχρήσατο φωνῇ, δύναμιν ἐντιθείσῃ τῷ Λαζάρῳ, μεγάλης χρῄζοντι ὡς οὐδέπω γενομένῳ ὀξυηκόῳ τῆς προκαλουμένης αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ μνημείου κραυγῆς.
dio meta tēn pros ton patera eucharistian megalę̄ echrēsato phōnę̄, dynamin entitheisę̄ tǭ Lazarǭ, megalēs chrę̄zonti hōs oudepō genomenǭ oxyēkoǭ tēs prokaloumenēs auton exō tou mnēmeiou kraugēs.
Therefore, after the thanksgiving to the Father, he used a loud voice, which put power into Lazarus, who needed a loud one, since he had not yet become keen of hearing to the cry calling him out of the tomb.
28.53Preuschen 4:397
καὶ τοῦτο δὲ νομιστέον ἄξιον εἶναι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἔργον, τὸ μὴ μόνον εὔξασθαι ἵνα ζήσῃ ὁ νεκρός, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμβοῆσαι αὐτῷ καὶ καλέσαι τὸν ἔνδον τοῦ σπηλαίου καὶ τοῦ μνημείου ἐπὶ τὰ ἔξω αὐτοῦ.
kai touto de nomisteon axion einai tou Iēsou ergon, to mē monon euxasthai hina zēsę̄ ho nekros, alla kai emboēsai autǭ kai kalesai ton endon tou spēlaiou kai tou mnēmeiou epi ta exō autou.
And this too we must think a work worthy of Jesus: not only to pray that the dead man might live, but also to cry out to him and call the one inside the cave and the tomb to what is outside it.
28.54Preuschen 4:397
χρὴ δὲ εἰδέναι ὅτι εἰσίν τινες καὶ νῦν Λάζαροι, μετὰ τὴν φιλίαν Ἰησοῦ ἀσθενήσαντες καὶ ἀποθανόντες καὶ ἐν μνημείῳ καὶ νεκρῶν χώρᾳ μείναντες μετὰ νεκρὼν νεκροί, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τῇ εὐχῇ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ζωοποιηθέντες καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου ἐπὶ τὰ ἔξω αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ Ἰησοῦ τῇ μεγάλῃ αὐτοῦ φωνῇ καλούμενοι· ᾧ ὁ πειθόμενος ἐξέρχεται, τοὺς ἀξόυς τῆς νεκρότητος δεσμοὺς ἐκ τῶν προτέρων ἁμαρτημάτων περικείμενος καὶ τὴν ὄψιν περιδεδεμένος ἔτι, καὶ μήτε βλέπων μήτε πορευθῆναι δυνάμενος μήτε τι ἐνεργῆσαι διὰ τοὺς τῆς νεκρότητος δεσμούς, ἕως Ἰησοῦς κελεύσῃ τοῖς λῦσαι αὐτὸν δυναμένοις καὶ ἀφιέναι αὐτὸν ἀπιέναι. καὶ πειράσθω γε πᾶς ὁ δυνάμενος λέγειν· »Ἤ δοκιμὴν ζητεῖτε τοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ λαλοῦντος »χριστοῦ;« τοιοῦτος γενέσθαι, ἵνα [μὲν] αὐτῷ Χριστὸς φωνῇ μεγάλῃ εἴπῃ κραυγάσας τῷ μετὰ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν † κιρήσαντι μέν, οὐκ ὀξέως δέ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο δεομένῳ τὴς Ἰησοῦ κραυγῆς τὸ »Λάζαρε, δεῦρο »ἔξω«.
chrē de eidenai hoti eisin tines kai nyn Lazaroi, meta tēn philian Iēsou asthenēsantes kai apothanontes kai en mnēmeiǭ kai nekrōn chōrą meinantes meta nekrōn nekroi, kai meta touto tę̄ euchę̄ tou Iēsou zōopoiēthentes kai apo tou mnēmeiou epi ta exō autou hypo Iēsou tę̄ megalę̄ autou phōnę̄ kaloumenoi; hǭ ho peithomenos exerchetai, tous axous tēs nekrotētos desmous ek tōn proterōn hamartēmatōn perikeimenos kai tēn opsin peridedemenos eti, kai mēte blepōn mēte poreuthēnai dynamenos mēte ti energēsai dia tous tēs nekrotētos desmous, heōs Iēsous keleusę̄ tois lysai auton dynamenois kai aphienai auton apienai. kai peirasthō ge pas ho dynamenos legein; »Ē dokimēn zēteite tou en emoi lalountos »christou?« toioutos genesthai, hina [men] autǭ Christos phōnę̄ megalę̄ eipę̄ kraugasas tǭ meta to apothanein † kirēsanti men, ouk oxeōs de, kai dia touto deomenǭ tēs Iēsou kraugēs to »Lazare, deuro »exō«.
We must know that there are some Lazaruses even now, who after friendship with Jesus fell sick and died and remained in the tomb and the region of the dead, dead with the dead, and after this were made alive by Jesus' prayer and are called by Jesus with his loud voice from the tomb to what is outside it; and whoever obeys comes out, still bound with the bonds of deadness from his former sins and with his face still bound, neither seeing nor able to walk nor to do anything because of the bonds of deadness, until Jesus commands those able to unbind him to release him and let him go. And let everyone who can say, “Or do you seek proof of Christ speaking in me?” try to become such that Christ may say to him with a loud voice, crying out to one who after death has … though not quickly, and therefore needs Jesus' cry, “Lazarus, come out.”
28.55Preuschen 4:397
καὶ νόμισον εἶναι ἐν ᾅδου μετὰ τῶν σκιῶν καὶ τῶν νεκρῶν καὶ ἐν χώρᾳ νεκρῶν ἤ μνημείοις τὸν μετὰ τὸ λαβεῖν ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας καὶ φωτισθεντα, γευσάμενόν τε τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς ἐπουρανίου καὶ μέτοχον γενόμενον πνεύματος ἁγίου καὶ καλὸν γευσάμενον θεοῦ ῥῆμα δυνάμεις τε μέλλοντος αἰῶνος, ἀποστατήσαντα τοῦ χριστοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἐθνικὸν παλινδρομήσαντα βίον.
kai nomison einai en hądou meta tōn skiōn kai tōn nekrōn kai en chōrą nekrōn ē mnēmeiois ton meta to labein epignōsin alētheias kai phōtisthenta, geusamenon te tēs dōreas tēs epouraniou kai metochon genomenon pneumatos hagiou kai kalon geusamenon theou rhēma dynameis te mellontos aiōnos, apostatēsanta tou christou kai epi ton ethnikon palindromēsanta bion.
And consider to be in Hades, with the shades and the dead, and in the region of the dead or in tombs, one who, after receiving knowledge of the truth and being enlightened, and having tasted the heavenly gift and become a partaker of the Holy Spirit, and having tasted the good word of God and the powers of the age to come, has fallen away from Christ and returned to the pagan life.
28.56Preuschen 4:397–398
ἐπὰν οὖν περὶ τοῦ τοιούτου ἐλθὼν αὐτοῦ τὸ μνημεῖον καὶ ἔξω αὐτοῦ στὰς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὔξηται καὶ ἐπακουσθῇ, αἰτήσας ἐγγενέσθαι δύναμιν τῇ φωνῇ καὶ τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ, φωνῇ μεγάλῃ κραυγάζει, ἐπὶ τὰ ἔξώ τοῦ τῶν ἐθνικῶν βίου καὶ τοῦ μνημείου αὐτῶν καὶ τοῦ σπηλαίου καλῶν γενόμενον οὕτω φίλον.
epan oun peri tou toioutou elthōn autou to mnēmeion kai exō autou stas ho Iēsous euxētai kai epakousthę̄, aitēsas engenesthai dynamin tę̄ phōnę̄ kai tois logois autou, phōnę̄ megalę̄ kraugazei, epi ta exō tou tōn ethnikōn biou kai tou mnēmeiou autōn kai tou spēlaiou kalōn genomenon houtō philon.
When, then, Jesus, coming for such a one to his tomb and standing outside it, prays and is heard, having asked that power come to his voice and his words, he cries with a loud voice, calling the one who had thus been a friend to what is outside the life of the pagans and their tomb and cave.
28.57Preuschen 4:398
ὅτε ἔστιν ἰδεῖν τὸν ἀκολουθοὐντα τῷ Ἰησοῦ τίνα τρόπον ὁ τοιοὐτος ἐξέρχεται μὲν διὰ τὴν Ἰησοῦ φωνήν, ἔτι δὲ σειραῖς τῶν ἰδίων ἁμαρτημάτων δεδεμένος καὶ ἐσφιγμένος, διὰ μὲν τὴν μετάνοιαν καὶ τὸ ἀκηκοέναι τῆς Ἰησοῦ φωνῆς ζῶν, διὰ δὲ τὸ μηδέπω ἀπολελύσθαι τῶν τῆς ἁμαρτίας δεσμῶν μηδὲ ἤδη δύνασθαι ἐλευθέροις ἐπιβαίνειν τοῖς ποσίν, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ ἐνεργεῖν ἀπολελυμένως τὰ διαφέροντα, δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας δεσμοῖς νεκρῶν κειρίαις.
hote estin idein ton akolouthounta tǭ Iēsou tina tropon ho toioutos exerchetai men dia tēn Iēsou phōnēn, eti de seirais tōn idiōn hamartēmatōn dedemenos kai esphigmenos, dia men tēn metanoian kai to akēkoenai tēs Iēsou phōnēs zōn, dia de to mēdepō apolelysthai tōn tēs hamartias desmōn mēde ēdē dynasthai eleutherois epibainein tois posin, alla mēde energein apolelymenōs ta diapheronta, dedemenos tous podas kai tas cheiras desmois nekrōn keiriais.
Then one who follows Jesus can see how such a one comes out because of Jesus' voice, but is still bound and constrained by the cords of his own sins: living because of repentance and having heard Jesus' voice, but, because he has not yet been released from the bonds of sin, not yet able to walk with free feet nor to do excellent things freely, bound hand and foot with the bonds of the dead, strips of cloth.
28.58Preuschen 4:398
καὶ ὁ τοιοῦτός γε διὰ τὴν ἐγγενομένην αὐτῷ νεκρότητα πρὸς τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν χειρῶν καὶ τῶν ποδῶν δεσμοῖς καὶ τὴν ὄψιν τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ κεκάλυπται καὶ περιδέδεται.
kai ho toioutos ge dia tēn engenomenēn autǭ nekrotēta pros tois epi tōn cheirōn kai tōn podōn desmois kai tēn opsin tę̄ agnoią kekalyptai kai peridedetai.
And such a one, because of the deadness that came upon him, besides the bonds on the hands and feet, also has his face covered and bound with ignorance.
28.59Preuschen 4:398
εἶτʼ ἐπεὶ † μὴ μόνον ζῆσαι αὐτὸν βεβούληται ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ μένειν, ἐπὶ τὰ ἔξω τοῦ μνημείου οὗτος ἐλθὼς δέδεται, καθὼς προείρηται, τῆς ζωῆς· καὶ τῷ ἐξεληλυθέναι ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου μὴ δύνασθαι, ὅσον δέδεται, λέγει τοῖς δυναμένοις ὑπηρετήσασθαι αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· »Λύσατε αὐτὸν καὶ ἄφετε αὐτὸν ὑπάγειν « νομίζω ὅτι μὴ συγκαταθέμενος μὲν τῷ περὶ τῆς ἐπιστροφῆς μετὰ τὸ ἡμαρτηκέναι λόγῳ· ἔτι δὲ ἀτονῶν κατʼ αὐτὸν βιοῦν, τῷ κατέχεσθαι αὐτοῦ τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς πορευτικὰς καὶ δραστικὰς καὶ θεωρητικὰς δυνάμεις, ὁ τοιοῦτος ἐξῆλθεν ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου· καὶ ἔτι ἐστὶν δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιδέδεται.
eitʼ epei † mē monon zēsai auton beboulētai ho Iēsous kai en tǭ mnēmeiǭ menein, epi ta exō tou mnēmeiou houtos elthōs dedetai, kathōs proeirētai, tēs zōēs; kai tǭ exelēlythenai apo tou mnēmeiou mē dynasthai, hoson dedetai, legei tois dynamenois hypēretēsasthai autǭ ho Iēsous; »Lysate auton kai aphete auton hypagein « nomizō hoti mē synkatathemenos men tǭ peri tēs epistrophēs meta to hēmartēkenai logǭ; eti de atonōn katʼ auton bioun, tǭ katechesthai autou tas tēs psychēs poreutikas kai drastikas kai theōrētikas dynameis, ho toioutos exēlthen apo tou mnēmeiou; kai eti estin dedemenos tous podas kai tas cheiras keiriais, kai hē opsis autou soudariǭ peridedetai.
Then, since Jesus did not wish him only to live and remain in the tomb, this one, having come out of the tomb, is bound, as was said before, …; and because he cannot come out of the tomb as long as he is bound, Jesus says to those able to serve him, “Unbind him and let him go.” I think that such a one, having assented to the word about turning back after sinning, but still too weak to live by it, because the powers of the soul for walking, acting, and contemplating are held fast, has come out of the tomb, and is still bound hand and foot with strips of cloth, and his face is wrapped with a cloth.
28.60Preuschen 4:398
ἀλλʼ ἐπὰν εἰπόντος Ἰησοῦ τοῖς λῦσαι αὐτὸν δυναμένοις, διὰ τὴν πρόσταξιν ὡς δεσπότου τοῦ χριστοῦ, τὸ »Λύσατε αὐτὸν καὶ » ἄφετε αὐτὸν ὑπάγειν «λυθῇ τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ ἀποθῆται τὸ ἐπικείμενον αὐτοῦ τῇ ὄψει κάλυμμα ἀφαιρεθέν, πορεύεται τοιαύτην πορείαν, ὥστε φθάσαι αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ ἕνα καὶ αὐτὸν γενέσθαι τῶν συνανακειμένων τῷ Ἰησοῦ.
allʼ epan eipontos Iēsou tois lysai auton dynamenois, dia tēn prostaxin hōs despotou tou christou, to »Lysate auton kai » aphete auton hypagein «lythę̄ tous podas kai tas cheiras, kai apothētai to epikeimenon autou tę̄ opsei kalymma aphairethen, poreuetai toiautēn poreian, hōste phthasai auton epi to hena kai auton genesthai tōn synanakeimenōn tǭ Iēsou.
But when, Jesus having said to those able to unbind him, by command as from Christ the Master, “Unbind him and let him go,” he is unbound hand and foot and puts off the veil lying on his face, taken away, he walks such a walk that he reaches the point of himself becoming one of those who recline at table with Jesus.
28.61Preuschen 4:398–399
Μετὰ τοῦτο διὰ τὸ »Ἐξῆλθεν ὁ τεθνηκὼς δεδεμένος »τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις« λεκτέον ὅτι διαφορά ἐστι καὶ τῶν δεδεμένων τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ οὐ ταὐτόν ἐστιν τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ δεδέσθαι ἐκ τοῦ νενεκρῶσθαι εἰληφέναι, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς δεσμοὺς ἐπιφέρεσθαι τὸ ὄνομα τῆς νεκρότητος (νῦν γὰρ αἱ κειρίαι νεκρῶν εἰσιν δεσμοί), τῷ τὸ δεδέσθαι κρίσει κυρίου γενέσθαι, τοῦ εἰσελθόντος θεάσασθαι τοὺς ἀνακειμένους καὶ ἰδόντος τὸν μὴ ἐνδεδυμένον ἔνδυμα γάμου, καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ εἰπόντος· »Δήσαντες »αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας, ἐκβάλετε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώ- »τερον «.
Meta touto dia to »Exēlthen ho tethnēkōs dedemenos »tous podas kai tas cheiras keiriais« lekteon hoti diaphora esti kai tōn dedemenōn tous podas kai tas cheiras, kai ou tauton estin tēn archēn tou dedesthai ek tou nenekrōsthai eilēphenai, hōste kai tous desmous epipheresthai to onoma tēs nekrotētos (nyn gar hai keiriai nekrōn eisin desmoi), tǭ to dedesthai krisei kyriou genesthai, tou eiselthontos theasasthai tous anakeimenous kai idontos ton mē endedymenon endyma gamou, kai peri autou eipontos; »Dēsantes »autou podas kai cheiras, ekbalete auton eis to skotos to exō- »teron «.
After this, because of “The dead man came out, bound hand and foot with strips of cloth,” we must say that there is a difference among those bound hand and foot, and that it is not the same to have received the beginning of being bound from having been made dead, so that the bonds too bear the name of deadness (for here the strips of cloth are bonds of the dead), as to have been bound by the Lord's judgment, when he came in to see the guests and saw the one not wearing a wedding garment, and said of him, “Bind him hand and foot and cast him into the outer darkness.”
28.62Preuschen 4:399
ἔστιν δέ τι ἐν τῷ τόπῳ δεόμενον διακρίσεως, ἐν τῷ »Καὶ »ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο« καὶ ἐν τῷ κάλυμμα ἐπικεῖσθαι τῷ προσώπῳ Μωσέως, ἡνίκα ἐλάλει τῷ λαῷ· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐπικείμενον τῇ ὄψει τοῦ Λαζάρου σουδάριον ἐκάλυπτεν αὐτοῦ νενεκρωμένας τὰς ὁράσεις· τὸ δὲ Μωσέως κάλυμμα κατʼ οἰκονομίαν ἦν τῷ προσώπῳ αὐτοῦ περικείμενον διὰ τοὺς μὴ χωροῦντας ἀπὸ τοῦ λαοῦ ἐνορᾶν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ.
estin de ti en tǭ topǭ deomenon diakriseōs, en tǭ »Kai »hē opsis autou soudariǭ periededeto« kai en tǭ kalymma epikeisthai tǭ prosōpǭ Mōseōs, hēnika elalei tǭ laǭ; to men gar epikeimenon tę̄ opsei tou Lazarou soudarion ekalypten autou nenekrōmenas tas horaseis; to de Mōseōs kalymma katʼ oikonomian ēn tǭ prosōpǭ autou perikeimenon dia tous mē chōrountas apo tou laou enoran tę̄ doxę̄ autou.
There is also something in the passage needing distinction, in “And his face was wrapped with a cloth” and in the veil lying on the face of Moses when he spoke to the people. For the cloth lying on Lazarus' face covered his deadened sight; but the veil of Moses was placed on his face by dispensation, because of those among the people who could not look upon his glory.
28.63Preuschen 4:399
ζητήσεις δὲ περὶ τοῦ μὴ ἐνδεδυμένου ἔνδυμα γάμου, περὶ οὗ εἴρηται· »Δήσαντες αὐτὸν ποδῶν καὶ χειρῶν, »ἐκβάλετε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον« πότερον εἰσαεὶ μένειν δεδεμένος καὶ ἐν τῷ ἐξωτέρω σκότῳ (οὐ γὰρ πρόσκειται τὸ »Εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα« ἢ »Εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας«), ἢ λυθήσεταί ποτε.
zētēseis de peri tou mē endedymenou endyma gamou, peri hou eirētai; »Dēsantes auton podōn kai cheirōn, »ekbalete auton eis to skotos to exōteron« poteron eisaei menein dedemenos kai en tǭ exōterō skotǭ (ou gar proskeitai to »Eis ton aiōna« ē »Eis tous aiōnas«), ē lythēsetai pote.
You will ask about the one not wearing a wedding garment, of whom it is said, “Bind him hand and foot and cast him into the outer darkness,” whether he remains bound forever, and in the outer darkness (for “forever” or “for the ages” is not added), or will be released at some time.
28.64Preuschen 4:399
οὐ γὰρ ἐμφαίνεται ἐκ τῆς περὶ αὐτοῦ λέξεως τινὰ περὶ ἀπολύσεως ἐσομένης γεγραμμένα περὶ αὐτοῦ.
ou gar emphainetai ek tēs peri autou lexeōs tina peri apolyseōs esomenēs gegrammena peri autou.
For nothing is shown from the words about him written about a release that will happen.
28.65Preuschen 4:399
οὐ δοκεῖ δέ μοι ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι μὴ καταλαβόντα ὁτιποτοῦν, μάλιστα τῷ μὴ γεγράφθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἀποφήνασθαι.
ou dokei de moi asphales einai mē katalabonta hotipotoun, malista tǭ mē gegraphthai peri autou, apophēnasthai.
And it does not seem safe to me to make a pronouncement, without having grasped anything, especially since nothing is written about him.
28.66Preuschen 4:399
ζητήσεις δὲ διὰ τὸ »Λέγει Ἰησοῦς αὐτοῖς· Λύσατε αὐτόν« τίσιν αὐτοῖς; οὔτε γὰρ ὅτι μαθηταῖς ἀναγέγραπται οὐθʼ ὅτι τῷ περιεστῶτι ὄχλῳ, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ὅτι τοῖς μετὰ τῆς Μαρίας οῦσιν Ἰουδαίοις καὶ παραμυθουμένοις αὐτήν· ὑπονοήσαι δʼ ἄν τις διὰ τὸ »Ἄγγελοι προσῆλθον καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ« καὶ διὰ τὴν κατὰ τὸν τόπον ἀναγωγήν, ὅτι μήποτε κἀκείνοις δύναται εἰρῆσθαι τὸ »Λύ- »σατε αὐτὸν καὶ ἄφετε αὐτὸν ὑπάγειν«.
zētēseis de dia to »Legei Iēsous autois; Lysate auton« tisin autois? oute gar hoti mathētais anagegraptai outhʼ hoti tǭ periestōti ochlǭ, allʼ oude hoti tois meta tēs Marias ousin Ioudaiois kai paramythoumenois autēn; hyponoēsai dʼ an tis dia to »Angeloi prosēlthon kai diēkonoun autǭ« kai dia tēn kata ton topon anagōgēn, hoti mēpote kakeinois dynatai eirēsthai to »Ly- »sate auton kai aphete auton hypagein«.
And you will ask, because of “Jesus says to them, ‘Unbind him,’” to whom, “to them”? For it is not written that it was to the disciples, nor to the crowd standing around, nor to the Jews with Mary who were consoling her; but someone might suspect, because of “Angels came and ministered to him,” and because of the higher sense of the passage, that perhaps “Unbind him and let him go” can have been said to them too, that is, to angels.
28.67Preuschen 4:399
Ἔτι ζητῶ εἰ πεπλήρωκεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον τῷ »Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται«, τὸ »Αλλὰ πορεύομαι, ἵνα »ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν«.
Eti zētō ei peplērōken ho Iēsous to epipheromenon tǭ »Lazaros ho philos hēmōn kekoimētai«, to »Alla poreuomai, hina »exypnisō auton«.
Further, I ask whether Jesus fulfilled what follows “Lazarus our friend has fallen asleep,” namely, “but I go that I may wake him.”
28.68Preuschen 4:399
ἐφίστημι οὖν μήποτε ἐν τῷ εἰρηκέναι αὐτὸν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ κραυγάσαντα· »Λάζαρε, δεῦρο ἔξω« (ἡ γὰρ μεγάλη φωνὴ καὶ ἠ κραυγὴ οὐκ ἄν ἀτόπως λέγοιτο ἐξυπνικέναι αὐτόν) καὶ ἤδη δύνασθαι ἀποφήνασθαι ἐν τούτῳ μᾶλλον πεπληρῶσθαι τὸ »Πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν «, ἤπερ ἐν τῷ τῆς εὐχῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ ἀκούσαντος τὸν πατέρα πεποιηκέναι τὴν Λαζάρου ψυχὴν ἐπανελθεῖν ἐπὶ τὸ ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ ἀποκείμενον αὐτοῦ σῶμα·
ephistēmi oun mēpote en tǭ eirēkenai auton phōnę̄ megalę̄ kraugasanta; »Lazare, deuro exō« (hē gar megalē phōnē kai ē kraugē ouk an atopōs legoito exypnikenai auton) kai ēdē dynasthai apophēnasthai en toutǭ mallon peplērōsthai to »Poreuomai hina exypnisō auton «, ēper en tǭ tēs euchēs tou huiou akousantos ton patera pepoiēkenai tēn Lazarou psychēn epanelthein epi to en tǭ mnēmeiǭ apokeimenon autou sōma;
I consider, then, whether in his saying with a loud cry, “Lazarus, come out” (for the loud voice and the cry might not unreasonably be said to have woken him), one can now declare that “I go that I may wake him” was fulfilled in this rather than in the Father's having made Lazarus' soul return to his body laid in the tomb when he heard the Son's prayer.
28.69Preuschen 4:399–400
εἴποι γὰρ ἄν τις ὅτι ὁ μὲν ἀκούσας εὐξαμένου τοῦ υἱοῦ πατὴρ ἐκ νεκρῶν τὸν Λάζαρον ἀνέστησεν· ὁ δὲ εἰπὼν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ κραυγάσας· »Λάζαρε, δεῦρο »ἔξω« ἐπλήρωσεν ὅ προεπηγγείλατο· »Ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω »αὐτόν.«
eipoi gar an tis hoti ho men akousas euxamenou tou huiou patēr ek nekrōn ton Lazaron anestēsen; ho de eipōn phōnę̄ megalę̄ kai kraugasas; »Lazare, deuro »exō« eplērōsen ho proepēngeilato; »Alla poreuomai hina exypnisō »auton.«
For someone might say that the Father, hearing the Son's prayer, raised Lazarus from the dead, while the one who said with a loud voice and a cry, “Lazarus, come out,” fulfilled what he had promised: “But I go that I may wake him.”
28.70Preuschen 4:400
καὶ ὁ τοὐτό γε κατασκευάζων, διαφορὰν διδοὺς τοῦ »Λάζαρος »ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται« καὶ τοῦ »Λάζαρος ἀπέθανεν«, ἐρεῖ ὅτι πρὸς μὲν τὸ »Κεκοίμηται« ἐπηγγείλατο εἰπών· »Ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι »ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν«· πρὸς δὲ τὸ »Ἀπέθανεν« οὐκ ἀποδέδωκεν τὸ >Πορεύομαι, ἵνα ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν<.
kai ho touto ge kataskeuazōn, diaphoran didous tou »Lazaros »ho philos hēmōn kekoimētai« kai tou »Lazaros apethanen«, erei hoti pros men to »Kekoimētai« epēngeilato eipōn; »Alla poreuomai »hina exypnisō auton«; pros de to »Apethanen« ouk apodedōken to >Poreuomai, hina anastēsō auton ek nekrōn<.
And one who argues for this, making a difference between “Lazarus our friend has fallen asleep” and “Lazarus has died,” will say that for “has fallen asleep” he promised, saying, “But I go that I may wake him,” but for “has died” he did not respond, “I go that I may raise him from the dead.”
28.71Preuschen 4:400
ἀλλὰ ὁ λύων τὴν ἐν τούτοις δοκοῦσαν εἶναι διαφορὰν καὶ διδους τὴν τοῦ Λαζάρου ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν κοινὸν ἔργον γεγονέναι υἱοῦ τοῦ εὐξαμένου καὶ πατρὸς τοῦ ἐπακούσαντος χρήσεται καὶ τῷ εἰρημένῳ ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου πρὸς τὴν Μάρθαν λέγοντος· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἠ ἀνάστασις καὶ ἡ »ζωή«, παραθήσεται δὲ καὶ τὸ »Ὣσπερ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἐγείρει τοὺς » νεκροὺς καὶ ζωοποιεῖ, οὕτως καὶ ὁ υἱὸς οὕς θέλει ζωοποιεῖ.« Πολλοὶ οὖν ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, οἱ ἐλθόντες πρὸς τὴν Μαριὰμ καὶ θεασάμενοι ἃ ἐποίησεν, ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτόν.
alla ho lyōn tēn en toutois dokousan einai diaphoran kai didous tēn tou Lazarou ek nekrōn anastasin koinon ergon gegonenai huiou tou euxamenou kai patros tou epakousantos chrēsetai kai tǭ eirēmenǭ hypo tou kyriou pros tēn Marthan legontos; »Egō eimi ē anastasis kai hē »zōē«, parathēsetai de kai to »Hōsper gar ho patēr egeirei tous » nekrous kai zōopoiei, houtōs kai ho huios hous thelei zōopoiei.« Polloi oun ek tōn Ioudaiōn, hoi elthontes pros tēn Mariam kai theasamenoi ha epoiēsen, episteusan eis auton.
But one who removes the apparent difference in these and holds that the raising of Lazarus from the dead was the common work of the Son who prayed and the Father who heard will use also what was said by the Lord to Martha, “I am the resurrection and the life,” and will set beside it also “For just as the Father raises the dead and makes them alive, so also the Son makes alive whom he wills.” “Many of the Jews, then, who had come to Mary and had seen what he did, believed in him.”
28.72Preuschen 4:400
Καὶ τίνα γε οὐκ ἂν κινήσαι πρὸς τὸ πιστεὐσαι τῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κηρύγματι καὶ ἀληθῶς, ὡσπερεὶ ἐκ νεκρότητος καὶ δυσωδίας, τῶν πάνυ ὑπὸ τῆς κακίας καταβεβαπτισμένων, ἀκροτάτῃ μεταβολῇ ἀποσεισαμένων τῇ προστάξει καὶ συνεργείᾳ τοῦ λόγου οὐ μόνον τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας πολλὴν δυσωδίαν ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς κατέχοντας δεσμοὺς τὴν πορευτικὴν καὶ τὴν δραστικὴν τῆς ψυχῆς δύναμιν, ἔτι δὲ χωρὶς τούτων καὶ τὴν θεωρητικήν;
Kai tina ge ouk an kinēsai pros to pisteusai tǭ tou Iēsou kērygmati kai alēthōs, hōsperei ek nekrotētos kai dysōdias, tōn pany hypo tēs kakias katabebaptismenōn, akrotatę̄ metabolę̄ aposeisamenōn tę̄ prostaxei kai synergeią tou logou ou monon tēn apo tēs hamartias pollēn dysōdian alla kai tous katechontas desmous tēn poreutikēn kai tēn drastikēn tēs psychēs dynamin, eti de chōris toutōn kai tēn theōrētikēn?
And whom would it not move to believe the preaching of Jesus, and truly, when those who had been utterly sunk in wickedness, as though from deadness and stench, by a most extreme change, at the command and with the help of the Word, have shaken off not only the great stench of sin but also the bonds that held the soul's power of walking and acting, and besides these the power of contemplating?
28.73Preuschen 4:400
καταπλαγέντες γὰρ οἱ ἰδόντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις τοσοῦτον δεδυνημένον, οἱ αὐχοῦντες μὲν περὶ λόγον ἀσχολεῖσθαι θεοῦ, τὸ πλήρωμα δὲ τοῦ λόγου μηδέπω παραδεξάμενοι, καὶ πιστεύσαιεν ἂν μάλιστα ὅσοι ἐληλύθασιν ὡς ἐπὶ νεκρῷ καὶ πάντη ἀπεγνωσμένῳ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀπογνόντες τὸν τοιοῦτον, παραμυθήσασθαι τὴν ἐπὶ τῇ ἐκπτώσει τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ ὀδυνωμένην· διʼ οὓς τάχα πλέον ἢ διὰ τὸν ταῦτα παθόντα ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ τὸ σπήλαιον τοῦ νεκροῦ »Ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω καὶ εἶπεν· Πάτερ, εὐχαριστῶ »σοι, ὅτι ἤκουσάς μου. ἐγὼ δὲ ᾔδειν ὅτι πάντοτέ μου ἀκούεις«.
kataplagentes gar hoi idontes ton Iēsoun en tois toioutois tosouton dedynēmenon, hoi auchountes men peri logon ascholeisthai theou, to plērōma de tou logou mēdepō paradexamenoi, kai pisteusaien an malista hosoi elēlythasin hōs epi nekrǭ kai pantē apegnōsmenǭ kai autoi apognontes ton toiouton, paramythēsasthai tēn epi tę̄ ekptōsei tou adelphou odynōmenēn; diʼ hous tacha pleon ē dia ton tauta pathonta elthōn epi to spēlaion tou nekrou »Ēren tous ophthalmous anō kai eipen; Pater, eucharistō »soi, hoti ēkousas mou. egō de ę̄dein hoti pantote mou akoueis«.
For those who saw Jesus able to do so much in such cases would be astonished; those who boast of being occupied with the word of God but have not yet received the fullness of the Word might especially believe, all who came as to one dead and wholly given up, having themselves given up on such a one, to console her who was grieving over her brother's fall; for whose sake perhaps more than for the sake of the one who suffered these things he came to the cave of the dead man, and “lifted up his eyes above and said, ‘Father, I thank you that you have heard me. I knew that you always hear me.’”
28.74Preuschen 4:400
ὅτι γὰρ διὰ τούτους μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν Λάζαρον ταύτην ἀνεφθέγξατο πρὸς τὸν πατέρα τὴν εὐχαριστίαν δῆλον ἐκ τοῦ »Ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περιε- »στῶτα εἶπον, ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας«.
hoti gar dia toutous mallon ē ton Lazaron tautēn anephthenxato pros ton patera tēn eucharistian dēlon ek tou »Alla dia ton ochlon ton perie- »stōta eipon, hina pisteusōsin hoti sy me apesteilas«.
For that he uttered this thanksgiving to the Father for their sake rather than Lazarus' is clear from “But I said this because of the crowd standing around, that they may believe that you sent me.”
28.75Preuschen 4:400–401
ἐπραγματεύσατο οὖν περὶ τοῦ Λαζάρου διὰ τὸν περιεστῶτα ὄχλον, ἵνʼ οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐλθόντες πρὸς τὴν Μαριὰμ καὶ θεασάμενοι ἃ ἐποίησεν πιστεύσωσιν εἰς αὐτόν.
epragmateusato oun peri tou Lazarou dia ton periestōta ochlon, hinʼ hoi polloi tōn Ioudaiōn elthontes pros tēn Mariam kai theasamenoi ha epoiēsen pisteusōsin eis auton.
He took pains over Lazarus, then, because of the crowd standing around, so that the many of the Jews who had come to Mary and seen what he did might believe in him.
28.76Preuschen 4:401
Ἀλλὰ ἄκουε καὶ περὶ τούτων, μὴ μόνον σωματικώτερον· »Τινὲς δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπῆλθον πρὸς τοὺς φαρισαίους καὶ »εἶπον αὐτοῖς ἃ ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς«.
Alla akoue kai peri toutōn, mē monon sōmatikōteron; »Tines de ex autōn apēlthon pros tous pharisaious kai »eipon autois ha epoiēsen ho Iēsous«.
But hear about these too, not only in a more bodily way: “But some of them went away to the Pharisees and told them what Jesus had done.”
28.77Preuschen 4:401
ἐχει μέν τι ἡ λέξις ἀμφίβολον, πότερον οἱ ἀπελθόντες πρὸς τοὺς φαρισαίους καὶ εἰπόντες αὐτοῖς ἃ ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ τῶν πολλῶν Ἰουδαίων ἦσαν, τῶν θεασαμένων ἃ ἐποίησεν καὶ πιστευσάντων εἰς αὐτόν, βουλόμενοι καὶ τοὺς ἐχθρῶς διακειμένους πρὸς αὐτὸν δυσωπῆσαι διὰ τῆς περὶ τοῦ λαζάρου ἀπαγγελίας· ἢ οἱ λοιποὶ παρὰ τοὺς πολλοὺς καὶ πιστεύσαντας, ὡς μὴ κινηθέντες ἐκ τοῦ γενομένου εἰς τὴν περὶ Ἰησοῦ πίστιν, ὅτι τὸ ὅσον ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῖς καὶ πρὸς * κατʼ αὐτοῦ τοὺς φαρισαίους τὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς πονηρὸν ζῆλον ἐγείροντες διὰ τῆς περὶ τοῦ Λαζάρου ἀπαγγελίας.
echei men ti hē lexis amphibolon, poteron hoi apelthontes pros tous pharisaious kai eipontes autois ha epoiēsen ho Iēsous apo tōn pollōn Ioudaiōn ēsan, tōn theasamenōn ha epoiēsen kai pisteusantōn eis auton, boulomenoi kai tous echthrōs diakeimenous pros auton dysōpēsai dia tēs peri tou lazarou apangelias; ē hoi loipoi para tous pollous kai pisteusantas, hōs mē kinēthentes ek tou genomenou eis tēn peri Iēsou pistin, hoti to hoson ephʼ heautois kai pros * katʼ autou tous pharisaious ton en autois ponēron zēlon egeirontes dia tēs peri tou Lazarou apangelias.
The wording has something ambiguous: whether those who went away to the Pharisees and told them what Jesus had done were of the many Jews who had seen what he did and believed in him, wishing to shame even those hostile to him by the report about Lazarus; or the rest, besides the many who believed, as not moved by what happened to faith in Jesus, but, as far as in them lay, stirring up against him the Pharisees' wicked zeal by their report about Lazarus.
28.78Preuschen 4:401
καὶ δοκεῖ μοι τοῦτο μᾶλλον βούλεσθαι σημαίνειν ὁ εὐαγγελιστής.
kai dokei moi touto mallon boulesthai sēmainein ho euangelistēs.
And the evangelist seems to me rather to mean this.
28.79Preuschen 4:401
διὸ καὶ ἐπιφέρεται τὸ »Συνήγαγον οὖν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς »καὶ οἱ φαρισαῖοι« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. πολλοὺς μὲν οὖν εἶπεν τοὺς διὰ τὸ θεάσασθαι τὰ περὶ τὸν Λάζαρον πιστεύσαντας· ὡσπερεὶ δὲ ὀλιγωτέρους ἔφησεν εἶναι τοὺς μὴ τοιούτους, εἰπών· »Τινὲς δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπηλθον «καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.
dio kai epipheretai to »Synēgagon oun hoi archiereis »kai hoi pharisaioi« kai ta hexēs. pollous men oun eipen tous dia to theasasthai ta peri ton Lazaron pisteusantas; hōsperei de oligōterous ephēsen einai tous mē toioutous, eipōn; »Tines de ex autōn apēlthon «kai ta hexēs.
Therefore it follows, “So the chief priests and the Pharisees gathered,” and what follows. He called many those who believed because they saw what happened to Lazarus; but he said, as it were, that those who were not such were fewer, saying, “But some of them went away,” and what follows.
28.80Preuschen 4:401
προόσχες δὲ κα]τοῖς λεχθησομένοις εἰ δύναται ἡμᾶς κινῆσαι πρὸς τῶν ἐλθόντων πρὸς τὴν Μαριὰμ καὶ θεσαμένων ἃ ἐπόίησεν, ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτόν· γέγραπται δέ· »Πολλοὶ οὖν ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων »οἱ ἐλθόντες πρὸς τὴν Μαριὰμ καὶ θεασάμενοι ἃ ἐποίησεν έπίστευσαν εἰς »αὐτόν«.
proosches de ka]tois lechthēsomenois ei dynatai hēmas kinēsai pros tōn elthontōn pros tēn Mariam kai thesamenōn ha epoiēsen, episteusan eis auton; gegraptai de; »Polloi oun ek tōn Ioudaiōn »hoi elthontes pros tēn Mariam kai theasamenoi ha epoiēsen episteusan eis »auton«.
But consider whether what will be said can move us toward the view that those who came to Mary and saw what he did believed in him; for it is written, “Many of the Jews, then, who had come to Mary and had seen what he did, believed in him.”
28.81Preuschen 4:401
καὶ μάλιστα διὰ τὴν ἀναγωγὴν κινοῦμαι μήποτε πάντες οἰ θεασάμενοι, τουτέστιν θεωρήσαντες καὶ συνέντες ἃ ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτόν· οἱ μέντοι γε ἀπελθόντες πρὸς τοὺς φαρισαίους καὶ εἰπόντες αὐτοῖς ἃ ἐποίησεν ὁ ἱησοῦς ἐπεὶ μὴ μεμαρτύρηνται ὅτι ἐθεάσαντο, μήποτε τὸ ἐν ἐπαίνῳ λεγόμενον περὶ τῶν πιστευσάντῶν οὐκ ἔσχον, τὸ <Ἐθεάσαντο>.
kai malista dia tēn anagōgēn kinoumai mēpote pantes oi theasamenoi, toutestin theōrēsantes kai synentes ha epoiēsen ho Iēsous, episteusan eis auton; hoi mentoi ge apelthontes pros tous pharisaious kai eipontes autois ha epoiēsen ho hiēsous epei mē memartyrēntai hoti etheasanto, mēpote to en epainǭ legomenon peri tōn pisteusantōn ouk eschon, to <Etheasanto>.
And especially because of the higher sense I am moved to think that all who saw, that is, beheld and understood what Jesus did, believed in him; but those who went away to the Pharisees and told them what Jesus had done, since they are not attested to have seen, perhaps did not have what is said in praise of those who believed, the word “saw.”
28.82Preuschen 4:401
ἐδύνατο γάρ, εἴπερ καὶ οὗτοι ἐθεάσαντο, γεγράφθαι ὅτι τινὲς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπῆλθον πρὸς τοὺς φαρισαίους καὶ εἶπον αὐτοῖς ἃ ἐθεάσαντο πεποιηκότα τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἢ ἃ ἐθεάσαντο καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἱησοῦς.
edynato gar, eiper kai houtoi etheasanto, gegraphthai hoti tines ex autōn apēlthon pros tous pharisaious kai eipon autois ha etheasanto pepoiēkota ton Iēsoun, ē ha etheasanto kai epoiēsen ho Hiēsous.
For if these too had seen, it could have been written that some of them went away to the Pharisees and told them what they had seen Jesus do, or what they had seen and Jesus had done.
28.83Preuschen 4:401
νυνὶ δὲ τὸ <Ἐθεάσαντο> ἐπὶ τούτῶν μὲν οὐδαμῶς εἴρηται, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν πιστευσάντων, οἵτινες καὶ ἐλθόντες ἦσαν πρὸς τὴν Μαριὰμ καὶ θεασάμενοι ἃ ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἱησοῦς· διʼ οὕς, οἶμαι, καὶ εἶπε τὸ »Ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περιεστῶτα »εἶπον, ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας«.
nyni de to <Etheasanto> epi toutōn men oudamōs eirētai, epi de tōn pisteusantōn, hoitines kai elthontes ēsan pros tēn Mariam kai theasamenoi ha epoiēsen ho Hiēsous; diʼ hous, oimai, kai eipe to »Alla dia ton ochlon ton periestōta »eipon, hina pisteusōsin hoti sy me apesteilas«.
But as it is, “saw” is not said of these at all, but of those who believed, who had come to Mary and seen what Jesus did; because of whom, I think, he also said, “But I said this because of the crowd standing around, that they may believe that you sent me.”
28.84Preuschen 4:401–402
ἅμα δὲ καὶ περὶ τούτου πρόσχες εἰ δύνασαι τοὺς ἐλθόντας πρὸς τὴν Μαριὰμ καὶ θεασαμένους ἃ ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ πιστεύσαντας εἰς αὐτὸν μόνους λέγειν, ἅτε καὶ πολλοὺς ὄντας, ὅτι οὗτοι ἦσαν ὁ περιεστὼς τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὄχλος, διʼ ὃν εἶπεν τὸ »Πάτερ, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι ἤκουσάς »μου· ἐγὼ δὲ ᾔδειν ὅτι πάντοτέ μου ἀκούεις«.
hama de kai peri toutou prosches ei dynasai tous elthontas pros tēn Mariam kai theasamenous ha epoiēsen ho Iēsous kai pisteusantas eis auton monous legein, hate kai pollous ontas, hoti houtoi ēsan ho periestōs ton Iēsoun ochlos, diʼ hon eipen to »Pater, eucharistō soi hoti ēkousas »mou; egō de ę̄dein hoti pantote mou akoueis«.
At the same time, consider about this too whether you can say that only those who came to Mary and saw what Jesus did and believed in him, since they were many, were the crowd standing around Jesus, because of whom he said, “Father, I thank you that you have heard me. I knew that you always hear me.”
28.85Preuschen 4:402
εἰ γὰρ ταῦτα »διὰ »τὸν ἄχλον τὸν περιεστῶτα« εἶπεν, ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι ὀ πατὴρ αὐτὸν ἀπέστειλεν, καὶ λέγων διὰ τοῦτο τινος ἐξ αὐτῶν τῷ πατρὶ ἔλεγεν, ὡσεί τις τῶν τὰ μέλλοντα ἀγνοούντων ἀνθρώπων, »ἀλλὰ »διὰ τὸν ἄχλον τὸν περιεστῶτα, ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστει- »λας«· μήποτε οἱ ἐλθόντες πρὸς τὴν Μαριὰμ καὶ θεασάμενοι ἃ ἐποίησεν καὶ πιστεύσαντες εἰς αὐτόν, μόνοι ἦσαν ἁ περιεστὼς τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἄχλος οἰ δὲ λοιποὶ οὔτε ἐθεάσαντο, ἅ ἐποίησεν, οὔτε περιειστήκεισαν αὐτόν. Συνήγαγον οὖν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ φαρισαῖοι συνέδριον, καὶ ἔλεγον· Τί ποιοπυμεν ὄτι οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος πολλὰ ποιεῖ σημεῖα; ἐὰν ἀφῶμεν αὐτὸν οὕτως, πάντες πιστεύσωσιν εἰς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐλεύσουνται οἱ ‘Ρωμαῖοι καὶ ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον καὶ τὸ ἔθνος.
ei gar tauta »dia »ton achlon ton periestōta« eipen, hina pisteusōsin hoti o patēr auton apesteilen, kai legōn dia touto tinos ex autōn tǭ patri elegen, hōsei tis tōn ta mellonta agnoountōn anthrōpōn, »alla »dia ton achlon ton periestōta, hina pisteusōsin hoti sy me apestei- »las«; mēpote hoi elthontes pros tēn Mariam kai theasamenoi ha epoiēsen kai pisteusantes eis auton, monoi ēsan ha periestōs ton Iēsoun achlos oi de loipoi oute etheasanto, ha epoiēsen, oute perieistēkeisan auton. Synēgagon oun hoi archiereis kai hoi pharisaioi synedrion, kai elegon; Ti poiopymen oti houtos ho anthrōpos polla poiei sēmeia? ean aphōmen auton houtōs, pantes pisteusōsin eis auton, kai eleusountai hoi ‘Rōmaioi kai arousin hēmōn kai ton topon kai to ethnos.
For if he said these things “because of the crowd standing around,” that they might believe that the Father sent him, and, saying it for this reason, he said to the Father, as one of those human beings ignorant of the future might, “but because of the crowd standing around, that they may believe that you sent me,” perhaps those who came to Mary and saw what he did and believed in him were alone the crowd standing around Jesus, while the rest neither saw what he did nor stood around him. “So the chief priests and the Pharisees gathered a council and said, ‘What are we doing? For this man does many signs. If we let him go on like this, everyone will believe in him, and the Romans will come and take away both our place and our nation.’”
28.86Preuschen 4:402
Ὡς πρὸς τὸ ῥητὸν οἱ φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς ἑώρων ὅτι διὰ τὸ μέγεθος ὦν πεποιήκει τεραστίων δυνάμεων ὁ Ἰησοῦς δυνατὸν ἦν καὶ πάντα τὸν λαὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων ὑπαχθῆναι τῇ εἰς αὐτὸν πίστει καὶ ὑπαχθέντα καταφρονὴσαι τῆς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ σωματικῆς λευϊτικῆς καὶ ἱερατικῆς λατρείας, ὥστʼ ἂν πρόφασιν τὸ τοιοῦτον γενέσθαι τοῦ, ἅτε μὴ περιεπόντων τὸν τόπον Ἰουδαίων, ‘Ρωμαίοις ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος γενέσθαι καὶ τὸν νομιζόμενον παρʼ ἐκείνοις ἱερὸν τόπον καὶ πᾶν τὸ ἔθνος Ἰουδαίων, οὐκέτι παντὶ τρόπῳ τηρεῖν ἐθελόντων τὴν περὶ τοῦ Ἰουδαίους ἑαυτοὺς εἶναι ὁμολογίαν.
Hōs pros to rhēton hoi pharisaioi kai hoi archiereis heōrōn hoti dia to megethos ōn pepoiēkei terastiōn dynameōn ho Iēsous dynaton ēn kai panta ton laon tōn Ioudaiōn hypachthēnai tę̄ eis auton pistei kai hypachthenta kataphronēsai tēs en tǭ topǭ sōmatikēs leuïtikēs kai hieratikēs latreias, hōstʼ an prophasin to toiouton genesthai tou, hate mē periepontōn ton topon Ioudaiōn, ‘Rōmaiois hypo tou sōtēros genesthai kai ton nomizomenon parʼ ekeinois hieron topon kai pan to ethnos Ioudaiōn, ouketi panti tropǭ tērein ethelontōn tēn peri tou Ioudaious heautous einai homologian.
As regards the letter, the Pharisees and chief priests saw that, because of the greatness of the wondrous powers Jesus had done, it was possible that the whole people of the Jews would be brought to faith in him, and being brought, would despise the bodily Levitical and priestly worship in the place, so that this might become a pretext for the Romans, since the Jews would no longer be taking care of the place, to take, through the Savior, both the place thought holy among them and the whole nation of the Jews, who would no longer wish in every way to keep their profession of being Jews.
28.87Preuschen 4:402
εἶτʼ ἐπεὶ πάντων προέκρινον τὴν λατρείαν καὶ τὸν τόπον καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἔθνους σύστασιν τῶν νομισθέντων ἂν εἶναι κρειττόνων παρὰ ταῦτα, διὰ τοῦτο σκοποῦσιν κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἵνα αὐτὸν μὴ ἐάσωσιν ζῆν.
eitʼ epei pantōn proekrinon tēn latreian kai ton topon kai tēn tou ethnous systasin tōn nomisthentōn an einai kreittonōn para tauta, dia touto skopousin kata tou Iēsou hina auton mē easōsin zēn.
Then, since they preferred the worship and the place and the nation's constitution to everything that might be thought better than these, they therefore plot against Jesus, so as not to let him live.
28.88Preuschen 4:402–403
ὡς δʼ αὔτως οἶμαι καὶ ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ εἰρηκέναι τὸ »Οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος«· ἠπίστουν γὰρ τοῖς καὶ ἀνωτέρω εἰρημένοις περὶ τοῦ θεὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι. ἡνίκα λιθάζειν αὐτὸν ἐβούλοντο ὡς περὶ βλασφημίας, λέγοντες αὐτῷ ὅτι »Σὺ ἄνθρωπος ὤν ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν »θεόν«, ὅτε κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φιλανθρωπίαν ἀπεκρίνατο, διδάσκων ὅτι πᾶς πρὸς ὃν ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγένετο θεὸς λέγεται ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, μὴ δυναμένης λυθῆναι καὶ καταλυθῆναι τῆς τοῦτο ἀποφηναμένης προφητικῆς γραφῆς.
hōs dʼ autōs oimai kai epi kathairesei tēs doxēs autou eirēkenai to »Houtos ho anthrōpos«; ēpistoun gar tois kai anōterō eirēmenois peri tou theon auton einai. hēnika lithazein auton eboulonto hōs peri blasphēmias, legontes autǭ hoti »Sy anthrōpos ōn poieis seauton »theon«, hote kata tēn heautou philanthrōpian apekrinato, didaskōn hoti pas pros hon ho logos tou theou egeneto theos legetai hypo tou theou, mē dynamenēs lythēnai kai katalythēnai tēs touto apophēnamenēs prophētikēs graphēs.
In the same way I think they said “this man” to diminish his glory; for they did not believe what had been said above about his being God, when they wanted to stone him as for blasphemy, saying to him, “You, being a man, make yourself God,” when in his love for humankind he answered, teaching that everyone to whom the word of God came is called god by God, since the prophetic Scripture declaring this cannot be broken or annulled.
28.89Preuschen 4:403
ἔστιν δὲ ἐκ τῶν λεγομένων ἀπὸ τῶν φαρισαίων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων κατανοῆσαι αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ τῆς κακίας ἀνομολογούμενον καὶ τυφλόν· ἀνομολογούμενον μέν, ὅτι ἐμαρτύρουν αὐτῷ καὶ πολλὰ πεποιηκέναι σημεῖα καὶ δύνασθαι τῷ τοσαῦτα σημεῖα πεποιηκότι ἐπιβουλεῦσαι, ὡς μηδὲν ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ ἐν τῷ τοσαῦτα ἐπιβουλεύεσθαι βουλεύεσθαι δυναμένῳ· τυφλὸν δὲ οὐδὲν ἧττον καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἦν· κατὰ γὰρ τὸν πολλὰ ποιοῦντα σημεῖα ἦν τὸ κρείττονʼ εἶναι τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς τῶν ἀφιέναι αὐτὸν μὴ θελόντων· εἰ μὴ ἄρα καὶ ἐπίστευον ὅτι ποιεῖ σημεῖα, διὰ τοῦτο μὴ πάντα αὐτὸν δυνηθῆναι, δυνάμεως· ὥστε διὰ τοῦτο μὴ πάντα αὐτ[ον δυνηθῆναι, μηδὲ αὑτὸν ῥύσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς ἐξ ἐκείνων ἐπιβουλῆς.
estin de ek tōn legomenōn apo tōn pharisaiōn kai tōn archiereōn katanoēsai autōn kai to tēs kakias anomologoumenon kai typhlon; anomologoumenon men, hoti emartyroun autǭ kai polla pepoiēkenai sēmeia kai dynasthai tǭ tosauta sēmeia pepoiēkoti epibouleusai, hōs mēden hyper heautou en tǭ tosauta epibouleuesthai bouleuesthai dynamenǭ; typhlon de ouden hētton kai auto touto ēn; kata gar ton polla poiounta sēmeia ēn to kreittonʼ einai tēs epiboulēs tōn aphienai auton mē thelontōn; ei mē ara kai episteuon hoti poiei sēmeia, dia touto mē panta auton dynēthēnai, dynameōs; hōste dia touto mē panta aut[on dynēthēnai, mēde hauton rhysasthai apo tēs ex ekeinōn epiboulēs.
One can see from what the Pharisees and chief priests said both the inconsistency and the blindness of their wickedness: inconsistent, because they testified that he had done many signs and yet could plot against one who had done so many signs, as if he could do nothing for himself when so plotted against; and this very thing was no less blind, for it belonged to one who does many signs to be stronger than the plot of those who would not let him go; unless indeed they believed that he did signs, but not by divine power, so that for this reason he could not do all things, nor deliver himself from their plot.
28.90Preuschen 4:403
ἐκεῖνοι μὲν οὖν ἐσκόπουν μὴ ἀφιέναι αὐτόν, οἰόμενοι διὰ τοῦτο ἐμποδίσειν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν καὶ ‘Ρωμαίοις, μέλλουσιν αἴρειν αὐτῶν τὸν τόπον καὶ τὸ ἔθνος.
ekeinoi men oun eskopoun mē aphienai auton, oiomenoi dia touto empodisein tois pisteuousin eis auton kai ‘Rōmaiois, mellousin airein autōn ton topon kai to ethnos.
They, then, considered not to let him go, thinking that by this they would hinder those who believe in him and the Romans, who were about to take away their place and nation.
28.91Preuschen 4:403
ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ »Κύριος διασκεδάζει βουλὰς ἐθνῶν καὶ ἀθετεῖ λο- »γισμοὺς λαῶν«, οὐδὲν ἧττον καὶ οὺκ αφῆκαν αὐτόν, καὶ ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸν ἀνέστησεν καὶ ἀφῆκεν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐδούλευσαν αὐτῷ καὶ ελθόντες οἱ ‘Ρωμαῖοι ἦραν αὐτῶν τὸν τόπον.
allʼ epei »Kyrios diaskedazei boulas ethnōn kai athetei lo- »gismous laōn«, ouden hētton kai ouk aphēkan auton, kai ho theos auton anestēsen kai aphēken kai panta ta ethnē edouleusan autǭ kai elthontes hoi ‘Rōmaioi ēran autōn ton topon.
But since “the Lord scatters the counsels of the nations and sets aside the reasonings of peoples,” none the less they did not let him go, and God raised him up and let him go, and all the nations served him, and the Romans came and took away their place.
28.92Preuschen 4:403
ποῦ γὰρ ὅ φασιν ἐκεῖνοι ἁγίασμα; ἦραν δὲ καὶ τὸ ἔθνος, ἐκβάλλοντες αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου καὶ μόγις ἐπιτρέψαντες αὐτοῖς εἶναι ὅπου βούλονται καὶ ἐν τῇ διασπορᾲ.
pou gar ho phasin ekeinoi hagiasma? ēran de kai to ethnos, ekballontes autous apo tou topou kai mogis epitrepsantes autois einai hopou boulontai kai en tę̄ diasporą.
For where is what they call the sanctuary? And they took away the nation too, casting them out of the place and scarcely permitting them to be where they wish, even in the dispersion.
28.93Preuschen 4:403
Εἰ δὲ χρὴ τολμὴσαι καὶ εἰς ἀναγωγὴν τῶν κατὰ τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα, φήσομεν ὅτι τὸν τόπον τῶν ἐκ περιτομῆς ἔλαβον τὰ ἔθνη· »Τῷ γὰρ ἐκείνων παραπτώματι σωτηρία γέγονεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, εἰς »τὸ παραζηλῶσαι αὐτούς«· εἰς δὲ τὰ ἔθνη ‘Ρωμαῖοι παρελήφθησαν, ἀπὸ τῶν βασιλευόντων οἱ βασιλευόμενοι ὀνομασθέντες.
Ei de chrē tolmēsai kai eis anagōgēn tōn kata ta rhēmata tauta, phēsomen hoti ton topon tōn ek peritomēs elabon ta ethnē; »Tǭ gar ekeinōn paraptōmati sōtēria gegonen tois ethnesin, eis »to parazēlōsai autous«; eis de ta ethnē ‘Rōmaioi parelēphthēsan, apo tōn basileuontōn hoi basileuomenoi onomasthentes.
And if we must dare to give the higher sense of these words too, we shall say that the Gentiles took the place of those of the circumcision: “For by their trespass salvation has come to the Gentiles, to make them jealous”; and among the Gentiles the Romans were included, the subjects being named after those who rule.
28.94Preuschen 4:403–404
καὶ τὸ ἔθνος δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἠρθη· γέγονε γὰρ ὁ λαὸς οὐ λαός, καὶ οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκέτι εἰσὶν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ τὸ σπέρμα οὐκ ἔφθασεν ἐπὶ τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτοὺς τέκνα· καὶ τούτων αἴτιον τὰ πολλὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ σημεῖα, καὶ ὅτι ἀφῆκεν αὐτὸν ὁ πατήρ, κρείττονα γενόμενον τῆς τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ φαρισαίων συνεδρευσάντων κατʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπιβουλῆς.
kai to ethnos de hypo tōn ex ethnōn ērthē; gegone gar ho laos ou laos, kai hoi ex Israēl ouketi eisin Israēl, kai to sperma ouk ephthasen epi to genesthai autous tekna; kai toutōn aition ta polla tou Iēsou sēmeia, kai hoti aphēken auton ho patēr, kreittona genomenon tēs tōn archiereōn kai pharisaiōn synedreusantōn katʼ autou epiboulēs.
And the nation too was taken away by those from the Gentiles; for the people became not a people, and those from Israel are no longer Israel, and the seed did not attain to their becoming children; and the causes of these things were Jesus' many signs, and that the Father let him go, who proved stronger than the plot of the chief priests and Pharisees who sat in council against him.
28.95Preuschen 4:404
ἀρχιερεῖς δὲ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ σωματικὴ ἐν Ἰουδαίοις λατρεία Φαρισαῖοί τε καὶ πᾶσα ἡ κατὰ τὸ γράμμα τοῦ νόμου διδασκαλία ἐπιβουλεύει Ἰησοῦ, τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, καὶ βούλεται ὁ τύπος, ἵνα ὑφεστήκῃ, ἐμποδίζειν τῇ φανερώσει τῆς ἀληθείας, καὶ ὥσπερ ἡ σὰρξ [καὶ] κατὰ τοῦ το ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος.
archiereis de kai pasa hē sōmatikē en Ioudaiois latreia Pharisaioi te kai pasa hē kata to gramma tou nomou didaskalia epibouleuei Iēsou, tę̄ alētheią, kai bouletai ho typos, hina hyphestēkę̄, empodizein tę̄ phanerōsei tēs alētheias, kai hōsper hē sarx [kai] kata tou to epithymei kata tou pneumatos.
And the chief priests, and all the bodily worship among the Jews, and the Pharisees, and all the teaching according to the letter of the law, plot against Jesus, the truth; and the type wishes, so that it may continue to exist, to hinder the manifestation of the truth, just as the flesh desires against the Spirit.
28.96Preuschen 4:404
ἀλλʼ ἰσχυρότερον ὂν τὸ ἐπιθυμοῦν κατὰ τῆς σαρκὸς πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ἀληθὴς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἀρχιερωσύνη καὶ ἡ πνευματικὴ αὐτοῦ διδασκαλία διαλύει τὸ τῶν κατʼ αὐτοῦ βουλευομένων ἀρχιερέων καὶ Φαρισαίων συνέδριον.
allʼ ischyroteron on to epithymoun kata tēs sarkos pneuma kai hē alēthēs tou sōtēros hēmōn archierōsynē kai hē pneumatikē autou didaskalia dialyei to tōn katʼ autou bouleuomenōn archiereōn kai Pharisaiōn synedrion.
But the Spirit that desires against the flesh, being stronger, and the true high priesthood of our Savior and his spiritual teaching, dissolve the council of the chief priests and Pharisees plotting against him.
28.97Preuschen 4:404
ταῦτα δὲ ὑποληπτέον καὶ νῦν γίνεσθαι, ὅπερ ἔστιν ιδεῖν ἐν τοῖς διὰ τῆς τοῦ σωματικοῦ Ἰουδαϊσμοῦ συστάσεως [καὶ] κατὰλύειν ἐθέλουσιν τὴν πνευματικὴν Χριστοῦ διδασκαλίαν. Εἷς δέ τις ἐξ αὐτῶν Καϊάφας, ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν τοῦ ένιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οὐδέν, οὐδὲ λογίζεσθε ὅτι συμφέρει ἡμῖν ἵνα εἷς ἄνθρωπος ἀποθάνῃ ὑπὲρ τοὺ λαοῦ καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται. τοῦτο δὲ ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ οὐκ εἶπεν, ἀλλʼ ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου προεφήτευσεν ὅτι ἔμελλεν Ἰησοῦς ἀποθνἤσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους, καὶ οὐχ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους μόνον, ἀλλʼ ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ διεσκορπισμένα συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν.
tauta de hypolēpteon kai nyn ginesthai, hoper estin idein en tois dia tēs tou sōmatikou Ioudaïsmou systaseōs [kai] katalyein ethelousin tēn pneumatikēn Christou didaskalian. Heis de tis ex autōn Kaïaphas, archiereus ōn tou eniautou ekeinou, eipen autois; Hymeis ouk oidate ouden, oude logizesthe hoti sympherei hēmin hina heis anthrōpos apothanę̄ hyper tou laou kai mē holon to ethnos apolētai. touto de aphʼ heautou ouk eipen, allʼ archiereus ōn tou eniautou ekeinou proephēteusen hoti emellen Iēsous apothnēskein hyper tou ethnous, kai ouch hyper tou ethnous monon, allʼ hina kai ta tekna tou theou ta dieskorpismena synagagę̄ eis hen.
And we must suppose that these things happen now too, as can be seen in those who wish, through establishing bodily Judaism, to dissolve Christ's spiritual teaching. “But one of them, Caiaphas, being high priest that year, said to them, ‘You know nothing at all, nor do you reckon that it is expedient for us that one man should die for the people, and not the whole nation perish.’ He did not say this of himself, but being high priest that year he prophesied that Jesus was about to die for the nation, and not for the nation only, but also that he might gather into one the children of God who are scattered.”
28.98Preuschen 4:404
Οὐχὶ εἴ τις προφητεύει, προφήτης ἐστὶν ἐκεῖνος. ὁ γοῦν Καϊάφας, ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου, προεφήτευσεν μὲν ὅτι ἔμελλεν Ἰησοῦς ἀποθνήσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους, καὶ οὐχ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους μόνον, ἀλλʼ ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ διεσκορπισμένα συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν, οὐ μὴν καὶ προφήτης ἦν.
Ouchi ei tis prophēteuei, prophētēs estin ekeinos. ho goun Kaïaphas, archiereus ōn tou eniautou ekeinou, proephēteusen men hoti emellen Iēsous apothnēskein hyper tou ethnous, kai ouch hyper tou ethnous monon, allʼ hina kai ta tekna tou theou ta dieskorpismena synagagę̄ eis hen, ou mēn kai prophētēs ēn.
Not everyone who prophesies is a prophet. Caiaphas, at any rate, being high priest that year, prophesied that Jesus was about to die for the nation, and not for the nation only, but also that he might gather into one the children of God who are scattered; yet he was not a prophet.
28.99Preuschen 4:404
εἰ δὲ καὶ Βαλαὰμ προεφήτευσεν τὰ ἐν τοῖς Ἀριθμοῖς ἀναγεγραμμένα φάσκων· »Τὸ ῥῆμα »ὃ ἐἀν ἐμβάλῃ ὁ θεὸς εἰς τὸ στόμα μου, τοῦτο λαλήσω«, καὶ εἰπὼν τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ· »'Εκ Μεσοποταμίας μετεπέμψατό με« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, σαφὲς ὅτι προφήτης οὐκ ἦν· μάντις γὰρ εἶναι ἀναγέγραπται.
ei de kai Balaam proephēteusen ta en tois Arithmois anagegrammena phaskōn; »To rhēma »ho ean embalę̄ ho theos eis to stoma mou, touto lalēsō«, kai eipōn ta apo tou; »'Ek Mesopotamias metepempsato me« kai ta hexēs, saphes hoti prophētēs ouk ēn; mantis gar einai anagegraptai.
And if Balaam too prophesied what is recorded in Numbers, saying, “The word that God puts into my mouth, that I will speak,” and saying the things from “From Mesopotamia he sent for me” onward, it is clear that he was not a prophet; for it is recorded that he was a diviner.
28.100Preuschen 4:404
εἴ τις μὲν οὔν προφήτης ἐστίν, πάντως προφητεύει· εἰ δέ τις προφητεύει, οὐ πάντως ἐστὶν προφήτης.
ei tis men oun prophētēs estin, pantōs prophēteuei; ei de tis prophēteuei, ou pantōs estin prophētēs.
If anyone, then, is a prophet, he certainly prophesies; but if anyone prophesies, he is not necessarily a prophet.
28.101Preuschen 4:404–405
ὡς εἰ καὶ ἐπ΄]ι ἑτέρου τινὸς τῶν κρειτ- τόνων τοιουτον ἔλεγον· εἰ μέν τίς ἐστιν δίκαιος, τὸ δίκαιον διώκει·
hōs ei kai ep΄]i heterou tinos tōn kreit- tonōn toiouton elegon; ei men tis estin dikaios, to dikaion diōkei;
As if I said something similar about some other of the better things: if anyone is righteous, he pursues what is righteous;
28.102Preuschen 4:405
οὖ μὴν εἴ τις τὸ δίκαιον διώκει, δίκαιός ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος· ὅπερ συνήσεις ἐπιστήσας τῷ »Δικαίως τὸ δίκαιον διώξῇ«, εἴπερ μὴ μάτην τὸ »Δι- »καίως« προτέτακται τοῦ «Τὸ δίκαιον διώξῃ«. δυνατὸν γάρ, οἶμαι, τὸ δίκαιον διώκειν ἀλλʼ οὐ δικαίως· καὶ γὰρ οἱ ποιοῦντες πρὸς τὸ δοξασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἔργον καθʼ αὐτὸ καθῆκον, φέρε εἰπεῖν, εἰς πένητας, δίκαιον μέν τι πεποιήκασιν, οὐ μὴν ἀπὸ ἕξεως δικαιοσύνης ἀλλʼ ἀπὸ κενοδοξίας.
ou mēn ei tis to dikaion diōkei, dikaios estin ekeinos; hoper synēseis epistēsas tǭ »Dikaiōs to dikaion diōxę̄«, eiper mē matēn to »Di- »kaiōs« protetaktai tou «To dikaion diōxę̄«. dynaton gar, oimai, to dikaion diōkein allʼ ou dikaiōs; kai gar hoi poiountes pros to doxasthēnai hypo tōn anthrōpōn ergon kathʼ auto kathēkon, phere eipein, eis penētas, dikaion men ti pepoiēkasin, ou mēn apo hexeōs dikaiosynēs allʼ apo kenodoxias.
but not if anyone pursues what is righteous is he righteous; which you will understand if you attend to “You shall pursue the righteous righteously,” if “righteously” is not placed before “you shall pursue the righteous” to no purpose. For it is possible, I think, to pursue the righteous but not righteously; for those who, in order to be glorified by men, do a work in itself fitting, say, toward the poor, have done something righteous, yet not from a habit of righteousness but from vainglory.
28.103Preuschen 4:405
οἶμαι δʼ ὅτι ἀνάλογον τῷ »Δι- »καίως τὸ δίκαιον διώξῃ« λέγοιτʼ ἄν· >σωφρόνως τὸ σῶφρον διώξῃ<· καὶ >ἀνδρείως τὸ ἀνδρεῖον διώξῃ καὶ σοφῶς τὸ σοφὸν διώξῃ< καὶ τὰ ἀνα λόγον ἐπὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀρετῶν.
oimai dʼ hoti analogon tǭ »Di- »kaiōs to dikaion diōxę̄« legoitʼ an; >sōphronōs to sōphron diōxę̄<; kai >andreiōs to andreion diōxę̄ kai sophōs to sophon diōxę̄< kai ta ana logon epi tōn loipōn aretōn.
And I think that, analogously to “You shall pursue the righteous righteously,” one might say, “You shall pursue the temperate temperately,” and “You shall pursue the courageous courageously and the wise wisely,” and analogously for the other virtues.
28.104Preuschen 4:405
ταῦτα δʼ εἴπομεν ὑπὲρ τοῦ παραβαλεῖν ὅμοιόν τι τῷ προφητεύειν μέν τινα, οὐ μὴν προφήτην εἶναι,
tauta dʼ eipomen hyper tou parabalein homoion ti tǭ prophēteuein men tina, ou mēn prophētēn einai,
We have said these things to set out something similar to someone's prophesying yet not being a prophet.
28.105Preuschen 4:405
διὰ τοῦτο δʼ οἶμαι συνεχῶς ἐν ταῖς προφητείαις περὶ τῶν προφητῶν λέγεται τὸ »Εἶπεν Ἱερεμίας ὁ προφήτης« καὶ εἴ τι τούτοις ὅμοιον· οἱ δὲ περὶ τὰ ὀνόματα δεινοί φασιν ὅτι οὐχὶ εἴ τις | ἰατρικόν τι ἐποίησεν ἢ τῶν πρὸς ὑγιείαν συμβαλλομένων ἕν, ἰατρός ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος, οὐδὲ εἴ τις οίκοδομικόν τι πεποίηκεν, οἰκοδόμος ἐστὶν ἐκεῖνος.
dia touto dʼ oimai synechōs en tais prophēteiais peri tōn prophētōn legetai to »Eipen Hieremias ho prophētēs« kai ei ti toutois homoion; hoi de peri ta onomata deinoi phasin hoti ouchi ei tis | iatrikon ti epoiēsen ē tōn pros hygieian symballomenōn hen, iatros estin ekeinos, oude ei tis oikodomikon ti pepoiēken, oikodomos estin ekeinos.
And for this reason, I think, it is continually said of the prophets in the prophecies, “Jeremiah the prophet said,” and the like. And those skilled in names say that not if someone has done something medical, or one of the things that contribute to health, is he a physician; nor if someone has done something of building, is he a builder.
28.106Preuschen 4:405
ἐκ δὲ τῶν περὶ τὸν Καϊάφαν ἀναγεγραμμένων, προφητεύσαντα περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος, ἔστιν σαφηνίσαι ὅτι καὶ μοχθηρὰ ψυχὴ ἐπιδέχεταί ποτε τὸ προφητεύειν.
ek de tōn peri ton Kaïaphan anagegrammenōn, prophēteusanta peri tou sōtēros, estin saphēnisai hoti kai mochthēra psychē epidechetai pote to prophēteuein.
From what is recorded about Caiaphas, who prophesied about the Savior, it can be made clear that even a wicked soul sometimes admits of prophesying.
28.107Preuschen 4:405
κατηγορεῖται γὰρ ἡ τοὺ Καϊάφα μοχθηρία, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου ὅτε ὁ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν τὴν ἐν τῷ πάσχειν ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων ἐπιτελεῖ οἰκονομίαν, ὑπὸ τῶν εὐαγγελιστῶν· Ματθαῖος μὲν γάρ φησι· »Τότε πορευθεὶς εἷς τῶν »δώδεκα, λεγόμενος Ιούδας Ἰσκαριώτης, πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς εἶπεν· Τί »θέλετέ μοι δοῦναι, κἀγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν; οἱ δὲ ἔστησαν »αὐτῷ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια«· καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα· »Ἰδοὺ Ἰούδας, φησίν, εἷς »τῶν δώδεκα ἦλθεν, καὶ μετʼ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος πολὺς μετὰ μαχαιρῶν »καὶ ξύλων, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων τοῦ λαοῦ«.
katēgoreitai gar hē tou Kaïapha mochthēria, hos ēn archiereus tou eniautou ekeinou hote ho sōtēr hēmōn tēn en tǭ paschein hyper anthrōpōn epitelei oikonomian, hypo tōn euangelistōn; Matthaios men gar phēsi; »Tote poreutheis heis tōn »dōdeka, legomenos Ioudas Iskariōtēs, pros tous archiereis eipen; Ti »thelete moi dounai, kagō hymin paradōsō auton? hoi de estēsan »autǭ triakonta argyria«; kai metʼ oliga; »Idou Ioudas, phēsin, heis »tōn dōdeka ēlthen, kai metʼ autou ochlos polys meta machairōn »kai xylōn, apo tōn archiereōn kai presbyterōn tou laou«.
For the wickedness of Caiaphas, who was high priest that year when our Savior accomplished the dispensation of suffering for human beings, is charged by the evangelists. For Matthew says, “Then one of the twelve, called Judas Iscariot, went to the chief priests and said, ‘What will you give me, and I will hand him over to you?’ And they weighed out for him thirty pieces of silver”; and shortly after, “Behold, Judas, one of the twelve, came, and with him a great crowd with swords and clubs, from the chief priests and elders of the people.”
28.108Preuschen 4:405–406
Ἐν τούτοις μὲν οὖν νοοῦμεν εἶναι καὶ τὸν Καϊάφαν ἐν τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν, ἐπεὶ μεμαρτύρηται ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου. σαφῶς δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα ὁ Ματθαῖός φησιν· »Οἱ δὲ κρατήσαντες τὸν »Ἰησοῦν ἀπήγαγον πρὸς τὸν Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα, ὅπου οἱ γραμ- »ματεῖς καὶ οἱ περσβύτεροι συνήχθησαν«· καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα ἐπιφέρει·
En toutois men oun nooumen einai kai ton Kaïaphan en tois archiereusin, epei memartyrētai archiereus ōn tou eniautou ekeinou. saphōs de meta tauta ho Matthaios phēsin; »Hoi de kratēsantes ton »Iēsoun apēgagon pros ton Kaïaphan ton archierea, hopou hoi gram- »mateis kai hoi persbyteroi synēchthēsan«; kai metʼ oliga epipherei;
Among these we understand Caiaphas to be among the chief priests, since he is attested as high priest that year. And afterward Matthew says clearly, “Those who had seized Jesus led him away to Caiaphas the high priest, where the scribes and elders had gathered”; and shortly after he adds:
28.109Preuschen 4:406
»ὁ δὲ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ τὸ συνέδριον ἐξήτουν ψευδομαρτυρίαν κατὰ τοῦ »Ἰησοῦ, ὅπως θανατώσουσιν αὐτόν· καὶ οὐχ εὗρον, πολλῶν προσελ- »θόντων ψευδομαρτύρων. ὕστερον δὲ προσελθόντες δύο εἶπον· »Οὗτος ἔφη· Δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ διὰ τριῶν »ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. καὶ ἀναστὰς ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Οὐδὲν »ἀποκρίνῃ; τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν; ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἐσιώπα. »καὶ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Ἐξορκίζω σε κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶν- »τος ἵνα ἡμῖν εἴπῃς· εἶ σὺ ὁ χριστός, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ; λέγει αὐτῷ »ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Σὺ εἶπας· πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπʼ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν υἱὸν »τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ ἐρχόμενον »ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. τότε ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν τὰ »ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ λέγων· Ἐβλασφήμησεν· τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύ- »ρων; ἰδοὺ νῦν ἠκούσατε τὴν βλασφημίαν αὐτοῦ. τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ; οἱ » δὲ ἀποκριθέντες εἶπον· Ἔνοχος θανάτου ἐστίν«. εἶτα πάλιν μεθʼ ἕτερα·
»ho de archiereus kai to synedrion exētoun pseudomartyrian kata tou »Iēsou, hopōs thanatōsousin auton; kai ouch heuron, pollōn prosel- »thontōn pseudomartyrōn. hysteron de proselthontes dyo eipon; »Houtos ephē; Dynamai katalysai ton naon tou theou kai dia triōn »hēmerōn oikodomēsai. kai anastas ho archiereus eipen autǭ; Ouden »apokrinę̄? ti houtoi sou katamartyrousin? ho de Iēsous esiōpa. »kai ho archiereus eipen autǭ; Exorkizō se kata tou theou tou zōn- »tos hina hēmin eipę̄s; ei sy ho christos, ho huios tou theou? legei autǭ »ho Iēsous; Sy eipas; plēn legō hymin, apʼ arti opsesthe ton huion »tou anthrōpou kathēmenon ek dexiōn tēs dynameōs kai erchomenon »epi tōn nephelōn tou ouranou. tote ho archiereus dierrēxen ta »himatia autou legōn; Eblasphēmēsen; ti eti chreian echomen marty- »rōn? idou nyn ēkousate tēn blasphēmian autou. ti hymin dokei? hoi » de apokrithentes eipon; Enochos thanatou estin«. eita palin methʼ hetera;
“And the high priest and the council sought false testimony against Jesus, so that they might put him to death, and found none, though many false witnesses came forward. But at last two came forward and said, ‘This man said, I can destroy the temple of God and build it in three days.’ And the high priest stood up and said to him, ‘Do you answer nothing? What is it that these testify against you?’ But Jesus was silent. And the high priest said to him, ‘I adjure you by the living God, that you tell us whether you are the Christ, the Son of God.’ Jesus says to him, ‘You have said so; but I tell you, from now on you will see the Son of Man sitting at the right hand of Power and coming on the clouds of heaven.’ Then the high priest tore his garments, saying, ‘He has blasphemed; what further need have we of witnesses? Behold, now you have heard his blasphemy. What is your judgment?’ They answered and said, ‘He deserves death.’” Then again, after other things:
28.110Preuschen 4:406
»Καὶ ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ »πρεσβυτέρων οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο«.
»Kai en tǭ katēgoreisthai auton hypo tōn archiereōn kai »presbyterōn ouden apekrinato«.
“And while he was being accused by the chief priests and elders, he answered nothing.”
28.111Preuschen 4:406
καὶ πάλιν μετʼ ὀλίγα· »Οἱ δὲ »ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ἔπεισαν τοὺς ὄχλους ἵνα αἰτήσωνται »τὸν Βαραββᾶν, τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν«.
kai palin metʼ oliga; »Hoi de »archiereis kai hoi presbyteroi epeisan tous ochlous hina aitēsōntai »ton Barabban, ton de Iēsoun apolesōsin«.
And again shortly after: “But the chief priests and the elders persuaded the crowds to ask for Barabbas and to destroy Jesus.”
28.112Preuschen 4:406
εἶτα μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν Μαρίας τῆς Μαγδαληνῆς καὶ τῆς ἄλλης Μαρίας· »Ἰδού τινες τῆς κουστωδίας ἐλθόντες εἰς τὴν πόλιν »ἀνήγγειλαν τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν πάντα τὰ γενόμενα. καὶ συναχθέντες »μετὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες ἀργύρια ἱκανὰ »ἔδωκαν τοῖς στρατιώταις … »ἐλθόντες νυκτὸς ἔκλεψαν αὐτὸν ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων· κἂν ἀκουσθῇ »τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιή- »σομεν«.
eita meta tēn anastasin Marias tēs Magdalēnēs kai tēs allēs Marias; »Idou tines tēs koustōdias elthontes eis tēn polin »anēngeilan tois archiereusin panta ta genomena. kai synachthentes »meta tōn presbyterōn symboulion te labontes argyria hikana »edōkan tois stratiōtais … »elthontes nyktos eklepsan auton hēmōn koimōmenōn; kan akousthę̄ »touto epi tou hēgemonos, hēmeis peisomen kai hymas amerimnous poiē- »somen«.
Then, after the resurrection and Mary Magdalene and the other Mary: “Behold, some of the guard went into the city and reported to the chief priests all that had happened. And when they had assembled with the elders and taken counsel, they gave a sufficient sum of money to the soldiers …: ‘… came by night and stole him while we were asleep. And if this comes to the governor's ears, we will persuade him and keep you out of trouble.’”
28.113Preuschen 4:406–407
Λουκᾶς δὲ ἀνέγραψεν ὅτι »Εἰσῆλθεν Σατανᾶς εἰς Ἰούδαν ἐπι- »καλούμενον Ἰσκαριώθ, ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα, καὶ ἀπελ- »θὼν συνελάλησεν τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσι καὶ στρατηγοῖς, ὅπως αὐτὸν »παραδῷ αὐτοῖς«. εἶτα μετʼ ὀλίγα· »Εἶπεν, φησίν, ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς »τοὺς παραγενομένους ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ στρατηγοὺς τοῦ ἱεροῦ »καὶ πρεσβυτέρους· Ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ »ξύλων;« καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα· »Συλλαβόντες αὐτὸν ἦγον καὶ εἰσήγαγον »εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως«· καὶ ἔτι μετʼ ὀλίγα· »Εἱστήκεισαν οἱ »ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς, εὐτόνως κατηγοροῦντες αὐτοῦ«.
Loukas de anegrapsen hoti »Eisēlthen Satanas eis Ioudan epi- »kaloumenon Iskariōth, onta ek tou arithmou tōn dōdeka, kai apel- »thōn synelalēsen tois archiereusi kai stratēgois, hopōs auton »paradǭ autois«. eita metʼ oliga; »Eipen, phēsin, ho Iēsous pros »tous paragenomenous epʼ auton archiereis kai stratēgous tou hierou »kai presbyterous; Hōs epi lę̄stēn exēlthate meta machairōn kai »xylōn?« kai metʼ oliga; »Syllabontes auton ēgon kai eisēgagon »eis tēn oikian tou archiereōs«; kai eti metʼ oliga; »Heistēkeisan hoi »archiereis kai hoi grammateis, eutonōs katēgorountes autou«.
And Luke recorded that “Satan entered into Judas called Iscariot, who was of the number of the twelve, and he went away and conferred with the chief priests and officers how he might hand him over to them.” Then shortly after: “Jesus said,” he says, “to the chief priests and officers of the temple and elders who had come out against him, ‘Have you come out as against a robber, with swords and clubs?’” And shortly after: “Having seized him, they led him away and brought him into the high priest's house”; and still shortly after: “The chief priests and the scribes stood by, vehemently accusing him.”
28.114Preuschen 4:407
καὶ πάλιν μετʼ ὁλίγα· »Ὠς ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, συνήχθη τὸ πρεσβυτέριον τοῦ »λαοῦ, ἀρχιερεῖς τε καὶ γραμματεῖς, καὶ ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ »συνέδριον αὐτῶν«.
kai palin metʼ holiga; »Ōs hēmera egeneto, synēchthē to presbyterion tou »laou, archiereis te kai grammateis, kai apēgagon auton eis to »synedrion autōn«.
And again shortly after: “When day came, the assembly of the elders of the people gathered, both chief priests and scribes, and they led him away to their council.”
28.115Preuschen 4:407
Ὁ δὲ Μάρκος φησὶν ὅτι »Ἰούδας Ἰσκαριώτης, εἷς τῶν δώδεκα, »προσῆλθεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς ἵνα παραδῷ αὐτόν. οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαν- »τες ἐχάρησαν καὶ ἐπηγγείλαντο αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι«· καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα· »Ἔτι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ λαλοῦντος παραγίνεται Ἰούδας Ἰσκαριώτης, »εἷς τῶν δώδεκα, καὶ μετʼ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος πολὺς μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ »ξύλων παρὰ τῶν γραμματέων καὶ τῶν Φαρισίων καὶ πρεσβυτέ- »ρων«· καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα·
Ho de Markos phēsin hoti »Ioudas Iskariōtēs, heis tōn dōdeka, »prosēlthen pros tous archiereis hina paradǭ auton. hoi de akousan- »tes echarēsan kai epēngeilanto autǭ argyrion dounai«; kai metʼ oliga; »Eti tou Iēsou lalountos paraginetai Ioudas Iskariōtēs, »heis tōn dōdeka, kai metʼ autou ochlos polys meta machairōn kai »xylōn para tōn grammateōn kai tōn Pharisiōn kai presbyte- »rōn«; kai metʼ oliga;
And Mark says that “Judas Iscariot, one of the twelve, went to the chief priests in order to hand him over to them. And when they heard it they were glad and promised to give him money”; and shortly after: “While Jesus was still speaking, Judas Iscariot, one of the twelve, arrives, and with him a great crowd with swords and clubs, from the scribes and the Pharisees and elders”; and shortly after:
28.116Preuschen 4:407
»Ἀπήγαγον τὸν Ἰησοῦν πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν »ἀρχιερέα, καὶ συνέρχονται πάντες οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς καὶ »πρεσβύτεροι«.
»Apēgagon ton Iēsoun pros Kaïaphan ton »archierea, kai synerchontai pantes hoi archiereis kai grammateis kai »presbyteroi«.
“They led Jesus away to Caiaphas the high priest, and all the chief priests and scribes and elders come together.”
28.117Preuschen 4:407
εἶτα πάλιν μετʼ ὀλίγα· »Ἀναστὰς ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ἐπη- »ρώτησεν τὸν ἰησοῦν λέγων· Οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν; τί οὗ τοί σου »καταμαρτυροῦσιν; ὁ δὲ ἐσιώπα καὶ οὐ δὲν ἀπεκρίνατο. πάλιν ὁ ἀρ- »χιερεὺς ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ δευτέρου λέγων· Σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστὸς ὁ »υἱὸς τοῦ εὐλογητοῦ; ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτῷ· Σὺ εἶπας· »ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ ὄψεσθε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καθήμενον ἐκ »δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ ἐρχόμενον μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐ- »ρανοῦ., ο δὲ ἀρχιερεὺς διαρρήξας εὐθέως τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ«.
eita palin metʼ oliga; »Anastas ho archiereus epē- »rōtēsen ton iēsoun legōn; Ouk apokrinę̄ ouden? ti hou toi sou »katamartyrousin? ho de esiōpa kai ou den apekrinato. palin ho ar- »chiereus epērōtēsen auton ek deuterou legōn; Sy ei ho christos ho »huios tou eulogētou? ho de Iēsous apokritheis legei autǭ; Sy eipas; »hoti egō eimi, kai opsesthe ton huion tou anthrōpou kathēmenon ek »dexiōn tēs dynameōs kai erchomenon meta tōn nephelōn tou ou- »ranou., o de archiereus diarrēxas eutheōs tous chitōnas autou«.
Then again shortly after: “The high priest stood up and asked Jesus, saying, ‘Do you answer nothing? What is it that these testify against you?’ But he was silent and answered nothing. Again the high priest asked him a second time, saying, ‘Are you the Christ, the Son of the Blessed?’ And Jesus answered and says to him, ‘You say that I am; and you will see the Son of Man sitting at the right hand of Power and coming with the clouds of heaven.’ And the high priest at once tore his garments.”
28.118Preuschen 4:407
εἶτα μετʼ ὀλίγα· »Πρωΐ συμβούλιον ἐποίησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς μετὰ τῶν »πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων καὶ ὅλον τὸ συνέδριον, καὶ »δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπήγαγον εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν καὶ παρέδωκαν Πι- »λάτῳ«. εἶτα μετʼ ὀλίγα· »Κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς πολλά, »αὐτὸς δὲ οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνετο«.
eita metʼ oliga; »Prōï symboulion epoiēsan hoi archiereis meta tōn »presbyterōn kai tōn grammateōn kai holon to synedrion, kai »dēsantes ton Iēsoun apēgagon eis tēn aulēn kai paredōkan Pi- »latǭ«. eita metʼ oliga; »Katēgoroun autou hoi archiereis polla, »autos de ouden apekrineto«.
Then shortly after: “In the morning the chief priests with the elders and the scribes and the whole council held a consultation, and they bound Jesus, led him away into the courtyard, and handed him over to Pilate.” Then shortly after: “The chief priests accused him of many things, but he answered nothing.”
28.119Preuschen 4:407
ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης φησὶν ὅτι »Ἄγουσι τὸν »Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον«.
ho de Iōannēs phēsin hoti »Agousi ton »Iēsoun apo tou Kaïapha eis to praitōrion«.
And John says that “they lead Jesus from Caiaphas to the praetorium.”
28.120Preuschen 4:407–408
ταῦτα δὲ ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐξεθέμεθα ὑπὲρ τοῦ διὰ πολλῶν ἁπάντων τῶν εὐαγγελιστῶν μαρ- τυριῶν παραστῆσαι τὴν χύσιν τῆς τοῦ Καϊάφα κακίας, καὶ ὅτι κατὰλύειν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἀγωνιζόμενος οὐδὲν ἧττον προεφήτευσεν· ὅτι μὲν οὖν προεφήτευσεν, σαφῶς ἐδίδαξεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Ἰωάννης.
tauta de epi pleion exethemetha hyper tou dia pollōn hapantōn tōn euangelistōn mar- tyriōn parastēsai tēn chysin tēs tou Kaïapha kakias, kai hoti katalyein tou Iēsou agōnizomenos ouden hētton proephēteusen; hoti men oun proephēteusen, saphōs edidaxen hēmas ho Iōannēs.
We have set these out at greater length so as to show, by many testimonies of all the evangelists, the extent of Caiaphas' wickedness, and that while striving to destroy Jesus he none the less prophesied; that he prophesied John has clearly taught us.
28.121Preuschen 4:408
Ζητήσεις δὲ εἰ πάντως, εἴ τις προφητεύει, ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου προφητεύει, κἄν τισιν φαίνηται μηδεμιᾶς ζητήσεως ἔχεσθαι λεγόμενον.
Zētēseis de ei pantōs, ei tis prophēteuei, ek pneumatos hagiou prophēteuei, kan tisin phainētai mēdemias zētēseōs echesthai legomenon.
You will ask whether, if anyone prophesies, he certainly prophesies from the Holy Spirit, even if to some this seems to be said without any need of inquiry.
28.122Preuschen 4:408
πῶς δὲ οὐ ζητήσεως ἄξιόν ἐστιν, εἴγε Δαβὶδ μετὰ τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ούρίου ἁμαρτίαν εὐλαβούμενος ἀφαιρεθῆναι ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμά φησι· »Τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιόν σου μὴ ἀντανέλῃς ἀπʼ »ἐμοῦ«; εἰ δέ τις προσίεται καὶ τὸ »Ἅγιον γὰρ πνεῦμα παιδείας »φεύξεται δόλον, καὶ ἀπαναστήσεται ἀπὸ λογισμῶν ἀσυνέτων« σαφῶς δόξει παρίστασθαι ὅτι φεύγει ἀπὸ τῆς δεδολιωμένης ψυχῆς, κἂν πρότερον τύχῃ πρὸ δόλου καὶ ἁμαρτίας γενόμενον ἐκεῖ, τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα.
pōs de ou zētēseōs axion estin, eige Dabid meta tēn epi tou Ouriou hamartian eulaboumenos aphairethēnai apʼ autou to hagion pneuma phēsi; »To pneuma to hagion sou mē antanelę̄s apʼ »emou«? ei de tis prosietai kai to »Hagion gar pneuma paideias »pheuxetai dolon, kai apanastēsetai apo logismōn asynetōn« saphōs doxei paristasthai hoti pheugei apo tēs dedoliōmenēs psychēs, kan proteron tychę̄ pro dolou kai hamartias genomenon ekei, to hagion pneuma.
And how is it not worthy of inquiry, if David, after his sin concerning Uriah, fearing that the Holy Spirit would be taken from him, says, “Do not take your Holy Spirit from me”? And if anyone also accepts “For the holy spirit of instruction will flee deceit and will withdraw from senseless reasonings,” it will seem clearly shown that the Holy Spirit flees from a soul that has become deceitful, even if it happened to be there before the deceit and sin.
28.123Preuschen 4:408
οὕτω δὲ ζητήσεως ἄξιόν ἐστιν τὸ περὶ τοῦ ἀγίου πνεύματος εἰ δύναται εἶναι καὶ ἐν ἁμαρτωλῷ ψυχῇ, ὥστʼ ἄν τινα εἰπεῖν ὅτι εἴπερ »Οὐδεὶς δύναται εἰπεῖν Κύριος Ἰησοῦς εἰ μὴ ἐν πνεύματι »ἁγίῳ«· πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν διάκεινται πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὡς πρὸς κύριον, καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἂν εἴη τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα.
houtō de zētēseōs axion estin to peri tou agiou pneumatos ei dynatai einai kai en hamartōlǭ psychę̄, hōstʼ an tina eipein hoti eiper »Oudeis dynatai eipein Kyrios Iēsous ei mē en pneumati »hagiǭ«; polloi de kai tōn hamartōlōn diakeintai pros ton Iēsoun hōs pros kyrion, kai en autois an eiē to hagion pneuma.
Thus it is worth inquiring about the Holy Spirit whether it can be even in a sinful soul, so that someone might say that, if “no one can say ‘Jesus is Lord’ except in the Holy Spirit,” and many sinners are disposed toward Jesus as toward a Lord, the Holy Spirit would be in them too.
28.124Preuschen 4:408
καὶ τάχα ἐπεὶ οἱ μετὰ τὸ τυχεῖν αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντες οὐκ ἂν τυγχάνοιεν ἀφέσεως, διὰ τοῦτο λέγεται περὶ τῶν πρὸ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματός τινι ἡμαρτημένων τὸ »Πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἁφεθήσεται τοῖς »υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων«·
kai tacha epei hoi meta to tychein autou hamartanontes ouk an tynchanoien apheseōs, dia touto legetai peri tōn pro tou hagiou pneumatos tini hēmartēmenōn to »Pasa hamartia kai blasphēmia haphethēsetai tois »huiois tōn anthrōpōn«;
And perhaps, since those who sin after receiving it would not obtain forgiveness, for this reason it is said of sins committed by someone before the Holy Spirit, “Every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven the sons of men”;
28.125Preuschen 4:408
περὶ δὲ τῶν μετὰ τὸ τυχεῖν ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐπταικότων τὸ »Ὀ δὲ εἰς τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα βλασφημήσας οὐκ »ἔχει ἄφεσιν οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι«. βλασφημεῖ γὰρ ἔργοις καὶ λόγοις ἁμαρτίας εἰς τὸ παρὸν πνεῦμα ἅγιον ὁ καὶ παρόντος αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ἁμαρτάνων.
peri de tōn meta to tychein hagiou pneumatos eptaikotōn to »O de eis to hagion pneuma blasphēmēsas ouk »echei aphesin oute en toutǭ tǭ aiōni oute en tǭ mellonti«. blasphēmei gar ergois kai logois hamartias eis to paron pneuma hagion ho kai parontos autou en tę̄ psychę̄ hamartanōn.
but of those who have stumbled after receiving the Holy Spirit, “But whoever blasphemes against the Holy Spirit has no forgiveness, either in this age or in the age to come.” For one who sins while the Spirit is present in his soul blasphemes the present Holy Spirit by deeds and words of sin.
28.126Preuschen 4:408
οὕτω δέ τις φήσει εἰρῆσθαι καὶ τὸ ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ἑβραίους τοῦτον ἀναγεγραμμένον τὸν τρόπον· »Ἀδύνατον γἂρ τοὺς ἅπαξ φωτισθέντας γευσαμένους τε τῆς »δωρεᾶς τῆς ἐπουρανίου καὶ μετόχους γενηθέντας πνεύματος ἁγίου, »καὶ καλὸν γευσαμένους θεοῦ ῥὴμα δυνάμεις τε μέλλοντος αἰῶνος, »καὶ παραπεσόντας, πάλιν ἀνακαινίζειν εἰς μετάνοιαν, ἀνασταυροῦν- »τας ἑαυτοῖς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ παραδειγματίζοντας«. πρόσχες γὰρ ἐν τούτοις τὸ »Μετόχους γενηθέντας πνεύματος ἁγίου«.
houtō de tis phēsei eirēsthai kai to en tę̄ pros Hebraious touton anagegrammenon ton tropon; »Adynaton gar tous hapax phōtisthentas geusamenous te tēs »dōreas tēs epouraniou kai metochous genēthentas pneumatos hagiou, »kai kalon geusamenous theou rhēma dynameis te mellontos aiōnos, »kai parapesontas, palin anakainizein eis metanoian, anastauroun- »tas heautois ton huion tou theou kai paradeigmatizontas«. prosches gar en toutois to »Metochous genēthentas pneumatos hagiou«.
Thus someone will say is meant also what is written in the letter to the Hebrews in this way: “For it is impossible, in the case of those who have once been enlightened, and have tasted the heavenly gift, and become partakers of the Holy Spirit, and have tasted the good word of God and the powers of the age to come, and have fallen away, to renew them again to repentance, since they crucify the Son of God for themselves and put him to open shame.” For note in these words “become partakers of the Holy Spirit.”
28.127Preuschen 4:408
εἰς δὲ τὸ ἐναντίον, ὡς, εἰ καὶ προεφήτευσεν ὁ Καϊάφας, οὐδὲν ἧττον οὐκ ἦν πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐν αὐτῷ, λεχθείη ἂν τὸ »Οὔπω γὰρ ἦν πνεῦμα, »ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὔπω ἐδοξάσθη«.
eis de to enantion, hōs, ei kai proephēteusen ho Kaïaphas, ouden hētton ouk ēn pneuma hagion en autǭ, lechtheiē an to »Oupō gar ēn pneuma, »hoti Iēsous oupō edoxasthē«.
To the contrary, that even if Caiaphas prophesied, the Holy Spirit was none the less not in him, “For the Spirit was not yet, because Jesus was not yet glorified” might be said.
28.128Preuschen 4:408–409
καὶ εἴπερ οὐκ ἦν πνεῦμα οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις πρὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦν δοξασθῆναι, πόσῳ πλέον οὐκ ἦν ἐν τῷ καϊάφᾳ; ἀναστὰς δὲ ὁ σωτὴρ »ἐνεφύσησεν« τοῖς μαθηταῖς »καὶ λέγει »αὐτοῖς· Λάβετε πνεῦμα ἅγιον« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς·
kai eiper ouk ēn pneuma oude en tois apostolois pro tou Iēsoun doxasthēnai, posǭ pleon ouk ēn en tǭ kaïaphą? anastas de ho sōtēr »enephysēsen« tois mathētais »kai legei »autois; Labete pneuma hagion« kai ta hexēs;
And if the Spirit was not even in the apostles before Jesus was glorified, how much less was it in Caiaphas? But the Savior, having risen, “breathed” on the disciples “and says to them, ‘Receive the Holy Spirit,’” and what follows.
28.129Preuschen 4:409
τολμηρῶς μὲν οὖν τις παραθήσεται τὰ λεχθησόμενα πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἀπὸ ἁγίου πνεύματος προπεφητευκέναι τὸν Καϊάφαν· ὁμῶς δʼ οὖν ἐρεῖ ὅτι δύναται καὶ πονηρὰ πνεύματα μαρτυρεῖν τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ προφητεύειν περὶ αὐτοῦ ἢ μαρτυρεῖν αὐτῷ, ὥσπερ τὸ λέγον· »Οἴδαμέν σε τίς εἶ, ὁ ἅγιος τοῦ »θεοῦ« καὶ τὰ παρακαλοῦντα αὐτὸν ἵνα μὴ ἐπιτάξῃ αὐτοῖς εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ λέγοντα· »Ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς;«
tolmērōs men oun tis parathēsetai ta lechthēsomena pros to mē apo hagiou pneumatos propephēteukenai ton Kaïaphan; homōs dʼ oun erei hoti dynatai kai ponēra pneumata martyrein tǭ Iēsou kai prophēteuein peri autou ē martyrein autǭ, hōsper to legon; »Oidamen se tis ei, ho hagios tou »theou« kai ta parakalounta auton hina mē epitaxę̄ autois eis tēn abysson apelthein kai legonta; »Ēlthes apolesai hēmas?«
Someone will boldly set out what will be said toward the view that Caiaphas did not prophesy from the Holy Spirit; nevertheless he will say that even evil spirits can bear witness to Jesus and prophesy about him, like the one that says, “We know who you are, the Holy One of God,” and those that begged him not to command them to go into the abyss and said, “Have you come to destroy us?”
28.130Preuschen 4:409
Καὶ ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι δὲ τῶν ἀποστόλων γέγραπται ταῦτα· »Ἐγένετο πορευομένων ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν προσευχὴν παιδίσκην τινὰ »ἔχουσαν πνεῦμα πύθωνα ὑπαντῆσαι ἡμῖν, ἅτις ἐργασίαν πολλὴν »παρεῖχει τοῖς κυρίοις αὐτῆς μαντευομένη. αὕτη κατακολουθήσασα »Παύλῳ καὶ ἡμῖν † ἔκραξεν λέγουσα ὅτι Οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι δοῦλοι » τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου εἰσίν, οἵτινες καταγγέλλουσιν ἡμῖν ὁδὸν σω- »τηρίας«.
Kai en tais Praxesi de tōn apostolōn gegraptai tauta; »Egeneto poreuomenōn hēmōn eis tēn proseuchēn paidiskēn tina »echousan pneuma pythōna hypantēsai hēmin, hatis ergasian pollēn »pareichei tois kyriois autēs manteuomenē. hautē katakolouthēsasa »Paulǭ kai hēmin † ekraxen legousa hoti Houtoi hoi anthrōpoi douloi » tou theou tou hypsistou eisin, hoitines katangellousin hēmin hodon sō- »tērias«.
And in the Acts of the Apostles this is written: “It happened, as we were going to the place of prayer, that a slave girl who had a spirit of divination met us, who brought her masters much gain by fortune-telling. She followed Paul and us and cried out, saying, ‘These men are servants of the Most High God, who proclaim to us a way of salvation.’”
28.131Preuschen 4:409
φήσει οὖν ὁ τούτοις συγχρώμενος ὅτι οὐδὲν ἀποδεῖ προφητείας ὁ τοῦ πύθωνος λόγος, μαρτυρῶν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις καὶ προτρέπων ὡς ἐπὶ ὁδὸν σωτηρίας καταγγελλομένην πιστεύειν τοὺς ἀκούσαντας.
phēsei oun ho toutois synchrōmenos hoti ouden apodei prophēteias ho tou pythōnos logos, martyrōn tois apostolois kai protrepōn hōs epi hodon sōtērias katangellomenēn pisteuein tous akousantas.
One who uses these, then, will say that the word of the Pythian spirit falls in no way short of prophecy, bearing witness to the apostles and urging the hearers to believe in the proclaimed way of salvation.
28.132Preuschen 4:409
ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τὰ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ παρεθέμεθα, πρόσχες εἰ δύναται καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγεσθαι ὅτι οὐ θεόθεν ἐλάλησεν ἀλλʼ ἀπὸ ἀγγέλου· »Ἔστη, γάρ φησιν, ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἐνδιαβάλλειν αὐ- »τόν. καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπιβεβήκει ἐπὶ τῆς ὄνου αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ δύο παῖδες »αὐτοῦ μετʼ αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἰδοῦσα ἡ ὄνος τὸν ἄγγελον τοῦ θεοῦ ἀνθε- »στηκότα ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, καὶ τῆν ῥομφαίαν αὐτοῦ ἐσπασμένην ἐν τῇ »χειρὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξέκλινεν ἡ ὄνος ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ καὶ ἐπορεύετο εἰς »τὸ πεδίον. καὶ ἐπάταξεν Βαλαὰμ τὴν ὅνον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ τοῦ »εὐθῦναι αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ· καὶ ἔστη ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ταῖς αὔλαξι »τῶν ἀμπέλων, φραγμὸς ἐντεῦθεν καὶ φραγμὸς ἐντεῦθεν«. εἶτα μετʼ ὀλίγα·
epei de kai ta tou Balaam parethemetha, prosches ei dynatai kai peri autou legesthai hoti ou theothen elalēsen allʼ apo angelou; »Estē, gar phēsin, ho angelos tou theou en tę̄ hodǭ endiaballein au- »ton. kai autos epibebēkei epi tēs onou autou kai hoi dyo paides »autou metʼ autou. kai idousa hē onos ton angelon tou theou anthe- »stēkota en tę̄ hodǭ, kai tēn rhomphaian autou espasmenēn en tę̄ »cheiri autou, kai exeklinen hē onos ek tēs hodou kai eporeueto eis »to pedion. kai epataxen Balaam tēn honon en tę̄ rhabdǭ tou »euthynai autēn en tę̄ hodǭ; kai estē ho angelos tou theou en tais aulaxi »tōn ampelōn, phragmos enteuthen kai phragmos enteuthen«. eita metʼ oliga;
And since we have set out also the things concerning Balaam, consider whether it can be said of him too that he spoke not from God but from an angel: “The angel of God,” it says, “stood in the way to oppose him. And he was riding on his donkey, and his two servants were with him. And the donkey, seeing the angel of God standing against him in the way, and his sword drawn in his hand, turned aside out of the way and went into the field. And Balaam struck the donkey with his rod to turn her into the way; and the angel of God stood in the furrows of the vineyards, a wall on this side and a wall on that side.” Then shortly after:
28.133Preuschen 4:409–410
»Ἰδοῦσα ἡ ὄνος τὸν ἄγγελον τοῦ θεοῦ συνεκάθισεν ὑποκάτω Βα- »λαάμ«. καὶ πάλιν μετʼ ὀλίγα· »Εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ· Διατί »ἐπάταξας τὴν ὄνον σου τοῦτο τρίτον; καὶ ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἐξῆλθον εἰς δια- »βολήν σου, ὅτι οὐκ εὐθεῖα ἡ ὁδός σου ἐναντίον μου· καὶ ἰδοῦσά με« »ἡ ὄνος ἐξέκλινεν ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ τοῦτο τρίτον· καὶ εἰ μὴ ἐξέκλινεν ἀπʼ »ἐμοῦ, νῦν σὲ μὲν ἂν ἀπέκτεινα ἐκείνην δʼ ἂν περιεποιησάμην. καὶ »εἶπεν βαλαὰμ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ· Κύριε, ἡμάρτηκα, οὐ γὰρ ἠπιστάμην ὅτι »σὺ ἀνθέστηκας εἰς συνάντησίν μοι ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ· καὶ νῦν εἰ μή σοι »ἀρέσκει, ἀποστραφήσομαι. καὶ εἶπεν ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ πρὸς »Βαλαάμ· Συμπορεύθητι μετὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων· πλὴν τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ »ἐὰν εἴπω πρὸς σὲ τοῦτο φυλάξῃ λαλῆσαι«.
»Idousa hē onos ton angelon tou theou synekathisen hypokatō Ba- »laam«. kai palin metʼ oliga; »Eipen autǭ ho angelos tou theou; Diati »epataxas tēn onon sou touto triton? kai idou egō exēlthon eis dia- »bolēn sou, hoti ouk eutheia hē hodos sou enantion mou; kai idousa me« »hē onos exeklinen apʼ emou touto triton; kai ei mē exeklinen apʼ »emou, nyn se men an apekteina ekeinēn dʼ an periepoiēsamēn. kai »eipen balaam tǭ angelǭ; Kyrie, hēmartēka, ou gar ēpistamēn hoti »sy anthestēkas eis synantēsin moi en tę̄ hodǭ; kai nyn ei mē soi »areskei, apostraphēsomai. kai eipen ho angelos tou theou pros »Balaam; Symporeuthēti meta tōn anthrōpōn; plēn to rhēma ho »ean eipō pros se touto phylaxę̄ lalēsai«.
“The donkey, seeing the angel of God, lay down under Balaam.” And again shortly after: “The angel of God said to him, ‘Why have you struck your donkey these three times? Behold, I came out to oppose you, because your way was not straight before me; and the donkey saw me and turned aside from me these three times; and if she had not turned aside from me, I would now have killed you and saved her alive.’ And Balaam said to the angel, ‘Lord, I have sinned, for I did not know that you stood against me in the way; and now, if it does not please you, I will turn back.’ And the angel of God said to Balaam, ‘Go with the men; but the word that I speak to you, that you shall take care to speak.’”
28.134Preuschen 4:410
παρατήρει γὰρ ὅτι ἄγγελός ἐστιν ὁ λέγων· »Τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐὰν εἴπω πρὸς σὲ τοῦτο φυλ- »λάξῃ λαλῆσαι«.
paratērei gar hoti angelos estin ho legōn; »To rhēma ho ean eipō pros se touto phyl- »laxę̄ lalēsai«.
For observe that it is an angel who says, “The word that I speak to you, that you shall take care to speak.”
28.135Preuschen 4:410
ἀλλὰ φήσεις ὅτι μετʼ ὀλίγα ἐφάνη ὁ θεὸς τῷ Βαλαὰμ καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν Βαλαάμ· »Τοὺς ἑπτὰ βωμοὺς ἡτοίμασα »καὶ ἀνεβίβασα μόσχον καὶ κριὸν ἐπὶ τὸν βωμόν. καὶ ἐνέβαλεν ὁ »θεὸς ῥῆμα εἰς τὸ στόμα Βαλαὰμ καὶ εἶπεν· Ἐπιστραφεὶς πρὸς βα- »λαὰμ οὕτω λαλήσεις«.
alla phēseis hoti metʼ oliga ephanē ho theos tǭ Balaam kai eipen pros auton Balaam; »Tous hepta bōmous hētoimasa »kai anebibasa moschon kai krion epi ton bōmon. kai enebalen ho »theos rhēma eis to stoma Balaam kai eipen; Epistrapheis pros ba- »laam houtō lalēseis«.
But you will say that shortly after God appeared to Balaam, and Balaam said to him, “I have prepared the seven altars and offered a calf and a ram on each altar. And God put a word into Balaam's mouth and said, ‘Return to Balak, and thus you shall speak.’”
28.136Preuschen 4:410
καὶ σὺ δὲ πρόσχες πῶς ἀμφότερα ἀληθῆ ἐστὶν καὶ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγγέλου λεγόμενον ἐν τῷ »Ὅ ἐὰν εἴπω πρὸς »σὲ τοῦτο φυλάξῃ λαλῆσαι«· καὶ τὸ ὑπὸ τῆς γραφῆς ἀπαγγελλόμενον ὅτι »Ἐνέβαλεν ὁ θεὸς ῥῆμα εἰς τὸ στόμα βαλαὰμ καὶ εἶπεν«.
kai sy de prosches pōs amphotera alēthē estin kai to hypo tou angelou legomenon en tǭ »Ho ean eipō pros »se touto phylaxę̄ lalēsai«; kai to hypo tēs graphēs apangellomenon hoti »Enebalen ho theos rhēma eis to stoma balaam kai eipen«.
And you too consider how both are true: what is said by the angel in “What I speak to you, that you shall take care to speak,” and what is reported by Scripture, that “God put a word into Balaam's mouth and said.”
28.137Preuschen 4:410
τὸ δὲ »Ἐγενήθη πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἐπʼ αὐτῷ« ὠβελίσαμεν, μήτε αὐτὸ μήτε παραπλήσιόν τι αὐτῷ εὑρόντες ἐν ταῖς λοιπαῖς ἐκδόσεσιν.
to de »Egenēthē pneuma theou epʼ autǭ« ōbelisamen, mēte auto mēte paraplēsion ti autǭ heurontes en tais loipais ekdosesin.
But “And the Spirit of God came upon him” we have marked with an obelus, having found neither it nor anything like it in the other versions.
28.138Preuschen 4:410
πάλιν τε αὖ μετʼ ὀλίγα· »Συνήντησεν, φησίν, ὁ θεὸς τῷ Βαλαὰμ καὶ ἐνέ- »βαλεν ῥῆμα εἰς τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ καὶ εἶπεν· Ἀποστράφηθι πρὸς Βα- »λαὰκ καὶ τάδε λαλήσεις«.
palin te au metʼ oliga; »Synēntēsen, phēsin, ho theos tǭ Balaam kai ene- »balen rhēma eis to stoma autou kai eipen; Apostraphēthi pros Ba- »laak kai tade lalēseis«.
And again shortly after: “God met Balaam,” it says, “and put a word into his mouth and said, ‘Return to Balak, and these things you shall speak.’”
28.139Preuschen 4:410
Εἰς ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ὁ ἀποτολμῶν φήσει ὅτι καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Σαοὺλ εἴρηται· »Πνεῦμα θεοῦ πονηρὸν »ἔπνιγεν αὐτόν«. ἀλλὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ψευδὲς ἐξελθὸν γέγονεν ἐν στόματι πάντων τῶν προφητῶν τοῦ Ἀχαάβ, εἰπόντος κυρίου· »Τίς »ἀπατήσει τὸν Ἀχαάβ«;· καὶ ἐξελθόντος πνεύματος ψευδοῦς καὶ εἰπόντος· »Ἐγὼ ἀπατήσω«.
Eis tauta de panta ho apotolmōn phēsei hoti kai epi tou Saoul eirētai; »Pneuma theou ponēron »epnigen auton«. alla kai pneuma pseudes exelthon gegonen en stomati pantōn tōn prophētōn tou Achaab, eipontos kyriou; »Tis »apatēsei ton Achaab«?; kai exelthontos pneumatos pseudous kai eipontos; »Egō apatēsō«.
To all these, the one who ventures will say that of Saul too it is said, “An evil spirit of God choked him.” And also a lying spirit went out and was in the mouth of all Ahab's prophets, when the Lord said, “Who will deceive Ahab?”, and a lying spirit came out and said, “I will deceive him.”
28.140Preuschen 4:410
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν εἰς τοὺς τόπους ἐζητήσθω, δυναμένου τινὸς ἀφʼ ἐαυτοῦ τὰ ἀκόλουθα τοῖς ἐκτεθεῖσιν ῥητοῖς σκοπῆσαι περὶ τοῦ πῶς προεφήτευσεν ὁ Καϊάφας. μήποτε δὲ καὶ ταῦτα εἰς τὴν προφητείαν αὐτοῦ λεκτέον, ὅτι ἐπεὶ μὴ ἅγιος ἦν, εἰ καὶ προεφήτευσεν, <ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου προεφήτευσεν>.
Tauta men oun eis tous topous ezētēsthō, dynamenou tinos aphʼ eautou ta akoloutha tois ektetheisin rhētois skopēsai peri tou pōs proephēteusen ho Kaïaphas. mēpote de kai tauta eis tēn prophēteian autou lekteon, hoti epei mē hagios ēn, ei kai proephēteusen, <allʼ ouk apo pneumatos hagiou proephēteusen>.
Let these things, then, be inquired into on the passages, since someone can himself consider what follows from the texts set out about how Caiaphas prophesied. But perhaps this too must be said about his prophecy: that since he was not holy, even if he prophesied, he did not prophesy from the Holy Spirit.
28.141Preuschen 4:410
ὥσπερ δὲ ζητήσεως ἄξιόν ἐστιν πῶς προεφήτευσεν Καϊάφας, οὕτως καὶ ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ τῶν Βασιλειῶν ζητήσεις πῶς προεφήτευσαν οἱ ἄγγελοι τοῦ Σαοὺλ σταλέντες ἐπὶ τὸν Δαβίδ, καὶ μετʼ αὐτοὺς ὁ Σαούλ.
hōsper de zētēseōs axion estin pōs proephēteusen Kaïaphas, houtōs kai en tę̄ prōtę̄ tōn Basileiōn zētēseis pōs proephēteusan hoi angeloi tou Saoul stalentes epi ton Dabid, kai metʼ autous ho Saoul.
And just as it is worth inquiring how Caiaphas prophesied, so also in the first book of Kingdoms you will inquire how the messengers of Saul, sent against David, prophesied, and after them Saul.
28.142Preuschen 4:410–411
γέγραπται γάρ· »Καὶ ἀπηγγέλη τῷ Σαοὺλ λέγοντες· Ἰδοὺ Δαβὶδ εἰς Αὐὼθ ἐν Ῥαμά. »καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Σαοὺλ ἀγγέλους λαβεῖν τὸν Δαβίδ, καὶ εἴδοσαν τὴν »ἐκκλησίαν τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ Σαμουὴλ εἱστήκει καθεστηκὼς ἐπʼ »αὐτῶν.
gegraptai gar; »Kai apēngelē tǭ Saoul legontes; Idou Dabid eis Auōth en Rhama. »kai apesteilen Saoul angelous labein ton Dabid, kai eidosan tēn »ekklēsian tōn prophētōn, kai Samouēl heistēkei kathestēkōs epʼ »autōn.
For it is written: “And it was told Saul, saying, ‘Behold, David is at Naioth in Ramah.’ And Saul sent messengers to take David, and they saw the assembly of the prophets, and Samuel was standing appointed over them.
28.143Preuschen 4:411
καὶ ἐγενήθη ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους Σαοὺλ πνεῦμα κυρίου καὶ »προεφήτευσαν καὶ αὐτοί. καὶ ἀπηγγέλη τῷ Σαούλ, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν »ἀγγέλους ἑτέρους καὶ προεφήτευσαν καὶ αὐτοί.
kai egenēthē epi tous angelous Saoul pneuma kyriou kai »proephēteusan kai autoi. kai apēngelē tǭ Saoul, kai apesteilen »angelous heterous kai proephēteusan kai autoi.
And the Spirit of the Lord came upon the messengers of Saul, and they too prophesied. And it was told Saul, and he sent other messengers, and they too prophesied.
28.144Preuschen 4:411
καὶ ἐθυμώθη ὀργῇ »Σαούλ, καὶ ἐπορεύθη εἰς Ἀρμαθαΐμ καὶ ἔρχεται ἕως τοῦ φρέατος »τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἐς Σωφεῖν, καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν καὶ εἶπεν·
kai ethymōthē orgę̄ »Saoul, kai eporeuthē eis Armathaïm kai erchetai heōs tou phreatos »tou megalou kai en tę̄ hodǭ es Sōphein, kai epērōtēsen kai eipen;
And Saul was angered with wrath, and went to Armathaim, and comes as far as the great well that is on the way to Sephi, and asked and said,
28.145Preuschen 4:411
»Ποῦ Σαμουὴλ καὶ Δαβίδ; καὶ εἶπον· Ἰδοὺ εἰς Αὐὼθ Ῥαμά. καὶ »ἐπορεύθη ἐκεῖθεν εἰς Αὐὼθ Ῥαμά· καὶ ἐγενήθη ἐπʼ αὐτὸν πνεῦμα »θεοῦ, καὶ ἐπορεύετο πορευόμενος καὶ προφητεύων ἕως ἐλθὼν εἰς »Αὐὼθ Ῥαμά. καὶ ἐξεδύσατο τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ καὶ προεφήτευσεν »ἐνώπιον Σαμουήλ, καὶ ἔπεσεν γυμνὸς ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην καὶ »ὅλην τὴν νύκτα. διὰ τοῦτο ἔλεγον· Εἰ καὶ Σαοὺλ ἐν προφήταις«;
»Pou Samouēl kai Dabid? kai eipon; Idou eis Auōth Rhama. kai »eporeuthē ekeithen eis Auōth Rhama; kai egenēthē epʼ auton pneuma »theou, kai eporeueto poreuomenos kai prophēteuōn heōs elthōn eis »Auōth Rhama. kai exedysato ta himatia autou kai proephēteusen »enōpion Samouēl, kai epesen gymnos holēn tēn hēmeran ekeinēn kai »holēn tēn nykta. dia touto elegon; Ei kai Saoul en prophētais«?
‘Where are Samuel and David?’ And they said, ‘Behold, at Naioth in Ramah.’ And he went from there to Naioth in Ramah; and the Spirit of God came upon him too, and he went on prophesying until he came to Naioth in Ramah. And he stripped off his clothes and prophesied before Samuel, and lay naked all that day and all that night. Therefore they said, ‘Is Saul too among the prophets?’”
28.146Preuschen 4:411
ἀναγκαίως δὲ νομίζω καὶ ταῦτα παρατεθεῖσθαι ὑπὲρ τοῦ φανῆναι πῶς ἁμαρτωλοὶ προφητεύουσιν, καὶ πότερον ἐξ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἢ ἀπὸ ἄλλης δυνάμεως, ὅσον γε ἐπὶ τῷ μαρτυρεῖν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ μὴ ψευδομένης.
anankaiōs de nomizō kai tauta paratetheisthai hyper tou phanēnai pōs hamartōloi prophēteuousin, kai poteron ex hagiou pneumatos ē apo allēs dynameōs, hoson ge epi tǭ martyrein tę̄ alētheią mē pseudomenēs.
I think these things too had necessarily to be set out, to show how sinners prophesy, and whether from the Holy Spirit or from another power, at least one that does not lie in bearing witness to the truth.
28.147Preuschen 4:411
πάλιν τε αὖ ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ τῶν Βασιλειῶν εὑρίσκονται οἱ τῶν εἰδώλων μάντεις ὑποδεικνύντες τὰ περὶ τῆς κιβωτοῦ, καὶ ὅτι ἐπὰν βόες πρωτοτοκεύουσαι τὴν ὁδὸν Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Βεθσαμυσαίου πορευθῶσιν, σημαίνουσιν ἀπὸ θεοῦ γεγονέναι τὴν πληγὴν τοῖς Φιλιστιαίοις.
palin te au en tę̄ prōtę̄ tōn Basileiōn heuriskontai hoi tōn eidōlōn manteis hypodeiknyntes ta peri tēs kibōtou, kai hoti epan boes prōtotokeuousai tēn hodon Iēsou tou Bethsamysaiou poreuthōsin, sēmainousin apo theou gegonenai tēn plēgēn tois Philistiaiois.
And again in the first book of Kingdoms the diviners of the idols are found showing the things about the ark, and that if cows that had calved for the first time went on the road to Joshua of Beth-shemesh, this would signify that the plague on the Philistines was from God.
28.148Preuschen 4:411
οὐδὲ τὰ περὶ τὴν ἐγγαστρίμυθον καὶ τὸν Σαμουὴλ ἐν τοῖς τόποις τούτοις παρασιωπητέον, ἀφʼ ὧν ἔμαθεν ὁ Σαούλ, ὅτι τῇ
oude ta peri tēn engastrimython kai ton Samouēl en tois topois toutois parasiōpēteon, aphʼ hōn emathen ho Saoul, hoti tę̄
Nor should the things about the medium and Samuel be passed over in these passages, from which Saul learned that on the
28.149Preuschen 4:411
ἐξῆς ἔμελλεν ἅμα τοῖς υἱοῖς ἀναιρεθήσεσθαι ἡμέρᾳ. τὸ δὲ ἀκριβὲς ἐν τοῖς τόποις ὄψεται ὁ δυνάμενος διαλαβεῖν περὶ διαφόρων δυνάμεων, χειρόνων καὶ κρειττόνων, εἰ δὲ καὶ εἶέν τινες μεταξύ, καὶ περὶ τούτων.
exēs emellen hama tois huiois anairethēsesthai hēmerą. to de akribes en tois topois opsetai ho dynamenos dialabein peri diaphorōn dynameōn, cheironōn kai kreittonōn, ei de kai eien tines metaxy, kai peri toutōn.
next day he would be killed together with his sons. But the precise sense in these passages will be seen by one who can distinguish different powers, worse and better, and, if there are some in between, these too.
28.150Preuschen 4:411
πάλιν τε αὖ ὁ βουλόμενος ἀπὸ χείρονος δυνάμεως προπεφητευκέναι τὸν Καϊάφαν φήσει ὅτι οὐδὲν παράδοξόν ἐστιν πονηρὰν δύναμιν ταῦτα εἰρηκέναι, ὅπου γε οὐ πάντη ἀγνοῶν καὶ ὁ διάβολος εὑρίσκεται τὸν Ἰησοῦν υἱὸν ὄντα θεοῦ ἐν τοῖς ἀναγραφεῖσιν ὑπὸ τῶν εὐαγγελιστῶν εἰρῆσθαι ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν κύριον.
palin te au ho boulomenos apo cheironos dynameōs propephēteukenai ton Kaïaphan phēsei hoti ouden paradoxon estin ponēran dynamin tauta eirēkenai, hopou ge ou pantē agnoōn kai ho diabolos heurisketai ton Iēsoun huion onta theou en tois anagrapheisin hypo tōn euangelistōn eirēsthai hypʼ autou pros ton kyrion.
Again, one who wishes Caiaphas to have prophesied from a worse power will say that it is not at all surprising that a wicked power said these things, since even the devil is found not wholly ignorant that Jesus is the Son of God, in what the evangelists record him to have said to the Lord.
28.151Preuschen 4:411–412
φήσει δὲ ὅτι καὶ πονηρία τις ἔκκειται τῇ ἐνεργούσῃ δυνάμει ταῦτα προφητεύεσθαι περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος· σκοπὸς γὰρ ἦν αὐτῇ οὐ τὸ πιστοποιῆσαι τοῦς ἀκροωμένους ἀλλ ἐρεθίσαι τοὺς ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ Φαρισαίους κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀποκτείνωσιν, ὅπερ οὐκ ἦν κατὰ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἐνεργῆσαι.
phēsei de hoti kai ponēria tis ekkeitai tę̄ energousę̄ dynamei tauta prophēteuesthai peri tou sōtēros; skopos gar ēn autę̄ ou to pistopoiēsai tous akroōmenous all erethisai tous en tǭ synedriǭ archiereis kai Pharisaious kata tou Iēsou hina auton apokteinōsin, hoper ouk ēn kata to hagion pneuma energēsai.
And he will say that some wickedness is also set before the power at work in prophesying these things about the Savior; for its aim was not to bring the hearers to faith but to provoke the chief priests and Pharisees in the council against Jesus so that they might kill him, which the Holy Spirit would not work.
28.152Preuschen 4:412
Ὅρα γὰρ εἰ μὴ παροξῦναι βούλεται τοὺς ἀκροωμένους εἴτε ὁ Καϊάφας εἴτε τὸ ἐνεργοῦν αὐτὸν προφητεύειν πρὸς τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν διὰ τοῦ »Ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε ούδὲ λογίζεσθε »ὅτι συμφέρει ἡμῖν ἵνα εἷς ἄνθρωπος ἀποθάνῃ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ »μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται«.
Hora gar ei mē paroxynai bouletai tous akroōmenous eite ho Kaïaphas eite to energoun auton prophēteuein pros to apokteinai ton Iēsoun dia tou »Hymeis ouk oidate oude logizesthe »hoti sympherei hēmin hina heis anthrōpos apothanę̄ hyper tou laou, kai »mē holon to ethnos apolētai«.
For see whether either Caiaphas or what moved him to prophesy does not wish to incite the hearers to kill Jesus through “You know nothing, nor do you reckon that it is expedient for us that one man should die for the people, and not the whole nation perish.”
28.153Preuschen 4:412
ἆρά γε ὁ λέγων· »Συμφέρει ἡμῖν« ὅπερ μέρος ἦν τῆς προφητείας αὐτοῦ, ἀληθεύει ἢ ψεύδεται; εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἀληθεύει, σώζεται ὁ Καϊάφας καὶ οἱ ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἀγωνιζόμενοι, ἀποθανόντος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ τυγχάνουσι τοῦ συμφέροντος· εἰ δὲ ἄτοπον φάσκειν τὸν Καϊάφαν καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῷ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ συνεδρίῳ σώζεσθαι καὶ τοῦ συμφέροντος τετευχέναι ἀποθανόντος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, δῆλον ὅτι οὐχ ἄγιον πνεῦμα ἦν τὸ ταῦτα ἐνεργῆσαν λέγεσθαι· ἅγιον γὰρ πνεῦμα οὐ ψεύδεται.
ara ge ho legōn; »Sympherei hēmin« hoper meros ēn tēs prophēteias autou, alētheuei ē pseudetai? ei men gar alētheuei, sōzetai ho Kaïaphas kai hoi en tǭ synedriǭ kata tou Iēsou agōnizomenoi, apothanontos tou Iēsou hyper tou laou, kai tynchanousi tou sympherontos; ei de atopon phaskein ton Kaïaphan kai tous en tǭ kata tou Iēsou synedriǭ sōzesthai kai tou sympherontos teteuchenai apothanontos tou Iēsou, dēlon hoti ouch agion pneuma ēn to tauta energēsan legesthai; hagion gar pneuma ou pseudetai.
Does the one who says “It is expedient for us,” which was part of his prophecy, speak truly or falsely? For if he speaks truly, Caiaphas and those in the council striving against Jesus are saved, Jesus having died for the people, and they obtain what is expedient; but if it is absurd to say that Caiaphas and those in the council against Jesus are saved and have obtained what is expedient through Jesus' death, it is plain that it was not the Holy Spirit that worked these words to be spoken; for the Holy Spirit does not lie.
28.154Preuschen 4:412
ὁ δὲ βουλόμενος ἀληθεύειν καὶ ἐν τούτῳ τὸ ἐνεργοῦν τὸν Καϊάφαν, λέγω δὲ τῷ φάσκειν· »Συμφέρει ἡμῖν ἵνα εἶς ἄνθρωπος »ἀποθάνῃ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ«, βαθύτερον ἐξακούσεται τοῦ »Συμφέρει »ἡμῖν« διὰ τὸν περὶ τέλους λόγον, καὶ συγχρήσεται τῷ »Ὅπως χά- »ριτι (ἢ· χωρὶς) θεοῦ ὑπὲρ παντὸς γεύσηται θανάτου«, καὶ ἐπιστήσει »τῷ »Ὑπὲρ παντός« καὶ τῷ »Χωρὶς θεοῦ ὑπὲρ παντός«.
ho de boulomenos alētheuein kai en toutǭ to energoun ton Kaïaphan, legō de tǭ phaskein; »Sympherei hēmin hina eis anthrōpos »apothanę̄ hyper tou laou«, bathyteron exakousetai tou »Sympherei »hēmin« dia ton peri telous logon, kai synchrēsetai tǭ »Hopōs cha- »riti (ē; chōris) theou hyper pantos geusētai thanatou«, kai epistēsei »tǭ »Hyper pantos« kai tǭ »Chōris theou hyper pantos«.
But one who wishes what moved Caiaphas to speak truly in this too, I mean in saying, “It is expedient for us that one man should die for the people,” will hear “It is expedient for us” more deeply, because of the account of the end, and will use “so that by the grace of God (or: apart from God) he might taste death for everyone,” and will attend to “for everyone” and to “apart from God for everyone.”
28.155Preuschen 4:412
συγχρήσεται δὲ καὶ τῷ »Ὅς ἐστιν σωτὴρ πάντων ἀνθρώπων, μάλιστα »πιστῶν«· ὅτι δὲ οὗτός ἐστιν »ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ αἴρων τὴν »ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου«, ἰδίως ἀκούων τοῦ αἴρεσθαι τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ οὐχὶ μέρους αὐτοῦ.
synchrēsetai de kai tǭ »Hos estin sōtēr pantōn anthrōpōn, malista »pistōn«; hoti de houtos estin »ho amnos tou theou ho airōn tēn »hamartian tou kosmou«, idiōs akouōn tou airesthai tēn hamartian tou kosmou, kai ouchi merous autou.
And he will use also “who is the Savior of all people, especially of believers”; and that this is “the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world,” hearing precisely the taking away of the sin of the world, and not of a part of it.
28.156Preuschen 4:412
ὁ δὲ λέγων ἀληθὲς εἶναι τὸ »Συμφέρει ἡμῖν ἵνα εἷς ἄνθρωπος ἀποθάνῃ« φήσει καὶ ὅλα τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον προφητείαν εἶναι ἀληθῆ, ἀρχομένην ἀπὸ τοῦ »Ὑμεῖς οὐκ »οἵδατε οὐδέν«· οὐδὲν γὰρ ᾔδεισαν οἱ τὸν Ἰησοῦν μὴ γνωρίζοντες Φαρισαῖοι καὶ ἀρχιερεῖς, ὅντα ἀλήθειαν καὶ σοφίαν καὶ δικαιοσύνην καὶ εἰρήνην. »Αὐτὸς γὰρ ἐστιν ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν«.
ho de legōn alēthes einai to »Sympherei hēmin hina heis anthrōpos apothanę̄« phēsei kai hola ta kata ton topon prophēteian einai alēthē, archomenēn apo tou »Hymeis ouk »hoidate ouden«; ouden gar ę̄deisan hoi ton Iēsoun mē gnōrizontes Pharisaioi kai archiereis, honta alētheian kai sophian kai dikaiosynēn kai eirēnēn. »Autos gar estin hē eirēnē hēmōn«.
And one who says that “It is expedient for us that one man should die” is true will say that everything in the passage is true prophecy, beginning from “You know nothing”; for the Pharisees and chief priests who did not recognize Jesus knew nothing, since he is truth and wisdom and righteousness and peace. “For he is our peace.”
28.157Preuschen 4:412
ἀλλὰ καὶ οὐκ ἐλογίζοντο οὗτοι οἱ μηδὲν εἰδότες τίνα τρόπον συνέφερεν καὶ αὐτοῖς ἵνα ὁ εἷς οὑτος, καθʼ ὃ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν, ἀποθάνῃ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ· ἄνθρωπος γάρ ἐστιν ἀποθανὼν Ἰησοῦς.
alla kai ouk elogizonto houtoi hoi mēden eidotes tina tropon synepheren kai autois hina ho heis houtos, kathʼ ho anthrōpos estin, apothanę̄ hyper tou laou; anthrōpos gar estin apothanōn Iēsous.
But these who knew nothing also did not reckon how it was expedient for them too that this one, insofar as he is a man, should die for the people; for it is a man who died, Jesus.
28.158Preuschen 4:412
διὸ καὶ αὐτός φησι· »Νῦν δὲ ζητεῖτέ με ἀποκτεῖναι, ἄνθρωπον ὃς τὴν ἀλήθειαν λελά- »ληκα«.
dio kai autos phēsi; »Nyn de zēteite me apokteinai, anthrōpon hos tēn alētheian lela- »lēka«.
Therefore he himself says, “But now you seek to kill me, a man who has told you the truth.”
28.159Preuschen 4:412–413
καὶ ἐπεὶ ἄνθρωπος μέν ἐστιν ὁ ἀποθανών, οὐκ ἦν δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ σοφία καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ δικαιοςύνη, καὶ περὶ οὗ γέγραπται· »Θεὸς ἦν ὀ λόγος«· οὐκ ἀπέθανεν ὁ θεὸς λόγος καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ σοφία καὶ ἡ δικαιοςύνη· ἀνεπίδεκτος γὰρ ἡ εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου, ὁ πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως, θανάτου.
kai epei anthrōpos men estin ho apothanōn, ouk ēn de anthrōpos hē alētheia kai hē sophia kai eirēnē kai dikaiosynē, kai peri hou gegraptai; »Theos ēn o logos«; ouk apethanen ho theos logos kai hē alētheia kai hē sophia kai hē dikaiosynē; anepidektos gar hē eikōn tou theou tou aoratou, ho prōtotokos pasēs ktiseōs, thanatou.
And since the one who died is a man, but the truth and wisdom and peace and righteousness were not a man, and of him it is written, “The Word was God,” God the Word did not die, nor the truth nor the wisdom nor the righteousness; for the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of all creation, is incapable of death.
28.160Preuschen 4:413
ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ δὲ ἀπέθανεν οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος, τὸ πάντων ζῴων καθαρώτερον, ὅστις τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν ἦρεν καὶ τὰς ἀσθενείας, ἅτε δυνάμενος πᾶσαν τὴν ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου ἁμαρτίαν εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἀναλαβὼν λῦσαι καὶ ἐξαναλῶσαι καὶ ἐξαφανίσαι, ἐπεὶ μὴ ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἔγνω ἁμαρτίαν.
hyper tou laou de apethanen houtos ho anthrōpos, to pantōn zǭōn katharōteron, hostis tas hamartias hēmōn ēren kai tas astheneias, hate dynamenos pasan tēn holou tou kosmou hamartian eis heauton analabōn lysai kai exanalōsai kai exaphanisai, epei mē hamartian epoiēsen oude heurethē dolos en tǭ stomati autou, oude egnō hamartian.
And this man died for the people, the purest of all living beings, who bore our sins and our weaknesses, since he could take into himself the whole sin of the whole world and dissolve and consume and destroy it, since he committed no sin, nor was deceit found in his mouth, nor did he know sin.
28.161Preuschen 4:413
κατὰ τοῦτο δʼ οἶμαι καὶ τὸν Παῦλον εἰρηκέναι οὕτως· »Τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν, »ἵνα ἡμεῖς γενώμεθα δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ«· ἁμαρτίαν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐποίησεν, μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν, τῷ μηδὲν αὐτὸν ἡμαρτηκότα τὰς πάντων ἁμαρτίας ἀνειληφέναι, καὶ εἰ δεῖ τολμήσαντα εἰπεῖν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τῶν ἀποστόλων αὐτοῦ περικάθαρμα αὐτὸν τοῦ κόσμου γεγονέναι καὶ πάντων περίψημα, τῶν εἰπόντων· »Ὡς περικαθάρματα »τοῦ κόσμου ἐγενήθημεν, πάντων περίψημα ἕως ἄρτι«.
kata touto dʼ oimai kai ton Paulon eirēkenai houtōs; »Ton mē gnonta hamartian hyper hēmōn hamartian epoiēsen, »hina hēmeis genōmetha dikaiosynē theou en autǭ«; hamartian gar auton epoiēsen, mē gnonta hamartian, tǭ mēden auton hēmartēkota tas pantōn hamartias aneilēphenai, kai ei dei tolmēsanta eipein, pollǭ mallon tōn apostolōn autou perikatharma auton tou kosmou gegonenai kai pantōn peripsēma, tōn eipontōn; »Hōs perikatharmata »tou kosmou egenēthēmen, pantōn peripsēma heōs arti«.
In this sense, I think, Paul too spoke thus: “Him who knew no sin he made sin for us, that we might become the righteousness of God in him”; for he made him sin, though he knew no sin, in that he who had sinned in nothing took up the sins of all; and, if one must speak boldly, he became far more than his apostles the refuse of the world and the offscouring of all, they who said, “We have become as the refuse of the world, the offscouring of all, until now.”
28.162Preuschen 4:413
Περὶ δὲ τοῦ πολλάκις ἐπικρατούντων τινῶν χαλεπῶν ἐν τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένει, οἷον λοιμῶν ἢ ἐπιβλαβῶν νηνεμιῶν ἢ λιμῶν, λύεσθαι τὰ τοιαῦτα, οἱονεὶ καταργουμένου τοῦ πονηροῦ πνεύματος, διὰ τὸ ἑαυτόν τινα ὑπὲρ τοῦ κοινοῦ διδόναι, πολλαὶ φέρονται Ἑλλήνων καὶ βαρβάρων ἱστορίαι, τὴν περὶ τοῦ τοιούτου ἔννοιαν οὐκ ἀποπτυόντων οὐδὲ ἀποδοκιμαζόντων. πότερον μὲν οὖν ἀληθῆ ἐστιν τὰ τοιαῦτα, ἢ μή, οὐ τοῦ παρόντος ἐστὶν καιροῦ μετʼ ἐξετάσεως διαλαβεῖν.
Peri de tou pollakis epikratountōn tinōn chalepōn en tǭ tōn anthrōpōn genei, hoion loimōn ē epiblabōn nēnemiōn ē limōn, lyesthai ta toiauta, hoionei katargoumenou tou ponērou pneumatos, dia to heauton tina hyper tou koinou didonai, pollai pherontai Hellēnōn kai barbarōn historiai, tēn peri tou toioutou ennoian ouk apoptyontōn oude apodokimazontōn. poteron men oun alēthē estin ta toiauta, ē mē, ou tou parontos estin kairou metʼ exetaseōs dialabein.
As for the fact that often, when grievous things prevail in the human race, such as plagues or harmful calms or famines, such things are dissolved, as though the evil spirit were being abolished, because someone gave himself for the community, many stories of Greeks and barbarians are current, who do not spit out or reject the notion of such a thing. Whether such things are true or not, it is not the present occasion to discuss with examination.
28.163Preuschen 4:413
πλὴν ὁ δυνάμενος ὑπὲρ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ κόσμος καθαρθῇ, ἀναδέξασθαι ἐπὶ καθαρσίῳ αὐτοῦ ἀπολομένου ἂν εἰ μὴ ἀνεδέξατο τὸ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ ἀποθανεῖν, οὔτε ἱστόρηται πώποτε οὔτε ἱστορηθῆναι δύναται, μόνου Ἰησοῦ τὸ πάντων τῆς ἁμαρτίας φορτίον ἐν τῷ ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων χωρὶς θεοῦ σταυρῷ ἀναλαβεῖν εἰς ἑαυτόν, καὶ βαστάσαι τῇ μεγάλῃ αὐτοῦ ἰσχύϊ δεδυνημένου.
plēn ho dynamenos hyper holou tou kosmou, hina pas ho kosmos katharthę̄, anadexasthai epi katharsiǭ autou apolomenou an ei mē anedexato to hyper autou apothanein, oute historētai pōpote oute historēthēnai dynatai, monou Iēsou to pantōn tēs hamartias phortion en tǭ hyper tōn holōn chōris theou staurǭ analabein eis heauton, kai bastasai tę̄ megalę̄ autou ischyï dedynēmenou.
Yet one who could accept dying for the whole world, so that the whole world might be cleansed, as a purification for it, which would have perished had he not accepted to die for it, has neither been recorded nor can be recorded, except Jesus alone, who was able to take upon himself the burden of the sin of all on the cross, apart from God, for the whole, and to carry it by his great strength.
28.164Preuschen 4:413
καὶ γὰρ οὗτος μόνος ἐπιστήμων ἦν τοῦ φέρειν μαλακίαν, ὥς φησιν ὁ προφήτης Ἡσαΐας λέγων· »Ἄνθρωπος ἐν πληγῇ
kai gar houtos monos epistēmōn ēn tou pherein malakian, hōs phēsin ho prophētēs Hēsaïas legōn; »Anthrōpos en plēgę̄
For he alone knew how to bear weakness, as the prophet Isaiah says: “A man being under a blow
28.165Preuschen 4:413–414
»ὢν καὶ εἰδὼς φέρειν μαλακίαν«. καὶ οὗτός γε τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ μεμαλάκισται διὰ τὰς ἀνομίας ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ ὀφειλομένη ἡμῖν εἰς τὸ παιδευθῆναι καὶ εἰρήνην ἀναλαβεῖν κόλασις ἐπʼ αὐτὸν γεγένηται.
»ōn kai eidōs pherein malakian«. kai houtos ge tas hamartias hēmōn elaben kai memalakistai dia tas anomias hēmōn, kai hē opheilomenē hēmin eis to paideuthēnai kai eirēnēn analabein kolasis epʼ auton gegenētai.
and knowing how to bear weakness.” And he took our sins and was weakened because of our iniquities, and the punishment owed to us for our discipline and for gaining peace came upon him.
28.166Preuschen 4:414
οὕτω γὰρ ἀκούω τοῦ[τω]· »Παιδεία εἰρήνης ἡμῶν ἐπʼ »αὐτόν«. τάχα δὲ καὶ ἐπεὶ »τῷ μώλωπι αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς ἰάθημεν«, εἴποιμεν ἂν οἱ ἰαθέντες ἐκ τοῦ σταυροῦ ἀλθόντος αὐτῷ τοῦ μώλωπος τὸ »Ἐμοι δὲ μὴ γένοιτο καυχάσθαι εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ κυρίου »Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, διʼ οὗ ἐμοὶ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται κἀγὼ κόσμῳ«. τοῦτον τὸν Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν ὁ πατὴρ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἡμῶν, καὶ διʼ αὐτὰς »ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη καὶ ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐνώπιον τοῦ »κείραντος ἄφωνος«.
houtō gar akouō tou[tō]; »Paideia eirēnēs hēmōn epʼ »auton«. tacha de kai epei »tǭ mōlōpi autou hēmeis iathēmen«, eipoimen an hoi iathentes ek tou staurou althontos autǭ tou mōlōpos to »Emoi de mē genoito kauchasthai ei mē en tǭ staurǭ tou kyriou »Iēsou Christou, diʼ hou emoi kosmos estaurōtai kagō kosmǭ«. touton ton Iēsoun paredōken ho patēr tais hamartiais hēmōn, kai diʼ autas »hōs probaton epi sphagēn ēchthē kai hōs amnos enōpion tou »keirantos aphōnos«.
For thus I understand “The discipline of our peace was upon him.” And perhaps, since “by his bruise we were healed,” we who have been healed from the cross, when the bruise came upon him, would say, “Far be it from me to boast except in the cross of the Lord Jesus Christ, through whom the world has been crucified to me and I to the world.” This Jesus the Father handed over for our sins, and because of them “he was led like a sheep to the slaughter, and like a lamb before its shearer, dumb.”
28.167Preuschen 4:414
τούτου ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει, ἣν »ἐταπείνωσεν »ἑαυτὸν γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου, θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ«, ἡ κρίσις ἤρθη· οὕτω γὰρ ἀκούω τοῦ· »Ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει ἡ κρίσις αὐ- » τοῦ ἤρθη«· ὡς εἶναι τὰ ἑξῆς Ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει αὐτοῦ ἡ κρίσις ἤρθη. οὗτος δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνομιῶν τοῦ λαοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἤχθη εἰς θάνατον.
toutou en tę̄ tapeinōsei, hēn »etapeinōsen »heauton genomenos hypēkoos mechri thanatou, thanatou de staurou«, hē krisis ērthē; houtō gar akouō tou; »En tę̄ tapeinōsei hē krisis au- » tou ērthē«; hōs einai ta hexēs En tę̄ tapeinōsei autou hē krisis ērthē. houtos de apo tōn anomiōn tou laou tou theou ēchthē eis thanaton.
In his humiliation, in which “he humbled himself, becoming obedient unto death, even death on a cross,” his judgment was taken away; for thus I understand “In the humiliation his judgment was taken away,” so that the order is: “In his humiliation the judgment was taken away.” And he was led to death because of the iniquities of God's people.
28.168Preuschen 4:414
οὐκοῦν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὑτος ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτον οὐχὶ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπώλετο.
oukoun apethanen ho anthrōpos houtos hyper tou laou, kai dia touton ouchi holon to ethnos apōleto.
This man, then, died for the people, and because of him the whole nation did not perish.
28.169Preuschen 4:414
καὶ ἐπίστησον εἰ δύνασαι τὸ μὲν ὄνομα τοῦ >λαοῦ< λαβεῖν εἰς τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς, τὸ δὲ τοῦ >ἔθνους< εἰς τοὺς λοιπούς.
kai epistēson ei dynasai to men onoma tou >laou< labein eis tous ek peritomēs, to de tou >ethnous< eis tous loipous.
And consider whether you can take the name “people” for those of the circumcision, and that of “nation” for the rest.
28.170Preuschen 4:414
ἀπέθανεν γὰρ οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὐ μόνον ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἵνα καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται, ὡς εἰ ἔλεγεν τὸ χρηματίζον ἔθνος καὶ πάντες οἱ ἐθνικοὶ ἀπόλωνται.
apethanen gar houtos ho anthrōpos ou monon hyper tou laou, allʼ hina kai mē holon to ethnos apolētai, hōs ei elegen to chrēmatizon ethnos kai pantes hoi ethnikoi apolōntai.
For this man died not only for the people, but also so that the whole nation might not perish, as if he said, so that what is called nation and all the Gentiles might not perish.
28.171Preuschen 4:414
Ἑξῆς τούτῳ ἐστὶν τὸ »Τοῦτο ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ οὐκ εἶπεν«. ἐφʼ οὗ μανθάνειν οἶμαι ἡμᾶς ὅτι τινὰ μὲν οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν λέγομεν, μηδεμιᾶς ἡμᾶς ἐνεργούσης εἰς τὸ λέγειν δυνάμεως, ἕτερα δὲ ὡσπερεὶ ὑπηχούσης καὶ ὑποβαλλούσης δυνάμεώς τινος ἡμῖν τὰ λεγόμενα, κἂν μὴ τέλεον ἐξιστώμεθα καὶ ἀπαρακολουθήτως ἔχωμεν ἑαυτοῖς, ἀλλὰ δοκῶμεν παρακολουθεῖν οἷς λέγομεν.
Hexēs toutǭ estin to »Touto aphʼ heautou ouk eipen«. ephʼ hou manthanein oimai hēmas hoti tina men hoi anthrōpoi aphʼ heautōn legomen, mēdemias hēmas energousēs eis to legein dynameōs, hetera de hōsperei hypēchousēs kai hypoballousēs dynameōs tinos hēmin ta legomena, kan mē teleon existōmetha kai aparakolouthētōs echōmen heautois, alla dokōmen parakolouthein hois legomen.
Next to this is “He did not say this of himself.” From this, I think, we learn that human beings say some things of themselves, no power working in us to speak, and other things as though some power were prompting and suggesting to us what is said, even if we are not wholly out of our minds and without awareness of ourselves, but seem to follow what we say.
28.172Preuschen 4:414
ἐνδέχεται δὲ παρακολουθοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἑαυτοῖς ἡ λέγομεν, μὴ παρακολουθεῖν τῷ βουλήματι τῶν λεγομένων· ὥσπερ νῦν Καϊάφας ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ οὐκ εἶπεν καὶ οὗ εἶπεν τὸν νοῦν ὡς προφητείας λεγομένης οὐκ ἐδέχετο.
endechetai de parakolouthountas hēmas heautois hē legomen, mē parakolouthein tǭ boulēmati tōn legomenōn; hōsper nyn Kaïaphas ho archiereus kai aphʼ heautou ouk eipen kai hou eipen ton noun hōs prophēteias legomenēs ouk edecheto.
And it is possible for us, following ourselves in what we say, not to follow the intention of what is said; as here Caiaphas the high priest did not speak of himself, and did not grasp the sense of what he said as a prophecy being spoken.
28.173Preuschen 4:414
καὶ παρὰ Παύλῳ δὲ νομοδιδάσκαλοί τινές εἰσιν »μὴ νοοῦν- »τες μήτε ἃ λέγουσιν μήτε περὶ τίνων διαβεβαιοῦνται«.
kai para Paulǭ de nomodidaskaloi tines eisin »mē nooun- »tes mēte ha legousin mēte peri tinōn diabebaiountai«.
And in Paul too there are some teachers of the law “understanding neither what they say nor the things about which they make confident assertions.”
28.174Preuschen 4:414
ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὁ σοφὸς τοιοῦτος, περὶ οὗ φηςὶν ἐν Παροιμίαις ὁ Σολομῶν· »Σοφὸς »νοήσει τὰ ἀπὸ ἰδίου στόματος, ἐπὶ δὲ χείλεσιν φορέσει ἀπιγνωμοςύ- »νην«.
allʼ ouch ho sophos toioutos, peri hou phēsin en Paroimiais ho Solomōn; »Sophos »noēsei ta apo idiou stomatos, epi de cheilesin phoresei apignōmosy- »nēn«.
But not such is the wise man, of whom Solomon says in Proverbs, “A wise man will understand what comes from his own mouth, and on his lips he will carry knowledge.”
28.175Preuschen 4:414–415
δοκεῖ δέ μοι ὅτι καὶ περίστασις αἰτία ποτὲ γίνεται τοῦ προφητεύειν, ὥσπερ καὶ νῦν τῷ Καϊάφᾳ τὸ εῖναι αὐτὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου, <ᾧ> ἔμελλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀποθνήσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ ἵνα μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται· ὄντων γὰρ καὶ ἄλλων ἀρχιερέων, ὡς δῆλον ἐξ ὧν προπαρεθέμεθα, οὐδεὶς προφητεύει ἢ ὁ τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ᾧ ἔμελλεν πάσχειν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀρχιερεύς.
dokei de moi hoti kai peristasis aitia pote ginetai tou prophēteuein, hōsper kai nyn tǭ Kaïaphą to einai auton archierea tou eniautou ekeinou, <hǭ> emellen ho Iēsous apothnēskein hyper tou laou hina mē holon to ethnos apolētai; ontōn gar kai allōn archiereōn, hōs dēlon ex hōn proparethemetha, oudeis prophēteuei ē ho tou eniautou hǭ emellen paschein ho Iēsous archiereus.
And it seems to me that circumstance too is sometimes a cause of prophesying, as here for Caiaphas his being high priest that year, in which Jesus was about to die for the people so that the whole nation might not perish; for though there were other high priests too, as is clear from what we set out before, none prophesies except the high priest of the year in which Jesus was to suffer.
28.176Preuschen 4:415
περίστασις δὲ προφητεύειν πεποίηκεν καὶ τοὺς Σαοὺλ ἀγγέλους, πεμφθέντας ἐπὶ τὸν Δαβίδ, καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Σαούλ· οἱονεὶ γὰρ τὸ ζητεῖν αὐτοὺς τὸν Δαβὶδ αἴτιον γέγονεν προφητείας, ἀλλὰ τοιαύτης, ὁποία ἀναγέγραπται.
peristasis de prophēteuein pepoiēken kai tous Saoul angelous, pemphthentas epi ton Dabid, kai auton ton Saoul; hoionei gar to zētein autous ton Dabid aition gegonen prophēteias, alla toiautēs, hopoia anagegraptai.
And circumstance made Saul's messengers, sent against David, prophesy, and Saul himself; for their seeking David became, as it were, a cause of prophecy, but of such a prophecy as is recorded.
28.177Preuschen 4:415
ἀλλὰ καὶ Βαλαὰμ οὐκ ἂν ἀναλαβὼν τὴν παραβολὴν αὐτοῦ εἶπεν τὸ »Ἐκ Μεσοποταμίας μετεπέμψατό με« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· μὴ ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ἐστρατοπεδευκότα· καὶ ἀεὶ ἄλλο μέρος στρατοπέδου βλέπων ἀπὸ τῆς καινότητος τοῦ βλεπομένου ἐκινεῖτο πρὸς τὸ λέγειν περὶ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ.
alla kai Balaam ouk an analabōn tēn parabolēn autou eipen to »Ek Mesopotamias metepempsato me« kai ta hexēs; mē idōn ton Israēl estratopedeukota; kai aei allo meros stratopedou blepōn apo tēs kainotētos tou blepomenou ekineito pros to legein peri tou Israēl.
And Balaam too would not have taken up his parable and said, “From Mesopotamia he sent for me,” and what follows, had he not seen Israel encamped; and always seeing another part of the camp, he was moved by the newness of what he saw to speak about Israel.
28.178Preuschen 4:415
Ἔμελλε τοίνυν Ἰησοῦς ἀποθνήσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους, ὅπερ ἕτερον ἦν τῶν διεσκορπισμένων τέκνων θεοῦ, ὡς δῆλον ἐκ τοῦ »Ἰησοῦς ἔμελλεν ἀποθνήσκειν, οὐχ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους μόνον, ἀλλʼ »ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ διεσκορπισμένα συναγάγῃ ἐις ἕν«.
Emelle toinyn Iēsous apothnēskein hyper tou ethnous, hoper heteron ēn tōn dieskorpismenōn teknōn theou, hōs dēlon ek tou »Iēsous emellen apothnēskein, ouch hyper tou ethnous monon, allʼ »hina kai ta tekna tou theou ta dieskorpismena synagagę̄ eis hen«.
Jesus, then, was about to die for the nation, which was different from the scattered children of God, as is clear from “Jesus was about to die, not for the nation only, but also that he might gather into one the children of God who are scattered.”
28.179Preuschen 4:415
τίνα δὲ τὰ παρὰ τὸ ἔθνος διεσκορπισμένα τέκνα θεοῦ νῦν καιρὸς ἤδη ζητεῖν. περὶ τούτων δὴ οἱ μὲν τὰς φύσεις εἰσάγοντες τοὺς κατʼ αὐτοὺς πνευματικοὺς φήσουσιν εἶναι τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ, πνευματικῶς οὐκ ἀνακρίναντες πάντα· τοῦτο γὰρ ἀκολουθεῖ λέγειν τοῖς φύσεις εἶναι οἰομένοις, καὶ παρὰ τὸ τοῦ ἀποστόλου βούλημα ἐννοεῖν τοὺς πνευματικούς, διδάσκοντος ὅτι »Ὁ πνευματικὸς ἀνακρίνει »πάντα, καὶ ὑπʼ οὐδενὸς ἀνακρίνεται«.
tina de ta para to ethnos dieskorpismena tekna theou nyn kairos ēdē zētein. peri toutōn dē hoi men tas physeis eisagontes tous katʼ autous pneumatikous phēsousin einai ta tekna tou theou, pneumatikōs ouk anakrinantes panta; touto gar akolouthei legein tois physeis einai oiomenois, kai para to tou apostolou boulēma ennoein tous pneumatikous, didaskontos hoti »Ho pneumatikos anakrinei »panta, kai hypʼ oudenos anakrinetai«.
Who the scattered children of God, besides the nation, are, it is now time to inquire. Concerning these, those who introduce the natures will say that the children of God are those they call spiritual, since they themselves have not judged all things spiritually; for this follows for those who think there are natures, and to conceive of the spiritual contrary to the apostle's intention, who teaches that “the spiritual man judges all things, and is himself judged by no one.”
28.180Preuschen 4:415
τούτῳ δὲ ἀκολουθεῖ τὸν μὴ ἀνακρίνοντα πάντα μὴ εἶναι πνευματικόν, ἢ μηδέπω εἶναι πνευματικόν.
toutǭ de akolouthei ton mē anakrinonta panta mē einai pneumatikon, ē mēdepō einai pneumatikon.
And it follows from this that one who does not judge all things is not spiritual, or not yet spiritual.
28.181Preuschen 4:415
ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴ τις ὑπό τινος ἀνακρίνεται, ἐπεὶ ὁ πνευματικὸς ὑπʼ οὐδενὸς ἀνακρίνεται, οὐκ ἔστιν πνευματικός, ἢ οὐκ ἔστιν πω πνευματικός.
alla kai ei tis hypo tinos anakrinetai, epei ho pneumatikos hypʼ oudenos anakrinetai, ouk estin pneumatikos, ē ouk estin pō pneumatikos.
But also, if anyone is judged by someone, since the spiritual man is judged by no one, he is not spiritual, or not yet spiritual.
28.182Preuschen 4:415
μήποτʼ οὖν βέλτιον λέγειν ὅτι γίνεταί τις πνευματικός, οὐ πρότερον ὤν, ὅστις ἤδη καὶ κυρίως ἐστὶν υἱὸς θεοῦ.
mēpotʼ oun beltion legein hoti ginetai tis pneumatikos, ou proteron ōn, hostis ēdē kai kyriōs estin huios theou.
Perhaps, then, it is better to say that one becomes spiritual, not having been so before, and such a one is now properly a son of God.
28.183Preuschen 4:415–416
τίνα οὖν ἐστιν τὰ λεγόμενα νῦν τέκνα θεοῦ, εἰ μή εἰσιν οἱ κατὰ τοὺς εἰσάγοντας τὰς φύσεις >πνευματικοί<, ὥρα σκοπεῖν· καὶ ὅρα εἰ τέκνα θεοῦ διεσκορπισμένα ἕτερα παρὰ τὸ ἔθνος δύνασαι νοεῖν τοὺς ἤδη, ὅτε ταῦτα ἐλέγετο, δικαίους ἐν θεῷ, εἴτε προκεκοιμημένους πατριάρχας ἢ προφήτας ἤ τινας ἄλλους ἐκλεκτοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ, εἴτε καὶ τοὺς ἤδη τότε ἰσχύοντας· ὡς γὰρ ὑπαρχόντων τῶν ἰσχυόντων καὶ μηδὲ νοσούντων φηςίν· »Οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ ἀλλʼ οἱ »κακῶς ἔχοντες«, καὶ ὡς ὄντων δικαίων λέγει· »Οὐκ ἐλήλυθα κα- »λέσαι δικαίους ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς μετάνοιαν«.
tina oun estin ta legomena nyn tekna theou, ei mē eisin hoi kata tous eisagontas tas physeis >pneumatikoi<, hōra skopein; kai hora ei tekna theou dieskorpismena hetera para to ethnos dynasai noein tous ēdē, hote tauta elegeto, dikaious en theǭ, eite prokekoimēmenous patriarchas ē prophētas ē tinas allous eklektous tou theou, eite kai tous ēdē tote ischyontas; hōs gar hyparchontōn tōn ischyontōn kai mēde nosountōn phēsin; »Ou chreian echousin hoi ischyontes iatrou allʼ hoi »kakōs echontes«, kai hōs ontōn dikaiōn legei; »Ouk elēlytha ka- »lesai dikaious alla hamartōlous eis metanoian«.
Who, then, are those now called children of God, if they are not the “spirituals” according to those who introduce the natures, it is time to consider. And see whether you can understand the scattered children of God, other than the nation, as those who, when these things were said, were already righteous in God, whether the patriarchs or prophets who had fallen asleep before, or some other elect of God, or those who were then already strong; for as though there were some who are strong and not sick, he says, “Those who are strong have no need of a physician, but those who are sick,” and as though there were righteous people, he says, “I have not come to call the righteous but sinners to repentance.”
28.184Preuschen 4:416
ἐμελλεν οὖν Ἰη- σοῦς ἀποθνήσκειν ὑπὲρ μὲν τοῦ ἔθνους ἵνα μὴ ἀπόληται, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῶν τέκνων τοῦ θεοῦ ὄντων ἐν διασκορπισμῷ, ἵνα συναχθῶσιν εἰς ἕν καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γενήσωνται μία ποίμνη, εἷς ποιμήν· ὅτε οἶμαι πληροῦσθαι τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος εὐχὴν λέγοντος· »Ὡς ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ »ἕν ἐσμεν, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἡμῖν ἕν ὦσιν«.
emellen oun Iē- sous apothnēskein hyper men tou ethnous hina mē apolētai, hyper de tōn teknōn tou theou ontōn en diaskorpismǭ, hina synachthōsin eis hen kai en autǭ genēsōntai mia poimnē, heis poimēn; hote oimai plērousthai tēn tou sōtēros euchēn legontos; »Hōs egō kai sy »hen esmen, hina kai autoi en hēmin hen ōsin«.
Jesus, then, was about to die for the nation, that it might not perish, and for the children of God who were in dispersion, that they might be gathered into one and become in him one flock, one shepherd; when, I think, the Savior's prayer is fulfilled, when he says, “As I and you are one, so that they too may be one in us.”
28.185Preuschen 4:416
εἰ δέ τι καὶ βαθύτερόν ἐστιν περὶ Ἰσραὴλ οὐ φύσεως ἀλλὰ γένους εἰπεὶν, περὶ οὗ γέγραπται· » Υἱὸς πρωτότοκός μου Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν«, γενομένου ἐν διασκορπισμῷ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπιστήσεις, ὡς εἶναι τούτους τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ διεσκορπισμένα, ὑπὲρ ὧν ἔμελλεν ἀποθνήσκειν Ἰησοῦς, ἵνα αὐτὰ συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν. Ἀπʼ ἐκείνης οὖν τῆς ἡμέρας συνεβουλεύσαντο ἵνα ἀποκτείνωσιν αὐτόν.
ei de ti kai bathyteron estin peri Israēl ou physeōs alla genous eipein, peri hou gegraptai; » Huios prōtotokos mou Israēl estin«, genomenou en diaskorpismǭ, kai autos epistēseis, hōs einai toutous ta tekna tou theou ta dieskorpismena, hyper hōn emellen apothnēskein Iēsous, hina auta synagagę̄ eis hen. Apʼ ekeinēs oun tēs hēmeras synebouleusanto hina apokteinōsin auton.
And if there is something deeper to say about Israel, not as a nature but as a race, of whom it is written, “Israel is my firstborn son,” which came to be in dispersion, you yourself will consider, so that these are the scattered children of God, for whom Jesus was about to die, so that he might gather them into one. “So from that day they took counsel to kill him.”
28.186Preuschen 4:416
Οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι συναγαγόντες συνέδριον καὶ σκεψάμενοι περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν τί αὐτῷ ποιητέον αὐτοῖς, Καϊάφα τοῦ ἀρχιερέως τὰ προεκτεθειμένα εἰπόντος, ὑπὸ τῶν λόγων αὐτοῦ παροξυνθέντες συνεβουλεύσαντο ἵνα ἀποκτείνωσιν τὸν κύριον.
Hoi archiereis kai hoi Pharisaioi synagagontes synedrion kai skepsamenoi peri tou sōtēros hēmōn ti autǭ poiēteon autois, Kaïapha tou archiereōs ta proektetheimena eipontos, hypo tōn logōn autou paroxynthentes synebouleusanto hina apokteinōsin ton kyrion.
The chief priests and the Pharisees, having gathered a council and considered what they should do about our Savior, when Caiaphas the high priest had said what was set out before, were provoked by his words and took counsel to kill the Lord.
28.187Preuschen 4:416
διόπερ ζητήσεις ἀπὸ ποίου πνεύματος προεφήτευσεν ὅτι ἐμελλεν Ἰησοῦς ἀποθνήσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους, καὶ πότερον τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα καὶ ἐν τοιούτῳ ἐνήργησεν καὶ αἴτιον γεγένηται τῆς κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ συμβουλῆς, ἤ οὐκ ἐκεῖνο μὲν οὖν, ἄλλο δὲ τὸ δυνάμενον καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀσεβεῖ λαλῆσαι καὶ τοὺς ὁμοίους ἐκείνῳ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κινῆσαι οὐδὲν ἧττον καὶ ἑώρα τι εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὡς κατὰ δύναμιν προεξητάσαμεν.
dioper zētēseis apo poiou pneumatos proephēteusen hoti emellen Iēsous apothnēskein hyper tou ethnous, kai poteron to hagion pneuma kai en toioutǭ enērgēsen kai aition gegenētai tēs kata tou Iēsou symboulēs, ē ouk ekeino men oun, allo de to dynamenon kai en tǭ asebei lalēsai kai tous homoious ekeinǭ kata tou Iēsou kinēsai ouden hētton kai heōra ti eis ton Iēsoun, hōs kata dynamin proexētasamen.
Therefore you will ask from what spirit he prophesied that Jesus was about to die for the nation, and whether the Holy Spirit worked even in such a one and became the cause of the counsel against Jesus; or not that, but another, which could both speak in the ungodly man and move those like him against Jesus, and none the less saw something about Jesus, as we examined before as far as we could.
28.188Preuschen 4:416
ὁ μέντοι βουλόμενος ἀπολογεῖσθαι περὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος δοκοῦντος αἰτίου γεγονέναι ἵνα συμβουλεύσωνται ἀπο- κτεῖναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ τῶν λόγων κινηθέντες τοῦ Καϊάφα οἱ ἀρ- χιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι φηςὶν ὅτι οὐκ ἀλλότριόν ἐστιν τὸ τοιοῦτο ἔργον τῆς ἁγιότητος, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ Ἰησοῦς ἀνάξιον ἑαυτοῦ πεποίηκεν εἰς πτῶσιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν πολλῶν ἀλὼν τῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ φάσκων·»Εἰς κρῖμα ἐγὼ εἰς τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον, ἵνα οἱ μὴ »βλέποντες βλέπωσιν καὶ οἱ βλέποντες τυφλοὶ γένωνται«.
ho mentoi boulomenos apologeisthai peri tou hagiou pneumatos dokountos aitiou gegonenai hina symbouleusōntai apo- kteinai ton Iēsoun ek tōn logōn kinēthentes tou Kaïapha hoi ar- chiereis kai hoi Pharisaioi phēsin hoti ouk allotrion estin to toiouto ergon tēs hagiotētos, epei mēde Iēsous anaxion heautou pepoiēken eis ptōsin kai anastasin pollōn alōn tōn en tǭ Israēl kai phaskōn;»Eis krima egō eis ton kosmon touton ēlthon, hina hoi mē »blepontes blepōsin kai hoi blepontes typhloi genōntai«.
One who wishes, however, to defend the Holy Spirit, which seems to have been the cause of the chief priests and the Pharisees taking counsel to kill Jesus, moved by Caiaphas' words, says that such a work is not foreign to holiness, since Jesus too did nothing unworthy of himself in being for the fall and rising of many in Israel and saying, “For judgment I came into this world, that those who do not see may see, and that those who see may become blind.”
28.189Preuschen 4:416–417
ὡς γὰρ δεόμεθα λόγου σοφίας εἰς τὸ ἀπολογήσασθαι πῶς ὁ ὁμολογῶν εἰς κρῖμα τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ ἐπιδεδημηκέναι οὐκ ἀνάξιον ἑαυτοῦ πεποί- ηκεν, οὕτως καὶ εἰς τὸ ἐκ τῶν διὰ τοῦ Καϊάφα λόγων τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος συμβεβουλεῦσθαι τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ τοὺς Φαρισαίους ἵνα ἀποκτείνωσιν τὸν Ἰησοῦν.
hōs gar deometha logou sophias eis to apologēsasthai pōs ho homologōn eis krima tǭ kosmǭ toutǭ epidedēmēkenai ouk anaxion heautou pepoi- ēken, houtōs kai eis to ek tōn dia tou Kaïapha logōn tou hagiou pneumatos symbebouleusthai tous archiereis kai tous Pharisaious hina apokteinōsin ton Iēsoun.
For just as we need a word of wisdom to explain how the one who confesses that he came into this world for judgment did nothing unworthy of himself, so too for the chief priests and Pharisees taking counsel to kill Jesus as a result of the Holy Spirit's words through Caiaphas.
28.190Preuschen 4:417
περὶ μὲν οὖν τοῦ· »Εἰς κρῖμα ἐγὼ εἰς »τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον«, ὅσα δεδυνήμεθα ἐν τοῖς εἰς τὸν τόπον ἐξηγητικοῖς εἰρήκαμεν· περὶ δὲ τοῦ νῦν προκειμένου τοιαῦτα ἄν λέ- γοιτο, ὅτι ὥσπερ τὸν ἱερὸν νοῦν τῶν γραφῶν, ἐπὶ ὠφελείᾳ λεγό- μενον τῶν ζητούντων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ὠφεληθῆναι, οἱ ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον παρεδε χόμενοι, ὥστε καὶ ἀφορμὰς ἔχειν δοκεῖν πρὸς κατασκευὴν ἀσεβοῦς διδασκαλίας τῶν ἀδικίαν εἰς τὸ ὕψος λαλούντων, συκοφαν- τοῦσιν, οὕτως τὴν περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα γενο- μένην προφητείαν ἀληθεύουσαν ἐν τῷ συμφέρειν ἠμῖν ἵνα εἷς ἄν- θρωπος ἀποθάνῃ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται, οὐχ ὑγιῶς ἀκούσαντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς ἀλλὰ ἄλλον νοῦν νομίσαντες εἶναι καὶ βούλημα τῆς τοῦ Καϊάφα συμβουλῆς, ἀπʼ ἐκείνης συνεβουλεύσαντο τῆς ἡμέρας ἵνα ἀποκτείνωσιν τὸν Ἰησοῦν.
peri men oun tou; »Eis krima egō eis »ton kosmon touton ēlthon«, hosa dedynēmetha en tois eis ton topon exēgētikois eirēkamen; peri de tou nyn prokeimenou toiauta an le- goito, hoti hōsper ton hieron noun tōn graphōn, epi ōpheleią lego- menon tōn zētountōn hypʼ autou ōphelēthēnai, hoi epi to cheiron parede chomenoi, hōste kai aphormas echein dokein pros kataskeuēn asebous didaskalias tōn adikian eis to hypsos lalountōn, sykophan- tousin, houtōs tēn peri tou sōtēros hēmōn hypo tou Kaïapha geno- menēn prophēteian alētheuousan en tǭ sympherein ēmin hina heis an- thrōpos apothanę̄ hyper tou laou kai mē holon to ethnos apolētai, ouch hygiōs akousantes hoi Pharisaioi kai hoi archiereis alla allon noun nomisantes einai kai boulēma tēs tou Kaïapha symboulēs, apʼ ekeinēs synebouleusanto tēs hēmeras hina apokteinōsin ton Iēsoun.
About “For judgment I came into this world,” we have said what we could in the exegesis of that passage. About the present one, something like this might be said: just as those who take the holy sense of the Scriptures, spoken for the benefit of those who seek to be helped by it, in the worse way, so as even to seem to have starting points for constructing an impious teaching, slander it, those who speak unrighteousness on high, so the Pharisees and chief priests, not hearing soundly the prophecy about our Savior made by Caiaphas, true in that it is expedient for us that one man should die for the people and not the whole nation perish, but thinking the sense and intention of Caiaphas' counsel to be something else, from that day took counsel to kill Jesus.
28.191Preuschen 4:417
ταῦτα δέ φημι κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον τῇ περὶ τοῦ ἅγιον εἶναι πνεῦμα τὸ διὰ τοῦ Καϊάφα προφητεῦσαν ἐκδοχῇ, οὐ πάντως συν ιστὰς τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ καταλιπὼν καὶ τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν κρίνειν ὀπότερον χρὴ παραδέξασθαι περὶ τοῦ Καϊάφα, καὶ ὡς † ὑπὸ πόδας τοῦ πνεύματος κεκινημένου. Ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς οὐκέτι παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ἀλλὰ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὴν χώραν ἐγγὺς τῆς ἐρήμου, εἰς Ἐφαρὶμ λεγομένην πόλιν, καὶ ἐκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν.
tauta de phēmi kata to akolouthon tę̄ peri tou hagion einai pneuma to dia tou Kaïapha prophēteusan ekdochę̄, ou pantōs syn istas touthʼ houtōs echein, alla katalipōn kai tois entynchanousin krinein opoteron chrē paradexasthai peri tou Kaïapha, kai hōs † hypo podas tou pneumatos kekinēmenou. Ho oun Iēsous ouketi parrēsią periepatei en tois Ioudaiois, alla apēlthen eis tēn chōran engys tēs erēmou, eis Epharim legomenēn polin, kai ekei emeinen meta tōn mathētōn.
I say these things in keeping with the interpretation that it was the Holy Spirit who prophesied through Caiaphas, not at all maintaining that this is so, but leaving it to the readers to judge which view must be accepted about Caiaphas, and as … by the Spirit moved. “So Jesus no longer walked openly among the Jews, but went away to the region near the wilderness, to a town called Ephraim, and stayed there with the disciples.”
28.192Preuschen 4:417
Ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια ἀναγεγράφθαι νομίζω βουλομένου τοῦ λόγου ἐπιστρέφειν ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ θερμότερον καὶ ἀλογιστότερον ἐπιπηδᾶν τῷ [ἐν τῷ] ἕως θανάτου ἀγωνίζεσθαι περὶ τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ μαρτυρεῖν.
Tauta kai ta toutois paraplēsia anagegraphthai nomizō boulomenou tou logou epistrephein hēmas apo tou thermoteron kai alogistoteron epipēdan tǭ [en tǭ] heōs thanatou agōnizesthai peri tēs alētheias kai martyrein.
I think these things, and things like them, were recorded because the Word wishes to turn us from leaping too hotly and unreasonably into contending unto death for the truth and bearing witness.
28.193Preuschen 4:417
καλὸν μὲν γὰρ ἐμπεσόντα τὸν περὶ τοῦ ὁμολογεῖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀγῶνα μὴ ἀναδύεσθαι τὴν ὁμολογίαν, μηδὲ μέλλειν περὶ τὸ ὑπεραποθανεῖν τῆς ἀληθείας.
kalon men gar empesonta ton peri tou homologein ton Iēsoun agōna mē anadyesthai tēn homologian, mēde mellein peri to hyperapothanein tēs alētheias.
For it is good, when the contest over confessing Jesus has come upon us, not to shrink from the confession, nor to hesitate about dying for the truth.
28.194Preuschen 4:417–418
οὐκ ἔλατ- τον δὲ τούτου καλὸν καὶ τὸ μὴ διδόναι ἀφορμὴν τῷ τηλικούτῳ πειρασμῷ, ἀλλὰ παντὶ τρόπῳ περιίστασθαι αὐτόν, οὐ μόνον διὰ τὸ περὶ τῆς ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκβάσεως ἄδηλον ἡμῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἵνα μὴ ἡμεῖς πρόφασις γενώμεθα τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοτέροις γενέσθαι καὶ ἀσεβεστέροις τοῖς οὐκ ἄν μὲν τῷ ἔργῳ τοῦ ἡμῶν ἐκκεχύσθαι τὸ αἷμα γενομένοις ἐνόχοις, εἰ τὰ παρʼ ἑαυτοῦς ποιοῦντες ἐξεκλίνομεν τοὺς μεχρι θανάτου ἡμὶν ἐπιβουλεύοντας, ἐσομένοις δὲ ἐν πλείονι καὶ βαρυτέρᾳ κολάσει παρʼ ἡμᾶς εἰ φιλαυτοῦντες καὶ μὴ καὶ τὰ ἐκείνων σκοποῦντες ἐπιδιδῷμεν αὑτοὺς τῷ ἀναιρεῖσθαι, οὐ τῆς ἀνάγκης εἰς τοῦτο καταλαβούσης.
ouk elat- ton de toutou kalon kai to mē didonai aphormēn tǭ tēlikoutǭ peirasmǭ, alla panti tropǭ periistasthai auton, ou monon dia to peri tēs en autǭ ekbaseōs adēlon hēmin, alla kai hina mē hēmeis prophasis genōmetha tou hamartōloterois genesthai kai asebesterois tois ouk an men tǭ ergǭ tou hēmōn ekkechysthai to haima genomenois enochois, ei ta parʼ heautous poiountes exeklinomen tous mechri thanatou hēmin epibouleuontas, esomenois de en pleioni kai baryterą kolasei parʼ hēmas ei philautountes kai mē kai ta ekeinōn skopountes epididǭmen hautous tǭ anaireisthai, ou tēs anankēs eis touto katalabousēs.
But no less good than this is not to give occasion to so great a trial, but to avoid it in every way, not only because its outcome is uncertain for us, but also so that we may not become a pretext for others becoming more sinful and ungodly, who would not have become guilty of the deed of shedding our blood if we, doing what lay in us, had avoided those plotting against us unto death, but who will be in greater and heavier punishment because of us, if, loving ourselves and not considering their case too, we give ourselves up to be killed when necessity has not overtaken us to it.
28.195Preuschen 4:418
εἴπερ γὰρ καὶ ὁ πρόφασίς τινι γενόμενος ἁμαρτίας τῷ αὐτὸς ἐπὶ ταύτην κεκινηκέναι τὸν ἁμαρτάνοντα τίσει δίκας ἐπὶ τοῖς διʼ αὐτὸν ἀνθρώπων τινὶ ἡμαρτημένοις, πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ ὁ παρὸν ἐκκλῖναι, ἵνα μὴ ὁ δεῖνα προδότης χριστιανοῦ γένηται καὶ ἐπίβουλος τῆς κατὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν θεοσεβείας, μὴ ἐκκλίνας μὲν καὶ προσπαροξύνας δὲ οὐχῖ καὶ περὶ τῆς ἐκείνου ἁμαρτίας δώσει λόγον, κἄν τὸ ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ εἰς τὸ μαρτυρεῖν προθυμίᾳ καὶ τῇ εἰς τοῦτο ἀνδρείᾳ τιμῆς καὶ ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος ᾖ παρὰ τῷ εὐσεβουμένῳ θεῷ καὶ ὁμολογουμένῳ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ σωτῆρι;
eiper gar kai ho prophasis tini genomenos hamartias tǭ autos epi tautēn kekinēkenai ton hamartanonta tisei dikas epi tois diʼ auton anthrōpōn tini hēmartēmenois, pōs ouchi kai ho paron ekklinai, hina mē ho deina prodotēs christianou genētai kai epiboulos tēs kata ton Iēsoun theosebeias, mē ekklinas men kai prosparoxynas de ouchi kai peri tēs ekeinou hamartias dōsei logon, kan to hoson epi tę̄ eis to martyrein prothymią kai tę̄ eis touto andreią timēs kai apodochēs axios ę̄ para tǭ euseboumenǭ theǭ kai homologoumenǭ hypʼ autou sōtēri?
For if one who has become a pretext of sin to someone, by himself moving the sinner to it, will pay the penalty for the sins committed by someone because of him, how will not one who, when it was possible to withdraw, so that so-and-so might not become the betrayer of a Christian and a plotter against piety in Jesus, did not withdraw but provoked him further, also give account for that person's sin, even if, as far as his eagerness for martyrdom and his courage in it go, he is worthy of honor and acceptance with the God he worships and the Savior he confesses?
28.196Preuschen 4:418
ὅτι δὲ ἡμῶν ἕνεκεν τὰ τοιαῦτα γέγραπται, ἵνʼ ἡμεῖς, παράδειγμα ἔχοντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις αὐτοῦ μιμηταὶ γινώμεθα, παραστήσει ἡ λέγουσα γραφή· »Ἐζήτουν οὖν αὐτὸν »πιάσαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα, ὅτι οὔπω ἐλη- »λύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ«.
hoti de hēmōn heneken ta toiauta gegraptai, hinʼ hēmeis, paradeigma echontes ton Iēsoun, kai en tois toioutois autou mimētai ginōmetha, parastēsei hē legousa graphē; »Ezētoun oun auton »piasai, kai oudeis epebalen epʼ auton tēn cheira, hoti oupō elē- »lythei hē hōra autou«.
That such things were written for our sake, so that we, having Jesus as an example, may become his imitators in such matters too, the Scripture shows that says, “So they sought to arrest him, and no one laid a hand on him, because his hour had not yet come.”
28.197Preuschen 4:418
ὡς γάρ, κατὰ τὸ ῥητὸν τοῦτο, διὰ τοῦτο οὐ- δεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα παρόντα καὶ μὴ φεύγοντα, ἐπεὶ μήπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ, οὑτως καὶ χωρὶς τοῦ ἀναχωρεῖν, ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τοῦ μηδέπω αὐτοῦ ἐφεστηκέναι τὴν ὥραν, οὐκ κατεσχέθημεν ἄν ἡμεῖς.
hōs gar, kata to rhēton touto, dia touto ou- deis epebalen epʼ auton tēn cheira paronta kai mē pheugonta, epei mēpō elēlythei hē hōra autou, houtōs kai chōris tou anachōrein, en tǭ kairǭ tou mēdepō autou ephestēkenai tēn hōran, ouk kateschethēmen an hēmeis.
For as, according to this text, no one laid a hand on him, though he was present and not fleeing, because his hour had not yet come, so we too, even without withdrawing, would not have been seized in the time when our hour had not yet arrived.
28.198Preuschen 4:418
διόπερ ἀκουστέον οὐ μόνον τοῦ »Ἐὰν διώ- »κωσιν ὐμᾶς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἐτέραν« καὶ τῶν ἑξῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι ἠνίκα συνεβουλεύσαντο ἵνα ἀποκτείνωσιν τὸν Ἰησοῦν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι,
dioper akousteon ou monon tou »Ean diō- »kōsin ymas en tę̄ polei tautę̄, pheugete eis tēn eteran« kai tōn hexēs, alla kai hoti ēnika synebouleusanto hina apokteinōsin ton Iēsoun hoi archiereis kai hoi Pharisaioi,
Therefore we must heed not only “If they persecute you in this city, flee to the other,” and what follows, but also that when the chief priests and the Pharisees took counsel to kill Jesus,
28.199Preuschen 4:418
τὸ εὐλόγιστον τηρῶν οὐκέτι παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ εἰς ἄλλην πόλιν ἀνεχώρησεν ὄχλων πεπληρωμένην, ἀλλά τινα ἀνακεχωρηκυῖαν.
to eulogiston tērōn ouketi parrēsią periepatei en tois Ioudaiois, allʼ oude eis allēn polin anechōrēsen ochlōn peplērōmenēn, alla tina anakechōrēkuian.
keeping to good judgment, he no longer walked openly among the Jews, nor did he withdraw to another city full of crowds, but to one that was secluded.
28.200Preuschen 4:418
γέ- γραπται γάρ· »Ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς οὐκέτι παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς »Ἰουδαίοις, ἀλλὰ ἀπῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν εἰς τὴν χώραν ἐγγὺς τῆς ἐρήμου, »ἐις Ἐφραὶμ λεγομένην πόλιν«.
ge- graptai gar; »Ho oun Iēsous ouketi parrēsią periepatei en tois »Ioudaiois, alla apēlthen ekeithen eis tēn chōran engys tēs erēmou, »eis Ephraim legomenēn polin«.
For it is written, “So Jesus no longer walked openly among the Jews, but went away from there to the region near the wilderness, to a town called Ephraim.”
28.201Preuschen 4:418–419
καὶ οὐ μόνος γε ἐκεῖ ἀπελήλυθεν, ἀλλὰ μηδεμίαν ἀφορμὴν διδοὺς τοῖς ζητοῦσιν αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ παρείληφεν καὶ »ἐκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μεθη- »τῶν«.
kai ou monos ge ekei apelēlythen, alla mēdemian aphormēn didous tois zētousin auton kai tous mathētas methʼ heautou pareilēphen kai »ekei emeinen meta tōn methē- »tōn«.
And he did not go away there alone, but, giving no occasion to those seeking him, he took the disciples with him too, and “stayed there with the disciples.”
28.202Preuschen 4:419
τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν καὶ τὸ ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ματθαῖον γεγραμμένον, ὅτε »Ἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὴν Γαλι- »λαίαν· καὶ καταλιπῶν τὴν Ναζαρέθ, ἐλθὼν κατᾠκησεν εἰς Καφαρ- »ναοὺμ τὴν παραθαλασσίαν, ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ«, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν καιρὸν δὲ φθάσας τοῦ συλληφθῆναι, ἐτήρησεν ὐπὲρ τοῦ μὴ παρʼ ἑαυτὸν τουτο παθεῖν μήτε ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις εὑρεθῆναι μήτε ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἔνθα ἐδίδασκεν πολλάκις, μήτε ἐν ἄλλῳ τοιούτῳ τόπῳ· »Ἐξῆλθεν γὰρ σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ πέραν τοῦ χειμάρρου τῶν »Κεδρών, ὅπου ἦν κῆπος εἰς ὅν εἰσῆλθεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ »αὐτοῦ«.
toiouton estin kai to en tǭ kata Matthaion gegrammenon, hote »Akousas hoti Iōannēs paredothē anechōrēsen eis tēn Gali- »laian; kai katalipōn tēn Nazareth, elthōn katǭkēsen eis Kaphar- »naoum tēn parathalassian, en horiois Zaboulōn kai Nephthaleim«, kai epi ton kairon de phthasas tou syllēphthēnai, etērēsen yper tou mē parʼ heauton touto pathein mēte en Hierosolymois heurethēnai mēte en tǭ hierǭ, entha edidasken pollakis, mēte en allǭ toioutǭ topǭ; »Exēlthen gar syn tois mathētais autou peran tou cheimarrou tōn »Kedrōn, hopou ēn kēpos eis hon eisēlthen autos kai hoi mathētai »autou«.
Of this kind too is what is written in the Gospel according to Matthew, when “hearing that John had been arrested, he withdrew into Galilee; and leaving Nazareth he went and dwelt in Capernaum by the sea, in the territory of Zebulun and Naphtali”; and when he reached the time to be seized, he took care, so as not to suffer this through his own doing, not to be found either in Jerusalem or in the temple, where he often taught, or in any other such place: “For he went out with his disciples across the Kidron valley, where there was a garden, which he and his disciples entered.”
28.203Preuschen 4:419
οὕτω δὲ ἀνεχώρει κατʼ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ καὶ οὐκ ἐδημοσίευεν, ὡς δεῖσθαι τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ τοὺς Φαρισαίους, βουλομένους αὐτὸν συλλαβεῖν, τοῦ Ἰούδα, διὰ τὸ μεμαθητεῦσθαι αὐτῷ περιργαζομένου καὶ τοὺς τόπους τῆς ἀναχωρήσεως αὐτοῦ.
houtō de anechōrei katʼ ekeino kairou kai ouk edēmosieuen, hōs deisthai tous archiereis kai tous Pharisaious, boulomenous auton syllabein, tou Iouda, dia to memathēteusthai autǭ perirgazomenou kai tous topous tēs anachōrēseōs autou.
So he withdrew at that time and did not make himself public, so that the chief priests and the Pharisees, wishing to seize him, needed Judas, who, because he had been his disciple, knew all about the places of his retreat.
28.204Preuschen 4:419
διὸ τότε »Ἰούδας λαβὼν »σπεῖραν καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ Φαρισαίων ὑπηρέτας, ἔρχεται »ἐκεῖ μετὰ φανῶν καὶ λαμπάδων καὶ ὅπλων«.
dio tote »Ioudas labōn »speiran kai ek tōn archiereōn kai Pharisaiōn hypēretas, erchetai »ekei meta phanōn kai lampadōn kai hoplōn«.
Therefore at that time “Judas, taking the cohort and officers from the chief priests and Pharisees, comes there with lanterns and torches and weapons.”
28.205Preuschen 4:419
κατὰ τοῦτον δὲ τὸν τόπον τοῦ εὐαγγελίου δηλοῦται ὅτι εἰ μὲν ἐβούλετο μὴ ἡλῶναι, οὐκ ἄν κατεσχέθη· κατεσχέθη δὲ ταπεινώσας ἑαυτὸν καὶ γενόμενος ὑπήκοος τοῖς κατέχουσιν καὶ μέχρι τοῦ σταυροῦ.
kata touton de ton topon tou euangeliou dēloutai hoti ei men ebouleto mē hēlōnai, ouk an kateschethē; kateschethē de tapeinōsas heauton kai genomenos hypēkoos tois katechousin kai mechri tou staurou.
In this passage of the Gospel it is shown that if he had not wished to be taken, he would not have been seized; but he was seized, having humbled himself and become obedient to those who held him, even to the cross.
28.206Preuschen 4:419
ὁπότε γοῦν ἐξῆλθεν, καὶ λέγει τοῖς ἐλθοῦσιν εἰς τὸν κῆπον· »Τίνα ζητεῖτε; ἀπεκρίθησαν »αὐτῷ· Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον«· καὶ ὡς μὲν »εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Ἐγώ »εἰμι, [δυνάμεως] ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω καὶ ἔπεσον χαμαί«.
hopote goun exēlthen, kai legei tois elthousin eis ton kēpon; »Tina zēteite? apekrithēsan »autǭ; Iēsoun ton Nazōraion«; kai hōs men »eipen autois; Egō »eimi, [dynameōs] apēlthon eis ta opisō kai epeson chamai«.
At any rate, when he went out and says to those who came into the garden, “Whom do you seek?”, they answered him, “Jesus the Nazarene”; and when “he said to them, ‘I am,’ they went backward and fell to the ground.”
28.207Preuschen 4:419
εἶτα μετὰ τοῦτο, ὅτι ἐβουλήθη ἀναδέξασθαι τὴν ἐν τῷ πάθει οἰκονομίαν, πάλιν ἠρώτησεν αὐτούς· »Τίνα ζητεῖτε; οἱ δὲ εἶπον· Ἰησοῦν τὸν Να- »ζωραῖον«.
eita meta touto, hoti eboulēthē anadexasthai tēn en tǭ pathei oikonomian, palin ērōtēsen autous; »Tina zēteite? hoi de eipon; Iēsoun ton Na- »zōraion«.
Then after this, because he wished to accept the dispensation of the passion, he asked them again, “Whom do you seek?” And they said, “Jesus the Nazarene.”
28.208Preuschen 4:419
καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα· »Ἡ σπεῖρα καὶ ὁ χιλίαρχος καὶ οἱ ὑπη- »ρέται τῶν Ἰουδαίων συνέλαβον τὸν Ἰησοῦν« ἑκόντα, »καὶ ἔδησαν »αὐτὸν« παρέχοντα ἑαυτὸν τοῖς δεσμοῖς· εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἐβούλετο παρεῖν, εἶπεν ἄν πάλιν· »Ἐγώ εἰμι«· καὶ ἀπῆλθον ἄν οἱ τοσοῦτοι εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω καὶ πάντες ἔπεσον ἄν χαμαί.
kai metʼ oliga; »Hē speira kai ho chiliarchos kai hoi hypē- »retai tōn Ioudaiōn synelabon ton Iēsoun« hekonta, »kai edēsan »auton« parechonta heauton tois desmois; ei gar mē ebouleto parein, eipen an palin; »Egō eimi«; kai apēlthon an hoi tosoutoi eis ta opisō kai pantes epeson an chamai.
And shortly after: “The cohort and the tribune and the officers of the Jews seized Jesus,” who was willing, “and bound him,” as he offered himself to the bonds; for if he had not wished to give himself up, he would have said again, “I am,” and so many would have gone backward and all fallen to the ground.
28.209Preuschen 4:419
ὥσπερ δὲ διὰ τῶν τοιούτων διδάσκει ἡμᾶς ἐν διωγμοῖς καὶ ταῖς καθʼ ἡμῶν ἐπιβουλαῖς ἀναχωρεῖν, οὕτως ἐν ἄλλοις εὕροις ἄν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν νομιζομένων εἶναι ἐν κόσμῳ καλῶν ἀναχωροῦντα, ἵνα καὶ διὰ τούτων διδάξῃ φεύγειν τὰ ἐν κόσμῳ ἀξιώματα καὶ τὰς ἐν αὐτῷ ὑπεροχάς.
hōsper de dia tōn toioutōn didaskei hēmas en diōgmois kai tais kathʼ hēmōn epiboulais anachōrein, houtōs en allois heurois an kai apo tōn nomizomenōn einai en kosmǭ kalōn anachōrounta, hina kai dia toutōn didaxę̄ pheugein ta en kosmǭ axiōmata kai tas en autǭ hyperochas.
And just as by such things he teaches us to withdraw in persecutions and in plots against us, so in other places you would find him withdrawing also from what are thought to be good things in the world, so that by these too he may teach us to flee the honors in the world and the preeminence in it.
28.210Preuschen 4:419–420
Ἰησοῦς γάρ ποτε »γνοὺς ὅτι μέλλουσιν ἔρχεσθαι καὶ ἁρπάζειν αὐτόν, ἵνα ποιήσωσιν »βασιλέα, ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὸ ὄρος«· ἀλλʼ οὐ μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν, ἀλλὰ μόνος, μὴ παρέχων μηδὲ τούτοις ἀφορμὴν φιλοῦσιν αὐτὸν καὶ βουληθεῖσιν ἄν μετὰ τῶν θελόντων ποιῆσαι αὐτὸν βασιλέα, ἵνʼ ἤδη γένηται καὶ κοσμικῶς αὐτῶν βασιλεύς.
Iēsous gar pote »gnous hoti mellousin erchesthai kai harpazein auton, hina poiēsōsin »basilea, anechōrēsen eis to oros«; allʼ ou meta tōn mathētōn, alla monos, mē parechōn mēde toutois aphormēn philousin auton kai boulētheisin an meta tōn thelontōn poiēsai auton basilea, hinʼ ēdē genētai kai kosmikōs autōn basileus.
For once Jesus, “knowing that they were about to come and seize him to make him king, withdrew to the mountain,” but not with the disciples, but alone, giving no occasion even to them, who loved him and might have wished, with those who wanted it, to make him king, so that he might become their king in a worldly way too.
28.211Preuschen 4:420
Ταῦτα μὲν εἰς τὸ ῥητὸν καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ εὐαγγελικοῦ γράμματος περὶ ἀναχωρήσεως διδασκαλίαν. εἰς δὲ τὴν ἀναγωγὴν λεχθείη ἄν τοιαῦτα, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πάλαι μὲν παρρησίᾳ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις περιεπάτει ὅτε ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ προφητῶν αὐτοῖς ἐνεπολιτεύετο· Ἰησοῦ γὰρ ἦν παρρησία ἡ »Τάδε λέγει κύριος«· ἀλλὰ νῦν οὐκέτι παρρησίᾳ ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις Ἰησοῦς περιπατεῖ, ἀλλὰ ἀπῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν θεοῦ λόγος ἐν Ἰουδαίοις, καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἐκεῖθεν (λέγω δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων) εἰς τὴν ἐγγὺς τῆς ἐρήμου ἦλθεν χώραν, περὶ ἧς λέγεται· »Πολλὰ τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐρήμου μᾶλλον »ἤ τῆς ἐχούσης τὸν ἀνδρα«, καὶ πρὸς ἤν εἴρηται· »Εὐφράνθητι »στεῖρα ἡ οὐ τίκτουσα· ῥῆξον καὶ βόησον ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα«.
Tauta men eis to rhēton kai tēn apo tou euangelikou grammatos peri anachōrēseōs didaskalian. eis de tēn anagōgēn lechtheiē an toiauta, hoti Iēsous palai men parrēsią tois Ioudaiois periepatei hote ho logos tou theou dia prophētōn autois enepoliteueto; Iēsou gar ēn parrēsia hē »Tade legei kyrios«; alla nyn ouketi parrēsią en tois Ioudaiois Iēsous peripatei, alla apēlthen ekeithen, kai ouk estin theou logos en Ioudaiois, kai apelthōn ekeithen (legō de apo tōn Ioudaiōn) eis tēn engys tēs erēmou ēlthen chōran, peri hēs legetai; »Polla ta tekna tēs erēmou mallon »ē tēs echousēs ton andra«, kai pros ēn eirētai; »Euphranthēti »steira hē ou tiktousa; rhēxon kai boēson hē ouk ōdinousa«.
So much for the letter and the teaching about withdrawal from the Gospel's text. For the higher sense, something like this might be said: Jesus formerly walked openly among the Jews, when the Word of God dwelt among them through the prophets; for “Thus says the Lord” was Jesus' openness. But now Jesus no longer walks openly among the Jews, but has gone away from there, and there is no word of God among the Jews; and having gone away from there (I mean from the Jews), he came to the region near the wilderness, of which it is said, “Many are the children of the desolate, more than of her who has a husband,” and to which it is said, “Rejoice, barren one who does not bear; break forth and cry, you who are not in labor.”
28.212Preuschen 4:420
ἔστιν δὲ ἡ ἐγγὺς τῆς ἐρήμου πόλις Ἐφραίμ, εἰς ἥν ἦλθεν Ἰησοῦς, οὐκέτι παρρησίᾳ περιπατῶν ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις.
estin de hē engys tēs erēmou polis Ephraim, eis hēn ēlthen Iēsous, ouketi parrēsią peripatōn en tois Ioudaiois.
And the town near the wilderness is Ephraim, to which Jesus came, no longer walking openly among the Jews.
28.213Preuschen 4:420
ἑρμηνεύεται δὲ Ἐφραὶμ >καρποφορία<, ἀδελφὸς ὤν Μανασσῆ, πρεσβυτέρου τοῦ >ἀπὸ λήθης< λαοῦ.
hermēneuetai de Ephraim >karpophoria<, adelphos ōn Manassē, presbyterou tou >apo lēthēs< laou.
Ephraim is interpreted “fruitfulness,” being the brother of Manasseh, the elder, the people “from forgetfulness.”
28.214Preuschen 4:420
μετὰ γὰρ τὸν >ἀπὸ λήθης λαὸν καταλειφθέντα γεγέννηται ἡ ἐξ ἐθνῶν καρποφορία<, ὅτε ποταμοὺς μὲν τοὺς ἐν τῶν Ἰσραὴλ »ἔθετο« ὁ θεὸς »εἰς ἔρημον καὶ διεξόδους« τῶν ἐκεῖ »ὑδάτων εἰς »δίψαν« καὶ »γῆν αὐτῶν καρποφόρον εἰς ἅλμην, ἀπὸ κακίας τῶν »κατοικούντων ἐν αὐτῇ«· ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἐθνῶν »ἔρημον ἔθετο εἰς λίμνας »ὑδάτων«, καὶ »γῆν ἄνυδρον αὐτῶν γῆν εἰς διεξόδους ὑδάτων«.
meta gar ton >apo lēthēs laon kataleiphthenta gegennētai hē ex ethnōn karpophoria<, hote potamous men tous en tōn Israēl »etheto« ho theos »eis erēmon kai diexodous« tōn ekei »hydatōn eis »dipsan« kai »gēn autōn karpophoron eis halmēn, apo kakias tōn »katoikountōn en autę̄«; apo de tōn ethnōn »erēmon etheto eis limnas »hydatōn«, kai »gēn anydron autōn gēn eis diexodous hydatōn«.
For after the people “from forgetfulness” was left behind, the fruitfulness from the Gentiles was born, when God “made” the rivers of those of Israel “into a wilderness,” and the springs of water there “into thirst,” and “their fruitful land into a salt waste, because of the wickedness of those who dwell in it”; but of the Gentiles “he made the wilderness into pools of water,” and “their dry land into springs of water.”
28.215Preuschen 4:420
καὶ κατᾠκισεν ἐκεῖ πενιῶντας, καὶ συνεστήσαντο πόλιν κατοικεσίας, τὴν ἐκκλησίαν· ἔνθα ἔσπειρεν ἀγροὺς κατὰ τὸν πεσόντα σπόρον ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν καὶ ἀγαθὴν γῆν καὶ ποιοῦσαν ἑκατονταπλασίονα, καὶ ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνας· κλήματα γάρ εἰςιν οἱ κυρίου μαθηταί, οἵτινες καὶ »ἐποίησαν καρπὸν γεννήματος· καὶ εὐλόγησεν αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐπλη- »θύνθησαν σφόδρα«.
kai katǭkisen ekei peniōntas, kai synestēsanto polin katoikesias, tēn ekklēsian; entha espeiren agrous kata ton pesonta sporon epi tēn kalēn kai agathēn gēn kai poiousan hekatontaplasiona, kai ephyteusen ampelōnas; klēmata gar eisin hoi kyriou mathētai, hoitines kai »epoiēsan karpon gennēmatos; kai eulogēsen autous kai eplē- »thynthēsan sphodra«.
And he settled the hungry there, and they established a city to dwell in, the church; where he sowed fields, according to the seed that fell on the good and fine soil and yielded a hundredfold, and planted vineyards; for the Lord's disciples are branches, who also “made fruit of produce; and he blessed them and they multiplied greatly.”
28.216Preuschen 4:420–421
ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τοὺς ἐν τούτοις ἀλογωτέρους μικροὺς εἶναι ἐλογίσατο ὁ ἀνθρώπους καὶ κτήνη σώζων κύριος· γέγραπται γάρ· »Καὶ τὰ κτήνη αὐτῶν οὐκ ἐσμίκρυνεν«.
allʼ oude tous en toutois alogōterous mikrous einai elogisato ho anthrōpous kai ktēnē sōzōn kyrios; gegraptai gar; »Kai ta ktēnē autōn ouk esmikrynen«.
But not even those among these who are less rational did the Lord, who saves men and beasts, reckon to be small; for it is written, “And their cattle he did not diminish.”
28.217Preuschen 4:421
καὶ οἱ μὲν Ἰουδαὶοι »ὠλιγώθησαν καὶ ἐκακώθησαν [καὶ] ἀπὸ θλίψεως κακῶν καὶ ὀδύνης· »καὶ ἐξεχύθη ἐξουδένωσις ἐπὶ« τοὺς διὰ τὸν Ἀβραὰμ »ἄρχοντας, καὶ »ἐπλάνησεν αὐτοὺς ἐν ἀβάτῳ καὶ οὐχὶ ἐν ὁδῷ«.
kai hoi men Ioudaioi »ōligōthēsan kai ekakōthēsan [kai] apo thlipseōs kakōn kai odynēs; »kai exechythē exoudenōsis epi« tous dia ton Abraam »archontas, kai »eplanēsen autous en abatǭ kai ouchi en hodǭ«.
And the Jews “were diminished and afflicted by the pressure of evils and pain; and contempt was poured out upon” the rulers descended from Abraham, “and he made them wander in a trackless place and not on the road.”
28.218Preuschen 4:421
μετʼ ἐκείνους δὲ ὁ θεὸς »ἐβοήθησεν τῷ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν πένητι λαῷ ἐκ πτωχείας καὶ »ἔθετο ὡς πρόβατα πατριάν«, οὑς ὄψονται εὐθεῖς ἄγγελοι καὶ »εὐ- »φρανθήσονται, καὶ πᾶσα ἀνομία ἐμφράξει τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς«.
metʼ ekeinous de ho theos »eboēthēsen tǭ apo tōn ethnōn penēti laǭ ek ptōcheias kai »etheto hōs probata patrian«, hous opsontai eutheis angeloi kai »eu- »phranthēsontai, kai pasa anomia emphraxei to stoma autēs«.
After them God “helped the poor” people from the Gentiles “out of poverty and made families like sheep,” whom upright angels will see and “rejoice, and all iniquity will stop its mouth.”
28.219Preuschen 4:421
τούτοις δὲ μυστικῶς προφητευομένοις ἐν ἑκατοστῷ ἕκτῳ Ψαλμῷ ἐπι- φέρεται· »Τίς σοφὸς καὶ φυλάξει ταῦτα, καὶ συνήσουσιν τὰ ἐλέη τοῦ »κυρίου«;
toutois de mystikōs prophēteuomenois en hekatostǭ hektǭ Psalmǭ epi- pheretai; »Tis sophos kai phylaxei tauta, kai synēsousin ta eleē tou »kyriou«?
To these things, mystically prophesied in the one hundred and sixth Psalm, is added, “Who is wise and will keep these things, and they will understand the mercies of the Lord?”
28.220Preuschen 4:421
ἐλεοῦντος γὰρ τοῦ κυρίου τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ὁ σοφὸς ταῦτα φυλάξει, συνιεῖς τὰ ἐλέη τοῦ κυρίου.
eleountos gar tou kyriou tous apo tōn ethnōn ho sophos tauta phylaxei, synieis ta eleē tou kyriou.
For when the Lord has mercy on those from the Gentiles, the wise man will keep these things, understanding the mercies of the Lord.
28.221Preuschen 4:421
οὐκοῦν Ἰησοῦς οὐκέτι »παρρησιᾳ περιπατεῖ ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ἀλλὰ ἀπῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν εἰς »τὴν χώραν« τοῦ ὅλου κόσμου, »ἐγγὺς τῆς ἐρήμου« ἐκκλησίας, εἰς Ἐφραὶμ τὴν >καρποφοροῦσαν< λεγομένην πόλιν, κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν.
oukoun Iēsous ouketi »parrēsią peripatei en tois Ioudaiois, alla apēlthen ekeithen eis »tēn chōran« tou holou kosmou, »engys tēs erēmou« ekklēsias, eis Ephraim tēn >karpophorousan< legomenēn polin, kakei emeinen meta tōn mathētōn.
So Jesus no longer “walks openly among the Jews, but has gone away from there to the region” of the whole world, “near the wilderness” church, to Ephraim, the town called “bearing fruit,” and there he stayed with the disciples.
28.222Preuschen 4:421
καὶ ἔστιν μέχρι τοῦ δεῦρο μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς ἐγγὺς τῆς ἐρήμου, εἰς Ἐφραὶμ λεγομένην πόλιν· πάρεστιν γὰρ τῇ >καρποφορίᾳ<.
kai estin mechri tou deuro meta tōn mathētōn autou Iēsous engys tēs erēmou, eis Ephraim legomenēn polin; parestin gar tę̄ >karpophorią<.
And until now Jesus is with his disciples near the wilderness, in the town called Ephraim; for he is present with fruitfulness.
28.223Preuschen 4:421
καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ γενέσει γε τοῦ Ἐφραὶμ τούτου εἴποι ἄν ὁ γεννήσας αὐτὸν σιτομέτρης ἡμῶν κύριος, ὁ ταπεινώσας ἑαυτὸν καὶ γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου, θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ· »Ηὔξησέν με ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῇ γῇ τῆς ταπεινώσεώς μου«. Ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ πάσχα τῶν Ἰουδαίων, καὶ ἀνέβησαν πολλοὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἐκ τῆς χώρας πρὸ τοῦ πάσχα, ἵνα ἁγνίσωσιν ἑαυτούς. ἐζήτουν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἔλεγον μετʼ ἀλλήλων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἑστηκότες· Τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ; οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν;
kai epi tę̄ genesei ge tou Ephraim toutou eipoi an ho gennēsas auton sitometrēs hēmōn kyrios, ho tapeinōsas heauton kai genomenos hypēkoos mechri thanatou, thanatou de staurou; »Ēuxēsen me ho theos en tę̄ gę̄ tēs tapeinōseōs mou«. Ēn de engys to pascha tōn Ioudaiōn, kai anebēsan polloi tōn Ioudaiōn eis Hierosolyma ek tēs chōras pro tou pascha, hina hagnisōsin heautous. ezētoun oun ton Iēsoun kai elegon metʼ allēlōn en tǭ hierǭ hestēkotes; Ti hymin dokei? ou mē elthę̄ eis tēn heortēn?
And at the birth of this Ephraim, the one who begot him, our Lord, the giver of grain, who humbled himself and became obedient unto death, even death on a cross, might say, “God has increased me in the land of my humiliation.” “Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and many of the Jews went up to Jerusalem from the country before the Passover to purify themselves. So they sought Jesus and said to one another as they stood in the temple, ‘What do you think? That he will not come to the feast?’”
28.224Preuschen 4:421
Οὐ τὸ αὐτὸ νομιστέον εἶναι πάσχα τοῦ κυρίου καὶ πάσχα τῶν Ἰουδαίων· τὸ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ τὸν νόμον πάσχα ἐστὶν τοῦ κυρίου, τὸ δὲ τῶν παρανόμων πάσχα τῶν Ἰουδαίων.
Ou to auto nomisteon einai pascha tou kyriou kai pascha tōn Ioudaiōn; to men gar kata ton nomon pascha estin tou kyriou, to de tōn paranomōn pascha tōn Ioudaiōn.
We must not think that the Passover of the Lord and the Passover of the Jews are the same. For the Passover according to the law is the Lord's, but the Passover of the lawless is the Jews'.
28.225Preuschen 4:421
διὸ παρατηρητέον πότε λέγεται κυρίου τὸ πάσχα καὶ ἄλλαι ἡμέραι, καὶ πότε οὐ τοῦ κυρίου ἀλλὰ τῶν ἐλεγχομένων ἐπὶ ἁμαρτίαις.
dio paratērēteon pote legetai kyriou to pascha kai allai hēmerai, kai pote ou tou kyriou alla tōn elenchomenōn epi hamartiais.
Therefore we must observe when the Passover and other days are said to be the Lord's, and when not the Lord's but those of people rebuked for sins.
28.226Preuschen 4:421–422
οἷον ἐν μὲν τῇ Ἐφόδῳ γέγραπται μεθʼ ἕτερα κατὰ τὴν πρώτην περὶ πάσχα ἐν- τολήν· »Καὶ ἔδεσθε αὐτὸ μετὰ σπουδῆς· πάσχα ἐστὶν κυρίου«, καὶ κατὰ τὴν δευτέραν· »Ἐὰν λέγωσιν πρὸς ὑμᾶς οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν· Τίς ἡ »λατρεία αὕτη ὑμῖν; καὶ ἐρεῖτε· Θυσία τὸ πάσχα τοῦ κυρίου, ὡς »ἐσκέπασεν τοὺς οἴκους τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ«.
hoion en men tę̄ Ephodǭ gegraptai methʼ hetera kata tēn prōtēn peri pascha en- tolēn; »Kai edesthe auto meta spoudēs; pascha estin kyriou«, kai kata tēn deuteran; »Ean legōsin pros hymas hoi huioi hymōn; Tis hē »latreia hautē hymin? kai ereite; Thysia to pascha tou kyriou, hōs »eskepasen tous oikous tōn huiōn Israēl en Aigyptǭ«.
For example, in Exodus it is written, among other things, in the first commandment about the Passover, “And you shall eat it in haste; it is the Lord's Passover,” and in the second, “If your sons say to you, ‘What is this service to you?’ you shall say, ‘It is the sacrifice of the Lord's Passover, for he sheltered the houses of the sons of Israel in Egypt.’”
28.227Preuschen 4:422
ἐν δὲ τῷ Ἡσαίᾳ οὐχ ἑαυτοῦ ἀλλὰ τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων φησὶν εἶναι ὁ κύριος τὰς νουμηνίας καὶ τὰ σάββατα καὶ νηστείαν καὶ ἀργίαν καὶ ἑορτάς.
en de tǭ Hēsaią ouch heautou alla tōn hamartanontōn phēsin einai ho kyrios tas noumēnias kai ta sabbata kai nēsteian kai argian kai heortas.
But in Isaiah the Lord says that the new moons and the sabbaths and fasting and rest and feasts are not his own but those of the sinners.
28.228Preuschen 4:422
εἰ δὲ τὰς ἑορτάς, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ τὸ πάσχα· μία γὰρ αὕτη τῶν ἑορτῶν ἐστιν. γέγραπται δὲ οὕτως· »Τὰς νουμηνίας ὑμῶν καὶ »τὰ σάββατα ὑμῶν καὶ ἡμέραν μεγάλην οὐκ ἀνέχομαι· νηστείαν [ἢ] »καὶ ἀργίαν, καὶ τὰς νουμηνίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰς ἑορτὰς ὑμῶν μισεῖ ἡμέραν »ψυχή μου«. καὶ ἔν τινι δὲ τῶν δώδεκα γέγραπται· »Μεμίσηκα, »ἀπῶσμαι τας ἑορτὰς ὑμῶν«.
ei de tas heortas, dēlon hoti kai to pascha; mia gar hautē tōn heortōn estin. gegraptai de houtōs; »Tas noumēnias hymōn kai »ta sabbata hymōn kai hēmeran megalēn ouk anechomai; nēsteian [ē] »kai argian, kai tas noumēnias hymōn kai tas heortas hymōn misei hēmeran »psychē mou«. kai en tini de tōn dōdeka gegraptai; »Memisēka, »apōsmai tas heortas hymōn«.
And if the feasts, clearly the Passover too, for it is one of the feasts. It is written thus: “Your new moons and your sabbaths and the great day I cannot endure; fasting and rest, and your new moons and your feasts my soul hates.” And in one of the Twelve it is written, “I have hated, I have rejected your feasts.”
28.229Preuschen 4:422
καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐκκειμένην τοίνυν λέξιν τὸ πάσχα οὐ >τοῦ κυρίου< ἀλλὰ >τῶν Ἰουδαίων< ἦν· ὁ γὰρ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν ἐν αὐτῷ ἐπεβουλεύετο.
kai kata tēn ekkeimenēn toinyn lexin to pascha ou >tou kyriou< alla >tōn Ioudaiōn< ēn; ho gar sōtēr hēmōn en autǭ epebouleueto.
And according to the passage set before us, then, the Passover was not “the Lord's” but “the Jews'”; for our Savior was plotted against in it.
28.230Preuschen 4:422
καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αὐτῶν οἶμαι τὸ πάσχα εἰρῆσθαι αὐτοῖς προφητικῶς τῷ »Μεμίσηκα, ἀπῶσμαι τὰς ἑορτὰς »ὑμῶν«· ἔργον γὰρ οὐχ ἑορτῆς θεοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἐναγὲς ἐν αὐτῷ πεποιήκασιν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀποκτείναντες.
kai dia touto autōn oimai to pascha eirēsthai autois prophētikōs tǭ »Memisēka, apōsmai tas heortas »hymōn«; ergon gar ouch heortēs theou, allʼ enages en autǭ pepoiēkasin ton Iēsoun apokteinantes.
And for this reason I think the Passover is said to be theirs, prophetically, by “I have hated, I have rejected your feasts”; for they did in it the deed not of God's feast but an accursed one, killing Jesus.
28.231Preuschen 4:422
πλὴν πρὸ τοῦ πάσχα τῶν Ἰουδαίων τούτου πολλοὶ ἀνέβησαν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἐκ τῆς χώρας, ἵνα ἁγνίσωσιν ἑαυτούς.
plēn pro tou pascha tōn Ioudaiōn toutou polloi anebēsan eis Hierosolyma ek tēs chōras, hina hagnisōsin heautous.
Yet before this Passover of the Jews many went up to Jerusalem from the country to purify themselves.
28.232Preuschen 4:422
προλαβὼν δʼ ἂν εἰποιμι ὅτι οὐκ ἐνόουν οἱ πολλοὶ πῶς ἂν ἁγνίσαιεν ἑαυτούς· διόπερ δοκοῦντες ἑαυτῶν πάσχα λατρείαν προσφέρειν τῷ θεῷ, τοσοῦτον ἐδέησαν τοῦ ἁγνίσαι ἑαυτοὺς ὥστε ἐναγέστεροι γενέσθαι οὗ ἦσαν ἐναγεῖς πρὶν ἁγνίσωσιν ἑαυτούς. εἶπον γὰρ τῷ Πιλάτῳ οἱ παραδιδόντες αὐτῷ τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ἰουδαῖοι· »Ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα«· διʼ οὓς ἔλεγεν τῷ σωτῆρι· »Μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι; τὸ σὸν ἔθνος καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς παρέδωκάν »σε ἐμοί«.
prolabōn dʼ an eipoimi hoti ouk enooun hoi polloi pōs an hagnisaien heautous; dioper dokountes heautōn pascha latreian prospherein tǭ theǭ, tosouton edeēsan tou hagnisai heautous hōste enagesteroi genesthai hou ēsan enageis prin hagnisōsin heautous. eipon gar tǭ Pilatǭ hoi paradidontes autǭ ton Iēsoun Ioudaioi; »Hēmin ouk exestin apokteinai oudena«; diʼ hous elegen tǭ sōtēri; »Mēti egō Ioudaios eimi? to son ethnos kai hoi archiereis paredōkan »se emoi«.
I might say in advance that the many did not understand how they might purify themselves; therefore, thinking they were offering their own Passover as worship to God, they fell so far short of purifying themselves that they became more defiled than they were before purifying themselves. For the Jews who handed Jesus over to Pilate said to him, “It is not lawful for us to put anyone to death”; because of whom he said to the Savior, “Am I a Jew? Your own nation and the chief priests handed you over to me.”
28.233Preuschen 4:422
καὶ οἱ λέγοντές γε ἀναβεβηκέναι ἵνα ἁγνίσωσιν ἑαυτοὺς ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες τῷ Πιλάτῳ· »Μὴ τοῦτον ἀπολύσῃς ἀλλὰ τὸν »Βαραββᾶν. ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής«.
kai hoi legontes ge anabebēkenai hina hagnisōsin heautous ekraugasan legontes tǭ Pilatǭ; »Mē touton apolysę̄s alla ton »Barabban. ēn de ho Barabbas lę̄stēs«.
And those who say they went up to purify themselves cried out, saying to Pilate, “Not this man, but Barabbas.” Now Barabbas was a robber.
28.234Preuschen 4:422–423
καὶ πάλιν· »Ἀπεκρίθησαν »οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι· Ἡμεῖς νόμον ἔχομεν, καὶ τὸν νόμον ὀφείλει ἀπο- »θανεῖν, ὅτι υἱὸν θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν«· καὶ πάλιν· »Οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι· »ἐκραύγαζον λέγοντες πρὸς τὸν Πιλάτον· Ἐὰν τοῦτον ἀπολύσῃς, »οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος· πᾶς ὁ βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν ἀντιλέγει »τῷ Καίσαρι«. καὶ πάλιν· »Ἐκραύγασαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι· Ἆρον, ἆρον, »σταύρωσον αὐτόν«.
kai palin; »Apekrithēsan »hoi Ioudaioi; Hēmeis nomon echomen, kai ton nomon opheilei apo- »thanein, hoti huion theou heauton epoiēsen«; kai palin; »Hoi Ioudaioi; »ekraugazon legontes pros ton Pilaton; Ean touton apolysę̄s, »ouk ei philos tou Kaisaros; pas ho basilea heauton poiōn antilegei »tǭ Kaisari«. kai palin; »Ekraugasan hoi Ioudaioi; Aron, aron, »staurōson auton«.
And again: “The Jews answered, ‘We have a law, and by the law he ought to die, because he made himself the Son of God’”; and again: “The Jews cried out, saying to Pilate, ‘If you release this man, you are not Caesar's friend; everyone who makes himself a king opposes Caesar.’” And again: “The Jews cried out, ‘Away, away, crucify him.’”
28.235Preuschen 4:423
καὶ οἱ ἀναβεβηκότες γε πρὸ τοῦ πάσχα ἴνα ἁγνίσωσιν ἑαυτοὺς ἔλεγον ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ πάσχα· »Οὐκ ἔχομεν βασιλέα »εἰ μὴ Καίσαρα«. ὅπερ δὲ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς εἶπεν προφητεύων ὁ σωτὴρ καὶ λέγων· »Ἔρχεται ὤρα ὅτε πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς δόξει »λατρέίαν προσφέρειν τῷ θεῷ«· τοῦτο ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἀρξάμενον πεπλήρωται.
kai hoi anabebēkotes ge pro tou pascha ina hagnisōsin heautous elegon en autǭ tǭ pascha; »Ouk echomen basilea »ei mē Kaisara«. hoper de pros tous mathētas eipen prophēteuōn ho sōtēr kai legōn; »Erchetai ōra hote pas ho apokteinas hymas doxei »latreian prospherein tǭ theǭ«; touto apʼ autou arxamenon peplērōtai.
And those who had gone up before the Passover to purify themselves said in the Passover itself, “We have no king but Caesar.” And what the Savior said to the disciples, prophesying, “The hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think he is offering worship to God,” was fulfilled beginning with him.
28.236Preuschen 4:423
οἱ γὰρ ἀξιώσαντες αὐτὸν ἀποθανεῖν ἐδόκουν λατρείαν προσφέρειν τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἀναβεβήκεισαν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα πρὸ τοῦ πάσχα ἵνα ἁγνίσωσιν ἑαυτούς.
hoi gar axiōsantes auton apothanein edokoun latreian prospherein tǭ theǭ, kai anabebēkeisan eis Hierosolyma pro tou pascha hina hagnisōsin heautous.
For those who judged him worthy of death thought they were offering worship to God, and had gone up to Jerusalem before the Passover to purify themselves.
28.237Preuschen 4:423
ὁ δὲ ἀληθὴς ἁγνισμὸς οὐ πρὸ τοῦ πάσχα ἀλλʼ ἐν τῷ πάσχα, ὅτε Ἰησοῦς ἀπέθανεν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁγνιζομένων ὡς ἀμνὸς θεοῦ, καὶ ἦρεν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου.
ho de alēthēs hagnismos ou pro tou pascha allʼ en tǭ pascha, hote Iēsous apethanen hyper tōn hagnizomenōn hōs amnos theou, kai ēren tēn hamartian tou kosmou.
But the true purification is not before the Passover but in the Passover, when Jesus died as the Lamb of God for those being purified, and took away the sin of the world.
28.238Preuschen 4:423
καὶ ἐζήτουν γε οὖτοι οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, οὐχ ἵνα ὠφεληθῶσιν, ἀλλʼ ἵνα »ναι, ἄνθρωπον ὃς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν λελάληκα, ἣν ἤκουσα ἀπὸ »τοῦ θεοῦ«.
kai ezētoun ge outoi hoi Ioudaioi ton Iēsoun, ouch hina ōphelēthōsin, allʼ hina »nai, anthrōpon hos tēn alētheian hymin lelalēka, hēn ēkousa apo »tou theou«.
And these Jews sought Jesus, not to be helped, but to kill “a man who has told you the truth which I heard from God.”
28.239Preuschen 4:423
καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γε τῷ ἱερῷ ἐστηκότες ἔλεγον πρὸς ἀλλήλους περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· »Τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν; ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν »ἑορτήν;«
kai en autǭ ge tǭ hierǭ estēkotes elegon pros allēlous peri tou Iēsou; »Ti dokei hymin? hoti ou mē elthę̄ eis tēn »heortēn?«
And standing in the temple itself they said to one another about Jesus, “What do you think? That he will not come to the feast?”
28.240Preuschen 4:423
ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὅπου οὗτοι ἑστήκεισαν ἑόρταζεν Ἰησοῦς, ἀλλʼ εἰς τὸ μέγα ἀνάγαιον, τὸ σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον, ὅπου ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐπεθύμησεν τὸ πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν φαγεῖν πρὸ τοῦ παθεῖν.
allʼ ouch hopou houtoi hestēkeisan heortazen Iēsous, allʼ eis to mega anagaion, to sesarōmenon kai kekosmēmenon, hopou epithymią epethymēsen to pascha meta tōn mathētōn phagein pro tou pathein.
But Jesus did not keep the feast where these stood, but in the large upper room, swept and furnished, where with desire he desired to eat the Passover with the disciples before suffering.
28.241Preuschen 4:423
εἴποις δʼ ἂν ὅτι καὶ νῦν ἑστήκασιν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἐπερειδόμενοι μὲν ὡς ἱεραῖς ταῖς γραφαῖς, διὰ δὲ τὸ ἀγνοεῖν τὸν ἐληλυθότα ζητοῦντες τοῦτον μὲν κακολογεῖ, ἕτερον δὲ τούτου Χριστὸν ὁμολογεῖν.
eipois dʼ an hoti kai nyn hestēkasin en tǭ hierǭ zētountes ton Iēsoun, epereidomenoi men hōs hierais tais graphais, dia de to agnoein ton elēlythota zētountes touton men kakologei, heteron de toutou Christon homologein.
You might say that now too they stand in the temple seeking Jesus, relying on the Scriptures as holy, but because of their ignorance of him who came, seeking him they speak ill of this one and confess another Christ than him.
28.242Preuschen 4:423
πρόσχες δὲ εἰ δύνασαι καὶ ἄλλους Ἰουδαίους λέγειν ἀναβαίνοντας εἰς Ἱεροσολύμων χώρας, καὶ ἐρχομένους ἴνα ἁγνίσαντες ἑαυτοὺς δυνηθῶσιν, ἡνίκα ἂν τὸ πάσχα τυθῇ Χριστός, ἑορτάζειν μὴ »ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ«, μὴ »ζύμῃ κακίας καὶ πονηρίας, »ἀλλʼ ἐν ἀζύμοις εἰλικρινείας καὶ ἀληθείας«.
prosches de ei dynasai kai allous Ioudaious legein anabainontas eis Hierosolymōn chōras, kai erchomenous ina hagnisantes heautous dynēthōsin, hēnika an to pascha tythę̄ Christos, heortazein mē »zymę̄ palaią«, mē »zymę̄ kakias kai ponērias, »allʼ en azymois eilikrineias kai alētheias«.
But consider whether you can say that other Jews too go up to the regions of Jerusalem and come so that, having purified themselves, they may be able, when Christ our Passover is sacrificed, to keep the feast not with “old leaven,” not with “the leaven of malice and wickedness, but with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth.”
28.243Preuschen 4:423
καὶ οἱ τοιοῦτοί γε ζητήσουσιν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἑστηκότες τῶν γραφῶν καὶ ἐπαπορήσουσιν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, εἰ ἐλεύσεται εἰς τὴν ἑορτὴν Ἰησοῦς. Δεδώκεισαν δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἐντολὰς ἵνα ἐάν τις γνῷ αὐτὸν ποῦ ἐστιν μηνύσῃ, ὅπως πιάσωσιν αὐτόν.
kai hoi toioutoi ge zētēsousin ton Iēsoun en tǭ hierǭ hestēkotes tōn graphōn kai epaporēsousin pros allēlous, ei eleusetai eis tēn heortēn Iēsous. Dedōkeisan de hoi archiereis kai hoi Pharisaioi entolas hina ean tis gnǭ auton pou estin mēnysę̄, hopōs piasōsin auton.
And such people will seek Jesus standing in the temple of the Scriptures, and will ask one another whether Jesus will come to the feast. “Now the chief priests and the Pharisees had given orders that if anyone knew where he was, he should report it, so that they might arrest him.”
28.244Preuschen 4:423–424
Ὅρα πῶς μεμαρτύρηται ἀνακεχωρηκέναι, ἵνα καὶ ἡμεῖς γινώσκωμεν ἐν καιρῷ τὸ τοιοῦτο ποιεῖν. καὶ πρόσχες γε ὅτι οὐκ ᾔδεισαν ὅπου ἐστὶν οὔτε οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, καὶ μὴ εἰδότες διδόασιν ἐντολάς, ἵνα ἐάν τις γνῷ ποῦ ἐστὶν μηνύσῃ αὐτοῖς καὶ συλλάβωσιν ποῦ ἐστιν.
Hora pōs memartyrētai anakechōrēkenai, hina kai hēmeis ginōskōmen en kairǭ to toiouto poiein. kai prosches ge hoti ouk ę̄deisan hopou estin oute hoi archiereis hoi Pharisaioi, kai mē eidotes didoasin entolas, hina ean tis gnǭ pou estin mēnysę̄ autois kai syllabōsin pou estin.
See how he is attested to have withdrawn, so that we too may know to do such a thing in due season. And note that neither the chief priests nor the Pharisees knew where he was, and not knowing, they give orders that if anyone knew where he was he should report it to them, and they would seize him.
28.245Preuschen 4:424
τοῦτο Ἰησοῦ οὐκ οἴδασιν ποῦ ἐστιν.
touto Iēsou ouk oidasin pou estin.
For this reason, it seems, they do not know where Jesus is.
28.246Preuschen 4:424
διὸ διδόασιν ἑτέρας παρὰ τὰς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐντολάς, »διδάσκοντες διδασκαλίας ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων«.
dio didoasin heteras para tas tou theou entolas, »didaskontes didaskalias entalmata anthrōpōn«.
Therefore they give orders other than God's commandments, “teaching as doctrines the precepts of men.”
28.247Preuschen 4:424
καί εἰσιν αὐτῶν αἱ ἐντολαὶ <ἃς> διδόασιν Φαρισαῖοι καὶ ἀρχιερεῖς, τῶν σωματικῶν τυγχάνοντες Ἰουδαίων, κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· βούλονται γάρ τινας μηνῦσαι αὐτοῖς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἵνα αὐτὸν ὑποχείριον λαβόντες προδῶσιν.
kai eisin autōn hai entolai <has> didoasin Pharisaioi kai archiereis, tōn sōmatikōn tynchanontes Ioudaiōn, kata tou Iēsou; boulontai gar tinas mēnysai autois ton Iēsoun, hina auton hypocheirion labontes prodōsin.
And these are their orders, which the Pharisees and chief priests, being of the bodily Jews, give against Jesus; for they want some to inform them about Jesus, so that, having him in their hands, they may betray him.
28.248Preuschen 4:424
καὶ φήσεις πάντα τὸν περιεργαζόμενον τὰ περὶ τὸν χριστιανισμὸν ἐπὶ τῷ αὐτὸν ἀνατρέπειν καὶ κατηγορεῖν Φαρισαῖόν τινα οἴεται διδάξειν αὑτὸν τὰ περὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἵνα μηνυθέντα αὐτὸν αὐτῷ πιάσῃ καὶ ὑβρίσας ἀποκτείνῃ.
kai phēseis panta ton periergazomenon ta peri ton christianismon epi tǭ auton anatrepein kai katēgorein Pharisaion tina oietai didaxein hauton ta peri ton Iēsoun, hina mēnythenta auton autǭ piasę̄ kai hybrisas apokteinę̄.
And you will say that everyone who busies himself with the things of Christianity in order to overthrow and accuse it is a kind of Pharisee: he thinks he will inform himself about the things of Jesus, so that, when he is reported to him, he may seize him and, having insulted him, kill him.
28.249Preuschen 4:424
Ἀλλὰ γὰρ αὐτάρκη περιγραφὴν εἰληφότος καὶ τοῦ ὀγδόου καὶ εἰκοστοῦ τῶν εἰς τὸ κατὰ Ἰωάννην ἐξηγητικῶν τόμου, αὐτοῦ καταπαύσωμεν τὸν λόγον, ἐν τῷ ἐνάτῳ καὶ εἰκοστῷ, θεοῦ διδόντος, ἀρξόμενοι τῶν ἑξῆς.
Alla gar autarkē perigraphēn eilēphotos kai tou ogdoou kai eikostou tōn eis to kata Iōannēn exēgētikōn tomou, autou katapausōmen ton logon, en tǭ enatǭ kai eikostǭ, theou didontos, arxomenoi tōn hexēs.
But since the twenty-eighth book of the exegetical commentaries on John has also received sufficient extent, let us end the discussion here, beginning what follows, God granting, in the twenty-ninth.
Chapter 32
32.1Preuschen 4:425
Ἀπὸ θεοῦ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εὐοδούμενοι ἐρχώμεθα τὴν μεγάλην τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ὁδὸν καὶ ζῶσαν ἡμῖν, εἰ καὶ γνωσθείη καὶ ὁδευθείη ὑφʼ ἡμῶν, ὡς φθάσαι αὐτῆς καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ τέλος.
Apo theou dia Iēsou Christou euodoumenoi erchōmetha tēn megalēn tou euangeliou hodon kai zōsan hēmin, ei kai gnōstheiē kai hodeutheiē hyphʼ hēmōn, hōs phthasai autēs kai epi to telos.
Prospered by God through Jesus Christ, let us come to the great way of the Gospel, a living way for us, if only it may be known and traveled by us, so that we may reach even its end.
32.2Preuschen 4:425
νῦν μέντοι γε οἱονεὶ δευτέρας καὶ τριακοστῆς παρεμβολῆς ἐν τοῖς λεχθησομένοις ἐπιβῆναι πειρώμεθα· καὶ παρείη γε ἡμῖν ὁ στῦλος τῆς φωτεινῆς νεφέλης Ἰησοῦ, προάγων ἡμᾶς ὅτε δεῖ, καὶ ἱστὰς τῆς φωτεινῆς καὶ τῇ ὑπαγορεύσει τῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἱερὲ ἀδελφὲ καὶ θεοῦ ἄνθρωπε Ἀμβρόσιε, διεξέλθωμεν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, μὴ ἐκκακοῦντες ἀπὸ τοῦ μακροῦ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας μηδὲ ἀποκάμνοντες διὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν ἀσθένειαν, ἀλλʼ ἐκβιαζόμενοι κατʼ ἴχνη βαίνειν τοῦ στύλου τῆς ἀληθείας.
nyn mentoi ge hoionei deuteras kai triakostēs parembolēs en tois lechthēsomenois epibēnai peirōmetha; kai pareiē ge hēmin ho stylos tēs phōteinēs nephelēs Iēsou, proagōn hēmas hote dei, kai histas tēs phōteinēs kai tę̄ hypagoreusei tōn eis to euangelion, hiere adelphe kai theou anthrōpe Ambrosie, diexelthōmen to euangelion, mē ekkakountes apo tou makrou tēs hodoiporias mēde apokamnontes dia tēn hēmeteran astheneian, allʼ ekbiazomenoi katʼ ichnē bainein tou stylou tēs alētheias.
Now, however, we are trying to set out on the thirty-second encampment, as it were, in what is to be said; and may the pillar of the luminous cloud, Jesus, be present with us, leading us when we must move, and halting us; and in the dictation of the books on the Gospel, holy brother and man of God Ambrose, may we go through the Gospel, not losing heart at the length of the journey nor growing weary because of our weakness, but forcing ourselves to walk in the footsteps of the pillar of truth.
32.3Preuschen 4:425
πότερον δὲ βούλεται τὸν νοῦν ἡμῶν τελέσαι διὰ τῶν ὑπαγορεύσεων τὴν ὁδοιπορίαν τῆς ὅλου τοῦ κατὰ τὸν Ἰωάννην εὐαγγελίου γραφὴς ἢ μή, αὐτὸς ἂν εἰδείη ὁ θεός.
poteron de bouletai ton noun hēmōn telesai dia tōn hypagoreuseōn tēn hodoiporian tēs holou tou kata ton Iōannēn euangeliou graphēs ē mē, autos an eideiē ho theos.
Whether he wishes our mind to complete through the dictations the journey through the whole writing of the Gospel according to John, or not, God himself would know.
32.4Preuschen 4:425–426
μόνον καὶ ἐνδημοῦντες ἐν τῷ σώματι καὶ ἐκδημοῦντες αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῷ ἐνδημῆσαι πρὸς τὸν κύριον ἔξω τοῦ εὐαγγελίου μὴ βαίνοιμεν, ἵνα καὶ τῶν τοὺς μακαρισμοὺς φερόντων ἔργων καὶ λόγων ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ τῆς τρυφῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπολαύσωμεν. Καὶ δείπνου γινομένου, τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν ἴνα παραδῷ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης, εἰδὼς ὄτι πάντα δέδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ πατὴρ εἰς τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ ὅτι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὑπάγει, ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ λαβὼν λέντιον διέζωσεν ἑαυτόν· εἶτα βάλλει ὕδωρ εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα, καὶ ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν καὶ ἐκμάσσειν τῷ λεντίῳ ᾦ ἦν διεζωσμένος.
monon kai endēmountes en tǭ sōmati kai ekdēmountes autou epi tǭ endēmēsai pros ton kyrion exō tou euangeliou mē bainoimen, hina kai tōn tous makarismous pherontōn ergōn kai logōn en tǭ paradeisǭ tēs tryphēs tou theou apolausōmen. Kai deipnou ginomenou, tou diabolou ēdē beblēkotos eis tēn kardian ina paradǭ auton Ioudas Simōnos Iskariōtēs, eidōs oti panta dedōken autǭ ho patēr eis tas cheiras, kai hoti apo theou exēlthen kai pros ton theon hypagei, egeiretai ek tou deipnou kai tithēsin ta himatia, kai labōn lention diezōsen heauton; eita ballei hydōr eis ton niptēra, kai ērxato niptein tous podas tōn mathētōn kai ekmassein tǭ lentiǭ ǭ ēn diezōsmenos.
Only, whether at home in the body or away from it so as to be at home with the Lord, may we not walk outside the Gospel, so that we may enjoy also the works and words that bring the beatitudes in the paradise of God's delight. “And during supper, the devil having already put it into the heart of Judas, son of Simon, Iscariot, to betray him, knowing that the Father had given all things into his hands, and that he had come from God and was going to God, he rises from supper and lays aside his garments, and taking a towel he girded himself; then he pours water into the basin and began to wash the disciples' feet and to wipe them with the towel with which he was girded.”
32.5Preuschen 4:426
Ἐν ταῖς εἰς τὸ κατὰ Λουκᾶν ὁμιλίαις συηνεκρίναμεν ἀλλήλαις τὰς παραβολάς, καὶ ἐζητήσαμεν τί μὲν σημαίνει τὸ κατὰ τὰς θείας γραφὰς ἄριστον, τί δὲ παρίστησιν τὸ κατʼ αὐτὰς δεῖπνον.
En tais eis to kata Loukan homiliais syēnekrinamen allēlais tas parabolas, kai ezētēsamen ti men sēmainei to kata tas theias graphas ariston, ti de paristēsin to katʼ autas deipnon.
In the homilies on the Gospel according to Luke we compared the parables with one another and asked what the breakfast signifies according to the divine Scriptures, and what the supper indicates according to them.
32.6Preuschen 4:426
καὶ νῦν τοίνυν λελέχθω, ὅτι ἄριστον μέν ἐστιν ἡ πρώτη καὶ πρὸ τῆς συντελείας τῆς ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ ἡμέρας πνευματικῆς τοῖς εἰσαγομένοις ἁρμόζουσα τροφή, δεῖπνον δὲ ἡ τελευταία καὶ τοῖς ἤδη ἐπὶ πλεῖον προκεκοφόσι παρατιθεμένη κατὰ λόγον.
kai nyn toinyn lelechthō, hoti ariston men estin hē prōtē kai pro tēs synteleias tēs en tǭ biǭ toutǭ hēmeras pneumatikēs tois eisagomenois harmozousa trophē, deipnon de hē teleutaia kai tois ēdē epi pleion prokekophosi paratithemenē kata logon.
Let it be said now too, then, that breakfast is the first spiritual food, suited to beginners, before the completion of the day of this life, while supper is the last, set before those who have already advanced further, as is reasonable.
32.7Preuschen 4:426
καὶ ἄλλως δʼ εἴποι ἄν τις ἄριστον μὲν εἶναι τὸν νοῦν τῶν παλαιῶν γραμμάτων, δεῖπνον δὲ τὰ ἐναποκεκρυμμένα τῇ καινῇ διαθήκῃ μυστήρια.
kai allōs dʼ eipoi an tis ariston men einai ton noun tōn palaiōn grammatōn, deipnon de ta enapokekrymmena tę̄ kainę̄ diathēkę̄ mystēria.
And one might say otherwise that breakfast is the meaning of the old writings, and supper the mysteries hidden in the New Covenant.
32.8Preuschen 4:426
ταῦτα δὲ ἐν προοιμίῳ λέλεκται ἐξετάζοντι πῶς γινομένου δείπνου ἐγείρεται ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου, καὶ βαλὼν ὕδωρ εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα ἄρχεται τοὺς τῶν μαθητῶν νίπτειν πόδας.
tauta de en prooimiǭ lelektai exetazonti pōs ginomenou deipnou egeiretai ho Iēsous ek tou deipnou, kai balōn hydōr eis ton niptēra archetai tous tōn mathētōn niptein podas.
These things have been said by way of preface for one who examines how, during supper, Jesus rises from supper and, having poured water into the basin, begins to wash the disciples' feet.
32.9Preuschen 4:426
οἶμαι γὰρ ὅτι οἱ μετὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ δειπνοῦντες καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐπὶ τέλει τοῦ βίου τούτου ἡμέρᾳ μεταλαμβάνοντες σὺν αὐτῷ τροξῆς δέονται μὲν καθαρσίου τινός, οὐ μὴν περί τι τῶν πρώτων τοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς, ἵνʼ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, σώματος, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις, χρῄζουσιν ἀποπλύνασθαι τὰ τελευταῖα καὶ τὰ ἔσχατα καὶ τῇ γῇ ἀναγκαίως ὁμιλοῦντα.
oimai gar hoti hoi meta tou Iēsou deipnountes kai en tę̄ epi telei tou biou toutou hēmerą metalambanontes syn autǭ troxēs deontai men katharsiou tinos, ou mēn peri ti tōn prōtōn tou tēs psychēs, hinʼ houtōs onomasō, sōmatos, allʼ hōs an eipoi tis, chrę̄zousin apoplynasthai ta teleutaia kai ta eschata kai tę̄ gę̄ anankaiōs homilounta.
For I think that those who sup with Jesus, and share food with him on the day at the end of this life, need a certain cleansing, not of the first parts, so to speak, of the soul's body, but, as one might say, they need to wash off the last and lowest parts, which necessarily have contact with the earth.
32.10Preuschen 4:426
καὶ τοῦτο τὸ καθάρσιον πρῶτον μὲν ὑπʼ οὐδενὸς ἢ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μόνου γενέσθαι δύναται, δεύτερον δὲ [καὶ τὸ] ὑπὸ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, πρὸς οὓς εἶπεν· »Καὶ »ὑμεῖς ὁφείλετε τοὺς πόδας ἀλλήλων νίπτειν· ὑπόδειγμα γὰρ ἔδωκα »ὑμῖν ἵνα καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε«.
kai touto to katharsion prōton men hypʼ oudenos ē tou Iēsou monou genesthai dynatai, deuteron de [kai to] hypo tōn mathētōn autou, pros hous eipen; »Kai »hymeis hopheilete tous podas allēlōn niptein; hypodeigma gar edōka »hymin hina kathōs egō epoiēsa hymin, kai hymeis poiēte«.
And this cleansing can be done first by no one but Jesus alone, and second by his disciples, to whom he said, “You also ought to wash one another's feet; for I have given you an example, that as I have done to you, you also should do.”
32.11Preuschen 4:426–427
καὶ ὁ εὐαγγελιστής γε ἐν τούτοις μοι δοκεῖ διεγείρων ἡμῶν τὸν νοῦν ἐπὶ τὸ νοητὸν τῶν κατὰ τὸν τόπον μὴ τετηρηκέναι μὲν σωματικὴν περὶ τοῦ νίψασθαι τὴν ἀκολουθίαν, ὅτε πρὸ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τὴς ἐπὶ τὸ δειπνεῖν ἀνακλίσεως οἱ δεόμενοι τοῦ νίψασθαι τοὺς πόδας νίπτονται· ὑπερβὰς δὲ τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεὶνον τῷ λόγῳ ἥδη ἀνακλιθέντα τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐπὶ τὸ δειπνεῖν ἐγηγερκέναι ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου, ἵνα δειπνησάντων ἄρξηται νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν ὁ διδάσκαλος καὶ ὁ κύριος.
kai ho euangelistēs ge en toutois moi dokei diegeirōn hēmōn ton noun epi to noēton tōn kata ton topon mē tetērēkenai men sōmatikēn peri tou nipsasthai tēn akolouthian, hote pro tou deipnou kai tēs epi to deipnein anakliseōs hoi deomenoi tou nipsasthai tous podas niptontai; hyperbas de ton kairon ekeinon tǭ logǭ hēdē anaklithenta ton Iēsoun epi to deipnein egēgerkenai ek tou deipnou, hina deipnēsantōn arxētai niptein tous podas tōn mathētōn ho didaskalos kai ho kyrios.
And the evangelist, it seems to me, rousing our mind to the spiritual sense of the passage, did not keep the bodily sequence of washing, when those who need to wash their feet are washed before supper and before reclining to eat; but, passing over that moment, he told that Jesus, having already reclined to eat, rose from supper, so that the teacher and Lord might begin to wash the disciples' feet after they had supped.
32.12Preuschen 4:427
πρὸ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ δείπνου ἦσαν λελουμένοι, καὶ γενόμενοι ὅλοι καθαροὶ κατὰ τὸ »Λούσασθε, καθαροὶ γένεσθε, ἀφέλετε τὰς »πονηρίας ἀπὸ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν κατέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ὑμῶν« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· μετὰ δὲ τὸ λουτρὸν ἐκεῖνο ἐδεήθησαν δευτέρου ὕδατος εἰς μόνους τοὺς πόδας, τουτέστιν τὰ κατωτάτω τοῦ σώματος.
pro men gar tou deipnou ēsan leloumenoi, kai genomenoi holoi katharoi kata to »Lousasthe, katharoi genesthe, aphelete tas »ponērias apo tōn psychōn hymōn katenanti tōn ophthalmōn hymōn« kai ta hexēs; meta de to loutron ekeino edeēthēsan deuterou hydatos eis monous tous podas, toutestin ta katōtatō tou sōmatos.
For before the supper they had been bathed and become wholly clean, according to “Wash yourselves, become clean, remove the wickedness from your souls before my eyes,” and what follows; but after that bath they needed a second water for the feet alone, that is, for the lowest parts of the body.
32.13Preuschen 4:427
ἀδύνατον γὰρ οἶμαι μηδὲν ῥυπωθῆναι τῆς ψυχῆς μηδὲ τὰ τελευταῖα καὶ τὰ κατωτάτω αὐτῆς, κἂν ὡς ἐν ἀνθρώποις τέλειός τις εἶναι δοκῇ.
adynaton gar oimai mēden rhypōthēnai tēs psychēs mēde ta teleutaia kai ta katōtatō autēs, kan hōs en anthrōpois teleios tis einai dokę̄.
For I think it impossible for nothing of the soul to be soiled, not even its last and lowest parts, even if someone seems to be perfect as far as human beings go.
32.14Preuschen 4:427
οἱ μὲν οὖν πολλοὶ καὶ μετὰ τὸ λουτρὸν κονιορτοῦ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων πληροῦνται κατὰ τὴν κεφαλὴν ἢ ὀλίγῳ ταύτης κατωτέρω· οἱ δὲ γνησίως τῷ Ἰησοῦ μαθητευθέντες, ὡς φθάσαι καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ συνδειπνεῖν αὐτῷ, μόνους τοὺς πόδας δεομένους ἔχουσιν τῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου νίψεως.
hoi men oun polloi kai meta to loutron koniortou tōn hamartēmatōn plērountai kata tēn kephalēn ē oligǭ tautēs katōterō; hoi de gnēsiōs tǭ Iēsou mathēteuthentes, hōs phthasai kai epi to syndeipnein autǭ, monous tous podas deomenous echousin tēs hypo tou logou nipseōs.
Most people, then, even after the bath are filled with the dust of sins on the head or a little below it; but those genuinely made disciples of Jesus, so as to come even to sup with him, have only their feet needing washing by the Word.
32.15Preuschen 4:427
ἐνορῶν δὲ διαφοραῖς ἀμαρτημάτων καὶ κατανοῶν τὰ ὡς μὲν πρὸς τὸ ἀκριβὲς καὶ τὸ ἐρρωμένον τοῦ λόγου ἁμαρτήματα, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς πολλοὺς οὐδὲ νομιζόμενα εἶναι ἁμαρτήματα, ὅψει τίνα ἐστὶν ἐφʼ οἶς δέονται οἱ πόδες τοῦ νίψασθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ.
enorōn de diaphorais amartēmatōn kai katanoōn ta hōs men pros to akribes kai to errōmenon tou logou hamartēmata, pros de tous pollous oude nomizomena einai hamartēmata, hopsei tina estin ephʼ ois deontai hoi podes tou nipsasthai hypo tou Iēsou.
And looking into the differences of sins, and considering those that are sins as regards the precision and strength of the Word, but are not even thought to be sins by the many, you will see what things they are for which the feet need to be washed by Jesus.
32.16Preuschen 4:427
καὶ εἴπερ τοιαῦτά ἐστιν τὰ κατὰ τοὺς πόδας μολύσματα, τί ποιήσωμεν οἱ μηδέποτε ἐπὶ τὸ μετὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ δεῖπνον ἐφθακότες, μηδὲ τοὺς πόδας μόνους μεμολυμμένοι; λέγοντος Ἰησοῦ τῷ μὴ εἰδότι τότε Πέτρῳ, ἀλλὰ γνωσομένῳ μετὰ ταῦτα τὸ μυστήριον τῆς νίψεως τῶν ὑπὸ Ἰησοῦ καθαριζομένων ποδῶν τὸ »Ἐὰν μὴ νίψω »σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετʼ ἐμοῦ«.
kai eiper toiauta estin ta kata tous podas molysmata, ti poiēsōmen hoi mēdepote epi to meta tou Iēsou deipnon ephthakotes, mēde tous podas monous memolymmenoi? legontos Iēsou tǭ mē eidoti tote Petrǭ, alla gnōsomenǭ meta tauta to mystērion tēs nipseōs tōn hypo Iēsou katharizomenōn podōn to »Ean mē nipsō »se, ouk echeis meros metʼ emou«.
And if such are the stains on the feet, what shall we do, we who have never come to the supper with Jesus, and are not soiled on the feet only? For Jesus says to Peter, who did not know then but would know afterward the mystery of the washing of feet cleansed by Jesus, “If I do not wash you, you have no part with me.”
32.17Preuschen 4:427
ὅπερ ζητήσεις τί δηλοῖ· πότερον ὅτι οὐδʼ ὅλως ἔχεις μέρος ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε ἀγαθόν, δέ μου, ἐν οἶς εἰσιν οἱ μετὰ τὸ λούσασθαι μήτε δειπνήσαντες τὸ μετʼ ἐμοῦ δεῖπνον μήτε νιψάμενοι ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ τοὺς πόδας, ἢ δειπνήσαντες μέν, οὐ νιψάμενοι δέ.
hoper zētēseis ti dēloi; poteron hoti oudʼ holōs echeis meros ean mē nipsō se agathon, de mou, en ois eisin hoi meta to lousasthai mēte deipnēsantes to metʼ emou deipnon mēte nipsamenoi hypʼ emou tous podas, ē deipnēsantes men, ou nipsamenoi de.
You will ask what this shows: whether that you have no part at all unless I wash you, … among whom are those who after bathing have neither supped my supper with me nor had their feet washed by me, or who supped but were not washed.
32.18Preuschen 4:427–428
ἐγὼ δʼ ἐφίστημι διὰ τὸ »Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἔστηκα ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν »καὶ κρούω· ἐάν τις ἀνοίξῃ μοι τὴν θύραν, εἰσελεύσομαι πρὸς αὐτὸν »καὶ δειπνήσω μετʼ αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸς μετʼ ἐμοῦ«, μήποτε ὁ Ἰησοῦς οὔτε ἀριστᾷ μετά τινος (οὐ γὰρ δεῖται εἰσαγωγῆς καὶ πρώτων μαθημάτων), οὔτε ἀριστᾷ τις μετʼ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλʼ ὁ μετʼ αὐτοῦ ἐσθίων δειπνεῖ μόνον. »Πλεῖον, γάρ φησι, Σολομῶντος ὧδε«, περὶ οὗ γὲγραπται. »Καὶ ἦν τὸ ἄριστον Σαλομὼν τόδε«, ὃ κατείλεκται ἐν τῇ
egō dʼ ephistēmi dia to »Idou egō estēka epi tēn thyran »kai krouō; ean tis anoixę̄ moi tēn thyran, eiseleusomai pros auton »kai deipnēsō metʼ autou, kai autos metʼ emou«, mēpote ho Iēsous oute aristą meta tinos (ou gar deitai eisagōgēs kai prōtōn mathēmatōn), oute aristą tis metʼ autou, allʼ ho metʼ autou esthiōn deipnei monon. »Pleion, gar phēsi, Solomōntos hōde«, peri hou gegraptai. »Kai ēn to ariston Salomōn tode«, ho kateilektai en tę̄
But I consider, because of “Behold, I stand at the door and knock; if anyone opens the door to me, I will come in to him and sup with him, and he with me,” whether Jesus neither breakfasts with anyone (for he does not need introduction and first lessons) nor does anyone breakfast with him, but whoever eats with him only sups. “For something greater than Solomon is here,” of whom it is written, “And this was Solomon's breakfast,” which is listed in the
32.19Preuschen 4:428
τρίτῃ τῶν Βασιλειῶν. καὶ τοῦτο δὲ τολμήσας εἴποιμʼἂν ὡς ἀκόλουθον τῷ »Ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετʼἐμοῦ«, ὅτι οὐκ ἔνιψεν τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰούδα, ὅτι ἤδη εἰς τὴν καρδίαν βεβλήκει ὁ διάβολος, ἵνα τὸν διδάσκαλον καὶ κύριον παραδῷ, εὑρὼν αὐτὸν οὐκ ἐνδεδυμένον τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ τὰ βέλη τοῦ πονηροῦ τὰ πεπυρωμένα σβέσαι.
tritę̄ tōn Basileiōn. kai touto de tolmēsas eipoimʼan hōs akolouthon tǭ »Ean mē nipsō se, ouk echeis meros metʼemou«, hoti ouk enipsen tous podas tou Iouda, hoti ēdē eis tēn kardian beblēkei ho diabolos, hina ton didaskalon kai kyrion paradǭ, heurōn auton ouk endedymenon tēn panoplian tou ta belē tou ponērou ta pepyrōmena sbesai.
third book of Kingdoms. And daring, I would say this too as following from “If I do not wash you, you have no part with me”: that he did not wash the feet of Judas, since the devil had already put it into his heart to betray the teacher and Lord, finding him not clothed in the whole armor for quenching the flaming darts of the evil one.
32.20Preuschen 4:428
γεγραμμένου γὰρ τοῦ »Τοῦ διαβόλου ἥδη βεβληκότος« ἀκούω ὡς καὶ ἐν ἑβδόμῳ Ψαλμῷ τῆς γραφῆς περὶ τούτου διδασκούσης, ὡς τοξότου καὶ βέλη πεπυρωμένα ἐξεργαζομένου τοῖς μὴ πάσῃ φυλακῇ
gegrammenou gar tou »Tou diabolou hēdē beblēkotos« akouō hōs kai en hebdomǭ Psalmǭ tēs graphēs peri toutou didaskousēs, hōs toxotou kai belē pepyrōmena exergazomenou tois mē pasę̄ phylakę̄
For since it is written, “The devil having already put,” I understand it as Scripture teaching about him in the seventh Psalm too, as an archer who fashions flaming darts for those who do not with all watchfulness
32.21Preuschen 4:428
τηροῦσι τὴν ἑαυτῶν καρδίαν. ἔχει δὲ οὕτως ἡ τοῦ Ψαλμοῦ λέξις. »Ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιστραφῆτε, τὴν ῥομφαίαν αὐτοῦ στιλβώσει. τὸ τόξον »αὐτοῦ ἐνέτεινεν καὶ ἡτοίμασεν αὐτό. καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἡτοίμασεν σκεύη » θανάτου, τὰ βέλη αὐτοῦ τοῖς καιομένοις ἐξειργάσατο. ἰδοὺ ὠδίνησεν »ἀδικίαν, συνέλαβε πόνον καὶ ἔτεκεν ἀνομίαν«.
tērousi tēn heautōn kardian. echei de houtōs hē tou Psalmou lexis. »Ean mē epistraphēte, tēn rhomphaian autou stilbōsei. to toxon »autou eneteinen kai hētoimasen auto. kai en autǭ hētoimasen skeuē » thanatou, ta belē autou tois kaiomenois exeirgasato. idou ōdinēsen »adikian, synelabe ponon kai eteken anomian«.
guard their own heart. The wording of the Psalm runs thus: “If you do not turn back, he will sharpen his sword; he has bent his bow and made it ready; and in it he has prepared instruments of death; he has fashioned his arrows for those who burn. Behold, he has travailed with unrighteousness, conceived trouble, and brought forth lawlessness.”
32.22Preuschen 4:428
πᾶς μὲν οὖν ὁμολογήσει τὸ »Ἰδοὺ ὠδίνησεν ἀδικίαν, συνέλαβεν πόνον καὶ ἔτεκεν »ἀνομίαν«, δύνασθαι ἀναφέρεσθαι ἐπὶ τὸν διάβολον. ἄτοπον δὲ μὴ ὁμοίως τούτῳ καὶ αὐτὰ νομίζειν λέγεσθαι. »Ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιστραφῆτε, »τὴν ῥομφαίαν αὐτοῦ στιλβώσει. τὸ τόξον αὐτοῦ ἐνέτεινεν καὶ ἡτοί- »μασεν αὐτό. καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἠτοίμασεν σκεύη θανάτου«. σκεύη γὰρ θανάτου ἄλλος οὐδεὶς ἐν τῷ τόξῳ ἑαυτοῦ ᾦ ἐνέτεινεν ἠτοίμασεν ἢ οὗ τῷ φθόνῳ θάνατος εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον.
pas men oun homologēsei to »Idou ōdinēsen adikian, synelaben ponon kai eteken »anomian«, dynasthai anapheresthai epi ton diabolon. atopon de mē homoiōs toutǭ kai auta nomizein legesthai. »Ean mē epistraphēte, »tēn rhomphaian autou stilbōsei. to toxon autou eneteinen kai hētoi- »masen auto. kai en autǭ ētoimasen skeuē thanatou«. skeuē gar thanatou allos oudeis en tǭ toxǭ heautou ǭ eneteinen ētoimasen ē hou tǭ phthonǭ thanatos eisēlthen eis ton kosmon.
Everyone will agree that “Behold, he has travailed with unrighteousness, conceived trouble, and brought forth lawlessness” can be referred to the devil. And it is absurd not to think that these words too are said in the same way: “If you do not turn back, he will sharpen his sword; he has bent his bow and made it ready; and in it he has prepared instruments of death.” For no one else prepared instruments of death in the bow he bent than the one through whose envy death entered the world.
32.23Preuschen 4:428
ἀπὸ τούτων τοίνυν τῶν βελῶν, ἃ τοῖς καιομένοις ἐξειργάσατο ὁ διάβολος, ἐνέβαλεν εἰς τὴν καρδίαν Ἰούδα Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου, ἤδη βεβλημένου ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ οὐχ ὥστε δὲ ἀρέσεσθαι αὐτῷ, ἐπείπερ ἡ τοῦ δείπνου τούτου τροφὴ καὶ ὁ οἶνος ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἐδύνατο γενέσθαι ἐν καρδίᾳ ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου βεβλημένῃ βέλει περὶ τοῦ προδοθῆναι τὸν τάχα ἐστιάτορα, ἐπεὶ μὴ σαφῶς ἐν τούτοις φαίνεται τίς ἦν, ὑφʼ οὖ τὸ δεῖπνον ἐγίνετο, ὡς ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων. »Ἐποίησαν, φησίν, »αὐτῷ δεῖπνον ἐκεῖ, καὶ ἡ Μάρθα διηκόνει, ὁ δὲ Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ »τῶν ἀνακειμένων σὺν αὐτῷ«.
apo toutōn toinyn tōn belōn, ha tois kaiomenois exeirgasato ho diabolos, enebalen eis tēn kardian Iouda Simōnos Iskariōtou, ēdē beblēmenou en tǭ deipnǭ ouch hōste de aresesthai autǭ, epeiper hē tou deipnou toutou trophē kai ho oinos ho en autǭ ouk edynato genesthai en kardią hypo tou diabolou beblēmenę̄ belei peri tou prodothēnai ton tacha estiatora, epei mē saphōs en toutois phainetai tis ēn, hyphʼ ou to deipnon egineto, hōs en tois pro toutōn. »Epoiēsan, phēsin, »autǭ deipnon ekei, kai hē Martha diēkonei, ho de Lazaros heis ēn ek »tōn anakeimenōn syn autǭ«.
From these darts, then, which the devil fashioned for those who burn, he cast into the heart of Judas, son of Simon, Iscariot, who had already been struck at the supper, not so that he could take pleasure in it, since the food of this supper and the wine in it could not be in a heart struck by the devil's dart concerning betraying the one who was perhaps the host; for it does not appear clearly in these words who it was by whom the supper was given, as in what precedes: “They made him a supper there,” it says, “and Martha served, and Lazarus was one of those reclining with him.”
32.24Preuschen 4:428–429
ἐπὶ μὲν οὖν τοῦ Ἰούδα γέγραπται τὸ »Τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν ἵνα παραδῷ αὐ- »τὸν Ἰούδας Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης«. τούτῳ δὲ ἀκολούθως λέγοις ἂν περὶ ἑκάστου τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου εἰς τὴν καρδίαν τετρωμένων. τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα πορνεύσηται, τοῦ δεῖνα, καὶἵνα ἀποστερήσῃ, τοῦ δεῖνα, καὶ ἵνα δοξομανῶν εἰδωλολατρείαν ἀναδέξηται τὴν τῶν δοκούντων εἶναι ἐπʼἀξιώματος, τοῦ δεῖνα, καὶ οὕτως ἐπὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἅπερ ὁ διάβολος βάλλει εἰς τὴν γυμνὴν τοῦ θυρεοῦ τῆς πίστεως καρδίαν. ἐν ᾦ θυρεῷ πίστεως δύναταί τις οὑχ ἓν οὐδὲ δύο ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντα τὰ βέλη τοῦ πονηροῦ πεπυρωμένα σβέσαι.
epi men oun tou Iouda gegraptai to »Tou diabolou ēdē beblēkotos eis tēn kardian hina paradǭ au- »ton Ioudas Simōnos Iskariōtēs«. toutǭ de akolouthōs legois an peri hekastou tōn hypo tou diabolou eis tēn kardian tetrōmenōn. tou diabolou ēdē beblēkotos eis tēn kardian, hina porneusētai, tou deina, kaiina aposterēsę̄, tou deina, kai hina doxomanōn eidōlolatreian anadexētai tēn tōn dokountōn einai epʼaxiōmatos, tou deina, kai houtōs epi tōn loipōn hamartēmatōn haper ho diabolos ballei eis tēn gymnēn tou thyreou tēs pisteōs kardian. en ǭ thyreǭ pisteōs dynatai tis houch hen oude dyo alla kai panta ta belē tou ponērou pepyrōmena sbesai.
Concerning Judas, then, it is written, “The devil having already put it into the heart that Judas, son of Simon, Iscariot, should betray him.” Consistently with this you might say about each of those wounded in the heart by the devil: the devil having already put it into the heart of so-and-so to commit sexual immorality, and of so-and-so to defraud, and of so-and-so, mad for glory, to take up the idolatry of those who seem to be in high position, and so on with the other sins which the devil casts into the heart bare of the shield of faith; with which shield of faith one can quench not one or two but all the flaming darts of the evil one.
32.25Preuschen 4:429
Ἐγγιζούσης τοίνυν τῆς κατὰ τὸ πάθος οἱκονομίας, ἐφʼ ὃ ἔμελλεν αὐτὸν παραδιδόναι Ἰούδας Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης τετρωμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου, δείπνου ἤδη γινομένου· »Εἰδώς, φησίν, ὁ Ἰησοῦς, »ὅτι πάντα ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ πατὴρ εἰς τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ ὅτι ἀπὸ θεοῦ »ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὑπάγει, ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου«.
Engizousēs toinyn tēs kata to pathos hoikonomias, ephʼ ho emellen auton paradidonai Ioudas Simōnos Iskariōtēs tetrōmenos hypo tou diabolou, deipnou ēdē ginomenou; »Eidōs, phēsin, ho Iēsous, »hoti panta edōken autǭ ho patēr eis tas cheiras, kai hoti apo theou »exēlthen kai pros ton theon hypagei, egeiretai ek tou deipnou«.
When, then, the dispensation of the passion was approaching, for which Judas, son of Simon, Iscariot, wounded by the devil, was about to betray him, supper being already in progress, “Jesus,” it says, “knowing that the Father had given all things into his hands, and that he had come from God and was going to God, rises from supper.”
32.26Preuschen 4:429
οὐκοῦν τὰ μὴ πρότερον ὅντα ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν τοῦ Ἱησοῦ δίδοται ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐ τινὰ μὲν τινὰ δʼοὔ, ἀλλὰ πάντα. ὅπερ πνεύματι καὶ ὁ Δαβὶδ βλέπων φησὶ τὸ »Εἶπεν ὁ κύριος »τῷ κυρίῳ μου. Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἔως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου »ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου«.
oukoun ta mē proteron honta en tais chersin tou Hiēsou didotai hypo tou patros eis tas cheiras autou, kai ou tina men tina dʼou, alla panta. hoper pneumati kai ho Dabid blepōn phēsi to »Eipen ho kyrios »tǭ kyriǭ mou. Kathou ek dexiōn mou, eōs an thō tous echthrous sou »hypopodion tōn podōn sou«.
So the things not previously in the hands of Jesus are given by the Father into his hands, and not some and not others, but all. Seeing which in spirit David too says, “The Lord said to my Lord, ‘Sit at my right hand, until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet.’”
32.27Preuschen 4:429
καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μέρος τι τῶν πάντων ῆσαν οὒς ᾒδει, ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ προγνώσει, δεδόσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς. ἵνα δὲ σαφέστερον θεωρήσωμεν τί ἔστιν τὸ »Πάντα ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ πατὴρ εἰς τὰς χεῖρας«, προςχῶμεν τῷ »Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ πάντες ἀποθνήσκουσιν, οὕτως »καὶ ἐν τῷ † κυρίῳ πάντες ζωοποιηθήσονται«.
kai gar hoi echthroi tou Iēsou meros ti tōn pantōn ēsan ous ę̄dei, hoson epi tę̄ prognōsei, dedosthai apo tou patros autǭ ho Iēsous. hina de saphesteron theōrēsōmen ti estin to »Panta edōken autǭ ho patēr eis tas cheiras«, proschōmen tǭ »Hōsper gar en tǭ Adam pantes apothnēskousin, houtōs »kai en tǭ † kyriǭ pantes zōopoiēthēsontai«.
For Jesus' enemies too were a part of the all things which Jesus knew, as far as foreknowledge goes, had been given him by the Father. And so that we may see more clearly what “The Father had given all things into his hands” is, let us attend to “For as in Adam all die, so also in Christ all will be made alive.”
32.28Preuschen 4:429
ἀλλʼεἰ καὶ πάντα ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ πατὴρ εἰς τὰς χεῖρας, καὶἐν τῷ χριστῷ πάντες ζωοποιηθήσονται, οὐ συγχεῖται ἡ δικαιοσύνη ἐπιφερομένου τῷ »Οὕ- »τως ἐν τῷ χριστῷ πάντες ζωοποιηθήσονται« τοῦ »Ἕκαστος δὲ ἐν »τῷ ἰδίῳ τάγματι«.
allʼei kai panta edōken autǭ ho patēr eis tas cheiras, kaien tǭ christǭ pantes zōopoiēthēsontai, ou syncheitai hē dikaiosynē epipheromenou tǭ »Hou- »tōs en tǭ christǭ pantes zōopoiēthēsontai« tou »Hekastos de en »tǭ idiǭ tagmati«.
But even if the Father gave all things into his hands, and in Christ all will be made alive, justice is not confounded, since “But each in his own order” follows “so also in Christ all will be made alive.”
32.29Preuschen 4:429
πάλιν τε αὖ τὰ διάφορα νοήσεις τάγματα τῶν ἐν Χριστῷ ζωοποιηθησομένων ὅτε πληροῦται τὸ »Πάντα ἔδωκεν »αὐτῷ ὁ πατὴρ εἰς τὰς χεῖρας«, ἐπιστήσας τῷ »Ἀπαρχὴ Χριστός, »ἔπειτα οἱ τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ, εἶτα τὸ τέλος«, ὅπερ τέλος μετὰ τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἐνστήσεται, ὅτε »Παρα- »δώσει τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρί«, πρότερον καταργήσας »πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν καὶ πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν καὶ δύναμιν«.
palin te au ta diaphora noēseis tagmata tōn en Christǭ zōopoiēthēsomenōn hote plēroutai to »Panta edōken »autǭ ho patēr eis tas cheiras«, epistēsas tǭ »Aparchē Christos, »epeita hoi tou christou en tę̄ parousią autou, eita to telos«, hoper telos meta tou christou en tę̄ parousią autou enstēsetai, hote »Para- »dōsei tēn basileian tǭ theǭ kai patri«, proteron katargēsas »pasan archēn kai pasan exousian kai dynamin«.
And again you will understand the different orders of those who will be made alive in Christ, when “The Father had given all things into his hands” is fulfilled, if you attend to “Christ the firstfruits, then those of Christ at his coming, then the end,” which end will come with Christ at his coming, when “he hands over the kingdom to God and the Father,” having first abolished “every rule and every authority and power.”
32.30Preuschen 4:429–430
ταῦτα δʼοἶμαι ἐστὶν πρὸς ἃ ἠ πάλη, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μηκέτι ὑπάρχῃ πάλη, καταργηθείσης πάσης ἀρχῆς τε καὶ ἐξουσίας καὶ δυνάμεως.
tauta dʼoimai estin pros ha ē palē, kai dia touto mēketi hyparchę̄ palē, katargētheisēs pasēs archēs te kai exousias kai dynameōs.
And these, I think, are those against whom the wrestling is, and for this reason there is no longer wrestling when every rule and authority and power has been abolished.
32.31Preuschen 4:430
κινεῖ δέ με εἰς τὸ τὴν καταργουμένην »πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν καὶ πᾶσαν ἐξουσιαν καὶ δύναμιν« εἶναι τὰ πρὸς ἃ ἠ πάλη τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον παρὰ τῷ Παύλῳ τούτοις τὸ »Δεῖ γὰρ αὐτὸν βασιλεύειν ἄχρι οὖ θῇ πάντας τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑπὸ »<τοὺς> πόδας αὐτοῦ«. εἶτα. »Ἔσχατος ἐχθρὸς καταργεῖται ὁ θά- »νατος«.
kinei de me eis to tēn katargoumenēn »pasan archēn kai pasan exousian kai dynamin« einai ta pros ha ē palē to epipheromenon para tǭ Paulǭ toutois to »Dei gar auton basileuein achri ou thę̄ pantas tous echthrous hypo »<tous> podas autou«. eita. »Eschatos echthros katargeitai ho tha- »natos«.
What moves me to take the abolished “every rule and every authority and power” as those against whom the wrestling is, is what follows these words in Paul: “For he must reign until he has put all his enemies under his feet.” Then: “The last enemy to be abolished is death.”
32.32Preuschen 4:430
καὶ συνάδει γε τῷ »Πάντα ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ πατὴρ εἰς τὰς »χεῖρας αὐτοῦ«, ὅπερ σαφέστερον ἐκτιθέμενός φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος. »Ὅταν δὲ εἴπῃ ὅτι πάντα ὑποτέτακται, δῆλον ὅτι ἐκτὸς τοῦ ὑπο- »τάξαντος αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα«.
kai synadei ge tǭ »Panta edōken autǭ ho patēr eis tas »cheiras autou«, hoper saphesteron ektithemenos phēsin ho apostolos. »Hotan de eipę̄ hoti panta hypotetaktai, dēlon hoti ektos tou hypo- »taxantos autǭ ta panta«.
And in harmony with “The Father had given all things into his hands” is what the apostle, setting it out more clearly, says: “But when it says that all things have been subjected, it is plain that he is excepted who subjected all things to him.”
32.33Preuschen 4:430
εἰ δὲ ἅπαντα ὑποτέτακται, καὶ τοῦτο δῆλον, ὅτι »ὑποτέτακται πάντα ἐκτὸς τοῦ ὑποτάξαντος αὐτῷ τὰ »πάντα«. καὶ οὗτος περὶ οὗ γέγραπται. »Ἐνώπιον κυρίου παντοκρά- »τορος ἐτραχηλίασεν«, τῶν ὑποτασσομένων αὐτῷ ἔσται, νικηθεὶς ἐπὶ τῷ εἶξαι τῷ λόγῳ καὶ ὑποταγῆναι τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ γενέσθαι ὑποπόδιον τῶν Χριστοῦ ποδῶν.
ei de hapanta hypotetaktai, kai touto dēlon, hoti »hypotetaktai panta ektos tou hypotaxantos autǭ ta »panta«. kai houtos peri hou gegraptai. »Enōpion kyriou pantokra- »toros etrachēliasen«, tōn hypotassomenōn autǭ estai, nikētheis epi tǭ eixai tǭ logǭ kai hypotagēnai tę̄ eikoni tou theou, kai genesthai hypopodion tōn Christou podōn.
And if all things have been subjected, this too is plain, that “all things have been subjected except the one who subjected all things to him.” And he of whom it is written, “He was stiff-necked before the Lord Almighty,” will be among those subjected to him, overcome so as to yield to the Word and be subjected to the image of God and become a footstool of Christ's feet.
32.34Preuschen 4:430
τὴν τοίνυν οἰκονομίαν βλέπων ἐπὶ τὸ χρηστὸν τέλος ὁδεύουσαν ἤδη διὰ τὸ »Τοῦ διαβόλου »ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν ἵνα παραδῷ ὁ πατήρ«, καὶ ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς χωρούσας τὰ πάντα χεῖρας, ἵνα ᾖ τὰ πάντα αὐτῷ ὑποχείρια, ἢ πάντα ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ πατὴρ εἰς τὰς χεῖρας, τουτέστιν εἰς τὰς πράξεις αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ ἀνδραγαθήματα. »Ὁ πατὴρ μου, γὰρ φησιν, »ἔως ἄρτι ἐργάζεται, κἀγὼ ἐργάζομαι«.
tēn toinyn oikonomian blepōn epi to chrēston telos hodeuousan ēdē dia to »Tou diabolou »ēdē beblēkotos eis tēn kardian hina paradǭ ho patēr«, kai edōken eis tas chōrousas ta panta cheiras, hina ę̄ ta panta autǭ hypocheiria, ē panta edōken autǭ ho patēr eis tas cheiras, toutestin eis tas praxeis autou kai ta andragathēmata. »Ho patēr mou, gar phēsin, »eōs arti ergazetai, kagō ergazomai«.
Seeing, then, the dispensation already proceeding toward the good end because of “The devil having already put it into the heart to betray,” the Father too gave into the hands that contain all things, so that all things might be under his hand; or the Father gave all things into his hands, that is, into his deeds and noble acts. “For my Father,” he says, “is working until now, and I am working.”
32.35Preuschen 4:430
διὰ τὰ ἐξελθόντα δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἔξω γενομένου τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ μὴ βουληθέντος προηγουμένως ἐξελθεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρός, <ἵνα> ἔλθῃ τὰ ἐξελθόντα εἰς τὰς χεῖρας ὀδῷ καὶ τάξει τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ οἰκονομηθῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὑπάγειν ἀκολουθοῦντα αὐτῷ, διὰ τὸ ἀκολουθεῖν αὐτῷ ἐσόμενα πρὸς τὸν θεόν.
dia ta exelthonta de apo tou theou exēlthen apo tou theou, exō genomenou tou theou kai tou mē boulēthentos proēgoumenōs exelthein apo tou patros, <hina> elthę̄ ta exelthonta eis tas cheiras odǭ kai taxei tou Iēsou, kai oikonomēthę̄ pros ton theon hypagein akolouthounta autǭ, dia to akolouthein autǭ esomena pros ton theon.
And because of the things that had gone out from God, he went out from God, coming to be outside God, the one who did not wish in the first place to go out from the Father, so that the things that had gone out might come into the hands of Jesus in order and rank, and be so ordered as to go to God following him, being about to be with God because they follow him.
32.36Preuschen 4:430
Πέτρῳ μὲν οὖν εἴρηταί ποτε. »Ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, οὐ δύνασαι μοι νῦν <ἀκολουθῆσαι>, ἀκο- »λουθήσεις δὲ ὕστερον« (ἔτι γὰρ εἶχεν ὁ Πέτρος τὸ μὴ ἐπιτρέπον αὐτῷ ἀκολουθεῖν τῷ λόγῳ ἥδη τότε).
Petrǭ men oun eirētai pote. »Hopou egō hypagō, ou dynasai moi nyn <akolouthēsai>, ako- »louthēseis de hysteron« (eti gar eichen ho Petros to mē epitrepon autǭ akolouthein tǭ logǭ hēdē tote).
To Peter, then, it was once said, “Where I am going you cannot follow me now, but you will follow afterward” (for Peter still had what did not permit him to follow the Word already then).
32.37Preuschen 4:430–431
τὸ δʼὅμοιον [εἶναι] νοεῖν σε δεῖ, ἀλλὰ κατά τινα δικαίαν ἀναλογίαν, λεχθησόμενον πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν πάντων ὃ ἔδωκεν τῷ υἱῷ ὁ πατὴρ εἰς τὰς χεῖρας. ἑκάστῳ μὲν γὰρ τῶν πάντων λεχθήσεται τὸ »Ἀκολουθήσεις δέ μοι ὕστερον«. ἀλλʼεἰ μὴ ἅμα ἀκολουθήσουσιν,
to dʼhomoion [einai] noein se dei, alla kata tina dikaian analogian, lechthēsomenon pros hekaston tōn pantōn ho edōken tǭ huiǭ ho patēr eis tas cheiras. hekastǭ men gar tōn pantōn lechthēsetai to »Akolouthēseis de moi hysteron«. allʼei mē hama akolouthēsousin,
You must understand the like, but according to a just analogy, as to be said to each of all those whom the Father gave into the Son's hands. For to each of all it will be said, “But you will follow me afterward.” But if they will not follow together,
32.38Preuschen 4:431
οὐκ ἐπὶ τὸν ἀυτὸν ἀναφέρεται καιρὸν τὸ ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἀκολουθησόντων αὐτῷ ἁρμόζον τὸ ὔστερον ἐν τῷ »Ἀκολουθήσεις δὲ ὕστερον«.
ouk epi ton auton anapheretai kairon to hekastǭ tōn akolouthēsontōn autǭ harmozon to ysteron en tǭ »Akolouthēseis de hysteron«.
the “afterward” in “But you will follow afterward,” suited to each of those who will follow him, does not refer to the same time.
32.39Preuschen 4:431
καὶ τοῦτό μοι νόει καὶ περὶ πάντων τῶν καταργουμένων, εἴτε ὅταν καταργήσῃ πᾶσαν ἀρχήν, εἴτε πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν, εἴτε πᾶσαν δύναμιν, καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς. »Ἄχρι οὗ θῇ πάντας »τοὺς ἐχθροῦς αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ. ἔσχατος ἐχθρὸς καταρ- »γηθήσεται ὁ θάνατος«.
kai touto moi noei kai peri pantōn tōn katargoumenōn, eite hotan katargēsę̄ pasan archēn, eite pasan exousian, eite pasan dynamin, kai hapaxaplōs. »Achri hou thę̄ pantas »tous echthrous autou hypo tous podas autou. eschatos echthros katar- »gēthēsetai ho thanatos«.
And understand this, please, also about all the things abolished, whether when he abolishes every rule, or every authority, or every power, and, in a word, “until he has put all his enemies under his feet; the last enemy to be abolished is death.”
32.40Preuschen 4:431
»Εἰδὼς οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι πάντα ἔδωκεν »αὐτῷ ὁ πατὴρ εἰς χεῖρας, καὶ ὅτι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς »τὸν θεὀν ὑπάγει«, καὶ εἰδὼς † ὅσον ἐφʼοἶς κεκινήμεθα, ὠς διηγησάμεθα παριστάντες τὸ φανὲν ἡμῖν εἰς τὸ »Ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν« καὶ εἰς τὸ »Πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὑπάγει«, »ἐγείρεται, φησίν, ἐκ τοῦ »δείπνου«, ὅπερ μετὰ τοῦτο κατανοήσωμεν μετὰ τῶν ἐξῆς.
»Eidōs oun ho Iēsous hoti panta edōken »autǭ ho patēr eis cheiras, kai hoti apo theou exēlthen kai pros »ton theon hypagei«, kai eidōs † hoson ephʼois kekinēmetha, ōs diēgēsametha paristantes to phanen hēmin eis to »Apo tou theou exēlthen« kai eis to »Pros ton theon hypagei«, »egeiretai, phēsin, ek tou »deipnou«, hoper meta touto katanoēsōmen meta tōn exēs.
“Jesus, then, knowing that the Father had given all things into his hands, and that he had come from God and was going to God,” and knowing … as far as we have been moved, as we explained, setting out what appeared to us on “he had come from God” and on “was going to God,” “rises,” it says, “from supper,” which let us next consider together with what follows.
32.41Preuschen 4:431
καὶ ὅρα εἰ δύνασαι ἐν τούτοις λέγειν ὅτι ἀπεριστάτως μὲν αὐτὸν εὔφρανεν τὸ μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν δειπνεῖν, περιστατικῶς δὲ καὶ ἀναγκαίως διὰ τοὺς μαθητὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ δείπνου ἐγείρεται, καὶ ἐπὶ ποσὸν τοῦ δειπνεῖν παύεται, ἕως τοὺς τῶν μαθητῶν καθαρίσῃ πόδας, οὑ δυναμένων ἔχειν μέρος μετʼαὐτοῦ, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸς αὐτοὺς νίψῃ.
kai hora ei dynasai en toutois legein hoti aperistatōs men auton euphranen to meta tōn mathētōn deipnein, peristatikōs de kai anankaiōs dia tous mathētas apo tou deipnou egeiretai, kai epi poson tou deipnein pauetai, heōs tous tōn mathētōn katharisę̄ podas, hou dynamenōn echein meros metʼautou, ean mē autos autous nipsę̄.
And see whether you can say in these words that supping with the disciples gladdened him without regard to circumstance, but under the pressure of circumstance and of necessity he rises from supper for the disciples' sake and stops supping for a time, until he cleanses the disciples' feet, since they cannot have part with him unless he himself washes them.
32.42Preuschen 4:431
Τί οὖν λέγεται μετὰ τὸ »Ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου« κατανοήσωμεν. »Τίθησιν, φησί, τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ λαβὼν λέντιον διεζώ- »σατο«.
Ti oun legetai meta to »Egeiretai ek tou deipnou« katanoēsōmen. »Tithēsin, phēsi, ta himatia, kai labōn lention diezō- »sato«.
Let us consider, then, what is said after “He rises from supper.” “He lays aside,” it says, “his garments, and taking a towel he girded himself.”
32.43Preuschen 4:431
καὶ ἐν τούτοις δὲ εἴποιμεν ἂν τοῖς μὴ βουλομένοις ἀπὸ τῶν ῥητῶν ἀναβαίνειν καὶ νοητῶς νοεῖν τὰ παρατιθέμενα ἐν τούτοις τῆς ψυχῆς βρώματα. τί γὰρ ἐλύπει ἐνδεδυμένον αὐτὸν νίψαι τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν;
kai en toutois de eipoimen an tois mē boulomenois apo tōn rhētōn anabainein kai noētōs noein ta paratithemena en toutois tēs psychēs brōmata. ti gar elypei endedymenon auton nipsai tous podas tōn mathētōn?
And in these things too we would speak to those unwilling to rise up from the letter and to understand spiritually the foods of the soul set before them here. For what hindered him from washing the disciples' feet while clothed?
32.44Preuschen 4:431
ἀλλὰ μή πως ἐὰν ἴδωμεν ἀξίως τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τὰ ἐνδύματα αὐτοῦ, ἅ περιέκειτο δειπνῶν καὶ εὐφραινόμενος μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν, ἐννοήσωμεν τίνα κόσμον περίκειται ὁ γενόμενος σὰρξ λόγος.
alla mē pōs ean idōmen axiōs tou Iēsou ta endymata autou, ha periekeito deipnōn kai euphrainomenos meta tōn mathētōn, ennoēsōmen tina kosmon perikeitai ho genomenos sarx logos.
But perhaps, if we see Jesus' garments in a manner worthy of him, the garments he wore while dining and rejoicing with his disciples, we may understand what adornment the Word who became flesh wears.
32.45Preuschen 4:431
τοῦτον δὲ ἔν τινι ὑφάσματι λέξεων πρὸς λέξεις καὶ φωνῶν πρὸς φωνὰς συνεστηκότα ἀποτίθεται, καὶ γυμνότερος μετὰ δουλικοῦ σχήματος, ὅπερ δηλοῦται διὰ τοῦ »Λαβὼν λέντιον διεζώσατο«, γίνεται, ἵνα καὶ μὴ πάντη γυμνὸς ᾐ καὶ μετὰ τὸ νίψαι οἰκειοτέρῳ ὑφάσματι ἀπομάξῃ τοὺς τῶν μαθητῶν πόδας.
touton de en tini hyphasmati lexeōn pros lexeis kai phōnōn pros phōnas synestēkota apotithetai, kai gymnoteros meta doulikou schēmatos, hoper dēloutai dia tou »Labōn lention diezōsato«, ginetai, hina kai mē pantē gymnos ę̄ kai meta to nipsai oikeioterǭ hyphasmati apomaxę̄ tous tōn mathētōn podas.
This adornment, which consists in a kind of fabric of words woven to words and sounds to sounds, he lays aside, and becomes more naked, in the form of a slave, which is shown by “taking a towel he girded himself,” so that he may not be wholly naked, and after the washing may wipe the disciples' feet with a fabric more his own.
32.46Preuschen 4:431
καὶ ὅρα ἐν τούτοις πῶς ἑαυτὸν σμικρύνει ὁ μέγας καὶ δεδοξασμένος λόγος γενόμενος σάρξ, ἵνα »νιπτῆρα«.
kai hora en toutois pōs heauton smikrynei ho megas kai dedoxasmenos logos genomenos sarx, hina »niptēra«.
And see in these things how the great and glorified Word, having become flesh, makes himself small, so that … “basin.”
32.47Preuschen 4:431–432
Ἀβραὰμ μὲν οὖν ἡνίακ »Ἀναβλέψας τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐ- »τοῦ εἶδεν, καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄνδρες ἱστήκεισαν ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἱδὼν προσέ- »δραμεν εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ προσε- »κύνησεν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ εἶπεν. Κύριε, εἰ ἄρα εὖρον χάριν ἐναντίον »σου, μὴ παρέλθῃς τὸν παῖδά σου«. οὐκ αὐτὸς λαμβάνει ὕδωρ οὐδὲ ἐπαγγέλλεται νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν ὡς ξένων ἐλθόντων πρὸς αὐτόν, ἀλλά φησι. »Ληφθήτω δὴ ὕδωρ, καὶ νιψάτωσαν τοὺς πόδας »ὑμῶν«.
Abraam men oun hēniak »Anablepsas tois ophthalmois au- »tou eiden, kai idou andres histēkeisan epanō autou. kai hidōn prose- »dramen eis synantēsin autois apo tēs thyras tēs skēnēs kai prose- »kynēsen epi tēn gēn, kai eipen. Kyrie, ei ara euron charin enantion »sou, mē parelthę̄s ton paida sou«. ouk autos lambanei hydōr oude epangelletai niptein tous podas autōn hōs xenōn elthontōn pros auton, alla phēsi. »Lēphthētō dē hydōr, kai nipsatōsan tous podas »hymōn«.
Abraham, then, when “he lifted up his eyes and saw, and behold, men were standing above him; and seeing them he ran to meet them from the door of the tent and bowed down to the ground and said: Lord, if indeed I have found favor before you, do not pass by your servant,” does not himself take water, nor does he offer to wash their feet as strangers who had come to him, but says: “Let water now be taken, and let them wash your feet.”
32.48Preuschen 4:432
ἀλλʼοὐδὲ Ἰωσὴφ ἤνεγκεν ὕδωρ νίψαι τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἕνδεκα ἀδελφῶν, ἀλλʼὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ οἵκου Ἰωσὴφ ἄνθρωπος »ἐξήγαγεν »πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸν Συμεών, καὶ ἤνεγκεν ὕδωρ νίψαι τοὺς πόδας »αὐτῶν«. ὁ δὲ εἰπών.
allʼoude Iōsēph ēnenken hydōr nipsai tous podas tōn hendeka adelphōn, allʼho epi tou hoikou Iōsēph anthrōpos »exēgagen »pros autous ton Symeōn, kai ēnenken hydōr nipsai tous podas »autōn«. ho de eipōn.
Nor did Joseph bring water to wash the feet of his eleven brothers; but the man over Joseph's house “brought Simeon out to them, and brought water to wash their feet.” But he who said:
32.49Preuschen 4:432
»Ἦλθον οὐχ ὡς ὁ ἀνακείμενος ἀλλʼὡς ὁ »διακονῶν« καὶ δικαίως λέγων τὸ »Μάθετε ἀπʼἐμοῦ, ὅτι πρᾶός »εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ«, αὐτὸς βάλλει ὕδωρ εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα. ᾔδει γὰρ ὅτι οὐδεὶς οὔτω δύναται νίψαι τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν, ὡς διὰ τὸ νίψασθαι ἔχειν αὐτοὺς τὴν μερίδα μετʼαὐτοῦ, ὡς αὐτός.
»Ēlthon ouch hōs ho anakeimenos allʼhōs ho »diakonōn« kai dikaiōs legōn to »Mathete apʼemou, hoti praos »eimi kai tapeinos tę̄ kardią«, autos ballei hydōr eis ton niptēra. ę̄dei gar hoti oudeis outō dynatai nipsai tous podas tōn mathētōn, hōs dia to nipsasthai echein autous tēn merida metʼautou, hōs autos.
“I came not as one who reclines at table but as one who serves,” and who rightly says, “Learn from me, for I am gentle and lowly in heart,” himself pours water into the basin. For he knew that no one else could so wash the disciples' feet that, through being washed, they would have their part with him, as he himself could.
32.50Preuschen 4:432
τὸ δὲ ὕδωρ, κατʼ ἐμέ, τοιόσδε λόγος ἦν, νίπτων τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν, ἐλθόντας ἐπὶ τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ παρατιθέμενον αὐτοῖς νιπτῆρα.
to de hydōr, katʼ eme, toiosde logos ēn, niptōn tous podas tōn mathētōn, elthontas epi ton hypo tou Iēsou paratithemenon autois niptēra.
And the water, in my view, was a word of this kind, washing the feet of the disciples who came to the basin set before them by Jesus.
32.51Preuschen 4:432
εἶτα ζητῶ τί δήποτε οὑ γέγραπται μὲν τὸ >ἕνιψεν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν< λέλεκται δὲ τὸ »Καὶ ἥρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς »πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν«.
eita zētō ti dēpote hou gegraptai men to >henipsen tous podas tōn mathētōn< lelektai de to »Kai hērxato niptein tous »podas tōn mathētōn«.
Next I ask why it is not written, “he washed the disciples' feet,” but it is said, “And he began to wash the disciples' feet.”
32.52Preuschen 4:432
ἆρα γὰρ συνήθειά ἐστιν τοιαύτη τῶν γραφῶν, καθʼ ἣν δοκεῖ μὴ εὐλόγως, ὡς πρὸς τὴν τῶν πολλῶν συνήθειαν, προτάσσεσθαι τὸ »Ηρξατο«; ἢ τότε μὲν »Ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς »πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν« ὁ Ἰησοῦς, οὐ μὴν ἐπαύσατο τότε νίψας αὐτῶν τῶν τοὺς πόδας;
ara gar synētheia estin toiautē tōn graphōn, kathʼ hēn dokei mē eulogōs, hōs pros tēn tōn pollōn synētheian, protassesthai to »Ērxato«? ē tote men »Ērxato niptein tous »podas tōn mathētōn« ho Iēsous, ou mēn epausato tote nipsas autōn tōn tous podas?
Is there such a usage in the Scriptures, by which “began” seems to be placed first without good reason, judged by ordinary usage? Or did Jesus then “begin to wash the disciples' feet,” but not then cease, having washed their feet?
32.53Preuschen 4:432
ὕστερον γὰρ ἔνιψε καὶ ἐτέλεσε τὸ νίπτειν, ἐπεὶ ἐμολύνθησαν κατὰ τὸ »Πάντες ὑμεῖς σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ ἐν »τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ«, καὶ τὸ πρὸς Πέτρον λεγόμενον τὸ »Οὐ μὴ φω- »νήσει ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως ἂν ἀρνήσῃ με τρίας«.
hysteron gar enipse kai etelese to niptein, epei emolynthēsan kata to »Pantes hymeis skandalisthēsesthe en emoi en »tę̄ nykti tautę̄«, kai to pros Petron legomenon to »Ou mē phō- »nēsei alektōr, heōs an arnēsę̄ me trias«.
For he washed them later and completed the washing, since they were defiled according to “All of you will fall away because of me this night,” and what was said to Peter, “The cock will not crow until you have denied me three times.”
32.54Preuschen 4:432
τούτων γὰρ γενομένων τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, νίψεως πάλιν ἐδέοντο οἱ μολυνθέντες τῶν μαθητῶν πόδες, οὓς ἥρξατο νίπτειν ἡνίκα ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου, συνετέλεσεν δὲ τὸ νίπτειν καθαρίσας αὐτοὺς οὐκέτι μολυνθησομένους.
toutōn gar genomenōn tōn hamartēmatōn, nipseōs palin edeonto hoi molynthentes tōn mathētōn podes, hous hērxato niptein hēnika egeiretai ek tou deipnou, synetelesen de to niptein katharisas autous ouketi molynthēsomenous.
For when these sins had taken place, the disciples' defiled feet needed washing again; he began to wash them when he rose from supper, but he completed the washing when he had cleansed them so that they would be defiled no longer.
32.55Preuschen 4:432–433
οὕτω δὲ καὶ τό τεμὲν ἤρξατο ἐκμάσσειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν, συνετέλεσεν δὲ ἐκμάσσων, ὅτε συνετέλεσεν καὶ νίπτων. Ἔρχεται οὖν πρὸς Σίμωνα Πέτρον. λέγει αὐτῷ. Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας; ἀπεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ. Ὅ ἐγὼ ποιῶ σὺ οὐκ οἶδας ἄρτι, γνώσῃ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα. λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος. Οὐ μὴ νίψῃς μου τοὺς πόδας εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. ἀπεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς αὐτῷ. Ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετʼἐμοῦ. λέγει αὐτῷ. Σίμων Πέτρος. Μὴ τοὺς πόδας μου μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ τὴν κεφαλήν. λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς. ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι, ἀλλʼἔστι καθαρὸς ὅλος. καὶ ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, ἀλλʼοὐχὶ πάντες. ᾔδει γὰρ τὸν παραδιδόντα αὐτόν. διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν. Οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε.
houtō de kai to temen ērxato ekmassein tous podas tōn mathētōn, synetelesen de ekmassōn, hote synetelesen kai niptōn. Erchetai oun pros Simōna Petron. legei autǭ. Kyrie, sy mou nipteis tous podas? apekrithē Iēsous kai eipen autǭ. Ho egō poiō sy ouk oidas arti, gnōsę̄ de meta tauta. legei autǭ ho Petros. Ou mē nipsę̄s mou tous podas eis ton aiōna. apekrithē Iēsous autǭ. Ean mē nipsō se, ouk echeis meros metʼemou. legei autǭ. Simōn Petros. Mē tous podas mou monon, alla kai tas cheiras, kai tēn kephalēn. legei autǭ ho Iēsous. ho leloumenos ouk echei chreian ei mē tous podas nipsasthai, allʼesti katharos holos. kai hymeis katharoi este, allʼouchi pantes. ę̄dei gar ton paradidonta auton. dia touto eipen. Ouchi pantes katharoi este.
So too he began to wipe the disciples' feet, but he completed the wiping when he also completed the washing. “So he comes to Simon Peter. He says to him: Lord, do you wash my feet? Jesus answered and said to him: What I am doing you do not know now, but you will know afterward. Peter says to him: You shall never wash my feet. Jesus answered him: Unless I wash you, you have no part with me. Simon Peter says to him: Not my feet only, but also my hands and my head. Jesus says to him: He who has bathed has no need except to wash his feet, but is wholly clean; and you are clean, but not all. For he knew who was betraying him; that is why he said: You are not all clean.”
32.56Preuschen 4:433
Τοῖς νῦν ὑπὸ τοῦ Πέτρου λεγομένοις ἐν καιρῷ χρησόμεθα παραδείγματος ἔνεκεν, εἴ που δέοι, ὅτι ἐστὶν δυνατόν τινα κατὰ πρόθεσιν βελτίστην λέγειν διὰ τὸ ἀνεπίστημον τὰ μηδαμῶς ἑαυτῷ συμφέροντα.
Tois nyn hypo tou Petrou legomenois en kairǭ chrēsometha paradeigmatos eneken, ei pou deoi, hoti estin dynaton tina kata prothesin beltistēn legein dia to anepistēmon ta mēdamōs heautǭ sympheronta.
What Peter now says we shall use at the right time as an example, if ever it is needed, to show that it is possible for someone with the best intention to say, through lack of understanding, things that are in no way to his own advantage.
32.57Preuschen 4:433
εἰ γὰρ συμφέρον μὲν τὸ ἔχειν μέρος μετὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τὸ νίψασθαι τοὺς πόδας ὐπʼαὐτοῦ, Πέτρος δε μὴ ἐπιστάμενος, ὅτι συμφέρον τοῦτο ἦν, πρότερον μὲν εἶπεν οἱονεὶ ἐπαπορῶν δυσωπητικῶς τὸ »Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας;« δεύτερον δὲ τὸ »Οὐ μὴ νίψῃς μου τοὺς πόδας εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα«, καὶ τὰ λεγόμενα κωλυτικὰ ἦν ἔργου τοῦ φέροντος αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ ἔχειν μετὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος τὸ μέρος, δῆλον ὅτι εἰ καὶ ὑγιεῖ προθέσει καὶ σεβασμίῳ πρὸς τὸν διδάσκαλον τοῦτο ἔλεγεν, ἐπιβλαβῶς ἑαυτῷ ἔλεγεν.
ei gar sympheron men to echein meros meta tou Iēsou to nipsasthai tous podas ypʼautou, Petros de mē epistamenos, hoti sympheron touto ēn, proteron men eipen hoionei epaporōn dysōpētikōs to »Kyrie, sy mou nipteis tous podas?« deuteron de to »Ou mē nipsę̄s mou tous podas eis ton aiōna«, kai ta legomena kōlytika ēn ergou tou pherontos auton epi to echein meta tou sōtēros to meros, dēlon hoti ei kai hygiei prothesei kai sebasmiǭ pros ton didaskalon touto elegen, epiblabōs heautǭ elegen.
For if it was to his advantage to be washed as to the feet by Jesus, so as to have a part with him, but Peter, not knowing that this was to his advantage, first said, as though at a loss and trying to shame him out of it, “Lord, do you wash my feet?” and secondly, “You shall never wash my feet,” and these words were a hindrance to the work that was bringing him to have his part with the Savior, it is clear that, even if he said this with a sound intention and with reverence toward his teacher, he said it to his own harm.
32.58Preuschen 4:433
τοῦ δὲ τοιούτου εἴδους τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ὁ βίος πεπλήρωται τῶν ἐν τῷ πιστεύειν προτιθεμένων μὲν τὰ κρείττονα, διὰ δὲ ἄγνοιαν τὰ ἐπὶ τὸ ἐναντίον φέροντα λεγόντων ἢ καὶ πραττόντων.
tou de toioutou eidous tōn hamartēmatōn ho bios peplērōtai tōn en tǭ pisteuein protithemenōn men ta kreittona, dia de agnoian ta epi to enantion pheronta legontōn ē kai prattontōn.
Life is full of this kind of sin among believers who set the better things before themselves but, through ignorance, say or even do what leads to the opposite.
32.59Preuschen 4:433
καὶ τοιοῦτοί γέ εἰσιν οἱ τὸ »Μὴ ἅψῃ, μὴ γεύσῃ, μὴ θίγῃς« φάσκοντες περὶ πάντων τῶν εἰς φθορὰν καὶ ἀπόχρησιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κατά τινα πολὺ τῆς θείας ὑποβεβηκυῖαν τῆς »Ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀποθάνῃ« διδασκαλίαν.
kai toioutoi ge eisin hoi to »Mē hapsę̄, mē geusę̄, mē thigę̄s« phaskontes peri pantōn tōn eis phthoran kai apochrēsin tōn anthrōpōn, kata tina poly tēs theias hypobebēkuian tēs »Hōs anthrōpos apothanę̄« didaskalian.
Such, at any rate, are those who say “Do not handle, do not taste, do not touch” about all the things meant to perish with use by human beings, following a teaching far beneath the divine one, that of “as a man you shall die.”
32.60Preuschen 4:433–434
τί δὲ δεῖ περὶ τῶν ἐν ταῖς αἰρέσεσιν κλυδωνιζομένων καὶ περιφερο- μένων παντὶ ἀνέμῳ ἐπὶ τὴν κυβείαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λέγειν, διαλαλούντων ὡς σωτήρια τὰ ὀλέθρια καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ σεβασμῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τὰ ψευδῆ περὶ αὐτοῦ δοξαζόντων;
ti de dei peri tōn en tais airesesin klydōnizomenōn kai periphero- menōn panti anemǭ epi tēn kybeian tōn anthrōpōn legein, dialalountōn hōs sōtēria ta olethria kai hōs epi sebasmǭ tou Iēsou ta pseudē peri autou doxazontōn?
And what need is there to speak of those in the heresies, who are tossed to and fro and carried about by every wind, by the trickery of men, who proclaim as saving what is destructive and, as if out of reverence for Jesus, hold false opinions about him?
32.61Preuschen 4:434
πολλάκις δὲ τὸν Πέτρον τοιοῦτον ἡ γραφὴ ἐσημειώσατο, θερμότερον εἰς τὸ ἐπαγγέλλεσθαι τὰ φαινόμενα αὐτῷ κρείττονα· καθάπερ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀνεξετάστως εἰρημένῳ καὶ ἀθετητικῶς … »ὑμεῖς σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ«, καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν παριστάντος ἐν τῷ »Γέγραπται γάρ· Πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ δια- »σκορπισθήσεται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης«. ἀνεξετάστως γὰρ πρὸς τοῦτο καὶ ἀθετητικῶς τῆς Ἰησοῦ ἀποφάσεως εἶπεν τὸ »Εἰ καὶ πάντες »σκανδαλισθήσονται ἐν σοί, ἐγὼ οὐ σκανδαλισθήσομαι«.
pollakis de ton Petron toiouton hē graphē esēmeiōsato, thermoteron eis to epangellesthai ta phainomena autǭ kreittona; kathaper kai en tǭ anexetastōs eirēmenǭ kai athetētikōs … »hymeis skandalisthēsesthe en emoi en tę̄ nykti tautę̄«, kai tēn aitian paristantos en tǭ »Gegraptai gar; Pataxō ton poimena, kai dia- »skorpisthēsetai ta probata tēs poimnēs«. anexetastōs gar pros touto kai athetētikōs tēs Iēsou apophaseōs eipen to »Ei kai pantes »skandalisthēsontai en soi, egō ou skandalisthēsomai«.
Scripture has often marked Peter out as such, rather hot in promising what seemed better to him: as also in what he said without examination and in rejection of Jesus' words, when Jesus said, “All of you will fall away because of me this night,” and gave the reason in, “For it is written: I will strike the shepherd, and the sheep of the flock will be scattered.” For without examination, and rejecting Jesus' declaration, he said to this, “Even if all fall away because of you, I will not fall away.”
32.62Preuschen 4:434
καὶ τοῦτο ἔτι τότε προπετὲς ὂν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτοῦ αἴτιον οἶμαι γέγονεν τοῦ ὑπὲρ τὸ μέτρον τοῦ τῶν λοιπῶν σκανδαλισμοῦ ἡμαρτηκέναι αὐτόν, ἀρνησάμενον τὸν Ἰησοῦν τρὶς πρὶν ἀλεκτοροφωνίας.
kai touto eti tote propetes on en tę̄ psychę̄ autou aition oimai gegonen tou hyper to metron tou tōn loipōn skandalismou hēmartēkenai auton, arnēsamenon ton Iēsoun tris prin alektorophōnias.
And this rashness, still present in his soul at that time, was, I think, the cause of his sinning beyond the measure of the others' falling away, when he denied Jesus three times before cockcrow.
32.63Preuschen 4:434
διόπερ ἐπιστήσας τῇ τοιαύτῃ προτέρᾳ ἑαυτοῦ προπετείᾳ ὠφελήθη καὶ τὰ μέγιστα, ὡς γένεσθαι στιβαρώτατος καὶ μακροθυμόντατος· ὅπερ δηλοῦται Παύλου μὲν εἰπόντος αὐτῷ »ἔμπροσθεν πάντων· Εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος »ὑπάρχων ἐθνικῶς καὶ οὐκ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῆς, πῶς τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις »ἰουδαίζειν;« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· τοῦ δὲ μετὰ στίβους σιωπήσαντος καὶ τὸ κατὰ τὸν τόπον εὔλογον ἀνεξικακώτατα μὴ παραστήσαντος, περὶ οὖ ἐν τῇ πρὸς Γαλάτας οἰκειότερόν τις διαλήψεται.
dioper epistēsas tę̄ toiautę̄ proterą heautou propeteią ōphelēthē kai ta megista, hōs genesthai stibarōtatos kai makrothymontatos; hoper dēloutai Paulou men eipontos autǭ »emprosthen pantōn; Ei sy Ioudaios »hyparchōn ethnikōs kai ouk Ioudaïkōs zēs, pōs ta ethnē anankazeis »ioudaizein?« kai ta hexēs; tou de meta stibous siōpēsantos kai to kata ton topon eulogon anexikakōtata mē parastēsantos, peri ou en tę̄ pros Galatas oikeioteron tis dialēpsetai.
Therefore, when he took note of this former rashness of his, he benefited even in the greatest matters, so as to become most steadfast and most patient. This is shown when Paul said to him “before them all: If you, being a Jew, live like a Gentile and not like a Jew, how can you compel the Gentiles to live like Jews?” and what follows; and Peter kept silent … and with the greatest forbearance did not set out what might reasonably be said on the matter. Someone will treat this more properly in a commentary on the Epistle to the Galatians.
32.64Preuschen 4:434
καὶ ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι δὲ τῶν ἀποστόλων τὸ καθεστηκὸς αὐτοῦ, τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφωθέντος, τοῖς ἑκάστῳ ἐφιστᾶσι καὶ προσέχουσι φανεῖται.
kai en tais Praxesi de tōn apostolōn to kathestēkos autou, tēn autēn eikona metamorphōthentos, tois hekastǭ ephistasi kai prosechousi phaneitai.
And in the Acts of the Apostles too his settled character, as of one transformed into the same image, will be apparent to those who attend and give heed to each detail.
32.65Preuschen 4:434–435
Καὶ ἐνθάδε τοίνυν ἐγερθέντι τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τοῦ δείπνου καὶ θέντι τὰ ἱμάτια καὶ διαζωσαμένῳ ὃ εἴληφεν λέντιον, καὶ βάλλοντι ὕδωρ εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα καὶ ἀρξαμένῳ τοὺς πόδας νίπτειν τῶν μαθητῶν καὶ ἐκμάσσειν τῷ λεντίῳ ᾦ ἦν διεζωσμένος, πάντες μὲν παρεῖχον τοὺς πόδας, ἀκολούθως τῇ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ προλήψει θεωροῦντες ὅτι οὐκ ἂν ὁ τηλικοῦτος ἀλόγως καί, ὡς ἂν οἱ πολλοὶ λέγοιεν, βαρεῖν τοὺς μαθητὰς θέλων, νίπτοι αὐτῶν τοὺς πόδας, ἀλλά τι χρήσιμον ἐπιτελῶν ὃ περιέμενον γνώσεσθαι ὕστερον, ἐννοοῦντες μήποτε σύμβολόν τινος ταῦτα πράττοιτο· μόνος δὲ ὁ Πέτρος τῷ προχειροτέρῳ ἐνιδὼν καὶ οὐδένα ἕτερον λογισμὸν ἐκείνῳ παρατιθείς, ὡς σέβων τὸν Ἰησοῦν οὐ παρεῖχεν αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ νίψασθαι τοὺς πόδας, ἀλλὰ πρότερον μὲν δυσωπεῖν αὐτὸν ἐπειρᾶτο ἐν τῷ »Κύριε, σύ »μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας;« μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο δέον αὐτὸν πεισθῆναι τὸ »Ὅ ἐγὼ ποιῶ σὺ οὐκ οἶδας ἄρτι, γνώσῃ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα«, φησὶ τὸ» »Οὐ μὴ νίψῃς μου τοὺς πόδας εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα«.
Kai enthade toinyn egerthenti tǭ Iēsou en tou deipnou kai thenti ta himatia kai diazōsamenǭ ho eilēphen lention, kai ballonti hydōr eis ton niptēra kai arxamenǭ tous podas niptein tōn mathētōn kai ekmassein tǭ lentiǭ ǭ ēn diezōsmenos, pantes men pareichon tous podas, akolouthōs tę̄ peri tou Iēsou prolēpsei theōrountes hoti ouk an ho tēlikoutos alogōs kai, hōs an hoi polloi legoien, barein tous mathētas thelōn, niptoi autōn tous podas, alla ti chrēsimon epitelōn ho periemenon gnōsesthai hysteron, ennoountes mēpote symbolon tinos tauta prattoito; monos de ho Petros tǭ procheiroterǭ enidōn kai oudena heteron logismon ekeinǭ paratitheis, hōs sebōn ton Iēsoun ou pareichen autou eis to nipsasthai tous podas, alla proteron men dysōpein auton epeirato en tǭ »Kyrie, sy »mou nipteis tous podas?« meta de touto deon auton peisthēnai to »Ho egō poiō sy ouk oidas arti, gnōsę̄ de meta tauta«, phēsi to» »Ou mē nipsę̄s mou tous podas eis ton aiōna«.
Here too, then, when Jesus rose from supper, laid aside his garments, girded himself with the towel he had taken, poured water into the basin, and began to wash the disciples' feet and wipe them with the towel with which he was girded, all of them offered their feet. In keeping with the conception they already had of Jesus, they saw that one so great would not wash their feet without reason, or, as most people would say, from a wish to burden the disciples, but that he was accomplishing something useful which they expected to learn later; and they reflected that perhaps these things were being done as a symbol of something. Peter alone, looking only at what was more obvious and setting no other thought beside it, did not, out of reverence for Jesus, offer his feet to be washed; first he tried to shame him out of it with, “Lord, do you wash my feet?” and after this, when he ought to have been persuaded by “What I am doing you do not know now, but you will know afterward,” he says, “You shall never wash my feet.”
32.66Preuschen 4:435
ἄλλως δὲ τῶν λοιπῶν μαθητῶν ἐμπιστευσάντων ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ περὶ μηδενὸς ἀντιλεγόντων αὐτῷ, οὗτος διʼ ὦν λέγει, εἰ καὶ ὑγιῶς ἔδοξεν προτίθεσθαι, οὐ μόνον τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατηγορεῖ, ὡς ἀλόγως ἀρξαμένου νίπτειν τοὺς τῶν μαθητῶν πόδας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν συμφοιτητῶν.
allōs de tōn loipōn mathētōn empisteusantōn heautous tǭ Iēsou kai peri mēdenos antilegontōn autǭ, houtos diʼ ōn legei, ei kai hygiōs edoxen protithesthai, ou monon tou Iēsou katēgorei, hōs alogōs arxamenou niptein tous tōn mathētōn podas, alla kai tōn symphoitētōn.
Whereas the other disciples entrusted themselves to Jesus and contradicted him in nothing, this man, by what he says, even if he seemed to have a sound intention, accuses not only Jesus, as having begun without reason to wash the disciples' feet, but also his fellow disciples.
32.67Preuschen 4:435
εἰ γὰρ αὐτὸς μέν, ὡς ᾠήθη, τὸ καθῆκον ἐν τῷ κωλύειν ἐθέλειν ἐποίησεν, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ μὴ ἑωράκασιν αὐτό, κατηγόρησεν ἐκείνων, παρὰ τὸ καθῆκον ἑαυτῶν τοὺς πόδας ἐμπαρεσχηκότων τῷ Ἰησοῦ· καὶ εἰ ἐφρόνει τε τῷ εὐλόγῳ μὴ δεῖν ἀντιλέγειν καὶ εὔλογον ἐνόμιζεν εἶναι τὸ γινόμενον ἐν τῷ νίπτεσθαι τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, οὐκ ἂν ἀντέλεγεν τῷ γινομένῳ.
ei gar autos men, hōs ǭēthē, to kathēkon en tǭ kōlyein ethelein epoiēsen, ekeinoi de mē heōrakasin auto, katēgorēsen ekeinōn, para to kathēkon heautōn tous podas empareschēkotōn tǭ Iēsou; kai ei ephronei te tǭ eulogǭ mē dein antilegein kai eulogon enomizen einai to ginomenon en tǭ niptesthai tous podas tōn mathētōn hypo tou Iēsou, ouk an antelegen tǭ ginomenǭ.
For if he, as he supposed, did what was fitting in wishing to prevent it, and they did not see this, he accused them of having offered their feet to Jesus contrary to what was fitting. And if he had understood by right reasoning that he ought not to contradict, and had thought reasonable what was taking place when the disciples' feet were washed by Jesus, he would not have contradicted what was taking place.
32.68Preuschen 4:435
φαίνεται οὖν ἀκρίτως μὴ εὔλογον νενομικέναι εἶναι τὸ περὶ τοῦ νίψαι τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ βούλημα δὲ χρὴ μέχρι τῶν ἐλαχίστων εἶναι νομιζομενων ἐρευνᾶν τὴν γραφήν, ζητήσαι τις ἂν τί δήποτε, πρώτου κατειλεγμένου τοῦ Πέτρου εἰς τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν δώδεκα, τάχα ὡς τῶν λοιπῶν τιμιωτέρου, ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ ἀληθῶς πάντων ἔσχατος Ἰούδας ἦν, ὑπὸ τῆς μοχθηρᾶς διαθέσεως ἐπὶ τὰ τελευταῖα ἀνταπερριμμένος, ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀρξάμενος νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν καὶ ἐκμάσσειν τῷ λεντίῳ ᾦ ἦν διεζωσμένος, οὐκ ἀπὸ Πέτρου ἤρξατο.
phainetai oun akritōs mē eulogon nenomikenai einai to peri tou nipsai tous podas tōn mathētōn tou Iēsou boulēma de chrē mechri tōn elachistōn einai nomizomenōn ereunan tēn graphēn, zētēsai tis an ti dēpote, prōtou kateilegmenou tou Petrou eis ton arithmon tōn dōdeka, tacha hōs tōn loipōn timiōterou, epei kai ho alēthōs pantōn eschatos Ioudas ēn, hypo tēs mochthēras diatheseōs epi ta teleutaia antaperrimmenos, ho Iēsous arxamenos niptein tous podas tōn mathētōn kai ekmassein tǭ lentiǭ ǭ ēn diezōsmenos, ouk apo Petrou ērxato.
It appears, then, that he judged without discernment that Jesus' purpose in washing the disciples' feet was not reasonable. But since one must search the Scripture down to what are thought the smallest details, someone might ask why, when Peter is listed first in the number of the Twelve, perhaps as more honored than the rest (just as Judas, truly the last of all, was thrown back to the final place by his wicked disposition), Jesus, when he began to wash the disciples' feet and wipe them with the towel with which he was girded, did not begin with Peter.
32.69Preuschen 4:435
καὶ λεκτέον πρὸς τοῦτο ὅτι ὥσπερ ἰατρὸς πλείοσιν ἀρρώστοις κατὰ τὴν ἰατρικὴν διακονούμενος, ἀπὸ τῶν κατεπειγόντων καὶ χείρονα πεπονθότων τὴν ἀρχὴν ποιεῖται τῆς θεραπείας, οὕτως ὁ ἐρρυπωμένους τοὺς πόδας νίπτων τῶν μαθητῶν ἄρχεται ἀπὸ τῶν μᾶλλον ἐρρυπωμένων, καὶ τάχα ἐπὶ τελευταῖον ἦλθεν τὸν Πέτρον, ὡς ἔλαττον πάντων δεόμενον τῆς νίψεως τῶν ποδῶν.
kai lekteon pros touto hoti hōsper iatros pleiosin arrōstois kata tēn iatrikēn diakonoumenos, apo tōn katepeigontōn kai cheirona peponthotōn tēn archēn poieitai tēs therapeias, houtōs ho errypōmenous tous podas niptōn tōn mathētōn archetai apo tōn mallon errypōmenōn, kai tacha epi teleutaion ēlthen ton Petron, hōs elatton pantōn deomenon tēs nipseōs tōn podōn.
To this we must say that, just as a physician attending several sick people according to his art begins the treatment with those whose condition is urgent and who suffer worse, so he who was washing the soiled feet of the disciples begins with those more soiled, and perhaps came last to Peter, as the one who needed the washing of his feet least of all.
32.70Preuschen 4:435
τάχα δὲ καὶ εἰς τὸ δοκεῖν ἀντιλέγειν ἡ ἐγγὺς καθαρότητος κατάστασις τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ συνεβάλλετο.
tacha de kai eis to dokein antilegein hē engys katharotētos katastasis tōn podōn autou syneballeto.
And perhaps the near-cleanness of his feet also contributed to his venturing to object.
32.71Preuschen 4:435–436
Βασανιζόμενον δὲ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ εἰρημένον τὸ »Ὁ »λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν νίψασθαι, ἀλλʼ ἔστιν καθαρὸς ὅλος· καὶ »ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ πάντες« τάχα ἂν ὑποβάλλοι νοῦν τοιοῦτον, ὡς ἤδη νιψαμένων τοὺς πόδας ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τῶν μαθητῶν, καὶ πρὸς τῷ λελοῦσθαι οὐκέτι ἐχόντων χρείαν νίψασθαι, ἔτι δὲ καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Πέτρου ἤδη ὄντος καθαροῦ, καὶ πρὶν νίψῃ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ὁ Ἰησοῦς.
Basanizomenon de to hypo tou Iēsou eirēmenon to »Ho »leloumenos ouk echei chreian nipsasthai, allʼ estin katharos holos; kai »hymeis katharoi este, allʼ ouchi pantes« tacha an hypoballoi noun toiouton, hōs ēdē nipsamenōn tous podas hypo tou Iēsou tōn mathētōn, kai pros tǭ lelousthai ouketi echontōn chreian nipsasthai, eti de kai autou tou Petrou ēdē ontos katharou, kai prin nipsę̄ tous podas autou ho Iēsous.
When examined closely, what Jesus said, “He who has bathed has no need to wash, but is wholly clean; and you are clean, but not all,” might perhaps suggest this sense: that the disciples' feet had already been washed by Jesus, and that besides having bathed they no longer needed to wash; and further, that Peter himself was already clean even before Jesus washed his feet.
32.72Preuschen 4:436
ἐὰν δέ τις πρὸς ταῦτα ζητῇ τί δηποτοῦν εἰπών· »Ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν νίψασθαι, ἀλλʼ ἔστι καθαρὸς »ὅλος«, μὴ χρείαν ἐχόντων νίψασθαι τῶν μαθητῶν, νίπτει τὸυς πόδας αὐτῶν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, λεκτέον αὐτῷ τὸ »Παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι δοθήσε- »ται καὶ προστεθήσεται«.
ean de tis pros tauta zētę̄ ti dēpotoun eipōn; »Ho leloumenos ouk echei chreian nipsasthai, allʼ esti katharos »holos«, mē chreian echontōn nipsasthai tōn mathētōn, niptei tous podas autōn ho Iēsous, lekteon autǭ to »Panti tǭ echonti dothēse- »tai kai prostethēsetai«.
But if someone asks in reply why, having said, “He who has bathed has no need to wash, but is wholly clean,” Jesus washes the disciples' feet when they had no need to wash, we must say to him: “To everyone who has, it will be given and added.”
32.73Preuschen 4:436
ἐπεὶ τοίνυν εἶχον καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ τὸ εἶναι καθαροί, προστίθησιν Ἰησοῦς τῇ καθαρότητι αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ νίπτειν αὐτῶν τοὺς πόδας· οὔτε τοὺς μὴ λελουμένους νίψων ἂν οὔτε τοὺς μὴ ὅλους καθαρούς, ἀλλʼ οὕτως ὥστʼ ἂν εἰπεῖν περὶ τῶν οὕτως καθαρῶν· κἂν γάρ τις ᾖ τέλειος ἐν υἱοῖς ἀνθρώπων, τῆς ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ, ἵνʼ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, καθαρότητος ἀπούσης, εἰς καθαρὸν οὐ λογισθήσεται.
epei toinyn eichon kai hoi mathētai to einai katharoi, prostithēsin Iēsous tę̄ katharotēti autōn kai to niptein autōn tous podas; oute tous mē leloumenous nipsōn an oute tous mē holous katharous, allʼ houtōs hōstʼ an eipein peri tōn houtōs katharōn; kan gar tis ę̄ teleios en huiois anthrōpōn, tēs apo Iēsou, hinʼ houtōs onomasō, katharotētos apousēs, eis katharon ou logisthēsetai.
Since, then, the disciples too already had cleanness, Jesus adds to their cleanness the washing of their feet as well. He would not wash those who had not bathed, nor those not wholly clean; but he does it so that one might say of those who are clean in this way: even if someone is perfect among the sons of men, if the cleanness that comes from Jesus (if I may so call it) is absent, he will not be reckoned as clean.
32.74Preuschen 4:436
καὶ ταῦτα δὲ ὕστερον ἐκτίθεμαι, ὑποπεσόντα μετὰ τὸ ὑπαγορευθῆναι τὰ πρότερα, σωζόντων ἡμῶν καὶ τὴν τάξιν τῶν ὑπεισελθόντων νοῦν, ὡς πρότερον μὲν ἔβλεπεν ῥυπωθέντας τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν δεδεῆσθαι τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ νίψεως, νῦν δʼ ὅτι διὰ τοῦτʼ αὐτῶν ἔνιψεν τοὺς πόδας, ἐπεὶ ἦσαν ὡς ἐν ἀνθρώποις καθαροὶ ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ καὶ παρὰ θεῷ· χωρὶς γὰρ Ἰησοῦ οὐδεὶς παρὰ θεῷ καθαρὸς γίνεται, κἂν πρὸ τούτου νομισθῇ διά τινος ἐπιμελείας αὑτὸν καθαρὸν πεποιηκέναι.
kai tauta de hysteron ektithemai, hypopesonta meta to hypagoreuthēnai ta protera, sōzontōn hēmōn kai tēn taxin tōn hypeiselthontōn noun, hōs proteron men eblepen rhypōthentas tous podas tōn mathētōn dedeēsthai tēs apo tou Iēsou nipseōs, nyn dʼ hoti dia toutʼ autōn enipsen tous podas, epei ēsan hōs en anthrōpois katharoi allʼ ouchi kai para theǭ; chōris gar Iēsou oudeis para theǭ katharos ginetai, kan pro toutou nomisthę̄ dia tinos epimeleias hauton katharon pepoiēkenai.
These things too I set out later, since they occurred to me after the earlier part had been dictated, and I preserve the order of the thoughts as they came to me: earlier my mind saw that the disciples' feet, having become soiled, needed washing from Jesus; now, that he washed their feet for this reason, that they were clean as among men but not also before God. For without Jesus no one becomes clean before God, even if before this he was thought to have made himself clean by some diligence of his own.
32.75Preuschen 4:436
τοῖς δʼ ὡς ἐν ἀνθρώποις καθαροῖς ἤδη γεγενημένοις, καὶ λουσαμένοις τὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ βάπτισμα, καὶ νιψαμένοις ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας, ἐνοικεῖν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον δύναται πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ὡς ἔνδυμα ἐξ ὕψους δύναμις.
tois dʼ hōs en anthrōpois katharois ēdē gegenēmenois, kai lousamenois to tou Iēsou baptisma, kai nipsamenois hypʼ autou tous podas, enoikein kai to hagion dynatai pneuma kai hē hōs endyma ex hypsous dynamis.
And in those who have already become clean as among men, who have bathed in the baptism of Jesus and have had their feet washed by him, the Holy Spirit too can dwell, and the power from on high like a garment.
32.76Preuschen 4:436
ὁ μὲν οὖν Πέτρος μὴ θεωρῶν τὸν λόγον τοῦ βουλήματος Ἰησοῦ, ἀρξαμένου νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν καὶ ἐκμάσσειν τῷ λεντίῶ ᾦ ἦν διεζωσμένος, λέγει αὐτῷ· »Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας;« ἐπαπορητικῶς καὶ δυσωπητικῶς τοῦτο φάσκων· ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς »ἀπεκρίθη καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ«, διδάσκων ὅτι μυστήριον τοῦτο ἦν, τὸ »Ὅ ἐγὼ ποιῶ σὺ οὐκ οἶδας ἄρτι, »γνώσῃ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα«.
ho men oun Petros mē theōrōn ton logon tou boulēmatos Iēsou, arxamenou niptein tous podas tōn mathētōn kai ekmassein tǭ lentiō ǭ ēn diezōsmenos, legei autǭ; »Kyrie, sy mou nipteis tous podas?« epaporētikōs kai dysōpētikōs touto phaskōn; ho de Iēsous »apekrithē kai eipen autǭ«, didaskōn hoti mystērion touto ēn, to »Ho egō poiō sy ouk oidas arti, »gnōsę̄ de meta tauta«.
Peter, then, not perceiving the reason for Jesus' purpose when he had begun to wash the disciples' feet and to wipe them with the towel with which he was girded, says to him, “Lord, do you wash my feet?”, saying this as one at a loss and trying to shame him out of it. But Jesus “answered and said to him,” teaching that this was a mystery, “What I am doing you do not know now, but you will know afterward.”
32.77Preuschen 4:436
Τί δὲ ἦν ὃ ἐποίει νίπτων τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν ὁ Ἰησοῦς; ἢ εἰργάζετο διὰ τοῦ νίπτειν αὐτῶν τοὺς πόδας καὶ ἐκμάσσειν τῷ λεντίῳ ᾦ ἦν διεζωσμένος ὡραίους αὐτούς, μελλόντων αὐτῶν εὐαγγελίσασθαι τὰ ἀγαθά;
Ti de ēn ho epoiei niptōn tous podas tōn mathētōn ho Iēsous? ē eirgazeto dia tou niptein autōn tous podas kai ekmassein tǭ lentiǭ ǭ ēn diezōsmenos hōraious autous, mellontōn autōn euangelisasthai ta agatha?
What was it, then, that Jesus was doing in washing the disciples' feet? Was he not, by washing their feet and wiping them with the towel with which he was girded, making them beautiful, since they were about to bring good news of good things?
32.78Preuschen 4:436–437
ὅτε γὰρ ἔνιψεν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν ὁ Ἰη- σοῦς, τότε, οἶμαι, πεπλήρωται τὸ περὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων αὐτοῦ προφητικῶς εἰρημένον· »Ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ »ἀγαθά«.
hote gar enipsen tous podas tōn mathētōn ho Iē- sous, tote, oimai, peplērōtai to peri tōn apostolōn autou prophētikōs eirēmenon; »Hōs hōraioi hoi podes tōn euangelizomenōn ta »agatha«.
For when Jesus washed the disciples' feet, then, I think, what had been spoken prophetically about his apostles was fulfilled: “How beautiful are the feet of those who bring good news of good things.”
32.79Preuschen 4:437
εἰ δὲ πόδας μαθητῶν νίπτων ὡραίους αὐτοὺς ποιεῖ, τί φήσομεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ κάλλους ἐγγίνεσθαι τοῖς ὑπὸ Ἰησοῦ βαπτισαμένοις ὅλοις ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί;
ei de podas mathētōn niptōn hōraious autous poiei, ti phēsomen apo tou alēthinou kallous enginesthai tois hypo Iēsou baptisamenois holois en pneumati hagiǭ kai pyri?
But if by washing the disciples' feet he makes them beautiful, what shall we say of the true beauty that comes to be in those who are baptized by Jesus wholly in the Holy Spirit and fire?
32.80Preuschen 4:437
ὡραῖοι δὲ οἱ πόδες ἐγένοντο τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά, ἵνα νιψάμενοι καὶ καθηράμενοι καὶ ἐκμαξάμενοι ὑπὸ τῶν Χριστοῦ χειρῶν, ἐπιβῆναι δυνηθῶσιν τῆς ἁγίας ὁδοῦ καὶ ὁδεύειν τὸν εἰπόντα τὸ »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ »ὁδός«.
hōraioi de hoi podes egenonto tōn euangelizomenōn ta agatha, hina nipsamenoi kai kathēramenoi kai ekmaxamenoi hypo tōn Christou cheirōn, epibēnai dynēthōsin tēs hagias hodou kai hodeuein ton eiponta to »Egō eimi hē »hodos«.
And the feet of those who bring good news of good things became beautiful so that, washed and cleansed and wiped by the hands of Christ, they might be able to set foot on the holy way and to travel along him who said, “I am the way.”
32.81Preuschen 4:437
μόνος γὰρ καὶ πᾶς ὁ νιψάμενος τοὺς πόδας ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ὁδεύει τὴν ὁδὸν ταύτην τὴν ζῶσαν καὶ φέρουσαν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, καὶ οὐ χωρεῖ ἡ ὁδὸς αὕτη πόδας μεμολυσμένους καὶ τοὺς ἔτι μὴ καθαρούς.
monos gar kai pas ho nipsamenos tous podas apo tou Iēsou hodeuei tēn hodon tautēn tēn zōsan kai pherousan pros ton patera, kai ou chōrei hē hodos hautē podas memolysmenous kai tous eti mē katharous.
For only the one who has had his feet washed by Jesus, and every such one, travels this way, which is living and leads to the Father; and this way does not admit feet that are defiled and not yet clean.
32.82Preuschen 4:437
Μωσῆς μὲν οὖν ἐδεῖτο ὑπολύσασθαι τὸ ὑπόδημα ἀπὸ τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ ἐπείπερ ἐφʼ ὃν ἐφθάκει τόπον, ἐν ᾦ εἱστήκει, γῆ ἁγία ἦν· ὁμοίως δὲ ὁ τοῦ Ναυῆ Ἰησοῦς.
Mōsēs men oun edeito hypolysasthai to hypodēma apo tōn podōn autou epeiper ephʼ hon ephthakei topon, en ǭ heistēkei, gē hagia ēn; homoiōs de ho tou Nauē Iēsous.
Moses, then, had to loose the sandal from his feet, since the place he had reached, on which he stood, was holy ground; and likewise Jesus the son of Nave.
32.83Preuschen 4:437
οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἵνα ὁδεύσωσιν τὴν ζῶσαν καὶ ἔμψυχον ὁδόν, οὐ μόνον ἀρκοῦνται τῷ μὴ ἔχειν ὑποδήματα κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν, τοῦτο τοῖς ἀποστόλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντειλαμένου τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἔδει πρὸς τὸ ὁδεῦσαι τὴν ὁδὸν ταύτην αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ νίψασθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἀποθεμένου τὰ ἱμάτια, τάχα μὲν ινα καθαροὺς αὐτῶν τοὺς πόδας ποιήσῃ καθαρωτέρους, τάχα δὲ ἵνα τὸν ἐν τοῖς ποσὶ τῶν μαθητῶν ῥύπον ἀναλάβῃ εἰς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα διὰ τοῦ λεντίου, ᾦ μόνῳ περιεζωσμένος ἦν. Αὐτὸς γὰρ τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν φέρει.
hoi de mathētai tou Iēsou, hina hodeusōsin tēn zōsan kai empsychon hodon, ou monon arkountai tǭ mē echein hypodēmata kata tēn hodon, touto tois apostolois autou enteilamenou tou Iēsou, alla gar edei pros to hodeusai tēn hodon tautēn autois kai to nipsasthai hypo tou Iēsou apothemenou ta himatia, tacha men ina katharous autōn tous podas poiēsę̄ katharōterous, tacha de hina ton en tois posi tōn mathētōn rhypon analabę̄ eis to heautou sōma dia tou lentiou, ǭ monǭ periezōsmenos ēn. Autos gar tas astheneias hēmōn pherei.
But Jesus' disciples, in order to travel the living and animate way, are not only content with having no sandals for the journey, as Jesus commanded his apostles; to travel this way they also needed to be washed by Jesus when he had laid aside his garments: perhaps to make their clean feet cleaner, perhaps to take up the dirt on the disciples' feet into his own body through the towel, the only thing with which he was girded. For “he himself bears our weaknesses.”
32.84Preuschen 4:437
Ὅρα γοῦν ὅτι μέλλων νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν οὐκ ἄλλον καιρὸν ἐπελέξατο ἢ ὅτε ὁ διάβολος ἤδη βεβλήκει εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδῷ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης, καὶ ἡ ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων ἔμελλεν γίνεσθαι οἰκονομία.
Hora goun hoti mellōn niptein tous podas tōn mathētōn ouk allon kairon epelexato ē hote ho diabolos ēdē beblēkei eis tēn kardian, hina paradǭ auton Ioudas Simōnos Iskariōtēs, kai hē hyper anthrōpōn emellen ginesthai oikonomia.
Observe, then, that when he was about to wash the disciples' feet he chose no other time than when the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas son of Simon Iscariot to betray him, and the dispensation on behalf of men was about to take place.
32.85Preuschen 4:437
πρὸ γὰρ τούτου εὔκαιρον οὐκ ἦν νίψασθαι τοὺς πόδας ὑπὸ τοὺ Ἰησοῦ τοὺς μαθητάς. τίς γὰρ αν τὸν ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ ἕως τοῦ πάθους ῥύπον τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῶν ἀπένιψεν ἄν; ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τοῦ πάθους· ἄλλος γὰρ Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἦν ὁ νίπτων αὐτῶν τοὺς πόδας.
pro gar toutou eukairon ouk ēn nipsasthai tous podas hypo tou Iēsou tous mathētas. tis gar an ton en tǭ metaxy heōs tou pathous rhypon tōn podōn autōn apenipsen an? allʼ oude en tǭ kairǭ tou pathous; allos gar Iēsous ouk ēn ho niptōn autōn tous podas.
For before this it was not the right time for the disciples to have their feet washed by Jesus; for who would have washed off the dirt that gathered on their feet in the interval up to the passion? Nor was it the right time during the passion, for there was no other Jesus to wash their feet.
32.86Preuschen 4:437
ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ μετὰ τὴν οἰκονομίαν· ἤδη γὰρ ὥρα τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐπιδημήσαντος τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἦν, γενομένοις καθαροῖς καὶ νιψαμένοις τοὺς πόδας, καὶ ἤδη ἔχουσιν ἑτοίμους αὐτοὺς καὶ ὡραίους πρὸς τὸ ἐν τῷ πνεύματι εὐαγγελίζεσθαι τὰ ἀγαθά.
allʼ oude meta tēn oikonomian; ēdē gar hōra tou hagiou pneumatos epidēmēsantos tois mathētais ēn, genomenois katharois kai nipsamenois tous podas, kai ēdē echousin hetoimous autous kai hōraious pros to en tǭ pneumati euangelizesthai ta agatha.
Nor after the dispensation; for then it was already the hour of the Holy Spirit's coming to dwell with the disciples, who had become clean and had had their feet washed, and who already had them ready and beautiful for bringing good news of good things in the Spirit.
32.87Preuschen 4:437–438
τοιοῦτον οὖν ἐστιν τὸ »Ὅ ἐγὼ ποιῶ σὺ »οὐκ οἶδας ἄρτι, γνώσῃ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα«· σύμβολόν ἐστιν τὸ νίψασθαι ὑμῶν τοὺς πόδας ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ τοῦ καθαρθῆναι τὰς βάσεις τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν, ἵνα γένωνται ὡραῖοι, μελλόντων ὑμῶν εὐαγγελίζεθαι τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ καθαροῖς τοῖς ποσὶν ἐπιβαίνειν ταῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ψυχαῖς.
toiouton oun estin to »Ho egō poiō sy »ouk oidas arti, gnōsę̄ de meta tauta«; symbolon estin to nipsasthai hymōn tous podas hypʼ emou tou katharthēnai tas baseis tōn psychōn hymōn, hina genōntai hōraioi, mellontōn hymōn euangelizethai ta agatha kai katharois tois posin epibainein tais tōn anthrōpōn psychais.
Such, then, is the meaning of “What I am doing you do not know now, but you will know afterward”: the washing of your feet by me is a symbol of the cleansing of the steps of your souls, so that they may become beautiful, since you are about to bring good news of good things and to tread with clean feet upon the souls of men.
32.88Preuschen 4:438
τοῦτο δὲ τὸ μυστήριον σὺ νῦν μὲν οὐκ οἶδας, ἅτε μηδέπω χωρῶν τὴν γνῶσιν αὐτοῦ, εὐκαιρότερον ἐσομένην ἐν σοὶ ἐπὰν νίψῃ τοὺς πόδας ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα γνώσει ἐν τῷ τοῦτο συνιέναι φωτιζόμενος τῇ περὶ οὐκ εὐκαταφρονήτου καὶ βραχέος τινὸς γνώσει.
touto de to mystērion sy nyn men ouk oidas, hate mēdepō chōrōn tēn gnōsin autou, eukairoteron esomenēn en soi epan nipsę̄ tous podas hypʼ emou; meta de tauta gnōsei en tǭ touto synienai phōtizomenos tę̄ peri ouk eukataphronētou kai bracheos tinos gnōsei.
“This mystery you do not know now, since you do not yet have room for the knowledge of it, which will come to you more fittingly once you have been washed as to the feet by me; but afterward you will know, when you are enlightened to understand this, with a knowledge of no contemptible or trifling matter.”
32.89Preuschen 4:438
ταῦτα δὲ λέγοντος τῷ Πέτρῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὁ μαθητὴς ἀποκρίνεται οὐκ ἐπιστημονικὴν ἀπόκρισιν, πλὴν φαντασίαν ἐξαποστέλλουσαν τοῦ πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν τιμητικοῦ καὶ σεβασμίου, φαντασίαν διεψευσμένην ἔτι. διόπερ, ἐπεὶ μὴ συμφέρουσα ἦν τῷ Πέτρῳ ἡ ἀπόκρισις αὐτοῦ.
tauta de legontos tǭ Petrǭ tou Iēsou, ho mathētēs apokrinetai ouk epistēmonikēn apokrisin, plēn phantasian exapostellousan tou pros ton Iēsoun timētikou kai sebasmiou, phantasian diepseusmenēn eti. dioper, epei mē sympherousa ēn tǭ Petrǭ hē apokrisis autou.
When Jesus said this to Peter, the disciple gave an answer not from knowledge, but one that conveyed an impression of honor and reverence toward Jesus, an impression still mistaken. Therefore, since his answer was not to Peter's advantage,
32.90Preuschen 4:438
οὐκ ἐᾷ αὐτὴν γενέσθαι ἀληθῆ ὁ τὰ ἐπὶ βλάβῃ ἀληθευσόμενα τῇ τοῦ λέγοντος πρεπόντως ἑαυτοῦ τῇ χρηστότητι κωλύων.
ouk eą autēn genesthai alēthē ho ta epi blabę̄ alētheusomena tę̄ tou legontos prepontōs heautou tę̄ chrēstotēti kōlyōn.
he who, as befits his own kindness, prevents words from coming true to the speaker's harm does not allow it to come true.
32.91Preuschen 4:438
ὁ μὲν γὰρ Πέτρος φησίν· »Οὐ μὴ νίψῃς μου τοὺς πόδας εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα« καὶ ἀπεφήνατο, κρίναντος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ νίπτειν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας, τὸ μὴ νιφθήσεσθαι ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ μὴ νιφθήσεσθαι εἰς τὸν ἅπαντα αἰῶνα· ὁ δὲ βλέπων λυσιτελέστερον εἶναι τὸ ἐν τούτῳ ψεύσασθαι τὸν Πέτρον τοῦ ἀληθεῦσαι αὐτὸν ὑποδείκνυσι τὸν ἐν τῷ μὴ δεῖν ἀληθεύειν τοῦτο εἰρηκότα λυσιτελές, φήσας· »Ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος »μετʼ ἐμοῦ«.
ho men gar Petros phēsin; »Ou mē nipsę̄s mou tous podas eis ton aiōna« kai apephēnato, krinantos tou Iēsou niptein autou tous podas, to mē niphthēsesthai hypʼ autou kai mē niphthēsesthai eis ton hapanta aiōna; ho de blepōn lysitelesteron einai to en toutǭ pseusasthai ton Petron tou alētheusai auton hypodeiknysi ton en tǭ mē dein alētheuein touto eirēkota lysiteles, phēsas; »Ean mē nipsō se, ouk echeis meros »metʼ emou«.
For Peter says, “You shall never wash my feet,” and, when Jesus had decided to wash his feet, declared that he would not be washed by him, and not be washed for all eternity. But Jesus, seeing that it was more profitable for Peter to prove false in this than to prove true, shows that it was profitable for the one who had said it not to speak the truth, by saying, “Unless I wash you, you have no part with me.”
32.92Preuschen 4:438
εἴπερ οὖν ὁ Πέτρος ἔμελλεν ἀποφηνάμενος μὲν τὸ »Οὐ μὴ νίψῃς μου τοὺς πόδας εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα«, καὶ ἀληθεύων ἐν τούτῳ μὴ ἕξειν μετὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μέρος, ἔμελλεν δὲ ἔχειν μέρος μὴ ἀληθεύων, ἐφʼ ᾦ φθάσας εἶπεν προπετῶς, τί ἄλλο πράττειν ἐχρῆν ἢ μὴ ἀληθεύειν;
eiper oun ho Petros emellen apophēnamenos men to »Ou mē nipsę̄s mou tous podas eis ton aiōna«, kai alētheuōn en toutǭ mē hexein meta tou Iēsou meros, emellen de echein meros mē alētheuōn, ephʼ ǭ phthasas eipen propetōs, ti allo prattein echrēn ē mē alētheuein?
If, then, Peter, having declared, “You shall never wash my feet,” was going to have no part with Jesus if he proved true in this, but was going to have a part if he did not prove true in what he had rashly said beforehand, what else ought he to have done than not prove true,
32.93Preuschen 4:438
ἵνα μὴ τὸ ἀληθεύειν τοῦτο ποιήσῃ αὐτὸν μὴ ἔχειν μετὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μέρος, ψεύστην αὐτὸν ἀποδείξαντος ἐν τῷ νίψασθαι τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ.
hina mē to alētheuein touto poiēsę̄ auton mē echein meta tou Iēsou meros, pseustēn auton apodeixantos en tǭ nipsasthai tous podas autou.
so that proving true in this might not leave him without a part with Jesus, since Jesus showed him to be a liar by washing his feet?
32.94Preuschen 4:438
γέγραπται γάρ· »Πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης«· εὐκαίρως δέ ποτε χρησόμεθα τῷ ῥητῷ ἐπὶ τῶν προπετέστερον καὶ ἀκρίτως εἰπόντων τι ποιήσειν ὅπερ αὐτοῖς μὴ λυσιτελεῖ ἐμμένουσι τῷ κακῶς κεκριμένῳ.
gegraptai gar; »Pas anthrōpos pseustēs«; eukairōs de pote chrēsometha tǭ rhētǭ epi tōn propetesteron kai akritōs eipontōn ti poiēsein hoper autois mē lysitelei emmenousi tǭ kakōs kekrimenǭ.
For it is written, “Every man is a liar.” We shall make timely use of this text with regard to those who have rashly and without judgment said they will do something that is not to their profit, and who persist in what was wrongly decided.
32.95Preuschen 4:438–439
ὑποδεικνύντες γὰρ αὐτοῖς ὅτι οὐχ ἕξουσιν μὲν μετὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μέρος, τὴν προπετῆ ἐν ἐπαγγελείᾳ τηρήσαντες φωνήν, δυνήσονται δὲ ἀθετηθέντος τοῦ προειρημένου ἐλπίδα ἔχειν ἀγαθήν, ἀποστήσομεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ ἐμμένειν τοῖς κακῶς κεκριμένοις, κἂν μετὰ ὅρκου διὰ πολλὴν προπέτειαν τὸ τοιοῦτόν ποτε γένηται.
hypodeiknyntes gar autois hoti ouch hexousin men meta tou Iēsou meros, tēn propetē en epangeleią tērēsantes phōnēn, dynēsontai de athetēthentos tou proeirēmenou elpida echein agathēn, apostēsomen autous tou emmenein tois kakōs kekrimenois, kan meta horkou dia pollēn propeteian to toiouton pote genētai.
For by showing them that they will not have a part with Jesus if they keep the rash word of their promise, but that they can have good hope if what they said beforehand is set aside, we shall draw them away from persisting in what was wrongly decided, even if such a thing was once done with an oath through great rashness.
32.96Preuschen 4:439
καὶ φήσομεν ὅτι ὥσπερ ὁ εἰπὼν Πέτρος· »Οὐ μὴ »νίψῃς μου τοὺς πόδας εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα«, κωλύεται ἐμμένειν τῇ τοῦ λελεγμένου ὁμολογίᾳ, ἵνα ἔχῃ μετὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μερος, οὕτως καὶ σὺ ὁ δεῖνα ἁμαρτὼν τὴν προπέτειαν καὶ ἀκρίτως ἐπαγγειλάμενος τόδε, βέλτιον ἂν ποιήσαις μεταθέμενος ἐπὶ τὸ τόδε πρᾶξαι εὐλογώτερον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐμμένειν τῷ κακῶς κριθέντι.
kai phēsomen hoti hōsper ho eipōn Petros; »Ou mē »nipsę̄s mou tous podas eis ton aiōna«, kōlyetai emmenein tę̄ tou lelegmenou homologią, hina echę̄ meta tou Iēsou meros, houtōs kai sy ho deina hamartōn tēn propeteian kai akritōs epangeilamenos tode, beltion an poiēsais metathemenos epi to tode praxai eulogōteron apo tou emmenein tǭ kakōs krithenti.
And we shall say: just as Peter, who said, “You shall never wash my feet,” is prevented from persisting in the declaration he had made, so that he may have a part with Jesus, so you too, so-and-so, who sinned by rashness and promised this without judgment, would do better to change your mind and do that other thing, which is more reasonable, rather than persist in what was wrongly decided.
32.97Preuschen 4:439
ἐπιστήσαντες δὲ τῷ τε »Ὃ »ἐγὼ ποιῶ σὺ οὐκ οἶδας ἄρτι, γνώσῃ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα«, καὶ τῷ »Ἐὰν »μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετʼ ἐμοῦ«, οἱ μὴ βουλόμενοι τοῦτο καὶ τὰ τούτῳ παραπλήσια τροπολογεῖν αἰδεσθέντες παραδεξάσθωσαν τὸ τοιοῦτον εἶδος τῶν εὐαγγελικῶν ἐξετάσεων· ἢ μὴ βουλόμενοι δεικνύτωσαν πῶς εὔλογόν ἐστιν τόν, ὡς ἂν ἐκεῖνοι λέγοιεν, διὰ σεβασμὸν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ εἰπόντα· »Οὐ μὴ νίψῃς μου τοὺς πόδας εἰς τὸν »αἰῶνα« τῷ διδασκάλῳ ἀκοῦσαι ὡς ἄρα οὐχ ἕξει μέρος μετὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς διὰ μέγιστον ἁμάρτημα τὸ μὴ <ἠθεληκέναι> νενίφθαι τοὺς πόδας ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ.
epistēsantes de tǭ te »Ho »egō poiō sy ouk oidas arti, gnōsę̄ de meta tauta«, kai tǭ »Ean »mē nipsō se, ouk echeis meros metʼ emou«, hoi mē boulomenoi touto kai ta toutǭ paraplēsia tropologein aidesthentes paradexasthōsan to toiouton eidos tōn euangelikōn exetaseōn; ē mē boulomenoi deiknytōsan pōs eulogon estin ton, hōs an ekeinoi legoien, dia sebasmon tou Iēsou eiponta; »Ou mē nipsę̄s mou tous podas eis ton »aiōna« tǭ didaskalǭ akousai hōs ara ouch hexei meros meta tou huiou tou theou, hōs dia megiston hamartēma to mē <ēthelēkenai> neniphthai tous podas hypʼ autou.
Those who do not wish to interpret this and similar passages figuratively should, after attending to “What I am doing you do not know now, but you will know afterward” and to “Unless I wash you, you have no part with me,” be ashamed and accept this kind of examination of the Gospels. Or, if they are unwilling, let them show how it is reasonable that one who said, as they would put it, out of reverence for Jesus, “You shall never wash my feet,” should hear from his teacher that he would have no part with the Son of God, as if not having been willing to have his feet washed by him were a very great sin.
32.98Preuschen 4:439
τὸ μὲν γὰρ > ἐὰν τόδε τὸ πταῖσμα ποιήσεις, οὐχ ἕξεις μέρος μετʼ ἐμοῦ< χώραν ἂν εἶχε λεγόμενον περὶ τῶν προφανῶς ἁμαρτημάτων· τὸ δὲ »Εὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετʼ ἐμοῦ« οὐδαμῶς ἔχει τὸ εὔλογον κατὰ τοῦ ἱσταμένου ἐν τῷ τοὺς σωματικοὺς πόδας μὴ ἠθεληκέναι νίψασθαι τὸν Πέτρον.
to men gar > ean tode to ptaisma poiēseis, ouch hexeis meros metʼ emou< chōran an eiche legomenon peri tōn prophanōs hamartēmatōn; to de »Ean mē nipsō se, ouk echeis meros metʼ emou« oudamōs echei to eulogon kata tou histamenou en tǭ tous sōmatikous podas mē ēthelēkenai nipsasthai ton Petron.
For “If you commit this fault, you will have no part with me” would have a place if said about manifest sins; but “Unless I wash you, you have no part with me” is in no way reasonable against Peter, if he merely held out against having his bodily feet washed.
32.99Preuschen 4:439
νίπτοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας, <ἀν>ημερώτατα [ἃ], ὅπερ οὐ θέμις λέγειν, ὁ διδάσκαλος δόξει ἀποκεκρίσθαι τῷ τιμῶντι αὐτὸν μαθητῇ, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀτοπώτατον.
niptontos de autou tous podas, <an>ēmerōtata [ha], hoper ou themis legein, ho didaskalos doxei apokekristhai tǭ timōnti auton mathētę̄, hoper estin atopōtaton.
And, since he was washing his feet, the teacher would seem (what it is not right to say) to have answered most harshly the disciple who honored him, which is utterly absurd.
32.100Preuschen 4:439
Διὰ τοῦτο παρέχωμεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν καὶ νῦν ἐγειρομένῳ ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου, καὶ τιθέντι τὰ ἱμάτια καὶ λαμβάνοντι λέντιον καὶ διαζωννύντι ἑαυτόν, καὶ βάλλοντι ὕδωρ εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα καὶ ἀρχομένῳ νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας Ἡμῶν, ὡς μαθητῶν, καὶ ἐκμάσσειν τῷ λεντίῳ, ᾦ διʼ ἡμᾶς γενόμενος ἐν μέσῳ ἡμῶν ὡς ὁ διακονῶν διαζώννυται.
Dia touto parechōmen tǭ Iēsou tous podas hēmōn kai nyn egeiromenǭ ek tou deipnou, kai tithenti ta himatia kai lambanonti lention kai diazōnnynti heauton, kai ballonti hydōr eis ton niptēra kai archomenǭ niptein tous podas Hēmōn, hōs mathētōn, kai ekmassein tǭ lentiǭ, ǭ diʼ hēmas genomenos en mesǭ hēmōn hōs ho diakonōn diazōnnytai.
Therefore let us offer our feet to Jesus, who even now rises from supper, lays aside his garments, takes a towel and girds himself, pours water into the basin, and begins to wash our feet as disciples and to wipe them with the towel with which he girds himself, having come to be among us, for our sake, as one who serves.
32.101Preuschen 4:439–440
ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ ποιήσωμεν τοῦτο, οὐχ ἕξομεν μετʼ αὐτοῦ μέρος οὐδὲ ὡραῖοι ἔσονται οἱ πόδες ἡμῶν, καὶ μάλιστα ὅτε ζηλοῦντες τὰ μείζονα χαρίσματα θέλομεν ἐγκαταταχθῆναι τοῖς εὐαγγελιζομένοις τὰ ἀγαθά.
ean gar mē poiēsōmen touto, ouch hexomen metʼ autou meros oude hōraioi esontai hoi podes hēmōn, kai malista hote zēlountes ta meizona charismata thelomen enkatatachthēnai tois euangelizomenois ta agatha.
For if we do not do this, we shall have no part with him, nor will our feet be beautiful, especially when, eagerly desiring the greater gifts, we wish to be enrolled among those who bring good news of good things.
32.102Preuschen 4:440
πλῆν ὄτι προπετής ἐστι Πέτρος ἀκούσας τὸ »Ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετʼ ἐμοῦ« αἰτούμενος ἐν τῷ παρασχεῖν τοὺς πόδας τῷ Ἰησοῦ, ὑπερβάλλειν ἐθέλει τὰ μέτρα τῆς αἰτήσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ παρεῖχεν νιφθησομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ οὐκέτι τοὺς πόδας μόνους, ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ τὰς χεῖρας, ἄς οὐκέτι νίπτεσθαι ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἤθελεν, ὄταν ἄρτον ἐσθίωσιν, καταφρονῶν τῶν λεγομένων ὄτι »Οἱ μαθηταί σου οὐ νἰπτονται τὰς χεῖρας, ὄταν ἄρτον »ἐσθίωσιν«, καὶ πρὸς ταῖς χερσὶν τὴν κεφαλήν, ἤν οὐδὲ κατακαλύπτεσθαι ἔτι Ἰησοῦς ἐβούλετο, ἐφʼ ἦς ἡ εἰκὼν καὶ ἡ δόξα ἤδη ἦν τοῦ θεοῦ.
plēn oti propetēs esti Petros akousas to »Ean mē nipsō se, ouk echeis meros metʼ emou« aitoumenos en tǭ paraschein tous podas tǭ Iēsou, hyperballein ethelei ta metra tēs aitēseōs autou, kai pareichen niphthēsomenous hypo tou Iēsou ouketi tous podas monous, allʼ ēdē kai tas cheiras, as ouketi niptesthai ho Iēsous ēthelen, otan arton esthiōsin, kataphronōn tōn legomenōn oti »Hoi mathētai sou ou niptontai tas cheiras, otan arton »esthiōsin«, kai pros tais chersin tēn kephalēn, ēn oude katakalyptesthai eti Iēsous ebouleto, ephʼ ēs hē eikōn kai hē doxa ēdē ēn tou theou.
Yet Peter is rash. Having heard, “Unless I wash you, you have no part with me,” and asking for this by offering his feet to Jesus, he wants to exceed the measure of his request, and offered to be washed by Jesus no longer his feet only but now his hands too: hands which Jesus no longer wanted washed when they eat bread, disregarding the complaint, “Your disciples do not wash their hands when they eat bread”; and besides the hands, his head: which Jesus no longer wanted even to be covered, since on it was already the image and glory of God.
32.103Preuschen 4:440
ἀρκεῖται γὰρ ἡμῖν, ἐπὰν ἔλθωμεν εἰς ταὐτὸ τοῖς τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μαθηταῖς καιροῦ, τὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτῷ παρέχειν νίψοντι καὶ ἐκμάσσοντι μόνους· »Ὁ γὰρ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν νίψασθαι »ἀλλʼ ἔστιν καθαρὸς ὄλος«· εἰ δέ τις μή ἐστιν ὄλος καθαρός, οὐκ ἐλούσατο.
arkeitai gar hēmin, epan elthōmen eis tauto tois tou Iēsou mathētais kairou, to tous podas autǭ parechein nipsonti kai ekmassonti monous; »Ho gar leloumenos ouk echei chreian nipsasthai »allʼ estin katharos olos«; ei de tis mē estin olos katharos, ouk elousato.
For it is enough for us, when we come to the same occasion as Jesus' disciples, to offer him our feet alone, for him to wash and wipe; for “he who has bathed has no need to wash, but is wholly clean”; and if someone is not wholly clean, he has not bathed.
32.104Preuschen 4:440
Ζητήσαι δέ τις ἄν, εἰ ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν νἰψασθαι ἀλλʼ ἔσιν καθαρός, καὶ ἦσαν οἱ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μαθηταὶ καθαροί, ὡς λελουμένοι, πῶς βάλλει ὔδωρ εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα καὶ ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν ὁ Ἰησοῦς;
Zētēsai de tis an, ei ho leloumenos ouk echei chreian nipsasthai allʼ esin katharos, kai ēsan hoi tou Iēsou mathētai katharoi, hōs leloumenoi, pōs ballei ydōr eis ton niptēra kai ērxato niptein tous podas tōn mathētōn ho Iēsous?
But someone might ask: if he who has bathed has no need to wash but is clean, and Jesus' disciples were clean as having bathed, how is it that Jesus pours water into the basin and begins to wash the disciples' feet?
32.105Preuschen 4:440
εἰς τοῦτο δὲ καὶ προλαβόντες μὲν ἐκ μέρους εἰρήκαμεν καὶ νὺν ἐκείνοις ταῦτα προσθήσομεν.
eis touto de kai prolabontes men ek merous eirēkamen kai nyn ekeinois tauta prosthēsomen.
We have already spoken to this in part, anticipating it, and now we shall add the following to what was said there.
32.106Preuschen 4:440–441
τὸ » Χρείαν ἔχομεν« ἐπὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων, ὦν. ἄνευ διαζῆν τις οὐ δύναται, τέτακται· ὥστʼ ἄν ἐν σωματικοῖς εἰπεῖν χρείαν ἔχειν τὸν ἄνθρωπον οὐ πλειόνων, ἀλλὰ τούτων μόνων, περὶ ὦν φησιν ὁ Παῦλος· »Ἕχοντες δὲ διατροφὴν καὶ σκεπάσματα, τούτοις ἀρκεσθησόμεθα«· τὰ δὲ εἰς πλοῦτον καὶ τρυφὴν συμβαλλόμενα ἐκ περιουσίας τοῖς ἁβροδιαίτοις περιγίνεται, οὐχ ὡς χρειώδη καὶ ὦν οὐκ ἄνευ, ἀλλʼ ὡς περισσά· οὔτω τοίνυν καὶ ποιούντων εἶναι ἐν τῷ λέγοντι· »Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ζωή«· τὰ δὲ ὑπὲρ ταὺτα, περὶ ὦν λέγεται· »Κατατρύφησον »τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ δώσει σοι τὰ αἰτήματα τῆς καρδίας σου«, καὶ ὄσα νοεῖται κατὰ τὸν παράδεισον τῆς τρυφῆς καὶ τὸν πλοῦτον καὶ τὴν δόξαν, τὰ ἐν τῇ ἀριστερᾷ τῆς σοφίας, κατὰ τὸν εἰπόντα· »Μῆκος γὰρ βίου καὶ ἔτη ζωῆς ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτῆς, ἐν δὲ τῇ ἀριστερᾷ »αὐτῆς πλοῦτος καὶ δόξα« ὑπὲρ τὴν χρείαν εἶναι λεχθείη ἄν.
to » Chreian echomen« epi tōn anankaiōn, ōn. aneu diazēn tis ou dynatai, tetaktai; hōstʼ an en sōmatikois eipein chreian echein ton anthrōpon ou pleionōn, alla toutōn monōn, peri ōn phēsin ho Paulos; »Hechontes de diatrophēn kai skepasmata, toutois arkesthēsometha«; ta de eis plouton kai tryphēn symballomena ek periousias tois habrodiaitois periginetai, ouch hōs chreiōdē kai ōn ouk aneu, allʼ hōs perissa; outō toinyn kai poiountōn einai en tǭ legonti; »Egō eimi hē zōē«; ta de hyper tauta, peri ōn legetai; »Katatryphēson »tou kyriou, kai dōsei soi ta aitēmata tēs kardias sou«, kai osa noeitai kata ton paradeison tēs tryphēs kai ton plouton kai tēn doxan, ta en tę̄ aristerą tēs sophias, kata ton eiponta; »Mēkos gar biou kai etē zōēs en tę̄ dexią autēs, en de tę̄ aristerą »autēs ploutos kai doxa« hyper tēn chreian einai lechtheiē an.
“We have need” is used of necessary things, without which one cannot live. So in bodily matters one could say that a man has need not of many things but only of those of which Paul says, “Having food and clothing, with these we shall be content”; whereas what contributes to wealth and luxury comes to the delicate out of superfluity, not as needful and indispensable, but as superfluous. So too, then, … to be in him who says, “I am the life”; but what goes beyond these things, of which it is said, “Delight in the Lord, and he will give you the requests of your heart,” and all that is understood of the paradise of delight, and the wealth and glory that are in the left hand of wisdom, according to him who said, “For length of life and years of life are in her right hand, and in her left hand wealth and glory,” might be said to be beyond need.
32.107Preuschen 4:441
καὶ μήποτε τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν τὸ μετὰ τὸ λούσασθαι νίψασθαι τοὺς πόδας ὑπὸ τοῦ τηλικούτου διδασκάλου καὶ σωτῆρος· τὸ γὰρ χάρισμα τοῦτο θεοῦ ὑπερπαίει τὴν χρείαν, ὤσπερ καὶ τὸ εἶναι ἐν δόξῃ ἡλίου ἤ σελήνης ἢ ἀστέρων ἐν τῇ ἱερᾷ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει.
kai mēpote toiouton estin to meta to lousasthai nipsasthai tous podas hypo tou tēlikoutou didaskalou kai sōtēros; to gar charisma touto theou hyperpaiei tēn chreian, ōsper kai to einai en doxę̄ hēliou ē selēnēs ē asterōn en tę̄ hierą tōn nekrōn anastasei.
And perhaps such is the washing of the feet, after bathing, by so great a teacher and Savior: this gift of God exceeds need, just as being in the glory of the sun or moon or stars in the holy resurrection of the dead exceeds it.
32.108Preuschen 4:441
οὐκ ἔχει μὲν <οὖν> χρείαν ὁ καθαρὸς καὶ λουσάμενος νίψασθαι· νίπτεται δέ, κατὰ τὸ προαποδεδομένον, ἐπεὶ »Τῷ ἔχοντι παντὶ προστεθήσεται;« καὶ ὡς ὁ Ἰωάννης φησί· »Καὶ ὁ καθαρὸς καθαρισθήτω ἔτι, καὶ ὁ »ἄγιος ἁγιασθήτω«.
ouk echei men <oun> chreian ho katharos kai lousamenos nipsasthai; niptetai de, kata to proapodedomenon, epei »Tǭ echonti panti prostethēsetai?« kai hōs ho Iōannēs phēsi; »Kai ho katharos katharisthētō eti, kai ho »agios hagiasthētō«.
So the one who is clean and has bathed has no need to wash; yet he is washed, as was explained earlier, since “to everyone who has, more will be added”; and as John says, “And let the clean be cleansed still, and the holy be sanctified.”
32.109Preuschen 4:441
τὸ δὲ »Ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε« ἀναφέρεται ἐπὶ τοὺς ἔνδεκα, ᾦ ἐπιφέρεται τὸ »Οὐχὶ πάντες« διὰ τὸν Ἰσκαριώτην· ᾔδει γὰρ τὸν παραδιδόντα αὐτόν, ἤδη ὄντα οὐ καθαρόν, πρῶτον μὲν ὄτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν οὐκ ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλʼ ὄτι κλέπτης ἦν, καὶ τὸ γλωσσόκομον ἔχων τὰ βαλλόμενα ἐβάσταζεν· ὔστερον δὲ ἐπεὶ »Δείπνου γινομένου, τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν »ἴνα παραδῷ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης«, οὐκ ἀπώσατο τὸ βεβλημένον.
to de »Hymeis katharoi este« anapheretai epi tous endeka, ǭ epipheretai to »Ouchi pantes« dia ton Iskariōtēn; ę̄dei gar ton paradidonta auton, ēdē onta ou katharon, prōton men oti peri tōn ptōchōn ouk emelen autǭ, allʼ oti kleptēs ēn, kai to glōssokomon echōn ta ballomena ebastazen; ysteron de epei »Deipnou ginomenou, tou diabolou ēdē beblēkotos eis tēn kardian »ina paradǭ auton Ioudas Simōnos Iskariōtēs«, ouk apōsato to beblēmenon.
“You are clean” refers to the eleven, and “but not all” is added because of Iscariot. For he knew the one betraying him, who was already not clean: first, because he did not care about the poor, but because he was a thief, and having the money-box he used to carry off what was put into it; and later, because, “during supper, the devil having already put it into the heart of Judas son of Simon Iscariot to betray him,” he did not thrust away what had been put there.
32.110Preuschen 4:441
διόπερ οἱ μὲν λουσάμενοι καθαροὶ ἕνδεκα ἔτι ἐγένοντο καθαρὸς Ἰούδας (»Ὁ ῥυπαρός, γάρ φησι, ῥυπανθήτω ἔτι«) γέγονε ῥυπαρώτερος καὶ ἀκάθαρτος, ὄτε μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον εἰσῆλθεν ὁ Σατανᾶς. Ὄτε οὖν ἔνιψεν τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν καὶ ἔλαβεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀνέπεσεν πάλιν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν· † φωνεῖτέ με Ὁ διδάσκαλος καὶ Ὁ κύριος· καλῶς λέγετε· εἰμὶ γάρ. εἰ οὖν ἐγὼ ἔνιψα ὑμῶν τοὺς πόδας ὁ κύριος καὶ ὁ διδάσκαλος, καὶ ὑμεῖς ὀφείλετε ἀλλἠλων νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας· ὑπόδειγμα γὰρ ἔδωκα ὑμῖν, ἴνα καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε.
dioper hoi men lousamenoi katharoi hendeka eti egenonto katharos Ioudas (»Ho rhyparos, gar phēsi, rhypanthētō eti«) gegone rhyparōteros kai akathartos, ote meta to psōmion eisēlthen ho Satanas. Ote oun enipsen tous podas autōn kai elaben ta himatia autou kai anepesen palin, eipen autois; Ginōskete ti pepoiēka hymin; † phōneite me Ho didaskalos kai Ho kyrios; kalōs legete; eimi gar. ei oun egō enipsa hymōn tous podas ho kyrios kai ho didaskalos, kai hymeis opheilete allēlōn niptein tous podas; hypodeigma gar edōka hymin, ina kathōs egō epoiēsa hymin, kai hymeis poiēte.
Therefore the eleven, who had bathed and were clean, became cleaner still, while Judas, not clean (“Let the filthy,” it says, “be filthy still”), became filthier and unclean when, after the morsel, Satan entered. “So when he had washed their feet and taken his garments and reclined again, he said to them: Do you know what I have done to you? You call me the Teacher and the Lord, and you say well, for I am. If then I, the Lord and the Teacher, have washed your feet, you also ought to wash one another's feet; for I have given you an example, that as I have done to you, you also should do.”
32.111Preuschen 4:441–442
Εἰκὸς τοὺς νοήσαντας τὸ μέγεθος τῆς Ἰησοῦ δυνάμεως καὶ συνέντας τἰ πεποίηκεν νίψας τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν, ἴνα καὶ τὰ τελευταῖα καὶ τὰ τυχόντα αὐτῶν καθάρῃ ἀποπλύνας καὶ τὰ τῇ γῇ ὁμιλοῦντα σώματα, ὡν ἠν τὰ σώματα ἐκεῖνα σύμβολον, θαυμάσαντας τὸ ἐν τῇ νίψει ἔργον οὐκ ἄν τολμῆσαι καὶ αὐτοὺς τὸ τηλικοῦτο πρᾶξαι, μικροτέρους εἶναι νομίζοντας ἑαυτοὺς τοῦ νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τοῦ ἔσω καὶ ἐν κρυπτῷ ἀνθρώπου, [ἥ] τῶν τὰ αὐτὰ ἀσπαζομένων τοῦ θεοῦ δόγματα, εἰ μὴ ὁ Ἰησοῦς διὰ τῶν ἐκκειμένων ἐπὶ τοῦτο αὐτοὺς προετρέψατο, τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ δειπνοῦντος, ὄτε διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς ἤμελλεν δειπνήσαντας τὰ λεγόμενα, ἀναλαβών.
Eikos tous noēsantas to megethos tēs Iēsou dynameōs kai synentas ti pepoiēken nipsas tous podas tōn mathētōn, ina kai ta teleutaia kai ta tychonta autōn katharę̄ apoplynas kai ta tę̄ gę̄ homilounta sōmata, hōn ēn ta sōmata ekeina symbolon, thaumasantas to en tę̄ nipsei ergon ouk an tolmēsai kai autous to tēlikouto praxai, mikroterous einai nomizontas heautous tou niptein tous podas tou esō kai en kryptǭ anthrōpou, [hē] tōn ta auta aspazomenōn tou theou dogmata, ei mē ho Iēsous dia tōn ekkeimenōn epi touto autous proetrepsato, to schēma tou deipnountos, ote didaskein autous ēmellen deipnēsantas ta legomena, analabōn.
It is likely that those who understood the greatness of Jesus' power and grasped what he had done in washing the disciples' feet, so as to cleanse even their last and most ordinary parts, washing away the parts that have dealings with the earth, of which those bodily feet were a symbol, would, in wonder at the work done in the washing, not have dared to do so great a thing themselves, thinking themselves too small to wash the feet of the inner and hidden man of those who embrace the same doctrines of God, had not Jesus by the words set out here urged them to it, taking up again the posture of one at table when, after supper, he was about to teach them what is said.
32.112Preuschen 4:442
δυσωπητικώτατα μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν γνῶσιν τοῦ γινομένου προτρεπτικώτατα λέλεκται τὸ »Γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν;«
dysōpētikōtata men gar kai epi tēn gnōsin tou ginomenou protreptikōtata lelektai to »Ginōskete ti pepoiēka hymin?«
For “Do you know what I have done to you?” is said in a way that most strongly shames them and most strongly urges them to knowledge of what was done.
32.113Preuschen 4:442
ὅπερ ἤτοι ἐρωτηματικῶς ἀναγνωστέον, ἵνʼ ἐμφαίῃ τὸ νοῦν εἰς τὸ τοῦ γενομένου μέγεθος· ἤ προστακτιῶς, ἴνα αὐτῶν διεγείρῃ τὸν νοῦν εἰς τὸ διὰ τοῦ ἐπιστῆσαι τῷ ἔργῳ λαβεῖν αὐτοῦ τὴν γνῶσιν.
hoper ētoi erōtēmatikōs anagnōsteon, hinʼ emphaię̄ to noun eis to tou genomenou megethos; ē prostaktiōs, ina autōn diegeirę̄ ton noun eis to dia tou epistēsai tǭ ergǭ labein autou tēn gnōsin.
This must be read either as a question, so as to point the mind to the greatness of what was done, or as a command, so as to rouse their mind to gain knowledge of it by attending to the deed.
32.114Preuschen 4:442
διδασκαλικώτατα δὲ μετὰ τοῦ δυσωπητικοῦ λέλεκται τὸ »Ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με >Ὁ διδάσκαλος< »καὶ <Ὁ κύριος>, καὶ καλῶς λέγετε· εἰμὶ γάρ. εἰ οὖν ἐγὼ ἔνιψα »ὑμῶν τοὺς πόδας ὁ κύριος καὶ ὁ διδάσκαλος, καὶ ὑμεῖς ὀφείλετε »ἀλλήλων νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας«.
didaskalikōtata de meta tou dysōpētikou lelektai to »Hymeis phōneite me >Ho didaskalos< »kai <Ho kyrios>, kai kalōs legete; eimi gar. ei oun egō enipsa »hymōn tous podas ho kyrios kai ho didaskalos, kai hymeis opheilete »allēlōn niptein tous podas«.
And most instructively, together with the note of shame, it is said, “You call me the Teacher and the Lord, and you say well, for I am. If then I, the Lord and the Teacher, have washed your feet, you also ought to wash one another's feet.”
32.115Preuschen 4:442
ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἰησοῦς ἔνιψεν τοῦς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν, ᾖ διδάσκαλος αὐτῶν, καὶ τοὺς πόδας τῶν δούλων, ᾖ κύριος ἦν.
ho men oun Iēsous enipsen tous podas tōn mathētōn, ę̄ didaskalos autōn, kai tous podas tōn doulōn, ę̄ kyrios ēn.
Jesus, then, washed the feet of the disciples insofar as he was their teacher, and the feet of servants insofar as he was lord.
32.116Preuschen 4:442
διδασκαλίᾳ γὰρ ὁ ἀπὸ γῆς καὶ τῶν κοσμικῶν πραγμάτων κονιορτός, φθάνων οὐκ ἐπὶ ἄλλο τι ἤ ἐπὶ τὰ τελευταῖα καὶ τὰ κάτω τῶν μαθητῶν, ἀποκαθαίρεται· ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ κυριότητι τοῦ ἄρχοντος, ἐξουσιάζοντος τῶν διὰ τὸ ἔτι ἔχειν τὸ τῆς δουλείας πνεῦμα κἄν τὸν τυχόντα μολυσμὸν ἔτι δεχομένων, τὰ μολύνοντα τοὺς πόδας ἀποβάλλεται.
didaskalią gar ho apo gēs kai tōn kosmikōn pragmatōn koniortos, phthanōn ouk epi allo ti ē epi ta teleutaia kai ta katō tōn mathētōn, apokathairetai; alla kai tę̄ kyriotēti tou archontos, exousiazontos tōn dia to eti echein to tēs douleias pneuma kan ton tychonta molysmon eti dechomenōn, ta molynonta tous podas apoballetai.
For by teaching, the dust from the earth and from worldly affairs, which reaches nothing but the last and lowest parts of the disciples, is cleansed away; and by the lordship of the ruler, who has authority over those who, because they still have the spirit of slavery, still receive some ordinary defilement, the things that defile the feet are cast off.
32.117Preuschen 4:442
καὶ οὐκ ἄν τις εὖ φρονῶν λέγοι ᾖ θύρα ἐστὶν τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἤ ᾖ ποιμήν, ἤ ᾖ ἰατρός, νἰπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν καὶ δούλων. ἐγὼ δʼ ἡγοῦμαι ὄτι ἐπιδέχονται τὸ δεῖσθαι τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ διδασκάλου νίψεως οἱ πόδες τῶν μαθητῶν, ὄσον οὐδέπω εἰλήφασιν τὸ ἀρκετόν, ἀλλʼἔτι λείπουσιν εἰς τὸ »Ἀρκετὸν τῷ »μαθητῇ ἴνα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ«.
kai ouk an tis eu phronōn legoi ę̄ thyra estin ton Iēsoun, ē ę̄ poimēn, ē ę̄ iatros, niptein tous podas tōn mathētōn kai doulōn. egō dʼ hēgoumai oti epidechontai to deisthai tēs apo tou didaskalou nipseōs hoi podes tōn mathētōn, oson oudepō eilēphasin to arketon, allʼeti leipousin eis to »Arketon tǭ »mathētę̄ ina genētai hōs ho didaskalos autou«.
And no one in his right mind would say that Jesus washes the feet of disciples and servants insofar as he is the door, or insofar as he is the shepherd, or insofar as he is the physician. But I think that the disciples' feet admit of needing the teacher's washing insofar as they have not yet received what is sufficient, but still fall short of “It is sufficient for the disciple to become like his teacher.”
32.118Preuschen 4:442
καὶ τοῦτο τέλος ἐστὶν τὸ πρὸς τὸν μαθητὴν τοῦ διδασκάλου, ᾖ διδάσκαλος, ποιῆσαι τὸν μαθητὴν ὡς ἑαυτόν, ἴνα μηκέτι δέηται τοῦ διδασκάλου, ᾖ διδάσκαλος, εἰ καὶ ἄλλως αὐτοῦ δεήσεται.
kai touto telos estin to pros ton mathētēn tou didaskalou, ę̄ didaskalos, poiēsai ton mathētēn hōs heauton, ina mēketi deētai tou didaskalou, ę̄ didaskalos, ei kai allōs autou deēsetai.
And this is the goal of the teacher toward the disciple, insofar as he is teacher: to make the disciple like himself, so that he no longer needs the teacher insofar as he is teacher, even if he will need him in other respects.
32.119Preuschen 4:442
ὡς γὰρ τέλος τοῦ ἰατροῦ, οὖ χρῄζουσι μὲν οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες, οὐ χρείαν δὲ ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, τὸ παῦσαι τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας ἀπὸ τοῦ κακῶς ἔχειν, ἴνα μηκέτι αύτοῦ χρῄζωσιν, οὔτω τέλος διδασκάλου περιποιῆσαι τῇ μαθητῇ τὸ λεγόμενον ἀρκετὸν ἐν τῷ »Ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ, ἴνα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ«.
hōs gar telos tou iatrou, ou chrę̄zousi men hoi kakōs echontes, ou chreian de echousin hoi ischyontes iatrou, to pausai tous kakōs echontas apo tou kakōs echein, ina mēketi autou chrę̄zōsin, outō telos didaskalou peripoiēsai tę̄ mathētę̄ to legomenon arketon en tǭ »Arketon tǭ mathētę̄, ina genētai hōs ho didaskalos autou«.
For just as the goal of the physician, whom the sick need but the healthy have no need of, is to free the sick from their sickness so that they no longer need him, so the goal of a teacher is to secure for the disciple what is called sufficient in “It is sufficient for the disciple to become like his teacher.”
32.120Preuschen 4:442–443
περὶ δὲ τοῦ σωτῆρος, ὄντος κυρίου, αὐτόθεν πλεῖόν ἐστιν ἰδεῖν παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους κυρίους, μὴ βουηλομένους ἴνα γένηται ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ.
peri de tou sōtēros, ontos kyriou, autothen pleion estin idein para tous allous kyrious, mē bouēlomenous ina genētai ho doulos hōs ho kyrios autou.
But concerning the Savior, who is Lord, one can see at once something more than in the case of other lords, who do not wish the slave to become like his lord.
32.121Preuschen 4:443
τοιοῦτος δὲ ὁ τῆς πατρικῆς ἀγαθότητος καὶ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ υἱός· κύριος γὰρ ὤν ἐνειργάζετο τοῖς δούλοις τὸ γενέσθαι ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτῶν, ὄτε οὐκἐτι ἔξουσιν τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς δουλείας πάλιν εἰς φόβον, ἀλλὰ λήψονται τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς υἱοθεσίας, ἐν ᾦ κράζονσιν· »Ἀββᾶ, ὁ πατήρ«.
toioutos de ho tēs patrikēs agathotētos kai tēs agapēs autou huios; kyrios gar ōn eneirgazeto tois doulois to genesthai hōs ho kyrios autōn, ote ouketi exousin to pneuma tēs douleias palin eis phobon, alla lēpsontai to pneuma tēs huiothesias, en ǭ krazonsin; »Abba, ho patēr«.
Such is the Son of the Father's goodness and of his love. For, being Lord, he worked in his slaves to make them become like their lord, when they will no longer have the spirit of slavery again to fear, but will receive the spirit of adoption, in which they cry, “Abba, Father.”
32.122Preuschen 4:443
πρὶν οὖν γένωνται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος καὶ ὁ κύριος, δέονται τῆς νίψεως τῶν ποδῶν, ὡς ἐνδεεῖς τῶν μαθητῶν, καὶ ὠς ἔτι τὸ πνεῦημα τῆς δουλείας ἔχοντες εἰς φόβον· ἐπὰν δέ τις αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸ »Ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ, ἴνα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὁ »δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ« γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ, τότε μιμήσασθαι δύναται τὸν νίψαντα τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν, καὶ νίψαι τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος. ὅν ὁ θεὸς ἔταξεν ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ μετὰ τοὺς πρώτην χώραν ἐν αὐτῇ εἰληχότας ἀποστόλους καὶ δεύτερον προφήτας.
prin oun genōntai hōs ho didaskalos kai ho kyrios, deontai tēs nipseōs tōn podōn, hōs endeeis tōn mathētōn, kai ōs eti to pneuēma tēs douleias echontes eis phobon; epan de tis autōn kata to »Arketon tǭ mathētę̄, ina genētai hōs ho didaskalos autou, kai ho »doulos hōs ho kyrios autou« genētai hōs ho didaskalos autou, kai ho kyrios autou, tote mimēsasthai dynatai ton nipsanta tous podas tōn mathētōn, kai nipsai tous podas tōn mathētōn hōs ho didaskalos. hon ho theos etaxen en tę̄ ekklēsią meta tous prōtēn chōran en autę̄ eilēchotas apostolous kai deuteron prophētas.
Before, then, they become like the teacher and the lord, they need the washing of the feet, as disciples who still fall short, and as still having the spirit of slavery to fear. But when one of them, according to “It is sufficient for the disciple to become like his teacher, and the slave like his lord,” has become like his teacher and like his lord, then he can imitate the one who washed the disciples' feet, and wash the disciples' feet as the teacher does, whom God has appointed in the church after the apostles, who have received the first place in it, and second the prophets.
32.123Preuschen 4:443
Εἰ δὲ τὸ »Τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου δουλεύσεις« φθάνειν δύναται ἐπὶ τοὺς ὑποδεεστέρους, καὶ τὸ »Γίνου κύριος τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου« ἐπὶ τοὺς ὡς ὁ Ἰακὼβ κρείττονας, δῆλον ὄτι γενόμενος ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος νίπτει τοὺς πόδας τῶν δουλευόντων τῇ παρʼ αὐτοῷ διδασκαλίᾳ, ἐπεὶ τὸ »Ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με >Ὁ διδάσκαλος καὶ Ὁ κύριος<, »καὶ καλῶς λέγετε· εἰμὶ γάρ« οὐκ ἀξιῶ μηδὲν ἔχειν βαθύτερον καὶ παρὰ τὸ ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν νενοημένον· οὐ πᾶσι γὰρ τοῖς λέγουσι· »Κύριε, Κύριε« λεχθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τὸ »Ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με »>Ὁ κύριος< καὶ καλῶς λέγετε«.
Ei de to »Tǭ adelphǭ sou douleuseis« phthanein dynatai epi tous hypodeesterous, kai to »Ginou kyrios tou adelphou sou« epi tous hōs ho Iakōb kreittonas, dēlon oti genomenos ho doulos hōs ho kyrios niptei tous podas tōn douleuontōn tę̄ parʼ autoǭ didaskalią, epei to »Hymeis phōneite me >Ho didaskalos kai Ho kyrios<, »kai kalōs legete; eimi gar« ouk axiō mēden echein bathyteron kai para to hypo tōn pollōn nenoēmenon; ou pasi gar tois legousi; »Kyrie, Kyrie« lechthēsetai hypo tou Iēsou to »Hymeis phōneite me »>Ho kyrios< kai kalōs legete«.
If “You shall serve your brother” can extend to the inferior, and “Be lord of your brother” to those who, like Jacob, are superior, it is clear that the slave who has become like his lord washes the feet of those who serve under his teaching; since I do not think that “You call me the Teacher and the Lord, and you say well, for I am” contains nothing deeper than what most people understand. For not to all who say “Lord, Lord” will Jesus say, “You call me the Lord, and you say well.”
32.124Preuschen 4:443
οὐ καλῶς οὖν λεγουσι· »Κύριε« οἱ ἐν τῆ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ φήσονττες· »Κύριε, Κύριε, οὐκ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί »σου ἐφάγομεν, καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου ἐπίομεν, καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί »σου δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν καὶ δυνάμεις πεποιήκαμεν«;
ou kalōs oun legousi; »Kyrie« hoi en tē hēmerą ekeinę̄ phēsonttes; »Kyrie, Kyrie, ouk en tǭ onomati »sou ephagomen, kai en tǭ onomati sou epiomen, kai en tǭ onomati »sou daimonia exebalomen kai dynameis pepoiēkamen«?
So they do not say “Lord” well who on that day will say, “Lord, Lord, did we not eat in your name, and drink in your name, and cast out demons in your name, and do mighty works?”
32.125Preuschen 4:443
φήσει γοῦν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· »Ἀποχωρεῖτε ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ· οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς, ὄτι »ἐργάται ἐστὲ ἀδικίας«· οὐκ ἄν δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτοῖς καλῶς τὸ »Κύριε, »Κύριε« εἶπεν τὸ »Ἀποχωρεῖτε ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ«.
phēsei goun autois ho Iēsous; »Apochōreite apʼ emou; oudepote egnōn hymas, oti »ergatai este adikias«; ouk an de legousin autois kalōs to »Kyrie, »Kyrie« eipen to »Apochōreite apʼ emou«.
At any rate Jesus will say to them, “Depart from me; I never knew you, for you are workers of unrighteousness.” He would not have said “Depart from me” to people who said “Lord, Lord” well.
32.126Preuschen 4:443–444
ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ »Οὐ πᾶς ὁ »λέγων μοι· Κύριε, κύριε, εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρα »νῶν« παρίστησιν ὄτι οὐ πᾶς ὁ λέγων· »Κύριε, κύριε«, μαρτυρηθείη ἄν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ὡς νῦν οἱ ἀπόστολοι, πρὸς οὔς εἶπεν· »Καλῶσ λέγετε·
alla kai to »Ou pas ho »legōn moi; Kyrie, kyrie, eiseleusetai eis tēn basileian tōn oura »nōn« paristēsin oti ou pas ho legōn; »Kyrie, kyrie«, martyrētheiē an hypʼ autou hōs nyn hoi apostoloi, pros ous eipen; »Kalōs legete;
Moreover, “Not everyone who says to me, Lord, Lord, will enter the kingdom of heaven” shows that not everyone who says “Lord, Lord” would be commended by him, as the apostles are now, to whom he said, “You say well,
32.127Preuschen 4:444
»εἰμὶ γάρ«. καὶ γὰρ ἀληθῶς κακία μὲν αὐτῶν οὐκέτι κυρία ἦν, ὁμιλοῦντα λόγος δέ, καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς ὁ κύριος, ἡ πᾶσα ἔμψυχος καὶ ζῶσα ἀρετή.
»eimi gar«. kai gar alēthōs kakia men autōn ouketi kyria ēn, homilounta logos de, kai hapaxaplōs ho kyrios, hē pasa empsychos kai zōsa aretē.
for I am.” And truly, vice was no longer lord over them; rather the Word was, and in a word the Lord, who is all virtue, animate and living.
32.128Preuschen 4:444
ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴπερ »Οὐδεὶς δύναται εἰπεῖν· Κύριος Ἰησοῦς, εἰ μὴ ἐν »πνεύμαται ἁγίῳ«, καὶ νοοῦμεν ἐν τούτῳ τί ἔστιν τὸ εἰπεῖν· »Κύριος »Ἰνσοῦς«· ὁ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ λέγων· »Κύριος Ἰησοῦς« καλῶς λέγει.
alla kai eiper »Oudeis dynatai eipein; Kyrios Iēsous, ei mē en »pneumatai hagiǭ«, kai nooumen en toutǭ ti estin to eipein; »Kyrios »Insous«; ho en pneumati hagiǭ legōn; »Kyrios Iēsous« kalōs legei.
Moreover, if “No one can say, Jesus is Lord, except in the Holy Spirit,” and we understand from this what it is to say “Jesus is Lord,” then the one who says “Jesus is Lord” in the Holy Spirit says it well.
32.129Preuschen 4:444
εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ καλῶς λέγων πάντως ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ λέγει, ζητήσεις διὰ τὸ νῦν »Καὶ καλῶς λέγετε« συνεξεταζόμενον τῷ »Οὔπω γὰρ »ἦν πνεῦμα, ὄτι Ἰησοῦς οὔπω ἐδοξάσθη«.
ei de kai ho kalōs legōn pantōs en pneumati hagiǭ legei, zētēseis dia to nyn »Kai kalōs legete« synexetazomenon tǭ »Oupō gar »ēn pneuma, oti Iēsous oupō edoxasthē«.
But if the one who says it well always says it in the Holy Spirit, you will inquire into “And you say well” here, examining it together with “For the Spirit was not yet, because Jesus was not yet glorified.”
32.130Preuschen 4:444
γνησίως οὖν δουλεύοντος τῷ λόγῳ ἔργον ἐστὶν τὸ καλῶς εἰπεῖν· »Κύριος Ἰησοῦς« καὶ τοῦ ἀνάλογον τούτῳ μαθητοῦ τὸ καλῶς εἰπεῖν τῷ σωτῆρι τὸ »ὁ διδά- »σκαλος«· πρὸς ὄν λέγοιτʼ ἄν τὸ »Εἰμὶ γάρ«, οὐκ ἄν λεχθησόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου τῷ δουλεύοντι τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ καὶ τῷ μαθητευομένῳ τοῖς ψεύσεσιν.
gnēsiōs oun douleuontos tǭ logǭ ergon estin to kalōs eipein; »Kyrios Iēsous« kai tou analogon toutǭ mathētou to kalōs eipein tǭ sōtēri to »ho dida- »skalos«; pros on legoitʼ an to »Eimi gar«, ouk an lechthēsomenon hypo tou logou tǭ douleuonti tę̄ hamartią kai tǭ mathēteuomenǭ tois pseusesin.
It is the work, then, of one who genuinely serves the Word to say well “Jesus is Lord,” and of the disciple who corresponds to this to say well to the Savior, “the Teacher”; to such a one “For I am” might be said, but it would not be said by the Word to one who serves sin and is a disciple of lies.
32.131Preuschen 4:444
Πλὴν καὶ ἄγιον ὄντα ἐνδέχεται δεῖσθαι τῆς νίψεως τῶν ποδῶν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἡ καταλεγομένη εἰς ἐκκλησιαστικὴν τιμὴν χήρα ἐξετάζεται μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων καλῶν καὶ ἐν τῷ »Εἰ ἁγίων πόδας »ἔνιψεν«· γελοῖον γὰρ οἶμαι τυγχάνειν τὸ στῆναι ἐπὶ τοῦ ῥητοῦ καί, φέρε εἰπεῖν, τὴν ἔχουσαν πάντα τὰ χαρακτηρίζοντα τὴν ἁγίαν χήραν καὶ τούτῳ μόνῳ λείπουσαν, μὴ κατατεάχθαι εἰς ἐκκλησιαστικὴν τιμήν, πολλάκις διὰ παιδισκῶν καὶ οἰκετῶν φιλοφρονησαμένην, ἐν ᾦ καιρῷ ηὐπόρει καὶ εἶχεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, τοὺς ξένους ἤ τοὺς ἁπαξαπῶς δεομένους τοῦ φιλάνθρωπόν τι ἔργου ἀπʼ αὐτῆς παθεῖν.
Plēn kai agion onta endechetai deisthai tēs nipseōs tōn podōn, epei kai hē katalegomenē eis ekklēsiastikēn timēn chēra exetazetai meta tōn allōn kalōn kai en tǭ »Ei hagiōn podas »enipsen«; geloion gar oimai tynchanein to stēnai epi tou rhētou kai, phere eipein, tēn echousan panta ta charaktērizonta tēn hagian chēran kai toutǭ monǭ leipousan, mē katateachthai eis ekklēsiastikēn timēn, pollakis dia paidiskōn kai oiketōn philophronēsamenēn, en ǭ kairǭ ēuporei kai eichen ta epitēdeia, tous xenous ē tous hapaxapōs deomenous tou philanthrōpon ti ergou apʼ autēs pathein.
Yet even one who is holy may need the washing of the feet, since the widow enrolled for honor in the church is examined, along with her other good works, also by “if she has washed the feet of the saints.” For I think it ridiculous to stop at the letter and, let us say, not to enroll for honor in the church a woman who has all the marks of the holy widow and lacks only this, though she has often, through maidservants and household slaves, at a time when she was well off and had the means, shown kindness to strangers, or in general to those who needed to receive some charitable work from her.
32.132Preuschen 4:444
καὶ μὴ θαυμάσῃς εἰ ἀνάγειν σε δεῖ τὸ »Εἰ ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν«, ὅπου κελεύονται ἀνάλογον τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις πρεσβύτιδες, εἶναι καὶ καλοδιδάσκαλοι.
kai mē thaumasę̄s ei anagein se dei to »Ei hagiōn podas enipsen«, hopou keleuontai analogon tois presbyterois presbytides, einai kai kalodidaskaloi.
And do not be surprised if you must take “if she has washed the feet of the saints” in a higher sense, since elderly women, like the presbyters, are commanded to be teachers of what is good as well.
32.133Preuschen 4:444–445
ὅρα δὲ εἰ μὴ καὶ ἐργῶδές ἐστιν τὸ πάνθʼ ὁντινοῦν μαθητευόμενον τῷ χριστῷ, θέλοντα πληροῦν τὴν λέγουσαν ἐντολήν· »Καὶ ὑμεῖς ὀφείλετε ἀλλήλων νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας«, ὡς ὀφειλόμενον ἔργον ἐθέλειν ποιεῖν τὸ νίψαι τοὺς σωματικοὺς καὶ αἰσθητοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀδελφῶν, ὤστε τοὺς ἐν ὁποιᾳποτοῦν ὑποθέσει βίου τυγχάνοντας πιστοὺς τοῦτο ποιεῖν, εἴτε ἐν ἐκκλησιαστικῇ δοκοῦντας εἶναι ὑπεροχῇ ἐπισκόπους καὶ πρεσβυτέρους, εἴτε καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις κοσμικοῖς τισιν ἀξιώμασιν· ὥστε κατὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸν δεσπότην ἤκειν ἐπὶ τὸ νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τοῦ πιστεύοντος δούλου, καὶ τοὺς γονεῖς τοῦ υἱοῦ· ὄπερ ἔθος ἤ οὐ γίνεται ἤ εἰς ὑπερβολὴν σπανιώτατα, καὶ παρὰ τοῖς πάνυ ἁπλουστέροις καὶ ἀγροικοτέροις γίνεται.
hora de ei mē kai ergōdes estin to panthʼ hontinoun mathēteuomenon tǭ christǭ, thelonta plēroun tēn legousan entolēn; »Kai hymeis opheilete allēlōn niptein tous podas«, hōs opheilomenon ergon ethelein poiein to nipsai tous sōmatikous kai aisthētous podas tōn adelphōn, ōste tous en hopoiąpotoun hypothesei biou tynchanontas pistous touto poiein, eite en ekklēsiastikę̄ dokountas einai hyperochę̄ episkopous kai presbyterous, eite kai en allois kosmikois tisin axiōmasin; hōste kata touto kai ton despotēn ēkein epi to niptein tous podas tou pisteuontos doulou, kai tous goneis tou huiou; oper ethos ē ou ginetai ē eis hyperbolēn spaniōtata, kai para tois pany haplousterois kai agroikoterois ginetai.
Consider, too, whether it is not burdensome for every single disciple of Christ who wishes to fulfill the commandment that says, “You also ought to wash one another's feet,” to be willing to wash the bodily, perceptible feet of the brothers as a work owed, so that believers in whatever station of life do this, whether those thought to hold pre-eminence in the church, bishops and presbyters, or those in some other worldly dignities; so that on this basis the master would come to wash the feet of his believing slave, and parents the feet of their son. This custom either does not occur or occurs extremely rarely, and then among the very simple and rustic.
32.134Preuschen 4:445
μνημονευτέον δὲ εἰς ταῦτα καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων εἰς τὸ »Ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις »μέρος μετʼ ἐμοῦ«, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ» Γινώσκετε, τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν;«
mnēmoneuteon de eis tauta kai tōn eirēmenōn eis to »Ean mē nipsō se, ouk echeis »meros metʼ emou«, alla kai tou» Ginōskete, ti pepoiēka hymin?«
In connection with this we must also remember what was said on “Unless I wash you, you have no part with me,” and also on “Do you know what I have done to you?”
32.135Preuschen 4:445
καὶ γὰρ πρέπει ὑπόδειγμα ἡμῖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν δεδωκέναι τοῦ νίπτειν πόδας ἀνάλογον τοῖς τροπικῶς ὑπὸ τῆς νύμφης ἐν τῷ ᾄσματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων εἰρημένοις ἐν τῷ »Ἐνιψάμην τοὺς πόδας μου. πῶς μολυνῶ »αὐτούς«;
kai gar prepei hypodeigma hēmin ton Iēsoun dedōkenai tou niptein podas analogon tois tropikōs hypo tēs nymphēs en tǭ ąsmati tōn ąsmatōn eirēmenois en tǭ »Enipsamēn tous podas mou. pōs molynō »autous«?
For it is fitting that Jesus gave us an example of washing feet corresponding to what is said figuratively by the bride in the Song of Songs: “I have washed my feet; how shall I defile them?”
32.136Preuschen 4:445
πρόσχες δὲ τῷ »Ἴνα καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν καὶ ὑμεῖς »πιῆτε« συνεξετάζων αὐτὸ τῷ »Ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος »μετʼ ἐμοῦ«.
prosches de tǭ »Ina kathōs egō epoiēsa hymin kai hymeis »piēte« synexetazōn auto tǭ »Ean mē nipsō se, ouk echeis meros »metʼ emou«.
And attend to “that as I have done to you, you also should do,” examining it together with “Unless I wash you, you have no part with me.”
32.137Preuschen 4:445
ἐὰν δέ τις πρὸς ταῦτα λέγῃ, ὄτι κἄν ἀλληγορῆται, οὐδὲν ἦττον γέγονε καὶ κατὰ τὸ ῥητόν, ἀκουστέον μετὰ τοῦ τροπικοῦ καὶ τῆς φασκούσης λέξεως· »Εἰ οὖν * ἔνιψα τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν, ὁ »κύριος καὶ διδάσκαλος, καὶ ὑμεῖς ὀφείλετε ἀλλήων νίπτειν τοὺς »πόδας. ὑπόδειγμα γὰρ ἔδωκα ὑμῖν ἵνα καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν »καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε«· λεκτέον πρὸς τὸν τοιοῦτον· ἄρʼ ἐπεὶ κατὰ τὸ ῥητὸν γέγονεν τὸ εἰρημένον πρὸς τὸν εἰπόντα Πέτρον· »Οὐ μὴ »νίψῃς μου τοὺς πόδας εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα« τὸ »Ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ »ἔχεις μέρος μετʼ ἐμοῦ«· καὶ ἡμεῖς κατὰ τὸ ῥητὸν τοῖς κατʼ εὐλάβειαν μὴ ἐμπαρέχουσιν ἑαυτῶν τοὺς πόδας ἡμῖν ἴνα αὐτοὺς νἰψωμεν φήσομεν καὶ τολμήσομεν εἰπεῖν τοῖς τοιύτοις τὸ »Ἐὰν μὴ νίψω »σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετʼ ἐμοῦ«.
ean de tis pros tauta legę̄, oti kan allēgorētai, ouden ētton gegone kai kata to rhēton, akousteon meta tou tropikou kai tēs phaskousēs lexeōs; »Ei oun * enipsa tous podas hymōn, ho »kyrios kai didaskalos, kai hymeis opheilete allēōn niptein tous »podas. hypodeigma gar edōka hymin hina kathōs egō epoiēsa hymin »kai hymeis poiēte«; lekteon pros ton toiouton; arʼ epei kata to rhēton gegonen to eirēmenon pros ton eiponta Petron; »Ou mē »nipsę̄s mou tous podas eis ton aiōna« to »Ean mē nipsō se, ouk »echeis meros metʼ emou«; kai hēmeis kata to rhēton tois katʼ eulabeian mē emparechousin heautōn tous podas hēmin ina autous nipsōmen phēsomen kai tolmēsomen eipein tois toiytois to »Ean mē nipsō »se, ouk echeis meros metʼ emou«.
But if someone says in reply to this that, even if it is allegorized, it no less took place according to the letter, and that together with the figurative sense one must also hear the wording which says, “If then I, the Lord and Teacher, have washed your feet, you also ought to wash one another's feet; for I have given you an example, that as I have done to you, you also should do,” we must say to such a person: Since what was said to Peter, who had said, “You shall never wash my feet,” namely “Unless I wash you, you have no part with me,” also took place according to the letter, shall we too, according to the letter, say to those who out of reverence do not offer us their feet to wash, and dare to say to such people, “Unless I wash you, you have no part with me”?
32.138Preuschen 4:445
εἰ δὲ ἐνταῦθα οὐ δυσωπεῖ τὸ ὄ εἶπον, ἐπίσκεψαι τί σε χρὴ λέγειν πρὸς τὴν περὶ τοῦ εἰ χρὴ καὶ τὴν λέξιν πάντως τηρεῖν ἐπαπόρησιν.
ei de entautha ou dysōpei to o eipon, episkepsai ti se chrē legein pros tēn peri tou ei chrē kai tēn lexin pantōs tērein epaporēsin.
And if what I have said does not shame you here, consider what you must say to the difficulty whether one must in every case keep the wording as well.
32.139Preuschen 4:445
ὄτι μὲν οὖν ποτε καθήξει τῷδε μὲν νίψαι τοὺς πόδας τοῦ δεῖνα μαθητοῦ Ἰησοῦ, τῷδε δὲ ἐμπαρασχεῖν αὐτοὺς νιφθησομένους ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, ὡς ἀπὸ ἀγάπης καὶ φιλοφροσύνης τὸν μὲν ποιῆσαι, τὸν δὲ παρασχεῖν, καὶ αύτὸς ἄν ὁμολογήσαιμι.
oti men oun pote kathēxei tǭde men nipsai tous podas tou deina mathētou Iēsou, tǭde de emparaschein autous niphthēsomenous hypʼ autou, hōs apo agapēs kai philophrosynēs ton men poiēsai, ton de paraschein, kai autos an homologēsaimi.
That there will sometimes be occasion for one person to wash the feet of some disciple of Jesus, and for another to offer his feet to be washed by him, the one doing it and the other allowing it out of love and kindness, I myself would also admit.
32.140Preuschen 4:445–446
εἰ δὲ φήσομεν ἔκαστον τῶν μὴ συνειδότων ἑαυτῷ τοῦτο πεποιηκέναι καὶ ἁγίων οὔτω τοὺς πόδας νενιφέναι ὀφειλομένην τινὰ ἐντολὴν μὴ ἀποδεδωκέναι τὴν »Ὀφείλετε ἀλλήων νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας« ὤρα που λεγειν, ἐγγύς που πάντας ὀφειλέτας εἶναι τῆς ἐντολῆς ταύτης. Ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐχ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου † ἐαυτοῦ οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντὸς αὐτόν. εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε, μακάριοί ἐστε ἀὰν ποιῆτε αὐτά. οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω· ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας ἐξελεξάμην· ἀλλʼ ἱνα ἡ γραφὴ πληρωθῇ· Ὁ τρώγων ** τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπʼ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ.
ei de phēsomen ekaston tōn mē syneidotōn heautǭ touto pepoiēkenai kai hagiōn outō tous podas neniphenai opheilomenēn tina entolēn mē apodedōkenai tēn »Opheilete allēōn niptein tous podas« ōra pou legein, engys pou pantas opheiletas einai tēs entolēs tautēs. Amēn legō hymin, ouch estin doulos meizōn tou kyriou † eautou oude apostolos meizōn tou pempsantos auton. ei tauta oidate, makarioi este aan poiēte auta. ou peri pantōn hymōn legō; egō oida tinas exelexamēn; allʼ hina hē graphē plērōthę̄; Ho trōgōn ** ton arton, epēren epʼ eme tēn pternan autou.
But if we say that each of those who are not conscious of having done this, and of having thus washed the feet of the saints, has failed to pay a debt owed under the commandment “You ought to wash one another's feet,” it is time, I suppose, to say that nearly everyone is a debtor under this commandment. “Truly I tell you, a slave is not greater than his lord, nor is an apostle greater than the one who sent him. If you know these things, blessed are you if you do them. I do not speak of all of you; I know whom I have chosen; but it is so that the Scripture may be fulfilled: He who eats my bread has lifted up his heel against me.”
32.141Preuschen 4:446
Ἔτι καὶ ταῦτα ἔχεσθαί μοι δοκεῖ τοῦ δεῖν τὰ περὶ τῆς τῶν ποδῶν νίψεως τροπολογεῖν· τὸ γὰρ »Εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε. »μακάριοί ἐστε ἐὰν ποιῆτε αὐτὰ «οὐδενὸς ποιητέου προειρημένου ἥ περὶ τῆς νίψεως τῶν ποδῶν, ἐπʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἔχει.
Eti kai tauta echesthai moi dokei tou dein ta peri tēs tōn podōn nipseōs tropologein; to gar »Ei tauta oidate. »makarioi este ean poiēte auta «oudenos poiēteou proeirēmenou hē peri tēs nipseōs tōn podōn, epʼ ekeinēn tēn anaphoran echei.
These words too seem to me to support the need to interpret what concerns the washing of the feet figuratively. For “If you know these things, blessed are you if you do them,” since nothing to be done has been mentioned before except the washing of the feet, refers to that.
32.142Preuschen 4:446
τὰ δὲ κατὰ τον τὄπον μαθήματα, πῶς τε πόδες μαθητῶν μολύνονται ἤδη λουσαμέων, καὶ τίνα τρόπον πλύνονται, εἰδέναι ὡς ὁ λόγος βούλεται, καὶ ποιεῖν ὡς θέλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἀληθῶς μακαρίων ἐστὶν ἔργον.
ta de kata ton topon mathēmata, pōs te podes mathētōn molynontai ēdē lousameōn, kai tina tropon plynontai, eidenai hōs ho logos bouletai, kai poiein hōs thelei ho Iēsous, alēthōs makariōn estin ergon.
But the lessons of this passage, how the feet of disciples who have already bathed are defiled, and in what way they are washed, to know them as the Word wishes and to do them as Jesus wills, is truly the work of the blessed.
32.143Preuschen 4:446
οὐ γὰρ τὸ τηλικοῦτον ὄνομα τὸ >μακάριον< εὕλογον ἐπὶ τοῖς τυχοῦσιν φῆσαι παρεῖναί τισιν, ἐφʼ ᾧ καὶ οἰκέτης ἂν πλύνων τοὺς πόδας τοῦ δεσπότου μακάριος ἂν κατʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο δόξαι τυγχάνειν καὶ κόλαξ καὶ ὑποκριτής· ὃ γὰρ ἡμεῖς ἀποδίδομεν, νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας μαθητῶν Ἰησοῦ μεγάλου τινός ἐστιν καὶ Ἰησοῦν ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἔχοντος καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς μακαρίου.
ou gar to tēlikouton onoma to >makarion< heulogon epi tois tychousin phēsai pareinai tisin, ephʼ hǭ kai oiketēs an plynōn tous podas tou despotou makarios an katʼ auto touto doxai tynchanein kai kolax kai hypokritēs; ho gar hēmeis apodidomen, niptein tous podas mathētōn Iēsou megalou tinos estin kai Iēsoun en heautǭ echontos kai hapaxaplōs makariou.
For it is not reasonable to say that so great a title as “blessed” belongs to some people for ordinary things, as a result of which even a household slave washing his master's feet, and a flatterer and a hypocrite, would seem to be blessed by that very act. For what we are explaining, washing the feet of Jesus' disciples, belongs to someone great, who has Jesus in himself, and who is simply blessed.
32.144Preuschen 4:446
χρὴ δὲ εἰδέναι τοῦτο, ὅτι παράκειται τῷ ῥητῷ τούτῳ ὅμοια· ἐν μὲν τῷ κατὰ Ματθαῖον τὸ »Οὐκ ἔστιον μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οἴδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν »κύριον αὐτοῦ. ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ, ἴωα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος »αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ«· ἐν δὲ τῷ κατὰ Λουκᾶν τὸ »Οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὐπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον· κατηρτισμένος δὲ πᾶς »ἔστω ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ«.
chrē de eidenai touto, hoti parakeitai tǭ rhētǭ toutǭ homoia; en men tǭ kata Matthaion to »Ouk estion mathētēs hyper ton didaskalon, oide doulos hyper ton »kyrion autou. arketon tǭ mathētę̄, iōa genētai hōs ho didaskalos »autou kai ho doulos hōs ho kyrios autou«; en de tǭ kata Loukan to »Ouk estin mathētēs yper ton didaskalon; katērtismenos de pas »estō hōs ho didaskalos autou«.
One must know this: that parallel to this text there are similar ones: in Matthew, “A disciple is not above the teacher, nor a slave above his lord. It is sufficient for the disciple to become like his teacher, and the slave like his lord”; and in Luke, “A disciple is not above the teacher; but everyone fully trained will be like his teacher.”
32.145Preuschen 4:446
Ἑξῆς τούτῳ ἐστὶν ζητῆσαι τὸ »Οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω« ἐπὶ τί λελεγμένον ἀνοίσομεν. ὁ μὲν οὖν τις φήσει ἐπὶ τὸ »Μακὰ- »ριοί ἐστε ἀὰν ποιὴτε αὐητά«· οὐ γὰρ μακάριος Ἰούδας. οὐ νομίζω δὲ ὐγιῶς ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἀναφέρεσθαι τὸ λεγόμενον.
Hexēs toutǭ estin zētēsai to »Ou peri pantōn hymōn legō« epi ti lelegmenon anoisomen. ho men oun tis phēsei epi to »Maka- »rioi este aan poiēte auēta«; ou gar makarios Ioudas. ou nomizō de ygiōs epi touto anapheresthai to legomenon.
Next we must inquire to what we shall refer “I do not speak of all of you.” Someone will say it refers to “Blessed are you if you do them,” for Judas was not blessed. But I do not think the saying is soundly referred to this.
32.146Preuschen 4:446–447
τοῦτο γᾶρ ὅλον καὶ περὶ Ἰούδα καὶ παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν, κἄν φαυλότατος ᾖ, ἀληθὲς τὸ Μακάριος εἶ ὁ δεῖνα ἐὰν ποιήσῃς τάδε· ὡς εἰ λέγοιμι καὶ τῷ ἀκολάστῳ, εἰ καὶ μὴ ἀκούσεται τῶν λελομένων μηδὲ σωμρονήσει· >μακάριος εἶ, ἐὰν σωφρονήσῆς<· καὶ τῷ σοφίαν ἐξουδενοῦντι, εἰ καὶ ἐπιβαίνει τῇ προαιρέσει ταύτῃ· >μακάριος εἶ, ἐὰν σοφίαν καὶ παιδείαν ἀναλάβῃς>.
touto gar holon kai peri Iouda kai pantos houtinosoun, kan phaulotatos ę̄, alēthes to Makarios ei ho deina ean poiēsę̄s tade; hōs ei legoimi kai tǭ akolastǭ, ei kai mē akousetai tōn lelomenōn mēde sōmronēsei; >makarios ei, ean sōphronēsēs<; kai tǭ sophian exoudenounti, ei kai epibainei tę̄ proairesei tautę̄; >makarios ei, ean sophian kai paideian analabę̄s>.
For this whole statement is true of Judas and of anyone at all, however base: “You are blessed, so-and-so, if you do these things”; as if I were to say to the licentious man, even if he will not listen to what is said or become self-controlled, “You are blessed if you become self-controlled”; and to one who despises wisdom, even if he persists in this choice, “You are blessed if you take up wisdom and instruction.”
32.147Preuschen 4:447
μήποτε οὖν τὸ »Οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω« ἀνοίσομεν εἰς τὸ εἰρημένον τὸ »Οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείξων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ«.
mēpote oun to »Ou peri pantōn hymōn legō« anoisomen eis to eirēmenon to »Ouk estin doulos meixōn tou kyriou autou«.
Perhaps, then, we shall refer “I do not speak of all of you” to what was said: “A slave is not greater than his lord.”
32.148Preuschen 4:447
ἐπεὶ γὰρ »Πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας«, ἐποίει δὲ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ὁ Ἰούδας, καὶ μάλιστα τοῦ διαβόλου βεβληκάτος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ ἵνα παραδῷ τὸν σωτῆρα, δοῦλος ἦν Ἰούδας τῆς ἀμαρτίας.
epei gar »Pas ho poiōn tēn hamartian, doulos estin tēs hamartias«, epoiei de tēn hamartian ho Ioudas, kai malista tou diabolou beblēkatos eis tēn kardian autou hina paradǭ ton sōtēra, doulos ēn Ioudas tēs amartias.
For since “everyone who commits sin is a slave of sin,” and Judas was committing sin, especially when the devil had put it into his heart to betray the Savior, Judas was a slave of sin.
32.149Preuschen 4:447
δοῦλος δὲ ὢν τῆς ἀμαρτίας, οὐκ ἦν τοῦ λόγου τοῦ θεοῦ δοῦλος.
doulos de ōn tēs amartias, ouk ēn tou logou tou theou doulos.
And being a slave of sin, he was not a slave of the Word of God.
32.150Preuschen 4:447
οὕτω δὲ οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἔετι ἦν· ἤδη γὰρ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐγεγόνει, βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ ἵνα παραδῷ τὸν σωτπηρα.
houtō de oude apostolos tou Iēsou eeti ēn; ēdē gar tou diabolou egegonei, beblēkotos eis tēn kardian autou hina paradǭ ton sōtpēra.
And so he was no longer an apostle of Jesus either; for he had already become the devil's, since the devil had put it into his heart to betray the Savior.
32.151Preuschen 4:447
διὰ ἁρνούμενος αὐτὸν εἶναι δοῦλον ἐαυτοῦ ὁ σωτὴρ καὶ ἀπόστολον εἶπεν μετὰ τὸ »Οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων »τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν « τὸ »Οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω«.
dia harnoumenos auton einai doulon eautou ho sōtēr kai apostolon eipen meta to »Ouk estin doulos meizōn »tou kyriou autou, oude apostolos meizōn tou pempsantos auton « to »Ou peri pantōn hymōn legō«.
Therefore the Savior, denying that he was his slave and apostle, said after “A slave is not greater than his lord, nor is an apostle greater than the one who sent him” the words, “I do not speak of all of you.”
32.152Preuschen 4:447
Μετὰ τοῦτο ἴδωμεν τὸ »Ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας ἐξελεξάμην, ὅπερ ἀπλούστερον μὲν τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· τίς ἐστιν ἔκαστος ὦν ἐξελεξάμην οἶδα· οἶδα οὖν καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ Ἰούδας καὶ οὐ λανθάνει με, τοῦ διαβόλου ἥδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ τὰ κατʼ ἐμοῦ. καὶ τοιοῦτον δὲ ἔχει νοῦν διά τινα τῆς γραφῆς πεερὶ τοῦ »οἶδα« συνήθειαν καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων τῇ λέξει ταύτῃ· ὁποῖόν ἐστιν καὶ τὸ »ἔγνων«.
Meta touto idōmen to »Egō oida tinas exelexamēn, hoper aplousteron men toiouton estin; tis estin ekastos ōn exelexamēn oida; oida oun kai tis estin ho Ioudas kai ou lanthanei me, tou diabolou hēdē beblēkotos eis tēn kardian autou ta katʼ emou. kai toiouton de echei noun dia tina tēs graphēs peeri tou »oida« synētheian kai tōn homoiōn tę̄ lexei tautę̄; hopoion estin kai to »egnōn«.
After this let us look at “I know whom I have chosen,” which in the simpler sense means this: “I know who each of those I have chosen is; so I know who Judas is too, and he does not escape my notice, now that the devil has put into his heart what is against me.” But it also has this meaning, because of a certain usage of Scripture concerning “I know” and words like it, of which “I knew” is an example.
32.153Preuschen 4:447
φησί που ὀ σωτῆρ ἐρεῖν τοῖς λέξουσιν· »Τῷ ὀνόματί σου ἐφάγομεν, »καὶ ἐπίομεν, καὶ δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν« τὸ »Οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς« καὶ τὸ »Οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς πάθεν ἐστέ«· ὅπερ ἀὰν ἁπλούστερον νοῆται, παρὰ τὸ ἀξίωμα δόξομεν τοῦ σωτῆρος ὑπολαμβάνειν.
phēsi pou o sōtēr erein tois lexousin; »Tǭ onomati sou ephagomen, »kai epiomen, kai daimonia exebalomen« to »Oudepote egnōn hymas« kai to »Ouk oida hymas pathen este«; hoper aan haplousteron noētai, para to axiōma doxomen tou sōtēros hypolambanein.
The Savior says somewhere that he will say to those who will say, “In your name we ate and drank, and cast out demons,” the words “I never knew you” and “I do not know where you are from”; if this is understood in the simpler sense, we shall seem to be conceiving of it in a way unworthy of the Savior.
32.154Preuschen 4:447
ἀλλὰ μήποτε ἐπεὶ »Ἔγνω κύριος τοὺς ὅντας αὐτοῦ«, τοῦς μὴ ὄντας αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔγνε, καὶ ὤς φησι περί τινων τὸ »Οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς«, οὔτω εἴποι ἄν καὶ περὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα, εἰ μὲν † οὖν· »Οὐδέεποτε ἔγνων σε«· εἰ δὲ γενόμενος μεταπέπτωκεν, λεχείη ἄν πρὸς αὺτόν· »Οὐκ οἶδά σε «πόθεν εἶ«.
alla mēpote epei »Egnō kyrios tous hontas autou«, tous mē ontas autou ouk egne, kai ōs phēsi peri tinōn to »Oudepote egnōn hymas«, outō eipoi an kai peri tou Iouda, ei men † oun; »Oudeepote egnōn se«; ei de genomenos metapeptōken, lecheiē an pros auton; »Ouk oida se «pothen ei«.
But perhaps, since “The Lord knew those who are his,” he did not know those who are not his; and as he says of some, “I never knew you,” so he might also say of Judas, if … , “I never knew you”; but if, having become his, he has fallen away, it might be said to him, “I do not know where you are from.”
32.155Preuschen 4:447
καὶ νῦν οὖν τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βαβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ τὰ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς. διὸ οὐκ εἶπεν· >νῦν ἐγὼ οἶδα πάντας τοὺς παρόντας<, ἀλλʼ »Ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας »ἐξελεξάμην«, ὡς εἰ ἔλεγεν >τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς μου>.
kai nyn oun tou diabolou ēdē bablēkotos eis tēn kardian autou ta kata tou Iēsou, ouk oiden auton ho Iēsous. dio ouk eipen; >nyn egō oida pantas tous parontas<, allʼ »Egō oida tinas »exelexamēn«, hōs ei elegen >tous eklektous mou>.
And now, then, since the devil had already put into his heart the things against Jesus, Jesus does not know him. That is why he did not say, “Now I know all who are present,” but “I know whom I have chosen,” as if he were saying “my chosen ones.”
32.156Preuschen 4:447–448
οὐ περὶ πάντων δὲ τῶν παρόντων φημὶ τὸ »Ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας ἐξελεξάμην« καὶ γίνεται τὸ γινόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐενὸς ἐξ ὑμῶν παραδώσοντός με, ἵνα πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα γραφή· »Ὁ τρώγων μου τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπʼ ἐμὲ τὴν »πτέρναν αὐτοῦ«.
ou peri pantōn de tōn parontōn phēmi to »Egō oida tinas exelexamēn« kai ginetai to ginomenon hypo tou eenos ex hymōn paradōsontos me, hina plērōthę̄ hē legousa graphē; »Ho trōgōn mou ton arton, epēren epʼ eme tēn »pternan autou«.
“I do not say ‘I know whom I have chosen’ of all who are present; and what is being done by the one of you who will betray me is being done so that the Scripture may be fulfilled which says, ‘He who eats my bread has lifted up his heel against me.’”
32.157Preuschen 4:448
παραπέφρασται δὲ τὸ ῥητὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ τεσσαμου, »ἐφʼ ὅν ἥλπισα, ὁ ἐσθίων ἄρτους μου ἐμεγάλυνεν ἐπʼ ἐμὲ πτερνι- »σμόν«.
parapephrastai de to rhēton apo tou tessamou, »ephʼ hon hēlpisa, ho esthiōn artous mou emegalynen epʼ eme pterni- »smon«.
The text has been paraphrased from the fortieth Psalm: “in whom I hoped, he who eats my bread has magnified his heel against me.”
32.158Preuschen 4:448
οὐκοῦν ὁ σωτὴρ τὸ ῥητὸν τοῦτο περὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα κααὶ ἐαυτοῦ φησιν εἰρῆσθαι. ἐν ᾦ ξητήσεις, πῶς ἄνθρωπος εἰρήνης Ἰούδας ἦν καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ὁ σωτὴρ ἤλπισεν.
oukoun ho sōtēr to rhēton touto peri tou Iouda kaai eautou phēsin eirēsthai. en ǭ xētēseis, pōs anthrōpos eirēnēs Ioudas ēn kai epʼ auton ho sōtēr ēlpisen.
So the Savior says this text was spoken about Judas and himself. In this you will inquire how Judas was a man of peace, and how the Savior hoped in him.
32.159Preuschen 4:448
δηλοῦσθαι οὖν διὰ τούτων νομίζω ὄτι γνησίως ποτὲ ἐπεπιστεύκει· οὐ γὰρ ἄν μηδέποτε υἱὸν εἰρήνης γενόμενον αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλων μετὰ τῶν λοιτπῶν ἀποστόλων ἔλεγεν καὶ αὐτῷ· τοῖς γὰρ δώδεκα ἀναγέγραπται εἰρηκέναι τὸ »Εἴπατε, »εἰρήνη τῷ οἶκῳ τούτῳ. καὶ ἐὰν ἐκεῖ ᾖ υἰὸς εἰρήνης, ἡ εἰρήνη »ὑμῶν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἀναπαύσεται· εἰ δὲ μή γε, ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς ἀνακάμψει«.
dēlousthai oun dia toutōn nomizō oti gnēsiōs pote epepisteukei; ou gar an mēdepote huion eirēnēs genomenon auton apostellōn meta tōn loitpōn apostolōn elegen kai autǭ; tois gar dōdeka anagegraptai eirēkenai to »Eipate, »eirēnē tǭ oikǭ toutǭ. kai ean ekei ę̄ uios eirēnēs, hē eirēnē »hymōn epʼ auton anapausetai; ei de mē ge, hē eirēnē hymōn ephʼ hymas anakampsei«.
I think, then, that this shows he had once genuinely believed. For if he had never become a son of peace, Jesus would not have said to him too, when sending him with the other apostles (for it is recorded that he said to the Twelve), “Say, Peace to this house. And if a son of peace is there, your peace will rest upon him; but if not, your peace will return to you.”
32.160Preuschen 4:448
καὶ γὰρ ὅρα μεθ ’ ὅσα ὁ διάβολος ἔβαλεν αὐτοῦ εἶναι μεμαρτύρηται.
kai gar hora meth ’ hosa ho diabolos ebalen autou einai memartyrētai.
For see after how many things it is testified that the devil put … of his.
32.161Preuschen 4:448
οὐκ ἄν δʼ οἶμαι ἀρχῆθεν κλέπτης ὤν ἐπιστεύθη τὸ γλωσσόκομον· ἄξιος οὖν τοῦ πιστευθῆναι ὤν, εἰ καὶ προεγνώσθη μεταπεσούμενος, ἐπιστεύθη.
ouk an dʼ oimai archēthen kleptēs ōn episteuthē to glōssokomon; axios oun tou pisteuthēnai ōn, ei kai proegnōsthē metapesoumenos, episteuthē.
And I do not think he would have been entrusted with the money-box if he had been a thief from the beginning; being worthy of trust, then, he was entrusted with it, even if it was foreknown that he would fall away.
32.162Preuschen 4:448
καὶ τηλικοῦτος ἦν ἄναὐτῷ, ὡς καλῷ ἀποστόλῳ, ἐσχηκέναι· ἄκουε γὰρ τοῦ »Ἐφʼ ὅν »ἥλπισα«.
kai tēlikoutos ēn anautǭ, hōs kalǭ apostolǭ, eschēkenai; akoue gar tou »Ephʼ hon »hēlpisa«.
And so great was the hope that Jesus had in him, as in a good apostle; for hear “in whom I hoped.”
32.163Preuschen 4:448
ἐγὼ δʼ οἶμαι ὄτι καὶ λόγων ἀπορρήτων τροφιμωτάτων κεκοινώνηκεν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις, ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ λαβών, περὶ ὧν εἶπεν·
egō dʼ oimai oti kai logōn aporrētōn trophimōtatōn kekoinōnēken tois apostolois, apo Iēsou labōn, peri hōn eipen;
And I think that he also shared with the apostles in most nourishing secret words, received from Jesus, about which he said:
32.164Preuschen 4:448
»Ὁ ἐσθίων ἄρτους μου«. τὸ δὲ »Ἐμεγάλυνεν ἐπʼ ἐμὲ πτέρναν αὐτοῦ« μεταπέφρασται εἰς τὸ »Ἐπῆρεν ἐπʼ ἐμὲ* πτέρναν αὐτοῦ«, ὡς ταὐτὸν εἶναι τὸ »Ἐμεγάλυνεν« τῷ »Ἐπῆρεν«.
»Ho esthiōn artous mou«. to de »Emegalynen epʼ eme pternan autou« metapephrastai eis to »Epēren epʼ eme* pternan autou«, hōs tauton einai to »Emegalynen« tǭ »Epēren«.
“He who eats my bread.” And “has magnified his heel against me” has been paraphrased as “has lifted up his heel against me,” so that “magnified” means the same as “lifted up.”
32.165Preuschen 4:448
καὶ εἰ χρὴ τὴν »Ἐπῆρεν ἐπʼ »ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ« καὶ »Ἐμεγάλυνεν ἐπʼ ἐμὲ πτερνισμὸν »αὐτοῦ« σαφηνίσαι λέξιν, φήσομεν ὅτι τοῦτο ποιεῖ ὁ λὰξ ἐντείνων τινί· τοιοῦτος δὲ καὶ Ἰούδας ἦν, τὸν υἰὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καταπατῶν.
kai ei chrē tēn »Epēren epʼ »eme tēn pternan autou« kai »Emegalynen epʼ eme pternismon »autou« saphēnisai lexin, phēsomen hoti touto poiei ho lax enteinōn tini; toioutos de kai Ioudas ēn, ton uion tou theou katapatōn.
And if we must make plain the expression “has lifted up his heel against me” and “has magnified his heel against me,” we shall say that this is what one does who kicks at someone; and such was Judas, trampling on the Son of God.
32.166Preuschen 4:448–449
καὶ τρώγων ἦν μετὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τὸν ἄρτον αὐτοῦ, ὄτε βάψας ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὸ ψωμίον λαμβάνει, καὶ δίδωσιν Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτῃ.
kai trōgōn ēn meta tou Iēsou ton arton autou, ote bapsas ho Iēsous to psōmion lambanei, kai didōsin Ioudą Simōnos Iskariōtę̄.
And he was eating his bread with Jesus when Jesus, having dipped the morsel, takes it and gives it to Judas son of Simon Iscariot.
32.167Preuschen 4:449
ἐπῆρεν δὲ Ἰούδας ἐπὶ τὸν διδάσκαλον τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ, ὄτε μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον εἰσῆλθεν ὁ Σατανᾶς εἰς τὸν Ἰούδαν.
epēren de Ioudas epi ton didaskalon tēn pternan autou, ote meta to psōmion eisēlthen ho Satanas eis ton Ioudan.
And Judas lifted up his heel against the teacher when, after the morsel, Satan entered into Judas.
32.168Preuschen 4:449
εἰ δὲ δύναται καὶ τὸ »Ἡ ἀνομία τῆς πτερνης μου κυκλώσει με« συνεξεταζόμενον τῷ »Ἐπῆρεν ἐπʼ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ« ἀναφέρεσθαι ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰούδαν, γενόμενον ἐν τῇ μερίδι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ καὶ κτῆμα χρηματίσαντα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀπόστολον, πτέρναν δὲ διὰ τὸ τελευταῖον αὐτὸν γεγονέναι τροπικῶς λεγόμενον, καὶ αὐτὸς συνεπισκέψει. Ἀπʼ ἄρτι λέγωὐμῖν πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι, ἴνα πιστεύητε ὅπαν γένηται ὄτι ἐγώ εἰμι.
ei de dynatai kai to »Hē anomia tēs pternēs mou kyklōsei me« synexetazomenon tǭ »Epēren epʼ eme tēn pternan autou« anapheresthai epi ton Ioudan, genomenon en tę̄ meridi tou Iēsou kai ktēma chrēmatisanta autou kai apostolon, pternan de dia to teleutaion auton gegonenai tropikōs legomenon, kai autos synepiskepsei. Apʼ arti legōymin pro tou genesthai, ina pisteuēte hopan genētai oti egō eimi.
Whether “The iniquity of my heel will surround me,” examined together with “He has lifted up his heel against me,” can also be referred to Judas, who came to be in Jesus' portion and was called his possession and apostle, but is figuratively called his “heel” because he became the last, you yourself will also consider. “From now on I tell you before it happens, so that you may believe, when it happens, that I am.”
32.169Preuschen 4:449
Τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἡ λέξις αὕτη ἔχει τὸ προειρημένον τὸ »Οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω· ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας ἐξελεξάμην· ἀλλʼ »ἴνα ἡ γραφὴ πληρωθῇ· Ὁ τρώγων μετʼ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν »ἐπʼ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ«· τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ ἐσόμενον, ἴνα ἡ γραφὴ πληρωθῇ περὶ τοῦ ἐπαίροντος ἐπʼ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν, καὶ λέγω πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι, ἵνα, ἐπὰν γένηται τὸ πληρωθησόμενον τῶν προφητευθέντων ἐν τῇ γραφῇ, πιστεύσητε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι περὶ οὑ ταῦτα πεπροφήτευται, ἀπὰ τοῦ τρώγοντος μετʼ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἄρτον ἐπά- Ζητήσαι δʼ ἄν τις πῶν εἴρηται τοῖς μαθηταῖς,
Tēn anaphoran hē lexis hautē echei to proeirēmenon to »Ou peri pantōn hymōn legō; egō oida tinas exelexamēn; allʼ »ina hē graphē plērōthę̄; Ho trōgōn metʼ emou ton arton, epēren »epʼ eme tēn pternan autou«; touto gar to esomenon, ina hē graphē plērōthę̄ peri tou epairontos epʼ arti legō hymin, kai legō pro tou genesthai, hina, epan genētai to plērōthēsomenon tōn prophēteuthentōn en tę̄ graphę̄, pisteusēte hoti egō eimi peri hou tauta peprophēteutai, apa tou trōgontos metʼ autou ton arton epa- Zētēsai dʼ an tis pōn eirētai tois mathētais,
This saying refers to what was said before: “I do not speak of all of you; I know whom I have chosen; but it is so that the Scripture may be fulfilled: He who eats bread with me has lifted up his heel against me.” For this is what will happen, so that the Scripture may be fulfilled about the one who lifts up … “From now on I tell you, and I tell you before it happens, so that, when what is to be fulfilled of the things prophesied in Scripture happens, you may believe that I am he about whom these things have been prophesied, … by the one who eats bread with him.” But someone might ask how it was said to the disciples,
32.170Preuschen 4:449
ὦν ἔνιψεν τοὺς πόδας ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὡς μηδέπω πιστεύσασιν ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς εἴη ὁ χριστός, τὸ »Ἀπʼ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι« καὶ διὰ τοῦτο λέγω »ἴνʼὄταν γένηται πιστεύσητε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι« ὁ προφητευθεὶς χριστός.
ōn enipsen tous podas ho Iēsous, hōs mēdepō pisteusasin hoti kai autos eiē ho christos, to »Apʼ arti legō hymin pro tou genesthai« kai dia touto legō »inʼotan genētai pisteusēte hoti egō eimi« ho prophēteutheis christos.
whose feet Jesus had washed, as though they had not yet believed that he himself was the Christ: “From now on I tell you before it happens,” and “I tell you this so that when it happens you may believe that I am” the prophesied Christ.
32.171Preuschen 4:449
καὶ ὅρα εἰ δυνάμεθα, μὴ κατηγοροῦντες τῶν τηλικούτων Ἰησοῦ μαπόντος· ὡς οὐδέπω πεπιστευκότων, καὶ τὸ βούλημα σώζειν τοῦ εἰποντος·
kai hora ei dynametha, mē katēgorountes tōn tēlikoutōn Iēsou mapontos; hōs oudepō pepisteukotōn, kai to boulēma sōzein tou eipontos;
And see whether we can, without accusing such great men, as though Jesus' words implied that they had not yet believed, also preserve the intention of the one who said:
32.172Preuschen 4:449
»Ἵνα πιστεεύητε ὅταν γένηται ὄτι ἐγώ εἰμι«. ὀ παραλαμβάνων σοφίας θεωρήματα ἔσθʼ ὄτε ἐπὶ προτέροις, διʼ ἅ ἥδη σοφός ἔστιν, ἀναλαμβάνει δεύτερα, ἐφʼ οἶς οὐ πρότερον ἦν σοφός, καὶ σοφώτερος ἔσται· καθὼς λέγεται καὶ τὸ »Τῶνδε γὰρ ἀκούσας »σοφός, σοφώτερος ἔσται«.
»Hina pisteeuēte hotan genētai oti egō eimi«. o paralambanōn sophias theōrēmata esthʼ ote epi proterois, diʼ ha hēdē sophos estin, analambanei deutera, ephʼ ois ou proteron ēn sophos, kai sophōteros estai; kathōs legetai kai to »Tōnde gar akousas »sophos, sophōteros estai«.
“So that you may believe, when it happens, that I am.” One who receives insights of wisdom sometimes, beyond the earlier ones through which he is already wise, takes up further ones, in respect of which he was not wise before, and he will be wiser; as it is also said, “For having heard these things the wise man will be wiser.”
32.173Preuschen 4:449–450
ὥσπερ οὖν, εἰ ἐλέγετο τῷ σοφῷ τάδε τινὰ καὶ ἐπεφέρετο· ταῦτά σε ποιεῖ σοφόν· οὐ πάντως ἐκ τοῦ μὴ σοφοῦ σοφὸν ἐνοήσαμεν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ σοφοῦ σοφώτερον, ὠς ἐπιγινομένης τῆς προκοπῆς καὶ ὀδευούσης ἐπὶ τὴν τελειότητα· οὔτω μοι νόει καὶ τὸν πιστεύοντα δδύνασθαι πιστότερον γενέσθαι.
hōsper oun, ei elegeto tǭ sophǭ tade tina kai epephereto; tauta se poiei sophon; ou pantōs ek tou mē sophou sophon enoēsamen alla kai ek sophou sophōteron, ōs epiginomenēs tēs prokopēs kai odeuousēs epi tēn teleiotēta; outō moi noei kai ton pisteuonta ddynasthai pistoteron genesthai.
Just as, then, if some things were said to a wise man and it were added, “These things make you wise,” we would not necessarily understand it to mean wise from not wise, but also wiser from wise, as progress is added and advances toward perfection; so, I pray you, understand that the believer too can become more believing.
32.174Preuschen 4:450
καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἀπόστολοι, προσελθόντες ποτὲ τῷ κυρίῳ, οὐχ ἐαυτῶν κατηγοροῦντες ὡς ἀπιστων ἔλεγον αὐτῷ τὸ »Κύριε, πρόσθες ἡμῖν »πίστιν«· καὰ γὰρ ἐν τῷ »πρόσθες« σαφῶς παρίσταται ὅτι πίστιν εἶχον χωροῦσαν προσθήκην.
kai gar hoi apostoloi, proselthontes pote tǭ kyriǭ, ouch eautōn katēgorountes hōs apistōn elegon autǭ to »Kyrie, prosthes hēmin »pistin«; kaa gar en tǭ »prosthes« saphōs paristatai hoti pistin eichon chōrousan prosthēkēn.
For the apostles too, when they once came to the Lord, did not accuse themselves of being unbelieving when they said to him, “Lord, add to our faith”; for in “add” it is clearly shown that they had faith capable of addition.
32.175Preuschen 4:450
εἴπερ οὖν συνήκαμεν ταῦτα, νόει μοι τὰς προσθήκας τῶν πιστοποιούντων μετά τινα πράτερον πιστοποιήσαντα προστιθέναι τῇ πίστει· ὥστε καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς πρὸς οὖς εἶχον πιστοποιητικοῖς καὶ τοῦτο προσειληφέναι τὸ βλέεπειν πληρουμένην τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ«, παριστάντος τοῦ προφητευομένου ὅτι αὐτὸς ἦν περὶ οὖ ταθτα ἐθεσπίζετο.
eiper oun synēkamen tauta, noei moi tas prosthēkas tōn pistopoiountōn meta tina prateron pistopoiēsanta prostithenai tę̄ pistei; hōste kai tous mathētas pros ous eichon pistopoiētikois kai touto proseilēphenai to bleepein plēroumenēn tēn pternan autou«, paristantos tou prophēteuomenou hoti autos ēn peri ou tathta ethespizeto.
If, then, we have understood this, understand, I pray you, that further things which produce faith, coming after something earlier that produced faith, add to faith; so that the disciples too, besides the things that produced faith which they already had, received this as well: seeing fulfilled … “his heel,” since what was prophesied showed that he was the one about whom these things were foretold.
32.176Preuschen 4:450
καὶ ἄκουε τοῦ »Ἵνα πιστεύητε« ὡς ἴσου δυναμένου τῷ >ἵνα † πιστεύητε ἐενεργῆτε<, παραμένοντες τῷ πιστεύειν καὶ μηδεμίαν ἀφορμὴν πρὸς τὸ μετατίθεσθαι ἴσχοντες.
kai akoue tou »Hina pisteuēte« hōs isou dynamenou tǭ >hina † pisteuēte eenergēte<, paramenontes tǭ pisteuein kai mēdemian aphormēn pros to metatithesthai ischontes.
And hear “so that you may believe” as equivalent to “so that you may be active in believing,” remaining in belief and having no occasion to change.
32.177Preuschen 4:450
καὶ εἴ τοι μὴ μεγέθει μεγάλη ἡ πίστις ἦν ἤ πλήθει πολλή, οὐκ ἄν ἔλεγεν ὁ παῦλος τὸ »Κἄν ἔχω πάσαν τὴν πίστιν«.
kai ei toi mē megethei megalē hē pistis ēn ē plēthei pollē, ouk an elegen ho paulos to »Kan echō pasan tēn pistin«.
And if faith were not great in magnitude or much in quantity, Paul would not have said, “Even if I have all faith.”
32.178Preuschen 4:450
ὤσπερ γὰρ ὁ τέλειος καὶ πάσας ἔκων τὰς ἀρετάς, τελείαν ἐκάστην ἀναλαβών, τελείαν ἔκει τὴν σοφίαν καὶ τελείαν τὴν σωφροσύνην, οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὴν εὐσέβειαν καὶ τὰς λοιπάς· οὔτως ἄν τις εἴποι τῇ τοῦ πιστεύειν ἀρετῇ τέλειος τὸ πάσαν ἔχειν τὴν πίστιν.
ōsper gar ho teleios kai pasas ekōn tas aretas, teleian ekastēn analabōn, teleian ekei tēn sophian kai teleian tēn sōphrosynēn, houtō de kai tēn eusebeian kai tas loipas; outōs an tis eipoi tę̄ tou pisteuein aretę̄ teleios to pasan echein tēn pistin.
For just as the perfect man, who has all the virtues, having taken up each one perfectly, has perfect wisdom and perfect self-control, and likewise piety and the rest, so one who is perfect in the virtue of believing might be said to have all faith.
32.179Preuschen 4:450
ταῦτα δέ φημι ὡς οὐ κυρίως ἄν λεχθησομένης τῆς ἀτελοῦς σοφίας ἤσωφροσύνης ἢ εὐσεβείας ἢ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀρετῶν, ἀλλὰ καταχρηστικῶς, καὶ τῶν ἐν ἐκάστῃ ἀρετῇ προκοπῶν ὁμωνύμως τῇ τελείᾳ ὀνομαζομένων.
tauta de phēmi hōs ou kyriōs an lechthēsomenēs tēs atelous sophias ēsōphrosynēs ē eusebeias ē tōn loipōn aretōn, alla katachrēstikōs, kai tōn en ekastę̄ aretę̄ prokopōn homōnymōs tę̄ teleią onomazomenōn.
I say this because imperfect wisdom or self-control or piety or the other virtues would not be so called in the proper sense but loosely, the stages of progress in each virtue being called by the same name as the perfect virtue.
32.180Preuschen 4:450
οὕτω γὰρ σοφὸς λέγεται ὁ ἀμαρτάνων μέν τινα ὠς ἐλέγχου δεῖσθαι, οὐ μὴν καὶ μισῶν τοὺς ἐλέγχοντας ἀλλὰ καὶ μᾶλλον ἀγαπῶν, καθʼ ὅ γέγρατιται· »Ἔλεγχε σοφόν, καὶ ἀγαπήσει σε«.
houtō gar sophos legetai ho amartanōn men tina ōs elenchou deisthai, ou mēn kai misōn tous elenchontas alla kai mallon agapōn, kathʼ ho gegratitai; »Elenche sophon, kai agapēsei se«.
In this sense a man is called wise who sins in some respects so as to need reproof, yet does not hate those who reprove him but rather loves them, as it is written, “Reprove a wise man, and he will love you.”
32.181Preuschen 4:450
οὔτω δὲ καὶ σοφὸς λέγεται, ἐπιδεκτικὸς ὤν ἐτέρων θεωρημάτων σοφίας καὶ μηδέπω ἔχων τὰ δεύτερα, καθʼ ὅ λέγεται καὶ τὸ »Δίδου σοφῷ ἀφορμήν, »καὶ σοφώτερος ἔσται«.
outō de kai sophos legetai, epidektikos ōn eterōn theōrēmatōn sophias kai mēdepō echōn ta deutera, kathʼ ho legetai kai to »Didou sophǭ aphormēn, »kai sophōteros estai«.
And in this sense a man is called wise who is capable of receiving further insights of wisdom but does not yet have them, as it is also said, “Give a wise man an opportunity, and he will be wiser.”
32.182Preuschen 4:450
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐπὶ ταῦτα ἐληλύθαμεν, δεικνύντες ὅτι ἐνδέχεεται τὸν ἥδη πιστεύοντα μανθάνειν τινά, ἴνα πάλιν πιστεύῃ, καὶ διὰ τῆς προσθήκης τῶν μαθημάτων προστιθέναι τῇ πίστει.
alla gar epi tauta elēlythamen, deiknyntes hoti endecheetai ton hēdē pisteuonta manthanein tina, ina palin pisteuę̄, kai dia tēs prosthēkēs tōn mathēmatōn prostithenai tę̄ pistei.
But we have come to these matters to show that one who already believes may learn something so as to believe again, and add to faith through the addition of lessons.
32.183Preuschen 4:450–451
Εἰ δὲ βουλόμεθα εἰδέεναι τίς ἐστιν ὁ πᾶσαν ἔχων τὴν πίστιν, λάβωμεν ἐπὶ παραδείγματος κεφαλαιωδῶς τὰ ἐν τῷ πιστεύεσθαι σώζοντα τὸν πιστεεύοντα, φέρε εἰπεῖν, ὄτα τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἐκατόν, καὶ λέγωμεν ὄτι ὁ μὲν τὰ προειρημένα ἐκατὸν ἀδιστάκτως παραδδεχόμενος καὶ ἑκάστῳ αὐτῶν βεβαίως πιστεύων πᾶσαν ἔκει τὴν πίστιν· ὁ δὲ λείπων ἔν τινι ἀριθμῷ τῶν ἐν τῷ πιστεύσθαι σωπάσαν, ἥ τῇ πρὸς τὰ πιστευόμενα βεβαιότητι, τοσοῦτον λείπεει τοῦ πᾶσαν ἔχειν τὴν πᾶστιν, ὅσοις ἀριθμοῖς πιστεύων ἐνδεῖ ἤ ὅσον ἀφέστηκεν τῆς περὶ τῶν πιστευομένων βεβαιότητος εἴτε πάντων εἴτε τινῶν· ἴνʼ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος δοθῇ τισὶν μὲν δόνασθαι βεβαίως πιστεύειν τινά, τισὶν δὲ πιστεύειν μέν, οὐ βεβαίως δέ· πλὴν ὁμολογουμένως δοθείη ἄν ἀμήκανον ἀποδείκνυσθαι τὸν ἐνὶ ἀτελῆ πρὸς μηδδὲν ἔχειν βεβαιότητα, ὄτι οὐ τὸ ἴσον ἀπόστημα ἀπὸ τῆς πρὸς τὰ πιστευόμενα βεβαιότητος ἀπέχει ἔκαστος τῶν, ἴνʼ οὔτως ὀνομάσω, κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν ὀλιγοπίστων καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὰ πιστευόμενα βεβαιότητα οὐδέπω ἀνειληφόντων.
Ei de boulometha eideenai tis estin ho pasan echōn tēn pistin, labōmen epi paradeigmatos kephalaiōdōs ta en tǭ pisteuesthai sōzonta ton pisteeuonta, phere eipein, ota ton arithmon ekaton, kai legōmen oti ho men ta proeirēmena ekaton adistaktōs paraddechomenos kai hekastǭ autōn bebaiōs pisteuōn pasan ekei tēn pistin; ho de leipōn en tini arithmǭ tōn en tǭ pisteusthai sōpasan, hē tę̄ pros ta pisteuomena bebaiotēti, tosouton leipeei tou pasan echein tēn pastin, hosois arithmois pisteuōn endei ē hoson aphestēken tēs peri tōn pisteuomenōn bebaiotētos eite pantōn eite tinōn; inʼ epi tou parontos dothę̄ tisin men donasthai bebaiōs pisteuein tina, tisin de pisteuein men, ou bebaiōs de; plēn homologoumenōs dotheiē an amēkanon apodeiknysthai ton eni atelē pros mēdden echein bebaiotēta, oti ou to ison apostēma apo tēs pros ta pisteuomena bebaiotētos apechei ekastos tōn, inʼ outōs onomasō, kata tēn graphēn oligopistōn kai tēn pros ta pisteuomena bebaiotēta oudepō aneilēphontōn.
If we wish to know who it is that has all faith, let us take as an example, in summary, the things which, by being believed, save the believer, and suppose their number to be a hundred. Let us say that he who accepts the hundred without hesitation and believes each of them firmly has all faith; but he who falls short in some number of the things that save by being believed, or in firmness toward what is believed, falls short of having all faith by as many items as he lacks in believing, or by as far as he stands from firmness about what is believed, whether about all or some. For let it be granted for the present that some can believe some things firmly, while others believe but not firmly. Yet it would admittedly be granted that it is impossible to prove that one imperfect in a single point has no firmness at all, since those who, if I may so call them, according to Scripture are “of little faith” and have not yet attained firmness toward what is believed do not each stand at the same distance from it.
32.184Preuschen 4:451
τούτοις δὲ ἔπεεται διὰ τὸ »Κατὰ τὴν »πίστιν σου γενηήτω σοι« καὶ διὰ τὸ» Ἡ πίστις* σέσωκέν σε« ἐκάστῳ ἀπαντῆσαι κατὰ ἐν τῇ δικαίᾳ κρίσει τοῦ θεοῦ ἀμοιβὴν ἀνάλογον τοσῇδε καὶ τοιᾷ δε πίστει καὶ σωτηρίαν· εἴ γέ ἐστίν τις καὶ ἐεν ταύτῃ σωζομένων διαφορά, ὠς τὸ »Ὦι μέτρῳ μετρεῖτεε, ἀνττιμετρηθήσεται »ὑμῖν« φθάνειν καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ μέτρα τῆς πίστεως καὶ τὰ μέτρα τῆς ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἀμοιβῆς καὶ σωτηρίας.
toutois de epeetai dia to »Kata tēn »pistin sou genēētō soi« kai dia to» Hē pistis* sesōken se« ekastǭ apantēsai kata en tę̄ dikaią krisei tou theou amoibēn analogon tosę̄de kai toią de pistei kai sōtērian; ei ge estin tis kai een tautę̄ sōzomenōn diaphora, ōs to »Ōi metrǭ metreitee, anttimetrēthēsetai »hymin« phthanein kai epi ta metra tēs pisteōs kai ta metra tēs apo theou amoibēs kai sōtērias.
It follows from this, because of “Let it be done to you according to your faith” and “Your faith has saved you,” that to each, in the just judgment of God, will come a recompense and salvation proportionate to faith of such a degree and kind; if indeed there is a difference among the saved in this too, so that “With the measure you measure, it will be measured to you” extends also to the measures of faith and to the measures of the recompense and salvation that come from God.
32.185Preuschen 4:451
ὁ δὲ τὸν τούτων κατανοήσας λόγον θεωρήσει πῶς εὐλόγως ὠς μὴ δυναμένοις κρίνειν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις λέγεται· »Μὴ κρίνετε, ἴνα μὴ κριθῆτε« καὶ τὸ »Μὴ πρὸ καιροῦ τι »κρίνετε, ἔως ἄν ἔλθῃ ὁ κύριος«.
ho de ton toutōn katanoēsas logon theōrēsei pōs eulogōs ōs mē dynamenois krinein tois anthrōpois legetai; »Mē krinete, ina mē krithēte« kai to »Mē pro kairou ti »krinete, eōs an elthę̄ ho kyrios«.
And one who has grasped the reason for these things will see how rightly it is said to men, as unable to judge, “Judge not, that you be not judged,” and “Do not judge anything before the time, until the Lord comes.”
32.186Preuschen 4:451
πάλιν τʼ αὖ ἐπεὶ ἔλεεγον ἐς ἐπὶ παραδείγματος, ἐκατὸν ὄντων τῶν σωζόντων ἐν τῷ πιστεύεσθαι, τὸν μὲν τοῖς ἐκατὸν βεβαίως πιστεύοντα πᾶσαν ἔχειν τὴν πίστιν, τὸν δὲ λείποντα τῇ πρός τινα τῶν ἐκατὸν πίστει ἥ τῇ πρὸς τὰ πιστευόμενα βεβαιότητι διαφόρως μὴ πάσαν ἔχειν τὴν πίστιν, ἐκθήσομεν σαφηνείας ἔνεκεν τοιαῦτα.
palin tʼ au epei eleegon es epi paradeigmatos, ekaton ontōn tōn sōzontōn en tǭ pisteuesthai, ton men tois ekaton bebaiōs pisteuonta pasan echein tēn pistin, ton de leiponta tę̄ pros tina tōn ekaton pistei hē tę̄ pros ta pisteuomena bebaiotēti diaphorōs mē pasan echein tēn pistin, ekthēsomen saphēneias eneken toiauta.
Again, since I said by way of example that, if the things which save by being believed are a hundred, he who firmly believes the hundred has all faith, while he who falls short in faith toward any of the hundred, or in firmness toward what is believed, does not in various ways have all faith, I shall set out the following for the sake of clarity.
32.187Preuschen 4:451
»Πρῶτον πάντων πίστεευσον ὄτι εἶς ἔστιν »ὁ θεός, ὁ τὰ πάντα κτίσας καὶ καταρτίσας καὶ ποιήσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ »ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι τὰ πάντα«.
»Prōton pantōn pisteeuson oti eis estin »ho theos, ho ta panta ktisas kai katartisas kai poiēsas ek tou mē »ontos eis to einai ta panta«.
“First of all, believe that God is one, who created and ordered all things, and made all things to be out of what was not.”
32.188Preuschen 4:451
χρὴ δὲ καὶ πιστεύειν ὅτι κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριτός, καὶ πάσῃ τῇ περὶ αὐτοὺ κατὰ τὴν θεότητα καὶ τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα ἀληθείᾳ.
chrē de kai pisteuein hoti kyrios Iēsous Chritos, kai pasę̄ tę̄ peri autou kata tēn theotēta kai tēn anthrōpotēta alētheią.
One must also believe that Jesus Christ is Lord, and all the truth about him concerning both his divinity and his humanity.
32.189Preuschen 4:451
δεῖ δὲ καὶ εἰς τὸ ἄγιον πιστεύειν πνεῦμα, καὶ ὄτι αὐτεξούσιοι ὄντες κολαζόμεθα μὲν ἐφʼ οἶς ἁμαρτάνομεεν, τιμώμεθα δὲ ἐφʼ οἶς εὖ πράττομεν.
dei de kai eis to agion pisteuein pneuma, kai oti autexousioi ontes kolazometha men ephʼ ois hamartanomeen, timōmetha de ephʼ ois eu prattomen.
One must also believe in the Holy Spirit, and that, being free agents, we are punished for the sins we commit and honored for the good we do.
32.190Preuschen 4:451–452
φέρε οὖν καθʼ ὑπόθεσιν, εἴ τις δοκῶν πιστεεύειν εἰς τὸν Ἴησοῦν μὴ πιστεύοι ὄτι εἶσ ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς ὁ νόμου καὶ εὐαγγελίου, οὖ τὴν δόξαν οὐρανοί, ὠς ὐπʼ αὐτοῦ γεγενημένοι, διηγοῦνται, καὶ τὸ στερέωμα ἀναγγέλλει τὴν ποίησιν τῶν κειρῶν αὐτοοῦ, ὡς ἔργον τυγχάνον αὐτῶν, οὗτος ἄν μεγίστῳ λείποι τῆς πίστεως κεφαλαίῳ.
phere oun kathʼ hypothesin, ei tis dokōn pisteeuein eis ton Iēsoun mē pisteuoi oti eis estin ho theos ho nomou kai euangeliou, ou tēn doxan ouranoi, ōs ypʼ autou gegenēmenoi, diēgountai, kai to stereōma anangellei tēn poiēsin tōn keirōn autoou, hōs ergon tynchanon autōn, houtos an megistǭ leipoi tēs pisteōs kephalaiǭ.
Suppose, then, that someone who seems to believe in Jesus does not believe that there is one God of the Law and of the Gospel, whose glory the heavens, as made by him, declare, and whose handiwork the firmament proclaims, being the work of his hands: such a one would lack the most important head of faith.
32.191Preuschen 4:452
ἤ πάλιν εἴ τις πιστεύων ὅτι ὁ ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πιλάτου σταυρωθεὶς ἱερόν τι χρῆμα καὶ σωτήριον τῷ κόσμῳ ἐπιδεδήμηκεν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκ παρθένου τῆς Μαρίας καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος τὴν γένεσιν ἀνείληφεν, ἀλλʼ ἐξ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Μαρίας, καὶ τούτῳ ἄν λέποι εἰς τὸ πᾶσαν ἔχειν τὴν πίστιν τὰ ἀναγκαιότατα.
ē palin ei tis pisteuōn hoti ho epi Pontiou Pilatou staurōtheis hieron ti chrēma kai sōtērion tǭ kosmǭ epidedēmēken, allʼ ouk ek parthenou tēs Marias kai hagiou pneumatos tēn genesin aneilēphen, allʼ ex Iōsēph kai Marias, kai toutǭ an lepoi eis to pasan echein tēn pistin ta anankaiotata.
Or again, if someone believes that he who was crucified under Pontius Pilate came into the world as something holy and saving, but did not take his birth from the Virgin Mary and the Holy Spirit, but from Joseph and Mary, he too would lack what is most necessary for having all faith.
32.192Preuschen 4:452
πάλιν τε αὖ εἰ τὴν μὲν θεότητά τις αὐτοῦ παραδέχοιτο, τῇ δὲ ἀνθρωπότητι προσκόπτων μηδὲν ἀνθρώπινον περὶ αὐτὸν πιστεύοι γεγονέναι, ἤ ὑπόστασιν εἰληφέναι, καὶ τούτῳ ἄν λείποι πρὸς πᾶσαν τὴν πίστιν οὐ τὰ τυχόντα.
palin te au ei tēn men theotēta tis autou paradechoito, tę̄ de anthrōpotēti proskoptōn mēden anthrōpinon peri auton pisteuoi gegonenai, ē hypostasin eilēphenai, kai toutǭ an leipoi pros pasan tēn pistin ou ta tychonta.
Again, if someone accepts his divinity but, stumbling at his humanity, believes that nothing human took place in his case, or that he did not take on a real (human) existence, he too would fall short of all faith in no small matters.
32.193Preuschen 4:452
ἤ εἰ ἀνάπαλιν τὰ μὲν περὶ αὖτὸν ἀνθρώπινα προσίοιτο, τὴν δὲ ὑπόστασιν τοῦ μονογενοῦς καὶ πρωτοτόκου πάσης κτίσεως ἀθετοῖ, καὶ οὗτος ἄν οὐ δύναιτο λέγειν πᾶσαν ἔχειν τὴν πίστιν.
ē ei anapalin ta men peri auton anthrōpina prosioito, tēn de hypostasin tou monogenous kai prōtotokou pasēs ktiseōs athetoi, kai houtos an ou dynaito legein pasan echein tēn pistin.
Or if, conversely, he admits what is human about him but rejects the subsistence of the only-begotten and firstborn of all creation, he too could not say that he has all faith.
32.194Preuschen 4:452
καὶ οὕτως καθεξῆς μοι νόει, ἵνα θεωρήσωμεν ὁπηλίκον ἐστὶν τὸ ἀνελλιπῶς καὶ βεβαίως πᾶσαν τὴν πίστιν ἔχειν, τοσοῦτον δυναμένην, ὅτε πᾶσά ἐστιν ἐν ἀνθρώπου ψυχῇ, ὥστε ἅτινάποτέ ἐστιν τὰ ὄρη μεθιστάνειν αὐτὰ δύνασθαι· πάντων μὲν τῶν ἀνθρώπων δυναμένων μεθιστάνειν τὸ δεικνύμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ὄρος, καὶ τὰ δεικνύμενα αὐτῷ εἰ δὲ λείποι τινὰ τῇ πάςῃ πίστει, λείπει τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ μετατιθέναι ὄρη.
kai houtōs kathexēs moi noei, hina theōrēsōmen hopēlikon estin to anellipōs kai bebaiōs pasan tēn pistin echein, tosouton dynamenēn, hote pasa estin en anthrōpou psychę̄, hōste hatinapote estin ta orē methistanein auta dynasthai; pantōn men tōn anthrōpōn dynamenōn methistanein to deiknymenon hypo tou Iēsou oros, kai ta deiknymena autǭ ei de leipoi tina tę̄ pasę̄ pistei, leipei tę̄ dynamei tou metatithenai orē.
And understand the rest in order in this way, so that we may see how great it is to have all faith without deficiency and firmly, faith which, when it is entire in a human soul, is so powerful that it can move whatever mountains there are; since all who have it can move the mountain pointed out by Jesus and those pointed out to him; but if one lacks something of all faith, he lacks in the power to move mountains.
32.195Preuschen 4:452
Καὶ χρήσομαί γε καὶ τοιούτῳ [καὶ] εἰς ταῦτα παραδείγματι· ὥσπερ καθέλκουσιν οἱ τοσοῦτοι, τοιάνδε δύναμιν ἔχοντες, πράτως εἰς θάλασσαν τὴν ναῦν, εἰ δὲ λείποιεν οὗτοι κἄν ἑνὶ τῶν συνεργῶν ἤ τῇ δυνάμει τινός, οὐκ· ἄν καθέλκοιτο ἡ ναῦς· οὕτως οἱονεὶ πολλοὶ μετατιθέντες εἰσὶν τὰ …· τοσοῦτον δὲ λείπει τῇ δυνάμει τῆς τῶν ὀρῶν μεταθέσεως ὅσον λείπει πρὸς τὸ πᾶσαν τὴν πίστιν ἔχειν ὁ ἔτι κατʼ αὐτὴν ἀτελής.
Kai chrēsomai ge kai toioutǭ [kai] eis tauta paradeigmati; hōsper kathelkousin hoi tosoutoi, toiande dynamin echontes, pratōs eis thalassan tēn naun, ei de leipoien houtoi kan heni tōn synergōn ē tę̄ dynamei tinos, ouk; an kathelkoito hē naus; houtōs hoionei polloi metatithentes eisin ta …; tosouton de leipei tę̄ dynamei tēs tōn orōn metatheseōs hoson leipei pros to pasan tēn pistin echein ho eti katʼ autēn atelēs.
And I shall use an example of this kind as well: just as a certain number of men, having a certain strength, launch a ship into the sea with ease, but if they lack even one of their fellow workers, or someone's strength, the ship would not be launched; so, as it were, many are those who move the … ; and the one still imperfect in faith falls short of the power to move mountains by as much as he falls short of having all faith.
32.196Preuschen 4:452
καὶ ὅρα εἰ μὴ χρησίμως ὅλα ταῦτα ἐξήτασται διὰ τοὺς μαθητὰς ὧν ἔνιψεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς πόδας, πρὸς οὕς εἶπεν, ὡς ἄν ὑπολάβοι ὁ μὴ ἐξετάσας, ὡς μηδέπω πιστεύσαντας τὸ »’Απʼ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι, ἵνα πιστεύητε »ὅταν γένηται ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι«· ἅμα δὲ καὶ ἀναπτυσσόμενος ὁ λόγος δείκνυσιν πηλίκη μέν ἐστιν ἡ κατὰ τὴν πᾶσαν πίστιν ἀρετή, καὶ ὅτι σπανίως εὐρισκομένη· πόσῳ δʼ ἕκαστος ἡμῶν ἀπολείπεται τοῦ τὴν πᾶσαν ἔχειν πίστιν, ὥστε ὄρη μεθιστάνειν.
kai hora ei mē chrēsimōs hola tauta exētastai dia tous mathētas hōn enipsen ho Iēsous tous podas, pros hous eipen, hōs an hypolaboi ho mē exetasas, hōs mēdepō pisteusantas to »’Apʼ arti legō hymin pro tou genesthai, hina pisteuēte »hotan genētai hoti egō eimi«; hama de kai anaptyssomenos ho logos deiknysin pēlikē men estin hē kata tēn pasan pistin aretē, kai hoti spaniōs euriskomenē; posǭ dʼ hekastos hēmōn apoleipetai tou tēn pasan echein pistin, hōste orē methistanein.
And see whether all this has not been usefully examined because of the disciples whose feet Jesus washed, to whom he said, as one who has not examined it would suppose, as if they had not yet believed, “From now on I tell you before it happens, so that you may believe, when it happens, that I am.” At the same time the argument, as it unfolds, shows how great the virtue of all faith is, and that it is rarely found; and how far each of us falls short of having all faith, so as to move mountains.
32.197Preuschen 4:452–453
πλὴν οὐκ εὐκαταφρόνητον πρὸς τὸ ποιεῖν πιστεύειν ἐστίν, κατὰ τὰ νῦν προκείμενα, τὸ τοὺς προφήτας μὲν προτεθεσπικέναι τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, κατὰ δὲ τὸν λόγον αὐτῶν ἀπηντηκέναι τῷ σωτῆρι τὰ προειρημένα. ’Αμὴν, ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὁ λαμβάνων ἄν τινα πέμψω ὲμὲ λαμβάνει, ὁ δὲ ἐμὲ λαμβάνων λαμβάνει τὸν πέμψαντά με.
plēn ouk eukataphronēton pros to poiein pisteuein estin, kata ta nyn prokeimena, to tous prophētas men protethespikenai ta peri tou Iēsou, kata de ton logon autōn apēntēkenai tǭ sōtēri ta proeirēmena. ’Amēn, amēn legō hymin, ho lambanōn an tina pempsō eme lambanei, ho de eme lambanōn lambanei ton pempsanta me.
However, as regards the present passage, it is no small thing for producing faith that the prophets foretold the things about Jesus, and that what was foretold came to pass for the Savior according to their word. “Truly, truly I tell you, whoever receives anyone I send receives me, and whoever receives me receives him who sent me.”
32.198Preuschen 4:453
Ὁ Ἰησοῆς πέμπει οὐ μόνον ἁγίους, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἁγίους καὶ ἀγγέλους· καὶ πέμπει μὲν τοὺς διὰ τὸ ἀποστέλλεσθαι ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἀποστόλους ὀνομαζομένους.
Ho Iēsoēs pempei ou monon hagious, alla kai hagious kai angelous; kai pempei men tous dia to apostellesthai hypʼ autou apostolous onomazomenous.
Jesus sends not only holy men but also holy angels; and he sends those who are called apostles because they are sent by him.
32.199Preuschen 4:453
ἤδη δὲ τούτων οἱ μὲν ἄνθρωποί εἰσιν, οἱ δὲ δυνάμεις κρείττους. οὐ γὰρ ἁμαρτησόμεθα τὸ <ἀπόστολος> ὄνομα τάσσοντες καὶ ἐπὶ τούτων, περὶ ὧν γέγραπται· »Πάντες »εἰσὶν λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα, εἰς διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενα διὰ τοὺς »μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν«.
ēdē de toutōn hoi men anthrōpoi eisin, hoi de dynameis kreittous. ou gar hamartēsometha to <apostolos> onoma tassontes kai epi toutōn, peri hōn gegraptai; »Pantes »eisin leitourgika pneumata, eis diakonian apostellomena dia tous »mellontas klēronomein sōtērian«.
Of these, some are human beings, others higher powers. For we shall not err in applying the name “apostle” also to those of whom it is written, “They are all ministering spirits sent out for service for the sake of those who are to inherit salvation.”
32.200Preuschen 4:453
εἰ γὰρ παρὰ τὸ ἀποστέλλεσθαι ἀπόστολοι, πάντες δέ εἰσιν ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιοῦντος »τοὺς ἀγγέλους »αὐτοῦ πνεῦμα, καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα« εἰς διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενοι, ὄντες λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα, καὶ οὗτοι ἄν εἶεν ἀπόστολοι τοῦ ἀποστέλλοντος αὐτούς. καὶ ἕκαστός γε τῶν πεμπομένων ἀπό τινος, ἀπόστολός ἐστιν τοῦ πέμψαντος.
ei gar para to apostellesthai apostoloi, pantes de eisin hypo tou poiountos »tous angelous »autou pneuma, kai tous leitourgous autou pyros phloga« eis diakonian apostellomenoi, ontes leitourgika pneumata, kai houtoi an eien apostoloi tou apostellontos autous. kai hekastos ge tōn pempomenōn apo tinos, apostolos estin tou pempsantos.
For if apostles are so called from being sent, and all are sent for service by him who “makes his angels spirits and his ministers a flame of fire,” being ministering spirits, then they too would be apostles of the one who sends them. And indeed each of those sent by someone is an apostle of the one who sent him.
32.201Preuschen 4:453
καθʼ ὅ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω λέλεκται μετὰ τὸ »Οὐκ ἔστι δοῦλος μείζων »τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν«.
kathʼ ho kai en tois anōterō lelektai meta to »Ouk esti doulos meizōn »tou kyriou autou, oude apostolos meizōn tou pempsantos auton«.
In this sense it was also said above, following “A slave is not greater than his lord, nor is an apostle greater than the one who sent him.”
32.202Preuschen 4:453
κατὰ τοῦτο δὲ οὐχ ἁμαρτήσει καὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην ἀπόστολον λέγων θεοῦ διὰ τὸ »Ἐγένετο ἄνθρωπος ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ θεοῦ, ὄνομα »αὐτῷ Ἰωάννης«, καὶ τὸν Ἡσαΐαν διὰ τὸ »Τίνα ἀποστελῶ, καὶ τίς »πορεύσεται πρὸς τὸν λαὸ τοῦτον;« ὅτε ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων· »Ἰδού »εἰμι ἐγώ, ἀπόστειλόν με«.
kata touto de ouch hamartēsei kai ton Iōannēn apostolon legōn theou dia to »Egeneto anthrōpos apestalmenos para theou, onoma »autǭ Iōannēs«, kai ton Hēsaïan dia to »Tina apostelō, kai tis »poreusetai pros ton lao touton?« hote apekrinato legōn; »Idou »eimi egō, aposteilon me«.
In this sense one will not err in calling John too an apostle of God, because of “There came a man sent from God, whose name was John,” and Isaiah, because of “Whom shall I send, and who will go to this people?” when he answered, saying, “Here am I; send me.”
32.203Preuschen 4:453
τί δὲ περὶ τούτων λέγω, ὅτε καὶ ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ἑβραίους ὁ τηλικοῦτος ἡμῶν σωτὴρ ἀπόστολος εἴρηται τοῦ πατρός; γέγραπται γάρ· » Ἔχοντες οὖν ἀρχιερέα μέγαν καὶ ἀπόστολον »Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν«.
ti de peri toutōn legō, hote kai en tę̄ pros Hebraious ho tēlikoutos hēmōn sōtēr apostolos eirētai tou patros? gegraptai gar; » Echontes oun archierea megan kai apostolon »Iēsoun Christon«.
But why do I speak of these, when in the Epistle to the Hebrews even our Savior, great as he is, is called the apostle of the Father? For it is written, “Having, then, a great high priest and apostle, Jesus Christ.”
32.204Preuschen 4:453
καὶ νῦν οὖν ὃν ἐὰν ἀποστέλλῃ ὁ σωτὴρ διακονησόμενον τῇ τινων σωτηρίᾳ, ὁ ἀποστελλόμενος ἀπόστολός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.
kai nyn oun hon ean apostellę̄ ho sōtēr diakonēsomenon tę̄ tinōn sōtērią, ho apostellomenos apostolos estin Iēsou Christou.
And now, then, whomever the Savior sends to minister to the salvation of some, the one sent is an apostle of Jesus Christ.
32.205Preuschen 4:453
ἀλλʼ ὁ ἀπόστολος, ὥσπερ τοῦ ἀποστείλαντός ἐστιν ἀπόστολος, οὕτως τισὶν πρὸς οὕς ἀποστέλλεται μόνοις ἐστὶν ἀπόστολος.
allʼ ho apostolos, hōsper tou aposteilantos estin apostolos, houtōs tisin pros hous apostelletai monois estin apostolos.
But the apostle, just as he is the apostle of the one who sent him, so he is an apostle only to those to whom he is sent.
32.206Preuschen 4:453–454
ὅπερ νοῶν ὁ Παῦλος ἐλεγεν· »Εἰ καὶ ἄλλοις οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπό- »στολος, ἀλλά γε ὑμῖν εἰμί· ἡ γὰρ σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς »ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ«.
hoper noōn ho Paulos elegen; »Ei kai allois ouk eimi apo- »stolos, alla ge hymin eimi; hē gar sphragis mou tēs apostolēs hymeis »este en kyriǭ«.
Understanding this, Paul said, “If to others I am not an apostle, at least I am to you; for you are the seal of my apostleship in the Lord.”
32.207Preuschen 4:454
ἔξεστιν οὖν τινα εἶναι ἀπόστολον Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἑνὶ μόνῳ ἐξαποσταλέντα, εἰ ἑνὶ μόνῳ θεοῦ προνοίᾳ τὸν λόγον διηκονήσατο.
exestin oun tina einai apostolon Iēsou Christou heni monǭ exapostalenta, ei heni monǭ theou pronoią ton logon diēkonēsato.
It is possible, then, for someone to be an apostle of Jesus Christ sent out to one person only, if by God's providence he ministered the word to one person only.
32.208Preuschen 4:454
καὶ ταῦτά φαμεν, ἵνα πάλιν βλέπωμεν τὴν τῶν χρηματισάντων Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀποστόλων ὑπεροχήν· »Δεξιάς, γάρ »φησιν, ἔδωκαν ἐμοὶ καὶ Βαρνάβᾳ κοινωνίας, ἵνα ἡμεῖς εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, »αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν περιτομήν«. οὐκοῦν Παῦλος ἔθνεσι μόνοις ἀπόστολος ἦν, καὶ πέτρος ὅλῃ τῇ περιτομῇ.
kai tauta phamen, hina palin blepōmen tēn tōn chrēmatisantōn Iēsou Christou apostolōn hyperochēn; »Dexias, gar »phēsin, edōkan emoi kai Barnabą koinōnias, hina hēmeis eis ta ethnē, »autoi de eis tēn peritomēn«. oukoun Paulos ethnesi monois apostolos ēn, kai petros holę̄ tę̄ peritomę̄.
And we say this so that we may again see the pre-eminence of those who were called apostles of Jesus Christ. “For they gave,” he says, “to me and Barnabas the right hands of fellowship, that we should go to the Gentiles and they to the circumcision.” So Paul was apostle to the Gentiles alone, and Peter to the whole circumcision.
32.209Preuschen 4:454
ἡμῶν δὲ κἄν ἀξιωθῇ τις, ὡς παρέστησεν ὁ ἀπόστολος, τοῦ γενέσθαι ἑνί που ἤ ὀλίγῳ πλείοσιν.
hēmōn de kan axiōthę̄ tis, hōs parestēsen ho apostolos, tou genesthai heni pou ē oligǭ pleiosin.
But among us, even if someone is deemed worthy, as the apostle has shown, of becoming this to one person perhaps, or a few more,
32.210Preuschen 4:454
ἀπόστολος γίνεται. κἄν γένηται δέ, μὴ ἐπαιρέσθω, μεμνημένος τοῦ »Ὃ δὲ λοιπὸν ζητεῖται ἐν τοῖς οἰκονόμοις ἵνα πιστός τις εὑρεθῇ«· οὐ γὰρ πάντως εἰ ζητεῖται, τὸ ζητούμενον εὑρίσκεται.
apostolos ginetai. kan genētai de, mē epairesthō, memnēmenos tou »Ho de loipon zēteitai en tois oikonomois hina pistos tis heurethę̄«; ou gar pantōs ei zēteitai, to zētoumenon heurisketai.
he becomes an apostle. And even if he becomes one, let him not be puffed up, remembering “Moreover, it is required in stewards that one be found faithful”; for it is not in every case that, when something is required, what is required is found.
32.211Preuschen 4:454
Ταῦτα διὰ τὸ »Ὁ λαμβάνων ἐάν τινα πέμψω«, ὅσους ἐνδέχεται πέμπεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, κἄν μή, οὕς εἰθίκαμεν ὀνομάζειν ἀποστόλους, τοιοῦτοι ὦσιν, καὶ ὅτι ἐνδέχεται καὶ τῆς ἀνθρώπων φύσεως καρείττονα ὄντα πέμπεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ.
Tauta dia to »Ho lambanōn ean tina pempsō«, hosous endechetai pempesthai hypo tou Iēsou, kan mē, hous eithikamen onomazein apostolous, toioutoi ōsin, kai hoti endechetai kai tēs anthrōpōn physeōs kareittona onta pempesthai hypo tou Iēsou.
These things were said because of “whoever receives anyone I send”: to show how many may be sent by Jesus, even if they are not among those we are accustomed to call apostles, and that beings superior to human nature may also be sent by Jesus.
32.212Preuschen 4:454
ὁ οὖν λαμβάνων ὅν ἄν πέμψῃ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τὸν ἐν τῷ ἀποσταλέντι Ἰησοῦν λαμβάνει· ὁ δὲλαμβάνων τὸν Ἰησοῦν, πατέρα λαμβάνει· ὁ ἄρα λαμβάνων ὃν ἄν πέμψῃ ὁ Ἰησοῦς λαμβάνει τὸν πέμψαντα τὸν Ἰησοῦ πατέρα.
ho oun lambanōn hon an pempsę̄ ho Iēsous, ton en tǭ apostalenti Iēsoun lambanei; ho delambanōn ton Iēsoun, patera lambanei; ho ara lambanōn hon an pempsę̄ ho Iēsous lambanei ton pempsanta ton Iēsou patera.
So whoever receives someone whom Jesus sends receives Jesus who is in the one sent; and whoever receives Jesus receives the Father; therefore whoever receives someone whom Jesus sends receives the one who sent Jesus, the Father.
32.213Preuschen 4:454
Δύναται δὲ καὶ τοιοῦτος ὁ λόγος εἶναι· ὁμὲν λαμβάνων ὃν ἐὰν ἐγὼ πέμψω, ἐμὲ λαμβάνει, καὶ μέχρι τοῦ ἐμὲ παραδέξασθαι φθάνει· ὁ δὲ μὴ διά τινός μου ἀποστόλου ἐμὲ λαμβάνων, ἀλλὰ χωρῶν ἐμὲ οὐκ ἀπʼ ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲ διʼ ἀνθρώπων διακονούμενον, ἀλλʼ ἐπισημοῦντα ταῖς τῶν εὐτρεπισάντων ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς τὴν ἐμὴν παρασοχὴν ψυχαῖς, τὸν πέμψαντά με λαμβάνει πατέρα, ὡς μὴ μόνον ἐμὲ τὸν χριστὸν εἶναι ἐν αὐτῷ ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν πατέρα.
Dynatai de kai toioutos ho logos einai; homen lambanōn hon ean egō pempsō, eme lambanei, kai mechri tou eme paradexasthai phthanei; ho de mē dia tinos mou apostolou eme lambanōn, alla chōrōn eme ouk apʼ anthrōpōn oude diʼ anthrōpōn diakonoumenon, allʼ episēmounta tais tōn eutrepisantōn heautous pros tēn emēn parasochēn psychais, ton pempsanta me lambanei patera, hōs mē monon eme ton christon einai en autǭ alla kai ton patera.
The meaning may also be this: “He who receives whomever I send receives me, and reaches as far as accepting me; but he who receives me not through some apostle of mine, but makes room for me, not ministered from men or through men but visiting the souls of those who have prepared themselves to receive me, receives the Father who sent me, so that not only I, the Christ, am in him, but the Father as well.”
32.214Preuschen 4:454
ἔστιν δὲ ἐκ τούτων καὶ τὰ κατʼ ἐναντιότητα νοῦσαι· ὁ γὰρ λαμβάνων ὃν ἐὰν πέμψῃ ὁ υἱος τοῦ πονηροῦ, ἐκεῖνος τὸν ἀντίχριστον λαμβάνει· ὁ δὲ λαμβάνων τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ πονηροῦ καὶ παραδεξάμενος τὸν ἀντίχριστον λόγον, ὑποκρινόμενον εἶναι ἀλήθειαν καὶ ψευδῶς ἐπαγγελλόμενον εἶναι δικαιοσύνην, οὗτος αὐτὸν λαμβάνει τὸν πονηρόν.
estin de ek toutōn kai ta katʼ enantiotēta nousai; ho gar lambanōn hon ean pempsę̄ ho huios tou ponērou, ekeinos ton antichriston lambanei; ho de lambanōn ton huion tou ponērou kai paradexamenos ton antichriston logon, hypokrinomenon einai alētheian kai pseudōs epangellomenon einai dikaiosynēn, houtos auton lambanei ton ponēron.
From these words one can also understand the opposite case. For whoever receives the one whom the son of the evil one sends receives the Antichrist; and whoever receives the son of the evil one and accepts the antichristian word, which pretends to be truth and falsely professes to be righteousness, receives the evil one himself.
32.215Preuschen 4:454
διὸ προσέχωμεν, ἳνʼ ὡς καλοὶ τραπεζῖται δοκιμάζωμεν μὲν τὸν τῶν ἀληθῶν διάκονον, ἀποδοκιμάζωμεν δὲ τὸν τῶν ψευδῶν.
dio prosechōmen, hinʼ hōs kaloi trapezitai dokimazōmen men ton tōn alēthōn diakonon, apodokimazōmen de ton tōn pseudōn.
Therefore let us pay attention, so that like good money-changers we may approve the minister of true things and reject the minister of false ones.
32.216Preuschen 4:454–455
ἐνθάδε μὲν οὖν »Ὁ λαμβάνων, φησίν, ἐάν τινα πέμψω, ἐμὲ λαμβάνει· ὁ δὲ ὲμὲ λαμ- »βάων, λαμβάνει τὸν πέμψαντά με« καὶ »Ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμέ, θεωρεῖ »τὸν πέμφαντά με«· οὔτε δὲ εἴρηται· >Ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ὑμᾶς, πιστεύει εἰς ἐμέ οὔτε Ὁ θεωρῶν ὑμᾶς, θεωρεῖ ἐμέ<. λαμβάνειν μὲν γὰρ ἡμᾶς βούλεται τοὺς ἀποστόλους ἑαυτοῦ, οὐ μὴν καὶ πιστεύειν εἰς αὐτούς.
enthade men oun »Ho lambanōn, phēsin, ean tina pempsō, eme lambanei; ho de eme lam- »baōn, lambanei ton pempsanta me« kai »Ho theōrōn eme, theōrei »ton pemphanta me«; oute de eirētai; >Ho pisteuōn eis hymas, pisteuei eis eme oute Ho theōrōn hymas, theōrei eme<. lambanein men gar hēmas bouletai tous apostolous heautou, ou mēn kai pisteuein eis autous.
Here, then, he says: “He who receives anyone I send receives me, and he who receives me receives him who sent me,” and “He who sees me sees him who sent me.” But it has not been said, “He who believes in you believes in me,” nor, “He who sees you sees me.” For he wants us to receive his apostles, but not to believe in them.
32.217Preuschen 4:455
λαμβάνωμεν οὖν τοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου ἡμῖν ἀποστελλομένους καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ· μηδέποτε δὲ παραδεξώμεθα ἀπόστολον ἀντιχρίστου καὶ λόγον ψευδῆ. Ταῦτα εἰπὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐταράχθη τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐμαρτύρησεν καὶ εἶπεν· Ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ‘μῖν ὅτι εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν παραδώσει με
lambanōmen oun tous hypo tou logou hēmin apostellomenous kai auton ton logon tou theou; mēdepote de paradexōmetha apostolon antichristou kai logon pseudē. Tauta eipōn ho Iēsous etarachthē tǭ pneumati kai emartyrēsen kai eipen; Amēn amēn legō ‘min hoti heis ex hymōn paradōsei me
Let us therefore receive those sent to us by the Word, and the Word of God himself; but let us never accept an apostle of the Antichrist and a false word. “When Jesus had said this, he was troubled in spirit, and testified, and said, ‘Truly, truly, I say to you that one of you will betray me.’”
32.218Preuschen 4:455
Ἀνωτέρω εἶπεν· »Νῦν ἡ ψυχή μου τετάρακται«· νῦν δὲ λέγεται ὅτι »Ταῦτα εἰπὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐταράχθη τῷ πνεύματι«. καὶ ζητῆ τοιαῦτα εἰς τὸν τόπον· τί δήποτε οὐκ εἴρηται ἀνάλογον τῷ »Νῦν ἡ ψυχή μου τετάρακται« τὰ »τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τετά- »ρακτια«, ἤ ἀνάλογον τῷ »Ἐταράχθη τῷ πνεύματι« τὸ »Νῦν ἡ »ψυχή μου τετάρακται«; καὶ ταῦτα ζητεῖν ἐτόλμησα μετρίως, τηρήσας ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γραφῇ διαφορὰν ψυχῆς καὶ πνεύματος καὶ μέσον μέν τι θεωρῶν εἶναι τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ ἐπιδεχομένην ἀρετὴν καὶ κακίαν, ἀνεπίδεκτον δὲ τῶν χειρόνων τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ· τὰ γὰρ κάλλιστα καρποὶ λέγονται εἶναι τοῦ πνεύματος, οὐχ ὡς ἄν οἰηθείη τις, τοῦ ἁγίου, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου.
Anōterō eipen; »Nyn hē psychē mou tetaraktai«; nyn de legetai hoti »Tauta eipōn ho Iēsous etarachthē tǭ pneumati«. kai zētē toiauta eis ton topon; ti dēpote ouk eirētai analogon tǭ »Nyn hē psychē mou tetaraktai« ta »to pneuma tou Iēsou teta- »raktia«, ē analogon tǭ »Etarachthē tǭ pneumati« to »Nyn hē »psychē mou tetaraktai«? kai tauta zētein etolmēsa metriōs, tērēsas en pasę̄ tę̄ graphę̄ diaphoran psychēs kai pneumatos kai meson men ti theōrōn einai tēn psychēn kai epidechomenēn aretēn kai kakian, anepidekton de tōn cheironōn to pneuma tou anthrōpou to en autǭ; ta gar kallista karpoi legontai einai tou pneumatos, ouch hōs an oiētheiē tis, tou hagiou, alla tou anthrōpinou.
Above he said, “Now my soul is troubled”; but now it is said, “When Jesus had said this, he was troubled in spirit.” And one might ask questions like these about the passage: why was it not said, corresponding to “Now my soul is troubled,” that “the spirit of Jesus is troubled,” or, corresponding to “He was troubled in spirit,” “Now my soul is troubled”? I have ventured to inquire into these things with moderation, having observed throughout Scripture a difference between soul and spirit, and seeing that the soul is something intermediate, capable of receiving both virtue and vice, while the spirit of a human being, which is in him, is incapable of receiving the worse things. For the finest things are called fruits of the spirit, not, as one might suppose, of the Holy Spirit, but of the human spirit.
32.219Preuschen 4:455
πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν γὰρ τούτου φανερὰ λέγεται εἶναι τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός, πάντα ψεκτὰ τυγχάνοντα, ἐπεὶ μηδὲν ἔργον σαρκὸς ἐπαινετόν.
pros antidiastolēn gar toutou phanera legetai einai ta erga tēs sarkos, panta psekta tynchanonta, epei mēden ergon sarkos epaineton.
For in contrast with this, the works of the flesh are said to be manifest, all of them blameworthy, since no work of the flesh is praiseworthy.
32.220Preuschen 4:455
ἅπαξ δὲ μέχρι τοῦ δεῦρο εὗρον πνεῦμα φαύλου σκληρύνεσθαι λεγόμενον ὑπὸ κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ.
hapax de mechri tou deuro heuron pneuma phaulou sklērynesthai legomenon hypo kyriou tou theou.
Only once up to now have I found the spirit of a wicked man said to be hardened by the Lord God.
32.221Preuschen 4:455
γέγραπται γὰρ οὕτως ἐν τῷ Δευτερονομίῳ· »Καὶ οὐκ »ἠθέλησεν Σηὼν βασιλεὺς Ἐσσεβῶν παρελθεῖν ἡμᾶς σιʼ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι »’εσκλήρυνεν κύριος ὁ θεὸς τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ, καὶ κατίσχυσεν καρδίαν ᾲὐτοῦ, ἵνα παραδοθῇ εἰς τὰς χεῖράς σου ὡς ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ«.
gegraptai gar houtōs en tǭ Deuteronomiǭ; »Kai ouk »ēthelēsen Sēōn basileus Essebōn parelthein hēmas siʼ autou, hoti »’esklērynen kyrios ho theos to pneuma autou, kai katischysen kardian ąutou, hina paradothę̄ eis tas cheiras sou hōs en tę̄ hēmerą tautę̄«.
For it is written thus in Deuteronomy: “And Sihon king of Heshbon was not willing to let us pass through his land, because the Lord God hardened his spirit and made his heart stubborn, that he might be delivered into your hands, as on this day.”
32.222Preuschen 4:455
ἀλλὰ τὰ περὶ μὲν τούτου οἰκειότερον ἐν τοῖς εἰς τὸ Δευτερονόμιον ἐξετασθείη ἄν.
alla ta peri men toutou oikeioteron en tois eis to Deuteronomion exetastheiē an.
But the matters concerning this would more properly be examined in the commentary on Deuteronomy.
32.223Preuschen 4:455–456
νῦν δὲ πρόκειται λέγειν πῶς τὰ προειρημένα »Εἰπὼν »ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐταράχθη« οὐ τὴν ψυχὴν οὐδὲ τῇ ψυχῇ, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τοῦ πνεύματος, ἀλλὰ »τῲ πνεύματι«. ἵνʼ οὖν τὸ περὶ τοῦ πνεύματος παρατήρημα μὴ διαπίπτῃ, λεκτέον ὅτι ἐν μὲν τῷ »Νῦν ἡ ψυχή μου »τετάρακται« τὰτῆς ταραχῆς πάθος ψυχῆς ἦν, ἐν δὲ τῲ »Ἐταράχθη »τῷ πνεύματι ὁ Ἰησοῦς«, ὅπερ ἐστὶν τὸ ἀνθρώπινον, τὸ πάθος ἦν ἐρχόμενον τῇ ἐπικρατείᾳ τοῦ πνεύματος.
nyn de prokeitai legein pōs ta proeirēmena »Eipōn »ho Iēsous etarachthē« ou tēn psychēn oude tę̄ psychę̄, allʼ oude tou pneumatos, alla »tǭ pneumati«. hinʼ oun to peri tou pneumatos paratērēma mē diapiptę̄, lekteon hoti en men tǭ »Nyn hē psychē mou »tetaraktai« tatēs tarachēs pathos psychēs ēn, en de tǭ »Etarachthē »tǭ pneumati ho Iēsous«, hoper estin to anthrōpinon, to pathos ēn erchomenon tę̄ epikrateią tou pneumatos.
But now the task is to say how, in the words quoted above, “When Jesus had said this, he was troubled,” it says neither “the soul” nor “in soul,” nor even “the spirit,” but “in spirit.” So that the observation about the spirit may not fail, it must be said that in “Now my soul is troubled” the passion of being troubled belonged to the soul, but in “Jesus was troubled in spirit” (that is, the human spirit) the passion came under the control of the spirit.
32.224Preuschen 4:456
ὡς γὰρ ὁ ἅγιος ζῇ πνεύματι, προκατάρχοντι τῶν ἐν τῷ ζῆν καὶ πάσης πράξεως καὶ εὐχῆς καὶ τοῦ πρὸς θεὸν ὕμνου, οὕτως πᾶν ὅ τί ποτʼ ἄν ποιῇ, ποιεῖ πνεύματι, ἀλλὰ κἄν πάσχῃ, πάσχει πνεύματι.
hōs gar ho hagios zę̄ pneumati, prokatarchonti tōn en tǭ zēn kai pasēs praxeōs kai euchēs kai tou pros theon hymnou, houtōs pan ho ti potʼ an poię̄, poiei pneumati, alla kan paschę̄, paschei pneumati.
For as the saint lives by the spirit, which leads the way in everything in life, in every action and prayer and hymn to God, so whatever he does, he does in the spirit; and even if he suffers, he suffers in the spirit.
32.225Preuschen 4:456
εἰ δὲ ὁ ἅγιος, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ταῦτα λεκτέον περὶ τοῦ τῶν ἁγίων ἀρχηγοῦ Ἰησοῦ, οὗ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἐν τῷ ἀνειληφέναι αὐτὸν ὅλον ἄνθρωπον, τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ διέσισεν τὰ λοιπὰ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀνθρώπινα;
ei de ho hagios, posǭ mallon tauta lekteon peri tou tōn hagiōn archēgou Iēsou, hou to pneuma tou anthrōpou, en tǭ aneilēphenai auton holon anthrōpon, to en autǭ diesisen ta loipa en autǭ anthrōpina?
And if this is true of the saint, how much more must it be said of Jesus, the leader of the saints, whose human spirit, since he had assumed the whole human being, shook the rest of what was human in him?
32.226Preuschen 4:456
καὶ οὕτως »ἐταράζθη τῷ πνεύματι«, ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ καὶ ἵνα εἴπῃ μετὰ τοῦ θείου οἱονεὶ ὅρκου τοῦ ἀμὴν τὸ »Λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν παρα- »δώσει με«.
kai houtōs »etarazthē tǭ pneumati«, hina martyrēsę̄ kai hina eipę̄ meta tou theiou hoionei horkou tou amēn to »Legō hymin hoti heis ex hymōn para- »dōsei me«.
And so he “was troubled in spirit,” in order to testify and to say, with the divine oath, as it were, of the “Amen”: “I say to you that one of you will betray me.”
32.227Preuschen 4:456
τοῦ γὰρ πνεύματος, οἶμαι, θεωρήσαντος τὸ ἤδη ἀπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου βεβλημένον εἰς τὴν καρδίαν Ἰούδα Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου, ἵνα τὸν διδάσκαλον παραδῷ, φωτισθεὶς εἰς τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐταράχθη· καὶ ἐπεὶ ἡ ταραχὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν πνεύματι γνώσεως γεγένηται, ὃ καὶ ἐν ταραχῂ ἐγένετο, »Ἰησοῦς, εἴρηται, ἐταράχθη τῷ πνεύματι«.
tou gar pneumatos, oimai, theōrēsantos to ēdē apo tou diabolou beblēmenon eis tēn kardian Iouda Simōnos Iskariōtou, hina ton didaskalon paradǭ, phōtistheis eis to esomenon etarachthē; kai epei hē tarachē apo tēs en pneumati gnōseōs gegenētai, ho kai en tarachę̄ egeneto, »Iēsous, eirētai, etarachthē tǭ pneumati«.
For when the spirit, I think, had seen what the devil had already put into the heart of Judas son of Simon Iscariot, that he should betray the teacher, being enlightened about what was to come, he was troubled; and since the trouble came from the knowledge in the spirit, which also came about in trouble, it has been said, “Jesus was troubled in spirit.”
32.228Preuschen 4:456
τάχα δὲ καὶ κατὰ μίαν ἐκδοχὴν τὴν »Ἡ σὰρξ ἀσθενής« καὶ ἡ σὰρξ τετάρακται· ταῦτα δʼ ἦν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, περὶ οὗ ὑπὸ τοῦ Γαβριὴλ πρὸς τὴν Μαρίαν εἴρηται τὸ »Καὶ ἰδοὺ συλλήψῃ ἐν γαστρί, καὶ καλέσεις »τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν· οὗτος ἔσται μέγας, καὶ υἱὸς ὑψίστου κλη- »θήσεται«.
tacha de kai kata mian ekdochēn tēn »Hē sarx asthenēs« kai hē sarx tetaraktai; tauta dʼ ēn ho Iēsous, peri hou hypo tou Gabriēl pros tēn Marian eirētai to »Kai idou syllēpsę̄ en gastri, kai kaleseis »to onoma autou Iēsoun; houtos estai megas, kai huios hypsistou klē- »thēsetai«.
And perhaps, according to one interpretation, in line with “The flesh is weak,” the flesh too was troubled. And all these things were Jesus, of whom Gabriel said to Mary: “And behold, you will conceive in your womb, and you will call his name Jesus; he will be great, and will be called Son of the Most High.”
32.229Preuschen 4:456
Σημείωσαι δὲ τίωα τρόπον ἐν τοοῖς ἐξεταζομένοις τὸ ἐμαρτύρησεν ἀναφέρεται εἰς τὸ »Εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν παραδώσει με«.
Sēmeiōsai de tiōa tropon en toois exetazomenois to emartyrēsen anapheretai eis to »Heis ex hymōn paradōsei me«.
Note how, in the passage under examination, “he testified” refers to “One of you will betray me.”
32.230Preuschen 4:456
καὶ τοῦτο γὰρ λεγόμενον καὶ προφητευόμενον τοῖς μαθηταῖς περὶ Ἰούδα, τοῦ ἑνὸς ἐξξ αὐτῶν, μαρτυρία ἦν ὁμώυμος, ο=ομαι, τῷ παρὰ τὸ μαρτυρεῖν καὶ ἀποθνήσκειν ὑπὲρ θεοσεβείας σημαινομένῳ.
kai touto gar legomenon kai prophēteuomenon tois mathētais peri Iouda, tou henos exx autōn, martyria ēn homōymos, o=omai, tǭ para to martyrein kai apothnēskein hyper theosebeias sēmainomenǭ.
For this too, being said and prophesied to the disciples about Judas, one of them, was a testimony (martyria), homonymous, I think, with what is meant by bearing witness and dying for piety.
32.231Preuschen 4:456
οὐ γὰρ ταὐτὰ νομίζω σημαίνεσθαι ἐν τῷ »Ἐμαρτύρησεν«, ὅτε δηλοῦται τὸ ῥῆμα, παρʼ ὅ ὁ μάρτυς ἐσχημάτισται τοῦ θεοῦ χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ νῦν ὅτε ἀναφέρεται ἐπὶ τὸ »Εἷς ἐξ ξὑμῶν παραδώσει με«.
ou gar tauta nomizō sēmainesthai en tǭ »Emartyrēsen«, hote dēloutai to rhēma, parʼ ho ho martys eschēmatistai tou theou christou autou, kai nyn hote anapheretai epi to »Heis ex xymōn paradōsei me«.
For I do not think the same thing is meant by “he testified” when the word denotes that from which “martyr of God and of his Christ” is formed, and now, when it refers to “One of you will betray me.”
32.232Preuschen 4:456–457
ἔτι κατὰ δύναμιν ἐγὼ ἐφίστημι καὶ τῷ »Εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἀναφερομένῳ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰούδαν, μήποτε ἐμφαίνει τὸ ἀπὸ τάξεως ἀποστολικῆς, ἐν ᾗ καὶ αὐτὸς ὕψωται τῷ διάθεσίν ποτε παραπλησίαν τοῖς λοιποῖς ἀποστόλοις ἔχειν αὐτόν, ἀποπεπτωκέναι.
eti kata dynamin egō ephistēmi kai tǭ »Heis ex hymōn, anapheromenǭ epi ton Ioudan, mēpote emphainei to apo taxeōs apostolikēs, en hę̄ kai autos hypsōtai tǭ diathesin pote paraplēsian tois loipois apostolois echein auton, apopeptōkenai.
Further, as far as I can, I also consider in “One of you,” referring to Judas, whether it does not indicate that he had fallen from the apostolic rank, in which he too had once been exalted, having at one time a disposition much like that of the other apostles.
32.233Preuschen 4:457
οὕτως γὰρ ἐγὼ ἤκουσα καὶ τοῦ »Ἰδοὺ Ἀδὰμ γέγονεν ὡς εἷς ἐξ ἡμῶν«, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ ἐκεῖ εἴρηται· »ὡς ἡμεῖς« ἤ »ὡς ἐγώ«, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ἕνα ἐκπεσόντα τῆς μακαριότητος, τὸ »Ὡς εἶς ἐξ ἡμῶν«· τὸ δὲ »Ὡς εἷς« συνᾀδειν μοι δοκεῖ καὶ μετὰ τοῦ »Ὑμεῖς δὲ δὴ ὡς ἄνθρωποι ἀποθνήσκετε«, τῷ »Καὶ ὡς εἷς τῶν τῶν ἀρχόντων πίπτετε«. πλειόνων γὰρ ἀρχόντων γενομένων, εἷς πέπτωκεν, ᾧ παραπλησίως μιμούμενοι τὴν ἐκείνου πτῶσιν πίπτουσιν οἱ ἁμαρτάνοντες.
houtōs gar egō ēkousa kai tou »Idou Adam gegonen hōs heis ex hēmōn«, epei mēde ekei eirētai; »hōs hēmeis« ē »hōs egō«, alla dia ton hena ekpesonta tēs makariotētos, to »Hōs eis ex hēmōn«; to de »Hōs heis« synądein moi dokei kai meta tou »Hymeis de dē hōs anthrōpoi apothnēskete«, tǭ »Kai hōs heis tōn tōn archontōn piptete«. pleionōn gar archontōn genomenōn, heis peptōken, hǭ paraplēsiōs mimoumenoi tēn ekeinou ptōsin piptousin hoi hamartanontes.
For so I have also understood “Behold, Adam has become like one of us,” since there too it is not said “like us” or “like me,” but “like one of us,” because of the one who fell from blessedness. And “like one” seems to me to agree also, after “But you die like men,” with “and you fall like one of the rulers.” For though there were many rulers, one fell; and those who sin fall in the same way, imitating his fall.
32.234Preuschen 4:457
ὡς γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ἐν θεότητι τυγχάνων πέπτωκεν, οὕτω καὶ πρὸς οὕς ὁ λόγος φηςὶ τὸ »Ἐγὼ »εἶπα· Θεοί ἐστε, καὶ υὑοὶ ὑψίστου πάντες«, ἀποπεσόντες τῆς μακαριότητος, οὐ προηγουμένως ὄντες ἄνθρωποι, ὡς ἄνθρωποι ἀποθνήσκουσιν καὶ ὡς εἷς τῶν ἀρχόντων πίπτουσιν.
hōs gar ekeinos en theotēti tynchanōn peptōken, houtō kai pros hous ho logos phēsi to »Egō »eipa; Theoi este, kai hyyoi hypsistou pantes«, apopesontes tēs makariotētos, ou proēgoumenōs ontes anthrōpoi, hōs anthrōpoi apothnēskousin kai hōs heis tōn archontōn piptousin.
For as he fell while in a divine state, so also those to whom the word says, “I said, ‘You are gods, and all of you sons of the Most High,’” having fallen from blessedness, though not originally human beings, die like men and fall like one of the rulers.
32.235Preuschen 4:457
νομίζω δὲ καὶ θαυμαστικῶς εἰρῆσθαι τοιούῳ νῷ τὸ λεγόμενον· ὁ παραδώσων με οὐκ ἀλλότριος τῶν ἐμῶν μαθητῶν ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ εἷς τῶν πολλῶν μαθητῶν, ἀλλὰ εἷς τῶν ἐν ἐκλογῇ μοι τετιμημένων ἀποστόλων.
nomizō de kai thaumastikōs eirēsthai toiouǭ nǭ to legomenon; ho paradōsōn me ouk allotrios tōn emōn mathētōn estin, allʼ oude heis tōn pollōn mathētōn, alla heis tōn en eklogę̄ moi tetimēmenōn apostolōn.
And I think the saying was spoken with astonishment, with some such meaning as this: the one who will betray me is no stranger to my disciples, nor even one of the many disciples, but one of the apostles honored by me in my choosing.
32.236Preuschen 4:457
πολλοὶ μὲν οὖν, καταψηφιζόμενοι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, φασίν· »Σταύρου, »σταύρου αὐτόν« καὶ »Αἶρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον«.
polloi men oun, katapsēphizomenoi tou Iēsou, phasin; »Staurou, »staurou auton« kai »Aire apo tēs gēs ton toiouton«.
Many, indeed, condemning Jesus, say, “Crucify, crucify him,” and “Away with such a one from the earth.”
32.237Preuschen 4:457
τὸ δὲ παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν ἔργον ἦν ἑωρακότος καὶ νενοηκότος αὐτόν· διδάσκαλον γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐπιτάμενος τῶν τηλικῶνδε καὶ τοςῶνδε μαθημάτων, ἃ κατʼ ἰδίαν μετὰ τῶν ἀοστόλων ἤκουσεν, καὶ κύριον αὐτὸν εἰδώς, παραδιδοὺς αὐτόν, ὃ ἔγνω μέγεθος αὐτοῦ παρέδωκεν, οὐκ ἄν ποιήσαντος τοῦτό τινος τὸ μέγεθος αὐτοῦ μὴ τεθεωρηκότος.
to de paradounai auton ergon ēn heōrakotos kai nenoēkotos auton; didaskalon gar auton epitamenos tōn tēlikōnde kai tosōnde mathēmatōn, ha katʼ idian meta tōn aostolōn ēkousen, kai kyrion auton eidōs, paradidous auton, ho egnō megethos autou paredōken, ouk an poiēsantos touto tinos to megethos autou mē tetheōrēkotos.
But to betray him was the work of one who had seen and understood him. For knowing him as the teacher of such great and so many lessons, which he had heard privately with the apostles, and knowing him as Lord, in betraying him he betrayed the greatness of him that he had come to know; no one would have done this who had not beheld his greatness.
32.238Preuschen 4:457
τὸν μὲ γὰρ μέγαν παραδέδωκεν, οὐ καθʼ ὃ μέγας ἐστίν, ἐπεὶ μὴ εἶδεν καθʼ ὃ μέγας ἐστίν· ὁ δὲ καὶ μαθὼν πῶς μέγας ἦν καὶ ἀκροατὴς γενόμενος τοῦ μεγέθους τῆς ἐν αὐτῷ σοφίας καὶ λόγου καὶ χάριτος καὶ προδοὺς αὐτόν, προέδωκεν ὅλον καθʼ ὃ εἶδεν μέγεθος.
ton me gar megan paradedōken, ou kathʼ ho megas estin, epei mē eiden kathʼ ho megas estin; ho de kai mathōn pōs megas ēn kai akroatēs genomenos tou megethous tēs en autǭ sophias kai logou kai charitos kai prodous auton, proedōken holon kathʼ ho eiden megethos.
For the others handed over a great man, but not insofar as he is great, since they did not see in what way he is great; but he who had learned how great he was, and had become a hearer of the greatness of the wisdom and word and grace in him, and then betrayed him, betrayed him wholly, according to the greatness he had seen.
32.239Preuschen 4:457–458
διὰ τοῦτο συνέφερεν αὐτῷ εἰ μὴ ἐγεννήθη, εἴτε τὴν τῆς παλιγγενε σίας γένεσιν, ὡς ἄν βαθύτερόν τις ἀκούσαι, εἴτε καὶ τὴν κοινότερον νοουμένην· περὶ ἧς ὁ πραγμάτων ἑαυτὸν ἀπαλλάττειν θέλων, καὶ ζητήσας ὃτι ᾧ συμφέρει, ὄντι συμφέρει, καὶ ὑπονοήσας ὅτι οὐκ ἄν μὴ ὄντι αὐτῷ συνέφερεν, ἐπὶ τὴν δευτέραν κατελθὼν διήγησιν, ἐκείνην μᾶλλον παραδέξεται. Ἔβλεπον εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μαθηταί, ἀπορούμενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει.
dia touto synepheren autǭ ei mē egennēthē, eite tēn tēs palingene sias genesin, hōs an bathyteron tis akousai, eite kai tēn koinoteron nooumenēn; peri hēs ho pragmatōn heauton apallattein thelōn, kai zētēsas hoti hǭ sympherei, onti sympherei, kai hyponoēsas hoti ouk an mē onti autǭ synepheren, epi tēn deuteran katelthōn diēgēsin, ekeinēn mallon paradexetai. Eblepon eis allēlous hoi mathētai, aporoumenoi peri tinos legei.
Therefore it would have been better for him if he had not been born, whether one understands the birth of regeneration, as a deeper reader might, or the birth understood in the more ordinary way. Concerning the latter, one who wants to free himself of difficulties, having investigated the principle that what benefits, benefits something that exists, and having suspected that it could not have benefited him not to exist, will come down to the second explanation and rather accept that one. “The disciples looked at one another, at a loss as to whom he was speaking of.”
32.240Preuschen 4:458
Εἰ μὲν προφανὴς ἦν τοῖς Ἰησοῦ μαθηταῖς ἡ τοῦ Ἰούδα κακία, κὰν ἔγνωστο, εἰπόντος τοῦ σωτῆρος ὅτι »Εἶς ἐξ ὑμῶν »παραδώσει με«, τίς ἦν ὁ παραδώσων τὸν διδάσκαλον. νυνὶ δὲ βλέπουσιν »εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μαθηταί, ἀπορούμενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει«.
Ei men prophanēs ēn tois Iēsou mathētais hē tou Iouda kakia, kan egnōsto, eipontos tou sōtēros hoti »Eis ex hymōn »paradōsei me«, tis ēn ho paradōsōn ton didaskalon. nyni de blepousin »eis allēlous hoi mathētai, aporoumenoi peri tinos legei«.
If the wickedness of Judas had been plain to the disciples of Jesus, it would have been known, when the Savior said, “One of you will betray me,” who was the one who would betray the teacher. But as it is, “the disciples look at one another, at a loss as to whom he was speaking of.”
32.241Preuschen 4:458
καὶ γὰρ Ἰούδας τάχα μὲν ἐκ προτέρων χρηστοιτέρων ἐδυσώπει τοὺς ἀποστόλους πρὸς τὸ μηδὲν ὑπονοῆσαι περὶ αὐτοῦ φαῦλον· τάχα δὲ καὶ τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδῷ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης, οὐκ ἦν τῆς πονηρίας ἐξ ὅλων· λείμματος γὰρ προαιρέσεως ἀγαθῆς ὑπάρχοντος ἐν αὐτῷ, ἰδὼν ὅτι κατεκρίθη, ἡνίκα »δήσαντες αὐτὸν ἀπήγαγον καὶ παρέδωκαν Πιλάτῳ »τῷ ἡγεμόνι«, »μεταμεληθεὶς ἔστρεφεν τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια τοῖς »ἀρχιερεῦσι καὶ πρεσβυτέροις λέγων· Ἥμαρτον παραδοὺς αἷμα ἀθῷον«· ὅτε εἰπόντων αὐτῶν· »Τὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς; σὺ ὅψῃ«· ῥίψας ὁ φιλάργυρος Ἰούδας τὰ ἀργύρια »ἀπελθὼν ἀπήγξατο«, μηδὲ περιμείνας ἰδεῖν τοῦ περὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν παρὰ τῷ Πιλάτῳ κρίματος τὸ τέλος.
kai gar Ioudas tacha men ek proterōn chrēstoiterōn edysōpei tous apostolous pros to mēden hyponoēsai peri autou phaulon; tacha de kai tou diabolou ēdē beblēkotos eis tēn kardian, hina paradǭ auton Ioudas Simōnos Iskariōtēs, ouk ēn tēs ponērias ex holōn; leimmatos gar proaireseōs agathēs hyparchontos en autǭ, idōn hoti katekrithē, hēnika »dēsantes auton apēgagon kai paredōkan Pilatǭ »tǭ hēgemoni«, »metamelētheis estrephen ta triakonta argyria tois »archiereusi kai presbyterois legōn; Hēmarton paradous haima athǭon«; hote eipontōn autōn; »Ti pros hēmas? sy hopsę̄«; rhipsas ho philargyros Ioudas ta argyria »apelthōn apēnxato«, mēde perimeinas idein tou peri ton Iēsoun para tǭ Pilatǭ krimatos to telos.
For perhaps Judas, because of his earlier better conduct, made the apostles ashamed to suspect anything bad about him; and perhaps, even when the devil had already put it into the heart that Judas son of Simon Iscariot should betray him, he was not wholly given to wickedness. For since a remnant of good choice remained in him, when he saw that Jesus was condemned, when “they bound him, led him away, and delivered him to Pilate the governor,” “he repented and brought back the thirty pieces of silver to the chief priests and elders, saying, ‘I have sinned in betraying innocent blood.’” When they said, “What is that to us? See to it yourself,” the money-loving Judas threw down the silver, “went away and hanged himself,” not even waiting to see the end of the judgment concerning Jesus before Pilate.
32.242Preuschen 4:458
καὶ γέγονεν αὐτῷ οὔτε καθαρὰ ἀπὸ ἁμαρτίας μετάνοια, οὔτε ἄκρατος πρός τι χρηστότερον ἡ πονηρία. εἰ μὲν γὰρ καθαρῶς μετενόει κἂν ὡς ὁ λῃστὴς εἰπών· »Μνήσθητί μου, Ἰησοῦ, ὅταν ἔλθῃς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ »σου«, προσελθὼν τῷ σωτῆρι ἐποίει τὰ παρʼ αὐτοῦ, πρὸς τὸ ἐξιλάσασθαι αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῇ φθασάσῃ γεγονέναι προδοσίᾳ.
kai gegonen autǭ oute kathara apo hamartias metanoia, oute akratos pros ti chrēstoteron hē ponēria. ei men gar katharōs metenoei kan hōs ho lę̄stēs eipōn; »Mnēsthēti mou, Iēsou, hotan elthę̄s en tę̄ basileią »sou«, proselthōn tǭ sōtēri epoiei ta parʼ autou, pros to exilasasthai auton epi tę̄ phthasasę̄ gegonenai prodosią.
And there came about in him neither a repentance pure from sin nor a wickedness unmixed with something better. For if he had repented purely, then, even like the robber who said, “Remember me, Jesus, when you come in your kingdom,” he would have gone to the Savior and done what was in his power to propitiate him for the betrayal that had already taken place.
32.243Preuschen 4:458
εἰ δὲ πάντη τὴν τοὺ καλοῦ ἔννοιαν ἐξεληλακὼς ἦν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῆς, οὔτʼ ἂν μετεμελήθη ἰδὼν ὅτι κατεκρίθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς· ἀλλὰ καὶ προσετίθει ἂν λόγους γους κατηγορῶν αὐτοῦ συγγενεῖς τῇ προδοσίᾳ·
ei de pantē tēn tou kalou ennoian exelēlakōs ēn tēs heautou psychēs, outʼ an metemelēthē idōn hoti katekrithē ho Iēsous; alla kai prosetithei an logous gous katēgorōn autou syngeneis tę̄ prodosią;
But if he had entirely driven the notion of the good out of his own soul, he would not have repented when he saw that Jesus was condemned; rather he would even have added words accusing him, akin to the betrayal;
32.244Preuschen 4:458
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπολαύων ἂν ὡς φιλάργυρος ὧν ἔλαβεν τριάκοντα ἀργυρίων, »τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ »τετιμημένου«, οὔτʼ ἂν ἐβουλεύσατο άπώσασθαι τὰ ἀργύρια οὔτʼ ἂν ἔστρεψεν αὐτὰ τοῖς ἀρχιρεῦσιν καὶ πρεσβυτέροις, οὔτʼ ἂν ἐπʼ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων ἐξωμολογήστο, αὑτοῦ μὲν κατηγορῶν, τὸν δὲ διδάσκαλον καὶ ἐγκωμιάζων ἐν τῷ· »Ἥμαρτον παραδοὺς αἷμα δίκαιον«.
alla kai apolauōn an hōs philargyros hōn elaben triakonta argyriōn, »tēn timēn tou »tetimēmenou«, outʼ an ebouleusato apōsasthai ta argyria outʼ an estrepsen auta tois archireusin kai presbyterois, outʼ an epʼ autōn ekeinōn exōmologēsto, hautou men katēgorōn, ton de didaskalon kai enkōmiazōn en tǭ; »Hēmarton paradous haima dikaion«.
and, being a lover of money, he would have enjoyed the thirty pieces of silver he had received, “the price of him who was priced”; he would not have resolved to reject the silver, nor returned it to the chief priests and elders, nor confessed before them, accusing himself and praising the teacher in the words, “I have sinned in betraying righteous blood.”
32.245Preuschen 4:458–459
ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἀπάγξασθαι αὑτὸν οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν ἢ ὁ βεβληκὼς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν ἵνα παραδῷ τὸν σωτῆρα· καὶ τόπον γε κατʼ ἀμφότερα ἔδωκεν τῷ διαβόλῳ.
alla kai to apanxasthai hauton oudeis allos epoiēsen ē ho beblēkōs autou eis tēn kardian hina paradǭ ton sōtēra; kai topon ge katʼ amphotera edōken tǭ diabolǭ.
But hanging himself too was done by no other than the one who had put it into his heart to betray the Savior; and in both respects he gave place to the devil.
32.246Preuschen 4:459
Ταῦτα δὲ κατὰ δύναμιν ἐπεξειργασάμην ἅμ μὲν παριστὰς τοῖς οἰομένοις αὐτὸν φύσει γεγονέναι ἀνεπίδεκτον σωτηρίας, ὅτι οὐ τοιοῦτος ἦν, ἅμα δὲ διηγούμενος ὅτι εὐλόγως οἱ μαθηταὶ ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ κυρίου λόγῳ »ἔβλεπον εἰς ἀλλήλους, ἀπορούμενοι περὶ τὶνος λέγει«.
Tauta de kata dynamin epexeirgasamēn ham men paristas tois oiomenois auton physei gegonenai anepidekton sōtērias, hoti ou toioutos ēn, hama de diēgoumenos hoti eulogōs hoi mathētai epi tǭ tou kyriou logǭ »eblepon eis allēlous, aporoumenoi peri tinos legei«.
I have worked these things out as far as I can, both to show those who think that Judas was by nature incapable of salvation that he was not such, and at the same time to explain that the disciples reasonably, at the Lord's word, “looked at one another, at a loss as to whom he was speaking of.”
32.247Preuschen 4:459
ἀρκεῖ δὲ παραθέσθαι καὶ προφητικὴν λέξιν ἀπὸ τοῦ τεσσαρακοστοῦ Ψαλμοῦ, παριστᾶσαν ὅτι ἅγιος ὢν μεταπέπτωκεν, ἐπεὶ γέγραπται· »Καὶ »γὰρ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς εἰρήνης μου, ἐφʼ ὃν ἤλπισα, ὁ ἐσθίων ἄρτους »μου ἐμεγάλυνεν ἐπʼ ἐμὲ πτερνισμόν«.
arkei de parathesthai kai prophētikēn lexin apo tou tessarakostou Psalmou, paristasan hoti hagios ōn metapeptōken, epei gegraptai; »Kai »gar ho anthrōpos tēs eirēnēs mou, ephʼ hon ēlpisa, ho esthiōn artous »mou emegalynen epʼ eme pternismon«.
It is enough to set out also a prophetic text from the fortieth Psalm, showing that, being holy, he fell away; for it is written: “For even the man of my peace, in whom I hoped, who ate my bread, magnified his tripping against me.”
32.248Preuschen 4:459
ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ »Εἰ ἐχθρὸς ὠνεί- »δισέν με, ὑπήνεγκα ἄν« ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἀναφερόνμενον δηοῖ ὅτι οὐκ ἀρ- χῆθεν ἐχθρὸς ἦν.
alla kai to »Ei echthros ōnei- »disen me, hypēnenka an« epʼ auton anapheronmenon dēoi hoti ouk ar- chēthen echthros ēn.
And also “If an enemy had reproached me, I would have borne it,” when referred to him, shows that he was not an enemy from the beginning.
32.249Preuschen 4:459
ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ »Εἰ ὁ μισῶν με ἐμεγαλορημόνησεν, »ἐκρύβην ἂν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ« παρίστησιν ὅτι καὶ ἠγάπα ποτὲ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, φθάσας ἐπὶ τὸ καὶ ἰσόψυχος αὐτῷ τυγχάνειν, ἐπεὶ γέγραπται· »Σὺ »δὲ ἄνθρωπε ἰσόψυχε, καὶ ἡγεμών μου, καὶ γνωστέ μου«.
alla kai to »Ei ho misōn me emegalorēmonēsen, »ekrybēn an apʼ autou« paristēsin hoti kai ēgapa pote ton Iēsoun, phthasas epi to kai isopsychos autǭ tynchanein, epei gegraptai; »Sy »de anthrōpe isopsyche, kai hēgemōn mou, kai gnōste mou«.
And also “If he who hated me had spoken boastfully, I would have hidden from him” shows that he once loved Jesus, and had even come to be of one soul with him, since it is written: “But you, a man of one soul with me, my guide and my familiar friend.”
32.250Preuschen 4:459
καὶ ἄλλα δʼ ἂν εὕροις μυρία, ἐξ ὧν συνήσεις ὅτι εἰκότως οἱ μαθηταὶ »ἔβλεπον »εἰς ἀλλάλους, ἀπορούμενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει«.
kai alla dʼ an heurois myria, ex hōn synēseis hoti eikotōs hoi mathētai »eblepon »eis allalous, aporoumenoi peri tinos legei«.
And you could find countless other passages from which you will understand that the disciples reasonably “looked at one another, at a loss as to whom he was speaking of.”
32.251Preuschen 4:459
ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς ἀνέγραψεν ὅτι εἰπόντος τοῦ σωτῆρος· »Πλὴν ἰδοὺ ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παραδιδόν- »τος με μετʼ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τρπέζης. ὁ μὲν υἱὸς τοὺ ἀνθρώπου κατὰ »τὸ ὠρισμένον αὐτῷ πορεύεται, πλὴν οὐαὶ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ διʼ »τὸ ὡρισμένον αὐτῷ πορεύεται, πλὴν οὐαὶ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ διʼ »οὗ παραδίκδοται« οἱ μαθγταὶ ἤρξαντο συζητεῖν πρὸς ἐαυτοὺς τίς »ἄρα εἴη ἐξ αὐτῶν ὀ μέλλων τοῦτο πράσσειν«· συνεζήτουν γὰρ »ἀπο- »ρούμενοι περὶ τίνος λέγειν«.
ho de Loukas anegrapsen hoti eipontos tou sōtēros; »Plēn idou hē cheir tou paradidon- »tos me metʼ emou epi tēs trpezēs. ho men huios tou anthrōpou kata »to ōrismenon autǭ poreuetai, plēn ouai tǭ anthrōpǭ ekeinǭ diʼ »to hōrismenon autǭ poreuetai, plēn ouai tǭ anthrōpǭ ekeinǭ diʼ »hou paradikdotai« hoi mathgtai ērxanto syzētein pros eautous tis »ara eiē ex autōn o mellōn touto prassein«; synezētoun gar »apo- »roumenoi peri tinos legein«.
Luke recorded that when the Savior said, “But behold, the hand of him who betrays me is with me on the table. For the Son of Man goes as it has been determined for him, but woe to that man through whom he is betrayed,” the disciples “began to question among themselves which of them it could be who was about to do this”; for they were questioning, “at a loss as to whom he was speaking of.”
32.252Preuschen 4:459
ἀλλὰ κατὰ μὲν τὸν Λουκᾶν οὐκ ἐμφαίνεται ὅτι ἕκαστος καὶ ἑαυτὸν ὑπενόει· κατὰ δὲ τὸν Ματθαῖον καὶ τὸν Μάρκον καὶ τοῦτο παρίσταται.
alla kata men ton Loukan ouk emphainetai hoti hekastos kai heauton hypenoei; kata de ton Matthaion kai ton Markon kai touto paristatai.
But according to Luke it is not indicated that each one suspected even himself; according to Matthew and Mark, however, this too is shown.
32.253Preuschen 4:459
ὁ μὲν γὰρ Ματθαῖός φησι· »Καὶ λυπούμενοι σφόδρα ἤραζαντο λέγειν· Μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, κύριε;«
ho men gar Matthaios phēsi; »Kai lypoumenoi sphodra ērazanto legein; Mēti egō eimi, kyrie?«
For Matthew says, “And being very sorrowful they began to say, ‘Is it I, Lord?’”
32.254Preuschen 4:459
ὁ δὲ Μάρδος ὅτι »Ἤρξαντο λυπεῖσθαι καὶ λέγειν αὐτῷ εἷς καθʼ ἕνα·
ho de Mardos hoti »Ērxanto lypeisthai kai legein autǭ heis kathʼ hena;
And Mark, that “they began to be sorrowful and to say to him one by one,
32.255Preuschen 4:459
»Μήτι ἐγώ; καὶ ἄλλος· Μήτι ἐγώ;« ἐμέμνηντο γάρ, οἶμαι, ἄνθρωποι ὄνττες, ὅτι τρεπτή ἐστιν ἡ προαίρεσις τῶν ἔτι προκοπτόντων καὶ ἐπιδεχομένη τὸ ἐναντία θέλειν οἷς πρότερον προέθετο.
»Mēti egō? kai allos; Mēti egō?« ememnēnto gar, oimai, anthrōpoi onttes, hoti treptē estin hē proairesis tōn eti prokoptontōn kai epidechomenē to enantia thelein hois proteron proetheto.
‘Is it I?’ and another, ‘Is it I?’” For they remembered, I think, being human, that the choice of those who are still making progress is changeable and capable of willing the opposite of what it earlier proposed.
32.256Preuschen 4:459
τάχα δὲ καὶ μαθόντες πρὸς ἃ ἡμῖν ἐστιν ἡ πάλη, εὐλαβοῦντο διὰ τὸ ἐν ἀνθρώπου ποις ἄδηλον μήποτε νικηθέντες παραδέζωνται καὶ τὴν περὶ τοῦ διδασκάλου προδοσίαν.
tacha de kai mathontes pros ha hēmin estin hē palē, eulabounto dia to en anthrōpou pois adēlon mēpote nikēthentes paradezōntai kai tēn peri tou didaskalou prodosian.
And perhaps, having also learned against what our struggle is, they were cautious because of what is uncertain in human beings, lest, being overcome, they might accept even the betrayal of the teacher.
32.257Preuschen 4:459–460
καὶ γὰρ ὁ Πάτρος πρόθεσιν μὲν εἶχεν, ὅτε διαβεβαιούμενος ἔλεγεν· »Εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται ἐν σοί, ἐγὼ »οὐ σκανδαλισθήσομαι« μὴ ἀρνήσασθαι τὸν Ἰσοῦν· ἐκνικηθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ τῆς δειλίας πνεύματος πρὸ ἀλεκτοροφωνίας τρὶς αὐτὸν ἠρνήσατο.
kai gar ho Patros prothesin men eichen, hote diabebaioumenos elegen; »Ei kai pantes skandalisthēsontai en soi, egō »ou skandalisthēsomai« mē arnēsasthai ton Isoun; eknikētheis de hypo tou tēs deilias pneumatos pro alektorophōnias tris auton ērnēsato.
For Peter too had the resolve not to deny Jesus, when he said with assurance, “Even if all fall away because of you, I will not fall away”; but, overcome by the spirit of cowardice, he denied him three times before the cock crowed.
32.258Preuschen 4:460
ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων δὴ λόγων διδασκόμεθα· »Ὁ στήκων »βλεπέτω μὴ πέσῃ« καὶ »Μὴ καυχῶ τὰ εἰς αὔριον, οὐ γὰρ οἶδας τί τέξεται ἡ ἐπιοῦσα«. τάχα δὲ καὶ τὸ »Εβλεπον εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μα- »θηταὶ« πρὸς τῷ ἁπλούστερον νοουμένῳ καὶ τοιοῦτόν τι δηλοῖ, ὅτι ἕκαστος κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει ἐνεώρα εἰς τὴν προαίρεσιν τοῦ ἑτέρου, ἐπαπορῶν εἰ δύναται ἡ τοιαῦτα πράξασα ψυχῆ καὶ οὕτω πρὸς τὸν ἀψευδῆ διδάσκαλον διατεθεῖσα, ἀληθῶς μαρτυρήσαντα ἐν τῷ εἰρηκέναι· »Ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν παραδώσει »με«, ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐκτραπῆναι καὶ ἐπιλαθέσθαι τῶν τοῦ διδασκάλου μαθημάτων, ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν προδσίαν αὐτοῦ φθάσαι.
ek tōn toioutōn dē logōn didaskometha; »Ho stēkōn »blepetō mē pesę̄« kai »Mē kauchō ta eis aurion, ou gar oidas ti texetai hē epiousa«. tacha de kai to »Eblepon eis allēlous hoi ma- »thētai« pros tǭ haplousteron nooumenǭ kai toiouton ti dēloi, hoti hekastos kata to dynaton anthrōpinę̄ physei eneōra eis tēn proairesin tou heterou, epaporōn ei dynatai hē toiauta praxasa psychē kai houtō pros ton apseudē didaskalon diatetheisa, alēthōs martyrēsanta en tǭ eirēkenai; »Amēn amēn legō hymin hoti heis ex hymōn paradōsei »me«, epi tosouton ektrapēnai kai epilathesthai tōn tou didaskalou mathēmatōn, hōs kai epi tēn prodsian autou phthasai.
From such accounts we are taught: “Let him who stands take heed lest he fall,” and “Do not boast about tomorrow, for you do not know what the coming day will bring forth.” And perhaps “The disciples looked at one another,” besides its simpler meaning, also indicates something like this: that each, as far as is possible for human nature, looked into the choice of the other, wondering whether a soul that had done such things, and had been so disposed toward the truthful teacher, who testified truly in saying, “Truly, truly, I say to you that one of you will betray me,” could turn aside so far and forget the teacher's lessons as to come even to betraying him.
32.259Preuschen 4:460
ἐμφαντικὴ γὰρ ἡ περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν λέξις ἡ »Ἀπορούμενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει«· οὐ γὰρ εὐπόρουν ἐννῆσαι περὶ τίνος τὸ προειρημένον ἦν, ἀλλʼ ἦσαν εὑρίσκοντες. Ἦν ἀνακείμενος εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς. νεύει οὖν τούτῳ· ἀναπεσὼν ἐκεῖνος ἐπὶ τὸ στῆθος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ λέγει αὐτῷ· Κύριε, τίς ἐστιν; ἀποκρίνεται οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ᾧ ἐγὼ βάψω τὸ ψωμίον. βάψας οὖν τὸ ψωμίον λαμβάνει καὶ δίδωσιν Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου· καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον τότε εἰσηλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς. λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ὃ ποιεῖς ποίησον τάχιον. τοῦτο δὲ οὐδεὶς ἔγνω τῶν ἀνακειμένων πρὸς τί εἶπεν αὐτῷ· τινὲς γὰρ ἐδόκουν, ἐπεὶ τὸ γλωσσόκομον εἶχεν Ἰούδας, ὅτι λέεγει αὐτῷ Ἰησοῦς· Ἀγόρασον ὧν χρείαν ἔχομεν εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν, ἢ τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ.
emphantikē gar hē peri tōn mathētōn lexis hē »Aporoumenoi peri tinos legei«; ou gar euporoun ennēsai peri tinos to proeirēmenon ēn, allʼ ēsan heuriskontes. Ēn anakeimenos heis ek tōn mathētōn autou en tǭ kolpǭ tou Iēsou, hon ēgapa ho Iēsous. neuei oun toutǭ; anapesōn ekeinos epi to stēthos tou Iēsou legei autǭ; Kyrie, tis estin? apokrinetai oun ho Iēsous; Ekeinos estin hǭ egō bapsō to psōmion. bapsas oun to psōmion lambanei kai didōsin Ioudą Simōnos Iskariōtou; kai meta to psōmion tote eisēlthen eis ekeinon ho Satanas. legei oun autǭ ho Iēsous; Ho poieis poiēson tachion. touto de oudeis egnō tōn anakeimenōn pros ti eipen autǭ; tines gar edokoun, epei to glōssokomon eichen Ioudas, hoti leegei autǭ Iēsous; Agorason hōn chreian echomen eis tēn heortēn, ē tois ptōchois hina ti dǭ.
For the phrase about the disciples, “at a loss as to whom he was speaking of,” is expressive: they were not able to perceive readily about whom the prediction was, but were at a loss. “One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved, was reclining in the bosom of Jesus. Simon Peter therefore beckons to him, and that one, leaning back on the breast of Jesus, says to him, ‘Lord, who is it?’ Jesus therefore answers, ‘It is he to whom I shall dip the morsel.’ So having dipped the morsel, he takes it and gives it to Judas son of Simon Iscariot. And after the morsel, then Satan entered into him. Jesus therefore says to him, ‘What you do, do quickly.’ Now no one of those reclining knew why he said this to him; for some thought, since Judas had the money-box, that Jesus was saying to him, ‘Buy what we need for the feast,’ or that he should give something to the poor.”
32.260Preuschen 4:460–461
Ὁ ἐν τῷ κόλῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἀνακείμενος, εἷς τῶν μα- Ἰωάννης· ἐπὶ γὰρ τῷ τέλει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου γάγραπται ὡς «Ἐπιστρα- »φεὶς ὁ Πέτρος βλέπει τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀκολου- »θοῦντα, ὃς καὶ ἀνέπεσεν ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ ἐπὶ τὸ στῆθος αὐτοῦ, και »εἶπεν· Κύριε, τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδιδούς σε; τοῦ τον οὖν ἰδὼν ὁ Πέτρος » λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ· Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί; λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ἐὰν »αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι, τὶ πρὸς σέ; σύ μοι ἀκολούθει. »ἐξῆλθεν οὖν ὁ λόγος εἰς τοὺς ἀδλφούς, ὅτι ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος οῦκ »ἀποθνήσκει. οὐκ εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνήσκει, ἀλλʼ.
Ho en tǭ kolǭ tou Iēsou anakeimenos, heis tōn ma- Iōannēs; epi gar tǭ telei tou euangeliou gagraptai hōs «Epistra- »pheis ho Petros blepei ton mathētēn hon ēgapa ho Iēsous akolou- »thounta, hos kai anepesen en tǭ deipnǭ epi to stēthos autou, kai »eipen; Kyrie, tis estin ho paradidous se? tou ton oun idōn ho Petros » legei tǭ Iēsou; Kyrie, houtos de ti? legei autǭ ho Iēsous; Ean »auton thelō menein heōs erchomai, ti pros se? sy moi akolouthei. »exēlthen oun ho logos eis tous adlphous, hoti ho mathētēs ekeinos ouk »apothnēskei. ouk eipen de autǭ ho Iēsous hoti ouk apothnēskei, allʼ.
The one reclining in the bosom of Jesus, one of the disciples, was John. For at the end of the Gospel it is written: “Peter, turning around, sees the disciple whom Jesus loved following, who had also leaned back on his breast at the supper and said, ‘Lord, who is the one who betrays you?’ So Peter, seeing him, says to Jesus, ‘Lord, and what about this man?’ Jesus says to him, ‘If I want him to remain until I come, what is that to you? You follow me.’ So the saying went out among the brothers that that disciple would not die. But Jesus did not say to him that he would not die, but,
32.261Preuschen 4:461
»Ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι, τί πρὸς σέ; ὅτι δὲ ὁ μαθητὴς οὗτος ὁ γράψας τὸ εὐταγγέλιον Ἰωάννης ἐστὶν δῆλον ἐκ τῶν έπιφερομένων οὕτως ἐχόντων ὅτι »Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ καὶ »μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων, ὁ γράψας ταῦτα«.
»Ean auton thelō menein heōs erchomai, ti pros se? hoti de ho mathētēs houtos ho grapsas to eutangelion Iōannēs estin dēlon ek tōn epipheromenōn houtōs echontōn hoti »Houtos estin ho mathētēs ho kai »martyrōn peri toutōn, ho grapsas tauta«.
‘If I want him to remain until I come, what is that to you?’” And that this disciple who wrote the Gospel is John is clear from the words that follow, which run thus: “This is the disciple who bears witness about these things, who wrote these things.”
32.262Preuschen 4:461
παρατήρει δὲ ἐν ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς τόποις τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τίνα τρόπον ὁ Πέτρος, ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖον αὐτῷ θαρρῶν καὶ πρασκεκλιμένος, ὅπου μὲν »Νεύει αὐτῷ καὶ »λέγει· Εἰπὲ τίς ἐστιν, περὶ οὗ ὁ Ἰησοῦς προδώσοντός φησιν«, παρὰ τοὺς λοιποὺς λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ περὶ αὐτοῦ· »Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ »τί;« βουλόμενος μαθεῖν καὶ τὸ κατἂ τὸν Ἰωάννην τέλος ὁμοίως τῷ ἐγνωκέναι τὰ περὶ αὑτοῦ, ὅτι ὅταν γηράσῃ ἐκτενεῖ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἄλλος αὐτὸν ζώσει καὶ οἴσει ὅπου οὐ θέλει.
paratērei de en amphoterois tois topois tou euangeliou tina tropon ho Petros, hōs epi pleion autǭ tharrōn kai praskeklimenos, hopou men »Neuei autǭ kai »legei; Eipe tis estin, peri hou ho Iēsous prodōsontos phēsin«, para tous loipous legei tǭ Iēsou peri autou; »Kyrie, houtos de »ti?« boulomenos mathein kai to kata ton Iōannēn telos homoiōs tǭ egnōkenai ta peri hautou, hoti hotan gērasę̄ ektenei tas cheiras autou, kai allos auton zōsei kai oisei hopou ou thelei.
Observe in both places of the Gospel how Peter, as one who trusted him more and was more inclined toward him, in one place “beckons to him and says, ‘Tell us who it is of whom’” Jesus speaks as the betrayer; and in the other, beyond the others, says to Jesus about him, “Lord, and what about this man?”, wishing to learn also about John's end, just as he had come to know what concerned himself: that when he grew old he would stretch out his hands, and another would gird him and carry him where he did not wish.
32.263Preuschen 4:461
εἴπερ δὲ ἃ ἐλάλει ῥήματα ὁ Ἰησοῦς πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ οὐ γράμμα, διʼ ὅλων ζωή εστιν καὶ οὐδαμῶς θάνατος, καὶ μιμούμενος αὐτὸν ὁ μαθητὴς ὃν ἠγάπα πνεῦμα καὶ ζωὴν ἀναγράφει, ἀκουστέον τοῦ »Ἦν ἀνακείμενος εἷς ἐκ »τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ« ἀξίως τιμῆς, ἧς πρέπει διδόναι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ λαμβάνειν τὸν ἀγαπώμενον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ.
eiper de ha elalei rhēmata ho Iēsous pneuma estin kai ou gramma, diʼ holōn zōē estin kai oudamōs thanatos, kai mimoumenos auton ho mathētēs hon ēgapa pneuma kai zōēn anagraphei, akousteon tou »Ēn anakeimenos heis ek »tōn mathētōn autou en tǭ kolpǭ tou Iēsou« axiōs timēs, hēs prepei didonai ton huion tou theou kai lambanein ton agapōmenon hypʼ autou.
And if the words that Jesus spoke are spirit and not letter, wholly life and in no way death, and if the disciple whom he loved, imitating him, writes down spirit and life, then “One of his disciples was reclining in the bosom of Jesus” must be understood in a way worthy of the honor which it befits the Son of God to give and the one loved by him to receive.
32.264Preuschen 4:461
καὶ νομίζω ὅτι εἰ καὶ συμβολικῶς τότε ἀνακείμενος Ἰωάννης ἦν ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, τοῦ διδασκάλου, τὸ συμβολικὸν τοῦτο ἀγάπης κριθεὶς ἄξιος τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ διδασκάλου, τὸ συμβολικὸν τοῦτο παρίστησιν ὅτι Ἰωάννης άνακείμενος τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τοῖς μυστικωτέροις ἐναναπαυόμενος, ἀνέκειτο ἐν τοῖς κόλποις τοῦ λόγου, ἀνάλογον τῷ καὶ αὐτὸν εἶναι ἐν τοῖς κόλποις τοῦ πατρός, ἐκεῖνος ἐξηγήσατο«.
kai nomizō hoti ei kai symbolikōs tote anakeimenos Iōannēs ēn en tǭ kolpǭ tou Iēsou, tou didaskalou, to symbolikon touto agapēs kritheis axios tēs apo tou didaskalou, to symbolikon touto paristēsin hoti Iōannēs anakeimenos tǭ logǭ kai tois mystikōterois enanapauomenos, anekeito en tois kolpois tou logou, analogon tǭ kai auton einai en tois kolpois tou patros, ekeinos exēgēsato«.
And I think that, even if John was then reclining symbolically in the bosom of Jesus the teacher, having been judged worthy of this symbol of love from the teacher, this symbol shows that John, reclining on the Word and resting in the more mystical things, lay in the bosom of the Word, analogous to the Word's own being in the bosom of the Father, as it says: … “he has made him known.”
32.265Preuschen 4:461–462
εἰ μὴ »θεός, ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ πατρός, κατὰ τὸ »Ὁ μονογενὴς ταπεινότετον δὲ ἀκούομεν καὶ τοῦ »Ἐγένετο δὲ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν κόλπον »χὸν καὶ ἀπενεχθῆναι αὐτὸν † ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἰς τὸν κόλπον »Ἀβραάμ«, τοιοῦτόν τι καὶ περὶ τοῦ κόλπου Ἀβραὰμ νοήσομεν· ὅπερ ἐὰν οὕτως * * * ἐσόμεθα, ἀπολογησάμενοι πρὸς τὴν κατʼ ἄγνοιαν περὶ τῆς γραφῆς ἐπαπόρησιν, λεχθεῖσαν ὑπο τοῦ βουληθέντος ἀθετῆσαι τὴν περὶ τὸν πλούσιον καὶ τὸν πένητα διήγησιν· εἰ γὰρ ἀνέκειτο, φησίν, εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Ἀβρὰὰ ὀ Λάζαρος, ἕτερος πρὸ τοῦ τοῦτον ἐξελθεῖν βίον ἦν ἂν ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, καὶ πρὸ ἐκείνου ἄλλος.
ei mē »theos, ho ōn eis ton kolpon tou patros, kata to »Ho monogenēs tapeinoteton de akouomen kai tou »Egeneto de apothanein ton kolpon »chon kai apenechthēnai auton † apo tōn angelōn eis ton kolpon »Abraam«, toiouton ti kai peri tou kolpou Abraam noēsomen; hoper ean houtōs * * * esometha, apologēsamenoi pros tēn katʼ agnoian peri tēs graphēs epaporēsin, lechtheisan hypo tou boulēthentos athetēsai tēn peri ton plousion kai ton penēta diēgēsin; ei gar anekeito, phēsin, eis ton kolpon tou Abraa o Lazaros, heteros pro tou touton exelthein bion ēn an en tǭ kolpǭ tou Abraam, kai pro ekeinou allos.
… “the only-begotten God, who is in the bosom of the Father” … If we do not take in too lowly a sense also “It came to pass that the poor man died and was carried away by the angels into Abraham's bosom,” we shall understand something like this also about Abraham's bosom. If this is … thus, we shall be … having answered the objection raised in ignorance of Scripture by one who wanted to reject the narrative about the rich man and the poor man. For if, he says, Lazarus reclined in the bosom of Abraham, another would have been in Abraham's bosom before this one departed this life, and before him another.
32.266Preuschen 4:462
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλου, φησί, δικαίου ἐξελθόντος ὁ πτωχὸς ὑπαναστήσεται· οὐ γὰρ ἑώρα τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ὁ περὶ τούτων ἐπαπορῶν, καὶ ὅτι δυνατόν ἐστιν μυρίους ἐντῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἅμα ἀναπαύσσεσθαι, κοινωνουντας τῶν ἀποκαλυφθέντων αὐτῷ.
alla kai allou, phēsi, dikaiou exelthontos ho ptōchos hypanastēsetai; ou gar heōra ton kolpon tou Abraam ho peri toutōn epaporōn, kai hoti dynaton estin myrious entǭ kolpǭ tou Abraam hama anapaussesthai, koinōnountas tōn apokalyphthentōn autǭ.
“But also,” he says, “when another righteous man departs, the poor man will have to get up.” For the one who raised these difficulties did not see the bosom of Abraham, and that countless people can rest in the bosom of Abraham at the same time, sharing in the things revealed to him.
32.267Preuschen 4:462
Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἄλλον τοπον περὶ τῆς τοῦ κόλπου ὀνομασίας δεήσει παραθέσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς γραφῆς, φέρε ἐξετάσωμεν τίνα τρόπον εἶπεν κύριος τῷ Μωϋσῇ· »Πάλιν εἰσένεγκον τὴν χεῖρά σου εἰς τὸν »κόλπον σου. καὶ εἰσήνεγκεν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν κόλπον αὐτοῦ, »καὶ ἐξήνεγκεν αὐτὴν ἐκ τοῦ κόλπου αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐγένετο ἡ χείρ »αὐτοῦ λεπρῶσα ὠσεὶ χιών. καὶ εἶπεν· Εἰσένεγκον τὴν χεῖρά σου »εἰς τὸν κόλπον σου. καὶ εἰσήνεγκε τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοὺ εἰς τὸν κόλπον »αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξήνεγκεν αὐτὴν ἐκ τοῦ κόλπου αὐτοῦ, καὶ πάλιν ἀπε- »κατεστάθη εἰς τὴν χρόαν τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ«.
Ei de kai allon topon peri tēs tou kolpou onomasias deēsei parathesthai apo tēs graphēs, phere exetasōmen tina tropon eipen kyrios tǭ Mōÿsę̄; »Palin eisenenkon tēn cheira sou eis ton »kolpon sou. kai eisēnenken tēn cheira autou eis ton kolpon autou, »kai exēnenken autēn ek tou kolpou autou kai egeneto hē cheir »autou leprōsa ōsei chiōn. kai eipen; Eisenenkon tēn cheira sou »eis ton kolpon sou. kai eisēnenke tēn cheira autou eis ton kolpon »autou, kai exēnenken autēn ek tou kolpou autou, kai palin ape- »katestathē eis tēn chroan tēs sarkos autou«.
And if we must also set out another passage from Scripture about the use of the word “bosom,” come, let us examine how the Lord said to Moses: “Put your hand again into your bosom. And he put his hand into his bosom, and took it out of his bosom, and his hand became leprous like snow. And he said, ‘Put your hand into your bosom.’ And he put his hand into his bosom, and took it out of his bosom, and it was restored again to the color of his flesh.”
32.268Preuschen 4:462
χαλεπὸν μὲν οὖν ἰδεῖν καὶ ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς, τίνος σύμβολον εἶναι δύναται τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο. ἐπεὶ δὲ χρὴ καὶ ἡμᾶς μὴ ἀργεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ ζητεῖν καὶ τὸ ὑποπῖπτον εἰς κρίσιν παραδοῦναι τῷ ἐντευξομένῳ, φήσομεν ὅτι ἡ χεὶρ πράξεων πολλαχοῦ σύμβολόν ἐστιν· ὁ δὲ κόλπος Μωϋσέως δύο δυνάμεις ἔχει, τὴν μὲν προτέραν καὶ κατὰ τὰ τοῦ γράμματος νοήματα, ποιοῦσαν τὴν πρᾶξιν τοῦ πράττοντος ὡσεὶ χιών, ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ Ἑβραίων φωνῇ, [ἢ] καὶ λεπρῶσαν· τὴν δὲ δευτέραν καὶ κατὰ τὸν πνευματικὸν νόμον, καθαρὰν ἀποδεικνύουσαν τὴν πολιτείαν καὶ ἀποκαθιστανομένην εἰς τὸ βούλημα τῆς φύσαως τοῦ λόγου.
chalepon men oun idein kai hyper hēmas, tinos symbolon einai dynatai to sēmeion touto. epei de chrē kai hēmas mē argein apo tou zētein kai to hypopipton eis krisin paradounai tǭ enteuxomenǭ, phēsomen hoti hē cheir praxeōn pollachou symbolon estin; ho de kolpos Mōÿseōs dyo dynameis echei, tēn men proteran kai kata ta tou grammatos noēmata, poiousan tēn praxin tou prattontos hōsei chiōn, hoson epi tę̄ Hebraiōn phōnę̄, [ē] kai leprōsan; tēn de deuteran kai kata ton pneumatikon nomon, katharan apodeiknyousan tēn politeian kai apokathistanomenēn eis to boulēma tēs physaōs tou logou.
It is difficult, and beyond us, to see what this sign can be a symbol of. But since we too must not be idle in inquiry, and must submit what occurs to us to the judgment of the reader, we shall say that the hand is in many places a symbol of actions; and the bosom of Moses has two powers: the first, according to the meanings of the letter, which makes the action of the one who acts “like snow” (as far as the Hebrew wording goes) and also leprous; the second, according to the spiritual law, which shows the conduct pure and restored to what the nature of reason intends.
32.269Preuschen 4:462
καὶ τήρει γε ὅτι ἐπιφέρεται τούτοις τὸ »Ἐὰν μὴ πιστεύσωσίν σοι μηδὲν »εἰσακούσωσιν τῆς φωνῆς του σημείου τοῦ πρώτου, πιστεύσουσίν σοι »τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ σημείου τοῦ δευτέρου«· ὁ γὰρ μὴ πιστεύσας τῇ ἐκδοχῇ τοῦ γράμματος, διὰ μεγαλόνοιαν πιστεύει τῇ πνευματικῇ τοῦ νόμου διηγήσει.
kai tērei ge hoti epipheretai toutois to »Ean mē pisteusōsin soi mēden »eisakousōsin tēs phōnēs tou sēmeiou tou prōtou, pisteusousin soi »tēs phōnēs tou sēmeiou tou deuterou«; ho gar mē pisteusas tę̄ ekdochę̄ tou grammatos, dia megalonoian pisteuei tę̄ pneumatikę̄ tou nomou diēgēsei.
And note that these words follow: “If they do not believe you nor listen to the voice of the first sign, they will believe you for the voice of the second sign.” For the one who did not believe the interpretation of the letter believes, through greatness of mind, the spiritual explanation of the law.
32.270Preuschen 4:462–463
ἐὰν δέ τις μὴ πιστεύσῃ τοῖς δυσὶ σημείοις τούτοις, τῷ μὲν προτέρῳ ὅτι λεπρὰν ποιεῖ τὴν πρᾶξιν, τῷ δε δευτέρῳ ὅτι ἀποκαθίστησιν αὐτὴν εἰς τὸ κατὰ φύσιν, τὸ ὕδωρ τούτῳ αἷμα γίνε- ται.
ean de tis mē pisteusę̄ tois dysi sēmeiois toutois, tǭ men proterǭ hoti lepran poiei tēn praxin, tǭ de deuterǭ hoti apokathistēsin autēn eis to kata physin, to hydōr toutǭ haima gine- tai.
But if someone does not believe these two signs, the first because it makes the action leprous, the second because it restores it to its natural state, for him the water becomes blood.
32.271Preuschen 4:463
γέγραπται γάρ· »Καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν μὴ πιστεύσωσίν σοι τοῖς δυσὶ »σημείοις τούτοις μηδὲ εἰσακούησωσιν τῆς φωνῆς σου, λήψῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ »ὕδατος τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ ἐκχεεῖς ἐπὶ τὸ ξηρόν, καὶ ἔσται τὸ ὕδωρ »ὃ ἐὰν λάβῃς ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ αἷμα ἐπὶ τοῦ ξηροῦ«.
gegraptai gar; »Kai estai ean mē pisteusōsin soi tois dysi »sēmeiois toutois mēde eisakouēsōsin tēs phōnēs sou, lēpsę̄ apo tou »hydatos tou potamou kai ekcheeis epi to xēron, kai estai to hydōr »ho ean labę̄s apo tou potamou haima epi tou xērou«.
For it is written: “And it shall be, if they do not believe you for these two signs, nor listen to your voice, you shall take some of the water of the river and pour it on the dry ground, and the water that you take from the river shall be blood on the dry ground.”
32.272Preuschen 4:463
καὶ πρόσχες δὲ ὅτι ἐπὶ τούτου τοῦ σημείου ούκέτι λέγεται τὸ ἢ »πιστεύσωσίν »σοι«, ἢ οὐ πιστεύσουσιν.
kai prosches de hoti epi toutou tou sēmeiou ouketi legetai to ē »pisteusōsin »soi«, ē ou pisteusousin.
And notice that in the case of this sign it is no longer said whether “they will believe you” or will not believe.
32.273Preuschen 4:463
δηλοῦται γὰρ ὅτι τῷ μὴ πιστεύσαντι τοῖς δυσὶ σημείοις τὸ λαμβανόμενον ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ὕδωρ αἷμα γίνεται, διʼ ἀπιστίαν ποτίμου ἀπολαύειν οὐ δυναμένῳ λόγου.
dēloutai gar hoti tǭ mē pisteusanti tois dysi sēmeiois to lambanomenon apo tou potamou hydōr haima ginetai, diʼ apistian potimou apolauein ou dynamenǭ logou.
For it is shown that for the one who did not believe the two signs the water taken from the river becomes blood, since through unbelief he cannot enjoy the drinkable word.
32.274Preuschen 4:463
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐπανέλθωμεν, πλείονα τοῦ δέοντος διὰ τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Ἰησοῦ παραλαβόντες εἰς τὸν τόπον ἐπὶ τὸ προκείμενον, καὶ μαθόντες ὅτι ὃν ἠγάπα ἁ Ἰησοῦς ἦν ἀνακείμενος ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ αὐτοῦ ἀγάπῃ· οὕτω γὰρ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀνακεισόμενθα ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· νεύει δὲ τῷ· ἀγαπωμένῳ μαθητῇ Σίμων Πέτρος, καὶ μὴ ἀρκούμενος τῷ νεύματι φησὶν αὐτῷ· »Εἰπὲ τίς ἐστιν περὶ οὗ λέγει«.
alla gar epanelthōmen, pleiona tou deontos dia ton kolpon tou Iēsou paralabontes eis ton topon epi to prokeimenon, kai mathontes hoti hon ēgapa ha Iēsous ēn anakeimenos en tǭ kolpǭ autou agapę̄; houtō gar kai autoi anakeisomentha en tǭ kolpǭ tou Iēsou; neuei de tǭ; agapōmenǭ mathētę̄ Simōn Petros, kai mē arkoumenos tǭ neumati phēsin autǭ; »Eipe tis estin peri hou legei«.
But let us return to our subject, having taken in more passages than necessary because of the bosom of Jesus, and having learned that the one whom Jesus loved was reclining in his bosom in love; for so we too shall recline in the bosom of Jesus. Simon Peter beckons to the beloved disciple, and, not content with the nod, says to him, “Tell us who it is of whom he speaks.”
32.275Preuschen 4:463
ἐπεὶ οὖν τὸ νεύειν εʼν ταῖς Παροιμίαις εἰς διαβολήν λαμβάνεται· ὁ γὰρ φαῦλος »ἐννεύει »μὲν ὀφθαλμῷ, φησίν, σημαίνει δὲ ποδί, διδάσκει δὲ νεύμασι δακτύ- »λων, καὶ διεστραμμένῃ καρδίᾳ τεκταίνεται κακά« καὶ »Ὁ ἐννεύων »Ὀφθαλμοῖς μετὰ δόλου συνάγει ἀνδράσι λύπας«, λεκτέον ὅτι φαῦλον οὐ τὸ νεύειν έστίν, ἀλλὰ τὸ νεύειν ὀφθαλμῷ, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν πλαγιάζειν τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν καὶ μὴ ὀρθὰ βλέπειν, καὶ τὸ νεύειν μετὰ δόλου ἐστὶν τὸ ψεκτόν· νεύειν δὲ φιλομαθῶς Πέτρου εργον ἦν, καὶ ἀκολούθως τῷ τοιούτῳ νεύματι λέγειν τῷ συμφοιτητῇ, ὡς παρρησίαν πλείονα ἔχοντι πρὸς τὸν διδάσκαλον· »Εἰπὲ τίς ἐστιν περὶ οὗ λέγει«.
epei oun to neuein eʼn tais Paroimiais eis diabolēn lambanetai; ho gar phaulos »enneuei »men ophthalmǭ, phēsin, sēmainei de podi, didaskei de neumasi dakty- »lōn, kai diestrammenę̄ kardią tektainetai kaka« kai »Ho enneuōn »Ophthalmois meta dolou synagei andrasi lypas«, lekteon hoti phaulon ou to neuein estin, alla to neuein ophthalmǭ, toutʼ estin plagiazein ton ophthalmon kai mē ortha blepein, kai to neuein meta dolou estin to psekton; neuein de philomathōs Petrou ergon ēn, kai akolouthōs tǭ toioutǭ neumati legein tǭ symphoitētę̄, hōs parrēsian pleiona echonti pros ton didaskalon; »Eipe tis estin peri hou legei«.
Since, then, beckoning is taken in Proverbs in a bad sense (for the wicked man, it says, “winks with the eye, signals with the foot, teaches with gestures of the fingers, and with a perverted heart devises evil,” and “He who winks with the eyes with deceit gathers griefs for men”), it must be said that it is not beckoning that is bad, but beckoning with the eye, that is, looking askance and not seeing straight; and beckoning with deceit is what is blameworthy. But to beckon from love of learning was Peter's act, and, in keeping with such a nod, to say to his fellow disciple, as one having greater boldness toward the teacher, “Tell us who it is of whom he speaks.”
32.276Preuschen 4:463
ἐβούλετο γὰρ ἴσως τὸ κατὰ τὴν προδοσίαν, ἣν προδίδωσιν Ἰούδας τὸν Ἰησοῦν, μυστήριον ἰδεῖν, ὅπερ ἵνα μάθῃ ὁ Πέτρος, Ἰωάννης πρότερον ἀνακείμενος ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐπαναβέβηκεν καὶ ἀνέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ στῆθος,.
ebouleto gar isōs to kata tēn prodosian, hēn prodidōsin Ioudas ton Iēsoun, mystērion idein, hoper hina mathę̄ ho Petros, Iōannēs proteron anakeimenos en tǭ kolpǭ tou Iēsou epanabebēken kai anepesen epi to stēthos,.
For perhaps he wanted to see the mystery of the betrayal by which Judas betrays Jesus; and so that Peter might learn it, John, who was first reclining in the bosom of Jesus, rose higher and leaned back on his breast.
32.277Preuschen 4:463
καὶ τάχα μὴ ἀναπεσόντι ἐπὶ τὸ στῆθος, ἀλλὰ μείναντι ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀνακεῖσθαι ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ, οὐκ ἂν παρέδωκεν ὃν ἐπόθει μανθάνειν Ἰωάννης ἢ Πάτρος λόγον.
kai tacha mē anapesonti epi to stēthos, alla meinanti epi tou anakeisthai en tǭ kolpǭ, ouk an paredōken hon epothei manthanein Iōannēs ē Patros logon.
And perhaps, had he not leaned back on the breast, but remained reclining in the bosom, Jesus would not have handed over the word that John, or Peter, longed to learn.
32.278Preuschen 4:463
εἰ καὶ ἀνακείμενος οὖν πρότερον μὲν ἦν ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὕστερον δὲ ἀνέπεσν ἐπὶ τὸ στῆθος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, διὰ τοῦ δευτέρου ἐν τοῖς τελευταίοις τοῦ εὐαγγελίου χαρακτηρίζεται ὡς μείζονος καὶ διαφέροντος ὁ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ γνήσιος μαθητής.
ei kai anakeimenos oun proteron men ēn en tǭ kolpǭ tou Iēsou, hysteron de anepesn epi to stēthos tou Iēsou, dia tou deuterou en tois teleutaiois tou euangeliou charaktērizetai hōs meizonos kai diapherontos ho tou Iēsou gnēsios mathētēs.
So even if he was first reclining in the bosom of Jesus and afterward leaned back on the breast of Jesus, it is by the second that the genuine disciple of Jesus is characterized at the end of the Gospel, as greater and more excellent.
32.279Preuschen 4:463–464
γέγραπται γὰρ ὅτι »Ἐπιστραφεὶς ὁ Πέτρος βλέπει »τὸν μαθητὴν ὅν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀκολουθοῦντα, ὃς καὶ ἀνέπεσεν »ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ ἐπὶ τὸ στὴθος αὐτοῦ καὶ εἶπεν· Κύριε, τίς ἐστιν ὁ »παραδιδούς σε;« οὐ γὰρ γέγραπται· >ὃς ἦν ἀνακείμενος ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ Ἰησοῦ<.
gegraptai gar hoti »Epistrapheis ho Petros blepei »ton mathētēn hon ēgapa ho Iēsous akolouthounta, hos kai anepesen »en tǭ deipnǭ epi to stēthos autou kai eipen; Kyrie, tis estin ho »paradidous se?« ou gar gegraptai; >hos ēn anakeimenos en tǭ kolpǭ Iēsou<.
For it is written, “Peter, turning around, sees the disciple whom Jesus loved following, who had also leaned back on his breast at the supper and said, ‘Lord, who is the one who betrays you?’” For it is not written, “who was reclining in the bosom of Jesus.”
32.280Preuschen 4:464
Τί δὲ καὶ ἀποκρινόμενος εἶπεν ὁ κύριος δθωρήσωμεν. »Ἐκεῖνος, φησίν, ἐστὶν ᾧ ἐγὼ βάψω τὸ ψωμίον καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ«.
Ti de kai apokrinomenos eipen ho kyrios dthōrēsōmen. »Ekeinos, phēsin, estin hǭ egō bapsō to psōmion kai dōsō autǭ«.
Let us also consider what the Lord said in answer: “It is he,” he says, “to whom I shall dip the morsel and give it.”
32.281Preuschen 4:464
"δῶσιν Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου. καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψώμιον τότε εἶπεν οὖν τοῦτο ἐστὶν ᾧ ἐγὼ βάψω τὸ ψωμίιον λαμβάνει καὶ δίεἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὀ Ἰησοῦς, οὐ δυνηθεὶς πρότερον εʼσελθεῖν, οὐδὲ εὐδέως ἅμα τῷ βεβληκέναι εἰς τὴν καρδίαν ἵνα παραδῷ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης.
"dōsin Ioudą Simōnos Iskariōtou. kai meta to psōmion tote eipen oun touto estin hǭ egō bapsō to psōmiion lambanei kai dieisēlthen eis ekeinon o Iēsous, ou dynētheis proteron eʼselthein, oude eudeōs hama tǭ beblēkenai eis tēn kardian hina paradǭ auton Ioudas Simōnos Iskariōtēs.
… “It is he to whom I shall dip the morsel.” … he takes it and gives it to Judas son of Simon Iscariot. And after the morsel, then Satan entered into him, not having been able to enter before, nor immediately when he had put it into the heart that Judas son of Simon Iscariot should betray him.
32.282Preuschen 4:464
ἐχρῆν γάρ, οἶμαι, δὶὰ τῆς δόσεως τοῦ ψωμίου ἀντιλαβεῖν αὐτὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀναξίου ἔχειν τὸ κρεῖττον ὃ ἐδόκει ἔχειν· ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος καὶ ὃ δοκεὶ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ.
echrēn gar, oimai, dia tēs doseōs tou psōmiou antilabein auto apo tou anaxiou echein to kreitton ho edokei echein; apo gar tou mē echontos kai ho dokei echein arthēsetai apʼ autou.
For it was necessary, I think, through the giving of the morsel, to take back from the unworthy one the better thing he seemed to have; for from him who does not have, even what he seems to have will be taken away.
32.283Preuschen 4:464
ἀφαιρεθεὶς οὖν ὁ Ἰούδας ὡς ἀνάξιος τοῦ κρείττονος τοῦ εἰπόντος, κεχώρηκε τὴν εἰς αὐτὸν τοῦ Σατανᾶ εἴσοδον.
aphairetheis oun ho Ioudas hōs anaxios tou kreittonos tou eipontos, kechōrēke tēn eis auton tou Satana eisodon.
So Judas, deprived, as unworthy, of the better thing from the one who spoke, made room for Satan's entrance into him.
32.284Preuschen 4:464
παραδείγματος δὲ ἕνεκεν ἵνα νοηθῇ πῶς ψωμίον μὲν ἔχωκεν ὁ κύριος τῲ Ἰούδᾳ, ἐκεῖνος δὲ τότε ἀπέθετο κρεῖττόν τε ἐνυπάρχον ἐν ἀῦτῷ, καὶ τάχα τὴν εἰρήνην. ὑποστρέφουσαν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀκούσαντος καὶ μὴ παραδεξαμένου ἐπὶ τὸν εἰπόντα, κατὰ τὸ λελεγμένον ὅτι »Ἐὰν μὲν ᾖ ἐκεῖ υἱὸς »εἰρήνης, ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἀναπαύσεται· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ᾖ ἐκεῖ »υἱὸς εἰρήνης, ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς ἀνακάμψει«, παραθησόμεθα καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς πρὸς Κορινθίους δευτέρας ἐπιστολῆς ταῦτα οὕτως γεγραμμένα· »Τὸ ὑμῶν περίσσευμα εἰς το ἐκείνων ὑστέρημα, ἵνα καὶ »τὸ ἐκείνων περίσσευμα γένηται εἰς τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα«.
paradeigmatos de heneken hina noēthę̄ pōs psōmion men echōken ho kyrios tǭ Ioudą, ekeinos de tote apetheto kreitton te enyparchon en autǭ, kai tacha tēn eirēnēn. hypostrephousan apo tou akousantos kai mē paradexamenou epi ton eiponta, kata to lelegmenon hoti »Ean men ę̄ ekei huios »eirēnēs, hē eirēnē hymōn epʼ auton anapausetai; ean de mē ę̄ ekei »huios eirēnēs, hē eirēnē hymōn ephʼ hymas anakampsei«, parathēsometha kai apo tēs pros Korinthious deuteras epistolēs tauta houtōs gegrammena; »To hymōn perisseuma eis to ekeinōn hysterēma, hina kai »to ekeinōn perisseuma genētai eis to hymōn hysterēma«.
By way of example, so that it may be understood how the Lord gave a morsel to Judas, and he then laid aside the better thing that was in him, perhaps the peace, which returns from the one who heard and did not accept it to the one who spoke it, according to the saying, “If a son of peace is there, your peace will rest on him; but if no son of peace is there, your peace will return to you,” we shall set beside it also these words written in the second letter to the Corinthians: “Your abundance for their lack, so that their abundance also may be for your lack.”
32.285Preuschen 4:464
κατανοήσας γὰρ τὴν ἐν τούτοις ἀντίδοσιν χοϊκῶν πρὸς πνευματικά, δυνήσῃ ἰδεῖν πῶς τῷ μὴ ἐαξίῳ ἄρτου ψωμίον ἐπιδέδωκεν, ἵνα διὰ τοῦ ψωμίου ἀφέλῃ αὐτοῦ, ὠς ἀναξίου ἔτι ἀκούειν· » Καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἄνθρωπος »τῆς εἰρήνης μου« τὴν εἰρήνην (»ὁ ῥυπαρὸς γὰρ ῤυπανθήτω ἔτι«), ἧς ἀφαιρεθείσης ὁ ἐπιτηρῶν καιροὺς τῆς εἰς τὴν ψυχὴν εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸν διδόντα αὐτῷ τόπον εἰδελθεῖν, εἰς τὸν Ἰούδαν εἰσῆλθεν.
katanoēsas gar tēn en toutois antidosin choïkōn pros pneumatika, dynēsę̄ idein pōs tǭ mē eaxiǭ artou psōmion epidedōken, hina dia tou psōmiou aphelę̄ autou, ōs anaxiou eti akouein; » Kai gar ho anthrōpos »tēs eirēnēs mou« tēn eirēnēn (»ho rhyparos gar rypanthētō eti«), hēs aphairetheisēs ho epitērōn kairous tēs eis tēn psychēn eisodou autou, kai ton didonta autǭ topon eidelthein, eis ton Ioudan eisēlthen.
For if you consider the exchange of earthly things for spiritual in these words, you will be able to see how he gave a morsel to the one unworthy of bread, so that through the morsel he might take away from him, as one no longer worthy to hear “For even the man of my peace,” the peace (“for let the filthy be filthy still”); and when it was taken away, the one who watches for opportunities of entering the soul, and for the one who gives him room to enter, entered into Judas.
32.286Preuschen 4:464–465
ἅμα δὲ παρατήρει ὅτι πρότερον μὲν οὐκ εἰσῆλθεν ὁ Σατανᾶς εἰς τὸν Ἰούδαν, ἀλλὰ βεβλήκει μόνον εἰς τὴν καρδίαν »ἵνα »παραδῷ Ἰούδας Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης τὸν διδάσκαλον«· κατὰ δὲ τὰ νῦν ἐξεταζόμενα μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον.
hama de paratērei hoti proteron men ouk eisēlthen ho Satanas eis ton Ioudan, alla beblēkei monon eis tēn kardian »hina »paradǭ Ioudas Simōnos Iskariōtēs ton didaskalon«; kata de ta nyn exetazomena meta to psōmion eisēlthen eis ekeinon.
At the same time observe that before, Satan did not enter into Judas, but had only put it into the heart “that Judas son of Simon Iscariot should betray” the teacher; but according to the passage now being examined, after the morsel he entered into him.
32.287Preuschen 4:465
διόπερ καὶ ἠμεῖς φυλαττώμεθα, μήποτε ὁ διάβολος βάλῃ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν ἡμῶν ὀτιποτοῦν τῶν πεπυρωμένων αὐτοῦ βελῶν· ἐὰν γὰρ βάλῃ, ἐπιτηρεῖ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς εἰσελθεῖν.
dioper kai ēmeis phylattōmetha, mēpote ho diabolos balę̄ eis tēn kardian hēmōn otipotoun tōn pepyrōmenōn autou belōn; ean gar balę̄, epitērei meta touto kai autos eiselthein.
Therefore let us too be on guard, lest the devil put into our heart any one of his fiery darts; for if he puts one in, he watches afterward to enter himself.
32.288Preuschen 4:465
ζητήσαι δʼ ἄν τις, διὰ τί οὐ γέγραπται· > ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, ᾧ ἐγὼ δώσω τὸ ψωμίον < ἀλλὰ μετὰ προσθήκης τῆς »βάψω«· «Βάψω, γάρ φησι, τὸ ψωμίον καὶ δώσω«.
zētēsai dʼ an tis, dia ti ou gegraptai; > ekeinos estin, hǭ egō dōsō to psōmion < alla meta prosthēkēs tēs »bapsō«; «Bapsō, gar phēsi, to psōmion kai dōsō«.
One might ask why it was not written, “It is he to whom I shall give the morsel,” but with the addition of “I shall dip”: “I shall dip,” he says, “the morsel and give it.”
32.289Preuschen 4:465
καὶ »βάψας τὸ ψωμίον λαμβάνει καὶ δίδωσιν Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκα- »ριώτῃ«. ὡς ἐν τοιούτος δὴ τόποις πρόσχες εἰ δύνασαι τὸν εἰλικρινῆ ἄρτον ἀβαφῆ φάσεκιν εἶναι καὶ καθʼ αὑτὸν τρόφιμον· τὸ δὲ τῷ Ἰούδᾳ. ἐπιδιδόμενον καὶ οὐκ ἄρτος ἦν τὸ ψωμίον, καὶ οὐ ψωμίον ἀβαφές, ἀλλὰ βεβαμμένον τῷ δυναμένῳ ἀποσπάσαι τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου ἐπὶ ποσὸν ἐγγινομένην βαφήν, ἵνα μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον εἰσέλθῃ εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς.
kai »bapsas to psōmion lambanei kai didōsin Ioudą Simōnos Iska- »riōtę̄«. hōs en toioutos dē topois prosches ei dynasai ton eilikrinē arton abaphē phasekin einai kai kathʼ hauton trophimon; to de tǭ Ioudą. epididomenon kai ouk artos ēn to psōmion, kai ou psōmion abaphes, alla bebammenon tǭ dynamenǭ apospasai tēs psychēs autou tēn apo tou logou epi poson enginomenēn baphēn, hina meta to psōmion eiselthę̄ eis ekeinon ho Satanas.
And “having dipped the morsel, he takes it and gives it to Judas son of Simon Iscariot.” In such passages, then, consider whether you can say that pure bread is undipped and nourishing in itself; but what was given to Judas was a morsel and not bread, and not an undipped morsel, but one dipped in what could draw out of his soul the dye that had to some degree come into it from the Word, so that after the morsel Satan might enter into him.
32.290Preuschen 4:465
ἐγὼ δὲ ζητήσαιμʼ ἂν ὡς τούτῳ συγγενὲς τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ κατὰ Ματθαῖον· »Ὁ ἐμβάψας τὴν χεῖρα μετʼ »ἐμοῦ ἐν τῶ τρυβλίῳ, οὗτός με παραδώσει«, καὶ τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ κατὰ Μάρκον »Ὁ ἐμβαπτόμενος μετʼ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρυβλίον«. καὶ τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ κατὰ Λουκᾶν δέ, εἰ καὶ μὴ ὀνομάζει τὸ »Ἐμβάψας«, ἀλλʼ ᾗ φησί γε·
egō de zētēsaimʼ an hōs toutǭ syngenes to apo tou kata Matthaion; »Ho embapsas tēn cheira metʼ »emou en tō trybliǭ, houtos me paradōsei«, kai to apo tou kata Markon »Ho embaptomenos metʼ emou eis to tryblion«. kai to apo tou kata Loukan de, ei kai mē onomazei to »Embapsas«, allʼ hę̄ phēsi ge;
But I would ask whether akin to this is the saying in the Gospel according to Matthew, “He who dipped his hand with me in the dish, he will betray me,” and that in the Gospel according to Mark, “He who is dipping with me into the dish.” And that in the Gospel according to Luke too, even though it does not use the word “dipped,” yet where it says:
32.291Preuschen 4:465
»Πλὴν ἰδοὺ ἠ χεὶρ τούτου ἀληθὴς παρὰ τοῖς ἐμοῦ εὑρεθείη ἂν πολλῷ σοφωτέροις· ἐγὼ δὲ στοχάζομαι, μήποτε τὸν τὸ ἀναδὲς τοῦ Ἰούδα καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἐμφαίνεται, μὴ τιμῶντος τὸν διδάσκαλον δάσκαλον ἐν τῷ συνεσθίειν μηδὲ παραχωροῦντος αὐτῷ τῆς εἰς τὸ τρυβλίον ἐνέβαψεως, ὡς παρεχώρουν οἱ λοιποί.
»Plēn idou ē cheir toutou alēthēs para tois emou heuretheiē an pollǭ sophōterois; egō de stochazomai, mēpote ton to anades tou Iouda kai en toutǭ emphainetai, mē timōntos ton didaskalon daskalon en tǭ synesthiein mēde parachōrountos autǭ tēs eis to tryblion enebapseōs, hōs parechōroun hoi loipoi.
“But behold, the hand of …” … the true explanation of this might be found among those much wiser than I; but I conjecture whether the shamelessness of Judas is shown in this too, that he did not honor the teacher when eating together, nor yield to him the dipping into the dish, as the others yielded.
32.292Preuschen 4:465
διόπερ ἐκείνων μἐν οὐδεὶς ἐνέβαπτεν τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὸ τρυβλίον μετʼ αὐτοῦ· οὗτος δέ, οὐκ ἀξιῶν μετʼ αὐτῶν ἐμβάπτειν, μετʼ αὐτοῦ ἐνέβαπτε τὴν ἰσότητα θέλων ἔχειν πρὸς αὐτόν, δέον αὐτῷ παραχωρεῖν τῆς ὑπεροχῆς.
dioper ekeinōn men oudeis enebapten tēn cheira eis to tryblion metʼ autou; houtos de, ouk axiōn metʼ autōn embaptein, metʼ autou enebapte tēn isotēta thelōn echein pros auton, deon autǭ parachōrein tēs hyperochēs.
That is why none of them dipped his hand into the dish with him; but this man, not deigning to dip with them, dipped with him, wanting to have equality with him, when he ought to have yielded to his superiority.
32.293Preuschen 4:465
τάχα οὖν τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐχεται καὶ τὸ »Πλὴν ἰδοὺ ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παραδι- »δόντος με μετʼ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης«. καὶ χαριεντιζόμενος δέ ποτε εἰς προτροπὴν νέοις περὶ τῆς ἐν ἑστιάσει τιμῆς τῶν πρεσβυτέρων συγχρήσει τῷ ῥητῷ, ἵνα μὴ συνθλίβωσι τὴν χεῖρα τῶν [δύο] πρεσβυτέρων. γέγραπται γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο· »Μὴ συνθλίβου μετʼ αὐτοῦ »ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ«.
tacha oun tou autou echetai kai to »Plēn idou hē cheir tou paradi- »dontos me metʼ emou epi tēs trapezēs«. kai charientizomenos de pote eis protropēn neois peri tēs en hestiasei timēs tōn presbyterōn synchrēsei tǭ rhētǭ, hina mē synthlibōsi tēn cheira tōn [dyo] presbyterōn. gegraptai gar kai touto; »Mē synthlibou metʼ autou »en tǭ trybliǭ«.
Perhaps, then, “But behold, the hand of him who betrays me is with me on the table” also belongs to the same thought. And someone jesting, for the exhortation of the young about honoring elders at a banquet, might use the text, so that they should not crowd the hand of the elders. For this too is written: “Do not jostle with him in the dish.”
32.294Preuschen 4:465–466
οὐκ ἀγνοοῦντες δὲ δόξαν περιέργου ζητήσεως καὶ πείθειν μὴ δυναμένης τὸν ἀκροατὴν ἀπολογιας ἀποφέρεσθαι παρὰ τοῖς τούτων ἀκούουσιν ταῦτα ἐπολμήσαμεν, κρεῖττον εἶναι νομίζοντες τὸ πάντα βασανίζειν τοῦ παρελθεῖν τι ἀβασάνσιτον τῶν γεγραμμένων.
ouk agnoountes de doxan periergou zētēseōs kai peithein mē dynamenēs ton akroatēn apologias apopheresthai para tois toutōn akouousin tauta epolmēsamen, kreitton einai nomizontes to panta basanizein tou parelthein ti abasansiton tōn gegrammenōn.
Not unaware that among those who hear these things we incur the reputation of over-curious inquiry and of a defense unable to persuade the hearer, we have ventured these things, thinking it better to test everything than to pass over anything written untested.
32.295Preuschen 4:466
Εἰσελθόντος μένοτι τοῦ Σατανᾶ εἰς τὸν Ἰούδαν, »Λέγει, ψησίν, αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ὃ ποιεῖς ποίησον τάχιον«. τίνι δὲ »Αὐτῷ« ἀμψίβολον, ἐπεὶ δύναται αὐτῷ τῷ Ἰούδᾳ ἢ τῷ Σατανᾷ εἰρηκέναι ὁ κύριος· »Ὃ ποιεῖς ποίησον τάχιον« προκεαλούμενος τὸν ἀντηκέναιἐπὶ τὴν πάλημ, ἢ τὸν προδότην ἐπὶ τὸ διακονῦσαι τῇ σωτηρίῳ τῷ κόσμῳ ἐσομένῃ οἰκονομίᾳ, ἣν οὐκέτι μέλλειν οὐδὲ βραδύνειν, ἀλλʼ ὅση δύναμις ταχύνειν ἤθελεν, οὐ δειλιῶν, ὡς οἴονταί τινες τῶν μὴ νοησάντων τίνα τρόπον εἶπε· »Πάτερ, εἰ δυνατόν, »παρελθέτω τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο«, ἀλλὰ θαρραλεώτατα ἐπὶ τὸν ἐγῶνα, ἵνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, ἀποδυόμενος.
Eiselthontos menoti tou Satana eis ton Ioudan, »Legei, psēsin, autǭ ho Iēsous; Ho poieis poiēson tachion«. tini de »Autǭ« ampsibolon, epei dynatai autǭ tǭ Ioudą ē tǭ Sataną eirēkenai ho kyrios; »Ho poieis poiēson tachion« prokealoumenos ton antēkenaiepi tēn palēm, ē ton prodotēn epi to diakonysai tę̄ sōtēriǭ tǭ kosmǭ esomenę̄ oikonomią, hēn ouketi mellein oude bradynein, allʼ hosē dynamis tachynein ēthelen, ou deiliōn, hōs oiontai tines tōn mē noēsantōn tina tropon eipe; »Pater, ei dynaton, »parelthetō to potērion touto«, alla tharraleōtata epi ton egōna, hinʼ houtōs eipō, apodyomenos.
When Satan had entered into Judas, “Jesus says,” it says, “to him, ‘What you do, do quickly.’” To whom “to him” refers is ambiguous, since the Lord may have said “What you do, do quickly” to Judas himself or to Satan: either challenging the adversary to the contest, or the betrayer to serve the saving dispensation that was to come for the world, which he wanted no longer to be delayed or postponed but hastened as much as possible. He was not afraid, as some think who have not understood in what way he said, “Father, if it is possible, let this cup pass,” but was stripping most boldly, so to speak, for the contest.
32.296Preuschen 4:466
νομίζω δὲ καὶ τὸν ἐἰκοστὸν ἕκτον ψαλμὸν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος προφητεύεσθαι παρὶ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ πάθους, καὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ πανστρατεὶ ἀγωνιζομένου κατʼ αὐτοῦ· οὕστινας ἰδὼς ὁπλιζομένουςφ κατʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ κονιομένους, ἡνίκα »Παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν »ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ κυρίου καὶ κατὰ τοῦ χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ« φησίν· »Κύριος φωτισμός μου, καὶ σωτήρ μου κύριος, τίνα φοβηθήσομαι; »κύριος ὑπερασπιστὴς τῆς ζωῆς μου, ἀπὸ τίνος δειλιάωσω; ἐν τῷ »εγγίζειν ἐπ᾿ἐμὲ κακοῦντας τοῦ φαγεῖν τὰς σάρκας μου, οἱ θλί- »βοντές με καὶ οἱ ἐμὲ ἐχθροὶ μου αἀυτοὶ ἠσθένησαν καὶ ἔπεσαν. ἐὰν »παρατάξηται ἐπʼ ἐμὲ παρεμβολή, οὐ φοβηθήσεται ἠ καρδία μου· ἐὰν »ἐπαναστῇ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ πόλεμος, ἐν ταύτῃ ἐγὼ ἐλπίζω«.
nomizō de kai ton eikoston hekton psalmon ek prosōpou tou sōtēros prophēteuesthai pari ton kairon tou pathous, kai tou ponērou panstratei agōnizomenou katʼ autou; houstinas idōs hoplizomenousph katʼ autou kai koniomenous, hēnika »Parestēsan hoi basileis tēs gēs, kai hoi archontes synēchthēsan »epi to auto kata tou kyriou kai kata tou christou autou« phēsin; »Kyrios phōtismos mou, kai sōtēr mou kyrios, tina phobēthēsomai? »kyrios hyperaspistēs tēs zōēs mou, apo tinos deiliaōsō? en tǭ »engizein ep᾿eme kakountas tou phagein tas sarkas mou, hoi thli- »bontes me kai hoi eme echthroi mou aautoi ēsthenēsan kai epesan. ean »parataxētai epʼ eme parembolē, ou phobēthēsetai ē kardia mou; ean »epanastę̄ epʼ eme polemos, en tautę̄ egō elpizō«.
And I think that the twenty-sixth Psalm too is prophesied in the person of the Savior about the time of the passion, when the evil one was contending against him with his whole army. Seeing them arming against him and preparing for the fight, when “the kings of the earth stood by, and the rulers were gathered together against the Lord and against his Christ,” he says: “The Lord is my light and my Savior; whom shall I fear? The Lord is the protector of my life; of whom shall I be afraid? When evildoers drew near to me to eat my flesh, my oppressors and my enemies, they grew weak and fell. If an army encamps against me, my heart will not fear; if war rises up against me, in this I hope.”
32.297Preuschen 4:466
Πλὴν τὸ λεγόμενον εἴτε τῷ Σατανᾷ εἴτε τῷ Ἰούδᾳ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τὸ »ὃ ποιεῖς, ποίησον τάχιον« οὐδεὶς ἔγων τῶν ἀνακειμένων πρὸς τὶ εἴρηται.
Plēn to legomenon eite tǭ Sataną eite tǭ Ioudą hypo tou Iēsou to »ho poieis, poiēson tachion« oudeis egōn tōn anakeimenōn pros ti eirētai.
However, whether the saying “What you do, do quickly” was spoken by Jesus to Satan or to Judas, no one of those reclining knew why it was said.
32.298Preuschen 4:466
οἱ μὲν γὰρ διὰ τὸ ἐπικεῖσθαι τὴν τοῦ πάσχα ἑορτὴν ᾤοντο λέγειν αὐτὸν τῷ ἔχοντι τὸ γλωσσόκομον τῶν ἀναλωμάτων καὶ τῶν εἰς τὴν χρείαν τῶν πρωχῶν διδομένων ὅτι ἐνήσεται οὗτος ὧς χρῄζομεν εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν, ἢ εʼκ τῶν συναχθέντων δώσει τοῖς πτωχοῖς.
hoi men gar dia to epikeisthai tēn tou pascha heortēn ǭonto legein auton tǭ echonti to glōssokomon tōn analōmatōn kai tōn eis tēn chreian tōn prōchōn didomenōn hoti enēsetai houtos hōs chrę̄zomen eis tēn heortēn, ē eʼk tōn synachthentōn dōsei tois ptōchois.
For some, because the feast of the Passover was at hand, thought that he was saying to the one who had the box for expenses and for what was given for the needs of the poor that he should buy what we need for the feast, or give some of what had been collected to the poor.
32.299Preuschen 4:466–467
ὁ γὰρ Ἰησοῦς οὐ τοῦτο ἔλεγεν, ἀλλὰ βλέπων καὶ τὸν εἰσελθόντα καὶ τὸν παραδεξάμενον αὐτὸν καὶ πασαν τῆν κατʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπιβουλήν, ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα ἀγῶνα ἀποδυόμενος καῖ ἐπὶ τὸ ἀριστεῦσαι ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας ἀνθρώπων κατὰ τοῦ πονηροῦ εἶνεν τὸ »Ὅ ποιεῖς, ποίησον »τάχιον«. Λαβὼν οὖν τὸ ψωμίον ἐκεῖνος ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς· ἦν δὲ νύξ.
ho gar Iēsous ou touto elegen, alla blepōn kai ton eiselthonta kai ton paradexamenon auton kai pasan tēn katʼ autou epiboulēn, epi ton agōna agōna apodyomenos kai epi to aristeusai hyper sōtērias anthrōpōn kata tou ponērou einen to »Ho poieis, poiēson »tachion«. Labōn oun to psōmion ekeinos exēlthen euthys; ēn de nyx.
For Jesus was not saying this; but seeing both the one who had entered and the one who had received him, and the whole plot against him, and stripping for the contest and to win the prize against the evil one for the salvation of human beings, he said, “What you do, do quickly.” “So, having received the morsel, he went out immediately; and it was night.”
32.300Preuschen 4:467
Ὁ μὲν σωτὴρ ἔλεγεν· »Ὃ ποιεῖς, ποίησον τάχιον« τῷ Ἰούδᾳ· ὁ δὲ προδότης ἐν τούτῳ μόνῶ νῦν τῷ διδασκάλῳ πείθεται. λαβὼν γὰρ τὸ ψωμίον οὐκ ἐμέλλησεν οὐδὲ ἐβράδυνεν, ἀλλʼ ὡς γέγραπται· »Ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς«, ποιῆσαι τάχιον κατὰ τὴν πρόσταξιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τὸ τῆς προδοσίας ἔργον.
Ho men sōtēr elegen; »Ho poieis, poiēson tachion« tǭ Ioudą; ho de prodotēs en toutǭ monō nyn tǭ didaskalǭ peithetai. labōn gar to psōmion ouk emellēsen oude ebradynen, allʼ hōs gegraptai; »Exēlthen euthys«, poiēsai tachion kata tēn prostaxin tou Iēsou to tēs prodosias ergon.
The Savior said to Judas, “What you do, do quickly”; and the betrayer now obeyed the teacher in this alone. For having received the morsel he did not delay or linger, but, as it is written, “he went out immediately,” to do the work of betrayal quickly, according to Jesus' command.
32.301Preuschen 4:467
καὶ ἀληθῶς »ἐξῆλθεν«· οὐ γἀρ μόνον κατὰ τὸ ἁπλούστερον ἐξῆλθεν ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου, ἐν ᾧ τὸ δεῖπνον »Ἐξῆλθον ἐξ Ἡμῶν«.
kai alēthōs »exēlthen«; ou gar monon kata to haplousteron exēlthen apo tou oikou, en hǭ to deipnon »Exēlthon ex Hēmōn«.
And truly “he went out”; for not only, in the simpler sense, did he go out of the house in which the supper was held, … “They went out from us.”
32.302Preuschen 4:467
ἐγὼ δʼ οἶμαι ὅτι οὐδὲ ὁ εἰσελθὼς μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον εἰς τὸν Ἰούδαν Σατανᾶς ἐχώρει φέρειν τὸ εἶναι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τόπῳ μετὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· οὐδεμία γὰρ συμφώνησις Χριστοῦ πρὸς Βελίαρ ἐστίν.
egō dʼ oimai hoti oude ho eiselthōs meta to psōmion eis ton Ioudan Satanas echōrei pherein to einai en tǭ autǭ topǭ meta tou Iēsou; oudemia gar symphōnēsis Christou pros Beliar estin.
And I think that not even Satan, who had entered into Judas after the morsel, could bear to be in the same place with Jesus; for there is no agreement of Christ with Beliar.
32.303Preuschen 4:467
εἰ δὲ μὴ περιέργως ζητῶ τί δήποτε οὐ πρόσκεται τῷ "Λαβὼν τὸ ψωμίον" τὸ "Καὶ φαγών", καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπιστήσεις.
ei de mē periergōs zētō ti dēpote ou prosketai tǭ "Labōn to psōmion" to "Kai phagōn", kai autos epistēseis.
And whether I am not inquiring over-curiously as to why “and having eaten” is not added to “having received the morsel,” you too will consider.
32.304Preuschen 4:467
ὅπου τῷ »Λαβὼν τὸ ψωμίον« τὸ > Καὶ φαγών<, καὶ αὐτὸς τῷ λαβεῖν· ὡσπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ τῆς εὐλογίας ἄρτου γέγραπται, ὅτι εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· "Λάβετε, φάγετε".
hopou tǭ »Labōn to psōmion« to > Kai phagōn<, kai autos tǭ labein; hōsper epi tou tēs eulogias artou gegraptai, hoti eipen tois mathētais ho Iēsous; "Labete, phagete".
… where to “having received the morsel” “and having eaten” is joined, and the eating to the receiving; just as, of the bread of blessing, it is written that Jesus said to the disciples, “Take, eat.”
32.305Preuschen 4:467
ἆρʼ οὖν λαβὼν τὸ ψωμίον οὐκ ἔφαγεν ὁ Ἰούδας; φέρε οὖν, εἰ καὶ μὴ μὴ συνᾴδειν τινὰ δόξει τῶν λεχθησομένων τοῖς προειρημένοις, γυμνάσωμεν τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον, κρινοῦντος τοῦ ἐντευζομένοις, ὁπότερα χρὴ παραδέξασθαι τῶν λεγομένων.
arʼ oun labōn to psōmion ouk ephagen ho Ioudas? phere oun, ei kai mē mē synądein tina doxei tōn lechthēsomenōn tois proeirēmenois, gymnasōmen ta kata ton topon, krinountos tou enteuzomenois, hopotera chrē paradexasthai tōn legomenōn.
Did Judas, then, having received the morsel, not eat it? Come, then, even if some of what will be said may seem not to agree with what was said before, let us exercise ourselves on the passage, leaving the reader to judge which of the things said should be accepted.
32.306Preuschen 4:467
»Βάψας, φησί, τὸ ψωμίον« ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ δῆλον ὅτι ἐάσας αὐτὸ ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῶ λαμβάνει· οὕτω γὰρ νοήσεις τὸ »Βάψας οὖν »τὸ ψωμίον«, ἵνα μὴ παρέλκῃ τὸ λαβεῖν.
»Bapsas, phēsi, to psōmion« ho Iēsous, kai dēlon hoti easas auto en tǭ trybliō lambanei; houtō gar noēseis to »Bapsas oun »to psōmion«, hina mē parelkę̄ to labein.
“Having dipped the morsel,” it says, Jesus “takes it,” clearly having left it in the dish; for so you will understand “So having dipped the morsel,” so that “takes” may not be superfluous.
32.307Preuschen 4:467
εἶτα λέγεται ὅτι »Δίδωσιν »Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου. καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον τότε εἰσῆλθεν »εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς«. »μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον« οὖν, τάχα μὴ βρωθὲν ὑπὸ τοὺ Ἰούδα, προλαβόντος τοῦ εἰσελθόντος εἰς τὸν Ἰούδαν Σατανᾶ τὴν χρῆσιν τοῦ ψωμίου, ἵνα μὴ ὄνηται ὁ Ἰούδας τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ δόσεως τοῦ ψωμίου.
eita legetai hoti »Didōsin »Ioudą Simōnos Iskariōtou. kai meta to psōmion tote eisēlthen »eis ekeinon ho Satanas«. »meta to psōmion« oun, tacha mē brōthen hypo tou Iouda, prolabontos tou eiselthontos eis ton Ioudan Satana tēn chrēsin tou psōmiou, hina mē onētai ho Ioudas tēs apo tou Iēsou doseōs tou psōmiou.
Then it is said that “he gives it to Judas son of Simon Iscariot. And after the morsel, then Satan entered into him.” “After the morsel,” then: perhaps it was not eaten by Judas, since Satan, entering into Judas, forestalled the use of the morsel, so that Judas might not profit from Jesus' gift of the morsel.
32.308Preuschen 4:467–468
τὸ μὲν γὰρ εἶχεν δύναμιν ὠφελητικὴν τῷ χρησομένῶ· ὁ δὲ ἅπαξ βαλὼν αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν ἵνα παραδῷ τὸν διδάσκαλον, φοβούμενος μὴ τὸ βεβλημενον ἐκπέσῃ τοῦ βληθέντος διὰ τῆς τοῦ ψωμίου χρήσεως, προλαβὼν ἅμα τῷ λαβεῖν τὸν Ἰούδαν τὸ ψωμίον εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτόν, ὅτε καὶ εἰρημένου τοῦ »ὃ »ποιεῖς ποίησον τάχιον« λαβὼν τὸ ψωμίον ὁ Ἰούδας »ἐξῆλθεν »εὐθύς«.
to men gar eichen dynamin ōphelētikēn tǭ chrēsomenō; ho de hapax balōn autou eis tēn kardian hina paradǭ ton didaskalon, phoboumenos mē to beblēmenon ekpesę̄ tou blēthentos dia tēs tou psōmiou chrēseōs, prolabōn hama tǭ labein ton Ioudan to psōmion eisēlthen eis auton, hote kai eirēmenou tou »ho »poieis poiēson tachion« labōn to psōmion ho Ioudas »exēlthen »euthys«.
For the morsel had a power to benefit the one who would use it; but the one who had once put it into his heart to betray the teacher, fearing lest what he had thrown in might fall out of the one he had struck through the use of the morsel, forestalled it and entered into him as soon as Judas received the morsel, when also, after “What you do, do quickly” had been said, Judas, having received the morsel, “went out immediately.”
32.309Preuschen 4:468
καὶ οὕτως δʼ ἂν οὐκ ἀπιθάνως εἰς τὸν τόπον λέγοιτο· ὥσπερ ὁ ἀναξίως ἐσθίων τὸν ἄρτον τοῦ κυρίου ἢ πίνων αὐτοῦ τὸ ποτήριον εἰς κρῖμα ἐσθίει καὶ πίνει, τῆς μιᾶς ἐν τῷ ἄρτῳ κρείττονος δυνάμεως καὶ ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ὑποκειμένῃ μὲν διαθέσει καρείττονι ἐνεργαζομένης τὸ βέλτιον, χείρονι δὲ ἐμποιούσης τὸ κρῖμα· οὕτω τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ψωμίον ὁμογενὲς ἦν τῷ δοθέντι καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἀποστόλοις ἐν τῷ »Λάβετε, φάγετε«, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνοις μὲν εἰς σωτηρίαν, τῷ δὲ Ἰούδᾳ εἰς κρῖμα, ὡς μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον εἰσεληλυθέναι εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν Σατανᾶν.
kai houtōs dʼ an ouk apithanōs eis ton topon legoito; hōsper ho anaxiōs esthiōn ton arton tou kyriou ē pinōn autou to potērion eis krima esthiei kai pinei, tēs mias en tǭ artǭ kreittonos dynameōs kai en tǭ potēriǭ hypokeimenę̄ men diathesei kareittoni energazomenēs to beltion, cheironi de empoiousēs to krima; houtō to apo tou Iēsou psōmion homogenes ēn tǭ dothenti kai tois loipois apostolois en tǭ »Labete, phagete«, allʼ ekeinois men eis sōtērian, tǭ de Ioudą eis krima, hōs meta to psōmion eiselēlythenai eis auton ton Satanan.
And this too might be said, not implausibly, about the passage: just as one who eats the bread of the Lord or drinks his cup unworthily eats and drinks to judgment, since the one superior power in the bread and in the cup works what is better in a better disposition that receives it, but produces judgment in a worse one; so the morsel from Jesus was of the same kind as what was given also to the other apostles in “Take, eat,” but to them for salvation, and to Judas for judgment, so that after the morsel Satan entered into him.
32.310Preuschen 4:468
νοείσθω δὲ ὁ ἄρτος καὶ τὸ ποτήριον τοῖς μὲν ἀπολουστέροις κατὰ τὴν κοινοτέραν περὶ τῆς εὐχαριστίας ἐκδοχήν, τοῖς δὲ βαθύτερον ἀκούειν μεμαθηκόσιν κατὰ τὴν θειοτέραν καὶ περὶ τοῦ τροφίμου τῆς ἀληθείας λόγου ἐπγγελίαν· ὡς εἰ ἐν παραδείγματι μὲν ὑποκείμενον αὔξει, εἰς ὑγείαν δὲ καὶ εὐεξίαν ἀνάγει.
noeisthō de ho artos kai to potērion tois men apolousterois kata tēn koinoteran peri tēs eucharistias ekdochēn, tois de bathyteron akouein memathēkosin kata tēn theioteran kai peri tou trophimou tēs alētheias logou epngelian; hōs ei en paradeigmati men hypokeimenon auxei, eis hygeian de kai euexian anagei.
Let the bread and the cup be understood by the simpler according to the more common interpretation concerning the Eucharist, but by those who have learned to hear more deeply according to the more divine promise, concerning the nourishing word of truth; as if, by way of example, food makes the body that receives it grow, and brings it to health and good condition.
32.311Preuschen 4:468
διὸ πολλάκις λόγος ἀληθὴς ψυχῇ νοσούσῃ οὐ δεομένῃ τοιαύτης τροφῆς διδόμενονς ἐπιτρίβει αὐτὴν καὶ πρόφασις αὐτῇ χειρόνων γίνεται·
dio pollakis logos alēthēs psychę̄ nosousę̄ ou deomenę̄ toiautēs trophēs didomenons epitribei autēn kai prophasis autę̄ cheironōn ginetai;
Therefore often a true word, given to a sick soul that does not need such food, harms it and becomes an occasion of worse things for it;
32.312Preuschen 4:468
καὶ οὕως καὶ τὰ ἀληθῆ λέγειν κινδυνῶδές ἐστι. ταὐτα δέ μοι εἴρηται διὰ τὸ ψωμίον ὃ ἐμβάψας »δίδωσιν Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος † Ἰσκα- »ριώτῃ«, καὶ κεκινήκαμεν λόγον τὸν εἰς ἑκάτερα, εἴτε χρὴ λέγειν αὐτὸν βεβρωκέναι λαβόντα, εἴτε κεκωλῦσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ εἰσελθόντος εἰς τὸν Ἰούδαν Σατανᾶ.
kai houōs kai ta alēthē legein kindynōdes esti. tauta de moi eirētai dia to psōmion ho embapsas »didōsin Ioudą Simōnos † Iska- »riōtę̄«, kai kekinēkamen logon ton eis hekatera, eite chrē legein auton bebrōkenai labonta, eite kekōlysthai apo tou eiselthontos eis ton Ioudan Satana.
and so even speaking the truth is dangerous. These things have been said by me because of the morsel which, having dipped it, “he gives to Judas son of Simon Iscariot”; and we have set out arguments on both sides, whether we must say that he ate it after receiving it, or that he was prevented by Satan, who had entered into Judas.
32.313Preuschen 4:468–469
εἰ δὲ χρὴ ὡς μὴ εἰκῆ παρερριμμένον ὐπὸ τοῦ εὐαγγελιστοῦ ἐξετάσαι καὶ τὸ »Ἦν δὲ νύξ«, λεκτέον ὅτι συμβολικῶς τότε ἡ αἰσθητὴ νὴξ ἦν, εἰκὼν τυγχάνουσα τῆς γενομένης ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ Ἰούδα νυκτός, ἡνίκα τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον σκότος ἐπάνω τῆς ἀβύσσου, ὁ Σατανᾶς, εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτόν· »Ἐκάλεσεν γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τὸ »σκότος νύκτα«, ἧς γε νυκτός, φησὶν ὁ παῦλος, οὐκ ἐσμὲν τέκνα οὐδὲ σκότους, λέγων· »Ἄρʼ οὖν, ἀδελφοί, οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ »σκότους« καὶ τὸ »Ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες νήφωμεν«.
ei de chrē hōs mē eikē parerrimmenon ypo tou euangelistou exetasai kai to »Ēn de nyx«, lekteon hoti symbolikōs tote hē aisthētē nēx ēn, eikōn tynchanousa tēs genomenēs en tę̄ psychę̄ Iouda nyktos, hēnika to epipheromenon skotos epanō tēs abyssou, ho Satanas, eisēlthen eis auton; »Ekalesen gar ho theos to »skotos nykta«, hēs ge nyktos, phēsin ho paulos, ouk esmen tekna oude skotous, legōn; »Arʼ oun, adelphoi, ouk esmen nyktos oude »skotous« kai to »Hēmeis de hēmeras ontes nēphōmen«.
And if we must examine also “And it was night,” as not idly thrown in by the evangelist, it must be said that the perceptible night at that time was symbolic, being an image of the night that came about in the soul of Judas, when the darkness borne upon the abyss, Satan, entered into him. For “God called the darkness night”; and of this night, Paul says, we are not children, nor of darkness, when he says, “So then, brothers, we are not of night nor of darkness,” and “But we, being of the day, let us be sober.”
32.314Preuschen 4:469
οὐκ ἦν οὖν νὺξ τοῖς νιπτομένοις τοὺς πόδας ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἀλλʼ ἠμέρα λαμτροτάτη καθαιρομένοις καὶ ἀπορρυπτομένοις τοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῶν ῥύπους, καὶ κατʼ ἐξοχὴν οὐκ ἦν νὺξ τῷ ἀνακειμένῳ ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· ἠγάπα γὰρ αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ τῇ
ouk ēn oun nyx tois niptomenois tous podas hypo tou Iēsou allʼ ēmera lamtrotatē kathairomenois kai aporryptomenois tous en tois posin tēs psychēs autōn rhypous, kai katʼ exochēn ouk ēn nyx tǭ anakeimenǭ en tǭ kolpǭ tou Iēsou; ēgapa gar auton ho Iēsous, kai tę̄
There was no night, then, for those whose feet were washed by Jesus, but the brightest day, as they were being cleansed and washed of the dirt on the feet of their soul; and above all there was no night for the one reclining in the bosom of Jesus; for Jesus loved him, and by
32.315Preuschen 4:469
ἀγάπῃ ἔλυεν πάντα σκότον. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ Πέρῳ ὁμολογοῦντι τὸ »Σὺ »εἶ ὁ χριστός, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος« ἀποκαλύψαντος αὐτῷ τοῦ οὐρανίου πατρός, νὺξ ἦν, ἀλλὰ νὺξ ἅμα αὐτῷ καὶ ἄρνησις ἦν.
agapę̄ elyen panta skoton. allʼ oude Perǭ homologounti to »Sy »ei ho christos, ho huios tou theou tou zōntos« apokalypsantos autǭ tou ouraniou patros, nyx ēn, alla nyx hama autǭ kai arnēsis ēn.
love he dissolved all darkness. Nor was there night for Peter when he confessed, “You are the Christ, the Son of the living God,” the heavenly Father having revealed it to him; but night came for him together with his denial.
32.316Preuschen 4:469
καὶ νῦν τοίνυν ὅτε λαβὼν τὸ ψωμίον ὁ Ἰούδας [καὶ] ἐξὴλθεν εὐθύς, τότε ἐξελθόντι αὐτῷ νὺξ ἦν· οὐ γὰρ παρῆν αὐτῷ ὁ ἀνήρ, ᾧ ἄνομα Ἀνατολή, καταλιπόντι ἐκ τῷ ἐξεληλυθέναι τὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἥλιον. καὶ ἐδίωκε μὲν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὁ Ἰούδας, τῆς σκοτίας πεπληρωμένος· ἀλλʼ ἡ σκοτία ὁ ἀνειληὼς αὐτὴν οὐ κατείληφεν τὸ διωκόμενον φῶς,
kai nyn toinyn hote labōn to psōmion ho Ioudas [kai] exēlthen euthys, tote exelthonti autǭ nyx ēn; ou gar parēn autǭ ho anēr, hǭ anoma Anatolē, kataliponti ek tǭ exelēlythenai ton tēs dikaiosynēs hēlion. kai ediōke men ton Iēsoun ho Ioudas, tēs skotias peplērōmenos; allʼ hē skotia ho aneilēōs autēn ou kateilēphen to diōkomenon phōs,
And now, then, when Judas, having received the morsel, went out immediately, it was night for him as he went out; for the man whose name is Dawn was not with him, since by going out he had left behind the sun of righteousness. And Judas pursued Jesus, filled with darkness; but the darkness that had seized him did not overtake the light that was pursued;
32.317Preuschen 4:469
διὸ καὶ ὅτε εἶπεν ὠς δικαιοσύνης λόγον τὸ »Ἥμαρτον »παραδοὺς αἷμα δίκαιον« »ἀπελθὼν ἀπήγξατο«, τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Σατανὰ μέχρι τῆς ἀγχόνης αὐτὸν χειραγωγήσαντος κ αὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῆν αὐτὸν ἀναρτήσαντος, ὅτε καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ ὁ διάβολος ἥψατο· οὐ γὰρ ἦν τοιοῦτος ὡς λεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ κυρίου, ὅπερ εἴρηται περὶ τοῦ Ἰὼβ πρὸς τὸν διάβολον· »Ἀλλὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ μὴ »ἅψῃ«. Ὅτε οὖν ἐξῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει· Νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ. εἰ θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ὁ θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὑτῷ, καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν.
dio kai hote eipen ōs dikaiosynēs logon to »Hēmarton »paradous haima dikaion« »apelthōn apēnxato«, tou en autǭ Satana mechri tēs anchonēs auton cheiragōgēsantos k ai epi tautēn auton anartēsantos, hote kai tēs psychēs autou ho diabolos hēpsato; ou gar ēn toioutos hōs lechthēnai peri autou hypo kyriou, hoper eirētai peri tou Iōb pros ton diabolon; »Alla tēs psychēs autou mē »hapsę̄«. Hote oun exēlthen ho Iēsous legei; Nyn edoxasthē ho huios tou anthrōpou, kai ho theos edoxasthē en autǭ. ei theos edoxasthē en autǭ kai ho theos doxasei auton en hautǭ, kai euthys doxasei auton.
therefore also, when he had spoken, as a word of righteousness, “I have sinned in betraying righteous blood,” “he went away and hanged himself,” Satan within him leading him by the hand to the noose and hanging him on it, when the devil also touched his soul. For he was not such that the Lord could say of him what was said of Job to the devil: “But do not touch his soul.” “When therefore he had gone out, Jesus says, ‘Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him. If God is glorified in him, God will also glorify him in himself, and will glorify him immediately.’”
32.318Preuschen 4:469
Ἀρχὴ τοῦ δεδοξάσθαι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μετά τὰς εʼπὶ τοῖς σημείοις καὶ τέραςι δόξας καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ ἐπὶ τῇ μεταμορφώσει τὸ ἐξεληλύθεναι τὸν Ἰούδαν μετὰ τοῦ εἰσελθόντος εἰς αὐτὸν Σατανᾶ ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου, ἔνθα ἦν ὁ Ἰησοῦς.
Archē tou dedoxasthai ton huion tou anthrōpou meta tas eʼpi tois sēmeiois kai terasi doxas kai tēn epi epi tę̄ metamorphōsei to exelēlythenai ton Ioudan meta tou eiselthontos eis auton Satana apo tou topou, entha ēn ho Iēsous.
The beginning of the glorification of the Son of Man, after the glories at the signs and wonders and the glory at the transfiguration, was the going out of Judas, with Satan who had entered into him, from the place where Jesus was.
32.319Preuschen 4:469–470
διὸ εἶπεν ὁ κύριος τὸ »Νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου«. ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὸ »Ἐὰν ἁφωθῶ »ἐκ τῆς γῆς, πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόυ« εἴρηται ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆ- ρος, σημαίνοντος »ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν θεόν«· ἐδόξασεν γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀποθνήσκεν τὸν θεόν.
dio eipen ho kyrios to »Nyn edoxasthē ho huios tou anthrōpou«. eti de kai to »Ean haphōthō »ek tēs gēs, pantas helkysō pros emautou« eirētai hypo tou sōtē- ros, sēmainontos »poiǭ thanatǭ doxasei ton theon«; edoxasen gar kai en tǭ apothnēsken ton theon.
Therefore the Lord said, “Now the Son of Man is glorified.” Further, “If I am lifted up from the earth, I will draw all to myself” was also said by the Savior, signifying “by what death he would glorify God”; for he glorified God also in dying.
32.320Preuschen 4:470
διὰ τοῦτο, ὅτε ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς οἰκονομίας τοῦ μέλλειν ἀποθνήσκειν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐνηργεῖτο, ἐξελθόντος μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον τοῦ Ἰούδα, ἵνα πραγματεύσηται κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, εἴρηται τὸ »Νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου«.
dia touto, hote hē archē tēs oikonomias tou mellein apothnēskein ton Iēsoun enērgeito, exelthontos meta to psōmion tou Iouda, hina pragmateusētai kata tou Iēsou, eirētai to »Nyn edoxasthē ho huios tou anthrōpou«.
For this reason, when the beginning of the dispensation by which Jesus was to die was set in motion, as Judas went out after the morsel to act against Jesus, it was said, “Now the Son of Man is glorified.”
32.321Preuschen 4:470
εἶτʼ ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἔνεστιν δοξασθῆναι τὸν χριστὸν μὴ ἐνδοξαζομένου αὐτῷ τοῦ πατρός, διὰ τοῦτο πρόσκειται τῷ »Νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου« τὸ »Καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ«.
eitʼ epei ouk enestin doxasthēnai ton christon mē endoxazomenou autǭ tou patros, dia touto proskeitai tǭ »Nyn edoxasthē ho huios tou anthrōpou« to »Kai ho theos edoxasthē en autǭ«.
Then, since Christ cannot be glorified unless the Father is glorified in him, therefore to “Now the Son of Man is glorified” is added “and God is glorified in him.”
32.322Preuschen 4:470
πλὴν ἡ διὰ τὸν ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων θάνατον δόξα οὐ τοῦ μὴ πεφυκότος ἀποθνήσκειν ἦν μονογενοῦς λόγου καὶ σοφίας καὶ ἀληθείας, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα εἶναι λέγεται τῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ θειοτέρων, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ὃς ἦν καὶ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, γενόμενος ἐκ σπέρματο· Δαβὶδ τὸ κατὰ σάρκα.
plēn hē dia ton hyper anthrōpōn thanaton doxa ou tou mē pephykotos apothnēskein ēn monogenous logou kai sophias kai alētheias, kai hosa alla einai legetai tōn en tǭ Iēsou theioterōn, alla tou anthrōpou, hos ēn kai huios tou anthrōpou, genomenos ek spermato; Dabid to kata sarka.
However, the glory that came through the death on behalf of human beings did not belong to the only-begotten Word and Wisdom and Truth, and whatever else of the more divine things in Jesus he is said to be, which by nature cannot die, but to the man, who was also Son of Man, born of the seed of David according to the flesh.
32.323Preuschen 4:470
διόπερ ἀνωτέρω μὲν εἶπεν· »Νῦν ζητεῖτέ με ἀποκτεῖναι, ἄνθρωπον ὃς τὴν »ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν λελάληκα«· ἐν τοῖς ἐξεταζομένοις δὲ λέγει τὸ »Νῦν »ἐδοξάσθη ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου«.
dioper anōterō men eipen; »Nyn zēteite me apokteinai, anthrōpon hos tēn »alētheian hymin lelalēka«; en tois exetazomenois de legei to »Nyn »edoxasthē ho huios tou anthrōpou«.
That is why above he said, “Now you seek to kill me, a man who has told you the truth”; and in the passage under examination he says, “Now the Son of Man is glorified.”
32.324Preuschen 4:470
τοῦτον δʼ, οἶμαι, καὶ ὁ θεὸς ὑπερύψωσεν, γενόμενον ὑπήκοον »φέχρι θανάτου, θανάτου δὲ σταυ- ροῦ· ὁ γὰρ λόγος ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ὁ θεὸς λόγος, οὐκ ἐπεδέχετο τὸ ὑπερυψωθῆναι.
touton dʼ, oimai, kai ho theos hyperypsōsen, genomenon hypēkoon »phechri thanatou, thanatou de stau- rou; ho gar logos en archę̄ pros ton theon, ho theos logos, ouk epedecheto to hyperypsōthēnai.
And this one, I think, God also highly exalted, since he became obedient “unto death, even death on a cross”; for the Word who was in the beginning with God, God the Word, did not admit of being highly exalted.
32.325Preuschen 4:470
ἡ δὲ ὑπερύφωσις τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, γενομένη αὐτῷ δοξάσαντι τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ θανάτῳ, αὕτη ἦν, τὸ μηκέτι ἕτερον αὐτὸν εἶναι τοῦ λόγου ἀλλὰ τὸν αὐτὸν αὐτῷ.
hē de hyperyphōsis tou huiou tou huiou tou anthrōpou, genomenē autǭ doxasanti ton theon en tǭ heautou thanatǭ, hautē ēn, to mēketi heteron auton einai tou logou alla ton auton autǭ.
And the high exaltation of the Son of Man, which came to him when he had glorified God in his own death, was this: that he was no longer other than the Word, but the same with him.
32.326Preuschen 4:470
εἰ γὰρ »Ὁ κολλώμενος τῷ κυρίῳ ἓν πνεῦμά ἐστιν«, ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ τούτου καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος μηκέτι ἂν λέγεσθαι τὸ »Δύο εἰσίν«, πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον τὸ ἀνθρώπινον τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μετὰ τοῦ λόγου λέγοιμεν γεγονέναι ἓν, ὑπερυψωμένου μὲν τοῦ μὴ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγησαμένου »τὸ εἶναι »ἴσα θεῷ«, μένοντος δὲ ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὕψει ἢ καὶ ἀποκαθισταμένου ἐπʼ θρωπος;
ei gar »Ho kollōmenos tǭ kyriǭ hen pneuma estin«, hōs kai epi toutou kai tou pneumatos mēketi an legesthai to »Dyo eisin«, pōs ouchi mallon to anthrōpinon tou Iēsou meta tou logou legoimen gegonenai hen, hyperypsōmenou men tou mē harpagmon hēgēsamenou »to einai »isa theǭ«, menontos de en tǭ idiǭ hypsei ē kai apokathistamenou epʼ thrōpos?
For if “he who is joined to the Lord is one spirit,” so that of him and the Spirit it could no longer be said, “they are two,” how much more should we say that the humanity of Jesus became one with the Word, when he who did not count “being equal with God” a thing to be grasped was highly exalted, while the Word remained in his own height, or was restored to it …?
32.327Preuschen 4:470–471
εἰ δὲ τῷ θανάτῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ δοξάσαντος τὸν θεὸν τό τε »Ἀπεκδυσάμενος τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας ἐδειγμάτισεν ἐν παρ- »ρησίᾳ, θριαμβεύσας ἐν τῷ ξύλῳ« καὶ τὸ »Εἰρηνοποιήσας διὰ τοῦ »αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ, εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς »οὐρανοῖς« * * * ἐν τούτοις γὰρ πᾶσιν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ δοξασθέντος ἐν αὐτῷ.
ei de tǭ thanatǭ tou Iēsou doxasantos ton theon to te »Apekdysamenos tas archas kai tas exousias edeigmatisen en par- »rēsią, thriambeusas en tǭ xylǭ« kai to »Eirēnopoiēsas dia tou »haimatos tou staurou autou, eite ta epi tēs gēs eite ta en tois »ouranois« * * * en toutois gar pasin edoxasthē ho huios tou anthrōpou, kai tou theou doxasthentos en autǭ.
And if, when Jesus had glorified God by his death, both “Having disarmed the rulers and authorities, he made a public example of them, triumphing over them on the tree” and “having made peace through the blood of his cross, whether things on earth or things in heaven” … for in all these things the Son of Man was glorified, and God was glorified in him.
32.328Preuschen 4:471
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ δοξαζόμενος ὑπό τινος δοξάξεται, ζητήσεις ἐν τῷ »Ἐδοζάσθη ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου« τὸ ὑπὸ τίνος; ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ »Ὁ θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ‘.
Epei de ho doxazomenos hypo tinos doxaxetai, zētēseis en tǭ »Edozasthē ho huios tou anthrōpou« to hypo tinos? homoiōs de kai en tǭ »Ho theos edoxasthē en autǭ‘.
Since one who is glorified is glorified by someone, you will ask, in “The Son of Man is glorified,” by whom? And likewise in “God is glorified in him.”
32.329Preuschen 4:471
ὑπὲρ δὲ τῆς τῶν ῥητῶν σαφηνείας ἐπιμελῶς προσχῶμεν πρώτῳ μὲν λεγομένῳ τῷ Νῦν »ἐδοξάσθη ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου«· δευτέρῳ δὲ τῷ Καὶ ὁ θεὸς »ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ‘· τρίτῳ δὲ τοιούτῳ συνημμένῳ »Εἰ ὁ θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ ὁ θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὑτῷ‘· τετάρτῳ δὲ τῷ Καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν‘.
hyper de tēs tōn rhētōn saphēneias epimelōs proschōmen prōtǭ men legomenǭ tǭ Nyn »edoxasthē ho huios tou anthrōpou«; deuterǭ de tǭ Kai ho theos »edoxasthē en autǭ‘; tritǭ de toioutǭ synēmmenǭ »Ei ho theos edoxasthē en autǭ, kai ho theos doxasei auton en hautǭ‘; tetartǭ de tǭ Kai euthys doxasei auton‘.
For the sake of clarity about the words, let us attend carefully first to the statement “Now the Son of Man is glorified”; second to “and God is glorified in him”; third to the conditional “If God is glorified in him, God will also glorify him in himself”; and fourth to “and will glorify him immediately.”
32.330Preuschen 4:471
ἐὰν μὴ ἄρα τοῦτο φάσκῃ τις ἀναλαβεῖν εἰς συμπλοκὴν τὴν ἐν τῷ λήγοντι τοῦ συνημμένου, ἵνα μὲν τὸ συνημμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ »Ὁ θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ«, λήγῃ δὲ εἰς τὸ »Καὶ ὁ θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὑτῷ καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν‘, ἀναγκαίως δὲ προσχῶμεν τῷ τῆς δόξης δόξης οὐ κειμένῳ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρά τισι τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέσου πράγματος, καθʼ ὃ ὁρίζονται εἶναι δόξαν τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν πολλῶν ἔπαινον, δῆλον ὅτι ἐπ ἄλλου παρὰ τοῦτο κεῖται ὄνομα ἐκ τοῦ ἐν τῇ Ἐξόδῳ οὕτω εἰρημένου·
ean mē ara touto phaskę̄ tis analabein eis symplokēn tēn en tǭ lēgonti tou synēmmenou, hina men to synēmmenon apo tou »Ho theos edoxasthē en autǭ«, lēgę̄ de eis to »Kai ho theos doxasei auton en hautǭ kai euthys doxasei auton‘, anankaiōs de proschōmen tǭ tēs doxēs doxēs ou keimenǭ epi tou para tisi tōn Hellēnōn mesou pragmatos, kathʼ ho horizontai einai doxan ton apo tōn pollōn epainon, dēlon hoti ep allou para touto keitai onoma ek tou en tę̄ Exodǭ houtō eirēmenou;
Unless, indeed, someone should say that this last is to be taken as a conjunction within the consequent of the conditional, so that the conditional begins from “God is glorified in him” and ends with “God will also glorify him in himself, and will glorify him immediately.” But we must necessarily attend to the word “glory,” which is not used here of what some of the Greeks call an indifferent thing, by which they define glory as praise from the many; it is clear that the name is used here of something else besides this, from what is said thus in Exodus:
32.331Preuschen 4:471
Καὶ δόξης κυρίου ἐπλήσθη ἡ σκηνή. καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνάσθἠ »Μωϋσῆς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου, ὅτι ἐπεσκίαζεν ἐπʼ αὐτὴν ἡ νεφέλη καὶ δόξης κυρίου ἐπλήσθη ἡ σκηνή".
Kai doxēs kyriou eplēsthē hē skēnē. kai ouk ēdynasthē »Mōÿsēs eiselthein eis tēn skēnēn tou martyriou, hoti epeskiazen epʼ autēn hē nephelē kai doxēs kyriou eplēsthē hē skēnē".
“And the tent was filled with the glory of the Lord. And Moses was not able to enter the tent of witness, because the cloud overshadowed it and the tent was filled with the glory of the Lord.”
32.332Preuschen 4:471
καὶ έν τῇ τρίτῃ τῶν Βασιλειῶν τοῦτο ἀναγεγραμμένον τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον· Καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἐξῆλθον οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου, καὶ ἡ νεφέλη ἔπλησεν τὸν οἶκον κυρίου.
kai en tę̄ tritę̄ tōn Basileiōn touto anagegrammenon touton ton tropon; Kai egeneto hōs exēlthon hoi hiereis ek tou hagiou, kai hē nephelē eplēsen ton oikon kyriou.
And in the third book of Kingdoms this is recorded in this way: “And it came to pass, when the priests went out of the holy place, that the cloud filled the house of the Lord.
32.333Preuschen 4:471
καὶ οὐκ ἐδύναντο οἱ ἱερεῖς στῆναι λει- »τουργίαν ἐνώπιον τῆς νεφέλης, ὅτι ἔπλησεν δόξα κυρίου τὸν οἶκον( καὶ περὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως δὲ δόξης ἐν τῇ Ἐξόδῳ τοιαῦτα λέλεκται·
kai ouk edynanto hoi hiereis stēnai lei- »tourgian enōpion tēs nephelēs, hoti eplēsen doxa kyriou ton oikon( kai peri tēs Mōÿseōs de doxēs en tę̄ Exodǭ toiauta lelektai;
And the priests could not stand to minister before the cloud, because the glory of the Lord filled the house.” And concerning the glory of Moses such things are said in Exodus:
32.334Preuschen 4:471
»Ὠς δὲ κατέβαινε Μωϋσῆς ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους, καὶ αἱ δύο πλάκες τῆς δια- θήκης ἐπὶ τῶν χειρῶν Μωϋσῆ· καταβαίνοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους, καὶ Μωϋσῆς οὐκ ᾔδει ὅτι δεδόξασται ἡ ὄψις τοῦ χρωτὸς τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ λαλεῖν αὐτὸν αὐτῷ. καὶ εἶδεν Ἀαρὼν καὶ πάντες οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ τὸν Μωϋσῆν, καὶ ἦν δεδοξασμένη ἡ »ὄφις τοῦ χρωτὸς τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν ἐγγίσαι αὐτῶ‘.
»Ōs de katebaine Mōÿsēs ek tou orous, kai hai dyo plakes tēs dia- thēkēs epi tōn cheirōn Mōÿsē; katabainontos de autou ek tou orous, kai Mōÿsēs ouk ę̄dei hoti dedoxastai hē opsis tou chrōtos tou prosōpou autou en tǭ lalein auton autǭ. kai eiden Aarōn kai pantes hoi huioi Israēl ton Mōÿsēn, kai ēn dedoxasmenē hē »ophis tou chrōtos tou prosōpou autou; kai ephobēthēsan engisai autō‘.
“And as Moses came down from the mountain, the two tablets of the covenant were in Moses' hands; and as he came down from the mountain, Moses did not know that the appearance of the skin of his face had been glorified while he spoke with him. And Aaron and all the sons of Israel saw Moses, and the appearance of the skin of his face had been glorified; and they were afraid to come near him.”
32.335Preuschen 4:471–472
Τοῦτο τὸ περὶ τῆς δόξης σημαινόμενον καὶ ἐν τῷ κατὰ Λουκᾶν εὐαγγελίῳ διὰ τούτων δηλοῦται· »Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ προσ- »εύχεσθαι αὐτὸν ἡ ἰδέα τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἐτέρα, καὶ ἠλλοιώθη ὁ ἱματισμὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐγένετο λευκός, ἐξαστράπτων. καὶ ἰκοὺ ἄν- »δρες δύο συνελάλουν αὐτῷ, οἵτινες ἦσαν Μωϋσῆς καὶ Ἠλίας· οἳ »ὀφθέντες ἐν δόξῃ ἔλεγον τὴν ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ ἣν ἔμελλεν πληροῦν »ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ«.
Touto to peri tēs doxēs sēmainomenon kai en tǭ kata Loukan euangeliǭ dia toutōn dēloutai; »Kai egeneto en tǭ pros- »euchesthai auton hē idea tou prosōpou autou etera, kai ēlloiōthē ho himatismos autou kai egeneto leukos, exastraptōn. kai ikou an- »dres dyo synelaloun autǭ, hoitines ēsan Mōÿsēs kai Ēlias; hoi »ophthentes en doxę̄ elegon tēn exodon autou hēn emellen plēroun »en Ierousalēm«.
This meaning of glory is also shown in the Gospel according to Luke by these words: “And it came to pass, as he was praying, that the appearance of his face became different, and his clothing was changed and became white, flashing like lightning. And behold, two men were talking with him, who were Moses and Elijah; who, appearing in glory, spoke of his departure which he was about to fulfill in Jerusalem.”
32.336Preuschen 4:472
καὶ ὁ Παῦλος δὲ ὅρα ἐπὶ τίσι τὸ ὄνομα τῆς δόξης παραλαμβάνει· ὅπου μὲν γὰρ λέγει· »Εἰ δὲ ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου »ἐν γράμμασιν ἐντετυπωμένη λίθοις ἐγενήθη ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε μὴ »ἀτενίσαι τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσταὴλ εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον Μωϋσέως διὰ τὴν »δόξαν τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ τὴν καταργουμένην· πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἡ διακονία τοῦ πνεύματος ἔσται έν δόξῃ; εἰ γὰρ τῇ διακονίᾳ τῆς »κατακρίσεως δόξα, πολλῷ μᾶλλον περισσεύει ἡ διακονία τῆς δι- »καιοσύνης δόξῃ. καὶ γὰρ οὐ δεδόξασται τὸ δεδοξασμένον ἐν τούτῳ »τῷ μέρει, ἕνεκεν τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης δόξης· εἰ γὰρ τὸ καταργού- »μενον διὰ δόξης, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὸ μένον ἐν δόξῃ«· ὅπου δὲ »Ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντες ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ τὴν δόξαν κυρίου κατ- »οπτριζόμενοι, τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς »δόξαν, καθάπερ ἀπὸ κυρίου πνεύματος( καὶ πάλιν μετʼ ὀλίγα·
kai ho Paulos de hora epi tisi to onoma tēs doxēs paralambanei; hopou men gar legei; »Ei de hē diakonia tou thanatou »en grammasin entetypōmenē lithois egenēthē en doxę̄, hōste mē »atenisai tous huious Istaēl eis to prosōpon Mōÿseōs dia tēn »doxan tou prosōpou autou tēn katargoumenēn; pōs ouchi mallon hē diakonia tou pneumatos estai en doxę̄? ei gar tę̄ diakonią tēs »katakriseōs doxa, pollǭ mallon perisseuei hē diakonia tēs di- »kaiosynēs doxę̄. kai gar ou dedoxastai to dedoxasmenon en toutǭ »tǭ merei, heneken tēs hyperballousēs doxēs; ei gar to katargou- »menon dia doxēs, pollǭ mallon to menon en doxę̄«; hopou de »Hēmeis de pantes anakekalymmenǭ prosōpǭ tēn doxan kyriou kat- »optrizomenoi, tēn autēn eikona metamorphoumetha apo doxēs eis »doxan, kathaper apo kyriou pneumatos( kai palin metʼ oliga;
And see also to what Paul applies the word “glory.” In one place he says: “But if the ministry of death, carved in letters on stones, came in glory, so that the sons of Israel could not gaze at the face of Moses because of the glory of his face, which was being done away, how will the ministry of the Spirit not be even more in glory? For if there was glory in the ministry of condemnation, the ministry of righteousness abounds much more in glory. For indeed what was glorified has not been glorified in this respect, because of the glory that surpasses it. For if what was being done away came through glory, much more what remains is in glory.” And in another: “But we all, with unveiled face beholding as in a mirror the glory of the Lord, are being transformed into the same image from glory to glory, as from the Lord, the Spirit.” And again a little later:
32.337Preuschen 4:472
»Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν, ἐν τοῖς ἀπολ- »λυμένοις ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον, έν οἷς ὁ θεὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου ἐτύφλωσεν τὰ νοήματα τῶν ἀπίστων, εἰς τὸ μὴ καταυγάσαι τὸν »φωτισμὸν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τῆς δόξης τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν »τοῦ θεοῦ((.
»Ei de kai estin kekalymmenon to euangelion hēmōn, en tois apol- »lymenois estin kekalymmenon, en hois ho theos tou aiōnos toutou etyphlōsen ta noēmata tōn apistōn, eis to mē kataugasai ton »phōtismon tou euangeliou tēs doxēs tou christou, hos estin eikōn »tou theou((.
“And even if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled among those who are perishing, in whom the god of this age has blinded the minds of the unbelievers, so that the illumination of the gospel of the glory of Christ, who is the image of God, should not shine on them.”
32.338Preuschen 4:472
καὶ πάλιν μετʼ ὀλίγα· »Ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ὁ εἰπὼν ἐκ σκότους »φῶς λάμψει, ὃς ἔλαμψεν έν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώσεως τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ έν προσώπῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ‘ ἕκαστον δὲ τούτων ἀκριβῶς νῦν διηγήσασθαι οὐκ ἀπαιτεῖ ἡ προκειμένη τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς. λέξεως διήγησις· πλὴν ὡς ὡς βραχέων τοσαῦτα λεκτέον· ὅσον μὲν κατὰ τὸ σωματικὸν θειοτέρα τις γέγονεν ἐπιφάνεια ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ναῷ συντελεσθεῖσιν καὶ ἐν τῷ προσώπῳ Μωϋσέως, τῇ θείᾳ φύσει ὁμιλήσαντος· ὅσον δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἀναγωγὴν τὰ περὶ θεοῦ ἀκριβῶς γινωσκόμενα καὶ τῷ ἐπιτηδείῳ διʼ ὑπερβολὴν καθαρότητος νώ θεωρούμενα δόξα ἂν λέγοιτο εἶναι θεοῦ ὀφθεῖσα· ἐπεὶ ὁ κακαθαρμένος καὶ ὑπεραναβὰς πάντα ὑλικὰ νοῦς ἕνα ἀκριβώσῃ τὴν θεωρίαν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐν οἷς θεωρεῖ θεοποιεῖται.
kai palin metʼ oliga; »Hoti ho theos ho eipōn ek skotous »phōs lampsei, hos elampsen en tais kardiais hēmōn pros phōtismon tēs gnōseōs tēs doxēs tou theou en prosōpǭ Iēsou Christou‘ hekaston de toutōn akribōs nyn diēgēsasthai ouk apaitei hē prokeimenē tēs euangelikēs. lexeōs diēgēsis; plēn hōs hōs bracheōn tosauta lekteon; hoson men kata to sōmatikon theiotera tis gegonen epiphaneia en tę̄ skēnę̄ kai en tǭ naǭ syntelestheisin kai en tǭ prosōpǭ Mōÿseōs, tę̄ theią physei homilēsantos; hoson de kata tēn anagōgēn ta peri theou akribōs ginōskomena kai tǭ epitēdeiǭ diʼ hyperbolēn katharotētos nō theōroumena doxa an legoito einai theou ophtheisa; epei ho kakatharmenos kai hyperanabas panta hylika nous hena akribōsę̄ tēn theōrian tou theou, en hois theōrei theopoieitai.
And again a little later: “For God, who said, ‘Out of darkness light shall shine,’ is he who has shone in our hearts for the illumination of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ.” To explain each of these precisely now is not required by the present exposition of the Gospel text; but this much must be said briefly. In the bodily sense, a more divine manifestation took place in the tent and in the temple when they were completed, and in the face of Moses, who had conversed with the divine nature. But in the higher (anagogical) sense, the things about God that are precisely known, and contemplated by a mind fitted for it through exceeding purity, might be called the glory of God that was seen; since the mind that has been cleansed and has risen above all material things, so as to make precise its contemplation of God, is deified in what it contemplates.
32.339Preuschen 4:472
λεκτέον τοιοῦτον εἶναι τὸ δεδοξάσθαι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ θεωρήσαντος τὸν θεὸν καὶ ὁμιλήσαντος αὐτῶ καὶ συνδιατρίψαντος τοιαύτῃ θέᾳ, ὡς τοῦτο εἶναι τροπικῶς τὸ δεδοξασμένον πρόσωπον Μωϋσέως, θεοποιηθέντος αὐτῷ τοῦ νοῦ.
lekteon toiouton einai to dedoxasthai to prosōpon tou theōrēsantos ton theon kai homilēsantos autō kai syndiatripsantos toiautę̄ theą, hōs touto einai tropikōs to dedoxasmenon prosōpon Mōÿseōs, theopoiēthentos autǭ tou nou.
It must be said that the glorification of the face of one who contemplated God, conversed with him, and spent time in such a vision is of this kind, so that this is, figuratively, the glorified face of Moses, whose mind had been deified.
32.340Preuschen 4:472–473
κατὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος ἔλεγεν τὸ » Ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντες ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ τὴν δόξαν »κυρίου κατοπτριζόμενοι, τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα..
kata touto de kai ho apostolos elegen to » Hēmeis de pantes anakekalymmenǭ prosōpǭ tēn doxan »kyriou katoptrizomenoi, tēn autēn eikona metamorphoumetha..
And in this sense the apostle too said, “But we all, with unveiled face beholding as in a mirror the glory of the Lord, are being transformed into the same image.”
32.341Preuschen 4:473
ὥσπερ δὲ ἡ τοῦ νυκτερινοῦ φωτὸς λαμπρότης ἀνατείλαντος τοῦ ἡλίου ἀμαυροῦται, οὕτω ἡ ἐπὶ Μωϋσέως δόξα ὑπὸ τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ.
hōsper de hē tou nykterinou phōtos lamprotēs anateilantos tou hēliou amauroutai, houtō hē epi Mōÿseōs doxa hypo tēs en Christǭ.
And as the brightness of the light by night is dimmed when the sun has risen, so the glory upon Moses was dimmed by the glory in Christ.
32.342Preuschen 4:473
σύγκρισιν γὰρ οὐκ εἶχεν ἡ ἐν Χριστῷ ὑπεροχή, ἣν γινώσκων τὸν πατέρα ἐδόξασεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, πρὸς τὰ ὑπὸ Μωϋσέως γνωσθέντα καὶ δοξάσαντα τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ.
synkrisin gar ouk eichen hē en Christǭ hyperochē, hēn ginōskōn ton patera edoxasen peri autou, pros ta hypo Mōÿseōs gnōsthenta kai doxasanta to prosōpon tēs psychēs autou.
For the surpassing excellence in Christ, by which, knowing the Father, he glorified him, bore no comparison with the things known by Moses, which glorified the face of his soul.
32.343Preuschen 4:473
διὸ καταργουμένη εἴρηται ἡ ἐπὶ Μωϋσέως δόξα ἀπὸ τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης ἐν Χριστῷ δόξης.
dio katargoumenē eirētai hē epi Mōÿseōs doxa apo tēs hyperballousēs en Christǭ doxēs.
That is why the glory upon Moses is said to be done away by the surpassing glory in Christ.
32.344Preuschen 4:473
Τούτων δὲ ἡμῶν κατὰ δύναμιν ἐν βραχέσιν εἰς ἃ παρεθέμεθα λελεγμένων, ἐπανέλθωμεν ἐπὶ τὸ Νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ ἃ »υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ«.
Toutōn de hēmōn kata dynamin en brachesin eis ha parethemetha lelegmenōn, epanelthōmen epi to Nyn edoxasthē ho ha »huios tou anthrōpou, kai ho theos edoxasthē en autǭ«.
Having said these things briefly, as far as we could, on the passages we have set out, let us return to “Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him.”
32.345Preuschen 4:473
γινώσκων οὐν τὸν πατέρα ὁ υἱός, αὐτῷ τῷ γινώσκειν αὐτόν, ὄντι μεγίστῳ ἀγαθῷ καὶ † ὁποῖον ανοἱ οἱ ἐπὶ τελείαν γνῶσιν, ἣν γινώσκει ὁ υἱὸς τὸν πατέρα, ἐδοξάσθη.
ginōskōn oun ton patera ho huios, autǭ tǭ ginōskein auton, onti megistǭ agathǭ kai † hopoion anoi hoi epi teleian gnōsin, hēn ginōskei ho huios ton patera, edoxasthē.
The Son, then, knowing the Father, was glorified by the very knowing of him, which is the greatest good, and … by the perfect knowledge with which the Son knows the Father.
32.346Preuschen 4:473
οἶμαι ὅτι καὶ ἑαυτὸν γινώσκων, ὄπερ καὶ αὐτὸ οὐ μακρὰν ἀποδεῖ τοῦ προτέρου, ἐδοξάσθη ἐκ τοῦ αὑτὸν ἐγνωκέναι.
oimai hoti kai heauton ginōskōn, oper kai auto ou makran apodei tou proterou, edoxasthē ek tou hauton egnōkenai.
And I think that, knowing himself too, which itself falls not far short of the former, he was glorified from having known himself.
32.347Preuschen 4:473
εἰ δὲ ἡ περὶ τῶν ὅλων γνῶσις συμπληροῖ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ὅσα ἐστὶν κρυπτὰ καὶ ἐμφανῆ γινώσκοντος, καὶ μήποτε τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἶναι αὐτοσοφία, ἢ τῷ λεγομένῳ αὐτουιῷ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ δεδοξάσθαι ἐκ τοῦ ἡνῶσθαι τῇ σοφίᾳ. ταὐτην δὲ πᾶσαν τὴν δόξαν, ἣν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, δωρησαμένου τοῦ πατρὸς ἐδοξάσθη.
ei de hē peri tōn holōn gnōsis symplēroi to megethos tēs doxēs autou hosa estin krypta kai emphanē ginōskontos, kai mēpote touto estin to einai autosophia, ē tǭ legomenǭ autouiǭ tou anthrōpou to dedoxasthai ek tou hēnōsthai tę̄ sophią. tautēn de pasan tēn doxan, hēn edoxasthē ho huios tou anthrōpou, dōrēsamenou tou patros edoxasthē.
And if knowledge of all things completes the greatness of his glory, since he knows all things hidden and manifest, perhaps this is to be Wisdom itself; or it belongs to the one called the Son of Man to be glorified from being united with Wisdom. And all this glory with which the Son of Man was glorified, he received as the Father's gift.
32.348Preuschen 4:473
πολλῶν δὲ ὄντων τῶν συμπληρούντων τὴν δόξαν πᾶσαν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, τὸ κατʼ ἐξοχὴν τούτων ἁπάντων ὁ θεός ἐστιν, ὃς τῷ γινώσκεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ οὐχ
pollōn de ontōn tōn symplērountōn tēn doxan pasan tou anthrōpou, to katʼ exochēn toutōn hapantōn ho theos estin, hos tǭ ginōskesthai apo tou huiou ouch
And though many things complete the whole glory of the man, the pre-eminent of all these is God, who by being known by the Son is not
32.349Preuschen 4:473
ἁπλῶς ἐστι δοξαζόμενος ἀλλʼ ἐν υἱῷ δοξαζόμενος. καθʼ ὃ καὶ τολμηρὸν μὲν καὶ μεῖζον ἢ καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἐστὶν τὸ εἰς ἐξέτασιν ἑαυτοὺς ἐπιδοῦναι τηλικούτου λόγου· ὅμως δὲ τολμητέον ὑποβάλλειν τὸν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ζητηθῆναι δυνάμενον.
haplōs esti doxazomenos allʼ en huiǭ doxazomenos. kathʼ ho kai tolmēron men kai meizon ē kathʼ hēmas estin to eis exetasin heautous epidounai tēlikoutou logou; homōs de tolmēteon hypoballein ton en tǭ topǭ zētēthēnai dynamenon.
simply glorified, but glorified in the Son. In this respect it is bold, and beyond us, to give ourselves to the examination of so great a saying; nevertheless we must dare to put forward what can be inquired into in the passage.
32.350Preuschen 4:473
ζητῶ δὲ εἰ ἔνεστιν δοξασθῆναι τὸν θεὸν παρὰ τὸ δοξάζεσθαι ἐν υἱῷ, ὡς ἀποδεδώκαμεν, μειζόνως αὐτὸν ἐν ἑαυτῷ δοξαζόμενον, ὄτε ἐν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ γινόμενος περιωπῇ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ γνώσει καὶ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ θεωρίᾳ, οὔσῃ μείζονι τῆς ἐν θεωρίας, ὡς ἐπὶ θεοῦ χρὴ νοεῖν τὰ τοιαῦτα, δεῖν λέγειν ὅτι εὐφραίνεται ἄφατόν τινα εὐαρέστησιν καὶ εὐφροσύνην καὶ χαράν, ἐφʼ ἑαυτῷ εὐαρεστούμενος καὶ χαίρων.
zētō de ei enestin doxasthēnai ton theon para to doxazesthai en huiǭ, hōs apodedōkamen, meizonōs auton en heautǭ doxazomenon, ote en tę̄ heautou ginomenos periōpę̄, epi tę̄ heautou gnōsei kai tę̄ heautou theōrią, ousę̄ meizoni tēs en theōrias, hōs epi theou chrē noein ta toiauta, dein legein hoti euphrainetai aphaton tina euarestēsin kai euphrosynēn kai charan, ephʼ heautǭ euarestoumenos kai chairōn.
I ask whether it is possible for God, besides being glorified in the Son, as we have explained, to be glorified still more greatly in himself: when, being in his own lofty vantage point, in his own knowledge and his own contemplation, which is greater than the contemplation in the Son, one must say (as such things must be understood of God) that he rejoices with an unspeakable satisfaction and gladness and joy, being well pleased and rejoicing in himself.
32.351Preuschen 4:473–474
χρῶμαι δὲ τούτοις τοῖς ὀνόμασιν, οὐχ ὡς κυρίως ἂν λεχθησομένοις ἐπὶ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀπορῶν τῶν. ἴν οὕτως ὀνομάσω, ἀρρήτων ῥημάτων, ἃ μόνος αὐτὸς δύναται, μετʼ αὐτὸν ὁ μονογενὴς αὐτοῦ ἐν κυριολεξίᾳ λέγειν ἢ φρονεῖν περὶ αὐτοῦ.
chrōmai de toutois tois onomasin, ouch hōs kyriōs an lechthēsomenois epi theou, alla aporōn tōn. in houtōs onomasō, arrētōn rhēmatōn, ha monos autos dynatai, metʼ auton ho monogenēs autou en kyriolexią legein ē phronein peri autou.
I use these names not as ones that could properly be said of God, but because I am at a loss for, if I may so call them, unspeakable words, which he alone, and after him his only-begotten, can properly say or think about him.
32.352Preuschen 4:474
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ γεγόναμεν τοῦ τὸν θεὸν θοξάζεσθαι ἐν Χριστῷ, παρακειμένως ἂν ζητήσαιμεν πῶς δοξάζοιτο καὶ ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν οἷς ὤφθη δόξα κυρίου ἢ ὄφθήσεται.
Epei de en tǭ topǭ gegonamen tou ton theon thoxazesthai en Christǭ, parakeimenōs an zētēsaimen pōs doxazoito kai en tǭ hagiǭ pneumati kai en pasin hois ōphthē doxa kyriou ē ophthēsetai.
Since we have come to the passage on God's being glorified in Christ, we might ask alongside it how he is glorified also in the Holy Spirit, and in all those in whom the glory of the Lord has been seen or will be seen.
32.353Preuschen 4:474
ὅλης μὲν οὖν οἶμαι τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ αὐτοῦ ἀπαύγασμα εἶναι τὸν υἱόν, κατὰ τὸν Παῦλον· Παῦλον· »Ὃς ὢν ἀπαύγασμα τῆς δόξης«. φθάνειν μέντοι γε ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀπαυγάσματος τούτου τῆς ὅλης δόξης μερικὰ ἀπαυγάσματα ἐπὶ τὴν λοιπὴν λογικὴ λογικὴν κτίσιν· οὐκ οἶμαι γάρ τινα τὸ πᾶν δύνασθαι χωρῆσαι τῆς ὅλης δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπαύγασμα ἢ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ.
holēs men oun oimai tēs doxēs tou theou autou apaugasma einai ton huion, kata ton Paulon; Paulon; »Hos ōn apaugasma tēs doxēs«. phthanein mentoi ge apo tou apaugasmatos toutou tēs holēs doxēs merika apaugasmata epi tēn loipēn logikē logikēn ktisin; ouk oimai gar tina to pan dynasthai chōrēsai tēs holēs doxēs tou theou apaugasma ē ton huion autou.
I think, then, that the Son is the radiance of the whole glory of God himself, according to Paul: “who, being the radiance of the glory.” Yet partial radiances of the whole glory reach from this radiance to the rest of the rational creation; for I do not think anyone can contain the whole radiance of the whole glory of God except his Son.
32.354Preuschen 4:474
νῦν οὖν, ὅτε ἡ οἰκονομία τοῦ ὑπὲρ πάντων πάθους τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου γίνεται οὐ χωρὶς θεοῦ, »διὸ ὁ θεὸς »αὐτὸν ὑπερύψωσεν«· »Ἐδοξάσθη, φησίν, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐ »μόνος«· καὶ »ὁ θεὸς γὰρ ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ‘, καὶ οὕτως δʼ ἂν τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον τις διηγήσαιτο.
nyn oun, hote hē oikonomia tou hyper pantōn pathous tou huiou tou anthrōpou ginetai ou chōris theou, »dio ho theos »auton hyperypsōsen«; »Edoxasthē, phēsin, ho huios tou anthrōpou ou »monos«; kai »ho theos gar edoxasthē en autǭ‘, kai houtōs dʼ an ta kata ton topon tis diēgēsaito.
Now, then, when the dispensation of the suffering of the Son of Man on behalf of all takes place, not apart from God (“therefore God highly exalted him”), “the Son of Man is glorified,” it says, not alone, “and God is glorified in him.” And one might explain the passage in this way too.
32.355Preuschen 4:474
γέγραπται· »Οὐδεὶς ἔγνω τὸν εἰ μὴ ὁ πατήρ« καὶ εἴρηται· »Καὶ μακάριος εἶ, Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ, »ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλʼ ἢ ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ οὐ- »ράνιος«.
gegraptai; »Oudeis egnō ton ei mē ho patēr« kai eirētai; »Kai makarios ei, Simōn Bariōna, »hoti sarx kai haima ouk apekalypsen soi, allʼ ē ho patēr mou ho ou- »ranios«.
It is written: “No one knew the Son except the Father”; and it has been said: “Blessed are you, Simon Bar-Jonah, for flesh and blood has not revealed this to you, but my Father who is in heaven.”
32.356Preuschen 4:474
ὅσον οὖν οὐκ ἔγνωστο ὁ υἱὸς τῷ κόσμῳ »Ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ »γὰρ ἦν, καὶ ὁ κόσμος διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ »ἔγνω«), οὐδέπω ἐν κόσμῳ δεδόξαστο, κοὶ ἦν ἡ ζημία τοῦ μὴ δεδοξάσθαι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ οὐ τοῦ μὴ δεδοξασμένου ἀλλὰ τοῦ μὴ δοξάοντος αὐτὸν κόσμου.
hoson oun ouk egnōsto ho huios tǭ kosmǭ »En tǭ kosmǭ »gar ēn, kai ho kosmos diʼ autou egeneto, kai ho kosmos auton ouk »egnō«), oudepō en kosmǭ dedoxasto, koi ēn hē zēmia tou mē dedoxasthai auton en tǭ kosmǭ ou tou mē dedoxasmenou alla tou mē doxaontos auton kosmou.
So long, then, as the Son was not known to the world (“for he was in the world, and the world came to be through him, and the world did not know him”), he had not yet been glorified in the world; and the loss from his not being glorified in the world belonged not to him who was not glorified, but to the world that did not glorify him.
32.357Preuschen 4:474
ὅτε δὲ ἀπεκάλυψεν ὁ οὐράνιος πατὴρ οἷς ἀπεκάλυψεν ἀπὸ τοῦ κόσμου οὖσιν τὴν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ γνῶσιν, τότε ἐδοξάσθη ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τοῖς ἐγνωκόσιν αὐτόν, καὶ διʼ ης ἐδοξάσθη δόξης έν τοῖς ἐγνωκόσιν αὐτόν, περιεποίησεν δόξαν τοῖς ἐγνωκόσιν αὐτόν· οἱ γὰρ ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ τὴν δόξαν κυρίου κατοπτρζόμενοι, τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφοῦνται.
hote de apekalypsen ho ouranios patēr hois apekalypsen apo tou kosmou ousin tēn tou Iēsou gnōsin, tote edoxasthē ho huios tou anthrōpou en tois egnōkosin auton, kai diʼ ēs edoxasthē doxēs en tois egnōkosin auton, periepoiēsen doxan tois egnōkosin auton; hoi gar anakekalymmenǭ prosōpǭ tēn doxan kyriou katoptrzomenoi, tēn autēn eikona metamorphountai.
But when the heavenly Father revealed the knowledge of Jesus to those to whom he revealed it, who were from the world, then the Son of Man was glorified in those who knew him; and through the glory with which he was glorified in those who knew him, he gained glory for those who knew him. For those who with unveiled face behold as in a mirror the glory of the Lord are transformed into the same image.
32.358Preuschen 4:474
Ὅρα δὲ πόθεν >ἀπὸ δόξης< φησί, καὶ ποῦ >εἰς δόξαν>· ἀπὸ δόξης τῆς τοῦ δοξαζομένου, εἰς δόξαν τὴν τῶν δοξαζόντων.
Hora de pothen >apo doxēs< phēsi, kai pou >eis doxan>; apo doxēs tēs tou doxazomenou, eis doxan tēn tōn doxazontōn.
See from where he says “from glory,” and to where “to glory”: from the glory of the one glorified, to the glory of those who glorify him.
32.359Preuschen 4:474–475
ἡνίκα οὖν ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκονομίαν, ἀφʼ ἡς ἔμελλεν ἀνατέλλειν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ γινωσκόμενος δοξάζεσθαι ἐπὶ δόξῃ τῶν δοξαζόντων αὐτόν, εἶπεν τὸ »Νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου« καὶ ἔτι »Οὑδεὶς »ἔγνω τὸν πατέρα εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς καὶ ᾧ ἂν ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψῃ«· ἔμελλεν δὲ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας ἀποκαλύπτειν τὸν πατέρα ὁ υἱός, διὰ τοῦτο· Καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ( Τι τὸ »Καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν »αὐτῷ« συνεξετάσεις τῷ »Ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμέ, ἑώρακε τὸν πατέρα τὸν «πέμψαντά με«· θεωρεῖται γὰρ ἐν τῷ λόγῳ, ὄντι θεῷ καὶ εἰκόνι τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου, ὁ γεννήσας αὐτὸν πατήρ, τοῦ ἐνιδόντος τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ εὐθέως ἐνορᾶν δυναμένου καὶ τῷ πρωτοτύπῳ τῆς εἰκόνος τῷ πατρί.
hēnika oun ēlthen epi tēn oikonomian, aphʼ hēs emellen anatellein tǭ kosmǭ kai ginōskomenos doxazesthai epi doxę̄ tōn doxazontōn auton, eipen to »Nyn edoxasthē ho huios tou anthrōpou« kai eti »Houdeis »egnō ton patera ei mē ho huios kai hǭ an ho huios apokalypsę̄«; emellen de ek tēs oikonomias apokalyptein ton patera ho huios, dia touto; Kai ho theos edoxasthē en autǭ( Ti to »Kai ho theos edoxasthē en »autǭ« synexetaseis tǭ »Ho heōrakōs eme, heōrake ton patera ton «pempsanta me«; theōreitai gar en tǭ logǭ, onti theǭ kai eikoni tou theou tou aoratou, ho gennēsas auton patēr, tou enidontos tę̄ eikoni tou aoratou theou eutheōs enoran dynamenou kai tǭ prōtotypǭ tēs eikonos tǭ patri.
When, therefore, he came to the dispensation from which he was to rise upon the world and, being known, to be glorified, to the glory of those who glorify him, he said, “Now the Son of Man is glorified,” and further, “No one knew the Father except the Son and anyone to whom the Son reveals him.” And since the Son was going to reveal the Father through the dispensation, therefore: “and God is glorified in him.” You will examine “and God is glorified in him” together with “He who has seen me has seen the Father who sent me.” For in the Word, who is God and the image of the invisible God, the Father who begot him is contemplated, since one who looks upon the image of the invisible God can at once also look upon the archetype of the image, the Father.
32.360Preuschen 4:475
ἔτι δὲ καὶ οὕτως σαφέστερον ἂν τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον λαμβάνοιτο· ὡς διά τινας τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, οὕτω διὰ τοὺς ἁγίους, ὡν βλέπεται καλὰ ἔργα λαμπρότατα ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, δοξάζεται τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ έν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς.
eti de kai houtōs saphesteron an ta kata ton topon lambanoito; hōs dia tinas to onoma tou theou blasphēmeitai en tois ethnesin, houtō dia tous hagious, hōn blepetai kala erga lamprotata emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, doxazetai to onoma tou patros tou en tois ouranois.
Further, the passage might be taken more clearly in this way too: as because of some the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles, so because of the saints, whose good works are seen shining most brightly before men, the name of the Father in heaven is glorified.
32.361Preuschen 4:475
ἐν τίνι οὖν ἐδοξάσθη τοσοῦτον ὅσον ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ, ἐπεὶ ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἐποίησεν μηδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ, μηδὲ ἔγνω ἁμαρτίαν;
en tini oun edoxasthē tosouton hoson en tǭ Iēsou, epei hamartian ouk epoiēsen mēde heurethē dolos en tǭ stomati autou, mēde egnō hamartian?
In whom, then, was he glorified as much as in Jesus, since he committed no sin, nor was deceit found in his mouth, nor did he know sin?
32.362Preuschen 4:475
καὶ τοιοῦτος οὗν ὢν ὁ υἱὸς ἐδοξάσθη, καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῶ.
kai toioutos houn ōn ho huios edoxasthē, kai ho theos edoxasthē en autō.
And being such, the Son was glorified, and God was glorified in him.
32.363Preuschen 4:475
εἰ δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἐδοξάθη ἐν αὐτῷ, ἀντιδωρεῖται αὐτῷ ὁ πατὴρ τὸ μεῖζον οὗ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πεποίηκεν· μεῖζον γὰρ τῷ δοξάσαντι τὸν θεόν, ἐλάττονι τὸν διαφέροντα, κατὰ τὸ »Ὁ πατὴρ ὁ πέμψας »με μείζων μου ἐστίν« τὸ δοξασθῆναι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῷ θεῷ, τὸν ἑλάττονα έν τῷ κρείττονι.
ei de ho theos edoxathē en autǭ, antidōreitai autǭ ho patēr to meizon hou ho huios tou anthrōpou pepoiēken; meizon gar tǭ doxasanti ton theon, elattoni ton diapheronta, kata to »Ho patēr ho pempsas »me meizōn mou estin« to doxasthēnai ton huion tou anthrōpou en tǭ theǭ, ton helattona en tǭ kreittoni.
And if God was glorified in him, the Father gives him in return something greater than what the Son of Man had done. For to the one who glorified God, the lesser glorifying the superior (according to “The Father who sent me is greater than I”), it is a greater thing that the Son of Man be glorified in God, the lesser in the greater.
32.364Preuschen 4:475
καὶ πολλῷ γε ὑπερέχουσα ἡ δόξα ἐν τῷ υἱῷ ἐστιν ὅτε δοξάζει αὐτὸν ὁ πατήρ, ἢ έν τῷ πατρὶ ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη. ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ υἱῷ.
kai pollǭ ge hyperechousa hē doxa en tǭ huiǭ estin hote doxazei auton ho patēr, ē en tǭ patri hote edoxasthē. ho patēr en tǭ huiǭ.
And far surpassing is the glory in the Son when the Father glorifies him, compared with the glory in the Father when the Father was glorified in the Son.
32.365Preuschen 4:475
καὶ ἔπρεπέν γε τὸν μείζονα, ἀμειβόμενον τὴν δόξαν ἣν ἐδόξασεν αὐτὸν ὁ υἱός, χαρίσασθαι τῷ υἱῷ τὸ δοξάσαι αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ, ἱν ὁ υἱὸς ᾖ έν τῷ θεῷ δοξαζόμενος. μενος. εἰτʼ ἐπεὶ ὅσον οὐδέπω ταῦτα γίνεσθαι ἔμελλεν λέγω δὲ τὸ δοξάζεσθαι τὸν υἱὸν ἐν τῷ θεῷ), διὰ τοῦτο ἐπιφέρει τὸ Καὶ εὐθὺς »δοξάσει αὐτόν«.
kai eprepen ge ton meizona, ameibomenon tēn doxan hēn edoxasen auton ho huios, charisasthai tǭ huiǭ to doxasai auton en autǭ, hin ho huios ę̄ en tǭ theǭ doxazomenos. menos. eitʼ epei hoson oudepō tauta ginesthai emellen legō de to doxazesthai ton huion en tǭ theǭ), dia touto epipherei to Kai euthys »doxasei auton«.
And it was fitting that the greater, repaying the glory with which the Son glorified him, should grant the Son to be glorified in him, so that the Son might be glorified in God. Then, since these things were about to happen very soon (I mean the Son's being glorified in God), therefore he adds, “and will glorify him immediately.”
32.366Preuschen 4:475
ταῦτα δὲ οὐκ ἀγνοοῦμεν πολλῷ εἶναι ἐλάττονα ὡν χωρεῖ ὁ τόπος ἐξεταζόμενος, ἀποκαλύπτοντος τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ ἐπιδημοῦντος τοῦ λόγου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ παραστῆσαι τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ᾡ δύναται δωρήσασθαι ὁ πατὴρ δωρούμενος τὴν πᾶσαν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ.
tauta de ouk agnooumen pollǭ einai elattona hōn chōrei ho topos exetazomenos, apokalyptontos tou theou. kai epidēmountos tou logou autou eis to parastēsai tēn doxan tou theou, kai hǭ dynatai dōrēsasthai ho patēr dōroumenos tēn pasan doxan tou theou.
We are not unaware that these things are far less than what the passage under examination contains, when God reveals it and his Word comes to set forth the glory of God, and what the Father can give when he gives the whole glory of God.
32.367Preuschen 4:475–476
διὸ ὡς βραχεῖς καὶ πολλῷ ταπεινότεροι τῆς ἀξίας τῶν λόγων, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐκτεθεῖσιν χάριτας ὀμολογοῦμεν τῷ θεῷ, οὐσιν πολλῷ μείζοσιν τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀξίας. Τεκνία, ἔτι μικρὸν μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμι· ζητήσετέ με, καὶ καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ὃτι Ὃπου ἐγώ εἰμι ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω ἄρτι.
dio hōs bracheis kai pollǭ tapeinoteroi tēs axias tōn logōn, kai epi tois ektetheisin charitas omologoumen tǭ theǭ, ousin pollǭ meizosin tēs hēmeteras axias. Teknia, eti mikron methʼ hymōn eimi; zētēsete me, kai kathōs eipon tois Ioudaiois hoti Hopou egō eimi hymeis ou dynasthe elthein, kai hymin legō arti.
Therefore, as people of little stature and far beneath the worth of these words, we give thanks to God also for what has been set out, which is far greater than our worth. “Little children, yet a little while I am with you. You will seek me; and as I said to the Jews, ‘Where I am, you cannot come,’ so now I say to you also.”
32.368Preuschen 4:476
Συναγαγὼν ἐκ τῶν εὐαγγελίων τὰς ὡς ὑπὸ πατρὸς λεγομένας τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν πρὸς τέκνα φωνάς, θάρρει λέγειν ὃτι τινῶν ὁ σωτὴρ πατήρ ἐστιν· τῷ μὲν γὰρ παραλυτικῷ φησί· »Θάρσει, τέκνον· ἀφίενταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι«· τῇ δὲ αἱμορροούσῃ· »Θυγάτηρ, ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν θε«· καὶ νῦν τοῖς μαθηταῖς λέγει τὸ »Τεκνία«, ἐμφαίνοντος, οἶμαι, τὶ καὶ τοῦ ὑποκοριστικοῦ καὶ διδάσκοντος τὴν ἔτι βραχύτητα τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ψυχῆς τότε.
Synagagōn ek tōn euangeliōn tas hōs hypo patros legomenas tou sōtēros hēmōn pros tekna phōnas, tharrei legein hoti tinōn ho sōtēr patēr estin; tǭ men gar paralytikǭ phēsi; »Tharsei, teknon; aphientai soi hai hamartiai«; tę̄ de haimorroousę̄; »Thygatēr, hē pistis sou sesōken the«; kai nyn tois mathētais legei to »Teknia«, emphainontos, oimai, ti kai tou hypokoristikou kai didaskontos tēn eti brachytēta tēs tōn apostolōn psychēs tote.
Having gathered from the Gospels the words of our Savior spoken as by a father to children, be bold to say that the Savior is the father of some. For to the paralytic he says, “Take heart, child; your sins are forgiven”; and to the woman with the flow of blood, “Daughter, your faith has saved you”; and now he says to the disciples, “Little children,” indicating something, I think, by the diminutive too, and teaching that the souls of the apostles were at that time still small.
32.369Preuschen 4:476
ἐὰν δέ τις ζητῇ· ἆρʼ οὖν ὁ παραλυτικὸς, ἀκούων »Τέκνον« ἐντελέστερος ἦν τῶν πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος φησί· »Τεκνία«; ἀκούσει ὃτι εἴ τις μέν ἐστιν τεκνίον, πάντως ἐστὶν τέκνον·
ean de tis zētę̄; arʼ oun ho paralytikos, akouōn »Teknon« entelesteros ēn tōn pros hous ho logos phēsi; »Teknia«? akousei hoti ei tis men estin teknion, pantōs estin teknon;
And if someone asks, “Was the paralytic, then, who heard ‘child,’ more perfect than those to whom the Word says ‘little children’?”, he will hear that if anyone is a little child, he is certainly a child;
32.370Preuschen 4:476
διὸ οὐ κεκώλυται τὸν παραλυτικόν, λεγόμενον »τέκνον«, εἶναι καὶ τεκνίον· ὥστε οὐκ ἀνάγκη τὸν ὀνομασθέντα τέκνον, τὸν παραλυτικόν, εἶναι ἐντελέστερον τῶν πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος εἶπεν τὸ »Τεκνία«.
dio ou kekōlytai ton paralytikon, legomenon »teknon«, einai kai teknion; hōste ouk anankē ton onomasthenta teknon, ton paralytikon, einai entelesteron tōn pros hous ho logos eipen to »Teknia«.
so nothing prevents the paralytic, called “child,” from being a little child too; hence it is not necessary that the paralytic, who was named “child,” was more perfect than those to whom the Word said “little children.”
32.371Preuschen 4:476
χρὴ δὲ εἰδέναι ὅτι οὐχ ὣσπερ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὐ δύναται τὸ τέκνον γενέσθαι ὓστερον ἀδελφὸς οὗ ἔφθασεν εἶναι τέκνον, οὓτως ἀδύνατον μεταβαλεῖν ἐκ τέκνου Ἰησοῦ πρὸς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτοῦ ἀδελφόν.
chrē de eidenai hoti ouch hōsper epi tōn anthrōpōn ou dynatai to teknon genesthai hysteron adelphos hou ephthasen einai teknon, houtōs adynaton metabalein ek teknou Iēsou pros to genesthai autou adelphon.
But one must know that it is not the case that, just as among human beings a child cannot later become the brother of the one whose child he already was, so it is impossible to change from being a child of Jesus to becoming his brother.
32.372Preuschen 4:476
οὗτοι γοῦν πρὸς οὓς εἶπεν· »Τεκνία« μετὰ τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἀνάστασιν, ὡσπερεὶ μεταποιωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ, γίνονται τοῦ πρότερον εἰπόντος »Τεκνία« ἀδελφοί.
houtoi goun pros hous eipen; »Teknia« meta tēn tou sōtēros anastasin, hōsperei metapoiōthentes apo tēs anastaseōs Iēsou, ginontai tou proteron eipontos »Teknia« adelphoi.
Those, at any rate, to whom he said “Little children” become, after the Savior's resurrection, as though transformed by the resurrection of Jesus, brothers of the one who earlier said “Little children.”
32.373Preuschen 4:476
διὸ γέγραπται· »Πορεύου πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφούς, »καὶ εἰπὲ αὐτοῖς· Ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα »ὑμῶν, καὶ θεόν μου καὶ θεὸν ὑμῶν« καὶ τάχα †,
dio gegraptai; »Poreuou pros tous adelphous, »kai eipe autois; Anabainō pros ton patera mou kai patera »hymōn, kai theon mou kai theon hymōn« kai tacha †,
That is why it is written, “Go to the brothers and say to them, ‘I am ascending to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God’”; and perhaps …
32.374Preuschen 4:476–477
ὣσπερ ἔστιν μεταβαλεῖν ἐκ δούλου Ἰησοῦ· δοῦλοι δὲ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ πρὸ τοῦ εἶναι τεκνία, ὡς δῆλον ἐκ τοῦ »Ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με Ὁ διδάσκαλος καὶ Ὁ »κύριος, καὶ καλῶς λέγετε, εἰμὶ γάρ« καὶ τοῦ »Οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος »μείζων τοῦ κυρίου« ἀναγεγραμμένου πρὸ τοῦ »Τεκνία, ἔτι »μικρὸν μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμι«· ἐπιστήσεις δὲ εἰ ὁ δοῦλος πρότερον μαθητὴς γίνεται, εἶτα τεκνίον, εἶτα ἀδελφὸς Χριστοῦ καὶ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ.
hōsper estin metabalein ek doulou Iēsou; douloi de ēsan hoi mathētai pro tou einai teknia, hōs dēlon ek tou »Hymeis phōneite me Ho didaskalos kai Ho »kyrios, kai kalōs legete, eimi gar« kai tou »Ouk estin doulos »meizōn tou kyriou« anagegrammenou pro tou »Teknia, eti »mikron methʼ hymōn eimi«; epistēseis de ei ho doulos proteron mathētēs ginetai, eita teknion, eita adelphos Christou kai huios tou theou.
just as it is possible to change from being a slave of Jesus. And the disciples were slaves before being little children, as is clear from “You call me the Teacher and the Lord, and you say well, for I am,” and from “A slave is not greater than his lord,” recorded before “Little children, yet a little while I am with you.” You will consider whether the slave first becomes a disciple, then a little child, then a brother of Christ and a son of God.
32.375Preuschen 4:477
μαθητὴν δὲ ἐν τούτοις λεκτέον τὸν ἐκ τοῦ παρέχειν αὐτὸν παραληψόμενον τὴν τοῦ λόγου ἐπιστήμην, μανθάνοντα ἀπὸ τοῦ τηλικούτου διδασκάλου τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ θεοῦ.
mathētēn de en toutois lekteon ton ek tou parechein auton paralēpsomenon tēn tou logou epistēmēn, manthanonta apo tou tēlikoutou didaskalou tēn sophian tou theou.
And by “disciple” in these passages must be meant one who, by offering himself, will receive the knowledge of the Word, learning from so great a teacher the wisdom of God.
32.376Preuschen 4:477
τὸ δὲ »Ἔτι μικρὸν »μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμι« κατὰ μὲν τὸ ἁπλούστερον ὡς πρὸς τὸ ῥητὸν σαφές ἐστιν, ἐπεὶ ὅσον οὐδέπω ἔμελλεν μηκέτι ἔσεσθαι μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν· πρότερον μὲν συλληφθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς σπείρας καὶ τοῦ χιλιάρχου καὶ τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν ὑπηρετῶν, οἵτινες δήσαντες αὐτὸν ἀπήγαγον πρὸς Ἄνναν πρῶτον· μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο τῷ Πιλάτῳ παραδοθεὶς καὶ ἑξῆς τὴν ἐπὶ σταυρῷ καταδικασθείς· εἶτα ποιήσας ἐν τῇ
to de »Eti mikron »methʼ hymōn eimi« kata men to haplousteron hōs pros to rhēton saphes estin, epei hoson oudepō emellen mēketi esesthai meta tōn mathētōn; proteron men syllēphtheis hypo tēs speiras kai tou chiliarchou kai tōn Ioudaïkōn hypēretōn, hoitines dēsantes auton apēgagon pros Annan prōton; meta de touto tǭ Pilatǭ paradotheis kai hexēs tēn epi staurǭ katadikastheis; eita poiēsas en tę̄
And “Yet a little while I am with you,” in the simpler sense, is clear as regards the wording, since very soon he was to be no longer with the disciples: first he was seized by the cohort and the tribune and the Jewish officers, who bound him and led him first to Annas; after that he was handed over to Pilate and then condemned to the cross; then he spent in the
32.377Preuschen 4:477
καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας. κατὰ δὲ τὸ βαθύτερον ζητήσεις μήποτε μετὰ τὸ »μικρὸν« οὐκέτι ἦν μετʼ αὐτῶν· οὐ τῷ μὴ παρεῖναι αὐτοῖς κατὰ σάρκα καὶ τῷ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ εἰς ᾅδου καταβεβηκέναι (τούτου γὰρ ἕνεκεν οὐκ ἐκωλύετο εἶναι καὶ μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν ὁ εἰπών· »Ὅπου δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ »ἐμὸν ὄνομα, καὶ ἐγώ εἰμι ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῷν« καὶ »Ἴδοὺ ἐγὼ μεθʼ »ὑμῶν εἰμι πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος«) ἀλλὰ τῷ, πληρωθέντος τοῦ »Πάντες ὑμετῖς σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν »ἐμοὶ ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ· γέγραπται γάρ· Πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, »καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης«, μηκέτι εἶναι μετʼ αὐτῶν τὸν μετὰ τῶν ἀξίων μόνων τυγχάνοντα.
kardią tēs gēs treis hēmeras kai treis nyktas. kata de to bathyteron zētēseis mēpote meta to »mikron« ouketi ēn metʼ autōn; ou tǭ mē pareinai autois kata sarka kai tǭ tēn psychēn autou eis hądou katabebēkenai (toutou gar heneken ouk ekōlyeto einai kai meta tōn mathētōn ho eipōn; »Hopou dyo ē treis synēgmenoi eis to »emon onoma, kai egō eimi en mesǭ autǭn« kai »Idou egō methʼ »hymōn eimi pasas tas hēmeras heōs tēs synteleias tou aiōnos«) alla tǭ, plērōthentos tou »Pantes hymetis skandalisthēsesthe en »emoi en tę̄ nykti tautę̄; gegraptai gar; Pataxō ton poimena, »kai diaskorpisthēsontai ta probata tēs poimnēs«, mēketi einai metʼ autōn ton meta tōn axiōn monōn tynchanonta.
heart of the earth three days and three nights. But in the deeper sense you will ask whether after the “little while” he was no longer with them, not because he was not present with them in the flesh and because his soul had gone down to Hades (for this did not prevent him from being with the disciples, he who said, “Where two or three are gathered in my name, there am I in the midst of them,” and “Behold, I am with you always, until the end of the age”), but because, when “All of you will fall away because of me this night; for it is written, ‘I will strike the shepherd, and the sheep of the flock will be scattered’” was fulfilled, he who is with the worthy alone was no longer with them.
32.378Preuschen 4:477
πρὸς τοῦτο δʼ ἄν τις ἀνθυποφέροι τὸ »Μέσος ὑμῶν στήκει ὃν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε« λέγων αὐτὸν εἶναι καὶ μετὰ τῶν μὴ γινωσκόντων αὐτόν.
pros touto dʼ an tis anthypopheroi to »Mesos hymōn stēkei hon hymeis ouk oidate« legōn auton einai kai meta tōn mē ginōskontōn auton.
Against this someone might object, “In your midst stands one whom you do not know,” saying that he is also with those who do not know him.
32.379Preuschen 4:477
ὅρα δὲ μήποτε οὐ ταὐτόν ἐστιν τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν μετὰ τινος, ὅπερ ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ ὡς ἀξίοις δίδοται, τῷ ἑστηκέναι αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ γινωσκόμενον ἐν μέσῳ τῶν μὴ γινωσκόντων.
hora de mēpote ou tauton estin to einai auton meta tinos, hoper en epangelią hōs axiois didotai, tǭ hestēkenai auton kai mē ginōskomenon en mesǭ tōn mē ginōskontōn.
But consider whether his being with someone, which is given in promise to the worthy, is not the same as his standing, unrecognized, in the midst of those who do not know him.
32.380Preuschen 4:477
ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ μὲν γὰρ τὸ »Ὅπου »δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα, κἀγώ εἰμι ἐν μέσῳ »αὐτῶν« καὶ τὸ »Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ μεθʼὑμῶν εἰμι πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἕως »τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος«· οὐ τοιοῦτον δὲ τὸ »Μέσος ὑμῶν »στήκει ὃν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε«.
en epangelią men gar to »Hopou »dyo ē treis synēgmenoi eis to emon onoma, kagō eimi en mesǭ »autōn« kai to »Idou egō methʼhymōn eimi pasas tas hēmeras heōs »tēs synteleias tou aiōnos«; ou toiouton de to »Mesos hymōn »stēkei hon hymeis ouk oidate«.
For in promise are “Where two or three are gathered in my name, there am I in the midst of them” and “Behold, I am with you always, until the end of the age”; but “In your midst stands one whom you do not know” is not of this kind.
32.381Preuschen 4:477–478
καὶ ἐν τῷ προκειμένῳ τοίνυν ὁ εἰπών· »Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμι« φησὶ τὸ »Ἔτι μικρὸν μεθʼ »ὑμῶν εἰμι«. ὁ δὲ λέγων· »Ἔτι μικρὸν μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμι« οὐκ ἂν παρότι αἰσθητῶς τῷ Ἰούδᾳ, τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ ἵνα παραδῷ τὸν σωτῆρα, εἶπεν ἂν αὐτῷ τὸ »Μετὰ σοῦ εἰμι« (οὐκέτι γὰρ ἦν μετʼ αὐτοῦ) οὐδʼ ὅτε βάψας τὸ ψωμίον ἐδίδου αὐτῷ, ἀλλʼ ὅτε μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς,
kai en tǭ prokeimenǭ toinyn ho eipōn; »Idou egō methʼ hymōn eimi« phēsi to »Eti mikron methʼ »hymōn eimi«. ho de legōn; »Eti mikron methʼ hymōn eimi« ouk an paroti aisthētōs tǭ Ioudą, tou diabolou ēdē beblēkotos eis tēn kardian autou hina paradǭ ton sōtēra, eipen an autǭ to »Meta sou eimi« (ouketi gar ēn metʼ autou) oudʼ hote bapsas to psōmion edidou autǭ, allʼ hote meta to psōmion eisēlthen eis ekeinon ho Satanas,
And in the present passage, then, he who said, “Behold, I am with you,” says, “Yet a little while I am with you.” But he who says, “Yet a little while I am with you,” would not have said to Judas, though physically present with him, when the devil had already put it into his heart to betray the Savior, “I am with you” (for he was no longer with him), nor when, having dipped the morsel, he gave it to him; but when after the morsel Satan entered into him,
32.382Preuschen 4:478
πολλῷ πλέον οὐκ ἦν Χριστὸς μετὰ τοῦ Ἰούδα, μακρύναντος ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος· »Τίς γὰρ συμφώνησις Χριστοῦ πρὸς Βελίαρ;«
pollǭ pleon ouk ēn Christos meta tou Iouda, makrynantos heauton apo tou sōtēros; »Tis gar symphōnēsis Christou pros Beliar?«
much more then was Christ not with Judas, who had put himself far from the Savior: “For what agreement has Christ with Beliar?”
32.383Preuschen 4:478
Εἰ καὶ μικρὸν δὲ ἔτι μετὰ τῶν τεκνίων ἔμελλεν εἶναι ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῶν Ἰησοῦς, χρὴ εἰδέναι τὸ μετὰ τὸ »μικρὸν« ἐκεῖνο· εἰ καὶ μὴ ἦν μετʼ αὐτῶν, οὐδὲν ἧττον εκεῖνοι ζητεῖν ἔμελλον τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὡς ὁ Πέτρος μετὰ τὸ ἀρνήσασθαι πικρῶς ἔκλαιεν, οἶμαι, ζητῶν τῶν τὸν Ἰησοῦν,
Ei kai mikron de eti meta tōn tekniōn emellen einai ho patēr autōn Iēsous, chrē eidenai to meta to »mikron« ekeino; ei kai mē ēn metʼ autōn, ouden hētton ekeinoi zētein emellon ton Iēsoun, hōs ho Petros meta to arnēsasthai pikrōs eklaien, oimai, zētōn tōn ton Iēsoun,
And even if Jesus, their father, was to be with the little children yet a little while, one must know what came after that “little while”: even if he was not with them, they would nonetheless seek Jesus, as Peter after his denial wept bitterly, seeking, I think, Jesus.
32.384Preuschen 4:478
νῦν μὲν οὖν τὸ »Ἔτι μικρὸν μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμι« λέλεκται, ὀλίγῳ δὲ ὕστερον· »Μικρόν, φηςί, καὶ οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ »με, καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με«, ὅτε λεγόντων τῶν μαθητῶν· »Τί ἐστιν τοῦτο ὃ λέγει μικρόν; οὐκ οἴδαμεν τί λαλεῖ· γνοὺς ὁ »Ἰησοῦς καὶ ὅτι ἤθελον αὐτὸν ἐρωτᾶν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Περὶ τούτου »ζητεῖτε μετʼ ἀλλήλων ὅτι εἶπον· Μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με, καὶ »πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με; ἀμήν, ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι κλαύσετε »καὶ θρηνήσετε ὑμεῖς· ὁ κόσμος χαρήσεται· ὑμεῖς λυπηθήσεσθε, »ἀλλʼ ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται«.
nyn men oun to »Eti mikron methʼ hymōn eimi« lelektai, oligǭ de hysteron; »Mikron, phēsi, kai ouketi theōreite »me, kai palin mikron kai opsesthe me«, hote legontōn tōn mathētōn; »Ti estin touto ho legei mikron? ouk oidamen ti lalei; gnous ho »Iēsous kai hoti ēthelon auton erōtan, eipen autois; Peri toutou »zēteite metʼ allēlōn hoti eipon; Mikron kai ou theōreite me, kai »palin mikron kai opsesthe me? amēn, amēn legō hymin hoti klausete »kai thrēnēsete hymeis; ho kosmos charēsetai; hymeis lypēthēsesthe, »allʼ hē lypē hymōn eis charan genēsetai«.
Now, then, “Yet a little while I am with you” has been said; and a little later, “A little while,” he says, “and you no longer see me, and again a little while and you will see me,” when the disciples said, “What is this ‘little while’ that he speaks of? We do not know what he is saying.” Jesus, knowing that they wanted to ask him, said to them, “Are you asking among yourselves about this, that I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me’? Truly, truly, I say to you that you will weep and lament; the world will rejoice; you will be sorrowful, but your sorrow will turn into joy.”
32.385Preuschen 4:478
τὸ γὰρ »μικρὸν« ἐκεῖνο ἐν ᾧ οὐκ ἐθεώρουν αὐτόν, ἐζήτουν Ἰησοῦν· διὸ ἔκλαιον καὶ ἐθρήνουν, τῆς λύπης αὐτῶν εἰς χαρὰν μεταβαλλούσης, ὅτε ἐπληροῦτο τὸ »Καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με«.
to gar »mikron« ekeino en hǭ ouk etheōroun auton, ezētoun Iēsoun; dio eklaion kai ethrēnoun, tēs lypēs autōn eis charan metaballousēs, hote eplērouto to »Kai palin mikron kai opsesthe me«.
For in that “little while” in which they did not see him, they sought Jesus; therefore they wept and lamented, their sorrow turning into joy when “and again a little while and you will see me” was fulfilled.
32.386Preuschen 4:478
Ἐν οἷς ἐξετάσεις εἰ ὁ μετὰ μικρὸν μὴ θεωρῶν αὐτόν, εἰ μέλλει μετὰ τοῦτο ὄψεσθαι αὐτόν, μετʼ οὐ πολὺ πάντως ὄψεται αὐτόν, νοούντων ἡμῶν τὸ »Καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με«.
En hois exetaseis ei ho meta mikron mē theōrōn auton, ei mellei meta touto opsesthai auton, metʼ ou poly pantōs opsetai auton, noountōn hēmōn to »Kai palin mikron kai opsesthe me«.
In these words you will examine whether one who after a little while does not see him, if he is to see him after this, will certainly see him before long, as we understand “and again a little while and you will see me.”
32.387Preuschen 4:478
τὸ δὲ ζητεῖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ζητεῖν ἐστιν τὸν λόγον καὶ τὴν σοφίαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοςύνην καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἅπερ πάντα ἐστὶν ὁ χριστός.
to de zētein ton Iēsoun zētein estin ton logon kai tēn sophian kai tēn dikaiosynēn kai tēn alētheian kai tēn dynamin tou theou, haper panta estin ho christos.
And to seek Jesus is to seek the Word and the wisdom and the righteousness and the truth and the power of God, all of which Christ is.
32.388Preuschen 4:478
τινὲς δὲ ζητοῦσιν αὐτὸν τῶν ἑωρακότων σημεῖα, καὶ σὺν τῷ ἑωρακέναι λαβόντων ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἄρτον καὶ φαγόντων, αἰτίου τοῦ ζητεῖν αὐτοῖς γενομένου τοῦ τεθράφθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου· »Ζητεῖτε γάρ με, φησίν, οὐχ ὅτι εἴδετε σημεῖα, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἐφάγετε ἐκ »τῶν ἄρτων καὶ ἐχορτάσθητε«.
tines de zētousin auton tōn heōrakotōn sēmeia, kai syn tǭ heōrakenai labontōn apʼ autou arton kai phagontōn, aitiou tou zētein autois genomenou tou tethraphthai apo tou logou; »Zēteite gar me, phēsin, ouch hoti eidete sēmeia, allʼ hoti ephagete ek »tōn artōn kai echortasthēte«.
But some of those who have seen signs seek him, those who, besides seeing, received bread from him and ate, the reason for their seeking being that they had been fed by the Word: “For you seek me,” he says, “not because you saw signs, but because you ate of the loaves and were filled.”
32.389Preuschen 4:478–479
εἶτα ἐπεὶ πρότερον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις Εἰρήκει· »Ἐγὼ ὑπάγω καὶ ζητήσετέ με, καὶ ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν »ἀποθανεῖσθε· ὃπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθέ ἐλθεῖν« ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνο ἀναφέρων τὸ προκείμενον φησί· »Καὶ καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰου- »δαίοις ὃτι Ὃπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω »ἄρτι«.
eita epei proteron tois Ioudaiois Eirēkei; »Egō hypagō kai zētēsete me, kai en hamartią hymōn »apothaneisthe; hopou egō hypagō hymeis ou dynasthe elthein« epʼ ekeino anapherōn to prokeimenon phēsi; »Kai kathōs eipon tois Iou- »daiois hoti Hopou egō hypagō hymeis ou dynasthe elthein, kai hymin legō »arti«.
Then, since he had earlier said to the Jews, “I am going away, and you will seek me, and you will die in your sin; where I am going you cannot come,” referring to that, he says in the present passage, “And as I said to the Jews, ‘Where I am going you cannot come,’ so now I say to you also.”
32.390Preuschen 4:479
ὡς γὰρ ἐκείνοις, φησί, τοῦτʼ εἶπον, οὕτω καὶ ὑμῖν· ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑμῖν τοῦτο λέγω οὐ περὶ πλείονος χρόνου.
hōs gar ekeinois, phēsi, toutʼ eipon, houtō kai hymin; alla kai hymin touto legō ou peri pleionos chronou.
“For as I said this to them,” he says, “so I say it to you also; but I say this to you not for a longer time.”
32.391Preuschen 4:479
οὓτω γὰρ ἀκούω τοῦ »Καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω ἄρτι«, ὃπερ οὐκ ἔστιν ταὐτὸν τῷ »Καὶ ὑμῖν »λέγω« χωρὶς τῆς προσθήκης τῆς >ἄρτι<. Ἰουδαῖοι μὲν γὰρ, οὓς προέβλεπεν ἐν τῇ ἑαυτῶν ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀποθανουμένους, οὐκ ἐπὶ βραχυνόμενον χρόνον οὐκ ἐδύναντο ἣκειν ὃπου ὑπῆγεν ὁ Ἰνσοῦς· οἱ δὲ μαθηταί, μεθʼ ὃν ἔμελλεν μικρὸν χρόνον μηκέτι ἔσεσθαι μετʼ αὐτῶν, διὰ τὰ προειρημένα οὐκ ἐδύναντο ἓπεσθαι τῷ λόγῳ ἀπιόντι ἐπὶ τὰς ἑαυτοῦ οἰκονομίας.
houtō gar akouō tou »Kai hymin legō arti«, hoper ouk estin tauton tǭ »Kai hymin »legō« chōris tēs prosthēkēs tēs >arti<. Ioudaioi men gar, hous proeblepen en tę̄ heautōn hamartią apothanoumenous, ouk epi brachynomenon chronon ouk edynanto hēkein hopou hypēgen ho Insous; hoi de mathētai, methʼ hon emellen mikron chronon mēketi esesthai metʼ autōn, dia ta proeirēmena ouk edynanto hepesthai tǭ logǭ apionti epi tas heautou oikonomias.
For so I understand “so now I say to you also,” which is not the same as “I say to you also” without the addition of “now.” For the Jews, whom he foresaw would die in their own sin, could not come where Jesus was going, and not for a short time; but the disciples, after the little while in which he would no longer be with them, could not, for the reasons given above, follow the Word as he departed to his own dispensations.
32.392Preuschen 4:479
Καὶ εἰ μὲν μὴ προτέτακτο τοῦ »Ὃπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω »ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν« τὸ »Καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις« κἄν ἁπλούστερον ἐδοκοῦμεν ταῦτα εἰρῆσθαι, ἀναφερόμενα ἐπὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ βίου ἔξοδου τῆς Ἰησοῦ ψυχῆς· νυνὶ δὲ καὶ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποθνήσκειν ἔμελλον, καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀποθανὼν καταβαίνειν εἰς ᾄδου.
Kai ei men mē protetakto tou »Hopou egō hypagō »hymeis ou dynasthe elthein« to »Kathōs eipon tois Ioudaiois« kan haplousteron edokoumen tauta eirēsthai, anapheromena epi tēn apo tou biou exodou tēs Iēsou psychēs; nyni de kai hoi Ioudaioi apothnēskein emellon, kai ho Iēsous apothanōn katabainein eis ądou.
And if “As I said to the Jews” had not been placed before “Where I am going you cannot come,” we would have thought these words were said in a simpler sense, referring to the departure of Jesus' soul from life. But as it is, the Jews too were going to die, and Jesus, having died, was going to descend to Hades.
32.393Preuschen 4:479
πῶς ὃπου ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὑπῆγεν ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐδύναντο ἀπελθεῖν; ἀλλʼἐρεῖ τις, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ ἔμελλεν γίνεσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ, ἔνθα οἱ μὲν ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις αὐτῶν ἀποθανούμενοι γίνεσθαι οὐκ ἔμελλον, οἱ δὲ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μαθηταὶ τότε μὲν οὖν οὐκ ἐδύναντο ἐκεῖ γενέσθαι, ὓστερον δὲ διὰ τοῦτο πρὸς μὲν τοῦς ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις αὐτῶν ἀποθανουμένους Ἰουδαίους λέλεκται τὸ »Ὃπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύ- »νασθε ἐλθεῖν«· πρὸς δὲ τοὺς μαθητάς· »Ὃπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ »δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν ἄρτι«.
pōs hopou ho Iēsous hypēgen ekeinoi ouk edynanto apelthein? allʼerei tis, epei kai en tǭ paradeisǭ emellen ginesthai tou theou, entha hoi men en tais hamartiais autōn apothanoumenoi ginesthai ouk emellon, hoi de tou Iēsou mathētai tote men oun ouk edynanto ekei genesthai, hysteron de dia touto pros men tous en tais hamartiais autōn apothanoumenous Ioudaious lelektai to »Hopou egō hypagō, hymeis ou dy- »nasthe elthein«; pros de tous mathētas; »Hopou egō hypagō, hymeis ou »dynasthe elthein arti«.
How, then, could they not go where Jesus was going? But someone will say: since he was also going to be in the paradise of God, where those who would die in their sins were not going to be, while the disciples of Jesus could not be there then, but later, therefore to the Jews who would die in their sins it was said, “Where I am going you cannot come,” but to the disciples, “Where I am going you cannot come now.”
32.394Preuschen 4:479
τὸ γὰρ ἑφῆς τῆς λέξεώς ἐστιν τοιοῦτον· »Καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω· Ὃπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, »ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν ἄρτι«. καὶ οὓτω δὲ οὐκ ὁλίγην ἔχει ζήτησιν ὁ τόπος, διὰ τὸ »Ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς »γῆς ποιήσει τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας«.
to gar hephēs tēs lexeōs estin toiouton; »Kathōs eipon tois Ioudaiois kai hymin legō; Hopou egō hypagō, »hymeis ou dynasthe elthein arti«. kai houtō de ouk holigēn echei zētēsin ho topos, dia to »Ho huios tou anthrōpou en tę̄ kardią tēs »gēs poiēsei treis hēmeras kai treis nyktas«.
For the sequence of the saying is this: “As I said to the Jews, I say also to you: Where I am going you cannot come now.” But even so the passage raises no small question, because of “The Son of Man will spend three days and three nights in the heart of the earth.”
32.395Preuschen 4:479–480
πῶς γὰρ τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας ποιήσει ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς, ὃς ἃμα τῇ ἐξόδῳ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ, κατὰ τὸ »Σήμερον μετʼ »ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ τοῦ θεοῦ«; οὓτω δὲ ἐτάραξέν τινας ὡς ἀσύμφωνον τὸ εἰρημένον, ὥστε τολμῆσαι αὐτοὺς ὑπονοῆσαι προστεθῆσθαι τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ἀπό τινων ῥαδιουργῶν αὐτὸ τὸ »Σήμερον μετʼ »ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ τοῦ θεοῦ«.
pōs gar treis hēmeras kai treis nyktas poiēsei en tę̄ kardią tēs gēs, hos hama tę̄ exodǭ en tǭ paradeisǭ emellen esesthai tou theou, kata to »Sēmeron metʼ »emou esę̄ en tǭ paradeisǭ tou theou«? houtō de etaraxen tinas hōs asymphōnon to eirēmenon, hōste tolmēsai autous hyponoēsai prostethēsthai tǭ euangeliǭ apo tinōn rhadiourgōn auto to »Sēmeron metʼ »emou esę̄ en tǭ paradeisǭ tou theou«.
For how will he spend three days and three nights in the heart of the earth, who at his departure was to be at once in the paradise of God, according to “Today you will be with me in the paradise of God”? This saying has troubled some as inconsistent, so much that they dared to suspect that “Today you will be with me in the paradise of God” had been added to the Gospel by some tamperers.
32.396Preuschen 4:480
ἡμεῖς δὲ φαμεν ἁπλούστερον μὲν ὅτι τάχα πρὶν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὴν λεγομένην καρδίαν τῆς γῆς ἀπεκατέστησεν εἰς τὸν παράδεισον τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν εἰπόντα αὐτῷ· »Μνήσθητί μου ὅταν ἔλθῃς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου«· βαθύτερον δὲ ὅτι πολλαχοῦ τὸ »σήμερον« ἐν τῇ γραφῇ καὶ ἐπὶ ὅλον παρατείνει τὸν ἐνεστηκότα αἰῶνα· ὥσπερ δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ »Ἐφημίσθη ὁ λόγος οὗτος »παρὰ Ἰουσαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον« καὶ »Οὗτος πατὴρ Μωαβιτῶν Μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας« καὶ »Σήμερον ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ »ἀκούσητε, † καὶ μὴ ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ κυρίου«.
hēmeis de phamen haplousteron men hoti tacha prin apelthein eis tēn legomenēn kardian tēs gēs apekatestēsen eis ton paradeison tou theou ton eiponta autǭ; »Mnēsthēti mou hotan elthę̄s en tę̄ basileią sou«; bathyteron de hoti pollachou to »sēmeron« en tę̄ graphę̄ kai epi holon parateinei ton enestēkota aiōna; hōsper de kai en tǭ »Ephēmisthē ho logos houtos »para Iousaiois mechri tēs sēmeron« kai »Houtos patēr Mōabitōn Mechri tēs sēmeron hēmeras« kai »Sēmeron ean tēs phōnēs autou »akousēte, † kai mē apostēte apo kyriou«.
But we say, in the simpler sense, that perhaps before going away into what is called the heart of the earth he restored to the paradise of God the one who said to him, “Remember me when you come in your kingdom”; and in the deeper sense, that in Scripture “today” often extends over the whole present age, as in “This saying was spread among the Jews until today,” and “He is the father of the Moabites until this very day,” and “Today, if you hear his voice, … and do not fall away from the Lord.”
32.397Preuschen 4:480
ἐν τῇ σήμερον ἡμέρᾳ ἐπαγγέλλεται αὐτῷ, ἀξιώσαντι μνησθῆναι αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ, τὸ ἐν τῷ ἐνεστηκότι αἰῶνι πρὸ τοῦ μέλλοντος ποιῆσαι αὐτὸν γενέσθαι σὺν αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ.
en tę̄ sēmeron hēmerą epangelletai autǭ, axiōsanti mnēsthēnai autou en tę̄ basileią tou theou, to en tǭ enestēkoti aiōni pro tou mellontos poiēsai auton genesthai syn autǭ en tę̄ basileią tou theou.
On this “today” he promises to him, who asked to be remembered in the kingdom of God, to bring it about in the present age, before the one to come, that he should be with him in the kingdom of God.
32.398Preuschen 4:480
ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν διὰ μέσου ἐν παρεκβάσει εἰς τὸ προειρημένον εἰρήσθω· τοῖς δὲ μαθηταῖς, ἀκολουθεῖν βουλομένοις τῷ Ἰησοῦ, οὐχ ὡς ἂν οἱ ἁπλούσετεροι ὑπο· λάβοιεν ωματικῶς, ἀλλʼ ὡς δηλοῖ τὸ »Ὃς ἂν μὴ ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν »αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθήσει ὀπίσω μου, οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος εἶναι μα- »θητής« φησὶν νῦν ὁ κύριος ὅτι »Ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε »ἐλθεῖν ἄρτι«.
alla touto men dia mesou en parekbasei eis to proeirēmenon eirēsthō; tois de mathētais, akolouthein boulomenois tǭ Iēsou, ouch hōs an hoi haplouseteroi hypo; laboien ōmatikōs, allʼ hōs dēloi to »Hos an mē arę̄ ton stauron »autou kai akolouthēsei opisō mou, ouk estin mou axios einai ma- »thētēs« phēsin nyn ho kyrios hoti »Hopou egō hypagō hymeis ou dynasthe »elthein arti«.
But let this be said in passing, as a digression on what was said before. To the disciples, who wanted to follow Jesus, not bodily, as the simpler might suppose, but as “Whoever does not take up his cross and follow after me is not worthy to be my disciple” shows, the Lord now says, “Where I am going you cannot come now.”
32.399Preuschen 4:480
εἰ γὰρ ἐβούλοντο ἀκολουθεῖν τῷ λόγῳ καὶ ὁμολογεῖν αὐτὸν μὴ σκανδαλιζόμενοι ἐν αὐτῷ, ἀλλὰ οὐκ ἐδύναντό πω τοῦτο ποιεῖν· »Οὔπω γὰρ ἦν πνεῦμα, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὔπω ἐδοξάσθη« καὶ »Οὐδεὶς δύναται εἰπεῖν Κύριος Ἰησοῦς εἰ μὴ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ«.
ei gar eboulonto akolouthein tǭ logǭ kai homologein auton mē skandalizomenoi en autǭ, alla ouk edynanto pō touto poiein; »Oupō gar ēn pneuma, hoti Iēsous oupō edoxasthē« kai »Oudeis dynatai eipein Kyrios Iēsous ei mē en pneumati hagiǭ«.
For though they wanted to follow the Word and confess him without falling away because of him, they could not yet do this: “For the Spirit was not yet, because Jesus was not yet glorified,” and “No one can say ‘Jesus is Lord’ except in the Holy Spirit.”
32.400Preuschen 4:480
ἄπεισιν δὲ ὁ λόγος τὰς ἑαυτοῦ πορείας, καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ μὲν αὐτῷ ὁ Λόγῳ ἑπόμενος· οὐ δύναται δὲ ἀκολουθεῖν ὁ μὴ εὐτρεπισμένος ὥστʼ Εὐτόνως κατʼ ἴχνη βαίνειν, τοῦ λόγου ὁδηγοῦντος πρὸς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Πατέρα τοὺς πάντα πράττοντας ἵνα καὶ δύνωνται αὐτῷ ἕπεσθαι καὶ ἀκολουθῶσιν αὐτῷ, ἕως ἂν εἴπωσιν τῷ χριστῷ· »Ἐκολλήθη ὀπίσω »σου ἡ ψυχή μου«.
apeisin de ho logos tas heautou poreias, kai akolouthei men autǭ ho Logǭ hepomenos; ou dynatai de akolouthein ho mē eutrepismenos hōstʼ Eutonōs katʼ ichnē bainein, tou logou hodēgountos pros ton heautou Patera tous panta prattontas hina kai dynōntai autǭ hepesthai kai akolouthōsin autǭ, heōs an eipōsin tǭ christǭ; »Ekollēthē opisō »sou hē psychē mou«.
The Word goes away on his own journeys, and he who keeps close to the Word follows him; but he who is not prepared to walk vigorously in his footsteps cannot follow, while the Word leads to his own Father those who do everything so as to be able to follow him, and who do follow him, until they say to Christ, “My soul has clung close behind you.”
32.401Preuschen 4:480
Αὐτάρκη δὲ περιγραφὴν εἰληφότος τοῦ λβ΄ τῶν εἰς τὸ κατὰ Ἰωάννην Εὐαγγέλιον ἐξηγητικῶν, αὐτοῦ που καταπαύσομεν τὸν λόγον.
Autarkē de perigraphēn eilēphotos tou lb΄ tōn eis to kata Iōannēn Euangelion exēgētikōn, autou pou katapausomen ton logon.
Since the thirty-second book of the exegetical writings on the Gospel according to John has reached a sufficient length, we shall end the discussion here.